diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 48213fc65..b74ca6634 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -9,17 +9,17 @@ # Mustafa Rawi , 2023 # Hassan Najm , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" @@ -419,8 +419,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -531,141 +531,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port ` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -673,43 +679,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -719,79 +725,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -799,11 +786,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -811,21 +798,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -834,18 +821,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -853,7 +840,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -867,19 +854,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -888,18 +875,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "الأمن" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -909,20 +896,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -931,14 +918,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -948,7 +935,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -958,7 +945,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -967,20 +954,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -990,7 +977,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1000,28 +987,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1036,7 +1023,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1051,18 +1038,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1536,34 +1531,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2369,47 +2372,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" -"يمكن الوصول إلى :guilabel:`معايير النظام` عن طريق تفعيل " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` في قائمة " -":menuselection:`الإعدادات --> تقني --> المعايير --> معيير النظام`. " - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "الضبط " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "معايير النظام " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2420,7 +2566,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4367,6 +4513,17 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" +"يمكن الوصول إلى :guilabel:`معايير النظام` عن طريق تفعيل " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` في قائمة " +":menuselection:`الإعدادات --> تقني --> المعايير --> معيير النظام`. " + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5416,7 +5573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -5424,12 +5581,6 @@ msgid "" "it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" " just extracted." msgstr "" -"ستحصل على مجلد محدد بعنوان إصدار الكود المصدري، على سبيل المثال: " -"\"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\"، والذي يحتوي على مجلد \"odoo.egg-info\" ومجلد الكود" -" المصدري الفعلي المسمى \"أودو\" (لإصدار أودو 10 وما بعده) أو \"openerp\" " -"للإصدارات الأقدم. يمكنك تجاهل مجلد odoo.egg-info. قم بإيجاد المجلد الذي يتم " -"استخدام تثبيتك الحالي فيه، واستبدله بمجلد \"أودو\" أو \"openerp\" الأحدث، " -"الذي كان في الأرشيف الذي قمت باستخراجه للتو. " #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6840,10 +6991,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "الضبط " - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 1370a9574..2255f97cf 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Financial reports" @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "الشريك" @@ -534,7 +534,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -574,13 +573,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -851,6 +853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -2032,168 +2035,233 @@ msgstr "تقرير الأرباح/الخسائر غير المُدرَكة لل msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "التسوية البنكية " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "نظرة عامة" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"قد تكون مطابقة كشف الحساب البنكي الخاص بك مع سجلاتك المحاسبية عملية مملة. " -"عليك إيجاد الفواتير المقابلة ومقارنة المبالغ وتفاصيل الشركاء مع تلك الموجودة" -" في كشف الحساب البنكي. تلك الخطوات تستغرق وقتاً طوياً. لحسن الحظ، يمكنك من " -"خلال أودو يمكنك مطابقة فواتيرك أو أي مستند دفع آخر مع كشف حسابك البنكي دون " -"أدنى جهد يذكر! " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "يوجد خياران لعملية التسوية في أودو. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "يمكننا تحديد الدفع مباشرة على الفاتورة " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "يمكنك تسوية الفواتير المفتوحة مع كشوفات الحساب البنكية " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"لا حاجة لأي تهيئة مخصصة لتسجيل الفواتير. كل ما نحتاج إلى القيام به هو تثبيت " -"تطبيق المحاسبة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "حالات الاستخدام " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "الحالة 1: تسجيل المدفوعات " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" msgstr "" -"لقد استلمنا إثبات الدفع لفاتورنا التي تبلغ قيمتها 2100 يورو التي تم إصدارها " -"لـ Smith & Co. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -"سنبدأ بفاتورتنا بقيمة 2100 يورو الموجهة إلى Smith & Co. بما أن المنتج المباع" -" هو عبارة عن خدمة، نطالب بالدفع الفوري. يتعامل محاسبنا مع كشوفات الحساب " -"البتكية فقط في نهاية تالأسبوع، ولذلك علينا تحديد هذه الفاتورة كمدفوعة فوراً " -"للإشارة إلى أنه يمكننا بدء تقديم الخدمات إلى عملائنا. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" -"لقد قام عميلنا بإرسال تأكيد الدفع. يمكننا بالتالي تسجيل الدفع وتحديد " -"الفاتورة كمدفوعة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "المعاملات " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -"بالضغط على **تسجيل الدفع**، نحن نخبر أودو بأن عميلنا قد قام بدفع قيمة " -"الفاتورة، وبالتالي، يجب تحديد المبلغ وطريقة الدفع. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -"ستجد تفاصيل الدفع دائماً في الفاتورةـ عن طريق الضغط على " -":menuselection:`معلومات --> فتح الدفع`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "لقد تم دفع قيمة الفاتورة **وتم إجراء التسوية تلقائياً**. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "الحالة 2: تسويات كشوفات الحسابات البنكية " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -"نبدأ فواتيرنا المنشأة بقيمة 3000 يورو لـ Smith & Co. فلنفترض أيضاً أن " -"الفواتير الأخرى مفتوحة لعملاء مختلفين. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" -"نستلم كشف الحساب البنكي ونرى أنه لم يتم دفع الفاتورة التي تم إصدارها لـ " -"Smith & Co فحسب، بل والفاتورة التي تم إصدارها لـ Buzz التي تبلغ قيمتها 92 " -"يورو أيضاً. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." msgstr "" -"قم **باستيراد** أو **إنشاء** كشوفات الحساب البنكية. يرجى الاستعانة " -"بالمستتندات من قسم موجزات البنك. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "على لوحة البيانات، اضغط على **تسوية # عناصر** " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." msgstr "" -" إذا كان كل شيئ صحيحاً (اسم الشريك الصحيح، المبلغ الصحيح) سيقوم أودو " -"بالتسوية **تلقائياً**. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "إذا تم العثور على بعض المشاكل، عليك اتخاذ **إجراءات يدوية**. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -"على سبيل المثال، إذا لم يكن الشريك موجوداً في كشف حسابك البنكي، فقط قم " -"بتعبئته: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -"إذا تم الدفع عن طريق الدفعة المقدمة، تحقق من صحتها ثم قم بتصديق كافة " -"المدفوعات ذات الصلة: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2436,10 +2504,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "المعاملات " - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2609,7 +2673,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2651,7 +2716,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Invoice creation" @@ -2845,7 +2910,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3219,7 +3285,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "شروط الدفع " @@ -5958,7 +6023,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -7141,7 +7207,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "المدفوعات" @@ -7172,7 +7237,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7283,11 +7348,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " @@ -7298,19 +7363,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -7321,18 +7386,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -7346,11 +7411,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7972,6 +8037,11 @@ msgid "" " Odoo filters by :guilabel:`Overdue Invoices`, but you can also filter by " ":guilabel:`In need of action` in the :guilabel:`Filters` menu." msgstr "" +"الفواتير المتأخرة التي يجب عليك المتابعة بشأنها متاحة في " +":menuselection:`المحاسبة --> العملاء --> تقارير المتابعة`. يقوم أودو " +"افتراضياً بالتصفية حسب :guilabel:`الفواتير المتأخرة`، ولكن يمكنك أيضاً " +"التصفية حسب :guilabel:`بحاجة إلى اتخاذ إجراء` في قائمة :guilabel:`عوامل " +"التصفية`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -7981,24 +8051,31 @@ msgid "" "Follow-ups`. You can set either :guilabel:`Automatic` or :guilabel:`Manual` " "reminders as well as a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for that customer." msgstr "" +"عندما تقوم بتحديد فاتورة، يمكنك رؤية كافة الفواتير غير المدفوعة للعميل " +"(المتأخرة وغيرها)، مع تواريخ استحقاق الفواتير المتأخرة المحددة باللون " +"الأحمر. يمكنك استثناء الفواتير من التذكير عن طريق الضغط على " +":guilabel:`الاستثناء من المتابعات`. يمكنك إعداد تذكيرات :guilabel:`تلقائية` " +"أو :guilabel:`يدوية`، بالإضافة إلى شخص :guilabel:`مسؤول` لذلك العميل. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:54 msgid "" "To send reminders, click on :guilabel:`Follow up`, and select the action(s) " "you want to perform from:" msgstr "" +"لإرسال التذكيرات، اضغط على :guilabel:`المتابعة`، ثم قم بتحديد الإجراءات التي" +" ترغب في اتخاذها من: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Print`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`طباعة`؛ " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`البريد الإلكتروني`؛ " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Sms`;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`الرسائل النصية القصيرة`؛ " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`By post`." @@ -8009,17 +8086,21 @@ msgid "" "You can :guilabel:`Attach Invoices` and change the content templates from " "this view. When done, click :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Send & Print`." msgstr "" +"يمكنك :guilabel:`إرفاق الفواتير` وتغيير قوالب المحتوى من نافذة العرض هذه. " +"عند الانتهاء، اضغط على :guilabel:`إرسال` أو :guilabel:`إرسال وطباعة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:66 msgid "" "The contact information on the invoice or the contact form is used to send " "the reminder." msgstr "" +"معلومات الاتصال في هذه الفاتورة أو استمارة التواصل يتم استخدامها لإرسال " +"التذكيرات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:67 msgid "" "When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "عندما يتم إرسال التذكير، يتم توثيق ذلك في الدردشة الخاصة بالفاتورة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -8027,16 +8108,20 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Next Reminder` date. You will get the next report according to " "the next reminder date set." msgstr "" +"إذا لم يكن الوقت مناسباً للتذكير، يمكنك تحديد تاريخ :guilabel:`التذكير " +"التالي`. ستحصل على التقرير التالي وفقاً لتاريخ التذكير التالي المحدد. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 msgid "" "Reconcile all bank statements right before launching the follow-up process " "to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid." msgstr "" +"قم بتسوية كافة كشوفات الحساب البنكية قبل بدء عملية المتابعة لتجنب إرسال " +"تذكير إلى عميل قد قام بالدفع بالفعل. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:76 msgid "Debtor's trust level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "مستوى ثقة المدين " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -8045,14 +8130,18 @@ msgid "" " or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the" " bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." msgstr "" +"لمعرفة ما إذا كان العميل يدفع متأخراً عادة أم لا، يمكنك تعيين مستوى للثقة عن" +" طريق وضع علامة كـ :guilabel:`مدين ملتزم`، :guilabel:`مدين عادي`، أو " +":guilabel:`مدين معسر` في تقارير المتابعة الخاصة بهم. للقيام بذلك، اضغط على " +"العلامة بجانب اسم العميل وقم بتحديد مستوى الثقة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst-1 msgid "Set debtor's trust level" -msgstr "" +msgstr "قم بإعداد مستوى الثقة للمدين " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:86 msgid "Send reminders in batches" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أرسل التذكيرات على دفعات " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -8061,32 +8150,38 @@ msgid "" "click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process " "follow-ups`." msgstr "" +"يمكنك إرسال رسائل البريد الإلكتروني للتذكير على دفعات، من صفحة " +":guilabel:`تقارير المتابعة`. للقيام بذلك، قم بتحديد كافة التقارير التي ترغب " +"في معالجتها، ثم اضغط على أيقونة :guilabel:`الإجراء` التي تشبه الترس، وحدد " +":guilabel:`معالجة المتابعات`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "توقع الفواتير المستقبلية لدفعها " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and" " **follow-ups**." msgstr "" +"في أودو، يمكنك إدارة المدفوعات عن طريق إعداد **شروط دفع** تلقائية و " +"**متابعات**. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التهيئة: شروط الدفع " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -8094,14 +8189,16 @@ msgid "" "allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** " "are:" msgstr "" +"حتى نتمكن من تتبع شروط الموردين، نقوم باستخدام **شرط الدفع** في أودو. تتيح " +"لنا تتبع تواريخ استحقاق الفواتير. مثال على **شروط الدفع**: " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50% خلال 30 يوم " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "" +msgstr "50% خلال 45 يوم " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -8109,12 +8206,17 @@ msgid "" "Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms " "or click existing ones to modify them." msgstr "" +"لإنشائها، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> التهيئة --> الفوترة: شروط " +"الدفع`، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`إنشاء` لإضافة شروط جديدة أو اضغط على الشروط " +"الموجودة بالفعل لتعديلها. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" msgstr "" +"`دروس أودو التعليمية: شروط الدفع `_ " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -8124,16 +8226,23 @@ msgid "" "**Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo " "automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." msgstr "" +"بمجرد أن قد تم تحديد **شروط الدفع** يمكنك تعيينها لمورّدك افتراضياً. للقيام " +"بذلك، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`الموردون --> الموردون`، وقم بتحديد المورّد ثم" +" اضغط على علامة تبويب :guilabel:`المبيعات والمشتريات`، ثم قم بتحديد **شروط " +"دفع** محددة. بهذه الطريقة، في كل مرة تقوم فيها بالشراء من هذا المورّد، يقوم " +"أودو تلقائياً باقتراح شروط الدفع المحددة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 msgid "" "If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one" " on the vendor bill." msgstr "" +"إذا لم تقم بتعيين شروط دفع محددة للمورّد، لا يزال بإمكانك تعيينها في فاتورة " +"المورّد. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "توقع الفواتير التي يجب دفعها باستخدام تقرير أعمار الديون " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -8144,10 +8253,16 @@ msgid "" "each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to " "pay within the following months." msgstr "" +"لتتبع المبالغ التي يجب دفعها للمورّدين، استخدم تقرير **أعمار الديون**. " +"للوصول إليه، اذهب إلى :menuselection:`المحاسبة --> إعداد التقارير --> تقارير" +" الشركاء: تقرير أعمار الديون`. يمنحك هذا التقرير ملخصاً للمبالغ التي يجب أن " +"يتم دفعها مقارنة بتواريخ اسحقاقها لكل مورّد (تاريخ الاستحقاق يتم احتسابه في " +"كل فاتورة باستخدام الشروط). يخبرك هذا التقرير عن المبلغ الذي عليك دفعه خلال " +"الأشهر القادمة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "حدد الفواتير لدفعها " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -8156,16 +8271,23 @@ msgid "" "pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue " "payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." msgstr "" +"يمكنك الحصول على قائمة بكافة فواتير المورّدين عن طريق الذهاب إلى " +":menuselection:`الموردين --> فواتير الموردين`. لعرض الفواتير التي تحتاج إلى " +"دفعها فقط، اضغط على :menuselection:`عوامل التصفية --> الفواتير التي يجب " +"دفعها`. لعرض المدفوعات المتأخرة فقط، قم بتحديد عامل تصفية " +":guilabel:`المتأخرة`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 msgid "" "You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group" " By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." msgstr "" +"يمكنك أيضاً تجميع فواتير المورّدين حسب تواريخ استحقاقها، عن طريق الضغط على " +":menuselection:`التجميع حسب --> تاريخ الاستحقاق` وتحديد الفترة الزمنية. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 msgid "Internal transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "التحويلات الداخلية " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8173,6 +8295,9 @@ msgid "" "least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " "one cash journal." msgstr "" +"في أودو، يمكن تنفيذ التحويلات المالية الداخلية بعدة نقرات فقط. تحتاج إلى إما" +" حسابين بنكيين أو دفتري يومية نقديين أو حياب بنكي واحد ودفتر يومية نقدي " +"واحد. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -8351,6 +8476,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10950,7 +11076,6 @@ msgstr "" "يوم`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11663,7 +11788,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11775,7 +11901,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "المقدمة" @@ -12092,7 +12218,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" @@ -12307,6 +12433,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" msgstr "" +"EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -12563,7 +12690,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "تحديد الوضع المالي للعميل " #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12655,19 +12782,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12678,24 +12817,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12703,7 +12842,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12715,18 +12854,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12734,14 +12873,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12749,18 +12888,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12768,7 +12907,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12776,7 +12915,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12789,14 +12928,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12806,7 +12945,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12818,14 +12957,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12835,11 +12974,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "رصد الوضع المالي تلقائياً " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" @@ -12848,7 +12987,7 @@ msgstr "" "يتم حساب ضرائب المبيعات بناءً على :doc:`الأوضاع المالية `." " سيتم إنشاء وضع مالي للولايات المتحدة الأمريكية عند تفعيل TaxCloud. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12866,7 +13005,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "رصد إعدادات الوضع المالي لـ TaxCloud تلقائياً " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " @@ -12876,17 +13015,17 @@ msgstr "" "دولة العميل *الولايات المتحدة الأمريكية*. يقوم ذلك بتشغيل عمليات حساب " "الضرائب المؤتمتة. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12895,7 +13034,7 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" @@ -12905,7 +13044,7 @@ msgstr "" "تستخدم كوبونات أو عروض ترويجية والتي بها وضع مالي لـ TaxCloud بشكل كامل - لا" " يمكنك إنشاء الفواتير لعمليات التوصيل الجزئية، إلخ. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -14704,6 +14843,12 @@ msgid "" "saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" " visible on the expense." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`العميل الذي يجب أن تتم إعادة فوترته`: إذا كانت النفقة شيئاً يجب " +"على العميل دفع ثمنه، قم بتحديد :abbr:`SO (أمر البيع)` والعميل الذي ستتم " +"فوترة هذه النفقة إليه، من القائمة المنسدلة. تنص كافة أوامر البيع الموجودة في" +" القائمة المنسدلة كل من :abbr:`SO (أمر البيع)` والشركة التي تمت كتابة أمر " +"البيع من أجلها، ولكن بعد أن يتم حفظ النفقة، سيختفي اسم العميل وسيبقى فقط " +":abbr:`SO (أمر البيع)` ظاهراً في النفقة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 msgid "" @@ -14713,6 +14858,11 @@ msgid "" "indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " "customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." msgstr "" +"إذا أراد العميل عقد اجتماع وجهاً لوجه بشأن بناء حديقة حسب الطلب (التصميم " +"والإنشاء)، ووافق العميل على دفع كافة النفقات المتعلقة بذلك (كالسفر والفندق " +"والوجبات وغير ذلك)، ستشير كافة النفقات المرتبطة بذلك الاجتماع لأمر البيع " +"لتلك الحديقة (والذي يشير إلى العميل أيضاً) كـ :guilabel:`العميل الذي ستتم " +"فوترته`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -14722,6 +14872,11 @@ msgid "" "category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " "typing in the percentage value next to the account." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`التوزيع التحليلي`: قم بتحديد الحساب (الحسابات) التي يجب أن تتم " +"كتابة النفقات مقابلها من القائمة المنسدلة إما لـ :guilabel:`المشاريع` أو " +":guilabel:`الأقسام` أو كليهما. يمكن إدراج عدة حسابات لكل فئة، إذا استدعى " +"الأمر. قم بتعديل النسبة لكل حساب تحليلي عن طريق كتابة قيمة النسبة بجانب " +"الحساب. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 msgid "" @@ -14729,20 +14884,25 @@ msgid "" "this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " "company will automatically populate this field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`الشركة`: إذا تم إعداد عدة شركات، قم بتحديد الشركة التي يجب ملء " +"هذه النفقة من أجلها، من القائمة المنسدلة. ستقوم الشركة الحالية تلقائياً " +"بإنشاء هذا الحقل. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " "expense, enter them in the notes field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`الملاحظات...`: إذا كانت هناك حاجة للملاحظات لتوضيح النفقة، قم " +"بإدخالها في حقل الملاحظات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." -msgstr "" +msgstr "استمارة نفقة تمت تعبئتها لغداء مع عميل. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 msgid "Attach a receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "إرفاق الإيصال " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -14754,20 +14914,28 @@ msgid "" "receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " "receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." msgstr "" +"بعد أن يتم إنشاء النفقة، الخطوة التالية هي إرفاق الإيصال. اضغط على زر " +":guilabel:`إرفاق الإيصال` ستظهر نافذة متصفح الملفات. اعثر على الإيصال الذي " +"تود إرفاقه واضغط على :guilabel:`فتح`. يتم تسجيل الإيصال الجديد في الدردشة " +"وسيظهر عدد الفواتير بجانب أيقونة :guilabel:`📎 (مشبك الورق)` أسفل استمارة " +"النفقات. يمكن إرفاق أكثر من إيصال واحد في نفقة واحدة، إذا لزم الأمر. سيظهر " +"عدد الإيصالات المرفقة في النفقة على أيقونة مشبك الورق. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أرفق إيصالاً، وسيظهر في الدردشة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أنشئ نفقات جديدة من إيصال تم مسحه ضوئياً " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 msgid "" "Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " "expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." msgstr "" +"عوضاً عن إدخال كافة معلومات النفقة يدوياً، يمكن إنشاء النفقات عن طريق مسح " +"الإيصال بصيغة PDF ضوئياً. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -14777,12 +14945,19 @@ msgid "" " the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " ":guilabel:`Open`." msgstr "" +"أولاً، في نافذة عرض لوحة بيانات تطبيق :guilabel:`النفقات` الرئيسية (يمكن " +"الوصول غلى نافذة العرض هذه أيضاً من :menuselection:`تطبيق النفقات --> نفقاتي" +" --> نفقاتي`)، اضغط على :guilabel:`المسح الضوئي`، وستظهر نافذة متصفح " +"الملفات. انتقل إلى الإيصال الذي يجب رفعه، واضغط عليه لتحديده، ثم اضغط على " +":guilabel:`فتح`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" "Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" "view." msgstr "" +"قم بإنشاء نفقة عن طريق مسح الإيصال ضوئياً. اضغط على المسح الضوئي في أعلى نافذة عرض لوحة بيانات \n" +"النفقات. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -14792,16 +14967,22 @@ msgid "" "individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " "appears in the chatter." msgstr "" +"يتم مسح الإيصال ضوئياً ويتم إنشاء قيد جديد بتاريخ اليوم كـ :guilabel:`تاريخ " +"النفقة`، وأي حقول أخرى يمكن إنشاؤها بناءً على البيانات التي تم مسحها ضوئياً،" +" كالإجمالي. اضغط على القيد الجديد لفتح استمارة النفقة الفردية وإجراء " +"التغييرات اللازمة. ستظهر الإيصالات التي تم مسحها ضوئياً في الدردشة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "أنشئ النفقات الجديدة تلقائياً من البريد الإلكتروني " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 msgid "" "Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " "expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." msgstr "" +"عوضاً عن إنشاء كل نفقة بمفردها في تطبيق *النفقات*، يمكن إنشاء النفقات " +"تلقائياً عن طريق إرسال بريد إلكتروني إلى لقب البريد. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -14809,11 +14990,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " ":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." msgstr "" +"للقيام بذلك، يجب أولاً أن تتم تهيئة لقب للبريد الإلكتروني. اذهب إلى " +":menuselection:`تطبيق النفقات --> التهيئة --> الإعدادات`. تأكد من أن " +":guilabel:`رسائل البريد الواردة` مفعلة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "أنشئ لقب النطاق عن طريق الضغط على الرابط. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -14824,6 +15008,12 @@ msgid "" "alias is configured, the email address field will be visible beneath the " "incoming emails section." msgstr "" +"إذا كان لا بد من إعداد لقب النطاق، سيظهر :guilabel:`إعداد لقب النطاق` تحت " +"مربع اختيار رسائل البريد الواردة عوضاً عن حقل عنوان البريد الإلكتروني. استعن" +" بهذا التوثيق من أجل إرشادات الإعداد والمزيد من المعلومات: " +":doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`. بمجرد أن قد تم إعداد لقب " +"النطاق، سيصبح حقل عنوان البريد الإلكتروني مرئياً تحت قسم رسائل البريد " +"الواردة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -14832,6 +15022,10 @@ msgid "" " sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " "database." msgstr "" +"تالياً، قم بإدخال عنوان البريد الإلكتروني ليتم استخدامه في حقل عنوان البريد " +"الإلكتروني، ثم اضغط على :guilabel:`حفظ`. والآن بما أنه قد تم إدخال عنوان " +"البريد الإلكتروني، يمكن إرسال رسائل البريد الإلكتروني إلى ذلك اللقب لإنشاء " +"نفقات جديدة دون الحاجة إلى أن تكون في قاعدة بيانات أودو. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -14841,6 +15035,11 @@ msgid "" "expense by taking the information in the email subject and combining it with" " the receipt." msgstr "" +"لإرسال نفقة عن طريق البريد الإلكتروني، أنشئ بريداً إلكترونياً جديداً وأدخل " +"كود *المرجع الداخلي* للمنتج (إن وُجد)، ومبلغ النفقة في موضوع البريد " +"الإلكتروني. تالياً، قم بإرفاق الإيصال في البريد الإلكتروني. يقوم أودو بإنشاء" +" النفقة عن طريق أخذ المعلومات الموجودة في موضوع البريد الإلكتروني ودمجها مع " +"الإيصال. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -15941,12 +16140,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "الأرجنتين" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "ندوات الويب " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15970,15 +16169,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "Modules installation" @@ -15993,8 +16195,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -16002,6 +16204,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -16013,14 +16218,17 @@ msgstr "الاسم" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -16032,8 +16240,8 @@ msgstr "الاسم التقني" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -16041,6 +16249,9 @@ msgstr "الاسم التقني" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -16055,7 +16266,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:33 msgid "`l10n_ar`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -16075,11 +16286,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar_reports`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" @@ -16087,13 +16298,15 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar_edi`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:42 msgid "" "Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " "invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." msgstr "" +"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " +"invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:44 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" @@ -16101,7 +16314,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:45 msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -16109,10 +16322,14 @@ msgid "" "Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " "invoices." msgstr "" +"(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " +"Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " +"invoices." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "قم بتهيئة شركتك " @@ -16131,11 +16348,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:61 msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chart of account" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -16151,15 +16368,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:68 msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Monotributista (227 accounts);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:69 msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:70 msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." @@ -16167,9 +16384,9 @@ msgstr "Select Fiscal Localization Package." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Configure master data" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:80 msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" @@ -16184,6 +16401,8 @@ msgid "" "The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " "**testing** and **production**." msgstr "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " +"**testing** and **production**." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -16192,6 +16411,10 @@ msgid "" "environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " "certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." msgstr "" +"Testing is provided so that the companies can test their databases until " +"they are ready to move into the **Production** environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -16205,23 +16428,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:99 msgid "AFIP certificates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP certificates" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 msgid "" "The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " "Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." msgstr "" +"The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " +"Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:104 msgid "" "In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" " a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." msgstr "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:107 msgid "" @@ -16229,10 +16456,13 @@ msgid "" "selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " "generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate Sign Request (Odoo)`. When this option is " +"selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " +"generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Request a certificate." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Request a certificate." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:114 msgid "" @@ -16241,6 +16471,10 @@ msgid "" "`_ " "to get a certificate." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate (AFIP)`. Access the AFIP portal and follow " +"the instructions described in `this document " +"`_ " +"to get a certificate." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -16248,10 +16482,13 @@ msgid "" "is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " "the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo)`. Once the certificate " +"is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " +"the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upload Certificate and Private Key." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -16262,16 +16499,24 @@ msgid "" "Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " "testing locally:" msgstr "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_. Furthermore, " +"Odoo allows the user to test electronic invoicing locally without a " +"Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " +"testing locally:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "" "Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" "certificate/keys." msgstr "" +"Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" +"certificate/keys." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:141 msgid "Identification type and VAT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identification type and VAT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -16294,10 +16539,12 @@ msgid "" "The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" " included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." msgstr "" +"The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" +" included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:156 msgid "AFIP responsibility type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP responsibility type" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -16329,7 +16576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:177 msgid "Taxes types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes types" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" @@ -16339,21 +16586,25 @@ msgstr "لدى الأرجنتين العديد من أنواع الضرائب، msgid "" ":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:182 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " "invoices;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " +"invoices;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:186 msgid "Special taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Special taxes" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -16377,7 +16628,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 msgid "Document types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Document types" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -16399,6 +16650,9 @@ msgid "" "clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " "list account moves." msgstr "" +"The document type is an essential piece of information that needs to be " +"clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " +"list account moves." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -16417,16 +16671,20 @@ msgid "" "The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " "default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" msgstr "" +"The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " +"default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A list of document types in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:222 msgid "" "There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " "default, but can be activated as needed." msgstr "" +"There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " +"default, but can be activated as needed." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "Letters" @@ -16446,17 +16704,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:232 msgid "" ":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " "used." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " +"used." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -16470,21 +16732,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "document types grouped by letters." -msgstr "" +msgstr "document types grouped by letters." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 msgid "Use on invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use on invoices" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:245 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:247 msgid "" "The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" msgstr "" +"The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:248 msgid "" @@ -16514,6 +16778,11 @@ msgid "" " on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " "`." msgstr "" +"For sales and purchase journals, it's possible to activate the option " +":guilabel:`Use Documents`, which enables a list of :guilabel:`Document " +"Types` that can be related to the invoices and vendor bills. For more detail" +" on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:263 msgid "" @@ -16529,7 +16798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:268 msgid "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -16537,32 +16806,37 @@ msgid "" "journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " "transactions for which the journal is created." msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`AFIP POS System` is a field only visible for the **Sales** " +"journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " +"transactions for which the journal is created." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:273 msgid "The AFIP POS defines the following:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The AFIP POS defines the following:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:275 msgid "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:276 msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" +msgstr "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:283 msgid "Web services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Web services" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:285 msgid "" "**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " "few options to choose from:" msgstr "" +"**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " +"few options to choose from:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -16570,6 +16844,9 @@ msgid "" " used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" " item;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`wsfev1: Electronic Invoice`: is the most common service, which is" +" used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" +" item;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -16591,20 +16868,25 @@ msgid "" "invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " "exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate " +"invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " +"exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Web Services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Web Services." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:302 msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:304 msgid "" ":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " "identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " +"identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:306 msgid "" @@ -16626,14 +16908,17 @@ msgid "" "document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " "the same sequence. For example:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unified Book`: when the AFIP POS System is Preimpresa, then the " +"document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " +"the same sequence. For example:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:313 msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:314 msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." @@ -16648,6 +16933,8 @@ msgid "" "For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " "displays the last sequence used." msgstr "" +"For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " +"displays the last sequence used." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:324 msgid "" @@ -16657,6 +16944,11 @@ msgid "" "document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " "vendor." msgstr "" +"When creating :guilabel:`Purchase Journals`, it's possible to define whether" +" they are related to document types or not. In the case where the option to " +"use documents is selected, there would be no need to manually associate the " +"document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " +"vendor." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 @@ -16672,6 +16964,8 @@ msgid "" "The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " "journals are created and properly configured." msgstr "" +"The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " +"journals are created and properly configured." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:339 msgid "Document type assignation" @@ -16682,6 +16976,8 @@ msgid "" "When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " "filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" msgstr "" +"When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " +"filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:344 msgid "" @@ -16689,36 +16985,45 @@ msgid "" "of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " "information." msgstr "" +"**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A** is the type " +"of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " +"information." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:350 msgid "" "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " "not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." msgstr "" +"**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " +"not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:356 msgid "" "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " "exporting goods that shows the incoterm." msgstr "" +"**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " +"exporting goods that shows the incoterm." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:362 msgid "" "Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " "given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." msgstr "" +"Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " +"given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:365 msgid "" @@ -16726,10 +17031,13 @@ msgid "" "the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" " manually by the user before confirming the invoice." msgstr "" +"The most common :guilabel:`Document Type` will be defined automatically for " +"the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" +" manually by the user before confirming the invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:370 msgid "Electronic invoice elements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic invoice elements" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -16739,42 +17047,55 @@ msgid "" " needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " "invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." msgstr "" +"When using electronic invoices, if all the information is correct then the " +"invoice is posted in the standard way unless there is an error that needs to" +" be addressed. When error messages pop up, they indicate both the issue that" +" needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " +"invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:377 msgid "" "Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " "and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" msgstr "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:381 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " "customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " +"customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:383 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" " AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" +" AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP Status." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP Status." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:391 msgid "Invoice taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice taxes" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:393 msgid "" "Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " "differently on the PDF report:" msgstr "" +"Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " +"differently on the PDF report:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:396 msgid "" @@ -16782,10 +17103,13 @@ msgid "" "clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " "has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`A. Tax excluded`: in this case the taxed amount needs to be " +"clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " +"has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax excluded." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax excluded." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:403 msgid "" @@ -16793,18 +17117,21 @@ msgid "" "included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " "applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`B. Tax amount included`: this means that the taxed amount is " +"included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " +"applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:407 msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IVA Sujeto Exento;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:408 msgid "Consumidor Final;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consumidor Final;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:409 msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Responsable Monotributo;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:410 msgid "IVA liberado." @@ -16812,16 +17139,16 @@ msgstr "IVA liberado." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 msgid "Tax amount included." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tax amount included." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:417 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:646 msgid "Special use cases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Special use cases" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:420 msgid "Invoices for services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoices for services" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:422 msgid "" @@ -16829,10 +17156,13 @@ msgid "" " to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " "filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." msgstr "" +"For electronic invoices that include :guilabel:`Services`, the AFIP requires" +" to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " +"filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoices for Services." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoices for Services." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:429 msgid "" @@ -16840,14 +17170,17 @@ msgid "" "values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " "invoice's month." msgstr "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the " +"values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " +"invoice's month." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Service Dates." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Service Dates." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:437 msgid "Exportation invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportation invoices" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:439 msgid "" @@ -16855,10 +17188,13 @@ msgid "" "journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " "proper document type(s) can be associated." msgstr "" +"Invoices related to :guilabel:`Exportation Transactions` require that a " +"journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " +"proper document type(s) can be associated." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Exporation journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exporation journal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:446 msgid "" @@ -16866,14 +17202,17 @@ msgid "" "responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " ":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" msgstr "" +"When the customer selected in the invoice is configured with an AFIP " +"responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " +":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:450 msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:451 msgid "Exportation document type;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Exportation document type;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:452 msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" @@ -16881,7 +17220,7 @@ msgstr "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:453 msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:454 msgid "Exempt Taxes." @@ -16889,17 +17228,19 @@ msgstr "الإعفاء من الضرائب. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:461 msgid "" "The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " "which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." msgstr "" +"The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " +"which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Export invoice - Incoterm." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:469 msgid "Fiscal bond" @@ -16920,46 +17261,48 @@ msgid "" "For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " "requirements:" msgstr "" +"For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " +"requirements:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:476 msgid "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:477 msgid "Taxes;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taxes;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 msgid "Zone;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zone;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 msgid "Detail each item;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Detail each item;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:482 msgid "Complete description;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Complete description;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:483 msgid "Unit Net Price;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unit Net Price;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 msgid "Quantity;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quantity;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:485 msgid "Unit of measurement;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unit of measurement;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:486 msgid "Bonus;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bonus;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:487 msgid "VAT rate." @@ -16967,7 +17310,7 @@ msgstr "نسبة ضريبة القيمة المضافة. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:490 msgid "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:492 msgid "" @@ -16990,59 +17333,70 @@ msgid "" "For these transactions it's important to consider the following " "requirements:" msgstr "" +"For these transactions it's important to consider the following " +"requirements:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:500 msgid "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" -msgstr "" +msgstr "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:501 msgid "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:502 msgid "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" -msgstr "" +msgstr "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:503 msgid "" "A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" " cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." msgstr "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Bank account relation error." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank account relation error." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:510 msgid "" "To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " "either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." msgstr "" +"To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " +"either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Transmission Mode." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transmission Mode." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:517 msgid "" "To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " "the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." msgstr "" +"To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:521 msgid "" "Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" " in :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" +" in :guilabel:`Settings`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transmission Mode on Invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:528 msgid "" "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" msgstr "" +"When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:530 msgid "" @@ -17050,12 +17404,17 @@ msgid "" "from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " "Note`;" msgstr "" +"use the :guilabel:`Credit and Debit Note` buttons, so all the information " +"from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " +"Note`;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:532 msgid "" "the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " "(either A or B);" msgstr "" +"the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " +"(either A or B);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:533 msgid "" @@ -17064,20 +17423,26 @@ msgid "" "different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " "create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." msgstr "" +"the same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Credit & debit notes buttons." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:541 msgid "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:543 msgid "" "the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " ":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" msgstr "" +"the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " +":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:545 msgid "" @@ -17085,10 +17450,13 @@ msgid "" "this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " "(false)." msgstr "" +"the :guilabel:`Credit Note`, is created to annulate the FCE document, in " +"this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " +"(false)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" -msgstr "" +msgstr "FCE: Es Cancelación?" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:553 msgid "Invoice printed report" @@ -17101,14 +17469,18 @@ msgid "" "represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " "legal requirement." msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF Report` related to electronic invoices that have been " +"validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which " +"represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " +"legal requirement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Invoice printed report." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Invoice printed report." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:564 msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Troubleshooting and auditing" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:566 msgid "" @@ -17118,14 +17490,19 @@ msgid "" "mode>`, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " "button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." msgstr "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes, it is possible to obtain detailed" +" information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP." +" To retrieve this information, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " +"button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consult invoice in AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:579 msgid "" @@ -17133,10 +17510,13 @@ msgid "" "document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " "sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." msgstr "" +"It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific " +"document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " +"sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Consult the last invoice number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Consult the last invoice number." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:590 msgid "" @@ -17145,10 +17525,14 @@ msgid "" "populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " "the value can be changed if necessary." msgstr "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the " +":guilabel:`Document Type` is now a required field. This value is auto-" +"populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " +"the value can be changed if necessary." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Changing journal and document type." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Changing journal and document type." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:598 msgid "" @@ -17157,10 +17541,14 @@ msgid "" "invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " "is expected." msgstr "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Number` field needs to be registered manually and " +"the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is " +"invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " +"is expected." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Vendor bill document number." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vendor bill document number." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:606 msgid "" @@ -17168,10 +17556,13 @@ msgid "" "invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " "the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." msgstr "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way as the customer " +"invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " +"the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:611 msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:613 msgid "" @@ -17190,6 +17581,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" " value);" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" +" value);" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:618 msgid "" @@ -17197,20 +17590,25 @@ msgid "" "valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " "posted;" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not " +"valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " +"posted;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:620 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " "user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " +"user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:628 msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:630 msgid "" @@ -17218,10 +17616,13 @@ msgid "" "vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " "located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." msgstr "" +"With the vendor validation settings enabled, a new button shows up on the " +"vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " +"located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Verify on AFIP." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verify on AFIP." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:638 msgid "" @@ -17229,20 +17630,25 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " "the invalidation will be added to the chatter." msgstr "" +"In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of " +":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " +"the invalidation will be added to the chatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." -msgstr "" +msgstr "AFIP authorization Rejected." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:649 msgid "Untaxed concepts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Untaxed concepts" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:651 msgid "" "There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " "VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." msgstr "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " +"VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:654 msgid "" @@ -17250,14 +17656,17 @@ msgid "" "part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " "of the exempt concept." msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " +"of the exempt concept." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "VAT exempt." -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT exempt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:662 msgid "Perception taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Perception taxes" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:664 msgid "" @@ -17267,6 +17676,11 @@ msgid "" "another for the perception. The perception default value is always " ":guilabel:`0.10`." msgstr "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and the perception tax can be added in any of " +"the product lines. As a result, there will be one tax group for the VAT and " +"another for the perception. The perception default value is always " +":guilabel:`0.10`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:669 msgid "" @@ -17275,14 +17689,18 @@ msgid "" "amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " "be validated." msgstr "" +"To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the " +":guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` " +"amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " +"be validated." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Enter the perception amount." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enter the perception amount." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:678 msgid "Check management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Check management" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:680 msgid "" @@ -17290,29 +17708,35 @@ msgid "" "module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " "technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." msgstr "" +"To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* " +"module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " +"technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "l10n_latam_check module." -msgstr "" +msgstr "l10n_latam_check module." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:688 msgid "" "This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" msgstr "" +"This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:690 msgid "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:691 msgid "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:692 msgid "" "Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " "third party checks" msgstr "" +"Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " +"third party checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:694 msgid "" @@ -17326,7 +17750,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 msgid "Own checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Own checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:700 msgid "" @@ -17334,6 +17758,9 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " "bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." msgstr "" +"Configure the bank journal used to create your own checks by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " +"bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:704 msgid "" @@ -17341,37 +17768,43 @@ msgid "" "not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" " Method` to add them" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Checks` should be available as a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. If " +"not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" +" Method` to add them" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:706 msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:709 msgid "" "This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" msgstr "" +"This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:711 msgid "Enter check numbers manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enter check numbers manually" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:712 msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Bank journal configurations." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank journal configurations." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:719 msgid "Management of own checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Management of own checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:721 msgid "" "Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " "click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." msgstr "" +"Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:724 msgid "" @@ -17379,10 +17812,13 @@ msgid "" "payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " ":guilabel:`Amount`." msgstr "" +"On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the " +"payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " +":guilabel:`Amount`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:732 msgid "" @@ -17390,6 +17826,9 @@ msgid "" "left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " "the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." msgstr "" +"To manage current checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` field must be " +"left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " +"the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:736 msgid "" @@ -17398,10 +17837,14 @@ msgid "" "the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" " total amount paid in checks." msgstr "" +"To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as " +"the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" +" total amount paid in checks." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Own checks menu location." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Own checks menu location." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:744 msgid "" @@ -17412,14 +17855,20 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " "symbol." msgstr "" +"It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are " +"still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited " +"from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a " +"Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the" +" :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " +"symbol." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Own checks menu organization and filtering." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:754 msgid "Cancel an own check" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cancel an own check" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:756 msgid "" @@ -17429,14 +17878,19 @@ msgid "" "break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " "leave the check in a **canceled** state." msgstr "" +"To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check " +"to be canceled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will " +"break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " +"leave the check in a **canceled** state." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:766 msgid "Third party checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Third party checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:768 msgid "" @@ -17445,35 +17899,43 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " "new journals:" msgstr "" +"In order to register payments using third party checks, two specific " +"journals need to be configured. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " +"new journals:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:772 msgid "`Third Party Checks`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Third Party Checks`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:773 msgid "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:776 msgid "" "You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " "and need journals for those." msgstr "" +"You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " +"and need journals for those." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:779 msgid "" "To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" " and configure the following:" msgstr "" +"To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" +" and configure the following:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:782 msgid "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:783 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:817 msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:784 msgid "" @@ -17481,14 +17943,17 @@ msgid "" "`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " "choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" msgstr "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " +"choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Automatically created cash account." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatically created cash account." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:791 msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:793 msgid "" @@ -17496,6 +17961,9 @@ msgid "" " tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " "method is used to create *new* third party checks." msgstr "" +"For new incoming third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments" +" tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " +"method is used to create *new* third party checks." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:796 msgid "" @@ -17506,16 +17974,24 @@ msgid "" " vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " "transfers." msgstr "" +"For incoming and outgoing existing third party checks, go to " +":menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select " +":guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks`. Repeat the same step for the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab. This method is used to receive and/or pay" +" vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " +"transfers." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:802 msgid "" "You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " "configuring the third party checks journals." msgstr "" +"You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " +"configuring the third party checks journals." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment methods automatically created." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Payment methods automatically created." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:809 msgid "" @@ -17524,16 +18000,22 @@ msgid "" "can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " "coming from vendors when rejected." msgstr "" +"The *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal also needs to be created and/or " +"configured. This journal is used to manage rejected third party checks and " +"can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " +"coming from vendors when rejected." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 msgid "" "To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " ":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" msgstr "" +"To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:816 msgid "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:818 msgid "" @@ -17541,14 +18023,17 @@ msgid "" "`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " "of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" msgstr "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " +"of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:822 msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:825 msgid "New third party checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "New third party checks" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:827 msgid "" @@ -17556,6 +18041,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " ":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." msgstr "" +"To register a *new* third party check for a customer invoice, click the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " +":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:831 msgid "" @@ -17565,6 +18053,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " "customer's VAT number related to the invoice." msgstr "" +"Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and" +" fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the " +":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " +"customer's VAT number related to the invoice." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." @@ -18565,7 +19058,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "Import SODA files" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "الفوترة الإلكترونية " @@ -18584,7 +19078,7 @@ msgstr "" " BIS Billing 3.0`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" @@ -18980,7 +19474,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 msgid "" @@ -18999,10 +19493,12 @@ msgid "" "To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " "Printer`." msgstr "" +"To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " +"Printer`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 msgid "VAT signing card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "VAT signing card" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 msgid "" @@ -19140,8 +19636,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -19171,15 +19667,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -19341,7 +19837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -19399,9 +19895,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "المنتجات" @@ -19457,7 +19956,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "جهات الاتصال" @@ -19576,8 +20077,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Fiscal position configuration" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -19739,9 +20240,10 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" @@ -19920,7 +20422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "التقارير المالية" @@ -19937,6 +20439,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "Fiscal reports parameters." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "العملات المتعددة " @@ -21492,51 +21995,26 @@ msgstr "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "كولومبيا" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" -msgstr ":ref:`Financial reports `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" @@ -21544,392 +22022,642 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" -msgstr "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "نقطة البيع" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "الهوية" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "المستخدمون" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "There are three types of documents:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Invoice validation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "After this:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Common errors" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Additional use cases" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -21937,40 +22665,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -22007,22 +22725,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." @@ -22030,19 +22753,19 @@ msgstr "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" @@ -22050,15 +22773,15 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -22076,15 +22799,15 @@ msgstr "" "Accounts, taxes, documents types, tax support types. Additionally, the " "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -22093,7 +22816,7 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " @@ -22103,7 +22826,7 @@ msgstr "" " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -22111,23 +22834,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -22135,11 +22858,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " @@ -22149,15 +22872,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -22165,59 +22888,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -22228,7 +22951,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "Electronic signature for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -22236,11 +22959,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -22252,7 +22975,7 @@ msgstr "" "withholding, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -22263,88 +22986,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -22359,7 +23082,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuring a printer point for Ecuador electronic document type of Customer" " Invoices." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." @@ -22367,39 +23090,39 @@ msgstr "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -22411,32 +23134,32 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -22450,7 +23173,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuring purchase liquidations for Ecuador electronic document type of " "Withholding." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -22462,7 +23185,7 @@ msgstr "" "localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in Taxes, Default" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " @@ -22472,13 +23195,13 @@ msgstr "" "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -22488,29 +23211,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "Product for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -22518,18 +23241,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "Contacts for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -22541,45 +23264,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "Taxes for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -22595,11 +23318,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " @@ -22609,7 +23332,7 @@ msgstr "" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -22621,7 +23344,7 @@ msgstr "" "country on which the document is applicable; also the data is created " "automatically when the localization module is installed." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -22631,50 +23354,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "Document types for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -22682,11 +23405,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "Customer invoice for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -22697,24 +23420,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -22722,27 +23445,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -22750,26 +23473,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -22778,11 +23501,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -22791,21 +23514,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -22814,13 +23537,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -22829,18 +23552,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -22848,17 +23571,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -22868,46 +23591,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Customer withhold for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "فاتورة المورد" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -22915,7 +23638,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "Purchases for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -22924,27 +23647,27 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." @@ -22952,53 +23675,53 @@ msgstr "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -23008,17 +23731,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -23026,7 +23749,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -23034,7 +23757,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -23044,7 +23767,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -23052,13 +23775,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -23066,7 +23789,7 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" @@ -23076,25 +23799,25 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -23105,11 +23828,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "Report 103 form for Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -23145,6 +23868,17 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`مصر - المحاسبة` " msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "``l10n_eg``" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr ":guilabel:`دمج الفوترة الإلكترونية المصرية` " @@ -27212,7 +27946,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -28125,14 +28858,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" -"To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " -"section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 msgid "Luxembourg" @@ -28329,2662 +29058,1903 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "المكسيك" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "المتطلبات" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "التطبيقات " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" msgstr "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " -"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" -msgstr "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 -msgid "" -"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " -"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " -"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " -"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " -"` instead." +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." msgstr "" -"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " -"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " -"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " -"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " -"` instead." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." -msgstr "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 msgid "" -"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." msgstr "" -"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "Set the fiscal regime of the company" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" msgstr "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"` instead." msgstr "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"` instead." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr ":download:`Certificate `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr ":download:`Certificate Key `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" -msgstr "" +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr ":download:`Certificate `" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" +msgstr ":download:`Certificate Key `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -msgstr "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -msgstr "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "الشركة " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." -msgstr "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 +msgid "" +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "" +"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 +msgid "" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 +msgid "" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 +msgid "" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 +msgid "" +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 +msgid "" +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 +msgid "" +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "" +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 +msgid "" +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 +msgid "" +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 +msgid "" +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 +msgid "" +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 +msgid "" +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 msgid "" "You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " "the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "شروط الدفع " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." -msgstr "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 -msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 -msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 -msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "الدفعات المقدّمة " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 -msgid "" -"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " -"`_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" -msgstr "Process to create advance in Mexico" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 -msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 -msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 -msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 -msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "Folio fiscal down payment" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 -msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 -msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." -msgstr "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" -msgstr "" -"Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 -msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 -msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "Modify folio fiscal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 -msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 -msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 -msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "إنشاء إشعار دائن " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 -msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 -msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 -msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 -msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "إلغاء الدفع " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 -msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 -msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 -msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 -msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 -msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." -msgstr "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "الفترة السابقة " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" -msgstr "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" -msgstr "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." -msgstr "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "ميزان المراجعة" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "Fiscal year" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "Fiscal position error" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -31070,9 +31040,10 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" @@ -32252,6 +32223,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "الشركة " + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -32636,10 +32611,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 9a6d48338..62982838a 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -7,15 +7,16 @@ # Niyas Raphy, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2370,488 +2371,944 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "قوالب البريد الإلكتروني " +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "قوالب البريد الالكتروني" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter `." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "الأسئلة الشائعة " +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "لا يوجد خطأ" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation `_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index f77c316b2..d426ee521 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Mustafa Rawi , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Malaz Abuidris , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,87 +28,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "المخزون " +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "باركود" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -118,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "نظرة عامة" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -127,11 +118,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -139,20 +130,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -162,45 +153,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -209,17 +200,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -227,58 +218,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -288,28 +279,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -318,20 +309,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -339,7 +330,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -348,11 +339,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -368,13 +359,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -382,128 +373,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "الاسم" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "اسم القاعدة" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "نمط الباركود" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "المنتج" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "01" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "الكمية" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "رقم الدفعة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -528,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "التهيئة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -537,7 +528,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -548,7 +539,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -556,17 +547,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -576,29 +567,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -606,7 +597,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -616,7 +607,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -624,99 +615,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -724,18 +715,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -743,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -754,15 +745,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " @@ -771,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -779,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -787,7 +778,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -803,24 +794,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -828,7 +819,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -837,7 +828,7 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -846,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -854,11 +845,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -866,321 +857,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "النوع" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "نوع محتوى GS1 " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "الطرد " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "وحدة المنتج" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "التعبئة" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "موقع الوجهة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "الموقع " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "المجموعة " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "تاريخ التغليف " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "التاريخ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "مثالي قبل تاريخ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "تاريخ الانتهاء " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "المقياس" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "نوع التغليف " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "نوع الطرد " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1188,17 +1179,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "الإيصالات" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1206,24 +1197,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "أوامر التوصيل" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1231,98 +1222,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "تحويلات داخلية " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "الضبط " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1330,7 +1321,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1339,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1350,15 +1341,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1366,11 +1357,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1380,11 +1371,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1393,41 +1384,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1435,32 +1426,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "المخزون " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "إدارة المخازن و المستودعات" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1819,6 +1838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1909,55 +1929,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2647,7 +2803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2831,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2845,15 +3001,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3010,7 +3166,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3056,11 +3212,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3068,13 +3224,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3088,7 +3244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3096,11 +3252,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3109,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3117,14 +3273,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3133,7 +3289,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3143,7 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3151,17 +3307,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3169,24 +3325,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3194,26 +3350,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3226,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3234,62 +3390,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3299,11 +3455,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3313,7 +3469,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3323,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3332,14 +3488,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3348,7 +3504,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3359,17 +3515,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3379,7 +3535,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3387,14 +3543,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3402,7 +3558,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3411,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3420,7 +3576,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3428,11 +3584,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3441,14 +3597,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3459,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3474,32 +3630,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3508,7 +3664,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3520,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3535,187 +3691,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "عمليات متنوعة" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "إنشاء طلب متأخر " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8334,7 +8698,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11683,35 +12047,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "التصنيع" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "الصيانة" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11721,7 +12081,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11730,11 +12090,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11742,20 +12102,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11764,7 +12124,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11773,14 +12133,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11789,91 +12149,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11881,22 +12241,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "التصنيع" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "إنشاء قائمة مواد" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11904,31 +12289,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11936,13 +12321,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11958,24 +12343,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11989,11 +12374,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12002,7 +12387,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12013,7 +12398,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12025,11 +12410,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12037,14 +12422,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12055,6 +12440,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "اعرف المزيد " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12248,6 +12750,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13517,375 +14343,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "الشراء" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15870,3 +16336,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "الجودة " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index c9443b57e..1b793e00a 100644 --- a/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/ar/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Malaz Abuidris , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Arabic (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ar/)\n" @@ -519,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" @@ -2037,10 +2037,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2052,10 +2054,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2063,6 +2067,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2074,6 +2079,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2082,10 +2088,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2096,10 +2104,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2110,16 +2120,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2127,6 +2140,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "" @@ -2138,14 +2153,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2156,10 +2174,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" @@ -2273,7 +2293,9 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 @@ -2293,35 +2315,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -2329,18 +2443,18 @@ msgid "" "engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -4584,14 +4698,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 @@ -5312,7 +5426,7 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index fd38479eb..37aebc043 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -13,6 +13,7 @@ # Yannick Stahl, 2023 # MIRIAM SOPHIE KELLER, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -20,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -496,7 +497,7 @@ msgstr "Zeigen Sie nur Datenbanken an, deren Name mit „mycompany“ beginnt" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" "in der eingestellten :ref:`Konfigurationsdatei " @@ -585,8 +586,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "Konfigurationsbeispiel" @@ -728,69 +729,99 @@ msgstr "Builtin-Server" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" "Odoo enthält integrierte HTTP-Server, die entweder Multithreading oder " "Multiprocessing verwenden." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -"Für den Einsatz in der Produktion wird die Verwendung eines Multiprocessing-" -"Servers empfohlen, da er die Stabilität erhöht, die Computerressourcen etwas" -" besser nutzt und sich besser überwachen und die Ressourcen einschränken " -"lassen." +"Der **Multithreading**-Server ist ein einfacherer Server, der hauptsächlich " +"für die Entwicklung, für Demonstrationen und für seine Kompatibilität mit " +"verschiedenen Betriebssystemen (einschließlich Windows) verwendet wird. Für " +"jede neue HTTP-Anfrage wird ein neuer Thread gestartet, auch für langlebige " +"Verbindungen wie Websocket. Es werden auch zusätzliche daemonische Cron-" +"Threads erzeugt. Aufgrund einer Python-Beschränkung (GIL) nutzt er die " +"Hardware nicht optimal aus." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -"Multiprocessing wird durch die Konfiguration von :option:`eine von Null " -"abweichende Anzahl von Worker-Prozessen ` aktiviert. Die" -" Anzahl der Worker sollte auf der Anzahl der Kerne des Rechners basieren " -"(möglicherweise mit etwas Spielraum für Cron-Worker, je nachdem wie viel " -"Cron-Arbeit vorhergesagt wird)." +"Der Multithreading-Server ist der Standardserver, auch für Docker-Container." +" Er wird ausgewählt, indem Sie die Option :option:`--workers ` weglassen oder auf ``0`` setzen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" -"Worker-Limits können basierend auf der Hardware-Konfiguration konfiguriert " -"werden, um eine Erschöpfung der Ressourcen zu vermeiden" +"Der **Multiprocessing**-Server ist ein vollwertiger Server, der " +"hauptsächlich für die Produktion verwendet wird. Er unterliegt nicht der " +"gleichen Python-Beschränkung (GIL) für die Ressourcennutzung und nutzt daher" +" die Hardware optimal aus. Beim Starten des Servers wird ein Pool von " +"Workern erstellt. Neue HTTP-Anfragen werden vom Betriebssystem in eine " +"Warteschlange gestellt, bis die Worker bereit sind, sie zu verarbeiten. Ein " +"zusätzlicher ereignisgesteuerter HTTP-Worker für den Livechat wird auf einem" +" anderen Port gestartet. Es werden auch zusätzliche Cron-Worker erzeugt. Ein" +" konfigurierbarer Process Reaper überwacht die Ressourcennutzung und kann " +"fehlgeschlagene Worker beenden/neustarten." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "Der Multiprocessing-Modus ist derzeit unter Windows nicht verfügbar." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" +"Der Multiprocessing-Server ist opt-in. Er wird ausgewählt, indem Sie die " +"Option :option:`--workers ` auf eine Ganzzahl, die nicht" +" Null ist, einstellen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" +"Da er stark an Linux-Server angepasst ist, ist der Multiprocessing-Server " +"nicht unter Windows verfügbar." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" msgstr "Berechnung der Worker-Anzahl" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "Faustregel: (#CPU * 2) + 1" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "Cron-Worker benötigen CPU" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "1 worker ~= 6 gleichzeitige Benutzer" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "Berechnung der Speicherplatzgröße" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" @@ -798,7 +829,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wir gehen davon aus, dass 20 % der Anfragen umfangreiche Anfragen sind, " "während 80 % einfachere Anfragen sind." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" @@ -807,7 +838,7 @@ msgstr "" "SQL-Anfragen gut gestaltet sind, ... verbraucht schätzungsweise etwa 1 GB " "RAM" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" @@ -815,7 +846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ein leichterer Worker verbraucht in demselben Szenario schätzungsweise 150 " "MB RAM." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" @@ -824,61 +855,49 @@ msgstr "" "light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " "heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "Livechat" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port ` but the " -"client will not connect to it." +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" -"Bei Multiprocessing wird automatisch ein spezieller Livechat-Worker " -"gestartet, der auf :option:`dem gevent-Port ` " -"lauscht, mit dem sich der Client aber nicht verbindet." +"Beim Multiprocessing wird automatisch ein spezieller Livechat-Worker " +"gestartet, der auf :option:`--gevent-port ` hört. " +"Standardmäßig greifen die HTTP-Anfragen weiterhin auf die normalen HTTP-" +"Worker zu und nicht auf den Livechat-Worker. Sie müssen einen Proxy vor Odoo" +" einsetzen und eingehende Anfragen, deren Pfad mit ``/websocket/`` beginnt, " +"an den Livechat-Worker umleiten. Außerdem müssen Sie Odoo mit " +":option:`--proxy-mode ` starten, damit es die echten " +"Client-Header (wie Hostname, Schema und IP) anstelle der Proxy-Header " +"verwendet." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" -"Stattdessen müssen Sie einen Proxy haben, der Anfragen, deren URL mit " -"``/websocket/`` beginnt, an den gevent-Port umleitet. Andere Anfragen " -"sollten auf den :option:`normalen HTTP-Port ` " -"umgeleitet werden." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" -"Um dies zu erreichen, müssen Sie einen Reverse-Proxy vor Odoo einsetzen, z. " -"B. nginx oder apache. Dabei müssen Sie einige weitere http-Header an Odoo " -"weiterleiten und den proxy_mode in der Odoo-Konfiguration aktivieren, damit " -"Odoo diese Header lesen kann." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "Server mit 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" msgstr "60 gleichzeitige Benutzer" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" msgstr "60 Benutzer / 6 = 10 <- Theoretisch benötigte Anzahl von Workern" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- Theoretisch maximale Anzahl von Workern" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." @@ -887,19 +906,19 @@ msgstr "" "Überwachungssystem verwenden, um die CPU-Auslastung zu messen und zu prüfen," " ob sie zwischen 7 und 7,5 liegt." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM für Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "in der :ref:`Konfigurationsdatei `:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -913,7 +932,7 @@ msgstr "" "Terminierungs-Proxy implementiert werden, erfordert jedoch die folgende " "Einrichtung:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" @@ -922,15 +941,15 @@ msgstr "" " sollte nur aktiviert werden, wenn sich Odoo hinter einem Reverse-Proxy " "befindet." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "Den SSL-Terminierungs-Proxy (`Nginx-Terminierungsbeispiel`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "Das Proxying selbst einrichten (`Nginx-Proxying-Beispiel`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" @@ -938,23 +957,23 @@ msgstr "" "Ihr SSL-Terminierungsproxy sollte außerdem nicht sichere Verbindungen " "automatisch auf den sicheren Port umleiten" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "http-Anfragen auf https umleiten" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "Proxy-Anfragen an Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` eingestellt:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "Odoo als WSGI-Anwendung" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -970,7 +989,7 @@ msgstr "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` korrekt einzustellen und nicht über die " "Befehlszeile oder eine Konfigurationsdatei." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " @@ -981,99 +1000,77 @@ msgstr "" "Erstellung von Workern nicht mehr kontrolliert, kann es keine Cron- oder " "Livechat-Worker einrichten." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "Cron-Worker" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" -"Um Cron-Jobs für eine Odoo-Implementierung als WSGI-Anwendung auszuführen, " -"benötigen Sie" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "Klassisches Odoo (via ``odoo-bin`` durchführen)" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -"Verbunden mit der Datenbank, in der die Cron-Jobs ausgeführt werden sollen " -"(über :option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Um Cron-Jobs zu verarbeiten, müssen Sie einen der integrierten Odoo-Server " +"neben dem WSGI-Server starten. Dieser Server muss so konfiguriert sein, dass" +" er nur Cron-Jobs und keine HTTP-Anfragen verarbeitet. Verwenden Sie dazu " +"die Cli-Option :option:`--no-http ` oder die Einstellung" +" ``http_enable = False`` in der Konfigurationsdatei." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." msgstr "" -"Was nicht über das Netzwerk zugänglich sein sollten. Um sicherzustellen, " -"dass Cron-Ausführer nicht über das Netzwerk zugänglich sind, können Sie den " -"eingebauten HTTP-Server mit :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` oder der " -"Einstellung ``http_enable = False`` in der Konfigurationsdatei komplett " -"deaktivieren." +"Auf Linux-ähnlichen Systemen wird empfohlen, den Multipocessing-Server dem " +"Multithreading-Server vorzuziehen, um von einer besseren Hardware-Auslastung" +" und höherer Stabilität zu profitieren, d. h. die Optionen " +":option:`--workers=-1 ` und :option:`--max-cron-" +"threads=n ` zu verwenden." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" -"Das zweite problematische Subsystem für WSGI-Implementierungen ist Livechat:" -" Während die meisten HTTP-Verbindungen relativ kurz sind und ihren Worker-" -"Prozess schnell für die nächste Anfrage freigeben, benötigt Livechat eine " -"langlebige Verbindung für jeden Client, um Benachrichtigungen nahezu in " -"Echtzeit zu implementieren." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." -msgstr "" -"Dies steht im Konflikt mit dem prozessbasierten Worker-Modell, da es die " -"Worker-Prozesse blockiert und neue Benutzer am Zugriff auf das System " -"hindert. Diese langlebigen Verbindungen tun jedoch nur sehr wenig und " -"bleiben meist geparkt, um auf Benachrichtigungen zu warten." +"Die Verwendung eines gevent-kompatiblen WSGI-Servers ist für den korrekten " +"Betrieb der Livechat-Funktion erforderlich. Dieser Server sollte in der Lage" +" sein, viele gleichzeitige, langlebige Verbindungen zu verarbeiten, muss " +"aber nicht viel Rechenleistung haben. Alle Anfragen, deren Pfad mit " +"``/websocket/`` beginnt, sollten an diesen Server gerichtet werden. Für alle" +" anderen Anfragen sollte ein normaler (thread- oder prozessbasierter) WSGI-" +"Server verwendet werden." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -"Die Lösungen zur Unterstützung von Livechat/Benachrichtigungen in einer " -"WSGI-Anwendung sind:" +"Der Cron-Server von Odoo kann auch dazu verwendet werden, die Livechat-" +"Anfragen zu bedienen. Lassen Sie einfach die Option :option:`--no-http " +"` im Cron-Server weg und stellen Sie sicher, dass " +"Anfragen, deren Pfad mit ``/websocket/`` beginnt, an diesen Server geleitet " +"werden, entweder über :option:`--http-port ` " +"(Multithreading-Server) oder über :option:`--gevent-port ` (Multiprocessing-Server)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" -"Eine Thread-Version von Odoo einsetzen (statt einer prozessbasierten " -"Preforking-Version) und nur Anfragen an URLs an Odoo umleiten, die mit " -"``/websocket/`` beginnen. Das ist am einfachsten und die Websocket-URL kann " -"als Cron-Instanz fungieren." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." -msgstr "" -"Ein ereignisgesteuertes Odoo über ``odoo-gevent`` implementieren und " -"Anfragen, die mit ``/websocket/`` beginnen, an :option:`den gevent-Port " -"` weiterleiten." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "Statische Dateien und Anhänge bereitstellen" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -1085,11 +1082,11 @@ msgstr "" "die Leistung geht, und statische Dateien sollten im Allgemeinen von einem " "statischen HTTP-Server bereitgestellt werden." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "Statische Dateien bereitstellen" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -1102,7 +1099,7 @@ msgstr "" " das richtige Modul (und die richtige Datei) in den verschiedenen Addons-" "Pfaden gesucht wird." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " @@ -1112,8 +1109,8 @@ msgstr "" "Enterprise installiert und die :option:`--addons-path ` ist ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." @@ -1122,7 +1119,7 @@ msgstr "" "Speicherortblock hinzugefügt werden, um statische Dateien über NGINX " "bereitzustellen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -1136,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr "" "die :option:`--addons-path ` ist " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " @@ -1146,11 +1143,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ihrer eigenen Installation ab. Die beiden obigen Snippets zeigen nur zwei " "mögliche Konfigurationen auf und können nicht unverändert verwendet werden." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "Anhänge bereitstellen" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -1163,7 +1160,7 @@ msgstr "" "erfordert, um festzustellen, wo die Dateien gespeichert sind und ob der " "aktuelle Benutzer darauf zugreifen kann oder nicht." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -1186,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" " dies geschehen ist, starten Sie Odoo mit dem CLI-Flag :option:`--x-sendfile" " ` (dieses uni" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." @@ -1194,7 +1191,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die X-Sendfile-Erweiterung für Apache (und kompatible Webserver) erfordert " "keine zusätzliche Konfiguration." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" @@ -1202,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die X-Accel-Erweiterung für NGINX **erfordert** die folgende zusätzliche " "Konfiguration:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -1216,11 +1213,11 @@ msgstr "" " nicht über NGINX auf). Dadurch wird eine Warnung protokolliert. Die Meldung" " enthält die erforderliche Konfiguration." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sicherheit" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " @@ -1230,7 +1227,7 @@ msgstr "" "kontinuierlicher Prozess ist und keine einmalige Aktion. Sie sind immer nur " "so sicher wie das schwächste Glied in Ihrer Umgebung." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -1247,7 +1244,7 @@ msgstr "" "Distribution, den besten Praktiken in Bezug auf Benutzer, Passwörter und die" " Verwaltung der Zugriffskontrolle usw." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" @@ -1255,7 +1252,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie einen Server mit Internetanschluss einrichten, sollten Sie die " "folgenden sicherheitsrelevanten Themen berücksichtigen:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " @@ -1265,7 +1262,7 @@ msgstr "" "den Zugriff auf die Seiten der Datenbankverwaltung, sobald das System " "eingerichtet ist. Siehe :ref:`db_manager_security`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -1280,7 +1277,7 @@ msgstr "" "*nie* irgendwelche Standardpasswörter wie admin/admin, auch nicht für " "Test-/Staging-Datenbanken." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" @@ -1292,7 +1289,7 @@ msgstr "" "und erhebliche Probleme zu verursachen, selbst auf " "Staging-/Entwicklungssystemen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -1309,7 +1306,7 @@ msgstr "" " anstatt das System alle Datenbanken aus dem Datenbank-Backend abrufen zu " "lassen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1326,7 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" "Befehlszeilenoption :option:`--no-database-list ` sichtbar)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1340,7 +1337,7 @@ msgstr "" "``postgres`` gehören, wenn Sie einen dedizierten, nicht privilegierten " "``db_user`` verwenden. Siehe auch :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " @@ -1351,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" "neueste Version von https://www.odoo.com/page/download oder " "http://nightly.odoo.com herunterladen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." @@ -1360,7 +1357,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grenzen für Ihre typische Nutzung (Speicher/CPU/Zeitüberschreitungen). Siehe" " auch :ref:`Builtin_server`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1377,7 +1374,7 @@ msgstr "" " die Option :option:`proxy mode `. Siehe auch " ":ref:`https_proxy`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1395,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Firewall zuzulassen und/oder ein Brute-Force-Erkennungssystem wie `fail2ban`" " oder ein vergleichbares System einzusetzen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " @@ -1406,7 +1403,7 @@ msgstr "" "Angriffe zu verhindern. Siehe auch :ref:`login_brute_force` für spezifische " "Maßnahmen." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " @@ -1416,7 +1413,7 @@ msgstr "" "Angriffen (Distributed Denial of Service) an, aber dies ist oft ein " "optionaler Service, so dass Sie sich mit ihnen in Verbindung setzen sollten." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " @@ -1427,7 +1424,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produktionsinstanzen hosten. Und wenden Sie die gleichen " "Sicherheitsvorkehrungen an wie bei der Produktion." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1455,7 +1452,7 @@ msgstr "" " kann auch nützlich sein, um eine prozessspezifische " "Netzwerkzugangskontrolle zu implementieren." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1483,7 +1480,7 @@ msgstr "" "CloudFlare führen zu diesem Zweck normalerweise eine öffentliche Liste ihrer" " IP-Adressbereiche." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." @@ -1492,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" " einander, indem Sie Container oder angemessene „Gefängnis“-Techniken " "verwenden." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." @@ -1501,6 +1498,19 @@ msgstr "" " kopieren Sie diese auf einen entfernten Archivierungsserver, der vom Server" " selbst nicht zugänglich ist." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" +"Es wird dringend empfohlen, Odoo auf Linux statt auf Windows zu " +"installieren. Sollten Sie sich dennoch für eine Bereitstellung auf einer " +"Windows-Plattform entscheiden, sollte eine gründliche Sicherheitsüberprüfung" +" des Servers durchgeführt werden, die nicht in den Rahmen dieses Leitfadens " +"fällt." + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "Brute-Force-Angriffe blockieren" @@ -2103,7 +2113,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" +"Die Windows-Pakete wird für die Bequemlichkeit des Testens oder der " +"Ausführung lokaler Einzelbenutzer-Instanzen angeboten, aber von einer " +"produktiven Bereitstellung wird aufgrund einer Reihe von Einschränkungen und" +" Risiken im Zusammenhang mit der Bereitstellung von Odoo auf einer Windows-" +"Plattform abgeraten." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " @@ -2114,11 +2137,11 @@ msgstr "" "Installationsprogramm von der `Odoo-Downloadseite " "`_ (jede Edition)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "Führen Sie die heruntergeladene Datei aus." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." @@ -2127,7 +2150,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Windows schützt Ihren PC* angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf **Mehr Info** und dann" " auf **Trotzdem ausführen**, um fortzufahren." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." @@ -2135,11 +2158,11 @@ msgstr "" "Akzeptieren Sie die `UAC " "`_-Aufforderung." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "Durchlaufen Sie die Installationsschritte." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "Odoo wird am Ende der Installation automatisch gestartet." @@ -3232,60 +3255,243 @@ msgstr "" "Bestätigungsmeldung erscheinen. Die Odoo-Datenbank kann nun mit Hilfe der " "OAuth-Authentifizierung sichere E-Mails über Microsoft Outlook versenden." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration mehrerer Benutzer" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." -msgstr "" -"Für jeden Benutzer sollte ein eigener Server eingerichtet werden. Der " -":guilabel:`from-filter` sollte so eingestellt werden, dass nur die E-Mails " -"des Benutzers von diesem Server gesendet werden. Mit anderen Worten, nur ein" -" Benutzer mit einer E-Mail-Adresse, die mit dem eingestellten " -":guilabel:`from-filter` übereinstimmt, kann diesen Server benutzen." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" +msgstr "Konfiguration mit einem einzigen Postausgangsserver" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie den :guilabel:`from-filter` eingestellt haben, richten Sie ein " -"Ersatz-E-Mail-Konto ein, um den Versand von :guilabel:`Benachrichtigungen` " -"zu ermöglichen. Die Ausweich-E-Mail muss als :guilabel:`Allgemeiner " -"Transaktionsserver` konfiguriert sein. Der Systemparameter " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` muss auf den :guilabel:`Benutzernamen` des " -"allgemeinen Transaktionsserverkontos gesetzt werden. Weitere Informationen " -"finden Sie unter :ref:`Eine Standard-E-Mail-Adresse verwenden " -"`." +"Die Konfiguration eines einzelnen Postausgangsservers ist die einfachste " +"Konfiguration, die für Microsoft Azure verfügbar ist, und sie erfordert " +"keine umfangreichen Zugriffsrechte für die Benutzer in der Datenbank." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Eine generische E-Mail-Adresse wird verwendet, um E-Mails für alle Benutzer " +"in der Datenbank zu versenden. Sie könnte z. B. mit dem Alias " +"`Benachrichtigungen` (`notifications@example.com`) oder dem Alias `Kontakt` " +"(`contact@example.com`) strukturiert sein. Diese Adresse muss auf dem Server" +" als :guilabel:`VON-Filterung` eingestellt sein. Diese Adresse muss auch mit" +" der Schlüsselkombination `{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` in " +"den Systemparametern übereinstimmen." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen über den Von-Filter finden Sie unter: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" -"Auf die :guilabel:`Systemparameter` können Sie zugreifen, indem Sie " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` im Menü " -":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Parameter --> " -"Systemparameter` aktivieren." +"Auf die :guilabel:`Systemparameter` können Sie zugreifen, indem Sie " +":ref:`developer-mode` im Menü :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch " +"--> Parameter --> Systemparameter` aktivieren." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie diese Konfiguration verwenden, wird für jede E-Mail, die von der " +"Datenbank aus versendet wird, die Adresse des konfigurierten " +"`Benachrichtigung`-Postfachs verwendet. Beachten Sie jedoch, dass der Name " +"des Absenders angezeigt wird, seine E-Mail-Adresse jedoch geändert wird:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "Name des echten Absenders mit statischer E-Mail." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "Konfiguration des einzelnen Postausgangsservers:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Benutzername** (Anmeldung) des Postausgangsservers = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VON-Filterung` des Postausgangsservers = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "`mail.catchall.domain` in Systemparametern = `example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "`mail.default.from` in Systemparametern = `notifications`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "Benutzerspezifische Konfiguration (mehrere Benutzer)" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"Zusätzlich zu einem allgemeinen E-Mail-Server können Sie für die Benutzer " +"einer Datenbank individuelle E-Mail-Server einrichten. Diese E-Mail-Adressen" +" müssen als :guilabel:`VON-Filterung` auf jedem einzelnen Server eingestellt" +" werden, damit diese Konfiguration funktioniert." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" +"Diese Konfiguration ist die schwierigere der beiden Microsoft-Azure-" +"Konfigurationen, da alle Benutzer, die mit E-Mail-Servern konfiguriert sind," +" über Zugriffsrechte auf die Einstellungen verfügen müssen, um eine " +"Verbindung zum E-Mail-Server herstellen zu können." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Einrichten" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" +"Für jeden Benutzer sollte ein eigener E-Mail-Server eingerichtet werden. Die" +" :guilabel:`VON-Filterung` sollte so eingestellt werden, dass nur die " +"E-Mails des Benutzers von diesem Server gesendet werden. Mit anderen Worten," +" nur ein Benutzer mit einer E-Mail-Adresse, die mit der eingestellten " +":guilabel:`VON-Filterung` übereinstimmt, kann diesen Server benutzen." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" +"Ein :ref:`Sicherungsserver ` muss eingerichtet " +"werden, um das Senden von :guilabel:`Benachrichtigungen` zu ermöglichen. Die" +" :guilabel:`VON-Filterung` für diesen Server sollte den Wert von " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` haben." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" +"Die Konfiguration für diesen Server für Transaktionsmails kann neben einem " +"Server für ausgehende Massenmailings funktionieren. Der :guilabel:`VON-" +"Filterung` für den E-Mail-Server für Massenmailings kann leer bleiben, muss " +"aber in den Einstellungen der *E-Mail-Marketing*-App hinzugefügt werden." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen zum Einrichten des E-Mail-Servers für Massmailings " +"finden Sie unter :ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "Konfiguration des Postausgangsservers für mehrere Benutzer:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "Postfach Benutzer #1" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Benutzername** (Anmeldung) des Postausgangsservers #1 = `john@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VON-Filterung` des Postausgangsservers #1 = `john@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "Postfach Benutzer #2" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Benutzername** (Anmeldung) des Postausgangsservers #2 = `jane@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VON-Filterung` des Postausgangsservers #2 = `jane@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "Benachrichtigungspostfach" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Benutzername** (Anmeldung) des Postausgangsservers #3 = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`VON-Filterung` des Postausgangsservers #3 = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Systemparameter" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 msgid "Configure incoming email server" msgstr "Posteingangsserver konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " @@ -3306,7 +3512,7 @@ msgstr "" "bestätigen` Sie nun das Konto. Das Konto sollte nun bereit sein, E-Mails an " "die Odoo-Datenbank zu senden." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -3378,7 +3584,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Einen kostenlosen Domainnamen registrieren " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Einen kostenlosen Domainnamen registrieren " "`_" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 @@ -5681,6 +5887,18 @@ msgstr "" "Weitere Informationen finden Sie unter :ref:`Eine Standard-E-Mail-Adresse " "verwenden `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" +"Auf die :guilabel:`Systemparameter` können Sie zugreifen, indem Sie " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` im Menü " +":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Parameter --> " +"Systemparameter` aktivieren." + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -6827,7 +7045,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -8742,10 +8960,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Einrichten" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 85b959309..b4bdd58e7 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ # Johannes Croe , 2022 # Andreas Jonderko , 2022 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 -# e2f , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# e2f , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden in Echtzeit aktualisiert:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Finanzberichte" @@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ msgstr "Scheckerfassung" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partner" @@ -660,7 +660,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -700,13 +699,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -1018,6 +1020,7 @@ msgstr "" "Länder" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr ":doc:`transactions`" @@ -2377,179 +2380,334 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "Bankabstimmung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Übersicht" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"Der Abgleich Ihrer Kontoauszüge mit Ihren Buchhaltungsposten kann eine " -"mühsame Aufgabe sein. Sie müssen die entsprechenden Rechnungen ausfindig " -"machen, die Beträge und die Angaben zu den Partnern mit den Angaben auf dem " -"Kontoauszug vergleichen. Diese Schritte können sehr viel Zeit in Anspruch " -"nehmen. Glücklicherweise können Sie mit Odoo Ihre Rechnungen oder andere " -"Zahlungsbelege ganz einfach mit Ihren Kontoauszügen abgleichen." +"**Bankabstimmung** ist das Verfahren zum Abgleichen Ihrer " +":doc:`Banktransaktionen ` mit Ihren Geschäftsunterlagen, wie " +"z.B. :doc:`Kundenrechnungen <../customer_invoices>`, " +":doc:`Lieferantenrechnungen <../vendor_bills>` und :doc:`Zahlungen " +"<../payments>`. Dies ist nicht nur für die meisten Unternehmen " +"obligatorisch, sondern bietet auch eine Reihe von Vorteilen, wie z.B. ein " +"geringeres Risiko von Fehlern in Finanzberichten, die Aufdeckung von " +"betrügerischen Aktivitäten und ein verbessertes Cashflow-Management." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "In Odoo gibt es zwei Optionen für das Abstimmungsverfahren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "Wir können die Zahlung direkt auf der Rechnung erfassen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "Wir können offene Rechnungen mit Kontoauszügen abstimmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"Für die Erfassung von Rechnungen ist keine besondere Konfiguration " -"erforderlich. Alles, was wir tun müssen, ist, die Buchhaltungsapp zu " -"installieren." +"Dank der :doc:`Abstimmungsmodelle ` im Zusammenhang " +"mit der Bank trifft Odoo automatisch eine Vorauswahl der passenden Einträge." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Anwendungsfälle" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Fall 1: Erfassung von Zahlungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" msgstr "" -"Wir haben den Kontoauszug für unsere Rechnung an Smith & Co in Höhe von 2100" -" Euro erhalten." +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Bankabstimmung `_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" -"Wir beginnen mit unserer gebuchten Rechnung über 2100 Euro für Smith & Co. " -"Da das verkaufte Produkt eine Dienstleistung ist, ist die verlangen wir eine" -" sofortige Zahlung. Unser Buchhalter ruft die Kontoauszüge erst am Ende der " -"Woche ab, sodass wir diese Rechnung als sofort bezahlt markieren müssen, um " -"zu ermöglichen, dass wir mit der Erbringung der Dienstleistungen für unseren" -" Kunden beginnen können." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" -"Unser Kunde schickt uns eine Zahlungsbestätigung. So können wir eine Zahlung" -" erfassen und die Rechnung als bezahlt markieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Durch Klick auf **Zahlung registrieren** sagen wir Odoo, dass unser Kunden " -"die Rechnung bezahlt hat. Wir müssen dann nur noch den Betrag und die " -"Zahlungsmethode angeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Jetzt können wir die Zahlungsdetails immer in der Rechnung finden, indem wir" -" auf die :Menüauswahl:`Info --> Ansicht` klicken." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" -"Die Rechnung wurde bezahlt und **die Abstimmung wurde automatisch " -"durchgeführt.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Fall 2: Abstimmung von Kontoauszügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" -"Wir beginnen mit unserer an Smith & Co ausgestellten Rechnung über 3000 " -"Euro. Nehmen wir an, dass noch weitere Rechnungen für andere Kunden offen " -"sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" -"Wir erhalten unseren Kontoauszug und stellen fest, dass nicht nur die " -"Rechnung an Smith & Co bezahlt wurde, sondern auch die an Buzz über 92 Euro." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" -"**Importieren** oder **Erstellen** Sie die Kontoauszüge. Bitte beachten Sie " -"die Dokumente im Abschnitt „Bank-Feeds“." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf dem Dashboard **Abstimmen # Positionen**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" -"Wenn alles korrekt ist (richtiger Partnername, richtiger Betrag), wird Odoo " -"die Abstimmungen **automatisch** durchführen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" -"Wenn keine eindeutige Zuordnung möglich war, müssen Sie **Manuell** " -"abstimmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" -"Wenn zum Beispiel der Partner auf Ihrem Kontoauszug fehlt, wählen Sie ihn " -"einfach aus:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Zahlung mit einer Anzahlung erfolgte, prüfen Sie einfach, ob diese " -"übereinstimmt und bestätigen Sie alle damit verbundenen Zahlungen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`Bankensynchronisierung`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "Bankabstimmungsansicht" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" +"Um auf die **Abstimmungsansicht** eines Bankjournals zuzugreifen, gehen Sie " +"zu Ihrem :guilabel:`Buchhaltungsdashboard` und:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" +"klicken Sie auf den Journalnamen (z. B. :guilabel:`Bank`), um alle " +"Transaktionen anzuzeigen, auch die vorher abgestimmten oder" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Positionen abstimmen`, um alle " +"von Odoo für die Abstimmung vorausgewählten Transaktionen anzuzeigen. Sie " +"können den Filter :guilabel:`Nicht abgeglichen` aus der Suchleiste " +"entfernen, um bereits abgestimmte Transaktionen einzubeziehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" +"Zugriff auf das Bankabstimmungstool von Ihrem Buchhaltungsdashboard aus" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" +"Die Bankabstimmungsansicht ist in drei verschiedene Abschnitte unterteilt: " +"Transaktionen, Gegenbuchungen und resultierende Buchungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "Die Benutzeroberfläche der Abstimmungsansicht eines Bankjournals." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transaktionen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" +"Der Transaktionsbereich auf der linken Seite zeigt alle Banktransaktionen " +"an, wobei die neuesten zuerst angezeigt werden. Klicken Sie auf eine " +"Transaktion, um sie auszuwählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "Gegenbuchungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" +"Der Abschnitt für Gegenbuchungen unten rechts zeigt die Optionen für die " +"ausgewählte Banktransaktion an. Es stehen mehrere Reiter zur Verfügung, " +"darunter :ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations` und :guilabel:`Dialog`, " +"der den Chatter für die ausgewählte Banktransaktion enthält." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "Resultierende Buchung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Der Abschnitt für „Resultierende Buchungen“ oben rechts zeigt die " +"ausgewählte Banktransaktion an, die mit den Gegenbuchungen abgeglichen " +"wurde, und enthält alle verbleibenden Soll- oder Habenbeträge. In diesem " +"Bereich können Sie die Abstimmung validieren oder als :guilabel:`Zu prüfen` " +"markieren. Alle :ref:`Abstimmungsmodell-Schaltflächen " +"` sind auch im Abschnitt für resultierende " +"Buchungen verfügbar." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "Transaktionen abstimmen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Transaktionen können automatisch mithilfe von :doc:`Abstimmungsmodellen " +"` abgeglichen werden oder sie können mit " +":ref:`Vorhandenen Einträgen `, " +":ref:`Sammelzahlungen `, :ref:`Manuelle " +"Vorgänge ` und :ref:`Abstimmungsmodell-" +"Schaltflächen ` abgeglichen werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine Transaktion der Banktransaktionen aus, die noch nicht " +"abgeglichen wurden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Definieren Sie das Gegenstück. Es gibt mehrere Optionen für die Definition " +"eines Gegenstücks, darunter :ref:`Abgleich vorhandener Einträge " +"`, :ref:`manuelle Vorgänge " +"`, :ref:`Sammelzahlungen " +"` und :ref:`Abstimmungsmodell-Schaltflächen " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der resultierende Eintrag nicht vollständig ausgeglichen ist, gleichen " +"Sie ihn aus, indem Sie einen anderen vorhandenen Gegeneintrag hinzufügen " +"oder ihn mit einem :ref:`manuellen Vorgang ` ausbuchen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Abstimmung " +"zu bestätigen und zur nächsten Transaktion überzugehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie sich nicht sicher sind, wie Sie eine bestimmte Transaktion " +"abstimmen sollen und sich später damit befassen möchten, verwenden Sie " +"stattdessen die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Zu prüfen`. Alle Transaktionen, die " +"als :guilabel:`Zu prüfen` markiert sind, können mit dem Filter :guilabel:`Zu" +" prüfen` angezeigt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" +"Banktransaktionen werden bis zur Abstimmung auf dem **Zwischenkonto des " +"Journals** gebucht. Zu diesem Zeitpunkt ändert die Abstimmung die " +"Journalbuchung der Transaktion, indem sie das Bankzwischenkonto durch das " +"entsprechende Debitoren- oder Kreditorenkonto oder das Konto für offene " +"Rechnungen ersetzt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "Vorhandene Einträge abgleichen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Reiter enthält abgleichende Einträge, die Odoo automatisch im Voraus " +"entsprechend den Abstimmungsmodellen auswählt. Die Eintragsreihenfolge " +"basiert auf den :ref:`Abstimmungsmodellen " +"`, wobei die vorgeschlagenen Einträge als " +"erster erscheinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" +"Mit der Suchleiste im Reiter :guilabel:`Vorhandene Einträge abgleichen` " +"können Sie nach bestimmten Buchungszeilen suchen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "Sammelzahlungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" +"Mit `Sammelzahlungen `_ können Sie verschiedene " +"Zahlungen gruppieren, um die Abstimmung zu erleichtern. Verwenden Sie den " +"Reiter :guilabel:`Sammelzahlungen`, um Sammelzahlungen für Kunden und " +"Lieferanten zu finden. Ähnlich wie der Reiter :guilabel:`Vorhandene Einträge" +" abgleichen` verfügt der Reiter :guilabel:`Sammelzahlungen` über eine " +"Suchleiste, mit der Sie nach bestimmten Sammelzahlungen suchen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "Manuelle Vorgänge" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" +"Wenn für die ausgewählte Transaktion kein Eintrag vorhanden ist, können Sie " +"die Transaktion stattdessen manuell abstimmen, indem Sie das richtige Konto " +"und den richtigen Betrag auswählen. Füllen Sie dann eines der entsprechenden" +" optionalen Felder aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Option :guilabel:`Vollständig bezahlt` verwenden, um eine " +"Zahlung abzustimmen, auch wenn nur eine Teilzahlung eingegangen ist. Im " +"Bereich der resultierenden Buchung erscheint eine neue Zeile, die den " +"offenen Saldo widerspiegelt, der standardmäßig auf dem Debitorenkonto " +"registriert ist. Sie können ein anderes Konto auswählen, indem Sie auf die " +"neue Zeile im Abschnitt für die resultierende Buchung klicken und das " +":guilabel:`Konto` auswählen, um den offenen Saldo zu erfassen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" +"Klick auf „vollständig bezahlt“, um eine Rechnung manuell auf vollständig " +"bezahlt zu setzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "Abstimmungsmodell-Schaltflächen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" +"Verwenden Sie eine :ref:`Abstimmungsmodell-Schaltfläche " +"` für manuelle Vorgänge, die häufig verwendet " +"werden. Diese benutzerdefinierten Schaltflächen ermöglichen eine schnelle " +"manuelle Abstimmung von Banktransaktionen und können auch in Kombination mit" +" bestehenden Einträgen verwendet werden." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Abstimmungsmodelle" @@ -2816,10 +2974,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reconciliation`" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transaktionen" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -3046,7 +3200,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "Kundenrechnungen" @@ -3109,7 +3264,7 @@ msgstr "" "sogenannten Rechnungsentwurf durch die Mitarbeiter des Lagers." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Erstellung von Rechnungen" @@ -3332,7 +3487,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3805,7 +3961,6 @@ msgstr "" " möchten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Zahlungsbedingungen" @@ -5844,7 +5999,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: payment terms `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Zahlungsbedingungen " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Zahlungsbedingungen " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 @@ -6818,7 +6973,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:190 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 msgid "Inventory average price valuation" @@ -7291,7 +7446,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -7767,7 +7923,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Kontenplan `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 @@ -7775,7 +7931,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Ihren Kontenplan aktualisieren " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Ihren Kontenplan aktualisieren " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 @@ -8787,7 +8943,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "Steuerbericht: MwSt.-Einheit" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Zahlungen" @@ -8828,7 +8983,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Interne Überweisungen `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -8837,7 +8992,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Bankkonfiguration `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:24 @@ -8985,11 +9140,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Ein- oder Ausgangsrechnung wird nun als :guilabel:`In Zahlung` " "gekennzeichnet, bis sie mit dem Kontoauszug abgestimmt ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "Sammelzahlung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " @@ -9008,19 +9163,19 @@ msgstr "" "Zahlungen auswählen und zu einem Stapel zusammenfassen, indem Sie auf " ":menuselection:`Aktion --> Sammelzahlung erstellen` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "Zahlungsabgleich" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -9039,7 +9194,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zahlungsabgleich`, oder indem Sie auf :menuselection:`Buchhaltung" " --> Abstimmung` gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -9050,11 +9205,11 @@ msgstr "" "entweder zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt abgestimmt werden oder direkt " "ausgebucht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "Sammelzahlungsabgleich" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -9075,11 +9230,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "Anzeige der Abstimmungsoption" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "Zahlungen mit Kontoauszügen abstimmen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -9838,7 +9993,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Zahlungserinnerungen " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Zahlungserinnerungen " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 @@ -10115,7 +10270,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Zahlungsbedingungen " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Zahlungsbedingungen " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 @@ -10418,6 +10573,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" @@ -11953,8 +12109,8 @@ msgstr "" "Das Feld :guilabel:`Plan` muss ausgefüllt werden. Pläne fassen mehrere " "Kostenstellen zusammen; sie verteilen Kosten und Vorteile, um die " "Unternehmensleistung zu analysieren. Sie können **Kostenstellenpläne** " -"erstellen oder konfigurieren, indem Sie auf :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " -"Konfiguration --> Kostenrechnung: Kostenstellenpläne\"." +"erstellen oder konfigurieren, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Konfiguration --> Kostenrechnung: Kostenstellenpläne` gehen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -13862,7 +14018,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Letzter Tag` angegebenen Wert." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Checkliste für Jahresende" @@ -14737,8 +14892,10 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (Entfernung der TaxCloud-Integration in Odoo 17+)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" @@ -14876,7 +15033,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Einführung" @@ -15265,7 +15422,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" @@ -15367,7 +15524,7 @@ msgstr "" "Im Reiter :guilabel:`Erweiterte Optionen` entscheiden Sie sich für die " ":guilabel:`Steuerliche Zulässigkeit`. Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Auf Grundlage " "der Zahlung`, damit die Steuer bei Zahlungseingang der Rechnung fällig wird." -" Sie können dann auch das :guilabel:Übergangskonto für Ist-Versteuerung` " +" Sie können dann auch das :guilabel:`Übergangskonto für Ist-Versteuerung` " "definieren, auf dem der Steuerbetrag verbucht wird, solange die " "ursprüngliche Rechnung nicht abgestimmt wurde." @@ -15855,8 +16012,8 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "Auswahl einer Steuerposition auf einen Kunden" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud` (Entfernung der TaxCloud-Integration in Odoo 17+)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -15980,11 +16137,27 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "TaxCloud-Integration" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" +"Die Odoo-TaxCloud-Integration wird ab Odoo 17 entfernt. Neuinstallationen " +"sind in Odoo 17 verboten. In Odoo 18 wird es das/die TaxCloud-Modul(e) " +"**nicht** mehr geben. Odoo empfiehlt stattdessen die Verwendung der Avatax-" +"Plattform." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr ":doc:`avatax`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" "TaxCloud berechnet den Umsatzsteuersatz in Echtzeit für jeden Bundesstaat, " @@ -15992,11 +16165,11 @@ msgstr "" " verfolgt, welche Produkte von der Umsatzsteuer befreit sind und in welchen " "Staaten die jeweilige Befreiung gilt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "TaxCloud-Registrierung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -16011,11 +16184,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "Beispiel der TaxCloud-API-Schlüssel eines Shops" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "TaxCloud aktivieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." @@ -16024,7 +16197,7 @@ msgstr "" "Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie die :guilabel:`Steuern` im Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`TaxCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " @@ -16034,7 +16207,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`API-Schlüssel` den :guilabel:`Schlüssel` der Filiale hinzu. " "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -16046,7 +16219,7 @@ msgstr "" ":dfn:`Taxability Information Codes` aus TaxCloud zu importieren. Einige " "Kategorien können bestimmte Steuersätze oder Steuerbefreiungen beinhalten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -16062,11 +16235,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "TaxCloud-API-Schlüssel in Odoo ausfüllen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "TaxCloud-Kategorien für Produkte einstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " @@ -16077,7 +16250,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Allgemeine Informationen` des Produkts und wählen Sie eine " ":guilabel:`TaxCloud-Kategorie`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -16090,7 +16263,7 @@ msgstr "" "stattdessen eine :guilabel:`TaxCloud-Kategorie` auf die " ":guilabel:`Produktkategorie` zu setzen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -16100,7 +16273,7 @@ msgstr "" " für dessen :guilabel:`Produktkategorie` setzen, berücksichtigt Odoo nur das" " :guilabel:`TaxCloud-Kategorie` auf dem Produkt selbst." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -16113,7 +16286,7 @@ msgstr "" "auf die :guilabel:`Produktkategorie` *Alle* setzen, wird es nicht auf die " ":guilabel:`Produktkategorie` *Alle/Verkäufe* angewendet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" @@ -16124,11 +16297,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Unternehmen: Info aktualisieren`, um Ihre " "Unternehmensadresse zu öffnen und zu bearbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "Steuern automatisch im richten Steuerschuldkonto buchen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -16140,7 +16313,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie eine **benutzerdefinierten Vorgabe**. Dieser Vorgang sollte für jedes " "Ihrer Unternehmen, das TaxCloud verwendet, wiederholt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -16154,7 +16327,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ertragskonto anzugeben (oder wenn eine andere benutzerdefinierte Vorgabe " "Vorrang hat)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -16172,7 +16345,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "Beispiel der ID des Steuerschuldkontos in der URL-Zeichenkette" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " @@ -16182,7 +16355,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Aktionen: Benutzerdefinierte" " Standards` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -16194,7 +16367,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "Suchfeld der Benutzerdefinierte Standards" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -16211,7 +16384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "Suche nach dem Modell der Steuerverteilungszeile und dem Feld Konto" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " @@ -16221,7 +16394,7 @@ msgstr "" "zurückkehren, geben Sie die **ID des Steuerschuldkontos**, die Sie sich " "zuvor notiert haben, in das Feld :guilabel:`Standardwert (JSON-Format)` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -16233,11 +16406,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "Beispiel der Konfiguration von benutzerdefinierten Standards" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "Die Steuerposition automatisch ermitteln" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" @@ -16247,7 +16420,7 @@ msgstr "" "` berechnet. Eine Steuerposition für die Vereinigten " "Staaten wird erstellt, wenn Sie TaxCloud aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -16266,7 +16439,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "Einstellung „Automatisch erkennen“ in der TaxCloud-Steuerposition" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " @@ -16276,7 +16449,7 @@ msgstr "" "gesetzt, wenn das Land des Kunden *Vereinigte Staaten* ist. Dadurch wird die" " automatische Steuerberechnung ausgelöst." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." @@ -16285,11 +16458,11 @@ msgstr "" "ihn oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Steuern aktualisieren` " "neben :guilabel:`Versand hinzufügen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "Interaktion mit Gutscheinen und Werbeaktionen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -16303,7 +16476,7 @@ msgstr "" "Betrag der durch die Werbeaktion hinzugefügten Zeilen von der Summe der " "Zeilen, auf die es sich auswirkt, abgezogen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" @@ -16313,7 +16486,7 @@ msgstr "" "einer TaxCloud-Steuerposition **vollständig** abgerechnet werden müssen – " "Sie können keine Rechnungen für Teillieferungen etc. erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -17588,7 +17761,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Rechnungsdigitalisierung mit OCR " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Rechnungsdigitalisierung mit OCR " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 @@ -17670,7 +17843,7 @@ msgid "" " the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " "into new invoices or bills." msgstr "" -"Der E-Mail-Alias ist nun im Reiter für:guilabel:`Erweiterte Einstellungen` " +"Der E-Mail-Alias ist nun im Reiter für :guilabel:`Erweiterte Einstellungen` " "des Journals verfügbar. E-Mails, die an diese Adresse gesendet werden, " "werden automatisch in neue Ein-/Ausgangsrechnungen umgewandelt." @@ -17811,7 +17984,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Grundlagen für Dokumente " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Grundlagen für Dokumente " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:13 @@ -17820,7 +17993,7 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Dokumente mit Ihrer Buchhaltungsapp verwenden " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Dokumente mit Ihrer Buchhaltungsapp verwenden " "`_" @@ -18167,7 +18340,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Knoten hinzufügen` (Pluskreis-Symbol) und " ":guilabel:`Zweig hinzufügen` (Ellipsen-Symbol), um Bedingungen und " "Unterbedingungen hinzuzufügen. Sie können dann angeben, ob Ihre Regel " -"*:guilabel:`ALLE` oder :guilabel:`BELIEBIGE` Bedingungen erfüllen soll. Sie " +":guilabel:`ALLE` oder :guilabel:`BELIEBIGE` Bedingungen erfüllen soll. Sie " "können die Regel auch direkt mit dem *Code-Editor* bearbeiten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 @@ -20431,12 +20604,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentinien" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "Webinare" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -20462,15 +20635,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "Modulinstallation" @@ -20485,8 +20661,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -20494,6 +20670,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -20505,14 +20684,17 @@ msgstr "Name" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -20524,8 +20706,8 @@ msgstr "Technische Bezeichnung" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -20533,6 +20715,9 @@ msgstr "Technische Bezeichnung" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -20610,7 +20795,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Ihr Unternehmen konfigurieren" @@ -20666,7 +20852,7 @@ msgstr "Steuerliches Lokalisierungspaket auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Stammdaten konfigurieren" @@ -21902,7 +22088,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" " value);" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nicht verfügbar:`Die Überprüfung wird nicht durchgeführt (dies " +":guilabel:`Nicht verfügbar:` Die Überprüfung wird nicht durchgeführt (dies " "ist der Standardwert)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:618 @@ -23067,7 +23253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" -msgstr "Stellen Sie in :guilabel:`Basiert auf` guilabel:`der Steuer` ein;" +msgstr "Stellen Sie in :guilabel:`Basiert auf` :guilabel:`der Steuer` ein;" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -23444,7 +23630,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "SODA-Dateien importieren" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Elektronische Rechnungsstellung" @@ -23464,7 +23651,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Peppol BIS Billing 3.0` an." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" @@ -24066,8 +24253,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Name`" @@ -24101,15 +24288,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Telefon`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr ":guilabel:`E-Mail`" @@ -24319,7 +24506,7 @@ msgstr "" "Grundlage für die in Brasilien benötigten Konten bietet." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" "Sie können je nach den Bedürfnissen des Unternehmens Konten hinzufügen oder " @@ -24402,9 +24589,12 @@ msgstr "" "Erstattungen` neu konfiguriert werden" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkte" @@ -24478,7 +24668,9 @@ msgstr "" "`Versicherung`, `Fracht` oder `Sonstige Kosten`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontakte" @@ -24614,8 +24806,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration der Steuerposition" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Arbeitsabläufe" @@ -24793,9 +24985,12 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" @@ -24980,7 +25175,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Finanzberichte" @@ -24997,6 +25192,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "Parameter für Steuerberichte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Mehrere Währungen" @@ -26616,56 +26812,34 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Kolumbien" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" -"Die folgende Dokumentation behandelt die kolumbianischen " -"Lokalisierungsmodule und ihre grundlegenden Konzepte zum Verständnis, zur " -"Implementierung und zur Verwendung der kolumbianischen Lokalisierung in " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "Stammdaten für Kolumbien konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." -msgstr "" -"Elektronische Rechnungsstellung für Kolumbien in Odoo verwenden und " -"konfigurieren." +"Das kolumbianische Lokalisierungspaket von Odoo bietet buchhalterische, " +"steuerliche und rechtliche Funktionen in Kolumbien wie Kontenplan, Steuern " +"und elektronische Rechnungsstellung." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation " -"`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" -":ref:`Rechnungserstellung ` und " -":ref:`-validierung `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" -msgstr ":ref:`Erhalt von rechtlichen XMLs und PDFs `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" -msgstr ":ref:`Häufige Fehler vermeiden `" +"Darüber hinaus haben wir eine Reihe von Videos, die sich mit den ersten " +"Schritten, der Konfiguration, den wichtigsten Arbeitsabläufen und speziellen" +" Anwendungsfällen befassen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" -msgstr ":ref:`Finanzberichte `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." msgstr "" -"`Intelligentes Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Videos zur kolumbianischen Lokalisierung von Odoo " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" @@ -26673,417 +26847,833 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installieren ` Sie die folgenden Module, um alle " "Funktionen der kolumbianischen Lokalisierung zu erhalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Kolumbien - Buchhaltung`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "`l10n_co`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -"Standardmäßiges :ref:`steuerliches Lokalisierungspaket " -"`." +"Standardmäßige :ref:`steuerliche Lokalisierungspaket " +"`. Dieses Modul fügt die grundlegenden " +"Buchhaltungsfunktionen für die kolumbianische Lokalisierung hinzu: " +"Kontenplan, Steuern, Einbehaltungen, Identifikationsbelegart." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kolumbien - Buchhaltungsberichte`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" +msgstr "`l10n_co_reports`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" +"Enthält Buchhaltungsberichte für den Versand von Zertifizierungen an " +"Lieferanten für angewandte Einbehaltungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Elektronische Rechnungsstellung für Kolumbien mit Carvajal`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" msgstr "`l10n_co_edi`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "Integration der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung miz Carvajal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Modul enthält die Funktionen, die für die Integration mit Carvajal " +"erforderlich sind, und generiert die elektronischen Rechnungen und Belegen " +"für die Lieferantenrechnungen auf der Grundlage der |DIAN|-Vorschriften." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Kolumbien - Kassensystem`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" msgstr "`l10n_co_pos`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Kassensystem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "Enthält den Kassenbon für kolumbianische Lokalisierung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Kolumbien - Buchhaltungsberichte`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 -msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" -msgstr "`l10n_co_reports`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "Kolumbische Berichte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "Anmeldedaten für den Carvajal-Webservice konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Datenbank von Grund auf neu erstellen und `Kolumbien` als Land" +" auswählen, installiert Odoo automatisch die Basismodule *Kolumbien - " +"Buchhaltung* und *Kolumbien - Buchhaltungsberichte*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Unternehmenskonfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" +"Um die Informationen zu Ihrem Unternehmen zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zur " +"App :guilabel:`Kontakte` und suchen Sie Ihr Unternehmen. Alternativ können " +"Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` aktivieren und zu " +":menuselection:`Allgemeine Einstellungen --> Unternehmen --> Info " +"aktualisieren --> Kontakt` navigieren. Bearbeiten Sie dann das " +"Kontaktformular, um die folgenden Informationen zu konfigurieren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Unternehmensname`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Adresse`: einschließlich der :guilabel:`Stadt`, der " +":guilabel:`Bezirk` und :guilabel:`PLZ`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ust-IdNr.`: Wenn es sich um eine `NIT` handelt, muss die " +"*Prüfziffer* am Ende der ID stehen, gefolgt von einem Bindestrich (`-`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurieren Sie nun das Feld :guilabel:`Steuerinformation` im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Verkauf & Einkauf`:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Wählen Sie die steuerliche " +"Verantwortung für das Unternehmen (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: Wenn das Unternehmen ein *Gran " +"Contribuyente* ist, sollte diese Option ausgewählt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Steuerregelung`: Wählen Sie den Tributnamen für das Unternehmen " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Handelsname`: Wenn das Unternehmen einen bestimmten Handelsnamen " +"verwendet und dieser in der Rechnung angezeigt werden muss." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration von Carjaval-Anmeldedaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" msgstr "" "Sobald die Module installiert sind, müssen die Benutzeranmeldedaten " "konfiguriert werden, um eine Verbindung mit dem Carvajal-Webservice " "herzustellen. Navigieren Sie zunächst zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " -"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und suchen Sie den Abschnitt " +"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`Kolumbianische elektronische Rechnungsstellung`. Geben Sie dann " "die von Carvajal bereitgestellten Konfigurationsinformationen ein." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Benutzername` und :guilabel:`Passwort`: Entsprechen dem " +"Benutzernamen und dem Passwort, die Carvajal dem Unternehmen mitgeteilt hat." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmensregister`: Die NIT-Nummer des Unternehmens *ohne* die" +" Prüfziffer." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Konto-ID`: Unternehmens-ID gefolgt von by `_01`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kolumbien Vorlagencode`: Wählen Sie eine der beiden verfügbaren " +"Vorlagen (:guilabel:`CGEN03` oder :guilabel:`CGNE04`), die im PDF-Format der" +" elektronischen Rechnung verwendet werden soll." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "Anmeldedaten für den Carvajal-Webservice in Odoo konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -"Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Testmodus`, um sich mit der " -"Carvajal-Testumgebung zu verbinden. Damit können Sie den gesamten " -"Arbeitsablauf und die Integration mit dem „Financiero Portal“ :abbr:`CEN " -"(Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` testen, das hier zugänglich ist:" +"Kreuzen Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Testmodus` an, um eine " +"Verbindung mit der Carvajal-Testumgebung herzustellen. Sobald Odoo und " +"Carvajal vollständig konfiguriert und für die Produktion bereit sind, " +"deaktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Testmodus`, um die " +"Produktionsdatenbank zu verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." -msgstr "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." +":guilabel:`Testmodus` darf **nur** auf replizierten Datenbanken verwendet " +"werden, **nicht** in der Produktionsumgebung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Berichtsdaten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` ist Standard für neue " -"Datenbanken." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" -"Sobald Odoo und Carvajal vollständig konfiguriert und für die Produktion " -"bereit sind, kann die Testumgebung deaktiviert werden, in dem Sie das " -"Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Testmodus` abwählen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "Berichtsdaten konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" "Die Berichtsdaten können für den Steuerabschnitt und die Bankinformationen " "in der PDF-Datei als Teil der konfigurierbaren Informationen definiert " "werden, die in der XML-Datei gesendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" "Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" "Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` und suchen Sie den Abschnitt :guilabel:`Kolumbianische " +"Einstellungen` und scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Kolumbianische " "elektronische Rechnungsstellung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "Berichtsdaten in Odoo konfigurieren." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration der Stammdaten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Die erforderlichen Daten in der XML konfigurieren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "Identification information" +msgstr "Identifikationsinformationen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie die Identifikationsnummer und die steuerliche Struktur." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identifikation" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." msgstr "" -"Im Rahmen der kolumbianischen Lokalisierung sind die von der :abbr:`DIAN " -"(Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` definierten Belegarten jetzt " -"im Partnerformular verfügbar. Kolumbianische Partner müssen ihre " -"Identifikationsnummer (:guilabel:`MwSt.`) und die :guilabel:`Belegart` " -"einstellen:" +"Die durch |DIAN| definierten Belegarten sind im Partnerformular als Teil der" +" kolumbianischen Lokalisierung verfügbar. Kolumbianische Partner müssen ihre" +" :guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer` (MwSt.) und :guilabel:`Belegart` " +"eingestellt haben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "Die Belegart von RUT, die in Odoo eingestellt ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." msgstr "" -"Wenn die :guilabel:`Belegart` `RUT` ist, muss die Identifikationsnummer in " -"Odoo konfiguriert werden, einschließlich der Prüfziffer. Odoo teilt diese " -"Nummer auf, wenn die Daten an den Drittanbieter gesendet werden." +"Wenn die :guilabel:`Belegart` `NIT` ist, muss die " +":guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer` in Odoo konfiguriert werden, " +"einschließlich der *Prüfziffer*. Odoo teilt diese Nummer auf, wenn die Daten" +" an Dritte gesendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Steuerliche Struktur (RUT)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "Steuerinformation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 msgid "" "The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." msgstr "" "Die Verantwortungscodes des Partners (Abschnitt 53 im RUT-Dokument) sind " -"Teil des elektronischen Rechnungsmoduls, da sie zu den von der :abbr:`DIAN " -"(Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` geforderten Informationen " -"gehören." +"Teil des elektronischen Rechnungsstellungsmoduls, da sie von der DIAN " +"gefordert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" msgstr "" "Die erforderlichen Felder finden Sie unter :menuselection:`Partner --> " "Verkauf & Einkauf --> Steuerinformationen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." msgstr "" -"Die Steuerinformationen, die im Modul für elektronische Rechnungen in Odoo " -"enthalten sind." +"Zusätzlich zum Hinzufügen allgemeiner Informationen (im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Allgemeine Informationen`) im Produktformular muss entweder das " +"Feld :guilabel:`UNSPSC-Kategorie`, :guilabel:`Barcode` oder " +":guilabel:`Interne Referenz` konfiguriert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Zusätzlich wurden zwei boolesche Felder hinzugefügt, um die Steuerregelung " -"des Partners anzugeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 msgid "" "If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." msgstr "" "Wenn Verkaufstransaktionen Produkte mit Steuern enthalten, muss das Feld " ":guilabel:`Werttyp` im Reiter :guilabel:`Erweiterte Optionen` pro Steuer " -"konfiguriert werden." +"konfiguriert werden. Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Konfiguration --> Steuern`, und wählen Sie die entsprechende Steuer aus." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" -"Die Typen des Steuereinbehaltung (ICA, IVA, Fuente) sind ebenfalls in den " -"Optionen zur Konfiguration Ihrer Steuern enthalten. Diese Konfiguration wird" -" verwendet, um die Steuern in der Rechnungs-PDF korrekt anzuzeigen." +"Die Typen des Steuereinbehaltung (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, " +":guilabel:`Fuente`) sind ebenfalls enthalten. Diese Konfiguration wird " +"verwendet, um die Steuern in der Rechnungs-PDF korrekt anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "Die Felder ICA, IVA und Fuente im Reiter Erweiterte Optionen in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Benutzer" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "Verkaufsjournale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -"Die Standardvorlage, die von Odoo für das Rechnungs-PDF verwendet wird, " -"enthält die Arbeitsstelle des Vertriebsmitarbeiters, daher sollte das Feld " -":guilabel:`Stelle` konfiguriert werden:" +"Sobald die DIAN die offizielle Sequenz und das Präfix für die elektronische " +"Rechnungsresolution zugewiesen hat, müssen die Verkaufsjournale für Ihre " +"Rechnungsdokumente in Odoo aktualisiert werden. Navigieren Sie dazu zu " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltung —> Einstellungen —> Konfiguration —> Journale`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" +"Konfigurieren Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Erweiterte Einstellungen` folgende " +"Daten:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Elektronische Rechnungsstellung`: :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Kolumbien)`" +" aktivieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rechnungsresulotion`: Von der |DIAN| für das Unternehmen " +"ausgestellte Resolutionsnummer." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resolutionsdatum`: Ursprüngliches Datum des Inkrafttretens der " +"Resolution." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Enddatum der Resolution`: Enddatum der Gültigkeit der Resolution." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nummernkreis (Minimum)`: Erste autorisierte Rechnungsnummer." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nummernkreis (Maximum)`: Letzte autorisierte Rechnungsnummer." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" +"Die Sequenz und Resolution des Journals muss mit der in Carvajal " +"konfigurierten und der |DIAN| übereinstimmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "Rechnungssequenz" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" +"Die Rechnungssequenz und das Präfix müssen korrekt konfiguriert sein, wenn " +"das erste Dokument erstellt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" +"Odoo weist folgenden Dokumenten automatisch ein Präfix und eine Sequenz zu." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "Einkaufsjournale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" +"Sobald die |DIAN| die offizielle Sequenz und das Präfix für den Beleg im " +"Zusammenhang mit den Lieferantenrechnungen zugewiesen hat, müssen die " +"Einkaufsjournale im Zusammenhang mit ihren Supportdokumenten in Odoo " +"aktualisiert werden. Der Prozess ist ähnlich wie bei der Konfiguration der " +":ref:`Verkaufsjournale `." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" +"Der :doc:`Kontenplan " +"` wird " +"standardmäßig als Teil des Lokalisierungsmoduls installiert. Die Konten " +"werden automatisch in ihren entsprechenden Steuern und den " +"Standardfdebitoren- und -kreditorenkonten abgebildet. Der Kontenplan für " +"Kolumbien basiert auf dem PUC (Plan Unico de Cuentas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "Hauptarbeitsablauf" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." -msgstr "Arbeitsablauf für elektronische Rechnungen in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" +msgstr "Elektronische Rechnungen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" "Der funktionale Arbeitsablauf, der vor einer Rechnungsvalidierung " -"stattfindet, ändert sich nicht. Die wichtigsten Änderungen, die mit der " -"elektronischen Rechnung eingeführt werden, sind die folgenden Felder:" +"stattfindet, ändert nicht die wichtigsten Änderungen, die mit der " +"elektronischen Rechnung eingeführt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Es gibt drei Arten von Dokumenten:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica**: Dies ist die reguläre Belegart und gilt für " -"Rechnungen, Gutschriften und Lastschriften." +"Elektronische Rechnungen werden über die Webservice-Integration von Carvajal" +" erstellt und sowohl an den |DIAN| als auch an den Kunden gesendet. Diese " +"Dokumente können aus Ihrem Verkaufsauftrag oder manuell erstellt werden. " +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Kunden --> Rechnungen` und " +"konfigurieren Sie:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kunde`: Kundeninformationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal für elektronische Rechnungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: Dies sollte für Importtransaktionen ausgewählt " -"werden." +":guilabel:`Elektronische Rechnungstyp`: Wählen Sie die Art des Dokuments. " +"Standardmäßig ist :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` ausgewählt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: Dies ist ein Ausnahmetyp, der als manuelles " -"Back-up für den Fall verwendet wird, dass das Unternehmen nicht in der Lage " -"ist, das ERP zu nutzen und es notwendig ist, die Rechnung manuell zu " -"erstellen, wenn diese Rechnung dem ERP hinzugefügt wird." +":guilabel:`Rechnungszeilen`: Geben Sie die Produkte mit den richtigen " +"Steuern an." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Rechnungsvalidierung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" -"Nach der Validierung der Rechnung wird eine XML-Datei erstellt und " -"automatisch an Carvajal gesendet. Diese Datei wird auch im Chatter " -"angezeigt." +"Nach der Rechnungsbestätigung wird eine XML-Datei erstellt und automatisch " +"an Carvajal gesendet. Die Rechnung wird dann asynchron durch den Service für" +" elektronische Rechnungsstellung UBL 2.1 (Kolumbien) verarbeitet. Die Datei " +"wird auch im Chatter angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "Carvajal-XML-Rechnungsdatei im Odoo-Chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" "Das Feld :guilabel:`Name der elektronischen Rechnung` wird jetzt im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Weitere Informationen` mit dem Namen der XML-Datei angezeigt. " -"Außerdem wird das Feld :guilabel:`Status der elektronischen Rechnung` mit " -"dem Anfangswert :guilabel:`In Bearbeitung` angezeigt." +":guilabel:`EDI-Dokumente` mit dem Namen der XML-Datei angezeigt. Außerdem " +"wird das Feld :guilabel:`Status der elektronischen Rechnung` mit dem " +"Anfangswert :guilabel:`Zu versenden` angezeigt. Um die Rechnung manuell zu " +"verarbeiten, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Jetzt verarbeiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Empfang von legalen XMLs und PDFs" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" +"Der Lieferant der elektronischen Rechnung (Carvajal) empfängt die XML-Datei " +"und validiert ihre Struktur und Informationen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -"Der Lieferant der elektronischen Rechnung erhält die XML-Datei und überprüft" -" die Struktur und die darin enthaltenen Informationen. Wählen Sie im Drop-" -"down-Menü :guilabel:`Action` die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Carvajal-Status " -"prüfen`. Wenn alles korrekt ist, ändert sich der Wert des Feldes " -":guilabel:`Status der elektronischen Rechnung` in :guilabel:`Validiert`. " -"Fahren Sie dann mit der Generierung einer legalen XML-Datei fort, die eine " -"digitale Signatur und einen eindeutigen Code (CUFE) enthält, sowie mit der " -"Generierung einer PDF-Rechnung, die einen QR-Code und den CUFE enthält." +"Nachdem Sie die elektronische Rechnung validiert haben, generieren Sie eine " +"legale XML-Datei, die eine digitale Signatur und einen eindeutigen Code " +"(CUFE) enthält. Außerdem wird eine PDF-Rechnung generiert, die einen QR-Code" +" und den CUFE enthält. Wenn alles korrekt ist, ändert sich der Wert des " +"Feldes :guilabel:`Elektronische Rechnungsstellung` in :guilabel:`Gesendet`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Das passiert danach:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -"Eine ZIP-Datei, die die legale XML- und PDF-Datei enthält, wird " -"heruntergeladen und im Chatter der Rechnung angezeigt:" +"Eine ZIP-Datei, die die legale elektronische Rechnung in XML- und PDF-Format" +" und die Rechnung in PDF-Format enthält, wird heruntergeladen und im Chatter" +" der Rechnung angezeigt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "ZIP-Datei, die im Chatter der Rechnung in Odoo angezeigt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "XML und PDF, die in der ZIP-Datei der Rechnung enthalten sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" "Der Status der elektronischen Rechnung ändert sich in " ":guilabel:`Akzeptiert`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "Gutschriften" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" +"Der Prozess für Gutschriften ist derselbe wie für Rechnungen. Um eine " +"Gutschrift mit Bezug auf eine Rechnung zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Kunden --> Rechnungen`. Klicken Sie in der " +"Rechnung auf :guilabel:`Gutschrift hinzufügen` und füllen Sie die folgenden " +"Informationen aus:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kreditmethode`: Wählen Sie die Art der Kreditmethode." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Teilrückerstattung`: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn es eine " +"Teilrückerstattung ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vollständige Rückerstattung`: Verwenden Sie diese Option, wenn es" +" sich um eine Gutschrift über den Gesamtbetrag handelt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Komplette Rückerstattung und neuer Rechnungsentwurf`: Verwenden " +"Sie diese Option, wenn die Gutschrift automatisch validiert und mit der " +"Rechnung abgestimmt wird. Die ursprüngliche Rechnung wird als neuer Entwurf " +"dupliziert." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Begründung`: Geben Sie den Grund für die Gutschrift ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stornodatum`: Wählen Sie, ob Sie ein bestimmtes Datum für die " +"Gutschrift wünschen oder ob es das Datum der Journalbuchung ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Spezifisches Journal verwenden`: Wählen Sie das Journal für Ihre " +"Gutschrift oder lassen Sie das Feld leer, wenn Sie dasselbe Journal wie die " +"Originalrechnung verwenden möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Erstattungsdatum`: Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Datum gewählt haben, " +"wählen Sie das Datum für die Erstattung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" +"Nach der Überprüfung klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Stornieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "Lastschriften" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" +"Der Prozess für Lastschriften ist derselbe wie für Gutschriften. Um eine " +"Lastschrift mit Bezug auf eine Rechnung zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Kunden --> Rechnungen`. Klicken Sie in der " +"Rechnung auf :guilabel:`Gutschrift hinzufügen` und füllen Sie die folgenden " +"Informationen aus:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Begründung`: Geben Sie den Grund für die Lastschrift ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datum der Lastschrift`: Wählen Sie die spezifischen Optionen aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zeilen kopieren`: Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie eine " +"Lastschrift mit denselben Rechnungszeilen registrieren möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Spezifisches Journal verwenden`: Wählen Sie die Druckstelle für " +"Ihre Lastschrift oder lassen Sie das Feld leer, wenn Sie dasselbe Journal " +"wie die Originalrechnung verwenden möchten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Lastschrift erstellen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "Belege für Lieferantenrechnungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie Stammdaten, Anmeldedaten und das Einkaufsjournal für Belege zu " +"Lieferantenrechnungen konfiguriert haben, können Sie mit der Verwendung von " +"Belege beginnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" +"Belege für Lieferantenrechnungen können aus Ihrem Einkaufsauftrag oder " +"manuell erstellt werden. Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Lieferanten --> Rechnungen` und geben Sie die folgenden Daten ein:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lieferant`: Geben Sie die Daten des Lieferanten ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Rechnungsdatum`: Wählen Sie das Rechnungsdatum aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Wählen Sie das Journal für Belege im Zusammenhang mit " +"den Lieferantenrechnungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Abgerechnete Zeilen`: Geben Sie die Produkte mit den richtigen " +"Steuern an." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" +"Nach der Überprüfung klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Bestätigen`. Nach der Bestätigung wird eine XML-Datei erstellt " +"und automatisch an Carvajal gesendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Häufige Fehler" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." msgstr "" "Bei der XML-Validierung sind die häufigsten Fehler in der Regel auf fehlende" -" Stammdaten zurückzuführen. In solchen Fällen werden die Fehlermeldungen " -"nach der Aktualisierung des elektronischen Rechnungsstatus im Chatter " -"angezeigt." +" Stammdaten (*Ust-IdNr. des Kontakts*, *Adresse*, *Produkte*, *Steuern*) " +"zurückzuführen. In solchen Fällen werden die Fehlermeldungen nach der " +"Aktualisierung des elektronischen Rechnungsstatus im Chatter angezeigt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem die Stammdaten korrigiert wurden, ist es möglich, die XML-Datei mit " +"den neuen Daten erneut zu verarbeiten und die aktualisierte Version über die" +" :guilabel:`Wiederholen`-Schaltfläche zu versenden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." @@ -27091,108 +27681,60 @@ msgstr "" "XML-Validierungsfehler, die im Chatter der Rechnung in Odoo angezeigt " "werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem die Stammdaten korrigiert wurden, ist es möglich, die XML-Datei mit " -"den neuen Daten erneut zu verarbeiten und die aktualisierte Version über die" -" folgende Schaltfläche im Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Aktion` zu versenden:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "Der aktualisierte Rechnungsstatus in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Zusätzliche Anwendungsfälle" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"Der Prozess für Gutschriften und Lastschriften ist genau derselbe wie bei " -"der Rechnung, auch der funktionale Arbeitsablauf bleibt derselbe." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" -"Diese Informationen sind eine Kurzreferenz zu den Buchhaltungsberichten, die" -" im Modul *Kolumbianische Lokalisierung Buchhaltungsberichte* enthalten " -"sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "Certificado de Retención en ICA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" -"Dieser Bericht ist eine Bescheinigung für Lieferanten über die Einbehaltung " -"der kolumbianischen Industrie- und Handelssteuer (ICA)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> " -"Kolumbianische Kontoauszüge --> Certificado de Retención en ICA`." +"Bei diesem Bericht handelt es sich um eine Bescheinigung für Lieferanten " +"über die Einbehaltung der kolumbianischen Industrie- und Handelssteuer " +"(ICA). Den Bericht finden Sie unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Berichtswesen --> Kolumbianische Erklärungen --> Certificado de Retención en" +" ICA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "Bericht Certificado de Retención en ICA in Odoo Buchhaltung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "Certificado de Retención en IVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" -"Dieser Bericht stellt ein Zertifikat über den von den Lieferanten " -"einbehaltenen Betrag für die MwSt.-Einbehaltung aus." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> " -"Kolumbianische Kontoauszüge --> Certificado de Retención en ICA`." +"Bei diesem Bericht handelt es sich um ein Zertifikat über den von " +"Lieferanten einbehaltenen Betrag für MwSt.-Einbehaltung. Den Bericht finden " +"Sie unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> Kolumbianische " +"Erklärungen --> Certificado de Retención en ICA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "Bericht Certificado de Retención en IVA in Odoo Buchhaltung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" -"Dieses Zertifikat wird den Partnern für die von ihnen abgeführte " -"Quellensteuer ausgestellt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> " -"Kolumbianische Kontoauszüge --> Certificado de Retenciónen en Fuente`." +"Dieses Zertifikat wird den Partnern für die von ihnen geleistete " +"Quellensteuer ausgestellt. Den Bericht finden Sie unter " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> Kolumbianische Erklärungen" +" --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." @@ -27230,23 +27772,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App-Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "Glossar" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" "Hier sind einige Begriffe, die für die ecuadorianische Lokalisierung wichtig" " sind:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." @@ -27254,7 +27805,7 @@ msgstr "" "**SRI**: bedeutet *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, die staatliche " "Organisation, die die Zahlung der Steuern in Ecuador durchsetzt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." @@ -27263,7 +27814,7 @@ msgstr "" "Datenaustausch), was sich auf den Versand von elektronischen Dokumenten " "bezieht." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." @@ -27271,7 +27822,7 @@ msgstr "" "**RIMPE**: steht für *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "die Art der Steuerzahler, die für den SRI qualifiziert sind." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" @@ -27279,15 +27830,15 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installieren ` Sie die folgenden Module, um alle " "Funktionen der ecuadorianischen Lokalisierung zu erhalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Ecuador - Buchhaltung`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "`l10n_ec`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -27305,15 +27856,15 @@ msgstr "" " automatisch: Kontenplan, Steuern, Belegarten, Steuerunterstützungstypen. " "Außerdem werden die Formulare 103 und 104 automatisch erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Ecuadorianische Buchhaltung EDI`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "`l10n_ec_edi`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -27328,7 +27879,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dokumente sind: Rechnungen, Gutschriften, Lastschriften, Einbehalte und " "Kaufabwicklungen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " @@ -27338,7 +27889,7 @@ msgstr "" "Land auswählen, installiert Odoo automatisch das Basismodul " ":guilabel:`Ecuador - Buchhaltung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -27351,23 +27902,23 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Unternehmen --> Kontakt` und bearbeiten Sie dann den " "Kontakt, um die folgenden Informationen zu konfigurieren:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "Kreuzen Sie oben die Option :guilabel:`Unternehmen` an" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Typ des Steuerzahlers`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "Laden Sie das Firmenlogo hoch und speichern Sie" @@ -27375,11 +27926,11 @@ msgstr "Laden Sie das Firmenlogo hoch und speichern Sie" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "Unternehmensdaten für Ecuador in Odoo Kontakte einfügen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Elektronische Dokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " @@ -27389,15 +27940,15 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und suchen" " Sie nach :command:`Ecuadorianische Lokalisierung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "Konfigurieren Sie folgende Informationen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Eingetragener Firmenname`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -27410,7 +27961,7 @@ msgstr "" "elektronische Dokumente verwenden möchten, lassen Sie das Kontrollkästchen " "deaktiviert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." @@ -27418,7 +27969,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Regelung`: Wählen Sie aus, ob Ihr Unternehmen allgemein regulär " "oder als RIMPE qualifiziert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." @@ -27426,11 +27977,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zwang zur Buchführung`: Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen, wenn" " für Ihr Unternehmen diese Bedingung gilt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Standardsteuern für Einbehaltungen`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." @@ -27438,7 +27989,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einbehaltungen vornehmen`: Aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen, " "wenn Ihr Unternehmen elektronische Einbehaltungen vornehmen wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." @@ -27446,7 +27997,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verbrauchsartikel einbehalten`: geben Sie den Code für den " "Einbehalt ein, wenn Sie Waren kaufen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." @@ -27454,7 +28005,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dienstleistungen einbehalten`: geben Sie den Code für den " "Einbehalt ein, wenn Sie Dienstleistungen kaufen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" @@ -27462,7 +28013,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kreditkarte einbehalten`: geben Sie den Code für den Einbehalt " "ein, wenn Sie mit Kreditkarte kaufen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." @@ -27470,7 +28021,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nummer der Quellensteuerstelle`: Geben Sie hier die Nummer der " "Quellensteuerstelle ein, falls dies für Ihr Unternehmen zutrifft." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." @@ -27478,7 +28029,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Elektronische Zertifikatsdatei`: Laden Sie das elektronische " "Zertifikat und das Passwort hoch und speichern Sie es dann." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -27492,7 +28043,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "Elektronische Signatur für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -27505,11 +28056,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kreditkarteneinbehalt immer verwendet, wenn eine Kredit- oder Debitkarten-" "SRI-Zahlungsmethode verwendet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "Mehrwertsteuereinbehaltung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -27522,7 +28073,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> " "Ecuadorianischer SRI: Steuerzahlertyp SRI`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -27536,7 +28087,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "Konfiguration des Steuerzahlertyps für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." @@ -27544,11 +28095,11 @@ msgstr "" "Falls der :guilabel:`Steuerzahlertyp` `RIMPE` ist, konfigurieren Sie auch " "den Prozentsatz der :guilabel:`Einkommenssteuereinbehaltung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "Druckerpunkte" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." @@ -27556,7 +28107,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um Ihre Druckerpunkte zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Buchhaltung: Journale`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" @@ -27565,13 +28116,13 @@ msgstr "" "benötigen, konfiguriert werden. Zum Beispiel: Kundenrechnung, Gutschriften " "und Lastschriften." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" "Für jeden Druckerpunkt müssen Sie die folgenden Informationen konfigurieren:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." @@ -27580,15 +28131,15 @@ msgstr "" "`[Emissionsstelle]-[Emissionspunkt] [Belegart]`, zum Beispiel: `001-001 " "Verkaufsdokumente`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Typ`: bezieht sich auf die Art des Journals, wählen Sie " "`Verkauf`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" " checked." @@ -27596,35 +28147,35 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dokumente verwenden?`: dieses Kontrollkästchen ist automatisch " "aktiviert, lassen Sie es aktiviert." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Emissionsstelle`: konfigurieren Sie die Einrichtungsnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Emissionspunkt`: konfigurieren Sie den Druckerpunkt." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Emissionspunkt`: konfigurieren Sie den Druckerpunkt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Emissionsadresse`: konfigurieren Sie die Adresse der Einrichtung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Standardeinkommenskonto`: konfigurieren Sie das " "Standardeinkommenskonto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." @@ -27633,7 +28184,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollkästchen, wenn *Gutschriften* von dieser Druckstelle aus erstellt " "werden sollen - Journal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" @@ -27642,7 +28193,7 @@ msgstr "" "Buchungseinträgen. Geben Sie einen eindeutigen 5-stelligen Code ein, zum " "Beispiel: `VT001`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -27660,7 +28211,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurieren eines Druckerpunkts für den elektronischen Belegart Ecuador " "für Kundenrechnungen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." @@ -27669,11 +28220,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Elektronische Rechnungsstellung` an, um es für " "Ecuador zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "Einbehaltung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " @@ -27683,7 +28234,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Buchhaltung: Journale`, wo" " Sie die folgenden Informationen konfigurieren müssen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." @@ -27692,26 +28243,26 @@ msgstr "" "`[Emissionsstelle]-[Emissionspunkt] [Belegart]`, zum Beispiel: `001-001 " "Einbehaltung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Typ`: bezieht sich auf die Art des Journals, wählen Sie " "`Sonstiges`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einbehaltungstyp`: Konfigurieren Sie die Einkaufseinbehaltung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Standardkonto`: konfigurieren Sie das Standardeinkommenskonto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -27727,8 +28278,8 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurieren einer Einbehaltung für den elektronischen Belegart Ecuador für" " Einbehaltungstyp." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " @@ -27738,11 +28289,11 @@ msgstr "" "Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Elektronische Rechnungsstellung` an, um den " "Versand von elektronischen Rechnungen für die Einbehaltung zu aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "Kaufbelege" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " @@ -27753,7 +28304,7 @@ msgstr "" "Buchhaltung: Journale`, wo Sie die folgenden Informationen konfigurieren " "müssen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." @@ -27762,7 +28313,7 @@ msgstr "" "`[Emissionsstelle]-[Emissionspunkt] [Belegart]`, zum Beispiel: `001-001 " "Einbehaltung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -27778,7 +28329,7 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurieren eines Kaufbelegs für den elektronischen Belegart Ecuador für " "Einbehaltungstyp." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -27790,7 +28341,7 @@ msgstr "" "installiert. Die Konten werden automatisch in Steuern, Standardkreditoren " "und Standarddebitoren zugeordnet." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " @@ -27800,7 +28351,7 @@ msgstr "" "Superintendencia de Sociedades, die in verschiedene Kategorien unterteilt " "ist und mit der NIIF-Buchhaltung kompatibel ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." @@ -27808,7 +28359,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zusätzlich zu den Basisinformationen in Ihren Produkten müssen Sie die " "Konfiguration des geltenden Quellencodes (Steuer) hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -27820,13 +28371,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "Produkt für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" "Konfigurieren Sie die folgenden Informationen, wenn Sie einen Kontakt " "erstellen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." @@ -27835,7 +28386,7 @@ msgstr "" "einen Kontakt mit RUC handelt, oder kreuzen Sie :guilabel:`Einzelperson` an," " wenn es sich um einen Kontakt mit Cedula oder Pass handelt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." @@ -27843,7 +28394,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adresse`: :guilabel:`Straße` ist ein Pflichtfeld zur Bestätigung " "der elektronischen Rechnung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." @@ -27851,7 +28402,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Identifikationsnummer`: Wählen Sie eine Identifikationsart `RUC`," " `Cedula` oder `Pass`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Steuerzahlertyp`: Wählen Sie den SRI-Steuerzahlertyp des " @@ -27861,7 +28412,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "Kontakte für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " @@ -27871,11 +28422,11 @@ msgstr "" "und Gewinnabzüge gelten, wenn Sie diesen Kontakt auf der Lieferantenrechnung" " verwenden und dann von dort aus einen Abzug erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "Ihre Steuern prüfen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -27887,11 +28438,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "Steuern für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "Folgende Optionen wurden automatisch konfiguriert:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." @@ -27899,7 +28450,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Steuerunterstützung`: nur in der IVA-Steuer zu konfigurieren, ist" " diese Option nützlich, wenn Sie Kaufbelege registrieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." @@ -27907,7 +28458,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: nur für Einkommenssteuer-Quellencodes zu " "konfigurieren, ist es wichtig, wenn Sie die Quellensteuer registrieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." @@ -27916,11 +28467,11 @@ msgstr "" "es sich um eine IVA-Steuer handelt, und konfigurieren Sie die Codes des " "Formulars 103, wenn es sich um einen Einkommenssteuer-Quellencode handelt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Steuerbezeichnung`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" @@ -27929,7 +28480,7 @@ msgstr "" " [Formularcode] [Steuerunterstützungscode] [Kurzbezeichnung der " "Steuerunterstützung])`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" @@ -27937,7 +28488,7 @@ msgstr "" "Für den Einkommenssteuer-Quellencode formatieren Sie den Namen wie folgt: " "`Code ATS [Prozentsatz der Einbehaltung] [Name der Einbehaltung]`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -27953,11 +28504,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "Steuern mit Steuerunterstützung für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "Ihre Belegarten prüfen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " @@ -27967,7 +28518,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Lieferantenrechnungen* werden nach Belegarten klassifiziert. Diese werden " "von den staatlichen Finanzbehörden definiert, in diesem Fall von der SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -27979,7 +28530,7 @@ msgstr "" "für das der Beleg gilt, und die Daten werden automatisch erstellt, wenn die " "Lokalisierung installiert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -27991,18 +28542,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "Belegarten für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" "Sobald Sie Ihre Datenbank konfiguriert haben, können Sie Ihre Dokumente " "registrieren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "Verkaufsdokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " @@ -28013,13 +28564,13 @@ msgstr "" "Verkaufsauftrag oder manuell erstellt werden. Sie müssen die folgenden Daten" " enthalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr ":guilabel:`Kunde`: Geben Sie die Daten des Kunden ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." @@ -28027,16 +28578,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: Wählen Sie die Option, die dem Druckpunkt für die " "Kundenrechnung entspricht." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Belegart`: Geben Sie die Belegart in diesem Format `(01) " "Rechnung` ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " "paid." @@ -28044,9 +28595,9 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zahlungsmethode (SRI)`: Wählen Sie, wie die Rechnung bezahlt " "werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produkte`: Geben Sie das Produkt mit den richtigen Steuern an." @@ -28055,11 +28606,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "Kundenrechnung für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "Kundengutschrift" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -28077,11 +28628,11 @@ msgstr "" "um zum Formular :guilabel:`Gutschrift erstellen` zu gelangen, und füllen Sie" " dann die folgenden Informationen aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr ":guilabel:`Kreditmethode`: Wählen Sie die Art der Kreditmethode." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." @@ -28090,7 +28641,7 @@ msgstr "" "erste Anzahl von Dokumenten eingeben müssen und wenn es sich um eine " "Teilgutschrift handelt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " @@ -28100,7 +28651,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Gutschrift für die gesamte Rechnung gilt und Sie möchten, dass die " "Gutschrift automatisch validiert und mit der Rechnung abgestimmt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -28113,22 +28664,22 @@ msgstr "" "Rechnung abgestimmt wird, und ein neuer Rechnungsentwurf wird automatisch " "erstellt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr ":guilabel:`Begründung`: Geben Sie den Grund für die Gutschrift ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Datum der Umkehrung`: wählen Sie die :guilabel:`spezifischen` " "Optionen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr ":guilabel:`Stornodatum`: Geben Sie das Datum ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " @@ -28138,7 +28689,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ihre Gutschrift oder lassen Sie das Feld leer, wenn Sie dasselbe Journal wie" " die Originalrechnung verwenden möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" "Nach der Überprüfung können Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Stornieren` " @@ -28148,7 +28699,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Hinzufügen einer Kundengutschrift für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" @@ -28158,20 +28709,20 @@ msgstr "" " Betrag der Gutschrift ändern und sie dann validieren. Bevor Sie die " "Gutschrift validieren, sollten Sie sich die folgenden Informationen ansehen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: Wählen Sie den Druckpunkt für die Kundengutschrift." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Belegart`: dies ist die Belegart `(04) Gutschrift`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -28182,11 +28733,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Kundengutschrift für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "Kundenlastschrift" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -28202,17 +28753,17 @@ msgstr "" " :guilabel:`Lastschrift erstellen` zu gelangen, und füllen Sie die folgenden" " Informationen aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr ":guilabel:`Begründung`: Geben Sie den Grund für die Lastschrift ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Datum der Lastschrift`: wählen Sie die :guilabel:`spezifischen` " "Optionen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." @@ -28220,7 +28771,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Zeilen kopieren`: Wählen Sie diese Option, wenn Sie eine " "Lastschrift mit denselben Rechnungszeilen registrieren möchten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -28231,7 +28782,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Hinzufügen einer Kundenlastschrift für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" @@ -28239,7 +28790,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können den Betrag der Lastschrift ändern und sie dann validieren. Bevor " "Sie die Lastschrift validieren, überprüfen Sie die folgenden Informationen:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Belegart`: dies ist die Belegart `(04) Lastschrift`." @@ -28248,11 +28799,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Belegart`: dies ist die Belegart `(04) Lastschrift`." msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Kundenlastschrift für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "Kundeneinbehaltung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " @@ -28262,7 +28813,7 @@ msgstr "" " Ihr Unternehmen. Dieses Dokument wird vom Kunden ausgestellt, um eine " "Einbehaltung auf den Verkauf anzuwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -28276,12 +28827,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kundeneinbehaltung` zu gelangen, und füllen Sie dann die " "folgenden Informationen aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dokumentnummer`: Geben Sie die Nummer der Einbehaltung ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." @@ -28289,7 +28840,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einbehaltungszeilen`: Wählen Sie die Steuern, die der Kunde " "einbehält." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -28301,16 +28852,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Kundeneinbehaltung für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "Einkaufsdokumente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Lieferantenrechnung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " @@ -28320,7 +28871,7 @@ msgstr "" "für Ihr Unternehmen. Dieses Dokument wird von Ihrem Lieferanten ausgestellt," " wenn Ihr Unternehmen einen Einkauf tätigt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" @@ -28328,24 +28879,24 @@ msgstr "" "Die Rechnungen können aus dem Einkaufsauftrag oder manuell erstellt werden " "und müssen die folgenden Informationen enthalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr ":guilabel:`Lieferant`: Geben Sie die Daten des Lieferanten ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr ":guilabel:`Rechnungsdatum`: Wählen Sie das Rechnungsdatum aus." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr ":guilabel:`Journal`: Es ist das Journal für Lieferantenrechnungen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Belegart`: dies ist die Belegart `(01) Rechnung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Dokumentnummer`: Geben Sie die Dokumentnummer ein." @@ -28353,7 +28904,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Dokumentnummer`: Geben Sie die Dokumentnummer ein." msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "Einkäufe für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -28368,11 +28919,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Buchungszeilen` auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und " "stellen die Anpassung an der gewünschten Stelle ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "Kaufbeleg" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." @@ -28380,7 +28931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der :guilabel:`Kaufbeleg` ist ein elektronisches Dokument, das nach seiner " "Validierung an SRI gesendet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" @@ -28389,13 +28940,13 @@ msgstr "" "einen Kauf tätigen und der Lieferant aufgrund eines oder mehrerer der " "folgenden Fälle keine Rechnung ausstellt:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" "Die Dienstleistungen wurden von nicht in Ecuador ansässigen Personen " "erbracht." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." @@ -28403,7 +28954,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dienstleistungen, die von ausländischen Unternehmen ohne Wohnsitz oder " "Niederlassung in Ecuador erbracht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " @@ -28414,7 +28965,7 @@ msgstr "" "ihrer Härte nicht in der Lage sind, Verkaufsbelege oder Kundenrechnungen " "auszustellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." @@ -28422,7 +28973,7 @@ msgstr "" "Erstattung des Kaufs von Waren oder Dienstleistungen für Mitarbeiter, die in" " einem Abhängigkeitsverhältnis stehen (Vollzeitbeschäftigte)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." @@ -28430,7 +28981,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dienstleistungen, die von Mitgliedern von Kollegialorganen für die Ausübung " "ihrer Funktion erbracht werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " @@ -28441,7 +28992,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lieferantenrechnungen` erstellt werden. Sie müssen die folgenden " "Daten enthalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." @@ -28449,14 +29000,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: Wählen Sie das Journal für den :guilabel:`Kaufbeleg` " "mit der richtigen Emissionspunkt aus" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Belegart`: dies ist die Belegart `(03) Kaufbeleg`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " @@ -28466,7 +29017,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie müssen dies nur einmal tun, dann wird die Sequenz automatisch für die " "nächsten Dokumente zugewiesen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -28478,11 +29029,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "Kaufbeleg für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "Einbehaltung beim Einkauf" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." @@ -28490,7 +29041,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die :guilabel:`Einbehaltung beim Einkauf` ist ein elektronisches Dokument, " "das nach seiner Validierung an SRI gesendet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -28503,7 +29054,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf diese Schaltfläche, um zum Formular :guilabel:`Einbehaltung`" " zu gelangen, und füllen Sie dann die folgenden Informationen aus:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -28516,7 +29067,7 @@ msgstr "" "wenn dies nicht der Fall ist, können Sie die richtigen Steuern und die " "Steuerunterstützung bearbeiten und auswählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -28528,7 +29079,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Einbehaltung beim Einkauf für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -28541,7 +29092,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lieferantenrechnung` verwendeten Steuer und ändern Sie dort die " ":guilabel:`Steuerunterstützung`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." @@ -28549,7 +29100,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eine Quellensteuer kann in zwei oder mehr Zeilen aufgeteilt werden. Dies " "hängt davon ab, ob zwei oder mehr Einbehaltungsprozentsätze gelten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -28562,7 +29113,7 @@ msgstr "" "System erlaubt es Ihnen, solange die Summe der Grundlagen mit der Summe aus " "der :guilabel:`Lieferantenrechnung` übereinstimmt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" @@ -28572,7 +29123,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo haben wir zwei der wichtigsten Finanzberichte, die von Unternehmen " "verwendet werden. Dies sind die Berichte 103 und 104." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " @@ -28582,11 +29133,11 @@ msgstr "" "wählen Sie :menuselection:`Berichte --> Kontoauszüge --> Steuerbericht` und " "filtern Sie dann nach `Steuerbericht 103` oder `Steuerbericht 104`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "Bericht 103" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." @@ -28594,8 +29145,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dieser Bericht enthält Informationen über die Einkommenssteuereinbehaltung " "für einen bestimmten Zeitraum, dies kann monatlich oder halbjährlich sein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -28609,11 +29160,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "Formular des Berichts 103 für Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "Bericht 104" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -28652,6 +29203,18 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Ägypten - Buchhaltung`" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "``l10n_eg``" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßiges :ref:`steuerliches Lokalisierungspaket " +"`." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -33073,7 +33636,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "Optionen für elektronische Dokumentrechnungen für Italien" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "Steuerkonfiguration" @@ -34195,7 +34757,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -34419,63 +34981,58 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexiko" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." -msgstr "" -"VIDEO-WEBINAR EINER VOLLSTÄNDIGEN DEMO `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Odoo Enterprise-Nutzer in Mexiko haben kostenlosen Zugang zu einer Reihe von" -" Modulen, die es ihnen ermöglichen, elektronische Rechnungen gemäß den " -"Spezifikationen der SAT für die Version 3.3 der CFDI " -"" -" auszustellen, die seit dem 1. Januar 2018 gesetzlich vorgeschrieben ist. " -"Diese Module fügen auch relevante Buchhaltungsberichte (z. B. DIOT) hinzu " -"und ermöglichen den Außenhandel mit Unterstützung für damit verbundene " -"Zollvorgänge." +"`Video-Webinar einer vollständigen Demo " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" -"Mit der mexikanischen Niederlassung in Odoo können Sie nicht nur die " -"gesetzlichen Anforderungen für die Rechnungsstellung in Mexiko erfüllen, " -"sondern Odoo auch als Buchhaltungssystem nutzen, das den normalen " -"Anforderungen des Marktes gerecht wird. Das macht Odoo zur perfekten Lösung " -"für die Verwaltung Ihres Unternehmens in Mexiko." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "Vorbedingungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie die Module installieren und die notwendigen Konfigurationen für " -"die mexikanische Lokalisierung in Odoo vornehmen, müssen Sie die folgenden " -"Voraussetzungen erfüllen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." -msgstr "Sie müssen bei der SAT registriert sein und einen RFC haben." +"Odoo-Benutzer in Mexiko haben Zugang zu einer Reihe von Modulen, die es " +"ihnen ermöglichen, elektronische Rechnungen gemäß den Spezifikationen des " +"|SAT| für `Version 4.0 der CFDI " +"`_" +" zu signieren, eine gesetzliche Anforderung ab dem 1. Januar 2022." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" +"Diese Module fügen auch relevante Buchhaltungsberichte hinzu (wie den " +"|DIOT|, ermöglichen den Außenhandel und die Erstellung von Lieferscheinen)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Anforderungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" +"Bevor die notwendigen Konfigurationen für die mexikanische Lokalisierung in " +"Odoo vornehmen, müssen Sie die folgenden Voraussetzungen erfüllen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen beim |SAT| registriert sein, mit einem gültigen :abbr:`RFC " +"(Registro Federal de Contribuyentes)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" @@ -34483,204 +35040,302 @@ msgstr "" "\"" " (CSD)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie ein PAC und kaufen Sie Briefmarken. Derzeit arbeitet der " -"mexikanische Standort in Odoo mit folgenden PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (früher Finkok) " -"`_ und `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Wählen Sie ein PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Derzeit arbeitet Odoo mit folgenden |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (früher " +"Finkok) `_ und `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" "Sie verfügen über Kenntnisse und Erfahrungen in den Bereichen " "Rechnungsstellung, Verkauf und Buchhaltung in Odoo. Diese Dokumentation " -"enthält nur die Informationen, die für den Einsatz von Odoo in einem " -"Unternehmen mit Sitz in Mexiko erforderlich sind." +"enthält nur die notwendigen Informationen, um Odoo zu nutzen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Module" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -"Um das mexikanische Lokalisierungsmodul zu installieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Apps`, entfernen Sie dann den Standardfilter \"Apps\" und " -"suchen Sie nach ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Installieren ` Sie die folgenden Module, um alle " +"Funktionen der mexikanischen Lokalisierung zu erhalten:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "Installation des mexikanischen Lokalisierungsmoduls in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mexiko - Buchhaltung`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Datenbank von `www.odoo.com `_ erstellt " -"und beim Erstellen Ihres Kontos als Land \"Mexiko\" ausgewählt haben, werden" -" einige der mexikanischen Lokalisierungsmodule automatisch installiert. In " -"diesem Fall stellen wir fest, dass einige Module eine Schaltfläche mit der " -"Aufschrift \"Installieren\" haben, während andere stattdessen eine " -"Beschriftung mit der Aufschrift \"Installiert\" haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Module sind für alle Datenbanken erforderlich, die eine " -"mexikanische Lokalisierung erfordern:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "**Mexiko - Rechnungswesen (l10n_mx)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" -"Alle grundlegenden Daten zur Verwaltung der Buchhaltung, der Steuern und des" -" Kontenplans. Der installierte Kontenplan basiert auf dem SAT-" -"Kontengruppierungscode " +"Das standardmäßige :doc:`steuerliche Lokalisierungspaket " +"` fügt Buchhaltungsmerkmale für " +"die mexikanische Lokalisierung hinzu, wie z. B. die gängigsten Steuern und " +"den Kontenplan basierend auf dem `SAT-Kontengruppierungscode " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" -msgstr "**EDI für Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI für Mexiko`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -"Erforderlich für elektronische Transaktionen, CFDI 3.3, Zahlungsergänzungen " -"und Zusätze zu Rechnungen." +"Enthält alle technischen und funktionalen Anforderungen zur Erstellung und " +"Validierung von :doc:`Elektronischen Dokumenten " +"`, " +"basierend auf der von der SAT veröffentlichten technischen Dokumentation. " +"Damit können Sie Rechnungen (mit oder ohne Anhänge) und " +"Zahlungserläuterungen an die Regierung senden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo mexikanische Lokalisierungsberichte (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" -"Alle obligatorischen Berichte für die elektronische Buchführung. (Erfordert " -"die Buchhaltungsanwendung)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" -"Die folgenden Module sind optional und sollten nur dann installiert werden, " -"wenn sie eine bestimmte Anforderung der Organisation erfüllen. Es wird nicht" -" empfohlen, diese Module zu installieren, wenn Sie nicht sicher sind, dass " -"sie benötigt werden, da sie Felder hinzufügen, die das Ausfüllen von " -"Formularen unnötig erschweren können." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Mexiko Lokalisierung für Lager / Landung (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" -"Dieses Modul ermöglicht die Verwaltung der Anfragen als Teil der " -"Versandkosten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "**Odoo-Export von mexikanischen XML-Polizas (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Mit diesem Modul können Sie Ihre Journalbuchungen im XML-Format exportieren," -" um sie in SAT hochzuladen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Elektronische Rechnungsstellung aktivieren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 für Mexiko`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Buchhaltung --> " -"Kundenrechnungen`, und vergewissern Sie sich, dass die Option **Mexikanische" -" elektronische Rechnungsstellung** aktiviert ist. Damit können Sie die " -"signierte Rechnung und den signierten Zahlungsnachweis erstellen, die alle " -"automatisch in den normalen Rechnungsablauf in Odoo integriert sind." +"Erforderlich, um XML-Dokumente mit den korrekten Spezifikationen der CFDI " +"4.0 zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Schritte zur Aktivierung der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "Rechtliche Informationen eingeben" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die allgemeine Konfiguration überprüft haben, müssen Sie sich " -"vergewissern, dass das Unternehmen mit den richtigen Daten konfiguriert ist." -" Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine " -"Einstellungen --> Unternehmen`, und klicken Sie auf *Info aktualisieren* " -"unter Ihrem Unternehmensnamen." +"Wenn Sie eine Datenbank von Grund auf neu installieren, indem Sie " +":guilabel:`Mexiko` als Land auswählen, installiert Odoo automatisch die " +"folgenden Module: :guilabel:`Mexiko - Buchhaltung`, :guilabel:`EDI für " +"Mexiko` und :guilabel:`EDI v4.0 für Mexiko`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" -msgstr "Aktualisierung der Unternehmensdetails in den Einstellungen von Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Module werden benötigt, um die elektronische Buchhaltung von " +"Mexiko hinzuzufügen. Sie erfordern die Installation des Moduls " +":doc:`Buchhaltung `." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Odoo – Mexikanische Lokalisierungsberichte`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_reports`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." +msgstr "" +"Passt Berichte für die elektronische Buchhaltung in Mexiko an: Kontenplan, " +"Rohbilanz und DIOT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mexiko - Lokalisierungsberichte für Abschluss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie im daraufhin angezeigten Formular Ihre vollständige Adresse " -"(einschließlich Postleitzahl), RFC (Mehrwertsteuernummer) und die übrigen " -"Daten ein." +"Erforderlich zur Erstellung der Abschlussbuchung (auch bekannt als Buchung " +"13. Monat)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Odoo-Export von mexikanischen XML-Polizast`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht Ihnen den Export von XML-Dateien Ihrer Journalbuchungen für eine " +"obligatorische Prüfung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI-Brücke für Odoo-Export von mexikanischen XML-Polizas`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "Ergänzt das Modul `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" +"Die folgenden Module sind optional. Es wird empfohlen, sie *nur* zu " +"installieren, wenn Sie eine bestimmte Anforderung erfüllen. Vergewissern Sie" +" sich, dass sie für Ihr Unternehmen erforderlich sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI für Mexiko (Erweiterte Funktionen)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" +"Fügt den Rechnungen die Außenhandelsergänzung hinzu: Eine gesetzliche " +"Anforderung für den Verkauf von Produkten ins Ausland." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 für Mexiko (COMEX)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "Passt das Modul `l10n_mx_edi_extended` für CFDI 4.0 an." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Mexico - Elektronischer Frachtbrief`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht Ihnen die Erstellung einer „Carta Porte“: ein Frachtbrief, mit " +"dem Sie gegenüber den Behörden nachweisen, dass Sie Waren zwischen A und B " +"mit einem signierten elektronischen Dokument versenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Elektronischer Frachtbrief für Mexiko CFDI 4.0`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "Passt das Modul `l10n_mx_edi_stock` für CFDI 4.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Odoos mexikanische Lokalisierung für Bestand/Wareneinstand`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Ermöglicht die Verwaltung von Zollnummern im Zusammenhang mit den " +"Wareneinstandskosten in elektronischen Dokumenten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie die richtigen Module installiert haben, müssen Sie sich " +"vergewissern, dass das Unternehmen mit den richtigen Daten konfiguriert ist." +" Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine " +"Einstellungen --> Unternehmen`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Info " +"aktualisieren` unter Ihrem Unternehmensnamen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie Ihre vollständige :guilabel:`Adresse` in das sich öffnende " +"Formular ein, einschließlich der :guilabel:`PLZ`, :guilabel:`Bundesstaat`, " +":guilabel:`Land` und RFC (:guilabel:`MwSt.`-Nummer)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" +"Gemäß den Anforderungen der CFDI 4.0 muss der Name Ihres " +"Hauptansprechpartners mit dem in der SAT registrierten Unternehmensnamen " +"übereinstimmen, ohne die Abkürzung für die juristische Person." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "Anforderungen für eine korrekte Rechnungsstellung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -34694,1007 +35349,950 @@ msgstr "" "lassen Sie MXN die Standardwährung sein und verwenden Sie stattdessen eine " ":doc:`Preisliste`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass in der Adresse für das Feld Land „Mexiko“ aus " -"der von Odoo angezeigten Länderliste ausgewählt wird, denn wenn es manuell " -"eingegeben wird, besteht die Gefahr, dass ein „neues Land“ im System " -"angelegt wird, was später bei der Erstellung der CFDIs zu Fehlern führt." +"Gehen Sie nun zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Buchhaltung --> " +"Elektronische Rechnungsstellung (MX) --> Steuerregelung` und wählen Sie die " +"auf Ihr Unternehmen zutreffende Regelung aus der Drop-down-Liste aus." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" -msgstr "Unternehmensinformationen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "Konfiguration der Steuerregelung" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie die mexikanische Lokalisierung testen möchten, können Sie das " "Unternehmen mit einer echten Adresse in Mexiko (einschließlich aller Felder)" -" konfigurieren und ``EKU9003173C9`` als RFC hinzufügen." +" konfigurieren, `EKU9003173C9` als :guilabel:`MwSt.` und `ESCUELA KEMPER " +"URGATE` als :guilabel:`Unternehemnsname` hinzufügen. Für die " +":guilabel:`Steuerregelung` verwenden Sie :guilabel:`General de Ley Personas " +"Morales`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "Die Steuerregelung des Unternehmens einstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -"Im Folgenden geben wir das Steuersystem des Unternehmens an, das wir " -"konfigurieren. Dies geschieht über ein bereits vorhandenes Feld in Odoo " -"namens „Steuersystem“." +"Um einen Kontakt zu erstellen, der in Rechnung gestellt werden kann, gehen " +"Sie zu :guilabel:`Kontakte --> Neu`. Geben Sie dann den Namen des Kontakts, " +"die vollständige :guilabel:`Adresse` einschließlich :guilabel:`PLZ`, " +":guilabel:`Bundesland`, :guilabel:`Land` und RFC (:guilabel:`MwSt.`-Nummer) " +"ein." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Buchhaltung --> Elektronische" -" Rechnungsstellung (MX) --> Steuerregelung`, und wählen Sie die für Ihr " -"Unternehmen zutreffende Option aus der Drop-down-Liste." +"Wie bei Ihrem eigenen Unternehmen muss auch bei allen Ihren Kontakten der " +"korrekte Unternehmensname beim |SAT| registriert sein. Dies gilt auch für " +"die :guilabel:`Steuerregelung`, die im Reiter :guilabel:`MX EDI` hinzugefügt" +" werden muss." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Die Steuerregelung in Odoo Buchhaltung einstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" -"Für die Testumgebung: Wählen Sie die Option **Allgemeines Gesetz über " -"juristische Personen** aus dem Drop-down-Menü." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "Kontaktkonfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie in Odoo einen Kontakt anlegen, für den eine Rechnung erstellt " -"werden soll, müssen die folgenden Informationen für die Rechnungsvalidierung" -" konfiguriert werden: **vollständige Adresse** (einschließlich Postleitzahl," -" Stadt, Bundesland, Land usw.) und die **MwSt.**-Nummer." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "Beispiel eines Kontaktformulars" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "Steuerkonfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" -"Eine notwendige Konfiguration, damit die elektronische Rechnungsstellung in " -"Odoo korrekt funktioniert, ist das Hinzufügen des Faktortyps, der mit den " -"Umsatzsteuern verbunden ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"Um diese Konfiguration vorzunehmen, müssen Sie zunächst zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Steuern`" -" gehen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie in der Liste der vorgeladenen Steuern im Filter die Option " -"*Verkäufe*, um nur die Steuern zu sehen, die mit Verkäufen verbunden sind, " -"d. h. die, die für das Kennzeichnen von Rechnungen validiert werden. Öffnen " -"Sie die Formularansicht einer der Umsatzsteuern, wählen Sie den Reiter " -"**Erweiterte Optionen** und wählen Sie im Feld **Faktortyp** die Option " -"*Tasa*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" -"Wiederholen Sie dasselbe für alle Umsatzsteuern, die das Unternehmen " -"benötigt, entweder die, die standardmäßig in Odoo enthalten sind, oder die, " -"die Sie hinzufügen und die für Ihre Unternehmensrechnung erforderlich sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" -"Für die 0%ige Mehrwertsteuer wählen Sie die Option :guilabel:`Tasa` im Feld " -":guilabel:`Faktortyp`. Für die 0%ige Mehrwertsteuer **befreit** wählen Sie " -"die Option :guilabel:`Exento` anstelle von :guilabel:`Tasa` im Feld " -":guilabel:`Faktortyp`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Zahlung registrieren, verschiebt Odoo die Steuern vom " -"**Übergangskonto für Ist-Versteuerung** auf das im Reiter **Definition** " -"festgelegte Konto. Für diese Verschiebung wird ein Konto für Ist-" -"Versteuerung („Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo“ - " -"**Dieses Konto nicht löschen**) in der Journalbuchung verwendet, wenn die " -"Steuern umklassifiziert werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "Steuerkonten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "Produktkonfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." -msgstr "" -"Für alle zu verkaufenden Produkte muss der SAT-Code mit ihrer " -"Klassifizierung verknüpft sein, damit die Rechnungen bei der Validierung " -"keinen Fehler auslösen." +"Einige zusätzliche Konfigurationen für Faktortyp und Steuerobjekte müssen zu" +" den Umsatzsteuern hinzugefügt werden, um Rechnungen korrekt zu signieren." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "Faktortyp" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." msgstr "" -"Um Produkte zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zum Reiter **Allgemeine " -"Informationen** und wählen Sie im Feld **UNSPSC-Produktkategorie** die " -"Kategorie aus, die das Produkt darstellt. Dieser Vorgang kann manuell oder " -"durch einen Massenimport erfolgen." +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Steuern` und " +"aktivieren Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Faktortyp` im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Erweiterte Optionen` für alle Datensätze, deren " +":guilabel:`Steuertyp` auf :guilabel:`Umsatz` eingestellt ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." +msgstr "" +"Dies ist in den Standardsteuern bereits enthalten. Wenn Sie neue Steuern " +"erstellen, müssen Sie dieses Feld ausfüllen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" -msgstr "Produkte konfigurieren" +msgid "Taxes configuration." +msgstr "Steuerkonfiguration." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "PAC-Konfiguration zur Unterzeichnung von Rechnungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -"Ein weiterer wichtiger Schritt zur Konfiguration der elektronischen " -"Rechnungsstellung in Odoo ist die Eingabe des PAC, mit dem Sie arbeiten, und" -" der Zugangsdaten. Auf diese Weise wird die elektronische Rechnungsstellung " -"aktiviert." +"In Mexiko gibt es zwei verschiedene Arten von 0-%-Mehrwertsteuer: *0 % " +"MwSt.* und *MwSt.-befreit*. Für erstere wählen Sie den :guilabel:`Faktortyp`" +" :guilabel:`Tasa`. Für Letzteres verwenden Sie :guilabel:`Exento`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass Sie sich direkt bei dem PAC Ihrer Wahl anmelden " -"müssen, bevor Sie Rechnungen aus Odoo heraus erstellen können. Für uns " -"stehen folgende PACs zur Verfügung: `Quadrum " -"`_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ und `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "Steuerobjekt" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" msgstr "" -"Sie müssen Ihren **Privaten Schlüssel (CSD)** mit der SAT-Einrichtung " -"verarbeiten, bevor Sie diese Schritte ausführen. Wenn Sie diese " -"Informationen nicht haben, versuchen Sie es mit den Test-Zugangsdaten und " -"kehren Sie zu diesem Prozess zurück, wenn Sie die SAT-Zugangsdaten für Ihre " -"Produktionsumgebung haben, um mit echten Transaktionen zu arbeiten." +"Eine Anforderung von CFDI 4.0 ist, dass die resultierende XML-Datei die " +"Steuern des Vorgangs aufschlüsseln muss oder nicht. Es gibt drei " +"verschiedene mögliche Werte, die abhängig von bestimmten Konfigurationen " +"hinzugefügt werden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" +"`01`: Nicht steuerpflichtig - Ihre Rechnung darf keine Steuern enthalten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." +msgstr "" +"`02`: Steuerpflichtig – Ihre Rechnung enthält Steuern " +"(Standardkonfiguration)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" -"Um die Zugangsdaten hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen" -" --> Buchhaltung --> Elektronische Rechnungsstellung (MX)`. Geben Sie im " -"Abschnitt **PAC MX** den Namen Ihres PAC mit Ihren Zugangsdaten (PAC-" -"Benutzername und PAC-Passwort) ein." +"`03`: Steuerpflichtig und nicht zwingend aufgeschlüsselt – Ihre Rechnung " +"enthält Steuern, und in der Kontaktkonfiguration ist das Kontrollkästchen " +":guilabel:`Keine Steueraufschlüsselung` aktiviert." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "Steueraufschlüsselung SAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" +"Der Wert :guilabel:`Keine Steueraufschlüsselung` gilt nur für bestimmte " +"Steuerregelungen und/oder Steuern. Wenden Sie sich an Ihren Steuerberater, " +"wenn dies für Ihr Unternehmen erforderlich ist, bevor Sie eine Änderung " +"vornehmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "Andere Steuerkonfigurationen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Zahlung registrieren, verschiebt Odoo die Steuern vom " +"*Übergangskonto für Ist-Versteuerung* auf das im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Definition` festgelegte Konto. Für diese Verschiebung wird ein " +"Konto für Ist-Versteuerung (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de" +" Efectivo`) in der Journalbuchung verwendet, wenn die Steuern " +"umklassifiziert werden. **Löschen Sie dieses Konto nicht**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine neue Steuer erstellen, müssen Sie die richtigen " +":guilabel:`Steuerraster` dafür hinzufügen (`IVA`, `ISR` oder `IEPS`). Odoo " +"unterstützt nur diese drei Gruppen von Steuern." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "Steuerkonten." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" +"Um Produkte zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`Buchhaltung` " +"und wählen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`UNSPSC-Produktkategorie` die Kategorie " +"aus, die das Produkt darstellt. Dieser Vorgang kann manuell oder durch einen" +" :doc:`Massenimport ` erfolgen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" +"Alle Produkte müssen mit einem |SAT|-Code versehen sein, um " +"Validierungsfehler zu vermeiden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "PAC-Zugangsdaten" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie das Kontrollkästchen **Testumgebung** ankreuzen, müssen Sie keinen " -"PAC-Benutzernamen und/oder kein Passwort eingeben, aber Sie müssen einen PAC" -" aus der Drop-down-Liste auswählen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" -"Laden Sie schlussendlich die digitalen Zertifikate des Unternehmens im " -"Bereich **MX-Zertifikate** hoch. Klicken Sie auf *Zeile hinzufügen*, es " -"öffnet sich ein Fenster, klicken Sie auf *Neu* und von dort aus können Sie " -"Ihr digitales Zertifikat, Ihren Schlüssel und Ihr Passwort hochladen. " -"Klicken Sie zum Abschluss auf *Speichern und schließen*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "Zertifikat und Schlüssel" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie noch nicht über einen der vertraglich vereinbarten PACs verfügen " -"und die elektronische Rechnungsstellung testen möchten, können Sie die " -"folgenden SAT-Testzertifikate verwenden:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr ":download:`Zertifikat `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr ":download:`Zertifikatsschlüssel `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "**Passwort:** ``12345678a``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen außerdem das Unternehmen mit einer echten Adresse in Mexiko " -"(einschließlich aller Felder) konfigurieren und ``EKU9003173C9`` als " -"**mwSt.**-Nummer hinzufügen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Der Rechnungsstellungsprozess in Odoo basiert auf `Anhang 20 " -"`_" -" Version 3.3 der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung der SAT." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -"Um die Rechnungsstellung aus Odoo heraus zu starten, muss eine Rechnung mit " -"Hilfe des Standardrechnungsstellungsablaufs erstellt werden, d. h. entweder " -"aus einem Verkaufsauftrag heraus oder über das Rechnungsmenü in der " -"Buchhaltungsapp." +"Nachdem Sie Ihren `Privaten Schlüssel (CSD) " +"`_ mit dem |SAT| festgelegt haben, müssen" +" Sie sich direkt mit dem :ref:`PAC ` Ihrer Wahl " +"registrieren, bevor Sie Rechnungen in Odoo erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" -"Die Rechnung wird gebucht, nachdem Sie auf *Validieren* geklickt haben. " -"Davor ist der Status noch im Entwurfsmodus und es können Änderungen " -"vorgenommen werden. Nachdem Sie die Rechnung validiert haben, können Sie " -"überprüfen, ob sie erfolgreich gebucht wurde, da sie wie folgt aussieht:" +"Sobald Sie Ihr Konto bei einem dieser Anbieter eingerichtet haben, gehen Sie" +" zu :guilabel:`Einstellungen --> Buchhaltung --> Elektronische " +"Rechnungsstellung (MX)`. Geben Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`MX PAC` " +"den Namen Ihres |PAC| mit Ihren Anmeldedaten (:guilabel:`PAC-Benutzername` " +"und :guilabel:`PAC-Passwort`) ein." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" -msgstr "Eine Rechnung erstellen" +msgid "PAC credentials." +msgstr "PAC-Anmeldedaten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -"Die Details der Rechnung werden im Chatter angezeigt. Das ist das, was Sie " -"auf der rechten Seite der Rechnung im angehängten Bild sehen. Dort finden " -"Sie Ihre an den SAT gesendete XML-Datei und den Status der Buchung, d. h. ob" -" sie validiert wurde oder nicht." +"Wenn Sie keine Anmeldedaten haben und die elektronische Rechnungsstellung " +"testen möchten, können Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Testumgebung` " +"aktivieren und :guilabel:`Solucion Factible` als |PAC| auswählen. Sie müssen" +" weder einen Benutzernamen noch ein Passwort hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." -msgstr "" -"Um die gebuchte Rechnung an Ihren Kunden zu senden, können Sie die XML-Datei" -" zusammen mit der PDF-Datei direkt aus Odoo versenden, indem Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche *Senden und Drucken* klicken. Sie können die PDF-Datei auch " -"direkt auf Ihren Computer herunterladen, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche " -"*Drucken* klicken und die gewünschte Option auswählen." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" +msgstr ".cer- und .key-Zertifikate" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -"Je nach Größe des Bildschirms ist der Chatter neben oder unter dem Dokument " -"zu sehen." +"Sie müssen die `digitalen Zertifikate des Unternehmens " +"`_ im" +" Bereich :guilabel:`MX-Zertifikate` hochladen. Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Zeile " +"hinzufügen` und ein Fenster wird geöffnet. Klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Erstellen`, und laden Sie von dort aus Ihr digitales Zertifikat " +"(:file:`.cer`-Datei), Ihren Schlüssel (:file:`.key`-Datei) und Ihr Passwort " +"hoch. Klicken Sie zum Abschluss auf :guilabel:`Speichern und Schließen`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" -msgstr "Sonderfälle der Rechnungsstellung" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "Zertifikat und Schlüssel." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "Rechnung für Außenhandel" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" -"Die Rechnungslegung für den Außenhandel in Odoo basiert auf der " -"entsprechenden `SAT-Verordnung " -"`_." -" Die Version der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung von SAT ist 3.3." +"Wenn Sie noch nicht über einen der vertraglich vereinbarten |PAC|\\s " +"verfügen und die elektronische Rechnungsstellung testen möchten, können Sie " +"die folgenden SAT-Testzertifikate verwenden:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" -msgstr "Wovon sprechen wir, wenn wir „Außenhandel“ sagen?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr ":download:`Zertifikat `" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" +msgstr ":download:`Zertifikatsschlüssel `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "**Passwort**: ``12345678a``" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -"Seit Januar 2018 verlangt die SAT bei Exportgeschäften ein Beiblatt für den " -"Außenhandel." +"Der Rechnungsstellungsprozess in Odoo basiert auf `Anhang 20 " +"`_Version " +"4 der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung des |SAT|." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "Was ist die Ergänzung zum Außenhandel?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." msgstr "" -"Es handelt sich um einen Anhang zur elektronischen Rechnung, der die " -"Identifizierung von Exporteuren und Importeuren ermöglicht und die " -"Beschreibung der verkauften Waren erweitert." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" -"Welche Informationen können in diese neue Ergänzung aufgenommen werden?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "Informationen über die Art der Tätigkeit, die sie abdeckt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" -"Steueridentifikationsdaten des Ausstellers, Empfängers oder Abnehmer der " -"Ware." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "Beschreibung der zu exportierenden Waren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" -msgstr "Wer muss es ausstellen?" +"Um mit der Rechnungsstellung aus Odoo heraus zu beginnen, muss eine " +"Kundenrechnung mit dem :doc:`Standard-Rechnungsablauf " +"` erstellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." -msgstr "Steuerzahler, die Exportgeschäfte vom Typ A1 durchführen" +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" +msgstr "" +"Wenn sich das Dokument im Entwurfsmodus befindet, können Sie beliebige " +"Änderungen daran vornehmen (z. B. die korrekte :guilabel:`Zahlungsart` oder " +":guilabel:`Nutzung` hinzufügen, die der Kunde möglicherweise benötigt)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "Für welche Exporte gilt der Typ A1?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Einfuhr von Waren ausländischer Herkunft, die für unbegrenzte Zeit im " -"nationalen Hoheitsgebiet verbleiben." +"Nachdem Sie die Kundenrechnung :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, erscheint eine blaue " +"Meldung, die besagt: :guilabel:`Die Rechnung wird asynchron von folgendem " +"Dienst für elektronische Rechnungsstellung verarbeitet: CFDI (4.0)`. Wenn " +"Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Jetzt verarbeiten` klicken, wird das " +"Dokument zur Unterzeichnung durch die Regierung gesendet. Bei Erfolg wird " +"das Feld :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` auf dem Dokument angezeigt und die XML-" +"Datei wird im Chat angehängt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" -"Ausfuhr von Waren aus dem Land zum Verbleib im Ausland für unbegrenzte Zeit." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -"Endgültige Einfuhr von Fahrzeugen durch diplomatische und konsularische " -"Vertretungen und Büros internationaler Organisationen und deren " -"ausländisches Personal, in Übereinstimmung mit der Einfuhr von Fahrzeugen in" -" diplomatischer Ausnahme." +"Wenn Sie im Feld :guilabel:`SAT-Status` der Rechnung auf " +":guilabel:`Wiederholen` drücken, können Sie überprüfen, ob die XML-Datei " +"beim SAT gültig ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "Ist Außenhandel dasselbe wie Pedimentos?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -"Nicht unbedingt, die Pedimentos stehen in direktem Zusammenhang mit dem " -"Import von Waren, während die Ergänzung zum Außenhandel sich auf den Export " -"bezieht." +"Wenn Sie sich in einer Testumgebung befinden, erhalten Sie immer die Meldung" +" :guilabel:`Nicht gefunden`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "Erforderliche Module" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" -"Um Rechnungen für den Außenhandel erstellen zu können, müssen die folgenden " -"Module installiert sein." +"Um die unterzeichnete Rechnung per E-Mail an Ihren Kunden zu senden, können " +"Sie die XML-Datei zusammen mit der PDF-Datei direkt aus Odoo versenden, " +"indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Senden und Drucken` klicken. Sie " +"können die PDF-Datei auch direkt auf Ihren Computer herunterladen, indem Sie" +" auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Drucken` klicken und die gewünschte Option " +"auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -msgstr "EDI für Mexiko (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" +"Während eine Rechnung eine Belegart „I“ (Ingreso) ist, ist eine Gutschrift " +"eine eine Belegart „E“ (Egreso)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" -msgstr "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" +"Der einzige Zusatz zum :doc:`Standardablauf für Gutschriften " +"` ist, dass" +" als Anforderung des SAT eine Beziehung zwischen einer Gutschrift und einer " +"Rechnung über das Steuerblatt bestehen muss." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -msgstr "EDI für Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Aus diesem Grund fügt das Feld :guilabel:`CFDI-Herkunft` diese Beziehung mit" +" einem `01|` hinzu, gefolgt von dem Steuerblatt der ursprünglichen Rechnung." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" -msgstr "Erweiterte EDI-Funktionen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "Erstellung einer Gutschrift" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Unternehmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie das Unternehmen mit einer gültigen Postleitzahl, und wenn " -"Sie einen Koloniecode haben, sollte dieser mit der entsprechenden " -"Postleitzahl übereinstimmen. Vergessen Sie dabei nicht, die " -"Steueridentifikationsnummer (MwSt.-Nummer - RFC) anzugeben." +"Damit das Feld :guilabel:`CFDI-Herkunft` automatisch hinzugefügt wird, " +"verwenden Sie die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Gutschrift hinzufügen` auf der " +"Rechnung, anstatt es manuell zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration der Kontaktadresse" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "Zahlungsergänzungen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "Kundenakquisition" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" -"In der Regel wird es sich um einen ausländischen Kunden handeln, bei dem Sie" -" überprüfen müssen, ob Sie mindestens die folgenden Felder mit den " -"entsprechenden Informationen ausgefüllt haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "Rechnung für Außenhandel" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "Die Lieferadresse des Kunden muss auch die Postleitzahl enthalten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" -"Das Format der ausländischen MwSt.-Nummer (Steueridentifikationsnummer) wird" -" in jedem Land entsprechend validiert (Beispiel: Kolumbien ``123456789-1``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" -msgstr "" -"In der XML-Datei wird die MwSt. automatisch durch die generische " -"Mehrwertsteuer für Auslandstransaktionen ersetzt: ``XEXX010101000``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." -msgstr "" -"Auf der Produktebene müssen Sie außerdem einige Parameter in den folgenden " -"Feldern konfigurieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" -msgstr "SAT-Produktcode" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "Bruchteil eines Tarifs" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 -msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" -msgstr "" -"TYSie müssen die **UMT Aduana** (Maßeinheit) in *KG* wählen, da diese nur " -"vom SAT akzeptiert wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" -msgstr "Das Gewicht bezieht sich auf **das Einzelgewicht** des Produkts" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" -"Die Tarifposition muss aus dem ME-Code von Kilogramm sein (**ME = 01**)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." -msgstr "" -"Auch wenn das Produkt in Stücken oder Einheiten verkauft wird, muss der " -"Wert, der beim Zoll in der Tarifposition eingetragen werden muss, in " -"Kilogramm angegeben werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "Abrechnungsablauf" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." -msgstr "" -"Bei der Erstellung der ausländischen Verkaufsrechnung müssen Sie die " -"entsprechende **Incoterm** auswählen und das Kontrollkästchen **Außenhandel " -"erforderlich?** ankreuzen. Wenn diese Konfiguration aktiviert ist, enthalten" -" die **PDF**- und die ergänzende **XML**-Datei der Rechnung die notwendigen " -"Informationen, um den SAT-Vorschriften zu entsprechen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" -msgstr "Was ist das Ursprungszertifikat und wann wird es verwendet?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." -msgstr "" -"Das **Quellennachweis** (oder Ursprungsnachweis) ist das Dokument, mit dem " -"ein Importeur oder Exporteur nachweisen kann, aus welchem Land oder welcher " -"Region eine Ware stammt und das dazu dient, Zollpräferenzen zu erhalten, die" -" im Allgemeinen in Handelsabkommen vereinbart werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" -msgstr "Incoterm auf Rechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "PDF Außenhandel" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "Pedimentos zuweisen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Unternehmen Produkte importiert und Sie die **Pedimentos**-Nummer " -"in Ihren Rechnungen hinzufügen müssen, können Sie Odoo auch so " -"konfigurieren, dass der Vorgang aufgezeichnet wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zunächst zu :menuselection:`Apps`, entfernen Sie den Filter „Apps“" -" und suchen Sie nach ``Mexico``, ``mx`` oder ``l10n_mx``. Installieren Sie " -"dann **Odoos mexikanische Lokalisierung für Bestand/Wareneinstand " -"(l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "MX-Bestandsmodul" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 -msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." -msgstr "" -"Das Modul l10n_mx_edi_landing hängt von den Apps **Lager** und **Verkauf** " -"ab, da die Produkte in das Inventar aufgenommen werden müssen, um ihre " -"Pedimentos-Nummer dem entsprechenden Wareneingang hinzufügen zu können." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Einstellungen --> " -"Einstellungen`. Aktivieren Sie in den Optionen **Einstandskosten**. Mit " -"dieser Option können Sie die Pedimentos-Nummer zu den entsprechenden " -"Produktempfängen hinzufügen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" -msgstr "Costos en destino" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." -msgstr "" -"Um die Wareneinstandskosten verwenden zu können, muss die " -"Buchhaltungskonfiguration der Bestandsbewertung der Produkte als " -"*Automatisch* und die Kalkulationsmethode als *Durchschnitt* oder *FIFO* " -"(first in, first out) konfiguriert werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." -msgstr "" -"Um die angegebene Pedimentos-Nummer mit einem Import (Wareneingang) zu " -"verknüpfen, muss ein neuer **Einstandskostenpunkt** erstellt werden. Diese " -"können Sie über die Menüauswahl **Lager --> Vorgänge --> Einstandskosten** " -"aufrufen. Dort finden Sie die Option, die Pedimentos-Nummer zuweisen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" -msgstr "Zollnummer" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 -msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." -msgstr "" -"Sie können die Pedimentos-Nummer nur einmal hinzufügen. Seien Sie also " -"vorsichtig, wenn Sie die richtige Nummer mit dem/den Transfer(s) verbinden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Zahlungsbedingungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Die **Zahlungsbedingungen** sind bereits in Odoo konfiguriert, wenn Sie die " -"mexikanische Lokalisierung installieren, d. h. wenn Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Zahlungsbedingungen` " -"gehen, finden Sie die Standardliste in Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." -msgstr "" -"In Mexiko können Sie 2 Arten von Zahlungen vornehmen: PPD oder PUE. Diese " -"richten sich nach der gewählten **Zahlungsbedingung** (oder, wenn Sie keine " -"Zahlungsbedingung gewählt haben, nach dem Fälligkeitsdatum der Rechnung)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "PPD-Zahlungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." -msgstr "" -"Um PPD-Zahlungen (Ratenzahlung oder aufgeschobene Zahlung) zu konfigurieren," -" müssen Sie nur ein Fälligkeitsdatum für Ihre Rechnung wählen und Odoo " -"erkennt, ob es nach dem ersten Tag des Folgemonats liegt (in diesem Fall " -"wird keine Zahlungsfrist festgelegt - mit der Zahlungsfrist können Sie auch " -"festlegen, ob es sich um PPDo PUE handelt)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" -msgstr "PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." -msgstr "" -"Um PUE-Zahlungen (Zahlung in einer einzigen Zahlung) zu konfigurieren, " -"müssen Sie ein Fälligkeitsdatum der Rechnung innerhalb desselben Monats oder" -" eine Zahlungsfrist wählen, die keine Änderung des Fälligkeitsmonats " -"impliziert (sofortige Zahlung, 15 Tage, 21 Tage, die alle in den aktuellen " -"Monat fallen)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." -msgstr "" -"Gemäß der SAT-Dokumentation " -"`_" -" kann es 2 Arten von Zahlungen geben: **PUE** oder **PPD**. In beiden Fällen" -" ist der Zahlungsvorgang in Odoo derselbe. Der Unterschied, ob es sich um " -"eine PUE- oder PPD-Zahlung handelt, liegt in der Zahlungsfrist der Rechnung " -"– wie im vorherigen Punkt unter **Zahlungsbedingungen** angegeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." -msgstr "" -"Wenn es sich bei der Zahlung um einen PPD-Typ handelt, generiert Odoo den " -"entsprechenden Zahlungsnachtrag automatisch, wenn Sie die Zahlung " -"*bestätigen*. Wenn es sich um eine PUE-Zahlung handelt, wird der " -"Zahlungsnachtrag nicht erstellt. Die Art der Zahlung ist in der Rechnung im " -"Feld **Zahlungsrichtlinie** sichtbar und nimmt das Rechnungsdatum und das " -"Fälligkeitsdatum als Parameter an." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "Payment policy" msgstr "Zahlungsrichtlinie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Kontakte konfigurieren, die bei Zahlungen verwendet werden " -"sollen, müssen Sie die Banken im Reiter **Buchhaltung** konfigurieren und " -"sowohl die Bank, die Kontonummer und CLABE angeben." +"Ein Zusatz der mexikanischen Lokalisierung ist das Feld " +":guilabel:`Zahlungsrichtlinien`. `Gemäß der SAT-Dokumentation " +"`_, kann es 2 Arten von Zahlungen geben:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Eine einzige Gesamtzahlung)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Zahlung in Teilen oder Abgrenzungen)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" +"Der Unterschied liegt im *Fälligkeitsdatum* oder den *Zahlungsbedingungen* " +"der Rechnung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." +msgstr "" +"Um |PUE|-Zahlungen zu konfigurieren, müssen Sie ein " +":guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum` der Rechnung innerhalb desselben Monats oder " +"eine Zahlungsbedingung wählen, die keine Änderung des Fälligkeitsmonats " +"impliziert (sofortige Zahlung, 15 Tage, 21 Tage, die alle in den aktuellen " +"Monat fallen)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" -msgstr "Bankkonto des Kontakts" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "Beispiel einer Rechnung mit PUE-Anforderungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" +"Einige :guilabel:`Zahlungsbedingungen` sind bereits standardmäßig " +"installiert. Sie finden sie unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Konfiguration --> Zahlungsbedingungen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" +"Um |PPD|-Rechnungen zu konfigurieren, müssen Sie ein " +":guilabel:`Fälligkeitsdatum` nach dem ersten Tag des Folgemonats wählen " +"(dies gilt auch, wenn Ihre :guilabel:`Zahlungsfrist` im Folgemonat fällig " +"ist)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "Beispiel einer Rechnung mit PPD-Anforderungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" +"Da die |PPD|-Richtlinie impliziert, dass eine Rechnung im Moment nicht " +"bezahlt wird, lautet die korrekte :guilabel:`Zahlungsart` für die " +"|PPD|-Rechnungen :guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (Zu definieren)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "Zahlungsfluss" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" +"In beiden Fällen ist der Zahlungsprozess in Odoo :doc:` derselbe " +"`, der Hauptunterschied " +"besteht darin, dass Zahlungen, die sich auf |PPD|-Rechnungen beziehen, die " +"Erstellung einer Belegart „P“ (Pago) auslösen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" +"Wenn eine Zahlung mit einer |PUE|-Rechnung verbunden ist, kann sie mit dem " +"Assistenten registriert und mit der entsprechenden Rechnung verknüpft " +"werden. Ihr Status lautet :guilabel:`In Zahlung`, da die Zahlung bei der " +"Bankabstimmung effektiv validiert wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" +"Während dieser Prozess für PPD-Rechnungen derselbe ist, bedeutet die " +"Hinzufügung der Erstellung eines :doc:`elektronischen Dokuments " +"`, " +"dass einige zusätzliche Anforderungen erforderlich sind, um das Dokument " +"korrekt an den SAT zu senden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen die spezifische :guilabel:`Zahlungsweise` bestätigen, wie Sie die" +" Zahlung erhalten haben. Aus diesem Grund kann dieses Feld nicht " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (Zu Definieren) sein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie dem Kunden im Reiter :guilabel:`Buchhaltung` seines Kontakts ein " +"Bankkonto hinzufügen möchten, muss dieses eine gültige Nummer haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" +"Die genauen Konfigurationen finden Sie in `Anexo 20 des SAT " +"`_. " +"Normalerweise muss das :guilabel:`Bankkonto` bei Überweisungen 10 oder 18 " +"Ziffern haben, bei Kredit- oder Debitkarten 16." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn sich eine Zahlung auf eine signierte Rechnung mit der " +":guilabel:`Zahlungsrichtlinie` `PPD` bezieht, generiert Odoo automatisch die" +" entsprechende Zahlungsergänzung, sobald Sie auf :guilabel:`Jetzt " +"verarbeiten` drücken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" +"„Jetzt bezahlen“-Nachricht im Prozess der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung " +"von CFDI 4.0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" +"Eine Zahlung in MXN kann nicht verwendet werden, um mehrere Rechnungen in " +"USD zu bezahlen. Vielmehr sollte die Zahlung in mehrere Zahlungen aufgeteilt" +" werden, die über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Zahlung registrieren` auf den " +"entsprechenden Rechnungen erstellt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "Rechnungsstornierungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" +"Es ist möglich, die an den SAT gesendeten EDI-Dokumente zu stornieren. Gemäß" +" der `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, gibt es seit dem 1. Januar 2022 zwei " +"Voraussetzungen dafür:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" +"Sie müssen für alle Stornierungsanfragen einen *Stornierungsgrund* angeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" +"Nach Ablauf von 24 Stunden muss der Kunde aufgefordert werden, die " +"Stornierung zu akzeptieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" +"Es gibt vier verschiedene Stornierungsgründe. In Odoo können Sie Rechnungen " +"mit den Gründen *01 Fehlerhafte Rechnungen mit einer Beziehung* und *02 " +"Fehlerhafte Rechnungen ohne eine Beziehung* stornieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "01 – Fehlerhafte Rechnungen mit einer Beziehung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Stornierungsgrund muss verwendet werden, wenn eine neue Rechnung die " +"ursprüngliche Rechnung aufgrund eines Fehlers in einem beliebigen Feld " +"ersetzt muss." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "Kopieren Sie das :guilabel:`Steuerblatt` der *alten Rechnung*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie es in das Feld :guilabel:`CFDI-Herkunft` der *neuen Rechnung* ein," +" gefolgt von `04|`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "Signieren Sie das Dokument." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "Alte Rechnung mit CFDI-Herkunft." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie zurück zur *alten Rechnung*, das Feld :guilabel:`Ersetzt durch` " +"sollte erscheinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`EDI-Storno anfordern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" +"Wie bei einer regulären Rechnung erscheint dann ein blaues Feld auf der " +"Rechnung. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Jetzt verarbeiten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Der Rechnungsstatus wird auf :guilabel:`Storniert` verschoben und Sie " +"erhalten eine Bestätigung im Chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "Rechnung 01 ornungsgemäßig storniert." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Jetzt sollte die Rechnung auch im SAT storniert werden. Sie können " +"bestätigen, dass dies korrekt erfolgt ist, indem Sie im SAT-Statusfeld auf " +":guilabel:`Wiederholen` drücken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" +"Wenn das Dokument nach Ablauf von 24 Stunden storniert wurde, ist es " +"möglich, dass der Kunde aufgefordert werden muss, die Stornierung in seinem " +"„Buzón Tributario“ zu akzeptieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" +"`04|` ist nur ein Code, der Odoo hilft, diesen Vorgang durchzuführen. Er hat" +" keinen Bezug zu der Methode 04 als Grund für die Stornierung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "02 – Fehlerhafte Rechnungen ohne eine Beziehung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Stornierungsgrund muss verwendet werden, wenn eine Rechnung mit einem" +" Fehler in einem beliebigen Feld gesendet wurde und nicht durch eine andere " +"ersetzt werden muss." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Fall müssen Sie nur auf :guilabel:`EDI-Storno anfordern` klicken " +"und dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Jetzt verarbeiten` drücken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "Rechnung 02 ornungsgemäßig storniert." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" +"Da das Feld :guilabel:`Ersetzt durch` nicht existiert, sollte der SAT " +"automatisch erkennen, dass der Stornierungsgrund 02 ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo hat bestimmte Einschränkungen beim Stornieren von Rechnungen im SAT: " +"Die Gründe 03 und 04 (*Vorgang hat nicht stattgefunden* und *Nominative " +"Transaktionen im Zusammenhang mit einer globalen Rechnung*) werden von Odoo " +"derzeit nicht unterstützt. Hierfür müssen Sie die Rechnung direkt im SAT " +"stornieren und eine *Serveraktion* verwenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "Zahlungsstornierungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" +"Es ist auch möglich, *Zahlungsergänzungen* zu stornieren. Gehen Sie dazu zu " +"der Zahlung und wählen Sie :guilabel:`EDI-Stornierung anfordern`. Wie bei " +"den Rechnungen wird eine blaue Schaltfläche angezeigt. Wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Jetzt verarbeiten`, und das Dokument wird an den SAT gesendet. " +"Nach ein paar Sekunden können Sie auf :guilabel:`Wiederholen` drücken, um " +"den aktuellen SAT-Status zu bestätigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "Der Status der Zahlung wird auf :guilabel:`Storniert` gesetzt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" +"Genau wie bei Rechnungen können Sie bei der Erstellung einer neuen " +"*Zahlungsergänzung* die Beziehung des Originaldokuments hinzufügen, indem " +"Sie ein `04|` plus das Steuerblatt hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "Sonderfälle der Rechnungsstellung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "CFDI an Öffentlichkeit" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der Kunde, an den Sie Waren oder Dienstleistungen verkaufen, keine " +"Rechnung benötigt, müssen Sie eine *CFDI an Öffentlichkeit* erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie jedoch den Namen `PUBLICO EN GENERAL` verwenden, wird ein Fehler " +"ausgelöst. Dies ist eine wesentliche Änderung in CFDI 4.0, die besagt, dass " +"Rechnungen mit diesem speziellen Namen zusätzliche Felder benötigen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" -msgstr "PPD-Zahlungen registrieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -"Wenn zum Zeitpunkt der Registrierung einer Zahlung diese vom Typ PPD ist, " -"wird ein Zahlungsnachtrag (XML) mit den entsprechenden Details erstellt." +"Odoo unterstützt dies derzeit nicht. Damit also ein *CFDI an Öffentlichkeit*" +" erstellt werden kann, müssen Sie Ihrem Kunden einen beliebigen Namen " +"hinzufügen, der nicht `PUBLICO EN GENERAL` lautet. (Zum Beispiel `CLIENTE " +"FINAL`)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" -"Die Zahlung kann von der Rechnung aus registriert werden und sobald sie " -"bestätigt ist, wird die Rechnung bezahlt und mit der Zahlung verknüpft." +"Außerdem benötigen Sie die Postleitzahl Ihres Unternehmens und die " +"generische :guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000``. Die :guilabel:`Steuerregelung`" +" Ihres Kunden muss `Sin obligaciones fiscales` sein." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" -msgstr "PPD-Zahlungen" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "Fehler bei CFDI an Öffentlichkeit" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "PPD-Zahlungsinformationen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." msgstr "" -"Das Journal wird die Zahlungsmethode sein, von der Sie die Zahlung erhalten " -"oder senden. Sie müssen auch einen **Zahlungsweg** und ein Empfänger-" -"Bankkonto zuordnen (letzteres muss in dem mit der Rechnung verbundenen " -"Kontakt erstellt werden)." +"Die Hauptwährung in Mexiko ist MXN. Obwohl dies für alle mexikanischen " +"Unternehmen obligatorisch ist, ist es möglich, Rechnungen und Zahlungen in " +"anderen Währungen zu senden und zu empfangen. Zu diesem Zweck können Sie die" +" Verwendung von :doc:`Mehreren Währungen " +"` aktivieren. " +"Und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Mexikanische Bank` als Service in " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Einstellungen --> Währung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" +"Auf diese Weise erhalten Sie in der XML-Datei des Dokuments den korrekten " +"Wechselkurs und den Gesamtbetrag sowohl in der Fremdwährung als auch in MXN." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." msgstr "" -"Sobald die Zahlung erfolgt ist, wird sie mit der entsprechenden Rechnung " -"verknüpft und erhält den Status *In Zahlung*, da die Zahlung bei der " -"Bankabstimmung effektiv validiert wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"Es wird dringend empfohlen, :doc:`ein Bankkonto für jede Währung " +"` verwenden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" -msgstr "PPD-Zahlung erstellt" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "Konfiguration mehrerer Währungen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" +"Die einzigen Währungen, deren Wechselkurs automatisch täglich aktualisiert " +"wird, sind USD, EUR, GBP und JPY." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 -msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." -msgstr "" -"Das **Bankkonto des Empfängers** ist dasjenige, das im Reiter " -"**Buchhaltung** in dem mit der Rechnung verknüpften Kontakt angegeben ist. " -"Es muss gültig sein, damit der gebuchte Zahlungsnachtrag erstellt werden " -"kann." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 -msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Zahlung in MXN für eine Rechnung in USD vornehmen, muss die " -"Zahlung über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Zahlung registrieren` **in der " -"Rechnungsansicht** erstellt werden und nicht separat als Zahlung. " -"Andernfalls wird der Zahlungs-CFDI nicht korrekt erstellt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" -"Daher kann eine Zahlung in MXN nicht verwendet werden, um mehrere Rechnungen" -" in USD zu bezahlen. Vielmehr sollte die Zahlung in mehrere Zahlungen " -"aufgeteilt werden, die über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Zahlung " -"registrieren` auf den entsprechenden Rechnungen erstellt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "PUE-Zahlungen registrieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" -"Wenn zum Zeitpunkt der Registrierung einer Zahlung diese vom Typ PUE ist, " -"wird kein Zahlungsnachtrag (XML) erstellt, da dies nicht notwendig ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "PUE-Zahlungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "PUE-Zahlungsinformationen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "PUE-Zahlung erstellt" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" -"In diesem Fall handelt es sich nicht um einen Zahlungszuschlag, sondern um " -"eine Ergänzung." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "Anzahlungen" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -"Dies ist ein Sonderfall, in dem wir von einem Kunden eine Vorauszahlung " -"erhalten müssen, die später auf eine Rechnung angerechnet wird." +"Es kann vorkommen, dass Sie von einem Kunden eine Vorauszahlung erhalten, " +"die später auf eine Rechnung angerechnet werden muss. Um dies in Odoo tun zu" +" können, müssen Sie die Rechnungen mit dem Feld :guilabel:`CFDI-Herkunft` " +"ordnungsgemäß miteinander verknüpfen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Dazu muss die App :doc:`Verkauf ` installiert " +"sein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "`_." @@ -35702,1975 +36300,1266 @@ msgstr "" "`Die offizielle Dokumentation zur Registrierung von Anzahlungen in Mexico " "`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" +"Navigieren Sie zunächst zur App :menuselection:`Verkauf`, um ein Produkt " +"`Anticipo` zu erstellen und zu konfigurieren: der :guilabel:`Produkttyp` " +"muss :guilabel:`Dienstleistung` sein, und verwenden Sie die " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC-Kategorie` `84111506 Servicios de facturación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" +"Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Einstellungen --> " +"Rechnungsstellung --> Anzahlungen` und fügen Sie das Produkt als " +"Standardeinstellung hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie einen Verkaufsauftrag mit dem Gesamtbetrag und eine Anzahlung " +"(entweder mit einem Prozentsatz oder einem festen Betrag). Unterschreiben " +"Sie dann das Dokument und :guilabel:`Registrieren Sie die Zahlung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der Kunde die finale Rechnung erhält, erstellen Sie sie erneut aus " +"demselben Verkaufsauftrag. Wählen Sie im Assistenten :guilabel:`Rechnungen " +"erstellen` die Option :guilabel:`Reguläre Rechnung` und entfernen Sie das " +"Häkchen bei :guilabel:`Anzahlungen abziehen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" +"Kopieren Sie dann das :guilabel:`Steuerblatt` aus der ersten Rechnung und " +"fügen Sie es in die :guilabel:`CDFI-Herkunft` der zweiten Rechnung ein, " +"wobei Sie das Präfix `07|` hinzufügen. Signieren Sie das Dokument." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie danach eine Gutschrift für die erste Rechnung. Kopieren Sie " +"das das :guilabel:`Steuerblatt` aus der zweiten Rechnung und fügen Sie es in" +" die :guilabel:`CDFI-Herkunft` der Gutschrift ein, wobei Sie das Präfix " +"`07|` hinzufügen. Signieren Sie das Dokument." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" +"Damit sind alle elektronischen Dokumente miteinander verknüpft. Der letzte " +"Schritt besteht darin, die neue Rechnung vollständig zu bezahlen. Unten auf " +"der neuen Rechnung finden Sie in der Gutschrift :guilabel:`Ausstehendes " +"Haben`, fügen Sie diese als Zahlung hinzu. Schließlich registrieren Sie den " +"Restbetrag mit dem Assistenten :guilabel:`Zahlung registrieren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "Externer Handel" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Der externe Handel ist eine Ergänzung zu einer regulären Rechnung, die " +"bestimmte Werte sowohl in der XML- als auch in der PDF-Datei hinzufügt, " +"gemäß den `SAT-Vorschriften " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" +"Dies fügt Rechnungen mit einem ausländischen Kunden bestimmte Pflichtfelder " +"hinzu, wie z. B.:" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" -msgstr "Prozess zur Erstellung einer Anzahlung in Mexiko" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "Die spezifische Adresse des Empfängers und des Absenders" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" +"Die Hinzufügung eines :guilabel:`Bruchteils eines Tarifs`, der die Art des " +"Produkts identifiziert" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -"Ausstellung von elektronischen Rechnungen mit dem Betrag der erhaltenen " -"Vorauszahlung." +"Die richtigen :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), unter " +"anderem." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -"Ausstellung der elektronischen Rechnung über den Gesamtwert des Vorgangs " -"(vollständige Rechnung). (CFDI-Herkunft: 07 | Vorschussrechnung, Punkt 1)" +"Dies ermöglicht die korrekte Identifizierung von Exporteuren und Importeuren" +" und erweitert die Beschreibung der verkauften Waren." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -"Ausstellung der elektronischen Rechnung mit dem Typ *Egreso*. (CFDI-" -"Herkunft: 07 | Invoice_total, Punkt 2)" +"Seit dem 1. Januar 2018 ist sie für Steuerzahler, die Exportgeschäfte des " +"Typs A1 durchführen, obligatorisch. Während das aktuelle CFDI 4.0 ist, ist " +"der externe Handel derzeit auf Version 1.1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "Schritte in Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "Vorbereitung: Das Produkt erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" -"Anzahlungsausstellung der elektronischen Rechnung über den Betrag der " -"erhaltenen Anzahlung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" -msgstr "" -"Ausstellung der elektronischen Rechnung über den Gesamtwert des Vorgangs" +"Um diese Funktion zu nutzen, müssen die Module " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` " +"installiert sein." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "Eine Gutschrift aus der Anzahlungsrechnung erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "Vorbereitung: Das Produkt erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." msgstr "" -"Das Anzahlungsprodukt muss vom Typ *Dienstleistung* sein und die **NSPSC-" -"Produktkategorie** verwenden: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Vergewissern Sie sich vor der Installation, dass Ihr Unternehmen diese " +"Funktion benötigt. Wenden Sie sich bei Bedarf zuerst an Ihren Buchhalter, " +"bevor Sie Änderungen vornehmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" +"Während Sie gemäß der CFDI-4.0-Anforderungen eine gültige Postleitzahl in " +"Ihrem Kontakt angeben müssen, fügt die externe Handelsergänzung als " +"Pflichtfeld :guilabel:`Stadt` und :guilabel:`Staat` hinzu. Alle drei Felder " +"müssen mit dem `Offiziellen-SAT-Katalog `_ übereinstimmen, " +"sonst erhalten Sie einen Fehler." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie die Angaben :guilabel:`Stadt` und :guilabel:`Staat` in den Vertrag" +" des Unternehmens ein, nicht in das Unternehmen selbst. Sie finden den " +"Kontakt Ihres Unternehmns unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Kunden --> " +"Kunden`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" +"Die Felder :guilabel:`Ortschaft` und :guilabel:`Koloniecode` sind optional " +"und können direkt im Unternehmen unter :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " +"Allgemeine Einstellungen --> Unternehmen` hinzugefügt werden. Diese beiden " +"müssen mit den Daten im SAT übereinstimmen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" -msgstr "Anzahlungsprodukt" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "Optionale Unternehmensfelder für externen Handel." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie das Anzahlungsprodukt als Standardprodukt hinzu, das in den Odoo-" -"Konfigurationen verwendet werden soll." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "Anzahlungskonfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" -"Ausstellung der elektronischen Rechnung über den Betrag der erhaltenen " -"Anzahlung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie die Abschlagsrechnung: Erstellen Sie aus dem Verkaufsauftrag " -"eine Abschlagsrechnung für den im Voraus zu zahlenden Prozentsatz des " -"Einkaufs (oder für einen festen Betrag)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" -msgstr "Anzahlung anwenden" +"Die Kontaktdaten für den ausländischen Empfangskunden müssen die folgenden " +"Felder ausfüllen, um Fehler zu vermeiden:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "Validieren Sie die Rechnung mit dem Anzahlungsprodukt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "Anzahlung bestätigen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "Folio fiscal Anzahlung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "Registrieren Sie die Zahlung einer Abschlagsrechnung." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "Abschlagsrechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "Anzahlung registriert" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." msgstr "" -"Ausstellung der elektronischen Rechnung über den Gesamtwert des Vorgangs" +"Die vollständige :guilabel:`Adresse` des Unternehmens, einschließlich einer " +"gültigen :guilabel:`PLZ` und des ausländischen :guilabel:`Land`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" +"Das Format der ausländischen :guilabel:`MwSt.` (Steueridentifikationsnummer," +" zum Beispiel: Kolumbien `123456789-1`)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`MX EDI` müssen Sie angeben, ob der Kunde Waren für " +"einen bestimmten Zeitraum vorübergehend (:guilabel:`Befristet`) oder " +"dauerhaft (:guilabel:`Endgültig`) erhält." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie diesen Kontakt in einem anderen Land als Mexiko anlegen, stellen " +"Sie sicher, dass Sie alle Informationen im Feld :guilabel:`Steuerregelung` " +"löschen. Verwenden Sie auch nicht :guilabel:`Keine Steueraufschlüsselung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "Erforderliche Kundenfelder für externen Handel." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" +"In der resultierenden XML- und PDF-Datei wird die :guilabel:`MwSt.` " +"automatisch durch die generische Mehrwertsteuer für Auslandstransaktionen " +"ersetzt: `XEXX010101000`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" +"Alle Produkte im Zusammenhang mit dem externen Handel müssen vier Felder " +"ausfüllen, von denen zwei ausschließlich für diese Funktion gelten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie aus dem Verkaufsauftrag eine Rechnung über die Gesamtsumme, d." -" h. über alle Auftragspositionen ohne Abzug der Anzahlung." +"Die :guilabel:`Interne Referenz` des Produkts befindet sich im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Allgemeine Informationen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "Das :guilabel:`Gewicht` des Produkts muss höher als `0` sein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Der `korrekte `_" +" :guilabel:`Bruchteil des Tarifs` des Produkts im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Buchhaltung`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` entspricht dem :guilabel:`Bruchteil des Tarifs`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "Vollständige Rechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." -msgstr "Entfernen Sie die Markierung aus dem Feld **Anzahlung abziehen**." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "Erforderliche Produktfelder für externen Handel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie den ursprünglichen CFDI der Abschlagsrechnung hinzu, indem Sie " -"``07 |`` am Anfang + Folio Fiscal der im vorherigen Schritt erstellten " -"Abschlagsrechnung hinzufügen." +"Wenn die Maßeinheit des :guilabel:`Bruchteils des Tarifs` `01` ist, ist die " +"korrekte :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` `kg`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." msgstr "" -"Kopieren Sie den Folio Fiscal der folgenden Rechnung gemäß folgendem " -"Beispiel:" +"Wenn die Maßeinheit des :guilabel:`Bruchteils des Tarifs` `06` ist, ist die " +"korrekte :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` `Einheiten`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "Abrechnungsablauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" +"Bevor Sie eine Rechnung erstellen, müssen Sie berücksichtigen, dass bei " +"externen Handelsrechnungen die Beträge Ihrer Produkte in USD umgerechnet " +"werden müssen. Daher müssen wir :doc:`Mehrere Währungen aktiviert " +"` haben und USD" +" im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Währungen` aktivieren. Der richtige " +":guilabel:`Dienst` ist :guilabel:`Mexikanische Bank`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie den richtigen Wechselkurs unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Einstellungen --> Währung` eingestellt haben, bleiben nur noch die Felder " +":guilabel:`Incoterm` und :guilabel:`Zertifikatsquelle` im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Weitere Informationen` übrig. Letzteres ist optional." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "Folio Vollständige Rechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" -"Und fügen Sie sie in den aus dem Verkaufsauftrag erstellten Rechnungsentwurf" -" ein, ohne die Anzahlungen abzuziehen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "Folio der CFDI-Herkunft" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" -"Validieren und kopieren Sie die Folio Fiscal für später (im Beispiel lautet " -"die Kopie der Folio Fiscal: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "Gutschrift aus Rechnung hinzufügen" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "Weitere Informationen für externen Handel." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie eine **Gutschrift** aus der Abschlagsrechnung (die " -"Korrekturrechnung muss vor der Bestätigung bearbeitet werden, siehe " -"Erklärung unter den 2 folgenden Bildern)" +"Signieren Sie die Rechnung mit dem gleichen Verfahren wie eine normale " +"Rechnung: Drücken Sie die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Jetzt verarbeiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" -msgstr "Erstellung einer Gutschrift" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "Frachtbrief" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "Anzahlung abstimmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie die Gutschrift *bestätigen*, bearbeiten Sie die Ursprungs-CFDI mit" -" ``07 | XXX`` anstelle des Präfixes ``01 | XXX``." +"Eine `Carta Porte `_ ist ein Frachtbrief: ein Dokument, das die Art, die Menge und den " +"Bestimmungsort der beförderten Waren angibt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "Folio fiscal bearbeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "CFDI-Herkunftstyp" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "Jetzt kann die Rechnung bestätigt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "Gutschrift buchen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -"Jetzt muss die Gutschrift (Anzahlung) auf die Gesamtrechnung angewendet " -"werden. Sie wird unten unter dem geschuldeten Betrag hinzugefügt." +"Am 1. Dezember 2021 wurde die Version 2.0 dieses CFDI für alle " +"Transportdienstleister, Zwischenhändler und Eigentümer von Waren eingeführt." +" Odoo ist in der Lage, eine Belegart „T“ (Traslado) zu generieren, die im " +"Gegensatz zu anderen Belegen in einem Lieferauftrag und nicht in einer " +"Rechnung oder Zahlung erstellt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "Gutschrift hinzufügen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo kann XML- und PDF-Dateien mit oder ohne Bodentransport erstellen und " +"kann Materialien verarbeiten, die als *Gefahrengut* behandelt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" -msgstr "Anzahlung angewandt" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Um diese Funktion zu nutzen, müssen die Module " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` " +"installiert sein." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" +"Darüber hinaus müssen Sie die Apps :doc:`Lager " +"` und :doc:`Verkauf " +"` konfiguriert haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" +"Odoo unterstützt keine Carta Porte Typ „I“ (Ingreso), Luft- oder " +"Seetransport. Wenden Sie sich zuerst an Ihren Buchhalter, wenn Sie diese " +"Funktion benötigen, bevor Sie Änderungen vornehmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "Odoo verwaltet zwei Arten von CFDI:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"**Keine föderalen Autobahnen**: Sie wird verwendet, wenn die *Entfernung zum" +" Zielort* `weniger als 30 km " +"`_" +" beträgt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" +"**Föderaler Transport**: Er wird verwendet, wenn die *Entfernung zum " +"Zielort* mehr als 30 km beträgt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" +"Abgesehen von den Standardanforderungen der regulären Rechnungsstellung (RFC" +" des Kunden, der UNSPSC-Code ...) ist bei der Verwendung von *keine " +"föderalen Autobahnen* keine externe Konfiguration erforderlich." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -"Registrieren Sie eine Zahlung in Höhe der Differenz zwischen der Anzahlung " -"und dem Gesamtbetrag des Verkaufs." +"Für *Föderalen Transport* müssen verschiedene Konfigurationen zu Kontakten, " +"Fahrzeugkonfigurationen und Produkten hinzugefügt werden. Diese " +"Konfigurationen werden zu den XML- und PDF-Dateien hinzugefügt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" -msgstr "Zu zahlender Restbetrag" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "Kontakte und Fahrzeuge" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie zur XML-Datei der Rechnung gehen, sollten Sie im zugehörigen CFDI " -"die Art der Beziehung 07 und das Folio Fiscal der Abschlagsrechnung sehen." +"Wie bei der Funktion für externen Handel muss die Adresse sowohl in deinem " +"Unternehmen als auch bei deinem Endkunden vollständig sein. Die " +"Postleitzahl, die Stadt und der Bundesstaat müssen mit dem `Offiziellen SAT-" +"Katalog ` übereinstimmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "Das Feld :guilabel:`Lokalität` ist für beide Adressen optional." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" -msgstr "XML-Anzahlung" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "Kontakte auf Frachtbrief" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "Rabette basierend auf Zahlungstagen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Skonti sind Anreize, die Sie anbieten können, um Kunden zu motivieren, " -"innerhalb eines bestimmten Zeitraums zu zahlen. Sie bieten z. B. einen " -"Rabatt von 2 %, wenn der Kunde innerhalb der ersten 5 Tage nach " -"Rechnungsstellung zahlt, obwohl die Rechnung erst in 30 Tagen fällig ist. " -"Auf diese Weise können Sie den durchschnittlichen Zahlungszeitraum hrer " -"Kunden erheblich verbessern." +"Die Herkunftsadresse, die für den Frachbrief verwendet wird, wird in " +":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerverwaltung --> Lagerhäuser`" +" eingestellt. Standardmäßig ist dies die Unternehmensadresse, aber du kannst" +" sie entsprechend deiner korrekten Lageradresse ändern." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie die entsprechende Zahlungsbedingung und weisen Sie diese zu." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "Registrieren Sie die Zahlung innerhalb der Tage des Skontos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Eine Gutschrift erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"Um den Rabatt für die Anzahlung zu konfigurieren, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Zahlungsbedingungen` und " -"klicken Sie auf *Neu*. Fügen Sie einen Prozentsatztyp mit einem " -"entsprechenden Wert hinzu (z. B. 98 % des Gesamtpreises für einen Rabatt von" -" 2 %) und die Anzahl der Tage, für die das Angebot gültig ist (z. B. 5 " -"Tage). Sie können bei Bedarf auch die Art der Restzahlung ändern (in diesem " -"Beispiel 30 Tage)." +"Eine weitere Ergänzung dieser Funktion ist das Menü " +":guilabel:`Fahrzeugeinstellungen`, das Sie unter :menuselection:`Lager --> " +"Einstellungen --> Mexiko` finden. In diesem Menü können Sie alle " +"Informationen zu dem Fahrzeug hinzufügen, das Sie für den Lieferauftrag " +"benutzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +msgstr "" +"Alle Felder sind obligatorisch, um einen gültigen Frachtbrief zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" -msgstr "Zahlungsbedingung für Skonto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 -msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie dann unseren Verkaufsauftrag oder unsere Rechnung erstellen, weisen" -" Sie die zuvor erstellte Zahlungsbedingung zu." +"Erfoderliche Felder zur Konfiguration des Fahrzeugs auf dem Frachtbrief." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" +"Im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vermittler` müssen Sie den Betreiber des Fahrzeugs " +"hinzufügen. Die einzigen Pflichtfelder für diesen Kontakt sind " +":guilabel:`MwSt.` und :guilabel:`Führerschein`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" +"Wie bei der regulären Rechnungsstellung müssen alle Produkte eine " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC-Kategorie` haben. Darüber hinaus gibt es zwei zusätzliche " +"Konfigurationen für Produkte, die in Frachtbriefe enthalten sind:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" +"Der :guilabel:`Produkttyp` muss :guilabel:`lagerfähiges Produkt` ein, damit " +"Lagerbuchungen erstellt werden können." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" +"im Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` sollte das Feld :guilabel:`Gewicht` mehr als 0 " +"haben." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" -msgstr "Skonto auf Rechnung" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "Produktkonfigurationen des Frachtbriefs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "Verkaufs- und Lagerablauf" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -"Registrieren Sie die Zahlung innerhalb der Tage, in denen die Anwendung des " -"Rabatts festgelegt wurde, in unserem Fall also innerhalb von 5 Tagen nach " -"Erstellung der Verkaufsrechnung." +"Um einen Frachtbrief zu erstellen, müssen Sie zunächst einen Verkaufsauftrag" +" erstellen und bestätigen. Dadurch wird eine intelligente Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Lieferung` erzeugt. Drücken Sie darauf und :guilabel:`Validieren`" +" Sie den Transfer." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "Skontozahlung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dann zum unteren Ende der Rechnung, wo sich die Summen befinden. " -"Dort sehen Sie, dass 2 Zahlungen erstellt wurden, setzen Sie sie auf Entwurf" -" zurück und stornieren Sie die Zahlung, die nicht übereinstimmt - die mit " -"dem Skonto." +"Nachdem der Status auf :guilabel:`Erledigt` gesetzt wurde, können Sie den " +"Transfer bearbeiten und den :guilabel:`Transporttyp` auswählen (entweder " +":guilabel:`Keine föderalen Autobahnen` oder :guilabel:`Föderaler " +"Transport`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Ihr Frachtbrief den Typ :guilabel:`Keine föderalen Autobahnen` hat, " +"können Sie den Transfer speichern und dann :guilabel:`Frachtbrief " +"generieren` drücken. Die daraus resultierende XML-Datei finden Sie im " +"Chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" +"Abgesehen von der Angabe :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in allen Produkten erfordern " +"Frachtbriefe, die :guilabel:`Keine föderalen Autobahnen` verwenden, keine " +"besondere Konfiguration für den Versand an die Regierung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Ihr Leitfaden für die Lieferung den Typ :guilabel:`Föderaler Transport`" +" hat, erscheint der Reiter :guilabel:`MX EDI`. Geben Sie dort unter " +":guilabel:`Entfernung Bis Zielort (km)` einen Wert höher als `0` ein und " +"wählen Sie das für diese Lieferung verwendete " +":guilabel:`Fahrzeugeinrichtung`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" -msgstr "Skontozahlung ansehen" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "Konfiguration des Reiters MX EDI für Frachtbrief" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "Auf Entwurfszahlung setzen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Zahlung abbrechen" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "Gefahrengüter" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -"Um den Kreislauf abzuschließen, müssen wir die Rechnung abschließen. Da wir " -"in diesem Fall jedoch einen Skonto anwenden, müssen wir, um sie korrekt " -"abzuschließen, eine Gutschrift erstellen, die angibt, dass die Differenz dem" -" Kunden auf einer **Gutschrift** gewährt wurde." +"Bestimmte Werte in der :guilabel:`UNSPSC-Kategorie` werden im `offiziellen " +"SAT-Katalog " +"`_" +" als Gefahrengüter angesehen. Diese Kategorien bedürfen zusätzlicher " +"Überlegungen, wenn Sie einen Frachtbrief mit :guilabel:`Föderalem Transport`" +" erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "Rabattgutschrift" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "Grund der Gutschrift" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "Passen Sie den Betrag auf den Restsaldo in der Originalrechnung an." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "Gesamtgutschrift" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie der Originalrechnung die Gutschrift hinzu, sodass Sie ausgeglichen" -" ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "Gutschrift für Rabatt hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "Stornierung von Rechnungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "Vor 72 Stunden" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -"Wenn es notwendig ist, eine Rechnung zu stornieren, die innerhalb von " -"weniger als 72 Stunden validiert und an den SAT geschickt wurde, gehen Sie " -"wie folgt vor." +"Im Produkt müssen die Felder :guilabel:`Gefahrgutbezeichnungscode (MX)` und " +":guilabel:`Gefahrgutverpackung (MX)` mit dem richtigen Code aus dem " +"|SAT|-Katalog gefüllt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" -msgstr "Fordern Sie die Stornierung an." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" +"In der Fahrzeugeinrichtung müssen auch die Daten des " +":guilabel:`Umweltversicherers` und der :guilabel:`Umweltversicherungspolice`" +" hinterlegt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" -msgstr "Stornieren innerhalb von 72 Stunden" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "Pflichtfelder der Umgebung eines Frachtsbriefs." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" +"Fahren Sie danach mit dem regulären Prozess zur Erstellung eines " +"Frachtbriefs fort." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "Zollnummern" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" +"Eine *Zollerklärung* (Pedimento Aduanero) ist ein Steuerdokument, das " +"bescheinigt, dass alle Abgaben an die Steuerbehörde (die |SAT|) für den " +"Import/Export von Waren gezahlt wurden." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" +"Gemäß `Anhang 20 " +"`_ von " +"CFDI 4.0 muss in Dokumenten, in denen die fakturierten Waren aus einem " +"Importvorgang aus erster Hand stammen, das Feld :guilabel:`Zollnummer` zu " +"allen Zeilen der Produkte hinzugefügt werden, die an dem Vorgang beteiligt " +"sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" +"Dazu muss das Modul :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` installiert sein, " +"zusätzlich zu den konfigurierten Apps :doc:`Lager " +"`, :doc:`Einkauf " +"` und :doc:`Verkauf " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" +"Verwechseln Sie diese Funktion nicht mit dem externen Handel. Die " +"Zollnummern stehen in direktem Zusammenhang mit dem Import von Waren, " +"während sich die Ergänzung zum externen Handel auf den Export bezieht. " +"Wenden Sie sich zuerst an Ihren Buchhalter, wenn Sie diese Funktion " +"benötigen, bevor Sie irgendwelche Änderungen vornehmen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" -msgstr "Der Status der **Elektronischen Rechnung** ändert auf *Storniert*." +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" +"Um die richtige Zollnummer für eine bestimmte Rechnung zu ermitteln, " +"verwendet Odoo :doc:`Wareneinstandskosten " +"`." +" Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> " +"Bewertung`. Stellen Sie sicher, dass :guilabel:`Wareneinstandskosten` " +"aktiviert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf *AUF ENTWURF ZURÜCKSETZEN*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" +"Zunächst müssen Sie ein Produkt vom Typ *Dienstleistung* mit dem Namen " +"`Pedimento` erstellen. Markieren Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Einkauf` die " +"Option :guilabel:`Sind Einstandskosten` und wählen Sie eine " +":guilabel:`Standardaufteilungsmethode`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" -msgstr "Rechnung auf Entwurf" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" +"Danach müssen wir die *lagerfähigen Produkte* konfigurieren, die die " +"Zollnummern enthalten. Wir müssen dafür sorgen, dass die Produktkategorie " +"die folgende Konfiguration hat:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf *EINTRAG STORNIEREN*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kalkulationsverfahren`: Entweder :guilabel:`FIFO` oder " +":guilabel:`AVCO`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "Journalbuchung stornieren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung`: :guilabel:`Automatisiert`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bestandsbewertungskonto`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "Nach 72 Stunden" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bestandsjournal`: :guilabel:`Bestandsbewertung`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bestandseingangskonto`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -"Wenn es notwendig ist, eine Rechnung zu stornieren, die vor mehr als 72 " -"Stunden validiert und an den SAT geschickt wurde, muss der Kunde gebeten " -"werden, die Stornierung zu akzeptieren, wofür die folgenden Schritte befolgt" -" werden müssen." +":guilabel:`Bestandsausgangskonto`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf *EDI-Storno anfordern*, um dem SAT mitzuteilen, dass Sie die" -" Rechnung stornieren möchten. In diesem Fall muss der Kunde die SAT-Webseite" -" aufrufen und die Rechnung genehmigen. (Der Status des Feldes " -"**Elektronische Rechnungsstellung** in Odoo ändert sich in *Zu stornieren*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." +msgstr "Konfigurationen für lagerfähige Produkte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." -msgstr "" -"Wenn der Klient (Empfänger/Kunde) die Stornierung in seinem SAT-Portal " -"genehmigt, ist es jetzt möglich, die Rechnung in einen Entwurf zu ändern und" -" dann auf *Eintrag stornieren* zu klicken." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "Einkaufs- und Verkaufsprozess" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" -"Odoo synchronisiert sich mit dem SAT, um den Status der **Elektronischen " -"Rechnungsstellung** mit einer geplanten Aktion zu aktualisieren. In SAT " -"stornierte Rechnungen werden in Odoo storniert." +"Erstellen Sie einen :guilabel:`Einkaufsauftrag`, und bestätigen Sie den " +"Einkaufsauftrag. Dies sollte eine intelligente Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Wareneingang` auslösen. Validieren Sie auch den Wareneingang." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" -msgstr "Stornieren nach 72 Stunden" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." +msgstr "Zollnummer bei Einkauf." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie auf **EDI-Storno anfordern** geklickt haben, wird der Status des" -" Feldes **Elektronische Rechnungsstellung** auf *Zu stornieren* gesetzt, " -"aber der Status des SAT bleibt gleich *Gültig*. Er bleibt so lange aktiv, " -"bis der Endkunde/Empfänger die Stornierung im SAT genehmigt hat." +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Einstandskosten` und " +"erstellen Sie einen neuen Datensatz. Fügen Sie den soeben erstellten " +"Transfer sowie das Produkt `Pedimento` und :guilabel:`Zollnummer` hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" +"Optional können Sie auch einen Kostenbetrag hinzufügen. Danach validieren " +"Sie die Wareneinstandskosten. Wenn Sie diese Bewegung :guilabel:`gebucht` " +"haben, wurden allen Produkten, die sich auf diesen Wareneingang beziehen, " +"die Zollnummer zugewiesen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die Pedimentos-Nummer nur einmal hinzufügen. Seien Sie also " +"vorsichtig, wenn Sie die richtige Nummer mit dem/den Transfer(s) verbinden." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "Eestado del PAC prüfen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." -msgstr "" -"Nach der Stornierung im SAT synchronisiert Odoo den Status des SAT über " -"geplante Aktionen, die täglich ausgeführt werden, um den Status des SAT, der" -" elektronischen Rechnungsstellung und von Odoo zu synchronisieren (diese " -"geplante Aktion kann manuell ausgeführt werden, indem Sie in den " -"Entwicklermodus gehen)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." +msgstr "Zollnummer in Lager." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Rechnung im SAT storniert wird, wird sie auch in Odoo storniert, " -"wodurch Sie die Rechnung in einen Entwurf umwandeln und schließlich " -"stornieren können (*Eintrag stornieren*)." +"Erstellen Sie einen Verkaufsauftrag und bestätigen Sie ihn. Dies sollte eine" +" intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung` auslösen. Validieren Sie " +"auch den Wareneingang." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." +msgstr "" +"Erstellen Sie schließlich eine Rechnung aus dem Verkaufsauftrag und " +"bestätigen Sie diese. Die Rechnungszeile, die sich auf Ihr Produkt bezieht, " +"enthält eine Zollnummer." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "Geplante PAC-Aktion" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" -msgstr "Bezahlte Rechnungen stornieren" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "Zollnummer auf bestätigtem Verkaufsauftragsprodukt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "Elektronische Buchhaltung" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Rechnung bereits bezahlt wurde, muss aus der Rechnung eine " -"Gutschrift erstellt werden, damit der verursachende CFDI erkannt wird und " -"später die ursprüngliche Rechnung stornieren kann." +"Für Mexiko bezieht sich `Elektronische Buchhaltung " +"`_ auf die Verpflichtung, Buchhaltungsunterlagen und -einträge " +"auf elektronischem Wege zu führen und die Buchhaltungsdaten monatlich über " +"die Website des SATs einzugeben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" -msgstr "Bezahlte Rechnung stornieren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "Es besteht aus drei XML-Hauptdateien." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" -msgstr "Zu stornierende Gutschrift" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "Die aktualisierte Liste des Kontenplans, den Sie derzeit verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" -msgstr "Rechnungen aus der vorherigen Periode stornieren" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" +"Eine monatliche Rohbilanz und ein Abschlussbuchungsbericht auch bekannt als " +"*Rohbilanz 13. Monat*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" -msgstr "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" +"Entweder optional oder für eine obligatorische Prüfung, ein Export der " +"Journalbuchungen in Ihrem Hauptbuch." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Die resultierenden XML-Dateien entsprechen den Anforderungen des `Anexo " +"Técnico de Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Rechnung aus dem Vormonat stammt und die Periode abgeschlossen ist," -" wurden die Einnahmen bereits in den Finanzberichten und gegenüber der " -"Regierung deklariert. In Odoo wird beim Stornieren einer Rechnung die " -"Journalbuchung gelöscht, als ob die bereits gemeldeten Einnahmen nicht " -"existiert hätten. Dies stellt ein steuerliches Problem dar, da die Einnahmen" -" bereits im Vormonat gemeldet wurden." +"Darüber hinaus können Sie den `DIOT-Bericht " +"`_ erstellen: Ein Bericht " +"über die Journalbuchungen des Lieferanten, die IVA-Steuern beinhalten, der " +"in die :file:`.txt`-Datei exportiert werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." msgstr "" -"Das Problem besteht darin, dass Sie in der aktuellen Periode die Stornierung" -" rückgängig machen und die Stornoinformationen speichern müssen, wenn die " -"Steuerperiode abgeschlossen ist." +"Um diese Bericht nutzen zu können, müssen die Module " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` und :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` " +"installiert sein sowie Odoo :doc:`Buchhaltung " +"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" -msgstr "Zu stornierende Rechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Vorheriger Zeitraum" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "So sieht der Bilanzbogen aus:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" -msgstr "Vorheriger Bilanzbogen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 -msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Rechnung storniert wird, sehen die Journalbuchung und der " -"Bilanzbogen nach der Stornierung wie folgt aus:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "AR in Bilanz" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "Lösung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 -msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -msgstr "" -"Schließen Sie die Steuerperiode jeden Monat (Bewährte Verfahren der " -"mexikanischen Lokalisierung)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "Stornieren Sie die Rechnung im SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "Erstellen Sie eine manuelle Stornobuchung (Journalbuchung)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" -"Stimmen Sie die offene Rechnung mit der Rückbuchung ab (Journalbuchung)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" -"Ändern Sie den Status der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung auf Storniert mit" -" Serveraktion" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 -msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -msgstr "" -"Buchhaltungsperiode jeden Monat abschließen (Bewährte Verfahren der " -"mexikanischen Lokalisierung)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 -msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Buchungsperiode aufgrund der Sperrdaten geschlossen ist, erlaubt " -"Odoo nicht, Buchungseinträge eines Datums zu ändern oder hinzuzufügen, das " -"dieser Buchungsperiode entspricht." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" -msgstr "Schließung der Steuerperiode" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" -msgstr "Rechnung im SAT stornieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 -msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Buchhaltungsperiode abgeschlossen ist und die Rechnung in SAT " -"storniert wurde, wird der Status in Odoo veröffentlicht, während der Status " -"der **Elektronischen Rechnungsstellung** *Gesendet* ist und der SAT-Status " -"*Storniert* lautet." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" -msgstr "Stornieren in SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" -msgstr "Manuelle Stornobuchung erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 -msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." -msgstr "" -"Die Lösung besteht darin, die Stornobuchung manuell zu erstellen, die auf " -"die aktuelle Steuerperiode datiert ist, und die offene Rechnung mit der " -"manuell erstellten Stornierung abzustimmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 -msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." -msgstr "" -"In der Referenz muss deutlich angegeben werden, dass es sich um eine " -"Stornierung handelt (Sie können ein Stornokonto für Rechnungen aus früheren " -"Zeiträumen verwenden, z. B. **Sonstige Einnahmen**)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" -msgstr "Manuelle Rückbuchung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "Stimmen Sie die offene Rechnung mit der Rückbuchung ab" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "Offene Rechnung abstimmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "Offene Rechnung bezahlt" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 -msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." -msgstr "Sie haben nun in der Bilanz und Rohbilanz die richtigen Salden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" -msgstr "Neue Bilanz" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" -msgstr "Aktuelle Bilanz" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "Balanza de comprobación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" -"Status der elektronischen Rechnungsstellung mit Serveraktion auf Storniert " -"ändern" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 -msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." -msgstr "" -"Es kann eine Serveraktion erstellt werden, die den Status der Rechnung auf " -"*Storniert* ändert, sobald sie mit der Stornobuchung abgestimmt ist (Sie " -"sollten dies mit dem Support oder mit dem Ihnen zugewiesenen " -"Funktionsberater abklären, bevor Sie diese Aktion durchführen)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" -msgstr "Status der geplanten PAC-Aktion" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" -msgstr "Serveraktion ausführen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "Elektronische Buchhaltung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "Buchhaltung für Mexiko in Odoo besteht aus 3 Berichten:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "Elektronischer Kontenplan." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Elektronische Rohbilanz." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "DIOT-Bericht." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" -"1. und 2. gelten als elektronische Buchhaltung, und DIOT ist ein Bericht, " -"der nur im Zusammenhang mit der Buchhaltung verfügbar ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 msgid "" "You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" "Sie finden alle diese Berichte unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " "Berichtswesen --> Mexiko`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "MX-Berichte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -"Die elektronische Rechnungsstellung war noch nie so einfach. Gehen Sie " -"einfach zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung -> Berichtswesen -> Mexiko -> " -"Kontenplan` und klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche **Export für SAT (XML)**." +"Die spezifischen Merkmale und Zwecke der Berichte, die Sie übermitteln, " +"können sich je nach Ihrem Steuersystem ändern. Wenden Sie sich immer an " +"Ihren Buchhalter, bevor Sie Dokumente an die Regierung schicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "Catálogo de cuentas (Kontenplan)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"Der :doc:`Kontenplan " +"` in Mexiko " +"folgt einem bestimmten Muster, das auf dem `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_" +" vom SAT basiert." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 +msgid "" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" +"Sie können ein beliebiges Konto erstellen, solange es der Codierungsgruppe " +"vom |SAT| entspricht. Dieses Muster lautet `NNN.YY.ZZ` oder `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." +msgstr "Beispiele sind `102.01.99` oder `401.01.001`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 +msgid "" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Kontenplan`" +" ein neues Konto erstellen, erhalten Sie, wenn Sie diesem Muster folgen, den" +" richtigen Gruppierungscode in :guilabel:`Stichwörtern`, und Ihr Konto " +"erscheint im Kontenplan." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 +msgid "" +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie alle Ihre Konten erstellt und sichergestellt haben, dass Sie die" +" richtigen :guilabel:`Stichwörter` in diese Konten eingegeben haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" +"Sie können keine Muster verwenden, die einen Abschnitt mit einer 0 " +"abschließen (wie `100.01.01`, `301.00.003` oder `604.77.00`). Dies führt zu " +"Fehlern in dem Bericht." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" +"Wenn alles eingerichtet ist, können Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Berichtswesen --> Mexiko --> Kontenplan` gehen und auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`SAT (XML)` drücken." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "Balanza de comprobación (Rohbilanz)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." +msgstr "" +"Die Rohbilanz enthält den Anfangssaldo, das Haben und den Gesamtsaldo Ihrer " +"Konten, vorausgesetzt, Sie haben die richtige Codierungsgruppe hinzugefügt." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Dieser Bericht kann monatlich erstellt werden, und eine XML-Dateiversion " +"wird erstellt, wenn Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen -->" +" Mexiko --> Rohbilanz` gehen und auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`SAT (XML)` " +"klicken. Wählen Sie vorher den Monat aus, den Sie herunterladen möchten." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "Kontenplan für SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "Rohbilanz." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "Wie werden neue Konten hinzugefügt?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "Odoo generiert nicht die *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Konto mit der Codierungsbedingung NNN.YY.ZZ hinzufügen, wobei " -"NNN.YY eine SAT-Codierungsgruppe ist, wird Ihr Konto automatisch " -"eingerichtet." +"Ein zusätzlicher Bericht ist der *Monat 13*: eine Abschlussbilanz, die alle " +"Berichtigungen oder Buchungen in der Buchhaltung zum Jahresende aufzeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -"Beispiel: Um ein Konto für ein neues Bankkonto hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Einstellungen --> Kontenplan` und erstellen " -"Sie dann ein neues Konto über die Schaltfläche „Neu“ und versuchen Sie, ein " -"Konto mit der Nummer 102.01.99 zu erstellen. Sobald Sie den Namen festgelegt" -" haben, sehen Sie eine automatisch konfigurierte Bezeichnung. Die " -"konfigurierten Bezeichnungen sind diejenigen, die für die Verwendung im " -"Kontenplan in XML ausgewählt wurden." +"Um dieses XML-Dokument erstellen zu können, müssen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Buchhaltung --> Sonstiges --> " +"Journalbuchungen` gehen und ein neues Dokument erstellen. Hier können Sie " +"alle Beträge hinzufügen, die Sie ändern möchten, und Sie können die Soll- " +"und/oder Habenbeträge jedes Betrags ausgleichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie danach auf :guilabel:`Als Abschlussbuchung markieren` und der " +"Bericht, den Sie unter :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> " +"Mexiko --> Rohbilanz Monat 13` finden, enthält den Gesamtbetrag des Jahres, " +"plus alle Additionen der Journalbuchung." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" +"Sie können die XML-Datei generieren, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`SAT (XML)` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "Konto erstellen" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "Einrichtung der Rohbilanz Monat 13." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "Was bedeuten die Stichwörter?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "Pólizas (Hauptbuch)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." msgstr "" -"Um alle möglichen Bezeichnungen zu kennen, lesen Sie bitte `Anhang 24 " -"`_" -" auf der SAT-Website im Abschnitt **Código agrupador de cuentas del SAT**." +"Laut Gesetz müssen alle Transaktionen in Mexiko digital erfasst werden. Da " +"Odoo automatisch alle zugrundeliegenden Journalbuchungen für Ihre Rechnungen" +" und Zahlungen erstellt, können Sie Ihre Journalbuchungen exportieren, um " +"Prüfungen der SAT oder Steuerrückzahlungen zu erfüllen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie das Modul l10n_mx installieren und Ihr Kontenplan davon abhängt " -"(dies geschieht automatisch, wenn Sie die Konfiguration von Mexiko als Land " -"in Ihrer Datenbank installieren), verfügt es standardmäßig über die " -"gängigsten Bezeichnungen. Wenn das von Ihnen benötigte Stichwort nicht " -"angelegt ist, können Sie es erstellen." +"Diese XML-Datei wird in :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> " +"Prüfberichte --> Hauptbuch`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Vorläufige Bilanz" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." msgstr "" -"Genau wie der Kontenplan, aber mit der Gutschrift und Lastschrift des " -"Anfangssaldos, können Sie, sobald Sie Ihren Kontenplan korrekt konfiguriert " -"haben, zu :menuselection:`Berichte --> Rohbilanz` gehen. Diese wird " -"automatisch erstellt und kann über die Schaltfläche oben **Export für SAT " -"(XML)** mit der vorherigen Auswahl der Periode, die Sie exportieren möchten," -" in XML exportiert werden." +"Sie können nach Zeitraum oder nach Zeitschrift filtern, je nach Ihrem " +"aktuellen Bedarf." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "Elektronische Verifizierungsbilanz." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." msgstr "" -"Alle normalen Analyse- und Listenfunktionen sind hier ebenso verfügbar wie " -"jeder normale Odoo-Bericht." +"Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)` klicken, erscheint ein Assistent. " +"Hier können Sie zwischen vier Arten von :guilabel:`Exporttypen` wählen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "DIOT-Bericht (Erfordert Buchhaltungsapp)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "Was ist die DIOT und wie wichtig ist ihre Darstellung im SAT?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" -"Wenn es um die Abläufe beim SAT-Administrationsservice geht, wissen wir, " -"dass wir genau darauf achten, was wir darstellen sollten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Die DIOT ist die Informative Erklärung über Geschäfte mit Dritten (DIOT), " -"eine zusätzliche Verpflichtung im Zusammenhang mit der Mehrwertsteuer, bei " -"der wir den Status unserer Geschäfte mit Dritten oder, was als dasselbe " -"gilt, mit unseren Lieferanten angeben müssen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" -"Dies gilt sowohl für Einzelpersonen als auch für Personas Morales. Wenn wir " -"also der SAT die Mehrwertsteuer vorlegen müssen und auch mit Lieferanten zu " -"tun haben, ist es notwendig, das DIOT zu senden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "Wann muss die DIOT eingereicht werden und in welchem Format?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" -"Es ist einfach, den DIOT darzustellen, denn wie alle Formate, die Sie auf " -"der SAT-Seite erhalten können, ist es die elektronische Form A-29, die Sie " -"auf der SAT-Website finden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" -"Jeden Monat, wenn Sie Geschäfte mit Dritten machen, müssen Sie die DIOT " -"einreichen, so wie wir es mit der Mehrwertsteuer machen. Wenn wir also im " -"Januar Geschäfte mit Lieferanten machen, müssen wir im Februar die " -"relevanten Informationen zu diesen Daten einreichen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "Wo wird die DIOT vorgelegt?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Sie können DIOT auf verschiedene Arten vorlegen. Sie können die Art frei " -"wählen und entscheiden, welche für Sie bequemer ist, da Sie sie jeden Monat " -"oder jedes Mal, wenn Sie mit Lieferanten zu tun haben, vorlegen werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" -"Das A-29-Formular ist elektronisch, sodass Sie es auf der SAT-Seite vorlegen" -" können, allerdings erst, nachdem Sie bis zu 500 Registrierungen vorgenommen" +"Für :guilabel:`Steuerprüfung` oder :guilabel:`Prüfungsbescheinigung` müssen " +"Sie die :guilabel:`Auftragsnummer` angeben, die Sie vom |SAT| erhalten " +"haben. Für :guilabel:`Warenrückgabe` oder :guilabel:`Vergütung` müssen Sie " +"Ihre :guilabel:`Prozessnummer` angeben, die Sie ebenfalls vom |SAT| erhalten" " haben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Types of Polizas." +msgstr "Arten von Polizas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." msgstr "" -"Sobald diese 500 Datensätze im SAT eingegeben wurden, müssen Sie sie der " -"Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) mit einem Schreiben an Ihre " -"Steueradresse vorlegen. Diese Datensätze können auf einem digitalen " -"Speichermedium wie einer CD oder einem USB-Medium eingereicht werden, das " -"Ihnen nach der Validierung zurückgeschickt wird, also zweifeln Sie nicht " -"daran, ob Sie diese Datenträger und natürlich Ihre CD oder USB noch haben." +"Wenn Sie diesen Bericht sehen möchten, ohne ihn zu senden, verwenden Sie " +"`ABC6987654/99` für :guilabel:`Auftragsnummer` und `AB123451234512` für " +":guilabel:`Prozessnummer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "Und noch etwas: Sammelverarbeitung?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie sich die offiziellen SAT-Dokumente in der DIOT ansehen, werden Sie " -"die Sammelverarbeitung finden, und natürlich denken wir als erstes, was das " -"ist ? und laut der SAT-Website ist es Folgendes:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Die „Sammelverarbeitung“ ist die Konvertierung von Datenbanken aus " -"Aufzeichnungen von Transaktionen mit Lieferanten, die von Steuerzahlern in " -"Textdateien (.txt) getätigt wurden. Diese Dateien haben die notwendige " -"Struktur für ihre Anwendung und den Import in das System der Informativen " -"Erklärung der Geschäfte mit Dritten (DIOT), wodurch eine direkte Erfassung " -"vermieden und folglich die Zeit, die in ihre Integration investiert wird, " -"für die zeit- und formgerechte Vorlage beim SAT optimiert wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" -"Sie können sie verwenden, um die DIOT vorzulegen, was diesen Vorgang " -"erleichtert, sodass es sie nicht bloß gibt, um zu vermeiden, dass es mit der" -" SAT in Bezug auf die Informative Erklärung von Operationen mit Dritten " -"übereinstimmt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Offizielle Information " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "Wie wird dieser Bericht in Odoo generiert?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Berichtswesen --> Mexiko --> " -"Transaktionen mit Dritten (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 msgid "DIOT report" msgstr "DIOT-Bericht" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Eine Berichtsansicht wird angezeigt. Wählen Sie den letzten Monat aus, um " -"den unmittelbar vorangegangenen Monat zu melden, oder belassen Sie den " -"aktuellen Monat, wenn es Ihnen passt." +"Die DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Erklärung über Geschäfte mit Dritten*) ist eine zusätzliche Verpflichtung " +"mit dem |SAT|, in der wir den aktuellen Stand unserer anrechenbaren und " +"nicht anrechenbaren Zahlungen, Einbehalte und Rückerstattungen der " +"Mehrwertsteuer aus Ihren Lieferantenrechnungen angeben." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "DIOT-Filter" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" +"Im Gegensatz zu anderen Berichten wird dieser in eine vom |SAT| " +"bereitgestellte Software hochgeladen, die das Formular A-29 enthält. In Odoo" +" können Sie die Datensätze Ihrer Transaktionen in einer :file:`.txt`-Datei " +"herunterladen, die Sie in das Formular hochladen können, um eine direkte " +"Erfassung dieser Daten zu vermeiden." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf *Exportieren (XLSX)* oder *Drucken (TXT)*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" +"Diese Datei enthält den Gesamtbetrag Ihrer in den Lieferantenrechnungen " +"registrierten Zahlungen, aufgeschlüsselt nach den entsprechenden Arten von " +"IVA. Die Angaben :guilabel:`MwSt.` und :guilabel:`Land` sind für alle " +"Lieferanten obligatorisch." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" +"Um den Bericht zu erhalten, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> " +"Berichtswesen --> Mexiko --> Transaktionen mit Dritten [DIOT]`. Wählen Sie " +"den zutreffenden Monat aus und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)`, um " +"die :file:`.txt`-Datei herunterzuladen." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "DIOT drucken" +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "DIOT-Beispiel." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" -"Speichern Sie die heruntergeladene Datei an einem sicheren Ort, gehen Sie " -"zur SAT-Website und befolgen Sie die nötigen Schritt, um sie einzureichen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" -"Wichtige Anmerkungen zu Ihrem Lieferanten und Ihren Rechnungsdaten für die " -"DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" -"Alle Lieferanten müssen die Felder im Reiter „DIOT-Informationen“ " -"konfiguriert haben. Das Nationalitätsfeld L10N MX wird ausgefüllt, indem Sie" -" einfach das entsprechende Land in der Adresse auswählen. Sie müssen dort " -"nichts weiter tun, aber die Vorgangsart l10n MX muss bei allen Ihren " -"Lieferanten konfiguriert sein." +"Sie müssen das Feld :guilabel:`Vorgangsart L10N Mx` im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Buchhaltung` für jeden Ihrer Lieferanten ausfüllen, um " +"Validierungsfehler zu vermeiden. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass das Land Ihrer " +"ausländischen Kunden so eingestellt ist, dass :guilabel:`Nationalität L10N " +"Mx` automatisch erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "DIOT-Konfiguration" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" -"Für diesen Bericht gibt es 3 Optionen für die Mehrwertsteuer: 16 %, 0 % und " -"steuerfrei. Eine Rechnungszeile in Odoo gilt als steuerfrei, wenn sie nicht " -"besteuert wird, die anderen 2 Steuern sind bereits korrekt konfiguriert." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass Sie, um eine Rechnung zu bezahlen, die eine " -"Vorauszahlung darstellt, die Rechnung zunächst anfordern und dann bezahlen " -"und die Zahlung ordnungsgemäß nach dem Odoo-Standardverfahren abstimmen " -"müssen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" -"Sie müssen nicht alle Daten Ihrer Partner eingeben, um die " -"Lieferantenrechnung zu erstellen. Sie können diese Informationen " -"korrigieren, wenn Sie den Bericht erstellen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" -"Denken Sie daran, dass dieser Bericht nur die tatsächlich bezahlten " -"Lieferantenrechnungen anzeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" -"Wenn einige dieser Überlegungen nicht berücksichtigt werden, erscheint eine " -"Meldung wie diese, wenn Sie den DIOT in TXT mit allen Partnern generieren, " -"die Sie zur Überprüfung dieses speziellen Berichts benötigen. Aus diesem " -"Grund empfehlen wir, diesen Bericht nicht nur für den Export Ihrer " -"rechtlichen Informationen zu verwenden, sondern ihn vor Monatsende zu " -"generieren und ihn als Ihren Prüfprozess zu verwenden, um zu sehen, dass " -"alle Ihre Partner korrekt konfiguriert sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "DIOT-Fehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "Abschluss der Steuerperiode in Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Bevor Sie zum Abschluss des Geschäftsjahres übergehen, sollten Sie " -"normalerweise einige Schritte unternehmen, um sicherzustellen, dass Ihre " -"Buchhaltung korrekt, aktuell und genau ist:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass Sie Ihr(e) Bankkonto(s) bis zum Jahresende " -"vollständig abgestimmt haben und bestätigen Sie, dass die Buchsalden zum " -"Jahresende mit den Salden auf Ihren Kontoauszügen übereinstimmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Überprüfen Sie, ob alle Kundenrechnungen eingegeben und genehmigt wurden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" -"Bestätigen Sie, dass Sie alle Lieferantenrechnungen eingegeben und genehmigt" -" haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Validieren Sie alle Spesen und prüfen Sie sie auf Ihre Richtigkeit." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" -"Prüfen Sie, ob alle eingegangenen Zahlungen genau erfasst und aufgezeichnet " -"wurden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie einen **Steuerbericht** und überprüfen Sie, ob alle " -"Steuerinformationen korrekt sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "Stimmen Sie alle Konten in Ihrer **Bilanz** ab." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" -"Vergleichen Sie Ihre Banksalden in Odoo mit den aktuellen Banksalden auf " -"Ihren Kontoauszügen. Der Bericht **Bankabstimmung** hilft Ihnen dabei." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" -"Stimmen Sie alle Kassen- und Banktransaktionen ab, indem Sie Ihre Berichte " -"**Alte Debitoren** und **Alte Kreditoren** ausführen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Prüfuen Sie Ihre Konten, wobei darauf zu achten ist, dass die Transaktionen," -" die sie betreffen, und ihre Art vollständig verstanden werden, wobei auch " -"Darlehen und Sachanlagen zu berücksichtigen sind." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Führen Sie die optionale Funktion **Zahlungsabgleich** in der Drop-down-" -"Liste *Mehr* der Journaloptionen im Buchhaltungsdashboard aus, um alle " -"Lieferantenrechnungen und Kundenrechnungen mit ihren Zahlungen abzugleichen." -" Dieser Schritt ist optional, er kann jedoch den Jahresabschlussprozess " -"unterstützen, wenn alle ausstehenden Zahlungen und Rechnungen abgestimmt " -"werden, und er kann dazu führen, dass Fehler oder Ungereimtheiten im System " -"gefunden werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Ihr Buchhalter wird wahrscheinlich gerne Ihre Posten in der Bilanz " -"überprüfen und einige Journalbuchungen vornehmen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Manuelle Anpassungen zum Jahresende unter Verwendung des Berichts " -"**Journalprüfung** (z. B. die Berichte **Erträge des laufenden Jahres** und " -"**Gewinnrücklage**)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Laufende Arbeiten**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "**Abschreibungsjournale**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Darlehen**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "**Steueranpassungen**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Buchhalter die Jahresabschlussprüfung durchführt, möchte er " -"vielleicht Kopien der Bilanzposten (wie Darlehen, Bankkonten, " -"Vorauszahlungen, Umsatzsteuererklärungen usw.) haben, um diese mit den " -"Salden in Odoo zu vergleichen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" -"Während dieses Prozesses ist es ratsam, das **Abschlussdatum für Nicht-" -"Berater** auf den letzten Tag des vorangegangenen Geschäftsjahres zu setzen," -" der unter den Buchhaltungseinstellungen festgelegt wird. Auf diese Weise " -"kann der Buchhalter darauf vertrauen, dass niemand die Transaktionen des " -"Vorjahres ändert, während er die Bücher prüft." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "Geschäftsjahr" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "Prozess des Buchaltungsabschlusses" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" -"In Odoo ist es nicht erforderlich, eine spezielle Buchung zum Jahresende " -"vorzunehmen, um die Konten für das laufende Jahr zu schließen. Das Ergebnis " -"der Übung wird automatisch in der Kontenart (Ertrag des laufenden Jahres) " -"berechnet und die Differenz zwischen Einnahmen - Ausgaben wird kumuliert, um" -" es zu berechnen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"Die Berichte werden in Echtzeit erstellt, was bedeutet, dass der " -"**Einkommensbericht** direkt dem Abschlussdatum des Jahres entspricht, das " -"Sie in Odoo angeben. Außerdem entspricht zu jedem Zeitpunkt, an dem Sie den " -"**Einkommensbericht** erstellen, das Startdatum dem Startdatum des " -"**Geschäftsjahres** und die Kontosalden sind alle 0." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" -"Zum 31. Dezember weist die Bilanz die nicht ausgewiesenen Erträge des " -"laufenden Jahres aus (Kontotyp Gesamte nicht zugewiesene Erträge des " -"laufenden Jahres in MX-Konto 305.01.01 [Type 'Erträge des laufenden " -"Jahres'])" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "Abschluss der Bilanz" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" -"Der Buchhalter sollte eine Journalbuchung erstellen, um das Ergebnis des " -"Jahres in den kumulierten Erträgen der Vorjahre auf dem Konto „Ergebnisse " -"der Vorjahre“ (304.01.01 in Mexiko) zu verbuchen – das ist ein " -"Eigenkapitalkonto." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" -"Nachdem Sie die Journalbuchung gebucht haben, klicken Sie auf *Als " -"Abschlussbuchung für das Geschäftsjahr markieren*. Dieser Schritt ist " -"wichtig, da er mit der Rohbilanz verknüpft ist. Wenn diese Journalbuchung " -"nicht als Abschlussbuchung markiert ist, ist die Rohbilanz nicht korrekt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "Der vereinfachte Buchungseintrag würde wie folgt aussehen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "Abschlußbuchung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" -"Sobald der Buchhalter die Journalbuchung erstellt hat, um die **Erträge des " -"laufenden Jahres** zu ermitteln, muss er das **Abschlussdatum** auf den " -"letzten Tag des Geschäftsjahres setzen. Vergewissern Sie sich vorher, ob der" -" **Gewinn des laufenden Jahres** in der **Bilanz** wirklich einen Saldo von " -"0 ausweist oder nicht." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "Bilanzabschluss prüfen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Zusätzlich empfohlene Funktionen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "Kontakte-App (kostenlos)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihre Kunden, Lieferanten und Adressen ordnungsgemäß verwalten " -"möchten, sollten Sie dieses Modul unbedingt installieren, auch wenn es " -"technisch nicht erforderlich ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "Mehrere Währungen (erfordert die Buchhaltungsapp)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"In Mexiko senden und empfangen fast alle Unternehmen Zahlungen in " -"verschiedenen Währungen. Wenn Sie dies tun möchten, können Sie die " -"Verwendung von mehreren Währungen aktivieren. Sie sollten auch die " -"Synchronisierung mit dem **mexikanischen Bankdienst** aktivieren, da Sie " -"dann automatisch den Wechselkurs von SAT erhalten, ohne diese Informationen " -"jeden Tag manuell in Odoo erstellen zu müssen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu den Einstellungen und aktivieren Sie die Funktion für mehrere " -"Währungen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguration mehrerer Währungen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Explizite Fehler im CFDI unter Verwendung des lokalen XSD-Validators (CFDI " -"3.3) aktivieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." -msgstr "" -"Häufig möchten Sie explizite Fehler von den Feldern erhalten, die in der XML" -" falsch gesetzt sind. Diese Fehler werden dem Benutzer besser mitgeteilt, " -"wenn die Prüfung aktiviert ist. Um die Funktion „Mit xsd prüfen“ zu " -"aktivieren, folgen Sie den nächsten Schritten (im aktivierten " -":ref:`Entwicklermodus `)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Aktionen --> " -"Serveraktionen`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Suchen Sie nach der Aktion „XSD-Dateien im CFDI herunterladen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche „Kontextuelle Aktion erstellen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf das Unternehmensformular :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " -"Benutzer & Unternehmen --> Unternehmen`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Öffnen Sie irgendein Unternehmen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" -"Klichen Sie auf „Aktion“ und dann auf „XSD-Dateien im CFDI herunterladen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" -"XSD-Dateien im CFDI herunterladen aus der Listenansicht der Unternehmen in " -"Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Jetzt können Sie eine Rechnung mit einem beliebigen Fehler erstellen (z. B. " -"ein Produkt ohne Code, was ziemlich häufig vorkommt) und es wird ein " -"expliziter Fehler anstelle eines generischen Fehlers ohne Erklärung " -"angezeigt." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Wenn Sie einen solchen Fehler sehen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "``Der generierte cfdi ist nicht gültig``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" -"Dies kann durch ein Back-up der Datenbank verursacht werden, die auf einem " -"anderen Server wiederhergestellt wurde, oder wenn die XSD-Dateien nicht " -"korrekt heruntergeladen wurden. Führen Sie die gleichen Schritte wie oben " -"aus, aber:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Gehen Sie zum Unternehmen, in dem der Fehler aufgetreten ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" -"Klichen Sie auf „Aktion“ und dann auf „XSD-Dateien im CFDI herunterladen“" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "Häufige Probleme und Fehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Fehlermeldungen** (nur anwendbar auf CFDI 3.3):" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Sie haben vergessen, das Feld „Referenz“ im Produkt richtig zu " -"setzen. Bitte gehen Sie zum Produktformular und setzen Sie die interne " -"Referenz richtig." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "**Fehlermeldungen**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Sie haben vergessen, die richtige „Steuerposition“ für den " -"Partner des Unternehmens einzustellen. Gehen Sie zu Kunden, entfernen Sie " -"den Kundenfilter und suchen Sie nach dem Partner, der als Ihr Unternehmen " -"bezeichnet wird, und stellen Sie die richtige Steuerposition ein, d. h. die " -"Art von Geschäft, die Ihr Unternehmen im Zusammenhang mit der SAT-Liste " -"möglicher Werte betreibt. Eine andere Möglichkeit ist, dass Sie vergessen " -"haben, die Anmerkungen der Steuerpositionen zu beachten." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zu den Einstellungen für die Steuerposition und stellen Sie den " -"richtigen Code ein (das sind die ersten 3 Ziffern des Namens). Für den Test " -"müssen Sie z. B. 601 einstellen, dann sieht es wie auf dem Bild aus." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "Steuerpositionsfehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" -"Zu Testzwecken muss dieser Wert auf ``601 - General de Ley Personas " -"Morales`` gesetzt werden, der für die Mehrwertsteuer-Demo erforderlich ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Fehlermeldung**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Die Zahlungsmethode muss auf Ihrer Rechnung angegeben werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "Zahlungsmethodenfehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Sie müssen Ihre Unternehmensadresse korrekt konfigurieren. Dies " -"ist eine Gruppe von Pflichtfeldern. Sie können Ihre " -"Unternehmenskonfiguration unter :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Benutzer &" -" Unternehmen --> Unternehmen` aufrufen und alle Pflichtfelder für Ihre " -"Adresse ausfüllen, indem Sie den Schritten in diesem Abschnitt folgen: " -":ref:`mx-legal-info`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Die Postleitzahl Ihrer Unternehmensadresse ist nicht in Mexiko " -"gültig, bitte ändern Sie sie." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "Postleitzahlenfehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Legen Sie den mexikanischen Namen für die 0-%- und 16-%-Steuer " -"in Ihrem System fest und verwenden Sie ihn auf der Rechnung. Bei Ihrer " -"Steuer, die eine MwSt. von 16 % und 0 % darstellt, muss das Feld " -"**Faktortyp** auf *Tasa* eingestellt sein." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "Faktortypfehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "Kursfehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "``CCE159``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "**Lösung**: Die Incoterm muss angegeben werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "``CCE209``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" -"**Lösung**: Der Bruchteil des Tarifs muss den Code der Maßeinheit 01 haben, " -"die dem Kilogramm entspricht." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Digitaler Online-" -"Steuerbeleg" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Zertifikat mit digitalem Siegel" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Autorisierter " -"Zertifizierungsanbieter" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "Stempel: Digitale Signatur der elektronischen Rechnung" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" -"Anhänge: Ergänzung von Informationen, die einem digitalen Internet-" -"Steuerbeleg (CFDI) beigefügt werden können, die normalerweise von bestimmten" -" Unternehmen in Mexiko wie Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas usw. verlangt wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: Dies ist die englische " -"Abkürzung für den Universally Unique Identifier. Die UUID ist das Äquivalent" -" zu Folio Fiscal. Sie besteht aus 32 hexadezimalen Ziffern, die in 5 durch " -"Bindestriche getrennten Gruppen dargestellt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." -msgstr "" -"LCO: Die Liste der verpflichteten Steuerzahler (LCO) ist eine vom SAT " -"herausgegebene Liste, in der alle Steuerzahler verzeichnet sind, denen sie " -"die Ausstellung von Rechnungen und Gehaltsabrechnungen gestattet. Das " -"bedeutet, dass Sie in dieser Datenbank enthalten sein müssen, um Ihren " -"Kunden elektronisch Rechnungen ausstellen zu können." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." +msgstr "DIOT-Beispiel in Kontakt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 msgid "Netherlands" @@ -37767,9 +37656,12 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "`App-Tour - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" @@ -39199,6 +39091,10 @@ msgstr "" "(einschließlich Vermögensgegenständen) und die Erklärung auf Abruf " "(einschließlich Inventar) werden noch nicht unterstützt." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Unternehmen" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -39707,10 +39603,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`API-Modus` :guilabel:`Simulation (Pre-Production)` aus und " "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "Verkaufsjournale" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " @@ -42716,7 +42608,7 @@ msgid "" "`Active` and select your preferred payment methods underneath in " ":guilabel:`Payment Options`." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:``Integration Settings --> Technical " +"Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Technical " "Settings` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Redirection`. Vergewissern Sie " "sich, dass :guilabel:`Status` auf `Active` eingestellt ist und wählen Sie " "darunter unter :guilabel:`Payment Options` Ihre bevorzugte Zahlungsmethode." @@ -45073,7 +44965,7 @@ msgstr "`Odoo E-Signatur: Produktseite `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:16 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: E-Signatur `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: E-Signatur `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 3f3e2da04..bed7ff826 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# philku79 , 2022 # Florian Pose , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Larissa Manderfeld, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -633,7 +633,7 @@ msgstr "" "(Programmierschnittstellen)`. Wählen Sie die Token aus, die vom " "Autorisierungsendpunkt ausgegeben werden sollen, indem Sie auf dem " "Bildschirm nach unten scrollen und die Kästchen :guilabel:`Zugriffstoken " -"(für implizite Datenflüsse) und :guilabel:`ID-Token (für implizite und " +"(für implizite Datenflüsse)` und :guilabel:`ID-Token (für implizite und " "hybride Datenflüsse) ankreuzen." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 @@ -3167,669 +3167,1305 @@ msgstr "" "Rückkopplungsschleife entsteht, wenn eine doppelte E-Mail entdeckt wird." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"Wir alle wissen, dass das Schreiben guter E-Mails für eine hohe Antwortquote" -" unerlässlich ist, aber Sie möchten nicht jedes Mal dieselbe Struktur neu " -"schreiben, oder? Genau hier kommen E-Mail-Vorlagen ins Spiel. Da Sie nicht " -"jedes Mal die gesamte E-Mail-Struktur neu schreiben müssen, gewinnen Sie " -"Zeit, um sich auf den Inhalt zu konzentrieren. Mehrere Vorlagen ermöglichen " -"es Ihnen außerdem, die richtige Botschaft an die richtige Zielgruppe zu " -"übermitteln und so deren Gesamterlebnis mit dem Unternehmen zu verbessern." +"E-Mail-Vorlagen sind gespeicherte E-Mails, die wiederholt zum Versenden von " +"E-Mails aus der Datenbank verwendet werden. Sie ermöglichen es den " +"Benutzern, qualitativ hochwertige Mitteilungen zu versenden, ohne denselben " +"Text wiederholt verfassen zu müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -"Die E-Mail-Vorlagen verwenden QWeb. Der Editor ermöglicht es Ihnen, E-Mails " -"in ihrer endgültigen Form zu bearbeiten, was die Anpassungen robuster macht," -" da Sie keinen Code bearbeiten müssen." +"Durch die Erstellung verschiedener Vorlagen, die auf bestimmte Situationen " +"zugeschnitten sind, können Benutzer die richtige Nachricht für die richtige " +"Zielgruppe auswählen. Dies erhöht die Qualität der Nachricht und die " +"allgemeine Interaktionsrate mit dem Kunden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "Definition einer Standardantwortadresse auf Ihrer E-Mail-Vorlage" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -"Obwohl das Feld *Antwort an* in den E-Mail-Vorlagen zur Verfügung steht, " -"wird **dieses Feld nur für den Massenversand**-Modus verwendet (d. h. beim " -"Versenden von Vorlagen über das, was wir Massenversand nennen). Sie können " -"in fast jeder App, die über eine Listenansicht verfügt, E-Mails in Massen " -"versenden. Wählen Sie die gewünschten Datensätze aus und klicken Sie auf die" -" Aktionsschaltfläche. Wenn Sie eine Option zum Senden einer E-Mail haben, " -"sehen Sie einen E-Mail-Editor mit möglichen Werten, die Sie festlegen " -"können:" +"E-Mail-Vorlagen in Odoo verwenden QWeb oder XML, was die Bearbeitung von " +"E-Mails in ihrem endgültigen Rendering ermöglicht und die Anpassungen " +"robuster macht, ohne dass man irgendeinen Code bearbeiten muss. Dies " +"bedeutet, dass Odoo eine grafische Benutzeroberfläche (Graphical User " +"Interface, GUI) zur Bearbeitung von E-Mails verwenden kann, die den Backend-" +"Code bearbeitet. Wenn die empfangene E-Mail vom Programm des Endnutzers " +"gelesen wird, erscheinen unterschiedliche Formatierungen und Grafiken in der" +" endgültigen Form der E-Mail." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" +"Greifen Sie im :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` auf E-Mail-Vorlagen " +"zu, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> E-Mail --> " +"E-Mail-Vorlagen` gehen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen bearbeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" +"Die *Powerbox*-Funktion kann bei der Arbeit mit E-Mail-Vorlagen verwendet " +"werden. Mit dieser Funktion können Sie die Formatierung und den Text in " +"einer E-Mail-Vorlage direkt bearbeiten sowie Links, Schaltflächen, " +"Terminoptionen oder Bilder hinzuzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" +"Außerdem kann der XML/HTML-Code der E-Mail-Vorlage direkt über das Symbol " +":guilabel:`` bearbeitet werden. Dynamische Platzhalter (die auf Felder in" +" Odoo verweisen) stehen ebenfalls zur Verwendung in der E-Mail-Vorlagen zur " +"Verfügung." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "Powerbox" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" +"Die *Powerbox*-Funktion ist ein erweiterter Texteditor mit verschiedenen " +"Formatierungs-, Layout- und Textoptionen. Sie kann auch verwendet werden, um" +" XML/HTML-Funktionen in eine E-Mail-Vorlage einzufügen. Die Powerbox-" +"Funktion wird aktiviert, indem Sie einen Schrägstrich `/` im Textkörper der " +"E-Mail-Vorlage eingeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn ein Schrägstrich `/` in den Text einer E-Mail-Vorlage eingegeben wird, " +"erscheint ein Drop-down-Menü mit den folgenden Optionen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Struktur`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aufzählungsliste`: Erstellen Sie eine einfache Aufzählungsliste." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nummerierte Liste`: Erstellen Sie eine Liste mit Nummerierung." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Checkliste`: Behalten Sie Aufgaben mit einer Checkliste im Auge." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tabelle`: Fügen Sie eine Tabelle ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Trennlinie`: Fügen Sie eine horizontale Trennlinie ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Zitat`: Fügen Sie einen Zitatabschnitt ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Code`: Fügen Sie einen Code-Abschnitt ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`2 Spalten`: Wandeln Sie in zwei Spalten um." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 Spalten`: Wandeln Sie in drei Spalten um." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`4 Spalten`: Wandeln Sie in vier Spalten um." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Format`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Überschrift 1`: Große Abschnittsüberschrift." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Überschrift 2`: Mittlere Abschnittsüberschrift." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Überschrift 3`: Kleine Abschnittsüberschrift." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Ausrichtung ändern`: Ändern Sie die Ausrichtung des Texts." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Text`: Absatzblock." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Medien`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bild`: Fügen Sie ein Bild ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Artikel`: Verknüpfen Sie einen Artikel." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Navigation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Link`: Fügen Sie einen Link hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Schaltfläche`: Fügen Sie eine Schaltfläche hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Termin`: Fügen Sie einen bestimmten Termin hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kalender`: Planen Sie einen Termin." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Widgets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 Sterne`: Fügen Sie eine Bewertung von drei Sternen ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`5 Sterne`: Fügen Sie eine Bewertung von fünf Sternen ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Basisblöcke`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Signatur`: Fügen Sie Ihre Unterschrift ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Marketingtools`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dynamische Platzhalter`: Geben Sie personalisierten Inhalt ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Um eine dieser Optionen zu verwenden, klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü der " +"Powerbox auf die gewünschte Funktion. Um vorhandenen Text mit einer " +"textbezogenen Option zu formatieren (z. B. :guilabel:`Überschrift 1`, " +":guilabel:`Ausrichtung ändern` usw.), markieren Sie den Text, geben Sie dann" +" die Aktivatortaste (Schrägstrich) `/` ein und wählen Sie die gewünschte " +"Option aus dem Drop-down-Menü." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "Powerbox-Funktion in der E-Mail-Vorlage." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Verwendung dynamischer Platzhalter `" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "XML/HTML-Code-Editor" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" +"Um auf den XML/HTML-Editor für eine E-Mail-Vorlage zuzugreifen, wechseln Sie" +" zunächst in den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `. Klicken Sie dann " +"auf das Symbol :guilabel:`` in der oberen rechten Ecke der Vorlage und " +"fahren Sie mit der Bearbeitung des XML/HTML fort. Um zum Standard-Texteditor" +" zurückzukehren, klicken Sie erneut auf das Symbol :guilabel:``." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "Editor im Massenmailingmodus nach Auswahl mehrerer Fragen" +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "HTML-Editor in der E-Mail-Vorlage." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "Sie können sie auch standardmäßig in der Vorlage definieren:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" +"Der Zugriff auf den XML/HTML-Editor sollte mit Vorsicht erfolgen, da dies " +"der Backend-Code der Vorlage ist. Die Bearbeitung des Codes kann dazu " +"führen, dass die E-Mail-Vorlage sofort oder bei einer Aktualisierung der " +"Datenbank nicht mehr funktioniert." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "Dynamische Platzhalter" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" +"*Dynamische Platzhalter* verweisen auf bestimmte Felder in der Odoo-" +"Datenbank, um eindeutige Daten in der E-Mail-Vorlage zu erzeugen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" +"Viele Unternehmen möchten ihre E-Mails mit einer personalisierten " +"Kundeninformation versehen, um Aufmerksamkeit zu erlangen. Dies kann in Odoo" +" erreicht werden, indem ein Feld innerhalb eines Modells durch Einfügen " +"eines dynamischen Platzhalters referenziert wird. Zum Beispiel kann der Name" +" eines Kunden in der E-Mail aus dem Feld :guilabel:`Kunde` im Modell " +":guilabel:`Verkaufsauftrag` entnommen werden. Der dynamische Platzhalter für" +" dieses Feld lautet: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" +"Dynamische Platzhalter werden codiert, um Felder aus der Datenbank " +"anzuzeigen. Dynamische Platzhalter können im :guilabel:`E-Mail-Text` (Reiter" +" :guilabel:`Inhalt`) der E-Mail-Vorlage verwendet werden. Sie können auch in" +" den Feldern im Reiter :guilabel:`E-Mail-Konfiguration`, im " +":guilabel:`Betreff` der E-Mail und in der :guilabel:`Sprache` verwendet " +"werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Um die dynamischen Platzhalter im :guilabel:`Text` einer E-Mail zu " +"verwenden, öffnen Sie die **Powerbox**-Funktion, indem Sie im Text der " +"E-Mail-Vorlage im Reiter :guilabel:`Inhalt` `/` eingeben. Scrollen Sie zum " +"Ende der Optionsliste zu :guilabel:`Marketingtools`. Wählen Sie dann " +":guilabel:`Dynamischer Platzhalter`. Wählen Sie dann den dynamischen " +"Platzhalter aus der Liste der verfügbaren Optionen aus und folgen Sie den " +"Aufforderungen, um ihn mit dem gewünschten entsprechenden Odoo-Feld zu " +"konfigurieren. Jeder dynamische Platzhalter hat eine andere Konfiguration." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "Verwendung dynamischer Platzhalter in einer E-Mail-Vorlage." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" +"Jede einzigartige Kombination von :guilabel:`Feldern`, " +":guilabel:`Untermodellen` und :guilabel:`Unterfeldern` erzeugt einen anderen" +" dynamischen Platzhalter. Stellen Sie sich das als eine Kombination mit dem " +"Feld vor, das gerade erstellt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" +"Um die verfügbaren Felder zu durchsuchen, geben Sie einfach den Frontend-" +"Namen (auf der Benutzeroberfläche) des Feldes in die Suchfunktion ein. " +"Dadurch wird ein Ergebnis aus allen verfügbaren Feldern für das Modell " +"gefunden, für das die E-Mail-Vorlage erstellt wurde." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" +"Anpassungen der E-Mail-Vorlagen fallen nicht unter die Dienstleistungen des " +"Supports." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "Erweiterter Texteditor" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" +"Eine Symbolleiste des erweiterten Texteditors kann durch Hervorheben von " +"Text in der E-Mail-Vorlage aufgerufen werden. Damit können Sie die " +"Überschrift, die Schriftgröße/den Schriftstil und die Farbe ändern sowie " +"einen Listentyp oder einen Link hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "Erweiterter Texteditor in der E-Mail-Vorlage." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen zurücksetzen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" +"Sollte die E-Mail-Vorlage nicht funktionieren, weil der Code geändert wurde," +" kann sie zurückgesetzt werden, um sie wieder auf die Standardvorlage " +"zurückzusetzen. Klicken Sie einfach in der oberen linken Ecke des " +"Bildschirms auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Vorlage zurücksetzen` und die " +"Vorlage wird zurückgesetzt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "E-Mail-Vorlagen zurücksetzen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "Standardantwort auf E-Mail-Vorlagen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`E-Mail-Konfiguration` einer E-Mail-Vorlage gibt es ein " +"Feld :guilabel:`Antwort an`. Geben Sie in dieses Feld E-Mail-Adressen ein, " +"an die Antworten weitergeleitet werden, wenn Sie mit dieser Vorlage " +"Massenmails versenden." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" +"Geben Sie mehrere E-Mail-Adressen ein, indem Sie ein Komma `,` zwischen die " +"Adressen oder dynamische Platzhalter setzen." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "Antwort-an-Feld auf Vorlage." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"Aus diesem Grund ist die Eingabe eines Wertes in diesem Feld nutzlos, da der" -" definierte Wert vollständig ignoriert wird. Der Standardwert *Antwort an* " -"ist die Standard-Catchall-E-Mail-Adresse, um die Kommunikation zwischen " -"Ihrem Kunden und Ihrer Odoo-Datenbank sicherzustellen. Weitere Informationen" -" über die Funktionsweise der Catchall-Adresse finden Sie in :ref:`wie " -"eingehende Nachrichten verwaltet werdeb " -"`." +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Antwort an` wird **nur** für den Massenmailings (mehrere" +" E-Mails) verwendet. Massenmails können in fast jeder Odoo-App versendet " +"werden, in der eine Listenansicht verfügbar ist." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "Transaktionsmails und die entsprechende URL für jedes Unternehmen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -"Bei der Verwendung von Odoo lösen mehrere Ereignisse den Versand von " -"automatisierten E-Mails aus. Diese E-Mails werden als Transaktionsmails " -"bezeichnet und enthalten manchmal Links, die auf Ihre Odoo-Datenbank " -"verweisen." +"Um Massenmails zu versenden, markieren Sie in der :guilabel:`Listenansicht` " +"die Kästchen neben den gewünschten Datensätzen, an die die E-Mails gesendet " +"werden sollen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aktion` " +"(dargestellt durch das Symbol :guilabel:`⚙️ (Zahnrad)`) und wählen Sie die " +"gewünschte E-Mail-Option aus dem Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Aktion`. Die " +"E-Mail-Optionen können je nach Listenansicht und App variieren." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter `." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Wenn es möglich ist, eine E-Mail zu versenden, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster " +"für den E-Mail-Editor mit Werten, die festgelegt und angepasst werden " +"können. Diese Option ist auf der Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aktion` auf Seiten " +"verfügbar, auf denen E-Mails in großen Mengen versendet werden können – zum " +"Beispiel auf der :guilabel:`Kunden`-Seite der CRM-App. Diese Aktion findet " +"in der gesamten Odoo-Datenbank statt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" +"E-Mail-Editor in Massenmailingmodus mit Hervorhebung von „Antwort an“." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "Transaktionsmails und die entsprechende URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo können mehrere Ereignisse den Versand von automatisierten E-Mails " +"auslösen. Diese E-Mails sind auch als *Transaktionsmails* bekannt und " +"enthalten manchmal Links, die zur Odoo-Datenbank weiterleiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." msgstr "" "Standardmäßig verwenden die von der Datenbank generierten Links den " -"dynamischen Schlüssel web.base.url, der in den Systemparametern definiert " -"ist. Mehr Informationen über diesen Parameter." +"dynamischen Schlüssel `web.base.url`, der in den Systemparametern definiert " +"ist. Mehr Informationen über diesen Parameter finden Sie in den " +":ref:`Systemparametern `." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Website-App nicht installiert ist, wird der Schlüssel web.base.url " -"immer als Standardparameter für die Erstellung aller Links verwendet." +"Wenn die *Website*-App nicht installiert ist, wird der Schlüssel " +"`web.base.url` immer als Standardparameter für die Erstellung aller Links " +"verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"Es ist wichtig zu wissen, dass dieser Schlüssel nur einen einzigen Wert " -"haben kann. Das bedeutet, dass in einer Datenbankumgebung mit mehreren " -"Websites/Unternehmen die Links, die für die Freigabe eines Dokuments oder in" -" einer Transaktionsmail generiert werden, unabhängig von der Website/des " +"Der Schlüssel `web.base.url` kann nur einen einzigen Wert haben. Das " +"bedeutet, dass in einer Datenbankumgebung mit mehreren Websites/Unternehmen " +"die Links, die für die Freigabe eines Dokuments (oder die Links in einer " +"Transaktionsmail) generiert werden, unabhängig von der Website/des " "Unternehmens, die mit dem Versand der E-Mail/des Dokuments verbunden ist, " "gleich bleiben können, selbst wenn Sie für jede Website einen eigenen " "Domainnamen haben." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der :guilabel:`Wert` des Systemparameters :guilabel:`web.base.url` " +"gleich `https://www.mycompany.com` ist und es in Odoo zwei verschiedene " +"Unternehmen mit unterschiedlichen Website-URLs gibt: " +"`https://www.mycompany2.com` und `https://www.mycompany1.com`, kommen die " +"von Odoo erstellten Links zur Freigabe eines Dokuments oder zum Senden einer" +" Transaktionsmail von der Domain `https://www.mycompany.com`, unabhängig " +"davon, welches Unternehmen das Dokument oder die E-Mail sendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"Dies ist nicht immer der Fall, da einige Odoo-Apps in der Datenbank mit der " -"Website-App verknüpft sind. Das bedeutet, dass in diesem Fall, wenn für die " -"Websites eine bestimmte Domain definiert ist, die in der E-Mail-Vorlage " +"Dies ist nicht immer der Fall, da einige Odoo-Apps (z. B. E-Commerce) in der" +" Datenbank mit der Website-App verknüpft sind. In diesem Fall, wenn für die " +"Website eine bestimmte Domain definiert ist, die in der E-Mail-Vorlage " "generierte URL die auf der entsprechenden Website des Unternehmens " "definierte Domain verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"Ein über die Dokumente-App freigegebenes Dokument verwendet immer den " -"Schlüssel web.base.url, da das freigegebene Dokument nicht mit einer " +"Wenn ein Kunde einen Kauf auf einer Odoo *E-Commerce*-Website tätigt, ist " +"die Bestellung mit dieser Website verknüpft. Daher verwenden die Links in " +"der Bestätigungs-E-Mail, die an den Kunden gesendet wird, den Domainnamen " +"für diese spezifische Website." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" +"Ein über die *Dokumente*-App freigegebenes Dokument verwendet **immer** den " +"Schlüssel `web.base.url`, da das freigegebene Dokument nicht mit einer " "bestimmten Website verknüpft ist. Das bedeutet, dass die URL immer dieselbe " -"ist (der Wert des Schlüssels web.base.url), unabhängig davon, von welchem " -"Unternehmen das Dokument freigegeben wird – eine bekannte Einschränkung!" +"ist (der Schlüsselwert `web.base.url`), unabhängig davon, von welchem " +"Unternehmen das Dokument freigegeben wird. Dies ist eine bekannte " +"Einschränkung!" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." -msgstr "" -"Andererseits sind die Bestellungen, die ein Kunde auf einer Ihrer Odoo-E-" -"Commerce-Websites aufgegeben hat, mit der Website verknüpft, von der aus die" -" Bestellung aufgegeben wurde. Die E-Mail, die für die Bestellungen " -"verschickt wird, verwendet daher den für die entsprechende Website " -"definierten Domainnamen, um die Links zu generieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." msgstr "" "Weitere Informationen zur Konfiguration Ihrer Domains finden Sie in " -":doc:`unserer Dokumentation zu Domainnamen " +":doc:`der Dokumentation zu Domainnamen " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "Übersetzungen innerhalb von E-Mail-Vorlagen aktualisieren" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -"E-Mail-Vorlagen werden automatisch übersetzt. Das Ändern der Übersetzungen " -"sollte nicht notwendig sein. Wenn Sie jedoch aus einem bestimmten Grund " -"einige der Übersetzungen ändern möchten, können Sie dies tun." +"In Odoo werden die E-Mail-Vorlagen automatisch für alle Benutzer in der " +"Datenbank in alle installierten Sprachen übersetzt. Eine Änderung der " +"Übersetzungen sollte nicht notwendig sein. Wenn jedoch aus einem bestimmten " +"Grund einige der Übersetzungen geändert werden müssen, kann dies getan " +"werden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" "Wie bei jeder Änderung im Code müssen Sie auch hier beachten, dass " "Änderungen, die nicht korrekt durchgeführt werden (z. B. Änderungen, die zu " "einer fehlerhaften Syntax führen), die Vorlage zerstören können, sodass sie " "leer erscheint." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -"Um Ihre Übersetzungen zu bearbeiten, folgen Sie diesen Schritten aus der " -"Vorlage." +"Um Übersetzungen zu bearbeiten, müssen Sie zunächst in den " +":ref:`Entwicklermodus ` wechseln. Klicken Sie dann in der " +"E-Mail-Vorlage auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und dann auf die " +"Sprachschaltfläche, die durch die Initialen der aktuell verwendeten Sprache " +"dargestellt wird (z. B. :guilabel:`EN` für Englisch)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Bearbeitungsschaltfläche auf die Sprache-Schaltfläche" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "Die Sprache einer Vorlage bearbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "Die Sprache einer Vorlage bearbeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -"Es wird ein Popup-Fenster mit den verschiedenen in der Datenbank " -"installierten Sprachen angezeigt. Von hier aus können Sie die Übersetzungen " -"bearbeiten. Vergessen Sie nicht, auf die Schaltfläche „Speichern“ zu " -"klicken, um Ihre Änderungen zu speichern." +"Wenn in der Datenbank nicht mehrere Sprachen installiert und aktiviert sind " +"oder wenn der Benutzer keine Administrationsrechte hat, wird die " +"Sprachschaltfläche nicht angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." msgstr "" -"Übersetzung des Textes der Anwendungsvorlage in die verschiedenen " -"installierten Sprachen." +"Es erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster mit den verschiedenen in der Datenbank " +"installierten Sprachen. In diesem Pop-up-Fenster können Sie die " +"Übersetzungen bearbeiten. Wenn Sie die gewünschten Änderungen vorgenommen " +"haben, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die " +"Änderungen zu speichern." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "Übersetzung des Textkörpers der Vorlage „Termin gebucht“." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Bearbeitung der Übersetzungen wird die in der Datenbank eingestellte" +" Standardsprache in **fett** angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "E-Mail-Probleme" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" "Dieses Dokument enthält eine Erläuterung der am häufigsten auftretenden " -"Probleme bei Mailings." +"E-Mail-Probleme in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" -"Wir beginnen mit Problemen bei ausgehenden E-Mails (z. B.: Mein Kunde hat " -"meine E-Mail nicht erhalten) und dann bei eingehenden E-Mails (z. B.: Ich " -"erhalte keine Antworten von meinen Kunden in der Datenbank)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "Ausgehende E-Mails" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "Was müssen Sie überprüfen, wenn Ihre E-Mail nicht gesendet wird?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "E-Mail nicht gesendet" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Der erste Indikator, der Ihnen anzeigt, dass die E-Mail nicht gesendet " -"wurde, ist der rote Umschlag neben dem Datum und der Uhrzeit der Nachricht." +"Der erste Indikator, der Ihnen anzeigt, dass eine E-Mail nicht gesendet " +"wurde, ist der rote :guilabel:`✉️ (Umschlag)` neben dem Datum und der " +"Uhrzeit der Nachricht im Chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "Roter Umschlag wird im Chatter angezeigt" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" +"Nicht gesendete E-Mails erscheinen auch in der E-Mail-Warteschlange von " +"Odoo. Sie können im :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` auf die E-Mail-" +"Warteschlange zugreifen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " +"Technisch --> E-Mail --> E-Mails` gehen. Nicht gesendete E-Mails erscheinen " +"in Türkis, während gesendete E-Mails in Grau erscheinen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "Häufige Fehlermeldungen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "Sie haben Ihr tägliches Limit erreicht:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "Tageslimit erreicht" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "Warnung in Odoo bei Erreichen des E-Mail-Limits" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "Warnung in Odoo bei Erreichen des E-Mail-Limits." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -"Jeder E-Mail-Dienstanbieter hat seine eigenen E-Mail-Versandlimits. Die " -"Grenzen können täglich, stündlich und manchmal sogar pro Minute liegen. Das " -"gilt auch für Odoo. Wir müssen unsere Kunden einschränken, um zu verhindern," -" dass unsere E-Mail-Server auf eine schwarze Liste gesetzt werden." +"Jeder E-Mail-Dienstanbieter hat seine eigenen Limits fpr den E-Mail-Versand." +" Die Limits können täglich, stündlich und manchmal sogar pro Minute " +"festgelegt sein. Auch Odoo setzt Limits für den E-Mail-Versand der Kunden, " +"um zu verhindern, dass Odoos E-Mail-Server auf eine schwarze Liste gesetzt " +"werden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "Hier sind die Standardlimits für neue Datenbanken:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" -"200 E-Mails/Tag für Odoo-Online- und Odoo.sh- Datenbanken mit einem aktiven " -"Abonnement," - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," -msgstr "20 E-Mails/Tag für 1-App-gratis-Datenbanken," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." +msgstr "" +"**200 E-Mails pro Tag** für Odoo-Online- und Odoo.sh- Datenbanken mit einem " +"aktiven Abonnement." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," -msgstr "50 E-Mails/Tag für Testdatenbanken," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "**20 E-Mails pro Tag** für 1-App-gratis-Datenbanken." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "**50 E-Mails pro Tag** für Testdatenbanken." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" "Im Falle einer Migration wird Ihr tägliches Limit möglicherweise auf 50 " "E-Mails pro Tag zurückgesetzt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "Falls Sie das Limit erreichen, können Sie:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "Wenn das Tageslimit erreicht wurde:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" -"Bitten Sie unser Support-Team, Ihr Tageslimit zu erhöhen. Wir werden die " -"Situation Ihrer Datenbank analysieren, abhängig von (unvollständige Liste):" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "der Anzahl der Benutzer Ihrer Datenbank," +"Wenden Sie sich an das Odoo-Supportteam, das das Tageslimit je nach den " +"folgenden Faktoren erhöhen kann:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "welche Apps installiert sind," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "Wie viel Benutzer sind in der Datenbank?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "Welche Apps sind installiert?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"Ihre Unzustellbarkeitsrate: der Prozentsatz der E-Mail-Adressen, die Ihre " +"Die Unzustellbarkeitsrate: der Prozentsatz der E-Mail-Adressen, die Ihre " "E-Mails nicht erhalten haben, weil sie von einem Mailserver auf dem Weg zum " -"Endempfänger zurückgeschickt wurden. Sie können den `Support " -"`_ kontaktieren." +"Endempfänger zurückgeschickt wurden." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie einen eigenen Postausgangsserver, um unabhängig vom Odoo-Mail-" -"Limit zu sein (lesen Sie dazu :doc:`die entsprechende Dokumentation " -"`)," +"Verwenden Sie einen eigenen Postausgangsserver, um unabhängig von Odoos " +"Maillimit zu sein (lesen Sie dazu die entsprechende :doc:`E-Mail-" +"Dokumentation `)," -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"Warten Sie bis 23 Uhr UTC mit dem Zurücksetzen und klicken Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche Wiederholen: Der :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` muss " -"aktiviert sein. Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " -"Technisch --> E-Mails`" +"Warten Sie bis 23 Uhr (UTC), bis das Tageslimit zurückgesetzt wird, und " +"versuchen Sie dann erneut, die E-Mail zu versenden. Gehen Sie im " +":ref:`Entwicklermodus ` zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen -->" +" Technisch --> E-Mail --> E-Mails` und klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche" +" :guilabel:`Wiederholen` neben einer nicht gesendeten E-Mail." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "Wiederholen-Schaltfläche einer E-Mail" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"Das Tageslimit gilt global für Ihre Datenbank und kann schnell ansteigen! " -"Standardmäßig zählt eine interne Nachricht, eine Benachrichtigung, eine " -"Notiz usw. als eine E-Mail in Ihrem Tageslimit, wenn sie jemanden " -"benachrichtigt." +"Das Tageslimit für E-Mails ist für die Datenbank umfassend. Standardmäßig " +"zählt jede interne Nachricht, Benachrichtigung, hinterlassene Notiz usw. als" +" eine E-Mail für das Tageslimit, wenn sie jemanden per E-Mail " +"benachrichtigt. Dies kann durch den Empfang von :ref:`Benachrichtigungen in " +"Odoo `, anstelle von E-Mails, " +"gemildert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"` instead of by emails." -msgstr "" -"Sie können dies abmildern, indem Sie Ihre :ref:`Benachrichtigungen in Odoo " -"` statt per E-Mail erhalten." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "SMTP-Fehler" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"Sie können herausfinden, warum eine E-Mail nicht erfolgreich übertragen " -"wurde, indem Sie sich die Fehlermeldungen des Simple Mail Transport Protocol" -" (SMTP) ansehen. SMTP ist ein Protokoll zur Beschreibung der E-Mail-Struktur" -" und zur Übertragung über das Internet. Die von den E-Mail-Diensten " -"generierten Fehlermeldungen sind hilfreiche Werkzeuge zur Diagnose und " -"Behebung von E-Mail-Problemen." +"Simple-Mail-Transport-Protocol-(SMTP-)Fehlermeldungen erklären, warum eine " +"E-Mail nicht erfolgreich gesendet wurde. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` ist ein Protokoll zur Beschreibung der E-Mail-Struktur und " +"überträgt Daten von Nachrichten über das Internet. Die von E-Mail-Diensten " +"generierten Fehlermeldungen sind hilfreiche Tools zur Diagnose und Behebung " +"von E-Mail-Problemen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Kein Fehler" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -"Odoo ist nicht immer in der Lage, Informationen über den Grund des Fehlers " -"zu liefern. Die verschiedenen Anbieter wenden eine personalisierte Politik " -"der unzustellbaren Mails an, und es ist Odoo nicht immer möglich, diese " -"richtig zu interpretieren." +"Dies ist ein Beispiel für einen permanenten 554-SMTP-Zustellungsfehler: " +"`554: Zustellungsfehler: Ihre Nachricht an ------@yahoo.com konnte leider " +"nicht zugestellt werden. Diese Mailbox ist deaktiviert (554.30). - " +"mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Unterhalb dieser Zeile befindet sich eine " +"Kopie der Nachricht.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" +"Das Fehlerbeseitigungsmenü kann verwendet werden, um Probleme beim SMTP-" +"Versand aus einer Datenbank heraus zu untersuchen. Um auf das Menü " +"zuzugreifen, muss der :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` aktiviert " +"sein. Nach der Aktivierung navigieren Sie zum " +":menuselection:`Fehlerbeseitigungsmenü` oben rechts in der Menüleiste (das " +":guilabel:`🐞 (Fehler)`-Symbol), :menuselection:`Fehlerbeseitigungsmenü --> " +"Nachrichten verwalten`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." +msgstr "" +"Das Menü :guilabel:`Nachrichten verwalten` öffnet eine Liste aller " +"gesendeten Nachrichten in einem bestimmten Datensatz. Zu jeder Nachricht " +"finden Sie Informationen über den Versand, einschließlich des Typs und des " +"Untertyps der Nachricht." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen sind, an wen die Nachricht gesendet wurde und ob Odoo " +"eine Unzustellbarkeitsnachricht von einem E-Mail-Server erhalten hat." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "Menüoption „Nachrichten verwalten“ im Fehlerbeseitigungsmenü." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 +msgid "" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" +"Ein Benutzer muss sich in einer Ansicht in Odoo befinden, die einen Chatter " +"enthält, damit die Menüoption :guilabel:`Nachrichten verwalten` erscheint." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "Kein Fehler aufgetreten" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"Odoo ist nicht immer in der Lage, Informationen über den Grund des Fehlers " +"zu liefern. Die verschiedenen E-Mail-Anbieter wenden eine personalisierte " +"Politik der unzustellbaren Mails an, und es ist Odoo nicht immer möglich, " +"diese richtig zu interpretieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie dieses Problem immer wieder mit demselben Kunden oder derselben " "Domain haben, zögern Sie bitte nicht, den `Odoo Support " "`_ zu kontaktieren, um die Ursache zu finden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"` configuration." +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" -"Hinweis: In diesem Fall ist einer der häufigsten Gründe die :ref:`SPF " +"Einer der häufigsten Gründe dafür, dass eine E-Mail nicht ohne Fehlermeldung" +" versendet wird, hängt mit der Konfiguration von :ref:`SPF " "` und/oder :ref:`DKIM " -"`-Konfiguration." +"` zusammen. Stellen Sie außerdem sicher," +" dass der `mail.bounce.alias` in den *Systemparametern* definiert ist. " +"Greifen Sie im :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` auf die " +"Systemparameter zu, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch" +" --> Parameter --> Systemparameter` navigieren." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "Warum wurde meine E-Mail zu spät gesendet?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "E-Mails verspätet gesendet" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"Es kann vorkommen, dass Sie eine E-Mail-Kampagne planen, diese aber nicht " -"rechtzeitig versendet wird. Wir wissen, dass wir einen verzögerten Auftrag " -"verwenden, um E-Mails zu versenden, die wir als nicht dringend erachten " -"(Newsletter-Konzept wie Massenversand, Marketing-Automatisierung, " -"Veranstaltungen). Mit dem Systemdienstprogramm **cron** können Sie Programme" -" so planen, dass sie automatisch in bestimmten Abständen ausgeführt werden. " -"Wir verwenden diese Richtlinie, um eine Überlastung der Mailserver zu " -"vermeiden und die Kommunikation zu priorisieren." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." -msgstr "" -"Die als dringend eingestuften E-Mails (Mitteilungen von einer Person an eine" -" andere, wie z.B. Verkaufsaufträge, Rechnungen, Einkaufsaufträge usw.) " -"werden direkt gesendet." +"E-Mail-Kampagnen werden zu einem geplanten Zeitpunkt mit einer in der " +"Datenbank vorprogrammierten Verzögerung versendet. Odoo verwendet eine " +"verzögerte Aufgabe, um E-Mails zu versenden, die als „nicht dringend“ " +"eingestuft werden (Newsletter-Formate, wie z. B. Massenmailings, Marketing-" +"Automatisierung und Veranstaltungen). Mit dem **cron** des " +"Systemdienstprogramms können Sie Programme so planen, dass sie automatisch " +"in bestimmten Abständen ausgeführt werden. Odoo verwendet diese Strategie, " +"um eine Überlastung der Mailserver zu vermeiden und stattdessen die " +"individuelle Kommunikation zu priorisieren. Dieser **cron** heißt " +":guilabel:`E-Mail: E-Mail-Manager für Warteschlange` und kann im " +":ref:`Entwicklermodus ` unter :menuselection:`Einstellungen " +"--> Technisch --> Automatisierung --> Geplante Aktionen` aufgerufen werden." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "E-Mail-Versand für später geplant." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig läuft der Massenmailingscron alle 60 Minuten. Sie sollten also" -" maximal eine Stunde warten, bevor die Kampagne tatsächlich versendet wird." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "Eingehende E-Mails" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie ein Problem mit eingehenden E-Mails haben, gibt es in Odoo unter " -"Umständen keinen Hinweis darauf. Der Kunde, der versucht, eine Datenbank zu " -"kontaktieren, erhält eine Unzustellbarkeitsnachricht (meistens 550: Mailbox " -"nicht verfügbar)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "E-Mails werden nicht empfangen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "Anhängig von der Plattform, die Sie verwenden:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" -"Die **Odoo.sh**-Benutzer können ihre Live-Protokolle im Ordner " -":file:`~/logs/` finden." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" -"Der Ordner :file:`~/logs/` (vorzugsweise über die Befehlszeile zugänglich) " -"einer Odoo.sh enthält eine Liste von Dateien mit den Protokollen der " -"Datenbank. Die Protokolldateien werden täglich um 5:00 Uhr UTC erstellt. Die" -" beiden letzten Tage werden nicht komprimiert, während die älteren Tage " -"komprimiert werden, um Platz zu gewinnen. Die Benennung der Dateien für " -"Heute und Gestern lautet :file:`odoo.log` und :file:`odoo.log.1`. Im " -"Folgenden werden sie mit ihrem Datum benannt und komprimiert. Sehen Sie sich" -" die Odoo.sh Dokumentation zu :ref:`logs ` an. Verwenden Sie " -"den Befehl ``grep`` und ``zgrep`` (für die komprimierten Dateien), um die " -"Dateien zu durchsuchen." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo-Online**-Benutzer haben keinen Zugang zu ihren Protokollen. Sie " -"können sich jedoch weiterhin an den **Odoo Support " -"`_ wenden, wenn Sie ein wiederkehrendes Problem " -"mit demselben Client oder derselben Domain haben." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "Hilfe vom Support erhalten" +"Was ist ein **Cron**? Ein Cron ist eine Aktion, die Odoo im Hintergrund " +"ausführt, um einen bestimmten Code zur Erfüllung einer Aufgabe auszuführen." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"Um Ihnen effizient helfen zu können, geben Sie uns bitte so viele " -"Informationen wie möglich. Hier ist eine Liste mit Informationen, die " -"hilfreich sein können:" +"Standardmäßig wird der *Cron für Massenmailings* alle 60 Minuten ausgeführt." +" Dies kann auf nicht weniger als 5 Minuten geändert werden. Wenn die Aktion " +"jedoch alle 5 Minuten ausgeführt wird, würde dies die Odoo-Datenbank " +"überlasten (und das System belasten), daher wird dies nicht empfohlen. Um " +"den Cron für Massenmailings zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie die geplante Aktion " +":guilabel:`E-Mail: E-Mail-Manager für Warteschlange` und nehmen Sie die " +"erforderlichen Anpassungen vor." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -"Die **EML** der E-Mail, die für *Electronic Mail* steht, ist das " -"Dateiformat, das alle für eine Untersuchung erforderlichen technischen " -"Informationen enthält. Die Dokumentation Ihres eigenen E-Mail-Anbieters kann" -" Ihnen helfen, die EML-Dateien zu erhalten. Sobald Sie die EML der E-Mail " -"erhalten haben, ist es für uns am effizientesten, diese in den Anhang Ihres " -"Tickets einzufügen. Der Support wird sich hauptsächlich auf überflüssige " -"Probleme konzentrieren." +"Die als dringend eingestuften E-Mails (Mitteilungen von einer Person an eine" +" andere, wie z. B. Verkaufsaufträge, Rechnungen, Einkaufsaufträge usw.) " +"werden direkt gesendet." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" -msgstr "`Gmail-Dokumentation `_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "Eingehende E-Mails" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation `_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -"`Outlook-Dokumentation `_" +"Wenn Sie ein Problem mit eingehenden E-Mails haben, gibt es in Odoo unter " +"Umständen keinen Hinweis darauf. Der Kunde, der versucht, eine Datenbank zu " +"kontaktieren, erhält eine Unzustellbarkeitsnachricht (meistens dei " +"Fehlermeldung :guilabel:`550: Mailbox nicht verfügbar`)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" -msgstr "" -"Den genauen Ablauf, den Sie befolgen, um diese E-Mails normalerweise in Odoo" -" zu erhalten. Hier finden Sie Beispiele für Fragen, deren Antworten nützlich" -" sein können:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "E-Mail wurde nicht empfangen" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "Ist dies einfach eine Antwort auf eine von Odoo versandte E-Mail?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" +"Welche Schritte zu unternehmen sind, hängt von der Odoo-Plattform ab, auf " +"der die Datenbank gehostet wird." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie einen Posteingangsserver oder leiten Sie diese irgendwie um?" +"**Odoo.sh**-Benutzer können ihre Live-Protokolle im Ordner :file:`~/logs/` " +"finden." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -"Können Sie uns ein Beispiel für eine korrekt weitergeleitete E-Mail geben?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "Beantworten Sie die folgenden Fragen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" -msgstr "" -"Handelt es sich um ein allgemeines Problem oder ist es spezifisch für einen " -"Anwendungsfall? Wenn ja, welchen genau?" +"Protokolle sind eine gespeicherte Sammlung aller in einer Datenbank " +"durchgeführten Aufgaben. Sie sind eine reine Textdarstellung mit " +"Zeitstempeln für jede in der Odoo-Datenbank durchgeführte Aktion. Dies kann " +"hilfreich sein, um E-Mails zu verfolgen, die die Datenbank verlassen. Ein " +"fehlgeschlagener Versand lässt sich auch an Protokollen erkennen, die " +"anzeigen, dass wiederholt versucht wurde, die Nachricht zu senden. In den " +"Protokollen wird jede Aktion auf den E-Mail-Servern von der Datenbank aus " +"angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" +"Der Ordner :file:`~/logs/` (auf den Sie über die Befehlszeile oder das " +"Odoo.sh-Dashboard zugreifen können) einer Odoo.sh-Datenbank enthält eine " +"Liste von Dateien mit den Protokollen der Datenbank. Die Protokolldateien " +"werden täglich um 5:00 Uhr (UTC) erstellt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" +"Die beiden letzten Tage (heute und gestern) werden nicht komprimiert, " +"während die älteren Tage komprimiert werden, um Platz zu sparen. Die Namen " +"der Dateien für heute und gestern lauten jeweils: :file:`odoo.log` und " +":file:`odoo.log.1`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" +"Für die folgenden Tage werden sie mit ihrem Datum benannt und dann " +"komprimiert. Verwenden Sie den Befehl :command:`grep` und :command:`zgrep` " +"(für die komprimierten Dateien), um die Dateien zu durchsuchen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen zu Protokollen und dazu, wie Sie über das Odoo.sh-" +"Dashboard darauf zugreifen können, finden Sie in :ref:`dieser Dokumentation " +"zur Administration `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Weitere Informationen über den Zugriff auf Protokolle über die Befehlszeile " +"finden Sie in :ref:`dieser Entwicklerdokumentation " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo-Online**-Benutzer haben keinen Zugriff auf die Protokolle. Sie können" +" sich jedoch an den **Odoo Support `_ wenden, " +"wenn Sie ein wiederkehrendes Problem mit demselben Client oder derselben " +"Domain haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "Hilfe vom Odoo Support erhalten" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" +"Um Ihnen effizient helfen zu können, geben Sie uns bitte so viele " +"Informationen wie möglich. Hier ist eine Liste mit Informationen, die " +"hilfreich sein können, wenn Sie das Odoo-Supportteam wegen eines Problems " +"kontaktieren:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" +"Senden Sie eine Kopie der E-Mail-Kopfzeilen. Die `.EML`-Datei (oder " +"**Kopfzeilen**) der E-Mail ist das Dateiformat, das alle für eine " +"Untersuchung erforderlichen technischen Informationen enthält. In der " +"Dokumentation des E-Mail-Anbieters wird möglicherweise erklärt, wie Sie auf " +"die EML-Datei/Kopfzeilen zugreifen können. Sobald Sie die Kopfzeilen der " +"E-Mail erhalten haben, ist es für das Odoo-Supportteam am effizientesten, " +"diese in das Odoo-Supportticket einzutragen, um die Angelegenheit zu " +"untersuchen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Gmail-Dokumentation zu Kopfzeilen " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" +"`Outlook-Dokumentation zur Kopfzeilen `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" +"Erläutern Sie den genauen Ablauf, den Sie befolgen, um diese E-Mails " +"normalerweise in Odoo zu erhalten. Hier finden Sie Beispiele für Fragen, " +"deren Antworten nützlich sein können:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" +"Ist dies eine Benachrichtigung von einer Antwort in Odoo erhaltenen Antwort?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "Ist dies eine Nachricht, die von der Odoo-Datenbank gesendet wird?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" +"Wird ein Posteingangsserver verwendet oder wird die E-Mail irgendwie " +"umgeleitet?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "Gibt es ein Beispiel für eine korrekt weitergeleitete E-Mail?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "Beantworten Sie die folgenden Fragen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" +"Handelt es sich um ein allgemeines Problem oder ist es spezifisch für einen " +"Anwendungsfall? Wenn es sich um einen bestimmten Anwendungsfall handelt, " +"welchen genau?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" "Funktioniert es wie erwartet? Wenn die E-Mail mit Odoo versendet wird, " "sollte die unuzstellbare E-Mail die Odoo-Datenbank erreichen und den " ":ref:`roten Umschlag ` anzeigen." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" +"Damit die Datenbank Unzustellbarkeitsnachrichten korrekt empfangen kann, " +"muss der Systemparameter für unzustellbare E-Mails in den technischen " +"Einstellungen festgelegt werden. Um auf diese Einstellung zuzugreifen, gehen" +" Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Technisch --> Parameter --> " +"Systemparameter`. Wählen Sie dann den Parameternamen " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` und setzen Sie den Wert auf `bounce`, wenn er " +"nicht bereits gesetzt ist." + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "Daten exportieren und importieren" @@ -4285,7 +4921,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In Microsoft Excel können Sie beim Speichern nur die Codierung ändern (in " ":menuselection:`Dialogfeld „Speichern als“ --> Drop-down-Liste „Tools“ --> " -"Reiter „Codierung“ anklicken)." +"Reiter „Codierung“ anklicken`)." #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 56cf462f5..1632483e3 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Anwesenheiten " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Anwesenheiten " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die Führung eines Kiosks in einem Webbrowser ist die günstigste und " "flexibelste Option. Sie können Mitarbeiterausweise mit jedem Thermo- oder " -"Tintendrucker, der mit Ihrem Webbrowser kompatibel ist." +"Tintendrucker drucken, der mit Ihrem Webbrowser kompatibel ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" @@ -94,8 +94,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tablets und Mobiltelefone nehmen viel weniger Platz ein und ihre " "Touchscreens sind einfach zu bedienen. Überlegen Sie, ob Sie sie in einen " -"sicheren Ständer an der Rezeption stellen oder sicher an der Wand " -"befestigen." +"sicheren Ständer an der Rezeption stellen oder sicher an der Wand befestigen" +" möchten." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ msgid "" "check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." msgstr "" "Mitarbeiter können persönliche RFID-Schlüsselanhänger mit einem RFID-Leser " -"scannen, um An- und Abmeldung schnell und einfach zu handhaben." +"scannen, um An- und Abmeldungen schnell und einfach zu handhaben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" @@ -128,8 +128,8 @@ msgid "" "`_." msgstr "" -"Wir empfehlen die Verwendung den Neuftech-USB-RFID-Leser " -"`Schlüsselanhänger`_." #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 @@ -149,8 +149,8 @@ msgid "" "scanners are also supported natively." msgstr "" "Die Mitarbeiter können den Barcode auf ihren Mitarbeiterausweisen scannen, " -"um das An- und Abmeldung schnell und einfach zu handhaben. Der Kioskmodus " -"funktioniert mit den meisten USB-Barcodescannern, die direkt an einen " +"um die An- und Abmeldung schnell und einfach zu handhaben. Der Kioskmodus " +"funktioniert mit den meisten USB-Barcode-Scannern, die direkt an einen " "Computer angeschlossen sind. Auch Bluetooth-Barcode-Scanner werden nativ " "unterstützt." @@ -193,9 +193,9 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn ein neuer Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, besteht der erste Schritt " "darin, ein neues Mitarbeiterformular zu erstellen. Klicken Sie in der " "Standardansicht der :menuselection:`Mitarbeiter`-App auf die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Neu`, um ein neues Mitarbeiterformular erstellen. Füllen Sie die " -"erforderlichen Informationen (in Fett unterstrichen) und zusätzliche Details" -" aus und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." +":guilabel:`Neu`, um ein neues Mitarbeiterformular zu erstellen. Füllen Sie " +"die erforderlichen Informationen (in Fett unterstrichen) und zusätzliche " +"Details aus und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "Create a new employee card." @@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ msgid "" "field." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie im Drop-down-Menü das Unternehmen aus, " -"von dem der neue Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, oder erstellen Sie ein neues " +"in dem der neue Mitarbeiter eingestellt wird, oder erstellen Sie ein neues " "Unternehmen, indem Sie den Namen im Feld eingeben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 @@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ msgid "" "times." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` beziehen sich auf die Arbeitszeiten eines " -"Unternehmens, und ein Mitarbeiter kann keine Arbeitsstunden haben, die " +"Unternehmens und ein Mitarbeiter kann keine Arbeitsstunden haben, die " "außerhalb der Arbeitszeiten eines Unternehmens liegen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 @@ -275,7 +275,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn die Arbeitsstunden eines Mitarbeiters nicht als Arbeitszeiten für das " "Unternehmen konfiguriert sind, können neue Arbeitszeiten hinzugefügt oder " "bestehende Arbeitszeiten geändert werden. Um eine Arbeitszeit hinzuzufügen " -"oder zu ändern, gehen Sie zur App :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " +"oder zu ändern, gehen Sie zur :menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp --> " "Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`, und fügen Sie eine neue Arbeitszeit hinzu " "oder bearbeiten Sie eine bestehende." @@ -284,8 +284,8 @@ msgid "" "After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " "employee." msgstr "" -"Nachdem die neue Arbeitszeit erstellt wurde, stellen Sie die Arbeitsstunden " -"für den Mitarbeiter ein." +"Nachdem die neue Arbeitszeit erstellt wurde, legen Sie die Arbeitsstunden " +"für den Mitarbeiter fest." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 msgid "Optional fields" @@ -342,14 +342,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Manager`: Wählen Sie den Manager des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-" -"down-Menü." +"down-Menü aus." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Coach`: Wählen Sie den Coach des Mitarbeiters aus dem Drop-down-" -"Menü." +"Menü aus." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -382,7 +382,7 @@ msgstr "Reiter für zusätzliche Informationen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 msgid "Resumé tab" -msgstr "Lebenslauf-Reiter" +msgstr "Reiter „Lebenslauf“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 msgid "Resumé" @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Name`: Geben Sie den Namen der vorherigen Arbeitserfahrung ein." +":guilabel:`Titel`: Geben Sie den Namen der vorherigen Arbeitserfahrung ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -476,7 +476,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, wenn Sie nur einen " "Eintrag hinzufügen möchten, oder klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um den aktuellen Eintrag zu speichern und " -"sofort einen neuen Eintrag erstellen möchten." +"sofort einen neuen Eintrag zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." @@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Kompetenzlevel`: Vordefinierte Kompetenzlevel, die mit der " "ausgewählten :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` verbunden sind, erscheinen in einem " "Drop-down-Menü. Wählen Sie ein Level aus oder erstellen Sie ein neues Level," -" indem Sie sie eintippen." +" indem Sie es eingeben." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -567,8 +567,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fortschritt`: Der Fortschritt wird automatisch auf der Grundlage " "des gewählten :guilabel:`Kompetenzlevels` ausgewählt. Kompetenzlevel und " "Fortschritte können im Pop-up-Formular :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` geändert " -"werden, das Sie über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` neben dem " -"Feld :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` erreichen." +"werden, das Sie über die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` neben " +"dem Feld :guilabel:`Kompetenzart` erreichen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -576,14 +576,14 @@ msgid "" "(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" " :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." msgstr "" -"Um Zeilen aus dem Reiter :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` zu löschen, klicken Sie aus " -"das Löschsymbol :guilabel:`🗑️ (Papierkorb)`, um den Eintrag zu löschem. " +"Um Zeilen aus dem Reiter :guilabel:`Lebenslauf` zu löschen, klicken Sie auf " +"das Löschsymbol :guilabel:`🗑️ (Papierkorb)`, um den Eintrag zu löschen. " "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`HINZUFÜGEN` neben dem " "entsprechenden Abschnitt, um eine neue Zeile hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 msgid "Work information tab" -msgstr "Reiter für Arbeitsinformationen" +msgstr "Reiter „Arbeitsinformationen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 msgid "" @@ -594,10 +594,10 @@ msgid "" "building." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Standort`: Wählen Sie eine :guilabel:`Arbeitsadresse` aus dem " -"Drop-down-Menü aus. Die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` öffnet das " -"Formular des ausgewählten Unternehmen in einem Fenster und ermöglicht die " -"Bearbeitung. Unter :guilabel:`Arbeitsort` sind alle spezifischen Angaben zum" -" Standort vermerkt werden, wie ein Stockwerk oder ein Gebäude." +"Drop-down-Menü aus. Die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet " +"das Formular des ausgewählten Unternehmens in einem Fenster und ermöglicht " +"die Bearbeitung. Unter :guilabel:`Arbeitsort` sind alle spezifischen Angaben" +" zum Standort vermerkt, wie ein Stockwerk oder ein Gebäude." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -611,9 +611,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Genehmiger`: Verwenden Sie die Drop-down-Menüs, um die " "Personalverantwortlichen auszuwählen, die :guilabel:`Abwesenheiten`, " -":guilabel:`Spesen` und :guilabel:`Zeiterfassungen` des Mitarbeiters zu " -"genehmigen. Die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` öffnet ein Formular " -"mit den Feldern :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`E-Mail-Adresse`, " +":guilabel:`Spesen` und :guilabel:`Zeiterfassungen` des Mitarbeiters " +"genehmigen. Die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet ein " +"Formular mit den Feldern :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`E-Mail-Adresse`, " ":guilabel:`Unternehmen`, :guilabel:`Telefon` und :guilabel:`Mobil`. Diese " "können bei Bedarf abgeändert werden. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, " "nachdem Sie Änderungen vorgenommen haben." @@ -629,12 +629,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitsplan`: Wählen Sie die :guilabel:`Arbeitsstunden` " "(erforderlich) und :guilabel:`Zeitzone` für den Mitarbeiter. Die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link` öffnet eine detaillierte Übersicht " -"der spezifischen täglichen Arbeitsstunden. Arbeitsstunden können hier " -"erstellt, geändert oder gelöscht werden. Globale Abwesenheiten (wie Urlaube)" -" können im Reiter :guilabel:`Globale Abwesenheit` eingegeben werden. Klicken" -" Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um eine neue globale Abwesenheit " -"hinzuzufügen." +"Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links` öffnet eine detaillierte " +"Übersicht der spezifischen täglichen Arbeitsstunden. Arbeitsstunden können " +"hier erstellt, bearbeitet oder gelöscht werden. Globale Abwesenheiten (wie " +"Urlaube) können im Reiter :guilabel:`Globale Abwesenheit` eingegeben werden." +" Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um eine neue globale " +"Abwesenheit hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -662,7 +662,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 msgid "Private information tab" -msgstr "Reiter für private Informationen" +msgstr "Reiter „Private Informationen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -687,12 +687,12 @@ msgid "" "information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " "clicking a check box, or typing in the information." msgstr "" -"Hier werden die folgende Angaben gemacht: :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt`, " -":guilabel:`Familienstand`, :guilabel:`Notfallkontakt`, " -":guilabel:`Ausbildung`, :guilabel:`Staatsangehörigkeit`, :guilabel:`Zu " -"Lasten` und :guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`. Die Eingabe von Feldern erfolgt " -"entweder über ein Drop-down-Menü, durch Anklicken eines Kontrollkästchens " -"oder durch Eingabe der Informationen." +"Hier werden die folgenden Angaben gemacht: :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt`, " +":guilabel:`Familienstand`, :guilabel:`Notfall`, :guilabel:`Ausbildung`, " +":guilabel:`Staatsangehörigkeit`, :guilabel:`Zu Lasten` und " +":guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`. Die Eingabe von Feldern erfolgt entweder über " +"ein Drop-down-Menü, durch Anklicken eines Kontrollkästchens oder durch " +"Eingabe der Informationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 msgid "" @@ -709,11 +709,11 @@ msgstr "" "Mitarbeiter ein. Die Auswahl kann mit einem Drop-down-Menü durchgeführt " "werden. Wenn die Informationen nicht verfügbar sind, geben Sie den Namen für" " die neue Adresse ein. Um die neue Adresse zu bearbeiten, klicken Sie auf " -"die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Externer Link`, um das Adressformular zu öffnen." -" Geben Sie im Adressformular die erforderlichen Details ein und klicken Sie " -"dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`. Einige andere Informationen im Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Privater Kontakt` werden möglicherweise automatisch ausgefüllt, " -"wenn die Adresse bereits im Drop-down-Menü aufgeführt ist." +"die Schaltfläche des :guilabel:`Externen Links`, um das Adressformular zu " +"öffnen. Geben Sie im Adressformular die erforderlichen Details ein und " +"klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern`. Einige andere Informationen im " +"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Privater Kontakt` werden möglicherweise automatisch " +"ausgefüllt, wenn die Adresse bereits im Drop-down-Menü aufgeführt ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 msgid "" @@ -723,14 +723,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Familienstand`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü zwischen " ":guilabel:`Ledig`, :guilabel:`Verheiratet`, :guilabel:`Eheähnliche " -"Gemeinschaft`, :guilabel:`Verwitwet`, oder :guilabel:`Geschieden`." +"Gemeinschaft`, :guilabel:`Verwitwet` oder :guilabel:`Geschieden`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " "employee's emergency contact." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Notfallkontakt`: Geben Sie den Namen und die Telefonnummer des " +":guilabel:`Notfall`: Geben Sie den Namen und die Telefonnummer des " "Notfallkontakts des Mitarbeiters ein." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 @@ -741,9 +741,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " "Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ausbildung`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü " -":guilabel:`Zertifikatslevel` den höchsten Bildungsabschluss des Mitarbeiters" -" aus. Zu den Optionen gehören :guilabel:`Schulabschluss`, " +":guilabel:`Ausbildung`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü des " +":guilabel:`Zertifikatslevels` den höchsten Bildungsabschluss des " +"Mitarbeiters aus. Zu den Optionen gehören :guilabel:`Schulabschluss`, " ":guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, :guilabel:`Doktor` oder " ":guilabel:`Andere`. Geben Sie den :guilabel:`Studienbereich` und den Namen " "der :guilabel:`Schule` in die entsprechenden Felder ein." @@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnis`: Wenn der Mitarbeiter eine Arbeitserlaubnis " -"hat, geben Sie die Informationen in diesem Abschnitt ein. Geben Sie die " +"hat, geben Sie die Informationen in diesen Abschnitt ein. Geben Sie die " ":guilabel:`Visum-Nr.` und/oder :guilabel:`Arbeitserlaubnisnr.` in die " "entsprechenden Felder ein. Wählen Sie im Kalendermodul das Feld " ":guilabel:`Visum-Ablaufdatum`, um das Ablaufdatum einzugeben." @@ -813,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 msgid "HR settings tab" -msgstr "Reiter für HR-Einstellungen" +msgstr "Reiter „HR-Einstellungen“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 msgid "" @@ -844,8 +844,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fuhrpark`: Wenn dem Mitarbeiter ein Firmenwagen zur Verfügung " -"gestellt wird wird, geben Sie hier die Informationen zur :guilabel:`Mobility" -" Card` an." +"gestellt wird, geben Sie hier die Informationen zur :guilabel:`Mobility " +"Card` an." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ msgid "" "one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" " badge ID." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Abwesenheit`: Dieser Abschnitt erscheint möglicherweise nur für " +":guilabel:`Anwesenheit`: Dieser Abschnitt erscheint möglicherweise nur für " "belgische Unternehmen. Geben Sie die :guilabel:`ENSS oder BIS`-Nummer ein, " "falls anwendbar. Eine :guilabel:`Ausweis-ID` und ein :guilabel:`PIN-Code` " "können hier eingegeben werden, wenn der Mitarbeiter einen benötigt/besitzt. " @@ -881,12 +881,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie alle Informationen ein, die auf dem Reiter für HR-Einstellungen " -"für den Mitarbeiter abgefragt werden." +"Alle Informationen eingeben, die auf dem Reiter für HR-Einstellungen für den" +" Mitarbeiter abgefragt werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 msgid "Personal documents tab" -msgstr "Reiter für Persönliche Dokumente" +msgstr "Reiter „Persönliche Dokumente“" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -895,8 +895,8 @@ msgid "" " location." msgstr "" "Der Reiter für :guilabel:`Persönliche Dokumente` wird nur für bestimmte " -"Länder angezeigt. Wenn dieser Reiter nicht sichtbar ist, gilt es nicht für " -"den Standort des Unternehmen." +"Länder angezeigt. Wenn dieser Reiter nicht sichtbar ist, ist er nicht für " +"den Standort des Unternehmens verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 msgid "" @@ -909,7 +909,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fügen Sie eine Datei für die :guilabel:`Ausweiskopie`, " ":guilabel:`Führerschein`, :guilabel:`Handy-Abo-Rechnung`, :guilabel:`SIM-" "Kartenkopie` und :guilabel:`Internet-Abo-Rechnung` hinzu, indem Sie auf die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Datei hochladen` neben dem entsprechenden Feld " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Ihre Datei hochladen` neben dem entsprechenden Feld " "klicken. Folgende Dateitypen können akzeptiert werden: :file:`.jpg`, " ":file:`.png` und :file:`.pdf`." @@ -918,7 +918,7 @@ msgid "" "Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" "png, or pdf." msgstr "" -"Laden Sie persönliche Dokumente für den Mitarbeiter im Reiter für Persönliche Dokumente hoch, entweder als jpg,\n" +"Persönliche Dokumente für den Mitarbeiter im Reiter für Persönliche Dokumente hochladen, entweder als jpg,\n" "png oder pdf." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:3 @@ -935,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Persomalabrechnung* wird verwendet, um Arbeitseinträge zu verarbeiten " "und Gehaltsabrechnungen für Mitarbeiter zu erstellen, sowohl für reguläre " "Gehälter als auch für Provisionen. Die Personalabrechnung arbeitet mit " -"anderen Odoo-Apss wie *Mitarbeiter*, *Zeiterfassung*, *Abwesenheiten* und " +"anderen Odoo-Apps wie *Mitarbeiter*, *Zeiterfassung*, *Abwesenheiten* und " "*Anwesenheiten* zusammen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:9 @@ -1001,10 +1001,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Alle länderspezifischen Lokalisierungen werden im Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`Lokalisierung` des Bildschirms :guilabel:`Einstellungen` " -"eingerichtet. Alle Lokalisierungselemente werden vorausgefüllt, wenn das " -"Land bei der Erstellung der Datenbank angegeben wird. Es wird nicht " -"empfohlen, die Lokalisierungseinstellungen zu ändern, wenn dies nicht " -"ausdrücklich erforderlich ist." +"eingerichtet. Alle Lokalisierungspunkte werden vorausgefüllt, wenn das Land " +"bei der Erstellung der Datenbank angegeben wird. Es wird nicht empfohlen, " +"die Lokalisierungseinstellungen zu ändern, wenn dies nicht absolut notwendig" +" ist." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:35 msgid "Work entries" @@ -1034,8 +1034,8 @@ msgid "" " Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " "automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Arbeitseintrag in der App *Personalabrechnung* erstellen oder" -" wenn ein Mitarbeiter Informationen in der App *Zeiterfassung* eingibt, muss" +"Wenn Sie einen Arbeitseintrag in der *Personalabrechnungsapp* erstellen oder" +" wenn ein Mitarbeiter Informationen in der *Zeiterfassungsapp* eingibt, muss" " eine :guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsart` ausgewählt werden. Die Liste der " ":guilabel:`Arbeitseintragsarten` wird automatisch anhand der in der " "Datenbank festgelegten Lokalisierungseinstellungen erstellt." @@ -1045,7 +1045,7 @@ msgid "" "To view the current work entry types available, go to " ":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." msgstr "" -"Um die aktuell verfügbaren Arbeitseintragsarten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie auf " +"Um die aktuell verfügbaren Arbeitseintragsarten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> " "Arbeitseintragsarten`." @@ -1140,7 +1140,7 @@ msgid "" "amount." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Halber Tag`: Ein Zeiterfassungseintrag wird auf den nächsten " -"Halbtagsbetrag gerundet." +"halben Tag gerundet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ msgid "" "times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " "found in this list." msgstr "" -"Um die aktuell konfigurierten Arbeitszeiten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie auf " +"Um die aktuell konfigurierten Arbeitszeiten anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Arbeitszeiten`. Die" " Arbeitszeiten, die für die Verträge und Arbeitseinträge eines Mitarbeiters " "verfügbar sind, finden Sie in dieser Liste." @@ -1301,12 +1301,12 @@ msgid "" "structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." msgstr "" "Ein Strukturtyp könnte z. B. `Mitarbeiter` sein, und dieser Strukturtyp " -"könnte zwei verschiedene Strukturen enthalten: eine Struktur `Reguläres " +"könnte zwei verschiedene Strukturen enthalten: eine Struktur für `Reguläres " "Gehalt`, die alle separaten Regeln für die Verarbeitung des regulären " "Gehalts enthält, sowie eine Struktur für einen `Jahresendbonus`, die nur die" -" Regeln für den Jahresendbonus enthält. Sowohl die `Reguläre " -"Gehaltsstruktur` als auch die Struktur `Jahresendbonus` sind Strukturen " -"innerhalb des Strukturtyps `Mitarbeiter`." +" Regeln für den Jahresendbonus enthält. Sowohl die Struktur für `Reguläres " +"Gehalt` als auch die Struktur für `Jahresendbonus` sind Strukturen innerhalb" +" des Strukturtyps `Mitarbeiter`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:156 msgid "" @@ -1325,9 +1325,9 @@ msgid "" "employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." msgstr "" "In Odoo sind zwei Standard-Strukturtypen konfiguriert: *Mitarbeiter* und " -"*Arbeiter*. Typischerweise wird *Mitarbeiter* für Angestellte verwendet, " -"weshalb die Lohnart *Monatliches Festgehalt* lautet, und *Arbeiter* wird " -"typischerweise für Mitarbeiter verwendet, die nach Stunden bezahlt werden, " +"*Arbeiter*. In der Regel wird *Mitarbeiter* für Angestellte verwendet, " +"weshalb die Lohnart *Monatliches Festgehalt* lautet, und *Arbeiter* wird in " +"der Regel für Mitarbeiter verwendet, die nach Stunden bezahlt werden, " "weshalb die Lohnart *Stundenlohn* lautet." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 @@ -1383,7 +1383,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." msgstr "" "Um die verschiedenen Strukturen für jeden Strukturtyp anzuzeigen, gehen Sie " -"auf :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Strukturen`." +"zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Strukturen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "All available salary structures." @@ -1424,7 +1424,7 @@ msgid "" "creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." msgstr "" "Jede Struktur verfügt über eine Reihe von *Gehaltsregeln*, die für " -"Buchhaltungszwecke zu befolgen sind. Diese Regeln werden von der " +"Buchhaltungszwecke zu befolgen sind. Diese Regeln werden durch die " "Lokalisierung konfiguriert und wirken sich auf die *Buchhaltungsapp* aus, " "sodass Änderungen an den Standardregeln oder die Erstellung neuer Regeln nur" " bei Bedarf vorgenommen werden sollten." @@ -1437,8 +1437,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um alle Regeln anzuzeigen, gehen Sie zur " ":menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp --> Konfiguration --> Regeln`. " -"Klicken Sie auf eine Struktur (z. B. :guilabel:`Reguläre Vergütung`), um " -"alle Regeln zu sehen." +"Klicken Sie auf eine Struktur (z. B. :guilabel:`Reguläres Gehalt`), um alle " +"Regeln zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." @@ -1539,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 msgid "Other input types" -msgstr "Andere Eintragsarten" +msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 msgid "" @@ -1552,11 +1552,11 @@ msgstr "" "notwendig, andere Eingaben für bestimmte Umstände, wie Ausgaben, " "Erstattungen oder Abzüge, hinzuzufügen. Diese anderen Eingaben können unter " ":menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> Konfiguration --> Andere " -"Eintragsarten` konfiguriert werden." +"Eingabetypen` konfiguriert werden." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Other input types for payroll." -msgstr "Andere Eintragsarten für Personalabrechnung." +msgstr "Andere Eingabetypen für Personalabrechnung." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 msgid "" @@ -1566,7 +1566,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" " delete the entry." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Eingabeart zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " +"Um einen neuen Eingabetyp zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie die :guilabel:`Beschreibung`, den " ":guilabel:`Code` und die Struktur, für die er gilt, in das Feld " ":guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit in Struktur` ein. Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " @@ -1575,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Create a new Input Type." -msgstr "Eine neue Eintragsart erstellen" +msgstr "Einen neuen Eingabetyp erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 msgid "Salary package configurator" @@ -1591,10 +1591,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die verschiedenen Optionen unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Gehaltspaket-" "Konfigurator` des Menüs :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " -"Konfiguration` wirken sich alle auf das mögliche Gehalt eines Mitarbeiters " -"aus. Diese Abschnitte (:guilabel:`Vorteile`, :guilabel:`Persönliche " -"Informationen` und :guilabel:`Lebenslauf`) legen fest, welche Leistungen " -"einem Mitarbeiter in seinem Gehaltspaket angeboten werden können." +"Konfiguration` wirken sich alle auf das potenzielle Gehalt eines " +"Mitarbeiters aus. Diese Abschnitte (:guilabel:`Vorteile`, " +":guilabel:`Persönliche Informationen` und :guilabel:`Lebenslauf`) legen " +"fest, welche Leistungen einem Mitarbeiter in seinem Gehaltspaket angeboten " +"werden können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -1605,7 +1606,7 @@ msgid "" "sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." msgstr "" "Je nachdem, welche Informationen ein Mitarbeiter eingibt (z. B. Abzüge, " -"Familienangehörige usw.), wird sein Gehalt entsprechend angepasst. Wenn sich" +"Personen zu Lasten usw.), wird sein Gehalt entsprechend angepasst. Wenn sich" " ein Bewerber auf der Unternehmenswebsite um eine Stelle bewirbt, wirken " "sich die Abschnitte unter :guilabel:`Gehaltspaket-Konfigurator` direkt " "darauf aus, was der Bewerber sieht und was bei der Eingabe von Informationen" @@ -1624,7 +1625,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie potenziellen Mitarbeitern eine Stelle anbieten, können Sie in Odoo " "zusätzlich zum Gehalt bestimmte *Vorteile* festlegen, um das Angebot " -"attraktiver zu machen (z. B. zusätzliche Urlaubstage, einen Firmenwagen, " +"attraktiver zu gestalten (z. B. zusätzliche Urlaubstage, Firmenwagen, " "Kostenerstattung für Telefon oder Internet usw.)." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:289 @@ -1632,7 +1633,7 @@ msgid "" "To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " "Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." msgstr "" -"Um die Vorteile zu sehen, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung " +"Um die Vorteile zu sehen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung " "--> Konfiguration --> Vorteile`. Die Vorteile sind nach " ":guilabel:`Strukturtyp` gruppiert." @@ -1654,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." -msgstr "Liste der Vorteile. doe Mitarbeiter haben können." +msgstr "Liste der Vorteile, die Mitarbeiter haben können." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304 msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" @@ -1709,8 +1710,8 @@ msgstr "" "Jeder Mitarbeiter in Odoo hat eine *Mitarbeiterkarte*, die alle persönlichen" " Informationen, den Lebenslauf, Arbeitsinformationen und Dokumente enthält. " "Um die Karte eines Mitarbeiters einzusehen, gehen Sie zum Hauptdashboard der" -" App :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des " -"Mitarbeiters, oder gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " +" :menuselection:`Personalabrechnungsapp` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des " +"Mitarbeiters, oder gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " "Mitarbeiter --> Mitarbeiter` und klicken Sie auf die Karte des Mitarbeiters." " Die Mitarbeiterkarten können auch über die :menuselection:`Mitarbeiter`-App" " eingesehen werden." @@ -1728,13 +1729,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Im Abschnitt *Persönliche Informationen* sind alle Felder aufgelistet, die " "auf der Karte des Mitarbeiters eingegeben werden können. Um auf diesen " -"Bereich zuzugreifen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " +"Abschnitt zuzugreifen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Personalabrechnung --> " "Konfiguration --> Persönliche Informationen`." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." msgstr "" -"Persönliche Informationen, die auf Mitarbeiterkarten erscheinen, eingeben." +"Persönliche Informationen eingeben, die auf Mitarbeiterkarten erscheinen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:335 msgid "" @@ -1750,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 msgid "New personal information entry." -msgstr "Eintrag für persönliche Informationen." +msgstr "Neuer Eintrag für persönliche Informationen." #: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:343 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 5f54244cf..72cf6e620 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Wolfgang Taferner, 2022 -# Anja Funk , 2022 # Niki Waibel, 2022 # philku79 , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 @@ -17,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -31,48 +30,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "Lager & MRP" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Lager" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Barcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Lager** ist sowohl eine Inventarisierungsapp als auch ein " -"Lagerverwaltungssystem mit einer erweiterten Barcode-Scanner-App. Erfahren " -"Sie, wie Sie Vorlaufzeiten verwalten, Auffüllungen automatisieren und " -"erweiterte Routen wie Streckengeschäfte, Lagerumschläge usw. konfigurieren " -"können." +"Mit **Odoo Barcode** können Sie einzelnen Produkten und Produktkategorien " +"Barcodes zuweisen und Bestandsbewegungen anhand dieser Barcodes verfolgen. " +"Durch den Anschluss eines Barcode-Scanners können bestimmte Lagervorgänge " +"durch das Scannen von Barcodes ausgelöst werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" -msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Lager `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo-Tutorials: Barcode-Scanner `_" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Barcode-Grundlagen " +"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barcodes" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" +msgstr "Tägliche Vorgänge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Tagesgeschäft" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "Verfahren für eine Bestandsaufnahme mit Barcodes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " @@ -82,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "" "zunächst die *Barcode*-App öffnen. Klicken Sie dann in der App auf " "*Bestandsaufnahmen*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." @@ -90,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie vollständig mit Barcodes arbeiten möchten, können Sie das Blatt " "*Befehle für die Bestandsaufnahme* herunterladen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " @@ -101,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" "arbeiten, zunächst angeben müssen, an welchem Standort die Bestandsaufnahme " "stattfindet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." @@ -110,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "verschiedenen Produkte, die Sie in die Bestandsaufnahme einbeziehen möchten," " scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." @@ -118,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie 5 identische Artikel haben, scannen Sie sie 5-mal oder verwenden " "Sie die Tastatur, um die Anzahl festzulegen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " @@ -128,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" " ein Produkt hinzufügen. Klicken Sie dazu auf *Produkt hinzufügen* und geben" " Sie die Informationen manuell ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." @@ -136,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie alle Artikel des Standorts gescannt haben, validieren Sie den " "Bestand manuell oder scannen Sie den Barcode *Validieren*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -146,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Übersicht" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -161,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dieser Barcode enthält das Gewicht des Produkts und hilft dabei, den Preis " "entsprechend zu berechnen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Eine Barcode-Nomenklatur erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -177,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Barcode-Nomenklatur im :ref:`Entwicklermodus` konfigurieren. Gehen Sie dazu " "auf :menuselection:`Lagerr --> Konfiguration --> Barcode-Nomenklatur`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." @@ -185,7 +175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Von dort aus können Sie eine Barcode-Nomenklatur erstellen und dann eine " "Zeile hinzufügen, um Ihre erste Regel zu erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," @@ -195,7 +185,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gewichtsbarcode mit 3 Dezimalstellen. Dann müssen Sie den Typ für die " "Barcode-Nomenklatur angeben, in unserem Fall wird es Gewogenes Produkt sein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -211,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" "dienen lediglich dazu, das betreffende Produkt zu identifizieren. Das „N“ " "steht für eine Zahl und das „D“ für die Dezimalstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." @@ -219,7 +209,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mit der Codierung können Sie die Barcode-Codierung angeben, auf die die " "Regel angewendet werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." @@ -228,15 +218,15 @@ msgstr "" "Sequenz festlegen. Die erste Regel, die mit dem gescannten Barcode " "übereinstimmt, wird angewendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Ihr Produkt konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "Der Barcode des Produkts sollte mit „21“ beginnen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" @@ -244,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die 5 „Punkte“ sind die anderen Zahlen Ihres Produktbarcodes, die das " "Produkt identifizieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" @@ -252,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der Barcode sollte 0 enthalten, wo du Ds oder Ns definiert hat. In unserem " "Fall benötigen wir 5 Nullen, weil wir „21 …..{NNDDD}“ konfiguriert haben;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." @@ -261,7 +251,7 @@ msgstr "" "EAN13-Generator, um herauszufinden, welche Ziffer dies in Ihrem Fall sein " "sollte." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -275,11 +265,11 @@ msgstr "" " das Produkt „Nudeln“ für eine Menge von 1,5 kg. Für das Kassensystem wird " "auch ein von der Menge abhängiger Preis berechnet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Regeltypen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." @@ -287,7 +277,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Bepreistes Produkt**: ermöglicht Ihnen, das Produkt zu identifizieren und " "seinen Preis festzulegen, der im Kassensystem verwendet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -299,7 +289,7 @@ msgstr "" " und dann den Rabatt-Barcode scannen. Der Rabatt wird auf den normalen Preis" " des Produkts angewendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " @@ -309,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "" "sein Gewicht zu bestimmen, verwendet sowohl im Kassensystem (in dem der " "Preis auf Grundlage des Gewichts berechnet wird) als auch im Lager." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." @@ -317,13 +307,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Kunde**: ermöglicht Ihnen, den Kunden zu identifizieren, zum Beispiel mit " "Treueprogrammen verwendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" "**Kassierer**: ermöglicht Ihnen, den Kassierer beim Öffnen des Kassensystems" " zu identifizieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." @@ -331,7 +321,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Lagerort**: ermöglicht Ihnen, den Lagerort bei einem Transfer zu " "identifizieren, wenn mehrere Lagerorte aktiviert sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." @@ -339,7 +329,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Paket**: ermöglicht es Ihnen, Pakete in einem Transfer zu identifizieren, " "wenn Pakete aktiviert sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." @@ -347,7 +337,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Kreditkarte**: braucht keine manuelle Benachrichtigung, besteht für Daten " "aus dem Mercury-Modul." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." @@ -355,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Einheitsprodukt**: ermöglicht Ihnen, ein Produkt aus dem Kassensystem und " "aus Transfers zu identifizieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." @@ -364,11 +354,11 @@ msgstr "" "Anzahl von Zeichen enthalten kann, wobei diese Zeichen eine beliebige Zahl " "sein können." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "GS1-Barcode-Nomenklatur" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -385,7 +375,7 @@ msgstr "" " Schachtel kann die GS1-Nomenklatur das Produkt, die Losnummer, die Anzahl " "der enthaltenen Einheiten und mehr identifizieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" @@ -393,7 +383,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Alle GS1-Barcodes `_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" @@ -401,18 +391,18 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Odoos GS1-Standardregeln `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Warum funktioniert mein Barcode nicht? " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "Barcode-Nomenklatur einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -427,7 +417,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nomenklatur --> GS1-Standardnomenklatur` aus den Optionen für die Standard-" "Barcode-Nomenklatur." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." @@ -435,7 +425,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie GS1 aus dem Drop-down-Menü und klicken Sie auf den internen Link," " um die Liste der GS1-Regeln anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " @@ -446,7 +436,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`➡️ (Externer Link)` rechts neben der Auswahl :guilabel:`Barcode-" "Nomenklatur`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -458,7 +448,7 @@ msgstr "" " Informationen, die mit einem GS1-Barcode zusammengefasst werden können, " "zusammen mit dem entsprechenden :guilabel:`Barcode-Muster`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -472,11 +462,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Barcode-Nomenklaturen` und " "wählen Sie schließlich :guilabel:`GS1-Standardnomenklatur`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "GS1-Barcode verwenden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -505,7 +495,7 @@ msgstr "" "flexible Länge haben, gibt es für einige spezifische Muster, wie z. B. " "Barcodes für Daten, definierte Längenanforderungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." @@ -513,7 +503,7 @@ msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie das FNC1-Trennzeichen (`\\x1D`), um den Barcode zu beenden, " "ohne die maximale Zeichenlänge erreichen zu müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -526,11 +516,11 @@ msgstr "" "Abschnitt Beispiele dafür, wie Sie einen Barcode für gängige Artikel in " "einem Lagerhaus erzeugen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "Produkt + Menge + Los" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" @@ -539,118 +529,118 @@ msgstr "" "Anzahl der darin enthaltenen Einheiten und die Losnummer enthält, werden die" " folgenden Barcode-Muster verwendet:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Name" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Regelbezeichnung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Barcodemuster" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Feld in Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "01" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr ":guilabel:`Barcode`-Feld im Produktformular" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Menge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "Variable Anzahl Artikel" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr ":guilabel:`Einheiten`-Feld im Transferformular" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Losnummer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "Stapel oder Losnummer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr ":guilabel:`Los` im Pop-up für Detaillierte Vorgänge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -675,7 +665,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Los` im Pop-up für Detaillierte Vorgänge" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -690,7 +680,7 @@ msgstr "" "markieren Sie unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit` das " "Kästchen für :guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummern`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -709,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_, einer universellen und " "eindeutigen Identifikationsnummer von GS1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -721,7 +711,7 @@ msgstr "" "dient, mehrere Barcodes in einen einzigen Barcode zu codieren, der " "detaillierte Informationen über den Paketinhalt enthält." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." @@ -730,12 +720,12 @@ msgstr "" "14-stellige GTIN `12345678901231` in das Feld :guilabel:`Barcode` auf dem " "Produktformular ein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" "Die 14-stellige GTIN in das Feld Barcode auf dem Produktformular eingeben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -752,11 +742,11 @@ msgstr "" " Spalte :guilabel:`Barcode` ein und klicken Sie dann auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "Die Seite Produktbarcodes in den Lagereinstellungen aufrufen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " @@ -767,7 +757,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lager`. Wählen Sie unter :guilabel:`RÜCKVERFOLGBARKEIT` das " "Optionsfeld :guilabel:`Mittels Los`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." @@ -775,12 +765,12 @@ msgstr "" "Die Produktverfolgung nach Losen im Reiter „Lager“ des Produktformulars " "aktivieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "Barcode auf Wareneingangsbeleg scannen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -792,7 +782,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie zur :menuselection:`Barcode`-App, um den :ref:`Kommissioniervorgang bei " "Wareneingang ` zu verwalten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -809,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" "können auch direkt über die :menuselection:`Barcode`-App mit der " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` erstellt werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -822,7 +812,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)`, um ein Fenster zu öffnen und " "Mengen für bestimmte Losnummern manuell einzugeben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " @@ -832,7 +822,7 @@ msgstr "" "navigieren Sie zu dem zugehörigen Wareneingang. Scannen Sie den Barcode des " "Produkts, und Odoo fragt Sie nach der Losnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." @@ -840,7 +830,7 @@ msgstr "" "Den Barcode für ein Produkt auf der Kommissionierseite des Empfangs in der " "*Barcode*-App scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " @@ -850,12 +840,12 @@ msgstr "" " der 49 verbleibenden Barcodes zu vermeiden, klicken Sie auf die " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)` neben der gewünschten Losnummer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" "Losnummer scannen und auf den Beispiel klicken, um Mengen zu bearbeiten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " @@ -866,11 +856,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Einheit(en)` für die Losnummer anzugeben. Wenn Sie fertig sind, " "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "Gescannte Mengen mit der Bleistiftschaltflächw ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " @@ -881,7 +871,7 @@ msgstr "" "sind, schließen Sie den Empfang ab, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Validieren` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." @@ -890,11 +880,11 @@ msgstr "" "der Menge scannen, um den Eingangsvorgang in weniger Schritten " "abzuschließen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "Produkt + Menge ohne Einheit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " @@ -904,20 +894,20 @@ msgstr "" "Einheitsmenge gemessen werden, wie z. B. Kilogramm, werden die folgenden " "Barcode-Muster verwendet:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "Menge in Kilogramm" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " @@ -928,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "entsprechende Maßeinheit (:guilabel:`ME`) für die Menge der zu kaufenden " "Produkte." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" @@ -936,7 +926,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Umrechnung von Lieferanteneinheiten mit MEs vereinfachen " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -959,7 +949,7 @@ msgstr "" " Probleme verarbeitet wurde. Drücken Sie abschließend auf " ":guilabel:`Validieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " @@ -970,12 +960,12 @@ msgstr "" "Das liegt daran, dass die `1` angibt, wie viele Stellen von rechts das " "Dezimalkomma gesetzt werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" "Barcode-Bildschirm für einen Eingangsvorgang in der Barcodeapp scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -987,7 +977,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Lager --> Berichtswesen --> Produktbewegungen` aufrufen " "können." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -1006,15 +996,15 @@ msgstr "" "verarbeitet wurde. Dies zeigt, dass die in der *Barcode*-App verarbeiteten " "Datensätze ordnungsgemäß im *Lager* gespeichert wurden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "Datensatz bei der Aufnahme von 52,1 kg Pfirsichen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "Regeln erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " @@ -1029,7 +1019,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden kann, müssen Sie den fehlenden Barcode in die Liste von Odoo " "aufnehmen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -1042,7 +1032,7 @@ msgstr "" "sicherzustellen, dass die übrigen Felder im Barcode korrekt interpretiert " "werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -1054,7 +1044,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Barcode-Nomenklaturen`. Wählen " "Sie dann das Listenelement :guilabel:`GS1-Standardnomenklatur`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -1083,7 +1073,7 @@ msgstr "" "gibt an, wie die Buchstaben- oder Zahlenfolge vom System erkannt wird, um " "Informationen über das Produkt zu enthalten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " @@ -1094,11 +1084,11 @@ msgstr "" "erstellen, oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, um zu " "speichern und zur Regeltabelle zurückzukehren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "Barcode-Fehlerbehebung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" @@ -1107,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" "Überprüfungen, die Sie durchführen können, wenn die Barcodes nicht wie " "erwartet funktionieren:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -1119,7 +1109,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abschnitt :ref:`Einrichtung der Nomenklatur ` für weitere Details." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -1134,7 +1124,7 @@ msgstr "" "setup>` und :ref:`auf dem Produkt `" " aktiviert ist." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -1149,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" " Einzelheiten zur Erstellung von GS1-Barcodes finden Sie in :ref:`diesem " "Abschnitt `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -1161,11 +1151,11 @@ msgstr "" "lesen kann. :ref:`In diesem Abschnitt `" " erfahren Sie, wie Sie neue Regeln zur Barcode-Nomenklatur hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "GS1-Nomenklaturliste" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -1177,308 +1167,308 @@ msgstr "" "drei Regeln erfordern eine `Prüfziffer `_ als letztes Zeichen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Art" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1-Inhaltstyp" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Odoo-Feld" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "Serial Shipping Container Code" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paket" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "Numerische Kennung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "Paketname" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Einheitsprodukt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "GTIN der enthaltenen Handelswaren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Verpackung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "Senden/liefern an globalen Standort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Ziellagerort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "Senden/Liefern für Versand" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "Quelllagerort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "ID eines physischen Standorts" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lagerort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Los" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "Alphanumerischer Name" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "Seriennummer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Verpackungsdatum (JJMMTT)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "Verpackungsdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "Packdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Mindesthaltbarkeitsdatum (JJMMTT)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Mindesthaltbarkeitsdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "Mindesthaltbarkeitsdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Verfallsdatum (JJMMTT)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Ablaufdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "Ablaufdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Messung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "ME: Einheiten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "Anzahl der Handelswaren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "Menge in Einheiten für Behälter (AI 02)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "Nettogewicht: Kilogramm (kg)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "Menge in kg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "Länge in Meter (m)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "Menge in m" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "Nettovolumen: Liter (l)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "Menge in l" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "Nettovolumen: Kubikmeter (m\\ :sup:`3`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "Menge in m\\ :sup:`3`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "Länge in Zoll (in)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "Menge in Zoll" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "Nettogewicht/-volumen: Unzen (oz)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "Menge in Unze" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "Nettovolumen: Kubikfuß (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "Menge in ft\\ :sup:`3`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "Verpackungstyp" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "Verpackungstyp" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Pakettyp" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "Verfahren zu Transfers" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "Einfacherer Transfer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." @@ -1486,7 +1476,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um einen Transfer aus der *Barcode*-App zu verarbeiten, müssen Sie zurerst " "auf *Vorgänge* gehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " @@ -1497,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" " Transfer manuell auswählen, oder indem Sie den Barcode des Transfers " "scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1509,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "alle Produkte gescannt wurden, können Sie den Transfer validieren, um mit " "den Lagerbuchung fortzufahren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." @@ -1517,11 +1507,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie in Ihrem Lagerhaus verschiedene Lagerorte haben, können Sie " "zusätzliche Schritte für die verschiedenen Vorgangsarten hinzufügen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Wareneingänge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1534,7 +1524,7 @@ msgstr "" " scannen einen Lagerort-Barcode, damit es in einen Unterlagerort des " "Hauptlagerorts gelangt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." @@ -1542,11 +1532,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie möchten, dass das Produkt in unserem Beispiel WH/Stock eingegeben " "wird, können Sie einfach das nächste Produkt scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Lieferaufträge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " @@ -1557,7 +1547,7 @@ msgstr "" "unterscheidet. Dann können Sie mit dem Scannen der Produkte beginnen, die " "von diesem bestimmten Ort aus geliefert werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1569,7 +1559,7 @@ msgstr "" "Seite wird Ihrem Lieferauftrag hinzugefügt. Mit den Schaltflächen *Zurück* " "und *Weiter* können Sie von einer Seite zur anderen wechseln." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." @@ -1578,11 +1568,11 @@ msgstr "" "bis Sie die letzte Seite des Transfers erreichen. Dort können Sie sie " "validieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Interne Transfers" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " @@ -1592,7 +1582,7 @@ msgstr "" " Sie zunächst den Quellstandort des Produkts scannen. Dann können Sie das " "Produkt selbst scannen, bevor Sie den Barcode des Zielortes scannen müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." @@ -1600,11 +1590,11 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn die Quelle und das Ziel der internen Transfers bereits korrekt sind, " "müssen Sie diese nicht scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "Transfers mit verfolgten Produkten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" @@ -1612,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie mit Produkten arbeiten, die per Los-/Seriennummern verfolgt werden," " gibt es zwei Vorgehensweisen:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" @@ -1623,7 +1613,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo erhöht die Menge des Produkts, indem es dessen Los-/Seriennummer " "festlegt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " @@ -1633,11 +1623,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sie zuerst den Barcode des Produkts und dann den Barcode der " "Los-/Seriennummer scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "Einen Transfer von Null erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " @@ -1647,7 +1637,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Barcodes der Vorgangsarten drucken. Dazu können Sie das *Blatt für " "Bestandsbarcodes* von der Startseite der App herunterladen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " @@ -1657,15 +1647,15 @@ msgstr "" "erstellen möchten. Dann wird ein leeres Dokument erstellt und Sie können " "Ihre Produkte scannen, um es zu füllen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Ihren Barcode-Scanner einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -1676,11 +1666,11 @@ msgstr "" " Dieser Leitfaden hilft Ihnen bei der Auswahl und Konfiguration des Barcode-" "Scanners." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Den Barcode-Scanner finden, der Ihren Bedürfnissen entspricht" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1690,7 +1680,7 @@ msgstr "" " **Barcodes** sind der **USB-Scanner**, der **Bluetooth-Scanner** und der " "**Mobilcomputer-Scanner**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1703,7 +1693,7 @@ msgstr "" "mit Ihrem Tastaturlayout kompatibel ist oder entsprechend konfiguriert " "werden kann." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1719,7 +1709,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zeit zu Zeit Ihr Smartphone zu überprüfen und die Software „manuell“ zu " "verwenden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1738,15 +1728,15 @@ msgstr "" " Vielzahl von Modellen und Konfigurationen auf dem Markt gibt, ist es " "wichtig, dass Sie es zuerst testen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Ihren Barcode-Scanner konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Tastaturbelegung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1759,11 +1749,11 @@ msgstr "" " „Q“ ersetzen). Die meisten Scanner werden konfiguriert, indem Sie den " "entsprechenden Barcode im Benutzerhandbuch scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Automatischer Zeilenumbruch" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1781,11 +1771,11 @@ msgstr "" "Benutzerhandbuch explizit konfiguriert werden („CR-Suffix EIN“, „Enter für " "Suffix anwenden“ usw.)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Barcodes in Odoo aktivieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1799,7 +1789,7 @@ msgstr "" "usw. können Sie effizienter arbeiten, indem Sie die Software fast " "ausschließlich mit dem Barcode-Scanner steuern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -1809,11 +1799,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Lager --> Einstellungen --> Barcode-Scanner`. Wenn Sie die " "Funktion angekreuzt haben, speichern Sie sie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "Produktbarcodes einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " @@ -1823,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" "Barcodes zuweisen. Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> " "Produktbarcodes konfigurieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." @@ -1831,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können Ihren Produkten dann direkt bei der Erstellung Barcodes im " "Produktformular zuweisen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." @@ -1840,11 +1830,11 @@ msgstr "" "dem Vorlagenprodukt hinzuzufügen. Andernfalls können Sie sie nicht " "voneinander unterscheiden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "Barcodes für Standorte einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1856,7 +1846,7 @@ msgstr "" "Barcodes der Lagerorte unter :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " "Lagerorte` konfigurieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." @@ -1864,32 +1854,74 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können den Barcode, den Sie den Orten zuweisen, ganz einfach über das " "Menü *Drucken* ausdrucken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "Barcodeformate" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -"Die meisten Einzelhandelsprodukte verwenden EAN-13-Barcodes. Sie können ohne" -" entsprechende Autorisierung nicht nachgeahmt werden. Als Gegenleistung für " -"eine EAN-Codefolge müssen Sie eine Gebühr an die International Article " -"Numbering Association entrichten." +"Die meisten Produkte im Einzelhandel verwenden EAN-13-Barcodes, auch bekannt" +" als GTIN (Global Trade Identification Numbers). GTIN werden von Unternehmen" +" zur eindeutigen Identifizierung ihrer Produkte und Dienstleistungen " +"verwendet. GTIN und UPC werden zwar oft synonym verwendet, aber GTIN bezieht" +" sich auf die Nummer, die ein Barcode darstellt, während UPC sich auf den " +"Barcode selbst bezieht. Weitere Informationen über GTIN finden Sie auf der " +"GS1-Website." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" -"Da Odoo jedoch jede beliebige Zeichenkette als Barcode unterstützt, können " -"Sie für den internen Gebrauch jederzeit Ihr eigenes Barcodeformat " -"definieren." +"Um GTINs für Artikel erstellen zu können, muss ein Unternehmen über ein " +"GS1-Unternehmenspräfix verfügen. Dieser Präfix ist die Nummer, die am Anfang" +" jeder GTIN erscheint und das Unternehmen als Eigentümer des Barcodes für " +"die Produkte identifiziert, auf denen er erscheint. Um mehr über " +"GS1-Unternehmnspräfixe zu erfahren oder eine Lizenz für ein Präfix zu " +"erwerben, besuchen Sie die Seite der GS1-Unternehmnspräfixe." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" +"Odoo-Benutzer können GTIN-Barcodes verwenden, um ihre Produkte zu " +"identifizieren. Da Odoo jedoch jede beliebige numerische Zeichenfolge als " +"Barcode unterstützt, ist es auch möglich, einen benutzerdefinierten Barcode " +"für den internen Gebrauch zu definieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Lager" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" +"Odoo *Lager* ist sowohl eine Inventarapp als auch ein " +"Lagerverwaltungssystem. Mit der App können Sie Vorlaufzeiten einfach " +"verwalten, die Auffüllung automatisieren, erweiterte Routen konfigurieren " +"und vieles mehr." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Lager `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgid "Warehouse management" msgstr "Lagerverwaltung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 @@ -2420,6 +2452,7 @@ msgstr "" "des Jahres." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -2541,81 +2574,275 @@ msgstr "Zyklische Zählungen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -"In den meisten Unternehmen wird der Bestand nur einmal im Jahr gezählt. " -"Deshalb wird nach einer Bestandsaufnahme in Odoo das geplante Datum für die " -"nächste Zählung standardmäßig auf den 31. Dezember festgelegt. Für einige " -"Unternehmen ist es jedoch entscheidend, jederzeit eine genaue " -"Bestandszählung zu haben." +"Bei den meisten Unternehmen muss der Lagerbestand nur einmal im Jahr gezählt" +" werden. Deshalb wird nach einer *Bestandsaufnahme* in Odoo standardmäßig " +"der 31. Dezember des laufenden Jahres als Termin für die nächste " +"Bestandszählung festgelegt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -"Das Ziel von zyklischen Zählungen ist es, kritische Lagerbestände durch " -"häufigeres Zählen an den Hauptstandorten genau zu halten." +"Für einige Unternehmen ist es jedoch von entscheidender Bedeutung, jederzeit" +" über eine genaue Bestandszählung zu verfügen. Diese Unternehmen verwenden " +"*Zyklische Zählungen*, um kritische Lagerbestände genau zu halten. Zyklische" +" Zählungen ist eine Methode, bei der Unternehmen ihre Bestände an bestimmten" +" *Standorten* häufiger zählen, um sicherzustellen, dass ihre physischen " +"Bestandszählungen mit ihren Bestandsaufzeichnungen übereinstimmen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "Lagerorte aktivieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" -"In Odoo sind die zyklische Zählungen standortabhängig. Die Häufigkeit der " -"Zählungen wird durch den Lagerort bestimmt. Um Lagerorte zu aktivieren, " -"gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> " -"Lagerhaus` und aktivieren Sie die Einstellung :guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken" -" Sie anschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellung zu " -"übernehmen." +"In Odoo sind die zyklischen Zählungen standortbezogen. Daher muss die " +"Funktion *Lagerorte* aktiviert werden, bevor Sie eine zyklische Zählung " +"durchführen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Um diese Funktion zu aktivieren, navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager -->" +" Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, und scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt" +" :guilabel:`Lagerhaus`. Klicken Sie dann auf das Kontrollkästchen neben " +":guilabel:`Lagerorte`. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle " +"Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." -msgstr "Lagerorte in Odoo-Einstellungen aktivieren." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." +msgstr "Aktivierte Einstellung der Lagerorte in den Lagereinstellungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "Inventurhäufigkeit ändern" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." -msgstr "" -"Um die Inventurhäufigkeit eines Standortes zu ändern, klicken Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" +msgstr "Häufigkeit der Inventarzählung je Standort ändern" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie dann auf einen Standort, um die Standortseinstellungen zu " -"öffnen. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Legen Sie im Feld " -":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` die Anzahl der Tage fest. Für einen " -"Lagerort, der zum Beispiel alle 30 Tage eine Inventur benötigt, würde der " -"Wert der :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` auf `30` eingestellt. Sobald " -"Sie den Wert eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die" -" Einstellung für den Lagerort zu übernehmen. Sobald nun eine " -"Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird, wird das nächste " -"geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage der Anzahl der Tage in der " -"Einstellung :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` festgelegt." +"Jetzt, da die Einstellung der Lagerorte aktiviert ist, kann die Häufigkeit " +"der Inventurzählung für bestimmte im Lager angelegte Orte geändert werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Um Lagerorte anzuzeigen und zu bearbeiten, navigieren Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Lagerorte`. Sie gelangen auf " +"die Seite :guilabel:`Lagerorte`, auf der alle derzeit erstellten und im " +"Lagerhaus aufgeführten Standorte aufgeführt sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf dieser Seite auf einen Ort, um die Seite mit den " +"Einstellungen und der Konfiguration für diesen Lagerort aufzurufen. Klicken " +"Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, um die Lagerorteinstellungen zu bearbeiten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." +msgstr "" +"Suchen Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Regelmäßige Zählung` das Feld " +":guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)`, das auf `0` gesetzt sein sollte (wenn" +" dieser Lagerort nicht zuvor bearbeitet wurde). Ändern Sie in diesem Feld " +"den Wert auf die gewünschte Anzahl von Tagen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." -msgstr "Bearbeitung eines Lagerortes, um die Inventurhäufigkeit zu ändern." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "Einstellung der Häufigkeit des Lagerorst." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" +"Bei einem Lagerort, der alle 30 Tage eine Inventur benötigt, sollte der Wert" +" :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` auf `30` gesetzt sein." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" +"Sobald Sie die Häufigkeit auf die gewünschte Anzahl von Tagen geändert " +"haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu " +"speichern. Sobald eine Bestandsaufnahme an diesem Lagerort vorgenommen wird," +" wird das nächste geplante Zähldatum automatisch auf der Grundlage des in " +"das Feld :guilabel:`Inventurhäufigkeit (Tage)` eingegebenen Wertes " +"festgelegt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "Inventur zählen je Lagerort" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Zählung für einen bestimmten Standort im Lagerhaus durchzuführen, " +"navigieren Sie zur :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> " +"Bestandsaufnahmen`. Sie gelangen auf die Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen`" +" mit allen Produkten, die derzeit auf Lager sind, wobei jedes Produkt in " +"einer eigenen Zeile aufgeführt ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" +"Von dieser Seite aus können Sie über die Schaltflächen :guilabel:`Filter` " +"und :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` (oben auf der Seite, unter der Leiste " +":guilabel:`Suchen ...`) bestimmte Orte auswählen und Bestandszählungen " +"durchführen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "Seite der Bestandsaufnahmen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" +"Um einen bestimmten Lagerort auszuwählen und alle Produkte innerhalb dieses " +"Lagerorts anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Gruppieren nach` und dann " +"auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierte Gruppe hinzufügen`, um ein neues Drop-" +"down-Menü auf der rechten Seite zu öffnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Lagerort` aus dem Drop-down-Menü und dann auf " +":guilabel:`Anwenden`. Auf der Seite werden nun komprimierte Drop-down-Menüs " +"für jeden Standort im Lagerhaus angezeigt, der Produkte auf Lager hat, und " +"es kann eine regelmäßige Zählung für alle Produkte an diesem Lagerort " +"durchgeführt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" +"In großen Lagerhäusern mit mehreren Lagerorten und einer großen Anzahl von " +"Produkten ist es vielleicht einfacher, nach dem gewünschten Lagerort zu " +"suchen. Klicken Sie dazu auf der Seite :guilabel:`Bestandsaufnahmen` auf " +":guilabel:`Filter`. Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Benutzerdefinierten " +"Filter hinzufügen`, um ein neues Menü auf der rechten Seite zu öffnen. " +"Klicken Sie auf dieses Menü, um drei Drop-down-Listen zu öffnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie für das erste Feld auf und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Lagerort` aus " +"der Drop-down-Liste. Für das zweite Feld lassen Sie den Wert " +":guilabel:`enthält` unverändert. In das dritte Feld geben Sie den Namen des " +"gesuchten Lagerortes ein. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`, damit dieser" +" Ort auf der Seite erscheint." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" +"Angewandte Filter und Gruppieren nach auf der Seite Bestandsanpassungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "Häufigkeit der vollständigen Inventarzählung ändern" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" +"Während regelmäßigen Zählungen in der Regel pro Lagerort durchgeführt " +"werden, kann das geplante Datum für vollständige Inventurzählungen aller im " +"Lager vorrätigen Waren auch manuell geändert werden, um den Termin vor das " +"angegebene Datum zu verlegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" +"Um das standardmäßige geplante Datum zu ändern, gehen Sie zur " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Suchen Sie " +"dann im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` die Einstellung :guilabel:`Datum der " +"jährlichen Inventur`, die ein Drop-down-Menü enthält, das standardmäßig auf " +"den `31` :guilabel:`Dezember` eingestellt ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "Häufigkeitsfeld in den Einstellungen der Lagerapp." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" +"Um den Tag zu ändern, klicken Sie auf `31`, und ändern Sie es auf einen Tag " +"innerhalb des Bereichs `1-31`, je nach dem gewünschten Monat des Jahres." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie alle Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -2859,8 +3086,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " ":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie dann auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` und scrollen Sie runter zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`. Achten Sie hier darauf, dass entweder :guilabel:`Mittels einzigartiger Seriennummer\n" -"` oder :guilabel:`Mittels Los` angekreuzt ist." +"Klicken Sie dann auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` und scrollen Sie runter " +"zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`. Achten Sie hier darauf, dass " +"entweder :guilabel:`Mittels einzigartiger Seriennummer` oder " +":guilabel:`Mittels Los` angekreuzt ist." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -3592,7 +3821,7 @@ msgstr "" "kann auch im Reiter :guilabel:`Beschreibung` unten hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -3859,7 +4088,7 @@ msgstr "" " hinzufügen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -3879,7 +4108,7 @@ msgstr "" "intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung` erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." @@ -3889,8 +4118,8 @@ msgstr "" "anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -4123,7 +4352,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeitsbericht für Los- und Seriennummern." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -4189,11 +4418,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "Aktivierte Einstellung für Los- und Seriennummern" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "Verfolgung von Seriennummern für Produkte konfigurieren" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -4205,7 +4434,7 @@ msgstr "" " dazu in die :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Produkte --> Produkte` und wählen " "Sie ein zu verfolgendes Produkt aus." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." @@ -4213,7 +4442,7 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im Produktformular auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und dann auf den " "Reiter :guilabel:`Lager`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -4224,8 +4453,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im Produktformular auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`, wechseln Sie zum " "Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` und scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`. Wählen Sie dann die Option :guilabel:` " -"Mittels einzigartiger Seriennummer`, und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`. Wählen Sie dann die Option " +":guilabel:`Mittels einzigartiger Seriennummer`, und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern. Vorhandene oder neue " "Seriennummern können nun ausgewählt und neu eingegangenen oder hergestellten" " Losen dieses Produkts zugewiesen werden." @@ -4234,7 +4463,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "Verfolgung von Seriennummern auf Produktformular aktiviert" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -4247,11 +4476,11 @@ msgstr "" "eine Bestandsaufnahme kann dem Produkt jedoch eine Los-/Seriennummer " "zugewiesen werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "Neue Seriennummern für bereits vorrätige Produkte erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -4266,7 +4495,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los-/Seriennummern angezeigt, auf dem automatisch eine neue " ":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` generiert wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -4278,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" " geändert werden, indem Sie auf die Zeile unter dem Feld " ":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` klicken und die generierte Nummer ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " @@ -4289,7 +4518,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie in diesem Menü das Produkt aus, dem diese neue Nummer zugewiesen " "werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -4304,7 +4533,7 @@ msgstr "" "Website zuzuordnen (wenn Sie in einer Umgebung mit mehreren Websites " "arbeiten)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -4316,7 +4545,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Neue Seriennummer erstell für bestehenden Produktbestand." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -4328,7 +4557,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie auf :menuselection:`Produkte --> Produkte` gehen und das Produkt " "auswählen, dem diese neu erstellte Seriennummer gerade zugewiesen wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." @@ -4336,11 +4565,11 @@ msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im Detailformular des Produkts auf die intelligente Schaltfläche" " :guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummern`, um die neue Seriennummer anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "Seriennummern für Warenein- und ausgänge verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -4352,11 +4581,11 @@ msgstr "" "auf dem Formular des Einkaufsauftrags vergeben. Für ausgehende Waren werden " "die Seriennummern direkt auf dem Formular des Verkaufsauftrags vergeben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "Seriennummern für Wareneingänge verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." @@ -4364,7 +4593,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Zuweisung von Seriennummern zu **eingehenden** Waren kann direkt aus dem" " Einkaufsauftrag erfolgen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " @@ -4374,7 +4603,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Einkaufsapp --> Neu`. Es erscheint ein neues, leeres " "Formular für die Angebotsanfrage." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -4386,7 +4615,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkte in die :guilabel:`Produkt`-Zeilen eintragen, indem Sie unter dem " "Reiter :guilabel:`Produkte` auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -4394,7 +4623,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wählen Sie die gewünschte Menge des zu bestellenden Produkts, indem Sie die " "Zahl in der Spalte :guilabel:`Menge` ändern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " @@ -4404,7 +4633,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Auftrag bestätigen`. Dadurch wird die Angebotsanfrage in einen " "Einkaufsauftrag umgewandelt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." @@ -4413,7 +4642,7 @@ msgstr "" " um das Lieferscheinformular für diesen spezifischen :abbr:`VA " "(Verkaufsauftrag)` anzuzeigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -4431,7 +4660,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "Benutzerfehler-Popup, das zur Eingabe der Seriennummer auffordert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -4443,7 +4672,7 @@ msgstr "" " Spalte :guilabel:`Name der Los-/Seriennummer` am unteren Rand des Pop-up-" "Fensters." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" @@ -4453,11 +4682,11 @@ msgstr "" " automatische Vergabe von Seriennummern und das Kopieren/Einfügen von " "Seriennummern aus einer Tabellenkalkulation." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "Seriennummern manuell zuweisen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " @@ -4468,7 +4697,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie zunächst in der Spalte :guilabel:`Nach` den Ort aus, an dem das Produkt " "gelagert werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." @@ -4476,7 +4705,7 @@ msgstr "" "Geben Sie dann einen neuen :guilabel:`Namen der Seriennummer` ein und setzen" " Sie die :guilabel:`Erledigte` Menge in die entsprechenden Spalten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " @@ -4486,11 +4715,11 @@ msgstr "" " Produktmenge, bis im Feld :guilabel:`Erledigte Menge` die korrekte " "(passende) Anzahl der verarbeiteten Produkte angezeigt wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "Seriennummern automatisch zuweisen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " @@ -4500,7 +4729,7 @@ msgstr "" " werden müssen, kann Odoo automatisch Seriennummern für jedes einzelne " "Produkt generieren und zuweisen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " @@ -4510,7 +4739,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` und geben Sie die erste Seriennummer in " "der gewünschten Reihenfolge ein, die zugewiesen werden soll." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." @@ -4519,7 +4748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Artikel ein, denen neu generierte eindeutige Seriennummern zugewiesen werden" " müssen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -4533,11 +4762,11 @@ msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" "Automatisch Seriennummernzuweisung im Pop-up für detaillierte Vorgänge." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "Seriennummer aus einer Tabellenkalkulation kopieren/einfügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -4554,7 +4783,7 @@ msgstr "" "automatisch die erforderliche Anzahl von Zeilen auf der Grundlage der Anzahl" " der in die Spalte eingefügten Nummern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -4566,7 +4795,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "Liste der Seriennummern in Excel-Tabelle kopiert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -4582,7 +4811,7 @@ msgstr "" "wiederverwendet oder dupliziert werden, und die Rückverfolgbarkeit wird " "verbessert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " @@ -4592,7 +4821,7 @@ msgstr "" "auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um das Pop-up-Fenster zu schließen. Klicken Sie " "dann auf :guilabel:`Validieren`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -4607,7 +4836,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Referenz`-Dokument, das :guilabel:`Produkt`, das zurückverfolgt " "wird, die :guilabel:`Los/Serie #` und mehr." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -4627,11 +4856,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Referenz`-Dokument, das :guilabel:`Produkt`, das zurückverfolgt " "wird, die :guilabel:`Los/Serie #` und mehr." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "Seriennummern für Lieferaufträge verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." @@ -4639,7 +4868,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Zuweisung von Seriennummern zu **ausgehenden** Waren kann direkt aus dem" " Verkaufsauftrag (VA) erfolgen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -4656,7 +4885,7 @@ msgstr "" "Zeilen :guilabel:`Produkt` (im Reiter :guilabel:`Auftragspositionen`) " "Produkte hinzufügen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` klicken." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -4668,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "" "bestätigt ist, wird das Angebot zu einem :abbr:`VA (Verkaufsauftrag)`, und " "eine intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferung` erscheint." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " @@ -4679,7 +4908,7 @@ msgstr "" "mit seiner eindeutigen Seriennummer aufgelistet wird (höchstwahrscheinlich " "in fortlaufender Reihenfolge)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -4692,7 +4921,7 @@ msgstr "" "Mengenangaben unter :guilabel:`Erledigt`, und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um das Pop-up-Fenster zu schließen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -4705,7 +4934,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Seriennummern werden im Popup-Fenster für detaillierte Vorgänge " "aufgelistet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -4720,7 +4949,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Referenz`-Dokument, das :guilabel:`Produkt`, das zurückverfolgt " "wird, die zugewiesene :guilabel:`Los/Serie #` und mehr." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -4732,11 +4961,11 @@ msgstr "" "enthalten, wenn eine der Produktmengen eine Seriennummer hat, die beim " "Eingang dieses bestimmten :abbr:`EA (Einkaufsauftrags)` vergeben wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "Seriennummern für unterschiedliche Vorgangsarten verwalten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -4750,7 +4979,7 @@ msgstr "" "Gegenteil der Fall: Auf dem Lieferauftrag können keine neuen Seriennummern " "erstellt, sondern nur bestehende Seriennummern verwendet werden." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " @@ -4761,7 +4990,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Konfiguration --> Vorgangsarten`, und wählen Sie die gewünschte " ":guilabel:`Vorgangsart`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -4780,7 +5009,7 @@ msgstr "" "Abschnitt :guilabel:`Rückverfolgbarkeit`). Klicken Sie abschließend auf die " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Änderungen zu speichern." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -4803,11 +5032,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "Aktivierte Rückverfolgbarkeitseinstellung auf Vorgangsartformular." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "Rückverfolgbarkeit von Seriennummern" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " @@ -4817,7 +5046,7 @@ msgstr "" "den gesamten Lebenszyklus eines Produkts nachvollziehen: wo es herkommt (und" " wann), wo es gelagert wurde und an wen es geliefert wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -4828,7 +5057,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkte --> Los-/Seriennummern`. Daraufhin wird das Dashboard " ":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummern` angezeigt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " @@ -4838,7 +5067,7 @@ msgstr "" "aufgelistet, die erweitert werden können, um die Seriennummern anzuzeigen, " "die diesen Produkten spezifisch zugewiesen sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -4853,7 +5082,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dropdown-Menü erscheint. Wählen Sie in diesem Mini-Dropdown-Menü die Option " ":guilabel:`Los-/Seriennummer` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Anwenden`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -4869,7 +5098,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "Berichtsseite der Seriennummern mit Drop-down-Listen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -4891,247 +5120,564 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Sonstige Vorgänge" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "Stapeltransfers verarbeiten" +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "Stapelkommissionierung" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -"Mit der Stapelkommissionierung kann ein einziger Kommissionierer einen " -"Stapel von Aufträgen bearbeiten, sodass er weniger oft denselben Ort " -"aufsuchen muss. In Odoo bedeutet dies, dass Sie mehrere Transfers zu einem " -"Stapeltransfer zusammenfassen und diese dann entweder über die Barcode-App " -"oder in der Formularansicht bearbeiten können." +"Mit der *Stapelkommissionierung* kann ein einziger Kommissionierer mehrere " +"Aufträge auf einmal abwickeln und so die Zeit reduzieren, die er benötigt, " +"um zum selben Lagerort im Lagerhaus zu navigieren." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Einen Stapeltransfer erstellen" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" +"Bei der Stapel-Kommissionierung werden die Aufträge gruppiert und in einer " +"Kommissionierliste zusammengefasst. Nach der Kommissionierung wird der " +"Stapel zu einem Versandlager gebracht, wo die Produkte in ihre jeweiligen " +"Lieferpakete sortiert werden." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" -"Um die Stapelkommissionierung zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und aktivieren " -"Sie *Stapelkommissionierungen*." +":ref:`Barcode-App für Kommissionierungen verwenden " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" +"Da die Aufträge nach der Kommissionierung im Versandlager sortiert werden " +"*müssen*, eignet sich diese Kommissioniermethode für Unternehmen mit wenigen" +" Produkten, die häufig bestellt werden. Die Lagerung von Artikeln mit hoher " +"Nachfrage an leicht zugänglichen Lagerorten kann die Anzahl der Aufträge, " +"die effizient erfüllt werden, erhöhen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" +"Um die Option Stapel-Kommissionierung zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zunächst zu " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Unter dem " +"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Vorgänge` markieren Sie das Kästchen :guilabel:`Stapel-" +"Transfers`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie *Stapel-Transfers* in Lager > Konfiguration > Einstellungen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Da die Stapel-Kommissionierung eine Methode zur Optimierung des " +"*Kommissioniervorgangs* in Odoo ist, müssen die Optionen " +":guilabel:`Lagerorte` und :guilabel:`Mehrstufige Routen` unter der " +"Überschrift :guilabel:`Lagerhaus` auf dieser Einstellungsseite ebenfalls " +"aktiviert werden. Wenn Sie fertig sind, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Lagereinstellungen. Verarbeitung zur Aktivierung der " -"Stapelkommissionierung in Odoo Lager." +"Aktivieren Sie *Lagerorte* und *Mehrstufige Routen* in Lager > Konfiguration" +" > Einstellungen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dann auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Vorgänge --> Stapeltransfers` " -"und drücken Sie die Schaltfläche „Neu“." +"Aktivieren Sie schließlich die Kommissionierungsfunktion im Lagerhaus, indem" +" Sie zur Seite mit den Lagereinstellungen navigieren, die Sie über " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Lagerhäuser` erreichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie von hier aus das gewünschte Lagerhaus aus der Liste aus. Wählen " +"Sie dann aus den Radio-Optionen, die für :guilabel:`Warenausgänge` zur " +"Verfügung stehen, entweder :guilabel:`Waren in Ausgangslager senden und dann" +" ausliefern (2 Schritte)` oder :guilabel:`Waren verpacken, Waren in " +"Ausgangslager senden und dann ausliefern (3 Schritte)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Lieferung in zwei Schritten `" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" +msgstr ":ref:`Lieferung in drei Schritten `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" -msgstr "Ansicht des neuen Menüs, Stapeltransfers, unter Vorgänge" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." +msgstr "Einrichtung der 2- oder 3-stufigen Warenausgänge" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "Stapeltransfers erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -"Bestimmen Sie nun den entsprechnden Stapeltransfer und die Art des " -"Transfers, die Sie in den Stapel aufnehmen wollen. Um die Arten von " -"Transfers hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf *Zeile hinzufügen*." +"Erstellen Sie Stapeltransfers manuell direkt auf der Seite " +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge --> Stapel-Transfers`. Klicken Sie auf" +" die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, um mit der Erstellung eines " +"Stapeltransfers zu beginnen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "Ansicht des Stapeltransferformulars" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" -"Im folgenden Beispiel wurde ein Filter angewendet, um nur die Transfers zu " -"sehen, die sich im Schritt *Kommissionieren* befinden. Danach wurden die " -"verschiedenen Transfers ausgewählt, die in den Stapeltransfer aufgenommen " -"werden sollten." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Liste der Transfers, die für einen einzelnen Stapeltransfer ausgewählt werden können, und wie man sie\n" -"zum Stapeltransfer hinzufügen kann" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf *Auswählen*, um die Produkte zu sehen, die Sie für die " -"verschiedenen Transfers auswählen können. Wenn *Mehrere Standorte* aktiviert" -" wurde, zeigt das Dokument auch die Standorte an, für die sie reserviert " -"wurden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" -"Ansicht einer Liste von Stapeltransfers. Zu kommissionierende Produkte mit " -"deren Quell- und Zielorten." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "Einen Stapeltransfer aus der Listenansicht der Transfers erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie in der *Listenansicht der Transfers* die Transfers aus, die in " -"den Stapel aufgenommen werden sollen. Wählen Sie dann *Zum Stapel " -"hinzufügen* aus der Liste *Aktion*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" -msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Prozesses zum Hinzufügen von Transfers zu einem Stapeltransfer " -"aus der Listenansicht der Transfers" +"Füllen Sie auf dem Formular des Stapeltransfers folgende Felder entsprechend" +" aus:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -"Legen Sie dann fest, ob Sie die Transfers zu einem bestehenden Entwurf eines" -" Stapeltransfers hinzufügen oder einen neuen erstellen möchten." +":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: Mitarbeiter, der für die Kommissionierung " +"zuständig ist. Lassen Sie dieses Feld leer, wenn *jeder* Mitarbeiter diese " +"Kommissionierung durchführen kann." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -"Option zum Hinzufügen eines Verantwortlichen zu einem Stapeltransfer, damit " -"dieser bestätigt werden kann" +":guilabel:`Vorgangsart`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü die Vorgangsart, " +"unter der die Kommissionierung eingeordnet wird." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Einen Stapeltransfer verarbeiten" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Geplantes Datum`: gibt das Datum an, bis zu dem die " +":guilabel:`verantwortliche` Person den Transfer zum Ausgangslager " +"abschließen soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie dann in der Liste :guilabel:`Transfers` auf :guilabel:`Zeile " +"hinzufügen`, um das Fenster :guilabel:`Hinzufügen: Transfers` zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -"Während Sie die Produkte sammeln, können Sie den Stapeltransfer bearbeiten " -"und die *Erledigte Menge* für jedes Produkt aktualisieren. Wenn alles " -"kommissioniert wurde, wählen Sie *Validieren*, damit die verschiedenen " -"Transfers in dem Stapel ebenfalls validiert werden." +"Wenn das Feld :guilabel:`Vorgangsart` ausgefüllt wurde, filtert die Liste " +"Transfereinträge, die der ausgewählten :guilabel:`Vorgangsart` entsprechen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" -msgstr "Ansicht eines zu verarbeitenden Stapeltransfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`, um einen neuen Transfer zu" +" erstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -"Falls nicht alle Produkte kommissioniert werden können, können Sie für jeden" -" einzelnen Transfer, der nicht vollständig abgewickelt werden konnte, " -"Lieferrückstände erstellen." +"Sobald die Transfer-Einträge ausgewählt sind, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Bestätigen`, um die Stapel-Kommissionierung zu bestätigen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -"Wie Stapeltransfers mit nicht verfügbaren Produkten gehandhabt werden. Erstellung eines Rückstandes innerhalb\n" -"eines Stapeltransfers" +"Ein neuer Stapel-Transfer, der dem :guilabel:`Verantwortlichen`, `Joel " +"Willis`, für die :guilabel:`Vorgangsart` zugewiesen wurde. Das " +":guilabel:`Geplante Datum` wird auf `11. August` gesetzt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." +msgstr "Ansicht des *Stapeltransferformulars*" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -"Ansicht, wie Lieferrückstände in Odoos Stapeltransfers gehandhabt werden" +"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` klicken, öffnet " +"sich das Fenster :guilabel:`Hinzufügen: Transfers`, in dem nur " +"Kommissionierungen angezeigt werden. Das liegt daran, dass im Formular für " +"den Stapeltransfer die :guilabel:`Vorgangsart` auf `Kommissionieren` gesetzt" +" wurde." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "Einen Stapeltransfer aus der Barcode-App verarbeiten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -"Rufen Sie die *Barcode*-App auf und wählen Sie das Menü *Stapeltransfers*." +"Klicken Sie auf das Kontrollkästchen links neben den Transfers " +"`WH/PICK/00001` und `WH/PICK/00002`, um sie in den neuen Transfer " +"aufzunehmen. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Auswählen`, um" +" das Fenster :guilabel:`Hinzufügen: Transfers` zu schließen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" -msgstr "Ansicht des Dashboards von Odoo Barcode" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie mehrere Transfers aus dem Fenster *Hinzufügen: Transfers* aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" +msgstr "Einen Stapel aus der Transferliste hinzufügen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -"Dann können Sie den Stapeltransfer eingeben, an dem Sie arbeiten möchten. " -"Stapeltransfers können bei Bedarf leicht nach Verantwortlichen gruppiert " -"werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "Ansicht des Dashboards der Stapeltransfers in der Barcode-App" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" -"Beim Stapeltransfer werden die Produkte pro Standort klassifiziert. Das " -"Quelldokument ist in jeder Zeile sichtbar, und ein Farbcode hilft bei der " -"Unterscheidung der Produkte." +"Eine andere Methode zur Erstellung von Stapeltransfers ist die Option " +":guilabel:`Zu Stapel hinzufügen` in einer Liste. Navigieren Sie zum Drop-" +"down-Menü :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Vorgänge` und wählen Sie eine der " +":guilabel:`Transfers`, um eine gefilterte Liste von Transfers zu öffnen." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" -msgstr "Ansicht eines laufenden Stapeltransfers mit der Odoo-Barcode-App" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -"Um die Produkte zu sehen, die Sie an einem anderen Lagerort kommissionieren " -"können, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche *Weiter*." +"Alle Transfertypen in einem Drop-down-Menü anzeigen: Wareneingänge, Lieferungen, interne Transfers,\n" +"Fertigungen, Stapeltransfers, Streckengeschäft." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" +"Aktivieren Sie in der Liste der Transfer das Kontrollkästchen links neben " +"den ausgewählten Transfers, um sie zu einem Stapel hinzuzufügen. Navigieren " +"Sie dann zur Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Aktionen ⚙️ (Zahnrad)` und klicken Sie " +"im daraufhin angezeigten Drop-down-Menü auf :guilabel:`Zu Stapel " +"hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -"Ansicht eines fertigen und abgeschlossenen Stapeltransfers mit der Odoo-" -"Barcode-App" +"Schaltfläche *Zu Stapel hinzufügen*, aus der Liste der Schaltfläche " +"*Aktion*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." msgstr "" -"Sobald alle Produkte kommissioniert wurden, klicken Sie auf *Validieren* " -"(auf der letzten Seite), um den Stapeltransfer als erledigt zu markieren." +"Dadurch öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Zu Stapel hinzufügen`, in " +"dem der Mitarbeiter :guilabel:`Verantwortlich` für die Kommissionierung " +"zugewiesen werden kann." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie eine der beiden Optionen, um :guilabel:`einen bestehenden " +"Stapeltransfer` hinzuzufügen oder :guilabel:`einen neuen Stapeltransfer` zu " +"erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" +"Um mit einem Entwurf zu beginnen, aktivieren Sie das Kontrollkästchen " +":guilabel:`Entwurf`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" +"Schließen Sie den Vorgang ab, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Bestätigen` klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" +"Fenster *Zu Stapel hinzufügen* anzeigen, um einen Stapeltransfer zu " +"erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "Stapeltransfer verarbeiten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" +"Verwalten Sie Stapeltransfers auf der Seite :menuselection:`Lagerapp --> " +"Vorgänge --> Stapeltransfers`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie hier den gewünschten Transfer aus der Liste aus. Geben Sie dann " +"im Formular für den Stapeltransfer im Reiter :guilabel:`Detaillierte " +"Vorgänge` die :guilabel:`Erledigten` Mengen für jedes Produkt ein. Klicken " +"Sie schließlich auf :guilabel:`Validieren`, um die Kommissionierung " +"abzuschließen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" +"Vergewissern Sie sich, dass der Stapeltransfer abgeschlossen ist, wenn die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Validieren` lila markiert ist. Wenn stattdessen die " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit prüfen` hervorgehoben ist, bedeutet " +"dies, dass es Artikel im Stapel gibt, die derzeit *nicht* auf Lager sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" +"Bei einem Stapeltransfer von Produkten aus den Kommissionierungen " +"`WH/PICK/00001` und `WH/PICK/00002` zeigt der Reiter :guilabel:`Detaillierte" +" Vorgänge`, dass das Produkt `Schrank mit Türen` kommissioniert wurde, da " +"die Spalte :guilabel:`Erledigt` mit dem Wert in der Spalte " +":guilabel:`Reserviert` übereinstimmt. Für das andere Produkt, " +"`Kabelverwaltungsbox`, wurde jedoch eine Menge von `0,00` kommissioniert." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" +"Im Reiter *Detaillierte Vorgänge* den Stapeltransfer von Produkten aus zwei " +"Kommissionierungen anzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"Nur vorrätige Produkte sind im Reiter :guilabel:`Detaillierte Vorgänge` " +"sichtbar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" +"Um die vollständige Produktliste zu sehen, wechseln Sie zum Reiter " +":guilabel:`Vorgänge`. In dieser Liste gibt die Spalte :guilabel:`Bedarf` die" +" benötigte Menge für den Auftrag an. Die Spalte :guilabel:`Reserviert` zeigt" +" den verfügbaren Bestand zur Erfüllung des Auftrags an. Die Spalte " +":guilabel:`Erledigt` schließlich gibt die Produkte an, die bereits " +"kommissioniert wurden und für den nächsten Schritt bereit sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" +"Das Produkt `Schreibtischunterlage` aus demselben Stapel wie das obige " +":ref:`Beispiel ` ist nur im " +"Reiter :guilabel:`Vorgänge` sichtbar, weil keine :guilabel:`Reservierte` " +"Mengen auf Lager sind, um die Stapel-Kommissionierung zu erfüllen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Verfügbarkeit prüfen`, um den " +"Bestand erneut nach verfügbaren Produkten zu durchsuchen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "Nicht verfügbare reservierte Mengen im Reiter *Vorgänge* anzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Lieferrückstand erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die :guilabel:`Erledigte` Menge des Produkts *weniger* ist als die " +":guilabel:`Reservierte` Menge, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster auf dem " +"Formular." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" +"Dieses Pop-up-Fenster bietet Ihnen die Option: :guilabel:`Lieferrückstand " +"erstellen?`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Lieferrückstand erstellen` klicken," +" wird automatisch einen neuen Stapeltransfer erstellt, die die verbleibenden" +" Produkte enthält." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Kein Lieferrückstand`, um die Kommissionierung zu" +" beenden *ohne* eine weitere Stapelkommissionierung zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um die Validierung abzubrechen und " +"zum Formular für den Stapeltransfer zurückzukehren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "Das Pop-up *Lieferrückstand erstellen*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "Stapeltransfer verarbeiten: Barcode-App" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" +"Erstellte Stapeltransfers werden auch in der :menuselection:`Barcode`-App " +"aufgelistet, auf die Sie über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Stapeltransfers` " +"zugreifen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" +"Bestätigte Stapel-Kommissionierungen werden standardmäßig auf der Seite " +":guilabel:`Stapeltransfers` angezeigt. Klicken Sie auf dieser Seite auf den " +"gewünschten Stapeltransfer, um die detaillierte Liste der Produkte für die " +"Kommissionierung zu öffnen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" +"Liste der zu erledigenden Stapeltransfers in der *Barcode*-App anzeigen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" +"Befolgen Sie für den gewählten Stapeltransfer die Anweisungen oben auf der " +"Seite im schwarzen Hintergrund. Beginnen Sie mit dem Scannen des " +"Produktbarcodes, um ein einzelnes Produkt für die Kommissionierung zu " +"erfassen. Um mehrere Mengen zu erfassen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`✏️ (Bleistift)` und geben Sie die gewünschten Mengen für die " +"Kommissionierung ein." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" +"Produkte aus demselben Auftrag sind links mit der gleichen Farbe " +"gekennzeichnet. Abgeschlossene Kommissionierungen sind grün hervorgehoben." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" +"Bei einem Stapeltransfer für 2 `Schränke mit Türen`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc " +"Screens` und 4 `Vier-Personen-Schreibtische` zeigen die `3/3` und `4/4` " +":guilabel:`Einheiten` an, dass die letzten beiden Produktauswahlen " +"vollständig sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" +"`1/2` Einheiten des `Schranks mit Türen` wurden bereits kommissioniert, und " +"nach dem Scannen des Produktbarcodes für den zweiten Schrank fordert Odoo " +"den Benutzer auf, `eine Seriennummer zu scannen`, um die eindeutige " +"Seriennummer für die :ref:`Produktverfolgung " +"` zu erfassen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "Zu kommissionierende Produkte in der Barcode-Ansicht anzeigen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" +"Sobald alle Produkte kommissioniert wurden, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Validieren`, um den Stapeltransfer als :guilabel:`Erledigt` zu " +"markieren." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" @@ -8026,9 +8572,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um Verpackungen zu verwenden, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass die Funktion " ":guilabel:`Produktverpackungen` aktiviert ist. Navigieren Sie dazu zur " -":menuselection:Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Aktivieren Sie" -" dann unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Produkte` das Kontrollkästchen neben " -":guilabel:`Produktverpackungen`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." +":menuselection:`Lagerapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Aktivieren " +"Sie dann unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Produkte` das Kontrollkästchen " +"neben :guilabel:`Produktverpackungen`, und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -10416,7 +10963,7 @@ msgid "" "begin." msgstr "" "Der Lieferauftrag steht nach Abschluss der Kommissionierung zur Bearbeitung " -"bereit und ist im Dashboard :guilabel:Lagerübersicht` der " +"bereit und ist im Dashboard :guilabel:`Lagerübersicht` der " ":guilabel:`Lager`-App zu finden. Klicken Sie in der Kanban-Karte " ":guilabel:`Lieferaufträge` auf die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`# zu" " verarbeiten`." @@ -11783,7 +12330,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Erstellen eines neuen Lagerortes in Odoo Lager." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "Erweiterte Routen" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -16363,40 +16910,35 @@ msgstr "" "E-Mail mit dem Zugriffsschlüssel wird an die E-Mail-Adresse des " "Hauptansprechpartners gesendet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fertigung" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Fertigung** hilft Herstellern bei der Planung, Planung und " -"Bearbeitung von Fertigungsaufträgen. Mit dem Bedienfeldern an den " -"Arbeitsplätzen stellen Sie Tablets in der Werkstatt auf, um Arbeitsaufträge " -"in Echtzeit zu kontrollieren und den Mitarbeitern die Möglichkeit zu geben, " -"Wartungsarbeiten, Feedbackschleifen, Qualitätsprobleme usw. auszulösen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr ":doc:`IoT-Boxen (MES) `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Wartung" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Wartung** hilft Ihnen, die Effektivität Ihrer Ausrüstung zu erhöhen, " +"indem Sie den Wartungsbedarf im Auge behalten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Ausrüstungswartung verwalten " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "Ausrüstungsverwaltung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "Neue Ausrüstung hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -16413,7 +16955,7 @@ msgstr "" "das die Odoo-Datenbank nutzt, oder einem Dritten, z. B. einem Lieferanten im" " Falle einer Ausrüstungsvermietung." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -16427,11 +16969,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ausrüstung --> Maschinen & Werkzeuge --> Neu` und " "konfigurieren Sie das Gerät wie folgt:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Name der Ausrüstung`: der Produktname des Geräts" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -16443,16 +16985,16 @@ msgstr "" "Sie erstellen, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " "Ausrüstungskategorien` navigieren und auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -":guilabel:` Unternehmen`: das Unternehmen, dem die Geräte gehören; auch hier" -" kann es sich um das Unternehmen handeln, das die Odoo-Datenbank verwendet, " +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: das Unternehmen, dem die Geräte gehören; auch hier " +"kann es sich um das Unternehmen handeln, das die Odoo-Datenbank verwendet, " "oder um ein Drittunternehmen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " @@ -16463,7 +17005,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Andere`, um sowohl einen Mitarbeiter als auch eine Abteilung " "anzugeben" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -16477,7 +17019,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Neu` klicken; die Mitglieder jedes Teams können auch von dieser " "Seite aus zugewiesen werden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -16492,7 +17034,7 @@ msgstr "" " soll; jede Person, die Odoo als Benutzer hinzugefügt wurde, kann als " "Techniker zugewiesen werden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " @@ -16502,7 +17044,7 @@ msgstr "" "dies ist ein einfaches Textfeld, das verwendet werden kann, um Orte " "anzugeben, die keine Arbeitsplätze sind, wie z. B. ein Büro" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -16517,17 +17059,17 @@ msgstr "" "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` einen neuen Arbeitsplatz erstellen und auf den " "Reiter :guilabel:`Ausrüstung` im Formular für den Arbeitsplatz klicken" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" "Ein Beispiel für ein vollständig konfiguriertes Formular für neue " "Ausrüstung." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "Zusätzliche Produktinformationen erfassen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" @@ -16535,26 +17077,26 @@ msgstr "" "Im Reiter :guilabel:`Produktinformationen` am unteren Ende des Formulars " "können Sie weitere Einzelheiten über die Ausrüstung angeben:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr ":guilabel:`Lieferant`: der Lieferant, bei dem das Gerät gekauft wurde" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lieferantenreferenz`: den dem Lieferanten zugewiesenen " "Referenzcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Modell`: das bestimmte Modell des Geräts" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Seriennummer`: die eindeutige Seriennummer des Geräts" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " @@ -16564,11 +17106,11 @@ msgstr "" "genommen wurde; dies wird zur Berechnung der :abbr:`MTBF (Mittlere Zeit " "zwischen den Ausfällen)` verwendet" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr ":guilabel:`Kosten`: der Betrag, für den die Ausrüstung gekauft wurde" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" @@ -16576,15 +17118,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ablaufdatum der Garantie`: das Datum, an dem die Garantie für das" " Gerät abläuft" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "Der Reiter Produktinformation für das neue Gerät." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "Wartungsdetails hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" @@ -16592,7 +17134,7 @@ msgstr "" "Der Reiter :guilabel:`Wartung` enthält Informationen, die für Wartungsteams " "nützlich sein können:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" @@ -16600,7 +17142,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Intervall der präventiven Wartung`: gibt an, wie oft die Wartung " "durchgeführt werden sollte, um einen Ausfall der Ausrüstung zu verhindern" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" @@ -16608,7 +17150,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Wartungsdauer`: die Zeitspanne, die benötigt wird, um das Gerät " "zu reparieren, wenn es ausfällt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" @@ -16617,11 +17159,11 @@ msgstr "" "durchschnittliche Betriebszeit, die das Gerät vor einem Ausfall " "voraussichtlich erreichen wird" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "Der Reiter Wartung für das neue Gerät." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -16634,7 +17176,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mittlere Reparaturdauer`. Diese Werte werden automatisch auf der " "Grundlage von Wartungsanfragen berechnet, sofern welche vorhanden sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" @@ -16644,15 +17186,46 @@ msgstr "" "das Gerät und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Wartung` in der oberen rechten Ecke des " "Formulars." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fertigung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" +"**Odoo Fertigung** hilft Herstellern bei der Planung, Planung und " +"Bearbeitung von Fertigungsaufträgen. Mit dem Bedienfeldern an den " +"Arbeitsplätzen stellen Sie Tablets in der Werkstatt auf, um Arbeitsaufträge " +"in Echtzeit zu kontrollieren und den Mitarbeitern die Möglichkeit zu geben, " +"Wartungsarbeiten, Feedbackschleifen, Qualitätsprobleme usw. auszulösen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: MRP `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Barcode-Scanner `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr ":doc:`IoT-Boxen (MES) `" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" -msgstr "Fertigungsverwaltung" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" +msgstr "Fertigungsabläufe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Eine Stückliste erstellen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -16665,7 +17238,7 @@ msgstr "" "einzelnen Schritte enthalten, die für die Fertigstellung eines " "Produktionsprozesses erforderlich sind." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " @@ -16675,7 +17248,7 @@ msgstr "" "werden, sodass sogar Produktvarianten ihre eigenen maßgeschneiderten " "Stücklisten haben können." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." @@ -16683,11 +17256,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die korrekte Einrichtung einer Stückliste hilft, den Fertigungsprozess zu " "optimieren und Zeit zu sparen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Eine Stückliste einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " @@ -16697,7 +17270,7 @@ msgstr "" "Anweisungen, nur mit Komponenten. In diesem Fall wird die Produktion " "ausschließlich mit *Fertigungsaufträgen* verwaltet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -16708,7 +17281,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie zu :menuselection:`Produkte --> Stücklisten`. Klicken Sie dann auf " ":guilabel:`Neu`. Geben Sie dann das :guilabel:`Produkt` an." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." @@ -16716,7 +17289,7 @@ msgstr "" "Eine Stückliste kann auch direkt aus dem Produktformular erstellt werden. In" " diesem Fall ist das Feld :guilabel:`Produkt` bereits ausgefüllt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -16740,11 +17313,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "Eine Stückliste einrichten." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "Eine Stückliste für eine Produktvariante festlegen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." @@ -16752,7 +17325,7 @@ msgstr "" "Stücklisten können auch bestimmten *Produktvarianten* zugewiesen werden, " "wobei zwei Einrichtungsoptionen zur Auswahl stehen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " @@ -16761,7 +17334,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um Produktvarianten Stücklisten zuzuordnen, müssen die Variantenattribute " "des Produkts bereits auf dem Produktformular konfiguriert sein." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -16780,11 +17353,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "Produktvarianten in der Stückliste." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "Vorgänge einrichten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -16798,7 +17371,7 @@ msgstr "" "aktivieren Sie zunächst die Funktion :guilabel:`Arbeitsaufträge` in " ":menuselection:`Fertigung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Vorgänge`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -16817,7 +17390,7 @@ msgstr "" " Vorgang nur für diese Variante gilt. Klicken Sie schließlich auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -16833,11 +17406,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "Funktion „Bestehende Vorgänge kopieren“" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Nebenprodukte zu einer Stückliste hinzufügen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -16848,7 +17421,7 @@ msgstr "" "zum Hauptprodukt einer Stückliste entsteht. Im Gegensatz zum Hauptprodukt " "kann es mehr als ein Nebenprodukt auf einer Stückliste geben." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -16858,7 +17431,7 @@ msgstr "" "die Funktion :guilabel:`Nebenprodukte` in :menuselection:`Fertigung --> " "Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Vorgänge`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -16877,6 +17450,154 @@ msgstr "" "Nebenprodukt hergestellt wird. Klicken Sie schließlich auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguration eines Fertigungsprodukts" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"Um ein Produkt in Odoo *Fertigung* herstellen zu können, muss das Produkt " +"richtig konfiguriert werden. Dazu müssen Sie die Route *Fertigung* " +"aktivieren und eine Stückliste für das Produkt konfigurieren. Sobald diese " +"Schritte abgeschlossen sind, kann das Produkt bei der Erstellung eines neuen" +" Fertigungsauftrags ausgewählt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "Die Fertigungsroute aktivieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"Die Fertigungsroute wird für jedes Produkt auf seiner eigenen Produktseite " +"aktiviert. Navigieren Sie dazu zunächst zu :menuselection:`Fertigung --> " +"Produkte --> Produkte`. Wählen Sie dann ein vorhandenes Produkt aus oder " +"erstellen Sie ein neues, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` klicken." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie auf der Produktseite den Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` und aktivieren " +"Sie dann das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Fertigung` im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Routen`. Dadurch wird Odoo mitgeteilt, dass das Produkt " +"hergestellt werden kann." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "Die Fertigungsroute im Reiter Lager der Produktseite." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "Eine Stückliste konfigurieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" +"Als nächstes muss eine Stückliste für das Produkt konfiguriert werden, damit" +" Odoo weiß, wie es hergestellt wird. Eine Stückliste ist eine Liste der " +"Komponenten und Vorgänge, die zur Herstellung eines Produkts erforderlich " +"sind." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" +"Um eine Stückliste für ein bestimmtes Produkt zu erstellen, navigieren Sie " +"zu :guilabel:`Fertigung --> Produkte --> Produkte` und wählen Sie dann das " +"Produkt aus. Klicken Sie auf der Produktseite auf die intelligente " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Stückliste` oben auf der Seite und wählen Sie dann " +":guilabel:`Neu`, um eine neue Stückliste zu konfigurieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "Die intelligente Schaltfläche der Stückliste auf der Produktseite." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" +"Das Feld :guilabel:`Produkt` auf der Stückliste wird automatisch mit dem " +"Produkt ausgefüllt. Geben Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Menge` die Anzahl der " +"Einheiten an, die die Stückliste produziert." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie der Stückliste eine Komponente hinzu, indem Sie den Reiter " +":guilabel:`Komponenten` wählen und auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` klicken." +" Wählen Sie eine Komponente aus dem Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Komponente` " +"und geben Sie dann die Menge in das Feld :guilabel:`Menge` ein. Fahren Sie " +"mit dem Hinzufügen von Komponenten in neuen Zeilen fort, bis Sie alle " +"Komponenten hinzugefügt haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Mehr erfahren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "Bausätze verwenden" @@ -17153,6 +17874,330 @@ msgstr "" "verwalten, die gefertigte Unterkomponenten erfordern, lesen Sie bitte " ":doc:`diese Dokumentation ` über Unterbaugruppen." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "Stücklisten für Produktvarianten verwalten" @@ -18938,528 +19983,20 @@ msgstr "" "die Arbeitsaufträge nicht an einen anderen Arbeitsplatz weitergeleitet, es " "sei denn, der erste Arbeitsplatz ist ausgelastet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "Qualitätsalarme erstellen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" -"Die Einrichtung von Qualitätskontrollpunkten ist eine gute Möglichkeit, um " -"sicherzustellen, dass Qualitätsprüfungen während bestimmter Arbeitsschritte " -"routinemäßig durchgeführt werden. Qualitätsprobleme können jedoch oft " -"außerhalb dieser geplanten Prüfungen auftreten. Mit Odoo *Qualität* können " -"Benutzer Qualitätsalarme für Probleme erstellen, die nicht durch " -"automatische Prozesse erkannt werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr ":doc:`Qualitätskontrollpunkte hinzufügen `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "Das Formular für Qualitätsalarme finden und ausfüllen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" -"In manchen Situationen ist es notwendig, Qualitätsalarme manuell im Modul " -"*Qualität* zu erstellen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" -"Ein Kundendienstbenutzer, der durch ein Kundenticket auf einen Produktfehler" -" aufmerksam gemacht wird, kann einen Alarm erstellen, der das zuständige " -"Qualitätsteam auf das Problem aufmerksam macht." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" -"Um einen neuen Qualitätsalarm zu erstellen, starten Sie im Modul " -":menuselection:`Qualität` und wählen Sie :menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle " -"--> Qualitätsalarme --> Neu`. Das Formular für den Qualitätsalarm kann dann " -"wie folgt ausgefüllt werden:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bezeichnung`: Wählen Sie einen prägnanten, aber aussagekräftigen " -"Titel für den Qualitätsalarm" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produkt`: das Produkt, zu dem der Qualitätsalarm erstellt wird" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produktvariante`: die spezifische Variante des Produkts, die das " -"Qualitätsproblem aufweist, falls zutreffend" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Los`: die dem Produkt zugewiesene Losnummer" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitsplatz`: der Arbeitsplatz, an dem das Qualitätsproblem " -"entstanden ist" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kommissionierung`: der Kommissioniervorgang, bei dem das " -"Qualitätsproblem entstanden ist" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Team`: das Qualitätsteam, das durch den Qualitätsalarm " -"benachrichtigt wird" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: die Person, die für die Verwaltung des " -"Qualitätsalarms verantwortlich ist" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Klassifizieren Sie den Qualitätsalarm anhand der " -"vom Benutzer erstellten Stichwörter" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Hauptursache`: die Ursache des Qualitätsproblems, falls bekannt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Priorität`: Vergeben Sie eine Priorität zwischen einem und drei " -"Sternen, um sicherzustellen, dass dringende Probleme vorrangig behandelt " -"werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" -"Die Reiter am unteren Rand des Formulars können verwendet werden, um den " -"Qualitätsteams zusätzliche Informationen zu liefern:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: Stellen Sie zusätzliche Details über das " -"Qualitätsproblem zur Verfügung" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Korrekturmaßnahmen`: die Methode zur Festsetzung der betroffenen " -"Produkte" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Präventive Maßnahmen`: Verfahren, die verhindern, dass das " -"Problem in Zukunft auftritt" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Sonstiges`: der Produktanbieter (falls zutreffend), das " -"Unternehmen, das das Produkt herstellt, und das zugewiesene Datum" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "Ein Beispiel eines vervollständigten Qualitätsalarmformular." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "Qualitätsalarme während des Fertigungsprozesses hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo ermöglicht es Mitarbeitern in der Fertigung, Qualitätsalarme innerhalb " -"eines Arbeitsauftrags zu erstellen, ohne auf das Modul *Qualität* zugreifen " -"zu müssen. Klicken Sie in der Tabletansicht des Arbeitsauftrags auf das " -"Hamburgermenü-Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke und wählen Sie " -":guilabel:`Qualitätsalarm`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "Zugriff auf das Menü des Arbeitsauftrags." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" -"Das Formular für den Qualitätsalarm kann dann wie im vorherigen Abschnitt " -"beschrieben ausgefüllt werden. Nach dem Speichern des Formulars erscheint " -"ein neuer Alarm auf dem Dashboard :guilabel:`Qualitätsalarme`, das Sie über " -"das Menü :menuselection:`Qualität --> Qualitätskontrolle` erreichen können." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "Vorhandene Qualitätsalarme verwalten" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" -"Standardmäßig werden Qualitätsalarme in einer Kanban-Ansicht organisiert. " -"Die Phasen der Kanban-Ansicht sind vollständig konfigurierbar und die Alarme" -" können per Drag-and-Drop oder innerhalb jedes Alarms von einer Phase zur " -"nächsten verschoben werden. Für die Anzeige von Alarmen stehen zusätzliche " -"Optionen zur Verfügung, darunter Diagramm-, Kalender- und Pivot-Tabellen-" -"Ansichten." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" -"Filtern Sie Alarme nach verschiedenen Kriterien wie Zuweisungsdatum oder " -"Abschlussdatum. Alarme können auch nach Qualitätsteam, Hauptursache oder " -"anderen Parametern gruppiert werden, die Sie im Menü der Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Filter` finden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle hinzufügen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie **Odoo Qualität**, um die Qualität der Produkte zu " -"kontrollieren, bevor sie ins Lager eingelagert werden, während der " -"Kommissionierung und beim Verlassen des Lagers für einen Lieferauftrag. " -"Durch die Erstellung von *Qualitätskontrollpunkten* können Hersteller " -"Qualitätsprüfungen einrichten, die automatisch an bestimmten Punkten der " -"Produktion ausgelöst werden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "Qualitätskontrollpunkte konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"Um einen neuen Qualitätskontrollpunkt zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu " -":menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle --> Kontrollpunkte --> Neu`. Füllen Sie " -"dann die folgenden Formularfelder entsprechend aus:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bezeichnung`: Geben Sie dem Qualitätskontrollpunkt einen " -"einfachen, aber aussagekräftigen Titel, damit die Teams in der Produktion " -"und ihn bei der Qualitätsprüfung leicht verstehen können." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produkte`: Geben Sie an, welche(s) Produkt(e) den spezifischen " -"Qualitätskontrollpunkt durchlaufen soll(en)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Vorgänge`: Legen Sie fest, welche(s) Vorgangsteam(s) die " -"Qualitätskontrolle durchführen soll(en) (z. B. `Fertigung`, `Wareneingänge`," -" `Lieferaufträge` usw.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Arbeitsauftragsvorgang`: Geben Sie für Fertigungsvorgänge im " -"Drop-down-Menü an, für welche Art von Arbeitsauftrag der " -"Qualitätskontrollpunkt gilt: :guilabel:`Manuelle Montage`, " -":guilabel:`Verpackung`, :guilabel:`Montage`, :guilabel:`Prüfung` oder " -":guilabel:`Langzeitmontage`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Fügen Sie das Unternehmen hinzu, das den " -"Qualitätskontrollpunkt implementieren wird. Normalerweise ist dies das " -"Unternehmen, dem die Odoo-Datenbank gehört. Sie können jedoch auch ein " -"Profil für mehrere Unternehmen oder Lieferanten auswählen, wenn es mehrere " -"Fertigungs- oder Änderungsstandorte gibt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kontrolltyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Alle " -"Vorgänge`, :guilabel:`Zufällig` oder :guilabel:`Regelmäßig`, um festzulegen," -" wie oft der Kontrollpunkt ausgeführt werden soll" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Typ`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü den Kontrollpunkttyp aus:" -" :guilabel:`Anweisungen`, :guilabel:`Bild aufnehmen`, :guilabel:`Bestanden -" -" Fehlgeschlagen`, oder :guilabel:`Wert`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Team`: Entscheiden Sie, welches Qualitätsteam die Ergebnisse der " -"Prüfung der Qualitätskontrollpunkte erhalten soll." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: Fügen Sie eine Person hinzu, die den Status und " -"die Entwicklung des Qualitätskontrollpunkts im Laufe der Zeit verwaltet." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Anweisungen`: beschreibt die durchzuführende Qualitätsprüfung" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mitteilung bei Fehler`: Geben Sie an, was zu tun ist, wenn die " -"Prüfung fehlschlägt." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Notizen`: Verwenden Sie diese Option, um zusätzliche " -"Informationen anzugeben." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" -"Ein Beispiel für ein ausgefülltes Formular für Qualitätskontrollpunkte für " -"einen Test zum Bestehen/Fehlschlagen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" -"Sobald ein Kontrollpunkt konfiguriert wurde, wird automatisch eine " -"Qualitätsprüfung erstellt und zugewiesen, wenn der angegebene Vorgang oder " -"Arbeitsauftrag erreicht wurde. Qualitätsprüfingen können Sie verwalten, " -"indem Sie :menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle --> Qualitätsprüfungen` wählen." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Um alle von einem Kontrollpunkt erstellten Qualitätsprüfungen zu sehen, " -"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle --> Kontrollpunkte`, wählen " -"Sie einen Kontrollpunkt aus und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Qualitätsprüfungen` in der oberen rechten Ecke." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "Anwendungsfall: Ein Qualitätsprüfung mit Messung konfigurieren" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" -"Um sicherzustellen, dass ein Produkt bestimmte Messanforderungen erfüllt, " -"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Messung` aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Typ`. Wenn " -"Sie die Qualitätsprüfung :guilabel:`Messung` auswählen, werden drei neue " -"Felder angezeigt: :guilabel:`Gerät`, :guilabel:`Norm` und " -":guilabel:`Toleranz`. Diese Felder können so konfiguriert werden, dass nur " -"Produkte, die innerhalb einer bestimmten Toleranz liegen, die Prüfung " -"bestehen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Gerät`: Wählen Sie das Messgerät, das für die Messung verwendet " -"werden soll (z .B. ein Maßband)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: Geben Sie das gewünschte Maß an, dem das Produkt " -"entsprechen soll, und die Maßeinheit, die verwendet werden soll" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Toleranz`: Wählen Sie den Bereich aus, in dem eine Messung liegen" -" kann, ohne die Prüfung zu verletzen (z. B. :guilabel:`von` 59,5 mm " -":guilabel:`bis` 60,5 mm)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Ein Beispiel für ein Formular für Qualitätskontrollpunkte, das für die " -"Qualitätsprüfung einer Messung konfiguriert ist." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" -"Wenn das Formular mit den Qualitätskontrollpunkten vollständig ist, klicken " -"Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`. Jetzt wird dieser messungsbasierte Test für " -"die Produkte ausgelöst, die im Formular angegeben wurden." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" -"Wenn die Produktion des angegebenen Produkts den Vorgang erreicht, der eine " -"Prüfung der Messqualität erfordert, wird der zuständige " -"Fertigungsmitarbeiter aufgefordert, den Messwert in der Tabletansicht zu " -"erfassen und zu validieren. Für Produkte, deren Messwerte innerhalb der in " -"den Feldern :guilabel:`Toleranz` angegebenen Werte liegen, wird der Test " -"bestanden. Bei Produkten, die außerhalb dieser Werte gemessen werden, " -"schlägt der Test jedoch fehl. In diesem Fall würde der Mitarbeiter, der die " -"Prüfung durchgeführt hat, in der Tabletansicht einen Qualitätsalarm " -"erstellen. Dieser Qualitätsalarm kann dann vom Qualitätsmanagementteam " -"bearbeitet werden." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Einkauf" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Einkauf** hilft Ihnen, den Überblick über Kaufverträge, Angebote und " -"Einkaufsaufträge zu behalten. Erfahren Sie, wie Sie den Überblick über " -"Kostenvoranschläge behalten, Auffüllungen automatisieren und Ihre " -"Bestellungen verfolgen können." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Einkauf `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Einkauf `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -22362,3 +22899,768 @@ msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" "Maßeinheiten eines Produkts mit Ihren eigenen Einheiten in Odoo Einkauf " "festlegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Qualität" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "Qualitätsalarme erstellen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" +"Die Einrichtung von Qualitätskontrollpunkten ist eine gute Möglichkeit, um " +"sicherzustellen, dass Qualitätsprüfungen während bestimmter Arbeitsschritte " +"routinemäßig durchgeführt werden. Qualitätsprobleme können jedoch oft " +"außerhalb dieser geplanten Prüfungen auftreten. Mit Odoo *Qualität* können " +"Benutzer Qualitätsalarme für Probleme erstellen, die nicht durch " +"automatische Prozesse erkannt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr ":doc:`Qualitätskontrollpunkte hinzufügen `" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "Das Formular für Qualitätsalarme finden und ausfüllen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" +"In manchen Situationen ist es notwendig, Qualitätsalarme manuell im Modul " +"*Qualität* zu erstellen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" +"Ein Kundendienstbenutzer, der durch ein Kundenticket auf einen Produktfehler" +" aufmerksam gemacht wird, kann einen Alarm erstellen, der das zuständige " +"Qualitätsteam auf das Problem aufmerksam macht." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Um einen neuen Qualitätsalarm zu erstellen, starten Sie im Modul " +":menuselection:`Qualität` und wählen Sie :menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle " +"--> Qualitätsalarme --> Neu`. Das Formular für den Qualitätsalarm kann dann " +"wie folgt ausgefüllt werden:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bezeichnung`: Wählen Sie einen prägnanten, aber aussagekräftigen " +"Titel für den Qualitätsalarm" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkt`: das Produkt, zu dem der Qualitätsalarm erstellt wird" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produktvariante`: die spezifische Variante des Produkts, die das " +"Qualitätsproblem aufweist, falls zutreffend" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Los`: die dem Produkt zugewiesene Losnummer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsplatz`: der Arbeitsplatz, an dem das Qualitätsproblem " +"entstanden ist" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kommissionierung`: der Kommissioniervorgang, bei dem das " +"Qualitätsproblem entstanden ist" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Team`: das Qualitätsteam, das durch den Qualitätsalarm " +"benachrichtigt wird" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: die Person, die für die Verwaltung des " +"Qualitätsalarms verantwortlich ist" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Klassifizieren Sie den Qualitätsalarm anhand der " +"vom Benutzer erstellten Stichwörter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Hauptursache`: die Ursache des Qualitätsproblems, falls bekannt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priorität`: Vergeben Sie eine Priorität zwischen einem und drei " +"Sternen, um sicherzustellen, dass dringende Probleme vorrangig behandelt " +"werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" +"Die Reiter am unteren Rand des Formulars können verwendet werden, um den " +"Qualitätsteams zusätzliche Informationen zu liefern:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Beschreibung`: Stellen Sie zusätzliche Details über das " +"Qualitätsproblem zur Verfügung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Korrekturmaßnahmen`: die Methode zur Festsetzung der betroffenen " +"Produkte" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Präventive Maßnahmen`: Verfahren, die verhindern, dass das " +"Problem in Zukunft auftritt" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sonstiges`: der Produktanbieter (falls zutreffend), das " +"Unternehmen, das das Produkt herstellt, und das zugewiesene Datum" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "Ein Beispiel eines vervollständigten Qualitätsalarmformular." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "Qualitätsalarme während des Fertigungsprozesses hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo ermöglicht es Mitarbeitern in der Fertigung, Qualitätsalarme innerhalb " +"eines Arbeitsauftrags zu erstellen, ohne auf das Modul *Qualität* zugreifen " +"zu müssen. Klicken Sie in der Tabletansicht des Arbeitsauftrags auf das " +"Hamburgermenü-Symbol in der oberen linken Ecke und wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Qualitätsalarm`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "Zugriff auf das Menü des Arbeitsauftrags." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" +"Das Formular für den Qualitätsalarm kann dann wie im vorherigen Abschnitt " +"beschrieben ausgefüllt werden. Nach dem Speichern des Formulars erscheint " +"ein neuer Alarm auf dem Dashboard :guilabel:`Qualitätsalarme`, das Sie über " +"das Menü :menuselection:`Qualität --> Qualitätskontrolle` erreichen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "Vorhandene Qualitätsalarme verwalten" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" +"Standardmäßig werden Qualitätsalarme in einer Kanban-Ansicht organisiert. " +"Die Phasen der Kanban-Ansicht sind vollständig konfigurierbar und die Alarme" +" können per Drag-and-Drop oder innerhalb jedes Alarms von einer Phase zur " +"nächsten verschoben werden. Für die Anzeige von Alarmen stehen zusätzliche " +"Optionen zur Verfügung, darunter Diagramm-, Kalender- und Pivot-Tabellen-" +"Ansichten." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" +"Filtern Sie Alarme nach verschiedenen Kriterien wie Zuweisungsdatum oder " +"Abschlussdatum. Alarme können auch nach Qualitätsteam, Hauptursache oder " +"anderen Parametern gruppiert werden, die Sie im Menü der Schaltfläche " +":guilabel:`Filter` finden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "Qualitätskontrolle hinzufügen" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "Qualitätskontrollpunkte konfigurieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"Um einen neuen Qualitätskontrollpunkt zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle --> Kontrollpunkte --> Neu`. Füllen Sie " +"dann die folgenden Formularfelder entsprechend aus:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bezeichnung`: Geben Sie dem Qualitätskontrollpunkt einen " +"einfachen, aber aussagekräftigen Titel, damit die Teams in der Produktion " +"und ihn bei der Qualitätsprüfung leicht verstehen können." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produkte`: Geben Sie an, welche(s) Produkt(e) den spezifischen " +"Qualitätskontrollpunkt durchlaufen soll(en)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vorgänge`: Legen Sie fest, welche(s) Vorgangsteam(s) die " +"Qualitätskontrolle durchführen soll(en) (z. B. `Fertigung`, `Wareneingänge`," +" `Lieferaufträge` usw.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Arbeitsauftragsvorgang`: Geben Sie für Fertigungsvorgänge im " +"Drop-down-Menü an, für welche Art von Arbeitsauftrag der " +"Qualitätskontrollpunkt gilt: :guilabel:`Manuelle Montage`, " +":guilabel:`Verpackung`, :guilabel:`Montage`, :guilabel:`Prüfung` oder " +":guilabel:`Langzeitmontage`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Fügen Sie das Unternehmen hinzu, das den " +"Qualitätskontrollpunkt implementieren wird. Normalerweise ist dies das " +"Unternehmen, dem die Odoo-Datenbank gehört. Sie können jedoch auch ein " +"Profil für mehrere Unternehmen oder Lieferanten auswählen, wenn es mehrere " +"Fertigungs- oder Änderungsstandorte gibt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Kontrolltyp`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`Alle " +"Vorgänge`, :guilabel:`Zufällig` oder :guilabel:`Regelmäßig`, um festzulegen," +" wie oft der Kontrollpunkt ausgeführt werden soll" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Typ`: Wählen Sie aus dem Drop-down-Menü den Kontrollpunkttyp aus:" +" :guilabel:`Anweisungen`, :guilabel:`Bild aufnehmen`, :guilabel:`Bestanden -" +" Fehlgeschlagen`, oder :guilabel:`Wert`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Team`: Entscheiden Sie, welches Qualitätsteam die Ergebnisse der " +"Prüfung der Qualitätskontrollpunkte erhalten soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Verantwortlich`: Fügen Sie eine Person hinzu, die den Status und " +"die Entwicklung des Qualitätskontrollpunkts im Laufe der Zeit verwaltet." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Anweisungen`: beschreibt die durchzuführende Qualitätsprüfung" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mitteilung bei Fehler`: Geben Sie an, was zu tun ist, wenn die " +"Prüfung fehlschlägt." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Notizen`: Verwenden Sie diese Option, um zusätzliche " +"Informationen anzugeben." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" +"Ein Beispiel für ein ausgefülltes Formular für Qualitätskontrollpunkte für " +"einen Test zum Bestehen/Fehlschlagen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" +"Sobald ein Kontrollpunkt konfiguriert wurde, wird automatisch eine " +"Qualitätsprüfung erstellt und zugewiesen, wenn der angegebene Vorgang oder " +"Arbeitsauftrag erreicht wurde. Qualitätsprüfingen können Sie verwalten, " +"indem Sie :menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle --> Qualitätsprüfungen` wählen." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" +"Um alle von einem Kontrollpunkt erstellten Qualitätsprüfungen zu sehen, " +"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Qualitätskontrolle --> Kontrollpunkte`, wählen " +"Sie einen Kontrollpunkt aus und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Qualitätsprüfungen` in der oberen rechten Ecke." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "Anwendungsfall: Ein Qualitätsprüfung mit Messung konfigurieren" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" +"Um sicherzustellen, dass ein Produkt bestimmte Messanforderungen erfüllt, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Messung` aus dem Dropdown-Menü :guilabel:`Typ`. Wenn " +"Sie die Qualitätsprüfung :guilabel:`Messung` auswählen, werden drei neue " +"Felder angezeigt: :guilabel:`Gerät`, :guilabel:`Norm` und " +":guilabel:`Toleranz`. Diese Felder können so konfiguriert werden, dass nur " +"Produkte, die innerhalb einer bestimmten Toleranz liegen, die Prüfung " +"bestehen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gerät`: Wählen Sie das Messgerät, das für die Messung verwendet " +"werden soll (z .B. ein Maßband)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: Geben Sie das gewünschte Maß an, dem das Produkt " +"entsprechen soll, und die Maßeinheit, die verwendet werden soll" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Toleranz`: Wählen Sie den Bereich aus, in dem eine Messung liegen" +" kann, ohne die Prüfung zu verletzen (z. B. :guilabel:`von` 59,5 mm " +":guilabel:`bis` 60,5 mm)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" +"Ein Beispiel für ein Formular für Qualitätskontrollpunkte, das für die " +"Qualitätsprüfung einer Messung konfiguriert ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" +"Wenn das Formular mit den Qualitätskontrollpunkten vollständig ist, klicken " +"Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`. Jetzt wird dieser messungsbasierte Test für " +"die Produkte ausgelöst, die im Formular angegeben wurden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" +"Wenn die Produktion des angegebenen Produkts den Vorgang erreicht, der eine " +"Prüfung der Messqualität erfordert, wird der zuständige " +"Fertigungsmitarbeiter aufgefordert, den Messwert in der Tabletansicht zu " +"erfassen und zu validieren. Für Produkte, deren Messwerte innerhalb der in " +"den Feldern :guilabel:`Toleranz` angegebenen Werte liegen, wird der Test " +"bestanden. Bei Produkten, die außerhalb dieser Werte gemessen werden, " +"schlägt der Test jedoch fehl. In diesem Fall würde der Mitarbeiter, der die " +"Prüfung durchgeführt hat, in der Tabletansicht einen Qualitätsalarm " +"erstellen. Dieser Qualitätsalarm kann dann vom Qualitätsmanagementteam " +"bearbeitet werden." diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 6d93e76c6..3fd814349 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *E-Mail-Marketing* bietet professionelle E-Mail-Designtools, Vorlagen " "und Funktionen, die den ansonsten komplexen Prozess der Erstellung " "ansprechender E-Mails, der Erstellung erfolgreicher Kampagnen und der " -"Verfolgung ihrer Gesamtwirksamkeit in einer einzigen Anwendung vereinfachen." +"Verfolgung ihrer Gesamteffektivität in einer einzigen App vereinfachen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 @@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ msgid "" "located on the main Odoo dashboard, which leads to the main :guilabel:`Email" " Marketing` dashboard (in the default kanban view)." msgstr "" -"Um loszulegen, klicken Sie auf das Appsymbol :menuselection:`E-Mail-" -"Marketing` im Odoo-Hauptdashboard, das Sie zum Hauptdashboard des " -":guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketings` (in der Standard-Kanbanansicht) führt." +"Klicken Sie zum Loslegen im Odoo-Hauptdashboard auf die App " +":menuselection:`E-Mail-Marketing`, wodurch Sie zum Hauptdashboard des " +":guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketings` (in der Standard-Kanbanansicht) gelangen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`In der Warteschlange`: bedeutet, dass die E-Mail geplant ist und " -"zu einem späteren Datum versendet wird." +"zu einem späteren Zeitpunkt versendet wird." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ msgid "" "campaigns that have been created, and the stage they are in represents the " "current status of that mailing." msgstr "" -"In jeder Phase gibt es Drag-and-Drop-Karten, die die erstellten E-Mail-" +"In jeder Phase gibt es Drag-and-drop-Karten, die die erstellten E-Mail-" "Kampagnen darstellen, und die Phase, in der sie sich befinden, repräsentiert" " den aktuellen Status dieses Mailings." @@ -179,8 +179,8 @@ msgid "" "Each mailing block on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard provides key" " information related to that specific email." msgstr "" -"Jeder Mailingblock auf dem :guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketing`-Dashboard bietet " -"wichtige Informationen zu dieser speziellen E-Mail." +"Jeder Mailingblock auf dem :guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketing`-Dashboard liefert " +"wichtige Informationen zu dieser bestimmten E-Mail." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ msgid "" "use." msgstr "" "Wenn der Mauszeiger über der oberen rechten Ecke einer E-Mail-Kampagnenkarte" -" schwebt, erscheinen drei vertikale Punkte (:guilabel:`⋮`). Wenn sie " +" streift, erscheinen drei vertikale Punkte (:guilabel:`⋮`). Wenn sie " "angeklickt werden, erscheint ein kleines Drop-down-Menü mit der Option, die " "E-Mail farblich zu kennzeichnen, die E-Mail komplett zu :guilabel:`Löschen` " "oder die Nachricht für eine mögliche spätere Verwendung zu " @@ -201,8 +201,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Dreipunkt-Drop-down-Menüs auf dem Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-" -"Dashboard." +"Ansicht des Dreipunkt-Drop-down-Menüs auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-Dashboard in " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -210,9 +210,9 @@ msgid "" " there are other view options to choose from: :guilabel:`List` and " ":guilabel:`Graph`." msgstr "" -"In der oberen rechten Ecke des Hauptdashboards :guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketing` " -"gibt es weitere Ansichtsoptionen zur Auswahl: :guilabel:`Liste` und " -":guilabel:`Grafik`." +"In der oberen rechten Ecke des Hauptdashboards der :guilabel:`E-Mail-" +"Marketing`-App stehen weitere Ansichtsoptionen zur Auswahl: " +":guilabel:`Liste` und :guilabel:`Grafik`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 @@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "How the List view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." -msgstr "Wie die Listenansicht in der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App erscheint." +msgstr "Wie die Listenansicht in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "Graph view" @@ -256,8 +256,8 @@ msgid "" "In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` menu, providing " "even more filter options to further customize the graph views." msgstr "" -"In der oberen linken Ecke befindet sich das Menü :guilabel:`Werte`, das noch" -" mehr Filteroptionen zur weiteren Anpassung der Grafikansichten bietet." +"In der oberen linken Ecke befindet sich das Menü :guilabel:`Werte`, das " +"weitere Filteroptionen zur weiteren Anpassung der Grafikansichten bietet." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -265,9 +265,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Color Index`, and :guilabel:`Count` (which is selected, by " "default)." msgstr "" -"Diese :guilabel:`Werte`-Optionen sind: :guilabel:`A/B-Testing-Prozentsatz`, " -":guilabel:`Farbkennzeichnung`, und :guilabel:`Anzahl` (standardmäßig " -"ausgewählt)." +"Diese :guilabel:`Werte`-Optionen sind: :guilabel:`Prozentsatz des " +"A/B-Tests`, :guilabel:`Farbkennzeichnung` und :guilabel:`Anzahl` " +"(standardmäßig ausgewählt)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 msgid "Filters, Group By, and Favorites search options" @@ -319,8 +319,8 @@ msgid "" "View of filters drop-down menu options on the Odoo Email Marketing " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüoptionen für Filter auf dem Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-" -"Dashboard." +"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüoptionen für Filter auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-" +"Dashboard in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:121 msgid "Group By" @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dieses Drop-down-Menü bietet zusätzliche Möglichkeiten, die Daten auf dem " "Dashboard zu organisieren, indem Sie sie auf bestimmte Weise gruppieren. Mit" " diesem Drop-down-Menü können Sie die Daten nach dem :guilabel:`Status` oder" -" nach dem :guilabel:`Gesendet von` gruppieren." +" nach :guilabel:`Gesendet von` gruppieren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -347,7 +347,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Es gibt auch die Möglichkeit, die Daten nach :guilabel:`Gesendete Periode` " "zu gruppieren, wofür ein eigenes Untermenü mit Optionen zur Verfügung steht." -" Die Optionen :guilabel:`Gesendete Periode` sind :guilabel:`Jahr`, " +" Die Optionen :guilabel:`Versandperiode` sind :guilabel:`Jahr`, " ":guilabel:`Quartal`, :guilabel:`Monat`, :guilabel:`Woche` und " ":guilabel:`Tag`." @@ -369,8 +369,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für „Gruppieren nach“ auf dem Odoo E-Mail-" -"Marketing-Dashboard." +"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für „Gruppieren nach“ auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-" +"Dashboard in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" @@ -387,15 +387,15 @@ msgstr "" "und andere Datensatz-bezogene Optionen zur Anpassung des Dashboards " "einzubinden. Die Optionen sind: :guilabel:`Aktuelle Suche speichern`, " ":guilabel:`Datensätze importieren`, :guilabel:`Zu meinem Dashboard " -"hinzufügen`, und :guilabel:`Zu Google Tabellen hinzufügen`." +"hinzufügen` und :guilabel:`Zu Google Tabellen hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 msgid "" "View of the Favorites drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für Favoriten auf dem Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-" -"Dashboard." +"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für Favoriten auf dem E-Mail-Marketing-Dashboard" +" in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" @@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." -msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite in der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App." +msgstr "Ansicht der Einstellungsseite in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -475,7 +475,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des leeren E-Mail-Detailformulars in der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App." +"Ansicht des leeren E-Mail-Detailformulars in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -483,7 +484,7 @@ msgid "" "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie zunächst einen :guilabel:`Betreff` in die E-Mail ein. Der " +"Geben Sie zunächst einen :guilabel:`Betreff` für die E-Mail ein. Der " ":guilabel:`Betreff` ist im Posteingang des Empfängers sichtbar, sodass er " "schnell erkennen kann, worum es in der Nachricht geht." @@ -502,7 +503,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon to reveal a menu of emojis that can be used" " in either field." msgstr "" -"Das Symbol :guilabel:`☺ (Smiley)` am Ende des Feldes :guilabel:`Betreff` " +"Das Symbol :guilabel:`☺ (Smiley)` am Ende des :guilabel:`Betreff`-Feldes " "(und :guilabel:`Vorschautext`) steht für Emojis. Klicken Sie auf das Symbol " ":guilabel:`☺ (Smiley)`, um ein Menü mit Emojis anzuzeigen, die in den " "Feldern verwendet werden können." @@ -514,8 +515,8 @@ msgid "" " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" "Als nächstes besteht die Möglichkeit, einen :guilabel:`Vorschautext` " -"einzugeben. Dieser Text ist ein einprägsamer Vorschautext, der den Empfänger" -" dazu anregt, die Nachricht zu öffnen. In den meisten Posteingängen wird er " +"einzugeben. Dieser Text ist eine einprägsame Vorschau, die den Empfänger " +"dazu anregt, die Nachricht zu öffnen. In den meisten Posteingängen wird sie " "neben dem Betreff angezeigt" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 @@ -523,7 +524,7 @@ msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -"Lassen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Vorschautext` leer, um stattdessen die ersten" +"Lassen Sie das :guilabel:`Vorschautext`-Feld leer, um stattdessen die ersten" " Zeichen des E-Mail-Inhalts anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 @@ -536,13 +537,14 @@ msgid "" "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." msgstr "" "Danach ist es an der Zeit, die Empfänger dieser E-Mail auszuwählen, was in " -"dem Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` ausgefüllt werden kann." +"dem :guilabel:`Empfänger`-Feld ausgefüllt werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für Empfänger in der Odoo E-Mail-Marketing-App." +"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs für Empfänger in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -569,7 +571,7 @@ msgid "" "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -"Wenn das Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` angeklickt wird, erscheint ein Drop-" +"Wenn das :guilabel:`Empfänger`-Feld angeklickt wird, erscheint ein Drop-" "down-Menü mit weiteren Optionen. Jede Option bietet verschiedene " "Möglichkeiten, wie Odoo eine Zielgruppe für die E-Mail erstellen kann." @@ -599,16 +601,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kontakt`: Der Filter konzentriert sich auf bestimmte Kontakte in" -" der Datenbank." +":guilabel:`Kontakt`: Der Filter konzentriert sich auf bestimmte Kontakte in " +"der Datenbank." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Veranstaltungsanmeldung`: Filter konzentriert sich auf Personen " -"in der Datenbank, die Veranstaltungsanmeldungen gekauft haben." +":guilabel:`Veranstaltungsanmeldung`: Der Filter konzentriert sich auf " +"Personen in der Datenbank, die Veranstaltungsanmeldungen gekauft haben." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" @@ -680,16 +682,16 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um die Optionen des Untermenüs anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf jedes Feld und " "treffen Sie die gewünschte Auswahl, bis Sie die gewünschte Konfiguration " -"erreicht haben. Die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Datensätze`, die der/den Regel(n) " -"entsprechen, wird rechts neben dem Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` in grün " -"angezeigt." +"erreicht haben. Die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Datensätze`, die der Regel bzw. " +"den Regeln entsprechen, wird rechts neben dem Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` in " +"grün angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -"Ansicht, wie Empfängerfilter in Odoo E-Mail-Marketing angepasst werden " -"können." +"Ansicht, wie Empfängerfilter in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo angepasst " +"werden können." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 @@ -747,18 +749,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Im Reiter :guilabel:`E-Mail-Text` können Sie aus einer Reihe von " "vorkonfigurierten Nachrichtenvorlagen wählen. Wählen Sie die gewünschte " -"Vorlage aus und ändern Sie jedes Element der Designdetails mit den Drag-and-" -"Drop-Bausteinen von Odoo, die sich in der rechten Seitenleiste befinden. " -"Jeder Baustein bietet einzigartige Funktionen und professionelle " -"Designelemente." +"Vorlage aus und ändern Sie jedes Element des Designs mit den Drag-and-drop-" +"Bausteinen von Odoo, die sich in der rechten Seitenleiste befinden. Jeder " +"Baustein bietet einzigartige Funktionen und professionelle Designelemente." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the building blocks used to create mailings in Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Bausteine, die zur Erstellung von Mailings in Odoo E-Mail-" -"Marketing verwendet werden." +"Ansicht der Bausteine, die zur Erstellung von Mailings in der E-Mail-" +"Marketing-App in Odoo verwendet werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -772,10 +773,10 @@ msgstr "" "Um eine E-Mail von Grund auf neu zu erstellen, wählen Sie die Vorlage " ":guilabel:`Einfacher Text` und Odoo stellt eine leere E-Mail-Vorlage zur " "Verfügung, die auf verschiedene Weise angepasst werden kann – entweder mit " -"der Online-Textverarbeitung des Frontends, der Schrägstrichbefehle " +"der Online-Textverarbeitung des Frontends, die Schrägstrichbefehle " "(:guilabel:`/`) akzeptiert, oder mit dem XML-Code-Editor, wenn der " -":ref:`Entwicklermodus (Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus)` aktiviert und das Symbol " -":guilabel:`` angeklickt ist." +":ref:`Entwicklermodus (Fehlerbeseitigungsmodus) ` aktiviert " +"und das Symbol :guilabel:`` angeklickt ist." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" @@ -816,8 +817,8 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without settings " "activated." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Reiters „Einstellungen“ in der Odoo-E-Mail-Marketing-App ohne " -"aktivierte Einstellungen." +"Ansicht des Reiters „Einstellungen“ in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo ohne" +" aktivierte Einstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" @@ -850,8 +851,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Anhänge`: Wenn bestimmte Dokumente für die Einladung zu dieser " -"Veranstaltung benötigt werden (oder hilfreich sind), können sie mit dieser " -"E-Mail mitgeschickt werden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`EINE DATEI ANHÄNGEN` " +"Veranstaltung benötigt werden (oder hilfreich sind), können sie dieser " +"E-Mail angehängt werden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`EINE DATEI ANHÄNGEN` " "klicken und das/die entsprechende(n) Dokument(e) hinzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 @@ -868,8 +869,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Reiters „Einstellungen“ in Odoo E-Mail-Marketing, wenn die " -"Einstellungen aktiviert sind." +"Ansicht des Reiters „Einstellungen“ in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo, " +"wenn die Einstellungen aktiviert sind." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" @@ -877,7 +878,7 @@ msgid "" "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" "Die zusätzlichen Funktionen sind: :guilabel:`Mailingkampagne`, " -":guilabel:`A/B-Testing zulassen` und :guilabel:`A/B-Testing-Prozentsatz`." +":guilabel:`A/B-Tests zulassen` und :guilabel:`Prozentsatz des A/B-Tests`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" @@ -900,8 +901,8 @@ msgid "" "View of a mailing campaign drop-down menu in Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs einer Mailingskampagne in der Odoo-E-Mail-" -"Marketing-App." +"Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs einer Mailingskampagne in der E-Mail-Marketing-" +"App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -928,10 +929,10 @@ msgid "" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -"Um eine neue Kampagne in diesem Feld :guilabel:`Mailingkampagne` zu " -"erstellen, geben Sie den Namen der neuen Kampagne ein und wählen Sie " +"Um eine neue Kampagne in diesem :guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Feld zu erstellen, " +"geben Sie den Namen der neuen Kampagne ein und wählen Sie " ":guilabel:`[Kampagnenname] erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und " -"bearbeiten ...`." +"bearbeiten ...`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" @@ -940,7 +941,7 @@ msgid "" "Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and Odoo reveals " "a pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`, um diese neue Mailing-Kampagne zur " +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`, um diese neue Mailingkampagne zur " "Datenbank hinzuzufügen und ihre Einstellungen in Zukunft zu ändern. Klicken " "Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen und Bearbeiten ...`, um diese neue " "Mailingkampagne zur Datenbank hinzuzufügen. Odoo öffnet ein Pop-up-Fenster." @@ -950,8 +951,8 @@ msgid "" "View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Ansicht des Pop-up-Fensters einer Mailingskampagne in der Odoo-E-Mail-" -"Marketing-App." +"Ansicht des Pop-up-Fensters einer Mailingskampagne in der E-Mail-Marketing-" +"App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -970,10 +971,10 @@ msgid "" " related to the campaign. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate, more " "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -"Die obere Zeile des Pop-up-Fensters :guilabel:`Mailingkampagne erstellen` " -"ist mit analytischen intelligenten Schaltflächen gefüllt. Jede von ihnen " -"zeigt verschiedene Metriken im Zusammenhang mit der Kampagne an. Wenn Sie " -"darauf klicken, öffnet Odoo eine separate, detailliertere Seite mit noch " +"Die obere Zeile des Pop-up-Fensters :guilabel:`Kampagne erstellen` ist mit " +"analytischen intelligenten Schaltflächen gefüllt. Jede von ihnen zeigt " +"verschiedene Metriken im Zusammenhang mit der Kampagne an. Wenn Sie darauf " +"klicken, öffnet Odoo eine separate, detailliertere Seite mit noch " "detaillierteren Statistiken." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 @@ -1008,7 +1009,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn die Funktion :guilabel:`Mailingkampagnen` aktiviert ist, erscheint eine" " neue Option :guilabel:`Kampagnen` in der Kopfzeile der *E-Mail-" "Marketing*-App. Auf dieser :guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Seite in der *E-Mail-" -"Marketing*-App können auch Kampagnen erstellt werden." +"Marketing*-App können Sie ebenfalls Kampagnen erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" @@ -1017,15 +1018,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can" " be added directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie dazu zu :guilabel:`E-Mail-Marketing --> Kampagnen --> Neu`. " -"Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster, in dem der " +"Navigieren Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`E-Mail-Marketing --> Kampagnen --> " +"Neu`. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster, in dem der " ":guilabel:`Name der Kampagne`, :guilabel:`Verantwortliche` und " ":guilabel:`Stichwörter` direkt auf dem :guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Dashboard " "hinzugefügt werden können." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." -msgstr "Ansicht des Pop-up-Fensters für Kampagnen in Odoo E-Mail-Marketing." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht des Pop-up-Fensters für Kampagnen in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in " +"Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" @@ -1037,7 +1040,7 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um die Kampagne zur Datenbank " -"hinzuzufügen und sie später frei zu bearbeiten. Oder klicken Sie auf " +"hinzuzufügen und sie einfach später zu bearbeiten. Oder klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und Odoo zeigt das Formular für die Kampagnenvorlage " "auf einer separaten Seite an. Dort haben Sie die Möglichkeit, die Kampagne " "weiter zu bearbeiten, Mitteilungen im Zusammenhang mit der Kampagne zu " @@ -1057,10 +1060,10 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" "Zurück im Reiter :guilabel:`Einstellungen` des Mailings, wenn das Kästchen " -":guilabel:`A/B-Tests zulassen` markiert ist, werden die Empfänger nur einmal" -" angeschrieben. Auf diese Weise können verschiedene Mailings an zufällig " -"ausgewählte Empfänger verschickt werden. Auf diese Weise wird die " -"Gesamtwirksamkeit des Mailings getestet, und es müssen keine doppelten " +":guilabel:`A/B-Tests zulassen` angekreuzt ist, werden die Empfänger nur " +"einmal angeschrieben. Auf diese Weise können verschiedene Mailings an " +"zufällig ausgewählte Empfänger verschickt werden. So wird die " +"Gesamteffektivität des Mailings getestet, und es müssen keine doppelten " "Nachrichten verschickt werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 @@ -1072,7 +1075,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Das Feld :guilabel:`Prozentsatz des A/B-Tests` gibt den Prozentsatz der " "Kontakte in der Datenbank an, an die diese Nachricht im Rahmen des " -":guilabel:`A/B-Tests` versandt wird. Geben Sie eine Zahl zwischen `1-100` " +":guilabel:`A/B-Tests` gesendet wird. Geben Sie eine Zahl zwischen `1-100` " "ein. Die Empfänger werden nach dem Zufallsprinzip ausgewählt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 @@ -1094,7 +1097,7 @@ msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -"Im Modus :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` gibt es auch Schaltflächen zum " +"Im :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`-Modus gibt es auch Schaltflächen zum " ":guilabel:`Speichern` oder :guilabel:`Verwerfen` des Mailings." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 @@ -1191,10 +1194,10 @@ msgid "" "provide valuable leads for sales teams, communicate with focus groups " "participants, contact consumers directly for useful feedback, and more." msgstr "" -"Mailinglisten sind aus einer Reihe von Gründen wichtig. Mailinglisten können" -" wertvolle Leads für Verkaufsteams liefern, mit Teilnehmern von Fokusgruppen" -" kommunizieren, Verbraucher direkt für nützliches Feedback kontaktieren und " -"vieles mehr." +"Mailinglisten sind aus einer Vielzahl von Gründen wichtig. Mailinglisten " +"können wertvolle Leads für Verkaufsteams liefern, mit Teilnehmern von " +"Fokusgruppen kommunizieren, Verbraucher direkt für nützliches Feedback " +"kontaktieren und vieles mehr." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:10 msgid "Create mailing lists" @@ -1213,7 +1216,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the mailing list pop-up in the Odoo Email Marketing application." -msgstr "Ansicht des Mailinglisten-Pop-ups in der Odoo-E-Mail-Marketing-App." +msgstr "" +"Ansicht des Mailinglisten-Pop-ups in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1266,7 +1270,7 @@ msgid "" "separate contact detail form." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie auf die gewünschte Mailingliste klicken, erscheint eine separate " -"Seite :guilabel:`Mailinglisten-Kontakte`, auf der Kontakte zu dieser " +"Seite :guilabel:`Mailinglistenkontakte`, auf der Kontakte zu dieser " "speziellen Liste hinzugefügt werden können, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` " "klicken und die Kontaktinformationen direkt in ein separates Formular für " "Kontaktdetails eingeben." @@ -1277,8 +1281,8 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts`. Doing so reveals a" " separate page with all the mailing list contacts in the database." msgstr "" -"Oder navigieren Sie in der :menuselection:`E-Mail-Marketing`-App auf " -":menuselection:`Mailinglisten --> Mailingslisten-Kontakte`. Daraufhin wird " +"Oder navigieren Sie in der :menuselection:`E-Mail-Marketing`-App zuf " +":menuselection:`Mailinglisten --> Mailingslistenkontakte`. Daraufhin wird " "eine separate Seite mit allen Kontakten der Mailingliste in der Datenbank " "angezeigt." @@ -1314,7 +1318,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a contact detail form with mailing list tab in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" "Ansicht des Detailformulars des Kontakts mit der Spalte „Mailingliste“ in " -"Odoo E-Mail-Marketing." +"E-Mail-Marketing in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:56 msgid "Create new mailing list from contact detail form" @@ -1328,10 +1332,9 @@ msgid "" "Edit...`." msgstr "" "Um eine Mailingliste aus dem Detailformular des Kontakts zu erstellen, " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, und geben Sie den Namen einer " -"neuen Mailingliste in das leere Feld ein, das erscheint. Wählen Sie dann " -"entweder :guilabel:`Erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten " -"...`." +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` und geben Sie den Namen einer " +"neuen Mailingliste in das leere Feld ein. Wählen Sie dann entweder " +":guilabel:`Erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1339,7 +1342,7 @@ msgid "" "Marketing." msgstr "" "Ansicht des Drop-down-Menüs der neuen Mailingsliste auf dem Kontaktformular " -"in Odoo E-Mail-Marketing." +"in der E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -1349,8 +1352,8 @@ msgid "" "a pop-up window, in which the new mailing list can be configured right away." msgstr "" "Mit der Option :guilabel:`Erstellen` wird die Mailingliste für das " -"Detailformular des Kontakts schnell erstellt, und die Liste kann später " -"konfiguriert werden. Die Option :guilabel:`Erstellen und Bearbeiten ...` " +"Detailformular des Kontakts schnell erstellt und die Liste kann später " +"konfiguriert werden. Die Option :guilabel:`Erstellen und bearbeiten ...` " "erstellt die Mailingliste und öffnet ein Pop-up-Fenster, in dem die neue " "Mailingliste sofort konfiguriert werden kann." @@ -1387,7 +1390,7 @@ msgstr "" "Frontend der Website und rufen den :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`-Modus auf, indem " "Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` klicken. Wenn Sie " "darauf klicken, zeigt Odoo eine rechte Seitenleiste an, die mit Drag-and-" -"Drop-Bausteinen gefüllt ist, die verschiedene Funktionen, Optionen und " +"drop-Bausteinen gefüllt ist, die verschiedene Funktionen, Optionen und " "Designelemente enthalten." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:86 @@ -1520,8 +1523,8 @@ msgstr "" "Den Empfängern die Möglichkeit zu geben, sich von Mailinglisten abzumelden, " "ist nicht nur eine kluge Geschäftspraxis, sondern oft auch gesetzlich " "vorgeschrieben. Indem man den Empfängern die Möglichkeit gibt, sich von " -"einer Mailingliste abzumelden, schafft man ein Gefühl des Vertrauens bei der" -" Zielgruppe und hilft Unternehmen, authentisch (und nicht als Spam) zu " +"einer Mailingliste abzumelden, schafft man bei der Zielgruppe ein Gefühl des" +" Vertrauens und hilft Unternehmen, authentisch (und nicht als Spam) zu " "erscheinen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:10 @@ -1538,15 +1541,15 @@ msgstr "" "Zunächst muss die Funktion *Schwarze Liste* aktiviert werden. Navigieren Sie" " dazu zu :menuselection:`E-Mail-Marketing --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen`, aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Option „Schwarze Liste“ bei " -"Abmeldung`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." +"Abmeldung` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email " "Marketing app." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Funktion „Schwarze Liste“ auf der Einstellungsseite der Odoo-E-" -"Mail-Marketing-App." +"Ansicht der Funktion „Schwarze Liste“ auf der Einstellungsseite der E-Mail-" +"Marketing-App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -1554,7 +1557,7 @@ msgid "" " recipient clicks that link, Odoo reveals a :guilabel:`Unsubscriptions` " "page, where they can directly manage their subscriptions." msgstr "" -"Wenn diese Funktion aktiviert ist, erscheint in den Mailings ein Link " +"Wenn diese Funktion aktiviert ist, erscheint in den Mailings ein Link zum " "*Abmelden*. Wenn ein Empfänger auf diesen Link klickt, öffnet Odoo eine " ":guilabel:`Abmeldungsseite`, auf der er seine Abonnements direkt verwalten " "kann." @@ -1565,7 +1568,7 @@ msgid "" "error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). To make sure the link is working " "properly, create the mailing, and only send it to a personal email." msgstr "" -"Bei einem Test-Mailing wird beim Anklicken des Links :guilabel:`Abmelden` " +"Bei einem Test-Mailing wird beim Anklicken des :guilabel:`Abmelden`-Links " "eine Fehlerseite angezeigt (*Fehler 403 – Zugriff verweigert*). Um " "sicherzustellen, dass der Link richtig funktioniert, erstellen Sie das " "Mailing und senden Sie es nur an eine persönliche E-Mail." @@ -1632,12 +1635,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Im :guilabel:`Chatter` dieser Seite befindet sich eine mit einem Zeitstempel" " versehene Nachricht, die den Benutzer darüber informiert, wann der " -"Empfänger sich selbst auf die schwarze Liste gesetzt hat (über einen " -":guilabel:`E-Mail auf schwarze Kiste gesetzt`-Protokollvermerk)." +"Empfänger sich selbst auf die schwarze Liste gesetzt hat (über eine Notiz " +":guilabel:`E-Mail auf schwarze Kiste erstellt`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:56 msgid "Unblacklist contacts" -msgstr "Kontakte aus der schwarzen Liste entfernen" +msgstr "Kontakte von der schwarzen Liste entfernen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -1658,10 +1661,10 @@ msgid "" "contact was removed from the blacklist." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Von schwarzer Liste entfernen` klicken, erscheint " -"ein Pop-up. In diesem Pop-up wird die spezifische E-Mail-Adresse aufgelistet" -" und es gibt ein Feld :guilabel:`Begründung`, in das eine Begründung " -"eingegeben werden kann, der erklärt, warum dieser bestimmte Kontakt von der " -"schwarzen Liste entfernt wurde." +"ein Pop-up-Fenster. In diesem Pop-up-Fenster wird die spezifische E-Mail-" +"Adresse aufgelistet und es gibt ein Feld zur :guilabel:`Begründung`, in das " +"ein Grund eingegeben werden kann, der erklärt, warum dieser bestimmte " +"Kontakt von der schwarzen Liste entfernt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -1669,7 +1672,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" "Ansicht des Pop-up-Fensters für Entfernung von der schwarzen Liste in der " -"Odoo-E-Mail-Marketing-App." +"E-Mail-Marketing-App in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1687,11 +1690,11 @@ msgstr "Veranstaltungen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Veranstaltungen `_" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Veranstaltungen `_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" -msgstr "Grundlegende Informationen zu Odoo Veranstaltung" +msgstr "Grundlegende Informationen zu Odoo Veranstaltungen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1712,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:11 msgid "Kanban concepts and organization" -msgstr "Kanban-Konzepte und -Organisation" +msgstr "Kanban-Konzepte und Organisation" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -1722,11 +1725,11 @@ msgid "" "date/time of the event, along with the number of expected (and confirmed) " "attendees." msgstr "" -"Um loszulegen, klicken Sie auf die :guilabel:`Veranstaltungen`-App auf dem " -"Hauptdashboard, die dann zur Kanban-Ansicht führt, die mit einer Vielzahl " -"von Pipeline-Phasen gefüllt ist. Auf jeder Veranstaltungskarte sind wichtige" -" Informationen aufgeführt, z. B. das Datum und die Uhrzeit der Veranstaltung" -" sowie die Anzahl der erwarteten (und bestätigten) Teilnehmer." +"Klicken Sie zum Loslegen auf die :guilabel:`Veranstaltungen`-App auf dem " +"Hauptdashboard, wodurch Sie zur Kanban-Ansicht gelangen, die mit einer " +"Vielzahl von Pipeline-Phasen gefüllt ist. Auf jeder Veranstaltungskarte sind" +" wichtige Informationen aufgeführt, z. B. das Datum und die Uhrzeit der " +"Veranstaltung sowie die Anzahl der erwarteten (und bestätigten) Teilnehmer." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -1744,11 +1747,11 @@ msgid "" "presentation, via the :guilabel:`Settings` menu to the right of each stage's" " title, which is represented by a gear icon." msgstr "" -"Um die Phasen neu anzuordnen, ziehen Sie sie einfach per Drag-and-Drop in " -"die richtige Reihenfolge. Phasen können im Kanban auch „eingeklappt“ werden," -" um eine übersichtlichere Darstellung zu erreichen. Dies geschieht über das " -"Menü :guilabel:`Einstellungen` rechts neben dem Titel jeder Phase, das durch" -" ein Zahnradsymbol dargestellt wird." +"Um die Phasen neu anzuordnen, ordnen Sie sie einfach per Drag-and-drop in " +"der richtigen Reihenfolge. Phasen können im Kanban für eine bessere " +"Übersicht auch „eingeklappt“ werden. Dies geschieht über das Menü " +":guilabel:`Einstellungen` rechts neben dem Titel jeder Phase, das durch ein " +"Zahnradsymbol dargestellt wird." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -1756,7 +1759,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+` icon when moused over." msgstr "" "Das Zahnradsymbol ist standardmäßig ausgeblendet und erscheint neben dem " -"-Symbol :guilabel:`+`, wenn man mit der Maus darüber fährt." +"Symbol :guilabel:`+`, wenn man mit der Maus darüber streift." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:29 msgid "When clicked, a drop-down menu of settings will appear." @@ -1801,7 +1804,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" ":guilabel:`Date`: includes the start and end dates/times for the event." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datum`: Beinhaltet das Start- und Enddatum sowie die Uhrzeiten " +":guilabel:`Datum`: beinhaltet das Start- und Enddatum sowie die Uhrzeiten " "der Veranstaltung." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:47 @@ -1809,7 +1812,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Timezone`: covers the timezone for when the event is taking " "place." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Zeitzone`: Deckt die Zeitzone ab, in der die Veranstaltung " +":guilabel:`Zeitzone`: deckt die Zeitzone ab, in der die Veranstaltung " "stattfindet." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:48 @@ -1818,7 +1821,7 @@ msgid "" "custom one and connect it here." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Vorlage`: Wählen Sie aus einer vorgefertigten " -"Veranstaltungsvorlage oder erstellen Sie eine eigene und verbinden Sie sie " +"Veranstaltungsvorlage oder erstellen Sie eine eigene und verknüpfen Sie sie " "hier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:50 @@ -1828,9 +1831,9 @@ msgid "" "useful when using search filters during reporting periods." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Stichwörter`: Fügen sie Stichwörter hinzu, um kurz anzugeben, " -"worum bei der Veranstaltung geht (z. B. „Messe“). Stichwörter helfen dabei, " -"die Veranstaltungskarten im Kanban besser zu organisieren und sind nützlich " -"bei der Verwendung von Suchfiltern in Berichtszeiträumen." +"worum es bei der Veranstaltung geht (z. B. „Messe“). Stichwörter helfen " +"dabei, die Veranstaltungskarten im Kanban besser zu organisieren und sind " +"nützlich bei der Verwendung von Suchfiltern in Berichtszeiträumen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -1839,7 +1842,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Organisator`: Geben Sie den/die Organisator(en) für die " "Veranstaltung an. Bei diesem Feld handelt es sich in der Regel um das " -"Unternehmen, das Eigentümer der Odoo-Datenbank ist, oder um einen Anbieter." +"Unternehmen, das Eigentümer der Odoo-Datenbank ist, oder um einen anderen " +"Dienstleister." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1872,7 +1876,7 @@ msgid "" "attendee registrations to a specified amount" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Anmeldungen beschränken`: Wenn aktiviert, begrenzt diese " -"Einstellung die Teilnehmeranmeldungen auf eine bestimmte Anzahl" +"Einstellung die Teilnehmeranmeldungen auf eine bestimmte Anzahl." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -1944,10 +1948,9 @@ msgstr "" "Konfigurieren Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Kommunikation` personalisierte " "E-Mail-, SMS- oder Social-Media-Beitragsnachrichten, um mit den " "Veranstaltungsteilnehmern in Kontakt zu bleiben. Klicken Sie für jede " -"Kommunikation auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` im Reiter " -":guilabel:`Kommunikation` und wählen Sie dann eine Kommunikationsvorlage aus" -" dem Drop-down-Menü in der Spalte :guilabel:`Vorlage` aus (oder erstellen " -"Sie eine)." +"Mitteilung im Reiter :guilabel:`Kommunikation` auf :guilabel:`Zeile " +"hinzufügen` und wählen Sie dann in der Spalte :guilabel:`Vorlage` eine " +"Kommunikationsvorlage aus dem Drop-down-Menü aus (oder erstellen Sie eine)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -1958,8 +1961,8 @@ msgid "" "to send communications `Immediately` after a specified :guilabel:`Trigger` " "is activated." msgstr "" -"Legen Sie danach das :guilabel:`Intervall` und die :guilabel:`Einheit` der " -"Zeit fest, wie oft die Mitteilung gesendet werden soll; verwenden Sie diese " +"Legen Sie danach das :guilabel:`Intervall` und die :guilabel:`Einheit` fest," +" wie oft die Mitteilung gesendet werden soll; verwenden Sie diese " "Zeitfelder, um festzulegen, wie häufig Mitteilungen gesendet werden sollen: " ":guilabel:`Stunden`, :guilabel:`Tage`, :guilabel:`Wochen` oder " ":guilabel:`Monate`. Es besteht auch die Möglichkeit, Mitteilungen `sofort` " @@ -2021,8 +2024,8 @@ msgstr "" "Reiter :guilabel:`Fragen` auf dem Veranstaltungsformular hinzugefügt (und " "erfasst) werden. Legen Sie für jede Frage fest, ob sie nur einmal gestellt " "werden soll, indem Sie das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Einmal pro Bestellung" -" fragen` aktivieren, oder ob die Frage eine :guilabel:`Pflichtfeld` " -"erfordert, wodurch die Frage für die Anmeldung erforderlich wird." +" fragen` aktivieren, oder ob die Frage eine :guilabel:`Antwort` erfordert, " +"wodurch die Frage für die Anmeldung erforderlich wird." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:120 msgid "" @@ -2119,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "" "Each message can be fully customized, and recipients can be added." msgstr "" "Im Einladungsvorlagenformular gibt es Optionen zum Versenden von E-Mail- " -"oder SMS-Einladungen. Jede Nachricht kann vollständig angepasst werden, und " +"oder SMS-Einladungen. Jede Nachricht kann vollständig angepasst werden und " "es können Empfänger hinzugefügt werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:161 @@ -2170,7 +2173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sobald eine Option aus diesem Menü ausgewählt wird (z. B. " ":guilabel:`Bewerber`, :guilabel:`Kontakt`, " -":guilabel:`Veranstaltungsanmeldung`, :guilabel:`Lead/Verkaufshance`, usw.), " +":guilabel:`Veranstaltungsanmeldung`, :guilabel:`Lead/Verkaufshance` usw.), " "sendet Odoo die Einladung an alle Empfänger, die dieser ersten Regel " "entsprechen. Sie können weitere Regeln hinzufügen, um die Empfänger " "einzugrenzen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Filter hinzufügen` klicken." @@ -2193,9 +2196,9 @@ msgstr "" "Durch Klick auf :guilabel:`Filter hinzufügen` erscheinen drei Felder, die " "wie eine Gleichung formatiert sind. Um die Optionen des Untermenüs " "anzuzeigen, klicken Sie auf jedes Feld und treffen Sie die gewünschte " -"Auswahl, bis Sie die gewünschte Konfiguration erreicht haben. Die Anzahl der" -" :guilabel:`Datensätze`, die der/den Regel(n) entsprechen, wird rechts neben" -" dem Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` in grün angezeigt." +"Auswahl, bis Sie die gewünschte Konfiguration festgelegt haben. Die Anzahl " +"der :guilabel:`Datensätze`, die der Regel bzw. den Regeln entsprechen, wird " +"rechts neben dem Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` in grün angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:194 msgid "" @@ -2207,7 +2210,7 @@ msgid "" "specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" "Rechts neben jeder Regel befinden Sie die Symbole :guilabel:`x`, " -":guilabel:`+`, and :guilabel:`...`. Das Symbol :guilabel:`x` löscht einen " +":guilabel:`+`, and :guilabel:`...` Das Symbol :guilabel:`x` löscht einen " "bestimmten Knoten (Zeile) der Regel. Das Symbol :guilabel:`+` fügt einen " "Knoten (Zeile) zur Regel hinzu. Und das Symbol :guilabel:`...` fügt dem " "Knoten einen Zweig hinzu. Ein Zweig bedeutet, dass der Regel zwei " @@ -2227,16 +2230,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Im Reiter :guilabel:`E-Mail-Text` können Sie aus einer Reihe von " "vorkonfigurierten Nachrichtenvorlagen wählen. Wählen Sie die gewünschte " -"Vorlage aus und ändern Sie jedes Element der Designdetails mit den Odoos " -"Drag-and-Drop-Bausteinen des Website-Builders, die sich in der rechten " -"Seitenleiste befinden." +"Vorlage aus und ändern Sie jedes Element der Designs mit dm Drag-and-drop-" +"Website-Builder von Odoo, die sich in der rechten Seitenleiste befinden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the drag and drop building blocks used to customize event invite " "emails." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Drag-and-Drop-Bausteine, die zur Anpassung der Einladungs-E-" +"Ansicht der Drag-and-drop-Bausteine, die zur Anpassung der Einladungs-E-" "Mails für Veranstaltungen verwendet werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:212 @@ -2247,10 +2249,10 @@ msgid "" " (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " "` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." msgstr "" -"Um eine E-Mail einer Veranstaltungseinladung von Grund auf neu zu erstellen," -" wählen Sie die Vorlage :guilabel:`Einfacher Text` und Odoo stellt eine " -"leere E-Mail-Vorlage zur Verfügung, die auf verschiedene Weise angepasst " -"werden kann, entweder mit der Online-Textverarbeitung des Frontends, der " +"Um eine E-Mail für Veranstaltungseinladung von Grund auf neu zu erstellen, " +"wählen Sie die Vorlage :guilabel:`Einfacher Text` und Odoo stellt eine leere" +" E-Mail-Vorlage zur Verfügung, die auf verschiedene Weise angepasst werden " +"kann, entweder mit der Online-Textverarbeitung des Frontends, der " "Schrägstrichbefehle (`/`) akzeptiert, oder mit dem XML-Code-Editor, wenn der" " :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` aktiviert und das Symbol " ":guilabel:`` angeklickt ist." @@ -2264,7 +2266,7 @@ msgid "" "available, instead." msgstr "" "Der Reiter :guilabel:`E-Mail-Text` (und die Vorlagenoptionen) sind nur " -"verfügbar, wenn die Veranstaltungseinladung :guilabel:`Mailingtyp` als " +"verfügbar, wenn der :guilabel:`Mailingtyp` der Veranstaltungseinladung als " ":guilabel:`E-Mail` bezeichnet ist. Wenn :guilabel:`SMS` der " ":guilabel:`Mailingtyp` ist, ist stattdessen ein Reiter :guilabel:`SMS-" "Inhalt` (bestehend aus einem leeren Textfeld) verfügbar." @@ -2302,9 +2304,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" "Wenn außerdem bestimmte Dokumente für die Einladung zu dieser Veranstaltung " -"benötigt werden (oder hilfreich sind), können sie mit dieser E-Mail " -"mitgeschickt werden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`EINE DATEI ANHÄNGEN` klicken " -"und das/die entsprechende(n) Dokument(e) hinzufügen." +"benötigt werden (oder hilfreich sind), können sie dieser E-Mail angehängt " +"werden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`EINE DATEI ANHÄNGEN` klicken und das/die " +"entsprechende(n) Dokument(e) hinzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:238 msgid "" @@ -2342,8 +2344,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Mit der Option :guilabel:`Senden` wird die Einladung sofort versendet. Die " "Option :guilabel:`Planen` öffnet ein Pop-up-Fenster, in dem ein Datum und " -"eine Uhrzeit für den Versand der E-Mail ausgewählt werden können. Die Option" -" :guilabel:`Testen` öffnet ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Test-Mailing`, in " +"eine Uhrzeit für den Versand der E-Mail ausgewählt werden kann. Die Option " +":guilabel:`Testen` öffnet ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Test-Mailing`, in " "dem bestimmte Empfänger-E-Mail-Adressen eingegeben werden können, damit Odoo" " ihnen die aktuelle Version des Mailings zur Überprüfung sendet, bevor es " "offiziell an die potenziellen Veranstaltungsteilnehmer verschickt wird." @@ -2381,7 +2383,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die Optionen :guilabel:`Jetzt senden`, :guilabel:`Planen` und " ":guilabel:`Testen` funktionieren alle auf die gleiche Weise für beide " -"Optionen des :guilabel:`Mailingtyps`." +":guilabel:`Mailingtyp`-Optionen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 msgid "Publish events" @@ -2395,12 +2397,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " "front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." msgstr "" -"Solange eine Veranstaltung nicht veröffentlicht ist, bleibt es für die " +"Solange eine Veranstaltung nicht veröffentlicht ist, bleibt sie für die " "Öffentlichkeit auf der Website unsichtbar und eine Anmeldung ist nicht " -"möglich. Um eine Veranstaltung zu veröffentlichen, navigieren Sie entweder " -"vom Odoo-Backend aus über die :guilabel:`Veranstaltungen`-App oder greifen " -"Sie über das Frontend auf die verborgene Veranstaltungsseite zu, entweder " -"als privilegierter Benutzer oder als Administrator." +"möglich. Um eine Veranstaltung zu veröffentlichen, greifen Sie entweder vom " +"Odoo-Backend aus über die :guilabel:`Veranstaltungen`-App oder über das " +"Frontend auf die verborgene Veranstaltungsseite zu, entweder als " +"privilegierter Benutzer oder als Administrator." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 msgid "" @@ -2448,9 +2450,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tickets` tab. Odoo simplifies the ticket-purchasing process by " "providing plenty of payment method options." msgstr "" -"Erstellen Sie benutzerdefinierte Ticketkategorien (mit verschiedenen " -"Preispunkten), aus denen potenzielle Teilnehmer wählen können, direkt im " -"Formular der Veranstaltungsvorlage im Reiter :guilabel:`Tickets`. Odoo " +"Erstellen Sie direkt im Formular der Veranstaltungsvorlage im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Tickets` benutzerdefinierte Ticketkategorien (mit verschiedenen " +"Kostenpunkten), aus denen potenzielle Teilnehmer wählen können. Odoo " "vereinfacht den Ticketkaufprozess durch die Bereitstellung zahlreicher " "Zahlungsoptionen." @@ -2467,15 +2469,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um die Erstellung (und den Verkauf) von Veranstaltungstickets zu " "ermöglichen, gehen Sie zunächst auf :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen`, und aktivieren Sie dann die Funktionen :guilabel:`Tickets` " +"Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie dann die Funktionen :guilabel:`Tickets` " "und :guilabel:`Online-Ticketverkauf`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:16 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tickets` feature allows tickets to be sold for an event." msgstr "" -"Die Funktion :guilabel:`Tickets` ermöglicht den Verkauf von Eintrittskarten " -"für eine Veranstaltung." +"Die Funktion :guilabel:`Tickets` ermöglicht den Verkauf von Tickets für eine" +" Veranstaltung." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -2491,7 +2493,7 @@ msgid "" "will be available for free registrations." msgstr "" "Wenn diese Optionen *nicht* aktiviert sind, wird eine Standardschaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Anmelden` für kostenlose Anmeldungen zur Verfügung stehen." +":guilabel:`Anmelden` für kostenlose Anmeldungen zur Verfügung gestellt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events." @@ -2510,7 +2512,7 @@ msgid "" "attached to the sales order." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie in der :guilabel:`Verkauf`-App eine zuvor erstellte " -"Veranstaltungsanmeldung (als wäre es ein Produkt) und fügen Sie sie als " +"Veranstaltungsanmeldung (als wäre sie ein Produkt) und fügen Sie sie als " "Produktzeile hinzu. Nach dem Hinzufügen der Anmeldung erscheint ein Pop-up-" "Fenster, in dem Sie eine bestimmte Veranstaltung (und Ticketstufe) auswählen" " können. Dieses spezifische Veranstaltungsticket wird dann an den " @@ -2607,8 +2609,8 @@ msgid "" "First, go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable :guilabel:`Schedule & Tracks`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zuerst auf :menuselection:`Veranstaltungen --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie:guilabel:`Zeitplan & Beiträge`." +"Gehen Sie zuerst zu :menuselection:`Veranstaltungen --> Konfiguration --> " +"Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Zeitplan & Beiträge`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2624,7 +2626,7 @@ msgid "" "YouTube integration." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Live-Übertragung` ermöglicht die Online-Ausstrahlung von " -"Beiträgen durch eine YouTube-Integration." +"Beiträgen über eine YouTube-Integration." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -2640,8 +2642,8 @@ msgid "" "event page on the website, but it can enhance the engagement and overall " "enjoyablity of the event for attendees." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Veranstaltungsgamification` ist nicht notwendig, um auf der " -"Veranstaltungsseite auf der Website zu erscheinen, aber es kann die " +":guilabel:`Veranstaltungsgamification` ist nicht notwendig, damit Beiträge " +"auf der Veranstaltungsseite auf der Website erscheinen, aber sie kann die " "Motivation und den allgemeinen Spaß an der Veranstaltung für die Teilnehmer " "erhöhen." @@ -2657,7 +2659,7 @@ msgid "" "attendee can freely access these menu items and their corresponding content." msgstr "" "Sobald diese beiden Funktionen aktiviert sind, werden die folgenden Links " -"automatisch zum Menü der Unterüberschrift auf der Veranstaltungsseite der " +"automatisch zum Menü der Unterkopfzeile auf der Veranstaltungsseite der " "Website hinzugefügt: :guilabel:`Vorträge`, :guilabel:`Vortragsvorschläge` " "und :guilabel:`Programm`. Jeder Teilnehmer hat freien Zugang zu diesen " "Menüpunkten und dem entsprechenden Inhalt." @@ -2825,8 +2827,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`List` view provides information in a more traditional list " "formation." msgstr "" -"Die :guilabel:`Listen`-Ansicht liefert Informationen in einer eher " -"traditionellen Listenform." +"Die :guilabel:`Listen`-Ansicht liefert Informationen in einemr eher " +"traditionellen Listenformat." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -2956,7 +2958,7 @@ msgstr "" "der Lead erstellt werden soll (entweder :guilabel:`Pro Teilnehmer` oder " ":guilabel:`Pro Auftrag`) und *wann* er erstellt werden soll " "(:guilabel:`Teilnehmer werden erstellt`, :guilabel:`Teilnehmer werden " -"bestätigt`, oder :guilabel:`Anwesende Teilnehmer`)." +"bestätigt` oder :guilabel:`Anwesende Teilnehmer`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -2995,7 +2997,7 @@ msgstr "Marketing-Automatisierung" msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Marketing `_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -3072,7 +3074,7 @@ msgid "" "other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " "with the campaign in one way or another." msgstr "" -"Am oberen Rand des Formulars für die Marketingautomatisierungskampagne " +"Am oberen Rand des Formulars für die Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne " "befindet sich eine Reihe intelligenter Schaltflächen. Die intelligente " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Teilnahmen` in diesem Beispiel zeigt an, dass von " "diesen 18 Datensätzen 25 zu Teilnehmern geworden sind. Mit anderen Worten: " @@ -3085,9 +3087,9 @@ msgid "" "workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " "or adjustments) may occur." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Datensätze` stellen eine Echtzeitzahl dar. Während der " -"Arbeitsablauf läuft, können daher Änderungen an Verkaufschancendatensätzen " -"(Löschungen, Ergänzungen oder Anpassungen) auftreten." +":guilabel:`Datensätze` stellen eine Echtzeit-Anzahl dar. Während der " +"Arbeitsablauf läuft, können daher Änderungen an Datensätzen von " +"Verkaufschancen (Löschungen, Ergänzungen oder Anpassungen) auftreten." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -3100,8 +3102,8 @@ msgstr "" "Das bedeutet, dass die Anzahl der :guilabel:`Datensätze` in Echtzeit " "aktualisiert wird, aber solche Aktualisierungen *nicht* die Anzahl der " ":guilabel:`Teilnehmer` verändern, da die Kennzahl Verkaufschancen *nicht* " -"ausschließt, die bereits vorher als :guilabel:`Teilnehmer` gesetzt wurden - " -"Odoo fügt einfach neue hinzu." +"ausschließt, die bereits vorher als :guilabel:`Teilnehmer` festgelegt wurden" +" – Odoo fügt einfach neue hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 msgid "" @@ -3114,7 +3116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"marketing campaign." msgstr "" "Differenz zwischen der Anzahl der Echtzeit-Datensätze und der Gesamtzahl der" " Teilnehmer an einer Markierungskampagne." @@ -3126,9 +3128,9 @@ msgid "" "have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." msgstr "" "Jedes Mal, wenn das System läuft, Zahlen aktualisiert und Aktionen auslöst, " -"prüft es das Modell :guilabel:`Ziel` und ob neue :guilabel:`Datensätze` " -"hinzugefügt (oder geändert) wurden, wodurch der Fluss immer auf dem neuesten" -" Stand bleibt." +"prüft es das :guilabel:`Ziel`-Modell und ob neue :guilabel:`Datensätze` " +"hinzugefügt (oder geändert) wurden, wodurch der Ablauf immer auf dem " +"neuesten Stand bleibt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -3149,10 +3151,10 @@ msgid "" "specific domain filter." msgstr "" "Filter können auch auf einzelne Aktivitäten angewendet werden, und zwar im " -"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Domain` des Pop-up-Formulars :guilabel:`Activity`. " +"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Bereich` des Pop-up-Formulars :guilabel:`Aktivität`. " "Verwenden Sie diese Funktion, um einen individuellen Filter festzulegen, der" " *nur* ausgeführt wird, wenn die Datensätze *beide* Filterkriterien erfüllen" -" - den Aktivitätsfilter und seinen spezifischen Bereichsfilter." +" – den Aktivitätsfilter und seinen spezifischen Bereichsfilter." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -3167,7 +3169,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." msgstr "" -"Ein relevanter ZielfFilter, der für eine Art von individueller Aktivität " +"Ein relevanter Zielfilter, der für eine Art von individueller Aktivität " "gilt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 @@ -3208,7 +3210,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" " beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." msgstr "" -"Immer wenn ein neuer Datensatz zum Modell :guilabel:`Ziel` hinzugefügt wird," +"Immer wenn ein neuer Datensatz zum :guilabel:`Ziel`-Modell hinzugefügt wird," " wird er automatisch dem Arbeitsablauf hinzugefügt, und der Arbeitsablauf " "beginnt von vorne (:guilabel:`Übergeordenete Aktion`)." @@ -3233,7 +3235,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo *Marketing-Automatisierung* automatisiert eine Vielzahl von " "Marketingaufgaben, indem sie spezifische Regeln und Filter kombiniert, um " "zeitlich festgelegte Aktionen zu generieren. Anstatt jede Phase einer " -"Kampagne (z. B. eine Reihe von zeitgesteuerten Massenmails) manuell " +"Kampagne (z. B. eine Reihe von zeitgesteuerten Massenmailings) manuell " "erstellen zu müssen, ermöglicht die *Marketing-Automatisierungsapp* dem " "Marketingspezialisten, die gesamte Kampagne und alle ihre Phasen an einem " "Ort auf einem einzigen Dashboard zu erstellen." @@ -3250,10 +3252,10 @@ msgid "" "automation campaign detail form on a separate page." msgstr "" "Um eine neue automatisierte Marketingkampagne zu erstellen, öffnen Sie die " -"App :menuselection:`Marketing-Automatisierung` und klicken Sie auf die " +":menuselection:`Marketing-Automatisierungsapp` und klicken Sie auf die " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu` in der oberen linken Ecke. Dadurch wird auf " -"einer separaten Seite ein leeres Formular mit Details zur " -"Marketingautomatisierungskampagne angezeigt." +"einer separaten Seite ein leeres Formular mit Details zur Marketing-" +"Automatisierungskampagne angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -3298,7 +3300,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " "clicked by recipients of this campaign." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Angeklickt`: gibt an, wie oft die angehängten Links von den " +":guilabel:`Klicks`: gibt an, wie oft die angehängten Links von den " "Empfängern dieser Kampagne angeklickt worden sind." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 @@ -3327,8 +3329,8 @@ msgid "" "targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," " etc.)." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Ziel`: Dieses Feld ist ein Drop-Down-Menü, mit dem Sie auswählen " -"können, auf welches Modell diese Kampagne abzielt (z. B. nach Kontakten, " +":guilabel:`Ziel`: Dieses Feld ist ein Drop-down-Menü, mit dem Sie auswählen " +"können, auf welches Modell diese Kampagne abzielt (z. B. Kontakte, " "Verkaufsauftrag, Lead/Verkaufschance usw.)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 @@ -3356,7 +3358,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Filter hinzufügen`, woraufhin ein Knotenfeld erscheint. In dem " "Knotenfeld kann eine benutzerdefinierte Gleichung konfiguriert werden, die " "Odoo bei der Filterung der Personen verwendet, die in diese spezielle " -"Marketingkampagne aufgenommen (und ausgeschlossen) werden sollen." +"Marketingkampagne aufgenommen (und von ihr ausgeschlossen) werden sollen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." @@ -3374,8 +3376,8 @@ msgstr "" "Bildschirm ein verschachteltes Drop-down-Menü mit Optionen, in dem je nach " "den Anforderungen der Kampagne bestimmte Kriterien ausgewählt werden. Die " "übrigen Felder des Knotens definieren die Kriterien, die bestimmen, welche " -"Datensätze in die Ausführung der Kampagne einbezogen (oder ausgeschlossen) " -"werden sollen." +"Datensätze in die Ausführung der Kampagne einbezogen (oder von ihr " +"ausgeschlossen) werden sollen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -3384,9 +3386,9 @@ msgid "" "click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." msgstr "" "Um einen weiteren Knoten hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " -":guilabel:`➕ (Pluszeichen)` rechts neben der Filterregel. Um eine " -"Verzweigung mehrerer Knoten gleichzeitig hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das " -"Symbol :guilabel:`⋯ (Ellipsen)`." +":guilabel:`➕ (Pluszeichen)` rechts neben der Filterregel. Um einen Zweig " +"mehrerer Knoten gleichzeitig hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf das Symbol " +":guilabel:`⋯ (Ellipsen)`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -3430,7 +3432,7 @@ msgid "" "the right time." msgstr "" "Marketingkampagnen an die richtige Zielgruppe zu richten, ist das A und O, " -"wenn ein Unternehmen wachsen will. Die Odoo-App *Marketing-Automatisierung* " +"wenn ein Unternehmen wachsen will. Odoo App *Marketing-Automatisierung* " "hilft Marketingexperten, genau das zu tun, indem sie detaillierte " "Filtertools bereitstellt, die so einfach (oder so komplex) wie nötig sein " "können, um die richtigen Kunden zur richtigen Zeit zu erreichen." @@ -3539,8 +3541,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wählen Sie im *Bearbeitungsmodus* eines Kampagnenvorlagenformulars (durch " "Klick auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`) das Feld :guilabel:`Ziel`" -" aus und klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü auf :guilabel:`Weitere suchen`. " -"Suchen Sie dann nach :guilabel:`Lead/Verkaufschance`, und wählen Sie es aus." +" aus und klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü auf :guilabel:`Mehr suchen`. Suchen " +"Sie dann nach :guilabel:`Lead/Verkaufschance` und wählen Sie es aus." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -3628,7 +3630,7 @@ msgid "" "ticket" msgstr "" "Szenario #2: Eingrenzung der Zielgruppe auf Veranstaltungsteilnehmer, die " -"ein bestimmts Ticket gekauft haben" +"ein bestimmtes Ticket gekauft haben" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -3639,9 +3641,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wählen Sie im *Bearbeitungsmodus* eines Kampagnenvorlagenformulars (durch " "Klick auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`) das Feld :guilabel:`Ziel`" -" aus und klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü auf :guilabel:`Weitere suchen`. " -"Scrollen Sie dann nach unten (oder suchen Sie nach) " -":guilabel:`Veranstaltung`, und wählen Sie es aus." +" aus und klicken Sie im Drop-down-Menü auf :guilabel:`Mehr suchen`. Scrollen" +" Sie dann nach unten (oder suchen Sie nach) :guilabel:`Veranstaltung` und " +"wählen Sie es aus." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -3729,7 +3731,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." msgstr "" -"Das Filter für ein Veranstaltungsticket in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung." +"Der Filter für ein Veranstaltungsticket in Odoo Marketing-Automatisierung." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 msgid "Testing/running campaigns" @@ -3748,7 +3750,7 @@ msgid "" "First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " "select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie zunächst die App :menuselection:`Marketing-Automatisierung` und " +"Öffnen Sie zunächst die :menuselection:`Marketing-Automatisierungsapp` und " "wählen Sie die gewünschte Kampagne aus, woraufhin sich das Detailformular " "dieser Kampagne öffnet." @@ -3788,8 +3790,8 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie darauf klicken, erscheint ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Einen Test " "starten`. Wählen Sie im Drop-down-Feld einen bestehenden Datensatz (oder " "erstellen Sie einen neuen), um den Test durchzuführen. Um einen ganz neuen " -"Datensatz zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf den Link :guilabel:`Mehr suchen...` " -"unten im Drop-down-Menü und dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`." +"Datensatz zu erstellen, klicken Sie auf den Link :guilabel:`Mehr suchen ...`" +" unten im Drop-down-Menü und dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -3800,12 +3802,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." msgstr "" "Daraufhin erscheint ein leeres Kontaktformular, in das Sie den " -":guilabel:`Name` und die :guilabel:`E-Mail` eingeben müssen. Wenn Sie alle " +":guilabel:`Namen` und die :guilabel:`E-Mail` eingeben müssen. Wenn Sie alle " "erforderlichen Informationen eingegeben haben, klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern` und Odoo kehrt zum Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Einen " "Test starten` zurück, mit dem neuen Datensatz im Feld :guilabel:`Wählen Sie " -"einen Kontakt aus oder erstellen Sie einen, um einen Testteilnehmer zu " -"erzeugen." +"einen Kontakt aus oder erstellen Sie einen neuen, um einen Testteilnehmer zu" +" generieren`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -3828,8 +3830,8 @@ msgid "" "workflow that's being tested." msgstr "" "Auf der Kampagnentestseite sehen Sie den Namen des :guilabel:`Datensatzes`, " -"der getestet wird, sowie den genauen Zeitpunkt, zu dem der Arbeitesablauf " -"des Tests im Feld :guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf gestartet am` gestartet wurde. " +"der getestet wird, sowie im Feld :guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf gestartet am` den " +"genauen Zeitpunkt, zu dem der Arbeitesablauf des Tests gestartet wurde. " "Darunter, im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Arbeitsablauf`, sehen Sie die erste " "Aktivität (oder Aktivitäten) in dem Arbeitsablauf, der getestet wird." @@ -3873,7 +3875,7 @@ msgid "" "When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " "marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie eine Kampagne in der App *Marketing-Automatisierung* erstellen, " +"Wenn Sie eine Kampagne in der *Marketing-Automatisierungsapp* erstellen, " "können Sie Marketingaktivitäten wie E-Mail- oder SMS-Kampagnen planen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 @@ -3884,12 +3886,12 @@ msgid "" "activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " "activity." msgstr "" -"Um loszulegen, navigieren Sie zum unteren Ende eines Formulars für " -"Marketing-Automatisierungskampagnen und klicken auf :guilabel:`Neue " -"Aktivität hinzufügen`. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster " -":guilabel:`Aktivitäten erstellen` angezeigt. Bei diesem Pop-up-Fenster " -"handelt es sich um eine leere Aktivitätsvorlage, in der spezifische " -"Parameter für die jeweilige Aktivität festgelegt werden können." +"Navigieren Sie zum Loslegen zum unteren Ende eines Formulars für Marketing-" +"Automatisierungskampagnen und klicken auf :guilabel:`Neue Aktivität " +"hinzufügen`. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster :guilabel:`Aktivitäten" +" erstellen`. Bei diesem Pop-up-Fenster handelt es sich um eine leere " +"Aktivitätsvorlage, in der spezifische Parameter für die jeweilige Aktivität " +"festgelegt werden können." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -3973,9 +3975,9 @@ msgstr "" "Nachdem die Einstellungen der Aktivität vollständig konfiguriert sind, " "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen`, um die Aktivität zu " "speichern und zum Formular für die Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne " -"zurückzukehren, auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um die Aktivität zu " -"speichern und sofort eine neue in einem neuen Pop-up-Fenster " -":guilabel:`Aktivitäten erstellen` zu erstellen, oder auf " +"zurückzukehren, oder klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Neu`, um die " +"Aktivität zu speichern und in einem neuen Pop-up-Fenster mit dem Namen " +":guilabel:`Aktivitäten erstellen` sofort eine neue zu erstellen, oder auf " ":guilabel:`Verwerfen`, um die Aktivität zu löschen und zum Formular für die " "Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne zurückzukehren." @@ -3989,7 +3991,7 @@ msgid "" " at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " "displayed as a line graph." msgstr "" -"Sobald eine Aktivität gespeichert ist, erscheint der Abschnitt " +"Sobald eine Aktivität gespeichert wurde, erscheint der Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`Arbeitsablaufsaktivität` am unteren Rand des Formulars für die " "Marketing-Automatisierungskampagne. Jede Aktivität wird als Liniendiagramm " "angezeigt." @@ -4029,8 +4031,8 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn der :guilabel:`Aktivitätstyp` der Aktivität auf :guilabel:`E-Mail` " "eingestellt ist, finden Sie unter den Daten des Aktivitätsdiagramms eine " "detailliertere Analyse, die angibt, wie viele E-Mails :guilabel:`Gesendet` " -"wurden und wie viel Prozent davon :guilabel:`Angeklickt`, " -":guilabel:`Beantwortet` oder :guilabel:`Unzustellbar` wurden." +"und wie viel Prozent davon :guilabel:`Angeklickt` und " +":guilabel:`Beantwortet` wurden oder :guilabel:`Unzustellbar` waren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 msgid "Child activities" @@ -4064,11 +4066,11 @@ msgid "" "activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" " activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" msgstr "" -"Odoo bietet eine Reihe von Auslösemöglichkeiten, um eine untergeordnete " -"Aktivität zu starten, die alle von den Auslöser-Konfigurationen der " -"übergeordneten Aktivität abhängen. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger unter der " -"gewünschten übergeordneten Aktivität auf :guilabel:`Untergeordnete Aktivität" -" hinzufügen` und wählen Sie einen der folgenden Auslöser:" +"Odoo bietet eine Reihe von Auslöseoptionen, um eine untergeordnete Aktivität" +" zu starten, die alle von den Auslöser-Konfigurationen der übergeordneten " +"Aktivität abhängen. Bewegen Sie den Mauszeiger unter der gewünschten " +"übergeordneten Aktivität auf :guilabel:`Untergeordnete Aktivität hinzufügen`" +" und wählen Sie einen der folgenden Auslöser:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." @@ -4130,7 +4132,7 @@ msgid "" "bounced (not sent)." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unzustellbar`: Die nächste Aktivität wird ausgelöst, wenn das " -"Mailing unzustellbar (oder nicht gesendet) ist." +"Mailing unzustellbar ist (oder nicht gesendet wurde)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -4140,7 +4142,7 @@ msgid "" "then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " "indented position beneath its parent activity." msgstr "" -"Sobald ein Auslöser ausgewählt ist, kann der Benutzer die untergeordnete " +"Sobald ein Auslöser ausgewählt wurde, kann der Benutzer die untergeordnete " "Aktivität konfigurieren (sie verfügt über dieselben Konfigurationsoptionen " "wie eine reguläre Aktivität) und auf :guilabel:`Speichern & Schließen` " "klicken, um die Erstellung der untergeordneten Aktivität abzuschließen, die " @@ -4180,10 +4182,9 @@ msgid "" "mailings, helps businesses maintain good customer relations, by giving " "recipients the power to control what they are (and aren't) sent." msgstr "" -"Darüber hinaus hilft die Möglichkeit, sich von Mailings abzumelden, den " -"Unternehmen, gute Kundenbeziehungen zu pflegen, indem sie den Empfängern die" -" Möglichkeit geben, selbst zu bestimmen, was ihnen zugesandt wird (und was " -"nicht)." +"Darüber hinaus hilft die Option zum Abmelden von Mailings, den Unternehmen, " +"gute Kundenbeziehungen zu pflegen, indem sie den Empfängern die Möglichkeit " +"geben, selbst zu bestimmen, was ihnen zugesandt wird (und was nicht)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -4191,7 +4192,7 @@ msgid "" "called :guilabel:`Mailing Lists`. When clicked, a sub-menu is revealed with " "options for :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` and :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts`." msgstr "" -"In der App :guilabel:`SMS-Marketing` gibt es in der Kopfzeile eine Option " +"In der :guilabel:`SMS-Marketing`-App gibt es in der Kopfzeile eine Option " "namens :guilabel:`Mailinglisten`. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, öffnet sich ein " "Untermenü mit Optionen für :guilabel:`Mailinglisten` und " ":guilabel:`Mailinglistenkontakte`." @@ -4201,7 +4202,7 @@ msgid "" "Click :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists` to see an overview of" " all mailing lists in the database." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`Mailinglisten --> Mailinglsiten`, um eine " +"Klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`Mailinglisten --> Mailinglisten`, um eine " "Übersicht aller Mailinglisten in der Datenbank zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 @@ -4217,8 +4218,8 @@ msgid "" "ways." msgstr "" "Um eine bestehende Liste zu bearbeiten, wählen Sie die gewünschte Liste auf " -"der Seite :guilabel:`Mailinglisten` aus und können sie dann auf verschiedene" -" Weise ändern." +"der Seite der :guilabel:`Mailinglisten` aus. Sie können sie dann auf " +"verschiedene Weise ändern." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -4283,7 +4284,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing list (e.g. :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Mailings`, etc.)." msgstr "" "Oben im Detailformular für die Mailingliste finden Sie verschiedene " -"analytische Schaltflächen, die Statistiken für verschiedene Metriken im " +"analytische Schaltflächen, die Statistiken für verschiedene Kennzahlen im " "Zusammenhang mit der Mailingliste anzeigen (z. B. :guilabel:`Empfänger`, " ":guilabel:`Mailings` usw.)." @@ -4381,7 +4382,7 @@ msgid "" "which :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing promotions a certain " "customer has received (or not received)." msgstr "" -"Zum Beispiel können Vertriebsmitarbeiter mit Hilfe der Chatter schnell " +"Zum Beispiel können Vertriebsmitarbeiter mithilfe des Chatters schnell " "herausfinden, welche :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`-Mailing-Aktionen " "ein bestimmter Kunde erhalten (oder nicht erhalten) hat." @@ -4395,7 +4396,7 @@ msgid "" "recipients with the power to add their phone number to a list of people who " "no longer want to receieve communications or mailings." msgstr "" -"Odoo *SMS-Marketing* verfügt über eine :guilabel:`Schwarze Liste`-Funktion, " +"Odoo *SMS-Marketing* verfügt über die Funktion :guilabel:`Schwarze Liste`, " "die es den Empfängern ermöglicht, ihre Telefonnummer zu einer Liste von " "Personen hinzuzufügen, die keine Mitteilungen oder Mailings mehr erhalten " "möchten." @@ -4408,9 +4409,9 @@ msgid "" "manually to the blacklist, if necessary." msgstr "" "Dies wird auch als Abmeldeprozess bezeichnet: Kunden werden automatisch auf " -"eine *schwarze Liste* gesetzt, wenn sie über ihre :guilabel:`Abo-Management`" -" Seite auf :guilabel:`Abmelden` klicken. Kunden können bei Bedarf auch " -"manuell auf die schwarze Liste gesetzt werden." +"eine *schwarze Liste* gesetzt, wenn sie über die Seite zur " +":guilabel:`Verwaltung Ihres Abonnements` auf :guilabel:`Abmelden` klicken. " +"Kunden können bei Bedarf auch manuell auf die schwarze Liste gesetzt werden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -4450,7 +4451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sobald das Formular ausgefüllt ist, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, " "um es zur Liste der :guilabel:`Telefonnummern auf der schwarzen Liste` " -"hinzuzufügen. Um eine Nummer aus der schwarzen Liste zu entfernen, wählen " +"hinzuzufügen. Um eine Nummer von der schwarzen Liste zu entfernen, wählen " "Sie die gewünschte Nummer auf dem Dashboard aus und klicken dann im Formular" " der Telefonnummer auf :guilabel:`Von schwarzer Liste entfernen`." @@ -4465,7 +4466,7 @@ msgid "" "already asked to be blacklisted` on :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " "mailings." msgstr "" -"Während einer Software-/Plattform-Migration ist es möglich, eine bereits " +"Während einer Software/Plattform-Migration ist es möglich, eine bereits " "bestehende schwarze Liste von Kontakten zu importieren. Dazu gehören Kunden," " die bereits darum gebeten haben, bei :abbr:`SMS (Short Message " "Service)`-Mailings auf die schwarze Liste gesetzt zu werden." @@ -4477,15 +4478,15 @@ msgid "" "drop-down menu (beneath the search bar), and click :guilabel:`Import " "records`." msgstr "" -"Navigieren Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`SMS-Marketing --> Konfiguration --> " -"Telefonnummern auf der schwarzen Liste`, und wählen Sie dann das Drop-down-" +"Navigieren Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`SMS-Marketing --> Konfiguration --> " +"Telefonnummern auf der schwarzen Liste` und wählen Sie dann das Drop-down-" "Menü :guilabel:`Favoriten` (unterhalb der Suchleiste) und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Datensätze importieren`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 msgid "View of how to import a blacklist in Odoo SMS Marketing." msgstr "" -"Ansicht, wie eine schwarze Liste in Odoo SMS-Marketing importieret wird" +"Ansicht, wie eine schwarze Liste in Odoo SMS-Marketing importiert wird" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:3 msgid "SMS campaign settings" @@ -4548,10 +4549,10 @@ msgid "" "available for use. Similarly, the :guilabel:`A/B Test` tab is now also " "available on every :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form." msgstr "" -"Sobald die Einstellung aktiviert ist, navigieren Sie zurück zur App " -":menuselection:`SMS-Marketing` und stellen Sie fest, dass das Menü in der " -"Kopfzeile :guilabel:`Kampagnen` jetzt zur Verfügung steht. Ebenso ist die " -"Registerkarte :guilabel:`A/B-Test` jetzt auch auf jedem :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Sobald die Einstellung aktiviert ist, navigieren Sie zurück zur " +":menuselection:`SMS-Marketing`-App und Sie werden feststellen, dass das Menü" +" :guilabel:`Kampagnen` in der Kopfzeile jetzt zur Verfügung steht. Ebenso " +"ist der Reiter :guilabel:`A/B-Test` jetzt auch auf jedem :abbr:`SMS (Short " "Message Service)`-Vorlagenformular verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:32 @@ -4565,10 +4566,10 @@ msgid "" "order to compare which version is the most successful in producing " "engagement and/or conversion outcomes." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`A/B-Tests`ermöglichen es, beliebige SMS-Mailings mit anderen " +":guilabel:`A/B-Tests` ermöglichen es, beliebige SMS-Mailings mit anderen " "Versionen innerhalb derselben Kampagne zu testen, um zu vergleichen, welche " -"Version am erfolgreichsten ist, was das Engagement und/oder die " -"Konversionsergebnisse angeht." +"Version in Bezug auf Interaktion und/oder Konversionsergebnisse am " +"erfolgreichsten ist." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4582,7 +4583,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:41 msgid "When clicked, a series of other options appear." -msgstr "Wenn Sie dieses anklicken, erscheint eine Reihe anderer Optionen." +msgstr "Wenn Sie dieses anklicken, erscheinen weitere Optionen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4608,7 +4609,8 @@ msgstr "" "Unterhalb des Prozentfeldes befindet sich das Feld " ":guilabel:`Gewinnerauswahl`. Dieses Feld wird von Odoo verwendet, um das " "erfolgreiche Ergebnis eines A/B-Tests zu ermitteln. Mit anderen Worten: Hier" -" wird Odoo mitgeteilt, wie es einen erfolgreichen A/B-Test auswählen soll." +" wird Odoo mitgeteilt, wie es einen Gewinner für den A/B-Test auswählen " +"soll." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -4617,8 +4619,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Revenues`." msgstr "" "Die folgenden Abschnitte sind verfügbar: :guilabel:`Manuell`, " -":guilabel:`Höchste Klickrate`, :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Angebote`, oder" -" :guilabel:`Umsätze`." +":guilabel:`Höchste Klickrate`, :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Angebote` oder " +":guilabel:`Umsätze`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:56 msgid "" @@ -4664,11 +4666,11 @@ msgid "" "emails, social posts, SMSs, and push notifications)." msgstr "" "Um eine Kampagne zu erstellen, zu bearbeiten oder zu analysieren, klicken " -"Sie auf :menuselection:`Kampagnen` in der Kopfzeile der :guilabel:`SMS-" -"Marketing`-App. Auf der Seite :guilabel:`Kampagnen` werden für jede Kampagne" -" verschiedene Informationen zu den mit dieser Kampagne verbundenen Mailings " -"angezeigt (z. B. Anzahl der E-Mails, Social-Media-Beiträge, SMS und Push-" -"Benachrichtigungen)." +"Sie in der Kopfzeile der :guilabel:`SMS-Marketing`-App auf " +":menuselection:`Kampagnen`. Auf der Seite :guilabel:`Kampagnen` werden für " +"jede Kampagne verschiedene Informationen zu den mit dieser Kampagne " +"verbundenen Mailings angezeigt (z. B. Anzahl der E-Mails, Social-Media-" +"Beiträge, SMS und Push-Benachrichtigungen)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4708,8 +4710,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Bei jeder Kampagne sind die Optionen :guilabel:`Mailing versenden`, " ":guilabel:`SMS versenden`, :guilabel:`Beitrag hinzufügen` und " -":guilabel:`Push-Benachrichtigungen` oberhalb des Vorlagenformulars " -"verfügbar." +":guilabel:`Push-Benachrichtigungen versenden` oberhalb des Vorlagenformulars" +" verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -4720,7 +4722,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Immer wenn eine dieser Kommunikationsoptionen zur Kampagne hinzugefügt wird," " erstellt Odoo einen neuen entsprechenden Reiter im Vorlagenformular, auf " -"der diese Arten von Nachrichten überprüft oder bearbeitet werden können, " +"dem diese Arten von Nachrichten überprüft oder bearbeitet werden können, " "zusammen mit verschiedenen Datensätzen, die sich auf jedes spezifische " "Mailing beziehen." @@ -4733,7 +4735,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Oben in der Vorlage befinden sich verschiedene analytische intelligente " "Schaltflächen. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, zeigt Odoo auf einer separaten Seite" -" detaillierte Metriken zu dem jeweiligen Thema an (z. B. " +" detaillierte Kennzahlen zu dem jeweiligen Thema an (z. B. " ":guilabel:`Interaktion`, :guilabel:`Verkaufschancen` usw.)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:104 @@ -4811,9 +4813,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlagen` für die zukünftige Nutzung einzurichten, " "aktivieren Sie den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `, indem Sie zum " -"Odoo-Hauptdashboard navigieren, das voller Apps ist, und die App " -":menuselection:`Einstellungen` auswählen. Scrollen Sie dann nach unten zum " -"Abschnitt :guilabel:`Entwicklertools` und klicken Sie auf " +"Odoo-Hauptdashboard navigieren, das voller Apps ist, und die " +":menuselection:`Einstellungen`-App auswählen. Scrollen Sie dann nach unten " +"zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Entwicklertools` und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Entwicklermodus aktivieren`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:137 @@ -4824,9 +4826,10 @@ msgid "" "active." msgstr "" "Sobald der *Entwicklermodus* aktiviert ist, erscheint wieder das Odoo-" -"Hauptdashboard mit einem jetzt sichtbaren Fehlersymbol, das sich in der " -"oberen rechten Ecke des Dashboards befindet; dieses Fehlersymbol zeigt an, " -"dass der Entwicklermodus gerade aktiv ist." +"Hauptdashboard mit einem jetzt sichtbaren Fehlerbeseitigungssymbol, das sich" +" in der oberen rechten Ecke des Dashboards befindet. Dieses " +"Fehlerbeseitigungssymbol zeigt an, dass der Entwicklermodus gerade aktiv " +"ist." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -4836,8 +4839,8 @@ msgid "" "future marketing campaigns." msgstr "" "Kehren Sie nun zur :menuselection:`Einstellungen`-App zurück und wählen Sie " -"in den nun sichtbaren Kopfmenüs oben :menuselection:`Technisch --> SMS-" -"Vorlagen`, um mit der Einrichtung von :abbr:`SMS (Short Message " +"in den nun sichtbaren Menüs in der Kopfzeile oben :menuselection:`Technisch " +"--> SMS-Vorlagen`, um mit der Einrichtung von :abbr:`SMS (Short Message " "Service)`-Vorlagen für zukünftige Marketingkampagnen zu beginnen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 @@ -4856,7 +4859,7 @@ msgid "" "recipients it applies." msgstr "" "Im Dashboard :guilabel:`SMS-Vorlagen` zeigt Odoo eine ganze Seite mit " -":abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`-Vorlagen an. In der standard,mäßig " +":abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`-Vorlagen an. In der standardmäßig " "eingestellten :guilabel:`Listenansicht` sehen Sie den Namen jeder Vorlage " "und die Empfänger, für die sie gilt." @@ -4917,7 +4920,7 @@ msgid "" "been created, along with pertinent information and data related to that " "specific message." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die App öffnen, zeigt Odoo das Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`SMS-" +"Wenn Sie die App öffnen, zeigt Odoo das Hauptdashboard von :guilabel:`SMS-" "Marketing` an, in dem die verschiedenen SMS-Mailings, die erstellt wurden, " "zusammen mit den relevanten Informationen und Daten zu dieser speziellen " "Nachricht angezeigt werden." @@ -5183,8 +5186,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wenn Links in :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`-Nachrichten verwendet " "werden, generiert Odoo automatisch Link-Tracker, um analytische Daten und " -"Metriken in Bezug auf diese spezifischen Links zu sammeln. Diese finden Sie " -"unter :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Link-Tracker`." +"Kennzahlen in Bezug auf diese spezifischen Links zu sammeln. Diese finden " +"Sie unter :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Link-Tracker`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." @@ -5279,7 +5282,7 @@ msgstr "" "Auf der Seite :guilabel:`Berichtswesen` (erreichbar über die Option " ":menuselection:`Berichtswesen` in der Kopfzeile) können Sie verschiedene " "Kombinationen von :guilabel:`Filtern` und :guilabel:`Werten` anwenden, um " -"Metriken in einer Reihe von verschiedenen Layouts anzuzeigen (z. B. " +"Kennzahlen in einer Reihe von verschiedenen Layouts anzuzeigen (z. B. " ":guilabel:`Grafik`, :guilabel:`Liste` und :guilabel:`Kohorte`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:168 @@ -5331,7 +5334,7 @@ msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " "prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -"Das Senden von SMS-Textnachrichten ist ein In-App-Kauf (IAP)-Dienst, für den" +"Das Senden von SMS-Textnachrichten ist ein In-App-Kauf-(IAP-)Dienst, für den" " *Prepaid-Guthaben* erforderlich ist." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:13 @@ -5398,8 +5401,8 @@ msgid "" "The number of SMSs a message represents will always be available in the " "database." msgstr "" -"Die Anzahl der SMS, für die eine Nachricht steht, ist immer in der Datenbank" -" verfügbar." +"Die Anzahl der SMS, die für eine Nachricht benötigt werden, ist immer in der" +" Datenbank verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -5414,7 +5417,7 @@ msgstr "Guthaben kaufen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." -msgstr "Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Guthaben kaufen`." +msgstr "Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Guthaben kaufen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." @@ -5423,7 +5426,7 @@ msgstr "Einkauf von Guthaben für SMS-Marketing in Odoo Einstellungen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:55 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -"Oder gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Meine Services " +"Oder gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Meine Services " "anzeigen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 @@ -5446,7 +5449,7 @@ msgstr "Weitere häufige Fragen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" -msgstr "**Gibt es eine Verfallszeit für mein Guthaben?**" +msgstr "**Gibt es eine Ablaufdatum für mein Guthaben?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "No, credits do not expire." @@ -5458,7 +5461,7 @@ msgid "" "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" "**Kann ich eine SMS an eine Telefonnummer (die kein Mobiltelefon ist) " -"senden, weil ich das Symbol vor dem Feld „Telefon“ sehe?" +"senden, weil ich das Symbol vor dem Feld „Telefon“ sehe?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." @@ -5493,7 +5496,7 @@ msgid "" "Multiple SMS communications at once at are counted as a single transaction, " "so no SMSs will be sent until there are enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -"Mehrere SMS-Kommunikationen auf einmal werden als eine einzige Transaktion " +"Mehrere SMS-Nachrichten auf einmal werden als eine einzige Transaktion " "gezählt, d. h. es werden erst dann SMS versendet, wenn genügend Guthaben " "vorhanden ist, um alle zu versenden." @@ -5510,8 +5513,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Eine Verlauf der gesendeten SMS mit allen relevanten Informationen zu den " "gesendeten Kontakten (und der Nachricht selbst) finden Sie in der Spalte " -":guilabel:`Gesendet` des Hauptdashboards :guilabel:`SMS-Marketing` (in der " -":guilabel:`Kanban`-Ansicht)." +":guilabel:`Gesendet` des Hauptdashboards des :guilabel:`SMS-Marketings` (in " +"der :guilabel:`Kanban`-Ansicht)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -5536,8 +5539,8 @@ msgid "" "**If an SMS is sent to a number that doesn't exist in the list of " "recipients, will credits be lost?**" msgstr "" -"**Wenn eine SMS an eine Nummer gesendet wird, die nicht in der " -"Empfängerliste vorhanden ist, geht das Guthaben verloren?**" +"**Geht Guthaben verloren, wenn eine SMS an eine Nummer gesendet wird, die " +"nicht in der Empfängerliste vorhanden ist?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5579,7 +5582,7 @@ msgstr "Nur die mit einem ungültigen Format." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" -msgstr "**Wie wirkt sich die DSGVO-Verordnung auf diesen Dienst aus?**" +msgstr "**Wie wirkt sich die DSGVO auf diesen Dienst aus?**" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -5598,10 +5601,10 @@ msgid "" "a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our" " success packs `here `_." msgstr "" -"Ja, aber das ist nicht von Haus aus möglich. Odoo-Experten können Ihnen " -"helfen, eine Datenbank so anzupassen, dass die Verwendung eines persönlichen" -" SMS-Anbieters möglich ist. Bitte sehen Sie sich unsere Success Packs `hier " -"`_ an." +"Ja, aber das ist nicht standardmäßig aus möglich. Odoo-Experten können Ihnen" +" helfen, eine Datenbank so anzupassen, dass die Verwendung eines " +"persönlichen SMS-Anbieters möglich ist. Bitte sehen Sie sich unsere Success " +"Packs `hier `_ an." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 msgid "Social Marketing" @@ -5636,7 +5639,7 @@ msgstr "" "Kanäle, um die Verbreitung von Inhalten zu maximieren. Die Anwendung *Social" " Marketing* von Odoo fungiert als einziges Kontrollzentrum, mit dem Sie alle" " verschiedenen Inhalte und Kanäle in einem einzigen Dashboard überwachen, " -"planen, posten, verfolgen und analysieren können." +"planen, veröffentlichen, verfolgen und analysieren können." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5646,7 +5649,7 @@ msgid "" " page with every campaign in a default kanban view." msgstr "" "Um einen vollständigen Überblick über alle Social-Marketingkampagnen zu " -"erhalten, öffnen Sie die App :menuselection:`Social Marketing` und klicken " +"erhalten, öffnen Sie die :menuselection:`Social-Marketing-App` und klicken " "Sie in der Kopfzeile auf :menuselection:`Kampagnen`. Daraufhin erscheint " "eine separate Seite mit jeder Kampagne in einer Standard-Kanban-Ansicht." @@ -5674,7 +5677,7 @@ msgstr "" "Das **Zahnradsymbol** erscheint *nur*, wenn sich der Mauszeiger links vom " "**+ (Pluszeichen)** befindet. Wenn Sie auf das Zahnradsymbol klicken, " "erscheint ein Drop-down-Menü mit den Optionen: :guilabel:`Einklappen`, " -":guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und :guilabel:`Löschen`." +":guilabel:`Phase bearbeiten` und :guilabel:`Löschen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5685,7 +5688,8 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Sie auf :guilabel:`Einklappen` klicken, wird die Spalte dieser " "bestimmten Phase minimiert. Sie können die Spalte der Phase " "wiederherstellen, indem Sie in der Standard-Kanban-Ansicht auf dem " -"Hauptdashboard :guilabel:`Kampagnen` auf die eingeklappte Version klicken." +"Hauptdashboard für :guilabel:`Kampagnen` auf die eingeklappte Version " +"klicken." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5709,10 +5713,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in " "the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" -"Um der Pipeline eine neue Phase hinzuzufügen, scrollen Sie auf dem Dashboard" -" :guilabel:`Kampagnen` nach rechts, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Spalte " -"hinzufügen`, geben Sie die gewünschten Informationen ein und klicken Sie auf" -" :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`." +"Um der Pipeline eine neue Phase hinzuzufügen, scrollen Sie auf dem " +":guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Dashboard nach rechts, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Spalte hinzufügen`, geben Sie die gewünschten Informationen ein " +"und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5720,10 +5724,10 @@ msgid "" "dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` " "option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" -"Die gleichen Informationen zu Social-Marketingkampagnen auf dem Dashboard " -":guilabel:`Kampagnen` können auch als Liste angezeigt werden. Wählen Sie " -"dazu die Option :guilabel:`Liste`, die sich unter der Suchleiste in der " -"oberen rechten Ecke befindet." +"Die gleichen Informationen zu Social-Marketingkampagnen auf dem " +":guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Dashboard können auch als Liste angezeigt werden. " +"Wählen Sie dazu die Option :guilabel:`Liste`, die sich unter der Suchleiste " +"in der oberen rechten Ecke befindet." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" @@ -5734,8 +5738,8 @@ msgid "" "First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." msgstr "" -"Öffnen Sie zunächst die App :menuselection:`Social Marketing`, und wählen " -"Sie :guilabel:`Kampagnen` aus dem Kopfmenü aus." +"Öffnen Sie zunächst die :menuselection:`Social-Marketing-App` und wählen Sie" +" :guilabel:`Kampagnen` aus dem Menü in der Kopfzeile aus." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5745,8 +5749,8 @@ msgid "" "can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " "of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." msgstr "" -"Auf dem Dashboard :guilabel:`Kampagnen` können Sie eine neue Kampagne " -"erstellen, indem Sie auf das Schnellhinzufügungssymbol :guilabel:`+ " +"Auf dem :guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Dashboard können Sie eine neue Kampagne " +"erstellen, indem Sie auf das Symbol zum schnellen Hinzufügen :guilabel:`+ " "(Pluszeichen)` klicken, das sich in der oberen rechten Ecke jeder Phase der " "Pipeline befindet und in der Kanban-Ansicht sichtbar ist. Kampagnen können " "auch erstellt werden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` in der oberen linken " @@ -5758,12 +5762,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." msgstr "" "Beide Optionen zeigen ein neues Kampagnendetailfenster direkt auf dem " -"Dashboard :guilabel:`Kampagnen` an, wenn Sie darauf klicken." +":guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Dashboard an, wenn Sie darauf klicken." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Schnellhinzufügenoption für Kampagnen in Odoo Social Marketing." +"Ansicht der Option zum schnellen Hinzufügen für Kampagnen in Odoo Social " +"Marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5772,8 +5777,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." msgstr "" "Hier können Sie den :guilabel:`Namen der Kampagne`, die " -":guilabel:`Verantwortlich` Person und :guilabel:`Stichwörter` eingeben. Wenn" -" Sie alle Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Verantwortliche` Person und :guilabel:`Stichwörter` eingeben. " +"Wenn Sie alle Änderungen vorgenommen haben, klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um die Kampagne zur Datenbank hinzuzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 @@ -5816,7 +5821,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " "select :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie auf dem Dashboard :guilabel:`Kampagnen` in der Kanban-Ansicht das" +"Wählen Sie auf dem :guilabel:`Kampagnen`-Dashboard in der Kanban-Ansicht das" " Drop-down-Menü :guilabel:`⋮ (drei Punkte)` für die gewünschte Kampagne und " "wählen Sie :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`." @@ -5838,10 +5843,10 @@ msgid "" " and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " "scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." msgstr "" -"Auf einer Seite *Kampagnenvorlage* können zahlreiche Elemente " +"Auf einer Seite für *Kampagnenvorlagen* können zahlreiche Elemente " "angepasst/geändert und verschiedene Formen der Kommunikation erstellt, " "geändert und gesendet oder geplant werden. Unten sehen Sie ein Beispiel für " -"eine fertige Kampagnenvorlage." +"eine vollständige Kampagnenvorlage." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." @@ -5859,7 +5864,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Damit die Option :guilabel:`Neues Mailing senden` auf Kampagnenvorlagen " "erscheint, müssen Sie sicherstellen, dass die Funktion *Mailingkampagnen* in" -" der App *E-Mail-Marketing* aktiviert ist. Navigieren Sie dazu auf " +" der *E-Mail-Marketing*-App aktiviert ist. Navigieren Sie dazu zu " ":menuselection:`E-Mail-Marketing --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, " "aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Mailingkampagnen`, und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`." @@ -5869,12 +5874,12 @@ msgid "" "In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS " "Marketing* application must be installed on the database." msgstr "" -"Damit die Option :guilabel:`SMS versenden` erscheint, muss die App Odoo " -"*SMS-Marketing* in der Datenbank installiert sein." +"Damit die Option :guilabel:`SMS versenden` erscheint, muss Odoo *SMS-" +"Marketing* in der Datenbank installiert sein." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" -msgstr "Kampagnen Inhalte und Mitteilungen hinzufügen" +msgstr "Inhalte und Mitteilungen in Kampagnen einfügen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -6828,7 +6833,7 @@ msgstr "Umfragen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Umfragen `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Umfragen `_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 msgid "Survey essentials" @@ -7246,7 +7251,7 @@ msgid "" "method:" msgstr "" "Die folgenden Optionen stehen zur Verfügung, wenn Sie Ihre " -":guilabel:`Bewertungs`methode auswählen:" +":guilabel:`Bewertungsmethode` auswählen:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" @@ -7486,7 +7491,7 @@ msgstr "" "Um Punkte zu Fragen hinzuzufügen, öffnen Sie die :guilabel:`Umfragen`-App, " "wählen Sie das gewünschte Umfrageformular aus und klicken Sie dann auf den " "Reiter :guilabel:`Optionen`. Wählen Sie unter dem Abschnitt " -":guilabel;`Bewertung` zwischen :guilabel:`Bewertung mit Antworten am Ende` " +":guilabel:`Bewertung` zwischen :guilabel:`Bewertung mit Antworten am Ende` " "und :guilabel:`Bewertung ohne Antworten am Ende` aus." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index fe649a0dc..abcab799d 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -185,12 +185,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Im zweiten Schritt, :guilabel:`OAuth-Zustimmungsbildschirm`, geben Sie " +"`Odoo` in das Feld :guilabel:`App-Name` ein, wählen Sie die E-Mail-Adresse " +"für das Feld :guilabel:`Benutzer-Support-E-Mail` und geben Sie die E-Mail-" +"Adresse für den Bereich :guilabel:`Entwickler-Kontaktinformationen` ein. " +"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Speichern und Weiter`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 msgid "" "Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " "and Continue`." msgstr "" +"Überspringen Sie den dritten Schritt, :menuselection:`Bereiche`, indem Sie " +"auf :guilabel:`Speichern und weiter` klicken." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -199,6 +206,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie im Testmodus (Extern) fortfahren, fügen Sie als Nächstes die " +"E-Mail-Adressen hinzu, die unter dem Schritt :guilabel:`Testbenutzer` " +"konfiguriert wurden, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Benutzer hinzufügen` und dann " +"auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern und Fortfahren` klicken. Es " +"erscheint eine Zusammenfassung der App-Registrierung." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -212,6 +224,8 @@ msgid "" "Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " "credentials." msgstr "" +"Die OAuth-Zustimmung ist nun konfiguriert, und es ist an der Zeit, " +"Anmeldeinformationen zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 msgid "Create credentials" @@ -225,6 +239,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " "Google will open a guide to create credentials." msgstr "" +"Die *Client-ID* und das *Client-Geheimnis* werden beide benötigt, um Google " +"Kalender mit Odoo zu verbinden. Dies ist der letzte Schritt in der Google-" +"Konsole. Klicken Sie zunächst im linken Menü auf :guilabel:`Anmeldedaten`. " +"Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Anmeldedaten erstellen` und wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`OAuth-Client-ID`, Google öffnet eine Anleitung zum Erstellen von " +"Anmeldedaten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -232,6 +252,9 @@ msgid "" "application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " "Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie unter :menuselection:`OAuth-Client-ID erstellen` für das Feld " +":guilabel:`Anwendungstyp` die Option :guilabel:`Website-Anwendung` und geben" +" Sie für das Feld :guilabel:`Name` die Option `Meine Odoo-Datenbank` ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -239,6 +262,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " "Resource Locator)` address." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie unter dem Abschnitt :guilabel:`Autorisierte JavaScript-" +"Originale` auf :guilabel:`+ URI hinzufügen` und geben Sie die vollständige " +":abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`-Adresse des Unternehmens ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 msgid "" @@ -247,17 +273,26 @@ msgid "" "address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Autorisierte Umleitungs-URIs` auf " +":guilabel:`+ URI hinzufügen` und geben Sie die :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)`-Adresse von Odoo des Unternehmens ein, gefolgt von " +"`/google_account/authentication`. Klicken Sie schließlich auf " +":guilabel:`Erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 msgid "" "Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." msgstr "" +"Fügen Sie die autorisierten JavaScript-Originale und die autorisierten " +"Umleitungfs-URIs hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " "these to a notepad." msgstr "" +"Es erscheinen :guilabel:`Client-ID` und :guilabel:`Client-Geheimnis`, " +"kopieren Sie diese in einen Notepad." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 msgid "Setup in Odoo" @@ -2833,7 +2868,7 @@ msgstr "" "Siehe :doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "Kassenschublade" @@ -2844,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr "" "sein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "Barcode-Scanner" @@ -3170,10 +3205,637 @@ msgstr "" "kein Treiber ausgewählt ist." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "Epson configuration special case" +msgstr "Sonderfall der Epson-Konfiguration" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" +"Die meisten Epson-Drucker unterstützen das Drucken von Kassenbons in Odoo " +"Kassensystem unter Verwendung des Befehls `GS v 0`. Die folgenden Epson-" +"Druckermodelle unterstützen diesen Befehl jedoch nicht:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "TM-U220" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "TM-U230" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "TM-P60" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "TMP-P60II" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Umgehen Sie dieses Problem, indem Sie den Drucker so konfigurieren, dass er " +"stattdessen den Befehl `ESC *` verwendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "Verfahren zum Erzwingen des ESC*-Befehls" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "Kompatibilität des Epson-Druckers" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" +"Prüfen Sie zuerst, ob der Drucker mit dem Befehl `GS v 0` nicht kompatibel " +"ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation `_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" +"`Dokumentation zu Epson GS v 0 `_ für `GS v " +"0`-kompatible Drucker." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation `_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" +"`Dokumentation zu Epson ESC * `_ für `ESC " +"*`-kompatible Drucker." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der Drucker nicht mit dem Befehl `ESC *` kompatibel ist, ist der " +"folgende Vorgang nicht möglich. Sollte der Drucker mit dem Befehl `ESC *` " +"kompatibel sein, folgen Sie diesem Prozess, um den Drucker mit der " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`-Box zu konfigurieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "IoT-Box-Konfiguration für ESC *" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Um die :abbr:`IoT (Internet der Dinge)`-Box so zu konfigurieren, dass sie " +"den Befehl `ESC *` zum Drucken verwendet, gehen Sie zur Startseite der " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet der Dinge)`-Box, indem Sie zur :menuselection:`IoT-App " +"--> IoT-Boxen` navigieren. Klicken Sie dann auf das Feld :guilabel:`IP-" +"Adresse` und Sie werden zur Startseite der :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)`-Box weitergeleitet." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "**Den Drucker aussuchen**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie nun auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Druckerserver`. Dadurch wird" +" der Browser auf die Seite *CUPS* umgeleitet. Gehen Sie dann auf " +":menuselection:`Administration --> Drucker --> Drucker hinzufügen`, wählen " +"Sie den Drucker, der geändert werden soll, und klicken Sie dann auf " +":guilabel:`Fortfahren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie den Namen des Druckers immer noch nicht kennen, gehen Sie wie folgt" +" vor:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "Beachten Sie die aufgelisteten Drucker auf der *CUPS*-Seite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "Schalten Sie den Drucker aus und aktualisieren Sie die Seite." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" +"Vergleichen Sie die Differenz mit der ersten Liste, um zu sehen, welcher " +"Drucker verschwindet." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "Schalten Sie den Drucker ein und aktualisieren Sie die Seite erneut." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" +"Überprüfen Sie die Liste noch einmal, um zu sehen, ob der Drucker wieder " +"angezeigt wird." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" +"Der Drucker, der verschwunden ist und in der Liste der Drucker wieder " +"auftaucht, ist der Name des betreffenden Druckers." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" +"Dies kann unter :guilabel:`Local printers` (Lokale Drucker) als " +":guilabel:`Unknown` (Unbekannt) angezeigt werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "**CUPS-Namensrichtlinie**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" +"`CUPS` wird den Administrator nach drei Informationen fragen: " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Beschreibung` und :guilabel:`Ort`. Die letzten " +"beiden Informationen müssen nicht spezifisch sein, aber der :guilabel:`Name`" +" sollte einer bestimmten Konvention folgen, um mit dem Befehl `ESC *` zu " +"funktionieren." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`__IMC___...___`" +msgstr "" +"Der :guilabel:`Name` sollte dieser Richtlinie entsprechen: " +"`__IMC___...___`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "Eine Aufschlüsselung der Namensrichtlinie:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" +"`printer_name`: Dies ist der Druckername. Er kann ein beliebiges Zeichen " +"sein, solange er kein `_`, `/`, `#` oder ` ` (Leerzeichen) enthält." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" +"`IMC`: Dies steht für *Image Mode Column* (die vereinfachte Bezeichnung für " +"`ESC *`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "`param_1`: Dies steht für den spezifischen Parameter:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" +"`SCALE`: Skalierung des Bildes (mit demselben Seitenverhältnis). `X` " +"sollte eine ganze Zahl sein, die den Prozentsatz der Skalierung beschreibt, " +"der verwendet werden soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" +"`100` ist die Originalgröße, `50` ist die halbe Größe, `200` ist die " +"doppelte Größe." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (wird auf *High Density Vertical* gesetzt, " +"wenn nicht angegeben)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (wird auf *High Density Horizontal* gesetzt," +" wenn nicht angegeben)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" +"Die *Density*-Parameter müssen je nach Druckermodell möglicherweise auf eine" +" bestimmte Weise konfiguriert werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation `_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" +"Besuchen Sie die `Dokumentation zu Epson ESC * `_ und klicken Sie auf " +"das Druckermodell in der Tabelle oben, um zu sehen, ob der Drucker diese " +"Parameter einstellen soll." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" +"Im Folgenden finden Sie Beispiele für die richtige und falsche Formatierung " +"von Namen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "Richtige Namensformatierung:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" +"Falsche Namensformatierung (dies verhindert zwar nicht den Druck, aber das " +"Ergebnis entspricht möglicherweise nicht der erwarteten Druckausgabe):" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> Der Name darf keine Leerzeichen haben." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> Der Name selbst ist korrekt, aber `ESC *` wird nicht " +"verwendet." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> Dem Namen fehlt das Ende `__`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> Der Parameter `XDV` stimmt mit keinem der " +"vorhandenen Parameter überein." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> Dem Parameter `SCALE` fehlt der " +"Skalierungswert." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "**Hinzufügen eines Druckers abschließen**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie den Namen des Druckers mit der entsprechenden Namensrichtlinie " +"festgelegt haben, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Continue` (Weiter). Als " +"nächstes setzen Sie den Wert :guilabel:`Make` (Machen) auf :guilabel:`Raw` " +"(Roh) und für den Wert :guilabel:`Model` (Modell) setzen Sie diesen auf " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)` (Rohe Warteschlange)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie diese Schritte durchgeführt haben, klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Add printer` (Drucker hinzufügen). Wenn Sie alles richtig gemacht" +" haben, sollte die Seite auf die *Banner*-Seite umgeleitet werden." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" +"An diesem Punkt sollte der Drucker erstellt worden sein. Jetzt muss die " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`-Box ihn nur noch erkennen und dann mit dem " +"Odoo-Server synchronisieren (dies kann einige Minuten dauern)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "**Den Drucker zum Odoo Kassensystem hinzufügen**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" +"Sobald der Drucker in der Odoo-Datenbank sichtbar ist, vergessen Sie nicht, " +"ihn in der Kassensystem-Konfiguration als :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)`-Drucker auszuwählen. Navigieren Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem" +" --> Einstellungen --> Verbundene Geräte --> IoT-Box --> Bondrucker --> " +"Speichern`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" +"Wenn der Drucker falsch eingerichtet wurde (er druckt immer noch zufälligen " +"Text oder der gedruckte Bon ist zu groß oder zu klein), dann kann er nicht " +"über den Druckernamen mit *CUPS* geändert werden. Stattdessen können Sie den" +" oben beschriebenen Vorgang wiederholen, um einen neuen Drucker mit " +"geänderten Parametern einzurichten." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "**Beispiel für die Einrichtung des Druckers Epson TM-U220B mit ESC**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" +"Im Folgenden finden Sie ein Beispiel für die Fehlerbehebung bei einem " +"TM-U220B-Druckermodell mit dem Befehl `ESC *`. Der unten abgebildete Bon ist" +" ein Beispiel für einen Beleg, der aufgrund der korrekten Formatierung " +"(theoretisch) korrekt gedruckt wird:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "Ordnungsgemäß formatiertes Belegbild aus einer Demo-Datenbank." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie versuchen, diesen Bon sofort zu drucken, bevor Sie ihn richtig " +"formatiert haben, wird das nicht funktionieren, da das " +"TM-U220B-Druckermodell `GS v 0` nicht unterstützt. Stattdessen werden " +"zufällige Zeichen gedruckt:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "Druckerpapier mit scheinbar zufälligen Zeichen." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" +"Um die Formatierung für das Druckermodell Epson TM-U220B richtig zu " +"konfigurieren, führen Sie die folgenden Schritte aus." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 `_ and `ESC * " +"`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"Nachdem Sie sich auf der Website von Epson über die Kompatibilität der " +"beiden Befehle informiert haben: `GS v 0 `_ und `ESC * " +"`_, können Sie " +"feststellen, dass der TM-U220B zwar nicht mit `GS v 0`, aber mit `ESC *` " +"kompatibel ist." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "Epson-Kompatibilitätsprüfung von der Epson-Website." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie den Drucker hinzufügen, fragt *CUPS*, welcher Drucker hinzugefügt " +"werden soll:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "Administrationsmenü, Druckerauswahl hinzufügen." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" +"In diesem Fall ist der Drucker über :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"angeschlossen, sodass er nicht unter :guilabel:`Erkannte Netzwerkdrucker` zu" +" finden ist. Stattdessen ist er wahrscheinlich Teil der Auswahl " +":guilabel:`Unbekannt` unter :guilabel:`Lokale Drucker`. Wenn Sie das " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`-Kabel des Druckers von der :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)`-Box abziehen und die Seite aktualisieren, verschwindet" +" der :guilabel:`Unbekannte` Drucker. Wenn Sie das Kabel wieder einstecken, " +"erscheint der Drucker wieder, sodass man sagen kann, dass es sich um den " +"betreffenden Drucker handelt." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site `_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" +"Für die Namensrichtlinie ist es zwingend erforderlich, `__IMC` hinzuzufügen," +" da mit dem Befehl `ESC *` gedruckt werden soll. Informieren Sie sich über " +"das Druckermodell auf der `ESC*-Seite von Epson `_, um mehr über die " +"*Density*-Parameter zu erfahren." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "Epson-TM-U220-Spezifikationen auf der Website des Herstellers." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" +"Für dieses spezielle Modell, TM-U220, sollte `m` gleich 0 oder 1 sein. Wenn " +"Sie sich auf :guilabel:`Description` (Beschreibung) unter dem rosafarbenen " +"Feld im obigen Bild beziehen, können die `m`-Werte 0, 1, 32 oder 33 sein. In" +" diesem Fall kann der Wert `m` also NICHT 32 oder 33 sein (sonst werden " +"zufällige Zeichen gedruckt)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"Die Tabelle enthält die numerischen Werte: 32 und 33. Sie treten beide auf, " +"wenn die :guilabel:`Anzahl der Bits für vertikale Daten` auf 24 gesetzt ist." +" Dies bedeutet eine *High Vertical Density*. Wenn Sie den Epson TM-U220 " +"konfigurieren, müssen Sie die *Low Vertical Density* erzwingen, da dieses " +"Druckermodell keine *High Vertical Density* für diesen Befehl `ESC *` " +"unterstützt." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" +"Um eine *Low Vertical Density* hinzuzufügen, fügen Sie den Parameter `LDV` " +"zur Namensrichtlinie hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" +"Um eine *Low Vertical Density* (der `LDV`-Paramter) hinzuzufügen, fügen Sie " +"den Parameter `LDV` zur Namensrichtlinie hinzu." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Continue` (Weiter), um fortzufahren. Als nächstes" +" setzen Sie den Wert :guilabel:`Make` (Machen) auf :guilabel:`Raw` (Roh) und" +" für den Wert :guilabel:`Model` (Modell) setzen Sie diesen auf " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)` (Rohe Warteschlange)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "Epson-TM-U220-Spezifikationen auf der Website des Herstellers." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie jedoch versuchen, mit der Namensrichtlinie " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__` zu drucken, wird der Bon zwar gedruckt, aber sie " +"ist zu groß und liegt außerhalb des Randes. Um dieses Problem zu lösen, " +"fügen Sie einen neuen Drucker (und eine neue Namensrichtlinie) mit dem " +"Parameter `SCALE ` hinzu, um ihn an unsere Beleggröße anzupassen." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "Hier sind einige Beispiele:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "Namensrichtlinie für Drucker" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "Belegbeispielformat." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "Bonformat mit Namensrichtlinie: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "Bonformat mit Namensrichtlinie: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "Bonformat mit Namensrichtlinie: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "Bonformat mit Namensrichtlinie: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "Der Zebra-Drucker druckt nichts aus" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " @@ -3190,7 +3852,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ansichten` im :ref:`Entwicklermodus ` auf und suchen Sie die" " entsprechende Vorlage." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here `_." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Die vom Barcode-Scanner gelesenen Zeichen stimmen nicht mit dem Barcode " "überein" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -3219,11 +3881,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sie zur Formularansicht des Geräts (:menuselection:`IoT-App --> Geräte --> " "Barcode-Gerät`) und wählen Sie das richtige Format." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Nichts passiert, wenn ein Barcode gescannt wird" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -3238,11 +3900,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> 3-Punkte-Menü des Kassensystems --> " "Abschnitt IoT-Box --> Bearbeiten`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "Der Barcode-Scanner wird als Tastatur erkannt" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " @@ -3252,7 +3914,7 @@ msgstr "" "Tastatur und werden von der :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`-Box nicht " "erkannt." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -3266,11 +3928,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "Bearbeitung der Formularansicht des Barcode-Scanners." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "Die Kassenschublade öffnet sich nicht" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -3887,20 +4549,18 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Qualitätsprüfen` zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" @@ -4206,6 +4866,18 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Qualitätsapp --> Qualitätskontrolle --> Qualitätsprüfungen " "--> Neu` navigieren." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "Messinstrument in der Fertigungsapp mit einem Arbeitsplatz verknüpfen" @@ -5919,7 +6591,7 @@ msgid "" "press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot." msgstr "" "Um es einzurichten, geben Sie Ihr neues Stichwort in das Feld " -":guilabel:Stichwörter` ein und drücken Sie **Enter** oder klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Stichwörter` ein und drücken Sie **Enter** oder klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Neues Stichwort erstellen`. Klicken Sie irgendwo, um das Fenster " "zu schließen. Fügen Sie dann die Stcihwörter in das Eigenschaftsfeld ein. " "Klicken Sie dazu auf das Eigenschaftsfeld und wählen Sie eines der " @@ -9000,27 +9672,36 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, der standardmäßig " +"eine kleine Schriftgröße hat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Titelblocj`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text ein, der " +"standardmäßig eine größere Schriftgröße hat." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," " add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Bild`: Fügen Sie ein Bild hinzu. Sie können entweder eines von " +"Ihrem Gerät hochladen, eines von einer URL hinzufügen oder eines auswählen, " +"das bereits in Ihrer Datenbank vorhanden ist." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Feld`: fügt dynamisch den Wert eines Feldes hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feld & Bezeichnung`: fügt dynamisch den Wert und die Bezeichnung " +"eines Feldes hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -9028,10 +9709,13 @@ msgid "" "contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " "*Email*." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Adressblock`: fügt dynamisch die Werte eines Kontakts (Modell " +"`res.partner`) hinzu, falls vorhanden: *Name*, *Adresse*, *Telefon*, *Mobil*" +" und *E-Mail*." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Example of an Address Block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiel eines Adressblocks" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" @@ -9042,12 +9726,17 @@ msgid "" "Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " "line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" +"Inline-Elemente werden um andere Elemente herum verwendet. Sie beginnen " +"nicht in einer neuen Zeile und die Breite passt sich der Länge des Inhalts " +"an." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" "You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " ":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" +"Sie können die Breite und die Rahmen eines Elements festlegen, indem Sie es " +"markieren und auf den Reiter :guilabel:`Optionen` wechseln." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" @@ -9056,6 +9745,8 @@ msgstr "Tabelle" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" +"Tabellenelemente werden zusammen verwendet, um eine Datentabelle zu " +"erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" @@ -9064,10 +9755,14 @@ msgid "" "fields/many2many>` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Datentabelle`: Erstellen Sie eine Tabelle und fügen Sie dynamisch" +" eine erste Spalte hinzu, die die *Name*-Werte eines :ref:`Many2Many " +"` oder :ref:`One2Many " +"`-Feldes in Ihrem Modell anzeigt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Example of a Data table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Beispiel einer Datentabelle" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 msgid "" @@ -9075,10 +9770,16 @@ msgid "" "values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feldspalte`: Fügen Sie der Tabelle eine neue Spalte hinzu, die " +"die Werte eines :ref:`Zugehörigen Feldes ` anzeigt, das zur Erstellung der " +":guilabel:`Datentabelle` verwendet wurde." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Text in Zelle`: Fügen Sie beliebigen Text in einer vorhandene " +"Tabellenzelle hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -9086,6 +9787,10 @@ msgid "" " a :ref:`Related Field ` to " "the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Feld in Zelle`: fügt in einer bestehenden Tabellenzelle die Werte" +" eines :ref:`Zugehörigen Feldes ` zu dem Feld hinzu, das zur Erstellung der :guilabel:`Datentabelle` " +"verwendet wurde." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" @@ -9093,6 +9798,10 @@ msgid "" "value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " "are added before the total amount." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zwischensumme & Summe`: Fügen Sie den Wert eines bestehenden " +"Feldes :guilabel:`Gesamtbetrag`. Wenn ein Feld :guilabel:`Steuern` vorhanden" +" ist, werden die unversteuerten Beträge und die Steuern vor dem Gesamtbetrag" +" addiert." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" @@ -9103,46 +9812,62 @@ msgid "" "Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." msgstr "" +"Spalten werden verwendet, um mehrere :ref:`Block `-Elemente in derselben Zeile einzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Zwei Spalten`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text in zwei " +"verschiedenen Spalten ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Drei Spalten`: Fügen Sie einen beliebigen Text in drei " +"verschiedenen Spalten ein." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 msgid "Report tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reiter „Bericht“" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" "Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " "tab." msgstr "" +"Im Reiter :guilabel:`Bericht` stehen mehrere Konfigurationsoptionen zur " +"Verfügung." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" " (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Ändern Sie den Namen des Berichts. Der neue Name wird " +"überall übernommen (in Studio, unter der Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Drucken` " +"und für den Namen der PDF-Datei)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Papierformat`: ändern Sie die Papiergröße des Berichts." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " "button available on the record." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Im Druck hinzufügen`: Fügen Sie den Bericht unter der " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`🖶 Drucken` hinzu, die im Datensatz verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " "report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sichtbarkeit auf Gruppen beschränken`: Beschränken Sie die " +"Verfügbarkeit des PDF-Berichts auf bestimmte :doc:`Benutzergruppen " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" @@ -9152,71 +9877,93 @@ msgstr "Reiter „Optionen“" msgid "" "Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" +"Wählen Sie ein Element im Bericht aus, um auf die Optionen des Elements " +"zuzugreifen und es zu bearbeiten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 msgid "The Options tab for a text element" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Der Reiter „Optionen“ für ein Textelement" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 msgid "" "You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " "the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." msgstr "" +"Sie können mehrere Elemente gleichzeitig auswählen und bearbeiten, indem Sie" +" auf die verschiedenen Abschnitte oder Bereiche klicken (z. B. `div`, " +"`table` usw.)." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hier finden Sie einige der gängigsten Optionen:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " ":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rahmen`: fügt Abstände an der :guilabel:`Oberseite`, " +":guilabel:`rechts`, :guilabel:`Unterseite` und :guilabel:`links` vom Element" +" hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Breite`: Legen Sie die maximale Breite des Elements fest." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " "displayed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sichtbar, wenn`: legt fest, unter welchen Bedingungen das Element" +" angezeigt werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " "<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Sichtbar für`: legt fest, für welche :doc:`Benutzergruppen " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` das Element angezeigt werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aus Ansicht entfernen`: entfernt das Element aus der Ansicht des " +"Berichts." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Textdekoration`: Schrift in fett, kursiv und unterstrichen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " "the report." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Ausrichtung`: Richten Sie das Element links, mittig oder rechts " +"im Bericht aus." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Schriftart`: Verwenden Sie eine der Standardschriftarten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Farben`: Ändern Sie die Farbe der Schrift und die " +"Hintergrundfarbe." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 msgid "" "You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " "edit to see some of the options described above." msgstr "" +"Möglicherweise müssen Sie einen Abschnitt oder eine Abteilung oberhalb des " +"Elements, das Sie bearbeiten möchten, auswählen, um einige der oben " +"beschriebenen Optionen zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" @@ -9231,12 +9978,22 @@ msgid "" "`, :ref:`timeline `, " "and :ref:`reporting `." msgstr "" +"Ansichten sind die Schnittstelle, über die die in einem Modell enthaltenen " +"Daten angezeigt werden können. Ein Modell kann mehrere Ansichten haben, die " +"einfach nur verschiedene Möglichkeiten sind, dieselben Daten anzuzeigen. In " +"Studio sind die Ansichten in vier Kategorien unterteilt: :ref:`Allgemein " +"`, :ref:`Mehrere Datensätze `, :ref:`Zeitleiste ` und :ref:`Berichtswesen" +" `." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:12 msgid "" "To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " "Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." msgstr "" +"Um die Standardansicht eines Modells zu ändern, gehen Sie zu " +":menuselection:`Studio --> Ansichten --> Drop-down-Menü (⋮) --> Als Standard" +" festlegen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -9244,6 +10001,10 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " "select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." msgstr "" +"Sie können Ansichten mit dem integrierten XML-Editor bearbeiten. Aktivieren " +"Sie dazu den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `, gehen Sie zu der " +"Ansicht, die Sie bearbeiten möchten, wählen Sie den Reiter " +":guilabel:`Ansicht` und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:` XML`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -9255,6 +10016,14 @@ msgid "" " and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," " are automatically generated." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine Ansicht mit dem XML-Editor bearbeiten, vermeiden Sie es, " +"Änderungen direkt an Standardansichten und geerbten Ansichten vorzunehmen, " +"da diese zurückgesetzt werden und im Falle einer Aktualisierung oder eines " +"Modul-Upgrades nicht beibehalten würden. Stellen Sie immer sicher, dass Sie " +"die richtigen geerbten Studio-Ansichten auswählen. Wenn Sie nämlich eine " +"Ansicht in Studio per Drag-and-drop eines neuen Feldes ändern, werden " +"automatisch eine bestimmte geerbte Studio-Ansicht und ihr XPath generiert, " +"der definiert, welcher Teil der Ansicht geändert wird." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:31 msgid "General views" @@ -9268,6 +10037,8 @@ msgid "" "The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" " unless specified otherwise." msgstr "" +"Die hierunter beschriebenen Einstellungen finden Sie im Reiter " +":guilabel:`Ansicht`, sofern nicht anders angegeben." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:40 msgid "Form" @@ -9278,12 +10049,18 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" " contacts, sales orders, products, etc." msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht :guilabel:`Formular` wird zum Erstellen und Bearbeiten von " +"Datensätzen verwendet, z. B. von Kontakten, Verkaufsaufträgen, Produkten " +"usw." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:45 msgid "" "To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " "found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." msgstr "" +"Um ein Formular zu strukturieren, ziehen Sie das Element :guilabel:`Reiter " +"und Spalten` per Drag-and-drop, das sich unter dem Reiter :guilabel:`+ " +"Hinzufügen` befindet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:132 @@ -9291,10 +10068,13 @@ msgid "" "To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " ":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer Datensätze erstellen, bearbeiten oder " +"löschen, deaktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Darf erstellen`, :guilabel:`Darf " +"bearbeiten` oder :guilabel:`Darf löschen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Sales order model's Form view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formularansicht des Verkaufsauftragsmodell" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:59 msgid "Activity" @@ -9305,14 +10085,19 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " "activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht :guilabel:`Aktivität` wird verwendet, um Aktivitäten (E-Mails, " +"Anrufe usw.), die mit Datensätzen verknüpft sind, zu planen und im Überblick" +" zu behalten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:65 msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." msgstr "" +"Diese Ansicht kann nur in Studio durch Bearbeitung des XML-Codes geändert " +"werden." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktivitätsansicht des Lead/Verkaufschancenmodell" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:76 msgid "Search" @@ -9323,6 +10108,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," " and search records." msgstr "" +"Die Ansicht :guilabel:`Suchen` wird zu anderen Ansichten hinzugefügt, um " +"Datensätze zu filtern, zu gruppieren und zu suchen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -9330,6 +10117,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " "them under :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" +"Um benutzerdefinierte :guilabel:`Filter` hinzuzufügen und sie mit " +":guilabel:`Trennzeichen` zu strukturieren, gehen Sie auf den Reiter " +":guilabel:`+ Hinzufügen` und ziehen Sie sie per Drag-and-drop unter " +":guilabel:`Filter`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -9337,10 +10128,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " "Fields`." msgstr "" +"Um ein bestehendes Feld unter dem Drop-down-Menü der Suche hinzuzufügen, " +"gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`+ Hinzufügen` und ziehen Sie es per Drag-" +"and-drop unter :guilabel:`Felder mit Autovervollständigung`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suchen-Ansicht des Projektmodells in der Kanban-Ansicht" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:94 msgid "Multiple records views" @@ -9356,6 +10150,9 @@ msgid "" "moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " "inside *cards*." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kanban`-Ansicht wird häufig verwendet, um Geschäftsabläufe zu" +" unterstützen, indem Datensätze über Phasen hinweg verschoben werden oder " +"als alternative Möglichkeit, Datensätze innerhalb von *Karten* anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -9363,27 +10160,37 @@ msgid "" " on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." msgstr "" +"Wenn die :guilabel:`Kanban`-Ansicht existiert, wird sie standardmäßig für " +"die Anzeige von Daten auf mobilen Geräten anstelle der :ref:`Listenansicht " +"` verwendet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:112 msgid "" "To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer neue Datensätze erstellen, deaktivieren Sie " +"das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Darf erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:113 msgid "" "To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " ":guilabel:`Quick Create`." msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze direkt in der Ansicht in einer minimalistischen Form zu " +"erstellen, aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Schnelles Anlegen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:115 msgid "" "To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " ":guilabel:`Default Group by`." msgstr "" +"Um die Art und Weise zu ändern, wie Datensätze standardmäßig gruppiert " +"werden, wählen Sie eine neue Gruppe unter :guilabel:`Standardmäßig " +"gruppieren nach`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Project model's Kanban view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanban-Ansicht des Projektsmodells" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:127 msgid "List" @@ -9394,6 +10201,9 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" " records, and edit simple records." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Listenansicht` wird verwendet, um viele Datensätze auf einmal" +" zu überblicken, nach Datensätzen zu suchen und einfache Datensätze zu " +"bearbeiten." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -9401,22 +10211,32 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " ":guilabel:`Editable`." msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze direkt in der Ansicht zu erstellen und zu bearbeiten, wählen " +"Sie entweder :guilabel:`Neuer Datensatz oben` oder :guilabel:`Neuer " +"Datensatz unten` unter :guilabel:`Bearbeitbar`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:138 msgid "" "This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " "` from the :guilabel:`List` view." msgstr "" +"Dies verhindert, dass Benutzer Datensätze in der :ref:`Formularansicht " +"` aus der :guilabel:`Listenansicht` öffnen " +"können." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:141 msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." msgstr "" +"Um mehrere Datensätze auf einmal zu bearbeiten, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Massenbearbeitung aktivieren`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:142 msgid "" "To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " ":guilabel:`Sort By`." msgstr "" +"Um zu ändern, wie Datensätze standardmäßig sortiert werden, wählen Sie ein " +"Feld unter :guilabel:`Sortieren nach`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -9424,14 +10244,18 @@ msgid "" "field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " "widget." msgstr "" +"Um ein Ziehpunkt-Symbol hinzuzufügen, mit dem Sie Datensätze manuell neu " +"anordnen können, fügen Sie ein :ref:`Ganzzahl-Feld ` mit dem :guilabel:`Ziehpunkt`-Widget hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" msgstr "" +"Ziehpunkt-Symbol, um Datensätze in der Listenansicht manuell zu sortieren." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Sales order model's List view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listenansicht des Verkaufsauftragsmodell" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:161 msgid "Map" @@ -9443,6 +10267,9 @@ msgid "" "it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " "tasks." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kartenansicht` wird verwendet, um Datensätze auf einer Karte " +"anzuzeigen. Sie wird zum Beispiel in der Außendienst-App verwendet, um eine " +"Route zwischen verschiedenen Aufgaben zu planen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:167 msgid "" @@ -9450,24 +10277,34 @@ msgid "" " the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " "address is used to position records on the map." msgstr "" +"Ein :ref:`Many2One-Feld `, das mit" +" dem *Kontakt*-Modell verknüpft ist, ist erforderlich, um die Ansicht zu " +"aktivieren, da die Kontaktadresse zur Positionierung der Datensätze auf der " +"Karte verwendet wird." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:170 msgid "" "To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " ":guilabel:`Contact Field`." msgstr "" +"Um auszuwählen, welche Art von Kontakt auf der Karte verwendet werden soll, " +"wählen Sie ihn unter :guilabel:`Kontaktfeld`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:172 msgid "" "To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" " :guilabel:`Hide Address`." msgstr "" +"Um den Namen oder die Adresse des Datensatzes auszublenden, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Name ausblenden` oder :guilabel:`Adresse ausblenden`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:174 msgid "" "To add information from other fields, select them under " ":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." msgstr "" +"Um Informationen aus anderen Feldern hinzuzufügen, wählen Sie diese unter " +":guilabel:`Zusätzliche Felder` aus." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -9475,10 +10312,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " "records for the routing." msgstr "" +"Um eine Route zwischen den verschiedenen Datensätzen vorschlagen zu lassen, " +"markieren Sie :guilabel:`Routenplanung aktivieren` und wählen Sie aus, " +"welches Feld für die Sortierung der Datensätze für die Routenplanung " +"verwendet werden soll." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Task model's Map view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kartenansicht des Aufgabenmodells" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:187 msgid "Timeline views" @@ -9493,18 +10334,30 @@ msgid "" "view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " "Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" +"Wenn Sie eine der Zeitleistenansichten zum ersten Mal aktivieren, müssen Sie" +" auswählen, welches Feld :ref:`Datum ` " +"oder :ref:`Datum & Zeit ` Ihres " +"Modells verwendet werden sollen, um zu definieren, wann die Datensätze " +"beginnen und enden, um sie in der Ansicht anzuzeigen. Sie können die Felder " +":guilabel:`Startdatumsfeld` und :guilabel:`Enddatumsfeld` nach dem " +"Aktivieren der Ansicht ändern." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " "a calendar." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kalender`-Ansicht dient der Übersicht und Verwaltung von " +"Datensätzen in einem Kalender." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:205 msgid "" "To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" " view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze direkt in der Ansicht zu erstellen, anstatt die " +":ref:`Formularansicht ` zu öffnen, aktivieren Sie" +" :guilabel:`Schnelles Anlegen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -9512,6 +10365,10 @@ msgid "" "*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " ":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." msgstr "" +"Dies funktioniert nur bei bestimmten Modellen, die nur mit einem *Namen* " +"schnell erstellt werden können. Die meisten Modelle unterstützen jedoch " +"keine schnelle Erstellung und öffnen die :guilabel:`Formularansicht`, um die" +" erforderlichen Felder auszufüllen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -9519,12 +10376,17 @@ msgid "" "All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " "the same color." msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze im Kalender einzufärben, wählen Sie ein Feld unter " +":guilabel:`Farbe`. Alle Datensätze, die den gleichen Wert für dieses Feld " +"haben, werden in der gleichen Farbe angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:217 msgid "" "As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" " to different values." msgstr "" +"Da die Anzahl der Farben begrenzt ist, kann es vorkommen, dass dieselbe " +"Farbe verschiedenen Werten zugeordnet wird." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:220 msgid "" @@ -9532,6 +10394,9 @@ msgid "" " :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" " if the event lasts the whole day." msgstr "" +"Um Veranstaltungen, die den ganzen Tag dauern, oben im Kalender anzuzeigen, " +"wählen Sie ein :ref:`Kontrollkästchenfeld `, das angibt, ob der Termin den ganzen Tag dauert." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:223 msgid "" @@ -9539,6 +10404,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " "under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." msgstr "" +"Um die Standardzeitskala für die Anzeige von Veranstaltungen auszuwählen, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Stichwort`, :guilabel:`Woche`, :guilabel:`Monat` oder " +":guilabel:`Jahr` unter :guilabel:`Standardanzeigemodus`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -9549,10 +10417,16 @@ msgid "" "you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " "be taken into account." msgstr "" +"Sie können auch ein :guilabel:`Verzögerungsfeld` verwenden, um die Dauer des" +" Termins in Stunden anzuzeigen, indem Sie ein Feld :ref:`Dezimalstellen " +"` oder :ref:`Ganzzahl " +"` auf dem Modell auswählen, das die " +"Dauer des Termins angibt. Wenn Sie jedoch ein :guilabel:`Enddatumsfeld` " +"setzen, wird das :guilabel:`Verzögerungsfeld` nicht berücksichtigt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kalenderansicht des Kalenderereignismodells" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:242 msgid "Cohort" @@ -9564,12 +10438,19 @@ msgid "" "over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" " the subscriptions' retention rate." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Kohortenansicht` wird verwendet, um den Lebenszyklus von " +"Datensätzen über einen bestimmten Zeitraum zu untersuchen. Sie wird zum " +"Beispiel in der Abonnements-App verwendet, um die Kundenbindungsrate von " +"Abonnements zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:247 msgid "" "To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " "default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." msgstr "" +"Um eine Kennzahl (d. h. den aggregierten Wert eines bestimmten Feldes) " +"standardmäßig in der Ansicht anzuzeigen, wählen Sie ein " +":guilabel:`Wertfeld`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -9577,6 +10458,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " "under :guilabel:`Interval`." msgstr "" +"Um auszuwählen, welches Zeitintervall standardmäßig zur Gruppierung der " +"Ergebnisse verwendet wird, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Stichwort`, " +":guilabel:`Woche`, :guilabel:`Monat` oder :guilabel:`Jahr` unter " +":guilabel:`Intervall`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:251 msgid "" @@ -9586,6 +10471,12 @@ msgid "" "records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " "with time`." msgstr "" +"Um den Kohorten-:guilabel:`Modus` zu ändern, wählen Sie entweder " +":guilabel:`Kundenbindung` :dfn:`der Prozentsatz der Datensätze, die über " +"einen bestimmten Zeitraum bleiben – er beginnt bei 100 % und nimmt mit der " +"Zeit ab` oder :guilabel:`Abwanderung` :dfn:`der Prozentsatz der Datensätze, " +"die über einen bestimmten Zeitraum ausscheiden – er beginnt bei 0 % und " +"nimmt mit der Zeit zu`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:255 msgid "" @@ -9594,10 +10485,14 @@ msgid "" "(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " "used." msgstr "" +"Um den Verlauf der :guilabel:`Zeitleiste` (d. h. der Spalten) zu ändern, " +"wählen Sie entweder :guilabel:`Vorwärts` (von 0 bis +15) oder " +":guilabel:`Rückwärts` (von -15 bis 0). Für die meisten Zwecke wird die " +"Zeitleiste :guilabel:`Vorwärts` verwendet." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kohortenansicht des Abonnements-Modells" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:268 msgid "Gantt" @@ -9608,18 +10503,27 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " "progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Gantt`-Ansicht dient zur Vorhersage und Untersuchung des " +"Gesamtfortschritts von Datensätzen. Datensätze werden durch einen Balken " +"unter einer Zeitskala dargestellt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:273 msgid "" "To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " "Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." msgstr "" +"Um zu verhindern, dass Benutzer Datensätze erstellen oder bearbeiten, " +"deaktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Darf erstellen` oder :guilabel:`Darf " +"bearbeiten`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:275 msgid "" "To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " "on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." msgstr "" +"Um graue Zellen auszufüllen, wenn dort kein Datensatz erstellt werden soll " +"(z. B. an Wochenenden für Mitarbeiter), markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Nichtverfügbarkeit anzeigen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:279 msgid "" @@ -9627,22 +10531,32 @@ msgid "" " added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " "and Manufacturing apps." msgstr "" +"Das zugrundeliegende Modell muss diese Funktion unterstützen, und die " +"Unterstützung kann nicht über Studio hinzugefügt werden. Sie wird für die " +"Apps Projekt, Abwesenheiten, Planung und Fertigung unterstützt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:282 msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." msgstr "" +"Um eine Summenzeile am unteren Rand anzuzeigen, markieren Sie " +":guilabel:`Summenzeile anzeigen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:283 msgid "" "To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" " Level`." msgstr "" +"Um mehrere Datensätze in einer einzigen Zeile zu komprimieren, markieren Sie" +" :guilabel:`Erste Ebene einklappen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:284 msgid "" "To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " "employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." msgstr "" +"Um festzulegen, wie die Datensätze in den Zeilen standardmäßig gruppiert " +"werden sollen (z .B. pro Mitarbeiter oder Projekt), wählen Sie ein Feld " +"unter :guilabel:`Standardmäßig gruppieren nach`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -9650,6 +10564,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " ":guilabel:`Default Scale`." msgstr "" +"Um eine Standardzeitskala für die Anzeige von Datensätzen zu definieren, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Stichwort`, :guilabel:`Woche`, :guilabel:`Monat` oder " +":guilabel:`Jahr` unter :guilabel:`Standardskala`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:288 msgid "" @@ -9657,12 +10574,17 @@ msgid "" "the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " "same color." msgstr "" +"Um Datensätze in der Ansicht einzufärben, wählen Sie ein Feld unter " +":guilabel:`Farbe`. Alle Datensätze, die den gleichen Wert für dieses Feld " +"haben, werden in der gleichen Farbe angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:292 msgid "" "As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " "different values." msgstr "" +"Da die Anzahl der Farben begrenzt ist, kann es vorkommen, dass dieselbe " +"Farbe verschiedenen Werten zugeordnet wird." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -9672,10 +10594,15 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " "Precision`." msgstr "" +"Um festzulegen, mit welcher Genauigkeit jede Zeitskala geteilt werden soll, " +"wählen Sie :guilabel:`Viertelstunde`, :guilabel:`Halbe Stunde` oder " +":guilabel:`Stunde` unter :guilabel:`Tagesgenauigkeit`, :guilabel:`Halber " +"Tag` oder :guilabel:`Tag` unter :guilabel:`Wochengenauigkeit` und " +":guilabel:`Monatsgenauigkeit`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gantt-Ansicht des Planungsschichtmodells" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:308 msgid "Reporting views" @@ -9692,12 +10619,20 @@ msgid "" "numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " "collapsing different levels of data." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Pivot`-Ansicht wird verwendet, um die in den Datensätzen " +"enthaltenen Daten auf interaktive Weise zu untersuchen und zu analysieren. " +"Sie ist besonders nützlich, um numerische Daten zu aggregieren, Kategorien " +"zu erstellen und die Daten aufzuschlüsseln, indem Sie verschiedene " +"Datenebenen aus- und einklappen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:323 msgid "" "To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " ":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." msgstr "" +"Um auf alle Datensätze zuzugreifen, deren Daten unter einer Zelle " +"zusammengefasst sind, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Zugriff auf Datensätze aus " +"Zelle`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:325 msgid "" @@ -9705,22 +10640,31 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " ":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." msgstr "" +"Um die Daten in verschiedene Kategorien zu unterteilen, wählen Sie ein oder " +"mehrere Felder unter :guilabel:`Spaltengruppierung`, " +":guilabel:`Zeilengruppierung - Erste Ebene` oder " +":guilabel:`Zeilengruppierung - Zweite Ebene`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:327 msgid "" "To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" " under :guilabel:`Measures`." msgstr "" +"Um verschiedene Arten von Daten hinzuzufügen, die mit der Ansicht gemessen " +"werden sollen, wählen Sie ein Feld unter :guilabel:`Werte`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:329 msgid "" "To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " "tick :guilabel:`Display count`." msgstr "" +"Um die Anzahl der Datensätze anzuzeigen, aus denen sich die aggregierten " +"Daten in einer Zelle zusammensetzen, markieren Sie :guilabel:`Anzahl " +"anzeigen`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pivot-Ansicht des Einkaufsberichtsmodells" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:341 msgid "Graph" @@ -9731,12 +10675,16 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " "line, or pie chart." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Diagramm`-Ansicht wird verwendet, um Daten aus Datensätzen in" +" einem Balken-, Linien- oder Kreisdiagramm darzustellen." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:345 msgid "" "To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " ":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" +"Um das Standarddiagramm zu ändern, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Balken`, " +":guilabel:`Linie` oder :guilabel:`Kreis` unter der Option :guilabel:`Typ`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:347 msgid "" @@ -9744,12 +10692,17 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " "dimension`." msgstr "" +"Um eine Standarddatendimension (Kategorie) auszuwählen, wählen Sie ein Feld " +"unter :guilabel:`Erste Dimension` und, falls erforderlich, ein weiteres " +"unter :guilabel:`Zweite Dimension`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:349 msgid "" "To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " "field under :guilabel:`Measure`." msgstr "" +"Um einen Standarddatentyp auszuwählen, der in der Ansicht gemessen werden " +"soll, wählen Sie ein Feld unter :guilabel:`Wert`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:351 msgid "" @@ -9757,6 +10710,10 @@ msgid "" "their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " ":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." msgstr "" +"*Nur für Balken- und Liniendiagramme*: Um die verschiedenen Datenkategorien " +"nach ihrem Wert zu sortieren, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Aufsteigend` (vom " +"niedrigsten zum höchsten Wert) oder :guilabel:`Absteigend` (vom höchsten zum" +" niedrigsten) unter :guilabel:`Sortierung`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -9764,6 +10721,9 @@ msgid "" "aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " "records from graph`." msgstr "" +"*Nur für Balken- und Kreisdiagramme*: Um auf alle Datensätze zuzugreifen, " +"deren Daten unter einer Datenkategorie im Diagramm zusammengefasst sind, " +"markieren Sie :guilabel:`Zugriff auf Datensätze aus Diagramm`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:356 msgid "" @@ -9771,10 +10731,14 @@ msgid "" "the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " ":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." msgstr "" +"*Nur für Balkendiagramme*: Wenn Sie zwei Datendimensionen (Kategorien) " +"verwenden, zeigen Sie die beiden Spalten standardmäßig übereinander an, " +"indem Sie :guilabel:`Gestapeltes Diagramm` markieren." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" msgstr "" +"Das Balkendiagramm des Verkaufsanalyseberichtsmodells in der Diagrammansicht" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:368 msgid "Dashboard" @@ -9786,7 +10750,13 @@ msgid "" "and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " "depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." msgstr "" +"Die :guilabel:`Dashboard`-Ansicht wird verwendet, um mehrere " +"Berichtsansichten und Leistungsindikatoren anzuzeigen. Welche Elemente in " +"dieser Ansicht angezeigt werden, hängt von der Konfiguration der anderen " +"Berichtsansichten ab." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" msgstr "" +"Das Balkendiagramm des Verkaufsanalyseberichtsmodells in der Dashboard-" +"Ansicht" diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 8998dd381..afe56aea1 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: CRM `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" @@ -81,9 +81,9 @@ msgid "" "sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " "channels from their configuration form." msgstr "" -"Sie können diesen Modus in den CRM-Einstellungen aktivieren. Er gilt " -"standardmäßig für alle Ihre Verkaufskanäle. Sie können ihn jedoch für " -"bestimmte Kanäle in deren Konfigurationsformular aktivieren." +"Sie können diesen Modus in den CRM-Einstellungen aktivieren. Er wird " +"standardmäßig auf alle Ihre Verkaufskanäle angewandt. Sie können ihn jedoch " +"auf bestimmte Kanäle in deren Konfigurationsformular beschränken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ msgid "" "For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie für diese Funktion auf :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> " +"Gehen Sie für diese Funktion zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie die *Leads*-Funktion." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 @@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ msgid "" "You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " "aggregate." msgstr "" -"Sie werden nun ein neues Untermenü *Leads* unter *Leads* haben, in dem sie " -"zusammengefasst werden." +"Nun wird unter *Leads* ein neues Untermenü *Leads* aufgeführt, in dem sie " +"aufgelistet werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie auf einen *Lead* klicken, haben Sie die Möglichkeit, ihn in eine " "Verkaufschance umzuwandeln und zu entscheiden, ob er weiterhin demselben " -"Kanal/ derselben Person zugewiesen werden soll oder ob Sie einen neuen " +"Kanal oder derselben Person zugewiesen werden soll oder ob Sie einen neuen " "Kunden erstellen müssen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 @@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ msgid "" "chatter and the information fields for easy access." msgstr "" "Es gehen keine Informationen verloren: Die Daten der anderen Verkaufschance " -"werden im Chat und in den Informationsfeldern protokolliert, damit sie " +"werden im Chatter und in den Informationsfeldern protokolliert, damit sie " "leicht zugänglich sind." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 @@ -193,8 +193,8 @@ msgid "" "Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " "leads even if the system doesn't propose it." msgstr "" -"Würden Sie selbst ein Duplikat finden ... können Sie auch Verkaufschancen " -"oder Leads zusammenführen, selbst wenn das System dies nicht vorschlägt." +"Wenn Sie selbst ein Duplikat finden ... können Sie auch Verkaufschancen oder" +" Leads zusammenführen, selbst wenn das System dies nicht vorschlägt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -221,11 +221,10 @@ msgid "" "leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " "alias or fills out a contact form on your website." msgstr "" -"Zwei wichtige Möglichkeiten, neue Leads oder Verkaufschancen für Ihr " -"Unternehmen zu generieren, sind E-Mail-Aliase und Website-Kontaktformulare. " -"Odoo erstellt automatisch Leads in Ihrem CRM, wenn jemand eine Nachricht an " -"einen E-Mail-Alias des Verkaufsteams sendet oder ein Kontaktformular auf " -"Ihrer Website ausfüllt." +"Unternehmen können neue Leads oder Verkaufschancen auch über E-Mail-Aliase " +"und Website-Kontaktformulare generieren. Odoo erstellt automatisch Leads in " +"Ihrem CRM, wenn jemand eine Nachricht an einen E-Mail-Alias des " +"Verkaufsteams sendet oder ein Kontaktformular auf Ihrer Website ausfüllt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 msgid "Configure email aliases" @@ -263,7 +262,7 @@ msgid "" "Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " "is generated in your database." msgstr "" -"Auf der Seite *Kontakt* Ihrer Website wird standardmäßig das " +"Auf der Seite *Kontaktieren Sie uns* Ihrer Website wird standardmäßig das " "gebrauchsfertige Kontaktformular von Odoo angezeigt. Jedes Mal, wenn jemand " "dieses Formular ausfüllt, wird in Ihrer Datenbank ein Lead oder eine " "Verkaufschance generiert." @@ -291,14 +290,14 @@ msgid "" " to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " "lead/opportunity." msgstr "" -"Wenn das Formular deaktiviert ist, wird auf der Seite *Kontaktieren Sie uns*" -" einfach eine Schaltfläche angezeigt, über die Sie direkt eine E-Mail an Ihr" +"Wenn das Formular deaktiviert wird, wird auf der Seite *Kontaktieren Sie " +"uns* einfach eine Schaltfläche angezeigt, über die eine E-Mail direkt an Ihr" " Unternehmen senden können. Jede E-Mail, die auf diese Weise gesendet wird, " "generiert einen Lead/eine Verkaufschance." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Contact Us Page using email" -msgstr "„Kontaktieren Sie uns“-Seite per E-Mail" +msgstr "Seite „Kontaktieren Sie uns“ per E-Mail" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -306,10 +305,10 @@ msgid "" "leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " ":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie, welches Verkaufsteam oder welcher Verkäufer automatisch den " -"Leads/Verkaufschancen zugewiesen wird, die über das Kontaktformular erstellt" -" wurden, indem Sie auf :menuselection:`Website --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen --> Kommunikation` gehen." +"Wählen Sie, welches Verkaufsteam oder welcher Vertriebsmitarbeiter " +"automatisch den Leads/Verkaufschancen zugewiesen wird, die über das " +"Kontaktformular erstellt wurden, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> Kommunikation` gehen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Contact Form settings" @@ -335,7 +334,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Das Modul *Formular-Builder* wird automatisch installiert, wenn ein " "Formularelement über den Website-Builder zu einer Webseite hinzugefügt wird." -" Es kann auch manuell über die Seite :guilabel:`Apps` installiert werden." +" Es kann auch manuell über die :guilabel:`Apps`-Seite installiert werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Form Builder building blocks" @@ -378,8 +377,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " "Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Eingabetyp`: Legen Sie die Art der Eingabe fest, die Kunden " -"vornehmen sollen. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind Text, E-Mail, Telefon und " +":guilabel:`Eingabetyp`: Legen Sie die Art des Eintrags fest, den Kunden " +"eingeben sollen. Die verfügbaren Optionen sind Text, E-Mail, Telefon und " "URL." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 @@ -408,7 +407,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Position`: Wählen Sie aus, wie die Bezeichnung mit dem Rest des " "Formulars ausgerichtet werden soll. Die Bezeichnung kann verborgen, über dem" -" Feld, ganz links vom Feld oder rechts und näher am Feld angezeigt werden." +" Feld, ganz links vom Feld oder rechts und näher am Feld angezeigt werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 msgid "" @@ -431,8 +430,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " "on mobile devices." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Auf Handy anzeigen`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um Benutzern " -"das Feld auf ihrem Handy anzuzeigen." +":guilabel:`Auf Mobilgerät anzeigen`: Aktivieren Sie diese Option, um " +"Benutzern das Feld auf ihren Mobilgeräten anzuzeigen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 msgid "Editable field options" @@ -446,7 +445,7 @@ msgid "" "Opportunity` as the Action." msgstr "" "Wenn ein Formular eingereicht wird, erhalten Sie standardmäßig eine E-Mail " -"mit den eingegebenen Daten des Kunden. Damit stattdessen automatisch einen " +"mit den eingegebenen Daten des Kunden. Damit stattdessen automatisch ein " "Lead/eine Verkaufschance generiert wird, bearbeiten Sie das Formular und " "wählen Sie als Aktion :guilabel:`Eine Verkaufschance erstellen`." @@ -459,7 +458,7 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn Leads in Ihren CRM-Einstellungen aktiviert sind, wird bei der Auswahl " "von :guilabel:`Eine Verkaufschance aktivieren` stattdessen ein Lead " "generiert. Um mehr über die Aktivierung von Leads in den CRM-Einstellungen " -"zu erfahren, gehen Sie auf :doc:`convert`." +"zu erfahren, gehen Sie zu :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" @@ -472,9 +471,9 @@ msgid "" " output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " "country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"Lead-Gewinnung ist eine Funktion, die es CRM-Benutzern erlaubt, neue Leads " -"direkt in ihrer Odoo-Datenbank zu generieren. Um die Qualifizierung der " -"Leads zu gewährleisten, wird das Ergebnis der Lead-Gewinnung durch eine " +"Lead-Gewinnung ist eine Funktion, die es CRM-Benutzern ermöglicht, neue " +"Leads direkt in ihrer Odoo-Datenbank zu generieren. Um die Qualifizierung " +"der Leads zu gewährleisten, wird das Ergebnis der Lead-Gewinnung durch eine " "Reihe von Filterkriterien bestimmt, wie z. B. das Land, die " "Unternehmensgröße und die Branche." @@ -483,8 +482,8 @@ msgid "" "To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zum Anfangen auf :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung`." +"Gehen Sie zuerst zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`" +" und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." @@ -504,11 +503,11 @@ msgid "" "Leads` button is also available." msgstr "" "Sobald die Einstellung :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung` aktiviert ist, erscheint " -"eine neue Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Leads generieren` in der " -":guilabel:`CRM`-Pipeline. Lead-Gewinnungsanfragen sind auch über " -":menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Lead-Gewinnungsanfragen` oder über" -" :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` verfügbar, wo die Schaltfläche " -":guilabel:`Leads generieren` angezeigt wird." +"in der :guilabel:`CRM`-Pipeline eine neue Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Leads " +"generieren`. Lead-Gewinnungsanfragen sind auch über :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Konfiguration --> Lead-Gewinnungsanfragen` oder über :menuselection:`CRM -->" +" Leads --> Leads` verfügbar, wo die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Leads " +"generieren` angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." @@ -540,8 +539,8 @@ msgid "" " targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " "filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie, ob Sie Leads für :guilabel:`Unternehmen` generieren möchten, um " -"nur Unternehmensinformationen zu erhalten, oder ob Sie " +"Entscheiden Sie, ob Sie Leads für :guilabel:`Unternehmen` generieren " +"möchten, nur um Unternehmensinformationen zu erhalten, oder ob Sie " ":guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` wählen möchten, um sowohl " "Unternehmensinformationen als auch die Kontaktdaten einzelner Mitarbeiter zu" " erhalten. Bei der Auswahl von :guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` " @@ -558,7 +557,7 @@ msgid "" "company" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Größe`: Filtern Sie Leads auf Grundlage der Anzahl Mitarbeiter " -"eines Unternehmens" +"eines Unternehmens." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -566,16 +565,15 @@ msgid "" " are located in" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Länder`: Filtern Sie Leads auf Grundlage des Landes (oder der " -"Länder), in dem/denen sie ansässig sind" +"Länder), in dem/denen sie ansässig sind." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 msgid "" ":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" " in, if applicable" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Bundesländer/Regionen`: Filtern Sie Leads noch detaillierter auf " -"Grundlage des Bundeslandes/der Region, in denen sie ansässig sind, falls " -"zutreffend" +":guilabel:`Bundesländer`: Filtern Sie Leads noch detaillierter auf Grundlage" +" des Bundeslandes, in denen sie ansässig sind, falls zutreffend." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -583,7 +581,7 @@ msgid "" "work in" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Branchen`: Filtern Sie Leads auf Grundlage der spezifischen " -"Branche, in der sie tätig sind" +"Branche, in der sie tätig sind." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -599,7 +597,7 @@ msgid "" "will be assigned to" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Vertriebsmitarbeiter`: Wählen Sie, welchem/welchen " -"Vertriebsmitarbeiter(n) im Verkaufsteam die Leads zugewiesen werden" +"Vertriebsmitarbeiter(n) im Verkaufsteam die Leads zugewiesen werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -607,7 +605,7 @@ msgid "" "leads once found" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Standard-Stichwörter`: Wählen Sie aus, welche Stichwörter direkt " -"auf die gefundenen Leads angewendet werden" +"auf die gefundenen Leads angewendet werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -629,7 +627,7 @@ msgid "" "Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " "one credit." msgstr "" -"Lead-Gewinnung ist eine *In-App-Einkauf*-Funktion und jeder generierte Lead " +"Lead-Gewinnung ist eine *In-App-Kauf*-Funktion und jeder generierte Lead " "kostet ein Guthaben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 @@ -637,8 +635,8 @@ msgid "" "Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " "additional credit for each contact generated." msgstr "" -"Bei der Auswahl von :guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` kostet es ein" -" zusätzliches Guthaben für jeden generierten Kontakt." +"Bei der Auswahl von :guilabel:`Unternehmen und deren Kontakte` kostet jeder " +"generierte Kontakt ein zusätzliches Guthaben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -654,7 +652,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " ":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -"Um Guthaben zu kaufen, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration " +"Um Guthaben zu kaufen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration " "--> Einstellungen`. Im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Lead-Generierung` klicken Sie " "unter der Funktion :guilabel:`Lead-Gewinnung` auf :guilabel:`Guthaben " "kaufen`." @@ -669,7 +667,7 @@ msgid "" "--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " "the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." msgstr "" -"Guthaben kann auch unter :guilabel:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine " +"Guthaben kann auch unter :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemeine " "Einstellungen` erworben werden. Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`In-App-" "Käufe` unter der Funktion :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` auf :guilabel:`Meine Services" " anzeigen`." @@ -692,14 +690,14 @@ msgstr ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 msgid "Send quotations" -msgstr "Angebot senden" +msgstr "Angebote senden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 msgid "" "When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " "send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie einen Lead zu einer Verkaufschance qualifizieren, werden Sie ihm " +"Wenn Sie einen Lead als eine Verkaufschance qualifizieren, werden Sie ihm " "höchstwahrscheinlich ein Angebot zusenden. Sie können dies direkt in der " "CRM-App von Odoo tun." @@ -761,7 +759,7 @@ msgid "" "motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " "inspired by game mechanics." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Ihre Mitarbeiter herausfordern, bestimmte Ziele mit Hilfe von " +"Wenn Sie Ihre Mitarbeiter herausfordern, bestimmte Ziele mithilfe von " "Zielvorgaben und Belohnungen zu erreichen, ist das eine hervorragende " "Möglichkeit, gute Gewohnheiten zu festigen und die Produktivität Ihrer " "Vertriebsmitarbeiter zu verbessern. Das Gamification-Modul bietet Ihnen " @@ -792,8 +790,7 @@ msgid "" "Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." msgstr "" "Erstellen Sie nun Ihre erste Herausforderung in " -":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Gamification-Werkzeuge --> " -"Herausforderung`." +":menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Gamification-Tools --> Herausforderungen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -803,8 +800,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Da das Gamification-Tool eine einmalige technische Einrichtung ist, müssen " "Sie die technischen Funktionen aktivieren, um auf die Konfiguration " -"zugreifen zu können. Gehen Sie dazu auf *Einstellungen* und *Entwicklermodus" -" aktivieren*." +"zugreifen zu können. Gehen Sie dazu zu *Einstellungen* und *Entwicklermodus " +"aktivieren*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" @@ -850,10 +847,10 @@ msgid "" " manually closed." msgstr "" "Die Abzeichen werden vergeben, wenn die Herausforderung erfolgreich " -"abgeschlossen wurde. Die Vergabe erfolgt entweder zum Ende einer laufenden " -"Periode (z. B. zum Ende einer monatlichen Herausforderung), am offiziellen " -"Enddatum der Herausforderung (wenn keine Periode zugeordnet wurde) oder wenn" -" die Herausforderung manuell als abgeschlossen eingestuft wird." +"abgeschlossen wurde. Die Vergabe erfolgt entweder zum Ende eines laufenden " +"Zeitraums (z. B. zum Ende einer monatlichen Herausforderung), am offiziellen" +" Enddatum der Herausforderung (wenn kein Zeitraum zugeordnet wurde) oder " +"wenn die Herausforderung manuell beendet wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -903,12 +900,12 @@ msgid "" "based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" "Sie können aus einer *Herausforderung* ganz spontan ein neues Ziel " -"erstellen, indem Sie auf *Neue Zeile hinzufügen* unter *Ziele* klicken. " +"erstellen, indem Sie unter *Ziele* auf *Neue Zeile hinzufügen* klicken. " "Wählen Sie das Geschäftsobjekt entsprechend den Anforderungen Ihres " "Unternehmens aus. Beispiele: Anzahl neuer Leads, Zeit für die Qualifizierung" " eines Leads, insgesamt abgerechneter Betrag in einer bestimmten Woche, " -"einem bestimmten Monat oder einem anderen Zeitrahmen, der Ihren " -"Managementpräferenzen entspricht, usw." +"einem bestimmten Monat oder einem anderen Zeitrahmen, der " +"IhrenVerwaltungspräferenzen entspricht usw." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -924,7 +921,7 @@ msgid "" "and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." msgstr "" "Zu den Zielen kann auch die Einrichtung Ihrer Datenbank gehören (z. B. " -"Einstellen Ihrer Unternehmensdaten und einer Zeitzone, Anlegen neuer " +"Einstellung Ihrer Unternehmensdaten und einer Zeitzone, Erstellung neuer " "Benutzer usw.)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 @@ -939,7 +936,7 @@ msgid "" "to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" " --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" -"Für nicht-numerische Leistungen können **Abzeichen** an Benutzer vergeben " +"Für nichtnumerische Leistungen können **Abzeichen** an Benutzer vergeben " "werden. Von einem einfachen Dankeschön bis hin zu einer außergewöhnlichen " "Leistung ist ein Abzeichen eine einfache Möglichkeit, sich bei einem " "Benutzer für seine gute Arbeit zu bedanken. Um Abzeichen zu erstellen und " @@ -953,7 +950,7 @@ msgstr "Ansicht der Abzeichenseite in Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" -msgstr "Ihre Kontakte mir automischer Partnervervollständigung anreichern" +msgstr "Ihre Kontakte mit automatischer Partnervervollständigung anreichern" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -961,9 +958,9 @@ msgid "" "corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " "quickly get all the information you need." msgstr "" -"Parter-Autovervollständigung hilft Ihnen, Ihre Kontaktdatenbank mit " +"Partner-Autovervollständigung hilft Ihnen, Ihre Kontaktdatenbank mit " "Unternehmensdaten anzureichern. Wählen Sie eines der in der Drop-down-Liste " -"vorgeschlagenen Unternehmen aus, und Sie erhalten schnell alle benötigten " +"vorgeschlagenen Unternehmen aus und Sie erhalten schnell alle benötigten " "Informationen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 @@ -971,8 +968,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " "Autocomplete* feature." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Verträge` und aktivieren Sie" -" die Funktion *Partner-Autovervollständigung*." +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Verträge` und aktivieren Sie " +"die Funktion *Partner-Autovervollständigung*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" @@ -1017,7 +1014,7 @@ msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " "company name." msgstr "" -"Partner-Autovervollständigung funktioniert auch, wenn Sie eine Ust.-Nummer " +"Partner-Autovervollständigung funktioniert auch, wenn Sie eine MwSt.-Nummer " "statt des Namens eines Unternehmens eingeben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 @@ -1025,16 +1022,16 @@ msgid "" "*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" " prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." msgstr "" -"*Partner-Autovervollständigung* ist ein *In-App-Kauf-(IAP-)* Dienst, welcher" -" im Voraus bezahltes, Guthaben erfordert, um die Funktion nutzen zu können. " -"Jeder Antrag verbraucht ein Guthaben." +"*Partner-Autovervollständigung* ist ein *In-App-Kauf*-Dienst (IAP), welcher " +"im Voraus bezahltes Guthaben erfordert, um die Funktion nutzen zu können. " +"Jede Anfrage verbraucht ein Guthaben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " "Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Kontakte --> Partner-" +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Kontakte --> Partner-" "Autovervollständigung oder Odoo IAP --> Meine Services ansehen` und wählen " "Sie ein Paket aus." @@ -1044,15 +1041,15 @@ msgid "" "clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." msgstr "" "Wenn Sie kein Guthaben mehr haben, wird bei Klick auf das vorgeschlagene " -"Unternehmen lediglich der Website-Link und das Logo übertragen." +"Unternehmen lediglich der Website-Link und das Logo übermittelt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" "If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " "from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie mit Odoo Online arbeiten und die Enterprise-Version haben, können " -"Sie die Funktion kostenlos testen." +"Wenn Sie mit Odoo Online arbeiten und die Enterprise-Version verwenden, " +"können Sie die Funktion kostenlos testen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -1168,8 +1165,8 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " "Username --> Password`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Odoo --> Servereinstellungen --> Datenbankname" -" --> Benutzername --> Passwort`." +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Servereinstellungen --> Datenbankname " +"--> Benutzername --> Passwort`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" @@ -1179,15 +1176,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Bewerbungen" +msgstr "Anwendungen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" "You have two different formulas available when using Google Spreadsheet in " "Odoo: *retrieve data* and *retrieve grouped sums*." msgstr "" -"Sie haben zwei verschiedene Formeln zur Verfügung, wenn Sie Google Tabellen " -"in Odoo verwenden: *Daten abrufen* und *Gruppierte Summen abrufen*." +"Es stehen Ihnen zwei verschiedene Formeln zur Verfügung, wenn Sie Google " +"Tabellen in Odoo verwenden: *Daten abrufen* und *Gruppierte Summen abrufen*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -1201,7 +1198,7 @@ msgstr "" "angeforderten Daten zu lange brauchen, um geliefert zu werden, erhalten Sie " "möglicherweise eine Fehlermeldung. Es gibt keine spezifische " "Größenbeschränkung, da die Antwortzeit von Odoo von mehreren Faktoren " -"abhängt - das Lesen von Daten über mehrere tausend Datensätze ist jedoch in " +"abhängt – das Lesen von Daten über mehrere tausend Datensätze ist jedoch in " "der Regel kein Problem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 @@ -1216,8 +1213,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die theoretische Formel lautet :command:`= oe_browse " "(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Wird verwendet, wenn Sie die " -"Informationen ohne Gruppierung anzeigen möchten (z. B.: jeder Kundenauftrag " -"in der Datenbank)." +"Informationen ohne Gruppierung anzeigen möchten (z. B.: jeder " +"Verkaufsauftrag in der Datenbank)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:71 msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." @@ -1239,7 +1236,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die theoretische Formel lautet :command:`= oe_read_group " "(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Verwenden Sie diese Formel," -" wenn Sie eine Summe von Daten anzeigen möchten (z.B.: Gesamtbetrag der " +" wenn Sie eine Summe von Daten anzeigen möchten (z. B.: Gesamtbetrag der " "Rechnungen)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:82 @@ -1261,26 +1258,26 @@ msgid "" "Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." msgstr "" "Mischen Sie Odoo-Daten mit Tabellenkalkulationsdaten, fügen Sie herkömmliche" -" Formeln hinzu, und erstellen Sie dynamische Tabellen und Diagramme." +" Formeln hinzu und erstellen Sie dynamische Tabellen und Diagramme." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" -msgstr "Ihr Gewinn/Verlust-Verhältnis beobachten" +msgstr "Ihr Gewinn/Verlust-Verhältnis einsehen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 msgid "" "To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " "Win/Loss ratio." msgstr "" -"Schauen Sie sich das Gewinn/Verlust-Verhältnis an, um zu sehen, wie gut Sie " -"mit Ihrer Pipeline arbeiten." +"Wie gut Sie mit Ihrer Pipeline arbeiten, sehen Sie an Ihrem Gewinn/Verlust-" +"Verhältnis." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 msgid "" "To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." msgstr "" -"Um auf diesen Bericht zuzugreifen, gehen Sie in der *Pipeline*-Ansicht auf " -"den Reiter *Berichtswesen*." +"Um auf diesen Bericht zuzugreifen, gehen Sie im Reiter *Berichtswesen* zur " +"*Pipeline*-Ansicht." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -1289,8 +1286,8 @@ msgid "" "on filter and check Won/Lost." msgstr "" "Von dort aus können Sie filtern, welche Verkaufschancen Sie sehen möchten, " -"Ihre, die Ihres Vertriebskanals, Ihres gesamten Unternehmens usw. Sie können" -" dann auf Filter klicken und Gewonnen/Verloren überprüfen." +"Ihre, die Ihres Verkaufskanals, Ihres gesamten Unternehmens usw. Sie können " +"dann auf Filter klicken und Gewonnen/Verloren überprüfen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." @@ -1299,7 +1296,7 @@ msgstr "Sie können die *Werte* auch zu *Gesamtumsätze* ändern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "" -"Sie haben ebenfalls die Möglichkeit, zu einem Tortendiagramm zu wechseln." +"Sie haben ebenfalls die Möglichkeit, zu einem Kreisdiagramm zu wechseln." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" @@ -1379,7 +1376,7 @@ msgid "" "If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " "Reason*." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie diese detaillierter filtern möchten, können Sie einen Filter auf " +"Wenn Sie diese detaillierter filtern möchten, können Sie einen Filter für " "den *Verlustgrund* hinzufügen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 @@ -1421,7 +1418,7 @@ msgid "" "Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " "want to take." msgstr "" -"Dort können Sie so mehrere oder alle Verkaufschancen auswählen und die " +"Dort können Sie mehrere oder alle Verkaufschancen auswählen und die " "gewünschten Aktionen ausführen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 @@ -1438,7 +1435,7 @@ msgid "" " channels, each with their own unique sales processes." msgstr "" "Verwenden Sie die Funktion *Verkaufsteams*, um mehrere Verkaufsteams, " -"Abteilungen oder Kanäle zu verwalten, welche alle eigene Verkaufsprozeduren " +"Abteilungen oder Kanäle zu verwalten, welche alle eigene Verkaufsprozesse " "haben können." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 @@ -1450,8 +1447,8 @@ msgid "" "To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " "Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Um ein Verkaufsteam zu erstellen, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Konfiguration --> Verkaufsteams`, und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." +"Um ein Verkaufsteam zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Konfiguration --> Verkaufsteams` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -1463,8 +1460,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Legen Sie auf der Erstellungsseite einen :guilabel:`E-Mail-Alias` fest, um " "automatisch einen Lead oder eine Verkaufschance für dieses Verkaufsteam zu " -"erstellen, wenn eine Nachricht an diese eigene E-Mail-Adresse gesendet wird." -" Wählen Sie aus, ob Sie E-Mails von :guilabel:`Jedem`, " +"erstellen, wenn eine Nachricht an diese besondere E-Mail-Adresse gesendet " +"wird. Wählen Sie aus, ob Sie E-Mails von :guilabel:`Jedem`, " ":guilabel:`Authentifizierten Partnern` oder :guilabel:`Nur von Followern` " "annehmen." @@ -1476,9 +1473,9 @@ msgid "" "campaign." msgstr "" "Legen Sie ein :guilabel:`Abrechnungsziel` fest, wenn dieses Team bestimmte " -"monatliche Umsatzziele hat. Legen Sie ein :guilabel:`Domain` fest, um diesem" -" Verkaufsteam Leads/Verkaufschancen auf der Grundlage bestimmter Filter wie " -"Land, Sprache oder Kampagne zuzuordnen." +"monatliche Verkaufsziele hat. Legen Sie eine :guilabel:`Domain` fest, um " +"diesem Verkaufsteam Leads/Verkaufschancen auf der Grundlage bestimmter " +"Filter wie Land, Sprache oder Kampagne zuzuordnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." @@ -1496,8 +1493,8 @@ msgid "" " that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " "they do not overwork." msgstr "" -"Um Teammitglieder hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen` unter" -" dem Reiter :guilabel:`Mitglieder`, wenn Sie die Konfigurationsseite des " +"Um Teammitglieder hinzuzufügen, klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Mitglieder`" +" auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, wenn Sie die Konfigurationsseite des " "Verkaufsteams bearbeiten. Wählen Sie einen Vertriebsmitarbeiter aus dem " "Drop-down-Menü aus oder erstellen Sie einen neuen Vertriebsmitarbeiter. " "Legen Sie eine maximale Anzahl von Leads fest, die diesem " @@ -1539,9 +1536,9 @@ msgid "" "new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." msgstr "" "Jede Kachel gibt einen Überblick über die offenen Verkaufschancen, Angebote," -" Aufträge und erwarteten Einnahmen des Verkaufsteams sowie ein " -"Balkendiagramm der neuen Verkaufschancen pro Woche und einen " -"Fortschrittsbalken für die Rechnungsstellung." +" Aufträge und erwarteten Umsätze des Verkaufsteams sowie ein Balkendiagramm " +"der neuen Verkaufschancen pro Woche und einen Fortschrittsbalken für die " +"Rechnungsstellung." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." @@ -1564,15 +1561,15 @@ msgid "" "Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " "opportunities." msgstr "" -"Klicka auf die drei Punkte im Odoo CRM-Dashboard, um Dokumente anzuzeigen " -"und Verkaufschancen zu erstellen." +"Klick auf die drei Punkte im Odoo CRM-Dashboard, um Dokumente anzuzeigen und" +" Verkaufschancen zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " "pipeline." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Pipeline`, um direkt zur CRM-" +"Klicken Sie auf die :guilabel:`Pipeline`-Schaltfläche, um direkt zur CRM-" "Pipeline des Teams zu gelangen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 @@ -1702,8 +1699,8 @@ msgid "" "Probabilities` button." msgstr "" "Um die vom Predictive Lead Scoring verwendeten Variabeln anzupassen, gehen " -"Sie auf :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Klicken " -"Sie unter :guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring` auf die Schaltfläche " +"Sie zu :menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Klicken Sie" +" unter :guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring` auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Wahrscheinlichkeiten aktualisieren`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 @@ -1730,7 +1727,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity " "originates" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`State`: der geografische Staat, aus dem die Opportunity stammt" +":guilabel:`State`: der geografische Staat, aus dem die Verkaufschance stammt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -1868,7 +1865,7 @@ msgid "" "To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> " "Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." msgstr "" -"Um die *regelbasierte Zuweisung* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf " +"Um die *regelbasierte Zuweisung* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`CRM --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie " ":guilabel:`Regelbasierte Zuweisung`." @@ -2060,7 +2057,7 @@ msgid "" "Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " "interests of your website visitors." msgstr "" -"Die Nachverfolgung Ihrer Webseiten gibt Ihnen viel mehr Informationen über " +"Die Nachverfolgung Ihrer Webseiten gibt Ihnen umfassende Informationen über " "die Interessen Ihrer Website-Besucher." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 @@ -2111,8 +2108,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Jedes Mal, wenn ein Lead über das Kontaktformular erstellt wird, werden die " "von diesem Besucher besuchten Seiten aufgezeichnet. Sie haben zwei " -"Möglichkeiten, diese Seiten zu sehen: In der oberen rechten Ecke Ihres " -"Leads/ Ihrer Verkaufschance sehen Sie eine Schaltfläche *Seitenansichten*, " +"Möglichkeiten, diese Seiten zu sehen: In der oberen rechten Ecke Ihres Leads" +" bzw. Ihrer Verkaufschance sehen Sie eine Schaltfläche *Seitenansichten*, " "aber auch weiter unten im Chatter werden sie angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 @@ -2157,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Kassensystem-Tutorials `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 @@ -2176,7 +2173,7 @@ msgid "" " already opened." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im **Kassensystem-Dashboard** auf :guilabel:`Neue Sitzung` und " -"klicken Sie im Bildschirm :guilabel:`Anfangssaldo Kasse` auf " +"klicken Sie im Bildschirm :guilabel:`Eröffnungssaldo der Kasse` auf " ":guilabel:`Sitzung öffnen`, um eine Kassensitzung zu starten, oder klicken " "Sie auf :guilabel:`Verkauf fortsetzen`, wenn die Sitzung bereits geöffnet " "ist." @@ -2204,7 +2201,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf Produkte, um sie in den Warenkorb zu legen. Um die **Menge**" " zu ändern, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Menge` und geben Sie die Anzahl der " -"Produkte über die Tastatur ein. Um einen **Rabatt** hinzuzufügen oder den " +"Produkte über das Tastenfeld ein. Um einen **Rabatt** hinzuzufügen oder den " "**Preis** des Produkts zu ändern, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`% Rab.` bzw. " ":guilabel:`Preis` und geben Sie die Beträge ein." @@ -2216,8 +2213,8 @@ msgid "" "on to the next customer." msgstr "" "Sobald ein Auftrag abgeschlossen ist, gehen Sie zur Kasse, indem Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Zahlung` klicken. Wählen Sie die **Zahlungsmethode**, geben Sie " -"den erhaltenen Betrag ein und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`. " +":guilabel:`Zahlung` klicken. Wählen Sie die **Zahlungsmethode** aus, geben " +"Sie den erhaltenen Betrag ein und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`. " "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neuer Auftrag`, um mit dem nächsten Kunden " "fortzufahren." @@ -2241,7 +2238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 msgid "Set customers" -msgstr "Kunden einstellen" +msgstr "Kunden festlegen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -2253,9 +2250,9 @@ msgid "" "an invoice `." msgstr "" "Sie können Kunden aus einer :ref:`offenen Kassensitzung `" -" erstellen und einstellen. Die Registrierung Ihrer Kunden ist notwendig, um " +" erstellen und festlegen. Die Registrierung Ihrer Kunden ist notwendig, um " ":doc:`Treuepunkte zu sammeln und ihnen Belohnungen zu gewähren " -"`, automatisch die :doc:`Zugeordnete " +"`, automatisch die :doc:`zugeordnete " "Preisliste ` anzuwenden oder :ref:`eine " "Rechnung zu erstellen und zu drucken `." @@ -2411,8 +2408,8 @@ msgid "" "your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. " "From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" msgstr "" -"Um Ihre Sitzung zu schließen, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Schließen` in der " -"oberen rechten Ecke Ihres Bildschirms; dadurch wird das Pop-up-Fenster " +"Um Ihre Sitzung zu schließen, klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke Ihres " +"Bildschirms auf :guilabel:`Schließen`; dadurch wird das Pop-up-Fenster " ":guilabel:`Abschlusskontrolle` geöffnet. Von diesem Bildschirm aus können " "Sie verschiedene Informationen abrufen:" @@ -2489,7 +2486,7 @@ msgid "" "To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " "--> Orders --> Sessions`." msgstr "" -"Um alle Ihre früheren Sitzungen einzusehen, gehen Sie auf " +"Um alle Ihre früheren Sitzungen einzusehen, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Aufträge --> Sitzungen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 @@ -2503,7 +2500,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." msgstr "" "Um auf die allgemeinen Einstellungen des Kassensystems zuzugreifen, gehen " -"Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. " +"Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. " "Öffnen Sie dann das Drop-down-Menü im Feld :guilabel:`Kassensystem` und " "wählen Sie das zu konfigurierende Kassensystem aus." @@ -2518,9 +2515,9 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Administration` set " "as :guilabel:`Settings`." msgstr "" -"Diese Einstellungen sind für Benutzer mit dem :doc:`Zugriffsrecht " -"` :guilabel:`Administration` als " -":guilabel:`Einstellungen` eingestellt." +"Diese Einstellungen sind für Benutzer mit den :doc:`Zugriffsrechten " +"` für :guilabel:`Administration` " +"als :guilabel:`Einstellungen` eingestellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -2535,7 +2532,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" -msgstr ":doc:`Anmeldung mehrerer Mitarbeitert. `" +msgstr ":doc:`Anmeldung mehrerer Mitarbeiter aktivieren. `" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -2558,9 +2555,9 @@ msgid "" "` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as" " :guilabel:`Administrator`." msgstr "" -"Diese Einstellungen sind für Benutzer mit dem :doc:`Zugriffsrecht " -"` :guilabel:`Kassensystem` als " -":guilabel:`Administrator` eingestellt." +"Diese Einstellungen sind für Benutzer mit den :doc:`Zugriffsrechten " +"` für :guilabel:`Kassensystem` als" +" :guilabel:`Administrator` eingestellt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 msgid "Make products available" @@ -2572,9 +2569,9 @@ msgid "" " Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In " "the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." msgstr "" -"Um Produkte für den Verkauf verfügbar zu machen, gehen Sie auf " +"Um Produkte für den Verkauf verfügbar zu machen, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Produkte --> Produkte` und wählen Sie ein " -"Produkt, um das Produktformular zu öffnen. Aktivieren Sie im Reiter " +"Produkt aus, um das Produktformular zu öffnen. Aktivieren Sie im Reiter " ":guilabel:`Verkauf` die Option :guilabel:`Verfügbar im Kassensystem`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 @@ -2594,7 +2591,7 @@ msgstr "" "ePOS-Drucker sind so gestaltet, dass sie nahtlos mit Kassensystemen " "zusammenarbeiten. Sobald die beiden Geräte miteinander verbunden sind, " "tauschen sie automatisch Informationen aus und ermöglichen den direkten " -"Druck von Tickets vom Kassensystem auf den ePOS-Drucker." +"Druck von Kassenbons aus dem Kassensystem auf den ePOS-Drucker." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -2729,28 +2726,33 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat generieren" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " "[IP address] (unsafe)`." msgstr "" "Navigieren Sie zur IP-Adresse des ePOS (z. B. `https://192.168.1.25`) und " -"erzwingen Sie die Verbindung, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Erweitert` und " -":guilabel:`Weiter zu [IP-Adresse] (unsicher)` klicken." +"erzwingen Sie die Verbindung, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Advanced` (Erweitert)" +" und :guilabel:`Proceed to [IP address] (unsafe)` (Weiter zu [IP-Adresse] " +"(unsicher)) klicken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "Warnseite über den Verbindungsdatenschutz bei Google Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "Warnseite auf Google Chrome, Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2759,9 +2761,10 @@ msgstr "" "Melden Sie sich dann mit Ihren Druckeranmeldedaten an, um auf die ePOS-" "Druckereinstellungen zuzugreifen. Um sich anzumelden, geben Sie `epson` in " "das Feld :guilabel:`ID` und Ihre Druckerseriennummer in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Passwort` ein." +":guilabel:`Password` (Passwort) ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2771,16 +2774,18 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " "printer." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Authentifizierung` auf " -":guilabel:`Zertifikatsliste` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`, um " -"ein neues **Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat** zu erzeugen. Der " -":guilabel:`Allgemeine Name` sollte automatisch ausgefüllt werden. Falls " -"nicht, geben Sie hier die IP-Adresse des Druckers ein. Wählen Sie im Feld " -":guilabel:`Gültigkeitsdauer` die Jahre aus, für die das Zertifikat gültig " -"sein soll, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` und " -":guilabel:`Zurücksetzen` oder starten Sie den Drucker manuell neu." +"Klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Authentication` (Authentifizierung) auf " +":guilabel:`Certificate List` (Zertifikatsliste) und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Create` (Erstellen), um ein neues **Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat**" +" zu erzeugen. Der :guilabel:`Common Name` (Allgemeine Name) sollte " +"automatisch ausgefüllt werden. Falls nicht, geben Sie hier die IP-Adresse " +"des Druckers ein. Wählen Sie im Feld :guilabel:`Validity Period` " +"(Gültigkeitsdauer) die Jahre aus, für die das Zertifikat gültig sein soll, " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Create` (Erstellen) und :guilabel:`Reset` " +"(Zurücksetzen) oder starten Sie den Drucker manuell neu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2788,15 +2793,18 @@ msgid "" "Certificate` section." msgstr "" "Das selbstsignierte Zertifikat wird generiert. Laden Sie die Seite neu und " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`SSL/TLS` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sicherheit`, um " -"sicherzustellen, dass **Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat** im Abschnitt " -":guilabel:`Serverzertifikat` korrekt ausgewählt ist." +"klicken Sie Abschnitt :guilabel:`Security` (Sicherheit) auf " +":guilabel:`SSL/TLS`, um sicherzustellen, dass **Selbstsigniertes " +"Zertifikat** im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Server Certificate` (Serverzertifikat) " +"korrekt ausgewählt ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat exportieren" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2806,22 +2814,24 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Der Exportvorgang hängt stark vom :abbr:`BS (Betriebssystem)` und dem " "Browser ab. Rufen Sie zunächst die Einstellungen Ihres ePOS-Druckers in " -"Ihrem Webbrowser auf, indem Sie zu seiner IP-Adresse navigieren (z.B. " +"Ihrem Webbrowser auf, indem Sie zu seiner IP-Adresse navigieren (z. B. " "`https://192.168.1.25`). Erzwingen Sie dann die Verbindung, wie im Reiter " "**Selbstsigniertes Zertifikat generieren** beschrieben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," -msgstr "Wenn Sie **Google Chrome** nutzen," +msgstr "Wenn Sie **Google Chrome** nutzen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Nicht sicher` neben der Suchleiste, und " -":guilabel:`Zertifikat ist nicht gültig`;" +"Klicken Sie neben der Suchleiste auf :guilabel:`Not safe` (Nicht sicher) und" +" :guilabel:`Certificate is not valid` (Zertifikat ist nicht gültig);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." @@ -2829,12 +2839,14 @@ msgstr "" "„Verbindung zum Drucker nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche im Google-Chrome-Browser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" "Gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`Details` und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Exportieren`;" +":guilabel:`Export` (Exportieren);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" @@ -2843,15 +2855,19 @@ msgstr "" " Datei die richtige Erweiterung hat;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Base64-codiertes ASCII, Einzelzertifikat`, am unteren " -"Rand des Pop-up-Fensters;" +"Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate` " +"(Base64-codiertes ASCII, Einzelzertifikat), am unteren Rand des Pop-up-" +"Fensters;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "Speichern Sie und das Zertifikat wurd exportiert." @@ -2866,22 +2882,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," -msgstr "Wenn Sie **Mozilla Firefox** nutzen," +msgstr "Wenn Sie **Mozilla Firefox** nutzen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" -"klicken Sie auf das **Schloss-Symbol** auf der linken Seite der " +"Klicken Sie auf das **Schloss-Symbol** auf der linken Seite der " "Adressleiste;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" msgstr "" -"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verbindung nicht sicher --> Weitere " -"Informationen --> Sicherheit-Reiter --> Zertifikat anzeigen`;" +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " +"Security tab --> View certificate` (Verbindung nicht sicher --> Weitere " +"Informationen --> Sicherheit-Reiter --> Zertifikat anzeigen);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" @@ -2889,13 +2909,17 @@ msgstr "" "„Verbindung ist nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche im Mozilla-Firefox-Browser." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" -msgstr "scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Sonstiges`;" +msgstr "" +"Scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` (Sonstiges);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Download`;" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Download` " +"(Herunterladen);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" @@ -2921,13 +2945,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Windows 10 verwaltet Zertifikate, was bedeutet, dass selbstsignierte " "Zertifikate aus der Zertifizierungsdatei und nicht aus dem Browser " -"importiert werden müssen. Um dies zu tun," +"importiert werden müssen. Befolgen Sie folgende Schritte:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 msgid "" "open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" msgstr "" -"öffnen Sie den Windows-Datei-Explorer und suchen Sie die heruntergeladene " +"Öffnen Sie den Windows-Datei-Explorer und suchen Sie die heruntergeladene " "Zertifizierungsdatei;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 @@ -2935,8 +2959,8 @@ msgid "" "right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install " "Certificate`;" msgstr "" -"klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zertifizierungsdatei und " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zertifikat installieren`;" +"Klicken Sie mit der rechten Maustaste auf die Zertifizierungsdatei und " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Install Certificate` (Zertifikat installieren);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 msgid "" @@ -2944,9 +2968,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, " "click :guilabel:`Next`;" msgstr "" -"wählen Sie aus, wo und für wen das Zertifikat installiert werden soll – " -"entweder für den :guilabel:`Aktuellen Benutzer` oder für alle Benutzer " -"(:guilabel:`Lokaler Rechner`). Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Weiter`;" +"Wählen Sie aus, wo und für wen das Zertifikat installiert werden soll – " +"entweder für den :guilabel:`Current User` (Aktueller Benutzer) oder für alle" +" Benutzer (:guilabel:`Local Machine` (Lokaler Rechner)). Klicken Sie dann " +"auf :guilabel:`Next` (Weiter);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 msgid "" @@ -2954,21 +2979,22 @@ msgid "" " the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select " ":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" msgstr "" -"markieren Sie auf dem Bildschirm `Zertifikatspeicher` das Kontrollkästchen " -":guilabel:`Alle Zertifikate im folgenden Speicher ablegen`, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Durchsuchen ...` und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Vertraute " -"Stammzertifizierungsstellen`;" +"Markieren Sie auf dem Bildschirm `Certificate Store` (Zertifikatspeicher) " +"das Kontrollkästchen :guilabel:`Place all certificates in the following " +"store` (Alle Zertifikate im folgenden Speicher ablegen), klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Browse ...` (Durchsuchen) und wählen Sie :guilabel:`Trusted Root " +"Certification Authorities` (Vertraute Stammzertifizierungsstellen);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" msgstr "" -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Abschließen`, akzeptieren Sie das Pop-up-" -"Sicherheitsfenster;" +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Finish` (Abschließen), akzeptieren Sie das Pop-" +"up-Sicherheitsfenster;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." msgstr "" -"starten Sie den Computer neu, um sicherzustellen, dass die Änderungen " +"Starten Sie den Computer neu, um sicherzustellen, dass die Änderungen " "übernommen werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 @@ -2977,72 +3003,78 @@ msgstr "Linux" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 msgid "open Chrome;" -msgstr "öffnen Sie Chrome;" +msgstr "Öffnen Sie Chrome;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> " "Manage certificates`;" msgstr "" -"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Privatsphäre und Sicherheit " -"--> Sicherheit --> Zertifikat verwalten`;" +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security " +"--> Manage certificates` (Einstellungen --> Privatsphäre und Sicherheit --> " +"Sicherheit --> Zertifikat verwalten);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 msgid "" "go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select " "the exported certification file;" msgstr "" -"gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`Behörden`, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Importieren` und wählen Sie die exportierte Zertifizierungsdatei " -"aus;" +"Gehen Sie zum Reiter :guilabel:`Authorities` (Behörden), klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Import` (Importieren) und wählen Sie die exportierte " +"Zertifizierungsdatei aus;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 msgid "accept all warnings;" -msgstr "akzeptieren Sie alle Warnungen;" +msgstr "Akzeptieren Sie alle Warnungen;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" -msgstr "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`ok`;" +msgstr "Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`ok`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 msgid "restart your browser." -msgstr "starten Sie Ihren Browser neu." +msgstr "Starten Sie Ihren Browser neu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 msgid "open Firefox;" -msgstr "öffnen Sie Firefox;" +msgstr "Öffnen Sie Firefox;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View " "Certificates... --> Import`;" msgstr "" -"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Privatsphäre und Sicherheit " -"--> Sicherheit --> Zertifikate ansehen ... --> Importieren`;" +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security " +"--> View Certificates... --> Import` (Einstellungen --> Privatsphäre und " +"Sicherheit --> Sicherheit --> Zertifikate ansehen ... --> Importieren);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 msgid "select the exported certification file;" -msgstr "wählen Sie die exportierte Zertifizierungsdatei;" +msgstr "Wählen Sie die exportierte Zertifizierungsdatei;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" -msgstr "kreuzen Sie die Kontrollkästchen an und validieren Sie;" +msgstr "Kreuzen Sie die Kontrollkästchen an und validieren Sie;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" -msgstr "Um eine Verbindung auf einem Mac sicherzustellen:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" +"In Mac OS können Sie die Verbindung für alle Browser sichern, indem Sie die " +"folgenden Schritte ausführen:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "" "open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a " "warning page;" msgstr "" -"öffnen Sie Safari und navigieren Sie zur IP-Adresse Ihres Druckers. Dies " +"Öffnen Sie Safari und navigieren Sie zur IP-Adresse Ihres Druckers. Dies " "führt zu einer Warnseite;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 @@ -3050,20 +3082,50 @@ msgid "" "on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " "website --> Visit Website`, validate;" msgstr "" -"gehen Sie auf der Warnseite auf :menuselection:`Details anzeigen --> Diese " -"Website besuchen --> Website besuchen`, bestätigen Sie;" +"Gehen Sie zu der Warnseite auf :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " +"website --> Visit Website` (Details anzeigen --> Diese Website besuchen --> " +"Website besuchen), validieren Sie;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" -"den Drucker neu starten, damit Sie ihn mit jedem anderen Browser verwenden " -"können." +"Starten Sie den Drucker neu, damit Sie ihn mit jedem anderen Browser " +"verwenden können." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" +"Um ein SSL-Zertifikat zu erstellen und zu exportieren und es an IOS-Geräte " +"zu senden, öffnen Sie **Google Chrome** oder **Mozilla Firefox**." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "Warnseite über den Verbindungsdatenschutz bei Google Chrome" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "„Verbindung zum Drucker nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche in Google Chrome" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" +"Achten Sie darauf, dass das Zertifikat mit der Erweiterung `.crt` endet. " +"Andernfalls finden einige Browser die Datei während des Importvorgangs " +"möglicherweise nicht." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "„Verbindung ist nicht sicher“-Schaltfläche in Mozilla Firefox" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "Android OS" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " @@ -3074,21 +3136,23 @@ msgstr "" "die `.crt`-Datei per E-Mail, Bluetooth oder USB auf das Gerät. Sobald sich " "die Datei auf dem Gerät befindet," -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" -msgstr "öffnen Sie die Einstellungen und suchen Sie nach `Zertifikat`;" +msgstr "" +"öffnen Sie die Einstellungen und suchen Sie nach `Certificate` (Zertifikat);" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zertifikat AC` (Vom Gerätespeicher installieren);" +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Zertifikat AC) (Vom " +"Gerätespeicher installieren);" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" "wählen Sie die Zertifikatsdatei aus, um sie auf dem Gerät zu installieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." @@ -3096,7 +3160,92 @@ msgstr "" "Die spezifischen Schritte zur Installation eines Zertifikats können je nach " "Android-Version und Gerätehersteller variieren." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "iOS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" +"Um ein SSL-Zertifikat in ein iOS-Gerät zu importieren, erstellen und " +"exportieren Sie es zunächst auf einem Computer. Übertragen Sie dann die " +"`.crt`-Datei per E-Mail, Bluetooth oder mit einem anderen Dienst zur " +"Dateifreigabe." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" +"Das Herunterladen dieser Datei löst ein Pop-up-Fenster mit einer Warnung " +"aus. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zulassen`, um das Konfigurationsprofil " +"herunterzuladen, und schließen Sie das zweite Pop-up-Fenster. Dann," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "zur **Einstellungen-App** auf dem iOS-Gerät;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" +"klicken Sie unter der Infobox des Benurters auf :guilabel:`Profile " +"Downloaded` (Profil heruntergeladen);" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "suchen Sie die `.crt`-Datei und wählen Sie sie aus;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" +"klicken Sie oben rechts im Bildschirm auf :guilabel:`Install` " +"(Installieren);" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" +"geben Sie das Kennwort ein, wenn auf dem Gerät ein Kennwort eingestellt ist;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" +"klicken Sie oben rechts auf dem Warnbildschirm des Zertifikats und dem Pop-" +"up-Fenster auf :guilabel:`Install` (Installieren);" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Done` (Erledigt)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" +"Das Zertifikat ist installiert, muss aber noch authentifiziert werden. Dazu" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" +"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Einstellungen --> Allgemein --> Über--> " +"Einstellungen zu Zertifikatsvertrauenswürdigkeit`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "aktivieren Sie das installierte Zertifikat mit dem **Schieberegler**;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "klicken Sie im Pop-up-Fenster auf :guilabel:`Fortfahren`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -3108,7 +3257,7 @@ msgstr "" "nach `SSL-Zertifikat exportieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder " "Betriebssystems`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " @@ -3116,14 +3265,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um SSL-Zertifikate von einem nicht genannten Betriebssystem oder Browser zu " "importieren, suchen Sie in Ihrer bevorzugten Suchmaschine nach `SSL-" -"Zertifikat-Stammbehörde importieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder " +"Stammzertifizierungsstelle importieren` + `Name Ihres Browsers oder " "Betriebssystems`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "Prüfen, ob das Zertifikat korrekt importiert wurde" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -3135,8 +3284,8 @@ msgstr "" " sich mit seiner IP-Adresse über HTTPS. Navigieren Sie zum Beispiel in Ihrem" " Browser zu `https://192.168.1.25`. Wenn das SSL-Zertifikat korrekt " "angewendet wurde, sollten Sie keine Warnseite mehr sehen, und in der " -"Adressleiste sollte ein Vorhängeschlosssymbol erscheinen, das anzeigt, dass " -"die Verbindung sicher ist." +"Adressleiste sollte ein Schloss-Symbol erscheinen, das anzeigt, dass die " +"Verbindung sicher ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" @@ -3204,8 +3353,8 @@ msgstr "" "zu verwalten, indem Sie die Funktion **Mehrere Mitarbeiter pro Sitzung** " "aktivieren. Wenn diese Funktion aktiviert ist, :ref:`können Sie auswählen, " "welche Benutzer sich im Kassensystem anmelden können ` " -"und :ref:`die an den einzelnen Aufträgem beteiligten Mitarbeiter verfolgen " -"`." +"und :ref:`die an den einzelnen Aufträgen beteiligten Mitarbeiter im Auge " +"behalten `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -3219,7 +3368,7 @@ msgstr "" "und wählen Sie Ihr Kassensystem aus, oder klicken Sie auf die vertikale " "Ellipsen-Schaltfläche (:guilabel:`⋮`) auf einer Kassensystemkarte und " "klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten`. Aktivieren Sie dann " -":guilabel:`Mehrere Mitarbeiter pro Sitzung`, und fügen Sie die erlaubten " +":guilabel:`Mehrere Mitarbeiter pro Sitzung` und fügen Sie die erlaubten " "Mitarbeiter in das Feld :guilabel:`Erlaubte Mitarbeiter` ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 @@ -3274,7 +3423,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie können von Ihren Mitarbeitern auch verlangen, dass sie bei jeder " "Anmeldung an einer Kasse einen Pin-Code eingeben, um zu verhindern, dass sie" " sich als jemand anderes anmelden. Um den Code festzulegen, gehen Sie zur " -"App **Mitarbeiter**, öffnen das Mitarbeiterformular und klicken auf den " +"**Mitarbeiter**-App, öffnen Sie das Mitarbeiterformular und klicken auf den " "Reiter :guilabel:`HR-Einstellungen`. Geben Sie dann einen Pin-Code Ihrer " "Wahl in das Feld :guilabel:`PIN-Code` der Kategorie " ":guilabel:`Anwesenheit/Kassensystem` ein." @@ -3364,9 +3513,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um eine Zahlungsmethode hinzuzufügen, müssen Sie sie zunächst erstellen. " "Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " -"Zahlungsmethoden --> Neu`, und geben Sie einen Namen ein. Markieren Sie " -":guilabel:`Kunde identifizieren`, um diese Zahlungsmethode *ausschließlich* " -"für registrierte Kunden zuzulassen." +"Zahlungsmethoden --> Neu`, und geben Sie einen Namen ein. Kreuzen Sie " +":guilabel:`Kunde identifizieren` an, um diese Zahlungsmethode " +"*ausschließlich* für registrierte Kunden zuzulassen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -3404,10 +3553,10 @@ msgid "" "section." msgstr "" "Sobald die Zahlungsmethode erstellt ist, können Sie sie in Ihren " -"Kassnesystem-Einstellungen auswählen. Gehen Sie dazu zu den " +"Kassensystem-Einstellungen auswählen. Gehen Sie dazu zu den " ":ref:`Kassensystem-Einstellungen `, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und fügen Sie die Zahlungsmethode unter dem Abschnitt" -" :guilabel:`Zahlungen` hinzu." +":guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und fügen Sie die Zahlungsmethode im Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Zahlungen` hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 msgid "Payment terminals" @@ -3428,9 +3577,9 @@ msgid "" "Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" " :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :doc:`App-Einstellungen <../configuration>`, scrollen Sie nach" -" unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Zahlungsterminals` und markieren Sie das " -"Kontrollkästchen für Ihr Terminal." +"Gehen Sie zu :doc:`App-Einstellungen <../configuration>`, scrollen Sie nach " +"unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Zahlungsterminals` und kreuzen Sie das " +"Kontrollkästchen Ihres Terminal an." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" @@ -3506,8 +3655,8 @@ msgid "" "`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps " "described on your terminal's screen." msgstr "" -"Beginnen Sie mit der Erstellung Ihres Adyen-Kontos auf der Adyen-Website " -"`_. Steigen Sie dann in Ihr Terminal ein und " +"Beginnen Sie mit der Erstellung Ihres Adyen-Kontos auf der `Adyen-Website " +"`_. Konfigurieren Sie dann Ihren Terminal und " "befolgen Sie die auf dem Bildschirm Ihres Terminals beschriebenen Schritte." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 @@ -3533,9 +3682,9 @@ msgid "" "method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` " "field." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zuerst auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " +"Gehen Sie zuerst zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen --> Zahlungsterminals` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Adyen`. " -"Gehen Sie dann auf :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Zahlungsmethoden` und " +"Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Zahlungsmethoden` und " "erstellen Sie eine neue Zahlungsmethode. Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Adyen` im " "Feld :guilabel:`Zahlungsterminal verwenden`." @@ -3573,17 +3722,17 @@ msgid "" "Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new " "credential or click on an existing one." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Entwickler --> API-Anmeldedaten`. " -"Erstellen Sie einen neuen Berechtigungsnachweis oder klicken Sie auf einen " -"vorhandenen." +"Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials` " +"(Entwickler --> API-Anmeldedaten). Erstellen Sie neue Anmeldedaten oder " +"klicken Sie auf vorhandene." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the " "Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Einen API-Schlüssel generieren` und fügen Sie " -"diesen Schlüssel in das Odoo-Pflichtfeld ein." +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Generate an API key` (Einen API-Schlüssel " +"generieren) und fügen Sie diesen Schlüssel in das Odoo-Pflichtfeld ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -3612,9 +3761,9 @@ msgid "" "and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." msgstr "" "Um diese Nummer zu finden, gehen Sie zu Ihrem **Adyen-Konto**. Gehen Sie " -"dann auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Terminals`, wählen Sie das " -"Terminal aus, das Sie verknüpfen möchten, und fügen Sie die Seriennummer in " -"das Pflichtfeld von Odoo ein." +"dann zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Terminals`, wählen Sie das Terminal" +" aus, das Sie verknüpfen möchten, und fügen Sie die Seriennummer in das " +"Pflichtfeld von Odoo ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 msgid "Set the Event URLs" @@ -3637,21 +3786,24 @@ msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" " select the connected terminal;" msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zum :menuselection:`Adyen-Dashboard --> Kassensystem --> " -"Terminals` und wählen Sie das verbundene Terminal aus;" +"Gehen Sie zum :menuselection:`Adyen-Dashboard --> Point of Sale --> " +"Terminals` (Kassensystem --> Terminals) und wählen Sie das verbundene " +"Terminal aus;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in den Terminaleinstellungen auf :guilabel:`Integrationen`;" +"Klicken Sie in den Terminaleinstellungen auf :guilabel:`Integrations` " +"(Integrationen);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 msgid "" "set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " ":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" msgstr "" -"Setzen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Zum entschlüsselten Modus wechseln, um diese " -"Einstellung zu bearbeiten` auf :guilabel:`Entschlüsselt`;" +"Setzen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this " +"setting` (Zum entschlüsselten Modus wechseln, um diese Einstellung zu " +"bearbeiten) auf :guilabel:`Decrypted` (Entschlüsselt);" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -3660,14 +3812,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche des **Bleistiftsymbols** und geben Sie Ihre" " Serveradresse, gefolgt von `/pos_adyen/notification` in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Ereignis-URLs` ein; und" +":guilabel:`Event URLs` (Ereignis-URLs) ein;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` am unteren Rand des Bildschirms, um " -"die Änderungen zu speichern." +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Save` (Speichern) am unteren Rand des " +"Bildschirms, um die Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 msgid "Add a new payment method" @@ -3681,9 +3833,9 @@ msgid "" "add your new method for Adyen." msgstr "" "Um einem Kassensystem eine neue **Zahlungsmethode** hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie " -"auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Kassensystem`. Wählen" -" Sie dann das Kassensystem aus und gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Zahlungen " -"--> Zahlungsmethode`, und fügen Sie Ihre neue Methode für Adyen hinzu." +"zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Kassensystem`. Wählen " +"Sie dann das Kassensystem aus und gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Zahlungen -->" +" Zahlungsmethode`, und fügen Sie Ihre neue Methode für Adyen hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 @@ -3727,7 +3879,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." msgstr "" "Um die Zahlungsanforderung zu stornieren, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`abbrechen`." +":guilabel:`Abbrechen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 msgid "Ingenico" @@ -3778,8 +3930,8 @@ msgid "" "Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf die F-Taste des Terminals, gehen Sie dann in die " -":Menüauswahl:`Kassensystemmenü --> Einstellungen` und geben Sie das Passwort" -" für die Einstellungen ein." +":menuselection:`PoS Menu --> Settings` (Kassensystemmenü --> Einstellungen) " +"und geben Sie das Passwort für die Einstellungen ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -3824,8 +3976,8 @@ msgid "" "Successful*." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie in Ihrer *Kassenschnittstelle* bei der Bearbeitung einer Zahlung " -"eine *Zahlungsmethode* über ein Zahlungsterminal. Vergewissern Sie sich, " -"dass der Betrag in der Spalte Angebot dem Betrag entspricht, der an das " +"eine *Zahlungsmethode* mit einem Zahlungsterminal. Vergewissern Sie sich, " +"dass der Betrag in der Angebotsspalte dem Betrag entspricht, der an das " "Zahlungsterminal gesendet werden muss, und klicken Sie auf *Senden*. Wenn " "die Zahlung erfolgreich war, ändert sich der Status in *Zahlung " "erfolgreich*." @@ -3902,7 +4054,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16 msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "Zahlungsmethode konfigurieren" +msgstr "Die Zahlungsmethode konfigurieren" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -3927,8 +4079,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Zurück in :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Zahlungsmethoden`, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu`, um eine neue " -"Zahlungsmethode für SIX zu erstellen, wählen Sie die Option :guilabel:`SIX`," -" und geben Sie die IP-Adresse des Zahlungsterminals ein." +"Zahlungsmethode für SIX zu erstellen, wählen Sie den " +":guilabel:`SIX`-Zahlungsterminal, und geben Sie die IP-Adresse des " +"Zahlungsterminals ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal." @@ -3947,16 +4100,16 @@ msgid "" "and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on " ":guilabel:`Cancel`." msgstr "" -"In der Kassensystem-Schnittstelle wählen Sie zum Zeitpunkt der Zahlung eine " -"Zahlungsmethode über ein Zahlungsterminal. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass der " -"Betrag in der Spalte Angebot dem Betrag entspricht, der an das " +"Wählen Sie in der Kassensystem-Schnittstelle bei einer Zahlung eine " +"Zahlungsmethode mit Zahlungsterminal aus. Vergewissern Sie sich, dass der " +"Betrag in der Angebotsspalte dem Betrag entspricht, der an das " "Zahlungsterminal gesendet werden muss, und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Senden`. Um die Zahlungsanforderung zu stornieren, klicken Sie " "auf :guilabel:`Stornieren`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 msgid "The PoS interface." -msgstr "Die Kassensystem-Benutzeroberfläche." +msgstr "Die Kassensystem-Schnittstelle." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -4019,7 +4172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Zahlungsmethoden`, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Neu` und geben Sie im Feld " -":guilabel:`Methode` den Namen Ihrer Zahlungsmethode ein;" +":guilabel:`Methode` den Namen Ihrer Zahlungsmethode ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -4027,7 +4180,7 @@ msgid "" " a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" msgstr "" "Setzen Sie das Feld :guilabel:`Journal` auf :guilabel:`Bank` und das Feld " -":guilabel:`Zahlungsterminal verwenden` auf :guilabel:`Stripe`;" +":guilabel:`Zahlungsterminal verwenden` auf :guilabel:`Stripe`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4035,7 +4188,7 @@ msgid "" "Number` field;" msgstr "" "Geben Sie die Seriennummer Ihres Zahlungsterminals in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Stripe-Seriennummer` ein;" +":guilabel:`Stripe-Seriennummer` ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -4093,15 +4246,16 @@ msgid "" "corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " "POS." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Dadurch werden Sie automatisch " -"auf eine Konfigurationsseite weitergeleitet. Geben Sie alle Informationen " +"Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Stripe verbinden`. Dadurch werden Sie automatisch" +" auf eine Konfigurationsseite weitergeleitet. Geben Sie alle Informationen " "ein, um Ihr Stripe-Konto zu erstellen und es mit Odoo zu verknüpfen. Sobald " "die Formulare ausgefüllt sind, können Sie die API-Schlüssel " -"(:guilabel:`Publishable Key` und :guilabel:`Secret Key`) auf der " -"**Stripe**-Website abrufen. Klicken Sie dazu auf :guilabel:`Get your Secret " -"and Publishable Key`, klicken Sie auf die Schlüssel, um sie zu kopieren, und" -" fügen Sie sie in die entsprechenden Felder in Odoo ein. Ihr Terminal ist " -"nun bereit für die Konfiguration in einem Kassensystem." +"(:guilabel:`Veröffentlichbarer Schlüssel` und :guilabel:`Geheimer " +"Schlüssel`) auf der **Stripe**-Website abrufen. Klicken Sie dazu auf " +":guilabel:`Erhalten Sie Ihre geheimen und veröffentlichbaren Schlüssel`, " +"klicken Sie auf die Schlüssel, um sie zu kopieren, und fügen Sie sie in die " +"entsprechenden Felder in Odoo ein. Ihr Terminal ist nun bereit für die " +"Konfiguration in einem Kassensystem." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 msgid "stripe connection form" @@ -4131,10 +4285,10 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." msgstr "" "Für Datenbanken, die **On-Premise** gehostet werden, funktioniert die " -"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` nicht. Um die API-Schlüssel manuell " -"abzurufen, melden Sie sich in Ihrem Stripe-Dashboard " +"Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Stripe verbinden` nicht. Um die API-Schlüssel " +"manuell abzurufen, melden Sie sich in Ihrem Stripe-Dashboard " " an, geben Sie `API` in die Suchleiste ein und" -" klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Developers > API`." +" klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Developers > API` (Entwickler > API)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 msgid "Configure the payment terminal" @@ -4146,8 +4300,8 @@ msgid "" "admin PIN code, validate and select your network." msgstr "" "Wischen Sie auf Ihrem Zahlungsterminal nach rechts, klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Settings`, geben Sie den Admin-PIN-Code ein, bestätigen Sie ihn " -"und wählen Sie Ihr Netzwerk." +":guilabel:`Settings` (Einstellungen), geben Sie den Admin-PIN-Code ein, " +"bestätigen Sie ihn und wählen Sie Ihr Netzwerk." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." @@ -4179,10 +4333,10 @@ msgid "" "method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." msgstr "" "Um Ihrem Kassensystem eine **Zahlungsmethode** hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie zu " -":guilabel:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Wählen Sie das" -" Kassensystem, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Zahlungen` " -"und fügen Sie Ihre Zahlungsmethode für **Stripe** im Feld " -":guilabel:`Zahlungsmethoden` hinzu." +":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`. Wählen " +"Sie das Kassensystem, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Zahlungen` und fügen Sie Ihre Zahlungsmethode für **Stripe** im " +"Feld :guilabel:`Zahlungsmethoden` hinzu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4229,7 +4383,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Melden Sie sich in Ihrem `Stripe-Dashboard `_ " "an und gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Stripe Dashboard --> Payments --> " -"Readers --> Locations`;" +"Readers --> Locations` (Stripe-Dashboard --> Zahlungen --> Lesegeräte --> " +"Standort)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -4237,15 +4392,16 @@ msgid "" "already created location;" msgstr "" "Fügen Sie einen Ort hinzu, indem Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`+ New` " -"klicken oder einen bereits erstellten Ort auswählen;" +"(Neu) klicken oder einen bereits erstellten Ort auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill " "in the required information." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`+ New` im Feld " -":guilabel:`Readers` und geben Sie die erforderlichen Informationen ein." +"Klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`+ New` (Neu) im Feld " +":guilabel:`Readers` (Lesegeräte) und geben Sie die erforderlichen " +"Informationen ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -4256,7 +4412,8 @@ msgstr "" "Sie müssen einen **Registrierungscode** angeben. Um diesen Code abzurufen, " "wischen Sie auf Ihrem Gerät nach rechts, geben Sie den Admin-PIN-Code ein " "(standardmäßig: `07139`), bestätigen Sie und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." +":guilabel:`Generate a registration code` (Einen Registrierungscode " +"generieren)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 msgid "Vantiv" @@ -4267,7 +4424,7 @@ msgid "" "Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " "flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." msgstr "" -"Durch die Verbindung eines VANTIV-Zahlungsterminals können Sie Ihren Kunden " +"Durch die Verbindung eines Vantiv-Zahlungsterminals können Sie Ihren Kunden " "einen flüssigen Zahlungsfluss bieten und Ihren Kassierern die Arbeit " "erleichtern." @@ -4295,7 +4452,7 @@ msgid "" "payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " "create new Vantiv credentials." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie in :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Kassensystem` in den Bereich Zahlungen und greifen Sie auf Ihre " "Zahlungsmethoden zu. Legen Sie eine neue Zahlungsmethode für Vantiv an, " "wählen Sie die Option Vantiv als Zahlungsterminal und erstellen Sie neue " @@ -4318,7 +4475,7 @@ msgid "" "payment method and… that’s all." msgstr "" "Wählen Sie in Ihrer Kassensystem-Schnittstelle zum Zeitpunkt der Zahlung " -"Ihre Vantiv-Zahlungsmethode aus und... das ist alles." +"Ihre Vantiv-Zahlungsmethode aus und ... das ist alles." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" @@ -4355,13 +4512,14 @@ msgid "" "screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " "Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in Ihrem Terminal auf :menuselection:`\". --> 3 --> Stopp --> 3 " -"--> 0 --> 9`. Geben Sie das Techniker-Passwort **„1235789“** ein und klicken" -" Sie auf :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Klicken Sie dann auf " -":menuselection:`Ändern --> CTEP (als Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Klicken Sie auf" -" den folgenden Bildschirmen (*CTEP Ticket ECR*, *ECR-Ticketbreite* und " -"*Zeichensatz*) dreimal auf **OK**. Drücken Sie abschließend dreimal " -"**Stopp**; das Terminal startet automatisch neu." +"Klicken Sie auf Ihrem Terminal auf :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> " +"3 --> 0 --> 9`. Geben Sie das Techniker-Passwort **„1235789“** ein und " +"klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Klicken Sie dann auf " +":menuselection:`Change --> CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK` (Ändern --> CTEP " +"(als Protocole ECR) --> OK). Klicken Sie auf den folgenden Bildschirmen " +"(*CTEP Ticket ECR*, *ECR-Ticketbreite* und *Zeichensatz*) dreimal auf " +"**OK**. Drücken Sie abschließend dreimal **Stop** (Stopp); das Terminal " +"startet automatisch neu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 msgid "Set the IP address" @@ -4375,12 +4533,12 @@ msgid "" "TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" " (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in Ihrem Terminal auf :menuselection:`„.“ --> 3 --> Stopp --> 3 " -"--> 0 --> 9`. Geben Sie das Techniker-Passwort **„1235789“** ein und klicken" -" Sie auf :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Klicken Sie dann auf " -":menuselection:`Ändern --> TCP/IP` (*TCP physische " -"Konfiguration*-Bildschirm) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK` (*TCP-" -"Konfigurationsclient*-Bildschirm)." +"Klicken Sie auf Ihrem Terminal auf :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop -->" +" 3 --> 0 --> 9`. Geben Sie das Techniker-Passwort **„1235789“** ein und " +"klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Klicken Sie dann auf " +":menuselection:`Ändern --> TCP/IP` (Ändern --> TCP/IP) (Bildschirm " +"*physische TCP-Konfiguration*) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK` (Bildschirm " +"*TCP-Konfigurationsclient*)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." @@ -4412,7 +4570,7 @@ msgid "" "On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " "19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie auf dem Bildschirm *Hostname* :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 -->" +"Geben Sie auf dem *Hostname*-Bildschirm :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 -->" " OK --> 19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK` ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 @@ -4420,7 +4578,7 @@ msgid "" "Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " "database." msgstr "" -"Die IP-Adresse Ihrer IoT-Box ist in der Datenbank Ihrer IoT-Box-Anwendung " +"Die IP-Adresse Ihrer IoT-Box ist in der Datenbank Ihrer IoT-Box-App " "verfügbar." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 @@ -4433,10 +4591,10 @@ msgid "" "click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> " "OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." msgstr "" -"Geben Sie auf dem Bildschirm *Portnummer* **9001** (oder **9050** für " -"Windows) ein und klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR-Protokoll SSL " -"nein*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Klicken Sie dreimal auf **Stopp**; das " -"Terminal startet automatisch neu." +"Geben Sie auf dem *Portnummer*-Bildschirm **9001** (oder **9050** für " +"Windows) ein und klicken Sie auf :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR-Protokoll SSL-" +"Nr.*) :menuselection:`--> OK`. Klicken Sie dreimal auf **Stop** (Stopp); das" +" Terminal startet automatisch neu." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -4444,7 +4602,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " "terminal." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie in der Kassensystemapp zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " +"Gehen Sie in der Kassensystem-App zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen --> Zahlungsterminals` und aktivieren Sie das " "*Worldline*-Zahlungsterminal." @@ -4456,8 +4614,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Konfiguration --> Zahlungsmethoden` und " "erstellen Sie eine neue Zahlungsmethode für *Worldline*. Wählen Sie das " -"Zahlungsterminal *Worldline* und Ihr Zahlungsendgerät auf Ihrem " -"*Zahlungsmethode-Formular*." +"*Worldline*-Zahlungsterminal und Ihr Zahlungsendgerät auf Ihrem " +"*Zahlungsmethodenformular*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" @@ -4477,8 +4635,8 @@ msgid "" "Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " "terminal." msgstr "" -"Konfigurieren Sie das Kassenterminal, wenn Sie sowohl ein Kunden- als auch " -"ein Kassenterminal haben." +"Konfigurieren Sie das Kassiererterminal, wenn Sie sowohl ein Kunden- als " +"auch ein Kassiererterminal haben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -4570,7 +4728,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " "enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie *Bargeldrundung* und klicken Sie " "anschließend auf *Speichern*." @@ -4580,7 +4738,7 @@ msgid "" "open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" " option." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Kassensystem`, öffnen Sie das Kassensystem, das Sie konfigurieren möchten " "und aktivieren Sie die Option *Bargeldrundung*." @@ -4740,8 +4898,8 @@ msgstr "Einen Rabatt auf ein Produkt anwenden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" -"Verwenden Sie in der Schnittstelle der Kassensitzung die *% " -"Rab.*-Schaltfläche." +"Verwenden Sie in der Schnittstelle der Kassensitzung die Schaltfläch *% " +"Rab.*" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" @@ -4762,7 +4920,7 @@ msgid "" "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." msgstr "" -"Um einen Rabatt auf den gesamten Auftrag anzuwenden, gehen Sie auf " +"Um einen Rabatt auf den gesamten Auftrag anzuwenden, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` und wählen " "Sie Ihr Kassensystem." @@ -4817,9 +4975,9 @@ msgid "" "--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" "Um zeitlich begrenzte Rabatte zu aktivieren, müssen Sie die Funktion " -"*Preislisten* aktivieren. Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem " -"--> Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` und öffnen Sie Ihr Kassensystem. " -"Aktivieren Sie dann die Preislistenfunktion." +"*Preislisten* aktivieren. Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem -->" +" Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` und öffnen Sie Ihr Kassensystem. Aktivieren" +" Sie dann die Preislistenfunktion." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 msgid "View of the pricelist feature" @@ -4845,8 +5003,8 @@ msgid "" "create." msgstr "" "Standardmäßig ist in Odoo eine *öffentliche Preisliste* konfiguriert. Um " -"weitere zu erstellen, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> " -"Produkte --> Preislisten`. Klicken Sie dann auf Erstellen." +"weitere zu erstellen, gehen Sie zuf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> " +"Produkte --> Preislisten`. Erstellen Sie dann eine neue." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -4927,8 +5085,8 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and " "enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." msgstr "" -"Um die Funktion zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem " -"--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt " +"Um die Funktion zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem -->" +" Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie zum Abschnitt " ":guilabel:`Buchhaltung` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Flexible Steuern`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 @@ -4965,7 +5123,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 msgid "Use fiscal positions" -msgstr "Steuerposition verwenden" +msgstr "Steuerpositionen verwenden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -4978,8 +5136,8 @@ msgstr "" "Öffnen Sie eine :ref:`Kassensitzung `, um eine der " "erlaubten Steuerpositionen zu verwenden. Klicken Sie dann auf die " "Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Steuer` neben dem **Buchsymbol** und wählen Sie eine" -" Steuerposition aus der Liste. Auf diese Weise werden die definierten Regeln" -" automatisch auf alle Produkte angewendet, die den Bestimmungen der " +" Steuerposition aus der Liste aus. Auf diese Weise werden die definierten " +"Regeln automatisch auf alle Produkte angewendet, die den Bestimmungen der " "gewählten Steuerposition unterliegen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 @@ -5008,10 +5166,10 @@ msgid "" "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " "Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" msgstr "" -"Um die Funktion *Treueprogramm* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf " +"Um die Funktion *Treueprogramm* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` und wählen " "Sie Ihre Kassensystem-Schnittstelle aus. Wählen Sie unter den " -"Preiskalkulationsfunktionen *Treueprogramm*." +"Preiskalkulationsfunktionen *Treueprogramm* aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." @@ -5041,7 +5199,7 @@ msgid "" "using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " "rules defined in the loyalty program." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein Kunde eingestellt ist, sehen Sie nun die Punkte, die er für die " +"Wenn ein Kunde festgelegt ist, sehen Sie nun die Punkte, die er für die " "Transaktion erhält, und sie sammeln sich an, bis sie ausgegeben werden. Sie " "werden über die Schaltfläche *Belohnungen* ausgegeben, wenn sie gemäß den im" " Treueprogramm festgelegten Regeln genügend Punkte haben." @@ -5104,11 +5262,11 @@ msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" " enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -"Um eine *Preisliste* einzurichten, gehen Sie auf " -":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Konfiguration` und " -"aktivieren Sie die Funktion *Preisliste*. Gehen Sie dann auf " -":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` und " -"aktivieren Sie *Preisliste* für das *Kassensystem*." +"Um eine *Preisliste* einzurichten, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem" +" --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und aktivieren Sie die Funktion " +"*Preisliste*. Gehen Sie dann zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> " +"Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` und aktivieren Sie *Preisliste* für das " +"*Kassensystem*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -5134,7 +5292,7 @@ msgid "" "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" " to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -"Von nun an steht Ihnen auf der *Kassensystem*-Oberfläche eine neue " +"Von nun an steht Ihnen in der *Kassensystem*-Schnittstelle eine neue " "Schaltfläche zur Verfügung, mit der Sie zwischen den verschiedenen " "*Preislisten* wählen können, die Sie zuvor hinzugefügt haben." @@ -5156,7 +5314,7 @@ msgid "" "--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " ":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." msgstr "" -"Richten Sie Kassenbons ein, indem Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> " +"Richten Sie Kassenbons ein, indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> " "Konfiguration --> Kassensystem` gehen, ein Kassensystem auswählen und zum " "Abschnitt :guilabel:`Rechnungen & Quittungen` scrollen." @@ -5197,9 +5355,9 @@ msgid "" " active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " "order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in der Kassensystem-Oberfläche auf :guilabel:`Aufträge`, öffnen " -"Sie das Drop-down-Auswahlmenü neben der Suchleiste und ändern Sie den " -"Standardfilter :guilabel:`Alle aktiven Aufträge` in :guilabel:`Bezahlt`. " +"Klicken Sie in der Kassensystem-Schnittstelle auf :guilabel:`Aufträge`, " +"öffnen Sie das Drop-down-Auswahlmenü neben der Suchleiste und ändern Sie den" +" Standardfilter :guilabel:`Alle aktiven Aufträge` in :guilabel:`Bezahlt`. " "Wählen Sie dann den entsprechenden Auftrag aus und klicken Sie auf " ":guilabel:`Bon drucken`." @@ -5215,7 +5373,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sie können die Liste der Aufträge mithilfe der Suchleiste filtern. Geben Sie" " Ihre Referenz ein und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Bonnummer`, " -":guilabel:`Datum`, oder :guilabel:`Kunde`." +":guilabel:`Datum` oder :guilabel:`Kunde`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 msgid "Invoices" @@ -5241,7 +5399,7 @@ msgid "" "**customers**." msgstr "" "Zuerst müssen Sie eine Sitzung eröffnen und Ihren Kunden festlegen. Öffnen " -"Sie die **Kassensystem-Oberfläche**, indem Sie auf " +"Sie die **Kassensystem-Schnittstelle**, indem Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Neue Sitzung --> Sitzung öffnen` gehen. " "Klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Kunde`, um die Liste der **Kunden** " "aufzurufen." @@ -5261,7 +5419,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sie auf seinen Namen klicken, oder einen neuen Kunden anlegen, indem Sie auf" " :guilabel:`Erstellen` klicken. Dadurch öffnet sich ein Formular, in das Sie" " die Daten des Kunden eingeben können. Klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Speichern`, um den neuen Kunden zu bestätigen und anzulegen." +":guilabel:`Speichern`, um den neuen Kunden zu bestätigen und zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 msgid "" @@ -5304,17 +5462,17 @@ msgid "" "Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" " automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie die Zahlungsmethode und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Validieren`. " -"Die **Rechnung** wird automatisch ausgestellt und kann heruntergeladen " -"und/oder gedruckt werden." +"Wählen Sie die Zahlungsmethode aus und klicken Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Validieren`. Die **Rechnung** wird automatisch ausgestellt und " +"kann heruntergeladen und/oder gedruckt werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:78 msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Rechnungen entnehmen" +msgstr "Rechnungen abrufen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:80 msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," -msgstr "Um Rechnungen aus dem **Kassensystemdashboard* zu entnehmen," +msgstr "Um Rechnungen aus dem **Kassensystemdashboard** zu entnehmen," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -5336,7 +5494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" -msgstr "Intelligente Schaltfläche für Rechung von einem Auftragsformular" +msgstr "Intelligente Schaltfläche für Rechnung in einem Auftragsformular" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -5388,10 +5546,11 @@ msgid "" "ticket`." msgstr "" "Um diese Funktion zu nutzen, müssen Sie QR-Codes auf Kassenbons aktivieren, " -"indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` " -"gehen. Wählen Sie dann das Kassensystem im Feld :guilabel:`Kassensystem` " -"aus, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Rechnungen & " -"Quittungen` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`QR-Code auf Kassenbon verwenden`." +"indem Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " +"Einstellungen` gehen. Wählen Sie dann das Kassensystem im Feld " +":guilabel:`Kassensystem` aus, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt " +":guilabel:`Rechnungen & Quittungen` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`QR-Code " +"auf Kassenbon verwenden`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" @@ -5407,7 +5566,7 @@ msgid "" " --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " "(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." msgstr "" -"Um auf Ihre Statistiken zuzugreifen, gehen Sie auf :guilabel:`Kassensystem " +"Um auf Ihre Statistiken zuzugreifen, gehen Sie zu :guilabel:`Kassensystem " "--> Berichtswesen --> Aufträge`. Oder klicken Sie im " "**Kassensystemdashboard** auf die Schaltfläche mit der vertikalen Ellipse " "(:guilabel:`⋮`), :guilabel:`Berichtswesen` und :guilabel:`Aufträge`." @@ -5485,7 +5644,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " "POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." msgstr "" -"Um die Funktionen für Restaurants und Bars zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf " +"Um die Funktionen für Restaurants und Bars zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, wählen " "Sie das Kassensystem aus und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Ist eine Bar/ein " "Restaurant`." @@ -5513,7 +5672,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In Restaurants oder Bars ist es üblich, die Rechnung anzufordern, bevor Sie " "zur Zahlung übergehen, oder die Rechnung anhand der bestellten Artikel " -"aufzuteilen. Odoo Kassensystem bietet zwei Funktionen, um diese Aufgaben " +"aufzuteilen. Odoo Kassensystem bietet zwei Funktionen, um diese Vorgänge " "nahtlos durchzuführen: **Rechnungsdruck** und **Rechnungsteilung**." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 @@ -5523,7 +5682,7 @@ msgid "" "Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " ":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." msgstr "" -"Um die Funktionen zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem " +"Um die Funktionen zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem " "--> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, wählen Sie das Kassensystem und " "aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Frühzeitiger Bondruck` und " ":guilabel:`Rechnungsteilung erlauben` im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Restaurant & " @@ -5566,10 +5725,10 @@ msgid "" "regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " "to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie in einer offenen Sitzung auf :guilabel:`Teilen`, um die Artikel " -"auszuwählen, die Sie umgruppieren möchten. Sobald alles ausgewählt ist, " -"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zahlung` und fahren Sie mit dem Kassiervorgang " -"für diese Artikel fort. Wiederholen Sie dies für jeden Gast." +"Klicken Sie in einer offenen Sitzung auf :guilabel:`Aufteilen`, um die " +"Artikel auszuwählen, die Sie umgruppieren möchten. Sobald alles ausgewählt " +"ist, klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zahlung` und fahren Sie mit dem " +"Kassiervorgang für diese Artikel fort. Wiederholen Sie dies für jeden Gast." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -5635,8 +5794,8 @@ msgstr "Tische hinzufügen" msgid "" "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." msgstr "" -"Um Tische hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch Ihre Kassensystem-Oberfläche öffnen," -" um Ihre Räume zu sehen." +"Um Tische hinzuzufügen, können Sie auch Ihre Kassensystem-Schnittstelle " +"öffnen, um Ihre Räume zu sehen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" @@ -5664,13 +5823,13 @@ msgid "" "shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " "sits the table can have." msgstr "" -"Damit Ihr Tisch leichter gefunden wird, können Sie ihn umbenennen, seine " +"Damit Ihr Tisch einfacher zu finden ist, können Sie ihn umbenennen, seine " "Form, Größe oder sogar Farbe ändern. Es ist auch möglich, die maximale " "Anzahl von Plätzen für die Tische festzulegen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48 msgid "Register your table(s) orders" -msgstr "Die Bestellungen Ihrer Tische registrieren" +msgstr "Die Bestellung(en) Ihrer Tische aufnehmen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -5683,7 +5842,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" msgstr "" -"Ansicht der Kassensystem-Oberfläche zur Registrierung von Bestellungen" +"Ansicht der Kassensystem-Schnittstelle zur Registrierung von Bestellungen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" @@ -5725,7 +5884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79 msgid "Register an additional order" -msgstr "Eine zusätzliche Bestellung registrieren" +msgstr "Eine zusätzliche Bestellung aufnehmen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -5751,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -"Mit der „-“-Schaltfläche können Sie die Bestellung, an der Sie gerade " +"Mit der Schaltfläche - können Sie die Bestellung, an der Sie gerade " "arbeiten, entfernen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 @@ -5781,8 +5940,8 @@ msgid "" "Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " "and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." msgstr "" -"Um den Versand von Bestellungen an einen Küchen- oder Bardrucker zu " -"aktivieren, gehen Sie auf :guilabel:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " +"Um die Übermittlung von Bestellungen an einen Küchen- oder Bardrucker zu " +"aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie nach unten zum Abschnitt :guilabel:`Restaurant " "& Bar` und aktivieren Sie :guilabel:`Küchendrucker`. Geben Sie einen Namen " "für den Drucker in das Feld :guilabel:`Drucker` ein und klicken Sie auf " @@ -5822,9 +5981,9 @@ msgid "" "connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " "Device` field." msgstr "" -"Wenn Ihr Drucker mit einer IoT-Box verbunden ist, wählen Sie :guilabel:` " -"Einen an der IoT-Box angeschlossenen Drucker benutzen` und wählen das Gerät " -"im Feld :guilabel:`IoT-Gerät`." +"Wenn Ihr Drucker mit einer IoT-Box verbunden ist, wählen Sie " +":guilabel:`Einen an die IoT-Box angeschlossenen Drucker verwenden` und " +"wählen das Gerät im Feld :guilabel:`IoT-Gerät`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5856,10 +6015,10 @@ msgid "" "the printer regardless of their POS category." msgstr "" "Richten Sie Ihren Drucker so ein, dass er bestimmte Produkte auf der " -"Grundlage ihrer Kassensystem-Kategorie druckt. Klicken Sie dazu auf " -":guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` im Feld :guilabel:`Gedruckte " -"Produktkategorien`. Wenn Sie dieses Feld leer lassen, werden alle Produkte " -"an den Drucker gesendet, unabhängig von ihrer Kassensystem-Kategorie." +"Grundlage ihrer Kassensystem-Kategorie druckt. Klicken Sie dazu im Feld " +":guilabel:`Gedruckte Produktkategorien` auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`. " +"Wenn Sie dieses Feld leer lassen, werden alle Produkte an den Drucker " +"gesendet, unabhängig von ihrer Kassensystem-Kategorie." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" @@ -5867,7 +6026,7 @@ msgstr "Einrichtungsformular zur Konfiguration eines Küchensdruckers" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 msgid "Print orders" -msgstr "Aufträge drucken" +msgstr "Bestellungen drucken" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -5875,7 +6034,7 @@ msgid "" "send it to the bar or the kitchen." msgstr "" "Nehmen Sie in einer offenen Sitzung eine Bestellung auf und klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Auftrag`, um sie an die Bar oder die Küche zu schicken." +":guilabel:`Auftrag`, um sie an die Bar oder die Küche zu übermitteln." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" @@ -5889,7 +6048,7 @@ msgid "" "order button turns green." msgstr "" "Wenn Produkte gedruckt werden können, erscheinen sie im Warenkorb in grüner " -"Farbe, und die Auftragsschaltfläche wird grün." +"Farbe und die Auftragsschaltfläche wird grün." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Tips" @@ -5938,11 +6097,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " "configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" -"**Trinkgeldprodukte** können an Ort und Stelle erstellt werden. Geben Sie " -"dazu den Namen eines Produkts in das Feld :ref:`Trinkgeldprodukt " -"` ein und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` oder drücken " -"Sie **Enter**. Das Produkt wird automatisch so konfiguriert, dass es auf dem" -" Zahlungsbildschirm als Trinkgeld verwendet werden kann." +"**Trinkgeldprodukte** können dort erstellt werden. Geben Sie dazu den Namen " +"eines Produkts in das Feld :ref:`Trinkgeldprodukt ` ein und " +"klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` oder drücken Sie **Enter**. Das " +"Produkt wird automatisch so konfiguriert, dass es auf dem Zahlungsbildschirm" +" als Trinkgeld verwendet werden kann." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -5990,9 +6149,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie ein :doc:`Adyen " "<../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>`-Zahlungsterminal verwenden und " -"**Trinkgelder** über das Terminal aktivieren möchten, kreuzen Sie " -":guilabel:`Trinkgeld über das Zahlungsterminal hinzufügen (Adyen)` unterhalb" -" der :ref:`Trinkgeldeinstellungen `." +"**Trinkgelder** über das Terminal aktivieren möchten, kreuzen Sie unterhalb " +"der :ref:`Trinkgeldeinstellungen ` :guilabel:`Trinkgeld über " +"das Zahlungsterminal hinzufügen (Adyen)` an." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 @@ -6032,7 +6191,7 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." msgstr "" -"Um einem Auftrag Trinkgeld hinzuzufügen, :ref:`gehen Sie auf die " +"Um einem Auftrag Trinkgeld hinzuzufügen, :ref:`gehen Sie zu die " "Zahlungsseite ` und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`♥ Trinkgeld`. Geben" " Sie dann den Trinkgeldbetrag ein, klicken Sie zur Bestätigung auf " ":guilabel:`Bestätigen` und verarbeiten Sie die Zahlung." @@ -6099,7 +6258,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 msgid "Shop features" -msgstr "Funktionen für den Shop" +msgstr "Shop-Funktionen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 msgid "Barcodes" @@ -6124,7 +6283,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." msgstr "" "Um einen Barcode-Scanner zu verwenden, müssen Sie die Funktion in der Lager-" -"App aktivieren. Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " +"App aktivieren. Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Lager --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen`, markieren Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Barcode` die Option " ":guilabel:`Barcode-Scanner` und speichern Sie." @@ -6134,19 +6293,19 @@ msgstr "Barcode-Einstellung in der Lager-App" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Einen Barcode einrichten " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Einen Barcode-Scanner einrichten " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"`" msgstr "" ":doc:`Barcode-Scanner aktivieren " -"<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6173,7 +6332,7 @@ msgid "" "in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" "Um diese Funktion im Kassensystem nutzen zu können, müssen Ihren Produkten " -"Barcodes zugewiesen werden. Gehen Sie dazu auf :menuselection:`Kassensystem " +"Barcodes zugewiesen werden. Gehen Sie dazu zu :menuselection:`Kassensystem " "--> Produkte --> Produkte` und öffnen Sie ein **Produktformular**. Fügen Sie" " eine Barcode-Nummer in das Feld :guilabel:`Barcode` im Reiter " ":guilabel:`Allgemeine Informationen` ein." @@ -6191,8 +6350,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um einem Mitarbeiter eine Identifikationsnummer hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie zur " "**Mitarbeiter**-App und öffnen Sie ein **Mitarbeiterformular**. Wählen Sie " -"eine Identifikationsnummer für Ihren Mitarbeiter und füllen Sie das Feld " -":guilabel:`PIN-Code` im Reiter :guilabel:`HR Einstellungen` aus." +"eine Identifikationsnummer für Ihren Mitarbeiter und füllen Sie im Reiter " +":guilabel:`HR Einstellungen` das Feld :guilabel:`PIN-Code` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 msgid "Use barcodes" @@ -6211,7 +6370,7 @@ msgstr "" "Scannen Sie den Barcode eines Produkts mit einem Barcode-Scanner. Auf diese " "Weise wird das Produkt direkt dem Warenkorb hinzugefügt. Um die Menge zu " "ändern, scannen Sie ein Produkt so oft wie nötig, oder klicken Sie auf " -":guilabel:`Menge` und geben Sie die Anzahl der Produkte über die Tastatur " +":guilabel:`Menge` und geben Sie die Anzahl der Produkte über das Tastenfeld " "ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54 @@ -6235,9 +6394,10 @@ msgid "" "POS." msgstr "" "Sie können auch einen Barcode-Scanner verwenden, um Ihre Mitarbeiter zu " -"erfassen. Schränken Sie dazu den Zugriff ` zum" -" Kassensystem ein und verwenden Sie Barcodes, um Ihre Mitarbeiter in " -"` zu erfassen." +"protokollieren. Schränken Sie dazu den :ref:`Zugriff " +"` zum Kassensystem ein und :ref:`verwenden Sie" +" Barcodes, um Ihre Mitarbeiter ` in Ihrem Kassensystem" +" zu protokollieren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 msgid "Sales orders" @@ -6258,7 +6418,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 msgid "Select a sales order" -msgstr "Einen Verkaufauftrag auswählen" +msgstr "Einen Verkaufsauftrag auswählen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -6359,7 +6519,7 @@ msgid "" "Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -"Um die Rückverfolgbarkeit zu aktivieren, gehen Sie auf " +"Um die Rückverfolgbarkeit zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Kassensystem --> Produkte --> Produkte`. Wählen Sie dann ein" " Produkt aus und kreuzen Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Lager` das Kästchen " ":guilabel:`Verfolgung nach eindeutiger Seriennummer` oder das Kästchen " @@ -6437,8 +6597,8 @@ msgid "" "products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " "**not** prevent from completing the sale." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummer(n)` sind :guilabel:`erforderlich` für " -"verfolgte Produkte, aber nicht obligatorisch. Das bedeutet, dass die " +":guilabel:`Los- & Seriennummer(n)` sind für verfolgte Produkte " +":guilabel:`erforderlich`, aber nicht obligatorisch. Das bedeutet, dass die " "Nichtangabe einer oder mehrerer Nummern **nicht** verhindert, dass der " "Verkauf abgeschlossen wird." @@ -6480,7 +6640,7 @@ msgstr "`Odoo Vermietung: Produktseite `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Vermietung `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: Vermietung `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 msgid "Rental Pricing" @@ -6494,13 +6654,13 @@ msgid "" "*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " "usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Vermietung --> Produkte`, wählen Sie ein " -"Produkt aus oder erstellen Sie eines und klicken Sie auf den Reiter " -"*Vermietung* des Produkts. Klicken Sie unter *Mietpreisgestaltung* auf " -"*Preis hinzufügen*. Wählen Sie dann eine *Zeiteinheit* (Stunden, Tage, " -"Wochen oder Monate), eine *Dauer* und einen *Preis*. Sie können so viele " -"Preiszeilen wie nötig hinzufügen, in der Regel um Rabatte für längere " -"Mietdauern zu gewähren." +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Vermietung --> Produkte`, wählen Sie ein " +"Produkt aus oder erstellen Sie eins und klicken Sie auf den Reiter " +"*Vermietung* des Produkts. Klicken Sie unter *Preisgestaltung* auf *Preis " +"hinzufügen*. Wählen Sie dann eine *Zeiteinheit* (Stunden, Tage, Wochen oder " +"Monate), eine *Dauer* und einen *Preis*. Sie können so viele Preiszeilen wie" +" nötig hinzufügen, in der Regel um Rabatte für längere Mietdauern zu " +"gewähren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 msgid "Example of rental pricing configuration in Odoo Rental" @@ -6512,10 +6672,10 @@ msgid "" " You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" " temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." msgstr "" -"Unter *Reservierungen* können Sie Verzugszinsen für jede *Zusatzstunde* oder" -" jeden *Zusatztag* festlegen. Sie können auch eine *Sicherheitszeit*, " -"ausgedrückt in Stunden, festlegen, um das Produkt zwischen zwei " -"Mietaufträgen vorübergehend nicht verfügbar zu machen." +"Unter *Reservierungen* können Sie Verzugszinsen für jede *zusätzliche " +"Stunde* oder jeden *zusätzlichen Tag* festlegen. Sie können auch eine " +"*Sicherheitszeit*, ausgedrückt in Stunden, festlegen, um das Produkt " +"zwischen zwei Mietaufträgen vorübergehend nicht verfügbar zu machen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -6525,8 +6685,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wenn Sie ein Produkt mieten möchten, das Sie außerhalb der Vermietungsapp " "erstellt haben, vergessen Sie nicht, das *Kann vermietet werden* unter dem " -"Namen des Produkts zu setzen. Diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert, wenn" -" Sie ein Produkt direkt in der Vermietungsapp erstellen." +"Namen des Produkts anzukreuzen. Diese Option ist standardmäßig aktiviert, " +"wenn Sie ein Produkt direkt in der Vermietungsapp erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 msgid "Computing" @@ -6599,7 +6759,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produkte abholen, um sicherzustellen, dass Ihre Produkte pünktlich und in " "ihrem ursprünglichen Zustand zurückgegeben werden. Gehen Sie dazu zu " ":menuselection:`Vermietung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, aktivieren " -"Sie *Digitale Dokumente*, und *Speichern*." +"Sie *Digitale Dokumente*, und *Speichern* Sie." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 msgid "Digital Documents settings in Odoo Rental" @@ -6610,9 +6770,9 @@ msgid "" "This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " "Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." msgstr "" -"Diese Funktion erfordert die App :doc:`E-Signatur <../finance/sign>`. Falls " -"erforderlich, installiert Odoo sie nach der Aktivierung von *Digitale " -"Dokumente*." +"Diese Funktion erfordert die :doc:`E-Signatur <../finance/sign>`-App. Falls " +"erforderlich, installiert Odoo sie nach der Aktivierung von *Digitalen " +"Dokumenten*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -6639,13 +6799,13 @@ msgstr "" "Mietauftrag, klicken Sie auf *Dokumente unterzeichnen*, wählen Sie die " "Dokumentvorlage und klicken Sie erneut auf *Dokumente unterzeichnen*. Wählen" " Sie im nächsten Fenster Ihren Kunden aus und klicken Sie auf *Jetzt " -"unterzeichnen*, um den Unterschriftsprozess mit Ihrem Kunden zu starten. " -"Sobald das Dokument fertiggestellt ist, klicken Sie auf *Vollständiges " -"Dokument validieren und senden*." +"unterzeichnen*, um den Signierprozess mit Ihrem Kunden zu starten. Sobald " +"das Dokument fertiggestellt ist, klicken Sie auf *Vollständiges Dokument " +"validieren und senden*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" -msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: E-Signatur `_" +msgstr "`Odoo-Tutorials: E-Signatur `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" @@ -6685,7 +6845,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Verkaufstutorials `_" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Verkaufstutorials `_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 msgid "Amazon Connector" @@ -6719,8 +6879,8 @@ msgid "" "Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " "their order items which include:" msgstr "" -"Alle bestätigten Bestellungen (sowohl FBA als auch FBM) synchronisieren (von" -" Amazon zu Odoo) und die dazugehörigen Bestellpositionen, einschließlich:" +"Alle bestätigten Bestellungen (sowohl FBA als auch FBM) (von Amazon zu Odoo)" +" und die dazugehörigen Bestellpositionen synchronisieren, einschließlich:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" @@ -6732,7 +6892,7 @@ msgstr "die Versandkosten für das Produkt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 msgid "the gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "die Kosten für Geschenkeverpackungen" +msgstr "die Kosten für Geschenkverpackungen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6746,7 +6906,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." msgstr "" -"Amazon über eine bestätigte Sendung in Odoo (FBM) benachrichitgen, um " +"Amazon über eine bestätigte Sendung in Odoo (FBM) benachrichtigen, um " "bezahlt zu werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 @@ -6759,15 +6919,15 @@ msgstr "mehrere Marketplaces pro Verkäuferkonto unterstützen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" -msgstr "Versand durch Amazon (VDA)" +msgstr "Versand durch Amazon (FBA)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" -msgstr "Versand durch Händler (VDH)" +msgstr "Versand durch Händler (FBM)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "**Orders**" -msgstr "**Bestellungen**" +msgstr "**Aufträge**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" @@ -6800,7 +6960,7 @@ msgstr "Von Amazon durchgeführt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 msgid "Gift wrapping charges" -msgstr "Kosten für Geschenkeverpackungen" +msgstr "Kosten für Geschenkverpackungen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 msgid "Gift message" @@ -6812,7 +6972,7 @@ msgstr "**Bestandsverwaltung**" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" -msgstr "Eine Bestandbuchung erstellt pro Verkaufsauftragsposition" +msgstr "Eine Bestandsbuchung pro Verkaufsauftragsposition" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 msgid "Handled by the delivery" @@ -6833,8 +6993,8 @@ msgid "" "or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." msgstr "" "Der Konnektor dient dazu, die Daten von Bestellungen wie oben beschrieben zu" -" synchronisieren. Andere Aktionen, wie z. B. das Herunterladen von " -"monatlichen Gebührenberichten, die Bearbeitung von Streitigkeiten oder die " +" synchronisieren. Andere Aktionen, wie z. B. das Herunterladen einer " +"monatlichen Gebührenübersicht, die Bearbeitung von Streitigkeiten oder die " "Ausstellung von Rückerstattungen, müssen wie üblich über Amazon Seller " "Central verwaltet werden." @@ -6850,7 +7010,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Der Amazon-Konnektor unterstützt alle aktuellen Marketplaces. Wenn ein " "Marketplace nicht in Ihren Amazon-Marketplaces aufgeführt ist, können Sie " -"einen neuen Marketplace hinzufügen." +"einen :ref:`neuen Marketplace hinzufügen `." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 @@ -6868,7 +7028,7 @@ msgstr "Amazon-Bestellungen in Odoo verwalten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Synchronization of orders" -msgstr "Synchronisierung der Aufträge" +msgstr "Synchronisierung der Bestellungen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6884,10 +7044,11 @@ msgstr "" "Die Bestellungen werden in regelmäßigen Abständen automatisch von Amazon " "abgerufen und in Odoo synchronisiert. Die Synchronisierung basiert auf dem " "Amazon-Status: Nur Bestellungen, deren Status sich seit der letzten " -"Synchronisierung geändert hat, werden von Amazon abgerufen. Bei **FBA** " -"(Fulfilled by Amazon) werden nur die Bestellungen **Versendet** und " -"**Storniert** abgerufen. Für **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) wird dasselbe " -"für **Nichtversendete** und **Stornierte** Bestellungen gemacht. Für jede " +"Synchronisierung geändert haben, werden von Amazon abgerufen. Bei **FBA** " +"(Fulfilled by Amazon, deutsch: Versand durch Amazon) werden nur die " +"**versendeten** und **stornierten** Bestellungen abgerufen. Für **FBM** " +"(Fulfilled by Merchant, deutsch: Versand durch Händler) wird dasselbe für " +"**nichtversendete** und **stornierte** Bestellungen gemacht. Für jede " "synchronisierte Bestellung werden in Odoo ein Verkaufsauftrag und ein Kunde " "angelegt, wenn sie noch nicht registriert sind." @@ -6912,10 +7073,10 @@ msgstr "" "Um die Synchronisierung einer Bestellung zu erzwingen, deren Status sich " "seit der letzten Synchronisierung nicht geändert hat, aktivieren Sie den " ":ref:`Entwicklermodus `, gehen Sie zu Ihrem Amazon-Konto und" -" ändern Sie das Datum unter :menuselection:`Bestellungen Nachverfolgung --> " -"Letzte Auftragssynchronisierung`. Wählen Sie ein Datum, das vor der letzten " -"Statusänderung der Bestellung liegt, die Sie synchronisieren möchten und " -"speichern Sie" +" ändern Sie das Datum unter :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " +"Sync` (Auftragsverfolgung --> Letzte Auftragssynchronisierung). Wählen Sie " +"ein Datum, das vor der letzten Statusänderung der Bestellung liegt, die Sie " +"synchronisieren möchten und speichern Sie." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6926,13 +7087,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um die Bestellungen Ihres Amazon-Kontos sofort zu synchronisieren, wechseln " "Sie in den :ref:`Entwicklermodus `, gehen Sie zu Ihrem " -"Amazon-Konto und klicken Sie auf **BESTELLUNGEN SYNCHRONISIEREN*. Das " -"Gleiche können Sie mit den Kommissionen tun, indem Sie auf " -"**KOMMISSIONIERUNGEN SYNCHRONISIEREN** klicken." +"Amazon-Konto und klicken Sie auf **SYNC ORDERS** (Aufträge synchronisieren)." +" Das Gleiche können Sie mit den Kommissionierungen tun, indem Sie auf **SYNC" +" PICKINGS** (Kommissionierungen synchronisieren) klicken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" -msgstr "Lieferungen in VDH verwalten" +msgstr "Lieferungen in FBM verwalten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6941,11 +7102,11 @@ msgid "" "either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -"Wenn ein **FBM**-Auftrag (Fulfilled by Merchant, deutsch: Versand durch " -"Händler) in Odoo synchronisiert wird, wird eine Kommissionierung zusammen " -"mit dem Verkaufsauftrag und dem Kunden erstellt. Sie können entweder alle " -"bestellten Produkte auf einmal an Ihren Kunden liefern oder einen Teil der " -"Produkte mithilfe von Lieferrückständen versenden." +"Wenn ein **FBM**-Auftrag in Odoo synchronisiert wird, wird eine " +"Kommissionierung zusammen mit dem Verkaufsauftrag und dem Kunden erstellt. " +"Sie können entweder alle bestellten Produkte auf einmal an Ihren Kunden " +"liefern oder einen Teil der Produkte mithilfe von Lieferrückständen " +"versenden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -7023,9 +7184,9 @@ msgid "" " Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine **FBA**-Bestellung in Odoo synchronisiert wird, wird für jeden " -"Artikel des Verkaufsauftrags eine Lagerbuchung aufgezeichnet, die in Ihrem " -"System gespeichert wird. Bestandsverwalter finden solche Bewegungen unter " +"Wenn ein **FBA**-Auftrag in Odoo synchronisiert wird, wird für jeden Artikel" +" des Verkaufsauftrags eine Lagerbuchung aufgezeichnet, die in Ihrem System " +"gespeichert wird. Bestandsverwalter finden solche Bewegungen unter " ":menuselection:`Lager --> Berichtswesen --> Produktbewegungen`. Sie nehmen " "Produkte an einem bestimmten Lagerort mit dem Namen **Amazon** auf. Dieser " "Ort repräsentiert Ihren Bestand in den Lagern von Amazon und ermöglicht " @@ -7038,7 +7199,7 @@ msgid "" "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -"Um Ihre Amazon-(FBA-)Bestände in Odoo zu verfolgen, können Sie eine " +"Um Ihre Amazon-Bestände (FBA) in Odoo zu verfolgen, können Sie eine " "Bestandsaufnahme vornehmen, nachdem Sie sie aufgefüllt haben. Sie können " "auch einen automatischen Nachschub über Nachbestellregeln am Amazon-Standort" " auslösen." @@ -7099,12 +7260,13 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" "Für :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`-Benutzer: " "Rechnungen, die aus Amazon-Bestellungen erstellt wurden, werden **nicht** " "mit TaxCloud synchronisiert, da Amazon sie bereits in seinen eigenen " -"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht." +"Steuerbericht an TaxCloud einbezieht. (Entfernung der TaxCloud-Integration " +"in Odoo 17+)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 msgid "Register payments" @@ -7117,8 +7279,8 @@ msgid "" "Cash* intermediary account is recommended." msgstr "" "Da Kunden Amazon als Vermittler bezahlen, empfiehlt es sich, ein spezielles " -"*Bank*-Journal (z.B. mit dem Namen `Amazon-Zahlungen`) mit einem speziellen " -"Zwischenkonto *Bank- und Bargeld* anzulegen." +"*Bank*-Journal (z. B. mit dem Namen `Amazon-Zahlungen`) mit einem speziellen" +" Zwischenkonto *Bank- und Bargeld* anzulegen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 msgid "" @@ -7131,11 +7293,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Da Amazon eine einzige monatliche Zahlung leistet, müssen Sie bei der " "Registrierung von Zahlungen alle Rechnungen auswählen, die mit einer " -"einzigen Zahlung verbunden sind. Verwenden Sie das spezielle " +"einzigen Zahlung verbunden sind. Verwenden Sie das spezifische " ":guilabel:`Journal` für Amazon-Zahlungen und wählen Sie " ":guilabel:`Sammeleinzahlung` als :guilabel:`Zahlungsmethode`. Wählen Sie " -"dann alle generierten Zahlungen aus und klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Aktionen " -"--> Sammelzahlung erstellen --> Validieren`." +"dann alle generierten Zahlungen aus und klicken Sie auf " +":menuselection:`Aktionen --> Sammelzahlung erstellen --> Validieren`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -7162,7 +7324,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Da auf Ihrem Konto unter dem Reiter **Auftragsverfolgung** ein Verkaufsteam " "festgelegt ist, können Sie mit nur wenigen Klicks in der " -"Umsatzberichterstattung einen schnellen Blick auf die Zahlen werfen. " +"Verkaufsberichterstattung einen schnellen Blick auf die Zahlen werfen. " "Standardmäßig wird das Verkaufsteam Ihres Kontos von allen Konten Ihres " "Unternehmens gemeinsam genutzt." @@ -7224,7 +7386,7 @@ msgid "" "your sign-up marketplace will be `amazon.de`)" msgstr "" "Wählen Sie einen aussagekräftigen Namen für Ihr Konto (z. B. `Europa`), und " -"wählen Sie Ihre :guilabel:`Anmeldemarketplace`. Dies ist der ursprüngliche " +"wählen Sie Ihren :guilabel:`Anmeldemarketplace`. Dies ist der ursprüngliche " "Anmeldemarktplatz Ihres Verkäuferkontos (z. B. wenn Sie Ihr Konto auf Amazon" " Deutschland erstellt haben, lautet Ihr Anmeldemarketplace `amazon.de`)." @@ -7235,7 +7397,7 @@ msgid "" "if you are already logged in. There, confirm that you want Amazon to give " "Odoo access to your account and related data." msgstr "" -"Nach dem Speichern erscheint eine Schaltfläche zum :guilabel:`Mit Amazon " +"Nach dem Speichern erscheint eine Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Mit Amazon " "verknüpfen`. Klicken Sie darauf, um zur Amazon-Anmeldeseite weitergeleitet " "zu werden, oder direkt zur Zustimmungsseite, wenn Sie bereits angemeldet " "sind. Bestätigen Sie dort, dass Sie möchten, dass Amazon Odoo Zugriff auf " @@ -7243,7 +7405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 msgid "Amazon redirects you to Odoo, with your account registered." -msgstr "Amazon leitet Sie zu Odoo weiter, wo Ihr Konto registriert ist." +msgstr "Amazon leitet Sie mit Ihrem registrierten Konto zu Odoo weiter." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -7269,9 +7431,9 @@ msgid "" "product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -"Wenn eine Amazon-Bestellung synchronisiert wird, werden in Odoo bis zu drei " +"Wenn ein Amazon-Auftrag synchronisiert wird, werden in Odoo bis zu drei " "Auftragspositionen für jedes auf Amazon verkaufte Produkt erstellt: eine für" -" das Marketplaceprodukt, eine für die Versandkosten (falls vorhanden) und " +" das Marketplace-Produkt, eine für die Versandkosten (falls vorhanden) und " "eine für die Kosten für die Geschenkverpackung (falls vorhanden)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 @@ -7282,7 +7444,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" "Die Auswahl eines Datenbankprodukts für eine Auftragsposition erfolgt durch " -"den Abgleich seiner **internen Referenz** mit dem **SKU** für " +"den Abgleich seiner **internen Referenz** mit der **SKU** für " "Marketplaceartikel, dem **Versandcode** für die Versandkosten und dem " "**Geschenkverpackungscode** für die Kosten der Geschenkverpackung." @@ -7310,7 +7472,7 @@ msgid "" " you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -"Es ist möglich, die Verknüpfung eines Marketplace-Artikels mit einem " +"Es ist möglich, die Koppelung eines Marketplace-Artikels mit einem " "bestimmten Produkt zu erzwingen, indem Sie entweder das Produkt oder die SKU" " eines Angebots ändern. Das Angebot kann manuell erstellt werden, wenn dies " "noch nicht automatisch geschehen ist. Dies ist nützlich, wenn Sie nicht die " @@ -7367,9 +7529,9 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" "Da Amazon nicht unbedingt dieselben Steuern anwendet, die in Odoo " -"konfiguriert sind, kann es vorkommen, dass die Bestellsummen um ein paar " +"konfiguriert sind, kann es vorkommen, dass die Auftragssummen um ein paar " "Cent von denen in Seller Central abweichen. Diese Differenzen können durch " -"eine Ausbuchung beim Abgleich der Zahlungen in Odoo behoben werden." +"eine Ausbuchung bei der Abstimmung der Zahlungen in Odoo behoben werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 msgid "Add a new marketplace" @@ -7381,7 +7543,7 @@ msgid "" "`, but recently created ones might be missing" " from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -"ref:`Alle Marketplaces werden vom Amazon-Konnektor ` unterstützt, aber kürzlich erstellte Marketplaces könnten in " "Ihrer Datenbank fehlen. Um einen neuen Marketplace hinzuzufügen, gehen Sie " "wie folgt vor:" @@ -7462,19 +7624,19 @@ msgstr "eBay-Konnektor" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" -msgstr "Wie wird ein Produkt angeboten?" +msgstr "Wie wird ein Produkt gelistet?" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 msgid "Listing without variation" -msgstr "Auflistung ohne Abweichung" +msgstr "Auflistung ohne Variation" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 msgid "" "In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " "product form. The eBay tab will be available." msgstr "" -"Um ein Produkt aufzulisten, müssen Sie das Feld **Ebay verwenden** auf einem" -" Produktformular aktivieren. Der eBay-Reiter wird dann verfügbar sein." +"Um ein Produkt aufzulisten, müssen Sie das Feld **Ebay nutzen** auf einem " +"Produktformular aktivieren. Der eBay-Reiter wird dann verfügbar sein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -7506,7 +7668,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 msgid "Listing with variations" -msgstr "Auflistung mit Abweichung" +msgstr "Auflistung mit Variation" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -7554,8 +7716,8 @@ msgstr "" "einen ungültigen Wert hat, werden die EAN- und UPC-Werte gemäß der eBay-" "Empfehlung auf „Trifft nicht zu“ gesetzt. Die Werte für Marke und MPN gelten" " als Artikeldetails und sollten im Reiter **Varianten** des Produktformulars" -" festgelegt werden. Wenn diese Werte nicht festgelegt sind, wird für das " -"eBay-Angebot der Wert „Trifft nicht zu“ verwendet." +" festgelegt werden. Wenn diese Werte nicht festgelegt sind, wird für die " +"eBay-Listung der Wert „Trifft nicht zu“ verwendet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" @@ -7586,14 +7748,14 @@ msgid "" "needed to configure the module in Odoo." msgstr "" "Nachdem Sie die Schlüssel erstellt haben, können Sie das Benutzertoken " -"abrufen. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Link **Benutzertoken anfordern** unten auf" -" der Seite. Gehen Sie durch das Formular, melden Sie sich mit Ihrem eBay-" -"Konto an und Sie erhalten die Schlüssel und das Token, die Sie zur " -"Konfiguration des Moduls in Odoo benötigen." +"abrufen. Klicken Sie dazu auf den Link **Get a User Token** (Benutzertoken " +"anfordern) unten auf der Seite. Gehen Sie durch das Formular, melden Sie " +"sich mit Ihrem eBay-Konto an und Sie erhalten die Schlüssel und das Token, " +"die Sie zur Konfiguration des Moduls in Odoo benötigen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" -msgstr "Tokens in Odoo einrichten?" +msgstr "Tokens in Odoo einrichten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7611,8 +7773,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wählen Sie zuerst aus, ob Sie die Produktions- oder die Sandbox-Site von " "eBay verwenden möchten. Füllen Sie dann die Felder **Entwicklerschlüssel**, " -"**Token**, **App-Schlüssel**, **Cert-Schlüssel** aus. Übernehmen Sie die " -"Änderungen." +"**Token**, **App-Schlüssel**, **Zertifikatsschlüssel** aus. Übernehmen Sie " +"die Änderungen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -7670,7 +7832,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Stellen Sie sicher, dass Sie :ref:`Ihr Abonnement für die Benachrichtigungen" " über Marketplace-Kontolöschungen korrekt einrichten, da eBay das betreffende eBay-Konto " +"notifications>` korrekt einrichten, da eBay das betreffende eBay-Konto " "vorübergehend deaktivieren kann, bis das Abonnement abgeschlossen ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 @@ -7701,8 +7863,8 @@ msgid "" "and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." msgstr "" "Melden Sie sich im `Entwicklerportal von eBay " -"`_ an und gehen Sie zu **Benachrichtigungen " -"& Mitteilungen**." +"`_ an und gehen Sie zu **Alerts & " +"Notifications** (Benachrichtigungen & Mitteilungen)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" @@ -7759,16 +7921,17 @@ msgid "" "testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." msgstr "" "Nachdem Sie die Details des abgerufenen Endpunkts im Dashboard von eBay " -"festgelegt haben, sollten Sie die Verbindung mit der Schaltfläche " -"**Testbenachrichtigung senden** testen." +"festgelegt haben, sollten Sie die Verbindung mit der Schaltfläche **Send " +"Test Notification** (Testbenachrichtigung senden) testen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 msgid "" "You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" " sent successfully!\"" msgstr "" -"Sie sollten die folgende Bestätigungsmeldung erhalten: „Eine " -"Testbenachrichtigung wurde erfolgreich gesendet!“" +"Sie sollten die folgende Bestätigungsmeldung erhalten: „A test notification " +"was sent successfully!“ (Eine Testbenachrichtigung wurde erfolgreich " +"gesendet!)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 msgid "Button to send test notification" @@ -7776,7 +7939,7 @@ msgstr "Schaltfläche zum Senden einer Testbenachrichtigung" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" -msgstr "Aktualisierten Synchronisationsmethode verwendung" +msgstr "Aktualisierte Synchronisierungsmethode verwenden" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 msgid "" @@ -7872,7 +8035,7 @@ msgstr "" "Bei einer Anzahlung zahlt der Käufer einen Teil des geschuldeten " "Gesamtbetrags und verpflichtet sich, den Restbetrag zu einem späteren " "Zeitpunkt zu zahlen. Im Gegenzug stellt der Verkäufer dem Käufer Waren oder " -"Dienstleistungen zur Verfügung, nachdem er die Anzahlung akzeptiert hat, im " +"Dienstleistungen zur Verfügung, nachdem er die Anzahlung erhalten hat, im " "Vertrauen darauf, dass der Restbetrag später gezahlt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 @@ -7970,17 +8133,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wenn eine Anzahlung zum ersten Mal angefordert wird, wird ein neues Produkt " "namens :guilabel:`Anzahlung` erstellt. Dieses Produkt wird als " -":guilabel:`Dienstleistungs`produkt registriert, mit einer " -"Abrechnungsrichtlinie von :guilabel:`Bestellten Mengen`. Dieses Produkt kann" -" jederzeit bearbeitet und geändert werden." +":guilabel:`Dienstleistungsprodukt` registriert, mit einer Abrechnungspolitik" +" von :guilabel:`Bestellten Mengen`. Dieses Produkt kann jederzeit bearbeitet" +" und geändert werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 msgid "" "If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " "invoice will **not** be able to be created." msgstr "" -"Wenn :guilabel:`Gelieferte Mengen` als Abrechnungsrichtlinie gewählt wird, " -"kann **keine** Rechnung erstellt werden." +"Wenn :guilabel:`Gelieferte Mengen` als Abrechnungspolitik gewählt wird, kann" +" **keine** Rechnung erstellt werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 msgid "Request a 50% down payment" @@ -7992,7 +8155,7 @@ msgid "" "product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." msgstr "" "Im folgenden Beispiel handelt es sich um eine 50%ige Anzahlung auf ein " -"Produkt mit :guilabel:`Bestellten Mengen` als Abrechnungsrichtlinie." +"Produkt mit :guilabel:`Bestellten Mengen` als Abrechnungspolitik." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 @@ -8004,7 +8167,7 @@ msgid "" "When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " "to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -"Wenn der Auftrag bestätigt ist (über die Schaltfläche " +"Wenn der Auftrag bestätigt wurde (über die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`Bestätigen`), ist es an der Zeit, die Rechnung zu " "erstellen/anzuzeigen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Rechnung erstellen` klicken." @@ -8042,7 +8205,8 @@ msgid "" "registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." msgstr "" "Von dort aus kann die Rechnung bestätigt/gebucht und die Zahlung registriert" -" werden. Kehren Sie über die Brotkrümel zum Verkaufsauftrag zurück." +" werden. Kehren Sie über die Brotkrümelnavigation zum Verkaufsauftrag " +"zurück." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -8205,10 +8369,10 @@ msgid "" "creating the final invoice." msgstr "" "Wenn eine Anzahlung mit einem Produkt verwendet wird, für das eine " -"Abrechnungsrichtlinie :guilabel:`Gelieferte Mengen` gilt, können die " +"Abrechnungspolitik :guilabel:`Gelieferte Mengen` gilt, können die " "Anzahlungen **nicht** abgezogen werden, wenn es an der Zeit ist, dem Kunden " "eine Rechnung zu stellen. Der Grund dafür ist, dass das/die Produkt(e) " -"aufgrund der Abrechnungsrichtlinie *vor* der Erstellung der endgültigen " +"aufgrund der Abrechnungspolitik *vor* der Erstellung der endgültigen " "Rechnung geliefert werden müssen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 @@ -8227,7 +8391,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" -msgstr "Änderungen des Ertragskontos und Kundensteuern" +msgstr "Änderungen des Ertragskontos und der Kundensteuern" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -8250,7 +8414,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Klicken Sie auf der Produktseite :guilabel:`Anzahlung` auf " ":guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und scrollen Sie dann nach unten zum Reiter " -":guilabel:`Allgemeine Informationen`. Auf diesem Reiter können Sie die " +":guilabel:`Allgemeine Informationen`. In diesem Reiter können Sie die " "Kundensteuern im Feld :guilabel:`Kundensteuern` ändern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 @@ -8266,10 +8430,10 @@ msgid "" "*Accounting* app installed." msgstr "" "Um das der Produktseite :guilabel:`Anzahlung` zugeordnete Ertragskonto zu " -"ändern oder anzupassen, **muss** die App *Buchhaltung* installiert sein. " -"Wenn die App *Buchhaltung* installiert ist, wird der Reiter " +"ändern oder anzupassen, **muss** die *Buchhaltungsapp* installiert sein. " +"Wenn die *Buchhaltungsapp* installiert ist, wird der Reiter " ":guilabel:`Buchhaltung` auf der Produktseite verfügbar. Dieser Reiter ist " -"**nicht** zugänglich, wenn die App *Buchhaltung* nicht installiert ist." +"**nicht** zugänglich, wenn die *Buchhaltungsapp* nicht installiert ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -8311,7 +8475,7 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." msgstr "" "Um Spesen zu verfolgen und abzurechnen, benötigen Sie die " -"Spesenabrechnungsapp. Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Apps --> " +"Spesenabrechnungsapp. Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Apps --> " "Spesenabrechnung`, um diese zu installieren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 @@ -8321,7 +8485,7 @@ msgid "" " --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" "Sie sollten auch die Funktion der Kostenrechnung aktivieren, um Spesen mit " -"dem Verkaufsauftrag zu verknüpfen. Gehen Sie dazu auf " +"dem Verkaufsauftrag zu verknüpfen. Gehen Sie dazu zu " ":menuselection:`Rechnungsstellung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und " "aktivieren Sie *Kostenrechnung*." @@ -8360,7 +8524,7 @@ msgid "" "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Reiter Rechnungsstellung *Gelieferte Mengen* und entweder " +"Wählen Sie im Rechnungsstellungsreiter *Gelieferte Mengen* und entweder " "*Nach Aufwand* oder *Verkaufspreis*, je nachdem, ob Sie die Kosten Ihrer " "Ausgaben oder einen zuvor vereinbarten Verkaufspreis in Rechnung stellen " "möchten." @@ -8397,7 +8561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" -msgstr "Rechnung basierend auf gelieferten oder bestellten Mengen" +msgstr "Gelieferte oder bestellte Mengen abrechnen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8412,7 +8576,7 @@ msgid "" "*Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -"Die Regel *Bestellte Menge abrechnen** wird in Odoo *Verkauf* als " +"Die Regel *Bestellte Menge abrechnen* wird in Odoo *Verkauf* als " "Standardmodus verwendet, was bedeutet, dass Kunden eine Rechnung gestellt " "wird, sobald der Verkaufsauftrag bestätigt wurde." @@ -8440,7 +8604,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 msgid "Invoicing policy features" -msgstr "Funktionen der Abrechnungsrichtlinie" +msgstr "Funktionen der Abrechnungspolitik" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -8451,8 +8615,8 @@ msgid "" "delivered`." msgstr "" "Um die erforderlichen Funktionen für die Rechnungsstellung zu aktivieren, " -"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, " -"und wählen Sie unter der Überschrift :guilabel:`Rechnungsstellung` eine " +"gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` " +"und wählen Sie unter :guilabel:`Rechnungsstellung` eine " ":guilabel:`Abrechnungspolitik` aus: :guilabel:`Bestellte Menge abrechnen` " "oder :guilabel:`Gelieferte Menge abrechnen`." @@ -8466,8 +8630,8 @@ msgid "" "possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which " "automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -"Wenn die Regel :guilabel:`Gelieferte Rechnungabrechnen` gewählt wird, ist es" -" **nicht** möglich, die Funktion :guilabel:`Automatische Rechnung` zu " +"Wenn die Regel :guilabel:`Gelieferte Menge abrechnen` gewählt wird, ist es " +"**nicht** möglich, die Funktion :guilabel:`Automatische Rechnung` zu " "aktivieren, die automatisch Rechnungen erstellt, wenn eine Online-Zahlung " "bestätigt wird." @@ -8483,9 +8647,9 @@ msgid "" "using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" "Suchen Sie auf einer beliebigen Produktseite über :menuselection:`Verkauf " -"--> Produkte --> Produkt-Dashboard` die Option " -":guilabel:`Abrechnungspolitik` im Reiter :guilabel:`Allgemeine " -"Informationen`. Sie kann über das Drop-down-Menü manuell geändert werden." +"--> Produkte --> Produkt-Dashboard` im Reiter :guilabel:`Allgemeine " +"Informationen` die Option :guilabel:`Abrechnungspolitik`. Sie kann über das " +"Drop-down-Menü manuell geändert werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." @@ -8495,7 +8659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 msgid "Impact on sales flow" -msgstr "Einfluss auf den Verkaufsablauf" +msgstr "Einfluss auf den Verkaufsprozess" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -8504,10 +8668,11 @@ msgid "" "confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, " "creates an invoice." msgstr "" -"In Odoo *Verkauf* beginnt der grundlegende Verkaufsablauf mit der Erstellung" -" eines Angebots. Dann wird dieses Angebot an einen Kunden gesendet. Als " -"nächstes muss es bestätigt werden, wodurch das Angebot in einen " -"Verkaufsauftrag umgewandelt wird. Dieser wiederum erstellt eine Rechnung." +"In Odoo *Verkauf* beginnt der grundlegende Verkaufsprozess mit der " +"Erstellung eines Angebots. Dann wird dieses Angebot an einen Kunden " +"gesendet. Als nächstes muss es bestätigt werden, wodurch das Angebot in " +"einen Verkaufsauftrag umgewandelt wird. Dieser wiederum erstellt eine " +"Rechnung." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -8515,7 +8680,7 @@ msgid "" "aforementioned sales flow:" msgstr "" "Im Folgenden erfahren Sie, wie sich die Regeln für die Rechnungsstellung auf" -" den oben erwähnten Verkaufsablauf auswirken:" +" den oben erwähnten Verkaufsprozess auswirken:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -8523,7 +8688,7 @@ msgid "" "invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Bestellte Menge abrechnen`: Keine Auswirkung auf den " -"grundlegenden Verkaufsablauf. Eine Rechnung wird erstellt, sobald ein " +"grundlegenden Verkaufsprozess. Eine Rechnung wird erstellt, sobald ein " "Verkauf bestätigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 @@ -8534,9 +8699,9 @@ msgid "" "quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gelieferte Menge abrechnen`: Geringfügige Auswirkung auf den " -"Verkaufsablauf, da die gelieferte Menge manuell in den Verkaugsauftrag " +"Verkaufsprozess, da die gelieferte Menge manuell in den Verkaugsauftrag " "eingegeben werden muss. Oder Sie installieren die *Lager*-App und bestätigen" -" die gelieferte Menge, bevor Sie mit der App *Verkauf* eine Rechnung " +" die gelieferte Menge, bevor Sie mit der *Verkaufsapp* eine Rechnung " "erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 @@ -8550,7 +8715,7 @@ msgstr "" "Menge zu überprüfen, erscheint die folgende Fehlermeldung: :guilabel:`Es " "gibt keine abrechenbare Position. Wenn ein Produkt eine Abrechnungspolitik " "mit Gelieferten Mengen hat, stellen Sie bitte sicher, dass eine Menge " -"eingegangen ist." +"eingegangen ist.`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 msgid "" @@ -8584,8 +8749,8 @@ msgid "" "delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" "Odoo fügt der Rechnung automatisch die Mengen hinzu, sowohl " -":guilabel:`Geliefert` als auch :guilabel:`Abgrechnet`, auch wenn es sich um " -"eine Teillieferung handelt, wenn das Angebot bestätigt wird." +":guilabel:`gelieferte` als auch :guilabel:`abgrechnete`, auch wenn es sich " +"um eine Teillieferung handelt, wenn das Angebot bestätigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -8593,9 +8758,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." msgstr "" -"Schließlich gibt es noch ein paar verschiedene Möglichkeiten, eine Rechnung " -"zu erstellen: :guilabel:`Reguläre Rechnung`, :guilabel:`Anzahlung (Prozenz)`" -" oder :guilabel:`Anzahlung (fester Betrag)`." +"Außerdem gibt es noch ein paar verschiedene Möglichkeiten, eine Rechnung zu " +"erstellen: :guilabel:`Reguläre Rechnung`, :guilabel:`Anzahlung (Prozenz)` " +"oder :guilabel:`Anzahlung (fester Betrag)`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -8644,8 +8809,9 @@ msgid "" "You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " "select *Milestones* in the sales tab." msgstr "" -"Sie müssen den Produkttyp als *Dienstleistung* unter Allgemeine " -"Informationen einstellen und *Meilensteine* auf im Reiter Verkauf auswählen." +"Sie müssen den Produkttyp im Reiter „Allgemeine Informationen“ als " +"*Dienstleistung* einstellen und *Meilensteine* im Reiter „Verkauf“ " +"auswählen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 msgid "Invoice milestones" @@ -8685,10 +8851,10 @@ msgid "" "differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " "payment." msgstr "" -"Proforma-Rechnungen werden in der Regel als vorläufige Rechnungen mit einem " -"Angebot verwendet. Sie werden auch für Zollzwecke bei der Einfuhr genutzt. " +"Pro-forma-Rechnungen werden in der Regel als vorläufige Rechnungen mit einem" +" Angebot verwendet. Sie werden auch für Zollzwecke bei der Einfuhr genutzt. " "Sie unterscheiden sich von einer normalen Rechnung dadurch, dass sie keine " -"Zahlungsaufforderung (oder Antrag) darstellen." +"Zahlungsaufforderung (oder -anfrage) darstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" @@ -8702,17 +8868,16 @@ msgid "" "section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " "click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"Um Pro-Forma-Rechnungen verwenden zu können, muss die Funktion *Pro-Forma-" +"Um Pro-forma-Rechnungen verwenden zu können, muss die Funktion *Pro-forma-" "Rechnung* aktiviert sein. Navigieren Sie dazu zur " -":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, und " -"klicken Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Angebote & Aufträge` auf das " -"Kontrollkästchen neben :guilabel:`Pro-Forma-Rechnung`. Klicken Sie dann auf " +":menuselection:`Verkaufsapp --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und klicken" +" Sie im Abschnitt :guilabel:`Angebote & Aufträge` auf das Kontrollkästchen " +"neben :guilabel:`Pro-forma-Rechnung`. Klicken Sie dann auf " ":guilabel:`Speichern`, um alle Änderungen zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." -msgstr "" -"Die Einstellung der Funktion Pro-Forma-Rechnung in der App Odoo Verkauf." +msgstr "Die Einstellung der Funktion Pro-forma-Rechnung in Odoo Verkauf." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" @@ -8724,15 +8889,15 @@ msgid "" " a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " "the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie die Funktion :guilabel:`Pro-Forma-Rechnung` aktiviert haben, können" -" Sie jetzt über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Pro-Forma-Rechnung senden` in " -"jedem Angebot oder Verkaufsauftrag eine Pro-Forma-Rechnung versenden." +"Wenn die Funktion :guilabel:`Pro-Forma-Rechnung` aktiviert wurde, können Sie" +" jetzt über die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Pro-forma-Rechnung senden` in jedem " +"Angebot oder Verkaufsauftrag eine Pro-forma-Rechnung versenden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 msgid "" "The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Die Schaltfläche „Pro-Forma-Rechnung senden“ auf einem typischen " +"Die Schaltfläche „Pro-forma-Rechnung senden“ auf einem typischen " "Verkaufsauftrag in Odoo Verkauf." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 @@ -8743,12 +8908,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " "is automatically added as an attachment to the email." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Pro-Forma-Rechnung senden` klicken," -" erscheint ein E-Mail-Po-pup-Fenster. Das Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` wird " -"automatisch mit dem Kunden aus dem Verkaufsauftrag oder dem Angebot " +"Wenn Sie auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Pro-forma-Rechnung senden` klicken," +" erscheint ein Po-pup-Fenster für E-Mails. Das Feld :guilabel:`Empfänger` " +"wird automatisch mit dem Kunden aus dem Verkaufsauftrag oder dem Angebot " "ausgefüllt. Ändern Sie dann bei Bedarf das Feld :guilabel:`Betreff` und den " -"Text der E-Mail. Die Pro-Forma-Rechnung wird automatisch als Anhang an die " -"E-Mail angehängt." +"Text der E-Mail. Die Pro-forma-Rechnung wird der E-Mail automatisch als " +"Anhang angehängt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -8763,8 +8928,8 @@ msgid "" "The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" " Sales." msgstr "" -"Das E-Mail-Pop-up-Fenster, das mit der angehängten Pro-forma-Rechnung in " -"Odoo Verkauf erscheint." +"Das Pop-up-Fenster für E-Mails, das mit der angehängten Pro-forma-Rechnung " +"in Odoo Verkauf erscheint." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -8774,10 +8939,10 @@ msgid "" "view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." msgstr "" "Um zu sehen, wie die Pro-forma-Rechnung aussieht, klicken Sie auf das PDF am" -" unteren Rand des E-Mail-Pop-up-Fensters, *bevor* Sie auf :guilabel:`Senden`" -" klicken. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, wird die Pro-Forma-Rechnung sofort " -"heruntergeladen. Öffnen Sie diese PDF-Datei, um die Pro-forma-Rechnung " -"anzusehen (und zu überprüfen)." +" unteren Rand des Pop-up-Fensters für E-Mails, *bevor* Sie auf " +":guilabel:`Senden` klicken. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, wird die Pro-forma-" +"Rechnung sofort heruntergeladen. Öffnen Sie diese PDF-Datei, um die Pro-" +"forma-Rechnung anzusehen (und zu überprüfen)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." @@ -8785,7 +8950,7 @@ msgstr "Beispiel einer PDF-Datei einer Pro-forma-Rechnung aus Odoo Verkauf." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" -msgstr "Basierend auf Zeit und Material abrechnen" +msgstr "Zeitaufwand und Material abrechnen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -8794,9 +8959,9 @@ msgid "" " the project requirements would most likely change." msgstr "" "Zeit und Material werden üblicherweise bei Projekten verwendet, bei denen es" -" nicht möglich ist, den Umfang des Projekts genau zu schätzen, oder wenn zu " -"erwarten ist, dass sich die Projektanforderungen höchstwahrscheinlich ändern" -" werden." +" nicht möglich ist, den Umfang des Projekts genau zu einzuschätzen, oder " +"wenn zu erwarten ist, dass sich die Projektanforderungen " +"höchstwahrscheinlich ändern werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -8816,7 +8981,7 @@ msgid "" " purchases." msgstr "" "Für diese Dokumentation verwende ich das Beispiel eines Beraters. Sie müssen" -" seine Zeit, seine verschiedenen Ausgaben (Transport, Unterkunft, ...) und " +" seine Zeit, seine verschiedenen Ausgaben (Transport, Unterkunft ...) und " "seine Einkäufe berechnen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 @@ -8829,7 +8994,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." msgstr "" "Um den Fortschritt des Projekts zu verfolgen, benötigen Sie die " -"*Projekt*-App. Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Apps --> Projekt`, um diese zu " +"*Projekte*-App. Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Apps --> Projekt`, um diese zu " "installieren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 @@ -8837,9 +9002,9 @@ msgid "" "In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." msgstr "" -"In Odoo *Projekt* verwenden Sie dann Zeiterfassungen. Gehen Sie dazu auf " -":menuselection:`Projekt --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und aktivieren " -"Sie die Funktion *Zeiterfassungen*." +"Verwenden Sie in Odoo *Projekte* dann Zeiterfassungen. Gehen Sie dazu zu " +":menuselection:`Projekte --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und aktivieren" +" Sie die Funktion *Zeiterfassungen*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 msgid "Invoice your time spent" @@ -8852,9 +9017,8 @@ msgid "" " project*." msgstr "" "Auf einer Produktseite, die als Dienstleistung eingestellt ist, finden Sie " -"im Reiter Rechnungsstellung zwei Optionen. Wählen Sie sowohl " -"*Zeiterfassungen auf Aufgaben* als auch *Aufgabe in neuem Projekt " -"erstellen*." +"im Reiter „Rechnungsstellung“ zwei Optionen. Wählen Sie sowohl *Basierend " +"auf Zeiterfassungen* als auch *Aufgabe in neuem Projekt erstellen*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." @@ -8875,7 +9039,7 @@ msgid "" "from the *Project* app." msgstr "" "Sie gelangen direkt in die Aufgabe, wenn Sie darauf klicken. Sie können auch" -" über die *Projekt*-App darauf zugreifen." +" über die *Projekte*-App darauf zugreifen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -8897,7 +9061,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." msgstr "" "Sie sollten auch die Funktion der Kostenrechnung aktivieren, um Spesen mit " -"dem Verkaufsauftrag zu verknüpfen. Gehen Sie dazu auf " +"dem Verkaufsauftrag zu verknüpfen. Gehen Sie dazu zu " ":menuselection:`Buchhaltung --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` und " "aktivieren Sie *Kostenrechnung*." @@ -8907,7 +9071,7 @@ msgid "" "or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " "expense or a previously agreed on sales price." msgstr "" -"Wählen Sie im Reiter Rechnungsstellung *Gelieferte Mengen* und entweder " +"Wählen Sie im Rechnungsstellungsreiter *Gelieferte Mengen* und entweder " "*Nach Aufwand* oder *Verkaufspreis*, je nachdem, ob Sie die Kosten Ihrer " "Ausgaben oder einen zuvor vereinbarten Verkaufspreis in Rechnung stellen " "möchten." @@ -8931,7 +9095,7 @@ msgid "" "*Purchase Analytics*." msgstr "" "Sie benötigen die Funktion *Einkaufsanalyse*. Um sie zu aktivieren, gehen " -"Sie auf :menuselection:`Rechnungsstellung --> Konfiguration --> " +"Sie zu :menuselection:`Rechnungsstellung --> Konfiguration --> " "Einstellungen` und wählen Sie *Einkaufsanalyse*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 @@ -8979,9 +9143,9 @@ msgstr "" "Um E-Geldbörsen und Geschenkkarten für E-Commerce und Kassensystem zu " "aktivieren, aktivieren Sie zunächst :guilabel:`Rabatte, Treue & " "Geschenkkarten` unter :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> " -"Einstellungen --> Preiskalkulation`. Nach der Aktivierung gehen Sie auf " +"Einstellungen --> Preiskalkulation`. Nach der Aktivierung gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Verkauf --> Produkte --> Geschenkkarten & E-Geldbörse` und " -"erstellen Sie ein :guilabel:`neues` ein neues E-Geldbörsen- oder " +"erstellen Sie ein :guilabel:`neues` E-Geldbörsen- oder " "Geschenkkartenprogramm." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 @@ -9030,9 +9194,9 @@ msgid "" " Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, " "configure the options as follows:" msgstr "" -"Um ein Aufladeprodukt zu erstellen, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Verkauf " -"--> Produkte --> Produkte` und erstellen Sie ein :guilabel:`neues` Produkt. " -"In der Produktvorlage konfigurieren Sie die Optionen wie folgt:" +"Um ein Aufladeprodukt zu erstellen, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf -->" +" Produkte --> Produkte` und erstellen Sie ein :guilabel:`neues` Produkt. In " +"der Produktvorlage konfigurieren Sie die Optionen wie folgt:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -9040,7 +9204,7 @@ msgid "" "`$50 Top-Up`)" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produktname`: Geben Sie einen Namen für das Aufladeprodukt ein " -"(zum Beispiel `50-€-Aufladung`)" +"(zum Beispiel `50-€-Aufladung`)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 @@ -9050,23 +9214,23 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Kann verkauft werden`: aktiviert" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Produktart`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Dienstleistung` aus" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Produktart`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Dienstleistung` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Abrechnungspolitik`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Vorkasse/Festpreis` " -"aus" +"aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Bei Auftrag erstellen`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Nichts` aus" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bei Auftrag erstellen`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Nichts` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Verkaufspreis`: Geben Sie den Aufladebetrag ein" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Verkaufspreis`: Geben Sie den Aufladebetrag ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -9083,8 +9247,8 @@ msgid "" " Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The " "following configuration options are available:" msgstr "" -"Sobald die Aufladung erstellt ist, gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Verkauf -->" -" Produkte --> Geschenkkarten & E-Geldbörse`, um ein :guilabel:`neues` " +"Sobald die Aufladung erstellt ist, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> " +"Produkte --> Geschenkkarten & E-Geldbörse`, um ein :guilabel:`neues` " "E-Geldbörsenprogramm zu erstellen. Die folgenden Konfigurationsoptionen sind" " verfügbar:" @@ -9092,18 +9256,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Programmname`: Geben Sie einen Namen für das E-Geldbörsenprogramm" -" ein" +" ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Programmart`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`E-Geldbörse` aus" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Programmart`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`E-Geldbörse` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 msgid "" ":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. " "Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`E-Geldbörsenprodukte`: Wählen Sie die zuvor erstellte " +":guilabel:`E-Geldbörsen-Produkte`: Wählen Sie die zuvor erstellte " "E-Geldbörsenaufladung aus. Wiederholen Sie den Vorgang, wenn Sie Aufladungen" " mit unterschiedlichen Beträgen erstellt haben." @@ -9115,14 +9279,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage`: Wählen Sie die E-Mail-Vorlage aus, die für die " "an den Kunden gesendete E-Mail verwendet wird. Um eine neue Vorlage zu " -"erstellen, klicken Sie auf das Feld, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Weitere suchen` " -"und klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`." +"erstellen, klicken Sie auf das Feld, wählen Sie :guilabel:`Mehr suchen` und " +"klicken Sie dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Währung`: Wählen Sie die Währungfür das E-Geldbörsenprogramm aus;" +":guilabel:`Währung`: Wählen Sie die Währung für das E-Geldbörsenprogramm " +"aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 @@ -9131,7 +9296,7 @@ msgid "" "available" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Unternehmen`: Wählen Sie das Unternehmen aus, für das das " -"Programm gültig und verfügbar ist" +"Programm gültig und verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 @@ -9140,7 +9305,7 @@ msgid "" "valid and available" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verfügbar für`: Wählen Sie die Apps aus, für die das das Programm" -" gültig und verfügbar ist" +" gültig und verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 @@ -9178,7 +9343,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Sobald das Programm konfiguriert ist, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " ":guilabel:`E-Geldbörse generieren` in der oberen linken Ecke, um " -"E-Geldbörsen zu generieren. E-Geldbörsen können auf der Basis von " +"E-Geldbörsen zu generieren. E-Geldbörsen können auf der Grundlage von " ":guilabel:`Kunden` und/oder :guilabel:`Kunden-Stichwörtern` erstellt werden." " Die Menge wird automatisch an die ausgewählten :guilabel:`Kunden` und " ":guilabel:`Kunden-Stichwörter` angepasst. Legen Sie dann den " @@ -9231,7 +9396,7 @@ msgid "" "template, configure the options as follows:" msgstr "" "Vor der Erstellung eines neuen Geschenkkartenprogramms ist es notwendig, die" -" Geschenkkarten zuerst als Produkte zu erstellen. Gehen Sie dazu auf " +" Geschenkkarten zuerst als Produkt zu erstellen. Gehen Sie dazu zu " ":menuselection:`Verkauf --> Produkte --> Produkte` und erstellen Sie ein " ":guilabel:`neues` Produkt. In der Produktvorlage konfigurieren Sie die " "Optionen wie folgt:" @@ -9240,11 +9405,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produktname`: Geben Sie einen Namen für das " -"Geschenkkartenprogramm ein" +"Geschenkkartenprogramm ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Verkaufspreis`: Geben Sie den Geschenkbetrag ein" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Verkaufspreis`: Geben Sie den Geschenkbetrag ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -9261,7 +9426,7 @@ msgid "" "Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card " "program. The following configuration options are available:" msgstr "" -"Sobald das Geschenkkartenprodukt erstellt ist, gehen Sie auf " +"Sobald das Geschenkkarten-Produkt erstellt ist, gehen Sie zu " ":menuselection:`Verkauf --> Produkte --> Geschenkkarten & E-Geldbörse`, um " "ein :guilabel:`neues` Geschenkkartenprogramm zu erstellen. Die folgenden " "Konfigurationsoptionen sind verfügbar:" @@ -9270,11 +9435,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Programmname`: Geben Sie einen Namen für das " -"Geschenkkartenprogramm ein" +"Geschenkkartenprogramm ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Programmart`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Geschenkkarte` aus" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Programmart`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Geschenkkarte` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 msgid "" @@ -9282,9 +9447,9 @@ msgid "" "earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different " "amounts." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Geschenkkartenprodukte`: Wählen Sie das zuvor erstellte " -"Geschenkkartenprodukt aus. Wiederholen Sie den Vorgang, wenn Sie " -"Geschenkkartenprodukte mit unterschiedlichen Beträgen erstellt haben." +":guilabel:`Geschenkkarten-Produkte`: Wählen Sie das zuvor erstellte " +"Geschenkkarten-Produkt aus. Wiederholen Sie den Vorgang, wenn Sie " +"Geschenkkarten-Produkte mit unterschiedlichen Beträgen erstellt haben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -9296,19 +9461,19 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-Mail-Vorlage`: Wählen Sie die Standardvorlage " ":guilabel:`Geschenkkarte: Informationen zur Geschenkkarte` aus oder " "erstellen Sie eine neue Vorlage, indem Sie auf das Feld klicken, " -":guilabel:`Weitere suchen` auswählen und dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` " +":guilabel:`Mehr suchen` auswählen und dann auf :guilabel:`Erstellen` " "klicken." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Druckdokument`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Geschenkkarte` aus" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Druckdokument`: Wählen Sie :guilabel:`Geschenkkarte` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Währung`: Wählen Sie die Währungfür das E-Geschenkkartenprogramm " -"aus;" +":guilabel:`Währung`: Wählen Sie die Währung für das Geschenkkartenprogramm " +"aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 msgid "Gift card program configuration page" @@ -9341,7 +9506,7 @@ msgid "" "smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " ":guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." msgstr "" -"Über die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:Geschenkkarten` in der oberen " +"Über die intelligente Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Geschenkkarten` in der oberen " "rechten Ecke können Sie auf die Geschenkkarten zugreifen. Von dort aus " "können Sie die Geschenkkarten per E-Mail oder über einen URL-Link " ":guilabel:`Senden` oder :guilabel:`Teilen`" @@ -9375,9 +9540,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Mit den Odoo-Apps *Verkauf*, *E-Commerce* und *Kassensystem* können Sie " "Rabatt- und Treueprogramme erstellen, die Kunden beim Online- und " -"Ladeneinkauf nutzen können. Diese Programme bieten vielfältigere, " -"öffentliche und zeitabhängige Preisoptionen als :doc:`Preislisten " -"`." +"Ladeneinkauf nutzen können. Diese Programme bieten öffentliche und " +"zeitabhängige Preisoptionen, die vielfältiger als :doc:`Preislisten " +"` sind." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 msgid "Configure the settings" @@ -9469,7 +9634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Währung`: Wählen Sie die Währung für das E-Programm aus;" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Währung`: Wählen Sie die Währung für das Programm aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -9479,8 +9644,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Punkteeinheit`: Geben Sie den Namen der Punkte ein, die für das " -":guilabel:`Treuekarten`-Programm verwendet werden (z. B. `Treuepunkte`). Der" -" Name der Punkteeinheit ist für den Kunden *sichtbar*. Dieses Feld ist nur " +":guilabel:`Treuekarten`-Programm verwendet wird (z. B. `Treuepunkte`). Der " +"Name der Punkteeinheit ist für den Kunden *sichtbar*. Dieses Feld ist nur " "verfügbar, wenn die :guilabel:`Programmart` auf :guilabel:`Treuekarten` " "eingestellt ist." @@ -9500,7 +9665,7 @@ msgid "" "number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` " "period." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Nutzung begrenzen`: Markieren Sie dieses Kästchen und geben Sie " +":guilabel:`Nutzung begrenzen`: Kreuzen Sie dieses Kästchen an und geben Sie " "eine Zahl ein, um die Anzahl der Verwendungen des Programms während der " ":guilabel:`Gültigkeit` zu begrenzen." @@ -9518,7 +9683,7 @@ msgid "" "available." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Verfügbar für`: Wählen Sie die App(s) aus, für die das das " -"Programm verfügbar ist" +"Programm verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -9535,9 +9700,9 @@ msgid "" "is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS " "(Point of Sale)`." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Kassensystem`: Wählen Sie das/die Kassensystem(e) aus, in dem das" -" Programm verfügbar ist. Lassen Sie das Feld leer, damit es in allen " -"Kassensystemen verfügbar ist." +":guilabel:`Kassensystem`: Wählen Sie das/die Kassensystem(e) aus, in " +"dem/denen das Programm verfügbar ist. Lassen Sie das Feld leer, damit es in " +"allen Kassensystemen verfügbar ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." @@ -9569,7 +9734,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 msgid "Program types" -msgstr "Programmart" +msgstr "Programmarten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -9584,7 +9749,7 @@ msgid "" "immediate access to rewards." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gutscheine`: Generieren und teilen Sie einmalige Gutscheincodes, " -"die sofortigen Zugang zu Belohnungen gewähren." +"die sofortige Prämien gewähren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -9592,8 +9757,8 @@ msgid "" "that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Gutscheine für nächsten Einkauf`: Generieren und teilen Sie " -"einmalige Gutscheincodes, die Zugang zu Belohnungen auf den nächsten Auftrag" -" des Kunden gewähren." +"einmalige Gutscheincodes, die Prämien für den nächsten Auftrag des Kunden " +"gewähren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -9609,8 +9774,8 @@ msgid "" "when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Werbeaktionen`: Legen Sie bedingte Regeln für die Bestellung von " -"Produkten fest, die, wenn sie erfüllt werden, dem Kunden Zugang zu " -"Belohnungen gewähren." +"Produkten fest, die, wenn sie erfüllt werden, dem Kunden Belohnungen " +"gewähren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -9626,7 +9791,7 @@ msgid "" "credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can " "trade them in to receive Y item." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`X Erhalten Y Erhalten`: Für jeden gekauften Artikel X erhält der " +":guilabel:`X Kaufen Y Erhalten`: Für jeden gekauften Artikel X erhält der " "Kunde 1 Guthaben. Nachdem der Kunde eine bestimmte Anzahl von Guthaben " "angesammelt hat, kann er sie gegen einen Artikel Y eintauschen." @@ -9648,8 +9813,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This " "reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Regeln & Belohnungen` auf " -":guilabel:`Hinzufügen` neben :guilabel:`Bedingte Regeln`, um dem Programm " +"Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Regeln & Belohnungen` neben " +":guilabel:`Bedingte Regeln` auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um dem Programm " "*Bedingungen* hinzuzufügen. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster " ":guilabel:`Bedingte Regeln erstellen`." @@ -9734,8 +9899,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " "that specific tag." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produkt-Stichwörterg:` Wählen Sie ein Stichwort, um das Programm " -"auf Produkte mit diesem speziellen Stichwort anzuwenden." +":guilabel:`Produkt-Stichwort:` Wählen Sie ein Stichwort, um das Programm auf" +" Produkte mit diesem speziellen Stichwort anzuwenden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -9778,8 +9943,8 @@ msgid "" " This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." msgstr "" "Klicken Sie im Reiter :guilabel:`Regeln & Belohnungen` des Programmformulars" -" auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen` neben :guilabel:`Belohnungen`, um dem Programm " -"*Bedingungen* hinzuzufügen. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster " +" neben :guilabel:`Belohnungen` auf :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, um dem Programm " +"*Belohnungen* hinzuzufügen. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Fenster " ":guilabel:`Belohnungen erstellen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 @@ -9825,8 +9990,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" " product can be selected." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produkt`: Wählen Sie das Produkt, das Sie als Belohnung geschenkt" -" bekommen. Es kann nur ein Produkt ausgewählt werden." +":guilabel:`Produkt`: Wählen Sie das Produkt, das Sie als Belohnung " +"verschenken. Es kann nur ein Produkt ausgewählt werden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -9863,7 +10028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Maximaler Rabatt`: Geben Sie den maximalen Betrag (in Währung) " "ein, den diese Belohnung als Rabatt gewähren kann. Lassen Sie dieses Feld " -"auf `0` stehen, wenn Sie keine Begrenzung wünschen." +"auf `0`, wenn Sie keine Begrenzung wünschen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" @@ -9914,8 +10079,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Markieren Sie *Mehrere Währungen zulassen* in " ":menuselection:`Rechnungsstellung/Buchhaltung --> Einstellungen`. Als " -"Administrator benötigen Sie die Zugriffsrechte *Berater* für die Apps " -"Rechnungsstellung/Buchhaltung." +"Administrator benötigen Sie die Zugriffsrechte *Berater* für die " +"Rechnungsstellungs-/Buchhaltungsapp." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -9933,8 +10098,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Um eine neue Währung zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Buchhaltung" " --> Konfiguration --> Währungen`, wählen Sie sie in der Liste aus und " -"drücken Sie *Aktivieren* in der oberen rechten Ecke. Jetzt wird sie in den " -"Drop-down-Listen der Währungen angezeigt." +"klicken Sie in der oberen rechten Ecke auf *Aktivieren*. Jetzt wird sie in " +"den Drop-down-Listen der Währungen angezeigt." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." @@ -10033,7 +10198,7 @@ msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula:* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -"*Erweiterte Preisgestaltung auf Basis von Formeln:* ermöglicht Ihnen die " +"*Erweiterte Preisgestaltung basierend auf Formeln:* ermöglicht Ihnen die " "Anwendung von Rabatten, Margen und Rundungen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:24 @@ -10046,10 +10211,10 @@ msgid "" "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " "in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." msgstr "" -"Um mehrere Preise pro Produkt anzuwenden, wählen Sie *Unterschiedliche " -"Preise pro Kundensegment* in :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Einstellungen`. " -"Öffnen Sie dann den Reiter *Verkauf* im Produktdetailformular. Sie können " -"die folgenden Strategien einstellen." +"Um mehrere Preise pro Produkt anzuwenden, wählen Sie in " +":menuselection:`Verkauf --> Einstellungen` *Unterschiedliche Preise pro " +"Kundensegment*. Öffnen Sie dann den Reiter *Verkauf* im " +"Produktdetailformular. Sie können die folgenden Strategien einstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:31 msgid "Prices per customer segment" @@ -10068,10 +10233,10 @@ msgid "" "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " "Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." msgstr "" -"Die Standardpreisliste, die auf jeden neuen Kunden angewendet wird, ist " +"Die Standardpreisliste, die auf jeden neuen Kunden angewendet wird, ist die " "*Öffentliche Preisliste*. Um Ihre Kunden zu segmentieren, öffnen Sie das " "Kundendetailformular und ändern Sie die *Verkaufspreisliste* im Reiter " -"*Verkäufe & Einkäufe*." +"*Verkauf & Einkauf*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 msgid "Temporary prices" @@ -10118,7 +10283,7 @@ msgid "" "ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -"*Erweiterte Preisgestaltung auf Basis von Formeln* ermöglicht es, Regeln für" +"*Erweiterte Preisgestaltung basierend auf Formeln* ermöglicht es, Regeln für" " Preisänderungen festzulegen. Änderungen können relativ zum " "Produktlisten-/Katalogpreis, zum Selbstkostenpreis oder zu einer anderen " "Preisliste erfolgen. Änderungen werden über Rabatte oder Zuschläge berechnet" @@ -10145,7 +10310,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Jeder Preislistenartikel kann entweder mit allen Produkten, einer internen " "Produktkategorie (einer Reihe von Produkten) oder einem bestimmten Produkt " -"verknüpft werden. Wie bei der zweiten Option können Sie Termine und " +"verknüpft werden. Wie bei der zweiten Option können Sie Fristen und " "Mindestmengen festlegen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 @@ -10215,7 +10380,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" -"Sie können die Preislistensequenz per Drag & Drop in der Listenansicht " +"Sie können die Preislistensequenz per Drag-and-drop in der Listenansicht " "ändern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:131 @@ -10285,7 +10450,7 @@ msgid "" " column (see why below)." msgstr "" "Entfernen Sie Spalten, die Sie nicht benötigen. Wir raten Ihnen jedoch, die " -"Spalte *ID* nicht zu entfernen (siehe unten, warum)." +"*ID*-Spalte nicht zu entfernen (siehe unten, warum)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -10340,8 +10505,8 @@ msgid "" "Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " "duplicates." msgstr "" -"Aktualisierungsimporte: Sie können dieselbe Datei mehrmals importieren, ohne" -" Duplikate zu erzeugen." +"Importe aktualisiere: Sie können dieselbe Datei mehrmals importieren, ohne " +"Duplikate zu erzeugen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." @@ -10359,9 +10524,9 @@ msgid "" "their own list menu." msgstr "" "Ein Odoo-Objekt ist immer mit vielen anderen Objekten verbunden (z. B. ist " -"ein Produkt mit Produktkategorien, Attributen, Vertriebsmitarbeitern usw. " -"verbunden). Um diese Beziehungen zu importieren, müssen Sie zunächst die " -"Datensätze der verknüpften Objekte aus deren eigenem Listenmenü importieren." +"ein Produkt mit Produktkategorien, Attributen, Lieferanten usw. verbunden). " +"Um diese Beziehungen zu importieren, müssen Sie zunächst die Datensätze der " +"verknüpften Objekte aus deren eigenem Listenmenü importieren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -10370,10 +10535,10 @@ msgid "" "at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" -"Sie können dazu den Namen des Bezugsdatensatzes oder seine ID verwenden. Die" -" ID wird erwartet, wenn zwei Datensätze den gleichen Namen haben. Fügen Sie " -"in einem solchen Fall „ / ID“ am Ende des Spaltentitels hinzu (z. B. für " -"Produktattribute: Produktattribute / Attribut / ID)." +"Sie können dazu den Namen des zugehörigen Datensatzes oder seine ID " +"verwenden. Die ID wird erwartet, wenn zwei Datensätze den gleichen Namen " +"haben. Fügen Sie in einem solchen Fall „ / ID“ am Ende des Spaltentitels " +"hinzu (z. B. für Produktattribute: Produktattribute / Attribut / ID)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" @@ -10406,7 +10571,7 @@ msgid "" "you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." msgstr "" "Mit einem kostenlosen Google-Konto können Sie bis zu 100 kostenlose Bilder " -"pro Tag erhalten. Wenn Sie eine höhere Rate benötigen, müssen Sie ein " +"pro Tag erhalten. Wenn Sie eine höhere Anzahl benötigen, müssen Sie ein " "Upgrade auf ein Abrechnungskonto vornehmen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 @@ -10419,7 +10584,7 @@ msgid "" "`_ page to generate Google Custom " "Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie zur Seite `Google-Cloud-Plaftform Aktivierte APIs und Dienste " +"Gehen Sie zur Seite `Aktivierte APIs und Dienste der Google-Cloud-Plattform " "`_, um die Anmeldedaten für die API " "von Google Custom Search zu generieren. Melden Sie sich mit Ihrem Google-" "Konto an." @@ -10430,7 +10595,7 @@ msgid "" "explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." msgstr "" "Wählen oder erstellen Sie ein API-Projekt, um die Anmeldedaten zu speichern." -" Geben Sie ihm einen eindeutigen Namen (z. B. Odoo-Bilder)." +" Geben Sie ihm einen eindeutigen Namen (z. B. Odoo-Bilder) ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -10470,8 +10635,8 @@ msgid "" "\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " "Platform" msgstr "" -"Kachel „Custom Search API“ mit hervorgehobener Schaltfläche Aktivieren auf " -"Google-Cloud-Plattform" +"Kachel „Custom Search API“ mit hervorgehobener Schaltfläche „Aktivieren“ auf" +" Google-Cloud-Plattform" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" @@ -10484,15 +10649,15 @@ msgid "" "Started**. Log in with your Google account." msgstr "" "Gehen Sie zu `Google Programmable Search Engine " -"`_ und klicken Sie auf " -"**Starten**. Melden Sie sich mit Ihrem Google-Konto an." +"`_ und klicken Sie auf **Jetzt" +" starten**. Melden Sie sich mit Ihrem Google-Konto an." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 msgid "" "Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" "of the page" msgstr "" -"Seite Google Programmable Search Engine mit der Schaltfläche **Loslegen** oben rechts\n" +"Seite von Google Programmable Search Engine mit der Schaltfläche **Jetzt starten** oben rechts\n" "auf der Seite" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 @@ -10523,31 +10688,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Validieren Sie das Formular, indem Sie auf **Erstellen** klicken. Rufen Sie " "dann den Bearbeitungsmodus der von Ihnen erstellten Suchmaschine auf " -"(entweder durch Klicken auf **Kontrollzentrum** auf der Bestätigungsseite " -"oder durch Klicken auf den Namen Ihrer Suchmaschine auf der Startseite)." +"(entweder durch Klicken auf **Control Panel** (Kontrollzentrum) auf der " +"Bestätigungsseite oder durch Klicken auf den Namen Ihrer Suchmaschine auf " +"der Startseite)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 msgid "" "In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " "and **Search the entire web**." msgstr "" -"Stellen Sie im Reiter **Grundlagen** sicher, dass Sie **Bildersuche**, " -"**Sichere Suche** und **Das gesamte Web durchsuchen** aktivieren." +"Stellen Sie im Reiter **Basics** (Grundlagen) sicher, dass Sie **Image " +"search** (Bildersuche), **SafeSearch** (Bildersuche) and **Search the entire" +" web** (Das gesamte Web durchsuchen) aktivieren." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 msgid "" "Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " "that you put at the previous step." msgstr "" -"Sobald **Das gesamte Web durchsuchen** aktiviert ist, können Sie die " -"Website, die Sie im vorherigen Schritt angegeben haben, sicher löschen." +"Sobald **Search the entire web** (Das gesamte Web durchsuchen) aktiviert " +"ist, können Sie die Website, die Sie im vorherigen Schritt angegeben haben, " +"sicher löschen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 msgid "" "Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" msgstr "" -"Speichern Sie Ihre **Suchmaschinen-ID**. Sie benötigen sie für den nächsten " -"Schritt in Odoo!" +"Speichern Sie Ihre **Search Engine Id** (Suchmaschinen-ID). Sie benötigen " +"sie für den nächsten Schritt in Odoo!" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 msgid "Odoo" @@ -10593,8 +10761,8 @@ msgid "" "uses products like Inventory or Sales." msgstr "" "Rufen Sie das Menü Produkte (:menuselection:`Produkte --> Produkte` oder " -":menuselection:`Produkte --> Produktvarianten`) aus jeder Anwendung auf, die" -" Produkte wie Lager oder Verkauf verwendet." +":menuselection:`Produkte --> Produktvarianten`) aus jeder App auf, die " +"Produkte wie Lager oder Verkauf verwendet." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." @@ -10622,7 +10790,7 @@ msgid "" "If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " "view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie in der Ansicht Produkte ein Produkt auswählen, das eine oder " +"Wenn Sie in der Produkte-Ansicht ein Produkt auswählen, das eine oder " "mehrere Varianten hat, wird jede Variante, die den vorherigen Kriterien " "entspricht, bearbeitet." @@ -10663,7 +10831,7 @@ msgid "" "`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Erstellen, ändern oder schließen Sie Ihr Google-Cloud-Billing-Konto " +"`Ihr Google-Cloud-Billing-Konto erstellen, ändern oder schließen " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 @@ -10711,7 +10879,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In diesem Beispiel ist **T-Shirt** die Produktvorlage und **T-Shirt, S, " "Blau** ist eine Produktvariante. **Farbe** und **Größe** sind die Attribute." -" **S** und **Blau** sind Werte" +" **S** und **Blau** sind Werte." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -10784,7 +10952,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wählen Sie dann einen :guilabel:`Anzeigetyp`, der bestimmt, wie dieses " "Produkt auf der :guilabel:`E-Commerce`-Seite, dem " -":guilabel:`Kassensystem`-Dashboard und dem :guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` " +":guilabel:`Kassensystem`-Dashboard und im :guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` " "angezeigt wird." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 @@ -10859,7 +11027,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 msgid "Type in the value's name." -msgstr "Den Namen des Wert eingeben." +msgstr "Den Namen des Werts eingeben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -10867,8 +11035,8 @@ msgid "" "customer provides unique specifications)." msgstr "" "Ein Kästchen ankreuzen, um anzugeben, ob es sich um einen " -"benutzerdefinierten Wert handelt oder nicht (d. h. der Kunde liefert " -"eindeutige Spezifikationen)." +"benutzerdefinierten Wert handelt oder nicht (d. h. der Kunde gibt eindeutige" +" Spezifikationen)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -11067,7 +11235,7 @@ msgstr "Einstellung des Preisaufschlags für Wert" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Auswirkungen der Varianten" +msgstr "Auswirkungen von Varianten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 msgid "" @@ -11129,7 +11297,7 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Sales` app provides two different ways to process returns " "based on whether an invoice has been sent or not." msgstr "" -"Die App :guilabel:`Verkauf` bietet zwei verschiedene Möglichkeiten, Retouren" +"Die :guilabel:`Verkaufsapp` bietet zwei verschiedene Möglichkeiten, Retouren" " zu bearbeiten, je nachdem, ob eine Rechnung versandt wurde oder nicht." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:9 @@ -11159,7 +11327,7 @@ msgid "" "customer's sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button " "to open the associated delivery order." msgstr "" -"Um eine Retoure zu starten, öffnen Sie die App :guilabel:`Verkauf`, " +"Um eine Retoure zu starten, öffnen Sie die :guilabel:`Verkaufsapp`, " "navigieren zum Verkaufsauftrag und klicken auf die intelligente Schaltfläche" " :guilabel:`Lieferung`, um den zugehörigen Lieferauftrag zu öffnen." @@ -11332,16 +11500,16 @@ msgid "" "deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has" " to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." msgstr "" -"In der App Odoo *Verkauf* ist es möglich, Fristen für Verkaufsangebote zu " -"setzen. Auf diese Weise werden Kunden dazu angehalten, bei " -"Verkaufsverhandlungen schnell zu handeln, da sie befürchten könnten, ein " -"gutes Angebot zu verpassen. Darüber hinaus können Fristen auch als Schutz " -"für ein Unternehmen dienen, falls ein Auftrag zu einem Preis ausgeführt " -"werden muss, der für das Unternehmen nicht mehr rentabel ist." +"In Odoo *Verkauf* ist es möglich, Fristen für Verkaufsangebote zu setzen. " +"Auf diese Weise werden Kunden dazu angehalten, bei Verkaufsverhandlungen " +"schnell zu handeln, da sie befürchten könnten, ein gutes Angebot zu " +"verpassen. Darüber hinaus können Fristen auch als Schutz für ein Unternehmen" +" dienen, falls ein Auftrag zu einem Preis ausgeführt werden muss, der für " +"das Unternehmen nicht mehr rentabel ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 msgid "Expiration date deadlines" -msgstr "Fristen für Ablaufsdaten" +msgstr "Ablaufdaten" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -11349,9 +11517,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expiration` field located at the top of the quotation or sales " "order form." msgstr "" -"Fügen Sie in einem Odoo *Verkaufs*angebot ein Ablaufdatum in das Feld " -":guilabel:`Gültigkeit` am oberen Rand des Angebots- oder Auftragsformulars " -"ein." +"Fügen Sie in einem Angebot in einem Odoo *Verkauf* ein Ablaufdatum in das " +"Feld :guilabel:`Gültigkeit` am oberen Rand des Angebots- oder " +"Auftragsformulars ein." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:16 msgid "" @@ -11398,7 +11566,7 @@ msgid "" "every quotation template. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in " "a quote, its associated deadline is automatically applied." msgstr "" -"Die Odoo-App *Verkauf* ermöglicht es auch, jeder Angebotsvorlage eine Frist " +"Odoo *Verkauf* ermöglicht es auch, jeder Angebotsvorlage eine Frist " "hinzuzufügen. Wann immer eine bestimmte Angebotsvorlage in einem Angebot " "verwendet wird, wird die zugehörige Frist automatisch angewendet." @@ -11473,8 +11641,8 @@ msgid "" "and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " "have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." msgstr "" -"Privatpersonen und Unternehmen verwenden häufig getrennte Adressen für die " -"Rechnung (Rechnungsstellung) und den Versand (Lieferung). Mit der Odoo-App " +"Privatpersonen und Unternehmen verwenden häufig unterschiedliche Adressen " +"für die Rechnung (Rechnungsstellung) und den Versand (Lieferung). Mit Odoo " "*Verkauf* können Kontakte unterschiedliche Adressen für die Lieferung und " "die Rechnungsstellung angeben." @@ -11526,9 +11694,9 @@ msgid "" " tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which " "additional addresses can be configured." msgstr "" -"Klicken Sie im Kontaktformular auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und wählen Sie " -"dann :guilabel:`Hinzufügen`, das sich im Reiter :guilabel:`Kontakte & " -"Adressen` befindet. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Formular " +"Klicken Sie im Kontaktformular auf :guilabel:`Bearbeiten` und klicken Sie " +"anschließend im Reiter :guilabel:`Kontakte & Adressen` auf " +":guilabel:`Hinzufügen`. Daraufhin öffnet sich ein Pop-up-Formular " ":guilabel:`Kontakt erstellen`, in dem Sie zusätzliche Adressen konfigurieren" " können." @@ -11658,8 +11826,8 @@ msgid "" "If any changes are made on a form in Odoo, include *Contacts* forms, " "remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes to the database." msgstr "" -"Wenn Sie Änderungen an einem Formular in Odoo vornehmen, z. B. an " -"*Kontakte*-Formularen, müssen Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` klicken, um die " +"Wenn Sie Änderungen an einem Formular in Odoo vornehmen, z. B. an Formularen" +" eines *Kontakts*, müssen Sie auf :guilabel:`Speichern` klicken, um die " "Änderungen in der Datenbank zu speichern." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -11677,8 +11845,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Im Allgemeinen gelten Online-Zahlungen als schnelle und sichere Alternative " "zu herkömmlichen Zahlungsmethoden. Sie sind in der Regel billiger, einfacher" -" und schneller als andere Zahlungsarten. Besonders nützlich und effizient " -"ist sie bei internationalen Transaktionen. Mit Odoo Verkauf können Sie " +" und schneller als andere Zahlungsmethoden. Besonders nützlich und effizient" +" ist sie bei internationalen Transaktionen. Mit Odoo Verkauf können Sie " "Online-Zahlungen nutzen, um eine automatische Auftragsbestätigung zu " "erhalten. Online-Zahlungen werden sofort ausgeführt. Das ist sehr bequem und" " spart viel Zeit bei einem einfachen Verkaufsprozess." @@ -11712,11 +11880,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dort haben Sie direkten Zugriff auf die Seite **Zahlungsanbieter**. Dort " "können Sie die Anbieter Ihrer Wahl auswählen und konfigurieren. Bevor Sie " "einen Zahlungsanbieter erstellen oder ändern, sollten Sie sich unsere " -"Dokumentation darüber ansehen, wie Sie mit Zahlungsanbietern wie " +"Dokumentation über :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers` ansehen, " +"um zu erfahren, wie Sie mit Zahlungsanbietern wie " ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, " -":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize` und anderen in der " -"Dokumentation über :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers` bezahlen " -"können." +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize` und anderen " +"bezahlen können." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -11783,7 +11951,7 @@ msgstr "" "Signatur direkt auf dem Verkaufsauftrag zu bestätigen. Sobald der Kunde den " "Auftrag elektronisch unterschrieben hat, wird der Vertriebsmitarbeiter, der " "dem Auftrag zugeordnet ist, automatisch benachrichtigt, dass der Auftrag " -"bestätigt ist." +"bestätigt wurde." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11 msgid "Activate online signatures" @@ -11798,11 +11966,11 @@ msgid "" "top-left corner." msgstr "" "Um die Funktion *Online-Signatur* zu aktivieren, gehen Sie zu " -":guilabel:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie zur " -"Überschrift :guilabel:`Angebote & Aufträge` und aktivieren Sie die Funktion " -":guilabel:`Online-Signatur`, indem Sie das Kästchen daneben anklicken. " -"Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern` in der oberen " -"linken Ecke." +":menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen`, scrollen Sie " +"zur Überschrift :guilabel:`Angebote & Aufträge` und aktivieren Sie die " +"Funktion :guilabel:`Online-Signatur`, indem Sie das Kästchen daneben " +"anklicken. Klicken Sie dann auf die Schaltfläche :guilabel:`Speichern` in " +"der oberen linken Ecke." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "How to enable online signature in Odoo Sales settings." @@ -11814,8 +11982,8 @@ msgid "" "On quotation templates, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " "under the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab." msgstr "" -"Bei Angebotsvorlagen befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Online-" -"Unterschrift` im Reiter :guilabel:`Bestätigung`." +"Bei Angebotsvorlagen befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Online-Signatur` " +"im Reiter :guilabel:`Bestätigung`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 msgid "How to enable online signature on a quotation template." @@ -11826,8 +11994,8 @@ msgid "" "On standard quotations, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " "under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -"Bei Standardangeboten befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Online-" -"Unterschrift` im Reiter :guilabel:`Weitere Informationen`." +"Bei Standardangeboten befindet sich die Funktion :guilabel:`Online-Signatur`" +" im Reiter :guilabel:`Weitere Informationen`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 msgid "How to enable online signature on standard quotations." @@ -11845,10 +12013,10 @@ msgid "" "the field with an automated signature, or load a file from their computer." msgstr "" "Wenn Angebote an Kunden gesendet werden, gibt es eine Option, mit der sie " -"direkt auf dem Angebot im Online-Kundenportal unterschreiben und bezahlen " -"können. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, haben die Kunden die Möglichkeit, eine " -"Unterschrift zu zeichnen, das Feld mit einer automatischen Unterschrift " -"auszufüllen oder eine Datei von ihrem Computer zu laden." +"direkt auf dem Angebot im Online-Kundenportal :guilabel:`unterzeichnen und " +"bezahlen` können. Wenn Sie darauf klicken, haben die Kunden die Möglichkeit," +" eine Unterschrift zu zeichnen, das Feld mit einer automatischen " +"Unterschrift auszufüllen oder eine Datei von ihrem Computer zu laden." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales." @@ -11879,7 +12047,7 @@ msgstr "" "Die Verwendung von optionalen Produkten ist eine Marketingstrategie, die das" " Cross-Selling von Produkten zusammen mit einem Hauptprodukt beinhaltet. Das" " Ziel ist es, den Kunden nützliche und verwandte Produkte anzubieten, was zu" -" einem erhöhten Absatz führen kann." +" einem erhöhten Absatz verhelfen kann." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -11956,7 +12124,7 @@ msgstr "" "hinzufügt, wird der Vertriebsmitarbeiter sofort über diese Änderung " "informiert, ebenso wie über jede andere Änderung, die der Kunde an einer " "Bestellung vornimmt. Auf diese Weise können Vertriebsmitarbeiter im Backend " -"der App *Verkauf* über alles, was mit einer Bestellung zusammenhängt, auf " +"der *Verkaufsapp* über alles, was mit einer Bestellung zusammenhängt, auf " "dem Laufenden bleiben." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 @@ -12021,8 +12189,8 @@ msgid "" "additional items to their order, or entice them to purchase a more expensive" " version of their initially selected product." msgstr "" -"Bieten Sie am besten optionale Produkte an, die den Kunden ermutigen, seiner" -" Bestellung weitere Artikel hinzuzufügen oder ihn dazu verleiten, eine " +"Bieten Sie am besten optionale Produkte an, die den Kunden ermutigen, seine " +"Bestellung mit weiteren Artikeln zu ergänzen oder ihn dazu verleiten, eine " "teurere Version des ursprünglich ausgewählten Produkts zu kaufen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:74 @@ -12088,7 +12256,7 @@ msgid "" "apply the settings." msgstr "" "Um Produktvarianten für Angebote und Verkaufsaufträge zu aktivieren, gehen " -"Sie zu :guilabel:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> " +"Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen --> " "Produktkatalog` und aktivieren Sie eine oder beide der Einstellungen " ":guilabel:`Produktkonfigurator` und :guilabel:`Rastereintrag für Varianten`." " Klicken Sie abschließend auf :guilabel:`Speichern`, um die Einstellungen zu" @@ -12133,8 +12301,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Für das Produkt müssen mindestens zwei Varianten (ein Attribut mit zwei " "Werten) erstellt worden sein, damit die Option :guilabel:`Auswahl der " -"Verkaufsvariante` erscheint. Klicken Sie auf :guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen` " -"unter :guilabel:`Attribut`, um Attribute und Werte zu diesem Produkt " +"Verkaufsvariante` erscheint. Klicken Sie unter :guilabel:`Attribut` auf " +":guilabel:`Zeile hinzufügen`, um Attribute und Werte zu diesem Produkt " "hinzuzufügen und Produktvarianten zu erstellen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37 @@ -12379,8 +12547,8 @@ msgstr "" "Beginnen Sie mit der Eingabe eines Namens für die Vorlage in das Feld " ":guilabel:`Angebotsvorlage`. Geben Sie dann im Feld :guilabel:`Angebot " "verfällt nach` an, für wie viele Tage die Angebotsvorlage gültig sein soll, " -"oder belassen Sie das Feld auf dem Standardwert `0`, um die Vorlage " -"unbegrenzt gültig zu halten." +"oder belassen Sie das Feld auf dem Standardwert `0`, damit die Vorlage " +"unbegrenzt gültig ist." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 msgid "" @@ -12410,9 +12578,9 @@ msgstr "" "Im Reiter :guilabel:`Zeilen` können Sie Produkte zur Angebotsvorlage " "hinzufügen, indem Sie auf :guilabel:`Produkt hinzufügen` klicken, sie durch " "Klicken auf `Abschnitt hinzufügen` organisieren (und die " -"Abschnittsüberschriften entsprechend ziehen/verschieben) und sie durch " -"Klicken auf :guilabel:`Notiz hinzufügen` mit zusätzlichen Informationen (wie" -" Garantiedetails, Bedingungen usw.) versehen." +"Abschnittsüberschriften entsprechend positionieren) und sie durch Klicken " +"auf :guilabel:`Notiz hinzufügen` mit zusätzlichen Informationen (wie " +"Garantiedetails, Bedingungen usw.) versehen." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -12512,7 +12680,7 @@ msgid "" " all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to put those configurations into place." msgstr "" -"Ziehen Sie die gewünschten Bausteine per Drag-and-frop auf die leere " +"Ziehen Sie die gewünschten Bausteine per Drag-and-drop auf die leere " "Angebotsvorlage und passen Sie den Inhalt weiter an, um ihn an die " "jeweiligen geschäftlichen Anforderungen anzupassen. Wenn alle Bausteine und " "Anpassungen abgeschlossen sind, klicken Sie auf die Schaltfläche " @@ -12559,7 +12727,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " ":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -"Gehen Sie auf :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` " +"Gehen Sie zu :menuselection:`Verkauf --> Konfiguration --> Einstellungen` " "und wählen Sie eine guilabel:`Standardvorlage` aus." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:137 @@ -12600,7 +12768,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Subscriptions " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 diff --git a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index c488ad13f..5d3a009a0 100644 --- a/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/de/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Larissa Manderfeld, 2023\n" "Language-Team: German (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/de/)\n" @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Außendienst `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ msgstr "Kundendienst" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Kundendienst `_" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Kundendienst `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" @@ -2931,7 +2931,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: E-Learning `_" +"`Odoo-Tutorials: E-Learning `_" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 msgid "Publish an eLearning course" @@ -3839,7 +3839,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." @@ -5125,7 +5125,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Projekt und Zeiterfassung " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Projekt und Zeiterfassung " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 @@ -5159,7 +5159,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Kanban Project Management " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Kanban-Projektmanagement " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Kanban-Projektmanagement " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:19 @@ -5276,7 +5276,7 @@ msgid "" "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Ihr Projekt anpassen " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Ihr Projekt anpassen " "`_" @@ -5433,7 +5433,7 @@ msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: Recurring tasks " "`_" msgstr "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Wiederkehrende Aufgaben " +"`Odoo-Tutorials: Wiederkehrende Aufgaben " "`_" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:15 diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 74051459c..f12c3e534 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -17,20 +17,20 @@ # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -505,7 +505,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" "en :ref:`el archivo de configuración ` " @@ -591,8 +591,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "Ejemplo de configuración" @@ -731,67 +731,95 @@ msgstr "Servidor built-in" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" -"Odoo incluye servidores HTTP built-in y usa ya sea multihilos o " -"multiprocesos." +"Odoo incluye servidores internos HTTP, cron y live-chat; y usa multihilos o " +"multiprocesos. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -"Para uso en producción, se recomienda utilizar el servidor multiprocesos ya " -"que aumenta la estabilidad, hace mejor uso de los recursos de cómputo y " -"puede ser mejor monitorearlo y restringir los recursos." +"El servidor **multihilos* es uno mucho más sencillo que se usa generalmente " +"para los desarrollos, las demostraciones y por su compatibilidad con varios " +"sistemas operativos (incluido Windows). Se genera un nuevo hilo por cada " +"nueva solicitud HTTP , incluso para las conexiones persistentes como " +"websocket. También se genera para los hilos cron extra daemonic. Sin " +"embargo, por su limitación con Python (GIL), no aprovecha muy bien el " +"hardware. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -"Para activar el proceso debe configurar :option:`un número, diferente a cero" -" de procesos de workers`, el número de workers debería " -"basarse en el número de núcleos en la máquina (posiblemente con espacio para" -" los workers del cron dependiendo de cuánto trabajo en el cron se espere)" +"El servidor multihilos es el que se usa como predeterminado, también para " +"los contenedores docker. Se selecciona no marcando la opción " +":option:`--workers ` o estableciéndola en ``0``. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" -"Los límites del trabajador se pueden configurar según la configuración del " -"hardware para evitar agotar recursos." +"El servidor **multiprocesos** es un servidor avanzado que se usa para " +"producción. No esta sujeto a la misma limitación Python (GIL) en cuanto al " +"uso de recursos, y por lo tanto, aprovecha mucho mejor el hardware. Al " +"momento de iniciar un nuevo servidor, se crea una piscina de trabajadores " +"(pool of workers). Se genera otro worker HTTP por evento en un puerto " +"alternativo, así como otros cron workers adicionales. Un proceso reaper " +"configurable monitorea el uso y puede detener/reiniciar workers. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "el modo de multiprocesos todavía no está disponible en Windows" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" +"El servidor multiprocesos es opcional. Lo puede seleccionar estableciendo la" +" opción :option:`--workers ` en non-null integer." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" +"El servidor multiprocesos no está disponible para Windows porque está " +"personalizado para servidores de Linux. " + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" msgstr "Cálculo del número de workers" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "Regla general : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "Los workers del cron necesitan CPU" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "1 worker ~= 6 usuarios concurrentes" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "cálculo del tamaño de la memoria" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" @@ -799,7 +827,7 @@ msgstr "" "Consideramos que el 20% de las solicitudes son serias, mientras que el 80% " "son más simples." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" @@ -808,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" "que todos los campos computados y las peticiones SQL estén bien diseñadas, " "etc." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" @@ -816,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se estima que un trabajador ligero en el mismo escenario consume alrededor " "de 150MB de RAM" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" @@ -825,60 +853,49 @@ msgstr "" "light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " "heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "Chat en vivo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port ` but the " -"client will not connect to it." +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" -"En el procesamiento paralelo, un worker especializado del chat en vivo se " -"inicia automáticamente y escucha el :option:`el puerto gevent `, pero el cliente no se conecta al mismo." +"En el multiprocesos, se inicia automáticamente un worker específico para " +"LiveChat y escucha en :option:`--gevent-port `. De " +"manera predeterminada, las solicitudes HTTP podrán seguir accediendo a los " +"workers HTTP normales en lugar de al de LiveChat. Debe desplegar un proxy en" +" Odoo y redirigir las solicitudes entrantes que empiecen con ``/websocket/``" +" al worker de LiveChat. También debe establecer Odoo en :option:`--proxy-" +"mode ` para que use los encabezados reales de los " +"clientes (como el nombre del alojamiento, shceme, IP) en lugar de los de " +"proxy. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" -"Mejor tenga un proxy que redireccione las solicitudes cuyo URL empiece con " -"``/websocket/`` al puerto gevent. El resto de las solicitudes deben enviarse" -" al :option:`puerto HTTP normal `." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" -"Para lograr esto, necesita realizar el proxy reverso en Odoo, como nginx o " -"apache. Al hacerlo, necesitará enviar algunos encabezados http a Odoo para " -"activar el proxy_mode en la configuración de Odoo y el software pueda leer " -"todos los encabezados." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "Servidor con 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" msgstr "60 usuarios concurrentes" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" msgstr "60 usuarios / 6 = 10 <- número teórico de trabajadores necesarios" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- número teórico máximo de trabajadores" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." @@ -886,20 +903,20 @@ msgstr "" "Usaremos 8 workers + 1 para el cron. También usaremos un sistema de " "monitoreo para medir la carga del cpu y revisar que sea entre 7 y 7.5." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM para Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "" "en :ref:`el archivo de configuración `:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -912,7 +929,7 @@ msgstr "" "terminación SSL se puede implementar con cualquier proxy de terminación SSL," " pero requiere la siguiente configuración:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" @@ -920,16 +937,16 @@ msgstr "" "Activar el :option:`modo proxy ` de Odoo. Esto solo " "debería estar activado cuando Odoo esté detrás de un proxy reverso." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" "Configurar la terminación SSL del proxy (`ejemplo de terminación Nginx`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "Configurar el proxy en sí (`ejemplo Nginx del proxy`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" @@ -937,23 +954,23 @@ msgstr "" "Su terminación proxy SSL también debería de redirigir conexiones no seguras " "automáticamente para asegurar el puerto" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "Redirigir solicitudes http a https" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "Solicitudes proxy a odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "en ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` configure:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "Odoo como una aplicación WSGI" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -969,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" "configuración correctamente en :mod:`odoo.tools.config` y no en la línea de " "comando o archivo de configuración." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " @@ -980,98 +997,76 @@ msgstr "" "creación de workers, ya no puede configurar el cron o los workers del chat " "en vivo." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "Workers de cron" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" -"Para ejecutar trabajos de cron en una implementación de Odoo, la aplicación " -"de WSGI requiere:" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "Un Odoo clásico (ejecutado con ``odoo-bin``)" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -"Conexión a la base de datos en la que los trabajos de cron se tienen que " -"ejecutar (via :option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Se requiere que inicie unos de los servidores incluidos en Odoo junto al " +"servidor WSGI para procesar trabajos cron. Ese servidor debe estar " +"configurado para procesar solamente crons y no solicitudes HTTPS. Para ello " +"debe establecer la opción :option:`--no-http ` o ajustar" +" la configuración del archivo como ``http_enable = False``. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." msgstr "" -"No debería estar expuesta a la red. Para asegurarse de que los ejecutores " -"del cron no tienen acceso a la red, es posible deshabilitar el servidor HTTP" -" integrado por completo con :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` o si configuramos " -"``http_enable = False`` en el archivo de configuración." +"En sistemas parecidos a Linux, se le recomienda utilizar el servidor " +"multiprocesos en lugar del multihilos para beneficiarse del mejor uso de " +"hardware e incrementar la estabilidad usando las opciones cli " +":option:`--workers=-1 ` y :option:`--max-cron-threads=n " +"`. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" -"El segundo subsistema problemático para implementaciones con WSGI es el Chat" -" en vivo: mientras que la mayoría de las conexiones HTTP son relativamente " -"cortas y liberan rápidamente los procesos de workers para la siguiente " -"solicitud, el chat en vivo necesita una conexión duradera para cada cliente " -"para poder implementar notificaciones casi a tiempo real." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." -msgstr "" -"Esto entra en conflicto con un modelo de trabajo basado en procesos, ya que " -"vinculará los trabajadores de procesos y prevendrá que los nuevos usuarios " -"ingresen al sistema. Sin embargo, esas conexiones duraderas hacen muy poco y" -" usualmente se quedan sin hacer nada y esperando por notificaciones." +"Se requiere el uso de un servidor WSGI compatible con gevent para que la " +"función de live chat opere correctamente. Ese servidor debe poder manejar " +"varias conexiones persistentes de manera simultánea pero no necesita mucha " +"potencia de procesamiento. Debe redirigir todas las solicitudes que " +"comienzan con ``/websocket/`` a ese servidor y usar un servidor normal WSGI " +"(de hilos o procesos) para el resto de las solicitudes. " #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -"Las soluciones para soportar chat en vivo o notificaciones en una aplicación" -" WSGI son:" +"El servidor cron de Odoo también es útil para las solicitudes de live chat. " +"Solo tiene que soltar la opción cli :option:`--no-http `" +" desde el servidor cron y asegurarse de que las solicitudes que comienzan " +"con ``/websocket/`` estén dirigidas a este servidor ya sea en " +":option:`--http-port ` (servidor multihilos) o en " +":option:`--gevent-port ` (servuidor multiprocesos)." +" " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" -"Desplegar una versión threaded de Odoo (en lugar de una basada en procesos " -"preforking) y redirigir solo solicitudes a URL que empiecen con " -"``/websocket/` a ese Odoo. Esta es la solución más simple y la URL websocket" -" también puede funcionar como una instancia de cron." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." -msgstr "" -"Desplegar una versión evented de Odoo mediante ``odoo-gevent`` y enviar " -"solicitudes que empiecen con ``/websocket/`` al :option:`puerto gevent " -"`." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "Manejo de archivos y archivos adjuntos estáticos" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -1083,11 +1078,11 @@ msgstr "" "en cuestión de rendimiento, además de solo un servidor HTTP estático debería" " manejar archivos estáticos." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "Manejo de archivos estáticos" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -1099,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "solicitudes que se hacen a :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}` y busca el módulo" " (y archivo) correcto en varias rutas agregadas." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " @@ -1109,8 +1104,8 @@ msgstr "" "Community y Enterpise hy el :option:`--addons-path `" " es ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." @@ -1119,7 +1114,7 @@ msgstr "" "bloque de ubicación se debería de agregar para alojar archivos estáticos a " "través de NGINX." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -1133,7 +1128,7 @@ msgstr "" "` es " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " @@ -1143,11 +1138,11 @@ msgstr "" "fragmentos anteriores solo muestran dos de las configuraciones posibles, " "pero no tiene que usarlas tal cual se muestran." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "Alojamiento de adjuntos" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -1160,7 +1155,7 @@ msgstr "" " determinar si los archivos están almacenados y si el usuario actual tiene " "acceso a los mismos." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -1184,7 +1179,7 @@ msgstr "" "bin --x-sendfile>` en la interfaz de línea de comandos (esta marca única se " "usa tanto para X-Sendfile como para X-Accel)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." @@ -1192,7 +1187,7 @@ msgstr "" "La extensión X-Sendfile para Apache (y servidores web comptaibles) no " "necesita configuración adicional." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" @@ -1200,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "" "La extensión X-Accel para NGINX **sí** necesita la configuración que " "mostramos a continuación:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -1214,11 +1209,11 @@ msgstr "" "NGINX). Esto registrará una advertencia, el mensaje contiene la " "configuración que necesita." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Seguridad" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " @@ -1228,7 +1223,7 @@ msgstr "" "proceso continuo, no una operación de una sola vez. En cualquier momento, su" " entorno solo será tan seguro como el vínculo más débil." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -1244,7 +1239,7 @@ msgstr "" "distribución. Las mejores prácticas en cuanto a usuarios, contraseñas y la " "gestión del control de acceso, etc." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" @@ -1252,7 +1247,7 @@ msgstr "" "Al desplegar un servidor con acceso a internet, asegúrese de considerar los " "siguientes temas relacionados a la seguridad:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " @@ -1262,7 +1257,7 @@ msgstr "" "fuerte y restrinja el acceso a la gestión de la página web tan pronto como " "se configure el sistema. Vea :ref:`db_manager_security`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -1277,7 +1272,7 @@ msgstr "" " automáticas, como admin/admin, ni si quiera para bases de dato de prueba o " "de secuenciamiento. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" @@ -1288,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" " contraseñas que se podrían usar para ingresar a sus sistemas y puede ser un" " gran problema, incluso en sistemas de desarrollo o secuenciamiento. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -1304,7 +1299,7 @@ msgstr "" " de bases de datos que puede filtrar, en lugar de dejar que el sistema " "obtenga todo desde el backend de la base de datos." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1320,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" "de datos (esto también se muestra como :option:`--no-database-list ` en la opción de la línea de comando)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1334,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "usuarios de ``postgres`` sean los dueños si usa un ``db_user`` " "especializado y no privilegiado. También vea :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " @@ -1344,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" " actualizadas, ya sea por medio de GitHub, o descargando la versión más " "reciente de https://www.odoo.com/page/download o http://nightly.odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." @@ -1353,7 +1348,7 @@ msgstr "" " igual a su uso habitual (memoria/CPU/tiempos de espera). También vea " ":ref:`builtin_server`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1370,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" ":option:`modo proxy `. También vea " ":ref:`https_proxy`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1387,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" "confianza en el firewall, o ejecutar un sistema de detección a fuerza bruta " "como un `fail2ban` o equivalente." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " @@ -1397,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "así evitar ataques de fuerza bruta y negar ataques al servicio. También vea " ":ref:`login_brute_force` para medidas específicas." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " @@ -1407,7 +1402,7 @@ msgstr "" "(ataque de denegación de servicio, por su sigla en inglés), pero este es un " "servicio opcional. Le recomendamos que lo consulte con ellos." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " @@ -1417,7 +1412,7 @@ msgstr "" "secuenciamiento en máquinas que sean diferentes a las de producción. Aplique" " las mismas precauciones de seguridad que para producción." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1444,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "" "systemd.html>`_ también puede servir para implementarse por control de " "acceso a la red de procesos." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1471,7 +1466,7 @@ msgstr "" "como CloudFlare usualmente mantienen una lista pública de sus rangos de " "direcciones IP para este propósito. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." @@ -1479,7 +1474,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si está alojando a varios clientes, aísle datos de clientes y archivos el " "uno de otro usando contenedores o técnicas de \"jail\"." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." @@ -1488,6 +1483,18 @@ msgstr "" "archivos guardados, cópielos a un servidor de almacenamiento remoto que no " "sea accesible desde el servidor en sí." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" +"Le recomendamos que despliegue Odoo en Linux y no en Windows. Pero si decide" +" hacerlo en una plataforma de Windows de todas maneras, debe realizar una " +"minuciosa revisión de seguridad del servidor, proceso que no cubre esta " +"guía. " + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "Bloquear ataques de fuerza bruta" @@ -2089,7 +2096,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" +"El paquete de Windows está disponible para propósitos de prueba o para " +"utilizarse en instancias de un solo usuario local, pero no se le recomienda " +"su uso para el despliegue de producción puesto que existen varias " +"limitaciones y riesgos asociados con el despliegue de Odoo en una plataforma" +" de Windows. " + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " @@ -2100,11 +2120,11 @@ msgstr "" "dese `la página de descargas de Odoo `_ " "(cualquier edición)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "Ejecutar el archivo descargado." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." @@ -2113,7 +2133,7 @@ msgstr "" "advertencia que dice *Windows protegió su pc*. Haga clic en **más " "información** y luego en **ejecutar de todas formas** para seguir." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." @@ -2121,11 +2141,11 @@ msgstr "" "Acepte lo que diga sobre el `control de cuentas de usuario " "`_." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "Siga los pasos de instalación." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "Odoo se ejecuta en automático al final de cada instalación." @@ -3211,61 +3231,252 @@ msgstr "" "seguros a través de Microsoft Outlook con la ayuda de la autenticación " "OAuth." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de varios usuarios" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." -msgstr "" -"Tendrá que configurar un servidor diferente para cada usuario. Debe " -"configurar el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter` de tal manera que solo se " -"envíen correos de ese usuario desde ese servidor. En otras palabras, tiene " -"que configurar el servidor de tal manera que solo el usuario que tenga la " -"misma dirección de correo que el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter` pueda usar " -"el servidor. " +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" +msgstr "Configuración con un solo servidor de correos electrónicos salientes" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -"Después de configurar el filtro :guilabel:`from-filter`, configure una " -"dirección de correo alternativa para poder enviar notificaciones. Debe " -"configurar esta dirección de coreo alternativo como :guilabel:`un servidor " -"transaccional general`. El parámetro de sistema " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` debe ser el mismo que el :guilabel:`nombre de " -"usuario` de la cuenta del servidor transaccional general. Para más " -"información vea :ref:`Use una dirección de correo automática " -"`." +"Configurar un solo servidor de salida es de las opciones más simples " +"disponibles para Microsoft Azure y no requiere derechos de acceso tan " +"extensos para los usuarios de la base de datos. " -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Debe usar una dirección de correo electrónico para enviar correos a todos " +"los usuarios dentro de la base de datos. Por ejemplo, se puede estructurar " +"con un alias de `notificaciones` (`notificaciones@ejemplo.com`) o un alias " +"de `contacto` alias (`contacot@ejemplo.com`). Esta dirección debe estar " +"establecida como :guilabel:`Filtrado DESDE` en el servidor. También debe " +"coincidir con la combinación clave " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` en los parámetros del sistema." +" " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" +"Puede obtener más información acerca del filtro desde, consulte: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`. " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" -"Puede acceder a los :guilabel:`parámetros de sistema` can al activar el " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` en el menú " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Parámetros --> Parámetros del " -"sistema`." +"Puede acceder a los :guilabel:`Parámetros del sistema` activando el " +":ref:`modo desarrollador` en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico--> " +"Parámetros--> Parámetros del sistema`. " -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" +"Al usar esta configuración, cada correo que se envíe desde la base de datos," +" utilizará la dirección establecida en el buzón de `notificación`. Sin " +"embargo, debe tener en cuenta que el nombre del remitente aparecerá pero su " +"dirección de correo cambiará. " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "Nombre desde un remitente real con un correo estático." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "Configuración para un solo servidor de correos salientes: " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"*Nombre de usuario* (inicio de sesión) del servidor de correo electrónico " +"saliente = `notificaciones@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor de correo electrónico de salida :guilabel:`FROM Filtering = " +"`notificaciones@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "`mail.catchall.domain` en los parámetros del sistema = `ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "`mail.default.from` en los parámetros del sistema = `notificaciones`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "Configuración específica del usuario (varios usuarios)" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"Además de un servidor genérico para correo electrónico, es posible " +"configurar servidores de correo individuales para para usuarios dentro de " +"una base de datos. Estas direcciones de correo se deben configurar como " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` en cada servidor individual para que esta " +"configuración funcione. " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" +"Esta es la configuración más difícil de las dos configuraciones con " +"Microsoft Azure ya que requiere que configuremos servidores de correo para " +"cada usuario, de esta manera tendrán derechos de acceso a los ajustes y se " +"podrá establecer una conexión al servidor del correo. " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuración" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" +"Tendrá que configurar un servidor diferente para cada usuario. Debe " +"configurar el filtro :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` de tal manera que solo se " +"envíen correos de ese usuario desde ese servidor. En otras palabras, tiene " +"que configurar el servidor de tal manera que solo el usuario que tenga la " +"misma dirección de correo que el filtro :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` pueda " +"usar el servidor. " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" +"Debe configurar un :ref:`servidor de respaldo ` " +"para permitir que se envíen :guilabel:`notificaciones`. El :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` de este servidor debe tener el valor de " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" +"La configuración para este servidor transaccional puede funcionar junto a un" +" servidor de correo electrónico saliente. El :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` para" +" el servidor de correo electrónico masivo puede mantenerse vacío, pero es " +"necesario agregarlo en los ajustes de la aplicación *Marketing por correo " +"electrónico*. " + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" +"Para más información sobre cómo configurar un servidor de correo electrónico" +" masivo, visite :ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" +"Configuración de un servidor de correo electrónico de varios usuarios:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "Bandeja de entrada del usuario #1" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor de correo electrónico de salida #1 **nombre de usuario** (inicio de" +" sesión) = `john@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor de correo electrónico de salida #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`john@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "Bandeja de entrada del usuario #2" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor de correo electrónico saliente #2 **nombre de usuario** (inicio de " +"sesión) = `jane@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor electrónico de salida #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`jane@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "Notificaciones de la bandeja de entrada" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor de correo electrónico de salida #3 **nombre de usuario** (inicio de" +" sesión) = `notifications@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"Servidor de correo electrónico de salida #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notificaciones@ejemplo.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Parámetros del sistema" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 msgid "Configure incoming email server" msgstr "Configure un servidor de correo electrónico de llegada" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " @@ -3286,7 +3497,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`confirmar y probar` la cuenta, que ya debería estar lista para " "recibir correos en la base de datos de Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -5657,6 +5868,18 @@ msgstr "" "Puede obtener más información en :ref:`Usar una dirección de correo " "electrónico predeterminada `." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a los :guilabel:`parámetros de sistema` can al activar el " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` en el menú " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Parámetros --> Parámetros del " +"sistema`." + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -6797,7 +7020,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -8682,10 +8905,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuración" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 888d0ed6c..ac521c7ef 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,18 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # David Arnold , 2022 +# Raquel Iciarte , 2022 # Noemi Nahomy , 2022 # Susanna Pujol, 2022 -# Raquel Iciarte , 2022 # renodoo , 2022 # Valentino Gaffuri Bedetta , 2022 # Gabriela Enriquez Manzano , 2022 # Daniela Cervantes , 2022 # Rafnix Guzman , 2022 -# Nicolás Broggi , 2022 -# Cinthya Yepez , 2022 -# Valentino , 2022 # Cinthya Yepez , 2022 +# Nicolás Broggi , 2022 +# Valentino , 2022 # Jorge Luis Alfonso , 2022 # José Cabrera Lozano , 2022 # Althay Ramallo Fuentes , 2022 @@ -30,25 +29,25 @@ # Josep Anton Belchi, 2023 # Leonardo J. Caballero G. , 2023 # Aimée Mendoza Sánchez, 2023 -# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Jon Perez , 2023 # AleEscandon , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Pablo Rojas , 2023 +# Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 -# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -255,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" " se actualizan en tiempo real:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Reportes financieros" @@ -315,7 +314,7 @@ msgstr "Registro de caja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partner" @@ -675,7 +674,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -715,13 +713,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -1029,6 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" "escandinavos" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr ":doc:`transacciones`" @@ -2364,175 +2366,334 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "Conciliación bancaria" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Información general" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"Coincidir los apuntes bancarios con los registros contables puede ser una " -"tarea tediosa. Necesita encontrar las facturas correspondientes y comparar " -"los detalles de cantidades y partners con los que hay en el extracto " -"bancario. Estos pasos pueden tomar mucho tiempo. Afortunadamente, con Odoo " -"puede coincidir las facturas fácilmente y cualquier otro documento de pago " -"con los apuntes del banco. " +"**Conciliación Bancaria** es el proceso de conciliar sus :doc:`transacciones" +" bancarias ` con los registros de su empresa, como las " +":doc:`facturas de clientes <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`de proveedores " +"<../vendor_bills>` y :doc:`pago <../payments>`. No solo es obligatorio para " +"la mayoría de las empresas, sino que también ofrece varias ventajas, como la" +" reducción del riesgo de errores en los reportes financieros, la detección " +"de actividades fraudulentas y la mejora de la gestión del flujo de caja." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "En Odoo existen dos opciones para el proceso de conciliación." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "Podemos especificar el pago directamente en la factura" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "Podemos conciliar facturas abiertas con estados de cuenta bancarios" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"No se necesita ninguna configuración especial para registrar facturas. Todo " -"lo que se necesita es instalar la aplicación de contabilidad. " +"Gracias a los modelos de :doc:`conciliación bancaria " +"`, Odoo preselecciona automáticamente los asientos a " +"conciliar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Caso 1: Registro de pagos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" msgstr "" -"Recibimos el comprobante de pago para nuestra factura de 2,100 euros emitida" -" a Smith & Co. " +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: conciliación bancaria " +"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" -"Empezamos con la factura que emitimos a Smith & Co. por 2,100 €. Pedimos un " -"pago inmediato, ya que el producto vendido es un servicio. Nuestro contador " -"solo gestiona apuntes bancarios al final de la semana, por lo que debemos " -"marcar esta factura como pagada inmediatamente para indicar que podemos " -"empezar a prestar servicios a nuestro cliente. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" -"Nuestro cliente nos envía una confirmación de pago. Así podemos registrar un" -" pago y marcar la factura como pagada." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Al hacer clic en **registrar pago,** informamos a Odoo que nuestro cliente " -"ha pagado la factura. Por lo tanto, debemos especificar el importe y el " -"método de pago." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Ahora siempre podremos encontrar los detalles de pago en la factura haciendo" -" clic en :menuselection:`Información --> Información de pago`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "La factura se pagó y **la conciliación se realizó automáticamente.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Caso 2: Conciliaciones de extractos bancarios" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" -"Empezamos con la factura que emitimos a Smith &. Co por 3,000 euros. " -"Asumamos también que otras facturas están abiertas para clientes diferentes." -" " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" -"Recibimos nuestro extracto bancario y vemos que no sólo se ha pagado la " -"factura expedida a Smith & Co, sino que también una a Buzz de 92€." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" -"**Importar** o **crear** los extractos bancarios. Por favor refiérase a los " -"documentos desde la sección Conexiones Bancarias." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "En el tablero, haga clic en **Conciliar # elementos**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" -"Si todo salió bien (nombre correcto del partner, monto correcto) Odoo hará " -"las conciliaciones **automáticamente**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" -"Si se encuentran algunos problemas, tendrá que realizar **acciones " -"manuales**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" -"Por ejemplo, si esta faltando el partner en su extracto bancario, debe " -"llenarlo en:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" -"Si se realizó un pago anticipado, solo revise si está correcto y valide " -"todos los pagos relacionados: " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "Vista de conciliación bancaria" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" +"Para acceder a la **vista de conciliación** vaya al :guilabel:`tablero de " +"Contabilidad` y:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" +"haga clic en el nombre del diario (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`banco`) para " +"mostrar todas las transacciones, incluidas las que ya están conciliadas, o" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Conciliar apuntes` para mostrar todas las " +"transacciones preseleccionadas por Odoo para la conciliación. Puede eliminar" +" el filtro :guilabel:`no conciliadas` de la barra de búsqueda para incluir " +"transacciones ya conciliadas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" +"Imagen donde se muestra cómo accedar a la herramienta de conciliación " +"bancaria desde el tablero de contabilidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" +"La vista de la conciliación bancaria se estructura en tres secciones " +"diferentes: transacciones, asientos de contrapartida y el asiento " +"resultante. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" +"La interfaz del usuario de la vista de una conciliación en un diario " +"bancario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transacciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" +"La sección de transacciones e la izquierda muestra todas las transacciones " +"bancarias, la más reciente se muestra primero. Haga clic en una transacción " +"para seleccionarla. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "Asientos de contrapartida" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" +"La sección de asientos de contrapartida que se encuentra en la parte " +"inferior derecha muestra las opciones para conciliar la transacción bancaria" +" seleccionada. Tendrá disponibles varias pestañas, incluyendo " +":ref:`conciliar asientos existentes`, :ref:`conciliar pagos por lote`, " +":ref:`operaciones manuales de conciliación` y :guilabel:`Conversaciones`, en" +" esta última encontrará el chatter para la transacción bancaria que " +"seleccione. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "Asiento resultante" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" +"La sección de asiento resultante en la parte superior derecha muestra la " +"transacción bancaria seleccionada con los asientos de contrapartida e " +"incluye cualquier cargo o abono restante. En esta sección, puede validar la " +"conciliación o marcarla como :guilabel:`por revisar`. Todos los " +":ref:`botones de los modelos de conciliación `" +" también están disponibles en la sección del asiento resultante. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "Conciliar transacciones" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Las transacciones se pueden vincular de forma automática con el uso de " +":doc:`los modelos de conciliación `, o se pueden " +"conciliar con :ref:`asientos existentes `, " +":ref:`pagos por lote `, :ref:`manual de " +"operaciones `, y :ref:`botones de modelo " +"de conciliación `." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar una transacción de entre varias transacciones bancarias no " +"conciliadas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Defina la contrapartida. Hay varias opciones para esto, incluyendo " +":ref:`emparejar asientos existentes `, " +":ref:`operaciones manuales `, :ref:`pagos " +"por lote `, y :ref:`botones del modelo de " +"conciliación `." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." +msgstr "" +"Si el asiento resultante no está totalmente saldado, puede agregar un " +"asiento de contrapartida existente o ponerlo como una :ref:`operación manual" +" `. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` para confirmar la conciliación y " +"seguir con la siguiente transacción. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" +"Si no está seguro de cómo conciliar una transacción en particular y quiere " +"lidiar con ella después, use el botón :guilabel:`por revisar`. Todas las " +"transacciones que se marquen como :guilabel:`por revisar` se peden mostrar " +"si elige el filtro :guilabel:`por revisar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" +"Las transacciones bancarias se publican en la **cuenta transitoria del " +"diario** hasta que se concilien. En este momento, la conciliación modifica " +"el asiento de diario de la transacción. Para hacerlo, se reemplaza la cuenta" +" transitoria del banco con la cuenta por cobrar, por paga o pendiente " +"correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "Emparejar asientos existentes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" +"Esta pestaña contiene los asientos emparejados que Odoo selecciona de manera" +" automática según los modelos de conciliación. El orden del asiento se basa " +"en los :ref:`modelos de conciliación `. " +"Los asientos sugeridos aparecen primero. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" +"La barra de búsqueda dentro de la pestaña :guilabel:`emparejar asientos " +"existentes` le permite buscar apuntes de diarios específicos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "Pagos por lotes" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" +"Con `los pagos por lote `_ podrá agrupar diferentes" +" pagos para facilitar la conciliación. Use la pestaña :guilabel:`pagos por " +"lote` para encontrar los pagos por lote de clientes y proveedores. Así como " +"la pestaña :guilabel:`emparejar asientos existentes` la pestaña " +":guilabel:`pagos por lote` tiene una barra de búsqueda que le permite buscar" +" pagos por lotes específicos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "Operaciones manuales" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" +"Si no hay un asiento existente para emparejar con la transacción " +"seleccionada, puede conciliar la transacción de manera manual, solo tiene " +"que seleccionar la cuenta y la cantidad correcta. Después, complete todos " +"los campos opcionales que sean necesarios. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" +"Puede usar la opción :guilabel:`totalmente pagado` para conciliar un pago, " +"incluso si solo se ha recibido un pago parcial. Aparecerá una nueva línea en" +" la sección del asiento resultante para mostrar el saldo abierto que se " +"registró en la cuenta por cobrar por defecto. Para elegir otra cuenta haga " +"clic en la línea nueva que se encuentra en la sección asiento resultante y " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Cuenta` para registrar el saldo abierto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en marcar como totalmente pagado para que la facture se marque " +"como pagada. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "Botones del modelo de conciliación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" +"Use el :ref:`botón del modelo de conciliación " +"` para operaciones manuales que se usan con " +"frecuencia. Estos botones personalizados le permitirán conciliar " +"transacciones bancarias de manera eficaz y manual, además de que se pueden " +"usar con asientos ya existentes." + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modelos de conciliación" @@ -2795,10 +2956,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reconciliación`" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transacciones" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -3023,7 +3180,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "Facturas de cliente" @@ -3083,7 +3241,7 @@ msgstr "" "personal de almacén denomina Borrador de factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Creación de facturas" @@ -3305,7 +3463,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3774,7 +3933,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cuenta de pérdida por descuento de efectivo`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Términos de pago" @@ -7196,7 +7354,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -8673,7 +8832,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "Reporte de impuestos de la unidad de IVA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Pagos" @@ -8713,7 +8871,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Transferencias internas `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -8863,11 +9021,11 @@ msgstr "" "La factura ahora se marca como :guilabel:`En proceso de pago` hasta que se " "haya conciliado con el extracto bancario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "Pago en lote" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " @@ -8885,19 +9043,19 @@ msgstr "" "vista de lista de los pagos puede seleccionarlos y agruparlos en lote, haga " "clie en :menuselection:`Acción --> Crear pago por lotes`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "Emparejamiento de pagos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -8915,7 +9073,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Emparejamiento de pagos`, o en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " "Conciliación`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -8925,11 +9083,11 @@ msgstr "" "cargos y los abonos no cuadra queda el balance restante. Este balance se " "tiene que conciliar después o se tiene que borrar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "Conciliación de pagos por lote" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -8949,11 +9107,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "Vea la opción de conciliación" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "Conciliar pagos con estados de cuenta bancarios" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -10279,6 +10437,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" @@ -13661,7 +13820,6 @@ msgstr "" "especificado en el campo :guilabel:`Último día`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Tareas a realizar antes de terminar el año fiscal" @@ -14540,8 +14698,11 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (en Odoo 17 y posteriores la integración con TaxCloud " +"quedará fuera de servicio)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" @@ -14677,7 +14838,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducción" @@ -15063,7 +15224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" @@ -15645,8 +15806,10 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "Selección de una posición fiscal para un cliente" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" +":doc:`taxcloud` (en Odoo 17 y posteriores la integración con TaxCloud " +"quedará fuera de servicio)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -15765,23 +15928,39 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "Integración con TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" +"Ya comenzamos a sacar de servicio la integración con TaxCloud, empezando con" +" Odoo 17. En Odoo 17 se prohibirán nuevas instalaciones, mientras que en " +"Odoo 18 los módulos de TaxCloud ya **no** existirán. Odoo recomienda usar " +"mejor la plataforma Avatax" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr ":doc:`avatax`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -"TaxCloud calcula en tiempo real la tasa de impuestos sobre las ventas para " -"cada estado, ciudad y jurisdicción especial en los Estados Unidos. Lleva un " -"registro de qué productos están exentos del impuesto sobre las ventas y en " -"qué estados se aplica cada exención." +"TaxCloud calcula la tasa de impuestos de venta en tiempo real para cada " +"estado, ciudad y jurisdicción de los Estados Unidos. Da seguimiento a los " +"productos que están exentos de impuestos de venta y en qué estados aplica la" +" excepción. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "Registro en TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -15796,11 +15975,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "Ejemplo de claves API de TaxCloud de una tienda" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "Habilitar TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." @@ -15809,7 +15988,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ajustes` y en la sección :guilabel:`impuestos` habilite la opción " ":guilabel:`TaxCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " @@ -15819,7 +15998,7 @@ msgstr "" "de API` y la :guilabel:`clave` de la tienda en :guilabel:`CLAVE API`. Haga " "clic en :guilabel:`guardar`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -15832,7 +16011,7 @@ msgstr "" " fiscal` desde TaxCloud. Algunas categorías pueden implicar tasas de " "impuestos o excepciones específicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -15848,11 +16027,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "Completar las claves API de TaxCloud en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "Establecer categorías de TaxCloud en productos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " @@ -15863,7 +16042,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`información general` del producto y seleccione una " ":guilabel:`categoría TaxCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -15875,7 +16054,7 @@ msgstr "" "botón de enlace externo (:guilabel:`🡕`) para establecer una " ":guilabel:`categoría de TaxCloud` en la :guilabel:`categoría de producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -15885,7 +16064,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`categoría de producto`, Odoo solo considera la " ":guilabel:`categoría TaxCloud` que se encuentra en el producto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -15898,7 +16077,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`categoría de producto` *todos*, no se aplica a la " ":guilabel:`categoría de producto` *todos/ventas*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" @@ -15908,13 +16087,13 @@ msgstr "" "estado y el código postal. Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Empresas: " "Actualizar información` para abrir y editar la dirección de su empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" "Registrar de forma automática los impuestos en la cuenta de impuestos por " "pagar correcta" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -15926,7 +16105,7 @@ msgstr "" "un valor **predeterminado definido por el usuario**. Debe repetir este " "proceso para cada una de sus empresas que utilicen TaxCloud." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -15940,7 +16119,7 @@ msgstr "" "especificar una cuenta de ingresos (o si otro valor predeterminado definido " "por el usuario tiene prioridad)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -15958,7 +16137,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "Ejemplo del ID de una cuenta de impuestos por pagar en el URL" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " @@ -15968,7 +16147,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Acciones: Valores predeterminados " "del usuario` y haga clic en :guilabel:`crear`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -15980,7 +16159,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "Búsqueda de campos predeterminados definidos por el usuario" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -15998,7 +16177,7 @@ msgstr "" "Búsqueda del modelo \"línea de partición de impuestos\" y del campo " "\"cuenta\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " @@ -16009,7 +16188,7 @@ msgstr "" "pagar** que anotó antes en el campo :guilabel:`valor predeterminado (formato" " JSON)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -16023,11 +16202,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ejemplo de una configuración de valores predeterminados definidos por el " "usuario" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "Detectar la posición fiscal de forma automática" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" @@ -16037,7 +16216,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiscales `. Cuando se habilita TaxCloud se crea una " "posición fiscal para Estados Unidos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -16058,7 +16237,7 @@ msgstr "" "Habilite la función \"detectar de forma automática\" en la posición fiscal " "de TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " @@ -16068,7 +16247,7 @@ msgstr "" "factura si el país del cliente es *Estados Unidos*. Esto activa el cálculo " "automático de impuestos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." @@ -16077,11 +16256,11 @@ msgstr "" " clic en el botón :guilabel:`actualizar impuestos` a lado de " ":guilabel:`agregar envío`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "Interacción con cupones y promociones" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -16095,7 +16274,7 @@ msgstr "" " importe de las líneas agregadas por el programa de promociones se debe " "deducir del total de las líneas que afecta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" @@ -16106,7 +16285,7 @@ msgstr "" "facturarse por completo, no se pueden crear facturas para entregas " "parciales, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -20136,12 +20315,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "Webinars" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -20167,15 +20346,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "Instalación de módulos" @@ -20190,8 +20372,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -20199,6 +20381,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -20210,14 +20395,17 @@ msgstr "Nombre" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -20229,8 +20417,8 @@ msgstr "Nombre técnico" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -20238,6 +20426,9 @@ msgstr "Nombre técnico" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -20315,7 +20506,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configurar su empresa" @@ -20371,7 +20563,7 @@ msgstr "Selección del paquete de localización fiscal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurar datos maestros" @@ -23111,7 +23303,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "Importar archivos SODA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Facturación electrónica" @@ -23130,7 +23323,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` y :guilabel:`Peppol BIS 3.0`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" @@ -23725,8 +23918,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre`" @@ -23760,15 +23953,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Teléfono`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Correo electrónico`" @@ -23975,7 +24168,7 @@ msgstr "" "que proporciona un punto de partida para las cuentas necesarias en Brasil." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "Puede agregar o eliminar cuentas según lo necesite la empresa." @@ -24053,9 +24246,12 @@ msgstr "" "para facturas` y :guilabel:`Distribución para reembolsos`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Productos" @@ -24128,7 +24324,9 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione entre `Flete`, `Seguro` u `Otros costos`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contactos" @@ -24265,8 +24463,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Configuración de la posición fiscal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flujos de trabajo" @@ -24446,9 +24644,12 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" @@ -24634,7 +24835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Reportes financieros" @@ -24651,6 +24852,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "Parámetros de reportes fiscales" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multidivisa" @@ -26256,54 +26458,33 @@ msgstr "Parámetros necesarios para generar el reporte Propuesta F29" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" -"La siguiente documentación cubre los módulos de localización para Colombia y" -" sus conceptos básicos para entender, implementar y usar la localización " -"colombiana en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "Configuración de datos maestros para Colombia" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." -msgstr "" -"Uso y configuración para la facturación electrónica en Odoo para Colombia" +"El paquete de localización colombiana de Odoo incluye funciones de " +"contabilidad, fiscales y legales de Colombia, como el plan de cuentas, " +"impuestos y facturación electrónica. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation " -"`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" -":ref:`Creación ` y :ref:`validación " -"` de facturas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" -msgstr ":ref:`Recepción de XML legal y PDF `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" -msgstr ":ref:`Evitar errores comunes `." +"Además, tenemos varios videos donde explicamos cómo comenzar desde cero, la " +"configuración, el flujo de trabajo y usos de caso específicos. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" -msgstr ":ref:`Reportes financieros `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Videos de la localización colombiana de Odoo " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" @@ -26311,410 +26492,827 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Instale ` los siguientes módulos para obtener todas " "las funciones de la localización de Colombia:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombia - Contabilidad`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "`l10n_co`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -":ref:`Paquete de localización fiscal` " -"predeterminado" +":ref:`Paquete de localización fiscal ` " +"predeterminado. Este módulo agrega las funciones de contabilidad básicas " +"para la localización colombiana, como plan de cuentas, impuestos, " +"retenciones, tipo de documento de identificación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Facturación electrónica para Colombia con Carvajal`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "`l10n_co_edi`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "Integración de facturación electrónica con Carvajal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombia - Punto de venta`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "`l10n_co_pos`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punto de venta" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombia - Reportes contables`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "`l10n_co_reports`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "Reportes para Colombia" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "Configurar las credenciales para el servicio web de Carvajal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, es necesario configurar las " -"credenciales de usuario para poder conectarse con el servicio web de " -"Carvajal. Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes`" -" y busque la sección :guilabel:`Facturación electrónica para Colombia`. " -"Complete la información de configuración necesaria con los datos que " -"proporciona Carvajal." +"Incluye los reportes de contabilidad al enviar certificaciones a proveedores" +" por retenciones aplicadas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Facturación electrónica para Colombia con Carvajal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "`l10n_co_edi`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" +"Este módulo incluye que son necesarias para la integración con Carvajal y " +"genera facturas electrónicas, además de que son compatibles con documentos " +"relacionados a las facturas de proveedor según regulaciones de |DIAN|. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombia - Punto de venta`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "`l10n_co_pos`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" +"Incluye el recibo del punto de venta para la localización colombiana. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la base de datos se crea desde cero y se selecciona " +":guilabel:`Colombia` como país, Odoo instala de manera automática los " +"módulos base *Colombia - Contabilidad* y *Colombia - Reportes contables*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de la empresa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" +"Para configurar la información de su empresa, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Contactos` y busque su empresa. También puede activar " +":ref:`el modo desarrollador ` y vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ajustes generales --> Empresa --> Actualizar información -->" +" Contacto`. Después, edite el formulario de contacto para configurar la " +"información siguiente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre de la empresa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dirección`: Incluyendo :guilabel:`Ciudad`, " +":guilabel:`Departamento` y :guilabel:`Código postal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:NIT`: debe tener el *dígito de verificación* al final del ID, " +"seguido por un guión (`-`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" +"Después, configure la :guilabel:`Información fiscal` en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Venta y compra`:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: seleccione la responsabilidad " +"fiscal para la empresa (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: debe seleccionar esta opción si la empresa " +"es un *gran contribuyente*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Regimen fiscal`: seleccione el nombre de tributo para la empresa" +" (:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`) " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre comercial`: si la empresa usa un nombre comercial " +"específico que necesita mostrarse en la factura." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de las credenciales de Carvajal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" +"Ya que se instalaron todos los módulos, debe configurar las credenciales de " +"usuario para poder conectarse con el servicio web de Carvajal. Vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje a la " +"sección :guilabel:`Facturación electrónica de colombia`. Después, llene la " +"información de configuración necesaria que Carvajal le brindó:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nombre de usuario` y :guilabel:`Contraseña`: el nombre de usuario" +" y la contraseña que brindó Carvajal a la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Registro de la empresa`: número NIT de la empresa *sin* el código" +" de verificación." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr ":guilabel:`ID de la cuenta`: ID de la empresa seguido de `_01`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Código de plantilla de Colombia`: seleccione una de las dos " +"plantillas disponibles (:guilabel:`CGEN03` o :guilabel:`CGNE04`) para " +"utilizarla en el formato PDF de la factura electrónica." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "Configurar las credenciales para el servicio web de Carvajal en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" "Marque la casilla :guilabel:`Modo de prueba` para conectarse al entorno de " -"pruebas de Carvajal. Esto permite que los usuarios prueben el flujo de " -"trabajo completo y la integración con el portal :abbr:`CEN (Centro " -"Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero, al cual se puede acceder aquí:" +"prueba de Carvajal. Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal estén configurados en su " +"totalidad y listos para pasar a producción, desmarque la casilla " +":guilabel:`Modo de prueba` para usar la base de datos de producción." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." -msgstr "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` es el servicio " -"predeterminado para las nuevas bases de datos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que Odoo y Carvajal se configuran en su totalidad y están listos " -"para producción, puede desactivar el entorno de prueba al desmarcar la " -"casilla :guilabel:`Modo de producción`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "Configurar los datos del reporte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" -"Es posible definir los datos del reporte para la sección fiscal y la " -"información bancaria en el PDF como parte de la información configurable que" -" se envía en el XML." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busque " -"la sección :guilabel:`Facturación electrónica para Colombia`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "Configuración de los datos del reporte en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configurar los datos necesarios en el XML" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "Configure el número de identificación y la estructura fiscal." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la localización colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` están " -"disponibles en el formulario de contacto. Debe definir el número de " -"identificación (:guilabel:`NIT`) y :guilabel:`tipo de documento` para sus " -"contactos colombianos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "El tipo de documento RUT establecido en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el :guilabel:`tipo de documento` es `RUT`, debe configurar el número " -"de identificación en Odoo, incluyendo el dígito verificador. Odoo dividirá " -"este número cuando los datos se envíen al proveedor." +"El :guilabel:`modo de prueba` **solo** debe utilizarse en bases de datos " +"replicadas, **no** en el entorno de producción." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Estructura fiscal (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de los datos del reporte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -"Se incluyen los códigos de responsabilidad del contacto (sección 53 en el " -"documento RUT) como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, ya que es " -"parte de la información requerida por la :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos" -" y Aduanas Nacionales)`." +"Es posible definir los datos del reporte para la sección fiscal y la " +"información bancaria del PDF como parte de la información configurable que " +"se envía en el XML." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar estos campos en :menuselection:`Contacto --> pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información fiscal`." +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y " +"diríjase a la sección :guilabel:`Facturación electrónica para Colombia`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"La información fiscal incluida en el módulo de factura electrónica de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"Además, están disponibles dos campos booleanos para especificar el régimen " -"fiscal del contacto." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" +msgstr "Configuración de los datos maestros" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "Identification information" +msgstr "Información de identificación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" +"Los tipos de documentos definidos por la |DIAN| están disponibles en el " +"formulario de contacto como parte de la localización colombiana. Los " +"contactos colombianos deben tener su :guilabel:`número de identificación` " +"(NIT) y :guilabel:`tipo de documento` establecido." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el :guilabel:`tipo de documento` es `NIT`, debe configurar el " +":guilabel:`número de identificación` en Odoo, incluyendo el *dígito de " +"verificación*. Odoo divide este número cuando envíe los datos de forma " +"externa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "Información fiscal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" +"Se incluyen los códigos de responsabilidad del contacto (sección 53 en el " +"documento RUT) como parte del módulo de facturación electrónica, pues esto " +"lo solicita la |DIAN|." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a estos campos desde :menuselection:`Contacto --> pestaña de " +"Ventas y Compras --> Información fiscal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" +"Además de agregar la información general (en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Información general`) al formulario del producto, también debe " +"configurar el campo :guilabel:`Categoría UNSPSC`, :guilabel:`Código de " +"barras` o :guilabel:`Referencia interna`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 msgid "" "If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." msgstr "" "Si las transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, debe " "configurar el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de valor` en la pestaña " -":guilabel:`Opciones avanzadas` en cada impuesto." +":guilabel:`Opciones avanzadas` por cada impuesto. Vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos` y seleccione " +"el impuesto relacionado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" -"Los tipos de impuestos de retención (ICA, IVA, Fuente) también se incluyen " -"en las opciones para configurar los impuestos. Esta configuración se utiliza" -" para mostrar los impuestos en la factura PDF de forma adecuada." +"También se incluyen los tipos de impuestos de retención (:guilabel:`ICA`, " +":guilabel:`IVA` y :guilabel:`Fuente`). Esta configuración se utiliza para " +"mostrar correctamente los impuestos en la factura PDF." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" "Los campos ICA, IVA y Fuente en la pestaña Opciones avanzadas en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Usuarios" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "Diarios de ventas " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -"La plantilla que Odoo usa de manera automática en el PDF de factura incluye " -"el :guilabel:`puesto de trabajo` de la persona encargada de la venta, por lo" -" que debe configurar el campo correspondiente." +"Una vez que la |DIAN| haya asignado la secuencia oficial y el prefijo para " +"la resolución de facturación electrónica, debe actualizar los diarios de " +"venta que estén relacionados a sus documentos de facturación en Odoo. Para " +"hacerlo, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" +"Configure los siguientes datos en la pestaña :guilabel:`Ajustes avanzados`:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Facturación electrónica`: habilite :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 " +"(Colombia)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Resolución de facturación`: el número de resolución que emitió el" +" |DIAN| para la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de resolución`: la fecha efectiva inicial de la resolución." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de finalización de la resolución`: la fecha de finalización" +" de la validez de la resolución." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rango de numeración (mínimo)`: el primer número de factura " +"autorizado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Rango de numeración (máximo)`: el último número de factura " +"autorizado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" +"La secuencia y resolución del diario deben coincidir con los datos " +"configurados en Carvajal y la |DIAN|." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "Secuencia de facturación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" +"Al crear el primer documento, deberá configurar correctamente la secuencia y" +" el prefijo de la factura." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" +"Odoo asigna un prefijo y secuencia de forma automática a los siguientes " +"documentos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "Diarios de compra" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la |DIAN| asignó la secuencia oficial y el prefijo para el " +"documento de apoyo relacionado con las facturas de los proveedores, debe " +"actualizar los diarios de compra relacionados con sus documentos de apoyo en" +" Odoo. El proceso es similar a la configuración de los :ref:`diarios de " +"ventas `." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" +"El :doc:`plan de cuentas " +"` se instala" +" de forma predeterminada como parte del módulo de localización. Las cuentas " +"se asignan de forma automática a los impuestos y las cuentas predeterminadas" +" por pagar y por cobrar. El plan de cuentas para Colombia se basa en el PUC " +"(Plan Único de Cuentas)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "Flujos de trabajo principales" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." -msgstr "Flujo de trabajo de factura electrónica en Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" +msgstr "Facturas electrónicas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que ocurre antes de la validación de una " -"factura no cambia. Los principales cambios que se introducen con la factura " -"electrónica son los siguientes campos." +"El flujo de trabajo funcional previo a la validación de la factura no " +"modifica los principales cambios introducidos con la factura electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos: " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -"**Factura electronica**: este es el tipo de documento regular aplicable a " -"facturas, notas de crédito y notas de débito." +"Las facturas electrónicas se generan y envían tanto a la |DIAN| como al " +"cliente mediante la integración del servicio web de Carvajal. Estos " +"documentos se pueden crear desde su orden de venta o de forma manual. Vaya a" +" :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Facturas` y configure la " +"siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cliente`: la información del cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Diario`: el diario que se utiliza para las facturas electrónicas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"**Factura de importación**: se debe seleccionar para las transacciones de " -"importación." +":guilabel:`Tipo de factura electrónica`: seleccione el tipo de documento. La" +" selección predeterminada es :guilabel:`Factura de venta`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: este es un tipo excepcional que se utiliza como" -" copia de seguridad manual en caso de que la empresa no pueda utilizar el " -"ERP y si es necesario generar la factura de forma manual cuando esta factura" -" se agrega al ERP." +":guilabel:`Líneas de la factura`: especifique los productos con los " +"impuestos correctos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "Al terminar, haga clic en :guilabel:`confirmar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Validación de la factura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" -"Después de validar la factura, se crea un archivo XML y se envía en " -"automático a Carvajal. Este archivo también se muestra en el chatter." +"Una vez que se confirma la factura, se creará un archivo XML que se enviará " +"automáticamente a Carvajal. Después, el servicio de facturación electrónica " +"UBL 2.1 (Colombia) procesará la factura de forma asíncrona. También podrá " +"ver el archivo en el chatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "Archivo de factura XML de Carvajal en el chatter de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -"El campo :guilabel:`Nombre de la factura electrónica` ahora se muestra en la" -" pestaña :guilabel:`Otra información` con el nombre del archivo XML. Además," -" el campo :guilabel:`Estado de la factura electrónica` muestra el valor " -"inicial :guilabel:`En progreso`." +"El campo :guilabel:`Nombre de la factura electrónica` se mostrará en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Documentos EDI` con el nombre del archivo XML. Además, el" +" campo :guilabel:`Estado de la factura electrónica` se mostrará con el valor" +" inicial :guilabel:`Para enviar`. Si desea procesar la factura de forma " +"manual, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Procesar ahora`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Recepción de XML legal y PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" +"El proveedor de factura electrónica (Carvajal) recibirá el archivo XML y " +"validará su estructura e información." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la factura electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la estructura y la información que contiene. En el menú desplegable " -":guilabel:`Acción`, seleccione el botón :guilabel:`Verificar estado de " -"Carvajal`. Si todo está en orden, el valor del campo :guilabel:`Estado de la" -" factura electrónica` cambia a :guilabel:`Validado`. Luego, procede a " -"generar un XML legal que incluye una firma digital y un código único (CUFE)," -" una factura PDF que incluye un código QR y además se genera el CUFE." +"Después de validar la factura electrónica, se procederá a generar un XML " +"válido que incluirá una firma digital y un código único (CUFE), también se " +"generará una factura en PDF que incluirá un código QR y el CUFE. Por último," +" si todo es correcto el valor del campo :guilabel:`Factura Electrónica` " +"pasará a :guilabel:`Enviado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Después de esto: " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -"Se descarga un ZIP que contiene el XML legal y el PDF y aparece en el " -"chatter de la factura:" +"Podrá descargar y ver en el chatter de la factura un ZIP con la factura " +"electrónica legal en formato XML y la factura en formato PDF:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "Archivo ZIP que se muestra en el chatter de la factura en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "XML y PDF en el archivo ZIP de la factura." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "El estado de la factura electrónica cambia a :guilabel:`aceptado`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "Notas de crédito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las notas de crédito es el mismo que para las facturas. Para" +" crear una nota de crédito con referencia a una factura, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Facturas`. En la factura, haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Añadir nota de crédito` y complete la siguiente " +"información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Método de crédito`: seleccione el método de crédito." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Reembolso parcial`: utilice esta opción cuando se trate de un " +"importe parcial." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Reembolso completo`: utilice esta opción cuando se trate de un " +"importe total." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Reembolso completo y nuevo borrador de factura`: utilice esta " +"opción si la nota de crédito se autovalida y concilia con la factura. La " +"factura original se duplica como un nuevo borrador." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Motivo`: introduzca el motivo de la nota de crédito." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de reversión`: indique si desea una fecha específica para " +"la nota de crédito o si se usará la fecha del asiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Utilizar diario específico`: seleccione el diario a usar para su " +"nota de crédito o déjelo vacío si desea utilizar el mismo diario que la " +"factura original." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de reembolso`: si eligió la opción fecha específica, " +"seleccione la fecha para el reembolso." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "Una vez revisado, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Revertir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "Notas de débito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" +"El proceso para las notas de débito es similar al de las notas de crédito. " +"Para crear una nota de débito con referencia a una factura, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Facturas`. En la factura, haga" +" clic en el botón :guilabel:`Añadir nota de cargo` y complete la siguiente " +"información:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr ":guilabel: `Motivo`: Escriba el motivo de la nota de débito." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha de la nota de débito`: seleccione las opciones específicas." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Copiar líneas`: seleccione esta opción si necesita registrar una " +"nota de débito con las mismas líneas de la factura." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Utilizar diario específico`: seleccione el punto de impresión " +"para su nota de débito, o déjelo vacío si desea utilizar el mismo diario que" +" la factura original." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "Al finalizar, haga clic en :guilabel:`crear nota de débito`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "Anexos para las facturas de proveedor" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que haya configurado los datos maestros, las credenciales y el " +"diario de compras, puede empezar a utilizar los anexos relacionados con las " +"facturas de proveedores." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" +"Los anexos para las facturas de proveedor se pueden crear desde las órdenes " +"de compra o de forma manual. Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Proveedores --> Facturas` y complete los siguientes datos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Proveedor`: complete la información del proveedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha de factura`: seleccione la fecha de la factura." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Diarios`: seleccione el diario para los anexos relacionados a las" +" facturas de proveedor." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Líneas de factura`: especifica los productos con los impuestos " +"correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" +"Una vez revisado, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`confirmar`. Después de " +"confirmar se creará un archivo XML que se enviará de forma automática a " +"Carvajal." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Errores comunes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." msgstr "" "Durante la validación de XML, los errores más comunes suelen estar " -"relacionados con falta de datos maestros. En estos casos, los mensajes de " -"error aparecen en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la factura " -"electrónica." +"relacionados con falta de datos maestros (*NIF del contacto*, *Dirección*, " +"*Productos*, *Impuestos*). En estos casos, se mostrará un mensaje de error " +"en el chatter después de actualizar el estado de la factura electrónica." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." +msgstr "" +"Después de corregir los datos maestros es posible volver a procesar el XML " +"con los nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada si usa el botón " +":guilabel:`Reintentar`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." @@ -26722,60 +27320,21 @@ msgstr "" "Errores de validación del XML que aparecen en el chatter de la factura en " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Después de corregir los datos maestros, puede volver a procesar el XML con " -"los nuevos datos y enviar la versión actualizada. Para realizar esto, debe " -"utilizar el siguiente botón en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Acción`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "El estado actualizado de la factura en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso adicionales" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las notas de crédito y débito es exactamente el mismo que el" -" de la factura, el flujo de trabajo funcional también sigue siendo el mismo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" -"La siguiente información es una referencia rápida a los reportes contables " -"que se incluyen en el módulo de *reportes contables de la localización " -"colombiana*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "Certificado de retención en ICA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" -"Este reporte es un certificado para los proveedores por retenciones hechas " -"para el impuesto de industria y comercio de Colombia (ICA)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Estados de cuenta de " -"Colombia --> Certificado de retención en ICA`." +"Este reporte es una certificación para los proveedores por las retenciones " +"efectuadas por concepto del impuesto de Industria y Comercio colombiano " +"(ICA). El reporte se encuentra en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes " +"--> Declaraciones colombianas --> Certificado de retención en ICA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." @@ -26783,25 +27342,20 @@ msgstr "" "Reporte de Certificado de retención en ICA en la aplicación Contabilidad de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "Certificado de retención en IVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" -"Este reporte emite un certificado sobre el importe retenido a los " -"proveedores para la retención del IVA." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Estados de cuenta de " -"Colombia --> Certificado de retención en IVA`." +"Este reporte emite un certificado sobre el monto retenido a los proveedores " +"por concepto de retención de IVA. El reporte se encuentra en " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Declaraciones de Colombia --> " +"Certificado de retención en IVA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." @@ -26809,30 +27363,25 @@ msgstr "" "Reporte de Certificado de retención en IVA en la aplicación Contabilidad de " "Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "Certificado de retención en la fuente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" -"Este certificado se emite a los contactos para la retención de impuestos que" -" han hecho." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> Estados de cuenta de " -"Colombia --> Certificado de retención en Fuente`." +"Este certificado se emite a los partners por las retenciones de impuestos " +"que han efectuado. El reporte se encuentra en :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Reportes --> Declaraciones Colombianas --> Certificado de retención en " +"fuente`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -"Reporte de Certificado de retención en Fuente en la aplicación Contabilidad " +"Reporte de Certificado de retención en fuente en la aplicación Contabilidad " "de Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:3 @@ -26866,22 +27415,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "Glosario" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" "Estos son algunos de los términos esenciales para la localización peruana:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." @@ -26889,7 +27447,7 @@ msgstr "" "**SRI**: significa *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, es la organización " "gubernamental que se encarga del pago de impuestos en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." @@ -26897,7 +27455,7 @@ msgstr "" "**EDI**: significa *Intercambio electrónico de datos*, por sus siglas en " "inglés, y se refiere al envío de documentos electrónicos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." @@ -26905,7 +27463,7 @@ msgstr "" "**RIMPE**: significa *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "es el tipo de contribuyente calificado para el SRI. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" @@ -26913,15 +27471,15 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Instale ` los siguientes módulos para obtener todas " "las funciones de la localización de Ecuador:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Ecuador - Contabilidad`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "`l10n_ec`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -26940,15 +27498,15 @@ msgstr "" "y tipos de soporte tributario. Además, los formularios 103 y 104 se generan " "de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI contabilidad de Ecuador`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "`l10n_ec_edi`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -26962,7 +27520,7 @@ msgstr "" "documentación técnica publicada por el SRI. Los documentos autorizados son: " "facturas, notas de crédito y débito, retenciones y liquidaciones de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " @@ -26972,7 +27530,7 @@ msgstr "" "cero, Odoo instalará de forma automática el módulo base :guilabel:`Ecuador -" " Contabilidad`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -26985,23 +27543,23 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Empresa --> Contacto` y edite el contacto para configurar la" " siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "Seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Empresa` en la parte superior:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dirección`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de identificación`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuyente`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "Suba el logo de la empresa y guarde." @@ -27011,11 +27569,11 @@ msgstr "" "Completar los datos de la empresa para Ecuador en la aplicación Contactos de" " Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Documentos electrónicos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " @@ -27025,15 +27583,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busque " ":command:`localización de Ecuador`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "Configure la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Razón social de la empresa`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -27045,7 +27603,7 @@ msgstr "" "desea utilizar el entorno de prueba para los documentos electrónicos, no " "seleccione la casilla." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." @@ -27053,7 +27611,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Régimen`: seleccione si su empresa se encuentra en un régimen " "general o está calificada como RIMPE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." @@ -27061,11 +27619,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Obligado a llevar libros contables`: seleccione la casilla si su " "empresa tiene esta condición." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Impuestos predeterminados para retenciones`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." @@ -27073,7 +27631,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Emitir retenciones`: seleccione la casilla si su empresa " "realizará retenciones electrónicas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." @@ -27081,7 +27639,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Retener consumibles`: ingrese el código de las retenciones cuando" " compra bienes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." @@ -27089,7 +27647,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Retener servicios`: ingrese el código de las retenciones cuando " "compra servicios." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" @@ -27097,7 +27655,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Retener tarjeta de crédito`: ingrese el código de la retención " "cuando realiza una compra con tarjeta de crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." @@ -27105,7 +27663,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Número de agente de retención`: ingrese el número de resolución " "del agente de retención de la empresa, si aplica para su empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." @@ -27113,7 +27671,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Archivo de certificado digital`: suba su certificado digital y " "contraseña, y luego guárdelos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -27127,7 +27685,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "Firma electrónica para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -27140,11 +27698,11 @@ msgstr "" "retención de tarjeta de crédito siempre se utiliza con un método de pago SRI" " de tarjeta de crédito o débito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "Retención de IVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -27156,7 +27714,7 @@ msgstr "" " IVA, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Contabilidad --> Configuración" " --> SRI de Ecuador: Tipo de contribuyente SRI`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -27170,7 +27728,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "Configuración de tipo de contribuyente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." @@ -27178,11 +27736,11 @@ msgstr "" "En caso de que el :guilabel:`tipo de contribuyente` sea `RIMPE`, también " "debe configurar el porcentaje de :guilabel:`retención de ganancias`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "Puntos de impresión" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." @@ -27190,7 +27748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para configurar sus puntos de impresión, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad" " --> Configuración --> Contabilidad: diarios`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" @@ -27199,13 +27757,13 @@ msgstr "" "electrónico que necesite. Por ejemplo: facturas de cliente, notas de crédito" " y notas de débito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" "Para cada punto de impresión, debe configurar la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." @@ -27214,13 +27772,13 @@ msgstr "" "emisión]-[Punto de emisión] [Tipo de documento]`, por ejemplo: `001-001 " "Documentos de venta`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo`: se refiere al tipo de diario, seleccione `Ventas`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" " checked." @@ -27228,36 +27786,36 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`¿Usar documentos?`: esta casilla se selecciona de forma " "automática, déjela así." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Entidad de emisión`: configure el número de establecimiento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Punto de emisión`: configure el punto de impresión." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Punto de emisión`: configure el punto de impresión." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dirección de emisión`: configure la dirección del " "establecimiento." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cuenta de ingresos predeterminada`: configure la cuenta de " "ingresos predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." @@ -27266,7 +27824,7 @@ msgstr "" "casilla si se deben generar *notas de crédito* a partir de este punto de " "impresión - diario." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" @@ -27275,7 +27833,7 @@ msgstr "" "asientos contables, escriba un código único de 5 dígitos, por ejemplo: " "`VT001`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -27293,7 +27851,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración de un punto de impresión para el tipo de documento electrónico" " de facturas de cliente en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." @@ -27301,11 +27859,11 @@ msgstr "" "En la pestaña :guilabel:`Ajustes avanzados`, seleccione la casilla " ":guilabel:`facturación electrónica` para habilitarla para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "Retenciones" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " @@ -27315,7 +27873,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Contabilidad: diarios` y " "configure lo siguiente:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." @@ -27324,24 +27882,24 @@ msgstr "" "emisión]-[Punto de emisión] [Tipo de documento]`, por ejemplo: `001-001 " "Retenciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo`: se refiere al tipo de diario, seleccione `varios`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr ":guilabel:`Tipo de retención`: configure la retención de la compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Cuenta predeterminada`: configure la cuenta de ingresos " "predeterminada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -27357,8 +27915,8 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración de retenciones para el tipo de documento electrónico de " "retención en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " @@ -27368,11 +27926,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Facturación electrónica` para habilitar el envío de facturas " "electrónicas de retenciones." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "Liquidaciones de compra" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " @@ -27382,7 +27940,7 @@ msgstr "" "compra, para hacerlo vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración " "--> Contabilidad: diarios` y configure la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." @@ -27391,7 +27949,7 @@ msgstr "" "emisión]-[Punto de emisión] [Tipo de documento]`, por ejemplo: `001-001 " "Retención`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -27407,7 +27965,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configuración de liquidaciones de compra para el tipo de documento " "electrónico de retención en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -27419,7 +27977,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el módulo de localización. Las cuentas se mapean en automático en los " "impuestos, cuentas por pagar y cuentas por cobrar predeterminadas." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " @@ -27429,7 +27987,7 @@ msgstr "" "Superintendencia de Compañías, la cual se agrupa en varias categorías y es " "compatible con la contabilidad NIIF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." @@ -27437,7 +27995,7 @@ msgstr "" "Además de la información básica en sus productos, debe agregar la " "configuración del código de retención (impuesto) que se debe aplicar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -27449,11 +28007,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "Producto para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "Al crear un contacto, configure la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." @@ -27462,7 +28020,7 @@ msgstr "" "contacto con RUC o seleccione :guilabel:`individuo` si es un contacto con " "cédula o pasaporte." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." @@ -27470,7 +28028,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Dirección`: el campo :guilabel:`calle` es necesario para " "confirmar la factura electrónica." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." @@ -27478,7 +28036,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Número de identificación`: seleccione un tipo de identificación: " "`RUC`, `cédula` o `pasaporte`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de contribuyente`: seleccione el tipo de contribuyente del " @@ -27488,7 +28046,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "Contactos para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " @@ -27498,11 +28056,11 @@ msgstr "" "las retenciones de IVA y ganancias que se aplicarán cuando utilice este " "contacto en una factura de proveedor, puede crear una retención ahí." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "Revisar sus impuestos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -27514,11 +28072,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "Impuestos en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "Las siguientes opciones se configuran de forma automática:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." @@ -27526,7 +28084,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Soporte tributario`: se configura solo en el IVA, esta opción es " "útil cuando registra retenciones de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." @@ -27534,7 +28092,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Código ATS`: a configurar solo para códigos de retención de " "impuestos de ingresos y es importante para que pueda registrar la retención." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." @@ -27542,11 +28100,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tablas de impuestos`: configure los códigos del formulario 104 si" " es IVA y del formulario 103 si es un código de retención de ingresos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del impuesto`:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" @@ -27555,7 +28113,7 @@ msgstr "" " del formulario] [código de soporte tributario] [nombre corto del soporte " "tributario])`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" @@ -27563,7 +28121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para el código de retenciones de impuestos de ingreso, el nombre debe tener " "el formato `Código ATS [Porcentaje de retención] [Nombre de la retención]`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -27579,11 +28137,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "Impuestos con soporte tributario para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "Revisar sus tipos de documento" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " @@ -27594,7 +28152,7 @@ msgstr "" "gubernamentales definen los tipos de documento. En este caso, lo hace el " "SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -27606,7 +28164,7 @@ msgstr "" "que se aplica el documento y los datos se crean de forma automática al " "instalar el módulo de localización." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -27618,17 +28176,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "Tipos de documento para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" "Una vez que configure su base de datos, puede registrar sus documentos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "Documentos de ventas" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " @@ -27638,13 +28196,13 @@ msgstr "" "envían al SRI una vez que están validados. Puede crearlos desde su orden de " "venta o de forma manual y deben incluir los siguientes datos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr ":guilabel:`Cliente`: escriba la información del cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." @@ -27652,25 +28210,25 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Diario`: seleccione la opción que corresponde con el punto de " "impresión de la factura de cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de documento`: escriba el tipo de documento con el formato " "`(01) Factura`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " "paid." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Método de pago (SRI)`: seleccione cómo se pagará la factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Productos`: especifique el producto con los impuestos correctos." @@ -27679,11 +28237,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "Factura de cliente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "Nota de crédito del cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -27701,12 +28259,12 @@ msgstr "" "haga clic sobre este para ir al formulario :guilabel:`Crear nota de crédito`" " y complete la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Método de crédito`: seleccione el tipo de método de crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." @@ -27714,7 +28272,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Reembolso parcial`: utilice esta opción cuando necesite ingresar " "el primer número del documento y si es una nota de crédito parcial." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " @@ -27724,7 +28282,7 @@ msgstr "" " por el total de la factura y necesita que se valide de forma automática y " "se concilie con la factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -27736,22 +28294,22 @@ msgstr "" " valide de forma automática y se concilie con la factura para que después, " "en automático, se cree un nuevo borrador de factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr ":guilabel:`Motivo`: escriba el motivo de la nota de crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha de retroceso`: seleccione las opciones " ":guilabel:`específicas`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha de reversión`: agregue la fecha." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " @@ -27761,7 +28319,7 @@ msgstr "" "para su nota de crédito, o déjelo en blanco si quiere utilizar el mismo " "diario que la factura original." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" "Una vez hecho esto, puede hacer clic en el botón :guilabel:`revertir`." @@ -27770,7 +28328,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Agregar una nota de crédito de cliente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" @@ -27780,23 +28338,23 @@ msgstr "" "importe de la nota de crédito y luego validarla. Antes de hacerlo, revise la" " siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Diario`: seleccione el punto de impresión para la nota de crédito" " del cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de documento`: elija el tipo de documento `(04) Nota de " "crédito`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -27807,11 +28365,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Nota de crédito del cliente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "Notas de débito del cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -27826,17 +28384,17 @@ msgstr "" "para ir al formulario :guilabel:`crear nota de débito` y complete la " "siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr ":guilabel:`Motivo`: escriba el motivo de la nota de crédito." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha de la nota de débito`: seleccione las opciones " ":guilabel:`específicas`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." @@ -27844,7 +28402,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Copiar líneas`: seleccione esta opción si necesita registrar una " "nota de débito con las mismas líneas de la factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -27855,7 +28413,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Agregar una nota de débito del cliente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" @@ -27863,7 +28421,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede cambiar el importe de la nota de débito y luego validarla. Antes de " "hacerlo, revise la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -27874,11 +28432,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Nota de débito del cliente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "Retención de cliente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " @@ -27887,7 +28445,7 @@ msgstr "" "La :guilabel:`retención de cliente` es un documento físico para su empresa. " "El cliente emite este documento para aplicar una retención a la venta." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -27900,11 +28458,11 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de :guilabel:`retención de cliente` y complete la siguiente " "información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de documento`: escriba el número de retención." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." @@ -27912,7 +28470,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Líneas de retención`: seleccione los impuestos que el cliente " "desea retener." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -27924,16 +28482,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Retención de cliente para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "Documentos de compra" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Factura de proveedor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " @@ -27942,7 +28500,7 @@ msgstr "" "La :guilabel:`factura de proveedor` es un documento físico para su empresa " "que emite el proveedor cuando la empresa realiza una compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" @@ -27950,25 +28508,25 @@ msgstr "" "Las facturas se pueden crear desde la orden de compra o de forma manual y " "deben incluir la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr ":guilabel:`Proveedor`: escriba la información del proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fecha de factura`: seleccione la fecha de la factura." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr ":guilabel:`Diario`: es el diario para las facturas de proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de documento`: elija el tipo de documento `(01) Factura`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de documento`: escriba el número de documento." @@ -27976,7 +28534,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de documento`: escriba el número de documento." msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "Compras para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -27990,11 +28548,11 @@ msgstr "" "clic en el botón :guilabel:`editar` en la pestaña :guilabel:`apuntes " "contables` y establecer a dónde quiere que se realice el ajuste." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "Liquidación de compra" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." @@ -28002,7 +28560,7 @@ msgstr "" "La :guilabel:`liquidación de compra` es un documento electrónico que se " "envía al SRI una vez que está validado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" @@ -28011,12 +28569,12 @@ msgstr "" "compras y los proveedores no emiten una factura por alguno de los siguientes" " motivos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" "Los servicios fueron proporcionados por personas que no residen en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." @@ -28024,7 +28582,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los servicios fueron proporcionados por empresas extranjeras sin residencia " "o que no están establecidas en Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " @@ -28034,7 +28592,7 @@ msgstr "" " registrado, quienes debido a su nivel cultural o rusticidad no pueden " "emitir recibos de venta o facturas de cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." @@ -28042,7 +28600,7 @@ msgstr "" "Son reembolsos de compra de bienes o servicios a empleados en una relación " "de dependencia (empleados de tiempo completo)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." @@ -28050,7 +28608,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los servicios fueron proporcionados por miembros de cuerpos colegiales, con " "el propósito de ejercer sus funciones." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " @@ -28060,7 +28618,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`orden de compra`o de forma manual en la vista de formulario de la" " :guilabel:`factura de proveedor`. Deben incluir los siguientes datos:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." @@ -28068,7 +28626,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Diario`: seleccione el diario de la :guilabel:`liquidación de " "compra` con el punto de impresión correcto." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" @@ -28076,8 +28634,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tipo de documento`: elija el tipo de documento `(03) Liquidación " "de compra`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " @@ -28087,7 +28645,7 @@ msgstr "" " Solo deberá hacerlo una vez, después la secuencia se asignará a los " "siguientes documentos de forma automática." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -28098,11 +28656,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "Liquidación de compra para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "Retención de compra" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." @@ -28110,7 +28668,7 @@ msgstr "" "La :guilabel:`retención de compra` es un documento electrónico que se envía " "al SRI una vez que está validado." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -28122,7 +28680,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`agregar retención`, haga clic en él para ir al formulario de " ":guilabel:`retención` y complete la siguiente información:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -28134,7 +28692,7 @@ msgstr "" "impuestos y el soporte tributario son correctos, en caso contrario puede " "editarlos y seleccionar los correctos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -28146,7 +28704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Retención de compra para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -28159,7 +28717,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`factura de proveedor` y modifique el :guilabel:`soporte " "tributario`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." @@ -28167,7 +28725,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un impuesto de retención se puede dividir en dos o más líneas, depende de si" " se aplican dos o más porcentajes de retención." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -28180,7 +28738,7 @@ msgstr "" "el total de las bases coincida con el total en la :guilabel:`factura de " "proveedor`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" @@ -28190,7 +28748,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo tenemos dos de los principales reportes financieros que las empresas " "utilizan: los reportes 103 y 104." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " @@ -28201,11 +28759,11 @@ msgstr "" "Reporte de impuestos` y luego utilice el filtro `reporte de impuestos 103` o" " `reporte de impuestos 104`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "Reporte 103" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." @@ -28213,8 +28771,8 @@ msgstr "" "Este reporte contiene información acerca de las retenciones de impuestos de " "ingresos en un periodo específico, puede ser mensual o semestral." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -28228,11 +28786,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "Formulario del reporte 103 para Ecuador." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "Reporte 104" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -28270,6 +28828,18 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Egipto - Contabilidad`" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "``l10n_eg``" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Paquete de localización fiscal` " +"predeterminado" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Integración de la facturación electrónica para Egipto`" @@ -32655,7 +33225,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "Opciones de facturación de documentos electrónicos de Italia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "Configuración de impuestos" @@ -33766,15 +34335,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" -"Para comprobar que la KRA recibió la información de la factura, introduzca " -"el :guilabel:`número de factura de la unidad de control` en la sección " -":guilabel:`comprobación de número de factura` del `sitio web de la Autoridad" -" fiscal de Kenia `_. Haga clic en " -":guilabel:`validar` y busque los detalles de la factura." +"Para verificar que el KRA ha recibido la información de facturación, ponga " +"su :guilabel:`CUI` en la sección :guilabel:`Verificador de número de " +"facturas` del `sitio web de la autoridad de Kenia " +"`_. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` y " +"busque los detalles de la factura." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 msgid "Luxembourg" @@ -33991,265 +34560,360 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." -msgstr "" -"`VIDEO WEBINAR DE UNA DEMOSTRACIÓN COMPLETA " -"`_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Los usuarios de Odoo Enterprise en México tienen acceso gratuito a un " -"conjunto de módulos que les permiten emitir facturas electrónicas de acuerdo" -" a las especificaciones del SAT para la `versión 3.3 del CFDI " -"`_," -" requisito legal a partir del 1 de enero de 2018. Estos módulos también " -"agregan reportes contables relevantes (por ejemplo, la DIOT), y habilitan el" -" comercio exterior, con soporte para las operaciones aduaneras asociadas." +"`Webinar de una demostración completa " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" -"Con la localización mexicana en Odoo no solo podrá cumplir con los " -"requisitos legales para facturar en México, sino que también lo podrá " -"utilizar como su sistema contable, satisfaciendo las necesidades normales " -"del mercado. Esto convierte a Odoo en la solución perfecta para administrar " -"su negocio en México." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "Requisitos previos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" -"Antes de instalar los módulos y realizar las configuraciones necesarias para" -" tener la localización mexicana en Odoo, es necesario cumplir con los " -"siguientes requisitos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." -msgstr "Estar registrado en el SAT y tener un RFC." +"Los usuarios de Odoo en México tienen acceso a un conjunto de módulos que " +"les permite firmar facturas electrónicas siguiendo las especificaciones del " +"|SAT| para la `versión 4.0 del CFDI " +"`_" +" , el cual es un requisito legal desde el 1 de enero de 2022." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" +"Estos módulos también añaden reportes contables importantes (por ejemplo, " +"|DIOT|, habilita el comercio internacional y la creación de guías de " +"entrega)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" +"Antes de realizar todo el proceso para tener la localización mexicana " +"instalada en Odoo, asegúrese de contar con los siguientes requisitos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" +"Estar registrado en el |SAT| con un :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)` válido." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" "Tener un `Certificado de Sello Digital `_ (CSD)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Selecionar un PAC y sellos de compra. Actualmente, la localización de México" -" en Odoo funciona con los siguientes PACs: `Solución Factible " +"Escoger un PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación). Por el momento, Odoo" +" trabaja con los siguientes |PAC|\\s: `Solución Factible " "`_, `Quadrum (antes Finkok) " -"`_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"`_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" "Contar con conocimiento y experiencia en facturación, ventas y contabilidad " "en Odoo. Esta documentación contiene solo la información necesaria para " -"permitir el uso de Odoo en una empresa establecida en México." +"permitir el uso de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Módulos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -"Para instalar el módulo de localización mexicana, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Aplicaciones`, luego elimine el filtro predeterminado " -"\"Aplicaciones\" y busque ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Instale ` los siguientes módulos para obtener todas " +"las funciones de la localización mexicana:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "" -"Instalación del módulo de localización mexicana en las aplicaciones de Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`México - Contabilidad`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" -"Si creó la base de datos desde `www.odoo.com `_ y " -"eligió \"México\" como país al crear su cuenta, algunos de los módulos de " -"localización mexicana se habrán instalado automáticamente. En ese caso, " -"observamos que algunos módulos tienen un botón que dice \"Instalar\", " -"mientras que otros tendrán una etiqueta que dice \"Instalado\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes módulos son necesarios para todas las bases de datos que " -"requieren localización mexicana:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "**México - Contabilidad (l10n_mx)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" -"Todos los datos básicos para gestionar la contabilidad, los impuestos y el " -"plan de cuentas. El plan de cuentas instalado se basa en el `código " -"agrupador de cuentas del SAT " +"El :doc:`paquete de localización fiscal " +"` predeterminado añade " +"características de contabilidad a la localización mexicana, como los " +"impuestos más comunes y el plan de cuentas basado en `el código de " +"agrupación de cuentas del SAT " "`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" -msgstr "**EDI para México (l10n_mx_edi y l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI para México`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -"Necesario para transacciones electrónicas, CFDI 3.3, complemento de pago y " -"adendas en facturas." +"Incluye todos los requisitos técnicos y funcionales para generar y validar " +":doc:`documentos electrónicos " +"` " +"según la documentación técnica publicada por el SAT. Esto permitirá el envío" +" de facturas (con o sin adendas) y complementos de pago al gobierno." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Reportes de localización mexicana de Odoo (l10n_mx_reports y " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" -"Todos los reportes obligatorios para la contabilidad electrónica. (Requiere " -"la aplicación Contabilidad)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" -"Los siguientes módulos son opcionales y solo debe instalarlos si cumplen con" -" un requisito específico de la organización. No se recomienda instalar estos" -" módulos a menos que esté seguro de que son necesarios, pues agregan campos " -"que pueden complicar innecesariamente el llenado del formulario." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Localización mexicana de Odoo para Inventario / Costos en destino " -"(l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" -"Este módulo le permite gestionar las solicitudes como parte de los costos de" -" envío." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "**Políticas de exportación XML de Odoo México (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Con este módulo podrá exportar sus asientos contables en XML, listos para " -"enviar al SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Habilitar la facturación electrónica" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 para México`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> Facturas de clientes`, " -"y asegúrese de que la opción **Facturación electrónica mexicana** esté " -"habilitada. Con esto podrá generar la factura firmada y también generar el " -"complemento de pago firmado, todo integrado automáticamente en el flujo de " -"facturación normal en Odoo." +"Es necesario para crear documentos XML con las especificaciones necesarias " +"del CFDI 4.0." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Pasos para habilitar la facturación electrónica" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "Ingresar información legal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -"Después de verificar la configuración general, debe verificar que la empresa" -" esté configurada con los datos correctos. Para hacerlo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Empresas`, y haga clic en " -"*Actualizar información* debajo del nombre de su empresa." +"Si crea una base de datos desde cero y elige :guilabel:`México` como país, " +"Odoo instalará automáticamente los siguientes módulos: :guilabel:`México - " +"Contabilidad`, :guilabel:`EDI para México`, y :guilabel:`EDI v4.0 para " +"México`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" -msgstr "Actualizar los detalles de la empresa en los ajustes de Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" +"Si desea utilizar la contabilidad electrónica mexicana, necesita instalar el" +" módulo :doc:`Contabilidad ` y los " +"siguientes:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Reportes de la localización mexicana de Odoo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_reports`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." +msgstr "" +"Adapta los reportes para la contabilidad electrónica mexicana: plan de " +"cuentas, balanza de comprobación y DIOT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`México - Reportes de la localización para el cierre`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." msgstr "" -"En el formulario resultante, ingrese su dirección completa (incluido el " -"código postal), RFC (número de identificación fiscal) y el resto de los " -"datos." +"Es necesario para crear el asiento de cierre (también conocido como mes 13)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Exportación en XML de pólizas mexicanas de Odoo`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" +"Permite exportar archivos XML de sus asientos de diario para las auditorías " +"obligatorias." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Módulo de enlace para la exportación de pólizas mexicanas en XML " +"a EDI`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "Complementa el módulo `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" +"Los siguientes módulos son opcionales pero se recomienda instalarlos *solo " +"si* los necesita para satisfacer una necesidad empresarial específica." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI para México (funciones avanzadas)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" +"Añade el complemento de comercio exterior a las facturas: un requisito legal" +" para vender productos en el extranjero." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 para México (COMEX)`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "Adapta el módule `l10n_mx_edi_extended` para CFDI 4.0." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`México - Guía electrónica de entrega`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" +"Le permite crear una \"Carta Porte\": es un conocimiento de embarque que le " +"prueba al gobierno que está enviando bienes entre A&B con un documento " +"electrónico firmado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Guía electrónica de entrega para México CFDI 4.0`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "Adapta el módule `l10n_mx_edi_stock` para CFDI 4.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Localización mexicana de Odoo para las existencias y el embarque`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" +"Permite gestionar los números de identificación comercial (NICO) " +"relacionados con los costos de embarque en documentos electrónicos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" +"Después de instalar los módulos correctos, debe verificar que la empresa se " +"haya configurado con los datos correctos. Para hacerlo vaya a " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Empresas` y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Actualizar información` bajo el nombre de la empresa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" +"Escriba su :guilabel:`dirección` completa en el formulario que aparecerá y " +"no olvide incluir el :guilabel:`código postal`, el :guilabel:`estado`, el " +":guilabel:`país`, y el RFC (:guilabel:`número de identificación fiscal`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" +"Según los requisitos del CFDI 4.0, el nombre del contacto principal debe " +"coincidir con el nombre de la empresa registrado en el SAT sin la " +"abreviatura de persona moral." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "Requisitos para una correcta facturación." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -34263,992 +34927,933 @@ msgstr "" "divisa predeterminada y use una :doc:`lista de precios " "` en su lugar." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de que en la dirección, para el campo País, seleccione \"México\" " -"de la lista de países que muestra Odoo, porque si ingresa el país " -"manualmente existe el riesgo de crear un \"nuevo país\" en el sistema, lo " -"que dará lugar a errores más adelante cuando se generan los CFDI." +"A continuación, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> " +"Facturación electrónica (MX) --> Régimen fiscal`, y seleccione el régimen " +"que usa su empresa desde la lista desplegable." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" -msgstr "Información de datos de la empresa" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "Configuración del régimen fiscal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -"Si desea probar la localización mexicana, puede configurar la empresa con " -"una dirección real dentro de México (que incluya todos los campos) y agregue" -" ``EKU9003173C9`` como RFC." +"Si desea probar la localización mexicana, puede establecer una dirección " +"real de México en su empresa (recuerde completar todos los campos), añada " +"`EKU9003173C9` como :guilabel:`RFC` y `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` como el " +":guilabel:`nombre de empresa`. Para el :guilabel:`Régimen fiscal`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "Establecer el régimen fiscal de la empresa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -"A continuación se indica cuál es el régimen fiscal de la empresa que estamos" -" configurando, se realiza a través de un campo preexistente en Odoo " -"denominado \"Régimen fiscal\"." +"Si desea crear un contacto para enviarle facturas, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Contactos --> Crear`. Ingrese el nombre del contacto y " +":guilabel:`dirección completa`. No olvide incluir el :guilabel:`código " +"postal`, :guilabel:`estado`, :guilabel:`país`, y :guilabel:`RFC`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Contabilidad --> Facturación electrónica " -"(MX) --> Régimen fiscal` y seleccione la opción que corresponda a su empresa" -" de la lista desplegable." +"Dentro de su empresa, asegúrese de que sus contactos tengan escrito su " +"nombre de forma correcta en el |SAT|. Lo mismo es aplicable para el " +":guilabel:`régimen fiscal`, el cual se necesita agregar en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`EDI MX`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Establecer el régimen fiscal en la aplicación Contabilidad de Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" -"Para el entorno de prueba: seleccione la opción **Ley General de Personas " -"Jurídicas** del menú desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de contactos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"Al crear un contacto para facturar en Odoo, se debe configurar la siguiente " -"información para la validación de la factura: **dirección completa** " -"(incluyendo código postal, ciudad, estado, país, etc.) y el **RFC**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "Ejemplo de formulario de contacto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de impuestos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" -"Una configuración necesaria para que la facturación electrónica funcione " -"correctamente en Odoo es agregar el tipo de factor asociado con los " -"impuestos de venta." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"Para realizar esta configuración primero vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad" -" --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Impuestos`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"En la lista de impuestos precargados, seleccione la opción *Ventas* en el " -"filtro, esto es para ver solo los impuestos asociados con las ventas, los " -"cuales son los que están validados para el timbrado de facturas. Abra la " -"vista de formulario de cualquiera de los impuestos de ventas, seleccione la " -"pestaña **Opciones avanzadas** y dentro del campo **Tipo de factor** elija " -"la opción *Tasa*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" -"Haga lo mismo para todos los impuestos a las ventas que necesite la empresa," -" ya sean los que vienen de forma predeterminada en Odoo, o los que usted " -"agregue que sean necesarios para la factura de su empresa." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" -"Para el IVA del 0%, seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Tasa` dentro del campo " -":guilabel:`Tipo de factor`. Para la **exención** del IVA del 0%, seleccione " -"la opción :guilabel:`Exento` en vez de :guilabel:`Tasa` dentro del mismo " -"campo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" -"Al registrar un pago, Odoo llevará a cabo el movimiento de impuestos desde " -"la **Cuenta transitoria de base de efectivo** a la cuenta que se estableció " -"en la pestaña de **Definición**. Para tal movimiento se utilizará una cuenta" -" de base de impuestos (\"Base Imponible de Impuestos con Base en Flujo de " -"Efectivo\" - **no elimine esta cuenta**) en el asiento contable al " -"reclasificar impuestos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "Cuentas de impuestos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de productos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." -msgstr "" -"Todos los productos a vender necesitan tener el código SAT asociado a su " -"clasificación para que las facturas no generen un error al validar." +"También es necesario configurar el tipo factor y los objetos fiscales para " +"poder firmar correctamente las facturas." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "Tipo factor" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." msgstr "" -"Para configurar productos, vaya a la pestaña de **Información general** y en" -" el campo **Categoría de producto UNSPSC** seleccione la categoría que " -"representa ese producto. El proceso se puede realizar de forma manual o " -"mediante una importación masiva." +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Impuestos` y " +"active el campo :guilabel:`Tipo Factor` en la pestaña :guilabel:`Opciones " +"avanzadas` para todos los registros con el :guilabel:`Tipo de impuesto` " +"configurado como :guilabel:`Ventas`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." +msgstr "" +"Este dato está predefinido de manera predeterminada en los impuestos. Si se " +"crean nuevos, debe asegurarse de completar este campo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" -msgstr "Configurar productos" +msgid "Taxes configuration." +msgstr "Configuración de impuestos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "Configuración de PAC para firmar facturas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -"Otro paso importante para configurar la facturación electrónica en Odoo es " -"ingresar el PAC con el que trabaja y las credenciales. De esa forma se " -"habilitará la facturación electrónica." +"México utiliza dos tipos diferentes para el IVA al 0%: *tasa 0%* y *exento " +"de IVA*. Para el primero, seleccione :guilabel:`Tasa` como :guilabel:`tipo " +"de factor` y para el segundo, use :guilabel:`Exento`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." -msgstr "" -"Recuerde que debe hacer el registro directamente con el PAC de su " -"preferencia antes de comenzar a emitir facturas desde Odoo. Están " -"disponibles los siguientes PACs: `Quadrum " -"`_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ y `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_. " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "Objeto de impuestos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" msgstr "" -"Debe procesar su **clave privada (CSD)** con la institución del SAT antes de" -" seguir estos pasos. Si no tiene esta información, pruebe con las " -"credenciales de prueba y vuelva a este proceso cuando tenga las credenciales" -" SAT para que su entorno de producción funcione con transacciones reales." +"Uno de los requisitos del CFDI 4.0 es que el archivo XML resultante necesita" +" o no necesita desglosar los impuestos de la operación. Hay tres posibles " +"valores diferentes que se agregan según las configuraciones específicas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "`01`: No objeto de impuesto. Su factura no debe contener impuestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." +msgstr "" +"`02`: Si objeto de impuesto. Su factura contiene impuestos (esta es la " +"configuración predeterminada)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" -"Para agregar las credenciales, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " -"Contabilidad --> Facturación electrónica (MX)`. En la sección **PAC MX**, " -"ingrese el nombre de su PAC con sus credenciales (nombre de usuario y " -"contraseña de PAC)." +"`03`: Sí objeto del impuesto y no obligado al desglose. Su factura contiene " +"impuestos. Además, la configuración de contacto tiene la casilla de " +"verificación :guilabel:`Sin desglose de impuestos` seleccionada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "Desglose de impuestos del SAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" +"El valor :guilabel:`Sin desglose de impuestos` se aplica solo a algunos " +"regímenes fiscales o impuestos específicos. Antes de hacer cualquier " +"modificación le recomendamos consultar primero a su contador, así sabrá si " +"es necesario para su negocio." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "Otras configuraciones fiscales" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" +"Al registrar un pago, Odoo realizará el movimiento de impuestos desde la " +"*Cuenta transitoria de base de efectivo* a la cuenta que estableció en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Definición`. Para tal movimiento, se utilizará una cuenta" +" de base imponible (`Base imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de " +"Efectivo`) en el asiento contable al reclasificar impuestos. **No elimine " +"esta cuenta**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" +"Si crea un nuevo impuesto, debe agregar las :guilabel:`tablas de impuesto` " +"adecuadas para ello (`IVA`, `ISR` o `IEPS`). Odoo solo es compatible con " +"estos tres grupos de impuestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "Cuentas de impuestos." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar los productos, vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Contabilidad` y " +"en el campo :guilabel:`Categoría de producto UNSPSC` seleccione la categoría" +" que representa ese producto. El proceso se puede realizar de forma manual o" +" mediante :doc:`una importación masiva " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" +"Todos los productos deben tener asociada una clave del |SAT| para evitar " +"errores de validación." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" -msgstr "Credenciales de comité de cuentas públicas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Si selecciona la casilla de **Entorno de prueba**, no es necesario ingresar " -"un nombre de usuario y/o contraseña de PAC, pero debe seleccionar uno de la " -"lista desplegable." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" -"Por último, suba los certificados digitales de la empresa en el apartado " -"**Certificados MX**. Haga clic en *Agregar una línea*, se abrirá una " -"ventana, haga clic en *Crear* y desde ahí puede subir su certificado " -"digital, su clave y su contraseña. Para finalizar, haga clic en *Guardar y " -"cerrar*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "Certificado y clave" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" -"Si aún no tiene uno de los PAC contratados y quiere probar la facturación " -"electrónica, puede utilizar los siguientes certificados de prueba del SAT:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr ":download:`Certificado `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr ":download:`Clave de certificado `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "**Contraseña:** ``12345678a``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"También debe configurar la empresa con una dirección real en México " -"(incluyendo todos los campos) y agregar ``EKU9003173C9`` como **RFC**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" -"El proceso de facturación en Odoo se basa en el `Anexo 20 " -"`_" -" versión 3.3 de facturación electrónica del SAT." +msgstr "Credenciales del proveedor autorizado de certificación" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -"Para comenzar a facturar desde Odoo debe crear una factura mediante el flujo" -" de facturación estándar, es decir, desde una orden de venta o desde el menú" -" de facturas en la aplicación Contabilidad." +"Después de que haya procesado su `certificado de sello digital (CSD) " +"`_ con el |SAT|, debe registrarse " +"directamente con el :ref:`PAC ` de su elección antes de " +"empezar a crear facturas con Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" -"La factura se timbrará después de hacer clic en *Validar*, antes de eso el " -"estado todavía está en modo de borrador y se pueden realizar cambios. " -"Después de validar la factura, puede verificar que se haya timbrado con " -"éxito, ya que se vería así:" +"Una vez que haya creado su cuenta con cualquiera de estos proveedores, vaya " +"a :menuselection:`Ajustes--> Contabilidad --> Facturación Electrónica (MX)`." +" En la sección :guilabel:`PAC MX` introduzca el nombre de su |PAC| con sus " +"credenciales (:guilabel:`Nombre de usuario PAC` y :guilabel:`Contraseña del " +"PAC`)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" -msgstr "Creación de una factura" +msgid "PAC credentials." +msgstr "Credenciales del proveedor autorizado de certificación." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -"Los detalles de la factura se reflejarán en el chatter, que es lo que ve a " -"la derecha de la factura en la imagen adjunta. Ahí encontrará su XML enviado" -" al SAT y el estado del timbre, es decir, si se validó o no." +"Si no tiene credenciales y desea probar las funciones de facturación " +"electrónica, marque la casilla :guilabel:`Entorno de prueba` y seleccione " +":guilabel:`Solución factible` como |PAC|. No es necesario que escriba el " +"nombre de usuario o contraseña." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." -msgstr "" -"Para enviar la factura timbrada a su cliente, puede enviar el XML junto con " -"el archivo PDF directamente desde Odoo si hace clic en el botón *Enviar e " -"imprimir*. También puede descargar el archivo PDF a su computadora al hacer " -"clic en el botón *Imprimir* y seleccionar la opción deseada." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" +msgstr "Certificados .cer y .key" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -"Según el tamaño de la pantalla, el chatter puede aparecer al lado o debajo " -"del documento." +"Debe subir los `certificados digitales de la empresa " +"`_ a " +"la sección :guilabel:`Certificados MX`. Seleccione :guilabel:`Agregar una " +"línea` y se abrirá una ventana. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` y desde allí " +"suba su certificado digital (el archivo con extensión :file:`.cer`), su " +"clave (el archivo :file:`.key`) y su contraseña. Por último, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" -msgstr "Facturación de casos especiales" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "Certificado y clave." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "Factura de comercio exterior" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" -"El proceso de facturación de comercio exterior en Odoo se basa en el " -"`Reglamento SAT " -"`_" -" correspondiente. La versión de facturación electrónica del SAT es la 3.3." +"Si aún no tiene uno de los |PAC|\\s contratados y desea probar las " +"funcionalidades de la facturación electrónica, puede utilizar los siguientes" +" certificados de prueba del |SAT|:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" -msgstr "¿A qué nos referimos cuando hablamos de comercio exterior?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr ":download:`Certificado `" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" +msgstr ":download:`Clave del certificado `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "**Contraseña**: ``12345678a``" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -"Desde enero de 2018, el SAT exige un suplemento de comercio exterior en las " -"transacciones de exportación." +"El proceso de facturación en Odoo está basado en la versión 4.0 del `Anexo " +"20 `_ de " +"la facturación electrónica del |SAT|." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "¿Qué es el complemento de comercio exterior?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." msgstr "" -"Es un anexo a la factura electrónica que permite la identificación de " -"exportadores e importadores, además de ampliar la descripción de la " -"mercancía vendida." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "¿Qué información se puede incorporar en este nuevo complemento?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "Información sobre el tipo de operación que cubre." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" -"Datos de identificación fiscal del emisor, receptor o destinatario de la " -"mercancía." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "Descripción de la mercancía a exportar." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" -msgstr "¿Quién está obligado a generarlo?" +"Para comenzar a facturar desde Odoo, debe crear una factura de cliente " +"mediante el :doc:`flujo de facturación estándar " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." -msgstr "Contribuyentes que realicen operaciones de exportación de tipo A1." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" +msgstr "" +"Cuando el documento se encuentra en modo borrador, puede realizar cualquier " +"modificación. Por ejemplo, puede agregar la :guilabel:`forma de pago` o " +":guilabel:`uso` correspondiente que el cliente podría necesitar." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "¿A qué exportaciones se aplica el tipo A1?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Ingreso de bienes de origen extranjero para permanecer en territorio " -"nacional por tiempo ilimitado." +"Después de que :guilabel:`confirme` la factura del cliente, aparece un " +"mensaje azul que con el texto :guilabel:`Este servicio de facturación " +"electrónica procesará la factura de forma asíncrona: CFDI (4.0)`. Al " +"presionar el botón :guilabel:`Procesar ahora` enviará el documento al " +"gobierno para que lo firmen. Si esta operación resulta exitosa, el campo " +":guilabel:`Folio fiscal` aparece en el documento y el archivo XML se adjunta" +" en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" -"Salida de bienes del país para permanecer en el exterior por tiempo " -"ilimitado." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -"Importación definitiva de vehículos por misiones diplomáticas y consulares y" -" oficinas de organismos internacionales y su personal extranjero, de acuerdo" -" con la importación de vehículos en franquicia diplomática." +"Si presiona :guilabel:`Reintentar` en el campo :guilabel:`Estado del SAT` de" +" la factura, puede confirmar si el archivo XML es válido en el SAT." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "¿Es el comercio exterior lo mismo que los pedimentos?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -"No necesariamente, los pedimentos están directamente relacionados con el " -"proceso de importación de bienes, mientras que el complemento de comercio " -"exterior se relaciona con el proceso de exportación." +"Si se encuentra en un entorno de prueba, siempre recibirá el mensaje " +":guilabel:`No se encuentra`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "Módulos requeridos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" -"Para generar facturas de comercio exterior se deben instalar los siguientes " -"módulos." +"Para enviar la factura firmada a su cliente, puede enviar el XML junto con " +"el archivo PDF directamente desde Odoo si hace clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`Enviar e imprimir`. También puede descargar el archivo PDF a su " +"computadora si hace clic en el botón :guilabel:`Imprimir` y selecciona la " +"opción deseada." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -msgstr "EDI para México (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" +"El tipo de documento de una factura es \"I\" (Ingreso), el de una nota de " +"crédito es \"E\" (Egreso)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" -msgstr "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" +"La única adición al :doc:`flujo estándar de las notas de crédito " +"` es que, " +"como requisito del SAT, debe haber una relación entre una nota de crédito y " +"una factura mediante el folio fiscal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -msgstr "EDI para México (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" +"Debido a esto, el campo :guilabel:`Origen del CFDI` agrega esta relación con" +" `01|`, seguido del folio fiscal de la factura original." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" -msgstr "EDI con funciones avanzadas" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "Crear una nota de crédito." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Empresa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." msgstr "" -"Configure la empresa con un código postal válido, y si tiene un código de " -"colonia, este debe coincidir con el código postal correspondiente. Al mismo " -"tiempo, recuerde colocar el Número de Identificación Fiscal (Número de NIF -" -" RFC)." +"Utilice el botón :guilabel:`Agregar nota de crédito` en la factura en lugar " +"de crearla de forma manual, así el campo :guilabel:`Origen del CFDI` se " +"agregará en automático." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de dirección de contacto" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "Complementos de pago" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "Cliente receptor" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" -"Por lo general será un cliente extranjero. Deberá verificar que tiene al " -"menos los siguientes campos completados con la información correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "Factura de comercio externo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" -"La dirección de entrega del cliente también debe contener el código postal." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" -"El formato del NIF extranjero (Número de Identificación Fiscal) se validará " -"según corresponda en cada país (Ejemplo: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" -msgstr "" -"En el XML, el NIF se reemplaza de forma automática por el NIF genérico para " -"transacciones en el extranjero: ``XEXX010101000``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." -msgstr "" -"A nivel de producto también se deben configurar algunos parámetros en los " -"siguientes campos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" -msgstr "Código de producto del SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "Fracción arancelaria" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 -msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" -msgstr "" -"Debe seleccionar la **UDM Aduana** (Unidad de medida) en *KG* ya que solo es" -" aceptada por el SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" -msgstr "El peso se refiere al **peso unitario** del producto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" -"La fracción arancelaria debe ser del código UdM de kilogramos (**UdM = 01**)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." -msgstr "" -"Si bien el producto se vende en piezas o en unidades, el valor que se debe " -"registrar en la aduana en la fracción arancelaria se debe reportar en " -"kilogramos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "Flujo de facturación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." -msgstr "" -"Al crear la factura de venta al extranjero, debe seleccionar el **Incoterm**" -" correspondiente y debe seleccionar la casilla de verificación **¿Necesita " -"comercio exterior?**. Con esta configuración habilitada, el **PDF** y el " -"complemento **XML** de la factura contará con la información necesaria para " -"cumplir con la normativa del SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" -msgstr "¿Qué es el certificado de origen y cuándo se utiliza?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." -msgstr "" -"El **certificado de origen** (o prueba de origen) es el documento que " -"permite a un importador o exportador comprobar el país o región de donde se " -"considera que un bien es originario y sirve para recibir preferencias " -"arancelarias generalmente acordadas en acuerdos comerciales." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" -msgstr "Incoterm en la factura" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "PDF de comercio externo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "Asignar pedimentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." -msgstr "" -"Si su empresa importa productos y necesita agregar el número de " -"**pedimento** en sus facturas, también puede configurar Odoo para registrar " -"el proceso." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Aplicaciones`, elimine el filtro \"Aplicaciones\" y " -"busque ``México``, ``mx`` o ``l10n_mx``. Luego, instale el módulo " -"**Localización de Odoo México para las existencias/almacenamiento " -"(l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "Módulo de existencias MX" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 -msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." -msgstr "" -"El módulo l10n_mx_edi_landing depende de las aplicaciones **Inventario** y " -"**Ventas**, ya que se deben ingresar los productos en inventario para poder " -"agregar su número de pedimento al recibo de productos correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." -msgstr "" -"Luego, vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. " -"Dentro de las opciones, active **Costos en destino**. Esta opción permitirá " -"agregar el número de pedimento a las recepciones de producto " -"correspondientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" -msgstr "Costos en destino" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." -msgstr "" -"Para utilizar los costos en destino, la configuración contable de la " -"valoración de inventario de los productos debe configurarse como " -"*Automatizado* y su método de costo como *Promedio* o *PEPS* (primeras " -"entradas, primeras salidas)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." -msgstr "" -"Para asociar el número de pedimento indicado con una importación (recepción " -"de mercancía) se debe crear un nuevo **costo en destino**. Se puede acceder " -"a ellos a través de :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Costos en" -" destino`. Allí encontrará la opción de adjuntar el número de pedimento." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" -msgstr "Número de aduana" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 -msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." -msgstr "" -"Solo puede agregar el número de pedimento una vez, así que tenga cuidado al " -"asociar el número correcto con la transferencia o transferencias." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Términos de pago" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Los **términos de pago** se configuran en Odoo al instalar la localización " -"mexicana, esto significa que si va a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Configuración --> Términos de pago`, encontrará la lista predeterminada en " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." -msgstr "" -"En México, usted puede tener 2 tipos de pagos: PPD o PUE. Estos se dan por " -"el **término de pago** elegido (o si no hay un término de pago elegido, se " -"basará en la fecha de vencimiento de la factura)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "Pagos PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar los pagos PPD (pago en parcialidades o diferido) solo es " -"necesario elegir una fecha de vencimiento para su factura y Odoo detectará " -"si es posterior al primer día del mes siguiente (en este caso no se " -"establece término de pago. Con el término de pago también puede estipular si" -" será PPD o PUE)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" -msgstr "PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." -msgstr "" -"Para configurar los pagos PUE (pago en una sola exhibición) debe seleccionar" -" una fecha de vencimiento de la factura dentro del mismo mes o elegir un " -"término de pago que no implique cambiar el mes de vencimiento (pago " -"inmediato, 15 días, 21 días, todo dentro del mes actual)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." -msgstr "" -"`De acuerdo con la documentación del SAT " -"`_, puede haber 2 tipos de pago: **PUE** o **PPD**. En ambos casos el " -"proceso de pago en Odoo es el mismo, la diferencia de si el pago es PUE o " -"PPD radica en el término de pago de la factura, como se indica en el punto " -"anterior en los **términos de pago**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." -msgstr "" -"Si el pago es de tipo PPD, Odoo generará automáticamente el complemento de " -"pago correspondiente al *confirmarlo*. Si el pago es PUE, no se generará el " -"complemento de pago. El tipo de pago es visible desde la factura en el campo" -" llamado **política de pago** y toma como parámetros la fecha de la factura " -"y la fecha de vencimiento." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "Payment policy" msgstr "Política de pago" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" msgstr "" -"Al configurar los contactos que se utilizarán al realizar los pagos, debe " -"configurar los bancos en la pestaña **Contabilidad** y colocar el Banco, " -"Número de cuenta y CLABE." +"Además, se agregó el campo :guilabel:`Política de pago` a la localización " +"mexicana. La `documentación del SAT " +"`_" +" menciona que puede haber 2 tipos de pagos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "`PUE` - Pago en una Sola Exhibición" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "`PPD` - Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" +"La diferencia depende de la *fecha de vencimiento* o las *condiciones de " +"pago* de la factura." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar facturas |PUE| debe elegir una :guilabel:`fecha de " +"vencimiento` de la factura dentro del mismo mes o elegir una condición de " +"pago que no implique cambiar el mes de vencimiento (pago inmediato, 15 días," +" 21 días, todo dentro del mes actual)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" -msgstr "Cuenta bancaria del contacto" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "Ejemplo de una factura con los requisitos de PUE." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" +"Algunas :guilabel:`condiciones de pago` ya están instaladas de forma " +"predeterminada. Puede consultarlas en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Configuración --> Condiciones de pago`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar facturas |PPD| debe elegir una :guilabel:`fecha de " +"vencimiento` después del primer día del mes siguiente (esto también aplica " +"si sus :guilabel:`condiciones de pago` vencen en el mes siguiente)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "Ejemplo de una factura con los requisitos de PPD." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" +"Como la política |PPD| implica que una factura no será pagada en ese " +"momento, la :guilabel:`forma de pago` adecuada para las facturas de |PPD| es" +" :guilabel:`99 - Por Definir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "Flujo de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" +"En ambos casos, el proceso de pago en Odoo :doc:`es el mismo " +"`. La principal " +"diferencia sería que los pagos relacionados con las facturas de |PPD| hacen " +"que se origine un documento de tipo \"P\" (Pago)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" +"Si un pago está relacionado con una factura de |PUE|, entonces puede " +"registrarse en el asistente y asociarse con la factura correspondiente. Su " +"estado será :guilabel:`En pago`, ya que el pago se valida efectivamente " +"cuando se realice la conciliación bancaria." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" +"Si bien este proceso es el mismo para las facturas PPD, la adición de la " +"creación de un :doc:`documento electrónico " +"` " +"significa que son necesarios algunos requisitos adicionales para poder " +"enviar correctamente el documento al SAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario que confirme la :guilabel:`forma de pago` específica donde " +"recibió el pago, así que este campo no puede ser :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" +"Si agregará la cuenta bancaria del cliente en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Contabilidad` de su contacto, debe tener un número válido." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" +"Las forma de configuración exacta se encuentra en el `Anexo 20 del SAT " +"`_. Por " +"lo general, la :guilabel:`cuenta bancaria` debe tener 10 o 18 dígitos para " +"las transferencias y 16 para las tarjetas de crédito o débito." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" +"Si un pago está relacionado con una factura firmada con `PPD` como " +":guilabel:`política de pago`, Odoo genera el complemento de pago " +"correspondiente en automático cuando presiona :guilabel:`Procesar ahora`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" +"Mensaje para procesar ahora el pago en el servicio de facturación CFDI " +"(4.0.)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" +"Un pago en MXN no se puede utilizar para pagar varias facturas en USD. El " +"pago se debe separar en varios pagos creados mediante el botón " +":guilabel:`Registrar pago` en las facturas correspondientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "Cancelar facturas" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" +"Es posible cancelar los documentos EDI que envió al SAT. Según la `Reforma " +"Fiscal 2022 `_, desde el 1 de enero de 2022 existen dos requisitos para " +"ello:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" +"Con todas las solicitudes de cancelación, debe especificar un *motivo de " +"cancelación*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" +"Después de 24 horas, se le solicitará al cliente que acepte la cancelación." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" +"Hay cuatro motivos de cancelación distintos. En Odoo puede cancelar facturas" +" con los motivos *01 - Comprobantes emitidos con errores con relación* y *02" +" - Comprobantes emitidos con errores sin relación*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "01 - Comprobante emitido con errores con relación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" +"Este motivo de cancelación se debe utilizar cuando necesita sustituir la " +"factura original con una nueva, debido a un error en cualquier campo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "Copie el :guilabel:`Folio fiscal` de la *factura antigua*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" +"Péguelo en el campo :guilabel:`Origen del CFDI` de la *nueva factura*, " +"seguido de un `04|`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "Firme el nuevo documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "Factura antigua con origen del CFDI." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" +"Regrese a la *factura antigua*, debería aparecer el campo " +":guilabel:`Sustituido por`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Solicitar la cancelación de EDI`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" +"Como si fuera una factura normal, aparecerá un campo azul en la factura. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Procesar ahora`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"El estado de la factura cambia a :guilabel:`Cancelado`, recibirá una " +"confirmación en el chatter." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "Factura 01 cancelada de forma correcta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" +"Ahora, también debe cancelar la factura en el SAT. Puede confirmar que esto " +"se hizo de forma correcta si presiona :guilabel:`Reintentar` en el campo de " +"estado del SAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" +"Si canceló el documento después de 24 horas, es posible que el cliente deba " +"aceptar la cancelación en su Buzón Tributario." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" +"El código `04|` solo tiene la finalidad de ayudar a Odoo a realizar este " +"proceso y no tiene relación con el método \"04 motivo de cancelación\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "02 - Comprobante emitido con errores sin relación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" +"Este motivo de cancelación debe utilizarse cuando una factura se emitió con " +"un error en cualquier campo y no debe reemplazarse con otra." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" +"En este caso, solo debe hacer clic en :guilabel:`Solicitar la cancelación de" +" EDI` y luego en el botón :guilabel:`Procesar ahora`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "Factura 02 cancelada de forma correcta." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" +"Como el campo :guilabel:`Sustituido por` no existe, el SAT debe detectar de " +"forma automática que el motivo de cancelación es 02." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo tiene algunas limitaciones para cancelar facturas en el SAT. Por el " +"momento, Odoo no puede establecer los motivos 03 y 04 (*No se llevó a cabo " +"la operación* y *Operación nominativa relacionada en una factura global*). " +"Debe cancelar la factura desde el SAT y utilizar una *acción del servidor*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "Cancelaciones de pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" +"También es posible cancelar *complementos de pago*. Para ello, vaya al pago " +"y seleccione :guilabel:`Solicitar la cancelación de EDI`. Al igual que con " +"las facturas, aparecerá un botón azul. Seleccione :guilabel:`Procesar ahora`" +" y el documento será enviado al SAT. Después de unos segundos, puede " +"presionar :guilabel:`Reintentar` para confirmar el estado actual del SAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "El estado del pago cambia a :guilabel:`Cancelado`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" +"Al igual que las facturas, cuando crea un nuevo *complemento de pago*, puede" +" agregar la relación del documento original si agrega el código `04|` y el " +"folio fiscal." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "Facturación de casos de uso especial" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "CFDI al público" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" +"Si el cliente al que vende sus bienes o servicios no requiere una factura, " +"entonces debe crear un *CFDI al público*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, si usa el nombre `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, ocurrirá un error. Este " +"es un cambio principal en el CFDI 4.0 que establece que las facturas con ese" +" nombre en específico necesitan campos adicionales." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" -msgstr "Registrar pagos PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -"Si al momento de registrar un pago es de tipo PPD entonces se generará un " -"complemento de pago (XML) con sus detalles." +"Por el momento, Odoo no es compatible con estos cambios. Así que para crear " +"un *CFDI al público* debe agregar cualquier nombre a su cliente que no sea " +"`PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, por ejemplo, `CLIENTE FINAL`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" -"El pago se puede registrar desde la factura y, una vez confirmado, se pagará" -" la factura y con su registro de pago asociado." +"Además de esto, se necesita el código postal de su empresa y el " +":guilabel:`RFC` genérico ``XAXX010101000``. El :guilabel:`régimen fiscal` de" +" su cliente debe ser `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" -msgstr "Pagos PPD" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "Error de CFDI al público" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "Información de pago PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." msgstr "" -"El diario será el método de pago donde recibe o envía el pago. También debe " -"asociar una **forma de pago** y una cuenta bancaria receptora (esta última " -"debe crearse dentro del contacto asociado a la factura)." +"La moneda principal en México es MXN. Si bien esta es obligatoria para todas" +" las empresas mexicanas, es posible enviar y recibir facturas y pagos en " +"otras divisas. Para ello, puede habilitar el uso de :doc:`multidivisa " +"`. Seleccione " +":guilabel:`Banco mexicano` como servicio en :menuselection:`Contabilidad -->" +" Configuración --> Divisa`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" +"De esta manera, en el archivo XML del documento aparecerá el tipo de cambio " +"correcto y la cantidad total tanto en la divisa extranjera como en MXN." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." msgstr "" -"Una vez realizado el pago, se asociará a la factura correspondiente y su " -"estado será *En pago*, ya que se validará cuando se realice la conciliación " -"bancaria." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"Es muy recomendable que utilice :doc:`una cuenta bancaria para cada divisa " +"`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" -msgstr "Pago PPD creado" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "Configuración multidivisa." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" +"Las únicas divisas que actualizan su tipo de cambio a diario de forma " +"automática son USD, EUR, GBP y JPY." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 -msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." -msgstr "" -"La **cuenta bancaria receptora** es la que se adjunta a la pestaña " -"**Contabilidad** en el contacto asociado a la factura, debe ser válida para " -"que se pueda crear el complemento de pago timbrado." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 -msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." -msgstr "" -"Al realizar un pago en MXN de una factura en USD, el pago debe crearse " -"mediante el botón de :guilabel:`Registrar pago` **en la vista de factura** y" -" no de forma separada como un pago. De otra forma, el CFDI de pago no se " -"genera de forma correcta." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" -"Por lo tanto, un pago en MXN no se puede utilizar para pagar múltiples " -"facturas en USD. En su lugar, el pago se debe separar en múltiples pagos " -"creados mediante el botón de :guilabel:`Registrar pago` en las facturas " -"correspondientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "Registrar pagos PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" -"Si al momento de registrar un pago es del tipo PUE entonces en este caso no " -"se generará un complemento de pago (XML) ya que no es necesario." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "Pagos PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "Información de pago PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "Pago PUE creado" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" -"En este caso, no se crea como complemento de pago debido a la naturaleza del" -" mismo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "Anticipos" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -"Este es un caso especial en el que debemos recibir un anticipo de un cliente" -" que luego se aplicará a una factura." +"Es posible que en alguna situación reciba un anticipo de un cliente y que " +"después deba aplicarlo a una factura. Para hacer esto en Odoo, debe vincular" +" correctamente las facturas entre sí con el campo :guilabel:`Origen del " +"CFDI`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" +"Es necesario que la aplicación :doc:`Ventas ` se " +"encuentre instalada." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "`_." @@ -35256,1946 +35861,1256 @@ msgstr "" "`La documentación oficial para el registro de anticipos en México " "`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" +"Vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Ventas` para crear el producto " +"`Anticipo` y configúrelo. El :guilabel:`tipo de producto` debe ser " +":guilabel:`servicio`, utilice la :guilabel:`categoría UNSPSC` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" +"Después, vaya a :menuselection:`Ventas --> Ajustes --> Facturación --> " +"Anticipos` y agregue el producto como predeterminado." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" +"Cree una orden de venta con el importe total y cree un anticipo (ya sea " +"mediante un porcentaje o un importe fijo), firme el documento y " +":guilabel:`registre el pago`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" +"Cuando sea momento de emitir la factura final al cliente, vuelva a crearla a" +" partir de la misma orden de venta. En el asistente para :guilabel:`Crear " +"facturas` seleccione :guilabel:`Factura normal` y desmarque " +":guilabel:`Deducir anticipos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" +"Luego, copie el :guilabel:`folio fiscal` de la primera factura y péguelo en " +"el :guilabel:`origen del CDFI` de la segunda factura. Agregue el prefijo " +"`07|` y firme el documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" +"Después, cree una nota de crédito para la primera factura. Copie el " +":guilabel:`folio fiscal` de la segunda factura y péguelo en el " +":guilabel:`origen del CFDI` de la nota de crédito. Agregue el prefijo `07|` " +"y firme el documento." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" +"Con esto, todos los documentos electrónicos están vinculados entre sí. El " +"último paso es pagar en su totalidad la nueva factura. En la parte inferior " +"de la nueva factura se encuentran los :guilabel:`créditos pendientes` en la " +"nota de crédito, agréguela como pago. Registre el importe restante con el " +"asistente :guilabel:`Registrar pago`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "Comercio exterior" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"La factura de comercio exterior es un complemento para una factura regular " +"que agrega ciertos valores al XML y el PDF, de acuerdo con los `reglamentos " +"del SAT " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" +"Este complemento agrega ciertos campos obligatorios a las facturas de un " +"cliente extranjero, como:" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" -msgstr "Proceso para crear un anticipo en México" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "La dirección específica del destinatario y el remitente." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" +"La adición de una :guilabel:`fracción arancelaria` que identifica el tipo de" +" producto." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." -msgstr "Emisión de factura electrónica con el importe del anticipo recibido." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -"Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor total de la operación " -"(factura completa). (Origen CFDI: 07 | Factura anticipada, punto 1)" +"El :guilabel:`incoterm` (Término de de comercio internacional) correcto, " +"entre otros." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -"Emisión de la factura electrónica con el tipo *Egreso*. (Origen CFDI: 07 | " -"Factura_total, punto 2)" +"Esto permite identificar de forma correcta a los exportadores e " +"importadores, además de ampliar la descripción de la mercancía vendida." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "Pasos a seguir en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "Preparación: crear el producto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -"Emisión del anticipo de la factura electrónica por el importe del anticipo " -"recibido" +"Desde el 1 de enero de 2018, es un requisito para los contribuyentes que " +"realizan operaciones de exportación de tipo A1. Mientras que el CFDI actual " +"es 4.0, el comercio exterior se encuentra actualmente en la versión 1.1." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" -msgstr "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor total de la operación" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar esta función, debe instalar los módulos " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` y :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "Agregar una nota de crédito de la factura de anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "Preparación: crear el producto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." msgstr "" -"El producto de anticipo debe ser de tipo *servicio* y debe utilizar la " -"**Categoría de producto NSPSC**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Asegúrese de que su negocio necesita utilizar esta función antes de " +"instalarlos. Le recomendamos que primero consulte a su contador antes de " +"hacer cualquier modificación." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" +"Si bien los requisitos del CFDI 4.0 le piden que agregue un código postal " +"válido a su contacto, el complemento de comercio exterior agrega como campos" +" obligatorios la :guilabel:`ciudad` y el :guilabel:`estado`. Los tres campos" +" deben coincidir con el `Catálogo oficial del SAT `_ o se " +"producirá un error." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" +"Agregue la :guilabel:`ciudad` y el :guilabel:`estado` al contrato de la " +"empresa, no a la empresa. Puede encontrar el contacto de su empresa en " +":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Clientes --> Clientes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" +"Los campos :guilabel:`entidad federativa` y :guilabel:`código postal` son " +"opcionales y puede agregarlos a la empresa directamente desde " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Ajustes generales --> Empresas`. Estos dos deben" +" coincidir con los datos del SAT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" -msgstr "Producto de anticipo" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "Campos opcionales de comercio exterior para la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" -"Agregue el producto de anticipo como predeterminado para usar desde las " -"configuraciones de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "Configuración del anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor del anticipo recibido" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" -"Crear la factura anticipada: a partir de la orden de venta, cree una factura" -" anticipada para el porcentaje de la compra que se pagará por adelantado (o " -"por una cantidad fija)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" -msgstr "Se aplica el anticipo" +"Los datos de contacto del cliente extranjero receptor deben tener los " +"siguientes campos con su respectiva información completa para evitar " +"errores:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "Valide la factura con el producto de anticipo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "Confirme el anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "Folio fiscal del anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "Registre el pago de la factura anticipada." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "Factura del anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "Se registró el anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." -msgstr "Emisión de la factura electrónica por el valor total de la operación." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`dirección` completa de la empresa, con un :guilabel:`código " +"postal` válido y el :guilabel:`país` extranjero." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" +"El formato del :guilabel:`NIF` (número de identificación fiscal) extranjero." +" Por ejemplo: Colombia `123456789-1`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña :guilabel:`EDI MX` debe mencionar si el cliente recibe los " +"bienes de forma temporal (:guilabel:`Temporal`) o permanente " +"(:guilabel:`Definitiva`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" +"Si al crear este contacto toma como referencia otro ubicado en México, " +"asegúrese de eliminar cualquier información en el campo :guilabel:`Régimen " +"fiscal`, tampoco utilice :guilabel:`Sin desglose de impuestos`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "Campos necesarios para los clientes de comercio exterior." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`NIF` se sustituye de forma automática con el NIF genérico para" +" transacciones en el extranjero `XEXX010101000` en el XML y PDF resultante." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" +"Todos los productos relacionados con comercio exterior deben tener cuatro " +"campos completos, dos de ellos pertenecen solo a esta característica." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -"A partir de la orden de venta, cree una factura para el total, es decir, " -"para todas las líneas de la orden sin descontar el anticipo." +"La :guilabel:`referencia interna` del producto se encuentra en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Información general`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "El :guilabel:`peso` del producto debe ser superior a `0`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" +"La :guilabel:`fracción arancelaria` `correcta " +"`_ del producto " +"en la pestaña :guilabel:`Contabilidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponde a la :guilabel:`fracción arancelaria`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "Factura completa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." -msgstr "" -"Deseleccione la casilla de verificación del campo **Deducir anticipos**." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "Campos necesarios para los productos de comercio exterior." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -"Agregue el CFDI original de la factura anticipada agregando ``07 |`` al " -"inicio + Folio fiscal de la factura de anticipo que se creó en el paso " -"anterior." +"Si el código de UdM de la :guilabel:`fracción arancelaria` es `01`, la " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` correcta es `kg`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." msgstr "" -"Copie el Folio fiscal de la siguiente factura, como se muestra en este " -"ejemplo:" +"Si el código de UdM de la :guilabel:`fracción arancelaria` es `06`, la " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` correcta es `Unidades`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "Flujo de facturación" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" +"Antes de crear una factura, es importante tener en cuenta que para las " +"facturas de comercio exterior es necesario convertir el importe de su " +"producto a USD. Por lo tanto, debe tener las :doc:`multidivisas habilitadas " +"` y activar USD" +" en la sección :guilabel:`Divisas`. El :guilabel:`servicio` correcto a " +"ejecutar es :guilabel:`Banco mexicano`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" +"Con la tasa de cambio correcta configurada en :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Ajustes --> Divisa`, los únicos campos pendientes son " +":guilabel:`Incoterm` y :guilabel:`Origen del certificado` en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Otra información`, este último es opcional." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "Folio fiscal de la factura completa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" -"Y péguelo en el borrador de la factura que se creó a partir de la orden de " -"venta sin descontar los anticipos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "Folio del CFDI origen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" -"Valide y copie el Folio fiscal para después (en el ejemplo, la copia del " -"Folio fiscal es: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "Agregar una nota de crédito de la factura" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "Otra información para comercio exterior." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -"Cree una **Nota de crédito** a partir de la factura anticipada (la factura " -"correctiva debe editarse antes de confirmarla, vea la explicación debajo de " -"las 2 imágenes a continuación)" +"Firme la factura de la misma forma en que firma una factura normal con el " +"botón :guilabel:`Procesar ahora`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" -msgstr " Creación de una nota de crédito" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "Guía de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "Emparejamiento del anticipo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -"Antes de *confirmar* la nota de crédito, edite el CFDI de Origen con ``07 |" -" XXX`` en lugar del prefijo ``01 | XXX``" +"Una `Carta Porte `_ es una guía de embarque, es decir, un documento que indica el " +"tipo, cantidad y destino de las mercancías que se transportan." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "Modificar folio fiscal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "Tipo de CFDI origen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "Ahora se puede confirmar la factura." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "Publicar nota de crédito" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -"Ahora la nota de crédito (pago anticipado) debe aplicarse al total de la " -"factura, esto se agrega en la parte inferior debajo del importe adeudado." +"El 1° de diciembre del 2021, se implementó la versión 2.0 de este CFDI para " +"todos los proveedores de transporte, intermediarios y propietarios de " +"bienes. Odoo puede generar un documento tipo \"T\" (traslado) el cual, a " +"diferencia de otros documentos, se crea en una orden de envío y no en una " +"factura o pago. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "Agregar nota de crédito" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" +"Odoo puede crear archivos XML y PDF con o sin transporte terrestre y puede " +"procesar materiales etiquetados como *Peligrosos*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" -msgstr "Se aplicó el anticipo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar esta función, debe instalar los módulos " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" +"Además, debe tener las aplicaciones :doc:`Inventario " +"` y :doc:`Ventas " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" +"Odoo no es compatible con la Carta Porte tipo \"I\" (Ingreso), transporte " +"marítimo o aéreo. Consulte con su contador primero si necesita esta función " +"antes de hacer cualquier modificación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "Odoo maneja dos tipos diferentes de CFDI:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"**No excede el tramo de carretera federal**: se usa cuando la *distancia " +"hacia el destino* es `menos de 30km " +"`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" +"**Transporte por carretera federal**: se usa cuando la *distancia hacia el " +"destino* excede los 30km. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" +"Además de los requisitos estándar de una factura normal (el RFC del cliente," +" el código UNSPSC...) no es necesario ningún otro ajuste si utiliza *No " +"excede el tramo de carretera federal*. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -"Registre un pago por la diferencia del anticipo y el total de la venta." +"Por otro lado, para *Transporte por carretera federal*, necesita una " +"configuración adicional para los contactos, los vehículos y los productos. " +"Esta configuración se agrega a los archivos XML y PDF. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" -msgstr "Pago de importe residual" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "Contactos y vehículos " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" msgstr "" -"Si va al XML de la factura, debería ver en el CFDI relacionado el tipo de " -"relación 07 y el Folio fiscal de la factura anticipada." +"Así como con la función de comercio externo, la dirección de su empresa y " +"la de su cliente final debe estar completa. El código postal, la ciudad y el" +" estado debe coincidir con el `Catálogo Oficial del SAT `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "El campo :guilabel:`Localidad` es opcional para ambas direcciones. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" -msgstr "XML del anticipo" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "Contactos de la guía de envíos." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "Descuentos basados en los días de pago" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Los descuentos de efectivo son incentivos que puede ofrecer para motivar a " -"los clientes a pagar dentro de un periodo de tiempo específico. Por ejemplo," -" ofrece un 2% de descuento si el cliente le paga dentro de los primeros 5 " -"días de la factura, cuando esta vence en 30 días. Este enfoque puede mejorar" -" en gran medida el periodo de pago promedio de sus clientes." +"La dirección de origen que se usa para la guía de envío se configura en " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Gestión de almacenes --> " +"Almacenes`. Aunque se establece como la dirección de la empresa " +"predeterminada, la puede cambiar de acuerdo a la dirección correcta del " +"almacén. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "Crear y asignar el término de pago correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "Registrar el pago dentro de los días del descuento." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Crear una nota de crédito" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." msgstr "" -"Para configurar el descuento por anticipo, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Términos de pago` y haga " -"clic en *Crear*. Agregue un tipo de porcentaje con un valor correspondiente " -"(por ejemplo, 98% del precio total para un descuento del 2%) y el número de " -"días durante los cuales la oferta es válida (por ejemplo, 5 días). También " -"puede cambiar el tipo de balance adeudado si es necesario (en este ejemplo, " -"30 días)." +"Otra adición a esta función es el menú :guilabel:`Configuración del " +"vehículo` en :menuselection:`Inventario --> Ajustes --> México`. Este menú " +"le permite agregar toda la información relacionada al vehículo que usa la " +"orden de envío. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +msgstr "" +"Es obligatorio que complete todos los campos para crear una guía de envío " +"completa." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" -msgstr "Término de pago del descuento" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 -msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -"Luego, al crear la orden de venta o la factura de venta, asigne el término " -"de pago creado previamente." +"Campos obligatorios de la configuración de la guía de envío del vehículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Intermediarios` debe agregar al operador del " +"vehículo. Los únicos campos obligatorios para este contacto son el " +":guilabel:`RFC` y :guilabel:`Licencia de operador`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" +"Como con cualquier otra factura normal, todos los productos deben tener una " +":guilabel:`categoría UNSPSC`. Además, hay dos ajustes adicionales para los " +"productos que se incluyen en las guías de envío: " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" +"El :guilabel:`Tipo de producto` debe estar establecido como " +":guilabel:`Producto almacenable` para los movimientos de existencias que se " +"creen. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña de :guilabel:`Inventario`, el campo :guilabel:`Peso` debe ser " +"de más de 0." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" -msgstr "Descuento en la factura" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "Configuración para la guía de envío de productos." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "Flujo de ventas e inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -"Registre el pago dentro de los días en los que se especificó la aplicación " -"del descuento, en nuestro caso es dentro de los 5 días posteriores a la " -"creación de la factura de venta." +"Para crear una guía de envío, primero debe crear y confirmar una orden de " +"venta. Esto generará un botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Envío`. Haga clic " +"sobre él y :guilabel:`Valide` la transferencia. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "Descuento de pago" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." msgstr "" -"Luego vaya a la parte inferior de la factura donde se encuentran los totales" -" y allí verá 2 pagos creados, restablezcala a borrador y cancele el pago que" -" no corresponde, el que está relacionado con el descuento." +"Después de que el estado se cambia a :guilabel:`Hecho`, podrá editar la " +"transferencia y seleccionar el :guilabel:`Tipo de transporte` (ya sea " +":guilabel:`No excede el tramo de carretera federal` o :guilabel:`Transporte " +"por carretera federal`). " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Si su envío tiene el tipo :guilabel:`No excede el tramo de carretera " +"federal`, puede guardar la transferencia y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Generar " +"guía de envío`. Puede encontrar el archivo XML que se genera en el chatter." +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" +"Además del código :guilabel:`UNSPSC` en todos los productos, las guías de " +"envío que usan el tipo :guilabel:`No excede el tramo de carretera federal`, " +"no necesitan otros ajustes especiales que deba enviar al gobierno. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." +msgstr "" +"Si su guía de envío es del tipo :guilabel:`Transporte por carretera " +"federal`, aparecerá la pestaña :guilabel:`MX EDI`. Ahí deberá escribir un " +"valor en :guilabel:`Distancia hacia el destino (KM)` que sea mayor a `0`, y " +"debe seleccionar la :guilabel:`Configuración del vehículo` que se usará para" +" ese envío. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" -msgstr "Ver el descuento de pago" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "Pestaña de configuración MX EDI para la guía de envío." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "Restablecer pago a borrador" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Cancelar pago" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "Materiales peligrosos " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -"Por último, para cerrar el ciclo debemos cerrar la factura, pero como en " -"este caso aplicamos un descuento, para cerrarlo correctamente debemos crear " -"una nota de crédito que especifique que la diferencia se le dio al cliente " -"en una **nota de crédito**." +"Algunos valores dentro de las :guilabel:`categorías UNSPSC` se consideran " +"peligrosos de acuerdo al `catálogo oficial del SAT " +"`_." +" Estas categorías necesitan consideraciones adicionales al momento de crear " +"una guía de envío tipo :guilabel:`Transporte por carretera federal`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "Nota de crédito del descuento" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "Razón de la nota de crédito" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "Ajuste el importe al balance restante en la factura original." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "Total de la nota de crédito" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "Agregue la nota de crédito a la factura original para que se liquide." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "Agregar nota de crédito para el descuento" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "Cancelación de facturas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "Antes de las 72 horas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -"Si es necesario cancelar una factura que se validó y se envió al SAT en " -"menos de 72 horas siga los pasos a continuación." +"En el producto, debe completar los campos :guilabel:`Clave para designar " +"material peligroso (MX)` y :guilabel:`Empaque peligroso (MX)` con la clave " +"correcta del catálogo del |SAT|. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" -msgstr "Solicitar una cancelación" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" +"En la configuración del vehículo, también tiene que completar los datos del " +":guilabel:`Seguro de responsabilidad ambiental` y la :guilabel:`Política del" +" seguro ambiental`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" -msgstr "Cancelar en 72 horas" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "Campos ambientales obligatorios en la guía de envío. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "Después, continúe con el proceso para crear la guía en envío. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "Números de pedimento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" +"Un pedimento aduanero es un documento fiscal que certifica que todas las " +"contribuciones a la entidad fiscal (SAT) se pagaron por la " +"importación/exportación de bienes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" +"De acuerdo con el `Anexo 20 " +"`_ del " +"CFDI 4.0, los documentos en donde los bienes facturados vienen de una " +"operación de importación de primera mano, deben tener un :guilabel:`Número " +"de pedimento` en todas las líneas de producto involucradas en la operación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" +"Para esto, debe tener instalado el módulo :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing`. " +"Además debe tener las aplicaciones :doc:`Inventario " +"`, :doc:`Compra " +"` y :doc:`Ventas " +"`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" +"No debe confundir esta función con comercio externo. Los números de " +"pedimento están directamente relacionados con la importación de bienes, " +"mientras que el comercio externo está relacionado con las exportaciones. " +"Consulte con su contador primero si necesita esta función antes de hacer " +"cualquier modificación. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" -msgstr "El estado de la **Facturación electrónica** cambia a *Cancelado*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" +" Para rastrear el número de pedimento correcto para una factura en " +"específico, Odoo utiliza los :doc:`costes en destino " +"`." +" Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> " +"Valoración`. Asegúrese de que la opción :guilabel:`Costes en destino` esté " +"activada." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" -msgstr "Haga clic en *RESTABLECER A BORRADOR*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" +"Primero, debe crear un producto de tipo *servicio* que se llame " +"`Pedimento`. En la pestaña :guilabel:`Compra`, seleccione la casilla " +":guilabel:`Es un coste en destino` y seleccione un :guilabel:`Método de " +"división predeterminado`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" -msgstr "Cambiar factura a borrador" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" +"Después, debe configurar los *productos almacenables* que contengan números " +"de pedimento. Debe asegurarse de que la categoría del producto tenga la " +"siguiente configuración: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" -msgstr "Haga clic en *CANCELAR ASIENTO*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Método de coste`: debe ser :guilabel:`FIFO` o :guilabel:`AVCO`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "Cancelar asiento contable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Valoración del inventarios`: :guilabel:`Automático`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuenta de la valoración de las existencias`: :guilabel:`115.01.01" +" Inventario`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "Después de 72 horas" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Diario de las existencias`: :guilabel:`Valoración del inventario`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cuenta de entrada de las existencias`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 " +"Mercancías en tránsito`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -"Si es necesario cancelar una factura que se validó y envió al SAT hace más " -"de 72 horas, se debe solicitar al cliente que acepte la cancelación, para " -"ello se deben seguir los siguientes pasos." +":guilabel:`Cuenta de salida de las existencias`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 " +"Mercancías en tránsito`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" -msgstr "" -"Haga clic en *Solicitar cancelación de Intercambio electrónico de datos* " -"para informar al SAT que desea cancelar la factura, en este caso el cliente " -"debe ingresar a la página web del SAT y aprobarla. (El estado del campo " -"**Facturación electrónica** en Odoo cambia a *Por cancelar*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." +msgstr "Configuración de los productos almacenables." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." -msgstr "" -"Después de que el cliente (Receptor/cliente) aprueba la cancelación en su " -"portal del SAT es posible cambiar la factura a borrador y hacer clic en " -"*Cancelar asiento*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "Flujo de compra y ventas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" -"Odoo se sincroniza con el SAT para actualizar el estado de la **factura " -"electrónica** con una acción programada, las facturas canceladas en el SAT " -"se cancelarán en Odoo." +"Cree una :guilabel:`orden de compra` y confírmela. Esto deberá activar un " +"botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Recepción` y deberá validar la recepción " +"también." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" -msgstr "Cancelar después de 72 horas" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." +msgstr "Números de pedimento de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." msgstr "" -"Después de hacer clic en **Solicitar cancelación de intercambio electrónico " -"de datos**, el estado del campo **Facturación electrónica** será *Por " -"cancelar*, pero el estado del SAT será *Válido*, permanecerá activo hasta " -"que el cliente final/el destinatario apruebe la cancelación en el SAT." +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Costes en destino` y " +"cree un nuevo registro. Agregue la transferencia que acaba de crear y el " +"producto de `Pedimento` y :guilabel:`Número de pedimento`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" +"De manera opcional, puede agregar un importe de coste. Después, valide el " +"coste en destino. Una vez :guilabel:`Publicado`, todos los productos " +"relacionados con esa recepción tendrán el número de pedimento asignado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" +"Solo puede agregar el número de pedimento una vez, así que tenga cuidado al " +"asociar el número correcto con la transferencia o transferencias." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "Revisar estado del PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." -msgstr "" -"Una vez cancelado en el SAT, Odoo sincronizará el estado del SAT a través de" -" acciones programadas que se ejecutan todos los días para sincronizar los " -"estados del SAT, Facturación electrónica y Odoo (esta acción programada se " -"puede ejecutar manualmente al ingresar con el modo de desarrollador)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." +msgstr "Número de pedimento en Inventario." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." msgstr "" -"Si la factura se cancela en el SAT, se cancela también en Odoo, lo que " -"permite cambiar la factura a borrador y, por último, cancelar la factura " -"(*cancelar asiento*)." +"Ahora cree una orden de ventas y confírmela. Deberá aparecer un botón " +"inteligente de :guilabel:`Envío`. Haga clic en validar. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, cree una factura desde la orden de ventas y confírmela. La línea" +" de factura relacionada con su producto debe tener un número de pedimento " +"asociado. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "Acción programada del PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" -msgstr "Cancelar facturas pagadas" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "Número de pedimento en un producto de una orden de venta confirmada. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "Contabilidad electrónica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -"Si la factura ya se pagó, se debe crear una nota de crédito a partir de la " -"factura para que se reconozca el CFDI de origen y luego se cancele la " -"factura original." +"En Mexico, la `contabilidad electrónica " +"`_ se refiere a la obligación de llevar los registros y asientos" +" contables a través de medios electrónicos y de ingresar mensualmente la " +"información contable en el sitio web del SAT. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" -msgstr "Cancelar factura pagada" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "Consta de tres archivos XML principales:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" -msgstr "Nota de crédito por cancelar" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "La lista actualizada del plan de cuentas que usa actualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" -msgstr "Cancelar facturas del periodo anterior" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" +"Un balance general mensual, además de un reporte de asiento de cierre " +"conocido como *Balanza de comprobación 13*" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" -msgstr "Problema" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" +"Una exportación de los asientos en su libro mayor, ya sea de manera opcional" +" o para una auditoría obligatoria. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." +msgstr "" +"El archivo XML que se genera cumple con los requisitos del `Anexo Técnico de" +" Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." +" " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" -"Si la factura es del mes anterior y el periodo está cerrado, los ingresos ya" -" se declararon en los reportes financieros y al gobierno. En Odoo, al " -"cancelar una factura, se elimina el asiento contable como si los ingresos ya" -" reportados no hubieran existido, esto representa un problema fiscal porque " -"los ingresos ya se declararon en el mes anterior." +"Además, puede generar el archivo `DIOT " +"`_: un reporte de los " +"asientos del diario de proveedores que incluye el IVA que se puede exportar " +"en un archivo :file:`.txt`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." msgstr "" -"El problema reside cuando se ha cerrado el periodo fiscal, en el periodo " -"actual debe realizar el asiento de reversión y guardar la información de " -"cancelación." +"Para usar estos reportes, necesita instalar los módulos " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` , " +"así como la aplicación :doc:`Contabilidad " +"`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" -msgstr "Factura por cancelar" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." +msgstr "" +"Puede encontrar todos estos reportes en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Reportes --> México`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Periodo anterior" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" +"Las características y obligaciones específicas de los reportes que envíes " +"pueden cambiar de acuerdo su régimen fiscal. Consulte a su contador antes de" +" enviar cualquier documento al gobierno. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "Así es como se ve el balance general:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" -msgstr "Balance general anterior" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "Catálogo de cuentas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Si se cancela la factura, el asiento contable y el balance general se ven " -"así después de cancelar:" +"El :doc:`plan de cuentas " +"` de México " +"tiene un patrón específico basado en el `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_" +" del SAT. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "Cuentas por cobrar en balance general" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "Solución" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." msgstr "" -"Cierre el periodo fiscal todos los meses (mejores prácticas de localización " -"en México)." +"Puede crear cualquier cuenta siempre y cuando respete el formato de clave " +"del |SAT|. El formato es `NNN.YY.ZZ` o `NNN.YY.ZZZ`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." +msgstr "Algunos ejemplos son `102.01.99` o `401.01.001`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "Cancele la factura en el SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "Cree un asiento de reversión manual (asiento contable)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" -"Concilie la factura abierta con el asiento de reversión (asiento contable)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" -"Cambie el estado de facturación electrónica a Cancelado con acción del " -"servidor." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -"Cierre del periodo contable cada mes (Mejores prácticas de localización " -"mexicana)" +"Cuando crea una nueva cuenta en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Configuración --> Plan de cuentas`, si sigue este formato, obtendrá el " +"código de agrupación correcto en las :guilabel:`Etiquetas`, y su cuenta " +"aparecerá en el reporte COA. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -"Si el periodo contable se cierra debido a las fechas de bloqueo, Odoo no " -"permitirá modificar o agregar asientos contables de una fecha " -"correspondiente a ese periodo contable." +"Una vez que ha creado todas sus cuentas y se haya asegurado de ponerle las " +":guilabel:`Etiquetas` correctas. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" -msgstr "Cierre del periodo fiscal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" +"No puede usar un formato que termine una sección con 0 (por ejemplo, " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). Esto causará errores en el " +"reporte. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que esté todo listo, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " +"Reportes --> México --> Plan de cuentas` y haga clic en el botón " +":guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "Balanza de comprobación " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" -msgstr "Cancelar factura en el SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -"Si el periodo contable está cerrado y la factura fue cancelada en el SAT, se" -" publicará el estado en Odoo mientras que el estado de **Facturación " -"electrónica** será *Enviado* y el estado del SAT es *Cancelado*." +"La balanza de comprobación es un reporte del balance inicial, el crédito y " +"el balance total de sus cuentas que se genera si agrega correctamente su " +"grupo de codificación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Este reporte se puede generar mensualmente, y puede crear una versión en " +"archivo XML en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> México --> " +"Balanza de comprobación` y haciendo clic en el botón :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. " +"Seleccione el mes que desea descargar con antelación. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" -msgstr "Cancelar en el SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "Reporte de balanza de comprobación." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" -msgstr "Crear un asiento de reversión manualmente" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "Odoo no genera la *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" -"La solución es crear el asiento contable de reversión con la fecha " -"registrada manualmente en el periodo fiscal actual y conciliar la factura " -"abierta con la reversión creada manualmente." +"Otro reporte adicional es el de *Mes 13*. Se trata de una hoja de balance de" +" cierre que muestra cualquier ajuste o movimiento que se haya hecho en " +"contabilidad para cerrar el año fiscal. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -"Debe indicarse claramente en la referencia que se trata de una cancelación " -"(puede utilizar una cuenta de cancelación para facturas de periodos " -"anteriores como **Otros ingresos**)." +"Para poder generar este documento XML, vaya :menuselection:`Contabilidad " +"--> Contabilidad --> Diarios--> Asiento contables` y cree un nuevo " +"documento. Aquí podrá agregar todos los importes que desee modificar y puede" +" saldar el deber y/o haber de cada uno. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" -msgstr "Reversión manual" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" +"Una vez hecho esto, haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como asiento de cierre`. " +"El reporte que se encuentra en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes " +"--> México --> Balanza de comprobación 13` contiene el importe total del año" +" además de todas las adiciones de los asientos contables. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "Conciliar la factura abierta con el asiento de reversión" +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" +"Puede generar el archivo XML haciendo clic en el botón :guilabel:`SAT " +"(XML)`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "Conciliar factura abierta" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "Configuración del la balanza de comprobación 13. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "Pólizas (libro mayor)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" +"Por ley, todas las transacciones en México se deben registrar de manera " +"digital. Puesto que Odoo crea automáticamente todos los asientos contables " +"subyacentes de sus facturas y pagos, puede exportar sus asientos para " +"cumplir con las auditorías del SAT o las devoluciones de impuestos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" +"Este reporte XML se crea en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> " +"Reportes de auditoría --> Libro mayor`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" +"Puede aplicar filtros por periodo o diarios de acuerdo con sus necesidades. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" +"Después de hacer clic en :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, aparecerá un asistente. " +"Aquí podrá seleccionar entre cuatro :guilabel:`Tipos de exportación`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." +msgstr "" +"Para :guilabel:`Auditoría fiscal` o :guilabel:`Certificación de auditoría` " +"necesita escribir el :guilabel:`Número de orden` que le proporciona el " +"|SAT|. Para la :guilabel:`Devolución de bienes` o para " +":guilabel:`Compensación`, debe escribir el :guilabel:`Número de proceso` que" +" también le proporciona el |SAT|. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "Factura abierta pagada" +msgid "Types of Polizas." +msgstr "Tipos de pólizas. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." msgstr "" -"En el balance general y balance de comprobación ahora se encuentran los " -"balances correctos." +"Si desea ver este reporte sin enviarlo, utilice `ABC6987654/99` para el " +"campo :guilabel:`Número de orden` y `AB123451234512` para :guilabel:`Número " +"de proceso`. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" -msgstr "Nuevo balance general" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" -msgstr "Balance general actualizado" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "Balance de comprobación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" -"Cambiar el estado de la facturación electrónica a Cancelado con acción del " -"servidor" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 -msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." -msgstr "" -"Se puede crear una acción de servidor que modifique el estado de la factura " -"a *Cancelada* una vez que se concilie con el asiento de reversión (debe " -"verificar con el soporte o con su consultor funcional asignado antes de " -"realizar esta acción)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" -msgstr "Acción programada de estado de PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" -msgstr "Ejecutar acción de servidor" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "Contabilidad electrónica" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "La contabilidad de México en Odoo se compone de 3 reportes:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "Plan de cuentas electrónico (se llama y aparece como COA)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Balance electrónico de comprobación." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Reporte DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" -"1. y 2. se consideran contabilidad electrónica, y DIOT es un reporte que " -"solo está disponible en el contexto de la contabilidad." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" -msgstr "" -"Puede encontrar todos esos reportes en :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> " -"Reportes --> México`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "Reportes en México" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." -msgstr "" -"La facturación electrónica nunca ha sido tan fácil, simplemente vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> México --> COA` y haga clic en" -" el botón **Exportar para SAT (XML)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "Plan de cuentas para el SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "¿Cómo agregar cuentas nuevas?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" -"Si agrega una cuenta con la convención de codificación NNN.YY.ZZ donde " -"NNN.YY es un grupo de codificación SAT, su cuenta se configurará " -"automáticamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" -"Ejemplo: para agregar una cuenta para una nueva cuenta bancaria vaya a " -":menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Ajustes --> Plan de cuentas` y luego cree " -"una nueva cuenta en el botón «Crear» e intente crear una cuenta con el " -"número 102.01 .99, una vez que cambie para establecer el nombre verá una " -"etiqueta configurada automáticamente, las etiquetas configuradas son las " -"elegidas para ser utilizadas en el Plan de cuentas en XML." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "Crear cuenta" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "¿Qué significan las etiquetas?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" -"Para conocer todas las posibles categorías, puede leer el `Anexo 24 " -"`_" -" en el sitio web del SAT, en la sección denominada **Código agrupador de " -"cuentas del SAT**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" -"Cuando instala el módulo l10n_mx y su plan de cuentas depende de él (esto " -"sucede automáticamente al instalar la configuración de México como país en " -"su base de datos), tendrá las etiquetas más comunes de forma predeterminada." -" Si no se crea la etiqueta que necesita, puede crearla usted mismo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balance de comprobación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"Exactamente como el plan de cuentas, pero con el crédito y débito del " -"balance inicial, una vez que haya configurado correctamente su plan de " -"cuentas, puede ir a :menuselection:`Reportes --> Balance de comprobación` " -"este se genera automáticamente y se puede exportar a XML mediante el botón " -"**Exportar para SAT (XML)** en la parte superior con la selección previa del" -" periodo que desea exportar." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "Balance electrónico de comprobación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" -"Todos los análisis normales y las funciones enumeradas están disponibles " -"aquí, así como cualquier reporte normal de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Reporte DIOT (requiere la aplicación Contabilidad)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "¿Qué es la DIOT y la importancia de su presentación al SAT?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" -"Cuando se trata de trámites con el Servicio de Administración del SAT, " -"sabemos que no debemos descuidar lo que presentamos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" -"La DIOT es la Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros, la cual " -"es una obligación adicional con el IVA, donde debemos dar el estado de " -"nuestras operaciones a terceros, o lo que se considere lo mismo, con " -"nuestros proveedores." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" -"Esto aplica tanto a Personas físicas como a Personas morales, por lo que si " -"tenemos IVA para presentar al SAT y también tratamos con proveedores es " -"necesario enviar la DIOT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "¿Cuándo presentar la DIOT y en qué formato?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" -"Es fácil presentar la DIOT, ya que, como todos los formatos, se puede " -"obtener en la página del SAT. Es el formulario electrónico A-29 que se puede" -" encontrar en el sitio web del SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" -"Todos los meses, si tiene operaciones con terceros, es necesario presentar " -"la DIOT, como hacemos con el IVA, por lo que si en enero tenemos tratos con " -"proveedores, para febrero debemos presentar la información relevante de " -"dichos datos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "¿Dónde se presenta la DIOT?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Puede presentar la DIOT de diferentes formas, es su decisión cuál elegirá y" -" cuál le resultará más cómoda, ya que la presentará todos los meses o cada " -"vez que tenga tratos con proveedores." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" -"El formulario A-29 es electrónico, por lo que puede presentarlo en la página" -" del SAT, pero esto después de haber realizado hasta 500 registros." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se han ingresado estos 500 registros en el SAT, debe enviarlos a" -" la Administración Local de Servicios al Contribuyente (ALSC) con " -"correspondencia a su dirección fiscal, estos registros pueden enviarse en un" -" medio de almacenamiento digital como un CD o USB, los cuales, una vez " -"validados, serán devueltos, así que no dude que aún tendrá estos discos y " -"por supuesto, su CD o USB." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "Una cosa más que debe saber: ¿carga por lotes?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" -"Al revisar los documentos oficiales del SAT en DIOT, encontrará la carga por" -" lotes y, por supuesto, lo primero que pensamos es ¿qué es eso?, y según el " -"sitio del SAT es:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"La \"carga por lotes\" es la conversión de bases de datos a partir de " -"registros de transacciones con proveedores realizadas por los contribuyentes" -" en archivos de texto (.txt). Estos archivos cuentan con la estructura " -"necesaria para su aplicación e importación al sistema de Declaración " -"Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros, evitando la captura directa y, en " -"consecuencia, optimizando el tiempo invertido en su integración para la " -"presentación en tiempo y forma al SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" -"Puede utilizarlo para presentar la DIOT, ya que está permitido, lo que " -"facilitará esta operación, para que no exista y así evitar estar formado con" -" el SAT en lo que respecta a la Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con " -"Terceros." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Información oficial " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "¿Cómo generar este reporte en Odoo?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes --> México --> " -"Transacciones con terceros (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 msgid "DIOT report" msgstr "Reporte DIOT" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Se muestra una vista de reporte, seleccione el último mes para reportar el " -"mes inmediatamente anterior o deje el mes actual si le conviene." +"El reporte DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros) es " +"una obligación adicional con el |SAT|, donde se proporciona el estado " +"actual de los pagos acreditables y no acreditables, retenciones y " +"devoluciones de IVA de sus facturas de proveedor. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "Filtro DIOT" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" +"A diferencia de otros reportes, este se sube a un software que proporciona " +"el |SAT| y que contiene el formulario A-29. En Odoo, puede descargar los " +"registros de sus transacciones en un archivo tipo :file:`.txt` que puede " +"subir al formulario y así evita capturar directamente estos datos. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "Haga clic en *Exportar (XLSX)* o *Imprimir (TXT)*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" +"Este archivo contiene el importe total de sus pagos registrados en las " +"facturas de proveedor desglosados en los tipos correspondientes de IVA. Los " +"campos :guilabel:`NIIF` y :guilabel:`País` son obligatorios para todos los " +"proveedores. " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" +"Para generar el reporte, vaya a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Reportes " +"--> México --> Transacciones con terceros [DIOT]`. Seleccione el mes que " +"desee y haga clic en :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` para descargar el archivo " +":file:`.txt`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "Imprimir DIOT" +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "Ejemplo de DIOT. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" -"Guarde el archivo descargado en un lugar seguro, acceda al sitio web del SAT" -" y siga los pasos necesarios para declararlo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" -"Consideraciones importantes sobre sus datos de proveedor y facturación para " -"DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" -"Todos los proveedores deben tener los campos configurados en la pestaña de " -"contabilidad denominada \"Información DIOT\", el campo Nacionalidad L10N MX " -"se completa simplemente seleccionando el país correspondiente en la " -"dirección, no necesita hacer nada más allí, sino que el tipo de operación " -"l10n MX se debe configurar en todos sus proveedores." +"Debe completar el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de operación L10N Mx` en la pestaña " +"de :guilabel:`Contabilidad` de cada uno de sus proveedores para prevenir " +"errores de validación. Asegúrese de que sus clientes extranjeros tengan su " +"configuración establecida correctamente para que aparezca automáticamente la" +" :guilabel:`Nacionalidad L10N Mx`. " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "Configuración de la DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" -"Hay 3 opciones de IVA para este reporte, 16%, 0% y Exento, una línea de " -"factura en Odoo se considera exenta si no hay impuesto sobre ella, los otros" -" 2 impuestos ya están configurados correctamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" -"Recuerde que para pagar una factura que representa un prepago, primero debe " -"solicitar la factura y luego pagarla y conciliar el pago de forma adecuada, " -"siguiendo el procedimiento estándar de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" -"No necesita completar todos los datos de su partner para intentar generar la" -" factura del proveedor, puede corregir esta información cuando genere el " -"reporte." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" -"Recuerde que este reporte solo muestra las facturas de proveedores que " -"realmente se pagaron." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" -"Si no se tienen en cuenta algunas de estas consideraciones, aparecerá un " -"mensaje como este cuando genere la DIOT en TXT con todos los partners que " -"necesita para verificar este reporte en particular. Es por eso que " -"recomendamos utilizar este reporte no solo para exportar su información " -"legal. Genérelo antes de fin de mes y úselo como su proceso de auditoria " -"para ver que todos sus partners están configurados correctamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "Error en la DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "Cierre del periodo fiscal en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Antes de proceder al cierre del año fiscal, hay algunos pasos que " -"normalmente debe tomar para asegurarse de que su contabilidad sea correcta, " -"precisa y esté actualizada:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Asegúrese de haber conciliado completamente sus cuentas bancarias hasta el " -"final del año y confirme que los balances del libro de cierre coincidan con " -"los balances en sus estados de cuenta bancarios." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Verifique que se hayan ingresado y aprobado todas las facturas de los " -"clientes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" -"Confirme que ha ingresado y aprobado todas las facturas de proveedores." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Valide todos los gastos, asegurando su exactitud." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" -"Verifique que todos los pagos recibidos se hayan ingresado y registrado con " -"exactitud." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute un **Reporte fiscal** y verifique que su información fiscal sea " -"correcta." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "Concilie todas las cuentas en su **Balance general**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" -"Compare sus balances bancarios en Odoo con los balances bancarios actuales " -"en sus estados de cuenta. Utilice el reporte **Conciliación bancaria** para " -"ayudarle." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" -"Concilie todas las transacciones en efectivo y cuentas bancarias al ejecutar" -" sus reportes **Cuentas por cobrar antiguas** y **Cuentas por pagar " -"antiguas**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Audite sus cuentas, asegurándose de comprender completamente las " -"transacciones que las afectan y la naturaleza de las transacciones, y de " -"incluir préstamos y activos fijos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Ejecute la función opcional **Emparejamiento de pagos**, en el menú " -"desplegable *Más* en las opciones de diario en el tablero de Contabilidad, " -"validando cualquier factura de proveedor y factura de cliente con sus pagos." -" Este paso es opcional, sin embargo, puede ayudar al proceso de fin de año " -"si se concilian todos los pagos y facturas pendientes, y puede llevar a " -"encontrar errores propios o del sistema." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" -"A su contador probablemente le gustará verificar sus apuntes en el balance " -"general y realizar algunas entradas en el diario para:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Hacer ajustes manuales de fin de año, utilizando el reporte **Auditoría de " -"diario** (por ejemplo, los reportes **Ingresos actuales del año** e " -"**Ingresos retenidos**)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Trabajo en progreso**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "**Diarios de depreciación**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Préstamos**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustes de impuestos**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Si su contador está en la auditoría de fin de año, querrá tener copias de " -"los apuntes del balance general (como préstamos, cuentas bancarias, pagos " -"anticipados, reportes de impuestos sobre las ventas, etc.) para compararlos " -"con sus balances en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" -"Durante este proceso, es una buena práctica establecer la **Fecha de cierre " -"para no asesores** en el último día del año financiero anterior, que se " -"establece en los ajustes de Contabilidad. De esta manera, el contador puede " -"confiar en que nadie más está cambiando las transacciones del año anterior " -"mientras audita los libros." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "Año fiscal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "Proceso de cierre contable" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" -"En Odoo no es necesario realizar un asiento específico de fin de año para " -"cerrar las cuentas de reporte de ingresos. El resultado del ejercicio se " -"calcula automáticamente en el tipo de cuenta (Ganancias del año actual) y se" -" acumulará la diferencia entre Ingresos - Gastos para calcularlo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"Los reportes se crean en tiempo real, lo que significa que el **Reporte de " -"ingresos** corresponde directamente a la fecha de cierre del año que " -"especifique en Odoo. Además, en cualquier momento que genere el **Reporte de" -" ingresos**, la fecha de inicio corresponderá a la fecha de inicio del **año" -" fiscal** y los balances de las cuentas serán todos 0." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" -"Al 31 de diciembre, el balance general muestra las ganancias del año actual " -"que no se han reconocido (tipo de cuenta Total de ganancias no asignadas del" -" año actual en la Cuenta de México 305.01.01 [tipo 'ganancias del año " -"actual'])" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "Cierre del balance general" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" -"El contador debe crear un asiento contable para reconocer el resultado del " -"año en las Ganancias acumuladas de años anteriores en la cuenta \"resultados" -" de años anteriores\" (304.01.01 en México), la cual es una cuenta de " -"capital." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" -"Después de publicar el asiento contable, haga clic en *Marcar como asiento " -"de cierre del año fiscal*. Este paso es importante porque está vinculado al " -"reporte de balanza de comprobación. Si este asiento contable no se marca " -"como asiento de cierre, la balanza de comprobación no será correcta. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "El asiento contable simplificado se vería así:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "Asiento contable de cierre" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que el contador ha creado el asiento contable para ubicar las " -"**Ganancias actuales del año**, debe establecer la **Fecha de cierre** en el" -" último día del año fiscal. Asegurándose de que antes de hacer esto, la " -"ganancia actual del año reporte correctamente un balance de 0, sin importar " -"la ganancia actual del año en el **Balance general**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "Revisar cierre de balance general" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Funciones adicionales recomendadas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "Aplicación Contactos (gratis)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" -"Si desea administrar de forma adecuada a sus clientes, proveedores y " -"direcciones, es muy recomendable instalar este módulo, incluso si no es una " -"necesidad técnica." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "Multidivisa (requiere la aplicación Contabilidad)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"En México, casi todas las empresas envían y reciben pagos en diferentes " -"divisas. Si desea hacer esto, puede habilitar el uso de la función " -"Multidivisa. También debe habilitar la sincronización con el **Servicio de " -"Banco de México**, ya que esto le permitiría obtener automáticamente el tipo" -" de cambio del SAT sin tener que crear manualmente esta información todos " -"los días en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "Vaya a los ajustes y habilite la función multidivisa." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "Configuración multidivisa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Habilitar errores explícitos en el CFDI utilizando el validador local XSD " -"(CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." -msgstr "" -"Normalmente, es deseable recibir errores explícitos de los campos " -"establecidos de forma incorrecta en el XML. Estos errores se informan mejor " -"si se habilita la verificación. Para habilitarla con la función xsd, siga " -"los siguientes pasos (con el :ref:`modo de desarrollador ` " -"habilitado)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Técnico --> Acciones --> Acciones del " -"servidor`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Busque la acción que se llama \"Descargar archivos XSD a CFDI\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Haga clic en el botón \"Crear acción contextual\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Vaya al formulario de la empresa en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Usuarios y " -"empresas --> Empresas`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Abra cualquier empresa que tenga." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Haga clic en \"Acción\" y luego en \"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI desde la vista de lista de empresas en Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Ahora puede hacer una factura con cualquier error (por ejemplo, un producto " -"sin código, lo cual es bastante común) y se mostrará un error explícito en " -"lugar de uno genérico sin explicación." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Si ve un error como este:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "``El CFDI generado no es válido``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" -"``atributo decl. 'TipoRelacion', atributo 'type': El valor QName " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' no se " -"resuelve en una definición de tipo simple., Línea 36``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" -"Esto puede ser debido a que se restauró un respaldo de la base de datos en " -"otro servidor, o cuando los archivos XSD no se descargaron correctamente. " -"Siga los mismos pasos mencionados anteriormente pero:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Vaya a la empresa en donde ocurre el error. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "Haga clic en *Acción* y luego en *Descargar archivo XSD a CFDI*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "Problemas y errores comunes" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Mensajes de error** (Solo aplica en CFDI 3.3):" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" -"``9:0ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', atributo 'NoIdentificacion': [facet" -" 'minLength'] El valor '' tiene una longitud de '0'; esto no cumple con la " -"longitud mínima permitida de '1'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', atributo 'NoIdentificacion': [facet" -" 'pattern'] El valor '' no es compatible con el patrón '[^|]{1,100}'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" -"**Solución**: Olvidó establecer el campo \"Referencia\" adecuado en el " -"producto, vaya al formulario del producto y establezca su referencia interna" -" correctamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "**Mensajes de error**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': El atributo 'Régimen' es " -"obligatorio y no está.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': El atributo 'RegimenFiscal' es " -"obligatorio y no está.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" -"**Solución**: Olvidó establecer la \"Posición fiscal\" adecuada para el " -"partner de la empresa. Vaya a clientes, elimine el filtro de clientes y " -"busque el partner que se llama como su empresa y establezca la posición " -"fiscal adecuada, la cual es el tipo de negocio que hace su empresa en " -"relación con la lista de posibles valores del SAT, otra opción puede ser que" -" olvidó seguir las consideraciones sobre posiciones fiscales." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" -"Debe ir a los ajustes de Posición fiscal y establecer el código adecuado " -"(son los primeros 3 números del nombre), por ejemplo, para la prueba, debe " -"configurar 601, se verá como en la imagen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "Error en la posición fiscal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" -"Para propósitos de prueba, este valor debe establecerse como ``601 - Régimen" -" General de Ley Personas Morales``, que es el requerido para la demostración" -" de IVA." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Mensaje de error**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV: SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', atributo 'FormaPago': [faceta " -"'enumeración'] El valor '' no es un elemento del conjunto {'01', '02', '03'," -" '04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15' , '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Solución**: el método de pago es obligatorio en su factura." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "Error en el método de pago" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', atributo 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[faceta 'enumeration'] El valor '' no es un elemento del conjunto {'00``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', atributo 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"no es un valor válido de tipo atómico " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': El atributo 'RFC' es obligatorio y no" -" está.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" -"**Solución**: Debe configurar correctamente la dirección de su empresa, este" -" es un grupo de campos obligatorio, puede ir a la configuración de su " -"empresa en :menuselection:`Ajustes--> Usuarios y empresas --> Empresas` y " -"llenar todos los campos obligatorios para su dirección siguiendo los pasos " -"de esta sección: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" -"**Solución**: El código postal de la dirección de su empresa no es válido " -"para México, corríjalo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "Error en el código postal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``18:0:ERROR: SCHEMASV: SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': El atributo 'TipoFactor' es " -"obligatorio y no está.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Elemento " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': El atributo 'TipoFactor' es " -"obligatorio y no está.\", '')``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"**Solución**: Establezca el nombre mexicano para el impuesto del 0% y el 16%" -" en su sistema y utilícelo en la factura. Su impuesto, que representa el 16%" -" de IVA y el 0%, debe tener el campo **Tipo de factor** establecido en " -"*Tasa*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "Error en el tipo de factor" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "Error en la tasa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "`` CCE159``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" -"``Se debe registrar el atributo XXXX si la clave de cce11: ComercioExterior:" -" TipoOperacion registrada es '1' o '2'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "**Solución**: Es necesario especificar el Incoterm." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "``CCE209``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" -"``El atributo cce11: Comercio exterior: Bienes: Bienes: Unidad aduanera debe" -" tener el valor que se espcifica en el catálogo catCFDI: " -"c_FraccionArancelaria columna 'UMT' cuando el atributo cce11: Comercio " -"Exterior: Bienes: Yo``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" -"**Solución**: La Fracción arancelaria debe tener el código de la unidad de " -"medida 01, correspondiente a Kilogramos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Comprobante Fiscal " -"Digital por Internet" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Certificado de Sello Digital" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Proveedor " -"Autorizados de Certificación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "Sello: Firma digital de la factura electrónica" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" -"Addenda: Complemento de información que se puede adjuntar a un Comprobante " -"Fiscal Digital por Internet (CFDI) normalmente requerido por ciertas " -"empresas en México como Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)`: Es el acrónimo en inglés del " -"Universal Unique Identifier. El UUID es el equivalente al Folio Fiscal, se " -"compone por 32 dígitos hexadecimales, que se muestran en 5 grupos separados " -"por guiones." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." -msgstr "" -"LCO: La Lista de Contribuyentes Obligados (LCO) es una lista emitida por el " -"SAT que da cuenta de todos los contribuyentes a quienes autoriza la emisión " -"de facturas y recibos de nómina. Esto significa que, para poder facturar " -"electrónicamente a sus clientes, debe estar en esta base de datos." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." +msgstr "Ejemplo de contacto DIOT." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 msgid "Netherlands" @@ -37290,9 +37205,12 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Perú `_" +"`Tutorial inteligente - Localización de Perú " +"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" @@ -38721,6 +38639,10 @@ msgstr "" "pagos). La declaración anual (incluyendo los activos) y la declaración sobre" " pedido (incluyendo el inventario) aún no son compatibles con Odoo. " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Empresa" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -39223,10 +39145,6 @@ msgstr "" "(Pre-Producción)` :guilabel:`Modo API` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." " " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "Diarios de ventas " - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 0ce8022d0..68cfa3623 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ # Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2022 # Lina Maria Avendaño Carvajal , 2022 # Fairuoz Hussein Naranjo , 2022 -# Lucia Pacheco, 2022 # Marian Cuadra, 2022 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2022 # marcescu, 2022 @@ -21,6 +20,8 @@ # Pablo Rojas , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -3196,678 +3197,1304 @@ msgstr "" "retroalimentación si se detecta un correo duplicado. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Plantillas de correo electrónico" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"Todos sabemos que escribir buenos correos electrónicos es vital para obtener" -" una alta tasa de respuesta, pero no queremos volver a escribir la misma " -"estructura cada vez, ¿verdad? Ahí es donde entran en juego las plantillas de" -" correo electrónico. Sin necesidad de reescribir toda la estructura del " -"correo electrónico cada vez, puede ahorrar tiempo y concentrarse en el " -"contenido. Además, varias plantillas le permiten entregar el mensaje " -"correcto al público adecuado, lo que mejora su experiencia general con la " -"empresa." +"Las plantillas de correo electrónico son mensajes guardados que se utilizan " +"varias veces para enviar correos electrónicos desde la base de datos. " +"Permiten que los usuarios envíen mensajes de calidad sin tener que redactar " +"el mismo texto una y otra vez." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -"Las plantillas de correo electrónico utilizan QWeb. El redactor le permite " -"editar correos electrónicos en su visualización final, lo que hace que las " -"personalizaciones sean más sólidas porque no tiene que editar el código." +"Si crea diferentes plantillas que se adapten a situaciones específicas, los " +"usuarios podrán elegir el mensaje adecuado para el público adecuado. Esto " +"aumenta la calidad del mensaje y la tasa general de interacción con el " +"cliente." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" -"Definir una respuesta predeterminada en su plantilla de correo electrónico" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -"Aunque el campo *Responder a* está disponible en las plantillas de correo, " -"**este campo solo se utiliza en el modo de envío masivo de correos** (al " -"enviar plantillas en lo que llamamos envío de correos electrónicos en masa)." -" Puede enviar correos electrónicos en masa en casi cualquier aplicación que " -"tenga una lista de vista. Seleccione los registros que desea y haga clic en " -"el botón de acción. Si tiene una opción para enviar un correo electrónico, " -"verá un redactor de correo con posibles valores para definir:" +"Las plantillas de correo electrónico en Odoo usan QWeb o XML, de esta manera" +" se pueden editar los correos electrónicos en su presentación final, por lo " +"que las personalizaciones son mejores y no se necesita editar ningún tipo de" +" código. Como resultado, Odoo puede usar una interfaz gráfica de usuario " +"(GUI) para editar correos electrónicos, la cual edita el código backend. " +"Cuando el correo recibido es leído por el programa del usuario final, " +"aparecerán diferentes formatos y gráficos." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" +"Si desea acceder a las plantillas de correo electrónico desde el :ref:`modo " +"de desarrollador `, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Menú técnico --> Correo electrónico --> " +"Plantillas de correo electrónico`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "Editar las plantillas de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" +"La función *paleta de comandos* también se puede usar al escribir plantillas" +" de correo electrónico. Gracias a ella podrá editar directamente el formato " +"y texto de las plantillas, así como añadir enlaces, botones, opciones para " +"agendar o imágenes." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" +"Además, podrá editar directamente el código XML/HTML de la plantilla de " +"correo electrónico, mediante el icono :guilabel:``. También podrá " +"utilizar marcadores de posición dinámicos (que hacen referencia a campos " +"dentro de Odoo)." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "Paleta de comandos" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" +"La función *paleta de comandos* es un editor de texto enriquecido con varios" +" tipos de formato, diseño y opciones de texto. También se puede usar para " +"añadir funciones XML/HTML en una plantilla de correo electrónico. Esta " +"función se activa al escribir '/' en el cuerpo de la plantilla." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Una vez que escriba `/` en el cuerpo de la plantilla de correo electrónico, " +"aparecerá un menú desplegable con las siguientes opciones:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Estructura`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lista con viñetas`: crea una lista con viñetas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lista numerada`: crea una lista numerada." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Lista de pendientes`: lleva seguimiento de las tareas con una " +"lista de pendientes." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tabla`: inserta una tabla." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Separador`: inserta una línea horizontal de separación." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cita`: añade un bloque de cita." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Código`: añade una sección de código." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`2 columnas`: agrega dos columnas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 columnas`: agrega tres columnas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`4 columnas`: agrega cuatro columnas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Formato`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Título 1`: título para una sección en tamaño grande." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Título 2`: título para una sección en tamaño medio." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Título 3`: título para una sección en tamaño pequeño." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cambiar dirección`: cambia la dirección del texto." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Texto`: bloque para un párrafo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Multimedia`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Imagen`: insertar una imagen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Artículo`: vincular un artículo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Navegación`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Enlace`: agregar un enlace." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Botón`: agregar un botón." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Cita`: agregar una cita en específico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Calendario`: agendar una cita." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Widgets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 estrellas`: agregar una calificación de tres estrellas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`5 estrellas`: agregar una calificación de cinco estrellas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bloques generales`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Firma`: incluya su firma." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Herramientas de marketing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Marcadores de posición dinámicos`: agregue contenido " +"personalizado." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Si desea usar cualquiera de estas opciones, haga clic en la función deseada " +"desde el menú desplegable de la paleta de comandos. Para dar formato a un " +"texto existente con una opción de texto (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`Encabezado " +"1`, :guilabel:`Cambiar dirección`, etc.), resalte el texto, teclee la tecla " +"de activación (barra inclinada) `/` y seleccione la opción deseada en el " +"menú desplegable." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" +"Función de la paleta de comandos en una plantilla de correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Uso de marcadores de posición dinámicos `" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "Editor de código XML/HTML" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" +"Para acceder al editor XML/HTML desde una plantilla de correo primero debe " +"activar el :ref:`modo de desarrollador `. Después deberá " +"hacer clic en el icono :guilabel:`` ubicado en la esquina superior " +"derecha de la plantilla y empiece a editar el XML/HTML. Para regresar al " +"editor de texto estándar haga clic en el icono :guilabel:`` de nuevo." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "" -"Redactor en el modo de correos masivos después de seleccionar varias " -"cotizaciones." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "Editor HTML en una plantilla de correo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "También puede definirlos de forma predeterminada en la plantilla:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" +"Debe ser cuidadoso con el editor XML/HTML ya que es el código backend de la " +"plantilla. Si edita mal el código puede resultar en un error inmediato en la" +" plantilla o en un error al actualizar la base de datos." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "Marcadores de posición dinámicos" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" +"Los *marcadores de posición dinámicos* hacen referencia a ciertos campos " +"dentro de la base de datos de Odoo para producir datos únicos en la " +"plantilla de correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" +"A muchas empresas les gusta personalizar sus correos electrónicos con " +"información personalizada del cliente para que destaquen. Esto es posible en" +" Odoo si se hace referencia a un campo dentro de un modelo, solo es " +"necesario insertar un marcador de posición dinámico. Por ejemplo, puede " +"agregar el nombre de un cliente al correo electrónico con el campo " +":guilabel:`Cliente` en el modelo de la :guilabel:`orden de venta`. El " +"marcador de posición dinámico para este campo es `{{ object.partner_id }}`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" +"Los marcadores de posición dinámicos están codificados para mostrar campos " +"desde la base de datos y se pueden usar en el :guilabel:`cuerpo` (en la " +"pestaña :guilabel:`Contenido`) de la plantilla de correo electrónico. " +"También se pueden utilizar en los campos disponibles en la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Configuración de correo electrónico`, el :guilabel:`asunto` del " +"correo electrónico y el :guilabel:`idioma`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Para usar los marcadores de posición dinámicos en el :guilabel:`cuerpo` de " +"un correo electrónico, abra la función **paleta de comandos**. Escriba `/` " +"en el cuerpo de la plantilla de correo en la pestaña :guilabel:`Contenido`, " +"vaya a la parte inferior de la lista de opciones, a :guilabel:`Herramientas " +"de marketing` y después seleccione :guilabel:`marcador de posición " +"dinámico`. Elija un marcador de posición dinámico en la lista de opciones " +"disponibles y siga las instrucciones para configurarlo con el campo " +"correspondiente deseado. Cada marcador de posición dinámico se configura de " +"forma diferente." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" +"Uso de marcadores de posición dinámicos en una plantilla de correo " +"electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" +"Cada combinación única de :guilabel:`Campos`, :guilabel:`Submodelos` y " +":guilabel:`Subcampos` crea un marcador de posición dinámico diferente. " +"Imagínelo como una combinación con el campo que se está creando. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" +"Para buscar campos disponibles, escriba el nombre del front-end (en la " +"interfaz del usuario) del campo en la búsqueda. Esto mostrará los resultados" +" de todos los campos disponibles para el modelo para el que se crea la " +"plantilla de correo electrónico. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" +"Personalizar las plantillas de correo electrónico está fuera del alcance del" +" Soporte de Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "Editor de texto enriquecido" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" +"Puede acceder a la barra de herramientas de editor de texto enriquecido " +"resaltando el texto en la plantilla de correo electrónico. Esto se puede " +"usar para cambiar el encabezado, tamaño/estilo de la fuente, color, agregar " +"un tipo de lista o un enlace. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "Editor de texto enriquecido en la plantilla de correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "Restablecer plantillas de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" +"Si la plantilla de correo electrónico no funciona porque el código ha sido " +"alterado, se puede reestablecer de nuevo a la plantilla predeterminada. " +"Simplemente haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Reestablecer plantilla` ubicado" +" en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla y la plantilla se " +"reestablecerá. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "Reestablecer la plantilla de correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "Respuesta predeterminada en las plantillas de correo electrónico" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" +"En la pestaña de :guilabel:`Configuración de correo electrónico` en una " +"plantilla de correo está el campo :guilabel:`Responder a`. En este campo, " +"agregue las direcciones de correo electrónico a las que se redirigen las " +"respuestas cuando se envían correos electrónicos en masa utilizando esta " +"plantilla. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" +"Agregue varias direcciones de correo electrónico con una coma `,` entre las " +"direcciones o marcadores de posición dinámicos." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "Campo de \"Contestar a\" en la plantilla." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"Debido a esto, establecer un valor en este campo no es de utilidad, ya que " -"el valor definido se ignorará por completo. El valor *Responder a* " -"predeterminado es la dirección de correo electrónico catchall predeterminada" -" para garantizar la comunicación entre su cliente y su base de datos de " -"Odoo. Para obtener más información sobre cómo funciona el catchall, consulte" -" :ref:`cómo gestionar los mensajes entrantes " -"`." +"El campo :guilabel:`Responder a` **solo** se usa para los correos en masa " +"(enviar correos electrónicos en grandes cantidades). Estos correos en masa " +"se pueden enviar en casi cada aplicación en Odoo que tiene una opción de " +"lista de vista. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "" -"Correos electrónicos transaccionales y los URL correspondientes a cada " -"empresa" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -"Al usar Odoo, varios eventos pueden activar el envío de correos electrónicos" -" automatizados. Estos correos electrónicos se conocen como correos " -"electrónicos transaccionales y a veces contienen enlaces que llevan a su " -"base de datos de Odoo." +"Para enviar correos en masa, al estar en una vista de :guilabel:`lista`, " +"seleccione las casillas que están junto a los registros deseados a los que " +"se enviarán los correos electrónicos, haga clic en el botón de " +":guilabel:`Acción` (representado por el icono de :guilabel:`⚙️ (engranaje)`)" +" y seleccione la opción que desee para el correo electrónico del menú " +"desplegable de :guilabel:`Acción`. Las opciones de correo pueden variar " +"dependiendo de la vista de lista particular y la aplicación. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter `." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, los enlaces generados por la base de datos usan la " -"clave dinámica web.base.url que se definió en los parámetros del sistema. " -"Consulte más información sobre este :ref:`parámetro `." +"Si es posible enviar un correo electrónico, aparecerá una ventana emergente " +"para redactarlo con valores que puede definir y personalizar. Esta opción " +"estará disponible en el botón de :guilabel:`Acción` en las páginas donde se " +"pueden enviar correos en masa; por ejemplo, la página de " +":guilabel:`Clientes` de la aplicación CRM. Esta acción ocurre en toda la " +"base de datos de Odoo. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -"Si la aplicación Sitio web no está instalada, la clave web.base.url siempre " -"será el parámetro predeterminado que se utilizó para generar todos los " -"enlaces." +"Ventana para redactar en modo correo masivo con la opción responder a " +"resaltada. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "Correos electrónicos transaccionales y URLs correspondientes" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"En Odoo, varias acciones pueden activar el envío de correos automatizados. A" +" estos correos se les conoce como *correos transaccionales* y a veces " +"contienen enlaces que lo redirigen a la base de datos de Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." +msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, los enlaces generados por la base de datos usan la" +" clave dinámica `web.base.url` en los parámetros del sistema. Para más " +"información acerca de esto, consulte el documento de :ref:`parámetros del " +"sistema `. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" +"Si no tiene instalada la aplicación *Sitio web*, la clave `web.base.url` " +"siempre será el parámetro predeterminado que se usa para generar todos los " +"enlaces. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"Es importante saber que esta clave solo puede tener un único valor, lo que " -"significa que en un entorno de múltiples empresas o sitios web, incluso si " -"tiene un nombre de dominio específico para cada sitio web, los enlaces " -"generados para compartir un documento o dentro de un correo electrónico " -"transaccional podrían mantenerse igual, sin importar el sitio web o empresa " -"relacionados con el envío del correo electrónico o el documento." +"La clave `web.base.url` puede tener un solo valor, lo que significa, que en " +"un ambiente de multi sitios web o multiempresas, incluso si hay un nombre de" +" dominio específico para cada sitio web, los enlaces generados para " +"compartir un documento (o los enlaces dentro de un correo transaccional) " +"pueden quedarse igual sin importar si el sitio web o la empresa está " +"relacionada con el envío del correo o documento." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" +"Si el :guilabel:`valor` del parámetro del sistema :guilabel:`web.base.url` " +"es igual a `https://www.miempresa.com` y hay dos empresas separadas en Odoo " +"con distintas URL para los sitios web `https://www.miempresa.com` y " +"`https://www.miempresa1.com`, los enlaces que Odoo crea para compartir un " +"documento o enviar un correo transaccional provienen del dominio " +"`https://www.miempresa.com`, sin importar qué empresa envía el documento o " +"correo electrónico." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"Este no es siempre el caso porque algunas aplicaciones de Odoo tienen un " -"enlace establecido en la base de datos con la aplicación Sitio web, lo que " -"significa que, en este caso, si se define un dominio específico para los " -"sitios web, el URL generado en la plantilla de correo electrónico utilizará " -"el dominio definido en el sitio web correspondiente de la empresa." +"Esto no siempre es así, algunas aplicaciones Odoo (por ejemplo, *Comercio " +"electrónico*) tienen un enlace establecido en la base de datos con la " +"aplicación *Sitio web*. En ese caso, si define un dominio específico para el" +" sitio web, la URL generada en la plantilla de correo electrónico utiliza el" +" dominio definido en el sitio web correspondiente de la empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"Un documento que se compartió mediante la aplicación Documentos siempre " -"usará la clave web.base.url, ya que el documento compartido no está asociado" -" a ningún sitio web particular. Lo que significa que el URL siempre será el " -"mismo (el valor de la clave web.base.url), sin importar la empresa desde la " -"que se comparte. ¡Esta es una limitación conocida!" +"Cuando un cliente realiza una compra en un sitio web de Odoo con *Comercio " +"electrónico*, la orden tiene un vínculo establecido a ese sitio web. Como " +"resultado, los enlaces en el correo electrónico de confirmación que se envía" +" al cliente utilizan el nombre de dominio de ese sitio web en específico." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -"Por otro lado, las órdenes de venta hechas por clientes en uno de sus sitios" -" web de comercio electrónico de Odoo tienen un enlace establecido con el " -"sitio web que originó la orden. Como resultado, el correo electrónico " -"enviado para las órdenes de ventas usa el nombre de dominio que se definió " -"para el sitio web correspondiente para generar los enlaces." +"Un documento que se compartió mediante la aplicación *Documentos* " +"**siempre** usará la clave `web.base.url`, ya que el documento compartido no" +" está asociado a ningún sitio web particular. La URL siempre será la misma " +"(el valor de la clave `web.base.url`), sin importar la empresa desde la que " +"se comparte. Esta es una limitación conocida." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." msgstr "" -"Para obtener más información sobre cómo configurar sus dominios, consulte " -":doc:`nuestra documentación sobre nombres de dominio " +"Para obtener más información sobre cómo configurar sus dominios, consulte la" +" :doc:`documentación sobre nombres de dominio " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "Actualizar traducciones en plantillas de correos electrónicos" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -"Las plantillas de correo electrónico se traducen de forma automática. No es " -"necesario cambiar las traducciones. Sin embargo, es posible cambiarlas si " -"por alguna razón en específico desea hacerlo." +"En Odoo, las plantillas de correo electrónico se traducen de forma " +"automática para todos los usuarios de la base de datos, en todos los idiomas" +" instalados. No debería ser necesario cambiar las traducciones, pero si por " +"alguna razón específica necesita modificar algunas, puede hacerlo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -"Al igual que con las modificaciones de código, tenga en cuenta que las " -"modificaciones que no se hagan correctamente (por ejemplo, modificaciones " -"que lleven a una mala sintaxis) pueden romper la plantilla y, cómo " -"resultado, aparecerá en blanco." +"Al igual que las modificaciones al código, si los cambios a la traducción no" +" se realizan correctamente (por ejemplo, modificaciones que causen errores " +"en la sintaxis), puede dañar la plantilla y, como resultado, la plantilla " +"aparecerá en blanco." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." -msgstr "Para editar sus traducciones, siga estos pasos en la plantilla." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -"Haga clic en el botón de editar, luego haga clic en el botón de idioma." +"Para editar traducciones, primero habilite el :ref:`modo de desarrollador " +"`. En la plantilla de correo electrónico, haga clic en el " +"botón :guilabel:`editar` y luego haga clic en el botón de idioma, " +"representado por las iniciales del idioma que utiliza en ese momento (por " +"ejemplo, guilabel:`EN` para inglés)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "Editar el idioma de una plantilla" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "Editar el idioma de una plantilla." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -"Aparecerá una ventana emergente con los distintos idiomas instalados en la " -"base de datos. Aquí es posible editar las traducciones. No olvide guardar " -"sus cambios al hacer clic en el botón de Guardar." +"El botón de idioma no aparecerá si no hay varios idiomas instalados y " +"activados en la base de datos, tampoco si el usuario no tiene permisos de " +"administrador." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." msgstr "" -"Traducción del cuerpo de la plantilla de aplicación en los distintos idiomas" -" instalados." +"Aparecerá una ventana emergente con los diferentes idiomas instalados en la " +"base de datos, desde allí podrá editar las traducciones. Cuando haya " +"realizado los cambios deseados, haga clic en el botón correspondiente para " +":guilabel:`guardar` los cambios." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" +"Traducción del contenido de la plantilla de confirmación de una cita " +"agendada." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" +"Al editar las traducciones, el idioma predeterminado en la base de datos " +"aparece **en negritas**." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "Preguntas frecuentes" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "Problemas con el correo electrónico" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Este documento contiene una explicación de las preguntas más comunes sobre " -"correos." +"Este documento contiene una explicación de los problemas más recurrentes con" +" el correo electrónico en Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" -"Empezaremos abordando los problemas de los correos electrónicos salientes " -"(por ejemplo: mi cliente no ha recibido mi correo electrónico) y, " -"posteriormente, de los correos electrónicos entrantes (por ejemplo: no " -"recibo respuestas de mis clientes en la base de datos)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "Correos electrónicos salientes" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "¿Qué debe revisar si no se envía su correo electrónico?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "El correo electrónico no se envía" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -"El primer indicador que muestra que no se envió un correo electrónico es el " -"sobre rojo a lado de la fecha y hora del mensaje." +"El primer indicador que muestra que un correo electrónico no sale es la " +"presencia de un icono :guilabel:`✉️ (sobre)` rojo, junto a la fecha y hora " +"del mensaje, ubicado en el chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" -msgstr "Sobre rojo en el chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "Icono de sobre rojo en el chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" +"Los correos electrónicos que no se han enviado también aparecen en la cola " +"de correo electrónico de Odoo. Habilite el :ref:`modo de desarrollador " +"`, desde allí podrá acceder a la cola de correo electrónico " +"en la aplicación :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Menú técnico --> Correo " +"electrónico --> Correos electrónicos`. Los correos electrónicos no enviados " +"aparecen en color turquesa, mientras que los correos electrónicos enviados " +"aparecen en gris." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "Mensajes de error comunes" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "Se alcanzó el límite diario:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "Límite diario alcanzado" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "Advertencia en Odoo cuando se alcanza el límite" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "Advertencia en Odoo sobre el límite de correo electrónico alcanzado." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" "Cada proveedor de servicios de correo electrónico tiene sus propios límites " -"de correo electrónico. Los límites pueden ser por día, hora e incluso por " -"minuto. Lo mismo sucede con Odoo, le ponemos un límite a los clientes para " -"prevenir que nuestros servidores de correo electrónico se agreguen a listas " -"negras." +"de envío, estos pueden ser por día, por hora o incluso por minuto. Lo mismo " +"sucede con Odoo, que limita el envío de un cliente para evitar que los " +"servidores de correo electrónico de Odoo se incluyan en listas de exclusión." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" "A continuación se describen los límites predeterminados para bases de datos " "nuevas:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" -"200 correos electrónicos por día para bases de datos de Odoo en línea y " -"Odoo.sh con una suscripción activa." - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" -"20 correos electrónicos al día para bases de datos de una aplicación " -"gratuita. " +"**200 correos electrónicos por día** para las bases de datos de Odoo en " +"línea y Odoo.sh con una suscripción activa." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," -msgstr "50 correos electrónicos al día para bases de datos de prueba," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" +"**20 correos electrónicos por día** para bases de datos con una sola " +"aplicación gratuita." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "**50 correos electrónicos por día** para bases de datos de prueba." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -"En el caso de migración, su límite diario se puede restablecer a 50 correos " +"En caso de migración, el límite diario podría restablecerse a 50 correos " "electrónicos por día." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "En caso de alcanzar el límite, puede:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "Si alcanza el límite diario:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" -"Solicitar al equipo de soporte que incremente su límite diario. Analizaremos" -" la situación de su base de datos en función de (lista no exhaustiva):" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "Cuántos usuarios hay en su base de datos." +"Póngase en contacto con el equipo de soporte de Odoo, que puede aumentar el " +"límite diario según los siguientes factores:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "Qué aplicaciones se instalaron." +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "El número de usuarios en la base de datos." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "Las aplicaciones instaladas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"Su tasa de mensajes devueltos: el porcentaje de direcciones de correos " -"electrónicos que no recibieron sus mensajes porque fueron devueltos por un " -"servidor de correo durante su camino al destinatario final. Puede contactar " -"al `soporte `_." +"La tasa de devoluciones, es decir, el porcentaje de direcciones de correo " +"electrónico que no recibieron sus correos. Un servidor de correo no permitió" +" que llegaran a su destinatario final." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" -"Usar su propio servidor de correos electrónicos salientes que sea " +"Utilice un servidor de correo electrónico saliente externo que sea " "independiente del límite de correos de Odoo (consulte la :doc:`documentación" -" correspondiente " -"`)," +" sobre correo electrónico " +"` correspondiente)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"Esperar hasta las 11 pm UTC para que suceda el restablecimiento y hacer clic" -" en el botón de volver a intentar:: Se debe activar el :ref:`modo de " -"desarrollador `. Luego, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " -"Técnico --> Correos electrónicos`" +"Espere hasta las 11 p. m. (UTC) para que el límite diario se restablezca y " +"vuelva a intentar enviar el correo electrónico. En el :ref:`modo de " +"desarrollador `, vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> menú técnico --> Correo electrónico --> Correos " +"electrónicos`, luego haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Volver a intentar` " +"junto a un correo electrónico no enviado." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "Botón de volver a intentar en correos electrónicos" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"¡El límite diario es general para su base de datos y puede aumentar rapidez!" -" De forma predeterminada, un mensaje interno, una notificación, una nota, " -"entre otros, cuentan en su límite diario como un correo electrónico si " -"notifican a alguien." +"El límite de correos electrónicos toma en cuenta todo lo que ocurre en la " +"base de datos. De forma predeterminada, cualquier mensaje interno, " +"notificación, nota registrada, etc. cuenta como un correo para el límite " +"diario si notifica a alguien por correo electrónico. Puede mitigar esta " +"opción mediante la recepción de :ref:`notificaciones en Odoo " +"`, en lugar de correos electrónicos." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "Errores del SMTP" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"Puede mitigar esto al recibir sus :ref:`notificaciones en Odoo " -"` en lugar de por correos " -"electrónicos." +"Los mensajes de error de protocolo simple de transferencia de correo (SMTP, " +"por sus siglas en inglés) explican por qué un correo electrónico no se envió" +" de forma adecuada. El :abbr:`SMTP (Protocolo simple de transferencia de " +"correo)` es un protocolo para describir la estructura del correo electrónico" +" y transmitir el mensaje a través de internet. Los mensajes de error que los" +" servicios de correo electrónico generan son herramientas útiles para " +"diagnosticar y solucionar problemas de correo electrónico." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "Error SMTP" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -"Puede descubrir por qué no se envió su correo electrónico al revisar los " -"mensajes de error del Protocolo para transferencia simple de correo (SMTP, " -"por sus siglas en inglés). El SMTP es un protocolo para describir la " -"estructura del correo electrónico y transmitirlo por el internet, y los " -"mensajes de error que generan los servicios de correo electrónico son " -"herramientas útiles para diagnosticar y solucionar sus problemas de correo " -"electrónico." +"Este es un ejemplo de un error de entrega permanente SMTP 554: `554: error " +"de entrega: Lo sentimos, su mensaje a ------@yahoo.com no se puede entregar." +" Este buzón está desactivado (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- " +"Debajo de esta línea hay una copia del mensaje.`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Sin error" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -"Odoo no siempre puede proporcionar información sobre el motivo del error. " -"Los diversos proveedores implementan políticas personalizadas con respecto a" -" los correos electrónicos devueltos y no siempre es posible para Odoo " -"interpretarlas de forma adecuada." +"El menú de depuración es útil para investigar los problemas de envío de SMTP" +" desde una base de datos. Para acceder al menú, debe habilitar el :ref:`modo" +" de desarrollador `. Una vez activado, vaya al " +":menuselection:`menú de depuración` en la parte superior derecha de la barra" +" de menús (el icono :guilabel:`🐞 (representado con un insecto)` ), " +":menuselection:`Menú de depuración --> Administrar mensajes`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -"Si tiene este problema de forma recurrente con el mismo cliente o el mismo " -"dominio, no dude en contactar al `soporte de Odoo " -"`_ para que le ayuden a encontrar el motivo." +"El menú :guilabel:`Administrar mensajes` abre una lista de todos los " +"mensajes enviados en un registro específico. Dentro de cada mensaje, hay " +"información acerca del envío incluyendo el tipo y el subtipo del mensaje. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -"Tome en cuenta que, en este caso, uno de los motivos más comunes se " -"relaciona con la configuración del :ref:`SPF " -"` o :ref:`DKIM " -"`." +"También incluye el destinatario del mensaje, y si Odoo recibió un mensaje de" +" rebote de un servidor de correo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "¿Por qué mi correo electrónico se envía tarde?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "Opción de administrar mensajes en el menú debug. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -"Puede suceder que programó una campaña de correo electrónico, pero no se " -"envía a tiempo. Sabemos que usamos un retraso para enviar correos " -"electrónicos que no consideramos urgentes (boletines como correos masivos, " -"automatización de marketing, eventos). Puede utilizar el **cron** para " -"planificar que los programas se ejecuten de forma automática en intervalos " -"predeterminados. Usamos esa política para evitar saturar los servidores de " -"correo y priorizar la comunicación." +"El usuario debe poder ver el chatter en Odoo para que aparezca la opción de " +"menú :guilabel:`Administrar mensajes`. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "Sin error" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." msgstr "" -"Los correos electrónicos que se consideran urgentes (comunicación entre dos " -"personas como órdenes de venta, facturas, órdenes de compra, etc.) se envían" -" directamente." +"Odoo no siempre podrá proporcionar información sobre el motivo del error. " +"Los diferentes proveedores implementan políticas personalizadas con respecto" +" a los correros devueltos y no siempre es posible que Odoo lo interprete " +"correctamente." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" +"Si es problema frecuente con el mismo cliente o el mismo dominio no dude en " +"contactar al `soporte de Odoo `_ para que le " +"ayuden a encontrar el motivo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" +"Una de las razones más comunes para que un correo no se envíe con un mensaje" +" de sin error, está relacionado con la configuración :ref:`SPF " +"` y/o :ref:`DKIM " +"`También, asegúrese de que el alias " +"`mail.bounce.alias` esté definido en los *parámetros del sistemas*. Puede " +"acceder a los parámetros del sistema en el :ref:`modo desarrollador " +"` en :menuselection:`Ajustes --> Menú técnico --> Parámetros" +" --> Parámetros del sistema`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "El correo se envío a destiempo " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" +"Las campañas de correo se envían en a una hora programada usando un retardo " +"pre programado en la base de datos. Odoo usa una tarea retardada para enviar" +" correos que se consideran \"no urgentes\" (formatos de boletín, como: " +"correos en masa, automatización de marketing y eventos). La función del " +"sistema **cron** se puede usar para programar que ciertas actividades se " +"ejecuten de manera automática en intervalos determinados. Odoo usa está " +"política para evitar que los servidores de correo se saturen, y en su lugar," +" prioriza la comunicación individual. Este **cron** se llama " +"guilabel:`Correo: administrador de la fila de correos `, y puede acceder a " +"él desde el :ref:`modo desarrollador ` en " +":menuselection:`Ajustes --> Menpu técnico --> Automatización --> Acciones " +"programadas`. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "Correo electrónico programado para enviarse más tarde." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"De forma predeterminada, el cron de correos masivos se ejecuta cada 60 " -"minutos. Debe esperar máximo una hora antes de que la campaña se envíe." +"¿Qué es un **cron?** Un cron es una acción que Odoo ejecuta en segundo plano" +" para efectuar un código particular para completar una tarea. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." +msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, el *cron de Correos Masivos* se ejecuta cada 60 " +"minutos. Lo puede cambiar a mínimo 5 minutos. Sin embargo, ejecutar una " +"acción cada 5 minutos saturaría la base de datos de Odoo (el sistema se " +"estresa), por lo que no es recomendado. Para editar el cron de correos " +"masivos, seleccione la acción programada :guilabel:`Correo: administrador de" +" la fila de correos`, y proceda a realizar los ajustes necesarios. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." +msgstr "" +"Los correos que se consideran urgentes (comunicación de una persona a otra, " +"como órdenes de ventas, facturas, órdenes de compra, etc.) se envían de " +"manera inmediata. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "Correos electrónicos entrantes" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -"Cuando ocurre un problema con los correos electrónicos entrantes, puede que " -"no haya una indicación como tal en Odoo. Sin embargo, el cliente que intenta" -" contactar con una base de datos recibirá el correo que envió de vuelta (la " -"mayoría de las veces se debe al error 550, este indica que la bandeja de " -"entrada no está disponible)." +"Cuando hay un problema con los correos entrantes, puede que no haya una " +"instrucción como tal en Odoo. El cliente que envía el correo es quien debe " +"contactar a la base de datos, que recibirá un mensaje de devuelto (casi " +"siempre es el mensaje de error :guilabel:`550: bandeja de entrada no " +"disponible`). " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "No se reciben correos electrónicos" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "El correo electrónico no se recibe" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "Según la plataforma que utiliza:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" +"El proceso a seguir depende de la plataforma de Odoo en donde esté alojada " +"la base de datos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" "Los usuarios de **Odoo.sh** pueden encontrar sus registros en tiempo real en" " la carpeta :file:`~/logs/`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" -"La carpeta :file:`~/logs/` (a la que se accede de preferencia mediante la " -"línea de comandos) de una base de datos de Odoo.sh incluye una lista de los " -"archivos que contienen los registros de la base de datos. Los archivos de " -"registros se crean todos los días a las 5:00 a. m. UTC. Los últimos dos días" -" no se comprimen, mientras que los más antiguos sí, para optimizar el " -"espacio. Los nombres de los archivos para hoy y ayer son :file:`odoo.log` y " -":file:`odoo.log.1` respectivamente. Los siguientes se nombran con sus fechas" -" y se comprimen. Consulte la documentación de Odoo.sh sobre :ref:`registros " -"`. Utilice los comandos ``grep`` y ``zgrep`` (para los " -"comprimidos) para buscar en los archivos." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" -"Los usuarios de **Odoo en línea** no tendrán acceso a sus registros. Sin " -"embargo, puede contactar al `soporte de Odoo `_ " -"si tiene un problema recurrente con el mismo cliente o dominio." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "Recibir ayuda del equipo de soporte " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 -msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" -msgstr "" -"Proporcione tanta información como sea posible para recibir ayuda de forma " -"eficiente. A continuación se encuentra una lista de lo que puede ser útil:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." -msgstr "" -"El archivo **EML** del correo electrónico es el formato de archivo que " -"incluye toda la información técnica necesaria para una realizar una " -"investigación. La documentación de su proveedor de correo electrónico puede " -"explicarle cómo obtener sus archivos EML. Una vez que tenga el EML de su " -"correo electrónico, lo más eficiente para nuestra investigación es agregarlo" -" como archivo adjunto en su ticket. El equipo de soporte se enfocará " -"principalmente en problemas redundantes." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" -msgstr "" -"`Documentación de Gmail `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 -msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation `_" -msgstr "" -"`Documentación de Outlook `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" -msgstr "" -"El flujo exacto que sigue para recibir esos correos electrónicos en Odoo. " -"Las respuestas a las siguientes preguntas podrían ser útiles:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "¿Solo es una respuesta de un correo electrónico que sale de Odoo?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "" -"¿Usa un servidor de correo electrónico entrante o redirige de alguna forma?" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -"¿Puede proporcionarnos un ejemplo de un correo electrónico que se haya " -"reenviado correctamente?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "Responda estas preguntas:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" -msgstr "¿Es un problema genérico o es específico de un caso de uso? " +"Los registros son una colección almacenada de todas las tareas completadas " +"en la base de datos. Solo son una representación escrita, pero completa con " +"marcadores de tiempo de cada acción que se llevó a cabo en la base de datos " +"de Odoo. Esto puede ser útil para rastrear los correos salientes de la base " +"de datos. Si falla en enviarse, también podrá verlo en los registros que " +"indican que un mensaje se intentó enviar varias veces. Los registros " +"mostrarán cada acción en los servidores de correo desde la base de datos. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" +"La carpeta :file:`~/logs/` (a la cual puede acceder desde la línea de " +"comando o en el tablero de Odoo.sh) de una base de datos de Odoo.sh contiene" +" una lista de archivos que contienen los registros de la base de datos. " +"Estos registros se crean todos los días a las 5:00 AM (UTC)." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" +"Los dos días más recientes (hoy y mañana) no están comprimidos, mientras que" +" los más antiguos si lo están para ahorrar espacio. Los nombres de los " +"archivos para hoy y mañana son (respectivamente): :file:`odoo.log` and " +":file:`odoo.log.1`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" +"Para los días siguientes, las fechas son el nombre de los registros y luego " +"se comprimen. Use los comandos :command:`grep` y :command:`zgrep` (para los " +"comprimidos) para buscar por los registros. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información acerca de los registros y de como acceder a " +"ellos a través del tablero de Odoo.sh, consulte la :ref:`documentación de " +"administración `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Para obtener más información acerca del acceso a los registros a través de " +"la línea de comando, consulte la :ref:`documentación de desarrollador " +"`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" +"Los usuarios de **Odoo en línea** no tendrán acceso a los registros. Sin " +"embargo, puede contactar al `soporte de Odoo`_ " +"si hay algún problemas frecuentes con el mismo cliente o dominio. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "Obtenga ayuda de soporte de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" +"Proporcione toda la información que pueda acerca de su problema para que " +"reciba ayuda de forma eficiente. Esta es una lista de lo que puede ser útil " +"al contactar al soporte de Odoo: " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" +"Envíe una copia de los encabezados de los correos. El archivo `.EML` (o " +"**encabezados**) del correo es el formato de archivo que contiene toda la " +"información técnica que requiere una investigación. La documentación del " +"proveedor del correo podría explicar como acceder a los archivos/encabezados" +" EML. Una vez obtenidos los encabezados de los correos, agregarlo al ticket " +"de soporte de Odoo es la forma mas eficiente para que el equipo de soporte " +"lo trabaje. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Documentación de Gmail sobre los encabezados " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" +"`Documentación de Outlook sobre los encabezados " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" +"Explique en detalle el flujo que sigue normalmente para recibir esos correos" +" en Odoo. Estos son algunos ejemplos de preguntas cuyas respuestas pueden " +"ser útiles: " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "¿Es un mensaje de notificación de una respuesta que recibe en Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "¿Es un mensaje recibido desde la base de datos de Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" +"¿Está usando un servidor de correos entrantes o el correo se redirige? " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" +"¿Tiene algún ejemplo de un correo que se haya reenviado correctamente?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "Responda las siguientes preguntas:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" +"¿Es un problema genérico o es específico de un caso de uso? Si es específico" +" de un caso, ¿de cuál se trata?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" -"¿Funciona como debería? En caso de que envíe el correo electrónico a través " -"de Odoo, el correo electrónico de devolución debe llegar a la base de datos " -"de Odoo y mostrar un :ref:`sobre rojo `." +"¿Funciona como debería? En caso de que utilice Odoo para enviar el correo, " +"el correo devuelto debe llegar a la base de datos de Odoo y aparecer como " +":ref:`sobre rojo `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" +"Debe configurar el parámetro del sistema de devolución en los ajustes " +"técnicos para que la base de datos reciba correctamente los mensajes que se " +"devuelven. Para acceder a estos ajustes, vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> " +"Menpu técnico --> Parámetros --> Parámetros del sistema`. " #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2c52e4adf..c1c154297 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Julián Andrés Osorio López , 2022 -# Luis M. Ontalba , 2022 # Miguel Orueta , 2022 # Jesús Alan Ramos Rodríguez , 2022 # José Cabrera Lozano , 2022 @@ -20,8 +19,8 @@ # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # @@ -30,7 +29,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -44,50 +43,40 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "Inventario y MRP" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Inventario" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -"**El inventario de Odoo** es tanto una aplicación de inventario como un " -"sistema de gestión de almacén, además de que incluye una aplicación muy " -"avanzada de lector de código de barras. Aprenda a gestionar los tiempos de " -"espera, automatice los reabastecimientos y configure rutas avanzadas, como " -"triangulación de envíos, cross-docking, etc." +"El **Código de barras de Odoo** permite que los usuarios asignen códigos de " +"barras a productos individuales y a categorías de productos para poder " +"rastrear movimientos de inventario con estos códigos de barra. Si conecta un" +" lector de código de barras, podrá activar algunos procesos de inventario si" +" escanea los códigos de barra. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Inventario `_" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: las bases de los códigos de barras " +"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" -msgstr "" -"`Tutotiales de Odoo: Lector de código de barras " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Códigos de barras" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "Operaciones diarias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "Proceso para un ajuste de inventarios con código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " @@ -97,7 +86,7 @@ msgstr "" " abrir la aplicación \"Código de Barras\". Después, desde la aplicación, dar" " click en \"Ajuste de Inventarios\"" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." @@ -105,7 +94,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea trabajar completamente con códigos de barras, puede descargar la " "hoja *Comandos para inventario*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " @@ -116,7 +105,7 @@ msgstr "" "primero debe especificar en qué ubicación se realiza el ajuste de " "inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." @@ -124,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si no trabaja con múltiples ubicaciones, podrá escanear los diferentes " "productos que desea incluir en el ajuste de inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." @@ -132,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si tiene 5 artículos idénticos, escanee 5 veces o use el teclado para " "establecer la cantidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " @@ -142,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente un producto si es necesario. Para hacerlo, haga clic en *Agregar" " producto* y complete la información." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." @@ -150,7 +139,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cuando haya escaneado todos los artículos de la ubicación, valide el " "inventario de manera manual o escanee el código de barras *Validar*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -160,7 +149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Información general" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -175,11 +164,11 @@ msgstr "" " en el producto. Este código de barras contendrá el peso del producto y " "ayudará a calcular el precio debidamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Crear una nomenclatura de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -193,7 +182,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Nomenclatura del código de " "barras`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." @@ -201,7 +190,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede crear una nomenclatura de código de barras desde ese menú y luego " "agregar una línea para crear su primera regla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," @@ -211,7 +200,7 @@ msgstr "" " de barras de Peso con 3 decimales. Luego debe especificar el tipo de " "nomenclatura de código de barras, en nuestro caso será peso del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -228,7 +217,7 @@ msgstr "" "identificar el producto en cuestión. La “N” define un número y la “D” define" " los decimales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." @@ -236,7 +225,7 @@ msgstr "" "La codificación permite especificar la codificación del código de barras en " "la que se debe aplicar la regla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." @@ -245,15 +234,15 @@ msgstr "" "secuencia. Se aplicará la primera regla que coincida con el código de barras" " escaneado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Configure su producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "El código de barras del producto debe comenzar por “21”;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" @@ -261,7 +250,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los 5 “puntos” son los otros números del código de barras de su producto, lo" " que permite identificar el producto;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" @@ -269,7 +258,7 @@ msgstr "" "El código de barras debe contener 0 donde definió D o N. En este caso, " "necesitamos establecer 5 ceros ya que configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." @@ -277,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" "En EAN-13, el último número es un número verificador, use un generador EAN13" " para saber qué dígito debería ser en su caso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -292,11 +281,11 @@ msgstr "" "1.5 Kg. Para el punto de venta, también se calculará un precio que depende " "de la cantidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Tipos de reglas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." @@ -304,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Producto con precio**: le permite identificar el producto y especificar el" " precio utilizado en POS." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -316,7 +305,7 @@ msgstr "" "luego escanear el código de barras de descuento, el descuento se aplicará al" " precio normal del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " @@ -326,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "peso, utilizado tanto en el punto de venta (en el que el precio se calcula " "en función del peso) como en el inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." @@ -334,12 +323,12 @@ msgstr "" "**Cliente**: le permite identificar al cliente, por ejemplo, utilizado con " "el programa de lealtad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" "**Cajero**: le permite identificar al cajero al ingresar al punto de venta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." @@ -347,7 +336,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Ubicación**: le permite identificar la ubicación en una transferencia " "cuando se activa la ubicación múltiple." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." @@ -355,7 +344,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Paquete**: le permite identificar paquetes en una transferencia cuando los" " paquetes están activados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." @@ -363,7 +352,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Tarjeta de crédito**: no necesita modificación manual, existe para los " "datos del módulo Mercury." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." @@ -371,7 +360,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Producto unitario**: le permite identificar un producto tanto para el PdV " "como para transferencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." @@ -380,11 +369,11 @@ msgstr "" "contener cualquier número de caracteres y estos caracteres pueden ser " "cualquier número." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "Nomenclatura de código de barras GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -401,7 +390,7 @@ msgstr "" "la simbología GS1 es posible identificar el producto, su lote, el número de " "unidades del producto y mucho más sin tener que abrir el paquete." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" @@ -409,7 +398,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Todos los códigos de barras GS1. " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" @@ -417,18 +406,18 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Las reglas predeterminadas para GS1 de Odoo. " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" ":ref:`¿Por qué no funciona mi código de barras? " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "Configurar una nomenclatura de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -443,7 +432,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nomenclature` (nomenclatura GS1 predeterminada) en el menú desplegable de la" " nomenclatura del código de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." @@ -451,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" "Elija GS1 en el menú desplegable y haga clic en el enlace interno para ver " "la lista de reglas GS1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " @@ -462,7 +451,7 @@ msgstr "" "externo)` que se encuentra a la derecha de la selección de " ":guilabel:`Nomenclatura de código de barras`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -474,7 +463,7 @@ msgstr "" "contiene toda la información que se puede condensar con un código de barras " "GS1 junto con el :guilabel:`Patrón de código de barras` correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -489,11 +478,11 @@ msgstr "" "barras` y seleccione :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` (nomenclatura GS1 " "predeterminada)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "Uso del código de barras GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -522,7 +511,7 @@ msgstr "" "algunos patrones específicos que tienen un largo requerido, como códigos de " "barra para fechas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." @@ -530,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para terminar el código sin llegar a la longitud de caracteres máxima, use " "el separador FNC1 (`\\x1D`)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -543,11 +532,11 @@ msgstr "" "sección podrá ver ejemplos sobre cómo generar códigos de barras para " "productos usuales de un almacén." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "Producto + cantidad + lote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" @@ -556,118 +545,118 @@ msgstr "" " código de barras GS1 que le indique qué producto, cuántas unidades y número" " de lote que contiene una caja:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nombre" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Nombre de regla" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "IA" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Patrón de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Campo en Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "Código comercial global de artículo (GTIN)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "01" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "Campo :guilabel:`Código de barras` en un formulario de producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Cantidad" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "Conteo de artículos variables" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "Campo :guilabel:`Unidades` en el formulario de transferencia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Número de Lote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "Lote o número de lote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` en la ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -692,7 +681,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote` en la ventana emergente de operaciones detalladas" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -707,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" "encabezado :guilabel:`Trazabilidad` y marque la casilla :guilabel:`Lotes y " "números de serie`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -725,7 +714,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ que consta de 14 dígitos. " "Este es un número GS1 universal y único." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -737,7 +726,7 @@ msgstr "" "barras en uno solo que contiene la información sobre el contenido del " "paquete." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." @@ -746,13 +735,13 @@ msgstr "" "GTIN de 14 dígitos `12345678901231` en el campo :guilabel:`Código de barras`" " en el formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" "Ingrese el GTIN de 14 dígitos en el campo de código de barras dentro del " "formulario de productos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -769,13 +758,13 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Código de barras` ingrese el GTIN de 14 dígitos y haga clic fuera" " del campo para guardar los cambios." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" "Vea la página de códigos de barra de productos desde los ajustes del " "inventario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " @@ -785,7 +774,7 @@ msgstr "" "serie. Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` en el formulario de " "producto. En :guilabel:`Trazabilidad` elija la opción :guilabel:`Por lotes`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." @@ -793,12 +782,12 @@ msgstr "" "Activar el seguimiento del producto por lotes desde la pestaña " "\"Inventario\" del formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "Escanear el código de barras de un producto al recibirlo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -810,7 +799,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Código de barras` para gestionar el :ref:`proceso de " "recepción `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -827,7 +816,7 @@ msgstr "" "recepción nuevas directamente desde la aplicación :menuselection:`Código de " "barras`, solo haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -840,7 +829,7 @@ msgstr "" "tiene que hacer clic en el botón con forma de :guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` para " "abrir una ventana e ingresar las cantidades de forma manual." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " @@ -850,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" " la operación de recepción asociada. Escanee el código de barras del " "producto y Odoo le pedirá el número de lote." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." @@ -858,7 +847,7 @@ msgstr "" "Escanee el código de barras de un producto al recibir un paquete en la " "aplicación *Código de barras*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " @@ -868,13 +857,13 @@ msgstr "" "escanear los otros 49 códigos de barras, haga clic en el botón con forma de " ":guilabel:`✏️ (lápiz)` junto al número de lote deseado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" "Escanee el número d elote y haga clic en el lápiz para editar las " "cantidades." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " @@ -885,12 +874,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`unidades` hay en el número de lote. Una vez que haya terminado, " "haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" "Use el botón en forma de lápiz para cambiar las cantidades escaneadas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " @@ -901,7 +890,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`unidades`, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Validar` para " "terminar el proceso de recepción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." @@ -909,11 +898,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si lo que quiere es terminar la operación pronto, escanee el código de " "barras que contiene el producto, el número de lote y la cantidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "Producto + cantidad no unitaria" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " @@ -923,20 +912,20 @@ msgstr "" "cantidad diferente a las unidades, por ejemplo, kilogramos, debemos usar los" " siguientes patrones de códigos de barras:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "Cantidad en kilogramos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " @@ -946,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr "" " aplicación *Compra* en donde use la unidad de medida (:guilabel:`UdM`) " "correcta para los productos que quiere comprar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" @@ -954,7 +943,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Facilite la conversión de unidades del proveedor con las UdM " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -977,7 +966,7 @@ msgstr "" "recepción se procesó sin problemas y ya puede hacer clic en " ":guilabel:`Validar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " @@ -988,13 +977,13 @@ msgstr "" "manera `000521`. Esto es porque `1` representa a cuántos dígitos a la " "derecha se tiene que poner el punto decimal. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" "Pantalla para escanear el código de barras para una operación de recepción " "en la aplicación Código de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -1006,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" "movimientos`, al que puede acceder desde :menuselection:`Inventario --> " "Reportes --> Historial de movimientos`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -1026,17 +1015,17 @@ msgstr "" "que se procesaron en la aplicación *Código de barras* se guardaron bien en " "el *Inventario*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" "Registro del movimiento de inventario al momento de la recepción de los 52.1" " kg de duraznos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "Creación de reglas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " @@ -1051,7 +1040,7 @@ msgstr "" "completamente, es necesario agregar el código de barras faltante en la lista" " de Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -1063,7 +1052,7 @@ msgstr "" "muy util agregar nuevas reglas para asegurarnos de que el resto del código " "de barras se interprete correctamente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -1076,7 +1065,7 @@ msgstr "" "del código de barras`. Después, seleccione la opción :guilabel:`Default GS1 " "Nomenclature` (nomenclatura GS1 predeterminada)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -1105,7 +1094,7 @@ msgstr "" "barras` es cómo el sistema reconoce la secuencia de números y letras que " "contiene información sobre el producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " @@ -1115,11 +1104,11 @@ msgstr "" "nuevo` para hacer otra regla o haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` " "para guardar y regresar a la tabla de reglas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "Solución de problemas en códigos de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" @@ -1128,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "" "algunos puntos que revisar si los códigos de barras no están funcionando " "como se esperaba:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -1140,7 +1129,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vaya a la :ref:`sección de ajustes de nomenclatura ` para obtener más detalles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -1155,7 +1144,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo ` y :ref:`en el producto " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -1170,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" "sobre cómo crear códigos de barras GS1, vaya a :ref:`esta sección " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -1183,11 +1172,11 @@ msgstr "" "` hablamos sobre cómo agregar nuevas " "reglas en la nomenclatura de código de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "Lista de nomenclatura GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -1199,308 +1188,308 @@ msgstr "" " las primeras tres reglas requieren de un `dígito de control " "`_ como carácter final." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Tipo de contenido GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Campo dentro de Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "Código Seriado de la Unidad de Envío " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Paquete" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "Identificador numérico" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "Nombre del paquete" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Unidad de producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "GTIN de los artículos comerciales contenidos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Empaquetado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "Enviar a / Entregar a código de país" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Ubicación destino" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "Enviar para / Entregar - Reenviar a Número Global de Localización" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "Referencia a la entidad de origen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "Identificación de un lugar físico - Número de Localización Global" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Ubicación" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "Nombre alfanumérico" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "Número de serie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Fecha de envasado (AAMMDD)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "Fecha de envase" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Fecha" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "Pack date" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Fecha de consumo preferente (AAMMDD)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Consumir preferentemente antes de" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "Best before date" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Fecha de vencimiento (AAMMDD)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Fecha de expiración" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "Expiry date" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Medida" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "UdM: unidades" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "Conteo de artículos comerciales" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "Cantidad de unidades para contenedores (IA 02)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "Peso neto, kilogramos (kg)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "Cantidad en kg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "Longitud o primera dimensión, metros (m)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "Cantidad en m" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "Volumen netro, litros (l)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "Cantidad en l" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "Volumen neto, metros cúbicos (m\\ :sup:`3`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "Cantidad en m\\ :sup:`3`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "Longitud o primera dimensión, pulgadas (in)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "Cantidad en pulgadas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "Peso neto (o volumen), onzas (oz)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "Cantidad en onzas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "Volumen neto, pies cúbicos (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "Cantidad en in ft\\ :sup:`3`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "Tipo de empaque" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "Tipo de empaquetado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Tipo de paquete" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "Proceso para transferencias" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias simples" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." @@ -1508,7 +1497,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para procesar una transferencia desde la aplicación *Código de barras*, el " "primer paso es ir a *Operaciones*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " @@ -1519,7 +1508,7 @@ msgstr "" " la que desea ingresar, o puede escanear el código de barras de la " "transferencia." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1531,7 +1520,7 @@ msgstr "" " hayan escaneado todos los productos, puede validar la transferencia para " "continuar con los movimientos de stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." @@ -1539,11 +1528,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si tiene diferentes ubicaciones de almacenamiento en su almacén, puede " "agregar pasos adicionales para los diferentes tipos de operación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Recepciones" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1556,7 +1545,7 @@ msgstr "" "WH/Almacén, o escanear un código de barras de ubicación para que ingrese una" " sububicación de la ubicación principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." @@ -1564,11 +1553,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si desea que el producto ingrese WH/Almacén en nuestro ejemplo, simplemente " "puede escanear el siguiente producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Órdenes de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " @@ -1578,7 +1567,7 @@ msgstr "" "diferente a la establecida inicialmente. Luego, puede comenzar a escanear " "los productos que se entregan desde esta ubicación específica." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1590,7 +1579,7 @@ msgstr "" "pedido de entrega. Puede moverse de uno a otro gracias a los botones " "*Anterior* y *Siguiente*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." @@ -1598,11 +1587,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora puede validar su transferencia. Para hacerlo, haga clic en *Siguiente*" " hasta llegar a la última página de la transferencia, donde podrá validarla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Transferencias internas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " @@ -1613,7 +1602,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto en sí mismo, antes de tener que escanear el código de barras de la " "ubicación de destino." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." @@ -1621,11 +1610,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si el origen y el destino de las transferencias internas ya son correctos, " "no necesita escanearlos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "Transferencias con productos rastreados" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" @@ -1633,7 +1622,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si trabaja con productos rastreados por lotes/números de serie, tiene dos " "formas de trabajar:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" @@ -1643,7 +1632,7 @@ msgstr "" "escanear el código de barras del lote/número de serie y Odoo aumentará la " "cantidad del producto, configurando su número de lote o serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " @@ -1653,11 +1642,11 @@ msgstr "" "trabajar escaneando primero el código de barras del producto y luego el " "código de barras del número de serie o lote." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "Crear una transferencia desde cero" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " @@ -1668,7 +1657,7 @@ msgstr "" "puede descargar la *Hoja de códigos de barras de inventario* desde la página" " de inicio de la aplicación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " @@ -1678,15 +1667,15 @@ msgstr "" "crear un nuevo documento. Luego, se creará un documento vacío y podrá " "escanear sus productos para completarlo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuración" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configuración del escáner de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -1697,12 +1686,12 @@ msgstr "" "configuración adecuada de las herramientas. Esta guía le ayudará a través de" " tareas de elección y configuración del escáner de código de barras. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" "Encuentre el lector de código de barras que se adapte a sus necesidades" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1713,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" "el **Lector por USB**, **El lector por bluetooth** y el **Lector móvil por " "computadora**. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1726,7 +1715,7 @@ msgstr "" "compatible con su distribución de teclado o que se puede configurar para que" " lo sea." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1742,7 +1731,7 @@ msgstr "" "posibilidad de revisar su teléfono inteligente de vez en cuando y usar el " "software 'manualmente'." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1761,15 +1750,15 @@ msgstr "" "variedad de modelos y configuraciones en el mercado, es esencial probarlo " "primero." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurar su lector de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Diseño del teclado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1782,11 +1771,11 @@ msgstr "" "ejemplo). La mayoría de los escáneres están configurados para escanear el " "código de barras apropiado en el manual del usuario." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Retorno de carro automático" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1804,11 +1793,11 @@ msgstr "" "específico en el manual del usuario ('CR suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for " "suffix', etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Active los códigos de barras en Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1822,7 +1811,7 @@ msgstr "" " controlar todo el software desde el lector de código de barras, lo que le " "permitirá trabajar de forma más eficiente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -1832,11 +1821,11 @@ msgstr "" " :menuselection: `Inventario -> Configuración -> Código de Barras`. Una vez " "que haya activado la función, puede presionar guardar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de productos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " @@ -1847,7 +1836,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Configuración --> Configurar códigos de barras de " "productos`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." @@ -1855,7 +1844,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ya que haga esto podrá asignar códigos de barra a sus productos al crear el " "formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." @@ -1864,11 +1853,11 @@ msgstr "" "producto y no en la plantilla del producto, de lo contrario, no podrá " "diferenciarlos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "Establecer códigos de barras de ubicaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1879,7 +1868,7 @@ msgstr "" "cada una de ellas. Puede configurar los códigos de barras de ubicaciones en " ":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Ubicaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." @@ -1887,32 +1876,76 @@ msgstr "" "En el menú *imprimir* puede imprimir el código de barras que le asigne a " "cada ubicación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "Formatos de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -"La mayoría de los productos minoristas utilizan códigos de barras EAN-13. No" -" se pueden crear sin la debida autorización. Debe pagar una tarifa a la " -"International Numbering Association (Asociación de Numeración Internacional)" -" para obtener una secuencia de código EAN." +"La mayoría de los productos de venta al por menos usan los códigos de barra " +"EAN-13, también conocido como Número Global de Artículo Comercial (GTIN, por" +" sus siglas en inglés). Las empresas usan los GTIN para identificar sus " +"productos y servicios. A veces es posible encontrar GTIN y UPC como " +"sinónimos, pero mientras que el GTIN se refiere al número que representa un " +"código de barras, el UPC se refiere al código de barras en sí. Para más " +"información sobre el GTIN visite el sitio web del GS1. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" -"Aun así, como Odoo admite cualquier cadena como código de barras, siempre " -"puede definir su propio formato de código de barras para uso interno." +"Para poder crear GTIN para artículos, una empresa debe tener una clave de la" +" empresa GS1. Esta clave será el número que aparecerá al inicio de cada GTIN" +" e identificará la empresa a la cual pertenecen los productos que tienen " +"este código de barras. Para obtener más información sobre la clave de la " +"empresa GS1, o para comprar una licencia para una clave, vaya a la página de" +" clave de la empresa GS1. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" +"Los usuarios de Odoo pueden usar códigos de barra GTIN para identificar sus " +"productos. Sin embargo, ya que Odoo acepta cualquier string numérica como " +"código de barras, también es posible definir un código de barras " +"personalizado para uso interno. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación *Inventario* de Odoo es tanto una aplicación de inventario " +"como un sistema de gestión de inventario. La aplicación permite a los " +"usuarios gestionar los tiempos de espera, automatizar el reabastecimiento, " +"configurar rutas avanzadas y mucho más. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Inventario `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestión de almacenes" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "Gestión del almacén" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -2432,6 +2465,7 @@ msgstr "" " que quiera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -2556,81 +2590,276 @@ msgstr "Conteo por ciclos" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -"En la mayoría de las empresas, el inventario se cuenta una vez al año. Por " -"eso la siguiente fecha de conteo que se configura de manera automática " -"después de realizar un ajuste de inventario es el 31 de diciembre. Sin " -"embargo, para algunas empresas es muy importante tener un conteo de " -"inventario correcto en todo momento." +"Para la mayoría de las empresas solo es necesario recontar el inventario una" +" vez al año. es por eso que, por defecto, después de hacer un *ajuste de " +"inventario* en Odoo, la fecha del próximo recuento de inventario se " +"programará para el 31 de diciembre del año en curso. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -"La meta de hacer conteo por ciclos es asegurarnos de que los niveles de " -"inventario importantes se mantienen correctos en ubicaciones importantes." +"Sin embargo, para algunas empresas es esencial contar con un conteo de " +"inventario correcto en todo momento. Estas empresas usan *recuentos " +"cíclicos* para mantener los niveles de inventario importantes actualizados. " +"El recuento cíclico es un método que las empresas usan para contar su " +"inventario más seguido en algunas *ubicaciones* para asegurarse de que el " +"inventario físico va con los registros de su inventario. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "Activar ubicaciones de inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, los conteos por ciclo dependen de las ubicaciones; usted define la " -"frecuencia de las cuentas según la ubicación del almacén. Para activar las " -"ubicaciones de almacenes vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración" -" --> Ajustes --> Almacén` y active la opción :guilabel:`Opciones de " -"almacenamiento`. Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar los" -" ajustes." +"En Odoo, los recuentos cíclicos se realizan según la ubicación. Por eso " +"necesita activar la función *ubicaciones de inventario* antes de realizar un" +" recuento cíclico. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" +"Para activar esta función, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Inventario " +"--> Configuración --> Ajustes` y baje a la sección :guilabel:`Almacén`. Haga" +" clic en la casilla de verificación junto a :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de " +"almacenamiento` y guarde los cambios. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." -msgstr "Activar las ubicaciones de inventario en los ajustes de Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "Cambie la frecuencia de inventario" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -"Para cambiar la frecuencia de inventario de una ubicación, primero vaya a " -"las ubicaciones :menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> " -"Ubicaciones`." +"Imagen donde se muestra la función ubicaciones de almacenamiento activada en" +" los ajustes de inventario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" +msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia del recuento de inventario por ubicación" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" -"Después, haga clic en una ubicación para abrir los ajustes de la ubicación y" -" haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar`. En el campo de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de " -"inventario (días)` configure el número de días. Por ejemplo, una ubicación " -"en la que se necesita contar el inventario cada 30 días, configurará el " -"valor de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)` a `30`. Una vez que " -"ingresó el valor, haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar` para aplicar el ajuste en" -" la ubicación. Ya que se aplicó el ajuste de inventario en esta ubicación, " -"la siguiente fecha de conteo se programará según el número de días que se " -"ingresó en el ajuste :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`." +"Ya que activó la función ubicaciones de almacenamiento, puede cambiar la " +"frecuencia del recuento de inventario dependiendo de las ubicaciones " +"específicas que se crear en un almacén. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Para ver y editar ubicaciones, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación " +"Inventario --> Configuración --> ubicaciones`. Esto le mostrará la página de" +" :guilabel:`Ubicaciones` donde están todas las ubicaciones que se crearon y " +"se enlistaron dentro del almacén. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" +"Desde esta página, haga clic en una ubicación para mostrar la página de " +"ajustes e esa ubicación en específico. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` para " +"editar los ajustes de la ubicación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." +msgstr "" +"En la sección :guilabel:`Conteo cíclico` ubique el campo " +":guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`, que debería estar configurado a" +" `0` (si no se ha editado la ubicación antes). En este campo cambie el valor" +" a cualquier número de días que quiera." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." -msgstr "Edite una ubicación para cambiar la frecuencia de inventario." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "Ajuste de frecuencia en la ubicación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" +"Una ubicación que necesita un recuento de inventario cada 30 días debe tener" +" el valor de :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)` en 30. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" +"Ya que se cambió la frecuencia al número de días deseados, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Guardar` para guardar los cambios. Ahora, cuando se aplique un " +"ajuste de inventario en esta ubicación, la siguiente fecha de recuento " +"programada se configurará en automático, según el valor que se ingresó en el" +" campo :guilabel:`Frecuencia de inventario (días)`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "Recuento de inventario por ubicación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" +"Para realizar un recuento cíclico en una ubicación en específico dentro de " +"un almacén, vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación de Inventario --> " +"Operaciones --> Ajustes de inventario`. Se le redirigirá a una página de " +":guilabel:`ajustes de inventario` que contenga todos los productos que están" +" en existencias actualmente, con cada producto enlistado en cada línea. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" +"Desde esta página puede usar los botones :guilabel:`Filtros` y " +":guilabel:`Agrupar por` (que se encuentran en la parte superior de la " +"página, debajo de la barra :guilabel:`Buscar...`) para seleccionar " +"ubicaciones específicas y realizar recuentos de inventario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "Página de ajustes de inventario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" +"Para seleccionar una ubicación específica y ver todos los productos dentro " +"de esa ubicación, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agrupar por` y luego en " +":guilabel:`Agregar un grupo específico` para mostrar un nuevo menú " +"desplegable a la derecha. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Ubicación` en el menú desplegable y después en " +":guilabel:`Aplicar`. Ahora podrá ver menús desplegables condensados para " +"cada ubicación en el almacén que tenga productos en existencia. Podrá " +"realizar el recuento cíclico para todos los productos de esa ubicación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" +"En almacenes grandes que tengan varias ubicaciones y un gran número de " +"productos, es probable que sea más fácil buscar la ubicación específica que " +"quiere. Para hacer esto, desde la página :guilabel:`Ajustes de inventario` " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Filtros`. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar filtro " +"personalizado` para mostrar un nuevo menú en la parte derecha. Si hace clic " +"en este menú, se mostrarán tres menús desplegables. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" +"Para el primer campo, haga clic y seleccione :guilabel:`Ubicación` en el " +"menú desplegable. Para el segundo campo, deje el valor :guilabel:`contiene` " +"tal cual está. Para el tercer campo, escriba el nombre de la ubicación que " +"está buscando. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar` para que esa ubicación " +"aparezca en la página. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" +"Imagen en la que se muestran los filtros aplicados así como la opción " +"agrupar por en la página de ajustes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "Cambiar la frecuencia de los recuentos de todo el inventario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" +"Usualmente los recuentos cíclicos se realizan por ubicación, pero la fecha " +"programada para hacer un recuento de todo el inventario dentro de un almacén" +" también se puede cambiar de manera manual para que la fecha sea antes de la" +" que se muestra. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" +"Para modificar la fecha planeada predeterminada vaya a :menuselection:`la " +"aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. Después, en la sección" +" :guilabel:`Operaciones`, encuentre el campo :guilabel:`Día y mes del " +"inventario anual`, el cual incluye un menú desplegable que está configurado " +"al `31` de :guilabel:`diciembre` por defecto. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" +"Imagen que muestra el campo frecuencia en los ajustes de la aplicación " +"Inventario. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" +"Para cambiar el día, haga clic en el `31` y cámbielo a un día que entre en " +"el rango `1-31`, según el mes del año que desea. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "Ya que realizó todos los cambios, guárdelos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -3606,7 +3835,7 @@ msgstr "" "serie en la pestaña :guilabel:`Descripción` de abajo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -3876,7 +4105,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -3896,7 +4125,7 @@ msgstr "" "botón inteligente de :guilabel:`Entrega`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." @@ -3905,8 +4134,8 @@ msgstr "" "en el almacén para esa :guilabel:`Orden de venta` en específico." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -4138,7 +4367,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Reporte de trazabilidad de los lotes y números de serie." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -4203,11 +4432,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "Opción de lotes y números de serie activada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "Configurar el rastreo por número de serie en los productos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -4219,7 +4448,7 @@ msgstr "" "vaya a :menuselection:`la aplicación Inventario --> Productos --> Productos`" " y seleccione el producto que quiere rastrear." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." @@ -4227,7 +4456,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ya que esté en el formulario de producto, haga clic en :guilabel:`Editar` y " "después en la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -4247,7 +4476,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "Rastreo por número de serie activado en el formulario de producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -4259,12 +4488,12 @@ msgstr "" " productos en existencia que no cuentan con número de serie/de lote, pero " "usted les puede asignar uno con un ajuste de inventario" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" "Crear nuevos números de serie para productos que ya están en existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -4278,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" "clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`. En este formulario se generará un nuevo " ":guilabel:`Número de lote/serie` de manera automática." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -4290,7 +4519,7 @@ msgstr "" " quiera. Solo tiene que hacer clic en la línea debajo del título " ":guilabel:`Número de lote/serie` y cambie el número que se generó." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " @@ -4300,7 +4529,7 @@ msgstr "" "en el campo junto a :guilabel:`Producto` para mostrar un menú desplegable. " "En este menú seleccione el producto al que se le asignará el nuevo número." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -4315,7 +4544,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Sitio web` (si está trabajando en un entorno con varios sitios " "web)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -4327,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Nuevo número de serie que se creó para un producto en existencias." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -4340,7 +4569,7 @@ msgstr "" "seleccione el producto al que se le asignó el número de serie que acaba de " "crear." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." @@ -4348,11 +4577,11 @@ msgstr "" "En el formulario del producto, haga clic en el botón inteligente " ":guilabel:`Número de lote/serie` para ver el número de serie nuevo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "Gestione los números de serie para envíos y recepciones" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -4365,11 +4594,11 @@ msgstr "" "los números de serie se asignan directamente en el formulario de la orden de" " venta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "Gestione los números de series en recepciones" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." @@ -4377,7 +4606,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede asignar números de serie a bienes **entrantes** directamente desde la " "orden de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " @@ -4387,7 +4616,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicación de Compra --> Nueva`. Esto lo llevará a una nueva solicitud de " "cotización en blanco." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -4399,7 +4628,7 @@ msgstr "" "deseados en las líneas de :guilabel:`productos` y, en la pestaña de " ":guilabel:`productos`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -4407,7 +4636,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para seleccionar la cantidad que quiere ordenar del producto, solo cambie el" " número en la columna :guilabel:`Cantidad`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " @@ -4417,7 +4646,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Confirmar orden`. Esto hará que la :guilabel:`solicitud de " "cotización` se convierta en una orden de compra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." @@ -4426,7 +4655,7 @@ msgstr "" "formulario de recepción al almacén para esa :guilabel:`orden de compra` en " "específico." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -4447,7 +4676,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ventana emergente de error de usuario en el que se pide que se ingrese un " "número de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -4459,7 +4688,7 @@ msgstr "" " del número de lote / de serie` que se ubica en la parte inferior de la " "ventana emergente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" @@ -4469,11 +4698,11 @@ msgstr "" "los números de serie se asignen de manera automática, o puede copiar y pegar" " números de serie desde una hoja de cálculo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "Usted mismo asigne números de serie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " @@ -4484,7 +4713,7 @@ msgstr "" " detalladas`. En la columna :guilabel:`Ubicación` podrá decidir dónde se " "almacenará." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." @@ -4492,7 +4721,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ahora escriba un :guilabel:`Nombre del número de serie` e inserte la " "cantidad :guilabel:`Hecha` en la columna apropiada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " @@ -4502,11 +4731,11 @@ msgstr "" " demanda y hasta que el campo :guilabel:`Cantidad hecha` muestre el número " "de productos procesados correcto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "Asigne números de serie de manera automática" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " @@ -4516,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "" "y asignar números de serie para cada producto individual de manera " "automática." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " @@ -4526,7 +4755,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Operaciones detalladas` ponga el primer número de serie en el " "orden que los quiere asignar en el campo :guilabel:`Primer NS`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." @@ -4534,7 +4763,7 @@ msgstr "" "Después escriba el número total de artículos a los que necesita asignar un " "nuevo número de serie en el campo :guilabel:`Cantidad de NS`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -4549,11 +4778,11 @@ msgstr "" "Asignación de números de serie automática en la ventana emergente de " "operaciones detalladas. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "Copiar y pegar los números de serie desde una hoja de cálculo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -4569,7 +4798,7 @@ msgstr "" "del número de lote/serie`, de esta manera Odoo creará el número de líneas " "necesarias según los números que pegó en la columna." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -4582,7 +4811,7 @@ msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" "Lista de números de serie que se copió en una hoja de cálculo de Excel." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -4597,7 +4826,7 @@ msgstr "" " los números de serie se reciclen o se dupliquen, además de que mejora la " "trazabilidad en los reportes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " @@ -4607,7 +4836,7 @@ msgstr "" "producto, haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Confirmar` para cerrar la ventana" " emergente y después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -4621,7 +4850,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Referencia`, el :guilabel:`Producto` que se está rastreado, el " ":guilabel:`Lote/número de serie` y más." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -4640,11 +4869,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Producto` que se está rastreado, el :guilabel:`Lote/número de " "serie` y más." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "Gestionar números de serie en órdenes de entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." @@ -4652,7 +4881,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puede asignar números de serie a bienes **salientes** desde la orden de " "venta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -4668,7 +4897,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`líneas de producto` (en la pestaña :guilabel:`Líneas de la " "orden`), solo tiene que hacer clic en :guilabel:`Agregar un producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -4680,7 +4909,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`orden de venta`, además de que aparecerá un botón inteligente de " ":guilabel:`Entrega`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " @@ -4690,7 +4919,7 @@ msgstr "" " en automático, cada producto de la cantidad :guilabel:`Reservada` total se " "enlista con sus números de serie únicos (probablemente en secuencia)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -4702,7 +4931,7 @@ msgstr "" "número de serie que quiera. Luego marque las cantidades :guilabel:`Hechas` y" " haga clic en :guilabel:`Confirmar` para cerrar la ventana emergente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -4715,7 +4944,7 @@ msgstr "" "Los números de serie enlistados en la ventana emergente de operaciones " "detalladas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -4730,7 +4959,7 @@ msgstr "" "dando seguimiento, la :guilabel:`Fecha` y el :guilabel:`Lote/Número de " "serie` asignados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -4742,11 +4971,11 @@ msgstr "" "del producto comparten un número de serie que se les asignó durante la " "recepción de esa :guilabel:`Orden de compra`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "Gestión de números de serie para diferentes tipos de operaciones." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -4760,7 +4989,7 @@ msgstr "" " nuevos números de serie en la orden de entrega, solo se pueden usar números" " existentes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " @@ -4771,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Inventario --> Configuración --> Tipos de operaciones` y seleccione el " ":guilabel:`Tipo de operación` deseado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -4791,7 +5020,7 @@ msgstr "" "mediante el :guilabel:`icono de nube` que se encuentra junto al nombre del " "tipo de operación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -4816,11 +5045,11 @@ msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" "Ajuste de trazabilidad activado en el formulario del tipo de operación." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "Trazabilidad del número de serie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " @@ -4830,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" " para ver el ciclo de vida completo de un producto: de dónde (y cuándo) " "vino, dónde se almacenó y a quién (y cuándo) se le entregó." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -4841,7 +5070,7 @@ msgstr "" "Números de lote/serie`. De esta manera podrá ver el tablero de " ":guilabel:Números de lote/serie`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " @@ -4851,7 +5080,7 @@ msgstr "" "asignado un número de serie y se podrá expandir para mostrar los números de " "serie que esos productos tienen asignados." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -4866,7 +5095,7 @@ msgstr "" "desplegable desde donde podrá seleccionar un :guilabel:`Lote/Número de " "serie`. Finalmente, haga clic en :guilabel:`Aplicar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -4882,7 +5111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "Página de reporte de números de serie con listas desplegables." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -4904,252 +5133,455 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operaciones varias" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "Procese transferencias en lote" +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "Recolección por lotes" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -"La recolección en lotes permite que un solo recolector gestione un lote de " -"órdenes, lo que reducirá el número de veces que se debe visitar la misma " -"ubicación. En Odoo, esto significa que puede agrupar varias transferencias " -"en la misma transferencia en lote. Después, la podrá procesar ya sea " -"mediante el código de barras o en la vista de plantilla." +"Con la *recolección por lotes* una sola persona puede gestionar varias " +"órdenes a la vez, lo que reduce el tiempo que se necesita para caminar por " +"la misma ubicación dentro del almacén. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Crear una transferencia en lote" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" +"Al realizar recolecciones por lote, las órdenes se agrupan y se marcan en " +"una lista de recolección. Después de recolectar el lote, este se lleva a una" +" ubicación de salida, donde los productos se colocan en sus empaques de " +"entrega respectivos. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" msgstr "" -"Para activar la opción de recolección por lote, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Inventario --> Configuración --> Configuración` y active " -"*Recolección por lote*." +":ref:`Usar la aplicación Código de barras para recolecciones " +"`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" +"Como las órdenes *deben* acomodarse en la ubicación de salida después de la " +"recolección, este método de recolección va mejor con empresas que tienen " +"pocos productos que acomodar cada vez. Acomodar productos de alta demanda en" +" ubicaciones de fácil acceso aumentará el número de órdenes que se realizan " +"con eficacia. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" +"Para activar la opción de recolección por lotes, vaya a :menuselection:`la " +"aplicación Inventario --> Configuración --> Ajustes`. En la sección " +":guilabel:`Operaciones` marque la caja :guilabel:`Translados por lote`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" +"Active los *traslados por lote* en Inventario > Configuración > Ajustes. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" +"Ya que el método de recolección por lote se usa para optimizar la operación " +"*de recolección* dentro de Odoo, las :guilabel:`Ubicaciones de " +"almacenamiento` y las opciones para configurar las opciones de " +":guilabel:`las rutas multietapa` en la sección :guilabel:`Almacén` también " +"se tienen que marcar en la página de ajustes. Una vez que termine, haga clic" +" en :guilabel:`Guardar`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -"Vista de los ajustes de inventario. Proceso para permitir las recepciones en" -" lote en la aplicación de inventario de Odoo" +"Active las *Ubicaciones de almacenamiento* y las *rutas multietapa* en " +"Inventario > Configuración > Ajustes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." msgstr "" -"Después vaya a :menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Translado por " -"lotes` y haga clic en el botón de crear." +"Finalmente, active la función de recolección en el almacén. Para esto, vaya " +"a la página de ajustes del almacén en :menuselection:`la aplicación de " +"Inventario --> Configuración --> Almacenes`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" +"Seleccione el almacén que desea de la lista. Después, de las opciones " +"disponibles para :guilabel:`Envíos salientes` seleccione :guilabel:`Enviar " +"artículos a ubicación de salida y entregar (2 pasos)` o " +":guilabel:`Empaquetar artículos, enviar productos a ubicación de salida y " +"enviar (3 pasos)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr ":ref:`Entrega en dos pasos `" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" +msgstr ":ref:`Entrega en tres pasos `" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" -msgstr "Vista del menú nuevo, transferencias en lote, en las operaciones." +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." +msgstr "Configuración de envíos salientes de 2 o 3 pasos. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "Crear traslados por lote" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -"Ahora, determine el traslado por lote responsable y los tipos de traslados " -"que quiere incluir en el lote. Para agregar los tipos de traslados, haga " -"clic en *agregar una línea*." +"Crea traslados por lote de forma manual directo desde la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Inventario --> Operaciones --> Traslados por lote`. Haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`nuevo` para crear un nuevo traslado por lote." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "Vista del formulario de transferencias en lote" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" -"En el ejemplo de abajo se aplicó un filtro para que solo veamos las " -"transferencias que están en la etapa *recolectar*. Después de eso, se " -"eligieron las diferentes transferencias que se necesitan incluir en el " -"traslado por lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" -"Vista de la lista de transferencias de entre las que puede elegir para una transferencia en lote y cómo agregarlas\n" -"a la transferencia en lote." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" -"Para ver los productos a recolectar para los diferentes traslados, haga clic" -" en *Seleccionar*. Si activó *Múltiples ubicaciones* el documento también " -"mostrará las ubicaciones para las que se han reservado." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" -"Vista de una lista de transferencias en lote. Los productos que se tienen " -"que recolectar con las ubicaciones origen y destino" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "Cree un traslado por lotes desde la vista de listas de traslados " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" -"Desde la *lista de vista de traslados* seleccione los traslados que se deben" -" incluir en el lote. Después, seleccione *Agregar al lote* desde la lista de" -" *Acción*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" -msgstr "" -"Vista del proceso para agregar transferencias a una transferencia en lote " -"desde la vista de listas de transferencia" +"En el formulario del traslado por lote completa los siguientes campos:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -"Después, determine si quiere agregar los traslados a un traslado por lote en" -" borrador o si quiere agregar uno nuevo." +":guilabel:`Responsable`: empleado asignado a la recolección. Deje este campo" +" en blanco si *ningún* empleado puede hacer la recolección." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -"Opción para agregar un responsable a la transferencia por lotes y que se " -"pueda confirmar." +":guilabel:`Tipo de operación`: en el menú desplegable, seleccione el tipo de" +" operación bajo el que se clasifica la recolección." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Procese un traslado por lote." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Fecha programada`: especifica la fecha en la que el " +":guilabel:`responsable` debe completar el traslado a la ubicación de salida." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, en la lista de :guilabel:`traslados`, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`agregar una línea` para abrir la ventana :guilabel:`Agregar: " +"traslados`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -"Puede editar el traslado por lote y actualizar la *Cantidad hecha* para cada" -" producto mientras recolecta los productos. Una vez que recolecte todo, " -"seleccione *Validar* para que los diferentes traslados en el lote también se" -" validen." +"Si completó el campo :guilabel:`Tipo de operación`, la lista filtrará los " +"registros de traslado que coincidan con el :guilabel:`Tipo de operación` " +"seleccionado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" -msgstr "Vista de una transferencia por lotes en curso" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "Haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear un nuevo traslado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -"En caso de que no se puedan recolectar todos los productos, puede crear " -"órdenes parciales individuales para cada transferencia que no se pudo " -"procesar completamente." +"Una vez seleccionados los registros de traslado, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Confirmar` para confirmar la recolección de lotes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -"Cómo trabajar con una transferencia en lote cuando no hay productos disponibles. Creación de una orden parcial dentro de\n" -"una transferencia en lote." +"Se ha asignado un nuevo traslado de lote al :guilabel:`responsable`, `Joel " +"Willis`, para el :guilabel:`tipo de operación` de `recolección`. La " +":guilabel:`fecha programada` se establece en `11 de agosto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." +msgstr "Vista del formulario *traslados por lotes*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -"Imagen donde se muestra cómo se gestionan las órdenes parciales en las " -"transferencias por lote de Odoo." +"Si hace clic en el botón :guilabel:`Añadir una línea`, se abrirá la ventana " +":guilabel:`Añadir: traslado`, en la que solo se mostrarán los traslados. " +"Esto se debe a que el :guilabel:`Tipo de operación` se ha establecido en " +"`Recolectar` en el formulario de traslado por lotes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "Procese un traslado por lote desde la aplicación de Código de barras" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -"Ingrese a la aplicación Código de barras y seleccione el menú *Traslados por" -" lotes*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" -msgstr "Imagen del tablero de la aplicación Código de barras" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -"Después, puede ingresar al traslado por lotes en la que quiere trabajar. Los" -" traslados por lotes se pueden agrupar fácilmente según la persona " -"responsable si así se requiere." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" -"Imagen donde se muestra el tablero de las transferencias por lotes dentro de" -" la aplicación Código de barras" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" -"En la trasferencia por lotes, los productos se clasifican por ubicación. El " -"documento origen es visible en cada línea y un código de color ayuda a " -"diferenciarlos." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -"Imagen que muestra una transferencia por lotes en progreso con la aplicación" -" Código de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" -"Para ver los productos que hay que recolectar de otra ubicación, haga clic " -"en el botón *Siguiente*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -"Imagen de una transferencia por lotes lista y completada dentro de la " -"aplicación Código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Crear orden parcial" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -"Una vez que se recolecten todos los productos, haga clic en *Validar* (en la" -" última página) para marcar la transferencia por lotes como hecha." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" @@ -11743,7 +12175,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "Rutas avanzadas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -16251,41 +16683,35 @@ msgstr "" "correo con la clave de acceso a la dirección de correo electrónico del " "contacto principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabricación" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" -"La aplicación **Fabricación de Odoo** le ayuda a los fabricantes a " -"programar, planificar y procesar las órdenes de fabricación. Coloque " -"tabletas en el taller para controlar todas las órdenes de trabajo en tiempo " -"real mediante el panel de control del centro de trabajo y permita que los " -"trabajadores activen las operaciones de mantenimiento, circuitos de " -"retroalimentación, problemas de calidad, etc." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" -msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: MRP `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr ":doc:`Cajas IoT (MES)`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Mantenimiento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Mantenimiento** de Odoo ayuda a aumentar la eficacia de los " +"equipos al realizar un seguimiento de los requisitos de mantenimiento." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: gestión del mantenimiento del equipo " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "Gestión de equipos" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "Agregar equipo nuevo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -16294,15 +16720,14 @@ msgid "" "can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third " "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, **equipo** se refiere a cualquier artículo que se utilice en " -"operaciones cotidianas, esto incluye la fabricación de productos. Puede ser " -"una pieza de maquinaria en una línea de producción, una herramienta que se " -"utiliza en varios lugares, o una computadora en una oficina. Los equipos " -"registrados en Odoo pueden ser propiedad de la empresa que utiliza la base " -"de datos de Odoo, o de un tercero, como un proveedor en el caso del alquiler" -" de equipos." +"En Odoo, un **equipo** es cualquier artículo que se utilice en operaciones " +"cotidianas, esto incluye la fabricación de productos. Puede ser una máquina " +"en una línea de producción, una herramienta que se utiliza en varios lugares" +" o una computadora en una oficina. Los equipos registrados en Odoo pueden " +"ser propiedad de la empresa que utiliza la base de datos de Odoo, o de un " +"tercero, como un proveedor en caso de alquilar los equipos." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -16317,11 +16742,11 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Equipos --> Máquinas y herramientas --> Nuevo`, configure el" " equipo de la siguiente manera:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nombre del equipo`: el nombre de producto del equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -16333,7 +16758,7 @@ msgstr "" "crear nuevas categorías, vaya a :menuselection:`Configuración --> Categorías" " de equipo` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" @@ -16341,7 +16766,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Empresa`: la empresa propietaria del equipo, puede ser la que " "utiliza la base de datos de Odoo o una empresa externa." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " @@ -16351,7 +16776,7 @@ msgstr "" "o ambos utilizan el equipo. Seleccione :guilabel:`Otro` si se comparte entre" " un empleado y un departamento." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -16365,7 +16790,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nuevo`. Los miembros de cada equipo también se pueden asignar " "desde esta página." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -16379,7 +16804,7 @@ msgstr "" "del equipo asignado siempre sea responsable del equipo. Cualquier persona " "agregada a Odoo como usuario puede ser asignada como técnico." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " @@ -16389,7 +16814,7 @@ msgstr "" "Este campo de texto simple se puede utilizar para especificar ubicaciones " "que no son centros de trabajo (por ejemplo, una oficina)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -16404,16 +16829,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nuevo`, luego haga clic en la pestaña :guilabel:`Equipo` en el " "formulario del centro de trabajo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" "Un ejemplo de un formulario de equipo nuevo configurado en su totalidad." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "Incluir información adicional del producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" @@ -16421,26 +16846,26 @@ msgstr "" "La pestaña :guilabel:`Información del producto` en la parte inferior del " "formulario se puede utilizar para proporcionar más detalles sobre el equipo:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr ":guilabel:`Proveedor`: el proveedor al que se compró el equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Referencia del proveedor`: el código de referencia asignado al " "proveedor." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Modelo`: el modelo específico del equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Número de serie`: el número de serie único del equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " @@ -16450,11 +16875,11 @@ msgstr "" " su uso, se utiliza para calcular el :abbr:`MTBF (Tiempo medio entre " "fallos)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr ":guilabel:`Costo`: la cantidad por la que se compró el equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" @@ -16462,15 +16887,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fecha en la que expira la garantía`: la fecha en la que vence la " "garantía del equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "La pestaña de información del producto para el nuevo equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "Agregar detalles de mantenimiento" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" @@ -16478,7 +16903,7 @@ msgstr "" "La pestaña :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` incluye información que puede ser útil " "para los equipos de mantenimiento:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" @@ -16486,7 +16911,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Frecuencia del mantenimiento preventivo`: especifica con qué " "frecuencia debe realizarse el mantenimiento para evitar fallas en el equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" @@ -16494,7 +16919,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Duración de mantenimiento`: la cantidad de tiempo necesaria para " "reparar el equipo cuando falla." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" @@ -16502,11 +16927,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Tiempo medio esperado entre fallos`: la cantidad promedio de " "tiempo que se espera que el equipo funcione antes de fallar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "La pestaña de mantenimiento para el nuevo equipo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -16519,7 +16944,7 @@ msgstr "" "valores se calculan de forma automática según las solicitudes de " "mantenimiento, si las hay." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" @@ -16529,15 +16954,48 @@ msgstr "" " equipo y seleccione :guilabel:`Mantenimiento` en la esquina superior " "derecha del formulario." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fabricación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Fabricación** de Odoo le ayuda a los fabricantes a " +"programar, planificar y procesar las órdenes de fabricación. Coloque " +"tabletas en el taller para controlar todas las órdenes de trabajo en tiempo " +"real mediante el panel de control del centro de trabajo y permita que los " +"trabajadores activen las operaciones de mantenimiento, flujos de " +"retroalimentación, problemas de calidad y otras." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "`Tutoriales de Odoo: MRP `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutotiales de Odoo: Lector de código de barras " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr ":doc:`Cajas IoT (MES)`" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" -msgstr "Gestión de fabricación" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" +msgstr "Flujos de trabajo de fabricación" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Crear una lista de materiales" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -16549,7 +17007,7 @@ msgstr "" "varias operaciones y los lineamientos de los pasos individuales necesarios " "para terminar el proceso de producción." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " @@ -16559,7 +17017,7 @@ msgstr "" "materiales)` a un solo producto, de esta manera se pueden crear variantes de" " producto que tengan sus propias listas de materiales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." @@ -16567,11 +17025,11 @@ msgstr "" "Configurar de manera correcta las :abbr:`LdM (listas de materiales)` agiliza" " el proceso de fabricación y ahorra tiempo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales (LdM)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " @@ -16581,7 +17039,7 @@ msgstr "" " que no contiene operaciones ni instrucciones, solo componentes. En estos " "casos, la producción se gestiona con las *órdenes de fabricación*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -16593,7 +17051,7 @@ msgstr "" "materiales`, haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear` y seleccione su " ":guilabel:`Producto`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." @@ -16602,7 +17060,7 @@ msgstr "" "formulario del producto. En este caso, el campo :guilabel:`Producto` ya está" " completado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -16626,12 +17084,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" "Establezca una lista de materiales (LdM) para una variante de producto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." @@ -16640,7 +17098,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos* específicas. Cuenta con dos opciones de configuración disponibles" " para elegir." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " @@ -16650,7 +17108,7 @@ msgstr "" "productos, primero debe configurar los atributos de variantes en el " "formulario del producto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -16671,11 +17129,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "Variantes de producto en la lista de materiales" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "Crear operaciones" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -16689,7 +17147,7 @@ msgstr "" "habilitar las :guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` en " ":menuselection:`Fabricación--> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -16709,7 +17167,7 @@ msgstr "" "operación solo se habilitará en esa variante. Por último haga clic en " ":guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -16725,11 +17183,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "Función \"Copiar operaciones existentes\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Agregar subproductos a una lista de materiales (LdM)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -16741,7 +17199,7 @@ msgstr "" "diferencia del producto principal, en una lista de materiales puede haber " "más de un subproducto." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -16751,7 +17209,7 @@ msgstr "" "habilitar la función :guilabel:`Subproductos` en :menuselection:`Fabricación" " --> Configuración --> Ajustes --> Operaciones`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -16770,6 +17228,171 @@ msgstr "" "subproducto en el campo :guilabel:`Producido en la operación` y por último " "haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "Configuración del producto a fabricar" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"Para fabricar un producto con la aplicación *Fabricación* de Odoo, el " +"producto debe estar configurado de forma correcta. Esto consiste en " +"habilitar la ruta *Fabricación* y configurar una lista de materiales (LdM) " +"para el producto. Una vez que haya completado estos pasos, puede seleccionar" +" el producto al crear una nueva orden de fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "Activar la ruta de fabricación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" +"La ruta de fabricación se activa para cada producto desde su propia página. " +"Vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione" +" un producto existente o cree uno :guilabel:`nuevo` con el botón " +"correspondiente." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" +"En la página del producto, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Inventario` y " +"active la casilla :guilabel:`Fabricación` en la sección :guilabel:`Rutas`. " +"Esto le indica a Odoo que el producto se puede fabricar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" +"La ruta de fabricación en la pestaña Inventario en la página de un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "Configurar una lista de materiales (LdM)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, debe configurar una lista de materiales (LdM) para el " +"producto para que Odoo sepa cómo se fabrica. Una LdM es una lista de los " +"componentes y operaciones que se necesitan para fabricar un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una LdM para un producto específico, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Productos --> Productos` y seleccione el " +"producto. En la página del producto, haga clic en el botón inteligente " +":guilabel:`Lista de materiales` en la parte superior de la página, luego " +"seleccione :guilabel:`Nuevo` para configurar una nueva LdM." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" +"El botón inteligente de lista de materiales en la página de un producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" +"En |a LdM, el campo :guilabel:`Producto` se completa en automático. " +"Especifique el número de unidades que produce la LdM en el campo " +":guilabel:`Cantidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar un componente a la LdM seleccione la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Componentes` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar una línea`, elija " +"un componente del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Componente` y escriba la " +":guilabel:`cantidad` en el campo correspondiente. Continúe agregando " +"componentes en nuevas líneas hasta que haya terminado de incluir todos." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "La pestaña Componentes en una lista de materiales." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" +"A continuación, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones`, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Agregar una línea` y aparecerá la ventana emergente " +":guilabel:`Crear operaciones`. Especifique el nombre de la " +":guilabel:`operación` a agregar (por ejemplo, ensamblaje, corte, etc.) en el" +" campo correspondiente y, en el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Centro de " +"trabajo`, seleccione el lugar donde se realizará la operación. Por último, " +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Guardar y cerrar` para terminar de agregar " +"operaciones o en :guilabel:`Guardar y crear nuevo` para agregar más." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" +"La pestaña :guilabel:`Operaciones` solo aparece si la función " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` está activada. Vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y seleccione la " +"casilla :guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "La pestaña Operaciones en una lista de materiales." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Más información" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" +"La sección anterior proporciona instrucciones para crear una lista de " +"materiales básica que permita fabricar un producto en Odoo. Sin embargo, no " +"es un resumen exhaustivo de todas las opciones de configuración disponibles." +" Para obtener más información sobre las listas de materiales, consulte la " +"documentación sobre cómo :ref:`crear una lista de materiales " +"`." + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "Usar kits" @@ -16781,10 +17404,10 @@ msgid "" "customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " "tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -"En Odoo, un kit es un tipo de lista de materiales (LdM) que se puede " -"fabricar y vender. Los kits son sets de componentes sin ensamblar que se " -"pueden vender a los clientes como productos independientes; o también pueden" -" resultar útiles para gestionar listas de materiales más complejas. " +"En Odoo, un *kit* es un tipo de lista de materiales (LdM) que se puede " +"fabricar y vender. Los kits son conjuntos de componentes sin ensamblar que " +"se pueden vender a los clientes como productos independientes. También " +"pueden resultar útiles para gestionar listas de materiales más complejas. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -17049,6 +17672,483 @@ msgstr "" "requieren subcomponentes fabricados, consulte la :doc:`siguiente " "documentación ` sobre subensamblajes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "Fabricar órdenes parciales" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" +"En algunos casos, no es posible producir la cantidad total de una orden de " +"fabricación de forma inmediata. Cuando esto ocurre, la aplicación " +"*Fabricación* de Odoo permite fabricar una parte del pedido y crea una " +"*orden parcial* para la cantidad restante." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" +"Cuando crea una orden parcial en la aplicación *Fabricación*, la orden de " +"fabricación original se divide en dos. La etiqueta de referencia para cada " +"orden es la que se utiliza en la orden original, seguida de un guion y un " +"número adicional para indicar que se trata de una orden parcial." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" +"Una empresa crea una orden de fabricación con la etiqueta de referencia " +"*WH/MO/00175* para 10 unidades del *producto X*. Después de comenzar a " +"trabajar en la orden de fabricación, el empleado que trabaja en la línea de " +"producción se da cuenta de que solo hay suficientes componentes en sus " +"existencias para producir cinco unidades del producto." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" +"En lugar de esperar las existencias adicionales de los componentes, fabrica " +"cinco unidades y crea una orden parcial para los cinco productos restantes. " +"Esto divide la orden de fabricación en dos órdenes separadas, " +"*WH/MO/00175-001* y *WH/MO/00175-002*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" +"La orden *001* incluye las cinco unidades fabricadas y se marca " +"inmediatamente como :guilabel:`Hecha`. La orden *002* incluye las cinco " +"unidades que todavía deben fabricarse y está marcada como :guilabel:`En " +"progreso`. Una vez que los componentes restantes están disponibles, el " +"empleado vuelve a la orden *002* y fabrica las unidades restantes antes de " +"cerrar la orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "Crear una orden parcial de fabricación" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una orden parcial para una parte de una orden de fabricación, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Ordenes de " +"fabricación`. Seleccione una orden de fabricación con una cantidad de dos o " +"más o haga clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" +"Si está creando una nueva orden de fabricación, seleccione un " +":guilabel:`producto` en el menú desplegable e ingrese una " +":guilabel:`cantidad` de dos o más en el campo correspondiente. Por último, " +":guilabel:`confirme` la orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"Después de fabricar la cantidad que se está produciendo de forma inmediata, " +"ingrese ese número en el campo :guilabel:`cantidad` en la parte superior de " +"la orden de fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "El campo de cantidad en una orden de fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" +"Después, haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` y aparecerá una ventana emergente " +"con el mensaje :guilabel:`Produjo menos que la demanda inicial`, desde allí " +"puede crear una orden parcial. Haga clic en :guilabel:`Crear orden parcial` " +"para dividir la orden de fabricación en dos órdenes separadas con las " +"etiquetas de referencia *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* y *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" +"El botón Crear orden parcial en la ventana emergente \"Produjo menos que la " +"demanda inicial\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" +"La orden *001* incluye los artículos que se fabricaron y se cierra de " +"inmediato, mientras que la orden *002* es la orden parcial que incluye los " +"artículos que aún no se han fabricado, además permanece abierta que pueda " +"completarse después." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que pueda fabricar las unidades restantes, aya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y " +"seleccione la orden parcial de fabricación. Si todas las unidades restantes " +"se fabrican de inmediato, solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Validar` para cerrar " +"la orden." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" +"Si solo algunas de las unidades restantes se fabrican en ese momento, cree " +"otra orden parcial para las otras. Debe seguir los pasos detallados en esta " +"sección." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "Crear una orden parcial desde la vista de tableta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" +"También puede crear ordenes parciales de fabricación desde la vista de " +"tableta de la orden de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" +"Para utilizar la vista de tableta, el ajuste *Órdenes de trabajo* debe estar" +" habilitado. Vaya a :menuselection:`Fabricación --> Configuración --> " +"Ajustes` y allí seleccione la casilla junto a :guilabel:`Órdenes de " +"trabajo`, luego :guilabel:`guarde` los cambios. Esto hace que la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` aparezca en las órdenes de fabricación, desde" +" la cual se puede abrir la vista de tableta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "El ajuste \"Órdenes de trabajo\" en la página de ajustes de Fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" +"Para crear una orden parcial desde la vista de tableta, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación`. " +"Seleccione una orden de fabricación con una cantidad de dos o más o haga " +"clic en :guilabel:`Nuevo` para crear una." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" +"Después de confirmar la orden de fabricación, seleccione la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`📱 (vista " +"de tableta)` ubicado en la línea de la primera orden de trabajo para acceder" +" a la vista de tableta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"El botón de vista de tableta para una orden de trabajo en una orden de " +"fabricación." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se encuentre en la vista de la tableta, ingrese la cantidad a " +"fabricar de forma inmediata en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` que se ubica en" +" la parte superior izquierda." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "El campo Unidades en la vista de tableta." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" +"Los pasos para el resto del flujo de trabajo dependen de si la orden de " +"fabricación que se procesa requiere que termine una sola orden de trabajo o " +"varias." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "Una sola orden de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" +"Si la orden de fabricación requiere que termine una sola orden de trabajo, " +"complétela y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como hecho y cerrar orden " +"de fabricación`. La orden de fabricación se cierra y de forma automática se " +"crea una orden parcial para las unidades que restan por fabricar." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" +"El botón \"Marcar como hecho y cerrar orden de fabricación\" en la vista de " +"tableta de una orden de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que pueda fabricar las unidades restantes, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y " +"seleccione la orden de fabricación parcial. Su nombre incluye la etiqueta de" +" referencia de la orden parcial original con *002* al final." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" +"En la orden de fabricación parcial, seleccione la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`📱 (vista " +"de tableta)` que está ubicado en la línea de la orden de trabajo. Si todas " +"la unidades de la orden parcial se van a completar inmediatamente, solo haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar orden de fabricación` " +"después de completar la orden de fabricación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" +"Si solo alguna de las unidades se fabricarán de manera inmediata, escriba el" +" número en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` del lado superior izquierdo en la " +"vista de tableta y luego haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y " +"cerrar la orden de fabricación` para crear otra orden parcial para las " +"unidades restantes. La nueva orden parcial se puede procesar con las " +"instrucciones dadas en esta sección. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "Varias órdenes de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" +"Si la orden de fabricación requiere que se completen varias órdenes de " +"trabajo, finalice la primera orden de trabajo y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Registrar producción`. Esto dividirá la orden de fabricación en " +"dos órdenes llamadas *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* y *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, *XXXXX* " +"refiriéndose al número original de la orden. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "Botón de registrar producción en una orden de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, la vista de tableta muestra la primera orden de " +"trabajo para la orden de fabricación *002*. Puesto que esta orden de " +"fabricación no se completará de manera inmediata, salga de la vista de " +"tableta haciendo clic dos veces en el botón :guilabel:`⬅️ (regresar)`. De " +"esta manera, ira a la orden *001*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"Para finalizar la orden *001*, seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de " +"trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`vista de tableta` ubicado en " +"la línea junto a la orden de trabajo. Finalmente, complete las órdenes de " +"trabajo restantes y haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar " +"la orden de fabricación` para cerrar la orden de fabricación " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Un vez que las unidades restantes estén listas para fabricarse, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación`, " +"luego seleccione la orden *002*. Seleccione la pestaña :guilabel:`Órdenes de" +" trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`vista de tableta` ubicado en" +" la línea de la primera orden de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" +"Si todas las unidades de la orden parcial se completarán inmediatamente, " +"solo haga clic en :guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar la orden de " +"fabricación` después de que finalicen todas las órdenes de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" +"Si solo algunas de las unidades restantes se fabricaran inmediatamente, " +"escriba el número del campo :guilabel:`Unidades` ubicado en la parte " +"superior izquierda en la vista de tableta y luego haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Registrar producción` para crear una orden parcial adicional para" +" las unidades restantes. Aparecerá con un *003* al final de su etiqueta de " +"referencia. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" +"Las órdenes parciales *002* y *003* se pueden completar siguiendo los pasos " +"descritos en esta sección. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" +"También puede crear una orden parcial en medio de una orden de fabricación " +"cuando algunas de las órdenes de trabajo ya se han completado. Al hacerlo, " +"las órdenes de trabajo se marcarán como :guilabel:`Completadas` en la orden " +"parcial. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" +"Una orden de fabricación para cuatro sillas requiere que se completen dos " +"órdenes de trabajo: *Pintura* y *Ensamblaje*. Mientras que la orden para " +"pintar se puede completar inmediatamente para las cuatro sillas, no hay " +"suficientes tornillos para ensamblar dos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" +"Por ello, el empleado responsable de producir las sillas comienza pintando " +"todas y marcando la orden de trabajo de *Pintura* como " +":guilabel:`Completada` para todas. Después, pasan a la orden de trabajo de " +"*Ensamblaje*. Se pueden ensamblar solo dos de las cuatro sillas, por lo que " +"deberá escribir dos en el campo :guilabel:`Unidades` en la vista de tableta " +"y hacer clic en :guilabel:`Registrar producción`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" +"Se creará una orden parcial de fabricación para las dos sillas restantes. En" +" dicha orden parcial, la orden de trabajo de *Pintura* ya estará marcada " +"como :guilabel:`Completada` y solo faltará completar la orden de trabajo de " +"*Ensamblaje*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que tenga mas tornillos disponibles, los empelados de fabricación " +"terminarán de ensamblar las sillas restantes y tendrán que hacer clic en " +":guilabel:`Marcar como completado y cerrar orden de fabricación` para " +"completar la orden de trabajo de *Ensamblaje* y así cerrar la orden parcial " +"de fabricación. " + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "Gestionar listas de materiales para variantes de productos" @@ -18540,8 +19640,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" -msgstr "" -"Desactive los centros de trabajo utilizando la aplicación Tiempo personal. " +msgstr "Desactivar centros de trabajo mediante la aplicación Tiempo personal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -18824,518 +19923,20 @@ msgstr "" "las órdenes de trabajo al centro de trabajo alterno a menos que el primero " "tenga su capacidad llena. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "Control de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "Crear alertas de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" -"Configurar puntos de control de calidad es una excelente manera de " -"garantizar que el control de calidad se haga en etapas rutinarias durante " -"operaciones específicas. Sin embargo, los problemas de calidad pueden " -"aparecer frecuentemente fuera de esos controles programados. Al usar " -"*Calidad* de Odoo, los usuarios pueden crear alertas por problemas de " -"calidad que se detectaron durante el proceso automatizado. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr ":doc:`Agregar puntos de control de calidad `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "Encuentre y llene el formulario de las alertas de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" -"En algunas situaciones es necesario crear manualmente las alertas de calidad" -" dentro del módulo *Calidad*. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" -"Un usuario que recibe un ticket de un cliente notificando un defecto en un " -"producto puede crear una alerta para avisar al equipo de calidad " -"correspondiente. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" -"Para crear una nueva alerta de calidad, vaya al módulo " -":menuselection:`Calidad` y seleccione :menuselection:`Control de calidad -->" -" Alertas de calidad --> Crear`. La alerta de calidad se puede llenar de la " -"siguiente manera:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Título`: elija un título claro y descriptivo para la alerta de " -"calidad." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto sobre el cual se crea la alerta de calidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Variante de producto`: la variante específica del producto que " -"tiene un problema de calidad, solo si aplica " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote`: el número de lote que tiene asignado el producto" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`: el centro de trabajo donde se originó el " -"problema de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Recolección`: la operación de recolección durante la cual se " -"originó el problema de calidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Equipo`: el equipo de calidad al que se le enviará la alerta " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Responsable`: la persona responsable de gestionar la alerta de " -"calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: clasifique la alerta de calidad con base en etiquetas" -" creadas por el usuario " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Causa`: la causa del problema de calidad, si se sabe" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Prioridad`: asigne la prioridad entre uno y tres estrellas para " -"garantizar que los problemas urgentes tengan prioridad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" -"Las pestañas al final del formulario se pueden usar para proporcionar " -"infromación adicional a los equipos de calidad: " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione detalles adicionales sobre el problema " -"de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Acciones correctivas`: el método para arreglar los productos " -"afectados " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Acciones preventivas`: procedimientos para prevenir que el " -"problema vuelva a ocurrir " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Otro`: el proveedor del producto (si aplica), la empresa que " -"produce el prodcuto y la fecha asignada " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" -"Un ejemplo de un formulario de alerta de calidad configrado en su totalidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "Agregue alertas de calidad durante el proceso de fabricación " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo le permite a los empleados de fabricación crear alertas de calidad en " -"una orden de trabajo sin tener que acceder al módulo *Calidad*. Desde la " -"vista de tableta de una orden de trabajo, haga clic en el :guilabel:`☰` " -"icono de menú tipo hamburguesa en la esquina superior izquierda y seleccione" -" :guilabel:`Alerta de calidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "Acceda al menú de la orden de trabajo " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" -"El formulario de las alertas de calidad se pueden llenar tal como se detalló" -" en la sección anterior. Después de guardar el formulario, aparecerá una " -"nueva alerta en el tablero de :guilabel:`Alertas de calidad` al que puede " -"acceder desde el menú :menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "Gestione alertas de calidad existentes " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" -"De manera predeterminada, las alertas de calidad están organizadas en una " -"vista kanban. Las etapas del tablero kanban son totalmente configurables y " -"las alertas se pueden mover de una etapa a otra arrastrando y soltando, o " -"desde cada alerta. Otras opciones adicionales disponibles para ver las " -"alertas incluyen las vistas de gráficos, calendario, y tablas dinámicas. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" -"Filtre las alertas según diferentes criterios como la fecha asignada o la " -"fecha finalizada. Las alertas también se pueden agrupar según el equipo de " -"calidad, causa u otros parámetros que puede encontrar en el botón del menú " -":guilabel:`Filtros` . " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "Agregar controles de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" -"Use *Calidad de Odoo* para controlar la calidad de los productos antes de " -"que se registren en las existencias, durante las operaciones de recolección " -"y cuando salgan del almacén para completar una orden de envio. Al crear " -"*puntos de control de calidad*, los fabricantes pueden establecer controles " -"de calidad que se activan automáticamente en puntos específicos durante la " -"producción. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "Configure los puntos de control de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"Para crear un nuevo punto de control de calidad, vaya a " -":menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control --> Crear`. Luego, " -"llene los siguientes campos del formulario como corresponde: " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Título`: introduzca un título simple e informativo para su punto " -"de control de calidad, para que los equipos de producción y control de " -"calidad lo puedan entender fácilmente. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Productos`: indique que producto(s) deben pasar a través del " -"punto específico de control de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Operaciones`: determine qué equipo(s) de operaciones deben " -"realizar el control de calidad (por ejemplo, `Fabricación`, `Recibos`, " -"`Órdenes de envio`, etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Operación de la orden de trabajo`: para las operaciones de " -"fabricación, utilice el menú desplegable para indicar para que tipo de orden" -" de trabajo aplica el punto de control de calidad: :guilabel:`Ensamblaje " -"manual`, :guilabel:`Empaquetado`, :guilabel:`Ensamblaje`, :guilabel:`Prueba`" -" o :guilabel:`Ensamblaje a largo plazo`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Empresa`: agregue la empresa que implementará el punto de control" -" de calidad. Generalmente, será la empresa que sea propietaria de la base de" -" datos de Odoo. Sin emabrgo, puede seleccionar un perfil multiempresa o de " -"proveedor para casos en los que existan varias ubicaciones de fabricación y " -"de ingeniería. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo de control`: usando el menú desplegable, elija entre " -":guilabel:`Todas las operaciones`, :guilabel:`Al azar` o " -":guilabel:`Periodicamente` para determinar que tan seguido se debe ejecutar " -"el punto de control de calidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tipo`: usando el menú desplegable, elija el tipo del punto de " -"control : :guilabel:`Instrucciones`, :guilabel:`Tomar una foto`, " -":guilabel:`Aprobado - No aprobado`, o :guilabel:`Medida` " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Equipo`: decida qué equipo de calidad debe recibir los resultados" -" del punto de control de calidad" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Responsable`: agregue una persona por punto para que gestione el " -"estado y la evolución del punto de control de calidad a lo largo del tiempo " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Instrucciones`: describa el control de calidad que se ejecutará " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mensaje en caso de fallo`: escriba con detalle qué es lo que se " -"debe hacer en caso de que la revisión falle " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Notas`: úselas para incluir información adicional" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" -"Un ejemplo de un formulario de punto de control de calidad configurado en su" -" totalidad para una prueba de Aprobado-No aprobado. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que se ha configurado un punto de control, se creará y asignará " -"automáticamente un control de calidad cuando haya llegado a la operación u " -"orden de trabajo especificados. Los controles de calidad se pueden gestionar" -" seleccionando :menuselection:`Control de Calidad --> Controles de calidad`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Para ver todos los controles de calidad creados por un punto de control, " -"vaya a :menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control`, seleccione" -" un punto de control, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Controles de calidad` en la " -"esquina superior derecha. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "Caso de uso: configure una medida de control de calidad " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" -"Para asegurar que el producto cumpla con las medidas requeridas, seleccione " -":guilabel:`Medida` del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Tipo` . Seleccionar el " -"tipo de control de calidad :guilabel:`Medida` desplega tres nuevos campos: " -":guilabel:`Dispositivo`, :guilabel:`Norma`, y :guilabel:`Tolerancia`. Estos " -"campos se pueden configurar para que solo los productos con cierta " -"tolerancia pasen el control:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: seleccione el dispositivo de medición que debe " -"usarse para tomar las medidas (por ejemplo, cinta métrica)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Norma`: especifíque la medida deseada a la que el producto debe " -"ajustarse y la unidad de medida que debe usarse " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tolerancia`: seleccione el rango dentro del cual puede estar la " -"medida y aún así pasar el control (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`de` 59.5 mm " -":guilabel:`a` 60.5 mm)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Un ejemplo de un formulario de un punto de control de calidad configurado " -"para un control de calidad de medidas. " - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" -"Cuando el formulario de los puntos de control de calidad este completo, haga" -" clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Ahora, esta prueba basada en las medidas se " -"activará para los productos especificados en el formulario." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" -"Cuando la producción del producto específicado llega al punto de operación " -"que necesita un control de calidad de medida, se le solicita al empleado de " -"fabricación responsable que registre y valide el valor medido desde la vista" -" de tableta. Para productos que tengan las medidas dentro de los valores " -"indicados en los campos de :guilabel:`Tolerancia` la prueba será aprobada. " -"Sin embargo, para los productos que tienen medidas fuera de esos valores, la" -" prueba no será aprobada. En ese caso, el empleado que hizo el control de " -"calidad debe crear una alerta de calidad desde la vista de tableta. El " -"equipo de gestión de calidad puede trabajar en esa alerta. " - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Compra" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" -"La aplicación **Compras de Odoo** le ayuda a llevar un seguimiento de los " -"acuerdos de compra, las cotizaciones y las órdenes de compra. Aprenda a " -"automatizar el proceso de reabastecimiento y a llevar un seguimiento tanto " -"de las ofertas de compra como de sus órdenes." +"La aplicación **Compra de Odoo** le ayuda a mantener un registro de todos " +"los acuerdos de compra, cotizaciones y órdenes de compra que realice. " +"Aprenda cómo monitorear una licitación de compra, automatizar el " +"reabastecimiento y darle seguimiento a sus órdenes. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" @@ -22222,3 +22823,895 @@ msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" "Establezca una unidad de medida en un producto usando sus propias unidades " "en Compras de Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" +"La aplicación **Calidad de Odoo** le ayudará a asegurar la calidad de sus " +"productos a través de procesos de fabricación y movimientos de inventario. " +"Realice controles de calidad, automatice inspecciones de calidad de manera " +"frecuente y cree alertas de calidad cada que surja un problema. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriales de Odoo: Gestionar las revisiones de calidad " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "Principios básicos de los controles de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "Crear alertas de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" +"Configurar puntos de control de calidad es una excelente manera de " +"garantizar que el control de calidad se haga en etapas rutinarias durante " +"operaciones específicas. Sin embargo, los problemas de calidad pueden " +"aparecer frecuentemente fuera de esos controles programados. Al usar " +"*Calidad* de Odoo, los usuarios pueden crear alertas por problemas de " +"calidad que se detectaron durante el proceso automatizado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr ":doc:`Agregar puntos de control de calidad `" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "Encuentre y llene el formulario de las alertas de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" +"En algunas situaciones es necesario crear manualmente las alertas de calidad" +" dentro del módulo *Calidad*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" +"Un usuario que recibe un ticket de un cliente notificando un defecto en un " +"producto puede crear una alerta para avisar al equipo de calidad " +"correspondiente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Para crear una nueva alerta de calidad, vaya al módulo " +":menuselection:`Calidad` y seleccione :menuselection:`Control de calidad -->" +" Alertas de calidad --> Crear`. La alerta de calidad se puede llenar de la " +"siguiente manera:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Título`: elija un título claro y descriptivo para la alerta de " +"calidad." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Producto`: el producto sobre el cual se crea la alerta de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Variante de producto`: la variante específica del producto que " +"tiene un problema de calidad, solo si aplica " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lote`: el número de lote que tiene asignado el producto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Centro de trabajo`: el centro de trabajo donde se originó el " +"problema de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Recolección`: la operación de recolección durante la cual se " +"originó el problema de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipo`: el equipo de calidad al que se le enviará la alerta " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable`: la persona responsable de gestionar la alerta de " +"calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Etiquetas`: clasifique la alerta de calidad con base en etiquetas" +" creadas por el usuario " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Causa`: la causa del problema de calidad, si se sabe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Prioridad`: asigne la prioridad entre uno y tres estrellas para " +"garantizar que los problemas urgentes tengan prioridad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" +"Las pestañas al final del formulario se pueden usar para proporcionar " +"infromación adicional a los equipos de calidad: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Descripción`: proporcione detalles adicionales sobre el problema " +"de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Acciones correctivas`: el método para arreglar los productos " +"afectados " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Acciones preventivas`: procedimientos para prevenir que el " +"problema vuelva a ocurrir " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Otro`: el proveedor del producto (si aplica), la empresa que " +"produce el prodcuto y la fecha asignada " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de alerta de calidad configrado en su totalidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "Agregue alertas de calidad durante el proceso de fabricación " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo le permite a los empleados de fabricación crear alertas de calidad en " +"una orden de trabajo sin tener que acceder al módulo *Calidad*. Desde la " +"vista de tableta de una orden de trabajo, haga clic en el :guilabel:`☰` " +"icono de menú tipo hamburguesa en la esquina superior izquierda y seleccione" +" :guilabel:`Alerta de calidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "Acceda al menú de la orden de trabajo " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" +"El formulario de las alertas de calidad se pueden llenar tal como se detalló" +" en la sección anterior. Después de guardar el formulario, aparecerá una " +"nueva alerta en el tablero de :guilabel:`Alertas de calidad` al que puede " +"acceder desde el menú :menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "Gestione alertas de calidad existentes " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" +"De manera predeterminada, las alertas de calidad están organizadas en una " +"vista kanban. Las etapas del tablero kanban son totalmente configurables y " +"las alertas se pueden mover de una etapa a otra arrastrando y soltando, o " +"desde cada alerta. Otras opciones adicionales disponibles para ver las " +"alertas incluyen las vistas de gráficos, calendario, y tablas dinámicas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" +"Filtre las alertas según diferentes criterios como la fecha asignada o la " +"fecha finalizada. Las alertas también se pueden agrupar según el equipo de " +"calidad, causa u otros parámetros que puede encontrar en el botón del menú " +":guilabel:`Filtros` . " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "Controles de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"Los controles de calidad son inspecciones manuales que llevan a cabo los " +"empleados y se usan para asegurar la calidad de los productos. En Odoo, " +"puede realizar un control de calidad para un solo producto o para varios que" +" tengan la misma operación de inventario o la misma orden de fabricación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" +"Al usar un punto de control de calidad (PCC), podrá crear controles de " +"calidad automáticamente en intervalos regulares. Cuando se crea un control " +"de calidad a través de un |PCC|, aparecerá en una orden de fabricación o en " +"una orden de inventario, donde al empleado encargado de procesar la orden se" +" le pedirá que la complete. Para una explicación más detallada acerca de " +"como crear y configurar |PCC|, consulte la documentación referente a los " +":ref:`puntos de control de calidad `. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" +"Si bien los controles de calidad se crean casi siempre de manera automática " +"a través de un |PCC|, también es posible crearlos de manera manual. Crear un" +" control de manera manual es útil cuando un empleado quiere programar un " +"control de calidad que solo ocurrirá una vez, o desea registrar un control " +"espontáneo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "Control de calidad manual" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" +"Para crear un solo control de calidad, vaya a :menuselection:`Calidad --> " +"Control de calidad --> Controles de calidad `, y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Nuevo`. En el formulario del control de calidad, comience " +"seleccionando una opción desde el menú desplegable :guilabel:`Control por`:" +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operación`: solicita un control para una operación entera (por " +"ejemplo, orden de envío) y todos los productos involucrados. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Producto`: solicita un control para cada unidad de un producto " +"que es parte de una operación (por ejemplo, cada unidad de un producto " +"dentro de una orden de envío)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cantidad`: solicita un control por cada cantidad de un producto " +"que es parte de una operación (por ejemplo, un control por cada cinco " +"unidades de un producto dentro de una orden de envío). Seleccionar " +":guilabel:`Cantidad` también activa un menú desplegable de " +":guilabel:`Lote/Número de serie` desde donde podrá seleccionar un lote o " +"número de serie específico para el que se debe llevar a cabo el control de " +"calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" +"Luego, seleccione una operación de inventario desde el menú desplegable de " +":guilabel:`Recolección` o una orden de fabricación desde el menú desplegable" +" de :guilabel:`Orden de producción`. Es necesario porque Odoo necesita saber" +" para que operación se debe llevar a cabo el control de calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" +"Si el control de calidad se debe asignar a un |PCC| específico, " +"selecciónelo desde el menú desplegable de :guilabel:`Punto de control`. Esto" +" es útil si el control de calidad se crea manualmente, pero aún debe " +"especificarse que pertenece a un |PCC| particular. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" +"Seleccione un tipo de control de calidad desde el campo desplegable " +":guilabel:`Tipo`: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instrucciones`: proporciona instrucciones especificas acerca de " +"cómo llevar a cabo el control de calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tomar fotografía`: requiere que se adjunte una fotografía al " +"control antes de que se complete el proceso. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aprobado - No aprobado`: se usa cuando el producto que se está " +"revisando debe cumplir ciertos criterios para aprobar el control de calidad." +" " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar :guilabel:`Medida` activa un campo de entrada para " +":guilabel:`Medida` en donde deberá escribir una medida antes de que se " +"complete el control de calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" +"Seleccionar :guilabel:`Hoja de trabajo` activa un campo desplegable de " +":guilabel:`Plantilla de calidad`. Úselo para seleccionar una hoja de trabajo" +" de calidad que se deba llenar para completar el control de calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" +"En el campo :guilabel:`Equipo`, seleccione el equipo de calidad que será " +"responsable del control de calidad. En el campo :guilabel:`Empresa`, " +"seleccione la empresa dueña del producto que se inspecciona. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" +"Finalmente, si el control se procesa inmediatamente, haga clic en el botón " +"de :guilabel:`Aprobar` ubicado en la parte superior izquierda de la pantalla" +" si el control de calidad es correcto. Si no es así, haga clic en " +":guilabel:`No aprobar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" +"Un formulario de control de calidad completado para un control de tipo " +"Aprobado - No aprobado." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "Procesar un control de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" +"Puede procesar los controles de calidad directamente en la página del " +"control de calidad o desde una orden de fabricación o inventario según lo " +"requiera el control. Otra opción es, si un control de calidad se crea para " +"una operación de trabajo específica, puede procesar el control desde la " +"vista de tableta para la orden de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" +"No puede crear manualmente un solo control de calidad que está asignado para" +" una operación de una orden de trabajo específica. Solo puede crear los " +"controles de calidad para operaciones de una orden de trabajo a través de un" +" |PCC|. Consulte la documentación acerca de los :ref:`Puntos de control de" +" calidad ` para " +"conocer más acerca de como configurar un |PCC| que cree controles de calidad" +" para una operación específica de una orden de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "Página del control de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" +"Para procesar un control de calidad desde la página del control, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad --> Controles de calidad` y " +"seleccione el control que procesará. Siga los pasos para completar el " +"control descritos en el campo :guilabel:`Instrucciones` de la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Notas` en la parte inferior de la página. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" +"Si aprueba el control de calidad, haga clic en el botón de " +"guilabel:`Aprobar` ubicado en la parte superior de la página. Si el control " +"no pasa, haga clic en el botón de :guilabel:`No aprobar`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "Control de calidad en la orden" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" +"Para procesar un control de calidad en una orden, seleccione una orden de " +"fabricación o de inventario (recepción, envío, devoluciones, etc.) según lo " +"que requiera el control. Puede seleccionar las órdenes de fabricación en " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y " +"haga clic en una orden. Puede seleccionar las órdenes de inventario en " +":menuselection:`Inventario` y haciendo clic en el botón de :guilabel:`# Por " +"procesar` en una tarjeta de operación y seleccionando una orden. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" +"En la orden de inventario o de fabricación seleccionada aparecerá un botón " +"morado de :guilabel:`Controles de calidad` en la parte superior de la " +"orden. Haga clic en el botón para abrir la ventana emergente de " +":guilabel:`Control de calidad`, lo que mostrará todos los controles de " +"calidad que se requieren para esa orden. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" +"Siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la ventana emergente de " +":guilabel:`Control de calidad`. Si se está procesando un control tipo " +"Aprobado - No aprobado en la parte inferior de la ventana emergente. Para el" +" resto de los tipos de control de calidad, aparecerá un botón de " +":guilabel:`Validar`. Haga clic sobre él para completar el control de " +"calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" +"La ventana emergente de un \"Control de calidad\" en una orden de " +"fabricación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "Control de calidad en una orden de trabajo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" +"Para procesar un control de calidad para una orden de trabajo, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Fabricación --> Operaciones --> Órdenes de fabricación` y " +"seleccione una orden de fabricación. Seleccione la pestaña " +":guilabel:`Órdenes de trabajo` y haga clic en el botón de vista de tableta " +":guilabel:`📱 (tableta)` para la orden de trabajo que requiere el control de " +"calidad. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" +"Con la vista de tableta abierta, complete los pasos descritos del lado " +"izquierdo de la pantalla hasta que llegue al paso de control de calidad; " +"luego siga las instrucciones que aparecen en la parte superior de la " +"pantalla. Si está procesando un control de tipo Aprobado - No aprobado, " +"complete el control haciendo clic en :guilabel:`Aprobar` o :guilabel:`No " +"aprobar` en la parte superior de la pantalla. Para el resto de los tipos de " +"control de calidad, aparecerá un botón de :guilabel:`Siguiente`. Haga clic " +"en él para completar el control de calidad y continuar al siguiente paso de " +"la orden de trabajo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "Un control de calidad para una orden de trabajo." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "Agregar controles de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" +"Con la aplicación **Calidad** de Odoo puede controlar la calidad de los " +"productos antes de que los registre en sus existencias, durante las " +"operaciones de recolección y cuando salgan del almacén para completar una " +"orden de envío. Al crear *puntos de control de calidad* los fabricantes " +"pueden establecer controles de calidad que se activan de manera automática " +"en puntos específicos durante la producción. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "Configure los puntos de control de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"Para crear un nuevo punto de control de calidad, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control --> Crear`. Luego, " +"llene los siguientes campos del formulario como corresponde: " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Título`: introduzca un título simple e informativo para su punto " +"de control de calidad, para que los equipos de producción y control de " +"calidad lo puedan entender fácilmente. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Productos`: indique que producto(s) deben pasar a través del " +"punto específico de control de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operaciones`: determine qué equipo(s) de operaciones deben " +"realizar el control de calidad (por ejemplo, `Fabricación`, `Recibos`, " +"`Órdenes de envio`, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Operación de la orden de trabajo`: para las operaciones de " +"fabricación, utilice el menú desplegable para indicar para que tipo de orden" +" de trabajo aplica el punto de control de calidad: :guilabel:`Ensamblaje " +"manual`, :guilabel:`Empaquetado`, :guilabel:`Ensamblaje`, :guilabel:`Prueba`" +" o :guilabel:`Ensamblaje a largo plazo`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Empresa`: agregue la empresa que implementará el punto de control" +" de calidad. Generalmente, será la empresa que sea propietaria de la base de" +" datos de Odoo. Sin emabrgo, puede seleccionar un perfil multiempresa o de " +"proveedor para casos en los que existan varias ubicaciones de fabricación y " +"de ingeniería. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo de control`: usando el menú desplegable, elija entre " +":guilabel:`Todas las operaciones`, :guilabel:`Al azar` o " +":guilabel:`Periodicamente` para determinar que tan seguido se debe ejecutar " +"el punto de control de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tipo`: usando el menú desplegable, elija el tipo del punto de " +"control : :guilabel:`Instrucciones`, :guilabel:`Tomar una foto`, " +":guilabel:`Aprobado - No aprobado`, o :guilabel:`Medida` " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Equipo`: decida qué equipo de calidad debe recibir los resultados" +" del punto de control de calidad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable`: agregue una persona por punto para que gestione el " +"estado y la evolución del punto de control de calidad a lo largo del tiempo " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Instrucciones`: describa el control de calidad que se ejecutará " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mensaje en caso de fallo`: escriba con detalle qué es lo que se " +"debe hacer en caso de que la revisión falle " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Notas`: úselas para incluir información adicional" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de punto de control de calidad configurado en su" +" totalidad para una prueba de Aprobado-No aprobado. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que se ha configurado un punto de control, se creará y asignará " +"automáticamente un control de calidad cuando haya llegado a la operación u " +"orden de trabajo especificados. Los controles de calidad se pueden gestionar" +" seleccionando :menuselection:`Control de Calidad --> Controles de calidad`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" +"Para ver todos los controles de calidad creados por un punto de control, " +"vaya a :menuselection:`Control de calidad --> Puntos de control`, seleccione" +" un punto de control, y haga clic en :guilabel:`Controles de calidad` en la " +"esquina superior derecha. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "Caso de uso: configure una medida de control de calidad " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" +"Para asegurar que el producto cumpla con las medidas requeridas, seleccione " +":guilabel:`Medida` del menú desplegable :guilabel:`Tipo` . Seleccionar el " +"tipo de control de calidad :guilabel:`Medida` desplega tres nuevos campos: " +":guilabel:`Dispositivo`, :guilabel:`Norma`, y :guilabel:`Tolerancia`. Estos " +"campos se pueden configurar para que solo los productos con cierta " +"tolerancia pasen el control:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dispositivo`: seleccione el dispositivo de medición que debe " +"usarse para tomar las medidas (por ejemplo, cinta métrica)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Norma`: especifíque la medida deseada a la que el producto debe " +"ajustarse y la unidad de medida que debe usarse " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tolerancia`: seleccione el rango dentro del cual puede estar la " +"medida y aún así pasar el control (por ejemplo, :guilabel:`de` 59.5 mm " +":guilabel:`a` 60.5 mm)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" +"Un ejemplo de un formulario de un punto de control de calidad configurado " +"para un control de calidad de medidas. " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" +"Cuando el formulario de los puntos de control de calidad este completo, haga" +" clic en :guilabel:`Guardar`. Ahora, esta prueba basada en las medidas se " +"activará para los productos especificados en el formulario." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" +"Cuando la producción del producto específicado llega al punto de operación " +"que necesita un control de calidad de medida, se le solicita al empleado de " +"fabricación responsable que registre y valide el valor medido desde la vista" +" de tableta. Para productos que tengan las medidas dentro de los valores " +"indicados en los campos de :guilabel:`Tolerancia` la prueba será aprobada. " +"Sin embargo, para los productos que tienen medidas fuera de esos valores, la" +" prueba no será aprobada. En ese caso, el empleado que hizo el control de " +"calidad debe crear una alerta de calidad desde la vista de tableta. El " +"equipo de gestión de calidad puede trabajar en esa alerta. " diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index b338f505a..c7ad46bab 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" @@ -3080,10 +3080,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"marketing campaign." msgstr "" -"Diferencia entre el número de registros en tiempo real y el total de " -"participantes en una campaña de marketing." +"Diferencia entre el conteo de registros en tiempo real y los participantes " +"totales en una campaña de marketing. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index a59f28844..8ca76b0e9 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,19 +14,19 @@ # Pedro M. Baeza , 2023 # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 +# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 # Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 -# Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Iran Villalobos López, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2837,7 +2837,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "Caja registradora" @@ -2847,7 +2847,7 @@ msgstr "" "La caja registradora debe estar conectada a la impresora con un cable RJ25." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "Lector de código de barras" @@ -3162,10 +3162,605 @@ msgstr "" "seleccionó ningún controlador para esas impresoras." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "Epson configuration special case" +msgstr "Caso especial de uso de Epson" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" +"La mayoría de las impresoras Epson pueden imprimir recibos desde el " +":guilabel:`Punto de venta de Odoo` con el comando `GS v 0`. Sin embargo, los" +" siguientes modelos de impresoras Epson no son compatibles con el comando;" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "TM-U220" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "TM-U230" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "TM-P60" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "TMP-P60II" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Para solucionar este problema, configure la impresora para que use el " +"comando `ESC *` para esto mejor." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "Proceso para forzar el comando ESC*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "Compatibilidad de la impresora Epson" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" +"El primer paso es revisar si una impresora no es compatible con el comando " +"`GS v 0`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation `_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" +"`Documentación de Epson GS v 0 `_ para impresoras " +"compatibles con `GS v 0`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation `_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" +"`Documentación Epson ESC* `_ para impresoras " +"compatibles con `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" +"Si la impresora no es compatible con el comando `ESC *` entonces no será " +"posible realizar el siguiente proceso. Si la impresora es compatible con el " +"uso del comando `ESC *` para imprimir, siga este proceso para configurar la " +"impresora con la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas, por sus siglas en " +"inglés)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "configuración de la caja IoT para ESC*" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar el uso del comando `ESC *` para imprimir en la caja " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa en inglés)` vaya a la " +"página de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa" +" en inglés)` desde :menuselection:`la aplicación IoT --> cajas IoT`. Después" +" haga clic en la :guilabel:`dirección IP`, así se le redirigirá a la página " +"de inicio de la caja :abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas por sus siglsa en " +"inglés)`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "**Al elegir la impresora**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" +"Ahora haga clic en el botón :guilabel:`Printers server` (servidores de " +"impresoras). Esto lo redirigirá a la página de *CUPS*. Después, vaya a " +":menuselection:`Administración --> Impresoras --> Agregar una impresora`, " +"elija la impresora que se tiene que modificar y haga clic en " +":guilabel:`Continuar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Si todavía no está seguro de cuál es el nombre de la impresora, siga los " +"siguientes pasos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "Fíjese qué impresoras están enlistadas en la página *CUPS*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "Apague la impresora y vuelva a cargar la página. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "Ahora compare las listas para encontrar qué impresora desapareció." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "Vuelva a prender la impresora y recargue la página." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`__IMC___...___`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" +"`100` es el tamaño original, `50` es la mitad del tamaño y `200` es el doble" +" del tamaño." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation `_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> El nombre no debe incluir espacios." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II` -> El nombre es correcto, pero no hace uso de `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> El nombre no incluye `__` al final." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> El parámetro `XDV` no coincide con ningún " +"parámetro existente." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II_IMC_SCALE_` -> El parámetro `SCALE` no incluye el valor con la" +" escala." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "**Terminar de agregar una impresora**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" +"Después de asignar un nombre a la impresora con la convención de " +"nomenclatura adecuada, haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar`. A continuación, " +"en el valor :guilabel:`Crear` seleccione :guilabel:`Sin procesar` y para el " +"valor :guilabel:`Modelo` seleccione :guilabel:`Cola sin procesar (en)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" +"Tras completar estos pasos, haga clic en :guilabel:`Agregar impresora`. Si " +"no ocurrió ningún error, se le redirigirá a la página de *banners*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" +"En este punto la impresora debería haber sido creada, ahora la caja " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)` solo necesita detectarla y luego " +"sincronizarla con el servidor de Odoo (esto podría tardar unos minutos)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "**Agregar la impresora al PdV de Odoo**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" +"Una vez que la impresora aparece en la base de datos de Odoo, debe elegirla " +"en la configuración del :abbr:`PdV (Punto de venta)` como la impresora " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)`. Vaya a la aplicación " +":menuselection:`Punto de venta --> Ajustes --> Dispositivos conectados --> " +"Caja IoT --> Impresora de recibos --> Guardar`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" +"Si la impresora se configuró de forma incorrecta (todavía imprime texto " +"aleatorio o el recibo impreso es demasiado grande o pequeño), no se puede " +"modificar mediante el nombre de la impresora con *CUPS*. Puede repetir el " +"proceso anterior para configurar otra impresora desde cero y crear una con " +"los parámetros modificados." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "**Ejemplo de configuración de la impresora Epson TM-U220B con ESC**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" +"El siguiente es un ejemplo del proceso de solución de problemas para el " +"modelo TM-U220B con el comando `ESC *`. El recibo que aparece a continuación" +" ejemplifica un recibo que se imprime correctamente debido al formato " +"adecuado (en teoría):" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" +"Imagen de un recibo con un formato correcto impreso desde una base de datos " +"de demostración." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" +"Si intenta imprimir este recibo antes de configurar el formato adecuado, " +"imprimirá caracteres aleatorios, ya que el modelo TM-U220B no es compatible " +"con `GS v 0`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "Papel de impresora con caracteres aparentemente aleatorios." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" +"Para configurar correctamente el formato para el modelo TM-U220B de la " +"impresora Epson, debe seguir los siguientes pasos." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 `_ and `ESC * " +"`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"Luego de consultar el sitio web de Epson para verificar la compatibilidad de" +" los comandos `GS v 0 `_ y `ESC * " +"`_, puede observar que el" +" modelo TM-U220B no es compatible con `GS v 0`, pero sí con `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "Evaluación de compatibilidad de Epson en su sitio web." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" +"Al agregar la impresora, *CUPS* preguntará qué impresora se debe agregar:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "Selección para agregar impresora en el menú de administración." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" +"En este caso, la impresora está conectada por :abbr:`USB (Bus serie " +"universal)` así que no aparecerá en las :guilabel:`impresoras descubiertas " +"en la red`. En su lugar, es probable que aparezca en la selección " +":guilabel:`desconocida` en :guilabel:`impresoras locales`. Al desconectar el" +" cable :abbr:`USB (Bus serie universal)` de la impresora de la caja " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet de las cosas)` y actualizar la página, la impresora " +":guilabel:`desconocida` desaparece. Al conectarla de nuevo, vuelve a " +"aparecer, por lo que se puede decir que esta es la impresora en cuestión." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site `_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" +"Es importante agregar `__IMC` a la nomenclatura del nombre, pues necesitará " +"imprimir usando el comando `ESC *`. Consulte el sitio web del modelo de la " +"impresora en `el sitio web de Epson ESC * `_ para obtener mas " +"información acerca de los parámetros de *densidad*. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" +"Especificaciones de la impresora Epson TM-U220 en el sitio web del " +"fabricante. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" +"Para el modelo particular TM-U220, el valor de `m` debe ser igual a 0 o 1. " +"Al referenciar la caja rosa de :guilabel:`Descripción` en la imagen " +"anterior, los valores de `m` pueden ser 0, 1, 32 o 33. En el caso de esta " +"impresora, el valor de `m` NO pueden ser 32 o 33 (de lo contrario se " +"imprimirán caracteres al azar). " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"La tabla incluye los siguientes valores numéricos: 32 y 33, los cuáles " +"ocurren si el :guilabel:`Número de bits para datos verticales` está " +"establecido en 24. Esto significa que es una *Alta densidad vertical*. En " +"caso de configurar la Epson TM-U220, deberá forzar la *Baja densidad " +"vertical*, pues el modelo de la impresora no es compatible con una *Alta " +"densidad vertical* para el comando `ESC *`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" +"Para agregar una *Baja densidad vertical*, agregue el parámetro `LDV` a la " +"nomenclatura del nombre. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" +"Agregue una *Baja densidad vertical* (el parámetro `LDV`) a la nomenclatura" +" del nombre. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` para proceder. Luego, establezca el " +"valor :guilabel:`Hacer` a :guilabel:`Raw` y para el modelo " +":guilabel:`Modelo` establézcalo en :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" +"Especificaciones para Epson TM-U220 en el sitio web de los fabricantes." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" +"Sin embargo, al intentar imprimir con la nomenclatura del nombre: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, se imprimirá el recibo, pero será muy grande y se" +" saldrá del margen. Para solucionar esto, agregue una nueva impresora (y la " +"nomenclatura del nombre) con el parámetro `SCALE` para adaptar el tamaño" +" del recibo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "Estos son algunos de los ejemplos:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "Convención sobre el nombre de impresoras " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "Formato de un recibo de ejemplo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "Formato del recibo usando la convención: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" +"Formato de un recibo usando la convención de nombre: " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__. " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" +"Formato del recibo usando la convención de nombre: " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" +"Formato del recibo usando la convención de nombre: " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "La impresora Zebra no imprime nada" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " @@ -3181,7 +3776,7 @@ msgstr "" "Interfaz de usuario --> Vistas` en el :ref:`modo de desarrollador " "` y busque la plantilla correspondiente." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here `_." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Los caracteres leídos por el lector de códigos de barras no corresponden con" " el código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -3211,11 +3806,11 @@ msgstr "" "formulario del dispositivo (aplicación :menuselection:`IoT --> Dispositivos " "--> Dispositivo de código de barras`) y seleccione el formato correcto." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "No ocurre nada al escanear un código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -3229,11 +3824,11 @@ msgstr "" "barras. Para ello, vaya a la aplicación :menuselection:`Punto de venta --> " "Menú de tres puntos en el PdV --> Sección caja IoT --> Editar`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "El lector de códigos de barras se detecta como un teclado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " @@ -3242,7 +3837,7 @@ msgstr "" "Algunos lectores de código de barras no se anuncian como lectores de código " "de barras, sino como teclados USB. La caja IoT no los reconocerá." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -3257,11 +3852,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "Modificar la vista de formulario del lector de códigos de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "La caja registradora no abre" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -3877,20 +4472,18 @@ msgstr "" "de :guilabel:`Revisiones de calidad`. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" @@ -4191,6 +4784,18 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Calidad --> Control de calidad --> Revisiones de calidad -->" " Nuevo`. " +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 12e6f16a5..179fdff18 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -22,17 +22,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2685,10 +2685,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "Windows 10 y Linux OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Generar un certificado autofirmado" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2705,10 +2707,12 @@ msgstr "" "página de advertencia sobre la privacidad de la conexión de Google Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "Página de advertencia de Google Chrome en Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2720,6 +2724,7 @@ msgstr "" "serie de la impresora." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2739,6 +2744,7 @@ msgstr "" " reinicie la impresora manualmente." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2752,10 +2758,12 @@ msgstr "" "(certificado del servidor)." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Exportar un certificado autofirmado" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2771,10 +2779,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "Si está usando **Google chrome**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2788,11 +2798,13 @@ msgstr "" "Botón del navegador de Chrome que indica que la conexión no es segura." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" "vaya a la pestaña :guilabel:`Detalles` y haga clic en :guilabel:`Exportar`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" @@ -2801,6 +2813,7 @@ msgstr "" " extensión correcta;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2811,6 +2824,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "guárdelo y habrá exportado el certificado." @@ -2825,16 +2840,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "Si está usando **Mozilla Firefox**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" "haga clic en el icono **en forma de cerradura** que se encuentra a la " "izquierda de la barra;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2847,10 +2865,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "Botón que indica que la conexión no es segura en el navegador Mozilla" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "baje a la sección :guilabel:`Misceláneo`;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" "haga clic en :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` que se encuentra en la sección " @@ -2989,8 +3009,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" -msgstr "Para asegurar la conexión en Mac:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" +"Para asegurar la conexión en Mac OS en todos los navegadores, tiene que " +"seguir los siguientes pasos:" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -3013,10 +3037,44 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "reinicie la impresora para que la puede usar con cualquier navegador." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" +"Para generar y exportar un certificado SSL y enviarlo a dispospositivo IOS, " +"abra **Google Chrome** o **Mozilla Firefox**. Después," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" +"Página de advertencia sobre la privacidad de la conexión en Google Chrome" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" +"Botón que muesta que la conexión a la impresora no es segura en Google " +"Chrome" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" +"Asegúrese de que el certificado termina con la extensión `.crt`. De lo " +"contrario, es probable que algunos navegadores no encuentren el archivo en " +"el proceso de importación. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" +"Botón que indica que la conexión no es segura en el navegador Mozilla " +"Firefox" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "Android" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " @@ -3027,22 +3085,22 @@ msgstr "" "`.crt` al dispositivo a través de un correo, Bluetooth o USB. Una vez que el" " archivo esté en el dispositivo," -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "abra los ajustes y busque el `certificado`;" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" "haga clic en :guilabel:`Certificado CA` (Instalar desde el almacenamiento " "del dispositivo);" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" "seleccione el archivo de certificado para instalarlo en el dispositivo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." @@ -3050,7 +3108,92 @@ msgstr "" "Es probable que los pasos a seguir para instalar el certificado cambien " "dependiendo de la versión de android o el fabricador del dispositivo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "iOS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" +"Para importar el certificado SSL a un dispositivo iOS primero debe crearlo y" +" exportarlo desde una computadora. Después, transfiera el archivo `.crt` al " +"dispositivo a través de un correo, Bluetooth, o cualquier servicio para " +"compartir archivos. " + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" +"Al descargar este archivo se activa una ventana emergente de advertencia. " +"Haga clic en :guilabel:`Permitir` para descargar el perfil de configuración " +"y cerrar la segunda ventana emergente. Después," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "vaya a la **aplicación Configuraciones** en el dispositivo iOS;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" +"haga clic en :guilabel:`perfil descargado` en la caja de detalles del " +"usuario;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "buque el archivo `.crt` descargado y selecciónelo;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar` en la parte superior derecha de la " +"pantalla;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "si el dispositivo tiene contraseña, ingrese la contraseña;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" +"haga clic en :guilabel:`Instalar` en la parte superior derecha de la " +"ventana de advertencia del certificado y en la ventana emergente;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "haga clic en :guilabel:`Listo`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" +"El certificado se instaló, pero todavía se tiene que autenticar. Para " +"hacerlo," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" +"vaya a :menuselection:`Ajustes --> General --> Acerca de > Ajustes de " +"confianza del certificado`;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "active el certificado instalado con el **botón deslizable**;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "haga clic en :guilabel:`Continuar` en la ventana emergente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -3062,7 +3205,7 @@ msgstr "" "nombre de su navegador o sistema operativo` en su motor de búsqueda " "preferido" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " @@ -3073,11 +3216,11 @@ msgstr "" "nombre de su navegador o sistema operativo` en su motor de búsqueda " "preferido." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "Revise si el certificado se importó correctamente" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -6019,19 +6162,19 @@ msgstr "Ajustes de códigos de barras en la aplicación Inventario" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Configurar un lector de códigos de " -"barras<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Configurar un lector de código de barras " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Activar los lectores de códigos de " -"barras<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activar lectores de códigos de barra " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -6971,12 +7114,13 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" "Para los usuarios de :doc:`TaxCloud " "<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>`: las facturas creadas a partir" " de órdenes de ventas de Amazon **no** se sincronizan con TaxCloud, Amazon " -"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud." +"ya las incluye en su propio reporte de impuestos a TaxCloud. Tome en cuenta " +"que la integración con TaxCloud será obsoleta a partir de Odoo 17." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 msgid "Register payments" diff --git a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index c674ce54e..a0dca3902 100644 --- a/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/es/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -9,18 +9,18 @@ # Braulio D. López Vázquez , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Fernanda Alvarez, 2023 -# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # Iran Villalobos López, 2023 # Lucia Pacheco, 2023 +# Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Lucia Pacheco, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Patricia Gutiérrez Capetillo , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Spanish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/es/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3846,7 +3846,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 056a595a5..9c32b313f 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -504,7 +504,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" "dans :ref:`le fichier de configuration ` " @@ -592,8 +592,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "Exemple de configuration" @@ -736,69 +736,99 @@ msgstr "Serveur intégré" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" -"Odoo comprend des serveurs HTTP intégrés, en utilisant le multithreading ou " -"le multiprocessing." +"Odoo comprend des serveurs HTTP, cron et live chat intégrés, en utilisant le" +" multithreading ou le multiprocessing." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -"Pour une utilisation en production, il est recommandé d'utiliser le serveur " -"multiprocessing, car il augmente la stabilité, utilise un peu mieux les " -"ressources informatiques et peut être mieux surveillé avec possibilité de " -"limiter les ressources. " +"Le serveur **multithread** est un serveur plus simple, utilisé " +"principalement pour le développement, les démonstrations et sa compatibilité" +" avec différents systèmes d'exploitation (y compris Windows). Un nouveau " +"thread est créé pour chaque nouvelle requête HTTP, même pour les connexions " +"de longue durée telles que websocket. Les threads cron démon sont également " +"créés. En raison d'une limitation de Python (GIL), il n'utilise pas le " +"matériel de manière optimale." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -"Le multiprocessing s'active en configurant :option:`un nombre non nul de " -"processus de worker `, le nombre de workers doit être " -"basé sur le nombre de noyaux de l'appareil (éventuellement avec de l'espace " -"pour les workers cron en fonction du nombre de tâches cron prévues)" +"Le serveur multithread est le serveur par défaut, également pour les " +"conteneurs Docker. Il est sélectionné lorsque l'option :option:`--workers " +"` est omise ou lorsqu'elle est fixée à ``0``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" -"Les limites de workers peuvent être configurées en fonction de la " -"configuration matérielle pour éviter l'épuisement des ressources" +"Le serveur **multiprocessing** est un serveur à part entière, utilisé " +"principalement pour la production. Il n'est pas soumis à la même limitation " +"de Python (GIL) sur l'utilisation des ressources et utilise donc le matériel" +" de manière optimale. Un pool de workers est créé lors du démarrage du " +"serveur. Les nouvelles requêtes HTTP sont mises en attente par le système " +"d'exploitation jusqu'à ce qu'il y ait des workers prêts à les traiter. Un " +"worker HTTP événementiel supplémentaire pour le live chat est créé sur un " +"autre port. Des workers cron supplémentaires sont également créés. Un reaper" +" de processus configurable surveille l'utilisation des ressources et peut " +"arrêter/relancer des workers défaillants." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." msgstr "" -"Le mode multiprocessing n'est actuellement pas disponible dans Windows" +"Le serveur multiprocessing est optionnel. Il est sélectionné lorsque " +"l'option :option:`--workers ` est fixée sur un entier " +"non nul." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" +"Le serveur multiprocessing n'est pas disponible sur Windows, car il est " +"fortement personnalisé pour les serveurs Linux." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" msgstr "Calcul du nombre de workers" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "Règle de base : (#CPU * 2) + 1" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "Workers cron nécessitent un CPU" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "1 worker ~= 6 utilisateurs simultanés" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "Calcul de la taille de la mémoire" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" @@ -806,7 +836,7 @@ msgstr "" "Nous considérons que 20% des requêtes sont des requêtes lourdes, tandis que " "80% sont des requêtes plus simples" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" @@ -814,7 +844,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un gros worker, lorsque tous les champs calculés sont bien conçus, les " "requêtes SQL sont bien conçues,... est estimé consommer environ 1 Go de RAM" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" @@ -822,7 +852,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un worker plus léger, dans le même scénario, est estimé consommer environ " "150 Mo de RAM" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" @@ -831,61 +861,48 @@ msgstr "" "light_worker_ram_estimation) + (heavy_worker_ratio * " "heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "LiveChat" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port ` but the " -"client will not connect to it." +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" -"En configuration multiprocessing, un worker LiveChat dédié est " -"automatiquement démarré et écoute sur :option:`le port gevent `, mais le client ne s'y connectera pas." +"En multiprocessing, un worker live chat dédié est automatiquement lancé et " +"écoute le :option:`--gevent-port `. Par défaut, les " +"requêtes HTTP continuent d'accéder aux workers HTTP normaux au lieu du " +"worker live chat. Vous devez déployer un proxy devant Odoo et rediriger les " +"requêtes entrantes dont le chemin commence par ``/websocket/`` vers le " +"worker live chat. Vous devez également lancer Odoo en :option:`--proxy-mode " +"` pour qu'il utilise les vrais en-têtes clients (tels" +" que le nom d'hôte, le schéma et l'IP) au lieu des en-têtes du proxy." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" -"Vous devez plutôt avoir un proxy qui redirige les requêtes dont l'URL " -"commence par ``/websocket/`` vers le port gevent. Les autres requêtes " -"doivent être redirigées par le proxy vers le :option:`port HTTP `." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" -"Pour y parvenir, vous devrez déployer un reverse proxy devant Odoo, comme " -"nginx ou apache. En faisant cela, vous devrez transmettre d'autres en-têtes " -"http à Odoo, et activer le proxy_mode dans la configuration d'Odoo pour que " -"Odoo lise ces en-têtes." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "Serveur avec 4 CPU, 8 threads" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" msgstr "60 utilisateurs simultanés" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" msgstr "60 utilisateurs / 6 = 10 <- nombre théorique de workers nécessaires" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- nombre maximal théorique de workers" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." @@ -894,20 +911,20 @@ msgstr "" "système de surveillance pour mesurer la charge du CPU et vérifier si elle se" " situe entre 7 et 7,5." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3 Go de RAM pour Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "" "dans :ref:`le fichier de configuration ` :" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -920,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "terminaison SSL peut être implémentée via à peu près n'importe quel proxy de" " terminaison SSL, mais nécessite la configuration suivante :" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" @@ -928,16 +945,16 @@ msgstr "" "Activer le :option:`mode proxy ` dans Odoo. À activer" " uniquement quand Odoo est derrière un reverse proxy." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" "Configurer le proxy de terminaison SSL (`Exemple de terminaison Nginx`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "Configurer le proxy lui-même (`Exemple de proxy Nginx`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" @@ -945,23 +962,23 @@ msgstr "" "Votre proxy de terminaison SSL doit également rediriger automatiquement les " "connexions non sécurisées vers le port sécurisé" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "Rediriger les requêtes http vers https" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "Demandes de proxy à Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "dans ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` définissez :" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "Odoo en tant qu'application WSGI" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -978,7 +995,7 @@ msgstr "" ":mod:`odoo.tools.config` plutôt que par ligne de commande ou un fichier de " "configuration." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " @@ -989,98 +1006,77 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo ne contrôle plus la création de workers, il ne peut pas configurer de " "workers cron ou livechat." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "Workers cron" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" -"Pour exécuter des tâches cron pour un déploiement d'Odoo en tant " -"qu'application WSGI, il faut" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "Un Odoo classique (exécuté via ``odoo-bin``)" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -"Connecté à la base de données dans laquelle les tâches cron doivent être " -"exécutées (via :option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Le démarrage d'un des serveurs Odoo intégrés à côté du serveur WSGI est " +"requis pour traiter les tâches cron. Ce serveur doit être configuré pour ne " +"traiter que les crons et pas les requêtes HTTP en utilisant l'option " +":option:`--no-http ` cli ou le paramètre ``http_enable =" +" False`` du fichier de configuration." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." msgstr "" -"Qui ne doit pas être exposé au réseau. Pour s'assurer que les cron runners " -"ne sont pas accessibles au réseau, il est possible de désactiver " -"complètement le serveur HTTP intégré avec :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` ou le" -" paramètre ``http_enable = False`` dans le fichier de configuration." +"Sur les systèmes de type Linux, il est recommandé d'utiliser le serveur " +"multiprocessing au lieu du serveur multithreading pour bénéficier d'une " +"meilleure utilisation du matériel et d'une stabilité accrue, c'est-à-dire en" +" utilisant les options :option:`--workers=-1 ` et " +":option:`--max-cron-threads=n ` cli." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" -"Le deuxième sous-système problématique pour les déploiements WSGI est le " -"Live Chat : alors que la plupart des connexions HTTP sont relativement " -"courtes et libèrent rapidement leurs workers pour la requête suivante, le " -"Live Chat nécessite une connexion de longue durée pour chaque client afin " -"d'implémenter des notifications en temps quasi réel." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." -msgstr "" -"Cette exigence est en contradiction avec le modèle de worker basé sur les " -"processus, car elle immobilise les processus de worker et empêche les " -"nouveaux utilisateurs d'accéder au système. Toutefois, ces connexions de " -"longue durée ne font pas grand-chose et restent le plus souvent en attente " -"de notifications." +"L'utilisation d'un serveur WSGI compatible avec gevent est requise au bon " +"fonctionnement de la fonction de live chat. Ce serveur doit être capable de " +"gérer de nombreuses connexions de longue durée simultanées, mais n'a pas " +"besoin d'une grande puissance de traitement. Toutes les requêtes dont le " +"chemin commence par ``/websocket/`` doivent être redirigées vers ce serveur." +" Un serveur WSGI normal (basé sur un thread/processus) doit être utilisé " +"pour toutes les autres requêtes." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -"Les solutions pour supporter le livechat/modifications dans une application " -"WSGI sont les suivantes :" +"Le serveur cron d'Odoo peut également être utilisé pour répondre aux " +"requêtes de live chat. Il suffit de supprimer l'option :option:`--no-http " +"` cli du serveur cron et de s'assurer que les requêtes " +"dont le chemin commence par ``/websocket/`` sont redirigées vers ce serveur," +" sur le :option:`--http-port ` (serveur " +"multithreading) ou sur le :option:`--gevent-port ` " +"(serveur multiprocessing)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" -"Déployer une version threadée d'Odoo (au lieu d'une version preforking basée" -" sur les processus) et uniquement rediriger les requêtes vers les URLs " -"commençant par ``/websocket/`` vers ce Odoo, c'est la solution la plus " -"simple et l'URL du websocket peut également servir d'instance cron." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." -msgstr "" -"Déployer un Odoo evented via ``odoo-gevent`` et requêtes proxy commençant " -"par ``/websocket/`` vers :option:`le port gevent `." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "Servir des fichiers statiques et des pièces jointes" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -1092,11 +1088,11 @@ msgstr "" "peut-être pas idéal en termes de performances et les fichiers statiques " "doivent généralement être servis par un serveur HTTP statique." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "Servir des fichiers statiques" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -1109,7 +1105,7 @@ msgstr "" " recherchant le bon module (et le bon fichier) dans les différents chemins " "d'accès aux modules complémentaires." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " @@ -1119,8 +1115,8 @@ msgstr "" " Community et Enterprise et le :option:`--addons-path ` est ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." @@ -1129,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'emplacement suivant doit être ajouté pour servir les fichiers statiques " "via NGINX." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -1143,7 +1139,7 @@ msgstr "" " ` est " "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " @@ -1154,11 +1150,11 @@ msgstr "" "mettre en évidence deux configurations possibles et ne doivent pas être " "utilisés tels quels." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "Servir des pièces jointes" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -1171,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" "recherches dans la base de données pour déterminer où les fichiers sont " "stockés et si l'utilisateur actuel peut y accéder ou non." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -1195,7 +1191,7 @@ msgstr "" ":option:`--x-sendfile ` (cet indicateur unique est " "utilisé à la fois pour X-Sendfiele et X-Accel)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." @@ -1203,7 +1199,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'extension X-Sendfile pour apache (et les serveurs web compatibles) ne " "nécessite aucune configuration supplémentaire." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" @@ -1211,7 +1207,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'extension X-Accel pour NGINX **nécessite** la configuration supplémentaire" " suivante :" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -1225,11 +1221,11 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo (ne naviguez pas vers l'URL via NGINX). Ceci enregistre un " "avertissement, le message contient la configuration dont vous avez besoin." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Sécurité" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " @@ -1240,7 +1236,7 @@ msgstr "" "tout moment, votre sécurité ne sera que celle du maillon le plus faible de " "votre environnement." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -1257,7 +1253,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'exploitation et votre distribution, des meilleures pratiques en termes " "d'utilisateurs, de mots de passe et de gestion du contrôle d'accès, etc." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" @@ -1265,7 +1261,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lors du déploiement d'un serveur exposé sur internet, veillez à prendre en " "compte les sujets suivants liés à la sécurité :" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " @@ -1275,7 +1271,7 @@ msgstr "" "limitez l'accès aux pages d'administration de la base de données dès que le " "système est configuré. Consultez :ref:`db_manager_security`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -1290,7 +1286,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'installation. N'utilisez *jamais* de mots de passe par défaut comme " "admin/admin, même pour les bases de données de test/simulation." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" @@ -1302,7 +1298,7 @@ msgstr "" "être utilisés pour s'introduire dans vos systèmes et causer des problèmes " "importants, même sur les systèmes de simulation/développement." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -1319,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" "lieu de laisser le système les récupérer toutes depuis le backend de la base" " de données." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1336,7 +1332,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'option de ligne de commande :option:`--no-database-list `)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1350,7 +1346,7 @@ msgstr "" "appartenir au super-utilisateur ``postgres`` si vous utilisez un ``db_user``" " dédié et non privilégié. Consultez aussi :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " @@ -1360,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" " versions, soit via GitHub, soit en téléchargeant la dernière version sur " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download ou http://nightly.odoo.com." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." @@ -1369,7 +1365,7 @@ msgstr "" "correspondant à votre utilisation typique (mémoire/CPU/délais d'attente). " "Consultez aussi :ref:`builtin_server`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1386,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" ":option:`mode proxy `. Consultez aussi " ":ref:`https_proxy`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1403,7 +1399,7 @@ msgstr "" "n'autoriser que les IP de confiance dans le pare-feu, et/ou à utiliser un " "système de détection par force brute tel que `fail2ban` ou équivalent." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " @@ -1414,7 +1410,7 @@ msgstr "" " par déni de service. Consultez aussi :ref:`login_brute_force` pour des " "mesures spécifiques." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " @@ -1424,7 +1420,7 @@ msgstr "" "des attaques par déni de service distribué (DDOS), mais il s'agit souvent " "d'un service facultatif, que vous devez donc consulter." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " @@ -1435,7 +1431,7 @@ msgstr "" "différents de ceux de production. Et appliquez les mêmes précautions de " "sécurité que pour la production." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1462,7 +1458,7 @@ msgstr "" "lists-with-systemd.html>`_ pour mettre en place un contrôle d'accès réseau " "par processus." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1491,7 +1487,7 @@ msgstr "" "conservent généralement une liste publique de leurs plages d'adresses IP à " "cette fin." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." @@ -1500,7 +1496,7 @@ msgstr "" "clients les uns des autres en utilisant des conteneurs ou des techniques de " "\"prison\" appropriées." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." @@ -1509,6 +1505,18 @@ msgstr "" "données de votre filestore et copiez-les sur un serveur d'archivage distant " "qui n'est pas accessible depuis le serveur lui-même." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" +"Il est fortement recommandé de déployer Odoo sur Linux au lieu de Windows. " +"Si vous choisissez toutefois de déployer Odoo sur une plateforme Windows, un" +" examen détaillé du renforcement de la sécurité du serveur doit être " +"effectué et n'entre pas dans le cadre de ce guide." + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "Bloquer des attaques par force brute" @@ -2119,7 +2127,19 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" +"La version Windows est proposée pour faciliter les tests ou l'exécution " +"d'instances locales pour un seul utilisateur, mais le déploiement en " +"production est déconseillé en raison d'un nombre de limitations et de " +"risques associés au déploiement d'Odoo sur une plateforme Windows." + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " @@ -2130,11 +2150,11 @@ msgstr "" "d'installation Windows depuis la `page de téléchargement d'Odoo " "`_ (toutes les éditions)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "Exécutez le fichier téléchargé." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." @@ -2143,7 +2163,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Windows a protégé votre PC* pourrait s'afficher. Cliquez sur **Informations" " complémentaires** et ensuite sur **Exécuter quand même** pour continuer." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." @@ -2151,11 +2171,11 @@ msgstr "" "Acceptez l'invitation `UAC " "`_ " -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "Suivez les étapes d'installation." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "Odoo démarre automatiquement à la fin de l'installation." @@ -3244,60 +3264,250 @@ msgstr "" "envoyer des emails sûrs et sécurisés par le biais de Microsoft Outlook en " "utilisant l'authentification OAuth." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "Configuration pour plusieurs utilisateurs" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." -msgstr "" -"Chaque utilisateur doit avoir un serveur séparé. Le :guilabel:`filtre " -"expéditeur` doit être défini de manière à ce que seul l'email de " -"l'utilisateur soit envoyé à partir de ce serveur. En d'autres termes, seul " -"un utilisateur avec une adresse email qui correspond au :guilabel:`filtre " -"expéditeur` défini peut utiliser ce serveur." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" +msgstr "Configuration avec un seul serveur de messagerie sortant" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -"Après avoir défini le :guilabel:`filtre expéditeur`, configurez un compte " -"d'email de repli pour permettre l'envoi de :guilabel:`notifications`. " -"L'email de repli doit être configuré comme un :guilabel:`serveur " -"transactionnel général`. Le paramètre de système " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` doit être défini sur le :guilabel:`nom " -"d'utilisateur` du compte du serveur transactionnel général. Pour plus " -"d'informations, consultez :ref:`Utiliser une adresse email par défaut " -"`." +"La configuration d'un seul serveur de messagerie sortant est la " +"configuration la plus simple disponible pour Microsoft Azure et ne nécessite" +" pas de droits d'accès étendus pour les utilisateurs de la base de données." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" +"Une adresse email générique est utilisée pour envoyer des emails à tous les " +"utilisateurs de la base de données. Par exemple, elle pourrait être " +"structurée avec un alias `notifications` (`notifications@example.com`) ou un" +" alias `contact` (`contact@example.com`). Cette adresse doit être définie " +"comme le :guilabel:`filtre expéditeur` sur le serveur. Cette adresse doit " +"également correspondre à la combinaison de clés " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` dans les paramètres système." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" +"Pour plus d'informations sur le filtre expéditeur, consultez " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" "Les :guilabel:`Paramètres système` sont accessibles en activant le " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres " -"système`." +":ref:`mode développeur` dans les :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique " +"--> Paramètres --> Paramètres système`." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" +"Avec cette configuration, chaque email envoyé à partir de la base de données" +" utilisera l'adresse de la boîte de messagerie `notification` configurée. Il" +" convient toutefois de noter que le nom de l'expéditeur apparaîtra, mais que" +" son adresse email changera :" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "Nom de l'expéditeur réel avec adresse email statique." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "Configuration d'un seul serveur de messagerie sortant :" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Nom d'utilisateur** (login) du serveur de messagerie sortant = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Filtre expéditeur` du serveur de messagerie sortant = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "`mail.catchall.domain` dans les paramètres système = `example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "`mail.default.from` dans les paramètres système = `notifications`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "Configuration spécifique à l'utilisateur (plusieurs utilisateurs)" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" +"En plus d'un serveur de messagerie générique, vous pouvez configurer des " +"serveurs de messagerie individuels pour les utilisateurs d'une base de " +"données. Ces adresses email doivent être configurées en tant que " +":guilabel:`filtre expéditeur` sur chaque serveur individuel pour que cette " +"configuration fonctionne." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" +"Cette configuration est la plus compliquée des deux configurations Microsoft" +" Azure, car elle exige que tous les utilisateurs configurés avec des " +"serveurs de messagerie aient des droits d'accès aux paramètres afin " +"d'établir une connexion au serveur de messagerie." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configuration" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" +"Chaque utilisateur doit avoir un serveur de messagerie séparé. Le " +":guilabel:`Filtre expéditeur` doit être défini pour que seul l'email de " +"l'utilisateur soit envoyé à partir de ce serveur. En d'autres termes, seul " +"un utilisateur avec une adresse email qui correspond au :guilabel:`Filtre " +"expéditeur` défini peut utiliser ce serveur." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" +"Un :ref:`serveur de repli ` doit être configuré " +"pour autoriser l'envoi de :guilabel:`notifications`. Le :guilabel:`filtre " +"expéditeur` pour ce serveur doit avoir la valeur de " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" +"La configuration de ce serveur de messagerie transactionnel peut fonctionner" +" en parallèle avec un serveur de messagerie sortant pour les envois de " +"masse. Le :guilabel:`filtre expéditeur` du serveur de messagerie pour les " +"envois de masse peut rester vide, mais il doit être ajouté dans les " +"paramètres de l'application *Email Marketing*." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" +"Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration du serveur de messagerie pour " +"les envois de masse, consultez :ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" +"Configuration du serveur de messagerie sortant pour plusieurs utilisateurs :" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "Boîte de messagerie de l'utilisateur #1" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Nom d'utilisateur** (login) du serveur de messagerie sortant #1 = " +"`john@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Filtre expéditeur` du serveur de messagerie sortant #1 = " +"`john@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "Boîte de messagerie de l'utilisateur #2" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Nom d'utilisateur** (login) du serveur de messagerie sortant #2 = " +"`jane@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Filtre expéditeur Filtering` du serveur de messagerie sortant #2 " +"= `jane@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "Notifications de la boîte de messagerie" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +"**Nom d'utilisateur** (login) du serveur de messagerie sortant #3 = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Filtre expéditeur` du serveur de messagerie sortant #3 = " +"`notifications@example.com`" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Paramètres système" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 msgid "Configure incoming email server" msgstr "Configurer le serveur de messagerie entrant" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " @@ -3318,7 +3528,7 @@ msgstr "" "présent, :guilabel:`testez et confirmez` le compte. Le compte devrait être " "prêt à recevoir des emails de la base de données Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -5703,6 +5913,18 @@ msgstr "" "Pour plus d'informations, consultez :ref:`Utiliser une adresse email par " "défaut `. " +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" +"Les :guilabel:`Paramètres système` sont accessibles en activant le " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres " +"système`." + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -6862,7 +7084,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -8790,10 +9012,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configuration" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index b7924a2e2..232afba50 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -9,7 +9,6 @@ # Alain van de Werve , 2022 # Jean-Louis Bodren , 2022 # Richard Mathot , 2022 -# Florent de Labarre , 2022 # William Henrotin , 2022 # Christelle Pinchart , 2022 # fr trans , 2022 @@ -24,22 +23,23 @@ # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2023 # romrik_, 2023 # Cécile Collart , 2023 -# Fernanda Marques , 2023 # Jérôme Tanché , 2023 # jb78180 , 2023 # Jonathan Castillo , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# e2f , 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Fernanda Marques , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Fernanda Marques , 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ msgstr "" "disponibles et mis à jour en temps réel :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "Rapports financiers" @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ msgstr "Registre des chèques" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partenaire" @@ -670,7 +670,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -710,13 +709,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -1028,6 +1030,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`Enable Banking `: Pays scandinaves" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr ":doc:`transactions`" @@ -2381,182 +2384,235 @@ msgstr "Le rapport d'écarts de conversion après l'ajustement." msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "Rapprochement bancaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"Faire correspondre vos relevés bancaires avec votre comptabilité peut " -"s'avérer une tâche fastidieuse. Vous devez retrouver les factures " -"correspondantes, comparer les montants et les coordonnées des partenaires " -"avec ceux figurant sur le relevé bancaire. Ces étapes peuvent prendre " -"beaucoup de temps. Heureusement, avec Odoo, vous pouvez très facilement " -"faire correspondre vos factures ou tout autre document de paiement avec vos " -"relevés bancaires." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Il existe deux méthodes de rapprochement dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "Vous pouvez directement indiquer le paiement sur la facture" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez rapprocher des factures ouvertes avec des relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"Aucune configuration particulière n'est nécessaire pour enregistrer les " -"factures. Il suffit d'installer l'application Comptabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Cas 1 : Enregistrement de paiements" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" msgstr "" -"Nous avons reçu la preuve de paiement de notre facture de 2.100 euros émise " -"à Smith & Co." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" -"Nous commençons par la facture de 2.100 euros que nous avons émise à Smith &" -" Co. Comme le produit vendu est un service, nous demandons un paiement " -"immédiat. Notre comptable ne traite les relevés bancaires qu'à la fin de la " -"semaine, nous devons donc marquer cette facture comme payée immédiatement " -"afin d'indiquer que nous pouvons commencer à fournir des services à notre " -"client." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" -"Notre client nous envoie une confirmation de paiement. Nous pouvons donc " -"enregistrer un paiement et marquer la facture comme payée." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"En cliquant sur **Enregistrer un paiement**, nous indiquons à Odoo que notre" -" client a payé la facture. Nous devons donc préciser le montant et le mode " -"de paiement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"À présent, nous pouvons retrouver à tout moment les détails du paiement dans" -" la facture en cliquant sur le lien :menuselection:`Info --> Ouvrir le " -"paiement`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" -"La facture a été payée et **le rapprochement a été effectué " -"automatiquement.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Cas 2 : Rapprochement des relevés bancaires" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" -"Nous commençons par la facture de 3.000 euros que nous avons émise à Smith &" -" Co. Supposons aussi que d'autres factures sont ouvertes pour d'autres " -"clients." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" -"Nous recevons notre relevé bancaire et constatons que non seulement la " -"facture émise à Smith & Co a été payée, mais aussi celle de 92 euros à " -"l'intention de Buzz." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" -"**Importez** ou **créez** les relevés bancaires. Consultez la documentation " -"de la section Flux de données bancaires." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Sur le tableau de bord, cliquez sur **Lettrer # Éléments**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" -"Si tout est correct (nom du partenaire correct, montant correct) Odoo fera " -"les rapprochements **automatiquement**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" -"Si certains problèmes sont détectés, vous devez effectuer des **actions " -"manuelles**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" -"Par exemple, si le partenaire manque sur votre relevé bancaire, il suffit de" -" le remplir :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" -"Si le paiement est effectué par le biais d'un acompte, il suffit de vérifier" -" qu'il est correct et valider tous les paiements liés :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transactions" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modèles de lettrage" @@ -2824,10 +2880,6 @@ msgstr ":doc:`reconciliation`" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transactions" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -3055,7 +3107,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "Factures clients" @@ -3117,7 +3170,7 @@ msgstr "" "brouillon par le personnel de l'entrepôt." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Création d'une facture" @@ -3342,7 +3395,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3809,7 +3863,6 @@ msgstr "" "d'escompte`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Délais de paiement" @@ -7302,7 +7355,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -8793,7 +8847,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "Déclaration de TVA de l'unité TVA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Paiements" @@ -8834,7 +8887,7 @@ msgstr ":doc:`Virements internes `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" @@ -8995,11 +9048,11 @@ msgstr "" "La facture client ou fournisseur est à présent marquée comme :guilabel:`En " "paiement` jusqu'à ce qu'elle est rapprochée du relevé bancaire." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "Paiements par lot" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " @@ -9018,19 +9071,19 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez plusieurs paiements et les regrouper dans un lot en cliquant " "sur :menuselection:`Action --> créer un paiement par lot`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "Lettrage des paiements" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -9049,7 +9102,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lettrage des paiements`, ou en allant à " ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Lettrage`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" @@ -9060,11 +9113,11 @@ msgstr "" "restant qui devra être lettré ultérieurement ou qui doit être annulé " "directement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "Lettrage des paiements par lot" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -9085,11 +9138,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "Voir l'option de lettrage" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "Rapprocher des paiements avec les relevés bancaires" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -10428,6 +10481,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" @@ -13871,7 +13925,6 @@ msgstr "" "précisée dans le champ :guilabel:`Dernier jour`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Check-list de fin d'exercice" @@ -14747,8 +14800,9 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" @@ -14880,7 +14934,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introduction" @@ -15263,7 +15317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" @@ -15854,8 +15908,8 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "Sélection d'une position fiscale sur un client" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -15978,23 +16032,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "Intégration TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -"TaxCloud calcule le taux de la taxe de vente en temps réel pour chaque État," -" ville et juridiction spéciale des États-Unis. Il garde une trace des " -"produits qui sont exemptés de la taxe de vente et des États dans lesquels " -"chaque exonération s'applique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "Inscription à TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -16009,11 +16071,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "Exemple des Clés API TaxCloud d'une boutique" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "Activer TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." @@ -16021,7 +16083,7 @@ msgstr "" "Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " "dans la section :guilabel:`Taxes`, activez :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " @@ -16031,7 +16093,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'API` et la :guilabel:`Clé` de la boutique dans le champ :guilabel:`CLÉ " "API`. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -16044,7 +16106,7 @@ msgstr "" "catégories peuvent impliquer des taux d'imposition ou des exonérations " "spécifiques." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -16061,11 +16123,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "Compléter les clés API TaxCloud dans Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "Définir des catégories TaxCloud sur des produits" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " @@ -16075,7 +16137,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`catégorie par défaut`), allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Informations " "générales` du produit et sélectionnez une :guilabel:`catégorie TaxCloud`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -16087,7 +16149,7 @@ msgstr "" " bouton de lien externe (:guilabel:`🡕`) pour définir une " ":guilabel:`catégorie TaxCloud` sur la :guilabel:`catégorie de produits`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -16097,7 +16159,7 @@ msgstr "" "autre sur sa :guilabel:`catégorie de produits`, Odoo prend uniquement en " "compte la :guilabel:`catégorie TaxCloud` définie sur le produit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -16110,7 +16172,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`catégorie de produits` *Tous*, elle ne s'applique pas à la " ":guilabel:`Product Category` *Tous/Ventes*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" @@ -16121,12 +16183,12 @@ msgstr "" "Mise à jour de l'information` pour ouvrir et modifier l'adresse de votre " "entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" "Comptabiliser automatiquement les taxes dans le bon compte de taxes à payer" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -16138,7 +16200,7 @@ msgstr "" "**valeur par défaut de l'utilisateur**. Ce processus doit être répété pour " "chacune de vos sociétés qui utilisent TaxCloud." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -16152,7 +16214,7 @@ msgstr "" " compte de revenu différent (ou si une autre valeur par défaut définie de " "l'utilisateur est prioritaire)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -16170,7 +16232,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "Exemple de l'ID d'un compte de taxes à payer dans la chaîne URL" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " @@ -16180,7 +16242,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions : Valeurs par défaut de" " l'utilisateur` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Créer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -16192,7 +16254,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "Recherche dans le champ Valeurs par défaut définies de l'utilisateur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -16209,7 +16271,7 @@ msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" "Rechercher le modèle Ligne de répartition de la taxe et le champ Compte" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " @@ -16220,7 +16282,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous avez noté auparavant dans le champ :guilabel:`Valeur par défaut (format" " JSON)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -16232,11 +16294,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "Exemple d'une configuration de valeurs par défaut de l'utilisateur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "Détecter automatiquement la position fiscale" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" @@ -16246,7 +16308,7 @@ msgstr "" "fiscales `. Une position fiscale pour les États-Unis est " "créée lors de l'activation de TaxCloud." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -16265,7 +16327,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "La fonction détecter automatiquement sur la position fiscale TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " @@ -16275,7 +16337,7 @@ msgstr "" "commande ou facture si le client provient des *États-Unis*. Cela déclenche " "le calcul automatisé de la taxe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." @@ -16284,11 +16346,11 @@ msgstr "" "cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Mise à jour de la taxe` à côté du bouton " ":guilabel:`Ajouter l'expédition`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "Interaction avec des coupons et des promotions" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -16302,7 +16364,7 @@ msgstr "" "dans le cadre du calcul de la taxe, le montant des lignes ajoutées par le " "programme de promotion doit être déduit du total des lignes qu'il impacte." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" @@ -16313,7 +16375,7 @@ msgstr "" "être facturées intégralement - vous ne pouvez pas créer de factures pour des" " livraisons partielles, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -20403,12 +20465,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentine" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "Webinars" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -20434,16 +20496,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriel intelligent - Localización de Argentina " -"`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "Installation des modules" @@ -20458,8 +20520,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -20467,6 +20529,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -20478,14 +20543,17 @@ msgstr "Nom" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -20497,8 +20565,8 @@ msgstr "Nom technique" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -20506,6 +20574,9 @@ msgstr "Nom technique" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -20583,7 +20654,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configurer votre société" @@ -20640,7 +20712,7 @@ msgstr "Sélectionnez le package de localisation fiscale." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurer les données de base" @@ -23398,7 +23470,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "Importer des fichiers SODA" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Facturation électronique" @@ -23417,7 +23490,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` et :guilabel:`Peppol BIS Billing 3.0`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" @@ -24015,8 +24088,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom`" @@ -24050,15 +24123,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Téléphone`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Email`" @@ -24263,7 +24336,7 @@ msgstr "" "base de référence des comptes nécessaires au Brésil." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" "Vous pouvez ajouter ou supprimer des comptes selon les besoins de " @@ -24346,9 +24419,12 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Répartition pour les remboursements`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produits" @@ -24421,7 +24497,9 @@ msgstr "" " `Assurance`, `Fret`, ou `Autres coûts`)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contacts" @@ -24559,8 +24637,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "Configuration de la position fiscale" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Flux de travail" @@ -24736,9 +24814,10 @@ msgstr "" "`_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriel intelligent - Localización de Chile `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" @@ -24923,7 +25002,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Rapports financiers" @@ -24940,6 +25019,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "Paramètres des rapports financiers." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multi-devises" @@ -26566,56 +26646,26 @@ msgstr "Paramètres nécessaires pour générer le rapport Propuesta F29" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombie" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" -"Cette documentation couvre les modules de localisation colombienne et leurs " -"concepts de base pour comprendre, mettre en œuvre et utiliser la " -"localisation colombienne dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "Configurer les données de base pour la Colombie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." -msgstr "" -"Utiliser et configurer la facturation électronique dans Odoo pour la " -"Colombie." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation " -"`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" -":ref:`Création ` et :ref:`validation des factures" -" `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" -msgstr "" -":ref:`Réception des fichiers légaux XML et PDF `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" -msgstr ":ref:`Éviter des erreurs courantes `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" -msgstr ":ref:`Rapports financiers `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." msgstr "" -"`Tutoriel intelligent - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" @@ -26623,520 +26673,676 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installez ` les modules suivants pour bénéficier de " "toutes les fonctionnalités de la localisation colombienne : " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombie - Comptabilité`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "`l10n_co`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -"Le :ref:`package de localisation fiscale ` " -"par défaut" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Facturation électronique pour la Colombie avec Carvajal`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "`l10n_co_edi`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "Intégration de la facturation électronique Carvajal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombie - Point de Vente`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "`l10n_co_pos`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Point de Vente" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombie - Rapports comptables`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "`l10n_co_reports`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "Rapports colombiens" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "Configurer les identifiants pour le service web Carvajal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Facturation électronique pour la Colombie avec Carvajal`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "`l10n_co_edi`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Colombie - Point de Vente`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "`l10n_co_pos`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuration de l'entreprise" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -"Une fois que les modules sont installés, les identifiants de l'utilisateur " -"doivent être configurés afin de se connecter au service web Carvajal. Allez " -"d'abord à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"recherchez la section :guilabel:`Facture électronique colombienne`. " -"Remplissez ensuite les informations de configuration requises fournies par " -"Carvajal." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "Configurez les identifiants pour le service web Carvajal dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -"Cochez la case :guilabel:`Mode test` pour se connecter à l'environnement de " -"test Carvajal. Cela permet aux utilisateurs de tester l'intégralité du flux " -"de travail et l'intégration avec le portail :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico " -"de Negocios)` Financiero, qui est accessible ici :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." -msgstr "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` est configuré par défaut " -"pour les nouvelles bases de données." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'Odoo et Carvajal sont intégralement configurés et prêts pour la " -"production, l'environnement de test peut être désactivé en décochant la case" -" :guilabel:`Mode test`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "Configurer les données de rapport" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" -"Les données de rapport peuvent être définies pour la section fiscale et les " -"informations bancaires dans le PDF dans le cadre des informations " -"configurables qui sont envoyées dans le XML." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et " -"recherchez la section :guilabel:`Facture électronique colombienne`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "Configurez les données de rapport dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configuration des données requises dans le XML" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "Configurez le numéro d'identification et la structure fiscale." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identification" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" -"Dans le cadre de la localisation colombienne, les types de document définis " -"par la :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` sont " -"désormais disponibles sur le formulaire partenaire. Les partenaires " -"colombiens doivent définir leur numéro d'identification (:guilabel:`TVA`) et" -" :guilabel:`Type de document` :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "Le type de document de RUT défini dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque le :guilabel:`Type de document` est `RUT`, le numéro " -"d'identification doit être configuré dans Odoo, y compris le chiffre de " -"vérification. Odoo divisera ce numéro lors de l'envoi des données au " -"fournisseur tiers." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Structure fiscale (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -"Les codes de responsabilité du partenaire (section 53 du document RUT) sont " -"inclus dans le module de facturation électronique étant donné qu'ils font " -"partie des informations requises par la :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos " -"y Aduanas Nacionales)`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -"Les champs requis se trouvent dans :menuselection:`Partenaire --> Onglet " -"Ventes & Achats --> Informations fiscales`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" -"Les informations fiscales incluses dans le module de facturation " -"électronique dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." -msgstr "" -"De plus, deux champs booléens ont été ajoutés afin de préciser le régime " -"fiscal du partenaire." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "Identification information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 msgid "" "If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." msgstr "" -"Si les transactions de vente comprennent des produits avec des taxes, le " -"champ :guilabel:`Type de valeur` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Options avancées` " -"doit être configuré par taxe." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" -"Les types de taxes de retenue (ICA, IVA, Fuente) sont également inclus dans " -"les options de configuration des taxes. Cette configuration est utilisée " -"pour afficher correctement les taxes dans le PDF de la facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" "Les champs ICA, IVA et Fuente dans l'onglet Options avancées dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Utilisateurs" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "Journaux de vente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -"Le modèle par défaut qui est utilisé par Odoo sur le PDF de la facture " -"inclut la fonction du vendeur, donc le champ :guilabel:`Fonction` doit être " -"configuré." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "Principaux flux de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." -msgstr "Flux de travail de la facturation électronique dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 -msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -"Le flux de travail fonctionnel qui a lieu avant la validation d'une facture " -"ne change pas. Les principaux changements introduits avec la facturation " -"électronique concernent les champs suivants." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Il existe trois types de documents :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica** : Il s'agit du type de document standard qui " -"s'applique aux factures, aux avoirs et aux notes de débit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación** : Ce type de document doit être sélectionné pour " -"les transactions d'importation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia** : Il s'agit d'un type de document exceptionnel " -"qui sert de sauvegarde manuelle si la société n'est pas en mesure d'utiliser" -" l'ERP et s'il est nécessaire de générer la facture manuellement lorsque " -"cette facture est ajoutée à l'ERP." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Validation des factures" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" -"Après la validation de la facture, un fichier XML est créé et envoyé " -"automatiquement à Carvajal. Ce fichier s'affiche également dans le chatter." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "Fichier de facture XML Carvajal dans le chatter d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -"Le champ :guilabel:`Nom de la facture électronique` s'affiche désormais dans" -" l'onglet :guilabel:`Autres informations` avec le nom du fichier XML. De " -"plus, le champ :guilabel:`Statut de la facture électronique` s'affiche avec " -"la valeur initiale :guilabel:`En cours`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Réception des fichiers juridiques XML et PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -"Le fournisseur de factures électroniques reçoit le fichier XML et procède à " -"la validation de la structure et des informations qu'il contient. Dans le " -"menu déroulant :guilabel:`Action`, sélectionnez le bouton " -":guilabel:`Vérifier le statut Carvajal`. Si tout est correct, la valeur du " -"champ :guilabel:`Statut de la facture électronique` passe à " -":guilabel:`Validé`. Procédez ensuite à la génération d'un fichier juridique " -"XML qui inclut une signature numérique et un code unique (CUFE), d'une " -"facture PDF qui inclut un code QR, et du CUFE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Ensuite : " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -"Un ZIP contenant les fichiers juridiques XML et le PDF est téléchargeable et" -" affiché dans le chatter de la facture :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "Le fichier ZIP affiché dans le chatter de la facture dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "Les fichiers XML et PDF contenus dans le fichier ZIP de la facture." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "Le statut de la facture électronique passe à :guilabel:`Accepté`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erreurs courantes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" -"Lors de la validation XML, les erreurs les plus courantes sont généralement " -"liées aux données de base manquantes. Dans ces cas, les messages d'erreur " -"sont affichés dans le chatter après avoir mis à jour le statut de la facture" -" électronique." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" "Erreurs de validation XML affichées dans le chatter de la facture dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir corrigé les données de base, il est possible de retraiter le XML" -" avec les nouvelles données et envoyer la version mise à jour, en cliquant " -"sur le bouton suivant dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Action`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "Le statut mis à jour de la facture dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation supplémentaires" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"La procédure pour les avoirs et les notes de débit est exactement la même " -"que pour la facture. Le flux de travail fonctionnel est également le même." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" -"Cette section aborde brièvement les rapports comptables compris dans le " -"module *Rapports comptables de la localisation colombienne*. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "Certificado de Retención en ICA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" -"Ce rapport certifie aux fournisseurs les retenues effectuées au titre de " -"l'impôt colombien sur l'industrie et le commerce (ICA)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Analyse --> Relevés colombiens --> " -"Certificado de Retención en ICA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "Rapport Certificado de Retención en ICA dans Odoo Comptabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "Certificado de Retención en IVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" -"Ce rapport émet un certificat sur le montant retenu auprès des fournisseurs " -"pour la retenue de la TVA." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Analyse --> Relevés colombiens --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "Rapport Certificado de Retención en IVA dans Odoo Comptabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" -"Ce certificat est émis aux partenaires pour la retenue à la source qu'ils " -"ont effectuée." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Analyse --> Relevés colombiens --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." @@ -27174,22 +27380,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriel intelligent - Localización de Ecuador " -"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "Glossaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "Voici quelques termes essentiels à la localisation équatorienne :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." @@ -27197,7 +27407,7 @@ msgstr "" "**SRI** signifie *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, l'organisation " "gouvernementale qui veille au paiement des taxes en Equateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." @@ -27205,7 +27415,7 @@ msgstr "" "**EDI** signifie *Electronic Data Interchange* ou *Échange de données " "informatisé*, qui fait référence à l'envoi de documents électroniques." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." @@ -27213,7 +27423,7 @@ msgstr "" "**RIMPE** signifie *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, le " "type de contribuable qualifié pour le SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" @@ -27221,15 +27431,15 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Installez ` les modules suivants pour bénéficier de " "toutes les fonctionnalités de la localisation équatorienne :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Équateur - Comptabilité`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "`l10n_ec`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -27248,15 +27458,15 @@ msgstr "" "types de support fiscal. De plus, la génération des déclarations 103 et 104 " "est automatique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr ":guilabel:`EDI comptabilité équatorienne`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "`l10n_ec_edi`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -27271,7 +27481,7 @@ msgstr "" " factures, les avoirs, les notes de crédit, les retenues et les preuves " "d'achat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " @@ -27281,7 +27491,7 @@ msgstr "" " l'`Équateur` comme pays, Odoo installe automatiquement le module de base " ":guilabel:`Équateur - Comptabilité`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -27294,23 +27504,23 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Société --> Contact` et modifiez le contact pour configurer " "les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "Cochez l'option :guilabel:`Société` en haut du formulaire" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Adresse`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Numéro d'identification`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Type de contribuable`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "Chargez le logo de la société et enregistrez" @@ -27318,11 +27528,11 @@ msgstr "Chargez le logo de la société et enregistrez" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "Complétez les données de la société équatorienne dans Odoo Contacts." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "Documents électroniques" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " @@ -27332,15 +27542,15 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et recherchez" " :command:`Localisation équatorienne`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "Configurez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Dénomination juridique de la société`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -27352,7 +27562,7 @@ msgstr "" "production. Ne cochez pas la case si vous voulez utiliser l'environnement de" " test pour les documents électroniques." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." @@ -27360,7 +27570,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Régime` : sélectionnez si votre société est en Régime général ou " "si elle est qualifiée de RIMPE." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." @@ -27368,11 +27578,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Obligation de tenir des livres comptables` : cochez la case si " "votre société est dans cette situation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Taxes par défaut pour les retenues à la source`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." @@ -27380,7 +27590,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Émission de retenues` : cochez la case si votre société effectue " "des retenues à la source électroniques." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." @@ -27388,7 +27598,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Retenue sur les biens de consommation` : saisissez le code de la " "retenue lorsque vous achetez des marchandises." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." @@ -27396,7 +27606,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Retenue sur les services` : saisissez le code de la retenue " "lorsque vous achetez des services." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" @@ -27404,7 +27614,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Retenue sur les cartes de crédit` : saisissez le code de la " "retenue lorsque vous achetez avec la carte de crédit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." @@ -27412,7 +27622,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Numéro agent de retenue` : saisissez le numéro de l'agent de " "retenue de la société, si applicable dans votre société." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." @@ -27420,7 +27630,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Certificat électronique` : chargez le certificat électronique et " "le mot de passe, puis enregistrez." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -27434,7 +27644,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "Signature électronique pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -27447,11 +27657,11 @@ msgstr "" "outre, la retenue sur les cartes de crédit est toujours utilisée lorsqu'un " "mode de paiement SRI par carte de crédit ou de débit est utilisé." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "Retenue de la TVA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -27463,7 +27673,7 @@ msgstr "" "retenue de la TVA, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Comptabilité -->" " Configuration --> SRI équatorien : Type de contribuable SRI`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -27477,7 +27687,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "Configuration du Type de contribuable pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." @@ -27485,11 +27695,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si le :guilabel:`Type de contribuable` est `RIMPE`, configurez également le " "pourcentage de :guilabel:`Retenue sur les bénéfices`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "Points d'impression" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." @@ -27497,7 +27707,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour configurer vos points d'impression, allez à " ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptabilité : Journaux`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" @@ -27506,14 +27716,14 @@ msgstr "" " électronique dont vous avez besoin. Par exemple: Factures clients, Avoirs " "et Notes de débit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" "Pour chaque point d'impression, vous devez configurer les informations " "suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." @@ -27521,14 +27731,14 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nom du journal` : dans ce format `[Entité d'émission]-[Point " "d'émission] [Type de document]`, par exemple. `001-001 Documents de vente`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type` : fait référence au type de journal. Sélectionnez `Vente`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" " checked." @@ -27536,34 +27746,34 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Utiliser des documents ?` : cette case est automatiquement " "cochée. Laissez-la cochée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Entité d'émission` : configurez le numéro d'établissement." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." -msgstr ":guilabel:`Point d'émission` : configurez le point d'impression." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Entité d'émission` : configurez le numéro d'établissement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Point d'émission` : configurez le point d'impression." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adresse d'émission` : configurez l'adresse de l'établissement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Compte des revenus par défaut` : configurez le compte des revenus" " par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." @@ -27571,7 +27781,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Séquence d'avoir dédiée` : cochez la case si des *Avoirs* doivent" " être générés à partir de ce point d'impression - journal." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" @@ -27579,7 +27789,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Code court` : Il s'agit du code unique de la séquence des pièces " "comptables. Saisissez un code unique à 5 chiffres, par exemple : `VT001`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -27597,7 +27807,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez un point d'impression pour le type de document électronique " "équatorien des factures clients." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." @@ -27605,11 +27815,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Paramètres avancés`, cochez la case " ":guilabel:`Facturation électronique` pour l'activer pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "Retenue" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " @@ -27619,7 +27829,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Comptabilité : Journaux` " "où vous pouvez configurer les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." @@ -27627,24 +27837,24 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nom du journal` : dans ce format `[Entité d'émission]-[Point " "d'émission] [Type de document]`, par exemple. `001-001 Retenue`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type` : fait référence au type de journal. Sélectionnez `Divers`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr ":guilabel:`Type de retenue` : Configurez la Retenue sur les achats." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Compte par défaut` : configurez le compte des revenus par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -27659,8 +27869,8 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez la retenue pour le type de retenue des documents électroniques " "équatoriens" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " @@ -27670,11 +27880,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Facturation électronique` pour activer l'envoi des factures " "électroniques pour la retenue." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "Preuves d'achat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " @@ -27684,7 +27894,7 @@ msgstr "" "créé. Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> " "Comptabilité : Journaux` et configurez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." @@ -27692,7 +27902,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Nom du journal` : dans ce format `[Entité d'émission]-[Point " "d'émission] [Type de document]`, par exemple. `001-001 Retenue`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -27708,7 +27918,7 @@ msgstr "" "Configurez les preuves d'achat pour le type de retenue des documents " "électroniques." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -27720,7 +27930,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les comptes sont mappés automatiquement dans Taxes, Compte fournisseur par " "défaut et Compte client par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " @@ -27730,7 +27940,7 @@ msgstr "" " la Superintendencia de Compañías, qui est regroupée en plusieurs catégories" " et est compatible avec la comptabilité IFRS." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." @@ -27738,7 +27948,7 @@ msgstr "" "En plus des informations de base dans vos produits, vous devez ajouter la " "configuration du code de retenue (taxe) qui s'applique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -27750,11 +27960,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "Produit pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "Configurez les informations suivantes lorsque vous créez un contact :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." @@ -27763,7 +27973,7 @@ msgstr "" " cochez :guilabel:`Particulier` si le contact a un numéro de cédula ou de " "passeport." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." @@ -27771,7 +27981,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Adresse` : :guilabel:`Rue` est un champ requis pour confirmer la " "facture électronique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." @@ -27779,7 +27989,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Numéro d'identification` : sélectionnez un type d'identification " ": `RUC`, `Cedula`, ou `Passeport`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type de contribuable` : sélectionnez le type de contribuable SRI " @@ -27789,7 +27999,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "Contacts pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " @@ -27800,11 +28010,11 @@ msgstr "" "une facture fournisseur et que vous créez ensuite une retenue à partir de ce" " contact." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "Revoir vos taxes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -27817,11 +28027,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "Taxes pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "Les options suivantes ont été configurées automatiquement :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." @@ -27829,7 +28039,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Support fiscal` : à configurer uniquement pour la TVA. Cette " "option est utile lorsque vous enregistrez des retenues sur les achats." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." @@ -27837,7 +28047,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS` : à configurer uniquement pour les codes de retenue à " "la source. Cette option est importante lorsque vous enregistrez la retenue." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." @@ -27846,11 +28056,11 @@ msgstr "" "s'il s'agit de la TVA et configurez les codes de la déclaration 103 s'il " "s'agit d'une retenue à la source." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de taxe` :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" @@ -27858,7 +28068,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour la TVA, formatez le nom comme suit : `TVA [pourcentage] (104, [code " "déclaration] [code support fiscal] [nom court support fiscal])`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" @@ -27866,7 +28076,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour les retenues à la source, formatez le nom comme suit : `Code ATS " "[Pourcentage de retenue] [nom de la retenue]`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -27882,11 +28092,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "Taxes avec support fiscal pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "Revoir vos types de documents" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " @@ -27896,7 +28106,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Factures fournisseurs*, sont classées par types de documents. Ceux-ci sont " "définis par les autorités fiscales, en l'espèce le SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -27908,7 +28118,7 @@ msgstr "" "le pays sur lequel le document s'applique ; et les données sont créées " "automatiquement lors de l'installation du module de localisation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -27920,18 +28130,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "Types de documents pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" "Une fois que vous avez configuré votre base de données, vous pouvez " "enregistrer vos documents." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "Documents de vente" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " @@ -27942,13 +28152,13 @@ msgstr "" " de votre commande client ou manuellement. Ils doivent contenir les données " "suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr ":guilabel:`Client` : saisissez les informations du client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." @@ -27956,16 +28166,16 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal` : sélectionnez l'option qui correspond au point " "d'impression de la facture client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type de document` : saisissez le type de document dans ce format " "`(01) Facture`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " "paid." @@ -27973,9 +28183,9 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Mode de paiement (SRI)` : sélectionnez le mode de paiement de la " "facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr ":guilabel:`Produits` : précisez le produit avec les bonnes taxes." @@ -27983,11 +28193,11 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Produits` : précisez le produit avec les bonnes taxes." msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "Facture client pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "Avoir client" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -28004,12 +28214,12 @@ msgstr "" " bouton pour être redirigé vers le formulaire :guilabel:`Créer un avoir`, " "puis complétez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Méthode de crédit` : sélectionnez le type de méthode de crédit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." @@ -28017,7 +28227,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Remboursement partiel` : utilisez cette option lorsque vous devez" " saisir le premier numéro des documents et s'il s'agit d'un avoir partiel." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " @@ -28027,7 +28237,7 @@ msgstr "" "concerne la totalité de la facture et si vous voulez que l'avoir soit validé" " automatiquement et lettré avec la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -28039,22 +28249,22 @@ msgstr "" " que l'avoir soit validé automatiquement et lettré avec la facture, et " "qu'une nouvelle facture brouillon soit établie automatiquement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr ":guilabel:`Motif` : saisissez le motif de l'avoir." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Date d'annulation` : sélectionnez les options " ":guilabel:`spécifiques`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr ":guilabel:`Date d'extourne` : saisissez la date." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " @@ -28064,7 +28274,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'impression de votre avoir ou laissez-le vide si vous voulez utiliser le " "même journal que la facture d'origine." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" "Une fois que vous avez terminé, vous pouvez cliquer sur le bouton " @@ -28074,7 +28284,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Ajouter un avoir client pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" @@ -28084,21 +28294,21 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez modifier le montant de l'avoir et puis le valider. Avant de valider " "l'avoir, vérifiez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal` : sélectionnez le point d'impression de l'avoir client." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type de document` : il s'agit du type de document `(04) Avoir`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -28108,11 +28318,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Avoir client pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "Note de débit client" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -28127,17 +28337,17 @@ msgstr "" "pour être redirigé vers le formulaire :guilabel:`Créer une note de débit`, " "puis complétez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr ":guilabel:`Motif` : saisissez le motif de la note de débit." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Date de la note de débit` : sélectionnez les options " ":guilabel:`spécifiques`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." @@ -28145,7 +28355,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Copies les lignes` : sélectionnez cette option si vous devez " "enregistrer une note de débit avec les mêmes lignes que la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -28156,7 +28366,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Ajouter une note de débit client pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" @@ -28164,7 +28374,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez modifier le montant de la note de débit, puis la valider. Avant " "de valider la note de débit, vérifiez les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -28175,11 +28385,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "Note de débit client pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "Retenue client" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " @@ -28189,7 +28399,7 @@ msgstr "" "entreprise. Ce document est émis par le client afin d'appliquer une retenue " "à la vente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -28202,11 +28412,11 @@ msgstr "" "vers le formulaire :guilabel:`Retenue client`, puis complétez les " "informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Numéro de document` : saisissez le numéro de la retenue." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." @@ -28214,7 +28424,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Lignes de retenue` : sélectionnez les taxes que le client " "retient." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -28226,16 +28436,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Retenue client pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "Documents d'achat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Facture fournisseur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " @@ -28245,7 +28455,7 @@ msgstr "" "votre entreprise. Ce document est émis par votre fournisseur lorsque votre " "entreprise effectue un achat." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" @@ -28253,26 +28463,26 @@ msgstr "" "Les factures fournisseurs peuvent être créées à partir du bon de commande ou" " manuellement. Elles doivent contenir les informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr ":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : saisissez les coordonnées du fournisseur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr ":guilabel:`Date de facturation` : sélectionnez la date de la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal` : il s'agit du journal pour les factures fournisseurs." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type de document` : il s'agit du type de document `(01) Facture`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr ":guilabel:`Numéro de document` : saisissez le numéro du document." @@ -28280,7 +28490,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Numéro de document` : saisissez le numéro du document." msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "Achats pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -28295,11 +28505,11 @@ msgstr "" " cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Modifier` et réglez l'ajustement comme " "vous le souhaitez." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "Preuve d'achat" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." @@ -28307,7 +28517,7 @@ msgstr "" "La :guilabel:`Preuve d'achat` est un document électronique qui, après " "validation, est envoyé au SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" @@ -28316,11 +28526,11 @@ msgstr "" " et que le fournisseur n'émet pas de facture en raison d'un ou de plusieurs " "des cas suivants :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "Les services ont été fournis par des non-résidents d'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." @@ -28328,7 +28538,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les services fournis par des sociétés étrangères sans résidence ni " "établissement en Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " @@ -28338,7 +28548,7 @@ msgstr "" " en raison de leur niveau culturel ou de leur rusticité, ne sont pas en " "mesure d'émettre des reçus de vente ou des factures clients." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." @@ -28346,7 +28556,7 @@ msgstr "" "Le remboursement de l'achat de biens ou de services aux employés en " "situation de dépendance (employés à temps plein)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." @@ -28354,7 +28564,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les services fournis par les membres des organes collégiaux dans l'exercice " "de leur fonction." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " @@ -28365,7 +28575,7 @@ msgstr "" " des :guilabel:`Factures fournisseurs`. Ils doivent contenir les données " "suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." @@ -28373,7 +28583,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Journal` : sélectionnez le journal pour la :guilabel:`Preuve " "d'achat` avec le bon point d'impression." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" @@ -28381,8 +28591,8 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Type de document` : il s'agit du type de document `(03) Preuve " "d'achat`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " @@ -28392,7 +28602,7 @@ msgstr "" " vous ne devrez le faire qu'une seule fois, puis la séquence sera " "automatiquement attribuée pour les documents suivants." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -28404,11 +28614,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "Preuve d'achat pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "Retenue sur les achats" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." @@ -28416,7 +28626,7 @@ msgstr "" "La :guilabel:`Retenue sur les achats` est un document électronique qui, " "après validation, est envoyé au SRI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -28429,7 +28639,7 @@ msgstr "" "redirigé vers le formulaire de :guilabel:`Retenue`, puis complétez les " "informations suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -28442,7 +28652,7 @@ msgstr "" " le cas, vous pouvez modifier et sélectionner les taxes et le support fiscal" " corrects." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -28454,7 +28664,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "Retenue sur les achats pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -28466,7 +28676,7 @@ msgstr "" "fournisseur`. Pour ce faire, allez à la taxe appliquée à la " ":guilabel:`Facture fournisseur` et modifiez le :guilabel:`Support fiscal`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." @@ -28474,7 +28684,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une retenue à la source peut être divisée en une ou plusieurs lignes, selon " "que deux ou plusieurs pourcentages de retenue s'appliquent ou non." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -28486,7 +28696,7 @@ msgstr "" "même support fiscal. Le système vous y autorise pour autant que le total des" " bases corresponde au total de la :guilabel:`Facture fournisseur`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" @@ -28496,7 +28706,7 @@ msgstr "" "SRI. Dans Odoo, nous avons deux des principaux rapports financiers utilisés " "par les entreprises. Il s'agit des déclarations 103 et 104." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " @@ -28507,11 +28717,11 @@ msgstr "" " de TVA`, puis filtrez par `Déclaration fiscale 103` ou `Déclaration fiscale" " 104`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "Déclaration 103" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." @@ -28520,8 +28730,8 @@ msgstr "" "d'une période donnée, qui peuvent être déclarées mensuellement ou " "semestriellement." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -28535,11 +28745,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "Déclaration 103 pour l'Équateur." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "Déclaration 104" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -28577,6 +28787,18 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Égypte - Comptabilité`" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "``l10n_eg``" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" +"Le :ref:`package de localisation fiscale ` " +"par défaut" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr ":guilabel:`Intégration de la facturation électronique égyptienne`" @@ -32985,7 +33207,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "Les options de la facturation électronique en Italie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "Configuration des taxes" @@ -34092,15 +34313,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" -"Pour vérifier que la KRA a reçu les informations relatives à la facture, " -"notez le :guilabel:`Numéro de facture CU` et saisissez-le dans la section " -":guilabel:`Vérificateur de numéro de facture` sur le `site web de la Kenya " -"Revenue Authority `_. Cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Valider` et trouvez les détails de la facture." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 msgid "Luxembourg" @@ -34317,265 +34533,289 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexique" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." -msgstr "`WEBINAR D'UNE DEMO COMPLETE `_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs d'Odoo Enterprise au Mexique ont librement accès à un " -"ensemble de modules qui leur permettent d'émettre des factures électroniques" -" conformément aux spécifications du SAT pour la `version 3.3 du CFDI " -"`_," -" une exigence légale à partir du 1 janvier 2018. Ces modules ajoutent " -"également des rapports comptables pertinents (par ex. la déclaration DIOT), " -"permettent le commerce extérieur et soutiennent les opérations douanières " -"associées." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" -"Avec la localisation mexicaine dans Odoo, vous pouvez non seulement vous " -"conformer aux exigences légales en matière de facturation au Mexique, mais " -"également l'utiliser comme système comptable, en satisfaisant les besoins " -"normaux du marché. Cela fait d'Odoo la solution parfaite pour gérer votre " -"entreprise au Mexique." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "Prérequis" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" -"Avant d'installer les modules et faire les configurations nécessaires pour " -"pouvoir bénéficier de la localisation mexicaine dans Odoo, vous devez " -"respecter les exigences suivantes : " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." -msgstr "Être enregistré auprès du SAT et avoir un RFC." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Prérequis" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" "Avoir un `Certificat de cachet numérique `_ (CSD)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Choisir un PAC et acheter des cachets. Pour l'instant, la localisation " -"mexicaine dans Odoo travaille avec les PAC suivants : `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ et `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -"Avoir des connaissances et de l'expérience en matière de facturation, de " -"vente et de comptabilité dans Odoo. Cette documentation vous fournit " -"uniquement les informations nécessaires à l'utilisation d'Odoo dans une " -"entreprise basée au Mexique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Modules" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -"Pour installer le module de localisation mexicaine, allez aux " -":menuselection:`Apps`, puis supprimez le filtre par défaut \"Apps\" et " -"recherchez ``l10n_mx``." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "Installation du module de localisation mexicaine dans Odoo Apps" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -"Si vous avez créé la base de données à partir de `www.odoo.com " -"`_ et que vous avez choisi \"Mexique\" comme pays lors" -" de la création de votre compte, certains modules de la localisation " -"mexicaine auront été installés automatiquement. Dans ce cas, nous observons " -"que certains modules ont un bouton \"Installer\", tandis que d'autres auront" -" plutôt une étiquette \"Installé\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" msgstr "" -"Les modes suivants sont nécessaires pour toutes les bases de données " -"nécessitant la localisation mexicaine :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "**Mexique - Comptabilité (l10n_mx)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" -"Toutes les données de base pour gérer la comptabilité, les taxes et le plan " -"comptable. Le plan comptable installé est basé sur le `code agrégateur des " -"comptes du SAT " -"`_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" -msgstr "**EDI pour le Mexique (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -"Indispensable pour les transactions électroniques, CFDI 3.3, complètement de" -" paiement et addenda sur les factures. " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" -"**Rapports de la localisation mexicaine Odoo (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" -"Tous les rapports obligatoires pour la comptabilité électronique. (Nécessite" -" l'application Comptabilité)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" -"Les modules suivants sont optionnels et ne doivent être installés que s'ils " -"répondent à une exigence spécifique de l'organisation. L'installation de ces" -" modules n'est pas recommandée sauf si vous êtes sûr qu'ils sont " -"indispensables, car ils ajoutent des champs qui peuvent inutilement " -"compliquer le remplissage des formulaires." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" -"**Localisation mexicaine pour Stock / Logistique (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" -"Ce module vous permet de gérer les demandes dans le cadre des frais de port." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Ce module vous permet d'exporter vos pièces comptables au format XML, prêtes" -" à être chargées vers le SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Activer la facturation électronique" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -"Allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Comptabilité --> Factures clients` " -"et assurez-vous que l'option **Facturation électronique mexicaine** est " -"activée. Cette option vous permet de générer la facture signée, ainsi que le" -" complément de paiement signé, le tout intégré automatiquement dans le flux " -"de facturation normal dans Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Étapes pour activer la facturation électronique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "Saisir les informations légales" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -"Après avoir vérifié la configuration générale, vous devez vérifier que " -"l'entreprise est configurée avec les bonnes données. Pour ce faire, allez " -"aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Paramètres généraux --> Sociétés` et " -"cliquez sur *Mettre à jour les informations* sous le nom de votre " -"entreprise." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" -"Mettez à jour les détails de votre entreprise dans les paramètres d'Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" -"Dans le formulaire, saisissez votre adresse complète (y compris le code " -"postal), le RFC (numéro de TVA) et le reste des données." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -34590,1007 +34830,695 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`liste de prix " "` à la place." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous sélectionnez, pour le champ Pays de l'adresse, le " -"\"Mexique\" dans la liste des pays proposés par Odoo. En effet, s'il est " -"saisi manuellement, il y a un risque de créer un \"nouveau pays\" dans le " -"système, ce qui se traduit par des erreurs plus tard lors de la génération " -"des CFDI." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" -msgstr "Informations relatives à l'entreprise" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez tester la localisation mexicaine, vous pouvez configurer " -"l'entreprise avec une adresse réelle au Mexique (y compris tous les champs) " -"et ajoutez ``EKU9003173C9`` comme RFC." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "Définir le régime fiscal de l'entreprise" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -"Ce qui suit permet d'indiquer le régime fiscal de l'entreprise en cours de " -"configuration, par le biais d'un champ préexistant dans Odoo intitulé " -"\"Régime fiscal\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -"Allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Comptabilité --> Facturation " -"électronique (MX) --> Régime fiscal` et sélectionnez l'option qui s'applique" -" à votre entreprise dans la liste déroulante." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "Définissez le régime fiscal dans Odoo Comptabilité" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" -"En ce qui concerne l'environnement de test, sélectionnez l'option **Loi " -"générale sur les personnes morales** dans le menu déroulant." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration des contacts" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la création d'un contact à facturer dans Odoo, les informations " -"suivantes doivent être configurées pour pouvoir valider la facture : " -"**adresse complète** (y compris le code postal, la ville, l'état, le pays, " -"etc.) et le numéro de **TVA**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "Exemple d'un formulaire de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration des taxes" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" -"Une configuration nécessaire pour que la facturation électronique fonctionne" -" correctement dans Odoo consiste à ajouter le type de facteur associé aux " -"taxes de vente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" -"Pour procéder à la configuration, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration --> Paramètres --> Taxes`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"Dans la liste des taxes proposées, sélectionnez l'option *Ventes* pour " -"uniquement afficher les taxes associées aux ventes, c'est-à-dire celles qui " -"sont validées pour estampiller les factures. Ouvrez le formulaire de l'une " -"des taxes de vente, sélectionnez l'onglet **Options avancées** et dans le " -"champ **Type de facteur**, choisissez l'option *Tasa*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" -"Procédez de la même façon pour toutes les taxes de vente dont l'entreprise a" -" besoin, soit celles qui sont proposées par défaut dans Odoo, soit celles " -"que vous ajoutez et qui sont nécessaires à la facturation de votre " -"entreprise." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" -"Pour la taxe 0% de TVA, sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Tasa` dans le champ" -" :guilabel:`Type de facteur`. Pour la taxe **exonérée** de TVA à 0%, " -"sélectionnez l'option :guilabel:`Exento` au lieu de :guilabel:`Tasa` dans le" -" champ :guilabel:`Type de facteur`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'enregistrement d'un paiement, Odoo effectuera le mouvement de " -"taxes du **Compte d'attente pour la TVA sur encaissements** vers le compte " -"défini dans l'onglet **Définition**. Pour un tel mouvement, un compte de " -"base de taxe sera utilisé (\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de " -"Efectivo\" - **ne supprimez pas ce compte**) dans la pièce comptable lors du" -" reclassement des taxes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "Comptes de taxes" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "Configuration des produits" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." -msgstr "" -"Tous les produits à vendre doivent avoir le code SAT associé à leur " -"classification pour que les factures ne génèrent pas d'erreur lors de la " -"validation." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les produits, allez à l'onglet **Informations générales** et" -" dans le champ **Catégorie de produits UNSPSC**, sélectionnez la catégorie " -"qui représente ce produit. Le processus peut être fait manuellement ou via " -"un import en masse." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" -msgstr "Configurer des produits" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "Configuration PAC pour signer les factures" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -"Une autre étape importante dans la configuration de la facturation " -"électronique dans Odoo consiste à saisir le PAC avec lequel vous travaillez " -"et les identifiants. La facturation électronique sera ainsi activée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas que vous devez vous enregistrer directement auprès du PAC de " -"votre choix avant de créer des factures à partir d'Odoo. Les PAC suivants " -"sont disponibles : `Quadrum `_, " -"`Solución Factible `_ et `SW Sapien - Smarter" -" Web `_." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "" +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" -"Vous devez traiter votre **Clé privée (CSD)** avec l'établissement SAT avant" -" de suivre ces étapes. Si vous ne disposez pas de ces informations, essayez " -"avec les identifiants de test et revenez à ce processus lorsque vous aurez " -"les identifiants SAT pour votre environnement de production afin de " -"travailler avec des transactions réelles." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" -"Pour ajouter les identifiants, allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Comptabilité --> Facturation électronique (MX)`. Dans la section **PAC MX**," -" saisissez le nom de votre PAC avec vos identifiants (nom d'utilisateur PAC " -"et mot de passe PAC)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "Identifiants PAC" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" -"Si vous cochez la case **Environnement de test**, il n'est pas nécessaire de" -" saisir un nom d'utilisateur et/ou mot de passe PAC, mais vous devez " -"sélectionnez un PAC dans la liste déroulante." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" -"Enfin, chargez les certificats numériques de la société dans la section " -"**Certificats MX**. Cliquez sur **Ajouter une ligne** et une fenêtre " -"s'ouvre. Cliquez sur **Créer** et vous pouvez charger votre certificat " -"numérique, votre clé et votre mot de passe. Pour terminer, cliquez sur " -"*Enregistrer et fermer*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "Certificat et clé" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" -"Si vous ne disposez pas encore d'un des PAC sous contrat et que vous voulez " -"tester la facturation électronique, vous pouvez utiliser les certificats de " -"test SAT suivants :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr ":download:`Certificat `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr ":download:`Clé certificat `" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "**Mot de passe :** ``12345678a``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez également configurer l'entreprise avec une adresse réelle au " -"Mexique (y compris tous les champs) et ajoutez ``EKU9003173C9`` comme numéro" -" de **TVA**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Le processus de facturation dans Odoo est basé sur l'`Annexe 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 de la facturation électronique du SAT." - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -"Pour commencer à facturer à partir d'Odoo, une facture doit être créée en " -"utilisant le flux de facturation standard, c'est-à-dire soit à partir d'une " -"commande client, soit à partir du menu facture de l'application " -"Comptabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" -"La facture sera estampillée après avoir cliqué sur *Valider*. Avant la " -"validation, la facture est en mode brouillon et peut être modifiée. Après " -"validation, vous pouvez vérifier si la facture a été estampillée " -"correctement :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" -msgstr "Créer une facture" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 -msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -"Les détails de la facture figurent dans le chatter, que vous voyez à droite " -"de la facture dans l'image jointe. Vous y trouverez votre XML envoyé au SAT " -"et le statut de l'estampillage, c'est-à-dire validé ou non." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" -"Pour envoyer la facture estampillée à votre client, vous pouvez envoyer le " -"XML et le fichier PDF directement à partir d'Odoo, en cliquant sur le bouton" -" *Envoyer et Imprimer*. Vous pouvez également télécharger le fichier PDF " -"directement sur votre ordinateur en cliquant sur le bouton *Imprimer* et en " -"sélectionnant l'option souhaitée." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -"En fonction de la taille de l'écran, le chatter s'affiche à côté ou en " -"dessous du document." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" -msgstr "Cas particuliers de facturation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "Facture de commerce extérieur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" -"Le processus de facturation de commerce extérieur dans Odoo est basé sur la " -"`réglementation SAT " -"`_" -" correspondante. La version de facturation électronique du SAT est 3.3." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" -msgstr "Qu'entendons-nous lorsque nous parlons de commerce extérieur ?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr ":download:`Certificat `" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" +msgstr ":download:`Clé certificat `" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -"Depuis janvier 2018, le SAT demande un complément de commerce extérieur dans" -" les transactions d'exportation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce que le complément de commerce extérieur ? " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." msgstr "" -"Il s'agit d'une annexe à la facture électronique qui permet d'identifier les" -" exportateurs et les importateurs, en plus d'élargir la description des " -"marchandises vendues." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" -"Quelles informations peuvent être intégrées dans ce nouveau complément ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "Informations sur le type d'opération qu'il couvre." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" -"Données d'identification fiscale de l'expéditeur, du receveur ou du " -"destinataire de la marchandise." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "Description des marchandises à exporter." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" -msgstr "Qui est tenu de le produire ? " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" -"Les contribuables qui effectuent des opérations d'exportation de type A1." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "À quelles exportations le type A1 s'applique-t-il ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Entrée de marchandises d'origine étrangère qui doivent rester sur le " -"territoire national pour une durée illimitée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" -"Sortie de marchandises du pays qui doivent rester à l'étranger pour une " -"durée illimitée." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -"Importation définitive de véhicules par les missions diplomatiques et " -"consulaires et les bureaux d'organisations internationales et leur personnel" -" étranger, conformément à l'importation de véhicules avec une plaque " -"diplomatique." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "Le commerce extérieur est-ce la même chose que les Pedimentos ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -"Pas nécessairement, les Pedimentos sont directement liés au processus " -"d'importation de marchandises, tandis que le complément de commerce " -"extérieur est lié au processus d'exportation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "Modules requis" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" -"Afin de créer des factures de commerce extérieur, les modules suivants " -"doivent être installés." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -msgstr "EDI pour le Mexique (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" -msgstr "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -msgstr "EDI pour le Mexique (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" -msgstr "EDI Fonctionnalités avancées" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Société" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." msgstr "" -"Configurez la société avec un code postal valide et si vous disposez d'un " -"code de colonie, il doit correspondre au code postal. N'oubliez pas de " -"saisir le numéro d'identification fiscale (numéro de TVA - RFC)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'adresse de contact" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "Client destinataire" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" msgstr "" -"Il s'agit généralement d'un client étranger, pour lequel vous devez vérifier" -" qu'au moins les champs suivants ont été complétés avec les informations " -"correspondantes." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "Facture de commerce extérieur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" -"L'adresse de livraison du client doit également contenir le code postal." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" -"Le format de la TVA étrangère (numéro d'identification fiscale) sera validé " -"dans chaque pays (Exemple : Colombie ``123456789-1``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" -msgstr "" -"Dans le XML, la TVA est remplacée automatiquement par la TVA générique pour " -"les transactions étrangères : ``XEXX010101000``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." -msgstr "" -"Au niveau du produit, vous devez également configurer certains paramètres " -"dans les champs suivants." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" -msgstr "Code de produit STA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "Fraction tarifaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 -msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" -msgstr "" -"Vous devez définir l'**UMT Aduana** (l'unité de mesure) sur *KG*, car c'est " -"la seule acceptée par le SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" -msgstr "Le poids fait référence au \"poids unitaire\" du produit." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" -"La position tarifaire doit ensuite être le code UdM de Kilogrammes (**UdM = " -"01**)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." -msgstr "" -"Bien que le produit soit vendu en pièces ou en unités, la valeur qui doit " -"être enregistrée auprès des douanes dans la position tarifaire doit être " -"déclarée en kilogrammes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "Flux de facturation" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." -msgstr "" -"Lors de la création de la facture de commerce extérieur, vous devez " -"sélectionner l'**Incoterm** correspondant et cocher la case **Besoin de " -"commerce extérieur ?**. Une fois cette configuration activée, le **PDF** et " -"le complément **XML** de la facture disposeront des informations nécessaires" -" pour se conformer aux réglementations SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce que le certificat d'origine et quand est-il utilisé ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." -msgstr "" -"Le **Certificat d'origine** (ou preuve d'origine) est le document qui permet" -" à un importateur ou à un exportateur de prouver le pays ou la région dont " -"une marchandise est censée provenir et qui sert à bénéficier des préférences" -" tarifaires généralement convenues dans les accords commerciaux." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" -msgstr "Incoterm sur une facture" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "PDF commerce extérieur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "Assigner des Pedimentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." -msgstr "" -"Si votre entreprise importe des produits et vous devez ajouter le numéro " -"**Pedimentos** à vos factures, vous pouvez également configurer Odoo pour " -"qu'il enregistre le processus." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." -msgstr "" -"Allez d'abord aux :menuselection:`Apps`, supprimez le filtre \"Apps\" et " -"recherchez ``Mexique``, ``mx`` ou ``l10n_mx``. Installez ensuite le module " -"**Localisation mexicaine pour Stock / Logistique (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "Module de stock MX" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 -msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." -msgstr "" -"Le module l10n_mx_edi_landing dépend des applications **Inventaire** et " -"**Ventes**, puisque les produits doivent être entrés dans l'inventaire pour " -"pouvoir ajouter leur numéro de Pedimentos à la réception correspondante des " -"produits." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." -msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Paramètres --> Paramètres`. " -"Dans les options, activez les **Coûts logistiques**. Cette option vous " -"permet d'ajouter le numéro de Pedimentos aux réceptions correspondantes du " -"produit." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" -msgstr "Costos en destino" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." -msgstr "" -"Pour utiliser les coûts logistiques, vous devez configurer la valorisation " -"des stocks des produits sur *Automatisé** et sa méthode de coût sur *Coût " -"moyen* ou *FIFO* (first in, first out)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." -msgstr "" -"Pour associer le numéro de Pedimentos indiqué à une importation (réception " -"de marchandises), vous devez créer un nouveau **Coût logistique*. Ces coûts " -"sont accessibles à partir de :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> " -"Coûts logistiques`. Vous y trouverez l'option de joindre un numéro de " -"Pedimentos." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" -msgstr "Numéro de douane" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 -msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." -msgstr "" -"Vous ne pouvez ajouter le numéro de Pedimentos qu'une seule fois, donc " -"faites attention et associez le bon numéro au(x) transfert(s)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Délais de paiement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Les **Délais de paiement** sont déjà configurés dans Odoo lors de " -"l'installation de la localisation mexicaine. Cela signifie que si vous allez" -" à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Configuration --> Délais de paiement`, " -"vous trouverez la liste par défaut dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." -msgstr "" -"Au Mexique, vous pouvez avoir 2 modes de paiements : PPD ou PUE. Le mode de " -"paiement est déterminé en fonction du **délai de paiement** choisi (ou si " -"aucun délai de paiement n'est choisi, il sera basé sur la date d'échéance de" -" la facture)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "Paiement PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les paiements PPD (paiement échelonné ou reportés), il " -"suffit de choisir une date d'échéance pour votre facture et Odoo détectera " -"si elle est postérieure au premier jour du mois suivant (dans ce cas aucun " -"délai de paiement n'est fixé - avec le délai de paiement, vous pouvez " -"également stipuler s'il s'agit de PPD ou de PUE)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" -msgstr "PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." -msgstr "" -"Pour configurer les paiements PUE (paiement en un seul versement), vous " -"devez sélectionner une date d'échéance de facture au cours du même mois ou " -"choisir un délai de paiement n'impliquant pas de changement de mois " -"d'échéance (paiement immédiat, 15 jours, 21 jours, le tout au cours du mois " -"en cours)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." -msgstr "" -"`Conformément à la documentation SAT " -"`_, il peut y avoir 2 modes de paiement : **PUE** ou **PPD**. Dans les" -" deux cas, le processus de paiement dans Odoo est identique. La différence " -"entre PUE ou PPD réside dans le délai de paiement de la facture - comme il " -"est indiqué dans le point précédent des **Délais de paiement**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." -msgstr "" -"Si le paiement est de type PPD, Odoo génère le complément de paiement " -"correspondant automatiquement lorsque vous le *confirmez*. Si le paiement " -"est de type PUE, le complément de paiement n'est pas généré. Le mode de " -"paiement est visible à partir de la facture dans le champ intitulé " -"**Politique de paiement** et prend la date de la facture et la date " -"d'échéance comme paramètres." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "Payment policy" msgstr "Politique de paiement" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" -"Lors de la configuration des contacts qui seront utilisés pour effectuer des" -" paiements, vous devez configurer les banques dans l'onglet " -"**Comptabilité**. Saisissez la banque, le numéro de compte et le CLABE." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" -msgstr "Compte bancaire du contact" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "Flux de paiement" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" -msgstr "Enregistrement des paiements PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -"Lors de l'enregistrement d'un paiement PPD, un complément de paiement (XML) " -"sera généré avec ses détails." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" -"Le paiement peut être enregistré à partir de la facture et après sa " -"confirmation, la facture sera payée et la paiement y sera associé." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" -msgstr "Paiements PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "Informations de paiement PPD" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 -msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" -"Le journal sera le mode de paiement à partir duquel vous recevez ou envoyez " -"le paiement. Vous devez également associer un **mode de paiement** et un " -"compte bancaire destinataire (celui-ci doit être créé dans le contact " -"associé à la facture)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." msgstr "" -"Une fois que le paiement est effectué, il sera associé à la facture " -"correspondante et son statut sera *En paiement*, puisque le paiement sera " -"effectivement validé lors du rapprochement bancaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." -msgstr ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" -msgstr "Création du paiement PPD" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 -msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." -msgstr "" -"Le **Compte bancaire destinataire** est le compte qui figure dans l'onglet " -"**Comptabilité** du contact associé à la facture. Il doit être valide pour " -"que le complément de paiement estampillé puisse être créé." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 -msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous effectuez un paiement en MXN pour une facture en USD, le " -"paiement doit être créé à l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer un " -"paiement` **sur la facture** et non pas séparément en tant que paiement. " -"Sinon, le paiement CFDI n'est pas correctement généré." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" -"Ainsi, un paiement en MXN ne peut pas être utilisé pour payer plusieurs " -"factures en USD. Le paiement doit plutôt être séparé en plusieurs paiements " -"créés à l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer un paiement` sur les " -"factures correspondantes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "Enregistrer des paiements PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" -"Lors de l'enregistrement d'un paiement PUE, aucun complément de paiement " -"(XML) n'est généré, puisque ce n'est pas nécessaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "Paiements PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "Informations de paiement PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "Création du paiement PUE" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" -"Dans ce cas, il n'est pas créé comme un complément de paiement de par sa " -"nature." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "Acomptes" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -"Il s'agit d'un cas particulier dans lequel nous devons recevoir un acompte " -"d'un client qui sera appliqué plus tard sur une facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "`_." @@ -35599,1946 +35527,916 @@ msgstr "" "Mexique " "`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" -msgstr "Comment créer des acomptes au Mexique" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." -msgstr "Émission de la facture électronique du montant de l'acompte reçu." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -"Émission de la facture électronique pour la valeur totale de l'opération " -"(facture intégrale). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -"Émission de la facture électronique avec le type d'*Egreso*. (CFDI Origin: " -"07 | Invoice_total, point 2)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "Étapes à suivre dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "Préparation : Créer le produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "Émission de la facture électronique pour le montant de l'acompte reçu" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" -"Émission de la facture électronique pour la valeur totale de l'opération" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "Ajouter un avoir pour la facture d'acompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "Préparation : Créer le produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" -"Le produit d'acompte doit être du type *Service* et doit utiliser la " -"**Catégorie de produits NSPCS** : *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" -msgstr "Produit d'acompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 -msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez le produit d'acompte par défaut à utiliser à partir des " -"configurations Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "Configuration de l'acompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "Émission de la facture électronique pour la valeur de l'acompte reçu" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" -"Créez la facture d'acompte : À partir de la commande client, créez une " -"facture d'acompte pour le pourcentage de l'achat à payer à l'avance (ou pour" -" un montant fixe)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" -msgstr "Appliquer un acompte" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "Validez la facture avec le produit d'acompte." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "Confirmer l'acompte." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "Folio paiement de l'acompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "Enregistrez le paiement de la facture d'acompte." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "Facture d'acompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "Acompte enregistré" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" -"Émission de la facture électronique pour la valeur totale de l'opération." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" -"À partir de la commande client, créez une facture pour le total, c'est-à-" -"dire pour toutes les lignes de la commande sans tenir compte de l'acompte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "Facture intégrale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." -msgstr "Décochez la case **Déduire les acomptes**." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -"Ajoutez le CFDI d'origine de la facture d'acompte en ajoutant ``07 |`` au " -"début + Folio Fiscal de la facture d'acompte créée pendant l'étape " -"précédente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" -"Copiez le Folio Fiscal de la facture suivante en suivant cet exemple :" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "Folio facture intégrale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" -"Et collez-le dans la facture brouillon créée à partir de la commande client " -"sans déduire les acomptes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "Folio CFDI d'origine" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" -"Validez et copiez le Folio Fiscal pour l'utiliser plus tard (dans l'exemple " -"la copie du Folio Fiscal est : 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "Ajouter un avoir à partir de la facture" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -"Créez un **Avoir** à partir de la facture d'acompte (la facture corrective " -"doit être modifiée avant de la confirmer, voir les explications sous les 2 " -"images suivantes)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" -msgstr "Création d'un avoir" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "Acompte correspondant" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -"Avant de *confirmer* l'avoir, modifiez le CFDI d'origine avec ``07 | XXX`` " -"au lieu du préfixe ``01 | XXX``." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "Modifier le folio fiscal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "Type de CFDI d'origine" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "La facture peut à présent être confirmée." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "Enregistrer l'avoir" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -"L'avoir (l'acompte) doit à présent être appliqué sur la facture totale. Il " -"est ajouté sous le montant dû." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "Ajouter un avoir" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" -msgstr "Acompte appliqué" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -"Enregistrez un paiement à concurrence de la différence entre l'acompte et le" -" montant total de la vente." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" -msgstr "Paiement du montant résiduel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" -"Si vous allez au XML de la facture, vous verrez dans le CFDI associé le type" -" de relation 07 et le folio fiscal de la facture d'acompte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" -msgstr "XML de l'acompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "Escomptes basés sur les jours de paiement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "" +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" -"Les escomptes sont des mesures incitatives que vous pouvez offrir pour " -"encourager les clients à payer dans un certain délai. Par exemple, vous " -"offrez une remise de 2% si le client vous paie dans les 5 premiers jours de " -"la facture, alors que celle-ci est due dans les 30 jours. Cette approche " -"peut considérablement améliorer le délai de paiement moyen de vos clients." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "Créez et assignez le délai de paiement correspondant" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "Enregistrez le paiement dans le délai de l'escompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Créez un avoir" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" -"Pour configurer l'escompte, allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Configuration --> Conditions de paiement` et cliquez sur *Créer*. Ajoutez un" -" type de pourcentage et sa valeur correspondante (par exemple, 98% du prix " -"total avec une remise de 2%) et le nombre de jours pendant lesquels l'offre " -"s'applique (par exemple 5 jours). Vous pouvez également modifier le type de " -"solde dû si nécessaire (dans cet exemple, 30 jours)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" -msgstr "Délai de paiement de l'escompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 -msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, lors de la création de la commande ou de la facture, assignez le " -"délai de paiement créé précédemment." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" -msgstr "escompte sur la facture" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 -msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" msgstr "" -"Enregistrez le paiement dans les jours où l'escompte s'applique. Dans notre " -"cas, il s'agit de 5 jours après la création de la facture." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "Paiement de l'escompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 +msgid "" +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite au bas de la facture où se trouvent les totaux et vous verrez " -"que deux paiements ont été créés, remettez-les en brouillon et annulez le " -"paiement qui ne correspond pas - celui lié à l'escompte." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" -msgstr "Voir le paiement de l'escompte" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "Remettre le paiement en brouillon" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Annuler le paiement" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -"Enfin pour terminer le cycle, nous devons clôturer la facture. Puisque nous " -"appliquons un escompte, pour la clôturer correctement, nous devons créer un " -"avoir précisant que la différence a été remise au client sous forme " -"d'**avoir**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "Avoir d'escompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "Motif de l'avoir" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "Ajustez le montant au solde de la facture originale." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "Total de l'avoir" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "Ajoutez l'avoir à la facture originale pour qu'elle soit réglée." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "Ajouter un avoir pour l'escompte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "Annulation de factures" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "Avant 72 heures" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -"S'il est nécessaire d'annuler une facture validée et envoyée au SAT dans un " -"délai inférieur à 72 heures, suivez les étapes suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" -msgstr "Demander l'annulation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" -msgstr "Annuler dans les 72 heures" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" -msgstr "Le statut de la **facturation électronique** passe à *Annulé*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" -msgstr "Cliquez sur *REMETTRE EN BROUILLON*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" -msgstr "Facture remise en brouillon" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" -msgstr "Cliquer sur *ANNULER L'ÉCRITURE*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "Annuler la pièce comptable" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "Après 72 heures" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -"S'il est nécessaire d'annuler une facture validée et envoyée au SAT dans un " -"délai supérieur à 72 heures, vous devez demander au client d'accepter " -"l'annulation, puis suivre les étapes suivantes :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Demande d'annulation EDI* pour informer le SAT que vous voulez " -"annuler la facture. Dans ce cas, le client doit aller au site web du SAT et " -"l'approuver (Le statut du champ **facturation électronique** dans Odoo passe" -" à *À annuler*)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" -"Lorsque le client (Destinataire / Client) approuve l'annulation sur son " -"portail SAT, il est possible de remettre la facture en brouillon et de " -"cliquer sur *Annuler l'écriture*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" -"Odoo se synchronise avec le SAT pour mettre à jour le statut de la " -"**Facturation électronique** avec une action planifiée. Les factures " -"annulées dans le SAT seront annulées dans Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" -msgstr "Annuler après 72 heures" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 -msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -"Après avoir cliqué sur **Demande d'annulation EDI**, le statut du champ " -"**Facturation électronique** passe à *À annuler*, mais restera actif jusqu'à" -" ce que le client / le destinataire accepte l'annulation dans le SAT." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" +"Vous ne pouvez ajouter le numéro de Pedimentos qu'une seule fois, donc " +"faites attention et associez le bon numéro au(x) transfert(s)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "Vérifier le statut du PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" -"Une fois annulé dans le SAT, Odoo synchronise le statut du SAT par des " -"actions planifiées qui s'exécutent chaque jour pour synchroniser les statuts" -" du SAT, de la facturation électronique et d'Odoo (cette action planifiée " -"peut être exécutée manuellement en mode développeur)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" -"Si la facture est annulée dans le SAT, elle est également annulée dans Odoo." -" Cela vous permet de remettre la facture en brouillon et de l'annuler " -"(*annuler l'écriture*)." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "Action planifiée PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" -msgstr "Annuler les factures payées" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 -msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +msgid "Electronic accounting" msgstr "" -"Si la facture a déjà été payée, un avoir doit être créé à partir de la " -"facture, pour que le CFDI d'origine soit reconnu et la facture d'origine " -"soit annulée." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" -msgstr "Annuler une facture payée" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 +msgid "" +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" -msgstr "Avoir pour annuler" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" -msgstr "Annuler des factures de la période précédente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" -msgstr "Problème" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" -"Si la facture date du mois précédent et que la période est clôturée, le " -"revenu a déjà été déclaré dans les rapports financiers et au gouvernement. " -"Dans Odoo, lors de l'annulation d'une facture, la pièce comptable est " -"supprimée comme si le revenu déjà déclaré n'a jamais existé. Ceci représente" -" un problème fiscal, parce que le revenu a déjà été déclaré le mois " -"précédent." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." msgstr "" -"Lorsque la période fiscale a été clôturée, vous devez pendant la période en " -"cours effectuer l'écriture d'extourne et enregistrer les informations " -"d'annulation." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" -msgstr "Facture à annuler" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Période précédente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "Voici à quoi ressemble le bilan :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" -msgstr "Situation de bilan précédente" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." msgstr "" -"Si la facture est annulée, la pièce comptable et le bilan se présentent " -"comme suit après l'annulation :" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "AR dans le bilan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "Solution" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" -"Clôturez la période fiscale chaque mois (bonnes pratiques de la localisation" -" mexicaine)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "Annulez la facture dans le SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "Créez une écriture d'extourne manuelle (pièce comptable)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" -"Lettrez la facture ouverte avec l'écriture d'extourne (pièce comptable)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" -"Faites passer le statut de la facturation électronique à Annulé avec une " -"action serveur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -"Clôturez la période comptable chaque mois (bonnes pratiques de la " -"localisation mexicaine)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -"Si la période comptable est clôturée en raison des dates de verrouillage, " -"Odoo ne permet pas de modifier ou d'ajouter des pièces comptables d'une date" -" correspondant à cette période comptable." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" -msgstr "Clôturez la période fiscale" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" -msgstr "Annuler la facture dans le SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" -"Si la période comptable est clôturée et que la facture a été annulée dans le" -" SAT, le statut dans Odoo sera Publié, alors que le statut de la " -"**facturation électronique** sera *Envoyé* et le statut du SAT sera " -"*Annulé*." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" -msgstr "Annuler dans le SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" -msgstr "Créer une pièce comptable d'extourne manuelle" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" -"La solution est de créer manuellement la pièce comptable d'extourne datée de" -" la période fiscale en cours et de lettrer la facture ouverte avec " -"l'extourne créée manuellement." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -"Il doit être clairement indiqué dans la référence qu'il s'agit d'une " -"annulation (vous pouvez utiliser un compte d'annulation pour les factures " -"des périodes précédentes, tel que **Autres revenus**)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" -msgstr "Extourne manuelle" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "Lettrer la facture ouverte avec l'écriture d'extourne" +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "Réconciliez la facture ouverte" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "Ouvrez la facture payée" +msgid "Types of Polizas." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." msgstr "" -"Si le bilan et la balance générale présentent désormais les soldes corrects." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" -msgstr "Nouveau bilan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" -msgstr "Bilan mis à jour" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "Balanza de comprobación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" -"Changer le statut de la facturation électronique en Annulé avec une action " -"serveur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 -msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." -msgstr "" -"Il est possible de créer une action serveur qui modifie le statut de la " -"facture en *Annulé* une fois qu'elle est lettrée avec l'écriture d'extourne " -"(vous devez vérifier cela avec l'assistance ou avec votre consultant " -"fonctionnel assisté avant d'exécuter cette action)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" -msgstr "Statut de l'action planifiée du PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" -msgstr "Exécuter l'action serveur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "Comptabilité électronique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "" -"La comptabilité pour le Mexique dans Odoo est composée de 3 rapports :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "Plan comptable électronique (COA)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Balance générale électronique." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Déclaration DIOT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" -"1. et 2. sont considérés comme de la comptabilité électronique et DIOT est " -"une déclaration uniquement disponible dans le cadre de la comptabilité." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" -msgstr "" -"Vous trouverez tous ces rapports dans :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> " -"Analyse --> Mexique`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "Rapports MX" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." -msgstr "" -"La facturation électronique n'a jamais été aussi simple. Il suffit d'aller à" -" :menuselection:`Comptabilité -> Rapports -> Mexique -> COA` et cliquez sur " -"le bouton **Exporter au SAT (XML)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "COA pour le SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "Comment ajouter de nouveaux comptes ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" -"Si vous ajoutez un compte avec la convention de codage NNN.YY.ZZ où NNN.YY " -"est un groupe de codage SAT, votre compte sera configuré automatiquement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" -"Exemple d'ajout un compte pour un nouveau compte bancaire. Allez à " -":menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Paramètres --> Plan comptable` et puis " -"créez un nouveau compte en cliquant sur le bouton \"Créer\" et essayez de " -"créer un compte avec le numéro 102.01.99. Après avoir donné le nom, vous " -"verrez un libellé configuré automatiquement. Les libellés configurés sont " -"ceux choisis pour être utilisés dans le COA en XML." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "Créer un compte" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "Que signifient les étiquettes ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" -"Pour connaître tous les libellés possibles, vous pouvez consulter l'`Annexe " -"24 " -"`_" -" sur le site web du SAT dans la section intitulée **Código agrupador de " -"cuentas del SAT**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous installez le module l10n_mx et que votre plan comptable en " -"dépend (c'est automatique lors de la configuration du Mexique en tant que " -"pays de votre base de données), il proposera les libellés les plus courants " -"par défaut. Si l'étiquette dont vous avez besoin n'est pas créée, vous " -"pouvez la créer." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balance générale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"Tout comme le plan comptable, mais avec le crédit et le débit du solde " -"initial, une fois que vous avez correctement configuré votre plan comptable," -" vous pouvez aller aux :menuselection:`Rapports --> Balance générale`. " -"Celle-ci est automatiquement générée et exportée au format XML en cliquant " -"sur le bouton en haut **Exporter au SAT (XML)** avec la sélection précédente" -" de la période que vous voulez exporter." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "Balance générale électronique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" -"Toutes les fonctions normales d'analyse et de liste sont disponibles ici, " -"ainsi que n'importe quel rapport Odoo normal." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Déclaration DIOT (application Comptabilité requise)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "Qu'est-ce que la DIOT et l'importance de la présenter au SAT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" -"Lorsqu'il s'agit de démarches auprès de l'administration SAT, vous savez " -"qu'il ne faut pas négliger ce que vous présentez." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" -"DIOT signifie Déclaration informative des opérations avec des tiers (DIOT). " -"Il s'agit d'une obligation supplémentaire avec la TVA de fournir le statut " -"de nos opérations avec des tiers ou l'équivalent avec nos fournisseurs." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" -"Cette obligation s'applique aux personnes physiques et morales. Par " -"conséquent, si vous devez déclarer de la TVA au SAT et traiter avec des " -"fournisseurs, il est nécessaire d'envoyer la déclaration DIOT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "Quand déposer la DIOT et dans quel format ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" -"Il est facile de soumettre la DIOT, puisque, comme tous les formats, vous " -"pouvez l'obtenir sur la page du SAT. Il s'agit du formulaire électronique " -"A-29 que vous pouvez trouver sur le site web du SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" -"Chaque mois, si vous avez des opérations avec des tiers, il est nécessaire " -"de déposer la DIOT, comme vous le faites pour la TVA. Si nous traitons avec " -"des fournisseurs en janvier, vous devez soumettre les informations relatives" -" à ces données en février." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "Où faut-il soumettre la DIOT ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez soumettre la DIOT de différentes manières. C'est à vous de " -"choisir celle qui vous convient le mieux, puisque vous devez la soumettre " -"chaque mois ou chaque fois que vous traitez avec des fournisseurs." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" -"Le formulaire A-29 est électronique et vous pouvez le soumettre sur la page " -"du SAT, mais après avoir effectué jusqu'à 500 enregistrements." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que ces 500 enregistrements ont été introduits dans le SAT, vous " -"devez les soumettre à l'Administration locale des services aux contribuables" -" (ALSC) avec une correspondance à votre adresse fiscale. Ces enregistrements" -" peuvent être soumis sur un dispositif de stockage numérique tel qu'un CD ou" -" un USB. Une fois validés, ils vous seront renvoyés. Vous disposerez donc " -"toujours de ces disques et de votre CD ou USB." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "Encore une chose à savoir : le chargement par lots ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" -"Lorsque l'on consulte les documents officiels du SAT dans la DIOT, vous " -"trouverez l'option de charger par lots. Qu'est-ce que c'est ? Selon le site " -"web du SAT : " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Le \"chargement par lots\" est la conversion de bases de données à partir " -"des enregistrements des transactions avec les fournisseurs effectuées par " -"des contribuables dans des fichiers texte (.txt). Ces fichiers ont la " -"structure nécessaire pour être soumis et importés dans le système DIOT. Ils " -"évitent la capture directe et ils optimalisent le temps investi dans leur " -"intégration pour la présentation en temps et en forme au SAT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez l'utiliser pour soumettre la DIOT, ce qui permet de faciliter " -"cette opération. Vous serez en conformité avec la DIOT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"`_" -msgstr "" -"`Documentation officielle " -"`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "Comment générer ce rapport dans Odoo ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Allez à :menuselection:`Comptabilité --> Rapports --> Mexique --> " -"Transactions avec des tiers (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 msgid "DIOT report" msgstr "Déclaration DIOT" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Une vue de rapport s'affiche. Sélectionnez le dernier mois pour rapporter le" -" mois précédent ou laissez le mois en cours si cela vous convient." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "Filtre DIOT" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "Cliquez sur *Exporter (XLSX)* ou *Imprimer (TXT)*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "Imprimer la DIOT" +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" -"Enregistrez le fichier téléchargé en lieu sûr, allez au site web du SAT et " -"suivez les étapes nécessaires pour la déclarer." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" -"Considérations importantes concernant les données de vos fournisseurs et de " -"vos factures pour DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" -"Tous les fournisseurs doivent avoir les champs configurés dans l'onglet " -"comptabilité intitulé \"Informations DIOT\". Le champ Nationalité L10N MX " -"est rempli en sélectionnant simplement le pays approprié dans l'adresse. " -"Vous n'avez rien d'autre à faire ici, mais le type d'opération l10n MX doit " -"être configuré dans tous vos fournisseurs." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "Configuration DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" -"Il existe 3 options de TVA pour ce rapport : 16%, 0% et exonéré. Dans Odoo, " -"une ligne de facture est considérée comme exonérée si aucune taxe n'y est " -"appliquée. Les 2 autres taxes sont déjà correctement configurées." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" -"Pour payer une facture d'acompte, vous devez d'abord demander la facture, la" -" payer et la lettrer avec le paiement suivant la procédure standard dans " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" -"Vous n'avez pas besoin de renseigner toutes vos données partenaires pour " -"tenter de générer la facture fournisseur. Vous pouvez corriger ces " -"informations lors de la génération du rapport." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" -"N'oubliez pas que cette déclaration n'affiche que les factures fournisseurs " -"effectivement payées." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" -"Si certaines considérations ne sont pas prises en considération, un message " -"similaire s'affiche lorsque vous générez la DIOT en TXT avec tous les " -"partenaires dont vous avez besoin pour vérifier ce rapport particulier. " -"C'est la raison pour laquelle nous vous recommandons d'utiliser ce rapport " -"pour exporter vos informations légales. Générez-le avant la fin du mois et " -"utilisez-le comme processus d'audit pour vérifier que tous vos partenaires " -"sont correctement configurés." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "Erreur DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "Clôturer la période fiscale dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" -"Avant de clôturer l'exercice fiscal, vous devez parcourir quelques étapes " -"pour vous assurer que votre comptabilité est correcte, mise à jour et " -"précise :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Assurez-vous que vous avez intégralement rapproché vos comptes bancaires " -"jusqu'à la fin de l'exercice et que vos soldes finaux correspondent aux " -"soldes de vos relevés bancaires." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" -"Vérifiez que toutes les factures clients ont été enregistrées et approuvées." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" -"Confirmez que toutes les factures fournisseurs ont été enregistrées et " -"approuvées." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Validez toutes les notes de frais et vérifiez leur exactitude." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "Vérifiez que tous les paiements reçus ont été enregistrés exactement." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" -"Générez une **déclaration d'impôt** et vérifiez que vos informations " -"fiscales sont correctes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "Rapprochez tous vos comptes de votre **bilan**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" -"Comparez vos soldes bancaires dans Odoo avec vos soldes bancaires réels sur " -"vos relevés. Utilisez le rapport **rapprochement bancaire** pour vous aider." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" -"Rapprochez toutes les transactions en espèces et de banque en générant vos " -"rapports **Anciens comptes clients** et **Anciens comptes fournisseurs**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" -"Auditez vos comptes, en vous assurant de bien comprendre les transactions " -"qui les affectent et leur nature, en veillant à inclure les prêts et les " -"immobilisations corporelles." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"Exécutez la fonctionnalité facultative **Lettrage des paiements**, dans le " -"menu déroulant *Plus* des options de journal sur le tableau de bord " -"Comptabilité, validant chaque facture fournisseur et chaque facture client " -"avec leurs paiements. Cette étape est facultative, mais elle peut être utile" -" pendant le processus de fin d'année si tous les paiements en suspens sont " -"lettrés avec toutes les factures et si elle permet de trouver des anomalies " -"et des erreurs dans le système." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" -"Votre comptable aimerait probablement vérifier vos écritures dans le bilan " -"et créer quelques pièces comptables pour :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" -"Des ajustements manuels de fin d'exercice, en utilisant le rapport **Audit " -"de journal** (par exemple les **Bénéfices de l'exercice en cours** et les " -"**Bénéfices non distribués**)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Travaux en cours**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "**Journaux d'amortissement**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Prêts**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "**Ajustements fiscaux**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Si votre compte effectue l'audit de fin d'exercice, il peut voir des copies " -"de tous les éléments du bilan (tels que les prêts, les comptes bancaires, " -"les acomptes, les déclarations de la taxe de vente, etc.) afin de les " -"confronter à vos soldes dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" -"Au cours de ce processus, il est recommandé de fixer la **date de clôture " -"pour les non-conseillers** au dernier jour de l'exercice précédent, qui est " -"défini dans les paramètres comptables. De cette façon, le comptable peut " -"être sûr que personne d'autre ne modifie les transactions de l'année " -"précédente lors de l'audit des livres." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "Exercice fiscal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "Processus de clôture comptable" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, il n'est pas nécessaire d'établir une écriture de fin d'exercice " -"spécifique pour clôturer les comptes des revenus. Le résultat de l'exercice " -"est calculé automatiquement dans le type de compte (Bénéfices de l'exercice " -"en cours) et la différence entre les produits et les charges sera " -"additionnée pour le calculer." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"Ces rapports sont générés en temps réel, ce qui signifie que le **Rapport " -"des revenus** correspond directement à la date de clôture de l'exercice que " -"vous précisez dans Odoo. En outre, chaque fois que vous générez le **Rapport" -" des revenus**, la date de début correspondra à la date de fin de " -"l'**exercice fiscal** et les soldes des comptes seront à 0." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" -"Au 31 décembre, le bilan affiche les bénéfices de l'exercice en cours qui " -"n'ont pas été reconnus (type de compte des bénéfices non distribués de " -"l'exercice en cours dans le compte MX 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' " -"type])" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "Clôture du bilan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" -"Le compte doit créer une pièce comptable pour reconnaître le résultat de " -"l'exercice en Bénéfices accumulés des exercices précédents sur le compte " -"\"résultats des exercices précédentes\" (304.01.01 au Mexique) - il s'agit " -"d'un compte de fonds propres." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" -"Après avoir enregistré la pièce comptable, cliquez sur *Marquer comme " -"écriture de clôture de l'exercice*. Cette étape est importante parce qu'elle" -" est liée à la Balance générale. Si cette pièce comptable n'est pas marquée " -"comme une écriture de clôture, la balance générale ne sera pas correcte." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "La pièce comptable simplifiée se présente comme suit :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "Pièce comptable de clôture" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" -"Une fois que le comptable a créé la pièce comptable pour localiser les " -"**Bénéfices actuels de l'exercice**, il doit définir la **Date de clôture** " -"au dernier jour de l'exercice. Avant de procéder à cette opération, il doit " -"s'assurer que les bénéfices actuels de l'exercice dans le **bilan** présente" -" correctement un solde de 0." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "Vérifier la clôture du bilan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Fonctionnalités supplémentaires recommandées" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "Application Contacts (Gratuit)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" -"Si vous voulez gérer correctement vos clients, fournisseurs et adresses, " -"l'installation de ce module est fortement recommandée, même s'il ne s'agit " -"pas d'un besoin technique." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "Multi-devises (l'application Comptabilité est requise)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Au Mexique, presque toutes les entreprises envoient et reçoivent des " -"paiements dans différentes devises. Pour ce faire, vous pouvez activer " -"l'option multi-devises. Vous devez également activer la synchronisation avec" -" les **services bancaires mexicains**, car cela vous permet d'obtenir " -"automatiquement le taux de change du SAT sans devoir saisir cette " -"informations chaque jour dans Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "Allez aux paramètres et activez la fonctionnalité multi-devises." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "Configuration multi-devises" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Activation des erreurs explicites sur le CFDI à l'aide du validateur local " -"XSD (CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." -msgstr "" -"Il arrive fréquemment que vous receviez des erreurs explicites dues à des " -"champs mal définis dans le fichier XML. Pour activer la fonctionnalité Check" -" with xsd, suivez les étapes suivantes (en :ref:`mode développeur " -"`)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> Actions --> Actions " -"serveur`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" -"Recherchez l'Action intitulée \"Télécharger les fichiers XSD au format " -"CFDI\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton \"Créer une action contextuelle\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Allez sur le formulaire de la société depuis :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Ouvrez l'une de vos sociétés." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur \"Action\" puis sur \"Télécharger le fichier XSD au format " -"CFDI\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Téléchargez les fichiers XSD au format CFDI à partir de la vue de liste des " -"sociétés dans Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez désormais créer une facture avec n'importe quelle erreur (par " -"exemple un produit sans code, ce qui est assez courant) et une erreur " -"explicite s'affichera à la place d'une erreur générique sans explication." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Si vous voyez une erreur comme celle-ci :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "``Le cfdi généré n'est pas valide``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" -"Cette erreur peut être causée par une sauvegarde de la base de données " -"restaurée sur un autre serveur ou lorsque les fichiers XSD ne sont pas " -"correctement téléchargés. Suivez les mêmes étapes que ci-dessus, mais :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Choisissez la société dans laquelle l'erreur s'est produite." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" -"Cliquez sur *Action*, puis sur *Télécharger le fichier XSD au format CFDI*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "Problèmes et erreurs courants" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** (applicable uniquement sur CFDI 3.3) :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" -"** Solution** : Vous avez oublié de définir le champ \"Référence\" approprié" -" dans le produit. Allez à la fiche du produit et définissez correctement " -"votre référence interne." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "**Messages d'erreur** :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" -"**Solution** : Vous avez oublié de configurer la \"Position fiscale\" " -"appropriée sur le partenaire de la société. Allez aux clients, supprimez le " -"filtre client et recherchez le partenaire intitulé comme votre société. " -"Définissez la bonne position fiscale qui est le type d'entreprise de votre " -"société par rapport à la liste des valeurs possibles du SAT. Une autre " -"possibilité est que vous avez oublié de suivre les considérations sur les " -"positions fiscales." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" -"Vous devez aller aux paramètres de la Position fiscale et définir le bon " -"code (les 3 premiers chiffres du nom). Par exemple, pour le test, vous devez" -" définir 601, comme ci-dessous :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "Erreur de position fiscale" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" -"À des fins de test, cette valeur doit être définie sur ``601 - General de " -"Ley Personas Morales``, qui est la valeur requise pour la démo TVA." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Message d'erreur** :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Solution** : Le mode de paiement est requis sur la facture." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "Erreur de mode de paiement" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" -"**Solution** : Vous devez configurer correctement l'adresse de votre " -"société. Il s'agit d'un groupe de champs obligatoires. Vous pouvez aller à " -"la configuration de votre société via :menuselection:`Paramètres --> " -"Utilisateurs & Sociétés --> Sociétés` et complétez tous les champs " -"obligatoires relatives à votre adresse en suivant les étapes de cette " -"section : :ref:`mx-legal-info`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" -"**Solution** : Le code postal de l'adresse de votre société n'est pas valide" -" pour le Mexique. Veuillez le corriger." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "Erreur de code postal" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"**Solution** : Définissez le nom mexicain des taxes 0% et 16% dans votre " -"système et utilisez-le sur la facture. Votre taxe, qui représente 16% de TVA" -" et 0%, doit avoir le champ **Type de facteur** défini sur *Tasa*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "Erreur de type de facteur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "Erreur de taux" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "``CCE159``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "**Solution** : Il est nécessaire de préciser l'Incoterm." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "``CCE209``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" -"**Solution** : La fraction tarifaire doit avoir le code de l'unité de mesure" -" 01, correspondant aux Kilogrammes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)` : Reçu fiscal " -"numérique en ligne" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)` : Certificat de cachet numérique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)` : Fournisseur de " -"certification autorisé" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "Estampiller : Signature numérique de la facture électronique" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" -"Addenda : Complément d'information qui peut être joint à un Reçu fiscal " -"numérique en ligne (CFDI) normalement exigé par certaines entreprises au " -"Mexique, telles que Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)` : Il s'agit de l'acronyme " -"anglais de l'Identifiant unique universal. L'UUID est l'équivalent du Folio " -"Fiscal. Il est composé de 32 chiffres hexadécimaux, présentés en 5 groupes " -"séparés par des traits d'union." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." -msgstr "" -"LCO : Liste des contribuables obligés (LCO) est une liste émise par le SAT " -"qui comptabilise tous les contribuables dont il autorise l'émission de " -"factures et de reçus de paie. Cela signifie que, pour pouvoir émettre des " -"factures électroniques à vos clients, vous devez figurer dans cette base de " -"données." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 msgid "Netherlands" @@ -37632,9 +36530,10 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriel intelligent - Localización de Peru `_" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" @@ -39055,6 +37954,10 @@ msgstr "" "annuelle (y compris les actifs) et la déclaration à la demande (y compris " "l'inventaire) ne sont pas encore prises en charge." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Société" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -39551,10 +38454,6 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`mode API` :guilabel:`Simulation (Préproduction)` et cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "Journaux de vente" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index b6b818c65..97235a459 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,7 +4,6 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# William Henrotin , 2022 # Khadija Mbazaa , 2022 # Jonathan Castillo , 2022 # Bertrand LATOUR , 2022 @@ -19,6 +18,7 @@ # Adriana Ierfino , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 5cad1b0f1319985f8413d48b70c3c192_b038c35, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -3164,668 +3164,1291 @@ msgstr "" "préviendra une boucle de rétroaction s'il détecte un email dupliqué." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Modèles d'emails" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modèles d'email" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"Nous savons tous qu'il est essentiel d'écrire de bons emails pour obtenir un" -" taux de réponse élevé. Ceci dit, vous ne voulez surement pas devoir " -"réécrire la même structure à chaque fois, non ? C'est là qu'interviennent " -"les modèles d'emails. Si vous n'avez pas besoin de réécrire l'intégralité de" -" la structure de l'email chaque fois, vous gagnez du temps pour vous " -"concentrer sur le contenu. Plusieurs modèles vous permettent également de " -"transmettre le bon message au bon public, améliorant ainsi leur expérience " -"globale avec l'entreprise." +"Les modèles d'email sont des emails enregistrés qui sont utilisés " +"régulièrement pour envoyer des emails à partir de la base de données. Ils " +"permettent à l'utilisateur d'envoyer des communications de qualité, sans " +"avoir à composer le même texte à plusieurs reprises." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -"Les modèles d'emails utilisent QWeb. Le composeur vous permet de modifier " -"les emails dans leur rendu final, ce qui rend les personnalisations plus " -"robustes puisque vous n'avez pas à modifier le code." +"La création de différents modèles adaptés à des situations spécifiques " +"permet donc aux utilisateurs de choisir le bon message pour le bon public. " +"Cela augmente la qualité du message et le taux d'engagement global." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "Définir une réponse par défaut à sur votre modèle d'email" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -"Bien que le champ *reply to* soit disponible dans les modèles d'email, **ce " -"champ n'est utilisé que pour le mode d'envois en masse** (c'est-à-dire lors " -"de l'envoi de modèles sur ce que nous appelons les envois en masse). Vous " -"pouvez envoyer des emails en masse dans presque toutes les applications qui " -"ont une vue de liste. Sélectionnez les enregistrements que vous voulez et " -"cliquez sur le bouton d'action. Si vous avez l'option d'envoyer un email, " -"vous verrez un compositeur d'email avec des valeurs possibles à définir :" +"Les modèles d'email dans Odoo utilisent QWeb ou XML, ce qui permet de " +"modifier les emails dans leur rendu final et de rendre les personnalisations" +" plus robustes, sans avoir à modifier le code. Ceci signifie qu'Odoo peut " +"utiliser une interface graphique utilisateur (GUI) pour modifier les emails," +" ainsi que le code en backend. Lorsque l'email reçu est lu par le programme " +"de l'utilisateur final, différents formats et graphiques apparaîtront dans " +"le rendu final de l'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" +"Accédez aux modèles d'email en :ref:`mode développeur ` en " +"allant aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> menu Technique --> Email --> " +"Modèles d'email`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "Modifier les modèles d'email" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité *boîte à outils* peut être utilisée pour travailler avec " +"les modèles d'email. Elle permet de modifier directement la mise en forme et" +" le texte dans un modèle d'email, ainsi que d'ajouter des liens, des " +"boutons, des options de prise de rendez-vous ou des images." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" +"De plus, le code XML/HTML du modèle d'email peut être modifié directement à " +"l'aide de l'icône :guilabel:``. Les placeholders dynamiques (faisant " +"référence à des champs dans Odoo) sont également disponibles pour être " +"utilisés dans le modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "Boîte à outils" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" +"La fonctionnalité *boîte à outils* est un éditeur de texte enrichi avec " +"différentes options de formatage, de mise en page et de texte. Elle peut " +"également être utilisée pour ajouter des fonctionnalités XML/HTML dans un " +"modèle d'email. La boîte à outils est activée en tapant une barre oblique " +"`/` dans le corps du modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Lorsque vous tapez une barre oblique `/` dans le corps d'un modèle d'email, " +"un menu déroulant avec les options suivantes s'affiche : " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Structure`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Liste à puces` : Créer une simple liste à puces." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Liste numérotée` : Créer une liste avec numérotation." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Check-list` : Suivre les tâches grâce à une check-list." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tableau` : Insérer un tableau." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Séparateur` : Insérer une ligne horizontale de séparation." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Citation` : Ajouter une section de citation." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Code` : Ajouter une section de code." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`2 colommes` : Convertir en deux colommes." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 colommes` : Convertir en trois colommes." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`4 colommes` : Convertir en quatre colommes." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Format`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Titre 1` : Grand titre de section." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Titre 2` : Moyen titre de section." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Titre 3` : Petit titre de section." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Changer de direction` : Changer la direction du texte." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Texte` : Bloc de paragraphe." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Média`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Image` : Insérer une image." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Article` : Lier un article." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Navigation`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lien` : Ajouter un lien." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Bouton` : Ajouter un bouton." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Rendez-vous` : Ajouter un rendez-vous spécifique." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Calendrier` : Programmer un rendez-vous." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Widgets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 étoiles` : Insérer une note sur trois étoiles." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`5 étoiles` : Insérer une note sur cinq étoiles." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Blocs de base`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Signature` : Insérer votre signature." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Outils marketing`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder dynamique` : Insérer votre contenu personnalisé." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser l'une de ces options, cliquez sur la fonction souhaitée dans " +"le menu déroulant de la boîte à outils. Pour mettre en forme un texte " +"existant à l'aide d'une option liée au texte (par ex. :guilabel:`Titre 1`, " +":guilabel:`Changer de direction`, etc.), mettez le texte en surbrillance, " +"tapez la clé d'activation (barre oblique) `/`, et sélectionnez l'option " +"souhaitée dans le menu déroulant." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "Fonctionnalité boîte à outils dans le modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Utiliser des placeholders dynamiques `" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "Éditeur de code XML/HTML" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" +"Pour accéder à l'éditeur XML/HTML d'un modèle d'email, activez d'abord le " +":ref:`mode développeur `. Cliquez ensuite sur l'icône " +":guilabel:`` dans le coin supérieur droit du modèle et modifiez le " +"XML/HTML. Pour revenir à l'éditeur de texte standard, cliquez à nouveau sur " +"l'icône :guilabel:``." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "" -"Composeurs en mode d'envoi en masse après avoir sélectionné de multiples " -"devis." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "Éditeur HTML dans le modèle d'email." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "Vous pouvez également les définir par défaut sur le modèle :" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" +"L'éditeur XML/HTML doit être utilisé avec précaution, car il s'agit du code " +"dans le backend du modèle. La modification du code peut entraîner la rupture" +" du modèle d'email immédiatement ou lors de la mise à niveau de la base de " +"données." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "Placeholders dynamiques" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" +"Les *placeholders dynamiques* font référence à certains champs dans la base " +"de données Odoo pour produire des données uniques dans le modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" +"De nombreuses entreprises aiment personnaliser leurs emails en ajoutant un " +"élément d'information personnalisé sur le client pour attirer son attention." +" Dans Odoo, vous pouvez faire référence à un champ dans un modèle en " +"insérant un placeholder dynamique. Par exemple, le nom d'un client peut être" +" référencé dans l'email à partir du champ :guilabel:`Client` sur le modèle " +"du :guilabel:`Bon de commande`. Le placeholder dynamique de ce champ est : " +"`{{ object.partner_id }}`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" +"Les placeholders dynamiques sont codés pour afficher des champs de la base " +"de données. Les placeholders dynamiques peuvent être utilisés dans le " +":guilabel:`corps` (onglet :guilabel:`Contenu`) du modèle d'email. Ils " +"peuvent également être utilisés dans les champs de l'onglet " +":guilabel:`Configuration de l'email`, le :guilabel:`Sujet` de l'email et la " +":guilabel:`Langue`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Pour utiliser les placeholders dynamiques dans le :guilabel:`corps` d'un " +"email, ouvrez la **boîte à outils** en tapant `/` dans le corps du modèle " +"d'email dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Contenu`. Faites défiler la liste des " +"options jusqu'aux :guilabel:`Outils marketing` et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Placeholder dynamique`. Sélectionnez ensuite le placeholder " +"dynamique dans la liste des options disponibles et suivez les instructions " +"pour le configurer avec le champ Odoo correspondant souhaité. La " +"configuration de chaque placeholder dynamique sera différente." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "Utiliser des placeholders dynamiques dans un modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" +"Chaque combinaison unique de :guilabel:`Champs`, :guilabel:`Sous-modèles` et" +" :guilabel:`Sous-champs` crée un placeholder dynamique différent. " +"Considérez-le comme une combinaison avec le champ en cours de création." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" +"Pour effectuer une recherche parmi les champs disponibles, tapez simplement " +"le nom frontend (sur l'interface utilisateur) du champ dans la barre de " +"recherche. Vous obtiendrez un résultat pour tous les champs disponibles pour" +" le modèle pour lequel le modèle d'email a été créé." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" +"L'assistance d'Odoo ne prend pas en charge la personnalisation des modèles " +"d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "Éditeur de texte enrichi" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" +"Il est possible d'accéder à une barre d'outils d'édition de texte enrichi en" +" mettant en surbrillance du texte dans le modèle d'email. Vous pouvez ainsi " +"modifier le titre, la taille/le style de la police, la couleur, ajouter un " +"type de liste ou un lien." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "Éditeur de texte enrichi dans le modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "Réinitialiser les modèles d'email" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" +"Si le modèle d'email ne fonctionne pas parce que le code a été modifié, il " +"peut être réinitialisé pour revenir au modèle par défaut. Il suffit de " +"cliquer sur le bouton :guilabel:`Réinitialiser le modèle` dans le coin " +"supérieur gauche de l'écran pour réinitialiser le modèle. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "Réinitialisation du modèle d'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "Réponse par défaut aux modèles d'email" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" +"Dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Configuration de l'email` d'un modèle d'email, il y" +" a un champ :guilabel:`Répondre à`. Ajoutez dans ce champ les adresses email" +" auxquelles les réponses sont redirigées lors de l'envoi d'emails en masse à" +" l'aide de ce modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez plusieurs adresses email en ajoutant une virgule `,` entre les " +"adresses ou les placeholders dynamiques." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." -msgstr "Champ reply-to sur un modèle." +msgstr "Champ répondre à sur un modèle." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"Pour cette raison, définir une valeur dans ce champ est inutile, car la " -"valeur définie sera totalement ignorée. La valeur *reply-to* par défaut est " -"l'adresse mail catchall par défaut pour assurer une communication entre " -"votre client et votre base de données Odoo. Pour plus d'informations sur le " -"fonctionnement du catchall, veuillez consulter la documentation: " -":ref:`comment gérer les messages entrants " -"`." +"Le champ :guilabel:`Répondre à` est **uniquement** utilisé pour les envois " +"en masse. Les emails en masse peuvent être envoyés dans presque toutes les " +"applications Odoo qui ont une option d'affichage de liste." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "Emails transactionnels et URLs correspondantes pour chaque entreprise" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -"Lors de l'utilisation d'Odoo, plusieurs événements déclenchent l'envoi " -"d'emails automatisés. Ces emails sont appelés des emails transactionnels et " -"contiennent parfois des liens pointant vers votre base de données Odoo." +"Pour envoyer des emails en masse, dans la vue de :guilabel:`liste`, cochez " +"les cases à côté des enregistrements souhaités où les emails doivent être " +"envoyés, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Action` (représenté par une icône " +"d'engrenage :guilabel:`⚙️`), et sélectionnez l'option d'email souhaitée dans" +" le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Action`. Les options d'email peuvent varier en" +" fonction de la vue de liste et de l'application." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter `." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"S'il est possible d'envoyer un email, une fenêtre contextuelle de " +"composition d'email s'ouvre, dans laquelle vous pouvez définir et " +"personnaliser des valeurs. Cette option sera disponible dans le menu " +"déroulant :guilabel:`Action` sur les pages où les emails peuvent être " +"envoyés en masse---par exemple, sur la page :guilabel:`Clients` de " +"l'application CRM. Cette action se produit dans toute la base de données " +"Odoo. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" +"Compositeur d'email en mode envoi en masse avec le champ Répondre à en " +"surbrillance." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "Emails transactionnels et URLs correspondantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Dans Odoo, plusieurs événements peuvent déclencher l'envoi d'emails " +"automatisés. Ces emails sont appelés des *emails transactionnels* et " +"contiennent parfois des liens pointant vers la base de données Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." msgstr "" "Par défaut, les liens générés par la base de données utilisent la clé " -"dynamique web.base.url définie dans les paramètres de système. Plus " -"d'informations à ce sujet :ref:`paramètres `." +"dynamique `web.base.url` définie dans les paramètres système. Pour plus " +"d'informations à ce sujet, consultez les :ref:`paramètres système `." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." msgstr "" -"Si l'application site web n'est pas installée, la clé web.base.url sera " +"Si l'application *Site Web* n'est pas installée, la clé `web.base.url` sera " "toujours le paramètre par défaut utilisé pour générer tous les liens." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"Il est important de savoir que cette clé ne peut avoir qu'une seule valeur, " -"ce qui signifie que dans un environnement de base de données multi-" -"sites/sociétés, même si vous avez un nom de domaine spécifique pour chaque " -"site, les liens générés pour partager un document ou au sein d'un email " -"transactionnel peuvent rester les mêmes, quel que soit le site web/la " -"société liés à l'envoi de l'email/du document." +"La clé `web.base.url` ne peut avoir qu'une seule valeur, ce qui signifie que" +" dans un environnement de base de données multi-sites/sociétés, même s'il y " +"a un nom de domaine spécifique pour chaque site web, les liens générés pour " +"partager un document (ou les liens dans un email transactionnel) peuvent " +"rester les mêmes, quel(le) que soit le site web/la société associé(e) à " +"l'envoi de l'email/du document." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" +"Si la :guilabel:`Valeur` du paramètre système :guilabel:`web.base.url` est " +"`https://www.mycompany.com` et s'il y a deux sociétés distinctes dans Odoo " +"avec des URLs de site web différentes : `https://www.mycompany2.com` et " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, les liens créés par Odoo pour partager un " +"document ou pour envoyer un email transactionnel, proviennent du domaine : " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, quelle que soit la société qui a envoyé le " +"document ou l'email." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"Ce n'est pas toujours le cas, car certaines applications Odoo ont un lien " -"établi dans la base de données avec l'application site web, ce qui signifie " -"que dans ce cas, si un domaine spécifique est défini pour les sites web, " -"l'URL générée dans le modèle d'email utilisera le domaine défini sur le site" -" web correspondant de la société." +"Ce n'est pas toujours le cas, car certaines applications Odoo (*eCommerce* " +"par exemple) ont un lien établi dans la base de données avec l'application " +"*Site Web*. Dans ce cas, si un domaine spécifique est précisé pour le site " +"web, l'URL générée dans le modèle d'email utilise le domaine défini sur le " +"site web correspondant de la société." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"Un document partagé à l'aide de l'application Documents utilisera toujours " -"la clé web.base.url, car le document partagé n'est associé à aucun site web " -"en particulier. Cela signifie que l'URL sera toujours la même (la valeur clé" -" web.base.url), quelle que soit la société à partir de laquelle elle est " -"partagée, c'est une limitation connue !" +"Lorsqu'un client fait un achat sur un site d'*eCommerce* d'Odoo, la commande" +" a un lien établi avec ce site web. Par conséquence, les liens dans l'email " +"de confirmation envoyé au client utilisent le nom de domaine de ce site web " +"en particulier." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -"En revanche, les commandes passées par un client sur l'un de vos sites " -"eCommerce Odoo ont un lien établi avec le site web depuis lequel la commande" -" a été passée. Par conséquent, l'email envoyé pour les commandes utilise le " -"nom de domaine défini pour le site web correspondant pour générer les liens." +"Un document partagé à l'aide de l'application *Documents* utilisera " +"**toujours** la clé `web.base.url`, car le document partagé n'est associé à " +"aucun site web en particulier. Ceci signifie que l'URL sera toujours la même" +" (la valeur de la clé `web.base.url`), quelle que soit la société à partir " +"de laquelle le document a été partagé. C'est une limitation connue." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." msgstr "" -"Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de vos domaines, nous vous " -"invitons à consulter :doc:`notre documentation sur les noms de domaine " +"Pour plus d'informations sur la configuration de vos domaines, consultez la " +":doc:`documentation relative au nom de domaine " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" -msgstr "Mise à jour des traductions dans les modèles d'emails" +msgstr "Mise à jour des traductions dans les modèles d'email" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -"Les modèles d'emails sont traduits automatiquement. Il ne devrait pas être " -"nécessaire de changer les traductions. Cependant, si pour une raison " -"spécifique, vous souhaitez modifier certaines traductions, c'est évidemment " +"Dans Odoo, les modèles d'email sont automatiquement traduits pour tous les " +"utilisateurs dans la base de données pour toutes les langues installées. Il " +"ne devrait pas être nécessaire de modifier les traductions. Si toutefois les" +" traductions doivent être modifiées pour une raison particulière, c'est " "possible." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -"Comme toute modification dans le code, gardez à l'esprit que des " -"modifications qui ne sont pas faites correctement (par exemple des " -"modifications conduisant à une mauvaise syntaxe) peuvent casser le modèle et" -" par conséquent, le modèle sera vide." +"Comme toute modification de code, gardez à l'esprit que les modifications de" +" traduction qui ne sont pas faites correctement (par exemple, des " +"modifications conduisant à des erreurs de syntaxe) peuvent casser le modèle " +"et par conséquent, afficher un modèle vide." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." -msgstr "Pour modifier vos traductions, suivez ces étapes à partir du modèle." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" -msgstr "Cliquez sur le bouton modifier, puis sur le bouton langue" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "Modifier la langue d'un modèle" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -"Une fenêtre contextuelle avec les différentes langues installées sur la base" -" de données s'affichera. À partir de là, il est possible d'modifier les " -"traductions. N'oubliez pas de cliquer sur le bouton enregistrer pour " -"conserver vos modifications." +"Pour modifier les traductions, activez d'abord le :ref:`mode développeur " +"`. Cliquez ensuite sur le modèle d'email sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Modifier` et cliquez sur le bouton de langue, représenté par les " +"initiales de la langue en cours d'utilisation (par ex. :guilabel:`EN` pour " +"l'anglais)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "Modifier la langue d'un modèle." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -"Traduction du corps du modèle de l'application dans les différentes langues " -"installées." +"S'il n'y a qu'une seule langue installée et activée dans la base de données " +"ou si l'utilisateur n'a pas des droits d'accès d'administration, le bouton " +"de langue n'apparaît pas." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" +"Une fenêtre contextuelle avec les différentes langues installées dans la " +"base de données s'ouvre. Il est possible de modifier les traductions dans " +"cette fenêtre contextuelle. Lorsque les modifications souhaitées ont été " +"effectuées, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer " +"les modifications." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "Traduction du corps du modèle de Prise de rendez-vous." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" +"Lors de la modification des traductions, la langue par défaut de la base de " +"données apparaît en **gras**." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "Problèmes d'email" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Ce document contient une explication des problèmes de mailing les plus " -"récurrents." +"Ce document vise à expliquer les problèmes d'email les plus récurrents dans " +"Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" -"Nous commençons par traiter les problèmes d'emails sortants (ex : mon client" -" n'a pas reçu mon email), puis, d'emails entrants (ex : je ne reçois aucune " -"réponse de mes clients dans la base de données)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "Emails sortants" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "Que devez-vous vérifier si votre email n'est pas envoyé ?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "L'email n'est pas envoyé" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Le premier indicateur vous affichant que l'email n'a pas été envoyé est " -"l'enveloppe rouge à coté de la date et l'heure du message." +"Le premier indicateur montrant qu'un email n'a pas été envoyé est la " +"présence d'une enveloppe rouge :guilabel:`✉️` dans le chatter à côté de la " +"date et de l'heure du message." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" -msgstr "Enveloppe rouge affichée dans le chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "Icône d'enveloppe rouge affichée dans le chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" +"Les emails non envoyés apparaissent également dans la file d'attente des " +"emails d'Odoo. Avec le :ref:`mode développeur ` activé, la " +"file d'attente des emails est accessible en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> menu Technique --> Email --> Emails`. Les " +"emails non envoyés apparaissent en turquoise, tandis que les emails envoyés " +"apparaissent en gris." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "Messages d'erreur fréquents" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "Vous avez atteint votre limite quotidienne :" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "Limite journalière atteinte" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "Avertissement dans Odoo lorsque la limite d'emails est atteinte" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "Avertissement dans Odoo lorsque la limite d'emails est atteinte." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" "Chaque fournisseur de services de messagerie a ses propres limites d'envoi " -"d'emails. Les limites peuvent être quotidiennes, horaires et parfois même " -"par minute. C'est la même chose pour Odoo, nous devons limiter nos clients " -"pour éviter que nos serveurs de messagerie ne soient mis sur liste noire." +"d'emails. Les limites peuvent être fixées par jour, par heure ou parfois par" +" minute. C'est la même chose pour Odoo. Nous devons limiter le nombre " +"d'emails envoyés par nos clients pour éviter que les serveurs de messagerie " +"d'Odoo ne soient mis sur liste noire." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "Voici les limites par défaut des nouvelles bases de données :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" -"200 emails/jour pour les bases de données Odoo Online et Odoo.sh avec un " -"abonnement actif," - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," -msgstr "20 emails/jour pour les bases de données à une application gratuite," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." +msgstr "" +"**200 emails par jour** pour les bases de données Odoo Online et Odoo.sh " +"avec un abonnement actif." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," -msgstr "50 emails/jour pour les bases de données d'essai," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" +"**20 emails par jour** pour les bases de données à Une application gratuite." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "**50 emails par jour** pour les bases de données d'essai." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -"en cas de migration, votre limite quotidienne peut être réinitialisée à 50 " -"emails par jour." +"Dans le cas d'une migration, la limite journalière peut être réinitialisée à" +" 50 emails par jour." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "Si vous atteignez la limite, vous pouvez :" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "Si la limite journalière est atteinte :" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" -"Demander à notre équipe d'assistance d'augmenter votre limite quotidienne. " -"Nous analyserons la situation de votre base de données en fonction de (liste" -" non exhaustive) :" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "Combien d'utilisateurs dans votre base de données," +"Contactez l'équipe d'assistance d'Odoo, qui peut augmenter la limite " +"journalière en fonction des critères suivants :" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "Quelles applications sont installées," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "Combien d'utilisateurs y a-t-il dans la base de données ?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "Quelles sont les applications installées ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"Votre taux de rebond : le pourcentage d'adresses mail qui n'ont pas reçu vos" -" emails, car il a été renvoyé par un serveur de messagerie lors de son " -"acheminement vers le destinataire final. Vous pouvez contacter l'`assistance" -" `_." +"Le taux de rebond : le pourcentage d'adresses email qui n'ont pas reçu les " +"emails parce qu'ils ont été renvoyés par un serveur de messagerie lors de " +"son acheminement vers le destinataire final." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" -"Utiliser votre propre serveur de messagerie sortant pour être indépendant de" -" la limite de messagerie d'Odoo (veuillez vous référer à :doc:`la " -"documentation correspondante " -"`)," +"Utilisez un serveur de messagerie sortant externe pour ne pas dépendre de la" +" limite journalière d'Odoo (référez-vous à la :doc:`documentation relative " +"aux emails `)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"Attendre jusqu'à 23 heures UTC pour la réinitialisation et cliquer sur le " -"bouton réessayer : Le :ref:`Mode développeur ` doit être " -"activé. Ensuite, allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Technique --> " -"Emails`" +"Attendez jusqu'à 23:00 PM (UTC) pour que la limite journalière soit " +"réinitialisée et essayez de renvoyer l'email. Avec le :ref:`mode développeur" +" ` activé, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres " +"--> menu Technique --> Email --> Emails` et cliquez sur le bouton " +":guilabel:`Réessayer` à côté d'un email non envoyé." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "Bouton réessayer d'un email" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"La limite quotidienne est globale à votre base de données et peut augmenter " -"rapidement ! Par défaut, un message interne, une notification, une note, " -"etc. compte comme un email dans votre limite quotidienne s'il avertit " -"quelqu'un." +"La limite journalière des emails est exhaustive pour la base de données. Par" +" défaut, tout message interne, notification, note, etc. compte comme un " +"email dans la limite journalière si une personne est notifiée par email. " +"Vous pouvez changer cela en choisissant de recevoir des :ref:`notifications " +"dans Odoo `, au lieu d'emails." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"` instead of by emails." -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez atténuer cela en recevant vos :ref:`notifications dans Odoo " -"` plutôt que par email." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "Erreur SMTP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez savoir pourquoi un email n'a pas été transmis avec succès en " -"examinant les messages d'erreur du protocole SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " -"Protocol). Le SMTP est un protocole permettant de décrire la structure de " -"l'email et de le transmettre sur Internet. Les messages d'erreur générés par" -" les services de messagerie sont des outils utiles pour diagnostiquer et " -"dépanner les problèmes d'emails." +"Les messages d'erreur Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) expliquent " +"pourquoi un email n'a pas été envoyé avec succès. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail " +"Transport Protocol)` est un protocole permettant de décrire la structure de " +"l'email et transmet les données des messages sur Internet. Les messages " +"d'erreur générés par les services de messagerie sont utiles pour " +"diagnostiquer et dépanner les problèmes d'email." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Aucune erreur" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -"Odoo n'est pas toujours capable de fournir des informations sur la raison de" -" l'échec. Les différents fournisseurs mettent en œuvre une politique " -"personnalisée des emails de rebond et il n'est pas toujours possible pour " -"Odoo de l'interpréter correctement." +"Voici un exemple d'erreur de livraison permanente SMTP 554 : `554 : erreur " +"de livraison : Désolé, votre message à ------@yahoo.com ne peut pas être " +"délivré. Cette boîte de messagerie est désactivée (554.30). - " +"mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Sous cette ligne se trouve une copie du " +"message.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" +"Le menu de débogage peut être utilisé pour étudier les problèmes d'envoi " +"SMTP à partir d'une base de données. Pour accéder au menu, le :ref:`mode " +"développeur ` doit être activé. Une fois activé, allez au " +":menuselection:`Menu de débogage` dans le coin supérieur droit de la barre " +"de menu (l'icône :guilabel:`🐞 (insecte)`), :menuselection:`Menu de débogage " +"--> Gérer les messages`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -"Si vous rencontrez ce problème de manière récurrente avec le même client ou " -"le même domaine, n'hésitez pas à contacter l'`Assistance d'Odoo " -"`_ qui pourra vous aider à trouver une solution." +"Le menu :guilabel:`Gérer les messages` ouvre une liste de tous les messages " +"envoyés dans un enregistrement en particulier. Chaque message contient des " +"informations relatives à l'envoi, y compris le type et le sous-type du " +"message." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -"Remarque : dans ce cas, l'une des raisons les plus courantes est liée à la " -"configuration du :ref:`SPF ` et/ou " -":ref:`DKIM `." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "Pourquoi mon email est-il envoyé avec du retard ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 -msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." -msgstr "" -"Il peut arriver que vous programmiez une campagne d'emailing, mais qu'elle " -"ne soit pas envoyée à temps. Nous savons que nous utilisons une tâche " -"différée pour envoyer des emails que nous considérons comme non urgents " -"(concept de bulletins d'information tels que l'Email marketing, " -"l'automatisation du marketing, les événements). L'utilitaire système " -"**cron** peut être utilisé pour planifier l'exécution automatique de " -"programmes à des intervalles prédéfinis. Nous utilisons cette politique afin" -" d'éviter d'encombrer les serveurs de messagerie et de prioriser la " -"communication." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." -msgstr "" -"Les emails considérés comme urgents (communication d'une personne à une " -"autre telle que les bons de commande, factures, etc.) sont envoyés " -"directement." +"Vous y trouvez aussi à qui le message a été envoyé et si Odoo a reçu un " +"message de rebond de la part d'un serveur de messagerie. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." -msgstr "Email prévu pour être envoyé plus tard. " +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "Option de menu Gérer les messages dans le menu de débogage." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 +msgid "" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" +"Un utilisateur doit être sur une vue dans Odoo qui a un chatter pour que " +"l'option :guilabel:`Gérer les messages` apparaisse." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "Pas d'informations sur l'erreur" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"Odoo n'est pas toujours en mesure de fournir des informations sur la raison " +"de l'échec de l'envoi. Les différents fournisseurs de messagerie mettent en " +"œuvre une politique personnalisée des emails de rebond et il n'est pas " +"toujours possible pour Odoo de l'interpréter correctement." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." msgstr "" -"Par défaut, la cron de l'email marketing s'exécute toutes les 60 minutes. " -"Vous devez donc attendre au maximum une heure avant que la campagne ne soit " -"réellement envoyée." +"S'il s'agit d'un problème récurrent avec le même client ou le même domaine, " +"n'hésitez pas à contacter l'`assistance d'Odoo `_" +" qui pourra vous aider à trouver une solution." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "Emails entrants" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" -"Lorsque vous rencontrez un problème avec les emails entrants, il se peut " -"qu'il n'y ait pas d'indication dans Odoo. C'est le client qui tente de " -"contacter une base de données qui obtiendra un rebond (la plupart du temps " -"550 : boite mail indisponible)." +"L'une des raisons les plus courantes pour lesquelles il n'y a aucun message " +"d'erreur lors de l'échec d'envoi d'un email est liée à la configuration de " +":ref:`SPF ` et/ou de :ref:`DKIM " +"`. Vérifiez également que l'alias " +"`mail.bounce.alias` est défini dans les *paramètres système*. Accédez aux " +"paramètres système avec le :ref:`:mode développeur ` activé " +"en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Paramètres --> menu Technique --> " +"Paramètres --> Paramètres système`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "Les emails ne sont pas reçus" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "L'email est envoyé en retard" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "Selon la plateforme que vous utilisez :" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs **Odoo.sh** peuvent trouver leurs logs en direct dans le " -"dossier :file:`~/logs/`." +"Les campagnes d'email sont envoyées à une heure programmée, en utilisant un " +"délai préprogrammé dans la base de données. Odoo utilise une tâche retardée " +"pour envoyer des emails qui sont considérés comme \"non urgents\" (formats " +"de newsletter, tels que : mass mailing, marketing automation, et " +"événements). Le programme utilisateur **cron** peut être utilisé pour " +"prévoir des programmes à exécuter automatiquement à des intervalles " +"prédéterminés. Odoo utilise cette politique pour ne pas encombrer les " +"serveurs de messagerie et de donner la priorité à la communication " +"individuelle. Ce **cron** s'intitule :guilabel:`Email : Gestionnaire de la " +"file d'attente des emails` et est accessible en allant à l'application " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> menu Technique --> Automatisation --> Actions" +" planifiées` avec le :ref:`mode développeur ` activé." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "Email planifié pour être envoyé plus tard. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"Le dossier :file:`~/logs/` (de préférence accessible par la ligne de " -"commande) d'un Odoo.sh contient une liste de fichiers contenant les logs de " -"la base de données. Les fichiers de logs sont créés tous les jours à 5:00 AM" -" UTC. Les deux derniers jours ne sont pas compressés, alors que les plus " -"anciens le sont, afin de gagner de l'espace. Les noms des fichiers pour " -"Aujourd'hui et Hier sont :file:`odoo.log` et :file:`odoo.log.1`. Pour les " -"suivants, ils sont nommés avec leurs dates et compressés. Consultez la " -"documentation d'Odoo.sh sur :ref:`logs `. Utilisez la commande " -"``grep`` et ``zgrep`` (pour les compressés) pour rechercher dans les " -"fichiers." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" -"Les utilisateurs d'**Odoo Online** n'auront pas accès à leurs logs. Vous " -"pouvez toutefois toujours contacter l'`Assistance d'Odoo " -"`_ si vous avez un problème récurrent avec le " -"même client ou domaine." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "Obtenir l'aide de l'assistance" +"Qu'est-ce qu'un **cron** ? Un cron est une action qu'Odoo exécute en " +"arrière-plan pour exécuter un code particulier et exécuter une tâche." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"Afin d'être aidé efficacement, veuillez fournir autant d'informations que " -"possible. Voici une liste de ce qui peut être utile :" +"Par défaut, le *cron d'envoi en masse* s'exécute toutes les 60 minutes. Il " +"est possible de le modifier pour qu'il s'exécute au minimum toutes les 5 " +"minutes. Toutefois, l'exécution de l'action toutes les 5 minutes risque " +"d'alourdir la base de données Odoo (charger le système), ce qui n'est pas " +"recommandé. Pour modifier le cron d'envoi en masse, sélectionnez l'action " +"planifiée :guilabel:`Email : Gestionnaire de la file d'attente des emails` " +"et procédez aux ajustements nécessaires." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -"L'**EML** de l'email, qui signifie *Electronic Mail*, est le format de " -"fichier contenant toutes les informations techniques nécessaires à une " -"enquête. La documentation de votre propre fournisseur de messagerie peut " -"vous aider à obtenir vos fichiers EML. Une fois que vous avez obtenu le " -"fichier EML de l'email, l'ajouter en pièce jointe de votre ticket est le " -"moyen le plus efficace pour nous d'enquêter. L'assistance se concentrera " -"principalement sur les problèmes redondants." +"Les emails considérés comme urgents (communication d'une personne à une " +"autre, telle que les commandes clients, les factures, les bons d'achat, " +"etc.) sont envoyés immédiatement." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" -msgstr "`Documentation Gmail `_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "Emails entrants" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation `_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -"`Documentation Outlook `_" +"Lorsque vous rencontrez un problème avec les emails entrants, il n'y a pas " +"forcément une indication dans Odoo. C'est le client qui tente de contacter " +"une base de données qui recevra un message de rebond (la plupart du temps un" +" message d'erreur :guilabel:`550 : boîte de messagerie indisponible`)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" -msgstr "" -"Le flux exact que vous suivez pour recevoir normalement ces emails dans " -"Odoo. Voici des exemples de questions dont les réponses peuvent être utiles " -":" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "L'email n'est pas reçu" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "S'agit-il simplement d'une réponse à un email provenant d'Odoo ?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" +"Les mesures à prendre dépendent de la plateforme d'Odoo qui héberge la base " +"de données." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -"Utilisez-vous un serveur de messagerie entrant ou redirigez-vous d'une " -"manière ou d'une autre ?" +"Les utilisateurs **Odoo.sh** peuvent trouver leurs journaux en direct dans " +"le dossier :file:`~/logs/`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "Pouvez-vous nous donner un exemple d'email correctement transféré ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "Apporter des réponses aux questions suivantes :" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -"S'agit-il d'un problème générique ou est-il spécifique à un cas " -"d'utilisation ? Si oui, lequel exactement ?" +"Les journaux sont une collection stockée de toutes les tâches effectuées " +"dans une base de données. Il s'agit d'une représentation en texte seul, avec" +" l’horodatage de chaque action effectuée sur la base de données Odoo. Cela " +"peut être utile pour suivre les emails qui quittent la base de données. Vous" +" pouvez également observer les échecs d'envoi dans les journaux qui " +"indiquent qu'on a essayé d'envoyer le message à plusieurs reprises. Les " +"journaux indiquent toutes les actions effectuées sur les serveurs de " +"messagerie à partir de la base de données." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" +"Le dossier :file:`~/logs/` (accessible par la ligne de commande ou sur le " +"tableau de bord Odoo.sh) d'une base de données Odoo.sh contient une liste de" +" fichiers contenant les journaux de la base de données. Les fichiers de " +"journaux sont créés tous les jours à 05:00 (UTC)." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" +"Les deux jours les plus récents (aujourd'hui et hier) ne sont pas comprimés," +" tandis que les plus anciens le sont afin d'économiser de l'espace. Les " +"fichiers d'aujourd'hui et d'hier s'intitulent respectivement : " +":file:`odoo.log` et :file:`odoo.log.1`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" +"Pour les jours suivants, ils sont nommés avec leurs dates et ensuite " +"comprimés. Utilisez les commandes :command:`grep` et :command:`zgrep` (pour " +"les fichiers comprimés) pour parcourir les fichiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Pour plus d'informations sur les journaux et la façon d'y accéder via le " +"tableau de bord Odoo.sh, consultez :ref:`cette documentation " +"d'administration `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" +"Pour plus d'informations sur la façon d'accéder aux journaux via la ligne de" +" commande, consultez :ref:`cette documentation développeur " +"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" +"Les utilisateurs d'**Odoo Online** n'ont pas accès aux journaux. Toutefois, " +"vous pouvez contacter l'`Assistance d'Odoo `_ si " +"vous avez un problème récurrent avec le même client ou le même domaine." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "Obtenir de l'aide de l'assistance Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" +"Afin d'être aidé efficacement, veuillez fournir autant d'informations que " +"possible. Voici une liste de ce qui peut être utile lorsque vous contactez " +"l'équipe d'assistance Odoo à propos d'un problème :" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" +"Envoyez une copie des en-têtes de l'email. Le fichier `.EML` file (ou **en-" +"têtes**) de l'email est le format de fichier qui contient toutes les " +"informations techniques requises pour une enquête. La documentation du " +"fournisseur de messagerie vous expliquera comment accéder au fichier EML/aux" +" fichiers d'en-tête. Une fois les en-têtes de l'email obtenus, ajoutez-les " +"au ticket d'assistance Odoo pour que l'équipe d'assistance Odoo puisse " +"enquêter de manière efficace." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" +"`Documentation de Gmail sur les en-têtes " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" +"`Documentation d'Outlook sur les en-têtes `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" +"Expliquez le flux exact que vous suivez pour normalement recevoir ces emails" +" dans Odoo. Voici des exemples de questions dont les réponses peuvent être " +"utiles :" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "S'agit-il d'une notification d'une réponse reçue dans Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "S'agit-il d'un message envoyé depuis la base de données Odoo ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" +"Un serveur de messagerie entrant est-il utilisé ou l'email est-il redirigé " +"d'une manière ou d'une autre ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "Avez-vous un exemple d'un email qui a été transféré correctement ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "Répondez aux questions suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" +"S'agit-il d'un problème générique ou est-il spécifique à un cas " +"d'utilisation ? Si oui, lequel exactement ?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" -"Cela fonctionne comme prévu ? Dans le cas où l'email est envoyé à l'aide " -"d'Odoo, l'email de rebond doit atteindre la base de données Odoo et afficher" -" l':ref:`enveloppe rouge `." +"Est-ce que cela fonctionne comme prévu ? Si l'email est envoyé par le biais " +"d'Odoo, l'email de rebond devrait atteindre la base de données Odoo et " +"afficher l':ref:`enveloppe rouge `." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" +"Le paramètre système de rebond doit être défini dans les paramètres " +"techniques pour que la base de données reçoive correctement les messages de " +"rebond. Pour accéder à ce paramètre, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Paramètres --> menu Technique --> Paramètres --> Paramètres " +"système`. Sélectionnez ensuite le nom de paramètre " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` et définissez la valeur sur `bounce` si elle " +"n'est pas encore définie." #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index c59a3e2f3..cbf5894cc 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,8 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Melanie Bernard , 2022 -# Maxime Chambreuil , 2022 -# Xavier Symons , 2022 # Stéphane GUILLY , 2022 # Cécile Collart , 2022 # Alain Prasquier , 2022 @@ -15,18 +13,18 @@ # Fernanda Marques , 2022 # William Henrotin , 2023 # Renaud de Colombel , 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -38,50 +36,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "Inventaire & MRP" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Inventaire" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Code-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Inventaire** est à la fois une application d'inventaire et un système" -" de gestion d'entrepôt, avec une application avancée de lecteur de codes-" -"barres. Apprenez à gérer les délais de livraison, à automatiser les " -"réassorts et à configurer des routes avancées comme le dropshipping, le " -"cross-docking, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriels Odoo : Inventaire `_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriels Odoo : Scanner de code-barres " -"`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Codes-barres" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Opérations journalières" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "Réaliser un ajustement d'inventaire avec Code-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " @@ -91,7 +72,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous devez d'abord ouvrir l'application *Code-barres*. Ensuite, à partir de " "l'application, cliquez sur *Ajustements d'inventaire*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." @@ -99,7 +80,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous souhaitez travailler uniquement avec les codes-barres, vous pouvez " "télécharger la fiche *Commandes pour l'inventaire*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " @@ -110,7 +91,7 @@ msgstr "" "emplacements, vous devez d'abord préciser dans quel emplacement l'ajustement" " d'inventaire a lieu." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." @@ -119,7 +100,7 @@ msgstr "" "scanner les différents produits que vous voulez inclure dans l'ajustement " "d'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." @@ -127,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous avez 5 articles identiques, scannez-les 5 fois ou utilisez le " "clavier pour définir la quantité. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " @@ -137,7 +118,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajouter manuellement un produit si nécessaire. Pour ce faire, cliquez sur " "*Ajouter un produit* et complétez les informations manuellement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." @@ -145,7 +126,7 @@ msgstr "" "Lorsque vous avez scanné tous les articles de l'emplacement, validez " "l'inventaire manuellement ou scannez le code-barres *Appliquer*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -155,7 +136,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Vue d'ensemble" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -170,11 +151,11 @@ msgstr "" "le produit. Ce code-barres contiendra le poids du produit et permettra de " "calculer le prix en conséquence." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Créer une nomenclature de codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -188,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Nomenclature des code-" "barres`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." @@ -196,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez créer une nomenclature de codes-barres d'ici et ensuite ajouter " "une ligne pour créer votre première règle." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," @@ -206,7 +187,7 @@ msgstr "" " Code-barres Poids avec 3 décimales. Vous devez ensuite préciser le type de " "nomenclature de code-barres, dans notre cas ce sera Produit pondéré." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -222,7 +203,7 @@ msgstr "" "du code-barres du produit et sont là simplement pour identifier le produit " "en question. Le “N” définit un nombre et le “D” définit les décimales." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." @@ -230,7 +211,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'encodage permet de préciser l'encodage du code-barres sur lequel la règle " "doit être appliquée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." @@ -239,15 +220,15 @@ msgstr "" "grâce à la séquence. La première règle qui correspond au code-barres scanné " "sera appliquée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Configurer votre produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "Le code-barres du produit devrait commencer par “21” ;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" @@ -255,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les 5 “points” sont les autres numéros du code-barres de votre produit, " "permettant d'identifier le produit ;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" @@ -264,7 +245,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dans notre cas, nous devons mettre 5 zéros, car nous avons configuré " "“21…..{NNDDD}” ;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." @@ -273,7 +254,7 @@ msgstr "" "générateur d'EAN13 pour savoir quel devrait être le dernier chiffre dans " "votre cas." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -288,11 +269,11 @@ msgstr "" "produit Pâtes pour une quantité de 1,5 kg. Pour le point de vente, un prix " "dépendant de la quantité sera également calculé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Types de règle" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." @@ -300,7 +281,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Produit à prix fixe** : vous permet d'identifier le produit et de préciser" " son prix, utilisé dans les points de vente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -312,7 +293,7 @@ msgstr "" "puis scanner le code-barres de la remise et la remise sera appliquée sur le " "prix normal du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " @@ -322,7 +303,7 @@ msgstr "" "poids, utilisé à la fois dans les points de vente (dans lesquels le prix est" " calculé en fonction du poids) et dans l'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." @@ -330,13 +311,13 @@ msgstr "" "**Client** : vous permet d'identifier le client, par exemple utilisé avec un" " programme de fidélité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" "**Caissier** : vous permet d'identifier le caissier lors de l'entrée dans le" " point de vente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." @@ -344,7 +325,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Emplacement** : vous permet d'identifier l'emplacement d'un transfert " "lorsque les emplacements multiples sont activés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." @@ -352,7 +333,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Colis** : vous permet d'identifier les colis sur un transfert lorsque les " "colis sont activés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." @@ -360,7 +341,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Carte de crédit** : ne nécessite pas de modification manuelle, existe pour" " les données du module Mercury." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." @@ -368,7 +349,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Unité de produit** : vous permet d'identifier un produit pour les points " "de vente et les transferts." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." @@ -377,11 +358,11 @@ msgstr "" "contenir un nombre quelconque de caractères, ces caractères pouvant être " "n'importe quel nombre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "Nomenclature des codes-barres GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -398,7 +379,7 @@ msgstr "" "barres d'une boîte non ouverte, la nomenclature GS1 peut identifier le " "produit, le numéro de lot, le nombre d'unités contenues et bien plus encore." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" @@ -406,7 +387,7 @@ msgstr "" "`Tous les codes-barres GS1 " "`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" @@ -414,18 +395,18 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Règles GS1 par défaut d'Odoo `" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" ":ref:`Pourquoi mon code-barres ne fonctionne-t-il pas " "?`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "Configurer la nomenclature de code-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -440,7 +421,7 @@ msgstr "" "code-barres --> Nomenclature GS1 par défaut` dans les options de " "nomenclature des codes-barres par défaut." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." @@ -448,7 +429,7 @@ msgstr "" "Choisissez GS1 dans la liste déroulante et cliquez sur le lien interne pour " "voir la liste des règles GS1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " @@ -459,7 +440,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`➡️ (lien externe)` à droite de la sélection " ":guilabel:`Nomenclature des codes-barres`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -471,7 +452,7 @@ msgstr "" "toutes les informations qui peuvent être condensées avec un code-barres GS1," " ainsi que le :guilabel:`Modèle de code-barres` correspondant." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -486,11 +467,11 @@ msgstr "" "Nomenclatures des codes-barres` et enfin, sélectionnez " ":guilabel:`Nomenclature GS1 par défaut`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "Utiliser les codes-barres GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -521,7 +502,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifiques, tels que les codes-barres pour les dates, ont des exigences de " "longueur définies." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." @@ -529,7 +510,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez le séparateur FNC1 (`\\x1D`) pour terminer le code-barres sans " "avoir à atteindre la longueur de caractère maximale." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -542,11 +523,11 @@ msgstr "" "suivante contient des exemples sur la manière de générer un code-barres pour" " des articles courants dans un entrepôt." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "Produit + quantité + lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" @@ -555,118 +536,118 @@ msgstr "" "nombre d'unités contenues et le numéro de lot, les modèles de code-barres " "suivants sont utilisés : " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nom" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Nom de la règle" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "A.I." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Modèle de code-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "Champ dans Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "01" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(01)(\\\\d{14})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "Champ :guilabel:`Code-barres` sur un formulaire de produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Quantité" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "Nombre variable d'articles" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "Champ :guilabel:`Unités` sur un formulaire de transfert" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Numéro de lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "Numéro de lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillées" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -691,7 +672,7 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` sur la fenêtre contextuelle des Opérations détaillée msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -706,7 +687,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, dans la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`, cochez la case à côté de " ":guilabel:`Lots & Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -725,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" "`_ à 14 chiffres, qui est un " "numéro d'identification universel et unique de GS1." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -737,7 +718,7 @@ msgstr "" "utilisé que pour encoder plusieurs codes-barres dans un seul code-barres qui" " contient des informations détaillées sur les contenus du colis." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." @@ -746,13 +727,13 @@ msgstr "" "`12345678901231` à 14 chiffres dans le champ :guilabel:`Code-barres` sur le " "formulaire du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" "Saisissez le GTIN à 14 chiffres dans le champ Code-barres sur le formulaire " "du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -768,13 +749,13 @@ msgstr "" "Saisissez le GTIN à 14 chiffres dans la colonne :guilabel:`Code-barres` et " "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" "Vue de la page des codes-barres des produits dans les paramètres " "d'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " @@ -785,7 +766,7 @@ msgstr "" " dans la section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`, activez le bouton radio " ":guilabel:`Par lots`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." @@ -793,12 +774,12 @@ msgstr "" "Activez le suivi des produits par lots dans l'onglet \"Inventaire\" du " "formulaire du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "Scanner le code-barres sur la réception" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -810,7 +791,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application :menuselection:`Code-barres` pour gérer le :ref:`processus de " "transfert des réceptions `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -827,7 +808,7 @@ msgstr "" "être créées directement via l'application :menuselection:`Code-barres` à " "l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Créer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -840,7 +821,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilisez le bouton :guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` pour ouvrir une fenêtre et saisir" " manuellement les quantités pour des numéros de lot spécifiques." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " @@ -850,7 +831,7 @@ msgstr "" "associée. Scannez le code-barres du produit et Odoo vous demandera le numéro" " de lot." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." @@ -858,7 +839,7 @@ msgstr "" "Scannez le code-barres d'un produit sur la page de transfert de réception " "dans l'application *Code-barres*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " @@ -868,13 +849,13 @@ msgstr "" "devoir scanner les 49 codes-barres restants, cliquez sur le bouton " ":guilabel:`✏️ (crayon)` à côté du numéro de lot souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" "Scannez le numéro de lot et cliquez sur le crayon pour modifier les " "quantités." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " @@ -885,11 +866,11 @@ msgstr "" "pour le numéro de lot. Lorsque vous avez terminé, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Confirmer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "Modifiez les quantités scannées à l'aide du bouton crayon." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " @@ -900,7 +881,7 @@ msgstr "" "ont été comptabilisées, terminez la réception en cliquant sur le bouton " ":guilabel:`Valider`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." @@ -909,11 +890,11 @@ msgstr "" " de lot et la quantité pour terminer l'opération de réception en moins " "d'étapes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "Produit + quantité non unitaire" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " @@ -923,20 +904,20 @@ msgstr "" "quantité non unitaire, comme des kilogrammes, les modèles de code-barres " "suivants sont utilisés :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "Quantité en kilogrammes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "310[0-5]" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " @@ -946,7 +927,7 @@ msgstr "" "placez une commande dans l'application *Achats* en utilisant l'unité de " "mesure (:guilabel:`UdM`) appropriée pour la quantité de produits à acheter." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" @@ -954,7 +935,7 @@ msgstr "" ":ref:`Simplifiez les conversions d'unités fournisseurs avec les UdM " "`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -976,7 +957,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`kg` apparaît sur la page, cela signifie que la réception a été " "traitée sans problèmes. Enfin, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Valider`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " @@ -987,13 +968,13 @@ msgstr "" "barres : `000521`. En effet, le `1` représente le nombre de chiffres à " "partir de la droite pour placer le point décimal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" "Écran de scan du code-barres pour une opération de réception dans " "l'application Code-barres." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -1005,7 +986,7 @@ msgstr "" " stock` accessible en allant à l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " "Analyse --> Mouvements de stock`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -1024,16 +1005,16 @@ msgstr "" "du code-barres, ce qui prouve que les enregistrements traités dans " "l'application *Code-barres* ont été correctement stockés dans *Inventaire*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" "Enregistrement d'un mouvement de stock de réception pour 52,1 kg de pêches." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "Créer des règles" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " @@ -1048,7 +1029,7 @@ msgstr "" "barres, il est nécessaire d'ajouter le code-barres manquant à la liste " "d'Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -1061,7 +1042,7 @@ msgstr "" " les autres champs de l'application Code-barres sont interprétés " "correctement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -1074,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr "" " des codes-barres`. Sélectionnez ensuite l'élément de liste " ":guilabel:`Nomenclature GS1 par défaut`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -1103,7 +1084,7 @@ msgstr "" " de lettres ou de chiffres est reconnue par le système pour contenir des " "informations sur le produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " @@ -1114,11 +1095,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Enregistrer & Fermer` pour enregistrer et revenir au tableau des " "règles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "Dépannage des codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" @@ -1127,7 +1108,7 @@ msgstr "" "vérifications à effectuer lorsque les codes-barres ne fonctionnent pas comme" " prévu :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -1139,7 +1120,7 @@ msgstr "" "section sur la :ref:`configuration de la nomenclature " "` pour plus de détails." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -1154,7 +1135,7 @@ msgstr "" "` et :ref:`sur le produit " "`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -1169,7 +1150,7 @@ msgstr "" "plus de détails sur la création des codes-barres GS1, consultez :ref:`cette " "section `." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -1182,11 +1163,11 @@ msgstr "" "` détaille comment ajouter de nouvelles" " règles dans la nomenclature des codes-barres." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "Liste de la nomenclature GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -1199,308 +1180,308 @@ msgstr "" "`_ comme caractère " "final." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Type" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Type de contenu GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "Champ Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "Serial Shipping Container Code" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Package" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "(00)(\\\\d{18})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "Identifiant numérique" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "Nom de colis" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Unité de produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "GTIN of contained trade items" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "(02)(\\\\d{14})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Conditionnement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "Ship to / Deliver to global location" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Emplacement de destination" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(410)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "Ship / Deliver for forward" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(413)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "Emplacement d'origine" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "I.D. of a physical location" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Emplacement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "(414)(\\\\d{13})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "Nom alphanumérique" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "Numéro de série" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "Date de colisage" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(13)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Date" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "Date de colisage" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Best before date (YYMMDD)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Date limite d'utilisation optimale" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(15)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "Date limite d'utilisation optimale" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Date d'expiration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(17)(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "Date d'expiration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Mesure" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "UdM : Unités" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "Count of trade items" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "Qté en unités pour les conteneurs (AI 02)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "Qté en kg" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "Length in meters (m)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "Qté en m" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "Net volume: liters (L)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "Qté en L" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "Qté en m\\ :sup:`3`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "Length in inches (in)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "Qté en pouces" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "Qté en oz" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "Qté en ft\\ :sup:`3`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "Packaging type" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "Type de conditionnement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Type de colis" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "Processus de transfert" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "Transferts simples" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." @@ -1508,7 +1489,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour traiter un transfert à partir de l'application *Code-barres*, la " "première étape consiste à aller dans *Opérations*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " @@ -1518,7 +1499,7 @@ msgstr "" "type d'opération correspondant et en sélectionnant manuellement celui que " "vous voulez saisir, soit en scannant le code-barres du transfert." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1530,7 +1511,7 @@ msgstr "" "tous les produits ont été scannés, vous pouvez valider le transfert pour " "procéder aux mouvements de stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." @@ -1539,11 +1520,11 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez ajouter des étapes supplémentaires pour les différents types " "d'opérations." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Réceptions" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1556,7 +1537,7 @@ msgstr "" "exemple WH/Stock, soit scanner le code-barres d'un emplacement pour le faire" " entrer dans un sous-emplacement de l'emplacement principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." @@ -1564,11 +1545,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous voulez que le produit entre en WH/Stock dans notre exemple, vous " "pouvez simplement scanner le produit suivant." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Livraisons" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " @@ -1579,7 +1560,7 @@ msgstr "" "vous pouvez commencer à scanner les produits qui sont livrés à partir de cet" " emplacement spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1591,7 +1572,7 @@ msgstr "" "ajoutée à votre livraison. Vous pouvez passer de l'un à l'autre grâce aux " "boutons *Précédent* et *Suivant*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." @@ -1600,11 +1581,11 @@ msgstr "" "*Suivant* jusqu'à ce que vous atteigniez la dernière page du transfert. Là, " "vous pourrez le valider." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Transferts internes" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " @@ -1615,7 +1596,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez scanner le produit lui-même, avant de devoir scanner le code-barres " "de l'emplacement de destination." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." @@ -1623,11 +1604,11 @@ msgstr "" "Si les emplacements d'origine et de destination des transferts internes sont" " déjà corrects, il n'est pas nécessaire de les scanner." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "Transferts avec des produits trackés" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" @@ -1635,7 +1616,7 @@ msgstr "" "Si vous travaillez avec des produits trackés par des numéros de lot/série, " "vous avez deux possibilités :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" @@ -1646,7 +1627,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo augmentera la quantité du produit en définissant son numéro de " "lot/série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " @@ -1656,11 +1637,11 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez procéder en scannant d'abord le code-barres du produit, puis le code-" "barres du numéro de lot/série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "Créer un transfert à partir de zéro" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " @@ -1671,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez télécharger la *feuille de codes-barres de stock* depuis la page " "d'accueil de l'application." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " @@ -1681,15 +1662,15 @@ msgstr "" "un nouveau document. Ensuite, un document vide sera créé et vous pourrez " "scanner vos produits pour le remplir." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configuration" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurer votre lecteur de codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -1700,11 +1681,11 @@ msgstr "" "matérielle appropriée. Ce guide vous aidera à choisir et à configurer le " "lecteur de codes-barres." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Trouver le lecteur de codes-barres qui correspond à vos besoins" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1714,7 +1695,7 @@ msgstr "" "applications **Inventaire** et **Code-barres** d'Odoo sont les lecteurs " "**USB**, **Bluetooth** et **d'ordinateur portable**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1726,7 +1707,7 @@ msgstr "" " la lecture. Assurez-vous simplement que le lecteur est compatible avec la " "disposition de votre clavier ou qu'il peut être correctement configuré." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1741,7 +1722,7 @@ msgstr "" " la possibilité de consulter votre smartphone de temps en temps et " "d'utiliser le logiciel 'manuellement'." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1760,15 +1741,15 @@ msgstr "" "raison de la variété des modèles et des configurations sur le marché, il est" " essentiel de le tester au préalable." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurer votre lecteur de codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Disposition du clavier" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1781,11 +1762,11 @@ msgstr "" "par un 'Q', par exemple). La plupart des lecteurs sont configurés en " "scannant le code-barres approprié dans le manuel d'utilisation." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Retour à la ligne automatique" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1802,11 +1783,11 @@ msgstr "" " un code-barres spécifique dans le manuel de l'utilisateur ('CR suffix ON', " "'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Activer les codes-barres dans Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1821,7 +1802,7 @@ msgstr "" "efficacement en contrôlant le logiciel presque exclusivement avec le lecteur" " de codes-barres." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -1832,11 +1813,11 @@ msgstr "" "--> Lecteur de codes-barres`. Une fois que vous avez coché la " "fonctionnalité, vous pouvez cliquer sur enregistrer." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "Configurer les codes-barres des produits" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " @@ -1846,7 +1827,7 @@ msgstr "" "via l'application *Inventaire*. Pour ce faire, allez aux " ":menuselection:`Paramètres --> Configurer les codes-barres des produits`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." @@ -1854,7 +1835,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ensuite, vous avez la possibilité d'attribuer des codes-barres à vos " "produits sur la fiche produit directement lors de la création de ce produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." @@ -1863,11 +1844,11 @@ msgstr "" "et non sur le modèle du produit. Sinon, vous ne serez pas en mesure de les " "différencier." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "Configurer les codes-barres des emplacements" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1879,7 +1860,7 @@ msgstr "" "pouvez configurer les codes-barres des emplacements dans " ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Emplacements`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." @@ -1887,33 +1868,55 @@ msgstr "" "Vous pouvez facilement imprimer le code-barres que vous attribuez aux " "emplacements via le menu *Imprimer*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "Formats des codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -"La plupart des produits de détail utilisent des codes-barres EAN-13. Ils ne " -"peuvent pas être inventés sans autorisation. Vous devez payer une redevance " -"à l'International Article Numbering Association pour obtenir une séquence de" -" codes EAN." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" -"Néanmoins, comme Odoo prend en charge n'importe quelle chaîne de caractères " -"en tant que code-barres, vous pouvez toujours définir votre propre format de" -" code-barres pour un usage interne." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Inventaire `_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestion d'entrepôt" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -2441,6 +2444,7 @@ msgstr "" "jour compris entre `1 et 31`, en fonction du mois de l'année souhaité." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -2563,82 +2567,192 @@ msgstr "Comptages cycliques" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -"Dans la plupart des entreprises, l'inventaire n'est compté qu'une fois par " -"an. C'est pourquoi, après avoir effectué un ajustement d'inventaire dans " -"Odoo, la prochaine date prévue du comptage est par défaut fixée au 31 " -"décembre. Cependant, pour certaines entreprises, il est essentiel d'avoir un" -" inventaire précis à tout moment." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -"L'objectif des comptages cycliques est de maintenir des niveaux de stock " -"critiques exacts en effectuant plus de comptages aux endroits clés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"Dans Odoo, les comptages cycliques sont basés sur l'emplacement. La " -"fréquence des comptages est définie sur l'emplacement de stockage. Pour " -"activer les emplacements de stockage, allez à :menuselection:`Inventaire -->" -" Configuration --> Paramètres --> Entrepôt` et activez le paramètre " -":guilabel:`Emplacements de stockage`. Cliquez ensuite sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer le paramètre." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." -msgstr "Activer les emplacements de stockage dans les paramètres d'Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "Changer la fréquence de l'inventaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" -"Pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire d'un emplacement, allez d'abord " -"aux emplacements en cliquant sur :menuselection:`Inventaire --> " -"Configuration --> Emplacements`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" -"Cliquez ensuite sur un emplacement pour ouvrir ses paramètres. Ensuite " -"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier`. Définissez le nombre de jours dans le " -"champ :guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`. Par exemple, pour un " -"emplacement dont l'inventaire doit être compté tous les 30 jours, la " -":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)` doit être `30`. Une fois cette" -" valeur saisie, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour appliquer le " -"paramètre à l'emplacement. À présent, dès qu'un ajustement d'inventaire est " -"effectué à cet emplacement, la prochaine date prévue sera automatiquement " -"fixée en fonction du nombre de jours défini dans le champ " -":guilabel:`Fréquence de l'inventaire (Jours)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." -msgstr "Modifier un emplacement pour changer la fréquence de l'inventaire." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -3635,7 +3749,7 @@ msgstr "" "numéro de série spécifique dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Description` en dessous." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -3907,7 +4021,7 @@ msgstr "" "cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -3927,7 +4041,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." @@ -3936,8 +4050,8 @@ msgstr "" "formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour cette commande spécifique." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -4172,7 +4286,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "Rapport de traçabilité des lots et numéros de série." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -4239,11 +4353,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "Paramètre des lots et numéros de série activé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "Configurer le suivi par numéro de série sur les produits" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -4256,7 +4370,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Produits --> Produits` et choisissez un " "produit à suivre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." @@ -4264,7 +4378,7 @@ msgstr "" "Sur la fiche du produit, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Modifier` et cliquez sur " "l'onglet :guilabel:`Inventaire`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -4285,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "Le suivi par numéro de série activé sur la fiche du produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -4298,11 +4412,11 @@ msgstr "" "possible d'assigner un lot/numéro de série au produit en procédant à un " "ajustement d'inventaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "Créer de nouveaux numéros de série pour des produits déjà en stock" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -4317,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" "formulaire de lots/numéros de série vierge. Sur ce formulaire, un nouveau " ":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` est généré automatiquement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -4329,7 +4443,7 @@ msgstr "" "quel autre numéro, en cliquant sur la ligne sous le champ " ":guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et en changeant le numéro généré." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " @@ -4339,7 +4453,7 @@ msgstr "" "vierge à côté du :guilabel:`Produit` pour révéler un menu déroulant. Dans ce" " menu, sélectionnez le produit auquel ce nouveau numéro sera assigné." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -4353,7 +4467,7 @@ msgstr "" "spécifique à un site web spécifique dans le champ :guilabel:`Site web` (si " "vous avez plusieurs sites web)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -4365,7 +4479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "Nouveau numéro de série créé pour un produit existant en stock." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -4377,7 +4491,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Produits --> Produits` et sélectionnez le produit auquel ce " "numéro de série nouvellement créé vient d'être assigné." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." @@ -4385,11 +4499,11 @@ msgstr "" "Sur la fiche détaillée de ce produit, cliquez sur le bouton intelligent " ":guilabel:`Lot/Numéros de série` pour afficher le nouveau numéro de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série pour l'expédition et la réception" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -4402,11 +4516,11 @@ msgstr "" "sortantes, les numéros de série sont directement assignés sur la commande " "client." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série lors des réceptions" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." @@ -4414,7 +4528,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de série à des " "marchandises **entrantes** sur le bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " @@ -4424,7 +4538,7 @@ msgstr "" "--> Créer`. Cette opération fait apparaître un formulaire de demande de prix" " vierge." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -4436,7 +4550,7 @@ msgstr "" "aux lignes de :guilabel:`Produit`, en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un " "produit` dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Produits`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -4444,7 +4558,7 @@ msgstr "" "Choisissez la quantité souhaitée du produit à commander en modifiant le " "nombre dans la colonne :guilabel:`Quantité`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " @@ -4454,7 +4568,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Confirmer la commande`. Cette action transformera la demande de " "prix en bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." @@ -4462,7 +4576,7 @@ msgstr "" "Cliquez ensuite sur le bouton intelligent :guilabel:`Réception` pour " "afficher le formulaire de réception de l'entrepôt pour ce bon de commande." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -4482,7 +4596,7 @@ msgstr "" "Fenêtre contextuelle d'erreur d'utilisateur demandant la saisie d'un numéro " "de série." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -4494,7 +4608,7 @@ msgstr "" "la colonne :guilabel:`Nom du lot/numéro de série`, située en bas de la " "fenêtre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" @@ -4504,11 +4618,11 @@ msgstr "" "série, l'assignation automatique des numéros de série et copier/coller les " "numéros de série à partir d'une feuille de calcul." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "Assigner des numéros de série manuellement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " @@ -4519,7 +4633,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` et choisissez d'abord l'emplacement où le " "produit sera stocké dans la colonne :guilabel:`Vers`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." @@ -4527,7 +4641,7 @@ msgstr "" "Saisissez ensuite un nouveau :guilabel:`Nom de numéro de série` et " "définissez la quantité :guilabel:`Fait` dans les colonnes appropriées." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " @@ -4537,11 +4651,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Demande` et jusqu'à ce que le champ :guilabel:`Quantité faite` " "affiche le bon nombre (correspondant) de produits traités." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "Assigner des numéros de série automatiquement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " @@ -4551,7 +4665,7 @@ msgstr "" "série individuels, Odoo peut automatiquement générer et assigner des numéros" " de série à chaque produit individuel." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " @@ -4561,7 +4675,7 @@ msgstr "" " contextuelle :guilabel:`Opérations détaillées` et saisissez le premier " "numéro de série dans l'ordre d'assignation souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." @@ -4570,7 +4684,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'articles auxquels des numéros de série uniques nouvellement générés " "doivent être assignés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -4585,11 +4699,11 @@ msgstr "" "L'assignation automatique des numéros de série dans la fenêtre contextuelle " "des opérations détaillées." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "Copier/coller des numéros de série depuis une feuille de calcul" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -4605,7 +4719,7 @@ msgstr "" "de série`. Odoo créera automatiquement le nombre de lignes nécessaires en " "fonction du nombre de numéros collés dans la colonne." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -4618,7 +4732,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "Liste des numéros de série copiés dans la feuille de calcul Excel." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -4633,7 +4747,7 @@ msgstr "" "permet d'éviter la réutilisation ou la duplication des numéros de série et " "d'améliorer les rapports de traçabilité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " @@ -4643,7 +4757,7 @@ msgstr "" "produits, cliquez sur le bouton :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la fenêtre" " contextuelle. Cliquez ensuite sur :guilabel:`Valider`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -4657,7 +4771,7 @@ msgstr "" "document de :guilabel:`Référence`, le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le " ":guilabel:`# de lot/série`, et bien plus encore." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -4676,11 +4790,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Référence`, le :guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, le :guilabel:`#" " de lot/série`, et bien plus encore." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série sur des bons de livraison" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." @@ -4688,7 +4802,7 @@ msgstr "" "Il est possible de directement assigner des numéros de vert à des " "marchandises **sortantes** à partir de la commande client." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -4705,7 +4819,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produits` (dans l'onglet :guilabel:`Lignes de la commande`), en " "cliquant sur :guilabel:`Ajouter un produit`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -4717,7 +4831,7 @@ msgstr "" "confirmé, il devient une commande client et un bouton intelligent " ":guilabel:`Livraison` apparaît." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " @@ -4728,7 +4842,7 @@ msgstr "" "avec leur numéro de série unique (très probablement dans l'ordre " "séquentiel)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -4741,7 +4855,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`faites` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Confirmer` pour fermer la " "fenêtre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -4753,7 +4867,7 @@ msgstr "" "Numéros de série listés dans la fenêtre contextuelle des opérations " "détaillées." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -4768,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produit` qui est suivi, la :guilabel:`Date` et le :guilabel:`# de" " lot/série` assigné." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -4780,11 +4894,11 @@ msgstr "" "produits partagent le même numéro de série assigné lors de la réception de " "ce bon de commande spécifique." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "Gérer des numéros de série pour différents types d'opérations" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -4799,7 +4913,7 @@ msgstr "" " possible de créer de nouveaux numéros de série sur le bon de livraison, " "seuls des numéros de série existants peuvent être utilisés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " @@ -4810,7 +4924,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'application :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Types " "d'opérations` et sélectionnez le :guilabel:`Type d'opération` souhaité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -4829,7 +4943,7 @@ msgstr "" "section :guilabel:`Traçabilité`). Enfin, cliquez sur le bouton " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer` pour enregistrer les changements." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -4854,11 +4968,11 @@ msgstr "" "Le paramètre de traçabilité activé dans le formulaire des types " "d'opérations." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "Traçabilité des numéros de série" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " @@ -4868,7 +4982,7 @@ msgstr "" "traçabilité pour voir le cycle de vie complet d'un produit : d'où il vient " "(et quand), où il a été stocké et chez qui il est allé." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " @@ -4879,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr "" "Produits --> Lots/Numéros de série`. Cette opération affiche le tableau de " "bord des :guilabel:`Lots/Numéros de série`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " @@ -4889,7 +5003,7 @@ msgstr "" "sont répertoriés par défaut et il est possible de les développer pour " "afficher les numéros de série assignés à ces produits." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -4904,7 +5018,7 @@ msgstr "" "déroulant, sélectionnez :guilabel:`Lot/Numéro de série` et cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Appliquer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -4921,7 +5035,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "Page de rapport sur les numéros de série avec listes déroulantes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -4943,251 +5057,396 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Opérations diverses" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "Traiter les transferts par lot" +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -"Le transfert par lot permet à un seul préparateur de traiter un lot de " -"commandes, réduisant ainsi le nombre de fois où il doit se rendre au même " -"endroit. Dans Odoo, cela signifie que vous pouvez regrouper plusieurs " -"transferts dans un même transfert par lot, puis le traiter, soit via " -"l'application Code-barres, soit dans la vue formulaire." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Créer un transfert par lot" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pour activer l'option de transfert par lot, allez à " -":menuselection:`Inventaire --> Configuration --> Paramètres` et activez " -"*Transferts par lot*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -"Vue des paramètres de l'inventaire. Processus pour activer l'option de " -"transfert par lot dans l'application Odoo Inventaire" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" -"Allez ensuite à :menuselection:`Inventaire --> Opérations --> Transferts par" -" lot` et cliquez sur le bouton Créer." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" -msgstr "Vue du nouveau menu, transferts par lot, sous opérations" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -"Complétez ici le responsable du transfert par lot et le type d'opération que" -" vous voulez inclure dans le lot. Pour ajouter les types de transfert, " -"cliquez sur *Ajouter une ligne*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "Vue d'un formulaire de transfert par lot" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" -"Dans l'exemple suivant, un filtre a été appliqué pour ne voir que les " -"transferts qui se trouvent dans l'étape *Pick*. Ensuite, les différents " -"transferts qui devaient être inclus dans le transfert par lot ont été " -"sélectionnés. " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -"Vue de la liste des transferts à choisir pour un seul transfert par lot et comment les ajouter\n" -"au transfert par lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" -"Pour voir les produits à choisir pour les différents transferts, cliquez sur" -" *Sélectionner*. Si les *Emplacements multiples* ont été activés, le " -"document montre également les emplacements à partir desquels ils ont été " -"réservés." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" -"Vue d'une liste de transfert par lot. Les produits à choisir avec leurs " -"emplacements source et destination" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "Créer un transfert par lot depuis la vue de la liste des transferts" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" -"Depuis la *vue de la liste des transferts*, sélectionnez les transferts qui " -"devraient être inclus dans le lot. Ensuite, sélectionnez *Ajouter au lot* " -"dans la liste *Action*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" -msgstr "" -"Vue du processus pour ajouter des transferts à un transfert par lot depuis " -"la vue de la liste des transferts" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -"Ensuite, déterminez si vous voulez ajouter les transferts à un transfert par" -" lot brouillon existant ou si vous voulez en créer un nouveau." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -"Option pour ajouter un responsable à un transfert par lot pour qu'il puisse " -"être confirmé" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Traiter un transfert par lot" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -"Pendant le rassemblement des produits, vous pouvez modifier le transfert par" -" lot et mettre à jour la *Quantité faite* pour chaque produit. Une fois que " -"tout a été prélevé, cliquer sur *Valider* pour que les différents transferts" -" contenus dans le lot soient également validés." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" -msgstr "Vue d'un transfert par lot en cours" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -"Si tous les produits ne peuvent pas être prélevés, vous pouvez créer des " -"reliquats pour chaque transfert individuel qui n'a pas pu être entièrement " -"traité." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -"Comment traiter des transferts par lot avec des produits indisponibles. création d'un reliquat au sein\n" -"d'un transfert par lot." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -"Vue de comment les reliquats sont traités dans les transferts par lot dans " -"Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "Traiter un transfert par lot depuis l'application Code-barres" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -"Ouvrez l'application *Code-barres* et sélectionnez le menu *Transferts par " -"lot*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" -msgstr "Vue du tableau de bord de l'application Code-barres d'Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez ensuite ouvrir le transfert par lot sur lequel vous voulez " -"travailler. Les transferts par lot peuvent facilement être regroupés par " -"responsable si nécessaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" -"Vue du tableau de bord des transferts par lot de l'application Code-barres" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" -"Dans le transfert par lot, les produits sont classés par emplacement. Le " -"document d'origine est affiché sur chaque ligne et un code couleur permet de" -" les différencier." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -"Vue d'un transfert par lot en cours avec l'application Code-barres d'Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" -"Pour voir les produits à prélever dans un autre emplacement, cliquez sur le " -"bouton *Suivant*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -"Vue d'un transfert par lot prêt et terminé dans l'application Code-barres " -"d'Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Créer un reliquat " + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -"Une fois que tous les produits ont été prélevés, cliquez sur *Valider* (sur " -"la dernière page) pour marquer le transfert par lot comme fait." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" @@ -11787,8 +12046,8 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Créer un nouvel emplacement d'entrepôt dans Odoo Inventaire." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Routes avancées" +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" @@ -16334,41 +16593,31 @@ msgstr "" "La **clé d'accès** vous sera fournie sur la page web et un email contenant " "la clé d'accès sera envoyé à l'adresse email du contact principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabrication" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Fabrication** aide les fabricants à planifier et traiter les ordres " -"de fabrication. Avec le panneau de contrôle du poste de travail, installez " -"des tablettes dans l'atelier pour contrôler les ordres de travail en temps " -"réel et permettre aux travailleurs de déclencher des opérations de " -"maintenance, des boucles de retour d'information, des problèmes de qualité, " -"etc." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" -msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : MRP `_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Maintenance" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "Ajouter un nouvel équipement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -16385,7 +16634,7 @@ msgstr "" "base de données Odoo ou d'un tiers, tel qu'un fournisseur dans le cas de la " "location d'équipement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -16399,11 +16648,11 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnez :menuselection:`Équipements --> Machines & Outils --> Créer` et" " configurez l'équipement de la manière suivante :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Nom de l'équipement` : le nom de produit de l'équipement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -16415,7 +16664,7 @@ msgstr "" "créer de nouvelles catégories en allant à :menuselection:`Configuration --> " "Catégories d'équipement` et en cliquant sur :guilabel:`Créer`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" @@ -16424,7 +16673,7 @@ msgstr "" "peut s'agir de la société qui utilise la base de données Odoo ou d'une " "société externe" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " @@ -16434,7 +16683,7 @@ msgstr "" "employé spécifique, un département ou les deux ; sélectionnez " ":guilabel:`Autre` pour préciser à la fois un employé et un département" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -16448,7 +16697,7 @@ msgstr "" "sélectionnant :guilabel:`Créer` ; les membres de chaque équipe peuvent " "également être assignés à partir de cette page" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -16463,7 +16712,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'équipement ; toute personne ajoutée à Odoo en tant qu'utilisateur peut " "être assignée en tant que technicien" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " @@ -16473,7 +16722,7 @@ msgstr "" "s'agit d'un simple champ de texte qui peut être utilisé pour préciser des " "lieux qui ne sont pas des postes de travail, comme un bureau" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -16488,15 +16737,15 @@ msgstr "" " nouveau à l'aide du bouton :guilabel:`Créer` et en cliquant sur l'onglet " ":guilabel:`Équipement` sur le formulaire du poste de travail" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "Exemple de formulaire de nouvel équipement entièrement configuré." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "Inclure des informations supplémentaires sur le produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" @@ -16504,29 +16753,29 @@ msgstr "" "L'onglet :guilabel:`Informations sur le produit` au bas du formulaire peut " "être utilisé pour fournir plus de détails sur l'équipement :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Fournisseur` : le fournisseur auprès duquel l'équipement a été " "acheté" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Référence fournisseur` : le code de référence attribué au " "fournisseur" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr ":guilabel:`Modèle` : le modèle spécifique de l'équipement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Numéro de série` : le numéro de série unique de l'équipement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " @@ -16536,11 +16785,11 @@ msgstr "" "opérationnel ; cette date est utilisée pour calculer le :abbr:`MTBF (Temps " "moyen entre défaillances)`" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr ":guilabel:`Coût` : le montant pour lequel l'équipement a été acheté" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" @@ -16548,15 +16797,15 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Date d'expiration de garantie` : la date à laquelle la garantie " "de l'équipement expire" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "L'onglet des informations sur le produit du nouvel équipement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "Ajouter des détails de maintenance" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" @@ -16564,7 +16813,7 @@ msgstr "" "L'onglet :guilabel:`Maintenance` contient des informations qui peuvent être " "utiles aux équipes de maintenance :" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" @@ -16573,7 +16822,7 @@ msgstr "" "laquelle la maintenance doit être effectuée pour prévenir les défaillances " "de l'équipement" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" @@ -16581,7 +16830,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Durée de maintenance` : le temps nécessaire pour réparer " "l'équipement lorsqu'il tombe en panne" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" @@ -16589,11 +16838,11 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Temps moyen entre défaillances attendu` : la durée moyenne " "pendant laquelle l'équipement est censé fonctionner avant de tomber en panne" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "L'onglet Maintenance du nouvel équipement." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -16606,7 +16855,7 @@ msgstr "" " moyen de réparation`. Ces valeurs sont calculées automatiquement en " "fonction des demandes de maintenance, s'il y en a." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" @@ -16616,15 +16865,42 @@ msgstr "" "de l'équipement et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Maintenance` dans le coin " "supérieur droit du formulaire." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "`Tutoriels Odoo : MRP `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriels Odoo : Scanner de code-barres " +"`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" -msgstr "Gestion de la production" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Créer une nomenclature" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -16636,7 +16912,7 @@ msgstr "" "Elle peut également inclure diverses opérations et les directives des étapes" " individuelles nécessaires pour compléter un processus de production." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " @@ -16646,7 +16922,7 @@ msgstr "" "chaque produit, de sorte que même les variantes de produits peuvent avoir " "leur propre nomenclature personnalisée." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." @@ -16654,11 +16930,11 @@ msgstr "" "La configuration correcte d'une nomenclature permet d'optimiser le processus" " de fabrication et de gagner du temps." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Configurer une nomenclature" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " @@ -16668,7 +16944,7 @@ msgstr "" "d'opérations ou d'instructions, mais uniquement des composants. Dans ce cas," " la production est uniquement gérée à l'aide d'*ordres de fabrication*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -16679,7 +16955,7 @@ msgstr "" "allez à :menuselection:`Produits --> Nomenclatures`. Cliquez ensuite sur " ":guilabel:`Créer`. Précisez alors le :guilabel:`Produit`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." @@ -16687,7 +16963,7 @@ msgstr "" "Une nomenclature peut également être créée directement à partir de la fiche " "produit, auquel cas le champ :guilabel:`Produit` est prérempli." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -16712,11 +16988,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "La configuration d'une nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "Préciser une nomenclature pour une variante de produit" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." @@ -16724,7 +17000,7 @@ msgstr "" "Les nomenclatures peuvent également être assignées à des *variantes de " "produits* spécifiques, avec deux options de configuration possibles." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " @@ -16734,7 +17010,7 @@ msgstr "" " de la variante de produit doivent déjà être configurés dans la fiche " "produit." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -16754,11 +17030,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "Variantes de produit dans la nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "Configurer des opérations" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -16772,7 +17048,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Ordres de travail` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication --> " "Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -16792,7 +17068,7 @@ msgstr "" "uniquement à cette variante. Finalement, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Enregistrer " "& Fermer`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -16808,11 +17084,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "La fonctionnalité Copier les opérations existantes." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Ajouter des sous-produits à une nomenclature" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -16823,7 +17099,7 @@ msgstr "" "plus du produit principal d'une nomenclature. Contrairement au produit " "principal, il peut y avoir plus d'un sous-produit sur une nomenclature." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -16833,7 +17109,7 @@ msgstr "" "fonctionnalité :guilabel:`Sous-produits` dans :menuselection:`Fabrication " "--> Configuration --> Paramètres --> Opérations`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -16852,6 +17128,123 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Produit dans l'opération`. Finalement, cliquez sur " ":guilabel:`Enregistrer`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "En savoir plus" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "Utiliser des kits" @@ -17126,6 +17519,330 @@ msgstr "" "niveaux qui nécessitent des sous-composants fabriqués, consultez :doc:`cette" " documentation ` sur les sous-ensembles." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "Gérer les nomenclatures pour les variantes de produit" @@ -18906,522 +19623,16 @@ msgstr "" "pas les ordres de travail vers un poste de travail alternatif, à moins que " "le premier ne soit à plein régime." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "Contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "Créer des alertes qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" -"La configuration des points de contrôle qualité est un excellent moyen de " -"s'assurer que des contrôles de qualité sont effectués à des étapes de " -"routine au cours d'opérations spécifiques. Cependant, des problèmes de " -"qualité peuvent souvent apparaître en dehors de ces contrôles planifiés. En " -"utilisant Odoo *Qualité*, les utilisateurs peuvent créer des alertes qualité" -" pour les problèmes qui ne sont pas détectés par les processus automatisés." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr "" -":doc:`Ajouter des points de contrôle qualité `" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "Compléter le formulaire d'alerte qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" -"Dans certaines situations, il faut manuellement créer des alertes qualité " -"dans le module *Qualité*." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" -"Un utilisateur du service d'assistance qui est informé d'un défaut de " -"produit par un ticket client peut créer une alerte qui porte le problème à " -"l'attention de l'équipe qualité concernée." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" -"Pour créer une nouvelle alerte qualité, allez à l'application " -":menuselection:`Qualité` et sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité " -"--> Alertes qualité --> Créer`. Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut être " -"complété comme suit :" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Titre` : choisissez un titre concis, mais descriptif pour " -"l'alerte qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit pour lequel l'alerte qualité est créée" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Variante de produit` : la variante spécifique du produit qui a le" -" problème de qualité, le cas échéant" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` : le numéro de lot assigné au produit" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : le poste de travail d'où provient le problème" -" de qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Transfert` : l'opération de transfert pendant lequel est survenu " -"le problème de qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Équipe` : l'équipe de qualité qui sera informée de l'alerte " -"qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Responsable` : la personne responsable de la gestion de l'alerte " -"qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : classer l'alerte qualité en fonction des étiquettes" -" créées par l'utilisateur" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Cause première` : la cause du problème de qualité, si elle est " -"connue" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Priorité` : assigner une priorité entre une ou trois étoiles pour" -" s'assurer que les problèmes les plus urgents sont traités en priorité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" -"Vous pouvez utiliser les onglets en bas du formulaire pour fournir des " -"informations supplémentaires aux équipes de qualité :" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Description` : fournir plus de détails sur le problème de qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mesures correctives` : méthode de correction des produits " -"concernés" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Mesures préventives` : procédures visant à éviter que le problème" -" ne se reproduise à l'avenir" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Divers` : le fournisseur du produit (le cas échéant), " -"l'entreprise qui fabrique le produit et la date d'assignation" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "Un exemple de formulaire d'alerte qualité complété." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "Ajouter des alertes qualité pendant le processus de fabrication" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" -"Odoo permet aux employés de fabrication de créer des alertes qualité au sein" -" d'un ordre de travail sans accéder au module *Qualité*. À partir de la vue " -"tablette de l'ordre de travail, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:` ☰ ` du menu " -"hamburger dans le coin supérieur gauche et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Alerte " -"qualité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "Accédez au menu de l'ordre de travail." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" -"Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut ensuite être complété comme il est " -"détaillé dans la section précédente. Après avoir sauvegardé le formulaire, " -"une nouvelle alerte apparaîtra dans le tableau de bord des " -":guilabel:`Alertes qualité` qui se trouvent dans le menu " -":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "Gérer les alertes qualité existantes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" -"Par défaut, les alertes qualité sont organisées dans un tableau de bord " -"kanban. Les étapes du tableau kanban sont entièrement personnalisables et " -"les alertes peuvent être déplacées d'une étape à une autre par glisser-" -"déposer ou en cliquant sur chaque alerte. D'autres options sont disponibles " -"pour afficher les alertes, y compris les vues graphique, calendrier et " -"tableau croisé dynamique." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" -"Filtrez les alertes en fonction de divers critères, tels que la date " -"d'assignation ou la date de clôture. Il est également possible de regrouper " -"les alertes par équipe de qualité, cause première ou d'autres paramètres qui" -" figurent dans le menu :guilabel:`Filtres`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "Ajouter des contrôles qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" -"Utilisez **Odoo Qualité** pour contrôler la qualité des produits avant leur " -"enregistrement dans le stock, lors des opérations de transfert et à la " -"sortie de l'entrepôt pour un ordre de livraison. En créant des *points de " -"contrôle qualité*, les fabricants peuvent mettre en place des contrôles " -"qualité qui se déclenchent automatiquement à des moments précis de la " -"production." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "Configurer des points de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" -"Pour créer un nouveau point de contrôle qualité, allez à " -":menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle --> Créer`. " -"Complétez ensuite les champs suivants du formulaire :" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Titre` : donnez un titre simple et informatif au point de " -"contrôle qualité pour que les équipes de production et de contrôle qualité " -"puissent le comprendre facilement" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Produits` : indiquez quels produits devraient passer par le point" -" de contrôle qualité spécifique" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Opérations` : déterminez quelles équipes opérationnelles " -"devraient réaliser le contrôle qualité (par ex. `Fabrication`, `Réceptions`," -" `Bons de livraison`, etc.)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Opération d'ordre de travail` : pour les opérations de " -"fabrication, utilisez le menu déroulant pour indiquer à quel type d'ordre de" -" travail s'applique le point de contrôle qualité : :guilabel:`Assemblage " -"manuel`, :guilabel:`Colisage`, :guilabel:`Assemblage`, :guilabel:`Tests` ou " -":guilabel:`Assemblage de longue durée`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Société` : ajoutez la société qui mettra en place le point de " -"contrôle qualité. En général, il s'agit de la société à qui appartient la " -"base de données Odoo. Cependant, un profil multi-société ou fournisseur peut" -" également être sélectionné pour les cas où il y a plusieurs emplacements de" -" fabrication ou d'ingénierie." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type de contrôle` : par le biais du menu déroulant, choisissez " -"parmi :guilabel:`Toutes les opérations`, :guilabel:`Aléatoirement` ou " -":guilabel:`Périodiquement` afin de déterminer combien de fois le point de " -"contrôle doit être exécuté" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Type` : par le biais du menu déroulant, choisissez le type de " -"point de contrôle : :guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Prendre une photo`," -" :guilabel:`Réussite - Échec`, ou :guilabel:`Mesure`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Équipe` : décidez quelle équipe de qualité devrait recevoir les " -"résultats du point de contrôle qualité" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Responsable` : ajoutez un responsable pour gérer le statut et " -"l'évolution du point de contrôle qualité au fil du temps" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Instructions` : décrivez le contrôle qualité à exécuter" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Message en cas d'échec` : instructions détaillées en cas d'échec " -"du contrôle" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr ":guilabel:`Notes` : incluez ici toute information supplémentaire" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" -"Un exemple d'un formulaire de point de contrôle qualité complété pour un " -"test Réussite-Échec." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" -"Une fois qu'un point de contrôle a été configuré, un contrôle qualité sera " -"automatiquement créé et assigné lorsque l'opération ou l'ordre de travail " -"spécifique a été atteint. Les contrôles qualité peuvent être gérés en " -"sélectionnant :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité`." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" -"Pour voir tous les contrôles qualité créés par un point de contrôle, allez à" -" :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle`, sélectionnez un " -"point de contrôle et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Contrôles qualité` dans le coin " -"supérieur droit." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "Cas d'utilisation : configurer un contrôle qualité de mesure" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" -"Pour s'assurer qu'un produit répond à des exigences de mesure spécifiques, " -"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Mesure` dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Type`. La " -"sélection du type de contrôle qualité :guilabel:`Mesure` fait apparaître " -"trois nouveaux champs : :guilabel:`Appareil`, :guilabel:`Norme`, et " -":guilabel:`Tolérance`. Ces champs peuvent être configurés de manière à ce " -"que seuls les produits se situant dans une certaine tolérance passent le " -"contrôle :" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Appareil` : sélectionnez l'appareil de mesure à utiliser pour " -"prendre les mesures (par ex. mètre ruban)." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Norme` : précisez la mesure souhaitée à laquelle le produit doit " -"se conformer et l'unité de mesure à utiliser" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Tolérance` : sélectionnez l'intervalle dans lequel une mesure " -"peut se situer tout en passant le contrôle (par ex. :guilabel:`de` 59,5 mm " -":guilabel:`à` 60,5 mm)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" -"Un exemple d'un formulaire de point de contrôle qualité configuré pour un " -"contrôle qualité de mesure." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" -"Une fois le formulaire des points de contrôle qualité terminé, cliquez sur " -":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Ce test basé sur la mesure sera désormais déclenché" -" pour des produits précisés sur le formulaire." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" -"Lorsque la production du produit précisé atteint le stade de l'opération qui" -" requiert un contrôle qualité de mesure, l'employé responsable de la " -"fabrication est invité à enregistrer et valider la mesure dans la vue de " -"tablette. Pour les produits dont les mesures sont comprises dans les valeurs" -" indiquées dans les champs :guilabel:`Tolérance`, le test sera une réussite." -" Cependant, pour les produits dont les mesures se situent en dehors de ces " -"valeurs, le test sera un échec. Dans ce cas, le travailleur qui a réalisé le" -" contrôle doit créer une alerte de qualité à partir de la vue de tablette. " -"Cette alerte de qualité peut ensuite être traitée par l'équipe de gestion de" -" la qualité." - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Achats" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Achats** vous aide à suivre les conventions d'achat et les bons de " -"commande. Apprenez à suivre les appels d'offres, à automatiser les réassorts" -" et à suivre vos commandes." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" @@ -22333,3 +22544,767 @@ msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" "Définir des unités de mesure d'un produit utilisant vos propres unités dans " "Odoo Achats" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "Créer des alertes qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" +"La configuration des points de contrôle qualité est un excellent moyen de " +"s'assurer que des contrôles de qualité sont effectués à des étapes de " +"routine au cours d'opérations spécifiques. Cependant, des problèmes de " +"qualité peuvent souvent apparaître en dehors de ces contrôles planifiés. En " +"utilisant Odoo *Qualité*, les utilisateurs peuvent créer des alertes qualité" +" pour les problèmes qui ne sont pas détectés par les processus automatisés." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr "" +":doc:`Ajouter des points de contrôle qualité `" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "Compléter le formulaire d'alerte qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" +"Dans certaines situations, il faut manuellement créer des alertes qualité " +"dans le module *Qualité*." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" +"Un utilisateur du service d'assistance qui est informé d'un défaut de " +"produit par un ticket client peut créer une alerte qui porte le problème à " +"l'attention de l'équipe qualité concernée." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" +"Pour créer une nouvelle alerte qualité, allez à l'application " +":menuselection:`Qualité` et sélectionnez :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité " +"--> Alertes qualité --> Créer`. Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut être " +"complété comme suit :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Titre` : choisissez un titre concis, mais descriptif pour " +"l'alerte qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produit` : le produit pour lequel l'alerte qualité est créée" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Variante de produit` : la variante spécifique du produit qui a le" +" problème de qualité, le cas échéant" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Lot` : le numéro de lot assigné au produit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Poste de travail` : le poste de travail d'où provient le problème" +" de qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Transfert` : l'opération de transfert pendant lequel est survenu " +"le problème de qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Équipe` : l'équipe de qualité qui sera informée de l'alerte " +"qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable` : la personne responsable de la gestion de l'alerte " +"qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Étiquettes` : classer l'alerte qualité en fonction des étiquettes" +" créées par l'utilisateur" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Cause première` : la cause du problème de qualité, si elle est " +"connue" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Priorité` : assigner une priorité entre une ou trois étoiles pour" +" s'assurer que les problèmes les plus urgents sont traités en priorité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" +"Vous pouvez utiliser les onglets en bas du formulaire pour fournir des " +"informations supplémentaires aux équipes de qualité :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Description` : fournir plus de détails sur le problème de qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mesures correctives` : méthode de correction des produits " +"concernés" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Mesures préventives` : procédures visant à éviter que le problème" +" ne se reproduise à l'avenir" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Divers` : le fournisseur du produit (le cas échéant), " +"l'entreprise qui fabrique le produit et la date d'assignation" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "Un exemple de formulaire d'alerte qualité complété." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "Ajouter des alertes qualité pendant le processus de fabrication" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" +"Odoo permet aux employés de fabrication de créer des alertes qualité au sein" +" d'un ordre de travail sans accéder au module *Qualité*. À partir de la vue " +"tablette de l'ordre de travail, cliquez sur l'icône :guilabel:` ☰ ` du menu " +"hamburger dans le coin supérieur gauche et sélectionnez :guilabel:`Alerte " +"qualité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "Accédez au menu de l'ordre de travail." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" +"Le formulaire d'alerte qualité peut ensuite être complété comme il est " +"détaillé dans la section précédente. Après avoir sauvegardé le formulaire, " +"une nouvelle alerte apparaîtra dans le tableau de bord des " +":guilabel:`Alertes qualité` qui se trouvent dans le menu " +":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "Gérer les alertes qualité existantes" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" +"Par défaut, les alertes qualité sont organisées dans un tableau de bord " +"kanban. Les étapes du tableau kanban sont entièrement personnalisables et " +"les alertes peuvent être déplacées d'une étape à une autre par glisser-" +"déposer ou en cliquant sur chaque alerte. D'autres options sont disponibles " +"pour afficher les alertes, y compris les vues graphique, calendrier et " +"tableau croisé dynamique." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" +"Filtrez les alertes en fonction de divers critères, tels que la date " +"d'assignation ou la date de clôture. Il est également possible de regrouper " +"les alertes par équipe de qualité, cause première ou d'autres paramètres qui" +" figurent dans le menu :guilabel:`Filtres`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "Ajouter des contrôles qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "Configurer des points de contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" +"Pour créer un nouveau point de contrôle qualité, allez à " +":menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle --> Créer`. " +"Complétez ensuite les champs suivants du formulaire :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Titre` : donnez un titre simple et informatif au point de " +"contrôle qualité pour que les équipes de production et de contrôle qualité " +"puissent le comprendre facilement" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Produits` : indiquez quels produits devraient passer par le point" +" de contrôle qualité spécifique" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opérations` : déterminez quelles équipes opérationnelles " +"devraient réaliser le contrôle qualité (par ex. `Fabrication`, `Réceptions`," +" `Bons de livraison`, etc.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opération d'ordre de travail` : pour les opérations de " +"fabrication, utilisez le menu déroulant pour indiquer à quel type d'ordre de" +" travail s'applique le point de contrôle qualité : :guilabel:`Assemblage " +"manuel`, :guilabel:`Colisage`, :guilabel:`Assemblage`, :guilabel:`Tests` ou " +":guilabel:`Assemblage de longue durée`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Société` : ajoutez la société qui mettra en place le point de " +"contrôle qualité. En général, il s'agit de la société à qui appartient la " +"base de données Odoo. Cependant, un profil multi-société ou fournisseur peut" +" également être sélectionné pour les cas où il y a plusieurs emplacements de" +" fabrication ou d'ingénierie." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type de contrôle` : par le biais du menu déroulant, choisissez " +"parmi :guilabel:`Toutes les opérations`, :guilabel:`Aléatoirement` ou " +":guilabel:`Périodiquement` afin de déterminer combien de fois le point de " +"contrôle doit être exécuté" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Type` : par le biais du menu déroulant, choisissez le type de " +"point de contrôle : :guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Prendre une photo`," +" :guilabel:`Réussite - Échec`, ou :guilabel:`Mesure`" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Équipe` : décidez quelle équipe de qualité devrait recevoir les " +"résultats du point de contrôle qualité" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Responsable` : ajoutez un responsable pour gérer le statut et " +"l'évolution du point de contrôle qualité au fil du temps" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Instructions` : décrivez le contrôle qualité à exécuter" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Message en cas d'échec` : instructions détaillées en cas d'échec " +"du contrôle" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Notes` : incluez ici toute information supplémentaire" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" +"Un exemple d'un formulaire de point de contrôle qualité complété pour un " +"test Réussite-Échec." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois qu'un point de contrôle a été configuré, un contrôle qualité sera " +"automatiquement créé et assigné lorsque l'opération ou l'ordre de travail " +"spécifique a été atteint. Les contrôles qualité peuvent être gérés en " +"sélectionnant :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité`." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" +"Pour voir tous les contrôles qualité créés par un point de contrôle, allez à" +" :menuselection:`Contrôle qualité --> Points de contrôle`, sélectionnez un " +"point de contrôle et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Contrôles qualité` dans le coin " +"supérieur droit." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "Cas d'utilisation : configurer un contrôle qualité de mesure" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" +"Pour s'assurer qu'un produit répond à des exigences de mesure spécifiques, " +"sélectionnez :guilabel:`Mesure` dans le menu déroulant :guilabel:`Type`. La " +"sélection du type de contrôle qualité :guilabel:`Mesure` fait apparaître " +"trois nouveaux champs : :guilabel:`Appareil`, :guilabel:`Norme`, et " +":guilabel:`Tolérance`. Ces champs peuvent être configurés de manière à ce " +"que seuls les produits se situant dans une certaine tolérance passent le " +"contrôle :" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Appareil` : sélectionnez l'appareil de mesure à utiliser pour " +"prendre les mesures (par ex. mètre ruban)." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Norme` : précisez la mesure souhaitée à laquelle le produit doit " +"se conformer et l'unité de mesure à utiliser" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tolérance` : sélectionnez l'intervalle dans lequel une mesure " +"peut se situer tout en passant le contrôle (par ex. :guilabel:`de` 59,5 mm " +":guilabel:`à` 60,5 mm)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" +"Un exemple d'un formulaire de point de contrôle qualité configuré pour un " +"contrôle qualité de mesure." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" +"Une fois le formulaire des points de contrôle qualité terminé, cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Enregistrer`. Ce test basé sur la mesure sera désormais déclenché" +" pour des produits précisés sur le formulaire." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" +"Lorsque la production du produit précisé atteint le stade de l'opération qui" +" requiert un contrôle qualité de mesure, l'employé responsable de la " +"fabrication est invité à enregistrer et valider la mesure dans la vue de " +"tablette. Pour les produits dont les mesures sont comprises dans les valeurs" +" indiquées dans les champs :guilabel:`Tolérance`, le test sera une réussite." +" Cependant, pour les produits dont les mesures se situent en dehors de ces " +"valeurs, le test sera un échec. Dans ce cas, le travailleur qui a réalisé le" +" contrôle doit créer une alerte de qualité à partir de la vue de tablette. " +"Cette alerte de qualité peut ensuite être traitée par l'équipe de gestion de" +" la qualité." diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index d523a8b3b..31c6abe75 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -780,7 +780,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pour créer un email à partir de zéro, sélectionnez le modèle " ":guilabel:`Texte simple` et Odoo fournit un canevas vierge qui vous pouvez " "personnaliser de plusieurs façons - soit en utilisant l'éditeur de texte " -"riche qui accepte les commandes slash (:guilabel:`/`), soit en utilisant " +"enrichi qui accepte les commandes slash (:guilabel:`/`), soit en utilisant " "l'éditeur de code XML lorsque le :ref:`Mode développeur (mode débug) " "` est activé et que l'on clique sur l'icône :guilabel:``." @@ -2251,8 +2251,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Pour créer un email d'invitation à un événement à partir de zéro, " "sélectionnez le modèle :guilabel:`Texte simple` et Odoo fournira un canevas " -"d'email vierge, à personnaliser soit en utilisant l'éditeur de texte riche " -"en frontend qui accepte les commandes slash (`/`), soit en utilisant " +"d'email vierge, à personnaliser soit en utilisant l'éditeur de texte enrichi" +" en frontend qui accepte les commandes slash (`/`), soit en utilisant " "l'éditeur de code XML lorsque le :ref:`mode développeur ` " "est activé et l'icône :guilabel:`` est pressée." @@ -3115,10 +3115,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"marketing campaign." msgstr "" "Différence entre le nombre d'enregistrements en temps réel et le nombre " -"total de participants dans le cadre d'une campagne de marketing." +"total de participants à une campagne de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6985d55c5..0486f3c75 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -2857,7 +2857,7 @@ msgstr "" ":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "Tiroir caisse" @@ -2866,7 +2866,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "Le tiroir caisse doit être connecté à l'imprimante via un câble RJ25." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "Lecteur de codes-barres" @@ -3187,10 +3187,642 @@ msgstr "" "n'est sélectionné pour ces imprimantes." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "Epson configuration special case" +msgstr "Cas particulier de la configuration Epson" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" +"La plupart des imprimantes Epson prennent en charge l'impression de reçus " +"dans Odoo :abbr:`PdV (Point de vente)` à l'aide de la commande `GS v 0`. " +"Cependant, les modèles d'imprimantes Epson suivants ne prennent pas en " +"charge cette commande :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "TM-U220" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "TM-U230" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "TM-P60" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "TMP-P60II" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" +"Contournez ce problème en configurant l'imprimante pour qu'elle utilise " +"plutôt la commande `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "Processus pour forcer la commande ESC *" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "Compatibilité de l'imprimante Epson" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" +"La première étape consiste à vérifier si l'imprimante n'est pas incompatible" +" avec la commande `GS v 0`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation `_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" +"`Documentation Epson GS v 0 `_ pour les imprimantes " +"compatibles avec `GS v 0`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation `_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" +"`Documentation Epson ESC * `_ pour les imprimantes " +"compatibles avec `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" +"Si l'imprimante n'est pas compatible avec la commande `ESC *`, le processus " +"suivant n'est pas possible. Si l'imprimante est compatible avec la commande " +"`ESC *` pour imprimer, suivez cette procédure pour configurer l'imprimante " +"avec l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "Configuration de l'IoT box pour ESC *" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" +"Pour configurer l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box pour qu'elle utilise " +"la commande `ESC *` pour imprimer, allez à la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box en allant à l'application :menuselection:`IoT -->" +" IoT Box`. Cliquez ensuite sur l':guilabel:`adresse IP` et vous serez " +"redirigé vers la page d'accueil de l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "**Choix de l'imprimante**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez maintenant sur le bouton :guilabel:`Serveur d'imprimantes`. Le " +"navigateur sera redirigé vers la page *CUPS*. Allez ensuite à " +":menuselection:`Administration --> Imprimantes --> Ajouter une imprimante`, " +"choisissez l'imprimante qui doit être modifiée et cliquez sur " +":guilabel:`Continuer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" +"Si le nom de l'imprimante n'est toujours pas connu, suivez les étapes " +"suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "Prenez note des imprimantes répertoriées sur la page *CUPS*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "Éteignez l'imprimante et actualisez la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" +"Voyez maintenant s'il y a une différence avec la première liste pour voir " +"quelle imprimante a disparu." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "Remettez l'imprimante sous tension et actualisez à nouveau la page." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "Vérifiez à nouveau la liste pour voir si l'imprimante réapparaît." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" +"L'imprimante qui disparaît et qui réapparaît dans la liste des imprimantes " +"est le nom de l'imprimante en question." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" +"Il peut s'agir d':guilabel:`Inconnu` dans :guilabel:`Imprimantes locales`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "**Convention d'appellation de CUPS**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" +"`CUPS` invite l'administrateur à fournir trois informations : le " +":guilabel:`Nom`, la :guilabel:`Description` et l':guilabel:`Emplacement`. " +"Les deux dernières informations n'ont pas besoin d'être spécifiques, mais le" +" :guilabel:`Nom` doit suivre une convention particulière pour fonctionner " +"avec la commande `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`__IMC___...___`" +msgstr "" +"Le :guilabel:`Nom` doit correspondre à cette convention : " +"`__IMC___...___`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "Détail de la convention d'appellation :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" +"`printer_name` : Il s'agit du nom de l'imprimante. Il peut être composé de " +"n'importe quel caractère tant qu'il ne contient pas `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` " +"(caractère espace)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" +"`IMC` : C'est l'abréviation d'*Image Mode Column* (nom simplifié de `ESC " +"*`)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "`param_1` : Il s'agit du paramètre spécifique :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" +"`SCALE` : Échelle de l'image (avec le même rapport d'aspect). `X` doit " +"être un entier décrivant le pourcentage d'échelle à utiliser." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" +"`100` est la taille originale, `50` est la moitié de la taille et `200` est " +"le double de la taille." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" +"`LDV` : *Faible densité verticale* (sera défini sur *Densité verticale " +"élevée* si ce n'est pas précisé)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" +"`LDH` : *Faible densité horizontale* (sera défini sur *Densité horizontale " +"élevée* si ce n'est pas précisé)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" +"Il se peut que les paramètres de *densité* doivent être configurés d'une " +"manière particulière en fonction du modèle d'imprimante." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation `_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" +"Consultez la `documentation d'Epson relative à ESC * " +"`_ et cliquez sur le " +"modèle d'imprimante dans le tableau ci-dessus pour voir si l'imprimante doit" +" définir ces paramètres." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "Voici des exemples de formatage de nom correct et incorrect :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "Formatage de nom correct :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" +"Formatage de nom incorrect (cela n'empêche pas l'impression, mais le " +"résultat risque de ne pas être celui attendu) :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> Le nom ne peut pas contenir d'espaces." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> Le nom lui-même est correct, mais il n'utilise pas `ESC " +"*`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> Il manque la fin `__` à ce nom." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> Le paramètre `XDV` ne correspond à aucun " +"paramètre existant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> Il manque la valeur d'échelle du paramètre " +"`SCALE`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "**Terminer l'ajout d'une imprimante**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir configuré le nom de l'imprimante avec la bonne convention " +"d'appellation, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer`. Définissez ensuite la " +"valeur :guilabel:`Marque` sur :guilabel:`Raw` et la valeur " +":guilabel:`Modèle` sur :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir complété ces étapes, cliquez sur :guilabel:`Ajouter une " +"imprimante`. Si la configuration a été faite correctement, la page devrait " +"rediriger vers la page *Bannières*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" +"À ce stade, l'imprimante doit être créée. Il suffit maintenant que " +"l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` la détecte et se synchronise avec le " +"serveur Odoo (cela peut prendre quelques minutes)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "**Ajout de l'imprimante à Odoo PdV**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" +"Une fois que l'imprimante est visible dans la base de données Odoo, " +"n'oubliez pas de la choisir dans la configuration :abbr:`PdV (Point de " +"vente)` en tant qu'imprimante :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`. Allez à " +"l'application :menuselection:`Point de Vente --> Paramètres --> " +"Périphériques connectés --> IoT Box --> Imprimante de reçus --> " +"Enregistrer`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" +"Si l'imprimante a été mal configurée (elle imprime toujours un texte " +"aléatoire ou le reçu imprimé est trop grand ou trop petit), elle ne peut pas" +" être modifiée via le nom de l'imprimante avec *CUPS*. En revanche, vous " +"pouvez répéter la procédure susmentionnée pour configurer une autre " +"imprimante à partir de zéro et en créer une avec des paramètres modifiés." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" +"**Exemple de configuration de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220B à l'aide de ESC**" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" +"Voici un exemple de processus de dépannage pour un modèle d'imprimante " +"TM-U220B à l'aide de la commande `ESC *`. Le reçu suivant est un exemple de " +"reçu qui s'imprime correctement grâce à un formatage adéquat (en théorie) : " + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" +"Image d'un reçu correctement formaté d'une base de données de démonstration." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" +"Essayer d'imprimer le reçu immédiatement avant le formatage correct ne " +"fonctionnera pas, car le modèle d'imprimante TM-U220B ne prend pas en charge" +" `GS v 0`. Il imprimera plutôt des caractères aléatoires :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "Papier d'impression avec des caractères apparemment aléatoires." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" +"Pour correctement configurer le formatage pour le modèle Epson TM-U220B, " +"suivez les étapes suivantes :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 `_ and `ESC * " +"`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"Après avoir consulté le site web d'Epson pour vérifier la compatibilité des " +"deux commandes : `GS v 0 `_ et `ESC * " +"`_, vous pouvez voir que " +"le modèle TM-U220B n'est pas compatible avec `GS v 0`, mais qu'il l'est avec" +" `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "Évaluation de la compatibilité d'Epson à partir du site web d'Epson." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" +"Lors de l'ajout de l'imprimante, *CUPS* demande quelle imprimante doit être " +"ajoutée :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "Menu Administration, sélection de l'imprimante à ajouter." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" +"Dans ce cas, l'imprimante est connectée via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` et ne fait donc pas partie des :guilabel:`Imprimantes réseau " +"découvertes`. Elle fait probablement partie de la sélection " +":guilabel:`Inconnu` dans :guilabel:`Imprimantes locales`. En débranchant le " +"câble :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` de l'imprimante de l':abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box et en actualisant la page, l'imprimante " +":guilabel:`Inconnu` disparaît. En la rebranchant, l'imprimante réapparaît, " +"donc on peut confirmer qu'il s'agit de l'imprimante en question." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site `_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" +"Pour la convention d'appellation, étant donné qu'elle devra imprimer à " +"l'aide de la commande `ESC *`, il est impératif d'ajouter `__IMC`. Référez-" +"vous au modèle d'imprimante sur le `site ESC * d'Epson " +"`_ pour en savoir plus " +"sur les paramètres de *densité*." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" +"Spécifications de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220 sur le site web du fabricant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" +"Pour ce modèle en particulier, TM-U220, `m` doit être égal à 0 ou 1. En se " +"référant à la :guilabel:`Description` sous l'encadré rose dans l'image ci-" +"dessus, les valeurs `m` doivent être 0, 1, 32 ou 33. Donc dans le cas de " +"cette imprimante, la valeur `m` ne peut PAS être 32 ou 33 (sinon, des " +"caractères aléatoires seront imprimés)." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" +"Le tableau comprend les valeurs numériques : 32 et 33, qui se produisent " +"toutes deux si le :guilabel:`Nombre de bits pour les données verticales` est" +" défini sur 24. Ceci signifie que la *densité verticale est élevée*. Dans le" +" cadre de la configuration de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220, la *faible densité" +" verticale* doit être forcée, car ce modèle d'imprimante ne prend pas en " +"charge la *densité verticale élevée* pour cette commande `ESC *`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" +"Pour ajouter une *Faible densité verticale*, ajoutez le paramètre `LDV` à la" +" convention d'appellation." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" +"Ajoutez une *Faible densité verticale* (le paramètre `LDV`) à la convention" +" d'appellation." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" +"Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` pour continuer. Définissez ensuite la " +"valeur :guilabel:`Marque` sur :guilabel:`Raw` et la valeur " +":guilabel:`Modèle` sur :guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" +"Spécifications de l'imprimante Epson TM-U220 sur le site web du fabricant." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" +"Toutefois, si vous essayez d'imprimer avec la convention d'appellation " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, le reçu sera imprimé, mais il sera trop grand et " +"dépassera les marges. Pour résoudre ce problème, ajoutez une nouvelle " +"imprimante (et convention d'appellation) avec le paramètre `SCALE1` pour " +"l'adapter à la taille de notre reçu." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "Voici quelques exemples :" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "Convention d'appellation de l'imprimante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "Exemple de format de reçu." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" +"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" +"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" +"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" +"Format de reçu utilisant la convention d'appellation : " +"EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" msgstr "L'imprimante Zebra n'imprime rien" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " @@ -3206,7 +3838,7 @@ msgstr "" "Technique --> Interface utilisateur --> Vues` en :ref:`mode développeur " "` et recherchez le modèle correspondant." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here `_." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Les caractères lus par le lecteur de codes-barres ne correspondent pas au " "code-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -3236,11 +3868,11 @@ msgstr "" "(:menuselection:`IoT --> Périphériques --> Lecteur de codes-barres`) et " "sélectionnez le bon format." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Rien ne se passe lorsqu'un code-barres est scanné" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -3254,11 +3886,11 @@ msgstr "" "code-barres. Pour ce faire, allez à l'application :menuselection:`Point de " "Vente --> Menu trois points sur le PdV --> Section IoT Box --> Modifier`." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "Le lecteur de codes-barres est détecté comme un clavier" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " @@ -3268,7 +3900,7 @@ msgstr "" "codes-barres, mais comme des claviers USB et ne seront pas reconnus par " "l':abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -3282,11 +3914,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "Modifiez le formulaire du lecteur de codes-barres" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "Le tiroir caisse ne s'ouvre pas" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -3907,20 +4539,18 @@ msgstr "" "page :guilabel:`Contrôles qualité`." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" @@ -4228,6 +4858,18 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Qualité --> Contrôle qualité --> Contrôles qualité --> " "Nouveau`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 8a20a8abc..8bd3ec007 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -2728,10 +2728,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "Windows 10 & Linux OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Générer un certificat auto-signé" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2748,10 +2750,12 @@ msgstr "" "Chrome" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "Page d'avertissement dans Google Chrome, Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2763,6 +2767,7 @@ msgstr "" "imprimante dans le champ :guilabel:`Mot de passe`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2782,6 +2787,7 @@ msgstr "" "manuellement." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2794,10 +2800,12 @@ msgstr "" "section :guilabel:`Certificat du serveur`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Exporter un certificat auto-signé" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2813,10 +2821,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "Si vous utilisez **Google Chrome**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2831,11 +2841,13 @@ msgstr "" "l'imprimante n'est pas sécurisée." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" "allez à l'onglet :guilabel:`Détails` et cliquez sur :guilabel:`Exporter` ;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" @@ -2844,6 +2856,7 @@ msgstr "" "l'extension correcte ;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2853,6 +2866,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "enregistrez et le certificat est exporté." @@ -2867,15 +2882,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "Si vous utilisez **Mozilla Firefox**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" "cliquez sur l'icône en forme de **cadenas** à gauche de la barre d'adresse ;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2890,10 +2908,12 @@ msgstr "" "n'est pas sécurisée." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "descendez jusqu'à la section :guilabel:`Divers` ;" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" "cliquez sur :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` dans la section :guilabel:`Télécharger` ;" @@ -3034,8 +3054,12 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "Mac OS" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" -msgstr "Pour sécuriser la connexion sur un Mac :" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" +"Sur Mac OS, vous pouvez sécuriser la connexion pour tous les navigateurs en " +"suivant les étapes suivantes :" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -3060,10 +3084,45 @@ msgstr "" "navigateur." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" +"Pour générer et exporter un certificat SSL et l'envoyer aux appareils iOS, " +"ouvrez **Google Chrome** ou **Mozilla Firefox**. Ensuite," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" +"Page d'avertissement sur la confidentialité de la connexion dans Google " +"Chrome" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" +"Bouton dans Google Chrome signalant que la connexion à l'imprimante n'est " +"pas sécurisée" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" +"Assurez-vous que le certificat se termine par l'extension `.crt`. Sinon, " +"certains navigateurs pourraient ne pas trouver le fichier pendant le " +"processus d'importation." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" +"Le bouton dans Mozilla Firefox signalant que la connexion n'est pas " +"sécurisée" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "Android OS" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " @@ -3074,22 +3133,22 @@ msgstr "" " `.crt` vers l'appareil par email, Bluetooth ou USB. Une fois le fichier sur" " l'appareil," -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "ouvrez les paramètres et recherchez le `certificat` ;" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Installer à partir du stockage de " "l'appareil) ;" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" "sélectionnez le fichier de certificat pour l'installer sur l'appareil." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." @@ -3097,7 +3156,91 @@ msgstr "" "Les étapes spécifiques pour l'installation d'un certificat peuvent dépendre " "fortement de la version d'Android et du fabriquant de l'appareil." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "iOS" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" +"Pour exporter un certificat SSL sur un appareil iOS, il faut d'abord le " +"créer et l'exporter à partir d'un ordinateur. Ensuite, transférez le fichier" +" `.crt` vers l'appareil par email, Bluetooth ou n'importe quel service de " +"partage de fichiers." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" +"Le téléchargement de ce fichier ouvre une fenêtre contextuelle " +"d'avertissement. Cliquez sur :guilabel:`Autoriser` pour télécharger le " +"profil de configuration et fermez la deuxième fenêtre contextuelle. Ensuite," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "allez à l'application **Paramètres** sur l'appareil iOS ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Profil téléchargé` dans la boîte de détails de " +"l'utilisateur ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "trouvez le fichier `.crt` téléchargé et sélectionnez-le ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer` en haut à droite de l'écran ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" +"si un mot de passe est configuré sur l'appareil, saisissez le mot de passe ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" +"cliquez sur :guilabel:`Installer` en haut à droite de l'écran " +"d'avertissement du certificat et de la fenêtre contextuelle ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Terminé`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" +"Le certificat est installé, mais il doit toujours être authentifié. Pour ce " +"faire," + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" +"allez aux :menuselection:`Paramètres --> Général --> À propos > Paramètres " +"de confiance du certificat` ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "activez le certificat installé à l'aide du **bouton coulissant** ;" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "cliquez sur :guilabel:`Continuer` dans la fenêtre contextuelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -3109,7 +3252,7 @@ msgstr "" "`exporter certificat SSL` + `le nom de votre navigateur ou système " "d'exploitation` dans votre moteur de recherche préféré." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " @@ -3120,11 +3263,11 @@ msgstr "" "autorité racine` + `le nom de votre navigateur ou système d'opération` dans " "votre moteur de recherche préféré." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "Vérifiez si le certificat est correctement importé" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -6116,19 +6259,19 @@ msgstr "Le paramètre des codes-barres dans l'application Inventaire" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Configurer un lecteur de codes-" -"barres<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Configurer un lecteur de codes-barres " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"`" msgstr "" -":doc:`Activer les lecteurs de codes-" -"barres<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activer les lecteurs de codes-barres " +"`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 msgid "" @@ -7071,12 +7214,13 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" "Pour les utilisateurs de :doc:`TaxCloud " "<../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` : les factures créées à partir" -" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, " -"puisqu'Amazon les inclut déjà sans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud." +" des commandes Amazon ne sont **pas** synchronisées avec TaxCloud, puisque " +"Amazon les inclut déjà dans sa propre déclaration de TVA à TaxCloud. (mise " +"hors service de l'intégration de TaxCloud dans Odoo 17+)" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 msgid "Register payments" diff --git a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index f6fd4f2cd..024c76293 100644 --- a/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/fr/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: French (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/fr/)\n" @@ -3831,7 +3831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index e0048551c..ea71a57ff 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -8,19 +8,19 @@ # Netta Waizer, 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 # Ha Ketem , 2023 -# Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # Fishfur A Banter , 2023 # ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Yihya Hugirat , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -532,141 +532,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port ` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -674,43 +680,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -720,79 +726,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -800,11 +787,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -812,21 +799,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -835,18 +822,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -854,7 +841,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -868,19 +855,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -889,18 +876,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "אבטחה" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -910,20 +897,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -932,14 +919,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -949,7 +936,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -959,7 +946,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -968,20 +955,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -991,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1001,28 +988,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1037,7 +1024,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1052,18 +1039,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1537,34 +1532,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2370,44 +2373,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "הכנה" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "פרמטרי מערכת" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2418,7 +2567,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4138,6 +4287,14 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5061,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6464,10 +6621,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "הכנה" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 60c75da52..2e96f5307 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. # # Translators: -# Ofir Blum , 2022 # Jonathan Spier, 2022 +# Ofir Blum , 2022 # שהאב חוסיין , 2022 # Adi Sharashov , 2022 # Ha Ketem , 2023 @@ -17,18 +17,18 @@ # Netta Waizer, 2023 # ExcaliberX , 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 # דודי מלכה , 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: דודי מלכה , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "לקוח/ספק" @@ -528,7 +528,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -568,13 +567,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -817,6 +819,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1815,136 +1818,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "סקירה כללית" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "עסקאות" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2150,10 +2250,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "עסקאות" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2323,7 +2419,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2365,7 +2462,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2559,7 +2656,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2930,7 +3028,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "תנאי תשלום" @@ -5636,7 +5733,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6794,7 +6892,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "תשלומים" @@ -6825,7 +6922,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6936,11 +7033,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " @@ -6951,19 +7048,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6974,18 +7071,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6999,11 +7096,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7995,6 +8092,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10549,7 +10647,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11234,7 +11331,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11333,7 +11431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "הקדמה" @@ -11623,7 +11721,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12053,7 +12151,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12145,19 +12243,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12168,24 +12278,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12193,7 +12303,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12205,18 +12315,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12224,14 +12334,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12239,18 +12349,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12258,7 +12368,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12266,7 +12376,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12279,14 +12389,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12296,7 +12406,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12308,14 +12418,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12325,18 +12435,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12349,24 +12459,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12375,14 +12485,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15336,12 +15446,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "ארגנטינה" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15361,14 +15471,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15381,8 +15493,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15390,6 +15502,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15401,14 +15516,17 @@ msgstr "שם" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15420,8 +15538,8 @@ msgstr "שם טכני" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15429,6 +15547,9 @@ msgstr "שם טכני" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15496,7 +15617,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15543,7 +15665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17673,7 +17795,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "חשבונית דיגיטלית" @@ -17687,7 +17810,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18145,8 +18268,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18176,15 +18299,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18337,7 +18460,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18392,9 +18515,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "מוצרים" @@ -18448,7 +18574,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "אנשי קשר" @@ -18558,8 +18686,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18704,7 +18832,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18844,7 +18974,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "דוחות כספיים" @@ -18859,6 +18989,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20094,419 +20225,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "קולומביה" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "קופה" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "מזהה" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "משתמשים" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20514,40 +20893,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20579,52 +20948,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20635,15 +21010,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20652,14 +21027,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20667,23 +21042,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20691,26 +21066,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20718,59 +21093,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20781,7 +21156,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20789,11 +21164,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20801,7 +21176,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20812,88 +21187,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20906,45 +21281,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20955,32 +21330,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20992,7 +21367,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -21000,20 +21375,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21023,29 +21398,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21053,18 +21428,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21074,45 +21449,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21124,18 +21499,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21143,7 +21518,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21153,50 +21528,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21204,11 +21579,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21219,24 +21594,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21244,27 +21619,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21272,26 +21647,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21300,11 +21675,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21313,21 +21688,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21336,13 +21711,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21351,18 +21726,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21370,17 +21745,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21390,46 +21765,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "חשבונית ספק" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21437,7 +21812,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21446,79 +21821,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21528,17 +21903,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21546,7 +21921,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21554,7 +21929,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21564,7 +21939,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21572,13 +21947,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21586,32 +21961,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21622,11 +21997,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21660,6 +22035,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25103,7 +25488,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25919,7 +26303,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26092,195 +26476,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "מקסיקו" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "דרישות" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "מודולים" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26289,2295 +26765,1607 @@ msgid "" "` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "חברה" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "תנאי תשלום" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "מקדמות" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "צור חשבונית זיכוי" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "מאזן בוחן" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28650,7 +28438,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29751,6 +29541,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "חברה" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30123,10 +29917,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 0aaf5b19b..b2aa702eb 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,21 +6,24 @@ # Translators: # ExcaliberX , 2022 # דודי מלכה , 2022 -# Lilach Gilliam , 2022 # Martin Trigaux, 2022 -# Yihya Hugirat , 2022 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2022 # Ha Ketem , 2022 +# Lilach Gilliam , 2023 +# Adi Sharashov , 2023 +# Yihya Hugirat , 2023 +# Netta Waizer, 2023 +# NoaFarkash, 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-02 09:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Ha Ketem , 2022\n" -"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -48,7 +51,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" msgstr "" @@ -124,40 +127,41 @@ msgid "" "must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57 msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65 msgid "" "Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " "Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " -"Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." +"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72 msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75 msgid "" "Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " "erases their data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "אימות" @@ -316,13 +320,306 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 -msgid "OAuth" +msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "תצורה" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https:///auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 @@ -331,190 +628,249 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your " -"users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." +"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " +"users to sign in to their database with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" -"This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and " -"you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with " -"their Google Accounts." +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Google Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "תצורה" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " -"on Google and on Odoo." +"on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "" -"Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, " -"click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of " -"your company, and click on *Create*." +"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " +"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " +"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the details of a new project" +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 -msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Google oauth consent selection menu" +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "" -"Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click" -" on *Create*." +"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" +" click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Choice of a user type in oauth consent" +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "" -"Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" -"On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and " -"Continue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "אישורים" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 -msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials button menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 -msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Oauth client id selection" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" -"Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the " -"allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" +" and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" -"In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter " -"your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For " -"example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on " -"*Create*." +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "אישורים" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Creating oauth client id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 -msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 -msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 msgid "" -"Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google " -"API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." +"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " +"ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rstNone -msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 -msgid "Odoo activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " -"**OAuth Authentication**." +"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," +" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 -msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," +" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " +"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " +"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate " -"**Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from " -"the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." +"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" +" :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 -msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" -"To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with " -"Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " -"access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log" -" in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " +"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google " +"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " +":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " +"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " +"with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " +"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 +msgid "" "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " "`_" msgstr "" @@ -573,489 +929,6 @@ msgid "" "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:5 -msgid "Calendars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " -"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " -"your schedule so you never miss a meeting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:12 -msgid "Enable Google Calendar API" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Begin by creating a new Google API project and enabling the Google Calendar " -"API. Then, go to the `Google API Console " -"`_ and log into your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If this is your first time visiting this page, Google will prompt you to " -"enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the" -" drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select or create an API project" -" to store credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Give the API Project a clear name like \"Odoo Sync\" so you can easily find " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, open the API Project and click :guilabel:`Enable APIs and Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"After that, search for *Google Calendar API* using the search bar and select" -" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " -":guilabel:`Enable`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Create credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your API project and enabled the Google Calendar " -"API, you need to create credentials. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Create " -"Credentials`. Google will then guide you through four steps to create your " -"API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the first step, :guilabel:`Credential Type`, select the :guilabel:`Google" -" Calendar API` and :guilabel:`User Data` options. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Select Google Calendar API and User Data for the Credential Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type *Odoo* in the " -":guilabel:`App name` field, select your email address for the " -":guilabel:`User support email` field, and type your email address for the " -":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Skip the third step, :guilabel:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and " -"Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the last step, :guilabel:`OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " -"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field and type *My Odoo " -"Database* for the :guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " -":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " -"Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address followed by " -"*/google_account/authentication*. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create` and " -":guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "" -"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:79 -msgid "" -"After successfully creating a new API project, enabling the Google Calendar " -"API, and generating the Google Calendar API credentials, you should now have" -" a Client ID and Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 -msgid "Client ID & Client Secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The **Client ID** and the **Client Secret** are both needed to connect " -"Google Calendar to Odoo. Find the Client ID and the Client Secret by opening" -" the Google Cloud Platform navigation menu and going to :menuselection:`API " -"& Services --> Credentials --> OAuth 2.0 Client IDs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Next, locate the credentials you just created for the Google Calendar API. " -"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit OAuth Client` (the pencil icon). The page " -"will redirect to the edit page, where you can view the Client ID and the " -"Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Click Edit OAuth Client to view the credential details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:98 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Once the Client ID and the Client Secret are located, open the Odoo database" -" and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations " -"--> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Next, copy and paste the Client ID and the Client Secret from the Google " -"Calender API Credentials page into their respective fields below the " -":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, open the Calendar module in Odoo and click on the " -":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "" -"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The first time you sync your Google Calendar with Odoo, the page will " -"redirect to your Google Account. Click :guilabel:`OK` and :guilabel:`Allow` " -"to authorize Odoo to access Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:127 -msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Successfully sync between Odoo and Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Outlook Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " -"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 -msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" -" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " -"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " -"`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to" -" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " -"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " -"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " -"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " -"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" -" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " -"account types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " -"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " -"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " -"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "" -"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " -"Microsoft Azure AD portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " -"this page `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " -"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " -"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" -" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " -":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " -":guilabel:`Expires`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " -"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " -"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " -"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:52 -msgid "Configuration in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " -"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:61 -msgid "" -"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " -"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " -"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " -"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " -":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:80 -msgid "Sync with Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " -"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " -"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " -"user's production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " -"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " -"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " -"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:92 -msgid "" -"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " -"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " -"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " -"and then start the sync." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " -"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " -"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " -"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" -" Odoo's side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:101 -msgid "" -"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " -"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " -"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " -"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " -"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " -"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " -"invitations to all event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " -"calendar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " -"attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" -" attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " -"all event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:118 -msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:120 -msgid "" -"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " -":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" -" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " -"already, and grant the required permissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" -" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:132 -msgid "" -"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " -"their calendar with Outlook `. The " -"configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD " -"tenants' Client IDs and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an " -"organization that helps the user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft " -"cloud services for their internal and external users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/mail_plugins/outlook`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" @@ -1083,7 +956,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Settings` module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1118,7 +991,7 @@ msgid "" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." msgstr "" @@ -1133,7 +1006,7 @@ msgid "" " then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Command palette with debug command." msgstr "" @@ -1148,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" " deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." msgstr "" @@ -1171,7 +1044,7 @@ msgid "" "the header of the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1216,7 +1089,7 @@ msgid "" "click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -1291,7 +1164,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." msgstr "" @@ -1490,80 +1363,74 @@ msgid "Email Communication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 -msgid "Send an email with Odoo" +msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 -msgid "Use an email domain in Odoo" +msgid "SPAM labels overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 msgid "" -"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " -"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email " +"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out " +"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " +"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 msgid "" -"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" -" email to the followers of the document. If a follower replies to the " -"message, the reply updates the chatter, and Odoo relays the reply to the " -"followers as a notification." +"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the " +"author\" ``. In other words this can be " +"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands " +"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability " +"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 msgid "" -"Messages sent in the chatter from internal database users to external users " -"(such as partners, customers, or vendors) are relayed on behalf of the " -"database users. Messages sent back to the chatter from external users will " -"appear in the chatter from their respective email addresses, or as they are " -"listed in their Contacts record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the Odoo database is hosted on the cloud (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), it is " -"not necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from a custom " -"domain." +"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one" +" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox." +" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received " +"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It " +"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" +" whitelist on the receiving domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 msgid "" -"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " -"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " -"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " -"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ ` or contact support for more " -"information." +"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help " +"ticket `_ and the support team will work to get " +"the servers removed from the blacklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 msgid "" -"To ensure that emails sent to and from the chatter reach their intended " -"contacts, instead of being considered spam, Odoo recommends configuring the " -"domain name." +"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from " +"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom " +"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting " +"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" +" the final receiving mailbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For the same reason, Odoo also recommends giving each database user an email" -" address from the configured domain, rather than a generic email address " -"domain (such as gmail.com, outlook.com, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 msgid "Be SPF compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 msgid "" "The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" " to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When " -"a server receives an incoming email, it checks if the IP address of the " -"sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " +"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the" +" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the " "domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an " @@ -1571,13 +1438,7 @@ msgid "" "`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:51 -msgid "" -"See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails " -"`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a " "TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider" @@ -1586,46 +1447,43 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" +" ~all`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 msgid "" -"If the domain name does not yet have an :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " -"Framework)` record, the content of the record to create it is as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 -msgid "`v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the domain name already has an :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " +"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " "record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 msgid "" "If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add " "`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " "free tool like `MXToolbox SPF `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 msgid "Enable DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74 msgid "" "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " "with a digital signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 msgid "" "When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM " "(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's " @@ -1635,25 +1493,25 @@ msgid "" " and has not been altered during transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 msgid "" "To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME " "(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" " domain name:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 msgid "" "If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain " "`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " "`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 msgid "" "The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends " "on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the " @@ -1661,18 +1519,18 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with " "a free tool like `DKIM Core `_. If a selector " "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -1683,6 +1541,14 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "DMARC: TXT record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " @@ -1694,6 +1560,7 @@ msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" @@ -1735,137 +1602,205 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 msgid "" +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, " +"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF " +"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification" +" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P " +"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the" +" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode " +"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " +"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" +" too restrictive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Tag Name" +msgstr "שם תגית" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "Purpose" +msgstr "מטרה" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "דוגמה" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "Protocol version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "`v=DMARC1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "pct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "`pct=20`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "ruf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "rua" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +msgid "p" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Policy for organizational domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +msgid "sp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +msgid "`sp=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +msgid "adkim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "`adkim=s`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +msgid "aspf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +msgid "`aspf=r`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 msgid "" -"If a partner, customer, or vendor, uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " -"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these " -"policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to the " -"database users." +"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To solve this issue, :ref:`handle user notifications in Odoo " -"`, or replace the email address of the" -" partner with a default email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 msgid "" "`OVH SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 msgid "" "`Google Domains `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`Azure DNS `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " -"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used for other, " -"lesser-known providers." +"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " +"records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 -msgid "Use a default email address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 msgid "" -"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " -"` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " -"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 -msgid "" -"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " -"value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 -msgid "" -"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" -" value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations, " -"otherwise this parameter can be set using the `from_filter` field on " -"`ir.mail_server`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If the email address of the author does not match " -"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " -"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " -"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " -"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " -"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " -"in `mail.default.from`." +"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 @@ -1880,350 +1815,211 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and " "incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and " -"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be done!" +"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:12 msgid "" "Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass " -"mailing, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " -"already been preconfigured for email." +"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " +"already been pre-configured to send email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " +"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " +"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ ` or contact support for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:22 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online `_ and `Odoo.sh " -"`_." +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't" +" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo," +" unlike `Odoo Online `_ and `Odoo.sh " +"`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " +"for on-premise databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:29 msgid "" "The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an " "external email server with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:33 msgid "" -"If no one in the company is used to managing email servers, Odoo Online and " -"Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. Those Odoo hosting types' email systems " -"work instantly and are monitored by professionals. Nevertheless, a company " -"can use their own email server if they want to manage the email server's " -"reputation themselves." +"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online " +"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email " +"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. " +"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to " +"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see " +":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow the sending of external emails " -"from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"`_ to make it work." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:42 +msgid "Default notifications system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " +"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" +" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the " +"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the " +"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. " +"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear " +"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " +"*Contacts* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more " +"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "Manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " -"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`External Email Servers` option. " +"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`" " and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in" " Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone -msgid "The typical G Suite configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss` " -"and set the email domain name in the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name. Finally," -" click :guilabel:`Save` to finish setting up the email server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If an `[AUTHENTICATION FAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)` warning " -"appears when :guilabel:`Test Connection` is clicked for a Gmail address, " -"activate the :guilabel:`Less secure app access` option. A direct link can be" -" `accessed here `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, enable the :guilabel:`IMAP setting` on the Gmail " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:64 -msgid "Use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An Office 365 server can be used if the database's hosting type is **Odoo " -"on-premise**. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh unless Odoo is configured to :ref:`force the outgoing \"From\" " -"address `." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ to configure" -" an SMTP relay for the Odoo database's IP address." +"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based " +"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see " +":doc:`email_domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:75 -msgid "Use a G Suite server" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Port restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80 msgid "" -"A G Suite server can be used for any Odoo hosting type. To do so, set up the" -" SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google " -"documentation `__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and " +"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and " "Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " "domain, and that can be a problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "For example, if a customer with the email address " -"*mary\\@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to " +"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to " "redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. " -"However, if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for" +"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for" " security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected " "by some recipients' email servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:96 msgid "" -"To avoid that problem, make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from the " -"same authorized domain." +"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from " +"the same authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 msgid "" -"If the MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) " -"`_, SRS can be " -"enabled to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and " -"requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this " -"documentation." +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " +"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " +"value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 -msgid "Instead, Odoo can be configured to do something similar by itself:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in the :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Discuss`." +"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" +" value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "Setting the domain alias configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Turn on :doc:`developer mode `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters`." +"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or " +"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" +" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "Add one system parameter from the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "" -"To use the same \"From\" address for *all* outgoing messages, use the key " -"`mail.force.smtp.from` and set that address as value (such as " -"`outgoing@mycompany.example.com`)." +"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain " +"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then " +"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " +"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" -"To keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use the same domain, " -"but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key " -"`mail.dynamic.smtp.from` and set the value as the email address that should " -"be used in those cases (such as `outgoing@mycompany.example.com` )." +"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the " +"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and " +"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration " +"in Odoo: ``“Admin” `` => ``“Admin” " +"``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:128 -msgid "Manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:130 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." +"In other words if the email address of the author does not match " +"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " +"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " +"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." +"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " +"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " +"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " +"in `mail.default.from`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project `__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:147 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Discuss`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " -":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. This can be done " -"from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to the email " -"provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on Incoming " -"Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on " -":guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting " -"incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external email server" -" is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received without delay. " -"Odoo Online only fetches incoming messages of external servers once every " -"hour. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's domain " -"name in the email server (e.g. *catchall\\@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:171 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" -" `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & *mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "System parameters with catchall configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:183 -msgid "" -"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:186 -msgid "" -"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" -" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 -msgid "Utilizing the From Filter on an outgoing email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific " "outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or " @@ -2231,21 +2027,21 @@ msgid "" "improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the " "database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to " "send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this " -"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Custom Mail " -"Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." +"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " +"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" "When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " "is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM " "Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in " @@ -2254,7 +2050,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 msgid "" "However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, " "then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the " @@ -2264,14 +2060,14 @@ msgid "" "`example.com` are returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 msgid "" "If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo " "returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " "value(s) set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" "Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an " "email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the " @@ -2280,7 +2076,7 @@ msgid "" "first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "" "If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according " "to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a " @@ -2288,524 +2084,1189 @@ msgid "" "server with a priority of `10` is used first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 msgid "" -"In Odoo a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) server can be used for " -"transactional emails and mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue " -"for transactional emails, and Amazon SES, Mailgun or Sendgrid for mass " -"mailings." +"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and " +"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails," +" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet " +"` for mass mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 msgid "" "A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an " "alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed " "for technical reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 msgid "" "To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email " -"servers. There, create two email MTA server settings; one for the " +"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the " "transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give " "priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by " -"providing a lower priority number for the transactional MTA server." +"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " -":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with" -" the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected " -"for mass mails. Note that in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework" -" (SPF) records must be set to include both transactional and mass mail " -"servers." +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With " +"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for " +"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that" +" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be " +"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid ":doc:`email_domain`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "Manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of " +"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies " +"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall " +"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does " +"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " +"used to collect replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is " +"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__. In this case bounces are " +"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month " +"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid " +"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances " +"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note " +"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" +" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will " +"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful " +"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project `_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, " +"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will " +"change the catchall's domain for the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " +":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new " +"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail " +"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to " +"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on " +"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, " +"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or " +"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external " +"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received " +"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's " +"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to " +"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" +" `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should" +" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after " +"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " +"reply won't be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 +msgid "" +"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode `, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "תבניות דוא\"ל" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rstNone -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rstNone -msgid "Reply-to field on template." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"`." +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter `." +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " -"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " -"corresponding website of the company." +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Reply-to field on template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "How many users in your database," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "Which apps are installed?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"` instead of by emails." +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "אין שגיאה" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 -msgid "Emails are not received" +msgid "Email is sent late" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 -msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation `_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -2829,7 +3290,7 @@ msgid "" "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" msgstr "" @@ -2840,7 +3301,7 @@ msgid "" "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "" "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3514,28 +3975,28 @@ msgid "" "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " "credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " @@ -3544,11 +4005,11 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:38 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -3556,11 +4017,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:48 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -3570,45 +4031,469 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " "SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:70 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase `." +"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "דו\"חות" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " +"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "Selecting a view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. " +"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while " +"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " +"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`graph view ` is used to visualize your " +"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often " +"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found " +"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " +"access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " +"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " +"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" +" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +msgid "Choosing measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " +":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " +"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " +":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" +" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " +"`, :ref:`decimal `, :ref:`monetary `) " +"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " +"the total number of filtered records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " +"be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " +"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " +"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " +"another one appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Using the comparison option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "Select measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " +":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "Group measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" +" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +msgid "Using the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " +"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" +" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example" +" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the " +":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select" +" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " +"(:guilabel:`➖`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " +"the newly created subgroups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " +"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " +"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " +"Office Furniture` product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " +"(:guilabel:`⇄`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" +" (⏷) order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " +"(:guilabel:`⭳`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +msgid "Using the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 +msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " +"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " +"sets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " +"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +msgid "Stacked bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +msgid "Regular bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +msgid "Stacked line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Cumulative line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Cumulative line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Regular line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 +msgid "Search and filter records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" +" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" +" search for specific values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 +msgid "Preconfigured filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are " +"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the " +"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could " +"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are " +"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* " +"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " +"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 +msgid "Custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " +"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales " +"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " +"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click " +":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " +"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 +msgid "Search for values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add " +"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and " +"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown " +"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " +"you are looking for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* " +"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for " +"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" +" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when " +"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the" +" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " +"selected field will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 +msgid "Group records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" +" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " +"records are filtered out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " +"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " +"categories, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users and companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 -msgid "Users & Companies" -msgstr "משתמשים וחברות" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " "daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" @@ -3644,7 +4529,7 @@ msgid "" " rights are shown in black." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3656,7 +4541,7 @@ msgid "" "*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3672,7 +4557,7 @@ msgid "" "access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3699,7 +4584,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3717,7 +4602,7 @@ msgid "" "*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3741,11 +4626,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -3753,11 +4638,11 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* " "for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " @@ -3770,7 +4655,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -3779,126 +4664,123 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" "in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "עסקאות בין-חברתיות" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions " -"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 @@ -3913,7 +4795,7 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" " Odoo" @@ -3932,7 +4814,7 @@ msgid "" "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3951,7 +4833,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3972,7 +4854,44 @@ msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 +msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" +" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" +" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " +"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " +"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " +"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " +":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" +" Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 @@ -4049,7 +4968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 @@ -4081,7 +5000,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4098,7 +5017,7 @@ msgid "" " database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4109,7 +5028,7 @@ msgid "" "invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" " sent in Odoo" @@ -4127,7 +5046,7 @@ msgid "" "be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " "Odoo" @@ -4176,7 +5095,7 @@ msgid "" "**Password Reset** and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" msgstr "" @@ -4203,7 +5122,7 @@ msgid "" " with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" msgstr "" @@ -4218,7 +5137,7 @@ msgid "" "Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4258,7 +5177,7 @@ msgid "" "` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4266,6 +5185,144 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 +msgid "Portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " +"documents or information within an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" +" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +msgid "leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +msgid "quotations/sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +msgid "purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +msgid "invoices & bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +msgid "projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +msgid "tickets" +msgstr "קריאות שירות" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +msgid "signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +msgid "subscriptions" +msgstr "מנויים" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " +"documents in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " +"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on " +"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " +"into the portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " +"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" +" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " +"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" +"sending a portal invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " +"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " +"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the " +":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " +"then click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +msgid "" +"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " +"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " +"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" +" :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -4338,58 +5395,58 @@ msgid "" "extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -4397,40 +5454,40 @@ msgid "" "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -4439,7 +5496,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -4448,54 +5505,54 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -4530,7 +5587,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4554,7 +5611,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4577,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" msgstr "" @@ -4611,7 +5668,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4648,7 +5705,7 @@ msgid "" "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -4656,92 +5713,92 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4749,35 +5806,35 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave `_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"Wave `_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4785,11 +5842,12 @@ msgid "" "the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" " numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " "Assistant `_." +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 1201cf32b..b4c32c82d 100644 --- a/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/he/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -8,20 +8,20 @@ # hed shefer , 2022 # david danilov, 2022 # NoaFarkash, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Lilach Gilliam , 2023 # Yihya Hugirat , 2023 -# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # דודי מלכה , 2023 +# ZVI BLONDER , 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: דודי מלכה , 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: ZVI BLONDER , 2023\n" "Language-Team: Hebrew (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/he/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,87 +33,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "מלאי" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "ברקוד" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -123,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "סקירה כללית" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -132,11 +123,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -144,20 +135,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -167,45 +158,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -214,17 +205,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -232,58 +223,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -293,28 +284,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -323,20 +314,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -344,7 +335,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -353,11 +344,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -373,13 +364,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -387,128 +378,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "שם" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "שם כלל" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "תבנית ברקוד" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "מוצר" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "כמות" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "מספר אצווה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -533,7 +524,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "תצורה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -542,7 +533,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -553,7 +544,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -561,17 +552,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -581,29 +572,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -611,7 +602,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -621,7 +612,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -629,99 +620,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -729,18 +720,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -748,7 +739,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -759,15 +750,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " @@ -776,7 +767,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -784,7 +775,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -792,7 +783,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -808,24 +799,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -833,7 +824,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -842,7 +833,7 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -851,7 +842,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -859,11 +850,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -871,321 +862,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "סוג" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "חבילה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "יחידת מוצר " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "אריזה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "מיקום יעד" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "מיקום" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "אצווה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "תאריך" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "תאריך אחרון לשימוש" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "תאריך תפוגה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "מדד" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "סוג אריזה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1193,17 +1184,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "קבלות" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1211,24 +1202,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "הזמנות משלוח" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1236,98 +1227,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "העברות פנימיות" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "הכנה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1335,7 +1326,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1344,7 +1335,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1355,15 +1346,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1371,11 +1362,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1385,11 +1376,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1398,41 +1389,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1440,32 +1431,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "מלאי" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "ניהול מחסן" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1824,6 +1843,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1914,55 +1934,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2652,7 +2808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2836,7 +2992,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2850,15 +3006,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3015,7 +3171,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3061,11 +3217,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3073,13 +3229,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3093,7 +3249,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3101,11 +3257,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3114,7 +3270,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3122,14 +3278,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3138,7 +3294,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3148,7 +3304,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3156,17 +3312,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3174,24 +3330,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3199,26 +3355,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3231,7 +3387,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3239,62 +3395,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3304,11 +3460,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3318,7 +3474,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3328,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3337,14 +3493,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3353,7 +3509,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3364,17 +3520,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3384,7 +3540,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3392,14 +3548,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3407,7 +3563,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3416,7 +3572,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3425,7 +3581,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3433,11 +3589,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3446,14 +3602,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3464,7 +3620,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3479,32 +3635,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3513,7 +3669,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3525,7 +3681,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3540,187 +3696,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "פעולות שונות" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8339,7 +8703,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11682,35 +12046,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "ייצור" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "תחזוקה" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11720,7 +12080,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11729,11 +12089,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11741,20 +12101,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11763,7 +12123,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11772,14 +12132,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11788,91 +12148,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11880,22 +12240,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "ייצור" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "צור עץ מוצר " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11903,31 +12288,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11935,13 +12320,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11957,24 +12342,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11988,11 +12373,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12001,7 +12386,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12012,7 +12397,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12024,11 +12409,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12036,14 +12421,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12054,6 +12439,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "למד עוד" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12247,6 +12749,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13516,375 +14342,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "רכש" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15869,3 +16335,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "איכות" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 42b21a59e..6acc0c76f 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Wahyu Setiawan , 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" msgstr "" @@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -528,141 +528,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes `, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port ` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -670,43 +676,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -716,79 +722,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port `." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -796,11 +783,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -808,21 +795,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -831,18 +818,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -850,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -864,19 +851,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " @@ -885,18 +872,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Keamanan" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -906,20 +893,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -928,14 +915,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -945,7 +932,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -955,7 +942,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -964,20 +951,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -987,7 +974,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -997,28 +984,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1033,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1048,18 +1035,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1533,34 +1528,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC `_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2366,44 +2369,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Pengaturan" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Parameter Sistem" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2414,7 +2563,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4134,6 +4283,14 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5057,7 +5214,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6460,10 +6617,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Pengaturan" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 74aa154b4..73b769ede 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -236,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Rekanan" @@ -521,7 +521,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -561,13 +560,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -810,6 +812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1536,7 +1539,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Cash register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kasir" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1808,136 +1811,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overview" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transaksi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2143,10 +2243,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transaksi" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2316,7 +2412,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2358,7 +2455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2552,7 +2649,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2923,7 +3021,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Payment terms" @@ -3007,7 +3104,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembulatan kas" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5629,7 +5726,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6787,7 +6885,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Pembayaran" @@ -6818,7 +6915,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6929,11 +7026,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " @@ -6944,19 +7041,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6967,18 +7064,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6992,11 +7089,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7988,6 +8085,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10542,7 +10640,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11227,7 +11324,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11326,7 +11424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Pengantar" @@ -11616,7 +11714,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12046,7 +12144,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12138,19 +12236,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12161,24 +12271,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12186,7 +12296,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12198,18 +12308,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12217,14 +12327,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12232,18 +12342,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12251,7 +12361,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12259,7 +12369,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12272,14 +12382,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12289,7 +12399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12301,14 +12411,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12318,18 +12428,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12342,24 +12452,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12368,14 +12478,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15329,12 +15439,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15354,14 +15464,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina `_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15374,8 +15486,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15383,6 +15495,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15394,14 +15509,17 @@ msgstr "Nama" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15413,8 +15531,8 @@ msgstr "Nama tekni" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15422,6 +15540,9 @@ msgstr "Nama tekni" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15489,7 +15610,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15536,7 +15658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17666,7 +17788,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Faktur elektronik" @@ -17680,7 +17803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18138,8 +18261,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18169,15 +18292,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18330,7 +18453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18385,9 +18508,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produk" @@ -18441,7 +18567,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Kontak" @@ -18551,8 +18679,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18697,7 +18825,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18837,7 +18967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Laporan Keuangan" @@ -18852,6 +18982,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -19985,7 +20116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 msgid "Daily Sales Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Laporan Sale Harian" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 msgid "" @@ -20087,419 +20218,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Kolombia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation ` and :ref:`validation " -"`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes `" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identifikasi" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Pengguna" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20507,40 +20886,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20572,52 +20941,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador `_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20628,15 +21003,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20645,14 +21020,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20660,23 +21035,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20684,26 +21059,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20711,59 +21086,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20774,7 +21149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20782,11 +21157,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20794,7 +21169,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20805,88 +21180,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20899,45 +21274,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20948,32 +21323,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20985,7 +21360,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -20993,20 +21368,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21016,29 +21391,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21046,18 +21421,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21067,45 +21442,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21117,18 +21492,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21136,7 +21511,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21146,50 +21521,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21197,11 +21572,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21212,24 +21587,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21237,27 +21612,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21265,26 +21640,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21293,11 +21668,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21306,21 +21681,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21329,13 +21704,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21344,18 +21719,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21363,17 +21738,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21383,46 +21758,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21430,7 +21805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21439,79 +21814,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21521,17 +21896,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21539,7 +21914,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21547,7 +21922,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21557,7 +21932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21565,13 +21940,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21579,32 +21954,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21615,11 +21990,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21653,6 +22028,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25096,7 +25481,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25912,7 +26296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26085,195 +26469,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO `_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Persyaratan" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Modul-Modul" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com `_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26282,2295 +26758,1607 @@ msgid "" "` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum `_, `Solución Factible " -"`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Perusahaan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Syarat Pembayaran" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Down Payment" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Create a credit note" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Batalkan pembayaran" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Periode sebelumnya" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Neraca Saldo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode ` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28643,7 +28431,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29744,6 +29534,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Perusahaan" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30116,10 +29910,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 071c37e16..8dcfedfc2 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -2321,488 +2321,944 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Contoh Email" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Templat-templat email" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter `." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support `_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Tidak ada Error" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs `. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support `_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation `_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation `_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index c59da6c2b..7e2fa44ab 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,17 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Abe Manyo, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -27,87 +27,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stok Persediaan" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Barcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -117,7 +108,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overview" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -126,11 +117,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -138,20 +129,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -161,45 +152,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -208,17 +199,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -226,58 +217,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -287,28 +278,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes `_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -317,20 +308,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -338,7 +329,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -347,11 +338,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -367,13 +358,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -381,128 +372,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nama" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Aturan nama" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Pola Barcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produk" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Kuantitas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -527,7 +518,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfigurasi" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " ` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -536,7 +527,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -547,7 +538,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -555,17 +546,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -575,29 +566,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -605,7 +596,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -615,7 +606,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -623,99 +614,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -723,18 +714,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -742,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -753,15 +744,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list `, " @@ -770,7 +761,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -778,7 +769,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -786,7 +777,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -802,24 +793,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -827,7 +818,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -836,7 +827,7 @@ msgid "" "`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -845,7 +836,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section `." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -853,11 +844,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -865,321 +856,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Jenis" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Tipe Konten GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Kemasan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Produk Satuan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Kemasan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Lokasi tujuan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokasi" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Tanggal" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Bagus sebelum tanggal" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Tanggal Kedaluwarsa" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Ukur" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Tipe paket" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1187,17 +1178,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Penerimaan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1205,24 +1196,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Order Pengiriman" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1230,98 +1221,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Transfer Internal" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Pengaturan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1329,7 +1320,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1338,7 +1329,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1349,15 +1340,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1365,11 +1356,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1379,11 +1370,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1392,41 +1383,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1434,32 +1425,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Stok Persediaan" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Manajemen Gudang" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1818,6 +1837,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1908,55 +1928,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2646,7 +2802,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2830,7 +2986,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2844,15 +3000,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3009,7 +3165,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3055,11 +3211,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3067,13 +3223,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3087,7 +3243,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3095,11 +3251,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3108,7 +3264,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3116,14 +3272,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3132,7 +3288,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3142,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3150,17 +3306,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3168,24 +3324,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3193,26 +3349,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3225,7 +3381,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3233,62 +3389,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3298,11 +3454,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3312,7 +3468,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3322,7 +3478,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3331,14 +3487,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3347,7 +3503,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3358,17 +3514,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3378,7 +3534,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3386,14 +3542,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3401,7 +3557,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3410,7 +3566,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3419,7 +3575,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3427,11 +3583,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3440,14 +3596,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3458,7 +3614,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3473,32 +3629,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3507,7 +3663,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3519,7 +3675,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3534,187 +3690,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operasi Lain-lain" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Buat backorder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8333,7 +8697,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11676,35 +12040,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Produksi" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Maintenance" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11714,7 +12074,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11723,11 +12083,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11735,20 +12095,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11757,7 +12117,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11766,14 +12126,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11782,91 +12142,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11874,22 +12234,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produksi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11897,31 +12282,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11929,13 +12314,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11951,24 +12336,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11982,11 +12367,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -11995,7 +12380,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12006,7 +12391,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12018,11 +12403,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12030,14 +12415,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12048,6 +12433,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Ketahui lebih lanjut" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12241,6 +12743,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13510,375 +14336,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Pembelian" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15863,3 +16329,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Kualitas" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 1f0c06f57..e231fffb5 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2354,11 +2354,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation `_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation `_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`__IMC___...___`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation `_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 `_ and `ESC * " +"`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site `_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2367,18 +2842,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here `_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2386,11 +2861,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2399,18 +2874,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2421,11 +2896,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2869,17 +3344,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3097,6 +3570,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index ce625838f..0b99dc61b 100644 --- a/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/id/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Abe Manyo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Indonesian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/id/)\n" @@ -2034,10 +2034,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2049,10 +2051,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2060,6 +2064,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2071,6 +2076,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2079,10 +2085,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2093,10 +2101,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2107,16 +2117,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2124,6 +2137,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "" @@ -2135,14 +2150,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2153,10 +2171,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" @@ -2270,7 +2290,9 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 @@ -2290,35 +2312,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -2326,18 +2440,18 @@ msgid "" "engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -2736,7 +2850,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 msgid "Add a new payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tambahkan metode pembayaran baru" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -3370,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pembulatan kas" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4563,14 +4677,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 @@ -5291,7 +5405,7 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc82b01d9 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -0,0 +1,9744 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Sara Ciaurri , 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:8 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:13 +msgid "" +":doc:`History of Versions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Installa" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo " +"- or not install it at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:10 +msgid "" +":doc:`Online ` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production " +"or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:12 +msgid "" +":doc:`Packaged installers ` are suitable for testing Odoo " +"and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " +"additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Source install ` provides greater flexibility, as it " +"allows, for example, running multiple Odoo versions on the same system. It " +"is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " +"deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 +msgid "" +"A `Docker `_ base image is available for " +"development or deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 +msgid "There are two different editions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Community** is the free and open-source version of the software, " +"licensed under the `GNU LGPLv3 " +"`_. It is the core upon " +"which Odoo Enterprise is built." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Enterprise** is the shared source version of the software, giving " +"access to more functionalities, including functional support, upgrades, and " +"hosting. `Pricing `_ starts from one app " +"free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 +msgid "" +":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise ` at any time" +" (except for the source install)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 +msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` or *content distribution network*, " +"is a geographically distributed network of servers that provides high speed " +"internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," +" high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " +"Odoo powered website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 +msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the KeyCDN dashboard, start by navigating to the :menuselection:`Zones` " +"menu item on the left. On the form, give a value to the :guilabel:`Zone " +"Name`, which will appear as part of the :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery " +"Network)`'s :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Zone Status` to :guilabel:`active` to engage the zone. For the " +":guilabel:`Zone Type` set the value to :guilabel:`Pull`, and then, finally, " +"under the :guilabel:`Pull Settings`, enter the :guilabel:`Origin URL`— this " +"address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Use ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` and replace the *yourdatabase* " +"subdomain prefix with the actual name of the database. A custom :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " +"subdomain that was provided to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`General Settings` heading below the zone form, click " +"the :guilabel:`Show all settings` button to expand the zone options. This " +"should be the last option on the page. After expanding the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " +":guilabel:`enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, scroll to the bottom of the zone configuration page and " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" +" deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A new :guilabel:`Zone URL` has been generated for your Zone, in this example" +" it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " +"used in the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 +msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` and" +" then activate the :guilabel:`Content Delivery Network (CDN)` setting and " +"copy/paste the :guilabel:`Zone URL` value from the earlier step into the " +":guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable " +"when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" +" Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " +":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the HTML of the Odoo website, the :abbr:`CDN (content delivery network)` " +"integration is evidenced as working properly by checking the :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locators)` of images. The *CDN Base URL* value can be seen" +" by using your web browser's :guilabel:`Inspect` feature on the Odoo " +"website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " +"tab inside of devtools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A security restriction in some browsers (such as Mozilla Firefox and Google " +"Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " +"this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option isn't enabled in " +"the :guilabel:`CDN Zone`, the more obvious resulting problem on a standard " +"Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " +"declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When these cross-origin resource issues occur, a security error message " +"similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " +"console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 +msgid "" +"``Font from origin 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' has been blocked from " +"loading /shop:1 by Cross-Origin Resource Sharing policy: No 'Access-Control-" +"Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " +"'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " +":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 +msgid "System configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an " +"internet-facing server. It follows :doc:`installation <../install>`, and is " +"not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" +" internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " +"recommendations!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 +msgid "dbfilter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a " +"number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with " +"customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " +"\"current database\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-" +"in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " +"customizations loaded afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 +msgid "" +"However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't " +"bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to " +"load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used" +" that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are " +"multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 +msgid "" +"That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter `:" +" it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname " +"(domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, " +"possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " +"subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if " +"``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " +"features will not work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration samples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file ` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example " +"the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to" +" ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter ` is an " +"important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and" +" only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to" +" block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-" +"database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " +"block access to the database management screens. See also security_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback" +" connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " +"installed on)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 +msgid "" +"UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same " +"machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo " +"and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " +"will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the " +"machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " +"configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over " +"ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" +" to connect over the network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 +msgid "Configuration sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql//main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 +msgid "" +"in ``/etc/postgresql//main/postgresql.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port " +"5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options " +"` when your Postgres deployment is not " +"local and/or does not use the installation defaults." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`packaged installers ` will automatically create a new " +"user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` " +"setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is " +"simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a" +" randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 +msgid "" +"All database operations use the :ref:`database options " +"`, including the database management " +"screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " +"PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen" +" to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created " +"with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " +"PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 +msgid "port 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL." +" in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with " +"value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " +"'verify-full'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 +msgid "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 +msgid "Builtin server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 +msgid "" +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers ` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers ` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 +msgid "" +"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " +"ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 +msgid "" +"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " +"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 +msgid "" +"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" +" of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " +"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 +msgid "" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port `. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode ` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 +msgid "" +"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " +"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " +"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " +"Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " +"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode `. This should only" +" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " +"connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " +"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " +"That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup " +"directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " +"configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 +msgid "" +"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " +"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " +"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http ` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 +msgid "" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 ` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n `" +" cli options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 +msgid "" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http ` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port ` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"` (multi-processing server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 +msgid "Serving static files and attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 +msgid "" +"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " +"attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " +"performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 +msgid "Serving static files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " +"static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " +"in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " +"Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path ` is " +"``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 +msgid "" +"Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " +"should be added to serve static files via NGINX." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" +" Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " +"and :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` respectively and the :option:`--addons-path" +" ` is " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 +msgid "" +"The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " +"installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " +"configurations and may not be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +msgid "Serving attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " +"Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " +"them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " +"are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " +"by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " +"instead of Odoo. For Odoo to delegate serving files to the static web " +"server, the `X-Sendfile `_ (apache) or " +"`X-Accel " +"`_ " +"(nginx) extensions must be enabled and configured on the static web server. " +"Once it is set up, start Odoo with the :option:`--x-sendfile ` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " +"X-Accel)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 +msgid "" +"The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " +"require any supplementary configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 +msgid "" +"The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 +msgid "" +"In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " +"the :option:`--x-sendfile ` option and navigate to " +"the ``/web/filestore`` URL directly via Odoo (don't navigate to the URL via " +"NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " +"need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sicurezza" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 +msgid "" +"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " +"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " +"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +msgid "" +"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " +"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " +"first important things you should be sure to include in your security action" +" plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating " +"system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " +"access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 +msgid "" +"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " +"following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 +msgid "" +"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " +"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " +"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " +"day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. " +"*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +msgid "" +"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" +" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" +" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter `) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " +"hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d ` " +"to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter " +"from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " +"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " +"option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block " +"access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the " +":option:`--no-database-list ` command-line " +"option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user `) is " +"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " +"For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are " +"using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 +msgid "" +"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" +" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +msgid "" +"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" +" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " +"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " +"SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web " +"proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then " +"enable the :option:`proxy mode ` option. See also " +":ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 +msgid "" +"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " +"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " +"recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only " +"allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN," +" allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " +"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 +msgid "" +"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " +"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " +":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " +"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " +"should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +msgid "" +"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " +"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " +"precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " +"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " +"firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that " +"the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious " +"user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this " +"can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then " +"only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo " +"server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control " +"`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " +"control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " +"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " +"similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the " +"Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of " +"your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs " +"when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. " +"In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the " +"endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses " +"of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like " +"CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " +"this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 +msgid "" +"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " +"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 +msgid "" +"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" +" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +msgid "" +"For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are " +"very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo " +"emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " +"result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:617 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:621 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:626 +msgid "" +"These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " +"`fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:628 +msgid "" +"For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " +"login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:635 +msgid "" +"This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " +"HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:637 +msgid "" +"Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " +"failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:651 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:653 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:655 +msgid "" +"This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " +"dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:658 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set " +"``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " +"database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:664 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-" +"facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to " +"quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in " +"production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " +"not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:670 +msgid "" +"On production systems, database management operations should always be " +"performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " +"databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:673 +msgid "" +"Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, " +"``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for " +"each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " +"choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:678 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of " +"machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes " +"starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " +"which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:682 +msgid "" +"If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the " +"``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " +"password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:686 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:692 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:695 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " +"market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:700 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:702 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:703 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:704 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:705 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:707 +msgid "" +"Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " +"publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:712 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:715 +msgid "" +"to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " +"provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:718 +msgid "" +"technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " +"networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " +"sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:722 +msgid "" +"or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " +"requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" +" usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over " +"HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" " +"certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 +msgid "Email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" +" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " +"and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prerequisiti" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "Risorse" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 +msgid "`Postfix `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 +msgid "`Postfix aliases `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 +msgid "`Postfix virtual `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 +msgid "`Exim `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " +"messages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "In linea" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a " +"local installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "Demo" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo `_ instances " +"are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for" +" a few hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Online `_ provides private instances which" +" are fully managed and hosted by Odoo. It can be used for long-term " +"production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " +"require code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:3 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides packaged installers for Debian-based Linux distributions " +"(Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL," +" etc.), and Windows for the Community and Enterprise editions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Official **Community** nightly packages with all relevant dependency " +"requirements are available on the `nightly server " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:13 +msgid "Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from " +"the `Odoo download page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 +msgid "" +"It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download " +"the Enterprise packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:195 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:442 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL `_ server to run " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:274 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The default configuration for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the " +"PostgreSQL server on the same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the " +"following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:132 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only" +" then, execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:412 +msgid "" +"`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " +"manually in `version 0.12.5 " +"`_ for it to" +" support headers and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki " +"`_ for more details on the " +"various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:63 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the " +"**Community** edition by executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:90 +msgid "Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:93 +msgid "Distribution package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository, packages for both the **Community** and " +"**Enterprise** editions can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo 16 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster " +"`_ and `Ubuntu 18.04 " +"`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, execute the following commands **as root** to install Odoo " +"as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start " +"the server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The `python3-xlwt` Debian package, needed to export into the XLS format, " +"does not exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it " +"manually with the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `num2words` Python package - needed to render textual amounts - does not" +" exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with " +"the `l10n_mx_edi` module. If needed, install it manually with the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo 16 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " +"manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:204 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:389 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:452 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Download the installer from the `nightly server `_" +" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " +"`_ (any edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 +msgid "" +"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " +"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Accept the `UAC `_ " +"prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 +msgid "Go through the installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 +msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:3 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Sorgente" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it " +"directly from the source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is " +"more easily accessible than using packaged installers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the " +"services set up by the packaged installers. Also, it allows overriding " +"settings using :ref:`command-line parameters ` without " +"needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to " +"more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:19 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:21 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a ZIP **archive** " +"or through **Git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:24 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "Archivia" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:26 +msgid "Community edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:34 +msgid "`Odoo download page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:29 +msgid "`GitHub Community repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:30 +msgid "`Nightly server `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:32 +msgid "Enterprise edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:35 +msgid "`GitHub Enterprise repository `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:40 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It is required to have `Git `_ installed, and it is " +"recommended to have a basic knowledge of Git commands to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To clone a Git repository, choose between cloning with HTTPS or SSH. In most" +" cases, the best option is HTTPS. However, choose SSH to contribute to Odoo " +"source code or when following the :doc:`Getting Started developer tutorial " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:92 +msgid "Clone with HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:99 +msgid "Clone with SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:463 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source " +"code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in" +" the Community edition. Running the Enterprise version means running the " +"server from the Community version with the `addons-path` option set to the " +"folder with the Enterprise edition. It is required to clone both the " +"Community and Enterprise repositories to have a working Odoo Enterprise " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:119 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:121 +msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.7** or later to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:127 +msgid "Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`Download the latest version of Python 3 " +"`_ and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:134 +msgid "" +"During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " +"Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Use a package manager (`Homebrew `_, `MacPorts " +"`_) to download and install Python 3 if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " +"above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Verify that `pip `_ is also installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:191 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " +"versions: 12.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:206 +msgid "" +"`Download PostgreSQL `_ " +"(supported versions: 12.0 or above) and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Use `Postgres.app `_ to download and install " +"PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 or above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To make the command line tools bundled with Postgres.app available, make " +"sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools" +" instructions `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:219 +msgid "" +"By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as " +"`postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:232 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is " +"possible to connect to the database without a password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:239 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:241 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:242 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:243 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:244 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " +"database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:263 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Dipendenze" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing " +"dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:276 +msgid "" +"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " +"`_ file of the Odoo " +"sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:279 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " +"packages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:286 +msgid "Install with pip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:288 +msgid "" +"As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " +"libraries to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:291 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " +"libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" +" the root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " +"stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " +"release. For example, for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is " +"2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is " +"then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:308 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:349 +msgid "" +"It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " +"instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " +"`virtualenv `_ to create isolated " +"Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " +"(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " +"the requirements for the current user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " +"for Visual Studio `_. Select " +"**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " +"root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " +"privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:353 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " +"`_, `MacPorts `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:366 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:372 +msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:375 +msgid "" +"For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " +"Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:382 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:392 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:405 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:391 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " +"`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " +":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " +"`_, `MacPorts `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:420 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" +"bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" +" the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:425 +msgid "" +"To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " +"` or a :ref:`configuration file " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:429 +msgid "" +"For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " +"`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " +"`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:433 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:435 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:436 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:438 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:449 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:470 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " +"`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " +"`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " +"and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:473 +msgid "" +"After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " +"loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " +"into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as " +"the email and, again, `admin` as the password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:478 +msgid "" +"From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " +"<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " +":option:`--db_user ` CLI argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:483 +msgid "" +":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 +msgid "Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Microsoft's Azure OAuth for Microsoft 365. In order " +"to send and receive secure emails from a custom domain, all that is required" +" is to configure a few settings on the Azure platform and on the back end of" +" the Odoo database. This configuration works with either a personal email " +"address or an address created by a custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Microsoft Learn: Register an application with the Microsoft identity " +"platform `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 +msgid "Setup in Microsoft Azure Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise log in with the personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`. A user with administrative access to the " +"Azure Settings will need to connect and perform the following configuration." +" Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Add (+)`, located in the top menu, and then select " +":guilabel:`App registration`. On the :guilabel:`Register an application` " +"screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` to `Odoo` or something recognizable. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Supported account types` section select " +":guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory " +"- Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https:///microsoft_outlook/confirm`" +" in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base URL is the canonical domain at " +"which your Odoo instance can be reached in the URL field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:41 +msgid "" +"*mydatabase.odoo.com*, where *mydatabase* is the actual prefix of the " +"database's subdomain, assuming it's hosted on Odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:44 +msgid "" +"After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " +"application so it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "API permissions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific " +"API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (SMTP) emails in the " +"Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, " +"located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a " +"Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under " +":guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the " +":guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Deregulated " +"permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 +msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " +"Graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 +msgid "Assign users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " +"of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Now, add users to this application. Under the :guilabel:`Essentials` " +"overview table, click on the link labeled :guilabel:`Managed Application in " +"Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" +"created application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the left sidebar menu, select :guilabel:`Users and Groups`. Next, click " +"on :guilabel:`(+) Add User/Group`. Depending on the account, either a " +":guilabel:`Group` and a :guilabel:`User` can be added, or only " +":guilabel:`Users`. Personal accounts will only allow for :guilabel:`Users` " +"to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Groups`, click on :guilabel:`None " +"Selected` and add the users or group of users that will be sending emails " +"from the :guilabel:`Microsoft account` in Odoo. :guilabel:`Add` the " +"users/groups, click :guilabel:`Select`, and then :guilabel:`Assign` them to " +"the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Now that the Microsoft Azure app is set up, credentials need to be created " +"for the Odoo setup. These include the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " +":guilabel:`Client Secret`. To start, the :guilabel:`Client ID` can be copied" +" from the :guilabel:`Overview` page of the app. The :guilabel:`Client ID` or" +" :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in" +" the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Next, the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` needs to be retrieved. To get this" +" value, click on :guilabel:`Certificates & Secrets` in the left sidebar " +"menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" +" this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A window on the right will populate with a button labeled :guilabel:`Add a " +"client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " +"something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A new :guilabel:`Client Secret` will need to be produced and configured if " +"the first one expires. In this event, there could be an interruption of " +"service, so the expiration date should be noted and set to the furthest " +"possible date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Add` when these two values are entered. A " +":guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and :guilabel:`Secret ID` will be created. " +"It is important to copy the :guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret " +"Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " +"The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 +msgid "" +"After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 +msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 +msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Installazione in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo database and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. " +"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in " +"`Outlook`. After that, install the module called :guilabel:`Microsoft " +"Outlook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for" +" :guilabel:`Outlook Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` (Application ID) and " +":guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields " +"and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 +msgid "Configure outgoing email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:161 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Custom Email " +"Servers` setting, click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link to " +"configure the Microsoft account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, create a new email server and check the box for :guilabel:`Outlook`. " +"Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` (it can be anything) and the Microsoft " +"Outlook email :guilabel:`Username`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " +"or email address `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:170 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A new window from Microsoft opens to complete the :guilabel:`authorization " +"process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Then, allow Odoo to access the Microsoft account by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Yes`. After this, the page will navigate back to the newly " +"configured :guilabel:`Outgoing Mail Server` in Odoo. The configuration " +"automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stating " +":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft" +" Outlook using OAuth authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server ` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Parametri di sistema" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " +"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " +":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" +" or Select the button next to :guilabel:`Outlook Oauth Authentication` and " +"enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook username`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`. Odoo will state: " +":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the " +"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:70 +msgid "Domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **domain name** works as an address for your website. It makes the " +"Internet much more accessible as it allows users to type a meaningful web " +"address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " +"a series of numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo ` (for Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases, including their websites, use by default " +"a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " +"``https://example.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:25 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 +msgid "About domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Having a **good domain name** is as important to your branding as the name " +"of your business or organization as it is the first thing your visitors will" +" notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " +"spell*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A **subdomain** is a domain that is a part of another domain. It often " +"refers to the additional part that comes before the main domain name. " +"Traditionally, most websites use the ``www.`` subdomain, but any string of " +"letters can be used as well. You can use subdomains to direct your visitors " +"to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " +"``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:44 +msgid "" +"All domain names are referenced in the **Domain Name System**, or **DNS**, " +"which works as a giant directory for the Internet. There are many DNS " +"servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" +" worldwide on all servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 +msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Search engines, such as Google and Bing, rely on web crawlers (:dfn:`robots " +"that explore and analyze the web`) to index all websites and their related " +"domain names. These crawlers discover new URLs thanks to links on known web " +"pages. As a result, search engines should index domain names automatically " +"after a while, as long as their URLs are mentioned elsewhere on the " +"Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Improving the appearance and positioning of web pages on search engines is a" +" practice named \"Search Engine Optimization\" (SEO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Adding relevant content, optimizing metadata, and building high-quality " +"backlinks can all help improve a website's search engine visibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some search engines provide tools for web admins, such as `Google Search " +"Console `_ and `Bing Webmaster " +"Tools `_, to help you analyze and improve " +"your page ranking. To use these services, you must prove that you are the " +"owner of your domain name. One way to verify the ownership of your domain " +"name is by adding a DNS record. You can do this for :ref:`domain names " +"registered with Odoo ` and for domain names managed" +" by other providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 +msgid "" +"`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 +msgid "" +"`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " +"Odoo Website or your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The domain name is registered with `Gandi `_, the " +"domain name registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:91 +msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This offer doesn't include any mailbox. However, you can :ref:`configure " +"your MX records ` to use your own email server or " +"solution such as Google Workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Domain Name`. Alternatively, " +"open your `database manager `_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, then on " +":guilabel:`Domain names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " +"select the one you want to register for your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" +" available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " +"owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " +":ref:`map your domain name with your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " +"installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " +"request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days " +"due to the success of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 +msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 +msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " +"visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " +"`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " +":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Please `submit a support ticket `_ if you need " +"further assistance to manage your domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:142 +msgid "Configure your existing domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation `, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " +"in this order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:149 +msgid "" +":ref:`Add a CNAME record ` on your domain name's DNS " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:156 +msgid "Add a CNAME record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:158 +msgid "" +"A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " +"another website rather than directly to an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " +"are detailed in your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " +"its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Project Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " +"development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " +"domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 +msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " +"configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 +msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 +msgid "" +"While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " +"(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," +" with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 +msgid "" +"You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " +"database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " +"database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " +":ref:`naked domain ` ``example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " +"``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " +"following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " +"example.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 +msgid "" +"You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:200 +msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:203 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 +msgid "`GoDaddy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:207 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:214 +msgid "Naked domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:216 +msgid "" +"A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " +"beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " +"may not type the full domain name to access your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " +"main domain name (``www.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " +"pre-configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:232 +msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Open your `database manager `_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " +"names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " +":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " +"Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Verification of the CNAME records of a domain name before mapping it with a " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " +"Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" +" click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record ` to your domain " +"name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " +"` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " +"This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " +"connection is not private\"*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:270 +msgid "" +"If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " +"settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " +"happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:277 +msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 +msgid "" +"**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " +"allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " +"which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " +"address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " +"the database manager `, using integration with `Let's " +"Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 +msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " +"following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " +"for Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 +msgid "Web base URL of a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:299 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" +" your domain name with your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " +"website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " +"portal links, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " +"log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) from the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " +"``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " +"below to prevent these automatic updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" +" enter the full address of your website as value, such as " +"``https://www.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" +" end with a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " +"logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 +msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:326 +msgid "value: ``True``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:331 +msgid "Map your domain name with your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " +"your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:335 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" +" engines to index your website properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:337 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" +" portal links sent by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:339 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " +"Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:344 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " +"(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " +"indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " +"odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:355 +msgid "" +"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " +"removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " +"`Google Search Console `_ to fix " +"this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" +" you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " +"the :guilabel:`Domain` settings. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as" +" the :ref:`base URL ` according to the company in " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:366 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade " +"your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 +msgid "Backup your community database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 +msgid "Shutdown your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 +msgid "Restart your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "On Linux, using an installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 +msgid "Stop the odoo service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your " +"usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the " +"form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "On Linux, using the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you " +"probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your " +"usual workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " +":doc:`../install/source`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 +msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be " +"able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your " +"Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in " +"the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation" +" folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When " +"choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community " +"installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). " +"Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from " +"the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 +msgid "" +"No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be" +" able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of " +"identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " +"Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Gmail to Odoo using Google OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Google's OAuth for Gmail. In order to send secure " +"emails from a custom domain, all that is required is to configure a few " +"settings on Google's *Workspace* platform, as well as on the back end of the" +" Odoo database. This configuration works by using either a personal email " +"address or an address created by a custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information, visit `Google's documentation " +"`_ on setting up OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:19 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Installazione in Google" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to the `Google API Console " +"`_. Log in with your *Google " +"Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal " +"Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " +"Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of" +" the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`. If a project has already been created" +" in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" +" the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project " +"name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the " +":guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are " +"using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " +":guilabel:`No Organization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " +"click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the appropriate :guilabel:`User " +"Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 +msgid "Edit app registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 +msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App " +"information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select" +" the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " +":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "" +"After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, " +"enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " +"notify the organization about any changes to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. Then, skip the " +":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being " +"configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " +"finish setting up the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 +msgid "Create Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which " +"includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " +":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " +":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " +"the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button " +":guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1`" +" field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " +"Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID`" +" and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" +" use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 +msgid "Enter Google Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 +msgid "" +"First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove " +"the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " +"Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is " +"checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or " +":guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " +":guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Then, click on :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Create` to create a new email " +"server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " +"email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication` or :guilabel:`Gmail` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." +" Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +msgid "" +"A new window labeled :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization " +"process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If the email address is a personal account, then an extra step pops up, so " +"click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail " +"account to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Then, allow Odoo to access the Google account by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Continue` or :guilabel:`Allow`. After that, the page navigates " +"back to the newly configured outgoing email server in Odoo. The " +"configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating " +":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Finally, :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " +"using OAuth authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 +msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 +msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " +"(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform " +"`_. If the " +":guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click " +":guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 +msgid "No Test Users Added" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access " +"denied error will populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "403 Access Denied Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` under " +":guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email " +"that you are configuring in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 +msgid "Gmail Module not updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "" +"If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " +"version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` module and clear out " +"the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the " +":guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the " +"upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 +msgid "Application Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 +msgid "" +"When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if " +":guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an" +" :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new" +" credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the " +":guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect " +"URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure " +"to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:3 +msgid "Change hosting solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The instructions to change the hosting type of a database depend on the " +"current solution used and to which solution the database should be moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:9 +msgid "Transferring an on-premise database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:80 +msgid "To Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:15 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:83 +msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The database's current version must be :doc:`supported " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 +msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate ` of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 +msgid "In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 +msgid "Use the database manager to grab a *dump with filestore*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Submit a support ticket `_ including the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:88 +msgid "your **subscription number**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"the **dump** as an attachment or as a link to the file (required for 60 MB+ " +"files)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In" +" case of technical issues during the process, Odoo might contact you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket " +"`_ as soon as possible to schedule the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:67 +msgid "To Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions found in :ref:`the Import your database section " +"` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions ` cannot be " +"hosted on-premise as that type of hosting does not support those versions. " +"Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, " +"it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version " +"`, waiting for its release if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Transferring an online database running on Odoo 16.3 would require first " +"upgrading it to Odoo 17.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name on the `Odoo " +"Online database manager `_ to display " +"its version number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:108 +msgid "To on-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Sign in to `the Odoo Online database manager " +"`_ and click the gear icon " +"(:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name to :guilabel:`Download` a backup. " +"If the download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support" +" `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using " +"the backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:77 +msgid "Transferring an Odoo.sh database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in " +"the production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket `_ including the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:90 +msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:91 +msgid "" +"in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or" +" Asia)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:92 +msgid "which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**when** (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:101 +msgid "Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:102 +msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful" +" to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:105 +msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:3 +msgid "Mailjet API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Mailjet's :abbr:`API (Application Programming " +"Interface)` for mass mailing. Set up a dedicated mass mailing server through" +" Mailjet by configuring settings in the Mailjet account and the Odoo " +"database. In some circumstances, settings need to be configured on the " +"custom domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:11 +msgid "Set up in Mailjet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:14 +msgid "Create API credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To get started, sign in to the `Mailjet Account Information " +"`_ page. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Senders & Domains` section and click on :guilabel:`SMTP and SEND " +"API Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "" +"SMTP and Send API Settings link in the Senders & Domains section of Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)` configuration " +"settings onto a notepad. They can be found under the " +":guilabel:`Configuration (SMTP only)` section. The :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail " +"Transfer Protocol)` configuration settings include the server address, the " +"security option needed (Use :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS " +"(Transport Layer Security)`), and the port number. The settings are needed " +"to configure Mailjet in Odoo, which is covered in the :ref:`last section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`Mailjet: How can I configure my SMTP parameters? " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo blocks `port 25` on Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases. :ref:`See " +"reference here `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "SMTP configuration from Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the button labeled :guilabel:`Retrieve your API credentials` " +"to retrieve the Mailjet API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the eye icon to reveal the :guilabel:`API key`. Copy this key" +" to a notepad, as this serves as the :guilabel:`Username` in the Odoo " +"configuration. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Generate Secret Key` button to " +"generate the :guilabel:`Secret Key`. Copy this key to a notepad, as this " +"serves as the :guilabel:`Password` in the Odoo configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:52 +msgid "Add verified sender address(es)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The next step is to add a sender address or a domain to the Mailjet account " +"settings so that the email address or domain is approved to send emails " +"using Mailjet's servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information" +" `_ page. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Add" +" a Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Add a sender domain or address in the Mailjet interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Determine if a sender's email address or the entire domain needs to be added" +" to the Mailjet settings. It may be easier to configure the domain as a " +"whole if :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` access is available. Jump to the " +":ref:`Add a domain ` section for steps on " +"adding the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Either all email addresses of the Odoo database users who are sending emails" +" using Mailjet's servers need to be configured or the domain(s) of the " +"users' email addresses can be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, the email address originally set up in the Mailjet account is " +"added as a trusted sender. To add another email address, click on the button" +" labeled :guilabel:`Add a sender address`. Then, add the email address that " +"is configured to send from the custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At minimum the following email addresses should be set up in the provider " +"and verified in Mailjet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:78 +msgid "notifications\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:79 +msgid "bounce\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:80 +msgid "catchall\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the Odoo database. If there " +"isn't one, then use the :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Email Information` form, making sure to " +"select the appropriate email type: transactional email or mass emails. After" +" completing the form, an activation email is sent to the email address and " +"the trusted sender can be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to set up the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)`/:abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`/:abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance)` settings on the " +"domain of the sender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:162 +msgid "" +"`Mailjet's SPF/DKIM/DMARC documentation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If the database is not using a custom domain, then in order to verify the " +"sender's address, a temporary alias (of the three email addresses mentioned " +"above) should be set up in Odoo CRM to create a lead. Then, the database is " +"able to receive the verification email and verify the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:107 +msgid "Add a domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:109 +msgid "" +"By adding an entire domain to the Mailjet account, all the sender addresses " +"related to that domain are automatically validated for sending emails using " +"Mailjet servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information " +"`_ page. Next, click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " +"section. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add domain` to add the custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The domain needs to be added to the Mailjet account and then validated " +"through the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:119 +msgid "" +"After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Add a new Domain` page on Mailjet and " +"click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:122 +msgid "" +"After adding the domain, a validation page will populate. Unless the Odoo " +"database is on-premise (in which case, choose :guilabel:`Option 1`), choose " +":guilabel:`Option 2: Create a DNS Record`. Copy the TXT record information " +"to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " +"System)` provider to complete validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:132 +msgid "Setup in the domain's DNS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:134 +msgid "" +"After getting the TXT record information from the Mailjet account, add a TXT" +" record to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`. This process " +"varies depending on the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider. Consult " +"the provider for specific configuration processes. The TXT record " +"information consists of the :guilabel:`Host` and :guilabel:`Value`. Paste " +"these into the corresponding fields in the TXT record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:141 +msgid "Return to Mailjet account information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:143 +msgid "" +"After adding the TXT record to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " +"System)`, navigate back to the Mailjet account. Then, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Account Information --> Add a Sender Domain or Address`, " +"click the gear icon next to :guilabel:`Domain`, and select " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This action can also be done by going to the `Sender domains & addresses " +"`_ page on the Mailjet account " +"information and clicking on :guilabel:`Manage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Check Now` to validate the TXT record that was added " +"on the domain. A success screen will appear if the domain is configured " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:157 +msgid "" +"After successfully setting up the domain, there is an option to " +":guilabel:`Authenticate this domain (SPF/DKIM)`. This button populates " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` & :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " +"Mail) records to input into the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:172 +msgid "Set up in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To complete the setup, navigate to the Odoo database and go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. With :ref:`developer-mode` turned on, go to the " +":menuselection:`Technical Menu --> Email --> Outgoing Mail Servers`. Then, " +"create a new outgoing server configuration by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Next, input the `SMTP server` (in-v3.mailjet.com), `port number` (587 or " +"465), and `Security (SSL/TLS)` that was copied earlier from the Mailjet " +"account. They can also be found `here " +"`_. It is recommended to use " +":abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)` " +"even though Mailjet may not require it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:184 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Username`, input the :guilabel:`API KEY`. For the " +":guilabel:`Password`, input the :guilabel:`SECRET KEY` that was copied from " +"the Mailjet account to the notepad earlier. These settings can be found on " +":menuselection:`Mailjet --> Account Settings --> SMTP and SEND API " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Then, if the Mailjet server is used for mass emailing, set the " +":guilabel:`Priority` value higher than that of any transactional email " +"server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the notifications feature to work using Mailjet, there are " +"three settings that need to be set in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`From Filter` needs to be set on the server configuration. It " +"is recommended to set it as a domain and not a full email address. It should" +" match the domain in the two proceeding steps. More information can be " +"referenced :ref:`here `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must have the value " +"`notifications\\@yourdomain.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`mail.default.from_filter` system parameter must have the " +"value `yourdomain.com`. Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the " +"Odoo database. If there isn't one, then use the " +":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For more information see :ref:`Using a default email address " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " +"email server for mass mailing or transactional emails!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage a database, go to the `database manager " +"`_ and sign in as the database " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All the main database management options are available by clicking the " +"database name, except the upgrade option, which can be accessed by clicking " +"the **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database name. It is only " +"displayed if an upgrade is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Accessing the database management options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Aggiorna" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:30 +msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :doc:`Odoo " +"Online upgrade documentation <../upgrade/odoo_online>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:39 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "Duplicazione" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Create an exact copy of the database, which can be used to perform testing " +"without compromising daily operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By checking :guilabel:`For testing purposes`, all external actions (emails, " +"payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:47 +msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "Rinomina" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:54 +msgid "Rename the database and its URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "Download" +msgstr "Scarica" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:61 +msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Use a custom :doc:`domain name ` to access the database via " +"another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`register a domain name for free `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etichette" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:82 +msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:85 +msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Elimina" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:92 +msgid "Delete a database instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is" +" instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of " +"the database before deleting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of " +"deleting a database are fully understood." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:105 +msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:106 +msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database if it has expired or is linked to a subscription is " +"impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:113 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "Contattaci" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Access the `Odoo.com support page `_ with the " +"database's details already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:121 +msgid "Invite / remove users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click " +":guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Inviting a user on a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:129 +msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-premise database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Something went wrong while registering your database, you can try again or contact Odoo\n" +"Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:127 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account `__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:35 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner `__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:53 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:159 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:73 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:79 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:80 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:86 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "" +"This database will expire in X days, you have more users than your " +"subscription allows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation " +"`_ and **Reject** the upsell " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification ` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:114 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "This database has expired." +msgstr "Il database è scaduto." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:133 +msgid "Contact our `Support `__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:135 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:145 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:152 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator `_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases intermediary versions called **Online versions** on the " +":doc:`Odoo Online ` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users" +" can then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` " +"them regularly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:20 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:22 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 +msgid "End of support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:99 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:127 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "N/D" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "August 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "June 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "March 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "February 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:95 +msgid "October 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 +msgid "October 2025 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 +msgid "March 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 +msgid "January 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 +msgid "February 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "July 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 +msgid "October 2021" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +msgid "November 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo 12.0, 11.0, 10.0, 9.0, and 8.0 are not supported anymore, on any " +"platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:120 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " +"any version `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug " +"corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " +"installation from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting " +"infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " +"are automatically performed for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" +" some preliminary definitions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code " +"for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise " +"13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the " +"contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the " +"previous revision of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and " +"contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with " +"a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically " +"accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service " +"`_, when you decide to switch to a newer release " +"of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" " +"because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the " +"database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo " +"installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about " +"upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page " +"`_ instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of " +"your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve " +"your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL" +" (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The main reference for updating is logically our :doc:`installation guide " +"<../install>`, which explains the common installation methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed " +"Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 +msgid "" +"We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, " +"rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that " +"come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for " +"installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who " +"prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see " +"a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged " +"into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with " +"your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github " +"(see below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However " +"it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change" +" on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here " +"` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database" +" selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled" +" it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website" +" (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is " +"download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1)" +" and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the " +"latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to " +"install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package," +" be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:108 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source " +"code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer " +"version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated " +"daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading " +"the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 +msgid "" +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " +"example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " +"and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " +"\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " +"Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace " +"it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" +" just extracted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder " +"included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was " +"before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may " +"have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to " +"the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and" +" you are all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the " +"official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest " +"source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main" +" Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following " +"commands::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the " +"Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files " +"with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by " +"editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and " +"restore the official version, you can use the following command::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Please refer to our `Docker image documentation " +"`_ for specific update instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzato" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 +msgid "Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:8 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each build is isolated within its own container (Linux namespaced " +"container)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, as " +"well as common useful packages, are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent " +"releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your" +" branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these " +"dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers " +"`_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` " +"file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of " +"Odoo `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :file:`requirements.txt` files of submodules are taken into account as " +"well. The platform looks for :file:`requirements.txt` files in each folder " +"containing Odoo modules: Not in the module folder itself, but in their " +"parent folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:27 +msgid "Directory structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the containers are Ubuntu based, their directory structure follows the " +"linux Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. `Ubuntu's filesystem tree overview " +"`_" +" explains the main directories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:33 +msgid "Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:73 +msgid "Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with " +"Python 2.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or above, the Odoo server " +"runs with Python 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:79 +msgid "Database shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"While accessing a container with the shell, you can access the database " +"using *psql*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Be careful !** `Use transactions " +"`_ " +"(*BEGIN...COMMIT/ROLLBACK*) for every *sql* statements leading to changes " +"(*UPDATE*, *DELETE*, *ALTER*, ...), especially for your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The transaction mechanism is your safety net in case of mistake. You simply " +"have to rollback your changes to revert your database to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For example, it may happen that you forget to set your *WHERE* condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In such a case, you can rollback to revert the unwanted changes that you " +"just mistakenly did, and rewrite the statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"However, do not forget to either commit or rollback your transaction after " +"having done it. Open transactions may lock records in your tables and your " +"running database may wait for them to be released. It can cause a server to " +"hang indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In addition, when possible, use your staging databases to test your " +"statements first. It gives you an extra safety net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:129 +msgid "Run an Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can start an Odoo server instance from a container shell. You won't be " +"able to access it from the outside world with a browser, but you can for " +"instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:134 +msgid "use the Odoo shell," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:146 +msgid "install a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:152 +msgid "update a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:158 +msgid "run the tests for a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:164 +msgid "In the above commands, the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:166 +msgid "``--without-demo=all`` prevents demo data to be loaded for all modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after it" +" completed the operations you asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"You can find in the logs (*~/logs/odoo.log*) the addons path used by Odoo.sh" +" to run your server. Look for \"*odoo: addons paths*\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Be careful**, especially with your production database. Operations that " +"you perform running this Odoo server instance are not isolated: Changes will" +" be effective in the database. Always, make your tests in your staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:186 +msgid "Debugging in Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Debugging an Odoo.sh build is not really different than another Python app. " +"This article only explains the specificities and limitations of the Odoo.sh " +"platform, and assumes that you already know how to use a debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you don't know how to debug a Python application yet, there are multiple " +"introductory courses that can be easily found on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can use ``pdb``, ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to debug your code on Odoo.sh. As " +"the server is run outside a shell, you cannot launch the debugger directly " +"from your Odoo instance backend as the debugger needs a shell to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`pdb `_ is installed by default " +"in every container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If you want to use `pudb `_ or `ipdb " +"`_ you have to install it before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:199 +msgid "To do so, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:201 +msgid "temporary (only in the current build):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 +msgid "or" +msgstr "oppure" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"permanent: add ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to your project ``requirements.txt`` " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then edit the code where you want to trigger the debugger and add this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The condition :code:`sys.__stdin__.isatty()` is a hack that detects if you " +"run Odoo from a shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:226 +msgid "Save the file and then run the Odoo Shell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of " +"code/function/method you want to debug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst-1 +msgid "Console screenshot showing ``pdb`` running in an Odoo.sh shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 +msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:9 +msgid "\"Scheduled actions do not run at the exact time they were expected\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the Odoo.sh platform, we cannot guarantee an exact running time for " +"scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This is due to the fact that there might be multiple customers on the same " +"server, and we must guarantee a fair share of the server for every customer." +" Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a " +"regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Do not expect any scheduled action to be run more often than every 5 min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:19 +msgid "Are there \"best practices\" regarding scheduled actions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh always limits the execution time of scheduled actions (*aka* " +"crons).** Therefore, you must keep this fact in mind when developing your " +"own crons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:24 +msgid "We advise that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:26 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should work on small batches of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should commit their work after processing each batch;" +" this way, if they get interrupted by the time-limit, there is no need to " +"start over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should be `idempotent " +"`_: they must not cause side-" +"effects if they are started more often than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:170 +msgid "Submodules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A `Git submodule `_ " +"allows you to integrate other Git projects into your code, without the need " +"to copy-paste all their code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Indeed, your custom modules can depend on modules from other repositories. " +"Regarding Odoo, this feature allows you to add modules from other Git " +"repositories into the branches of your repository. Adding these dependencies" +" in your branch through submodules makes the deployment of your code and " +"servers easier, as you can clone the repositories added as submodules at the" +" same time you clone your own repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Besides, you can choose the branch of the repository added as submodule and " +"you have the control of the revision you want. It's up to you to decide " +"whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " +"want to update to a newer revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on " +"modules available in other repositories. The platform will detect that you " +"added modules through submodules in your branches and add them to your " +"addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to " +"configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your " +"repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. " +"The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 +msgid "Adding a submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:37 +msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method." +" You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which" +" you want to add a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on " +"*Run*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:50 +msgid "A dialog with a form is shown. Fill the inputs as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:52 +msgid "Repository URL: The SSH URL of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:53 +msgid "Branch: The branch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Path: The folder in which you want to add this submodule in your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* " +"button of the repository. Make sure to *use SSH*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:67 +msgid "With Git (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In a terminal, in the folder where your Git repository is cloned, checkout " +"the branch in which you want to add a submodule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:76 +msgid "Then, add the submodule using the command below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "Sostituire" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 +msgid "" +"*:* by the SSH URL of the " +"repository you want to add as submodule," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:85 +msgid "** by the branch you want to use in the above repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:86 +msgid "** by the folder in which you want to add this submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:88 +msgid "Commit and push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:96 +msgid "" +" by the repository on which you want to push your changes. For a " +"standard Git setup, this is *origin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:97 +msgid "" +" by the branch on which you want to push your changes. Most likely " +"the branch you used :code:`git checkout` on in the first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can read the `git-scm.com documentation `_ for more details about the Git " +"submodules. For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to " +"have their latest revision, you can follow the chapter `Pulling in Upstream " +"changes `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 +msgid "Ignore modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want " +"to ignore some of them in case there are any that are installed " +"automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a " +":code:`.`. The platform will ignore this folder and you can hand pick your " +"modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Per iniziare" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:3 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " +"repository has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 +msgid "Stages" +msgstr "Fasi" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" +" and development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " +"section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Produzione" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 +msgid "" +"This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. " +"There can be only one production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" +" with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a form " +"view, and you want it to be performed automatically, increase the version " +"number of the module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*). The platform will " +"then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held " +"temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the " +"Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case the changes in the commit prevent the server to restart, or if " +"the modules update fails, the server is automatically reverted to the " +"previous successful code revision and the database is roll-backed as it was " +"before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so" +" you can troubleshoot it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production " +"database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the " +"unavailability time of the production database during the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along" +" with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the " +"development stage after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production " +"data without compromising the actual production database with test records. " +"They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:67 +msgid "The neutralization includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their" +" action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger " +"them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up " +"resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An " +":ref:`interface to view ` the " +"emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry" +" about sending test emails to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +msgid "Setting payment providers and shipping providers in test mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:76 +msgid "Disabling IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the " +"same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be " +"valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch. " +"If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to " +"document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" +" data files overriding the default configuration or views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the " +"demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if" +" Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " +"then consider running the tests on staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "Sviluppo" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the " +"unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. " +"You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " +"Settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is " +"started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the " +"branch. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by " +"default. This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested " +"by them. If you wish, you can disable the tests or allow specific tests to " +"be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " +"a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the " +"database is not in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The databases created for development branches are meant to live around " +"three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " +"room for new databases without prior notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +msgid "Merging your branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " +"other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " +"production data, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 +msgid "" +"merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " +"it onto the desired staging branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +msgid "" +"drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " +"make it become a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 +msgid "" +"When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop " +"your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " +"production your newest features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your " +"production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " +"changes with the production data through a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " +"branches into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation " +"to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " +"been pushed in your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source " +"code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " +"passed to the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " +"applied in the production, you have to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 +msgid "" +"write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default " +"configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of " +"your module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*) to trigger the update of the" +" module when you merge your staging branch in your production branch. This " +"is the best practice for a better scalability of your developments as you " +"will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" +" therefore have a traceability for your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:147 +msgid "" +"pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " +"copy/pasting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "Schede" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Cronologia" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +msgid "An overview of your branch history:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 +msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " +"imports, backup restores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 +msgid "" +"For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can " +"provide information about the ongoing operation on the database " +"(installation, update, backup import, ...), or its result (tests feedback, " +"successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " +"access the database thanks to the *connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:101 +msgid "Mails" +msgstr "Email" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:175 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails " +"sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development " +"and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " +"sent instead of being intercepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands " +"(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " +":code:`psql`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +msgid "" +"You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " +"you wish, for instance side by side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " +"disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 +msgid "Editor" +msgstr "Redattore" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:202 +msgid "" +"An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " +"You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 +msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each " +"graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " +"(database import, git push, etc...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +msgid "Logs" +msgstr "Log" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 +msgid "Different logs are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 +msgid "" +"install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," +" the logs of the tests are included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 +msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 +msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 +msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 +msgid "" +"pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" +" time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" +" you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" +" new line is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the " +"upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " +"5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 +msgid "" +"A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " +"perform a manual backup and to import a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 " +"weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " +"filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have " +"the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your " +"staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" +" been deleted by accident from the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is" +" hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " +"weekly backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional " +"monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" +" `contact us `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in " +":file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in " +":file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs a backup automatically " +"(flagged with type Update in the list), as either the container will be " +"changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself " +"will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " +"cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-" +"mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the " +"container nor the database is modified so the platform considers this safe " +"enough. Of course, as an extra precaution, you can make a backup manually " +"before making big changes in your production sources in case something goes " +"wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " +"abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " +"provided by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 +msgid "" +"the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " +"under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 +msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 +msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 +msgid "" +"the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 +msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade - Odoo.sh <../../upgrade/odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:124 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " +"selected branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 +msgid "" +"For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior " +"upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a " +"new build and a staging branch will update the previous build (see the " +":ref:`Production Stage `). This is especially useful " +"should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or " +"configuration, to avoid having to manually set it up again on every commit. " +"If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will make a fresh copy from" +" the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " +"back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 +msgid "**Modules installation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 +msgid "" +"*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This " +"is the default option. The :ref:`submodules ` " +"are excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 +msgid "" +"*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, " +"the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " +"When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +msgid "" +"*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input " +"just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" +" they must be comma-separated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 +msgid "" +"If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 " +"hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " +"duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 +msgid "**Test suite**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 +msgid "" +"For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test " +"suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can " +"restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 +msgid "**Odoo Version**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 +msgid "" +"For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should " +"you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " +"database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 +msgid "" +"You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance " +"fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." +" This is the 'Latest' option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 +msgid "" +"You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting " +"them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be" +" notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " +"action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 +msgid "**Custom domains**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 +msgid "" +"Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's " +"possible to add other *.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " +"For the latter you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 +msgid "own or purchase the domain name," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 +msgid "add the domain name in this list," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:366 +msgid "" +"in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " +"``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 +msgid "" +"For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 +msgid "" +"in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " +"settings," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 +msgid "" +"in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), " +"configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 +msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:377 +msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 +msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:379 +msgid "" +"the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" +" failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" +" of IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 +msgid "" +"In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* " +"to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is " +"amongst the `SEO best practices " +"`_ (See *Provide" +" one version of a URL to reach a document*) in order to have one dominant " +"URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to " +"*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" +" redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:391 +msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically " +"generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt " +"`_ within the hour and your domain will be " +"accessible through HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 +msgid "" +"While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on" +" the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 +msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 +msgid "" +"In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize " +"Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings to increase the " +"deliverability of your outgoing emails. The configuration steps are " +"explained in the documentation about :ref:`SPF " +"` and :ref:`DKIM " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" +" can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 +msgid "Shell commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 +msgid "" +"In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and " +"some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button " +"in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " +"placeholders such as ````, ````, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 +msgid "Clone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 +msgid "Download the Git repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 +msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 +msgid "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " +"Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 +msgid "" +":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " +"case *master*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " +"used on your machines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:445 +msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " +"then checkouts it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 +msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 +msgid "Merge" +msgstr "Unisci" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 +msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 +msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 +msgid "" +"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " +"is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:485 +msgid "" +"`Generate a new SSH key `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 +msgid "" +"`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard " +"`_ (only apply the step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:490 +msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 +msgid "The key should appear below" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connessione" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 +msgid "" +"To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 +msgid "" +"You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights ` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" +" build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:518 +msgid "" +"Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " +"disconnected in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:522 +msgid "Submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " +"*submodule*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 +msgid "" +"*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 +msgid "" +"The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Adds the branch *master* of the repository ** as a submodule under the " +"path ** in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 +msgid "Commits all your current changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 +msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +msgid "Builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server " +"(`odoo/odoo `_ & `odoo/enterprise " +"`_) running on a specific revision of " +"your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to " +"test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " +"this revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " +"build of this branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github " +"repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other " +"operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for " +"a branch in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:26 +msgid "" +"A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" +" creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" +" build is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build " +"is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " +"developer warnings were raised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when " +"pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the" +" server with your new revision and tries to load the current production " +"database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " +"and otherwise failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If " +"this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " +"database of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " +"attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production " +"database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" +" this build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous " +"successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" +" will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The build used to run the production database is always the first of the " +"builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " +"the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " +"duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created " +"uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " +"between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 +msgid "" +"staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " +"like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 +msgid "" +"you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and " +"you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " +"the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging " +"databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " +"on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" +" tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail " +"during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " +"wrong occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " +"successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 +msgid "" +"According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build " +"can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " +"set in the default Odoo modules suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Funzionalità" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " +"are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the " +"*Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For " +"other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will " +"use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last " +"link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with " +"the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator " +"using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another " +"user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in " +":ref:`the branches view `: *Logs*, *Web" +" Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " +"*Download a dump* of the build's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 +msgid "Create your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 +msgid "Deploy your platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Odoo.sh `_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 +msgid "Sign in with Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the" +" *Create an account* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:26 +msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " +"*Authorize* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +msgid "to know your Github login and email," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " +"organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:39 +msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding" +" new `submodules `_ for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:44 +msgid "Submit your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" +" you want to use an existing repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing " +"database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " +"according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," +" *contract number* or *activation code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their " +"clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription " +"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get 50% of" +" the amount back as commission. Contact your sales representative or account" +" manager in order to get it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " +"valid, it either means:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:67 +msgid "it is not an existing subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:68 +msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." +" an online subscription)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:80 +msgid "You're done !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " +"will soon be able to connect to your first database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 +msgid "Import your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " +":doc:`supported version ` of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 +msgid "Push your modules in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github " +"repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any" +" custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:103 +msgid "" +"You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically " +"detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all " +"your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the " +"modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:108 +msgid "" +"For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also " +"consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch `, or :ref:`merge it into your production " +"branch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:115 +msgid "Download a backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 +msgid "On-premise databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" +" download a backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your" +" system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" +" `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " +"have it, contact your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 +msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 +msgid "Odoo Online databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:141 +msgid "" +"`Access your databases manager " +"`_ and download a backup of " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 +msgid "Online versions (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +msgid "Upload the backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch," +" import the backup you just downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " +"button in the history of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 +msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must " +"be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` " +"(:ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:174 +msgid "" +"After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " +"so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " +"SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 +msgid "Check your scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 +msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:186 +msgid "" +"This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that " +"could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in" +" the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services " +"synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the " +"scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of" +" origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled " +"actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 +msgid "Register your subscription" +msgstr "Registra il tuo abbonamento" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 +msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the " +"enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " +"database linked per subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the" +" subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the " +":doc:`database registration documentation <../../maintain/on_premise>` for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:3 +msgid "Your first module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This chapter helps you to create your first Odoo module and deploy it in " +"your Odoo.sh project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This tutorial requires :ref:`you created a project on Odoo.sh `, and you know your Github repository's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 +msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 +msgid "The below assumptions are made:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*~/src* is the directory where are located the Git repositories related to " +"your Odoo projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 +msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 +msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 +msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 +msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 +msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 +msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 +msgid "Create the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 +msgid "In the branches view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 +msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 +msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 +msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 +msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 +msgid "pic1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 +msgid "pic2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " +"*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:56 +msgid "From your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:58 +msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:67 +msgid "Create a new branch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:74 +msgid "Create the module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +msgid "Scaffolding the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:79 +msgid "" +"While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo" +" module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" +"bin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, if you have an :doc:`installation of Odoo " +"<../../install/source>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also " +":download:`download this module structure template " +"` in which you replace every occurrences of " +"*my_module* to the name of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:98 +msgid "The below structure will be generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your " +"module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python " +"classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " +"other than the underscore is not valid in Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:125 +msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:127 +msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:129 +msgid "" +"*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:131 +msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:135 +msgid "" +"*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:137 +msgid "" +"*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its " +"title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " +"access control list data file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:146 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuale" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow the " +":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` tutorial to understand the " +"structure of a module and the content of each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 +msgid "Push the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:155 +msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:395 +msgid "Commit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:167 +msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:169 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your " +"changes ` of the :ref:`Online " +"Editor ` chapter. It includes the " +"explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username " +"and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:409 +msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:189 +msgid "" +"You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" +" point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:197 +msgid "Test your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:204 +msgid "" +"In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in " +"the left navigation panel to access its history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set." +" Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, " +"you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be " +"available in the apps to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:220 +msgid "" +"You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " +"features and buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:223 +msgid "Test with the production data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:225 +msgid "" +"You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " +"you do not have it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and " +"believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a " +"staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto " +"the *staging* section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the " +"given staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 +msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production " +"database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of " +"your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 +msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 +msgid "Install your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from" +" the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the " +"behavior of your changes as it would be on your production, and on your " +"production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but" +" on demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" +" to update your apps list first:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 +msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 +msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 +msgid "Deploy in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, " +"and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the " +"production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 +msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 +msgid "" +"This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production " +"branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it " +"manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your " +"module in staging databases `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 +msgid "Add a change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " +"field in a model and deploy it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 +msgid "Or, from your computer," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +msgid "" +"use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " +"*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:320 +msgid "" +"then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" +" as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:323 +msgid "Then, after the description field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:329 +msgid "Add a datetime field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 +msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:473 +msgid "After" +msgstr "Dopo" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:479 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Aggiungi" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:349 +msgid "" +"These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " +"and modify a view stored in database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " +"database, these changes requires the module to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:355 +msgid "" +"If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh " +"platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " +"manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 +msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:366 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:504 +msgid "with" +msgstr "con" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 +msgid "" +"The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" +" module upon the new revision deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:375 +msgid "Browse to your Git folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:377 +msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:389 +msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:401 +msgid "Push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:403 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:415 +msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production " +"branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production " +"branch in the Odoo.sh interface. As you increased the module version in the " +"manifest, the platform will update the module automatically and your new " +"field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " +"module within the apps list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 +msgid "Use an external Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 +msgid "" +"If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed " +"by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " +"libraries your modules depends on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to install or upgrade system packages on an Odoo.sh " +"database (e.g., apt packages). However, under specific conditions, packages " +"can be considered for installation. This also applies to **Python modules** " +"requiring system packages for their compilation, and **third-party Odoo " +"modules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 +msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 +msgid "" +"For more information, consult our `FAQ " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 +msgid "" +"The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python " +"libraries your project needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:441 +msgid "" +"The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " +"`_ in your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:444 +msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:446 +msgid "" +"From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " +"~/src/user/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" +"addons/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " +"characters in the name field of your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:459 +msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:461 +msgid "Before" +msgstr "Prima" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:494 +msgid "" +"Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " +"platform to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:496 +msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:510 +msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:518 +msgid "Then, push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:520 +msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:526 +msgid "In your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 +msgid "Online Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a " +"web browser. It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python " +"consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs " +"`, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu " +"` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor*" +" to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 +msgid "Edit the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 +msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging" +" builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " +"your source code if you want to make them persist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:56 +msgid "" +"For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " +"changes on a production server is not a good practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 +msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:62 +msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo `_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 +msgid "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise `_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " +"panel on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the " +"menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path, Odoo " +"will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " +"immediately, without having to restart the server manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:84 +msgid "" +"However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a " +"field, or a view, you have to update the according module to apply the " +"change. You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the " +"menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file " +"considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " +"the file highlighted in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 +msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:102 +msgid "Commit & Push your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:104 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:106 +msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 +msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 +msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 +msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 +msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:112 +msgid "In this last command," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:114 +msgid "" +"*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:116 +msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 +msgid "" +" must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to " +"push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " +"development build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key is not hosted" +" in your build containers (for obvious security concerns) nor forwarded " +"through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser) and " +"you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH. You have to " +"use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes, which " +"is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes. You will be " +"prompted to enter your Github username and password. If you activated the " +"two-factor authentication on Github, you can create a `personal access token" +" `_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " +"suffices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather" +" on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions " +"rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " +"builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior " +"`, a new build may be created." +" You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from, as it will have the" +" same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" +" in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:148 +msgid "Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells " +"`_. One " +"of the most interesting addition to use a Python console rather than a " +"IPython shell within a terminal is the `rich display " +"`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" +" in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo " +"registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " +"write on your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, " +"for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the " +"database. If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed " +"in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " +"on production databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 +msgid "" +"You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " +":code:`env['res.users']`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists " +"and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display " +"`_ mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can also use `pandas `_ to display graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 +msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:14 +msgid "Project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:16 +msgid "The name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This defines the address that will be used to access your production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name " +"and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" +" future builds will use the new name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 +msgid "Collaborators" +msgstr "Collaboratori" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 +msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 +msgid "There are two levels of users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 +msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +msgid "" +"User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" +" staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your " +"code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group " +"cannot connect to the production and staging databases using the *1-click " +"connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " +"databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " +"logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +msgid "User" +msgstr "Utente" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 +msgid "Admin" +msgstr "Amministratore" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 +msgid "1-click connect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +msgid "Shell/SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 +msgid "Production & Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 +msgid "|green|\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Stato" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 +msgid "Public Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " +"visitors to connect to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 +msgid "" +"In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " +"development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " +":ref:`settings tab `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" +" in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 +msgid "" +"These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are " +"looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the " +"chapter :ref:`Submodules ` of this " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its " +"branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key " +"for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " +"revisions of this private repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 +msgid "" +"in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " +"*Add*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 +msgid "" +"it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " +"your own self-hosted server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 +msgid "" +"in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " +"the deploy keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:203 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " +".ssh directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:208 +msgid "Storage Size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:210 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:217 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:219 +msgid "" +"the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " +"sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " +"`_ in your Web Shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " +"your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help " +"increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " +"more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only" +" allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some " +"operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if " +"it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 +msgid "Staging Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at " +"the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:254 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Attivazione" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " +"activation code if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" +" includes the servers availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:20 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo " +"15.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Changing :ref:`editions ` (i.e., Community to " +"Enterprise edition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Switching :ref:`hosting type ` (i.e., On-" +"Premise to Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 +msgid "Migration from another ERP to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 +msgid "|assistance-contact|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 +msgid "Process workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 +msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:41 +msgid "You create a test upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an " +"upgrade script, which takes between 20 and 120 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-" +"guidance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " +"via the help portal (see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:48 +msgid "We fix the issues and send you a new test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing and are happy with the result, you " +"decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze " +"all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " +"continue working on the newly upgraded database (this is done automatically " +"on Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testing" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without" +" affecting your production database in any way. We suggest that you run the " +"test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as many times as you " +"need (one at a time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, " +"processes, and functionality are still correct and working as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you do find discrepancies, :ref:`report your issues ` and :ref:`request a new test database ` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade script." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your" +" production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A test database is only intended for testing and remains completely " +"unrelated to your present or future production database. Any data you add, " +"or changes you make, will not be reflected in your upgraded production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from " +"having an impact on the production database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending " +"information as if it was the production database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`base URL of the database ` is reset to " +"``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Scheduled actions are disabled (the calendar synchronization, the bank " +"statement synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of " +"incoming mail servers, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" +" a fake/non-working one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:96 +msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:98 +msgid "A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:103 +msgid "Request a test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form " +"`_ and select *Testing* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of the \"Testing\" purpose in the upgrade form on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "Test guidance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and has to " +"test its specific Odoo database individually. We recommend you look at `the " +"test scenario " +"`_" +" for further information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Da fare" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +msgid "Assistance" +msgstr "Assistenza" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you encounter an issue in the **test database**, please get in touch with" +" Odoo Upgrade Support via the `Odoo Support page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " +"upgrade* ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Selection of \"An issue related to my upgrade\" as Ticket Type in the " +"support form on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " +"redirected to another team. This will slow down the processing and response " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to " +"illustrate your issue). This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up " +"the resolution process significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " +"configurations in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:153 +msgid "The production launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " +"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " +"current orders) to a new version of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After your :ref:`tests ` are completed to your " +"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" +" `website form `_. Select *Production* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 +msgid "" +"business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " +"an action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +msgid "" +"poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " +"correctly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " +"get in touch with **Odoo Support**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " +"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " +"upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 +msgid "" +"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " +"team instead of the Upgrade team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " +"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " +"the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Supporto" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " +"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team `_. We will be" +" happy to answer it as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " +"last major versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " +"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " +"benefit from longer support (before having to upgrade again)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " +"Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " +"discrepancies in the upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" +" available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement `. " +"However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 +msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " +"self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " +"as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " +"active; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " +"maintenance of customizations subscription**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" +" database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" +" targeted by the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 +msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +msgid "" +"the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " +"including Odoo partners;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 +msgid "" +"lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " +"outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " +"using Python code `; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 +msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Why upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version " +"` released by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version `, " +"you get a new version with support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:23 +msgid "When to upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " +"version is released or when your version turns unsupported, and you still " +"wish to enjoy support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:31 +msgid "Availability of the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As soon as Odoo announces the release of a new major version, you can create" +" a test upgrade request to try the latest version. Please note that at this " +"point, the upgrade scripts will only have been tested with demo data. Please" +" report any issue you might encounter while testing via the `Odoo Support " +"page `_ and make sure to be happy with your test " +"version before requesting the upgrade of your database in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:44 +msgid "It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In general, the \"smaller\" the database, the quickest the upgrade request " +"is completed. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed " +"faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, " +"Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test " +"database to be similar to the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:56 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It depends on the user involvement (the time spent on testing, reporting " +"problems, etc.) and the issues encountered that might need to be addressed " +"by our technical team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:61 +msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:63 +msgid "Source & targeted versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:64 +msgid "Installed apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:65 +msgid "Volume of data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " +"website, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " +"test phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:68 +msgid "User commitment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:73 +msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section " +":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " +"fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our " +"services, by one of our partners, or you can do it yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:86 +msgid "Upgrade or Migration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo, while a migration " +"reflects the change of :ref:`editions ` or " +"change of :ref:`hosting type `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:97 +msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The upgrade always returns an Enterprise edition of Odoo, whether the " +"database you sent was a community or enterprise edition. It is required to " +"have an enterprise subscription to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo " +"Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:107 +msgid "`Editions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:112 +msgid "Switching the hosting types (On-premise vs. Odoo Online vs. Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " +"your hosting type <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:124 +msgid "The Upgrade Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When an upgrade request completes successfully (test or production), you " +"receive an email notification about it that includes an 'Upgrade Report'. " +"This report is also sent to you via the Discuss app. It contains valuable " +"information regarding changes that occurred during the upgrade. While it " +"serves as a guide to possible issues to look out for, it is not an " +"exhaustive list. It remains imperative that you test the upgraded database " +"thoroughly and report any discrepancies you might find, before you decide to" +" upgrade your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:136 +msgid "Custom views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"During the upgrade, some custom views might get disabled for technical " +"reasons. Therefore they might have to be fixed after the upgrade. The " +":ref:`Upgrade Report ` that is generated after " +"the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views " +"that might be impacted by this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 +msgid "Release Notes by version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Open our `Release Note `_ page to " +"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 +msgid "How long is my test available for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 +msgid "" +"An Odoo Online test database is available for one month by default. We can " +"extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, there is " +"no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 +msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"As many as needed. When you are comfortable with the database, run a last " +"test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " +"your workflows one last time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 +msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " +"Support through the `Odoo Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " +"issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" +" to my upgrade (production)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 +msgid "Upgrading to production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed testing and are happy with the result, you decide on" +" a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " +"entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 +msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " +"Odoo.com services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"SSL - All web connections to client instances are protected with 256-bit SSL" +" encryption (HTTPS with a 2048-bit modulus SSL certificate), and running " +"behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Safe System - Our servers are running recent Linux distribution with up-to-" +"date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " +"disclosed for obvious reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " +"following services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " +"employees only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 +msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 +msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 +msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " +"kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " +"`General Data Protection Regulation page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 +msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:210 +msgid "" +"This feature allows customers to upgrade their database directly from a " +"message prompt sent to the database administrator as soon as the new version" +" is released. Odoo first tests the upgrade to the next version. The rolling " +"release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful. " +"The message offers two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To take you to your `database manager `_" +" where you can `request an upgraded test database " +"`_ and check the upgraded test database " +"for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When you choose to proceed with the production upgrade directly, make sure " +"all users have saved their work and are logged out. The upgrade takes " +"approximately 15 minutes. During this time your database is unreachable. If " +"you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo " +"Support page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a " +"test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If the database's version is **lower** than the latest major release: the " +"database must be upgraded within two months. After these two months, an " +"automatic upgrade is initiated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the database's version is **equal** to or **higher** than the latest " +"major release: you can disregard the invitation to upgrade, as the database " +"probably would not benefit from new features every two months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If a database is *not* on the latest online version, its administrator " +"should receive an invitation to upgrade on the database's dashboard, " +"displayed as an **arrow in a circle**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Invitation to upgrade on the database dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and must be " +"updated to avoid security issues. It is recommended to initiate the upgrade " +"yourself and not wait for the automatic upgrade, as the former method allows" +" you to request a test upgrade of the database to check for any " +"discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:36 +msgid "Test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:43 +msgid "" +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager `_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:76 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager `_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The production database is then taken offline and will be upgraded " +"automatically. The time it takes to upgrade the production database should " +"be similar to the time that was necessary to upgrade the test database. Make" +" sure to inform database users of the scheduled downtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to make the upgrade process " +"easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab is available in the branches view. It is only " +"available for valid projects with a valid production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the upgrade menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 +msgid "The suggested upgrade steps on Odoo.sh are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On a :guilabel:`Development` branch, upgrade your custom modules to keep " +"them compatible with the new version and thoroughly **test them**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Switch that branch to the :guilabel:`Staging` branch, **upgrade** the last " +"daily production backup and **test it**. Write upgrade scripts if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Trigger the production upgrade from your :guilabel:`Production` branch and " +"sit tight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../../administration/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ <../upgrade/faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Introduction to Odoo.sh <../odoo_sh/overview/introduction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:36 +msgid "Upgrade your custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first step is to upgrade your custom modules to keep them compatible " +"with the new version. Fork your :guilabel:`Production` branch in the " +":guilabel:`Development` stage, then go to the settings of your " +":guilabel:`Development` branch and select the Odoo version you target. If " +"needed, modify your code to be compatible with the new version. Make sure to" +" **test** your features are still working correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done " +"by yourself, by your Partner or by Odoo (if you hold a subscription " +"including maintenance of customizations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade your database on a staging branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take the upgraded development branch and drag & drop it to " +":guilabel:`Staging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab and select the :guilabel:`target version`." +" Then, click on :guilabel:`Test Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The **latest production daily automatic backup** is sent to the `upgrade " +"platform `_ to start the upgrade test process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can follow the upgrade process by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` menu " +"of your :guilabel:`Production` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When the upgraded backup is ready on the `upgrade platform " +"`_, it is automatically downloaded back to " +"your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The branch is now in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is pushed** on" +" the branch, a **restore operation** of the upgraded backup occurs, and an " +"**update of all the custom modules** happens. This allows you to quickly " +"iterate on your custom modules upgrade scripts. The log file of the upgrade " +"process can be found at :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log` in your newly upgraded " +"staging build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:78 +msgid "The **special upgrade mode** is automatically closed after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:128 +msgid "" +"It may happen that custom modules are no longer needed after an upgrade. " +"Custom modules in the upgraded database are set to be updated. If the " +"modules are missing in the code, the update fails, thus failing the whole " +"process. An empty module with a manifest and possibly some custom upgrade " +"script are necessary to clean up the database. The complete removal of the " +"module has to be handled afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:86 +msgid "Functionally test your upgraded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Now that the test upgraded database is available on your staging branch, " +"**thoroughly test it** and make sure everything runs as it's supposed to. " +"Once you are satisfied with the result, you are ready to upgrade your " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:93 +msgid "Production upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once you are happy with your testing, you can start the process on the " +":guilabel:`Production` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:98 +msgid "" +"On your :guilabel:`Production` branch, go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab, " +"select the :guilabel:`targeted version` and click on the :guilabel:`start " +"Upgrade` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "View from the upgrade tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The actual process is **triggered as soon as you push a new commit** in your" +" branch. Make sure you are pushing code that is compatible with the new " +"version. For example by merging the code from your upgraded staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can see the progress of the upgrade by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"tab of the main branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "View showing the progress of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:118 +msgid "Your database is unavailable throughout the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong, the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, the " +"same as it would be for a regular update. In case of success, a backup is " +"always made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " +"upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Test upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 +msgid "Upgrade request via command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For technically-advanced users and partners, the upgrade process can be " +"initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" +" hosted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d -t `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above command creates the database dump, sends it to the upgrade " +"platform, and initiates the automated upgrade process. During the upgrade, " +"you can follow the live logs on your screen. Once the upgrade process is " +"completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " +"(as a duplicate test database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " +":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Upload this dump file at https://upgrade.odoo.com and select *Testing* as " +"the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " +"you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " +"test all processes and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " +"able to download it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For storage reasons, the copy of your database is submitted without a " +"filestore to the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not " +"contain the production filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " +"the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " +"as it would be in the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 +msgid "The upgraded database contains:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:45 +msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:46 +msgid "" +"A `filestore` folder containing files that were extracted from in-database " +"records into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from" +" the targeted Odoo version (like new images, icons, payment provider's " +"logos, etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production " +"filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 +msgid "Upgrade your production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing successfully, you can proceed to upgrade" +" your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " +"link in the email and import it onto your live environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Same as in the test phase, when requesting an upgrade for production " +"purposes, the copy of your database is submitted without a filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the upgraded database filestore must be merged with the " +"production filestore before deploying the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:65 +msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " +"the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:74 +msgid "by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:75 +msgid "by your Partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..dc7265654 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Dario Cucchiar, 2023 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "Documentazione Utente" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." +msgstr "" +"Scopri le nostre guide utente e i tutorial di configurazione per ogni " +"applicazione." diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..d2c60048c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -0,0 +1,34781 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 +# Stefano Consolaro , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "Finanza" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" +msgstr "Contabilità e fatturazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send " +"them to your customers, and manage payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant " +"productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-" +"powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart " +"matching suggestions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting `_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Contabilità `_" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:56 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts `, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A :doc:`multi-currency ` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid "" +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Resoconti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The following financial :doc:`reports ` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Estratto conto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Stato patrimoniale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Conto economico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 +msgid "Cash flow statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:38 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Resoconto FISCALE" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 +msgid "ES sales list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Verifica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Bilancio di verifica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Amministrazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 +msgid "" +":doc:`Create and customize reports ` with " +"Odoo's report engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation ` with your journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:16 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:40 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Crea un conto bancario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:56 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:65 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:69 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Valuta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:106 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 +msgid "Bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 +msgid "Outstanding accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:143 +msgid "" +"By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named " +"**outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 +msgid "" +"An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " +"until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 +msgid "" +"An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " +"until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:151 +msgid "" +"These accounts should be of :ref:`type ` " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done " +"automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 +msgid "Default accounts configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The outstanding accounts are defined by default. If necessary, you can " +"update them by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding " +"Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 +msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the " +":ref:`type ` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:170 +msgid "" +"From your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the menu selection ⋮ of" +" the journal you want to configure, and click on :guilabel:`Configuration`, " +"then open the :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Payments` tab. To display the " +"outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If you do not specify an outstanding payments account or an outstanding " +"receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or " +"outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or " +"bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features `_, and click on " +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 +msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge `: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Ponto `: Europe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid "" +":doc:`Enable Banking `: Scandinavian " +"countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "On-Premise users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " +"Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third" +" party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you " +"don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:42 +msgid "First synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" +" to synchronize with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " +"the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " +"change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can find all your synchronizations by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:76 +msgid "Synchronize manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " +"default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" +" such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" +" receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic " +"synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online " +"synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual " +"synchronizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:93 +msgid "Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:96 +msgid "Synchronization in error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " +"`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Synchronization disconnected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " +"contact the `support `_ directly with your client" +" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" +" with the latest version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " +"new module manually to use the new functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:130 +msgid "" +"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " +"won't work anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:137 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:81 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:143 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to" +" the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback" +" from the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +msgid "" +"For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " +"the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +msgid "" +"During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " +"decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:192 +msgid "There may also be no new transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:198 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 +msgid "Enable Banking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Enable Banking** is a third-party provider aggregating banking information" +" from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity " +"to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Banking logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank " +"transactions and automatically import them into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 +msgid "`Enable Banking website `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 +msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 +msgid "Select your bank;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo " +"by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 +msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 +msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto" +msgstr "Ponto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst-1 +msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " +"between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " +"account/integration `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 +msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" +" follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " +"database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " +"selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " +"Ponto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 +msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" +" Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " +"ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "Finish the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo, but Odoo " +"will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " +"accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 +msgid "" +"During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" +" the ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 +msgid "Fetch new accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 +msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " +"institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 +msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" +" from this institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 +msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " +"your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " +"`_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will " +"stop for these accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " +"supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" +" real feedback on the connection with the institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 +msgid "Salt Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " +"from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst-1 +msgid "Salt Edge Logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " +"the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 +msgid "" +"After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " +"email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" +" enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access " +"your Salt Edge account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " +"continue the synchronization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge Login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 +msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 +msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 +msgid "Update your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " +"Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " +"to access your information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" +" on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 +msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " +"banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " +"Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing " +"is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the " +"record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want" +" to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge " +"account `_ and manually delete your " +"synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the " +"record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 +msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " +"please check on your `dashboard `_ that " +"you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" +" on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " +"with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " +"your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" +" will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an " +"*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "Cash register" +msgstr "Registratore di cassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Utilizzo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:32 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:37 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:47 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company, and reports are all based on that default currency. When you have a" +" bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two " +"values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:10 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using the web services of a banking" +" institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services" +" but other options are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:19 +msgid "Activate multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To work with multiple currencies, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and tick :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Currencies`. Under :guilabel:`Post Exchange difference entries in:`, provide" +" a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss " +"Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, they are all created" +" by default, but not necessarily active. To activate the new currencies, " +"click on :guilabel:`Activate Other Currencies` under the :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Accounting: Currencies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When the currencies are activated, you can choose to **automate** the " +"currency rate update, or leave it on **manual**. To configure the rate " +"update, go back to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Currencies`, check :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates`, set " +":guilabel:`Interval` to your desired frequency, and then click on " +":guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service`" +" you wish to obtain currency rates from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next " +"Run` field to update the currency rates manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "Crea un nuovo conto bancario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals` and create a new one. Enter a :guilabel:`Journal" +" Name` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to `Bank`. In the :guilabel:`Journal " +"Entries` tab, enter a **short code**, a **currency**, and then finally click" +" on the :guilabel:`Bank Account` field to create a new account. In the pop-" +"up window of the account creation, enter a name, a code (ex.: 550007), set " +"its type to `Bank and Cash`, set a currency type, and save. When you are " +"back on the **journal**, click on the :guilabel:`Account Number` field, and " +"in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " +":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a created bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Upon creation of the journal, Odoo automatically links the bank account to " +"the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To pay a bill in a foreign currency, simply select the currency next to the " +":guilabel:`Journal` field and register the payment. Odoo automatically " +"creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "How to set a bill currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, " +"Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:78 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This report gives an overview of all unrealized amounts in a foreign " +"currency on your balance sheet, and allows you to adjust an entry or " +"manually set an exchange rate. To access this report, go to " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`." +" From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a different currency rate than the one set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, " +"click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the " +"foreign currencies in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing " +"you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset" +" to Odoo's Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In order to update your **balance sheet** with the amount of the " +":guilabel:`adjustment` column, click on the :guilabel:`Adjustment Entry` " +"button. In the pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and " +"process the **unrealized gains and losses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can set the date of the report in the :guilabel:`Date` field. Odoo " +"automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in " +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, " +"meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:55 +msgid "Bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions ` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models `, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models `, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries `, :ref:`batch" +" payments `, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"`, :ref:`manual operations " +"`, :ref:`batch payments " +"`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models `, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments `_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button ` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Modelli di riconciliazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:68 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Da fare" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " +"doc will have been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "Creazione manuale storno con clic del pulsante" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "Proposta valori di contropartita" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "Abbinamento fatture esistenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" +"in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:56 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipologia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above ` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Condizioni su riga estratto conto bancario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Valori di contropartita" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " +"bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in " +"your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 +msgid "" +":doc:`Bank synchronization ` automates the process. " +"However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, " +"other options exist:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 +msgid "" +":ref:`Import bank transactions ` delivered by your " +"bank;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions ` manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 +msgid "" +":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement ` is " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 +msgid "Import transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To import a file, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 +msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 +msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After setting the necessary formatting options and mapping the file columns " +"with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " +":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank transactions manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also record your bank transactions manually. To do so, go to " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, and" +" then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and " +":guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 +msgid "Statements" +msgstr "Estratti conto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A **bank statement** is a document provided by a bank or financial " +"institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular " +"bank account over a specified period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, it is optional to group transactions by their related " +"statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them " +"for control purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you want to compare the ending balances of your bank statements with the " +"ending balances of your financial records, *don't forget to create an " +"opening transaction* to record the bank account balance as of the date you " +"begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure " +"the accuracy of your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To access a list of statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`," +" click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " +"cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 +msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Open the bank reconciliation view by clicking on the name of the bank " +"journal, and identify the transaction corresponding to the last transaction " +"of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when " +"hovering on the upper separator line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement " +"includes the previous transactions following the last statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:88 +msgid "Statement creation from the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the list of transactions by clicking on the name of the bank journal " +"and switching to the list view. Select all the transactions corresponding to" +" the bank statement, and, in the :guilabel:`Statement` column, select an " +"existing statement or create a new one by typing its reference, clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and " +"saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 +msgid "Customer invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:17 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Dalla fattura in bozza al conto economico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Creazione fattura" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:41 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "Fatture in bozza" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:52 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:57 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "Cliente: Agrolait" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:58 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "Prodotto: iMac" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:59 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "Quantità: 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "Prezzo unitario: 100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:61 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:67 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:69 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:70 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:71 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:74 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "Fatture aperte o proforma" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:76 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:80 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "Invio della fattura al cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:98 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "**Partner**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Conti di credito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "Agrolait" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "01/07/2015" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "115" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Imposte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendite" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Banca" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "Riconcilia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:156 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "Controllo pagamenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:208 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:225 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash discounts** are reductions in the amount a customer must pay for " +"goods or services offered as an incentive for paying their invoice promptly." +" These discounts are typically a percentage of the total invoice amount and " +"are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts can" +" help the company maintain a steady cash flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due " +"within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you " +"within seven days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they " +"would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`tax reduction ` can also be applied " +"depending on the country or region." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first set up the :ref:`type " +"of tax reduction `, verify the :ref:`gain and" +" loss accounts `, and configure new " +":ref:`payment terms `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 +msgid "Tax reductions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country or region, the base amount used to compute the tax " +"can vary, which can lead to a **tax reduction**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Taxes` section, in the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Tax Reduction` " +"feature, select one of the three following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 +msgid "Always (upon invoice)" +msgstr "Sempre (su fattura)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " +"discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 +msgid "On early payment" +msgstr "Su pagamento anticipato" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to " +"compute the tax is the same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the " +"reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the " +"customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Mai" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " +"full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You issue a €100 invoice (tax-excluded) on the 1st of January, with a 21% " +"tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% " +"discount if your customer pays you within seven days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Data di scadenza" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 +msgid "Total amount due" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:100 +msgid "Computation" +msgstr "Calcolo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "8th of January" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 +msgid "€118.58" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €98))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 +msgid "31st of January" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "€120.58" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 +msgid "€121.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €100))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 +msgid "€119.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +msgid "" +":ref:`Tax grids `, which are used for the tax report," +" are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction ` you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The **type of cash discount tax reduction** may be correctly pre-configured," +" depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 +msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 +msgid "" +"With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer " +"benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and " +"losses, which are recorded on default accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the " +"accounts you want to use for the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and " +":guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "Termini di pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms `. " +"Configure them to your liking by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out the fields " +":guilabel:`Discount %` and :guilabel:`Discount Days`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" +"reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 +msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice by selecting the :ref:`payment " +"terms you created `. Odoo automatically " +"computes the correct amounts, tax amounts, due dates, and accounting " +"records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount " +"details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the " +":guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" +"is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice" +" sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: \"30 Days,\n" +"2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 +msgid "Payment reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 +msgid "" +"When you record a payment or reconcile your bank statements, Odoo takes the " +"customer payment's date into account to define if they can benefit from the " +"cash discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can" +" always decide whether to mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or" +" as partially paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`../payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "Arrotondamento di cassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit notes and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **credit/debit note**, or **credit/debit memo**, is a document issued to a" +" customer that notifies them that they have been *credited/debited* a " +"certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:8 +msgid "Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are less common but are most frequently used to track debts owed" +" by customers or to vendors because of modifications to confirmed customer " +"invoices or vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit/debit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund, or " +"modify a validated invoice. Do not forget to **register the payment** " +"afterward if you need to send money back to your customer and/or validate " +"the :doc:`return ` if a " +"storable product is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:25 +msgid "Issue a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same way as " +"an invoice form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"related invoices. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers " +"--> Invoices`, open the related **customer invoice**, and click on " +":guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A credit note sequence starts with `R` and is followed by the number of the " +"related document (e.g., RINV/2019/0004 is related to the invoice " +"INV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 +msgid "Partial refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option, Odoo creates a draft " +"credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the " +"original invoice. This is the option to choose if you wish to do a partial " +"refund or if you want to modify any detail of the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:53 +msgid "This is the only option for invoices marked as *in payment* or *paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "Full refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Full Refund` option, Odoo creates a credit " +"note, automatically validates it, and reconciles it with the related " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst-1 +msgid "Full refund credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose for a full refund or to **cancel** a " +"*validated* invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "Rimborso completo e nuova fattura in bozza" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` option, " +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles it with " +"the related invoice, and opens a new draft invoice prefilled with the same " +"details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:73 +msgid "This is the option to **modify** the content of a *validated* invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 +msgid "Issue a debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can create a debit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or by clicking on the" +" related invoice you wish to issue a debit note for. On the invoice form " +"view, click :guilabel:`Add debit note`, fill in the information, and click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +msgid "Record a vendor refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:85 +msgid "**Vendor refunds** are recorded the same way as credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create`; or by opening the related **vendor bill**, and clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "Record a debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Debit notes** from vendors are recorded in a similar way to how they are " +"issued to customers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills`, open the related " +"bill you wish to record a debit note for, and click :guilabel:`Add debit " +"note`. Fill in the information, and click :guilabel:`Create debit note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit/debit note from an invoice/bill creates a **reverse entry**" +" that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:108 +msgid "The journal invoice of an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Credit note journal entry reverses the invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post ` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prerequisiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "Crea nuova voce" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "Modelli per risconto passivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Electronic invoicing (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"EDI, or electronic data interchange, is the inter-company communication of " +"business documents, such as purchase orders and invoices, in a standard " +"format. Sending documents according to an EDI standard ensures that the " +"machine receiving the message can interpret the information correctly. " +"Various EDI file formats exist and are available depending on your company's" +" country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"EDI feature enables automating the administration between companies and " +"might also be required by some governments for fiscal control or to " +"facilitate the administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing of your documents such as customer invoices, credit " +"notes or vendor bills is one of the application of EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo supports, among others, the following formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "Format Name" +msgstr "Nome formato" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:22 +msgid "Applicability" +msgstr "Applicabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "For French and German companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 +msgid "Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For companies whose countries are part of the `EAS list " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "E-FFF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:29 +msgid "For Belgian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 +msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "For German companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:32 +msgid "Fattura PA (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:33 +msgid "For Italian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:34 +msgid "CFDI (4.0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:35 +msgid "For Mexican companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:36 +msgid "Peru UBL 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:37 +msgid "For Peruvian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:38 +msgid "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:39 +msgid "For Spanish companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:40 +msgid "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:41 +msgid "For Colombian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "Egyptian Tax Authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:43 +msgid "For Egyptian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:44 +msgid "E-Invoice (IN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:45 +msgid "For Indian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:47 +msgid "For Dutch companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:48 +msgid "EHF 3.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:49 +msgid "For Norwegian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 +msgid "SG BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "SG BIS Billing 3.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 +msgid "For Singaporean companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 +msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:56 +msgid ":ref:`fiscal_localizations/packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Customer" +" Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and enable the " +"formats you need for this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst-1 +msgid "Select the EDI format you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once an electronic invoicing format is enabled, XML documents are generated " +"when clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in documents such as invoices, credit " +"notes, etc. These documents are either visible in the attachment section, or" +" embedded in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For E-FFF, the xml file only appears after having generated the PDF " +"(:guilabel:`Print` or :guilabel:`Send & Print` button), since the PDF needs " +"to be embedded inside the xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " +":guilabel:`General Information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " +"existing access points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:3 +msgid "Incoterms" +msgstr "Termini di resa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:5 +msgid "" +":abbr:`Incoterms (International Commercial Terms)` are standardized trade " +"terms used in international transactions to define the rights and " +"responsibilities of buyers and sellers. They establish the obligations " +"related to the delivery of goods, the transfer of risks, and the " +"distribution of costs between the parties involved. Incoterms specify " +"important details, such as the point at which the risk and costs transfer " +"from the seller to the buyer, the responsibility for transportation, " +"insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:13 +msgid "By default, all 11 Incoterms are available in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:15 +msgid "**EXW**: Ex works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:16 +msgid "**FCA**: Free carrier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:17 +msgid "**FAS**: Free alongside ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:18 +msgid "**FOB**: Free on board" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:19 +msgid "**CFR**: Cost and freight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:20 +msgid "**CIF**: Cost, insurance and freight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:21 +msgid "**CPT**: Carriage paid to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:22 +msgid "**CIP**: Carriage and insurance paid to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:23 +msgid "**DPU**: Delivered at place unloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:24 +msgid "**DAP**: Delivered at place" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:25 +msgid "**DDP**: Delivered duty paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:33 +msgid "Define an Incoterm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define an Incoterm manually, create an invoice or bill, click the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:41 +msgid "Default Incoterm configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can set a default Incoterm rule to **automatically** populate the " +"Incoterm field on all newly created invoices and bills. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll" +" down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, and select an Incoterm " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Incoterm` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing processes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "Contratti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Altre" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 +msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 +msgid "" +"It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 +msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 +msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 +msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 +msgid "" +"It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who " +"want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " +"traditional paper invoices into invoices forms in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses OCR and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the " +"content of the documents. Vendor bills and customer invoices forms are " +"automatically created and populated based on scanned invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:162 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment terms and installment plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment terms** specify all the conditions of a sale's payment to help " +"ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are generally defined on documents such as sales orders, " +"customer invoices, and vendor bills. Payment terms cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Early payment discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other conditions on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "Immediate Payment" +msgstr "Pagamento immediato" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:20 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "15 Days (or Net 15)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:22 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:23 +msgid "21 MFI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 +msgid "30% Advance End of Following Month" +msgstr "anticipo 30% data fattura fine mese" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 +msgid "" +"30% is due on the day of the invoice's issuance. The remaining balance is " +"due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 +msgid "2% 10, Net 30 EOM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A 2% :doc:`cash discount ` if the payment is received within" +" ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with :doc:`down payment invoices " +"`. If, for a specific " +"order, you issue multiple invoices to your customer, that is neither a " +"payment term nor an installment plan but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page is about the *payment terms* feature, not :doc:`terms & conditions" +" `, which can be used to declare contractual obligations " +"regarding content use, return policies, and other policies surrounding the " +"sale of goods and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: payment terms `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:48 +msgid "To create new payment terms, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Enter a name in the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field. This field is the name " +"displayed in the database and is not customer-facing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Enter the text to be displayed on the document (sales order, invoice, etc.) " +"in the :guilabel:`Description on the Invoice` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Display terms on invoice` checkbox to display a " +"breakdown of each payment and its due date on the invoice report, if " +"desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Terms` section, add a set of rules (terms) to define what " +"needs to be paid and by which due date(s). Defining terms automatically " +"calculates the payments' due date(s). This is particularly helpful for " +"managing **installment plans** (:dfn:`payment terms with multiple terms`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, define its :guilabel:`Due " +"Type` and :guilabel:`Value`, and fill out the appropriate fields to define " +"when the term is due, including any :doc:`discounts `. Due " +"dates are calculated by taking the invoice/bill date, first adding the " +":guilabel:`Months`, and then adding the :guilabel:`Days`. If the " +":guilabel:`End of month` toggle is enabled, the due date will then be the " +"end of that month, plus any :guilabel:`Days after End of month`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To instead specify a number of days *before the end of the month*, use a " +"negative value in the :guilabel:`Days after End of month` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To test that your payment terms are configured correctly, enter an invoice " +"amount and invoice date in the :guilabel:`Example` section to generate the " +"payments that would be due and their due dates using these payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order of their due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" +"month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:91 +msgid "Using payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Contacts:** To automatically set default payment terms on a contact's new " +"sales orders, invoices, and bills. This can be modified in the contact form," +" under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Quotations/Sales Orders:** To set specific payment terms automatically on " +"all invoices generated from a quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Due Date` field, with the " +":guilabel:`Terms` drop-down list on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 +msgid "**Customer invoices:** To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "**Vendor bills:** To set specific payment terms on a bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Setting payment terms on a vendor bill is mostly useful for managing vendor " +"terms with multiple installments or cash discounts. Otherwise, manually " +"setting the **due date** is enough. If payment terms are already defined, " +"empty the field to select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific payment terms generate different *journal entries*, " +"with one *journal item* for every computed *due date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier :doc:`follow-ups " +"` and " +":doc:`reconciliation `" +" since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance " +"due date. It also helps to get an accurate :ref:`aged receivable report " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The amount debited to the account receivable is split into two journal items with\n" +"distinct due dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Account" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Dare" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Avere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Conto di credito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "Vendite prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited to the account receivable is split into two distinct " +"journal items. Both of them have their own due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "Snailmail" +msgstr "Posta ordinaria" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Sending direct mail can be an effective strategy for grabbing people's " +"attention, especially when their email inboxes are overflowing. With Odoo, " +"you have the ability to send invoices and follow-up reports through postal " +"mail worldwide, all from within your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" +" invoices` section to activate :guilabel:`Snailmail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the " +":guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst-1 +msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:25 +msgid "Send invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Open your invoice, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` and select " +":guilabel:`Send by Post`. Make sure your customer’s address is set " +"correctly, including the country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Your document must respect the following rules to pass the validation before" +" being sent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Margins must be **5 mm** on all sides. As Odoo forces the outer margins by " +"filling them with white before sending the snailmail, it can results in the " +"user's custom being cut off if it protrudes into the margins. To check the " +"margins, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`General Settings --> Technical --> Reporting section: Paper " +"Format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here " +"` to get more info about the area)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Pingen (Odoo Snailmail service provider) scans the area to process the " +"address, so if something gets written outside the area, it is not counted as" +" part of the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Definizione prezzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Snailmail is an :doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase` service that " +"requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes " +"one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Customer invoices: Snailmail`, click on :guilabel:`Buy " +"credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases: Odoo IAP`," +" and click on :guilabel:`View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Click `here `_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Per iniziare" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:7 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here ` for more " +"information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Dati azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Conto bancario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information about " +"this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Click here ` for more information about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:83 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Periodi contabili" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:99 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Piano dei conti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here ` for more information on " +"how to configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:115 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:124 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:129 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:130 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:131 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Struttura della fattura" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:147 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:164 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Metodo di pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Provider* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:181 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Fattura campione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:189 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:190 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory average price valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the :doc:`inventory valuation page " +"`," +" one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock " +"valuation, is the average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Operazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Valore di magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "80 €" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "Piano dei conti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "Cespiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Passività" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Patrimonio netto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Ricavi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Spesa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:58 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Rendiconto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Categoria" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Tipi conto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Stato patrimoniale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:62 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Credito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:71 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Banca e cassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:83 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Attività correnti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:86 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Attività non correnti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Risconti attivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Immobilizzazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:65 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Debito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Carta di credito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:95 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passività correnti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:98 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Passività non correnti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:101 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Utili di esercizio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:20 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Conto economico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Altri ricavi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Ammortamenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Costo dei ricavi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Altro" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Fuori bilancio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets ` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " +"` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "Default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:58 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etichette" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" +msgstr "Gruppi del conto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 +msgid "Create account groups manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode ` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Non attivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 +msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss, which is an analysis over a " +"period)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth and the goods it owns. Fixed " +"assets include buildings and offices, while current assets include bank " +"accounts and cash. The money owed by a client is an asset. An employee is " +"not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers). Liabilities " +"could also be defined as a source of financing which is provided to the " +"company, also called *leverage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners of the " +"company (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or " +"losses). Each year, net profits (or losses) may be reported as retained " +"earnings or distributed to the shareholders (as a dividend)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:34 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "A difference is made between **assets** and **expenses**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An **asset** is a resource with economic value that an individual, " +"corporation, or country owns or controls with the expectation that it will " +"provide a future benefit. Assets are reported on a company's balance sheet. " +"They are bought or created to increase a firm's value or benefit its " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "" +"An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " +"revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a " +"specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The **revenue** refers to the money earned by the company by selling goods " +"and/or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The **cost of goods sold** (COGS, or also known as \"Cost of Sale\") refers " +"to the sale of goods' costs (e.g., the cost of the materials and labor used " +"to create the goods)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The **Gross profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Operating expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D " +"salaries, rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, and anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold or the cost of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:76 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the company's accounts: both Balance " +"sheet accounts and P&L accounts. Every transaction is recorded by debiting " +"and crediting multiple accounts in a journal entry. In a way, a chart of " +"accounts is like a company's DNA!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Every account listed in the chart of accounts belongs to a specific " +"category. In Odoo, each account has a unique code and belongs to one of " +"these categories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:92 +msgid "**Equity and subordinated debts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of money invested by a company's shareholders to " +"finance the company's activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Subordinated debts** are the amount of money lent by a third party to a " +"company to finance its activities. In the event of the dissolution of a " +"company, these third parties are reimbursed before the shareholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Fixed assets** are tangible (i.e., physical) items or properties that a " +"company purchases and uses to produce its goods and services. Fixed assets " +"are long-term assets. This means the assets have a useful life of more than " +"one year. They also include properties, plants, and equipments (also known " +"as \"PP&E\") and are recorded on the balance sheet with that classification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "**Current assets and liabilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The **current assets** account is a balance sheet line item listed under the" +" Assets section, which accounts for all company-owned assets that can be " +"converted to cash within one year. Current assets include cash, cash " +"equivalents, accounts receivable, stock inventory, marketable securities, " +"prepaid liabilities, and other liquid assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Current liabilities** are a company's short-term financial obligations due" +" within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to " +"suppliers in the form of accounts payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:106 +msgid "" +"A **bank account** is a financial account maintained by a bank or other " +"financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank " +"and a customer are recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A **cash account**, or cash book, may refer to a ledger in which all cash " +"transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts " +"and the cash payment journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 +msgid "**Expenses and income**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "" +"An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " +"revenues. It is simply defined as the cost one is required to spend on " +"obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee " +"wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The term \"**income**\" generally refers to the amount of money, property, " +"and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange " +"for services or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Esempio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "" +"\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously " +"selected as they are contradictory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g., an invoice, a bank statement," +" a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal " +"to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:143 +msgid "" +"examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Riconciliazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 +msgid "" +":doc:`Reconciliation <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation>` is the process " +"of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and " +"debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices to mark " +"them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts " +"receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:156 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:159 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "Fattura 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "Partial payment 1/2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "Fattura 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "Partial payment 2/2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "Pagamento 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "Fattura 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "Total to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Riconciliazione bancaria" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**matched with a previously recorded payment**: a payment is registered when" +" a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and " +"reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 +msgid "" +"**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions; only a few should " +"need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the " +"balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:207 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:212 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "Fattura ABC" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "Assegno 0123" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:241 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Estratto conto bancario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to issue invoices, receive bills, and record transactions in" +" currencies other than the main currency configured for your company. You " +"can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your " +"foreign currency activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:20 +msgid "Main currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **main currency** is defined by default according to the company's " +"country. You can change it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the " +":guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:29 +msgid "Enable foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and " +"enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:41 +msgid "Currency rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Manual update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To manually create and set a currency rate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Configuration --> Currencies`, click on the currency you wish to change" +" the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` to create a new rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:55 +msgid "Automatic update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you activate a second currency for the first time, :guilabel:`Automatic" +" Currency Rates` appears under :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on" +" the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo can update the rates at regular intervals. To do so, change the " +":guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to :guilabel:`Daily`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Monthly`. You can also select the web " +"service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:69 +msgid "Exchange difference entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated " +"accounts, in a dedicated journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can define which journal and accounts to use to **post exchange " +"difference entries** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the " +":guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you receive a payment for a customer invoice one month after it was " +"issued, the exchange rate has likely changed since. Therefore, this " +"fluctuation implies some profit or loss due to the exchange difference, " +"which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the" +" account are forced to have that account's currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Charts of " +"Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. " +"If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Registri" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles " +"transactions in that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field " +":guilabel:`Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:113 +msgid "Multi-currency accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:118 +msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:120 +msgid "" +"For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the " +"transaction on the document itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 +msgid "Payment registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To register a payment in a currency other than your company's main currency," +" click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` payment button of your document " +"and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:143 +msgid "Bank transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank transactions, the amount is in the company's" +" main currency. To input a **foreign currency**, select a currency in the " +":guilabel:`Foreign Currency`. Once selected, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` in" +" your main currency for it to automatically get converted in the foreign " +"currency in the :guilabel:`Amount in Currency field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the " +"equivalent amount in your company's main currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:160 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To see **exchange difference journal entries**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: " +"Miscellaneous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "Posizione di bilancio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 +msgid "Payments" +msgstr "Pagamenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " +"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " +"outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " +"invoices/bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:24 +msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " +"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " +"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " +"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " +"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " +"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" +" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " +"the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " +"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " +":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " +"pay and make a partial or full payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " +"`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " +"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " +"status :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"longer linked to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " +"automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " +"journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " +"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " +"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " +"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " +"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " +"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +" :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " +"reconciled with the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +msgid "Batch payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " +":doc:`reconciliation `. They are also useful when you " +"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" +" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " +"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +msgid "Payments matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " +"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " +"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " +"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Reconciliation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"During the :doc:`reconciliation `, if the sum of the " +"debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" +" needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +msgid "Batch payments matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " +"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " +"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " +"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " +"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " +"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **batch deposit** is a convenient way to group customer payments and " +"deposit them into your bank account. The feature lets you list multiple " +"payments and generate a detailed deposit slip with a batch reference. This " +"reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with " +"transactions in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" +" Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:20 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Before performing a batch deposit, it is necessary to register each " +"transaction's payment. To do so, open the corresponding customer invoice and" +" click :guilabel:`Register Payment`. In the pop-up window, select the " +":guilabel:`Journal` linked to your bank account and :guilabel:`Batch " +"Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:32 +msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To add payments to a batch deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to " +"include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:49 +msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit " +"slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once the bank transactions are on your database, you can reconcile bank " +"statement lines with the batch payment. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and click :guilabel:`Reconcile Items` on " +"the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select" +" a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, " +"remove the related payment before reconciling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in " +"euros. With **SEPA Direct Debit** (SDD), your customers can sign a mandate " +"that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. " +"This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"activate :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)`, and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +" Enter your company's :guilabel:`Creditor Identifier`. This number is " +"provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for " +"delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 +msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SDD (sepa direct debit)` Mandate is the document that your " +"customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers " +"--> Direct Debit Mandates`, on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form. " +"Export the PDF file by clicking on :guilabel:`Print`. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click " +"on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your" +" own :doc:`Bank Account <../bank>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:50 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "" +"SDD can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce** or on the " +"**Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Provider**. With this " +"method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Payment Acquirers`, click on :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " +"to check :guilabel:`Online Signature`, as this is necessary to let your " +"customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Direct debit mandates are closed automatically after their :guilabel:`End " +"Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until" +" it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Close` updates the mandate’s end day to the current " +"day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be " +"processed with an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Revoke` disables the mandate immediately. No SDD " +"payment can be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. " +"However, payments that have already been registered are still included in " +"the next SDD `.xml` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot" +" be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and " +"choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank `implementation " +"guidelines `_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To generate your `.xml` file of multiple pending SDD payments, you can " +"create a batch payment. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Customers --> Payments`, select the needed payments, then click on " +":guilabel:`Action`, and finally :guilabel:`Create a batch Payment`. Once you" +" click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for " +"download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 +msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Sepa guidelines `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Controlli" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts ` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Ricevute in sospeso" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A follow-up message can be sent to customers when a payment is overdue. Odoo" +" helps you identify late payments and allows you to schedule and send the " +"appropriate reminders using **follow-up actions** that automatically trigger" +" one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send " +"your follow-ups via different means, such as email, post, or SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To configure a :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Follow-up Levels`, and " +"select or create (a) new follow-up level(s). Several follow-up actions are " +"available by default under the :guilabel:`Notification` tab, and the " +"**name** as well as the **number of days** can be changed. The follow-up " +":guilabel:`Actions` available are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send Email`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`Send a Letter `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS message `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can use a pre-filled template for your messages by selecting a " +":guilabel:`Content Template`. To change the template used, hover over the " +"field and click the :guilabel:`-->`. If enabled, SMS messages have a " +"specific :guilabel:`Sms Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automatically send a reminder by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Automatic` option, and attaching the *open* invoice(s) by " +"enabling :guilabel:`Attach Invoices`, within a specific follow-up action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:33 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Activity` tab, scheduling activities (tasks) " +"is possible. That way, an activity is automatically scheduled when the " +"follow-up is triggered. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Schedule Activity`, and " +"select a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for the task. Choose an " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`, and enter a :guilabel:`Summary` on how to handle " +"the activity, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a negative number of days to send a reminder before the actual due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 +msgid "Follow-up reports" +msgstr "Report promemoria di pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Overdue invoices you need to follow up on are available in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Follow-up Reports`. By default," +" Odoo filters by :guilabel:`Overdue Invoices`, but you can also filter by " +":guilabel:`In need of action` in the :guilabel:`Filters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When selecting an invoice, you can see all of the customer's unpaid invoices" +" (overdue or not), with the due dates of late invoices appearing in red. You" +" can exclude invoices from a reminder by clicking :guilabel:`Exclude from " +"Follow-ups`. You can set either :guilabel:`Automatic` or :guilabel:`Manual` " +"reminders as well as a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for that customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To send reminders, click on :guilabel:`Follow up`, and select the action(s) " +"you want to perform from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sms`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`By post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can :guilabel:`Attach Invoices` and change the content templates from " +"this view. When done, click :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Send & Print`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The contact information on the invoice or the contact form is used to send " +"the reminder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If it is not the right time for a reminder, you can specify the " +":guilabel:`Next Reminder` date. You will get the next report according to " +"the next reminder date set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all bank statements right before launching the follow-up process " +"to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:76 +msgid "Debtor's trust level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To know whether a customer usually pays late or not, you can set a trust " +"level by marking them as :guilabel:`Good Debtor`, :guilabel:`Normal Debtor`," +" or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the" +" bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst-1 +msgid "Set debtor's trust level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:86 +msgid "Send reminders in batches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can send reminder emails in batches from the :guilabel:`Follow-up " +"Reports` page. To do so, select all the reports you would like to process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process " +"follow-ups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and" +" **follow-ups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to track vendor conditions, we use **Payment Terms** in Odoo. They " +"allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** " +"are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "50% entro 30 giorni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "50% entro 45 giorni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms " +"or click existing ones to modify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once **Payment Terms** are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Vendors`, select a " +"vendor, click the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select a specific " +"**Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo " +"automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one" +" on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the **Aged Payable** report." +" To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner " +"Reports: Aged Payable`. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the " +"amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on " +"each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to " +"pay within the following months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can get a list of all your vendor bills by going to " +":menuselection:`Vendors --> Bills`. To view only the bills that you need to " +"pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue " +"payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group" +" By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../bank>` to see how to add an " +"additional bank account to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:28 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:91 +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../bank/transactions>`, or :doc:`synchronizing " +"<../bank/bank_synchronization>` your :guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in" +" the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"`. Make " +"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " +"` to the " +"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 +msgid "Online payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Providers are correctly configured " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"`\" is the only " +"Payment Provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:33 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portale clienti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:35 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:3 +msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following recent changes in Odoo 16, you might be warned that disabling the " +":guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting will uninstall modules. If you " +"want to disable the feature without uninstalling modules, follow the steps " +"below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment " +"Patch**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / " +"Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To check if the module is already installed, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove " +"the `Apps` filter, and search for `account_payment`. If the module **Payment" +" - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** is present and marked as " +"installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to " +"disable the feature without side-effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The possibility to disable the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting " +"without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able " +"to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, you must " +"update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page " +"`, or by contacting your integrating " +"partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:41 +msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"first testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com " +"customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management " +"page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For" +" on-premise users, you should use a staging environment---contact your " +"integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module " +"in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your :guilabel:`Apps` menu. Remove the" +" ``Apps`` filter and search for ``account_payment``; the module " +":guilabel:`Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch` should be " +"available for installation. If you cannot find the module after having " +"updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not" +" up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended " +"and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. You " +"can then print all the payments registered by check. Finally, the bank " +"reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with " +"actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:13 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" +" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " +":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" +" installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " +"module is required to print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Stati Uniti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +msgid "registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +msgid "reconciling bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to" +" :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " +"you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " +":guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the " +"reconciled checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"click on :guilabel:`Print`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union to simplify bank transfers denominated in euros. SEPA " +"allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:9 +msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:11 +msgid "EFTA countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:13 +msgid "Iceland;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:14 +msgid "Liechtenstein;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:15 +msgid "Norway;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:16 +msgid "Switzerland." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:18 +msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:20 +msgid "Andorra;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:21 +msgid "Monaco;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:22 +msgid "San Marino;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:23 +msgid "United Kingdom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:24 +msgid "Vatican City State." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:26 +msgid "Non-EEA territories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:28 +msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Guernsey;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:30 +msgid "Jersey;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:31 +msgid "Isle of Man." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When paying a bill in Odoo, you can select SEPA mandates as a payment " +"option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank" +" wire transfers and send it to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard among banks. However, for " +"Swiss and German companies, other formats are used " +"**'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for " +"Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly " +"match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:48 +msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must activate the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"setting. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Vendor Payments: SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)`. By activating the" +" setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT " +"option when paying your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:56 +msgid "" +"According to the localization package installed, the **SEPA Direct Debit** " +"and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, " +"they need to be :ref:`installed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:60 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:62 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, click on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) " +"on your bank journal and select :guilabel:`Configuration`. Click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add " +":guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account numbers do " +"not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the " +":guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Registering payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register and vendor payments made with SEPA. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`. When creating your " +"payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The first time you pay a vendor with SEPA, you have to fill in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` field with the bank name, IBAN, and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is " +"respected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the " +"bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, do not forget to confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment` button at the top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the " +"payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled " +"with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "**Stato patrimoniale**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "**Conto economico**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "Conto economico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "Sintesi esecutiva" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "Libro mastro" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "Debiti scaduti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "Crediti esigibili" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "Rendiconto finanziario" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Resoconto fiscale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Contabilità analitica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you track costs and revenues, as well as analyze " +"the profitability of a project or service. When creating your journal " +"entries, the analytic widget allows the distribution of costs in one or more" +" analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` feature by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:16 +msgid "Analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:18 +msgid "The analytic accounts give an overview of your costs and revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Access your existing analytic accounts by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Accounts`. To create a new analytic account, click :guilabel:`New`," +" and fill in the required information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: add the name of your analytic account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: select the customer related to your project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: add a reference to make it easier to find the account" +" when you are on your bill;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan`: add an :ref:`analytic plan " +"`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if you are managing multiple companies, select the " +"company for which the analytic account will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency of the analytic account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:33 +msgid "Then, fill in your :doc:`budget ` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:38 +msgid "Analytic plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The analytic plans allow you to analyze your accounting. For example, to " +"track costs and revenues by project or department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can access the analytic plans by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`. Click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 +msgid "create an analytic plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:50 +msgid "The following information must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent`: link your plan to another :guilabel:`Analytic Plan` to " +"build a hierarchy between your plans;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the " +"widget when creating a new journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: if selected, it is not mandatory to add the analytic " +"plan in the widget;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory`: if selected, an orange bullet is visible in the " +"widget next to the plan until the analytic distribution is done (the bullet " +"then turns to green); it is not possible to confirm the entry if no analytic" +" account is selected;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unavailable`: if selected, the plan is not available in the " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select the color of the tag related to this specific " +"plan;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company to which the plan applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also fine-tune your plans' applicability by filling in the " +":guilabel:`Applicability` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Domain`: choose to which accounting document your plan applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Financial Accounts Prefix`: select the prefix of the account(s) " +"to which this plan should be applied;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: decide to which product category the plan " +"applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when " +"creating a new journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"entry. The applicability you set here always overrides the default " +"applicability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:75 +msgid "Two smart buttons are available in the top-right corner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subplans`: can be created to have a more complex analytic " +"structure. Click the :guilabel:`Subplans` smart button, and then " +":guilabel:`New` to add a subplan;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Accounts`: to reach the analytic accounts related to the" +" plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The analytic widget is prefilled based on the applicability, and the " +":ref:`Analytic Distribution Models `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:84 +msgid "Each analytic plan must have at least one analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:87 +msgid "Analytic distribution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add a plan in the :guilabel:`Analytic` column when creating an invoice or " +"bill. This field is mandatory only if you previously linked your analytic " +"plan to at least one analytic account. After adding the plan, a **widget** " +"opens where you can fill in the different information. You can add **tags** " +"to reflect the related analytic accounts and decide how to split the costs " +"between the accounts by modifying the percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 +msgid "create a distribution template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:102 +msgid "Analytic distribution models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The analytic distribution models automatically apply a specific distribution" +" based on defined criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To create a new analytic distribution model, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Distribution " +"Models`, click :guilabel:`New` and set the conditions your model has to meet" +" to automatically apply:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounts Prefix`: this analytic distribution will apply to all " +"financial accounts sharing the prefix specified;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partner`: select a partner for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partner Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it " +"by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Partner" +" Category` box. Add the partner category for which the analytic distribution" +" will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select a product for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it " +"by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Product" +" Category` box. Select a product category for which the analytic " +"distribution will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic`: add the analytic accounts and their distribution;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select a company for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: if the above conditions are met, the " +":guilabel:`Analytic plan` defined in this field as well as the distribution " +"to be applied between the different analytic accounts is selected " +"automatically on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To **mass edit** several entries simultaneously, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Journal items`, and select the" +" ones that need to be updated. Add the required distribution in the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` column, and click on the :guilabel:`floppy" +" disk` icon to save. The analytic distribution template pops up, and you can" +" save it for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with how money is spent and direct people to " +"organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allow the " +"planning of a desired financial outcome and then measure the actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both **general** " +"and **analytic accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Analytics section`, and enable :guilabel:`Budget Management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:17 +msgid "Budgetary positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To define budgetary positions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management: Budgetary Positions` and :guilabel:`New`. Add " +"a :guilabel:`Name` to your budgetary position and select the " +":guilabel:`Company` it applies to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add one " +"or more accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the chart of " +"accounts, though it must have at least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:32 +msgid "Use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:34 +msgid "Let’s illustrate this with an example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:36 +msgid "" +"We just started a project with *Smith & Co*, and we would like to budget the" +" income and expenses of that project. We plan on having a revenue of 1000, " +"and we don’t want to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:39 +msgid "" +"First, we need to define what accounts relate to our project’s expenses. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary " +"positions`, and click :guilabel:`New` to add a position. Add the accounts " +"wherein expenses will be booked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let's repeat the steps to create a budgetary position that reflects the " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:54 +msgid "Analytical accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget, as the above general accounts may be used for different projects. Go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Accounts` and click :guilabel:`New` to add a new **Analytic " +"Account** called *Smith & Co*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plan` field has to be completed. Plans group multiple " +"analytic accounts; they distribute costs and benefits to analyze business " +"performance. **Analytic Plans** can be created or configured by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Plans`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When creating a new customer invoice and/or vendor bill, you have to refer " +"to this analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "add analytic accounts in a new invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:73 +msgid "Define the budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Let’s set our targets. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this " +"project, and we would like not to spend more than 700. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new budget for *Smith & Co* project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:79 +msgid "" +"First, fill in your :guilabel:`Budget Name`. Then, select the " +":guilabel:`Period` wherein the budget is applicable. Next, add the " +":guilabel:`Budgetary Position` you want to track, define the related " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`, and add the :guilabel:`Planned Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "budget lines display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When recording a planned amount related to expenses, the amount must be " +"negative." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:91 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and find the " +"*Smith & Co* Project to see how it evolves according to the expenses or " +"income for the related analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Practical Amount` evolves when a new journal entry related to" +" your analytic account and an account from your budgetary position is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Theoretical Amount` represents the amount of money you " +"theoretically could have spent or should have received based on the date. " +"For example, suppose your budget is 1200 for 12 months (January to " +"December), and today is 31 of January. In that case, the theoretical amount " +"will be 100 since this is the actual amount that could have been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. The engine " +"allows you to create new reports, such as **tax reports**, or **balance " +"sheets** and **income statements** with **specific groupings** and " +"**layouts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to access the accounting" +" report creation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To create a new report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Accounting Reports`. From here, you can either create a " +":ref:`root report ` or a :ref:`variant `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Accounting reports engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:24 +msgid "Root reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Root reports can be regarded as generic, neutral accounting reports. They " +"serve as models on which local accounting versions are built. If a report " +"has no root report, it is considered to be a root report itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A tax report for Belgium and the US would both use the same generic version " +"as a base and adapt it for their domestic regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When creating a new root report, you need to create a **menu item** for it. " +"To do so, open the report and then, on that same report, click on " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Menu Item`. Refresh the page; the report " +"is now available under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Cases that require creating a new root report are rare, such as when a " +"country's tax authorities require a new and specific type of report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Create Menu Item button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:49 +msgid "Variants" +msgstr "Varianti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Variants are country-specific versions of root reports and, therefore, " +"always refer to a root report. To create a variant, select a generic (root) " +"report in the :guilabel:`Root Report` field when creating a new report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When a root report is opened from one of the accounting app's main menus, " +"all its variants are displayed in the variant selector in the top right " +"corner of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the following image, :guilabel:`VAT Report (BE)` is the variant of the " +"root :guilabel:`Generic Tax report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Report variant selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Righe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After having created a report (either root or variant), you need to fill it " +"with lines. You can either create a new one by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, or modify an existing line by clicking on it. All lines *require* a " +":guilabel:`Name`, and can have an optional additional :guilabel:`Code` (of " +"your choice) if you wish to use their value in formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Engine lines options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:79 +msgid "Expressions" +msgstr "Espressioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Each line can contain one or multiple **expressions**. Expressions can be " +"seen as **sub-variables** needed by a report line. To create an expression, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` *within* a line report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"When creating an expression, you must attribute a :guilabel:`label` used to " +"refer to that expression. Therefore, it has to be **unique** among the " +"expressions of each line. Both a :guilabel:`Computation Engine` and a " +":guilabel:`Formula` must also be indicated. The **engine** defines how your " +"**formula(s)** and **subformula(s)** are interpreted. It is possible to mix " +"expressions using different computation engines under the same line if you " +"need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:92 +msgid "Depending on the engine, :guilabel:`subformulas` may also be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:95 +msgid "'Odoo Domain' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"With this engine, a formula is interpreted as an :ref:`Odoo domain " +"` targeting `account.move.line` objects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domain " +"are used to compute the value of the expression:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "`sum`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:108 +msgid "`sum_if_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " +"amount is positive. Otherwise, it is `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:112 +msgid "`sum_if_neg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " +"amount is negative. Otherwise, it is `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:117 +msgid "`count_rows`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The result is the number of sub-lines of this expression. If the parent line" +" has a group-by value, this will correspond to the number of distinct " +"grouping keys in the matched move lines. Otherwise, it will be the number of" +" matched move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can also put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula to " +"**reverse** the sign of the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Expression line within a line report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:127 +msgid "'Tax Tags' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:129 +msgid "" +"A formula made for this engine consists of a name used to match tax tags. If" +" such tags do not exist when creating the expression, they will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When evaluating the expression, the expression computation can roughly be " +"expressed as: **(amount of the move lines with** `+` **tag)** `-` **(amount " +"of the move lines with** `-` **tag)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If the formula is `tag_name`, the engine matches tax tags `+tag_name` and " +"`-tag_name`, creating them if necessary. To exemplify further: two tags are " +"matched by the formula. If the formula is `A`, it will require (and create, " +"if needed) tags `+A` and `-A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:141 +msgid "'Aggregate Other Formulas' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Use this engine when you need to perform arithmetic operations on the " +"amounts obtained for other expressions. Formulas here are composed of " +"references to expressions separated by one of the four basic arithmetic " +"operators (addition `+`, subtraction `-`, division `/`, and multiplication " +"`*`). To refer to an expression, type in its parent line's **code** followed" +" by a period `.` and the expression's **label** (ex. **code.label**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:149 +msgid "**Subformulas** can be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:153 +msgid "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:157 +msgid "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is lower " +"than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:161 +msgid "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " +"strictly between the provided bounds. Otherwise, it will be brought back to " +"the closest bound." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 +msgid "" +"`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" +" the bound expressed in that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " +"in another report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 +msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 +msgid "" +"This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " +"these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Arithmetic expressions can also be a single prefix, such as here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10 - 5`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose " +"codes start with `21` and `10`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on " +"accounts with the prefix `5`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 +msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10\\\\(101, 102) - 5\\\\(57)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula works the same way as the previous example but ignores the " +"prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 +msgid "" +"You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " +"`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" +" matches, *and* if the total balance of the move lines made on this account " +"is **credit/debit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " +"25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " +"25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 +msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose code" +" starts with `21` *if* it is debit (`D`) and `10` *if* it is credit (`C`), " +"but ignores prefixes `101`, `102`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on " +"accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " +"an empty exclusion `()`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D\\\\()`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula matches accounts whose code starts with `21D`, regardless of " +"their balance sign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +msgid "'External Value' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " +"values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " +"`account.report.external.value`. Each of these objects directly points to " +"the expression it impacts, so very little needs to be done about their " +"selection here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 +msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "`most_recent`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "" +"If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "`rounding=X`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 +msgid "`editable`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " +"an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 +msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`editable;rounding=2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 +msgid "" +"This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " +"expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " +"function** to call, and the subformula is a **key** to fetch in the " +"**dictionary** returned by this function. Use it only if you are making a " +"custom module of your own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "Colonne" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" +" gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " +"field :guilabel:`expression_label` of the column gives the label of the " +"expressions whose value is displayed. If a line has no **expression** in " +"that field, then nothing is displayed for it in this column. If multiple " +"columns are required, you must use different **expression** labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Columns of report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 +msgid "" +"When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" +" and for each period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:3 +msgid "Data inalterability check report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tax authorities in some countries require companies to **prove their posted " +"accounting entries are inalterable**, meaning that once an entry has been " +"posted, it can no longer be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To do so, Odoo can use the **SHA-256 algorithm** to create a unique " +"fingerprint for each posted entry. This fingerprint is called a hash. The " +"hash is generated by taking an entry's essential data (the values of the " +"`date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, `account_id`, and " +"`partner_id` fields), concatenating it, and inputting it to the SHA-256 hash" +" function, which then outputs a fixed size (256-bit) string of characters. " +"The hash function is deterministic (:dfn:`the same input always creates the " +"same output`): any minor modification to the original data would completely " +"change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often " +"used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In addition, the previous entry's hash is always added to the next entry to " +"form a **hash chain**. This is used to ensure a new entry is not added " +"afterward between two posted entries, as doing so would break the hash " +"chain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Hashes generated by the SHA-256 algorithm are theoretically not unique, as " +"there is a finite number of possible values. However, this number is " +"exceptionally high: 2²⁵⁶, which is a lot bigger than the number of atoms in " +"the known universe. This is why hashes are considered unique in practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:30 +msgid "Lock posted entries with hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To start using the hashing function, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration > Journals`. Open the journal for which you want to activate " +"the feature, go to the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and enable " +":guilabel:`Lock Posted Entries with Hash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you post an entry on a locked journal, you cannot disable the feature " +"anymore, nor edit any posted entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:43 +msgid "Report download" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To download the data inalterability check report, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Reporting` and" +" click on :guilabel:`Download the Data Inalterability Check Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The report's first section is an overview of all your journals and their " +"configuration. Under the inalterability check column, you can see whether or" +" not a journal's posted entries are locked with a hash (V) or not (X). The " +"coverage column tells you when a journal's posted entries started being " +"locked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration report for two journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The second section gives you the result of the data consistency check for " +"each hashed journal. You can view the first hashed entry and its " +"corresponding hash and the last hashed entry and its corresponding hash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst-1 +msgid "Data consistency check report for a journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" +msgstr "Intrastat" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Intrastat is the data collection and statistics production system for goods " +"traded among EU member states. It collects data on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Commercial transactions of goods for use, consumption, investment, or resale" +" with ownership transfer;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Goods movements without transfer of ownership (e.g., stock relocations or " +"moves of goods before or after outsourced production or processing, and " +"after maintenance or repair);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:12 +msgid "Returns of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Although the Intrastat system continues to be used, the term Intrastat is " +"not used in the `latest legislation " +"`_, referring instead to" +" *intra-Union trade in goods statistics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:26 +msgid "General configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enable the Intrastat report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " +"section, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:35 +msgid "Default transaction codes: invoice and refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can set a default :ref:`transaction code ` " +"for all newly created invoice and refund transactions. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select a " +":guilabel:`Default invoice transaction code` and/or a :guilabel:`Default " +"refund transaction code` and then :guilabel:`Save`. The code will be set " +"automatically on all respective invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:45 +msgid "Region code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The region code is **only used by Belgian companies**. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +":guilabel:`Company Intrastat Region` where the company is located and then " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If your warehouses are located in more than one region, you can define the " +"region code at the level of each warehouse instead. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, select a " +"warehouse, set its :guilabel:`Intrastat region`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:0 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat region to a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:63 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:65 +msgid "" +"All products must be properly configured to be included in the Intrastat " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 +msgid "Commodity code" +msgstr "Codice merce" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Commodity codes are internationally recognized reference numbers used to " +"classify goods depending on their **nature**. Intrastat uses the `Combined " +"Nomenclature `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To add a commodity code, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set " +"the product's :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:79 +msgid "" +"`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat commodity codes " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:85 +msgid "Quantity: weight and supplementary unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Depending on the nature of the goods, it is necessary to specify either the " +"product's weight in kilos (without packaging) or the product's supplementary" +" unit, such as square meter (`m2`), number of items (`p/st`), liter (`l`), " +"or gram (`g`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To add a product's weight or supplementary unit, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product." +" Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, depending on the commodity code set, " +"either fill in the product :guilabel:`Weight` or its " +":guilabel:`Supplementary Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:98 +msgid "Country of origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To add the product's country of origin, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the :guilabel:`Country of Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:106 +msgid "Invoices and bills configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once products are properly configured, several settings must be configured " +"on the invoices and bills you create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:114 +msgid "Transaction code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Transaction codes are used to identify a transaction's nature. :ref:`Default" +" transaction codes ` can be set for " +"invoice and refund transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set a transaction code on an invoice line, create an invoice or a bill, " +"click the columns selection button, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat`, and use the " +"newly-added :guilabel:`Intrastat` column to select a transaction code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst-1 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat column to an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat: Nature of transactions from January " +"2022 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:134 +msgid "Partner country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The partner country represents the vendor's country for bills and the " +"customer's country for invoices. It is automatically filled in using the " +"country set in the contact's :guilabel:`Country` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To edit the partner country manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the" +" :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:146 +msgid "Transport code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The transport code identifies the presumed **mode of transport** used to " +"send the goods (arrival or dispatch)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To add the transport code, create an invoice or a bill, go to the " +":guilabel:`Other info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Transport " +"Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:157 +msgid "Value of the goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The value of a good is the untaxed :guilabel:`Subtotal` (:guilabel:`Price` " +"multiplied by :guilabel:`Quantity`) of an invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:165 +msgid "Partner configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Two fields from the partner's contact form are used with Intrastat: " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Country`. The country can be :ref:`manually " +"set ` on the invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:172 +msgid "Generate the Intrastat report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Generate the report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting -->" +" Audit Reports: Intrastat Report`. It is automatically computed based on the" +" :ref:`default configuration ` and the " +"information found on the :ref:`products `, " +":ref:`invoices and bills `, and " +":ref:`partners `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Export the report as a PDF, XLSX, or XML file to post it to your legal " +"administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each report line refers to a single invoice line and contains the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:184 +msgid "Invoice or bill reference number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"System, which is a code automatically generated depending on whether the " +"document is an invoice (dispatch) or a bill (arrival);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:187 +msgid "" +":ref:`Country `, which is the vendor's country " +"for arrivals and the customer's country for dispatches;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:189 +msgid ":ref:`Transaction Code `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:190 +msgid "" +"(If your company is located in Belgium) :ref:`Region Code `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:191 +msgid ":ref:`Commodity Code `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:192 +msgid ":ref:`Origin Country `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:193 +msgid ":ref:`Partner VAT `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:194 +msgid ":ref:`Transport Code `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`Incoterm Code <../customer_invoices/incoterms>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:196 +msgid ":ref:`Weight `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:197 +msgid ":ref:`Supplementary Units `; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:198 +msgid "" +":ref:`Value `, which is always expressed in euros even if " +"the original invoice or bill used another currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:3 +msgid "Silverfin integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Silverfin `_ is a third-party service provider " +"that offers a cloud platform for accountants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo and Silverfin provide an integration to automate the synchronization of" +" data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To configure this integration, you need to input the following data into " +"your Silverfin account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:15 +msgid "user's email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`Odoo API key `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:17 +msgid "URL of the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:18 +msgid "name of your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo API key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can create Odoo external API keys either :ref:`for a single database " +"` (hosting: Odoo Online, On-premise, and Odoo.sh) or" +" :ref:`for multiple databases managed by a user ` " +"(hosting: Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These API keys are personal and provide full access to your user account. " +"Store it securely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can copy the API key only at its creation, and you cannot retrieve it " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:32 +msgid "If you need it again, create a new API key (and delete the old one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/developer/reference/external_api`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:40 +msgid "One key per database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new API key valid for a single database, click on the user menu," +" then on :guilabel:`My Profile`. Under the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab," +" click on :guilabel:`New API key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive" +" name to your new key, and copy the new API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:56 +msgid "One key for multiple databases (fiduciaries)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new API key valid for all the databases of a single user **(the " +"easiest for fiduciaries)**, navigate to `Odoo's website " +"`_ and sign in with your administrator account. Next," +" open `your account security settings in developer mode " +"`_, click on :guilabel:`New API " +"Key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and " +"copy the new API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for an Odoo user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax return (VAT declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies with a registered :abbr:`VAT (Value Added Tax)` number must submit" +" a **tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their " +"turnover and the registration regulation. A tax return - or VAT return - " +"gives the tax authorities information about the taxable transactions made by" +" the company. The **output tax** is charged on the number of goods and " +"services sold by a business, while the **input tax** is the tax added to the" +" price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the " +"company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can find additional information about VAT and its mechanism on this page" +" from the European Commission: `\"What is VAT?\" " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Periodicità dichiarazione fiscale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo to compute " +"your tax return correctly and also to send you a reminder to never miss a " +"tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Tax Return Periodicity`, you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Periodicity`: define here whether you submit your tax return on a" +" monthly or quarterly basis;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminder`: define when Odoo should remind you to submit your tax " +"return;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:48 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Griglie imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates tax reports based on the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` settings that " +"are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Grids` by opening the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of any invoice and bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure your tax grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured in Odoo: a :ref:`fiscal" +" localization package ` is installed " +"according to the country you select at the creation of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:80 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Data chiusura fiscale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction whose accounting date prior to the :guilabel:`Tax Lock " +"Date` has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful " +"to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is " +"closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +":guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`. This way, other users cannot modify or " +"add transactions that would have an impact on the :guilabel:`Closing Journal" +" Entry`, which can help you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To check the current :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date`, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Actions: Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your :guilabel:`Tax Report` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`. " +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter, this way you can have an overview of your tax report. From this " +"view, you can easily access different formats of your tax report, such as " +"`PDF` and XLSX. These include all the values to report to the tax " +"authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to lock your tax date before clicking on :guilabel:`Closing " +"Journal Entry`, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same" +" date as the accounting date of your entry. This safety mechanism can " +"prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually" +" before, as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:3 +msgid "Year-end closing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Year-end closing is vital for maintaining financial accuracy, complying with" +" regulations, making informed decisions, and ensuring transparency in " +"reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:11 +msgid "Fiscal years" +msgstr "Anni fiscali" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, the fiscal year is set to last 12 months and end on December " +"31st. However, its duration and end date can vary due to cultural, " +"administrative, and economic considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To modify these values, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section, change the " +":guilabel:`Last Day` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the period lasts *more* than or *less* than 12 months, enable " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Years` and :guilabel:`Save`. Go back to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section and click :guilabel:`➜ Fiscal Years`. " +"From there, click :guilabel:`Create`, give it a :guilabel:`Name`, and both a" +" :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the set fiscal period is over, Odoo automatically reverts to the " +"default periodicity, taking into account the value specified in the " +":guilabel:`Last Day` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:34 +msgid "Before closure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Before closing a fiscal year, ensure first everything is accurate and up-to-" +"date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Make sure all bank accounts are fully :doc:`reconciled " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` up to year-end, and confirm that the ending book " +"balances match the bank statement balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Verify that all :doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>` have been " +"entered and approved and that there are no draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Confirm that all :doc:`vendor bills <../vendor_bills>` have been entered " +"and agreed upon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Validate all :doc:`expenses <../../expenses>`, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all :doc:`received payments <../payments>` have been " +"encoded and recorded accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:46 +msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Book all :doc:`depreciation <../vendor_bills/assets>` and :doc:`deferred " +"revenue <../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:51 +msgid "Closing a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:53 +msgid "Then, to close the fiscal year:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Run a :ref:`tax report `, and verify that all tax " +"information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all accounts on the :ref:`balance sheet `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Update the bank balances in Odoo according to the actual balances found on " +"the bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in the cash and bank accounts by running the " +":ref:`aged receivables ` and :ref:`aged payables " +"` reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Audit all accounts, being sure to fully understand all transactions and " +"their nature, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Optionally, run :ref:`payments matching ` to validate any" +" open vendor bills and customer invoices with their payments. While this " +"step is optional, it could assist the year-end closing process if all " +"outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, potentially finding errors" +" or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, the accountant likely verifies balance sheet items and book entries " +"for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:70 +msgid "year-end manual adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:71 +msgid "work in progress," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:72 +msgid "depreciation journal entries," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:73 +msgid "loans," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:74 +msgid "tax adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:75 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the accountant is going through the year-end audit, they may want to have" +" paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, " +"prepayments, sales tax statements, etc.) to compare these with the balances " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:82 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set a :guilabel:`Journal Entries" +" Lock Date` to the last day (inclusive) of the preceding fiscal year by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`. This " +"way, the accountant can be confident that nobody changes the transactions " +"while auditing the books. Users from the *accountant* access group can still" +" create and modify entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:89 +msgid "Current year's earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses a unique account type called **current year's earnings** to " +"display the amount difference between the **income** and **expenses** " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts can only contain one account of this type. By default," +" it is a 999999 account named :guilabel:`Undistributed Profits/Losses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To allocate the current year's earnings, create a miscellaneous entry to " +"book them to any equity account. Once done, confirm whether or not the " +"current year's earnings in the **balance sheet** is correctly reporting a " +"balance of zero. If that is the case, set an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date`" +" to the last day of the fiscal year by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" +" removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " +"**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" +" that the profit and loss statement corresponds directly with the year-end " +"date specified in Odoo. Therefore, any time the **income statement** is " +"generated, the beginning date corresponds with the beginning of the **fiscal" +" year** and all account balances should equal zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which taxes are automatically selected when there " +"is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills " +"the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or " +"add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package ` for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:38 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"`, most of your country's sales taxes are " +"already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are " +"activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for " +"your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:76 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:81 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Nome imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label ` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Calcolo imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:91 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:101 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:106 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:92 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Totale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:115 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:120 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:130 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:147 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Attivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:149 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:162 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Ambito imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:167 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:171 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes ` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:177 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:185 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:187 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:188 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:190 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports ` " +"automatically, according to your country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:197 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:202 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Etichetta su fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label ` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:214 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Gruppo imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label ` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:225 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice ` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Includere nel costo analitico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:235 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Compresa nel prezzo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:243 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:245 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:262 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:273 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Determinare imponibile imposte successive" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:275 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes ` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:297 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 +msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included) pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price **tax excluded** on the product form, and " +"apply a tax (price excluded on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "" +"create a pricelist with prices in **tax included**, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "E-commerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you only use B2C or B2B prices on your website, simply select the " +"appropriate setting in the **Website** app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you have both B2B and B2C prices on a single website, please follow these" +" instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to " +":menuselection:`General Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open either `Technical / Tax display B2B` or `Technical / Tax display B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Users` tab, add the users requiring access to the price" +" type. Add B2C users in the B2C group and B2B users in the B2B group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:113 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:141 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:143 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:152 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:169 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:172 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 +msgid "Avatax integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 +msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" +" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " +"Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " +"included Avatax fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +msgid "Address validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " +"address` link in the customer form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " +"address in the wizard that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" +" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " +"documents are in draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " +"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 +msgid "Cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:28 +msgid "" +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:66 +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:84 +msgid "Bank $1,150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community distance selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community distance selling involves the cross-border trade of goods" +" and services from vendors registered for VAT purposes to individuals (B2C) " +"located in a European Union member state. The transaction is conducted " +"remotely, typically through online platforms, mail orders, telephone, or " +"other means of communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:10 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community distance selling is subject to specific VAT rules and " +"regulations. The vendor must charge VAT per the VAT rate applicable in the " +"buyer's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This remains applicable even if the vendor is located outside of the " +"European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **EU Intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps you comply with " +"this regulation by creating and configuring new **fiscal positions** and " +"**taxes** based on your company's country. To enable it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, tick " +":guilabel:`EU Intra-community Distance Selling`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can automatically update your fiscal " +"positions. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings" +" --> Taxes --> EU Intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the " +":guilabel:`Refresh tax mapping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the " +"products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:42 +msgid "One-Stop Shop (OSS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`OSS (One-Stop Shop)` system introduced by the European Union " +"simplifies VAT collection for **cross-border** sales of goods and services. " +"It primarily applies to business-to-consumer **(B2C)** cases. With the OSS, " +"businesses can register for VAT in their home country and use a single " +"online portal to handle VAT obligations for their sales within the EU. There" +" are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border " +"services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Report" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " +"the OSS portal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, click :guilabel:`Report: Generic Tax report`, and select either " +":guilabel:`OSS Sales` or :guilabel:`OSS Imports`. Once selected, click on " +":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX`, or :guilabel:`XML` in the top-left " +"corner. This generates the currently-opened report in the selected format. " +"Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to" +" submit it onto the OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 +msgid "OSS reports view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically `, " +":ref:`manually `, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "Proposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 +msgid "Assign to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:28 +msgid "Withholding taxes" +msgstr "Imposte alla fonte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "TaxCloud integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 +msgid "" +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " +"applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com `_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:3 +msgid "VAT numbers verification (VIES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on" +" *Save*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is " +"invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 +msgid "Vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, we can register vendor bills **manually** or **automatically**, " +"while the **Aged Payable report** provides an overview of all outstanding " +"bills to help us pay the correct amounts on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tutorial `Registering a vendor bill " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 +msgid "Bill creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:19 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Manuale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create a vendor bill manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Vendors --> Bills` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 +msgid "Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can be automatically created by **sending an email** to an " +":ref:`email alias ` associated with the " +"purchase journal, or by **uploading a PDF** in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Bills` and then clicking :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:32 +msgid "Bill completion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Whether the bill is created manually or automatically, make sure the " +"following fields are appropriately completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on the " +"vendor's registered information, previous purchase orders, or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the " +"vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching ` when you " +"receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Auto-Complete`: select a past bill/purchase order to " +"automatically complete the document. The :guilabel:`Vendor` field should be " +"completed prior to completing this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: is the issuance date of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: is the date on which the document is registered" +" in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Reference`: when registering the payment, it is " +"automatically indicated in the :guilabel:`Memo` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank`: to indicate to which account number the payment " +"has to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Due Date` or :guilabel:`Terms` to pay the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select in which journal the bill should be recorded and" +" the :doc:`Currency `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst-1 +msgid "filling the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bills can be :doc:`digitized ` for " +"automatic completion by clicking :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you upload the bill, the PDF document is displayed on the right of the " +"screen, allowing you to easily fill in the bill information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:63 +msgid "Bill confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` when the document is completed. The status of your" +" document changes to :guilabel:`Posted` and a journal entry is generated " +"based on the configuration on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, it is no longer possible to update it. Click " +":guilabel:`Reset to draft` if changes are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:73 +msgid "Bill Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Upon payment of the vendor bill, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`. A " +"new window pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Journal`, the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, the " +":guilabel:`Amount` you wish to pay (full or partial payment), and the " +":guilabel:`Currency`. Odoo fills the :guilabel:`Memo` field automatically if" +" the :guilabel:`Payment Reference` has been set correctly in the vendor " +"bill. If the field is empty, we recommend you select the vendor invoice " +"number as a reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`In Payment` banner appears on the bill until " +"it is :doc:`reconciled `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:86 +msgid "Aged payable report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To get an overview of your open vendor bills and their related due dates, " +"you can use the **Aged Payable report**. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged payable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, " +"the amounts due, the due dates, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:96 +msgid "" +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button, you can export the information " +"available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of " +"your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:98 +msgid "" +"You might receive several bills for the same purchase order if your vendor " +"is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or " +"if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "Linea retta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "Decrescente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries ` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Modelli per risconto attivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " +"intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " +"based on the scanned invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Test Odoo's invoice digitization `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 +msgid "Invoice upload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +msgid "Upload invoices manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " +"button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and select " +":guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 +msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " +"email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " +"customer invoices or vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../documents>` app, you can automatically" +" send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., " +"`inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:70 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My " +"Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:98 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Documenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Documents** allows you to store, view and manage files within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Using Documents with your Accounting App " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Settings`, you " +"can enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity. For example, by ticking :guilabel:`Human Resources`, your HR " +"documents are automatically available in the HR workspace, while documents " +"related to Payroll are automatically available in the Payroll sub-workspace " +". You can change the default workspace by using the dropdown menu and edit " +"its properties by clicking the internal link button (:guilabel:`➔`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you enable the centralization of your accounting files and documents, it " +"is necessary to click on :guilabel:`Journals` and define each journal " +"independently to allow automatic synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the centralization of files attached to your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"created documents will be found under the new workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:43 +msgid "Workspaces" +msgstr "Spazi di lavoro" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " +"actions. Default workspaces exist, but you can create your own by going to " +":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces` and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspaces` and :guilabel:`Sub-workspaces` can be created, " +"edited, or deleted by clicking on the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` on the left " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " +"documents. They are organized per category and filters can be used to sort " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Tags can also be created, edited, or deleted, by clicking on the gear icon " +":guilabel:`⚙`, on the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:70 +msgid "Documents management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a specific document, the right panel displays different " +"options. On the top, additional options might be available: " +":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " +":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "right panel options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " +"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " +"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or to add " +":guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " +"to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " +"supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" +" has complete rights to the document. It is possible to replace the owner of" +" a document. I.e.: an employee must be owner of a document to be able to see" +" it in \"My Profile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Finally, different :guilabel:`Actions` are available at the bottom of the " +"right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:98 +msgid "Workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Workflow actions help you streamline the management of your documents and " +"your overall business operations. These are automated actions that can be " +"created and customized for each workspace. For example, create documents, " +"process bills, sign, organize files, add tags to a file or move it to " +"another workspace with a single click etc. These workflow actions appear on " +"the right panel when it meets the criteria you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:107 +msgid "Create workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Actions` and then click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:113 +msgid "" +"An action applies to all :guilabel:`Child Workspaces` under the " +":guilabel:`Parent Workspace` you selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:117 +msgid "Set the conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." +" You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" +" trigger the appearance of the action button (:guilabel:`▶`) on the right-" +"side panel when selecting a file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:123 +msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: you can both use the :guilabel:`Contains` and " +":guilabel:`Does not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or " +"*mustn't have* the tags set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:130 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"located inside the selected workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:141 +msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:144 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to properly " +"configure *Domain* filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To access the *Domain* condition, the :ref:`developer mode `" +" needs to be activated. Once that's done, select the :guilabel:`Domain` " +"condition type, and click on :guilabel:`Add Filter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the domain condition type in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " +":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " +"add a workflow action to all the PDF files inside a workspace, set the " +":guilabel:`field` to *Mime Type*, the :guilabel:`operator` to *contains*, " +"and the :guilabel:`value` to *pdf*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add node` (plus-circle icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` " +"(ellipsis icon) to add conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify " +"if your rule should match :guilabel:`ALL` or :guilabel:`ANY` conditions. You" +" can also edit the rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add a node or a branch to a workflow action's condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:172 +msgid "Configure the actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " +"simultaneously:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:176 +msgid "" +"**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " +"with a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" +" new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:178 +msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:179 +msgid "" +"**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " +"database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:181 +msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:182 +msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:183 +msgid "**Signature request**: create a new Sign template to send out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:184 +msgid "**Sign directly**: create a Sign template to sign directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:185 +msgid "" +"**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" +" from the file content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:187 +msgid "" +"**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:189 +msgid "" +"**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " +"scrape information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:193 +msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:195 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" +" done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" +" as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " +"document owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:205 +msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " +"document you want to digitize, click on :guilabel:`Create Bill`, " +":guilabel:`Create Customer Invoice` or :guilabel:`Create credit note`, and " +"then click on :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:212 +msgid "" +":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " +"<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:113 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Spese" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 +msgid "Set expense categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Set expense costs on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " +"(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " +"and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " +"` to " +"learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " +"`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" +" particular price, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Cost` field. " +"Otherwise, leave the :guilabel:`Cost` set to `0.00`, and employees will " +"report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " +"product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " +"expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " +"reimbursed for that amount. An expense for a meal costing $95.23 would equal" +" a reimbursement for $95.23." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " +"logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " +"$75.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " +"expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " +"generic :guilabel:`Expenses` product. An expense for a laptop costing " +"$350.00 would be logged as an :guilabel:`Expenses` product, and the " +"reimbursement would be for $350.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" +" is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " +"correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " +"practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " +"`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " +"is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 +msgid "Record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 +msgid "Manually create a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" +" `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " +"expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " +"should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " +"company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " +"expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" +" arrows to navigate to the correct month, then click on the specific day to " +"enter the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " +"logged on from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 +msgid "" +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " +"expense, enter them in the notes field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Attach a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 +msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " +"expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 +msgid "" +"To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 +msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 +msgid "" +"If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " +"will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " +"address field. Refer to this documentation for setup instructions and more " +"information: :doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`. Once the domain " +"alias is configured, the email address field will be visible beneath the " +"incoming emails section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" +" sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 +msgid "" +"To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " +"*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " +"the email subject. Next, attach the receipt to the email. Odoo creates the " +"expense by taking the information in the email subject and combining it with" +" the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 +msgid "" +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " +"Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 +msgid "Create an expense report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 +msgid "" +"When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" +" once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " +":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " +":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 +msgid "" +"If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " +"added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 +msgid "Submit an expense report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " +"to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " +"cannot be submitted in batches. Open the specific report from the list of " +"expense reports (if the report is not already open). To view all expense " +"reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 +msgid "" +"If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " +"reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Submit the report to the manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 +msgid "" +"The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " +"After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " +":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " +"*necessary rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 +msgid "Approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " +"necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " +"least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " +"app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 +msgid "" +"If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " +"Companies` section of the *Settings* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " +"no restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Please refer to :doc:`this document " +"` to learn more about managing " +"users and their access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Human Resources` section. Under :guilabel:`Expenses`, there are " +"four options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" +" or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " +"reports for their own specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " +"refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" +" the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " +"box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " +"of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 +msgid "Send messages in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Select the My Team filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 +msgid "" +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 +msgid "Post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" +" or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " +"the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " +"next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 +msgid "" +"To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " +"of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 +msgid "Reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 +msgid "" +"After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 +msgid "" +"Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " +"(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " +"remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " +"check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " +"that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 +msgid "" +"If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 +msgid "" +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " +"the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 +msgid "Create an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 +msgid "" +"First, when :ref:`creating a new expense `, the correct " +"information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"` and :ref:`submitted ` as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses `. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries `. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 +msgid "" +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 +msgid "" +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 +msgid "Fiscal localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:10 +msgid "Fiscal localization packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Install the appropriate module as fiscal localization package in Odoo " +"Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:36 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 +msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:45 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:55 +msgid "List of supported countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " +"the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :ref:`fiscal localization " +"package ` that are available on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:61 +msgid "Algeria - Accounting" +msgstr "Algeria - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`Argentina - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`Australian - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:64 +msgid "Austria - Accounting" +msgstr "Austria - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`Belgium - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:66 +msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" +msgstr "Bolivia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`Brazilian - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:68 +msgid "Canada - Accounting" +msgstr "Canada - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`Chile - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:70 +msgid "China - Accounting" +msgstr "Cina - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 +msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" +msgstr "Costa Rica - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:73 +msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" +msgstr "Croazia - Contabilità (RRIF 2012)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:74 +msgid "Czech - Accounting" +msgstr "Cechia-Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:75 +msgid "Denmark - Accounting" +msgstr "Danimarca - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:76 +msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" +msgstr "Repubblica Dominicana - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Ecuadorian - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`Egypt - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 +msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" +msgstr "Etiopia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:80 +msgid "Finnish Localization" +msgstr "Localizzazione finlandese" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 +msgid "Generic - Accounting" +msgstr "Generico - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`Germany `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 +msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" +msgstr "Germania SKR03 - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:86 +msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" +msgstr "Germania SKR04 - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:88 +msgid "Greece - Accounting" +msgstr "Grecia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:89 +msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" +msgstr "Guatemala - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:90 +msgid "Honduras - Accounting" +msgstr "Honduras - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:91 +msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" +msgstr "Hong Kong - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:92 +msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" +msgstr "Ungheria - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Indonesian - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 +msgid "Ireland - Accounting" +msgstr "Irlanda - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:96 +msgid "Israel - Accounting" +msgstr "Israele - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 +msgid "Japan - Accounting" +msgstr "Giappone - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 +msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" +msgstr "Lituania - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 +msgid "Maroc - Accounting" +msgstr "Marocco - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 +msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" +msgstr "Mongolia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 +msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" +msgstr "Nuova Zelanda - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:107 +msgid "Norway - Accounting" +msgstr "Norvegia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:108 +msgid "OHADA - Accounting" +msgstr "OHADA - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:109 +msgid "Pakistan - Accounting" +msgstr "Pakistan-Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:110 +msgid "Panama - Accounting" +msgstr "Panama - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`Philippines - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:113 +msgid "Poland - Accounting" +msgstr "Polonia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:114 +msgid "Portugal - Accounting" +msgstr "Portogallo - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`Romania - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 +msgid "Singapore - Accounting" +msgstr "Singapore - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 +msgid "Slovak - Accounting" +msgstr "Slovacchia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 +msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" +msgstr "Slovenia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:120 +msgid "South Africa - Accounting" +msgstr "Sudafrica - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 +msgid "Sweden - Accounting" +msgstr "Svezia-Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Switzerland - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 +msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" +msgstr "Taiwan-Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`Thailand - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 +msgid "Turkey - Accounting" +msgstr "Turchia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 +msgid "" +":doc:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`UK - Accounting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 +msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" +msgstr "Ucraina - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:130 +msgid "United States - Accounting" +msgstr "Stati Uniti - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:131 +msgid "Uruguay - Accounting" +msgstr "Uruguay - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:132 +msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" +msgstr "Venezuela - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:133 +msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" +msgstr "Vietnam - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Argentina" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "Webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " +"and how to configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Webinar - Localización de Argentina " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`eCommerce - Localización de Argentina " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Argentinean localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Nome tecnico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_ar`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `, " +"which represents the minimal configuration to operate in Argentina under the" +" :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 +msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " +"invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:45 +msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "" +"(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " +"Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once the localization modules are installed, the first step is to set up the" +" company's data. In addition to the basic information, a key field to fill " +"in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " +"obligation and structure of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:61 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "Piano dei conti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In Accounting, there are three different :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` " +"packages to choose from. They are based on a company's AFIP responsibility " +"type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as " +"many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:69 +msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 +msgid "Configure master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:80 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:83 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Ambiente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " +"**testing** and **production**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the companies can test their databases until " +"they are ready to move into the **Production** environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To select a database environment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " +"(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:99 +msgid "AFIP certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " +"Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate Sign Request (Odoo)`. When this option is " +"selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " +"generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Request a certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate (AFIP)`. Access the AFIP portal and follow " +"the instructions described in `this document " +"`_ " +"to get a certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo)`. Once the certificate " +"is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " +"the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"`_. Furthermore, " +"Odoo allows the user to test electronic invoicing locally without a " +"Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " +"testing locally:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" +"certificate/keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:141 +msgid "Identification type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:143 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, document types defined by the AFIP " +"are now available in the **Partner form**. Information is essential for most" +" transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " +"default, as well as 32 inactive types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" +" included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "AFIP responsibility type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In Argentina, the document type and corresponding transactions associated " +"with customers and vendors is defined by the AFIP Responsibility type. This " +"field should be defined in the **Partner form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for " +":guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "Taxes types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " +"invoices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:186 +msgid "Special taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Some Argentinean taxes are not commonly used for all companies, and those " +"less common options are labeled as inactive in Odoo by default. Before " +"creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as " +"inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 +msgid "Document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, like Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions such as invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the governmental fiscal authorities. In Argentina, the " +"`AFIP `__ is the governmental fiscal authority " +"that defines such transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential piece of information that needs to be " +"clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " +"list account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " +"country in which the document is applicable (this data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " +"default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " +"default, but can be activated as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Lettere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:228 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the :guilabel:`Document Types` include a letter that helps " +"indicate the type of transaction or operation. For example, when an invoice " +"is related to a(n):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization already have the proper letter " +"associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further " +"configuration necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "document types grouped by letters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 +msgid "Use on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:248 +msgid "" +"The onditions applied based on the type of issuer and receiver (e.g., the " +"type of fiscal regime of the buyer and the type of fiscal regime of the " +"vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization, the journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type. To configure journals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:258 +msgid "" +"For sales and purchase journals, it's possible to activate the option " +":guilabel:`Use Documents`, which enables a list of :guilabel:`Document " +"Types` that can be related to the invoices and vendor bills. For more detail" +" on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If the sales or purchase journals do not have the :guilabel:`Use Documents` " +"option activated, they will not be able to generate fiscal invoices, " +"meaning, their use case will be mostly limited to monitoring account moves " +"related to internal control processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`AFIP POS System` is a field only visible for the **Sales** " +"journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " +"transactions for which the journal is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:273 +msgid "The AFIP POS defines the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:275 +msgid "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:276 +msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:283 +msgid "Web services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " +"few options to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsfev1: Electronic Invoice`: is the most common service, which is" +" used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" +" item;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond`: is for those who invoice " +"capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds " +"granted by the Ministry of Economy. For more details go to: `Fiscal Bond " +"`__;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate " +"invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " +"exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Web Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " +"identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Address`: is the field related to the commercial address" +" registered for the POS, which is usually the same address as the company. " +"For example, if a company has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then the " +"AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " +"location will be printed in the invoice report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unified Book`: when the AFIP POS System is Preimpresa, then the " +"document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " +"the same sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:313 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:314 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:318 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Sequenze" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "" +"For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " +"displays the last sequence used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:324 +msgid "" +"When creating :guilabel:`Purchase Journals`, it's possible to define whether" +" they are related to document types or not. In the case where the option to " +"use documents is selected, there would be no need to manually associate the " +"document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:333 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Fattura" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "" +"The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " +"journals are created and properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:339 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "" +"When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " +"filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:344 +msgid "" +"**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A** is the type " +"of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:350 +msgid "" +"**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " +"not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:356 +msgid "" +"**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " +"exporting goods that shows the incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " +"given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:365 +msgid "" +"The most common :guilabel:`Document Type` will be defined automatically for " +"the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" +" manually by the user before confirming the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:370 +msgid "Electronic invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoices, if all the information is correct then the " +"invoice is posted in the standard way unless there is an error that needs to" +" be addressed. When error messages pop up, they indicate both the issue that" +" needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " +"invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:380 +msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:381 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " +"customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:383 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" +" AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "AFIP Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:391 +msgid "Invoice taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " +"differently on the PDF report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A. Tax excluded`: in this case the taxed amount needs to be " +"clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " +"has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B. Tax amount included`: this means that the taxed amount is " +"included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " +"applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:407 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:408 +msgid "Consumidor Final;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:409 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:410 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Tax amount included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:646 +msgid "Special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Invoices for services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include :guilabel:`Services`, the AFIP requires" +" to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " +"filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Invoices for Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the " +"values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " +"invoice's month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Service Dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:437 +msgid "Exportation invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Invoices related to :guilabel:`Exportation Transactions` require that a " +"journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " +"proper document type(s) can be associated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Exporation journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the invoice is configured with an AFIP " +"responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " +":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:450 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:451 +msgid "Exportation document type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:452 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:454 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " +"which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:469 +msgid "Fiscal bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Electronic Fiscal Bond` is used for those who invoice capital" +" goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by" +" the Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:474 +msgid "" +"For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:476 +msgid "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:477 +msgid "Taxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "Detail each item;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:482 +msgid "Complete description;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:483 +msgid "Unit Net Price;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 +msgid "Quantity;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:485 +msgid "Unit of measurement;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:486 +msgid "Bonus;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:487 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:490 +msgid "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:492 +msgid "" +"For SME invoices, there are several document types that are classified as " +"**MiPyME**, which are also known as **Electronic Credit Invoice** (or " +"**FCE** in Spanish). This classification develops a mechanism that improves " +"the financing conditions for small and medium-sized businesses, and allows " +"them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits" +" and receivables issued to their clients and/or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:498 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it's important to consider the following " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:500 +msgid "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:501 +msgid "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:502 +msgid "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:503 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account relation error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:510 +msgid "" +"To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " +"either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Transmission Mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:517 +msgid "" +"To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" +" in :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "" +"When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:530 +msgid "" +"use the :guilabel:`Credit and Debit Note` buttons, so all the information " +"from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " +"Note`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:532 +msgid "" +"the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " +"(either A or B);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"the same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:541 +msgid "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "" +"the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " +":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:545 +msgid "" +"the :guilabel:`Credit Note`, is created to annulate the FCE document, in " +"this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:553 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:555 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF Report` related to electronic invoices that have been " +"validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which " +"represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " +"legal requirement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice printed report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:566 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes, it is possible to obtain detailed" +" information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP." +" To retrieve this information, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " +"button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:579 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific " +"document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " +"sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Consult the last invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the " +":guilabel:`Document Type` is now a required field. This value is auto-" +"populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " +"the value can be changed if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Changing journal and document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Number` field needs to be registered manually and " +"the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is " +"invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " +"is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor bill document number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:606 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way as the customer " +"invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " +"the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:611 +msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:617 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" +" value);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not " +"valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " +"posted;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:620 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " +"user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:630 +msgid "" +"With the vendor validation settings enabled, a new button shows up on the " +"vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " +"located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Verify on AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:638 +msgid "" +"In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of " +":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " +"the invalidation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:649 +msgid "Untaxed concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:651 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " +"VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:654 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " +"of the exempt concept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "VAT exempt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:662 +msgid "Perception taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:664 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and the perception tax can be added in any of " +"the product lines. As a result, there will be one tax group for the VAT and " +"another for the perception. The perception default value is always " +":guilabel:`0.10`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:669 +msgid "" +"To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the " +":guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` " +"amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " +"be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the perception amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:678 +msgid "Check management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:680 +msgid "" +"To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* " +"module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " +"technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "l10n_latam_check module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:688 +msgid "" +"This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:690 +msgid "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:691 +msgid "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:692 +msgid "" +"Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " +"third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:694 +msgid "" +"Once all the configurations are made for the Argentinian electronic invoice " +"flow, it is also needed to complete certain configurations for the own " +"checks and the third party checks flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 +msgid "Own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:700 +msgid "" +"Configure the bank journal used to create your own checks by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " +"bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checks` should be available as a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. If " +"not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" +" Method` to add them" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:706 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:709 +msgid "" +"This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:711 +msgid "Enter check numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:712 +msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Bank journal configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:719 +msgid "Management of own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:724 +msgid "" +"On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the " +"payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " +":guilabel:`Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:732 +msgid "" +"To manage current checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` field must be " +"left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " +"the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:736 +msgid "" +"To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as " +"the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" +" total amount paid in checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Own checks menu location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:744 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are " +"still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited " +"from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a " +"Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the" +" :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " +"symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:754 +msgid "Cancel an own check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:756 +msgid "" +"To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check " +"to be canceled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will " +"break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " +"leave the check in a **canceled** state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:766 +msgid "Third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:768 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments using third party checks, two specific " +"journals need to be configured. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " +"new journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:772 +msgid "`Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:773 +msgid "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:776 +msgid "" +"You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " +"and need journals for those." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:779 +msgid "" +"To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" +" and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:782 +msgid "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:817 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:784 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " +"choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Automatically created cash account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:791 +msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:793 +msgid "" +"For new incoming third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments" +" tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " +"method is used to create *new* third party checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:796 +msgid "" +"For incoming and outgoing existing third party checks, go to " +":menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select " +":guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks`. Repeat the same step for the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab. This method is used to receive and/or pay" +" vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:802 +msgid "" +"You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " +"configuring the third party checks journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment methods automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:809 +msgid "" +"The *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal also needs to be created and/or " +"configured. This journal is used to manage rejected third party checks and " +"can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " +"coming from vendors when rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 +msgid "" +"To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:816 +msgid "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " +"of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:822 +msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:825 +msgid "New third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:827 +msgid "" +"To register a *new* third party check for a customer invoice, click the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " +":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:831 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and" +" fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the " +":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " +"customer's VAT number related to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:841 +msgid "Existing third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:843 +msgid "" +"To pay a vendor bill with an *existing* check, click the :guilabel:`Register" +" Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third " +"Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:847 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and select a check from the :guilabel:`Check` field. The field " +"shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:855 +msgid "" +"When an **existing third party check** is used, you can review the " +"operations related to it. For example, you can see if a third party check " +"made to pay a customer invoice was later used as an existing third party " +"check to pay a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:859 +msgid "" +"To do so, either go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Third " +"Party Checks` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` " +"depending on the case, and click on a check. In the :guilabel:`Check Current" +" Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the " +"check's history and movements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Check Operations menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:868 +msgid "" +"The menu also displays critical information related to these operations, " +"such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:870 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payment Type`, allowing to classify whether it is a payment " +"*sent* to a vendor or a payment *received* from a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:872 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Journal` in which the check is currently registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:873 +msgid "" +"The **partner** associated with the operation (either customer or vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:878 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization installation, financial reporting for Argentina " +"was added to the :guilabel:`Accounting` dashboard. Access these reports by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Argentinean " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Argentinean reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:887 +msgid "VAT reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:890 +msgid "Sales VAT book" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:892 +msgid "" +"In this report, all the sales are recorded, which are taken as the basis for" +" the accounting records to determine the VAT (Tax Debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:895 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sales VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file " +":guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` " +"files to upload in the AFIP portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Sales VAT book." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:903 +msgid "Purchases VAT book" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:905 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchases VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file " +":guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` " +"files to upload in the AFIP portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Purchases VAT book." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:913 +msgid "VAT summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:915 +msgid "" +"Pivot table designed to check the monthly VAT totals. This report is for " +"internal usage, it is not sent to the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "VAT Summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:926 +msgid "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:928 +msgid "" +"Pivot table where you can validate the gross income in each jurisdiction. " +"Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to " +"the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:936 +msgid "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:938 +msgid "" +"Pivot table where you can validate the gross purchases in each jurisdiction." +" Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to " +"the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:3 +msgid "Australia" +msgstr "Australia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:8 +msgid "Employment Hero Australian Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Employment Hero module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., " +"expenses, social charges, liabilities, taxes) from Employment Hero to Odoo " +"automatically. Payroll administration is still done in Employment Hero. We " +"only record the journal entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:15 +msgid "KeyPay was rebranded as **Employment Hero** in March 2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`Activate ` the :guilabel:`Employment Hero Australian " +"Payroll` module (technical name: `l10n_au_keypay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure the **Employment Hero API** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`. More fields become visible after clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enabling Employment Hero Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the\n" +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can find the API Key in the :guilabel:`My Account` section of the " +"Employment Hero platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the Employment Hero dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with `https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au`. " +"*Please do not change it.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can find the **Business ID** in the Employment Hero URL. (i.e., " +"`189241`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "The Employment Hero \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:42 +msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:45 +msgid "How does the API work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " +"them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" +" ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in " +"Employment Hero and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"By default, the synchronization happens once per week. You can fetch the " +"records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and, in the :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration` " +"option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " +":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 +msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:65 +msgid "" +"For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " +"accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " +"Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate " +"accurate financial reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:3 +msgid "Belgium" +msgstr "Belgio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Fatturazione elettronica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 +msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " +"truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " +"System** for their receipts. This applies if their yearly earnings " +"(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 +msgid "" +"This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " +"system `, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module ` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " +"Public Service Finance registration form " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 +msgid "Certified POS system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 +msgid "" +"The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " +"on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " +"ensure that your POS system is certified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 +msgid "Odoo 16.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 +msgid "Certified" +msgstr "Certificati" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 +msgid "Not certified" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 +msgid "Odoo 15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 +msgid "Odoo 15.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 +msgid "Odoo 14.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 +msgid "" +"A `certified POS system " +"`_ must " +"adhere to rigorous government regulations, which means it operates " +"differently from a non-certified POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 +msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " +"is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" +" blacklisted and cannot be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " +"activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 +msgid "Modify prices in order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 +msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 +msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 +msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " +"feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " +"`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` section, open the :guilabel:`Default Sales Tax` form " +"by clicking the arrow next to the default sales tax field. There, click " +":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 +msgid "" +"At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" +" in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " +"clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click " +":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " +"without it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 +msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " +"`_, is a government-certified " +"device that works together with the Point of Sale application and saves your" +" POS orders information. Concretely, a **hash** (:dfn:`unique code`) is " +"generated for each POS order and added to its receipt. This allows the " +"government to verify that all revenue is declared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " +"the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " +"Finance `_ website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " +"following hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 +msgid "" +"a registered :ref:`black box ` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " +"`_ to order yours);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 +msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 +msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 +msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box ` (one IoT box per black box); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 +msgid "a receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 +msgid "Black box module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate ` the `Belgian " +"Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " +"information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`, and fill in the :guilabel:`VAT` field. Then, enter a national " +"registration number for every staff member who operates the POS system. To " +"do so, go to the :guilabel:`Employees` app and open an employee form. There," +" go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and " +"fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 +msgid "" +"To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " +"Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " +"designated field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 +msgid "" +"You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " +"Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " +"stored within the black box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "Box IoT" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " +"register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" +" `_ and provide the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 +msgid "your VAT number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 +msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 +msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" +" the IoT Box recognizes the FDM, go to the IoT homepage and scroll down the " +":guilabel:`IOT Device` section, which should display the FDM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 +msgid "" +"Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Connected Device` section, and enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`. " +"Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 +msgid "" +"To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " +"Printer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 +msgid "VAT signing card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 +msgid "" +"When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " +"prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." +" The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` " +"upon `registration " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:3 +msgid "Brazil" +msgstr "Brasile" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the Brazilian localization you can automatically compute sales taxes " +"for goods using AvaTax (Avalara) through API calls, also configure taxes for" +" services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For the goods tax computation part, you need to configure the :ref:`contacts" +" `, :ref:`company `, :ref:`products " +"`, and :ref:`create an account in Avatax ` from the Odoo general settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:18 +msgid "" +"For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly" +" without computing them with AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " +"can be modified if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package ` -" +" adds accounting characteristics for the Brazilian localization, which " +"represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Brazil. The module's installation automatically loads: the chart of " +"accounts, taxes, and required fields to properly configure the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Adds a simple tax report that helps check the tax amount per tax group in a " +"given period of time. Also adds the P&L and BS adapted for the Brazilian " +"market." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Add Brazilian tax calculation via Avatax and all necessary fields needed to " +"configure Odoo in order to properly use Avatax and send the needed fiscal " +"information to retrieve the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SOs in Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Same as the `l10n_br_avatax` module with the extension to the sales order " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search the name given to your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +msgid "Tax ID (:guilabel:`CNPJ`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " +"Non-Taxpayer.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " +"Avatax Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo " +"to automatically compute taxes by taking into account the company, contact " +"(customer), product, and transaction information to retrieve the correct tax" +" to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil, which means that Avalara " +"experts reviewed workflows covered within the scope of the integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " +"` to compute taxes. Every time you " +"compute taxes, an API call is made, using credits from your |IAP| credits " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and, " +"in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the email address you want to " +"use to log in to the AvaTax portal, and click on :guilabel:`Create account`." +" This email is used as the administrator email address in AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 +msgid "" +"After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" +" to set up your password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Access the `Avalara portal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:127 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +" and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 +msgid "" +"You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " +"Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If you intend first to try the integration on a testing or sandbox database," +" using an alternate email address is recommended, as you won't be able to " +"re-use the same email address on your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You can start using AvaTax in Odoo without creating a password and accessing" +" the Avalara Portal; for Odoo, the only requirement to start using the " +"Avalara Tax Computation Engine is to create an account from the settings " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:147 +msgid "" +"You can transfer API credentials. Use this only when you have already " +"created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization " +"module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes, " +"and the default account payable and account receivable fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " +"baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 +msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " +"Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " +"computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " +"used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " +"differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " +"computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +msgid "" +"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " +"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," +" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " +"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " +":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring taxes to fit your needs better, please " +"go to the :doc:`taxes functional documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Tax configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " +"deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " +"computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs " +"to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the " +":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " +"refunds` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" +" following information on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +" be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " +"specific use case)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Product configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " +"costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " +"`Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, " +"duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: " +":guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` " +"`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Contatti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " +"contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 +msgid "General information about the contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" +" check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Zip Code` is a required field to compute " +"taxes properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID` or :guilabel:`CPF`: Use CPF for individuals and Tax ID " +"(CNPJ) for companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipa tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:238 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " +"code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " +"`Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` " +"tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:251 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" +" compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " +"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " +"contact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +msgid "Fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:266 +msgid "" +"To compute taxes on sale orders and invoices, it is necessary to have a " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` with the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and " +"the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" +" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal position configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "Workflows" +msgstr "Workflow" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 +msgid "" +"This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger API calls for " +"tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Please note that each API call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions that" +" trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:285 +msgid "Tax calculations on quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " +"automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:290 +msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:291 +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 +msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +msgid "**Preview**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "**Online quotation access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the API" +" call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically " +"with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "**Online invoice access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the API " +"call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " +"(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Cile" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8 " +"columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`App Tour - Localización de Chile " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:44 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Informazioni fiscali" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Certificato" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Digital certificate access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Digital certificate configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate's " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Rendiconti finanziari" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl `_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:74 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:149 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:154 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Anagrafiche" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:162 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:170 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:196 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean taxes list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:268 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Posizioni fiscali" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:277 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:245 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:247 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:265 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:266 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:270 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Acquisti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:311 +msgid "" +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the `SII documentation " +"`_ to check the detail on how to" +" acquire the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:323 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:333 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:334 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:335 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Steps to add a new CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transaction is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:351 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:356 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Document type selection on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, " +"otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it's created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:822 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:406 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:420 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will" +" receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:441 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:446 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:450 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:458 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:460 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:453 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 +msgid "" +"If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " +"``pdf417gen`` library. Use the following command to install it: ``pip " +"install pdf417gen``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:488 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:500 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:502 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed" +" is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please " +"refer to the :ref:`chile/credit-notes` section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:429 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:513 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:518 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " +"(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you're " +"using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:536 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:558 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Note di credito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:552 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`CAF section ` where we described" +" the process to load the CAF on each document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:618 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:569 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:571 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit " +"note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:579 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:596 +msgid "" +"It's important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference " +"code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:585 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "Note di debito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:613 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed" +" below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:621 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference " +"code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:631 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:638 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:649 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Fatture fornitore" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:651 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:654 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:656 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:671 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:673 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill then you " +"can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" +" this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`` " +"and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform vendor the document is " +"comercially accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:682 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "Richiedi" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the" +" button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is " +"comercially rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:692 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won't be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:697 +msgid "Delivery Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:699 +msgid "" +"To install the Delivery Guide module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search" +" for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " +"module :guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +msgid "" +"*Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* has a dependency with *Chile - " +"Facturación Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically " +"when the Delivery Guide module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Guide module includes sending the DTE to SII and the stamp in " +"PDF reports for deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Install Delivery Guide Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations have been made for electronic invoices (e.g., " +"uploading a valid company certificate, setting up master data, etc.), " +"Delivery Guides need their own CAFs. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " +"documentation ` to check the details on how to " +"acquire the CAFs for electronic Delivery Guides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +msgid "" +"Verify the following important information in the *Price for the Delivery " +"Guide* configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: Delivery Guide takes the product price from " +"the Sales Order and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " +"product template and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the Delivery Guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:727 +msgid "" +"Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " +"and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" +" basically any product move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:731 +msgid "Delivery Guide from a Sales Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +msgid "" +"A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" +" 60 product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +msgid "" +"When a Sales Order is created and confirmed, a Delivery Order is generated. " +"After validating the Delivery Order, the option to create a Delivery Guide " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Create Delivery Guide Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:743 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " +"warning message pops up, showing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "An example sequence error when creating a Delivery Guide in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:750 +msgid "" +"This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " +"number Odoo has to take to generate the Delivery Guide, and only only " +"happens the *first time* a Delivery Guide is created in Odoo. After the " +"first document has been correctly generated, Odoo takes the CAFs next " +"available number to generate the following Delivery Guide and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:755 +msgid "After the Delivery Guide is created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:757 +msgid "" +"The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is automatically created and added to" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "DTE Status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night. To get a response from the SII immediately, press " +"the :guilabel:`Send now to SII` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Once the Delivery Guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +msgid "Electronic Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To install the Electronic Receipt module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and " +"search for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on " +"the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:782 +msgid "" +"*Chile - Electronic Receipt* has a dependency with *Chile - Facturación " +"Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically when the " +"E-invoicing Delivery Guide module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +msgid "" +"This module contains the electronic receipt and daily sales report, which " +"are automatically sent to SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Install Electronic Receipt module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:792 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations have been made for Electronic Invoices (e.g., " +"uploading a valid company certificate, setting up master data, etc.), " +"Electronic Receipts need their own CAFs. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " +"documentation ` to check the details on how to " +"acquire the CAFs for Electronic Receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Electronic Receipts are useful when clients do not need an Electronic " +"Invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called *Anonymous " +"Final Consumer* with a generic RUT 66666666-6 and taxpayer type of *Final " +"Consumer*. This partner can be used for Electronic Receipts or a new record " +"may be created for the same purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:802 +msgid "" +"Although Electronic Receipts should be used for final consumers with a " +"generic RUT, it can also be used for specific partners. After the partners " +"and journals are created and configured, the Electronic Receipts are created" +" in the standard way as Electronic Invoice, but the type of document " +":guilabel:`(39) Electronic Receipt` should be selected, like so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Select type of Document: (39) Boleta Electrónica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +msgid "" +"When all of the Electronic Receipt information is filled, either manually or" +" automatically from a Sales Order, proceed to validate the receipt. By " +"default, Electronic Invoice is selected as the Document Type, however in " +"order to validate the receipt correctly, make sure to edit the Document Type" +" and change to Electronic Receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:819 +msgid "After the receipt is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:821 +msgid "" +"The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added to" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "DTE status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow ` for Electronic Invoices as the workflow for Electronic Receipt " +"follows the same process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +msgid "Daily Sales Report" +msgstr "Resoconto vendite giornaliere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 +msgid "" +"Once Electronic Receipts have been created, the system creates a daily sales" +" report containing all Electronic Receipts per day. This report is " +"electronically stamped and sent to the SII overnight in XML format. These " +"daily reports can be found in :menuselection:`Reports --> Daily Sales " +"Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Find Electronic Receipts in the Reports menu, under Daily Sales Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:845 +msgid "A list of daily reports is displayed with all daily DTE sent to SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "List of Daily Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:851 +msgid "" +"If no Electronic Receipt was made on a particular day, the report is sent " +"but it will not have any receipts in it. The report will also have an answer" +" from the SII if it was accepted or rejected (depending on the company's " +"certificate and validated receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Daily Sales Book example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:860 +msgid "" +"For Chilean localization, note that the feature tax included in the price is" +" *not* supported for the Electronic Receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 +msgid "" +"If a Daily Sales Report has already been created for a specific day in " +"another system, the daily report in Odoo will be rejected due to the " +"sequence number used. If that is the case, the user has to manually click on" +" :guilabel:`Retry` in order for a new sequence number to be generated (this " +"action is automatically done by Odoo). Afterwards, users can manually verify" +" report status with SII or wait for Odoo to update status later at night." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:895 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Columns and data displayed in the report Balance Tributario 8 Columnas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:892 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Colombia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Colombian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 +msgid "`l10n_co`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode ` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "Identification information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "Main workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 +msgid "" +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " +"which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 +msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 +msgid "" +"This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Certificado de Retención en ICA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 +msgid "" +"This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 +msgid "" +"This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:3 +msgid "Ecuador" +msgstr "Ecuador" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With the Ecuadorian localization you can generate electronic documents with " +"its XML, Fiscal folio, with electronic signature and direct connection to " +"tax authority SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The supported documents are Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Purchase " +"Liquidations and Withholds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The localization also Includes automations to easily predict the withholding" +" tax to be applied to each purchase invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 +msgid "Glossary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " +"that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " +"sending of Electronics Documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " +"the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Ecuadorian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_ec`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " +"adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " +"represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Ecuador according to the guidelines set by the :abbr:`SRI (servicio de " +"rentas internas)`. The module's installation automatically loads: Chart of " +"Accounts, taxes, documents types, tax support types. Additionally, the " +"generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, based on the " +"Technical documentation published by the SRI. The authorized documents are: " +"Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," +" Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " +"Accounting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " +"and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " +"` and go to :menuselection:`Company --> Contact` and then " +"edit the contact to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 +msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 +msgid "Upload company logo and save" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 +msgid "Electronic documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To upload your information for electronic documents go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " +":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the next information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " +"going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " +"to use the testing environment for electronic documents then keep the " +"checkbox unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " +"qualified as RIMPE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " +"company has this condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " +"do electronic withholds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " +"you buy goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " +"buy services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " +"you buy with credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " +"resolution number, if applicable for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " +"password, then save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " +"a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " +"contributor number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" +" withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" +" on their *Taxpayer Type*. Moreover, the Credit Card withholding set up is " +"always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 +msgid "VAT withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 +msgid "" +"This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " +"Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " +"withholding, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " +"taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " +":guilabel:`Services VAT Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " +"the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 +msgid "Printer points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " +"that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " +"Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " +"accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " +"as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " +"be unique per journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring a printer point for Ecuador electronic document type of Customer" +" Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 +msgid "Withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " +"where you need to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 +msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " +"accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " +"withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 +msgid "Purchase Liquidations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " +"liquidations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring purchase liquidations for Ecuador electronic document type of " +"Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " +"is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " +"localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in Taxes, Default" +" Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " +"Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " +"compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " +"configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " +"\"Purchase\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Product for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 +msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " +"check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " +"Electronic Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " +"`Cedula`, or `Passport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " +"and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " +"and then create a withholding from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid "Review your taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" +" configuration and related financial accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 +msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " +"is useful when you register purchase withholdings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " +"codes, it is important when you register the withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " +"and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 +msgid "" +"For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " +"support code] [tax support short name])`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " +"withhold] [withhold name]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " +"automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " +"do so, for which you must base yourself on the configuration of the existing" +" taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 +msgid "Review your Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" +" classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " +"authorities, in this case by the SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable; also the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Document types for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 +msgid "Sales documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," +" are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " +"manually. They must contain the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " +"the customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 +msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 +msgid "Customer credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Customer credit note " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " +"that, when validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated " +"(posted) invoice in order to register a credit note. On the invoice there is" +" a button named :guilabel:`Credit note`, click on this button to be directed" +" to the :guilabel:`Create credit note` form, then complete the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " +"number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" +" invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " +"with the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" +" note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" +"validated and reconciled with the invoice, and auto-create a new draft " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 +msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " +"amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" +" note, review the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 +msgid "Customer debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " +"invoice in order to register a debit note. On the invoice there is a button " +"named :guilabel:`Debit Note`, click on this button to be directed to the " +":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 +msgid "" +"You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " +"validating the debit note, review the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 +msgid "Customer withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " +"company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " +"withholding to the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " +"customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " +"Withhold`, click on this button to be directed to the :guilabel:`Customer " +"withholding` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " +"withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " +"the same as the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 +msgid "Purchase Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 +msgid "Vendor bill" +msgstr "Fattura fornitore" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " +"this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " +"purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 +msgid "" +"The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " +"contain the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 +msgid "" +"When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" +" are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Otherwise, from " +"the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab click the :guilabel:`Edit` button and set " +"the adjustment to go where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 +msgid "Purchase liquidation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" +" vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" +" Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 +msgid "" +"Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " +"RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " +"sales receipts or customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " +"dependency relationship (full-time employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 +msgid "" +"These types of electronic documents can be created from the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " +"form view. It must contain the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Liquidation` with the correct printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " +"Liquidation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " +"only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " +"for the next documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Liquidation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 +msgid "Purchase withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" +" a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" +" :guilabel:`Add Withhold`, click on this button to be directed to the " +":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " +"configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " +"tax support are correct, and, if it is not correct, you can edit and select " +"the correct taxes and tax support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Once you review the information you can validate the " +":guilabel:`Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 +msgid "" +"You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " +"configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" +" to the tax applied on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` and change the " +":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" +" whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " +"add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" +" system will allow you as long as the total of the bases matches the total " +"from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 +msgid "" +"In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " +"Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" +" the reports 103 and 104." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 +msgid "" +"To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " +"filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 +msgid "Report 103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 +msgid "" +"This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " +"period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 +msgid "" +"You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " +"amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" +" report it to the SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 +msgid "Report 104" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 +msgid "" +"This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " +"period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Report 104 form for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:3 +msgid "Egypt" +msgstr "Egitto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:8 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Egyptian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Egypt - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_eg``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:23 +msgid "``l10n_eg_edi_eta``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) e-invoicing integration " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:29 +msgid "Egyptian e-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) e-invoicing** " +"requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Egyptian e-invoicing is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade " +"` your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Video: Egypt E-invoicing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:44 +msgid "Register Odoo on your ETA portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You must register your Odoo ERP system on your ETA portal to get your API " +"credentials. You need these codes to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting " +"app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Access your company profile on the ETA portal by clicking on :guilabel:`View" +" Taxpayer Profile`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Clicking on \"View Taxpayer Profile\" on an ETA invoicing portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :guilabel:`Representatives` section and then click on " +":guilabel:`Register ERP`. Fill out the :guilabel:`ERP Name` (e.g., ``Odoo``)" +" and leave the other fields empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Filling out of the form to register an ERP system on the ETA portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once successfully registered, the website displays your API credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:64 +msgid "Client ID" +msgstr "ID cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:65 +msgid "Client Secret 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:66 +msgid "Client Secret 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:69 +msgid "" +"ETA should give you a username and a password to access their online portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:70 +msgid "Ask ETA to provide you with preproduction portal access as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:71 +msgid "These codes are confidential and should be stored safely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 +msgid "Configuration on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To connect your Odoo database to your ETA portal account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> ETA " +"E-Invoicing Settings`, and set the :guilabel:`ETA Client ID` and " +":guilabel:`ETA Secret` that you retrieved when you :ref:`registered Odoo on " +"your ETA portal `. Set an invoicing threshold " +"if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of the ETA E-Invoicing credentials in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Test on your preproduction portal** before starting to issue real invoices" +" on the production ETA portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Credentials** for preproduction and production environments are different." +" Make sure to update them on Odoo when you move from one environment to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, fill out your company details with your company's full " +"address, country, and Tax ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:98 +msgid "ETA codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"E-invoicing works with a set of codes provided by the ETA. You can use the " +"`ETA documentation `_ to " +"code your business attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Most of these codes are handled automatically by Odoo, provided that your " +":ref:`branches `, :ref:`customers " +"`, and :ref:`products ` are correctly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:107 +msgid "Company Information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:109 +msgid "Company Tax ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Branch ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "If you have only one branch, use ``0`` as the branch code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:112 +msgid "Activity type Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:114 +msgid "Other Information:" +msgstr "Altre informazioni:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Product Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your company's products should be coded and matched with their **GS1** or " +"**EGS** codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Tax Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Most of the taxes codes are already configured on Odoo in the :guilabel:`ETA" +" Code (Egypt)` field. We advise you to make sure these codes match your " +"company's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Egyptian eInvoicing & eReceipt SDK - Code Tables " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:130 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Create a contact and a journal for each branch of your company and configure" +" its ETA settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Name the journal according to your company's branch and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` as :guilabel:`Sales`. Next, open the " +":menuselection:`Advanced Settings` tab and fill out the :guilabel:`Egyptian " +"ETA settings` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:141 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Branch` field, select the branch's contact or create it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:142 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`ETA Activity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`ETA Branch ID` (use ``0`` if you have one branch only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Sales journal configuration of an Egyptian company's branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The contact selected in the :guilabel:`Branch` field must be set as a " +":guilabel:`Company` (**not** as an :guilabel:`Individual`), and the " +":guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Tax ID` fields must be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:157 +msgid "Customers" +msgstr "Clienti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Make sure your customers' contact forms are correctly filled out so your " +"e-invoices are valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:161 +msgid "contact type: :guilabel:`Individual`: or :guilabel:`Company`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: Tax ID or Company registry for companies. National ID " +"for individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can edit your customers' contact forms by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Make sure your products are correctly configured so your e-invoices are " +"valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: storable products, consumables, or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: if you also use Odoo Inventory and have enabled" +" :doc:`Units of Measure " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: **GS1** or **EGS** barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ETA Item code` (under the :menuselection:`Accounting` tab): if " +"the barcode doesn't match your ETA item code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:184 +msgid "" +"You can edit your products by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:189 +msgid "USB authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Each person who needs to electronically sign invoices needs a specific USB " +"key to authenticate and send invoices to the ETA portal through an ERP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:195 +msgid "" +"You can contact the :abbr:`ETA (Egyptian Tax Authority)` or `Egypt Trust " +"`_ to get these USB keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:201 +msgid "Install Odoo as a local proxy on your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:203 +msgid "" +"An Odoo local server works as a bridge between your computer and your Odoo " +"database hosted online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Download the Odoo Community installer from the page " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download and start the installation on your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:208 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Local Proxy Mode` as the type of install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of \"Local Proxy Mode\" during the installation of Odoo Community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:215 +msgid "" +"This installation of Odoo only works as a server and does not install any " +"Odoo apps on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once the installation is complete, the installer displays your **access " +"token** for the Odoo Local Proxy. Copy the token and save it in a safe place" +" for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:222 +msgid "`Odoo: Download Odoo `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../../administration/install`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:228 +msgid "Configure the USB key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Once the local proxy server is installed on your computer, you can link it " +"with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configurations --> Thumb Drive` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Input a :guilabel:`Company` name, the :guilabel:`ETA USB Pin` given to you " +"by your USB key provider, and the :guilabel:`Access Token` provided at the " +"end of the :ref:`local proxy installation `, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:237 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Get certificate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new thumb drive for the e-invoicing of an egyptian company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Francia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:10 +msgid "" +"An FEC :dfn:`Fichier des Écritures Comptables` audit file contains all the " +"accounting data and entries recorded in all the accounting journals for a " +"financial year. The entries in the file must be arranged in chronological " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2014, every French company is required to produce and " +"transmit this file upon request by the tax authorities for audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "FEC Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make the onboarding of new users easier, Odoo Enterprise's French " +":ref:`fiscal localization package ` includes " +"the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), which " +"enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Accounting Import`, enable **FEC Import**, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> FEC Import`, " +"upload your FEC file, and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Should multiple files contain any \"Reports à Nouveaux\" (RAN) with the " +"starting balance of the year, you might need to cancel those entries in the " +"User Interface. Odoo makes those entries (RAN) useless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:38 +msgid "File formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "" +"FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The FEC CSV file has a plain text format representing a data table, with the" +" first line being a header and defining the list of fields for each entry, " +"and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " +"predetermined order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Our module expects the files to meet the following technical specifications:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "**Encoding**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG and iso8859_15." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:51 +msgid "**Separator**: any of these: `;` or `|` or `,` or `TAB`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Line terminators**: both CR+LF (`\\\\r\\\\n`) and LF (`\\\\n`) character " +"groups are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:53 +msgid "**Date format**: `%Y%m%d`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:56 +msgid "Fields description and use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "#" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formatta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "JournalCode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "Journal Code" +msgstr "Codice registro" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "`journal.code` and `journal.name` if `JournalLib` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Alphanumeric" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "02" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "JournalLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "Journal Label" +msgstr "Etichetta registro" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "`journal.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "EcritureNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "Numbering specific to each journal sequence number of the entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "`move.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "04" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "EcritureDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "Accounting entry Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "`move.date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Date (yyyyMMdd)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "05" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "CompteNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "Account Number" +msgstr "Numero conto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "`account.code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "06" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "CompteLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "Account Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "`account.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "07" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "CompAuxNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "Secondary account Number (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "`partner.ref`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "08" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "CompAuxLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "Secondary account Label (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "`partner.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "PieceRef" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "Document Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "`move.ref` and `move.name` if `EcritureNum` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "PieceDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "Document Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "11" +msgstr "11" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "EcritureLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "Account entry Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "`move_line.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "`move_line.debit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Mobile" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "13" +msgstr "13" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "`move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "14" +msgstr "14" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "EcritureLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "Accounting entry cross reference (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "DateLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "Accounting entry date (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "unused" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "16" +msgstr "16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "ValidDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Accounting entry validation date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "17" +msgstr "17" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Montantdevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Currency amount (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "`move_line.amount_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "18" +msgstr "18" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Idevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Currency identifier (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "`currency.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:108 +msgid "" +"These two fields can be found in place of the others in the sence above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Montant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Amount" +msgstr "Importo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Sens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Can be \"C\" for Credit or \"D\" for Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "determines `move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Char" +msgstr "Carattere" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:119 +msgid "Implementation details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The following accounting entities are imported from the FEC files: " +"**Accounts, Journals, Partners**, and **Moves**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Our module determines the encoding, the line-terminator character, and the " +"separator that are used in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A check is then performed to see if every line has the correct number of " +"fields corresponding to the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the check passes, then the file is read in full, kept in memory, and " +"scanned. Accounting entities are imported one type at a time, in the " +"following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:134 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "Conti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Every accounting entry is related to an account, which should be determined " +"by the field `CompteNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:140 +msgid "Code matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Should a similar account code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Accounts in Odoo generally have a number of digits that are default for the " +"fiscal localization. As the FEC module is related to the French " +"localization, the default number of relevant digits is 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This means that the account codes the trailing zeroes are right-trimmed, and" +" that the comparison between the account codes in the FEC file and the ones " +"already existing in Odoo is performed only on the first six digits of the " +"codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The account code `65800000` in the file is matched against an existing " +"`658000` account in Odoo, and that account is used instead of creating a new" +" one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "Reconcilable flag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:159 +msgid "" +"An account is technically flagged as *reconcilable* if the first line in " +"which it appears has the `EcritureLet` field filled out, as this flag means " +"that the accounting entry is going to be reconciled with another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:165 +msgid "" +"In case the line somehow has this field not filled out, but the entry still " +"has to be reconciled with a payment that hasn't yet been recorded, this " +"isn't a problem anyway; the account is flagged as reconcilable as soon as " +"the import of the move lines requires it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:170 +msgid "Account type and Templates matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:172 +msgid "" +"As the **type** of the account is not specified in the FEC format, **new** " +"accounts are created with the default type *Current Assets* and then, at the" +" end of the import process, they are matched against the installed Chart of " +"Account templates. Also, the *reconcile* flag is also computed this way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The match is done with the left-most digits, starting by using all digits, " +"then 3, then 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:54 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "Codice" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Full comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "3-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "2-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:82 +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Modello" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40100000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`401`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "**Result**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "Match **found**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The type of the account is then flagged as *payable* and *reconcilable* as " +"per the account template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Journals are also checked against those already existing in Odoo to avoid " +"duplicates, also in the case of multiple FEC files imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Should a similar journal code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:202 +msgid "New journals have their name prefixed by the string ``FEC-``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:205 +msgid "`ACHATS` -> `FEC-ACHATS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The journals are *not* archived, the user is entitled to handle them as he " +"wishes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:210 +msgid "Journal type determination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The journal type is also not specified in the format (as per the accounts) " +"and therefore it is at first created with the default type `general`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:215 +msgid "" +"At the end of the import process, the type is determined as per these rules " +"regarding related moves and accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`bank`: Moves in these journals always have a line (debit or credit) " +"impacting a liquidity account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`cash` / `bank` can be interchanged, so `bank` is set everywhere when this " +"condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`sale`: Moves in these journals mostly have debit lines on receivable " +"accounts and credit lines on tax income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Sale refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`purchase`: Moves in these journals mostly have credit lines on payable " +"accounts and debit lines on expense accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "`general`: for everything else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:231 +msgid "A minimum of three moves is necessary for journal type identification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:232 +msgid "" +"A threshold of 70% of moves must correspond to a criteria for a journal type" +" to be determined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:235 +msgid "Suppose we are analyzing the moves that share a certain `journal_id`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:269 +msgid "Moves" +msgstr "Movimenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Count" +msgstr "Numero totale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Percentage" +msgstr "Percentuale" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "that have a sale account line and no purchase account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "that have a purchase account line and no sale account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "25%" +msgstr "25%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "that have a liquidity account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "**75%**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "**Total**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "100%" +msgstr "100%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The journal `type` would be `bank`, because the bank moves percentage (75%) " +"exceeds the threshold (70%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:253 +msgid "Partners" +msgstr "Partner" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:255 +msgid "Each partner keeps its `Reference` from the field `CompAuxNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:259 +msgid "" +"These fields are searchable, in line with former FEC imports on the " +"accounting expert's side for fiscal/audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Users can merge partners with the Data Cleaning App, where Vendors and " +"Customers or similar partner entries may be merged by the user, with " +"assistance from the system that groups them by similar entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Entries are immediately posted and reconciled after submission, using the " +"`EcritureLet` field to do the matching between the entries themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The `EcritureNum` field represents the name of the moves. We noticed that " +"sometimes it may not be filled out. In this case, the field `PieceRef` is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:278 +msgid "Rounding issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:280 +msgid "" +"There is a rounding tolerance with a currency-related precision on debit and" +" credit (i.e., 0.01 for EUR). Under this tolerance, a new line is added to " +"the move, named *Import rounding difference*, targeting the accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:284 +msgid "`658000` Charges diverses de gestion courante, for added debits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:285 +msgid "`758000` Produits divers de gestion courante, for added credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:288 +msgid "Missing move name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Should the `EcritureNum` not be filled out, it may also happen that the " +"`PieceRef` field is also not suited to determine the move name (it may be " +"used as an accounting move line reference) leaving no way to actually find " +"which lines are to be grouped in a single move, and effectively impeding the" +" creation of balanced moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:295 +msgid "" +"One last attempt is made, grouping all lines from the same journal and date " +"(`JournalLib`, `EcritureDate`). Should this grouping generate balanced moves" +" (sum(credit) - sum(debit) = 0), then each different combination of journal " +"and date creates a new move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:300 +msgid "" +"`ACH` + `2021/05/01` --> new move on journal `ACH` with name `20210501`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Should this attempt fail, the user is prompted an error message with all the" +" move lines that are supposedly unbalanced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 +msgid "Partner information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If a line has the partner information specified, the information is copied " +"to the accounting move itself if the targeted Journal is of type *payable* " +"or *receivable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:312 +msgid "Export" +msgstr "Esporta" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:314 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"`, you should be able to download the FEC. To" +" do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:320 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove " +"the *Apps* filter, then search for the module named **France-FEC** and make " +"sure it is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:325 +msgid "" +"`Official Technical Specification (fr) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:327 +msgid "" +"`Test-Compta-Demat (Official FEC Testing tool) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:331 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:336 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:337 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:338 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:341 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:343 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:350 +msgid "Is my company required to use anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:355 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:356 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:358 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:362 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:364 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here `_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"` or contact your Odoo service " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:373 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:375 +msgid "To get the certification, just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:377 +msgid "" +"If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, :ref:`install ` the " +"**France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter," +" then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:389 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:393 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:404 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:406 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:408 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:410 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:411 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:415 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:417 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:423 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:426 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Sicurezza" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:428 +msgid "" +"To ensure inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon " +"validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:433 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:446 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Stoccaggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:461 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:463 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:469 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:476 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:481 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Responsabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:494 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Maggiori informazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about this legislation in the following " +"official documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:500 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:502 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:504 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Germania" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Piano dei conti tedesco" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:39 +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against " +"Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping " +"systems - including the :doc:`point of sale " +"` systems - must be equipped with a " +"**Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly " +"`_, a *cloud-based solution*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates " +"by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade " +"` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the " +"**Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:65 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the **Germany - Certification for Point of " +"Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale " +"of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Upgrading Odoo Point of Sale from the Apps dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:77 +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to " +"every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a " +"permanent identification number for economically active persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the " +"*fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Button to register a company through fiskaly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you " +"*saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to " +"access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "fiskaly keys as displayed on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the " +"current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Create TSS option from a point of sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS " +"(Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of" +" Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to " +"**Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Example of TSS ID and Client ID from fiskaly in Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and" +" **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Menu to export DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the " +":abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für " +"Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given" +" start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given " +"end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of " +"all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this " +"specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Pending DSFinV-K export on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has " +"been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on " +"*Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" +" von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" +" Datenzugriff " +"`_." +" In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of " +"books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data " +"access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, " +"and balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 +msgid "" +"These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " +"Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " +"norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based " +"accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January " +"2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital " +"solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:190 +msgid "" +"What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " +"text " +"`_." +" It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is " +"what to expect:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " +"includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " +"authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for" +" the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-" +"mentioned financial and related data)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " +"control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 +msgid "Access rights control;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 +msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 +msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 +msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 +msgid "Processing controls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " +"data, or documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " +"positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " +"performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded " +"(*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, " +"appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place " +"(*prevention*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:218 +msgid "What about data security?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:220 +msgid "" +"**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " +"deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " +"sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance " +"with the GoBD guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " +"deleted via the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:231 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " +"create the necessary backup infrastructure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " +"backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 +msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " +"authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" +" accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of " +"their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to " +"respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:249 +msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " +"clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" +" place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these " +"objectives:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " +"creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " +"relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by " +"whom in the chatter of the relevant object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Completeness**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." +" Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " +"transactions. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all financial " +"data in the system. As most financial data in Odoo is generated " +"automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " +"vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Accuracy**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " +"used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " +"orders and their respective invoices reflect the business reality. It is the" +" responsibility of the user to scan and attach the paper-based vendor bill" +" to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this " +"task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " +"(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" +"the-box timely record-keeping. It is the responsibility of the user to " +"encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the " +"miscellaneous operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" +" according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " +"enforced by the GoBD, but the system must ensure that a given financial " +"transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this " +"out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Inalterability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " +"way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:286 +msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:288 +msgid "" +"In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" +" of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " +"direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a " +"storage device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:292 +msgid "" +"In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " +"is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " +"Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and " +"XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the " +"export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen " +"zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:299 +msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " +"accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" +" various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, " +"nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party " +"certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make " +"software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any " +"other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:307 +msgid "" +"A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " +"according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " +"respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of " +"time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts " +"on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does " +"not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " +"`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:317 +msgid "" +"180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " +"on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " +"in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:320 +msgid "" +"181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " +"decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " +"develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " +"Translate " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:330 +msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:332 +msgid "" +"In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " +"order demanding the implementation of specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 +msgid "India" +msgstr "India" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Indian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian E-invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_in_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`Indian e-invoicing integration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian E-waybill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_in_edi_ewaybill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Indian E-way bill integration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - GSTR India eFiling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports_gstr`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Indian GST Return filing `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:33 +msgid ":ref:`Indian tax reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Purchase Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_in_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:36 +msgid "Indian GST Purchase report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Sale Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_in_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:39 +msgid "Indian GST Sale report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Stock Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_in_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:42 +msgid "Indian GST Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:50 +msgid "e-Invoice system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice " +"system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:60 +msgid "NIC e-Invoice registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` e-Invoice" +" portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to " +":ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `NIC e-Invoice portal `_ by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you are already registered on the NIC portal, you can use the same login " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Register Odoo ERP system on e-invoice web portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User " +"Credentials --> Create API User`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:77 +msgid "" +"After that, you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code on " +"your registered mobile number. Enter the OTP code and click " +":guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` for the API interface, set :guilabel:`Tera " +"Software Limited` as GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password` for your API. Once it is done, click " +":guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit API specific Username and Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:228 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To enable the e-Invoice service in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter " +"the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` previously set for the " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Setup e-invoice service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To automatically send e-Invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal, you must first" +" configure your *sales* journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals`, opening your *sales* journal, and in the " +":guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data " +"Interchange`, enable :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Flusso di lavoro" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the " +"top. Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file of validated invoices " +"to the NIC e-Invoice portal after some time. If you want to process the " +"invoice immediately, click :guilabel:`Process now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:266 +msgid "" +"You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can check the document's :abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)` " +"status under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"invoicing` field of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice is validated and submitted, the invoice PDF report can be " +"printed. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, " +":guilabel:`Ack. No` (acknowledgment number) and :guilabel:`Ack. Date` " +"(acknowledgment date), and QR code. These certify that the invoice is a " +"valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "IRN and QR code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:146 +msgid "e-Invoice cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel an e-Invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of " +"the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel" +" remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The " +"status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to " +":guilabel:`To Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice ` and the " +":ref:`E-Way bill `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:161 +msgid "" +"If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then " +"click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Once you request to cancel the e-Invoice, Odoo automatically submits the " +"JSON-signed file to the NIC e-Invoice portal. You can click " +":guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:170 +msgid "GST e-Invoice verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After submitting an e-Invoice, you can verify if the invoice is signed from " +"the GST e-Invoice system website itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Download the JSON file from the attached files. It can be found in the " +"chatter of the related invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Open the `NIC e-Invoice portal `_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:179 +msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "select the JSON file for verify invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:184 +msgid "If the file is signed, a confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "verified e-invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:192 +msgid "E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) E-waybill " +"system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 +msgid "API registration on NIC E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` E-Way " +"bill portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials " +"to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `NIC E-Way bill portal `_ by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:210 +msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`. Once you have received the code on your " +"registered mobile number, enter it and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the registered " +"GSP/ERP list. If so, use the username and password used to log in to the NIC" +" portal. Otherwise, follow the next steps;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "E-Way bill list of registered GSP/ERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your" +" GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your" +" API, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit GSP API registration details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:230 +msgid "" +"To set up the E-Way bill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Way " +"bill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "E-way bill setup odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:245 +msgid "Send an E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:247 +msgid "" +"You can manually send an E-Way bill by clicking :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`." +" To send the E-Way bill automatically when an invoice or a bill is " +"confirmed, enable :guilabel:`E-Way bill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sales or " +"Purchase journal `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Send E-waybill button on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice has been issued and sent via :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`, a " +"confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian e-Way bill confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal " +"after some time. Click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the " +"invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:273 +msgid "" +"You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-Way bill." +" The report includes the **E-Way bill number** and the **E-Way bill validity" +" date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "E-way bill acknowledgment number and date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:282 +msgid "E-Way bill cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel an E-Way bill, go to the :guilabel:`E-Way bill` tab of" +" the related invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and " +":guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice ` (if " +"applicable) and the :ref:`E-Way bill `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click " +":guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Once you request to cancel the E-Way bill, Odoo automatically submits the " +"JSON-signed file to the government portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:305 +msgid "Indian GST Return filing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:310 +msgid "Enable API access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To file GST Returns in Odoo, you must first enable API access on the GST " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Log into the `GST portal `_ by " +"entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`, and go to " +":guilabel:`My Profile` on your **profile menu**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click On the My Profile from profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:321 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Manage API Access`, and click :guilabel:`Yes` to enable " +"API access;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click Yes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables a :guilabel:`Duration` drop-down menu. Select the " +":guilabel:`Duration` of your preference, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:332 +msgid "Indian GST Service In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Once you have enabled the :ref:`API access ` on the GST " +"portal, you can set up the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian " +"GST Service` and enter the :guilabel:`GST Username`. Click :guilabel:`Send " +"OTP`, enter the code, and finally, :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Please enter your GST portal Username as Username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:347 +msgid "File-in GST Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:349 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` is configured, you can file your GST" +" return. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> India --> GST " +"Return periods` and create a new **GST Return Period** if it does not exist." +" GST Return file-in is done in **three steps** in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**Tax Return Periodicity** can be :doc:`configured " +"<../accounting/reporting/tax_returns>` according to the user's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:361 +msgid "Send GSTR-1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:363 +msgid "" +"The user can verify the :ref:`GSTR-1 ` report before " +"uploading it to the **GST portal** by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-1 Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:365 +msgid "" +"If the **GSTR-1** report is correct, then click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to " +"send it to the **GST portal**. The status of the :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report " +"changes to :guilabel:`Sending`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Sending Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:371 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-1** report changes to " +":guilabel:`Waiting for Status`. It means that the **GSTR-1** report has been" +" sent to the :guilabel:`GST Portal` and is being verified on the " +":guilabel:`GST Portal`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Waiting for Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Once more, after a few seconds, the status either changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent` or :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`. The status " +":guilabel:`Error in Invoice` indicates that some of the invoices are not " +"correctly filled out to be validated by the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Sent`, it means your **GSTR-1**" +" report is ready to be filed on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:388 +msgid "" +"If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`, invoices can" +" be checked for errors in the :guilabel:`Log Note`. Once issues have been " +"resolved, the user can click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to submit the file " +"again on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice Log" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` after filing the **GSTR-1** report on the " +"**GST portal**. The status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Filed` in " +"**Odoo**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Filed Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:407 +msgid "Receive GSTR-2B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Users can retrieve the **GSTR-2B Report** from the **GST portal**. This " +"automatically reconciles the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B Summary` to retrieve the **GSTR-2B** summary." +" After a few seconds, the status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting" +" for Reception`. This means Odoo is trying to receive the **GSTR-2B** report" +" from the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B in Waiting for Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Once more, after a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-2B** changes to the" +" :guilabel:`Being Processed`. It means Odoo is reconciling the **GSTR-2B** " +"report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:425 +msgid "" +"Once it is done, the status of the **GSTR-2B** report changes to either " +":guilabel:`Matched` or :guilabel:`Partially Matched`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:428 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Matched`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:433 +msgid "" +"If the status is :guilabel:`Partially Matched`, you can make changes in " +"bills by clicking :guilabel:`View Reconciled Bills`. Once it is done, click " +":guilabel:`re-match`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Partially Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Reconciled Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:490 +msgid "GSTR-3 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:447 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`GSTR-3 ` report is a monthly summary of " +"**sales** and **purchases**. This return is auto-generated by extracting " +"information from **GSTR-1** and **GSTR-2**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Users can compare the **GSTR-3** report with the **GSTR-3** report available" +" on the **GST portal** to verify if they match by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-3" +" Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Once the **GSTR-3** report has been verified by the user and the tax amount " +"on the **GST portal** has been paid. Once paid, the report can be **closed**" +" by clicking :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:459 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Closing Entry`, add the tax amount paid on the **GST portal** " +"using challan, and click :guilabel:`POST` to post the :guilabel:`Closing " +"Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Post Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once posted, the **GSTR-3** report status changes to :guilabel:`Filed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Filed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:473 +msgid "Tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:478 +msgid "GSTR-1 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report is divided into sections. It displays the " +":guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, " +":abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods " +"and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:492 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3` report contains different sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:494 +msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:495 +msgid "Eligible :abbr:`ITC (Income Tax Credit)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:496 +msgid "Values of **exempt**, **Nil-rated**, and **non-GST** inward supply;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:497 +msgid "Details of inter-state supplies made to **unregistered** persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Indonesia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:3 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Italia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Italian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:20 +msgid "Italy - Accounting" +msgstr "Italia - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_it`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:26 +msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" +msgstr "Italia - Fatturazione Elettronica" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_it_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:25 +msgid "e-invoice implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:27 +msgid "`l10n_it_edi_withholding`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:28 +msgid "e-invoice withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:29 +msgid "Italy - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Italia - Rendiconti Contabili" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:30 +msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:25 +msgid "Country-specific reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 +msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:34 +msgid "Transport documents - Documento di Trasporto (DDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 +msgid "Company information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Configuring the company's information ensures your Accounting database is " +"properly set up. To add information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Companies` section, click " +":guilabel:`Update info`. From here, fill out the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: VAT of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`: the fiscal code of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax System`: the tax system under which the company falls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Company information to provide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:57 +msgid "E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` is the electronic invoicing system" +" used in Italy. It enables to send and receive electronic invoices to and " +"from customers. The documents must be in XML format and formally validated " +"by the system before being delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To be able to receive invoices and notifications, the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di" +" Interscambio)` service must be notified that the user's files are to be " +"sent to **Odoo** and processed on their behalf. To so, you must set up " +"Odoo's :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` on the **Agenzia Delle Entrate** " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to https://ivaservizi.agenziaentrate.gov.it/portale/ and authenticate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the " +"electronic address;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> " +"Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture " +"elettroniche`, insert Odoo's :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` `K95IV18`, and " +"confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:76 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the **FatturaPA** :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` format" +" for the Italian localization and is enabled on the default journals when " +"installed. When the **file processing authorization** has been set, all " +"**invoices** and **bills** are automatically sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`enable electronic invoicing for other sales and purchase " +"journals ` than the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can check the current status of an invoice by the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"invoicing` field. The XML file can be found in the **chatter** of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic invoicing status (waiting for confirmation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:97 +msgid "File processing authorization (Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to " +"the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` or received by your database, you " +"need to authorize Odoo to process your files from your database. To do so, " +"go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Electronic Document Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:104 +msgid "There are **three** modes available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Demo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This mode simulates an environment in which invoices are sent to the " +"government. In this mode, invoices need to be *manually* downloaded as XML " +"files and uploaded to the **Agenzia delle Entrate**'s website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This mode sends invoices to a non-production (i.e., test) service made " +"available by the **Agenzia delle Entrate**. Saving this change directs all " +"companies on the database to use this configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Official`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:115 +msgid "" +"This is a production mode that sends your invoices directly to the **Agenzia" +" delle Entrate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once a mode is selected, you need to accept the **terms and conditions** by " +"ticking :guilabel:`Allow Odoo to process invoices`, and then " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can now record your transactions in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting either :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Official` is " +"**irreversible**. Once in :guilabel:`Official` mode, it is not possible to " +"select :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Demo`, and same for " +":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`. We recommend creating a separate database " +"for testing purposes only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When in :guilabel:`Test (Experimental)` mode, all invoices sent *must* have " +"a partner using one of the following fake :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` " +"given by the **Agenzia Delle Entrate**: `0803HR0` - `N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. " +"Any real production :guilabel:`Codice Destinario` of your customers will not" +" be recognized as valid by the test service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 +msgid "Taxes configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Many of the e-invoicing features are implemented using Odoo's tax system. As" +" such, it is very important that taxes are properly configured in order to " +"generate invoices correctly and handle other billing use cases. For example," +" specific configurations are required for the **reverse charge** type of " +"taxes. In case of a **reverse charge** tax, the seller does *not* charge the" +" customer for the VAT but, instead, the customer pays the VAT *themselves* " +"to their government. There are **two** main types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:147 +msgid ":ref:`external reverse charge `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:148 +msgid ":ref:`internal reverse charge `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:153 +msgid "External reverse charge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To make an export invoice, make sure that the invoice lines all use a tax " +"configured for **reverse charge**. The **Italian** localization contains an " +"**example** of a reverse charge tax for export in the EU to be used as " +"reference (`0% EU`, invoice label `00eu`), which can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Exports are exempt " +"from VAT, and therefore **reverse charge** taxes require the :guilabel:`Has " +"exoneration of tax (Italy)` option ticked, with both the " +":guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "External reverse charge settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration`, click " +":menuselection:`Action --> Duplicate` within the tax menu to create a copy " +"of an existing similar tax. Then, select another :guilabel:`Exoneration`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat this process as many times as you need " +"different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration` taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:176 +msgid "" +"**Rename** your taxes in the :guilabel:`Name` field according to their " +":guilabel:`Exoneration` to differentiate them easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On your invoice, select the corresponding tax you need in the " +":guilabel:`Taxes` field. You can find the following **additional info** by " +"opening the **XML** file of the issued invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SdI address (Codice Destinatario)`: must be filled for both " +"**EU** or **non-EU**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:183 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Id`: must contain the country of the foreign seller in " +"the two-letter ISO (Alpha-2) code (ex., `IT` for 'Italy');" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`CAP`: must be filled with `00000`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partita Iva` (**VAT number**): must contain the **VAT** number " +"for **EU businesses** and `OO99999999999` (double 'O' **letter**, not " +"'zero') for **non-EU businesses**. In case of private customers without " +"**VAT** number, use `0000000`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Code`: for foreign entities without an actual **Codice " +"Fiscale**, any recognizable identifier is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:193 +msgid "Odoo does not support sending user-modified XML files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:195 +msgid "" +"For **invoices**, multiple configurations are technically identified by a " +":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:198 +msgid "`TD02` - Down payments;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:199 +msgid "`TDO7` - Simplified invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:200 +msgid "`TD08` - Simplified credit note;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:201 +msgid "`TD09` - Simplified debit note;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:202 +msgid "`TD24` - Deferred invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:206 +msgid "`TD02`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:208 +msgid "Down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Down payment** invoices are imported/exported with a different " +":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code `TDO2` than regular invoices. Upon import of" +" the invoice, it creates a regular vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:214 +msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD02` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:274 +msgid "Is an invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:217 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines are related to **sales order lines** that have the flag " +"`is_downpayment` set as `True`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:220 +msgid "`TD07`, `TD08`, and `TD09`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:222 +msgid "Simplified invoices, and credit/debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Simplified invoices and credit notes can be used to certify **domestic " +"transactions** under **400 EUR** (VAT included). Its status is the same as a" +" regular invoice, but with fewer information requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:228 +msgid "For a **simplified** invoice to be established, it must include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` reference: **unique** numbering sequence with " +"**no gaps**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:231 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date`: issue **date** of the invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Info`: the **seller**'s full credentials (VAT/TIN number," +" name, full address) under :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies " +"(section)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: the **buyer**'s VAT/TIN number (on their profile card);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: the total **amount** (VAT included) of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`, Odoo exports invoices as " +"simplified if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:239 +msgid "It is a **domestic** transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:240 +msgid "The buyer's data is **insufficient** for a regular invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:241 +msgid "" +"The **required fields** for a regular invoice (address, ZIP code, city, " +"country) are provided;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:243 +msgid "The total amount VAT included is **less** than **400 EUR**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The 400 EUR threshold was defined in `the decree of the 10th of May 2019 in " +"the Gazzetta Ufficiale " +"`_. We " +"advise you to check the current official value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:250 +msgid "`TD24`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:252 +msgid "Deferred invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The **deferred invoice** is an invoice that is **issued at a later time** " +"than the sale of goods or the provision of services. A **deferred invoice** " +"has to be issued at the latest within the **15th day** of the month " +"following the delivery covered by the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:258 +msgid "" +"It usually is a **summary invoice** containing a list of multiple sales of " +"goods or services, carried out in the month. The business is allowed to " +"**group** the sales into **one invoice**, generally issued at the **end of " +"the month** for accounting purposes. Deferred invoices are default for " +"**wholesaler** having recurrent clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If the goods are transported by a **carrier**, every delivery has an " +"associated **Documento di Transporto (DDT)**, or **Transport Document**. The" +" deferred invoice **must** indicate the details of all the **DDTs** " +"information for better tracing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:268 +msgid "" +"E-invoicing of deferred invoices requires the `l10n_it_stock_ddt` " +":ref:`module `. In this case, a dedicated :guilabel:`Tipo " +"Documento` `TD24` is used in the e-invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:272 +msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD24` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Is associated to deliveries whose **DDTs** have a **different** date than " +"the issuance date of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Italian companies buying goods or services from EU countries (or services " +"from non-EU countries) must send the information contained within the bill " +"received to the **Agenzia delle Entrate**. This allows you to complete tax-" +"related information on your bill, and to send it. The seller must be set as " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and the buyer as " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`. Contained within the **XML** document " +"for the vendor bill, the vendor's credentials show as " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and your company's credentials as " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Self-billing invoices or VAT invoice integrations must be issued and sent to" +" the tax agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When inputting taxes in a vendor bill, it is possible to select **reverse " +"charge** taxes. These are automatically activated in the Italian fiscal " +"position. By going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, the `10%` and `22%` :guilabel:`Goods` and :guilabel:`Services` tax " +"scopes are activated and preconfigured with the correct tax grids. These are" +" set up automatically to ensure the correct booking of accounting entries " +"and display of the tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:298 +msgid "" +"For **vendor bills**, **three** types of configurations are technically " +"identified by a code called :guilabel:`Tipo Documento`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:301 +msgid "`TD17` - Buying services from **EU** and **non-EU** countries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:302 +msgid "`TD18` - Buying **goods** from **EU**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:303 +msgid "" +"`TD19` - Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are " +"already in **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:308 +msgid "`TD17`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:310 +msgid "Buying **services** from **EU** and **non-EU** countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The foreign *seller* invoices a service with a **VAT-excluded** price, as it" +" is not taxable in Italy. The VAT is paid by the *buyer* in Italy;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Within EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " +"information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:317 +msgid "" +"Non-EU: the *buyer* sends themselves an invoice (i.e., **self-billing**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Odoo exports a transaction as `TD17` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:411 +msgid "Is a vendor bill;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:412 +msgid "" +"At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grids :ref:`VJ " +"`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:323 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Services` as **products**, or a tax" +" with the :guilabel:`Services` as **tax scope**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:326 +msgid "`TD18`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:328 +msgid "Buying **goods** from **EU**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Invoices issued within the EU follow a **standard format**, therefore only " +"an integration of the existing invoice is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Odoo exports a transaction as `TD18` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:337 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` as **products**, or a " +"tax with the :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:340 +msgid "`TD19`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are already in" +" **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:345 +msgid "" +"From EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " +"information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Non-EU: the *buyer* sends an invoice to *themselves* (i.e., **self-" +"billing**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:349 +msgid "Odoo exports a move as a `TD19` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:352 +msgid "" +"At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 " +"`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` products, or a tax with" +" :guilabel:`Goods` as tax scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not offer the `Conservazione Sostitutiva " +"`_ " +"requirements. Other providers and **Agenzia delle Entrate** supply free and " +"certified storage to meet the requested conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:365 +msgid "Internal reverse charge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support domestic **internal reverse charge** " +"processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:373 +msgid "'Reverse Charge' tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The Italian localization has a specific **tax grid** section for **reverse " +"charge** taxes. These tax grids are identifiable by the :ref:`VJ " +"` tag, and can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italian reverse charge tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:384 +msgid "San Marino" +msgstr "San Marino" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:389 +msgid "" +"San Marino and Italy have special agreements on e-invoicing operations. As " +"such, **invoices** follow the regular **reverse charge** rules. Additional " +"requirements are not enforced by Odoo, however, the user is requested by the" +" **State** to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Select a tax with the option :guilabel:`Has exoneration of tax (Italy)` " +"ticked, and the :guilabel:`Exoneration` set to `N3.3`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Use the generic :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` :guilabel:`Codice " +"Destinatario` `2R4GT08`. The invoice is then routed by a dedicated office in" +" San Marino to the correct business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:399 +msgid "Bills" +msgstr "Fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:401 +msgid "" +"When a **paper bill** is received from San Marino, any Italian company " +"**must** submit that invoice to the **Agenzia delle Entrate** by indicating " +"the e-invoice's :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` field with the special value " +"`TD28`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:407 +msgid "`TD28`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:409 +msgid "Odoo exports a move as `TD28` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:413 +msgid "The **country** of the partner is **San Marino**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:416 +msgid "Pubblica amministrazione (B2G)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Odoo does **not** send invoices directly to the government as they need to " +"be signed. If we see that the codice destinatario is 6 digits, then it is " +"not sent to the PA automatically, but you can download the XML, sign it with" +" an external program and send it through the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:424 +msgid "Digital qualified signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:426 +msgid "" +"For invoices and bills intended to the **Pubblica Amministrazione (B2G)**, a" +" **Digital Qualified Signature** is required for all files sent through the " +":abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. The **XML** file must be certified " +"using a certificate that is either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:430 +msgid "a **smart card**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:431 +msgid "a **USB token**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:432 +msgid "a **Hardware Security Module (HSM)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:435 +msgid "CIG, CUP, DatiOrdineAcquisto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:437 +msgid "" +"To ensure the effective traceability of payments by public administrations, " +"electronic invoices issued to the public administrations must contain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, except in cases of exclusion " +"from traceability obligations provided by law n. 136 of August 13, 2010;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:442 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`, in case of invoices related to " +"public works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:444 +msgid "" +"If the **XML** file requires it, the **Agenzia Delle Entrate** can *only* " +"proceed payments of electronic invoices when the **XML** file contains a " +":abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` and :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di " +"Progetto)`. For each electronic invoice, it is **necessary** to indicate the" +" :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)`, which represents the unique " +"identifier code that allows the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` to " +"correctly deliver the electronic invoice to the recipient office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`Codice Unico di Progetto)` and the :abbr:`CIG (Codice " +"Identificativo Gara)` must be included in one of the **2.1.2** " +"(DatiOrdineAcquisto), **2.1.3** (Dati Contratto), **2.1.4** " +"(DatiConvenzione), **2.1.5** (Date Ricezione), or **2.1.6** (Dati Fatture " +"Collegate) information blocks. These correspond to the elements named " +":guilabel:`CodiceCUP` and :guilabel:`CodiceCIG` of the electronic invoice " +"**XML** file, whose table can be found on the government `website " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:458 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)` must be included in the electronic " +"invoice corresponding to the element **1.1.4** " +"(:guilabel:`CodiceDestinario`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:3 +msgid "Kenya" +msgstr "Kenya" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Kenyan localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenyan - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_ke`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Installing this module grants you access to the list of accounts used in the" +" local GAAP and the list of common taxes (VAT, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenyan - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_ke_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Installing this module grants you access to improved accounting reports for " +"Kenya, such as Profit and Loss and Balance Sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You also have to install the **Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration** package" +" to be able to report your taxes to the **Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA)** " +"using the Tremol G03 Control Unit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_ke_edi_tremol`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Installing this module integrates with the Kenyan G03 Tremol control unit " +"device to report taxes to KRA through TIMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "The three modules for the Kenya Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:47 +msgid "Kenyan TIMS integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA) has decided to go digital for tax " +"collection through the **Tax Invoice Management System (TIMS)**. As of " +"December 1st, 2022, all VAT-registered persons should comply with TIMS. The " +"goal is to reduce VAT fraud, increase tax revenue, and increase VAT " +"compliance through standardization, validation, and transmission of invoices" +" to KRA on a real-time or near real-time basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All VAT-registered taxpayers should use a **compliant tax register**. Odoo " +"decided to develop the integration of the **Tremol G03 Control Unit (type " +"C)**, which can be run locally through USB. This device validates invoices " +"to ensure financial documents meet the new regulations and send the " +"validated tax invoices directly to KRA. Installing a proxy server that " +"provides a gateway between users and the internet is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:62 +msgid "Installing the proxy server on a Windows device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to `odoo.com/download `_, fill out " +"the required information and click :guilabel:`Download`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "Install the Proxy Server on a Windows device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once it is loaded on your computer, a wizard opens. You have to read and " +"agree with the terms of the agreement. On the next page, select the " +":guilabel:`type of install: Odoo IoT`. Then, click :guilabel:`Next` and " +":guilabel:`Install`. Once completed, click :guilabel:`Next`. Check the " +":guilabel:`Start Odoo` box to be redirected to Odoo automatically, and then " +"click :guilabel:`Finish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A new page opens, confirming your :doc:`IoT Box " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` is up and running. Connect your " +"physical device **Tremol G03 Control Unit (type C)** to your laptop via USB." +" In the :guilabel:`IoT Device` section, check that your Tremol G03 Control " +"Unit (type C) appears, confirming the connection between the device and your" +" computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "Your IoT box is up and running" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the device is not detected, try to plug it in again or click on the " +":guilabel:`Restart` button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:90 +msgid "" +":doc:`Connect an IoT box to your database " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:93 +msgid "Sending the data to KRA using the Tremol G03 Control Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:95 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out that the :ref:`Kenyan Accounting modules " +"` are installed on your database. Then, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Kenya TIMS" +" Integration section`, and check that the :guilabel:`control Unit Proxy " +"Address` matches the address of the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To send data to KRA, create a new invoice by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoice card` and clicking" +" :guilabel:`New Invoice`. Upon confirmation of a new invoice, the " +":guilabel:`Send invoice to Fiscal Device` button appears. Clicking on it " +"sends the invoice details to the device and from the device to the " +"government. The :guilabel:`CU Invoice Number` field is now completed in your" +" invoice, confirming the information has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tremol G03 Fiscal Device` tab contains fields that are " +"automatically completed once the invoice is sent to the government:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU QR Code`: Url from the KRA portal which reflects a QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU Serial Number`: reflects the serial number of the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU Signing Date and Time`: The date and time when the invoice has" +" been sent to KRA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you click on :guilabel:`Send and Print`, a .pdf of the invoice is " +"generated. The :guilabel:`Kenyan Fiscal Device Info` is mentioned on the " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website `_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "Lussemburgo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Luxembourgish localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_lu`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_lu_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_lu_reports_annual_vat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The three modules for the Luxembourgish Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs " +"all three modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:36 +msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo's :ref:`fiscal localization package ` " +"for Luxembourg includes the current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN " +"2020)**, effective since January 2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 +msgid "eCDF tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit " +"Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 +msgid "" +"`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:54 +msgid "Annual tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report " +"with the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> " +"Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual " +"period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can " +"manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual " +"declaration**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting (Luxembourg localization) generates an annual tax " +"declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To help you complete it, you can use the information provided on the " +":guilabel:`Tax Report`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, then click on the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the type of Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:76 +msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:79 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` " +"to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:82 +msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured " +"file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' " +"accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the" +" OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting" +" period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on " +"digital audit files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +" to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:95 +msgid "Export FAIA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> " +"General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`FAIA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Messico" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 +msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal `_ (CSD)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible `_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) `_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting ` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "" +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 +msgid "" +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "PAC credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 +msgid "" +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC ` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "PAC credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 +msgid "" +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 +msgid "" +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 +msgid ":download:`Certificate `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 +msgid "" +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "" +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 `_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 +msgid "" +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales ` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "" +"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 +msgid "" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog `_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct `_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 +msgid "" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 +msgid "" +"A `Carta Porte `_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 +msgid "" +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 +msgid "" +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 +msgid "" +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "" +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 +msgid "" +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 +msgid "" +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 +msgid "" +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 +msgid "" +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"`, :doc:`Purchase " +"` and :doc:`Sales " +"` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 +msgid "" +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs number Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 +msgid "" +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 +msgid "" +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 +msgid "" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 +msgid "" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 +msgid "" +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 +msgid "" +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Types of Polizas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 +msgid "" +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "DIOT Example contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Olanda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:6 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:15 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:22 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:3 +msgid "Peru" +msgstr "Perù" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " +"the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " +"included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " +"to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail " +"you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications " +"`_, that keeps track of new changes and " +"updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published " +"on the `SUNAT Legislation " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 +msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." +" This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " +"one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " +"automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " +"the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " +"The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned " +"by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " +"Registration):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " +"value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " +"invoice validation might have errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:64 +msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:68 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 +msgid "Default Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " +":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " +"several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 +msgid "Accounting Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni contabili" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " +"set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" +" this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " +"Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 +msgid "Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:91 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" +" Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:97 +msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:103 +msgid "Signature Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:105 +msgid "" +"As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " +"needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " +"signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 +msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:174 +msgid "Digiflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 +msgid "SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " +"for each option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " +"ceritificate is included as part of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "IAP option as signature providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:126 +msgid "What is the IAP?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:128 +msgid "" +"This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" +" of the next process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " +"one by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:131 +msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:132 +msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:135 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " +"Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " +"are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "EUR" +msgstr "EUR" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "22" +msgstr "22" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 +msgid "10,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 +msgid "220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:150 +msgid "20,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:150 +msgid "440" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " +"time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" +" you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " +"OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:161 +msgid "What do you need to do?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" +" Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " +"official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " +"process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" +" you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " +"you need to consider:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " +"vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " +"Ceritifcates " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 +msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 +msgid "" +"In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " +"to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " +"consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:200 +msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:203 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:207 +msgid "Testing environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " +"company goes into production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " +"buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:215 +msgid "" +"By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " +"the testing mode if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " +"signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " +"Proceed to this section and load your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:232 +msgid "" +"The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." +" Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " +"automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " +"about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:243 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "List of default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:256 +msgid "EDI Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:258 +msgid "" +"As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " +"electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " +"but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:270 +msgid "" +"There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" +" Peruvian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:272 +msgid "" +"**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " +"Exportation transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:274 +msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:279 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " +"SUNAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Document Type list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," +" Debit Note and Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " +"addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:305 +msgid "Use Documents" +msgstr "Usa Documenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:307 +msgid "" +"This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " +"applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " +"related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " +"default, all the sales journals created use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:312 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" +msgstr "Interscambio dati elettronici" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 +msgid "" +"This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " +"we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Journal EDI field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:322 +msgid "" +"By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " +"uncheck it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:330 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " +"the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " +"essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " +"customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Partner identification type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "Prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " +"localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "UNSPC Code on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:354 +msgid "Customer invoice" +msgstr "Fattura cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 +msgid "EDI Elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " +"your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " +"described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields " +"required as part of the Peru EDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:364 +msgid "" +"**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " +"manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:371 +msgid "" +"**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " +"indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " +"another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " +"Goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:379 +msgid "" +"**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " +"there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " +"based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default " +"are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " +"manually select another one when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " +"proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " +"the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " +"following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " +"invoice has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:496 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:404 +msgid "" +"**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Sent now”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Send EDI manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:412 +msgid "" +"**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " +"validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " +"is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:420 +msgid "" +"In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" +" “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:424 +msgid "" +"One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" +" this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " +"time, two credits are consumed in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:431 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " +"when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " +"the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:435 +msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:437 +msgid "" +"In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " +"taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " +"identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " +"(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" +" to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" +" again to the SUNAT for another validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "List of common errors on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:449 +msgid "" +"For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:455 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " +"report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" +" is a valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 +msgid "IAP Credits" +msgstr "Crediti acquisti in-app" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " +"consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " +"order to process your transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:468 +msgid "" +"Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " +"invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " +"them by accessing the link provided in the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:476 +msgid "" +"In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " +"number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:480 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:519 +msgid "Cancellation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" +" was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " +"the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " +"Cancellation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:493 +msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:498 +msgid "" +"**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " +"result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:507 +msgid "" +"**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " +"was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " +"downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " +"Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "nvoice after cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:516 +msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:521 +msgid "" +"When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " +"considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:523 +msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:524 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 +msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Exportation invoices main data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:532 +msgid "Advance Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:534 +msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 +msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:537 +msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " +"payment transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:541 +msgid "Detraction Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:543 +msgid "" +"When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" +" next considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:545 +msgid "" +"All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Detraction fields on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Detraction code on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:560 +msgid "" +"When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " +"note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," +" a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " +"selecting one of the options in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:569 +msgid "" +"When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " +"Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:572 +msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Credit Note document type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:578 +msgid "" +"To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " +"about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:587 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:590 +msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 +msgid "Philippines" +msgstr "Filippine" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the :guilabel:`🇵🇭 Philippines` :ref:`fiscal" +" localization package ` to get all the " +"default accounting features of the Philippine localization, such as a chart " +"of accounts, taxes, and the BIR 2307 report. These provide a base template " +"to get started with using Philippine accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When creating a new database and `Philippines` is selected as a country, the" +" fiscal localization module **Philippines - Accounting** is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If installing the module in an existing company, the **chart of accounts** " +"and **taxes** will *not* be replaced if there are already posted journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The BIR 2307 report is installed, but the withholding taxes may need to be " +"manually created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:28 +msgid "Chart of accounts and taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A minimum configuration default chart of accounts is installed, and the " +"following types of taxes are installed and also linked to the relevant " +"account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:26 +msgid "VAT 12%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:27 +msgid "VAT Exempt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For the withholding taxes, there is an additional :guilabel:`Philippines " +"ATC` field under the :guilabel:`Philippines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Philippines ATC code field set on taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Taxes' ATC codes are used for the BIR 2307 report. If a tax is created " +"manually, its ATC code must be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a company or an individual (not belonging to a company) contact is " +"located in the Philippines, fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field with their " +"`Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For individuals not belonging to a company, identify them by using the " +"following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Middle Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Individual type contact with First, Middle, and Last Name fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For both :guilabel:`Company` and :guilabel:`Individual`, the TIN should " +"follow the `NNN-NNN-NNN-NNNNN` format. The branch code should follow the " +"last digits of the TIN, or else it can be left as `00000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:60 +msgid "BIR 2307 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**BIR 2307** report data, also known as *Certificate of Creditable Tax " +"Withheld at Source*, can be generated for purchase orders and vendor " +"payments with the applicable withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To generate a BIR 2307 report, select one or multiple vendor bills from the " +"list view, and click :menuselection:`Action --> Download BIR 2307 XLS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Multiple vendor bills selected with action to \"Download BIR 2307 XLS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:71 +msgid "The same action can be performed on a vendor bill from the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:73 +msgid "" +"A pop-up appears to review the selection, then click on " +":guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Pop up menu to generate BIR 2307 XLS file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This generates the `Form_2307.xls` file that lists all the vendor bill lines" +" with the applicable withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " +"<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " +"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If there is no withholding tax applied, then the XLS file will not generate " +"records for those vendor bill lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When grouping payments for multiple bills, Odoo splits the payments based on" +" the contact. From a payment, clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Download " +"BIR 2307 XLS`, generates a report that only includes vendor bills related to" +" that contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Odoo cannot generate the BIR 2307 PDF report or DAT files directly. The " +"generated `Form_2307.xls` file can be exported to an *external* tool to " +"convert it to BIR DAT or PDF format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:3 +msgid "Romania" +msgstr "Romania" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Romanian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romania - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_ro`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_ro_saft`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:22 +msgid "Module to generate the **D.406 declaration** in the SAF-T format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "Modules for the Romanian localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:28 +msgid "D.406 declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Starting January 1, 2023, companies registered for tax purposes in Romania " +"must report their accounting data to the Romanian Tax Agency monthly or " +"quarterly in the D.406 declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides all you need to export the data of this declaration in the " +"SAF-T XML format, which you can validate and sign using the software " +"provided by the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Currently, Odoo only supports the generation of the monthly/quarterly D.406 " +"declaration (containing journal entries, invoices, vendor bills, and " +"payments). The yearly declaration (including assets) and the on-demand " +"declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " +"section, click :guilabel:`Update Info` and fill in the company's " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Telephone Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Provide your company's :abbr:`CUI (Codul Unic de Inregistrare)` number or " +":abbr:`CIF (*Codul de identificare fiscală*)` number (for foreign companies)" +" in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field, without the `RO` prefix (e.g., " +"`18547290`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If your company is **registered** for VAT in Romania, fill in the " +":guilabel:`Tax ID` field number, including the `RO` prefix (e.g., " +"`RO18547290`). If the company is **not** registered for VAT in Romania, you " +"**must not** fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Open the **Contacts** app and search for your company. Open your company's " +"profile, and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`" +" and add your **bank account number** if not informed already. Make sure the" +" profile is set as :guilabel:`Company` above the **name**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You must have at least one **contact person** linked to your company in the " +"**Contacts** app. If no **contact person** is linked, create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`, set it as :guilabel:`Individual`, and select your " +"company in the :guilabel:`Company name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To generate a file receivable by the Romanian Tax Agency, the chart of " +"accounts must not deviate from an official chart of accounts, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:70 +msgid "" +"the chart of accounts for commercial companies (*PlanConturiBalSocCom*), " +"which is installed by default when creating a company with the Romanian " +"localization or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:72 +msgid "" +"the chart of accounts for companies following `IFRS " +"`_ (*PlanConturiIFRS*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Settings --> Accounting`, in the **Romanian localization** " +"section, set the :guilabel:`Tax Accounting Basis` to reflect the accounting " +"regulations and Chart of Accounts used by the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:82 +msgid "Customer and supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Fill in the :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Zip Code` " +"of each partner that appears in your invoices, vendor bills, or payments " +"through the **Contacts** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For partners that are companies, you must fill in the VAT number (including " +"the country prefix) in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field. If the partner is a " +"company based in Romania, you may instead fill in the CUI number (without " +"the 'RO' prefix) in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You must indicate the :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Type` (3-digit number) " +"and :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Code` (6-digit number) on each of the " +"taxes you use. This is already done for the taxes that exist by default in " +"Odoo. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, select the tax you wish to modify, click the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Options` tab, and fill in the **tax type** and **tax code** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The **tax type** and **tax code** are codes defined by the Romanian Tax " +"Agency for the **D.406 declaration**. These can be found in the Excel " +"spreadsheet published as guidance for completing the declaration, which you " +"can find on the `website of the Romanian Tax Agency " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For some types of goods transactions, the :guilabel:`Intrastat Code` (Cod " +"NC) must be configured on the product, as it is required by Romanian law:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:114 +msgid "import / export transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:115 +msgid "" +"acquisitions / supplies of food products subjected to reduced VAT rate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:116 +msgid "intra-community movements subjected to intrastat reporting;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:117 +msgid "" +"acquisitions / supplies subjected to local reversed VAT charge (depending on" +" Cod NC); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:118 +msgid "" +"transactions with excisable products for which excise duties are determined " +"based on the Cod NC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If the Intrastat Code is not specified on a non-service product, the default" +" code '0' will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Intrastat Codes`, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products`, select a product, " +"and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set a :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must check the :guilabel:`Is self-invoice (RO)?` checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab for any vendor bill that is a self-invoice (i.e. " +"a vendor bill that you issued yourself in the absence of an invoice document" +" received from a supplier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:137 +msgid "Generating the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:140 +msgid "Exporting your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To export the XML for the D.406 declaration, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> General Ledger` and click on " +":guilabel:`SAF-T`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the 'SAF-T' button to export the D.406 XML declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can then validate and sign the XML file using the Romanian Tax Agency's " +"validation software, *DUKIntegrator*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:153 +msgid "Signing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Download and install the *DUKIntegrator* validation software found on the " +"`website of the Romanian Tax Agency " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Once you have generated the XML, open 'DUKIntegrator' and select the file " +"you have just generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF` to create an **unsigned** PDF " +"containing your report, or :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF semnat` to " +"create a **signed** PDF containing your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "The DUKIntegrator validation software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the *DUKIntegrator* validator detects errors or inconsistencies in your " +"data, it generates a file that explains the errors. In this case, you need " +"to correct those inconsistencies in your data before you can submit the " +"report to the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:3 +msgid "Saudi Arabia" +msgstr "Arabia Saudita" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Saudi Arabian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:18 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgstr "Arabia Saudita - Contabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:19 +msgid "`l10n_sa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:21 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:22 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:23 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:24 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing (Simplified)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:25 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi_simplified`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:26 +msgid "ZATCA simplified e-invoices implementation (Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:27 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Point of Sale" +msgstr "Arabia Saudita-Punto Vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:28 +msgid "`l10n_sa_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:29 +msgid "Point of Sale compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:32 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The ZATCA e-invoicing system is designed to streamline and digitize the " +"invoicing process for businesses operating in Saudi Arabia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`ZATCA e-invoicing page " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, click " +":guilabel:`Update info`, and ensure the following company information is " +"complete and up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:46 +msgid "The full :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:47 +msgid "" +"All relevant :guilabel:`Address` fields, including the :guilabel:`Building " +"Number` and :guilabel:`Plot Identification` (four digits each)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Select an enterprise :guilabel:`Identification Scheme`. It is recommended to" +" use the :guilabel:`Commercial Registration Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Identification Number` for the selected " +":guilabel:`Identification Scheme`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`VAT` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:53 +msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Currency` is set to :guilabel:`SAR`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is also necessary to fill out similar information for partner companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:59 +msgid "Simulation mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:62 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to thoroughly test all invoicing workflows using " +"the Fatoora **simulation** portal first, as **any** invoice submitted to the" +" regular Fatoora portal will be accounted for, which could lead to fines and" +" penalties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:67 +msgid "Fatoora simulation portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `Fatoora portal `_ using the " +"company's ZATCA credentials. Then, click the :guilabel:`Fatoora Simulation " +"Portal` button to switch to the simulation portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:74 +msgid "" +"`ZACTA Fatoora portal user manual version 3 (May 2023) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:79 +msgid "ZATCA API integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:81 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under :guilabel:`ZATCA API Integration`, select the :guilabel:`Simulation " +"(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open any sales " +"journal (e.g., Customer Invoices), and go to the :guilabel:`ZATCA` tab. Once" +" there, enter any :guilabel:`Serial Number` to identify the journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The same serial number can be used for all of the company's sales journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Onboard Journal`. In the dialog box, providing an " +":abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code is required. To retrieve it, open the " +"`Fatoora simulation portal `_, click " +":guilabel:`Onboard New Solution Unit/Device`, choose the number of OTP codes" +" to generate (one per journal to configure), and click :guilabel:`Generate " +"OTP Code`. Copy an OTP code, it into the dialog box on Odoo, and click " +":guilabel:`Request`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:104 +msgid "OTP codes expire after one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If any issue occurs during onboarding, click :guilabel:`Regenerate CSR` to " +"start again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:110 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Testing" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:112 +msgid "" +"When confirming an invoice, there is now an option to process the invoice, " +"sending it directly the Fatoora simulation portal. Odoo displays the " +"portal's response after each submission. Only rejected invoices can be reset" +" to draft and edited on Odoo. Furthermore, at the end of each day, Odoo " +"sends all unprocessed invoices to the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Testing all invoicing workflows, preferably with real invoices and for a " +"reasonable amount of time, is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Compare the invoices received statistics page on the Fatoora simulation " +"portal with the list of invoices on Odoo to ensure both align." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When using a **0% tax** in a customer invoice, it is necessary to specify " +"the reason behind such a rate. To configure taxes, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and " +"open the tax to edit. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Options`, select an " +":guilabel:`Exemption Reason Code` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When using **retention** or **withholding an amount** in a customer invoice," +" the tax used to retain the amount needs to be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:135 +msgid "Production mode" +msgstr "Modalità di produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When ready for production, change the :ref:`API mode ` to :guilabel:`Production` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`API mode` to :guilabel:`Production` is " +"**irreversible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The sales journals initially linked to the simulation portal now needs to be" +" linked to the regular portal. To do so, :ref:`onboard the journals ` again, ensuring to use the regular `Fatoora portal " +"`_ this time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Spagna" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Piano dei conti spagnolo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Svizzera" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your " +"invoices in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:3 +msgid "Thailand" +msgstr "Thailandia" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the :guilabel:`🇹🇭 Thailand` localization " +"package to get all the features of the Thai localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Thailand - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_th`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Thailand - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_th_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:22 +msgid "Country-specific accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Thailand localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo's fiscal localization package for Thailand includes the following " +"taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:32 +msgid "VAT 7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:33 +msgid "VAT-exempted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:34 +msgid "Withholding tax" +msgstr "Imposte alla fonte" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:35 +msgid "Withholding income tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows users to generate Excel files to submit their VAT to the " +"**Revenue Department** of Thailand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:44 +msgid "Sales and purchase tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To generate a sales and purchase tax report, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. Select a specific " +"time or time range on the tax report, and click :guilabel:`VAT-202-01 " +"(xlsx)` for purchase tax and :guilabel:`VAT-202-02 (xlsx)` for sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Thai purchase and sales taxes reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:54 +msgid "Withholding PND tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:56 +msgid "" +"PND report data displays the summarized amounts of the applicable " +"**withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic)** from vendor bills " +"under the :guilabel:`PND53 (TH)` and :guilabel:`PND3 (TH)` tax reports. It " +"is installed by default with the Thai localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "PND tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic) is the tax used in case " +"the company has withheld the tax from “**Personal (PND3)**” or “**Corporate " +"(PND53)**” services provided such as rental, hiring, transportation, " +"insurance, management fee, consulting, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The PND tax report allows users to generate a CSV file for bills to upload " +"on the `RDprep for Thailand e-Filling application " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To generate a PND CSV file, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Tax Report`, select a specific time or time range on the tax report, and" +" click :guilabel:`PND3` or :guilabel:`PND53`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:74 +msgid "" +"This generates the :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and :file:`Tax Report " +"PND53.csv` files that lists all the vendor bill lines with the applicable " +"withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "PND3 and PND53 CSV files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo cannot generate the PND or PDF report or **withholding tax " +"certificate** directly. The generated :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and " +":file:`Tax Report PND53.csv` files must be exported to an external tool to " +"convert them into a **withholding PND** report or a **PDF** file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:86 +msgid "Tax invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The **tax invoice PDF** report can be generated from Odoo through the " +"**Invoicing** module. Users have the option to print PDF reports for normal" +" invoices and tax invoices. To print out **tax invoices**, users can click " +"on :guilabel:`Print Invoices` in Odoo. Regular invoices can be printed as " +"**commercial invoices** by clicking on :menuselection:`Cog button (⚙️) --> " +"Print --> Commercial Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Commercial invoice printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:98 +msgid "Headquarter/Branch number settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can inform a company's **Headquarters** and **Branch number** in the " +"**Contacts** app. Once in the app, open the **contact form** of the company " +"and under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If the contact is identified as a branch, input the **Branch number** in the" +" :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If the contact is a **Headquarters**, leave the :guilabel:`Company ID` field" +" **blank**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Company Headquarter/Branch number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the **tax invoice** PDF report and PND **tax " +"report** export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:3 +msgid "United Arab Emirates" +msgstr "Emirati Arabi Uniti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the **United Arab Emirates** localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_ae``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"`. Includes all accounts, taxes," +" and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:24 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:25 +msgid "Includes all rules, calculations, and salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:27 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll_account``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:28 +msgid "Includes all accounts related to the payroll module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:30 +msgid "``l10n_ae_pos``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:31 +msgid "Includes the UAE-compliant POS receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Select the modules to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts` to" +" view all default accounts available for the UAE localization package. You " +"can filter by :guilabel:`Code` using the numbers on the far left or by " +"clicking on :menuselection:`Group By --> Account Type`. You can " +":guilabel:`Enable`/:guilabel:`Disable` reconciliation or **configure** " +"specific accounts according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Always keep at least one **receivable account** and one **payable account** " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"It is also advised to **keep the accounts below active**, as they are used " +"either as transitory accounts by Odoo or are specific to the **UAE " +"localization package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:55 +msgid "Account Name" +msgstr "Nome conto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:57 +msgid "102011" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:60 +msgid "102012" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:61 +msgid "Accounts Receivable (POS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:63 +msgid "201002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:64 +msgid "Payables" +msgstr "Debiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:66 +msgid "101004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:69 +msgid "105001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:70 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "Cassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:72 +msgid "100001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:73 +msgid "Liquidity Transfer" +msgstr "Trasferimento di liquidità" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:75 +msgid "101002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 +msgid "101003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:79 +msgid "Outstanding Payments" +msgstr "Pagamenti in sospeso" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:81 +msgid "104041" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:82 +msgid "VAT Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:84 +msgid "100103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:85 +msgid "VAT Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:87 +msgid "101001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:88 +msgid "Bank Suspense Account" +msgstr "Conto provvisorio banca" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:90 +msgid "201017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:91 +msgid "VAT Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:93 +msgid "202001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:94 +msgid "End of Service Provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:96 +msgid "202003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:97 +msgid "VAT Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:99 +msgid "999999" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:100 +msgid "Undistributed Profits/Losses" +msgstr "Utili/Perdite non distribuiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:102 +msgid "400003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:103 +msgid "Basic Salary" +msgstr "Retribuzione base" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:105 +msgid "400004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:106 +msgid "Housing Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:108 +msgid "400005" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:109 +msgid "Transportation Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:111 +msgid "400008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:112 +msgid "End of Service Indemnity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To access your taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" +" Taxes`. Activate/deactivate, or :doc:`configure " +"` the taxes relevant to your " +"business by clicking on them. Remember to only set tax accounts on the " +"**5%** tax group, as other groups do not need closing. To do so, enable the " +":doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Tax Groups`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Tax " +"current account (payable)`, :guilabel:`Tax current account (receivable)`, " +"and an :guilabel:`Advance Tax payment account` for the **5%** group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:127 +msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Preview of the UAE localization package's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:134 +msgid "Currency exchange rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To update the currency exchange rates, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. Click on the update button " +"(:guilabel:`🗘`) found next to the :guilabel:`Next Run` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To launch the update automatically at set intervals, change the " +":guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to the desired frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the UAE Central Bank exchange rates web service is used. Several" +" other providers are available under the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Libro paga" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UAE - Payroll` module creates the necessary **salary rules** " +"in the Payroll app in compliance with the UAE rules and regulations. The " +"salary rules are linked to the corresponding accounts in the **chart of " +"accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "The UAE Employee Payroll Structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:161 +msgid "Salary rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:163 +msgid "" +"To apply these rules to an employee's contract, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Contracts --> Contracts` and select the " +"employee's contract. In the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` field, select " +":guilabel:`UAE Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Select the Salary Structure Type to apply to the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab, you can find details such as " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Housing Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Transportation Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Other Allowances`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of Days`: used to calculate the :ref:`end of service " +"provision `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Leave deductions** are calculated using a salary rule linked to the " +"**unpaid leave** time-off type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Any other deductions or reimbursements are made *manually* using other " +"inputs;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Overtimes** are added *manually* by going to :menuselection:`Work Entries " +"--> Work Entries`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:185 +msgid "" +"**Salary attachments** are generated by going to :menuselection:`Contracts " +"--> Salary Attachments`. Then, :guilabel:`Create` an attachment and select " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Type (Attachment of Salary, " +"Assignment of Salary, Child Support)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To prevent a rule from appearing on a paycheck, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Rules`. Click on " +":guilabel:`UAE Employee Payroll Structure`, select the rule to hide, and " +"uncheck :guilabel:`Appears on Payslip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:197 +msgid "End of service provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The provision is defined as the total monthly allowance *divided* by 30 and " +"then *multiplied* by the number of days set in the field :guilabel:`Number " +"of days` at the bottom of a contract's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The provision is then calculated via a salary rule associated with two " +"accounts: the **End Of Service Indemnity (Expense account)** and the **End " +"of Service Provision (Non-current Liabilities account)**. The latter is used" +" to pay off the **end of service amount** by settling it with the **payables" +" account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:208 +msgid "" +"The end of service amount is calculated based on the gross salary and the " +"start and end dates of the employee’s contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The UAE localization package allows the generation of invoices in English, " +"Arabic, or both. The localization also includes a line to display the **VAT " +"amount** per line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:3 +msgid "United Kingdom" +msgstr "Regno Unito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install ` the :guilabel:`UK - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports` modules to get all the features of the " +"UK localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_uk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:19 +msgid "CT600-ready chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:20 +msgid "VAT100-ready tax structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:21 +msgid "Infologic UK counties listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_uk_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:24 +msgid "Accounting reports for the UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:25 +msgid "Allows sending the tax report via the MTD-VAT API to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo uk packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:32 +msgid "Only UK-based companies can submit reports to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports` installs all two " +"modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"`HM Revenue & Customs `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`Overview of Making Tax Digital " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The UK chart of accounts is included in the :guilabel:`UK - Accounting` " +"module. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Chart of Accounts` to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Setup your :abbr:`CoA (chart of accounts)` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Import section` and choose to :guilabel:`Review Manually` or " +":guilabel:`Import (recommended)` your initial balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, UK taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial accounts and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` " +"to update the :guilabel:`Default Taxes`, the :guilabel:`Tax Return " +"Periodicity` or to :guilabel:`Configure your tax accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To edit existing taxes or to :guilabel:`Create` a new tax, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Tutorial: `Tax report and return `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:69 +msgid "Making Tax Digital (MTD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In the UK, all VAT-registered businesses have to follow the MTD rules by " +"using software to submit their VAT returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The **UK - Accounting Reports** module enables you to comply with the `HM " +"Revenue & Customs `_ requirements regarding `Making Tax Digital " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If your periodic submission is more than three months late, it is no longer " +"possible to submit it through Odoo, as Odoo only retrieves open bonds from " +"the last three months. Your submission has to be done manually by contacting" +" HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:87 +msgid "Register your company to HMRC before the first submission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax report` and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect to HMRC`. Enter your company information on the HMRC " +"platform. You only need to do it once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " +"digits are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 +msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Import your obligations HMRC, filter on the period you want to submit, and " +"send your tax report by clicking :guilabel:`Send to HMRC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:103 +msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC for multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Only one company and one user can connect to HMRC simultaneously. If several" +" UK-based companies are on the same database, the user who submits the HMRC " +"report must follow these instructions before each submission:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:109 +msgid "Log into the company for which the submission has to be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :guilabel:`General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Users` section, " +"click :guilabel:`Manage Users`. Select the user who is connected to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`UK HMRC Integration` tab and click :guilabel:`Reset " +"Authentication Credentials` or :guilabel:`Remove Authentication Credentials`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can now :ref:`register your company to HMRC ` and submit the tax report for this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:116 +msgid "Repeat the steps for other companies' HMRC submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"During this process, the :guilabel:`Connect to HMRC` button no longer " +"appears for other UK-based companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment providers (credit cards, online payments)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment providers** that allow your customers to pay " +"on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales " +"orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Pay online in the customer portal and select which payment provider to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified " +"payment provider so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is " +"stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo " +"apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment " +"providers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:50 +msgid "Supported payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"providers: the payment providers that are third-party services and require " +"you to follow another accounting workflow, and the payments that go directly" +" on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:59 +msgid "Online payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 +msgid "Payment flow from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tokenization `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 +msgid ":ref:`Manual capture `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 +msgid ":ref:`Refunds `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 +msgid ":ref:`Express checkout `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:72 +msgid ":ref:`Extra fees `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:95 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:155 +msgid "|V|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:153 +msgid "Full only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:154 +msgid "Full and partial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:80 +msgid "" +":doc:`Amazon Payment Services `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:151 +msgid "The provider website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Flutterwave `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`Mollie `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`Razorpay `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`SIPS `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank " +"accounts <../finance/accounting/bank>`, but this is **not** the same process" +" as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to " +"pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured on your Accounting " +"app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"In addition to the regular payment providers that integrate with an API such" +" as Stripe, PayPal, or Adyen, Odoo bundles the :doc:`Demo payment provider " +"`. This payment provider allows you to make demo " +"payments to test business flows involving online payments. No credentials " +"are required as the demo payments are fake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:176 +msgid "Bank payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " +"Refer to the :ref:`table above ` to " +"check if your payment provider supports these features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 +msgid "Tokenization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" +" their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " +"used as a payment method for subsequent payments without having to enter the" +" card details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " +"conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " +"Methods` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 +msgid "" +"You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " +"does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " +"token that only holds a reference to the card details stored on the payment " +"provider's server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 +msgid "Manual capture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " +"capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " +"the funds are reserved on the customer's payment method but they are not " +"immediately charged. The charge is only made when you manually capture the " +"payment later on. You can also void the authorization to release the " +"reserved funds; this is equivalent to a regular cancellation. Capturing " +"payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " +"capture the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" +" and the fulfillment process starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " +"providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" +" damage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" +" checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " +"order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" +" release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." +" The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" +" have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above " +"`. The providers that only support " +"capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" +" automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" +" payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " +"the manual capture from their website interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 +msgid "Refunds" +msgstr "Note di credito" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " +"directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " +"customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " +"remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " +"the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above " +"`. The providers that only support " +"refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " +"to refund payments from their website interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " +"**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " +"one click without filling the contact form. Using one of those buttons, " +"customers go straight from the cart to the confirmation page, stopping by " +"the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 +msgid "" +"All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 +msgid "Extra Fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 +msgid "" +"If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " +"transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " +"percentages, **variable** amounts and percentages, or *both* simultaneously." +" These can be applied according to **domestic** or **international** " +"geolocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " +"supported provider. Click on the :guilabel:`Fees` tab and check the " +":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 +msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " +"feature is available `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 +msgid "Add a new payment provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " +"for your payment provider, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment provider and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on install, then on activate to make the payment provider available on" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment providers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:15 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:38 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 +msgid "" +"You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Nazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 +msgid "Maximum Amount" +msgstr "Importo massimo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 +msgid "" +"Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " +"Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" +" of the payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 +msgid "" +"This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " +"update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " +"Website app, and the **Checkout** page of the **eCommerce** app when paid " +"delivery methods are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 +msgid "Payment journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 +msgid "Publish on the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 +msgid "" +"By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " +"internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " +"payments through an unpublished provider but they can still manage " +":dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their already existing tokens " +"linked to such an provider. This conveniently allows you to test an provider" +" while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " +"the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " +"your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " +"respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 +msgid "" +"You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " +"record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " +"must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 +msgid "" +"You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " +"method, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " +"in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 +msgid "" +"You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " +"journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Adyen `_ is a Dutch company that offers several " +"online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Adyen works only with customers processing **more** than **10 million " +"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1.000** transactions **per " +"month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:28 +msgid "" +":ref:`API Key `: The API key of the webservice " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Client Key `: The client key of the " +"webservice user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key `: The HMAC key of the webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Checkout API URL `: The base URL for the Checkout API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:32 +msgid "" +":ref:`Recurring API URL `: The base URL for the Recurring API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, with an Adyen *test account*, head to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. There, " +"click on :guilabel:`Adyen`, enable :guilabel:`Test Mode` and enter your " +"credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "API Key and Client Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen " +"account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:51 +msgid "If you already have an API user, open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:52 +msgid "If you don't have an API user yet, click on **Create new credential**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Server settings --> Authentification` and copy or " +"generate your **API Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll not be " +"allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now, head to :menuselection:`Client settings --> Authentification` and cody " +"or generate your **Client Key**. This is also the place where you can " +":ref:`allow payments to be made from your website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "HMAC key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the HMAC Key, you'll need to configure a `Standard " +"Notification` webhook. For this, log into your Adyen account then go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard " +"notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"There, in :menuselection:`General --> Server configuration --> URL`, enter " +"your server address followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the notification URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then enter :menuselection:`Security --> HMAC Key --> Generate`. Be careful " +"to copy the key as you will not be allowed to do it later without generating" +" a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a HMAC key and save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:89 +msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:94 +msgid "API URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:96 +msgid "" +"All Adyen API URLs include a customer area-specific prefix generated by " +"Adyen. To configure the URLs, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Log into your Adyen account, then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API " +"URLs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Copy the :guilabel:`Prefix` for your live Customer area (i.e., **data " +"center**) and save it for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the prefix for the Adyen APIs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Adyen " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Checkout API URL` field, enter the following URL and " +"replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " +"`https://yourprefix-checkout-live.adyenpayments.com/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:110 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Recurring API URL` field, enter the following URL and " +"replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " +"`https://yourprefix-pal-live.adyenpayments.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, you can use the following URLs instead:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkout API URL`: `https://checkout-test.adyen.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurring API URL`: `https://pal-" +"test.adyen.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:121 +msgid "Adyen Account" +msgstr "Conto Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:126 +msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To allow payment originated from your website, follow the steps in " +":ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` to navigate to your API user and go to " +":menuselection:`Add allowed origins`, then add the URLs from where payments " +"will be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Allows payments originated from a specific domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:41 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Adyen allows you to capture an amount manually instead of having an " +"immediate capture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To set it up, enable the **Capture Amount Manually** option on Odoo, as " +"explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, open your Adyen Merchant Account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> " +"Settings`, and set the **Capture Delay** to **manual**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Capture Delay settings in Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually, make sure to set the " +"**Capture Delay** to **manual** on Adyen. Otherwise, the transaction will be" +" blocked in the authorized state in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that if you make a " +"partial capture from Adyen's interface, Odoo will manage it as if it was a " +"full capture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After **7 days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, the customer " +"has the right to **revoke** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:3 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Alipay `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in China by Alibaba Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The provider Alipay is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`asiapay` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Alipay account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Account**: Depending on where you are situated - `Express Checkout` if " +"your are a Chinese Merchant. - `Cross-border` if you are not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Alipay Seller Email**: Your public Alipay partner email (for express " +"checkout only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Partner ID**: The public partner ID solely used to identify the " +"account with Alipay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:27 +msgid "**MD5 Signature Key**: The signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Alipay account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Alipay account, they are on the front page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Alipay as a test, in the *sandbox*, change the **State** " +"to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than" +" on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Payment Services" +msgstr "Servizi di pagamento Amazon" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Amazon Payment Services `_ or APS is " +"an online payment provider established in Dubai offering several online " +"payment options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on APS Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into your `Amazon Payment Services Dashboard " +"`_ and go to :menuselection:`Integration Settings" +" --> Security Settings`. Generate the :guilabel:`Access Code` if none has " +"been generated yet. Copy the values of the :guilabel:`Merchant Identifier`, " +":guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and :guilabel:`SHA " +"Response Phrase` fields, and save them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo database URL in the :guilabel:`Origin URL`, for example: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Technical Settings` and" +" click on :guilabel:`Redirection`. Make sure :guilabel:`Status` is set to " +"`Active` and select your preferred payment methods underneath in " +":guilabel:`Payment Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Set :guilabel:`Send Response Parameters` to :guilabel:`Yes` and enter your " +"database URL followed by `/payment/aps/return` in the :guilabel:`Redirection" +" URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/return`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your database URL followed by `/payment/aps/webhook` in the " +":guilabel:`Direct Transaction Feedback` and :guilabel:`Notification URL` " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Payment Page Template` you " +"can customize the look and feel of the Amazon Payment Services payment page " +"(where customers fill out their credit card details during payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Amazon Payment Services " +"`, change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " +"make sure it is :guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Merchant " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and " +":guilabel:`SHA Response Phrase` with the values you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/aps/configure-dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:3 +msgid "AsiaPay" +msgstr "AsiaPay" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`AsiaPay `_ is an online payments provider " +"established in Hong Kong and covering several Asian countries and payment " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on AsiaPay Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `AsiaPay Dashboard " +"`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Profile --> Account Information`. Copy the values of the " +":guilabel:`Currency` and :guilabel:`Secure Hash` fields and save them for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Profile --> Payment Account Settings` and enable the " +"options :guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo database URL followed by `/payment/asiapay/webhook` in the " +":guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/asiapay/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Test` to check if the webhook is working correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:22 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Update` to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider AsiaPay ` " +"and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Merchant ID`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, and :guilabel:`Secure Hash Secret` with the values you" +" saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"By default, the payment provider AsiaPay is configured to verify the secret " +"hash with the hash function `SHA1`. If a different function is :ref:`set on " +"your account `, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode ` and set the same value to the field " +":guilabel:`Secure Hash Function` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net `_ is a United States-based online" +" payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**API Login ID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:21 +msgid "**API Transaction Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "**API Signature Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "**API Client Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> Security Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys`, generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature " +"Key**, and paste them on the related fields in Odoo. Then, click on " +"**Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To test Authorize.Net with a *sandbox* account, change the :guilabel:`State`" +" to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use the :guilabel:`Test Mode` with a regular account, it results in " +"the following error: *The merchant login ID or password is invalid or the " +"account is inactive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "" +"With Authorize.Net, you can enable the :ref:`manual capture " +"`. If enabled, the funds are " +"reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:54 +msgid "ACH payments (USA only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ACH (automated clearing house)` is an electronic funds transfer " +"system used between bank accounts in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To give customers the possibility to pay using ACH, `sign up for " +"Authorize.Net eCheck's service " +"`_. Once eCheck is " +"activated, duplicate the previously configured Authorize.Net payment " +"provider on Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Payment Providers --> Authorize.net --> ⛭ Action --> Duplicate`. Then, " +"change the provider's name to differentiate both versions (e.g., " +"`Authorize.net - Banks`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Open the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, set the :guilabel:`Allow Payments " +"From` field to :guilabel:`Bank Account (USA only)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When ready, change the provider's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` " +"for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "Import an Authorize.Net statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "Export from Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:84 +msgid "" +"`Download the Excel import template " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:86 +msgid "To export a statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:88 +msgid "Log in to Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Account --> Statements --> eCheck.Net Settlement " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Define an export range using an *opening* and *closing* batch settlement. " +"All transactions within the two batch settlements will be exported to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Select all transactions within the desired range, copy them, and paste them " +"into the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import " +"template `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting Authorize.Net transactions to import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 +msgid "Settlement batch of an Authorize.Net statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In this case, the first batch (01/01/2021) of the year belongs to the " +"settlement of 12/31/2020, so the **opening** settlement is from 12/31/2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "Once the data is in the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:110 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Transaction Search` tab on Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Settlement Date` section, select the previously used " +"range of batch settlement dates in the :guilabel:`From:` and :guilabel:`To:`" +" fields and click :guilabel:`Search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:113 +msgid "When the list has been generated, click :guilabel:`Download to File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, select :guilabel:`Expanded Fields with CAVV " +"Response/Comma Separated`, enable :guilabel:`Include Column Headings`, and " +"click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the text file, select :guilabel:`All`, copy the data, and paste it into" +" the :guilabel:`Report 2 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import template " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Transit lines are automatically filled in and updated in the " +":guilabel:`transit for report 1` and :guilabel:`transit for report 2` sheets" +" of the :ref:`Excel import template `. Make sure " +"all entries are present, and **if not**, copy the formula from previously " +"filled-in lines of the :guilabel:`transit for report 1` or :guilabel:`2` " +"sheets and paste it into the empty lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To get the correct closing balance, **do not remove** any line from the " +"Excel sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:128 +msgid "Import into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:130 +msgid "To import the data into Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:132 +msgid "Open the :ref:`Excel import template `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Copy the data from the :guilabel:`transit for report 2` sheet and use *paste" +" special* to only paste the values in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` " +"sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Look for *blue* cells in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet. These are" +" chargeback entries without any reference number. As they cannot be imported" +" as such, go to :menuselection:`Authorize.Net --> Account --> Statements -->" +" eCheck.Net Settlement Statement`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:138 +msgid "Look for :guilabel:`Charge Transaction/Chargeback`, and click it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Copy the invoice description, paste it into the :guilabel:`Label` cell of " +"the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet, and add `Chargeback /` before the " +"description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple invoices, add a line into the :ref:`Excel import " +"template ` for each invoice and copy/paste the " +"description into each respective :guilabel:`Label` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For **combined chargeback/returns** in the payouts, create a new line in the" +" :ref:`Excel import template ` for each invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Chargeback description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Next, delete *zero transaction* and *void transaction* line items, and " +"change the format of the :guilabel:`Amount` column in the :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Import to CSV` sheet to *Number*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`eCheck.Net Settlement Statement --> Search for a " +"Transaction` and search again for the previously used batch settlements " +"dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Verify that the batch settlement dates on eCheck.Net match the related " +"payments' dates found in the :guilabel:`Date` column of the :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Import to CSV`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If it does not match, replace the date with the one from eCheck.Net. Sort " +"the column by *date*, and make sure the format is `MM/DD/YYYY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Copy the data - column headings included - from the :guilabel:`Odoo Import " +"to CSV` sheet, paste it into a new Excel file, and save it using the CSV " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Open the Accounting app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals`, " +"tick the :guilabel:`Authorize.Net` box, and click :menuselection:`Favorites " +"--> Import records --> Load file`. Select the CSV file and upload it into " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"List of `eCheck.Net return codes " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:3 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Buckaroo `_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Buckaroo Plaza" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Buckaroo Plaza `_, go to " +":menuselection:`My Buckaroo --> Websites` and select the :guilabel:`Push " +"settings` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable Push Response` check box in the " +":guilabel:`Delayed and Push responses` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enter the URL of your Odoo database, followed by `/payment/buckaroo/webhook`" +" in both the :guilabel:`Push URI Success/Pending` and :guilabel:`Push URI " +"Failure` text fields. For example: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/buckaroo/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:20 +msgid "Leave the other fields as they are and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, copy the website :guilabel:`Key` (i.e., the " +"key used to uniquely identify your website with Buckaroo) and save it for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Security --> Secret key`, enter or " +":guilabel:`Generate` a :guilabel:`Secret key` and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Save the key for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Buckaroo `" +" and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Website Key` and " +":guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/buckaroo/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:34 +msgid "Configure the options in the other tabs to your liking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:3 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "Demo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's **Demo Payment Provider** allows you to test business flows involving" +" online transactions without requiring real banking credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:15 +msgid "Switch the state to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:18 +msgid "Payment outcome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Upon checkout or when paying a bill online, you can choose the payment " +"outcome when using the demo payment provider. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Payment Status` drop-down menu and select the desired outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 +msgid "Payment status outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:29 +msgid "Transaction state" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you selected :guilabel:`Pending` as **payment outcome**, you can change " +"the state of the transaction straight from its form view. To access a " +"transaction's form view, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website --> Configuration -->" +" Payment Transactions`. Then, change the status of a transaction by clicking" +" on the state bar (:guilabel:`Draft, Pending, Authorized, Confirmed, " +"Canceled, Error`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 +msgid "Transaction's status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:3 +msgid "Flutterwave" +msgstr "Flutterwave" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Flutterwave `_ is an online payments provider " +"established in Nigeria and covering several African countries and payment " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Flutterwave Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Flutterwave Dashboard `_ and " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> API`. Copy the values of the " +":guilabel:`Public Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save them for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks` and enter your Odoo database " +"URL followed by `/payment/flutterwave/webhook` in the :guilabel:`URL` text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 +msgid "" +"For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/flutterwave/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Fill the :guilabel:`Secret hash` with a password that you generate and save " +"its value for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:20 +msgid "Make sure *all* the remaining checkboxes are ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:21 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst-1 +msgid "Flutterwave settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Flutterwave " +"` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Public Key`, " +":guilabel:`Secret Key`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " +"saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/flutterwave/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you choose to allow saving payment methods, it is recommended to only " +"enable card payments from Flutterwave dashboard, as only cards can be saved " +"as payment tokens. To do so, go to your Flutterwave Dashboard and then to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Account Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:3 +msgid "Mercado Pago" +msgstr "Mercado Pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago `_ is an online payment provider" +" covering several countries, currencies and payment methods in Latin " +"America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Mercado Pago Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Mercado Pago Dashboard " +"`_ and select your " +"application or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Credenciales de producción` in the left part of the " +"application page, then select the industry, optionally enter your domain, " +"and click :guilabel:`Activar credenciales de producción`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:18 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Access token` and save it for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mercado Pago as a test, select :guilabel:`Credienciales de" +" prueba` in the left part of the application page, then copy the test " +":guilabel:`Access token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " +"` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " +"with the value you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 +msgid "Mollie" +msgstr "Mollie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mollie `_ is an online payments platform " +"established in the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " +"Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 +msgid "Ogone" +msgstr "Ogone" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Ogone `_, also known as **Ingenico Payment " +"Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved " +"in secure electronic transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Ogone's documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The provider Ogone is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`stripe` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:16 +msgid "Settings in Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:19 +msgid "Create an API user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Log into your Ogone account and head to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You need to create an **API user** to be used in the creation of " +"transactions from Odoo. While you can use your main account to do so, using " +"an **API user** ensures that if the credentials used in Odoo are leaked, no " +"access to your Ogone configuration is possible. Additionally, passwords for " +"**API users** do not need to be updated regularly, unlike normal users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To create an **API user**, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Users` " +"and click on :guilabel:`New User`. The following fields must be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`UserID`: you can choose anything you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User's Name, E-mail and Timezone`: you can enter the information " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Profile`: should be set to :guilabel:`Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Special user for API`: should be checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the user, you are required to generate a password. " +"Save the password and **UserID**, as they will be required later on during " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you already have an user set up, make sure it is activated without any " +"error. If not, simply click the :guilabel:`Activate(Errors)` button to reset" +" the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:46 +msgid "Set up Ogone for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ogone must now be configured to accept payments from Odoo. Head to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Global Security " +"Parameters`, select :guilabel:`SHA-512` as :guilabel:`Hash Algorithm` and " +":guilabel:`UTF-8` as :guilabel:`character encoding`. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Data and Origin verification` tab of the same page and leave the " +"URL field of the :guilabel:`e-Commerce and Alias Gateway` section blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you need to use another algorithm, such as `sha-1` or `sha-256`, within " +"Odoo, activate the :ref:`developer mode ` and go to the " +"**Payment Providers** page in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Payment Providers`. Click on :guilabel:`Ogone`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the algorithm you wish to use in the " +":guilabel:`Hash function` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You are now required to generate **SHA-IN** passphrases. **SHA-IN** and " +"**SHA-OUT** passphrases are used to digitally sign the transaction requests " +"and responses between Odoo and Ogone. By using these secret passphrases and " +"the `sha-1` algorithm, both systems can ensure that the information they " +"receive from the other was not altered or tampered with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Enter the same **SHA-IN** passphrase in both :guilabel:`Checks for " +"e-Commerce & Alias Gateway` and :guilabel:`Checks for DirectLink and Batch " +"(Automatic)`. You can leave the IP address field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your **SHA-IN** and **SHA-OUT** passphrases should be different, and between" +" 16 and 32 characters long. Make sure to use the same **SHA-IN** and **SHA-" +"OUT** passphrases throughout the entire Ogone configuration, as Odoo only " +"allows a single **SHA-IN** and single **SHA-OUT** passphrase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the **SHA-OUT** key, log into your Ogone account, go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> All transaction submission modes`, and get or generate your " +"**API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you’ll " +"not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When done, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information " +"--> Transaction Feedback` and check the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`URL` fields for :guilabel:`HTTP redirection in the browser` " +"can be left empty, as Odoo will specify these URLs for every transaction " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`I would like to receive transaction feedback parameters on the " +"redirection URLs`: should be checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Direct HTTP server-to-server request`: should to be set to " +"`Online but switch to a deferred request when the online request fails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Both **URL** fields should contain the same following URL, with `` " +"replaced by your database: `https:///payment/ogone/return`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamic eCommerce Parameters` should contain the following " +"values: `ALIAS`, `AMOUNT`, `CARDNO`, `CN`, `CURRENCY`, `IP`, `NCERROR` " +"`ORDERID`, `PAYID`, `PM`, `STATUS`, `TRXDATE`. Other parameters can be " +"included (if you have another integration with Ogone that requires them), " +"but are not advised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`All transaction submission modes` section, fill out **SHA-" +"OUT** passphrase and disable `HTTP request for status change`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To allow your customers to save their credit card credentials for future " +"use, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Alias --> My alias " +"information`. From this tab, you can configure how the user can have its " +"card details saved, for how long the information is saved, if a checkbox to " +"save the card information should be displayed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To set up Ogone in Odoo, head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Payment Providers` and open the Ogone provider. In the " +":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, enter the **PSPID** of your Ogone account, and " +"fill out the other fields as configured in your :ref:`Ogone portal " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "PayPal" +msgstr "PayPal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Paypal `_ is an American online payment provider " +"available worldwide, and one of the few that does not charge a subscription " +"fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:9 +msgid "Settings in PayPal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access your PayPal account settings, log into PayPal, open the " +":guilabel:`Account Settings`, and open the :guilabel:`Website payments` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst-1 +msgid "PayPal account menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that for PayPal to work **in Odoo**, the options :ref:`Auto Return " +"`, :ref:`PDT `, and :ref:`IPN ` " +"**must** all be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Auto Return** feature automatically redirects customers to Odoo once " +"the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From :guilabel:`Website payments`, go to :menuselection:`Website preferences" +" --> Update --> Auto return for website payments --> Auto return` and select" +" :guilabel:`On`. Enter the address of your Odoo database (e.g., " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) in the :guilabel:`Return URL` field, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Any URL does the job. Odoo only needs the setting to be enabled since it " +"uses another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:40 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "" +":abbr:`PDT (Payment Data Transfer)` allows to receive payment confirmations," +" displays the payment status to the customers, and verifies the authenticity" +" of the payments. From :menuselection:`Website preferences --> Update`, " +"scroll down to :guilabel:`Payment data transfer` and select :guilabel:`On`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"PayPal displays your **PDT Identity Token** as soon as :ref:`Auto return " +"` and :ref:`Payment Data Transfer (PDT) ` " +"are enabled. If you need the **PDT Identity Token**, disable and re-enable " +":guilabel:`Payment data transfer` to display the token again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IPN (Instant Payment Notifications)` is similar to **PDT**, but " +"allows for more notifications, such as chargeback notifications. To enable " +"**IPN**, go to :menuselection:`Website payments --> Instant payment " +"notifications --> Update` and click :guilabel:`Choose IPN settings`. Enter a" +" :guilabel:`Notification URL`, select :guilabel:`Receive IPN messages " +"(Enabled)`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "PayPal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"We advise not to prompt customers to log in with a PayPal account upon " +"payment. It is better and more accessible for customers to pay with a " +"debit/credit card. To disable that prompt, go to :menuselection:`Account " +"Settings --> Website payments --> Update` and select :guilabel:`On` for " +":guilabel:`PayPal account optional`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:71 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything other than primary Latin " +"characters) for customer names or addresses, then you **must** configure the" +" encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to PayPal. If you do " +"not, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to `your production account `_. Then, click " +":guilabel:`More Options` and set the two default encoding formats as " +":guilabel:`UTF-8`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account `, then follow " +"this `link `_ to configure the " +"encoding format in a test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenziali" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account. To " +"do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers` and :guilabel:`Activate` PayPal. Then, enter your PayPal account " +"credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the login email address in Paypal;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`: the key used to verify the authenticity of " +"transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:103 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use IPN`: enable for PayPal to work properly in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:106 +msgid "Save the :guilabel:`PDT Identity Token` for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`, switch to :ref:`developer mode " +"` and retrieve the token by following the configuration " +"steps at :ref:`paypal/pdt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "The PayPal **Merchant ID** is not required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you are trying PayPal as a test, using a :ref:`PayPal Sandbox account " +"`, change the :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We" +" recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "Extra fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can charge :ref:`extra fees ` to " +"customers choosing to pay with PayPal in order to cover the transaction fees" +" PayPal charges you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees `_ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU " +"`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Thanks to PayPal sandbox accounts, you can test the entire payment flow in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Paypal Developer Site `_ using " +"your PayPal credentials, which creates two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchants, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"`_);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shoppers, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com `_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Log into PayPal sandbox using the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " +"PayPal` in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, and make sure the status is set " +"on :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:153 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:3 +msgid "Razorpay" +msgstr "Razorpay" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Razorpay `_ is an online payments provider " +"established in India and covering more than 100 payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Razorpay Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Razorpay Dashboard `_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> API Keys`. Generate the new keys and copy the " +"values of the :guilabel:`Key Id` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save " +"them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks`, click on :guilabel:`Create New" +" Webhook`, and enter your Odoo database URL followed by " +"`/payment/razorpay/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/razorpay/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Fill the :guilabel:`Secret` field with a password of your choice and save it" +" for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make sure the :guilabel:`payment.authorized`, :guilabel:`payment.captured`, " +":guilabel:`payment.failed`, :guilabel:`refund.failed` and " +":guilabel:`refund.processed` checkboxes are ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:24 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Webhook` to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Razorpay `" +" and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Key Id`, " +":guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " +"saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:39 +msgid "If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Be aware that the **manual voiding** of a transaction is not supported by " +"Razorpay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After **five days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, it'll " +"automatically be **voided**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:3 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`SIPS `_ is an online payments solution from " +"the multinational Worldline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which" +" comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with " +"SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:20 +msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:21 +msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:22 +msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your SIPS environment info documentation," +" in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the " +"**Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are trying SIPS as a test, with the *TEST* credentials, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe `_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " +"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:38 +msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all " +"the requested information, you are all set and your payment provider is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:25 +msgid "Your can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode ` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually `. You " +"can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials `, :ref:`generate a" +" webhook ` and enable the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " +"**Stripe** on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 +msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 +msgid "Enable the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " +"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "Fill in your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " +"account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Publishable Key `: The key solely used to identify " +"the account with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key `: The key to sign the merchant account " +"with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +msgid "" +":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret `: When you enable your webhook" +" on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" +" messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " +"keys `_, or log into your " +"Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> " +"Standard Keys`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Generate a webhook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " +"Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:80 +msgid "Create the webhook automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys ` are " +"filled in, then click on the *Generate your Webhook* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 +msgid "Create the webhook manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " +"`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on **Add " +"endpoint** in your **Hosted endpoints** and insert the following data into " +"the pop-up form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "In the **Endpoint URL**, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:94 +msgid "" +"At the end of the form, you can **Select events** to listen to. Click on it " +"and, in the **Checkout** section, select **checkout.session.completed**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "" +"It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When you click on **Add endpoint**, your Webhook is configured. You can then" +" click on **reveal** to display your signing secret." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "Enable local payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:113 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:116 +msgid "iDEAL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " +"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " +"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " +"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " +"listed, you do not have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " +"local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " +"cannot be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "Firma" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online, using " +"electronic signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +msgid "" +"An **electronic signature** shows a person's agreement to the content of a " +"document. Just like a handwritten signature, the electronic one represents a" +" legal bounding by the terms of the signed document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With Sign, you can upload any PDF file and add fields to it. These fields " +"are automatically filled in with the user's details present in your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Documents signed via the Sign app are valid electronic signatures in the " +"European Union and the United States of America. They also meet the " +"requirements for electronic signatures in most countries. The legal validity" +" of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on your country's " +"legislation. Companies doing business abroad should also consider other " +"countries' electronic signature laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 +msgid "European Union" +msgstr "Unione Europea" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation `_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in the `27 member states" +" of the European Union `_. It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:35 +msgid "Simple electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:36 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:37 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, **simple electronic signatures**; these " +"signatures are legally valid in the EU, as stated in the eIDAS regulation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may " +"need to bring supporting evidence of a signature's validity. While the Sign " +"app provides a simple electronic signature, some supporting evidence is " +"automatically collected during the signature process, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:47 +msgid "Email and SMS validation (if enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Strong identity proof through itsme® (available in Belgium and the " +"Netherlands)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Timestamped, IP and geographically traceable access logs to the documents " +"and their associated signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Document traceability and inalterability (any alteration made to a signed " +"document is detected by Odoo with the use of cryptographic proofs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:55 +msgid "United States of America" +msgstr "Stati Uniti d'America" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) `_," +" at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. " +"Note that `Illinois " +"`_ and `New York " +"`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The signer must show a clear **intent to sign**. For example, using a mouse " +"to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to" +" opt out of the electronic document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The signer must first express or imply their **consent to conduct business " +"electronically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**The signature must be clearly attributed**. In Odoo, metadata, such as the" +" signer's IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**The signature must be associated with the signed document**, for example, " +"by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be **retained and stored** by all " +"parties involved; for example, by providing the signer either a fully-" +"executed copy or the possibility to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The above information has no legal value; it is only provided for general " +"informational purposes. As laws governing electronic signatures rapidly " +"evolve, we cannot guarantee that all information is up-to-date. We advise " +"contacting a local attorney for legal advice regarding electronic signature " +"compliance and validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:86 +msgid "Roles" +msgstr "Ruoli" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Each field in a Sign document is related to a role that corresponds to a " +"specific person. When a document is being signed, the person assigned to the" +" role needs to fill in their assigned fields and sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Roles are available by going to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> " +"Roles`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"It is possible to update existing roles or to create new roles by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a :guilabel:`Role Name`, add an " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` to confirm the identity of the signing" +" person, and if the document can be reassigned to another contact, select " +":guilabel:`Change Authorized` for the role. A :guilabel:`Color` can also be " +"chosen for the role. This color can help understand which roles are " +"responsible for which field when configuring a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:102 +msgid "Secured identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:104 +msgid "" +"As the owner of a document, you may request an :guilabel:`Extra " +"Authentication Step` through an SMS verification or via Itsme® (available in" +" Belgium and the Netherlands). Both authentication options require " +":ref:`credits `. If you do not have any credits left, " +"the authentication steps will be skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`SMS pricing and FAQ " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:114 +msgid "SMS verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " +":guilabel:`Unique Code Via SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "Add a hash to your document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Go to the document to sign, add the field for which the SMS verification is " +"required, for example the :guilabel:`Signature` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Send`. A page pops up, select the customer, and click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field and" +" clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final " +"Validation` page pops up where to add their phone number. One-time codes are" +" sent by SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "fill in your phone number for final validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:136 +msgid "This feature is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As soon as the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` applies to a role, this" +" validation step is requested for any field assigned to this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:141 +msgid "Itsme®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Identify with itsme®`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " +":guilabel:`Via itsme®`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Go to the document that needs to be signed and add the :guilabel:`Signature`" +" field. Switch the role to :guilabel:`customer (identified with itsme®)`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Validate`, and :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field and" +" clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final " +"Validation` page pops up, and the person must authenticate with itsme®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:162 +msgid "This feature is only available in Belgium and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:167 +msgid "Field Types" +msgstr "Tipo di campo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Various field types can be used to sign documents (placeholder, " +"autocompletion, ...). By configuring your own field types, also known as " +"signature item types, the signing process can be even faster for your " +"customers, partners, and employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create and edit field types, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> Edit field types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can select an existing field by clicking on it or you can " +":guilabel:`Create` a new one. First, edit the :guilabel:`Field Name`. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Field Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature`: users are asked to enter their signature either by " +"drawing it, generating an automatic one based on their name, or uploading a " +"local file (usually an image). Each subsequent :guilabel:`Signature` field " +"type then reuses the data entered in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Initial`: users are asked to enter their initials, in a similar " +"way to the :guilabel:`Signature` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: users enter text on a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: users enter text on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkbox`: users can tick a box (e.g., to mark their approval or " +"consent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:187 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: users choose a single option from a variety of " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Auto-fill Partner Field` setting is used to automatically " +"fill in a field during the signature process. It uses the value of one of " +"the fields on the contact (`res.partner`) model of the person signing the " +"document. To do so, enter the contact model field's technical name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To know the technical name of a field, enable developer mode and hover your " +"mouse on the question mark next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Auto-completed values are suggestions and can be modified as required by the" +" person signing the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The size of the fields can also be changed by editing the :guilabel:`Default" +" Width` and :guilabel:`Default Height`. Both sizes are defined as a " +"percentage of the full-page expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the " +"full-page's width or height. By default, the width of new fields you create " +"is set to 15% (0.150) of a full-page's width, while their height is set to " +"1.5% (0.015) of a full-page's height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Next, write a :guilabel:`Tip`. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-" +"hand side of the user's screen during the signing process to help them " +"understand what the step entails (e.g., \"Sign here\" or “Fill in your " +"birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed" +" inside the field before it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "Tip and placeholder example in Odoo Sign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:217 +msgid "Signatory hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:219 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`hash` can be added to a document that is shared (attached to an" +" email or printed, for example) to indicate that the signature is electronic" +" and that there is some traceability behind it. The :guilabel:`hash` " +"corresponds to a unique ID number related to the signed document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:223 +msgid "" +"If you are an :doc:`internal user <../general/users/manage_users>`, you can " +"choose to tick or untick the frame option when signing the document. Tick " +"the box to have the frame and hash visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:232 +msgid "The :guilabel:`hash` is only applicable to the signature field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:6 +msgid "Spreadsheet" +msgstr "Foglio di calcolo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " +"form. Among others, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 +msgid "Format data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 +msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " +"highlighted and defined below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst-1 +msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +msgid "Menu bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +msgid "Top bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +msgid "Formula bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +msgid "Filters button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +msgid "Row header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +msgid "Column header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +msgid "Cell menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 +msgid "Bottom bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 +msgid "Link Odoo data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can insert and link several elements from your database in your " +"spreadsheets, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:7 +msgid "pivots," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:8 +msgid "graphs," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:9 +msgid "lists, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:10 +msgid "links to menus (i.e., a clickable link to a view of a specific model)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Before inserting :ref:`pivots `, :ref:`graphs " +"`, or lists, ensure they are tailored to your needs, " +"as some elements are more quickly - or only - configurable in their " +"respective view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To insert pivots and graphs, click :guilabel:`Insert in spreadsheet` from " +"any pivot or graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To insert lists, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Insert list in " +"spreadsheet` from any list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To insert links to menus, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Link menu in " +"spreadsheet` from any view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up box, either create a new spreadsheet by selecting " +":guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or insert it in an existing one by selecting " +"it and clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst-1 +msgid "Inserting a pivot in a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"By default, new spreadsheets are saved under the :guilabel:`Spreadsheet` " +"workspace of the Documents app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:36 +msgid "Updating data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once inserted in a spreadsheet, your data is kept up-to-date, reflecting any" +" changes made to your database. Reopening the spreadsheet reloads the linked" +" data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To update pivots and lists data without reopening a spreadsheet, go to the " +"menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data --> Refresh all data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:46 +msgid "Pivot data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Using :guilabel:`Refresh all data` only updates existing pivot cells. If new" +" cells need to be added, go to the menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data " +"--> Re-insert pivot` to fully update the pivot. Alternatively, click " +":guilabel:`Insert pivot`, select the pivot, and tick :guilabel:`Display " +"missing cells only` to preview first the missing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:0 +msgid "Displaying missing cells in a pivot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To change which records are :ref:`used by the pivot `, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " +"properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Modelli" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports `," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports `, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template ` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..88512708b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,5925 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Dario Cucchiar, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Sara Ciaurri , 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta , 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Varie" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" +msgstr "App e Moduli" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`install `, :ref:`upgrade ` " +"and :ref:`uninstall ` all apps and modules from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, " +"click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 +msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or " +"uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and " +"modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as" +" you know best how your organization works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install " +"additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't" +" actively use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data " +"may be erased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app " +"you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app " +"list**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to " +":doc:`supported versions of Odoo " +"`. To be able to use them, you " +"must **upgrade** your app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " +"Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " +"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " +"erases their data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "Autenticazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +msgid "Two-factor Authentication" +msgstr "Autenticazione a due fattori" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" +" an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " +"in instead of you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " +"your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " +"to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" +" and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " +"than either one or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Requisiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" +" you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " +"`_, `FreeOTP `_, `Google " +"Authenticator `_, " +"`LastPass Authenticator `_, `Microsoft " +"Authenticator `_, ...; password managers also " +"commonly include :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` support e.g. " +"`1Password `_, `Bitwarden" +" `_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " +"because it is any good but because it is quite common)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" +" to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " +":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " +"two-factor authentication` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " +"password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " +"authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " +"the setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " +"the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" +" link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " +"with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " +"which the code is):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +msgid "Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +msgid "" +"On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " +"you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " +"enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " +"account, validate, and you're now in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +msgid "" +"And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " +"authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" +" one-step process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " +"Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https:///auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " +"users to sign in to their database with their Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Google Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " +"on Google *and* Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google API Dashboard `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " +"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " +"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" +" click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" +" and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Credenziali" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " +"ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "OAuth client id selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," +" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," +" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " +"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " +"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" +" :guilabel:`Client ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " +"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google " +"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " +":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " +"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " +"with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password ` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " +"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " +"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " +"through the :ref:`settings `, the " +":ref:`browser extension `, through" +" the :ref:`command palette ` or the" +" :ref:`URL `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" +" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " +"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" +" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" +" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " +"developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" +" available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " +"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " +"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 +msgid "Activate through the command palette" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " +"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" +" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Command palette with debug command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 +msgid "Activate through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " +"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" +" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " +":ref:`assets mode `, and " +"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 +msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " +"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " +"the header of the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " +"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " +"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " +"useful menu items such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 +msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 +msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Digest Emails" +msgstr "Email di riepilogo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email" +" that include high-level information about how your business is performing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and " +"click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 +msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15 +msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17 +msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18 +msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19 +msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20 +msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21 +msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* " +"serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across " +"your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31 +msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest " +"Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* " +"next to the dropdown selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which " +"include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:39 +msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:42 +msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:43 +msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 +msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:52 +msgid "Custom digest emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:54 +msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose " +"your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a " +"selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:65 +msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you " +"can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab " +"and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit " +"the template or add additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the " +"digest object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:75 +msgid "" +"create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:76 +msgid "" +"create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your " +"customized KPI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77 +msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80 +msgid "Computed values reference table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "LABEL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "VALUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "Connected Users" +msgstr "Utenti collegati" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "Messages Sent" +msgstr "Messaggi inviati" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "New Leads" +msgstr "Nuove Lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "Opportunities Won" +msgstr "Opportunità vinte" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "Open Tasks" +msgstr "Apertura lavori" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "Tickets Closed" +msgstr "Ticket chiusi" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "% of Happiness" +msgstr "% di soddisfazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "Conversations handled" +msgstr "Conversazioni gestite" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "Time to answer (sec)" +msgstr "Tempo per rispondere (sec.)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "All Sales" +msgstr "Tutte le vendite" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "eCommerce Sales" +msgstr "Vendite e-commerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "Revenue" +msgstr "Ricavi" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" +msgstr "Movimenti banca e cassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "POS Sales" +msgstr "Vendite POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "New Employees" +msgstr "Nuovi dipendenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 +msgid "Email Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 +msgid "SPAM labels overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email " +"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out " +"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " +"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the " +"author\" ``. In other words this can be " +"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands " +"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability " +"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one" +" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox." +" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received " +"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It " +"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" +" whitelist on the receiving domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help " +"ticket `_ and the support team will work to get " +"the servers removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from " +"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom " +"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting " +"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" +" the final receiving mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 +msgid "Be SPF compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" +" to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When " +"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the" +" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the " +"domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an " +"email sent by Odoo, this domain corresponds to the value of the " +"`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a " +"TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider" +" hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name. In " +"order for the verification to work properly, each domain can only have one " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" +" ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " +"record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add " +"`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " +"free tool like `MXToolbox SPF `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 +msgid "Enable DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " +"with a digital signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM " +"(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's " +"server decrypts this signature using the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " +"Mail)` record in the database's domain name. If the signature and the key " +"contained in the record match, this guarantees that the message is authentic" +" and has not been altered during transport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME " +"(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" +" domain name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 +msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain " +"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends " +"on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the " +"domain name. The most common providers are :ref:`listed below " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with " +"a free tool like `DKIM Core `_. If a selector " +"is asked, enter `odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +msgid "Check the DMARC policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " +"record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. The instructions contained in the" +" :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do" +" with an incoming email that fails the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "DMARC: TXT record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +msgid "" +"There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +msgid "`p=none`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +msgid "`p=quarantine`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +msgid "`p=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " +"quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" +" must be :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` compliant or enable " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " +"`p=reject`. Odoo strongly advises against using an *@yahoo.com* or " +"*@aol.com* address for the database users. These emails will never reach " +"their recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +msgid "" +"`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " +"using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +msgid "" +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, " +"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF " +"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification" +" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P " +"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the" +" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode " +"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " +"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" +" too restrictive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Tag Name" +msgstr "Nome etichetta" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "Purpose" +msgstr "Scopo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Esempio" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "Protocol version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "`v=DMARC1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "pct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "`pct=20`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "ruf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "rua" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +msgid "p" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Policy for organizational domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +msgid "sp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +msgid "`sp=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +msgid "adkim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "`adkim=s`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +msgid "aspf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +msgid "`aspf=r`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy TXT record `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy DKIM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +msgid "" +"`Azure DNS `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester `_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " +"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " +"records for other, lesser-known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +msgid "" +"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Send and receive emails in Odoo with an email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "Odoo Online or Odoo.sh users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and " +"incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and " +"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass " +"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " +"already been pre-configured to send email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " +"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " +"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ ` or contact support for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:22 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't" +" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo," +" unlike `Odoo Online `_ and `Odoo.sh " +"`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " +"for on-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an " +"external email server with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online " +"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email " +"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. " +"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to " +"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see " +":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:42 +msgid "Default notifications system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " +"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" +" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the " +"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the " +"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. " +"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear " +"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " +"*Contacts* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more " +"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "Manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`" +" and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in" +" Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based " +"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see " +":doc:`email_domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Port restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and " +"Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " +"domain, and that can be a problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer with the email address " +"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to " +"redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. " +"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for" +" security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected " +"by some recipients' email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from " +"the same authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " +"` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " +"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " +"value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" +" value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or " +"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" +" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain " +"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then " +"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " +"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the " +"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and " +"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration " +"in Odoo: ``“Admin” `` => ``“Admin” " +"``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In other words if the email address of the author does not match " +"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " +"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " +"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " +"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " +"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " +"in `mail.default.from`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific " +"outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or " +"domain that Odoo is sending on behalf of. This setting can be used to " +"improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the " +"database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to " +"send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this " +"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " +"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 +msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " +"is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in " +"the outgoing email. For example, if the :guilabel:`From` value (email " +"address) is `test\\@example.com`, only the email servers that have the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, " +"then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the " +":guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in the outgoing email. For " +"example, if the :guilabel:`From` email address is `test\\@example.com`, only" +" the email servers that have the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to " +"`example.com` are returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo " +"returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " +"value(s) set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an " +"email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the " +"email address listed attempts to match an email server, and then the domain " +"attempts to find a match. If no email server is found, Odoo returns the " +"first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according " +"to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a " +"priority of `10` and the other with a priority of `20`, then the email " +"server with a priority of `10` is used first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and " +"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails," +" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet " +"` for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an " +"alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed " +"for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, and " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email " +"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the " +"transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give " +"priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by " +"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With " +"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for " +"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that" +" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be " +"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid ":doc:`email_domain`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "Manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of " +"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies " +"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall " +"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does " +"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " +"used to collect replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is " +"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"`__. In this case bounces are " +"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month " +"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid " +"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances " +"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note " +"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" +" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will " +"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful " +"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project `_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment " +"`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, " +"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will " +"change the catchall's domain for the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " +":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new " +"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail " +"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to " +"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on " +"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, " +"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or " +"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external " +"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received " +"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's " +"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to " +"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" +" `. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should" +" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after " +"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " +"reply won't be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 +msgid "" +"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode `. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode `, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modelli e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode `. Then, click the :guilabel:`` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Reply-to field on template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 +msgid "Updating translations within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 +msgid "" +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode `. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 +msgid "" +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 +msgid "Outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 +msgid "Common error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"`, instead of emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode ` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 +msgid "" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support `_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF ` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM ` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode ` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode ` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 +msgid "" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "32000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "32,000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "-32000.00" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "(32000.00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "$ 32.000,00" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "(32000.00 €)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "Nazione: il nome o il codice della nazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "Nazione: Belgio" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "ID nazione/database: 21" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "ID nazione/esterno: base.be" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "Cosa fare in presenza di un campo con corrispondenze multiple?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "È possibile importare più volte lo stesso record?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database `)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " +"credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":ref:`developer mode `, then go to :menuselection:`Technical" +" Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " +"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:70 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Resoconti" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " +"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "Selecting a view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. " +"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while " +"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " +"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`graph view ` is used to visualize your " +"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often " +"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found " +"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " +"access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`pivot view ` is used to aggregate your " +"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " +"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" +" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +msgid "Choosing measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " +":doc:`filtered `. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " +"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " +":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" +" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " +"`, :ref:`decimal `, :ref:`monetary `) " +"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " +"the total number of filtered records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " +"be :ref:`grouped ` depending on the dimension you want to " +"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " +"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " +"another one appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Using the comparison option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "Select measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " +":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "Group measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" +" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +msgid "Using the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " +"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" +" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example" +" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the " +":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select" +" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " +"(:guilabel:`➖`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " +"the newly created subgroups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " +"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " +"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " +"Office Furniture` product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " +"(:guilabel:`⇄`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" +" (⏷) order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " +"(:guilabel:`⭳`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +msgid "Using the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 +msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " +"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " +"sets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " +"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +msgid "Stacked bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +msgid "Regular bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +msgid "Stacked line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Cumulative line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Cumulative line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Regular line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 +msgid "Search and filter records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" +" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" +" search for specific values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 +msgid "Preconfigured filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are " +"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the " +"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could " +"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are " +"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* " +"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " +"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 +msgid "Custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " +"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales " +"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " +"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click " +":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " +"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 +msgid "Search for values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add " +"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and " +"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown " +"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " +"you are looking for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* " +"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for " +"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" +" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when " +"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the" +" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " +"selected field will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 +msgid "Group records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" +" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " +"records are filtered out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " +"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " +"categories, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users and companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "Diritti di accesso" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Gruppi" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group" +" are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are " +"created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "Aziende" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode ` to choose a *Favicon* " +"for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " +"Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and " +"ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Transazioni interaziendali" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" +" Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 +msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" +" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" +" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " +"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " +"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " +"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " +":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" +" Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 +msgid "Change language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access " +"Rights ` choose the group within each application the user " +"can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" +" sent in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page `_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 +msgid "" +"With the :ref:`developer mode ` activated, *User Types* can " +"be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " +"Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the " +"user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Multi azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 +msgid "Portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " +"documents or information within an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" +" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +msgid "leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +msgid "quotations/sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +msgid "purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +msgid "invoices & bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +msgid "projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +msgid "tickets" +msgstr "ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +msgid "signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +msgid "subscriptions" +msgstr "abbonamenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " +"documents in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " +"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on " +"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " +"into the portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " +"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" +" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " +"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" +"sending a portal invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " +"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " +"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the " +":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " +"then click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +msgid "" +"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " +"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " +"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" +" :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 +msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "Installazione server Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Dipendenze" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" +"Prima di installare Asterisk è necessario configurare le seguenti " +"dipendenze:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr " wget" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr " gcc" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr " g++" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr " ncurses-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr " libxml2-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr " sqlite-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "libsrtp-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "libuuid-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "openssl-devel" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "pkg-config" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "Per installare libsrtp seguire le seguenti istruzioni:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" +"E’ necessario, inoltre, installare PJSIP, è possibile procedere al download " +"`qui `_. Una volta estratta la directory " +"sorgente:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "**entrare nella directory dei sorgenti di pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "**eseguire:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr " **compilare e installare pjproject:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr " **aggiornare i link alle librerie condivise:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr " **verificare che pjproject sia installato:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr " **Il risultato dovrebbe essere il seguente:**" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there `_." +msgstr "" +"Per installare Asterisk 13.7.0 è possibile scaricare i sorgenti direttamente" +" da `qui `_." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "Estrarre Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "Entrare nella directory di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr " Eseguire lo script di configurazione di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr " Eseguire lo strumento menuselect di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" +" Nel menu selezione, andare sull’opzione risorse e assicurarsi che res_strp " +"sia abilitata. Nel caso ci siano 3 “x” dopo res_strp, potrebbero esserci dei" +" problemi nella libreria strp e si dovrà provvedere a reinstallarlo. Salvare" +" la configurazione (premendo X) e dovrebbero apparire degli asterischi " +"davanti alla stringa res_pjsip." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "Compilare e installare Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera avere un esempio di configurazione è possibile avviare il " +"comando 'make samples' per installare la configurazione in esempio. Per " +"installare lo script di startup di Asterisk è possibile avviare il comando " +"'make config'." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "Certificati DTLS" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "Successivamente, bisogna configurare i certificati DTLS:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "Avviare la directory degli script di Asterisk:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" +"Creare i certificati DTLS (sostituire pbx.mycompany.com con il proprio " +"indirizzo IP o il nome del DNS, sostituire anche My Company con il nome " +"della propria azienda):" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "Configurazione server Asterisk" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" +"Molte delle impostazioni necessarie per il WebRTC DEVONO essere nelle " +"impostazioni peer. Le configurazioni globali non fluiscono bene sotto le " +"impostazioni peer. I file di configurazione di Asterisk sono locati di " +"default in /etc/asterisk/. Per prima cosa modificare l’http.conf e " +"assicurasi che le seguenti righe non siano commentate:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" +"Successivamente è necessario modificare la riga sip.conf. Il peer di WebRTC " +"richiede l’attivazione di crittografia, avpf e icesupport. Nella maggior " +"parte dei casi il directmedia dovrebbe essere disabilitato. Inoltre, in " +"riferimento al client WebRTC, il transport deve essere elencato come “ws” " +"per permettere i collegamenti websocket. Tutte queste righe di " +"configurazione dovrebbero andare sotto lo stesso peer, poiché impostandole " +"globalmente potrebbero non funzionare." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" +"Nei file sip.conf e rtp.conf è necessario anche aggiungere o togliere il " +"commento dalle righe:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "Infine impostare l’extensions.conf:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "Configurazione VoIP Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" +"In Odoo, la configurazione dovrebbe essere fatta nelle preferenze " +"dell’utente." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " +"`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " +"` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by " +"Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use this service, `contact Axivox `_ to " +"open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " +"the areas you wish to call." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " +"fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " +"*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 +msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " +"the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " +"out the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " +"referring to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +msgid "Phone Calls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " +"your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" +"Il VOIP di Odoo può essere impostato per lavorare con OnSIP (www.onsip.com)." +" In quel caso l’installazione e la configurazione di un Server Asterisk non " +"è necessaria poiché l’intera struttura sarà ospitata e gestita da OnSIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" +"Per utilizzare questo servizio è necessario creare un account in OnSIP. " +"Prima di procedere, assicurarsi che l’area da cui si effettuano le chiamate " +"e le aree principali verso cui si dovranno indirizzare le chiamate, siano " +"coperte dal servizio. Dopo aver creato un account OnSIP, seguire la " +"procedura di configurazione riportata qui sotto." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" +"Entrare nella pagina delle Applicazioni e installare il modulo **VoIP " +"OnSIP**." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" +"Andare su Impostazioni → Impostazioni Generali e, nella sezione Integrazioni" +" → Asterisk (VoIP), completare i seguenti 3 campi:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" +"**Dominio OnSIP**: è il dominio scelto quando si crea un accont OnSIP su " +"www.onsip.com. Nel caso non si conoscesse, accedere nel sito " +"https://admin.onsip.com/ ed esso comparirà nell’angolo in alto a destra " +"della pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "**WebSocket**: dovrebbe avere il percorso wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "**Modalità**: selezionare la voce Produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" +"Successivamente andare su **Impostazioni** → **Utenti** e, nel modulo di " +"ogni utente VoIP, compilare i campi della **Configurazione PBX** nella " +"sezione Preferenze:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" +"**SIP Login / Estensioni del Browser**: inserire l’username usato in OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" +"**Autorizzazione OnSIP dell’utente**: Username di autorizzazione in OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr " **SIP Password**: immettere la 'SIP password' di OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr " **Estensione Dispositivi Mobili**: 'Estensione' OnSIP" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile trovare tutte queste informazioni accedendo al sito " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users e, selezionando l’utente che si desidera " +"configurare, completare i campi basandosi sulle voci riportate nell’immagine" +" qui sotto." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" +"Ora è possibile fare delle telefonate cliccando sull’icona telefono in alto " +"a destra in Odoo (assicurarsi di aver effettuato l’accesso con un utente " +"opportunamente configurato con Odoo e OnSIP)." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso appaia il messaggio *Parametri Mancanti* nel softphone Odoo, " +"aggiornare la pagina Odoo e riprovare." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" +"Adesso è possibile anche ricevere chiamate in ingresso. Il proprio numero è " +"quello fornito da OnSIP. Quando si riceve una telefonata Odoo attiverà una " +"suoneria e mostrerà una notifica." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "OnSIP sul proprio Cellulare" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile fare e ricevere chiamate, anche quando non si sta utilizzando " +"il computer, usando parallelamente l’applicazione softphone dal proprio " +"cellulare con Odoo VoIP. Questo è utile sia per effettuare chiamate rapide, " +"che per essere sicuri di sentire le chiamate in entrata o, semplicemente, " +"per comodità e funziona con qualsiasi softphone SIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave `_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr " **Nome Account**: OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr " **Server SIP**: inserire il 'dominio' in OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr " **ID Utente SIP**: immettere il nome 'utente' in OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" +" **ID Autenticazione SIP**: scrivere il 'nome utente di autorizzazione' in " +"OnSIP;" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr " **Password**: inserire la 'SIP password' usata in OnSIP." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0306d2cb0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1253 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Presenze" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Dipendenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Aggiungi nuovo dipendente" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Curriculum vitae" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Competenze" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:3 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Libro paga" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:35 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:60 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " +"is computed in the payslip list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " +"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Retribuzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Strutture" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type ` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regole" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:225 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Vantaggi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:347 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Riprendi" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..47bad1647 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Sergio Zanchetta , 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/index.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "Documentazione Odoo" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..952e35299 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,16961 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Sara Ciaurri , 2023 +# Léonie Bouchat , 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Codice a barre" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode `. To do so, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`GS1 nomenclature `_ consolidates multiple pieces of" +" information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " +"barcode pattern—which is a defined format of numbers, letters, special " +"characters, and character length—to ensure proper interpretation of the " +"barcode. By scanning the barcode on an unopened box, GS1 nomenclature can " +"identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`All GS1 barcodes `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " +"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " +":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " +"default barcode nomenclature options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " +"by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " +"Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" +" condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " +"Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " +"`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` and finally, select " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +msgid "Use GS1 barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " +"the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " +"`_ (A.I.) " +"serves as the universal prefix for GS1 for barcode identification. Odoo uses" +" regular expressions to describe barcode patterns concisely. Each barcode " +"pattern begins with a required 2-4 digit :abbr:`A.I. (application " +"identifier)`, which corresponds to the rule defined in the system's " +":ref:`barcode nomenclature list `. By including the appropriate :abbr:`A.I. (application " +"identifier)` from the list, Odoo can accurately interpret GS1 barcodes. " +"While most barcode patterns have a flexible length, some specific patterns, " +"such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" +" the maximum character length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list ` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " +"and rules to follow. Otherwise, the following section contains examples of " +"how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +msgid "Product + quantity + lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" +" it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Nome" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Rule Name" +msgstr "Nome regola" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "A.I." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Barcode Pattern" +msgstr "Modello codice" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "Field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "Prodotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Quantity" +msgstr "Quantità" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "Variable count of items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "Lot Number" +msgstr "Numero lotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +msgid "Batch or lot number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" +" ` feature. To do so, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Next, " +"under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box for " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " +"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " +"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " +"with the 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " +"`_, which is a universal and " +"unique identifying number from GS1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +msgid "" +"On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" +" GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " +"barcodes into a single barcode that contains detailed information about the " +"package contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " +"`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " +"this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the :guilabel:`Configure " +"Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` section. " +"Enter the 14-digit GTIN into the :guilabel:`Barcode` column, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " +"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " +"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " +"the list of vendor receptions to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs" +" (Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " +"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +msgid "" +"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" +" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " +"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " +"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +msgid "" +"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " +"associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " +"lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " +"*Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " +"remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " +"desired lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." +" Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " +"finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" +" receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " +"reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " +"quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " +"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid "Quantity in kilograms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid "310[0-5]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +msgid "" +"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" +" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " +"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +msgid "" +":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +msgid "" +"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " +":ref:`receive the vendor shipment `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +msgid "" +"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " +"peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " +"the page, this means the reception was processed without issue. Finally, " +"press :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " +"was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " +"`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +msgid "" +"For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " +"are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product " +"Moves`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " +"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" +" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" +" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " +"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " +"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " +"properly stored in *Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +msgid "Create rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " +":ref:`default GS1 list `, " +"Odoo will fail to interpret the entire barcode. To ensure the complete " +"reading of the barcode, it is necessary to add the missing barcode to Odoo's" +" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +msgid "" +"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " +"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" +" still useful to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are " +"interpreted correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode ` and navigating to" +" the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. Then, select the " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." +" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " +"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " +"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " +"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " +"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " +"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " +"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " +"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " +"about the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +msgid "" +"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" +" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " +"the table of rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" +" when the barcodes are not working as expected:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " +":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " +"setup section ` for more " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " +"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" +" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " +"settings ` and :ref:`on the product " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " +":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " +"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " +"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" +" to :ref:`this section `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +msgid "" +"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " +"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." +" :ref:`This section ` details how to " +"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " +"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " +"`check digit `_ as the " +"final character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Tipologia" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "GS1 Content Type" +msgstr "Tipo di contenuto GS1" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Odoo field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Package" +msgstr "Collo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "Numeric identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Package name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "Unit Product" +msgstr "Prodotto unitario" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Imballaggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Destination location" +msgstr "Ubicazione di destinazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "I.D. of a physical location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Posizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "Lot" +msgstr "Lotto" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Alpha-numeric name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "Serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Packaging Date" +msgstr "Data di confezionamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Data" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Pack date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before Date" +msgstr "Data di durata minima" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiration Date" +msgstr "Data di scadenza" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiry date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Measure" +msgstr "Misura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "UoM: Units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "Count of trade items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "Qty in kg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "Length in meters (m)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "Qty in m" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "Qty in L" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "Length in inches (in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "Qty in inches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "Qty in oz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Packaging type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Packaging Type" +msgstr "Tipo di imballaggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Package type" +msgstr "Tipologia collo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Ricezioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "Ordini di consegna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "Trasferimenti interni" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " +"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " +"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" +" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:12 +msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " +"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " +"following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" +" is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " +"adjustment line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " +"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " +"of both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " +"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" +"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " +"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" +" in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " +"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " +":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " +":guilabel:`Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " +"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" +" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " +"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" +" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " +"current year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" +" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " +"count in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" +" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " +":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " +"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " +"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " +"quantity once fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " +"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " +"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " +"database, next to the user currently logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " +":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " +"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " +"checkbox next to that option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:66 +msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " +"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " +":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" +" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " +"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " +"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " +"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " +"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " +"set to reflect the actual quantity counted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " +"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " +"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " +"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " +"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" +" top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " +"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" +" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:104 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " +"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " +"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:108 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " +"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " +"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " +"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " +"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " +"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " +"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " +"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:118 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:125 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:131 +msgid "" +"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " +"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " +":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " +"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " +"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " +"product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " +"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " +"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " +"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " +"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " +"`0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" +"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " +"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " +"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " +"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " +"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " +"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:177 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:179 +msgid "" +"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " +"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " +"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " +"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " +"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " +"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" +"down menu, and select the desired month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:200 +msgid "Plan big inventory counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " +"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" +" Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " +"the far left of each product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " +"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " +":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" +" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:221 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," +" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " +"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " +":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:228 +msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " +"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "Lotti e numeri di serie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "Track products by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:58 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:64 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:131 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:166 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:256 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:269 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "Operazioni varie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Crea ordine residuo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " +"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " +"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " +"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " +"*consignment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " +"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " +"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " +"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " +"products they don't actually own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16 +msgid "Enable the consignment setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " +"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," +" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" +" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" +" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " +"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " +"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " +"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " +"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " +"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " +"must match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " +"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " +"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " +"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " +":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " +"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " +"option enabled on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " +"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " +"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " +"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " +"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " +"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " +"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82 +msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " +"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " +"*still* appear in certain inventory reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " +"and choose a report to view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " +"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " +"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96 +msgid "Product moves report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " +":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " +"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " +"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " +":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " +"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " +":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " +":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " +"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " +"finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Consignment stock moves history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119 +msgid "Stock on hand report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121 +msgid "" +"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " +"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " +"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " +":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," +" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "Pianificazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When" +" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into " +"account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" +"by Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "Tempo di risposta al cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "Tempo di risposta sicuro" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "Tempo di Produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3 +msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " +"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" +" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " +"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " +"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " +"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " +"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" +" being ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17 +msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " +"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " +"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " +"that are currently archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" +" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" +"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " +"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " +"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47 +msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49 +msgid "" +"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " +"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " +"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section, along with one other route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " +"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" +" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " +"it, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " +"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " +"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" +" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " +"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " +"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81 +msgid "" +"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " +"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " +"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88 +msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" +" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." +" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " +"to |MTO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " +"is created upon confirmation of a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " +"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " +"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " +"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102 +msgid "" +"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " +"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," +" which opens a blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" +" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " +"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " +"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " +"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " +":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" +" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " +"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3 +msgid "Reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " +"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" +" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " +"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " +"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " +"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " +"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15 +msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " +"configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is " +"necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " +"and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " +"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " +"to replenish the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " +"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." +" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " +"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" +" should be purchased from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " +"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " +"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " +"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," +" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58 +msgid "Create new reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" +" out the new line as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " +"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " +"number, a replenishment order for the product is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " +"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " +"batches of 20)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " +"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " +"length, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then " +"select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " +"then fill out the new line as detailed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted " +"quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a " +"replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " +"the scheduler runs once each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select " +"the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " +"aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " +"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " +"for Quotation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " +"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101 +msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" +" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " +"the functionality of both routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " +"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " +"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ " +"(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down " +"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " +"preferred route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " +"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " +"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " +"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " +"Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:139 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:147 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:156 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:161 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " +"desired product to open its product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:180 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:184 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use different units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:80 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "Rifornimenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:104 +msgid "" +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:107 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" +" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" +" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " +"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12 +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "Unità di misura" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " +"measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " +"time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " +"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " +"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " +"selling products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 +msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " +":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " +"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " +"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " +"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33 +msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " +"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " +"in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " +"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " +"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " +"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" +" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " +"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "Colli" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " +"picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " +"Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " +"specific to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " +"either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " +"containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " +"used to ship the products out to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " +"packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated" +" into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" +" of erasers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " +"as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " +"there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " +"is shipped out in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " +":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" +" :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 +msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" +" pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " +"above the customizable product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " +"addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " +"Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " +"into." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " +"the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " +"products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110 +msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" +" package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " +"Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. " +"This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" +" to specify which products are intended for which package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " +":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " +"Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the " +"right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " +"like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " +"the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " +"type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the " +"field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo " +"displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " +"`PACK0000007`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " +"be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " +"Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " +"`PACK0000007` each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " +"products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " +"matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" +" to complete the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " +"products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" +" to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " +"of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" +" in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Imballaggi" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159 +msgid "" +"*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " +"holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " +"cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " +"individual product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " +"6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " +"`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " +"packagings are product specific, not generic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168 +msgid "Set up packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " +"enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " +"check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " +"pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" +" should be entered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " +"orders as a packaging option for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " +"` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" +" moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " +"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " +"companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " +"the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " +"quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " +"detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " +"another one in a fresh pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:206 +msgid "" +"View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" +"Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214 +msgid "View all packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To view all packagings that have been created, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " +"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " +"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " +"packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " +"product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " +"products, or a `Case` of 32 products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "List of different packagings for products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231 +msgid "Apply packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " +"packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " +"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:238 +msgid "" +"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " +"packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " +"`. When receiving products from suppliers, " +"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" +" packaging to the internal count of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "" +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "" +"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " +"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " +"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " +"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " +"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " +"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " +"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " +"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " +"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " +"company's inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " +"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " +"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " +"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " +"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 +msgid "Types of accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " +"*Anglo-Saxon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " +"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " +"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" +" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " +"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " +"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +msgid "Costing methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " +"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " +"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " +"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" +" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " +"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " +"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " +"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " +"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " +"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " +"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " +"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " +"sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" +" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 +msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " +"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " +"apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " +"categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " +"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " +"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " +":guilabel:`Automated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Using the inventory valuation " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " +"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " +"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " +"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " +"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " +"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " +"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" +" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " +"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" +" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 +msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." +" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " +":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " +":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" +" at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " +"all of the inventory on hand is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " +"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " +"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " +":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " +"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " +":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " +"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " +"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " +"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " +"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " +"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " +"scenario below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " +"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`consignment " +"` " +"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " +"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " +"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " +"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode ` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "Update product unit price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " +"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " +"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " +"to update the unit price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" +" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" +" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " +"inflation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 +msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " +"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " +"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " +"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" +" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " +"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " +"be configured to have the same number of steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 +msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " +"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " +"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " +"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " +"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" +" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " +"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " +"on shipped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30 +msgid "One-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " +"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " +"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " +"Out)` removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40 +msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" +"perishable items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 +msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48 +msgid "Two-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " +"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " +"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" +" the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " +"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " +"being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " +"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" +" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " +"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " +"until they are transferred into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 +msgid "Three-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " +"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " +"inspection into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " +"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " +"for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " +":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 +msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " +"before receiving items into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts in three steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 +msgid "Inventory flow table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " +"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " +"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " +"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " +"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " +"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " +"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " +"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" +" not fit the needs of the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" `, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" +" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" +" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " +"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " +"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35 +msgid "Create a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " +"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " +"which are all associated with the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "Process a picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " +"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" +"another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " +"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " +"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," +" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " +"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " +":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " +"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " +"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " +"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " +"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" +" packing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "Process a packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" +"output location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " +"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "Process a delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" +"the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " +":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " +"will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +msgid "" +"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " +"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " +"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " +"step receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " +"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " +"three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " +"deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" +" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " +"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "Ricezione diretta dei beni (1 fase)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" +" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " +":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " +"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " +"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " +"receipt for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " +"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " +"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " +"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" +"pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " +"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " +"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " +"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " +"reception process in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 +msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "Consegna diretta dei beni (1 fase)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " +"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " +":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " +"delivery order for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" +" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " +":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " +"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " +"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " +"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " +"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " +"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " +"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" +" into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" +" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " +"brought to an output location before being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " +"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " +"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" `, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" +" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " +"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " +"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " +"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" +" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " +"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " +"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." +" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " +"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " +"necessary)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " +"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " +"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" +" the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " +"— click it to reveal the associated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" +" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " +"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" +" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " +"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " +"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " +"the :guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Input location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 +msgid "Process the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" +" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " +"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " +":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " +"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 +msgid "Process the picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " +"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " +"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" +" the delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " +"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " +"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " +"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " +"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" +" as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" +"Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " +"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " +"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," +" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " +"on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " +"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " +"begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " +"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," +" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " +"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " +"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" +" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " +"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " +"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " +"quality area and into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" `, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" +" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" +" will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 +msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" +" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " +"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +msgid "Process a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +msgid "" +"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " +"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " +"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" +"are waiting another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " +"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " +"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " +":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " +"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " +":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " +"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " +":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." +" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " +"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " +":guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Quality location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" +" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " +"kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " +"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " +"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " +"manufacturing or delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "Process a transfer to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " +"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" +" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " +"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " +"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " +"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "Magazzini" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Create a second warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " +"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" +" between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " +"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," +" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " +":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " +"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" +" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" +" outgoing shipments should follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"from this warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " +"this warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " +"to be delivered to the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " +"the warehouse being created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " +"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " +"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " +"will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " +"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " +"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " +"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" +" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " +"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " +"adjustment can be referred to by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " +"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" +" added to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " +"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " +"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " +"have no existing inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " +"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " +"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " +"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " +"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " +"inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " +"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " +"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " +"fill out the product line as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " +"within the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " +"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " +"new location or warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " +"inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " +"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted` column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " +":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " +"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" +" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " +"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " +"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" +"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " +"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " +"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 +msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " +"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " +"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " +"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " +"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " +"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " +"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" +" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " +"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " +"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " +"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " +"Francisco 2\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " +"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " +"a new one, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " +"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " +"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " +"that products are transferred from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 +msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" +" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " +"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" +" being replenished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " +"take place" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " +"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " +"product will be transferred from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "The form for replenishing a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " +"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " +"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " +"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " +"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" +"step deliveries and receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 +msgid "Process the delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" +" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " +"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " +"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" +" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " +"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" +" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " +"quantities shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " +"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" +" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " +"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " +"quantities received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 +msgid "" +"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " +"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " +"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " +":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 +msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " +"replenishing one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " +"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " +"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " +"configure the form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " +"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " +"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" +" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " +"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " +"replenished in batches of 20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " +"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " +"length, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." +" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " +"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " +"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" +" pop-up that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " +"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " +"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " +"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " +"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " +"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" +" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " +"locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " +"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" +" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " +"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " +"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23 +msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" +" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " +"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " +"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " +"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " +"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " +"used to fulfill a single sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " +"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " +"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " +":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " +"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"Configuration` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " +"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" +" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " +":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " +"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " +"individual products or product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55 +msgid "" +":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " +"warehouse resupplies its inventory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" +" from this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be manufactured in this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " +"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " +"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " +"location first, and then transfer it to the production location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" +" to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " +"warehouse from another chosen warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" +" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " +"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" +" physical stock locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Child Warehouses**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95 +msgid "Create a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " +"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " +"the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " +"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" +" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " +"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " +":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " +":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " +"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " +"*child locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " +"Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120 +msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " +"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " +"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" +" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " +"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" +" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " +"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " +"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " +"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " +"location*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136 +msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " +"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " +"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " +"in each warehouse, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " +":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " +"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " +"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " +"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " +"quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" +" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" +" virtual warehouse location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " +"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " +"order to be pulled from different warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" +" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" +" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" +" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " +"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" +" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" +" all settings/configuration were done properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " +":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " +"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " +"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " +"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " +"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" +" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " +"invoice for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " +"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " +"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " +"employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 +msgid "Pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 +msgid "Use routes and rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Regole" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 +msgid "" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "" +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333 +msgid "" +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338 +msgid "" +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "" +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 +msgid "" +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 +msgid "" +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Spedizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " +"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " +"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" +" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " +"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" +" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12 +msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " +"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" +" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " +":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " +"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " +"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " +"purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43 +msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " +"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " +"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " +"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " +"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " +"(Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " +"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " +"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " +"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " +"the top right corner of the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " +"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " +"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " +"confirm the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" +" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "Change shipping label size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " +"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" +" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " +"to fit the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Different shipping methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Select a label type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " +"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " +"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" +" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " +"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery order smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" +" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Shipping PDF documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60 +msgid "Example labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " +"of a FedEx letter sized label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69 +msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-package shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " +"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " +"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " +"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " +"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " +"multiple delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " +"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24 +msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" +" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " +"item, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " +"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " +"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " +"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " +"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" +" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " +"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." +" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " +"close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" +" the selected items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " +"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " +"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "" +"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " +"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" +" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " +"items included in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0 +msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " +"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" +" a backorder for the items being shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " +"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " +"` to package them as required. If they" +" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " +":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " +":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " +"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" +" be shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " +"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" +" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " +"view the backorder delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" +" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " +"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " +":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " +":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " +"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " +"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " +"create the first backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "Consegna" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " +"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " +"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud integration documentation `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 +msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform `_ to" +" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " +"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " +"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" +" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " +"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" +" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " +"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" +" address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " +"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " +"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " +"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid "**SendClould configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" +" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " +"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " +":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " +"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " +"`Odoo StealthyWood`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " +"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " +"and Secret Keys` are generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Installazione in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 +msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " +":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +msgid "" +"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" +" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " +"shipping method or create a new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +msgid "" +"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " +"shipping products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " +"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " +"products` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " +"and returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" +" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " +"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " +"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " +"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " +"`Sweden` `Switzerland`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " +"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " +"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" +" within 24 hours of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " +"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " +"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " +"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " +"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 +msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " +"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " +"returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +msgid "" +"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " +"configured Sendcloud account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "Shipment is too heavy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +msgid "" +"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " +"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " +"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " +"transfer and generate labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " +"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " +"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" +" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " +"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 +msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " +"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " +"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " +"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" +" the volumetric weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 +msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +msgid "" +"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " +"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." +" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " +"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com `__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website `_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Manutenzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +msgid "Add new equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " +"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " +"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different " +"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo " +"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third " +"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " +"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " +"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " +"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " +"and configure the equipment as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " +"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " +"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " +"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" +" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " +"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " +"employee and a department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " +"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " +":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " +"page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " +"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " +"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " +"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " +"a user can be assigned as a technician" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" +" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " +"work centers, like an office, for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " +"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " +"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +msgid "Include additional product information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " +"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" +" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " +"Failures)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " +"warranty will expire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +msgid "Add maintenance details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " +"maintenance teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " +"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " +"equipment when it fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " +"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " +"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" +" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " +"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" +" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" +" the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create a bill of materials" +msgstr "Crea una DiBa" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " +"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " +"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " +"needed to complete a production process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " +"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " +"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " +"manufacturing process and save time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" +" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " +"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " +"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " +":guilabel:`Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " +"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" +" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" +" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " +"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " +"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " +"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " +"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " +"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " +"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " +"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" +" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " +"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " +"on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "Set up operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" +" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" +" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " +"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " +"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " +"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " +"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" +" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " +"Operations` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " +"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " +":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " +"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " +"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " +"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Scopri di più" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Use kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " +"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " +"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " +"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " +":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "Create the kit as a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " +"tool, the kit should first be created as a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " +":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " +"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " +"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " +":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " +"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " +"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " +"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " +"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The kit's components must also be configured as products via " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " +"require no specific configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "Set up the kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" +" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " +"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " +"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" +" previously configured kit product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." +" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " +"(bill of materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " +"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " +"manufacturing operations is not necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " +"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " +"the kit is listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " +"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" +" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" +" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " +"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " +"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " +"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " +"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 +msgid "Structure & cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " +"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " +"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " +"viewed from this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " +"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " +"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" +"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation ` on sub-" +"assemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " +"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " +"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 +msgid "Activate product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " +":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" +" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " +":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " +"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " +":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " +"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " +"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " +"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " +"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" +" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" +" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " +"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " +"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" +" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " +"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" +" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " +"manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " +":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " +"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 +msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" +" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " +"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" +" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " +"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " +"pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " +"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" +" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" +" the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " +"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " +"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " +"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " +"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " +"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " +"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " +"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " +"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " +"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 +msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " +"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" +" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " +":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " +"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " +":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 +msgid "Scrap finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " +"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " +"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " +"window appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" +" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " +"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " +"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " +"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " +"manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " +"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " +"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " +"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " +"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " +"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " +"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " +"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " +"its subassemblies are distinguished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "Configure semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " +"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " +"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" +" Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 +msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " +":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " +"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " +"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " +"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 +msgid "Manage production planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " +"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " +"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " +"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits ` is " +"the more appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " +"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " +"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " +"`0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " +"semi-finished product's product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " +"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" +" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." +" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" +"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " +"confirmed top-level manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " +"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " +"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " +"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" +" the *BoM* and your input (3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 +msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "Valutazione del magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "Con:" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " +"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " +"Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "Tracciabilità" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " +"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " +"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " +"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " +"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " +"receiving your final product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " +"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " +"line hamburger menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " +"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " +"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " +"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " +"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " +"subcontracting location, for raw material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " +"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " +"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " +"route should also be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " +"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " +"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " +"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " +"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " +"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " +"is a buy route already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " +"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " +"locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 +msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 +msgid "Manual Replenishment" +msgstr "Rifornimento manuale" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 +msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " +"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " +"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " +"you are delivering to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " +"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" +" the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" +" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " +"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " +"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" +" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" +" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " +"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " +"to hide rows if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " +"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " +"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " +"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " +"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" +" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " +"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" +" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " +"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " +"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " +"cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " +"different colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" +" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " +"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " +"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " +"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" +" Work Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" +" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " +"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 +msgid "Create a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " +"form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " +"describes the type of operations it will be used for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " +"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " +"can be in use each week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35 +msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " +"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " +"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " +"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " +"minutes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " +"work center simultaneously" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " +"is finished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " +"hour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " +"should be recorded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56 +msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " +"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" +" displayed for each piece of equipment added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " +"equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " +"piece of equipment will operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " +"equipment to become fully operational again" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " +"failure will occur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " +"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +msgid "Integrate IoT devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " +"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " +"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " +"carried out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" +" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" +" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " +"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" +" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " +"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " +"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " +"top left of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " +"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +msgid "Monitor work center performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " +"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " +"at the top right of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " +"the work center has been fully productive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " +"workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " +"percentage of the expected duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " +"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " +"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " +"operational again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " +"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " +"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " +"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " +"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " +"available again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " +"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " +":ref:`developer mode `. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" +" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " +"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" +" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " +"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " +"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " +":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Time Off module installation card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " +"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" +" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" +" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " +"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " +":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " +"work center can also be performed at the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " +"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " +"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " +"unavailable for any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 +msgid "Add time off for a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " +"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " +"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " +":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 +msgid "" +"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " +"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " +"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " +":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " +"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" +" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " +"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " +":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" +" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " +"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " +"logged in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 +msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" +" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " +":guilabel:`Plan` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " +":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " +"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " +"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" to confirm the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 +msgid "" +"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " +"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " +"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " +"left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " +"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " +"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " +"work center unless the first one is at capacity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Acquisti" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzato" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " +"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " +"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " +"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" +" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " +"pricing with vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Create a new blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " +"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " +"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " +"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " +"a new blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " +"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " +"agreement must follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " +"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " +"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " +"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " +"purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " +"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " +"drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" +" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " +"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " +"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " +"expire, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " +"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " +"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " +"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " +"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" +" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " +"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" +" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " +"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " +"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." +" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" +" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " +"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " +"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " +"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " +"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " +"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " +"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" +" price will remain **0**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " +"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " +"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " +":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " +":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " +"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " +"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " +"for the type of selection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " +"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " +"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " +"multiple purchase orders are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " +"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " +"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " +":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 +msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " +"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" +" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " +"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " +"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 +msgid "" +"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " +"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " +"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " +"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " +"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " +"manually set by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" +" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " +"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " +"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " +"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" +" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " +"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 +msgid "" +"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " +"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" +"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " +"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " +"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " +"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " +"on the settings configured on the blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" +" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " +":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" +" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " +"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " +"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " +"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " +"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " +"order that was just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 +msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" +" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" +" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " +"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " +"Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" +" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " +"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," +" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," +" as well as the product information entered on the product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" +" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " +":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" +" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " +"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " +"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " +"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " +"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " +":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" +" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " +"replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 +msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " +"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " +"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " +"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " +"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " +"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " +"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " +"which vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" +" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" +" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 +msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " +"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " +"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " +"*blanket orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " +"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " +"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " +":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" +"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " +"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 +msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" +" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" +" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" +" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " +"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " +"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" +" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " +"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " +"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " +"offers for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 +msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," +" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " +"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " +"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"alternative` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 +msgid "" +"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" +" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" +" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" +" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" +" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" +" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " +"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " +"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " +"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" +" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " +"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " +"manually, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " +"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " +":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " +"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " +"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " +"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" +"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " +":guilabel:`Send by Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 +msgid "" +"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" +" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" +" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " +"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " +":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" +" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " +":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 +msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " +"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " +"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" +" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " +"at first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " +"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " +"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " +"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " +"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 +msgid "" +"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " +"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " +":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " +":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " +":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " +"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 +msgid "Compare product lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " +"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " +"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " +"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " +"created previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" +" a Compare Order Lines page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " +"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" +" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " +"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " +"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " +"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " +"order, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " +":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " +"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " +":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " +"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" +" is changed to **0**, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " +"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" +" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " +"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 +msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " +"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " +"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" +" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " +"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " +"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " +"purchase orders have been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " +"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " +":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " +"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " +"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " +"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " +"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)` is open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " +"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " +":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " +"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " +"when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " +":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " +"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " +"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " +"(Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " +"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " +":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " +"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " +"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " +"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " +"column at the far right of their rows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " +"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " +"into the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 +msgid "Bill control policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " +"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " +"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " +"applied to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " +":guilabel:`Received quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " +"definition of each policy is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " +"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " +"used to generate a draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " +"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " +"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" +" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " +"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " +"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " +"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" +" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " +"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " +"products actually being received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 +msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" +" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " +":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" +" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" +" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " +"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " +"some of the quantities are received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 +msgid "3-way matching" +msgstr "Corrispondenza a tre vie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " +"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " +"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " +"bills`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " +"set to *received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 +msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " +":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " +"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " +"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " +"in a purchase order have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " +"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " +"draft vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " +"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " +"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " +":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " +"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " +"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " +":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" +" set to :guilabel:`No`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." +" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" +"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " +"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase order billing status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " +"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " +"policy used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid "*Not applicable*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " +"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" +" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " +"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " +"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" +" settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " +"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " +"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " +"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " +"are used to generate a draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " +"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " +"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Control policy field on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " +"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" +" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " +"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " +":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 +msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." +" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " +"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " +"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " +"completed at different steps of the procurement process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" +" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " +"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " +"the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " +"Bill` page for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " +"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," +" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" +" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," +" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " +"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " +":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " +"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " +"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " +"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " +"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " +"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " +"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " +"proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " +"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " +"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " +"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " +"receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " +"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " +":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " +"Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " +"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " +"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " +"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " +":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " +"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " +":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " +"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" +" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " +"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" +" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 +msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +msgid "Batch billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" +" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " +"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " +":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" +" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " +"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " +"payments for multiple vendor bills at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " +"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " +"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " +"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +msgid "" +"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " +"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" +" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " +"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " +":guilabel:`Posted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Configure reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " +"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " +"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" +" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" +" below a set threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 +msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "Configure products for reordering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " +"be added to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " +":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " +"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " +"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " +"into it's product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " +"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 +msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " +"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " +"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " +"orders automatically by defining the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" +" once they are received and entered into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " +"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " +"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " +"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " +"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " +"created for 21 units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " +"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " +"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " +"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " +"Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " +"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " +"will be created for 200 units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" +" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " +"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " +"non-discrete products like water or bricks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 +msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " +"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" +"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 +msgid "Manage reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " +"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " +"top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" +" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " +"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " +"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode `, then " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " +"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " +"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " +"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Qualità" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points ` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..4d154e7f7 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,5486 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6 +msgid "Email marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Emails are an effective, fully-customizable form of communication that are " +"able to reach any target audience - large or small. The success of an email " +"is easily measurable, especially when a creative call-to-action is involved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Email Marketing* provides professional-grade email design tools, " +"templates, and features, designed to simplify the otherwise complex process " +"required to create engaging emails, build successful campaigns, and track " +"their overall effectiveness in a single application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:21 +msgid "Email marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` app icon, " +"located on the main Odoo dashboard, which leads to the main :guilabel:`Email" +" Marketing` dashboard (in the default kanban view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To see all the mailings in the database, remove the default :guilabel:`My " +"Mailings` filter from the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, by default, the filter: :guilabel:`My Mailings` is " +"present. That means the only information being seen (at that time) on the " +":guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard are emails that the current user has " +"created, sent, or is responsible for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This filter can be removed by clicking the :guilabel:`X` next to " +":guilabel:`My Mailings` in the search bar. Doing so, reveals all the " +"information for every email in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:43 +msgid "Default kanban view and stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The four kanban columns each represent the various stages of emails that " +"have been built or sent within the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " +":guilabel:`Sending`, :guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: means the email is still being written/created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`In Queue`: means the email is scheduled, and sent at a later " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sending`: means the email is currently being sent to its " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sent`: means the email has already been sent to its recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the email " +"campaigns that have been created, and the stage they are in represents the " +"current status of that mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Each mailing block on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard provides key" +" information related to that specific email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " +"card, three vertical dots (:guilabel:`⋮`) appear. When clicked, a mini drop-" +"down menu reveals the option to color-code the email :guilabel:`Delete` the " +"email altogether, or :guilabel:`Archive` the message for potential future " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the upper-right corner of the main :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard," +" there are other view options to choose from: :guilabel:`List` and " +":guilabel:`Graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Vista elenco" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view (represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical " +"lines)` icon) provides the same key information, but in a classic list " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "How the List view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view (represented by the :guilabel:`📊 (bar graph)` " +"icon) provides the same key information, but in a variety of customizable " +"graph (and chart) layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` menu, providing " +"even more filter options to further customize the graph views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`, " +":guilabel:`Color Index`, and :guilabel:`Count` (which is selected, by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 +msgid "Filters, Group By, and Favorites search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard," +" the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"options are always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " +"seen on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:110 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Filtri" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email campaigns on the" +" dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`," +" :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If :guilabel:`Add " +"Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-down menu, with " +"three customizable fields to fill in, in order to retrieve results that fit " +"more specific criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of filters drop-down menu options on the Odoo Email Marketing " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:121 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "Raggruppa per" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "Preferiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " +"filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`Save current search`, :guilabel:`Import records`, " +":guilabel:`Add to my dashboard`, and :guilabel:`Add to Google Spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the Favorites drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " +"features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " +"when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " +"blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " +"dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " +"link), in which the specific server configurations must be entered, in order" +" for it to connect properly to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 +msgid "Create an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " +"and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +msgid "" +"First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " +"visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " +"message is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" +" a :guilabel:`Subject`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " +"field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " +":guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon to reveal a menu of emojis that can be used" +" in either field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " +"is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." +" In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " +"email content, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 +msgid "Recipients" +msgstr "Destinatari" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +msgid "" +"After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " +"completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " +"option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " +"from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " +"options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " +"target audience for the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " +"option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" +" purchased event registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" +" a specific talk (track) at an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " +"simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field, and Odoo reveals the necessary equation fields" +" to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 +msgid "Add a recipient filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" +" than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " +"needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " +"selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " +"of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " +"provide even more specificity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " +"(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " +"rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," +" the :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch " +"means two additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing " +"even more specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +msgid "Mail body tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " +"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " +"every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building " +"blocks, located on the right sidebar. Each building block provides unique " +"features and professional design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the building blocks used to create mailings in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " +"and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " +"of ways - either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(:guilabel:`/`) commands, or with the XML code editor when :ref:`Developer " +"Mode (debug mode) ` is engaged, and the :guilabel:`` icon" +" is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 +msgid "Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 +msgid "" +"To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 +msgid "" +"The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " +"depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " +"the :guilabel:`Settings` page of the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` " +"application (:menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without settings " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " +"responsible for this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " +"sender of this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " +"this particular email will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" +" for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " +":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " +":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " +"look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 +msgid "" +"The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " +"A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 +msgid "Mailing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " +"particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " +"the empty field to reveal a drop-down menu containing all previously-made " +"mailing campaigns in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a mailing campaign drop-down menu in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +msgid "" +"If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " +"campaigns in the database. Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign" +" in the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired " +"campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" +" typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " +"[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " +"and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and Odoo reveals " +"a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +msgid "" +"Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " +":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " +":guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +msgid "" +"The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " +"filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" +" related to the campaign. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate, more " +"detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " +"available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " +"the upper-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 +msgid "" +"When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" +" delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " +"application. Campaigns can also be created on this :guilabel:`Campaigns` " +"page in the *Email Marketing* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " +"--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " +":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can" +" be added directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " +"it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " +"template form on a separate page, providing the opportunity to further edit " +"the campaign, send communications related to the campaign, and analyze " +"various metrics related to the campaign, via the smart buttons at the top of" +" the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +msgid "A/B testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" +" A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " +"allows different mailings to be sent to randomly selected recipients. This " +"tests the overall effectiveness of the mailing, and eliminates the need for " +"duplicate messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " +"contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " +"the :guilabel:`A/B Testing`. Enter a number between `1-100`. The recipients " +"are randomly chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 +msgid "Send, schedule, or test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +msgid "" +"After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " +"upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " +":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " +"or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " +"recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " +"date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " +"that specified date-time. When a date-time is chosen, the status of the " +"mailing changes to *In Queue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " +"sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " +"email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, and click :guilabel:`Send" +" Sample Mail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" +" (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " +"as :guilabel:`Draft`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" +" the last save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " +":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button and a :guilabel:`Create` button. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to re-enter " +":guilabel:`Edit` mode. Click :guilabel:`Create` to start creating a new " +"mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +msgid "" +"By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" +" *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " +"limit has been reached, those mailings *will not* be sent automatically the " +"next day. The sending needs to be forced, by opening the email and clicking " +":guilabel:`Retry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:15 +msgid "Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists are important for a number of reasons. Mailing lists can " +"provide valuable leads for sales teams, communicate with focus groups " +"participants, contact consumers directly for useful feedback, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a mailing list in the *Email Marketing* application, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the mailing list pop-up in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, name the mailing list and designate if the mailing list " +"should be public with the :guilabel:`Is Public` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Is Public` option allows the mailing list to be accessible by" +" recipients in the unsubscription page, making it possible for them to " +"update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"After those options have been configured, click :guilabel:`Create` to create" +" the mailing list, which Odoo automatically adds to the :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:29 +msgid "Add contacts to a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:31 +msgid "" +"After a mailing list has been created (and added to the :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists` dashboard), click on the desired mailing list to add contacts to the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Clicking the desired mailing list reveals a separate :guilabel:`Mailing List" +" Contacts` page, in which contacts can be added to this specific list by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create`, and adding contact information directly on a " +"separate contact detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Or, while in the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts`. Doing so reveals a" +" separate page with all the mailing list contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:42 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Create`, and add a contact with the same " +"previous steps. Or, click the :guilabel:`Import` icon (to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Create` button) to import contacts into the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once contacts are in the database, click into the desired contact's detail " +"form, and add the preferred mailing list in the :guilabel:`Mailing List` tab" +" (at the bottom of the contact detail form), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and selecting the desired mailing list. Multiple mailing lists can be" +" added to a single contact's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a contact detail form with mailing list tab in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:56 +msgid "Create new mailing list from contact detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a mailing list from a contact detail form, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and type in the name of a new mailing list in the empty field that " +"appears. Then, select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the new mailing list drop-down on contact form in Odoo Email " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Create` option quickly creates the mailing list to the " +"contact detail form, and the list can be configured at a later date. The " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...` option creates the mailing list, and reveals " +"a pop-up window, in which the new mailing list can be configured right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the create and edit mailing list pop-up in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:76 +msgid "Link a mailing list to website (Newsletter blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When a mailing list is created in the database, Odoo provides the option to " +"directly link the mailing list on the Odoo-built website (created via Odoo's" +" :guilabel:`Website` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To link a mailing list to a website, navigate to the front-end of the " +"website, and enter :guilabel:`Edit` mode by clicking :guilabel:`Edit` in the" +" upper-right corner. When clicked, Odoo reveals a right-sidebar, filled with" +" drag-and-drop *Building Blocks* that are packed with various features, " +"options, and design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, to add a *subscription field* for a specific mailing list onto a " +"website, drag-and-drop any of the :guilabel:`Newsletter` options " +"(:guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`, or " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To quickly locate the :guilabel:`Newsletter` building block options (while " +"in :guilabel:`Edit` mode on the front-end of the website), type `Newsletter`" +" into the search bar, located in the right sidebar, under the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and Odoo reveals the three different " +":guilabel:`Newsletter` block options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of how to quickly search for Newsletter blocks in the Odoo Website " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Newsletter` block is dragged onto the body of the website," +" Odoo reveals a pop-up window, in which the desired mailing list is selected" +" from a drop-down menu (and linked) to this block on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the add mailing list subscription pop-up on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter Block` - Adds a block onto the webpage, providing " +"visitors with the option to add their email address to this mailing list, " +"and subscribe to future communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:111 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter block in the Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` - Tells Odoo to reveal a subscription pop-up " +"window to occur at a certain part of the webpage. When the visitor scrolls " +"to this predetermined point, a pop-up subscription window appears, asking " +"for their email address to subscribe to the mailing list. The pop-up window " +"can be edited further to fit any business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:121 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter pop-up sample on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter` - Provides visitors with a simple field to add their " +"email address to the mailing list, and subscribe to future mailings in the " +"footer (or anywhere else on the page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:129 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter` dynamic block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a Newsletter dynamic block on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage unsubscriptions (Blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing recipients with the power to unsubscribe from mailing lists is not" +" only a smart business practice, it's often a legal requirement. By allowing" +" recipients to unsubscribe from a mailing list establishes a sense of trust " +"with an audience, and helps companies appear genuine (and not spammy)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, the *Blacklist* feature must be enabled. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable " +"to :guilabel:`Blacklist Options when Unsubscribing`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:20 +msgid "" +"With that feature activated, an *Unsubscribe* link appears in mailings. If a" +" recipient clicks that link, Odoo reveals a :guilabel:`Unsubscriptions` " +"page, where they can directly manage their subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With a test mailing, clicking the :guilabel:`Unsubscribe` link reveals an " +"error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). To make sure the link is working " +"properly, create the mailing, and only send it to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Lista nera" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option to *Unsubscribe* from specific mailing " +"lists, the recipient can also *Blacklist* themselves, meaning they will not " +"receive *any* more emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view a complete collection of blacklisted email addresses, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Email " +"Addresses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "View of the blacklisted email addresses page in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"When a blacklisted record is selected from this page, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page with that blacklisted recipient's contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blacklisted contact detail form in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chatter` of this page, there's a time-stamped message, " +"informing the user when that recipient blacklisted themselves (via a " +":guilabel:`Mail Blacklist created` log note)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:56 +msgid "Unblacklist contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To *Unblacklist* contacts, click the :guilabel:`Unblacklist` button in the " +"upper-left corner to remove the contact from the blacklist, allowing them to" +" receive mailings once again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Unblacklist` is clicked, a pop-up appears. In this pop-up, " +"the specific email address is listed, and there's a :guilabel:`Reason` " +"field, in which a reason can be entered, explaining why this particular " +"contact was removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the unblacklist pop-up window in the Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After filling in the fields, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to officially remove " +"that particular contact from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Eventi" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Event essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Events provides event coordinators with an arsenal of planning, " +"communications, and reporting tools to create immersive and engaging " +"experiences for customers. Namely, staff can create and publish events on " +"their website, sell tickets online, scan tickets with Odoo barcode, send out" +" automated emails, and generate rich reporting data once the event accepts " +"registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:11 +msgid "Kanban concepts and organization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the :guilabel:`Events` application on the home " +"dashboard, which then leads to the kanban view populated with a variety of " +"pipeline stages. Key information is listed on each event card, such as the " +"date/time of the event, along with the number of expected (and confirmed) " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click :guilabel:`Add a Column` and provide a " +"befitting title to reflect the purpose of that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To reorganize the stages, just drag-and-drop them until they are in the " +"correct order. Stages can also be “folded” in the kanban for a cleaner " +"presentation, via the :guilabel:`Settings` menu to the right of each stage's" +" title, which is represented by a gear icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The gear icon, by default, is hidden and will appear next to the " +":guilabel:`+` icon when moused over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "When clicked, a drop-down menu of settings will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of events setting with the kanban view in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:36 +msgid "Create a new event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create an event, click :guilabel:`Create` from the Events dashboard. Odoo" +" will then direct the page to a blank event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From the event form, fill out the necessary fields, either by choosing from " +"existing data in the Odoo database or by creating and editing new field " +"data. Key information to enter for the event includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Event Name`: give the event a title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: includes the start and end dates/times for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: covers the timezone for when the event is taking " +"place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose from a pre-built event template or build a " +"custom one and connect it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add tags to indicate briefly what the event is for (e.g. " +"`tradeshow`). Tags help better organize event cards in the kanban and are " +"useful when using search filters during reporting periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: detail the organizer(s) for the event. This field is " +"usually the company that owns the Odoo database, or a vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: name the point person who is responsible for " +"organizing the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: indicate which Odoo website(s) the event event should " +"be published to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: list the venue details here if it's a new record, or " +"choose from an existing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: when enabled, this setting caps the " +"attendee registrations to a specified amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autoconfirmation`: when enabled, this setting skips the " +"confirmation request that gets sent by email to event registrants, and " +"automatically confirms their registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the fields in the event form are set, move on to the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` and :guilabel:`Communication` tabs, and optionally the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab if registrations should require additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:69 +msgid "Add and sell event tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, add line items for each type of ticket " +"the event plans to offer. Here, determine the ticket price, start/end dates " +"for registrations, as well as the maximum number of tickets that can be " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If selling tickets isn't necessary for the event, a simple " +":guilabel:`Registration` button will be displayed on the event's page by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the ticket tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "Send automated emails, text, and social posts to event attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, configure personalized email, SMS, " +"or social post messages to keep in touch with event attendees. For each " +"communication, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Communication`" +" tab form, and then choose (or create) a communications template using the " +"drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Template` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval` and :guilabel:`Unit` of time for how " +"often the communication should be sent; use these time fields to specify the" +" frequency of :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months` communications should be sent. There is also the option " +"to send communications `Immediately` after a specified :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In the last column, determine the :guilabel:`Trigger` which controls how and" +" when the communication is sent. For this action, choose between: " +":guilabel:`Before the event`, :guilabel:`After each registration`, or " +":guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the communication tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:105 +msgid "Attach a questionnaire to event registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Implementing a questionnaire during event sign up is an effective way to " +"gauge the wants, needs, and interests of the event's attendees ahead of " +"time. Questionnaires also act as informative analytics tools for reporting " +"periods before (or after) events take place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To create a questionnaire, from the :guilabel:`Events` application, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and then enable the " +":guilabel:`Questions` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "" +"With the setting enabled, questions and answers can now be added (and " +"recorded) under the the :guilabel:`Questions` tab back on the event form. " +"For each question, specify if it should only be asked once with the " +":guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox, or if the question requires a " +":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`, which will make the question required for " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Once per order` checkbox is enabled, then a single " +"registration for 3 event attendees will show the questionnaire only once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:123 +msgid "" +"There are two :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from: " +":guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input`. The :guilabel:`Selection` " +"type, allows attendees to select an answer from pre-configured options, " +"which are entered in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab below. The :guilabel:`Text " +"Input` type allows attendees to write in their own answer to the question in" +" a text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of an event form, open the questions tab, and add a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "Log internal notes or add ticket instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, there is the option to add a :guilabel:`Note` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Ticket instructions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Note`, internal notes can be left (such as: to-do lists, " +"contact information, etc.) for event staff to reference. In the " +":guilabel:`Ticket instructions` field, helpful information for staff and " +"attendees can be shared (like, directions to the venue, opening/closing " +"times, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " +"instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " +"options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " +"information is organzied for event staff to review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Notes tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:153 +msgid "Invite attendees to the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To invite people to an event, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button located in" +" the top left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Inside the invite template form, are options to sent email or SMS invites. " +"Each message can be fully customized, and recipients can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Adding a :guilabel:`Subject` line for the invite message is required, but " +"the :guilabel:`Preview Text` field is optional. The :guilabel:`Preview Text`" +" is a catchy preview sentence meant to encourage recipients to open the " +"email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the :guilabel:`Preview Text` is displayed next to the " +"subject. Keep this field empty to ensure the first characters of the email " +"content appear, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:170 +msgid "Select invitees and configure recipient filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In the middle of the invitation form, find and click the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field, to reveal a drop-down menu of recipient " +"options. These choices represent where Odoo will find the desired " +"recipients' information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Once an option from this menu is selected (e.g. :guilabel:`Applicant`, " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Event Registration`, " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, etc.), Odoo will send the invitation to all " +"recipients who match that initial rule. Additional rules can be added to " +"narrow down the target recipients, by clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the add filter button beneath the recipients field in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter` reveals three fields, formatted like an " +"equation. To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the " +"desired selections, until the preferred configuration has been acheived. The" +" number of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`x`, :guilabel:`+`, and " +":guilabel:`...` icons. The :guilabel:`x` icon deletes a specific node (line)" +" of the rule. The :guilabel:`+` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And, " +"the :guilabel:`...` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch means two " +"additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing even more " +"specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:201 +msgid "Build a custom event invite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " +"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " +"every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop web builder, " +"located on the right sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the drag and drop building blocks used to customize event invite " +"emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "" +"To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " +"Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " +"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" +" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " +"` is engaged and the :guilabel:`` icon is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab (and template options), are only available if " +"the event invite :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is designated as an " +":guilabel:`Email`. If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`, a " +":guilabel:`SMS Content` tab (consisting of a blank text space), is " +"available, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:224 +msgid "Modify event invite settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The options under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab are different, depending on " +"the specified :guilabel:`Mailing Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Email` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`," +" an employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible`, meaning that " +"person is the one responsible for this particular invite message. " +":guilabel:`Send From` and :guilabel:`Reply To` email aliases can be " +"designated here, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Also, if any specific documents are required (or helpful) for this event " +"invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " +":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`SMS` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`, a" +" :guilabel:`Responsible` can be designated, and the option to " +":guilabel:`Include an opt-out link` is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:242 +msgid "Send event invitations to recipients" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is :guilabel:`Email`, there are " +"three options to send the invite: :guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, " +"and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Send` option sends the invite right away. The " +":guilabel:`Schedule` option reveals a pop-up, in which a scheduled date/time" +" can be selected for the email to be sent. The :guilabel:`Test` option " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up, where specific recipient email " +"addresses can be entered for Odoo to send them the current version of the " +"mailing for review before officially sending it out to prospective event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:253 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is :guilabel:`SMS`, there are four " +"options to send the invite: :guilabel:`Put in Queue`, :guilabel:`Send Now`, " +":guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put in Queue` option schedules an SMS message to all " +"recipients (that match the designated rules, if any) in the near future. " +"Clicking :guilabel:`Put in Queue` reveals a pop-up, requiring confirmation. " +"When confirmed, a blue banner appears on the event invite template form, " +"indicating that the SMS will be sent later that day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Send Now`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test` options" +" all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " +"website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " +"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " +"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " +"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"to the event page that needs to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 +msgid "" +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." +" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " +":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " +"accessible to the public on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Sell tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom ticket tiers (with various price points) for potential " +"attendees to choose from, directly on the event template form, under the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab. Odoo simplifies the ticket-purchasing process by " +"providing plenty of payment method options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, in order to enable the creation (and selling of) event tickets, go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` and :guilabel:`Online Ticketing` features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tickets` feature allows tickets to be sold for an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Tickets` feature allows for the sale of tickets to " +"occur through the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If these options are *not* enabled, a default :guilabel:`Register` button " +"will be available for free registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:29 +msgid "Sell tickets through sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Sales` application, choose a previously-created Event " +"Registration (as if it were a product), and add it as a product line. Upon " +"adding the registration, a pop-up appears, which allows for the selection of" +" a specific event (and ticket tier). That specific event ticket is then " +"attached to the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a sales order and option to choose the specific event in Odoo " +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Events with tickets sold online or through sales orders have a " +":guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` shortcut, located at the top of the event " +"template form (in the :guilabel:`Events` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` reveals a page with all the " +"sales orders related to that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of an event's form and the sales smart button in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an event form highlighting the column product under the tickets tab in Odoo\n" +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Sell tickets through the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"With tickets purchased through the website, the process is similar to " +"creating a :guilabel:`Sales Order` with a specific :guilabel:`Registration` " +"product. Here, tickets are added to a virtual cart, and the transaction can " +"be completed as usual - utilizing any of the pre-configured payment methods " +"options that have been set up on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The completed purchase is automatically produced in a :guilabel:`Sales " +"Order`, which can be easily accessed in the back end of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of website transaction for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and manage talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Events, it's possible to provide attendees with the power to " +"propose presenters to speak at events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Schedule & Tracks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When that feature is enabled, two more options become available: *Live " +"Broadcast* and *Event Gamification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Live Broadcast` allows for the airing of tracks online through a " +"YouTube integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Gamification` allows for the sharing of a quiz with your " +"attendees, once a track (talk) is over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Gamification` isn't necessary for tracks to appear on the " +"event page on the website, but it can enhance the engagement and overall " +"enjoyablity of the event for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:27 +msgid "Talks, talk proposals, and agenda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once those two features are enabled, the following links are automatically " +"added to the sub-header menu, located on the event page on the website: " +":guilabel:`Talks`, :guilabel:`Talk Proposals`, and :guilabel:`Agenda`. Any " +"attendee can freely access these menu items and their corresponding content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Talks` link takes the attendee to a page full of all the " +"talks for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Talks Proposals` link takes the attendee to a form page, " +"where they can propose talks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Agenda` link takes the attendee to a page with all the talks " +"for the event, but in a calendar/time-slot format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the published website and the talks, talk proposals, and agenda in " +"Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:46 +msgid "Manage talk proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When attendees fill out and submit a talk proposal form on the website, a " +"new :guilabel:`Proposal` is instantly created in the back end for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:52 +msgid "" +"All talks (Proposals, Confirmed, Announced, etc.) are accessible via the " +":guilabel:`Tracks` smart button on the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the talks' proposals page emphasizing the column proposal in Odoo " +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If a proposal is accepted, move the :guilabel:`Event Track` to the " +"appropriate stage in the Kanban view (e.g. `Confirmed`, etc.). Then, go to " +"that particular event's template form, and click the :guilabel:`Go to " +"Website` smart button to reach that specific talk's page on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to" +" :guilabel:`Published`, and the talk is instantly accessible on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:67 +msgid "Without publishing a talk, attendees will never be able to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "View of the website page to publish a proposed talk for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:74 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered for a specific event, they are added to the " +":guilabel:`Attendee List` for that event, which is accessible via the " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button on the event template form, or " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Attendees` and sorted by event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When an attendee arrives at the event, they will be marked as attending " +"(:guilabel:`Confirmed Attendance`), and the status of that attendee will " +"change to :guilabel:`Attended.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of events with the kanban view in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When analyzing an :guilabel:`Attendees list`, Odoo provides different ways " +"to view the information. Each view option presents the same information, but" +" in a slightly different layout. To change the view, click on the icons in " +"the upper right hand of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "Various view options on the attendees list page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, it can be confirmed whether the attendees " +"have already paid or remain unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view provides information in a more traditional list " +"formation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a clear schedule visualization of " +"which attendees are arriving on specific dates of the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view provides graphical representations of that " +"event's attendees, along with numerous filters and customizable measures for" +" deeper analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view lays out attendee data to better analyze the " +"number of registration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:114 +msgid "Manage registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting an attendee, Odoo reveals that specific attendee's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:118 +msgid "" +"From here, event badges can be sent manually, by selecting :guilabel:`Send " +"By Email`. The :guilabel:`Attendee` can also be marked as " +":guilabel:`Attended`, or the registration can be canceled altogether via the" +" :guilabel:`Cancel Registration` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an attendee form emphasizing the send by email and cancel registration in Odoo\n" +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 +msgid "Lead Generation Rules" +msgstr "Regole generazione contatto" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 +msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To create and configure a :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` related to " +"events, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Lead " +"Generation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:135 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` page, every configured " +":guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` can be found, along with pertinent data " +"related to those rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule page looks in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule`, click :guilabel:`Create`, " +"and fill out the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule template looks in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After naming the rule, configure *how* the lead should be created (either " +":guilabel:`Per Attendee` or :guilabel:`Per Order`), and *when* they should " +"be created, (when :guilabel:`Attendees are created`, when " +":guilabel:`Attendees are confirmed`, or when :guilabel:`Attendees attended` " +"the event)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`For any of these Events` section, there are fields to " +"attach this rule to any specific event categories, company, and/or event. To" +" add even more specificity to the rule, a domain filter rule can be " +"configured to ensure the rule only applies to a specific target audience of " +"attendees (found in the :guilabel:`If the Attendees meet these Conditions` " +"section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Lead Default Values` section, designate a " +":guilabel:`Lead Type`, then assign it to a specific :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"(and/or :guilabel:`Salesperson`), and attach tags to the rule, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "Automazione marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzato" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " +"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " +"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " +"graphs and in-depth data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " +"success rate of an email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " +"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " +"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " +"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 +msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 +msgid "" +"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " +"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " +"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " +"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " +"with the campaign in one way or another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " +"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " +"or adjustments) may occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " +":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " +":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " +"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " +"adds new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 +msgid "" +"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " +"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " +"marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " +"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " +"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " +"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " +":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" +" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " +"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " +"specific domain filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " +"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " +"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " +"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " +"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " +":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " +"an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " +"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " +"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" +" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " +"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " +"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 +msgid "Create a campaign" +msgstr "Crea una campagna" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " +"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" +" and fields are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 +msgid "**Smart buttons**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " +"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " +"created on-the-fly, as well)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " +"connected to this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " +"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " +"directly participated in this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 +msgid "**Fields**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " +"being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " +"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," +" etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " +"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " +"marketing automation campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 +msgid "Campaign filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " +"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " +"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" +" this specific marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " +"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " +"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " +"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " +"of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " +"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " +"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " +"the specified criteria for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 +msgid "Target an audience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " +"another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " +"line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Casi d'uso" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " +"marketing campaign might commonly use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 +msgid "" +"With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " +"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " +"for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" +" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" +" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " +"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " +"portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " +"before officially running them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" +" new one on-the-fly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " +"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " +":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " +"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " +"cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " +"subsequent child activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " +"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Workflow activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +msgid "Child activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " +"recipient opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" +" does not open the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"replies to the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " +"recipient does not reply to the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"clicks on a link included in the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " +"recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " +"bounced (not sent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "SMS Marketing" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +msgid "Essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:3 +msgid "Mailing lists and blacklists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating or importing mailing lists in Odoo is very useful when curating " +"content to specific groups of people that already share similar demographics" +" or interests. Mailing lists are also a great way to get started if a " +"company is migrating from another system, and already has a established " +"audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Moreover, providing an audience with the option to 'unsubscribe' from " +"mailings, helps businesses maintain good customer relations, by giving " +"recipients the power to control what they are (and aren't) sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app, there's an option on the header menu " +"called :guilabel:`Mailing Lists`. When clicked, a sub-menu is revealed with " +"options for :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` and :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Click :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists` to see an overview of" +" all mailing lists in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the main SMS mailing list page on the Odoo SMS Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit any existing list, select the desired list from the " +":guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page, and proceed to modify it in a number of " +"ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To create a new mailing list, click :guilabel:`Create` in the upper left " +"corner of the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page. Doing so, will reveal a blank " +"mailing list template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list pop-up window in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, choose a name for the :guilabel:`Mailing List`, and activate the " +"option :guilabel:`Is Public`, to make the mailing list accessible to " +"recipients on the :guilabel:`Subscription Management page`. Doing so allows " +"users to update their subscription preferences at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Checking the :guilabel:`Is Public` box is not required, but is recommended " +"to maintain good customer relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When those fields are filled in, click :guilabel:`Create` to finalize the " +"form. Then on the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` dashboard, the new mailing " +"list that was just created will be accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To edit or customize the mailing list further, select the mailing list from " +"the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page to reveal the mailing list detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Along the top of the mailing list detail form, there are various analytical " +"smart buttons displaying statistics for different metrics related to the " +"mailing list (e.g. :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Mailings`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To review or edit any of those elements, click the desired smart button to " +"reveal a separate page with in-depth data associated with the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To make changes to the mailing list itself, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button in the upper-left corner of the mailing list detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list template form in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to hit the :guilabel:`Save` button once changes have been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:70 +msgid "Mailing lists contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Access contacts information from one or more mailing lists navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` to reveal a " +"dashboard with with all the contacts associated with one or more of the " +"configured mailing lists in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the mailing lists contact page in the Odoo SMS Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:81 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts` page with the" +" :guilabel:`Exclude Blacklisted Phone` filter in the search bar. Therefore " +"only showing contact information for recipients who still want to receive " +"communications and mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:86 +msgid "Communication history in the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An accessible record of every sent mailing(s) is kept on each recipient's " +"*chatter* section, located beneath a recipient's contact form (in the " +"*Contacts* application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Database users can reference the chatter to easily keep track of " +"communications, and see a history of interactions with contacts and " +"prospects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For example, sales representatives can use the chatter to quickly find out " +"which :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing promotions a certain " +"customer has received (or not received)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of what the chatter looks like in the Odoo Contacts app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Odoo *SMS Marketing* has a :guilabel:`Blacklist` feature that provides " +"recipients with the power to add their phone number to a list of people who " +"no longer want to receieve communications or mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:108 +msgid "" +"This is also known as the unsubscribe process: customers will automatically " +"be added onto a *blacklist*, if they click :guilabel:`Unsubscribe`, via " +"their :guilabel:`Subscription Management` page. Customers can also be added " +"manually to the blacklist, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To see a complete collection of blacklisted numbers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Phone " +"Numbers` to reveal a dashboard containing every blacklisted phone number in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Blacklist menu in the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To manually add a number to a blacklist, click the :guilabel:`Create` button" +" in the upper-left corner of the dashboard and enter the phone number on the" +" next page's form. There's also a checkbox to indicate whether that " +"particular phone numnber is :guilabel:`Active` (or not)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save` to add it to the " +":guilabel:`Blacklisted Phone Numbers` list. To remove any number from the " +"blacklist, select the desired number on the dashboard, and then, on the " +"phone number's form, click :guilabel:`Unblacklist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:133 +msgid "Importing blacklists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:135 +msgid "" +"During a software/platform migration, it is possible to import an already " +"existing blacklist of contacts. This would include customers, who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted` on :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration " +"--> Blacklisted Phone Numbers`, and then select the :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"drop-down menu (beneath the search bar), and click :guilabel:`Import " +"records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of how to import a blacklist in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:3 +msgid "SMS campaign settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns with Odoo *SMS " +"Marketing* isn't just an effective advertisement strategy, it's also a great" +" way to remind people about upcoming events, issued invoices, and so much " +"more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:9 +msgid "" +"But, before :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns can be created " +"(and sent), a few specific settings and features must be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:13 +msgid "SMS campaign setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns in Odoo, make sure " +"the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then " +"enable :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing campaigns setting in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Activating the *Mailing Campaigns* feature in the *General Settings* also " +"enables the *A/B Test* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the setting is enabled, navigate back to the :menuselection:`SMS " +"Marketing` app, and notice the :guilabel:`Campaigns` header menu is now " +"available for use. Similarly, the :guilabel:`A/B Test` tab is now also " +"available on every :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:32 +msgid "A/B tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A/B Tests` allows any :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " +"mailings to be tested against other versions within the same campaign, in " +"order to compare which version is the most successful in producing " +"engagement and/or conversion outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form, under the " +":guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab, initially, there's only a single checkbox " +"labeled: :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:41 +msgid "When clicked, a series of other options appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The A/B Test tab is located on an Odoo SMS Marketing app campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the first field, enter a desired percentage of recipients to conduct the " +"A/B Test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Beneath the percentage field is the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field. This" +" is what Odoo will use to determine the successful result of an A/B Test. In" +" other words, this tells Odoo how to pick a winning A/B test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The following sections are available: :guilabel:`Manual`, :guilabel:`Highest" +" Click Rate`, :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, or " +":guilabel:`Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally, the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field is listed. This represents the " +"date-time that Odoo uses as a deadline to determine the winning mailing " +"variation. Then, Odoo sends that winning mailing variation to the remaining " +"recipients, who weren't involved in the test, at that prior date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Quickly create different versions of the mailing to add to the A/B Test by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create an Alternate Version` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Remember, the winning mailing variation is based on the criteria selected in" +" the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:15 +msgid "Campaigns page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To create, edit, or analyze any campaign, click :menuselection:`Campaigns` " +"in the header menu of the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app. On the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` page, each campaign displays various information " +"related to the mailings associated with that campaign (e.g. number of " +"emails, social posts, SMSs, and push notifications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Dasbhoard view of different Campaigns in the Odoo SMS Marketing app, " +"separated by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:82 +msgid "Campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new campaign, and Odoo reveals a blank " +"campaign template form to fill out. Alternatively, select any previously-" +"made campaign in order to duplicate, review, or edit its campaign template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS campaign template in Odoo SMS marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:92 +msgid "" +"With each campaign, the options to :guilabel:`Send New Mailing`, " +":guilabel:`Send SMS`, :guilabel:`Send Social Post`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications` are available above the template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Whenever one of those communication options is added to the campaign, Odoo " +"will create a new corresponding tab on the template form, where those types " +"of messages can be reviewed or edited, along with various data sets related " +"to each specific mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:100 +msgid "" +"At the top of the template, there are various analytical smart buttons. When" +" clicked, Odoo reveals in-depth metrics related to that specific topic (e.g." +" :guilabel:`Engagement`, :guilabel:`Opportunities`, etc.) on a separate " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons, are fields for :guilabel:`Campaign Name` and " +":guilabel:`Responsible`. Odoo also allows for various :guilabel:`Tags` to be" +" added, as well (if necessary)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:108 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Sending :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings directly through a " +"contact's form is available by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In order to send an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in this fashion, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app, select the desired contact in" +" the database, and click on the :guilabel:`SMS` icon on the contact form " +"(next to the :guilabel:`Phone Number` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The SMS icon is located on an individual's contact form in Odoo Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To send a message to multiple contacts at once, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Contacts` app main dashboard, choose the :guilabel:`List " +"View`, and select all the desired contacts to whom the message should be " +"sent. Then, under :guilabel:`Action`, select :guilabel:`Send SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Select a number of contacts, click action, and select send multiple SMSs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:130 +msgid "Set up SMS templates for future use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:132 +msgid "" +"In order to set up :guilabel:`SMS Templates` for future use, activate " +":ref:`developer mode `, by navigating to the main Odoo " +"dashboard that is full of apps, and select the :menuselection:`Settings " +"app`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and " +"click :guilabel:`Activate the Developer Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once *developer mode* is activated, the main Odoo dashboard appears once " +"more, with a now-visible bug icon, which is located at the top-right corner " +"of the dashboard; this bug icon indicates that developer mode is currently " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next return to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and, in the now-visible " +"header menus at the top, choose :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`" +" to begin setting up :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates for " +"future marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Select the SMS Template option in the Technical dropdown on the Settings " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Inside of the :guilabel:`SMS Templates` dashboard, Odoo reveals an entire " +"page of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates. The default " +":guilabel:`List` view showcases each template's name, and to which " +"recipients it applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:153 +msgid "" +"On this page, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates can be edited or" +" created from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The SMS Templates page in Odoo is available after enabling developer mode in the General\n" +"Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "SMS essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` outreach in communication " +"strategies can help companies expand their market reach, especially in some " +"countries, where emails might not be very common, or even used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *SMS Marketing* application can also help boost conversion rates " +"around valuable actions, such as event registrations, free trials, " +"purchases, etc., since text and mobile-based marketing channels typically " +"yield higher :abbr:`CTOR (click-to-open rate)` and :abbr:`CTR (click-through" +" rate)` outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:15 +msgid "SMS marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When the application is opened, Odoo displays the main :guilabel:`SMS " +"Marketing` dashboard, which showcases the various SMS mailings that have " +"been created, along with pertinent information and data related to that " +"specific message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is the default Odoo uses when the application is" +" opened, which provides an organized display of the SMS mailings that have " +"been created, and what their current status is at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"An :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing can have one of the following" +" statuses: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, :guilabel:`Sending`, or " +":guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard, " +"there are a few different view options to choose from. Each one provides a " +"unique take on the same SMS information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view provides the same useful data related to SMS " +"mailings, but in a more traditional list layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a simple calendar, making it easy to " +"see when SMS mailings are going to be sent (or have been sent). If a future " +"date is clicked, Odoo reveals a blank SMS template that, when completed, " +"will be scheduled to be sent on that specific future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Graph` view visualizes that same SMS-related data in " +"series of graphs and charts. Odoo also provides various ways to sort and " +"group the data for more detailed analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "Create SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To start, click :guilabel:`Create` on the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` " +"dashboard, and Odoo reveals a blank SMS template form, which can be " +"configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Creating an SMS marketing template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, give the mailing a :guilabel:`Subject`, which describes what the " +"mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, choose to whom this :abbr:`SMS " +"(Short Message Service)` will be sent. By default, Odoo has " +":guilabel:`Mailing List` selected. If this is the desired " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field option, specify which mailing list Odoo should " +"send this :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to in the :guilabel:`Select " +"Mailing List` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To create (or edit) a mailing list, go to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> " +"Mailing List`. There, Odoo displays all previously created mailing lists, " +"along with various types of data related to that specific list (e.g. number " +"of contacts, mailings, recipients, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out " +":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When another field (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`) is selected, the " +"option to specify that chosen field even further becomes available — either " +"with a default recipient filter equation that appears automatically (which " +"can be customized to fit any business need), or, if no default recipient " +"filter equation is present, an :guilabel:`Add Filter` button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button, reveals fully customizable " +"domain rule fields, which can be configured similar to an equation. You can " +"create multiple recipient rules, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo will only send the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to " +"recipients who fit into whatever criteria is configured in those fields. " +"Multiple rules can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Contact` is chosen, all of the *Contacts* records in the Odoo " +"database (vendors, customers, etc.) will receive the :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Message Service)`, by default — unless more specific recipient rules are " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For instance, the message below will only be sent to contacts in the " +"database that are located in the United States (e.g. `Country` > `Country " +"Name` equals `United States`), and they haven't blacklisted themselves from " +"any mailings (e.g. `Blacklist` > `is` > `not set`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Contact recipients on SMS marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "Writing SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Enter the content of the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in the text " +"field, found in the :guilabel:`SMS Content` tab. Links and emojis can also " +"be included. Beneath the text field, Odoo displays how many characters are " +"used in the message, along with how many :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`" +" mailings it will take to deliver the complete message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To check the price of sending an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` for a " +"country, click on the :guilabel:`Information` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS price check icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Credits must be purchased from Odoo in order to take advantage of the *SMS " +"Marketing* app; :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages will not be " +"sent without credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "`Odoo SMS - FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "Track links used in SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When links are used in :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages, Odoo " +"automatically generates link trackers to gather analytical data and metrics " +"related to those specific links, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Link Tracker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "Adjust SMS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the SMS template, there is an option " +"to :guilabel:`Include opt-out link`. If activated, the recipient is able to " +"unsubscribe from the mailing list, thus avoiding all future mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible` in the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Settings tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:147 +msgid "Send SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Once a mailing is created, choose when Odoo should deliver the message from " +"the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send`: sends the message immediately. Consider using this option " +"if the recipient list is highly refined, or in cases that involve fast " +"approaching deadlines, such as a \"flash sale.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: choose a day (and time) for Odoo to send the mailing. " +"This is typically the best option for mailings related to a specific event. " +"Such a method can also be used to promote a limited-time offer, or to help " +"plan a company's content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test`: allows for an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to be " +"sent to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Remember to use a comma " +"between phone numbers if multiple numbers are used as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:163 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Reporting` page (accessible via the " +":menuselection:`Reporting` option in the header menu), there are options to " +"apply different combinations of :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Measures`" +" to view metrics in a number of different layouts (e.g. :guilabel:`Graph`, " +":guilabel:`List`, and :guilabel:`Cohort` views.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Each :guilabel:`Reporting` metric view option allows for more extensive " +"performance analysis of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:171 +msgid "" +"For example, while in the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Message Service)` data is visualized as different graphs and charts, which " +"can be sorted and grouped in various ways (e.g. :guilabel:`Measures` drop " +"down menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page in SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:180 +msgid ":doc:`sms_campaign_settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:181 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:8 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:13 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:15 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "GSM7 characters available in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. Then, " +"in real-time, the system displays the number of SMS mailings the message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message. To see the **price per country, please " +"consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will always be available in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Number of GSM7 characters that fit in an SMS message in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:47 +msgid "How to buy credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:55 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "Using Odoo IAP to recharge credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If Odoo Online (Saas) is being used, along with the Enterprise version, free" +" trial credits are available to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:66 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMSs at once, but I don't have enough " +"credits to send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Multiple SMS communications at once at are counted as a single transaction, " +"so no SMSs will be sent until there are enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A history of sent SMSs, along with all pertinent information related to its " +"sent contacts (and the message itself), can be found in the :guilabel:`Sent`" +" column of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard (while in " +":guilabel:`Kanban` view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information, select a desired SMS from the main dashboard " +"(in :guilabel:`Kanban` view), and click on either link in the blue banner " +"above the SMS detail form to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**If an SMS is sent to a number that doesn't exist in the list of " +"recipients, will credits be lost?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"No, not if the phone number is incorrectly formatted (e.g. too many digits)." +" However, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person (or to a fake number), the " +"credit for that SMS will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so no charges will be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out-of-the-box. Odoo experts can help customize " +"a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our" +" success packs `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "Marketing social" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Social marketing campaigns help companies connect directly with the " +"marketplace. These campaigns are helpful when introducing a new product to " +"customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising" +" an upcoming event or product release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The most effective social marketing campaigns typically involve multiple " +"channels to maximize content distribution, and Odoo's *Social Marketing* " +"application acts as a singular control center to monitor, plan, post, track," +" and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single" +" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click " +":menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate" +" page with every campaign in a default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Each *stage* in the kanban view can be edited, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located" +" to the right of the stage title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **gear icon** *only* appears when the cursor hovers to the left of the " +"**+ (plus sign)**. When the gear icon is clicked, a drop-down menu reveals " +"the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and " +":guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` minimizes that specific stage's column. The stage " +"column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Edit Stage` reveals a pop-up window, in which the name " +"and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure " +"to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add a new stage to the pipeline, side-scroll to the right on the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in " +"the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The same social marketing campaign information on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` " +"dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` " +"option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 +msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, a new campaign can be created by " +"clicking the quick add :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` located in the top-right " +"corner of each stage in the pipeline, visible in the kanban view. Campaigns " +"can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and " +":guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click " +":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 +msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In order to edit a campaign in greater detail, and create/send various forms" +" of communications related to it, the template page for that campaign must " +"be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a " +"template page for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` " +"campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard " +"in list or kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the kanban view, select the " +":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " +"select :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that " +"specific campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 +msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On a *Campaign Template* page, numerous elements can be customized/modified," +" and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " +"scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Send New Mailing` option to appear on campaign " +"templates, make sure the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email " +"Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS " +"Marketing* application must be installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 +msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the proper settings and applications are installed (as instructed above)," +" there are four forms of communication/content options that can be added to " +"campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left " +"corner of the campaign template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate " +"page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in " +"which a SMS communication can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send Social Post`: reveals a blank social post template on a " +"separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media " +"accounts that are already connected to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Push Notification`: reveals a similar blank social post template " +"on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are " +"already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Whichever form of communication is created, once it's completed, Odoo " +"returns to the :guilabel:`Campaign Template` page, showcasing that new " +"content in its corresponding tab (e.g. :guilabel:`Mailings`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As content and communications are added to a campaign, tabs for those " +"specific mediums appear, along with a variety of analytical smart buttons " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 +msgid "" +"These smart buttons, located at the top of the template, display different " +"metrics related to the campaign, and its various communications and content." +" Clicking any smart button reveals a separate page dedicated to that " +"particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, " +"such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," +" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " +"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 +msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " +"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 +msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " +"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " +"version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " +"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " +"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " +"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " +"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " +"added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " +"account's posts are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " +"Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " +"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " +"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " +":guilabel:`Insights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 +msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " +"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" +" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " +"configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 +msgid "Post template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 +msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "'Your Post' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " +"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " +"notification, this post will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " +"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " +"corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " +"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " +"of the post is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " +":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " +"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" +" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " +"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " +"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " +"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "" +"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " +"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " +"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " +"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " +"campaigns to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " +"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " +":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " +":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" +"created campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 +msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " +"have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " +"have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " +"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " +"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" +" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " +"social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " +"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" +" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " +"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" +" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " +"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " +":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " +"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " +"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " +"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " +"as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " +"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " +"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " +"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " +"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " +"the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " +"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " +"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " +":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " +"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " +"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " +"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " +"the visitor's location into consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 +msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "" +"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" +" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " +"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " +"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " +":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" +" for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 +msgid "Social post status bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " +":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " +"*Scheduled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " +"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " +"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "Posts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " +"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" +" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "" +"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " +"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " +"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " +"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " +":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +msgid "Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " +"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " +"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " +"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " +"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " +":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " +"different measures of data can be added and analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "" +"While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " +"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " +"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " +"specific to the pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 +msgid "From left to right, the options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " +"detailed information related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " +"table as a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +msgid "Visitors" +msgstr "Visitatori" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" +" Visitors` in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " +"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " +"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +msgid "" +"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" +" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " +"beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +msgid "Social media page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" +" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " +":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Social accounts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +msgid "" +"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " +"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " +"associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " +"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " +"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +msgid "Social streams page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " +"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " +"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," +" etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +msgid "" +"To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " +":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 +msgid "Surveys" +msgstr "Sondaggi" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 +msgid "Survey essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their " +"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed " +"business decisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success" +" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), " +"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " +":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover " +"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose " +"an image from the local files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey " +"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the " +"survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 +msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A" +" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar " +"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and " +"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into " +"the divided sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and" +" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 +msgid "The survey question pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 +msgid "Create questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question " +"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question " +"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 +msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`" +" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the " +":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what " +"question is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 +msgid "Create sections and questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible" +" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include " +"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Options` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what " +":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 +msgid "" +"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may " +"appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or " +"multiple choices can be selected per row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed " +"based on the participant's answer to a previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in " +"a text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit " +"for the question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 +msgid "Conditional Display" +msgstr "Visualizzazione condizionale" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the " +"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the " +"survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which " +"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, " +"there are different sections of settings that can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 +msgid "The sections include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Domande" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options " +"can be chosen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per " +"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option " +"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the " +"participant to go back to a question during the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` " +"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is" +" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a " +":guilabel:`Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. " +"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time" +" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled " +":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per " +"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured " +"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 +msgid "Scoring" +msgstr "Punteggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` " +"method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or " +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a " +":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers " +"needed to pass the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, " +"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and" +" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the " +":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email" +" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required " +"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using " +"the selected email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the " +":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives" +" a badge upon passing the certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 +msgid "Candidates" +msgstr "Candidati" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two " +"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and " +":guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the " +":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the " +"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field " +"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the " +"participant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Sessione dal vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are " +"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and " +"collect answers from a live audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for " +"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for " +"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick " +"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer " +"quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, " +"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed " +"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the" +" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible " +"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking " +":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 +msgid "" +"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on " +"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to" +" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant," +" to check for errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 +msgid "" +"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the " +":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along" +" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in" +" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending" +" the survey out to participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 +msgid "" +"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the " +":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey " +"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or" +" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to " +"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 +msgid "" +"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` " +"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` " +"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the " +":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall " +"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the " +"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final " +"score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose" +" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. " +"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring " +"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant " +"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they" +" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the " +"correct answer will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey " +"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their " +"final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and " +"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct " +"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the " +":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of " +"correct answers is needed to pass the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators " +"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification " +"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge" +" level on a subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a " +":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will " +"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the " +"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set " +":guilabel:`Success %`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log " +"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled," +" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which " +"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the " +"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and " +"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or " +"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the " +":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 +msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Timed and randomized questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the" +" survey and randomize the questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 +msgid "Time limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "" +"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a " +"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is" +" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via" +" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed " +"book\" testing environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` " +"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 +msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be " +"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of " +"the time remaining while the survey is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit" +" will *not* have their answers saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 +msgid "Randomized selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in" +" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using " +"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at " +"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form." +" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per " +"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to " +"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions " +"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo " +"should select and display during the shuffling of questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 +msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac257be70 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,8028 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Luca Carlo, 2023 +# Sara Ciaurri , 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "Produttività" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "calendario" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Installazione in Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console `_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Installazione in Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation `_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application `_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook `. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "Comunicazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzato" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure ICE servers with Twilio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss uses WebRTC API and peer-to-peer connections for voice and " +"video calls. If one of the call attendees is behind a symmetric NAT, you " +"need to configure an ICE server to establish a connection to the call " +"attendee. To set up an ICE server, first, create a Twilio account for video " +"calls, and then, connect that Twilio account to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Twilio account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, go to `Twilio `_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," +" create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" +" per their instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Next, enter your phone number into Twilio. Then, Twilio will send you an SMS" +" text message containing a verification code. Enter the verification code " +"into Twilio to verify your phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After that, Twilio redirects to a welcome page. Use the following list to " +"answer Twilio's questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Which Twilio product are you here to use?`, select " +":guilabel:`Video`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`What do you plan to build with Twilio?`, select " +":guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`How do you want to build with Twilio?`, select " +":guilabel:`With no code at all`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`What is your goal today?`, select :guilabel:`3rd party " +"integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The Twilio welcome page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If necessary, change the billing country. Finally, click :guilabel:`Get " +"Started with Twilio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:37 +msgid "Locate the Twilio Account SID and Auth Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To locate the Account SID and Auth Token, go to the Twilio account " +"dashboard. Then, click :guilabel:`Develop` on the sidebar. In the " +":guilabel:`Account Info` section, locate the :guilabel:`Account SID` and the" +" :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:49 +msgid "Connect Twilio to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Discuss`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Use Twilio ICE " +"servers` and enter the Twilio account's :guilabel:`Account SID` and " +":guilabel:`Auth Token`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply these " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Define a list of custom ICE servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"This step is not required for the Twilio configuration. However, if Twilio " +"is not configured or is not working at any given moment, Odoo will fall back" +" on the custom ICE servers list. The user must define the list of custom ICE" +" servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss`, click the " +":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will redirect to the :guilabel:`ICE servers` page. Here you can define " +"your own list of ICE servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For on-premise instances of Odoo, the package `python3-gevent` is necessary " +"for the Discuss module to run calls/video calls on Ubuntu (Linux) servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " +"in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" +"shown for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Use channels for team communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use channels in the Odoo *Discuss* app to organize discussions between " +"individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires " +"regular communication. With channels, employees can communicate inside " +"dedicated spaces within the Odoo database around specific topics, updates, " +"and latest developments having to do with the organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:11 +msgid "Public and private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:13 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it. To create a new channel, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Discuss` app, and then click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` " +"icon next to the :guilabel:`Channels` heading in the left-side menu. After " +"typing the name of the channel, two selectable options will appear: The " +"first is a channel with a hashtag (`#`) to indicate that it is a public " +"channel; the second option is a channel with a lock icon (`🔒`) next to it, " +"to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " +"fits the communication needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The channel's :guilabel:`Group Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Privacy` settings can be modified by clicking on the channel's " +"settings, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the left sidebar " +"menu, next to the channel's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's settings form in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "Privacy and Members tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Changing :guilabel:`Who can follow the group's activities?` controls which " +"groups can have access to the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Allowing :guilabel:`Everyone` to follow a private channel lets other users " +"view and join it, as they would a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When choosing :guilabel:`Invited people only`, specify in the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab which members should be invited. Inviting members " +"can also be done from the *Discuss* app's main dashboard, by selecting the " +"channel, clicking the *add user* icon in the top-right corner of the " +"dashboard, and finally clicking :guilabel:`Invite to Channel` once all the " +"users have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of Discuss' option to invite members in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:60 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Selected group of users` option is selected, it reveals " +"the ability to add an :guilabel:`Authorized Group`, along with the options " +"to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` and :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe " +"Departments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users of " +"that particular user group as followers. In other words, while " +":guilabel:`Authorized Groups` limits which users can access the channel, " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users as members as " +"long as they are part of a specific user group. The same is true for " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Departments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:70 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct messages, or live chat conversations (if " +"*Live Chat* module is installed on the database) are pinned in the sidebar, " +"a :guilabel:`Quick search…` bar is displayed. This feature is a convenient " +"way to filter conversations and quickly find relevant communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the Discuss' sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:81 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Click on the settings :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, located in the left " +"sidebar, to the right of the :guilabel:`CHANNELS` collapsible menu item. " +"Doing so will lead to a mosaic view containing all the public channels " +"available. Users can join or leave channels on this screen by clicking the " +":guilabel:`JOIN` or :guilabel:`LEAVE` buttons that appear in the channel " +"boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:88 +msgid "" +"There is also the ability to apply filtering criteria and save them for " +"later use. The :guilabel:`Search...` function accepts wildcards by using the" +" underscore character [ `_` ], and specific searches can be saved by using " +"the :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save Current Search` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:98 +msgid "Linking channel in chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Channels can be linked in the chatter (log note) of a record in Odoo. To do " +"so, simply type: `#` and the channel name. Click or press enter on the " +"*channel* name. Upon logging the note a link to the channel will appear. " +"After clicking on the link a chat window with the channel conversation will " +"pop up in the lower right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Users are able to contribute to this group channel (either public or member " +"based) by typing messages in window and pressing *enter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Channel linked in chatter with the channel open on the lower right quadrant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "Internet delle cose (IoT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:6 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app ` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection `" +" or via :ref:`WiFi `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed ` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 +msgid "" +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"``_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a ``_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "- Motivo:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach ``_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with ``_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond Odoo " +"support's service scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:140 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach ``_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Check if ``_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If ``_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket `_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:162 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"``_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:173 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:202 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:209 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:213 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:219 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:222 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:228 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:230 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:236 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:240 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS `_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +"Odoo support's service scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Prerequisiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Imposta" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Nome dispositivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Istruzioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Stampante" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 +msgid "Cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Scala" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "Epson configuration special case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation `_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation `_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`__IMC___...___`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation `_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 `_ and `ESC * " +"`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site `_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode ` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 +msgid "" +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 +msgid "" +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 +msgid "" +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page `_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "Dispositivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "Connessione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If the camera is `supported `_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the footswitch is a `supported device `_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers `__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 +msgid "" +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode `. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"`_, there is no need to set up " +"anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "IOT box auto detection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage `)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Utilizzo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are made to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Knowledge" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal " +"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or " +"collaboratively gathered information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are " +"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field " +"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models," +" templates, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17 +msgid "`Knowledge product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3 +msgid "Articles editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6 +msgid "Add and style content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is " +"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are " +"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next" +" line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 +msgid "knowledge's user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " +"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 +msgid "Text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 +msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 +msgid "Then, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " +"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " +"→ Header 6, Quote`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" +" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " +"strikethrough;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " +"clicking the **pencil** icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " +"the desired color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" +" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " +"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " +"size;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " +"ordered list, or a checklist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 +msgid "Text editor's toolbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " +"the **powerbox**, which allows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " +"*quotes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " +"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" +" set a cover picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" +" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " +"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`," +" and select another image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 +msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 +msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " +":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" +" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " +"automatically resize depending on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "Icone" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " +"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " +"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click " +"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " +"panel hierarchic tree." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 +msgid "Commands" +msgstr "Comandi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " +"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " +"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but" +" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any" +" other application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 +msgid "List of commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 +msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 +msgid "Structure" +msgstr "Struttura" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Usa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 +msgid "Create a bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +msgid "Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "Crea un elenco con numerazione." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "Tieni traccia dei compiti con una lista di controllo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +msgid "Insert a table." +msgstr "Inserisci una tabella." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "Inserisci un separatore orizzontale." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +msgid "Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "Aggiungi una sezione citazione." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +msgid "Add a code section." +msgstr "Aggiungi una sezione codice." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +msgid "Convert into 2 columns." +msgstr "Converti in 2 colonne." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +msgid "Convert into 3 columns." +msgstr "Converti in 3 colonne." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 +msgid "Convert into 4 columns." +msgstr "Converti in 4 colonne." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Formatta" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +msgid "Big section heading." +msgstr "Grande intestazione di sezione." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +msgid "Medium section heading." +msgstr "Intestazione della sezione media." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +msgid "Small section heading." +msgstr "Intestazione della sezione piccola." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +msgid "Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "Inverti la direzione del testo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 +msgid "Paragraph block." +msgstr "Blocco Paragrafo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "Media" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +msgid "Insert an image." +msgstr "Inserisci un'immagine." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 +msgid "Link an article." +msgstr "Collega un articolo." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "Navigazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +msgid "Add a link." +msgstr "Aggiungi un collegamento." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +msgid "Add a button." +msgstr "Aggiungi un pulsante." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +msgid "Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "Aggiungi un appuntamento specifico." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 +msgid "Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "Fissa un appuntamento." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." +msgstr "Inserisci una valutazione sopra 3 stelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 +msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." +msgstr "Inserisci una valutazione sopra 5 stelle." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." +msgstr "Mostra il primo livello degli articoli annidati." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +msgid "Show all nested articles." +msgstr "Mostra tutti gli articoli collegati." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +msgid "Insert a list view of article items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`File`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," +" or description in other applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 +msgid "Basic Blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 +msgid "Insert your signature." +msgstr "Inserisci la tua firma." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " +"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " +":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. " +"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " +":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the " +"*Sales Playbook* article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0 +msgid "article view from the Sales app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " +"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " +"the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation ` " +"to :ref:`removal `, through :ref:`sharing " +"` and :ref:`structure `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Creazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) ` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Rimozione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Categorie" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Proprietà" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by " +"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the " +"child articles and article items under the same parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** " +"or an **article item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14 +msgid "Add property fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click " +":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a " +"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, " +"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property" +" creation window, click anywhere." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25 +msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58 +msgid "Types" +msgstr "Tipi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59 +msgid "Uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35 +msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37 +msgid "Add a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39 +msgid "Allows adding integer numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41 +msgid "Allows adding any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43 +msgid "Allows selecting a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45 +msgid "Allows selecting a date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47 +msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 +msgid "property configuration form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at " +"the property creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` " +"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can " +"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property " +"creation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68 +msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press " +"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close " +"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the " +"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and " +"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can " +"only select one result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` " +"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## " +"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and " +"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can " +"select as many results as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91 +msgid "Delete property fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted " +"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97 +msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100 +msgid "Hide the property panel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 +msgid "Mail Plugins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are connectors that bridge your mailbox with your Odoo " +"database. With them, you can interact with your Odoo database directly from " +"your mailbox by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:16 +msgid "Creating leads and centralizing prospects' emails into the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:17 +msgid "Generating tasks in any Odoo project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:18 +msgid "Creating tickets in the Helpdesk app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:19 +msgid "Searching and storing insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook ` and " +":doc:`Gmail `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Definizione prezzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 +msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, they can provide **Lead Enrichment**, which is part of a paid " +"service known as **Lead Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mail plugins allow you to test Lead Enrichment for free, whether you connect" +" the plugins to a database or not. After a while, the plugins ask you to buy" +" :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` credits if you would like to keep using " +"this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:41 +msgid "Lead Generation IAP service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Lead Enrichment uses the *Lead Generation IAP service*. Each request " +"consumes one *Lead Generation credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> CRM --> Lead Enrichment " +"--> Buy credits` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is its website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Check out the `Lead Generation IAP service Privacy Policy " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:57 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:3 +msgid "Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Gmail Plugin* integrates an Odoo database with a Gmail inbox, so users " +"can keep track of all their work between Gmail and Odoo, without losing any " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted on Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow the steps below to " +"configure the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:94 +msgid "Install the Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, log in to the Gmail account that the user wishes to connect to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the Gmail inbox, click the plus sign icon on the right side panel to " +"get add-ons. If the side panel is not visible, click on the arrow icon at " +"the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Then, use the search bar to search for `Odoo` and locate the :guilabel:`Odoo" +" Inbox Addin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Or, go directly to the :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin` page on the `Google " +"Workspace Marketplace " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the plugin is located, click :guilabel:`Install`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Continue` to start the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select which Gmail account the user wishes to connect to Odoo. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Odoo access the Google account. Google will " +"then show a pop-up window confirming that the installation was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 +msgid "Configure the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " +"order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section, activate :guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and then" +" click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " +"panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" +" on any email in the inbox. Click :guilabel:`Authorize Access` in the plugin" +" window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" +" the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " +"database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " +"`https://mycompany.odoo.com/web#cids=1&action=menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " +"browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" +" window. The Gmail inbox and Odoo database are now connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:78 +msgid "Odoo On-Premise users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted on servers other than Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow " +"the steps below to configure the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of their security guidelines, Google requires add-on creators to " +"provide a list of URLs that can be used in actions and redirections launched" +" by the add-on. This protects users by ensuring, for example, that no add-on" +" redirects users toward a malicious website. (Read more on `Google Apps " +"Script `_.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo can only list the `odoo.com` domain and not every on-premise " +"customer's unique server domain, on-premise customers cannot install the " +"Gmail Plugin from the Google Workspace Marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, access the `GitHub repository `_ for the Odoo Mail Plugins. Next, click on the green " +":guilabel:`Code` button. Then, click :guilabel:`Download ZIP` to download " +"the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Open the ZIP file on the computer. Then, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-" +"extensions-master --> gmail --> src --> views`, and open the " +":file:`login.ts` file using any text editor software, such as Notepad " +"(Windows), TextEdit (Mac), or Visual Studio Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Delete the following three lines of text from the :file:`login.ts` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This removes the `odoo.com` domain constraint from the Gmail Plugin program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" +"After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " +"wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " +":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" +"on` to install the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Outlook :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both" +" on Odoo and Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Mail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, you need to enable the *Mail Plugin* feature in your database. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " +"*Mail Plugin*, and *Save* the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "Open your Outlook mailbox and select any email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the *More actions* button and select *Get Add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "More actions button in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:31 +msgid "Select the *My add-ins* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "My add-ins in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Custom add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add " +"from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the following URL " +"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press " +"*OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Entering the add-in URL in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 +msgid "Read the warning and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Custom add-in installation warning in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:59 +msgid "Connect your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Outlook mailbox, click on the *More actions* button, " +"and select *Odoo for Outlook*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo for Outlook add-in button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, " +"click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Logging in your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Only a limited amount of *Company Insights* (*Lead Enrichment*) requests are" +" available as a trial. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If, after a short while, the panel is still empty, it is possible that your " +"browser cookie settings prevented it from loading. Note that these settings " +"also change if you are in \"Incognito\" mode on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, configure your browser to always allow cookies on Odoo's " +"plugin page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For Google Chrome, you can do so by following the guide at: " +"`https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647 " +"`_" +" and adding `download.odoo.com` to the list of `Sites that can always use " +"cookies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:90 +msgid "Once done, the Outlook panel needs to be opened again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:93 +msgid "Enter your Odoo database URL and click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Entering your Odoo database URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:99 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to open the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "New window pop-up warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "If you aren't logged into your database, enter your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:107 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Outlook Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"By default, the Outlook Plugin can be opened from the *More actions* menu. " +"However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing all Outlook settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Select *Customize actions* under *Mail*, click on *Odoo for Outlook*, and " +"then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:133 +msgid "Open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Studio" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Modello" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Attivazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "Su creazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "All'aggiornamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "Su creazione e aggiornamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "All'eliminazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "Basato su una modifica nel modulo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view `, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "Basato su condizione temporale" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Applicato a" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Azione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Esegui codice Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Creazione nuovo record" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Aggiorna il record" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Esegui alcune azioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Invia e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Aggiungi follower" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Crea prossima attività" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Invia messaggio SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field `, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field ` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view `. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view `. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field ` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text `, :ref:`Many2One " +"`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field `. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field ` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode `, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Dettagli contatto" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields `: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Assegnazione utente" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Data e calendario" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Date field ` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Intervallo date e Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` two :ref:`Date fields ` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Fasi del flusso" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority ` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etichette" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Immagine" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Image field `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Righe" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` a :ref:`Lines field ` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Note" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` an :ref:`Html field ` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Valore monetario" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field `. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Azienda" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Ordinamento personalizzato" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Registro comunicazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Archiviazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Struttura" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Leggero" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "Scatola" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Grassetto" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Strisce" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Carattere" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Colori" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports `. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports `. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Piè di pagina" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' ` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Formato carta" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Esterno" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Interno" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Vuoto" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Blocco" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "in linea" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Tabella" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many ` or :ref:`One2Many ` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field ` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field ` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Colonna" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks ` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Visualizzazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general `, :ref:`multiple records " +"`, :ref:`timeline `, " +"and :ref:`reporting `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode `, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:` XML`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "Viste generali" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "modulo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Attività" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Ricerca" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "Viste record multipli" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "kanban" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "elenco" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field ` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Mappa" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field ` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "Viste sequenza temporale" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date ` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view `, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field ` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal ` or :ref:`Integer ` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Coorte" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Gantt" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "Viste rendiconto" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "pivot" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "grafico" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Bacheca" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8bc5dafc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,10766 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# David Minneci , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Sara Ciaurri , 2023 +# Friederike Fasterling-Nesselbosch, 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Vendite" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close " +"opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with " +"the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "Acquisire nuovi contatti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "Convertire i Lead in opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" +"Per attivare questa funzionalità andare su: CRM -> Configurazione -> " +"Impostazioni e selezionare la funzione \"Contatti\"." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" +"A questo punto apparirà un nuovo sotto-menù chiamato \"Contatti\" sotto " +"\"Contatti\" dove si aggregheranno." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "Convertire un Contatto in Opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" +"Cliccando su un \"Contatto\" è possibile convertirlo in un'opportunità e " +"decidere se assegnarlo sempre allo stesso canale/persona e se è necessario " +"creare un nuovo cliente." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" +"Nel caso sia già stata creata un'opportunità con un determinato cliente, " +"Odoo dà la possibilità di unire la nuova opportunità a quella esistente. " +"Allo stesso modo Odoo permette di collegare all’opportunità un cliente " +"esistente se quel cliente è stato precedentemente inserito." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "Unisci Opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " +"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " +"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " +"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "Configurare alias delle email" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " +"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " +"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" +" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " +"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" +" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 +msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " +"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " +"is generated in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Default Contact Us page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Form toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" +" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " +"lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Us Page using email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " +"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Form settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 +msgid "Customize Contact Forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " +"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " +"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " +"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Form Builder building blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " +"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " +"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 +msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " +"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " +"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " +"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " +"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " +"email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " +"information is needed from them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " +"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " +"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" +" need entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " +"on mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Editable field options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +msgid "" +"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " +"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " +"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` as the Action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " +"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" +" output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " +"country, the company size, and the industry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +msgid "Generate leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " +":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " +"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Leads` button is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window with the selection criteria in order to generate leads in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " +"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " +"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" +" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " +"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 +msgid "Additional filtering options include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " +"company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" +" in, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " +"leads once found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " +"information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " +"Regulation on `Odoo GDPR `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Definizione prezzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " +"one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " +"additional credit for each contact generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +msgid "" +"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " +"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Users of Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise automatically have free trial credits" +" in their database to test any IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "Inviare Preventivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Quando si qualifica un contatto in opportunità è molto probabile che sia " +"necessario mandare un preventivo al cliente. E’ possibile fare questo " +"direttamente nell’App CRM di Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "Creare un nuovo preventivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" +"Cliccando su qualsiasi Opportunità o Contatto apparirà un pulsante *Nuovo " +"Preventivo* che porterà ad un altro menù da cui sarà possibile gestirlo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" +"E’ possibile visualizzare tutti preventivi fatti per quella particolare " +"opportunità nel menù *Preventivi* proprio in quella pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "Contrassegnare le opportunità come vinte/perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" +"Per continuare con il processo di vendita sarà necessario contrassegnare la " +"propria opportunità come vinta o persa." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" +"Se si contrassegnano come vinte, esse saranno spostate nella colonna *Vinte*" +" della propria schermata Kanban, altrimenti, se contrassegnate come *Perse*," +" verranno archiviate." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "Ottimizzare il lavoro quotidiano" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for " +"Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option " +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "Analizzare le performance" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, activate *Google Drive* and *Google " +"Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* " +"are now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:21 +msgid "Get Authorization Code" +msgstr "Ottenere il codice di autorizzazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:22 +msgid "Select your Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Copy the code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:25 +msgid "Paste it into the Authorization Code field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:28 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in" +" Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:36 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:43 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:45 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Candidature" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You have two different formulas available when using Google Spreadsheet in " +"Odoo: *retrieve data* and *retrieve grouped sums*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:71 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:82 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:89 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "Tenere sotto controllo le percentuali di Vincite / Perdite" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" +"Per vedere quanto sta andando bene il flusso è necessario tenere sotto " +"controllo la percentuale di Vincite / Perdite." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" +"Per accedere a questo resoconto, andare sulla vista *Flusso* nella scheda " +"*Resoconti*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" +"Lì è possibile filtrare quali opportunità rendere visibili, le proprie, " +"quelle del proprio canale di vendita, quelle dell’intera azienda, ecc., " +"Successivamente si potrà cliccare sul filtro per visualizzare quelle Vinte o" +" Perse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "E’ possibile anche cambiare l'*Unità di Misura* in *Ricavo Totale*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "Inoltre è possibile passare alla vista diagramma a torta." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "Organizzare il flusso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "Gestire le opportunità perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" +"Mentre si lavora con le opportunità è possibile perderne qualcuna. È " +"necessario, dunque, tenere traccia delle ragioni per cui esse sono state " +"perse e anche in quali modi Odoo può aiutare a recuperarle in futuro." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "Segnare un contatto come perso" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" +"Nel flusso basta selezionare un’opportunità qualsiasi per far apparire il " +"pulsante *Segna come Perso*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" +"Successivamente è possibile selezionare un *Motivo Perdita* esistente o " +"crearne uno nuovo proprio in quella schermata." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "Gestire e creare i motivi perdita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" +"I *Motivi Perdita* sono in :menuselection:`Configurazione --> Motivi " +"Perdita`." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" +"Da lì è possibile selezionarli, rinominarli e, inoltre, crearne di nuovi." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "Recuperare le opportunità perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" +"Per recuperare le opportunità perse ed eseguire altre operazioni su di esse " +"(es. mandare un’email, effettuare una chiamata di riscontro, ecc.), " +"selezionare il filtro *Perse*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "Si potranno visualizzare tutte le opportunità perse." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" +"Se si desidera migliorare la ricerca è possibile aggiungere un filtro ai " +"*Motivi Perdita*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "Per esempio *Troppo Costoso*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "Ripristinare le opportunità perse" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" +"Nella vista Kanban con i filtri attivi, è possibile selezionare qualsiasi " +"opportunità e lavorarci regolarmente, come anche ripristinarle cliccando " +"sulla voce *Archiviate*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" +"Si possono, inoltre, ripristinare elementi in massa dalla vista Kanban " +"quando appartengono alla stessa fase. Selezionare la voce *Ripristina Dati* " +"nella colonna delle opzioni. È possibile anche archiviarli nello stesso " +"modo." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" +"Per selezionare determinate opportunità, è necessario passare alla vista a " +"elenco." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" +"Successivamente è possibile selezionare alcune o tutte le opportunità e " +"scegliere l’azione da eseguire." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" +" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " +"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" +" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " +":guilabel:`Followers Only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " +"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " +"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 +msgid "Add members to a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" +" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" +" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " +"they do not overwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "" +"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " +"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" +" need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " +"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " +"tiles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " +"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " +"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " +"configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " +"opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "Assegnare e tracciare i contatti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *CRM* app can automatically assign leads/opportunities to sales " +"teams and salespeople. A standard practice is to assign leads based on the " +"probability of winning each lead. Companies can prioritize the leads that " +"are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to " +"the appropriate salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically calculates the probability of winning each lead using a " +"method called *predictive lead scoring*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "Predictive lead scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical " +"data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19 +msgid "" +"As a company processes opportunities through the CRM pipeline, Odoo collects" +" data on which opportunities are won and lost. Predictive lead scoring uses " +"this data to predict the probability of winning each new lead or " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The more opportunities that are sent through the CRM pipeline, the more data" +" Odoo collects, resulting in more accurate probabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Specifically, Odoo's predictive lead scoring uses the *naive Bayes* " +"probability model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:28 +msgid "" +"\\begin{equation}\n" +"P(A | B) = \\frac{P(A) \\times P(B | A)}{P(B)}\n" +"\\end{equation}\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The probability of success of each opportunity is displayed on the " +"opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses" +" through the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success " +"automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo *CRM*. However, the " +"variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in " +"the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To customize the variables used by predictive lead scoring, go to " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update " +"Probabilities` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive " +"lead scoring feature will take into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60 +msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity " +"originates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity " +"originates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the " +"opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the" +" opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social" +" media)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The variables `Stage` and `Team` are always in effect. `Stage` refers to the" +" CRM pipeline stage that an opportunity is in. `Team` refers to the sales " +"team that is assigned to an opportunity. Predictive lead scoring *always* " +"takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional " +"variables are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the date field next to the option :guilabel:`Consider leads " +"created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring " +"will begin its calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 +msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 +msgid "Change the probability manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the " +"opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Manually changing the probability removes the automatic probability updates " +"for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as" +" the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the " +"probability percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:99 +msgid "Assign leads based on probability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo *CRM* can assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople " +"based on specified rules. Create assignment rules based on the leads' " +"probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in" +" deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106 +msgid "Configure rule-based assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The rule-based assignment feature can be set to run :guilabel:`Manually`, " +"meaning an Odoo user must manually trigger the assignment, or " +":guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the " +"assignment according to the chosen time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To set up automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the " +":guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the" +" automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If rule-based assignment is set to run :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, the " +"assignment can still be triggered manually using the circular arrow icon in " +"the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the " +":guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128 +msgid "Configure assignment rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the *assignment rules* for each sales team and/or " +"salesperson. These rules determine which leads Odoo assigns to which people." +" To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales" +" Teams`, and select a sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the sales team configuration form, under :guilabel:`Assignment Rules`, " +"click on :guilabel:`Edit Domain` to configure the rules that Odoo uses to " +"determine lead assignment for this sales team. The rules can include " +"anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of " +"rules can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add Filter` to start creating assignment rules. Click on " +"the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another " +"line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To create an assignment rule based on an opportunity's probability of " +"success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, " +"and select :guilabel:`Probability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146 +msgid "" +"From the middle drop-down menu, select the desired equation symbol—most " +"likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal " +"to*, or *less than or equal to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To configure an assignment rule such that a sales team receives leads that " +"have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain`" +" line that reads: `Probability >= 20`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty " +"percent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Separate assignment rules can also be configured for individual team " +"members. From the sales team configuration page, click on a team member in " +"the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click" +" :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If automatic lead assignment is configured in the settings, both the sales " +"team and individual team members have the option to :guilabel:`Skip auto " +"assignment`. Check this box to omit a particular sales team or salesperson " +"from being assigned leads automatically by Odoo's rule-based assignment " +"feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or" +" salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign " +"Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This will " +"assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's " +"specified domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "Monitorare le potenziali visite nel proprio sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" +"Monitorando la propria pagina web si avranno molte più informazioni riguardo" +" agli interessi dei visitatori." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" +"Ogni pagina monitorata che verrà visitata sarà registrata nei " +"contatti/opportunità se verrà usato il modulo contatto sul sito." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" +"Per usare questa funzionalità, è necessario installare il modulo gratuito " +"*Valutazione Contatti* nella pagina delle *App* (disponibile solo in Odoo " +"Enterprise)." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "Monitorare una pagina web" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" +"Andare su qualsiasi pagina statica del sito web che si desidera monitorare " +"e, nella scheda *Promuovi*, apparirà la voce *Ottimizza SEO*." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" +"Lì, è possibile visualizzare la casella *Monitora Pagina* per attivare " +"questa funzione." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "Visualizzare le pagine visitate nei contatti/opportunità" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" +"Ogni qualvolta un contatto viene creato dal modulo di contatto del sito web," +" terrà traccia delle pagine visualizzate dal visitatore. Ci sono 2 modi per " +"vedere quelle pagine: uno è il pulsante *Visualizzazioni della Pagina* in " +"alto a destra del contatto/opportunità; l’altro si trova più in basso nella " +"chat." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" +"Entrambi i contatori si aggiorneranno non appena il visitatore tornerà nel " +"proprio sito web per visualizzare altre pagine." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" +"Questa modalità non ripete, nella chat, visualizzazioni multiple della " +"stessa pagina." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "I clienti non potranno più nascondere segreti!" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "Punto vendita" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app " +"works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline." +" Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time" +" statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session`, and at the " +":guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to " +"start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is" +" already opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 +msgid "" +":doc:`Multiple users ` can be logged into the " +"same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once " +"on the same browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 +msgid "Sell products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click on products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click" +" :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a" +" **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively " +":guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking " +":guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received " +"amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move " +"on to the next customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "POS session interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 +msgid "Set customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can create and set customers from an :ref:`open POS session " +"`. Registering your customer is necessary to " +":doc:`collect their loyalty points and grant them rewards " +"`, automatically apply the :doc:`attributed " +"pricelist `, or :ref:`generate and print " +"an invoice `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To access the list of customers, click :guilabel:`Customer` on the POS " +"interface. Then, select a customer or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`, completing the form, and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:66 +msgid "Customer notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open" +" :ref:`POS session `. For instance, to provide cleaning " +"and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular" +" request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. " +"Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for " +"the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO ` " +"are displayed identically in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how " +"they appear in the cart, under the related product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:91 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:93 +msgid "To return and refund a product," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`start a session ` from the **POS dashboard**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:96 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:97 +msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:98 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:99 +msgid "" +"once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the " +"refund;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "refund view from a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:106 +msgid "" +"You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, " +":guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open" +" session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned" +" products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by " +"the quantity of returned products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:115 +msgid "Close the POS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of " +"your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. " +"From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:121 +msgid "" +"the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:122 +msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing" +" so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer " +"depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed" +" amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money " +"Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "How to close a POS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` " +"to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and " +"keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the" +" expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click " +":guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:144 +msgid "" +"It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Orders --> Sessions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 +msgid "Access POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights " +"` :guilabel:`Administration` set " +"as :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can also configure some settings from the dashboard by clicking the " +"vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a " +"popup window, from which you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights " +"` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as" +" :guilabel:`Administrator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 +msgid "Make products available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Making a product available in your POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 +msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 +msgid "" +"ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. " +"Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling " +"the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These `Epson ePOS printers `_ are compatible with " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 +msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 +msgid "TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 +msgid "TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 +msgid "TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 +msgid "TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 +msgid "TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 +msgid "TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 +msgid "TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 +msgid "TM-T88V-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 +msgid "TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 +msgid "TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 +msgid "TM-m30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 +msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 +msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 +msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 +msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box " +"<../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS " +"protocol ` to establish a secure connection between the browser and " +"the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS " +"leads to a warning page on most web browsers. In that case, you can " +"temporarily :ref:`force the connection `, which " +"allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " +"long as the browser window stays open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this " +"method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the" +" :ref:`following instructions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 +msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. " +"Then, export and import it into your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you " +"create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS " +"access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 +msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 +msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " +"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " +"[IP address] (unsafe)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 +msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " +"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " +"printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " +"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " +"Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled " +"out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years" +" the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, " +"click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " +"printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " +":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " +"**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server " +"Certificate` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 +msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 +msgid "" +"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" +" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " +"browser by navigating to its IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`). " +"Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed " +"certificate tab**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 +msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " +":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 +msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 +msgid "" +"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " +"extension;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 +msgid "" +"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " +"of the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 +msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not see the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 +msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 +msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " +"Security tab --> View certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 +msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 +msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 +msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" +" and the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 +msgid "Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates " +"must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 +msgid "" +"open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 +msgid "" +"right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install " +"Certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 +msgid "" +"select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the " +":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Next`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 +msgid "" +"on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in" +" the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select " +":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 +msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 +msgid "open Chrome;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> " +"Manage certificates`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 +msgid "" +"go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select " +"the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 +msgid "accept all warnings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 +msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 +msgid "restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 +msgid "open Firefox;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View " +"Certificates... --> Import`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 +msgid "select the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 +msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 +msgid "" +"open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a " +"warning page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 +msgid "" +"on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " +"website --> Visit Website`, validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 +msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 +msgid "Android OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" +" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " +"email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 +msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 +msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " +"version of Android and the device manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 +msgid "" +"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " +"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " +"`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search " +"engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " +"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " +"browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 +msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " +"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " +"browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no " +"longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock " +"icon, indicating that the connection is secure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " +"if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " +"to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" +" on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-employee management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale allows you to manage access to a specific POS by enabling" +" the **Multi Employees per Session** feature. When activated, :ref:`you can " +"select which users can log into the POS ` and :ref:`keep" +" track of the employees involved in each order `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:15 +msgid "" +":ref:`Access the POS settings ` and select your POS," +" or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and " +"click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, enable :guilabel:`Multi Employees per " +"Session`, and add the allowed employees in the :guilabel:`Allowed Employees`" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "setting to enable multiple cashiers in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:26 +msgid "Practical application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, cashiers can log in :ref:`by scanning their " +"badge ` or selecting their name from the list of " +"allowed employees to :ref:`open the session `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To switch to another user :ref:`from an open session `, " +"click the employee name at the top-right of the screen and select the " +"employee to swap with from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "button to switch from one cashier to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can also require your employees to enter a pin code every time they log " +"into a POS to prevent them from logging in as someone else. To define the " +"code, go to the **Employees** app, open the employee form, and click the " +":guilabel:`HR settings` tab. Then, enter a pin code of your choice in the " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "setting on the employee form to assign a badge ID and a PIN code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:52 +msgid "Log in using badges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For your employees to be able to log in by scanning their badge, they must " +"have a badge ID assigned. To do so, go to the **Employees** app, open the " +"employee form, and click the :guilabel:`HR settings` tab. Then, enter the " +"badge ID of your choice in the :guilabel:`Badge ID` field of the " +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` category or click :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To switch to another user, lock the session by clicking the lock-shaped icon" +" (:guilabel:`🔓`) at the top-right of the screen and scan your badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:65 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "Analitiche" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you close and post the POS session, access the comprehensive report to " +"review all session activities, including who initiated the session and who " +"handled specific orders. To access the session's report, click the vertical " +"ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " +":guilabel:`Sessions` from the :guilabel:`View` section. Then, select a " +"specific session for more detailed information, and click the " +":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To get an overview of all orders, regardless of the session, click the " +"vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " +":guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 +msgid "Payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> " +"New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this " +"payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this " +"payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings `, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 +msgid "Payment terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment" +" flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million " +"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per " +"month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website " +"`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps " +"described on your terminal's screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment " +"method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a " +"payment terminal` field to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an" +" :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To " +"generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new " +"credential or click on an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the " +"Odoo mandatory field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 +msgid "" +"`Adyen Docs - API credentials `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 +msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is" +" used to identify the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, " +"and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 +msgid "Set the Event URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "" +"For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event " +"URLs**. To do so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "log in to `Adyen's website `_;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" +" select the connected terminal;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 +msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " +":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 +msgid "" +"click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 +msgid "Add a new payment method" +msgstr "Aggiungi un nuovo metodo di pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, " +"select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and " +"add your new method for Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. " +"Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is " +"successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force " +"the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to " +"validate the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you" +" that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Collegare una IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 +msgid "SIX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and " +"use a Six payment terminal in PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the :guilabel:`POS Six` module is installed. For this," +" go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for " +"*POS Six*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The POS Six module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new payment method for SIX, " +"select the payment terminal option :guilabel:`SIX`, and enter the payment " +"terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` interface, at the moment of the payment, " +"select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in " +"the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal " +"and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on " +":guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to :guilabel:`Payment " +"Successful`. If needed, reverse the last transaction by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Reverse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The Reverse button on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button. This will allow you to " +"validate the order in Odoo even if there are connection issues between the " +"payment terminal and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "" +":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. " +"<../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Activate **Stripe** in the settings by going to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Stripe`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Then, create the payment method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, " +"click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with " +"your payment method's name;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use" +" a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial " +"Number` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this " +"payment method.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "payment method creation form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method " +"**exclusively** for identified customers. For any unidentified customers to " +"be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field " +"unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account`" +" can stay empty to use the default accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's " +"dashboard `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Doing so redirects you automatically to a " +"configuration page. Fill in all the information to create your Stripe " +"account and link it with Odoo. Once the forms are completed, the API keys " +"(:guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key`) can be retrieved on" +" **Stripe's** website. To do so, click :guilabel:`Get your Secret and " +"Publishable keys`, click the keys to copy them, and paste them into the " +"corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " +"POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "stripe connection form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the " +"**Secret Key** to use your terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay " +"set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted **On-Premise**, the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button " +"does not work. To retrieve the API keys manually, log in to your `Stripe " +"dashboard `_, type `API` in the search bar, " +"and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "Configure the payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the " +"admin PIN code, validate and select your network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 +msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. " +"By default, this code is `07139`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 +msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment " +"method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. " +"Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful," +" the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment" +" request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 +msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Risoluzione problemi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 +msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add " +"it manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Log into your `Stripe's dashboard `_ and go to" +" :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an " +"already created location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill " +"in the required information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right" +" on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, " +"and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Vantiv" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 +msgid "Worldline" +msgstr "Worldline" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, " +"please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent " +"screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " +"Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 +msgid "Set the IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" +" (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 +msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " +"and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 +msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " +"19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and " +"click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> " +"OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a " +"new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " +"and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 +msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " +"\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the " +"amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " +"changes to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" +" appear on the payment record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the" +" payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the " +"order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " +"informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "Arrotondamento di cassa" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` " +"rounding strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "Nomenclatura codice a barre" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Discounts" +msgstr "Sconti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record " +"transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business " +"of your customers and providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that " +"automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in " +"the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more " +"fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 +msgid "" +"According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"<../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions" +" are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also " +":ref:`create new fiscal positions `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the " +"**customer taxes** field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 +msgid "Use fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Open a :ref:`POS session ` to use one of the allowed " +"fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-" +"shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies " +"the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen " +"fiscal position's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the" +" fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:80 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Listini prezzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Receipts and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Ricezioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " +":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header &" +" Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the " +"receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable " +"the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "POS receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown " +"selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All" +" active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " +"order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your " +"reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash " +"register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 +msgid "Set a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:48 +msgid "" +"First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS " +"interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> " +"Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of " +"**customers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "customer selection and creation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:55 +msgid "" +"From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name " +"or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a " +"customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking " +":guilabel:`Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the " +"payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 +msgid "Invoice a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment " +"screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable" +" issuing and printing invoices upon payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" +" automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:78 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:80 +msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:82 +msgid "" +"access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:84 +msgid "" +"to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the " +"order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in " +"the :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:97 +msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on" +" their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing " +"information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so " +"generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order " +"status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to " +":guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "order status change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select " +"the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on " +"ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Resoconti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 +msgid "View statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting" +" --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter " +"or group depending on your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "Restaurant features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Managing a restaurant or a bar comes with specific needs. The Point of Sale " +"application provides various features that allow performing all the required" +" tasks in such businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 +msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 +msgid "" +":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior " +"`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13 +msgid ":ref:`take orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS " +"`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15 +msgid "" +":doc:`print bills in advance and split them `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`collect tips `; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable the restaurant and bar-specific features, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +"POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:25 +msgid "" +"These features are displayed in the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst-1 +msgid "restaurant and bar-specific features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Bills" +msgstr "Fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Typical practices in restaurants or bars are to request the bill before " +"proceeding to payment or splitting it based on the items ordered. Odoo POS " +"provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** " +"and **Bill Splitting**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, select the POS, and activate :guilabel:`Early " +"Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " +":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21 +msgid "Bill printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to" +" generate and print a bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes" +" to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30 +msgid "Bill splitting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"From an open session, click :guilabel:`Split` to select the items to " +"regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " +"to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as " +"they have been paid for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38 +msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 +msgid "Floors and tables management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:6 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a " +"pos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each " +"table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:21 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:24 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and" +" their shape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:64 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" +"to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Orders printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Integrating printers in a restaurant or bar's workflow can enhance " +"communication and collaboration between the front-of-house and back-of-house" +" teams, leading to a more streamlined and efficient service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:15 +msgid "Enable and create printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To enable sending orders to a kitchen or bar printer, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section, and enable :guilabel:`Kitchen " +"Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To get a list of all the printers already created or to modify an already " +"created printer, click :guilabel:`--> Printers` and select the desired " +"printer to open the setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "settings to enable the kitchen printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:32 +msgid "Setup form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the :ref:`setup form `, select the " +":guilabel:`Printer Type` according to your installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If your printer is connected to an IoT box, select :guilabel:`Use a printer " +"connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Device` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you use an Epson printer that does not need an IoT box, select " +":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the printer's IP address in the " +":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Set your printer to print specific products based on their POS category. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Printed Product " +"Categories` field. If you leave this field empty, all products are sent to " +"the printer regardless of their POS category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 +msgid "Print orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"From an open session, start taking an order and click :guilabel:`Order` to " +"send it to the bar or the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When products can be printed, they appear in green in the cart, and the " +"order button turns green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "Mance" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in " +":ref:`shops `, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants " +"<../restaurant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To allow tipping in your POS, activate the :guilabel:`Tips` feature in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. At the top of" +" the page, select the POS in which you wish to allow **tipping**, scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section and check :guilabel:`Tips`. Once " +"enabled, add a :guilabel:`Tip Product` in the corresponding field, and save." +" The designated product will be used as a reference on customers' receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "enable tips in a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 +msgid "Tip products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Tip products** can be created on the spot. To do so, enter a product's " +"name in the :ref:`Tip Product ` field and click " +":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " +"configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, if you wish to be able to select the tip product in a POS session, " +"you must activate the **Available in POS** setting. To do so, click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open the product configuration form. Then," +" go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` " +"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as " +":guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different " +"one for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 +msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` payment " +"terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check " +":guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip " +"settings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 +msgid "Tip after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use a POS system in a bar or a restaurant, you can enable " +":guilabel:`Add tip after payment (North America specific)`. Doing so " +"generates a bill to print and complete manually by the customer and the " +"waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after" +" the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal " +"attributed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 +msgid "Add tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add tips to an order, :ref:`access the payment screen ` and " +"click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "tip popup window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select the :ref:`tip product ` on the " +"POS interface to add it to the cart. When selected, the product is " +"automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales " +"Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 +msgid "" +"During checkout, select **Adyen** as the payment terminal, and send the " +"payment request to the device by clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The customers " +"are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen " +"before proceeding to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 +msgid "" +"At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. " +"Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the following screen, click the percentage (:guilabel:`15%`, " +":guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`), :guilabel:`No Tip`, or enter the tipping " +"amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to" +" the following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 +msgid "Shop features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your " +"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be " +"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " +":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1 +msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of" +" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28 +msgid "Assign barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31 +msgid "To your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do" +" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open" +" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " +"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38 +msgid "To your employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app " +"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your " +"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR " +"Settings` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 +msgid "Use barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48 +msgid "Scan products" +msgstr "Scansiona prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly " +"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed," +" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for" +" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 +msgid "Log employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, " +":ref:`restrict access ` to the POS and " +":ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in ` your " +"POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working in retail, you might need to order products directly from your " +"Point of sale. Fortunately, Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with Odoo" +" Sales, meaning that you can create a sales order and pay for it directly " +"from your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 +msgid "Select a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the **Point of Sale** application, open a new session. Then, click on " +":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and " +"sales orders created on the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 +msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To ease finding the right sales order, you can filter that list on the " +"**customer** or on the **order reference**. You can also set the customer " +"before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one " +"particular customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26 +msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28 +msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 +msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Settle the order **partially**: after clicking on :guilabel:`Apply a down " +"payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay." +" Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to " +"pay for the total of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically " +"deducted from the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Working with **serial numbers** and **lots** allows tracking your products' " +"movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location " +"based on their last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To enable traceability, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products -->" +" Products`. Then, select a product and check the :guilabel:`Tracking By " +"Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable traceability settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can import serial numbers in Point of Sale. To do so, select a **sales " +"order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load " +"the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can " +"modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If a tracked product is available in your POS, adding the product to the " +"cart opens a pop-up window where you can type or scan the product's serial " +"or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on " +"**enter** to validate and start a new line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view " +"button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot & Serial Number(s)` are :guilabel:`required` on tracked " +"products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " +"**not** prevent from completing the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "Noleggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule " +"rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "Tariffazione noleggio" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and " +"click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a" +" price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a " +"*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " +"usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Example of rental pricing configuration in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*." +" You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" +" temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not " +"forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this " +"option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create" +" a rental order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 +msgid "" +"A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " +"pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the " +"cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " +"rental's eight days, for a total of $750." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the " +"arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to " +"make sure your products are returned on time and in their original " +"condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Documents settings in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " +"Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default " +"*Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already" +" uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by " +"clicking on *Upload Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on " +"*Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents*" +" again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to " +"start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is " +"completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or " +"return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and " +"select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all " +"information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked " +"up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and " +"potential rental delay costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Printing a Pickup and Return receipt in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation " +"to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "Integrazione con Amazon" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "Addebiti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode `, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " +":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " +"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " +"save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":ref:`developer mode `, head to your Amazon account and " +"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " +"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " +"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " +"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " +"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " +"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " +"recognize them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " +"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " +"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "Issue invoices" +msgstr "Emetti fatture" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " +"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " +"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " +"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " +"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " +"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " +":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " +"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " +"batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." +" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " +"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on :guilabel:`CREATE`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a meaningful name for your account (e.g. `Europe`), and select your " +":guilabel:`Sign-up Marketplace`. This is the original sign-up marketplace of" +" your seller account (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, " +"your sign-up marketplace will be `amazon.de`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, a button to :guilabel:`link with Amazon` appears. Click on it " +"to be redirected to the Amazon login page, or directly to the consent page " +"if you are already logged in. There, confirm that you want Amazon to give " +"Odoo access to your account and related data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Amazon redirects you to Odoo, with your account registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab. If you " +"wish, you can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces " +"to disable their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:61 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 +msgid "Add a new marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Create a new marketplace record. Enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace ID` and " +"select the :guilabel:`Amazon Region` for your marketplace as described in " +"the `Amazon Documentation for marketplace IDs and regions " +"`_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " +"respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " +"*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" +" --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`. Open the account on which you wish to" +" use the new marketplace, go to the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab and click " +"on :guilabel:`Update available marketplaces` (an animation should confirm " +"the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically " +"added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is " +"not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or " +"unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "Integrazione con eBay" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal `_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " +"deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " +"request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the " +"request and take further action if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" +" reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " +"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"account deletion notifications ` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " +"until the subscription is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " +"**Verification Token**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay `_ " +"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " +"unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 +msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "A verification token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " +"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" +" sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Button to send test notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a " +"consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a " +"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Invoice what is ordered* rule is used as the default mode in Odoo " +"*Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The *Invoice what is delivered* rule invoices customers once the delivery is" +" done. This rule is often used for businesses that sell materials, liquids, " +"or food in large quantities. In these cases, the ordered quantity may differ" +" slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the " +"quantity actually delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 +msgid "Invoicing policy features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate the necessary invoicing policy features, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` heading, select an :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` rule: " +":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is " +"delivered`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered` rule is chosen, it is **not** " +"possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which " +"automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:34 +msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 +msgid "" +"On any product page, via the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Products dashboard`, locate the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option located " +"under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Sales*, the basic sales flow starts with the creation of a " +"quotation. Then, that quotation is sent to a customer. Next, it needs to be " +"confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, " +"creates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the " +"aforementioned sales flow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An " +"invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`: Minor impact on sales flow, because " +"the delivered quantity needs to be manually entered on the sales order. Or, " +"the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered " +"quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If a user attempts to create an invoice without validating the delivered " +"quantity, the following error message appears: :guilabel:`There is no " +"invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, " +"please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has " +"been delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation is confirmed, and the status changes from " +":guilabel:`Quotation sent` to :guilabel:`Sales order`, the delivered and " +"invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. " +"This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically adds the quantities to the invoice, both " +":guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial " +"delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are a few different options to create an invoice: " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to " +"learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 +msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and " +"in-store shopping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To enable eWallets and gift cards for eCommerce and Point of Sale (PoS), " +"first enable :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` under " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing " +"section`. Once enabled, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card " +"program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 +msgid "eWallets" +msgstr "Portafoglio elettronico" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 +msgid "" +"eWallets allow customers to save credits on their online account and use " +"these credits as a payment method when buying items in an online store or a " +"brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple " +":ref:`gift cards `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating an eWallet program, it is necessary to create an eWallet " +"**top-up** product. Top-ups are pre-defined digital credit values added to " +"an eWallet in exchange for its equivalent in real currency. These credits " +"can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS " +"(Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to " +"the eWallet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a top-up product, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products -->" +" Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, " +"configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, " +"`$50 Top-Up`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-" +"up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the top-up is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products -->" +" Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The " +"following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. " +"Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email template`: select the email template used for the email " +"sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select " +":guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and " +"available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is " +"valid and available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and " +"available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: select the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` in which " +"the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "eWallet program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate eWallet` " +"button in the upper-left corner to generate eWallets. eWallets can be " +"generated based on :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags`. " +"The quantity is automatically adapted according to the :guilabel:`Customers`" +" and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet " +"value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Generated eWallets can be accessed through the :guilabel:`eWallets` smart " +"button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " +":guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Click on an eWallet to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an " +"eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 +msgid "Gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment " +"method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new gift card program, it is necessary to first create " +"gift cards as products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product " +"template, configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card " +"products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Once the gift card product is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card " +"program. The following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Card Products`: select the gift card product created " +"earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different " +"amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email template`: select the default :guilabel:`Gift Card: Gift " +"Card Information` template, or create a new template by clicking on the " +"field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "Gift card program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate Gift Cards` " +"button in the upper-left corner to generate gift cards. Gift cards can be " +"generated either for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers` or :guilabel:`Selected " +"Customers`. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity to generate` for " +":guilabel:`Anonymous Customers`, or select the :guilabel:`Customers` and/or " +":guilabel:`Customer Tags` for :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period" +" if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Generated gift cards can be accessed through the :guilabel:`Gift Cards` " +"smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " +":guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Click on a gift card to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift " +"card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Point of Sale* applications allow users " +"to create discount and loyalty programs that customers can use for online " +"and in-store shopping. These programs offer more varied, public, and time-" +"sensitive pricing options than :doc:`pricelists " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 +msgid "Configure the settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To begin using discount and loyalty programs, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Pricing` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & " +"Gift Card` setting by checking the box next to the feature. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:19 +msgid "Configure discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If no discount or loyalty programs have been created yet, Odoo provides a " +"choice of templates to help create the first program. Choose one of the " +"template cards, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new program from " +"scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to " +"edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Templates only appear when no programs have been created, and they disappear" +" once the first program is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:38 +msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:40 +msgid "The program form contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Program Name`: Enter the name of the program. The program name is" +" *not* visible to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Program Type`: Select the desired :ref:`program type " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Points Unit`: Enter the name of the points used for the " +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` program (e.g. `Loyalty Points`). The points unit " +"name *is* visible to the customer. This field is only available when the " +":guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity`: Select the date until which the program is valid. " +"Leave this field blank for no end date, meaning the program is always valid " +"and does not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Usage`: Check this box and enter a number to limit the " +"number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the case of multiple companies, choose the company " +"for which the program is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: Select the app(s) on which the program is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website(s) on which the program is " +"available. Leave this field blank to make it available on all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the point(s) of sale at which the program " +"is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS " +"(Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The options available on the program form vary depending on the " +":ref:`Program Type ` selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All of the existing cards, codes, coupons, etc. that have been generated for" +" the program are accessible through the smart button located in the upper-" +"right corner of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 +msgid "Program types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The different :guilabel:`Program Types` available on the program form are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant " +"immediate access to rewards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes " +"that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " +"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Promotions`: Set conditional rules for ordering products, which, " +"when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Set codes which, when entered upon checkout, " +"grant discounts to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy X Get Y`: For every X item bought, the customer is granted 1 " +"credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can " +"trade them in to receive Y item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 +msgid "Conditional rules" +msgstr "Regole condizionali" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the " +"program applies to a customer's order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab, click :guilabel:`Add` next to " +":guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The options for :guilabel:`Conditional rules` vary depending on the selected" +" :ref:`Program Type `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:115 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring conditional rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Enter a custom code to be used for the " +":guilabel:`Discount Code` program, or use the default one generated by Odoo." +" This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to " +":guilabel:`Discount Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Minimum Quantity`: Enter the minimum number of products that must" +" be purchased in order to access the reward. Set the minimum quantity to at " +"least `1` to ensure that the customer must make a purchase in order to " +"access the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Minimum Purchase`: Enter the minimum amount (in currency), with " +":guilabel:`tax Included` or :guilabel:`tax Excluded`, that must be spent in " +"order to access the reward. If both a minimum quantity *and* minimum " +"purchase amount are entered, then the customer's order must meet both " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: Select the specific product(s) for which the program " +"applies. Leave this field blank to apply it to all products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Categories`: Select the category of products for which the " +"program applies. Choose :guilabel:`All` to apply it to all product " +"categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " +"that specific tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Grant`: Enter the number of points the customer earns " +":guilabel:`per order`, :guilabel:`per currency spent`, or :guilabel:`per " +"unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` " +"programs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule and close the pop-up window," +" or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the rule and immediately create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Premi" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab of the program form, click " +":guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program." +" This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected " +":ref:`Program Type `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward Type`: Select the reward type among :guilabel:`Free " +"Product`, :guilabel:`Discount`, and :guilabel:`Free Shipping`. The other " +"options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" +" product can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " +"eligible for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount`: Enter the discounted amount in either " +":guilabel:`percentage`, :guilabel:`currency per point`, or " +":guilabel:`currency per order`. Then, select whether the discount applies to" +" the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the " +"order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this " +"reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`In exchange of`: Enter the number of points required to exchange " +"for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get " +"Y` programs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which" +" is displayed to the customer upon checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several criteria to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product:* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment:* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula:* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:24 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:31 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:48 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:58 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:68 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:94 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:101 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:131 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:146 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " +"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 +msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " +"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " +"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" +" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " +"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 +msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " +"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +msgid "Google API dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " +"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" +" Keys**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 +msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Abilitare l'API" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"`_ and click on **Get " +"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" +"of the page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " +"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " +"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " +"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" +" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" +" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " +"on the Home page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " +"and **Search the entire web**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " +"that you put at the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " +"activate **Google Images** and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " +"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " +"settings and save again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 +msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " +"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " +"the Inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " +":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " +"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 +msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " +"will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " +"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " +"by clicking on **Get picture**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 +msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " +"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " +"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " +"stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " +"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " +"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " +"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 +msgid "T-shirt" +msgstr "T-shirt" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " +"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " +"**S** and **Blue** are values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " +"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Activating product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Activating product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 +msgid "Creating attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " +"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Products --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" +" appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " +"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " +"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " +"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " +"and values are added to a product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" +" and values are added to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " +"cannot be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" +" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +" From there, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "Type in the value's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " +"customer provides unique specifications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " +"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " +"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting a color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " +"a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " +"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " +"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "Creating product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " +"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " +"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " +"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " +"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " +"Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 +msgid "Managing product exclusions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " +"attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "T-Shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 +msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 +msgid "" +"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " +"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " +"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " +":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " +"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " +"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " +"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " +"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " +"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Excluding attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" +" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " +"access the list of product variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " +"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" +" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " +"barcode/SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " +"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " +"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " +"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " +"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" +" variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " +"variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" +" variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" +" product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 +msgid "Process returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sales` app provides two different ways to process returns " +"based on whether an invoice has been sent or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:9 +msgid "Before invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Returns are completed using *Reverse Transfers* when a customer decides to " +"return a product before an invoice has been sent or validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In order to use Reverse Transfers, the :guilabel:`Inventory` app must also " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To start a return, open the :guilabel:`Sales` app, navigate to the " +"customer's sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button " +"to open the associated delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` matches the validated quantities from the delivery " +"order. Update the quantities if necessary. Click on the trash icon next to a" +" line item to remove it from the return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " +"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). Upon receiving the" +" return, the warehouse team validates the warehouse operation. Then, on the " +"original sales order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the " +"difference between the initial validated quantities and the returned " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is created, the customer receives an invoice only for the " +"products they are keeping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:42 +msgid "After invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their " +"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is " +"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, " +"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to " +"complete the customer's return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To start a return, navigate to the relevant sales order. If there is a " +"payment registered on the sales order, then the payment details will appear " +"in the Chatter, and the invoice (accessible through the :guilabel:`Invoices`" +" smart button) will have a green banner across it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view" +" the validated delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. Next, edit the " +":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Quantity` as needed for the return, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Return`. This generates a new warehouse operation for " +"the incoming returned product(s), which is validated by the warehouse team " +"once the return is received. Then, on the sales order, the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the difference between the " +"initial validated quantities and the returned quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order," +" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add " +"Credit Note` from the validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Credit Note\" pop-up window, to issue a credit to the customer after " +"invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to " +"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific " +"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72 +msgid "" +"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, " +":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" to confirm the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Quotation deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to set deadlines on sales " +"quotations. Doing so encourages customers to act quickly during sales " +"negotiations, for they might fear for missing out on a good deal. As well, " +"deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has" +" to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Expiration date deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On an Odoo *Sales* quotation, add an expiration date in the " +":guilabel:`Expiration` field located at the top of the quotation or sales " +"order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To add an expiration date to a quotation, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app`, and select a desired quotation, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if modifying a pre-existing " +"quotation), and click the :guilabel:`Expiration` field. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down calendar, in which the month and date can be designated as the " +"expiration date of the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 +msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the expiration date is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:30 +msgid "Deadlines in quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales* application also makes it possible to add a deadline to " +"every quotation template. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in " +"a quote, its associated deadline is automatically applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To add a deadline to a quotation template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`, and either select the " +"desired quotation template to which a deadline should be added, or click " +":guilabel:`Create` to build a new quotation template from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the quotation template detail page, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to " +"edit the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, add a specific number of days to the :guilabel:`Quotation expires " +"after` field, located beneath the quotation template name. The number of " +"days represents how long the quotation will be valid for, before it expires." +" When done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 +msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button on a quotation, Odoo " +"clearly displays when that specific offer expires. As a reminder, the number" +" of days is the same as those mentioned in the quotation template (if a " +"quotation template was used for the initial quotation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 +msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliveries and invoices to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " +"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " +"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To properly utilize multiple addresses in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` heading. Then, check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Contact form configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To add multiple addresses to a contact, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Orders --> Customers`, and clear any default filters from the search bar. " +"Then, click on the desired customer to open their contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 +msgid "Contact forms can be accessed in the *Contacts* application, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the contact form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then select " +":guilabel:`Add`, which is located under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses`" +" tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which " +"additional addresses can be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, start by clicking the default" +" :guilabel:`Other Address` field to reveal a drop-down menu of address-" +"related options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:41 +msgid "Select any of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the " +"existing contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once an option is selected, proceed to enter the corresponding contact " +"information that should be used for the specified address type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address and close the " +":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save " +"the address and immediately input another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:60 +msgid "Address added to quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" +" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields autopopulate with the corresponding " +"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" +" edited directly from the quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Edit` button," +" and then clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` internal link buttons " +"next to each address line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If any changes are made on a form in Odoo, include *Contacts* forms, " +"remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Providers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your providers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment provider, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment providers such as " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "Registra un pagamento" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Online signatures for order confirmations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales* application provides customers with the ability to confirm " +"orders via an online signature directly on the sales order. Once the sales " +"order is electronically signed by the customer, the salesperson attached to " +"the sales order is automatically notified that the order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11 +msgid "Activate online signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the *online signature* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & " +"Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by " +"checking the box beside it. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the " +"top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable online signature in Odoo Sales settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"On quotation templates, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " +"under the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on a quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On standard quotations, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " +"under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on standard quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "Order confirmations with online signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When quotations are sent to clients, there's an option for them to " +":guilabel:`Sign & Pay` directly on the quotation in the online customer " +"portal. When clicked, clients have the option to draw a signature, fill in " +"the field with an automated signature, or load a file from their computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once signed, the various payment method options become available. Then, when" +" the quotation is paid and confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created (if the Odoo *Inventory* app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy that involves the " +"cross-selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer " +"useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " +"sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, they have the choice to " +"order massaging seats, as well, or ignore the offer and simply buy the car. " +"Presenting the choice to purchase optional products enhances the customer " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:14 +msgid "Optional products on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to add or modify optional " +"products directly on quotations by navigating to the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab on a quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button to reveal a preview of the " +"quotation customers would receive via email, along with the optional " +"products they have a chance of adding to their order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0 +msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In practice, customers are able to add different optional products to an " +"order by clicking the :guilabel:`🛒 (shopping cart)` icon, located to the " +"right of the optional product line. If a customer selects all the optional " +"products suggested, these additional items are automatically filled in on " +"the quotation that is managed by the salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When the customer adds an optional product(s) to an order, the salesperson " +"is instantly notified about the change, along with any other change the " +"customer makes to an order. This allows salespeople to stay up-to-date with " +"everything related to an order in the backend of the *Sales* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "Optional products on quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Be sure to review the documentation on how to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template` to better " +"understand how quotation templates work before reading the following " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, just like a typical quotation form, there is also " +"an :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, wherein related products or services " +"can be added to a quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add optional products to a quotation template, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Then, " +"either select an existing quotation template to edit, or create a new one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then click the " +":guilabel:`Optional Products` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Optional Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the desired product to add as " +"an optional product to the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It's best to offer optional products that would encourage a customer to add " +"additional items to their order, or entice them to purchase a more expensive" +" version of their initially selected product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer purchases a wooden chair, some optional products " +"could be: a warranty on that chair and/or a wooden chair with leather seats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When the desired optional product(s) have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`" +" to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to how many optional products can be added to a quotation " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The products added in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab are present in " +"the quotation, by default, whenever that particular quotation template is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Use product variants on quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants can be added to quotations and sales orders using the " +"Product Configurator, Variant Grid Entry, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable product variants on quotations and sales orders, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Product Catalog` " +"and activate one or both of the :guilabel:`Product Configurator` and " +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` settings. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Activating entry type settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After saving the settings, configure the product form. Head over to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and select any product (or " +"click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one). On the product form, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab. Under " +":guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection`, choose either :guilabel:`Product " +"Configurator` or :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry`. This selection determines " +"which method is used to add the product to quotations or sales orders. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Sales variant selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The product must have at least two variants (one attribute with two values) " +"created in order for the :guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection` option to " +"appear. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` under :guilabel:`Attribute` to add " +"attributes and values to this product and create product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37 +msgid "Use the Product Configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` appears on a quotation or sales order " +"when products are added that have both variants configured and the " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator` option selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` lets salespeople choose exactly which " +"product variant to add to the quotation or sales order using a format " +"similar to online shopping. Color options display any HTML color codes set " +"up in the :guilabel:`Color` attribute. Features with an additional cost will" +" display the additional cost next to their name. Once the desired product " +"variant attributes are selected, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the product " +"variant to the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product Configurator and Price Extras." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:52 +msgid "" +"By default, the product variant attributes are displayed on the quotation or" +" sales order in the :guilabel:`Description` column, but the " +":guilabel:`Product Variant` column can be added through the additional " +"options menu (3 vertical dots icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:57 +msgid "Use Variant Grid Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entries` appear on a quotation or sales order when " +"products are added that have both variants configured and the " +":guilabel:`Order Grid Entry` option selected. Grid entry can streamline the " +"process of creating large, varied quotations by letting salespeople enter " +"exact quantities of each product variant all at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` displays a grid of every variant available " +"for the selected product. Choose the exact quantities of each product " +"variant for a quotation or sales order by typing in the number or using the " +"arrows. :guilabel:`Not Available` is displayed when a particular variant has" +" been deactivated in the database. Once all the product variants and their " +"quantities have been set, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add them to the " +"quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variant Grid Entry pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Each product variant appears as an individual line item on the quotation or " +"sales order, because each of these items has its own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Line items for grid variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Modelli preventivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Sales*, salespeople have the ability to create reusable quotation " +"templates for common product or service offerings that the business offers. " +"By using these templates, quotations can be tailored and sent to customers " +"at a much faster pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " +"every time a sales negotiation occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Begin by activating the setting in :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & " +"Orders` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box beside the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` " +"option. Doing so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which " +"a default quotation template can be chosen from a drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Also, upon activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` feature, an " +"internal :guilabel:`➡️ Quotation Templates` link appears beneath the " +":guilabel:`Default Template` field. Clicking that link reveals the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from which templates can be created, " +"viewed, and edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Consider activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Builder` option in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`, as well, which is located in the right column beside " +"the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` option. This feature aides in the design" +" and customization of quotation templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Note:** enabling this feature also automatically installs the Odoo " +"*Website* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, don't forget to click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to activate the feature(s) and save all changes made" +" during the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Create quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link on the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"page, or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Quotation Templates`. Both options reveal the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " +"edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To create a new quotation template, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, " +"located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " +"template form that can be customized in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Start by entering a name for the template in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. Then, in the :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` field, " +"designate how many days the quotation template will remain valid for, or " +"leave the field on the default `0` to keep the template valid indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Company` field, designate to which company this quotation " +"template applies, if working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Beneath those fields are three tabs: :guilabel:`Lines`, :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products`, :guilabel:`Confirmation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, products can be added to the quotation " +"template by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, organized by clicking `Add a" +" section` (and dragging/dropping section headers accordingly), and further " +"explained with discretionary information (such as warranty details, terms, " +"etc.) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line` for each " +"compatible cross-selling product related to the original items in the " +":guilabel:`Lines` tab, if applicable. The products added here ideally " +"compliment the original offering as added value for the prospective buyer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab, enable options, as needed, to " +"require an :guilabel:`Online Signature` and/or an :guilabel:`Online " +"Payment`, which each allow buyers to confirm orders automatically using the " +"web portal view after the required action is taken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:82 +msgid "" +"There's also an option to add a :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` to the " +"quotation template, as well - meaning whenever this template is used, and an" +" order is confirmed, an email is sent to the customer informing them that " +"their order has been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Allow customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:91 +msgid "Design quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The following section on designing quotation templates only applies to " +"databases that have the *Quotation Builder* feature enabled, which is " +"accessible by following the :ref:`configuration steps above " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the quotation template form, there's a " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. When clicked, Odoo reveals a preview of " +"the quotation template, as it will appear on the front-end of the website, " +"with a :guilabel:`Template Header` specifying that this content will appear " +"on all quotations using this specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To edit the content, look, and overall design of the quotation template, " +"click the :guilabel:`Edit` button in the upper-right corner. Doing so " +"reveals a variety of design elements and feature-filled building blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Design quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop any desired building blocks onto the blank quotation template," +" and proceed to further customize the content to fit any business need. When" +" all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to put those configurations into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:120 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`), choose a " +"preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To view what the customer will see, click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` " +"smart button to see how the quotation template will look on the front-end of" +" the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:137 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "Abbonamenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Subscriptions* is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new " +"contracts `, :doc:`upsell customers " +"`, keep the churn under " +"control, and :doc:`generate reports " +"` on the main :abbr:`KPIs (Key " +"Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, " +":abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "Subscription quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 +msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the " +"*Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales ` app. You can " +"either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Select a :doc:`subscription plan ` " +"to prefill the quotation instantly, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an " +"end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " +":doc:`Customer Addresses " +"` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 +msgid "Confirmation" +msgstr "Conferma" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Send the quotation to the customer for confirmation by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Customer Preview` to preview the customer portal where " +"the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with" +" you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 +msgid "Automatic payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can require the customer to set an automatic payment method and pre-pay " +"the subscription's first occurrence before they can confirm their quotation." +" To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check " +"the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you leave :guilabel:`Payment` unchecked, the customer doesn't have to " +"pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not " +"automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the online confirmation requires a pre-payment, your customer can select " +"only the :ref:`payment providers ` " +"that have the :ref:`tokenization feature " +"`. This ensures that the customer " +"is automatically charged at each new period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`plans`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates ` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a " +"basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo " +"Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../subscriptions>` to " +"understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like " +"regular sales products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 +msgid "" +"However, by default, the eCommerce product page only displays the shortest " +"recurrence period listed in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the " +"product form. For example, if a subscription product has *monthly* and " +"*yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears " +"on the eCommerce page for that product by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a " +"*product variant* for each recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configure subscription products " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`Product variants " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 +msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To set up each recurrence period as a product variant, go to " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products` and select a " +"product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add " +"a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create an :guilabel:`Attribute` called `Billing Period` (or something " +"similar) by typing in the name and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. This " +"attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the " +"eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next, create :guilabel:`Values` that correspond to the recurrence periods " +"that are configured in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product" +" form. Type in the name of the recurrence period, then click " +":guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the " +"product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`☁️ (cloud)` icon at the top of the page to save " +"manually. After saving, a :guilabel:`Product Variants` column appears on the" +" :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their " +"corresponding recurrence periods and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 +msgid "Subscription plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 +msgid "Subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By integrating closely with the Odoo *Sales* app, the *Subscriptions* app " +"enables users to sell subscription products alongside regular sales " +"products. While regular products are sold on a one-time basis, subscription " +"products are sold on a renewing basis, generating recurring revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, subscription products are also called *recurring* products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:12 +msgid "Configure recurrence periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To get started with subscriptions, first make sure that the *recurrence " +"periods* are configured as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods are the time periods in which subscriptions renew. They " +"designate how often the customer pays for (and receives) subscription " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure recurrence periods, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Subscriptions* app comes with some basic recurrence periods already " +"configured: Daily, Monthly, Quarterly, Weekly, Yearly, 3 Years, and 5 Years." +" These can be edited as needed, and any number of new recurrence periods can" +" be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new recurrence period, click :guilabel:`New` on the recurrence " +"periods dashboard. Then, type in the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Duration` of the recurrence period, and select the " +":guilabel:`Unit` that defines the duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a recurrence period for a subscription that will renew every two " +"weeks, set the :guilabel:`Duration` to `2` and the :guilabel:`Unit` to " +"`Weeks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:0 +msgid "A recurrence period of 2 weeks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new subscription product, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions` app. Then go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions" +" --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new product. Enter a " +":guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` for the new product is automatically set to " +":guilabel:`Service`. Subscription products can be set to other types as " +"well; however, they currently *cannot* be set to :guilabel:`Storable " +"Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The new product automatically has the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox " +"activated. This enables Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be " +"sure to leave the :guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` options " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Recurring\" checkbox on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 +msgid "Time-based pricing" +msgstr "Prezzo basato sul tempo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a price` to begin defining recurring prices. In the " +":guilabel:`Period` column, select a recurrence period. In the " +":guilabel:`Price` column, enter the price for that recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Add as many lines as needed to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An existing product can be made into a subscription product simply by " +"marking it as :guilabel:`Recurring` and configuring :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A subscription product can still be sold as a regular product by adding it " +"to a quotation and *not* selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` on the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Use :doc:`pricelists " +"` with " +"subscription products to give special pricing to customers included in " +"pricelists. This can be configured either in the :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` tab of the product form, or on the pricelist form in the *Sales* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create recurring price rules for specific pricelists in the " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, select a pricelist " +"in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists in the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When pricelists are added to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab, the " +"pricelist form in the *Sales* app is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Time-based pricing rules can also be configured directly on the pricelist " +"form. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Pricelists` " +"and select a pricelist (or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist)." +" In the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, select a subscription product in the :guilabel:`Products` column, and " +"select a recurrence period in the :guilabel:`Period` column. Enter a " +":guilabel:`Price` for that particular product and period. Add as many lines " +"as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Time-based rules` are added to the pricelist form, the " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form is automatically " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 +msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Report" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:40 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0ac92e0e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,4081 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Marianna Ciofani, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "Servizi" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "Assistenza sul campo" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "User default warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who " +"keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same " +"warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from " +"their profiles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always " +"pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>`" +" feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " +"necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile `, or :ref:`for all users `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "For your profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To set up a default warehouse for yourself, click your **profile icon** in " +"the upper right corner of the screen, then, go to :menuselection:`My Profile" +" --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "For all users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, select a user, then go" +" to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, " +"and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Use in field service tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used " +"for a sales order related to a Field Service task are pulled from that " +"specific warehouse. Open the related sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other" +" Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse " +"is applied correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default " +"warehouse is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 +msgid "Onsite interventions planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 +msgid "From a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as" +" :guilabel:`Product Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as " +":guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as " +":guilabel:`Service Tracking`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 +msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 +msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field " +"Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` app, create a quotation with the " +"product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field " +"Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 +msgid "From helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`Helpdesk <../helpdesk>` app lets your " +"helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service " +"tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the :guilabel:`Plan " +"Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field " +"service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Avanzato" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After-Sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*After-Sales* services can be configured in the *Helpdesk* application for " +"individual *teams*. Once enabled, users can issue refunds, process returns, " +"generate coupons, and/or schedule repair and field service interventions " +"directly from a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the after-sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Start by enabling the after-sales services on specific *Helpdesk* team(s), " +"by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"selecting which teams(s) these services should be active on. Then, scroll to" +" the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section on the team's settings page, and choose" +" which of the following options to enable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refunds`: issues credit notes to refund a customer, or adjust the" +" remaining amount due" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: offers discounts and free products through an existing " +"coupon program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Returns`: initiates a product return from a customer through a " +"reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repairs`: creates repair orders for broken or faulty products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:21 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Service`: plans onsite intervention through the *Field " +"Service* application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The services that are enabled can vary based on the type of support a team " +"provides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As all of the after-sales services in Odoo require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications. *Installing a new application on a One-" +"App-Free database will trigger a 15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a" +" paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be " +"accessible.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:35 +msgid "Issue a refund with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A *credit note* is a document issued to a customer informing them that they " +"have been credited a certain amount of money. They can be used to provide a " +"full refund to a customer, or to adjust any remaining amount due. While they" +" are usually created through the *Accounting* or *Invoicing* applications, " +"they can be created through a *Helpdesk* ticket, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:43 +msgid "Invoices must be posted before a credit note can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To create a credit note, navigate to a ticket on the " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` application, and click the :guilabel:`Refund` " +"button in the upper-left corner of the ticket dashboard. Then, select the " +"corresponding invoice from the :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a refund creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:53 +msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Credit Method` from one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: the credit note is created in draft and can be " +"edited before being issued" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: the credit note is auto-validated and reconciled " +"with the invoice. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs" +" to be canceled*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: the credit note is auto-" +"validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original invoice is " +"duplicated as a new draft. *This is the option to choose if a validated " +"invoice needs to be modified*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Credit Method` options will **not** be available for invoices" +" that have already been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the details of the credit note and click " +":guilabel:`Reverse.` Then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to post the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart " +"button will be added to the *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:81 +msgid "Generate coupons from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Coupons can be used to alter the price of products or orders. The usage " +"constraints of a coupon are defined by conditional rules. *Coupon Programs* " +"are configured in the *Sales* or *Website* applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The *eCommerce* module must be installed in order to create coupon codes " +"from the *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To generate a coupon, open a *Helpdesk* ticket and click on the " +":guilabel:`Coupon` button in the upper left corner. Select an option from " +"the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a coupon generation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Coupon Code` can be copied directly from the pop-up window " +"(by clicking the :guilabel:`Copy` button), or sent in an email by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When emailing a coupon code, all the followers of the ticket will be added " +"as recipients to the email. Additional recipients can be added to the email " +"as well, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field of the :guilabel:`Compose " +"Email` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:0 +msgid "View of an email draft window with coupon code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Once a :guilabel:`Coupon Code` has been generated, a :guilabel:`Coupons` " +"smart button will be added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button " +"to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Coupons `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:122 +msgid "Facilitate a product return with a reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Returns are completed through *reverse transfers*, which generate new " +"warehouse operations for the returning products. Click the " +":guilabel:`Return` button in the top-left corner of a ticket to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Return` button only appears on a ticket if the customer has a" +" recorded delivery in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:136 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity will match the validated quantity from the delivery" +" order. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " +"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). A " +":guilabel:`Return` smart button will then be added to the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:155 +msgid "Send products for repair from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If the ticket is related to an issue with a faulty or broken product, a " +"repair order can be created from the *Helpdesk* ticket, and managed through " +"the *Repairs* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the upper left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Repair` button opens a blank :guilabel:`Repair " +"Reference` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a repair reference page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If a product was specified in the :guilabel:`Product` field on the ticket, " +"it will be added to the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field automatically. " +"If not, click into the field to select a product from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Fill out the :guilabel:`Repair Description` field with a brief explanation " +"of the issue. Click the :guilabel:`Sale Order` field and then select the " +"originating :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` from which the product is being " +"repaired from. If a return has been initiated for the product, select the " +"reference number from the drop-down in the :guilabel:`Return` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Choose an :guilabel:`Invoice Method` from the drop-down. Select " +":guilabel:`Before Repair` or :guilabel:`After Repair` to generate an invoice" +" before or after the work is completed. Selecting :guilabel:`No Invoice` " +"means that an invoice cannot be generated for this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:183 +msgid "" +"If parts are required for the repair, they can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Parts` tab. Services can be added as product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab. Additional information for the internal repair " +"team can be added to the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab. Information for the " +"customer can be added to the :guilabel:`Quotation Notes` tab, and will be " +"automatically added to the PDF of the quotations generated from this " +":guilabel:`Repair Reference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:189 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking to " +"the repair order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Once a user creates a repair order from a *Helpdesk* ticket, they will be " +"able to access it through the ticket's :guilabel:`Repair` smart button, or " +"from a link in the :guilabel:`Chatter`, even if they do not have access " +"rights to the *Repair* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:201 +msgid "Create a field service task from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:203 +msgid "" +"On-site interventions can be planned from a ticket and managed through the " +"*Field Service* application. Customers with :doc:`portal access " +"` will be able to track the progress of " +"a :guilabel:`Field Service` task just as they would a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To create a new task, navigate to a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket. Click " +":guilabel:`Create Task` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` " +"pop-up. Confirm or update the task :guilabel:`Title`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Project` field on the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task`" +" pop-up will default to the same *Field Service* project that was identified" +" on the team's settings page. To change the project for this specific task, " +"select one from the :guilabel:`Project` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To change the default *Field Service* project for the team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` to select a " +":guilabel:`Team`. Scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section and choose " +"new project under :guilabel:`Field Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:220 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Task` or :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button will be added to" +" the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:234 +msgid "" +"`Field Service `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Closing tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once work has been completed on a *Helpdesk* ticket in Odoo, there are " +"several ways it can be closed. Manually closing solved tickets keeps the " +"pipeline up to date, while automatically closing inactive tickets prevents " +"unnecessary blocking issues. Allowing customers to close their own tickets " +"minimizes confusion around whether an issue is considered solved or not. " +"This results in increased operational capacity for support teams, and higher" +" customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12 +msgid "Manually close solved tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As work on a ticket progresses, it is moved along to the next stage in the " +"pipeline. Once the issue is solved, the ticket is moved to a *folded* stage." +" This marks the ticket as *closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, navigate to the :menuselection:`Helpdesk` dashboard and " +"click on a team to open the pipeline. Hover over a stage's heading, and then" +" click the gear icon that appears in the top-right corner of that stage's " +"kanban column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of stage on Helpdesk pipeline with emphasis on gear icon and edit stage" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Clicking the gear icon also displays the option to :guilabel:`Fold` the " +"stage. This setting folds the stage *temporarily* to simplify the kanban " +"view. This does *not* close the tickets in this stage. It also does not " +"permanently fold the stage. If a stage needs to be folded so the tickets can" +" be marked as closed, continue following the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the menu that appears, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`. This will open " +"the stage's settings. Check the box labeled :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` " +"towards the top of the window, and then :guilabel:`Save & Close` to confirm " +"the changes. Now, tickets that reach this stage will be considered as " +"*closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "Stage settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "Automatically close inactive tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Tickets that are inactive for a set period of time can be automatically " +"closed. At that point, they will be moved to a folded stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to the team's settings page by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Under the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section, enable" +" :guilabel:`Automatic Closing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If one of the team's stages is set to be folded in the kanban view, it will " +"be the default selection in the :guilabel:`Move to Stage` field. If the team" +" has more than one folded stage, the stage that occurs first in the pipeline" +" will be the default. If no stage is folded, the default selection will be " +"the last stage in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field defaults to `7`, but can be " +"adjusted if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field does **not** take the working" +" calendar into account when tracking the amount of time a ticket has been " +"inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If only certain stages should be used to track days of inactivity, they can " +"be added to the :guilabel:`In Stages` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:64 +msgid "A team's pipeline is created with the following stages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:66 +msgid "`New`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:67 +msgid "`In Progress`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "`Customer Feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:69 +msgid "`Closed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Tickets can linger in the :guilabel:`Customer Feedback stage`, because once " +"an issue is solved, customers may not respond immediately. At that point, " +"the tickets can be closed automatically. However, tickets in the " +":guilabel:`New` and :guilabel:`In Progress` stages may remain inactive due " +"to assignment or workload issues. Closing these tickets automatically would " +"result in issues going unsolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the :guilabel:`Automatic Closing` settings would be configured as" +" below\\:\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: *checked*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Move to Stage`: `Solved`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`After``7`:guilabel:`days of inactivity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Stages`: `Customer Feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "Example of Automatic Closing settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:89 +msgid "Allow customers to close their own tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Closure by Customers` setting allows customers to " +"close their own ticket(s) when they determine that their issue has been " +"resolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`" +" and select a team. On the team's settings page, scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Self-Service` section and check the box for :guilabel:`Closure by" +" Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "Customer closing setting in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Once the ticket closing settings are enabled, a :guilabel:`Close Ticket` " +"button will be available for customers when they view their ticket through " +"the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Customers are able to view their tickets by clicking the :guilabel:`View the" +" ticket` link they receive by email. The link is included in the " +":guilabel:`Request Acknowledgment` template, which is added to the first " +"stage of a team by default. This link does not require a customer to have " +"access to the portal to view or respond to their ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Customers with access to the portal will be able to view their tickets under" +" :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one `. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Panoramica" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo :guilabel:`Helpdesk` is a ticket-based customer support application. " +"Teams can track, prioritize, and solve customer issues from their pipeline, " +"which is organized in customizable stages. Multiple teams can be configured " +"and managed in one dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Create Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows for tickets to be grouped by location or by" +" support type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. To create a new team, click on the :guilabel:`New`" +" button in the top left of the dashboard. From there, name the new team, and" +" fill out the remaining fields as defined in the following sections on the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:24 +msgid "Assignment & Visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:27 +msgid "Determine to whom the team will be visible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, determine who can view this team " +"and its tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users` have access to the team and tickets they " +"are following. This can be modified on each individual ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users` have access to the team and all of its " +"tickets without being a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users` have access to the " +"team without being a follower. Portal users will only be able to access " +"tickets that they are following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team intended to handle general issues with shipping " +"and product issues would have the visibility setting :guilabel:`Invited " +"portal users and all internal users`. However, a `Financial Services` team " +"handling tickets related to accounting or tax information would only need to" +" be visible to :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they will need to be assigned to a member of the " +"support team. This can be done manually on each ticket individually, or " +"through :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` to enable the feature for this team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the assignment and visibility features\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how workload should" +" be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` assigns tickets" +" to team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"based on total ticket count, regardless of the number of open or closed " +"tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` assigned tickets " +"to team members based" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 +msgid "" +"on how many open tickets they are currently assigned. This option is useful " +"for automatically delegating a heavier workload to high-performers who tend " +"to close tickets quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who will be assigned tickets for " +"this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the :guilabel:`Time Off` " +"application, they will not be assigned tickets during that time. If no " +"employees are available, the system will look ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:80 +msgid "Create or modify kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stages` are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track " +"the progress of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit " +"the needs of each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:88 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode ` must be activated in order to access " +"the stages menu. To activate developer mode go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click on :guilabel:`Activate " +"the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The list view shows an overview of all the stages currently available in " +"Helpdesk. They are listed in the order they appear in the pipeline. To " +"change the order of the stages, use the arrow buttons on the left side of " +"the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the kanban view by dragging and dropping " +"individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the option to create a new stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on the :guilabel:`New` button in the top left " +"of the dashboard. Next, choose a name for the new stage, and add a " +"description (though it is not required). Fill out the remaining fields " +"following the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:113 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:115 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the the customer when a ticket reaches that specific " +"stage in the helpdesk pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template`" +" will result in an SMS text message being sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:120 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that requires prepaid" +" credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ `_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the arrow key to the right of the field to edit " +"the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field and begin typing a new template " +"title. Then select :guilabel:`Create and edit`, and complete the form " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:140 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Teams` field on the :guilabel:`Stages` " +"form. More than one team may be selected, since the same stage(s) can be " +"assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 +msgid "View of stage setup emphasizing teams field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the :guilabel:`Stages` form to" +" display this stage as *folded* by default in the kanban view for this team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered closed. Closing a ticket " +"before the work is completed can result in reporting and communication " +"issues. This setting should only be enabled for stages that are considered " +"*closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, stages can be temporarily folded in the kanban view, by " +"clicking on the settings icon and selecting :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the kanban view will not close the tickets in " +"the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Help Center" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forum*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Knowledge" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Forum community" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:179 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`Forum documentation <../../../websites/forum>` to learn " +"how to configure, use, and moderate a forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:209 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:217 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:229 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "E-learning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:261 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:298 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:301 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:304 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:308 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:310 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:313 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:320 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:324 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Customer ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " +"provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"with a general overview of the team's performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " +"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " +"Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " +"closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" +" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " +"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " +"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +" in a *folded stage* are considered closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +msgid "" +"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " +"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " +"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " +"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " +"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " +"rate the support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid "" +"After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " +"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " +"--> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " +"publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " +"provides portal users with an overview of the ratings the team has received " +"over the last thirty days. Specific written feedback will not be included; " +"only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" +" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " +":guilabel:`Visibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" +" your website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " +"navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " +":guilabel:`Managed By` field, they will be directed to a page with the " +"team's ratings over the past thirty days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " +"rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" +" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" +" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " +"Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " +"Only` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* offers multiple channels where customers can reach out for " +"assistance, such as email, live chat, and through a website's submission " +"form. The variety of these contact options provides customers with multiple " +"opportunities to receive support quickly, while also giving the support team" +" the ability to manage multi-channel support tickets from one central " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Enable channel options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and choose an " +"existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new team " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll down to :guilabel:`Channels`. Select one" +" or more channel(s) to enable by checking the respective box(es)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email Alias`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website Form`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "Alias e-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Email Alias* setting automatically creates tickets from messages sent " +"to that team's specified email alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To alter a *Helpdesk* team's email alias, navigate to the :guilabel:`Teams` " +"settings page. Find :guilabel:`Email Alias`, under the :guilabel:`Channels` " +"heading, and then type in the desired team alias in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a new *Helpdesk* team is created, an :guilabel:`Email Alias` is " +"created, as well. This alias can be changed in the :guilabel:`Alias` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the database does not have a custom domain already configured, click " +":guilabel:`Configure a custom domain` to be redirected to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` page. From there, enable :guilabel:`Custom Email " +"Servers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When an email is received, the subject line from the email becomes the title" +" of a new *Helpdesk* ticket. The body of the email is also added to the " +"ticket under the :guilabel:`Description` tab and in the ticket's " +":guilabel:`Chatter` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The configuration steps outlined above are for **Odoo Online** and " +"**Odoo.sh** databases. For **On-premise** databases, additional " +"configuration for custom email servers and email aliases may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Modulo sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Enabling the *Website Form* setting adds a new page to the website with a " +"customizable form. A new ticket is created once the required form fields are" +" filled out and submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To activate the website form, navigate to a team's settings page under " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Teams`. Find the :guilabel:`Website Form` " +"feature under the :guilabel:`Channels` section, and check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After the feature is activated, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart " +"button at the top of the that :guilabel:`Teams` settings page to view and " +"edit the new website form, which is created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After enabling the website form, the *Teams* settings page may need to be " +"refreshed before the *Go to Website* smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As well, if a *Help Center* is published, the smart button will navigate " +"there first. Simply click the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button at the bottom of" +" the forum to navigate to the ticket submission form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:83 +msgid "Customize the website ticket form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To customize the default ticket submission form, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button in the upper right corner of the page. Then click on one of the " +"fields in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add, remove, or update fields as necessary to alter the information " +"submitted by customers. Fields can be made marked as :guilabel:`Required`, " +"by toggling the switch from gray to blue in the website builder's editor " +"window, located under the :guilabel:`Field` section. As well, other " +"pertinent field information can be edited here, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: which matches an Odoo model value to the field (e.g. " +"`Customer Name`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: to determine what time of input the field should be," +" like `Text`, `Email`, `Telephone` or `URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: to give the form field a label (e.g. `Full Name`, `Email " +"Address`, etc.). Also control the label position on the form by using the " +"nested :guilabel:`Position` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: which, optionally, adds an editable line under the " +"input box to provide additional contextual information related to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Placeholder`: to add a sample input value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: to add common use case values that most customers" +" would find valuable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: which sets the field as mandatory before the form can " +"be submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: to allow for absolute or conditional visibility of " +"the field. Nested options, such as device visibility, appear when certain " +"options are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Text blocks can be added in the farthest 1/3 column of the ticket form page," +" next to the ticket form. This is an ideal place to include team information" +" such as additional contact details, hours, or common helpful articles that " +"link to the :guilabel:`Forum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the unpublished website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the form has been optimized and is ready for public use, " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, and then publish the form by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:119 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Livechat" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The *Live Chat* feature allows website visitors to connect directly with a " +"support agent or chatbot. During these conversations, *Helpdesk* tickets can" +" be instantly created by using the :doc:`response command " +"` `/helpdesk`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To enable *Live Chat*, navigate to the :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Teams` list view, select a team, and on the :guilabel:`Teams` settings page," +" click the check box next to :guilabel:`Live Chat`, under the " +":guilabel:`Channels` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time *Live Chat* has been enabled on the database, the " +"page may need to be saved manually and refreshed before any further steps " +"can be taken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:133 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Live Chat` setting engaged, click on :guilabel:`View " +"Channels`. Then, on the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, " +"select the kanban card for the channel that was created for the *Helpdesk* " +"team, or create a :guilabel:`New` one if necessary. When a kanban card is " +"selected, additional options await on the channel's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:139 +msgid "Customize the live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When an individual channel is clicked on the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard, Odoo directs the page to the channel form. From there, " +"the :guilabel:`Channel Name` can be edited, however Odoo names this to match" +" the *Helpdesk* team's kanban pipeline, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a *Helpdesk* team is named `Customer Care`, a *Live Chat* channel will be" +" created with the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "View of the kanban cards for the available Live Chat channels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:153 +msgid "On the channel form, navigate through the tabs to complete the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:156 +msgid "Add operators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"*Operators* are the users who will act as agents and respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The user who originally created the live chat " +"channel will be added by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate and click on the live chat channel from " +"the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, and on the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, click the check box next to the users to be added, and click " +":guilabel:`SELECT`. :guilabel:`New` operators can be created and added to " +"the list, as well, by filling out the :guilabel:`Create Operators` form and " +"then clicking :guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for " +"multiplerecord creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As well, current operators can be edited or removed by clicking on their " +"respective boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, and then adjusting their " +"form values, or by using one of the form buttons located at the bottom of " +"the form, such as :guilabel:`REMOVE`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Users can add themselves as an operator by clicking the :guilabel:`Join` " +"button on a *Live Chat* channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:178 +msgid "Modify channel options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab contains the visual and text settings for the " +"live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open the chat window. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and should be an invitation to continue the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to change the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." +" Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " +"colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually, or through " +"RGB, HSL or HEX code selection. Different options will be available, " +"depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:201 +msgid "Create channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab determines when the live chat window opens" +" on the website by logic of when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered" +" (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Edit existing rules, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`," +" and fill out the pop-up form details based on how the rule should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:209 +msgid "" +"If a :guilabel:`Chatbot` will be included on this channel, select it from " +"the dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are " +"available, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If a chatbot is added to a live chat channel, then 3 new smart buttons will " +"appear on the channel settings form: :guilabel:`Chatbots`, " +":guilabel:`Sessions`, and :guilabel:`% Happy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chatbots` smart button is where the chatbot can be programmed" +" with a :guilabel:`Script`. Each line in the :guilabel:`Script` contains a " +":guilabel:`Message`, :guilabel:`Step Type`, :guilabel:`Answers`, and " +"conditional :guilabel:`Only If` logic that applies when certain pre-filled " +"answers are chosen. To create more steps in the :guilabel:`Script`, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and fill out the script steps form according to the " +"desired logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sessions` is where live chat sessions are recorded in order of " +"descending :guilabel:`Session Date`, by default. Each record includes the " +":guilabel:`Attendees` involved in the live chat session, the :guilabel:`# " +"Messages`, as well as any :guilabel:`Rating` that was received when the " +"session ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`% Happy` smart button includes a log of ratings that were " +"left by live chat attendees, and are labeled by date, time, and the support " +"agent who was responsible for the live chat session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Add the URL for the pages this channel will be applied to in the " +":guilabel:`URL Regex` field. If this channel will only be available to users" +" in specific countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this " +"field is left blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:241 +msgid "Use the live chat widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel form offers an " +"embeddable website widget, or a shortcode for instant customer/supplier " +"access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The live chat :guilabel:`Widget` can be applied to websites created through " +"Odoo by navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Live Chat` section, and select the " +"channel to add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click " +":guilabel:`COPY` and paste the code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer or supplier, click the " +"second :guilabel:`COPY` button which contains a link to join directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:257 +msgid "Create a support ticket from a live chat session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Once live chat is enabled, operators will be able to communicate with site " +"visitors in real time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:261 +msgid "" +"During the conversation, an operator can use the shortcut :doc:`command " +"` `/helpdesk` to create a ticket " +"without leaving the chat window. The transcript from the conversation will " +"be added to the new ticket, under the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:267 +msgid "Prioritizing tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:269 +msgid "" +"All tickets include a :guilabel:`Priority` field. The highest priority " +"tickets will appear at the top of the kanban and list views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a team's kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:276 +msgid "The priority levels are represented by stars:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:278 +msgid "0 stars = *Low Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:279 +msgid "1 star = *Medium Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:280 +msgid "2 stars = *High Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:281 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Tickets will be set to low priority (0 stars) by default. To change the " +"priority level, select the appropriate number of stars on the kanban card, " +"or on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:287 +msgid "" +"As priority levels can be used as criteria for assigning :doc:`SLAs `, " +"changing the priority level of a ticket can alter the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:292 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:293 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Resoconti" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " +"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Available reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 +msgid "Ticket Analysis" +msgstr "Analisi ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " +"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " +"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " +"individual users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," +" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " +"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " +"groups them by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " +"at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " +"report that is currently displayed, or to add more, click the " +":guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more options from the drop-" +"down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " +"between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " +"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " +"folded stage*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " +"created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " +"*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" +" current user has the access rights to view them*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " +"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " +"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " +"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " +"ticket reaches a stage*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " +"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " +"view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " +"application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +msgid "SLA Status Analysis" +msgstr "Analisi stato SLA" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" +" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " +"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " +"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " +"last 30 days, grouped by team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " +"to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " +"options from the drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" +" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " +"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " +"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" +" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " +":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " +"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " +"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " +"member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" +" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" +" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " +"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " +"SLA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " +":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +msgid "Customer Ratings" +msgstr "Valutazioni cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " +"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " +"with the rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " +"submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +msgid "" +"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" +" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +msgid "View and filter options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" +" is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " +"information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " +"include multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " +"*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +msgid "" +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " +":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " +"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " +"appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" +" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" +" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." +" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" +" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +msgid "Save and share a favorite search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " +"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"time they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" +" By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 +msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid "Rename the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " +"blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" +" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" +" to the user who creates it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":doc:`Start receiving tickets " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Service Level Agreement (SLA) defines the level of service a customer can " +"expect from a supplier. SLAs provide a timeline that tells customers when " +"they can expect results, and keeps the support team on target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` Policy, navigate to " +"the team's page under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`." +" Select a team, scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section, and then " +"check the selection box next to :guilabel:`SLA Policies` to enable it for " +"that specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a team page in Helpdesk focusing on the SLA Policies setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The value indicated next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` field is used to " +"determine the deadline for :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policies. " +"By default, this is determined by the value set in the :guilabel:`Company " +"Working Hours` field under :menuselection:`Settings app --> Employees --> " +"Work Organization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new policy, click the smart button on the team`s settings page " +"or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`. Start by entering a :guilabel:`Title` and a " +":guilabel:`Description` for the new policy, and proceed to fill out the form" +" using the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:33 +msgid "Define the criteria for an SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Criteria` section is used to identify what tickets this " +"policy will be applied to. Fill out the following fields to adjust the " +"selection criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: a policy can only be applied to one team. *This field is " +"required.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: the priority level for a ticket is identified by " +"selecting the number of stars representing the priority level on the kanban " +"card or the ticket itself. The :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` will " +"only be applied once the priority level has been updated on the ticket to " +"match the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` criteria. If no selection is" +" made in this field, this policy will only apply to tickets marked as `Low " +"Priority` (zero stars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Types`: ticket types can be helpful when indicating when a ticket" +" is a customer question, that can be solved with a quick response, or an " +"issue, that may require additional investigation. Multiple ticket types can " +"be selected for this field. If no selection is made, this policy will apply " +"to all ticket types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: tags are applied to briefly indicate what the ticket is " +"about. Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customers`: individual contacts or companies may be selected in " +"this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Order Items`: this field is available only if a team has " +"the *Timesheets* app enabled. This allows the ticket to tie directly to a " +"specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the" +" :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise indicated, multiple selections can be made for each field. " +"(i.e. multiple :guilabel:`Tags` can be included in a policy, but only one " +":guilabel:`Priority` level)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blank SLA policy record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:64 +msgid "Establish a target for an SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Target` is the stage a ticket needs to reach, and the time " +"alloted to reach that stage, in order to satisfy the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` policy. Any stage assigned to a team may be selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Reach Stage` field. Time spent in stages selected in " +":guilabel:`Excluding Stages` will not be included in the calculation of the " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` titled `8 Hours to Close` tracks " +"the working time before a ticket is completed, and would have `Solved` as " +"the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`. However, if the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` was titled `2 Days to Start`, it tracks the working time before " +"work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the " +":guilabel:`Reach Stage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:79 +msgid "Meeting SLA deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once it is determined that a ticket fits the criteria of an :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` policy, a deadline is calculated. The deadline is" +" based on the creation date of the ticket, and the targeted working hours. " +"The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a white tag indicating " +"the name of the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a ticket's form emphasizing an open SLA deadline on a ticket in Odoo" +" Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If a ticket fits the criteria for more than one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)`, the earliest occurring deadline will be displayed on the " +"ticket. Once that deadline has passed, the next deadline will be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once a ticket satisfies an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy, the" +" :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` tag turns green, and the " +":guilabel:`Deadline` field disappears from view on the." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline passes and the ticket " +"has not moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`, the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` tag will turn red. Once the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` has failed, the red tag will stay on the ticket, even after the " +"ticket is moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:112 +msgid "Analyzing SLA performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of " +"individual policies. Navigate to the report and corresponding pivot table by" +" going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:120 +msgid "Using the Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:122 +msgid "" +"By default, the report is displayed in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view, and is " +"filtered to show the number of SLAs failed and the failure rate over the " +"last 30 days, grouped by team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To add the number of SLAs passed or in progress, click the " +":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " +"criteria, and choose from the options available based on the measurements " +"preferred. Whenever a measurement is picked, a check mark will appear in the" +" drop-down menu to indicate that that measurement is included, and a " +"corresponding new column will emerge in the pivot table to show the relevant" +" calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To add a group to a row or column, click the plus :guilabel:` + ` button " +"next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. To remove one," +" click the minus :guilabel:` - ` button and deselect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:140 +msgid "Using the Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or :guilabel:`Pie` Chart. Toggle between " +"these views by selecting the appropriate icon at the top of the chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:148 +msgid "Bar Chart" +msgstr "Istogramma" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +msgid "Line Chart" +msgstr "Grafico a linee" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:160 +msgid "Pie Chart" +msgstr "Grafico a torta" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` can be viewed " +":guilabel:`Stacked`. This presents two or more groups to appear on top of " +"each other instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 +msgid "Using the Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " +"period of time. To display the :guilabel:`Status Analysis` report in a " +":guilabel:`Cohort` view, click the icon in the top right corner above the " +"chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:183 +msgid ":ref:`Reporting views `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:184 +msgid "" +":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "Progetto" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, " +"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's " +"profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 +msgid "Project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project uses the **Kanban** project management system. This means all " +"projects are broken down into tasks, which are categorized on a whiteboard " +"according to what production phase they are in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:8 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The word **Kanban** comes from Japanese and refers to the \"visual board\" " +"management method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Kanban Project Management " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** app and click :guilabel:`Create` to start a new " +"project. Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for your project and click " +":guilabel:`Create Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can customize your existing **projects** from the dashboard by clicking " +"the drop-down toggle button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your project's **card**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 +msgid "Project card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:29 +msgid "This enables a new menu divided into four parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`View`: see an overview of your project's components, such as its " +":guilabel:`Tasks`, :guilabel:`Milestones` and :guilabel:`Project Updates`. " +"Depending on which apps you have activated, more options may be available, " +"such as :guilabel:`Documents`. All uploaded files can be found under this " +"menu, as well as in the **Documents** app, under :guilabel:`Projects`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reporting`: analyze your project's progress and profitability " +"through graphics and statistics;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Color**: make a line of color appear on the left side of the card so that " +"your project is more recognizable;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Settings`: you can change the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:41 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Name` of the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:42 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Name of the tasks` found under that project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:43 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Customer` for whom the project is intended;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:44 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Tags` used for filtering;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:45 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Company` responsible for the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:46 +msgid "the employee designated as :guilabel:`Project Manager`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:47 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Planned Date` of the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:48 +msgid "the total :guilabel:`Allocated Hours` for that project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can mark the project as :guilabel:`Favorite`, allowing you" +" to find it using the :guilabel:`My Favorites` filter on the Kanban view;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 +msgid "Project settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Further settings are available under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. Most of " +"them are *only* available depending on the activated apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:65 +msgid "Scheduling activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can schedule **activities** (ex. :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"etc.) per project by clicking on the **clock** icon on a project. Doing so " +"opens a list with already scheduled activities and allows planning **new** " +"activities by clicking :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. On the pop-up " +"window, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Summary` " +"for that activity, a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and assign it to an employee. " +"According to the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, you may have **additional " +"options** available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If an activity is **already** scheduled, the icon may change to a **phone**," +" **group of people**, or other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "Lavori" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 +msgid "" +"In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email" +" in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 +msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Recurring tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When handling a project, the same task often needs to be performed several " +"times: for example, weekly meetings or status reports. The **recurring " +"tasks** feature allows you to automate the creation of those tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Recurring tasks " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable recurring tasks, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`, then activate :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Recurring tasks are now activated on all existing projects. The feature can " +"be deactivated on an individual project by clicking the drop-down menu " +"button :guilabel:`⋮` next to the project name, then going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Settings --> Task Management` and disabling " +":guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:24 +msgid "Set up task recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In an existing task, go to the :guilabel:`Recurrent` tab, then check the " +":guilabel:`Recurrent` box. A set of options allows you to configure the " +"frequency: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, " +":guilabel:`Years`, and the number of repetitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the scheduled recurrency date, a new task is created on your project " +"dashboard with the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: first stage of the project dashboard (:guilabel:`New` or " +"equivalent);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Project`, " +":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: copied from " +"the original task;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Milestones`, :guilabel:`Deadline`, :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +":guilabel:`Chatter`, :guilabel:`Activities`: those fields are not copied;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtasks`: copied from the original task, which becomes a parent " +"of all the tasks in recurrence;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **smart button** on the task displays the total number of existing " +"recurrences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To see the task in your project dashboard before the scheduled date, " +"consider setting up the recurrence date to a day earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:47 +msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**To edit** the recurrence, open the task: a blue banner invites you to " +"choose whether you wish to apply your changes to this task only or to a " +"sequence of tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**To stop** the recurrence, open the task, then go to the " +":guilabel:`Recurrency` tab and uncheck :guilabel:`Recurrent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "Fogli ore" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode `, go to *Timesheets*, and" +" change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo " +"Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" +"Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in " +"Odoo Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..a431b299c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" ` and :ref:`on premise ` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form `__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ac44616ff --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/it/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,7988 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Léonie Bouchat , 2023 +# Giovanni Perteghella , 2023 +# Marianna Ciofani, 2023 +# Sergio Zanchetta , 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Italian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/it/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: it\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=3; plural=n == 1 ? 0 : n != 0 && n % 1000000 == 0 ? 1 : 2;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "Siti web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "E-commerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell" +" online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name ` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Checkout, payment, and shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 +msgid "Add to cart" +msgstr "Aggiungi al carrello" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button can be customized in multiple ways. You " +"can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Choose on which page customers go after clicking the 'Add to Cart' button;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:8 +msgid "Hide the 'Add to Cart' button to prevent sales;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Add a 'Buy Now' button to skip the cart step and lead customers straight to " +"checkout;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:10 +msgid "Create additional 'Add to Cart / Buy Now' buttons;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:11 +msgid "Add an 'Order Again' button to the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:17 +msgid "'Add to Cart' action customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:19 +msgid "" +"When customers click on the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button, the product is " +"added to their cart, and customers remain **by default** on the product's " +"page. However, customers can either immediately be **redirected** to their " +"cart, or given the choice on what to do through a **dialog box**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change the default behavior, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` " +"section, look for :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and select one of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If a product has :doc:`optional products " +"<../managing_products/cross_upselling>`, the **dialog box** will always " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:37 +msgid "Replace 'Add to Cart' button by 'Contact Us' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can replace the 'Add to Cart' button with a 'Contact Us' button which " +"redirects users to the URL of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Hiding the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button is often used by B2B eCommerces " +"that need to restrict purchases only to :ref:`customers with an account " +"`, but still want to display an online product catalog for " +"those without." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products` and tick :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`. " +"This creates a new :guilabel:`Button url` field where you can enter the " +"**redirect URL** to be used. Then, set the price of the product to `0.00` " +"either from the **product's template**, or from a :doc:`pricelist " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Contact us button on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The 'Contact Us' button and '*Not Available For Sale*' text can both be " +"modified using the **website builder** on the product's page " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) by clicking on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:63 +msgid "Customizable 'Add to Cart' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a customizable 'Add to Cart' button and link it to a " +"specific product. The **customized button** can be added on any page of the " +"website as an **inner content** building block, and is an *additional* " +"button to the regular :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add it, go on the :guilabel:`Shop` page of your choice, click " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` and place the building block. Once placed, " +"you have the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select the product to link the button with. Selecting a" +" product renders the :guilabel:`Action` field available;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: choose if the button should :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` (instant checkout)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:84 +msgid "'Buy Now' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can enable the 'Buy Now' button to instantly take the customer to " +"**checkout** instead of adding the product to the cart. The :guilabel:`Buy " +"Now` button is an *additional* button and does not replace the " +":guilabel:`Add to Cart` button. To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and tick " +":guilabel:`Buy Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Buy Now button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:97 +msgid "Re-order from portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers have the possibility to **re-order** items from **previous sales " +"orders** on the customer portal. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and enable " +":guilabel:`Re-order From Portal`. Customers can find the :guilabel:`Order " +"Again` button on their **sales order** from the **customer portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Re-order button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 +msgid "Checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can customize the **checkout steps**, add more content using the " +"**website builder**, and enable additional features such as **express " +"checkout** and **sign in/up at checkout**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content at any step of the checkout " +"process. To do so, from any **checkout page**, go to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Blocks`, and drag and drop **building blocks** to the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Note that content added through building blocks is **specific** to each " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:16 +msgid "Checkout steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:19 +msgid "Review order: promo code (and subtotal)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you have enabled :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty, & Gift Card` in the " +"settings (:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`), you can enable the :guilabel:`Promo Code` field " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) from any checkout page. Customers can " +"then redeem gift cards and promotional codes at the :guilabel:`Review Order`" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can display the subtotal with discounts applied by enabling" +" :guilabel:`Show Discount in Subtotal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Subtotal discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:34 +msgid "Address: B2B fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Optional :guilabel:`TIN/VAT` and :guilabel:`Company Name` fields can be " +"added to the :guilabel:`Billing Address` form for B2B customers, at the " +":guilabel:`Address` step. To add the fields, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Show B2B fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:42 +msgid "Request extra info (additional step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can request :guilabel:`Extra Info` from the customer by adding an " +":guilabel:`Extra Info` step between the :guilabel:`Address` and " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` steps. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extra Info` step is an online form linked to the quotation or" +" sales order of the customer. The information added during that step can be " +"found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " +"the **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When enabled, you can remove, add, and modify fields of the form by clicking" +" on :guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right corner, and then clicking on any of " +"the form's fields. All customization options, as well as the :guilabel:`+ " +"Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Online form customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 +msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can ask customers to agree to the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` in " +"order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " +"Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "Termini e condizioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:78 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can enable a :guilabel:`Buy Now` button on products' pages which " +"instantly takes the customer to the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` checkout page," +" instead of adding the product to the cart. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout " +"Process section` and tick :guilabel:`Buy Now`. Alternatively, the " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " +"going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " +"product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 +msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can " +"either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can " +"also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " +"their order, if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the " +"**order confirmation** email to track their order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " +"they have signed-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +msgid "B2B access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable " +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access" +" to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " +":guilabel:`Grant Access`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website " +"allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " +"sign-in**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " +"granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +msgid "Shared customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`," +" you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:3 +msgid "Payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports a multitude of online :doc:`payment providers " +"` for your website, allowing your " +"customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:12 +msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Configurazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To set up payment providers on the eCommerce app, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. From here," +" :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on " +"your shop, and configure them according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can access **payment providers** via " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment` section, you can :guilabel:`Configure SEPA Direct" +" Debit` if you wish to use it, as well as :guilabel:`View other providers`. " +"If you use the :guilabel:`Authorize.net` payment provider, the :ref:`Payment" +" Capture Method ` can be " +"configured in that same menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you " +"can also enable and configure it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:31 +msgid "Checkout payment options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " +"during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:41 +msgid "eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When checking out, customers can pay with an eWallet or gift cards. To " +"enable these, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable " +":menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their" +" eWallet at the checkout step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your shipping strategy, you have the choice to either use your " +":ref:`own shipping methods `, or use an integration " +"with an :ref:`existing shipping provider `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:15 +msgid "Own shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can create your own custom shipping methods and define rules to compute " +"shipping costs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Shipping Methods`, and either select an **existing** shipping method, or" +" :guilabel:`Create` one. When creating a shipping method, you can choose " +"between :doc:`Fixed Price " +"`," +" :doc:`Based on Rules " +"`," +" and :guilabel:`Pickup in store`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 +msgid "Pickup in store" +msgstr "Ritira in negozio" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pickup in store` must first be **enabled** in the settings " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shipping " +"section)` by checking :guilabel:`On Site Payments & Picking`. Once enabled, " +"you can select and :guilabel:`Customize Pickup Sites`. :guilabel:`Picking " +"sites` can be made **website-specific**, but are by default available for " +"*all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Another solution is to use one of the integrations with an existing shipping" +" provider. The advantage of using an integration is that delivery costs are " +"automatically computed based on each order as well as generating shipping " +"labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:204 +msgid "Website availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Shipping methods can be made available on **specific** websites *only*, if " +"desired. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired **shipping method**. " +"In the :guilabel:`Website` field, set the website you want the shipping " +"method to be restrained to. Leave the field **empty** for the method to be " +"available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63 +msgid "Delivery method at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process," +" at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery method choice at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having customer accounts on an eCommerce allows customers to access all " +"their documents from a single place. To access their account, customers must" +" be **logged-in** on the eCommerce website, click on their **username** in " +"the top-right corner of the screen, and click :guilabel:`My Account`. From " +"there, customers can access their :guilabel:`quotations`, " +":guilabel:`orders`, :guilabel:`invoices`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Customer account log-in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " +"` option allows for accounts creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Similarly to the rest of the website, the customer account page can be " +"customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " +"builder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "Access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow or restrict the documents to which customers have " +"access through the website builder. Log in your **own** account with your " +"Odoo database credentials, and go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. " +"From the website builder menu, enable or disable the documents customers can" +" have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Documents to which customers have access to from their account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Multi-website account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you own multiple websites, you can make customer accounts available " +"across **all** websites. Then, the customer only needs one account. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy" +" section`, and enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:3 +msgid "Customer interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers many ways to interact with customers and for customers to " +"interact with your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:10 +msgid "Product reviews" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Customers can give a rating to your products. This is a great way to promote" +" your products or services since reviews can influence purchase processes. " +"To activate the **rating** feature, from your **shop page**, select a " +"product, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and enable " +":guilabel:`Rating`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Rating of a product on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Only portal users which purchased the product or service can leave ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Customer reviews can be hidden by clicking the :guilabel:`Visible` button " +"next to a published review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 +msgid "Live chat" +msgstr "Chat dal vivo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A chatbot is available and can simulate a human-like conversation with " +"website visitors via text messages in a chat box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:42 +msgid "Contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Helpdesk" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Customers may need support after purchasing a product or subscribing to a " +"service. It is possible to create a **contact form**, which, when fulfilled," +" automatically creates a new ticket for your **support team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Contact form to submit a ticket to the support team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To add a contact form, **create** a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block from the " +":guilabel:`Dynamic Content` section onto the page. Once placed, click on the" +" form (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode), and in the :guilabel:`Action` field," +" select :guilabel:`Create a Ticket`. You can then select to which " +":guilabel:`Helpdesk team` the ticket should be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "Contattaci" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " +"your company and get in touch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To have a 'Contact Us' page, create a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. Then," +" drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block onto the page. Select the form and " +"define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a field, or when adding a new field (:guilabel:`+ Field`), " +"you can select its :guilabel:`Type`. This enables different options, such as" +" :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " +"services they are interested in, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "'Checkboxes' configuration settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 +msgid "Newsletter" +msgstr "Newsletter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Customers can get updates on your eCommerce activities by subscribing to a " +"newsletter. Visitors subscribing to the newsletter are automatically added " +"to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " +"choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " +"entering their email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The newsletter **block** can be configured according to different " +":guilabel:`Templates`. To do so, click the **block** while in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, and select a :guilabel:`Template` in " +"the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Subscription`: visitors can sign up by email to the " +"newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," +" but by SMS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " +"checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select :guilabel:`Subscribe to Newsletter` as " +":guilabel:`Action` when creating a :ref:`contact form `, " +"allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " +"stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 +msgid "Order handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " +"required to be handle in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Sales orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders `;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 +msgid "Order and payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of" +" a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or " +":doc:`Sales ` app. eCommerce orders can " +"automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - " +"Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " +"*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " +"confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" +" order, and the payment is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 +msgid "Abandoned cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An **abandoned cart** represents an order for which the customer did **not " +"finish** the checkout confirmation process. For these orders, it is possible" +" to send an **email reminder** to the customer automatically. To enable that" +" feature, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"in the :guilabel:`Email & Marketing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatically send abandoned checkout emails`. Once enabled, you " +"can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " +"**email template** used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For abandoned cart emails, the customer must either have entered their " +"contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" +" the product to their cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 +msgid "Delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 +msgid "Delivery flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created. The next step is to process this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Packing eCommerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the" +" packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. " +"Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " +"be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An automatic email can be sent to the customer when the transfer status in " +"Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " +":doc:`Inventory ` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If customers are allowed to pay when picking up their order in stores or by " +"wire transfer, the quotation is **not** be confirmed and the stock is " +"**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " +"in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 +msgid "Returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " +"possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " +"interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 +msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The final step of an ecommerce order is to generate the invoice and send it " +"to the customer. Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), an invoice " +"can either be generated automatically (B2B) or on demand of the customer " +"(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " +":ref:`confirmed `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To automate invoicing, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Performance monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" +" your eCommerce website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 +msgid "Data monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your " +"eCommerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything " +"related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 +msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " +"used, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:25 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " +"periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "Analitiche" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:33 +msgid "" +"It is possible to link your Odoo website with " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` and :ref:`website/analytics/GA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Prodotti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "Catalog" +msgstr "Catalogo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce catalog is the equivalent of your physical store shelves: it " +"allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " +"options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:10 +msgid "Categorize the product catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there is a **specific category model** for your eCommerce. Using " +"eCommerce categories for your products allows you to add a navigation menu " +"on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " +"the category they select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select " +"the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " +"select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:25 +msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When your product's categories are configured, go to your **main shop page**" +" and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab`. In the " +":guilabel:`Categories` option, you can either enable a menu on the " +":guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If you select the " +":guilabel:`Left` category, the option :guilabel:`Collapsable Category " +"Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " +"collapsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 +msgid "Browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce category is the first tool to organize and split your " +"products. However, if you need an extra level of categorization in your " +"catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " +"search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Caratteristiche" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** or " +"**material**, whereas variants are the different combinations of attributes." +" :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants` can be found under " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " +"and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To enable **attribute filtering**, go to your **main shop page**, click on " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and select either :guilabel:`Left`, " +":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" +" Filtering` to enable price filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " +"therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can use **attribute filters** even if you do not work with product " +"variants. When adding attributes to your products, make sure only to specify" +" *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " +"is possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:78 +msgid "Sort-by search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow the user to manually **sort the catalog** using the " +"search bar. From your **main shop page**, click on :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize tab`; you can enable or disable the :guilabel:`Sort-By` option as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Layout` button. You can also select the " +":guilabel:`Default Sort` of the :guilabel:`Sort-By` button. The default sort" +" applies to *all* categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:86 +msgid "The **sorting** options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 +msgid "Featured" +msgstr "In evidenza" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 +msgid "Newest Arrivals" +msgstr "Nuovi arrivi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 +msgid "Name (A-Z)" +msgstr "Nome (A-Z)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 +msgid "Price - Low to High" +msgstr "Prezzo - Basso verso Alto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 +msgid "Price - High to Low" +msgstr "Prezzo - alto a basso" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In addition, you can **manually edit** the catalog's order of a product by " +"going to **the main shop page** and clicking on the product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Product` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` section, you can " +"rearrange the order by clicking on the arrows. `<<` `>>` move the product to" +" the **extreme** right or left, and `<` `>` move the product by **one** row " +"to the right or left. It is also possible to change the catalog's order of " +"products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" +"and-dropping the products within the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:107 +msgid "Page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:110 +msgid "Category page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " +"layout affects *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To do so, go on to your :menuselection:`Category page --> Edit --> " +"Customize`. Here, you can choose the layout, the number of columns to " +"display the products, etc. The :guilabel:`Product Description` button makes " +"the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " +"product picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Layout options of the category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " +"products may affect performance and page loading speed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:131 +msgid "Product highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can highlight products to make them more visible on the category or " +"product page. On the page of your choice, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` and click on the product to highlight. In the :guilabel:`Product`" +" section, you can choose the size of the product image by clicking on the " +"grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " +"a banner across the product's image, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:139 +msgid "Sale;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:140 +msgid "Sold out;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:141 +msgid "Out of stock;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:142 +msgid "New." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can activate the :doc:`developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode>` on the **product's template**, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon from the " +":guilabel:`Ribbon` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode>` is only intended" +" for experienced users who wish to have access to advanced tools. Using the " +"**developer mode** is *not* recommended for regular users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Ribbon highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:158 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can access and enable additional feature buttons such as **add to " +"cart**, **comparison list**, or a **wishlist**. To do so, go to your **main " +"shop page**, and at the end of the :guilabel:`Products Page` category, click" +" on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " +"hovering the mouse over a product's image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " +"<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comparison List`: adds a button to **compare** products based on " +"their price, variant, etc.;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:169 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wishlist Button`: adds a button to **wishlist** the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Feature buttons for add to cart, comparison list, and wishlist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:112 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a " +"variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and " +"highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building block **on top** of the product list, it creates a " +"new category header specific to *that* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building **on the top** or **bottom** of the page, it becomes " +"visible on *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Adding content to an eCommerce category page is beneficial in terms of " +"**SEO** strategy. Using **keywords** linked to the products or the eCommerce" +" categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " +"own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. **Cross-selling " +"and upselling** are sales techniques consisting in selling customers " +"additional or more expensive products and services than what they were " +"originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each one" +" of your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:10 +msgid "**Cross-selling** can be done via **two** features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Optional products ` upon **adding to cart**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Accessory products ` on the **checkout " +"page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Upselling** is only done via :ref:`alternative products " +"` on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:22 +msgid "Cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:27 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:29 +msgid "" +"**Optional products** are suggested when customers click :guilabel:`Add to " +"cart`, either from the **product page** or **catalog page**. Upon clicking, " +"a pop-up window opens with the **optional products** displayed in the " +":guilabel:`Available Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Optional products cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To enable **optional products** go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce " +"--> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter " +"the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." +" Optional products are **linked** to the product(s) they are set up with on " +"the **product template**. They only appear when that product is added to the" +" cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also access the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the **product template** by" +" selecting a product on your **main shop page** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:49 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Accessory products** are displayed in the :guilabel:`Suggested " +"Accessories` section before processing to checkout at the :guilabel:`Review " +"Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory " +"Products` field. Suggested accessory products are **linked** to the " +"product(s) they are set up with on the **product template**. They only " +"appear when that product is at the checkout process review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 +msgid "Upselling" +msgstr "Up-selling" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Alternative products** are suggested on the **product page** and usually " +"incentivize customers to buy a more expensive variant or product than the " +"one they were initially shopping for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Alternative products on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To enable **alternative products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Alternative " +"Products` field. Then, go to the related **product page** by clicking " +":guilabel:`Go To Website`, and click :menuselection:`Edit`. Stay on the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Dynamic Content` " +"section. Then, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Products` building block " +"anywhere on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When placed, in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the **block** to access various" +" settings for that :guilabel:`Products` building block. In the " +":guilabel:`Filter` field, select :guilabel:`Alternative Products`. You can " +"configure several additional settings, such as how many elements are " +"displayed (:guilabel:`Fetched Elements`), the :guilabel:`Template` used, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:3 +msgid "Price management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " +"as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Imposte" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 +msgid "Tax configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use " +":doc:`fiscal positions " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 +msgid "Tax display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations " +"or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price " +"displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select " +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"included**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all " +"of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax " +"displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of " +"consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites " +"aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting " +"a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 +msgid "Price per unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit " +"` on the " +"product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set " +"in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in" +" the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart`" +" button on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:83 +msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They " +"allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on " +"the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, " +"**minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many " +"pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist " +"configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " +"the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to " +"the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer " +"*segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, " +"etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " +"**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:109 +msgid "Foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign" +" currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on " +"the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " +"bar**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 +msgid "Permanent discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to " +"attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists " +"in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " +"price** next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Price strikethrough" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option" +" under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products category`. Then, head to the product's template " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the " +":guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:3 +msgid "Product management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all " +"within the **Website** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:8 +msgid "Add products to the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:10 +msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. " +"Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:14 +msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:15 +msgid "" +"or by :ref:`importing data ` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so," +" go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../../sales/sales>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:25 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Pubblicata" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your " +"eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** " +"page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-" +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to " +"go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the " +":guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the " +":guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List`" +" button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is " +"Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** " +"products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on " +"the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:47 +msgid "Product page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the " +":guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, " +"**layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to " +"*all* product pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:57 +msgid "Additional functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable " +"additional functions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product " +"reviews `; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email " +"icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added" +" to cart;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or " +"**excluded**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants " +"` of the " +"product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable " +"options to compose the variant yourself;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button " +"` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; " +":guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the " +":guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list" +" of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for " +"products *with* variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first " +"be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:85 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Struttura" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions `, the layout configuration can be changed according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed " +"on the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main " +"image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays " +"four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either " +":guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image " +"(:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either " +"**vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's " +"main image;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to" +" add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via " +"**URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image " +"has to be bigger than 1024x1024." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product images layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add " +"content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and" +" picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, " +":guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available " +"either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building " +"blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on" +" the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product " +"description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:128 +msgid "Download link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the " +"product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the " +":guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, " +"select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or " +":guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your " +"URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The difference with :ref:`digital files ` is that " +"digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Media and link buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:147 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other " +"relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at " +"the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital " +"Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Files menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:159 +msgid "For the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. " +"Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to " +"upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you " +"want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " +"found on the customer's portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:175 +msgid "Multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the" +" product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated" +" information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages " +"available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN " +"(English)`) next to their field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Field translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:186 +msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user " +"experience and :doc:`SEO <../../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:200 +msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:201 +msgid ":ref:`Multi-language support `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:206 +msgid "" +"A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is " +"not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's" +" availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, " +"select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the " +":guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field" +" empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:213 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type`" +" on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only " +"available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:224 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Magazzino" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the " +"eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the " +"warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can" +" select a different one per website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to" +" continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it" +" unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity " +"left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity" +" is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already " +"reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:239 +msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:242 +msgid "Selling as kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of " +"individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to " +"keep track of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:251 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:253 +msgid "" +"You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`," +" and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save " +"products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single" +" page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:258 +msgid "" +"On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section " +"and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you " +"wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up " +"window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes" +" ` are set on the **product's template**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product comparison window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., " +"of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability " +"from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Product configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of " +"the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to " +"configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of " +"multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variants configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can " +"be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the " +"attributes. You can then select between four options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display type options for attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an " +"**attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the " +"**product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, " +"selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product " +"configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded " +"combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce" +" --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and " +"Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and " +"the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "Product specifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at " +"the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** " +"must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field " +":guilabel:`Specification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Specifications list on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product **specification list** can also be used on products without " +"variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with " +"single values for their attributes do not generate variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and " +"values, allowing them to :ref:`filter ` the catalog " +"based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the " +":guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Categories buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "E-learning" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **eLearning** app allows you to easily upload content, define learning " +"objectives, manage attendees, assess students' progress, and even set up " +"rewards. Engaging participants in a meaningful learning experience enhances " +"their attentiveness and fosters heightened productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can manage your eLearning content on the **front end** or the **back " +"end**. The **front end** allows you to create content quickly from your " +"website, while the **back end** provides additional options and allows " +"collaboration. This documentation focuses on using the back end to create " +"your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:19 +msgid "Courses" +msgstr "Corsi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Courses`, you can get " +"an overview of all your courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on a course title to edit your course on the back end. Click on " +":guilabel:`View course` to access your course on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:28 +msgid "Course creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course. When the page pops up, you can" +" add your :guilabel:`Course Title` and one or more :guilabel:`Tags` to " +"describe your course. You can add an image to illustrate your course by " +"hovering your mouse on the camera placeholder image and clicking on the edit" +" icon. Four tabs allow you to edit your course further: :ref:`Content " +"`, :ref:`Description `, " +":ref:`Options `, and :ref:`Karma `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Create your elearning course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:44 +msgid "Content tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This tab allows you to manage your course content. Click on :guilabel:`Add " +"Section` to divide your course into different sections. Click on " +":guilabel:`Add Content` to create :ref:`content `." +" Click on :guilabel:`Add Certification` to assess the level of understanding" +" of your attendees, certify their skills, and motivate them. " +"**Certification** is part of the :doc:`Surveys " +"<../marketing/surveys/create>` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:202 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can add a short description or information related to your course in the" +" :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under your course title on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Add a description to your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Options` tab, different configurations are available: " +":ref:`Course `, :ref:`Communication " +"`, :ref:`Access rights `, " +"and :ref:`Display `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:80 +msgid "Course" +msgstr "Corso" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Assign a :guilabel:`Responsible` user for your course. If you have multiple " +"websites, use the :guilabel:`Website` field to only display the course on " +"the selected website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 +msgid "Communication" +msgstr "Comunicazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Reviews`: tick the box to allow attendees to like and " +"comment on your content and to submit reviews on your course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forum`: add a dedicated forum to your course (only shown if the " +"**Forum** feature is enabled in the app's settings);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Content Notification`: select an email template sent to your " +"attendees when you upload new content. Click on the internal link button " +"(:guilabel:`➜`) to have access to the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Completion Notification`: select an email template sent to your " +"attendees once they reach the end of your course. Click on the internal link" +" button (:guilabel:`➜`) to access the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:104 +msgid "Access rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show course to`: define who can access your course and their " +"content between :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Signed In` or " +":guilabel:`Course Attendees`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Enroll Policy`: define how people enroll in your course. Select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Open`: if you want your course to be available to anyone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: if only people who received an invitation can " +"enroll to your course. If selected, fill in the :guilabel:`Enroll Message` " +"explaining the course's enrollment process. This message appears on your " +"website under the course title;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Payment`: if only people who bought your course can attend it." +" The :guilabel:`Paid Courses` feature must be enabled to get this option. If" +" you select :guilabel:`On Payment`, you must add a :guilabel:`Product` for " +"your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Only products set up with :guilabel:`Course` as their :guilabel:`Product " +"Type` are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:125 +msgid "Display" +msgstr "Mostra" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Training`: the course content appears as a training program, and " +"the courses must be taken in the proposed order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Documentation`: the content is available in any order. If you " +"choose this option, you can choose which page should be promoted on the " +"course homepage by using the :guilabel:`Featured Content` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:136 +msgid "Karma tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:138 +msgid "This tab is about gamification to make eLearning fun and interactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rewards` section, choose how many karma points you want to" +" grant your students when they :guilabel:`Review` or :guilabel:`Finish` a " +"course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:143 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` section, define the karma needed to " +":guilabel:`Add Review`, :guilabel:`Add Comment`, or :guilabel:`Vote` on the " +"course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:147 +msgid "" +"From your course, click the :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` button to reach " +"people who are enrolled in the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:153 +msgid "Course groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Use the **Course Groups** to inform users and allow them to filter the " +"courses from the :guilabel:`All Courses` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Course " +"Groups`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course group. Add the " +":guilabel:`Course Group Name`, tick the :guilabel:`Menu Entry` box to allow " +"users to search by course group on the website, and add tags in the " +":guilabel:`Tag Name` column. For each tag, you can select a corresponding " +"color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:164 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Impostazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can enable different features to customize your courses by going to " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Certifications**: to evaluate the knowledge of your attendees and certify " +"their skills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:170 +msgid "" +"**Paid courses**: to sell access to your courses on your website and track " +"revenues;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:171 +msgid "" +"**Mailing**: to update all your attendees at once through mass mailings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:172 +msgid "" +"**Forum**: to create a community and let attendees answer each other's " +"questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:177 +msgid "Content" +msgstr "Contenuto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Manage your content by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> " +"Contents`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create content. Add your " +":guilabel:`Content Title`, and if you want :ref:`Tags `, " +"then fill in the related information among the different tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Create your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:188 +msgid "Document tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: select the course your content belongs to;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:191 +msgid ":guilabel:`Content Type`: select the type of your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a responsible person for your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: indicate the time required to complete the course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:194 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Download`: allow users to download the content of the " +"slide. This option is only visible when the content is a document;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:196 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Preview`: the course is accessible by anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`# of Public Views`: displays the number of views from non-" +"enrolled participants;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:198 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled " +"and enrolled participants)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can add a description of your content that appears front end in the " +":guilabel:`About` section of your course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:208 +msgid "Additional Resources tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your " +"participants' learning. It appears in the course content on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Additional ressources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:220 +msgid "Quiz tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:222 +msgid "" +"From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of " +"the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Points Rewards` section lets you give a specific number of " +"karma points depending on how many tries they need to correctly answer the " +"question. Then, create your questions and the possible answers by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Add a line`. A new window pops up, add the question by filling" +" in the :guilabel:`Question Name` and add multiple answers by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Tick the :guilabel:`Is correct answer` to mark one " +"or more answers as correct. You can also fill in the :guilabel:`Comment` " +"field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " +"participant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 +msgid "Content Tags" +msgstr "Etichette contenuto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The **Content Tags** help users to classify the content from the " +":guilabel:`Contents` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration " +"--> Content Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:243 +msgid "Publish your content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Everything created on the back end needs to be published from the front end." +" Unpublished content is always visible from your website but still needs to " +"be published to be available to your audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You must be on your website's front end to publish your content. To do so, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Go To Website` smart button, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Publish` option available in the right-hand corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Publish your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:3 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Forum" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum** is a question-and-answer forum designed with providing " +"customer support in mind. Adding a forum to a website enables you to build a" +" community, encourage engagement, and share knowledge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:12 +msgid "Create a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a forum, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Forum: Forums`. Click :guilabel:`New` or select an existing forum and " +"configure the following elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Forum Name`: add the name of the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: select :guilabel:`Questions` to enable marking an answer " +"as best, meaning questions then appear as *solved*, or " +":guilabel:`Discussions` if the feature is not needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the selected mode, only **one answer** per user is allowed on " +"a single post. Commenting multiple times is allowed, however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: choose how questions are sorted by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Newest`: by latest question posting date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Updated`: by latest posting activity date (answers and " +"comments included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Most Voted`: by highest vote tally" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Relevance`: by post relevancy (determined by a formula)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Answered`: by likelihood to be answered (determined by a formula)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Users have several sorting options (total replies, total views, last " +"activity) on the forum front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select :guilabel:`Public` to let anyone view the forum," +" :guilabel:`Signed In` to make it visible only for signed-in users, or " +":guilabel:`Some users` to make it visible only for a specific user access " +"group by selecting one :guilabel:`Authorized Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :ref:`karma gains ` and the " +":ref:`karma-related rights `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:48 +msgid "Karma points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Karma points can be given to users based on different forum interactions. " +"They can be used to determine which forum functionalities users can access, " +"from being able to vote on posts to having moderator rights. They are also " +"used to set user :ref:`ranks `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:55 +msgid "" +"A user's karma points are shared across all forums, courses, etc., of a " +"single Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:56 +msgid "" +"eLearning users can earn karma points through different :ref:`course " +"interactions ` and by :ref:`completing quizzes " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:62 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:64 +msgid "Several forum interactions can give or remove karma points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:70 +msgid "Interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:129 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Descrizione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:72 +msgid "Default karma gain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Asking a question`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:74 +msgid "You post a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:90 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question upvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:77 +msgid "Another user votes for a question you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:139 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question downvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:80 +msgid "Another user votes against a question you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:87 +msgid "-2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer upvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:83 +msgid "Another user votes for an answer you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:84 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer downvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:86 +msgid "Another user votes against an answer you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accepting an answer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:89 +msgid "You mark an answer posted by another user as best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer accepted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:92 +msgid "Another user marks an answer you posted as best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:93 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer flagged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:95 +msgid "" +"A question or an answer you posted is :ref:`marked as offensive " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:96 +msgid "-100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:99 +msgid "" +"New users receive **three points** upon validating their email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the default values, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the " +":guilabel:`Karma Gains` tab. Select a value to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If the value is positive (e.g., `5`), the number of points will be added to " +"the user's tally each time the interaction happens on the selected forum. " +"Conversely, if the value is negative (e.g., `-5`), the number of points will" +" be deducted. Use `0` if an interaction should not impact a user's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:112 +msgid "Karma-related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To configure how many karma points are required to access the different " +"forum functionalities, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the :guilabel:`Karma Related " +"Rights` tab. Select a value to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Some functionalities, such as :guilabel:`Edit all posts`, :guilabel:`Close " +"all posts`, :guilabel:`Delete all posts`, :guilabel:`Moderate posts`, and " +":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`, are rather sensitive. Make sure to " +"understand the consequences of giving *any* user reaching the set karma " +"requirements access to such functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:128 +msgid "Functionality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:130 +msgid "Default karma requirement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:132 +msgid "Post questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:136 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:135 +msgid "Post answers to questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`Upvote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:138 +msgid "Vote for questions or answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Downvote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:141 +msgid "Vote against questions or answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:188 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:143 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:144 +msgid "Edit questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:179 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:147 +msgid "Edit any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:148 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:150 +msgid "Close questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:194 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:153 +msgid "Close any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:197 +msgid "500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:155 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:156 +msgid "Delete questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:159 +msgid "Delete any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:200 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nofollow links`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you are under the karma threshold, a *nofollow* attribute tells search " +"engines to ignore links you post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer on own questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:166 +msgid "Mark an answer as best on questions you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:167 +msgid "20" +msgstr "20" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer to all questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:169 +msgid "Mark an answer as best on any question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:171 +msgid ":guilabel:`Editor Features: image and links`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:172 +msgid "Add links and images to your posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:206 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Comment own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:175 +msgid "Post comments under questions or answers you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Comment all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:178 +msgid "Post comments under any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert own answers to comments and vice versa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:181 +msgid "Convert comments you posted as answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:183 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert all answers to comments and vice versa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:184 +msgid "Convert any comment as answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink own comments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:187 +msgid "Delete comments you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:190 +msgid "Delete any comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions without validation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Questions you post do not require to be :ref:`validated ` " +"first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:195 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flag a post as offensive`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:196 +msgid "Flag a question or answer as offensive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`Moderate posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:199 +msgid "Access all :ref:`moderation tools `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Change question tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Change posted questions' :ref:`tags ` (if you have the right to " +"edit them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:203 +msgid "75" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create new tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:205 +msgid "Create new :ref:`tags ` when posting questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:207 +msgid ":guilabel:`Display detailed user biography`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:208 +msgid "" +"When a user hovers their mouse on your avatar or username, a popover box " +"showcases your karma points, biography, and number of :ref:`badges " +"` per level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:210 +msgid "750" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Track all karma-related activity and add or remove karma manually by " +":ref:`enabling developer mode ` and going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Karma Tracking`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:220 +msgid "Gamification" +msgstr "Competizione con gli altri" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Ranks and badges can be used to encourage participation. Ranks are based on " +"the total :ref:`karma points `, while badges can be granted " +"manually or automatically by completing challenges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:229 +msgid "Ranks" +msgstr "Livelli" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:231 +msgid "" +"To create new ranks or modify the default ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Ranks` and click " +":guilabel:`New` or select an existing rank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Rank Name`, the :guilabel:`Required Karma` points to " +"reach it, its :guilabel:`Description`, a :guilabel:`Motivational` message to" +" encourage users to reach it, and an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Default forum ranks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:244 +msgid "Badges" +msgstr "Riconoscimenti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To create new badges or modify the default ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Badges` and click " +":guilabel:`New` or select an existing badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:249 +msgid "Enter the badge name and description, add an image, and configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:252 +msgid "Assign manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If the badge should be granted manually, select which users can grant them " +"by selecting one of the following :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Everyone`: all non-portal users (since badges are granted from " +"the backend)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:258 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: users selected under " +":guilabel:`Authorized Users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`People having some badges`: users who have been granted the " +"badges selected under :guilabel:`Required Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:262 +msgid "" +"It is possible to restrict how many times per month each user can grant the " +"badge by enabling :guilabel:`Monthly Limited Sending` and entering a " +":guilabel:`Limitation Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:266 +msgid "Assign automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the badge should be granted **automatically** when certain conditions are" +" met, select :guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges` under " +":guilabel:`Allowance to Grant`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Next, determine how the badge should be granted by clicking :guilabel:`Add` " +"under the :guilabel:`Rewards for challenges` section. Select a challenge to " +"add it or create one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:276 +msgid "" +"It is possible to give the badge a :guilabel:`Forum Badge Level` " +"(:guilabel:`Bronze`, :guilabel:`Silver`, :guilabel:`Gold`) to give it more " +"or less importance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Default forum badges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:285 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Etichette" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:287 +msgid "Users can use tags to filter forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To manage tags, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: " +"Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a tag and select the related " +":guilabel:`Forum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Tags` section on the forum's sidebar to filter all " +"questions assigned to the selected tag. Click :guilabel:`View all` to " +"display all tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:295 +msgid "" +"New tags can be created when posting a new message, provided the user has " +"enough :ref:`karma points `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:301 +msgid "Use a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Access to many functionalities depends on a user's :ref:`karma points " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:310 +msgid "Post questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To create a new post, access the forum's front end, click :guilabel:`New " +"Post`, and fill in the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:315 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: add the question or the topic of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:316 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: add a description for the question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: add up to five :ref:`tags `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:319 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Post Your Question`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:324 +msgid "Interact with posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:326 +msgid "Different actions are possible on a post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Mark a question as **favorite** by clicking the star button (:guilabel:`☆`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Follow a post and get **notifications** (by email or within Odoo) when it is" +" answered by clicking the bell button (:guilabel:`🔔`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:331 +msgid "" +"**Vote** *for* (up arrow :guilabel:`▲`) or *against* (down arrow " +":guilabel:`▼`) a question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Mark an answer as **best** by clicking the check mark button " +"(:guilabel:`✔`). This option is only available if the :guilabel:`Forum Mode`" +" is set to :guilabel:`Questions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer` a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:336 +msgid "" +"**Comment** on a question or answer by clicking the speech bubble button " +"(:guilabel:`💬`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:337 +msgid "" +"**Share** a question on Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn by clicking the " +"*share nodes* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:339 +msgid "Click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`) to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:341 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit` a question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close` a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:343 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delete` a question, answer, or comment. It is possible to " +":guilabel:`Undelete` questions afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flag` a question or answer as offensive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert` a comment into an answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:347 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`View` the related :ref:`Helpdesk ticket `, if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Posts actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:353 +msgid "" +"By default, 150 karma points are required to view another user's profile. " +"This value can be configured when creating a new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:359 +msgid "Moderate a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On the forum's front end, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Moderation tools` section" +" gathers the essential moderator functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Forum sidebar moderation tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:367 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Validate`: access all questions and answers waiting for " +"validation before being displayed to non-moderator users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Question to validate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:374 +msgid "" +"A question is pending if a user does not have the required karma. The user " +"is not able to post questions or answers while awaiting validation. Only one" +" pending question per user is allowed per forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:378 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flagged`: access all questions and answers that have been flagged" +" as offensive. Click :guilabel:`Accept` to remove the offensive flag or " +":guilabel:`Offensive` to confirm it, then select a reason and click " +":guilabel:`Mark as offensive`. The post is then hidden from users without " +"moderation rights, and 100 karma points are deducted from the offending " +"user's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Offensive reason selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Closed`: access all questions that have been closed. It is " +"possible to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Reopen` them. To close a " +"question, open it, click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`), then " +":guilabel:`Close`, select a :guilabel:`Close Reason`, and click " +":guilabel:`Close post`. The post is then hidden from users without " +"moderation rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When selecting :guilabel:`Spam or advertising` or :guilabel:`Contains " +"offensive or malicious remarks` as the reason, 100 karma points are deducted" +" from the poster's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Create and edit close reasons by going to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Forum: Close Reasons`. Select :guilabel:`Basic` as " +":guilabel:`Reason Type` if the reason should be used when closing a " +"question, and :guilabel:`Offensive` if it should be used for flagged posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Manage all posts by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Forum: Forums`, selecting the forum, and clicking the :guilabel:`Posts` " +"smart button. By clicking the :guilabel:`Actions` button, it is possible to " +":guilabel:`Export`, :guilabel:`Archive`, :guilabel:`Unarchive`, or " +":guilabel:`Delete` one or multiple posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Livechat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 +msgid "Enable Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Operatori" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 +msgid "" +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Opzioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "Pulsante livechat" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "Chatbot" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "Regex URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "Apri timer automaticamente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Nazione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Widget" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +msgid "" +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:3 +msgid "Chatbots" +msgstr "Chatbot" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Chatbot* is a program designed to mimic a conversation with a live human." +" Chatbots are assigned a script of pre-written steps to follow. The scripts " +"are designed to anticipate a visitor's potential response, and lead them " +"through a series of questions and answers the same way a live team member " +"would." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Chatbots can be customized to fill various roles, from customer support, to " +"creating leads, to collecting contact information. The goal of the chatbot " +"depends on the page of the website they are assigned, and the messages " +"included in the script, among other criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:19 +msgid "Build a chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new chatbot, the *Live Chat* application must first be " +"installed on the database. This can be done directly from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` menu by searching for `Live Chat` in the " +":guilabel:`search bar` and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, *Live Chat* can be installed and enabled by navigating to the" +" :menuselection:`Website application --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"checking the box labeled :guilabel:`Livechat`. Once enabled, the database " +"will refresh, and the *Live Chat* application is accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the *Live Chat* application has been installed on the database, open " +"it, and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Chatbots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the *Live Chat* app is installed, a sample chatbot is created, named " +"*Welcome Bot*. This chatbot has a pre-configured script that walks through a" +" few basic steps, including asking for a visitor's email address, and " +"forwarding the conversation to an operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Welcome Bot* can be used as a starting point. The existing steps can be " +"edited or removed, and new steps can be added to customize the script, as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:40 +msgid "*Welcome Bot* can be deleted (or archived)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Welcome Bot script in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new chatbot, navigate to the :guilabel:`Chatbot` page " +"(:menuselection:`Live Chat app --> Configuration --> Chatbots`) and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank chatbot details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the blank chatbot details page, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Chatbot " +"Name` field and click on the :guilabel:`Edit Image` icon in the upper right " +"corner of the form to add a photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:53 +msgid "Chatbot scripts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the new chatbot has been created and named, the next step is to create " +"a script. Chatbot conversations follow an accompanying script. These scripts" +" are comprised of lines of dialogue, each designed to either deliver or " +"capture information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a chatbot script, navigate to the :guilabel:`Script` tab of the " +"chatbot details page, and click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to open the " +":guilabel:`Create Script Steps` pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This form must be filled out for each line of text (dialogue) that the " +"chatbot could potentially deliver during the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:65 +msgid "" +"First, enter the content of the message in the :guilabel:`Message` field. " +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Step Types` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:69 +msgid "Step types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Step Type` selected depends on the intended purpose of the " +"message. The available options in the :guilabel:`Step Type` drop-down are " +"listed below, as well as their use, and any additional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:76 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Testo" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This step is used for messages where no answer is expected (or necessary). " +"Text steps can be used for greetings and/or to deliver information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Text step types are only intended to deliver information, and do not allow " +"for any visitor input. As such, they need to be followed by additional steps" +" to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:86 +msgid "Question" +msgstr "Domanda" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"This step asks a question and provides a set of answers. The visitor clicks " +"on one answer, which either leads to a new step in the conversation, or can " +"lead to an optional link to a new webpage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to add a catchall answer to question steps (ex: \"Something " +"else\"). This helps visitors continue the conversation, even if their needs " +"don't exactly fit with any of the other answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:97 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "E-mail" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"This step prompts visitors to provide their email address, which is stored " +"and can be used by team members later to follow up with additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The only accepted inputs for this step type are email addresses that are in " +"a valid format. If a visitor attempts to enter anything other than a valid " +"email address, the chatbot responds with a message stating it does not " +"recognize the information submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +msgid "View of a chatbot responding to an invalid email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:111 +msgid "Phone" +msgstr "Telefono" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Similar to email, this step type prompts the visitor to enter their phone " +"number, which can be used at a later time to follow up with additional " +"information, or to schedule demos, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Due to the vast number of formats used for phone numbers worldwide, " +"responses to this step type are **not** validated for formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:121 +msgid "Forward to Operator" +msgstr "Inoltra all'operatore" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This step forwards the conversation to an active live chat operator, so that" +" they can continue assisting the visitor. As the conversation transcript is " +"passed on to the operator they are able to pick up where the chatbot left " +"off. This not only saves time for all parties involved, it can also help " +"qualify conversations before they reach live human operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If no active operator is available on the channel, the chatbot continues the" +" conversation with the visitor. Therefore, additional steps should be added " +"after this one to ensure that there is no abrupt end to the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a chatbot follow up messages when no live chat operator is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:138 +msgid "Free Input/Multi-Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The free input step allows visitors to respond to questions without " +"providing pre-written responses. Information provided in these responses is " +"stored in the chat transcripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Choose between :guilabel:`Free Input` and :guilabel:`Free Input (Multi-" +"Line)` depending on the type and amount of information being requested from " +"the visitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:147 +msgid "Create Lead" +msgstr "Crea lead" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:149 +msgid "" +"This step creates a lead in the *CRM* application. Select an option from the" +" :guilabel:`Sales Team` drop-down to assign the created lead to a specific " +"team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:153 +msgid "Create Ticket" +msgstr "Crea ticket" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This step creates a :doc:`ticket " +"` in the " +"*Helpdesk* application. Select an option from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Team` " +"drop-down to assign the created ticket to a specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:160 +msgid "Only if" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Chatbot scripts operate on an if/then basis, which means the next question " +"presented to the visitor is determined by the answer they provide to the " +"previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To continue the progression of the conversation, the form for a new step " +"contains a field labeled :guilabel:`Only If`. This field is where the " +"progression of questions is defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If a step is intended to follow all of the previous messages, this field can" +" be left empty. However, if a message should **only** be sent conditionally," +" based on a previous response (or several previous responses), those " +"responses need to be added to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:173 +msgid "" +"If there are any selections made in the :guilabel:`Only If` field, the step " +"will **not** be shown in a conversation unless **all** of the answers have " +"been selected. Only include selections in this field if they are necessary " +"for this step to be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In the *Welcome Bot* script, a visitor can ask about pricing information. If" +" the visitor selects this response, a step is included to forward the " +"conversation to an operator. The chatbot first sends a message informing the" +" visitor that it is checking to see if an operator is available to chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"However, this message should **only** be delivered if the visitor requests " +"pricing information. In that situation, the conversation would proceed as " +"below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:186 +msgid "Welcome Bot: \"*What are you looking for?*\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:187 +msgid "Visitor: \"**I have a pricing question.**\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Welcome Bot: \"*Hmmm, let me check if I can find someone that could help you" +" with that...*\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:190 +msgid "" +"In the details form for the :guilabel:`Text` step, the *I have a pricing " +"question* response has been selected in the :guilabel:`Only If` field. As " +"such, this step is **only** shown in conversations where that response has " +"been selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "View of the new message form emphasizing the Only If field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:199 +msgid "Script testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to ensure all visitors have a satisfactory experience with the " +"chatbot, each message needs to lead to a natural conclusion. Chatbot scripts" +" should be tested to confirm there are no dead-ends, and to get an " +"understanding of what the visitor sees when they interact with the chatbot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If there is an answer or input provided by the visitor that is **not** " +"assigned a corresponding follow-up response, the conversation stops (*dead-" +"end*). Since the visitor cannot re-engage the chatbot, they will have to re-" +"start the conversation, by refreshing the chat window, or their browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"To test the performance of a chatbot, first click on the :guilabel:`Test` " +"button at the top-left of the chatbot script page. Then, upon being " +"redirected to the testing screen, answer the chatbot prompts the same way a " +"potential site visitor would." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:215 +msgid "" +"When the script has reached an end-point, the message *Conversation " +"ended...Restart* appears at the bottom of the chat window. To begin the " +"conversation at the beginning of the script, click on :guilabel:`Restart`. " +"To return to the script page, click :guilabel:`Back to edit mode` at the top" +" of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:221 +msgid "Add chatbot to a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a chatbot has been created and tested, it needs to be added to a live " +"chat channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Live Chat` application, and select the " +"kanban card for a :guilabel:`Channel`, or create a :doc:`new one " +"`. Click on the :guilabel:`Channel Rules` " +"tab. Then, open an existing rule, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up detail form, choose the appropriate " +"chatbot in the :guilabel:`Chatbot` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the chatbot should **only** be active if there are no available live chat" +" operators, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +msgid "View of the channel rules emphasizing the chatbot field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:241 +msgid ":doc:`Live chat channel rules `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "Valutazioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "Valutazione cliente" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo" +" Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Supporto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In version 16.3, the command to create a new ticket is `/ticket`. This only " +"applies to databases running version 16.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:92 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In version 16.3, the command to search through *Helpdesk* tickets is " +"`/search_tickets`. This only applies to databases running version 16.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:113 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Cronologia" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:123 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Contatto" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:125 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Permesso" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:163 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:168 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:173 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:183 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "Sito web" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build " +"beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Cookies bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. " +"They are processed and stored by your browser and contain information about " +"your visit, such as login data, location, language, etc. There are two main " +"types of cookies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior " +"or display advertisements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, " +"is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR `_. " +"Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly" +" and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first " +"visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide " +"whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies " +"Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar ` and :ref:`edit the content of the related Cookie Policy " +"page `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:35 +msgid "Customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select " +"the :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible " +"Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it using the options in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the " +":guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:47 +msgid "You can also:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:49 +msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:50 +msgid "" +"enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the " +"cookies bar is displayed on the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:52 +msgid "" +"further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after " +"clicking anywhere in the building block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click " +"directly in the building block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:65 +msgid "Cookie policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie " +"Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional " +"cookies. To access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the " +"cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> " +"Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and" +" characteristics if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's " +"footer, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create multiple websites from the same database. This can" +" be useful, for example, if you have multiple brands operating under your " +"organization, or to create separate websites for different " +"products/services, or different audiences. In these cases, having different " +"websites can help avoid confusion and make it easier to tailor your digital " +"outreach strategies and reach your target audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " +":doc:`domain name `, theme, pages, " +"menus, :doc:`languages `, :doc:`products " +"<../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, assigned sales team, etc. " +"They can also :ref:`share content and pages `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Duplicate content (i.e., pages and content shared between multiple websites)" +" can have a negative impact on :doc:`../pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:22 +msgid "Website creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:24 +msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`+ New Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "New website button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specify the :guilabel:`Website Name` and :guilabel:`Website domain`. Each " +"website must be published under its own :doc:`domain " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Adapt the :guilabel:`Company name`, :guilabel:`Languages` and " +":guilabel:`Default language` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:38 +msgid "You can then start building your new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:41 +msgid "" +"By default, all website-related apps that you have installed (e.g. " +"**eCommerce**, **Forum**, **Blog**, etc.) and their related website pages " +"are also available on the new website. You can remove them by amending the " +"website's menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:46 +msgid "Switching websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To switch from one website to another, click the menu next to the " +":guilabel:`+New` button in the top right corner and select the website you " +"want to switch to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Website selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " +"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " +"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." +" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +msgid "Website-specific configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " +"enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the desired " +"website in the field :guilabel:`Settings of Website` at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Settings` page, in the **yellow** banner. Then, adapt the options" +" for that specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " +"from one website to the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In a :doc:`multi-company environment <../../../general/users/companies>`, " +"each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " +"only company-related data (e.g., products, jobs, events, etc.) is displayed " +"on the website. To display company-specific data, set the desired company in" +" the :guilabel:`Company` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +msgid "Content availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " +"the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" +" was created. Records created from the backend, however, are made available " +"on all websites by default. The content's availability can be changed in the" +" backend, in the :guilabel:`Website` field. For example, for products, go to" +" :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, then select the product and go to " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. For forums, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Forums`, then select the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Website field in Forum form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "Records and features can be made available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " +":guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "Website pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Select the website on which the page is currently published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "Display pages per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " +"publish the page on all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " +"for several websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +msgid "eCommerce features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "" +"eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " +"discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " +"website `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " +"<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " +"websites by enabling the :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` check box in " +"the website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Definizione prezzi" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Products can be priced differently based on the website using " +":ref:`pricelists `. The following configuration is " +"required:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " +":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " +"select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Resoconti" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Each website has its own :ref:`analytics `. To " +"switch between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Switch websites in analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +msgid "Other reporting data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" +" and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Click :guilabel:`Group" +" by --> Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 `__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued `_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode `" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page `_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "Traduzioni" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The contents of your website pages (i.e., text strings) can be translated " +"into different languages directly on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Your website is displayed in the language that matches the visitor's " +"browser's language, unless that particular language has not been installed. " +"In this case, the website is displayed in the :ref:`default language " +"`. The visitor can still select another language" +" in the language menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Installing languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To translate your website, you first have to add the required languages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:18 +msgid "Go to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 +msgid "Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 +msgid "Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Languages` field and select the required language from " +"the drop-down list. Repeat this step for each additional language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:27 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can also edit your website's languages from the backend, in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> " +"Settings` and add/remove the required languages in the :guilabel:`Languages`" +" field, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 +msgid "Default language" +msgstr "Lingua predefinita" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, " +"the content is displayed in the default language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To define a default language, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration" +" –> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This field is visible only if multiple languages are already configured for " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:49 +msgid "Translating the contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been added, you can translate the contents of your " +"website. To do so, go to your website, select the language from the language" +" menu and click the :guilabel:`Translate` button on the right part of the " +"task bar to activate the **translation mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Translate button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:58 +msgid "As a result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Text strings that have already been translated are highlighted in green;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 +msgid "Text strings that need to be translated are highlighted in yellow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Text to be translated highlighted in yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can then replace the original text with the translation by clicking the " +"block, editing its contents and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been installed, you can also translate some items " +"(e.g., the product's name and description) from the backend (e.g., in the " +"product template). To do so, click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) " +"next to the text you want to translate (e.g., the product name) and add the " +"translation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Translate product-related items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can also :doc:`export/import translations " +"<../../../../developer/howtos/translations>` to translate multiple items " +"(e.g., product names and descriptions) in one go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 +msgid "Language selector menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:84 +msgid "To add a language selector menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:86 +msgid "Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Select the block where you want to add the language selector menu (e.g., the" +" header)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:88 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Navbar` section, set the :guilabel:`Language selector` " +"field to either :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language selector menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com `_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5 +msgid "Pages" +msgstr "Pagine" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create pages for your website and customize their content" +" and appearance to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" +" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " +":ref:`properties `, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " +"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " +"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " +"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " +"therefore managed differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +msgid "Page creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " +"create a new website page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " +"corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " +"in the page's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Publish ` the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +msgid "Page management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " +"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " +"versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 +msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +msgid "It is also possible to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +msgid "" +"publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " +"`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " +"restrict the page's visibility if needed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +msgid "" +"publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" +" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +msgid "Homepage" +msgstr "Pagina principale" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " +":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" +" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " +":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +msgid "Page properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +msgid "" +"modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " +"to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " +"then select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`redirection `:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:0 +msgid "Redirect old URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " +"in the menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " +"of your website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " +"search engine results;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " +"select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " +"check mark to validate your selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " +"` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " +"group` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +msgid "" +"*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" +" --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +msgid "Duplicating pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " +"Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " +"Name`, then click :guilabel:`OK`. By default, the new page is added after " +"the duplicated page in the menu, but you can remove it from the menu or " +"change its position using the :doc:`menu editor `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +msgid "Deleting pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " +":guilabel:`Delete Page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " +"you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " +"land on a 404 error page, you must update all the links on your website " +"referring to the page. To do so, expand a category, then click on a link to " +"open it in a new window. Alternatively, you can set up a :ref:`redirection " +"` for the deleted page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection `), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " +"click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 +msgid "URL redirects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " +"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " +"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"`, :ref:`modify its URL `, or " +"move your site to a new :doc:`domain " +"`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " +"developer mode ` and go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " +"` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 +msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " +"the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " +"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " +"cached by browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " +"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " +"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " +"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " +"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " +"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +"performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" +" where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " +"redirected to another URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +msgid "" +"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +":ref:`unpublished ` or :ref:`deleted " +"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`Google documentation on redirects and search " +"`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:3 +msgid "Menus" +msgstr "Menù" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Menus are used to organize your website’s content and help visitors navigate" +" through your web pages effectively. User-friendly and well-structured " +"website menus also play a crucial role in improving :doc:`search engine " +"rankings `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to customize the content and appearance of your website's " +"menu to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:12 +msgid "Menu editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The menu editor allows you to edit your website's menu and add :ref:`regular" +" menu items ` and :ref:`mega menus `." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To edit your website's menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu" +" Editor`. From there, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**rename** a menu item or change its URL using the :guilabel:`Edit Menu " +"Item` icon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:21 +msgid "**delete** a menu item using the :guilabel:`Delete Menu Item` icon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**move** a menu item by dragging and dropping it to the desired place in the" +" menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**create a regular drop-down menu** by dragging and dropping the sub-menu " +"items to the right, underneath their parent menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 +msgid "Menu editor with sub-menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can also access the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, selecting " +"any menu item and clicking the :guilabel:`Edit Menu` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:0 +msgid "Access the Menu editor while in Edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:40 +msgid "Adding regular menu items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default, pages are added to the menu as regular menu items when " +":doc:`they are created <../pages>`. You can also add regular menu items from" +" the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Add Menu Item`. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Name` and URL of the related page in the pop-up window that " +"appears on the screen and click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL or Email` field, you can type `/` to search for a page" +" on your website or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:54 +msgid "Adding mega menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Mega menus are similar to drop-down menus, but instead of a simple list of " +"sub-menus, they display a panel divided into groups of navigation options. " +"This makes them suitable for websites with large amounts of content, as they" +" can help include all of your web pages in the menu while still making all " +"menu items visible at once. Mega menus can also be structured more visually " +"than regular drop-down menus, for example, through layout, typography, and " +"icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 +msgid "Mega menu in the navigation bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a mega menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu " +"Editor` and click :guilabel:`Add Mega Menu Item`. Enter the :guilabel:`Name`" +" of the mega menu in the pop-up, click :guilabel:`OK`, then " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To adapt the options and layout of the mega menu, click it in the navigation" +" bar, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Mega menus are composed of building " +"blocks, which means you can customize each component individually using " +"inline formatting, as well as the options available in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder. For example, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:74 +msgid "edit the text directly in the building block;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:75 +msgid "" +"edit a menu item's URL by selecting the menu item, then clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit link` button in the small preview pop-up. Type `/` to search" +" for a page on your website, or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:0 +msgid "Edit a mega menu option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:82 +msgid "" +"move a menu item by dragging and dropping the related block to the desired " +"position in the mega menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:84 +msgid "delete a menu item by deleting the related block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You can adapt the general layout of the mega menu by selecting the desired " +":guilabel:`Template` and :guilabel:`Size` in the :guilabel:`Mega menu` " +"section in the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:92 +msgid "Header and navigation bar appearance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To customize the appearance of your website's menu, click :guilabel:`Edit`, " +"then select the navigation bar or any menu item. You can then adapt the " +"fields in the :guilabel:`Header` and :guilabel:`Navbar` sections in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``

``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ```` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "Parole chiave" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:61 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-" +"channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:82 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:100 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:117 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "Pagina Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Barra di scorrimento Twitter" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:130 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:137 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:142 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:144 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:146 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:148 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:152 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:159 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:163 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:170 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:175 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:177 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:185 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:187 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:189 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:191 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:197 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:200 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:202 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:207 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:210 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:212 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:214 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:216 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:232 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:234 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:237 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:246 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:256 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:261 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:266 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:268 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:275 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:277 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:282 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:285 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:290 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:295 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Introduzione" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-" +"amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:332 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:334 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "Immagini" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:339 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:343 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:357 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:364 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:378 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:380 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:383 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:385 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:389 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:391 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:398 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:408 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:450 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:451 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:452 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:423 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:464 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:466 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:469 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:480 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:486 +msgid "" +"If you work on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, the CSS and " +"Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " +"But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and " +"Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:491 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:493 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:497 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:507 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:514 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:519 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:523 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:527 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:532 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:535 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:544 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:548 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:557 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:562 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:564 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:573 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "Mappa del sito" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:588 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:590 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:592 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:597 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:604 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:606 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:611 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:614 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:624 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:626 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the ``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:630 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:633 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " +"robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model " +"Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:3 +msgid "Website analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Website analytics helps website owners understand how people use their site." +" It provides data on visitor demographics, behavior, and interactions, " +"helping improve websites and marketing strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can track your Odoo website's traffic using " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` or :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. We " +"recommend using Plausible.io as it is privacy-friendly, lightweight, and " +"easy to use. The Plausible analytics dashboard is also integrated into Odoo " +"and can be accessed via :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> " +"Analytics`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:16 +msgid "Plausible.io" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your database is hosted on Odoo Online, the Plausible.io integration is " +"available in Odoo for free. To enable the feature, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Plausible Analytics` and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then access your Plausible analytics dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If your database is hosted on Odoo.sh or on-premise, or if you wish to use " +"your own Plausible.io account, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Create or sign in to a Plausible account using the following link: " +"`<https://plausible.io/register>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are creating a new account, go through the registration and " +"activation steps. When asked to provide your website details, add its " +":guilabel:`Domain` without including `www` (e.g., `example.odoo.com`) and " +"change the :guilabel:`Reporting Timezone` if necessary. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" snippet` to proceed to the next step. Ignore the :guilabel:`Add JavaScript " +"snippet` instructions and click :guilabel:`Start collecting data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once done, click the Plausible logo in the upper-left part of the page to " +"access your `list of websites <https://plausible.io/sites>`_, then click the" +" gear icon next to the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Click the gear icon in the list of websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the sidebar, select :guilabel:`Visibility`, then click :guilabel:`+ New " +"link`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name`, leave the :guilabel:`Password` field empty, as the" +" Plausible analytics dashboard integration in Odoo doesn't support it, then " +"click :guilabel:`Create shared link`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:46 +msgid "Copy the shared link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Plausible Analytics`, then" +" paste the :guilabel:`Shared Link` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you have :doc:`multiple websites <../configuration/multi_website>`, add " +"your websites to your Plausible.io account by going to " +"`<https://plausible.io/sites>`_ and clicking :guilabel:`+ Add website`. In " +"Odoo, in the **Website settings**, make sure to select the website in the " +":guilabel:`Settings of Website` field before pasting the :guilabel:`Shared " +"link`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically pushes two custom goals: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:65 +msgid "`Plausible Analytics documentation <https://plausible.io/docs>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:70 +msgid "Google Analytics" +msgstr "Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:72 +msgid "To follow your Odoo website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create or sign in to a Google account using the following link: " +"`<https://analytics.google.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up Google Analytics for the first time, click " +":guilabel:`Start measuring` and go through the account creation step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you already have a Google Analytics account, sign in and click the gear " +"icon in the bottom-left corner of the page to access the **Admin** page. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`+ Create Property`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Measurement ID in Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Complete the next steps: `property creation " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153?hl=en/&visit_id=638278591144564289-3612494643&rd=2#property>`_," +" business details, and business objectives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When you reach the **Data collection** step, choose the :guilabel:`Web` " +"platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Choose a platform for your Google Analytics property." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up your data stream: Specify your :guilabel:`Website URL` and a " +":guilabel:`Stream name`, then click :guilabel:`Create stream`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:93 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Measurement ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Google Analytics`, then " +"paste the :guilabel:`Measurement ID` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you have :doc:`multiple websites <../configuration/multi_website>` with " +"separate domains, it is recommended to create `one property " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153?hl=en/&visit_id=638278591144564289-3612494643&rd=2#property>`_" +" per domain. In Odoo, in the **Website settings**, make sure to select the " +"website in the :guilabel:`Settings of Website` field before pasting the " +":guilabel:`Measurement ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Google documentation on setting up Analytics for a website " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Link trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " +"Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :ref:`website/analytics/GA`, those trackers allow you to see" +" the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index de568c9c6..aee8bf62a 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # 前園義博 <yoshihiro.maezono@pro-spire.co.jp>, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Junko Augias, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -420,8 +420,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -532,141 +532,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -674,43 +680,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -720,79 +726,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -800,11 +787,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -812,21 +799,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -835,18 +822,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -854,7 +841,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -868,19 +855,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -889,18 +876,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "セキュリティ" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -910,20 +897,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -932,14 +919,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -949,7 +936,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -959,7 +946,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -968,20 +955,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -991,7 +978,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1001,28 +988,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1037,7 +1024,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1052,18 +1039,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1537,34 +1532,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2370,44 +2373,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "セットアップ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "システムパラメータ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2418,7 +2567,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4138,6 +4287,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5061,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6464,10 +6621,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "セットアップ" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index eaed17b0b..c3a2b3c0e 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ msgstr "登録を確認" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "取引先" @@ -522,7 +522,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -562,13 +561,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -811,6 +813,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1809,136 +1812,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概要" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "取引明細書" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2144,10 +2244,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "取引明細書" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2317,7 +2413,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2359,7 +2456,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2553,7 +2650,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2924,7 +3022,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "支払条件" @@ -5630,7 +5727,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6788,7 +6886,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "支払" @@ -6819,7 +6916,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6930,11 +7027,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -6945,19 +7042,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6968,18 +7065,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6993,11 +7090,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7989,6 +8086,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10543,7 +10641,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11228,7 +11325,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11327,7 +11425,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "入門" @@ -11617,7 +11715,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12047,7 +12145,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12139,19 +12237,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12162,24 +12272,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12187,7 +12297,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12199,18 +12309,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12218,14 +12328,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12233,18 +12343,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12252,7 +12362,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12260,7 +12370,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12273,14 +12383,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12290,7 +12400,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12302,14 +12412,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12319,18 +12429,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12343,24 +12453,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12369,14 +12479,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15330,12 +15440,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "アルゼンチン" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15355,14 +15465,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15375,8 +15487,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15384,6 +15496,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15395,14 +15510,17 @@ msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15414,8 +15532,8 @@ msgstr "技術名" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15423,6 +15541,9 @@ msgstr "技術名" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15490,7 +15611,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15537,7 +15659,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17667,7 +17789,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "電子請求" @@ -17681,7 +17804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18139,8 +18262,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18170,15 +18293,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18331,7 +18454,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18386,9 +18509,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "商品" @@ -18442,7 +18568,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "連絡先" @@ -18552,8 +18680,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18698,7 +18826,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18838,7 +18968,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "財務レポート" @@ -18853,6 +18983,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20088,419 +20219,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "コロンビア" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "身元確認" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "ユーザ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20508,40 +20887,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20573,52 +20942,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20629,15 +21004,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20646,14 +21021,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20661,23 +21036,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20685,26 +21060,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20712,59 +21087,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20775,7 +21150,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20783,11 +21158,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20795,7 +21170,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20806,88 +21181,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20900,45 +21275,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20949,32 +21324,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20986,7 +21361,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -20994,20 +21369,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21017,29 +21392,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21047,18 +21422,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21068,45 +21443,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21118,18 +21493,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21137,7 +21512,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21147,50 +21522,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21198,11 +21573,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21213,24 +21588,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21238,27 +21613,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21266,26 +21641,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21294,11 +21669,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21307,21 +21682,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21330,13 +21705,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21345,18 +21720,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21364,17 +21739,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21384,46 +21759,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "仕入先請求書" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21431,7 +21806,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21440,79 +21815,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21522,17 +21897,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21540,7 +21915,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21548,7 +21923,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21558,7 +21933,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21566,13 +21941,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21580,32 +21955,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21616,11 +21991,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21654,6 +22029,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25097,7 +25482,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25913,7 +26297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26086,195 +26470,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "メキシコ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "必要事項" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "モジュール" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26283,2295 +26759,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "会社" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "支払条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "前受金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "クレジットノートを作成" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "決済キャンセル" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "前期間" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "試算表" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28644,7 +28432,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29092,7 +28882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:305 msgid "Use Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ドキュメントを使用" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -29152,7 +28942,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "Customer invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "顧客請求書" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 msgid "EDI Elements" @@ -29745,6 +29535,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "会社" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30117,10 +29911,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " @@ -32530,7 +32320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:3 msgid "AsiaPay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "AsiaPay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index aa743ef39..166b70d17 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -9,15 +9,16 @@ # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Ryoko Tsuda <ryoko@quartile.co>, 2023 # Junko Augias, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Junko Augias, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2324,488 +2325,944 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "メールテンプレート" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "エラーなし" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 8872edd74..0d5f297a2 100644 --- a/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ja/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -7,8 +7,8 @@ # Noma Yuki, 2023 # Andy Yiu, 2023 # Yoshi Tashiro (Quartile) <tashiro@roomsfor.hk>, 2023 -# Junko Augias, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Junko Augias, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Japanese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ja/)\n" @@ -30,87 +30,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "在庫管理" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "バーコード" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -120,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "概要" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -129,11 +120,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -141,20 +132,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -164,45 +155,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -211,17 +202,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -229,58 +220,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -290,28 +281,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -320,20 +311,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -341,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -350,11 +341,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -370,13 +361,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -384,128 +375,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "規則名" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "バーコードパターン" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "プロダクト" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "数量" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "ロット番号" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -530,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "コンフィグレーション" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -539,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -550,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -558,17 +549,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -578,29 +569,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -608,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -618,7 +609,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -626,99 +617,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -726,18 +717,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -745,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -756,15 +747,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -773,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -781,7 +772,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -789,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -805,24 +796,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -830,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -839,7 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -848,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -856,11 +847,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -868,321 +859,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "タイプ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1内容タイプ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "パッケージ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "個数管理品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "梱包" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的地" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "ロケーション" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "ロット" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "日付" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "賞味・使用期限日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "使用期限日" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "測定対象" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "梱包タイプ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1190,17 +1181,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "入荷" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1208,24 +1199,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "配送" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1233,98 +1224,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "内部振替" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "セットアップ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1332,7 +1323,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1341,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1352,15 +1343,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1368,11 +1359,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1382,11 +1373,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1395,41 +1386,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1437,32 +1428,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "在庫管理" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "倉庫管理" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1821,6 +1840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1911,55 +1931,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2649,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2833,7 +2989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2847,15 +3003,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3012,7 +3168,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3058,11 +3214,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3070,13 +3226,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3090,7 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3098,11 +3254,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3111,7 +3267,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3119,14 +3275,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3135,7 +3291,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3145,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3153,17 +3309,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3171,24 +3327,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3196,26 +3352,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3228,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3236,62 +3392,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3301,11 +3457,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3315,7 +3471,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3325,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3334,14 +3490,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3350,7 +3506,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3361,17 +3517,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3381,7 +3537,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3389,14 +3545,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3404,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3413,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3422,7 +3578,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3430,11 +3586,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3443,14 +3599,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3461,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3476,32 +3632,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3510,7 +3666,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3522,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3537,187 +3693,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "その他処理" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "バックオーダを作成" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8336,7 +8700,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11679,35 +12043,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "製造" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "メンテナンス" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11717,7 +12077,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11726,11 +12086,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11738,20 +12098,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11760,7 +12120,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11769,14 +12129,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11785,91 +12145,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11877,22 +12237,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "製造" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "部品表を作成しましょう" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11900,31 +12285,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11932,13 +12317,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11954,24 +12339,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11985,11 +12370,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -11998,7 +12383,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12009,7 +12394,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12021,11 +12406,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12033,14 +12418,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12051,6 +12436,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "もっと知る" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12244,6 +12746,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13513,375 +14339,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "購買" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15866,3 +16332,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "品質" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 5e238d321..e735d9f10 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -8,15 +8,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -358,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -416,8 +417,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -528,141 +529,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -670,43 +677,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -716,79 +723,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -796,11 +784,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -808,21 +796,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -831,18 +819,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -850,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -871,19 +859,19 @@ msgstr "" ":option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` CLI flag (해당 고유 플래그는 " "X-Sendfile and X-Accel 양쪽에서 사용됨) 로 Odoo를 실행합니다. " -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -892,18 +880,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "보안" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -916,20 +904,20 @@ msgstr "" " 계획에 반드시 포함되어야 할 첫번째 중요 사항들을 요약한 내용에 불과합니다. 나머지 항목은 운영 체제 및 배포에 대한 최상의 보안 " "사례, 사용자 측면에서의 모범 사례, 암호 및 액세스 제어 관리 등에서 확인하시기 바랍니다." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -938,14 +926,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -955,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -965,7 +953,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -974,20 +962,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -997,7 +985,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1007,28 +995,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1043,7 +1031,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1058,18 +1046,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1543,34 +1539,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2378,44 +2382,190 @@ msgstr "" "마지막으로, :guilabel:`테스트 연결`을 클릭합니다. 확인 메시지가 나타날 것입니다. Odoo 데이터베이스에서 이제 OAuth " "인증을 사용하여 Microsoft Outlook을 통해 안전하게 보안 이메일을 발송할 수 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "설정" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "시스템 매개 변수" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2432,7 +2582,7 @@ msgstr "" "확인하실 수 있습니다. 이제 계정에 :guilabel:`테스트 및 확인`을 진행합니다. 계정에서 Odoo 데이터베이스로 이메일을 수신할 " "준비가 되어 있어야 합니다." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4159,6 +4309,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5087,7 +5245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6490,10 +6648,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "설정" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index f440c318b..3c436f838 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "협력사" @@ -524,7 +524,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -564,13 +563,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -813,6 +815,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1819,136 +1822,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "입출고 현황" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "사용 사례" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "거래" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2157,10 +2257,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "거래" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2330,7 +2426,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2372,7 +2469,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2566,7 +2663,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2937,7 +3035,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "지급 조건" @@ -4821,7 +4918,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "가격 책정" +msgstr "가격" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -5643,7 +5740,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6829,7 +6927,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "결제" @@ -6860,7 +6957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6971,11 +7068,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -6986,19 +7083,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -7009,18 +7106,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -7034,11 +7131,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -8030,6 +8127,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10584,7 +10682,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11269,7 +11366,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11368,7 +11466,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "소개" @@ -11660,7 +11758,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12090,7 +12188,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12182,19 +12280,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12205,24 +12315,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12230,7 +12340,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12242,18 +12352,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12261,14 +12371,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12276,18 +12386,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12295,7 +12405,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12303,7 +12413,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12316,14 +12426,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12333,7 +12443,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12345,14 +12455,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12362,18 +12472,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12386,24 +12496,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12412,14 +12522,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15373,12 +15483,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "아르헨티나" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15398,14 +15508,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15418,8 +15530,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15427,6 +15539,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15438,14 +15553,17 @@ msgstr "이름" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15457,8 +15575,8 @@ msgstr "기술적 명칭" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15466,6 +15584,9 @@ msgstr "기술적 명칭" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15533,7 +15654,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15580,7 +15702,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17710,7 +17832,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "전자 청구서" @@ -17724,7 +17847,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18182,8 +18305,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18213,15 +18336,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18374,7 +18497,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18429,9 +18552,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "품목" @@ -18485,7 +18611,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "연락처" @@ -18595,8 +18723,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18741,7 +18869,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18881,7 +19011,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "재무보고서" @@ -18896,6 +19026,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20131,419 +20262,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "콜롬비아" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "점포판매시스템" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "신분증" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "사용자" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20551,40 +20930,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20616,52 +20985,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20672,15 +21047,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20689,14 +21064,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20704,23 +21079,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20728,26 +21103,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20755,59 +21130,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20818,7 +21193,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20826,11 +21201,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20838,7 +21213,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20849,88 +21224,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20943,45 +21318,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20992,32 +21367,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -21029,7 +21404,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -21037,20 +21412,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21060,29 +21435,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21090,18 +21465,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21111,45 +21486,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21161,18 +21536,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21180,7 +21555,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21190,50 +21565,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21241,11 +21616,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21256,24 +21631,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21281,27 +21656,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21309,26 +21684,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21337,11 +21712,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21350,21 +21725,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21373,13 +21748,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21388,18 +21763,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21407,17 +21782,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21427,46 +21802,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "공급업체 청구서" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21474,7 +21849,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21483,79 +21858,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21565,17 +21940,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21583,7 +21958,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21591,7 +21966,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21601,7 +21976,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21609,13 +21984,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21623,32 +21998,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21659,11 +22034,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21697,6 +22072,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25140,7 +25525,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25956,7 +26340,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26129,195 +26513,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "멕시코" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "요구 사항" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "모듈" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26326,2295 +26802,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "PAC 자격증명" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "회사" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "지급 조건" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "계약금" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "대변전표 생성" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "결제 취소" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "이전 기간" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "시산표" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28687,7 +28475,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29788,6 +29578,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "회사" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30160,10 +29954,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " @@ -34396,7 +34186,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`인앱 구매 (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:111 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index ff3d9e22a..29e4c601c 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -13,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -1369,7 +1370,7 @@ msgstr "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 msgid "New Leads" -msgstr "새로운 영업제안" +msgstr "새로운 영업 제안" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" @@ -2673,575 +2674,943 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "이메일 양식" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"응답률을 높이기 위해서는 이메일에 좋은 내용을 담는 것이 제일 중요하다는 것은 모두가 알고 있는 사실입니다. 그렇지만 매번 똑같은 구조로" -" 메일을 쓰는 것은 정말 고역입니다. 이것이 바로 이메일 서식이 필요한 이유입니다. 매번 전체 이메일 구조를 다시 만들어낼 필요 없이, " -"모든 시간을 콘텐츠에만 집중할 수 있습니다. 또한 다양한 서식 중에서 대상과 메시지를 정확히 골라서 메세지를 전달함으로써 회사에 대한 " -"전체적인 사용자 경험을 향상시킬 수 있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -"이메일 서식에는 QWeb을 사용합니다. 컴포저를 사용하면 최종 렌더링 단계에서 이메일을 편집하게 되어 코드를 편집할 필요가 없어지므로 " -"커스터마이징 기능을 더욱 강력하게 사용할 수 있게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "메일 서식에 대한 기본 답신 설정" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" -"메일 서식에서 *답장* 필드를 사용할 수 있으나, **이 필드는 대량 메일 발송에서만** 사용되는 모드입니다 (대량 메일 발송에서 서식을" -" 사용하는 경우). 목록 보기를 할 수 있는 대부분의 앱에서 이메일을 대량으로 전송할 수 있습니다. 원하는 레코드를 선택하고 작업 버튼을" -" 클릭합니다. 이메일 발송 옵션이 있는 경우에는 메일 작성 도구가 표시되어 값을 설정합니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "여러 항목을 선택한 후 대량 메일 발송 모드를 설정합니다." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "서식에서 기본 설정으로 만들 수도 있습니다:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "서식에서의 답장 필드." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"이 때문에 설정값은 사용되지 않으므로 해당 필드에 값을 설정하는 것은 무의미하게 됩니다. *답장* 기본값은 고객과 Odoo 데이터베이스 " -"사이의 통신을 원활하게 하기 위한 기본 캐치올 이메일 주소로 되어 있습니다. 캐치올이 작동하는 방식에 대한 자세한 내용은 " -":ref:`인바운드 메시지 관리 방법 <email_communication/inbound_messages>` 항목에서 확인하실 수 " -"있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "회사별 업무용 이메일 및 해당 URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -"Odoo를 사용하시면 자동 이메일 전송 기능으로 다양한 행사 안내를 할 수 있습니다. 업무용 이메일로 전송하게 되며 Odoo 데이터베이스" -" 접속 링크도 같이 보내게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"기본적으로, 데이터베이스에서 생성된 링크에서는 시스템 매개변수에서 정의되어 있는 동적인 web.base.url  키를 사용하고 있습니다." -" 이 내용에 대한 추가 정보는 :ref:`매개변수 <domain-name/web-base-url>` 항목을 참조하세요." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -"웹사이트 애플리케이션을 설치되지 않은 경우, 링크를 생성하는데 사용하는 기본 매개변수로 web.base.url 키를 사용합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"이 키에는 단일값만 사용할 수 있다는 것이 중요합니다. 즉, 여러 개의 웹사이트나 회사 데이터베이스가 있는 환경에서는 웹사이트별로 특정 " -"도메인 주소를 쓰더라도, 공유 문서나 업무 이메일에서 링크를 생성하는 경우에는 어떤 웹사이트나 회사에서 이메일/문서를 전송하든 동일하게 " -"유지할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"Odoo 애플리케이션이 웹사이트 앱과 함께 데이터베이스에 연결되어 있다면 그렇지 않은 경우도 발생합니다. 즉, 웹사이트에서 특정 도메인이" -" 설정되어 있는 경우에는 이메일 서식에서 생성된 URL에서는 회사의 웹사이트에 설정되어있는 도메인을 사용하게 됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"문서 앱을 사용하여 공유한 문서는 특정한 웹사이트와 연결되어 있지 않으므로 언제나 web.base.url 키를 사용하게 됩니다. 어느 " -"회사에서 공유하는 URL 이든 항상 동일한 값 (web.base.url key 키 값)을 사용한다는 것은 이미 제한 내용으로 알려진 " -"사항입니다!" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -"한편, Odoo 이커머스 웹사이트 중 하나에서 고객이 주문하게 되는 경우에는 주문이 이루어진 사이트와 연결하는 링크가 만들어지게 됩니다." -" 그 결과 주문서 전송용 이메일에는 해당 웹사이트에서 설정한 도메인 주소를 사용하여 링크를 생성합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -"도메인 구성과 관련된 자세한 내용은 :doc:`도메인 주소 관련 문서 " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`를 참고하시기 바랍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "이메일 서식 번역 업데이트" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -"이메일 서식은 자동으로 번역되고 있습니다. 굳이 번역을 변경하실 필요가 없습니다. 하지만 특정한 이유로 일부 번역 내용을 변경하고자 " -"하시는 경우에는 바꾸실 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -"코드를 수정하는 경우와 마찬가지로, 제대로 수정되지 않는 경우 (예를 들어 수정 결과 잘못된 구문으로 이어지는 경우)에는 이로 인해 " -"서식에 오류가 발생할 수 있으므로 서식 표시 없이 공백으로 나타납니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." -msgstr "번역 내용을 편집하려면, 서식에서 다음 단계를 따르십시오." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" -msgstr "편집 버튼을 클릭한 후, 언어 버튼을 클릭합니다" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "서식에서 해당 언어를 편집합니다" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -"데이터베이스에 설치되어 있는 다른 언어들이 팝업창으로 표시됩니다. 여기에서 번역 편집이 가능합니다. 변경 사항을 저장하려면 저장 버튼을 " -"누르는 것을 잊지 마시기 바랍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." -msgstr "설치되어 있는 다양한 언어로 애플리케이션 본문 내용을 번역합니다." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." -msgstr "이 문서에는 가장 많이 발생하는 메일 관련 문제에 대한 설명이 포함되어 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -"먼저 발신 메일 관련 문제 (예: 고객이 이메일을 받지 못했다고 하는 경우)를 살펴본 후 수신 메일 문제 (예: 데이터베이스에서 " -"고객으로부터 답신을 받지 못함)를 설명해드리겠습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "발신 메일" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "이메일이 전송되지 않는 경우 무엇을 확인해야 하나요?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." -msgstr "먼저 메시지의 일자와 시간 옆에 빨간 봉투 아이콘이 표시되는 경우 이메일이 전송되지 않았다는 것을 나타냅니다." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" -msgstr "메시지창에 나타나는 빨간 봉투 표시" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "일반적인 오류 메시지" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "일일 한도에 도달했습니다:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "이메일 한도에 도달하면 Odoo에서 발송하는 경고 알림" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -"이메일 서비스 제공업체마다 자체 이메일 전송 한도가 있습니다. 이 한도는 일별이나 시간별, 또는 분별 제한일 수 있습니다. Odoo에서도" -" 마찬가지로, 고객 사용을 일부 제한하여 이메일 서버가 블랙리스트에 오르지 않도록 하고 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "신규 데이터베이스에 대한 기본 한도는 다음과 같습니다:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "Odoo 온라인 및 Odoo.sh 데이터베이스 구독이 활성화되어 있는 경우 이메일 200개/일" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." -msgstr "마이그레이션의 경우에는 이메일 일일 한도가 50개로 재설정될 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "한도에 도달한 경우 가능한 작업은 다음과 같습니다:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" -"일일 한도를 늘릴 수 있도록 고객지원팀에 요청하십시오. 다음 내용을 기준으로 데이터베이스 상황을 분석합니다 (목록에서는 일부만 기재):" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "데이터베이스 사용자 수," +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "설치되어 있는 앱 종류," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"반송률: 이메일이 최종 수신자에게 전달되는 도중에 메일 서버에서 반송되어 메일이 전송되지 못한 이메일 주소의 비율입니다. " -"`고객지원<https://www.odoo.com/help>`으로 문의하십시오." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" -"Odoo 메일 한도에 영향을 받지 않는 자신만의 이메일 발신 서버를 사용해보십시오 (:doc:`해당 문서 참조 " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>')." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"재설정하시려면 UTC 기준 오후 11시 이후에 재전송 버튼을 클릭하십시오. :ref:`개발자 모드 <developer-mode>`가 " -"활성화되어 있어야 합니다. 다음 단계로는 :menuselection:`설정 --> 기술 --> 이메일`로 이동합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "이메일 재전송 버튼" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"일일 한도는 데이터베이스 전체에 적용되며 한도가 바로 차버리는 경우도 있습니다! 내부 전송 메시지나 알림, 메모 등 다른 사람에게 " -"전송되는 항목은 일일 한도에서 이메일로 계산됩니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"이메일을 받는 대신 Odoo <discuss_app/notification_preferences>`에서 알림을 수신하여 문제가 발생하는 " -"경우를 줄일 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "SMTP 에러" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -"SMTP (Simple Mail Transport Protocol) 오류 메시지를 검토하여 이메일이 제대로 전송되지 못한 이유를 찾을 수" -" 있습니다. SMTP는 이메일 구조를 형성하고 인터넷을 통해 전송하는 프로토콜이며, 이메일 서비스에서 나타나는 오류 메시지를 이메일 관련" -" 문제를 진단하고 해결하는데 유용하게 사용할 수 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "오류 없음" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -"Odoo에서 실패 사유에 대한 정보를 확인할 수 없는 경우도 있습니다. 다양한 공급업체들이 이메일 반송과 관련하여 개별적인 정책을 " -"적용하고 있는 바, Odoo에서는 해당 내용을 파악할 수 없을 수도 있다는 점을 참고하시기 바랍니다. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -"동일한 클라이언트에게서 또는 동일한 도메인에서 이 문제가 반복되는 경우에는 원인 파악을 위해 바로 `Odoo 고객지원 " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_으로 연락주시기 바랍니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -"참고: 이런 경우, 문제가 발생하는 원인으로는 :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` " -"및/또는 :ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compatible>` 구성에서 가장 흔하게 발생합니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "이메일 전송이 지연되는 이유는 무엇인가요?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -"홍보 캠페인 관련된 이메일 전송을 예약했지만 정시에 전송되지 않는 경우가 있습니다. 긴급하지 않은 것으로 분류된 이메일 (대량 발송 " -"메일, 마케팅 자동화 이메일, 행사 안내 등 뉴스레터 종류)의 경우에는 전송이 지연될 수 있습니다. 시스템의 프로그램인 **크론**을 " -"통해 미리 정해놓은 시간 간격을 두고 자동 실행되도록 예약하게 됩니다. 해당 정책은 메일 서버 부하를 사전에 방지하고 전송 우선순위를 " -"정하기 위해서 시행되고 있습니다." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"긴급 이메일로 간주되는 경우 (판매주문서, 청구서, 구매발주서 등 개인에게서 다른 개인에게 전송되는 이메일)에는 즉시 전송이 " -"이루어집니다." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "추후 발송하도록 예약된 이메일" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"대량 메일은 60분마다 실행되도록 크론 시스템에서 기본으로 지정되어 있습니다. 따라서 홍보 캠페인 메일이 실제로 전송되려면 최대 1시간이" -" 소요되는 점을 확인하시기 바랍니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "메일 수신" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" -"이메일 수신에 문제가 있음에도 불구하고 Odoo 자체에서는 안내 표시가 나타나지 않을 수 있습니다. 메일 반송과 관련하여서는 " -"데이터베이스에 접속하려는 고객 측에서 확인하게 됩니다 (대부분의 경우, 550: 사서함을 사용할 수 없음)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "이메일이 수신되지 않는 경우" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "사용하는 플랫폼에 따라 다음을 참고하십시오:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "**Odoo.sh** 사용자는 :file:`~/logs/` 폴더에서 라이브 로그를 확인하실 수 있습니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" -"Odoo.sh :`~/logs/` (명령어 라인에서 액세스하는 것을 권장) 폴더에는 데이터베이스 로그를 포함한 파일 목록이 있습니다. " -"로그 파일 생성은 매일 오전 5:00 UTC를 기준으로 생성됩니다. 지난 2일에 해당되는 파일은 압축되어 있지 않으나, 공간 확보를 위해" -" 그 이전 날짜 파일은 압축 파일로 만들어집니다. 당일과 이전 날짜에 해당하는 파일 이름은 :file:`odoo.log` 및 " -":file:`odoo.log.1`입니다. 다른 날짜의 파일은, 날짜와 함께 이름이 지정되어 압축 파일로 생성합니다. :ref:`logs " -"<odoosh/logs>`에 대한 Odoo.sh 문서를 참조하시기 바랍니다. 파일을 검색하려면 ``grep`` 및 ``zgrep`` 명령" -" (압축 파일용)을 사용하시면 됩니다." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo 온라인** 사용자는 본인 로그에 대한 액세스 권한이 없습니다. 그러나 동일한 클라이언트나 도메인 관련하여 해당 문제가 " -"반복되는 경우 `Odoo 고객지원 <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_으로 문의주시기 바랍니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "고객 지원 요청" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" -msgstr "최대한 많은 정보를 알려주시면 더 효율적으로 지원해드릴 수 있습니다. 다음의 내용을 참고하시기 바랍니다: " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"이메일의 **EML**은 *Electronic Mail (전자 메일)*을 나타내며, 확인에 필요한 기술적인 정보가 모두 포함되어 있는 " -"파일 형식입니다. EML 파일을 받는 방법은 사용하고 있는 이메일 업체에서 관련 문서를 참고하시기 바랍니다. 이메일 EML을 받은 후 " -"고객지원 상담의 첨부 파일에 추가해주시면 저희 쪽에서 가장 빠르게 확인이 가능합니다. 고객지원팀에서는 중복 문제에 대해서 주로 " -"상담해드리고 있습니다. " -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "`Gmail 관련 문서 <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -"`Outlook 관련 문서 <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-internet-" -"message-headers-in-outlook-cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "메일 수신" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" msgstr "" -"해당 내용은 이러한 이메일을 Odoo에서 정상적으로 수신하기 위해서 따르게 되는 흐름입니다. 다음과 같은 질문 예시를 참고하시면 원활하게" -" 답변을 받으실 수 있습니다:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "Odoo에서 발신된 이메일에 대한 단순 답신 메일인가요? " +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "이메일 수신 서버를 사용 중인가요? 아니면 리디렉션으로 사용하시나요?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "제대로 이메일이 전달된 경우를 예시로 보여주시기 바랍니다. " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "다음과 같은 문의 사항에 대한 답변:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" -msgstr "일반적인 내용이거나 사용 중 발생한 문제에 대한 문의인가요? 만약 맞다면, 정확히 어떤 문제인가요?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" -"작동 내용이 예상한 대로 진행됩니까? Odoo를 통한 이메일이 반송되는 경우에는 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 :ref:`빨간색 봉투 " -"<red_envelop>` 표시로 나타나게 됩니다." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 1a9c20765..381c9c2a5 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -4,10 +4,10 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Daye Jeong, 2023 # JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023 # Sarah Park, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Daye Jeong, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -29,87 +29,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "재고" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "바코드" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -119,7 +110,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "입출고 현황" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -128,11 +119,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -140,20 +131,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -163,45 +154,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -210,17 +201,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -228,58 +219,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -289,28 +280,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -319,20 +310,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -340,7 +331,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -349,11 +340,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -369,13 +360,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -383,128 +374,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "이름" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "규칙 이름" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "바코드 패턴" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "품목" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "수량" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "로트 번호" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -529,7 +520,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "구성" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -538,7 +529,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -549,7 +540,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -557,17 +548,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -577,29 +568,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -607,7 +598,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -617,7 +608,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -625,99 +616,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -725,18 +716,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -744,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -755,15 +746,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -772,7 +763,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -780,7 +771,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -788,7 +779,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -804,24 +795,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -829,7 +820,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -838,7 +829,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -847,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -855,11 +846,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -867,321 +858,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "유형" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1 내용 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "패키지" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "단위 상품" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "포장중" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "목적지 위치" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "위치" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "LOT" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "날짜" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "유효 기간" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "만료일" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "계산" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "패키지 유형" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1189,17 +1180,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "입고" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1207,24 +1198,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "출고" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1232,98 +1223,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "내부 이동" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "설정" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1331,7 +1322,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1340,7 +1331,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1351,15 +1342,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1367,11 +1358,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1381,11 +1372,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1394,41 +1385,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1436,32 +1427,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "재고" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "창고 관리" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1820,6 +1839,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1910,55 +1930,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2648,7 +2804,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2832,7 +2988,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2846,15 +3002,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3011,7 +3167,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3057,11 +3213,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3069,13 +3225,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3089,7 +3245,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3097,11 +3253,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3110,7 +3266,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3118,14 +3274,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3134,7 +3290,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3144,7 +3300,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3152,17 +3308,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3170,24 +3326,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3195,26 +3351,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3227,7 +3383,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3235,62 +3391,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3300,11 +3456,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3314,7 +3470,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3324,7 +3480,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3333,14 +3489,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3349,7 +3505,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3360,17 +3516,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3380,7 +3536,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3388,14 +3544,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3403,7 +3559,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3412,7 +3568,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3421,7 +3577,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3429,11 +3585,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3442,14 +3598,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3460,7 +3616,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3475,32 +3631,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3509,7 +3665,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3521,7 +3677,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3536,187 +3692,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "기타 작업" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "잔여주문 생성" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8338,7 +8702,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11683,35 +12047,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "제조" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "유지보수" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11721,7 +12081,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11730,11 +12090,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11742,20 +12102,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11764,7 +12124,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11773,14 +12133,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11789,91 +12149,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11881,22 +12241,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "제조" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "재료 명세서 만들기" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11904,31 +12289,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11936,13 +12321,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11958,24 +12343,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11989,11 +12374,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12002,7 +12387,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12013,7 +12398,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12025,11 +12410,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12037,14 +12422,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12055,6 +12440,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "추가 정보" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12248,6 +12750,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13517,375 +14343,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "매입" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15925,3 +16391,630 @@ msgstr "이제 Odoo의 표준 측정 단위를 사용하는 것처럼 품목을 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "품질 관리" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 0c51a7118..020f8bebd 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,18 +4,18 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Sarah Park, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Daye Jeong, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2132,7 +2132,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2141,7 +2141,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2376,11 +2376,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2389,18 +2864,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2408,11 +2883,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2421,18 +2896,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2443,11 +2918,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2891,17 +3366,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3119,6 +3592,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" @@ -4510,7 +4993,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 msgid "Mail Plugins" -msgstr "" +msgstr "메일 플러그인" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -4518,28 +5001,32 @@ msgid "" "database. With them, you can interact with your Odoo database directly from " "your mailbox by:" msgstr "" +"메일 플러그인은 메일함과 Odoo 데이터베이스를 연결시키는 커넥터입니다. 플러그인을 사용하면, 다음과 같이 메일함에서 Odoo " +"데이터베이스로 직접 연동하여 작업할 수 있습니다. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:16 msgid "Creating leads and centralizing prospects' emails into the CRM app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "영업 제안을 생성하여 CRM 앱으로 잠재 고객 이메일을 중앙 집중식으로 관리합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:17 msgid "Generating tasks in any Odoo project." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 프로젝트에서 작업을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:18 msgid "Creating tickets in the Helpdesk app." -msgstr "" +msgstr "헬프데스크 앱에서 상담 건을 생성합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:19 msgid "Searching and storing insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" +msgstr "연락처에서 깊이 있는 정보 수집과 이해가 가능해집니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:21 msgid "" "Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook <mail_plugins/outlook>` and " ":doc:`Gmail <mail_plugins/gmail>`." msgstr "" +"메일 플러그인은 :doc:`Outlook <mail_plugins/outlook>` 및 :doc:`Gmail " +"<mail_plugins/gmail>`에서 사용하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 msgid "Pricing" @@ -4547,13 +5034,13 @@ msgstr "가격 책정" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." -msgstr "" +msgstr "메일 플러그인은 **무료**로 설치 및 사용하실 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:31 msgid "" "However, they can provide **Lead Enrichment**, which is part of a paid " "service known as **Lead Generation**." -msgstr "" +msgstr "다만, 유료 서비스인 **영업 제안 생성** 중의 하나로 **영업 제안 강화** 서비스가 제공될 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4562,34 +5049,43 @@ msgid "" " :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` credits if you would like to keep using " "this service." msgstr "" +"플러그인과 데이터베이스 연결 여부와 관계 없이, 메일 플러그인으로 영업 제안 강화를 무료로 테스트해 볼 수 있습니다. 이후, 서비스를 " +"계속 사용하고자 하는 경우에는 :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` 크레딧을 구입하라는 메시지가 플러그인에 " +"표시됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:41 msgid "Lead Generation IAP service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "영업 제안 생성 IAP 서비스" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:43 msgid "" "Lead Enrichment uses the *Lead Generation IAP service*. Each request " "consumes one *Lead Generation credit*." msgstr "" +"영업 제안 강화는 *영업 제안 생성 IAP 서비스*에서 진행됩니다. 요청을 할 때마다 *영업 제안 생성 크레딧*을 하나씩 사용하게 " +"됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:46 msgid "" "To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> CRM --> Lead Enrichment " "--> Buy credits` and select a package." msgstr "" +"크레딧을 구입하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> CRM --> 영업 제안 강화 --> 크레딧 구매`로 이동하여 패키지를 " +"선택하세요." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:50 msgid "" "If you are out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " "the suggested company is its website link and logo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "크레딧이 부족한 경우에는, 추천 회사를 클릭하면 웹사이트 링크와 로고 정보만 추가됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:52 msgid "" "Check out the `Lead Generation IAP service Privacy Policy " "<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_3>`_." msgstr "" +"`영업 제안 생성 IAP 서비스 개인정보 보호방침 <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_3>`_을 확인해 " +"보세요." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:56 msgid ":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase`" @@ -4597,11 +5093,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:57 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo 튜토리얼: 영업 제안 강화 <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:3 msgid "Gmail Plugin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gmail 플러그인" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4609,26 +5105,29 @@ msgid "" "can keep track of all their work between Gmail and Odoo, without losing any " "information." msgstr "" +"*Gmail 플러그인*으로 Odoo 데이터베이스와 Gmail 받은편지함을 통합하여, 사용자 정보 손실 없이 Gmail과 Odoo간의 모든" +" 작업을 추적할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:9 msgid "Odoo Online users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 온라인 사용자" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:11 msgid "" "For databases hosted on Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow the steps below to " "configure the Gmail Plugin." msgstr "" +"Odoo 온라인 (또는 Odoo.sh)에서 데이터베이스를 호스팅하는 경우에는, 다음의 단계에 따라 Gmail 플러그인을 설정하세요." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:94 msgid "Install the Gmail Plugin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gmail 플러그인 설치하기" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:17 msgid "" "First, log in to the Gmail account that the user wishes to connect to Odoo." -msgstr "" +msgstr "먼저, Odoo에 연결하려는 사용자의 Gmail 계정에 로그인합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -4636,6 +5135,8 @@ msgid "" "get add-ons. If the side panel is not visible, click on the arrow icon at " "the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." msgstr "" +"Gmail 받은편지함에서 우측 패널에 있는 더하기 아이콘을 클릭하여 부가기능 설치하기를 엽니다. 사이드 패널이 보이지 않는 경우에는, " +"우측 하단의 화살표 아이콘을 클릭하면 나타납니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." @@ -4645,7 +5146,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Then, use the search bar to search for `Odoo` and locate the :guilabel:`Odoo" " Inbox Addin`." -msgstr "" +msgstr "그런 다음, 검색창에 `Odoo`를 입력하면 :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin`을 검색할 수 있습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." @@ -4657,12 +5158,16 @@ msgid "" "Workspace Marketplace " "<https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/odoo_inbox_addin/873497133275>`_." msgstr "" +"또는, `Google Workspace Marketplace " +"<https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/odoo_inbox_addin/873497133275>`_에서" +" Or, :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin`로 바로 이동할 수도 있습니다. ." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:35 msgid "" "Once the plugin is located, click :guilabel:`Install`. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Continue` to start the installation." msgstr "" +"플러그인을 찾았으면, :guilabel:`설치`를 클릭합니다. 그런 다음 :guilabel:`계속하기`를 클릭하면 설치를 시작합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4670,11 +5175,13 @@ msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Odoo access the Google account. Google will " "then show a pop-up window confirming that the installation was successful." msgstr "" +"그 다음에는, Odoo에 연결하려는 사용자의 Gmail 계정을 선택하세요. 그런 다음 Odoo에서 Google 계정에 접근할 수 있도록 " +":guilabel:`허용`을 클릭하세요. 그러면 Google에서 설치에 성공했다는 확인이 팝업 창으로 표시됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 msgid "Configure the Odoo database" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 데이터베이스 설정" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 @@ -4685,6 +5192,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Integrations` section, activate :guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and then" " click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Gmail 플러그인을 사용하려면 Odoo 데이터베이스에서 :guilabel:`메일 플러그인` 기능이 반드시 활성화되어 있어야 합니다. " +"기능을 활성화하려면 :menuselection:`설정 --> 일반 설정`으로 이동합니다. :guilabel:`통합` 섹션에 있는 " +":guilabel:`메일 플러그인`을 활성화한 후 :guilabel:`저장`을 클릭하세요." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." @@ -4693,7 +5203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gmail 받은편지함 설정" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 @@ -4703,6 +5213,9 @@ msgid "" " on any email in the inbox. Click :guilabel:`Authorize Access` in the plugin" " window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." msgstr "" +"Gmail 받은편지함의 우측 패널에서 이제 보라색 Odoo 아이콘을 확인하실 수 있습니다. Odoo 아이콘을 클릭하면 Odoo 플러그인 " +"창을 열립니다. 그럼 다음, 받은편지함에서 아무 이메일이나 클릭하세요. 플러그인 창에서 :guilabel:`Authorize " +"Access`을 클릭하면 Gmail 받은편지함에 대해서 Odoo에 접근 권한이 부여됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4715,6 +5228,8 @@ msgid "" "Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" " the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." msgstr "" +"다음으로, :guilabel:`로그인`을 클릭하세요. 그 다음, Gmail 받은편지함에 연결하려는 사용자의 Odoo 데이터베이스 URL을" +" 입력하여 데이터베이스에 로그인하세요." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 @@ -4723,6 +5238,9 @@ msgid "" "database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " "`https://mycompany.odoo.com/web#cids=1&action=menu`." msgstr "" +"데이터베이스의 일반 URL을 사용하며, 특정 페이지의 URL을 사용하지 마시기 바랍니다. 예를 들어, " +"`https://mycompany.odoo.com/web#cids=1&action=menu` 가 아니라 " +"`https://mycompany.odoo.com` 를 사용해야 합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 @@ -4731,10 +5249,13 @@ msgid "" "browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" " window. The Gmail inbox and Odoo database are now connected." msgstr "" +"마지막으로, :guilabel:`허용`을 클릭하면 Gmail에서 Odoo 데이터베이스로 접근할 수 있게 됩니다. 그러면 브라우저에 " +":guilabel:`성공하였습니다!` 메시지가 표시됩니다. 그 후에는 창을 닫으면 됩니다, 이제 Gmail 받은편지함과 Odoo " +"데이터베이스 연결이 완료되었습니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:78 msgid "Odoo On-Premise users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo 온프레미스 사용자" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4766,6 +5287,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code` button. Then, click :guilabel:`Download ZIP` to download " "the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." msgstr "" +"먼저, Odoo 메일 플러그인 `GitHub 저장소 <https://github.com/odoo/mail-client-" +"extensions>`_ 으로 갑니다. 다음으로, 초록색 :guilabel:`코드` 버튼을 클릭합니다. 그 다음, " +":guilabel:`ZIP 파일 다운로드`를 클릭하면 메일 플러그인 파일이 사용자 컴퓨터에 다운로드됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 msgid "" @@ -4779,16 +5303,19 @@ msgid "" ":file:`login.ts` file using any text editor software, such as Notepad " "(Windows), TextEdit (Mac), or Visual Studio Code." msgstr "" +"컴퓨터에서 ZIP 파일을 엽니다. 그런 다음, :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master -->" +" gmail --> src --> views` 로 이동하여 메모장 (Window인 경우), TextEdit (Mac인 경우) 또는 " +"Visual Studio Code와 같은 텍스트 편집기 프로그램으로 파일을 엽니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:108 msgid "" "Delete the following three lines of text from the :file:`login.ts` file:" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":file:`login.ts` 파일에 있는 텍스트 중 다음의 세 줄을 삭제합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:116 msgid "" "This removes the `odoo.com` domain constraint from the Gmail Plugin program." -msgstr "" +msgstr "이렇게 하면 Gmail 플러그인 프로그램에서 `odoo.com` 도메인에 대한 제약 조건이 삭제됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -4797,6 +5324,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " "`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." msgstr "" +"그 다음에는, ZIP 파일의 :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master --> gmail` 로 " +"이동하여 :guilabel:`appsscript.json` 이라는 파일을 여세요. :guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist`" +" 섹션에 있는 모든 레퍼런스를 `odoo.com` 로 바꾸어 Odoo 고객의 고유한 서버 도메인으로 변경합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -4804,12 +5334,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " "file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." msgstr "" +"그런 다음, 같은 :guilabel:`gmail` 폴더에 있는 :guilabel:`README.md` 파일을 여세요. " +":guilabel:`README.md` 파일에 있는 안내에 따라서 Gmail 플러그인 파일을 Google 프로젝트로 푸시합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 msgid "" "The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " "instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`README.md` 파일에 있는 안내대로 하기 위해서는 컴퓨터에서 반드시 Linux 명령어 실행을 할 수 있어야 " +"합니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -4818,6 +5352,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" "on` to install the Gmail Plugin." msgstr "" +"그 다음에는, 사용자가 oDOO로 연결하려는 Gmail 계정과 Google 프로젝트를 공유하세요. 다음에는, " +":guilabel:`Publish` 및 :guilabel:`Deploy from manifest` 를 클릭하세요. 마지막으로, " +":guilabel:`부가기능 설치하기`를 클릭하면 Gmail 플러그인이 설치됩니다." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 msgid "Outlook Plugin" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 60407a4c0..03b508fe9 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" @@ -3002,13 +3002,11 @@ msgstr "방문자가 응답을 입력할 채팅창에 표시할 텍스트를 변 #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`실시간 채팅 버튼 색상` 및 :guilabel:`채널 제목 색상'을 변경하려면 색상 선택창을 열어서 색상표를 " -"클릭합니다. 색상표 오른쪽에 있는 새로고침 표시를 클릭하면 기본 선택 색상으로 초기화됩니다. " #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:197 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 84be054ff..4d610035b 100644 --- a/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/ko/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ # Translators: # JH CHOI <hwangtog@gmail.com>, 2023 # Daye Jeong, 2023 -# Sarah Park, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Sarah Park, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Sarah Park, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Korean (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ko/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -4572,7 +4572,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:147 msgid "Create Lead" -msgstr "영업제안 생성" +msgstr "영업 제안 생성" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5017,7 +5017,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:123 msgid "Lead" -msgstr "영업제안" +msgstr "영업 제안" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:125 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 609bed6f3..77d07372e 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -464,8 +464,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -576,141 +576,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -718,43 +724,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -764,79 +770,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -844,11 +831,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -856,21 +843,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -879,18 +866,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -898,7 +885,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -912,19 +899,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -933,18 +920,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Beveiliging" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -954,20 +941,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -976,14 +963,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -993,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1003,7 +990,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1012,20 +999,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1035,7 +1022,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1045,28 +1032,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1081,7 +1068,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1096,18 +1083,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1581,34 +1576,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2414,44 +2417,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Instellingen" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Systeemparameters" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2462,7 +2611,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4191,6 +4340,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5128,7 +5285,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6531,10 +6688,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Instellingen" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 3684f689f..f228119db 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -11,21 +11,21 @@ # Guido Leenders, 2023 # Dylan Kiss, 2023 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023 -# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # Cas Vissers <casvissers@brahoo.nl>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 -# Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Relatie" @@ -532,7 +532,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -572,13 +571,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -824,6 +826,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1896,144 +1899,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "Afletteren bank" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Overzicht" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "We kunnen open facturen afletteren met bankafschriften" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Use cases" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Case 1: Betaling registratie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transacties" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "De factuur is betaald en **het afletteren is automatisch gedaan.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Case 2: Bankafschriften afletteren" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -"We starten bij onze facturen van 3000 euro voor Smith & Co. Laten we er ook " -"vanuit gaan dat andere factureren openstaan voor verschillende klanten." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -"**Importeer** of **Maak** de bankafschriften. Bekijk aub de documenten van " -"de sectie bankafschriften." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Op het dashboard, klik op **Letter # Items af**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -"Indien alles correct was (correcte relatienaam, juiste bedrag) zal Odoo " -"**automatisch** de aflettering doen." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" -"Indien er fouten gevonden worden moet u **manuele acties** ondernemen." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -"Bijvoorbeeld als de relatie mist op uw bankafschrift vult u gewoon in: " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2239,10 +2331,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transacties" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2412,7 +2500,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2454,7 +2543,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Factuur aanmaken" @@ -2651,7 +2740,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3022,7 +3112,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Betalingstermijn" @@ -5760,7 +5849,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6918,7 +7008,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Betalingen" @@ -6949,7 +7038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7060,11 +7149,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -7075,19 +7164,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -7098,18 +7187,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -7123,11 +7212,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -8119,6 +8208,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10702,7 +10792,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Jaareinde controlelijst" @@ -11387,7 +11476,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11523,7 +11613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introductie" @@ -11858,7 +11948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12288,8 +12378,8 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -12382,19 +12472,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12405,24 +12507,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12430,7 +12532,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12442,18 +12544,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12461,14 +12563,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12476,18 +12578,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12495,7 +12597,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12503,7 +12605,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12516,14 +12618,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12533,7 +12635,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12545,14 +12647,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12562,18 +12664,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12586,24 +12688,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12612,14 +12714,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15573,12 +15675,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentinië" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15598,14 +15700,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15618,8 +15722,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15627,6 +15731,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15638,14 +15745,17 @@ msgstr "Naam" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15657,8 +15767,8 @@ msgstr "Technische naam" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15666,6 +15776,9 @@ msgstr "Technische naam" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15733,7 +15846,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15780,7 +15894,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17910,7 +18024,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Elektronische facturatie" @@ -17924,7 +18039,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18382,8 +18497,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18413,15 +18528,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18574,7 +18689,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18629,9 +18744,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Producten" @@ -18685,7 +18803,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contacten" @@ -18795,8 +18915,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Workflows" @@ -18941,7 +19061,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -19081,7 +19203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Financiële rapportages" @@ -19096,6 +19218,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20331,419 +20454,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Kassa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Bedrijfsconfiguratie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificatie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Gebruikers" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20751,40 +21122,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20816,52 +21177,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20872,15 +21239,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20889,14 +21256,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20904,23 +21271,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20928,26 +21295,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20955,59 +21322,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -21018,7 +21385,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -21026,11 +21393,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -21038,7 +21405,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -21049,88 +21416,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -21143,45 +21510,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -21192,32 +21559,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -21229,7 +21596,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -21237,20 +21604,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21260,29 +21627,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21290,18 +21657,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21311,45 +21678,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21361,18 +21728,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21380,7 +21747,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21390,50 +21757,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21441,11 +21808,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21456,24 +21823,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21481,27 +21848,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21509,26 +21876,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21537,11 +21904,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21550,21 +21917,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21573,13 +21940,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21588,18 +21955,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21607,17 +21974,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21627,46 +21994,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Leveranciersfactuur" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21674,7 +22041,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21683,79 +22050,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21765,17 +22132,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21783,7 +22150,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21791,7 +22158,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21801,7 +22168,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21809,13 +22176,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21823,32 +22190,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21859,11 +22226,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21897,6 +22264,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25341,7 +25718,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -26157,7 +26533,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26330,195 +26706,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Vereisten" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Modules" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26527,2295 +26995,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Bedrijf" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" -msgstr "" +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "Betaal flow" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Betalingscondities" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Aanbetalingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Maak een creditfactuur" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Betaling annuleren" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Vorige periode" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Proefbalans" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Werk in voortgang**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Leningen**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28888,7 +28668,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29989,6 +29771,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Bedrijf" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30361,10 +30147,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 7f17b17b0..533ded344 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,6 +8,7 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2023 # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -15,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -1475,7 +1476,7 @@ msgid "" "your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." msgstr "" "Samenvattingsmails zijn standaard *geactiveerd* en *Je periodieke Odoo " -"samenvatting* is het hoofdsjabloon, die alle KPIs in je Odoo database bevat " +"samenvatting* is de hoofdsjabloon, die alle KPIs in je Odoo database bevat " "en dagelijks wordt verzonden naar de beheerders." #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31 @@ -3106,659 +3107,1279 @@ msgstr "" "ontstaat als er een dubbele e-mail wordt gedetecteerd." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "E-mailsjablonen" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"Iedereen weet dat het schrijven van goede e-mails van vitaal belang is om " -"een hoge responspercentage te bekomen, maar je wilt toch niet elke keer " -"dezelfde structuur herschrijven? Dit is waar e-mailsjablonen van pas komen. " -"Zonder dat je elke keer de volledige e-mailstructuur hoeft te herschrijven, " -"heb je meer tijd om je op de inhoud te richten. Met meerdere sjablonen kan " -"je ook de juiste boodschap overbrengen aan het juiste publiek, wat hun " -"algemene ervaring met het bedrijf verbetert." +"E-mailsjablonen zijn opgeslagen e-mails die vaak worden gebruikt om e-mails " +"te verzenden vanuit de database. Ze stellen gebruikers in staat om " +"kwaliteitsvolle communicaties te versturen, zonder steeds dezelfde tekst te " +"moeten samenstellen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -"De e-mailsjablonen gebruiken QWeb. Met de composer kan je e-mails bewerken " -"in hun uiteindelijke weergave, waardoor aanpassingen robuuster zijn omdat je" -" geen code hoeft te bewerken." +"Gebruikers kunnen verschillende sjablonen opstellen voor specifieke " +"situaties en zo het juiste bericht voor het juiste publiek kiezen. Dit " +"verhoogt de kwaliteit van het bericht en de algehele betrokkenheid bij de " +"klant." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "Een standaard antwoord op je e-mailsjablonen definiëren" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -"Hoewel het veld *antwoorden op* beschikbaar is in de e-mailsjablonen, " -"**wordt dit veld enkel gebruikt voor massamails** (bij het verzenden van " -"sjablonen in wat wij bulkmailing noemen). Je kan e-mails in bulk versturen " -"in bijna elke app die een lijstweergave heeft. Selecteer de records die je " -"wilt en klik op de actieknop. Als je de optie hebt om een e-mail te " -"versturen, zie je een mailcomposer met de mogelijke te definiëren waarden:" +"E-mailsjablonen in Odoo gebruiken QWeb of XML, waardoor e-mails bewerkt " +"kunnen worden in hun finale weergave en aanpassingen robuuster worden, " +"zonder ook maar enige code te hoeven bewerken. Odoo kan hierdoor een " +"grafische gebruikersomgeving (GUI) gebruiken om e-mails te bewerken, waarbij" +" de code in de back-end wordt bewerkt. Wanneer de ontvangen e-mail door het " +"programma van de eindgebruiker wordt gelezen, verschijnen er verschillende " +"opmaken en afbeeldingen in de finale vorm." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" +"Open de e-mailsjablonen door de :ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` " +"te activeren en te navigeren naar :menuselection:`Instellingen --> Technisch" +" menu --> E-mail --> E-mailsjablonen`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "E-mailsjablonen bewerken" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" +"Je kan de *powerbox* functie gebruiken bij het werken met e-mailsjablonen. " +"Deze functie biedt de mogelijkheid om de opmaak en de tekst rechtstreeks in " +"een e-mailsjabloon te bewerken, evenals de mogelijkheid om koppelingen, " +"knoppen, afspraakopties en afbeeldingen toe te voegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" +"De XML/HTML-code van de e-mailsjabloon kan ook rechtstreeks worden bewerkt " +"door op het icoontje :guilabel:`</>` te klikken. Bovendien kan je ook " +"dynamische placeholders (verwijzingen naar velden in Odoo) gebruiken in " +"e-mailsjablonen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "Powerbox" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" +"De *powerbox* functie is een verrijkte teksteditor met verschillende " +"opmaak-, lay-out- en tekstopties. Het kan ook worden gebruikt om XML/HTML-" +"functies toe te voegen in een e-mailsjabloon. De powerbox wordt geactiveerd " +"door een slash `/` te typen in de inhoud van een e-mailsjabloon." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" +"Als je een slash `/` typt in het e-mailbericht, verschijnt er een " +"vervolgkeuzemenu met de volgende opties:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Structuur`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Opsomming`: Lijst met opsommingstekens maken." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Genummerde lijst`: Lijst met nummering maken." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Taken opvolgen met een checklist." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tabel`: Tabel invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Scheidingsteken`: Horizontale scheidingslijn invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Citaat`: Blokcitaat sectie toevoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Code`: Code sectie toevoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`2 kolommen`: Omzetten naar twee kolommen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 kolommen`: Omzetten naar drie kolommen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr ":guilabel:`4 kolommen`: Omzetten naar vier kolommen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Opmaak`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kop 1`: Grote sectiekop." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kop 2`: Medium sectiekop." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kop 3`: Kleine sectiekop." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Richting omdraaien`: Tekstrichting omdraaien." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tekst`: Paragraafblok." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Media`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Afbeelding`: Afbeelding invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Artikel`: Een artikel koppelen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Navigatie`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Link`: Link toevoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Knop`: Knop toevoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Afspraak`: Een specifieke afspraak toevoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Kalender`: Een afspraak plannen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Widgets`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`3 sterren`: Waardering van drie sterren invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr ":guilabel:`5 sterren`: Waardering van vijf sterren invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Basisblokken`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr ":guilabel:`Handtekening`: Je handtekening invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Marketingtools`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Dynamische placeholders`: Gepersonaliseerde inhoud invoegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" +"Om één van deze opties te gebruiken, klik op de gewenste functie in de " +"powerbox-vervolgkeuzelijst. Om een bestaande tekst op te maken met " +"tekstgerelateerde opties (bijv. :guilabel:`Kop 1`, :guilabel:`Richting " +"omdraaien`, enz.), markeer de tekst, typ de activator (slash) `/`, en " +"selecteer de gewenste optie in het vervolgkeuzemenu." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "De powerbox functie in e-mailsjablonen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" +":ref:`Dynamische placeholders gebruiken <email_template/dynamic-" +"placeholders>`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "XML/HTML-code-editor" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" +"Om de XML/HTML-editor te openen voor een e-mailsjabloon, activeer eerst de " +":ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>`. Klik vervolgens op het icoontje " +":guilabel:`</>` in de rechterbovenhoek van de sjabloon en bewerk de " +"XML/HTML. Om naar de standaard teksteditor terug te gaan, klik opnieuw op " +"het icoontje :guilabel:`</>`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "Composer in massamail-modus na het selecteren van meerdere offertes." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "HTML-editor in een e-mailsjabloon." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "Je kan dit veld ook standaard definiëren op het sjabloon:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" +"De XML/HTML-editor moet omzichtig worden gebruikt aangezien dit de back-end-" +"code van de sjabloon is. Het bewerken van de code kan de e-mailsjabloon " +"onmiddellijk breken of breken bij het upgraden van de database." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "Dynamische placeholders" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" +"*Dynamische placeholders* verwijzen naar bepaalde velden in de Odoo database" +" om unieke gegevens in te voegen in de e-mailsjabloon." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" +"Veel bedrijven willen hun e-mails aanpassen met een persoonlijk stukje " +"informatie over hun klanten om de aandacht te trekken. Dit kan in Odoo door " +"te verwijzen naar een veld binnen een model door een dynamische placeholder " +"in te voegen. Bijvoorbeeld, de naam van de klant kan in de e-mail worden " +"gekoppeld aan het veld :guilabel:`Klant` op het model " +":guilabel:`Verkooporder`. De dynamische placeholder voor dit veld is: `{{ " +"object.partner_id }}`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" +"Dynamische placeholders zijn gecodeerd om velden weer te geven vanuit de " +"database. Dynamische placeholders kunnen worden gebruikt in de " +":guilabel:`Inhoud` (tabblad :guilabel:`Inhoud`) van de e-mailsjabloon, of in" +" de velden in de :guilabel:`E-mail instellingen`, het :guilabel:`Onderwerp` " +"van de e-mail en de :guilabel:`Taal`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" +"Om dynamische placeholders te gebruiken in de :guilabel:`Inhoud` van een " +"e-mail, open de **powerbox** door `/` te typen in de e-mailsjabloon in het " +"tabblad :guilabel:`Inhoud`. Scroll naar de onderkant van de lijst naar " +":guilabel:`Marketingtools`. Selecteer vervolgens :guilabel:`Dynamische " +"placeholder`. Selecteer vervolgens de dynamische placeholder uit een lijst " +"met beschikbare opties en volg de aanwijzingen om deze te configureren met " +"het gewenste overeenkomstige veld in Odoo. De configuratie van elke " +"dynamische placeholder is verschillend." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "Dynamische placeholders gebruiken in een e-mailsjabloon." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" +"Elke unieke combinatie van :guilabel:`Velden`, :guilabel:`Submodellen` en " +":guilabel:`Subvelden` creëert een verschillende dynamische placeholder. Zie " +"het als een combinatie met het veld dat wordt gemaakt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" +"Om de beschikbare velden te zoeken, typ de front-end naam (op de " +"gebruikersinterface) van het veld in de zoekbalk. Hierdoor worden alle " +"beschikbare velden voor het model weergegeven waarvoor de e-mailsjabloon " +"wordt aangemaakt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" +"Het aanpassen van e-mailsjablonen valt buiten het bereik van Odoo " +"Ondersteuning." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "Rich text editor" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" +"Een rich text editor werkbalk kan worden geopend door tekst in de " +"e-mailsjabloon te markeren. Deze kan worden gebruikt om de koppen, de " +"lettergrootte/-stijl en kleur te wijzigen en een lijsttype of een link toe " +"te voegen." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "Rich text editor in de e-mailsjabloon." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "E-mailsjablonen resetten" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" +"Als de e-mailsjabloon niet werkt omdat de code is gewijzigd, kan hij worden " +"gereset en teruggezet naar de standaardsjabloon. Klik op de knop " +":guilabel:`Sjabloon resetten` in de linkerbovenhoek van het scherm en de " +"sjabloon wordt gereset. " + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "E-mailsjabloon resetten." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "Standaard antwoord op e-mailsjablonen" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" +"In het tabblad :guilabel:`E-mail instellingen` in een e-mailsjabloon, is er " +"een veld :guilabel:`Antwoorden aan`. Voeg in dit veld e-mailadressen toe " +"waarnaar antwoorden worden doorgestuurd als je een massamailing verstuurt " +"met deze sjabloon." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" +"Je kan meerdere e-mailadressen toevoegen door een komma `,` toe te voegen " +"tussen de adressen of dynamische placeholders." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." -msgstr "Antwoord aan-veld op sjabloon." +msgstr "Antwoorden aan-veld op sjabloon." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"Hierdoor is het instellen van een waarde in dit veld nutteloos, omdat de " -"ingestelde waarde genegeerd zal worden. De standaard *antwoorden aan* waarde" -" is het standaard catch-all e-mailadres om de communicatie tussen je klant " -"en je Odoo database te garanderen. Voor meer informatie over de werking van " -"de catch-all, bekijk :ref:`hoe je inkomende berichten beheert " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"Het veld :guilabel:`Antwoorden aan` wordt **enkel** gebruikt voor " +"massamailings (e-mails in bulk verzenden). Massamailings kunnen worden " +"verzonden in bijna elke Odoo applicatie die de lijstweergave voorstelt." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "Transactionele e-mails en bijbehorende URL voor elk bedrijf" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" +"Om massamailings te verzenden, vink in de :guilabel:`lijstweergave` de " +"vakjes aan naast de gewenste records waarnaar de e-mails moeten worden " +"verzonden, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Actie` (vertegenwoordigd door een " +"tandwiel :guilabel:`⚙️` icoon), en selecteer de gewenste e-mailoptie in het " +"vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`Actie`. E-mailopties kunnen verschillen per " +"lijstweergave en applicatie." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" +"Als het mogelijk is om een e-mail te verzenden, verschijnt er een pop-" +"upvenster waarin je de e-mail kan samenstellen, met waarden die kunnen " +"worden bepaald en aangepast. Deze optie is beschikbaar via de knop " +":guilabel:`Actie` op pagina's waar e-mails in bulk kunnen worden verzonden" +"---bijvoorbeeld, op de pagina :guilabel:`Klanten` van de CRM applicatie. " +"Deze actie vindt plaats in de hele Odoo database." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" +"E-mailsamensteller in massamailingsmodus met de nadruk op de Antwoorden aan " +"optie." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "Transactionele e-mails en bijbehorende URL's" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." msgstr "" "In Odoo kunnen verscheidene evenementen het verzenden van geautomatiseerde " -"e-mails triggeren. Deze e-mails worden ook transactionele e-mails genoemd en" -" bevatten soms koppelingen naar je Odoo database." +"e-mails triggeren. Deze e-mails worden ook *transactionele e-mails* genoemd " +"en bevatten soms koppelingen naar de Odoo database." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." msgstr "" "Standaard gebruiken de koppelingen die door de database worden gegenereerd " -"de dynamische web.base.url sleutel die bepaald is in de systeemparameters. " -"Meer informatie over deze :ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +"de dynamische `web.base.url` sleutel bepaald in de systeemparameters. " +"Raadpleeg voor meer informatie de :ref:`systeemparameters <domain-name/web-" +"base-url>`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." msgstr "" -"Als de Website applicatie niet is geïnstalleerd, zal de web.base.url sleutel" -" altijd de standaard parameter zijn die gebruikt wordt om alle koppelingen " -"te genereren." +"Als de *Website* applicatie niet is geïnstalleerd, zal de `web.base.url` " +"sleutel altijd de standaard parameter zijn die gebruikt wordt om alle " +"koppelingen te genereren." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"Het is belangrijk om te weten dat deze sleutel slechts één waarde kan " -"hebben, wat betekent dat in een database omgeving met meerdere " -"websites/bedrijven, zelfs als je een specifieke domeinnaam hebt voor elke " -"website, kunnen de koppelingen die worden gegenereerd om een document te " -"delen of in transactionele e-mails dezelfde blijven, ongeacht de website/het" -" bedrijf die/dat gerelateerd is aan het verzenden van de e-mail/het " -"document." +"De `web.base.url` sleutel kan slechts één waarde hebben, wat betekent dat in" +" een database met meerdere websites of bedrijven, zelfs als je een specifiek" +" domeinnaam hebt voor elke website, de koppelingen die worden gegenereerd om" +" een document te delen (of de koppelingen in een transactionele e-mail) " +"kunnen onveranderd blijven, ongeacht de website/het bedrijf die/dat " +"gerelateerd is aan het verzenden van de e-mail/het document." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" +"Als de :guilabel:`Waarde` van de systeemparameter :guilabel:`web.base.url` " +"gelijk is aan `https://www.mycompany.com` en er zijn twee afzonderlijke " +"bedrijven in Odoo met verschillende website-URL's: " +"`https://www.mycompany2.com` en `https://www.mycompany1.com`, komen de " +"koppelingen gemaakt door Odoo om een document te delen of een transactionele" +" e-mail te verzenden van het domein: `https://www.mycompany.com`, ongeacht " +"het bedrijf die het document of de e-mail verstuurt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"Dit is niet altijd het geval, aangezien sommige Odoo applicaties een " -"koppeling hebben in de database met de Website applicatie. In dit geval " -"betekent dit dat als een specifiek domein is bepaald voor de websites, de " -"URL gegenereerd in de e-mailsjabloon het domein zal gebruiken dat bepaald is" -" op de website van het bedrijf." +"Dit is niet altijd het geval, omdat sommige Odoo applicaties (*E-commerce* " +"bijvoorbeeld) een koppeling hebben in de database met de *Website* " +"applicatie. In dat geval betekent dit dat als een specifiek domein is " +"bepaald voor de website, de URL gegenereerd in de e-mailsjabloon het domein " +"gebruikt dat bepaald is op de overeenkomstige website van het bedrijf." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"Een document dat gedeeld wordt via de Documenten applicatie zal altijd de " -"web.base.url sleutel gebruiken, omdat het gedeelde document niet met een " -"specifieke website geassocieerd is. De URL zal dus altijd dezelfde zijn (de " -"waarde van de web.base.url sleutel), ongeacht het bedrijf waar het van " -"gedeeld wordt. Dit is een gekende beperking!" +"Wanneer een klant een aankoop doet op een Odoo *E-commerce* website, heeft " +"de order een vaste koppeling met die website. De links in de " +"bevestigingsmail die naar de klant wordt verzonden gebruiken bijgevolg de " +"domeinnaam voor die specifieke website." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -"Anderzijds hebben de verkooporders die door een klant gemaakt worden op je " -"Odoo E-commerce websites een koppeling met de website van waaruit de order " -"is gemaakt. Als gevolg hiervan genereert de e-mail die wordt verzonden voor " -"de verkooporders koppelingen met behulp van de de domeinnaam die is " -"gedefinieerd voor de overeenkomstige website." +"Een document dat gedeeld wordt via de *Documenten* applicatie zal **altijd**" +" de `web.base.url` sleutel gebruiken, omdat het gedeelde document niet met " +"een specifieke website geassocieerd is. Dit betekent dat de URL niet altijd " +"dezelfde zal zijn (waarde van de `web.base.url` sleutel), ongeacht het " +"bedrijf die deze gedeeld heeft. Dit is een gekende beperking." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" +"Voor meer informatie over het configureren van je domeinen, raadpleeg de " +":doc:`documentatie over domeinnamen " "</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." -msgstr "" -"Voor meer informatie over het configureren van je domeinen, nodigen we je " -"uit om onze :doc:`documentatie over domeinnamen " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>` te lezen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "Vertalingen bijwerken in e-mailsjablonen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -"E-mailsjablonen worden automatisch vertaald. Het zou niet nodig moeten zijn " -"om de vertalingen te wijzigen. Als je echter om een specifieke reden enkele " -"vertalingen wilt wijzigen, kan dat zeker." +"In Odoo worden e-mailsjablonen automatisch vertaald voor alle gebruikers in " +"de database in alle geïnstalleerde talen. Het zou niet nodig moeten zijn om " +"vertalingen aan te passen, maar als dit nodig is om een specifieke reden, " +"dan kan dat." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -"Zoals bij elke wijziging in de code, houd er rekening mee dat wijzigingen " -"die niet correct zijn doorgevoerd (die bijvoorbeeld leiden tot slechte " -"syntaxis) het sjabloon kunnen breken, met als gevolg dat het sjabloon leeg " +"Zoals elke wijziging in de code, kunnen wijzigingen in de vertaling die niet" +" correct zijn doorgevoerd (bijvoorbeeld, wijzigingen die leiden tot een " +"slechte syntaxis) de sjabloon breken, met als gevolg dat de sjabloon leeg " "zal verschijnen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." -msgstr "Volg deze stappen op de sjabloon om je vertalingen te bewerken." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" -msgstr "Klik op de knop Bewerken en vervolgens op de taalknop" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "De taal van een sjabloon bewerken" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -"Er verschijnt een pop-upvenster met de verschillende talen die op de " -"database zijn geïnstalleerd. Hier kan je de vertalingen bewerken. Vergeet " -"niet om op Opslaan te klikken om je wijzigingen te bewaren." +"Om de vertalingen te wijzigen, activeer eerst de :ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus " +"<developer-mode>`. Klik vervolgens in de e-mailsjabloon op de knop " +":guilabel:`Bewerken` en klik op de taalknop, vertegenwoordigd door de " +"initialen van de taal die momenteel wordt gebruikt (bijv. :guilabel:`EN` " +"voor Engels)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "De taal van een sjabloon bewerken." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -"Vertaling van de inhoud van de sjabloon Sollicitatie in de verschillende " -"geïnstalleerde talen." +"Als er slechts één taal is geïnstalleerd en geactiveerd in de database of " +"als de gebruiker geen beheerderstoegangsrechten heeft, verschijnt de " +"taalknop niet." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" +"Er verschijnt een pop-upvenster met de verschillende talen die in de " +"database zijn geïnstalleerd. Hier is het mogelijk om de vertalingen te " +"wijzigen. Wanneer de gewenste wijzigingen zijn gemaakt, klik op de knop " +":guilabel:`Opslaan` om de wijzigingen op te slaan." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "Vertaling van de inhoud van de sjabloon Afspraak geboekt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" +"Bij het bewerken van de vertalingen, wordt de standaardtaal in de database " +"in het **vet** weergegeven." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "E-mailproblemen" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." -msgstr "" -"Dit document bevat een uitleg van de meest voorkomende mailingproblemen." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "Dit document behandelt de meest voorkomende e-mailproblemen in Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" -"We gaan eerst in op problemen met uitgaande e-mails (bijv. mijn klant heeft " -"mijn e-mail niet ontvangen) en daarna op problemen met inkomende e-mails " -"(bijv. Ik ontvang geen reacties van mijn klant in de database)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "Uitgaande e-mails" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "Wat moet je controleren als je e-mail niet is verzonden?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "E-mail is niet verzonden" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" "De eerste aanwijzing die aangeeft dat de e-mail niet is verzonden, is de " -"rode envelop naast de datum en het tijdstip van het bericht." +"rode envelop :guilabel:`✉️` naast de datum en het tijdstip van het bericht, " +"in de chatter." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" -msgstr "Rode envelop weergegeven in de chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "Rode envelop in de chatter." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" +"Niet-verzonden e-mails verschijnen ook in de Odoo e-mailwachtrij. Met de " +":ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` geactiveerd, is de e-mailwachtrij" +" toegankelijk via de :menuselection:`Instellingen app --> Technisch menu -->" +" E-mail --> E-mails`. Niet-verzonden e-mails worden weergegeven in het blauw" +" en verzonden e-mails in het grijs." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "Veelvoorkomende foutmeldingen" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "Je hebt je dagelijkse limiet bereikt:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "Dagelijkse limiet is bereikt" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "Waarschuwing in Odoo bij het bereiken van de e-maillimiet" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "Waarschuwing in Odoo bij het bereiken van de e-maillimiet." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" "Elke e-mailprovider heeft zijn eigen limieten voor het verzenden van " -"e-mails. De limieten kunnen per dag, per uur en soms per minuut ingesteld " -"zijn. Dit is hetzelfde voor Odoo, we moeten onze klanten beperkingen " -"opleggen om te voorkomen dat onze e-mailservers op de blacklist geplaatst " -"worden." +"e-mails. De limieten kunnen per dag, per uur, of soms per minuut ingesteld " +"worden. Dit is hetzelfde voor Odoo, die klanten beperkingen oplegt om te " +"voorkomen dat Odoo's e-mailservers op de blacklist geplaatst worden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "Hier zijn de standaard limieten voor nieuwe databases:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" -"200 e-mails/dag voor Odoo Online en Odoo.sh database met een actief " -"abonnement," - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," -msgstr "20 e-mails/dag voor Een app gratis databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." +msgstr "" +"**200 e-mails per dag** voor Odoo Online en Odoo.sh databases met een actief" +" abonnement." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," -msgstr "50 e-mails/dag voor testdatabases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "**20 e-mails per dag** voor Een app gratis databases." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "**50 e-mails per dag** voor testdatabases." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -"in het geval van een migratie, kan je dagelijkse limiet worden teruggezet " +"In het geval van een migratie, kan de dagelijkse limiet worden teruggezet " "naar 50 e-mails per dag." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "Als je de limiet bereikt, kan je:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "Als de dagelijkse limiet is bereikt:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" -"Ons ondersteuningsteam vragen om je dagelijkse limiet te verhogen. We zullen" -" de situatie van je database beoordelen op basis van (niet-uitputtende " -"lijst):" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "Het aantal gebruikers in je database," +"Neem contact op met Odoo's ondersteuningsteam, die de dagelijkse limiet " +"kunnen verhogen, afhankelijk van de volgende factoren:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "de apps die zijn geïnstalleerd," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "Hoeveel gebruikers telt de database?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "Welke apps zijn geïnstalleerd?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"Je bouncepercentage: het percentage e-mailadressen dat je e-mails niet " -"ontvangen omdat ze onderweg naar de eindontvanger zijn teruggestuurd door " -"een e-mailserver. Je kan contact opnemen met de `ondersteuning " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"Het bouncepercentage: het percentage e-mailadressen dat je e-mails niet " +"ontvangen omdat ze onderweg naar de eindontvanger door een e-mailserver zijn" +" teruggestuurd." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" -"Gebruik je eigen uitgaande e-mailserver om onafhankelijk te zijn van Odoo's " -"maillimiet (raadpleeg :doc:`de bijbehorende documentatie " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Gebruik een externe uitgaande e-mailserver om afhankelijk te zijn van Odoo's" +" e-maillimiet (raadpleeg de :doc:`documentatie omtrent e-mails " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"Wacht tot 23:00 UTC voor de reset en klik op de knop Opnieuw proberen: de " -":ref:`Ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` moet ingeschakeld zijn. Ga daarna" -" naar :menuselection:`Instellingen --> Technisch --> E-mails`" +"Wacht tot 23:00 (UTC) tot de dagelijkse limiet is gereset en probeer de " +"e-mail opnieuw te verzenden. Met de :ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-" +"mode>` geactiveerd, ga naar de :menuselection:`Instellingen app --> " +"Technisch menu --> E-mail --> E-mails` en klik op de knop :guilabel:`Opnieuw" +" proberen` naast een niet-verzonden e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "Knop opnieuw proberen op een e-mail" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"De dagelijkse limiet is algemeen op je database en kan snel oplopen! Een " -"intern bericht, een melding, een notitie, enz. tellen standaard mee als een " -"e-mail in je dagelijkse limiet als het iemand op de hoogte brengt." +"De dagelijkse e-maillimiet omvat ook de database. Standaard telt elk intern " +"bericht, melding, lognotitie, enz. als een e-mail in de dagelijkse limiet " +"als het iemand via e-mail op de hoogte brengt. Dit kan worden verminderd " +"door :ref:`meldingen in Odoo <discuss_app/notification_preferences>` te " +"ontvangen in plaats van e-mails." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." -msgstr "" -"Je kan dit verminderen door je :ref:`meldingen in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` te ontvangen in plaats van per " -"e-mail." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "SMTP foutmelding" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"Je kan uitvissen waarom een e-mail niet succesvol is verzonden door " -"eenvoudigweg de Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) foutmeldingen te " -"bekijken. SMTP is een protocol om de e-mailstructuur te beschrijven en over " -"het internet te verzenden. De foutmeldingen die door e-mailservices worden " -"gegenereerd zijn handige hulpmiddelen om e-mailproblemen te diagnosticeren " -"en op te lossen." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) foutberichten leggen uit waarom een " +"e-mail niet succesvol is verzonden. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is een protocol dat de e-mailstructuur beschrijft en gegevens van" +" berichten over het internet verstuurt. De foutmeldingen die door " +"e-maildiensten worden gegenereerd, zijn nuttige hulpmiddelen om " +"e-mailproblemen te diagnosticeren en op te lossen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Geen foutmelding" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -"Odoo is niet altijd in staat om informatie te geven over de reden waarom het" -" is mislukt. De verschillende providers implementeren een gepersonaliseerd " -"beleid omtrent bounceberichten en het is niet altijd mogelijk voor Odoo om " -"dit correct te interpreteren." +"Dit is een voorbeeld van een 554 SMTP permanente afleveringsfout: `554: " +"afleveringsfout: Sorry, je bericht naar ------@yahoo.com kan niet worden " +"afgeleverd. Deze mailbox is uitgeschakeld (554.30). - " +"mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Onder deze regel staat een kopie van het " +"bericht.`" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" +"Het debug-menu kan worden gebruikt om SMTP-verzendproblemen vanuit een " +"database te onderzoeken. Om toegang te krijgen tot het menu, moet de " +":ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` geactiveerd zijn. Eenmaal " +"geactiveerd, ga naar het :menuselection:`Debug-menu` in de rechterbovenhoek " +"van de menubalk (het :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icoontje), :menuselection:`Debug-" +"menu --> Berichten beheren`" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -"Als je dit probleem meermaals ondervindt met dezelfde klant of op hetzelfde " -"domein, aarzel niet om contact op te nemen met `Odoo's Ondersteuningsdienst " +"Het menu :guilabel:`Berichten beheren` opent een lijst met alle berichten " +"die in een bepaalde record zijn verzonden. Elk bericht bevat informatie over" +" de verzending, het type en het subtype van het bericht." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." +msgstr "" +"Het bevat ook de bestemmeling van het bericht en of Odoo een bounce back " +"bericht heeft ontvangen van een e-mailserver." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "Menu om berichten te beheren in het debug-menu." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 +msgid "" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" +"Een gebruiker moet in een weergave in Odoo zijn die een chatter heeft " +"voordat het menu :guilabel:`Berichten beheren` verschijnt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "Geen foutmelding" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" +"Odoo is niet altijd in staat om informatie te geven over de reden waarom het" +" is mislukt. De verschillende e-mailproviders implementeren een " +"gepersonaliseerd beleid omtrent bounceberichten en het is niet altijd " +"mogelijk voor Odoo om dit correct te interpreteren." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" +"Als je dit probleem meermaals ondervindt met eenzelfde klant of eenzelfde " +"domein, aarzel niet om contact op te nemen met `Odoo's Ondersteuning " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ om de reden uit te zoeken." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" -"Opmerking: in dit geval is één van de meest voorkomende redenen gerelateerd " -"aan de :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` en/of :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuratie." +"Een van de meest voorkomende redenen voor een e-mail die niet wordt " +"verzonden zonder foutmelding is gerelateerd aan de configuratie van " +":ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` en/of :ref:`DKIM " +"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>`. Controleer ook of `mail.bounce.alias`" +" is ingesteld in de *systeemparameters*. Je kan toegang krijgen tot de " +"systeemparameters met de :ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` " +"geactiveerd, door te navigeren naar de :menuselection:`Instellingen app --> " +"Technisch menu --> Parameters --> Systeemparameters`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "Waarom wordt mijn e-mail te laat verzonden?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "E-mail wordt te laat verzonden" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"Het kan gebeuren dat je een e-mailcampagne plant, maar dat deze niet op tijd" -" wordt verzonden. We weten dat we een uitgestelde taak gebruiken om e-mails " -"te versturen die we niet als dringend beschouwen (Newsletters zoals " -"massamails, marketing automation, evenementen). Het systeemhulpprogramma " -"**cron** kan worden gebruikt om programma's te plannen zodat ze automatisch " -"worden uitgevoerd op vooraf bepaalde intervallen. We gebruiken dat beleid om" -" de e-mailservers niet te overbelasten en de communicatie te prioriteren." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." -msgstr "" -"De e-mails die als dringend worden beschouwd (communicatie van één persoon " -"naar de andere, zoals verkooporders, facturen, inkooporders, enz.) worden " -"onmiddellijk verzonden." +"E-mailcampagnes worden op een gepland tijdstip verzonden, met behulp van een" +" in de database vooraf bepaalde vertraging. Odoo gebruikt een vertraagde " +"taak om e-mails te verzenden die als \"niet dringend\" worden beschouwd " +"(nieuwsbrieformaten, zoals: massamailing, marketing automation en " +"evenementen). Het systeemhulpprogramma **cron** kan worden gebruikt om " +"programma's in te plannen zodat ze automatisch op vooraf bepaalde " +"intervallen worden uitgevoerd. Odoo gebruikt dat beleid om te voorkomen dat " +"de e-mailservers onoverzichtelijk worden en geeft in plaats daarvan " +"prioriteit aan individuele communicaties. Deze **cron** heet " +":guilabel:`Mail: E-mail wachtrij manager` en kan worden geopend met de " +":ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` geactiveerd in de " +":menuselection:`Instellingen app --> Technisch menu --> Automatisering --> " +"Geplande acties`. " #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "E-mail gepland om later te worden verzonden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"De massamailing cron wordt standaard elke 60 minuten uitgevoerd. Je moet dus" -" maximaal een uur wachten voordat de campagne daadwerkelijk wordt verzonden." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "Inkomende e-mails" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" -"Als je een probleem hebt met inkomende e-mails, is er misschien niet per se " -"een aanwijzing in Odoo. Het is de klant die probeert contact op te nemen met" -" een database die een boucebericht krijgt (meestal 550: mailbox niet " -"beschikbaar)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "E-mails worden niet ontvangen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "Afhankelijk van het platform dat je gebruikt:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo.sh** gebruikers kunnen hun live logbestanden vinden in de map " -":file:`~/logs/`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" -"De map :file:`~/logs/` (bij voorkeur toegankelijk via de commandoregel) van " -"een Odoo.sh database bevat een lijst met bestanden die de logbestanden van " -"de database bevatten. De logbestanden worden elke dag om 05:00 UTC " -"aangemaakt. De laatste twee dagen worden niet gecomprimeerd, in " -"tegenstelling tot de dagen ervoor, om ruimte te winnen. De namen van de " -"bestanden voor Vandaag en Gisteren zijn :file:`odoo.log` en " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. De andere worden genoemd aan de hand van hun data en " -"gecomprimeerd. Zie de Odoo.sh documentatie over :ref:`logbestanden " -"<odoosh/logs>`. Gebruik de commandos ``grep`` en ``zgrep`` (voor de " -"gecomprimeerde bestanden) om de bestanden te doorzoeken." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" -"**Odoo Online** gebruikers hebben geen toegang tot hun logbestanden. Je kan " -"echter steeds contact opnemen met `Odoo Ondersteuning " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ als je een terugkerend probleem hebt met " -"dezelfde klant of hetzelfde domein." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "Hulp krijgen van het ondersteuningsteam" +"Wat is een **cron**? Een cron is een actie dat Odoo uitvoert op de " +"achtergrond om een specifieke code uit te voeren en een taak te voltooien." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"Om efficiënt geholpen te worden, moet je zoveel mogelijk informatie geven. " -"Hier is een lijst van wat nuttig kan zijn:" +"De *Cron voor massamailings* draait standaard elke 60 minuten. Dit kan " +"gewijzigd worden naar minimum 5 minuten. Als de cron echter elke 5 minuten " +"uitgevoerd wordt, loopt de Odoo database vast (waardoor het systeem onder " +"druk komt te staan), dus dit wordt niet aangeraden. Om de cron voor " +"massamailings te bewerken, selecteer de geplande actie :guilabel:`Mail: " +"E-mail wachtrij manager` en maak de nodige wijzigingen." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -"De **EML** van de e-mail, wat staat voor *Electronic Mail*, is het " -"bestandsformaat met alle technische informatie die vereist is voor een " -"onderzoek. De documentatie van je eigen e-mailprovider kan je helpen bij het" -" verkrijgen van je EML-bestanden. Als je eenmaal over de EML van de e-mail " -"beschikt, voeg deze toe in de bijlage van je ticket. De ondersteuningsdienst" -" zal zich voornamelijk richten op overtollige problemen." +"E-mails die als dringend worden beschouwd (communicaties tussen twee " +"personen, zoals verkooporders, facturen, inkooporders, enz.) worden " +"onmiddellijk verzonden." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "`Gmail documentatie <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "Inkomende e-mails" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -"`Outlook documentatie <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"Als er een probleem is met inkomende e-mails, is er misschien niet per se " +"een aanwijzing in Odoo. De klant die de e-mail verzendt en die probeert een " +"database te contacteren, zal een bouncebericht krijgen (meestal de " +"foutmelding :guilabel:`550: mailbox niet beschikbaar`)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" -msgstr "" -"De exacte stroom die je volgt om deze e-mails normaal te ontvangen in Odoo. " -"Hier zijn een paar voorbeelden van vragen waarvan de antwoorden nuttig zijn:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "E-mail is niet ontvangen" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "Is dit gewoon een antwoord op een e-mail die uitgaat van Odoo?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" +"De stappen die moeten worden ondernomen hangen af van het Odoo platform waar" +" de database wordt gehost." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -"Gebruik je een inkomende e-mailserver of stuur je e-mails op een andere " -"manier door?" +"Gebruikers van **Odoo.sh** kunnen hun live logbestanden vinden in de map " +":file:`~/logs/`." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -"Kan je ons een voorbeeld geven van een e-mail die correct is doorgestuurd?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "Beantwoord de volgende vragen:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" -msgstr "" -"Is dit een generiek probleem of specifiek voor een use case? Zo ja, welke " -"precies?" +"Logbestanden zijn een opgeslagen verzameling van alle taken die voltooid " +"zijn in een database. Ze zijn een weergave met alleen tekst en met " +"tijdstempels van elke actie die is ondernomen in de Odoo database. Dit kan " +"handig zijn om de e-mails die de database uitgaan op te volgen. Je kan ook " +"een mislukte verzending zien in de logbestanden die aangeven dat er " +"geprobeerd is het bericht meermaals te verzenden. Logbestanden tonen elke " +"actie naar de e-mailservers vanuit de database." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" +"De map :file:`~/logs/` (toegankelijk via de commandoregel of op de Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) van een Odoo.sh database bevat een lijst met bestanden die de " +"logbestanden van de database bevatten. De logbestanden worden elke dag om " +"05:00 (UTC) opgemaakt." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" +"De twee meest recente dagen (vandaag en gisteren) worden niet gecomprimeerd " +"en de dagen ervoor wel, om ruimte te besparen. De namen van de bestanden van" +" vandaag en gisteren zijn respectievelijk: :file:`odoo.log` en " +":file:`odoo.log.1`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" +"Voor de volgende dagen worden ze benoemd met hun data, en daarna " +"gecomprimeerd. Gebruik de commando's :command:`grep` en :command:`zgrep` " +"(voor de gecomprimeerde bestanden) om de bestanden te doorzoeken." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" +"Voor meer informatie over logbestanden en hoe je ze kan openen via het " +"Odoo.sh dashboard, raadpleeg :ref:`deze beheerdocumentatie <odoosh/logs>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" +"Voor meer informatie over het openen van logbestanden via de commandoregel, " +"raadpleeg :ref:`deze ontwikkelaarsdocumentatie " +"<reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" +"Gebruikers van **Odoo Online** hebben geen toegang tot de logbestanden. Je " +"kan echter steeds contact opnemen met `Odoo Ondersteuning " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ als je een terugkerend probleem ondervindt met" +" eenzelfde klant of eenzelfde domein." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "Hulp krijgen van het Odoo ondersteuningsteam" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" +"Om efficiënt geholpen te worden, moet je zoveel mogelijk informatie geven. " +"Hier is een lijst van wat nuttig kan zijn als je het Odoo ondersteuningsteam" +" contacteert:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" +"Stuur een kopie van de e-mailheaders. Het `.EML` bestand (of **headers**) " +"van de e-mail is het bestandsformaat dat alle technische informatie bevat " +"die nodig is voor een onderzoek. De documentatie van de e-mailprovider kan " +"uitleggen hoe je toegang krijgt tot het EML bestand/de headerbestanden. " +"Zodra de headers van de e-mail zijn verkregen, is het toevoegen ervan aan " +"het ondersteuningsticket de meest efficiënte manier voor het Odoo " +"Ondersteuningsteam om dit te onderzoeken." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Gmail documentatie omtrent headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Outlook documentatie omtrent headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" +"Leg de exacte flow uit die wordt gevolgd om deze e-mails normaal te " +"ontvangen in Odoo. Hier zijn voorbeelden van vragen waarvan de antwoorden " +"nuttig kan zijn:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "Is dit een melding van een antwoord dat wordt ontvangen in Odoo?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "Is dit een bericht dat wordt verzonden vanuit de Odoo database?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" +"Wordt er een inkomende e-mailserver gebruikt of wordt de e-mail op de één of" +" andere manier omgeleid?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "Is er een voorbeeld van een e-mail die correct is doorgestuurd?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "Beantwoord de volgende vragen:" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" +"Is dit een generiek probleem of een specifiek probleem voor een use case? Zo" +" ja, welke precies?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" "Werkt het zoals verwacht? Als de e-mail wordt verzonden via Odoo, moet het " "bouncebericht de Odoo database bereiken en de :ref:`rode envelop " "<red_envelop>` weergeven." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" +"De bounce systeemparameter moet worden ingesteld in de technische " +"instellingen zodat de database de bounceberichten correct kan ontvangen. Om " +"deze instelling te openen, ga naar de :menuselection:`Instellingen app --> " +"Technisch menu --> Parameters --> Systeemparameters`. Selecteer de parameter" +" genaamd :guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` en stel de waarde in op `bounce` als " +"dit nog niet het geval is." + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "Gegevens exporteren en importeren" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index e83e89e89..ed306551f 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ # Gunther Clauwaert <gclauwae@hotmail.com>, 2022 # Erwin van der Ploeg <erwin@odooexperts.nl>, 2022 # Yenthe Van Ginneken <yenthespam@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Jolien De Paepe, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,87 +30,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Voorraad" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Barcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Barcodes" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Dagelijkse bewerkingen" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -120,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Overzicht" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -129,11 +120,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -141,20 +132,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -164,45 +155,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -211,17 +202,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -229,58 +220,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -290,28 +281,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -320,20 +311,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -341,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -350,11 +341,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -370,13 +361,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -384,128 +375,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Naam" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Regelnaam" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Barcode patroon" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Product" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "01" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Hoeveelheid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Partijnummer" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -530,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuratie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -539,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -550,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -558,17 +549,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -578,29 +569,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -608,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -618,7 +609,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -626,99 +617,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -726,18 +717,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -745,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -756,15 +747,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -773,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -781,7 +772,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -789,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -805,24 +796,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -830,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -839,7 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -848,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -856,11 +847,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -868,321 +859,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Soort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1 inhoud type" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pakket" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Producteenheid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Verpakking" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Bestemmingslocatie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Partij" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "Verpakkingsdatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Tenminste houdbaar tot datum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Vervaldatum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Eenheid" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "Verpakkingssoort" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Verpakkingstype" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1190,17 +1181,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Ontvangsten" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1208,24 +1199,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Leveringen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1233,80 +1224,80 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Interne verplaatsingen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Instellingen" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Zet uw barcode scanner op" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -1317,11 +1308,11 @@ msgstr "" "installatie. Deze handleiding helpt u bij het kiezen en configureren van de " "barcodescanner." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Vind de barcode scanner die voldoet aan uw noden" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1331,7 +1322,7 @@ msgstr "" "** en ** barcodescanning ** apps zijn de ** USB-scanner **, ** de bluetooth-" "scanner ** en de ** mobiele-computer scanner ** ." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1343,7 +1334,7 @@ msgstr "" "scannen. Zorg er voor dat de scanner compatibel is met uw " "toetsenbordindeling of zo kan worden geconfigureerd." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1352,7 +1343,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1363,15 +1354,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configureer uw barcode scanner" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Toetsenbord layout" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1384,11 +1375,11 @@ msgstr "" "scanners worden geconfigureerd door de correcte streepjescode uit de " "gebruikshandleiding te scannen." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Automatisch harde return" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1405,11 +1396,11 @@ msgstr "" "door een specifieke barcode te scannen die u kan vinden in uw handleiding " "('CR suffix AAN', 'Voeg enter toe na suffix', enz.)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1418,41 +1409,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1460,32 +1451,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Voorraad" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Magazijnbeheer" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1844,6 +1863,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1934,55 +1954,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2672,7 +2828,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2856,7 +3012,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2870,15 +3026,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3035,7 +3191,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3081,11 +3237,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3093,13 +3249,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3113,7 +3269,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3121,11 +3277,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3134,7 +3290,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3142,14 +3298,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3158,7 +3314,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3168,7 +3324,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3176,17 +3332,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3194,24 +3350,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3219,26 +3375,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3251,7 +3407,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3259,62 +3415,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3324,11 +3480,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3338,7 +3494,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3348,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3357,14 +3513,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3373,7 +3529,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3384,17 +3540,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3404,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3412,14 +3568,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3427,7 +3583,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3436,7 +3592,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3445,7 +3601,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3453,11 +3609,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3466,14 +3622,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3484,7 +3640,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3499,32 +3655,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3533,7 +3689,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3545,7 +3701,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3560,187 +3716,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Memoriaal" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Maak backorder" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8359,8 +8723,8 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Geavanceerde routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" @@ -11720,35 +12084,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Productie" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Onderhoud" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11758,7 +12118,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11767,11 +12127,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11779,20 +12139,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11801,7 +12161,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11810,14 +12170,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11826,91 +12186,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11918,22 +12278,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Productie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Maak een stuklijst" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11941,31 +12326,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11973,13 +12358,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11995,24 +12380,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -12026,11 +12411,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12039,7 +12424,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12050,7 +12435,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12062,11 +12447,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12074,14 +12459,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12092,6 +12477,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Leer meer" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12285,6 +12787,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13554,375 +14380,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Inkoop" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15907,3 +16373,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Kwaliteit" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 840fe8708..32cbdac45 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -94,7 +94,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." -msgstr "Weergave van het hoofddashboard van Odoos E-mailmarketing applicatie." +msgstr "" +"Weergave van het hoofddashboard van Odoo's E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -202,8 +203,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu met drie puntjes op Odoos E-mailmarketing " -"dashboard." +"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu met drie puntjes op Odoo's E-mailmarketing" +" dashboard." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 msgid "" @@ -233,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "How the List view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Hoe de lijstweergave wordt weergegeven in Odoos E-mailmarketing applicatie." +"Hoe de lijstweergave wordt weergegeven in Odoo's E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 msgid "Graph view" @@ -252,7 +253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Hoe de grafiekweergave wordt weergegeven in Odoos E-mailmarketing " +"Hoe de grafiekweergave wordt weergegeven in Odoo's E-mailmarketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 @@ -321,7 +322,7 @@ msgid "" "View of filters drop-down menu options on the Odoo Email Marketing " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"Weergave van de opties van het vervolgkeuzemenu filters op Odoos " +"Weergave van de opties van het vervolgkeuzemenu filters op Odoo's " "E-mailmarketing dashboard." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:121 @@ -370,7 +371,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu Groeperen op in Odoos E-mailmarketing " +"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu Groeperen op in Odoo's E-mailmarketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 @@ -395,7 +396,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the Favorites drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu Favorieten in Odoos E-mailmarketing " +"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu Favorieten in Odoo's E-mailmarketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 @@ -413,7 +414,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van de instellingenpagina in Odoos E-mailmarketing applicatie." +"Weergave van de instellingenpagina in Odoo's E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -472,7 +473,7 @@ msgstr "Hierdoor verschijnt een leeg e-mailformulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van een leeg e-mailformulier in Odoos E-mailmarketing applicatie." +"Weergave van een leeg e-mailformulier in Odoo's E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -539,7 +540,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu Ontvangers in Odoos E-mailmarketing " +"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu Ontvangers in Odoo's E-mailmarketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 @@ -741,7 +742,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In het tabblad :guilabel:`Berichttekst` kan je kiezen uit een aantal vooraf " "geconfigureerde berichtsjablonen. Selecteer de gewenste sjabloon en wijzig " -"elk element van de ontwerpdetails aan met behulp van Odoos versleepbare " +"elk element van de ontwerpdetails aan met behulp van Odoo's versleepbare " "bouwblokken, die zich in de rechterzijbalk bevinden. Elke bouwblok biedt " "unieke functies en professionele ontwerpelementen." @@ -751,7 +752,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" "Weergave van de bouwblokken die gebruikt worden om mailings te maken in " -"Odoos E-mailmarketing applicatie." +"Odoo's E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" @@ -808,7 +809,7 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without settings " "activated." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het tabblad Instellingen in Odoos E-mailmarketing app, zonder " +"Weergave van het tabblad Instellingen in Odoo's E-mailmarketing app, zonder " "de instellingen geactiveerd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 @@ -860,7 +861,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het tabblad Instellingen in Odoos E-mailmarketing wanneer de " +"Weergave van het tabblad Instellingen in Odoo's E-mailmarketing wanneer de " "instellingen geactiveerd zijn." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 @@ -892,7 +893,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a mailing campaign drop-down menu in Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu e-mailcampagne in Odoos E-mailmarketing " +"Weergave van het vervolgkeuzemenu e-mailcampagne in Odoo's E-mailmarketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 @@ -942,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het pop-upvenster van een e-mailcampagne in Odoos " +"Weergave van het pop-upvenster van een e-mailcampagne in Odoo's " "E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 @@ -1200,8 +1201,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "View of the mailing list pop-up in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van het pop-upvenster van een mailinglijst in Odoos E-mailmarketing" -" applicatie." +"Weergave van het pop-upvenster van een mailinglijst in Odoo's " +"E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -1356,7 +1357,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wanneer een mailinglijst is gemaakt in de database, biedt Odoo de optie om " "de mailinglijst rechtstreeks te koppelen aan de door Odoo gebouwde website " -"(gemaakt via Odoos :guilabel:`Website` applicatie)." +"(gemaakt via Odoo's :guilabel:`Website` applicatie)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -1402,7 +1403,7 @@ msgid "" "View of how to quickly search for Newsletter blocks in the Odoo Website " "application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van hoe je snel kan zoeken naar de nieuwsbriefblokken in Odoos " +"Weergave van hoe je snel kan zoeken naar de nieuwsbriefblokken in Odoo's " "Website applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:100 @@ -1438,7 +1439,7 @@ msgstr "Hier is een voorbeeld van een :guilabel:`Nieuwsbrief blok`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 msgid "View of a sample newsletter block in the Odoo Website application." -msgstr "Voorbeeld van een nieuwbrief blok in Odoos Website applicatie." +msgstr "Voorbeeld van een nieuwbrief blok in Odoo's Website applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -1524,7 +1525,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email " "Marketing app." msgstr "" -"Weergave van de blacklist functie in de instellingenpagina van Odoos " +"Weergave van de blacklist functie in de instellingenpagina van Odoo's " "E-mailmarketing app." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:20 @@ -1644,7 +1645,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" "Weergave van het pop-upvenster voor het verwijderen uit de blacklist in " -"Odoos E-mailmarketing applicatie." +"Odoo's E-mailmarketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -1661,6 +1662,7 @@ msgstr "Evenementen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_" msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Evenementen <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Event essentials" @@ -2183,7 +2185,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "In het tabblad :guilabel:`Berichttekst` kan je kiezen uit een aantal vooraf " "geconfigureerde berichtsjablonen. Selecteer de gewenste sjabloon en wijzig " -"elk element van de ontwerpdetails met behulp van Odoos versleepbare " +"elk element van de ontwerpdetails met behulp van Odoo's versleepbare " "bouwblokken, die zich in de rechterzijbalk bevinden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 @@ -2402,7 +2404,7 @@ msgstr "" "Maak verschillende soorten tickets (met verschillende prijszettingen) " "waaruit potentiële deelnemers kunnen kiezen, rechtstreeks op het " "evenementformulier, onder het tabblad :guilabel:`Tickets`. Odoo " -"vereenvoudigt de aankoop van tickets voor een groot aantal betaalmethodes " +"vereenvoudigt de aankoop van tickets door een groot aantal betaalmethodes " "voor te stellen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:10 @@ -2424,7 +2426,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Tickets` feature allows tickets to be sold for an event." msgstr "" -"Met de functie :guilabel:`Tickets`, kunnen tickets worden verkocht voor een " +"Met de functie :guilabel:`Tickets`, kan je tickets verkopen voor een " "evenement." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:18 @@ -2432,8 +2434,8 @@ msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Online Tickets` feature allows for the sale of tickets to " "occur through the website." msgstr "" -"Met de functie :guilabel:`Online ticketing`, kunnen tickets worden verkocht " -"op de website." +"Met de functie :guilabel:`Online ticketing`, kan je tickets op je website " +"verkopen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -2459,7 +2461,7 @@ msgid "" " a specific event (and ticket tier). That specific event ticket is then " "attached to the sales order." msgstr "" -"Kies in de :guilabel:`Verkoop` applicatie een vooraf gemaakt " +"Kies in de :guilabel:`Verkoop` applicatie een vooraf gemaakte " "Evenementregistratie (alsof het een product is) en voeg deze toe als een " "productregel. Bij het toevoegen van de registratie, verschijnt er een pop-" "upvenster, waarin je een specifiek evenement (en soort ticket) kan kiezen. " @@ -2479,9 +2481,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` shortcut, located at the top of the event " "template form (in the :guilabel:`Events` application)." msgstr "" -"Evenementen met tickets die online of via verkooporders worden verkocht, " -"hebben een snelkoppeling met een :guilabel:`Slimme knop Verkoop`, die zich " -"bovenaan het formulier bevindt (in de :guilabel:`Evenementen` applicatie)." +"Evenementen waarvoor de tickets die online of via verkooporders worden " +"verkocht, hebben een snelkoppeling met een :guilabel:`Slimme knop Verkoop`, " +"die zich bovenaan het formulier bevindt (in de :guilabel:`Evenementen` " +"applicatie)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2641,25 +2644,32 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:46 msgid "Manage talk proposals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Presentatie voorstellen beheren" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:48 msgid "" "When attendees fill out and submit a talk proposal form on the website, a " "new :guilabel:`Proposal` is instantly created in the back end for the event." msgstr "" +"Als deelnemers een presentatie voorstel invullen en indienen op de website, " +"wordt er direct een nieuw :guilabel:`Voorstel` gemaakt in de back-end van " +"het evenement." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:52 msgid "" "All talks (Proposals, Confirmed, Announced, etc.) are accessible via the " ":guilabel:`Tracks` smart button on the event form." msgstr "" +"Alle presentaties (Voorstel, Bevestigd, Aangekondigd, enz.) kunnen worden " +"bekeken via de slimme knop :guilabel:`Tracks` op het evenementformulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the talks' proposals page emphasizing the column proposal in Odoo " "Events." msgstr "" +"Weergave van de pagina met presentatie voorstellen met de nadruk op de kolom" +" voorstel in Odoo Evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -2668,24 +2678,35 @@ msgid "" "that particular event's template form, and click the :guilabel:`Go to " "Website` smart button to reach that specific talk's page on the website." msgstr "" +"Als een voorstel is aanvaard, verplaats het :guilabel:`Evenement Track` naar" +" de juiste fase in de kanbanweergave (bijv. `Bevestigd`, enz.). Ga " +"vervolgens daar de sjabloon van dat evenement en klik op de slimme knop " +":guilabel:`Ga naar Website` om naar de pagina van die specifieke presentatie" +" op de website te gaan." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:63 msgid "" "In the upper right corner, toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to" " :guilabel:`Published`, and the talk is instantly accessible on the website." msgstr "" +"Zet in de rechterbovenhoek de schakelaar om van :guilabel:`Niet " +"gepubliceerd` naar :guilabel:`Gepubliceerd` en de presentatie is meteen " +"toegankelijk op de website." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:67 msgid "Without publishing a talk, attendees will never be able to access it." msgstr "" +"Deelnemers kunnen de presentatie enkel bekijken als deze gepubliceerd is." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "View of the website page to publish a proposed talk for Odoo Events." msgstr "" +"Weergave van de websitepagina om een voorgestelde presentatie te publiceren " +"voor Odoo Evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:74 msgid "Attendees list and attendance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deelnemerslijst en aanwezigheid" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -2694,6 +2715,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button on the event template form, or " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Attendees` and sorted by event." msgstr "" +"Zodra bezoekers zich hebben geregistreerd voor een specifiek evenement, " +"worden ze toegevoegd aan de :guilabel:`Deelnemerslijst` voor dat evenement, " +"die toegankelijk is via de slimme knop :guilabel:`Deelnemers` op het " +"sjabloonformulier, of via :menuselection:`Rapportages --> Deelnemers` en " +"gesorteerd op evenement." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -2701,10 +2727,13 @@ msgid "" "(:guilabel:`Confirmed Attendance`), and the status of that attendee will " "change to :guilabel:`Attended.`" msgstr "" +"Als een deelnemer op een evenement aankomt, wordt zijn/haar aanwezigheid " +"bevestigd (:guilabel:`Bevestigde deelname`), en de status van die deelnemer " +"verandert in :guilabel:`Bijgewoond.`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "Overview of events with the kanban view in Odoo Events." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weergave van de evenementen in de kanbanweergave in Odoo Evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -2713,28 +2742,38 @@ msgid "" " in a slightly different layout. To change the view, click on the icons in " "the upper right hand of the screen." msgstr "" +"Bij het analyseren van een :guilabel:`Deelnemerslijst` biedt Odoo " +"verschillende manieren om de informatie te bekijken. Elke weergave toont " +"dezelfde informatie, maar in een iets andere lay-out. Om de weergave te " +"veranderen, klik op de icoontjes in de rechterbovenhoek van het scherm." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "Various view options on the attendees list page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verschillende weergaveopties op de deelnemerspagina." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:96 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, it can be confirmed whether the attendees " "have already paid or remain unpaid." msgstr "" +"In de :guilabel:`Kanban` weergave kan je zien of de deelnemers al betaald " +"hebben of nog niet." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:99 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`List` view provides information in a more traditional list " "formation." msgstr "" +"De :guilabel:`Lijstweergave` geeft informatie weer in een meer traditionele " +"lijstvorm." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a clear schedule visualization of " "which attendees are arriving on specific dates of the event." msgstr "" +"Met de :guilabel:`Kalenderweergave` kan je duidelijk zien welke deelnemers " +"op welke data het evenement bijwonen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:104 msgid "" @@ -2742,28 +2781,37 @@ msgid "" "event's attendees, along with numerous filters and customizable measures for" " deeper analysis." msgstr "" +"De :guilabel:`Grafiekweergave` toont de deelnemers aan het evenement op een " +"grafische manier, samen met talloze filters en aanpasbare meetwaarden voor " +"een meer gedetailleerde analyse." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:107 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Cohort` view lays out attendee data to better analyze the " "number of registration dates." msgstr "" +"De :guilabel:`Cohortweergave` geeft bezoekersgegevens weer om het aantal " +"registratiedata beter te analyseren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:111 msgid "" "Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " "quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" +"Wat de tickets die worden verkocht via verkooporders betreft, wordt de " +"deelname gevalideerd zodra de offerte is bevestigd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:114 msgid "Manage registrations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Registraties beheren" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:116 msgid "" "Upon selecting an attendee, Odoo reveals that specific attendee's detail " "form." msgstr "" +"Na het selecteren van een bezoeker toont Odoo het detailformulier van die " +"specifieke bezoeker." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -2772,12 +2820,19 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attended`, or the registration can be canceled altogether via the" " :guilabel:`Cancel Registration` button." msgstr "" +"Van hieruit kan je de registratiebadges handmatig verzenden door op " +":guilabel:`Verzenden per e-mail` te klikken. Je kan ook aangeven of de " +"deelnemer het evenement heeft :guilabel:`Bijgewoond` of de registratie " +"volledig annuleren door op de knop :guilabel:`Registratie annuleren` te " +"klikken." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an attendee form emphasizing the send by email and cancel registration in Odoo\n" "Events." msgstr "" +"Weergave van een deelnemersformulier met de nadruk op het verzenden per e-mail en registratie annuleren in Odoo \n" +"Evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 msgid "Lead Generation Rules" @@ -2785,7 +2840,7 @@ msgstr "Leadgeneratieregels" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Met Odoo kunnen leads worden gegenereerd uit evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -2793,6 +2848,9 @@ msgid "" "events, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Lead " "Generation`." msgstr "" +"Om :guilabel:`Leadgeneratieregels` met betrekking tot een evenement te maken" +" en te configureren, ga naar de :menuselection:`Evenementen app --> " +"Configuratie --> Leadgeneratie`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -2800,20 +2858,26 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` can be found, along with pertinent data " "related to those rules." msgstr "" +"Op de :guilabel:`Leadgeneratieregel` pagina, kan je elke geconfigureerde " +":guilabel:`Leadgeneratieregel` vinden, samen met de relevante gegevens over " +"die regels." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule page looks in Odoo Events." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weergave van de leadgeneratieregel pagina in Odoo Evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:142 msgid "" "To create a new :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule`, click :guilabel:`Create`, " "and fill out the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` form." msgstr "" +"Om een nieuwe :guilabel:`Leadgeneratieregel` te maken, klik op " +":guilabel:`Aanmaken` en vul het :guilabel:`Leadgeneratieregel` formulier in." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule template looks in Odoo Events." msgstr "" +"Weergave van de sjabloon voor leadgeneratieregels in Odoo Evenementen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -2823,6 +2887,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attendees are confirmed`, or when :guilabel:`Attendees attended` " "the event)." msgstr "" +"Geef eerst een naam aan de regel en configureer *hoe* de lead moet worden " +"aangemaakt (:guilabel:`Per deelnemer` of :guilabel:`Per order`) en *wanneer*" +" ze moeten worden aangemaakt (wanneer :guilabel:`Deelnemers zijn " +"aangemaakt`, wanneer :guilabel:`Deelnemers worden bevestigd`, of als " +":guilabel:`Deelnemers aanwezig waren`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:154 msgid "" @@ -2833,6 +2902,12 @@ msgid "" "attendees (found in the :guilabel:`If the Attendees meet these Conditions` " "section)." msgstr "" +"In de sectie :guilabel:`Voor elk van deze evenementen` zijn er velden om " +"deze regel aan specifieke categorieën, bedrijven en/of evenementen te " +"koppelen. Om de regel nog specifieker te maken, kan een filterregel voor " +"domeinen worden geconfigureerd om ervoor te zorgen dat de regel enkel van " +"toepassing is op een specifieke doelgroep van deelnemers (te vinden in de " +"sectie :guilabel:`Als de deelnemers aan deze voorwaarden voldoen`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -2840,6 +2915,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead Type`, then assign it to a specific :guilabel:`Sales Team` " "(and/or :guilabel:`Salesperson`), and attach tags to the rule, if necessary." msgstr "" +"Bepaal tot slot een :guilabel:`Leadtype` in de sectie :guilabel:`Lead " +"standaardwaarden` en wijs het toe aan een specifiek :guilabel:`Verkoopteam` " +"(en/of :guilabel:`Verkoper`), en koppel indien nodig labels aan de regel." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 msgid "Marketing Automation" @@ -2968,7 +3046,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"marketing campaign." msgstr "" "Verschil tussen het realtime aantal records en het totaal aantal deelnemers " "op een marketingcampagne." @@ -3083,8 +3161,8 @@ msgid "" "the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " "dashboard." msgstr "" -"Odoos *Marketing Automation* app automatiseert verschillende marketingtaken " -"door specifieke regels en filters te combineren om getimede acties te " +"Odoo's *Marketing Automation* app automatiseert verschillende marketingtaken" +" door specifieke regels en filters te combineren om getimede acties te " "genereren. In plaats van handmatig elke fase van een campagne op te bouwen " "(zoals een reeks getimede massamails), kunnen marketeers met de *Marketing " "Automation* app de hele campagne et alle fases ervan op één plek op één " @@ -3279,7 +3357,7 @@ msgid "" "the right time." msgstr "" "Het is essentieel om marketingcampagnes aan het juiste publiek te leveren om" -" je bedrijf te doen groeien. Odoos *Marketing Automation* applicatie helpt " +" je bedrijf te doen groeien. Odoo's *Marketing Automation* applicatie helpt " "marketeers precies dat te doen door gedetailleerde filtertools te bieden, " "die zo eenvoudig (of zo complex) kunnen zijn als nodig is, om de juiste " "klanten op het juiste moment te bereiken." @@ -3466,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." msgstr "" -"Een standaardscenario met filters in Odoos Marketing Automation applicatie." +"Een standaardscenario met filters in Odoo's Marketing Automation applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -3573,7 +3651,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." -msgstr "Een evenementticketfilter in Odoos Marketing Automation applicatie." +msgstr "Een evenementticketfilter in Odoo's Marketing Automation applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 msgid "Testing/running campaigns" @@ -4043,7 +4121,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the main SMS mailing list page on the Odoo SMS Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van de hoofdpagina met SMS-mailinglijsten in Odoos SMS-Marketing " +"Weergave van de hoofdpagina met SMS-mailinglijsten in Odoo's SMS-Marketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:28 @@ -4170,7 +4248,7 @@ msgid "" "View of the mailing lists contact page in the Odoo SMS Marketing " "application." msgstr "" -"Weergave van de mailinglijst contacten pagina in Odoos SMS-Marketing " +"Weergave van de mailinglijst contacten pagina in Odoo's SMS-Marketing " "applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:81 @@ -4419,7 +4497,7 @@ msgstr "Als je erop klikt, verschijnen er een aantal bijkomende opties." msgid "" "The A/B Test tab is located on an Odoo SMS Marketing app campaign form." msgstr "" -"Het tabblad A/B-tests bevindt zich op een campagneformulier van Odoos SMS-" +"Het tabblad A/B-tests bevindt zich op een campagneformulier van Odoo's SMS-" "Marketing app." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:47 @@ -4505,7 +4583,7 @@ msgid "" "Dasbhoard view of different Campaigns in the Odoo SMS Marketing app, " "separated by stage." msgstr "" -"Dashboardweergave van verschillende campagnes in Odoos SMS-Marketing app, " +"Dashboardweergave van verschillende campagnes in Odoo's SMS-Marketing app, " "gescheiden per fase." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:82 @@ -4637,7 +4715,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Om :guilabel:`SMS-sjablonen` te maken om later te gebruiken, activeer de " ":ref:`ontwikkelaarsmodus <developer-mode>` via de app " -":menuselection:`Instellingen` op Odoos hoofddashboard. Scroll vervolgens " +":menuselection:`Instellingen` op Odoo's hoofddashboard. Scroll vervolgens " "naar beneden naar de sectie :guilabel:`Ontwikkelaarstools` en klik op " ":guilabel:`Activeer de ontwikkelaarsmodus`." @@ -4724,7 +4802,7 @@ msgid "" "yield higher :abbr:`CTOR (click-to-open rate)` and :abbr:`CTR (click-through" " rate)` outcomes." msgstr "" -"Odoos *SMS-Marketing* applicatie kan ook helpen bij het verhogen van " +"Odoo's *SMS-Marketing* applicatie kan ook helpen bij het verhogen van " "conversiepercentages rond waardevolle acties, zoals evenementregistraties, " "gratis proefperiodes, aankopen, enz., omdat tekst- en mobiele " "marketingkanalen doorgaans hogere :abbr:`CTOR (click-to-open rate)` en " @@ -5425,7 +5503,7 @@ msgstr "Social marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Social marketing campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Social marketing campagnes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5434,6 +5512,10 @@ msgid "" "customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising" " an upcoming event or product release." msgstr "" +"Social marketingcampagnes helpen bedrijven om rechtstreeks in contact te " +"komen met de markt. Deze campagnes zijn handig bij het introduceren van een " +"nieuw product aan klanten, het uitleggen van de waarde van een product of " +"een dienst of het promoten van een aankomend evenement of productrelease." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5443,6 +5525,10 @@ msgid "" " and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single" " dashboard." msgstr "" +"De meest effectieve social marketingcampagnes gebruiken meestal meerdere " +"kanalen om de content distributie te maximaliseren. Odoo *Social marketing* " +"fungeert als een controlecentrum om alle verschillende content en kanalen in" +" één dashboard te monitoren, plannen, posten, volgen en analyseren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5451,10 +5537,14 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate" " page with every campaign in a default kanban view." msgstr "" +"Om een volledig overzicht van alle social marketingcampagnes te bekomen, " +"open de :menuselection:`Social marketing` applicatie en klik op " +":menuselection:`Campagnes` in het kopmenu. Hierdoor verschijnt een aparte " +"pagina met alle campagnes in een standaard kanban-weergave." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weergave van de campagnepagina in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -5462,6 +5552,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located" " to the right of the stage title." msgstr "" +"Elke *fase* van de kanban-weergave kan worden bewerkt door op het " +":guilabel:`tandwielicoontje` links van het plusteken :guilabel:`+` te " +"klikken - dat zich rechts van de titel bevindt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 msgid "" @@ -5470,6 +5563,10 @@ msgid "" "the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and " ":guilabel:`Delete`." msgstr "" +"Het **tandwielicoontje* verschijnt *enkel* links van het plusteken **+** als" +" je met de muis erover gaat. Als je op het tandwielicoontje klikt, " +"verschijnt een vervolgkeuzemenu met meerdere opties: :guilabel:`Vouwen`, " +":guilabel:`Fase bewerken` en :guilabel:`Verwijderen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5477,6 +5574,10 @@ msgid "" "column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." msgstr "" +"Als je op :guilabel:`Vouwen` klikt, wordt de kolom van die specifieke fase " +"geminimaliseerd. De kolom van de fase kan worden hersteld door op de " +"gevouwen versie ervan te klikken op het hoofddashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes`" +" in de standaard kanban-weergave." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -5484,10 +5585,14 @@ msgid "" "and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure " "to click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Als je op :guilabel:`Fase bewerken` klikt, verschijnt er een pop-upvenster, " +"waarin de naam en de volgorde van de fase kunnen worden gewijzigd. Vergeet " +"niet om de wijzigingen :guilabel:`op te slaan`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." msgstr "" +"Als je op :guilabel:`Verwijderen` klikt, wordt de fase volledig verwijderd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -5495,6 +5600,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in " "the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." msgstr "" +"Om een nieuwe fase aan de pijplijn toe te voegen, scroll naar rechts op het " +"dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes`, klik op :guilabel:`Kolom toevoegen`, voer " +"de gewenste informatie in en klik op :guilabel:`Toevoegen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -5502,16 +5610,21 @@ msgid "" "dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` " "option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." msgstr "" +"Je kan dezelfde informatie omtrent social marketingcampagnes ook als " +":guilabel:`Lijst` weergeven op het dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes`. Deze " +"optie bevindt zich onder de zoekbalk rechtsboven." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Social marketingcampagnes maken" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 msgid "" "First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." msgstr "" +"Open eerst de :menuselection:`Social marketing` applicatie en klik op " +":guilabel:`Campagnes` in het kopmenu." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 msgid "" @@ -5521,16 +5634,25 @@ msgid "" "can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " "of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." msgstr "" +"Op het dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes`, kan je een nieuwe campagne maken " +"door op het plusteken :guilabel:`+` te klikken in de rechterbovenhoek van " +"elke fase van de pijplijn, zichtbaar in de kanban-weergave. Campagnes kunnen" +" ook worden gemaakt door op :guilabel:`Aanmaken` te klikken in de " +"linkerbovenhoek van het dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 msgid "" "Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." msgstr "" +"Op je op één van deze opties klikt, verschijnt er onmiddellijk een nieuw " +"venster met campagnedetails op het dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." msgstr "" +"Weergave van de optie Snel toevoegen (plusteken) voor campagnes in Odoo " +"Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5538,10 +5660,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click " ":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." msgstr "" +"Hier kunnen de :guilabel:`Campagnenaam`, de :guilabel:`Verantwoordelijke`, " +"en :guilabel:`Labels` worden ingevoerd. Als alle wijzigingen zijn voltooid, " +"klik op :guilabel:`Toevoegen` om de campagne toe te voegen aan de database." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Social marketingcampagnes bewerken" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -5550,18 +5675,26 @@ msgid "" "be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a " "template page for a campaign." msgstr "" +"Om een campagne in meer detail te bewerken en verschillende vormen van " +"communicatie te maken/te verzenden, moet de sjabloon voor die campagne " +"worden geopend en aangepast. Er zijn meerdere manieren om een " +"campagnesjabloon te openen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 msgid "" "After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` " "campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Nadat je de relevante informatie hebt ingevoerd in het vervolgkeuzemenu " +":guilabel:`Snel toevoegen`, klik op :guilabel:`Bewerken`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 msgid "" "Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard " "in list or kanban view." msgstr "" +"Selecteer de gewenste campagne in het dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes` in " +"lijst- of kanban-weergave. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -5569,16 +5702,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " "select :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" +"Op het dashboard :guilabel:`Campagnes` in kanban-weergave, selecteer het " +"vervolgkeuzemenu :guilabel:`⋮ (drie puntjes)` op de gewenste campagne et " +"selecteer :guilabel:`Bewerken`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 msgid "" "Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that " "specific campaign." msgstr "" +"Alle bovenstaande routes brengen je naar de *Campagnesjabloon* voor die " +"specifieke campagne." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sjablonen voor Social marketingcampagnes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -5586,10 +5724,14 @@ msgid "" " and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " "scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." msgstr "" +"Op de pagina *Campagnesjabloon* kunnen talloze elementen worden " +"aangepast/gewijzigd en verschillende vormen van communicatie worden gemaakt," +" gewijzigd en verzonden of ingepland. Hieronder kan je een voorbeeld van een" +" ingevulde sjabloon zien." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorbeeld van een campagnesjabloon in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -5599,16 +5741,23 @@ msgid "" "Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing " "Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Als je wilt dat de optie :guilabel:`Nieuwe mailing verzenden` verschijnt op " +"de campagnesjablonen, zorg ervoor dat de functie *E-mailcampagnes* is " +"geactiveerd in de *E-mailmarketing* applicatie. Ga hiervoor naar " +":menuselection:`E-mailmarketing --> Configuratie --> Instellingen`, activeer" +" de functie :guilabel:`E-mailcampagnes` en klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 msgid "" "In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS " "Marketing* application must be installed on the database." msgstr "" +"Als je wilt dat de optie :guilabel:`SMS verzenden` verschijnt, moet de Odoo " +"*SMS-Marketing* applicatie geïnstalleerd zijn op de database." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Content en communicaties toevoegen aan campagnes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -5617,18 +5766,27 @@ msgid "" "campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left " "corner of the campaign template page." msgstr "" +"Als de juist instellingen en appilcaties zijn geïnstalleed (zoals hierboven " +"aangegeven), zijn er vier vormen van communicatie-/contentopties die aan " +"campagnes kunnen worden toegevoegd. Elke optie wordt weergegeven als een " +"knop in de linkerbovenhoek van de campagnesjabloon." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate " "page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Nieuwe mailing verzenden`: opent een lege e-mailsjabloon op een " +"aparte pagina, waarin het bericht op meerdere manieren volledig kan worden " +"aangepast." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in " "which a SMS communication can be created and configured." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`SMS verzenden`: opent een lege SMS sjabloon op een aparte pagina," +" waarin een sms kan worden gemaakt en geconfigureerd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -5636,6 +5794,9 @@ msgid "" "separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media " "accounts that are already connected to the database." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Social post verzenden`: opent een lege social post sjabloon op " +"een aparte pagina, waarin een post kan worden gemaakt en gepubliceerd op de " +"socialmedia-accounts die al zijn gekoppeld met de database." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -5643,6 +5804,9 @@ msgid "" "on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are " "already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Pushmelding`: opent een gelijkaardige lege social post sjabloon " +"op een aparte pagina, maar de :guilabel:`Pushmelding` opties zijn al " +"aangevinkt in het veld :guilabel:`Publiceren op`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -5652,6 +5816,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push " "Notifications`)." msgstr "" +"Welke vorm van communicatie ook wordt gemaakt, zodra deze is voltooid, gaat " +"Odoo terug naar de :guilabel:`Campagnesjabloon` en wordt de nieuwe content " +"in het overeenkomstige tabblad getoond (bijv. :guilabel:`Mailings`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, en/of :guilabel:`Pushmeldingen`)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -5660,6 +5828,10 @@ msgid "" "(e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, " "etc.)." msgstr "" +"Als er content en communicaties wordt toegevoegd aan een campagne, " +"verschijnen er tabbladen voor die specifieke media, samen met een groot " +"aantal analytische slimme knoppen (bijv. :guilabel:`Omzet`, " +":guilabel:`Offertes`, :guilabel:`Leads`, enz.)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -5669,21 +5841,29 @@ msgid "" "particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized " "analysis." msgstr "" +"Deze slimme knoppen, die zich bovenaan de sjabloon bevinden, tonen " +"verschillende metrics met betrekking tot de campagne en de verschillende " +"communicaties en content. Als je op een slimme knop klikt, wordt er een " +"aparte pagina geopend voor dat specifieke element van de campagne, waardoor " +"je deze sneller en beter kan analyseren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 msgid "" "The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, " "such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." msgstr "" +"De Odoo *Social marketing* app is geïntegreerd met andere Odoo applicaties, " +"zoals *Verkoop*, *Facturatie*, *CRM* en *Website*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 msgid "Social marketing essentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Social marketing essentials" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5691,20 +5871,26 @@ msgid "" " manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " "engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." msgstr "" +"Odoo *Social marketing* helpt content marketeers met het maken en plannen " +"van posts, het beheren van verschillende social media accounts, het " +"analyseren van de effectiviteit van de inhoud en het direct communiceren met" +" social media volgers in één centrale locatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 msgid "Add social media accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Socialmedia-accounts toevoegen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 msgid "" "In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " "stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." msgstr "" +"Om posts te kunnen maken moet elk socialmedia-account worden toegevoegd als " +"een stream in Odoo *Social marketing* applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 msgid "Add a social media stream" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Een socialmedia-stream toevoegen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5712,29 +5898,40 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " "Stream` button located in the upper left corner" msgstr "" +"Voeg een socialmedia-account toe als stream door naar de " +":menuselection:`Social marketing` app te gaan en op de knop " +":guilabel:`Stream toevoegen` in de linkerbovenhoek te klikken." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " "displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." msgstr "" +"Als je op :guilabel:`Stream toevoegen` klikt, verschijnt er een pop-" +"upvenster die de verschillende social media weergeeft waaruit je kan kiezen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." msgstr "" +"Weergave van het pop-upvenster dat verschijnt als je op 'Stream toevoegen' " +"klikt in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 msgid "" "Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " "version of Odoo." msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van je versie van Odoo zijn er bijkomende opties voor social " +"media beschikbaar." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 msgid "" "From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " ":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." msgstr "" +"Selecteer in dit pop-upvenster een social media: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, of :guilabel:`Twitter`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -5743,6 +5940,10 @@ msgid "" "add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " "application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." msgstr "" +"Odoo navigeert vervolgens meteen daar de autorisatiepagina van dat social " +"media, waar je toestemming moet geven dat Odoo dat specifieke socialmedia-" +"account aan de *Social marketing* applicatie toevoegt als stream op het " +"hoofddashboard van de app." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -5750,6 +5951,9 @@ msgid "" "permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " "added for different streams." msgstr "" +"Een Facebookpagina kan worden toegevoegd zolang het Facebook account dat " +"toestemming geeft de beheerder is van de pagina. Verschillende pagina's " +"kunnen ook worden toegevoegd voor verschillende streams." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5757,17 +5961,24 @@ msgid "" "the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " "account's posts are automatically added." msgstr "" +"Zodra toestemming is verleend, navigeert Odoo terug naar de :guilabel:`Feed`" +" op het hoofddashboard van :guilabel:`Social marketing` en voegt automatisch" +" een nieuwe kolom met de posts van dat account toe." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 msgid "" "From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." msgstr "" +"Hier kan je op elk moment nieuwe accounts en/of streams toevoegen en " +"beheren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " "Marketing" msgstr "" +"Voorbeeld van hoe een dashboard met streams eruit ziet in Odoo Social " +"marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 msgid "" @@ -5776,16 +5987,22 @@ msgid "" "statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " ":guilabel:`Insights`." msgstr "" +"Het toevoegen van socialmedia-accounts aan de feed koppelt ook de KPI's van " +"dat specifieke social media platform (als het platform er heeft). Om te " +"worden herleid naar de statistieken en metrics van een social account, klik " +"op :guilabel:`Inzichten`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" " Odoo." msgstr "" +"De link Inzichten is toegankelijk voor elke social media stream die is " +"toegevoegd in Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Social media posts maken en publiceren in Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -5794,28 +6011,34 @@ msgid "" " upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " ":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." msgstr "" +"Om inhoud te maken voor socialmedia-accounts in de :menuselection:`Social " +"marketing` applicatie, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Nieuwe post` in de " +"linkerbovenhoek van het hoofddashboard of ga naar :menuselection:`Posts --> " +"Aanmaken` in het kopmenu." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 msgid "" "Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " "configured in a number of different ways." msgstr "" +"Er verschijnt hoe dan ook een leeg sjabloon die je kan aanpassen en " +"configureren op verschillende manieren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hoe een social media post maken rechtstreeks in Odoo?" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 msgid "Post template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Post sjabloon" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." -msgstr "" +msgstr "De pagina post sjabloon biedt een groot aantal verschillende opties." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 msgid "'Your Post' section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sectie 'Je post'" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -5823,6 +6046,9 @@ msgid "" "determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " "notification, this post will be published." msgstr "" +"De eerste optie is het veld :guilabel:`Publiceren op`. Hier bepaal je op " +"welk(e) socialmedia-account(s) of op welke website(s) deze post wordt " +"gepubliceerd door middel van pushmeldingen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -5832,12 +6058,19 @@ msgid "" "Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " "corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +"Om de optie :guilabel:`Pushmelding` te kunnen weergeven, zorg ervoor dat de " +"functie *Web pushmeldingen inschakelen* geactiveerd is in de *Website* " +"applicatie. Ga hiervoor naar :menuselection:`Website --> Configuratie --> " +"Instellingen`, activeer :guilabel:`Web pushmeldingen inschakelen`, vul de " +"overeenkomstige velden in en klik op :guilabel:`Opslaan`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 msgid "" "Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" " linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." msgstr "" +"Odoo geeft automatisch elk beschikbaar socialmedia-account dat gekoppeld is " +"aan de database als optie in deze sectie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -5845,12 +6078,16 @@ msgid "" "Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " "template." msgstr "" +"Als een socialmedia-account niet is toegevoegd als een stream aan de *Social" +" marketing* applicatie, wordt het niet voorgesteld op de sjabloon." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 msgid "" "Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " "of the post is created." msgstr "" +"Vervolgens is er het veld :guilabel:`Bericht`. Hier wordt de hoofdinhoud van" +" de post ingegeven." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -5859,6 +6096,10 @@ msgid "" "the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" " the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." msgstr "" +"Typ het gewenste bericht voor de post in dit veld. Tijdens het invullen van " +"het veld :guilabel:`Bericht`, toont Odoo aan de rechterkant een voorbeeld " +"van hoe de post eruit zal zien op alle eerder geselecteerde socialmedia-" +"accounts in bovenstaand veld :guilabel:`Publiceren op`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 msgid "" @@ -5867,6 +6108,11 @@ msgid "" "line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " "reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." msgstr "" +"Emoji's kunnen ook rechtstreeks worden toegevoegd in het veld " +":guilabel:`Bericht`. Klik gewoon op het :guilabel:`emoji (smiley) icoontje`," +" helemaal rechts op de regel van het veld :guilabel:`Bericht`. Door op dit " +"icoontje te klikken, verschijnt er een vervolgkeuzelijst met talloze emoji's" +" waaruit je kan kiezen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -5874,12 +6120,18 @@ msgid "" "link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " "window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." msgstr "" +"Als je afbeeldingen wilt gebruiken in de post, klik op de link " +":guilabel:`AFBEELDINGEN TOEVOEGEN` onder het veld :guilabel:`Bericht` en er " +"verschijnt een pop-upvenster. Je kan hier in dit venster de gewenste " +"afbeelding kiezen en uploaden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 msgid "" "A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " "displayed in the visual preview of the post." msgstr "" +"Een voorbeeld van het hele bericht, tekst en afbeelding (indien van " +"toepassing) wordt direct weergegeven in het visuele voorbeeld van de post." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 msgid "" @@ -5888,6 +6140,10 @@ msgid "" "line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " "campaigns to choose from." msgstr "" +"Vervolgens is er de optie om deze post aan een specifieke marketingcampagne " +"in de database te koppelen in het veld :guilabel:`Campagne`. Klik op de lege" +" regel naast de :guilabel:`Campagne` om de vooraf geconfigureerde campagnes " +"weer te geven waaruit je kan kiezen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -5897,10 +6153,16 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" "created campaign." msgstr "" +"Je kan ook een nieuwe campagne maken door de naam van de nieuwe campagne in " +"het lege veld :guilabel:`Campagne` te typen en :guilabel:`Aanmaken` te " +"selecteren het vervolgkeuzemenu. Of selecteer :guilabel:`Aanmaken en " +"bewerken` in het vervolgkeuzemenu om de nieuwe campagne verder aan te " +"passen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." msgstr "" +"Een social media post hoeft *niet* aan een campagne te worden gekoppeld." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 msgid "" @@ -5908,6 +6170,10 @@ msgid "" "have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " "have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." msgstr "" +"Kies vervolgens in het veld :guilabel:`Wanneer` ofwel :guilabel:`Nu " +"verzenden` om Odoo de post onmiddellijk te laten publiceren ofwel " +":guilabel:`Later plannen` om Odoo de post op een latere datum en tijd te " +"laten publiceren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -5917,6 +6183,11 @@ msgid "" " which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " "social media accounts." msgstr "" +"Als je :guilabel:`Later plannen` selecteert, toont Odoo een nieuw veld " +"eronder (het veld :guilabel:`Geplande datum`). Als je op dat lege veld " +"klikt, verschijnt een pop-upkalender waarin je een datum en tijdstip in de " +"toekomst kan kiezen. Odoo zal de post op dat moment direct publiceren op de " +"vooraf bepaalde socialmedia-accounts." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -5926,6 +6197,12 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " "choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." msgstr "" +"Klik op de gewenste datum om de post voor die dag te plannen. Selecteer " +"vervolgens handmatig de standaardtijd in het veld :guilabel:`Geplande datum`" +" en pas deze aan. Of pas de gewenste tijd aan door op het " +":guilabel:`planningsicoontje (klok)` te klikken in de pop-upkalender en kies" +" de gewenste tijd waarop Odoo deze post op die toekomstige datum moet " +"publiceren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -5934,6 +6211,10 @@ msgid "" "to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " ":guilabel:`Scheduled`." msgstr "" +"Als je een post inplant, vergeet niet om op :guilabel:`Inplannen` te klikken" +" in de linkerbovenhoek van de sjabloon. Hierdoor vergrendelt Odoo die " +"specifieke datum/tijdstip om de post te versturen en verandert de status van" +" de post in :guilabel:`Gepland`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5943,10 +6224,15 @@ msgid "" "etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " "as well." msgstr "" +"Wanneer je op :guilabel:`Inplannen` klikt, verschijnen er een aantal " +"analytische slimme knoppen op de pagina. Elke slimme knop biedt een " +"gedetailleerde analyse van de corresponderende metrics (bijv. " +":guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Omzet`, enz.). Dezelfde slimme knoppen " +"verschijnen ook wanneer een post officieel wordt gepubliceerd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sectie 'Opties voor webmeldingen'" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 msgid "" @@ -5955,6 +6241,9 @@ msgid "" "of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " "required." msgstr "" +"Als :guilabel:`Pushmeldingen` zijn geselecteerd in het veld " +":guilabel:`Publiceren op`, biedt Odoo nog een sectie met instellingen/opties" +" onderaan het formulier. *Geen* van deze velden is echter verplicht." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 msgid "" @@ -5962,6 +6251,9 @@ msgid "" "that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " "Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." msgstr "" +"Het eerste veld is :guilabel:`Titel pushmelding`. Dit is de tekst die wordt " +"weergegeven als titel van de pushmelding wanneer deze wordt verstuurd. Odoo " +"toont een visueel voorbeeld van deze titel, als er een is gekozen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -5970,6 +6262,10 @@ msgid "" "field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " "the push notification." msgstr "" +"Om een specifieke pagina op de website aan te wijzen die deze pushmelding " +"moet activeren, voer de URL van die pagina in in het veld :guilabel:`Push " +"doel URL`. Zodra een bezoeker die specifieke pagina bereikt, zal Odoo de " +"pushmelding weergeven." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -5977,6 +6273,9 @@ msgid "" "This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " "uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." msgstr "" +"Onder dat veld is er de optie om een aangepast :guilabel:`Push icoon " +"afbeelding` toe te voegen. Dit is een icoontje dat naast de pushmelding " +"verschijnt. Standaard gebruikt Odoo een \"smiley\" als icoon." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -5985,6 +6284,11 @@ msgid "" "proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " "displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." msgstr "" +"Om een nieuwe afbeelding te uploaden, klik op het icoontje " +":guilabel:`Bewerken (potlood)` wanneer je met de muis over het veld " +":guilabel:`Push icoon afbeelding` gaat. Zoek en upload dan de gewenste " +"afbeelding en Odoo toont automatisch een voorbeeld van hoe het icoontje zal " +"verschijnen op de pushmelding." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 msgid "" @@ -5992,10 +6296,13 @@ msgid "" "enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " "the visitor's location into consideration." msgstr "" +"Vervolgens is er de optie :guilabel:`Verzenden in tijdzone van bezoeker`. " +"Indien deze optie is ingeschakeld, verstuurt Odoo de post op het juiste, " +"vooraf bepaalde tijdstip, rekening houdend met de locatie van de bezoeker." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meldingsopties opslaan, publiceren en testen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 msgid "" @@ -6005,6 +6312,11 @@ msgid "" "automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " "accounts." msgstr "" +"Wanneer alle wijzigingen zijn gemaakt en de post is voltooid, klik op " +":guilabel:`Opslaan` om de post als *concept* op te slaan. Of, als de post " +"klaar is om onmiddellijk te worden gepubliceerd, klik op " +":guilabel:`Publiceren` en Odoo publiceert automatisch de post op de vooraf " +"bepaalde socialmedia-accounts." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6013,20 +6325,27 @@ msgid "" " Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" " for visitors." msgstr "" +"Er is ook de optie om de :guilabel:`melding te testen`, als een " +":guilabel:`Pushmelding` is geselecteerd in het veld :guilabel:`Publiceren " +"op`. Als je hierop klikt, krijg je snel een voorbeeld van hoe de melding " +"eruit zal zien voor bezoekers." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 msgid "Social post status bar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Statusbalk social media post" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 msgid "" "In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " ":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." msgstr "" +"Rechtboven op de pagina :guilabel:`Social media post sjabloon` staat de " +":guilabel:`Statusbalk`. Deze geeft de huidige status van de post weer." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." msgstr "" +"Als je op :guilabel:`Opslaan` klikt, heeft de post de status *Concept*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 msgid "" @@ -6034,6 +6353,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " "*Scheduled*." msgstr "" +"Als de post gepland is om op een toekomstige datum/tijd te worden verzonden " +"en als je op de knop :guilabel:`Inplannen` klikt, dan heeft de post de " +"status *Gepland*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6041,10 +6363,13 @@ msgid "" "status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " "published or sent, the status is *Posted*." msgstr "" +"Als de post gepland is om te worden gepubliceerd of verzonden, heeft de post" +" de status *Plaatsen*. En als de post al is gepubliceerd of verzonden, heeft" +" de post de status *Geplaatst*." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 msgid "Posts page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagina Posts" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 msgid "" @@ -6052,6 +6377,9 @@ msgid "" "Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" " post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." msgstr "" +"Om een compleet overzicht van posts te zien, ga naar Odoo " +":menuselection:`Social marketing`, en klik op :menuselection:`Posts` in het " +"kopmenu. Hier kan je elke post vinden die is gemaakt en geplaatst met Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -6060,6 +6388,10 @@ msgid "" "the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " "bar." msgstr "" +"Er zijn vier verschillende weergaveopties voor de gegevens van de pagina " +":guilabel:`Posts`: *kanban*, *kalender*, *lijst*, en *draaitabel*. De " +"weergaveoptie bevinden zich in de rechterbovenhoek van de pagina " +":guilabel:`Posts`, onder de zoekbalk." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 msgid "Kanban view" @@ -6071,15 +6403,19 @@ msgid "" "this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " ":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." msgstr "" +"Odoo toont de posts standaard in een kanban-weergave. De informatie op deze " +"pagina kan nog verder worden gesorteerd via de vervolgkeuzelijsten " +":guilabel:`Filters` en :guilabel:`Groeperen op`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "" "Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." msgstr "" +"Kanban-weergave van de pagina Posts in Odoo Social marketing applicatie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 msgid "Calendar view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kalenderweergave" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 msgid "" @@ -6088,10 +6424,15 @@ msgid "" "option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " "Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." msgstr "" +"De kalenderweergave toont een visuele weergave in kalenderformaat van " +"wanneer posts gepubliceerd zijn of gepland zijn om gepubliceerd te worden. " +"Deze optie geeft een duidelijk overzicht van elke geplande dag, week of " +"maand en Odoo toont alle posts in concept, de geplande posts en de " +"gepubliceerde posts." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorbeeld van de kalenderweergave in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -6100,10 +6441,14 @@ msgid "" "layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " ":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." msgstr "" +"De lijstweergave is vergelijkbaar met de kanban-weergave, maar in plaats van" +" individuele blokken wordt alle informatie weergegeven in een duidelijke " +"lijst. Elke regel van de lijst toont de :guilabel:`Social accounts`, het " +":guilabel:`Bericht`, en de :guilabel:`Status` van elke post." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorbeeld van de lijstweergave in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 msgid "Pivot view" @@ -6114,28 +6459,36 @@ msgid "" "The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " "different measures of data can be added and analyzed." msgstr "" +"De draaitabelweergave biedt een volledig aanpasbaar rastertabel, waarin " +"verschillende meetwaarden kunnen worden toegevoegd en geanalyseerd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Voorbeeld van de draaitabelweergave in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 msgid "" "The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" "depth, detailed analysis of various posts." msgstr "" +"De draaitabelweergave biedt tal van analyseopties, waarmee verschillende " +"posts meer in detail kunnen worden geanalyseerd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 msgid "" "Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " "table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." msgstr "" +"Klik op een :guilabel:`+ (plusteken)` naast een regel in de draaitabel om " +"meer analyseopties weer te geven die je kan toevoegen aan het raster." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 msgid "" "While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " "available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." msgstr "" +"In de draaitabelweergave is de optie :guilabel:`Invoegen in Spreadsheet` " +"beschikbaar, rechts van de vervolgkeuzelijst :guilabel:`Meetwaarden`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 msgid "" @@ -6143,34 +6496,45 @@ msgid "" "a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " "for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." msgstr "" +"Als je erop klikt, verschijnt er een pop-upvenster met de optie om deze " +"informatie toe te voegen aan een spreadsheet. Je kan ook een nieuw " +"spreadsheet maken met deze informatie in dit pop-upvenster." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 msgid "" "Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " "specific to the pivot view." msgstr "" +"Er zijn drie weergaveopties naast de optie :guilabel:`Invoeren in " +"Spreadsheet`, die specifiek zijn voor de draaitabelweergave." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 msgid "From left to right, the options are:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Van links naar rechts zijn dit de opties:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " "table." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`As wisselen`, waarmee de *X* en *Y* assen in de rastertabel " +"worden omgedraaid." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " "detailed information related to it." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Alles uitvouwen`, waarmee elke regel in het raster wordt " +"uitgevouwen en meer gedetailleerde informatie wordt weergegeven." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " "table as a spreadsheet." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Downloaden`, waarmee de draaitabel automatisch wordt gedownload " +"als een spreadsheet." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 msgid "Visitors" @@ -6182,10 +6546,13 @@ msgid "" " connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" " Visitors` in the header menu." msgstr "" +"Om een compleet overzicht te bekomen van alle mensen die de website(s) " +"hebben bezocht die verbonden is (zijn) met de database, ga naar " +":menuselection:`Social marketing --> Bezoekers` in het kopmenu." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weergave van de bezoekerspagina in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 msgid "" @@ -6193,6 +6560,9 @@ msgid "" "information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " "via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." msgstr "" +"Odoo biedt hier een gedetailleerde lay-out van alle relevente gegevens van " +"de bezoekers in de standaard kanban-weergave. Dezelfde informatie kan worden" +" gesorteerd met de opties :guilabel:`Filters` en :guilabel:`Groeperen op`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 msgid "" @@ -6200,10 +6570,13 @@ msgid "" " are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " "beneath the search bar." msgstr "" +"De gegevens van de bezoekers kunnen ook worden weergeven als een lijst of " +"een grafiek. Deze weergaveopties bevinden zich in de rechterbovenhoek van de" +" pagina :guilabel:`Bezoekers` onder de zoekbalk." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 msgid "Social media page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagina Social media" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 msgid "" @@ -6211,21 +6584,26 @@ msgid "" " all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " ":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." msgstr "" +"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Social Media` om een overzicht te " +"zien van alle social media opties: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, :guilabel:`Twitter`, en :guilabel:`Pushmeldingen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weergave van de pagina Social media in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 msgid "" "If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " ":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." msgstr "" +"Als er geen account is gekoppeld aan een specifiek social media, klik op " +":guilabel:`Account koppelen` om het koppelingsproces te lanceren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 msgid "Social accounts page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagina Socialmedia-accounts" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -6234,11 +6612,15 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " "associated with." msgstr "" +"Om een lijst met alle socialmedia-accounts te zien die gekoppeld zijn aan de" +" database, ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Socialmedia-accounts`. " +"Deze pagina toont de :guilabel:`Naam van het medium` en het " +":guilabel:`Social Media` platform waaraan het is gekoppeld." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Weergave van de pagina Socialmedia-accounts in Odoo Social marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 msgid "" @@ -6246,10 +6628,13 @@ msgid "" "the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " "forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." msgstr "" +"Om een socialmedia-account te bewerken/wijzigen, selecteer het gewenste " +"account uit de lijst op deze pagina en maak de nodige wijzigingen. Vergeet " +"niet om op :guilabel:`Opslaan` te klikken om de wijzigingen op te slaan." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 msgid "Social streams page" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pagina Social media streams" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 msgid "" @@ -6258,6 +6643,10 @@ msgid "" "added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " "the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." msgstr "" +"Ga naar :menuselection:`Configuratie --> Social media streams` om een aparte" +" pagina te openen met alle social media streams die zijn toegevoegd aan het " +"hoofddashboard van de *Social marketing* app, toegankelijk via de optie " +":guilabel:`Feed` in het kopmenu." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 msgid "" @@ -6266,6 +6655,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," " etc.)." msgstr "" +"De informatie omtrent de social media streams zijn hier georganiseerd in een" +" lijstweergave met de :guilabel:`Social Media`, de :guilabel:`Titel` van de " +"stream en het :guilabel:`Soort` stream (bijv. :guilabel:`Posts`, " +":guilabel:`Trefwoord`, enz.)." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 msgid "" @@ -6273,11 +6666,15 @@ msgid "" " list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " ":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." msgstr "" +"Om de informatie van een stream te wijzigen, selecteer de gewenste stream " +"uit de lijst en maak de nodige wijzigingen. Vergeet niet om op " +":guilabel:`Opslaan` te klikken om de wijzigingen op te slaan." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" msgstr "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 msgid "Surveys" @@ -6285,11 +6682,11 @@ msgstr "Enquêtes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_" -msgstr "" +msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: Enquêtes <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 msgid "Survey essentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enquête essentials" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6297,6 +6694,9 @@ msgid "" "customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed " "business decisions." msgstr "" +"Bedrijven gebruiken vaak enquêtes om waardevolle informatie over hun klanten" +" en werknemers te bekomen, waardoor ze beter geïnformeerde zakelijke " +"beslissingen kunnen nemen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -6304,6 +6704,10 @@ msgid "" " of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), " "and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" +"In Odoo worden enquêtes gebruikt om feedback van klanten te verzamelen, het " +"succes van een recent evenement te evalueren, de tevredenheid van klanten " +"(of werknemers) te meten en meer inzicht te krijgen in veranderende " +"marktsentimenten." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -6311,6 +6715,8 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template " "form." msgstr "" +"Om te beginnen open de :guilabel:`Enquêtes` applicatie en klik op " +":guilabel:`Aanmaken`. Odoo opent vervolgens een leeg enquêteformulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6319,6 +6725,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose " "an image from the local files." msgstr "" +"Voeg op het enquêteformulier een :guilabel:`Titel` toe en vervolgens een " +"omslagafbeedling door met de muis over het afbeeldingsicoontje te gaan en op" +" het icoontje :guilabel:`Bewerken (potlood)` te klikken. Kies in de " +"bestandsverkenner een afbeelding uit de lokale bestanden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -6326,29 +6736,36 @@ msgid "" "questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled " "as follows:" msgstr "" +"Onder de :guilabel:`Titel van de enquête` zijn er verschillende tabbladen " +"waarin de enquêtevragen en -indeling kunnen worden gemaakt en aangepast:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vragen`: de lijst met vragen die in de enquête worden gesteld" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the " "survey" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Omschrijving`: contextuele informatie die je helpt de enquête te " +"begrijpen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Opties`: manieren waarop de respondenten de vragen kunnen " +"beantwoorden" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Verschillende tabbladen op de enquêtesjabloonpagina." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 msgid "Questions tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Vragen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6358,20 +6775,28 @@ msgid "" "type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into " "the divided sections." msgstr "" +"Voeg vragen en sectie toe aan de enquête in het tabblad :guilabel:`Vragen`. " +"Een sectie split de enquête op in delen om soortgelijke vragen te groeperen." +" Om een sectie te maken, klik op :guilabel:`Sectie toevoegen` en typ een " +"sectienaam. Voeg vervolgens vragen toe of sleep vragen naar de " +"onderverdeelde secties." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and" " Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." msgstr "" +"Als je op :guilabel:`Vraag toevoegen` klikt, verschijnt een pop-upvenster " +":guilabel:`Secties en vragen maken` om de enquêtevraag te maken en aan te " +"passen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 msgid "The survey question pop-up window." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Het pop-upvenster Enquêtevraag." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 msgid "Create questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Vragen maken" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -6380,42 +6805,46 @@ msgid "" "Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview " "window." msgstr "" +"In het pop-upvenster :guilabel:`Secties en vragen maken`, typ de vraag in " +"het veld :guilabel:`Vragen` en kies vervolgens het :guilabel:`Soort vraag`. " +"In het voorbeeldvenster wordt een voorbeeld weergegeven van hoe de vraag " +"eruitziet." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kies uit de volgende :guilabel:`Soorten vragen`:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tekstvak met meerdere regels`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Tekstvak met één regel`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Numerieke waarde`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Datum`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Datum/Tijd`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Meerkeuze: één enkel antwoord`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Meerkeuze: meerdere antwoorden`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Matrix`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -6424,10 +6853,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what " "question is chosen." msgstr "" +"Afhankelijk van het gekozen :guilabel:`Soort vraag` verschijnen er " +"verschillende functies in de tabbladen :guilabel:`Antwoorden` en " +":guilabel:`Opties`. Het tabblad :guilabel:`Omschrijving` verandert echter " +"niet, ongeachte welke vraag is gekozen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 msgid "Create sections and questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Secties en vragen maken" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -6436,54 +6869,72 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and " ":guilabel:`Options` tabs." msgstr "" +"Als een :guilabel:`Soort vraag` is gekozen, kan je de informatie voor de " +"vraag in drie mogelijke tabbladen aanpassen: :guilabel:`Antwoorden` (indien " +"van toepassing), :guilabel:`Omschrijving`, en :guilabel:`Opties`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 msgid "" "Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what " ":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." msgstr "" +"Elk tabblad biedt verschillende functies, afhankelijk van het " +":guilabel:`Soort vraag` dat is gekozen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 msgid "" "For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may " "appear:" msgstr "" +"Bijvoorbeeld, in het tabblad :guilabel:`Opties` kunnen de volgende opties " +"worden weergegeven:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Verplicht antwoord`: de vraag moet worden beantwoord." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or " "multiple choices can be selected per row." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: voor vragen van het type matrix selecteer je of één" +" of meerdere keuzes per rij kunnen worden geselecteerd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Aantal kolommen`: selecteer hoeveel kolommen worden weergegeven." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Afbeeldingen op antwoorden`: sta afbeeldingen toe op de " +"antwoordopties." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed " "based on the participant's answer to a previous question." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voorwaardelijke weergave`: bepaal of de vraag wordt weergegeven " +"op basis van het antwoord van de deelnemer op een vorige vraag." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in " "a text box." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Commentaarveld tonen`: laat de deelnemer toe een commentaar in te" +" geven in een tekstvak." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit " "for the question." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Tijdslimiet voor vragen`: bepaal een tijdslimiet voor de vragen " +"van live sessie enquêtes" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 msgid "Conditional Display" @@ -6494,6 +6945,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the " "specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Voorwaardelijke weergave` betekent dat de vraag enkel wordt " +"weergegeven als het opgegeven voorwaardelijke antwoord is geselecteerd in " +"een vorige vraag." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -6501,45 +6955,57 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the " "survey." msgstr "" +"Als het vakje naast :guilabel:`Voorwaardelijke weergave` is aangevinkt, " +"verschijnt er een veld :guilabel:`Triggervraag`. Selecteer een vraag uit de " +"enquête." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 msgid "" "Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which " "answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." msgstr "" +"Er verschijnt vervolgens een veld :guilabel:`Triggerantwoord`. Kies hier " +"welk antwoord deze vraag met :guilabel:`Voorwaardelijke weergave` zal " +"triggeren." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Opties" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 msgid "" "Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, " "there are different sections of settings that can be modified." msgstr "" +"Terug op het hoofdformulier van de enquête, onder het tabblad " +":guilabel:`Opties` kunnen verschillende secties van de instellingen worden " +"gewijzigd." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 msgid "The sections include:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Deze secties omvatten:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Vragen`: legt de nadruk op de algehele presentatie van de enquête" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Score`: bepaalt hoe de score van de enquête wordt bijgehouden" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Deelnemers`: beheert de toegang tot de enquête" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group " "activity." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Live sessie`: maakt van de enquête een realtime groepsactiviteit" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 msgid "Questions" @@ -6550,18 +7016,20 @@ msgid "" "First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options " "can be chosen:" msgstr "" +"Selecteer eerst de :guilabel:`Lay-out` van de enquête. Je kan uit de " +"volgende opties kiezen:" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Een pagina met alle vragen`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Een pagina per sectie`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Een pagina per vraag`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -6570,6 +7038,10 @@ msgid "" "appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the " "participant to go back to a question during the survey." msgstr "" +"Als je de optie :guilabel:`Een pagina per sectie` of :guilabel:`Een pagina " +"per vraag` kiest, verschijnt er een optie :guilabel:`Terugknop`. Met deze " +":guilabel:`Terugknop` kunnen de deelnemers teruggaan naar een vraag tijdens " +"de enquête." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 msgid "" @@ -6578,6 +7050,10 @@ msgid "" " displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a " ":guilabel:`Number`." msgstr "" +"Onder de :guilabel:`Lay-out` opties bevindt zich de instelling " +":guilabel:`Voortgangsmodus`, die aangeeft hoe de voortgang van de deelnemer " +"wordt weergegeven tijdens de enquête. Het wordt weergegeven als " +":guilabel:`Percentage` of een :guilabel:`Getal`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 msgid "" @@ -6585,6 +7061,9 @@ msgid "" "To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time" " (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." msgstr "" +"Vervolgens kan je een :guilabel:`Tijdslimiet` aan de enquête toevoegen. Om " +"deze optie in te schakelen, vink het vakje aan en voer de tijd (in minuten) " +"in die de deelnemers hebben om de enquête in te vullen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -6593,33 +7072,40 @@ msgid "" "section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured " "by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." msgstr "" +"Na de optie :guilabel:`Tijdslimiet` volgt een sectie met " +":guilabel:`Selectie`. Hier kan je :guilabel:`Willekeurige vragen per sectie`" +" kiezen. Met andere woorden kan het aantal willekeurige vragen " +"geconfigureerd worden per sectie. Deze modus wordt genegeerd in een live " +"sessie." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`time_random`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "Scoring" +msgstr "Score" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 msgid "" "The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` " "method:" msgstr "" +"De volgende opties zijn beschikbaar bij het bepalen van een " +":guilabel:`Scoringsmethode`: " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Geen score`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Score met antwoorden aan het eind`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Score zonder antwoorden aan het eind`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -6628,6 +7114,10 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers " "needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" +"Als je :guilabel:`Score met antwoorden aan het eind` of :guilabel:`Score " +"zonder antwoord aan het eind` selecteert, verschijnt er een veld " +":guilabel:`Succes %`. Stel hier het percentage juiste antwoorden in dat " +"nodig is om te slagen voor de enquête." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -6639,6 +7129,13 @@ msgid "" "score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using " "the selected email template." msgstr "" +"Vervolgens is er de optie om van de enquête een certificering te maken. Vink" +" hiervoor het vakje aan naast de optie :guilabel:`Is een certificering` en " +"er verschijnen twee extra velden. Selecteer een kleurthema in het veld " +":guilabel:`Certificeringssjabloon` en kies een :guilabel:`E-mailsjabloon`. " +"Als een deelnemer slaagt voor de certificering met de vereiste score, wordt " +"er automatisch een e-mail van Odoo naar die persoon gestuurd met de " +"geselecteerde e-mailsjabloon." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 msgid "" @@ -6646,15 +7143,18 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives" " a badge upon passing the certification." msgstr "" +"Als de functie :guilabel:`Badge geven` is geactiveerd en de " +":guilabel:`Certificering badge` is ingesteld, ontvangt de deelnemer aan de " +"enquête ook een badge als hij voor de certificering slaagt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 msgid ":doc:`scoring`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":doc:`scoring`" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "Kandidaten" +msgstr "Deelnemers" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -6662,6 +7162,10 @@ msgid "" "options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and " ":guilabel:`Invited people only`." msgstr "" +"Om de toegang tot de enquête te bepalen, zijn er in de " +":guilabel:`Toegangsmodus` twee opties waaruit je kan kiezen: " +":guilabel:`Iedereen met de link` en :guilabel:`Alleen uitgenodigde " +"personen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 msgid "" @@ -6671,6 +7175,11 @@ msgid "" "also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the " "participant." msgstr "" +"Onder het vakje :guilabel:`Alleen beoordelingsmanagers` bevindt zich de " +"optie :guilabel:`Inloggen vereist` om een login te vereisen om deel te nemen" +" aan de enquête. Als deze optie is geactiveerd, wordt het veld " +":guilabel:`Pogingen beperken` ook ingevuld met het aantal pogingen voor de " +"deelnemer." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 msgid "Live Session" @@ -6682,6 +7191,9 @@ msgid "" "conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and " "collect answers from a live audience." msgstr "" +"De sectie :guilabel:`Live sessie` is bedoeld voor gebruikers die enquêtes in" +" real-time uitvoeren, waarbij ze direct in contact komen met en antwoorden " +"verzamelen van een live publiek." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 msgid "" @@ -6691,10 +7203,15 @@ msgid "" "answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer " "quickly." msgstr "" +"Pas hier de :guilabel:`Sessie code` aan; deelnemers hebben deze code nodig " +"om toegang te krijgen tot de live sessie enquête. Beloon deelnemers voor hun" +" snelle antwoorden door het selectievakje :guilabel:`Beloon snelle " +"antwoorden` aan te vinken. Deelnemers krijgen hierdoor meer punten als ze " +"snel antwoorden." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Omschrijving" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 msgid "" @@ -6703,10 +7220,15 @@ msgid "" "beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the" " website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." msgstr "" +"Terug op de hoofdpagina van de enquête bevindt zich het tabblad " +":guilabel:`Omschrijving`, waar een aangepaste beschijving van de enquête kan" +" worden toegevoegd. Dit wordt weergegeven onder de titel van de startpagina " +"van de enquête, op de front-end van de website via Odoo's " +":guilabel:`Website` app." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 msgid "Test and share the survey" -msgstr "" +msgstr "De enquête testen en delen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -6714,6 +7236,9 @@ msgid "" "errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking " ":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." msgstr "" +"Als de enquête is gemaakt en opgeslagen, controleer ze dan op mogelijk " +"fouten voordat je ze definitief verstuurt naar de deelnemers door te klikken" +" op :guilabel:`Testen` in de linkerbovenhoek van de enquête. " #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 msgid "" @@ -6722,6 +7247,10 @@ msgid "" " participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant," " to check for errors." msgstr "" +"Odoo verwijst de pagina dan door naar een testversie van de enquête op de " +"front-end van de website. Deze pagina toont hoe de enquête eruit zal zien " +"voor de deelnemers. Doorloop de enquête, zoals een normale deelnemer, om te " +"controleren op fouten." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 msgid "" @@ -6731,6 +7260,11 @@ msgid "" " the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending" " the survey out to participants." msgstr "" +"Om terug te gaan naar het enquêteformulier in de back-end, klik gewoon op de" +" link :guilabel:`Dit is een testenquête. Enquête bewerken` in de blauwe " +"banner bovenaan de pagina. Odoo opent dan opnieuw de enquêtesjabloon in de " +"back-end. Maak dan de nodige wijzigingen voordat je de enquête officieel " +"naar de deelnemers verstuurt." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -6738,6 +7272,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey " "template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." msgstr "" +"Als de enquête klaar is om te worden gedeeld met het publiek, klik op de " +"knop :guilabel:`Start enquête` in de linkerbovenhoek van de enquêtesjabloon." +" Klik vervolgens op :guilabel:`Delen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 msgid "" @@ -6746,6 +7283,10 @@ msgid "" " the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to " "be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." msgstr "" +"Voeg in het pop-upvenster de ontvangers van de enquête toe in het veld " +":guilabel:`Ontvangers` (voor bestaande contacten in de Odoo database) of in " +"het veld :guilabel:`Bijkomende e-mails` (voor contacten die niet in de Odoo " +"database willen worden opgenomen). Klik ten slotte op :guilabel:`Verzenden`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 msgid "" @@ -6754,10 +7295,14 @@ msgid "" "button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the " ":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." msgstr "" +"Als je antwoorden ontvangt, controleer deze door op de slimme knop " +":guilabel:`Antwoorden` op het enquête formulier of op de knop " +":guilabel:`Bekijk resultaten` linksboven te klikken. Om de enquête te " +"beëindigen, klik op de knop :guilabel:`Afsluiten` op het enquêteformulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 msgid "Scoring surveys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Enquêtes beoordelen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -6766,6 +7311,10 @@ msgid "" "survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final " "score." msgstr "" +"Om de prestaties, de kennis of de algehele tevredenheid van een deelnemer " +"aan een enquête te beoordelen, kent Odoo punten toe aan antwoorden op een " +"enquête. Aan het einde van de enquête, worden deze punten opgeteld, wat " +"resulteert in de eindscore van de deelnemer." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -6774,6 +7323,11 @@ msgid "" "Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring " "with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." msgstr "" +"Om punten toe te kennen aan vragen, open de :guilabel:`Enquêtes` applicatie," +" kies het gewenste enquêteformulier en klik op het tabblad " +":guilabel:`Opties`. In de sectie :guilabel;`Score`, kies tussen " +":guilabel:`Score met antwoorden aan het eind` of :guilabel:`Score zonder " +"antwoorden aan het eind`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -6782,6 +7336,10 @@ msgid "" " got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the " "correct answer will be highlighted." msgstr "" +"Met :guilabel:`Score met antwoorden aan het eind` kan de deelnemer zijn " +"antwoorden zien na het voltooien van de enquête en zien welke vragen hij " +"goed of fout heeft beantwoord. Bij vragen waarop fout werd geantwoord, wordt" +" het correcte antwoord ook getoond." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -6789,6 +7347,8 @@ msgid "" "participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their " "final score." msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Score zonder antwoorden aan het eind` toont de deelnemer zijn " +"antwoorden niet na het voltooien van de enquête, enkel de eindscore." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -6797,6 +7357,10 @@ msgid "" "answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score " "value." msgstr "" +"Om de correcte antwoorden aan te geven, klik op het tabblad " +":guilabel:`Vragen` en kies een vraag. In het vragenformulier, vink het vakje" +" :guilabel:`Is een correct antwoord` aan voor het juiste antwoord en voeg " +"een scorewaarde toe." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -6804,6 +7368,9 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of " "correct answers is needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" +"Terug op het tabblad :guilabel:`Opties` van de enquête, bepaal het " +":guilabel:`Succes %`. Het opgegeven percentage bepaalt welk percentage " +"juiste antwoorden nodig is om te slagen voor de enquête." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -6812,6 +7379,10 @@ msgid "" "indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge" " level on a subject." msgstr "" +"Verder op het tabblad :guilabel:`Opties` van de enquête, kunnen " +"enquêtebeheerders er ook voor kiezen om van de enquête en certificering te " +"maken. Een certificering geeft aan dat de enquête vragen stelt om de kennis " +"van de deelnemers over een bepaald onderwerp te testen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -6821,6 +7392,11 @@ msgid "" "survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set " ":guilabel:`Success %`." msgstr "" +"Als je de optie :guilabel:`Is een certificering` activeert, kies een " +":guilabel:`Certificering e-mailsjabloon`. De certificering wordt automatisch" +" via deze e-mailsjabloon worden gemaild naar gebruikers die slagen voor de " +"enquête met een eindscore die groter is dan of gelijk is aan het opgegeven " +":guilabel:`Succes %`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 msgid "" @@ -6831,12 +7407,20 @@ msgid "" "option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the " ":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." msgstr "" +"In de sectie :guilabel:`Deelnemers` kunnen deelnemers worden verplicht om de" +" enquête in te vullen. Als de instelling :guilabel:`Inloggen vereist` is " +"geactiveerd, verschijnen er twee nieuwe opties: het selectievakje " +":guilabel:`Pogingen beperken` dat het aantal keren beperkt dat de deelnemer " +"de enquête kan proberen, en het selectievakje :guilabel:`Badge geven`, onder" +" de :guilabel:`Certificeringsopties` in de sectie :guilabel:`Score`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 msgid "" "Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification " "template." msgstr "" +"Instellen van de Vereiste score (percentage), inloggen vereist en " +"certificeringssjabloon." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -6845,24 +7429,33 @@ msgid "" "gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the " ":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." msgstr "" +"Badges worden weergegeven op het eLearningsgedeelte van een bepaalde " +"gebruiker en zijn een manier om mijlpalen in te stellen en deelnemers te " +"belonen voor het slagen voor enquêtes of het behalen van punten. Bezoekers " +"van de website die naar de pagina :guilabel:`Cursussen` gaan, kunnen naast " +"de begunstigde ook de toegekende badges zien." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." msgstr "" +"Voorbeeld van hoe een badge eruit ziet op het eLearningsgedeelte van de " +"website." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 msgid "Timed and randomized questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Getimede en willekeurige vragen" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 msgid "" "When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the" " survey and randomize the questions." msgstr "" +"Bij het maken van een enquête in Odoo zijn er opties om een tijdslimiet in " +"te stellen en om de vragen willekeurig te maken." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 msgid "Time limit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tijdslimiet" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -6872,16 +7465,23 @@ msgid "" " external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed " "book\" testing environment." msgstr "" +"Bij een getimed enquête moeten deelnemers de enquête binnen een bepaalde " +"tijd voltooien. Een veelgebruikt gebruik van het tijdslimiet is dat het de " +"kans sterk vermindert dat deelnemers antwoorden opzoeken via externe bronnen" +" (bijv. op internet) en de enquête herleidt tot een \"gesloten boek\" " +"testomgeving." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 msgid "" "Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` " "tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." msgstr "" +"Vind de instelling :guilabel:`Tijdslimiet` in het tabblad :guilabel:`Opties`" +" van het enquêteformulier, onder de sectie :guilabel:`Vragen`." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tijdslimietveld in het tabblad opties van een enquêteformulier." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6889,16 +7489,21 @@ msgid "" "displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of " "the time remaining while the survey is active." msgstr "" +"Als het vakje :guilabel:`Tijdslimiet` is aangevinkt, wordt op elke pagina " +"van de enquête een timer weergegeven, zodat deelnemers de resterende tijd " +"kunnen bijhouden terwijl de enquête actief is." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 msgid "" "Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit" " will *not* have their answers saved." msgstr "" +"De antwoorden van de deelnemers die hun enquête niet binnen de vooraf " +"ingestelde tijdslimiet indienen worden *niet* opgeslagen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 msgid "Randomized selection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Willekeurige selectie" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -6907,6 +7512,11 @@ msgid "" "randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at " "each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." msgstr "" +"Als de vragen in een enquête willekeurig worden gekozen, schudt Odoo de " +"vragen en toont ze in een willekeurige volgorde telkens als een deelnemer " +"aan de vragenlijst begint. Het gebruik van willekeur als enquêtemethode " +"ontmoedigt gebruikers om naar elkaars antwoorden te kijken en helpt bij het " +"controleren van individuele tests." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -6917,7 +7527,14 @@ msgid "" "count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo " "should select and display during the shuffling of questions." msgstr "" +"Om de vragen van de enquête in willekeurige volgorde weer te geven, klik op " +"het tabblad :guilabel:`Opties` in het enquêteformulier. Selecteer in de " +"sectie :guilabel:`Vragen` het veld :guilabel:`Willekeurig per sectie` voor " +"de :guilabel:`Selectie`. Ga hierna naar het tabblad :guilabel:`Vragen` en " +"zoek de kolom :guilabel:`Aantal willekeurig gekozen vragen`. Bepaal hier " +"hoeveel vragen (per sectie) Odoo moet kiezen en weergeven tijdens het " +"schudden van de vragen." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aantal willekeurige vragen in het tabblad Vragen van een enquête." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 39716c499..cbc55cc76 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2364,11 +2364,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2377,18 +2852,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2396,11 +2871,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2409,18 +2884,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2431,11 +2906,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2879,17 +3354,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3107,6 +3580,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" @@ -4387,7 +4870,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42 msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" -msgstr "" +msgstr ":guilabel:`Datum`" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43 msgid "Allows selecting a date." @@ -6906,7 +7389,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Opties" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index a3f8704a8..f8683a890 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Jolien De Paepe, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Dutch (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/nl/)\n" @@ -3769,7 +3769,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." diff --git a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index cbb67c6aa..b2a080f53 100644 --- a/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/nl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -2573,7 +2573,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:202 msgid "Description tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Omschrijving" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 msgid "Options tab" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tabblad Opties" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 09042382e..1f1070b30 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -4,17 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Maja Stawicka <mjstwck@wp.pl>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -39,7 +42,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 msgid "Install" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instaluj" #: ../../content/administration/install.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -356,7 +359,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -414,8 +417,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -526,141 +529,147 @@ msgstr "Wbudowany serwer" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -668,43 +677,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -714,79 +723,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -794,11 +784,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -806,21 +796,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -829,18 +819,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -848,7 +838,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -862,19 +852,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -883,18 +873,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uprawnienia" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -904,20 +894,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -926,14 +916,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -943,7 +933,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -953,7 +943,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -962,20 +952,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -985,7 +975,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -995,28 +985,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1031,7 +1021,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1046,18 +1036,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1261,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wymagania wstępne" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." @@ -1286,7 +1284,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 msgid "Resources" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zasoby" #: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 msgid "`Postfix <http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html>`_" @@ -1316,7 +1314,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 msgid "Online" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dostępny" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1326,7 +1324,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 msgid "Demo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demo" #: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -1531,34 +1529,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -1604,7 +1610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:24 msgid "Archive" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archiwizuj" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:26 msgid "Community edition:" @@ -1807,7 +1813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:263 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zależności" #: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:269 msgid "" @@ -2364,44 +2370,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Ustawienia" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Parametry systemu" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2412,7 +2564,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4132,6 +4284,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -4203,7 +4363,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 msgid "Upgrade" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktualizacja" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:30 msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." @@ -4217,7 +4377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:39 msgid "Duplicate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Duplikuj" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -4238,7 +4398,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:52 msgid "Rename" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zmień nazwę" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:54 msgid "Rename the database and its URL." @@ -4246,7 +4406,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:59 msgid "Download" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pobierz" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:61 msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." @@ -4271,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tagi" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:82 msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." @@ -4284,7 +4444,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:90 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 msgid "Delete" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usuń" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:92 msgid "Delete a database instantly." @@ -4324,7 +4484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:113 msgid "Contact us" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skontaktuj się z nami" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -4546,7 +4706,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 msgid "This database has expired." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ta baza danych jest przedawniona." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -4722,7 +4882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 msgid "N/A" -msgstr "" +msgstr "B/D" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 msgid "August 2023" @@ -4880,7 +5040,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wprowadzenie" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -5055,7 +5215,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -5119,7 +5279,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 msgid "Containers" @@ -5136,7 +5296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:8 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przegląd" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -5358,7 +5518,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 msgid "or" -msgstr "" +msgstr "lub" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 msgid "" @@ -5567,7 +5727,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 msgid "Replace" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zamień" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -5624,7 +5784,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozpocznij" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:3 msgid "Branches" @@ -5639,7 +5799,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:16 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 msgid "Stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etapy" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -5656,7 +5816,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:28 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 msgid "Production" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produkcja" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -5772,7 +5932,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 msgid "Development" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozwój" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -5894,13 +6054,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 msgid "Tabs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakładki" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 msgid "History" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Historia" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 msgid "An overview of your branch history:" @@ -5929,7 +6089,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:101 msgid "Mails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wiadomości" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:175 msgid "" @@ -5965,7 +6125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 msgid "Editor" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Edytor" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:202 msgid "" @@ -5993,7 +6153,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 msgid "Logs" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Logi" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." @@ -6437,7 +6597,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 msgid "Merge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Połącz" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." @@ -6458,10 +6618,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " @@ -6492,7 +6648,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 msgid "Connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Połączenie" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 msgid "" @@ -6713,7 +6869,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 msgid "Features" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Funkcjonalności" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -7048,7 +7204,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 msgid "Register your subscription" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zarejestruj swoją subskrybcję" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." @@ -7260,7 +7416,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:146 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ręcznie" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:148 msgid "" @@ -7514,14 +7670,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:337 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:473 msgid "After" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Po" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:343 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:467 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:479 msgid "Add" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:349 msgid "" @@ -7549,7 +7705,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:366 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:504 msgid "with" -msgstr "" +msgstr "z" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 msgid "" @@ -7661,7 +7817,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:461 msgid "Before" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przed" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:494 msgid "" @@ -7961,7 +8117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 msgid "Collaborators" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Współpracownicy" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." @@ -7998,11 +8154,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 msgid "User" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Użytkownik" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 msgid "Admin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Admin" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 @@ -8025,7 +8181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 msgid "Status" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Status" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" @@ -8210,7 +8366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:254 msgid "Activation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktywacja" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:256 msgid "" @@ -8343,7 +8499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 msgid "Testing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Testowanie" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -8454,7 +8610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Do zrobienia" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" @@ -8463,7 +8619,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 msgid "Assistance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pomoc" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -8571,7 +8727,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pomoc" #: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 4cffd0ab7..65f1de5c5 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,7 +4,24 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Paweł Michoń <michon.pawel@wp.pl>, 2023 +# Monika Grzelak <m.e.grzelak@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Karol Rybak <karolrybak85@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wiktor Kaźmierczak <wik92tor@wp.pl>, 2023 +# Maja Stawicka <mjstwck@wp.pl>, 2023 +# Jacek Michalski <michalski.jck@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Łukasz Grzenkowicz <lukasz.grzenkowicz@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Patryk Openglobe <patryk.walentowicz@openglobe.pl>, 2023 +# Dariusz Żbikowski <darek@krokus.com.pl>, 2023 +# Tomasz Leppich <t.leppich@gmail.com>, 2023 # Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023 +# Piotr Szlązak <szlazakpiotr@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński, 2023 +# Piotr Strębski <strebski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Judyta Kaźmierczak <judyta.kazmierczak@openglobe.pl>, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Grzegorz Grzelak <grzegorz.grzelak@openglobe.pl>, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # @@ -13,7 +30,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" @@ -161,7 +178,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raportowanie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -170,18 +187,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 msgid "Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyciąg" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilans" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 @@ -197,7 +214,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:38 msgid "Tax report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raport podatkowy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 msgid "ES sales list" @@ -205,7 +222,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 msgid "Audit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Audyt" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 msgid "General ledger" @@ -213,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 msgid "Trial balance" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilans próbny" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 msgid "Journal report" @@ -230,10 +247,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrahent" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 msgid "Partner ledger" @@ -249,7 +266,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 msgid "Management" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zarządzanie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 msgid "Invoice analysis" @@ -443,7 +460,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:40 msgid "Create a bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz konto bankowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -515,7 +532,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -555,13 +571,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -626,7 +645,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 msgid "Currency" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Waluta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:106 msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." @@ -804,6 +823,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1530,7 +1550,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 msgid "Cash register" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kasa fiskalna" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1555,7 +1575,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:258 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Użycie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" @@ -1682,7 +1702,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz nowe konto bankowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -1802,141 +1822,238 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transakcje" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modele uzgodnienia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1950,7 +2067,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:68 msgid "Todo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Do zrobienia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -2070,7 +2187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:56 msgid "Type" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typ" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2111,7 +2228,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:114 msgid "Counterpart Values" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wartości przeciwstawne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -2137,10 +2254,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2238,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 msgid "Statements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyciągi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2310,7 +2423,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2352,7 +2466,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2546,19 +2660,20 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podatki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "15" -msgstr "" +msgstr "15" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 @@ -2568,7 +2683,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sprzedaż" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 @@ -2580,11 +2695,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:117 msgid "Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Płatność" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -2606,7 +2721,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 msgid "Bank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" @@ -2627,7 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzgodnij" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" @@ -2654,7 +2769,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 msgid "Payment Followup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrola płatności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -2777,7 +2892,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 msgid "Always (upon invoice)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zawsze (na podstawie faktury)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 msgid "" @@ -2788,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 msgid "On early payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Z tytułu wcześniejszej zapłaty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -2801,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 msgid "Never" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nigdy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -2833,7 +2948,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:100 msgid "Computation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obliczenia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 @@ -2917,9 +3032,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Warunki płatności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -3001,7 +3115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaokrąglenie gotówki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3184,7 +3298,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pełny zwrot pieniędzy i nowy projekt faktury" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -3395,7 +3509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wymagania wstępne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -3493,7 +3607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz nowy wpis" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -3589,7 +3703,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modele rozliczeń międzyokresowych" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -3726,11 +3840,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 msgid "Format Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa formatu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:22 msgid "Applicability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stosowanie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" @@ -3840,7 +3954,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 msgid "SG BIS Billing 3.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "SG BIS Billing 3.0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 msgid "For Singaporean companies" @@ -3848,7 +3962,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" -msgstr "" +msgstr "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:53 msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" @@ -4018,7 +4132,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:3 msgid "Incoterms" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Incoterms" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4213,7 +4327,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umowy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" @@ -4285,7 +4399,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 msgid "Others" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" @@ -4427,7 +4541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 msgid "Immediate Payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Płatność natychmiastowa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:20 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." @@ -4452,7 +4566,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 msgid "30% Advance End of Following Month" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30% zaliczki do końca następnego miesiąca" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -4659,7 +4773,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konto" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 @@ -4671,7 +4785,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 msgid "Debit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Winien" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 @@ -4683,7 +4797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ma" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 @@ -4692,7 +4806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konto należności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 msgid "February 21" @@ -4712,7 +4826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sprzedaż produktów" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 @@ -4727,7 +4841,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 msgid "Snailmail" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Snailmail" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4801,7 +4915,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ceny" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -4898,7 +5012,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 msgid "Get started" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozpocznij" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -4955,7 +5069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dane firmy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -4978,7 +5092,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:52 msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konto bankowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -5041,7 +5155,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:83 msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Okresy księgowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -5064,7 +5178,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:99 msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan kont" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -5140,7 +5254,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Układ faktur" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:147 msgid "" @@ -5177,7 +5291,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:170 msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Metoda płatności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:172 msgid "" @@ -5289,7 +5403,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Operation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operacja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -5304,7 +5418,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wartość Magazynu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 @@ -5350,7 +5464,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 msgid "$80" -msgstr "" +msgstr "80 USD" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 @@ -5385,7 +5499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 @@ -5623,12 +5737,13 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 msgid "Chart of accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Plan kont" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5649,17 +5764,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 msgid "Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Środki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobowiązania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 msgid "Equity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kapitał własny" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 msgid "Profit & Loss:" @@ -5668,12 +5783,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 msgid "Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dochód" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 msgid "Expense" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wydatek" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -5750,34 +5865,34 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raport" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Category" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kategoria" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typy kont" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bilans" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:62 msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Należności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:68 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:71 msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bank i gotówka" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 @@ -5785,72 +5900,72 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:80 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:83 msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bieżące aktywa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:86 msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktywa trwałe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przedpłaty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Środki trwałe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:65 msgid "Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobowiązania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Karta kredytowa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:92 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:95 msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bieżące pasywa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:98 msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobowiązania długoterminowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:101 msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zarobki bieżącego roku" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:24 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:20 msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zysk i strata" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inny przychód" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Amortyzacja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Koszt przychodu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 msgid "Other" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arkusz pozabilansowy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" @@ -5900,7 +6015,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:58 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tagi" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -5911,7 +6026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 msgid "Account groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupy kont" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 msgid "" @@ -5983,7 +6098,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zdezaktualizowane" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -6227,7 +6342,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 msgid "Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przykład" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -6262,7 +6377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzgodnienie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -6323,7 +6438,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 msgid "30" -msgstr "" +msgstr "30" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 msgid "Payment 2" @@ -6345,7 +6460,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzgodnienie wyciągu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -6427,7 +6542,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyciąg bankowy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 msgid "Statement XYZ" @@ -6564,7 +6679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 msgid "Journals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dzienniki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -6716,7 +6831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 msgid "Fiscal position" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pozycja podatkowa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -6781,9 +6896,8 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wpłaty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -6812,7 +6926,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6923,11 +7037,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -6938,19 +7052,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6961,18 +7075,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6986,11 +7100,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7323,7 +7437,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 msgid "Checks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czeki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7488,7 +7602,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 msgid "Outstanding Receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wpływy zaległe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -7598,7 +7712,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 msgid "Follow-up reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporty z monitorowania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -7982,6 +8096,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -8091,7 +8206,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:33 msgid "Customer Portal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portal klienta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:35 msgid "" @@ -8256,7 +8371,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 msgid "United States" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stany Zjednoczone" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" @@ -8572,7 +8687,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 msgid "Profit and Loss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zyski i straty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -8583,7 +8698,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podsumowanie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -8682,7 +8797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Księga główna" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -8695,7 +8810,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wiekowane płatności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -8706,7 +8821,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wiekowane należności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" @@ -8716,7 +8831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raport z przepływu środków pieniężnych" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 msgid "" @@ -8728,7 +8843,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raport podatku" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 msgid "" @@ -9270,7 +9385,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:49 msgid "Variants" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Warianty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -9298,7 +9413,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:67 msgid "Lines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pozycje" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:69 msgid "" @@ -9315,7 +9430,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:79 msgid "Expressions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyrażenia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:81 msgid "" @@ -9690,7 +9805,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 msgid "Columns" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolumny" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 msgid "" @@ -9809,7 +9924,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:3 msgid "Intrastat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Intrastat" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9910,7 +10025,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 msgid "Commodity code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kod towaru" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:72 msgid "" @@ -10343,7 +10458,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:25 msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Okresowość składania zeznań podatkowych" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -10387,7 +10502,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:48 msgid "Tax Grids" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Siatki podatkowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -10426,7 +10541,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:80 msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Data blokady podatkowej" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -10536,7 +10651,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -10839,7 +10953,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:81 msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa podatku" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:83 msgid "" @@ -10850,7 +10964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:89 msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obliczenie podatku" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:91 msgid "**Group of Taxes**" @@ -10905,14 +11019,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:92 msgid "Tax" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podatek" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 msgid "Total" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Suma" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 @@ -10924,7 +11038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 msgid "10" -msgstr "" +msgstr "10" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 msgid "1,010.00" @@ -10976,7 +11090,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:147 msgid "Active" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aktywne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:149 msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." @@ -10996,7 +11110,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:162 msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zastosowanie podatku" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -11065,7 +11179,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:202 msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Znacznik na fakturach" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:204 msgid "" @@ -11080,7 +11194,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:214 msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupa podatku" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:216 msgid "" @@ -11111,7 +11225,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uwzględnij w koszcie analitycznym" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:235 msgid "" @@ -11121,7 +11235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wliczony w cenę" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:243 msgid "" @@ -11176,7 +11290,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:273 msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wpływa na podstawę kolejnych podatków" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:275 msgid "" @@ -11221,7 +11335,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11320,10 +11435,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wprowadzenie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -11381,7 +11496,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eCommerce" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -11610,7 +11725,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -11851,7 +11966,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 msgid "Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 msgid "" @@ -11955,7 +12070,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplikacja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 msgid "Automatic application" @@ -12040,7 +12155,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12132,19 +12247,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12155,24 +12282,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12180,7 +12307,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12192,18 +12319,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12211,14 +12338,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12226,18 +12353,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12245,7 +12372,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12253,7 +12380,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12266,14 +12393,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12283,7 +12410,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12295,14 +12422,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12312,18 +12439,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12336,24 +12463,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12362,14 +12489,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -12476,7 +12603,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:19 msgid "Manually" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ręcznie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -12689,11 +12816,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:23 msgid "Straight Line" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Linia prosta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:24 msgid "Declining" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Malejąca" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:25 msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" @@ -13193,7 +13320,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Modele opóźnionych wydatków" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -13437,7 +13564,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 msgid "Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dokumenty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -13503,7 +13630,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:43 msgid "Workspaces" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przestrzenie robocze" #: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -13836,7 +13963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:113 msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wydatki" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -14809,7 +14936,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustawienia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 msgid "" @@ -15004,7 +15131,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:43 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 msgid "Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Użyj" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:45 msgid "" @@ -15034,7 +15161,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:61 msgid "Algeria - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Algieria - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:62 msgid ":doc:`Argentina - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/argentina>`" @@ -15046,7 +15173,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:64 msgid "Austria - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Austria - Accounting" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`Belgium - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/belgium>`" @@ -15054,7 +15181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:66 msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Boliwia - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`Brazilian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/brazil>`" @@ -15062,7 +15189,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:68 msgid "Canada - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanada - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:69 msgid ":doc:`Chile - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/chile>`" @@ -15070,7 +15197,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:70 msgid "China - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chiny - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/colombia>`" @@ -15078,23 +15205,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kostaryka - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:73 msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chorwacja - Księgowość (RRIF 2012)" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:74 msgid "Czech - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czechy - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:75 msgid "Denmark - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dania - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:76 msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dominikana - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 msgid ":doc:`Ecuadorian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/ecuador>`" @@ -15106,11 +15233,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Etiopia - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:80 msgid "Finnish Localization" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fińska lokalizacja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/france>`" @@ -15118,7 +15245,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 msgid "Generic - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ogólna księgowość " #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`Germany <fiscal_localizations/germany>`" @@ -15126,31 +15253,31 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niemcy SKR03 - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:86 msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niemcy SKR04 - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:88 msgid "Greece - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grecja - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:89 msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gwatemala - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:90 msgid "Honduras - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Honduras - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:91 msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hong Kong - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:92 msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Węgry - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/india>`" @@ -15162,11 +15289,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 msgid "Ireland - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Irlandia - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:96 msgid "Israel - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Izrael - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/italy>`" @@ -15174,7 +15301,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 msgid "Japan - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Japonia - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/kenya>`" @@ -15182,7 +15309,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Litwa - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/luxembourg>`" @@ -15190,7 +15317,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 msgid "Maroc - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maroko - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/mexico>`" @@ -15198,7 +15325,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mongolia - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/netherlands>`" @@ -15206,23 +15333,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nowa Zelandia - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:107 msgid "Norway - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Norwegia - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:108 msgid "OHADA - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "OHADA - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:109 msgid "Pakistan - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pakistan - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:110 msgid "Panama - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Panama - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/peru>`" @@ -15234,11 +15361,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:113 msgid "Poland - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Polska - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:114 msgid "Portugal - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Portugalia - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 msgid ":doc:`Romania - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/romania>`" @@ -15250,19 +15377,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 msgid "Singapore - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Singapur - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 msgid "Slovak - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Słowacki - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Słowenia - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:120 msgid "South Africa - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Republika Południowej Afryki - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008) <fiscal_localizations/spain>`" @@ -15270,7 +15397,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 msgid "Sweden - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szwecja - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 msgid ":doc:`Switzerland - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/switzerland>`" @@ -15278,7 +15405,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tajwan - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`Thailand - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/thailand>`" @@ -15286,7 +15413,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 msgid "Turkey - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Turcja - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -15300,35 +15427,35 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ukraina - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:130 msgid "United States - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stany Zjednoczone - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:131 msgid "Uruguay - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Urugwaj - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:132 msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wenezuela - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:133 msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wietnam - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:3 msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Argentyna" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15348,14 +15475,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15368,8 +15497,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15377,38 +15506,44 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 msgid "Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 msgid "Technical name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa techniczna" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15416,13 +15551,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 msgid "Description" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opis" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" @@ -15483,7 +15621,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15530,7 +15669,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -15540,7 +15679,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:83 msgid "Environment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Środowisko" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -15763,7 +15902,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:226 msgid "Letters" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Listy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:228 msgid "" @@ -15948,7 +16087,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:318 msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numeracje" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:320 msgid "" @@ -15972,7 +16111,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:333 msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktura" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:335 msgid "" @@ -17028,7 +17167,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:3 msgid "Australia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Australia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "Employment Hero Australian Payroll" @@ -17145,7 +17284,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:3 msgid "Belgium" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Belgia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -17660,9 +17799,10 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Fakturowanie elektroniczne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 msgid "" @@ -17674,7 +17814,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -17762,7 +17902,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 msgid "Certified" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certyfikowany" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 @@ -17960,7 +18100,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 msgid "" @@ -18132,8 +18272,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18163,15 +18303,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18324,7 +18464,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18379,9 +18519,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produkty" @@ -18435,10 +18578,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontakty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:227 msgid "" @@ -18545,8 +18690,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18655,7 +18800,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 msgid "Chile" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Chile" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -18691,7 +18836,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18718,7 +18865,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:44 msgid "Company Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustawienia firmy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:46 msgid "" @@ -18743,7 +18890,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 msgid "Fiscal Information" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Informacja podatkowa" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -18796,7 +18943,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 msgid "Certificate" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Certyfikat" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -18831,9 +18978,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporty finansowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -18846,6 +18993,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -18892,7 +19040,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:154 msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dane główne" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 @@ -18968,7 +19116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:213 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:268 msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obszary podatkowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:215 msgid "" @@ -19075,7 +19223,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakupy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:277 msgid "" @@ -19520,7 +19668,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:550 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:558 msgid "Credit Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Noty Kredytowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:552 msgid "" @@ -19612,7 +19760,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:585 msgid "Debit Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Noty Debetowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:613 msgid "" @@ -19667,7 +19815,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:649 msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktury zakupu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:651 msgid "" @@ -19727,7 +19875,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:682 msgid "Claim" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Twierdzenie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 msgid "" @@ -20079,421 +20227,669 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:3 msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolumbia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20501,40 +20897,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20543,7 +20929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:3 msgid "Ecuador" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ekwador" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -20566,52 +20952,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20622,15 +21014,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20639,14 +21031,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20654,23 +21046,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20678,26 +21070,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20705,59 +21097,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20768,7 +21160,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20776,11 +21168,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20788,7 +21180,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20799,88 +21191,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20893,45 +21285,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20942,32 +21334,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20979,7 +21371,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -20987,20 +21379,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21010,29 +21402,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21040,18 +21432,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21061,45 +21453,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21111,18 +21503,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21130,7 +21522,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21140,50 +21532,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21191,11 +21583,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21206,24 +21598,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21231,27 +21623,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21259,26 +21651,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21287,11 +21679,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21300,21 +21692,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21323,13 +21715,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21338,18 +21730,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21357,17 +21749,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21377,46 +21769,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rachunek sprzedawcy" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21424,7 +21816,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21433,79 +21825,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21515,17 +21907,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21533,7 +21925,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21541,7 +21933,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21551,7 +21943,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21559,13 +21951,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21573,32 +21965,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21609,11 +22001,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21625,7 +22017,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:3 msgid "Egypt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Egipt" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:8 @@ -21647,6 +22039,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -21725,7 +22127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:64 msgid "Client ID" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Identyfikator klienta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:65 msgid "Client Secret 1" @@ -21832,7 +22234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:114 msgid "Other Information:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Inne informacje:" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 msgid "Product Codes" @@ -21917,7 +22319,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:157 msgid "Customers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Klienci" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -22075,7 +22477,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:3 msgid "France" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Francja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" @@ -22186,7 +22588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 msgid "Format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Format" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 msgid "01" @@ -22285,7 +22687,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 msgid "Account Number" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Numer konta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 msgid "`account.code`" @@ -22365,7 +22767,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 msgid "11" -msgstr "" +msgstr "11" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 msgid "EcritureLib" @@ -22392,12 +22794,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Float" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zmiennoprzecinkowy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 msgid "13" -msgstr "" +msgstr "13" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" @@ -22409,7 +22811,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "14" -msgstr "" +msgstr "14" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 msgid "EcritureLet" @@ -22438,7 +22840,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "16" -msgstr "" +msgstr "16" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 msgid "ValidDate" @@ -22450,7 +22852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "17" -msgstr "" +msgstr "17" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 msgid "Montantdevise" @@ -22466,7 +22868,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "18" -msgstr "" +msgstr "18" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 msgid "Idevise" @@ -22491,7 +22893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "Amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kwota" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" @@ -22511,7 +22913,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 msgid "Char" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Znak" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:119 msgid "Implementation details" @@ -22544,7 +22946,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:134 msgid "Accounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -22624,7 +23026,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:54 msgid "Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kod" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 msgid "Full comparison" @@ -22641,7 +23043,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:82 msgid "Template" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szablon" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 msgid "`400000`" @@ -22773,15 +23175,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:269 msgid "Moves" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przesunięcia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 msgid "Count" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Liczba" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 msgid "Percentage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Procentowo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 msgid "that have a sale account line and no purchase account line" @@ -22793,7 +23195,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 msgid "25%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "25%" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 msgid "that have a liquidity account line" @@ -22817,7 +23219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 msgid "100%" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100%" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:249 msgid "" @@ -22827,7 +23229,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:253 msgid "Partners" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kontrahenci" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:255 msgid "Each partner keeps its `Reference` from the field `CompAuxNum`." @@ -22923,7 +23325,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:312 msgid "Export" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Eksport" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -23126,7 +23528,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:426 msgid "Security" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uprawnienia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:428 msgid "" @@ -23154,7 +23556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:446 msgid "Storage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Magazynowanie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:448 msgid "" @@ -23211,7 +23613,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:481 msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odpowiedzialności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:483 msgid "" @@ -23263,7 +23665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:3 msgid "Germany" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niemcy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:6 msgid "German Chart of Accounts" @@ -23885,7 +24287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 msgid "India" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -24081,7 +24483,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obieg" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 msgid "" @@ -24664,7 +25066,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:3 msgid "Indonesia" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Indonezja" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:8 msgid "E-Faktur Module" @@ -24838,7 +25240,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:3 msgid "Italy" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Włochy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -24848,7 +25250,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:20 msgid "Italy - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Włochy - księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:21 msgid "`l10n_it`" @@ -24857,7 +25259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:26 msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Włochy - E-fakturowanie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:24 msgid "`l10n_it_edi`" @@ -24877,7 +25279,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:29 msgid "Italy - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Włochy - Raporty księgowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:30 msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" @@ -24891,7 +25293,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Włochy - akcje DDT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" @@ -25090,7 +25492,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25121,7 +25522,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:387 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktury" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:158 msgid "" @@ -25578,7 +25979,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:384 msgid "San Marino" -msgstr "" +msgstr "San Marino" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:389 msgid "" @@ -25603,7 +26004,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:399 msgid "Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktury zakupu" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:401 msgid "" @@ -25715,7 +26116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:3 msgid "Kenya" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kenia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -25906,14 +26307,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 msgid "Luxembourg" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Luksemburg" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -26077,197 +26478,289 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:3 msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Meksyk" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Wymagania" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26276,2300 +26769,1612 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Holandia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:6 msgid "XAF Export" @@ -28604,7 +28409,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:3 msgid "Peru" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Peru" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -28637,7 +28442,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -28709,7 +28516,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 msgid "Accounting Settings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustawienia księgowości" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:84 msgid "" @@ -28839,11 +28646,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 msgid "EUR" -msgstr "" +msgstr "EUR" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 msgid "22" -msgstr "" +msgstr "22" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 msgid "5000" @@ -29085,7 +28892,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:305 msgid "Use Documents" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Użyj dokumentów" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:307 msgid "" @@ -29097,7 +28904,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:312 msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Elektroniczna wymiana danych" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 msgid "" @@ -29145,7 +28952,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:354 msgid "Customer invoice" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktura klienta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 msgid "EDI Elements" @@ -29300,7 +29107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 msgid "IAP Credits" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kredyty IAP" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 msgid "" @@ -29738,6 +29545,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Firma" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -29970,7 +29781,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:18 msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arabia Saudyjska - Księgowość" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:19 msgid "`l10n_sa`" @@ -30110,10 +29921,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " @@ -30214,7 +30021,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:3 msgid "Spain" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Hiszpania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" @@ -30275,7 +30082,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szwajcaria" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:6 msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" @@ -30801,7 +30608,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:3 msgid "United Arab Emirates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zjednoczone Emiraty Arabskie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -30889,7 +30696,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:55 msgid "Account Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa konta" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:57 msgid "102011" @@ -30909,7 +30716,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:64 msgid "Payables" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zobowiązania" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:66 msgid "101004" @@ -30921,7 +30728,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:70 msgid "Cash" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Gotówka" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:72 msgid "100001" @@ -30929,7 +30736,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:73 msgid "Liquidity Transfer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Transfer płynności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:75 msgid "101002" @@ -30941,7 +30748,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:79 msgid "Outstanding Payments" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nieuzgodnione płatności" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:81 msgid "104041" @@ -30965,7 +30772,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:88 msgid "Bank Suspense Account" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bankowy rachunek przejściowy" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:90 msgid "201017" @@ -30997,7 +30804,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:100 msgid "Undistributed Profits/Losses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Niepodzielone zyski/straty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:102 msgid "400003" @@ -31005,7 +30812,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:103 msgid "Basic Salary" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wynagrodzenie podstawowe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:105 msgid "400004" @@ -31077,7 +30884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 msgid "Payroll" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wynagrodzenie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:152 msgid "" @@ -31204,7 +31011,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:3 msgid "United Kingdom" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zjednoczone Królestwo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -31503,7 +31310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:95 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:96 @@ -31745,7 +31552,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 msgid "Refunds" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Korekty" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 msgid "" @@ -31891,7 +31698,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 msgid "Countries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kraje" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 msgid "" @@ -31901,7 +31708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 msgid "Maximum Amount" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Maksymalna kwota" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 msgid "" @@ -32065,7 +31872,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -32366,7 +32173,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:3 msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alipay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -32428,7 +32235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Payment Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usługi płatnicze Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -32594,7 +32401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:3 msgid "Authorize.Net" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -32906,7 +32713,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:3 msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Buckaroo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -32976,7 +32783,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:3 msgid "Demo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Demo" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33024,7 +32831,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:3 msgid "Flutterwave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Flutterwave" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33098,7 +32905,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:3 msgid "Mercado Pago" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mercado Pago" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33151,7 +32958,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 msgid "Mollie" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mollie" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33193,7 +33000,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 msgid "Ogone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ogone" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33402,7 +33209,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 msgid "PayPal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "PayPal" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33541,7 +33348,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:95 msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uwierzytelnienia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:97 msgid "" @@ -33658,7 +33465,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:3 msgid "Razorpay" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Razorpay" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -33785,7 +33592,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -34133,7 +33940,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ePodpis" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -34179,7 +33986,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 msgid "European Union" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Unia Europejska" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "" @@ -34239,7 +34046,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:55 msgid "United States of America" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stany Zjednoczone" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:57 msgid "" @@ -34305,7 +34112,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:86 msgid "Roles" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Role" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -34440,7 +34247,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:167 msgid "Field Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typy Pól" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -34565,7 +34372,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:6 msgid "Spreadsheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arkusz kalkulacyjny" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -34750,7 +34557,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 msgid "Templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szablony" #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 6a7cc2959..d5ddc44ec 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,16 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Łukasz Grzenkowicz <lukasz.grzenkowicz@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-25 14:24+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Różne" #: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 msgid "Apps and modules" @@ -152,12 +156,13 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uwierzytelnienie" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 msgid "Two-factor Authentication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uwierzytelnianie dwuskładnikowe" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -182,7 +187,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 msgid "Requirements" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wymagania" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 msgid "" @@ -315,19 +320,303 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Konfiguracja" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -346,36 +635,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Konfiguracja" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " "on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "" "Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " "on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " @@ -386,15 +678,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" @@ -402,7 +694,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "" "Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" " click on :guilabel:`Create`." @@ -412,7 +704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "" "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " "which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " @@ -420,26 +712,26 @@ msgid "" "Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" "Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" " and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 msgid "" "On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" "Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " "being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " @@ -447,16 +739,16 @@ msgid "" "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uwierzytelnienia" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" @@ -464,7 +756,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " "ID`." @@ -474,13 +766,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," " configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 msgid "" "In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," " enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " @@ -488,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 msgid "" "Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " ":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " @@ -496,15 +788,15 @@ msgid "" "configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " "API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" @@ -515,21 +807,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " ":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "" "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " "Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " @@ -543,18 +835,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 msgid "" "Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " ":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " "heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 msgid "" "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " "with Google` when first logging into Odoo." @@ -564,7 +856,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 msgid "" "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " "access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " @@ -572,7 +864,7 @@ msgid "" "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 msgid "" "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " "<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_" @@ -777,7 +1069,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 msgid "Digest Emails" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Emaile podsumowujące" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -943,7 +1235,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 msgid "Connected Users" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Połączonych użytkowników" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" @@ -951,7 +1243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 msgid "Messages Sent" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wysłane wiadomości" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" @@ -959,7 +1251,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 msgid "New Leads" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nowe sygnały" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" @@ -967,7 +1259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 msgid "Opportunities Won" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szanse wygrane" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" @@ -975,7 +1267,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 msgid "Open Tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Otwarte zadania" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" @@ -983,7 +1275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 msgid "Tickets Closed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zgłoszenia zamknięte" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" @@ -991,7 +1283,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 msgid "% of Happiness" -msgstr "" +msgstr "% szczęśliwych" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" @@ -999,7 +1291,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 msgid "Conversations handled" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozmowy przeprowadzone" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" @@ -1007,7 +1299,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 msgid "Time to answer (sec)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czas na odpowiedź (sek.)" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" @@ -1015,7 +1307,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 msgid "All Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cała sprzedaż" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" @@ -1023,7 +1315,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 msgid "eCommerce Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sprzedaż eCommerce" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" @@ -1031,7 +1323,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 msgid "Revenue" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przychód" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" @@ -1039,7 +1331,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operacje bankowe i gotówkowe" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" @@ -1047,7 +1339,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 msgid "POS Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sprzedaż POS" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" @@ -1055,7 +1347,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 msgid "New Employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nowi pracownicy" #: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" @@ -1324,15 +1616,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 msgid "Tag Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa tagu" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 msgid "Purpose" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cel" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 msgid "Example" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przykład" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 msgid "v" @@ -2032,484 +2324,944 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Szablony wiadomości e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "How many users in your database," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "Which apps are installed?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 -msgid "No Error" +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -3310,7 +4062,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raportowanie" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3756,7 +4508,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 msgid "Groups" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Grupy" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -3858,7 +4610,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 msgid "Companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firmy" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3869,11 +4621,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -3885,7 +4637,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* " "for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " @@ -3898,7 +4650,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -3911,17 +4663,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." @@ -3931,11 +4683,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*." @@ -3947,42 +4699,42 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " @@ -3994,43 +4746,43 @@ msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 -msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "Transakcje międzyfirmowe" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -4044,13 +4796,13 @@ msgid "" " Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " @@ -4061,7 +4813,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -4069,7 +4821,7 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " @@ -4081,22 +4833,22 @@ msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " "the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" @@ -4404,7 +5156,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 msgid "Multi Companies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wielofirmowość" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 msgid "" @@ -4474,7 +5226,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 msgid "tickets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "zgłoszenia" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 msgid "signatures" @@ -4482,7 +5234,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 msgid "subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "subskrypcje" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -4580,7 +5332,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 msgid "Dependencies" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zależności" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -4809,7 +5561,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wprowadzenie" #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -4948,7 +5700,7 @@ msgid "" "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -4956,92 +5708,92 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -5049,35 +5801,35 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.ucm>`_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -5085,11 +5837,12 @@ msgid "" "the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" " numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po index 8fc87738d..ee2da3365 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ # Translators: # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Karol Rybak <karolrybak85@gmail.com>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -29,7 +30,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 msgid "Attendances" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obecności" #: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -137,7 +138,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 msgid "Employees" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pracownicy" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -147,7 +148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 msgid "Add a new employee" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj nowego pracownika" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -296,7 +297,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 msgid "Resumé" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Życiorys" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 msgid "" @@ -344,7 +345,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 msgid "Skills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Umiejętności" #: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 34da28d8d..60a2f53be 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,18 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # Mariusz, 2023 -# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Piotr Strębski <strebski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Piotr Strębski <strebski@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -28,87 +30,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Kod kreskowy" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -116,9 +109,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przegląd" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -127,11 +120,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -139,20 +132,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -162,45 +155,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -209,17 +202,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -227,58 +220,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -288,28 +281,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -318,20 +311,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -339,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -348,11 +341,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -368,13 +361,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -382,128 +375,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nazwa" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Nazwa reguły" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Wzorzec kodu kreskowego" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produkt" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Ilość" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -528,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Konfiguracja" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -537,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -548,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -556,17 +549,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -576,29 +569,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -606,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -616,7 +609,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -624,99 +617,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -724,18 +717,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -743,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -754,15 +747,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -771,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -779,7 +772,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -787,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -803,24 +796,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -828,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -837,7 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -846,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -854,11 +847,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -866,321 +859,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Typ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Typ zawartości GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Opakowanie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Produkt jednostkowy" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Opakowania" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Lokalizacja docelowa" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Miejsce" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Partia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "Data pakowania" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Data" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Data najlepszego użycia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Data ważności" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Miara" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Typ opakowania" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1188,17 +1181,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przyjęcia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1206,24 +1199,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wydania" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1231,98 +1224,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przesunięcia wewnątrzmagazynowe" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustawienia" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1330,7 +1323,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1339,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1350,15 +1343,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1366,11 +1359,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1380,11 +1373,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1393,41 +1386,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1435,31 +1428,59 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Magazynowanie" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" +msgid "Warehouse management" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 @@ -1819,6 +1840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1909,55 +1931,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -1970,7 +2128,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wprowadzenie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2647,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2831,7 +2989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2845,15 +3003,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3010,7 +3168,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3056,11 +3214,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3068,13 +3226,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3088,7 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3096,11 +3254,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3109,7 +3267,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3117,14 +3275,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3133,7 +3291,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3143,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3151,17 +3309,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3169,24 +3327,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3194,26 +3352,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3226,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3234,62 +3392,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3299,11 +3457,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3313,7 +3471,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3323,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3332,14 +3490,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3348,7 +3506,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3359,17 +3517,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3379,7 +3537,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3387,14 +3545,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3402,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3411,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3420,7 +3578,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3428,11 +3586,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3441,14 +3599,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3459,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3474,32 +3632,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3508,7 +3666,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3520,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3532,190 +3690,398 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Różne operacje" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Utwórz zamówienie oczekujące" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -4035,7 +4401,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Planowanie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" @@ -4165,7 +4531,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czas dostawy do klienta" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "" @@ -4190,7 +4556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czas realizacji zabezpieczeń" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "" @@ -4325,7 +4691,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czas wyprodukowania" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" @@ -5395,7 +5761,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "Replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uzupełnianie zapasów" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -5455,7 +5821,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12 msgid "Units of measure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Jednostki Miary" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -5542,7 +5908,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Paczki" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" @@ -5707,7 +6073,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157 msgid "Packagings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opakowania" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159 msgid "" @@ -6980,7 +7346,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przyjmij towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 @@ -7063,7 +7429,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dostarcz towary bezpośrednio (1 krok)" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -7595,7 +7961,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Magazyny" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 msgid "Create a second warehouse" @@ -8334,7 +8700,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -9133,7 +9499,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reguły" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" @@ -10058,7 +10424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dostawa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" @@ -10902,7 +11268,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 msgid "Delivery" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dostawa" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." @@ -11677,35 +12043,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Konserwacja" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11715,7 +12077,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11724,11 +12086,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11736,20 +12098,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11758,7 +12120,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11767,14 +12129,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11783,91 +12145,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11875,22 +12237,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Produkcja" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11898,31 +12285,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11930,13 +12317,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11952,24 +12339,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11983,11 +12370,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -11996,7 +12383,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12007,7 +12394,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12019,11 +12406,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12031,14 +12418,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12049,6 +12436,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Dowiedz się więcej" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12242,6 +12746,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -12716,7 +13544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wycena Magazynów" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" @@ -12728,7 +13556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Z:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" @@ -12777,7 +13605,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Śledzenie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -12869,7 +13697,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 msgid "Manual Replenishment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ręczne uzupełnianie" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." @@ -13511,375 +14339,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakup" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -13888,7 +14356,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" @@ -14977,7 +15445,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 msgid "3-way matching" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dopasowanie 3-kierunkowe" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -15864,3 +16332,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Jakość" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 167450ef0..9139f5ffb 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,6 +4,9 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023 +# Karol Rybak <karolrybak85@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wojciech Warczakowski <w.warczakowski@gmail.com>, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # @@ -12,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" @@ -24,7 +27,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6 msgid "Email marketing" @@ -46,7 +49,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -166,7 +169,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 msgid "List view" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widok listy" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 msgid "" @@ -250,12 +253,26 @@ msgstr "Grupuj wg" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 msgid "" -"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on " -"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent " -"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-" -"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the " -"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 @@ -263,11 +280,11 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Ulubione" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " @@ -281,11 +298,11 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Ustawienia" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -295,26 +312,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -322,17 +339,17 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." msgstr "" @@ -340,20 +357,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" " a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " @@ -361,24 +378,24 @@ msgid "" " in either field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "" "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Odbiorcy" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 msgid "" "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." @@ -389,79 +406,79 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" " a specific talk (track) at an event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 msgid "" "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " @@ -469,18 +486,18 @@ msgid "" " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "Add a recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 msgid "" "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " @@ -493,20 +510,20 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," @@ -515,17 +532,17 @@ msgid "" "even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 msgid "Mail body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 msgid "" "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " @@ -540,7 +557,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " @@ -550,17 +567,17 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " @@ -569,7 +586,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "" "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" @@ -581,32 +598,32 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " "responsible for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " "sender of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " "this particular email will be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " @@ -618,17 +635,17 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " @@ -642,7 +659,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -651,18 +668,18 @@ msgid "" "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " @@ -676,14 +693,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 msgid "" "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" @@ -691,24 +708,24 @@ msgid "" "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 msgid "" "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " "the upper-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " @@ -716,7 +733,7 @@ msgid "" "page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " @@ -728,7 +745,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " @@ -738,11 +755,11 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 msgid "A/B testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 msgid "" "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " @@ -751,7 +768,7 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " @@ -759,30 +776,30 @@ msgid "" "are randomly chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 msgid "Send, schedule, or test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 msgid "" "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " @@ -790,7 +807,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to *In Queue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " @@ -798,20 +815,20 @@ msgid "" " Sample Mail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " "as :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" " the last save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " @@ -820,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -1108,7 +1125,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 msgid "Blacklist" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czarna lista" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32 msgid "" @@ -1184,7 +1201,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 msgid "Events" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wydarzenia" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_" @@ -2026,7 +2043,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 msgid "Lead Generation Rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zasady generowania szans" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." @@ -2088,7 +2105,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 msgid "Marketing Automation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatyzacja Marketingu" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 @@ -2099,7 +2116,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 msgid "Understanding metrics" @@ -2181,7 +2198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"marketing campaign." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 @@ -2268,7 +2285,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 msgid "Create a campaign" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz kampanię" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 msgid "" @@ -2906,7 +2923,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Marketing SMS" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 @@ -3968,7 +3985,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 msgid "Social Marketing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Media Społecznościowe" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 msgid "Social marketing campaigns" @@ -4721,7 +4738,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 msgid "Visitors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odwiedzający" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 msgid "" @@ -4828,7 +4845,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 msgid "Surveys" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ankiety" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_" @@ -5034,7 +5051,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 msgid "Conditional Display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyświetlanie warunkowe" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -5090,7 +5107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 msgid "Questions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pytania" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -5148,7 +5165,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 msgid "Scoring" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocenianie" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -5201,7 +5218,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 msgid "Candidates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kandydaci" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -5221,7 +5238,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 msgid "Live Session" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sesja na żywo" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index b9d8b54df..b2081bf41 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,16 +4,21 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Tomasz Leppich <t.leppich@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Net Voodooman <mirek@reallife.pl>, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023 +# Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-07 11:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,12 +28,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 msgid "Productivity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Produktywność" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 msgid "Calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kalendarz" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" @@ -590,11 +595,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dyskusje" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:3 msgid "Configure ICE servers with Twilio" @@ -736,9 +741,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For on-premise instances of Odoo, the package `python3-gevent` is necessary " +"for the Discuss module to run calls/video calls on Ubuntu (Linux) servers." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przegląd" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 msgid "Get Started with Discuss" @@ -996,37 +1007,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." +"Use channels in the Odoo *Discuss* app to organize discussions between " +"individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires " +"regular communication. With channels, employees can communicate inside " +"dedicated spaces within the Odoo database around specific topics, updates, " +"and latest developments having to do with the organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:11 +msgid "Public and private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:13 msgid "" "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." +"visible to users invited to it. To create a new channel, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Discuss` app, and then click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` " +"icon next to the :guilabel:`Channels` heading in the left-side menu. After " +"typing the name of the channel, two selectable options will appear: The " +"first is a channel with a hashtag (`#`) to indicate that it is a public " +"channel; the second option is a channel with a lock icon (`🔒`) next to it, " +"to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " +"fits the communication needs." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 -msgid "View of discuss’s sidebar and a channel being created in Odo Discuss" +msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" " (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " @@ -1034,166 +1053,145 @@ msgid "" "specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:31 msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +"The channel's :guilabel:`Group Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Privacy` settings can be modified by clicking on the channel's " +"settings, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the left sidebar " +"menu, next to the channel's name." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 -msgid "View of a channel’s settings form in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." +msgid "View of a channel's settings form in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "Privacy and Members tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:44 msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." +"Changing :guilabel:`Who can follow the group's activities?` controls which " +"groups can have access to the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Allowing :guilabel:`Everyone` to follow a private channel lets other users " +"view and join it, as they would a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When choosing :guilabel:`Invited people only`, specify in the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab which members should be invited. Inviting members " +"can also be done from the *Discuss* app's main dashboard, by selecting the " +"channel, clicking the *add user* icon in the top-right corner of the " +"dashboard, and finally clicking :guilabel:`Invite to Channel` once all the " +"users have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of Discuss' option to invite members in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:60 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Selected group of users` option is selected, it reveals " +"the ability to add an :guilabel:`Authorized Group`, along with the options " +"to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` and :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe " +"Departments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users of " +"that particular user group as followers. In other words, while " +":guilabel:`Authorized Groups` limits which users can access the channel, " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users as members as " +"long as they are part of a specific user group. The same is true for " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Departments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:70 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct messages, or live chat conversations (if " +"*Live Chat* module is installed on the database) are pinned in the sidebar, " +"a :guilabel:`Quick search…` bar is displayed. This feature is a convenient " +"way to filter conversations and quickly find relevant communications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the option to invite members in Odoo " -"Discuss" +"View of the Discuss' sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " +"Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 -msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 -msgid "View of a message with a pending moderation status in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a channel’s settings form emphasizing the tab moderation in Odoo " -"Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 -msgid "View of a message to be moderated in Odoo Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:81 +msgid "Finding channels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +"Click on the settings :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, located in the left " +"sidebar, to the right of the :guilabel:`CHANNELS` collapsible menu item. " +"Doing so will lead to a mosaic view containing all the public channels " +"available. Users can join or leave channels on this screen by clicking the " +":guilabel:`JOIN` or :guilabel:`LEAVE` buttons that appear in the channel " +"boxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:88 msgid "" -"View of a channel’s setting form emphasizing the ban Lists menu in Odoo " -"Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the Discuss’ sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " -"Discuss" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." +"There is also the ability to apply filtering criteria and save them for " +"later use. The :guilabel:`Search...` function accepts wildcards by using the" +" underscore character [ `_` ], and specific searches can be saved by using " +"the :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save Current Search` drop-down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:98 +msgid "Linking channel in chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Channels can be linked in the chatter (log note) of a record in Odoo. To do " +"so, simply type: `#` and the channel name. Click or press enter on the " +"*channel* name. Upon logging the note a link to the channel will appear. " +"After clicking on the link a chat window with the channel conversation will " +"pop up in the lower right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Users are able to contribute to this group channel (either public or member " +"based) by typing messages in window and pressing *enter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Channel linked in chatter with the channel open on the lower right quadrant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Internet Rzeczy (IoT)" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:6 @@ -1743,10 +1741,10 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 msgid "Reason:" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Powód:" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -1757,9 +1755,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 msgid "Solution:" msgstr "" @@ -1839,70 +1837,70 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 msgid "" "Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " -"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond " -":doc:`Odoo support's service scope </services/support/what_can_i_expect>`." +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond Odoo " +"support's service scope." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:140 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:143 msgid "" "The IoT-box was able to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but received an " "unusual `HTTP response (status codes) <https://developer.mozilla.org/en-" "US/docs/Web/HTTP/Status>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:147 msgid "" "This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " "if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" " page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:152 msgid "" "Check if `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down using a web browser, as it's " "possible that it is down due to maintenance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:155 msgid "" "If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" " is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:157 msgid "" "If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" " ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " "digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:162 msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:165 msgid "" "The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " "`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " "(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:169 msgid "" "Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " "eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " "<iot/iot-eligibility>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:173 msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:175 msgid "" "If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " "(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" @@ -1915,24 +1913,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:184 msgid "" "When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" " secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " "be established." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 msgid "" "Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " "secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:194 msgid "" "The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " "certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" @@ -1943,11 +1941,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:202 msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:204 msgid "" "If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " ":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " @@ -1957,51 +1955,51 @@ msgid "" "`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:209 msgid "" "These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" " different browsers:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:213 msgid "Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:219 msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:222 msgid "Firefox" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:228 msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:230 msgid "Edge" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:236 msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:240 msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:242 msgid "" "Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " "changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:244 msgid "" "If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" " the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " @@ -2012,18 +2010,18 @@ msgid "" "manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:252 msgid "" "Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " "likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" " they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:257 msgid "" "Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " "This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " -":doc:`Odoo support's service scope </services/support/what_can_i_expect>`." +"Odoo support's service scope." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 @@ -2032,7 +2030,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wymagania wstępne" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" @@ -2074,7 +2072,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 msgid "Setup" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustawienia" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." @@ -2096,16 +2094,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 msgid "Device Name" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa Urządzenia" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 msgid "Instructions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Instrukcje" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 msgid "Printer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Drukarka" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" @@ -2115,7 +2113,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2124,7 +2122,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2137,7 +2135,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 msgid "Scale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skala" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 msgid "" @@ -2359,11 +2357,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2372,18 +2845,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" -"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer_>`_." +"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2391,11 +2864,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2404,18 +2877,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2426,11 +2899,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2778,7 +3251,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Urządzenia" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 msgid "Connect a camera" @@ -2801,7 +3274,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Połączenie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" @@ -2874,17 +3347,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3102,6 +3573,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" @@ -3496,7 +3977,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 msgid "Usage" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Użycie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" @@ -3557,7 +4038,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 msgid "Knowledge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wiedza" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3748,7 +4229,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 msgid "Icons" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ikony" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 msgid "" @@ -3772,7 +4253,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Polecenia" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -3793,7 +4274,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 msgid "Structure" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Struktura" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 @@ -3813,7 +4294,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 msgid "Use" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Użyj" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" @@ -3829,7 +4310,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 msgid "Create a list with numbering." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz listę numerowaną." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" @@ -3837,7 +4318,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Śledzenie zadań za pomocą listy kontrolnej." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" @@ -3845,7 +4326,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 msgid "Insert a table." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wstaw tabelę." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" @@ -3853,7 +4334,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wstaw poziomy separator elementów." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" @@ -3861,7 +4342,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 msgid "Add a blockquote section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj sekcję blockquote." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" @@ -3869,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 msgid "Add a code section." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj sekcję kodu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" @@ -3877,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 msgid "Convert into 2 columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przekształć w 2 kolumny." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" @@ -3885,7 +4366,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 msgid "Convert into 3 columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przekształć w 3 kolumny." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" @@ -3893,11 +4374,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 msgid "Convert into 4 columns." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przekształć w 4 kolumny." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 msgid "Format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Format" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" @@ -3905,7 +4386,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 msgid "Big section heading." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nagłówek dużej sekcji." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" @@ -3913,7 +4394,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 msgid "Medium section heading." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Średni nagłówek sekcji." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" @@ -3921,7 +4402,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 msgid "Small section heading." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mały nagłówek sekcji." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" @@ -3929,7 +4410,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 msgid "Switch the text's direction." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przełącz kierunek tekstu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 @@ -3938,11 +4419,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 msgid "Paragraph block." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blok akapitu." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 msgid "Media" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mediów" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" @@ -3950,7 +4431,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 msgid "Insert an image." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wstaw obraz." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" @@ -3958,11 +4439,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 msgid "Link an article." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podlinkuj Artykuł." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 msgid "Navigation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nawigacja" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" @@ -3970,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 msgid "Add a link." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj link." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" @@ -3978,7 +4459,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 msgid "Add a button." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj przycisk." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" @@ -3986,7 +4467,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 msgid "Add a specific appointment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj określone spotkanie." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" @@ -3994,11 +4475,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 msgid "Schedule an appointment." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaplanuj spotkanie." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 msgid "Widget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widget" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" @@ -4006,7 +4487,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wstaw ocenę powyżej 3 gwiazdek." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" @@ -4014,7 +4495,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wstaw ocenę powyżej 5 gwiazdek." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" @@ -4030,7 +4511,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokaż pierwszy poziom artykułów podrzędnych." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" @@ -4038,7 +4519,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 msgid "Show all nested articles." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pokaż wszystkie artykuły podrzędne." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" @@ -4084,7 +4565,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 msgid "Insert your signature." -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wstaw swój podpis." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 msgid "Content from other apps" @@ -4148,7 +4629,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 msgid "Creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utworzono" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 msgid "" @@ -4217,7 +4698,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 msgid "Removal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wydawanie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." @@ -4264,7 +4745,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 msgid "Categories" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kategorie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 msgid "" @@ -4306,7 +4787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 msgid "Properties" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Właściwości" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4345,7 +4826,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58 msgid "Types" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Typy" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59 @@ -4526,7 +5007,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ceny" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." @@ -4998,7 +5479,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:6 msgid "Studio" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Studio" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -5075,7 +5556,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 msgid "Model" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Model" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." @@ -5089,7 +5570,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 msgid "Trigger" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyzwalacz" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -5099,7 +5580,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 msgid "On Creation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przy tworzeniu" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." @@ -5107,7 +5588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 msgid "On Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przy zapisie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 msgid "" @@ -5143,7 +5624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 msgid "On Creation & Update" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przy tworzeniu i zapisie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 msgid "" @@ -5153,7 +5634,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 msgid "On Deletion" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Po usunięciu" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." @@ -5167,7 +5648,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 msgid "Based on Form Modification" -msgstr "" +msgstr "bazujące na formularzu modyfikacji" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -5186,7 +5667,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 msgid "Based on Timed Condition" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bazujące na warunku czasu" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -5219,7 +5700,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 msgid "Apply on" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zastosuj do" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 msgid "" @@ -5229,7 +5710,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 msgid "Action" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Akcja" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 msgid "" @@ -5239,7 +5720,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 msgid "Execute Python Code" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykonaj kod Pythona" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 msgid "" @@ -5256,7 +5737,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 msgid "Create a new Record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz nowy rekord" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." @@ -5316,7 +5797,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 msgid "Update the Record" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Uaktualnij rekord" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 msgid "" @@ -5332,7 +5813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 msgid "Execute several actions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykonaj wiele akcji" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 msgid "" @@ -5344,7 +5825,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 msgid "Send Email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyślij e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 msgid "" @@ -5354,7 +5835,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 msgid "Add Followers" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj obserwatorów" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." @@ -5362,7 +5843,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 msgid "Create Next Activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz następną czynność" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 msgid "" @@ -5390,7 +5871,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 msgid "Send SMS Text Message" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyślij wiadomość SMS" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 msgid "" @@ -6183,7 +6664,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 msgid "Contact details" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szczegóły kontaktu" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -6203,7 +6684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 msgid "User assignment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przypisanie użytkownika" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 msgid "" @@ -6223,7 +6704,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 msgid "Date & Calendar" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Data i kalendarz" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 msgid "" @@ -6235,7 +6716,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 msgid "Date range & Gantt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zakres dat i Gantt" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 msgid "" @@ -6248,7 +6729,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 msgid "Pipeline stages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Poziomy lejku" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6268,7 +6749,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 msgid "Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tagi" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 msgid "" @@ -6280,7 +6761,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 msgid "Picture" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obraz" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 msgid "" @@ -6295,7 +6776,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 msgid "Lines" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pozycje" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 msgid "" @@ -6306,7 +6787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 msgid "Notes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Notatki" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 msgid "" @@ -6317,7 +6798,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 msgid "Monetary value" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wartość monetarna" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -6334,7 +6815,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 msgid "Company" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Firma" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 msgid "" @@ -6349,7 +6830,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 msgid "Custom Sorting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sortowanie niestandardowe" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -6364,7 +6845,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 msgid "Chatter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Rozmowa" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 msgid "" @@ -6383,7 +6864,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 msgid "Archiving" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Archiwizacja" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 msgid "" @@ -6468,7 +6949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 msgid "Layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Układ" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 msgid "Four layouts are available." @@ -6476,7 +6957,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 msgid "Light" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Światło" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Light report layout sample" @@ -6484,7 +6965,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 msgid "Boxed" -msgstr "" +msgstr "W pudełku" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Boxed report layout sample" @@ -6492,7 +6973,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 msgid "Bold" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pogrubienie" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Bold report layout sample" @@ -6500,7 +6981,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 msgid "Striped" -msgstr "" +msgstr "W paski" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 msgid "Striped report layout sample" @@ -6508,7 +6989,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 msgid "Font" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czcionka" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" @@ -6566,7 +7047,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 msgid "Colors" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolory" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -6621,7 +7102,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 msgid "Footer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stopka" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -6632,7 +7113,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 msgid "Paper format" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Format papieru" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 msgid "" @@ -6669,7 +7150,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 msgid "External" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zewnętrzne" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" @@ -6703,7 +7184,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 msgid "Internal" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wewnętrzne" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" @@ -6717,7 +7198,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 msgid "Blank" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Puste" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." @@ -6738,7 +7219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 msgid "Block" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Blokuj" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" @@ -6790,7 +7271,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 msgid "Inline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "W jednej linii" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 msgid "" @@ -6806,7 +7287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 msgid "Table" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stół" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." @@ -6851,7 +7332,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 msgid "Column" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kolumna" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" @@ -6975,7 +7456,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 msgid "Views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widoki" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -7013,7 +7494,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:31 msgid "General views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ogólne poglądy" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:97 @@ -7026,7 +7507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:40 msgid "Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formularz" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -7053,7 +7534,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:59 msgid "Activity" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czynność" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -7071,7 +7552,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:76 msgid "Search" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szukaj" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -7099,11 +7580,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:94 msgid "Multiple records views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widoki wielu rekordów" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:103 msgid "Kanban" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kanban" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:105 msgid "" @@ -7142,7 +7623,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:127 msgid "List" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lista" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:129 msgid "" @@ -7190,7 +7671,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:161 msgid "Map" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapa" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -7237,7 +7718,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:187 msgid "Timeline views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widoki osi czasu" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:190 msgid "" @@ -7311,7 +7792,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:242 msgid "Cohort" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kohorta" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:244 msgid "" @@ -7356,7 +7837,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:268 msgid "Gantt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykres Gantta" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:270 msgid "" @@ -7434,11 +7915,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:308 msgid "Reporting views" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widoki raportowania" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:317 msgid "Pivot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pivot" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:319 msgid "" @@ -7479,7 +7960,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:341 msgid "Graph" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykres" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:343 msgid "" @@ -7533,7 +8014,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:368 msgid "Dashboard" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Konsola" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:370 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index d72c26f55..265544f41 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,16 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: +# Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023 +# Paweł Wodyński <pw@myodoo.pl>, 2023 +# Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeusz.karpinski@braintec.com>, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -24,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 msgid "Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sprzedaż" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 msgid "CRM" -msgstr "" +msgstr "CRM" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -464,7 +468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ceny" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -887,7 +891,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53 msgid "Applications" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Aplikacje" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 msgid "" @@ -1588,7 +1592,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Punkt sprzedaży" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -2032,10 +2036,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2047,10 +2053,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2058,6 +2066,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2069,6 +2078,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2077,10 +2087,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2091,10 +2103,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2105,16 +2119,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2122,6 +2139,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "" @@ -2133,14 +2152,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2151,10 +2173,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" @@ -2268,7 +2292,9 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 @@ -2288,35 +2314,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -2324,18 +2442,18 @@ msgid "" "engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -2470,7 +2588,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:65 msgid "Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analityka" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -2590,7 +2708,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Adyen" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -2734,7 +2852,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 msgid "Add a new payment method" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj nową metodę płatności" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 msgid "" @@ -2798,7 +2916,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Połącz z IoT Box" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 msgid "" @@ -2965,7 +3083,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Stripe" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 msgid "" @@ -3209,7 +3327,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 msgid "Worldline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Worldline" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." @@ -3366,7 +3484,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 msgid "Cash rounding" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaokrąglenie gotówki" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3441,7 +3559,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nomenklatura kodu kreskowego" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." @@ -3482,7 +3600,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 msgid "Discounts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Upusty" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3764,7 +3882,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:80 msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cenniki" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3823,7 +3941,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 msgid "Receipts" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przyjęcia" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3878,7 +3996,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktury" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -4008,7 +4126,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raportowanie" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 msgid "View statistics" @@ -4090,7 +4208,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 msgid "Bills" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Faktury zakupu" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4389,7 +4507,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 msgid "Tips" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Napiwki" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4559,14 +4677,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 @@ -4799,7 +4917,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 msgid "Rental" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wynajem" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." @@ -4822,7 +4940,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 msgid "Rental Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cennik Wynajmu" #: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 msgid "" @@ -4973,7 +5091,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 msgid "Amazon Connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Łącznik Amazon" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 msgid "Amazon Connector Features" @@ -5057,7 +5175,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opłaty" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 msgid "Delivery created" @@ -5287,7 +5405,7 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 @@ -5526,7 +5644,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Złącze eBay" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 msgid "How to list a product?" @@ -6635,7 +6753,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 msgid "eWallets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "ePortfele" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 msgid "" @@ -7102,7 +7220,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 msgid "Conditional rules" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Reguły warunkowe" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:100 msgid "" @@ -7197,7 +7315,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 msgid "Rewards" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nagrody" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:146 msgid "" @@ -7775,7 +7893,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odoo" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -7879,7 +7997,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "T-shirt" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" @@ -8629,7 +8747,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 msgid "Register a payment" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zarejestruj płatność" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 msgid "" @@ -8999,7 +9117,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 msgid "Quotation templates" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Szablony ofert" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -9228,7 +9346,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Subskrypcje" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -9317,7 +9435,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 msgid "Confirmation" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Potwierdzenie" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 msgid "" @@ -10058,7 +10176,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 msgid "Time-based pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ustalanie cen na podstawie czasu" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -10259,7 +10377,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 msgid "Reports" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raporty" #: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:5 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index ee749040e..a4410e59b 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -5,15 +5,17 @@ # # Translators: # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Tomasz Leppich <t.leppich@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-07-07 11:55+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Polish (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -23,11 +25,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Usługi" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Serwis Terenowy" #: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 msgid "" @@ -231,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Punkt Pomocy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/slides/helpdesk-51>`_" @@ -239,7 +241,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zaawansowane" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 msgid "After-Sales services" @@ -1302,7 +1304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przegląd" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" @@ -1604,11 +1606,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 msgid "Help center" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Centrum pomocy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forums*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forum*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " "apps to create the *help center*." msgstr "" @@ -1650,7 +1652,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 msgid "Knowledge" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wiedza" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1904,22 +1906,22 @@ msgid "" "additional text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:175 -msgid "Community Forum" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Forum społeczności" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:179 msgid "" "A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " "questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " "team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:186 msgid "" "To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " "navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " @@ -1927,19 +1929,19 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:190 msgid "" "Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" " the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " ":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 msgid "" "When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:196 msgid "" "Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " "default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " @@ -1948,252 +1950,37 @@ msgid "" " to enable that forum." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:201 msgid "" "To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " "then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " "selected in this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:203 -msgid "Set up a forum" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 msgid "" -"The settings on a forum are managed through either the *Website* or " -"*eLearning* applications. From the Odoo Dashboard, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forums` or " -":menuselection:`eLearning --> Forum --> Forums`. In either case, select a " -"forum to edit from the list." +"Check out the :doc:`Forum documentation <../../../websites/forum>` to learn " +"how to configure, use, and moderate a forum." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:210 -msgid "On the forum detail form, select a mode." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:212 -msgid "" -"The :guilabel:`Questions` mode allows for one answer/response for each post," -" while :guilabel:`Discussion` mode allows for multiple responses. To limit " -"the forum to a single website, select it from the :guilabel:`Website` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Order and Visibility` section, in the " -":guilabel:`Options` tab, choose how the posts should be sorted, by modifying" -" the :guilabel:`Default Sort` field. Change the :guilabel:`Privacy` setting " -"to change which users will have access to the forum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:220 -msgid "" -"Below these settings, there is space to add a description for the forum. " -"This description will be visible on the website where the forum is " -"published." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 -msgid "Overview of a forum's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:228 -msgid "Karma gains and karma related rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:230 -msgid "" -"When users interact on forums - either through posting questions, submitting" -" answers, or upvoting responses - they earn points, called *karma*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Karma points are used to build the credibility of a user within the " -"community. The more positive interactions a user has on the forum, the more " -"karma points they gain. Certain activities, such as posting without " -"validation, or editing posts, require users to have earned a specific level " -"of karma points to prove their legitimacy and trustworthiness." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:238 -msgid "" -"These figures can be adjusted on the :guilabel:`Karma gains` and " -":guilabel:`Karma related rights` tabs, located on the forums detail form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 -msgid "Karma gains" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:245 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Karma gains` tab, there are listed actions that will cause" -" users to gain (or lose) karma points. Those actions are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:248 -msgid "Asking a question" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:249 -msgid "Question upvoted" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:250 -msgid "Question downvoted" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:251 -msgid "Answer upvoted" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 -msgid "Answer downvoted" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:253 -msgid "Accepting an answer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 -msgid "Answer accepted" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:255 -msgid "Answer flagged" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 -msgid "Karma related rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:259 -msgid "" -"In the :guilabel:`Karma related rights` tab, there are listed activities " -"that users cannot complete, without having a specific level of karma points." -" Those activities are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:262 -msgid "Ask questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 -msgid "Answer questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:264 -msgid "Upvote" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:265 -msgid "Downvote" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:266 -msgid "Edit own posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:267 -msgid "Edit all posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:268 -msgid "Close own posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 -msgid "Close all posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:270 -msgid "Delete own posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 -msgid "Delete all posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:272 -msgid "Nofollow links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:273 -msgid "Accept an answer on own question" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:274 -msgid "Accept an answer to all questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:275 -msgid "Editor features: image and links" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:276 -msgid "Comment on own posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:277 -msgid "Comment on all posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:278 -msgid "Convert own answers to comments (and vice versa)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:279 -msgid "Convert all answers to comments (and vice versa)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:280 -msgid "Unlink own comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 -msgid "Unlink all comments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:282 -msgid "Ask questions without validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:283 -msgid "Flag a post as offensive" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:284 -msgid "Moderate posts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:285 -msgid "Change question tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 -msgid "Create new tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:209 msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:211 msgid "" "When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" " can be converted to forum posts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:214 msgid "" "To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " ":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:217 msgid "" "At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " "button." @@ -2205,7 +1992,7 @@ msgid "" "Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:223 msgid "" "When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " "correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " @@ -2214,11 +2001,11 @@ msgid "" "adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:229 msgid "eLearning" msgstr "e-learning" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:231 msgid "" "Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " "the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " @@ -2227,11 +2014,11 @@ msgid "" "services and products they are using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:319 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 msgid "" "To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " ":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " @@ -2239,14 +2026,14 @@ msgid "" "</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 msgid "" "On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," " and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " "below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:246 msgid "" "Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " ":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " @@ -2255,30 +2042,30 @@ msgid "" " Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 msgid "Create an eLearning course" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 msgid "" "A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" " settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 msgid "" "To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" " :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " "that can be customized and modified as needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:341 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:261 msgid "" "On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," " :guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 msgid "" "Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " "choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " @@ -2288,11 +2075,11 @@ msgid "" "visitors or members." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 msgid "" "To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " ":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" @@ -2305,29 +2092,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 msgid "" "In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" " --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " ":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 msgid "" "`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 msgid "Publish an eLearning course" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 msgid "" "To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " "need to be published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:293 msgid "" "If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " "published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" @@ -2336,37 +2123,37 @@ msgid "" "to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:298 msgid "" "To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " "must be published first, then the course can be published." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:301 msgid "" "To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " "course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:384 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:304 msgid "" "This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " "course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " ":guilabel:`Published`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:308 msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:390 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:310 msgid "" "To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " "from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " ":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:393 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:313 msgid "" "Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " "related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" @@ -2374,13 +2161,13 @@ msgid "" " to the course - even the non-published content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:397 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" " beneath the search bar to switch to list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:400 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:320 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " "screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " @@ -2388,7 +2175,7 @@ msgid "" "at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:324 msgid "" "With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " ":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " @@ -2636,7 +2423,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "Email Alias" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Alias adresu e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" @@ -2688,7 +2475,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Formularz na stronie" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:58 msgid "" @@ -2820,7 +2607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:119 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czat na żywo" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:121 msgid "" @@ -2955,7 +2742,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 msgid "" -"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " "Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." " Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " "colors to the default selection." @@ -3142,7 +2929,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raportowanie" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -3164,7 +2951,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 msgid "Ticket Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analiza zgłoszeń" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 msgid "" @@ -3263,7 +3050,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 msgid "SLA Status Analysis" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analiza statusu SLA" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 msgid "" @@ -3371,7 +3158,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 msgid "Customer Ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oceny klienta" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 msgid "" @@ -3812,7 +3599,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:148 msgid "Bar Chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykres słupkowy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view" @@ -3820,7 +3607,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 msgid "Line Chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykres liniowy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view" @@ -3828,7 +3615,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:160 msgid "Pie Chart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wykres kołowy" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view" @@ -3869,7 +3656,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Projekt" #: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -4037,7 +3824,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zadania" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" @@ -4211,7 +3998,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Karty pracy" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" @@ -4292,133 +4079,3 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:7 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:11 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:22 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:33 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 -msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:38 -msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:49 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:51 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:57 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants" -" will analyze the way your business runs and tell you how you can get the " -"most out of your Odoo Database. We will handle all configurations and coach " -"you on how to use Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:63 -msgid ":doc:`/administration/upgrade`" -msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 409b22d23..f30580001 100644 --- a/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/pl/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -5,7 +5,10 @@ # # Translators: # Maksym <ms@myodoo.pl>, 2023 +# Piotr Strębski <strebski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Maja Stawicka <mjstwck@wp.pl>, 2023 # Tadeusz Karpiński <tadeuszkarpinski@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Tomasz Leppich <t.leppich@gmail.com>, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -25,11 +28,11 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 msgid "Websites" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strony internetowe" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" -msgstr "" +msgstr "eCommerce" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -67,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 msgid "Add to cart" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Dodaj do koszyka" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -350,7 +353,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 msgid "Terms and conditions" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Warunki i zapisy" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:78 msgid "Express checkout" @@ -583,7 +586,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 msgid "Pickup in store" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Odbiór w sklepie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 msgid "" @@ -784,7 +787,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 msgid "Live chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czat na żywo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:31 msgid "" @@ -810,7 +813,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Punkt Pomocy" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -839,7 +842,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 msgid "Contact us" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Skontaktuj się z nami" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 msgid "" @@ -874,7 +877,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 msgid "Newsletter" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Biuletyn" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:91 msgid "" @@ -1178,7 +1181,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 msgid "Analytics" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Analityka" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:33 msgid "" @@ -1192,7 +1195,7 @@ msgstr "Produkty" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 msgid "Catalog" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Katalog" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -1261,7 +1264,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 msgid "Attributes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Atrybuty" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:52 msgid "" @@ -1323,23 +1326,23 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 msgid "Featured" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Polecane" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 msgid "Newest Arrivals" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nowości" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 msgid "Name (A-Z)" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Nazwa (A-Z)" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 msgid "Price - Low to High" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cena - od najniższej do najwyższej" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 msgid "Price - High to Low" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Cena - od najwyższej do najniższej" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 msgid "" @@ -1621,7 +1624,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 msgid "Upselling" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sprzedaż po zawyżonej cenie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 msgid "Alternative products" @@ -1672,7 +1675,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Podatki" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 msgid "Tax configuration" @@ -1927,7 +1930,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:25 msgid "Publish" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Publikuj" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:27 msgid "" @@ -2037,7 +2040,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:85 msgid "Layout" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Układ" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:87 msgid "" @@ -2272,7 +2275,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:224 msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Magazynowanie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:226 msgid "" @@ -2609,7 +2612,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 msgid "Communication" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Komunikacja" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -2681,7 +2684,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:125 msgid "Display" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wyświetl" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:127 msgid "" @@ -2779,7 +2782,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:177 msgid "Content" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Zawartość" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:179 msgid "" @@ -2881,7 +2884,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 msgid "Content Tags" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tagi zawartości" #: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 msgid "" @@ -3820,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czat na żywo" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" @@ -3891,7 +3894,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 msgid "Operators" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Operatorzy" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" @@ -3946,7 +3949,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 msgid "Options" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opcje" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 msgid "" @@ -4060,7 +4063,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 msgid "Live Chat Button" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przycisk czatu" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -4091,7 +4094,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 msgid "Chatbot" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czatbot" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 msgid "" @@ -4102,7 +4105,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 msgid "URL Regex" -msgstr "" +msgstr "URL Regex" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 msgid "" @@ -4112,7 +4115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 msgid "Open automatically timer" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Automatycznie otwórz stoper" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 msgid "" @@ -4124,7 +4127,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 msgid "Country" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Kraj" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 msgid "" @@ -4145,7 +4148,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 msgid "Widget" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Widget" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 msgid "" @@ -4316,7 +4319,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:3 msgid "Chatbots" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Czatboty" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4448,7 +4451,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:76 msgid "Text" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tekst" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:78 msgid "" @@ -4465,7 +4468,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:86 msgid "Question" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pytanie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:88 msgid "" @@ -4483,7 +4486,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:97 msgid "Email" -msgstr "" +msgstr "E-mail" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:99 msgid "" @@ -4506,7 +4509,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:111 msgid "Phone" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Telefon" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:113 msgid "" @@ -4523,7 +4526,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:121 msgid "Forward to Operator" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Przekaż operatorowi" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:123 msgid "" @@ -4567,7 +4570,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:147 msgid "Create Lead" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz sygnał" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:149 msgid "" @@ -4578,7 +4581,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:153 msgid "Create Ticket" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Utwórz zgłoszenie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -4741,7 +4744,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Oceny" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -4752,7 +4755,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10 msgid "Customer Rating" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ocena klienta" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" @@ -4855,7 +4858,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 msgid "Help" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Pomoc" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" @@ -4997,7 +5000,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:113 msgid "History" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Historia" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 msgid "" @@ -5012,7 +5015,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:123 msgid "Lead" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Sygnałów" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:125 msgid "" @@ -5056,7 +5059,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 msgid "Leave" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Opuść" #: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:150 msgid "" @@ -5151,7 +5154,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strona internetowa" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -5526,7 +5529,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Ceny" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 msgid "" @@ -5556,7 +5559,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Raportowanie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 msgid "" @@ -5845,7 +5848,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 msgid "Translations" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Tłumaczenia" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5 msgid "" @@ -5907,7 +5910,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 msgid "Default language" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Język domyślny" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 msgid "" @@ -6104,7 +6107,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5 msgid "Pages" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Strony" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:7 msgid "" @@ -6718,7 +6721,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Słowa kluczowe" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 msgid "" @@ -6835,7 +6838,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 msgid "Twitter Scroller" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Scroller Twittera" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "" @@ -7160,7 +7163,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315 msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Wprowadzenie" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:317 msgid "" @@ -7193,7 +7196,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337 msgid "Images" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Obrazy" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:339 msgid "" @@ -7573,7 +7576,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 msgid "Sitemap" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Mapa witryny" #: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 7a7dcb0d5..afe2cf1fd 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -12,17 +12,17 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -364,7 +364,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -422,8 +422,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -534,141 +534,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -676,43 +682,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -722,79 +728,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -802,11 +789,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -814,21 +801,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -837,18 +824,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -856,7 +843,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -870,19 +857,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -891,18 +878,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Segurança" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -912,20 +899,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -934,14 +921,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -951,7 +938,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -961,7 +948,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -970,20 +957,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -993,7 +980,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1003,28 +990,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1039,7 +1026,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1054,18 +1041,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1539,34 +1534,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2372,44 +2375,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Definição" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Parâmetros do Sistema" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2420,7 +2569,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4141,6 +4290,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5130,7 +5287,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6533,10 +6690,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Definição" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e4c22158d..1965e3cda 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -13,22 +13,24 @@ # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 # Éder Brito <britoederr@gmail.com>, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 -# adrianojprado <adrianojprado@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Adriano Prado <adrianojprado@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 -# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Jonas Vieira de Souza, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Luis Felipe Miléo <mileo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 +# Maitê Dietze, 2023 +# braydon ehnes, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: braydon ehnes, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -190,7 +192,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -250,7 +252,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Parceiro" @@ -535,7 +537,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -575,13 +576,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -824,6 +828,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1865,170 +1870,235 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "Reconciliação do Banco" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Visão Geral" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"Comparar seus extratos bancários com seus registros contábeis pode ser uma " -"tarefa tediosa. Você precisa encontrar as faturas correspondentes, comparar " -"os valores e os dados dos parceiros com os do extrato bancário. Essas etapas" -" podem levar muito tempo. Felizmente, com Odoo você pode facilmente combinar" -" suas faturas ou qualquer outro documento de pagamento com seus extratos " -"bancários." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Existem duas opções de processo de conciliação em Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "Podemos especificar diretamente o pagamento na fatura" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "Podemos conciliar faturas em aberto com extratos bancários" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"Nenhuma configuração especial é necessária para registrar faturas. Tudo o " -"que precisamos fazer é instalar o aplicativo de contabilidade." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Caso 1: registro de pagamentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" -"Começamos com a nossa fatura emitida de 2100 reais para Smith & Co. Como o " -"produto vendido é um serviço, exigimos um pagamento imediato. Nosso contador" -" só lida com extratos bancários no final da semana, por isso temos que " -"marcar esta fatura como paga imediatamente para indicar que podemos começar " -"a prestar serviços ao nosso cliente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" -"Nosso cliente nos envia uma confirmação de pagamento. Podemos, assim, " -"registrar um pagamento e marcar a fatura como paga." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Ao clicar em ** registrar pagamento **, estamos informando ao Odoo que nosso" -" cliente pagou a fatura. Portanto, temos que especificar o valor e a forma " -"de pagamento." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Agora podemos sempre encontrar os detalhes de pagamento na Fatura clicando " -"na: seleção de menus: ʻInfo -> Abrir Pagamento`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "A fatura foi paga e ** a conciliação foi feita automaticamente. **" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Caso 2: conciliações de extratos bancários" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" -"Começamos com a nossa fatura emitida de 3000 reais para Smith & Co. " -"Suponhamos também que outras faturas estão abertas para clientes diferentes." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" -"Recebemos o nosso extrato bancário e constatamos que não só a fatura emitida" -" para a Smith & Co foi paga, mas também para a Buzz de 92 reais." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" -"Se tudo deu certo (nome do parceiro correto, quantidade certa) o odoo fará " -"as reconciliações ** automaticamente **." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" -"Se alguns problemas forem encontrados, você precisará realizar ** ações " -"manuais **." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" -"Por exemplo, se o parceiro estiver faltando em seu extrato bancário, basta " -"preenchê-lo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" -"Se o pagamento for feito com um adiantamento, basta verificar se está tudo " -"certo e validar todos os pagamentos relacionados:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transações" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modelos de Reconciliação" @@ -2270,10 +2340,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transações" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2443,7 +2509,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2504,7 +2571,7 @@ msgstr "" "preliminar pela equipe do armazém." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Criação de fatura" @@ -2725,7 +2792,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3140,7 +3208,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Condições de Pagamento" @@ -3477,7 +3544,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 msgid "Journal entries" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lançamentos de diário" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:103 msgid "" @@ -3721,7 +3788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Criar nova entrada" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" @@ -5703,7 +5770,7 @@ msgstr "12" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 msgid "$12" -msgstr "" +msgstr "$24" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 @@ -5955,7 +6022,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -7126,7 +7194,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Pagamentos" @@ -7157,7 +7224,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7268,11 +7335,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -7283,19 +7350,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -7306,18 +7373,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -7331,11 +7398,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -8327,6 +8394,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10928,7 +10996,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "Lista de verificação de fim de ano" @@ -11613,7 +11680,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11739,7 +11807,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introdução" @@ -12074,7 +12142,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" @@ -12504,8 +12572,8 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -12625,19 +12693,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12648,24 +12728,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12673,7 +12753,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12685,18 +12765,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12704,14 +12784,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12719,18 +12799,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12738,7 +12818,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12746,7 +12826,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12759,14 +12839,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12776,7 +12856,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12788,14 +12868,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12805,18 +12885,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12829,24 +12909,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12855,14 +12935,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15771,7 +15851,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Taiwan - Contabilidade" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 msgid ":doc:`Thailand - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/thailand>`" @@ -15816,12 +15896,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15841,14 +15921,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15861,8 +15943,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15870,6 +15952,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15881,14 +15966,17 @@ msgstr "Nome" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15900,8 +15988,8 @@ msgstr "Nome técnico" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15909,6 +15997,9 @@ msgstr "Nome técnico" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15976,7 +16067,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -16023,7 +16115,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17525,7 +17617,7 @@ msgstr "Austrália" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:8 msgid "Employment Hero Australian Payroll" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Folha de pagamento australiana - Employment Hero" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:10 msgid "" @@ -18153,7 +18245,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Faturamento eletrônico" @@ -18167,7 +18260,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18625,8 +18718,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18656,15 +18749,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18817,7 +18910,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18872,9 +18965,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produtos" @@ -18928,7 +19024,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contatos" @@ -19038,8 +19136,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "Fluxo de Trabalho" @@ -19184,7 +19282,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -19324,7 +19424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Relatórios Financeiros" @@ -19339,6 +19439,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Multimoedas" @@ -20574,421 +20675,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colômbia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Ponto de Venda" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configuração da empresa" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificação" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Usuários" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Existem três tipos de documentos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"** Fatura de Importação **: Deve ser selecionado para transações de " -"importação." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Depois disto:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erros comuns" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Casos de uso adicionais" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20996,40 +21343,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -21061,52 +21398,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -21117,15 +21460,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -21134,14 +21477,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -21149,23 +21492,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -21173,26 +21516,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -21200,59 +21543,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -21263,7 +21606,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -21271,11 +21614,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -21283,7 +21626,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -21294,88 +21637,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -21388,45 +21731,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -21437,32 +21780,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -21474,7 +21817,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -21482,20 +21825,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21505,29 +21848,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21535,18 +21878,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21556,45 +21899,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21606,18 +21949,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21625,7 +21968,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21635,50 +21978,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21686,11 +22029,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21701,24 +22044,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21726,27 +22069,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21754,26 +22097,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21782,11 +22125,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21795,21 +22138,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21818,13 +22161,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21833,18 +22176,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21852,17 +22195,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21872,46 +22215,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Fatura de fornecedor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21919,7 +22262,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21928,79 +22271,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -22010,17 +22353,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -22028,7 +22371,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -22036,7 +22379,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -22046,7 +22389,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -22054,13 +22397,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -22068,32 +22411,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -22104,11 +22447,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -22142,6 +22485,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25453,7 +25806,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Itália - Estoque DDT" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" @@ -25652,7 +26005,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -26468,7 +26820,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26641,195 +26993,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "México" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Pré-requisitos" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Módulos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26838,2304 +27282,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "Certificado e chave" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Empresa" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Condições de Pagamento" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Baixar Pagamentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "Adicionar nota de crédito da fatura" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "Adicionar nota de crédito" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Criar uma nota de crédito" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Cancelar o pagamento" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "Adicionar nota de crédito para desconto" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "Antes de 72 horas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "Cancelar entrada de diário" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "Após 72 horas" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" -msgstr "Cancelar Faturas Pagas" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" -msgstr "Cancelar fatura paga" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Período anterior" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 -msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Relatório DIOT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balancete" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Relatório DIOT (requer aplicativo de contabilidade)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 msgid "DIOT report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Trabalho em progresso**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "** Empréstimos **." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "Processo de Fechamento Contábil" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Recursos extras recomendados" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Habilitando erros explícitos no CFDI usando o validador local XSD (CFDI 3.3)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Vá para :menu de seleção:' Configurações --> Técnicas --> Ações --> Ações do" -" Servidor'" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Procure a ação chamada \"Baixar arquivos XSD para CFDI\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Clique no botão \"Criar Ação Contextual\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Vá para o formulário da empresa :seleção de menus:'Configurações --> " -"Usuários & Empresas --> Empresas'" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Abra qualquer empresa que você tenha." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Clique em \"Ação\" e depois em \"Baixar arquivo XSD para CFDI\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Agora você pode fazer uma fatura com qualquer erro (por exemplo, um produto " -"sem código que é bastante comum) e um erro explícito será mostrado em vez de" -" um genérico sem explicação." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Se você ver um erro como este:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Vá até a empresa onde ocorreu o erro." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Mensagem de erro**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "``CCE159``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "``CCE209``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -29210,7 +28957,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -30311,6 +30060,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Empresa" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30551,7 +30304,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:21 msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Arábia Saudita - Faturamento eletrônico" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:22 msgid "`l10n_sa_edi`" @@ -30683,10 +30436,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " @@ -34788,7 +34537,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 msgid "European Union" -msgstr "" +msgstr "União Europeia" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 47d599c56..f776ef746 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -11,18 +11,18 @@ # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Marcos Rodrigues, 2023 -# Layna Nascimento, 2023 -# adrianojprado <adrianojprado@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Adriano Prado <adrianojprado@gmail.com>, 2023 # Kevilyn Rosa, 2023 +# Layna Nascimento, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Kevilyn Rosa, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2400,495 +2400,944 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Modelos de E-mail" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modelos de e-mail" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"Todos sabemos que escrever bons e-mails é vital para obter uma alta taxa de " -"resposta, mas você não quer rees reescrever sempre a mesma estrutura, não é " -"mesmo? É aí que entram os modelos de e-mails. Sem a necessidade de " -"reescrever toda a estrutura de e-mail toda vez, você economiza tempo para se" -" concentrar no conteúdo. Vários modelos também permitem que você entregue a " -"mensagem certa para o público certo, melhorando sua experiência geral com a " -"empresa." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Nenhum Erro" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "Exportar e importar dados" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2c7a7610d..39d9b8817 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -5,7 +5,6 @@ # # Translators: # Claudecir Garcia Martins, 2023 -# Mateus Lopes <mateus1@gmail.com>, 2023 # Marcel Savegnago <marcel.savegnago@gmail.com>, 2023 # Juliene Gomes <juliene_faria@hotmail.com>, 2023 # Luis Gustavo Almeida <luis.gustavo@kmee.com.br>, 2023 @@ -13,17 +12,17 @@ # Guilherme Lindner <lindner.guilherme@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # grazziano <grazziano.do+transifex@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Layna Nascimento, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Layna Nascimento, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -35,49 +34,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "Inventário & MRP" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Inventário" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Inventário** é um aplicativo de inventário e um sistema de " -"gerenciamento de armazém, com um aplicativo avançado de leitura de código de" -" barras. Aprenda como gerenciar lead times, automatizar reabastecimentos e " -"configurar rotas avançadas como drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriais Odoo: Inventário <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriais Odoo: Scanner de Código de Barras " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Códigos de Barras" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Operações Diárias" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "Processo para um ajuste de estoque com códigos de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " @@ -87,7 +70,7 @@ msgstr "" "precisa abrir o aplicativo *Código de Barras*. Em seguida, no aplicativo, " "clique em *Ajustes de estoque*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." @@ -95,7 +78,7 @@ msgstr "" "Para trabalhar totalmente com códigos de barras, você pode baixar a planilha" " *Comandos para Inventário*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " @@ -105,7 +88,7 @@ msgstr "" "automaticamente. Observe que, se você trabalha com vários locais, primeiro " "precisa especificar em qual local o ajuste de estoque ocorre." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." @@ -113,7 +96,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você não trabalha com múltiplos locais, poderá escanear os diferentes " "produtos que deseja incluir no ajuste de estoque." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." @@ -121,7 +104,7 @@ msgstr "" "Se você tiver 5 artigos idênticos, digitalize cinco vezes ou use o teclado " "para definir a quantidade." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " @@ -131,7 +114,7 @@ msgstr "" "manualmente um produto, se necessário. Para isso, clique em *Adicionar " "Produto* e preencha os dados manualmente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." @@ -139,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "" "Depois de escanear todos os itens do local, valide o inventário manualmente " "ou escaneie o código de barras *Validar*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -149,7 +132,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Visão Geral" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -164,11 +147,11 @@ msgstr "" "código de barras conterá o peso do produto e ajudará a calcular o preço de " "acordo." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Criar uma nomenclatura de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -176,7 +159,7 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." @@ -184,7 +167,7 @@ msgstr "" "Você pode criar uma nomenclatura de código de barras a partir daí e " "adicionar uma linha para criar sua primeira regra." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," @@ -194,7 +177,7 @@ msgstr "" "barras de peso com 3 casas decimais. Você então tem que especificar o tipo " "de nomenclatura do código de barras, no nosso caso será Produto Pesado." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -210,7 +193,7 @@ msgstr "" "produto e servem apenas para identificar o produto em questão. O “N” define " "um número e o “D” define os decimais." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." @@ -218,7 +201,7 @@ msgstr "" "A codificação permite especificar a codificação do código de barras na qual " "a regra deve ser aplicada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." @@ -227,15 +210,15 @@ msgstr "" "sequência. A primeira regra que corresponder ao código de barras escaneado " "será aplicada." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Configure o seu Produto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "O código de barras do produto deve começar por “21”;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" @@ -243,7 +226,7 @@ msgstr "" "Os 5 “pontos” são os demais números do código de barras do seu produto, " "permitindo identificar o produto;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" @@ -251,7 +234,7 @@ msgstr "" "O código de barras deve conter 0's onde você definiu D's ou N's. No nosso " "caso precisamos definir 5 zeros porque configuramos “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." @@ -259,7 +242,7 @@ msgstr "" "No EAN-13, o último número é um número de verificação, use um gerador EAN13 " "para saber qual dígito deve ser no seu caso." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -274,11 +257,11 @@ msgstr "" "1,5 kg. Para o ponto de venda também será calculado um preço em função da " "quantidade." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Tipos de Regra" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." @@ -286,7 +269,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Produto com Preço**: permite identificar o produto e especificar seu " "preço, utilizado no PDV." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -294,58 +277,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -355,28 +338,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -385,20 +368,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -406,7 +389,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -415,11 +398,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -435,13 +418,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -449,128 +432,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nome" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Nome da Regra" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Padrão de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produto" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Quantidade" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -595,7 +578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configuração" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -604,7 +587,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -615,7 +598,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -623,17 +606,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -643,29 +626,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -673,7 +656,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -683,7 +666,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -691,99 +674,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -791,18 +774,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -810,7 +793,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -821,15 +804,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -838,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -846,7 +829,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -854,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -870,24 +853,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -895,7 +878,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -904,7 +887,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -913,7 +896,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -921,11 +904,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -933,321 +916,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tipo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Tipo de conteúdo GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pacote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Produto unitário" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Embalagem" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Local de destino" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Local" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lote" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Data" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Data de validade" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Data de expiração" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Medida" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "Tipo de Embalagem" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Tipo de embalagem" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1255,17 +1238,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Recebimentos" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1273,24 +1256,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Ordens de Entrega" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1298,80 +1281,80 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Transferências Internas" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Definição" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configure seu leitor de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -1382,11 +1365,11 @@ msgstr "" "apropriada. Este guia o ajudará na tarefa de escolher e configurar o leitor " "de código de barras." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Encontre o leitor de código de barras que atende às suas necessidades" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1397,7 +1380,7 @@ msgstr "" "são o ** scanner USB **, ** o scanner bluetooth ** e o ** scanner de " "computador móvel ** ." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1409,7 +1392,7 @@ msgstr "" "Apenas certifique-se ao comprá-lo de que o scanner é compatível com o layout" " do seu teclado ou pode ser configurado para ser compatível." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1424,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" " possibilidade de verificar seu smartphone de vez em quando e usar o " "software 'manualmente'." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1443,15 +1426,15 @@ msgstr "" "variedade de modelos e configurações existentes no mercado, é fundamental " "testá-lo primeiro." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configure o seu leitor de código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Layout do teclado" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1464,11 +1447,11 @@ msgstr "" "por exemplo). A maioria dos leitores é configurada digitalizando o código de" " barras apropriado no manual do usuário." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Retorno automático do transporte" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1485,11 +1468,11 @@ msgstr "" "específico no manual do usuário ('sufixo CR ON', 'Aplicar Enter para " "sufixo', etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1498,41 +1481,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1540,32 +1523,61 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Inventário" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais Odoo: Inventário <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestão de Armazém" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1924,6 +1936,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -2014,55 +2027,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2776,7 +2925,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2960,7 +3109,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2974,15 +3123,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3139,7 +3288,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3185,11 +3334,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3197,13 +3346,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3217,7 +3366,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3225,11 +3374,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3238,7 +3387,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3246,14 +3395,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3262,7 +3411,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3272,7 +3421,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3280,17 +3429,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3298,24 +3447,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3323,26 +3472,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3355,7 +3504,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3363,62 +3512,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3428,11 +3577,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3442,7 +3591,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3452,7 +3601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3461,14 +3610,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3477,7 +3626,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3488,17 +3637,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3508,7 +3657,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3516,14 +3665,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3531,7 +3680,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3540,7 +3689,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3549,7 +3698,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3557,11 +3706,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3570,14 +3719,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3588,7 +3737,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3603,32 +3752,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3637,7 +3786,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3649,7 +3798,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3664,187 +3813,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operações Diversas" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Criar pedido pendente" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8463,8 +8820,8 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Rotas Avançadas" +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" @@ -11993,35 +12350,31 @@ msgstr "" "com a chave de acesso será enviado ao endereço de e-mail do contato " "principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Fabricação" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Manutenção" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -12031,7 +12384,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -12040,11 +12393,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -12052,20 +12405,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -12074,7 +12427,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -12083,14 +12436,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -12099,91 +12452,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -12191,22 +12544,49 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Fabricação" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriais Odoo: Scanner de Código de Barras " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" -msgstr "Gestão de fabricação" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Crie uma lista de materiais" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -12214,31 +12594,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -12246,13 +12626,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -12268,24 +12648,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -12299,11 +12679,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12312,7 +12692,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12323,7 +12703,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12335,11 +12715,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12347,14 +12727,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12365,6 +12745,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Saiba mais" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12558,6 +13055,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13827,375 +14648,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Compra" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -16180,3 +16641,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Qualidade" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 8c2ec0282..e59422531 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Maitê Dietze, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -2180,7 +2180,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2428,11 +2428,486 @@ msgstr "" "driver seja selecionado para essas impressoras." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2441,20 +2916,20 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Os caracteres lidos pelo leitor de código de barras não correspondem ao " "código de barras" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2462,11 +2937,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Nada acontece quando um código de barras é escaneado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2475,18 +2950,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "O leitor de código de barras é detectado como um teclado" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2497,11 +2972,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2945,17 +3420,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3173,6 +3646,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 3f990c684..b86e9c95a 100644 --- a/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/pt_BR/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese (Brazil) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/pt_BR/)\n" @@ -2243,10 +2243,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "Windows 10 e SO Linux" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Gerar um certificado auto-assinado" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2258,10 +2260,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "Página de aviso no Google Chrome, Windows 10" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2269,6 +2273,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2280,6 +2285,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2288,10 +2294,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "Exportar um certificado auto-assinado" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2302,10 +2310,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "Se você estiver usando o **Google Chrome**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2316,16 +2326,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2333,6 +2346,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "salve, e o certificado será exportado." @@ -2344,14 +2359,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "Se você estiver usando o **Mozilla Firefox**," #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2362,10 +2380,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "Botão conexão não é seguro no navegador Mozilla Firefox" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" @@ -2481,8 +2501,10 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" -msgstr "Para proteger a conexão em um Mac:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 msgid "" @@ -2503,35 +2525,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "SO Android" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "abra as configurações e procure por `certificado`;" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "selecione o arquivo de certificado para instalá-lo no dispositivo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -2539,18 +2653,18 @@ msgid "" "engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "Verifique se o certificado foi importado corretamente" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -4976,14 +5090,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 @@ -5819,7 +5933,7 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 70b8f3d9d..7ea140118 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -10,17 +10,17 @@ # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Lyall Kindmurr, 2023 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ msgstr "Pentru a afișa doar bazele de date cu nume care încep cu 'mycompany'" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -471,8 +471,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "Exemplu de configurare" @@ -610,75 +610,79 @@ msgstr "Server integrat" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" -"Odoo include servere HTTP integrate, folosind fie multithreading, fie " -"multiprocessing." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -"Pentru utilizare în producție, este recomandat să se folosească un server " -"multiprocessing deoarece crește stabilitatea, folosește mai eficient " -"resursele de calcul și poate fi mai bine monitorizat și restricționat la " -"resurse." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -"Multiprocessing este activat prin configurarea :option:`unui număr non-zero " -"de procese worker <odoo-bin --workers>`, numărul de procese worker trebuie " -"să fie bazat pe numărul de nuclee al mașii (posibil cu puțin spațiu pentru " -"procese cron în funcție de cât de multe sunt prevazute)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" -"Limitele proceselor worker pot fi configurate în funcție de configurația " -"hardware-ului pentru a evita epuizarea resurselor" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "modulul multiprocessing nu este disponibil în prezent pe Windows" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" msgstr "Calculul numărului de procese worker" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "Regulă de bază: (#CPU * 2) + 1" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "Procesele cron au nevoie de CPU" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "1 proces worker ~= 6 utilizatori concurenți" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "Calculul dimensiunii memoriei" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" "Considerăm că 20% din cererile sunt cereri grele, în timp ce 80% sunt simple" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" @@ -687,7 +691,7 @@ msgstr "" "cererile SQL sunt bine proiectate, ... este estimat să consume aproximativ " "1GB de RAM" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" @@ -695,7 +699,7 @@ msgstr "" "Un proces worker mai ușor, în același scenariu, este estimat să consume " "aproximativ 150MB de RAM" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" @@ -703,61 +707,41 @@ msgstr "" "RAM-ul necesar = #worker * ( (rata_worker_ușor * estimarea_ram_worker_ușor) " "+ (rata_worker_greu * estimarea_ram_worker_greu) )" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "LiveChat" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" -"În multiprocessing, un proces worker dedicat LiveChat este pornit automat și" -" ascultă pe :option:`portul gevent <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` dar clientul nu" -" se va conecta la el." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" -"În schimb, trebuie să aveți un proxy care redirecționează cererile ale căror" -" URL începe cu ``/websocket/`` la portul gevent. Alte cereri ar trebui să " -"fie redirecționate către :option:`portul HTTP normal <odoo-bin --http-port>`" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" -"Pentru a obține așa ceva, va trebui să implementați un reverse proxy pentru " -"Odoo, precum nginx sau apache. În acest caz, va trebui să redirecționați mai" -" multe antete http către Odoo, și să activați modulul proxy în configurația " -"Odoo pentru ca Odoo să citească aceste antete." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "Server cu 4 CPU, 8 Thread-uri" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" msgstr "60 de utilizatori concurenți" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" msgstr "" "60 de utilizatori / 6 = 10 <- numărul teoretic de procese worker necesare" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- numărul maxim teoretic de procese worker" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." @@ -766,19 +750,19 @@ msgstr "" "sistem de monitorizare pentru a măsura solicitarea pe CPU, și pentru a " "verifica dacă este între 7 și 7.5 ." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM pentru Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -792,7 +776,7 @@ msgstr "" " aproape oricărui proxy de terminare SSL, dar necesită următoarea " "configurare:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" @@ -801,15 +785,15 @@ msgstr "" "trebui să fie activat numai atunci când Odoo este în spatele unui reverse " "proxy" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "Configurați proxy-ul de terminare SSL (`Exemplu de terminare Nginx`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "Configurați proxy-ul în sine (`Exemplu de proxy Nginx`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" @@ -817,23 +801,23 @@ msgstr "" "Proxy-ul dvs. de terminare SSL ar trebui de asemenea să redirecționeze " "automat conexiunile nesecurizate către port" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "Redirecționați cererile http către https" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "Proxy request catre Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "în ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` setați:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "Odoo drept aplicație WSGI" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -849,7 +833,7 @@ msgstr "" "direct în :mod:`odoo.tools.config` în loc de prin linia de comandă sau un " "fișier de configurare." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " @@ -860,98 +844,53 @@ msgstr "" "mai controlează crearea mai multor procese worker, nu poate configura cron " "sau procese worker livechat" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "Procese worker Cron" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" -"Pentru a rula procese cron pentru o implementare Odoo ca o aplicație WSGI " -"este necesar" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "Un Odoo clasic (rulat prin intermediul ``odoo-bin``)" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -"Conectat la baza de date în care procesele cron trebuie să fie rulate (prin " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -"Care nu ar trebui să fie expus rețelei. Pentru a asigura că procesele cron " -"nu sunt accesibile prin rețea, este posibil să dezactivați complet serverul " -"HTTP încorporat cu :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` sau setarea ``http_enable = " -"False`` în fișierul de configurare" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" -"Al doilea sub-sistem problematic pentru implementări WSGI este LiveChat: " -"unde majoritatea conexiunilor HTTP sunt relativ scurte și eliberează rapid " -"procesul worker pentru următoarea cerere, LiveChat necesită o conexiune " -"lungă pentru fiecare client pentru a implementa notificări aproape în timp " -"real." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." -msgstr "" -"Acest lucru este în conflict cu modelul de bază a proceselor worker, " -"deoarece va atașa procesele worker și va împiedica utilizatorii noi să " -"acceseze sistemul. Cu toate acestea, aceste conexiuni lungi nu fac prea mult" -" și majoritatea rămân în pauză, așteptând notificări." #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -"Soluțiile pentru a sprijini livechat/motifications într-o aplicație WSGI " -"sunt:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" -"Implementați o versiune Odoo cu thread-uri (în loc de o versiune bazată pe " -"procese preforking) și redirecționați doar cererile către URL-urile care " -"încep cu ``/websocket/`` către acest Odoo, acesta este cel mai simplu mod și" -" URL-ul websocket poate fi dublat ca instanță cron." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" -"Implementați un Odoo cu event-uri prin intermediul ``odoo-gevent`` și cereri" -" proxy care încep cu ``/websocket/`` la :option:`portul gevent <odoo-bin " -"--gevent-port>`." - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "Transmitera fișierelor statice și atașamente" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -963,11 +902,11 @@ msgstr "" "punct de vedere al performanței, iar fișierele statice ar trebui să fie " "servite de un server HTTP static." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "Transmiterea fișierelor statice" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -979,7 +918,7 @@ msgstr "" "tuturor cererilor către :samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, și căutarea " "modulului (și fișierului) potrivit în calea variabilă a addon-urilor." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " @@ -989,8 +928,8 @@ msgstr "" "pentru Comunitate și Enterprise și :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin " "--addons-path>` este ``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." @@ -998,7 +937,7 @@ msgstr "" "Utilizând configurația de mai sus NGINX (https), următorul bloc de locație " "trebuie adăugat pentru a accesa fișierele statice prin intermediul NGINX." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -1007,7 +946,7 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " @@ -1017,11 +956,11 @@ msgstr "" "mai sus prezintă doar doua dintre configrările posibile, și nu pot fi " "folosite drept sine stătătoare." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "Transmiterea atașamentelor" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -1034,7 +973,7 @@ msgstr "" " baza de date pentru a determina unde sunt stocate fișierele și dacă " "utilizatorul curent poate accesa acestea sau nu." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -1058,7 +997,7 @@ msgstr "" "--x-sendfile>` flag-ul CLI (acest flag unic este utilizat atât pentru " "X-Sendfile cât și pentru X-Accel)." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." @@ -1066,7 +1005,7 @@ msgstr "" "Extensia X-Sendfile pentru apache (și serverele web compatibile) nu necesită" " nicio configurație suplimentară." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" @@ -1074,7 +1013,7 @@ msgstr "" "Extensia X-Accel pentru NGINX **are nevoie** de următoarea configurație " "suplimentară:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -1088,11 +1027,11 @@ msgstr "" "NGINX). Acest lucru înregistrează o avertizare, mesajul conține configurația" " de care aveți nevoie." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Securitate" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " @@ -1102,7 +1041,7 @@ msgstr "" "proces continuu, nu o operațiune unică. În orice moment, veți fi doar atât " "de sigur cât cel mai slab link din mediul dvs." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -1119,7 +1058,7 @@ msgstr "" "operare și distribuția, cele mai bune practici din punct de vedere al " "utilizatorilor, parolelor și managementului controlului accesului, etc." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" @@ -1127,7 +1066,7 @@ msgstr "" "Când implementați un server orientat către internet, vă rugăm să luați în " "considerare următoarele subiecte legate de securitate:" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " @@ -1137,7 +1076,7 @@ msgstr "" "accesul la paginile de administrare a bazei de date imediat ce sistemul este" " configurat. Vedeți :ref:`db_manager_security`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -1151,7 +1090,7 @@ msgstr "" "controlul/administrarea instalării. *Niciodată* nu utilizați parolele " "implicit ca admin/admin, chiar și pentru bazele de date de test/staging." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" @@ -1162,7 +1101,7 @@ msgstr "" "pot fi utilizate pentru a intra în sistemele dvs. și pot cauza probleme " "semnificative, chiar și pe sistemele de testare/dezvoltare." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -1178,7 +1117,7 @@ msgstr "" "lista de baze de date disponibile pentru a filtra, în loc să lăsați sistemul" " să le aducă toate din backend-ul bazei de date." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1194,7 +1133,7 @@ msgstr "" "bazelor de date (aceasta este expusă și ca opțiunea de linie de comandă " ":option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>`)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1208,7 +1147,7 @@ msgstr "" " ``postgres`` dacă folosiți un ``db_user`` non-privilegiat dedicat. Vedeți " "și :ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " @@ -1219,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" " recente versiuni de la https://www.odoo.com/page/download sau " "http://nightly.odoo.com" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." @@ -1228,7 +1167,7 @@ msgstr "" "potrivesc cu utilizarea tipică (memorie/CPU/timeout-uri). Vedeți și " ":ref:`builtin_server`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1244,7 +1183,7 @@ msgstr "" "timeout-uri adecvate, apoi activați opțiunea :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin " "--proxy-mode>`. Vedeți și :ref:`https_proxy`." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1261,7 +1200,7 @@ msgstr "" " doar IP-uri de încredere în firewall și / sau rulați un sistem de detectare" " a forței brute precum `fail2ban` sau un echivalent." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " @@ -1272,7 +1211,7 @@ msgstr "" "tip denial of service. Vedeți și :ref:`login_brute_force` pentru măsuri " "specifice." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " @@ -1282,7 +1221,7 @@ msgstr "" " Distributed Denial of Service (DDOS), dar aceasta este adesea un serviciu " "opțional, așa că ar trebui să vă consultați cu ei." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " @@ -1292,7 +1231,7 @@ msgstr "" "publicului pe mașini diferite de cele de producție. Și aplicați aceleași " "precauții de securitate ca și pentru producție." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1319,7 +1258,7 @@ msgstr "" "systemd.html>`_ poate fi de asemenea util pentru a implementa controlul de " "acces la rețea per-proces." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1346,7 +1285,7 @@ msgstr "" "servicii precum CloudFlare de obicei mențin o listă publică a gamelor lor de" " adrese IP pentru acest scop." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." @@ -1354,7 +1293,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă găzduiți mai mulți clienți, izolați datele și fișierele clienților unul" " de celălalt utilizând containere sau tehnici adecvate de \"jail\"." -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." @@ -1363,6 +1302,14 @@ msgstr "" "fișiere, și copiați-le pe un server de arhivare la distanță care nu este " "accesibil de la serverul în sine." +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "Blocarea atacurilor brute force" @@ -1909,34 +1856,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "Executați fișierul descărcat." -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2872,58 +2827,189 @@ msgstr "" "e-mailuri sigure și securizate prin Microsoft Outlook folosind " "autentificarea OAuth." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "Configurarea utilizatorilor multipli" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -"Trebuie să fie configurat un server separat pentru fiecare utilizator. " -":guilabel:`from-filter` trebuie să fie setat astfel încât să fie trimis doar" -" e-mailul utilizatorului de la acel server. În alte cuvinte, numai un " -"utilizator cu o adresă de e-mail care se potrivește cu setarea " -":guilabel:`from-filter` este capabil să utilizeze acest server." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -"După setarea :guilabel:`from-filter`, configurați un cont de e-mail de " -"rezervă pentru a permite trimiterea de :guilabel:`notificări`. Contul de " -"e-mail de rezervă trebuie să fie configurat ca un :guilabel:`general " -"transactional server`. :guilabel:`mail.default.from` parametrul de sistem " -"trebuie să fie setat la :guilabel:`username` al contului de server " -"tranzacțional general. Pentru mai multe informații, consultați " -":ref:`Utilizați o adresă de e-mail implicită <email_communication/default>`." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" -":guilabel:`Parametrii de sistem` pot fi accesate prin activarea " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` în meniul " -":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Parametri --> Parametri de sistem`." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Configurare" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Parametri sistem" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 msgid "Configure incoming email server" msgstr "Configurați serverul de e-mail de intrare" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " @@ -2943,7 +3029,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Acum :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` contul. " "Contul ar trebui să fie gata să primească e-mailuri în baza de date Odoo." -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" @@ -5081,6 +5167,17 @@ msgstr "" "Pentru mai multe informații, consultați :ref:`Utilizarea unei adrese de " "email implicită <email_communication/default>`." +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" +":guilabel:`Parametrii de sistem` pot fi accesate prin activarea " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` în meniul " +":menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> Parametri --> Parametri de sistem`." + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -6162,7 +6259,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6170,13 +6267,6 @@ msgid "" "it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" " just extracted." msgstr "" -"Veți obține un dosar etichetat cu versiunea codului sursă, de exemplu " -"\"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", care conține un dosar \"odoo.egg-info\" și " -"directorul efectiv de cod sursă numit \"odoo\" (pentru Odoo 10 și mai " -"târziu) sau \"openerp\" pentru versiunile mai vechi. Puteți ignora dosarul " -"odoo.egg-info. Găsiți dosarul unde este implementată instalarea curentă și " -"înlocuiți-l cu dosarul mai nou \"odoo\" sau \"openerp\" care se afla în " -"arhiva pe care tocmai ați extras-o." #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -8023,10 +8113,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Configurare" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 729c6e6ca..9a28bf48d 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,23 +5,23 @@ # # Translators: # Fekete Mihai <mihai.fekete@forestandbiomass.ro>, 2023 -# Vacaru Adrian <adrian.vacaru@gmail.com>, 2023 # Emanuel Bruda, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023 # Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # Fenyedi Levente, 2023 +# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Vacaru Adrian <adrian.vacaru@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Fenyedi Levente, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Vacaru Adrian <adrian.vacaru@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -243,7 +243,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partener" @@ -565,7 +565,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -605,13 +604,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -884,6 +886,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -2178,171 +2181,235 @@ msgstr "Raportul de câștiguri/pierderi de valutare neîncasate după ajustare. msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "Reconciliere bancară" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Prezentare generală" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"Potrivirea extrasele bancare cu înregistrările contabile poate fi o sarcină " -"obositoare. Trebuie să găsiți facturile corespunzătoare, să comparați sumele" -" și detaliile partenerilor cu cele din extrasele bancare. Acești pași pot " -"lua mult timp. Cu noroc, cu Odoo puteți potrivi foarte ușor facturile sau " -"orice alt document de plată cu extrasele bancare." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Există două opțiuni de proces de reconciliere în Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "Putem specifica direct plata pe factură" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "Putem reconcilia facturile deschise cu extrasele bancare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"Nu este necesară nicio configurare specială pentru înregistrarea facturilor." -" Tot ce trebuie să facem este să instalăm aplicația contabilă." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Cazuri de utilizare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Caz 1: Înregistrarea plăților" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -"Am primit dovada plății facturii noastre în valoare de 2100 de euro emisă " -"către Smith & Co." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" -"Începem cu factura emisă de 2100 de euro pentru Smith & Co. Deoarece " -"produsul vândut este un serviciu, cerem o plată imediată. Contabilul nostru " -"gestionează doar extrasele bancare la sfârșitul săptămânii, așa că trebuie " -"să marcam această factură ca plată imediată pentru a indica că putem începe " -"să prestăm servicii clienților noștri." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" -"Clientul nostru ne trimite o confirmare de plată. Astfel, putem înregistra o" -" plată și marca factura ca plată." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Prin apăsarea pe **înregistrați plata**, înregistrăm în Odoo că clientul " -"nostru a plătit factura. Astfel, trebuie să specificăm suma și metoda de " -"plată." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Acum, putem găsi întotdeauna detaliile plății în factura apăsând pe " -":menuselection:`Info --> Deschideți plata`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "Factura a fost plătită și **reconcilierea a fost făcută automat.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Caz 2: Reconcilierea extrasele bancare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" -"Începem cu factura emisă de 3000 de euro pentru Smith & Co. Să presupunem de" -" asemenea că alte facturi sunt deschise pentru clienți diferiți." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" -"Primim extrasele bancare și descoperim că nu numai factura emisă către Smith" -" & Co a fost plătită, ci și una către Buzz de 92 de euro." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" -"** Importați ** sau ** Creați ** extrasele bancare. Vă rugăm să consultați " -"documentele din secțiunea Fluxuri Bancare." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "Pe tabloul de bord, faceți clic pe **Reconciliați # Elemente**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" -"Dacă totul a fost bine (numele partenerului corect, suma corectă) Odoo va " -"face reconcilierea **automat**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "Dacă sunt găsite probleme, va trebui să aplicați **acțiuni manuale**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" -"De exemplu, dacă partenerul lipsește din extrasele bancare, doar completați " -"în:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" -"Dacă plata este efectuată cu o avansare, verificați doar dacă este totul în " -"regulă și validați toate plățile asociate:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Tranzacții" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "Modele de reconciliere" @@ -2605,10 +2672,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Tranzacții" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2778,7 +2841,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "Facturi client" @@ -2839,7 +2903,7 @@ msgstr "" "o factură ciornă de către personalul depozitului." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "Creare factura" @@ -3059,7 +3123,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3472,7 +3537,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Termeni de plată:" @@ -6560,7 +6624,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -7855,7 +7920,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Plăți" @@ -7894,7 +7958,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -8019,11 +8083,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -8034,19 +8098,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -8057,18 +8121,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -8082,11 +8146,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -9230,6 +9294,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -12055,7 +12120,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -12740,7 +12804,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -12848,7 +12913,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Introducere" @@ -13138,7 +13203,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -13570,8 +13635,8 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -13689,19 +13754,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -13712,24 +13789,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -13737,7 +13814,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -13749,18 +13826,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -13768,14 +13845,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -13783,18 +13860,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -13802,7 +13879,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -13810,7 +13887,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -13823,14 +13900,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -13840,7 +13917,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -13852,14 +13929,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -13869,18 +13946,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -13893,24 +13970,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -13919,14 +13996,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -17164,12 +17241,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -17191,14 +17268,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "Module instalate" @@ -17213,8 +17292,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -17222,6 +17301,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -17233,14 +17315,17 @@ msgstr "Nume" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -17252,8 +17337,8 @@ msgstr "Nume tehnic" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -17261,6 +17346,9 @@ msgstr "Nume tehnic" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -17334,7 +17422,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configurați compania dvs." @@ -17385,7 +17474,7 @@ msgstr "Selectați pachetul de localizare fiscală." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "Configurați datele principale" @@ -19772,7 +19861,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Facturare Electronică" @@ -19786,7 +19876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -20244,8 +20334,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -20275,15 +20365,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -20436,7 +20526,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -20491,9 +20581,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Produse" @@ -20547,7 +20640,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Contacte" @@ -20657,8 +20752,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -20814,7 +20909,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -20996,7 +21093,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Rapoarte financiare" @@ -21013,6 +21110,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "Parametrii rapoartelor fiscale." #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "Valută multiplă" @@ -22586,423 +22684,667 @@ msgstr "Parametrii necesari pentru a genera raportul Formularul F29" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Columbia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Punct de vânzare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "Configureaza credentialele pentru serviciul web Carvajal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Configurarea companiei" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configurati datele necesare in XML" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identificare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Structura fiscala (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Utilizatori" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Suntem trei tipuri de documente:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: Acesta trebuie sa fie selectat pentru " -"tranzactiile de import." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Validare factura" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Recipisa legala XML si PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "După aceasta:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -"Un fisier ZIP care contine XML-ul legal si PDF-ul este descarcat si afisat " -"in chatter-ul facturii:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Erori comune" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Cazuri de utilizare suplimentare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -23010,40 +23352,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -23075,52 +23407,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -23131,15 +23469,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -23148,14 +23486,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -23163,23 +23501,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -23187,26 +23525,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -23214,59 +23552,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -23277,7 +23615,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -23285,11 +23623,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -23297,7 +23635,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -23308,88 +23646,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -23402,45 +23740,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -23451,32 +23789,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -23488,7 +23826,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -23496,20 +23834,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -23519,29 +23857,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -23549,18 +23887,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -23570,45 +23908,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -23620,18 +23958,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -23639,7 +23977,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -23649,50 +23987,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -23700,11 +24038,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -23715,24 +24053,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -23740,27 +24078,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -23768,26 +24106,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -23796,11 +24134,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -23809,21 +24147,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -23832,13 +24170,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -23847,18 +24185,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -23866,17 +24204,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -23886,46 +24224,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Factură furnizor" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -23933,7 +24271,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -23942,79 +24280,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -24024,17 +24362,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -24042,7 +24380,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -24050,7 +24388,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -24060,7 +24398,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -24068,13 +24406,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -24082,32 +24420,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -24118,11 +24456,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -24156,6 +24494,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -27599,7 +27947,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -28415,7 +28762,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -28588,195 +28935,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexic" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Cerințe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Module" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -28785,2295 +29224,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Companie" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Termene plată" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Avansuri" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Adaugă o notă de credit" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Balanța de verificare" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -31146,7 +30897,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -32247,6 +32000,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Companie" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -32619,10 +32376,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index c4d56b9b0..70dce1455 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2669,654 +2669,943 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Șabloane de e-mail" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Modele Email" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"Știm toți că scrierea unor e-mailuri bune este vitală pentru a obține un " -"rata mare de răspuns, dar nu doriți să rescrieți aceeași structură de " -"fiecare dată, nu? Acesta este locul unde șabloanele de e-mail vin în ajutor." -" Fără nevoia de a rescrie întreaga structură de e-mail de fiecare dată, " -"economisiți timp pentru a vă concentra pe conținut. Șabloanele multiple vă " -"permit de asemenea să livrați mesajul potrivit publicului potrivit, " -"îmbunătățindu-le astfel experiența generală cu compania." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -"Șabloanele de e-mail utilizează QWeb. Compozitorul vă permite să editați " -"e-mailuri în forma lor finală, făcând personalizările mai robuste deoarece " -"nu trebuie să editați codul." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "Definirea unui șablon de email de răspuns implicit" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" -"Deși câmpul *răspunde la* este disponibil în șabloanele de e-mail, **acest " -"câmp este utilizat doar pentru modul de e-mail de masă** (aceasta înseamnă " -"când trimiteți șabloane pe ceea ce numim e-mailing în bloc). Puteți trimite " -"e-mailuri în bloc în aproape toate aplicațiile care au o vizualizare a " -"listei. Selectați înregistrările pe care doriți să le trimiteți și faceți " -"clic pe butonul de acțiune. Dacă aveți o opțiune pentru a trimite un e-mail," -" veți vedea un compozitor de e-mail cu posibile valori pentru a defini:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -"Compozitor în modul de e-mail de masă după selectarea mai multor oferte." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "De asemenea, puteți să le definiți implicit pe șablon:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "Câmpul ”răspunde la” din șablon." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"Din acest motiv, setarea unei valori în acest câmp este inutilă deoarece " -"valoarea definită va fi complet ignorată. Valoarea implicită *răspunde la* " -"este adresa de e-mail implicită pentru a asigura o comunicare între clientul" -" dvs. și baza de date Odoo. Pentru mai multe informații despre modul în care" -" funcționează catchall, consultați: :ref:`cum să gestionați mesajele de " -"intrare <email_communication/inbound_messages>`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "" -"Emailuri transacționale și URL-ul corespunzător pentru fiecare companie" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -"Când utilizați Odoo, mai multe evenimente declanșează trimiterea de " -"e-mailuri automate. Aceste e-mailuri sunt cunoscute sub numele de e-mailuri " -"transacționale și uneori conțin link-uri care indică baza de date Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, link-urile generate de baza de date utiliză cheia " -"web.base.url din parametrii de sistem. Mai multe informații despre acest " -":ref:`parametru <domain-name/web-base-url>`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -"Dacă aplicația website nu este instalată, cheia web.base.url va fi " -"întotdeauna parametrul implicit utilizat pentru a genera toate link-urile." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"Este important să știți că această cheie poate avea doar o singură valoare, " -"ceea ce înseamnă că într-o mediu multi-website/companie, chiar dacă aveți un" -" nume de domeniu specific pentru fiecare website, link-urile generate pentru" -" a partaja un document sau într-un e-mail transacțional pot rămâne aceleași," -" indiferent de website/companie legate de trimiterea " -"e-mailului/documentului." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"Acest lucru nu este întotdeauna adevărat deoarece unele aplicații Odoo au un" -" link stabilit în baza de date cu aplicația website, ceea ce înseamnă că în " -"acest caz, dacă un domeniu specific este definit pentru website-uri, URL-ul " -"generat în șablonul de e-mail va utiliza domeniul definit pe website-ul " -"corespunzător companiei." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"Un document partajat utilizând aplicația documente va utiliza întotdeauna " -"cheia web.base.url, deoarece documentul partajat nu este asociat cu nici un " -"website anume. Ceea ce înseamnă că URL-ul va fi întotdeauna același (cheia " -"web.base.url), indiferent de compania din care este partajat, aceasta este o" -" limitare cunoscută!" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -"De altfel, comenzile de vânzări făcute de un client pe unul dintre website-" -"urile dvs. Odoo e-commerce au un link stabilit cu website-ul de unde a fost " -"comanda a fost făcută. Ca rezultat, e-mailul trimis pentru comenzile de " -"vânzări utilizează numele de domeniu definit pentru website-ul corespunzător" -" pentru a genera link-urile." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -"Pentru mai multe informații despre cum să configurați domeniile, vă invităm " -"să verificați :doc:`documentația noastră despre numele de " -"domeniu</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "Actualizarea traducerilor în șabloanele de e-mail" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -"Șabloanele de e-mail sunt traduse automat. Modificarea traducerilor nu ar " -"trebui să fie necesară. Cu toate acestea, dacă pentru o anumită motiv vreți " -"să modificați unele dintre traducerile, acest lucru poate fi făcut." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -"La fel ca orice modificare în cod, țineți minte că modificările care nu sunt" -" făcute corect (de exemplu modificările care duc la o sintaxă greșită) pot " -"strica șablonul, ca rezultat, șablonul va apărea gol." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." -msgstr "Pentru a edita traducerile, urmați acești pași din șablon." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" -msgstr "Faceți clic pe butonul de editare, apoi pe butonul de limbă" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "Editați limba unui șablon" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 -msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -"O fereastră pop-up cu diferitele limbi instalate în baza de date va fi " -"afișată. De aici, editarea traducerilor va fi posibilă. Nu uitați să apăsați" -" butonul de salvare pentru a păstra modificările." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 +msgid "" +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" -"Traducerea corpului șablonului de aplicație în diferitele limbi instalate." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "Întrebări frecvente" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -"Acest document conține o explicație a celor mai frecvente probleme de " -"e-mailing." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" -"Vom începe prin a aborda problemele e-mailurilor de ieșire (de exemplu, " -"clientul meu nu a primit e-mailul meu), apoi, ale e-mailurile de intrare (de" -" exemplu, nu primesc răspunsuri de la clienții mei în baza de date)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "E-mailuri de ieșire" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "Ce trebuie să verificați dacă e-mailul dvs. nu este trimis?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -"Primul indicator care vă arată că e-mailul nu a fost trimis este plicul roșu" -" lângă data și ora mesajului." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" -msgstr "Plic roșu afișat în jurnal" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "Mesaje de eroare comune" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "Ați atins limita zilnică:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "Avertisment în Odoo privind atingerea limitei de e-mailuri" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -"Fiecare furnizor de servicii de e-mail are propriile limite de trimitere a " -"e-mailurilor. Limitele pot fi zilnice, pe oră, și uneori chiar pe minut. " -"Acesta este același caz și pentru Odoo, trebuie să limităm clienții noștri " -"pentru a preveni ca serverele noastre de e-mail să fie adăugate la lista " -"neagră." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "Iată limitele implicite pentru bazele de date noi:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "" -"200 de e-mailuri pe zi pentru bazele de date Odoo Online și Odoo.sh cu o " -"abonament activ," - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 -msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" -"În cazul migrării, limita zilnică poate fi resetată la 50 de e-mailuri pe " -"zi." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "În cazul în care atingeți limita, puteți:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" -"Cereți echipei noastre de asistență să crească limita zilnică. Vom analiza " -"situația bazei de date în funcție de (lista neexhaustivă):" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "Câte utilizatori sunt în baza de date," +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "Ce aplicații sunt instalate," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"Rata de respingere: procentul de adrese de e-mail care nu au primit " -"e-mailurile dvs. deoarece au fost returnate de un server de e-mail pe calea " -"către destinatarul final. Puteți contacta `suportul " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" -"Folosiți propriul server de e-mail de ieșire pentru a fi independent de " -"limita de e-mail a Odoo (vedeți :doc:`documentația corespunzătoare " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"Așteptați până la ora 23:00 UTC pentru resetare și apăsați butonul de " -"reîncercare: :ref:`Modul dezvoltator <developer-mode>` trebuie activat. " -"Apoi, mergeți la :menuselection:`Setări --> Tehnic --> E-mailuri`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "Butonul de reîncercare a e-mailurilor" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"Limita zilnică este globală pentru baza de date și poate crește rapid! În " -"mod implicit, un mesaj intern, o notificare, o notă, etc. se numără ca un " -"e-mail în limita zilnică dacă notifică pe cineva." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"Puteți atenua acest lucru printr-o primire a :ref:`notificărilor în Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` în loc de e-mailuri." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "Eroare SMTP" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" -"Puteți afla de ce un e-mail nu a fost transmis cu succes prin examinarea " -"mesajelor de eroare Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP). SMTP este un " -"protocolcare descrie structura e-mailului și îl transmite pe Internet, iar " -"mesajele de eroaregenerate de serviciile de e-mail sunt instrumente utile " -"pentru diagnosticarea șirezolvarea problemelor de e-mail." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Nicio eroare" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -"Odoo nu este întotdeauna capabil să furnizeze informații despre motivul " -"eșecului. Diferiți furnizori implementează o politică personalizată a " -"e-mailurilor de respingere și nu este întotdeauna posibil pentru Odoo să o " -"interpretezecorect." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -"Dacă aveți acest problemă în mod repetat cu același client sau același " -"domeniu, nu ezitați să contactați `suportul Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ pentru ajutorîn găsirea unui motiv." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -"Notă: într-un astfel de caz, unul dintre cele mai comune motive este legat " -"de :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` și/sau :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configurare." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "De ce e-mailul meu este trimis târziu?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" -"Este posibil să se întâmple ca să programați o campanie de e-mailuri, dar nu" -" este trimis[ă] la timp. Știm că folosim un job întârziat pentru a trimite " -"e-mailuri pe care le considerămneurgente (conceptul de știri precum mailing " -"în masă, automatizarea marketingului,evenimente). Utilitatea sistemului " -"**cron** poate fi utilizată pentru a programa programele pentru a " -"rulaautomat la intervale predefinite. Folosim această politică pentru a " -"evita încărcareaserverelor de e-mail și pentru a prioritiza comunicarea." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 -msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -"E-mailurile considerate urgente (comunicarea de la o persoană la altaprecum " -"Comenzi de vânzări, Facturi, Comenzi de achiziție, etc.) sunt trimise " -"direct." #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "E-mail programat pentru a fi trimis mai târziu." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"În mod implicit, cronul de mailing în masă rulează la fiecare 60 de minute. " -"Deci, ar trebui să așteptațimaximum o oră înainte ca campania să fie trimisă" -" într-adevăr." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "E-mailuri de intrare" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" -"Când aveți o problemă cu e-mailurile de intrare, nu există o indicație în " -"sine în Odoo. Acesta este clientul care încearcă să contacteze o bază de " -"date care va primi o respingere (în majoritatea cazurilor 550: casuță " -"poștală indisponibilă)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "E-mailurile nu sunt primite" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "În funcție de platforma pe care o utilizați:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" -"Utilizatorii **Odoo.sh** pot găsi jurnalele lor live în " -"folderul:file:`~/logs/`." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" -"Folderul :file:`~/logs/` (preferabil accesat prin linia de comandă) al unui " -"Odoo.sh conține o listă de fișiere care conțin jurnalele bazei de date. " -"Fișierele jurnale sunt create zilnic la ora 5:00 AM UTC. Cele două zile " -"trecute nu sunt comprimate, în timp ce cele mai vechi sunt, pentru a câștiga" -" spațiu. Denumirea fișierelor pentru azi și ieri sunt :file:`odoo.log` și " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. Pentru următoarele, sunt denumite cu datele lor și " -"comprimate. Vedeți documentația Odoo.sh despre :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Utilizați comanda ``grep`` și ``zgrep`` (pentru cele comprimate) pentru a " -"căuta în fișiere." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" -"Utilizatorii **Odoo Online** nu vor avea acces la jurnalele lor. Cu toate " -"acestea, puteți contacta `Suportul Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , dacă" -" aveți o problemă recurentă cu același client sau domeniu." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "Obțineți ajutor de la suport" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"Pentru a obține ajutor eficient, vă rugăm să furnizați cât mai multe " -"informații posibil. Aici este o listă de ce poate fi util:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -"**EML** a e-mailului, care înseamnă *Electronic Mail*, este formatul de " -"fișier care conține toate informațiile tehnice necesare unei investigații. " -"Documentația propriului dvs. furnizori de e-mail vă poate ajuta cu privire " -"la cum să obțineți fișierele EML. Odată ce obțineți EML-ul e-mailului, " -"adăugarea acestuia în atașamentul tichetului dvs. este cea mai eficientă " -"modalitate pentru noi să investigăm. Suportul se va concentra în principal " -"pe probleme redundante." -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "Documentație Gmail <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "E-mailuri de intrare" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" -"`Documentație Outlook <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 -msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" msgstr "" -"Fluxul exact pe care îl urmați pentru a primi normal aceste e-mailuri în " -"Odoo. Aici sunt exemple de întrebări ale căror răspunsuri pot fi utile:" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "Este doar un răspuns de la un e-mail trimis din Odoo?" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "Utilizați un server de e-mail de intrare sau redirecționat?" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -"Puteți să ne furnizați un exemplu de e-mail care a fost corect " -"redirecționat?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "Răspunsuri la următoarele întrebări:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" -msgstr "" -"Este o problemă generică sau este specifică unui caz de utilizare? Dacă da, " -"care exact?" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" -"Funcționează conform așteptărilor? Dacă e-mailul este trimis folosind Odoo, " -"e-mailul de respingere ar trebui să ajungă la baza de date Odoo și să " -"afișeze :ref:`red envelope <red_envelop>`." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 3aca93186..54bca09f2 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -11,17 +11,17 @@ # Foldi Robert <foldirobert@nexterp.ro>, 2023 # Claudia Baisan, 2023 # Hongu Cosmin <cosmin513@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -33,49 +33,33 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "Stoc și Producție" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Stoc" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Cod de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Inventar** este atât o aplicație de inventar, cât și un sistem de " -"gestiune a depozitelor, cu o aplicație de scanare a codurilor de bare " -"avansată. Aflați cum să gestionați timpul de așteptare, cum să automatizați " -"reaprovizionarea și cum să configurați rute avansate, cum ar fi " -"dropshipping, cross-docks, etc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" -msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: Stoc <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -"`Tutoriale Odoo: Scanner de coduri de bare " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Coduri de bare" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Operațiuni zilnice" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "Procesează o ajustare de inventar cu coduri de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " @@ -85,7 +69,7 @@ msgstr "" " întâi să deschideți aplicația *Coduri de bare*. Apoi, din aplicație, faceți" " click pe *Ajustări de inventar*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." @@ -93,7 +77,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă doriți să lucrați în totalitate cu coduri de bare, puteți descărca " "foaia *Comenzi pentru inventar*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " @@ -103,7 +87,7 @@ msgstr "" " Notați că, dacă lucrați cu locații multiple, trebuie mai întâi să " "specificați în ce locație are loc ajustarea de inventar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." @@ -111,7 +95,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă nu lucrați cu locații multiple, veți putea scana diferite produse pe " "care doriți să le includeți în ajustarea de inventar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." @@ -119,7 +103,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă aveți 5 articole identice, scanați-le de 5 ori sau utilizați tastatura " "pentru a seta cantitatea." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " @@ -129,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "" "un produs manual, dacă este necesar. Pentru a face acest lucru, faceți clic " "pe *Adaugă produs* și completați manual informațiile." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." @@ -137,7 +121,7 @@ msgstr "" "Când ați scana toate articolele din locație, validați manual inventarul sau " "scanați codul de bare *Validează*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -147,7 +131,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Prezentare generală" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -162,11 +146,11 @@ msgstr "" "de bare va conține greutatea produsului și va ajuta la calcularea prețului " "conform." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Creați un nomenclator de coduri de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -179,7 +163,7 @@ msgstr "" "acest lucru, mergeți la :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> " "Nomenclator de coduri de bare`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." @@ -187,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr "" "Puteți crea un nomenclator de coduri de bare de acolo și apoi adăugați o " "linie pentru a crea prima regulă." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," @@ -197,7 +181,7 @@ msgstr "" "cu greutate de 3 zecimale. Apoi trebuie să specificați tipul pentru " "nomenclatura de coduri de bare, în cazul nostru va fi Produs cu greutate." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -213,7 +197,7 @@ msgstr "" "bare al produsului și sunt acolo doar pentru a identifica produsul în cauză." " „N” definește un număr și „D” definește zecimalele." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." @@ -221,7 +205,7 @@ msgstr "" "Încodarea permite să specificați codarea codului de bare pe care se va " "aplica regulă." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." @@ -230,15 +214,15 @@ msgstr "" "secvenței. Prima regulă care se potrivește cu codul de bare scanat va fi " "aplicată." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "Configurați produsul" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "Codul de bare al produsului ar trebui să înceapă cu “21”;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" @@ -246,7 +230,7 @@ msgstr "" "5 “puncte” sunt celelalte numere ale codului de bare ale produsului, care " "permit identificarea produsului;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" @@ -254,7 +238,7 @@ msgstr "" "Codul de bare ar trebui să conțină 0 unde ați definit D sau N. În cazul " "nostru trebuie să setați 5 zerouri deoarece am configurat “21…..{NNDDD}”;" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." @@ -262,7 +246,7 @@ msgstr "" "În EAN-13, ultimul număr este un număr de verificare, utilizați un generator" " EAN13 pentru a afla care ar trebui să fie cifra în cazul dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -277,11 +261,11 @@ msgstr "" " Kg. Pentru punctul de vânzare, un preț în funcție de cantitate va fi " "calculat." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "Tipuri de reguli" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." @@ -289,7 +273,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Produs cu preț**: permite să identificați produsul și să specificați " "prețul său, utilizat în POS." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -301,7 +285,7 @@ msgstr "" "de bare al reducerii, reducerea va fi aplicată pe prețul normal al " "produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " @@ -311,7 +295,7 @@ msgstr "" "greutatea sa, utilizat în ambele POS (în care prețul este calculat pe baza " "greutății) și în inventar." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." @@ -319,11 +303,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Client**: permite să identificați clientul, de exemplu utilizat cu " "programul de loialitate." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "**Casier**: permite să identificați casierul la intrarea în POS." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." @@ -331,7 +315,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Locație**: permite să identificați locația pe o transferare atunci când " "multi-locatia este activată." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." @@ -339,7 +323,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Pachet**: permite să identificați pachetele pe o transferare atunci când " "pachetele sunt activate." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." @@ -347,7 +331,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Card de credit**: nu necesită modificare manuală, există pentru datele " "modulelor Mercury." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." @@ -355,7 +339,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Produs unitar**: permite să identificați un produs atât pentru POS cât și " "transferuri." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." @@ -363,11 +347,11 @@ msgstr "" "Când modelul de cod de bare conține .*, înseamnă că poate conține orice " "număr de caractere, aceste caractere fiind orice număr." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -377,28 +361,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -407,20 +391,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -428,7 +412,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -437,11 +421,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -457,13 +441,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -471,128 +455,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Nume" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Numele regulii" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Șablon cod bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Produs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Cantitate" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Numărul lotului" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -617,7 +601,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -626,7 +610,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -637,7 +621,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -645,17 +629,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -665,29 +649,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -695,7 +679,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -705,7 +689,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -713,99 +697,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -813,18 +797,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -832,7 +816,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -843,15 +827,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -860,7 +844,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -868,7 +852,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -876,7 +860,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -892,24 +876,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -917,7 +901,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -926,7 +910,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -935,7 +919,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -943,11 +927,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -955,308 +939,308 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Tip conținut GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Pachet" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Unitate produs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Ambalare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Locația destinație" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Locatie" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Dată" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Consum înainte de" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Data expirării" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Măsurare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Tip pachet" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "Procesare transferuri" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "Transferuri simple" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." @@ -1264,7 +1248,7 @@ msgstr "" "Pentru a procesa o transferare din aplicația *Barcode*, primul pas este să " "mergeți la *Operațiuni*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " @@ -1274,7 +1258,7 @@ msgstr "" "tipul de operațiune corespunzător și selectând manual una pe care doriți să " "o introduceți, sau prin scanați codul de bare al transferării." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1286,7 +1270,7 @@ msgstr "" "toate produsele au fost scanate, puteți valida transferul pentru a continua " "cu mișcările de stoc." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." @@ -1294,11 +1278,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă aveți diferite locații de stocare în depozitul dvs., puteți adăuga pași" " suplimentari pentru diferitele tipuri de operațiuni." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Recepții" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1311,7 +1295,7 @@ msgstr "" " sau scanați codul de bare al locației pentru a face ca produsul să intre în" " o sublocație a locației principale." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." @@ -1319,11 +1303,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă doriți ca produsul să intre în WH/Stock în exemplul nostru, puteți " "scana pur și simplu următorul produs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Comenzi de livrare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " @@ -1333,7 +1317,7 @@ msgstr "" "de cea inițială setată pe transfer. Apoi, puteți începe să scanați produsele" " care sunt livrate din această locație specifică." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1345,7 +1329,7 @@ msgstr "" "comanda dvs. de livrare. Puteți trece de la una la alta prin intermediul " "butoanelor *Anterior* și *Următor*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." @@ -1354,11 +1338,11 @@ msgstr "" "pe *Următor* până când ajungeți la ultima pagină a transferului. Acolo, veți" " putea să-l validați." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Transferuri interne" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " @@ -1368,7 +1352,7 @@ msgstr "" "scanați locația sursă a produsului. Apoi, puteți scana produsul în sine, " "înainte de a trebui să scanați codul de bare al locației destinație." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." @@ -1376,11 +1360,11 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă sursa și destinația transferurilor interne sunt deja corecte, nu " "trebuie să le scanați." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "Transferuri cu produse urmărite" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" @@ -1388,7 +1372,7 @@ msgstr "" "Dacă lucrați cu produse urmărite de loturi/numere de serie, aveți două " "modalități de lucru:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" @@ -1398,7 +1382,7 @@ msgstr "" " puteți scana codul de bare al lotului/numărului de serie și Odoo va crește " "cantitatea de produs, setând lotul/numărul de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " @@ -1408,11 +1392,11 @@ msgstr "" "scanează mai întâi codul de bare al produsului, apoi codul de bare al " "lotului/numărului de serie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "Creați un transfer de la zero" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " @@ -1423,7 +1407,7 @@ msgstr "" "lucru, puteți descărca *Foaia de coduri de bare de stoc* de pe pagina de " "pornire a aplicației." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " @@ -1433,15 +1417,15 @@ msgstr "" "document. Apoi, un document gol va fi creat și veți putea scana produsele " "dvs. pentru a popula acesta." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Configurare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurați cititorul de coduri de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -1452,11 +1436,11 @@ msgstr "" " corespunzătoare. Această ghid va ajuta să treceți prin procesul de alegere " "și configurare a cititorului de coduri de bare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Găsiți cititorul de coduri de bare care se potrivește nevoilor dvs." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1466,7 +1450,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicațiile **Inventar** și **Scanning Barcode** din Odoo sunt **cititorul " "USB**, **cititorul bluetooth** și **cititorul de computer mobil**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1478,7 +1462,7 @@ msgstr "" " când cumpărați că cititorul este compatibil cu configurația tastaturii dvs." " sau poate fi configurat pentru a fi." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1493,7 +1477,7 @@ msgstr "" "depozit cu posibilitatea de a verifica smartphone-ul de când în când și de a" " utiliza software-ul 'manual'." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1512,15 +1496,15 @@ msgstr "" "cauza varietății de modele și configurații pe piață, este esențial să o " "testați încă de la început." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Configurați cititorul de coduri de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Configurația tastaturii" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1533,11 +1517,11 @@ msgstr "" " de exemplu). Majoritatea cititoarelor sunt configurate prin scanarea " "codului de bare corespunzător din manualul de utilizare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Returnare automată a caruselului" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1554,11 +1538,11 @@ msgstr "" "scanarea unui cod de bare specific din manualul de utilizare ('CR suffix " "ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "Activați codurile de bare în Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1572,7 +1556,7 @@ msgstr "" "lucrați mai eficient prin controlarea software-ului aproape exclusiv cu " "cititorul de coduri de bare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -1582,11 +1566,11 @@ msgstr "" " de bare (Barcode)* prin :menuselection:`Inventar --> Setări --> Scanner de " "coduri de bare`. După ce ați bifat funcția, puteți apăsa salvare." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "Setați codurile de bare ale produselor" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " @@ -1596,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "aplicației *Inventar*. Pentru a face acest lucru, mergeți la " ":menuselection:`Setări --> Configurați codurile de bare ale produselor`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." @@ -1604,7 +1588,7 @@ msgstr "" "Apoi, aveți posibilitatea de a atribui coduri de bare produselor direct la " "crearea formularului produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." @@ -1612,11 +1596,11 @@ msgstr "" "Aveți grijă să adăugați coduri de bare direct pe variantele produsului și nu" " pe produsul șablon. În caz contrar, nu veți putea să le diferențiați." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "Setați codurile de bare ale locațiilor" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1628,7 +1612,7 @@ msgstr "" "de bare ale locațiilor în :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> " "Locații`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." @@ -1636,32 +1620,54 @@ msgstr "" "Puteți imprima ușor codul de bare alocat locațiilor prin intermediul " "meniului *Printare*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "Formate de cod de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -"Majoritatea produselor de retail utilizează coduri de bare EAN-13. Ele nu " -"pot fi create fără o autorizație corespunzătoare. Trebuie să plătiți " -"Asociației Internaționale de Numărare a Articolelor o taxă în schimbul unei " -"secvențe de coduri EAN." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" -"În continuare, deoarece Odoo acceptă orice șir ca cod de bare, puteți defini" -" întotdeauna propriul format de cod de bare pentru utilizare internă." + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Stoc" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: Stoc <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Gestionarea depozitelor" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -2026,6 +2032,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -2118,79 +2125,192 @@ msgstr "Numărări ciclice" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -"În majoritatea companiilor, stocul este numărat o singură dată pe an. De " -"aceea, în mod implicit, după ce se face o corecție de inventar în Odoo, data" -" programată pentru următoarea numărare este stabilită pe 31 decembrie. Cu " -"toate acestea, pentru unele afaceri este critic să aibă o numărare exactă a " -"inventarului în orice moment." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -"Scopul numărărilor ciclice este de a menține nivelurile critice de stoc " -"exacte prin numărarea mai des în locații cheie." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -"În Odoo, numărările ciclice sunt bazate pe locație. Frecvența numărărilor " -"este definită de către locația de stocare. Pentru a activa locațiile de " -"stocare, accesați :menuselection:`Inventar --> Configurare --> Setări --> " -"Depozit` și activați setarea :guilabel:`Locații de stocare`. În continuare, " -"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." -msgstr "Activați locațiile de stocare în setările Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "Modificați frecvența inventarului" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" -"Pentru a modifica frecvența inventarului unei locații, mai întâi, accesați " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" -"Apoi, faceți clic pe o locație pentru a deschide setările locației.Apoi, " -"faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Editare`. În câmpul :guilabel:`Frecvența " -"inventarului (zile)`, setați numărul de zile. De exemplu, o locație care are" -" nevoie de o numărare a inventarului la fiecare 30 de zile ar seta valoarea " -":guilabel:`Frecvența inventarului (zile)` la `30`. După ce valoarea este " -"introdusă, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați` pentru a aplica setarea la " -"locație. Acum, odată ce o corecție de inventar este aplicată acestei " -"locații, data programată pentru următoarea numărare va fi setată automat în " -"funcție de numărul de zile din setarea :guilabel:`Frecvența inventarului " -"(zile)`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." -msgstr "Editeaza o locatie pentru a schimba frecventa de inventar." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" @@ -2908,7 +3028,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -3092,7 +3212,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -3106,15 +3226,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3271,7 +3391,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3317,11 +3437,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3329,13 +3449,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3349,7 +3469,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3357,11 +3477,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3370,7 +3490,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3378,14 +3498,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3394,7 +3514,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3404,7 +3524,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3412,17 +3532,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3430,24 +3550,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3455,26 +3575,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3487,7 +3607,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3495,62 +3615,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3560,11 +3680,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3574,7 +3694,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3584,7 +3704,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3593,14 +3713,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3609,7 +3729,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3620,17 +3740,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3640,7 +3760,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3648,14 +3768,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3663,7 +3783,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3672,7 +3792,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3681,7 +3801,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3689,11 +3809,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3702,14 +3822,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3720,7 +3840,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3735,32 +3855,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3769,7 +3889,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3781,7 +3901,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3796,251 +3916,396 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Operațiuni diverse" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "Procesează transferurile în lot" +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -"Transferuri in set, permite unui singur picker să gestioneze un set de " -"comenzi, reducând numărul vizitelor redundante pe care trebuie să-l facă la " -"aceeași locație. În Odoo, acest lucru înseamnă că puteți grupa mai multe " -"transferuri în același set de transfer, apoi procesați-l, fie prin " -"intermediul aplicației de bare coduri sau în vizualizarea formularului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Creați un transfer în lot" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Pentru a activa opțiunea de transfer în lot, mergeți la: menuselection: * " -"Inventar --> Configurare --> Configurare * și activați * Transferuri în lot " -"*." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a setărilor de inventar. Procesul de activare a opțiunii de " -"transfer în lot în aplicația de inventar Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" -"Apoi, mergeți la: menuselection: * Inventar --> Operațiuni --> Transferuri " -"în lot * și apăsați butonul de creare." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" -msgstr "Vizualizare a noului meniu, Transferuri în lot, sub operațiuni" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -"Acum, determinați responsabilul transferului în lot și tipul de transferuri " -"pe care doriți să le includeți în lot. Pentru a adăuga tipurile de " -"transferuri, faceți clic pe * Adăugați o linie *." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "Vizualizare a unui formular de transferuri în lot" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" msgstr "" -"În exemplul de mai jos, un filtru a fost aplicat pentru a vedea doar " -"transferurile care sunt în etapa * Pick *. După aceea, au fost selectate " -"diferitele transferuri care trebuiau incluse în transferul în set." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a listei de transferuri pentru a alege un singur transfer în lot și cum să le adăugați\n" -"la transferul în set" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" -"Pentru a vedea produsele de ales pentru diferitele transferuri, faceți clic " -"pe * Selectați *. Dacă * Multi-locations * a fost activat, documentul arată " -"și locurile de unde au fost rezervate." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a unei liste de transferuri în lot. Produsele de ales cu " -"locațiile lor de origine și destinație locații" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "Creați un set transfer din vizualizarea listei de transferuri" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" -"Din * Vizualizarea listei de transferuri *, selectați transferurile care " -"trebuie incluse în set. Apoi, selectați * Adăugați la set * din lista * " -"Acțiune *." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a procesului de adăugare a transferurilor la un transfer în lot " -"din vizualizarea listei de transferuritransferuri" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -"În continuare, determinați dacă doriți să adăugați transferurile la un set " -"transfer în lucru existent sau să creați unul nou." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -"Opțiunea de a adăuga un responsabil la un transfer în lot astfel încât să " -"poată fi confirmat" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "Procesați un transfer în lot" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -"În timp ce strângeți produsele, puteți edita transferul în lot și " -"actualizați * Cantitatea făcută * pentru fiecare produs. Odată ce totul a " -"fost ales, selectați* Validează * astfel încât diferitele transferuri " -"conținute în set să fie validatede asemenea." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" -msgstr "Vizualizare a unui set transfer în desfășurare" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -"În cazul în care toate produsele nu pot fi ales, puteți crea comenzi de " -"înapoi pentru fiecare transfer individual care nu a putut fi procesat " -"complet.transfer individual care nu a putut fi procesat complet." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -"Modul de gestionare a transferurilor în lot cu produse indisponibile. Crearea unei comenzi de înapoi în interiorul\n" -"de un transfer în lot" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a modului în care Odoo gestionate comenzile de rezervă în " -"transferurile set" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "Procesați un transfer în lot din aplicația cod de bare" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -"Introduceți aplicația * Cod de bare *, selectați meniul * Transferuri în lot" -" *." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" -msgstr "Vizualizare a tabloului de bord al aplicației Odoo Barcode" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -"Apoi, puteți introduce transferul în lot pe care doriți să lucrați. " -"Transferurile în lot pot fi ușor grupate pe responsabil dacă este " -"necesar.responsabil dacă este necesar." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a tabloului de bord al transferurilor în lot din interiorul " -"aplicației Cod de baretransferurilor în lot din interiorul aplicației Cod de" -" bare" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "" -"În transferul în lot, produsele sunt clasificate pe locație. Documentul " -"sursă este vizibil pe fiecare linie și un cod de culoare ajută la " -"diferentierea lor.linie și un cod de culoare ajută la diferentierea lor." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a unui set transfer în desfășurare cu aplicația Odoo Barcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" -"Pentru a vedea produsele de a alege dintr-o altă locație, faceți clic pe " -"butonul * Următorul *." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -"Vizualizare a unui set gata și complet transfer în interiorul aplicației " -"Odoo Barcode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Creați restanță" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" -"Odată ce toate produsele au fost ales, faceți clic pe * Validează * (pe " -"ultima pagină) pentru a marca transferul set ca fiind gata." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" @@ -9081,8 +9346,8 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "Creați o nouă locație de depozit în Odoo Inventar." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Rute avansate" +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" @@ -13112,35 +13377,31 @@ msgstr "" "** Access Key ** va fi furnizat pe pagina web și un e-mail cu cheia de acces" " va fi trimis la adresa de e-mail a contactului principal." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Producție" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr ":doc:`Cutii IoT (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Întreținere" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -13150,7 +13411,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -13159,11 +13420,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -13171,20 +13432,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -13193,7 +13454,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -13202,14 +13463,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -13218,91 +13479,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -13310,22 +13571,49 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Producție" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "`Tutoriale Odoo: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Tutoriale Odoo: Scanner de coduri de bare " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr ":doc:`Cutii IoT (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Creați o listă de materiale" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -13337,7 +13625,7 @@ msgstr "" "finit. Poate include și diverse operațiuni și indicațiile individuale " "necesare pentru a finaliza un proces de producție." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " @@ -13347,7 +13635,7 @@ msgstr "" "fi legate la fiecare produs, astfel încât chiar și variantele de produs pot " "avea propriile lor :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." @@ -13355,11 +13643,11 @@ msgstr "" "Configurarea corectă a unei :abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` ajută la " "optimizarea procesului de producție și la economisirea timpului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " @@ -13369,7 +13657,7 @@ msgstr "" " fără operațiuni sau instrucțiuni, doar componente. În acest caz, producția " "este gestionată numai prin intermediul *Comenzilor de producție*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -13381,7 +13669,7 @@ msgstr "" "materiale`. Apoi, faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Creare`. În continuare, " "specificați :guilabel:`Produs`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." @@ -13390,7 +13678,7 @@ msgstr "" "formularul produsului, în cazul în care câmpul :guilabel:`Produs` este pre-" "completat." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -13414,11 +13702,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "Configurați o listă de materiale." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "Specificați o listă de materiale (LdM) pentru o variantă de produs" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." @@ -13426,7 +13714,7 @@ msgstr "" ":abbr:`LdM (Liste de materiale)` pot fi de asemenea atribuite unor anumite " "*Variante de produs*, cu două opțiuni de configurare disponibile pentru " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " @@ -13436,7 +13724,7 @@ msgstr "" "atributele variantelor de produs trebuie deja configurate pe formularul " "produsului." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -13456,11 +13744,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "Variante de produs în lista de materiale." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "Configurați operațiuni" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -13474,7 +13762,7 @@ msgstr "" ":guilabel:`Comenzi de lucru` în :menuselection:`Producție --> Configurare " "--> Setări --> Operațiuni`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -13493,7 +13781,7 @@ msgstr "" "astfel încât operația să se aplice doar acelei variante. În final, faceți " "clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați și închideți`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -13509,11 +13797,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "Caracteristica Copiați Operațiunile Existente." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "Adăugați produse secundare la o listă de materiale (LdM)" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -13525,7 +13813,7 @@ msgstr "" "deosebire de produsul principal, poate exista mai mult de un produs secundar" " pe un :abbr:`LdM (Listă de materiale)`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " @@ -13535,7 +13823,7 @@ msgstr "" "activați mai întâi caracteristica :guilabel:`Produse secundare` în " ":menuselection:`Producție --> Configurare --> Setări --> Operațiuni`." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -13554,6 +13842,123 @@ msgstr "" "produsul secundar în câmpul :guilabel:`Producție în operațiune`. În final, " "faceți clic pe :guilabel:`Salvați`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Aflați mai multe" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "Utilizați kit-uri" @@ -13753,6 +14158,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "Gestionați BOM-uri pentru variante de produs" @@ -15247,380 +15976,16 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Cumpărare" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" -"**Odoo Achiziție** vă ajută să țineți evidența acordurilor de achiziție, " -"cererilor de oferta și comenzilor de achiziție. Aflați cum să țineți " -"evidența licitațiilor, să automatizați reaprovizionările și să urmăriți " -"comenzile dvs." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_" @@ -17748,3 +18113,630 @@ msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" "Setați unitățile de măsură ale produsului folosind propriile unități în Odoo" " Achiziții" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Calitate" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index f635f629f..b18934733 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" msgstr "" @@ -255,12 +255,26 @@ msgstr "Grupează după" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 msgid "" -"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email information on " -"the dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent " -"Date`, :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If " -":guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-" -"down menu, with three customizable fields to fill in, and Odoo reveals the " -"appropriate results that fit that specific criteria." +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 @@ -268,11 +282,11 @@ msgid "" "View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 msgid "Favorites" msgstr "Favorite" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 msgid "" "This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " "filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " @@ -286,11 +300,11 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 msgid "Settings" msgstr "Setări" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 msgid "" "To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " ":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." @@ -300,26 +314,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 msgid "" "On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " "features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " "when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " "campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " "blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " "dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " @@ -327,17 +341,17 @@ msgid "" " for it to connect properly to Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 msgid "Create an email" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 msgid "" "To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " "and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." msgstr "" @@ -345,20 +359,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 msgid "" "First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " "visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " "message is about." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" " a :guilabel:`Subject`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " "field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " @@ -366,24 +380,24 @@ msgid "" " in either field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 msgid "" "Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " "is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." " In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 msgid "" "Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " "email content, instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 msgid "Recipients" msgstr "Destinatari" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 msgid "" "After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " "completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." @@ -394,79 +408,79 @@ msgid "" "View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 msgid "" "The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " "option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " "from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 msgid "" "Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " "list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " "options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " "target audience for the email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 msgid "" "Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " "option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " "format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" " purchased event registrations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" " a specific talk (track) at an event." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " "the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " "database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 msgid "" "If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " "simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " @@ -474,18 +488,18 @@ msgid "" " to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 msgid "Add a recipient filter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 msgid "" "To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" " than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " "needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 msgid "" "To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " "selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " @@ -498,20 +512,20 @@ msgid "" "View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 #: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 msgid "" "Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " "provide even more specificity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 msgid "" "To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " "(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " "rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," @@ -520,17 +534,17 @@ msgid "" "even more specificity to the line above it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 msgid "Mail body tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 msgid "" "At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " ":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " "message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " @@ -545,7 +559,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 msgid "" "To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " "and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " @@ -555,17 +569,17 @@ msgid "" " is clicked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 msgid "Settings tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 msgid "" "To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " "tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 msgid "" "The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " "depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " @@ -574,7 +588,7 @@ msgid "" "Settings`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 msgid "" "Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " ":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" @@ -586,32 +600,32 @@ msgid "" "activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " "responsible for this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:305 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " "sender of this particular email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:307 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " "this particular email will be sent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" " for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " ":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:313 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " ":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " @@ -623,17 +637,17 @@ msgid "" "View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 msgid "" "The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " "A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 msgid "Mailing campaigns" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " "particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " @@ -647,7 +661,7 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 msgid "" "If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " "select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " @@ -656,18 +670,18 @@ msgid "" "campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 msgid "" "To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" " typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " "[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " "and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " @@ -681,14 +695,14 @@ msgid "" "application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 msgid "" "Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " ":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " ":guilabel:`Tags`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 msgid "" "The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " "filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" @@ -696,24 +710,24 @@ msgid "" "detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 msgid "" "The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " "available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " "the upper-right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 msgid "" "When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" " delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " ":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " @@ -721,7 +735,7 @@ msgid "" "page in the *Email Marketing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 msgid "" "To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " "--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " @@ -733,7 +747,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " "it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " @@ -743,11 +757,11 @@ msgid "" " the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 msgid "A/B testing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:389 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 msgid "" "Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" " A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " @@ -756,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" "duplicate messages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " "contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " @@ -764,30 +778,30 @@ msgid "" "are randomly chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:399 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 msgid "Send, schedule, or test" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 msgid "" "After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " "upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " ":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 msgid "" "While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " "or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " "recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:410 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " "date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " @@ -795,7 +809,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing changes to *In Queue*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " "sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " @@ -803,20 +817,20 @@ msgid "" " Sample Mail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" " (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " "as :guilabel:`Draft`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" " the last save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 msgid "" "When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " ":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " @@ -825,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" "mailing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 msgid "" "By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" " *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " @@ -2187,10 +2201,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" "Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " -"markeing campaign." +"marketing campaign." msgstr "" -"Diferența dintre numărul real-time al înregistrărilor și numărul total de " -"participanți la o campanie de marketing." #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 9958a6870..50cdf02ca 100644 --- a/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/ro/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -12,15 +12,16 @@ # Cozmin Candea <office@terrabit.ro>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Fenyedi Levente, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Dorin Hongu <dhongu@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Fenyedi Levente, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Romanian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/ro/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2329,7 +2330,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2338,7 +2339,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2576,11 +2577,486 @@ msgstr "" "selectat un driver pentru aceste imprimante." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "Aiici sunt câteva exemple:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2589,20 +3065,20 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" "Caracterele citite de cititorul de coduri de bare nu se potrivesc cu codul " "de bare" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2610,11 +3086,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "Nu se întâmplă nimic când un cod de bare este scanat" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2623,18 +3099,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "Scannerul de cod de bare este detectat ca o tastatură" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2645,11 +3121,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -3093,17 +3569,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3321,6 +3795,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index 311b721bc..c9dcc365d 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -361,7 +361,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -419,8 +419,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -531,141 +531,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -673,43 +679,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -719,79 +725,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -799,11 +786,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -811,21 +798,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -834,18 +821,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -853,7 +840,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -867,19 +854,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -888,18 +875,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Varnost" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -909,20 +896,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -931,14 +918,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -948,7 +935,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -958,7 +945,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -967,20 +954,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -990,7 +977,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1000,28 +987,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1036,7 +1023,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1051,18 +1038,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1536,34 +1531,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2369,44 +2372,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Nastavitve" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Sistemski parametri" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2417,7 +2566,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4137,6 +4286,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5060,7 +5217,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6463,10 +6620,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Nastavitve" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 7a6a54adb..e8a19df4c 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -5,14 +5,13 @@ # # Translators: # 025aa31cb7deb4d52a7a587a91994bd9_c519582, 2023 -# Dejan Sraka <dejan.sraka@picolabs.si>, 2023 # jl2035 <jaka.luthar@gmail.com>, 2023 # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 # Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 # Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 -# Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 +# Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # #, fuzzy @@ -20,7 +19,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -177,7 +176,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -237,7 +236,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Partner" @@ -522,7 +521,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -562,13 +560,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -811,6 +812,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1809,136 +1811,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Pregled" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Transakcije" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2144,10 +2243,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Transakcije" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2317,7 +2412,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2359,7 +2455,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2553,7 +2649,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2924,7 +3021,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "" @@ -5630,7 +5726,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6788,7 +6885,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Plačila" @@ -6819,7 +6915,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6930,11 +7026,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -6945,19 +7041,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6968,18 +7064,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6993,11 +7089,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7989,6 +8085,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10543,7 +10640,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11228,7 +11324,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11327,7 +11424,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Uvodna predstavitev" @@ -11617,7 +11714,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12047,7 +12144,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12139,19 +12236,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12162,24 +12271,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12187,7 +12296,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12199,18 +12308,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12218,14 +12327,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12233,18 +12342,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12252,7 +12361,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12260,7 +12369,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12273,14 +12382,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12290,7 +12399,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12302,14 +12411,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12319,18 +12428,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12343,24 +12452,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12369,14 +12478,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15330,12 +15439,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15355,14 +15464,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15375,8 +15486,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15384,6 +15495,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15395,14 +15509,17 @@ msgstr "Naziv" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15414,8 +15531,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15423,6 +15540,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15490,7 +15610,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15537,7 +15658,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17667,7 +17788,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "" @@ -17681,7 +17803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18139,8 +18261,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18170,15 +18292,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18331,7 +18453,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18386,9 +18508,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Proizvodi" @@ -18442,7 +18567,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Stiki" @@ -18552,8 +18679,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18698,7 +18825,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18838,7 +18967,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Finančna poročila" @@ -18853,6 +18982,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20088,419 +20218,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Kolumbija" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Prodajna točka" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Identifikacija" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Uporabniki" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20508,40 +20886,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20573,52 +20941,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20629,15 +21003,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20646,14 +21020,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20661,23 +21035,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20685,26 +21059,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20712,59 +21086,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20775,7 +21149,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20783,11 +21157,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20795,7 +21169,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20806,88 +21180,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20900,45 +21274,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20949,32 +21323,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20986,7 +21360,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -20994,20 +21368,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21017,29 +21391,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21047,18 +21421,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21068,45 +21442,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21118,18 +21492,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21137,7 +21511,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21147,50 +21521,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21198,11 +21572,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21213,24 +21587,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21238,27 +21612,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21266,26 +21640,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21294,11 +21668,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21307,21 +21681,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21330,13 +21704,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21345,18 +21719,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21364,17 +21738,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21384,46 +21758,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Prejeti račun" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21431,7 +21805,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21440,79 +21814,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21522,17 +21896,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21540,7 +21914,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21548,7 +21922,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21558,7 +21932,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21566,13 +21940,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21580,32 +21954,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21616,11 +21990,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21654,6 +22028,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25097,7 +25481,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25913,7 +26296,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26086,195 +26469,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mehika" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Zahteve" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Moduli" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26283,2295 +26758,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Podjetje" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Plačilni pogoji" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Predplačila" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Ustvari dobropis" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Bruto bilanca" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28644,7 +28431,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29745,6 +29534,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Podjetje" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30117,10 +29910,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index 7cdd6950b..bed8fd865 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-05-22 07:00+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" @@ -158,6 +158,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Avtentikacija" @@ -321,19 +322,303 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Nastavitve" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" @@ -352,36 +637,39 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Nastavitve" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " "on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "" "Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " "on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " @@ -392,15 +680,15 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" @@ -408,7 +696,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "" "Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" " click on :guilabel:`Create`." @@ -418,7 +706,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "" "*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " "which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " @@ -426,26 +714,26 @@ msgid "" "Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" "Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " "mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" " mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" "Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" " and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 msgid "" "On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " ":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" "Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " "being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " @@ -453,16 +741,16 @@ msgid "" "summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 msgid "" "Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 msgid "Credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" @@ -470,7 +758,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " "ID`." @@ -480,13 +768,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "" "Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," " configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 msgid "" "In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," " enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " @@ -494,7 +782,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 msgid "" "Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " ":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " @@ -502,15 +790,15 @@ msgid "" "configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "" "Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " "API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" @@ -521,21 +809,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " ":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "" "Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " "Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " @@ -549,18 +837,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 msgid "" "Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " ":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " "heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 msgid "" "To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " "with Google` when first logging into Odoo." @@ -570,7 +858,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 msgid "" "Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " "access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " @@ -578,7 +866,7 @@ msgid "" "password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 msgid "" "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " "<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_" @@ -1982,485 +2270,1000 @@ msgid "" " and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Predloge e-pošte" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "How many users in your database," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "Which apps are installed?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 -msgid "No Error" +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 -msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 -msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -3487,9 +4290,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 msgid "" -"For bar and line charts, you can use the stacked option when you have at " -"least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of next to " -"each other." +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 @@ -3509,12 +4312,29 @@ msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 -msgid "" -"For line charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which is " -"especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgid "Stacked line chart" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 msgid "Cumulative line chart" msgstr "" @@ -3522,10 +4342,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Cumulative line chart example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:186 -msgid "Regular line chart" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 msgid "Regular line chart example" msgstr "" @@ -3658,9 +4474,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 msgid "" -"You can also **custom groups** by using a wide selection of fields present " -"on the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom " -"Group`, select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 @@ -3807,11 +4623,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -3823,7 +4639,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* " "for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " @@ -3836,7 +4652,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -3849,17 +4665,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." @@ -3869,11 +4685,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*." @@ -3885,42 +4701,42 @@ msgid "" "in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " @@ -3932,43 +4748,43 @@ msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " "<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid "" ":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -3982,13 +4798,13 @@ msgid "" " Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " @@ -3999,7 +4815,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -4007,7 +4823,7 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " @@ -4019,22 +4835,22 @@ msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " "the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" @@ -4886,7 +5702,7 @@ msgid "" "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -4894,92 +5710,92 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4987,35 +5803,35 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.ucm>`_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -5023,11 +5839,12 @@ msgid "" "the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" " numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 8eb9f3a49..7f2aa43e7 100644 --- a/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/sl/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -6,21 +6,21 @@ # Translators: # Boris Kodelja <boris@hbs.si>, 2023 # Simon Gorše <simon@gorse.org>, 2023 -# Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # Matjaz Mozetic <m.mozetic@matmoz.si>, 2023 # Tomaž Jug <tomaz@editor.si>, 2023 -# Martin Trigaux, 2023 # matjaz k <matjaz@mentis.si>, 2023 # Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tadej Lupšina <tadej@hbs.si>, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Jasmina Macur <jasmina@hbs.si>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/sl/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -32,87 +32,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Zaloga" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Črtna koda" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -122,7 +113,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Pregled" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -131,11 +122,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -143,20 +134,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -166,45 +157,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -213,17 +204,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -231,58 +222,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -292,28 +283,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -322,20 +313,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -343,7 +334,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -352,11 +343,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -372,13 +363,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -386,128 +377,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Ime in priimek" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Ime pravila" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Vzorec črtne kode" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Izdelek" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Količina" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Lot številka" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -532,7 +523,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -541,7 +532,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -552,7 +543,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -560,17 +551,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -580,29 +571,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -610,7 +601,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -620,7 +611,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -628,99 +619,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -728,18 +719,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -747,7 +738,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -758,15 +749,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -775,7 +766,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -783,7 +774,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -791,7 +782,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -807,24 +798,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -832,7 +823,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -841,7 +832,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -850,7 +841,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -858,11 +849,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -870,321 +861,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Tip" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Programski paket" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Enota izdelka" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Pakiranje" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Lokacija" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Sklop" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Datum" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Najboljše za uporabo do" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Datum izteka" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1192,17 +1183,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Dokazila" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1210,24 +1201,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Dobavni nalogi" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1235,98 +1226,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Interni prenosi" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Nastavitve" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1334,7 +1325,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1343,7 +1334,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1354,15 +1345,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1370,11 +1361,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1384,11 +1375,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1397,41 +1388,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1439,32 +1430,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Zaloga" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Upravljanje skladišča" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1823,6 +1842,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1913,55 +1933,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2651,7 +2807,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2835,7 +2991,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2849,15 +3005,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3014,7 +3170,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3060,11 +3216,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3072,13 +3228,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3092,7 +3248,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3100,11 +3256,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3113,7 +3269,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3121,14 +3277,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3137,7 +3293,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3147,7 +3303,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3155,17 +3311,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3173,24 +3329,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3198,26 +3354,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3230,7 +3386,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3238,62 +3394,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3303,11 +3459,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3317,7 +3473,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3327,7 +3483,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3336,14 +3492,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3352,7 +3508,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3363,17 +3519,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3383,7 +3539,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3391,14 +3547,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3406,7 +3562,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3415,7 +3571,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3424,7 +3580,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3432,11 +3588,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3445,14 +3601,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3463,7 +3619,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3478,32 +3634,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3512,7 +3668,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3524,7 +3680,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3539,187 +3695,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Razne operacije" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8338,7 +8702,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11681,35 +12045,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Proizvodnja" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Vzdrževanje" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11719,7 +12079,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11728,11 +12088,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11740,20 +12100,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11762,7 +12122,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11771,14 +12131,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11787,91 +12147,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11879,22 +12239,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Proizvodnja" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11902,31 +12287,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11934,13 +12319,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11956,24 +12341,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11987,11 +12372,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12000,7 +12385,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12011,7 +12396,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12023,11 +12408,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12035,14 +12420,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12053,6 +12438,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Več o tem" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12246,6 +12748,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13515,375 +14341,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Nabava" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15868,3 +16334,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Kakovost" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..178847ee4 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -0,0 +1,9742 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:8 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:13 +msgid "" +":doc:`History of Versions <administration/maintain/supported_versions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "ติดตั้ง" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo " +"- or not install it at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:10 +msgid "" +":doc:`Online <install/online>` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production " +"or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:12 +msgid "" +":doc:`Packaged installers <install/packages>` are suitable for testing Odoo " +"and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " +"additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Source install <install/source>` provides greater flexibility, as it " +"allows, for example, running multiple Odoo versions on the same system. It " +"is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " +"deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 +msgid "" +"A `Docker <https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ base image is available for " +"development or deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 +msgid "There are two different editions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Community** is the free and open-source version of the software, " +"licensed under the `GNU LGPLv3 " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/master/LICENSE>`_. It is the core upon " +"which Odoo Enterprise is built." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Enterprise** is the shared source version of the software, giving " +"access to more functionalities, including functional support, upgrades, and " +"hosting. `Pricing <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-plan>`_ starts from one app " +"free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 +msgid "" +":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise <maintain/enterprise>` at any time" +" (except for the source install)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 +msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` or *content distribution network*, " +"is a geographically distributed network of servers that provides high speed " +"internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," +" high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " +"Odoo powered website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 +msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the KeyCDN dashboard, start by navigating to the :menuselection:`Zones` " +"menu item on the left. On the form, give a value to the :guilabel:`Zone " +"Name`, which will appear as part of the :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery " +"Network)`'s :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Zone Status` to :guilabel:`active` to engage the zone. For the " +":guilabel:`Zone Type` set the value to :guilabel:`Pull`, and then, finally, " +"under the :guilabel:`Pull Settings`, enter the :guilabel:`Origin URL`— this " +"address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Use ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` and replace the *yourdatabase* " +"subdomain prefix with the actual name of the database. A custom :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " +"subdomain that was provided to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`General Settings` heading below the zone form, click " +"the :guilabel:`Show all settings` button to expand the zone options. This " +"should be the last option on the page. After expanding the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " +":guilabel:`enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, scroll to the bottom of the zone configuration page and " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" +" deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A new :guilabel:`Zone URL` has been generated for your Zone, in this example" +" it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " +"used in the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 +msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` and" +" then activate the :guilabel:`Content Delivery Network (CDN)` setting and " +"copy/paste the :guilabel:`Zone URL` value from the earlier step into the " +":guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable " +"when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" +" Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " +":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the HTML of the Odoo website, the :abbr:`CDN (content delivery network)` " +"integration is evidenced as working properly by checking the :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locators)` of images. The *CDN Base URL* value can be seen" +" by using your web browser's :guilabel:`Inspect` feature on the Odoo " +"website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " +"tab inside of devtools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A security restriction in some browsers (such as Mozilla Firefox and Google " +"Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " +"this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option isn't enabled in " +"the :guilabel:`CDN Zone`, the more obvious resulting problem on a standard " +"Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " +"declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When these cross-origin resource issues occur, a security error message " +"similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " +"console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 +msgid "" +"``Font from origin 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' has been blocked from " +"loading /shop:1 by Cross-Origin Resource Sharing policy: No 'Access-Control-" +"Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " +"'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " +":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 +msgid "System configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an " +"internet-facing server. It follows :doc:`installation <../install>`, and is " +"not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" +" internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " +"recommendations!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 +msgid "dbfilter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a " +"number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with " +"customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " +"\"current database\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-" +"in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " +"customizations loaded afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 +msgid "" +"However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't " +"bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to " +"load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used" +" that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are " +"multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 +msgid "" +"That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>`:" +" it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname " +"(domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, " +"possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " +"subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if " +"``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " +"features will not work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration samples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example " +"the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to" +" ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>` is an " +"important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and" +" only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to" +" block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-" +"database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " +"block access to the database management screens. See also security_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback" +" connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " +"installed on)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 +msgid "" +"UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same " +"machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo " +"and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " +"will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the " +"machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " +"configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over " +"ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" +" to connect over the network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 +msgid "Configuration sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 +msgid "" +"in ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port " +"5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options " +"<reference/cmdline/server/database>` when your Postgres deployment is not " +"local and/or does not use the installation defaults." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`packaged installers <packages>` will automatically create a new " +"user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` " +"setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is " +"simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a" +" randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 +msgid "" +"All database operations use the :ref:`database options " +"<reference/cmdline/server/database>`, including the database management " +"screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " +"PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen" +" to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created " +"with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " +"PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 +msgid "port 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL." +" in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with " +"value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " +"'verify-full'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 +msgid "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/12/static/libpq-ssl.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 +msgid "Builtin server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 +msgid "" +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 +msgid "" +"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " +"ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 +msgid "" +"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " +"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 +msgid "" +"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" +" of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " +"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 +msgid "" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 +msgid "" +"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " +"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " +"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " +"Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " +"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" +" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " +"connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " +"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " +"That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup " +"directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " +"configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 +msgid "" +"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " +"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " +"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 +msgid "" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 +msgid "" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 +msgid "Serving static files and attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 +msgid "" +"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " +"attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " +"performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 +msgid "Serving static files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " +"static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " +"in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " +"Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " +"``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 +msgid "" +"Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " +"should be added to serve static files via NGINX." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" +" Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " +"and :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` respectively and the :option:`--addons-path" +" <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 +msgid "" +"The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " +"installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " +"configurations and may not be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +msgid "Serving attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " +"Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " +"them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " +"are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " +"by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " +"instead of Odoo. For Odoo to delegate serving files to the static web " +"server, the `X-Sendfile <https://tn123.org/mod_xsendfile/>`_ (apache) or " +"`X-Accel " +"<https://www.nginx.com/resources/wiki/start/topics/examples/x-accel/>`_ " +"(nginx) extensions must be enabled and configured on the static web server. " +"Once it is set up, start Odoo with the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin " +"--x-sendfile>` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " +"X-Accel)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 +msgid "" +"The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " +"require any supplementary configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 +msgid "" +"The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 +msgid "" +"In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " +"the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " +"the ``/web/filestore`` URL directly via Odoo (don't navigate to the URL via " +"NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " +"need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "ความปลอดภัย" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 +msgid "" +"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " +"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " +"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +msgid "" +"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " +"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " +"first important things you should be sure to include in your security action" +" plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating " +"system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " +"access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 +msgid "" +"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " +"following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 +msgid "" +"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " +"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " +"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " +"day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. " +"*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +msgid "" +"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" +" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" +" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" +"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " +"hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d <odoo-bin -d>` " +"to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter " +"from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " +"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " +"option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block " +"access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the " +":option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>` command-line " +"option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " +"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " +"For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are " +"using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 +msgid "" +"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" +" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +msgid "" +"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" +" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " +"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " +"SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web " +"proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then " +"enable the :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` option. See also " +":ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 +msgid "" +"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " +"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " +"recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only " +"allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN," +" allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " +"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 +msgid "" +"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " +"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " +":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " +"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " +"should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +msgid "" +"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " +"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " +"precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " +"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " +"firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that " +"the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious " +"user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this " +"can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then " +"only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo " +"server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control " +"<http://0pointer.net/blog/ip-accounting-and-access-lists-with-" +"systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " +"control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " +"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " +"similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the " +"Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of " +"your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs " +"when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. " +"In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the " +"endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses " +"of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like " +"CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " +"this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 +msgid "" +"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " +"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 +msgid "" +"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" +" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +msgid "" +"For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are " +"very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo " +"emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " +"result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:617 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:621 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:626 +msgid "" +"These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " +"`fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:628 +msgid "" +"For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " +"login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:635 +msgid "" +"This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " +"HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:637 +msgid "" +"Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " +"failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:651 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:653 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:655 +msgid "" +"This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " +"dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:658 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set " +"``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " +"database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:664 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-" +"facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to " +"quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in " +"production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " +"not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:670 +msgid "" +"On production systems, database management operations should always be " +"performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " +"databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:673 +msgid "" +"Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, " +"``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for " +"each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " +"choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:678 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of " +"machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes " +"starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " +"which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:682 +msgid "" +"If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the " +"``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " +"password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:686 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:692 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:695 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " +"market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:700 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:702 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:703 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:704 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:705 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:707 +msgid "" +"Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " +"publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:712 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:715 +msgid "" +"to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " +"provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:718 +msgid "" +"technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " +"networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " +"sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:722 +msgid "" +"or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " +"requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" +" usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over " +"HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" " +"certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 +msgid "Email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" +" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " +"and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "ทรัพยากร" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 +msgid "`Postfix <http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 +msgid "`Postfix aliases <http://www.postfix.org/aliases.5.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 +msgid "`Postfix virtual <http://www.postfix.org/virtual.8.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 +msgid "`Exim <https://www.exim.org/docs.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " +"messages <email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "ออนไลน์" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a " +"local installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "สาธิต" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo <https://demo.odoo.com>`_ instances " +"are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for" +" a few hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`_ provides private instances which" +" are fully managed and hosted by Odoo. It can be used for long-term " +"production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " +"require code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:3 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides packaged installers for Debian-based Linux distributions " +"(Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL," +" etc.), and Windows for the Community and Enterprise editions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Official **Community** nightly packages with all relevant dependency " +"requirements are available on the `nightly server " +"<https://nightly.odoo.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:13 +msgid "Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from " +"the `Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 +msgid "" +"It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download " +"the Enterprise packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:195 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:442 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/>`_ server to run " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:274 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The default configuration for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the " +"PostgreSQL server on the same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the " +"following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:132 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only" +" then, execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:412 +msgid "" +"`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " +"manually in `version 0.12.5 " +"<https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/wkhtmltopdf/releases/tag/0.12.5>`_ for it to" +" support headers and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_ for more details on the " +"various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:63 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the " +"**Community** edition by executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:90 +msgid "Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:93 +msgid "Distribution package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository, packages for both the **Community** and " +"**Enterprise** editions can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo 16 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster " +"<https://www.debian.org/releases/buster/>`_ and `Ubuntu 18.04 " +"<https://releases.ubuntu.com/18.04>`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, execute the following commands **as root** to install Odoo " +"as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start " +"the server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The `python3-xlwt` Debian package, needed to export into the XLS format, " +"does not exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it " +"manually with the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `num2words` Python package - needed to render textual amounts - does not" +" exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with " +"the `l10n_mx_edi` module. If needed, install it manually with the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo 16 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " +"manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:204 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:389 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:452 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" +" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 +msgid "" +"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " +"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " +"prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 +msgid "Go through the installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 +msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:3 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "ต้นทาง" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it " +"directly from the source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is " +"more easily accessible than using packaged installers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the " +"services set up by the packaged installers. Also, it allows overriding " +"settings using :ref:`command-line parameters <reference/cmdline>` without " +"needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to " +"more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:19 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:21 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a ZIP **archive** " +"or through **Git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:24 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "เก็บถาวร" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:26 +msgid "Community edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:34 +msgid "`Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:29 +msgid "`GitHub Community repository <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:30 +msgid "`Nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:32 +msgid "Enterprise edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:35 +msgid "`GitHub Enterprise repository <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:40 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It is required to have `Git <https://git-scm.com/>`_ installed, and it is " +"recommended to have a basic knowledge of Git commands to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To clone a Git repository, choose between cloning with HTTPS or SSH. In most" +" cases, the best option is HTTPS. However, choose SSH to contribute to Odoo " +"source code or when following the :doc:`Getting Started developer tutorial " +"</developer/tutorials/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:92 +msgid "Clone with HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:99 +msgid "Clone with SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:463 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source " +"code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in" +" the Community edition. Running the Enterprise version means running the " +"server from the Community version with the `addons-path` option set to the " +"folder with the Enterprise edition. It is required to clone both the " +"Community and Enterprise repositories to have a working Odoo Enterprise " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:119 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:121 +msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.7** or later to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:127 +msgid "Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`Download the latest version of Python 3 " +"<https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/>`_ and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:134 +msgid "" +"During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " +"Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Use a package manager (`Homebrew <https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts " +"<https://www.macports.org>`_) to download and install Python 3 if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " +"above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Verify that `pip <https://pip.pypa.io>`_ is also installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:191 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " +"versions: 12.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:206 +msgid "" +"`Download PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/download/windows>`_ " +"(supported versions: 12.0 or above) and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Use `Postgres.app <https://postgresapp.com>`_ to download and install " +"PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 or above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To make the command line tools bundled with Postgres.app available, make " +"sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools" +" instructions <https://postgresapp.com/documentation/cli-tools.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:219 +msgid "" +"By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as " +"`postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:232 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is " +"possible to connect to the database without a password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\<version>\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:239 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:241 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:242 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:243 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:244 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " +"database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:263 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "การพึ่งพา" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing " +"dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:276 +msgid "" +"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/debian/control>`_ file of the Odoo " +"sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:279 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " +"packages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:286 +msgid "Install with pip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:288 +msgid "" +"As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " +"libraries to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:291 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " +"libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" +" the root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " +"stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " +"release. For example, for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is " +"2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is " +"then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:308 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:349 +msgid "" +"It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " +"instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " +"`virtualenv <https://pypi.org/project/virtualenv/>`_ to create isolated " +"Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " +"(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " +"the requirements for the current user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " +"for Visual Studio <https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/>`_. Select " +"**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " +"root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " +"privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:353 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " +"<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:366 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:372 +msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:375 +msgid "" +"For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " +"Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:382 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:392 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:405 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:391 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " +"`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " +":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\<user>\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " +"<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:420 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" +"bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" +" the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:425 +msgid "" +"To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " +"<reference/cmdline/server>` or a :ref:`configuration file " +"<reference/cmdline/config>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:429 +msgid "" +"For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " +"`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " +"`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:433 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:435 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:436 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:438 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:449 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:470 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " +"`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " +"`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " +"and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:473 +msgid "" +"After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " +"loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " +"into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as " +"the email and, again, `admin` as the password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:478 +msgid "" +"From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " +"<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " +":option:`--db_user <odoo-bin -r>` CLI argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:483 +msgid "" +":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin </developer/reference/cli>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 +msgid "Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Microsoft's Azure OAuth for Microsoft 365. In order " +"to send and receive secure emails from a custom domain, all that is required" +" is to configure a few settings on the Azure platform and on the back end of" +" the Odoo database. This configuration works with either a personal email " +"address or an address created by a custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Microsoft Learn: Register an application with the Microsoft identity " +"platform <https://learn.microsoft.com/azure/active-" +"directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 +msgid "Setup in Microsoft Azure Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise log in with the personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`. A user with administrative access to the " +"Azure Settings will need to connect and perform the following configuration." +" Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Add (+)`, located in the top menu, and then select " +":guilabel:`App registration`. On the :guilabel:`Register an application` " +"screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` to `Odoo` or something recognizable. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Supported account types` section select " +":guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory " +"- Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/microsoft_outlook/confirm`" +" in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base URL is the canonical domain at " +"which your Odoo instance can be reached in the URL field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:41 +msgid "" +"*mydatabase.odoo.com*, where *mydatabase* is the actual prefix of the " +"database's subdomain, assuming it's hosted on Odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:44 +msgid "" +"After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " +"application so it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "API permissions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific " +"API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (SMTP) emails in the " +"Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, " +"located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a " +"Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under " +":guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the " +":guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Deregulated " +"permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 +msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " +"Graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 +msgid "Assign users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " +"of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Now, add users to this application. Under the :guilabel:`Essentials` " +"overview table, click on the link labeled :guilabel:`Managed Application in " +"Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" +"created application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the left sidebar menu, select :guilabel:`Users and Groups`. Next, click " +"on :guilabel:`(+) Add User/Group`. Depending on the account, either a " +":guilabel:`Group` and a :guilabel:`User` can be added, or only " +":guilabel:`Users`. Personal accounts will only allow for :guilabel:`Users` " +"to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Groups`, click on :guilabel:`None " +"Selected` and add the users or group of users that will be sending emails " +"from the :guilabel:`Microsoft account` in Odoo. :guilabel:`Add` the " +"users/groups, click :guilabel:`Select`, and then :guilabel:`Assign` them to " +"the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Now that the Microsoft Azure app is set up, credentials need to be created " +"for the Odoo setup. These include the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " +":guilabel:`Client Secret`. To start, the :guilabel:`Client ID` can be copied" +" from the :guilabel:`Overview` page of the app. The :guilabel:`Client ID` or" +" :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in" +" the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Next, the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` needs to be retrieved. To get this" +" value, click on :guilabel:`Certificates & Secrets` in the left sidebar " +"menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" +" this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A window on the right will populate with a button labeled :guilabel:`Add a " +"client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " +"something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A new :guilabel:`Client Secret` will need to be produced and configured if " +"the first one expires. In this event, there could be an interruption of " +"service, so the expiration date should be noted and set to the furthest " +"possible date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Add` when these two values are entered. A " +":guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and :guilabel:`Secret ID` will be created. " +"It is important to copy the :guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret " +"Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " +"The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 +msgid "" +"After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 +msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 +msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo database and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. " +"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in " +"`Outlook`. After that, install the module called :guilabel:`Microsoft " +"Outlook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for" +" :guilabel:`Outlook Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` (Application ID) and " +":guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields " +"and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 +msgid "Configure outgoing email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:161 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Custom Email " +"Servers` setting, click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link to " +"configure the Microsoft account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, create a new email server and check the box for :guilabel:`Outlook`. " +"Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` (it can be anything) and the Microsoft " +"Outlook email :guilabel:`Username`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " +"or email address <email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:170 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A new window from Microsoft opens to complete the :guilabel:`authorization " +"process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Then, allow Odoo to access the Microsoft account by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Yes`. After this, the page will navigate back to the newly " +"configured :guilabel:`Outgoing Mail Server` in Odoo. The configuration " +"automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stating " +":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft" +" Outlook using OAuth authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "ตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "พารามิเตอร์ของระบบ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " +"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " +":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" +" or Select the button next to :guilabel:`Outlook Oauth Authentication` and " +"enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook username`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`. Odoo will state: " +":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the " +"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:70 +msgid "Domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **domain name** works as an address for your website. It makes the " +"Internet much more accessible as it allows users to type a meaningful web " +"address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " +"a series of numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo <domain-name/odoo-" +"register>` (for Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own <domain-" +"name/existing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases, including their websites, use by default " +"a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " +"``https://example.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name <domain-name/odoo-register>` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:25 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/register-a-free-domain-name-1663>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAfgeNOHLP4>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 +msgid "About domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Having a **good domain name** is as important to your branding as the name " +"of your business or organization as it is the first thing your visitors will" +" notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " +"spell*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A **subdomain** is a domain that is a part of another domain. It often " +"refers to the additional part that comes before the main domain name. " +"Traditionally, most websites use the ``www.`` subdomain, but any string of " +"letters can be used as well. You can use subdomains to direct your visitors " +"to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " +"``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:44 +msgid "" +"All domain names are referenced in the **Domain Name System**, or **DNS**, " +"which works as a giant directory for the Internet. There are many DNS " +"servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" +" worldwide on all servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 +msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Search engines, such as Google and Bing, rely on web crawlers (:dfn:`robots " +"that explore and analyze the web`) to index all websites and their related " +"domain names. These crawlers discover new URLs thanks to links on known web " +"pages. As a result, search engines should index domain names automatically " +"after a while, as long as their URLs are mentioned elsewhere on the " +"Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Improving the appearance and positioning of web pages on search engines is a" +" practice named \"Search Engine Optimization\" (SEO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Adding relevant content, optimizing metadata, and building high-quality " +"backlinks can all help improve a website's search engine visibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some search engines provide tools for web admins, such as `Google Search " +"Console <https://search.google.com/search-console>`_ and `Bing Webmaster " +"Tools <https://www.bing.com/webmasters>`_, to help you analyze and improve " +"your page ranking. To use these services, you must prove that you are the " +"owner of your domain name. One way to verify the ownership of your domain " +"name is by adding a DNS record. You can do this for :ref:`domain names " +"registered with Odoo <domain-name/odoo-manage>` and for domain names managed" +" by other providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 +msgid "" +"`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " +"<https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/9008080>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 +msgid "" +"`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " +"<https://www.bing.com/webmasters/help/add-and-verify-site-12184f8b>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " +"Odoo Website or your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The domain name is registered with `Gandi <https://www.gandi.net/>`_, the " +"domain name registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:91 +msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This offer doesn't include any mailbox. However, you can :ref:`configure " +"your MX records <domain-name/odoo-manage>` to use your own email server or " +"solution such as Google Workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Domain Name`. Alternatively, " +"open your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, then on " +":guilabel:`Domain names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " +"select the one you want to register for your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" +" available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " +"owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " +":ref:`map your domain name with your website <domain-name/website-map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " +"installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " +"request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days " +"due to the success of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 +msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 +msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " +"visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " +":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Please `submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ if you need " +"further assistance to manage your domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:142 +msgid "Configure your existing domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation <domain-" +"name/ssl>`, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " +"in this order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:149 +msgid "" +":ref:`Add a CNAME record <domain-name/cname>` on your domain name's DNS " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database <domain-name/db-map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website <domain-name/website-" +"map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:156 +msgid "Add a CNAME record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:158 +msgid "" +"A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " +"another website rather than directly to an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " +"are detailed in your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " +"its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Project Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " +"development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " +"domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 +msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " +"configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 +msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 +msgid "" +"While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " +"(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," +" with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 +msgid "" +"You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " +"database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " +"database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " +":ref:`naked domain <domain-name/naked-domain>` ``example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " +"``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " +"following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " +"example.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 +msgid "" +"You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:200 +msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:203 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/2237/how-" +"to-create-a-cname-record-for-your-domain>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:207 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/#add-" +"a-new-dns-record>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-" +"us/articles/360019093151>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:214 +msgid "Naked domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:216 +msgid "" +"A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " +"beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " +"may not type the full domain name to access your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " +"main domain name (``www.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " +"pre-configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:232 +msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Open your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " +"names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " +":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " +"Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Verification of the CNAME records of a domain name before mapping it with a " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " +"Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" +" click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-" +"settings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record <domain-name/cname>` to your domain " +"name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " +"<domain-name/ssl>` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " +"This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " +"connection is not private\"*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:270 +msgid "" +"If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " +"settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " +"happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:277 +msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 +msgid "" +"**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " +"allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " +"which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " +"address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " +"the database manager <domain-name/db-map>`, using integration with `Let's " +"Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " +"<https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 +msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " +"following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " +"for Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 +msgid "Web base URL of a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:299 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" +" your domain name with your website <domain-name/website-map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " +"website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " +"portal links, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " +"log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) from the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " +"``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " +"below to prevent these automatic updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" +" enter the full address of your website as value, such as " +"``https://www.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" +" end with a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " +"logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 +msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:326 +msgid "value: ``True``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:331 +msgid "Map your domain name with your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " +"your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:335 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" +" engines to index your website properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:337 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" +" portal links sent by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:339 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " +"Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:344 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " +"(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " +"indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " +"odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:355 +msgid "" +"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " +"removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " +"`Google Search Console <https://search.google.com/search-console>`_ to fix " +"this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" +" you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " +"the :guilabel:`Domain` settings. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as" +" the :ref:`base URL <domain-name/web-base-url>` according to the company in " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:366 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade " +"your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 +msgid "Backup your community database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 +msgid "Shutdown your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 +msgid "Restart your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "On Linux, using an installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 +msgid "Stop the odoo service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your " +"usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the " +"form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "On Linux, using the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you " +"probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your " +"usual workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " +":doc:`../install/source`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 +msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be " +"able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your " +"Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in " +"the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation" +" folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When " +"choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community " +"installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). " +"Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from " +"the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 +msgid "" +"No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be" +" able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of " +"identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " +"Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Gmail to Odoo using Google OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Google's OAuth for Gmail. In order to send secure " +"emails from a custom domain, all that is required is to configure a few " +"settings on Google's *Workspace* platform, as well as on the back end of the" +" Odoo database. This configuration works by using either a personal email " +"address or an address created by a custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information, visit `Google's documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_ on setting up OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:19 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to the `Google API Console " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`_. Log in with your *Google " +"Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal " +"Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " +"Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of" +" the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`. If a project has already been created" +" in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" +" the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project " +"name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the " +":guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are " +"using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " +":guilabel:`No Organization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " +"click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the appropriate :guilabel:`User " +"Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 +msgid "Edit app registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 +msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App " +"information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select" +" the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " +":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "" +"After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, " +"enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " +"notify the organization about any changes to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. Then, skip the " +":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being " +"configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " +"finish setting up the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 +msgid "Create Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which " +"includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " +":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " +":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " +"the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button " +":guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1`" +" field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " +"Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID`" +" and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" +" use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 +msgid "Enter Google Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 +msgid "" +"First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove " +"the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " +"Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is " +"checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or " +":guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " +":guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Then, click on :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Create` to create a new email " +"server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " +"email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication` or :guilabel:`Gmail` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." +" Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +msgid "" +"A new window labeled :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization " +"process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If the email address is a personal account, then an extra step pops up, so " +"click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail " +"account to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Then, allow Odoo to access the Google account by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Continue` or :guilabel:`Allow`. After that, the page navigates " +"back to the newly configured outgoing email server in Odoo. The " +"configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating " +":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Finally, :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " +"using OAuth authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 +msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 +msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " +"(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform " +"<https://console.cloud.google.com/apis/credentials/consent>`_. If the " +":guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click " +":guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 +msgid "No Test Users Added" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access " +"denied error will populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "403 Access Denied Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` under " +":guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email " +"that you are configuring in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 +msgid "Gmail Module not updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "" +"If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " +"version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` module and clear out " +"the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the " +":guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the " +"upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 +msgid "Application Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 +msgid "" +"When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if " +":guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an" +" :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new" +" credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the " +":guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect " +"URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure " +"to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:3 +msgid "Change hosting solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The instructions to change the hosting type of a database depend on the " +"current solution used and to which solution the database should be moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:9 +msgid "Transferring an on-premise database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:80 +msgid "To Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:15 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:83 +msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The database's current version must be :doc:`supported " +"<supported_versions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 +msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 +msgid "In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 +msgid "Use the database manager to grab a *dump with filestore*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:88 +msgid "your **subscription number**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"the **dump** as an attachment or as a link to the file (required for 60 MB+ " +"files)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In" +" case of technical issues during the process, Odoo might contact you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ as soon as possible to schedule the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:67 +msgid "To Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions found in :ref:`the Import your database section " +"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions <supported_versions>` cannot be " +"hosted on-premise as that type of hosting does not support those versions. " +"Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, " +"it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version " +"<supported_versions>`, waiting for its release if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Transferring an online database running on Odoo 16.3 would require first " +"upgrading it to Odoo 17.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name on the `Odoo " +"Online database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ to display " +"its version number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:108 +msgid "To on-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Sign in to `the Odoo Online database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ and click the gear icon " +"(:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name to :guilabel:`Download` a backup. " +"If the download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using " +"the backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:77 +msgid "Transferring an Odoo.sh database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in " +"the production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:90 +msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:91 +msgid "" +"in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or" +" Asia)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:92 +msgid "which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**when** (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:101 +msgid "Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:102 +msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful" +" to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:105 +msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " +"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:3 +msgid "Mailjet API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Mailjet's :abbr:`API (Application Programming " +"Interface)` for mass mailing. Set up a dedicated mass mailing server through" +" Mailjet by configuring settings in the Mailjet account and the Odoo " +"database. In some circumstances, settings need to be configured on the " +"custom domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:11 +msgid "Set up in Mailjet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:14 +msgid "Create API credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To get started, sign in to the `Mailjet Account Information " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/account>`_ page. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Senders & Domains` section and click on :guilabel:`SMTP and SEND " +"API Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "" +"SMTP and Send API Settings link in the Senders & Domains section of Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)` configuration " +"settings onto a notepad. They can be found under the " +":guilabel:`Configuration (SMTP only)` section. The :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail " +"Transfer Protocol)` configuration settings include the server address, the " +"security option needed (Use :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS " +"(Transport Layer Security)`), and the port number. The settings are needed " +"to configure Mailjet in Odoo, which is covered in the :ref:`last section " +"<maintain/mailjet-api/odoo-setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`Mailjet: How can I configure my SMTP parameters? " +"<https://documentation.mailjet.com/hc/articles/360043229473>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo blocks `port 25` on Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases. :ref:`See " +"reference here <email_servers/restriction>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "SMTP configuration from Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the button labeled :guilabel:`Retrieve your API credentials` " +"to retrieve the Mailjet API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the eye icon to reveal the :guilabel:`API key`. Copy this key" +" to a notepad, as this serves as the :guilabel:`Username` in the Odoo " +"configuration. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Generate Secret Key` button to " +"generate the :guilabel:`Secret Key`. Copy this key to a notepad, as this " +"serves as the :guilabel:`Password` in the Odoo configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:52 +msgid "Add verified sender address(es)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The next step is to add a sender address or a domain to the Mailjet account " +"settings so that the email address or domain is approved to send emails " +"using Mailjet's servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information" +" <https://app.mailjet.com/account>`_ page. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Add" +" a Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Add a sender domain or address in the Mailjet interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Determine if a sender's email address or the entire domain needs to be added" +" to the Mailjet settings. It may be easier to configure the domain as a " +"whole if :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` access is available. Jump to the " +":ref:`Add a domain <maintain/mailjet-api/add-domain>` section for steps on " +"adding the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Either all email addresses of the Odoo database users who are sending emails" +" using Mailjet's servers need to be configured or the domain(s) of the " +"users' email addresses can be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, the email address originally set up in the Mailjet account is " +"added as a trusted sender. To add another email address, click on the button" +" labeled :guilabel:`Add a sender address`. Then, add the email address that " +"is configured to send from the custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At minimum the following email addresses should be set up in the provider " +"and verified in Mailjet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:78 +msgid "notifications\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:79 +msgid "bounce\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:80 +msgid "catchall\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the Odoo database. If there " +"isn't one, then use the :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Email Information` form, making sure to " +"select the appropriate email type: transactional email or mass emails. After" +" completing the form, an activation email is sent to the email address and " +"the trusted sender can be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to set up the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)`/:abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`/:abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance)` settings on the " +"domain of the sender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:162 +msgid "" +"`Mailjet's SPF/DKIM/DMARC documentation " +"<https://documentation.mailjet.com/hc/articles/ 360042412734-Authenticating-" +"Domains-with-SPF-DKIM>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If the database is not using a custom domain, then in order to verify the " +"sender's address, a temporary alias (of the three email addresses mentioned " +"above) should be set up in Odoo CRM to create a lead. Then, the database is " +"able to receive the verification email and verify the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:107 +msgid "Add a domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:109 +msgid "" +"By adding an entire domain to the Mailjet account, all the sender addresses " +"related to that domain are automatically validated for sending emails using " +"Mailjet servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/account>`_ page. Next, click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " +"section. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add domain` to add the custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The domain needs to be added to the Mailjet account and then validated " +"through the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:119 +msgid "" +"After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Add a new Domain` page on Mailjet and " +"click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:122 +msgid "" +"After adding the domain, a validation page will populate. Unless the Odoo " +"database is on-premise (in which case, choose :guilabel:`Option 1`), choose " +":guilabel:`Option 2: Create a DNS Record`. Copy the TXT record information " +"to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " +"System)` provider to complete validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:132 +msgid "Setup in the domain's DNS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:134 +msgid "" +"After getting the TXT record information from the Mailjet account, add a TXT" +" record to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`. This process " +"varies depending on the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider. Consult " +"the provider for specific configuration processes. The TXT record " +"information consists of the :guilabel:`Host` and :guilabel:`Value`. Paste " +"these into the corresponding fields in the TXT record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:141 +msgid "Return to Mailjet account information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:143 +msgid "" +"After adding the TXT record to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " +"System)`, navigate back to the Mailjet account. Then, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Account Information --> Add a Sender Domain or Address`, " +"click the gear icon next to :guilabel:`Domain`, and select " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This action can also be done by going to the `Sender domains & addresses " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/ account/sender>`_ page on the Mailjet account " +"information and clicking on :guilabel:`Manage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Check Now` to validate the TXT record that was added " +"on the domain. A success screen will appear if the domain is configured " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:157 +msgid "" +"After successfully setting up the domain, there is an option to " +":guilabel:`Authenticate this domain (SPF/DKIM)`. This button populates " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` & :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " +"Mail) records to input into the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:172 +msgid "Set up in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To complete the setup, navigate to the Odoo database and go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. With :ref:`developer-mode` turned on, go to the " +":menuselection:`Technical Menu --> Email --> Outgoing Mail Servers`. Then, " +"create a new outgoing server configuration by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Next, input the `SMTP server` (in-v3.mailjet.com), `port number` (587 or " +"465), and `Security (SSL/TLS)` that was copied earlier from the Mailjet " +"account. They can also be found `here " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/account/setup>`_. It is recommended to use " +":abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)` " +"even though Mailjet may not require it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:184 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Username`, input the :guilabel:`API KEY`. For the " +":guilabel:`Password`, input the :guilabel:`SECRET KEY` that was copied from " +"the Mailjet account to the notepad earlier. These settings can be found on " +":menuselection:`Mailjet --> Account Settings --> SMTP and SEND API " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Then, if the Mailjet server is used for mass emailing, set the " +":guilabel:`Priority` value higher than that of any transactional email " +"server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the notifications feature to work using Mailjet, there are " +"three settings that need to be set in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`From Filter` needs to be set on the server configuration. It " +"is recommended to set it as a domain and not a full email address. It should" +" match the domain in the two proceeding steps. More information can be " +"referenced :ref:`here <email_communication/from_filter>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must have the value " +"`notifications\\@yourdomain.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`mail.default.from_filter` system parameter must have the " +"value `yourdomain.com`. Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the " +"Odoo database. If there isn't one, then use the " +":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For more information see :ref:`Using a default email address " +"<email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " +"email server for mass mailing or transactional emails!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage a database, go to the `database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ and sign in as the database " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All the main database management options are available by clicking the " +"database name, except the upgrade option, which can be accessed by clicking " +"the **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database name. It is only " +"displayed if an upgrade is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Accessing the database management options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "อัพเกรด" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:30 +msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :doc:`Odoo " +"Online upgrade documentation <../upgrade/odoo_online>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:39 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "ทำซ้ำ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Create an exact copy of the database, which can be used to perform testing " +"without compromising daily operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By checking :guilabel:`For testing purposes`, all external actions (emails, " +"payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:47 +msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "ตั้งชื่อใหม่" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:54 +msgid "Rename the database and its URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "Download" +msgstr "ดาวน์โหลด" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:61 +msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA " +"<https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Use a custom :doc:`domain name <domain_names>` to access the database via " +"another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`register a domain name for free <domain-name/odoo-register>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "แท็ก" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:82 +msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:85 +msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "ลบ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:92 +msgid "Delete a database instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is" +" instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of " +"the database before deleting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of " +"deleting a database are fully understood." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:105 +msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:106 +msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database if it has expired or is linked to a subscription is " +"impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:113 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "ติดต่อเรา" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Access the `Odoo.com support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ with the " +"database's details already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:121 +msgid "Invite / remove users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click " +":guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Inviting a user on a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:129 +msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-premise database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Something went wrong while registering your database, you can try again or contact Odoo\n" +"Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:127 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:35 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:53 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:159 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"<duplicate_premise>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:73 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:79 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:80 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:86 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "" +"This database will expire in X days, you have more users than your " +"subscription allows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation " +"<documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:114 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "This database has expired." +msgstr "ฐานข้อมูลนี้หมดอายุแล้ว" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:133 +msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:135 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:145 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:152 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases intermediary versions called **Online versions** on the " +":doc:`Odoo Online <odoo_online>` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users" +" can then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` " +"them regularly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:20 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:22 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 +msgid "End of support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:99 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:127 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "ไม่ระบุ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "August 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "June 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "March 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "February 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:95 +msgid "October 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 +msgid "October 2025 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 +msgid "March 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 +msgid "January 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 +msgid "February 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "July 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 +msgid "October 2021" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +msgid "November 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo 12.0, 11.0, 10.0, 9.0, and 8.0 are not supported anymore, on any " +"platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:120 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " +"any version <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "แนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug " +"corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " +"installation from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting " +"infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " +"are automatically performed for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" +" some preliminary definitions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code " +"for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise " +"13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the " +"contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the " +"previous revision of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and " +"contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with " +"a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically " +"accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, when you decide to switch to a newer release " +"of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" " +"because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the " +"database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo " +"installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about " +"upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_ instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of " +"your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve " +"your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL" +" (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The main reference for updating is logically our :doc:`installation guide " +"<../install>`, which explains the common installation methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed " +"Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 +msgid "" +"We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, " +"rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that " +"come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for " +"installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who " +"prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see " +"a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged " +"into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with " +"your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github " +"(see below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However " +"it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change" +" on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here " +"<security>` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database" +" selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled" +" it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website" +" (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is " +"download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1)" +" and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the " +"latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to " +"install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package," +" be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:108 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source " +"code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer " +"version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated " +"daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading " +"the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 +msgid "" +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " +"example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " +"and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " +"\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " +"Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace " +"it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" +" just extracted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder " +"included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was " +"before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may " +"have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to " +"the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and" +" you are all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the " +"official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest " +"source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main" +" Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following " +"commands::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the " +"Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files " +"with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by " +"editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and " +"restore the official version, you can use the following command::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Please refer to our `Docker image documentation " +"<https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ for specific update instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "ระดับสูง" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 +msgid "Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:8 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวม" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each build is isolated within its own container (Linux namespaced " +"container)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, as " +"well as common useful packages, are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent " +"releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your" +" branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these " +"dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers " +"<https://pip.pypa.io/en/stable/reference/pip_install/#requirement-" +"specifiers>`_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` " +"file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of " +"Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/requirements.txt>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :file:`requirements.txt` files of submodules are taken into account as " +"well. The platform looks for :file:`requirements.txt` files in each folder " +"containing Odoo modules: Not in the module folder itself, but in their " +"parent folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:27 +msgid "Directory structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the containers are Ubuntu based, their directory structure follows the " +"linux Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. `Ubuntu's filesystem tree overview " +"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LinuxFilesystemTreeOverview#Main_directories>`_" +" explains the main directories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:33 +msgid "Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:73 +msgid "Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with " +"Python 2.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or above, the Odoo server " +"runs with Python 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:79 +msgid "Database shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"While accessing a container with the shell, you can access the database " +"using *psql*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Be careful !** `Use transactions " +"<https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-begin.html>`_ " +"(*BEGIN...COMMIT/ROLLBACK*) for every *sql* statements leading to changes " +"(*UPDATE*, *DELETE*, *ALTER*, ...), especially for your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The transaction mechanism is your safety net in case of mistake. You simply " +"have to rollback your changes to revert your database to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For example, it may happen that you forget to set your *WHERE* condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In such a case, you can rollback to revert the unwanted changes that you " +"just mistakenly did, and rewrite the statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"However, do not forget to either commit or rollback your transaction after " +"having done it. Open transactions may lock records in your tables and your " +"running database may wait for them to be released. It can cause a server to " +"hang indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In addition, when possible, use your staging databases to test your " +"statements first. It gives you an extra safety net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:129 +msgid "Run an Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can start an Odoo server instance from a container shell. You won't be " +"able to access it from the outside world with a browser, but you can for " +"instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:134 +msgid "use the Odoo shell," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:146 +msgid "install a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:152 +msgid "update a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:158 +msgid "run the tests for a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:164 +msgid "In the above commands, the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:166 +msgid "``--without-demo=all`` prevents demo data to be loaded for all modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after it" +" completed the operations you asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " +"</developer/reference/cli>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"You can find in the logs (*~/logs/odoo.log*) the addons path used by Odoo.sh" +" to run your server. Look for \"*odoo: addons paths*\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Be careful**, especially with your production database. Operations that " +"you perform running this Odoo server instance are not isolated: Changes will" +" be effective in the database. Always, make your tests in your staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:186 +msgid "Debugging in Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Debugging an Odoo.sh build is not really different than another Python app. " +"This article only explains the specificities and limitations of the Odoo.sh " +"platform, and assumes that you already know how to use a debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you don't know how to debug a Python application yet, there are multiple " +"introductory courses that can be easily found on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can use ``pdb``, ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to debug your code on Odoo.sh. As " +"the server is run outside a shell, you cannot launch the debugger directly " +"from your Odoo instance backend as the debugger needs a shell to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`pdb <https://docs.python.org/3/library/pdb.html>`_ is installed by default " +"in every container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If you want to use `pudb <https://pypi.org/project/pudb/>`_ or `ipdb " +"<https://pypi.org/project/ipdb/>`_ you have to install it before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:199 +msgid "To do so, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:201 +msgid "temporary (only in the current build):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 +msgid "or" +msgstr "หรือ" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"permanent: add ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to your project ``requirements.txt`` " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then edit the code where you want to trigger the debugger and add this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The condition :code:`sys.__stdin__.isatty()` is a hack that detects if you " +"run Odoo from a shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:226 +msgid "Save the file and then run the Odoo Shell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of " +"code/function/method you want to debug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst-1 +msgid "Console screenshot showing ``pdb`` running in an Odoo.sh shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 +msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:9 +msgid "\"Scheduled actions do not run at the exact time they were expected\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the Odoo.sh platform, we cannot guarantee an exact running time for " +"scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This is due to the fact that there might be multiple customers on the same " +"server, and we must guarantee a fair share of the server for every customer." +" Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a " +"regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Do not expect any scheduled action to be run more often than every 5 min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:19 +msgid "Are there \"best practices\" regarding scheduled actions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh always limits the execution time of scheduled actions (*aka* " +"crons).** Therefore, you must keep this fact in mind when developing your " +"own crons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:24 +msgid "We advise that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:26 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should work on small batches of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should commit their work after processing each batch;" +" this way, if they get interrupted by the time-limit, there is no need to " +"start over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should be `idempotent " +"<https://stackoverflow.com/a/1077421/3332416>`_: they must not cause side-" +"effects if they are started more often than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:170 +msgid "Submodules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A `Git submodule <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ " +"allows you to integrate other Git projects into your code, without the need " +"to copy-paste all their code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Indeed, your custom modules can depend on modules from other repositories. " +"Regarding Odoo, this feature allows you to add modules from other Git " +"repositories into the branches of your repository. Adding these dependencies" +" in your branch through submodules makes the deployment of your code and " +"servers easier, as you can clone the repositories added as submodules at the" +" same time you clone your own repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Besides, you can choose the branch of the repository added as submodule and " +"you have the control of the revision you want. It's up to you to decide " +"whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " +"want to update to a newer revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on " +"modules available in other repositories. The platform will detect that you " +"added modules through submodules in your branches and add them to your " +"addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to " +"configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your " +"repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. " +"The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-submodules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 +msgid "Adding a submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:37 +msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method." +" You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git <odoosh-advanced-submodules-" +"withgit>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which" +" you want to add a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on " +"*Run*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:50 +msgid "A dialog with a form is shown. Fill the inputs as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:52 +msgid "Repository URL: The SSH URL of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:53 +msgid "Branch: The branch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Path: The folder in which you want to add this submodule in your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* " +"button of the repository. Make sure to *use SSH*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:67 +msgid "With Git (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In a terminal, in the folder where your Git repository is cloned, checkout " +"the branch in which you want to add a submodule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:76 +msgid "Then, add the submodule using the command below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "แทนที่" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 +msgid "" +"*<git@yourprovider.com>:<username/repository.git>* by the SSH URL of the " +"repository you want to add as submodule," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:85 +msgid "*<branch>* by the branch you want to use in the above repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:86 +msgid "*<path>* by the folder in which you want to add this submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:88 +msgid "Commit and push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:96 +msgid "" +"<remote> by the repository on which you want to push your changes. For a " +"standard Git setup, this is *origin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:97 +msgid "" +"<branch> by the branch on which you want to push your changes. Most likely " +"the branch you used :code:`git checkout` on in the first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can read the `git-scm.com documentation <https://git-" +"scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ for more details about the Git " +"submodules. For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to " +"have their latest revision, you can follow the chapter `Pulling in Upstream " +"changes <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-" +"Submodules#_pulling_in_upstream_changes_from_the_submodule_remote>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 +msgid "Ignore modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want " +"to ignore some of them in case there are any that are installed " +"automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a " +":code:`.`. The platform will ignore this folder and you can hand pick your " +"modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "เริ่มเลย" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:3 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " +"repository has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 +msgid "Stages" +msgstr "สถานะ" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" +" and development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " +"section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "การผลิต" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 +msgid "" +"This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. " +"There can be only one production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" +" with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a form " +"view, and you want it to be performed automatically, increase the version " +"number of the module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*). The platform will " +"then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held " +"temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the " +"Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " +"</developer/reference/cli>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case the changes in the commit prevent the server to restart, or if " +"the modules update fails, the server is automatically reverted to the " +"previous successful code revision and the database is roll-backed as it was " +"before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so" +" you can troubleshoot it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production " +"database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the " +"unavailability time of the production database during the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along" +" with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the " +"development stage after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production " +"data without compromising the actual production database with test records. " +"They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:67 +msgid "The neutralization includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their" +" action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger " +"them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up " +"resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An " +":ref:`interface to view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-mails>` the " +"emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry" +" about sending test emails to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +msgid "Setting payment providers and shipping providers in test mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:76 +msgid "Disabling IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the " +"same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be " +"valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch. " +"If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to " +"document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" +" data files overriding the default configuration or views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the " +"demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if" +" Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " +"then consider running the tests on staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "การพัฒนา" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the " +"unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. " +"You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " +"Settings <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-modules-installation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is " +"started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the " +"branch. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by " +"default. This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested " +"by them. If you wish, you can disable the tests or allow specific tests to " +"be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " +"a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the " +"database is not in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The databases created for development branches are meant to live around " +"three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " +"room for new databases without prior notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +msgid "Merging your branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " +"other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " +"production data, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 +msgid "" +"merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " +"it onto the desired staging branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +msgid "" +"drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " +"make it become a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 +msgid "" +"When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop " +"your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " +"production your newest features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your " +"production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " +"changes with the production data through a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " +"branches into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation " +"to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " +"been pushed in your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source " +"code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " +"passed to the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " +"applied in the production, you have to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 +msgid "" +"write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default " +"configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of " +"your module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*) to trigger the update of the" +" module when you merge your staging branch in your production branch. This " +"is the best practice for a better scalability of your developments as you " +"will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" +" therefore have a traceability for your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:147 +msgid "" +"pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " +"copy/pasting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "แท็บ" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 +msgid "History" +msgstr "ประวัติ" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +msgid "An overview of your branch history:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 +msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " +"imports, backup restores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 +msgid "" +"For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can " +"provide information about the ongoing operation on the database " +"(installation, update, backup import, ...), or its result (tests feedback, " +"successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " +"access the database thanks to the *connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:101 +msgid "Mails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:175 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails " +"sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development " +"and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " +"sent instead of being intercepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands " +"(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " +":code:`psql`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +msgid "" +"You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " +"you wish, for instance side by side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " +"disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 +msgid "Editor" +msgstr "ผู้แก้ไข" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:202 +msgid "" +"An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " +"You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 +msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each " +"graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " +"(database import, git push, etc...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +msgid "Logs" +msgstr "Logs" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 +msgid "Different logs are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 +msgid "" +"install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," +" the logs of the tests are included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 +msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 +msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 +msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 +msgid "" +"pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" +" time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" +" you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" +" new line is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the " +"upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " +"5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 +msgid "" +"A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " +"perform a manual backup and to import a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 " +"weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " +"filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have " +"the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your " +"staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" +" been deleted by accident from the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is" +" hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " +"weekly backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional " +"monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" +" `contact us <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in " +":file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in " +":file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs a backup automatically " +"(flagged with type Update in the list), as either the container will be " +"changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself " +"will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " +"cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-" +"mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the " +"container nor the database is modified so the platform considers this safe " +"enough. Of course, as an extra precaution, you can make a backup manually " +"before making big changes in your production sources in case something goes " +"wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " +"abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " +"provided by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 +msgid "" +"the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " +"under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 +msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 +msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 +msgid "" +"the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-builds>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 +msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade - Odoo.sh <../../upgrade/odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:124 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " +"selected branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 +msgid "" +"For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior " +"upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a " +"new build and a staging branch will update the previous build (see the " +":ref:`Production Stage <stage_production>`). This is especially useful " +"should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or " +"configuration, to avoid having to manually set it up again on every commit. " +"If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will make a fresh copy from" +" the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " +"back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 +msgid "**Modules installation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 +msgid "" +"*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This " +"is the default option. The :ref:`submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` " +"are excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 +msgid "" +"*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, " +"the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " +"When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +msgid "" +"*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input " +"just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" +" they must be comma-separated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 +msgid "" +"If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 " +"hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " +"duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 +msgid "**Test suite**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 +msgid "" +"For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test " +"suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can " +"restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " +"<developer/reference/testing/selection>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 +msgid "**Odoo Version**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 +msgid "" +"For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should " +"you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " +"database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 +msgid "" +"You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance " +"fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." +" This is the 'Latest' option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 +msgid "" +"You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting " +"them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be" +" notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " +"action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 +msgid "**Custom domains**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 +msgid "" +"Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's " +"possible to add other *<name>.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " +"For the latter you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 +msgid "own or purchase the domain name," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 +msgid "add the domain name in this list," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:366 +msgid "" +"in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " +"``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 +msgid "" +"For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 +msgid "" +"in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " +"settings," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 +msgid "" +"in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), " +"configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 +msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:377 +msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 +msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:379 +msgid "" +"the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" +" failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" +" of IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 +msgid "" +"In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* " +"to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is " +"amongst the `SEO best practices " +"<https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/7451184?hl=en>`_ (See *Provide" +" one version of a URL to reach a document*) in order to have one dominant " +"URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to " +"*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" +" redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:391 +msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically " +"generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt " +"<https://letsencrypt.org/about/>`_ within the hour and your domain will be " +"accessible through HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 +msgid "" +"While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on" +" the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 +msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 +msgid "" +"In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize " +"Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings to increase the " +"deliverability of your outgoing emails. The configuration steps are " +"explained in the documentation about :ref:`SPF " +"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and :ref:`DKIM " +"<email_communication/dkim_compliant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" +" can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 +msgid "Shell commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 +msgid "" +"In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and " +"some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button " +"in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " +"placeholders such as ``<URL>``, ``<PATH>``, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 +msgid "Clone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 +msgid "Download the Git repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 +msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 +msgid "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " +"Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 +msgid "" +":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " +"case *master*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " +"used on your machines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:445 +msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " +"then checkouts it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 +msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 +msgid "Merge" +msgstr "ผสาน" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 +msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 +msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 +msgid "" +"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " +"is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:485 +msgid "" +"`Generate a new SSH key <https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-" +"to-github/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-" +"agent#generating-a-new-ssh-key>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 +msgid "" +"`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard " +"<https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/adding-a-new-" +"ssh-key-to-your-github-account>`_ (only apply the step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:490 +msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 +msgid "The key should appear below" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 +msgid "" +"To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 +msgid "" +"You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights <odoosh-gettingstarted-" +"settings-collaborators>` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" +" build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:518 +msgid "" +"Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " +"disconnected in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:522 +msgid "Submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " +"*submodule*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 +msgid "" +"*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 +msgid "" +"The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-" +"advanced-submodules>` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Adds the branch *master* of the repository *<URL>* as a submodule under the " +"path *<PATH>* in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 +msgid "Commits all your current changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 +msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +msgid "Builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server " +"(`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_ & `odoo/enterprise " +"<https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_) running on a specific revision of " +"your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to " +"test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " +"this revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " +"build of this branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github " +"repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other " +"operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for " +"a branch in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:26 +msgid "" +"A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" +" creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" +" build is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build " +"is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " +"developer warnings were raised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when " +"pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the" +" server with your new revision and tries to load the current production " +"database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " +"and otherwise failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If " +"this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " +"database of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " +"attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production " +"database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" +" this build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous " +"successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" +" will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The build used to run the production database is always the first of the " +"builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " +"the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " +"duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created " +"uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " +"between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 +msgid "" +"staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " +"like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 +msgid "" +"you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and " +"you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " +"the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging " +"databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " +"on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" +" tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail " +"during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " +"wrong occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " +"successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 +msgid "" +"According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build " +"can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " +"set in the default Odoo modules suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "ฟีเจอร์ต่าง ๆ " + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " +"are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the " +"*Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For " +"other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will " +"use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last " +"link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with " +"the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator " +"using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another " +"user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in " +":ref:`the branches view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`: *Logs*, *Web" +" Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " +"*Download a dump* of the build's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 +msgid "Create your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 +msgid "Deploy your platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh/>`_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 +msgid "Sign in with Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the" +" *Create an account* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:26 +msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " +"*Authorize* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +msgid "to know your Github login and email," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " +"organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:39 +msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding" +" new `submodules <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:44 +msgid "Submit your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" +" you want to use an existing repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing " +"database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " +"according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," +" *contract number* or *activation code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their " +"clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription " +"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get 50% of" +" the amount back as commission. Contact your sales representative or account" +" manager in order to get it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " +"valid, it either means:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:67 +msgid "it is not an existing subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:68 +msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." +" an online subscription)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:80 +msgid "You're done !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " +"will soon be able to connect to your first database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 +msgid "Import your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " +":doc:`supported version </administration/maintain/supported_versions>` of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 +msgid "Push your modules in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github " +"repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any" +" custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:103 +msgid "" +"You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically " +"detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all " +"your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the " +"modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:108 +msgid "" +"For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also " +"consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-branches-stages>`, or :ref:`merge it into your production " +"branch <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-mergingbranches>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:115 +msgid "Download a backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 +msgid "On-premise databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" +" download a backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your" +" system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" +" <db_manager_security>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " +"have it, contact your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 +msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 +msgid "Odoo Online databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:141 +msgid "" +"`Access your databases manager " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and download a backup of " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 +msgid "Online versions (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +msgid "Upload the backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch," +" import the backup you just downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " +"button in the history of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 +msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must " +"be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` " +"(:ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:174 +msgid "" +"After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " +"so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " +"SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 +msgid "Check your scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 +msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:186 +msgid "" +"This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that " +"could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in" +" the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services " +"synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the " +"scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of" +" origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled " +"actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 +msgid "Register your subscription" +msgstr "ลงทะเบียนสมัครสมาชิก" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 +msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the " +"enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " +"database linked per subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the" +" subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the " +":doc:`database registration documentation <../../maintain/on_premise>` for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:3 +msgid "Your first module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This chapter helps you to create your first Odoo module and deploy it in " +"your Odoo.sh project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This tutorial requires :ref:`you created a project on Odoo.sh <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-create>`, and you know your Github repository's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 +msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 +msgid "The below assumptions are made:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*~/src* is the directory where are located the Git repositories related to " +"your Odoo projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 +msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 +msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 +msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 +msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 +msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 +msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 +msgid "Create the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 +msgid "In the branches view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 +msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 +msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 +msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 +msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 +msgid "pic1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 +msgid "pic2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " +"*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:56 +msgid "From your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:58 +msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:67 +msgid "Create a new branch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:74 +msgid "Create the module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +msgid "Scaffolding the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:79 +msgid "" +"While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo" +" module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" +"bin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, if you have an :doc:`installation of Odoo " +"<../../install/source>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also " +":download:`download this module structure template " +"<first_module/my_module.zip>` in which you replace every occurrences of " +"*my_module* to the name of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:98 +msgid "The below structure will be generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your " +"module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python " +"classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " +"other than the underscore is not valid in Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:125 +msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:127 +msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:129 +msgid "" +"*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:131 +msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:135 +msgid "" +"*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:137 +msgid "" +"*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its " +"title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " +"access control list data file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:146 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "ด้วยตนเอง" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow the " +":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` tutorial to understand the " +"structure of a module and the content of each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 +msgid "Push the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:155 +msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:395 +msgid "Commit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:167 +msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:169 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your " +"changes <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor-push>` of the :ref:`Online " +"Editor <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor>` chapter. It includes the " +"explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username " +"and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:409 +msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:189 +msgid "" +"You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" +" point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:197 +msgid "Test your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:204 +msgid "" +"In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in " +"the left navigation panel to access its history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set." +" Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, " +"you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be " +"available in the apps to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:220 +msgid "" +"You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " +"features and buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:223 +msgid "Test with the production data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:225 +msgid "" +"You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " +"you do not have it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and " +"believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a " +"staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto " +"the *staging* section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the " +"given staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 +msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production " +"database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of " +"your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 +msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 +msgid "Install your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from" +" the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the " +"behavior of your changes as it would be on your production, and on your " +"production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but" +" on demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" +" to update your apps list first:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 +msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 +msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 +msgid "Deploy in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, " +"and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the " +"production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 +msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 +msgid "" +"This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production " +"branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it " +"manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your " +"module in staging databases <odoosh-gettingstarted-firstmodule-" +"productiondata-install>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 +msgid "Add a change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " +"field in a model and deploy it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 +msgid "Or, from your computer," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +msgid "" +"use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " +"*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:320 +msgid "" +"then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" +" as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:323 +msgid "Then, after the description field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:329 +msgid "Add a datetime field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 +msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:473 +msgid "After" +msgstr "หลังจาก" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:479 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "เพิ่ม" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:349 +msgid "" +"These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " +"and modify a view stored in database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " +"database, these changes requires the module to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:355 +msgid "" +"If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh " +"platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " +"manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 +msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:366 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:504 +msgid "with" +msgstr "กับ" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 +msgid "" +"The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" +" module upon the new revision deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:375 +msgid "Browse to your Git folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:377 +msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:389 +msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:401 +msgid "Push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:403 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:415 +msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production " +"branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production " +"branch in the Odoo.sh interface. As you increased the module version in the " +"manifest, the platform will update the module automatically and your new " +"field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " +"module within the apps list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 +msgid "Use an external Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 +msgid "" +"If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed " +"by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " +"libraries your modules depends on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to install or upgrade system packages on an Odoo.sh " +"database (e.g., apt packages). However, under specific conditions, packages " +"can be considered for installation. This also applies to **Python modules** " +"requiring system packages for their compilation, and **third-party Odoo " +"modules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 +msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 +msgid "" +"For more information, consult our `FAQ " +"<https://www.odoo.sh/faq#install_dependencies>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 +msgid "" +"The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python " +"libraries your project needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:441 +msgid "" +"The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " +"<https://pypi.python.org/pypi/Unidecode>`_ in your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:444 +msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:446 +msgid "" +"From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " +"~/src/user/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" +"addons/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " +"characters in the name field of your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:459 +msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:461 +msgid "Before" +msgstr "ก่อนหน้า" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:494 +msgid "" +"Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " +"platform to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:496 +msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:510 +msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:518 +msgid "Then, push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:520 +msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:526 +msgid "In your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 +msgid "Online Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a " +"web browser. It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python " +"consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " +"<https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/notebook.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-dropdown-menu>` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor*" +" to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 +msgid "Edit the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 +msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging" +" builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " +"your source code if you want to make them persist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:56 +msgid "" +"For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " +"changes on a production server is not a good practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 +msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:62 +msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 +msgid "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes <https://github.com/odoo/design-" +"themes>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " +"panel on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the " +"menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path, Odoo " +"will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " +"immediately, without having to restart the server manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:84 +msgid "" +"However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a " +"field, or a view, you have to update the according module to apply the " +"change. You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the " +"menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file " +"considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " +"the file highlighted in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 +msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:102 +msgid "Commit & Push your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:104 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:106 +msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 +msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 +msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 +msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 +msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:<branch>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:112 +msgid "In this last command," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:114 +msgid "" +"*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:116 +msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 +msgid "" +"<branch> must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to " +"push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " +"development build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key is not hosted" +" in your build containers (for obvious security concerns) nor forwarded " +"through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser) and " +"you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH. You have to " +"use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes, which " +"is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes. You will be " +"prompted to enter your Github username and password. If you activated the " +"two-factor authentication on Github, you can create a `personal access token" +" <https://help.github.com/articles/creating-a-personal-access-token-for-the-" +"command-line/>`_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " +"suffices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather" +" on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions " +"rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " +"builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`, a new build may be created." +" You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from, as it will have the" +" same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" +" in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:148 +msgid "Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells " +"<https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/interactive/tutorial.html>`_. One " +"of the most interesting addition to use a Python console rather than a " +"IPython shell within a terminal is the `rich display " +"<https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-" +"display>`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" +" in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " +"<https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo " +"registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " +"write on your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, " +"for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the " +"database. If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed " +"in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " +"on production databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 +msgid "" +"You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " +":code:`env['res.users']`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists " +"and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display " +"<https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-" +"display>`_ mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can also use `pandas <https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-" +"docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_ to display graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 +msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:14 +msgid "Project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:16 +msgid "The name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This defines the address that will be used to access your production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name " +"and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" +" future builds will use the new name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 +msgid "Collaborators" +msgstr "ผู้ทำงานร่วมกัน" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 +msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 +msgid "There are two levels of users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 +msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +msgid "" +"User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" +" staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your " +"code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group " +"cannot connect to the production and staging databases using the *1-click " +"connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " +"databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " +"logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +msgid "User" +msgstr "ผู้ใช้" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 +msgid "Admin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 +msgid "1-click connect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +msgid "Shell/SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 +msgid "Production & Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 +msgid "|green|\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "สถานะ" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 +msgid "Public Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " +"visitors to connect to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 +msgid "" +"In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " +"development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " +":ref:`settings tab <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" +" in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 +msgid "" +"These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are " +"looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the " +"chapter :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` of this " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its " +"branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key " +"for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " +"revisions of this private repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 +msgid "" +"in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " +"*Add*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 +msgid "" +"it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " +"your own self-hosted server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 +msgid "" +"in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " +"the deploy keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:203 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " +".ssh directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:208 +msgid "Storage Size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:210 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:217 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:219 +msgid "" +"the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " +"sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " +"<https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu/man>`_ in your Web Shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " +"your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help " +"increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " +"more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only" +" allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some " +"operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if " +"it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 +msgid "Staging Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at " +"the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:254 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "การเปิดใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " +"activation code if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" +" includes the servers availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:20 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo " +"15.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Changing :ref:`editions <upgrade-faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community to " +"Enterprise edition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Switching :ref:`hosting type <upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., On-" +"Premise to Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 +msgid "Migration from another ERP to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 +msgid "|assistance-contact|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 +msgid "Process workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 +msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:41 +msgid "You create a test upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an " +"upgrade script, which takes between 20 and 120 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-" +"guidance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " +"via the help portal (see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:48 +msgid "We fix the issues and send you a new test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing and are happy with the result, you " +"decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze " +"all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " +"continue working on the newly upgraded database (this is done automatically " +"on Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online <upgrade/odoo_online>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh <upgrade/odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise <upgrade/on_premise>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "ทดสอบ" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without" +" affecting your production database in any way. We suggest that you run the " +"test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as many times as you " +"need (one at a time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, " +"processes, and functionality are still correct and working as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you do find discrepancies, :ref:`report your issues <upgrade/test-" +"assistance>` and :ref:`request a new test database <upgrade/test-db-" +"request>` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade script." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your" +" production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A test database is only intended for testing and remains completely " +"unrelated to your present or future production database. Any data you add, " +"or changes you make, will not be reflected in your upgraded production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from " +"having an impact on the production database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending " +"information as if it was the production database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`base URL of the database <domain-name/web-base-url>` is reset to " +"``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Scheduled actions are disabled (the calendar synchronization, the bank " +"statement synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of " +"incoming mail servers, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" +" a fake/non-working one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:96 +msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:98 +msgid "A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:103 +msgid "Request a test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_ and select *Testing* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of the \"Testing\" purpose in the upgrade form on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "Test guidance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and has to " +"test its specific Odoo database individually. We recommend you look at `the " +"test scenario " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1ypNs7JKPOsjNbKpdiKFH7Al6g6whZ9jr7f7duAQ5E1w/>`_" +" for further information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "ที่จะทำ" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +msgid "Assistance" +msgstr "ความช่วยเหลือ" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you encounter an issue in the **test database**, please get in touch with" +" Odoo Upgrade Support via the `Odoo Support page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " +"upgrade* ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Selection of \"An issue related to my upgrade\" as Ticket Type in the " +"support form on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " +"redirected to another team. This will slow down the processing and response " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to " +"illustrate your issue). This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up " +"the resolution process significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " +"configurations in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:153 +msgid "The production launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " +"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " +"current orders) to a new version of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After your :ref:`tests <upgrade/testing-phase>` are completed to your " +"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" +" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 +msgid "" +"business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " +"an action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +msgid "" +"poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " +"correctly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " +"get in touch with **Odoo Support**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " +"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " +"upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 +msgid "" +"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " +"team instead of the Upgrade team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " +"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " +"the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือ" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " +"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" +" happy to answer it as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " +"last major versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " +"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " +"benefit from longer support (before having to upgrade again)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " +"Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " +"discrepancies in the upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" +" available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>`. " +"However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 +msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " +"self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " +"as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " +"active; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " +"maintenance of customizations subscription**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" +" database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" +" targeted by the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 +msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +msgid "" +"the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " +"including Odoo partners;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 +msgid "" +"lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " +"outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " +"using Python code <studio/automated-actions/action>`; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ <upgrade/faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 +msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions <maintain/supported_versions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Why upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version " +"<upgrade-faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <upgrade/supported-versions>`, " +"you get a new version with support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:23 +msgid "When to upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " +"version is released or when your version turns unsupported, and you still " +"wish to enjoy support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:31 +msgid "Availability of the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As soon as Odoo announces the release of a new major version, you can create" +" a test upgrade request to try the latest version. Please note that at this " +"point, the upgrade scripts will only have been tested with demo data. Please" +" report any issue you might encounter while testing via the `Odoo Support " +"page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and make sure to be happy with your test " +"version before requesting the upgrade of your database in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:44 +msgid "It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In general, the \"smaller\" the database, the quickest the upgrade request " +"is completed. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed " +"faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, " +"Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test " +"database to be similar to the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:56 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It depends on the user involvement (the time spent on testing, reporting " +"problems, etc.) and the issues encountered that might need to be addressed " +"by our technical team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:61 +msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:63 +msgid "Source & targeted versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:64 +msgid "Installed apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:65 +msgid "Volume of data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " +"website, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " +"test phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:68 +msgid "User commitment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:73 +msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section " +":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " +"fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our " +"services, by one of our partners, or you can do it yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:86 +msgid "Upgrade or Migration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo, while a migration " +"reflects the change of :ref:`editions <upgrade-faq/editions-change>` or " +"change of :ref:`hosting type <upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:97 +msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The upgrade always returns an Enterprise edition of Odoo, whether the " +"database you sent was a community or enterprise edition. It is required to " +"have an enterprise subscription to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo " +"Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:107 +msgid "`Editions <https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:112 +msgid "Switching the hosting types (On-premise vs. Odoo Online vs. Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " +"your hosting type <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:124 +msgid "The Upgrade Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When an upgrade request completes successfully (test or production), you " +"receive an email notification about it that includes an 'Upgrade Report'. " +"This report is also sent to you via the Discuss app. It contains valuable " +"information regarding changes that occurred during the upgrade. While it " +"serves as a guide to possible issues to look out for, it is not an " +"exhaustive list. It remains imperative that you test the upgraded database " +"thoroughly and report any discrepancies you might find, before you decide to" +" upgrade your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:136 +msgid "Custom views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"During the upgrade, some custom views might get disabled for technical " +"reasons. Therefore they might have to be fixed after the upgrade. The " +":ref:`Upgrade Report <upgrade-faq/upgrade-report>` that is generated after " +"the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views " +"that might be impacted by this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 +msgid "Release Notes by version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " +"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 +msgid "How long is my test available for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 +msgid "" +"An Odoo Online test database is available for one month by default. We can " +"extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, there is " +"no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 +msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"As many as needed. When you are comfortable with the database, run a last " +"test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " +"your workflows one last time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 +msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " +"Support through the `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " +"issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" +" to my upgrade (production)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 +msgid "Upgrading to production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed testing and are happy with the result, you decide on" +" a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " +"entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 +msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " +"Odoo.com services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"SSL - All web connections to client instances are protected with 256-bit SSL" +" encryption (HTTPS with a 2048-bit modulus SSL certificate), and running " +"behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Safe System - Our servers are running recent Linux distribution with up-to-" +"date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " +"disclosed for obvious reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " +"following services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " +"employees only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 +msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 +msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 +msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " +"kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " +"`General Data Protection Regulation page <https://www.odoo.com/gdpr>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 +msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:210 +msgid "" +"This feature allows customers to upgrade their database directly from a " +"message prompt sent to the database administrator as soon as the new version" +" is released. Odoo first tests the upgrade to the next version. The rolling " +"release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful. " +"The message offers two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To take you to your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_" +" where you can `request an upgraded test database " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com/#online/>`_ and check the upgraded test database " +"for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When you choose to proceed with the production upgrade directly, make sure " +"all users have saved their work and are logged out. The upgrade takes " +"approximately 15 minutes. During this time your database is unreachable. If " +"you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo " +"Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a " +"test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If the database's version is **lower** than the latest major release: the " +"database must be upgraded within two months. After these two months, an " +"automatic upgrade is initiated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the database's version is **equal** to or **higher** than the latest " +"major release: you can disregard the invitation to upgrade, as the database " +"probably would not benefit from new features every two months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If a database is *not* on the latest online version, its administrator " +"should receive an invitation to upgrade on the database's dashboard, " +"displayed as an **arrow in a circle**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Invitation to upgrade on the database dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and must be " +"updated to avoid security issues. It is recommended to initiate the upgrade " +"yourself and not wait for the automatic upgrade, as the former method allows" +" you to request a test upgrade of the database to check for any " +"discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:36 +msgid "Test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:43 +msgid "" +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:76 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The production database is then taken offline and will be upgraded " +"automatically. The time it takes to upgrade the production database should " +"be similar to the time that was necessary to upgrade the test database. Make" +" sure to inform database users of the scheduled downtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to make the upgrade process " +"easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab is available in the branches view. It is only " +"available for valid projects with a valid production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the upgrade menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 +msgid "The suggested upgrade steps on Odoo.sh are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On a :guilabel:`Development` branch, upgrade your custom modules to keep " +"them compatible with the new version and thoroughly **test them**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Switch that branch to the :guilabel:`Staging` branch, **upgrade** the last " +"daily production backup and **test it**. Write upgrade scripts if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Trigger the production upgrade from your :guilabel:`Production` branch and " +"sit tight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../../administration/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ <../upgrade/faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Introduction to Odoo.sh <../odoo_sh/overview/introduction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:36 +msgid "Upgrade your custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first step is to upgrade your custom modules to keep them compatible " +"with the new version. Fork your :guilabel:`Production` branch in the " +":guilabel:`Development` stage, then go to the settings of your " +":guilabel:`Development` branch and select the Odoo version you target. If " +"needed, modify your code to be compatible with the new version. Make sure to" +" **test** your features are still working correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done " +"by yourself, by your Partner or by Odoo (if you hold a subscription " +"including maintenance of customizations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade your database on a staging branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take the upgraded development branch and drag & drop it to " +":guilabel:`Staging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab and select the :guilabel:`target version`." +" Then, click on :guilabel:`Test Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The **latest production daily automatic backup** is sent to the `upgrade " +"platform <https://www.upgrade.odoo.com>`_ to start the upgrade test process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can follow the upgrade process by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` menu " +"of your :guilabel:`Production` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When the upgraded backup is ready on the `upgrade platform " +"<https://www.upgrade.odoo.com>`_, it is automatically downloaded back to " +"your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The branch is now in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is pushed** on" +" the branch, a **restore operation** of the upgraded backup occurs, and an " +"**update of all the custom modules** happens. This allows you to quickly " +"iterate on your custom modules upgrade scripts. The log file of the upgrade " +"process can be found at :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log` in your newly upgraded " +"staging build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:78 +msgid "The **special upgrade mode** is automatically closed after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:128 +msgid "" +"It may happen that custom modules are no longer needed after an upgrade. " +"Custom modules in the upgraded database are set to be updated. If the " +"modules are missing in the code, the update fails, thus failing the whole " +"process. An empty module with a manifest and possibly some custom upgrade " +"script are necessary to clean up the database. The complete removal of the " +"module has to be handled afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:86 +msgid "Functionally test your upgraded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Now that the test upgraded database is available on your staging branch, " +"**thoroughly test it** and make sure everything runs as it's supposed to. " +"Once you are satisfied with the result, you are ready to upgrade your " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:93 +msgid "Production upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once you are happy with your testing, you can start the process on the " +":guilabel:`Production` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:98 +msgid "" +"On your :guilabel:`Production` branch, go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab, " +"select the :guilabel:`targeted version` and click on the :guilabel:`start " +"Upgrade` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "View from the upgrade tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The actual process is **triggered as soon as you push a new commit** in your" +" branch. Make sure you are pushing code that is compatible with the new " +"version. For example by merging the code from your upgraded staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can see the progress of the upgrade by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"tab of the main branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "View showing the progress of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:118 +msgid "Your database is unavailable throughout the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong, the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, the " +"same as it would be for a regular update. In case of success, a backup is " +"always made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " +"upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Test upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 +msgid "Upgrade request via command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For technically-advanced users and partners, the upgrade process can be " +"initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" +" hosted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your " +"db name> -t <target version>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above command creates the database dump, sends it to the upgrade " +"platform, and initiates the automated upgrade process. During the upgrade, " +"you can follow the live logs on your screen. Once the upgrade process is " +"completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " +"(as a duplicate test database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " +":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Upload this dump file at https://upgrade.odoo.com and select *Testing* as " +"the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " +"you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " +"test all processes and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " +"able to download it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " +"<https://odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For storage reasons, the copy of your database is submitted without a " +"filestore to the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not " +"contain the production filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " +"the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " +"as it would be in the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 +msgid "The upgraded database contains:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:45 +msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:46 +msgid "" +"A `filestore` folder containing files that were extracted from in-database " +"records into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from" +" the targeted Odoo version (like new images, icons, payment provider's " +"logos, etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production " +"filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 +msgid "Upgrade your production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing successfully, you can proceed to upgrade" +" your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " +"link in the email and import it onto your live environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Same as in the test phase, when requesting an upgrade for production " +"purposes, the copy of your database is submitted without a filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the upgraded database filestore must be merged with the " +"production filestore before deploying the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:65 +msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " +"the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:74 +msgid "by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:75 +msgid "by your Partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..ecd143b3a --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..3804c1e64 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -0,0 +1,34780 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Khwunchai Jaengsawang <khwunchai.j@ku.th>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Odoo Thaidev <odoothaidev@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 +msgid "Finance" +msgstr "การเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:7 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send " +"them to your customers, and manage payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant " +"productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-" +"powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart " +"matching suggestions, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting <https://www.odoo.com/slides/accounting-19>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:56 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 +msgid "" +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "รายการเดินบัญชีธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 +msgid "Cash flow statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:38 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "รายงานภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 +msgid "ES sales list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "งบทดลอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "พาร์ทเนอร์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "การจัดการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 +msgid "" +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>` with your journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:16 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:40 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "สร้างบัญชีธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:56 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:65 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:69 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "สกุลเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:106 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 +msgid "Bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 +msgid "Outstanding accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:143 +msgid "" +"By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named " +"**outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 +msgid "" +"An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " +"until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 +msgid "" +"An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " +"until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:151 +msgid "" +"These accounts should be of :ref:`type <chart-of-account/type>` " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done " +"automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 +msgid "Default accounts configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The outstanding accounts are defined by default. If necessary, you can " +"update them by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding " +"Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 +msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the " +":ref:`type <chart-of-account/type>` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:170 +msgid "" +"From your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the menu selection ⋮ of" +" the journal you want to configure, and click on :guilabel:`Configuration`, " +"then open the :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Payments` tab. To display the " +"outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If you do not specify an outstanding payments account or an outstanding " +"receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or " +"outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or " +"bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " +"statements imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " +"Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 +msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 +msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge <bank_synchronization/saltedge>`: Worldwide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Ponto <bank_synchronization/ponto>`: Europe" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid "" +":doc:`Enable Banking <bank_synchronization/enablebanking>`: Scandinavian " +"countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 +msgid "On-Premise users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " +"Enterprise contract. We also use a proxy between your database and the third" +" party provider so, in case of a connection error, please check that you " +"don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:39 +msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:42 +msgid "First synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" +" to synchronize with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " +"the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " +"change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can find all your synchronizations by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:76 +msgid "Synchronize manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " +"default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" +" such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" +" receive an error message asking you to disable the automatic " +"synchronization. This message can be found in the chatter of your online " +"synchronizations. In this case, make sure to perform manual " +"synchronizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:93 +msgid "Issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:96 +msgid "Synchronization in error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:103 +msgid "Synchronization disconnected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " +"contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" +" id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 +msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" +" with the latest version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " +"new module manually to use the new functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:130 +msgid "" +"All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " +"won't work anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:137 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:81 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:143 +msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " +"synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +msgid "" +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +msgid "" +"**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " +"Version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +msgid "" +"**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +msgid "" +"**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " +"to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +msgid "" +"This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " +"Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " +"support technical problems that occur with banks in the Beta phase, but the " +"user may still choose to connect. Connecting with these banks contributes to" +" the development process since the Provider will have real data and feedback" +" from the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " +"as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," +" the integrator cannot pull transactions until the security code is " +"provided." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +msgid "" +"For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " +"the past." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +msgid "" +"During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " +"decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:192 +msgid "There may also be no new transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:194 +msgid "" +"If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" +" are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:198 +msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:200 +msgid "" +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 +msgid "Enable Banking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Enable Banking** is a third-party provider aggregating banking information" +" from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity " +"to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Banking logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank " +"transactions and automatically import them into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 +msgid "`Enable Banking website <https://enablebanking.com/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 +msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 +msgid "Select your bank;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo " +"by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 +msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 +msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " +"their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " +"one app. It is a third-party solution that is continuously expanding the " +"number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst-1 +msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " +"between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " +"account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 +msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 +msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 +msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" +" follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " +"database before moving on to the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 +msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " +"selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " +"Ponto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 +msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 +msgid "" +"At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" +" Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " +"ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 +msgid "Finish the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo, but Odoo " +"will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 +msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " +"accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 +msgid "" +"During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" +" the ones coming from other banking institutions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 +msgid "Fetch new accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 +msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " +"institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 +msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" +" from this institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 +msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " +"your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " +"<https://myponto.com>`_. If you do not do this, the synchronization will " +"stop for these accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 +msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " +"supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" +" real feedback on the connection with the institution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 +msgid "Salt Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " +"from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst-1 +msgid "Salt Edge Logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " +"imported automatically into your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 +msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " +"the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 +msgid "" +"After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " +"email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" +" enter a valid email address, as otherwise, you will not be able to access " +"your Salt Edge account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 +msgid "" +"After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " +"continue the synchronization process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge Login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 +msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 +msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 +msgid "Update your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " +"synchronization settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " +"Click on the *Update Credentials* button to start the flow and follow the " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " +"to access your information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " +"Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" +" on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 +msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " +"banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " +"Odoo won't be able to access your account anymore. The error you are seeing " +"is probably a message telling you that the consent was revoked, but the " +"record could not be deleted as it still exists within Salt edge. If you want" +" to remove the connection completely, please connect to your `Salt Edge " +"account <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ and manually delete your " +"synchronization. Once this is done, you can go back to Odoo to delete the " +"record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 +msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 +msgid "" +"You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " +"please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " +"you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" +" on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " +"with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " +"your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" +" will normally be able to find it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Online Synchronization`. Please make sure to do an " +"*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "Cash register" +msgstr "เครื่องบันทึกเงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " +"transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " +"configured as well as the currency of the journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "การใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 +msgid "How to register cash payments?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " +"these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " +"Transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:32 +msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " +"transaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:37 +msgid "Put money in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " +"transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Put money in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:47 +msgid "Take money out" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " +"all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " +":menuselection:`More --> Take money out`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company, and reports are all based on that default currency. When you have a" +" bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two " +"values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:10 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using the web services of a banking" +" institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services" +" but other options are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:19 +msgid "Activate multi-currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To work with multiple currencies, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and tick :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Currencies`. Under :guilabel:`Post Exchange difference entries in:`, provide" +" a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss " +"Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, they are all created" +" by default, but not necessarily active. To activate the new currencies, " +"click on :guilabel:`Activate Other Currencies` under the :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Accounting: Currencies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When the currencies are activated, you can choose to **automate** the " +"currency rate update, or leave it on **manual**. To configure the rate " +"update, go back to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Currencies`, check :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates`, set " +":guilabel:`Interval` to your desired frequency, and then click on " +":guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service`" +" you wish to obtain currency rates from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next " +"Run` field to update the currency rates manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "สร้างบัญชีธนาคารใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals` and create a new one. Enter a :guilabel:`Journal" +" Name` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to `Bank`. In the :guilabel:`Journal " +"Entries` tab, enter a **short code**, a **currency**, and then finally click" +" on the :guilabel:`Bank Account` field to create a new account. In the pop-" +"up window of the account creation, enter a name, a code (ex.: 550007), set " +"its type to `Bank and Cash`, set a currency type, and save. When you are " +"back on the **journal**, click on the :guilabel:`Account Number` field, and " +"in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " +":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a created bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Upon creation of the journal, Odoo automatically links the bank account to " +"the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To pay a bill in a foreign currency, simply select the currency next to the " +":guilabel:`Journal` field and register the payment. Odoo automatically " +"creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "How to set a bill currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, " +"Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:78 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:80 +msgid "" +"This report gives an overview of all unrealized amounts in a foreign " +"currency on your balance sheet, and allows you to adjust an entry or " +"manually set an exchange rate. To access this report, go to " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`." +" From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you wish to use a different currency rate than the one set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, " +"click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the " +"foreign currencies in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing " +"you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset" +" to Odoo's Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In order to update your **balance sheet** with the amount of the " +":guilabel:`adjustment` column, click on the :guilabel:`Adjustment Entry` " +"button. In the pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and " +"process the **unrealized gains and losses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You can set the date of the report in the :guilabel:`Date` field. Odoo " +"automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in " +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, " +"meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:55 +msgid "Bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "ธุรกรรม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "แบบการกระทบยอด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:68 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "ที่จะทำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " +"doc will have been updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for" +" more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:26 +msgid "" +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:47 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 +msgid "" +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" +"in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:56 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ประเภท" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:90 +msgid "" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "บรรทัดรายการเดินบัญชีธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "บัญชีคู่" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:118 +msgid "" +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " +"bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in " +"your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 +msgid "" +":doc:`Bank synchronization <bank_synchronization>` automates the process. " +"However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, " +"other options exist:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 +msgid "" +":ref:`Import bank transactions <transactions/import>` delivered by your " +"bank;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions <transactions/register>` manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 +msgid "" +":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement <transactions/statements>` is " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 +msgid "Import transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To import a file, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import Transactions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 +msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 +msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After setting the necessary formatting options and mapping the file columns " +"with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " +":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank transactions manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can also record your bank transactions manually. To do so, go to " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, and" +" then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and " +":guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 +msgid "Statements" +msgstr "งบการเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A **bank statement** is a document provided by a bank or financial " +"institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular " +"bank account over a specified period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, it is optional to group transactions by their related " +"statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them " +"for control purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If you want to compare the ending balances of your bank statements with the " +"ending balances of your financial records, *don't forget to create an " +"opening transaction* to record the bank account balance as of the date you " +"begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure " +"the accuracy of your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To access a list of statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`," +" click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " +"cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 +msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Open the bank reconciliation view by clicking on the name of the bank " +"journal, and identify the transaction corresponding to the last transaction " +"of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when " +"hovering on the upper separator line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement " +"includes the previous transactions following the last statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:88 +msgid "Statement creation from the list view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Open the list of transactions by clicking on the name of the bank journal " +"and switching to the list view. Select all the transactions corresponding to" +" the bank statement, and, in the :guilabel:`Statement` column, select an " +"existing statement or create a new one by typing its reference, clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and " +"saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 +msgid "Customer invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " +"and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " +"a single payment for a single invoice, or process a payment spanning " +"multiple invoices and taking discounts for early payments, you can do so " +"efficiently and accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:17 +msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " +"goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " +"deposit that payment at the bank; make sure the Customer Invoice is closed; " +"follow up if Customers are late; and finally present your Income on the " +"Profit and Loss report and show the decrease in Assets on the Balance Sheet " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " +"you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" +" bill them. If your supplier sends you a shipment, they have met the terms " +"of that contract and can bill you. Therefore, the terms of the contract is " +"fulfilled when the box moves to or from the truck. At this point, Odoo " +"supports the creation of what is called a Draft Invoice by Warehouse staff." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " +"Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " +"directly if you would like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:41 +msgid "" +"An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " +"in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " +"It must also include other information needed to pay the invoice in a timely" +" and precise manner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 +msgid "Draft invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " +"While these invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:52 +msgid "" +"remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " +"is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 +msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:57 +msgid "Customer: Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:58 +msgid "Product: iMac" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:59 +msgid "Quantity: 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "Unit Price: 100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:61 +msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:67 +msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:69 +msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:70 +msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:71 +msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:74 +msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:76 +msgid "" +"An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " +"services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" +" tax information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:80 +msgid "" +"\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " +"moves from the Draft state to the Open state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " +"defined, and modifiable, sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" +" when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " +"entry in the Journal Entry field in the \"Other Info\" tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 +msgid "Send the invoice to customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:98 +msgid "" +"After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " +"customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" +" follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +msgid "**Partner**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +msgid "**Due date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +msgid "Agrolait" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +msgid "01/07/2015" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +msgid "115" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "ภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "การขาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:117 +msgid "Payment" +msgstr "การชำระเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:119 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " +"entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " +"reconciliation, the invoice will remain in the Open state until you have " +"entered the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 +msgid "" +"A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "ธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 +msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:138 +msgid "" +"You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " +"in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " +"your accounting localisation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " +"journal and enter an amount of $100 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 +msgid "Reconcile" +msgstr "กระทบยอด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 +msgid "Now let's reconcile!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 +msgid "" +"You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " +"reconcile with instructions at the bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:156 +msgid "" +"After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " +"display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" +" them to pay this invoice. \"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" +" invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Followup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:172 +msgid "" +"There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " +"Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" +" faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " +"pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " +"on how severely overdue the customer is. These actions are bundled into " +"follow-up levels that are triggered when the due date of an invoice has " +"passed a certain number of days. If there are other overdue invoices for the" +" same customer, the actions of the most overdue invoice will be executed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:184 +msgid "" +"By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" +" will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 +msgid "Customer aging report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " +"to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" +" collection efforts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:208 +msgid "" +"The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " +"Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " +"sometimes referred to as the \"Income Statement\" or \"Statement of Revenues" +" and Expenses.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " +"at a specific moment in time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:225 +msgid "" +"For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " +"method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " +"material has been shipped to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash discounts** are reductions in the amount a customer must pay for " +"goods or services offered as an incentive for paying their invoice promptly." +" These discounts are typically a percentage of the total invoice amount and " +"are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts can" +" help the company maintain a steady cash flow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due " +"within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you " +"within seven days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they " +"would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>` can also be applied " +"depending on the country or region." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first set up the :ref:`type " +"of tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>`, verify the :ref:`gain and" +" loss accounts <cash-discounts/gain-loss-accounts>`, and configure new " +":ref:`payment terms <cash-discounts/payment-terms>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 +msgid "Tax reductions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country or region, the base amount used to compute the tax " +"can vary, which can lead to a **tax reduction**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Taxes` section, in the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Tax Reduction` " +"feature, select one of the three following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 +msgid "Always (upon invoice)" +msgstr "เสมอ (ตามใบแจ้งหนี้)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " +"discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 +msgid "On early payment" +msgstr "ในการชำระเงินก่อนกำหนด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to " +"compute the tax is the same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the " +"reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the " +"customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "ไม่เคย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " +"full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You issue a €100 invoice (tax-excluded) on the 1st of January, with a 21% " +"tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% " +"discount if your customer pays you within seven days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 +msgid "Total amount due" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:100 +msgid "Computation" +msgstr "การคำนวณ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "8th of January" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 +msgid "€118.58" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €98))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 +msgid "31st of January" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "€120.58" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 +msgid "€121.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €100))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 +msgid "€119.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 +msgid "" +":ref:`Tax grids <tax-returns/tax-grids>`, which are used for the tax report," +" are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction <cash-" +"discounts/tax-reductions>` you configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The **type of cash discount tax reduction** may be correctly pre-configured," +" depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"<fiscal_localizations/packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 +msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 +msgid "" +"With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer " +"benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and " +"losses, which are recorded on default accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the " +"accounts you want to use for the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and " +":guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "เงื่อนไขการชําระเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms <payment_terms>`. " +"Configure them to your liking by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out the fields " +":guilabel:`Discount %` and :guilabel:`Discount Days`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" +"reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 +msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice by selecting the :ref:`payment " +"terms you created <cash-discounts/payment-terms>`. Odoo automatically " +"computes the correct amounts, tax amounts, due dates, and accounting " +"records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount " +"details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the " +":guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" +"is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice" +" sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: \"30 Days,\n" +"2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 +msgid "Payment reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 +msgid "" +"When you record a payment or reconcile your bank statements, Odoo takes the " +"customer payment's date into account to define if they can benefit from the " +"cash discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can" +" always decide whether to mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or" +" as partially paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`../payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "การปัดเศษเงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +"*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " +"click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" +" to define which account records the cash roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +msgid "Apply roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " +"*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " +"Method*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit notes and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **credit/debit note**, or **credit/debit memo**, is a document issued to a" +" customer that notifies them that they have been *credited/debited* a " +"certain amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:8 +msgid "Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +msgid "a mistake in the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 +msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Debit notes are less common but are most frequently used to track debts owed" +" by customers or to vendors because of modifications to confirmed customer " +"invoices or vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit/debit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund, or " +"modify a validated invoice. Do not forget to **register the payment** " +"afterward if you need to send money back to your customer and/or validate " +"the :doc:`return </applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns>` if a " +"storable product is returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:25 +msgid "Issue a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same way as " +"an invoice form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " +"related invoices. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers " +"--> Invoices`, open the related **customer invoice**, and click on " +":guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 +msgid "You can choose between three options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A credit note sequence starts with `R` and is followed by the number of the " +"related document (e.g., RINV/2019/0004 is related to the invoice " +"INV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 +msgid "Partial refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option, Odoo creates a draft " +"credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the " +"original invoice. This is the option to choose if you wish to do a partial " +"refund or if you want to modify any detail of the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:53 +msgid "This is the only option for invoices marked as *in payment* or *paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "Full refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Full Refund` option, Odoo creates a credit " +"note, automatically validates it, and reconciles it with the related " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst-1 +msgid "Full refund credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose for a full refund or to **cancel** a " +"*validated* invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 +msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" +msgstr "การคืนเงินเต็มจํานวนและใบแจ้งหนี้ฉบับร่างใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` option, " +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles it with " +"the related invoice, and opens a new draft invoice prefilled with the same " +"details from the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:73 +msgid "This is the option to **modify** the content of a *validated* invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 +msgid "Issue a debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can create a debit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or by clicking on the" +" related invoice you wish to issue a debit note for. On the invoice form " +"view, click :guilabel:`Add debit note`, fill in the information, and click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +msgid "Record a vendor refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:85 +msgid "**Vendor refunds** are recorded the same way as credit notes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create`; or by opening the related **vendor bill**, and clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "Record a debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Debit notes** from vendors are recorded in a similar way to how they are " +"issued to customers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills`, open the related " +"bill you wish to record a debit note for, and click :guilabel:`Add debit " +"note`. Fill in the information, and click :guilabel:`Create debit note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit/debit note from an invoice/bill creates a **reverse entry**" +" that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:108 +msgid "The journal invoice of an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:113 +msgid "" +"And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " +"original invoice above:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Credit note journal entry reverses the invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"</applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post <snailmail>` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" +" by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " +"it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " +"report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**, or *Income " +"Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " +"already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " +"this new income in a deferred revenue account and decide to recognize it on " +"a yearly basis. Each year, for the next 5 years, $ 70 will be recognized as " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " +"entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " +"periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " +"than on the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " +"Liabilities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +msgid "Post an income to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " +"the incomes must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Income Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" +" the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" +" *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the income is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" +" to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " +"all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your revenue, and at which " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +msgid "" +"For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" +" $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " +"has an amount of $ 65.78." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" +" Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " +"sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the account of a " +"posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" +" revenues that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" +" `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " +"of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " +"Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Electronic invoicing (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"EDI, or electronic data interchange, is the inter-company communication of " +"business documents, such as purchase orders and invoices, in a standard " +"format. Sending documents according to an EDI standard ensures that the " +"machine receiving the message can interpret the information correctly. " +"Various EDI file formats exist and are available depending on your company's" +" country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"EDI feature enables automating the administration between companies and " +"might also be required by some governments for fiscal control or to " +"facilitate the administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing of your documents such as customer invoices, credit " +"notes or vendor bills is one of the application of EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo supports, among others, the following formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "Format Name" +msgstr "ชื่อรูปแบบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:22 +msgid "Applicability" +msgstr "การบังคับใช้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "For French and German companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 +msgid "Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For companies whose countries are part of the `EAS list " +"<https://docs.peppol.eu/poacc/billing/3.0/codelist/eas/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "E-FFF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:29 +msgid "For Belgian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 +msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "For German companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:32 +msgid "Fattura PA (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:33 +msgid "For Italian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:34 +msgid "CFDI (4.0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:35 +msgid "For Mexican companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:36 +msgid "Peru UBL 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:37 +msgid "For Peruvian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:38 +msgid "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:39 +msgid "For Spanish companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:40 +msgid "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:41 +msgid "For Colombian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "Egyptian Tax Authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:43 +msgid "For Egyptian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:44 +msgid "E-Invoice (IN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:45 +msgid "For Indian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:47 +msgid "For Dutch companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:48 +msgid "EHF 3.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:49 +msgid "For Norwegian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 +msgid "SG BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "SG BIS Billing 3.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 +msgid "For Singaporean companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 +msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:56 +msgid ":ref:`fiscal_localizations/packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Customer" +" Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and enable the " +"formats you need for this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst-1 +msgid "Select the EDI format you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once an electronic invoicing format is enabled, XML documents are generated " +"when clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in documents such as invoices, credit " +"notes, etc. These documents are either visible in the attachment section, or" +" embedded in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For E-FFF, the xml file only appears after having generated the PDF " +"(:guilabel:`Print` or :guilabel:`Send & Print` button), since the PDF needs " +"to be embedded inside the xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " +":guilabel:`General Information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " +"existing access points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " +"invoices instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " +"errors that would potentially make for payment issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " +"<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:3 +msgid "Incoterms" +msgstr "Incoterms" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:5 +msgid "" +":abbr:`Incoterms (International Commercial Terms)` are standardized trade " +"terms used in international transactions to define the rights and " +"responsibilities of buyers and sellers. They establish the obligations " +"related to the delivery of goods, the transfer of risks, and the " +"distribution of costs between the parties involved. Incoterms specify " +"important details, such as the point at which the risk and costs transfer " +"from the seller to the buyer, the responsibility for transportation, " +"insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:13 +msgid "By default, all 11 Incoterms are available in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:15 +msgid "**EXW**: Ex works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:16 +msgid "**FCA**: Free carrier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:17 +msgid "**FAS**: Free alongside ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:18 +msgid "**FOB**: Free on board" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:19 +msgid "**CFR**: Cost and freight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:20 +msgid "**CIF**: Cost, insurance and freight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:21 +msgid "**CPT**: Carriage paid to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:22 +msgid "**CIP**: Carriage and insurance paid to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:23 +msgid "**DPU**: Delivered at place unloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:24 +msgid "**DAP**: Delivered at place" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:25 +msgid "**DDP**: Delivered duty paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:33 +msgid "Define an Incoterm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define an Incoterm manually, create an invoice or bill, click the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:41 +msgid "Default Incoterm configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can set a default Incoterm rule to **automatically** populate the " +"Incoterm field on all newly created invoices and bills. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll" +" down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, and select an Incoterm " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Incoterm` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing processes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " +"ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " +"invoices are created by the system (with information coming from other " +"documents like sales order or contracts) and accountant just have to " +"validate draft invoices and send the invoices in batch (by regular mail or " +"email)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " +"create draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " +"once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" +" order. You have different options like:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " +"invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " +"delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " +"the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " +"the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " +"whole order, invoice a percentage (advance), invoice some lines, invoice a " +"fixed advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" +" sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " +"you deliver may differs from the ordered quantities: foods (invoice based on" +" actual Kg)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +msgid "" +"This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " +"really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " +"later), the customer will receive two invoices, one for each delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +msgid "" +"An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " +"fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " +"creates an order and the invoice will be triggered once the payment is " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +msgid "Contracts" +msgstr "สัญญา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " +"spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " +"salesperson will trigger invoice based on activities on the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +msgid "Activities can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +msgid "" +"fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +msgid "" +"expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." +" This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " +"time and material. For services companies that invoice on fix price, they " +"use a regular sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +msgid "" +"For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " +"frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" +" the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "อื่นๆ " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +msgid "Creating an invoice manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " +"order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " +"process (quotations), or the delivery of the products or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " +"invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +msgid "if you need to create a refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +msgid "If you need to give a discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +msgid "Specific modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 +msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 +msgid "" +"It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 +msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 +msgid "" +"The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 +msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 +msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 +msgid "" +"It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who " +"want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " +"traditional paper invoices into invoices forms in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses OCR and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the " +"content of the documents. Vendor bills and customer invoices forms are " +"automatically created and populated based on scanned invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:162 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment terms and installment plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment terms** specify all the conditions of a sale's payment to help " +"ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are generally defined on documents such as sales orders, " +"customer invoices, and vendor bills. Payment terms cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Early payment discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other conditions on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +msgid "" +"An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " +"with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "Immediate Payment" +msgstr "ชำระทันที" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:20 +msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "15 Days (or Net 15)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:22 +msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:23 +msgid "21 MFI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 +msgid "30% Advance End of Following Month" +msgstr "ล่วงหน้า 30% เสร็จสิ้นเดือนถัดไป" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 +msgid "" +"30% is due on the day of the invoice's issuance. The remaining balance is " +"due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 +msgid "2% 10, Net 30 EOM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A 2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within" +" ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"following the invoice date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are not to be confused with :doc:`down payment invoices " +"</applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment>`. If, for a specific " +"order, you issue multiple invoices to your customer, that is neither a " +"payment term nor an installment plan but an invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page is about the *payment terms* feature, not :doc:`terms & conditions" +" <terms_conditions>`, which can be used to declare contractual obligations " +"regarding content use, return policies, and other policies surrounding the " +"sale of goods and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: payment terms <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-" +"terms-1679>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:48 +msgid "To create new payment terms, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " +"click on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Enter a name in the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field. This field is the name " +"displayed in the database and is not customer-facing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Enter the text to be displayed on the document (sales order, invoice, etc.) " +"in the :guilabel:`Description on the Invoice` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Display terms on invoice` checkbox to display a " +"breakdown of each payment and its due date on the invoice report, if " +"desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Terms` section, add a set of rules (terms) to define what " +"needs to be paid and by which due date(s). Defining terms automatically " +"calculates the payments' due date(s). This is particularly helpful for " +"managing **installment plans** (:dfn:`payment terms with multiple terms`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, define its :guilabel:`Due " +"Type` and :guilabel:`Value`, and fill out the appropriate fields to define " +"when the term is due, including any :doc:`discounts <cash_discounts>`. Due " +"dates are calculated by taking the invoice/bill date, first adding the " +":guilabel:`Months`, and then adding the :guilabel:`Days`. If the " +":guilabel:`End of month` toggle is enabled, the due date will then be the " +"end of that month, plus any :guilabel:`Days after End of month`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To instead specify a number of days *before the end of the month*, use a " +"negative value in the :guilabel:`Days after End of month` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To test that your payment terms are configured correctly, enter an invoice " +"amount and invoice date in the :guilabel:`Example` section to generate the " +"payments that would be due and their due dates using these payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order of their due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" +" is due at the end of the following month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" +"month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:91 +msgid "Using payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Contacts:** To automatically set default payment terms on a contact's new " +"sales orders, invoices, and bills. This can be modified in the contact form," +" under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**Quotations/Sales Orders:** To set specific payment terms automatically on " +"all invoices generated from a quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Due Date` field, with the " +":guilabel:`Terms` drop-down list on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 +msgid "**Customer invoices:** To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "**Vendor bills:** To set specific payment terms on a bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Setting payment terms on a vendor bill is mostly useful for managing vendor " +"terms with multiple installments or cash discounts. Otherwise, manually " +"setting the **due date** is enough. If payment terms are already defined, " +"empty the field to select a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Invoices with specific payment terms generate different *journal entries*, " +"with one *journal item* for every computed *due date*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier :doc:`follow-ups " +"</applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up>` and " +":doc:`reconciliation </applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation>`" +" since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance " +"due date. It also helps to get an accurate :ref:`aged receivable report " +"<customer-invoices/aging-report>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The amount debited to the account receivable is split into two journal items with\n" +"distinct due dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " +"payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" +" the end of the following month.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "บัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "เดบิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "เครดิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "ลูกหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +msgid "February 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +msgid "March 31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +msgid "700" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 +msgid "Product Sales" +msgstr "การขายสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The $1000 debited to the account receivable is split into two distinct " +"journal items. Both of them have their own due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "Snailmail" +msgstr "Snailmail" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Sending direct mail can be an effective strategy for grabbing people's " +"attention, especially when their email inboxes are overflowing. With Odoo, " +"you have the ability to send invoices and follow-up reports through postal " +"mail worldwide, all from within your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" +" invoices` section to activate :guilabel:`Snailmail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the " +":guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst-1 +msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:25 +msgid "Send invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Open your invoice, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` and select " +":guilabel:`Send by Post`. Make sure your customer’s address is set " +"correctly, including the country, before sending the letter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Your document must respect the following rules to pass the validation before" +" being sent:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Margins must be **5 mm** on all sides. As Odoo forces the outer margins by " +"filling them with white before sending the snailmail, it can results in the " +"user's custom being cut off if it protrudes into the margins. To check the " +"margins, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`General Settings --> Technical --> Reporting section: Paper " +"Format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here " +"<snailmail/snailmail-template.pdf>` to get more info about the area)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Pingen (Odoo Snailmail service provider) scans the area to process the " +"address, so if something gets written outside the area, it is not counted as" +" part of the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "กำหนดราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Snailmail is an :doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase` service that " +"requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes " +"one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Customer invoices: Snailmail`, click on :guilabel:`Buy " +"credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases: Odoo IAP`," +" and click on :guilabel:`View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/terms-" +"conditions-1680>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"</applications/websites/website>` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "เริ่มเลย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:7 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here <fiscal_localizations/packages>` for more " +"information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "ข้อมูลบริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "บัญชีธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <bank/bank_synchronization>` for more information about " +"this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Click here <bank>` for more information about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:83 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "รอบระยะเวลาบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:99 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "ผังบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <get_started/chart_of_accounts>` for more information on " +"how to configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:115 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:124 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:129 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:130 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:131 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "โครงร่างใบแจ้งหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:147 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:164 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "วิธีการชำระเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Provider* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:181 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "ตัวอย่างใบแจ้งหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:189 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:190 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory average price valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the :doc:`inventory valuation page " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`," +" one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock " +"valuation, is the average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "ปฏิบัติการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "มูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "ผังบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "สินทรัพย์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "หนี้สิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "ส่วนของเจ้าของ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "รายได้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "รายจ่าย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:58 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "รายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "หมวดหมู่" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "ประเภทบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "งบดุล" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:62 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "ลูกหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:71 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "ธนาคารและเงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:83 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "สินทรัพย์หมุนเวียน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:86 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "สินทรัพย์ไม่หมุนเวียน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "ชำระเงินล่วงหน้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "สินทรัพย์ถาวร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:65 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "เจ้าหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "บัตรเครดิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:95 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "หนี้สินหมุนเวียน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:98 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "หนี้สินไม่หมุนเวียน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:101 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "กำไรสะสม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:20 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "กำไร & ขาดทุน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "รายได้อื่นๆ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "ค่าเสื่อมสภาพ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "ต้นทุนสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "อื่นๆ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "รายการนอกงบดุล" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "Default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:58 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "แท็ก" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" +msgstr "กลุ่ม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 +msgid "Create account groups manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "เลิกใช้งานแล้ว" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 +msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/chart-" +"of-accounts-1630>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/update-your-chart-of-accounts-1658>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss, which is an analysis over a " +"period)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth and the goods it owns. Fixed " +"assets include buildings and offices, while current assets include bank " +"accounts and cash. The money owed by a client is an asset. An employee is " +"not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers). Liabilities " +"could also be defined as a source of financing which is provided to the " +"company, also called *leverage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners of the " +"company (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or " +"losses). Each year, net profits (or losses) may be reported as retained " +"earnings or distributed to the shareholders (as a dividend)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:34 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "A difference is made between **assets** and **expenses**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An **asset** is a resource with economic value that an individual, " +"corporation, or country owns or controls with the expectation that it will " +"provide a future benefit. Assets are reported on a company's balance sheet. " +"They are bought or created to increase a firm's value or benefit its " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "" +"An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " +"revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a " +"specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The **revenue** refers to the money earned by the company by selling goods " +"and/or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The **cost of goods sold** (COGS, or also known as \"Cost of Sale\") refers " +"to the sale of goods' costs (e.g., the cost of the materials and labor used " +"to create the goods)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The **Gross profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Operating expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D " +"salaries, rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, and anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold or the cost of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:76 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the company's accounts: both Balance " +"sheet accounts and P&L accounts. Every transaction is recorded by debiting " +"and crediting multiple accounts in a journal entry. In a way, a chart of " +"accounts is like a company's DNA!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Every account listed in the chart of accounts belongs to a specific " +"category. In Odoo, each account has a unique code and belongs to one of " +"these categories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:92 +msgid "**Equity and subordinated debts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of money invested by a company's shareholders to " +"finance the company's activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Subordinated debts** are the amount of money lent by a third party to a " +"company to finance its activities. In the event of the dissolution of a " +"company, these third parties are reimbursed before the shareholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Fixed assets** are tangible (i.e., physical) items or properties that a " +"company purchases and uses to produce its goods and services. Fixed assets " +"are long-term assets. This means the assets have a useful life of more than " +"one year. They also include properties, plants, and equipments (also known " +"as \"PP&E\") and are recorded on the balance sheet with that classification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "**Current assets and liabilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The **current assets** account is a balance sheet line item listed under the" +" Assets section, which accounts for all company-owned assets that can be " +"converted to cash within one year. Current assets include cash, cash " +"equivalents, accounts receivable, stock inventory, marketable securities, " +"prepaid liabilities, and other liquid assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Current liabilities** are a company's short-term financial obligations due" +" within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to " +"suppliers in the form of accounts payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:106 +msgid "" +"A **bank account** is a financial account maintained by a bank or other " +"financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank " +"and a customer are recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A **cash account**, or cash book, may refer to a ledger in which all cash " +"transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts " +"and the cash payment journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 +msgid "**Expenses and income**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "" +"An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " +"revenues. It is simply defined as the cost one is required to spend on " +"obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee " +"wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The term \"**income**\" generally refers to the amount of money, property, " +"and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange " +"for services or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "" +"\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously " +"selected as they are contradictory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g., an invoice, a bank statement," +" a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal " +"to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:143 +msgid "" +"examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "การกระทบยอด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 +msgid "" +":doc:`Reconciliation <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation>` is the process " +"of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and " +"debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices to mark " +"them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts " +"receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:156 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:159 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "Partial payment 1/2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "70" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "65" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "Partial payment 2/2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "Total to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "การกระทบยอดธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**matched with a previously recorded payment**: a payment is registered when" +" a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and " +"reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 +msgid "" +"**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions; only a few should " +"need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the " +"balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:207 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:212 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:241 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "รายการเดินบัญชีจากธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to issue invoices, receive bills, and record transactions in" +" currencies other than the main currency configured for your company. You " +"can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your " +"foreign currency activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:20 +msgid "Main currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **main currency** is defined by default according to the company's " +"country. You can change it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the " +":guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:29 +msgid "Enable foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and " +"enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:41 +msgid "Currency rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Manual update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To manually create and set a currency rate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Configuration --> Currencies`, click on the currency you wish to change" +" the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` to create a new rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:55 +msgid "Automatic update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you activate a second currency for the first time, :guilabel:`Automatic" +" Currency Rates` appears under :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on" +" the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo can update the rates at regular intervals. To do so, change the " +":guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to :guilabel:`Daily`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Monthly`. You can also select the web " +"service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:69 +msgid "Exchange difference entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated " +"accounts, in a dedicated journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can define which journal and accounts to use to **post exchange " +"difference entries** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the " +":guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you receive a payment for a customer invoice one month after it was " +"issued, the exchange rate has likely changed since. Therefore, this " +"fluctuation implies some profit or loss due to the exchange difference, " +"which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the" +" account are forced to have that account's currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Charts of " +"Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. " +"If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "สมุดรายวัน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles " +"transactions in that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field " +":guilabel:`Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:113 +msgid "Multi-currency accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:118 +msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:120 +msgid "" +"For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the " +"transaction on the document itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 +msgid "Payment registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To register a payment in a currency other than your company's main currency," +" click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` payment button of your document " +"and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:143 +msgid "Bank transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank transactions, the amount is in the company's" +" main currency. To input a **foreign currency**, select a currency in the " +":guilabel:`Foreign Currency`. Once selected, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` in" +" your main currency for it to automatically get converted in the foreign " +"currency in the :guilabel:`Amount in Currency field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the " +"equivalent amount in your company's main currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:160 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To see **exchange difference journal entries**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: " +"Miscellaneous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "สถานะทางการเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 +msgid "Payments" +msgstr "การชำระเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " +"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " +"outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " +"invoices/bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers <payments/internal_transfers>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-" +"configuration-1880>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:24 +msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " +"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " +"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " +"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " +"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " +"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" +" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " +"the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " +"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " +":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " +"pay and make a partial or full payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " +"<bank/outstanding-accounts>`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " +"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " +"status :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"longer linked to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " +"automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " +"journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " +"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " +"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " +"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " +"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " +"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +" :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " +"reconciled with the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +msgid "Batch payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " +":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " +"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" +" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " +"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +msgid "Payments matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " +"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " +"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " +"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Reconciliation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " +"debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" +" needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +msgid "Batch payments matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " +"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " +"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " +"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " +"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " +"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **batch deposit** is a convenient way to group customer payments and " +"deposit them into your bank account. The feature lets you list multiple " +"payments and generate a detailed deposit slip with a batch reference. This " +"reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with " +"transactions in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" +" Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:17 +msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:20 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Before performing a batch deposit, it is necessary to register each " +"transaction's payment. To do so, open the corresponding customer invoice and" +" click :guilabel:`Register Payment`. In the pop-up window, select the " +":guilabel:`Journal` linked to your bank account and :guilabel:`Batch " +"Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:32 +msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To add payments to a batch deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to " +"include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:49 +msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit " +"slip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Once the bank transactions are on your database, you can reconcile bank " +"statement lines with the batch payment. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and click :guilabel:`Reconcile Items` on " +"the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select" +" a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, " +"remove the related payment before reconciling." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:72 +msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in " +"euros. With **SEPA Direct Debit** (SDD), your customers can sign a mandate " +"that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. " +"This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " +"of the European Union as well as additional countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"<https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other/epc-list-" +"sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"activate :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)`, and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +" Enter your company's :guilabel:`Creditor Identifier`. This number is " +"provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for " +"delivering them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 +msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 +msgid "Create a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SDD (sepa direct debit)` Mandate is the document that your " +"customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers " +"--> Direct Debit Mandates`, on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form. " +"Export the PDF file by clicking on :guilabel:`Print`. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click " +"on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " +"the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your" +" own :doc:`Bank Account <../bank>` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:50 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 +msgid "" +"SDD can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce** or on the " +"**Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Provider**. With this " +"method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Payment Acquirers`, click on :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Make sure to change the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " +"to check :guilabel:`Online Signature`, as this is necessary to let your " +"customers sign their mandates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " +"address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 +msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Direct debit mandates are closed automatically after their :guilabel:`End " +"Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until" +" it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Close` updates the mandate’s end day to the current " +"day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be " +"processed with an SDD payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Revoke` disables the mandate immediately. No SDD " +"payment can be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. " +"However, payments that have already been registered are still included in " +"the next SDD `.xml` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot" +" be reactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " +"active SDD mandate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and " +"choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +msgid "" +"`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"online banking interface to process all payments at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank `implementation " +"guidelines <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" +"library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-customer-psp-" +"implementation>`_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To generate your `.xml` file of multiple pending SDD payments, you can " +"create a batch payment. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Customers --> Payments`, select the needed payments, then click on " +":guilabel:`Action`, and finally :guilabel:`Create a batch Payment`. Once you" +" click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for " +"download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 +msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:126 +msgid ":doc:`batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"<https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other/epc-list-" +"sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Sepa guidelines <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" +"library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-inter-psp-" +"implementation-guidelines>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "ตรวจสอบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts <checks/outstanding-account>` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process <checks/reconciliation-bypass>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts <bank/outstanding-accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation <accounting/reconciliation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 +msgid "" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation <batch>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Statement Match" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +msgid "100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "รายรับคงค้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "X" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " +"(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 +msgid "" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A follow-up message can be sent to customers when a payment is overdue. Odoo" +" helps you identify late payments and allows you to schedule and send the " +"appropriate reminders using **follow-up actions** that automatically trigger" +" one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send " +"your follow-ups via different means, such as email, post, or SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-follow-up-1682>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To configure a :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Follow-up Levels`, and " +"select or create (a) new follow-up level(s). Several follow-up actions are " +"available by default under the :guilabel:`Notification` tab, and the " +"**name** as well as the **number of days** can be changed. The follow-up " +":guilabel:`Actions` available are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send Email`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`Send a Letter <customer_invoices/snailmail>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS message <pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can use a pre-filled template for your messages by selecting a " +":guilabel:`Content Template`. To change the template used, hover over the " +"field and click the :guilabel:`-->`. If enabled, SMS messages have a " +"specific :guilabel:`Sms Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automatically send a reminder by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Automatic` option, and attaching the *open* invoice(s) by " +"enabling :guilabel:`Attach Invoices`, within a specific follow-up action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:33 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Activity` tab, scheduling activities (tasks) " +"is possible. That way, an activity is automatically scheduled when the " +"follow-up is triggered. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Schedule Activity`, and " +"select a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for the task. Choose an " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`, and enter a :guilabel:`Summary` on how to handle " +"the activity, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Set a negative number of days to send a reminder before the actual due date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 +msgid "Follow-up reports" +msgstr "รายงานการติดตามผล" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Overdue invoices you need to follow up on are available in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Follow-up Reports`. By default," +" Odoo filters by :guilabel:`Overdue Invoices`, but you can also filter by " +":guilabel:`In need of action` in the :guilabel:`Filters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:49 +msgid "" +"When selecting an invoice, you can see all of the customer's unpaid invoices" +" (overdue or not), with the due dates of late invoices appearing in red. You" +" can exclude invoices from a reminder by clicking :guilabel:`Exclude from " +"Follow-ups`. You can set either :guilabel:`Automatic` or :guilabel:`Manual` " +"reminders as well as a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for that customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To send reminders, click on :guilabel:`Follow up`, and select the action(s) " +"you want to perform from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sms`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`By post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can :guilabel:`Attach Invoices` and change the content templates from " +"this view. When done, click :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Send & Print`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The contact information on the invoice or the contact form is used to send " +"the reminder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If it is not the right time for a reminder, you can specify the " +":guilabel:`Next Reminder` date. You will get the next report according to " +"the next reminder date set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all bank statements right before launching the follow-up process " +"to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:76 +msgid "Debtor's trust level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To know whether a customer usually pays late or not, you can set a trust " +"level by marking them as :guilabel:`Good Debtor`, :guilabel:`Normal Debtor`," +" or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the" +" bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst-1 +msgid "Set debtor's trust level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:86 +msgid "Send reminders in batches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can send reminder emails in batches from the :guilabel:`Follow-up " +"Reports` page. To do so, select all the reports you would like to process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process " +"follow-ups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and" +" **follow-ups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to track vendor conditions, we use **Payment Terms** in Odoo. They " +"allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** " +"are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms " +"or click existing ones to modify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-" +"terms-1679?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once **Payment Terms** are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Vendors`, select a " +"vendor, click the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select a specific " +"**Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo " +"automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one" +" on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the **Aged Payable** report." +" To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner " +"Reports: Aged Payable`. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the " +"amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on " +"each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to " +"pay within the following months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can get a list of all your vendor bills by going to " +":menuselection:`Vendors --> Bills`. To view only the bills that you need to " +"pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue " +"payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group" +" By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../bank>` to see how to add an " +"additional bank account to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:28 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:91 +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../bank/transactions>`, or :doc:`synchronizing " +"<../bank/bank_synchronization>` your :guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in" +" the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make " +"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms>` to the " +"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 +msgid "Online payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," +" you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " +"Now* button on their **Customer Portal**. This allows your customers to see " +"their invoices online and pay directly with their favorite payment method, " +"making the payment process much easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Providers are correctly configured " +"<payment_providers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 +msgid "" +"By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " +"</applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " +"Payment**, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:33 +msgid "Customer Portal" +msgstr "Portal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:35 +msgid "" +"After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " +"email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" +" them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:42 +msgid "" +"They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:3 +msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Following recent changes in Odoo 16, you might be warned that disabling the " +":guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting will uninstall modules. If you " +"want to disable the feature without uninstalling modules, follow the steps " +"below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment " +"Patch**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / " +"Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 +msgid "" +"To check if the module is already installed, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove " +"the `Apps` filter, and search for `account_payment`. If the module **Payment" +" - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** is present and marked as " +"installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to " +"disable the feature without side-effect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The possibility to disable the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting " +"without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able " +"to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, you must " +"update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page " +"</administration/maintain/update>`, or by contacting your integrating " +"partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 +msgid "" +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:41 +msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"first testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com " +"customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management " +"page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For" +" on-premise users, you should use a staging environment---contact your " +"integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module " +"in your particular setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The module should now be available in your :guilabel:`Apps` menu. Remove the" +" ``Apps`` filter and search for ``account_payment``; the module " +":guilabel:`Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch` should be " +"available for installation. If you cannot find the module after having " +"updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not" +" up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended " +"and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. You " +"can then print all the payments registered by check. Finally, the bank " +"reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with " +"actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:13 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" +" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " +":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" +" installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " +"module is required to print U.S. checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "สหรัฐอเมริกา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +msgid "registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +msgid "reconciling bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to" +" :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " +"you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " +":guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the " +"reconciled checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"click on :guilabel:`Print`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union to simplify bank transfers denominated in euros. SEPA " +"allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:9 +msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:11 +msgid "EFTA countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:13 +msgid "Iceland;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:14 +msgid "Liechtenstein;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:15 +msgid "Norway;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:16 +msgid "Switzerland." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:18 +msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:20 +msgid "Andorra;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:21 +msgid "Monaco;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:22 +msgid "San Marino;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:23 +msgid "United Kingdom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:24 +msgid "Vatican City State." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:26 +msgid "Non-EEA territories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:28 +msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Guernsey;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:30 +msgid "Jersey;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:31 +msgid "Isle of Man." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When paying a bill in Odoo, you can select SEPA mandates as a payment " +"option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank" +" wire transfers and send it to the bank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:36 +msgid "" +"By default, the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard among banks. However, for " +"Swiss and German companies, other formats are used " +"**'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for " +"Germany." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly " +"match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:48 +msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must activate the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"setting. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Vendor Payments: SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)`. By activating the" +" setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT " +"option when paying your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:56 +msgid "" +"According to the localization package installed, the **SEPA Direct Debit** " +"and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, " +"they need to be :ref:`installed <general/install>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:60 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:62 +msgid "" +"From the accounting dashboard, click on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) " +"on your bank journal and select :guilabel:`Configuration`. Click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add " +":guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account numbers do " +"not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the " +":guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Registering payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:72 +msgid "" +"You can register and vendor payments made with SEPA. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`. When creating your " +"payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The first time you pay a vendor with SEPA, you have to fill in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` field with the bank name, IBAN, and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is " +"respected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the " +"bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is registered, do not forget to confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment` button at the top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the " +"payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled " +"with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "Main reports available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " +"very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " +"countries :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 +msgid "**Balance Sheet**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 +msgid "**Profit and Loss**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 +msgid "**Executive Summary**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 +msgid "**General Ledger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 +msgid "**Aged Payable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 +msgid "**Aged Receivable**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 +msgid "**Tax Report**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " +"Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " +"more details (payments, invoices, journal items, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" +" want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " +"periods back from the date of the report if you don't want to use the " +"default **Previous 1 Period** option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" +" of your organisation as at a particular date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 +msgid "Profit and Loss" +msgstr "กำไรขาดทุน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " +"organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" +" period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 +msgid "Executive Summary" +msgstr "ข้อมูลสรุป" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " +"figures you need to run your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " +"reporting :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "**Performance:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 +msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 +msgid "**Net profit margin:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " +"costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " +"company has (things like rent, electricity, taxes you need to pay as a " +"result of those sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " +"make those profits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "**Position:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "**Average debtor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " +"across all your customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "**Average creditor days:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" +" all your bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 +msgid "" +"How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " +"i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " +"your **Purchases account** for the month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 +msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " +"(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " +"liabilities (liabilities which will be due in the next year). This is " +"typically used as as a measure of a company's ability to service its debt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 +msgid "General Ledger" +msgstr "บัญชีแยกประเภททั่วไป" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" +" chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " +"account and from there you can view a detailed transaction report or any " +"exceptions. This report is useful for checking every transaction that " +"occurred during a certain period of time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 +msgid "Aged Payable" +msgstr "อายุบัญชีเจ้าหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" +" bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " +"gone unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 +msgid "Aged Receivable" +msgstr "อายุบัญชีลูกหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " +"payment during a selected month and several months prior." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 +msgid "Cash Flow Statement" +msgstr "งบกระแสเงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " +"income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " +"operating, investing and financing activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "รายงานภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 +msgid "" +"This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " +"taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Analytic accounting helps you track costs and revenues, as well as analyze " +"the profitability of a project or service. When creating your journal " +"entries, the analytic widget allows the distribution of costs in one or more" +" analytic accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Enable the :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` feature by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:16 +msgid "Analytic accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:18 +msgid "The analytic accounts give an overview of your costs and revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Access your existing analytic accounts by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Accounts`. To create a new analytic account, click :guilabel:`New`," +" and fill in the required information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: add the name of your analytic account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: select the customer related to your project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: add a reference to make it easier to find the account" +" when you are on your bill;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Plan`: add an :ref:`analytic plan " +"<analytic_accounting/analytic_plans>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: if you are managing multiple companies, select the " +"company for which the analytic account will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency of the analytic account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:33 +msgid "Then, fill in your :doc:`budget <budget>` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:38 +msgid "Analytic plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The analytic plans allow you to analyze your accounting. For example, to " +"track costs and revenues by project or department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can access the analytic plans by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`. Click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 +msgid "create an analytic plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:50 +msgid "The following information must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Parent`: link your plan to another :guilabel:`Analytic Plan` to " +"build a hierarchy between your plans;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the " +"widget when creating a new journal entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: if selected, it is not mandatory to add the analytic " +"plan in the widget;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory`: if selected, an orange bullet is visible in the " +"widget next to the plan until the analytic distribution is done (the bullet " +"then turns to green); it is not possible to confirm the entry if no analytic" +" account is selected;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unavailable`: if selected, the plan is not available in the " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: select the color of the tag related to this specific " +"plan;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company to which the plan applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can also fine-tune your plans' applicability by filling in the " +":guilabel:`Applicability` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Domain`: choose to which accounting document your plan applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Financial Accounts Prefix`: select the prefix of the account(s) " +"to which this plan should be applied;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: decide to which product category the plan " +"applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when " +"creating a new journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"entry. The applicability you set here always overrides the default " +"applicability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:75 +msgid "Two smart buttons are available in the top-right corner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subplans`: can be created to have a more complex analytic " +"structure. Click the :guilabel:`Subplans` smart button, and then " +":guilabel:`New` to add a subplan;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Accounts`: to reach the analytic accounts related to the" +" plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The analytic widget is prefilled based on the applicability, and the " +":ref:`Analytic Distribution Models <analytic_distribution_models>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:84 +msgid "Each analytic plan must have at least one analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:87 +msgid "Analytic distribution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add a plan in the :guilabel:`Analytic` column when creating an invoice or " +"bill. This field is mandatory only if you previously linked your analytic " +"plan to at least one analytic account. After adding the plan, a **widget** " +"opens where you can fill in the different information. You can add **tags** " +"to reflect the related analytic accounts and decide how to split the costs " +"between the accounts by modifying the percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 +msgid "create a distribution template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:102 +msgid "Analytic distribution models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The analytic distribution models automatically apply a specific distribution" +" based on defined criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To create a new analytic distribution model, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Distribution " +"Models`, click :guilabel:`New` and set the conditions your model has to meet" +" to automatically apply:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounts Prefix`: this analytic distribution will apply to all " +"financial accounts sharing the prefix specified;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partner`: select a partner for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partner Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it " +"by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Partner" +" Category` box. Add the partner category for which the analytic distribution" +" will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select a product for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it " +"by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Product" +" Category` box. Select a product category for which the analytic " +"distribution will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic`: add the analytic accounts and their distribution;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select a company for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: if the above conditions are met, the " +":guilabel:`Analytic plan` defined in this field as well as the distribution " +"to be applied between the different analytic accounts is selected " +"automatically on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To **mass edit** several entries simultaneously, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Journal items`, and select the" +" ones that need to be updated. Add the required distribution in the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` column, and click on the :guilabel:`floppy" +" disk` icon to save. The analytic distribution template pops up, and you can" +" save it for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with how money is spent and direct people to " +"organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allow the " +"planning of a desired financial outcome and then measure the actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both **general** " +"and **analytic accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Analytics section`, and enable :guilabel:`Budget Management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:17 +msgid "Budgetary positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To define budgetary positions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management: Budgetary Positions` and :guilabel:`New`. Add " +"a :guilabel:`Name` to your budgetary position and select the " +":guilabel:`Company` it applies to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add one " +"or more accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the chart of " +"accounts, though it must have at least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:32 +msgid "Use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:34 +msgid "Let’s illustrate this with an example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:36 +msgid "" +"We just started a project with *Smith & Co*, and we would like to budget the" +" income and expenses of that project. We plan on having a revenue of 1000, " +"and we don’t want to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:39 +msgid "" +"First, we need to define what accounts relate to our project’s expenses. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary " +"positions`, and click :guilabel:`New` to add a position. Add the accounts " +"wherein expenses will be booked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let's repeat the steps to create a budgetary position that reflects the " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:54 +msgid "Analytical accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget, as the above general accounts may be used for different projects. Go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Accounts` and click :guilabel:`New` to add a new **Analytic " +"Account** called *Smith & Co*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plan` field has to be completed. Plans group multiple " +"analytic accounts; they distribute costs and benefits to analyze business " +"performance. **Analytic Plans** can be created or configured by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Plans`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When creating a new customer invoice and/or vendor bill, you have to refer " +"to this analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "add analytic accounts in a new invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:73 +msgid "Define the budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Let’s set our targets. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this " +"project, and we would like not to spend more than 700. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new budget for *Smith & Co* project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:79 +msgid "" +"First, fill in your :guilabel:`Budget Name`. Then, select the " +":guilabel:`Period` wherein the budget is applicable. Next, add the " +":guilabel:`Budgetary Position` you want to track, define the related " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`, and add the :guilabel:`Planned Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "budget lines display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When recording a planned amount related to expenses, the amount must be " +"negative." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:91 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and find the " +"*Smith & Co* Project to see how it evolves according to the expenses or " +"income for the related analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Practical Amount` evolves when a new journal entry related to" +" your analytic account and an account from your budgetary position is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Theoretical Amount` represents the amount of money you " +"theoretically could have spent or should have received based on the date. " +"For example, suppose your budget is 1200 for 12 months (January to " +"December), and today is 31 of January. In that case, the theoretical amount " +"will be 100 since this is the actual amount that could have been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. The engine " +"allows you to create new reports, such as **tax reports**, or **balance " +"sheets** and **income statements** with **specific groupings** and " +"**layouts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to access the accounting" +" report creation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To create a new report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Accounting Reports`. From here, you can either create a " +":ref:`root report <customize-reports/root>` or a :ref:`variant <customize-" +"reports/variants>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Accounting reports engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:24 +msgid "Root reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Root reports can be regarded as generic, neutral accounting reports. They " +"serve as models on which local accounting versions are built. If a report " +"has no root report, it is considered to be a root report itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A tax report for Belgium and the US would both use the same generic version " +"as a base and adapt it for their domestic regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When creating a new root report, you need to create a **menu item** for it. " +"To do so, open the report and then, on that same report, click on " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Menu Item`. Refresh the page; the report " +"is now available under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Cases that require creating a new root report are rare, such as when a " +"country's tax authorities require a new and specific type of report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Create Menu Item button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:49 +msgid "Variants" +msgstr "ตัวแปร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Variants are country-specific versions of root reports and, therefore, " +"always refer to a root report. To create a variant, select a generic (root) " +"report in the :guilabel:`Root Report` field when creating a new report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When a root report is opened from one of the accounting app's main menus, " +"all its variants are displayed in the variant selector in the top right " +"corner of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the following image, :guilabel:`VAT Report (BE)` is the variant of the " +"root :guilabel:`Generic Tax report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Report variant selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "รายการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After having created a report (either root or variant), you need to fill it " +"with lines. You can either create a new one by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, or modify an existing line by clicking on it. All lines *require* a " +":guilabel:`Name`, and can have an optional additional :guilabel:`Code` (of " +"your choice) if you wish to use their value in formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Engine lines options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:79 +msgid "Expressions" +msgstr "ตัวสั่งงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Each line can contain one or multiple **expressions**. Expressions can be " +"seen as **sub-variables** needed by a report line. To create an expression, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` *within* a line report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"When creating an expression, you must attribute a :guilabel:`label` used to " +"refer to that expression. Therefore, it has to be **unique** among the " +"expressions of each line. Both a :guilabel:`Computation Engine` and a " +":guilabel:`Formula` must also be indicated. The **engine** defines how your " +"**formula(s)** and **subformula(s)** are interpreted. It is possible to mix " +"expressions using different computation engines under the same line if you " +"need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:92 +msgid "Depending on the engine, :guilabel:`subformulas` may also be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:95 +msgid "'Odoo Domain' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"With this engine, a formula is interpreted as an :ref:`Odoo domain " +"<reference/orm/domains>` targeting `account.move.line` objects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domain " +"are used to compute the value of the expression:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "`sum`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:108 +msgid "`sum_if_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " +"amount is positive. Otherwise, it is `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:112 +msgid "`sum_if_neg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " +"amount is negative. Otherwise, it is `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:117 +msgid "`count_rows`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The result is the number of sub-lines of this expression. If the parent line" +" has a group-by value, this will correspond to the number of distinct " +"grouping keys in the matched move lines. Otherwise, it will be the number of" +" matched move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can also put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula to " +"**reverse** the sign of the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Expression line within a line report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:127 +msgid "'Tax Tags' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:129 +msgid "" +"A formula made for this engine consists of a name used to match tax tags. If" +" such tags do not exist when creating the expression, they will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When evaluating the expression, the expression computation can roughly be " +"expressed as: **(amount of the move lines with** `+` **tag)** `-` **(amount " +"of the move lines with** `-` **tag)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If the formula is `tag_name`, the engine matches tax tags `+tag_name` and " +"`-tag_name`, creating them if necessary. To exemplify further: two tags are " +"matched by the formula. If the formula is `A`, it will require (and create, " +"if needed) tags `+A` and `-A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:141 +msgid "'Aggregate Other Formulas' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Use this engine when you need to perform arithmetic operations on the " +"amounts obtained for other expressions. Formulas here are composed of " +"references to expressions separated by one of the four basic arithmetic " +"operators (addition `+`, subtraction `-`, division `/`, and multiplication " +"`*`). To refer to an expression, type in its parent line's **code** followed" +" by a period `.` and the expression's **label** (ex. **code.label**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:149 +msgid "**Subformulas** can be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:153 +msgid "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:157 +msgid "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is lower " +"than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:161 +msgid "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " +"strictly between the provided bounds. Otherwise, it will be brought back to " +"the closest bound." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 +msgid "" +"`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" +" the bound expressed in that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " +"in another report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 +msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 +msgid "" +"This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " +"these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Arithmetic expressions can also be a single prefix, such as here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10 - 5`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose " +"codes start with `21` and `10`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on " +"accounts with the prefix `5`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 +msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10\\\\(101, 102) - 5\\\\(57)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula works the same way as the previous example but ignores the " +"prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 +msgid "" +"You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " +"`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" +" matches, *and* if the total balance of the move lines made on this account " +"is **credit/debit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " +"25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " +"25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 +msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose code" +" starts with `21` *if* it is debit (`D`) and `10` *if* it is credit (`C`), " +"but ignores prefixes `101`, `102`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on " +"accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " +"an empty exclusion `()`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D\\\\()`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula matches accounts whose code starts with `21D`, regardless of " +"their balance sign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +msgid "'External Value' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " +"values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " +"`account.report.external.value`. Each of these objects directly points to " +"the expression it impacts, so very little needs to be done about their " +"selection here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 +msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "`most_recent`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "" +"If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "`rounding=X`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 +msgid "`editable`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " +"an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 +msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`editable;rounding=2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 +msgid "" +"This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " +"expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " +"function** to call, and the subformula is a **key** to fetch in the " +"**dictionary** returned by this function. Use it only if you are making a " +"custom module of your own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "คอลัมน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" +" gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " +"field :guilabel:`expression_label` of the column gives the label of the " +"expressions whose value is displayed. If a line has no **expression** in " +"that field, then nothing is displayed for it in this column. If multiple " +"columns are required, you must use different **expression** labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Columns of report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 +msgid "" +"When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" +" and for each period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:3 +msgid "Data inalterability check report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tax authorities in some countries require companies to **prove their posted " +"accounting entries are inalterable**, meaning that once an entry has been " +"posted, it can no longer be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To do so, Odoo can use the **SHA-256 algorithm** to create a unique " +"fingerprint for each posted entry. This fingerprint is called a hash. The " +"hash is generated by taking an entry's essential data (the values of the " +"`date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, `account_id`, and " +"`partner_id` fields), concatenating it, and inputting it to the SHA-256 hash" +" function, which then outputs a fixed size (256-bit) string of characters. " +"The hash function is deterministic (:dfn:`the same input always creates the " +"same output`): any minor modification to the original data would completely " +"change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often " +"used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In addition, the previous entry's hash is always added to the next entry to " +"form a **hash chain**. This is used to ensure a new entry is not added " +"afterward between two posted entries, as doing so would break the hash " +"chain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Hashes generated by the SHA-256 algorithm are theoretically not unique, as " +"there is a finite number of possible values. However, this number is " +"exceptionally high: 2²⁵⁶, which is a lot bigger than the number of atoms in " +"the known universe. This is why hashes are considered unique in practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:30 +msgid "Lock posted entries with hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To start using the hashing function, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration > Journals`. Open the journal for which you want to activate " +"the feature, go to the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and enable " +":guilabel:`Lock Posted Entries with Hash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you post an entry on a locked journal, you cannot disable the feature " +"anymore, nor edit any posted entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:43 +msgid "Report download" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To download the data inalterability check report, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Reporting` and" +" click on :guilabel:`Download the Data Inalterability Check Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The report's first section is an overview of all your journals and their " +"configuration. Under the inalterability check column, you can see whether or" +" not a journal's posted entries are locked with a hash (V) or not (X). The " +"coverage column tells you when a journal's posted entries started being " +"locked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration report for two journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The second section gives you the result of the data consistency check for " +"each hashed journal. You can view the first hashed entry and its " +"corresponding hash and the last hashed entry and its corresponding hash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst-1 +msgid "Data consistency check report for a journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" +msgstr "อินทราสแทต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Intrastat is the data collection and statistics production system for goods " +"traded among EU member states. It collects data on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Commercial transactions of goods for use, consumption, investment, or resale" +" with ownership transfer;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Goods movements without transfer of ownership (e.g., stock relocations or " +"moves of goods before or after outsourced production or processing, and " +"after maintenance or repair);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:12 +msgid "Returns of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Although the Intrastat system continues to be used, the term Intrastat is " +"not used in the `latest legislation " +"<http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2019/2152/2022-01-01>`_, referring instead to" +" *intra-Union trade in goods statistics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-" +"explained/index.php?title=Glossary:Intrastat>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:26 +msgid "General configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enable the Intrastat report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " +"section, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:35 +msgid "Default transaction codes: invoice and refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can set a default :ref:`transaction code <intrastat/transaction-code>` " +"for all newly created invoice and refund transactions. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select a " +":guilabel:`Default invoice transaction code` and/or a :guilabel:`Default " +"refund transaction code` and then :guilabel:`Save`. The code will be set " +"automatically on all respective invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:45 +msgid "Region code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The region code is **only used by Belgian companies**. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +":guilabel:`Company Intrastat Region` where the company is located and then " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If your warehouses are located in more than one region, you can define the " +"region code at the level of each warehouse instead. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, select a " +"warehouse, set its :guilabel:`Intrastat region`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:0 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat region to a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:63 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:65 +msgid "" +"All products must be properly configured to be included in the Intrastat " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 +msgid "Commodity code" +msgstr "รหัสสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Commodity codes are internationally recognized reference numbers used to " +"classify goods depending on their **nature**. Intrastat uses the `Combined " +"Nomenclature <https://taxation-customs.ec.europa.eu/customs-4/calculation-" +"customs-duties/customs-tariff/combined-nomenclature_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To add a commodity code, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set " +"the product's :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:79 +msgid "" +"`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat commodity codes " +"<https://www.nbb.be/en/statistics/foreign-trade/nomenclature-and-codes>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:85 +msgid "Quantity: weight and supplementary unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Depending on the nature of the goods, it is necessary to specify either the " +"product's weight in kilos (without packaging) or the product's supplementary" +" unit, such as square meter (`m2`), number of items (`p/st`), liter (`l`), " +"or gram (`g`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To add a product's weight or supplementary unit, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product." +" Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, depending on the commodity code set, " +"either fill in the product :guilabel:`Weight` or its " +":guilabel:`Supplementary Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:98 +msgid "Country of origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To add the product's country of origin, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the :guilabel:`Country of Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:106 +msgid "Invoices and bills configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once products are properly configured, several settings must be configured " +"on the invoices and bills you create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:114 +msgid "Transaction code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Transaction codes are used to identify a transaction's nature. :ref:`Default" +" transaction codes <intrastat/default-transaction-codes>` can be set for " +"invoice and refund transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set a transaction code on an invoice line, create an invoice or a bill, " +"click the columns selection button, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat`, and use the " +"newly-added :guilabel:`Intrastat` column to select a transaction code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst-1 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat column to an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat: Nature of transactions from January " +"2022 " +"<https://www.nbb.be/doc/dd/onegate/data/new_natures_of_transaction_2022_en.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:134 +msgid "Partner country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The partner country represents the vendor's country for bills and the " +"customer's country for invoices. It is automatically filled in using the " +"country set in the contact's :guilabel:`Country` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To edit the partner country manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the" +" :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:146 +msgid "Transport code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The transport code identifies the presumed **mode of transport** used to " +"send the goods (arrival or dispatch)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To add the transport code, create an invoice or a bill, go to the " +":guilabel:`Other info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Transport " +"Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:157 +msgid "Value of the goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The value of a good is the untaxed :guilabel:`Subtotal` (:guilabel:`Price` " +"multiplied by :guilabel:`Quantity`) of an invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:165 +msgid "Partner configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Two fields from the partner's contact form are used with Intrastat: " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Country`. The country can be :ref:`manually " +"set <intrastat/partner-country>` on the invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:172 +msgid "Generate the Intrastat report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Generate the report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting -->" +" Audit Reports: Intrastat Report`. It is automatically computed based on the" +" :ref:`default configuration <intrastat/general-configuration>` and the " +"information found on the :ref:`products <intrastat/product-configuration>`, " +":ref:`invoices and bills <intrastat/invoice-bill-configuration>`, and " +":ref:`partners <intrastat/partner>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Export the report as a PDF, XLSX, or XML file to post it to your legal " +"administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each report line refers to a single invoice line and contains the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:184 +msgid "Invoice or bill reference number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"System, which is a code automatically generated depending on whether the " +"document is an invoice (dispatch) or a bill (arrival);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:187 +msgid "" +":ref:`Country <intrastat/partner-country>`, which is the vendor's country " +"for arrivals and the customer's country for dispatches;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:189 +msgid ":ref:`Transaction Code <intrastat/transaction-code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:190 +msgid "" +"(If your company is located in Belgium) :ref:`Region Code <intrastat/region-" +"code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:191 +msgid ":ref:`Commodity Code <intrastat/commodity-code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:192 +msgid ":ref:`Origin Country <intrastat/origin-country>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:193 +msgid ":ref:`Partner VAT <intrastat/partner>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:194 +msgid ":ref:`Transport Code <intrastat/transport-code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`Incoterm Code <../customer_invoices/incoterms>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:196 +msgid ":ref:`Weight <intrastat/quantity>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:197 +msgid ":ref:`Supplementary Units <intrastat/quantity>`; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:198 +msgid "" +":ref:`Value <intrastat/value>`, which is always expressed in euros even if " +"the original invoice or bill used another currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:3 +msgid "Silverfin integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Silverfin <https://www.silverfin.com>`_ is a third-party service provider " +"that offers a cloud platform for accountants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo and Silverfin provide an integration to automate the synchronization of" +" data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To configure this integration, you need to input the following data into " +"your Silverfin account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:15 +msgid "user's email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`Odoo API key <silverfin/api-key>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:17 +msgid "URL of the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:18 +msgid "name of your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo API key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can create Odoo external API keys either :ref:`for a single database " +"<silverfin/api-singledb>` (hosting: Odoo Online, On-premise, and Odoo.sh) or" +" :ref:`for multiple databases managed by a user <silverfin/api-multipledb>` " +"(hosting: Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These API keys are personal and provide full access to your user account. " +"Store it securely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can copy the API key only at its creation, and you cannot retrieve it " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:32 +msgid "If you need it again, create a new API key (and delete the old one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/developer/reference/external_api`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:40 +msgid "One key per database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new API key valid for a single database, click on the user menu," +" then on :guilabel:`My Profile`. Under the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab," +" click on :guilabel:`New API key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive" +" name to your new key, and copy the new API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:56 +msgid "One key for multiple databases (fiduciaries)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new API key valid for all the databases of a single user **(the " +"easiest for fiduciaries)**, navigate to `Odoo's website " +"<https://www.odoo.com>`_ and sign in with your administrator account. Next," +" open `your account security settings in developer mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/security?debug=1>`_, click on :guilabel:`New API " +"Key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and " +"copy the new API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for an Odoo user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax return (VAT declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies with a registered :abbr:`VAT (Value Added Tax)` number must submit" +" a **tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their " +"turnover and the registration regulation. A tax return - or VAT return - " +"gives the tax authorities information about the taxable transactions made by" +" the company. The **output tax** is charged on the number of goods and " +"services sold by a business, while the **input tax** is the tax added to the" +" price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the " +"company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can find additional information about VAT and its mechanism on this page" +" from the European Commission: `\"What is VAT?\" " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "ระยะเวลาการคืนภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo to compute " +"your tax return correctly and also to send you a reminder to never miss a " +"tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Tax Return Periodicity`, you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Periodicity`: define here whether you submit your tax return on a" +" monthly or quarterly basis;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminder`: define when Odoo should remind you to submit your tax " +"return;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:48 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "ตารางภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates tax reports based on the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` settings that " +"are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Grids` by opening the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of any invoice and bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure your tax grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured in Odoo: a :ref:`fiscal" +" localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` is installed " +"according to the country you select at the creation of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:80 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "วันที่ล็อคภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction whose accounting date prior to the :guilabel:`Tax Lock " +"Date` has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful " +"to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is " +"closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +":guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`. This way, other users cannot modify or " +"add transactions that would have an impact on the :guilabel:`Closing Journal" +" Entry`, which can help you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To check the current :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date`, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Actions: Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your :guilabel:`Tax Report` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`. " +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter, this way you can have an overview of your tax report. From this " +"view, you can easily access different formats of your tax report, such as " +"`PDF` and XLSX. These include all the values to report to the tax " +"authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to lock your tax date before clicking on :guilabel:`Closing " +"Journal Entry`, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same" +" date as the accounting date of your entry. This safety mechanism can " +"prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually" +" before, as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:3 +msgid "Year-end closing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Year-end closing is vital for maintaining financial accuracy, complying with" +" regulations, making informed decisions, and ensuring transparency in " +"reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:11 +msgid "Fiscal years" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, the fiscal year is set to last 12 months and end on December " +"31st. However, its duration and end date can vary due to cultural, " +"administrative, and economic considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To modify these values, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section, change the " +":guilabel:`Last Day` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the period lasts *more* than or *less* than 12 months, enable " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Years` and :guilabel:`Save`. Go back to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section and click :guilabel:`➜ Fiscal Years`. " +"From there, click :guilabel:`Create`, give it a :guilabel:`Name`, and both a" +" :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the set fiscal period is over, Odoo automatically reverts to the " +"default periodicity, taking into account the value specified in the " +":guilabel:`Last Day` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:34 +msgid "Before closure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Before closing a fiscal year, ensure first everything is accurate and up-to-" +"date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Make sure all bank accounts are fully :doc:`reconciled " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` up to year-end, and confirm that the ending book " +"balances match the bank statement balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Verify that all :doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>` have been " +"entered and approved and that there are no draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Confirm that all :doc:`vendor bills <../vendor_bills>` have been entered " +"and agreed upon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Validate all :doc:`expenses <../../expenses>`, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all :doc:`received payments <../payments>` have been " +"encoded and recorded accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:46 +msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts <bank_accounts/suspense>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Book all :doc:`depreciation <../vendor_bills/assets>` and :doc:`deferred " +"revenue <../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:51 +msgid "Closing a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:53 +msgid "Then, to close the fiscal year:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Run a :ref:`tax report <reporting/tax-report>`, and verify that all tax " +"information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all accounts on the :ref:`balance sheet <reporting/balance-" +"sheet>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Update the bank balances in Odoo according to the actual balances found on " +"the bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in the cash and bank accounts by running the " +":ref:`aged receivables <reporting/aged-receivable>` and :ref:`aged payables " +"<reporting/aged-payable>` reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Audit all accounts, being sure to fully understand all transactions and " +"their nature, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Optionally, run :ref:`payments matching <payments/matching>` to validate any" +" open vendor bills and customer invoices with their payments. While this " +"step is optional, it could assist the year-end closing process if all " +"outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, potentially finding errors" +" or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, the accountant likely verifies balance sheet items and book entries " +"for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:70 +msgid "year-end manual adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:71 +msgid "work in progress," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:72 +msgid "depreciation journal entries," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:73 +msgid "loans," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:74 +msgid "tax adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:75 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the accountant is going through the year-end audit, they may want to have" +" paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, " +"prepayments, sales tax statements, etc.) to compare these with the balances " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:82 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set a :guilabel:`Journal Entries" +" Lock Date` to the last day (inclusive) of the preceding fiscal year by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`. This " +"way, the accountant can be confident that nobody changes the transactions " +"while auditing the books. Users from the *accountant* access group can still" +" create and modify entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:89 +msgid "Current year's earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses a unique account type called **current year's earnings** to " +"display the amount difference between the **income** and **expenses** " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts can only contain one account of this type. By default," +" it is a 999999 account named :guilabel:`Undistributed Profits/Losses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To allocate the current year's earnings, create a miscellaneous entry to " +"book them to any equity account. Once done, confirm whether or not the " +"current year's earnings in the **balance sheet** is correctly reporting a " +"balance of zero. If that is the case, set an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date`" +" to the last day of the fiscal year by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" +" removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " +"**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" +" that the profit and loss statement corresponds directly with the year-end " +"date specified in Odoo. Therefore, any time the **income statement** is " +"generated, the beginning date corresponds with the beginning of the **fiscal" +" year** and all account balances should equal zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which taxes are automatically selected when there " +"is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills " +"the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or " +"add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:38 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"<fiscal_localizations/packages>`, most of your country's sales taxes are " +"already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are " +"activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for " +"your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:76 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:81 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "ชื่อภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "การคำนวณภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:91 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:101 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:106 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:92 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "ภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "รวม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:115 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:120 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:130 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:147 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "ใช้งานอยู่" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:149 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:162 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "ภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:167 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:171 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:177 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:185 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:187 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:188 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:190 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports <reporting/tax_returns>` " +"automatically, according to your country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:197 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:202 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "ป้ายกำกับบนใบแจ้งหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:214 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "จัดกลุ่มตาม..." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <taxes/fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:225 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "ต้นทุนสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:235 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "รวมอยู่ในราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:243 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:245 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:262 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:273 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "ภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:275 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:297 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 +msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included) pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " +"included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" +" environment, companies usually negotiate prices with taxes excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " +"the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " +"manage all your prices with tax included (or excluded) only, you can still " +"easily do sales order with a price having taxes excluded (or included): " +"that's easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +msgid "" +"This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " +"two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " +"product. The reason of the complexity is that there is not a symmetrical " +"relationship with prices included and prices excluded, as shown in this use " +"case, in belgium with a tax of 21%:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +msgid "" +"But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " +"product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +msgid "" +"So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " +"have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" +" taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +msgid "" +"If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " +"will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " +"Which is very different from a price per piece at 8.26€ tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " +"you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" +" form within the same company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " +"instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " +"same at 9.99€, only the tax is 0.01€ higher. So, if you run an eCommerce in " +"Belgium, make your customer a favor and set your price at 9.99€ instead of " +"10€. Please note that this does not apply to 20€ or 30€, or other tax rates," +" or a quantity >1. You will also make you a favor since you can manage " +"everything tax excluded, which is less error prone and easier for your " +"salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "แนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " +"your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " +"included. Define which one is the default stored on the product form (on the" +" default tax related to the product), and let Odoo compute the other one " +"automatically, based on the pricelist and fiscal position. Negotiate your " +"contracts with customers accordingly. This perfectly works out-of-the-box " +"and you have no specific configuration to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " +"excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " +"must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +msgid "" +"always store the default price **tax excluded** on the product form, and " +"apply a tax (price excluded on the product form)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "" +"create a pricelist with prices in **tax included**, for specific customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +msgid "" +"create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +msgid "" +"assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " +"benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +msgid "" +"but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " +"website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you only use B2C or B2B prices on your website, simply select the " +"appropriate setting in the **Website** app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you have both B2B and B2C prices on a single website, please follow these" +" instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`General Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open either `Technical / Tax display B2B` or `Technical / Tax display B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Users` tab, add the users requiring access to the price" +" type. Add B2C users in the B2C group and B2B users in the B2B group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:113 +msgid "Setting your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " +"usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " +"Tax** from the menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` of the " +"Accounting application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " +"pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Settings` of the Sale application. Choose the option **different prices " +"per customer segment**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " +"default pricelist into B2B to avoid confusion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " +"included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," +" from the :menuselection:`Sales --> Products` menu of the Sales application:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:141 +msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:143 +msgid "" +"From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " +"menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " +"position should map the VAT 21% (tax excluded of price) with a VAT 21% (tax " +"included in price)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:152 +msgid "Test by creating a quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " +"result: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " +"position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " +"have the expected result, which is a total price of 10€ for the customer: " +"8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:169 +msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:172 +msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " +"included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " +"on the customer form so that it will be applied automatically at every sale " +"of this customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:179 +msgid "" +"The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " +"the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " +"included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " +"wrong prices calculated for you. That's why we usually recommend companies " +"to only work with one price reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 +msgid "Avatax integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 +msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" +" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " +"Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " +"included Avatax fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +msgid "Address validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " +"address` link in the customer form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " +"address in the wizard that pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" +" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " +"documents are in draft mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " +"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 +msgid "Cash basis taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:28 +msgid "" +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:66 +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:84 +msgid "Bank $1,150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community distance selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community distance selling involves the cross-border trade of goods" +" and services from vendors registered for VAT purposes to individuals (B2C) " +"located in a European Union member state. The transaction is conducted " +"remotely, typically through online platforms, mail orders, telephone, or " +"other means of communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:10 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community distance selling is subject to specific VAT rules and " +"regulations. The vendor must charge VAT per the VAT rate applicable in the " +"buyer's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This remains applicable even if the vendor is located outside of the " +"European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **EU Intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps you comply with " +"this regulation by creating and configuring new **fiscal positions** and " +"**taxes** based on your company's country. To enable it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, tick " +":guilabel:`EU Intra-community Distance Selling`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can automatically update your fiscal " +"positions. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings" +" --> Taxes --> EU Intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the " +":guilabel:`Refresh tax mapping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the " +"products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:42 +msgid "One-Stop Shop (OSS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`OSS (One-Stop Shop)` system introduced by the European Union " +"simplifies VAT collection for **cross-border** sales of goods and services. " +"It primarily applies to business-to-consumer **(B2C)** cases. With the OSS, " +"businesses can register for VAT in their home country and use a single " +"online portal to handle VAT obligations for their sales within the EU. There" +" are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border " +"services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "รายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " +"the OSS portal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, click :guilabel:`Report: Generic Tax report`, and select either " +":guilabel:`OSS Sales` or :guilabel:`OSS Imports`. Once selected, click on " +":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX`, or :guilabel:`XML` in the top-left " +"corner. This generates the currently-opened report in the selected format. " +"Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to" +" submit it onto the OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 +msgid "OSS reports view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/oss_en>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" +" defined in the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " +"active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 +msgid "Application" +msgstr "แอปพลิเคชัน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 +msgid "Assign to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:28 +msgid "Withholding taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " +"for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " +"payment, and pay that tax to the government. In most jurisdictions, " +"withholding tax applies to employment income." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:10 +msgid "" +"With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" +" pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " +"amount to pay, as the tax will be paid by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:14 +msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " +"the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " +"**government**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " +"retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Taxes`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " +"specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" +" Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " +"(normal tax and retention)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:48 +msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " +"customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " +"line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " +"print or send the invoice, Odoo does the correct grouping amongst all the " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:63 +msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "TaxCloud integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 +msgid "" +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " +"applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 +msgid "" +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:3 +msgid "VAT numbers verification (VIES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " +"provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" +" VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " +"This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " +"number without leaving Odoo interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:23 +msgid "VAT Number validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " +"**Country** and **VAT** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on" +" *Save*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" +" error message if the VAT number is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is " +"invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " +"fields' validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:43 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: VIES search engine " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 +msgid "Vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, we can register vendor bills **manually** or **automatically**, " +"while the **Aged Payable report** provides an overview of all outstanding " +"bills to help us pay the correct amounts on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Tutorial `Registering a vendor bill " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/registering-a-vendor-" +"bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 +msgid "Bill creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:19 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "ด้วยตนเอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create a vendor bill manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Vendors --> Bills` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 +msgid "Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can be automatically created by **sending an email** to an " +":ref:`email alias <invoice-digitization/email-alias>` associated with the " +"purchase journal, or by **uploading a PDF** in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Bills` and then clicking :guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:32 +msgid "Bill completion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Whether the bill is created manually or automatically, make sure the " +"following fields are appropriately completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on the " +"vendor's registered information, previous purchase orders, or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the " +"vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching <payments/matching>` when you " +"receive the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Auto-Complete`: select a past bill/purchase order to " +"automatically complete the document. The :guilabel:`Vendor` field should be " +"completed prior to completing this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: is the issuance date of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: is the date on which the document is registered" +" in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Reference`: when registering the payment, it is " +"automatically indicated in the :guilabel:`Memo` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank`: to indicate to which account number the payment " +"has to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Due Date` or :guilabel:`Terms` to pay the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select in which journal the bill should be recorded and" +" the :doc:`Currency <get_started/multi_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst-1 +msgid "filling the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bills can be :doc:`digitized <vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>` for " +"automatic completion by clicking :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you upload the bill, the PDF document is displayed on the right of the " +"screen, allowing you to easily fill in the bill information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:63 +msgid "Bill confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` when the document is completed. The status of your" +" document changes to :guilabel:`Posted` and a journal entry is generated " +"based on the configuration on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, it is no longer possible to update it. Click " +":guilabel:`Reset to draft` if changes are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:73 +msgid "Bill Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Upon payment of the vendor bill, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`. A " +"new window pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Journal`, the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, the " +":guilabel:`Amount` you wish to pay (full or partial payment), and the " +":guilabel:`Currency`. Odoo fills the :guilabel:`Memo` field automatically if" +" the :guilabel:`Payment Reference` has been set correctly in the vendor " +"bill. If the field is empty, we recommend you select the vendor invoice " +"number as a reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`In Payment` banner appears on the bill until " +"it is :doc:`reconciled <bank/reconciliation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:86 +msgid "Aged payable report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To get an overview of your open vendor bills and their related due dates, " +"you can use the **Aged Payable report**. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged payable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, " +"the amounts due, the due dates, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:96 +msgid "" +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button, you can export the information " +"available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of " +"your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:98 +msgid "" +"You might receive several bills for the same purchase order if your vendor " +"is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or " +"if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "วิธีเส้นตรง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "การลดลง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " +"intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " +"based on the scanned invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Test Odoo's invoice digitization <https://www.odoo.com/app/invoice-" +"automation>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/digitize-bills-with-ocr-1712>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 +msgid "Invoice upload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +msgid "Upload invoices manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " +"button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and select " +":guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 +msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " +"email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " +"customer invoices or vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../documents>` app, you can automatically" +" send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., " +"`inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:70 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My " +"Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:98 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_6>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "เอกสาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Documents** allows you to store, view and manage files within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/documents>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/documents-basics-674>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Using Documents with your Accounting App " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-documents-with-your-accounting-" +"app-675?fullscreen=1#>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Settings`, you " +"can enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity. For example, by ticking :guilabel:`Human Resources`, your HR " +"documents are automatically available in the HR workspace, while documents " +"related to Payroll are automatically available in the Payroll sub-workspace " +". You can change the default workspace by using the dropdown menu and edit " +"its properties by clicking the internal link button (:guilabel:`➔`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you enable the centralization of your accounting files and documents, it " +"is necessary to click on :guilabel:`Journals` and define each journal " +"independently to allow automatic synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the centralization of files attached to your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"created documents will be found under the new workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:43 +msgid "Workspaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " +"actions. Default workspaces exist, but you can create your own by going to " +":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces` and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspaces` and :guilabel:`Sub-workspaces` can be created, " +"edited, or deleted by clicking on the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` on the left " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " +"documents. They are organized per category and filters can be used to sort " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Tags can also be created, edited, or deleted, by clicking on the gear icon " +":guilabel:`⚙`, on the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:70 +msgid "Documents management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a specific document, the right panel displays different " +"options. On the top, additional options might be available: " +":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " +":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "right panel options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " +"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " +"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or to add " +":guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " +"to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " +"supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" +" has complete rights to the document. It is possible to replace the owner of" +" a document. I.e.: an employee must be owner of a document to be able to see" +" it in \"My Profile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Finally, different :guilabel:`Actions` are available at the bottom of the " +"right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:98 +msgid "Workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Workflow actions help you streamline the management of your documents and " +"your overall business operations. These are automated actions that can be " +"created and customized for each workspace. For example, create documents, " +"process bills, sign, organize files, add tags to a file or move it to " +"another workspace with a single click etc. These workflow actions appear on " +"the right panel when it meets the criteria you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:107 +msgid "Create workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Actions` and then click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:113 +msgid "" +"An action applies to all :guilabel:`Child Workspaces` under the " +":guilabel:`Parent Workspace` you selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:117 +msgid "Set the conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." +" You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" +" trigger the appearance of the action button (:guilabel:`▶`) on the right-" +"side panel when selecting a file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:123 +msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: you can both use the :guilabel:`Contains` and " +":guilabel:`Does not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or " +"*mustn't have* the tags set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:130 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"located inside the selected workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:141 +msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:144 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to properly " +"configure *Domain* filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To access the *Domain* condition, the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`" +" needs to be activated. Once that's done, select the :guilabel:`Domain` " +"condition type, and click on :guilabel:`Add Filter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the domain condition type in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " +":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " +"add a workflow action to all the PDF files inside a workspace, set the " +":guilabel:`field` to *Mime Type*, the :guilabel:`operator` to *contains*, " +"and the :guilabel:`value` to *pdf*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add node` (plus-circle icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` " +"(ellipsis icon) to add conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify " +"if your rule should match :guilabel:`ALL` or :guilabel:`ANY` conditions. You" +" can also edit the rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add a node or a branch to a workflow action's condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:172 +msgid "Configure the actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " +"simultaneously:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:176 +msgid "" +"**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " +"with a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" +" new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:178 +msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:179 +msgid "" +"**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " +"database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:181 +msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:182 +msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:183 +msgid "**Signature request**: create a new Sign template to send out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:184 +msgid "**Sign directly**: create a Sign template to sign directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:185 +msgid "" +"**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" +" from the file content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:187 +msgid "" +"**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:189 +msgid "" +"**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " +"scrape information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:193 +msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:195 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" +" done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" +" as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " +"document owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:205 +msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " +"document you want to digitize, click on :guilabel:`Create Bill`, " +":guilabel:`Create Customer Invoice` or :guilabel:`Create credit note`, and " +"then click on :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:212 +msgid "" +":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " +"<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:113 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "รายจ่าย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/expenses>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 +msgid "Set expense categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Set expense costs on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " +"(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " +"and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom>` to " +"learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " +"`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" +" particular price, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Cost` field. " +"Otherwise, leave the :guilabel:`Cost` set to `0.00`, and employees will " +"report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " +"product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " +"expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " +"reimbursed for that amount. An expense for a meal costing $95.23 would equal" +" a reimbursement for $95.23." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " +"logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " +"$75.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " +"expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " +"generic :guilabel:`Expenses` product. An expense for a laptop costing " +"$350.00 would be logged as an :guilabel:`Expenses` product, and the " +"reimbursement would be for $350.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" +" is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " +"correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " +"practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " +"<taxes/included-in-price>`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " +"is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 +msgid "Record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 +msgid "Manually create a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" +" `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " +"expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " +"should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " +"company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " +"expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" +" arrows to navigate to the correct month, then click on the specific day to " +"enter the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " +"logged on from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 +msgid "" +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " +"expense, enter them in the notes field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Attach a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 +msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " +"expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 +msgid "" +"To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 +msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 +msgid "" +"If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " +"will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " +"address field. Refer to this documentation for setup instructions and more " +"information: :doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`. Once the domain " +"alias is configured, the email address field will be visible beneath the " +"incoming emails section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" +" sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 +msgid "" +"To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " +"*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " +"the email subject. Next, attach the receipt to the email. Odoo creates the " +"expense by taking the information in the email subject and combining it with" +" the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 +msgid "" +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " +"Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 +msgid "Create an expense report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 +msgid "" +"When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" +" once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " +":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " +":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 +msgid "" +"If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " +"added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 +msgid "Submit an expense report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " +"to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " +"cannot be submitted in batches. Open the specific report from the list of " +"expense reports (if the report is not already open). To view all expense " +"reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 +msgid "" +"If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " +"reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Submit the report to the manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 +msgid "" +"The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " +"After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " +"approve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " +":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " +"*necessary rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 +msgid "Approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " +"necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " +"least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 +msgid "" +"To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " +"app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 +msgid "" +"If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " +"Companies` section of the *Settings* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " +"no restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Please refer to :doc:`this document " +"</applications/general/users/manage_users>` to learn more about managing " +"users and their access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Human Resources` section. Under :guilabel:`Expenses`, there are " +"four options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" +" or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " +"reports for their own specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " +"refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" +" the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " +"box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " +"of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 +msgid "Send messages in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Select the My Team filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 +msgid "" +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 +msgid "Post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" +" or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " +"the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " +"next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 +msgid "" +"To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " +"of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " +"following access rights:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 +msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 +msgid "Expenses: Manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 +msgid "Reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 +msgid "" +"After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 +msgid "" +"Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " +"(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " +"remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " +"check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " +"that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 +msgid "" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 +msgid "" +"If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "ตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 +msgid "" +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " +"the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 +msgid "Create an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 +msgid "" +"First, when :ref:`creating a new expense <expenses/new>`, the correct " +"information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"<expenses/report>` and :ref:`submitted <expenses/submit>` as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses <expenses/approve>`. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries <expenses/post>`. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 +msgid "Invoice expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 +msgid "" +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 +msgid "" +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 +msgid "Fiscal localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:10 +msgid "Fiscal localization packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Install the appropriate module as fiscal localization package in Odoo " +"Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:36 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 +msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:45 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:55 +msgid "List of supported countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " +"the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :ref:`fiscal localization " +"package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` that are available on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:61 +msgid "Algeria - Accounting" +msgstr "แอลจีเรีย - การบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`Argentina - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/argentina>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`Australian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/australia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:64 +msgid "Austria - Accounting" +msgstr "Austria - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`Belgium - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/belgium>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:66 +msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" +msgstr "โบลิเวีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`Brazilian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/brazil>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:68 +msgid "Canada - Accounting" +msgstr "แคนาดา - การบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`Chile - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/chile>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:70 +msgid "China - Accounting" +msgstr "จีน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/colombia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 +msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" +msgstr "Costa Rica - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:73 +msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" +msgstr "โครเอเชีย - การบัญชี (RRIF 2012)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:74 +msgid "Czech - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:75 +msgid "Denmark - Accounting" +msgstr "เดนมาร์ก - การบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:76 +msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" +msgstr "Dominican Republic - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Ecuadorian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/ecuador>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`Egypt - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/egypt>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 +msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" +msgstr "Ethiopia - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:80 +msgid "Finnish Localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/france>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 +msgid "Generic - Accounting" +msgstr "Generic - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`Germany <fiscal_localizations/germany>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 +msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" +msgstr "เยอรมันนี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:86 +msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" +msgstr "เยอรมันนี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:88 +msgid "Greece - Accounting" +msgstr "Greece - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:89 +msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" +msgstr "Guatemala - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:90 +msgid "Honduras - Accounting" +msgstr "Honduras - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:91 +msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" +msgstr "ฮ่องกง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:92 +msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" +msgstr "Hungarian - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/india>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Indonesian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/indonesia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 +msgid "Ireland - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:96 +msgid "Israel - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/italy>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 +msgid "Japan - Accounting" +msgstr "Japan - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/kenya>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 +msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/luxembourg>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 +msgid "Maroc - Accounting" +msgstr "Maroc - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/mexico>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 +msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/netherlands>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 +msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" +msgstr "นิวซีแลนด์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:107 +msgid "Norway - Accounting" +msgstr "นอร์เวย์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:108 +msgid "OHADA - Accounting" +msgstr "OHADA - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:109 +msgid "Pakistan - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:110 +msgid "Panama - Accounting" +msgstr "ปานามา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/peru>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`Philippines - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/philippines>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:113 +msgid "Poland - Accounting" +msgstr "Poland - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:114 +msgid "Portugal - Accounting" +msgstr "โปรตุเกส" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`Romania - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/romania>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 +msgid "Singapore - Accounting" +msgstr "Singapore - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 +msgid "Slovak - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 +msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" +msgstr "Slovenian - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:120 +msgid "South Africa - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008) <fiscal_localizations/spain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 +msgid "Sweden - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Switzerland - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/switzerland>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 +msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`Thailand - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/thailand>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 +msgid "Turkey - Accounting" +msgstr "Turkey - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 +msgid "" +":doc:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting " +"<fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`UK - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 +msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:130 +msgid "United States - Accounting" +msgstr "สหรัฐอเมริกา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:131 +msgid "Uruguay - Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:132 +msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" +msgstr "Venezuela - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:133 +msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" +msgstr "เวียดนาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "อาร์เจนตินา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "Webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " +"and how to configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Webinar - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_H1HbU-wKVg>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`eCommerce - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Argentinean localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ชื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "ชื่อทางเทคนิค" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "คำอธิบาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_ar`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`, " +"which represents the minimal configuration to operate in Argentina under the" +" :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 +msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " +"invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:45 +msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "" +"(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " +"Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once the localization modules are installed, the first step is to set up the" +" company's data. In addition to the basic information, a key field to fill " +"in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " +"obligation and structure of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:61 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In Accounting, there are three different :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` " +"packages to choose from. They are based on a company's AFIP responsibility " +"type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as " +"many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:69 +msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 +msgid "Configure master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:80 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:83 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "สภาพแวดล้อม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " +"**testing** and **production**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the companies can test their databases until " +"they are ready to move into the **Production** environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To select a database environment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " +"(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:99 +msgid "AFIP certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " +"Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate Sign Request (Odoo)`. When this option is " +"selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " +"generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Request a certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate (AFIP)`. Access the AFIP portal and follow " +"the instructions described in `this document " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/17OKX2lNWd1bjUt3NxfqcCKBkBh-Xlpo-/ view>`_ " +"to get a certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo)`. Once the certificate " +"is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " +"the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_. Furthermore, " +"Odoo allows the user to test electronic invoicing locally without a " +"Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " +"testing locally:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" +"certificate/keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:141 +msgid "Identification type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:143 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, document types defined by the AFIP " +"are now available in the **Partner form**. Information is essential for most" +" transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " +"default, as well as 32 inactive types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" +" included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "AFIP responsibility type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In Argentina, the document type and corresponding transactions associated " +"with customers and vendors is defined by the AFIP Responsibility type. This " +"field should be defined in the **Partner form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for " +":guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "Taxes types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " +"invoices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:186 +msgid "Special taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Some Argentinean taxes are not commonly used for all companies, and those " +"less common options are labeled as inactive in Odoo by default. Before " +"creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as " +"inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 +msgid "Document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, like Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions such as invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the governmental fiscal authorities. In Argentina, the " +"`AFIP <https://www.afip.gob.ar/>`__ is the governmental fiscal authority " +"that defines such transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential piece of information that needs to be " +"clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " +"list account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " +"country in which the document is applicable (this data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " +"default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " +"default, but can be activated as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:228 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the :guilabel:`Document Types` include a letter that helps " +"indicate the type of transaction or operation. For example, when an invoice " +"is related to a(n):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization already have the proper letter " +"associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further " +"configuration necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "document types grouped by letters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 +msgid "Use on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:248 +msgid "" +"The onditions applied based on the type of issuer and receiver (e.g., the " +"type of fiscal regime of the buyer and the type of fiscal regime of the " +"vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization, the journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type. To configure journals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:258 +msgid "" +"For sales and purchase journals, it's possible to activate the option " +":guilabel:`Use Documents`, which enables a list of :guilabel:`Document " +"Types` that can be related to the invoices and vendor bills. For more detail" +" on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " +"<document-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If the sales or purchase journals do not have the :guilabel:`Use Documents` " +"option activated, they will not be able to generate fiscal invoices, " +"meaning, their use case will be mostly limited to monitoring account moves " +"related to internal control processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`AFIP POS System` is a field only visible for the **Sales** " +"journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " +"transactions for which the journal is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:273 +msgid "The AFIP POS defines the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:275 +msgid "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:276 +msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:283 +msgid "Web services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " +"few options to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsfev1: Electronic Invoice`: is the most common service, which is" +" used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" +" item;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond`: is for those who invoice " +"capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds " +"granted by the Ministry of Economy. For more details go to: `Fiscal Bond " +"<https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`__;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate " +"invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " +"exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Web Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " +"identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Address`: is the field related to the commercial address" +" registered for the POS, which is usually the same address as the company. " +"For example, if a company has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then the " +"AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " +"location will be printed in the invoice report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unified Book`: when the AFIP POS System is Preimpresa, then the " +"document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " +"the same sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:313 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:314 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:318 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "ลำดับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "" +"For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " +"displays the last sequence used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:324 +msgid "" +"When creating :guilabel:`Purchase Journals`, it's possible to define whether" +" they are related to document types or not. In the case where the option to " +"use documents is selected, there would be no need to manually associate the " +"document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:333 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "ใบแจ้งหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "" +"The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " +"journals are created and properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:339 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "" +"When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " +"filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:344 +msgid "" +"**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A** is the type " +"of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:350 +msgid "" +"**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " +"not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:356 +msgid "" +"**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " +"exporting goods that shows the incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " +"given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:365 +msgid "" +"The most common :guilabel:`Document Type` will be defined automatically for " +"the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" +" manually by the user before confirming the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:370 +msgid "Electronic invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoices, if all the information is correct then the " +"invoice is posted in the standard way unless there is an error that needs to" +" be addressed. When error messages pop up, they indicate both the issue that" +" needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " +"invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:380 +msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:381 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " +"customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:383 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" +" AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "AFIP Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:391 +msgid "Invoice taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " +"differently on the PDF report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A. Tax excluded`: in this case the taxed amount needs to be " +"clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " +"has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B. Tax amount included`: this means that the taxed amount is " +"included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " +"applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:407 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:408 +msgid "Consumidor Final;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:409 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:410 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Tax amount included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:646 +msgid "Special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Invoices for services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include :guilabel:`Services`, the AFIP requires" +" to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " +"filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Invoices for Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the " +"values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " +"invoice's month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Service Dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:437 +msgid "Exportation invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Invoices related to :guilabel:`Exportation Transactions` require that a " +"journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " +"proper document type(s) can be associated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Exporation journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the invoice is configured with an AFIP " +"responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " +":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:450 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:451 +msgid "Exportation document type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:452 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:454 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " +"which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:469 +msgid "Fiscal bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Electronic Fiscal Bond` is used for those who invoice capital" +" goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by" +" the Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:474 +msgid "" +"For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:476 +msgid "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:477 +msgid "Taxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "Detail each item;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:482 +msgid "Complete description;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:483 +msgid "Unit Net Price;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 +msgid "Quantity;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:485 +msgid "Unit of measurement;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:486 +msgid "Bonus;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:487 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:490 +msgid "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:492 +msgid "" +"For SME invoices, there are several document types that are classified as " +"**MiPyME**, which are also known as **Electronic Credit Invoice** (or " +"**FCE** in Spanish). This classification develops a mechanism that improves " +"the financing conditions for small and medium-sized businesses, and allows " +"them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits" +" and receivables issued to their clients and/or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:498 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it's important to consider the following " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:500 +msgid "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:501 +msgid "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:502 +msgid "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:503 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account relation error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:510 +msgid "" +"To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " +"either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Transmission Mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:517 +msgid "" +"To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" +" in :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "" +"When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:530 +msgid "" +"use the :guilabel:`Credit and Debit Note` buttons, so all the information " +"from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " +"Note`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:532 +msgid "" +"the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " +"(either A or B);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"the same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:541 +msgid "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "" +"the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " +":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:545 +msgid "" +"the :guilabel:`Credit Note`, is created to annulate the FCE document, in " +"this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:553 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:555 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF Report` related to electronic invoices that have been " +"validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which " +"represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " +"legal requirement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice printed report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:566 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes, it is possible to obtain detailed" +" information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP." +" To retrieve this information, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " +"button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:579 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific " +"document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " +"sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Consult the last invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the " +":guilabel:`Document Type` is now a required field. This value is auto-" +"populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " +"the value can be changed if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Changing journal and document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Number` field needs to be registered manually and " +"the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is " +"invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " +"is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor bill document number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:606 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way as the customer " +"invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " +"the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:611 +msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:617 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" +" value);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not " +"valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " +"posted;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:620 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " +"user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:630 +msgid "" +"With the vendor validation settings enabled, a new button shows up on the " +"vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " +"located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Verify on AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:638 +msgid "" +"In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of " +":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " +"the invalidation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:649 +msgid "Untaxed concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:651 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " +"VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:654 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " +"of the exempt concept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "VAT exempt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:662 +msgid "Perception taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:664 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and the perception tax can be added in any of " +"the product lines. As a result, there will be one tax group for the VAT and " +"another for the perception. The perception default value is always " +":guilabel:`0.10`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:669 +msgid "" +"To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the " +":guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` " +"amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " +"be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the perception amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:678 +msgid "Check management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:680 +msgid "" +"To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* " +"module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " +"technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "l10n_latam_check module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:688 +msgid "" +"This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:690 +msgid "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:691 +msgid "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:692 +msgid "" +"Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " +"third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:694 +msgid "" +"Once all the configurations are made for the Argentinian electronic invoice " +"flow, it is also needed to complete certain configurations for the own " +"checks and the third party checks flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 +msgid "Own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:700 +msgid "" +"Configure the bank journal used to create your own checks by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " +"bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checks` should be available as a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. If " +"not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" +" Method` to add them" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:706 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:709 +msgid "" +"This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:711 +msgid "Enter check numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:712 +msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Bank journal configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:719 +msgid "Management of own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:724 +msgid "" +"On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the " +"payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " +":guilabel:`Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:732 +msgid "" +"To manage current checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` field must be " +"left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " +"the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:736 +msgid "" +"To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as " +"the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" +" total amount paid in checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Own checks menu location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:744 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are " +"still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited " +"from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a " +"Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the" +" :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " +"symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:754 +msgid "Cancel an own check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:756 +msgid "" +"To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check " +"to be canceled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will " +"break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " +"leave the check in a **canceled** state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:766 +msgid "Third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:768 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments using third party checks, two specific " +"journals need to be configured. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " +"new journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:772 +msgid "`Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:773 +msgid "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:776 +msgid "" +"You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " +"and need journals for those." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:779 +msgid "" +"To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" +" and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:782 +msgid "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:817 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:784 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " +"choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Automatically created cash account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:791 +msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:793 +msgid "" +"For new incoming third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments" +" tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " +"method is used to create *new* third party checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:796 +msgid "" +"For incoming and outgoing existing third party checks, go to " +":menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select " +":guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks`. Repeat the same step for the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab. This method is used to receive and/or pay" +" vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:802 +msgid "" +"You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " +"configuring the third party checks journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment methods automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:809 +msgid "" +"The *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal also needs to be created and/or " +"configured. This journal is used to manage rejected third party checks and " +"can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " +"coming from vendors when rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 +msgid "" +"To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:816 +msgid "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " +"of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:822 +msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:825 +msgid "New third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:827 +msgid "" +"To register a *new* third party check for a customer invoice, click the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " +":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:831 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and" +" fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the " +":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " +"customer's VAT number related to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:841 +msgid "Existing third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:843 +msgid "" +"To pay a vendor bill with an *existing* check, click the :guilabel:`Register" +" Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third " +"Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:847 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and select a check from the :guilabel:`Check` field. The field " +"shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:855 +msgid "" +"When an **existing third party check** is used, you can review the " +"operations related to it. For example, you can see if a third party check " +"made to pay a customer invoice was later used as an existing third party " +"check to pay a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:859 +msgid "" +"To do so, either go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Third " +"Party Checks` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` " +"depending on the case, and click on a check. In the :guilabel:`Check Current" +" Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the " +"check's history and movements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Check Operations menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:868 +msgid "" +"The menu also displays critical information related to these operations, " +"such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:870 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payment Type`, allowing to classify whether it is a payment " +"*sent* to a vendor or a payment *received* from a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:872 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Journal` in which the check is currently registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:873 +msgid "" +"The **partner** associated with the operation (either customer or vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:878 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization installation, financial reporting for Argentina " +"was added to the :guilabel:`Accounting` dashboard. Access these reports by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Argentinean " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Argentinean reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:887 +msgid "VAT reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:890 +msgid "Sales VAT book" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:892 +msgid "" +"In this report, all the sales are recorded, which are taken as the basis for" +" the accounting records to determine the VAT (Tax Debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:895 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sales VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file " +":guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` " +"files to upload in the AFIP portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Sales VAT book." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:903 +msgid "Purchases VAT book" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:905 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchases VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file " +":guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` " +"files to upload in the AFIP portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Purchases VAT book." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:913 +msgid "VAT summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:915 +msgid "" +"Pivot table designed to check the monthly VAT totals. This report is for " +"internal usage, it is not sent to the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "VAT Summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:926 +msgid "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:928 +msgid "" +"Pivot table where you can validate the gross income in each jurisdiction. " +"Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to " +"the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:936 +msgid "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:938 +msgid "" +"Pivot table where you can validate the gross purchases in each jurisdiction." +" Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to " +"the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:3 +msgid "Australia" +msgstr "ออสเตรเลีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:8 +msgid "Employment Hero Australian Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Employment Hero module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., " +"expenses, social charges, liabilities, taxes) from Employment Hero to Odoo " +"automatically. Payroll administration is still done in Employment Hero. We " +"only record the journal entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:15 +msgid "KeyPay was rebranded as **Employment Hero** in March 2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`Activate <general/install>` the :guilabel:`Employment Hero Australian " +"Payroll` module (technical name: `l10n_au_keypay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure the **Employment Hero API** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`. More fields become visible after clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enabling Employment Hero Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the\n" +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can find the API Key in the :guilabel:`My Account` section of the " +"Employment Hero platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the Employment Hero dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with `https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au`. " +"*Please do not change it.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can find the **Business ID** in the Employment Hero URL. (i.e., " +"`189241`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "The Employment Hero \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:42 +msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:45 +msgid "How does the API work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " +"them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" +" ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in " +"Employment Hero and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"By default, the synchronization happens once per week. You can fetch the " +"records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and, in the :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration` " +"option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " +":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 +msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:65 +msgid "" +"For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " +"accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " +"Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate " +"accurate financial reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:3 +msgid "Belgium" +msgstr "เบลเยียม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files <transactions/import>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "การออกใบแจ้งหนี้อิเล็กทรอนิกส์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 +msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " +"truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " +"System** for their receipts. This applies if their yearly earnings " +"(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 +msgid "" +"This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " +"system <belgium/certified-pos>`, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module <belgium/fdm>` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"<belgium/vat>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " +"Public Service Finance registration form " +"<https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/fr/enregistrement>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 +msgid "Certified POS system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 +msgid "" +"The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " +"on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " +"ensure that your POS system is certified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 +msgid "Odoo 16.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 +msgid "Certified" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 +msgid "Not certified" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 +msgid "Odoo 15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 +msgid "Odoo 15.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 +msgid "Odoo 14.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 +msgid "" +"A `certified POS system " +"<https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_ must " +"adhere to rigorous government regulations, which means it operates " +"differently from a non-certified POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 +msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " +"is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" +" blacklisted and cannot be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " +"activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 +msgid "Modify prices in order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 +msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 +msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 +msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " +"feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " +"`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` section, open the :guilabel:`Default Sales Tax` form " +"by clicking the arrow next to the default sales tax field. There, click " +":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 +msgid "" +"At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" +" in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " +"clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click " +":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " +"without it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 +msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " +"<https://www.boîtenoire.be/fonctionnement>`_, is a government-certified " +"device that works together with the Point of Sale application and saves your" +" POS orders information. Concretely, a **hash** (:dfn:`unique code`) is " +"generated for each POS order and added to its receipt. This allows the " +"government to verify that all revenue is declared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " +"the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " +"Finance <https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " +"following hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 +msgid "" +"a registered :ref:`black box <belgium/blackbox>` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " +"<https://www.boîtenoire.be/ma-caisse/>`_ to order yours);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 +msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 +msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 +msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box <belgium/iotbox>` (one IoT box per black box); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 +msgid "a receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 +msgid "Black box module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate <general/install>` the `Belgian " +"Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " +"information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`, and fill in the :guilabel:`VAT` field. Then, enter a national " +"registration number for every staff member who operates the POS system. To " +"do so, go to the :guilabel:`Employees` app and open an employee form. There," +" go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and " +"fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 +msgid "" +"To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " +"Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " +"designated field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 +msgid "" +"You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " +"Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " +"stored within the black box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "กล่อง IoT " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " +"register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and provide the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 +msgid "your VAT number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 +msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 +msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" +" the IoT Box recognizes the FDM, go to the IoT homepage and scroll down the " +":guilabel:`IOT Device` section, which should display the FDM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 +msgid "" +"Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Connected Device` section, and enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`. " +"Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 +msgid "" +"To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " +"Printer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 +msgid "VAT signing card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 +msgid "" +"When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " +"prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." +" The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` " +"upon `registration " +"<https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/fr/enregistrement>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:3 +msgid "Brazil" +msgstr "บราซิล" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the Brazilian localization you can automatically compute sales taxes " +"for goods using AvaTax (Avalara) through API calls, also configure taxes for" +" services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For the goods tax computation part, you need to configure the :ref:`contacts" +" <brazil/contacts>`, :ref:`company <brazil/company>`, :ref:`products " +"<brazil/products>`, and :ref:`create an account in Avatax <brazil/avatax-" +"account>` from the Odoo general settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:18 +msgid "" +"For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly" +" without computing them with AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " +"can be modified if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` -" +" adds accounting characteristics for the Brazilian localization, which " +"represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Brazil. The module's installation automatically loads: the chart of " +"accounts, taxes, and required fields to properly configure the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Adds a simple tax report that helps check the tax amount per tax group in a " +"given period of time. Also adds the P&L and BS adapted for the Brazilian " +"market." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Add Brazilian tax calculation via Avatax and all necessary fields needed to " +"configure Odoo in order to properly use Avatax and send the needed fiscal " +"information to retrieve the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SOs in Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Same as the `l10n_br_avatax` module with the extension to the sales order " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search the name given to your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +msgid "Tax ID (:guilabel:`CNPJ`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil <brazil/fiscal-" +"positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " +"Non-Taxpayer.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " +"Avatax Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo " +"to automatically compute taxes by taking into account the company, contact " +"(customer), product, and transaction information to retrieve the correct tax" +" to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil, which means that Avalara " +"experts reviewed workflows covered within the scope of the integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase>` to compute taxes. Every time you " +"compute taxes, an API call is made, using credits from your |IAP| credits " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and, " +"in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the email address you want to " +"use to log in to the AvaTax portal, and click on :guilabel:`Create account`." +" This email is used as the administrator email address in AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 +msgid "" +"After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" +" to set up your password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Access the `Avalara portal <https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/Login>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:127 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +" and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 +msgid "" +"You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " +"Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If you intend first to try the integration on a testing or sandbox database," +" using an alternate email address is recommended, as you won't be able to " +"re-use the same email address on your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You can start using AvaTax in Odoo without creating a password and accessing" +" the Avalara Portal; for Odoo, the only requirement to start using the " +"Avalara Tax Computation Engine is to create an account from the settings " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:147 +msgid "" +"You can transfer API credentials. Use this only when you have already " +"created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization " +"module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes, " +"and the default account payable and account receivable fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " +"baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 +msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " +"Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " +"computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " +"used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " +"differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " +"computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +msgid "" +"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " +"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," +" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " +"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " +":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring taxes to fit your needs better, please " +"go to the :doc:`taxes functional documentation " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Tax configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " +"deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " +"computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs " +"to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the " +":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " +"refunds` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "สินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" +" following information on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +" be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " +"specific use case)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Product configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " +"costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " +"`Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, " +"duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: " +":guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` " +"`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "การติดต่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " +"contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 +msgid "General information about the contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" +" check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Zip Code` is a required field to compute " +"taxes properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID` or :guilabel:`CPF`: Use CPF for individuals and Tax ID " +"(CNPJ) for companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipa tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:238 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " +"code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " +"`Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` " +"tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:251 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" +" compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " +"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " +"contact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +msgid "Fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:266 +msgid "" +"To compute taxes on sale orders and invoices, it is necessary to have a " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` with the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and " +"the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" +" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal position configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "Workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 +msgid "" +"This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger API calls for " +"tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Please note that each API call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions that" +" trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:285 +msgid "Tax calculations on quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " +"automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:290 +msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:291 +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 +msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +msgid "**Preview**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "**Online quotation access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the API" +" call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically " +"with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "**Online invoice access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the API " +"call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " +"(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "ชิลี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8 " +"columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`App Tour - Localización de Chile " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3qYkgbmBYHw>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:44 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าบริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "ข้อมูลรายละเอียด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "ใบรับรอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Digital certificate access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Digital certificate configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate's " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "รายงานทางการเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:74 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:149 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:154 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "ข้อมูลหลัก" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:162 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:170 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:196 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean taxes list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:268 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "ฐานะทางการเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:277 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:245 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:247 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:265 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:266 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:270 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "รายการที่ซื้อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:311 +msgid "" +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the `SII documentation " +"<https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_ to check the detail on how to" +" acquire the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:323 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:333 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:334 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:335 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Steps to add a new CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transaction is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:351 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:356 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Document type selection on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, " +"otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it's created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:822 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:406 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:420 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will" +" receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:441 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:446 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:450 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:458 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:460 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:453 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 +msgid "" +"If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " +"``pdf417gen`` library. Use the following command to install it: ``pip " +"install pdf417gen``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:488 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:500 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:502 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed" +" is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please " +"refer to the :ref:`chile/credit-notes` section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:429 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:513 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:518 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " +"(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you're " +"using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:536 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:558 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "ใบลดหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:552 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`CAF section <chile/caf-documentation>` where we described" +" the process to load the CAF on each document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:618 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:569 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:571 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit " +"note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:579 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:596 +msgid "" +"It's important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference " +"code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:585 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "ใบเพิ่มหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:613 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed" +" below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:621 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference " +"code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:631 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:638 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:649 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "ใบเรียกเก็บเงินผู้ขาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:651 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:654 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:656 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:671 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:673 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill then you " +"can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" +" this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`` " +"and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform vendor the document is " +"comercially accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:682 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the" +" button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is " +"comercially rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:692 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won't be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:697 +msgid "Delivery Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:699 +msgid "" +"To install the Delivery Guide module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search" +" for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " +"module :guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +msgid "" +"*Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* has a dependency with *Chile - " +"Facturación Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically " +"when the Delivery Guide module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Guide module includes sending the DTE to SII and the stamp in " +"PDF reports for deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Install Delivery Guide Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations have been made for electronic invoices (e.g., " +"uploading a valid company certificate, setting up master data, etc.), " +"Delivery Guides need their own CAFs. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " +"documentation <chile/caf-documentation>` to check the details on how to " +"acquire the CAFs for electronic Delivery Guides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +msgid "" +"Verify the following important information in the *Price for the Delivery " +"Guide* configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: Delivery Guide takes the product price from " +"the Sales Order and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " +"product template and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the Delivery Guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:727 +msgid "" +"Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " +"and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" +" basically any product move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:731 +msgid "Delivery Guide from a Sales Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +msgid "" +"A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" +" 60 product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +msgid "" +"When a Sales Order is created and confirmed, a Delivery Order is generated. " +"After validating the Delivery Order, the option to create a Delivery Guide " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Create Delivery Guide Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:743 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " +"warning message pops up, showing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "An example sequence error when creating a Delivery Guide in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:750 +msgid "" +"This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " +"number Odoo has to take to generate the Delivery Guide, and only only " +"happens the *first time* a Delivery Guide is created in Odoo. After the " +"first document has been correctly generated, Odoo takes the CAFs next " +"available number to generate the following Delivery Guide and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:755 +msgid "After the Delivery Guide is created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:757 +msgid "" +"The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is automatically created and added to" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "DTE Status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night. To get a response from the SII immediately, press " +"the :guilabel:`Send now to SII` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Once the Delivery Guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +msgid "Electronic Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To install the Electronic Receipt module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and " +"search for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on " +"the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:782 +msgid "" +"*Chile - Electronic Receipt* has a dependency with *Chile - Facturación " +"Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically when the " +"E-invoicing Delivery Guide module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +msgid "" +"This module contains the electronic receipt and daily sales report, which " +"are automatically sent to SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Install Electronic Receipt module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:792 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations have been made for Electronic Invoices (e.g., " +"uploading a valid company certificate, setting up master data, etc.), " +"Electronic Receipts need their own CAFs. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " +"documentation <chile/caf-documentation>` to check the details on how to " +"acquire the CAFs for Electronic Receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Electronic Receipts are useful when clients do not need an Electronic " +"Invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called *Anonymous " +"Final Consumer* with a generic RUT 66666666-6 and taxpayer type of *Final " +"Consumer*. This partner can be used for Electronic Receipts or a new record " +"may be created for the same purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:802 +msgid "" +"Although Electronic Receipts should be used for final consumers with a " +"generic RUT, it can also be used for specific partners. After the partners " +"and journals are created and configured, the Electronic Receipts are created" +" in the standard way as Electronic Invoice, but the type of document " +":guilabel:`(39) Electronic Receipt` should be selected, like so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Select type of Document: (39) Boleta Electrónica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +msgid "" +"When all of the Electronic Receipt information is filled, either manually or" +" automatically from a Sales Order, proceed to validate the receipt. By " +"default, Electronic Invoice is selected as the Document Type, however in " +"order to validate the receipt correctly, make sure to edit the Document Type" +" and change to Electronic Receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:819 +msgid "After the receipt is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:821 +msgid "" +"The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added to" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "DTE status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow <chile/electronic-invoice-" +"validation>` for Electronic Invoices as the workflow for Electronic Receipt " +"follows the same process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +msgid "Daily Sales Report" +msgstr "รายงานขายรายวัน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 +msgid "" +"Once Electronic Receipts have been created, the system creates a daily sales" +" report containing all Electronic Receipts per day. This report is " +"electronically stamped and sent to the SII overnight in XML format. These " +"daily reports can be found in :menuselection:`Reports --> Daily Sales " +"Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Find Electronic Receipts in the Reports menu, under Daily Sales Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:845 +msgid "A list of daily reports is displayed with all daily DTE sent to SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "List of Daily Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:851 +msgid "" +"If no Electronic Receipt was made on a particular day, the report is sent " +"but it will not have any receipts in it. The report will also have an answer" +" from the SII if it was accepted or rejected (depending on the company's " +"certificate and validated receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Daily Sales Book example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:860 +msgid "" +"For Chilean localization, note that the feature tax included in the price is" +" *not* supported for the Electronic Receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 +msgid "" +"If a Daily Sales Report has already been created for a specific day in " +"another system, the daily report in Odoo will be rejected due to the " +"sequence number used. If that is the case, the user has to manually click on" +" :guilabel:`Retry` in order for a new sequence number to be generated (this " +"action is automatically done by Odoo). Afterwards, users can manually verify" +" report status with SII or wait for Odoo to update status later at night." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:895 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Columns and data displayed in the report Balance Tributario 8 Columnas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:892 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "โคลัมเบีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Colombian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 +msgid "`l10n_co`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "Identification information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "Main workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 +msgid "" +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " +"which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 +msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 +msgid "" +"This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Certificado de Retención en ICA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 +msgid "" +"This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 +msgid "" +"This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:3 +msgid "Ecuador" +msgstr "เอกวาดอร์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With the Ecuadorian localization you can generate electronic documents with " +"its XML, Fiscal folio, with electronic signature and direct connection to " +"tax authority SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The supported documents are Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Purchase " +"Liquidations and Withholds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The localization also Includes automations to easily predict the withholding" +" tax to be applied to each purchase invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 +msgid "Glossary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " +"that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " +"sending of Electronics Documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " +"the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Ecuadorian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_ec`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " +"adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " +"represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Ecuador according to the guidelines set by the :abbr:`SRI (servicio de " +"rentas internas)`. The module's installation automatically loads: Chart of " +"Accounts, taxes, documents types, tax support types. Additionally, the " +"generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, based on the " +"Technical documentation published by the SRI. The authorized documents are: " +"Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," +" Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " +"Accounting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " +"and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and go to :menuselection:`Company --> Contact` and then " +"edit the contact to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 +msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 +msgid "Upload company logo and save" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 +msgid "Electronic documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To upload your information for electronic documents go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " +":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the next information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " +"going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " +"to use the testing environment for electronic documents then keep the " +"checkbox unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " +"qualified as RIMPE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " +"company has this condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " +"do electronic withholds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " +"you buy goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " +"buy services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " +"you buy with credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " +"resolution number, if applicable for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " +"password, then save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " +"a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " +"contributor number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" +" withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" +" on their *Taxpayer Type*. Moreover, the Credit Card withholding set up is " +"always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 +msgid "VAT withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 +msgid "" +"This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " +"Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " +"withholding, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " +"taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " +":guilabel:`Services VAT Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " +"the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 +msgid "Printer points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " +"that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " +"Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " +"accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " +"as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " +"be unique per journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring a printer point for Ecuador electronic document type of Customer" +" Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 +msgid "Withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " +"where you need to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 +msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " +"accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " +"withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 +msgid "Purchase Liquidations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " +"liquidations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring purchase liquidations for Ecuador electronic document type of " +"Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " +"is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " +"localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in Taxes, Default" +" Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " +"Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " +"compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " +"configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " +"\"Purchase\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Product for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 +msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " +"check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " +"Electronic Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " +"`Cedula`, or `Passport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " +"and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " +"and then create a withholding from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid "Review your taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" +" configuration and related financial accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 +msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " +"is useful when you register purchase withholdings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " +"codes, it is important when you register the withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " +"and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 +msgid "" +"For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " +"support code] [tax support short name])`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " +"withhold] [withhold name]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " +"automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " +"do so, for which you must base yourself on the configuration of the existing" +" taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 +msgid "Review your Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" +" classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " +"authorities, in this case by the SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable; also the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Document types for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 +msgid "Sales documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," +" are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " +"manually. They must contain the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " +"the customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 +msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 +msgid "Customer credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Customer credit note " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " +"that, when validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated " +"(posted) invoice in order to register a credit note. On the invoice there is" +" a button named :guilabel:`Credit note`, click on this button to be directed" +" to the :guilabel:`Create credit note` form, then complete the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " +"number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" +" invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " +"with the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" +" note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" +"validated and reconciled with the invoice, and auto-create a new draft " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 +msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " +"amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" +" note, review the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 +msgid "Customer debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " +"invoice in order to register a debit note. On the invoice there is a button " +"named :guilabel:`Debit Note`, click on this button to be directed to the " +":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 +msgid "" +"You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " +"validating the debit note, review the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 +msgid "Customer withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " +"company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " +"withholding to the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " +"customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " +"Withhold`, click on this button to be directed to the :guilabel:`Customer " +"withholding` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " +"withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " +"the same as the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 +msgid "Purchase Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 +msgid "Vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " +"this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " +"purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 +msgid "" +"The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " +"contain the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 +msgid "" +"When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" +" are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Otherwise, from " +"the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab click the :guilabel:`Edit` button and set " +"the adjustment to go where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 +msgid "Purchase liquidation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" +" vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" +" Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 +msgid "" +"Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " +"RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " +"sales receipts or customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " +"dependency relationship (full-time employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 +msgid "" +"These types of electronic documents can be created from the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " +"form view. It must contain the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Liquidation` with the correct printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " +"Liquidation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " +"only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " +"for the next documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Liquidation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 +msgid "Purchase withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" +" a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" +" :guilabel:`Add Withhold`, click on this button to be directed to the " +":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " +"configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " +"tax support are correct, and, if it is not correct, you can edit and select " +"the correct taxes and tax support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Once you review the information you can validate the " +":guilabel:`Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 +msgid "" +"You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " +"configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" +" to the tax applied on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` and change the " +":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" +" whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " +"add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" +" system will allow you as long as the total of the bases matches the total " +"from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 +msgid "" +"In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " +"Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" +" the reports 103 and 104." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 +msgid "" +"To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " +"filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 +msgid "Report 103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 +msgid "" +"This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " +"period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 +msgid "" +"You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " +"amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" +" report it to the SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 +msgid "Report 104" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 +msgid "" +"This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " +"period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Report 104 form for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:3 +msgid "Egypt" +msgstr "อียิปต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:8 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Egyptian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Egypt - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_eg``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:23 +msgid "``l10n_eg_edi_eta``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) e-invoicing integration " +"<egypt/e-invoicing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:29 +msgid "Egyptian e-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) e-invoicing** " +"requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Egyptian e-invoicing is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade " +"</administration/upgrade>` your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Video: Egypt E-invoicing <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NXuBPLR4pVw>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:44 +msgid "Register Odoo on your ETA portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You must register your Odoo ERP system on your ETA portal to get your API " +"credentials. You need these codes to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting " +"app <egypt/e-invoicing-configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Access your company profile on the ETA portal by clicking on :guilabel:`View" +" Taxpayer Profile`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Clicking on \"View Taxpayer Profile\" on an ETA invoicing portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :guilabel:`Representatives` section and then click on " +":guilabel:`Register ERP`. Fill out the :guilabel:`ERP Name` (e.g., ``Odoo``)" +" and leave the other fields empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Filling out of the form to register an ERP system on the ETA portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once successfully registered, the website displays your API credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:64 +msgid "Client ID" +msgstr "ไอดีลูกค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:65 +msgid "Client Secret 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:66 +msgid "Client Secret 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:69 +msgid "" +"ETA should give you a username and a password to access their online portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:70 +msgid "Ask ETA to provide you with preproduction portal access as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:71 +msgid "These codes are confidential and should be stored safely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 +msgid "Configuration on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To connect your Odoo database to your ETA portal account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> ETA " +"E-Invoicing Settings`, and set the :guilabel:`ETA Client ID` and " +":guilabel:`ETA Secret` that you retrieved when you :ref:`registered Odoo on " +"your ETA portal <egypt/e-invoicing-eta-portal>`. Set an invoicing threshold " +"if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of the ETA E-Invoicing credentials in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Test on your preproduction portal** before starting to issue real invoices" +" on the production ETA portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Credentials** for preproduction and production environments are different." +" Make sure to update them on Odoo when you move from one environment to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, fill out your company details with your company's full " +"address, country, and Tax ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:98 +msgid "ETA codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"E-invoicing works with a set of codes provided by the ETA. You can use the " +"`ETA documentation <https://sdk.preprod.invoicing.eta.gov.eg/codes/>`_ to " +"code your business attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Most of these codes are handled automatically by Odoo, provided that your " +":ref:`branches <egypt/e-invoicing-branches>`, :ref:`customers " +"<egypt/e-invoicing-customers>`, and :ref:`products <egypt/e-invoicing-" +"products>` are correctly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:107 +msgid "Company Information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:109 +msgid "Company Tax ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Branch ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "If you have only one branch, use ``0`` as the branch code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:112 +msgid "Activity type Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:114 +msgid "Other Information:" +msgstr "ข้อมูลอื่น ๆ:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Product Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your company's products should be coded and matched with their **GS1** or " +"**EGS** codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Tax Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Most of the taxes codes are already configured on Odoo in the :guilabel:`ETA" +" Code (Egypt)` field. We advise you to make sure these codes match your " +"company's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Egyptian eInvoicing & eReceipt SDK - Code Tables " +"<https://sdk.preprod.invoicing.eta.gov.eg/codes/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:130 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Create a contact and a journal for each branch of your company and configure" +" its ETA settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Name the journal according to your company's branch and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` as :guilabel:`Sales`. Next, open the " +":menuselection:`Advanced Settings` tab and fill out the :guilabel:`Egyptian " +"ETA settings` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:141 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Branch` field, select the branch's contact or create it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:142 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`ETA Activity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`ETA Branch ID` (use ``0`` if you have one branch only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Sales journal configuration of an Egyptian company's branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The contact selected in the :guilabel:`Branch` field must be set as a " +":guilabel:`Company` (**not** as an :guilabel:`Individual`), and the " +":guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Tax ID` fields must be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:157 +msgid "Customers" +msgstr "ลูกค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Make sure your customers' contact forms are correctly filled out so your " +"e-invoices are valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:161 +msgid "contact type: :guilabel:`Individual`: or :guilabel:`Company`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: Tax ID or Company registry for companies. National ID " +"for individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can edit your customers' contact forms by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Make sure your products are correctly configured so your e-invoices are " +"valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: storable products, consumables, or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: if you also use Odoo Inventory and have enabled" +" :doc:`Units of Measure " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: **GS1** or **EGS** barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ETA Item code` (under the :menuselection:`Accounting` tab): if " +"the barcode doesn't match your ETA item code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:184 +msgid "" +"You can edit your products by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:189 +msgid "USB authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Each person who needs to electronically sign invoices needs a specific USB " +"key to authenticate and send invoices to the ETA portal through an ERP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:195 +msgid "" +"You can contact the :abbr:`ETA (Egyptian Tax Authority)` or `Egypt Trust " +"<https://www.egypttrust.com/>`_ to get these USB keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:201 +msgid "Install Odoo as a local proxy on your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:203 +msgid "" +"An Odoo local server works as a bridge between your computer and your Odoo " +"database hosted online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Download the Odoo Community installer from the page " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download and start the installation on your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:208 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Local Proxy Mode` as the type of install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of \"Local Proxy Mode\" during the installation of Odoo Community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:215 +msgid "" +"This installation of Odoo only works as a server and does not install any " +"Odoo apps on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once the installation is complete, the installer displays your **access " +"token** for the Odoo Local Proxy. Copy the token and save it in a safe place" +" for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:222 +msgid "`Odoo: Download Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../../administration/install`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:228 +msgid "Configure the USB key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Once the local proxy server is installed on your computer, you can link it " +"with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configurations --> Thumb Drive` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Input a :guilabel:`Company` name, the :guilabel:`ETA USB Pin` given to you " +"by your USB key provider, and the :guilabel:`Access Token` provided at the " +"end of the :ref:`local proxy installation <egypt/e-invoicing-local-proxy>`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:237 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Get certificate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new thumb drive for the e-invoicing of an egyptian company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "ฝรั่งเศส" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:10 +msgid "" +"An FEC :dfn:`Fichier des Écritures Comptables` audit file contains all the " +"accounting data and entries recorded in all the accounting journals for a " +"financial year. The entries in the file must be arranged in chronological " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2014, every French company is required to produce and " +"transmit this file upon request by the tax authorities for audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "FEC Import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make the onboarding of new users easier, Odoo Enterprise's French " +":ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` includes " +"the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), which " +"enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Accounting Import`, enable **FEC Import**, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> FEC Import`, " +"upload your FEC file, and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Should multiple files contain any \"Reports à Nouveaux\" (RAN) with the " +"starting balance of the year, you might need to cancel those entries in the " +"User Interface. Odoo makes those entries (RAN) useless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:38 +msgid "File formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "" +"FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The FEC CSV file has a plain text format representing a data table, with the" +" first line being a header and defining the list of fields for each entry, " +"and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " +"predetermined order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Our module expects the files to meet the following technical specifications:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "**Encoding**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG and iso8859_15." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:51 +msgid "**Separator**: any of these: `;` or `|` or `,` or `TAB`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Line terminators**: both CR+LF (`\\\\r\\\\n`) and LF (`\\\\n`) character " +"groups are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:53 +msgid "**Date format**: `%Y%m%d`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:56 +msgid "Fields description and use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "#" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "รูปแบบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "JournalCode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "Journal Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "`journal.code` and `journal.name` if `JournalLib` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Alphanumeric" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "02" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "JournalLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "Journal Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "`journal.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "EcritureNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "Numbering specific to each journal sequence number of the entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "`move.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "04" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "EcritureDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "Accounting entry Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "`move.date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Date (yyyyMMdd)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "05" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "CompteNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "Account Number" +msgstr "หมายเลขบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "`account.code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "06" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "CompteLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "Account Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "`account.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "07" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "CompAuxNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "Secondary account Number (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "`partner.ref`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "08" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "CompAuxLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "Secondary account Label (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "`partner.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "PieceRef" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "Document Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "`move.ref` and `move.name` if `EcritureNum` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "PieceDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "Document Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "EcritureLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "Account entry Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "`move_line.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "`move_line.debit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "ลอย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "13" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "`move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "14" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "EcritureLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "Accounting entry cross reference (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "DateLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "Accounting entry date (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "unused" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "16" +msgstr "16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "ValidDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Accounting entry validation date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "17" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Montantdevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Currency amount (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "`move_line.amount_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "18" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Idevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Currency identifier (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "`currency.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:108 +msgid "" +"These two fields can be found in place of the others in the sence above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Montant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Amount" +msgstr "จำนวน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Sens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Can be \"C\" for Credit or \"D\" for Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "determines `move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Char" +msgstr "Char" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:119 +msgid "Implementation details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The following accounting entities are imported from the FEC files: " +"**Accounts, Journals, Partners**, and **Moves**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Our module determines the encoding, the line-terminator character, and the " +"separator that are used in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A check is then performed to see if every line has the correct number of " +"fields corresponding to the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the check passes, then the file is read in full, kept in memory, and " +"scanned. Accounting entities are imported one type at a time, in the " +"following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:134 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "บัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Every accounting entry is related to an account, which should be determined " +"by the field `CompteNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:140 +msgid "Code matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Should a similar account code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Accounts in Odoo generally have a number of digits that are default for the " +"fiscal localization. As the FEC module is related to the French " +"localization, the default number of relevant digits is 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This means that the account codes the trailing zeroes are right-trimmed, and" +" that the comparison between the account codes in the FEC file and the ones " +"already existing in Odoo is performed only on the first six digits of the " +"codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The account code `65800000` in the file is matched against an existing " +"`658000` account in Odoo, and that account is used instead of creating a new" +" one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "Reconcilable flag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:159 +msgid "" +"An account is technically flagged as *reconcilable* if the first line in " +"which it appears has the `EcritureLet` field filled out, as this flag means " +"that the accounting entry is going to be reconciled with another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:165 +msgid "" +"In case the line somehow has this field not filled out, but the entry still " +"has to be reconciled with a payment that hasn't yet been recorded, this " +"isn't a problem anyway; the account is flagged as reconcilable as soon as " +"the import of the move lines requires it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:170 +msgid "Account type and Templates matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:172 +msgid "" +"As the **type** of the account is not specified in the FEC format, **new** " +"accounts are created with the default type *Current Assets* and then, at the" +" end of the import process, they are matched against the installed Chart of " +"Account templates. Also, the *reconcile* flag is also computed this way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The match is done with the left-most digits, starting by using all digits, " +"then 3, then 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:54 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "โค้ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Full comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "3-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "2-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:82 +msgid "Template" +msgstr "เทมเพลต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40100000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`401`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "**Result**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "Match **found**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The type of the account is then flagged as *payable* and *reconcilable* as " +"per the account template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Journals are also checked against those already existing in Odoo to avoid " +"duplicates, also in the case of multiple FEC files imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Should a similar journal code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:202 +msgid "New journals have their name prefixed by the string ``FEC-``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:205 +msgid "`ACHATS` -> `FEC-ACHATS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The journals are *not* archived, the user is entitled to handle them as he " +"wishes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:210 +msgid "Journal type determination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The journal type is also not specified in the format (as per the accounts) " +"and therefore it is at first created with the default type `general`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:215 +msgid "" +"At the end of the import process, the type is determined as per these rules " +"regarding related moves and accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`bank`: Moves in these journals always have a line (debit or credit) " +"impacting a liquidity account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`cash` / `bank` can be interchanged, so `bank` is set everywhere when this " +"condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`sale`: Moves in these journals mostly have debit lines on receivable " +"accounts and credit lines on tax income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Sale refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`purchase`: Moves in these journals mostly have credit lines on payable " +"accounts and debit lines on expense accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "`general`: for everything else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:231 +msgid "A minimum of three moves is necessary for journal type identification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:232 +msgid "" +"A threshold of 70% of moves must correspond to a criteria for a journal type" +" to be determined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:235 +msgid "Suppose we are analyzing the moves that share a certain `journal_id`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:269 +msgid "Moves" +msgstr "การเคลื่อนย้าย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Count" +msgstr "จำนวน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Percentage" +msgstr "เปอร์เซ็นต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "that have a sale account line and no purchase account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "that have a purchase account line and no sale account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "25%" +msgstr "25%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "that have a liquidity account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "**75%**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "**Total**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "100%" +msgstr "100%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The journal `type` would be `bank`, because the bank moves percentage (75%) " +"exceeds the threshold (70%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:253 +msgid "Partners" +msgstr "พาร์ทเนอร์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:255 +msgid "Each partner keeps its `Reference` from the field `CompAuxNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:259 +msgid "" +"These fields are searchable, in line with former FEC imports on the " +"accounting expert's side for fiscal/audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Users can merge partners with the Data Cleaning App, where Vendors and " +"Customers or similar partner entries may be merged by the user, with " +"assistance from the system that groups them by similar entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Entries are immediately posted and reconciled after submission, using the " +"`EcritureLet` field to do the matching between the entries themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The `EcritureNum` field represents the name of the moves. We noticed that " +"sometimes it may not be filled out. In this case, the field `PieceRef` is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:278 +msgid "Rounding issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:280 +msgid "" +"There is a rounding tolerance with a currency-related precision on debit and" +" credit (i.e., 0.01 for EUR). Under this tolerance, a new line is added to " +"the move, named *Import rounding difference*, targeting the accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:284 +msgid "`658000` Charges diverses de gestion courante, for added debits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:285 +msgid "`758000` Produits divers de gestion courante, for added credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:288 +msgid "Missing move name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Should the `EcritureNum` not be filled out, it may also happen that the " +"`PieceRef` field is also not suited to determine the move name (it may be " +"used as an accounting move line reference) leaving no way to actually find " +"which lines are to be grouped in a single move, and effectively impeding the" +" creation of balanced moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:295 +msgid "" +"One last attempt is made, grouping all lines from the same journal and date " +"(`JournalLib`, `EcritureDate`). Should this grouping generate balanced moves" +" (sum(credit) - sum(debit) = 0), then each different combination of journal " +"and date creates a new move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:300 +msgid "" +"`ACH` + `2021/05/01` --> new move on journal `ACH` with name `20210501`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Should this attempt fail, the user is prompted an error message with all the" +" move lines that are supposedly unbalanced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 +msgid "Partner information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If a line has the partner information specified, the information is copied " +"to the accounting move itself if the targeted Journal is of type *payable* " +"or *receivable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:312 +msgid "Export" +msgstr "ส่งออก" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:314 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"<fiscal_localizations/packages>`, you should be able to download the FEC. To" +" do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:320 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove " +"the *Apps* filter, then search for the module named **France-FEC** and make " +"sure it is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:325 +msgid "" +"`Official Technical Specification (fr) " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/article_lc/LEGIARTI000027804775>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:327 +msgid "" +"`Test-Compta-Demat (Official FEC Testing tool) " +"<https://github.com/DGFiP/Test-Compta-Demat>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:331 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:336 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:337 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:338 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:341 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:343 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:350 +msgid "Is my company required to use anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:355 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:356 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:358 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:362 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:364 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/maintain/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:373 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:375 +msgid "To get the certification, just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:377 +msgid "" +"If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, :ref:`install <general/install>` the " +"**France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter," +" then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:389 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:393 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:404 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:406 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:408 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:410 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:411 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:415 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:417 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:423 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:426 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "ความปลอดภัย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:428 +msgid "" +"To ensure inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon " +"validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:433 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:446 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "อุปกรณ์จัดเก็บ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:461 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:463 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:469 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:476 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:481 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "ความรับผิดชอบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:494 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about this legislation in the following " +"official documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:500 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:502 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:504 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "เยอรมันนี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:39 +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against " +"Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping " +"systems - including the :doc:`point of sale " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a " +"**Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly " +"<https://fiskaly.com>`_, a *cloud-based solution*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates " +"by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition " +"<https://developer.fiskaly.com/api/dsfinvk/v0/#tag/VAT-Definition>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade " +"<general/upgrade>` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the " +"**Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:65 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the **Germany - Certification for Point of " +"Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale " +"of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list " +"<general/install>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Upgrading Odoo Point of Sale from the Apps dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:77 +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to " +"every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a " +"permanent identification number for economically active persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the " +"*fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Button to register a company through fiskaly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you " +"*saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to " +"access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "fiskaly keys as displayed on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the " +"current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Create TSS option from a point of sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS " +"(Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of" +" Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to " +"**Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Example of TSS ID and Client ID from fiskaly in Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and" +" **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Menu to export DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the " +":abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für " +"Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given" +" start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given " +"end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of " +"all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this " +"specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Pending DSFinV-K export on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has " +"been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on " +"*Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" +" von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" +" Datenzugriff " +"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_." +" In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of " +"books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data " +"access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, " +"and balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 +msgid "" +"These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " +"Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " +"norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based " +"accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January " +"2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital " +"solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:190 +msgid "" +"What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " +"text " +"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_." +" It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is " +"what to expect:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " +"includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " +"authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for" +" the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-" +"mentioned financial and related data)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " +"control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 +msgid "Access rights control;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 +msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 +msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 +msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 +msgid "Processing controls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " +"data, or documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " +"positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " +"performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded " +"(*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, " +"appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place " +"(*prevention*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:218 +msgid "What about data security?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:220 +msgid "" +"**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " +"deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " +"sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance " +"with the GoBD guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " +"deleted via the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:231 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" +"sla>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " +"create the necessary backup infrastructure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " +"backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 +msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " +"authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" +" accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of " +"their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to " +"respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:249 +msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " +"clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" +" place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these " +"objectives:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " +"creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " +"relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by " +"whom in the chatter of the relevant object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Completeness**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." +" Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " +"transactions. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all financial " +"data in the system. As most financial data in Odoo is generated " +"automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " +"vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Accuracy**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " +"used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " +"orders and their respective invoices reflect the business reality. It is the" +" responsibility of the user to scan and attach the paper-based vendor bill" +" to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this " +"task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " +"(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" +"the-box timely record-keeping. It is the responsibility of the user to " +"encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the " +"miscellaneous operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" +" according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " +"enforced by the GoBD, but the system must ensure that a given financial " +"transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this " +"out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Inalterability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " +"way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:286 +msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:288 +msgid "" +"In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" +" of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " +"direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a " +"storage device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:292 +msgid "" +"In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " +"is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " +"Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and " +"XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the " +"export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen " +"zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:299 +msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " +"accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" +" various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, " +"nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party " +"certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make " +"software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any " +"other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:307 +msgid "" +"A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " +"according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " +"respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of " +"time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts " +"on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does " +"not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " +"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:317 +msgid "" +"180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " +"on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " +"in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:320 +msgid "" +"181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " +"decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " +"develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " +"Translate " +"<https://translate.google.com/?sl=de&tl=en&text=180.%0APositivtestate%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20der%20Buchf%C3%BChrung%20-%20und%20damit%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20DV-" +"gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:330 +msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:332 +msgid "" +"In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " +"order demanding the implementation of specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 +msgid "India" +msgstr "อินเดีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Indian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian E-invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_in_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`Indian e-invoicing integration <india/e-invoicing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian E-waybill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_in_edi_ewaybill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Indian E-way bill integration <india/e-waybill>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - GSTR India eFiling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports_gstr`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Indian GST Return filing <india/gstr>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:33 +msgid ":ref:`Indian tax reports <india/gstr_reports>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Purchase Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_in_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:36 +msgid "Indian GST Purchase report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Sale Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_in_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:39 +msgid "Indian GST Sale report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Stock Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_in_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:42 +msgid "Indian GST Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:50 +msgid "e-Invoice system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice " +"system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:60 +msgid "NIC e-Invoice registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` e-Invoice" +" portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to " +":ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app <india/e-invoicing-configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `NIC e-Invoice portal <https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/>`_ by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you are already registered on the NIC portal, you can use the same login " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Register Odoo ERP system on e-invoice web portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User " +"Credentials --> Create API User`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:77 +msgid "" +"After that, you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code on " +"your registered mobile number. Enter the OTP code and click " +":guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` for the API interface, set :guilabel:`Tera " +"Software Limited` as GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password` for your API. Once it is done, click " +":guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit API specific Username and Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:228 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To enable the e-Invoice service in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter " +"the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` previously set for the " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Setup e-invoice service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To automatically send e-Invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal, you must first" +" configure your *sales* journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals`, opening your *sales* journal, and in the " +":guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data " +"Interchange`, enable :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "เวิร์คโฟลว์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the " +"top. Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file of validated invoices " +"to the NIC e-Invoice portal after some time. If you want to process the " +"invoice immediately, click :guilabel:`Process now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:266 +msgid "" +"You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can check the document's :abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)` " +"status under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"invoicing` field of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice is validated and submitted, the invoice PDF report can be " +"printed. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, " +":guilabel:`Ack. No` (acknowledgment number) and :guilabel:`Ack. Date` " +"(acknowledgment date), and QR code. These certify that the invoice is a " +"valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "IRN and QR code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:146 +msgid "e-Invoice cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel an e-Invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of " +"the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel" +" remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The " +"status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to " +":guilabel:`To Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice <india/e-invoicing>` and the " +":ref:`E-Way bill <india/e-waybill>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:161 +msgid "" +"If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then " +"click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Once you request to cancel the e-Invoice, Odoo automatically submits the " +"JSON-signed file to the NIC e-Invoice portal. You can click " +":guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:170 +msgid "GST e-Invoice verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After submitting an e-Invoice, you can verify if the invoice is signed from " +"the GST e-Invoice system website itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Download the JSON file from the attached files. It can be found in the " +"chatter of the related invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Open the `NIC e-Invoice portal <https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/>`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:179 +msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "select the JSON file for verify invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:184 +msgid "If the file is signed, a confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "verified e-invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:192 +msgid "E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) E-waybill " +"system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 +msgid "API registration on NIC E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` E-Way " +"bill portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials " +"to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app <india/e-waybill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `NIC E-Way bill portal <https://ewaybillgst.gov.in/>`_ by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:210 +msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`. Once you have received the code on your " +"registered mobile number, enter it and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the registered " +"GSP/ERP list. If so, use the username and password used to log in to the NIC" +" portal. Otherwise, follow the next steps;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "E-Way bill list of registered GSP/ERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your" +" GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your" +" API, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit GSP API registration details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:230 +msgid "" +"To set up the E-Way bill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Way " +"bill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "E-way bill setup odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:245 +msgid "Send an E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:247 +msgid "" +"You can manually send an E-Way bill by clicking :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`." +" To send the E-Way bill automatically when an invoice or a bill is " +"confirmed, enable :guilabel:`E-Way bill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sales or " +"Purchase journal <india/e-invoicing-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Send E-waybill button on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice has been issued and sent via :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`, a " +"confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian e-Way bill confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal " +"after some time. Click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the " +"invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:273 +msgid "" +"You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-Way bill." +" The report includes the **E-Way bill number** and the **E-Way bill validity" +" date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "E-way bill acknowledgment number and date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:282 +msgid "E-Way bill cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel an E-Way bill, go to the :guilabel:`E-Way bill` tab of" +" the related invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and " +":guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice <india/e-invoicing>` (if " +"applicable) and the :ref:`E-Way bill <india/e-waybill>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click " +":guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Once you request to cancel the E-Way bill, Odoo automatically submits the " +"JSON-signed file to the government portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:305 +msgid "Indian GST Return filing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:310 +msgid "Enable API access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To file GST Returns in Odoo, you must first enable API access on the GST " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Log into the `GST portal <https://services.gst.gov.in/services/login>`_ by " +"entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`, and go to " +":guilabel:`My Profile` on your **profile menu**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click On the My Profile from profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:321 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Manage API Access`, and click :guilabel:`Yes` to enable " +"API access;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click Yes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables a :guilabel:`Duration` drop-down menu. Select the " +":guilabel:`Duration` of your preference, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:332 +msgid "Indian GST Service In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Once you have enabled the :ref:`API access <india/gstr_api>` on the GST " +"portal, you can set up the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian " +"GST Service` and enter the :guilabel:`GST Username`. Click :guilabel:`Send " +"OTP`, enter the code, and finally, :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Please enter your GST portal Username as Username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:347 +msgid "File-in GST Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:349 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` is configured, you can file your GST" +" return. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> India --> GST " +"Return periods` and create a new **GST Return Period** if it does not exist." +" GST Return file-in is done in **three steps** in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**Tax Return Periodicity** can be :doc:`configured " +"<../accounting/reporting/tax_returns>` according to the user's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:361 +msgid "Send GSTR-1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:363 +msgid "" +"The user can verify the :ref:`GSTR-1 <india/gstr-1_report>` report before " +"uploading it to the **GST portal** by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-1 Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:365 +msgid "" +"If the **GSTR-1** report is correct, then click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to " +"send it to the **GST portal**. The status of the :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report " +"changes to :guilabel:`Sending`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Sending Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:371 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-1** report changes to " +":guilabel:`Waiting for Status`. It means that the **GSTR-1** report has been" +" sent to the :guilabel:`GST Portal` and is being verified on the " +":guilabel:`GST Portal`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Waiting for Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Once more, after a few seconds, the status either changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent` or :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`. The status " +":guilabel:`Error in Invoice` indicates that some of the invoices are not " +"correctly filled out to be validated by the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Sent`, it means your **GSTR-1**" +" report is ready to be filed on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:388 +msgid "" +"If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`, invoices can" +" be checked for errors in the :guilabel:`Log Note`. Once issues have been " +"resolved, the user can click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to submit the file " +"again on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice Log" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` after filing the **GSTR-1** report on the " +"**GST portal**. The status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Filed` in " +"**Odoo**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Filed Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:407 +msgid "Receive GSTR-2B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Users can retrieve the **GSTR-2B Report** from the **GST portal**. This " +"automatically reconciles the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B Summary` to retrieve the **GSTR-2B** summary." +" After a few seconds, the status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting" +" for Reception`. This means Odoo is trying to receive the **GSTR-2B** report" +" from the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B in Waiting for Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Once more, after a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-2B** changes to the" +" :guilabel:`Being Processed`. It means Odoo is reconciling the **GSTR-2B** " +"report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:425 +msgid "" +"Once it is done, the status of the **GSTR-2B** report changes to either " +":guilabel:`Matched` or :guilabel:`Partially Matched`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:428 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Matched`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:433 +msgid "" +"If the status is :guilabel:`Partially Matched`, you can make changes in " +"bills by clicking :guilabel:`View Reconciled Bills`. Once it is done, click " +":guilabel:`re-match`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Partially Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Reconciled Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:490 +msgid "GSTR-3 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:447 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`GSTR-3 <india/gstr-3_report>` report is a monthly summary of " +"**sales** and **purchases**. This return is auto-generated by extracting " +"information from **GSTR-1** and **GSTR-2**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Users can compare the **GSTR-3** report with the **GSTR-3** report available" +" on the **GST portal** to verify if they match by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-3" +" Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Once the **GSTR-3** report has been verified by the user and the tax amount " +"on the **GST portal** has been paid. Once paid, the report can be **closed**" +" by clicking :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:459 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Closing Entry`, add the tax amount paid on the **GST portal** " +"using challan, and click :guilabel:`POST` to post the :guilabel:`Closing " +"Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Post Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once posted, the **GSTR-3** report status changes to :guilabel:`Filed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Filed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:473 +msgid "Tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:478 +msgid "GSTR-1 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report is divided into sections. It displays the " +":guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, " +":abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods " +"and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:492 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3` report contains different sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:494 +msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:495 +msgid "Eligible :abbr:`ITC (Income Tax Credit)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:496 +msgid "Values of **exempt**, **Nil-rated**, and **non-GST** inward supply;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:497 +msgid "Details of inter-state supplies made to **unregistered** persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "อินโดนีเซีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:3 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "อิตาลี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Italian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:20 +msgid "Italy - Accounting" +msgstr "Italy - Accounting" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_it`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:26 +msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_it_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:25 +msgid "e-invoice implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:27 +msgid "`l10n_it_edi_withholding`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:28 +msgid "e-invoice withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:29 +msgid "Italy - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:30 +msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:25 +msgid "Country-specific reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 +msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:34 +msgid "Transport documents - Documento di Trasporto (DDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 +msgid "Company information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Configuring the company's information ensures your Accounting database is " +"properly set up. To add information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Companies` section, click " +":guilabel:`Update info`. From here, fill out the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: VAT of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`: the fiscal code of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax System`: the tax system under which the company falls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Company information to provide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:57 +msgid "E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` is the electronic invoicing system" +" used in Italy. It enables to send and receive electronic invoices to and " +"from customers. The documents must be in XML format and formally validated " +"by the system before being delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To be able to receive invoices and notifications, the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di" +" Interscambio)` service must be notified that the user's files are to be " +"sent to **Odoo** and processed on their behalf. To so, you must set up " +"Odoo's :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` on the **Agenzia Delle Entrate** " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to https://ivaservizi.agenziaentrate.gov.it/portale/ and authenticate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the " +"electronic address;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> " +"Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture " +"elettroniche`, insert Odoo's :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` `K95IV18`, and " +"confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:76 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the **FatturaPA** :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` format" +" for the Italian localization and is enabled on the default journals when " +"installed. When the **file processing authorization** has been set, all " +"**invoices** and **bills** are automatically sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`enable electronic invoicing for other sales and purchase " +"journals <e-invoicing/configuration>` than the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can check the current status of an invoice by the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"invoicing` field. The XML file can be found in the **chatter** of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic invoicing status (waiting for confirmation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:97 +msgid "File processing authorization (Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to " +"the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` or received by your database, you " +"need to authorize Odoo to process your files from your database. To do so, " +"go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Electronic Document Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:104 +msgid "There are **three** modes available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Demo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This mode simulates an environment in which invoices are sent to the " +"government. In this mode, invoices need to be *manually* downloaded as XML " +"files and uploaded to the **Agenzia delle Entrate**'s website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This mode sends invoices to a non-production (i.e., test) service made " +"available by the **Agenzia delle Entrate**. Saving this change directs all " +"companies on the database to use this configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Official`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:115 +msgid "" +"This is a production mode that sends your invoices directly to the **Agenzia" +" delle Entrate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once a mode is selected, you need to accept the **terms and conditions** by " +"ticking :guilabel:`Allow Odoo to process invoices`, and then " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can now record your transactions in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting either :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Official` is " +"**irreversible**. Once in :guilabel:`Official` mode, it is not possible to " +"select :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Demo`, and same for " +":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`. We recommend creating a separate database " +"for testing purposes only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When in :guilabel:`Test (Experimental)` mode, all invoices sent *must* have " +"a partner using one of the following fake :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` " +"given by the **Agenzia Delle Entrate**: `0803HR0` - `N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. " +"Any real production :guilabel:`Codice Destinario` of your customers will not" +" be recognized as valid by the test service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 +msgid "Taxes configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Many of the e-invoicing features are implemented using Odoo's tax system. As" +" such, it is very important that taxes are properly configured in order to " +"generate invoices correctly and handle other billing use cases. For example," +" specific configurations are required for the **reverse charge** type of " +"taxes. In case of a **reverse charge** tax, the seller does *not* charge the" +" customer for the VAT but, instead, the customer pays the VAT *themselves* " +"to their government. There are **two** main types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:147 +msgid ":ref:`external reverse charge <italy/external-reverse>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:148 +msgid ":ref:`internal reverse charge <italy/internal-reverse>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:153 +msgid "External reverse charge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "การแจ้งหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To make an export invoice, make sure that the invoice lines all use a tax " +"configured for **reverse charge**. The **Italian** localization contains an " +"**example** of a reverse charge tax for export in the EU to be used as " +"reference (`0% EU`, invoice label `00eu`), which can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Exports are exempt " +"from VAT, and therefore **reverse charge** taxes require the :guilabel:`Has " +"exoneration of tax (Italy)` option ticked, with both the " +":guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "External reverse charge settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration`, click " +":menuselection:`Action --> Duplicate` within the tax menu to create a copy " +"of an existing similar tax. Then, select another :guilabel:`Exoneration`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat this process as many times as you need " +"different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration` taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:176 +msgid "" +"**Rename** your taxes in the :guilabel:`Name` field according to their " +":guilabel:`Exoneration` to differentiate them easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On your invoice, select the corresponding tax you need in the " +":guilabel:`Taxes` field. You can find the following **additional info** by " +"opening the **XML** file of the issued invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SdI address (Codice Destinatario)`: must be filled for both " +"**EU** or **non-EU**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:183 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Id`: must contain the country of the foreign seller in " +"the two-letter ISO (Alpha-2) code (ex., `IT` for 'Italy');" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`CAP`: must be filled with `00000`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partita Iva` (**VAT number**): must contain the **VAT** number " +"for **EU businesses** and `OO99999999999` (double 'O' **letter**, not " +"'zero') for **non-EU businesses**. In case of private customers without " +"**VAT** number, use `0000000`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Code`: for foreign entities without an actual **Codice " +"Fiscale**, any recognizable identifier is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:193 +msgid "Odoo does not support sending user-modified XML files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:195 +msgid "" +"For **invoices**, multiple configurations are technically identified by a " +":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:198 +msgid "`TD02` - Down payments;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:199 +msgid "`TDO7` - Simplified invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:200 +msgid "`TD08` - Simplified credit note;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:201 +msgid "`TD09` - Simplified debit note;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:202 +msgid "`TD24` - Deferred invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:206 +msgid "`TD02`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:208 +msgid "Down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Down payment** invoices are imported/exported with a different " +":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code `TDO2` than regular invoices. Upon import of" +" the invoice, it creates a regular vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:214 +msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD02` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:274 +msgid "Is an invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:217 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines are related to **sales order lines** that have the flag " +"`is_downpayment` set as `True`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:220 +msgid "`TD07`, `TD08`, and `TD09`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:222 +msgid "Simplified invoices, and credit/debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Simplified invoices and credit notes can be used to certify **domestic " +"transactions** under **400 EUR** (VAT included). Its status is the same as a" +" regular invoice, but with fewer information requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:228 +msgid "For a **simplified** invoice to be established, it must include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` reference: **unique** numbering sequence with " +"**no gaps**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:231 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date`: issue **date** of the invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Info`: the **seller**'s full credentials (VAT/TIN number," +" name, full address) under :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies " +"(section)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: the **buyer**'s VAT/TIN number (on their profile card);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: the total **amount** (VAT included) of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`, Odoo exports invoices as " +"simplified if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:239 +msgid "It is a **domestic** transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:240 +msgid "The buyer's data is **insufficient** for a regular invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:241 +msgid "" +"The **required fields** for a regular invoice (address, ZIP code, city, " +"country) are provided;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:243 +msgid "The total amount VAT included is **less** than **400 EUR**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The 400 EUR threshold was defined in `the decree of the 10th of May 2019 in " +"the Gazzetta Ufficiale " +"<https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2019/05/24/19A03271/sg>`_. We " +"advise you to check the current official value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:250 +msgid "`TD24`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:252 +msgid "Deferred invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The **deferred invoice** is an invoice that is **issued at a later time** " +"than the sale of goods or the provision of services. A **deferred invoice** " +"has to be issued at the latest within the **15th day** of the month " +"following the delivery covered by the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:258 +msgid "" +"It usually is a **summary invoice** containing a list of multiple sales of " +"goods or services, carried out in the month. The business is allowed to " +"**group** the sales into **one invoice**, generally issued at the **end of " +"the month** for accounting purposes. Deferred invoices are default for " +"**wholesaler** having recurrent clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If the goods are transported by a **carrier**, every delivery has an " +"associated **Documento di Transporto (DDT)**, or **Transport Document**. The" +" deferred invoice **must** indicate the details of all the **DDTs** " +"information for better tracing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:268 +msgid "" +"E-invoicing of deferred invoices requires the `l10n_it_stock_ddt` " +":ref:`module <italy/modules>`. In this case, a dedicated :guilabel:`Tipo " +"Documento` `TD24` is used in the e-invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:272 +msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD24` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Is associated to deliveries whose **DDTs** have a **different** date than " +"the issuance date of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Italian companies buying goods or services from EU countries (or services " +"from non-EU countries) must send the information contained within the bill " +"received to the **Agenzia delle Entrate**. This allows you to complete tax-" +"related information on your bill, and to send it. The seller must be set as " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and the buyer as " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`. Contained within the **XML** document " +"for the vendor bill, the vendor's credentials show as " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and your company's credentials as " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Self-billing invoices or VAT invoice integrations must be issued and sent to" +" the tax agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When inputting taxes in a vendor bill, it is possible to select **reverse " +"charge** taxes. These are automatically activated in the Italian fiscal " +"position. By going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, the `10%` and `22%` :guilabel:`Goods` and :guilabel:`Services` tax " +"scopes are activated and preconfigured with the correct tax grids. These are" +" set up automatically to ensure the correct booking of accounting entries " +"and display of the tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:298 +msgid "" +"For **vendor bills**, **three** types of configurations are technically " +"identified by a code called :guilabel:`Tipo Documento`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:301 +msgid "`TD17` - Buying services from **EU** and **non-EU** countries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:302 +msgid "`TD18` - Buying **goods** from **EU**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:303 +msgid "" +"`TD19` - Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are " +"already in **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:308 +msgid "`TD17`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:310 +msgid "Buying **services** from **EU** and **non-EU** countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The foreign *seller* invoices a service with a **VAT-excluded** price, as it" +" is not taxable in Italy. The VAT is paid by the *buyer* in Italy;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Within EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " +"information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:317 +msgid "" +"Non-EU: the *buyer* sends themselves an invoice (i.e., **self-billing**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Odoo exports a transaction as `TD17` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:411 +msgid "Is a vendor bill;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:412 +msgid "" +"At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grids :ref:`VJ " +"<italy/grids>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:323 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Services` as **products**, or a tax" +" with the :guilabel:`Services` as **tax scope**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:326 +msgid "`TD18`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:328 +msgid "Buying **goods** from **EU**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Invoices issued within the EU follow a **standard format**, therefore only " +"an integration of the existing invoice is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Odoo exports a transaction as `TD18` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:337 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` as **products**, or a " +"tax with the :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:340 +msgid "`TD19`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are already in" +" **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:345 +msgid "" +"From EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " +"information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Non-EU: the *buyer* sends an invoice to *themselves* (i.e., **self-" +"billing**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:349 +msgid "Odoo exports a move as a `TD19` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:352 +msgid "" +"At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 " +"<italy/grids>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` products, or a tax with" +" :guilabel:`Goods` as tax scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not offer the `Conservazione Sostitutiva " +"<https://www.agid.gov.it/index.php/it/piattaforme/conservazione>`_ " +"requirements. Other providers and **Agenzia delle Entrate** supply free and " +"certified storage to meet the requested conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:365 +msgid "Internal reverse charge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support domestic **internal reverse charge** " +"processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:373 +msgid "'Reverse Charge' tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The Italian localization has a specific **tax grid** section for **reverse " +"charge** taxes. These tax grids are identifiable by the :ref:`VJ " +"<italy/grids>` tag, and can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italian reverse charge tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:384 +msgid "San Marino" +msgstr "ซานมารีโน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:389 +msgid "" +"San Marino and Italy have special agreements on e-invoicing operations. As " +"such, **invoices** follow the regular **reverse charge** rules. Additional " +"requirements are not enforced by Odoo, however, the user is requested by the" +" **State** to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Select a tax with the option :guilabel:`Has exoneration of tax (Italy)` " +"ticked, and the :guilabel:`Exoneration` set to `N3.3`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Use the generic :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` :guilabel:`Codice " +"Destinatario` `2R4GT08`. The invoice is then routed by a dedicated office in" +" San Marino to the correct business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:399 +msgid "Bills" +msgstr "ใบเรียกเก็บเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:401 +msgid "" +"When a **paper bill** is received from San Marino, any Italian company " +"**must** submit that invoice to the **Agenzia delle Entrate** by indicating " +"the e-invoice's :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` field with the special value " +"`TD28`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:407 +msgid "`TD28`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:409 +msgid "Odoo exports a move as `TD28` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:413 +msgid "The **country** of the partner is **San Marino**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:416 +msgid "Pubblica amministrazione (B2G)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Odoo does **not** send invoices directly to the government as they need to " +"be signed. If we see that the codice destinatario is 6 digits, then it is " +"not sent to the PA automatically, but you can download the XML, sign it with" +" an external program and send it through the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:424 +msgid "Digital qualified signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:426 +msgid "" +"For invoices and bills intended to the **Pubblica Amministrazione (B2G)**, a" +" **Digital Qualified Signature** is required for all files sent through the " +":abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. The **XML** file must be certified " +"using a certificate that is either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:430 +msgid "a **smart card**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:431 +msgid "a **USB token**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:432 +msgid "a **Hardware Security Module (HSM)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:435 +msgid "CIG, CUP, DatiOrdineAcquisto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:437 +msgid "" +"To ensure the effective traceability of payments by public administrations, " +"electronic invoices issued to the public administrations must contain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, except in cases of exclusion " +"from traceability obligations provided by law n. 136 of August 13, 2010;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:442 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`, in case of invoices related to " +"public works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:444 +msgid "" +"If the **XML** file requires it, the **Agenzia Delle Entrate** can *only* " +"proceed payments of electronic invoices when the **XML** file contains a " +":abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` and :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di " +"Progetto)`. For each electronic invoice, it is **necessary** to indicate the" +" :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)`, which represents the unique " +"identifier code that allows the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` to " +"correctly deliver the electronic invoice to the recipient office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`Codice Unico di Progetto)` and the :abbr:`CIG (Codice " +"Identificativo Gara)` must be included in one of the **2.1.2** " +"(DatiOrdineAcquisto), **2.1.3** (Dati Contratto), **2.1.4** " +"(DatiConvenzione), **2.1.5** (Date Ricezione), or **2.1.6** (Dati Fatture " +"Collegate) information blocks. These correspond to the elements named " +":guilabel:`CodiceCUP` and :guilabel:`CodiceCIG` of the electronic invoice " +"**XML** file, whose table can be found on the government `website " +"<http://www.fatturapa.gov.it/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:458 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)` must be included in the electronic " +"invoice corresponding to the element **1.1.4** " +"(:guilabel:`CodiceDestinario`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:3 +msgid "Kenya" +msgstr "เคนยา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Kenyan localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenyan - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_ke`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Installing this module grants you access to the list of accounts used in the" +" local GAAP and the list of common taxes (VAT, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenyan - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_ke_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Installing this module grants you access to improved accounting reports for " +"Kenya, such as Profit and Loss and Balance Sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You also have to install the **Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration** package" +" to be able to report your taxes to the **Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA)** " +"using the Tremol G03 Control Unit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_ke_edi_tremol`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Installing this module integrates with the Kenyan G03 Tremol control unit " +"device to report taxes to KRA through TIMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "The three modules for the Kenya Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:47 +msgid "Kenyan TIMS integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA) has decided to go digital for tax " +"collection through the **Tax Invoice Management System (TIMS)**. As of " +"December 1st, 2022, all VAT-registered persons should comply with TIMS. The " +"goal is to reduce VAT fraud, increase tax revenue, and increase VAT " +"compliance through standardization, validation, and transmission of invoices" +" to KRA on a real-time or near real-time basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All VAT-registered taxpayers should use a **compliant tax register**. Odoo " +"decided to develop the integration of the **Tremol G03 Control Unit (type " +"C)**, which can be run locally through USB. This device validates invoices " +"to ensure financial documents meet the new regulations and send the " +"validated tax invoices directly to KRA. Installing a proxy server that " +"provides a gateway between users and the internet is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:62 +msgid "Installing the proxy server on a Windows device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to `odoo.com/download <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_, fill out " +"the required information and click :guilabel:`Download`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "Install the Proxy Server on a Windows device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once it is loaded on your computer, a wizard opens. You have to read and " +"agree with the terms of the agreement. On the next page, select the " +":guilabel:`type of install: Odoo IoT`. Then, click :guilabel:`Next` and " +":guilabel:`Install`. Once completed, click :guilabel:`Next`. Check the " +":guilabel:`Start Odoo` box to be redirected to Odoo automatically, and then " +"click :guilabel:`Finish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A new page opens, confirming your :doc:`IoT Box " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` is up and running. Connect your " +"physical device **Tremol G03 Control Unit (type C)** to your laptop via USB." +" In the :guilabel:`IoT Device` section, check that your Tremol G03 Control " +"Unit (type C) appears, confirming the connection between the device and your" +" computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "Your IoT box is up and running" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the device is not detected, try to plug it in again or click on the " +":guilabel:`Restart` button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:90 +msgid "" +":doc:`Connect an IoT box to your database " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:93 +msgid "Sending the data to KRA using the Tremol G03 Control Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:95 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out that the :ref:`Kenyan Accounting modules " +"<localization/kenya/configuration>` are installed on your database. Then, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Kenya TIMS" +" Integration section`, and check that the :guilabel:`control Unit Proxy " +"Address` matches the address of the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To send data to KRA, create a new invoice by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoice card` and clicking" +" :guilabel:`New Invoice`. Upon confirmation of a new invoice, the " +":guilabel:`Send invoice to Fiscal Device` button appears. Clicking on it " +"sends the invoice details to the device and from the device to the " +"government. The :guilabel:`CU Invoice Number` field is now completed in your" +" invoice, confirming the information has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tremol G03 Fiscal Device` tab contains fields that are " +"automatically completed once the invoice is sent to the government:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU QR Code`: Url from the KRA portal which reflects a QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU Serial Number`: reflects the serial number of the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU Signing Date and Time`: The date and time when the invoice has" +" been sent to KRA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you click on :guilabel:`Send and Print`, a .pdf of the invoice is " +"generated. The :guilabel:`Kenyan Fiscal Device Info` is mentioned on the " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" +"Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "ลักเซมเบิร์ก" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Luxembourgish localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_lu`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_lu_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_lu_reports_annual_vat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The three modules for the Luxembourgish Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs " +"all three modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:36 +msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo's :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` " +"for Luxembourg includes the current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN " +"2020)**, effective since January 2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 +msgid "eCDF tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit " +"Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 +msgid "" +"`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " +"<http://www.ecdf.lu>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:54 +msgid "Annual tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report " +"with the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> " +"Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual " +"period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can " +"manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual " +"declaration**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting (Luxembourg localization) generates an annual tax " +"declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To help you complete it, you can use the information provided on the " +":guilabel:`Tax Report`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, then click on the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the type of Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:76 +msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:79 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` " +"to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:82 +msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured " +"file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' " +"accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the" +" OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting" +" period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on " +"digital audit files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +" to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:95 +msgid "Export FAIA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> " +"General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`FAIA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "เม็กซิโก" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 +msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "ความต้องการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" +"programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "" +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 +msgid "" +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "PAC credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 +msgid "" +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "PAC credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 +msgid "" +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 +msgid "" +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 +msgid "" +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "" +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 +msgid "" +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "" +"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 +msgid "" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 +msgid "" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 +msgid "" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 +msgid "" +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 +msgid "" +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 +msgid "" +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "" +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 +msgid "" +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 +msgid "" +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 +msgid "" +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 +msgid "" +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 +msgid "" +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs number Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 +msgid "" +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 +msgid "" +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 +msgid "" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 +msgid "" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 +msgid "" +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 +msgid "" +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Types of Polizas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 +msgid "" +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "DIOT Example contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "เนเธอร์แลนด์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:6 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:15 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:22 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:3 +msgid "Peru" +msgstr "เปรู" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " +"the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " +"included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " +"to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail " +"you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications " +"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/node/88/>`_, that keeps track of new changes and " +"updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published " +"on the `SUNAT Legislation " +"<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 +msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." +" This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " +"one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " +"automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " +"the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " +"The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned " +"by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " +"Registration):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " +"value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " +"invoice validation might have errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:64 +msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:68 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 +msgid "Default Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " +":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " +"several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 +msgid "Accounting Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่าการบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " +"set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" +" this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " +"Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 +msgid "Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:91 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" +" Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " +"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:97 +msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:103 +msgid "Signature Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:105 +msgid "" +"As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " +"needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " +"signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 +msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:174 +msgid "Digiflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 +msgid "SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " +"for each option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " +"ceritificate is included as part of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "IAP option as signature providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:126 +msgid "What is the IAP?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:128 +msgid "" +"This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" +" of the next process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " +"one by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:131 +msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:132 +msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:135 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " +"Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " +"are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "EUR" +msgstr "EUR" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "22" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 +msgid "10,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 +msgid "220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:150 +msgid "20,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:150 +msgid "440" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " +"time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" +" you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " +"OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:161 +msgid "What do you need to do?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" +" Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " +"official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " +"process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" +" you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " +"you need to consider:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " +"vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " +"Ceritifcates " +"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " +"<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 +msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 +msgid "" +"In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " +"to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " +"consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:200 +msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:203 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:207 +msgid "Testing environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " +"company goes into production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " +"buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:215 +msgid "" +"By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " +"the testing mode if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " +"signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " +"Proceed to this section and load your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:232 +msgid "" +"The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." +" Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " +"automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " +"about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:243 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "List of default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:256 +msgid "EDI Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:258 +msgid "" +"As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " +"electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " +"but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:270 +msgid "" +"There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" +" Peruvian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:272 +msgid "" +"**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " +"Exportation transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:274 +msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:279 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " +"SUNAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Document Type list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," +" Debit Note and Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " +"addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:305 +msgid "Use Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:307 +msgid "" +"This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " +"applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " +"related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " +"default, all the sales journals created use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:312 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" +msgstr "การแลกเปลี่ยนข้อมูลทางอิเล็กทรอนิกส์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 +msgid "" +"This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " +"we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Journal EDI field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:322 +msgid "" +"By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " +"uncheck it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:330 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " +"the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " +"essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " +"customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Partner identification type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "สินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " +"localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "UNSPC Code on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:354 +msgid "Customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 +msgid "EDI Elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " +"your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " +"described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields " +"required as part of the Peru EDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:364 +msgid "" +"**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " +"manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:371 +msgid "" +"**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " +"indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " +"another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " +"Goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:379 +msgid "" +"**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " +"there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " +"based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default " +"are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " +"manually select another one when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " +"proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " +"the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " +"following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " +"invoice has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:496 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:404 +msgid "" +"**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Sent now”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Send EDI manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:412 +msgid "" +"**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " +"validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " +"is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:420 +msgid "" +"In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" +" “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:424 +msgid "" +"One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" +" this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " +"time, two credits are consumed in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:431 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " +"when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " +"the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:435 +msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:437 +msgid "" +"In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " +"taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " +"identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " +"(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" +" to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" +" again to the SUNAT for another validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "List of common errors on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:449 +msgid "" +"For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " +"<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:455 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " +"report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" +" is a valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 +msgid "IAP Credits" +msgstr "IAP เครดิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " +"consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " +"order to process your transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:468 +msgid "" +"Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " +"invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " +"them by accessing the link provided in the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:476 +msgid "" +"In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " +"number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:480 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:519 +msgid "Cancellation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" +" was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " +"the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " +"Cancellation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:493 +msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:498 +msgid "" +"**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " +"result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:507 +msgid "" +"**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " +"was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " +"downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " +"Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "nvoice after cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:516 +msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:521 +msgid "" +"When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " +"considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:523 +msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:524 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 +msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Exportation invoices main data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:532 +msgid "Advance Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:534 +msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 +msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:537 +msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " +"payment transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:541 +msgid "Detraction Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:543 +msgid "" +"When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" +" next considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:545 +msgid "" +"All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Detraction fields on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Detraction code on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:560 +msgid "" +"When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " +"note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," +" a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " +"selecting one of the options in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:569 +msgid "" +"When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " +"Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:572 +msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Credit Note document type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:578 +msgid "" +"To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " +"about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:587 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:590 +msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 +msgid "Philippines" +msgstr "ฟิลิปปินส์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`🇵🇭 Philippines` :ref:`fiscal" +" localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` to get all the " +"default accounting features of the Philippine localization, such as a chart " +"of accounts, taxes, and the BIR 2307 report. These provide a base template " +"to get started with using Philippine accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When creating a new database and `Philippines` is selected as a country, the" +" fiscal localization module **Philippines - Accounting** is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If installing the module in an existing company, the **chart of accounts** " +"and **taxes** will *not* be replaced if there are already posted journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The BIR 2307 report is installed, but the withholding taxes may need to be " +"manually created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:28 +msgid "Chart of accounts and taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A minimum configuration default chart of accounts is installed, and the " +"following types of taxes are installed and also linked to the relevant " +"account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:26 +msgid "VAT 12%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:27 +msgid "VAT Exempt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For the withholding taxes, there is an additional :guilabel:`Philippines " +"ATC` field under the :guilabel:`Philippines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Philippines ATC code field set on taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Taxes' ATC codes are used for the BIR 2307 report. If a tax is created " +"manually, its ATC code must be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a company or an individual (not belonging to a company) contact is " +"located in the Philippines, fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field with their " +"`Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For individuals not belonging to a company, identify them by using the " +"following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Middle Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Individual type contact with First, Middle, and Last Name fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For both :guilabel:`Company` and :guilabel:`Individual`, the TIN should " +"follow the `NNN-NNN-NNN-NNNNN` format. The branch code should follow the " +"last digits of the TIN, or else it can be left as `00000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:60 +msgid "BIR 2307 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**BIR 2307** report data, also known as *Certificate of Creditable Tax " +"Withheld at Source*, can be generated for purchase orders and vendor " +"payments with the applicable withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To generate a BIR 2307 report, select one or multiple vendor bills from the " +"list view, and click :menuselection:`Action --> Download BIR 2307 XLS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Multiple vendor bills selected with action to \"Download BIR 2307 XLS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:71 +msgid "The same action can be performed on a vendor bill from the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:73 +msgid "" +"A pop-up appears to review the selection, then click on " +":guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Pop up menu to generate BIR 2307 XLS file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This generates the `Form_2307.xls` file that lists all the vendor bill lines" +" with the applicable withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " +"<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " +"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If there is no withholding tax applied, then the XLS file will not generate " +"records for those vendor bill lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When grouping payments for multiple bills, Odoo splits the payments based on" +" the contact. From a payment, clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Download " +"BIR 2307 XLS`, generates a report that only includes vendor bills related to" +" that contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Odoo cannot generate the BIR 2307 PDF report or DAT files directly. The " +"generated `Form_2307.xls` file can be exported to an *external* tool to " +"convert it to BIR DAT or PDF format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:3 +msgid "Romania" +msgstr "โรมาเนีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Romanian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romania - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_ro`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_ro_saft`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:22 +msgid "Module to generate the **D.406 declaration** in the SAF-T format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "Modules for the Romanian localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:28 +msgid "D.406 declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Starting January 1, 2023, companies registered for tax purposes in Romania " +"must report their accounting data to the Romanian Tax Agency monthly or " +"quarterly in the D.406 declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides all you need to export the data of this declaration in the " +"SAF-T XML format, which you can validate and sign using the software " +"provided by the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Currently, Odoo only supports the generation of the monthly/quarterly D.406 " +"declaration (containing journal entries, invoices, vendor bills, and " +"payments). The yearly declaration (including assets) and the on-demand " +"declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "บริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " +"section, click :guilabel:`Update Info` and fill in the company's " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Telephone Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Provide your company's :abbr:`CUI (Codul Unic de Inregistrare)` number or " +":abbr:`CIF (*Codul de identificare fiscală*)` number (for foreign companies)" +" in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field, without the `RO` prefix (e.g., " +"`18547290`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If your company is **registered** for VAT in Romania, fill in the " +":guilabel:`Tax ID` field number, including the `RO` prefix (e.g., " +"`RO18547290`). If the company is **not** registered for VAT in Romania, you " +"**must not** fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Open the **Contacts** app and search for your company. Open your company's " +"profile, and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`" +" and add your **bank account number** if not informed already. Make sure the" +" profile is set as :guilabel:`Company` above the **name**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You must have at least one **contact person** linked to your company in the " +"**Contacts** app. If no **contact person** is linked, create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`, set it as :guilabel:`Individual`, and select your " +"company in the :guilabel:`Company name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To generate a file receivable by the Romanian Tax Agency, the chart of " +"accounts must not deviate from an official chart of accounts, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:70 +msgid "" +"the chart of accounts for commercial companies (*PlanConturiBalSocCom*), " +"which is installed by default when creating a company with the Romanian " +"localization or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:72 +msgid "" +"the chart of accounts for companies following `IFRS " +"<https://www.ifrs.org/>`_ (*PlanConturiIFRS*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Settings --> Accounting`, in the **Romanian localization** " +"section, set the :guilabel:`Tax Accounting Basis` to reflect the accounting " +"regulations and Chart of Accounts used by the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:82 +msgid "Customer and supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Fill in the :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Zip Code` " +"of each partner that appears in your invoices, vendor bills, or payments " +"through the **Contacts** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For partners that are companies, you must fill in the VAT number (including " +"the country prefix) in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field. If the partner is a " +"company based in Romania, you may instead fill in the CUI number (without " +"the 'RO' prefix) in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You must indicate the :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Type` (3-digit number) " +"and :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Code` (6-digit number) on each of the " +"taxes you use. This is already done for the taxes that exist by default in " +"Odoo. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, select the tax you wish to modify, click the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Options` tab, and fill in the **tax type** and **tax code** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The **tax type** and **tax code** are codes defined by the Romanian Tax " +"Agency for the **D.406 declaration**. These can be found in the Excel " +"spreadsheet published as guidance for completing the declaration, which you " +"can find on the `website of the Romanian Tax Agency " +"<https://www.anaf.ro/anaf/internet/ANAF/despre_anaf/strategii_anaf/proiecte_digitalizare/saf_t/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For some types of goods transactions, the :guilabel:`Intrastat Code` (Cod " +"NC) must be configured on the product, as it is required by Romanian law:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:114 +msgid "import / export transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:115 +msgid "" +"acquisitions / supplies of food products subjected to reduced VAT rate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:116 +msgid "intra-community movements subjected to intrastat reporting;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:117 +msgid "" +"acquisitions / supplies subjected to local reversed VAT charge (depending on" +" Cod NC); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:118 +msgid "" +"transactions with excisable products for which excise duties are determined " +"based on the Cod NC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If the Intrastat Code is not specified on a non-service product, the default" +" code '0' will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Intrastat Codes`, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products`, select a product, " +"and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set a :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must check the :guilabel:`Is self-invoice (RO)?` checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab for any vendor bill that is a self-invoice (i.e. " +"a vendor bill that you issued yourself in the absence of an invoice document" +" received from a supplier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:137 +msgid "Generating the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:140 +msgid "Exporting your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To export the XML for the D.406 declaration, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> General Ledger` and click on " +":guilabel:`SAF-T`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the 'SAF-T' button to export the D.406 XML declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can then validate and sign the XML file using the Romanian Tax Agency's " +"validation software, *DUKIntegrator*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:153 +msgid "Signing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Download and install the *DUKIntegrator* validation software found on the " +"`website of the Romanian Tax Agency " +"<https://www.anaf.ro/anaf/internet/ANAF/despre_anaf/strategii_anaf/proiecte_digitalizare/saf_t/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Once you have generated the XML, open 'DUKIntegrator' and select the file " +"you have just generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF` to create an **unsigned** PDF " +"containing your report, or :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF semnat` to " +"create a **signed** PDF containing your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "The DUKIntegrator validation software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the *DUKIntegrator* validator detects errors or inconsistencies in your " +"data, it generates a file that explains the errors. In this case, you need " +"to correct those inconsistencies in your data before you can submit the " +"report to the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:3 +msgid "Saudi Arabia" +msgstr "ซาอุดิอาระเบีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Saudi Arabian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:18 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgstr "ซาอุดิอาระเบีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:19 +msgid "`l10n_sa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:21 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:22 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:23 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:24 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing (Simplified)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:25 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi_simplified`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:26 +msgid "ZATCA simplified e-invoices implementation (Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:27 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:28 +msgid "`l10n_sa_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:29 +msgid "Point of Sale compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:32 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The ZATCA e-invoicing system is designed to streamline and digitize the " +"invoicing process for businesses operating in Saudi Arabia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`ZATCA e-invoicing page " +"<https://zatca.gov.sa/en/E-Invoicing/Pages/default.aspx>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, click " +":guilabel:`Update info`, and ensure the following company information is " +"complete and up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:46 +msgid "The full :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:47 +msgid "" +"All relevant :guilabel:`Address` fields, including the :guilabel:`Building " +"Number` and :guilabel:`Plot Identification` (four digits each)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Select an enterprise :guilabel:`Identification Scheme`. It is recommended to" +" use the :guilabel:`Commercial Registration Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Identification Number` for the selected " +":guilabel:`Identification Scheme`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`VAT` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:53 +msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Currency` is set to :guilabel:`SAR`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is also necessary to fill out similar information for partner companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:59 +msgid "Simulation mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:62 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to thoroughly test all invoicing workflows using " +"the Fatoora **simulation** portal first, as **any** invoice submitted to the" +" regular Fatoora portal will be accounted for, which could lead to fines and" +" penalties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:67 +msgid "Fatoora simulation portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `Fatoora portal <https://fatoora.zatca.gov.sa/>`_ using the " +"company's ZATCA credentials. Then, click the :guilabel:`Fatoora Simulation " +"Portal` button to switch to the simulation portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:74 +msgid "" +"`ZACTA Fatoora portal user manual version 3 (May 2023) " +"<https://zatca.gov.sa/en/E-Invoicing/Introduction/Guidelines/Documents/Fatoora_Portal_User_Manual_English.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:79 +msgid "ZATCA API integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:81 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under :guilabel:`ZATCA API Integration`, select the :guilabel:`Simulation " +"(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open any sales " +"journal (e.g., Customer Invoices), and go to the :guilabel:`ZATCA` tab. Once" +" there, enter any :guilabel:`Serial Number` to identify the journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The same serial number can be used for all of the company's sales journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Onboard Journal`. In the dialog box, providing an " +":abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code is required. To retrieve it, open the " +"`Fatoora simulation portal <https://fatoora.zatca.gov.sa/>`_, click " +":guilabel:`Onboard New Solution Unit/Device`, choose the number of OTP codes" +" to generate (one per journal to configure), and click :guilabel:`Generate " +"OTP Code`. Copy an OTP code, it into the dialog box on Odoo, and click " +":guilabel:`Request`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:104 +msgid "OTP codes expire after one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If any issue occurs during onboarding, click :guilabel:`Regenerate CSR` to " +"start again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:110 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "ทดสอบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:112 +msgid "" +"When confirming an invoice, there is now an option to process the invoice, " +"sending it directly the Fatoora simulation portal. Odoo displays the " +"portal's response after each submission. Only rejected invoices can be reset" +" to draft and edited on Odoo. Furthermore, at the end of each day, Odoo " +"sends all unprocessed invoices to the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Testing all invoicing workflows, preferably with real invoices and for a " +"reasonable amount of time, is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Compare the invoices received statistics page on the Fatoora simulation " +"portal with the list of invoices on Odoo to ensure both align." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When using a **0% tax** in a customer invoice, it is necessary to specify " +"the reason behind such a rate. To configure taxes, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and " +"open the tax to edit. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Options`, select an " +":guilabel:`Exemption Reason Code` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When using **retention** or **withholding an amount** in a customer invoice," +" the tax used to retain the amount needs to be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:135 +msgid "Production mode" +msgstr "โหมดการผลิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When ready for production, change the :ref:`API mode <saudi-arabia/api-" +"mode>` to :guilabel:`Production` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`API mode` to :guilabel:`Production` is " +"**irreversible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The sales journals initially linked to the simulation portal now needs to be" +" linked to the regular portal. To do so, :ref:`onboard the journals <saudi-" +"arabia/journals>` again, ensuring to use the regular `Fatoora portal " +"<https://fatoora.zatca.gov.sa/>`_ this time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "สเปน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "สวิตเซอร์แลนด์" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your " +"invoices in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:3 +msgid "Thailand" +msgstr "ประเทศไทย" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`🇹🇭 Thailand` localization " +"package to get all the features of the Thai localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Thailand - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_th`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Thailand - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_th_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:22 +msgid "Country-specific accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Thailand localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo's fiscal localization package for Thailand includes the following " +"taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:32 +msgid "VAT 7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:33 +msgid "VAT-exempted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:34 +msgid "Withholding tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:35 +msgid "Withholding income tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows users to generate Excel files to submit their VAT to the " +"**Revenue Department** of Thailand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:44 +msgid "Sales and purchase tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To generate a sales and purchase tax report, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. Select a specific " +"time or time range on the tax report, and click :guilabel:`VAT-202-01 " +"(xlsx)` for purchase tax and :guilabel:`VAT-202-02 (xlsx)` for sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Thai purchase and sales taxes reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:54 +msgid "Withholding PND tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:56 +msgid "" +"PND report data displays the summarized amounts of the applicable " +"**withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic)** from vendor bills " +"under the :guilabel:`PND53 (TH)` and :guilabel:`PND3 (TH)` tax reports. It " +"is installed by default with the Thai localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "PND tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic) is the tax used in case " +"the company has withheld the tax from “**Personal (PND3)**” or “**Corporate " +"(PND53)**” services provided such as rental, hiring, transportation, " +"insurance, management fee, consulting, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The PND tax report allows users to generate a CSV file for bills to upload " +"on the `RDprep for Thailand e-Filling application " +"<https://efiling.rd.go.th/rd-cms/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To generate a PND CSV file, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Tax Report`, select a specific time or time range on the tax report, and" +" click :guilabel:`PND3` or :guilabel:`PND53`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:74 +msgid "" +"This generates the :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and :file:`Tax Report " +"PND53.csv` files that lists all the vendor bill lines with the applicable " +"withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "PND3 and PND53 CSV files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo cannot generate the PND or PDF report or **withholding tax " +"certificate** directly. The generated :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and " +":file:`Tax Report PND53.csv` files must be exported to an external tool to " +"convert them into a **withholding PND** report or a **PDF** file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:86 +msgid "Tax invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The **tax invoice PDF** report can be generated from Odoo through the " +"**Invoicing** module. Users have the option to print PDF reports for normal" +" invoices and tax invoices. To print out **tax invoices**, users can click " +"on :guilabel:`Print Invoices` in Odoo. Regular invoices can be printed as " +"**commercial invoices** by clicking on :menuselection:`Cog button (⚙️) --> " +"Print --> Commercial Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Commercial invoice printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:98 +msgid "Headquarter/Branch number settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can inform a company's **Headquarters** and **Branch number** in the " +"**Contacts** app. Once in the app, open the **contact form** of the company " +"and under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If the contact is identified as a branch, input the **Branch number** in the" +" :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If the contact is a **Headquarters**, leave the :guilabel:`Company ID` field" +" **blank**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Company Headquarter/Branch number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the **tax invoice** PDF report and PND **tax " +"report** export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:3 +msgid "United Arab Emirates" +msgstr "สหรัฐอาหรับเอมิเรส" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the **United Arab Emirates** localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_ae``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`. Includes all accounts, taxes," +" and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:24 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:25 +msgid "Includes all rules, calculations, and salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:27 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll_account``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:28 +msgid "Includes all accounts related to the payroll module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:30 +msgid "``l10n_ae_pos``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:31 +msgid "Includes the UAE-compliant POS receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Select the modules to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts` to" +" view all default accounts available for the UAE localization package. You " +"can filter by :guilabel:`Code` using the numbers on the far left or by " +"clicking on :menuselection:`Group By --> Account Type`. You can " +":guilabel:`Enable`/:guilabel:`Disable` reconciliation or **configure** " +"specific accounts according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Always keep at least one **receivable account** and one **payable account** " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"It is also advised to **keep the accounts below active**, as they are used " +"either as transitory accounts by Odoo or are specific to the **UAE " +"localization package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:55 +msgid "Account Name" +msgstr "ชื่อบัญชี" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:57 +msgid "102011" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:60 +msgid "102012" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:61 +msgid "Accounts Receivable (POS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:63 +msgid "201002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:64 +msgid "Payables" +msgstr "เจ้าหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:66 +msgid "101004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:69 +msgid "105001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:70 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "เงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:72 +msgid "100001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:73 +msgid "Liquidity Transfer" +msgstr "โอนย้ายภายใน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:75 +msgid "101002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 +msgid "101003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:79 +msgid "Outstanding Payments" +msgstr "การชำระเงินคงค้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:81 +msgid "104041" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:82 +msgid "VAT Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:84 +msgid "100103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:85 +msgid "VAT Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:87 +msgid "101001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:88 +msgid "Bank Suspense Account" +msgstr "บัญชีพักของธนาคาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:90 +msgid "201017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:91 +msgid "VAT Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:93 +msgid "202001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:94 +msgid "End of Service Provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:96 +msgid "202003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:97 +msgid "VAT Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:99 +msgid "999999" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:100 +msgid "Undistributed Profits/Losses" +msgstr "กำไร/ขาดทุนที่ยังไม่ได้สรุป" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:102 +msgid "400003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:103 +msgid "Basic Salary" +msgstr "เงินเดือนขั้นพื้นฐาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:105 +msgid "400004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:106 +msgid "Housing Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:108 +msgid "400005" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:109 +msgid "Transportation Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:111 +msgid "400008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:112 +msgid "End of Service Indemnity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To access your taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" +" Taxes`. Activate/deactivate, or :doc:`configure " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes/>` the taxes relevant to your " +"business by clicking on them. Remember to only set tax accounts on the " +"**5%** tax group, as other groups do not need closing. To do so, enable the " +":doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Tax Groups`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Tax " +"current account (payable)`, :guilabel:`Tax current account (receivable)`, " +"and an :guilabel:`Advance Tax payment account` for the **5%** group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:127 +msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Preview of the UAE localization package's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:134 +msgid "Currency exchange rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To update the currency exchange rates, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. Click on the update button " +"(:guilabel:`🗘`) found next to the :guilabel:`Next Run` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To launch the update automatically at set intervals, change the " +":guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to the desired frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the UAE Central Bank exchange rates web service is used. Several" +" other providers are available under the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "เงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UAE - Payroll` module creates the necessary **salary rules** " +"in the Payroll app in compliance with the UAE rules and regulations. The " +"salary rules are linked to the corresponding accounts in the **chart of " +"accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "The UAE Employee Payroll Structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:161 +msgid "Salary rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:163 +msgid "" +"To apply these rules to an employee's contract, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Contracts --> Contracts` and select the " +"employee's contract. In the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` field, select " +":guilabel:`UAE Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Select the Salary Structure Type to apply to the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab, you can find details such as " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Housing Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Transportation Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Other Allowances`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of Days`: used to calculate the :ref:`end of service " +"provision <uae-end-of-service-provision>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Leave deductions** are calculated using a salary rule linked to the " +"**unpaid leave** time-off type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Any other deductions or reimbursements are made *manually* using other " +"inputs;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Overtimes** are added *manually* by going to :menuselection:`Work Entries " +"--> Work Entries`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:185 +msgid "" +"**Salary attachments** are generated by going to :menuselection:`Contracts " +"--> Salary Attachments`. Then, :guilabel:`Create` an attachment and select " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Type (Attachment of Salary, " +"Assignment of Salary, Child Support)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To prevent a rule from appearing on a paycheck, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Rules`. Click on " +":guilabel:`UAE Employee Payroll Structure`, select the rule to hide, and " +"uncheck :guilabel:`Appears on Payslip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:197 +msgid "End of service provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The provision is defined as the total monthly allowance *divided* by 30 and " +"then *multiplied* by the number of days set in the field :guilabel:`Number " +"of days` at the bottom of a contract's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The provision is then calculated via a salary rule associated with two " +"accounts: the **End Of Service Indemnity (Expense account)** and the **End " +"of Service Provision (Non-current Liabilities account)**. The latter is used" +" to pay off the **end of service amount** by settling it with the **payables" +" account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:208 +msgid "" +"The end of service amount is calculated based on the gross salary and the " +"start and end dates of the employee’s contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The UAE localization package allows the generation of invoices in English, " +"Arabic, or both. The localization also includes a line to display the **VAT " +"amount** per line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:3 +msgid "United Kingdom" +msgstr "สหราชอาณาจักร" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`UK - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports` modules to get all the features of the " +"UK localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_uk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:19 +msgid "CT600-ready chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:20 +msgid "VAT100-ready tax structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:21 +msgid "Infologic UK counties listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_uk_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:24 +msgid "Accounting reports for the UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:25 +msgid "Allows sending the tax report via the MTD-VAT API to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo uk packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:32 +msgid "Only UK-based companies can submit reports to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports` installs all two " +"modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"`HM Revenue & Customs <https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/hm-" +"revenue-customs/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`Overview of Making Tax Digital " +"<https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/making-tax-digital/overview-of-" +"making-tax-digital/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The UK chart of accounts is included in the :guilabel:`UK - Accounting` " +"module. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Chart of Accounts` to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Setup your :abbr:`CoA (chart of accounts)` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Import section` and choose to :guilabel:`Review Manually` or " +":guilabel:`Import (recommended)` your initial balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, UK taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial accounts and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` " +"to update the :guilabel:`Default Taxes`, the :guilabel:`Tax Return " +"Periodicity` or to :guilabel:`Configure your tax accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To edit existing taxes or to :guilabel:`Create` a new tax, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Tutorial: `Tax report and return <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/tax-" +"report-and-return-1719?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:69 +msgid "Making Tax Digital (MTD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In the UK, all VAT-registered businesses have to follow the MTD rules by " +"using software to submit their VAT returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The **UK - Accounting Reports** module enables you to comply with the `HM " +"Revenue & Customs <https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/hm-revenue-" +"customs/>`_ requirements regarding `Making Tax Digital " +"<https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/making-tax-digital/overview-of-" +"making-tax-digital/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If your periodic submission is more than three months late, it is no longer " +"possible to submit it through Odoo, as Odoo only retrieves open bonds from " +"the last three months. Your submission has to be done manually by contacting" +" HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:87 +msgid "Register your company to HMRC before the first submission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax report` and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect to HMRC`. Enter your company information on the HMRC " +"platform. You only need to do it once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " +"digits are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 +msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Import your obligations HMRC, filter on the period you want to submit, and " +"send your tax report by clicking :guilabel:`Send to HMRC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:103 +msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC for multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Only one company and one user can connect to HMRC simultaneously. If several" +" UK-based companies are on the same database, the user who submits the HMRC " +"report must follow these instructions before each submission:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:109 +msgid "Log into the company for which the submission has to be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :guilabel:`General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Users` section, " +"click :guilabel:`Manage Users`. Select the user who is connected to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`UK HMRC Integration` tab and click :guilabel:`Reset " +"Authentication Credentials` or :guilabel:`Remove Authentication Credentials`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can now :ref:`register your company to HMRC <uk_localization/hmrc-" +"registration>` and submit the tax report for this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:116 +msgid "Repeat the steps for other companies' HMRC submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"During this process, the :guilabel:`Connect to HMRC` button no longer " +"appears for other UK-based companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment providers (credit cards, online payments)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment providers** that allow your customers to pay " +"on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales " +"orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Pay online in the customer portal and select which payment provider to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified " +"payment provider so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is " +"stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo " +"apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment " +"providers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:50 +msgid "Supported payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"providers: the payment providers that are third-party services and require " +"you to follow another accounting workflow, and the payments that go directly" +" on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:59 +msgid "Online payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 +msgid "Payment flow from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tokenization <payment_providers/features/tokenization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 +msgid ":ref:`Manual capture <payment_providers/features/manual_capture>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 +msgid ":ref:`Refunds <payment_providers/features/refund>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 +msgid ":ref:`Express checkout <payment_providers/features/express_checkout>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:72 +msgid ":ref:`Extra fees <payment_providers/features/extra_fees>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen <payment_providers/adyen>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:95 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:155 +msgid "|V|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:153 +msgid "Full only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:154 +msgid "Full and partial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:80 +msgid "" +":doc:`Amazon Payment Services <payment_providers/amazon_payment_services>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:151 +msgid "The provider website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay <payment_providers/asiapay>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <payment_providers/authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo <payment_providers/buckaroo>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Flutterwave <payment_providers/flutterwave>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago <payment_providers/mercado_pago>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`Mollie <payment_providers/mollie>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <payment_providers/paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`Razorpay <payment_providers/razorpay>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`SIPS <payment_providers/sips>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe <payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank " +"accounts <../finance/accounting/bank>`, but this is **not** the same process" +" as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to " +"pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured on your Accounting " +"app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"In addition to the regular payment providers that integrate with an API such" +" as Stripe, PayPal, or Adyen, Odoo bundles the :doc:`Demo payment provider " +"<payment_providers/demo>`. This payment provider allows you to make demo " +"payments to test business flows involving online payments. No credentials " +"are required as the demo payments are fake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:176 +msgid "Bank payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <payment_providers/wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " +"Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " +"check if your payment provider supports these features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 +msgid "Tokenization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" +" their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " +"used as a payment method for subsequent payments without having to enter the" +" card details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " +"conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " +"Methods` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 +msgid "" +"You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " +"does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " +"token that only holds a reference to the card details stored on the payment " +"provider's server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 +msgid "Manual capture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " +"capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " +"the funds are reserved on the customer's payment method but they are not " +"immediately charged. The charge is only made when you manually capture the " +"payment later on. You can also void the authorization to release the " +"reserved funds; this is equivalent to a regular cancellation. Capturing " +"payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " +"capture the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" +" and the fulfillment process starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " +"providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" +" damage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" +" checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " +"order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" +" release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." +" The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" +" have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above " +"<payment_providers/online_providers>`. The providers that only support " +"capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" +" automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" +" payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " +"the manual capture from their website interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 +msgid "Refunds" +msgstr "การคืนเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " +"directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " +"customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " +"remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " +"the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above " +"<payment_providers/online_providers>`. The providers that only support " +"refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " +"to refund payments from their website interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " +"**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " +"one click without filling the contact form. Using one of those buttons, " +"customers go straight from the cart to the confirmation page, stopping by " +"the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 +msgid "" +"All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 +msgid "Extra Fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 +msgid "" +"If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " +"transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " +"percentages, **variable** amounts and percentages, or *both* simultaneously." +" These can be applied according to **domestic** or **international** " +"geolocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " +"supported provider. Click on the :guilabel:`Fees` tab and check the " +":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 +msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " +"feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 +msgid "Add a new payment provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " +"for your payment provider, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment provider and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on install, then on activate to make the payment provider available on" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment providers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:15 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:38 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 +msgid "" +"You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "ประเทศ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 +msgid "Maximum Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 +msgid "" +"Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " +"Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" +" of the payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 +msgid "" +"This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " +"update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " +"Website app, and the **Checkout** page of the **eCommerce** app when paid " +"delivery methods are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 +msgid "Payment journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 +msgid "Publish on the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 +msgid "" +"By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " +"internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " +"payments through an unpublished provider but they can still manage " +":dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their already existing tokens " +"linked to such an provider. This conveniently allows you to test an provider" +" while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " +"the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " +"your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " +"respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 +msgid "" +"You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " +"record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " +"must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 +msgid "" +"You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " +"method, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " +"in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 +msgid "" +"You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " +"journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Adyen <https://www.adyen.com/>`_ is a Dutch company that offers several " +"online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Adyen works only with customers processing **more** than **10 million " +"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1.000** transactions **per " +"month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:28 +msgid "" +":ref:`API Key <adyen/api_and_client_keys>`: The API key of the webservice " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Client Key <adyen/api_and_client_keys>`: The client key of the " +"webservice user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key <adyen/hmac_key>`: The HMAC key of the webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Checkout API URL <adyen/urls>`: The base URL for the Checkout API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:32 +msgid "" +":ref:`Recurring API URL <adyen/urls>`: The base URL for the Recurring API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, with an Adyen *test account*, head to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. There, " +"click on :guilabel:`Adyen`, enable :guilabel:`Test Mode` and enter your " +"credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "API Key and Client Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen " +"account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:51 +msgid "If you already have an API user, open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:52 +msgid "If you don't have an API user yet, click on **Create new credential**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Server settings --> Authentification` and copy or " +"generate your **API Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll not be " +"allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now, head to :menuselection:`Client settings --> Authentification` and cody " +"or generate your **Client Key**. This is also the place where you can " +":ref:`allow payments to be made from your website <adyen/allowed_origins>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "HMAC key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the HMAC Key, you'll need to configure a `Standard " +"Notification` webhook. For this, log into your Adyen account then go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard " +"notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"There, in :menuselection:`General --> Server configuration --> URL`, enter " +"your server address followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the notification URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then enter :menuselection:`Security --> HMAC Key --> Generate`. Be careful " +"to copy the key as you will not be allowed to do it later without generating" +" a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a HMAC key and save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:89 +msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:94 +msgid "API URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:96 +msgid "" +"All Adyen API URLs include a customer area-specific prefix generated by " +"Adyen. To configure the URLs, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Log into your Adyen account, then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API " +"URLs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Copy the :guilabel:`Prefix` for your live Customer area (i.e., **data " +"center**) and save it for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the prefix for the Adyen APIs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Adyen " +"<payment_providers/add_new>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Checkout API URL` field, enter the following URL and " +"replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " +"`https://yourprefix-checkout-live.adyenpayments.com/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:110 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Recurring API URL` field, enter the following URL and " +"replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " +"`https://yourprefix-pal-live.adyenpayments.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, you can use the following URLs instead:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkout API URL`: `https://checkout-test.adyen.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurring API URL`: `https://pal-" +"test.adyen.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:121 +msgid "Adyen Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:126 +msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To allow payment originated from your website, follow the steps in " +":ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` to navigate to your API user and go to " +":menuselection:`Add allowed origins`, then add the URLs from where payments " +"will be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Allows payments originated from a specific domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:41 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Adyen allows you to capture an amount manually instead of having an " +"immediate capture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To set it up, enable the **Capture Amount Manually** option on Odoo, as " +"explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " +"<payment_providers/features/manual_capture>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, open your Adyen Merchant Account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> " +"Settings`, and set the **Capture Delay** to **manual**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Capture Delay settings in Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually, make sure to set the " +"**Capture Delay** to **manual** on Adyen. Otherwise, the transaction will be" +" blocked in the authorized state in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that if you make a " +"partial capture from Adyen's interface, Odoo will manage it as if it was a " +"full capture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After **7 days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, the customer " +"has the right to **revoke** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:3 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Alipay <https://www.alipay.com/>`_ is an online payments platform " +"established in China by Alibaba Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The provider Alipay is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`asiapay` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Alipay account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Account**: Depending on where you are situated - `Express Checkout` if " +"your are a Chinese Merchant. - `Cross-border` if you are not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Alipay Seller Email**: Your public Alipay partner email (for express " +"checkout only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Partner ID**: The public partner ID solely used to identify the " +"account with Alipay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:27 +msgid "**MD5 Signature Key**: The signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Alipay account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Alipay account, they are on the front page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Alipay as a test, in the *sandbox*, change the **State** " +"to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than" +" on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Payment Services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Amazon Payment Services <https://paymentservices.amazon.com/>`_ or APS is " +"an online payment provider established in Dubai offering several online " +"payment options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on APS Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into your `Amazon Payment Services Dashboard " +"<https://fort.payfort.com/>`_ and go to :menuselection:`Integration Settings" +" --> Security Settings`. Generate the :guilabel:`Access Code` if none has " +"been generated yet. Copy the values of the :guilabel:`Merchant Identifier`, " +":guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and :guilabel:`SHA " +"Response Phrase` fields, and save them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo database URL in the :guilabel:`Origin URL`, for example: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Technical Settings` and" +" click on :guilabel:`Redirection`. Make sure :guilabel:`Status` is set to " +"`Active` and select your preferred payment methods underneath in " +":guilabel:`Payment Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Set :guilabel:`Send Response Parameters` to :guilabel:`Yes` and enter your " +"database URL followed by `/payment/aps/return` in the :guilabel:`Redirection" +" URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/return`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your database URL followed by `/payment/aps/webhook` in the " +":guilabel:`Direct Transaction Feedback` and :guilabel:`Notification URL` " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Payment Page Template` you " +"can customize the look and feel of the Amazon Payment Services payment page " +"(where customers fill out their credit card details during payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Amazon Payment Services " +"<payment_providers/add_new>`, change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " +"make sure it is :guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Merchant " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and " +":guilabel:`SHA Response Phrase` with the values you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/aps/configure-dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:3 +msgid "AsiaPay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`AsiaPay <https://www.asiapay.com/>`_ is an online payments provider " +"established in Hong Kong and covering several Asian countries and payment " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on AsiaPay Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `AsiaPay Dashboard " +"<https://www.paydollar.com/b2c2/eng/merchant/index.jsp>`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Profile --> Account Information`. Copy the values of the " +":guilabel:`Currency` and :guilabel:`Secure Hash` fields and save them for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Profile --> Payment Account Settings` and enable the " +"options :guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo database URL followed by `/payment/asiapay/webhook` in the " +":guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/asiapay/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Test` to check if the webhook is working correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:22 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Update` to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider AsiaPay <payment_providers/add_new>` " +"and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Merchant ID`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, and :guilabel:`Secure Hash Secret` with the values you" +" saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"By default, the payment provider AsiaPay is configured to verify the secret " +"hash with the hash function `SHA1`. If a different function is :ref:`set on " +"your account <payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard>`, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and set the same value to the field " +":guilabel:`Secure Hash Function` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`_ is a United States-based online" +" payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**API Login ID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:21 +msgid "**API Transaction Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "**API Signature Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "**API Client Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> Security Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys`, generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature " +"Key**, and paste them on the related fields in Odoo. Then, click on " +"**Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To test Authorize.Net with a *sandbox* account, change the :guilabel:`State`" +" to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use the :guilabel:`Test Mode` with a regular account, it results in " +"the following error: *The merchant login ID or password is invalid or the " +"account is inactive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "" +"With Authorize.Net, you can enable the :ref:`manual capture " +"<payment_providers/features/manual_capture>`. If enabled, the funds are " +"reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:54 +msgid "ACH payments (USA only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ACH (automated clearing house)` is an electronic funds transfer " +"system used between bank accounts in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To give customers the possibility to pay using ACH, `sign up for " +"Authorize.Net eCheck's service " +"<https://www.authorize.net/payments/echeck.html>`_. Once eCheck is " +"activated, duplicate the previously configured Authorize.Net payment " +"provider on Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Payment Providers --> Authorize.net --> ⛭ Action --> Duplicate`. Then, " +"change the provider's name to differentiate both versions (e.g., " +"`Authorize.net - Banks`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Open the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, set the :guilabel:`Allow Payments " +"From` field to :guilabel:`Bank Account (USA only)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When ready, change the provider's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` " +"for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "Import an Authorize.Net statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "Export from Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:84 +msgid "" +"`Download the Excel import template " +"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CMVtBWLLVIrUpYA92paw-" +"cL7-WdKLbaa/edit?usp=share_link&ouid=105295722917050444558&rtpof=true&sd=true>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:86 +msgid "To export a statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:88 +msgid "Log in to Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Account --> Statements --> eCheck.Net Settlement " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Define an export range using an *opening* and *closing* batch settlement. " +"All transactions within the two batch settlements will be exported to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Select all transactions within the desired range, copy them, and paste them " +"into the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import " +"template <authorize-import-template>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting Authorize.Net transactions to import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 +msgid "Settlement batch of an Authorize.Net statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In this case, the first batch (01/01/2021) of the year belongs to the " +"settlement of 12/31/2020, so the **opening** settlement is from 12/31/2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "Once the data is in the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:110 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Transaction Search` tab on Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Settlement Date` section, select the previously used " +"range of batch settlement dates in the :guilabel:`From:` and :guilabel:`To:`" +" fields and click :guilabel:`Search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:113 +msgid "When the list has been generated, click :guilabel:`Download to File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, select :guilabel:`Expanded Fields with CAVV " +"Response/Comma Separated`, enable :guilabel:`Include Column Headings`, and " +"click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the text file, select :guilabel:`All`, copy the data, and paste it into" +" the :guilabel:`Report 2 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import template " +"<authorize-import-template>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Transit lines are automatically filled in and updated in the " +":guilabel:`transit for report 1` and :guilabel:`transit for report 2` sheets" +" of the :ref:`Excel import template <authorize-import-template>`. Make sure " +"all entries are present, and **if not**, copy the formula from previously " +"filled-in lines of the :guilabel:`transit for report 1` or :guilabel:`2` " +"sheets and paste it into the empty lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To get the correct closing balance, **do not remove** any line from the " +"Excel sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:128 +msgid "Import into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:130 +msgid "To import the data into Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:132 +msgid "Open the :ref:`Excel import template <authorize-import-template>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Copy the data from the :guilabel:`transit for report 2` sheet and use *paste" +" special* to only paste the values in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` " +"sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Look for *blue* cells in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet. These are" +" chargeback entries without any reference number. As they cannot be imported" +" as such, go to :menuselection:`Authorize.Net --> Account --> Statements -->" +" eCheck.Net Settlement Statement`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:138 +msgid "Look for :guilabel:`Charge Transaction/Chargeback`, and click it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Copy the invoice description, paste it into the :guilabel:`Label` cell of " +"the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet, and add `Chargeback /` before the " +"description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple invoices, add a line into the :ref:`Excel import " +"template <authorize-import-template>` for each invoice and copy/paste the " +"description into each respective :guilabel:`Label` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For **combined chargeback/returns** in the payouts, create a new line in the" +" :ref:`Excel import template <authorize-import-template>` for each invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Chargeback description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Next, delete *zero transaction* and *void transaction* line items, and " +"change the format of the :guilabel:`Amount` column in the :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Import to CSV` sheet to *Number*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`eCheck.Net Settlement Statement --> Search for a " +"Transaction` and search again for the previously used batch settlements " +"dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Verify that the batch settlement dates on eCheck.Net match the related " +"payments' dates found in the :guilabel:`Date` column of the :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Import to CSV`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If it does not match, replace the date with the one from eCheck.Net. Sort " +"the column by *date*, and make sure the format is `MM/DD/YYYY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Copy the data - column headings included - from the :guilabel:`Odoo Import " +"to CSV` sheet, paste it into a new Excel file, and save it using the CSV " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Open the Accounting app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals`, " +"tick the :guilabel:`Authorize.Net` box, and click :menuselection:`Favorites " +"--> Import records --> Load file`. Select the CSV file and upload it into " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"List of `eCheck.Net return codes " +"<https://support.authorize.net/knowledgebase/Knowledgearticle/?code=000001293>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:3 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Buckaroo <https://www.buckaroo.eu/>`_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Buckaroo Plaza" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Buckaroo Plaza <https://plaza.buckaroo.nl>`_, go to " +":menuselection:`My Buckaroo --> Websites` and select the :guilabel:`Push " +"settings` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable Push Response` check box in the " +":guilabel:`Delayed and Push responses` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enter the URL of your Odoo database, followed by `/payment/buckaroo/webhook`" +" in both the :guilabel:`Push URI Success/Pending` and :guilabel:`Push URI " +"Failure` text fields. For example: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/buckaroo/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:20 +msgid "Leave the other fields as they are and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, copy the website :guilabel:`Key` (i.e., the " +"key used to uniquely identify your website with Buckaroo) and save it for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Security --> Secret key`, enter or " +":guilabel:`Generate` a :guilabel:`Secret key` and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Save the key for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Buckaroo <payment_providers/add_new>`" +" and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Website Key` and " +":guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/buckaroo/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:34 +msgid "Configure the options in the other tabs to your liking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:3 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "สาธิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's **Demo Payment Provider** allows you to test business flows involving" +" online transactions without requiring real banking credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:15 +msgid "Switch the state to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:18 +msgid "Payment outcome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Upon checkout or when paying a bill online, you can choose the payment " +"outcome when using the demo payment provider. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Payment Status` drop-down menu and select the desired outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 +msgid "Payment status outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:29 +msgid "Transaction state" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you selected :guilabel:`Pending` as **payment outcome**, you can change " +"the state of the transaction straight from its form view. To access a " +"transaction's form view, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website --> Configuration -->" +" Payment Transactions`. Then, change the status of a transaction by clicking" +" on the state bar (:guilabel:`Draft, Pending, Authorized, Confirmed, " +"Canceled, Error`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 +msgid "Transaction's status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:3 +msgid "Flutterwave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Flutterwave <https://flutterwave.com/>`_ is an online payments provider " +"established in Nigeria and covering several African countries and payment " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Flutterwave Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Flutterwave Dashboard <https://dashboard.flutterwave.com/>`_ and " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> API`. Copy the values of the " +":guilabel:`Public Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save them for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks` and enter your Odoo database " +"URL followed by `/payment/flutterwave/webhook` in the :guilabel:`URL` text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 +msgid "" +"For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/flutterwave/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Fill the :guilabel:`Secret hash` with a password that you generate and save " +"its value for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:20 +msgid "Make sure *all* the remaining checkboxes are ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:21 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst-1 +msgid "Flutterwave settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Flutterwave " +"<payment_providers/add_new>` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Public Key`, " +":guilabel:`Secret Key`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " +"saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/flutterwave/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you choose to allow saving payment methods, it is recommended to only " +"enable card payments from Flutterwave dashboard, as only cards can be saved " +"as payment tokens. To do so, go to your Flutterwave Dashboard and then to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Account Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:3 +msgid "Mercado Pago" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago <https://www.mercadopago.com/>`_ is an online payment provider" +" covering several countries, currencies and payment methods in Latin " +"America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Mercado Pago Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Mercado Pago Dashboard " +"<https://www.mercadopago.com.mx/developers/panel>`_ and select your " +"application or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Credenciales de producción` in the left part of the " +"application page, then select the industry, optionally enter your domain, " +"and click :guilabel:`Activar credenciales de producción`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:18 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Access token` and save it for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mercado Pago as a test, select :guilabel:`Credienciales de" +" prueba` in the left part of the application page, then copy the test " +":guilabel:`Access token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " +"<payment_providers/add_new>` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " +"with the value you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 +msgid "Mollie" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mollie <https://www.mollie.com/>`_ is an online payments platform " +"established in the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " +"Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 +msgid "Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Ogone <https://www.ingenico.com/>`_, also known as **Ingenico Payment " +"Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved " +"in secure electronic transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Ogone's documentation <https://epayments-support.ingenico.com/get-" +"started/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The provider Ogone is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`stripe` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:16 +msgid "Settings in Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:19 +msgid "Create an API user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Log into your Ogone account and head to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You need to create an **API user** to be used in the creation of " +"transactions from Odoo. While you can use your main account to do so, using " +"an **API user** ensures that if the credentials used in Odoo are leaked, no " +"access to your Ogone configuration is possible. Additionally, passwords for " +"**API users** do not need to be updated regularly, unlike normal users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To create an **API user**, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Users` " +"and click on :guilabel:`New User`. The following fields must be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`UserID`: you can choose anything you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User's Name, E-mail and Timezone`: you can enter the information " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Profile`: should be set to :guilabel:`Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Special user for API`: should be checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the user, you are required to generate a password. " +"Save the password and **UserID**, as they will be required later on during " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you already have an user set up, make sure it is activated without any " +"error. If not, simply click the :guilabel:`Activate(Errors)` button to reset" +" the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:46 +msgid "Set up Ogone for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ogone must now be configured to accept payments from Odoo. Head to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Global Security " +"Parameters`, select :guilabel:`SHA-512` as :guilabel:`Hash Algorithm` and " +":guilabel:`UTF-8` as :guilabel:`character encoding`. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Data and Origin verification` tab of the same page and leave the " +"URL field of the :guilabel:`e-Commerce and Alias Gateway` section blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you need to use another algorithm, such as `sha-1` or `sha-256`, within " +"Odoo, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and go to the " +"**Payment Providers** page in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Payment Providers`. Click on :guilabel:`Ogone`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the algorithm you wish to use in the " +":guilabel:`Hash function` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You are now required to generate **SHA-IN** passphrases. **SHA-IN** and " +"**SHA-OUT** passphrases are used to digitally sign the transaction requests " +"and responses between Odoo and Ogone. By using these secret passphrases and " +"the `sha-1` algorithm, both systems can ensure that the information they " +"receive from the other was not altered or tampered with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Enter the same **SHA-IN** passphrase in both :guilabel:`Checks for " +"e-Commerce & Alias Gateway` and :guilabel:`Checks for DirectLink and Batch " +"(Automatic)`. You can leave the IP address field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your **SHA-IN** and **SHA-OUT** passphrases should be different, and between" +" 16 and 32 characters long. Make sure to use the same **SHA-IN** and **SHA-" +"OUT** passphrases throughout the entire Ogone configuration, as Odoo only " +"allows a single **SHA-IN** and single **SHA-OUT** passphrase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the **SHA-OUT** key, log into your Ogone account, go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> All transaction submission modes`, and get or generate your " +"**API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you’ll " +"not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When done, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information " +"--> Transaction Feedback` and check the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`URL` fields for :guilabel:`HTTP redirection in the browser` " +"can be left empty, as Odoo will specify these URLs for every transaction " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`I would like to receive transaction feedback parameters on the " +"redirection URLs`: should be checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Direct HTTP server-to-server request`: should to be set to " +"`Online but switch to a deferred request when the online request fails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Both **URL** fields should contain the same following URL, with `<example>` " +"replaced by your database: `https://<example>/payment/ogone/return`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamic eCommerce Parameters` should contain the following " +"values: `ALIAS`, `AMOUNT`, `CARDNO`, `CN`, `CURRENCY`, `IP`, `NCERROR` " +"`ORDERID`, `PAYID`, `PM`, `STATUS`, `TRXDATE`. Other parameters can be " +"included (if you have another integration with Ogone that requires them), " +"but are not advised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`All transaction submission modes` section, fill out **SHA-" +"OUT** passphrase and disable `HTTP request for status change`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To allow your customers to save their credit card credentials for future " +"use, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Alias --> My alias " +"information`. From this tab, you can configure how the user can have its " +"card details saved, for how long the information is saved, if a checkbox to " +"save the card information should be displayed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To set up Ogone in Odoo, head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Payment Providers` and open the Ogone provider. In the " +":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, enter the **PSPID** of your Ogone account, and " +"fill out the other fields as configured in your :ref:`Ogone portal " +"<ogone/ogone>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "PayPal" +msgstr "PayPal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/>`_ is an American online payment provider " +"available worldwide, and one of the few that does not charge a subscription " +"fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:9 +msgid "Settings in PayPal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access your PayPal account settings, log into PayPal, open the " +":guilabel:`Account Settings`, and open the :guilabel:`Website payments` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst-1 +msgid "PayPal account menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that for PayPal to work **in Odoo**, the options :ref:`Auto Return " +"<paypal/auto-return>`, :ref:`PDT <paypal/pdt>`, and :ref:`IPN <paypal/ipn>` " +"**must** all be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Auto Return** feature automatically redirects customers to Odoo once " +"the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From :guilabel:`Website payments`, go to :menuselection:`Website preferences" +" --> Update --> Auto return for website payments --> Auto return` and select" +" :guilabel:`On`. Enter the address of your Odoo database (e.g., " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) in the :guilabel:`Return URL` field, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Any URL does the job. Odoo only needs the setting to be enabled since it " +"uses another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:40 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "" +":abbr:`PDT (Payment Data Transfer)` allows to receive payment confirmations," +" displays the payment status to the customers, and verifies the authenticity" +" of the payments. From :menuselection:`Website preferences --> Update`, " +"scroll down to :guilabel:`Payment data transfer` and select :guilabel:`On`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"PayPal displays your **PDT Identity Token** as soon as :ref:`Auto return " +"<paypal/auto-return>` and :ref:`Payment Data Transfer (PDT) <paypal/pdt>` " +"are enabled. If you need the **PDT Identity Token**, disable and re-enable " +":guilabel:`Payment data transfer` to display the token again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IPN (Instant Payment Notifications)` is similar to **PDT**, but " +"allows for more notifications, such as chargeback notifications. To enable " +"**IPN**, go to :menuselection:`Website payments --> Instant payment " +"notifications --> Update` and click :guilabel:`Choose IPN settings`. Enter a" +" :guilabel:`Notification URL`, select :guilabel:`Receive IPN messages " +"(Enabled)`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "PayPal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"We advise not to prompt customers to log in with a PayPal account upon " +"payment. It is better and more accessible for customers to pay with a " +"debit/credit card. To disable that prompt, go to :menuselection:`Account " +"Settings --> Website payments --> Update` and select :guilabel:`On` for " +":guilabel:`PayPal account optional`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:71 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything other than primary Latin " +"characters) for customer names or addresses, then you **must** configure the" +" encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to PayPal. If you do " +"not, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to `your production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb ?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`_. Then, click " +":guilabel:`More Options` and set the two default encoding formats as " +":guilabel:`UTF-8`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/online/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account <paypal/testing>`, then follow " +"this `link <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`_ to configure the " +"encoding format in a test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "ข้อมูลประจำตัว" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account. To " +"do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers` and :guilabel:`Activate` PayPal. Then, enter your PayPal account " +"credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the login email address in Paypal;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`: the key used to verify the authenticity of " +"transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:103 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use IPN`: enable for PayPal to work properly in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:106 +msgid "Save the :guilabel:`PDT Identity Token` for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`, switch to :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and retrieve the token by following the configuration " +"steps at :ref:`paypal/pdt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "The PayPal **Merchant ID** is not required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you are trying PayPal as a test, using a :ref:`PayPal Sandbox account " +"<paypal/testing>`, change the :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We" +" recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "Extra fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can charge :ref:`extra fees <payment_providers/features/extra_fees>` to " +"customers choosing to pay with PayPal in order to cover the transaction fees" +" PayPal charges you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`_ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Thanks to PayPal sandbox accounts, you can test the entire payment flow in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`_ using " +"your PayPal credentials, which creates two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchants, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`_);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shoppers, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Log into PayPal sandbox using the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " +"PayPal` in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, and make sure the status is set " +"on :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:153 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:3 +msgid "Razorpay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Razorpay <https://razorpay.com/>`_ is an online payments provider " +"established in India and covering more than 100 payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Razorpay Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Razorpay Dashboard <https://dashboard.razorpay.com/>`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> API Keys`. Generate the new keys and copy the " +"values of the :guilabel:`Key Id` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save " +"them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks`, click on :guilabel:`Create New" +" Webhook`, and enter your Odoo database URL followed by " +"`/payment/razorpay/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/razorpay/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Fill the :guilabel:`Secret` field with a password of your choice and save it" +" for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make sure the :guilabel:`payment.authorized`, :guilabel:`payment.captured`, " +":guilabel:`payment.failed`, :guilabel:`refund.failed` and " +":guilabel:`refund.processed` checkboxes are ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:24 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Webhook` to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Razorpay <payment_providers/add_new>`" +" and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Key Id`, " +":guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " +"saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:39 +msgid "If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Be aware that the **manual voiding** of a transaction is not supported by " +"Razorpay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After **five days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, it'll " +"automatically be **voided**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:3 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`SIPS <https://sips.worldline.com/>`_ is an online payments solution from " +"the multinational Worldline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which" +" comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with " +"SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:20 +msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:21 +msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:22 +msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your SIPS environment info documentation," +" in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the " +"**Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are trying SIPS as a test, with the *TEST* credentials, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " +"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:38 +msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all " +"the requested information, you are all set and your payment provider is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:25 +msgid "Your can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually <payment_providers/add_new>`. You " +"can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials <stripe/api_keys>`, :ref:`generate a" +" webhook <stripe/webhook>` and enable the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " +"**Stripe** on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials <stripe/api_keys>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 +msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook <stripe/webhook>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 +msgid "Enable the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " +"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "Fill in your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " +"account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Publishable Key <stripe/api_keys>`: The key solely used to identify " +"the account with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key <stripe/api_keys>`: The key to sign the merchant account " +"with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +msgid "" +":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret <stripe/webhook>`: When you enable your webhook" +" on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" +" messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " +"keys <https://dashboard.stripe.com/account/apikeys>`_, or log into your " +"Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> " +"Standard Keys`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Generate a webhook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " +"Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:80 +msgid "Create the webhook automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys <stripe/api_keys>` are " +"filled in, then click on the *Generate your Webhook* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 +msgid "Create the webhook manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " +"<https://dashboard.stripe.com/webhooks>`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on **Add " +"endpoint** in your **Hosted endpoints** and insert the following data into " +"the pop-up form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "In the **Endpoint URL**, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:94 +msgid "" +"At the end of the form, you can **Select events** to listen to. Click on it " +"and, in the **Checkout** section, select **checkout.session.completed**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "" +"It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When you click on **Add endpoint**, your Webhook is configured. You can then" +" click on **reveal** to display your signing secret." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "Enable local payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:113 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:116 +msgid "iDEAL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " +"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " +"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " +"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " +"listed, you do not have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " +"local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " +"cannot be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 +msgid "Sign" +msgstr "เพิ่ม" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online, using " +"electronic signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +msgid "" +"An **electronic signature** shows a person's agreement to the content of a " +"document. Just like a handwritten signature, the electronic one represents a" +" legal bounding by the terms of the signed document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With Sign, you can upload any PDF file and add fields to it. These fields " +"are automatically filled in with the user's details present in your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/sign>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sign-61>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 +msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Documents signed via the Sign app are valid electronic signatures in the " +"European Union and the United States of America. They also meet the " +"requirements for electronic signatures in most countries. The legal validity" +" of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on your country's " +"legislation. Companies doing business abroad should also consider other " +"countries' electronic signature laws." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 +msgid "European Union" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in the `27 member states" +" of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" +"eu/countries_en>`_. It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:35 +msgid "Simple electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:36 +msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:37 +msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates the first type, **simple electronic signatures**; these " +"signatures are legally valid in the EU, as stated in the eIDAS regulation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may " +"need to bring supporting evidence of a signature's validity. While the Sign " +"app provides a simple electronic signature, some supporting evidence is " +"automatically collected during the signature process, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:47 +msgid "Email and SMS validation (if enabled)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Strong identity proof through itsme® (available in Belgium and the " +"Netherlands)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Timestamped, IP and geographically traceable access logs to the documents " +"and their associated signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Document traceability and inalterability (any alteration made to a signed " +"document is detected by Odoo with the use of cryptographic proofs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:55 +msgid "United States of America" +msgstr "สหรัฐอเมริกา" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " +"<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " +"interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " +"Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_," +" at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. " +"Note that `Illinois " +"<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " +"<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " +"adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " +"criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The signer must show a clear **intent to sign**. For example, using a mouse " +"to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to" +" opt out of the electronic document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The signer must first express or imply their **consent to conduct business " +"electronically**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**The signature must be clearly attributed**. In Odoo, metadata, such as the" +" signer's IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"supporting evidence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**The signature must be associated with the signed document**, for example, " +"by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Electronically signed documents need to be **retained and stored** by all " +"parties involved; for example, by providing the signer either a fully-" +"executed copy or the possibility to download a copy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The above information has no legal value; it is only provided for general " +"informational purposes. As laws governing electronic signatures rapidly " +"evolve, we cannot guarantee that all information is up-to-date. We advise " +"contacting a local attorney for legal advice regarding electronic signature " +"compliance and validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:86 +msgid "Roles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Each field in a Sign document is related to a role that corresponds to a " +"specific person. When a document is being signed, the person assigned to the" +" role needs to fill in their assigned fields and sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Roles are available by going to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> " +"Roles`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"It is possible to update existing roles or to create new roles by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a :guilabel:`Role Name`, add an " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` to confirm the identity of the signing" +" person, and if the document can be reassigned to another contact, select " +":guilabel:`Change Authorized` for the role. A :guilabel:`Color` can also be " +"chosen for the role. This color can help understand which roles are " +"responsible for which field when configuring a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:102 +msgid "Secured identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:104 +msgid "" +"As the owner of a document, you may request an :guilabel:`Extra " +"Authentication Step` through an SMS verification or via Itsme® (available in" +" Belgium and the Netherlands). Both authentication options require " +":ref:`credits <iap/buying_credits>`. If you do not have any credits left, " +"the authentication steps will be skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`SMS pricing and FAQ " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:114 +msgid "SMS verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " +":guilabel:`Unique Code Via SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "Add a hash to your document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Go to the document to sign, add the field for which the SMS verification is " +"required, for example the :guilabel:`Signature` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Send`. A page pops up, select the customer, and click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field and" +" clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final " +"Validation` page pops up where to add their phone number. One-time codes are" +" sent by SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "fill in your phone number for final validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:136 +msgid "This feature is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As soon as the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` applies to a role, this" +" validation step is requested for any field assigned to this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:141 +msgid "Itsme®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Identify with itsme®`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " +":guilabel:`Via itsme®`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Go to the document that needs to be signed and add the :guilabel:`Signature`" +" field. Switch the role to :guilabel:`customer (identified with itsme®)`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Validate`, and :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field and" +" clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final " +"Validation` page pops up, and the person must authenticate with itsme®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:162 +msgid "This feature is only available in Belgium and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:167 +msgid "Field Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Various field types can be used to sign documents (placeholder, " +"autocompletion, ...). By configuring your own field types, also known as " +"signature item types, the signing process can be even faster for your " +"customers, partners, and employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create and edit field types, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> Edit field types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can select an existing field by clicking on it or you can " +":guilabel:`Create` a new one. First, edit the :guilabel:`Field Name`. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Field Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature`: users are asked to enter their signature either by " +"drawing it, generating an automatic one based on their name, or uploading a " +"local file (usually an image). Each subsequent :guilabel:`Signature` field " +"type then reuses the data entered in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Initial`: users are asked to enter their initials, in a similar " +"way to the :guilabel:`Signature` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: users enter text on a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: users enter text on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkbox`: users can tick a box (e.g., to mark their approval or " +"consent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:187 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: users choose a single option from a variety of " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Auto-fill Partner Field` setting is used to automatically " +"fill in a field during the signature process. It uses the value of one of " +"the fields on the contact (`res.partner`) model of the person signing the " +"document. To do so, enter the contact model field's technical name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To know the technical name of a field, enable developer mode and hover your " +"mouse on the question mark next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Auto-completed values are suggestions and can be modified as required by the" +" person signing the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The size of the fields can also be changed by editing the :guilabel:`Default" +" Width` and :guilabel:`Default Height`. Both sizes are defined as a " +"percentage of the full-page expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the " +"full-page's width or height. By default, the width of new fields you create " +"is set to 15% (0.150) of a full-page's width, while their height is set to " +"1.5% (0.015) of a full-page's height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Next, write a :guilabel:`Tip`. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-" +"hand side of the user's screen during the signing process to help them " +"understand what the step entails (e.g., \"Sign here\" or “Fill in your " +"birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed" +" inside the field before it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "Tip and placeholder example in Odoo Sign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:217 +msgid "Signatory hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:219 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`hash` can be added to a document that is shared (attached to an" +" email or printed, for example) to indicate that the signature is electronic" +" and that there is some traceability behind it. The :guilabel:`hash` " +"corresponds to a unique ID number related to the signed document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:223 +msgid "" +"If you are an :doc:`internal user <../general/users/manage_users>`, you can " +"choose to tick or untick the frame option when signing the document. Tick " +"the box to have the frame and hash visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:232 +msgid "The :guilabel:`hash` is only applicable to the signature field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:6 +msgid "Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " +"form. Among others, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " +"<spreadsheet/insert>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones <spreadsheet/templates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 +msgid "Format data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 +msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " +"highlighted and defined below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst-1 +msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +msgid "Menu bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +msgid "Top bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +msgid "Formula bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +msgid "Filters button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +msgid "Row header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +msgid "Column header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +msgid "Cell menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 +msgid "Bottom bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 +msgid "Link Odoo data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can insert and link several elements from your database in your " +"spreadsheets, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:7 +msgid "pivots," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:8 +msgid "graphs," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:9 +msgid "lists, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:10 +msgid "links to menus (i.e., a clickable link to a view of a specific model)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Before inserting :ref:`pivots <reporting/views/pivot>`, :ref:`graphs " +"<reporting/views/graph>`, or lists, ensure they are tailored to your needs, " +"as some elements are more quickly - or only - configurable in their " +"respective view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To insert pivots and graphs, click :guilabel:`Insert in spreadsheet` from " +"any pivot or graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To insert lists, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Insert list in " +"spreadsheet` from any list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To insert links to menus, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Link menu in " +"spreadsheet` from any view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up box, either create a new spreadsheet by selecting " +":guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or insert it in an existing one by selecting " +"it and clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst-1 +msgid "Inserting a pivot in a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"By default, new spreadsheets are saved under the :guilabel:`Spreadsheet` " +"workspace of the Documents app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:36 +msgid "Updating data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once inserted in a spreadsheet, your data is kept up-to-date, reflecting any" +" changes made to your database. Reopening the spreadsheet reloads the linked" +" data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To update pivots and lists data without reopening a spreadsheet, go to the " +"menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data --> Refresh all data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:46 +msgid "Pivot data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Using :guilabel:`Refresh all data` only updates existing pivot cells. If new" +" cells need to be added, go to the menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data " +"--> Re-insert pivot` to fully update the pivot. Alternatively, click " +":guilabel:`Insert pivot`, select the pivot, and tick :guilabel:`Display " +"missing cells only` to preview first the missing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:0 +msgid "Displaying missing cells in a pivot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To change which records are :ref:`used by the pivot <search/preconfigured-" +"filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " +"properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "เทมเพลต" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports <templates/budget-reports>`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports <templates/pipeline-reports>`, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report <templates/sales-commission>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template <templates/save>` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates <templates/manage>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts <chart-of-account/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"<search/preconfigured-filters>` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0f4ebe448 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -0,0 +1,5845 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "เบ็ดเตล็ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`install <general/install>`, :ref:`upgrade <general/upgrade>` " +"and :ref:`uninstall <general/uninstall>` all apps and modules from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, " +"click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 +msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or " +"uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and " +"modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as" +" you know best how your organization works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install " +"additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't" +" actively use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data " +"may be erased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app " +"you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app " +"list**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to " +":doc:`supported versions of Odoo " +"</administration/maintain/supported_versions>`. To be able to use them, you " +"must **upgrade** your app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " +"Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " +"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " +"erases their data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 +msgid "Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:3 +msgid "Two-factor Authentication" +msgstr "การรับรองความถูกต้องแบบสองปัจจัย" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Two-factor authentication (\"2FA\") is a good way to improve the security of" +" an account, to make it less likely that an other person will manage to log " +"in instead of you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Practically, it means storing a secret inside an *authenticator* (usually " +"your cell phone) and exchanging a code from the authenticator when you try " +"to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This means an attacker needs *both* to have guessed (or found) your password" +" and to access (or steal) your authenticator, a more difficult proposition " +"than either one or the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:18 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "ความต้องการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:20 +msgid "" +"These lists are just examples, they are not endorsements of any specific " +"software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have one, you will need to choose an authenticator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Phone-based authenticators are the easiest and most common so we will assume" +" you'll pick and install one on your phone, examples include `Authy " +"<https://authy.com/>`_, `FreeOTP <https://freeotp.github.io/>`_, `Google " +"Authenticator <https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/1066447?hl=en>`_, " +"`LastPass Authenticator <https://lastpass.com/auth/>`_, `Microsoft " +"Authenticator <https://www.microsoft.com/en-" +"gb/account/authenticator?cmp=h66ftb_42hbak>`_, ...; password managers also " +"commonly include :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` support e.g. " +"`1Password <https://support.1password.com/one-time-passwords/>`_, `Bitwarden" +" <https://bitwarden.com/help/article/authenticator-keys/>`_, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For the sake of demonstration we will be using Google Authenticator (not " +"because it is any good but because it is quite common)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:43 +msgid "Setting up two-factor authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once you have your authenticator of choice, go to the Odoo instance you want" +" to setup :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, then open " +":guilabel:`Preferences` (or :guilabel:`My Profile`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab, then click the :guilabel:`Enable " +"two-factor authentication` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Because this is a security-sensitive action, you will need to input your " +"password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:64 +msgid "After which you will see this screen with a barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In most applications, you can simply *scan the barcode* via the " +"authenticator of your choice, the authenticator will then take care of all " +"the setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you can not scan the screen (e.g. because you are doing this set-up on " +"the same phone as the authenticator application), you can click the provided" +" link, or copy the secret to manually set-up your authenticator:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, the authenticator should display a *verification code* " +"with some useful identifying information (e.g. the domain and login for " +"which the code is):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can now input the code into the :guilabel:`Verification Code` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Enable two-factor authentication` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Congratulation, your account is now protected by two-factor authentication!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:107 +msgid "Logging in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:109 +msgid "You should now :guilabel:`Log out` to follow along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:111 +msgid "" +"On the login page, input the username and password of the account for which " +"you set up :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)`, rather than immediately " +"enter Odoo you will now get a second log-in screen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Get your authenticator, input the code it provides for the domain and " +"account, validate, and you're now in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:121 +msgid "" +"And that's it. From now on, unless you disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor " +"authentication)` you will have a two-step log-in process rather than the old" +" one-step process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/2fa.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Don't lose your authenticator, if you do, you will need an *Odoo " +"Administrator* to disable :abbr:`2FA (two-factor authentication)` on the " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 +msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " +"users to sign in to their database with their Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Google Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " +"on Google *and* Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " +"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " +"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" +" click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" +" and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "ข้อมูลประจำตัว" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " +"ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "OAuth client id selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," +" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," +" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " +"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " +"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" +" :guilabel:`Client ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo activation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " +"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google " +"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " +":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " +"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " +"with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " +"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " +"<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 +msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:7 +msgid "Click on **Create** in Setup your LDAP Server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:15 +msgid "Choose the company about to use the LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In **Server Information**, enter the IP address of your server and the port " +"it listens to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:22 +msgid "Tick **User TLS** if your server is compatible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In **Login Information**, enter ID and password of the account used to query" +" the server. If left empty, the server will be queried anonymously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In **Process Parameter**, enter the domain name of your LDAP server in LDAP " +"nomenclature (e.g. ``dc=example,dc=com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:34 +msgid "In **LDAP filter**, enter ``uid=%s``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In **User Information**, tick *Create User* if you want Odoo to create a " +"User profile the first time someone log in with LDAP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In **Template User**, indicate a template for the new profiles created. If " +"left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " +"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " +"through the :ref:`settings <general/developer_mode/settings>`, the " +":ref:`browser extension <general/developer_mode/browser-extension>`, through" +" the :ref:`command palette <general/developer_mode/command-palette>` or the" +" :ref:`URL <general/developer_mode/url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" +" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " +"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" +" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" +" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " +"developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" +" available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " +"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " +"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 +msgid "Activate through the command palette" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " +"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" +" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Command palette with debug command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 +msgid "Activate through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " +"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" +" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " +":ref:`assets mode <frontend/framework/assets_debug_mode>`, and " +"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " +"<frontend/framework/tests_debug_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 +msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " +"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " +"the header of the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " +"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " +"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " +"useful menu items such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 +msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 +msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email" +" that include high-level information about how your business is performing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and " +"click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 +msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15 +msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17 +msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18 +msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19 +msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20 +msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21 +msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* " +"serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across " +"your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31 +msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest " +"Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* " +"next to the dropdown selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which " +"include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:39 +msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:42 +msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:43 +msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 +msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:52 +msgid "Custom digest emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:54 +msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose " +"your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a " +"selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:65 +msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you " +"can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab " +"and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit " +"the template or add additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the " +"digest object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:75 +msgid "" +"create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:76 +msgid "" +"create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your " +"customized KPI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77 +msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80 +msgid "Computed values reference table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "LABEL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "VALUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "Connected Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "Messages Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "New Leads" +msgstr "ลูกค้าเป้าหมายใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "Opportunities Won" +msgstr "โอกาสสำเร็จแล้ว" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "Open Tasks" +msgstr "งานที่เปิดอยู่" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "Tickets Closed" +msgstr "ทิกเก็ตที่ปิดแล้ว" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "% of Happiness" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "Conversations handled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "Time to answer (sec)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "All Sales" +msgstr "ขายทั้งหมด" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "eCommerce Sales" +msgstr "การขายอีคอมเมิร์ซ" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "Revenue" +msgstr "รายได้" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" +msgstr "การย้ายธนาคารและเงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "POS Sales" +msgstr "การขาย POS" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "New Employees" +msgstr "พนักงานใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 +msgid "Email Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 +msgid "SPAM labels overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email " +"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out " +"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " +"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the " +"author\" <notifications@mycompany.odoo.com>``. In other words this can be " +"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands " +"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability " +"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " +"<email_servers/notifications>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one" +" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox." +" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received " +"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It " +"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" +" whitelist on the receiving domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help " +"ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and the support team will work to get " +"the servers removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from " +"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom " +"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting " +"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" +" the final receiving mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 +msgid "Be SPF compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" +" to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When " +"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the" +" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the " +"domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an " +"email sent by Odoo, this domain corresponds to the value of the " +"`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a " +"TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider" +" hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name. In " +"order for the verification to work properly, each domain can only have one " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" +" ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " +"record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add " +"`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " +"free tool like `MXToolbox SPF <https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 +msgid "Enable DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " +"with a digital signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM " +"(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's " +"server decrypts this signature using the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " +"Mail)` record in the database's domain name. If the signature and the key " +"contained in the record match, this guarantees that the message is authentic" +" and has not been altered during transport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME " +"(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" +" domain name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 +msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain " +"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends " +"on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the " +"domain name. The most common providers are :ref:`listed below " +"<email_communication/SPFDKIM_common_providers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with " +"a free tool like `DKIM Core <https://dkimcore.org/tools/>`_. If a selector " +"is asked, enter `odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +msgid "Check the DMARC policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " +"record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. The instructions contained in the" +" :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do" +" with an incoming email that fails the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "DMARC: TXT record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +msgid "" +"There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +msgid "`p=none`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +msgid "`p=quarantine`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +msgid "`p=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " +"quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" +" must be :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` compliant or enable " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " +"`p=reject`. Odoo strongly advises against using an *@yahoo.com* or " +"*@aol.com* address for the database users. These emails will never reach " +"their recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +msgid "" +"`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " +"using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +msgid "" +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, " +"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF " +"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification" +" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P " +"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the" +" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode " +"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " +"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" +" too restrictive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Tag Name" +msgstr "ชื่อแท็ก" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "Purpose" +msgstr "เสนอ" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "Protocol version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "`v=DMARC1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "pct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "`pct=20`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "ruf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "rua" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +msgid "p" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Policy for organizational domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +msgid "sp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +msgid "`sp=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +msgid "adkim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "`adkim=s`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +msgid "aspf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +msgid "`aspf=r`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " +"<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " +"<https://dmarc.org/overview/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF <https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_the_spf_record/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy TXT record <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-txt-record-19232>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-an-spf-record-19218>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy DKIM <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-" +"do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-" +"us/articles/360019093151>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +msgid "" +"`Azure DNS <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-" +"portal>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester <https://www.mail-" +"tester.com/>`_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " +"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " +"records for other, lesser-known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +msgid "" +"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " +"<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Send and receive emails in Odoo with an email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "Odoo Online or Odoo.sh users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and " +"incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and " +"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass " +"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " +"already been pre-configured to send email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " +"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " +"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:22 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't" +" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo," +" unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " +"for on-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an " +"external email server with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online " +"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email " +"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. " +"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to " +"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see " +":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo <email_domain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:42 +msgid "Default notifications system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " +"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" +" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the " +"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the " +"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. " +"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear " +"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " +"*Contacts* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more " +"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " +"<email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "Manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`" +" and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in" +" Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based " +"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see " +":doc:`email_domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Port restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and " +"Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " +"domain, and that can be a problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer with the email address " +"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to " +"redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. " +"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for" +" security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected " +"by some recipients' email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from " +"the same authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " +"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " +"value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" +" value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or " +"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" +" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain " +"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then " +"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " +"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the " +"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and " +"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration " +"in Odoo: ``“Admin” <admin@example.com>`` => ``“Admin” " +"<notifications@mycompany.com>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In other words if the email address of the author does not match " +"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " +"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " +"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " +"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " +"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " +"in `mail.default.from`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific " +"outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or " +"domain that Odoo is sending on behalf of. This setting can be used to " +"improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the " +"database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to " +"send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this " +"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " +"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 +msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " +"is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in " +"the outgoing email. For example, if the :guilabel:`From` value (email " +"address) is `test\\@example.com`, only the email servers that have the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, " +"then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the " +":guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in the outgoing email. For " +"example, if the :guilabel:`From` email address is `test\\@example.com`, only" +" the email servers that have the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to " +"`example.com` are returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo " +"returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " +"value(s) set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an " +"email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the " +"email address listed attempts to match an email server, and then the domain " +"attempts to find a match. If no email server is found, Odoo returns the " +"first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according " +"to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a " +"priority of `10` and the other with a priority of `20`, then the email " +"server with a priority of `10` is used first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and " +"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails," +" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet " +"</administration/maintain/mailjet_api>` for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an " +"alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed " +"for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email " +"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the " +"transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give " +"priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by " +"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With " +"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for " +"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that" +" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be " +"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid ":doc:`email_domain`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "Manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of " +"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies " +"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall " +"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does " +"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " +"used to collect replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is " +"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__. In this case bounces are " +"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month " +"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid " +"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances " +"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note " +"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" +" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will " +"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful " +"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page " +"/project-management>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, " +"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will " +"change the catchall's domain for the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " +":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new " +"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail " +"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to " +"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on " +"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, " +"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or " +"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external " +"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received " +"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's " +"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to " +"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" +" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should" +" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after " +"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " +"reply won't be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 +msgid "" +"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Reply-to field on template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 +msgid "Updating translations within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 +msgid "" +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 +msgid "" +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 +msgid "Outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 +msgid "Common error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 +msgid "" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 +msgid "" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"<red_envelop>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66 +msgid "How to start" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" +" or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" +" and even orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " +":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:78 +msgid "" +"There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " +"data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " +"already done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:83 +msgid "How to adapt the template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85 +msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86 +msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:92 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " +"columns manually when you test the import. Search the list for the " +"corresponding field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " +"on the very next time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:104 +msgid "How to import from another application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " +"use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " +"**ID** (External ID) column in Odoo. When you import another record that " +"links to the first one, use **XXX/ID** (XXX/External ID) to the original " +"unique identifier. You can also find this record using its name but you will" +" be stuck if at least 2 records have the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " +"re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " +"whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:120 +msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " +"files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " +"you have a column only containing numbers, only the fields that are of type " +"*Integer* will be displayed for you to choose from. While this behavior " +"might be good and easy for most cases, it is also possible that it goes " +"wrong or that you want to map your column to a field that is not proposed by" +" default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " +"fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " +"complete list of fields for each column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:139 +msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " +"guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " +"this process can work for many date formats, some date formats will not be " +"recognized. This can cause confusion due to day-month inversions; it is " +"difficult to guess which part of a date format is the day and which part is " +"the month in a date such as '01-03-2016'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " +"**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " +"selector. If this format is incorrect you can change it to your liking using" +" the *ISO 8601* to define the format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " +"store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" +" stored. That way you will be sure that the date format is correct in Odoo " +"whatever your locale date format is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:157 +msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" +" well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " +"automatically detect which thousand/decimal separator you use (you can " +"change those under **options**). If you use a currency symbol that is not " +"known to Odoo, it might not be recognized as a number though and it will " +"crash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166 +msgid "32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167 +msgid "32000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168 +msgid "32,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169 +msgid "-32000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170 +msgid "(32000.00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171 +msgid "$ 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:172 +msgid "(32000.00 €)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:174 +msgid "Example that will not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176 +msgid "ABC 32.000,00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:177 +msgid "$ (32.000,00)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:180 +msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:182 +msgid "" +"By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " +"quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " +"settings, you can modify the File Format Options (displayed under the Browse" +" CSV file bar after you select your file)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " +"detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " +"your spreadsheet application. See the following question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:191 +msgid "" +"How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " +"application?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " +"regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " +"suggest you use OpenOffice or LibreOffice Calc as they will allow you to " +"modify all three options (in :menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> Check " +"the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " +":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " +"Encoding tab`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202 +msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " +"country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" +" want to import such fields, Odoo will have to recreate links between the " +"different records. To help you import such fields, Odoo provides three " +"mechanisms. You must use one and only one mechanism per field you want to " +"import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:209 +msgid "" +"For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " +"different fields to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211 +msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " +"postgresql column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" +" (or the .XML file that imported it)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:216 +msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218 +msgid "Country: Belgium" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219 +msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:220 +msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:222 +msgid "" +"According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " +"records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " +"according to your need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" +" have been created manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " +"used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " +"may have several records with the same name, but they always have a unique " +"Database ID)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " +"party application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:232 +msgid "" +"When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" +" column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " +"be able to make a reference to that record with columns like " +"\"Field/External ID\". The following two CSV files give you an example for " +"Products and their Categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:237 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for categories " +"<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:240 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Products " +"<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:244 +msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:246 +msgid "" +"If for example you have two product categories with the child name " +"\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " +"Products/Sellable\"), your validation is halted but you may still import " +"your data. However, we recommend you do not import the data because they " +"will all be linked to the first 'Sellable' category found in the Product " +"Category list (\"Misc. Products/Sellable\"). We recommend you modify one of " +"the duplicates' values or your product category hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:252 +msgid "" +"However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " +"categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " +"'Category'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:256 +msgid "" +"How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " +"multiple tags)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" +" you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " +"'Retailer' then you will encode \"Manufacturer,Retailer\" in the same column" +" of your CSV file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:262 +msgid "" +":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " +"<export_import_data/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:266 +msgid "" +"How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " +"Sales Order)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" +" line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " +"line will be imported on the same row as the information relative to order. " +"Any additional lines will need an additional row that does not have any " +"information in the fields relative to the order. As an example, here is " +"``purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.CSV`` file of some " +"quotations you can import, based on demo data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275 +msgid "" +":download:`File for some Quotations " +"<export_import_data/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " +"respective purchase order lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:280 +msgid "" +":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " +"<export_import_data/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " +"contacts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:284 +msgid "" +":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " +"<export_import_data/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:287 +msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:289 +msgid "" +"If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " +"\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " +"several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " +"two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " +"depending if it's new or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:294 +msgid "" +"This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " +"batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:298 +msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:300 +msgid "" +"If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " +"value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " +"in your CSV file, Odoo will set the EMPTY value in the field, instead of " +"assigning the default value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:305 +msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:307 +msgid "" +"If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " +"relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" +" companies and persons, you will have to recreate the link between each " +"person and the company they work for)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " +"facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" +" of this record in another application. This \"External ID\" must be unique " +"across all the records of all objects, so it's a good practice to prefix " +"this \"External ID\" with the name of the application or table. (like " +"'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:317 +msgid "" +"As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " +"import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " +"will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." +" (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " +"PostgreSQL database <export_import_data/database_import_test.sql>`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:322 +msgid "" +"We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" +" the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:328 +msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:337 +msgid "" +"To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " +"following SQL command in PSQL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:343 +msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:353 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " +"company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" +" between persons and companies is done using the External ID of the " +"companies. We had to prefix the \"External ID\" by the name of the table to " +"avoid a conflict of ID between persons and companies (person_1 and company_1" +" who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " +"modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " +"contacts and 3 companies. (the firsts two contacts are linked to the first " +"company). You must first import the companies and then the persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:374 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381 +msgid "" +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:394 +msgid "" +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:405 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +"post directly from my database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +msgid "Buying Credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " +"To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " +"credits to test our IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +msgid "IAP accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " +"to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " +"companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical" +" Settings --> IAP Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +msgid "IAP Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " +"from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " +"there, I can view my current balance, recharge my credits, review my " +"consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +msgid "Get notified when credits are low" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " +"Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " +"Services`, unfold a service and mark the Receive threshold warning option. " +"Then, I’ll provide a minimum amount of credits and email addresses. Now, " +"every time that the limit is reached, an automatic reminder will be sent to " +"by email!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +msgid "IAP services available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " +"Database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +msgid "" +"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " +"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " +"Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +msgid "Offering my own services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:70 +msgid "" +"I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" +" the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" +" rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " +"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " +"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "Selecting a view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. " +"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while " +"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " +"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`graph view <reporting/using-graph>` is used to visualize your " +"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often " +"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found " +"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " +"access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`pivot view <reporting/using-pivot>` is used to aggregate your " +"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " +"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" +" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +msgid "Choosing measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " +":doc:`filtered <search>`. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " +"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " +":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" +" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>`, :ref:`decimal <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/decimal>`, :ref:`monetary <studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`) " +"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " +"the total number of filtered records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " +"be :ref:`grouped <search/group>` depending on the dimension you want to " +"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " +"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " +"another one appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Using the comparison option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "Select measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " +":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "Group measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" +" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +msgid "Using the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " +"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" +" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example" +" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the " +":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select" +" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " +"(:guilabel:`➖`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " +"the newly created subgroups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " +"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " +"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " +"Office Furniture` product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " +"(:guilabel:`⇄`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" +" (⏷) order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " +"(:guilabel:`⭳`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +msgid "Using the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 +msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " +"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " +"sets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " +"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +msgid "Stacked bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +msgid "Regular bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +msgid "Stacked line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Cumulative line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Cumulative line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Regular line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 +msgid "Search and filter records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" +" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" +" search for specific values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 +msgid "Preconfigured filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are " +"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the " +"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could " +"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are " +"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* " +"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " +"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 +msgid "Custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " +"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales " +"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " +"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click " +":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " +"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 +msgid "Search for values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add " +"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and " +"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown " +"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " +"you are looking for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* " +"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for " +"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" +" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when " +"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the" +" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " +"selected field will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 +msgid "Group records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" +" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " +"records are filtered out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " +"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " +"categories, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users and companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "สิทธิ์การเข้าใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "กลุ่ม" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<users/add-individual>`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group" +" are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are " +"created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "บริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" +" simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" +" contacts. It provides you the ability to generate reports of aggregated " +"figures without switching interfaces, which facilitates daily tasks and the " +"overall management process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +msgid "Manage companies and records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " +"with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " +"are shared between the two companies (as long as both environments are " +"active)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* " +"for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " +"Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and " +"ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " +"boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " +"in use. To switch environments, click on the company’s name. In the example " +"below, the user has access to three companies, two are activated, and the " +"environment in use is of *JS Store US*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " +"shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 +msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 +msgid "" +"*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " +"specific company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +msgid "Employees' access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " +"<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " +"**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " +"the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " +"(the company from which the sale order was issued)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +msgid "The current company (the one active) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 +msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " +"is being edited)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +msgid "Documents’ format" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" +" the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " +"Layout*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" +msgstr "ธุรกรรมระหว่าง บริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +msgid "" +"First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Chart of Accounts " +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" +" the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" +" operations between companies to be synchronized at an invoice/bills level " +"or at a sales/purchase orders level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" +" Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " +"confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 +msgid "" +"*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " +"automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " +"Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 +msgid "" +"**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " +"order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " +"confirmed for the selected company. If instead of a drafted purchase/sales " +"order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 +msgid "" +"*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " +"Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " +"confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " +"the companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 +msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" +" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" +" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " +"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " +"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " +"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " +":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" +" Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 +msgid "Change language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" +" each user can use Odoo in his own language ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9 +msgid "Load your desired language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " +"instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14 +msgid "" +"From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" +" the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " +"select a language to install and click on **LOAD.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" +" to change the navigation language on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27 +msgid "Change your language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" +"down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42 +msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45 +msgid "Change another user's language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " +"--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " +"can choose the user who you'd like to change the language for. Select the " +"user and click on **Edit** in the top left corner. Under Preferences you can" +" change the Language to any previously installed language and click " +"**SAVE.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 +msgid "Add individual users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access " +"Rights <access_rights>` choose the group within each application the user " +"can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " +"is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " +"invitation and create a login." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" +" sent in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " +"`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 +msgid "" +"With the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` activated, *User Types* can " +"be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " +"Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " +"Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " +"usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the " +"user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 +msgid "Passwords management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 +msgid "Reset passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 +msgid "Enable password resets from login page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 +msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " +"**Password Reset** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 +msgid "Send reset instructions to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " +"user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " +"user form. An email is automatically sent to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " +"invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 +msgid "" +"This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" +" with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 +msgid "Change users’ passwords" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " +"a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " +"Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 +msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 +msgid "" +"This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " +"affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " +"you can :ref:`send the password reset instructions <users/reset-password-" +"email>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" +" login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "หลายบริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 +msgid "" +"The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " +"companies database you hold the user can have access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " +"inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" +" required. For technical explanations refer to :doc:`this " +"</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 +msgid "Portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " +"documents or information within an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" +" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +msgid "leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +msgid "quotations/sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +msgid "purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +msgid "invoices & bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +msgid "projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +msgid "tickets" +msgstr "ทิกเก็ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +msgid "signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +msgid "subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " +"documents in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " +"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on " +"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " +"into the portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " +"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" +" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " +"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" +"sending a portal invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " +"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " +"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the " +":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " +"then click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +msgid "" +"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " +"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " +"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" +" :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 +msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:3 +msgid "Configure your VoIP Asterisk server for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:6 +msgid "Installing Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:9 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "การพึ่งพา" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Before installing Asterisk you need to install the following dependencies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:13 +msgid "wget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:14 +msgid "gcc" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:15 +msgid "g++" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:16 +msgid "ncurses-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:17 +msgid "libxml2-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:18 +msgid "sqlite-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:19 +msgid "libsrtp-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:20 +msgid "libuuid-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:21 +msgid "openssl-devel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:22 +msgid "pkg-config" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:24 +msgid "In order to install libsrtp, follow the instructions below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You also need to install PJSIP, you can download the source `here " +"<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>`_. Once the source directory is " +"extracted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 +msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 +msgid "**run:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 +msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 +msgid "**Update shared library links:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 +msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 +msgid "**The result should be:**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 +msgid "Asterisk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " +"`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" +"releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 +msgid "Extract Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 +msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 +msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " +"enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " +"srtp library and you must reinstall it. Save the configuration (press x). " +"You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 +msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " +"sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " +"run 'make config'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 +msgid "DTLS Certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 +msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 +msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" +" or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 +msgid "Configure Asterisk server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 +msgid "" +"For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " +"settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " +"well. By default, Asterisk config files are located in /etc/asterisk/. Start" +" by editing http.conf and make sure that the following lines are " +"uncommented:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " +"icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " +"Also under the WebRTC client, the transport needs to be listed as ‘ws’ to " +"allow websocket connections. All of these config lines should be under the " +"peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 +msgid "" +"In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " +"lines:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 +msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 +msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 +msgid "" +"The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" +" the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " +"if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " +"configured in the sip.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 +msgid "" +"The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " +"\"Integrations\" section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" +" be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " +"defined in the http.conf file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:3 +msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with Axivox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "แนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with `Axivox " +"<https://www.axivox.com/>`_. In that case, an :doc:`Asterisk server " +"<asterisk>` is not necessary as the infrastructure is hosted and managed by " +"Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use this service, `contact Axivox <https://www.axivox.com/contact/>`_ to " +"open an account. Before doing so, verify that Axivox covers your area and " +"the areas you wish to call." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:18 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " +"fill out the **Asterisk (VoIP)** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**PBX Server IP**: set the domain created by Axivox for your account (e.g., " +"*yourcompany.axivox.com*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:29 +msgid "**WebSocket**: type in ``wss://pabx.axivox.com:3443``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:30 +msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 +msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " +"the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " +"out the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " +"referring to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +msgid "Phone Calls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " +"your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g., +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 +msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo VoIP can be set up to work together with OnSIP (www.onsip.com). In that" +" case, the installation and setup of an Asterisk server is not necessary as " +"the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " +"doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " +"covered by the service. After opening an OnSIP account, follow the " +"configuration procedure below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 +msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " +"(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " +"www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " +"you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 +msgid "**Mode** should be Production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " +"Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 +msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 +msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 +msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can find all this information by logging in at " +"https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " +"and refer to the fields as pictured below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " +"corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" +" Odoo and in OnSIP)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " +"to refresh your Odoo window and try again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" +" use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " +"international prefix for the United States)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " +"OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 +msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " +"computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" +" VoIP. This is useful for on-the-go calls, but also to make sure to hear " +"incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 +msgid "" +"On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.ucm>`_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"then have to configure it as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 +msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 +msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 +msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 +msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 +msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " +"also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " +"This will make Grandstream Wave ring and route the call via your phone to " +"the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" +" numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " +"Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..80d584885 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1252 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "การลงเวลางาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/attendances-684>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"<https://hecklerdesign.com/products/windfall-stand-for-ipad>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"<https://neuftech.net/Neuftech-USB-RFID-Reader-ID-" +"Kartenleseger%C3%A4t-Kartenleser-Kontaktlos-Card-Reader-f%C3%BCr-EM4100>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"<https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/productivity/barcode-scanners>`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "พนักงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "เพิ่มพนักงานใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "ทักษะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:3 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "เงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:35 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:60 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " +"is computed in the payslip list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " +"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "เงินเดือน" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "โครงสร้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type <payroll/structure-types>` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "กฏ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:225 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "สิทธิประโยชน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:347 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "ประวัติย่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..5d7851132 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -0,0 +1,22 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/index.rst:5 +msgid "Odoo Documentation" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..92087c6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -0,0 +1,16958 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "บาร์โค้ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" +" the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " +"Adjustments*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " +"*Commands for Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " +"create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " +"specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " +"different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" +" the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " +"necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " +"manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวม" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." +" A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" +" bulk, in which the customers will scale their products themselves and get " +"the printed barcode to stick on the product. This barcode will contain the " +"weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " +"interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " +"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " +"create your first rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " +"with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," +" in our case it will be Weighted Product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " +"the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " +"be applied, those are the numbers by which the product barcode should start." +" The 5 “dots” are the following numbers of the product barcode and are there" +" simply to identify the product in question. The “N” define a number and the" +" “D” define the decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" +" be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " +"sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +msgid "Configure your Product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " +"identify the product;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" +" we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" +" which digit it should be in your case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" +" barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " +"receiving products in your barcode application, Odoo will automatically " +"create a new line for the Pasta product for a quantity of 1.5 Kg. For the " +"point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "Rule Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"price, used in POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " +"discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " +"discount barcode, discount will be applied on the normal price of the " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " +"weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " +"weight) and in inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " +"loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +msgid "" +"**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" +"location is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +msgid "" +"**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" +" activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "" +"**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " +"Mercury module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +msgid "" +"**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " +"number of characters, those characters being any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" +" information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " +"barcode pattern—which is a defined format of numbers, letters, special " +"characters, and character length—to ensure proper interpretation of the " +"barcode. By scanning the barcode on an unopened box, GS1 nomenclature can " +"identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" +"identifiers>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" +"list>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " +"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " +":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " +"default barcode nomenclature options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " +"by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " +"Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" +" condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " +"Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` and finally, select " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +msgid "Use GS1 barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " +"the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " +"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.) " +"serves as the universal prefix for GS1 for barcode identification. Odoo uses" +" regular expressions to describe barcode patterns concisely. Each barcode " +"pattern begins with a required 2-4 digit :abbr:`A.I. (application " +"identifier)`, which corresponds to the rule defined in the system's " +":ref:`barcode nomenclature list <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-" +"nomenclature>`. By including the appropriate :abbr:`A.I. (application " +"identifier)` from the list, Odoo can accurately interpret GS1 barcodes. " +"While most barcode patterns have a flexible length, some specific patterns, " +"such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" +" the maximum character length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" +"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " +"and rules to follow. Otherwise, the following section contains examples of " +"how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +msgid "Product + quantity + lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" +" it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "ชื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Rule Name" +msgstr "ชื่อกฎ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "A.I." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Barcode Pattern" +msgstr "รูปแบบบาร์โค้ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "Field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "สินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Quantity" +msgstr "จำนวน" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "Variable count of items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "Lot Number" +msgstr "หมายเลขล็อต" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +msgid "Batch or lot number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" +" <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Next, " +"under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box for " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " +"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " +"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " +"with the 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " +"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universal and " +"unique identifying number from GS1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +msgid "" +"On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" +" GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " +"barcodes into a single barcode that contains detailed information about the " +"package contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " +"`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " +"this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the :guilabel:`Configure " +"Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` section. " +"Enter the 14-digit GTIN into the :guilabel:`Barcode` column, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " +"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " +"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-" +"products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " +"the list of vendor receptions to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs" +" (Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " +"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +msgid "" +"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" +" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " +"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " +"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +msgid "" +"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " +"associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " +"lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " +"*Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " +"remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " +"desired lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." +" Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " +"finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" +" receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " +"reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " +"quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " +"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid "Quantity in kilograms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid "310[0-5]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +msgid "" +"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" +" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " +"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +msgid "" +":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" +"example>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +msgid "" +"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " +":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" +"products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +msgid "" +"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " +"peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " +"the page, this means the reception was processed without issue. Finally, " +"press :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " +"was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " +"`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +msgid "" +"For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " +"are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product " +"Moves`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " +"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" +" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" +" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " +"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " +"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " +"properly stored in *Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +msgid "Create rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " +":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " +"Odoo will fail to interpret the entire barcode. To ensure the complete " +"reading of the barcode, it is necessary to add the missing barcode to Odoo's" +" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +msgid "" +"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " +"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" +" still useful to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are " +"interpreted correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" +" the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. Then, select the " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." +" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " +"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " +"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " +"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " +"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " +"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " +"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " +"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " +"about the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +msgid "" +"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" +" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " +"the table of rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" +" when the barcodes are not working as expected:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " +":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " +"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " +"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" +" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " +"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product " +"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " +":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " +"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " +"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" +" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +msgid "" +"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " +"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." +" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to " +"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " +"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " +"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the " +"final character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "ประเภท" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "GS1 Content Type" +msgstr "ประเภทเนื้อหา GS1" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Odoo field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Package" +msgstr "แพ็คเกจ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "Numeric identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Package name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "Unit Product" +msgstr "หน่วยสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "บรรจุภัณฑ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Destination location" +msgstr "ตำแหน่งปลายทาง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "I.D. of a physical location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "สถานที่" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "Lot" +msgstr "ล็อต" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Alpha-numeric name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "Serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Packaging Date" +msgstr "วันที่บรรจุภัณฑ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "วันที่" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Pack date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before Date" +msgstr "ดีที่สุดก่อนวันที่" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiration Date" +msgstr "วันหมดอายุ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiry date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Measure" +msgstr "ตัวชี้วัด" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "UoM: Units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "Count of trade items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "Qty in kg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "Length in meters (m)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "Qty in m" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "Qty in L" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "Length in inches (in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "Qty in inches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "Qty in oz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Packaging type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Packaging Type" +msgstr "ประเภทบรรจุภัณฑ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Package type" +msgstr "ประเภทแพ็คเกจ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +msgid "Process to Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +msgid "Simple Transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " +"*Operations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " +"the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " +"enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " +"existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " +"products have been scanned, you can validate the transfer to proceed with " +"the stock moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " +"additional steps for the different operation types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "ใบเสร็จ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " +"identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " +"location of the transfer, for example WH/Stock, or scan a location barcode " +"to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " +"scan the next product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +msgid "Delivery Orders" +msgstr "คำสั่งจัดส่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " +"different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " +"scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " +"scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " +"your delivery order. You can move from one to the other thanks to the " +"*Previous* and *Next* buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " +"reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +msgid "Internal Transfers" +msgstr "โอนย้ายภายใน" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " +"scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " +"itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," +" you don’t need to scan them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " +"of working:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " +"you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" +" quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " +"by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " +"lot/serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" +" the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " +"sheet* from the home page of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." +" Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " +"products to populate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "ตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " +"user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " +"help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " +"**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " +"bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " +"to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" +" you buy it that the scanner is compatible with your keyboard layout or can " +"be configured to be so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" +" a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " +"approach is to log in Odoo on you smartphone, pair the bluetooth scanner " +"with the smartphone and work in the warehouse with the possibility to check " +"your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +msgid "" +"For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " +"consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " +"turn out to be a very productive solution, however you need to make sure " +"that is is capable of running Odoo smoothly. The most recent models using " +"Android + Google Chrome or Windows + Internet Explorer Mobile should do the " +"job. However, due to the variety of models and configurations on the market," +" it is essential to test it first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +msgid "Keyboard layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +msgid "" +"An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " +"layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " +"characters correctly (replacing a 'A' with a 'Q' for example). Most scanners" +" are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +msgid "Automatic carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " +"(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " +"delay, you can configure your scanner to insert a carriage return at the end" +" of each barcode. This is usually the default configuration and can be " +"explicitly configured by scanning a specific barcode in the user manual ('CR" +" suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " +"switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " +"attributing barcodes to products, pickings locations, etc. allows you to " +"work more efficiently by controlling the software almost exclusively with " +"the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " +"via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " +"have ticked the feature, you can hit save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +msgid "Set Product Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " +"*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " +"Products Barcodes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " +"at creation on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " +"template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " +"barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" +" locations barcodes in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " +"*Print* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +msgid "Barcode Formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "คลังสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " +"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " +"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" +" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:12 +msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:21 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " +"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " +"following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" +" is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " +"adjustment line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " +"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " +"of both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " +"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" +"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " +"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" +" in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " +"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " +":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " +":guilabel:`Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " +"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" +" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " +"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" +" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " +"current year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" +" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " +"count in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" +" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " +":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " +":guilabel:`All`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " +"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " +"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " +"quantity once fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " +"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " +"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " +"database, next to the user currently logged in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " +":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " +"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " +"checkbox next to that option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:66 +msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " +"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " +":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" +" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " +"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " +"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " +"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " +"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " +"set to reflect the actual quantity counted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " +"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " +"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " +"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " +"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" +" top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " +"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" +" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:104 +msgid "" +"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " +"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " +"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:108 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " +"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " +"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " +"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " +"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:114 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " +"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " +"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " +"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:118 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:125 +msgid "Count products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:131 +msgid "" +"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " +"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " +":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " +"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " +"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " +"product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " +"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " +"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " +"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " +"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " +"`0.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" +"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " +"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " +"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " +"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " +"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " +"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " +"adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:177 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:179 +msgid "" +"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " +"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " +"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " +"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:183 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " +"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:191 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " +"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" +"down menu, and select the desired month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:200 +msgid "Plan big inventory counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " +"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" +" Inventory Adjustments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " +"the far left of each product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " +"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " +":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" +" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:221 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," +" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " +"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " +":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:228 +msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " +"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:235 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:3 +msgid "What's the difference between lots and serial numbers?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "แนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, lots and serial numbers have similarities in their functional " +"system but are different in their behavior. They are both managed within the" +" **Inventory**, **Purchases** and **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Lots** correspond to a certain number of products you received and store " +"altogether in one single pack." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are identification numbers given to one product in " +"particular, to allow to track the history of the item from reception to " +"delivery and after-sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:20 +msgid "When to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Lots** are interesting for products you receive in great quantity and for " +"which a lot number can help in reportings, quality controls, or any other " +"info. Lots will help identify a number of pieces having for instance a " +"production fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or " +"food." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**Serial numbers** are interesting for items that could require after-sales " +"service, such as smartphones, laptops, fridges, and any electronic devices. " +"You could use the manufacturer's serial number or your own, depending on the" +" way you manage these products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:34 +msgid "When not to use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Storing consumable products such as kitchen roll, toilet paper, pens and " +"paper blocks in lots would make no sense at all, as there are very few " +"chances that you can return them for production fault." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, giving a serial number to every product is a time-" +"consuming task that will have a purpose only in the case of items that have " +"a warranty and/or after-sales services. Putting a serial number on bread, " +"for instance, makes no sense at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 +msgid "Expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 +msgid "Enable expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "Track products by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:58 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:64 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:131 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:166 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:256 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:269 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 +msgid "" +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 +msgid "" +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 +msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" +msgstr "เบ็ดเตล็ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 +msgid "" +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "สร้างคำสั่งล่วงหน้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 +msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " +"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " +"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " +"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " +"*consignment*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " +"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " +"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " +"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " +"products they don't actually own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16 +msgid "Enable the consignment setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " +"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," +" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 +msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" +" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" +" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " +"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " +"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " +"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " +"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " +"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " +"must match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " +"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " +"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " +"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " +":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " +"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " +"option enabled on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " +"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " +"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " +"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " +"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " +"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " +"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82 +msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " +"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " +"*still* appear in certain inventory reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " +"and choose a report to view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " +"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " +"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96 +msgid "Product moves report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " +":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " +"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " +"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " +":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " +"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " +":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " +":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " +"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " +"finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Consignment stock moves history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119 +msgid "Stock on hand report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121 +msgid "" +"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " +"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " +"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " +":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," +" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 +msgid "Planning" +msgstr "การวางแผน" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:3 +msgid "How is the Scheduled Delivery Date Computed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing the best possible service to customers is vital for business. It " +"implies planning every move: manufacturing orders, deliveries, receptions, " +"and so on. To do so, you need to configure lead time properly and coordinate" +" scheduled dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By using lead times, Odoo provides end dates, the **Commitment Date**, for " +"each process. On a sales order, for example, this is the date your customer " +"will get the products he ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:13 +msgid "" +"From the customers’ side, the commitment date is important because it gives " +"them an estimation of when they will receive their products. The dates take " +"all other lead times, such as manufacturing, delivery, or suppliers, into " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:19 +msgid "How are Lead Times Calculated?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As said above, there are several types of lead times. Each is calculated " +"based on various indicators. Before going through the configuration, here is" +" a brief summary of how lead times are calculated and what they are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:32 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lead Time**: the customer lead time is the default duration you " +"set. Therefore, the expected date on the sales orders is today + customer " +"lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Sales Security Lead Time**: the purpose is to be ready shipping that many " +"days before the actual commitment taken with the customer. Then, the default" +" scheduled date on the delivery order is **SO delivery date - Security Lead " +"Time**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When" +" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46 +msgid "" +"**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " +"being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " +"scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " +"validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " +"adds the line to the RFQ instead of creating a new one. Then, the specific " +"date is set on the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " +"manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " +"produce and does not take the routing time into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " +"of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " +"Order scheduled date - Manufacturing Lead Time - Manufacturing Security Lead" +" Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68 +msgid "Sales - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " +"seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" +" automatically computed based on the different lead times previously " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into " +"account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " +"warning message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" +"by Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87 +msgid "" +"But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " +"all the lead times that could occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91 +msgid "Customer Lead Time" +msgstr "ระยะเวลาสั่งจนรับของของลูกค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" +" warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. There, open your " +"product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" +" Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217 +msgid "Security Lead Time" +msgstr "ความปลอดภัยเวลานำสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 +msgid "" +"In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " +"able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " +"earlier in order to arrive on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " +"scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124 +msgid "" +"For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " +"the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " +"the delivery order is the 5th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129 +msgid "Deliver several products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " +"have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " +"separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" +" all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " +"deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140 +msgid "" +"For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " +"days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " +"based on the product with the most lead days, here A. If the order is " +"confirmed on the 2nd of April, then the *Expected Date* is on the 10th of " +"April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146 +msgid "" +"With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " +"product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" +" with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152 +msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155 +msgid "Supplier Lead Time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " +"be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " +"--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166 +msgid "" +"By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " +"*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " +"of that product is now equal to *Date of the Purchase Order + Delivery Lead " +"Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176 +msgid "" +"It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " +"depending on the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " +"*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " +"for your supplier to deliver your order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198 +msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201 +msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" +msgstr "เวลานำการผลิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." +" To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " +"number of days the manufacturing takes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " +"*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" +" deadline start date for an order having a commitment date on the 10th of " +"July is June 27th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +msgid "" +"The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " +"orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230 +msgid "" +"For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " +"of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " +"Time* is 3 days, so the manufacturing of B needs to start at the latest on " +"the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236 +msgid "Global Example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +msgid "Here is a configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241 +msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " +"date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " +"here is when all the various steps are triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250 +msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " +"because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254 +msgid "" +"**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" +" security lead time for Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +msgid "" +"**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " +"days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " +"Manufacturing)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " +"security lead time for sales)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "สินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3 +msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " +"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" +" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " +"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " +"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " +"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " +"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" +" being ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17 +msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " +"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " +"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " +"that are currently archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" +" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" +"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " +"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " +"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47 +msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49 +msgid "" +"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " +"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " +"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section, along with one other route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " +"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" +" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " +"it, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " +"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " +"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" +" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " +"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " +"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81 +msgid "" +"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " +"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " +"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88 +msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" +" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." +" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " +"to |MTO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " +"is created upon confirmation of a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " +"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " +"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " +"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102 +msgid "" +"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " +"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," +" which opens a blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" +" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " +"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " +"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " +"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " +":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" +" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " +"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3 +msgid "Reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " +"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" +" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " +"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " +"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " +"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " +"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15 +msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " +"configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is " +"necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " +"and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " +"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " +"to replenish the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " +"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." +" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " +"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" +" should be purchased from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " +"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " +"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " +"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," +" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58 +msgid "Create new reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" +" out the new line as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " +"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " +"number, a replenishment order for the product is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " +"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " +"batches of 20)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " +"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " +"length, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then " +"select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " +"then fill out the new line as detailed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted " +"quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a " +"replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " +"the scheduler runs once each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select " +"the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " +"aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " +"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " +"for Quotation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " +"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101 +msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" +" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " +"the functionality of both routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " +"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " +"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ " +"(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down " +"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " +"preferred route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " +"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " +"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 +msgid "Terminology" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 +msgid "" +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " +"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " +"Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:139 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:147 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:156 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:161 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " +"desired product to open its product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:180 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:184 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Use different units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 +msgid "Units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "" +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Set units of measure categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 +msgid "Unit conversion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:80 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 +msgid "Replenishment" +msgstr "การเติมสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92 +msgid "" +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:104 +msgid "" +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:107 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 +msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" +" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" +" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " +"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12 +msgid "Units of measure" +msgstr "หน่วยวัด" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " +"measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " +"time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " +"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " +"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " +"selling products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 +msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " +":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " +"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " +"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " +"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33 +msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " +"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " +"in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " +"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " +"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " +"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" +" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " +"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " +"<inventory/management/products/units_of_measure>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64 +msgid "Packages" +msgstr "แพ็คเกจ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " +"picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " +"Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " +"specific to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " +"either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " +"containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " +"used to ship the products out to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " +"packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated" +" into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" +" of erasers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " +"as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " +"there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " +"is shipped out in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " +":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" +" :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 +msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" +" pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " +"above the customizable product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " +"addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " +"Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " +"into." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " +"the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " +"products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110 +msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" +" package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " +"Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. " +"This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" +" to specify which products are intended for which package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " +":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " +"Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the " +"right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " +"like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " +"the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " +"type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the " +"field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo " +"displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " +"`PACK0000007`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " +"be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " +"Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " +"`PACK0000007` each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " +"products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " +"matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" +" to complete the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " +"products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" +" to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " +"of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" +" in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "บรรจุภัณฑ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159 +msgid "" +"*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " +"holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " +"cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " +"individual product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " +"6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " +"`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " +"packagings are product specific, not generic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168 +msgid "Set up packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " +"enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " +"check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " +"pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" +" should be entered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " +"orders as a packaging option for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " +"<barcode/operations/intro>` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" +" moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " +"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " +"companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " +"the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " +"quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " +"detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " +"another one in a fresh pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:206 +msgid "" +"View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" +"Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214 +msgid "View all packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To view all packagings that have been created, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " +"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " +"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " +"packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " +"product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " +"products, or a `Case` of 32 products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "List of different packagings for products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231 +msgid "Apply packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " +"packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " +"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:238 +msgid "" +"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " +"packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " +"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, " +"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" +" packaging to the internal count of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Valuation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:3 +msgid "Integrating additional costs to products (landed costs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " +"(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 +msgid "Add costs to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 +msgid "Receive the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +msgid "" +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " +"product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 +msgid "" +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +msgid "" +"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " +"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " +"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " +"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " +"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " +"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " +"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " +"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " +"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " +"company's inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " +"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " +"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " +"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " +"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 +msgid "Types of accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " +"*Anglo-Saxon*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " +"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " +"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" +" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " +"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " +"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 +msgid "Costing methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " +"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " +"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " +"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" +" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " +"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " +"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " +"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " +"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " +"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " +"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " +"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " +"sensitive to input data and human error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" +" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " +"here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 +msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " +"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " +"apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " +"categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " +"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " +"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " +":guilabel:`Automated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Using the inventory valuation " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " +"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " +"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " +"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " +"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " +"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " +"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" +" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " +"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" +" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 +msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." +" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " +":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " +":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" +" at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " +"all of the inventory on hand is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " +"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " +"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " +":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " +"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " +":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " +"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Using inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " +"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " +"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " +"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"<inventory/management/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " +"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " +"scenario below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 +msgid "Receive a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " +"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`consignment " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` " +"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " +"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-" +"report>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 +msgid "Deliver a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " +"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " +"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "Update product unit price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " +"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " +"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " +"to update the unit price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" +" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" +" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " +"inflation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 +msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " +"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " +"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " +"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" +" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " +"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " +"be configured to have the same number of steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-" +"routes-1018>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 +msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " +"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " +"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " +"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " +"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" +" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " +"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " +"on shipped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30 +msgid "One-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " +"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " +"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " +"Out)` removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40 +msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" +"perishable items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 +msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " +"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48 +msgid "Two-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " +"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " +"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" +" the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " +"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " +"being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " +"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" +" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " +"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " +"until they are transferred into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " +"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 +msgid "Three-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " +"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " +"inspection into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " +"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " +"for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " +":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 +msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " +"before receiving items into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 +msgid "Inventory flow table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " +"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " +"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " +"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " +"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " +"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " +"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " +"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" +" not fit the needs of the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" +" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" +" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " +"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " +"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35 +msgid "Create a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " +"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " +"which are all associated with the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "Process a picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " +"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" +"another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " +"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " +"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," +" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " +"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " +":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " +"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " +"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " +"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " +"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" +" packing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "Process a packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" +"output location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " +"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "Process a delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" +"the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " +":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " +"will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +msgid "" +"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " +"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " +"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " +"step receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " +"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " +"three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " +"deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" +" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " +"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "รับสินค้าโดยตรง (1 สเตป)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" +" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " +":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " +"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " +"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " +"receipt for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " +"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " +"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " +"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" +"pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " +"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " +"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " +"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " +"reception process in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 +msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "ส่งสินค้าโดยตรง (1 ขั้นตอน)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " +"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " +":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " +"delivery order for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" +" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " +":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " +"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " +"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " +"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " +"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " +"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " +"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" +" into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" +" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " +"brought to an output location before being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " +"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " +"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" +" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " +"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " +"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " +"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" +" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " +"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " +"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." +" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " +"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " +"necessary)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " +"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " +"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" +" the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " +"— click it to reveal the associated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" +" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " +"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" +" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " +"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " +"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " +"the :guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Input location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 +msgid "Process the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" +" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " +"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " +":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " +"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 +msgid "Process the picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " +"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " +"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" +" the delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " +"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " +"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " +"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " +"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" +" as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" +"Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " +"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " +"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," +" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " +"on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " +"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " +"begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " +"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," +" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " +"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " +"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" +" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " +"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " +"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " +"quality area and into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" +" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" +" will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 +msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" +" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " +"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +msgid "Process a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +msgid "" +"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " +"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " +"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" +"are waiting another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " +"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " +"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " +":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " +"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " +":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " +"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " +":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." +" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " +"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " +":guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Quality location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" +" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " +"kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " +"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " +"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " +"manufacturing or delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "Process a transfer to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " +"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" +" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " +"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " +"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " +"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouses" +msgstr "คลังสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Create a second warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " +"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" +" between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " +"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," +" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " +":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " +"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" +" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" +" outgoing shipments should follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"from this warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " +"this warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " +"to be delivered to the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " +"the warehouse being created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " +"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " +"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " +"will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " +"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " +"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " +"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" +" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " +"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " +"adjustment can be referred to by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " +"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" +" added to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " +"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " +"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " +"have no existing inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " +"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " +"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " +"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " +"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " +"inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " +"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " +"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " +"fill out the product line as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " +"within the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " +"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " +"new location or warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " +"inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " +"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted` column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " +":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " +"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" +" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " +"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " +"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" +"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " +"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " +"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 +msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " +"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " +"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " +"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " +"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " +"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " +"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" +" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " +"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " +"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " +"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " +"Francisco 2\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " +"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " +"a new one, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " +"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " +"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " +"that products are transferred from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 +msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" +" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " +"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" +" being replenished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " +"take place" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " +"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " +"product will be transferred from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "The form for replenishing a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " +"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " +"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " +"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " +"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" +"step deliveries and receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 +msgid "Process the delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" +" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " +"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " +"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" +" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " +"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" +" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " +"quantities shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " +"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" +" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " +"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " +"quantities received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 +msgid "" +"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " +"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " +"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " +":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 +msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " +"replenishing one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " +"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " +"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " +"configure the form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " +"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " +"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" +" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " +"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " +"replenished in batches of 20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " +"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " +"length, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." +" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " +"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " +"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" +" pop-up that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " +"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " +"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "คลังสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " +"products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 +msgid "Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:3 +msgid "Organize a cross-dock in a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cross-docking is the process of sending products that are received directly " +"to the customers, without making them enter the stock. The trucks are simply" +" unloaded in a *Cross-Dock* area in order to reorganize products and load " +"another truck." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" +" is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27 +msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " +"with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 +msgid "" +"This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " +"can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 +msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " +"inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " +"purchase tab, specify the vendor to who you buy the product and set a price " +"for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " +"automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " +"The first one is the transfer from the *Input Location* to the *Output " +"Location*, corresponding to the move of the product in the *Cross-Dock* " +"area. The second one is the delivery order from the *Output Location* to " +"your *Customer Location. Both are in state *Waiting Another Operation* " +"because we still need to order the product to our supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " +"has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " +"products in the *Input Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " +"your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " +"*Output*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " +"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " +"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " +"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" +" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " +"locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14 +msgid "" +"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " +"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" +" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " +"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " +"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23 +msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" +" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " +"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " +"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " +"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " +"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " +"used to fulfill a single sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " +"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " +"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " +":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " +"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"Configuration` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " +"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" +" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " +":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " +"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " +"individual products or product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55 +msgid "" +":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " +"warehouse resupplies its inventory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" +" from this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be manufactured in this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " +"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " +"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " +"location first, and then transfer it to the production location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" +" to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " +"warehouse from another chosen warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" +" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " +"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" +" physical stock locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Child Warehouses**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95 +msgid "Create a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " +"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " +"the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " +"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" +" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " +"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " +":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " +":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " +"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " +"*child locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " +"Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120 +msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " +"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " +"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" +" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " +"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" +" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " +"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " +"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " +"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " +"location*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136 +msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " +"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " +"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " +"in each warehouse, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " +":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " +"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " +"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " +"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " +"quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" +" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" +" virtual warehouse location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " +"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " +"order to be pulled from different warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" +" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" +" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" +" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " +"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" +" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" +" all settings/configuration were done properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " +":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " +"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " +"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " +"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " +"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" +" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " +"invoice for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " +"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " +"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " +"employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 +msgid "Inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " +"for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " +"picked from storage locations and moved to the picking area, close to where " +"the orders are packed. Then, the orders are packed in their respective boxes" +" and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" +" to customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 +msgid "Pull rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49 +msgid "" +"With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " +"*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " +"triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65 +msgid "" +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77 +msgid "" +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 +msgid "Use routes and rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 +msgid "Custom Routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181 +msgid "" +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211 +msgid "" +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "กฏ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 +msgid "" +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " +"manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 +msgid "" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 +msgid "" +"In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " +"the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 +msgid "" +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286 +msgid "" +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 +msgid "" +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 +msgid "" +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " +"internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " +"required products from the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333 +msgid "" +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338 +msgid "" +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 +msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 +msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " +"to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " +"to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " +"intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 +msgid "" +"When a product movement needs to be done, Odoo finds available products that" +" can be assigned to the transfer. The way Odoo assigns these products " +"depends on the *Removal Strategy* defined in the *Product Category* or on " +"the *Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:14 +msgid "What happens inside the warehouse?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " +"locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " +"through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" +" have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"are stored in their respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "" +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 +msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 +msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 +msgid "" +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "ตำแหน่งที่ใกล้ที่สุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 +msgid "Use removal strategies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 +msgid "" +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 +msgid "" +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " +"without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " +"removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" +" picked for delivery orders!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 +msgid "" +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 +msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 +msgid "**Product**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 +msgid "**Expiration Date**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +msgid "0000001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 +msgid "Hand Cream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +msgid "09/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +msgid "0000002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +msgid "11/30/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 +msgid "0000003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 +msgid "10/31/2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 +msgid "" +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "การจัดส่งสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping Operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:3 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request to a shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo will be linked with the transportation company tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It will allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:15 +msgid "You can easily cancel the request made to the carrier system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:18 +msgid "How to cancel a shipping request?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If the delivery order is not **Validated**, then the request hasn't been " +"made. You can choose to cancel the delivery or to change the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If you have clicked on **Validate**, the request has been made and you " +"should have received the tracking number and the label. You can still cancel" +" the request. Simply click on the **Cancel** button next to the **Carrier " +"Tracking Ref**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:32 +msgid "You will now see that the shipment has been cancelled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:37 +msgid "You can now change the carrier if you wish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 +msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After cancelling the shipping request, you can change the carrier you want " +"to use. Confirm it by clicking on the **Send to shipper** button. You will " +"get a new tracking number and a new label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " +"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " +"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" +" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " +"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" +" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12 +msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " +"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" +" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " +":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " +"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " +"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " +"purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43 +msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " +"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " +"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " +"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " +"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " +"(Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " +"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " +"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " +"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " +"the top right corner of the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " +"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " +"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " +"confirm the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" +" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to invoice the shipping costs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "Agree with the customer over a cost and seal it down in the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "Invoice the real cost of the shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To configure the price of your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** " +"app, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Delivery " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You can manually set a price for the shipping: It can be fixed or based on " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Or you can use the transportation company computation system. Read the " +"document :doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "How to invoice the shipping costs to the customer?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "Invoice the price set on the sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"On your sale order, choose the carrier that will be used. Click on " +"**Delivery Method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price set on the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you **save** the sale order. Confirm the sale " +"order and proceed to deliver the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The real shipping cost is computed when the delivery order is validated, you" +" can see the real cost in the chatter of the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Go back to the sale order, the real cost is now added to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When you create the invoice, it will take the price computed by the carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you split the delivery and make several ones, each delivery order will " +"add a line to the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 +msgid ":doc:`labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "Change shipping label size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " +"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" +" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " +"to fit the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Different shipping methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Select a label type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " +"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " +"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" +" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " +"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery order smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" +" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Shipping PDF documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60 +msgid "Example labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " +"of a FedEx letter sized label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69 +msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 +msgid "How to print shipping labels?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers " +"linked with the transportation company tracking system. It allows you to " +"manage the transport company, the real prices and the destination. And " +"finally, you will be able to print the shipping labels directly from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:17 +msgid "Install the shipper company connector module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the **Inventory** module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:26 +msgid "Then click on **Apply**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:33 +msgid "Configure the delivery method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To configure your delivery methods, go to the **Inventory** module, click on" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the **Pricing** tab, the name of the provider means that the delivery " +"will be handled and computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:44 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (develop key, password,...). For" +" more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The second column varies according to the **provider**. You can choose the " +"packaging type, the service type, the weight unit..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:65 +msgid "Uncheck **Test Mode** when you are done with the testings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:77 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:79 +msgid "" +"In order to compute the right price, the provider needs your company " +"information. Be sure your address and phone number are correctly encoded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To check your information, go to the **Settings** application and click on " +"**General Settings**. Click on the first link **Configure your company " +"data**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The shipper companies need the weight of your product, otherwise the price " +"computation cannot be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Go the **Sales** module, click on :menuselection:`Sales --> Products`. Open " +"the products you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to do" +" the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " +"information from it, but you can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you create a delivery transfer from the inventory module, you can add the" +" third party shipper in the additional info tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number and **the label(s)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The label to stick on your package is available in the history underneath :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:104 +msgid "Click on it to open the document and print it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If you are doing multi-packages shippings, most of the time, there will be " +"one label per package. Each label will appear in the delivery history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-package shipments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " +"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " +"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " +"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " +"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " +"multiple delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " +"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24 +msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" +" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " +"item, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " +"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " +"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " +"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " +"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" +" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " +"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." +" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " +"close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" +" the selected items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " +"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " +"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 +msgid "" +"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " +"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" +" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " +"items included in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0 +msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 +msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " +"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" +" a backorder for the items being shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " +"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " +"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they" +" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " +":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " +":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " +"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" +" be shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " +"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" +" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " +"view the backorder delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" +" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " +"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " +":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " +":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " +"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " +"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " +"create the first backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping Setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:3 +msgid "How to setup a delivery method?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, but it is not activated by " +"default. Delivery methods can be used for your sale orders, your deliveries " +"but also on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods allow you to manage the transport company, the price and " +"the destination. You can even integrate Odoo with external shippers to " +"compute the real price and the packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:20 +msgid "Install the inventory module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Delivery methods are handled by the **Delivery costs** module. Go to " +"**Apps** and search for the module. You should remove the **Apps** filter in" +" order to see it :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you want to integrate delivery methods in your e-commerce, you'll have to" +" install the **eCommerce Delivery** module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:39 +msgid "First set a name and a transporter company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then you'll have to set the pricing. It can be fixed or based on rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If the price is fixed, tick **Fixed price**. You'll just have to define the " +"price. If you want the delivery to be free above a certain amount, tick the " +"option **Free if Order total is more than** and set a price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the price varies according to rules, tick **Based on Rules**. Click on " +"**add an item to a pricing rule**. Choose a condition based on either the " +"weight, the volume, the price or the quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. The limit " +"can be applied to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature " +"limits the list of countries on your e-commerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can integrate Odoo with external shippers in order to compute the real " +"price and packagings, and handle the printing the shipping labels. See " +":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:74 +msgid "Delivery process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " +"to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, click on " +"**Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery method as a " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:130 +msgid "Delivery" +msgstr "การจัดส่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:90 +msgid "You can add or change the delivery method on the delivery itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the delivery, check the **Carrier Information**. The carrier is the " +"chosen delivery method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:158 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get DHL credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo DHL API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A DHL.com SiteID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A DHL Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "A DHL Account Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Getting SiteID and password for countries other than United States (UK and " +"Rest of the world)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should contact DHL account manager and request integration for XML " +"Express API. The presales should provide you live credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:20 +msgid "Getting SiteID and Password for United States" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You need to write to xmlrequests@dhl.com along with your full Account " +"details like account number, region, address, etc. to get API Access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " +"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " +"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-" +"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 +msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to" +" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " +"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " +"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" +" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " +"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" +" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " +"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" +" address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " +"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " +"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " +"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid "**SendClould configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" +" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " +"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " +":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " +"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " +"`Odoo StealthyWood`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " +"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " +"and Secret Keys` are generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 +msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " +":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +msgid "" +"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" +" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " +"shipping method or create a new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +msgid "" +"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " +"shipping products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " +"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " +"products` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " +"and returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" +" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " +"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " +"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " +"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " +"`Sweden` `Switzerland`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " +"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " +"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" +" within 24 hours of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " +"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " +"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " +"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " +"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 +msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " +"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " +"returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +msgid "" +"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " +"configured Sendcloud account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "Shipment is too heavy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +msgid "" +"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " +"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " +"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " +"transfer and generate labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " +"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " +"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" +" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " +"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 +msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " +"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " +"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " +"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" +" the volumetric weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " +"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-" +"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 +msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +msgid "" +"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " +"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." +" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 +msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo can handle various delivery methods, including third party shippers. " +"Odoo can be linked with the transportation company tracking system. It will " +"allow you to manage the transport company, the real prices and the " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the inventory module, click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under **Shipping Connectors**, flag the transportation companies " +"you want to integrate :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The delivery methods for the chosen shippers have been automatically " +"created. Most of the time, there will be **2** delivery methods for the same" +" provider: one for **international** shipping and the other for **domestic**" +" shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can create other methods with the same provider with other " +"configuration, for example the **Packaging Type**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can change the **Name** of the delivery method. This is the name that " +"will appear on your ecommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:49 +msgid "Flag **Shipping enabled** when you are ready to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " +"computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 +msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " +"For more information, please refer to the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Finally you can limit the delivery method to a few destinations. You can " +"limit it to some countries, states or even zip codes. This feature limits " +"the list of countries on your e-commerce. It is useful for the domestic " +"providers. For example, USPS US only delivers from the United States to the " +"United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Go the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> Products`. Open the products" +" you want to ship and set a weight on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The weight on the product form is expressed in kilograms. Don't forget to " +"make the conversion if you are used to the imperial measurement system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " +"method** to choose the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The price is computed when you save the sale order or when you click on " +"**Set price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you want to invoice the price of the delivery charge on the sale order, " +"click on **Set price**, it will add a line with the name of the delivery " +"method as a product. It may vary from the real price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Otherwise, the real price (computed when the delivery is validated) will " +"automatically be added to the invoice. For more information, please read the" +" document :doc:`../operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " +"from it. You can change the carrier if you want to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The weight is computed based on the products weights. The shipping cost will" +" be computed once the transfer is validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Click on **Validate** to receive the tracking number. The **Carrier Tracking" +" ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on the **Tracking** button " +"to check your delivery on the provider website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:159 +msgid ":doc:`../operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:3 +msgid "How to get UPS credentials for integration with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:5 +msgid "In order to use the Odoo UPS API, you will need:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 +msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 +msgid "A UPS account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:11 +msgid "An Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " +"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 +msgid "Create a UPS Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that only customers located in the US can open a UPS account online. If" +" you are located outside the US, you will need to contact UPS Customer " +"Service in order to to open an account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can read additional information about opening a UPS account on the their" +" website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " +"<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you don't already have a UPS account, you can create one along with your " +"online profile by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:30 +msgid "" +"1. Access the UPS.com web site at `www.ups.com <http://www.ups.com/>`__, and" +" click the **New User** link at the top of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"2. Click the **Register for MyUPS** button, and follow the prompts to " +"complete the registration process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you already have a UPS account, you can add it to your online profile as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `UPS.com website <http://www.ups.com/>`_) using your UPS.com " +"User ID and Password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:41 +msgid "Click the **My UPS** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:43 +msgid "Click the **Account Summary** link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"4. Click the **Add an Existing UPS Account** link in the **UPS Account " +"Details** section of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +"5. In the **Add New Account** screen, enter the **UPS Account Number**, " +"**Account Name**, and **Postal Code** fields. The country defaults to United" +" States.q" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:52 +msgid "Click the **Next** button to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:55 +msgid "Get an Access Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After you have added your UPS account number to your user profile you can " +"request an Access Key from UPS using the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Go to the `UPS Developer Kit web page " +"<https://www.ups.com/upsdeveloperkit?loc=en_US>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:61 +msgid "Log into UPS.com with your user ID and password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:62 +msgid "Click on the link **Request an access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:63 +msgid "Verify your contact information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:64 +msgid "Click the **Request Access Key** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The **Access Key** will be provided to you on the web page, and an email " +"with the Access Key will be sent to the email address of the primary " +"contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "ซ่อมบำรุง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +msgid "Add new equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " +"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " +"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different " +"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo " +"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third " +"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " +"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " +"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " +"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " +"and configure the equipment as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " +"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " +"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " +"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" +" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " +"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " +"employee and a department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " +"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " +":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " +"page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " +"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " +"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " +"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " +"a user can be assigned as a technician" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" +" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " +"work centers, like an office, for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " +"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " +"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +msgid "Include additional product information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " +"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" +" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " +"Failures)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " +"warranty will expire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +msgid "Add maintenance details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " +"maintenance teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " +"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " +"equipment when it fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " +"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " +"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" +" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " +"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" +" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" +" the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "การผลิต" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 +msgid "Create a bill of materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " +"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " +"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " +"needed to complete a production process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " +"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " +"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " +"manufacturing process and save time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" +" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " +"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " +"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " +":guilabel:`Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " +"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 +msgid "" +"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" +" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" +" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " +"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " +"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " +"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " +"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 +msgid "" +":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " +"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " +"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " +"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" +" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " +"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " +"on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +msgid "Set up operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" +" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" +" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " +"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " +"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " +"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " +"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" +" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " +"Operations` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " +"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " +":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " +"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " +"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " +"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "เรียนรู้เพิ่มเติม" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Use kits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " +"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " +"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " +"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " +":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "Create the kit as a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " +"tool, the kit should first be created as a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " +":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " +"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " +"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " +":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " +"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " +"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " +"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " +"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The kit's components must also be configured as products via " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " +"require no specific configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 +msgid "Set up the kit BoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 +msgid "" +"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" +" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " +"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " +"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" +" previously configured kit product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." +" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " +"(bill of materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " +"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " +"manufacturing operations is not necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " +"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " +"the kit is listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 +msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " +"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" +" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" +" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " +"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " +"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " +"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " +"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 +msgid "Structure & cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " +"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " +"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " +"viewed from this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " +"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " +"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" +"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-" +"assemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " +"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " +"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 +msgid "Activate product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " +":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" +" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " +":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " +"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " +":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " +"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " +"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " +"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " +"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" +" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"product variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" +" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " +"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " +"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" +" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " +"physical inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " +"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" +" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " +"manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " +":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " +"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap` location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 +msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" +" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " +"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" +" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " +"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " +"pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " +"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" +" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" +" the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " +"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " +"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " +"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " +"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " +"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " +"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " +"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " +"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " +"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 +msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " +"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" +" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " +":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " +"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " +":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 +msgid "Scrap finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " +"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " +"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " +"window appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" +" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " +"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " +"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " +"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " +"manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " +"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " +"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 +msgid "Manage semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " +"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " +"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " +"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " +"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " +"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " +"its subassemblies are distinguished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "Configure semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " +"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " +"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" +" Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 +msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " +":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " +"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " +"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " +"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 +msgid "Manage production planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " +"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " +"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " +"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is " +"the more appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " +"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " +"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " +"`0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " +"semi-finished product's product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " +"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" +" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." +" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" +"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " +"confirmed top-level manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " +"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 +msgid "Subcontract your Manufacturing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " +"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 +msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 +msgid "Control subcontractors bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " +"produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " +"(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " +"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " +"might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " +"directly from the subcontractor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" +" subcontractors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 +msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " +"products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " +"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" +" the *BoM* and your input (3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 +msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " +"validated receipt (5)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " +"subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " +"materials used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +msgid "Inventory Valuation" +msgstr "การประเมินมูลค่าสินค้าคงคลัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 +msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 +msgid "**C = A + B + s**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +msgid "With:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 +msgid "subcontractor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 +msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " +"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " +"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " +"Location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " +"paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " +"product cost has to be: **A + B + s**, how much the product is valued in the" +" accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " +"proposed price coming from the finished products C." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 +msgid "" +"If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" +" location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " +"subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 +msgid "Traceability" +msgstr "การติดตามย้อนกลับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 +msgid "" +"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " +"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " +"serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " +"tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " +"receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " +"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " +"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " +"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " +"receiving your final product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " +"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " +"line hamburger menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " +"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " +"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " +"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " +"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " +"subcontracting location, for raw material." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " +"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " +"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " +"route should also be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " +"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " +"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " +"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " +"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " +"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " +"is a buy route already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " +"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " +"locations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 +msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 +msgid "Manual Replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 +msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " +"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " +"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " +"you are delivering to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " +"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" +" the delivery address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 +msgid "Use the Master Production Schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Master Production Schedule (MPS) is a valuable tool to plan your " +"production based on your demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to the :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" +" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " +"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " +"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" +" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" +" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " +"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " +"to hide rows if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 +msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " +"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " +"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " +"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " +"components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " +"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" +" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " +"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" +" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " +"requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " +"easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " +"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " +"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " +"cross." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +msgid "Cells color signification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " +"different colors depending on the situation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " +"expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " +"demand forecast." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"still matches current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 +msgid "" +"**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " +"was too high considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 +msgid "" +"**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" +" was too low considering current data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " +"stock will be negative during the period in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 +msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " +"replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " +"replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 +msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" +" that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " +"can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 +msgid "" +"You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " +"the right of its name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" +" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " +"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " +"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " +"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" +" Work Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" +" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " +"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 +msgid "Create a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " +"form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " +"describes the type of operations it will be used for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " +"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " +"can be in use each week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35 +msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " +"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " +"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " +"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " +"minutes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " +"work center simultaneously" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " +"is finished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " +"hour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " +"should be recorded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56 +msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " +"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" +" displayed for each piece of equipment added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " +"equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " +"piece of equipment will operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " +"equipment to become fully operational again" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " +"failure will occur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " +"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +msgid "Integrate IoT devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " +"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " +"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " +"carried out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" +" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" +" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " +"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" +" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " +"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " +"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " +"top left of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " +"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +msgid "Monitor work center performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " +"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " +"at the top right of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " +"the work center has been fully productive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " +"workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " +"percentage of the expected duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " +"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " +"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " +"operational again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " +"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " +"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " +"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " +"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " +"available again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " +"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" +" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " +"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" +" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " +"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " +"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " +":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Time Off module installation card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " +"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" +" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" +" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " +"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " +":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " +"work center can also be performed at the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " +"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " +"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " +"unavailable for any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 +msgid "Add time off for a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " +"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " +"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " +":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 +msgid "" +"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " +"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " +"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " +":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " +"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" +" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " +"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " +":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" +" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " +"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " +"logged in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 +msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" +" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " +":guilabel:`Plan` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " +":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " +"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " +"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" to confirm the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 +msgid "" +"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " +"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " +"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " +"left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " +"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " +"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " +"work center unless the first one is at capacity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "สั่งซื้อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "ระดับสูง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:3 +msgid "Analyze the performance of your purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If your company regularly purchases products, you have several reasons to " +"track and analyze your performance. The insights gathered can help you to " +"better forecast and plan your future orders. For example, you can assess if " +"your business is dependent on particular vendors, and the data can help you " +"negotiate discounts on prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:11 +msgid "Generate customized reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to *Reporting* to access the purchase analysis. Simply by accessing the " +"reporting dashboard, you can get a quick overview of your actual " +"performance. By default, the reporting dashboard displays a line chart " +"presenting the untaxed amount of your purchase orders per day, and below it," +" key metrics and a pivot table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 +msgid "" +"While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " +"features you can use to get even more insights on your purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:26 +msgid "Use filters to select the data you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers several default filters you can use and combine by clicking on " +"*Filters*. When you select one or several filters, Odoo looks for all the " +"orders that match at least one of the filters you have chosen and populates " +"the chart, key metrics, and pivot table with the data. The pre-configured " +"filters are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:33 +msgid "All *Requests for Quotation*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:35 +msgid "All *Purchase Orders*, except canceled ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date Last Year* includes all orders that were confirmed the " +"previous year, canceled purchase orders included" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:40 +msgid "" +"*Order Date* includes all orders - request for quotations and purchases " +"orders (canceled ones included) - depending on their date of creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:43 +msgid "" +"*Confirmation Date* includes all confirmed orders, canceled ones included, " +"depending on their date of confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When you have to select a period, you can use multiple years, and, with at " +"least one year selected, multiple quarters and the three most recent months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use the *Order Date* or *Confirmation Date* filters, the *Comparison*" +" feature appears next to *Filters*. It enables you to compare the period you" +" filtered with the previous one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 +msgid "Add custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Thanks to the 31 filtering options to choose from, the possibilities of your" +" customizing your dataset are almost limitless. Go to " +":menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, specify the condition the " +"filtering option should meet (e.g. *is equal to*, *contains*, etc.), and " +"click on *Apply*. If you want to select orders matching several conditions " +"simultaneously (*and* operator), repeat the process to add another custom " +"filter. If you want to use the *or* operator, don't click on *Apply*, and " +"click on *Add a condition* instead. Once you have added all the desired " +"filtering options, click on *Apply*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" +" on :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search --> Save`. The " +"customized search filter can then be accessed by clicking on *Favorites* or " +"can even be set as the default filter when you open the reporting dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:80 +msgid "Measure exactly what you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Before selecting what you want to measure, you need to decide whether you " +"prefer using the graph view or the pivot view. By default, the dashboard " +"presents both views. However, the measures you select won't be applied to " +"both views. You can access each view separately by clicking on the icons at " +"the top right of the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 +msgid "Visualize your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You can transform the main graph in just a click by selecting one of the " +"three charts: bar, line or pie. Fourteen different measures are available, " +"but you can only use one at a time. However, you can group the measure using" +" one or several of the 19 *Groups*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " +"group you select is used to create the x-axis. Adding more group adds " +"additional lines (line chart) or transforms your bar chart into a stacked " +"bar chart. For pie charts, the more groups you select, the more slices are " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:108 +msgid "Explore your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The pivot table view enables you to explore your data in great detail. " +"Unlike the graph view, the pivot table enables you to add several measures " +"at the same time. By clicking on *Measures* or on the **+** sign in the " +"*Total* column, you can add as many as you want, each assigned to a new " +"column. By clicking on the **+** sign in the *Total* row, you can add " +"*Groups*. If you click on a group's **+** sign, you can add a sub-group, and" +" so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " +"export it as an Excel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 +msgid "Manage deals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " +"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " +"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " +"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" +" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " +"pricing with vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Create a new blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " +"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " +"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " +"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " +"a new blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " +"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " +"agreement must follow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " +"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " +"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " +"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " +"purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " +"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " +"drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" +" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " +"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " +"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " +"expire, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " +"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " +"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " +"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " +"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" +" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " +"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" +" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " +"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " +"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." +" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" +" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " +"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " +"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " +"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " +"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " +"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " +"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" +" price will remain **0**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " +"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " +"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " +":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " +":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " +"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " +"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " +"for the type of selection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " +"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " +"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " +"multiple purchase orders are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " +"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " +"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " +":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 +msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " +"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" +" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " +"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " +"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 +msgid "" +"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " +"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " +"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " +"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " +"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " +"manually set by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" +" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " +"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " +"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " +"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" +" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " +"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 +msgid "" +"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " +"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" +"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " +"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " +"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " +"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " +"on the settings configured on the blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" +" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " +":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" +" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " +"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " +"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " +"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " +"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " +"order that was just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 +msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" +" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" +" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " +"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " +"Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" +" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " +"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," +" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," +" as well as the product information entered on the product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" +" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " +":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" +" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " +"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 +msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " +"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " +"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " +"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " +":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" +" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " +"replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 +msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " +"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " +"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " +"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " +"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " +"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " +"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " +"which vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" +" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" +" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 +msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " +"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " +"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " +"*blanket orders*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " +"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " +"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " +":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" +"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " +"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 +msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" +" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" +" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" +" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " +"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " +"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" +" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " +"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " +"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " +"offers for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 +msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," +" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " +"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " +"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"alternative` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 +msgid "" +"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" +" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" +" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" +" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" +" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" +" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " +"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " +"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " +"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" +" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " +"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " +"manually, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " +"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " +":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " +"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " +"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " +"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" +"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " +":guilabel:`Send by Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 +msgid "" +"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" +" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" +" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " +"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " +":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" +" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " +":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 +msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " +"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " +"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" +" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " +"at first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " +"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " +"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " +"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " +"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 +msgid "" +"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " +"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " +":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " +":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " +":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " +"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 +msgid "Compare product lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " +"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " +"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " +"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " +"created previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" +" a Compare Order Lines page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " +"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" +" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " +"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " +"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " +"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " +"order, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " +":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " +"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " +":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " +"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" +" is changed to **0**, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " +"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" +" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " +"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 +msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " +"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " +"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" +" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " +"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " +"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " +"purchase orders have been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " +"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " +":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " +"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " +"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " +"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " +"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)` is open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " +"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " +":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " +"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " +"when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " +":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " +"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " +"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " +"(Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " +"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " +":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " +"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " +"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " +"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " +"column at the far right of their rows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " +"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " +"into the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 +msgid "Bill control policies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " +"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " +"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " +"applied to any new product created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " +":guilabel:`Received quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " +"definition of each policy is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " +"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " +"used to generate a draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " +"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " +"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" +" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " +"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " +"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 +msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " +"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" +" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " +"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " +"products actually being received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 +msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" +" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " +":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" +" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" +" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " +"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " +"some of the quantities are received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 +msgid "3-way matching" +msgstr "การจับคู่ 3 ทาง" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " +"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " +"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " +"bills`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 +msgid "" +"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " +"set to *received quantities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 +msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " +":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " +"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " +"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " +"in a purchase order have been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " +"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " +"draft vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " +"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " +"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " +":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " +"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " +"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " +":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" +" set to :guilabel:`No`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." +" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" +"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 +msgid "" +"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " +"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase order billing status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " +"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " +"policy used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid "*Not applicable*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " +"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" +" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " +"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " +"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" +" settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " +"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " +"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " +"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " +"are used to generate a draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " +"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " +"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Control policy field on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " +"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" +" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " +"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " +":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 +msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." +" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " +"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " +"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " +"completed at different steps of the procurement process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" +" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " +"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " +"the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " +"Bill` page for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " +"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," +" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" +" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," +" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " +"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " +":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " +"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " +"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " +"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " +"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " +"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " +"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " +"proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " +"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " +"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " +"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " +"receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " +"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " +":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " +"Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " +"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " +"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " +"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " +":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " +"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " +":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " +"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" +" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " +"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" +" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 +msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +msgid "Batch billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" +" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " +"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " +":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" +" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " +"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " +"payments for multiple vendor bills at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " +"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " +"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " +"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +msgid "" +"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " +"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" +" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " +"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " +":guilabel:`Posted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 +msgid "Configure reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " +"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " +"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" +" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" +" below a set threshold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 +msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 +msgid "Configure products for reordering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " +"be added to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " +":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " +"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " +"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " +"into it's product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " +"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 +msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " +"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " +"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " +"orders automatically by defining the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" +" once they are received and entered into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " +"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " +"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " +"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " +"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " +"created for 21 units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " +"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " +"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " +"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " +"Quantity` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " +"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " +"will be created for 200 units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" +" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " +"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " +"non-discrete products like water or bricks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 +msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " +"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" +"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 +msgid "Manage reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " +"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " +"top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" +" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " +"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " +"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 +msgid "Purchase in different units of measure than sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you purchase a product, it may happen that your vendor uses a different" +" unit of measure than you do when you sell it. This can cause confusion " +"between sales and purchase representatives. It is also time-consuming to " +"convert measures manually every time. With Odoo, you can configure your " +"product once and let Odoo handle the conversion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:10 +msgid "Consider the following examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:12 +msgid "" +"You purchase orange juice from an American vendor, and they use **gallons**." +" However, your customers are European and use **liters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You buy curtains from a vendor in the form of **rolls** and you sell pieces " +"of the rolls to your customers using **square meters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:19 +msgid "Enable units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open your Sales app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 +msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:32 +msgid "Standard units of measure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:34 +msgid "" +"A variety of units of measure are available by default in your database. " +"Each belongs to one of the five pre-configured units of measure categories: " +"*Length / Distance*, *Unit*, *Volume*, *Weight* and *Working Time*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can create your new units of measure and units of measure categories " +"(see next section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To specify different units of measures for sales and purchases, open the " +"Purchase app and go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. Create a " +"product or select an existing one. Under the product's *General Information*" +" tab, first select the *Unit of Measure* to be used for sales (as well as " +"for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " +"Measure* to be used for purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Back to the first example, if you purchase orange juice from your vendor in " +"**gallons** and sell it to your customers in **liters**, first select *L* " +"(liters) as the *Unit of Measure*, and *gal (US)* (gallons) as the *Purchase" +" Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 +msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Sometimes you need to create your own units and categories, either because " +"the measure is not pre-configured in Odoo or because the units do not relate" +" with each other (e.g. kilos and centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If you take the second example where you buy curtains from a vendor in the " +"form of **rolls** and you sell pieces of the rolls using **square meters**, " +"you need to create a new *Units of Measure Category* in order to relate both" +" units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure " +"Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 +msgid "" +"The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Units of Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"First, create the unit of measure used as the reference point for converting" +" to other units of measure inside the category by clicking on *Create*. Name" +" the unit and select the units of measure category you just created. For the" +" *Type*, select *Reference Unit of Measure for this category type*. Enter " +"the *Rounding Precision* you would like to use. The quantity computed by " +"Odoo is always a multiple of this value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In the example, as you cannot purchase less than 1 roll and won't use " +"fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " +"appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " +"might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" +" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " +"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " +"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " +"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next, create a second unit of measure, name it, and select the same units of" +" measure category as your reference unit. As *Type*, select *Smaller* or " +"*Bigger than the reference Unit of Measure*, depending on your situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:100 +msgid "" +"As the curtain roll equals to 100 square meters, you should select " +"*Smaller*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, you need to enter the *Ratio* between your reference unit and the " +"second one. If the second unit is smaller, the *Ratio* should be greater " +"than 1. If the second unit is larger, the ratio should be smaller than 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:106 +msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " +"units of measure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "คุณภาพ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8464d49f0 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -0,0 +1,5484 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Chatcha Mee, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 +msgid "Marketing" +msgstr "การตลาด" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6 +msgid "Email marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Emails are an effective, fully-customizable form of communication that are " +"able to reach any target audience - large or small. The success of an email " +"is easily measurable, especially when a creative call-to-action is involved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Email Marketing* provides professional-grade email design tools, " +"templates, and features, designed to simplify the otherwise complex process " +"required to create engaging emails, build successful campaigns, and track " +"their overall effectiveness in a single application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:21 +msgid "Email marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` app icon, " +"located on the main Odoo dashboard, which leads to the main :guilabel:`Email" +" Marketing` dashboard (in the default kanban view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To see all the mailings in the database, remove the default :guilabel:`My " +"Mailings` filter from the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, by default, the filter: :guilabel:`My Mailings` is " +"present. That means the only information being seen (at that time) on the " +":guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard are emails that the current user has " +"created, sent, or is responsible for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This filter can be removed by clicking the :guilabel:`X` next to " +":guilabel:`My Mailings` in the search bar. Doing so, reveals all the " +"information for every email in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:43 +msgid "Default kanban view and stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The four kanban columns each represent the various stages of emails that " +"have been built or sent within the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " +":guilabel:`Sending`, :guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: means the email is still being written/created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`In Queue`: means the email is scheduled, and sent at a later " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sending`: means the email is currently being sent to its " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sent`: means the email has already been sent to its recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the email " +"campaigns that have been created, and the stage they are in represents the " +"current status of that mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Each mailing block on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard provides key" +" information related to that specific email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " +"card, three vertical dots (:guilabel:`⋮`) appear. When clicked, a mini drop-" +"down menu reveals the option to color-code the email :guilabel:`Delete` the " +"email altogether, or :guilabel:`Archive` the message for potential future " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the upper-right corner of the main :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard," +" there are other view options to choose from: :guilabel:`List` and " +":guilabel:`Graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "ดูล่าสุด" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view (represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical " +"lines)` icon) provides the same key information, but in a classic list " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "How the List view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view (represented by the :guilabel:`📊 (bar graph)` " +"icon) provides the same key information, but in a variety of customizable " +"graph (and chart) layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` menu, providing " +"even more filter options to further customize the graph views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`, " +":guilabel:`Color Index`, and :guilabel:`Count` (which is selected, by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 +msgid "Filters, Group By, and Favorites search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard," +" the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"options are always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " +"seen on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:110 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "ตัวกรอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email campaigns on the" +" dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`," +" :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If :guilabel:`Add " +"Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-down menu, with " +"three customizable fields to fill in, in order to retrieve results that fit " +"more specific criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of filters drop-down menu options on the Odoo Email Marketing " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:121 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "กลุ่มโดย" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "รายการโปรด" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " +"filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`Save current search`, :guilabel:`Import records`, " +":guilabel:`Add to my dashboard`, and :guilabel:`Add to Google Spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the Favorites drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " +"features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " +"when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " +"blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " +"dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " +"link), in which the specific server configurations must be entered, in order" +" for it to connect properly to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 +msgid "Create an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " +"and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +msgid "" +"First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " +"visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " +"message is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" +" a :guilabel:`Subject`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " +"field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " +":guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon to reveal a menu of emojis that can be used" +" in either field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " +"is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." +" In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " +"email content, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 +msgid "Recipients" +msgstr "ผู้รับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +msgid "" +"After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " +"completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " +"option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " +"from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " +"options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " +"target audience for the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " +"option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" +" purchased event registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" +" a specific talk (track) at an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " +"simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field, and Odoo reveals the necessary equation fields" +" to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 +msgid "Add a recipient filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" +" than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " +"needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " +"selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " +"of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " +"provide even more specificity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " +"(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " +"rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," +" the :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch " +"means two additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing " +"even more specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +msgid "Mail body tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " +"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " +"every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building " +"blocks, located on the right sidebar. Each building block provides unique " +"features and professional design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the building blocks used to create mailings in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " +"and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " +"of ways - either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(:guilabel:`/`) commands, or with the XML code editor when :ref:`Developer " +"Mode (debug mode) <developer-mode>` is engaged, and the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 +msgid "Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 +msgid "" +"To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 +msgid "" +"The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " +"depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " +"the :guilabel:`Settings` page of the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` " +"application (:menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without settings " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " +"responsible for this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " +"sender of this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " +"this particular email will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" +" for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " +":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " +":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " +"look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 +msgid "" +"The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " +"A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 +msgid "Mailing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " +"particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " +"the empty field to reveal a drop-down menu containing all previously-made " +"mailing campaigns in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a mailing campaign drop-down menu in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +msgid "" +"If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " +"campaigns in the database. Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign" +" in the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired " +"campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" +" typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " +"[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " +"and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and Odoo reveals " +"a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +msgid "" +"Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " +":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " +":guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +msgid "" +"The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " +"filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" +" related to the campaign. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate, more " +"detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " +"available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " +"the upper-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 +msgid "" +"When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" +" delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " +"application. Campaigns can also be created on this :guilabel:`Campaigns` " +"page in the *Email Marketing* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " +"--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " +":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can" +" be added directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " +"it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " +"template form on a separate page, providing the opportunity to further edit " +"the campaign, send communications related to the campaign, and analyze " +"various metrics related to the campaign, via the smart buttons at the top of" +" the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +msgid "A/B testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" +" A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " +"allows different mailings to be sent to randomly selected recipients. This " +"tests the overall effectiveness of the mailing, and eliminates the need for " +"duplicate messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " +"contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " +"the :guilabel:`A/B Testing`. Enter a number between `1-100`. The recipients " +"are randomly chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 +msgid "Send, schedule, or test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +msgid "" +"After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " +"upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " +":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " +"or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " +"recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " +"date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " +"that specified date-time. When a date-time is chosen, the status of the " +"mailing changes to *In Queue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " +"sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " +"email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, and click :guilabel:`Send" +" Sample Mail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" +" (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " +"as :guilabel:`Draft`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" +" the last save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " +":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button and a :guilabel:`Create` button. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to re-enter " +":guilabel:`Edit` mode. Click :guilabel:`Create` to start creating a new " +"mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +msgid "" +"By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" +" *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " +"limit has been reached, those mailings *will not* be sent automatically the " +"next day. The sending needs to be forced, by opening the email and clicking " +":guilabel:`Retry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:15 +msgid "Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists are important for a number of reasons. Mailing lists can " +"provide valuable leads for sales teams, communicate with focus groups " +"participants, contact consumers directly for useful feedback, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a mailing list in the *Email Marketing* application, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the mailing list pop-up in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, name the mailing list and designate if the mailing list " +"should be public with the :guilabel:`Is Public` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Is Public` option allows the mailing list to be accessible by" +" recipients in the unsubscription page, making it possible for them to " +"update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"After those options have been configured, click :guilabel:`Create` to create" +" the mailing list, which Odoo automatically adds to the :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:29 +msgid "Add contacts to a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:31 +msgid "" +"After a mailing list has been created (and added to the :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists` dashboard), click on the desired mailing list to add contacts to the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Clicking the desired mailing list reveals a separate :guilabel:`Mailing List" +" Contacts` page, in which contacts can be added to this specific list by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create`, and adding contact information directly on a " +"separate contact detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Or, while in the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts`. Doing so reveals a" +" separate page with all the mailing list contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:42 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Create`, and add a contact with the same " +"previous steps. Or, click the :guilabel:`Import` icon (to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Create` button) to import contacts into the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once contacts are in the database, click into the desired contact's detail " +"form, and add the preferred mailing list in the :guilabel:`Mailing List` tab" +" (at the bottom of the contact detail form), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and selecting the desired mailing list. Multiple mailing lists can be" +" added to a single contact's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a contact detail form with mailing list tab in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:56 +msgid "Create new mailing list from contact detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a mailing list from a contact detail form, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and type in the name of a new mailing list in the empty field that " +"appears. Then, select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the new mailing list drop-down on contact form in Odoo Email " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Create` option quickly creates the mailing list to the " +"contact detail form, and the list can be configured at a later date. The " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...` option creates the mailing list, and reveals " +"a pop-up window, in which the new mailing list can be configured right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the create and edit mailing list pop-up in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:76 +msgid "Link a mailing list to website (Newsletter blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When a mailing list is created in the database, Odoo provides the option to " +"directly link the mailing list on the Odoo-built website (created via Odoo's" +" :guilabel:`Website` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To link a mailing list to a website, navigate to the front-end of the " +"website, and enter :guilabel:`Edit` mode by clicking :guilabel:`Edit` in the" +" upper-right corner. When clicked, Odoo reveals a right-sidebar, filled with" +" drag-and-drop *Building Blocks* that are packed with various features, " +"options, and design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, to add a *subscription field* for a specific mailing list onto a " +"website, drag-and-drop any of the :guilabel:`Newsletter` options " +"(:guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`, or " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To quickly locate the :guilabel:`Newsletter` building block options (while " +"in :guilabel:`Edit` mode on the front-end of the website), type `Newsletter`" +" into the search bar, located in the right sidebar, under the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and Odoo reveals the three different " +":guilabel:`Newsletter` block options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of how to quickly search for Newsletter blocks in the Odoo Website " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Newsletter` block is dragged onto the body of the website," +" Odoo reveals a pop-up window, in which the desired mailing list is selected" +" from a drop-down menu (and linked) to this block on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the add mailing list subscription pop-up on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter Block` - Adds a block onto the webpage, providing " +"visitors with the option to add their email address to this mailing list, " +"and subscribe to future communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:111 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter block in the Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` - Tells Odoo to reveal a subscription pop-up " +"window to occur at a certain part of the webpage. When the visitor scrolls " +"to this predetermined point, a pop-up subscription window appears, asking " +"for their email address to subscribe to the mailing list. The pop-up window " +"can be edited further to fit any business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:121 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter pop-up sample on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter` - Provides visitors with a simple field to add their " +"email address to the mailing list, and subscribe to future mailings in the " +"footer (or anywhere else on the page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:129 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter` dynamic block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a Newsletter dynamic block on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage unsubscriptions (Blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing recipients with the power to unsubscribe from mailing lists is not" +" only a smart business practice, it's often a legal requirement. By allowing" +" recipients to unsubscribe from a mailing list establishes a sense of trust " +"with an audience, and helps companies appear genuine (and not spammy)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, the *Blacklist* feature must be enabled. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable " +"to :guilabel:`Blacklist Options when Unsubscribing`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:20 +msgid "" +"With that feature activated, an *Unsubscribe* link appears in mailings. If a" +" recipient clicks that link, Odoo reveals a :guilabel:`Unsubscriptions` " +"page, where they can directly manage their subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With a test mailing, clicking the :guilabel:`Unsubscribe` link reveals an " +"error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). To make sure the link is working " +"properly, create the mailing, and only send it to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "บัญชีดำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option to *Unsubscribe* from specific mailing " +"lists, the recipient can also *Blacklist* themselves, meaning they will not " +"receive *any* more emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view a complete collection of blacklisted email addresses, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Email " +"Addresses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "View of the blacklisted email addresses page in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"When a blacklisted record is selected from this page, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page with that blacklisted recipient's contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blacklisted contact detail form in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chatter` of this page, there's a time-stamped message, " +"informing the user when that recipient blacklisted themselves (via a " +":guilabel:`Mail Blacklist created` log note)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:56 +msgid "Unblacklist contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To *Unblacklist* contacts, click the :guilabel:`Unblacklist` button in the " +"upper-left corner to remove the contact from the blacklist, allowing them to" +" receive mailings once again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Unblacklist` is clicked, a pop-up appears. In this pop-up, " +"the specific email address is listed, and there's a :guilabel:`Reason` " +"field, in which a reason can be entered, explaining why this particular " +"contact was removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the unblacklist pop-up window in the Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After filling in the fields, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to officially remove " +"that particular contact from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "อีเวนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Event essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Events provides event coordinators with an arsenal of planning, " +"communications, and reporting tools to create immersive and engaging " +"experiences for customers. Namely, staff can create and publish events on " +"their website, sell tickets online, scan tickets with Odoo barcode, send out" +" automated emails, and generate rich reporting data once the event accepts " +"registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:11 +msgid "Kanban concepts and organization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the :guilabel:`Events` application on the home " +"dashboard, which then leads to the kanban view populated with a variety of " +"pipeline stages. Key information is listed on each event card, such as the " +"date/time of the event, along with the number of expected (and confirmed) " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click :guilabel:`Add a Column` and provide a " +"befitting title to reflect the purpose of that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To reorganize the stages, just drag-and-drop them until they are in the " +"correct order. Stages can also be “folded” in the kanban for a cleaner " +"presentation, via the :guilabel:`Settings` menu to the right of each stage's" +" title, which is represented by a gear icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The gear icon, by default, is hidden and will appear next to the " +":guilabel:`+` icon when moused over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "When clicked, a drop-down menu of settings will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of events setting with the kanban view in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:36 +msgid "Create a new event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create an event, click :guilabel:`Create` from the Events dashboard. Odoo" +" will then direct the page to a blank event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From the event form, fill out the necessary fields, either by choosing from " +"existing data in the Odoo database or by creating and editing new field " +"data. Key information to enter for the event includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Event Name`: give the event a title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: includes the start and end dates/times for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: covers the timezone for when the event is taking " +"place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose from a pre-built event template or build a " +"custom one and connect it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add tags to indicate briefly what the event is for (e.g. " +"`tradeshow`). Tags help better organize event cards in the kanban and are " +"useful when using search filters during reporting periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: detail the organizer(s) for the event. This field is " +"usually the company that owns the Odoo database, or a vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: name the point person who is responsible for " +"organizing the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: indicate which Odoo website(s) the event event should " +"be published to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: list the venue details here if it's a new record, or " +"choose from an existing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: when enabled, this setting caps the " +"attendee registrations to a specified amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autoconfirmation`: when enabled, this setting skips the " +"confirmation request that gets sent by email to event registrants, and " +"automatically confirms their registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the fields in the event form are set, move on to the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` and :guilabel:`Communication` tabs, and optionally the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab if registrations should require additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:69 +msgid "Add and sell event tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, add line items for each type of ticket " +"the event plans to offer. Here, determine the ticket price, start/end dates " +"for registrations, as well as the maximum number of tickets that can be " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If selling tickets isn't necessary for the event, a simple " +":guilabel:`Registration` button will be displayed on the event's page by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the ticket tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "Send automated emails, text, and social posts to event attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, configure personalized email, SMS, " +"or social post messages to keep in touch with event attendees. For each " +"communication, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Communication`" +" tab form, and then choose (or create) a communications template using the " +"drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Template` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval` and :guilabel:`Unit` of time for how " +"often the communication should be sent; use these time fields to specify the" +" frequency of :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months` communications should be sent. There is also the option " +"to send communications `Immediately` after a specified :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In the last column, determine the :guilabel:`Trigger` which controls how and" +" when the communication is sent. For this action, choose between: " +":guilabel:`Before the event`, :guilabel:`After each registration`, or " +":guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the communication tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:105 +msgid "Attach a questionnaire to event registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Implementing a questionnaire during event sign up is an effective way to " +"gauge the wants, needs, and interests of the event's attendees ahead of " +"time. Questionnaires also act as informative analytics tools for reporting " +"periods before (or after) events take place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To create a questionnaire, from the :guilabel:`Events` application, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and then enable the " +":guilabel:`Questions` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "" +"With the setting enabled, questions and answers can now be added (and " +"recorded) under the the :guilabel:`Questions` tab back on the event form. " +"For each question, specify if it should only be asked once with the " +":guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox, or if the question requires a " +":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`, which will make the question required for " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Once per order` checkbox is enabled, then a single " +"registration for 3 event attendees will show the questionnaire only once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:123 +msgid "" +"There are two :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from: " +":guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input`. The :guilabel:`Selection` " +"type, allows attendees to select an answer from pre-configured options, " +"which are entered in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab below. The :guilabel:`Text " +"Input` type allows attendees to write in their own answer to the question in" +" a text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of an event form, open the questions tab, and add a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "Log internal notes or add ticket instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, there is the option to add a :guilabel:`Note` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Ticket instructions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Note`, internal notes can be left (such as: to-do lists, " +"contact information, etc.) for event staff to reference. In the " +":guilabel:`Ticket instructions` field, helpful information for staff and " +"attendees can be shared (like, directions to the venue, opening/closing " +"times, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " +"instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " +"options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " +"information is organzied for event staff to review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Notes tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:153 +msgid "Invite attendees to the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To invite people to an event, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button located in" +" the top left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Inside the invite template form, are options to sent email or SMS invites. " +"Each message can be fully customized, and recipients can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Adding a :guilabel:`Subject` line for the invite message is required, but " +"the :guilabel:`Preview Text` field is optional. The :guilabel:`Preview Text`" +" is a catchy preview sentence meant to encourage recipients to open the " +"email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the :guilabel:`Preview Text` is displayed next to the " +"subject. Keep this field empty to ensure the first characters of the email " +"content appear, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:170 +msgid "Select invitees and configure recipient filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In the middle of the invitation form, find and click the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field, to reveal a drop-down menu of recipient " +"options. These choices represent where Odoo will find the desired " +"recipients' information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Once an option from this menu is selected (e.g. :guilabel:`Applicant`, " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Event Registration`, " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, etc.), Odoo will send the invitation to all " +"recipients who match that initial rule. Additional rules can be added to " +"narrow down the target recipients, by clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the add filter button beneath the recipients field in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter` reveals three fields, formatted like an " +"equation. To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the " +"desired selections, until the preferred configuration has been acheived. The" +" number of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`x`, :guilabel:`+`, and " +":guilabel:`...` icons. The :guilabel:`x` icon deletes a specific node (line)" +" of the rule. The :guilabel:`+` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And, " +"the :guilabel:`...` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch means two " +"additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing even more " +"specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:201 +msgid "Build a custom event invite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " +"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " +"every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop web builder, " +"located on the right sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the drag and drop building blocks used to customize event invite " +"emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "" +"To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " +"Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " +"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" +" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` is engaged and the :guilabel:`</>` icon is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab (and template options), are only available if " +"the event invite :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is designated as an " +":guilabel:`Email`. If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`, a " +":guilabel:`SMS Content` tab (consisting of a blank text space), is " +"available, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:224 +msgid "Modify event invite settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The options under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab are different, depending on " +"the specified :guilabel:`Mailing Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Email` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`," +" an employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible`, meaning that " +"person is the one responsible for this particular invite message. " +":guilabel:`Send From` and :guilabel:`Reply To` email aliases can be " +"designated here, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Also, if any specific documents are required (or helpful) for this event " +"invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " +":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`SMS` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`, a" +" :guilabel:`Responsible` can be designated, and the option to " +":guilabel:`Include an opt-out link` is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:242 +msgid "Send event invitations to recipients" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is :guilabel:`Email`, there are " +"three options to send the invite: :guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, " +"and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Send` option sends the invite right away. The " +":guilabel:`Schedule` option reveals a pop-up, in which a scheduled date/time" +" can be selected for the email to be sent. The :guilabel:`Test` option " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up, where specific recipient email " +"addresses can be entered for Odoo to send them the current version of the " +"mailing for review before officially sending it out to prospective event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:253 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is :guilabel:`SMS`, there are four " +"options to send the invite: :guilabel:`Put in Queue`, :guilabel:`Send Now`, " +":guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put in Queue` option schedules an SMS message to all " +"recipients (that match the designated rules, if any) in the near future. " +"Clicking :guilabel:`Put in Queue` reveals a pop-up, requiring confirmation. " +"When confirmed, a blue banner appears on the event invite template form, " +"indicating that the SMS will be sent later that day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Send Now`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test` options" +" all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " +"website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " +"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " +"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " +"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"to the event page that needs to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 +msgid "" +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." +" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " +":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " +"accessible to the public on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Sell tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom ticket tiers (with various price points) for potential " +"attendees to choose from, directly on the event template form, under the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab. Odoo simplifies the ticket-purchasing process by " +"providing plenty of payment method options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, in order to enable the creation (and selling of) event tickets, go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` and :guilabel:`Online Ticketing` features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tickets` feature allows tickets to be sold for an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Tickets` feature allows for the sale of tickets to " +"occur through the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If these options are *not* enabled, a default :guilabel:`Register` button " +"will be available for free registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:29 +msgid "Sell tickets through sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Sales` application, choose a previously-created Event " +"Registration (as if it were a product), and add it as a product line. Upon " +"adding the registration, a pop-up appears, which allows for the selection of" +" a specific event (and ticket tier). That specific event ticket is then " +"attached to the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a sales order and option to choose the specific event in Odoo " +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Events with tickets sold online or through sales orders have a " +":guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` shortcut, located at the top of the event " +"template form (in the :guilabel:`Events` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` reveals a page with all the " +"sales orders related to that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of an event's form and the sales smart button in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an event form highlighting the column product under the tickets tab in Odoo\n" +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Sell tickets through the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"With tickets purchased through the website, the process is similar to " +"creating a :guilabel:`Sales Order` with a specific :guilabel:`Registration` " +"product. Here, tickets are added to a virtual cart, and the transaction can " +"be completed as usual - utilizing any of the pre-configured payment methods " +"options that have been set up on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The completed purchase is automatically produced in a :guilabel:`Sales " +"Order`, which can be easily accessed in the back end of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of website transaction for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and manage talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Events, it's possible to provide attendees with the power to " +"propose presenters to speak at events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Schedule & Tracks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When that feature is enabled, two more options become available: *Live " +"Broadcast* and *Event Gamification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Live Broadcast` allows for the airing of tracks online through a " +"YouTube integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Gamification` allows for the sharing of a quiz with your " +"attendees, once a track (talk) is over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Gamification` isn't necessary for tracks to appear on the " +"event page on the website, but it can enhance the engagement and overall " +"enjoyablity of the event for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:27 +msgid "Talks, talk proposals, and agenda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once those two features are enabled, the following links are automatically " +"added to the sub-header menu, located on the event page on the website: " +":guilabel:`Talks`, :guilabel:`Talk Proposals`, and :guilabel:`Agenda`. Any " +"attendee can freely access these menu items and their corresponding content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Talks` link takes the attendee to a page full of all the " +"talks for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Talks Proposals` link takes the attendee to a form page, " +"where they can propose talks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Agenda` link takes the attendee to a page with all the talks " +"for the event, but in a calendar/time-slot format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the published website and the talks, talk proposals, and agenda in " +"Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:46 +msgid "Manage talk proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When attendees fill out and submit a talk proposal form on the website, a " +"new :guilabel:`Proposal` is instantly created in the back end for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:52 +msgid "" +"All talks (Proposals, Confirmed, Announced, etc.) are accessible via the " +":guilabel:`Tracks` smart button on the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the talks' proposals page emphasizing the column proposal in Odoo " +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If a proposal is accepted, move the :guilabel:`Event Track` to the " +"appropriate stage in the Kanban view (e.g. `Confirmed`, etc.). Then, go to " +"that particular event's template form, and click the :guilabel:`Go to " +"Website` smart button to reach that specific talk's page on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to" +" :guilabel:`Published`, and the talk is instantly accessible on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:67 +msgid "Without publishing a talk, attendees will never be able to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "View of the website page to publish a proposed talk for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:74 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered for a specific event, they are added to the " +":guilabel:`Attendee List` for that event, which is accessible via the " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button on the event template form, or " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Attendees` and sorted by event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When an attendee arrives at the event, they will be marked as attending " +"(:guilabel:`Confirmed Attendance`), and the status of that attendee will " +"change to :guilabel:`Attended.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of events with the kanban view in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When analyzing an :guilabel:`Attendees list`, Odoo provides different ways " +"to view the information. Each view option presents the same information, but" +" in a slightly different layout. To change the view, click on the icons in " +"the upper right hand of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "Various view options on the attendees list page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, it can be confirmed whether the attendees " +"have already paid or remain unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view provides information in a more traditional list " +"formation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a clear schedule visualization of " +"which attendees are arriving on specific dates of the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view provides graphical representations of that " +"event's attendees, along with numerous filters and customizable measures for" +" deeper analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view lays out attendee data to better analyze the " +"number of registration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:114 +msgid "Manage registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting an attendee, Odoo reveals that specific attendee's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:118 +msgid "" +"From here, event badges can be sent manually, by selecting :guilabel:`Send " +"By Email`. The :guilabel:`Attendee` can also be marked as " +":guilabel:`Attended`, or the registration can be canceled altogether via the" +" :guilabel:`Cancel Registration` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an attendee form emphasizing the send by email and cancel registration in Odoo\n" +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 +msgid "Lead Generation Rules" +msgstr "กฎการสร้างลูกค้าเป้าหมาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 +msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To create and configure a :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` related to " +"events, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Lead " +"Generation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:135 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` page, every configured " +":guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` can be found, along with pertinent data " +"related to those rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule page looks in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule`, click :guilabel:`Create`, " +"and fill out the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule template looks in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After naming the rule, configure *how* the lead should be created (either " +":guilabel:`Per Attendee` or :guilabel:`Per Order`), and *when* they should " +"be created, (when :guilabel:`Attendees are created`, when " +":guilabel:`Attendees are confirmed`, or when :guilabel:`Attendees attended` " +"the event)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`For any of these Events` section, there are fields to " +"attach this rule to any specific event categories, company, and/or event. To" +" add even more specificity to the rule, a domain filter rule can be " +"configured to ensure the rule only applies to a specific target audience of " +"attendees (found in the :guilabel:`If the Attendees meet these Conditions` " +"section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Lead Default Values` section, designate a " +":guilabel:`Lead Type`, then assign it to a specific :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"(and/or :guilabel:`Salesperson`), and attach tags to the rule, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 +msgid "Marketing Automation" +msgstr "การตลาดอัตโนมัติ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/slides/marketing-27>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo Tutorials: การตลาด <https://www.odoo.com/slides/marketing-27>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "ระดับสูง" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 +msgid "Understanding metrics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " +"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " +"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " +"graphs and in-depth data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " +"success rate of an email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " +"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " +"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " +"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 +msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 +msgid "" +"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " +"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " +"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " +"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " +"with the campaign in one way or another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " +"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " +"or adjustments) may occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " +":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " +":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " +"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " +"adds new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 +msgid "" +"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " +"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " +"marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " +"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " +"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " +"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " +":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" +" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " +"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " +"specific domain filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " +"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " +"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " +"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " +"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " +":guilabel:`Rejected` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " +"an activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " +"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " +"days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " +"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" +" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " +"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " +"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 +msgid "Create a campaign" +msgstr "สร้างแคมเปญ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " +"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" +" and fields are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 +msgid "**Smart buttons**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " +"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " +"created on-the-fly, as well)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " +"connected to this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " +"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " +"directly participated in this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 +msgid "**Fields**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " +"being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " +"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," +" etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " +"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " +"marketing automation campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 +msgid "Campaign filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " +"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " +"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" +" this specific marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " +"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " +"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " +"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " +"of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " +"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " +"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " +"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " +"the specified criteria for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 +msgid "Target an audience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " +"another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " +"line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " +"marketing campaign might commonly use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 +msgid "" +"With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " +"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " +"for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" +" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" +" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " +"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " +"portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " +"before officially running them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" +" new one on-the-fly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " +"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " +":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " +"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " +"cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " +"subsequent child activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " +"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Workflow activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +msgid "Child activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " +"recipient opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" +" does not open the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"replies to the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " +"recipient does not reply to the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"clicks on a link included in the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " +"recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " +"bounced (not sent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "SMS Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +msgid "Essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:3 +msgid "Mailing lists and blacklists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating or importing mailing lists in Odoo is very useful when curating " +"content to specific groups of people that already share similar demographics" +" or interests. Mailing lists are also a great way to get started if a " +"company is migrating from another system, and already has a established " +"audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Moreover, providing an audience with the option to 'unsubscribe' from " +"mailings, helps businesses maintain good customer relations, by giving " +"recipients the power to control what they are (and aren't) sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app, there's an option on the header menu " +"called :guilabel:`Mailing Lists`. When clicked, a sub-menu is revealed with " +"options for :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` and :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Click :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists` to see an overview of" +" all mailing lists in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the main SMS mailing list page on the Odoo SMS Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit any existing list, select the desired list from the " +":guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page, and proceed to modify it in a number of " +"ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To create a new mailing list, click :guilabel:`Create` in the upper left " +"corner of the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page. Doing so, will reveal a blank " +"mailing list template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list pop-up window in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, choose a name for the :guilabel:`Mailing List`, and activate the " +"option :guilabel:`Is Public`, to make the mailing list accessible to " +"recipients on the :guilabel:`Subscription Management page`. Doing so allows " +"users to update their subscription preferences at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Checking the :guilabel:`Is Public` box is not required, but is recommended " +"to maintain good customer relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When those fields are filled in, click :guilabel:`Create` to finalize the " +"form. Then on the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` dashboard, the new mailing " +"list that was just created will be accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To edit or customize the mailing list further, select the mailing list from " +"the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page to reveal the mailing list detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Along the top of the mailing list detail form, there are various analytical " +"smart buttons displaying statistics for different metrics related to the " +"mailing list (e.g. :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Mailings`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To review or edit any of those elements, click the desired smart button to " +"reveal a separate page with in-depth data associated with the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To make changes to the mailing list itself, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button in the upper-left corner of the mailing list detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list template form in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to hit the :guilabel:`Save` button once changes have been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:70 +msgid "Mailing lists contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Access contacts information from one or more mailing lists navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` to reveal a " +"dashboard with with all the contacts associated with one or more of the " +"configured mailing lists in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the mailing lists contact page in the Odoo SMS Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:81 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts` page with the" +" :guilabel:`Exclude Blacklisted Phone` filter in the search bar. Therefore " +"only showing contact information for recipients who still want to receive " +"communications and mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:86 +msgid "Communication history in the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An accessible record of every sent mailing(s) is kept on each recipient's " +"*chatter* section, located beneath a recipient's contact form (in the " +"*Contacts* application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Database users can reference the chatter to easily keep track of " +"communications, and see a history of interactions with contacts and " +"prospects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For example, sales representatives can use the chatter to quickly find out " +"which :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing promotions a certain " +"customer has received (or not received)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of what the chatter looks like in the Odoo Contacts app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Odoo *SMS Marketing* has a :guilabel:`Blacklist` feature that provides " +"recipients with the power to add their phone number to a list of people who " +"no longer want to receieve communications or mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:108 +msgid "" +"This is also known as the unsubscribe process: customers will automatically " +"be added onto a *blacklist*, if they click :guilabel:`Unsubscribe`, via " +"their :guilabel:`Subscription Management` page. Customers can also be added " +"manually to the blacklist, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To see a complete collection of blacklisted numbers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Phone " +"Numbers` to reveal a dashboard containing every blacklisted phone number in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Blacklist menu in the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To manually add a number to a blacklist, click the :guilabel:`Create` button" +" in the upper-left corner of the dashboard and enter the phone number on the" +" next page's form. There's also a checkbox to indicate whether that " +"particular phone numnber is :guilabel:`Active` (or not)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save` to add it to the " +":guilabel:`Blacklisted Phone Numbers` list. To remove any number from the " +"blacklist, select the desired number on the dashboard, and then, on the " +"phone number's form, click :guilabel:`Unblacklist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:133 +msgid "Importing blacklists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:135 +msgid "" +"During a software/platform migration, it is possible to import an already " +"existing blacklist of contacts. This would include customers, who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted` on :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration " +"--> Blacklisted Phone Numbers`, and then select the :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"drop-down menu (beneath the search bar), and click :guilabel:`Import " +"records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of how to import a blacklist in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:3 +msgid "SMS campaign settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns with Odoo *SMS " +"Marketing* isn't just an effective advertisement strategy, it's also a great" +" way to remind people about upcoming events, issued invoices, and so much " +"more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:9 +msgid "" +"But, before :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns can be created " +"(and sent), a few specific settings and features must be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:13 +msgid "SMS campaign setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns in Odoo, make sure " +"the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then " +"enable :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing campaigns setting in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Activating the *Mailing Campaigns* feature in the *General Settings* also " +"enables the *A/B Test* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the setting is enabled, navigate back to the :menuselection:`SMS " +"Marketing` app, and notice the :guilabel:`Campaigns` header menu is now " +"available for use. Similarly, the :guilabel:`A/B Test` tab is now also " +"available on every :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:32 +msgid "A/B tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A/B Tests` allows any :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " +"mailings to be tested against other versions within the same campaign, in " +"order to compare which version is the most successful in producing " +"engagement and/or conversion outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form, under the " +":guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab, initially, there's only a single checkbox " +"labeled: :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:41 +msgid "When clicked, a series of other options appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The A/B Test tab is located on an Odoo SMS Marketing app campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the first field, enter a desired percentage of recipients to conduct the " +"A/B Test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Beneath the percentage field is the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field. This" +" is what Odoo will use to determine the successful result of an A/B Test. In" +" other words, this tells Odoo how to pick a winning A/B test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The following sections are available: :guilabel:`Manual`, :guilabel:`Highest" +" Click Rate`, :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, or " +":guilabel:`Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally, the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field is listed. This represents the " +"date-time that Odoo uses as a deadline to determine the winning mailing " +"variation. Then, Odoo sends that winning mailing variation to the remaining " +"recipients, who weren't involved in the test, at that prior date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Quickly create different versions of the mailing to add to the A/B Test by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create an Alternate Version` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Remember, the winning mailing variation is based on the criteria selected in" +" the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:15 +msgid "Campaigns page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To create, edit, or analyze any campaign, click :menuselection:`Campaigns` " +"in the header menu of the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app. On the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` page, each campaign displays various information " +"related to the mailings associated with that campaign (e.g. number of " +"emails, social posts, SMSs, and push notifications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Dasbhoard view of different Campaigns in the Odoo SMS Marketing app, " +"separated by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:82 +msgid "Campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new campaign, and Odoo reveals a blank " +"campaign template form to fill out. Alternatively, select any previously-" +"made campaign in order to duplicate, review, or edit its campaign template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS campaign template in Odoo SMS marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:92 +msgid "" +"With each campaign, the options to :guilabel:`Send New Mailing`, " +":guilabel:`Send SMS`, :guilabel:`Send Social Post`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications` are available above the template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Whenever one of those communication options is added to the campaign, Odoo " +"will create a new corresponding tab on the template form, where those types " +"of messages can be reviewed or edited, along with various data sets related " +"to each specific mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:100 +msgid "" +"At the top of the template, there are various analytical smart buttons. When" +" clicked, Odoo reveals in-depth metrics related to that specific topic (e.g." +" :guilabel:`Engagement`, :guilabel:`Opportunities`, etc.) on a separate " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons, are fields for :guilabel:`Campaign Name` and " +":guilabel:`Responsible`. Odoo also allows for various :guilabel:`Tags` to be" +" added, as well (if necessary)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:108 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Sending :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings directly through a " +"contact's form is available by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In order to send an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in this fashion, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app, select the desired contact in" +" the database, and click on the :guilabel:`SMS` icon on the contact form " +"(next to the :guilabel:`Phone Number` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The SMS icon is located on an individual's contact form in Odoo Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To send a message to multiple contacts at once, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Contacts` app main dashboard, choose the :guilabel:`List " +"View`, and select all the desired contacts to whom the message should be " +"sent. Then, under :guilabel:`Action`, select :guilabel:`Send SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Select a number of contacts, click action, and select send multiple SMSs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:130 +msgid "Set up SMS templates for future use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:132 +msgid "" +"In order to set up :guilabel:`SMS Templates` for future use, activate " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, by navigating to the main Odoo " +"dashboard that is full of apps, and select the :menuselection:`Settings " +"app`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and " +"click :guilabel:`Activate the Developer Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once *developer mode* is activated, the main Odoo dashboard appears once " +"more, with a now-visible bug icon, which is located at the top-right corner " +"of the dashboard; this bug icon indicates that developer mode is currently " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next return to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and, in the now-visible " +"header menus at the top, choose :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`" +" to begin setting up :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates for " +"future marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Select the SMS Template option in the Technical dropdown on the Settings " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Inside of the :guilabel:`SMS Templates` dashboard, Odoo reveals an entire " +"page of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates. The default " +":guilabel:`List` view showcases each template's name, and to which " +"recipients it applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:153 +msgid "" +"On this page, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates can be edited or" +" created from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The SMS Templates page in Odoo is available after enabling developer mode in the General\n" +"Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "SMS essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` outreach in communication " +"strategies can help companies expand their market reach, especially in some " +"countries, where emails might not be very common, or even used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *SMS Marketing* application can also help boost conversion rates " +"around valuable actions, such as event registrations, free trials, " +"purchases, etc., since text and mobile-based marketing channels typically " +"yield higher :abbr:`CTOR (click-to-open rate)` and :abbr:`CTR (click-through" +" rate)` outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:15 +msgid "SMS marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When the application is opened, Odoo displays the main :guilabel:`SMS " +"Marketing` dashboard, which showcases the various SMS mailings that have " +"been created, along with pertinent information and data related to that " +"specific message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is the default Odoo uses when the application is" +" opened, which provides an organized display of the SMS mailings that have " +"been created, and what their current status is at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"An :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing can have one of the following" +" statuses: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, :guilabel:`Sending`, or " +":guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard, " +"there are a few different view options to choose from. Each one provides a " +"unique take on the same SMS information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view provides the same useful data related to SMS " +"mailings, but in a more traditional list layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a simple calendar, making it easy to " +"see when SMS mailings are going to be sent (or have been sent). If a future " +"date is clicked, Odoo reveals a blank SMS template that, when completed, " +"will be scheduled to be sent on that specific future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Graph` view visualizes that same SMS-related data in " +"series of graphs and charts. Odoo also provides various ways to sort and " +"group the data for more detailed analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "Create SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To start, click :guilabel:`Create` on the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` " +"dashboard, and Odoo reveals a blank SMS template form, which can be " +"configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Creating an SMS marketing template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, give the mailing a :guilabel:`Subject`, which describes what the " +"mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, choose to whom this :abbr:`SMS " +"(Short Message Service)` will be sent. By default, Odoo has " +":guilabel:`Mailing List` selected. If this is the desired " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field option, specify which mailing list Odoo should " +"send this :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to in the :guilabel:`Select " +"Mailing List` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To create (or edit) a mailing list, go to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> " +"Mailing List`. There, Odoo displays all previously created mailing lists, " +"along with various types of data related to that specific list (e.g. number " +"of contacts, mailings, recipients, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out " +":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When another field (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`) is selected, the " +"option to specify that chosen field even further becomes available — either " +"with a default recipient filter equation that appears automatically (which " +"can be customized to fit any business need), or, if no default recipient " +"filter equation is present, an :guilabel:`Add Filter` button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button, reveals fully customizable " +"domain rule fields, which can be configured similar to an equation. You can " +"create multiple recipient rules, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo will only send the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to " +"recipients who fit into whatever criteria is configured in those fields. " +"Multiple rules can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Contact` is chosen, all of the *Contacts* records in the Odoo " +"database (vendors, customers, etc.) will receive the :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Message Service)`, by default — unless more specific recipient rules are " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For instance, the message below will only be sent to contacts in the " +"database that are located in the United States (e.g. `Country` > `Country " +"Name` equals `United States`), and they haven't blacklisted themselves from " +"any mailings (e.g. `Blacklist` > `is` > `not set`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Contact recipients on SMS marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "Writing SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Enter the content of the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in the text " +"field, found in the :guilabel:`SMS Content` tab. Links and emojis can also " +"be included. Beneath the text field, Odoo displays how many characters are " +"used in the message, along with how many :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`" +" mailings it will take to deliver the complete message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To check the price of sending an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` for a " +"country, click on the :guilabel:`Information` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS price check icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Credits must be purchased from Odoo in order to take advantage of the *SMS " +"Marketing* app; :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages will not be " +"sent without credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "`Odoo SMS - FAQ <https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "Track links used in SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When links are used in :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages, Odoo " +"automatically generates link trackers to gather analytical data and metrics " +"related to those specific links, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Link Tracker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "Adjust SMS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the SMS template, there is an option " +"to :guilabel:`Include opt-out link`. If activated, the recipient is able to " +"unsubscribe from the mailing list, thus avoiding all future mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible` in the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Settings tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:147 +msgid "Send SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Once a mailing is created, choose when Odoo should deliver the message from " +"the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send`: sends the message immediately. Consider using this option " +"if the recipient list is highly refined, or in cases that involve fast " +"approaching deadlines, such as a \"flash sale.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: choose a day (and time) for Odoo to send the mailing. " +"This is typically the best option for mailings related to a specific event. " +"Such a method can also be used to promote a limited-time offer, or to help " +"plan a company's content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test`: allows for an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to be " +"sent to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Remember to use a comma " +"between phone numbers if multiple numbers are used as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:163 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Reporting` page (accessible via the " +":menuselection:`Reporting` option in the header menu), there are options to " +"apply different combinations of :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Measures`" +" to view metrics in a number of different layouts (e.g. :guilabel:`Graph`, " +":guilabel:`List`, and :guilabel:`Cohort` views.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Each :guilabel:`Reporting` metric view option allows for more extensive " +"performance analysis of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:171 +msgid "" +"For example, while in the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Message Service)` data is visualized as different graphs and charts, which " +"can be sorted and grouped in various ways (e.g. :guilabel:`Measures` drop " +"down menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page in SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:180 +msgid ":doc:`sms_campaign_settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:181 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:5 +msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:8 +msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:10 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " +"prepaid credits* to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:13 +msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:15 +msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," +" that includes the following characters:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "GSM7 characters available in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " +"the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" +" these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. Then, " +"in real-time, the system displays the number of SMS mailings the message " +"represents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:34 +msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " +"characters) of the message. To see the **price per country, please " +"consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https://iap-" +"services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The number of SMSs a message represents will always be available in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Number of GSM7 characters that fit in an SMS message in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:47 +msgid "How to buy credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:55 +msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "Using Odoo IAP to recharge credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If Odoo Online (Saas) is being used, along with the Enterprise version, free" +" trial credits are available to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:66 +msgid "More common questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "No, credits do not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " +"I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Yes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer me?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMSs at once, but I don't have enough " +"credits to send them all?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Multiple SMS communications at once at are counted as a single transaction, " +"so no SMSs will be sent until there are enough credits to send them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"A history of sent SMSs, along with all pertinent information related to its " +"sent contacts (and the message itself), can be found in the :guilabel:`Sent`" +" column of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard (while in " +":guilabel:`Kanban` view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information, select a desired SMS from the main dashboard " +"(in :guilabel:`Kanban` view), and click on either link in the blue banner " +"above the SMS detail form to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**If an SMS is sent to a number that doesn't exist in the list of " +"recipients, will credits be lost?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"No, not if the phone number is incorrectly formatted (e.g. too many digits)." +" However, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person (or to a fake number), the " +"credit for that SMS will be lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" +" ticket for a festival)?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so no charges will be " +"made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Yes, but it is not possible out-of-the-box. Odoo experts can help customize " +"a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our" +" success packs `here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "การตลาดโซเชียล" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Social marketing campaigns help companies connect directly with the " +"marketplace. These campaigns are helpful when introducing a new product to " +"customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising" +" an upcoming event or product release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The most effective social marketing campaigns typically involve multiple " +"channels to maximize content distribution, and Odoo's *Social Marketing* " +"application acts as a singular control center to monitor, plan, post, track," +" and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single" +" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click " +":menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate" +" page with every campaign in a default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Each *stage* in the kanban view can be edited, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located" +" to the right of the stage title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **gear icon** *only* appears when the cursor hovers to the left of the " +"**+ (plus sign)**. When the gear icon is clicked, a drop-down menu reveals " +"the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and " +":guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` minimizes that specific stage's column. The stage " +"column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Edit Stage` reveals a pop-up window, in which the name " +"and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure " +"to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add a new stage to the pipeline, side-scroll to the right on the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in " +"the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The same social marketing campaign information on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` " +"dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` " +"option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 +msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, a new campaign can be created by " +"clicking the quick add :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` located in the top-right " +"corner of each stage in the pipeline, visible in the kanban view. Campaigns " +"can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and " +":guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click " +":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 +msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In order to edit a campaign in greater detail, and create/send various forms" +" of communications related to it, the template page for that campaign must " +"be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a " +"template page for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` " +"campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard " +"in list or kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the kanban view, select the " +":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " +"select :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that " +"specific campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 +msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On a *Campaign Template* page, numerous elements can be customized/modified," +" and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " +"scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Send New Mailing` option to appear on campaign " +"templates, make sure the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email " +"Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS " +"Marketing* application must be installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 +msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the proper settings and applications are installed (as instructed above)," +" there are four forms of communication/content options that can be added to " +"campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left " +"corner of the campaign template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate " +"page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in " +"which a SMS communication can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send Social Post`: reveals a blank social post template on a " +"separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media " +"accounts that are already connected to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Push Notification`: reveals a similar blank social post template " +"on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are " +"already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Whichever form of communication is created, once it's completed, Odoo " +"returns to the :guilabel:`Campaign Template` page, showcasing that new " +"content in its corresponding tab (e.g. :guilabel:`Mailings`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As content and communications are added to a campaign, tabs for those " +"specific mediums appear, along with a variety of analytical smart buttons " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 +msgid "" +"These smart buttons, located at the top of the template, display different " +"metrics related to the campaign, and its various communications and content." +" Clicking any smart button reveals a separate page dedicated to that " +"particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, " +"such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," +" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " +"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 +msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " +"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 +msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " +"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " +"version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " +"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " +"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " +"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " +"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " +"added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " +"account's posts are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " +"Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " +"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " +"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " +":guilabel:`Insights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 +msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " +"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" +" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " +"configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 +msgid "Post template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 +msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "'Your Post' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " +"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " +"notification, this post will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " +"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " +"corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " +"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " +"of the post is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " +":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " +"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" +" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " +"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " +"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " +"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "" +"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " +"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " +"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " +"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " +"campaigns to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " +"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " +":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " +":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" +"created campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 +msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " +"have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " +"have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " +"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " +"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" +" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " +"social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " +"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" +" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " +"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" +" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " +"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " +":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " +"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " +"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " +"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " +"as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " +"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " +"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " +"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " +"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " +"the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " +"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " +"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " +":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " +"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " +"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " +"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " +"the visitor's location into consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 +msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "" +"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" +" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " +"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " +"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " +":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" +" for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 +msgid "Social post status bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " +":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " +"*Scheduled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " +"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " +"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "Posts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " +"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" +" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "" +"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " +"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " +"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " +"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " +":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +msgid "Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " +"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " +"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " +"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " +"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " +":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " +"different measures of data can be added and analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "" +"While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " +"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " +"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " +"specific to the pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 +msgid "From left to right, the options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " +"detailed information related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " +"table as a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +msgid "Visitors" +msgstr "ผู้เยี่ยมชม" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" +" Visitors` in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " +"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " +"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +msgid "" +"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" +" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " +"beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +msgid "Social media page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" +" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " +":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Social accounts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +msgid "" +"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " +"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " +"associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " +"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " +"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +msgid "Social streams page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " +"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " +"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," +" etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +msgid "" +"To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " +":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 +msgid "Surveys" +msgstr "แบบสำรวจ" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 +msgid "Survey essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their " +"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed " +"business decisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success" +" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), " +"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " +":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 +msgid "" +"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover " +"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose " +"an image from the local files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey " +"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled " +"as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the " +"survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 +msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A" +" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar " +"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and " +"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into " +"the divided sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and" +" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 +msgid "The survey question pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 +msgid "Create questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question " +"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question " +"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview " +"window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 +msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`" +" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the " +":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what " +"question is chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 +msgid "Create sections and questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible" +" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include " +"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Options` tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what " +":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 +msgid "" +"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may " +"appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or " +"multiple choices can be selected per row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed " +"based on the participant's answer to a previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in " +"a text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit " +"for the question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 +msgid "Conditional Display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the " +"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the " +"survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which " +"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, " +"there are different sections of settings that can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 +msgid "The sections include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "คำถาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options " +"can be chosen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per " +"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option " +"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the " +"participant to go back to a question during the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` " +"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is" +" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a " +":guilabel:`Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. " +"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time" +" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled " +":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per " +"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured " +"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`time_random`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 +msgid "Scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` " +"method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or " +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a " +":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers " +"needed to pass the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, " +"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and" +" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the " +":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email" +" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required " +"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using " +"the selected email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the " +":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives" +" a badge upon passing the certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 +msgid "Candidates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two " +"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and " +":guilabel:`Invited people only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the " +":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the " +"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field " +"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the " +"participant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are " +"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and " +"collect answers from a live audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for " +"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for " +"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick " +"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer " +"quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, " +"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed " +"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the" +" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible " +"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking " +":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 +msgid "" +"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on " +"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to" +" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant," +" to check for errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 +msgid "" +"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the " +":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along" +" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in" +" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending" +" the survey out to participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 +msgid "" +"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the " +":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey " +"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or" +" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to " +"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 +msgid "" +"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` " +"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` " +"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the " +":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall " +"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the " +"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final " +"score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose" +" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. " +"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring " +"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant " +"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they" +" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the " +"correct answer will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey " +"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their " +"final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and " +"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct " +"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the " +":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of " +"correct answers is needed to pass the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators " +"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification " +"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge" +" level on a subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a " +":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will " +"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the " +"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set " +":guilabel:`Success %`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log " +"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled," +" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which " +"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the " +"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and " +"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or " +"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the " +":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 +msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Timed and randomized questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the" +" survey and randomize the questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 +msgid "Time limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "" +"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a " +"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is" +" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via" +" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed " +"book\" testing environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` " +"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 +msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be " +"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of " +"the time remaining while the survey is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit" +" will *not* have their answers saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 +msgid "Randomized selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in" +" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using " +"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at " +"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form." +" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per " +"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to " +"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions " +"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo " +"should select and display during the shuffling of questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 +msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..60b10515b --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -0,0 +1,8025 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 +msgid "Productivity" +msgstr "ผลิตผล" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "ปฏิทิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console <https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"<https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/ develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/develop/ quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page <https://docs. microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-" +"directory/develop/reply-url>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook <outlook/sync>`. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 +msgid "Discuss" +msgstr "การสนทนา" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "ระดับสูง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure ICE servers with Twilio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Discuss uses WebRTC API and peer-to-peer connections for voice and " +"video calls. If one of the call attendees is behind a symmetric NAT, you " +"need to configure an ICE server to establish a connection to the call " +"attendee. To set up an ICE server, first, create a Twilio account for video " +"calls, and then, connect that Twilio account to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Twilio account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 +msgid "" +"First, go to `Twilio <https://www.twilio.com>`_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," +" create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" +" per their instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Next, enter your phone number into Twilio. Then, Twilio will send you an SMS" +" text message containing a verification code. Enter the verification code " +"into Twilio to verify your phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After that, Twilio redirects to a welcome page. Use the following list to " +"answer Twilio's questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:25 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Which Twilio product are you here to use?`, select " +":guilabel:`Video`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`What do you plan to build with Twilio?`, select " +":guilabel:`Other`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`How do you want to build with Twilio?`, select " +":guilabel:`With no code at all`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:28 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`What is your goal today?`, select :guilabel:`3rd party " +"integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The Twilio welcome page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If necessary, change the billing country. Finally, click :guilabel:`Get " +"Started with Twilio`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:37 +msgid "Locate the Twilio Account SID and Auth Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To locate the Account SID and Auth Token, go to the Twilio account " +"dashboard. Then, click :guilabel:`Develop` on the sidebar. In the " +":guilabel:`Account Info` section, locate the :guilabel:`Account SID` and the" +" :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:49 +msgid "Connect Twilio to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Discuss`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Use Twilio ICE " +"servers` and enter the Twilio account's :guilabel:`Account SID` and " +":guilabel:`Auth Token`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply these " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Define a list of custom ICE servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:63 +msgid "" +"This step is not required for the Twilio configuration. However, if Twilio " +"is not configured or is not working at any given moment, Odoo will fall back" +" on the custom ICE servers list. The user must define the list of custom ICE" +" servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss`, click the " +":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Odoo will redirect to the :guilabel:`ICE servers` page. Here you can define " +"your own list of ICE servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For on-premise instances of Odoo, the package `python3-gevent` is necessary " +"for the Discuss module to run calls/video calls on Ubuntu (Linux) servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวม" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:3 +msgid "Get Started with Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Discuss allows you to bring all of your company’s communication together " +"through messages, notes, and chat. Share information, projects, files, " +"prioritize tasks, and stay connected with colleagues and partners throughout" +" applications. Forge better relationships, increase productivity and " +"transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +msgid "Choose your notifications preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " +"to be handled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " +"and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " +"through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 +msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" +" ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " +"asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " +"accepted, you receive push notifications to the messages sent to you despite" +" of where you are in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" +" your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " +"*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " +"in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 +msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " +"to a channel, type *#channel-name*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " +"through email, depending on his settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " +"first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " +"record being searched does not match with either a follower or employee, the" +" scope of the search becomes all partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +msgid "Chat status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " +"respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " +"left side of a contact’s names on Discuss’ sidebar and on the *Messaging " +"menu*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +msgid "Green = online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +msgid "Orange = away" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 +msgid "White = offline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "Airplane = out of the office" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Get Organized by Planning Activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you plan activities you minimize the risk of uncertainties, as you " +"provide clear directions for the course of your next action. In addition to " +"that, you do not leave space for wasteful activities and reduce the chance " +"of having overlapping actions between team members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:10 +msgid "Where do I see my schedule activities?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access and manage your activities wherever you are in Odoo by the " +"*Activities* menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 +msgid "Plan activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Activities can be planned and managed from the chatter by clicking on " +"*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 +msgid "Set your activity types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:33 +msgid "" +"A number of activities types are available by default in Odoo (call, email, " +"meeting, etc.). However, you can set new ones going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" +" to create it with an *Action to Perform* set as *Meeting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:46 +msgid "Recommend next activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Odoo helps you to plan a flow of activities by allowing you to set " +"*Recommended Next Activities*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" +" next steps are suggested to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" +"shown for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 +msgid "Use channels for team communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use channels in the Odoo *Discuss* app to organize discussions between " +"individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires " +"regular communication. With channels, employees can communicate inside " +"dedicated spaces within the Odoo database around specific topics, updates, " +"and latest developments having to do with the organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:11 +msgid "Public and private channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:13 +msgid "" +"A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " +"visible to users invited to it. To create a new channel, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Discuss` app, and then click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` " +"icon next to the :guilabel:`Channels` heading in the left-side menu. After " +"typing the name of the channel, two selectable options will appear: The " +"first is a channel with a hashtag (`#`) to indicate that it is a public " +"channel; the second option is a channel with a lock icon (`🔒`) next to it, " +"to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " +"fits the communication needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +msgid "" +"A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" +" (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " +"whenever information should be limited to specific groups (such as a " +"specific department)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:31 +msgid "Configuration options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The channel's :guilabel:`Group Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Privacy` settings can be modified by clicking on the channel's " +"settings, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the left sidebar " +"menu, next to the channel's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's settings form in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 +msgid "Privacy and Members tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Changing :guilabel:`Who can follow the group's activities?` controls which " +"groups can have access to the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Allowing :guilabel:`Everyone` to follow a private channel lets other users " +"view and join it, as they would a public one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When choosing :guilabel:`Invited people only`, specify in the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab which members should be invited. Inviting members " +"can also be done from the *Discuss* app's main dashboard, by selecting the " +"channel, clicking the *add user* icon in the top-right corner of the " +"dashboard, and finally clicking :guilabel:`Invite to Channel` once all the " +"users have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of Discuss' option to invite members in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:60 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Selected group of users` option is selected, it reveals " +"the ability to add an :guilabel:`Authorized Group`, along with the options " +"to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` and :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe " +"Departments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The option to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users of " +"that particular user group as followers. In other words, while " +":guilabel:`Authorized Groups` limits which users can access the channel, " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users as members as " +"long as they are part of a specific user group. The same is true for " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Departments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:70 +msgid "Quick search bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Once at least 20 channels, direct messages, or live chat conversations (if " +"*Live Chat* module is installed on the database) are pinned in the sidebar, " +"a :guilabel:`Quick search…` bar is displayed. This feature is a convenient " +"way to filter conversations and quickly find relevant communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the Discuss' sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:81 +msgid "Finding channels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Click on the settings :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, located in the left " +"sidebar, to the right of the :guilabel:`CHANNELS` collapsible menu item. " +"Doing so will lead to a mosaic view containing all the public channels " +"available. Users can join or leave channels on this screen by clicking the " +":guilabel:`JOIN` or :guilabel:`LEAVE` buttons that appear in the channel " +"boxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:88 +msgid "" +"There is also the ability to apply filtering criteria and save them for " +"later use. The :guilabel:`Search...` function accepts wildcards by using the" +" underscore character [ `_` ], and specific searches can be saved by using " +"the :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save Current Search` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:98 +msgid "Linking channel in chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Channels can be linked in the chatter (log note) of a record in Odoo. To do " +"so, simply type: `#` and the channel name. Click or press enter on the " +"*channel* name. Upon logging the note a link to the channel will appear. " +"After clicking on the link a chat window with the channel conversation will " +"pop up in the lower right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Users are able to contribute to this group channel (either public or member " +"based) by typing messages in window and pressing *enter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Channel linked in chatter with the channel open on the lower right quadrant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:114 +msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:6 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 +msgid "" +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ <https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-faq>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app <general/install>` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection <iot_connect/ethernet>`" +" or via :ref:`WiFi <iot_connect/wifi>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed <flash_sdcard>` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 +msgid "" +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"<iot_connect/token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"<https://www.balena.io/>`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"<https://www.balena.io/etcher#download-etcher>`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"<https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "เหตุผล:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond Odoo " +"support's service scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:140 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) <https://developer.mozilla.org/en-" +"US/docs/Web/HTTP/Status>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Check if `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:162 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"<iot/iot-eligibility>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:173 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:202 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:209 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:213 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:219 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:222 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:228 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:230 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:236 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:240 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS <https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +"Odoo support's service scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 +msgid "" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " +"drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " +"supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "ตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database <connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "ชื่ออุปกรณ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "คำแนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "เครื่องพิมพ์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 +msgid "Cash drawer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "เครื่องชั่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 +msgid "Customer display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 +msgid "IoT box connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 +msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"<flash_sdcard>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) <https_certificate_iot>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " +"driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "Epson configuration special case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" +"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 +msgid "" +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 +msgid "" +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 +msgid "" +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 +msgid "Devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If the camera is `supported <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the footswitch is a `supported device <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " +"automatically detected when connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 +msgid "" +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " +"print labels for manufactured products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 +msgid "" +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 +msgid "" +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode <developer-mode>`. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a scale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up " +"anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "IOT box auto detection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage <iot/usage_screen>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema <iot/connect_schema>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "การใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are made to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "ความรู้" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal " +"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or " +"collaboratively gathered information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are " +"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field " +"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models," +" templates, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17 +msgid "`Knowledge product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/knowledge>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3 +msgid "Articles editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6 +msgid "Add and style content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is " +"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are " +"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next" +" line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 +msgid "knowledge's user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " +"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 +msgid "Text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 +msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 +msgid "Then, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " +"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " +"→ Header 6, Quote`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" +" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " +"strikethrough;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " +"clicking the **pencil** icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " +"the desired color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" +" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " +"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " +"size;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " +"ordered list, or a checklist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 +msgid "Text editor's toolbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " +"the **powerbox**, which allows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " +"*quotes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " +"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" +" set a cover picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" +" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " +"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`," +" and select another image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 +msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 +msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " +":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" +" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " +"automatically resize depending on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " +"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " +"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click " +"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " +"panel hierarchic tree." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 +msgid "Commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " +"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " +"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but" +" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any" +" other application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 +msgid "List of commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 +msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 +msgid "Structure" +msgstr "โครงสร้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "คำสั่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 +msgid "Create a bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +msgid "Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +msgid "Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +msgid "Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +msgid "Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +msgid "Convert into 2 columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +msgid "Convert into 3 columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 +msgid "Convert into 4 columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "รูปแบบ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +msgid "Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +msgid "Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +msgid "Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +msgid "Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 +msgid "Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "มีเดีย" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +msgid "Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 +msgid "Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "การนำทาง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +msgid "Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +msgid "Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +msgid "Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 +msgid "Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "วิดเจ็ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 +msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +msgid "Show all nested articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +msgid "Insert a list view of article items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`File`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," +" or description in other applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 +msgid "Basic Blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 +msgid "Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " +"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " +":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. " +"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " +":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the " +"*Sales Playbook* article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0 +msgid "article view from the Sales app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " +"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " +"the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "การสร้าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "การนำออก" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "หมวดหมู่" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "คุณสมบัติ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by " +"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the " +"child articles and article items under the same parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** " +"or an **article item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14 +msgid "Add property fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click " +":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a " +"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, " +"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property" +" creation window, click anywhere." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25 +msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58 +msgid "Types" +msgstr "ประเภท" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59 +msgid "Uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35 +msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37 +msgid "Add a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39 +msgid "Allows adding integer numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41 +msgid "Allows adding any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43 +msgid "Allows selecting a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45 +msgid "Allows selecting a date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47 +msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 +msgid "property configuration form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at " +"the property creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` " +"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can " +"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property " +"creation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68 +msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press " +"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close " +"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the " +"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and " +"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can " +"only select one result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` " +"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## " +"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and " +"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can " +"select as many results as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91 +msgid "Delete property fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted " +"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97 +msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100 +msgid "Hide the property panel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 +msgid "Mail Plugins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are connectors that bridge your mailbox with your Odoo " +"database. With them, you can interact with your Odoo database directly from " +"your mailbox by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:16 +msgid "Creating leads and centralizing prospects' emails into the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:17 +msgid "Generating tasks in any Odoo project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:18 +msgid "Creating tickets in the Helpdesk app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:19 +msgid "Searching and storing insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook <mail_plugins/outlook>` and " +":doc:`Gmail <mail_plugins/gmail>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "กำหนดราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 +msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, they can provide **Lead Enrichment**, which is part of a paid " +"service known as **Lead Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mail plugins allow you to test Lead Enrichment for free, whether you connect" +" the plugins to a database or not. After a while, the plugins ask you to buy" +" :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` credits if you would like to keep using " +"this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:41 +msgid "Lead Generation IAP service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Lead Enrichment uses the *Lead Generation IAP service*. Each request " +"consumes one *Lead Generation credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> CRM --> Lead Enrichment " +"--> Buy credits` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is its website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Check out the `Lead Generation IAP service Privacy Policy " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_3>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:57 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:3 +msgid "Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Gmail Plugin* integrates an Odoo database with a Gmail inbox, so users " +"can keep track of all their work between Gmail and Odoo, without losing any " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted on Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow the steps below to " +"configure the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:94 +msgid "Install the Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, log in to the Gmail account that the user wishes to connect to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the Gmail inbox, click the plus sign icon on the right side panel to " +"get add-ons. If the side panel is not visible, click on the arrow icon at " +"the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Then, use the search bar to search for `Odoo` and locate the :guilabel:`Odoo" +" Inbox Addin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Or, go directly to the :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin` page on the `Google " +"Workspace Marketplace " +"<https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/odoo_inbox_addin/873497133275>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the plugin is located, click :guilabel:`Install`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Continue` to start the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select which Gmail account the user wishes to connect to Odoo. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Odoo access the Google account. Google will " +"then show a pop-up window confirming that the installation was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 +msgid "Configure the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " +"order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section, activate :guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and then" +" click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " +"panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" +" on any email in the inbox. Click :guilabel:`Authorize Access` in the plugin" +" window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" +" the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " +"database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " +"`https://mycompany.odoo.com/web#cids=1&action=menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " +"browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" +" window. The Gmail inbox and Odoo database are now connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:78 +msgid "Odoo On-Premise users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted on servers other than Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow " +"the steps below to configure the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of their security guidelines, Google requires add-on creators to " +"provide a list of URLs that can be used in actions and redirections launched" +" by the add-on. This protects users by ensuring, for example, that no add-on" +" redirects users toward a malicious website. (Read more on `Google Apps " +"Script <https://developers.google.com/apps-script/manifest/allowlist-" +"url>`_.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo can only list the `odoo.com` domain and not every on-premise " +"customer's unique server domain, on-premise customers cannot install the " +"Gmail Plugin from the Google Workspace Marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, access the `GitHub repository <https://github.com/odoo/mail-client-" +"extensions>`_ for the Odoo Mail Plugins. Next, click on the green " +":guilabel:`Code` button. Then, click :guilabel:`Download ZIP` to download " +"the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Open the ZIP file on the computer. Then, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-" +"extensions-master --> gmail --> src --> views`, and open the " +":file:`login.ts` file using any text editor software, such as Notepad " +"(Windows), TextEdit (Mac), or Visual Studio Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Delete the following three lines of text from the :file:`login.ts` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This removes the `odoo.com` domain constraint from the Gmail Plugin program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" +"After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " +"wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " +":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" +"on` to install the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Outlook :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both" +" on Odoo and Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Mail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, you need to enable the *Mail Plugin* feature in your database. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " +"*Mail Plugin*, and *Save* the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "Open your Outlook mailbox and select any email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the *More actions* button and select *Get Add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "More actions button in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:31 +msgid "Select the *My add-ins* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "My add-ins in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Custom add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add " +"from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the following URL " +"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press " +"*OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Entering the add-in URL in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 +msgid "Read the warning and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Custom add-in installation warning in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:59 +msgid "Connect your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Outlook mailbox, click on the *More actions* button, " +"and select *Odoo for Outlook*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo for Outlook add-in button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, " +"click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Logging in your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Only a limited amount of *Company Insights* (*Lead Enrichment*) requests are" +" available as a trial. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits " +"<mail_plugins/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If, after a short while, the panel is still empty, it is possible that your " +"browser cookie settings prevented it from loading. Note that these settings " +"also change if you are in \"Incognito\" mode on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, configure your browser to always allow cookies on Odoo's " +"plugin page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For Google Chrome, you can do so by following the guide at: " +"`https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647 " +"<https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647#:~:text=Allow%20or%20block%20cookies%20for%20a%20specific%20site>`_" +" and adding `download.odoo.com` to the list of `Sites that can always use " +"cookies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:90 +msgid "Once done, the Outlook panel needs to be opened again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:93 +msgid "Enter your Odoo database URL and click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Entering your Odoo database URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:99 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to open the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "New window pop-up warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "If you aren't logged into your database, enter your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:107 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Outlook Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"By default, the Outlook Plugin can be opened from the *More actions* menu. " +"However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default " +"actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:121 +msgid "" +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing all Outlook settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Select *Customize actions* under *Mail*, click on *Odoo for Outlook*, and " +"then *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:133 +msgid "Open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "สตูดิโอ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields <studio/fields>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views <studio/views>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models <studio/models_modules_apps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions <studio/automated_actions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports <studio/pdf_reports>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch <studio/models_modules_apps>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "โมเดล" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "เปิดใช้งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"<studio/automated-actions/action/python-code>`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "ใช้เมื่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "การดำเนินการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Python Code" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "สร้างรายการบันทึกใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "ไม่มีอัพเดท:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Execute several actions" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "ส่งอีเมล" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "เพิ่มผู้ติดตาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "ส่งข้อความ SMS" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/image>` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view <studio/views/multiple-records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/priority>`, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/selection>` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/selection>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field <studio/fields/simple-fields/image>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/sign>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field <studio/fields/simple-fields/file>` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/file>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field <studio/fields/simple-fields/file>` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/file>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text <studio/fields/simple-fields/text>`, :ref:`Many2One " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/many2one>`. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field <studio/fields/relational-fields/tags>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field <studio/fields/relational-fields/many2many>` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/many2many>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>`, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view <studio/views/multiple-records/kanban>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "รายละเอียดการติดต่อ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/related-field>`: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/list>`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/map>` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "การมอบหมายผู้ใช้" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view <studio/views/multiple-records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "วันที่และปฏิทิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Date field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/date>` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"<studio/views/timeline/calendar>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "ช่วงวันที่และแกนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` two :ref:`Date fields <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/date>` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view <studio/views/timeline/gantt>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "ขั้นตอนไปป์ไลน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/kanban>`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority <studio/fields/simple-fields/priority>` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view <studio/views/multiple-records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "แท็ก" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/tags>`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "รูปภาพ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` an :ref:`Image field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/image>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "รายการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Lines field <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/lines>` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "โน้ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` an :ref:`Html field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/html>` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "ค่าของเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/monetary>`. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "บริษัท" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "การเรียงลำดับแบบกำหนดเอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/list>` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "แชท" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "กำลังเก็บถาวร" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "เลย์เอาต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "อ่อน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "กล่อง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "ตัวหนา" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Striped" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "ฟอนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts <https://fonts.google.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Lato#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Roboto#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Open+Sans#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 +msgid "" +"`Montserrat <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Oswald#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Raleway#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Tajawal#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "สี" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "ส่วนท้าย" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "รูปแบบกระดาษ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 +msgid "" +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 +msgid "" +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "ภายนอก" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "ภายใน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "ว่าง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 +msgid "" +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "บล็อก" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "อินไลน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "โต๊ะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/many2many>` or :ref:`One2Many <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/one2many>` field on your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-" +"field>` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "คอลัมน์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 +msgid "" +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks <studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/block>` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 +msgid "" +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "มุมมอง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general <studio/views/general>`, :ref:`multiple records " +"<studio/views/multiple-records>`, :ref:`timeline <studio/views/timeline>`, " +"and :ref:`reporting <studio/views/reporting>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:16 +msgid "" +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:`</> XML`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:311 +msgid "" +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "ฟอร์ม" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "กิจกรรม" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "ค้นหา" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "คัมบัง" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view <studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "รายการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:138 +msgid "" +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field <studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "แผนที่" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:163 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:167 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`Many2One field <studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:175 +msgid "" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date <studio/fields/simple-fields/date>` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/date-time>` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view <studio/views/general/form>`, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:217 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field <studio/fields/simple-fields/checkbox>` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:227 +msgid "" +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/decimal>` or :ref:`Integer <studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "หมู่คณะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:255 +msgid "" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "แกนต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:273 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:275 +msgid "" +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:279 +msgid "" +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:284 +msgid "" +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:288 +msgid "" +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:292 +msgid "" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:294 +msgid "" +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "หมุน" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:323 +msgid "" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:325 +msgid "" +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:329 +msgid "" +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "กราฟ" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:351 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:354 +msgid "" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:356 +msgid "" +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "แดชบอร์ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:370 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..0b5e49237 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -0,0 +1,10685 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "การขาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 +msgid "CRM" +msgstr "CRM" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close " +"opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with " +"the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM <https://www.odoo.com/slides/crm-16>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 +msgid "Acquire leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:3 +msgid "Convert leads into opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The system can generate leads instead of opportunities, in order to add a " +"qualification step before converting a *Lead* into an *Opportunity* and " +"assigning to the right sales people." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can activate this mode from the CRM Settings. It applies to all your " +"sales channels by default. But you can make it specific for specific " +"channels from their configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the *Leads* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You will now have a new submenu *Leads* under *Leads* where they will " +"aggregate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:29 +msgid "Convert a lead into an opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:31 +msgid "" +"When you click on a *Lead* you will have the option to convert it to an " +"opportunity and decide if it should still be assigned to the same " +"channel/person and if you need to create a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you already have an opportunity with that customer Odoo will " +"automatically offer you to merge with that opportunity. In the same manner, " +"Odoo will automatically offer you to link to an existing customer if that " +"customer already exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:44 +msgid "Merge opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo will also automatically propose to merge opportunities if they have the" +" same email address. When merging opportunities, Odoo merges the information" +" into the opportunity which was created first, giving priority to the " +"information present on the first opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:51 +msgid "" +"No information is lost: data from the other opportunity is logged in the " +"chatter and the information fields for easy access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Would you find a duplicate yourself, ...you can also merge opportunities or " +"leads even if the system doesn't propose it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Here’s how, from the list view. Select the opportunities or leads you want " +"to merge and the action button will appear. Then, you can select merge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:67 +msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " +"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " +"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " +"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 +msgid "Configure email aliases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " +"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " +"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" +" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " +"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" +" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 +msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 +msgid "" +"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " +"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " +"is generated in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Default Contact Us page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Form toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" +" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " +"lead/opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Us Page using email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " +"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Form settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 +msgid "Customize Contact Forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " +"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " +"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " +"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Form Builder building blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " +"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " +"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 +msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " +"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " +"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " +"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " +"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " +"email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " +"information is needed from them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " +"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " +"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" +" need entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " +"on mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Editable field options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +msgid "" +"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " +"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " +"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` as the Action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " +"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 +msgid "Lead mining" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" +" output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " +"country, the company size, and the industry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +msgid "Generate leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " +":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " +"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Leads` button is also available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window with the selection criteria in order to generate leads in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " +"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " +"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" +" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " +"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 +msgid "Additional filtering options include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " +"company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" +" in, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " +"leads once found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " +"information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " +"Regulation on `Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "กำหนดราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " +"one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " +"additional credit for each contact generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 +msgid "" +"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/ in-app-services/167?>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " +"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Users of Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise automatically have free trial credits" +" in their database to test any IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 +msgid "Send quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you qualify a lead into an opportunity you will most likely need to " +"send them a quotation. You can directly do this in the CRM App with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:12 +msgid "Create a new quotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:14 +msgid "" +"By clicking on any opportunity or lead, you will see a *New Quotation* " +"button, it will bring you into a new menu where you can manage your quote." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"You will find all your quotes to that specific opportunity under the " +"*Quotations* menu on that page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:28 +msgid "Mark them won/lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now you will need to mark your opportunity as won or lost to move the " +"process along." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you mark them as won, they will move to your *Won* column in your Kanban " +"view. If you however mark them as *Lost* they will be archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 +msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:3 +msgid "How to motivate and reward my salespeople?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Challenging your employees to reach specific targets with goals and rewards " +"is an excellent way to reinforce good habits and improve your salespeople " +"productivity. The Gamification module gives you simple and creative ways to " +"motivate and evaluate your employees with real-time recognition and badges " +"inspired by game mechanics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Install the *Gamification* module, or the *CRM gamification* one, which adds" +" some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 +msgid "Create a challenge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Now, create your first challenge by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Gamification Tools --> Challenges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As the gamification tool is a one-time technical setup, you need to activate" +" the technical features in order to access the configuration. To do so, go " +"to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 +msgid "" +"A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " +"one or several goals, set for a specific period of time. Configure your " +"challenge as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:38 +msgid "Assign the salespeople to be challenged;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:39 +msgid "Assign a responsible;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:40 +msgid "Set up the periodicity along with the start and the end date;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:41 +msgid "Select your goals;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:42 +msgid "Set up your rewards (badges)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Badges are granted when a challenge is finished. This is either at the end " +"of a running period (eg: end of the month for a monthly challenge), at the " +"end date of a challenge (if no periodicity is set), or when the challenge is" +" manually closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In the example below, 2 employees are being challenged with a *Monthly Sales" +" Target*. The challenge is based on 2 goals: the total amount invoiced and " +"number of new leads generated. At the end of the month, the winner will be " +"granted with a badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 +msgid "Set up goals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The users can be evaluated using goals and numerical objectives to reach." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**Goals** are assigned through *challenges* that evaluate (see image above) " +"and compare members of a team throughout time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can create a new goal on the fly from a *Challenge* by clicking on *Add " +"new item*, under *Goals*. Select the business object according to your " +"company's needs. Examples: number of new leads, time to qualify a lead, " +"total amount invoiced in a specific week, month or any other time frame " +"based on your management preferences, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for " +"Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " +"and a timezone, create new users, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:77 +msgid "Set up rewards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:79 +msgid "" +"For non-numerical achievements, **Badges** can be granted to users. From a " +"simple thank you to an exceptional achievement, a badge is an easy way to " +"express gratitude to a user for their good work. To create and grant badges " +"to your employees based on their performance, go to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 +msgid "Enrich your contacts base with Partner Autocomplete" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Parter Autocomplete helps you to enrich your contacts database with " +"corporate data. Select one of the companies suggested in the dropdown, and " +"quickly get all the information you need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts` and activate the *Partner " +"Autocomplete* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 +msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:22 +msgid "" +"From any module, once you start to create a new contact typing the name of " +"it, the system will suggest a potential match. If you select it, the contact" +" will be populated with corporate data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:23 +msgid "" +"For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option " +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " +"company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:39 +msgid "" +"*Partner Autocomplete* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires" +" prepaid credits to be used. Each request will consume one credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " +"clicking on the suggested company will be the website link and the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 +msgid "Analyze performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, activate *Google Drive* and *Google " +"Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* " +"are now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:21 +msgid "Get Authorization Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:22 +msgid "Select your Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Copy the code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:25 +msgid "Paste it into the Authorization Code field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:28 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in" +" Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:36 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:43 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:45 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "การสมัคร" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You have two different formulas available when using Google Spreadsheet in " +"Odoo: *retrieve data* and *retrieve grouped sums*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:71 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:82 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:89 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 +msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To see how well you are doing with your pipeline, take a look at the " +"Win/Loss ratio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access this report, go to your *Pipeline* view under the *Reporting* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:11 +msgid "" +"From there you can filter to which opportunities you wish to see, yours, the" +" ones from your sales channel, your whole company, etc. You can then click " +"on filter and check Won/Lost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:18 +msgid "You can also change the *Measures* to *Total Revenue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:23 +msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 +msgid "Organize the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:3 +msgid "Manage lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While working with your opportunities, you might lose some of them. You will" +" want to keep track of the reasons you lost them and also which ways Odoo " +"can help you recover them in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:10 +msgid "Mark a lead as lost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:12 +msgid "" +"While in your pipeline, select any opportunity you want and you will see a " +"*Mark Lost* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You can then select an existing *Lost Reason* or create a new one right " +"there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:22 +msgid "Manage & create lost reasons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You will find your *Lost Reasons* under :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Lost Reasons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can select & rename any of them as well as create a new one from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:30 +msgid "Retrieve lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve lost opportunities and do actions on them (send an email, make a" +" feedback call, etc.), select the *Lost* filter in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:39 +msgid "You will then see all your lost opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you want to refine them further, you can add a filter on the *Lost " +"Reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:44 +msgid "For Example, *Too Expensive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:50 +msgid "Restore lost opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From the Kanban view with the filter(s) in place, you can select any " +"opportunity you wish and work on it as usual. You can also restore it by " +"clicking on *Archived*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can also restore items in batch from the Kanban view when they belong to" +" the same stage. Select *Restore Records* in the column options. You can " +"also archive the same way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:66 +msgid "To select specific opportunities, you should switch to the list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then you can select as many or all opportunities and select the actions you " +"want to take." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/lost_opportunities.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" +" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 +msgid "" +"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " +"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" +" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " +":guilabel:`Followers Only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " +"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " +"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " +"campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 +msgid "Add members to a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" +" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" +" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " +"they do not overwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 +msgid "" +"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " +"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" +" need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " +"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " +"tiles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " +"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " +"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " +"configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " +"opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 +msgid "Assign and track leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *CRM* app can automatically assign leads/opportunities to sales " +"teams and salespeople. A standard practice is to assign leads based on the " +"probability of winning each lead. Companies can prioritize the leads that " +"are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to " +"the appropriate salespeople." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically calculates the probability of winning each lead using a " +"method called *predictive lead scoring*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 +msgid "Predictive lead scoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical " +"data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19 +msgid "" +"As a company processes opportunities through the CRM pipeline, Odoo collects" +" data on which opportunities are won and lost. Predictive lead scoring uses " +"this data to predict the probability of winning each new lead or " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The more opportunities that are sent through the CRM pipeline, the more data" +" Odoo collects, resulting in more accurate probabilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Specifically, Odoo's predictive lead scoring uses the *naive Bayes* " +"probability model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:28 +msgid "" +"\\begin{equation}\n" +"P(A | B) = \\frac{P(A) \\times P(B | A)}{P(B)}\n" +"\\end{equation}\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The probability of success of each opportunity is displayed on the " +"opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses" +" through the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success " +"automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo *CRM*. However, the " +"variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in " +"the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To customize the variables used by predictive lead scoring, go to " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update " +"Probabilities` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive " +"lead scoring feature will take into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60 +msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity " +"originates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity " +"originates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the " +"opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the" +" opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social" +" media)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The variables `Stage` and `Team` are always in effect. `Stage` refers to the" +" CRM pipeline stage that an opportunity is in. `Team` refers to the sales " +"team that is assigned to an opportunity. Predictive lead scoring *always* " +"takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional " +"variables are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the date field next to the option :guilabel:`Consider leads " +"created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring " +"will begin its calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 +msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 +msgid "Change the probability manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the " +"opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Manually changing the probability removes the automatic probability updates " +"for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as" +" the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the " +"probability percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:99 +msgid "Assign leads based on probability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo *CRM* can assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople " +"based on specified rules. Create assignment rules based on the leads' " +"probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in" +" deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106 +msgid "Configure rule-based assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The rule-based assignment feature can be set to run :guilabel:`Manually`, " +"meaning an Odoo user must manually trigger the assignment, or " +":guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the " +"assignment according to the chosen time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To set up automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the " +":guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the" +" automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If rule-based assignment is set to run :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, the " +"assignment can still be triggered manually using the circular arrow icon in " +"the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the " +":guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128 +msgid "Configure assignment rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the *assignment rules* for each sales team and/or " +"salesperson. These rules determine which leads Odoo assigns to which people." +" To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales" +" Teams`, and select a sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the sales team configuration form, under :guilabel:`Assignment Rules`, " +"click on :guilabel:`Edit Domain` to configure the rules that Odoo uses to " +"determine lead assignment for this sales team. The rules can include " +"anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of " +"rules can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add Filter` to start creating assignment rules. Click on " +"the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another " +"line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To create an assignment rule based on an opportunity's probability of " +"success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, " +"and select :guilabel:`Probability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146 +msgid "" +"From the middle drop-down menu, select the desired equation symbol—most " +"likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal " +"to*, or *less than or equal to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To configure an assignment rule such that a sales team receives leads that " +"have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain`" +" line that reads: `Probability >= 20`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty " +"percent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Separate assignment rules can also be configured for individual team " +"members. From the sales team configuration page, click on a team member in " +"the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click" +" :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If automatic lead assignment is configured in the settings, both the sales " +"team and individual team members have the option to :guilabel:`Skip auto " +"assignment`. Check this box to omit a particular sales team or salesperson " +"from being assigned leads automatically by Odoo's rule-based assignment " +"feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or" +" salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign " +"Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This will " +"assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's " +"specified domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 +msgid "Track your prospects visits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tracking your website pages will give you much more information about the " +"interests of your website visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Every tracked page they visit will be recorded on your lead/opportunity if " +"they use the contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your " +"*Apps* page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:21 +msgid "Track a webpage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to any static page you want to track on your website and under the " +"*Promote* tab you will find *Optimize SEO*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:29 +msgid "There you will see a *Track Page* checkbox to track this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:35 +msgid "See visited pages in your leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Now each time a lead is created from the contact form it will keep track of " +"the pages visited by that visitor. You have two ways to see those pages, on " +"the top right corner of your lead/opportunity you can see a *Page Views* " +"button but also further down you will see them in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Both will update if the viewers comes back to your website and visits more " +"pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The feature will not repeat multiple viewings of the same pages in the " +"chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:55 +msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 +msgid "Point of Sale" +msgstr "การขายหน้าร้าน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app " +"works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline." +" Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time" +" statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials <https://www.odoo.com/slides/point-" +"of-sale-28>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session`, and at the " +":guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to " +"start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is" +" already opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 +msgid "" +":doc:`Multiple users <point_of_sale/employee_login>` can be logged into the " +"same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once " +"on the same browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 +msgid "Sell products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click on products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click" +" :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a" +" **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively " +":guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking " +":guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received " +"amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move " +"on to the next customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "POS session interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 +msgid "Set customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can create and set customers from an :ref:`open POS session " +"<pos/session-start>`. Registering your customer is necessary to " +":doc:`collect their loyalty points and grant them rewards " +"<point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty>`, automatically apply the :doc:`attributed " +"pricelist <point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists>`, or :ref:`generate and print " +"an invoice <receipts-invoices/invoices>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To access the list of customers, click :guilabel:`Customer` on the POS " +"interface. Then, select a customer or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`, completing the form, and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:66 +msgid "Customer notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open" +" :ref:`POS session <pos/session-start>`. For instance, to provide cleaning " +"and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular" +" request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. " +"Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for " +"the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO <point_of_sale/shop/sales_order>` " +"are displayed identically in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how " +"they appear in the cart, under the related product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:91 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:93 +msgid "To return and refund a product," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`start a session <pos/session-start>` from the **POS dashboard**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:96 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:97 +msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:98 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:99 +msgid "" +"once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the " +"refund;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "refund view from a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:106 +msgid "" +"You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, " +":guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open" +" session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned" +" products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by " +"the quantity of returned products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:115 +msgid "Close the POS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of " +"your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. " +"From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:121 +msgid "" +"the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:122 +msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing" +" so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer " +"depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed" +" amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money " +"Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "How to close a POS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` " +"to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and " +"keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the" +" expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click " +":guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:144 +msgid "" +"It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Orders --> Sessions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 +msgid "Access POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights " +"</applications/general/users/manage_users>` :guilabel:`Administration` set " +"as :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can also configure some settings from the dashboard by clicking the " +"vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a " +"popup window, from which you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. <employee_login>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. <configuration/epos_ssc>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights " +"</applications/general/users/manage_users>` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as" +" :guilabel:`Administrator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 +msgid "Make products available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Making a product available in your POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 +msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 +msgid "" +"ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. " +"Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling " +"the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These `Epson ePOS printers <https://c4b.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/community/index.php?content_id=91>`_ are compatible with " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 +msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 +msgid "TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 +msgid "TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 +msgid "TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 +msgid "TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 +msgid "TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 +msgid "TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 +msgid "TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 +msgid "TM-T88V-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 +msgid "TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 +msgid "TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 +msgid "TM-m30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 +msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 +msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 +msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 +msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box " +"<../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS " +"protocol <https>` to establish a secure connection between the browser and " +"the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS " +"leads to a warning page on most web browsers. In that case, you can " +"temporarily :ref:`force the connection <epos_ssc/instructions>`, which " +"allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " +"long as the browser window stays open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this " +"method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the" +" :ref:`following instructions <epos_ssc/instructions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 +msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. " +"Then, export and import it into your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you " +"create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS " +"access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 +msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 +msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " +"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " +"[IP address] (unsafe)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 +msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " +"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " +"printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " +"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " +"Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled " +"out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years" +" the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, " +"click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " +"printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " +":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " +"**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server " +"Certificate` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 +msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 +msgid "" +"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" +" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " +"browser by navigating to its IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`). " +"Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed " +"certificate tab**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 +msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " +":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 +msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 +msgid "" +"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " +"extension;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 +msgid "" +"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " +"of the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 +msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not see the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 +msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 +msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " +"Security tab --> View certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 +msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 +msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 +msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" +" and the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 +msgid "Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates " +"must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 +msgid "" +"open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 +msgid "" +"right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install " +"Certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 +msgid "" +"select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the " +":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Next`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 +msgid "" +"on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in" +" the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select " +":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 +msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 +msgid "open Chrome;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> " +"Manage certificates`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 +msgid "" +"go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select " +"the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 +msgid "accept all warnings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 +msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 +msgid "restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 +msgid "open Firefox;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View " +"Certificates... --> Import`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 +msgid "select the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 +msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 +msgid "" +"open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a " +"warning page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 +msgid "" +"on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " +"website --> Visit Website`, validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 +msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 +msgid "Android OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" +" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " +"email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 +msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 +msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " +"version of Android and the device manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 +msgid "" +"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " +"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " +"`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search " +"engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " +"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " +"browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 +msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " +"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " +"browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no " +"longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock " +"icon, indicating that the connection is secure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " +"if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " +"to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" +" on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-employee management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale allows you to manage access to a specific POS by enabling" +" the **Multi Employees per Session** feature. When activated, :ref:`you can " +"select which users can log into the POS <employee_login/use>` and :ref:`keep" +" track of the employees involved in each order <employee_login/analytics>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:15 +msgid "" +":ref:`Access the POS settings <configuration/settings>` and select your POS," +" or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and " +"click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, enable :guilabel:`Multi Employees per " +"Session`, and add the allowed employees in the :guilabel:`Allowed Employees`" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "setting to enable multiple cashiers in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:26 +msgid "Practical application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, cashiers can log in :ref:`by scanning their " +"badge <employee_login/badge>` or selecting their name from the list of " +"allowed employees to :ref:`open the session <pos/session-start>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To switch to another user :ref:`from an open session <pos/session-start>`, " +"click the employee name at the top-right of the screen and select the " +"employee to swap with from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "button to switch from one cashier to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can also require your employees to enter a pin code every time they log " +"into a POS to prevent them from logging in as someone else. To define the " +"code, go to the **Employees** app, open the employee form, and click the " +":guilabel:`HR settings` tab. Then, enter a pin code of your choice in the " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "setting on the employee form to assign a badge ID and a PIN code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:52 +msgid "Log in using badges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For your employees to be able to log in by scanning their badge, they must " +"have a badge ID assigned. To do so, go to the **Employees** app, open the " +"employee form, and click the :guilabel:`HR settings` tab. Then, enter the " +"badge ID of your choice in the :guilabel:`Badge ID` field of the " +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` category or click :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To switch to another user, lock the session by clicking the lock-shaped icon" +" (:guilabel:`🔓`) at the top-right of the screen and scan your badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:65 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "การวิเคราะห์" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you close and post the POS session, access the comprehensive report to " +"review all session activities, including who initiated the session and who " +"handled specific orders. To access the session's report, click the vertical " +"ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " +":guilabel:`Sessions` from the :guilabel:`View` section. Then, select a " +"specific session for more detailed information, and click the " +":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To get an overview of all orders, regardless of the session, click the " +"vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " +":guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 +msgid "Payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> " +"New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this " +"payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this " +"payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information <payment_methods/terminals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings <configuration/settings>`, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 +msgid "Payment terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration <terminals/adyen>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration <terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration <terminals/six>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration <terminals/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration <terminals/vantiv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration <terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment" +" flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million " +"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per " +"month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website " +"<https://www.adyen.com/>`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps " +"described on your terminal's screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides " +"<https://docs.adyen.com/point-of-sale/user-manuals>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment " +"method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a " +"payment terminal` field to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an" +" :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To " +"generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new " +"credential or click on an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the " +"Odoo mandatory field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 +msgid "" +"`Adyen Docs - API credentials <https://docs.adyen.com/development-" +"resources/api-credentials#generate-api-key>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 +msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is" +" used to identify the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, " +"and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 +msgid "Set the Event URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "" +"For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event " +"URLs**. To do so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "log in to `Adyen's website <https://www.adyen.com/>`_;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" +" select the connected terminal;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 +msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " +":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 +msgid "" +"click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 +msgid "Add a new payment method" +msgstr "เพิ่มวิธีการชำระเงินใหม่" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, " +"select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and " +"add your new method for Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. " +"Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is " +"successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force " +"the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to " +"validate the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you" +" that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 +msgid "SIX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and " +"use a Six payment terminal in PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the :guilabel:`POS Six` module is installed. For this," +" go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for " +"*POS Six*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The POS Six module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new payment method for SIX, " +"select the payment terminal option :guilabel:`SIX`, and enter the payment " +"terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` interface, at the moment of the payment, " +"select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in " +"the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal " +"and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on " +":guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to :guilabel:`Payment " +"Successful`. If needed, reverse the last transaction by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Reverse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The Reverse button on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button. This will allow you to " +"validate the order in Odoo even if there are connection issues between the " +"payment terminal and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "" +":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. " +"<../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Activate **Stripe** in the settings by going to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Stripe`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Then, create the payment method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, " +"click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with " +"your payment method's name;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use" +" a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial " +"Number` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this " +"payment method.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "payment method creation form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method " +"**exclusively** for identified customers. For any unidentified customers to " +"be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field " +"unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account`" +" can stay empty to use the default accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's " +"dashboard <https://dashboard.stripe.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Doing so redirects you automatically to a " +"configuration page. Fill in all the information to create your Stripe " +"account and link it with Odoo. Once the forms are completed, the API keys " +"(:guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key`) can be retrieved on" +" **Stripe's** website. To do so, click :guilabel:`Get your Secret and " +"Publishable keys`, click the keys to copy them, and paste them into the " +"corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " +"POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "stripe connection form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the " +"**Secret Key** to use your terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay " +"set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted **On-Premise**, the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button " +"does not work. To retrieve the API keys manually, log in to your `Stripe " +"dashboard <https://dashboard.stripe.com>`_, type `API` in the search bar, " +"and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "Configure the payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the " +"admin PIN code, validate and select your network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 +msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. " +"By default, this code is `07139`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 +msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment " +"method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. " +"Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful," +" the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment" +" request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 +msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 +msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add " +"it manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Log into your `Stripe's dashboard <https://dashboard.stripe.com>`_ and go to" +" :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an " +"already created location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill " +"in the required information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right" +" on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, " +"and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Vantiv" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 +msgid "Worldline" +msgstr "Worldline" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, " +"please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent " +"screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " +"Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 +msgid "Set the IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" +" (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 +msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " +"and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 +msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " +"19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and " +"click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> " +"OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a " +"new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " +"and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 +msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " +"\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the " +"amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " +"changes to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" +" appear on the payment record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the" +" payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the " +"order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " +"informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "การปัดเศษเงินสด" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` " +"rounding strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " +"close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " +"allow you to scan discount barcodes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 +msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 +msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" +msgstr "การตั้งชื่อบาร์โค้ด" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 +msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " +"barcode:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " +"with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " +"before adding the product barcode. In our example, the barcode would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 +msgid "Scan the products & tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 +msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 +msgid "" +"And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " +"finish the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Discounts" +msgstr "ลดราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " +"increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " +"time-limited, seasonal or manually given." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " +"strategy tailored to every business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 +msgid "Apply manual discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 +msgid "" +"If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " +"solution for your Point of Sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " +"inside an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 +msgid "Apply a discount on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 +msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 +msgid "Apply a global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 +msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 +msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" +" discount on oranges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 +msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " +"feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" +" the PoS and define a default one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 +msgid "Create a pricelist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " +"create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " +"price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " +"pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 +msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 +msgid "" +"On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " +"Then, you can finalize the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record " +"transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business " +"of your customers and providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that " +"automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in " +"the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more " +"fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 +msgid "" +"According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"<../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions" +" are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also " +":ref:`create new fiscal positions <fiscal_positions/mapping>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the " +"**customer taxes** field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 +msgid "Use fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Open a :ref:`POS session <pos/session-start>` to use one of the allowed " +"fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-" +"shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies " +"the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen " +"fiscal position's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the" +" fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " +"*Loyalty Program*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " +"Under the Pricing features, select *Loyalty Program*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 +msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " +"discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " +"range. Apply rules so that it is only valid in specific situation and " +"everything in between." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 +msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " +"transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " +"using the button *Rewards* when they have enough points according to the " +"rules defined in the loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 +msgid "" +"You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" +" finalize the order in your usual way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " +"can of course change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:80 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "รายการราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " +"time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " +"one get one free). When the period is over, prices go back to normal. But " +"how does that relate with Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " +"*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " +"the same product: a regular one and a special one for happy hours. Available" +" in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 +msgid "Set up Pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " +"go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" +" enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," +" set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " +"happy hour and the discount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." +" You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:39 +msgid "" +"From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" +" to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:46 +msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Receipts and invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "ใบเสร็จ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " +":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header &" +" Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the " +"receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable " +"the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "POS receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 +msgid "" +"From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown " +"selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All" +" active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " +"order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your " +"reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "การแจ้งหนี้" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash " +"register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 +msgid "Set a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:48 +msgid "" +"First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS " +"interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> " +"Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of " +"**customers**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "customer selection and creation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:55 +msgid "" +"From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name " +"or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a " +"customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking " +":guilabel:`Details`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the " +"payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 +msgid "Invoice a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment " +"screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable" +" issuing and printing invoices upon payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" +" automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:78 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:80 +msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:82 +msgid "" +"access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:84 +msgid "" +"to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the " +"order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in " +"the :guilabel:`Status` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:97 +msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on" +" their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing " +"information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so " +"generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order " +"status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to " +":guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "order status change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select " +"the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on " +"ticket`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 +msgid "View statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting" +" --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter " +"or group depending on your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "Restaurant features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Managing a restaurant or a bar comes with specific needs. The Point of Sale " +"application provides various features that allow performing all the required" +" tasks in such businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 +msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 +msgid "" +":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior " +"<restaurant/floors_tables>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13 +msgid ":ref:`take orders <floors_tables/orders>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 +msgid "" +":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS " +"<restaurant/kitchen_printing>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15 +msgid "" +":doc:`print bills in advance and split them <restaurant/bill_printing>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`collect tips <restaurant/tips>`; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food <pricing/fiscal_position>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To enable the restaurant and bar-specific features, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +"POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:25 +msgid "" +"These features are displayed in the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst-1 +msgid "restaurant and bar-specific features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Bills" +msgstr "ใบเรียกเก็บเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Typical practices in restaurants or bars are to request the bill before " +"proceeding to payment or splitting it based on the items ordered. Odoo POS " +"provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** " +"and **Bill Splitting**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To activate the features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, select the POS, and activate :guilabel:`Early " +"Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " +":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21 +msgid "Bill printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to" +" generate and print a bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes" +" to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30 +msgid "Bill splitting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32 +msgid "" +"From an open session, click :guilabel:`Split` to select the items to " +"regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " +"to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as " +"they have been paid for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38 +msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 +msgid "Floors and tables management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:6 +msgid "Add a floor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " +"under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " +"Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a " +"pos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each " +"table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:21 +msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:24 +msgid "Add tables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " +"allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and" +" their shape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " +"shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " +"sits the table can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48 +msgid "Register your table(s) orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50 +msgid "" +"To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " +"taken to your main interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 +msgid "Transfer customer(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " +"use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:64 +msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " +"transferring your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" +"to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79 +msgid "Register an additional order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " +"another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92 +msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Orders printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Integrating printers in a restaurant or bar's workflow can enhance " +"communication and collaboration between the front-of-house and back-of-house" +" teams, leading to a more streamlined and efficient service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:15 +msgid "Enable and create printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To enable sending orders to a kitchen or bar printer, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section, and enable :guilabel:`Kitchen " +"Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To get a list of all the printers already created or to modify an already " +"created printer, click :guilabel:`--> Printers` and select the desired " +"printer to open the setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "settings to enable the kitchen printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:32 +msgid "Setup form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the :ref:`setup form <kitchen_printing/enable>`, select the " +":guilabel:`Printer Type` according to your installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If your printer is connected to an IoT box, select :guilabel:`Use a printer " +"connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Device` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you use an Epson printer that does not need an IoT box, select " +":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the printer's IP address in the " +":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Set your printer to print specific products based on their POS category. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Printed Product " +"Categories` field. If you leave this field empty, all products are sent to " +"the printer regardless of their POS category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 +msgid "Print orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"From an open session, start taking an order and click :guilabel:`Order` to " +"send it to the bar or the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When products can be printed, they appear in green in the cart, and the " +"order button turns green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "เคล็ดลับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in " +":ref:`shops <pos/sell>`, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants " +"<../restaurant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To allow tipping in your POS, activate the :guilabel:`Tips` feature in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. At the top of" +" the page, select the POS in which you wish to allow **tipping**, scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section and check :guilabel:`Tips`. Once " +"enabled, add a :guilabel:`Tip Product` in the corresponding field, and save." +" The designated product will be used as a reference on customers' receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "enable tips in a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 +msgid "Tip products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Tip products** can be created on the spot. To do so, enter a product's " +"name in the :ref:`Tip Product <configuration>` field and click " +":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " +"configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, if you wish to be able to select the tip product in a POS session, " +"you must activate the **Available in POS** setting. To do so, click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open the product configuration form. Then," +" go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` " +"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as " +":guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different " +"one for each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 +msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` payment " +"terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check " +":guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip " +"settings <configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 +msgid "Tip after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use a POS system in a bar or a restaurant, you can enable " +":guilabel:`Add tip after payment (North America specific)`. Doing so " +"generates a bill to print and complete manually by the customer and the " +"waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after" +" the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal " +"attributed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 +msgid "Add tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add tips to an order, :ref:`access the payment screen <pos/sell>` and " +"click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "tip popup window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select the :ref:`tip product <tip-product>` on the " +"POS interface to add it to the cart. When selected, the product is " +"automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales " +"Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 +msgid "" +"During checkout, select **Adyen** as the payment terminal, and send the " +"payment request to the device by clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The customers " +"are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen " +"before proceeding to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 +msgid "" +"At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. " +"Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the following screen, click the percentage (:guilabel:`15%`, " +":guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`), :guilabel:`No Tip`, or enter the tipping " +"amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to" +" the following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 +msgid "Shop features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your " +"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be " +"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " +":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1 +msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 +msgid "" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 +msgid "" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of" +" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28 +msgid "Assign barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31 +msgid "To your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do" +" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open" +" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " +"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38 +msgid "To your employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app " +"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your " +"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR " +"Settings` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 +msgid "Use barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48 +msgid "Scan products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly " +"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed," +" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for" +" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 +msgid "Log employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, " +":ref:`restrict access <employee_login/configuration>` to the POS and " +":ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in <employee_login/badge>` your " +"POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When working in retail, you might need to order products directly from your " +"Point of sale. Fortunately, Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with Odoo" +" Sales, meaning that you can create a sales order and pay for it directly " +"from your point of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 +msgid "Select a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the **Point of Sale** application, open a new session. Then, click on " +":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and " +"sales orders created on the sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 +msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To ease finding the right sales order, you can filter that list on the " +"**customer** or on the **order reference**. You can also set the customer " +"before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one " +"particular customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26 +msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28 +msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 +msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Settle the order **partially**: after clicking on :guilabel:`Apply a down " +"payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay." +" Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to " +"pay for the total of the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically " +"deducted from the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Working with **serial numbers** and **lots** allows tracking your products' " +"movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location " +"based on their last movement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To enable traceability, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products -->" +" Products`. Then, select a product and check the :guilabel:`Tracking By " +"Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable traceability settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"You can import serial numbers in Point of Sale. To do so, select a **sales " +"order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load " +"the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can " +"modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If a tracked product is available in your POS, adding the product to the " +"cart opens a pop-up window where you can type or scan the product's serial " +"or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on " +"**enter** to validate and start a new line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view " +"button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot & Serial Number(s)` are :guilabel:`required` on tracked " +"products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " +"**not** prevent from completing the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "เช่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 +msgid "" +"From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule " +"rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/rental>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental <https://www.odoo.com/slides/rental-48>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "กำหนดค่าเช่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and " +"click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a" +" price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a " +"*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " +"usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Example of rental pricing configuration in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*." +" You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" +" temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not " +"forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this " +"option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create" +" a rental order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 +msgid "" +"A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " +"pay?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 +msgid "" +"After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the " +"cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " +"rental's eight days, for a total of $750." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the " +"arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to " +"make sure your products are returned on time and in their original " +"condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Documents settings in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " +"Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default " +"*Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already" +" uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by " +"clicking on *Upload Template*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on " +"*Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents*" +" again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to " +"start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is " +"completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sign-61>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 +msgid "" +"You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or " +"return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and " +"select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all " +"information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked " +"up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and " +"potential rental delay costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Printing a Pickup and Return receipt in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation " +"to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sales-17>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 +msgid "Amazon Connector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Connector Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Amazon Connector** synchronizes the orders between Amazon and your " +"Odoo database, which reduces considerably the amount of time spent on your " +"Amazon Seller Central dashboard, making your daily routine a lot easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:10 +msgid "Supported Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:12 +msgid "The connector is able to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Synchronize (Amazon to Odoo) all confirmed orders (both FBA and FBM) and " +"their order items which include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:17 +msgid "the product’s name, description and quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:18 +msgid "the shipping costs for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:19 +msgid "the gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Create on Odoo any missing partner related to an order (contact types " +"supported: contact and delivery)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Notify Amazon of a shipping confirmed on Odoo (FBM) in order to get paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:25 +msgid "Support multiple seller accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:26 +msgid "Support multiple marketplaces per seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Amazon (FBA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:29 +msgid "Fulfilled By Merchant (FBM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "**Orders**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize shipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:31 +msgid "Synchronize unshipped and canceled orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "**Shipping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 +msgid "Charges" +msgstr "ค่าธรรมเนียม" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:35 +msgid "Delivery created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "**Gift Wrapping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Handled by Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:37 +msgid "Gift wrapping charges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:38 +msgid "Gift message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "**Stock Management**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "One stock move created per sales order item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:40 +msgid "Handled by the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "**Confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:43 +msgid "Notify Amazon when confirming delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The connector is designed to synchronize orders' data as detailed above. " +"Other actions, such as downloading monthly fees reports, handling disputes, " +"or issuing refunds must be managed from Amazon Seller Central, as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:55 +msgid "Supported Marketplaces" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace <amazon/add-new-marketplace>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`setup`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Amazon orders in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Synchronization of orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Orders are automatically fetched from Amazon and synchronized in Odoo at " +"regular intervals. The synchronization is based on the Amazon status: only " +"orders whose status has changed since the last synchronization are fetched " +"from Amazon. For **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon), only **Shipped** and " +"**Canceled** orders are fetched. For **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant), the " +"same is done for **Unshipped** and **Canceled** orders. For each " +"synchronized order, a sales order and a customer are created in Odoo if they" +" are not yet registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When an order is canceled in Amazon and was already synchronized in Odoo, " +"the corresponding sales order is automatically canceled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " +"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " +":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " +"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " +"save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, head to your Amazon account and " +"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " +"**SYNC PICKINGS**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 +msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " +"picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " +"either ship all the ordered products to your customer at once or ship " +"products partially by using backorders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " +"Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " +"it) is on its way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " +"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " +"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " +"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " +"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " +"recognize them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " +"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " +"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 +msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " +"move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " +"system. Inventory managers can find such moves in :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. They pick up products in a specific " +"inventory location called **Amazon**. This location represents your stock in" +" Amazon's warehouses and allows you to manage the stock of your products " +"under the FBA program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " +"adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " +"replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " +"accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" +" possible to follow the stock by marketplace. First, remove the marketplace " +"for which you want to follow the stock separately from the list of " +"synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another registration for this " +"account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to isolate from the " +"others. Finally, assign another stock location to the second registration of" +" your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 +msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "Issue invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " +"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " +"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 +msgid "" +"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " +"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " +"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " +"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " +":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " +"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " +"batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." +" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " +"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " +"account by the amount received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 +msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 +msgid "" +"As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " +"this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " +"Sales reporting. By default, your account's sales team is shared between all" +" of your company's accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " +"perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " +"similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " +"from the list of synchronized marketplaces. Then, create another " +"registration for this account and remove all marketplaces, except the one to" +" isolate from the others. Finally, assign another sales team to one of the " +"two registrations of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 +msgid ":doc:`features`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on :guilabel:`CREATE`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Choose a meaningful name for your account (e.g. `Europe`), and select your " +":guilabel:`Sign-up Marketplace`. This is the original sign-up marketplace of" +" your seller account (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, " +"your sign-up marketplace will be `amazon.de`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Upon saving, a button to :guilabel:`link with Amazon` appears. Click on it " +"to be redirected to the Amazon login page, or directly to the consent page " +"if you are already logged in. There, confirm that you want Amazon to give " +"Odoo access to your account and related data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Amazon redirects you to Odoo, with your account registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab. If you " +"wish, you can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces " +"to disable their synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 +msgid "Match database products in Amazon" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " +"created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " +"product, one for the shipping charges (if any) and one for the gift wrapping" +" charges (if any)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " +"matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " +"the **shipping code** for delivery charges, and the **gift wrapping** code " +"for gift wrapping charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " +"listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " +"automatically created when the pairing is established and are used for " +"subsequent orders to lookup SKUs. If no offer with a matching SKU is found, " +":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " +"product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" +" be manually created if it was not automatically done yet. This is useful if" +" you do not use the internal reference as the SKU or if you sell the product" +" under different conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " +"given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " +"is used. The same is done with the default product **Amazon Shipping** and " +"the shipping code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:61 +msgid "Configure taxes of products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " +"the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " +"fiscal position. Make sure to have set the correct taxes on your products in" +" Odoo or to have it done by a fiscal position, to avoid discrepancies in the" +" subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:69 +msgid "" +"As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " +"Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " +"Seller Central. Those differences can be resolved with a write-off when " +"reconciling the payments in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 +msgid "Add a new marketplace" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 +msgid "" +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"<amazon/supported-marketplaces>`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Create a new marketplace record. Enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace ID` and " +"select the :guilabel:`Amazon Region` for your marketplace as described in " +"the `Amazon Documentation for marketplace IDs and regions " +"<https://developer-docs.amazon.com/amazon-shipping/docs/marketplace-ids>`_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs <https://developer-" +"docs.amazon.com/amazon-shipping/docs/seller-central-urls>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.<country code>` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " +"respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " +"*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" +" --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`. Open the account on which you wish to" +" use the new marketplace, go to the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab and click " +"on :guilabel:`Update available marketplaces` (an animation should confirm " +"the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically " +"added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is " +"not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or " +"unavailable for your seller account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 +msgid "eBay Connector" +msgstr "account_plaid" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:3 +msgid "How to list a product?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:6 +msgid "Listing without variation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to list a product, you need to check the **use eBay** field on a " +"product form. The eBay tab will be available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When the **Use Stock Quantity** field is checked, the quantity sets on eBay " +"will be the Odoo **Forecast Quantity**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The **Description Template** allows you to use templates for your listings. " +"The default template only use the **eBay Description** field of the product." +" You can use html inside the **Description Template** and in the **eBay " +"Description**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use pictures in your listing, you need to add them as **Attachments** on " +"the product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:24 +msgid "Listing with variations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" +" the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " +"well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 +msgid "Listing with item specifics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In order to add item specifics, you should create a product attribute with " +"one value in the **Variants** tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:44 +msgid "Product Identifiers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products identifiers such as EAN, UPC, Brand or MPN are required in most of " +"the eBay category. The module manages the EAN and UPC identifiers with the " +"**Barcode** field of the product variant. If the **Barcode** field is empty " +"or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " +"apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " +"specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " +"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"listing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 +msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:6 +msgid "Create eBay tokens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In order to create your tokens, you need to create a developer account on " +"the `developer portal <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_. Once you are " +"logged in, you can create **Sandbox Keys** and **Production Keys** by " +"clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:16 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the keys, you can get the user token. To do so, click " +"on the **Get a User Token** link in the bottom of the page. Go through the " +"form, log in with you eBay account and you will get the keys and token " +"needed to configure the module in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:22 +msgid "Set up tokens in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To set up the eBay integration, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:29 +msgid "" +"First choose if you want to use the production or the sandbox eBay Site. " +"Then fill in the fields **Developer Key**, **Token**, **App Key**, **Cert " +"Key**. Apply the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once the page is reloaded, you need to synchronize information from eBay. " +"Push on **Sync countries and currencies**, then you can fill in all the " +"other fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When all the fields are filled in, you can synchronize the categories and " +"the policies by clicking on the adequate buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " +"deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " +"request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the " +"request and take further action if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" +" reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " +"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"account deletion notifications <ebay/subscribe-account-deletion-" +"notifications>` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " +"until the subscription is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " +"**Verification Token**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_ " +"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " +"unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 +msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "A verification token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " +"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" +" sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Button to send test notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " +"synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " +"that eBay enforces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " +"however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " +"systems running in parallel in existing installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 +msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " +"product status*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " +"every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " +"synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " +"near future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " +"of the old one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 +msgid "Invoicing Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 +msgid "" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 +msgid "" +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 +msgid "" +"It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a " +"consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a " +"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 +msgid "Expenses configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To track & invoice expenses, you will need the expenses app. Go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Expenses` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration" +" --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:74 +msgid "Add expenses to your sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:76 +msgid "" +"From the expense app, you or your consultant can create a new one, e.g. the " +"hotel for the first week on the site of your customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can then enter a relevant description and select an existing product or " +"create a new one from right there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:85 +msgid "Here, we are creating a *Hotel* product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To modify or create more products go to :menuselection:`Expenses --> " +"Configuration --> Expense products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Back on the expense, add the original sale order in the expense to submit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:106 +msgid "It can then be submitted to the manager, approved and finally posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:117 +msgid "It will then be in the sales order and ready to be invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on delivered or ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Different business policies might require different options for invoicing:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The *Invoice what is ordered* rule is used as the default mode in Odoo " +"*Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is " +"confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The *Invoice what is delivered* rule invoices customers once the delivery is" +" done. This rule is often used for businesses that sell materials, liquids, " +"or food in large quantities. In these cases, the ordered quantity may differ" +" slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the " +"quantity actually delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 +msgid "Invoicing policy features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To activate the necessary invoicing policy features, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` heading, select an :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` rule: " +":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is " +"delivered`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered` rule is chosen, it is **not** " +"possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which " +"automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:34 +msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 +msgid "" +"On any product page, via the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Products dashboard`, locate the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option located " +"under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually " +"using the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 +msgid "Impact on sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Sales*, the basic sales flow starts with the creation of a " +"quotation. Then, that quotation is sent to a customer. Next, it needs to be " +"confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, " +"creates an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the " +"aforementioned sales flow:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An " +"invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`: Minor impact on sales flow, because " +"the delivered quantity needs to be manually entered on the sales order. Or, " +"the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered " +"quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If a user attempts to create an invoice without validating the delivered " +"quantity, the following error message appears: :guilabel:`There is no " +"invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, " +"please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 +msgid "" +"If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has " +"been delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation is confirmed, and the status changes from " +":guilabel:`Quotation sent` to :guilabel:`Sales order`, the delivered and " +"invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. " +"This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically adds the quantities to the invoice, both " +":guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial " +"delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Finally, there are a few different options to create an invoice: " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to " +"learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice project milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Milestone invoicing can be used for expensive or large-scale projects, with " +"each milestone representing a clear sequence of work that will incrementally" +" build up to the completion of the contract. This invoicing method is " +"comfortable both for the company which is ensured to get a steady cash flow " +"throughout the project lifetime and for the client who can monitor the " +"project's progress and pay in several installments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:13 +msgid "Create milestone products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, each milestone of your project is considered as a product. To " +"configure products to work this way, go to any product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You have to set the product type as *Service* under general information and " +"select *Milestones* in the sales tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice milestones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:27 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, you can manually edit the quantity delivered as you " +"complete a milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:33 +msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 +msgid "Activate the feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 +msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Time and Materials is generally used in projects in which it is not possible" +" to accurately estimate the size of the project, or when it is expected that" +" the project requirements would most likely change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"This is opposed to a fixed-price contract in which the owner agrees to pay " +"the contractor a lump sum for the fulfillment of the contract no matter what" +" the contractors pay their employees, sub-contractors, and suppliers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For this documentation I will use the example of a consultant, you will need" +" to invoice their time, their various expenses (transport, lodging, ...) and" +" purchases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:19 +msgid "Invoice time configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To keep track of progress in the project, you will need the *Project* app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Project` to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In *Project* you will use timesheets, to do so go to :menuselection:`Project" +" --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Timesheets* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:32 +msgid "Invoice your time spent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From a product page set as a service, you will find two options under the " +"invoicing tab, select both *Timesheets on tasks* and *Create a task in a new" +" project*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:41 +msgid "You could also add the task to an existing project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Once confirming a sales order, you will now see two new buttons, one for the" +" project overview and one for the current task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You will directly be in the task if you click on it, you can also access it " +"from the *Project* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Under timesheets, you can assign who works on it. You can or they can add " +"how many hours they worked on the project so far." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:58 +msgid "From the sales order, you can then invoice those hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You should also activate the analytic accounts feature to link expenses to " +"the sales order, to do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings` and activate *Analytic Accounting*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"under the invoicing tab, select *Delivered quantities* and either *At cost* " +"or *Sales price* as well depending if you want to invoice the cost of your " +"expense or a previously agreed on sales price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:120 +msgid "Invoice purchases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The last thing you might need to add to the sale order is purchases made for" +" it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You will need the *Purchase Analytics* feature, to activate it, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings` and select " +"*Purchase Analytics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:129 +msgid "" +"While making the purchase order don't forget to add the right analytic " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once the PO is confirmed and received, you can create the vendor bill, this " +"will automatically add it to the SO where you can invoice it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 +msgid "Products & Prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 +msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and " +"in-store shopping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To enable eWallets and gift cards for eCommerce and Point of Sale (PoS), " +"first enable :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` under " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing " +"section`. Once enabled, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card " +"program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 +msgid "eWallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 +msgid "" +"eWallets allow customers to save credits on their online account and use " +"these credits as a payment method when buying items in an online store or a " +"brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple " +":ref:`gift cards <ewallet_gift/gift-cards>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating an eWallet program, it is necessary to create an eWallet " +"**top-up** product. Top-ups are pre-defined digital credit values added to " +"an eWallet in exchange for its equivalent in real currency. These credits " +"can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS " +"(Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to " +"the eWallet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a top-up product, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products -->" +" Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, " +"configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, " +"`$50 Top-Up`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-" +"up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the top-up is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products -->" +" Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The " +"following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. " +"Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email template`: select the email template used for the email " +"sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select " +":guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and " +"available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is " +"valid and available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and " +"available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: select the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` in which " +"the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "eWallet program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate eWallet` " +"button in the upper-left corner to generate eWallets. eWallets can be " +"generated based on :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags`. " +"The quantity is automatically adapted according to the :guilabel:`Customers`" +" and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet " +"value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Generated eWallets can be accessed through the :guilabel:`eWallets` smart " +"button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " +":guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Click on an eWallet to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an " +"eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 +msgid "Gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment " +"method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new gift card program, it is necessary to first create " +"gift cards as products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product " +"template, configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card " +"products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Once the gift card product is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card " +"program. The following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Card Products`: select the gift card product created " +"earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different " +"amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email template`: select the default :guilabel:`Gift Card: Gift " +"Card Information` template, or create a new template by clicking on the " +"field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "Gift card program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate Gift Cards` " +"button in the upper-left corner to generate gift cards. Gift cards can be " +"generated either for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers` or :guilabel:`Selected " +"Customers`. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity to generate` for " +":guilabel:`Anonymous Customers`, or select the :guilabel:`Customers` and/or " +":guilabel:`Customer Tags` for :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period" +" if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Generated gift cards can be accessed through the :guilabel:`Gift Cards` " +"smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " +":guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Click on a gift card to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift " +"card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Point of Sale* applications allow users " +"to create discount and loyalty programs that customers can use for online " +"and in-store shopping. These programs offer more varied, public, and time-" +"sensitive pricing options than :doc:`pricelists " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 +msgid "Configure the settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To begin using discount and loyalty programs, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Pricing` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & " +"Gift Card` setting by checking the box next to the feature. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:19 +msgid "Configure discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If no discount or loyalty programs have been created yet, Odoo provides a " +"choice of templates to help create the first program. Choose one of the " +"template cards, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new program from " +"scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to " +"edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Templates only appear when no programs have been created, and they disappear" +" once the first program is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:38 +msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:40 +msgid "The program form contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Program Name`: Enter the name of the program. The program name is" +" *not* visible to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Program Type`: Select the desired :ref:`program type " +"<sales/pricing_management/program-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Points Unit`: Enter the name of the points used for the " +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` program (e.g. `Loyalty Points`). The points unit " +"name *is* visible to the customer. This field is only available when the " +":guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity`: Select the date until which the program is valid. " +"Leave this field blank for no end date, meaning the program is always valid " +"and does not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Usage`: Check this box and enter a number to limit the " +"number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the case of multiple companies, choose the company " +"for which the program is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: Select the app(s) on which the program is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website(s) on which the program is " +"available. Leave this field blank to make it available on all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the point(s) of sale at which the program " +"is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS " +"(Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The options available on the program form vary depending on the " +":ref:`Program Type <sales/pricing_management/program-types>` selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All of the existing cards, codes, coupons, etc. that have been generated for" +" the program are accessible through the smart button located in the upper-" +"right corner of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 +msgid "Program types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The different :guilabel:`Program Types` available on the program form are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant " +"immediate access to rewards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes " +"that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " +"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Promotions`: Set conditional rules for ordering products, which, " +"when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Set codes which, when entered upon checkout, " +"grant discounts to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy X Get Y`: For every X item bought, the customer is granted 1 " +"credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can " +"trade them in to receive Y item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 +msgid "Conditional rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the " +"program applies to a customer's order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab, click :guilabel:`Add` next to " +":guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The options for :guilabel:`Conditional rules` vary depending on the selected" +" :ref:`Program Type <sales/pricing_management/program-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:115 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring conditional rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Enter a custom code to be used for the " +":guilabel:`Discount Code` program, or use the default one generated by Odoo." +" This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to " +":guilabel:`Discount Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Minimum Quantity`: Enter the minimum number of products that must" +" be purchased in order to access the reward. Set the minimum quantity to at " +"least `1` to ensure that the customer must make a purchase in order to " +"access the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Minimum Purchase`: Enter the minimum amount (in currency), with " +":guilabel:`tax Included` or :guilabel:`tax Excluded`, that must be spent in " +"order to access the reward. If both a minimum quantity *and* minimum " +"purchase amount are entered, then the customer's order must meet both " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: Select the specific product(s) for which the program " +"applies. Leave this field blank to apply it to all products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Categories`: Select the category of products for which the " +"program applies. Choose :guilabel:`All` to apply it to all product " +"categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " +"that specific tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Grant`: Enter the number of points the customer earns " +":guilabel:`per order`, :guilabel:`per currency spent`, or :guilabel:`per " +"unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` " +"programs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule and close the pop-up window," +" or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the rule and immediately create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "รางวัล" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab of the program form, click " +":guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program." +" This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected " +":ref:`Program Type <sales/pricing_management/program-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward Type`: Select the reward type among :guilabel:`Free " +"Product`, :guilabel:`Discount`, and :guilabel:`Free Shipping`. The other " +"options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" +" product can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " +"eligible for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount`: Enter the discounted amount in either " +":guilabel:`percentage`, :guilabel:`currency per point`, or " +":guilabel:`currency per order`. Then, select whether the discount applies to" +" the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the " +"order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this " +"reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`In exchange of`: Enter the number of points required to exchange " +"for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get " +"Y` programs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which" +" is displayed to the customer upon checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 +msgid "Manage your pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:3 +msgid "How to sell in foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:5 +msgid "Pricelists can also be used to manage prices in foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow multi currencies* in :menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> " +"Settings`. As admin, you need *Adviser* access rights on " +"Invoicing/Accounting apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Create one pricelist per currency. A new *Currency* field shows up in " +"pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate a new currency, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`, select it in the list and press *Activate* in" +" the top-right corner. Now it will show up in currencies drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:17 +msgid "Prices in foreign currencies can be defined in two fashions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:20 +msgid "Automatic conversion from public price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The public price is in your company's main currency (see " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`) and is set in product detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"The conversion rates can be found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Currencies`. They can be updated from Yahoo or the " +"European Central Bank at your convenience: manually, daily, weekly, etc. See" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:40 +msgid "Set your own prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:42 +msgid "" +"This is advised if you don't want your pricing to change along with currency" +" rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:3 +msgid "How to adapt your prices to your customers and apply discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" +" to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several criteria to " +"use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " +"quantity and get a price break), etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " +"completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 +msgid "" +"*A single sale price per product:* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 +msgid "" +"*Different prices per customer segment:* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula:* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"and roundings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:24 +msgid "Several prices per product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " +"segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " +"in the product detail form. You can settle following strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:31 +msgid "Prices per customer segment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " +"segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " +"Pricelist* in the *Sales & Purchases* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 +msgid "Temporary prices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:48 +msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " +"period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:58 +msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " +"prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:68 +msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " +"Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " +"price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and " +"ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" +" or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" +" (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " +"e-Commerce)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " +"internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" +" option, you can set dates and minimum quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " +"another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:94 +msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 +msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:101 +msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 +msgid "Discounts with roundings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 +msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 +msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 +msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +msgid "Prices per country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " +"gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " +"country. In case no country is set for the customer, Odoo takes the first " +"pricelist without any country group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 +msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:131 +msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" +" % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 +msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 +msgid ":doc:`currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:146 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 +msgid "Manage your products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:3 +msgid "How to import Products with Categories and Variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Import templates are provided in the **Import Tool** of the most common data" +" to import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them " +"with any spreadsheet software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:11 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Remove columns you don't need. However, we advise you to not remove the *ID*" +" column (see why below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Don't change the labels of columns you want to import. Otherwise, Odoo won't" +" recognize them anymore, and you will have to map them on your own in the " +"import screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Feel free to add new columns, but the fields need to exist in Odoo. If Odoo " +"fails in matching the column name with a field, you can match it manually " +"when importing by browsing a list of available fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:24 +msgid "Why an “ID” column?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " +"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing, but it helps in many cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:32 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:35 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:37 +msgid "" +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g., a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations, you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can do this using the name of the related record or its ID. The ID is " +"expected when two records have the same name. In such a case, add \" / ID\" " +"at the end of the column title (e.g., for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 +msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " +"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " +"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" +" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " +"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 +msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " +"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +msgid "Google API dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " +"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" +" Keys**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 +msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"<https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/>`_ and click on **Get " +"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" +"of the page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " +"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " +"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " +"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" +" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" +" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " +"on the Home page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " +"and **Search the entire web**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " +"that you put at the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " +"activate **Google Images** and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " +"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " +"settings and save again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 +msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " +"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " +"the Inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " +":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " +"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 +msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " +"will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " +"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " +"by clicking on **Get picture**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 +msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " +"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " +"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " +"stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " +"<https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/manage-billing-account>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " +"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " +"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " +"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 +msgid "T-shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 +msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 +msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " +"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " +"**S** and **Blue** are values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " +"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Activating product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Activating product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 +msgid "Creating attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " +"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Products --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" +" appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " +"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " +"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " +"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " +"and values are added to a product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" +" and values are added to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " +"cannot be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" +" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +" From there, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "Type in the value's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " +"customer provides unique specifications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " +"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " +"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting a color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " +"a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " +"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " +"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "Creating product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " +"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " +"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " +"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " +"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " +"Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 +msgid "Managing product exclusions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " +"attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "T-Shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 +msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 +msgid "" +"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " +"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " +"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " +":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " +"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " +"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " +"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " +"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " +"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Excluding attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 +msgid "Setting a price per variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " +"variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" +" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " +"access the list of product variant values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " +"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" +" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Value Price Extra setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " +"barcode/SKU." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " +"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " +"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " +"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " +"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" +" variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " +"variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" +" variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" +" product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 +msgid "Process returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sales` app provides two different ways to process returns " +"based on whether an invoice has been sent or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:9 +msgid "Before invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Returns are completed using *Reverse Transfers* when a customer decides to " +"return a product before an invoice has been sent or validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In order to use Reverse Transfers, the :guilabel:`Inventory` app must also " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To start a return, open the :guilabel:`Sales` app, navigate to the " +"customer's sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button " +"to open the associated delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` matches the validated quantities from the delivery " +"order. Update the quantities if necessary. Click on the trash icon next to a" +" line item to remove it from the return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " +"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). Upon receiving the" +" return, the warehouse team validates the warehouse operation. Then, on the " +"original sales order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the " +"difference between the initial validated quantities and the returned " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is created, the customer receives an invoice only for the " +"products they are keeping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:42 +msgid "After invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their " +"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is " +"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, " +"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to " +"complete the customer's return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To start a return, navigate to the relevant sales order. If there is a " +"payment registered on the sales order, then the payment details will appear " +"in the Chatter, and the invoice (accessible through the :guilabel:`Invoices`" +" smart button) will have a green banner across it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view" +" the validated delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. Next, edit the " +":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Quantity` as needed for the return, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Return`. This generates a new warehouse operation for " +"the incoming returned product(s), which is validated by the warehouse team " +"once the return is received. Then, on the sales order, the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the difference between the " +"initial validated quantities and the returned quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order," +" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add " +"Credit Note` from the validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Credit Note\" pop-up window, to issue a credit to the customer after " +"invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to " +"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific " +"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72 +msgid "" +"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, " +":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" to confirm the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 +msgid "Send Quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 +msgid "Quotation deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to set deadlines on sales " +"quotations. Doing so encourages customers to act quickly during sales " +"negotiations, for they might fear for missing out on a good deal. As well, " +"deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has" +" to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 +msgid "Expiration date deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 +msgid "" +"On an Odoo *Sales* quotation, add an expiration date in the " +":guilabel:`Expiration` field located at the top of the quotation or sales " +"order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To add an expiration date to a quotation, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app`, and select a desired quotation, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if modifying a pre-existing " +"quotation), and click the :guilabel:`Expiration` field. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down calendar, in which the month and date can be designated as the " +"expiration date of the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 +msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the expiration date is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:30 +msgid "Deadlines in quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales* application also makes it possible to add a deadline to " +"every quotation template. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in " +"a quote, its associated deadline is automatically applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To add a deadline to a quotation template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`, and either select the " +"desired quotation template to which a deadline should be added, or click " +":guilabel:`Create` to build a new quotation template from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the quotation template detail page, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to " +"edit the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, add a specific number of days to the :guilabel:`Quotation expires " +"after` field, located beneath the quotation template name. The number of " +"days represents how long the quotation will be valid for, before it expires." +" When done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 +msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button on a quotation, Odoo " +"clearly displays when that specific offer expires. As a reminder, the number" +" of days is the same as those mentioned in the quotation template (if a " +"quotation template was used for the initial quotation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 +msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Deliveries and invoices to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " +"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " +"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To properly utilize multiple addresses in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` heading. Then, check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 +msgid "Contact form configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To add multiple addresses to a contact, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Orders --> Customers`, and clear any default filters from the search bar. " +"Then, click on the desired customer to open their contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 +msgid "Contact forms can be accessed in the *Contacts* application, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the contact form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then select " +":guilabel:`Add`, which is located under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses`" +" tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which " +"additional addresses can be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, start by clicking the default" +" :guilabel:`Other Address` field to reveal a drop-down menu of address-" +"related options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:41 +msgid "Select any of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the " +"existing contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once an option is selected, proceed to enter the corresponding contact " +"information that should be used for the specified address type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address and close the " +":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save " +"the address and immediately input another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:60 +msgid "Address added to quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 +msgid "" +"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" +" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields autopopulate with the corresponding " +"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" +" edited directly from the quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Edit` button," +" and then clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` internal link buttons " +"next to each address line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 +msgid "" +"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If any changes are made on a form in Odoo, include *Contacts* forms, " +"remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Get paid to confirm an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In general, online payments are considered as a fast and secure alternative " +"to traditional payment methods. It is generally cheaper, easier and faster " +"than other payment methods. It is particularly useful and efficient for " +"international transactions. With Odoo Sales, you can use online payments to " +"get automatic orders confirmation. Online payments are made instantly, so " +"it's very convenient and saves lots of time in a basic sales process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:12 +msgid "Enable online payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" +" **Online Payment** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 +msgid "" +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Providers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your providers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment provider, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment providers such as " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers` documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`; you can " +"activate or not the **Online Payment** feature for each template you use, " +"under their confirmation tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:35 +msgid "Register a payment" +msgstr "ลงทะเบียนการชําระเงิน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:37 +msgid "" +"After opening quotations from their received email, your customers will have" +" different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" +" your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 +msgid "Online signatures for order confirmations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales* application provides customers with the ability to confirm " +"orders via an online signature directly on the sales order. Once the sales " +"order is electronically signed by the customer, the salesperson attached to " +"the sales order is automatically notified that the order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11 +msgid "Activate online signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To activate the *online signature* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & " +"Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by " +"checking the box beside it. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the " +"top-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable online signature in Odoo Sales settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 +msgid "" +"On quotation templates, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " +"under the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on a quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On standard quotations, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " +"under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on standard quotations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "Order confirmations with online signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When quotations are sent to clients, there's an option for them to " +":guilabel:`Sign & Pay` directly on the quotation in the online customer " +"portal. When clicked, clients have the option to draw a signature, fill in " +"the field with an automated signature, or load a file from their computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once signed, the various payment method options become available. Then, when" +" the quotation is paid and confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created (if the Odoo *Inventory* app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy that involves the " +"cross-selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer " +"useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " +"sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, they have the choice to " +"order massaging seats, as well, or ignore the offer and simply buy the car. " +"Presenting the choice to purchase optional products enhances the customer " +"experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:14 +msgid "Optional products on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:16 +msgid "" +"With the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to add or modify optional " +"products directly on quotations by navigating to the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab on a quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button to reveal a preview of the " +"quotation customers would receive via email, along with the optional " +"products they have a chance of adding to their order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0 +msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In practice, customers are able to add different optional products to an " +"order by clicking the :guilabel:`🛒 (shopping cart)` icon, located to the " +"right of the optional product line. If a customer selects all the optional " +"products suggested, these additional items are automatically filled in on " +"the quotation that is managed by the salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When the customer adds an optional product(s) to an order, the salesperson " +"is instantly notified about the change, along with any other change the " +"customer makes to an order. This allows salespeople to stay up-to-date with " +"everything related to an order in the backend of the *Sales* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 +msgid "Optional products on quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Be sure to review the documentation on how to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template` to better " +"understand how quotation templates work before reading the following " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:58 +msgid "" +"For quotation templates, just like a typical quotation form, there is also " +"an :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, wherein related products or services " +"can be added to a quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add optional products to a quotation template, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Then, " +"either select an existing quotation template to edit, or create a new one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then click the " +":guilabel:`Optional Products` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Optional Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the desired product to add as " +"an optional product to the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It's best to offer optional products that would encourage a customer to add " +"additional items to their order, or entice them to purchase a more expensive" +" version of their initially selected product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer purchases a wooden chair, some optional products " +"could be: a warranty on that chair and/or a wooden chair with leather seats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When the desired optional product(s) have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`" +" to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to how many optional products can be added to a quotation " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The products added in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab are present in " +"the quotation, by default, whenever that particular quotation template is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Use product variants on quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants can be added to quotations and sales orders using the " +"Product Configurator, Variant Grid Entry, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable product variants on quotations and sales orders, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Product Catalog` " +"and activate one or both of the :guilabel:`Product Configurator` and " +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` settings. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Activating entry type settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After saving the settings, configure the product form. Head over to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and select any product (or " +"click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one). On the product form, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab. Under " +":guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection`, choose either :guilabel:`Product " +"Configurator` or :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry`. This selection determines " +"which method is used to add the product to quotations or sales orders. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Sales variant selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The product must have at least two variants (one attribute with two values) " +"created in order for the :guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection` option to " +"appear. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` under :guilabel:`Attribute` to add " +"attributes and values to this product and create product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37 +msgid "Use the Product Configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` appears on a quotation or sales order " +"when products are added that have both variants configured and the " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator` option selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` lets salespeople choose exactly which " +"product variant to add to the quotation or sales order using a format " +"similar to online shopping. Color options display any HTML color codes set " +"up in the :guilabel:`Color` attribute. Features with an additional cost will" +" display the additional cost next to their name. Once the desired product " +"variant attributes are selected, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the product " +"variant to the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product Configurator and Price Extras." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:52 +msgid "" +"By default, the product variant attributes are displayed on the quotation or" +" sales order in the :guilabel:`Description` column, but the " +":guilabel:`Product Variant` column can be added through the additional " +"options menu (3 vertical dots icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:57 +msgid "Use Variant Grid Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entries` appear on a quotation or sales order when " +"products are added that have both variants configured and the " +":guilabel:`Order Grid Entry` option selected. Grid entry can streamline the " +"process of creating large, varied quotations by letting salespeople enter " +"exact quantities of each product variant all at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` displays a grid of every variant available " +"for the selected product. Choose the exact quantities of each product " +"variant for a quotation or sales order by typing in the number or using the " +"arrows. :guilabel:`Not Available` is displayed when a particular variant has" +" been deactivated in the database. Once all the product variants and their " +"quantities have been set, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add them to the " +"quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variant Grid Entry pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Each product variant appears as an individual line item on the quotation or " +"sales order, because each of these items has its own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Line items for grid variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "เทมเพลตใบเสนอราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo *Sales*, salespeople have the ability to create reusable quotation " +"templates for common product or service offerings that the business offers. " +"By using these templates, quotations can be tailored and sent to customers " +"at a much faster pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " +"every time a sales negotiation occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Begin by activating the setting in :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & " +"Orders` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In that section, check the box beside the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` " +"option. Doing so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which " +"a default quotation template can be chosen from a drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Also, upon activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` feature, an " +"internal :guilabel:`➡️ Quotation Templates` link appears beneath the " +":guilabel:`Default Template` field. Clicking that link reveals the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from which templates can be created, " +"viewed, and edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Consider activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Builder` option in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`, as well, which is located in the right column beside " +"the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` option. This feature aides in the design" +" and customization of quotation templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Note:** enabling this feature also automatically installs the Odoo " +"*Website* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, don't forget to click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to activate the feature(s) and save all changes made" +" during the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 +msgid "Create quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link on the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"page, or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Quotation Templates`. Both options reveal the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " +"edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To create a new quotation template, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, " +"located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " +"template form that can be customized in a number of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Start by entering a name for the template in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. Then, in the :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` field, " +"designate how many days the quotation template will remain valid for, or " +"leave the field on the default `0` to keep the template valid indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Company` field, designate to which company this quotation " +"template applies, if working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Beneath those fields are three tabs: :guilabel:`Lines`, :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products`, :guilabel:`Confirmation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, products can be added to the quotation " +"template by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, organized by clicking `Add a" +" section` (and dragging/dropping section headers accordingly), and further " +"explained with discretionary information (such as warranty details, terms, " +"etc.) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line` for each " +"compatible cross-selling product related to the original items in the " +":guilabel:`Lines` tab, if applicable. The products added here ideally " +"compliment the original offering as added value for the prospective buyer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab, enable options, as needed, to " +"require an :guilabel:`Online Signature` and/or an :guilabel:`Online " +"Payment`, which each allow buyers to confirm orders automatically using the " +"web portal view after the required action is taken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:82 +msgid "" +"There's also an option to add a :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` to the " +"quotation template, as well - meaning whenever this template is used, and an" +" order is confirmed, an email is sent to the customer informing them that " +"their order has been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Allow customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:91 +msgid "Design quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:94 +msgid "" +"The following section on designing quotation templates only applies to " +"databases that have the *Quotation Builder* feature enabled, which is " +"accessible by following the :ref:`configuration steps above " +"<sales/send_quotations/templates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner of the quotation template form, there's a " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. When clicked, Odoo reveals a preview of " +"the quotation template, as it will appear on the front-end of the website, " +"with a :guilabel:`Template Header` specifying that this content will appear " +"on all quotations using this specific template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To edit the content, look, and overall design of the quotation template, " +"click the :guilabel:`Edit` button in the upper-right corner. Doing so " +"reveals a variety of design elements and feature-filled building blocks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Design quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop any desired building blocks onto the blank quotation template," +" and proceed to further customize the content to fit any business need. When" +" all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to put those configurations into place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Drag and drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo " +"Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:120 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:122 +msgid "" +"When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`), choose a " +"preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To view what the customer will see, click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` " +"smart button to see how the quotation template will look on the front-end of" +" the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:137 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "Subscriptions" +msgstr "การสมัครสมาชิก" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Subscriptions* is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new " +"contracts <subscriptions/quotations>`, :doc:`upsell customers " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling>`, keep the churn under " +"control, and :doc:`generate reports " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/reports>` on the main :abbr:`KPIs (Key " +"Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, " +":abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/subscription-20>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "Subscription quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 +msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the " +"*Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales>` app. You can " +"either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Select a :doc:`subscription plan </applications/sales/subscriptions/plans>` " +"to prefill the quotation instantly, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an " +"end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " +":doc:`Customer Addresses " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses>` " +"feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 +msgid "Confirmation" +msgstr "การยืนยัน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Send the quotation to the customer for confirmation by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Customer Preview` to preview the customer portal where " +"the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with" +" you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 +msgid "Automatic payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You can require the customer to set an automatic payment method and pre-pay " +"the subscription's first occurrence before they can confirm their quotation." +" To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check " +"the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If you leave :guilabel:`Payment` unchecked, the customer doesn't have to " +"pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not " +"automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the online confirmation requires a pre-payment, your customer can select " +"only the :ref:`payment providers <payment_providers/supported_providers>` " +"that have the :ref:`tokenization feature " +"<payment_providers/features/tokenization>`. This ensures that the customer " +"is automatically charged at each new period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Automatic alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " +"with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " +"not want to go through the list of all your subscribers to check how things " +"are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " +"want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " +"if the satisfaction rate of your customers drops below 50%, you would " +"probably want to schedule a call with them to understand the reasons for " +"their dissatisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" +" task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " +"customer's dissatisfaction, and finally, why not automatically send " +"satisfaction surveys so customers can evaluate your services? All of that is" +" now possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +msgid "Create a new automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " +"satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " +"subscription. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" +" to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " +"even on a specific product. If you want to add more specifications, you can " +"also specify the value of your MRR, the change rate of your MRR over a " +"certain period of time, the value of the satisfaction rate, and even the " +"stage to which you want to apply this alert." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " +"goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " +"*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " +"there is a change or anything added to the subscription, and all the " +"conditions on the *Apply on* section are met. Now, if the *Trigger on* is " +"set to *Timed condition*, it means that the action is triggered based on the" +" type of *Trigger date*. After that, you can choose your *Action*. You have " +"the choice between *Create next activity*, *Set a tag on the subscription*, " +"*Set a stage on the subscription*, *Mark as To Renew*, *Send an email to the" +" customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " +"therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " +"And because the *Send an email to the customer* action was adopted, an " +"*Email template* can be chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " +"customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " +"in the chatter of your respective subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" +" satisfied clients*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " +"the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " +"lower than 50%, a salesperson contacts the customer. This action is " +"automatically assigned to the salesperson who manages the subscription, and " +"the due date is 5 days after the triggering of this action. This alert " +"ensures that your clients are happy and that you are taking actions if they " +"are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +msgid "" +"By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " +"*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`plans`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <plans>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a " +"basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo " +"Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../subscriptions>` to " +"understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like " +"regular sales products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 +msgid "" +"However, by default, the eCommerce product page only displays the shortest " +"recurrence period listed in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the " +"product form. For example, if a subscription product has *monthly* and " +"*yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears " +"on the eCommerce page for that product by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a " +"*product variant* for each recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configure subscription products " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/products>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`Product variants " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 +msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To set up each recurrence period as a product variant, go to " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products` and select a " +"product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add " +"a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create an :guilabel:`Attribute` called `Billing Period` (or something " +"similar) by typing in the name and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. This " +"attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the " +"eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next, create :guilabel:`Values` that correspond to the recurrence periods " +"that are configured in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product" +" form. Type in the name of the recurrence period, then click " +":guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the " +"product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`☁️ (cloud)` icon at the top of the page to save " +"manually. After saving, a :guilabel:`Product Variants` column appears on the" +" :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their " +"corresponding recurrence periods and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 +msgid "Subscription plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 +msgid "Subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By integrating closely with the Odoo *Sales* app, the *Subscriptions* app " +"enables users to sell subscription products alongside regular sales " +"products. While regular products are sold on a one-time basis, subscription " +"products are sold on a renewing basis, generating recurring revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, subscription products are also called *recurring* products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:12 +msgid "Configure recurrence periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To get started with subscriptions, first make sure that the *recurrence " +"periods* are configured as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods are the time periods in which subscriptions renew. They " +"designate how often the customer pays for (and receives) subscription " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure recurrence periods, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Subscriptions* app comes with some basic recurrence periods already " +"configured: Daily, Monthly, Quarterly, Weekly, Yearly, 3 Years, and 5 Years." +" These can be edited as needed, and any number of new recurrence periods can" +" be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new recurrence period, click :guilabel:`New` on the recurrence " +"periods dashboard. Then, type in the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Duration` of the recurrence period, and select the " +":guilabel:`Unit` that defines the duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a recurrence period for a subscription that will renew every two " +"weeks, set the :guilabel:`Duration` to `2` and the :guilabel:`Unit` to " +"`Weeks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:0 +msgid "A recurrence period of 2 weeks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new subscription product, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions` app. Then go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions" +" --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new product. Enter a " +":guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` for the new product is automatically set to " +":guilabel:`Service`. Subscription products can be set to other types as " +"well; however, they currently *cannot* be set to :guilabel:`Storable " +"Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The new product automatically has the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox " +"activated. This enables Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be " +"sure to leave the :guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` options " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Recurring\" checkbox on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 +msgid "Time-based pricing" +msgstr "การกำหนดราคาตามเวลา" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a price` to begin defining recurring prices. In the " +":guilabel:`Period` column, select a recurrence period. In the " +":guilabel:`Price` column, enter the price for that recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Add as many lines as needed to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An existing product can be made into a subscription product simply by " +"marking it as :guilabel:`Recurring` and configuring :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A subscription product can still be sold as a regular product by adding it " +"to a quotation and *not* selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` on the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Use :doc:`pricelists " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` with " +"subscription products to give special pricing to customers included in " +"pricelists. This can be configured either in the :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` tab of the product form, or on the pricelist form in the *Sales* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create recurring price rules for specific pricelists in the " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, select a pricelist " +"in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists in the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When pricelists are added to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab, the " +"pricelist form in the *Sales* app is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Time-based pricing rules can also be configured directly on the pricelist " +"form. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Pricelists` " +"and select a pricelist (or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist)." +" In the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, select a subscription product in the :guilabel:`Products` column, and " +"select a recurrence period in the :guilabel:`Period` column. Enter a " +":guilabel:`Price` for that particular product and period. Add as many lines " +"as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Time-based rules` are added to the pricelist form, the " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form is automatically " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 +msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "รายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " +"is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " +"or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " +"certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " +"reports:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " +"metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" +" subscription-based products or services. It is a consistent number used to " +"track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " +"on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" +" estimation does not take variations and growth into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" +" else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" +" rare or unique nature that are unlikely to occur in the ordinary course of " +"businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " +"buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " +"challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " +"churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " +"who discontinued their subscriptions within a given time period. We can " +"distinguish two types of Churn:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:35 +msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " +"rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:40 +msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:42 +msgid "" +"We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " +"of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " +"**Revenue Churn**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "of 9,33%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " +"time, it might not be the case all the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " +"expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " +"emphasizes the importance of customer retention, shifting our focus from a " +"quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " +"Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:61 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " +"there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " +"Recurring Revenue*. In addition to that, you can choose *Quantity*, " +"*Recurring Price*, *Yearly Recurring Revenue* and *Count*. For this example," +" *Quantity* is added. This way, you can review both of these measures at the" +" same time. You can even *Group By Start Date* and, more precisely, by " +"*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:74 +msgid "Retention analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " +"default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " +"one for you. For the example below, *Monthly Recurring Revenue* was chosen, " +"and the *Month* periodicity remains intact. By using these criteria, you can" +" see the progression of the retention from its start." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:86 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " +"there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Revenue per Subscription*, *Annual Run-" +"Rate*, *Lifetime Value*, and more. You can also filter this information on " +"subscriptions, companies, and sales teams. This is useful if you are looking" +" for specific information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " +"the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " +"business. But, as your company grows over the months, these graphs get " +"populated with more and more data. Once again, you can filter these specific" +" KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:108 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " +"Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " +"Revenue*, *Non-Recurring Revenue*, *Subscription modifications*, and *Non-" +"Recurring Invoices* for each of your salespeople. You can choose the period " +"you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Upsell a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " +"customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " +"or change the products’ quantities to accommodate their needs. Two " +"situations can happen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " +"Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" +" for your products and services. Consequently, it is easier to sell them " +"something additional than it would be to a new customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " +"something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " +"subscription ends after a certain given time. Making these types of offers " +"for new customers strengthens your relationships with them and also " +"increases their retention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " +"recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and, under the " +"*Pricing* category, you have the possibility to grant discounts on sales " +"order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:36 +msgid "Upsell your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:48 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " +"with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:56 +msgid "" +"When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" +" the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " +"remaining time of the current invoicing period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " +"change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " +"smart button *Customer preview* is useful for mimicking the customer's " +"reaction. In this case, we can confidently say that the customer will *Sign " +"and pay* this new quotation. When it is done, you have to go back in edit " +"mode, confirm the quotation, and click on the smart button *Subscriptions* " +"to visualize all updates. From there, you can see that an additional line " +"has been added to the subscription with the new extra service the customer " +"wanted to purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " +"sales orders in a list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " +"underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " +"visualize which one is your upselling." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..487de5f11 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -0,0 +1,4080 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 +msgid "Services" +msgstr "บริการ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 +msgid "Field Service" +msgstr "การบริการภาคสนาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service <https://www.odoo.com/slides/field-" +"service-49>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "User default warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who " +"keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same " +"warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from " +"their profiles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always " +"pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>`" +" feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " +"necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile <default-warehouse/my-" +"profile>`, or :ref:`for all users <default-warehouse/all-users>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "For your profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To set up a default warehouse for yourself, click your **profile icon** in " +"the upper right corner of the screen, then, go to :menuselection:`My Profile" +" --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "For all users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, select a user, then go" +" to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, " +"and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Use in field service tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used " +"for a sales order related to a Field Service task are pulled from that " +"specific warehouse. Open the related sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other" +" Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse " +"is applied correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default " +"warehouse is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 +msgid "Onsite interventions planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 +msgid "From a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " +"experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " +"to approve before the work even starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " +"create or edit a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as" +" :guilabel:`Product Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as " +":guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as " +":guilabel:`Service Tracking`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 +msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 +msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field " +"Service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` app, create a quotation with the " +"product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field " +"Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 +msgid "From helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`Helpdesk <../helpdesk>` app lets your " +"helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service " +"tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the :guilabel:`Plan " +"Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field " +"service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "ดูแลช่วยเหลือ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/slides/helpdesk-51>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "ระดับสูง" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 +msgid "After-Sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*After-Sales* services can be configured in the *Helpdesk* application for " +"individual *teams*. Once enabled, users can issue refunds, process returns, " +"generate coupons, and/or schedule repair and field service interventions " +"directly from a ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the after-sales services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Start by enabling the after-sales services on specific *Helpdesk* team(s), " +"by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"selecting which teams(s) these services should be active on. Then, scroll to" +" the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section on the team's settings page, and choose" +" which of the following options to enable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refunds`: issues credit notes to refund a customer, or adjust the" +" remaining amount due" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: offers discounts and free products through an existing " +"coupon program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Returns`: initiates a product return from a customer through a " +"reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Repairs`: creates repair orders for broken or faulty products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:21 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Service`: plans onsite intervention through the *Field " +"Service* application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The services that are enabled can vary based on the type of support a team " +"provides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As all of the after-sales services in Odoo require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications. *Installing a new application on a One-" +"App-Free database will trigger a 15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a" +" paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be " +"accessible.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:35 +msgid "Issue a refund with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A *credit note* is a document issued to a customer informing them that they " +"have been credited a certain amount of money. They can be used to provide a " +"full refund to a customer, or to adjust any remaining amount due. While they" +" are usually created through the *Accounting* or *Invoicing* applications, " +"they can be created through a *Helpdesk* ticket, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:43 +msgid "Invoices must be posted before a credit note can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To create a credit note, navigate to a ticket on the " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` application, and click the :guilabel:`Refund` " +"button in the upper-left corner of the ticket dashboard. Then, select the " +"corresponding invoice from the :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a refund creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:53 +msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Credit Method` from one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: the credit note is created in draft and can be " +"edited before being issued" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: the credit note is auto-validated and reconciled " +"with the invoice. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs" +" to be canceled*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: the credit note is auto-" +"validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original invoice is " +"duplicated as a new draft. *This is the option to choose if a validated " +"invoice needs to be modified*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Credit Method` options will **not** be available for invoices" +" that have already been paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the details of the credit note and click " +":guilabel:`Reverse.` Then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to post the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart " +"button will be added to the *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:81 +msgid "Generate coupons from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Coupons can be used to alter the price of products or orders. The usage " +"constraints of a coupon are defined by conditional rules. *Coupon Programs* " +"are configured in the *Sales* or *Website* applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The *eCommerce* module must be installed in order to create coupon codes " +"from the *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To generate a coupon, open a *Helpdesk* ticket and click on the " +":guilabel:`Coupon` button in the upper left corner. Select an option from " +"the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a coupon generation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Coupon Code` can be copied directly from the pop-up window " +"(by clicking the :guilabel:`Copy` button), or sent in an email by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When emailing a coupon code, all the followers of the ticket will be added " +"as recipients to the email. Additional recipients can be added to the email " +"as well, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field of the :guilabel:`Compose " +"Email` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:0 +msgid "View of an email draft window with coupon code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Once a :guilabel:`Coupon Code` has been generated, a :guilabel:`Coupons` " +"smart button will be added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button " +"to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:119 +msgid "" +"`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" +"programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:122 +msgid "Facilitate a product return with a reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Returns are completed through *reverse transfers*, which generate new " +"warehouse operations for the returning products. Click the " +":guilabel:`Return` button in the top-left corner of a ticket to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Return` button only appears on a ticket if the customer has a" +" recorded delivery in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:136 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity will match the validated quantity from the delivery" +" order. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " +"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). A " +":guilabel:`Return` smart button will then be added to the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:155 +msgid "Send products for repair from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If the ticket is related to an issue with a faulty or broken product, a " +"repair order can be created from the *Helpdesk* ticket, and managed through " +"the *Repairs* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the upper left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Repair` button opens a blank :guilabel:`Repair " +"Reference` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a repair reference page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If a product was specified in the :guilabel:`Product` field on the ticket, " +"it will be added to the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field automatically. " +"If not, click into the field to select a product from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Fill out the :guilabel:`Repair Description` field with a brief explanation " +"of the issue. Click the :guilabel:`Sale Order` field and then select the " +"originating :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` from which the product is being " +"repaired from. If a return has been initiated for the product, select the " +"reference number from the drop-down in the :guilabel:`Return` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Choose an :guilabel:`Invoice Method` from the drop-down. Select " +":guilabel:`Before Repair` or :guilabel:`After Repair` to generate an invoice" +" before or after the work is completed. Selecting :guilabel:`No Invoice` " +"means that an invoice cannot be generated for this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:183 +msgid "" +"If parts are required for the repair, they can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Parts` tab. Services can be added as product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab. Additional information for the internal repair " +"team can be added to the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab. Information for the " +"customer can be added to the :guilabel:`Quotation Notes` tab, and will be " +"automatically added to the PDF of the quotations generated from this " +":guilabel:`Repair Reference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:189 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking to " +"the repair order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Once a user creates a repair order from a *Helpdesk* ticket, they will be " +"able to access it through the ticket's :guilabel:`Repair` smart button, or " +"from a link in the :guilabel:`Chatter`, even if they do not have access " +"rights to the *Repair* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:201 +msgid "Create a field service task from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:203 +msgid "" +"On-site interventions can be planned from a ticket and managed through the " +"*Field Service* application. Customers with :doc:`portal access " +"</applications/general/users/portal>` will be able to track the progress of " +"a :guilabel:`Field Service` task just as they would a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To create a new task, navigate to a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket. Click " +":guilabel:`Create Task` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` " +"pop-up. Confirm or update the task :guilabel:`Title`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Project` field on the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task`" +" pop-up will default to the same *Field Service* project that was identified" +" on the team's settings page. To change the project for this specific task, " +"select one from the :guilabel:`Project` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To change the default *Field Service* project for the team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` to select a " +":guilabel:`Team`. Scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section and choose " +"new project under :guilabel:`Field Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:220 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Task` or :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button will be added to" +" the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:234 +msgid "" +"`Field Service <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/advanced-" +"settings-862?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Closing tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Once work has been completed on a *Helpdesk* ticket in Odoo, there are " +"several ways it can be closed. Manually closing solved tickets keeps the " +"pipeline up to date, while automatically closing inactive tickets prevents " +"unnecessary blocking issues. Allowing customers to close their own tickets " +"minimizes confusion around whether an issue is considered solved or not. " +"This results in increased operational capacity for support teams, and higher" +" customer satisfaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12 +msgid "Manually close solved tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:14 +msgid "" +"As work on a ticket progresses, it is moved along to the next stage in the " +"pipeline. Once the issue is solved, the ticket is moved to a *folded* stage." +" This marks the ticket as *closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To fold a stage, navigate to the :menuselection:`Helpdesk` dashboard and " +"click on a team to open the pipeline. Hover over a stage's heading, and then" +" click the gear icon that appears in the top-right corner of that stage's " +"kanban column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of stage on Helpdesk pipeline with emphasis on gear icon and edit stage" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Clicking the gear icon also displays the option to :guilabel:`Fold` the " +"stage. This setting folds the stage *temporarily* to simplify the kanban " +"view. This does *not* close the tickets in this stage. It also does not " +"permanently fold the stage. If a stage needs to be folded so the tickets can" +" be marked as closed, continue following the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From the menu that appears, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`. This will open " +"the stage's settings. Check the box labeled :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` " +"towards the top of the window, and then :guilabel:`Save & Close` to confirm " +"the changes. Now, tickets that reach this stage will be considered as " +"*closed*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "Stage settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "Automatically close inactive tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Tickets that are inactive for a set period of time can be automatically " +"closed. At that point, they will be moved to a folded stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to the team's settings page by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Under the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section, enable" +" :guilabel:`Automatic Closing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If one of the team's stages is set to be folded in the kanban view, it will " +"be the default selection in the :guilabel:`Move to Stage` field. If the team" +" has more than one folded stage, the stage that occurs first in the pipeline" +" will be the default. If no stage is folded, the default selection will be " +"the last stage in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field defaults to `7`, but can be " +"adjusted if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field does **not** take the working" +" calendar into account when tracking the amount of time a ticket has been " +"inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If only certain stages should be used to track days of inactivity, they can " +"be added to the :guilabel:`In Stages` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:64 +msgid "A team's pipeline is created with the following stages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:66 +msgid "`New`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:67 +msgid "`In Progress`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "`Customer Feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:69 +msgid "`Closed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Tickets can linger in the :guilabel:`Customer Feedback stage`, because once " +"an issue is solved, customers may not respond immediately. At that point, " +"the tickets can be closed automatically. However, tickets in the " +":guilabel:`New` and :guilabel:`In Progress` stages may remain inactive due " +"to assignment or workload issues. Closing these tickets automatically would " +"result in issues going unsolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the :guilabel:`Automatic Closing` settings would be configured as" +" below\\:\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: *checked*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Move to Stage`: `Solved`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`After``7`:guilabel:`days of inactivity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Stages`: `Customer Feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "Example of Automatic Closing settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:89 +msgid "Allow customers to close their own tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Closure by Customers` setting allows customers to " +"close their own ticket(s) when they determine that their issue has been " +"resolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`" +" and select a team. On the team's settings page, scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Self-Service` section and check the box for :guilabel:`Closure by" +" Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "Customer closing setting in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Once the ticket closing settings are enabled, a :guilabel:`Close Ticket` " +"button will be available for customers when they view their ticket through " +"the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Customers are able to view their tickets by clicking the :guilabel:`View the" +" ticket` link they receive by email. The link is included in the " +":guilabel:`Request Acknowledgment` template, which is added to the first " +"stage of a team by default. This link does not require a customer to have " +"access to the portal to view or respond to their ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Customers with access to the portal will be able to view their tickets under" +" :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "ภาพรวม" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 +msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo :guilabel:`Helpdesk` is a ticket-based customer support application. " +"Teams can track, prioritize, and solve customer issues from their pipeline, " +"which is organized in customizable stages. Multiple teams can be configured " +"and managed in one dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 +msgid "Create Helpdesk teams" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Setting up multiple teams allows for tickets to be grouped by location or by" +" support type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. To create a new team, click on the :guilabel:`New`" +" button in the top left of the dashboard. From there, name the new team, and" +" fill out the remaining fields as defined in the following sections on the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:24 +msgid "Assignment & Visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:27 +msgid "Determine to whom the team will be visible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, determine who can view this team " +"and its tickets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users` have access to the team and tickets they " +"are following. This can be modified on each individual ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All internal users` have access to the team and all of its " +"tickets without being a follower." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users` have access to the " +"team without being a follower. Portal users will only be able to access " +"tickets that they are following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A `Customer Support` team intended to handle general issues with shipping " +"and product issues would have the visibility setting :guilabel:`Invited " +"portal users and all internal users`. However, a `Financial Services` team " +"handling tickets related to accounting or tax information would only need to" +" be visible to :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When tickets are received, they will need to be assigned to a member of the " +"support team. This can be done manually on each ticket individually, or " +"through :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` to enable the feature for this team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the assignment and visibility features\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how workload should" +" be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` assigns tickets" +" to team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"based on total ticket count, regardless of the number of open or closed " +"tickets they are currently assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` assigned tickets " +"to team members based" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 +msgid "" +"on how many open tickets they are currently assigned. This option is useful " +"for automatically delegating a heavier workload to high-performers who tend " +"to close tickets quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who will be assigned tickets for " +"this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the :guilabel:`Time Off` " +"application, they will not be assigned tickets during that time. If no " +"employees are available, the system will look ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users <users/add-individual>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights </applications/general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:80 +msgid "Create or modify kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stages` are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track " +"the progress of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit " +"the needs of each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:88 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated in order to access " +"the stages menu. To activate developer mode go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click on :guilabel:`Activate " +"the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The list view shows an overview of all the stages currently available in " +"Helpdesk. They are listed in the order they appear in the pipeline. To " +"change the order of the stages, use the arrow buttons on the left side of " +"the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the kanban view by dragging and dropping " +"individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the option to create a new stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on the :guilabel:`New` button in the top left " +"of the dashboard. Next, choose a name for the new stage, and add a " +"description (though it is not required). Fill out the remaining fields " +"following the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:113 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:115 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the the customer when a ticket reaches that specific " +"stage in the helpdesk pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template`" +" will result in an SMS text message being sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:120 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that requires prepaid" +" credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ <https://iap-" +"services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing>`_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the arrow key to the right of the field to edit " +"the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field and begin typing a new template " +"title. Then select :guilabel:`Create and edit`, and complete the form " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:140 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Teams` field on the :guilabel:`Stages` " +"form. More than one team may be selected, since the same stage(s) can be " +"assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 +msgid "View of stage setup emphasizing teams field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the :guilabel:`Stages` form to" +" display this stage as *folded* by default in the kanban view for this team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered closed. Closing a ticket " +"before the work is completed can result in reporting and communication " +"issues. This setting should only be enabled for stages that are considered " +"*closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, stages can be temporarily folded in the kanban view, by " +"clicking on the settings icon and selecting :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the kanban view will not close the tickets in " +"the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "ศูนย์ช่วยเหลือ" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forum*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "ความรู้" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "ฟอรั่มชุมชน" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:179 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`Forum documentation <../../../websites/forum>` to learn " +"how to configure, use, and moderate a forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:209 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:217 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:229 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:261 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:298 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:301 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:304 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:308 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:310 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:313 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:320 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:324 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Customer ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " +"provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"with a general overview of the team's performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " +"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " +"Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " +"closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" +" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " +"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " +"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +" in a *folded stage* are considered closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +msgid "" +"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " +"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " +"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " +"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " +"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " +"rate the support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 +msgid "" +"After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " +"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " +"--> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " +"publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " +"provides portal users with an overview of the ratings the team has received " +"over the last thirty days. Specific written feedback will not be included; " +"only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" +" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " +":guilabel:`Visibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" +" your website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " +"navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " +":guilabel:`Managed By` field, they will be directed to a page with the " +"team's ratings over the past thirty days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " +"rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" +" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" +" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " +"Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " +"Only` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Start receiving tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* offers multiple channels where customers can reach out for " +"assistance, such as email, live chat, and through a website's submission " +"form. The variety of these contact options provides customers with multiple " +"opportunities to receive support quickly, while also giving the support team" +" the ability to manage multi-channel support tickets from one central " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 +msgid "Enable channel options to submit tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and choose an " +"existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new team " +"<getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll down to :guilabel:`Channels`. Select one" +" or more channel(s) to enable by checking the respective box(es)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email Alias`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website Form`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 +msgid "Email Alias" +msgstr "นามแฝงอีเมล" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The *Email Alias* setting automatically creates tickets from messages sent " +"to that team's specified email alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To alter a *Helpdesk* team's email alias, navigate to the :guilabel:`Teams` " +"settings page. Find :guilabel:`Email Alias`, under the :guilabel:`Channels` " +"heading, and then type in the desired team alias in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a new *Helpdesk* team is created, an :guilabel:`Email Alias` is " +"created, as well. This alias can be changed in the :guilabel:`Alias` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the database does not have a custom domain already configured, click " +":guilabel:`Configure a custom domain` to be redirected to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` page. From there, enable :guilabel:`Custom Email " +"Servers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When an email is received, the subject line from the email becomes the title" +" of a new *Helpdesk* ticket. The body of the email is also added to the " +"ticket under the :guilabel:`Description` tab and in the ticket's " +":guilabel:`Chatter` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The configuration steps outlined above are for **Odoo Online** and " +"**Odoo.sh** databases. For **On-premise** databases, additional " +"configuration for custom email servers and email aliases may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "แบบฟอร์มเว็บไซต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Enabling the *Website Form* setting adds a new page to the website with a " +"customizable form. A new ticket is created once the required form fields are" +" filled out and submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To activate the website form, navigate to a team's settings page under " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Teams`. Find the :guilabel:`Website Form` " +"feature under the :guilabel:`Channels` section, and check the box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After the feature is activated, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart " +"button at the top of the that :guilabel:`Teams` settings page to view and " +"edit the new website form, which is created automatically by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After enabling the website form, the *Teams* settings page may need to be " +"refreshed before the *Go to Website* smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As well, if a *Help Center* is published, the smart button will navigate " +"there first. Simply click the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button at the bottom of" +" the forum to navigate to the ticket submission form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:83 +msgid "Customize the website ticket form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To customize the default ticket submission form, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button in the upper right corner of the page. Then click on one of the " +"fields in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add, remove, or update fields as necessary to alter the information " +"submitted by customers. Fields can be made marked as :guilabel:`Required`, " +"by toggling the switch from gray to blue in the website builder's editor " +"window, located under the :guilabel:`Field` section. As well, other " +"pertinent field information can be edited here, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: which matches an Odoo model value to the field (e.g. " +"`Customer Name`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: to determine what time of input the field should be," +" like `Text`, `Email`, `Telephone` or `URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: to give the form field a label (e.g. `Full Name`, `Email " +"Address`, etc.). Also control the label position on the form by using the " +"nested :guilabel:`Position` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: which, optionally, adds an editable line under the " +"input box to provide additional contextual information related to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Placeholder`: to add a sample input value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: to add common use case values that most customers" +" would find valuable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: which sets the field as mandatory before the form can " +"be submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: to allow for absolute or conditional visibility of " +"the field. Nested options, such as device visibility, appear when certain " +"options are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Text blocks can be added in the farthest 1/3 column of the ticket form page," +" next to the ticket form. This is an ideal place to include team information" +" such as additional contact details, hours, or common helpful articles that " +"link to the :guilabel:`Forum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the unpublished website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the form has been optimized and is ready for public use, " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, and then publish the form by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:119 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "ไลฟ์แชท" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The *Live Chat* feature allows website visitors to connect directly with a " +"support agent or chatbot. During these conversations, *Helpdesk* tickets can" +" be instantly created by using the :doc:`response command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/responses>` `/helpdesk`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To enable *Live Chat*, navigate to the :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Teams` list view, select a team, and on the :guilabel:`Teams` settings page," +" click the check box next to :guilabel:`Live Chat`, under the " +":guilabel:`Channels` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time *Live Chat* has been enabled on the database, the " +"page may need to be saved manually and refreshed before any further steps " +"can be taken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:133 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Live Chat` setting engaged, click on :guilabel:`View " +"Channels`. Then, on the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, " +"select the kanban card for the channel that was created for the *Helpdesk* " +"team, or create a :guilabel:`New` one if necessary. When a kanban card is " +"selected, additional options await on the channel's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:139 +msgid "Customize the live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When an individual channel is clicked on the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard, Odoo directs the page to the channel form. From there, " +"the :guilabel:`Channel Name` can be edited, however Odoo names this to match" +" the *Helpdesk* team's kanban pipeline, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a *Helpdesk* team is named `Customer Care`, a *Live Chat* channel will be" +" created with the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "View of the kanban cards for the available Live Chat channels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:153 +msgid "On the channel form, navigate through the tabs to complete the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:156 +msgid "Add operators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"*Operators* are the users who will act as agents and respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The user who originally created the live chat " +"channel will be added by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate and click on the live chat channel from " +"the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, and on the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, click the check box next to the users to be added, and click " +":guilabel:`SELECT`. :guilabel:`New` operators can be created and added to " +"the list, as well, by filling out the :guilabel:`Create Operators` form and " +"then clicking :guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for " +"multiplerecord creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As well, current operators can be edited or removed by clicking on their " +"respective boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, and then adjusting their " +"form values, or by using one of the form buttons located at the bottom of " +"the form, such as :guilabel:`REMOVE`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Users can add themselves as an operator by clicking the :guilabel:`Join` " +"button on a *Live Chat* channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:178 +msgid "Modify channel options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab contains the visual and text settings for the " +"live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open the chat window. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and should be an invitation to continue the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to change the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." +" Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " +"colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually, or through " +"RGB, HSL or HEX code selection. Different options will be available, " +"depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:201 +msgid "Create channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab determines when the live chat window opens" +" on the website by logic of when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered" +" (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Edit existing rules, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`," +" and fill out the pop-up form details based on how the rule should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:209 +msgid "" +"If a :guilabel:`Chatbot` will be included on this channel, select it from " +"the dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are " +"available, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If a chatbot is added to a live chat channel, then 3 new smart buttons will " +"appear on the channel settings form: :guilabel:`Chatbots`, " +":guilabel:`Sessions`, and :guilabel:`% Happy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chatbots` smart button is where the chatbot can be programmed" +" with a :guilabel:`Script`. Each line in the :guilabel:`Script` contains a " +":guilabel:`Message`, :guilabel:`Step Type`, :guilabel:`Answers`, and " +"conditional :guilabel:`Only If` logic that applies when certain pre-filled " +"answers are chosen. To create more steps in the :guilabel:`Script`, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and fill out the script steps form according to the " +"desired logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sessions` is where live chat sessions are recorded in order of " +"descending :guilabel:`Session Date`, by default. Each record includes the " +":guilabel:`Attendees` involved in the live chat session, the :guilabel:`# " +"Messages`, as well as any :guilabel:`Rating` that was received when the " +"session ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`% Happy` smart button includes a log of ratings that were " +"left by live chat attendees, and are labeled by date, time, and the support " +"agent who was responsible for the live chat session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Add the URL for the pages this channel will be applied to in the " +":guilabel:`URL Regex` field. If this channel will only be available to users" +" in specific countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this " +"field is left blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:241 +msgid "Use the live chat widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel form offers an " +"embeddable website widget, or a shortcode for instant customer/supplier " +"access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The live chat :guilabel:`Widget` can be applied to websites created through " +"Odoo by navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Live Chat` section, and select the " +"channel to add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click " +":guilabel:`COPY` and paste the code into the `<head>` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer or supplier, click the " +"second :guilabel:`COPY` button which contains a link to join directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:257 +msgid "Create a support ticket from a live chat session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Once live chat is enabled, operators will be able to communicate with site " +"visitors in real time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:261 +msgid "" +"During the conversation, an operator can use the shortcut :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/responses>` `/helpdesk` to create a ticket " +"without leaving the chat window. The transcript from the conversation will " +"be added to the new ticket, under the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:267 +msgid "Prioritizing tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:269 +msgid "" +"All tickets include a :guilabel:`Priority` field. The highest priority " +"tickets will appear at the top of the kanban and list views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a team's kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:276 +msgid "The priority levels are represented by stars:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:278 +msgid "0 stars = *Low Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:279 +msgid "1 star = *Medium Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:280 +msgid "2 stars = *High Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:281 +msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Tickets will be set to low priority (0 stars) by default. To change the " +"priority level, select the appropriate number of stars on the kanban card, " +"or on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:287 +msgid "" +"As priority levels can be used as criteria for assigning :doc:`SLAs <sla>`, " +"changing the priority level of a ticket can alter the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:292 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:293 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " +"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 +msgid "Available reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 +msgid "Ticket Analysis" +msgstr "การวิเคราะห์ทิกเก็ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " +"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " +"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " +"individual users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," +" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " +"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " +"groups them by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " +"at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " +"report that is currently displayed, or to add more, click the " +":guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more options from the drop-" +"down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " +"between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " +"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " +"folded stage*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " +"created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " +"*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" +" current user has the access rights to view them*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " +"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " +"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " +"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " +"ticket reaches a stage*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " +"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " +"view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " +"application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +msgid "SLA Status Analysis" +msgstr "การวิเคราะห์สถานะ SLA" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" +" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " +"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " +"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " +"last 30 days, grouped by team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " +"to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " +"options from the drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" +" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " +"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " +"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" +" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " +":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " +"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " +"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " +"member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" +" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" +" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " +"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " +"SLA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " +":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +msgid "Customer Ratings" +msgstr "การให้คะแนนลูกค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " +"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " +"with the rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " +"submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +msgid "" +"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" +" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +msgid "View and filter options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" +" is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " +"information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " +"include multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " +"*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +msgid "" +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " +":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " +"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " +"appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" +" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" +" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." +" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" +" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +msgid "Save and share a favorite search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " +"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"time they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" +" By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 +msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid "Rename the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " +"blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" +" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" +" to the user who creates it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":doc:`Start receiving tickets " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting </applications/general/reporting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 +msgid "Service Level Agreements (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Service Level Agreement (SLA) defines the level of service a customer can " +"expect from a supplier. SLAs provide a timeline that tells customers when " +"they can expect results, and keeps the support team on target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 +msgid "Create a new SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a new :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` Policy, navigate to " +"the team's page under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`." +" Select a team, scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section, and then " +"check the selection box next to :guilabel:`SLA Policies` to enable it for " +"that specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a team page in Helpdesk focusing on the SLA Policies setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The value indicated next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` field is used to " +"determine the deadline for :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policies. " +"By default, this is determined by the value set in the :guilabel:`Company " +"Working Hours` field under :menuselection:`Settings app --> Employees --> " +"Work Organization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new policy, click the smart button on the team`s settings page " +"or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`. Start by entering a :guilabel:`Title` and a " +":guilabel:`Description` for the new policy, and proceed to fill out the form" +" using the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:33 +msgid "Define the criteria for an SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Criteria` section is used to identify what tickets this " +"policy will be applied to. Fill out the following fields to adjust the " +"selection criteria:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: a policy can only be applied to one team. *This field is " +"required.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: the priority level for a ticket is identified by " +"selecting the number of stars representing the priority level on the kanban " +"card or the ticket itself. The :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` will " +"only be applied once the priority level has been updated on the ticket to " +"match the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` criteria. If no selection is" +" made in this field, this policy will only apply to tickets marked as `Low " +"Priority` (zero stars)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Types`: ticket types can be helpful when indicating when a ticket" +" is a customer question, that can be solved with a quick response, or an " +"issue, that may require additional investigation. Multiple ticket types can " +"be selected for this field. If no selection is made, this policy will apply " +"to all ticket types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: tags are applied to briefly indicate what the ticket is " +"about. Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customers`: individual contacts or companies may be selected in " +"this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Order Items`: this field is available only if a team has " +"the *Timesheets* app enabled. This allows the ticket to tie directly to a " +"specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the" +" :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Unless otherwise indicated, multiple selections can be made for each field. " +"(i.e. multiple :guilabel:`Tags` can be included in a policy, but only one " +":guilabel:`Priority` level)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blank SLA policy record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:64 +msgid "Establish a target for an SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Target` is the stage a ticket needs to reach, and the time " +"alloted to reach that stage, in order to satisfy the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` policy. Any stage assigned to a team may be selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Reach Stage` field. Time spent in stages selected in " +":guilabel:`Excluding Stages` will not be included in the calculation of the " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` titled `8 Hours to Close` tracks " +"the working time before a ticket is completed, and would have `Solved` as " +"the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`. However, if the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` was titled `2 Days to Start`, it tracks the working time before " +"work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the " +":guilabel:`Reach Stage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:79 +msgid "Meeting SLA deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Once it is determined that a ticket fits the criteria of an :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` policy, a deadline is calculated. The deadline is" +" based on the creation date of the ticket, and the targeted working hours. " +"The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a white tag indicating " +"the name of the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a ticket's form emphasizing an open SLA deadline on a ticket in Odoo" +" Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:91 +msgid "" +"If a ticket fits the criteria for more than one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)`, the earliest occurring deadline will be displayed on the " +"ticket. Once that deadline has passed, the next deadline will be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once a ticket satisfies an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy, the" +" :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` tag turns green, and the " +":guilabel:`Deadline` field disappears from view on the." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline passes and the ticket " +"has not moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`, the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` tag will turn red. Once the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` has failed, the red tag will stay on the ticket, even after the " +"ticket is moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:112 +msgid "Analyzing SLA performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of " +"individual policies. Navigate to the report and corresponding pivot table by" +" going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:120 +msgid "Using the Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:122 +msgid "" +"By default, the report is displayed in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view, and is " +"filtered to show the number of SLAs failed and the failure rate over the " +"last 30 days, grouped by team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To add the number of SLAs passed or in progress, click the " +":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " +"criteria, and choose from the options available based on the measurements " +"preferred. Whenever a measurement is picked, a check mark will appear in the" +" drop-down menu to indicate that that measurement is included, and a " +"corresponding new column will emerge in the pivot table to show the relevant" +" calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To add a group to a row or column, click the plus :guilabel:` + ` button " +"next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. To remove one," +" click the minus :guilabel:` - ` button and deselect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:140 +msgid "Using the Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:142 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or :guilabel:`Pie` Chart. Toggle between " +"these views by selecting the appropriate icon at the top of the chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:148 +msgid "Bar Chart" +msgstr "แผนภูมิแท่ง" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +msgid "Line Chart" +msgstr "แผนภูมิเส้น" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:160 +msgid "Pie Chart" +msgstr "แผนภูมิวงกลม" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` can be viewed " +":guilabel:`Stacked`. This presents two or more groups to appear on top of " +"each other instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 +msgid "Using the Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " +"period of time. To display the :guilabel:`Status Analysis` report in a " +":guilabel:`Cohort` view, click the icon in the top right corner above the " +"chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:183 +msgid ":ref:`Reporting views <reporting/views>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:184 +msgid "" +":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 +msgid "Project" +msgstr "โปรเจ็กต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, " +"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's " +"profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/project-and-timesheets-21>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 +msgid "Project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project uses the **Kanban** project management system. This means all " +"projects are broken down into tasks, which are categorized on a whiteboard " +"according to what production phase they are in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:8 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The word **Kanban** comes from Japanese and refers to the \"visual board\" " +"management method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Kanban Project Management " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/kanban-project-management-1664>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** app and click :guilabel:`Create` to start a new " +"project. Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for your project and click " +":guilabel:`Create Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can customize your existing **projects** from the dashboard by clicking " +"the drop-down toggle button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your project's **card**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 +msgid "Project card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:29 +msgid "This enables a new menu divided into four parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`View`: see an overview of your project's components, such as its " +":guilabel:`Tasks`, :guilabel:`Milestones` and :guilabel:`Project Updates`. " +"Depending on which apps you have activated, more options may be available, " +"such as :guilabel:`Documents`. All uploaded files can be found under this " +"menu, as well as in the **Documents** app, under :guilabel:`Projects`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reporting`: analyze your project's progress and profitability " +"through graphics and statistics;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Color**: make a line of color appear on the left side of the card so that " +"your project is more recognizable;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Settings`: you can change the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:41 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Name` of the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:42 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Name of the tasks` found under that project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:43 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Customer` for whom the project is intended;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:44 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Tags` used for filtering;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:45 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Company` responsible for the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:46 +msgid "the employee designated as :guilabel:`Project Manager`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:47 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Planned Date` of the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:48 +msgid "the total :guilabel:`Allocated Hours` for that project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can mark the project as :guilabel:`Favorite`, allowing you" +" to find it using the :guilabel:`My Favorites` filter on the Kanban view;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 +msgid "Project settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/customize-your-" +"project-1662?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Further settings are available under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. Most of " +"them are *only* available depending on the activated apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:65 +msgid "Scheduling activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can schedule **activities** (ex. :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"etc.) per project by clicking on the **clock** icon on a project. Doing so " +"opens a list with already scheduled activities and allows planning **new** " +"activities by clicking :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. On the pop-up " +"window, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Summary` " +"for that activity, a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and assign it to an employee. " +"According to the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, you may have **additional " +"options** available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If an activity is **already** scheduled, the icon may change to a **phone**," +" **group of people**, or other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 +msgid "Tasks" +msgstr "งาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:3 +msgid "Create Project's Tasks from an Email Alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When you already have an email address that customers know from the top of " +"their heads, changing it is the last thing you want to do. Instead, link " +"that address to your project and transform those conversations into " +"structured work. It automatically creates a task in the first stage of a " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:11 +msgid "Set up an incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:14 +msgid "" +"On the *Settings* application, enable *External Email Servers* and define " +"the incoming email alias you would like to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**For more information**: " +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the email alias in your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Now that you have the incoming email server set up, go to " +":menuselection:`Project --> Configuration --> Projects --> Edit`. Under the " +"*Emails* tab, define the wanted email alias and choose the policy to receive" +" a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:23 +msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 +msgid "" +"In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email" +" in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 +msgid "" +"All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " +"followers of the task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:32 +msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 +msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Recurring tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When handling a project, the same task often needs to be performed several " +"times: for example, weekly meetings or status reports. The **recurring " +"tasks** feature allows you to automate the creation of those tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Recurring tasks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/recurring-tasks-1946>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable recurring tasks, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`, then activate :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Recurring tasks are now activated on all existing projects. The feature can " +"be deactivated on an individual project by clicking the drop-down menu " +"button :guilabel:`⋮` next to the project name, then going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Settings --> Task Management` and disabling " +":guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:24 +msgid "Set up task recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In an existing task, go to the :guilabel:`Recurrent` tab, then check the " +":guilabel:`Recurrent` box. A set of options allows you to configure the " +"frequency: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, " +":guilabel:`Years`, and the number of repetitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the scheduled recurrency date, a new task is created on your project " +"dashboard with the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: first stage of the project dashboard (:guilabel:`New` or " +"equivalent);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Project`, " +":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: copied from " +"the original task;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Milestones`, :guilabel:`Deadline`, :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +":guilabel:`Chatter`, :guilabel:`Activities`: those fields are not copied;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtasks`: copied from the original task, which becomes a parent " +"of all the tasks in recurrence;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **smart button** on the task displays the total number of existing " +"recurrences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To see the task in your project dashboard before the scheduled date, " +"consider setting up the recurrence date to a day earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:47 +msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**To edit** the recurrence, open the task: a blue banner invites you to " +"choose whether you wish to apply your changes to this task only or to a " +"sequence of tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**To stop** the recurrence, open the task, then go to the " +":guilabel:`Recurrency` tab and uncheck :guilabel:`Recurrent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 +msgid "Timesheets" +msgstr "ใบบันทึกเวลา" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Create Timesheets upon Time Off Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically timesheets on project/tasks upon time off requests. This " +"allows for better overall control over the validation of timesheets, as it " +"does not leave place for forgetfulness and questions after hours that have " +"not been timesheeted by the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to *Timesheets*, and" +" change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo " +"Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Time Off --> Configuration --> Time Off Types`. Select" +" or create the needed type, and decide if you would like the requests to be " +"validated or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" +"Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " +"validated (or not, depending on the setting chosen), the time is " +"automatically allocated on *Timesheets*, under the respective project and " +"task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:27 +msgid "" +"On the example below, the user requested *Paid Time off* from July 13th to " +"15th." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " +"automatically displayed in *Timesheets*. If validation is necessary, the " +"time is automatically allocated after the responsible person for validating " +"does it so." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in " +"Odoo Timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " +"all the aggregated data on that cell (day), and see details regarding the " +"project/task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..e2d57fc76 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -0,0 +1,198 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings.rst:3 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:6 +msgid "Users and Features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:8 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage. " +"This includes the Apps you install as well as the number of users currently " +"in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo is many things (ERP, CMS, CRM application, e-Commerce backend, etc.) " +"but it is *not* a smartphone. You should apply caution when adding/removing " +"features (especially Apps) on your database since this may impact your " +"subscription amount significantly (or switch you from a free account to a " +"paying one on our online platform)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:18 +msgid "" +"This page contains some information as to how you can manage your Odoo " +"instances. Before carrying any of these procedures, we **strongly** advise " +"to test them on a duplicate of your database first. That way, if something " +"goes wrong, your day-to-day business is not impacted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can find guides on how to duplicate your databases both for :ref:`online" +" <duplicate_online>` and :ref:`on premise <duplicate_premise>` " +"installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you have questions about the content of this page or if you encounter an " +"issue while carrying out these procedures, please contact us through our " +"`support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:33 +msgid "Deactivating Users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Make sure you have sufficient **administrative rights** if you want to " +"change the status of any of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance, click on **Settings**. You will have a section " +"showing you the active users on your database. Click on **Manage Users.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|settings|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:42 +msgid "|browse_users|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:45 +msgid "You'll then see the list of your users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The pre-selected filter *Internal Users* shows your paying users (different " +"from the *Portal Users* which are free). If you remove this filter, you'll " +"get all your users (the ones you pay for and the portal ones)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your list of users, click on the user you want to deactivate. As soon as " +"you are on the userform, click on the Action drop down menu, and then click " +"on Archive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:63 +msgid "The user is now deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:65 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:68 +msgid "Uninstalling Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Make sure you first test what you are about to do on a :ref:`duplicate " +"<duplicate_online>` of your database before making any changes (*especially*" +" installing/uninstalling apps)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In your Odoo instance click on **Settings**; in this app, you will be able " +"to see how many applications you have installed. Click on **Browse Apps** to" +" access the list of your installed applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:79 +msgid "|browse_apps|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In your applications' dashboard, you will see all the icons of your " +"applications. Click on the application you want to uninstall. Then, on the " +"form of the application, click on **Uninstall**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Some applications have dependencies, like Invoicing, eCommerce, etc. " +"Therefore, the system will give you a warning message to advise you of what " +"is about to be removed. If you uninstall your application, all its " +"dependencies will be uninstalled as well (and the data in them will " +"permanently disappear). If you are sure you still want to uninstall it, then" +" click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Last, after having checked the warning message (if any), click **Confirm**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:101 +msgid "You have finished uninstalling your application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:104 +msgid "Good to know" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:106 +msgid "" +"**Uninstalling apps, managing users, etc. is up to you**: no one else can " +"know if your business flow is broken better than you. If we were to " +"uninstall applications for you, we would never be able to tell if relevant " +"data had been removed or if one of your business flow was broken because we " +"*do not know how you work* and therefore cannot validate these kinds of " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:112 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Apps have dependencies**: this means that you may need to install " +"modules that you do not actively use to access some features of Odoo you " +"might need. For example, the Website Builder app is needed to be able to " +"show your customer their Quotes in a web page. Even though you might not " +"need or use the Website itself, it is needed for the Online Quotes feature " +"to work properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/settings/users_and_features.rst:119 +msgid "" +"**Always test app installation/removal on a duplicate** (or on a free trial " +"database): that way you can know what other apps may be required, etc. This " +"will avoid surprises when uninstalling or when receiving your invoices." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..8d85e3635 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/th/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -0,0 +1,7986 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Wichanon Jamwutthipreecha, 2023 +# Odoo Thaidev <odoothaidev@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Rasareeyar Lappiam, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Thai (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/th/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: th\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 +msgid "Websites" +msgstr "เว็บไซต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "eCommerce" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell" +" online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name <domain-name/odoo-register>` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation <website>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website <https://www.odoo.com/slides/website-25>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce <https://www.odoo.com/slides/ecommerce-26>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Checkout, payment, and shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 +msgid "Add to cart" +msgstr "เพิ่มในรถเข็น" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button can be customized in multiple ways. You " +"can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Choose on which page customers go after clicking the 'Add to Cart' button;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:8 +msgid "Hide the 'Add to Cart' button to prevent sales;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Add a 'Buy Now' button to skip the cart step and lead customers straight to " +"checkout;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:10 +msgid "Create additional 'Add to Cart / Buy Now' buttons;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:11 +msgid "Add an 'Order Again' button to the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:17 +msgid "'Add to Cart' action customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:19 +msgid "" +"When customers click on the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button, the product is " +"added to their cart, and customers remain **by default** on the product's " +"page. However, customers can either immediately be **redirected** to their " +"cart, or given the choice on what to do through a **dialog box**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change the default behavior, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` " +"section, look for :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and select one of the options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If a product has :doc:`optional products " +"<../managing_products/cross_upselling>`, the **dialog box** will always " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:37 +msgid "Replace 'Add to Cart' button by 'Contact Us' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can replace the 'Add to Cart' button with a 'Contact Us' button which " +"redirects users to the URL of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Hiding the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button is often used by B2B eCommerces " +"that need to restrict purchases only to :ref:`customers with an account " +"<checkout-sign>`, but still want to display an online product catalog for " +"those without." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products` and tick :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`. " +"This creates a new :guilabel:`Button url` field where you can enter the " +"**redirect URL** to be used. Then, set the price of the product to `0.00` " +"either from the **product's template**, or from a :doc:`pricelist " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Contact us button on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The 'Contact Us' button and '*Not Available For Sale*' text can both be " +"modified using the **website builder** on the product's page " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) by clicking on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:63 +msgid "Customizable 'Add to Cart' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a customizable 'Add to Cart' button and link it to a " +"specific product. The **customized button** can be added on any page of the " +"website as an **inner content** building block, and is an *additional* " +"button to the regular :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add it, go on the :guilabel:`Shop` page of your choice, click " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` and place the building block. Once placed, " +"you have the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select the product to link the button with. Selecting a" +" product renders the :guilabel:`Action` field available;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: choose if the button should :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` (instant checkout)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:84 +msgid "'Buy Now' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can enable the 'Buy Now' button to instantly take the customer to " +"**checkout** instead of adding the product to the cart. The :guilabel:`Buy " +"Now` button is an *additional* button and does not replace the " +":guilabel:`Add to Cart` button. To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and tick " +":guilabel:`Buy Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Buy Now button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:97 +msgid "Re-order from portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers have the possibility to **re-order** items from **previous sales " +"orders** on the customer portal. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and enable " +":guilabel:`Re-order From Portal`. Customers can find the :guilabel:`Order " +"Again` button on their **sales order** from the **customer portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Re-order button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 +msgid "Checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can customize the **checkout steps**, add more content using the " +"**website builder**, and enable additional features such as **express " +"checkout** and **sign in/up at checkout**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content at any step of the checkout " +"process. To do so, from any **checkout page**, go to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Blocks`, and drag and drop **building blocks** to the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Note that content added through building blocks is **specific** to each " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:16 +msgid "Checkout steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:19 +msgid "Review order: promo code (and subtotal)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you have enabled :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty, & Gift Card` in the " +"settings (:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`), you can enable the :guilabel:`Promo Code` field " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) from any checkout page. Customers can " +"then redeem gift cards and promotional codes at the :guilabel:`Review Order`" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can display the subtotal with discounts applied by enabling" +" :guilabel:`Show Discount in Subtotal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Subtotal discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:34 +msgid "Address: B2B fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Optional :guilabel:`TIN/VAT` and :guilabel:`Company Name` fields can be " +"added to the :guilabel:`Billing Address` form for B2B customers, at the " +":guilabel:`Address` step. To add the fields, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Show B2B fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:42 +msgid "Request extra info (additional step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can request :guilabel:`Extra Info` from the customer by adding an " +":guilabel:`Extra Info` step between the :guilabel:`Address` and " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` steps. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extra Info` step is an online form linked to the quotation or" +" sales order of the customer. The information added during that step can be " +"found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " +"the **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When enabled, you can remove, add, and modify fields of the form by clicking" +" on :guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right corner, and then clicking on any of " +"the form's fields. All customization options, as well as the :guilabel:`+ " +"Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Online form customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 +msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can ask customers to agree to the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` in " +"order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " +"Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "เงื่อนไขและข้อกำหนด" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:78 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can enable a :guilabel:`Buy Now` button on products' pages which " +"instantly takes the customer to the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` checkout page," +" instead of adding the product to the cart. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout " +"Process section` and tick :guilabel:`Buy Now`. Alternatively, the " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " +"going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " +"product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 +msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions <ecommerce-functions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can " +"either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can " +"also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " +"their order, if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the " +"**order confirmation** email to track their order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " +"they have signed-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +msgid "B2B access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable " +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access" +" to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " +":guilabel:`Grant Access`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website " +"allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " +"sign-in**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " +"granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +msgid "Shared customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`," +" you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:3 +msgid "Payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports a multitude of online :doc:`payment providers " +"</applications/finance/payment_providers>` for your website, allowing your " +"customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:12 +msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "การกำหนดค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To set up payment providers on the eCommerce app, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. From here," +" :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on " +"your shop, and configure them according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can access **payment providers** via " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment` section, you can :guilabel:`Configure SEPA Direct" +" Debit` if you wish to use it, as well as :guilabel:`View other providers`. " +"If you use the :guilabel:`Authorize.net` payment provider, the :ref:`Payment" +" Capture Method <payment_providers/features/manual_capture>` can be " +"configured in that same menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you " +"can also enable and configure it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:31 +msgid "Checkout payment options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " +"during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:41 +msgid "eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When checking out, customers can pay with an eWallet or gift cards. To " +"enable these, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable " +":menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their" +" eWallet at the checkout step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your shipping strategy, you have the choice to either use your " +":ref:`own shipping methods <ecommerce-own-shipping>`, or use an integration " +"with an :ref:`existing shipping provider <ecommerce-shipping-providers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:15 +msgid "Own shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can create your own custom shipping methods and define rules to compute " +"shipping costs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Shipping Methods`, and either select an **existing** shipping method, or" +" :guilabel:`Create` one. When creating a shipping method, you can choose " +"between :doc:`Fixed Price " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method>`," +" :doc:`Based on Rules " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method>`," +" and :guilabel:`Pickup in store`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 +msgid "Pickup in store" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pickup in store` must first be **enabled** in the settings " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shipping " +"section)` by checking :guilabel:`On Site Payments & Picking`. Once enabled, " +"you can select and :guilabel:`Customize Pickup Sites`. :guilabel:`Picking " +"sites` can be made **website-specific**, but are by default available for " +"*all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Another solution is to use one of the integrations with an existing shipping" +" provider. The advantage of using an integration is that delivery costs are " +"automatically computed based on each order as well as generating shipping " +"labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:204 +msgid "Website availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Shipping methods can be made available on **specific** websites *only*, if " +"desired. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired **shipping method**. " +"In the :guilabel:`Website` field, set the website you want the shipping " +"method to be restrained to. Leave the field **empty** for the method to be " +"available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63 +msgid "Delivery method at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process," +" at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery method choice at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having customer accounts on an eCommerce allows customers to access all " +"their documents from a single place. To access their account, customers must" +" be **logged-in** on the eCommerce website, click on their **username** in " +"the top-right corner of the screen, and click :guilabel:`My Account`. From " +"there, customers can access their :guilabel:`quotations`, " +":guilabel:`orders`, :guilabel:`invoices`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Customer account log-in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " +"<checkout-sign>` option allows for accounts creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Similarly to the rest of the website, the customer account page can be " +"customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " +"builder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "Access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow or restrict the documents to which customers have " +"access through the website builder. Log in your **own** account with your " +"Odoo database credentials, and go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. " +"From the website builder menu, enable or disable the documents customers can" +" have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Documents to which customers have access to from their account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Multi-website account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you own multiple websites, you can make customer accounts available " +"across **all** websites. Then, the customer only needs one account. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy" +" section`, and enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:3 +msgid "Customer interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers many ways to interact with customers and for customers to " +"interact with your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:10 +msgid "Product reviews" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Customers can give a rating to your products. This is a great way to promote" +" your products or services since reviews can influence purchase processes. " +"To activate the **rating** feature, from your **shop page**, select a " +"product, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and enable " +":guilabel:`Rating`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Rating of a product on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Only portal users which purchased the product or service can leave ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Customer reviews can be hidden by clicking the :guilabel:`Visible` button " +"next to a published review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 +msgid "Live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A chatbot is available and can simulate a human-like conversation with " +"website visitors via text messages in a chat box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:42 +msgid "Contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "ดูแลช่วยเหลือ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Customers may need support after purchasing a product or subscribing to a " +"service. It is possible to create a **contact form**, which, when fulfilled," +" automatically creates a new ticket for your **support team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Contact form to submit a ticket to the support team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To add a contact form, **create** a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block from the " +":guilabel:`Dynamic Content` section onto the page. Once placed, click on the" +" form (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode), and in the :guilabel:`Action` field," +" select :guilabel:`Create a Ticket`. You can then select to which " +":guilabel:`Helpdesk team` the ticket should be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "ติดต่อเรา" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " +"your company and get in touch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To have a 'Contact Us' page, create a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. Then," +" drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block onto the page. Select the form and " +"define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a field, or when adding a new field (:guilabel:`+ Field`), " +"you can select its :guilabel:`Type`. This enables different options, such as" +" :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " +"services they are interested in, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "'Checkboxes' configuration settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 +msgid "Newsletter" +msgstr "จดหมายข่าว" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Customers can get updates on your eCommerce activities by subscribing to a " +"newsletter. Visitors subscribing to the newsletter are automatically added " +"to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " +"choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " +"entering their email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The newsletter **block** can be configured according to different " +":guilabel:`Templates`. To do so, click the **block** while in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, and select a :guilabel:`Template` in " +"the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Subscription`: visitors can sign up by email to the " +"newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," +" but by SMS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " +"checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select :guilabel:`Subscribe to Newsletter` as " +":guilabel:`Action` when creating a :ref:`contact form <contact-form>`, " +"allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " +"stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 +msgid "Order handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " +"required to be handle in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Sales orders <handling/sales>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders <handling/delivery>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements <handling/legal>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 +msgid "Order and payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of" +" a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or " +":doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app. eCommerce orders can " +"automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - " +"Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " +"*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " +"confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" +" order, and the payment is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 +msgid "Abandoned cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An **abandoned cart** represents an order for which the customer did **not " +"finish** the checkout confirmation process. For these orders, it is possible" +" to send an **email reminder** to the customer automatically. To enable that" +" feature, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"in the :guilabel:`Email & Marketing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatically send abandoned checkout emails`. Once enabled, you " +"can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " +"**email template** used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For abandoned cart emails, the customer must either have entered their " +"contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" +" the product to their cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 +msgid "Delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 +msgid "Delivery flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created. The next step is to process this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Packing eCommerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the" +" packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. " +"Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " +"be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An automatic email can be sent to the customer when the transfer status in " +"Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " +":doc:`Inventory </applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If customers are allowed to pay when picking up their order in stores or by " +"wire transfer, the quotation is **not** be confirmed and the stock is " +"**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " +"in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 +msgid "Returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " +"possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " +"interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 +msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The final step of an ecommerce order is to generate the invoice and send it " +"to the customer. Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), an invoice " +"can either be generated automatically (B2B) or on demand of the customer " +"(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " +":ref:`confirmed <handling/sales>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To automate invoicing, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Performance monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" +" your eCommerce website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 +msgid "Data monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your " +"eCommerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything " +"related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 +msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " +"used, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:25 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " +"periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "การวิเคราะห์" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:33 +msgid "" +"It is possible to link your Odoo website with " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` and :ref:`website/analytics/GA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "สินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "Catalog" +msgstr "แคตตาล็อก" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce catalog is the equivalent of your physical store shelves: it " +"allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " +"options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:10 +msgid "Categorize the product catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there is a **specific category model** for your eCommerce. Using " +"eCommerce categories for your products allows you to add a navigation menu " +"on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " +"the category they select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select " +"the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " +"select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:25 +msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When your product's categories are configured, go to your **main shop page**" +" and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab`. In the " +":guilabel:`Categories` option, you can either enable a menu on the " +":guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If you select the " +":guilabel:`Left` category, the option :guilabel:`Collapsable Category " +"Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " +"collapsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 +msgid "Browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce category is the first tool to organize and split your " +"products. However, if you need an extra level of categorization in your " +"catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " +"search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "คุณลักษณะ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** or " +"**material**, whereas variants are the different combinations of attributes." +" :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants` can be found under " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " +"and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To enable **attribute filtering**, go to your **main shop page**, click on " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and select either :guilabel:`Left`, " +":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" +" Filtering` to enable price filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " +"therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:73 +msgid "" +"You can use **attribute filters** even if you do not work with product " +"variants. When adding attributes to your products, make sure only to specify" +" *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " +"is possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:78 +msgid "Sort-by search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:80 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow the user to manually **sort the catalog** using the " +"search bar. From your **main shop page**, click on :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize tab`; you can enable or disable the :guilabel:`Sort-By` option as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Layout` button. You can also select the " +":guilabel:`Default Sort` of the :guilabel:`Sort-By` button. The default sort" +" applies to *all* categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:86 +msgid "The **sorting** options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 +msgid "Featured" +msgstr "ฟีเจอร์" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 +msgid "Newest Arrivals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 +msgid "Name (A-Z)" +msgstr "ชื่อ (A-Z)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 +msgid "Price - Low to High" +msgstr "ราคา - น้อยไปมาก" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 +msgid "Price - High to Low" +msgstr "ราคา - มากไปน้อย" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In addition, you can **manually edit** the catalog's order of a product by " +"going to **the main shop page** and clicking on the product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Product` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` section, you can " +"rearrange the order by clicking on the arrows. `<<` `>>` move the product to" +" the **extreme** right or left, and `<` `>` move the product by **one** row " +"to the right or left. It is also possible to change the catalog's order of " +"products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" +"and-dropping the products within the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:107 +msgid "Page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:110 +msgid "Category page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " +"layout affects *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To do so, go on to your :menuselection:`Category page --> Edit --> " +"Customize`. Here, you can choose the layout, the number of columns to " +"display the products, etc. The :guilabel:`Product Description` button makes " +"the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " +"product picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Layout options of the category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " +"products may affect performance and page loading speed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:131 +msgid "Product highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:133 +msgid "" +"You can highlight products to make them more visible on the category or " +"product page. On the page of your choice, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` and click on the product to highlight. In the :guilabel:`Product`" +" section, you can choose the size of the product image by clicking on the " +"grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " +"a banner across the product's image, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:139 +msgid "Sale;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:140 +msgid "Sold out;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:141 +msgid "Out of stock;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:142 +msgid "New." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can activate the :doc:`developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode>` on the **product's template**, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon from the " +":guilabel:`Ribbon` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode>` is only intended" +" for experienced users who wish to have access to advanced tools. Using the " +"**developer mode** is *not* recommended for regular users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Ribbon highlight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:158 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can access and enable additional feature buttons such as **add to " +"cart**, **comparison list**, or a **wishlist**. To do so, go to your **main " +"shop page**, and at the end of the :guilabel:`Products Page` category, click" +" on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " +"hovering the mouse over a product's image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " +"<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Comparison List`: adds a button to **compare** products based on " +"their price, variant, etc.;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:169 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Wishlist Button`: adds a button to **wishlist** the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Feature buttons for add to cart, comparison list, and wishlist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:112 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:182 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a " +"variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and " +"highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks areas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building block **on top** of the product list, it creates a " +"new category header specific to *that* category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:192 +msgid "" +"If you drop a building **on the top** or **bottom** of the page, it becomes " +"visible on *all* category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Adding content to an eCommerce category page is beneficial in terms of " +"**SEO** strategy. Using **keywords** linked to the products or the eCommerce" +" categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " +"own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. **Cross-selling " +"and upselling** are sales techniques consisting in selling customers " +"additional or more expensive products and services than what they were " +"originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each one" +" of your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:10 +msgid "**Cross-selling** can be done via **two** features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Optional products <cross_upselling/optional>` upon **adding to cart**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Accessory products <cross_upselling/accessory>` on the **checkout " +"page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Upselling** is only done via :ref:`alternative products " +"<cross_upselling/alternative>` on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:22 +msgid "Cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:27 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:29 +msgid "" +"**Optional products** are suggested when customers click :guilabel:`Add to " +"cart`, either from the **product page** or **catalog page**. Upon clicking, " +"a pop-up window opens with the **optional products** displayed in the " +":guilabel:`Available Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Optional products cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To enable **optional products** go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce " +"--> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter " +"the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." +" Optional products are **linked** to the product(s) they are set up with on " +"the **product template**. They only appear when that product is added to the" +" cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also access the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the **product template** by" +" selecting a product on your **main shop page** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:49 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Accessory products** are displayed in the :guilabel:`Suggested " +"Accessories` section before processing to checkout at the :guilabel:`Review " +"Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory " +"Products` field. Suggested accessory products are **linked** to the " +"product(s) they are set up with on the **product template**. They only " +"appear when that product is at the checkout process review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 +msgid "Upselling" +msgstr "การขายเพิ่มยอด" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Alternative products** are suggested on the **product page** and usually " +"incentivize customers to buy a more expensive variant or product than the " +"one they were initially shopping for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Alternative products on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To enable **alternative products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Alternative " +"Products` field. Then, go to the related **product page** by clicking " +":guilabel:`Go To Website`, and click :menuselection:`Edit`. Stay on the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Dynamic Content` " +"section. Then, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Products` building block " +"anywhere on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When placed, in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the **block** to access various" +" settings for that :guilabel:`Products` building block. In the " +":guilabel:`Filter` field, select :guilabel:`Alternative Products`. You can " +"configure several additional settings, such as how many elements are " +"displayed (:guilabel:`Fetched Elements`), the :guilabel:`Template` used, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:3 +msgid "Price management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " +"as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "ภาษี" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 +msgid "Tax configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use " +":doc:`fiscal positions " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 +msgid "Tax display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations " +"or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price " +"displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select " +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"included**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all " +"of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax " +"displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of " +"consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites " +"aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting " +"a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 +msgid "Price per unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom>` on the " +"product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set " +"in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in" +" the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart`" +" button on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:83 +msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They " +"allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on " +"the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, " +"**minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many " +"pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist " +"configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " +"the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:120 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to " +"the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer " +"*segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, " +"etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " +"**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:109 +msgid "Foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign" +" currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on " +"the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " +"bar**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 +msgid "Permanent discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to " +"attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists " +"in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " +"price** next to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Price strikethrough" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option" +" under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products category`. Then, head to the product's template " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the " +":guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:3 +msgid "Product management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all " +"within the **Website** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:8 +msgid "Add products to the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:10 +msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. " +"Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:14 +msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:15 +msgid "" +"or by :ref:`importing data <import-data>` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so," +" go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records <import-data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../../sales/sales>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:25 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "เผยแพร่" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your " +"eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** " +"page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-" +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to " +"go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the " +":guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the " +":guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List`" +" button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is " +"Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** " +"products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on " +"the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:47 +msgid "Product page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the " +":guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, " +"**layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to " +"*all* product pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:57 +msgid "Additional functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable " +"additional functions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product " +"reviews <product-reviews>`; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email " +"icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added" +" to cart;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or " +"**excluded**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` of the " +"product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable " +"options to compose the variant yourself;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button " +"<cart/buy-now>` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; " +":guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the " +":guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list" +" of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for " +"products *with* variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first " +"be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:85 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "เลย์เอาต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions <ecommerce-" +"functions>`, the layout configuration can be changed according to your " +"needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed " +"on the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main " +"image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays " +"four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either " +":guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image " +"(:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either " +"**vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's " +"main image;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to" +" add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via " +"**URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image " +"has to be bigger than 1024x1024." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product images layout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add " +"content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and" +" picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, " +":guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available " +"either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building " +"blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on" +" the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product " +"description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:128 +msgid "Download link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the " +"product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the " +":guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, " +"select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or " +":guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your " +"URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The difference with :ref:`digital files <ecommerce-digital-file>` is that " +"digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Media and link buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:147 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other " +"relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at " +"the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital " +"Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Files menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:159 +msgid "For the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. " +"Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to " +"upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you " +"want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " +"found on the customer's portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:175 +msgid "Multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:177 +msgid "" +"If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the" +" product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated" +" information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages " +"available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN " +"(English)`) next to their field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Field translation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:186 +msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user " +"experience and :doc:`SEO <../../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:200 +msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:201 +msgid ":ref:`Multi-language support <seo-multilanguage>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:206 +msgid "" +"A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is " +"not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's" +" availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, " +"select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the " +":guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field" +" empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:213 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type`" +" on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only " +"available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:224 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "คลังสินค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the " +"eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the " +"warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can" +" select a different one per website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to" +" continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it" +" unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity " +"left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity" +" is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already " +"reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:239 +msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy <cart/prevent-sale>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:242 +msgid "Selling as kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of " +"individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to " +"keep track of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:251 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:253 +msgid "" +"You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`," +" and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save " +"products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single" +" page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:258 +msgid "" +"On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section " +"and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you " +"wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up " +"window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes" +" <variants>` are set on the **product's template**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product comparison window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., " +"of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability " +"from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Product configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of " +"the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to " +"configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of " +"multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variants configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can " +"be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the " +"attributes. You can then select between four options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display type options for attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an " +"**attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the " +"**product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, " +"selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product " +"configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded " +"combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce" +" --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and " +"Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and " +"the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "Product specifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at " +"the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** " +"must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field " +":guilabel:`Specification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Specifications list on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product **specification list** can also be used on products without " +"variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with " +"single values for their attributes do not generate variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and " +"values, allowing them to :ref:`filter <ecommerce-browsing>` the catalog " +"based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the " +":guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Categories buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "eLearning" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **eLearning** app allows you to easily upload content, define learning " +"objectives, manage attendees, assess students' progress, and even set up " +"rewards. Engaging participants in a meaningful learning experience enhances " +"their attentiveness and fosters heightened productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can manage your eLearning content on the **front end** or the **back " +"end**. The **front end** allows you to create content quickly from your " +"website, while the **back end** provides additional options and allows " +"collaboration. This documentation focuses on using the back end to create " +"your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:19 +msgid "Courses" +msgstr "คอร์ส" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Courses`, you can get " +"an overview of all your courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on a course title to edit your course on the back end. Click on " +":guilabel:`View course` to access your course on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:28 +msgid "Course creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course. When the page pops up, you can" +" add your :guilabel:`Course Title` and one or more :guilabel:`Tags` to " +"describe your course. You can add an image to illustrate your course by " +"hovering your mouse on the camera placeholder image and clicking on the edit" +" icon. Four tabs allow you to edit your course further: :ref:`Content " +"<elearning/content>`, :ref:`Description <elearning/description>`, " +":ref:`Options <elearning/options>`, and :ref:`Karma <elearning/karma>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Create your elearning course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:44 +msgid "Content tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This tab allows you to manage your course content. Click on :guilabel:`Add " +"Section` to divide your course into different sections. Click on " +":guilabel:`Add Content` to create :ref:`content <elearning/create-content>`." +" Click on :guilabel:`Add Certification` to assess the level of understanding" +" of your attendees, certify their skills, and motivate them. " +"**Certification** is part of the :doc:`Surveys " +"<../marketing/surveys/create>` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:202 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can add a short description or information related to your course in the" +" :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under your course title on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Add a description to your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Options` tab, different configurations are available: " +":ref:`Course <elearning/course>`, :ref:`Communication " +"<elearning/communication>`, :ref:`Access rights <elearning/access-rights>`, " +"and :ref:`Display <elearning/display>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:80 +msgid "Course" +msgstr "คอร์ส" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Assign a :guilabel:`Responsible` user for your course. If you have multiple " +"websites, use the :guilabel:`Website` field to only display the course on " +"the selected website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 +msgid "Communication" +msgstr "การติดต่อสื่อสาร" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Reviews`: tick the box to allow attendees to like and " +"comment on your content and to submit reviews on your course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forum`: add a dedicated forum to your course (only shown if the " +"**Forum** feature is enabled in the app's settings);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Content Notification`: select an email template sent to your " +"attendees when you upload new content. Click on the internal link button " +"(:guilabel:`➜`) to have access to the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Completion Notification`: select an email template sent to your " +"attendees once they reach the end of your course. Click on the internal link" +" button (:guilabel:`➜`) to access the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:104 +msgid "Access rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show course to`: define who can access your course and their " +"content between :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Signed In` or " +":guilabel:`Course Attendees`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Enroll Policy`: define how people enroll in your course. Select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Open`: if you want your course to be available to anyone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: if only people who received an invitation can " +"enroll to your course. If selected, fill in the :guilabel:`Enroll Message` " +"explaining the course's enrollment process. This message appears on your " +"website under the course title;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Payment`: if only people who bought your course can attend it." +" The :guilabel:`Paid Courses` feature must be enabled to get this option. If" +" you select :guilabel:`On Payment`, you must add a :guilabel:`Product` for " +"your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Only products set up with :guilabel:`Course` as their :guilabel:`Product " +"Type` are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:125 +msgid "Display" +msgstr "แสดง" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Training`: the course content appears as a training program, and " +"the courses must be taken in the proposed order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Documentation`: the content is available in any order. If you " +"choose this option, you can choose which page should be promoted on the " +"course homepage by using the :guilabel:`Featured Content` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:136 +msgid "Karma tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:138 +msgid "This tab is about gamification to make eLearning fun and interactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rewards` section, choose how many karma points you want to" +" grant your students when they :guilabel:`Review` or :guilabel:`Finish` a " +"course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:143 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` section, define the karma needed to " +":guilabel:`Add Review`, :guilabel:`Add Comment`, or :guilabel:`Vote` on the " +"course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:147 +msgid "" +"From your course, click the :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` button to reach " +"people who are enrolled in the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:153 +msgid "Course groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Use the **Course Groups** to inform users and allow them to filter the " +"courses from the :guilabel:`All Courses` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Course " +"Groups`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course group. Add the " +":guilabel:`Course Group Name`, tick the :guilabel:`Menu Entry` box to allow " +"users to search by course group on the website, and add tags in the " +":guilabel:`Tag Name` column. For each tag, you can select a corresponding " +"color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:164 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "การตั้งค่า" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can enable different features to customize your courses by going to " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Certifications**: to evaluate the knowledge of your attendees and certify " +"their skills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:170 +msgid "" +"**Paid courses**: to sell access to your courses on your website and track " +"revenues;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:171 +msgid "" +"**Mailing**: to update all your attendees at once through mass mailings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:172 +msgid "" +"**Forum**: to create a community and let attendees answer each other's " +"questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:177 +msgid "Content" +msgstr "เนื้อหา" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Manage your content by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> " +"Contents`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create content. Add your " +":guilabel:`Content Title`, and if you want :ref:`Tags <elearning/tags>`, " +"then fill in the related information among the different tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Create your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:188 +msgid "Document tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: select the course your content belongs to;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:191 +msgid ":guilabel:`Content Type`: select the type of your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a responsible person for your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: indicate the time required to complete the course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:194 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Download`: allow users to download the content of the " +"slide. This option is only visible when the content is a document;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:196 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Preview`: the course is accessible by anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`# of Public Views`: displays the number of views from non-" +"enrolled participants;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:198 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled " +"and enrolled participants)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can add a description of your content that appears front end in the " +":guilabel:`About` section of your course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:208 +msgid "Additional Resources tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your " +"participants' learning. It appears in the course content on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Additional ressources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:220 +msgid "Quiz tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:222 +msgid "" +"From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of " +"the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Points Rewards` section lets you give a specific number of " +"karma points depending on how many tries they need to correctly answer the " +"question. Then, create your questions and the possible answers by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Add a line`. A new window pops up, add the question by filling" +" in the :guilabel:`Question Name` and add multiple answers by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Tick the :guilabel:`Is correct answer` to mark one " +"or more answers as correct. You can also fill in the :guilabel:`Comment` " +"field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " +"participant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 +msgid "Content Tags" +msgstr "แท็กเนื้อหา" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The **Content Tags** help users to classify the content from the " +":guilabel:`Contents` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration " +"--> Content Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:243 +msgid "Publish your content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Everything created on the back end needs to be published from the front end." +" Unpublished content is always visible from your website but still needs to " +"be published to be available to your audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You must be on your website's front end to publish your content. To do so, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Go To Website` smart button, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Publish` option available in the right-hand corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Publish your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:3 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "ฟอรั่ม" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum** is a question-and-answer forum designed with providing " +"customer support in mind. Adding a forum to a website enables you to build a" +" community, encourage engagement, and share knowledge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:12 +msgid "Create a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a forum, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Forum: Forums`. Click :guilabel:`New` or select an existing forum and " +"configure the following elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Forum Name`: add the name of the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: select :guilabel:`Questions` to enable marking an answer " +"as best, meaning questions then appear as *solved*, or " +":guilabel:`Discussions` if the feature is not needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the selected mode, only **one answer** per user is allowed on " +"a single post. Commenting multiple times is allowed, however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: choose how questions are sorted by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Newest`: by latest question posting date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Updated`: by latest posting activity date (answers and " +"comments included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Most Voted`: by highest vote tally" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Relevance`: by post relevancy (determined by a formula)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Answered`: by likelihood to be answered (determined by a formula)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Users have several sorting options (total replies, total views, last " +"activity) on the forum front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select :guilabel:`Public` to let anyone view the forum," +" :guilabel:`Signed In` to make it visible only for signed-in users, or " +":guilabel:`Some users` to make it visible only for a specific user access " +"group by selecting one :guilabel:`Authorized Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :ref:`karma gains <forum/karma-gains>` and the " +":ref:`karma-related rights <forum/karma-related-rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:48 +msgid "Karma points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Karma points can be given to users based on different forum interactions. " +"They can be used to determine which forum functionalities users can access, " +"from being able to vote on posts to having moderator rights. They are also " +"used to set user :ref:`ranks <forum/ranks>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:55 +msgid "" +"A user's karma points are shared across all forums, courses, etc., of a " +"single Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:56 +msgid "" +"eLearning users can earn karma points through different :ref:`course " +"interactions <elearning/karma>` and by :ref:`completing quizzes " +"<elearning/quiz>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:62 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:64 +msgid "Several forum interactions can give or remove karma points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:70 +msgid "Interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:129 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "คำอธิบาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:72 +msgid "Default karma gain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Asking a question`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:74 +msgid "You post a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:90 +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question upvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:77 +msgid "Another user votes for a question you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:139 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question downvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:80 +msgid "Another user votes against a question you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:87 +msgid "-2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer upvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:83 +msgid "Another user votes for an answer you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:84 +msgid "10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer downvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:86 +msgid "Another user votes against an answer you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accepting an answer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:89 +msgid "You mark an answer posted by another user as best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer accepted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:92 +msgid "Another user marks an answer you posted as best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:93 +msgid "15" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer flagged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:95 +msgid "" +"A question or an answer you posted is :ref:`marked as offensive " +"<forum/moderation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:96 +msgid "-100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:99 +msgid "" +"New users receive **three points** upon validating their email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the default values, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the " +":guilabel:`Karma Gains` tab. Select a value to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If the value is positive (e.g., `5`), the number of points will be added to " +"the user's tally each time the interaction happens on the selected forum. " +"Conversely, if the value is negative (e.g., `-5`), the number of points will" +" be deducted. Use `0` if an interaction should not impact a user's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:112 +msgid "Karma-related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To configure how many karma points are required to access the different " +"forum functionalities, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the :guilabel:`Karma Related " +"Rights` tab. Select a value to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Some functionalities, such as :guilabel:`Edit all posts`, :guilabel:`Close " +"all posts`, :guilabel:`Delete all posts`, :guilabel:`Moderate posts`, and " +":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`, are rather sensitive. Make sure to " +"understand the consequences of giving *any* user reaching the set karma " +"requirements access to such functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:128 +msgid "Functionality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:130 +msgid "Default karma requirement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:132 +msgid "Post questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:136 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:135 +msgid "Post answers to questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`Upvote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:138 +msgid "Vote for questions or answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Downvote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:141 +msgid "Vote against questions or answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:188 +msgid "50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:143 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:144 +msgid "Edit questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:179 +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:147 +msgid "Edit any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:148 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:150 +msgid "Close questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:194 +msgid "100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:153 +msgid "Close any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:197 +msgid "500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:155 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:156 +msgid "Delete questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:159 +msgid "Delete any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:200 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nofollow links`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you are under the karma threshold, a *nofollow* attribute tells search " +"engines to ignore links you post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer on own questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:166 +msgid "Mark an answer as best on questions you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:167 +msgid "20" +msgstr "20" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer to all questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:169 +msgid "Mark an answer as best on any question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:171 +msgid ":guilabel:`Editor Features: image and links`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:172 +msgid "Add links and images to your posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:206 +msgid "30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Comment own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:175 +msgid "Post comments under questions or answers you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Comment all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:178 +msgid "Post comments under any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert own answers to comments and vice versa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:181 +msgid "Convert comments you posted as answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:183 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert all answers to comments and vice versa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:184 +msgid "Convert any comment as answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink own comments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:187 +msgid "Delete comments you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:190 +msgid "Delete any comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions without validation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Questions you post do not require to be :ref:`validated <forum/moderation>` " +"first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:195 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flag a post as offensive`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:196 +msgid "Flag a question or answer as offensive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`Moderate posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:199 +msgid "Access all :ref:`moderation tools <forum/moderation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Change question tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Change posted questions' :ref:`tags <forum/tags>` (if you have the right to " +"edit them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:203 +msgid "75" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create new tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:205 +msgid "Create new :ref:`tags <forum/tags>` when posting questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:207 +msgid ":guilabel:`Display detailed user biography`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:208 +msgid "" +"When a user hovers their mouse on your avatar or username, a popover box " +"showcases your karma points, biography, and number of :ref:`badges " +"<forum/badges>` per level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:210 +msgid "750" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Track all karma-related activity and add or remove karma manually by " +":ref:`enabling developer mode <developer-mode>` and going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Karma Tracking`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:220 +msgid "Gamification" +msgstr "Gamification" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Ranks and badges can be used to encourage participation. Ranks are based on " +"the total :ref:`karma points <forum/karma>`, while badges can be granted " +"manually or automatically by completing challenges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:229 +msgid "Ranks" +msgstr "อันดับ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:231 +msgid "" +"To create new ranks or modify the default ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Ranks` and click " +":guilabel:`New` or select an existing rank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Rank Name`, the :guilabel:`Required Karma` points to " +"reach it, its :guilabel:`Description`, a :guilabel:`Motivational` message to" +" encourage users to reach it, and an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Default forum ranks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:244 +msgid "Badges" +msgstr "ป้ายรางวัล" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To create new badges or modify the default ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Badges` and click " +":guilabel:`New` or select an existing badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:249 +msgid "Enter the badge name and description, add an image, and configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:252 +msgid "Assign manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If the badge should be granted manually, select which users can grant them " +"by selecting one of the following :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Everyone`: all non-portal users (since badges are granted from " +"the backend)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:258 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: users selected under " +":guilabel:`Authorized Users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`People having some badges`: users who have been granted the " +"badges selected under :guilabel:`Required Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:262 +msgid "" +"It is possible to restrict how many times per month each user can grant the " +"badge by enabling :guilabel:`Monthly Limited Sending` and entering a " +":guilabel:`Limitation Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:266 +msgid "Assign automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the badge should be granted **automatically** when certain conditions are" +" met, select :guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges` under " +":guilabel:`Allowance to Grant`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Next, determine how the badge should be granted by clicking :guilabel:`Add` " +"under the :guilabel:`Rewards for challenges` section. Select a challenge to " +"add it or create one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:276 +msgid "" +"It is possible to give the badge a :guilabel:`Forum Badge Level` " +"(:guilabel:`Bronze`, :guilabel:`Silver`, :guilabel:`Gold`) to give it more " +"or less importance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Default forum badges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:285 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "แท็ก" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:287 +msgid "Users can use tags to filter forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To manage tags, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: " +"Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a tag and select the related " +":guilabel:`Forum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Tags` section on the forum's sidebar to filter all " +"questions assigned to the selected tag. Click :guilabel:`View all` to " +"display all tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:295 +msgid "" +"New tags can be created when posting a new message, provided the user has " +"enough :ref:`karma points <forum/karma-related-rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:301 +msgid "Use a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Access to many functionalities depends on a user's :ref:`karma points " +"<forum/karma-related-rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:310 +msgid "Post questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To create a new post, access the forum's front end, click :guilabel:`New " +"Post`, and fill in the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:315 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: add the question or the topic of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:316 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: add a description for the question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: add up to five :ref:`tags <forum/tags>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:319 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Post Your Question`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:324 +msgid "Interact with posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:326 +msgid "Different actions are possible on a post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Mark a question as **favorite** by clicking the star button (:guilabel:`☆`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Follow a post and get **notifications** (by email or within Odoo) when it is" +" answered by clicking the bell button (:guilabel:`🔔`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:331 +msgid "" +"**Vote** *for* (up arrow :guilabel:`▲`) or *against* (down arrow " +":guilabel:`▼`) a question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Mark an answer as **best** by clicking the check mark button " +"(:guilabel:`✔`). This option is only available if the :guilabel:`Forum Mode`" +" is set to :guilabel:`Questions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer` a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:336 +msgid "" +"**Comment** on a question or answer by clicking the speech bubble button " +"(:guilabel:`💬`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:337 +msgid "" +"**Share** a question on Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn by clicking the " +"*share nodes* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:339 +msgid "Click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`) to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:341 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit` a question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close` a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:343 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delete` a question, answer, or comment. It is possible to " +":guilabel:`Undelete` questions afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flag` a question or answer as offensive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert` a comment into an answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:347 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`View` the related :ref:`Helpdesk ticket <helpdesk/forum>`, if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Posts actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:353 +msgid "" +"By default, 150 karma points are required to view another user's profile. " +"This value can be configured when creating a new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:359 +msgid "Moderate a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On the forum's front end, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Moderation tools` section" +" gathers the essential moderator functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Forum sidebar moderation tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:367 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Validate`: access all questions and answers waiting for " +"validation before being displayed to non-moderator users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Question to validate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:374 +msgid "" +"A question is pending if a user does not have the required karma. The user " +"is not able to post questions or answers while awaiting validation. Only one" +" pending question per user is allowed per forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:378 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flagged`: access all questions and answers that have been flagged" +" as offensive. Click :guilabel:`Accept` to remove the offensive flag or " +":guilabel:`Offensive` to confirm it, then select a reason and click " +":guilabel:`Mark as offensive`. The post is then hidden from users without " +"moderation rights, and 100 karma points are deducted from the offending " +"user's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Offensive reason selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Closed`: access all questions that have been closed. It is " +"possible to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Reopen` them. To close a " +"question, open it, click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`), then " +":guilabel:`Close`, select a :guilabel:`Close Reason`, and click " +":guilabel:`Close post`. The post is then hidden from users without " +"moderation rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When selecting :guilabel:`Spam or advertising` or :guilabel:`Contains " +"offensive or malicious remarks` as the reason, 100 karma points are deducted" +" from the poster's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Create and edit close reasons by going to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Forum: Close Reasons`. Select :guilabel:`Basic` as " +":guilabel:`Reason Type` if the reason should be used when closing a " +"question, and :guilabel:`Offensive` if it should be used for flagged posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Manage all posts by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Forum: Forums`, selecting the forum, and clicking the :guilabel:`Posts` " +"smart button. By clicking the :guilabel:`Actions` button, it is possible to " +":guilabel:`Export`, :guilabel:`Archive`, :guilabel:`Unarchive`, or " +":guilabel:`Delete` one or multiple posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "ไลฟ์แชท" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 +msgid "Enable Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 +msgid "" +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "ตัวเลือก" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "ประเทศ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps </applications/websites/website/configuration/on-" +"premise_geo-ip-installation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "วิดเจ็ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `<head>` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +msgid "" +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:3 +msgid "Chatbots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Chatbot* is a program designed to mimic a conversation with a live human." +" Chatbots are assigned a script of pre-written steps to follow. The scripts " +"are designed to anticipate a visitor's potential response, and lead them " +"through a series of questions and answers the same way a live team member " +"would." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Chatbots can be customized to fill various roles, from customer support, to " +"creating leads, to collecting contact information. The goal of the chatbot " +"depends on the page of the website they are assigned, and the messages " +"included in the script, among other criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:19 +msgid "Build a chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new chatbot, the *Live Chat* application must first be " +"installed on the database. This can be done directly from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` menu by searching for `Live Chat` in the " +":guilabel:`search bar` and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, *Live Chat* can be installed and enabled by navigating to the" +" :menuselection:`Website application --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"checking the box labeled :guilabel:`Livechat`. Once enabled, the database " +"will refresh, and the *Live Chat* application is accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the *Live Chat* application has been installed on the database, open " +"it, and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Chatbots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the *Live Chat* app is installed, a sample chatbot is created, named " +"*Welcome Bot*. This chatbot has a pre-configured script that walks through a" +" few basic steps, including asking for a visitor's email address, and " +"forwarding the conversation to an operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Welcome Bot* can be used as a starting point. The existing steps can be " +"edited or removed, and new steps can be added to customize the script, as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:40 +msgid "*Welcome Bot* can be deleted (or archived)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Welcome Bot script in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new chatbot, navigate to the :guilabel:`Chatbot` page " +"(:menuselection:`Live Chat app --> Configuration --> Chatbots`) and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank chatbot details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the blank chatbot details page, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Chatbot " +"Name` field and click on the :guilabel:`Edit Image` icon in the upper right " +"corner of the form to add a photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:53 +msgid "Chatbot scripts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the new chatbot has been created and named, the next step is to create " +"a script. Chatbot conversations follow an accompanying script. These scripts" +" are comprised of lines of dialogue, each designed to either deliver or " +"capture information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a chatbot script, navigate to the :guilabel:`Script` tab of the " +"chatbot details page, and click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to open the " +":guilabel:`Create Script Steps` pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This form must be filled out for each line of text (dialogue) that the " +"chatbot could potentially deliver during the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:65 +msgid "" +"First, enter the content of the message in the :guilabel:`Message` field. " +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Step Types` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:69 +msgid "Step types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Step Type` selected depends on the intended purpose of the " +"message. The available options in the :guilabel:`Step Type` drop-down are " +"listed below, as well as their use, and any additional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:76 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "ข้อความ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This step is used for messages where no answer is expected (or necessary). " +"Text steps can be used for greetings and/or to deliver information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Text step types are only intended to deliver information, and do not allow " +"for any visitor input. As such, they need to be followed by additional steps" +" to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:86 +msgid "Question" +msgstr "คำถาม" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"This step asks a question and provides a set of answers. The visitor clicks " +"on one answer, which either leads to a new step in the conversation, or can " +"lead to an optional link to a new webpage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to add a catchall answer to question steps (ex: \"Something " +"else\"). This helps visitors continue the conversation, even if their needs " +"don't exactly fit with any of the other answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:97 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "อีเมล" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"This step prompts visitors to provide their email address, which is stored " +"and can be used by team members later to follow up with additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The only accepted inputs for this step type are email addresses that are in " +"a valid format. If a visitor attempts to enter anything other than a valid " +"email address, the chatbot responds with a message stating it does not " +"recognize the information submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +msgid "View of a chatbot responding to an invalid email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:111 +msgid "Phone" +msgstr "โทรศัพท์" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Similar to email, this step type prompts the visitor to enter their phone " +"number, which can be used at a later time to follow up with additional " +"information, or to schedule demos, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Due to the vast number of formats used for phone numbers worldwide, " +"responses to this step type are **not** validated for formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:121 +msgid "Forward to Operator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This step forwards the conversation to an active live chat operator, so that" +" they can continue assisting the visitor. As the conversation transcript is " +"passed on to the operator they are able to pick up where the chatbot left " +"off. This not only saves time for all parties involved, it can also help " +"qualify conversations before they reach live human operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If no active operator is available on the channel, the chatbot continues the" +" conversation with the visitor. Therefore, additional steps should be added " +"after this one to ensure that there is no abrupt end to the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a chatbot follow up messages when no live chat operator is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:138 +msgid "Free Input/Multi-Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The free input step allows visitors to respond to questions without " +"providing pre-written responses. Information provided in these responses is " +"stored in the chat transcripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Choose between :guilabel:`Free Input` and :guilabel:`Free Input (Multi-" +"Line)` depending on the type and amount of information being requested from " +"the visitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:147 +msgid "Create Lead" +msgstr "สร้างลูกค้าเป้าหมาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:149 +msgid "" +"This step creates a lead in the *CRM* application. Select an option from the" +" :guilabel:`Sales Team` drop-down to assign the created lead to a specific " +"team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:153 +msgid "Create Ticket" +msgstr "สร้างทิกเก็ต" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This step creates a :doc:`ticket " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>` in the " +"*Helpdesk* application. Select an option from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Team` " +"drop-down to assign the created ticket to a specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:160 +msgid "Only if" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Chatbot scripts operate on an if/then basis, which means the next question " +"presented to the visitor is determined by the answer they provide to the " +"previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To continue the progression of the conversation, the form for a new step " +"contains a field labeled :guilabel:`Only If`. This field is where the " +"progression of questions is defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If a step is intended to follow all of the previous messages, this field can" +" be left empty. However, if a message should **only** be sent conditionally," +" based on a previous response (or several previous responses), those " +"responses need to be added to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:173 +msgid "" +"If there are any selections made in the :guilabel:`Only If` field, the step " +"will **not** be shown in a conversation unless **all** of the answers have " +"been selected. Only include selections in this field if they are necessary " +"for this step to be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In the *Welcome Bot* script, a visitor can ask about pricing information. If" +" the visitor selects this response, a step is included to forward the " +"conversation to an operator. The chatbot first sends a message informing the" +" visitor that it is checking to see if an operator is available to chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"However, this message should **only** be delivered if the visitor requests " +"pricing information. In that situation, the conversation would proceed as " +"below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:186 +msgid "Welcome Bot: \"*What are you looking for?*\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:187 +msgid "Visitor: \"**I have a pricing question.**\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Welcome Bot: \"*Hmmm, let me check if I can find someone that could help you" +" with that...*\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:190 +msgid "" +"In the details form for the :guilabel:`Text` step, the *I have a pricing " +"question* response has been selected in the :guilabel:`Only If` field. As " +"such, this step is **only** shown in conversations where that response has " +"been selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "View of the new message form emphasizing the Only If field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:199 +msgid "Script testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to ensure all visitors have a satisfactory experience with the " +"chatbot, each message needs to lead to a natural conclusion. Chatbot scripts" +" should be tested to confirm there are no dead-ends, and to get an " +"understanding of what the visitor sees when they interact with the chatbot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If there is an answer or input provided by the visitor that is **not** " +"assigned a corresponding follow-up response, the conversation stops (*dead-" +"end*). Since the visitor cannot re-engage the chatbot, they will have to re-" +"start the conversation, by refreshing the chat window, or their browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"To test the performance of a chatbot, first click on the :guilabel:`Test` " +"button at the top-left of the chatbot script page. Then, upon being " +"redirected to the testing screen, answer the chatbot prompts the same way a " +"potential site visitor would." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:215 +msgid "" +"When the script has reached an end-point, the message *Conversation " +"ended...Restart* appears at the bottom of the chat window. To begin the " +"conversation at the beginning of the script, click on :guilabel:`Restart`. " +"To return to the script page, click :guilabel:`Back to edit mode` at the top" +" of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:221 +msgid "Add chatbot to a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a chatbot has been created and tested, it needs to be added to a live " +"chat channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Live Chat` application, and select the " +"kanban card for a :guilabel:`Channel`, or create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/websites/livechat>`. Click on the :guilabel:`Channel Rules` " +"tab. Then, open an existing rule, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up detail form, choose the appropriate " +"chatbot in the :guilabel:`Chatbot` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the chatbot should **only** be active if there are no available live chat" +" operators, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +msgid "View of the channel rules emphasizing the chatbot field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:241 +msgid ":doc:`Live chat channel rules </applications/websites/livechat>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 +msgid "Ratings" +msgstr "การให้คะแนน" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " +"improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " +"customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Customer Rating" +msgstr "ลูกค้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " +"for an explanation is shown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:15 +msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo" +" Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:28 +msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:35 +msgid "Make the rating public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " +"channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " +"rating of that channel on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 +msgid "Execute a command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "ช่วยเหลือ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response <live-chat/canned-" +"responses>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In version 16.3, the command to create a new ticket is `/ticket`. This only " +"applies to databases running version 16.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:92 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In version 16.3, the command to search through *Helpdesk* tickets is " +"`/search_tickets`. This only applies to databases running version 16.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:113 +msgid "History" +msgstr "ประวัติ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:123 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "ลูกค้าเป้าหมาย" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:125 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "ลา" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:163 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:168 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:173 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:183 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 +msgid "Website" +msgstr "เว็บไซต์" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build " +"beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Cookies bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. " +"They are processed and stored by your browser and contain information about " +"your visit, such as login data, location, language, etc. There are two main " +"types of cookies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior " +"or display advertisements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, " +"is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR <https://gdpr.eu>`_. " +"Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly" +" and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first " +"visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide " +"whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies " +"Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar <cookies-" +"bar/customization>` and :ref:`edit the content of the related Cookie Policy " +"page <cookies-bar/policy>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:35 +msgid "Customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select " +"the :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible " +"Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it using the options in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the " +":guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:47 +msgid "You can also:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:49 +msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:50 +msgid "" +"enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the " +"cookies bar is displayed on the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:52 +msgid "" +"further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after " +"clicking anywhere in the building block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click " +"directly in the building block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:65 +msgid "Cookie policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie " +"Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional " +"cookies. To access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the " +"cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> " +"Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and" +" characteristics if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:76 +msgid "" +"You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's " +"footer, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create multiple websites from the same database. This can" +" be useful, for example, if you have multiple brands operating under your " +"organization, or to create separate websites for different " +"products/services, or different audiences. In these cases, having different " +"websites can help avoid confusion and make it easier to tailor your digital " +"outreach strategies and reach your target audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " +":doc:`domain name </administration/maintain/domain_names>`, theme, pages, " +"menus, :doc:`languages <translate>`, :doc:`products " +"<../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, assigned sales team, etc. " +"They can also :ref:`share content and pages <multi-" +"website/website_content>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Duplicate content (i.e., pages and content shared between multiple websites)" +" can have a negative impact on :doc:`../pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:22 +msgid "Website creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:24 +msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`+ New Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "New website button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Specify the :guilabel:`Website Name` and :guilabel:`Website domain`. Each " +"website must be published under its own :doc:`domain " +"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Adapt the :guilabel:`Company name`, :guilabel:`Languages` and " +":guilabel:`Default language` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:38 +msgid "You can then start building your new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:41 +msgid "" +"By default, all website-related apps that you have installed (e.g. " +"**eCommerce**, **Forum**, **Blog**, etc.) and their related website pages " +"are also available on the new website. You can remove them by amending the " +"website's menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:46 +msgid "Switching websites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To switch from one website to another, click the menu next to the " +":guilabel:`+New` button in the top right corner and select the website you " +"want to switch to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Website selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " +"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " +"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." +" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +msgid "Website-specific configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " +"enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the desired " +"website in the field :guilabel:`Settings of Website` at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Settings` page, in the **yellow** banner. Then, adapt the options" +" for that specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " +"from one website to the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In a :doc:`multi-company environment <../../../general/users/companies>`, " +"each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " +"only company-related data (e.g., products, jobs, events, etc.) is displayed " +"on the website. To display company-specific data, set the desired company in" +" the :guilabel:`Company` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +msgid "Content availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " +"the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" +" was created. Records created from the backend, however, are made available " +"on all websites by default. The content's availability can be changed in the" +" backend, in the :guilabel:`Website` field. For example, for products, go to" +" :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, then select the product and go to " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. For forums, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Forums`, then select the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Website field in Forum form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "Records and features can be made available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " +":guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "Website pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Select the website on which the page is currently published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "Display pages per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " +"publish the page on all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " +"for several websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +msgid "eCommerce features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "" +"eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " +"discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " +"website <website_field>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " +"<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " +"websites by enabling the :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` check box in " +"the website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "กำหนดราคา" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Products can be priced differently based on the website using " +":ref:`pricelists <ecommerce/pricelists>`. The following configuration is " +"required:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " +":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " +"select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "การรายงาน" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Each website has its own :ref:`analytics <website/analytics/plausible>`. To " +"switch between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Switch websites in analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +msgid "Other reporting data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" +" and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Click :guilabel:`Group" +" by --> Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cli>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"<https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"<https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin/create>`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"<https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/faq#are-there-any-qps-or-" +"daily-limits-on-my-use-of-recaptcha>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page <https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin/>`_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "การแปล" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The contents of your website pages (i.e., text strings) can be translated " +"into different languages directly on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Your website is displayed in the language that matches the visitor's " +"browser's language, unless that particular language has not been installed. " +"In this case, the website is displayed in the :ref:`default language " +"<translate/default-language>`. The visitor can still select another language" +" in the language menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Installing languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To translate your website, you first have to add the required languages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:18 +msgid "Go to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 +msgid "Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 +msgid "Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Languages` field and select the required language from " +"the drop-down list. Repeat this step for each additional language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:27 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can also edit your website's languages from the backend, in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> " +"Settings` and add/remove the required languages in the :guilabel:`Languages`" +" field, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 +msgid "Default language" +msgstr "ค่าเริ่มต้นภาษา" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, " +"the content is displayed in the default language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To define a default language, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration" +" –> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This field is visible only if multiple languages are already configured for " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:49 +msgid "Translating the contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been added, you can translate the contents of your " +"website. To do so, go to your website, select the language from the language" +" menu and click the :guilabel:`Translate` button on the right part of the " +"task bar to activate the **translation mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Translate button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:58 +msgid "As a result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Text strings that have already been translated are highlighted in green;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 +msgid "Text strings that need to be translated are highlighted in yellow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Text to be translated highlighted in yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can then replace the original text with the translation by clicking the " +"block, editing its contents and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been installed, you can also translate some items " +"(e.g., the product's name and description) from the backend (e.g., in the " +"product template). To do so, click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) " +"next to the text you want to translate (e.g., the product name) and add the " +"translation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Translate product-related items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can also :doc:`export/import translations " +"<../../../../developer/howtos/translations>` to translate multiple items " +"(e.g., product names and descriptions) in one go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 +msgid "Language selector menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:84 +msgid "To add a language selector menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:86 +msgid "Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Select the block where you want to add the language selector menu (e.g., the" +" header)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:88 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Navbar` section, set the :guilabel:`Language selector` " +"field to either :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language selector menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5 +msgid "Pages" +msgstr "หน้า" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create pages for your website and customize their content" +" and appearance to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" +" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " +":ref:`properties <website/page_properties>`, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " +"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " +"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " +"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " +"therefore managed differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +msgid "Page creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " +"create a new website page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " +"corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " +"in the page's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Publish <website/un-publish-page>` the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +msgid "Page management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " +"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " +"versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 +msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +msgid "It is also possible to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +msgid "" +"publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " +"<website/page_properties>`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " +"restrict the page's visibility if needed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +msgid "" +"publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" +" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +msgid "Homepage" +msgstr "Homepage" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " +":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" +" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " +":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +msgid "Page properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +msgid "" +"modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " +"to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " +"then select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`redirection <website/URL-" +"redirection>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:0 +msgid "Redirect old URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " +"in the menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " +"of your website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " +"search engine results;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " +"select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " +"check mark to validate your selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " +"</applications/general/users/access_rights>` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " +"group` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +msgid "" +"*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" +" --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +msgid "Duplicating pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " +"Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " +"Name`, then click :guilabel:`OK`. By default, the new page is added after " +"the duplicated page in the menu, but you can remove it from the menu or " +"change its position using the :doc:`menu editor <pages/menus>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +msgid "Deleting pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " +":guilabel:`Delete Page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " +"you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " +"land on a 404 error page, you must update all the links on your website " +"referring to the page. To do so, expand a category, then click on a link to " +"open it in a new window. Alternatively, you can set up a :ref:`redirection " +"<website/URL-redirection>` for the deleted page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection <website/URL-" +"redirection>`), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " +"click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 +msgid "URL redirects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " +"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " +"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"<website/delete-page>`, :ref:`modify its URL <website/page_properties>`, or " +"move your site to a new :doc:`domain " +"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " +"developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " +"<website/page_properties>` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 +msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " +"the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " +"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " +"cached by browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " +"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " +"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " +"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " +"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " +"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +"performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" +" where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " +"redirected to another URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +msgid "" +"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +":ref:`unpublished <website/un-publish-page>` or :ref:`deleted " +"<website/delete-page>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`Google documentation on redirects and search " +"<https://developers.google.com/search/docs/crawling-" +"indexing/301-redirects>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:3 +msgid "Menus" +msgstr "เมนู" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Menus are used to organize your website’s content and help visitors navigate" +" through your web pages effectively. User-friendly and well-structured " +"website menus also play a crucial role in improving :doc:`search engine " +"rankings <seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to customize the content and appearance of your website's " +"menu to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:12 +msgid "Menu editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The menu editor allows you to edit your website's menu and add :ref:`regular" +" menu items <website/regular-menus>` and :ref:`mega menus <website/mega-" +"menus>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To edit your website's menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu" +" Editor`. From there, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**rename** a menu item or change its URL using the :guilabel:`Edit Menu " +"Item` icon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:21 +msgid "**delete** a menu item using the :guilabel:`Delete Menu Item` icon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**move** a menu item by dragging and dropping it to the desired place in the" +" menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**create a regular drop-down menu** by dragging and dropping the sub-menu " +"items to the right, underneath their parent menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 +msgid "Menu editor with sub-menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can also access the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, selecting " +"any menu item and clicking the :guilabel:`Edit Menu` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:0 +msgid "Access the Menu editor while in Edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:40 +msgid "Adding regular menu items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default, pages are added to the menu as regular menu items when " +":doc:`they are created <../pages>`. You can also add regular menu items from" +" the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Add Menu Item`. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Name` and URL of the related page in the pop-up window that " +"appears on the screen and click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL or Email` field, you can type `/` to search for a page" +" on your website or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:54 +msgid "Adding mega menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Mega menus are similar to drop-down menus, but instead of a simple list of " +"sub-menus, they display a panel divided into groups of navigation options. " +"This makes them suitable for websites with large amounts of content, as they" +" can help include all of your web pages in the menu while still making all " +"menu items visible at once. Mega menus can also be structured more visually " +"than regular drop-down menus, for example, through layout, typography, and " +"icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 +msgid "Mega menu in the navigation bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a mega menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu " +"Editor` and click :guilabel:`Add Mega Menu Item`. Enter the :guilabel:`Name`" +" of the mega menu in the pop-up, click :guilabel:`OK`, then " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To adapt the options and layout of the mega menu, click it in the navigation" +" bar, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Mega menus are composed of building " +"blocks, which means you can customize each component individually using " +"inline formatting, as well as the options available in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder. For example, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:74 +msgid "edit the text directly in the building block;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:75 +msgid "" +"edit a menu item's URL by selecting the menu item, then clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit link` button in the small preview pop-up. Type `/` to search" +" for a page on your website, or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:0 +msgid "Edit a mega menu option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:82 +msgid "" +"move a menu item by dragging and dropping the related block to the desired " +"position in the mega menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:84 +msgid "delete a menu item by deleting the related block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You can adapt the general layout of the mega menu by selecting the desired " +":guilabel:`Template` and :guilabel:`Size` in the :guilabel:`Mega menu` " +"section in the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:92 +msgid "Header and navigation bar appearance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To customize the appearance of your website's menu, click :guilabel:`Edit`, " +"then select the navigation bar or any menu item. You can then adapt the " +"fields in the :guilabel:`Header` and :guilabel:`Navbar` sections in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" +" website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " +"short, a good SEO allows you to get more visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " +"should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " +"should be consistent with the content, your website should have a " +"``/sitemap.xml`` file, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " +"abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " +"you, in the best possible way. This will be explained here below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " +"content and the meta tags of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:24 +msgid "Meta Tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:27 +msgid "Title, Description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " +"data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " +"website. They are automatically generated based on page title & content, but" +" you can finetune them. Make sure they fit the content of the page, " +"otherwise you will be downgraded by search engines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 +msgid "Keywords" +msgstr "คำสำคัญ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " +"``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " +"towards your website. For each keyword, you see how it is used in the " +"content (H1, H2, page title, page description, page content) and what are " +"the related searches in Google. The more keywords are used the better." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " +"every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " +"search tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 +msgid "Content is King" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" +" to help you build your website content:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:61 +msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:63 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-" +"channel-1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " +"`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" +" landing pages)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " +"website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " +"<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " +"Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " +"content of your website when visitors get lost in invalid URLs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:82 +msgid "Use Social Networks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" +" on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " +"are a huge factor for SEO ranking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 +msgid "Social Network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." +" All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:100 +msgid "Social Share" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." +" By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " +"media wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " +"Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " +"your page in the Promote tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:117 +msgid "Facebook Page" +msgstr "หน้าเพจ Facebook" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" +" business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " +"timeline, the next events and the messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 +msgid "Twitter Scroller" +msgstr "Twitter Scroller" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " +"will increase the number of tweets and shares." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:130 +msgid "Test Your Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " +"WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:137 +msgid "URLs Handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 +msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:142 +msgid "URLs Structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:144 +msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:146 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:148 +msgid "With the following components:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 +msgid "**https://** = Protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:152 +msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" +" browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " +"page is: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-product-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:159 +msgid "" +"**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" +" catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:163 +msgid "" +"**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " +"product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " +"product named \"Pain carré\" will be slugified to \"pain-carre\". Depending " +"on the namespace, this could be different objects (blog post, page title, " +"forum post, forum comment, product category, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:170 +msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " +"example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:175 +msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:177 +msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 +msgid "" +"http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " +"name)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " +"post):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:185 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:187 +msgid "In the above example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:189 +msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:191 +msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:193 +msgid "" +"When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " +"(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " +"search engines. Example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:197 +msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:200 +msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:202 +msgid "" +"When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " +"product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:207 +msgid "" +"If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " +"done to route visitors to the new address of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:210 +msgid "As an example, this URL:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:212 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:214 +msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:216 +msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" +" the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " +"link still functions when used by external websites, via a 301 redirect, " +"maintaining the SEO link juice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " +"all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " +"your website through a non HTTPS url, it gets a 301 redirect to its HTTPS " +"equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:232 +msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:234 +msgid "" +"The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " +"is for your SEO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:237 +msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " +"link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " +"links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:246 +msgid "" +"But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " +"\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " +"on your website to third-party websites which have a bad reputation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:251 +msgid "" +"Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " +"trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " +"attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:256 +msgid "Multi-Language Support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:261 +msgid "Multi-Language URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " +"available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:266 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " +"here)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:268 +msgid "" +"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " +"version)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:270 +msgid "" +"In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " +"several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " +"pt\\_PT (Portuguese from Portugal)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:275 +msgid "Language Annotation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:277 +msgid "" +"To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " +"the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" +" <head> section of the main version, Odoo automatically adds a link element " +"pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:282 +msgid "" +"<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " +"href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:285 +msgid "With this approach:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " +"language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:290 +msgid "" +"You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " +"yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " +"same content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:295 +msgid "Language Detection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:297 +msgid "" +"When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " +"version according to their browser language preference (e.g. " +"yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " +"redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" +" the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " +"This will always land visitors to the English version of the page, without " +"using the browser language preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:312 +msgid "Page Speed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "แนะนำ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " +"faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " +"better page ranking. Some studies have shown that, if you divide the time to" +" load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " +"abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" +" load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-" +"amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " +"tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " +"your website ranks using these two tools:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:332 +msgid "" +"`Google Page Speed " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:334 +msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337 +msgid "Images" +msgstr "รูปภาพ" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:339 +msgid "" +"When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " +"their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " +"for .JPG)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:343 +msgid "" +"From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " +"unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " +"performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " +"requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" +" theme, it will provide images that are not compressed efficiently. But all " +"images used in Odoo official themes have been compressed by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:357 +msgid "" +"When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " +"the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " +"attributes for the image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:364 +msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:369 +msgid "" +"Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " +"<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." +" Thus, you can use as many pictograms as you want in your page, they will " +"not result in extra requests to load the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:378 +msgid "Static Resources: CSS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:380 +msgid "" +"All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " +"cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:383 +msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:385 +msgid "" +"this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " +"clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " +"resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:389 +msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:391 +msgid "" +"**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " +"theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " +"<https://www.odoo.com/apps/themes>`__ extend and customize Bootstrap " +"directly. Since Odoo supports Less and Sass, you can modify CSS rules " +"instead of overwriting them through extra CSS lines, resulting in a smaller " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:398 +msgid "" +"**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " +"set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " +"several CSS files is great for the modularity, but not good for the " +"performance because most browsers can only perform 6 requests in parallel " +"resulting in lots of files loaded in series. The latency time to transfer a " +"file is usually much longer than the actual data transfer time, for small " +"files like .JS and .CSS. Thus, the time to load CSS resources depends more " +"on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:408 +msgid "" +"To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " +"single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " +"file to load** per page, which is particularly efficient. As the CSS is " +"shared amongst all pages, when the visitor clicks on another page, the " +"browser does not even have to load a new CSS file!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 +msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 +msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:450 +msgid ".text-muted {" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:451 +msgid "color: #666;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 +msgid "color: #777;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 +msgid "background: yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +msgid "background: yellow;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:452 +msgid "}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:423 +msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:429 +msgid "" +"The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " +"By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " +"load CSS files at all. But some modules might include huge CSS/Javascript " +"resources that you do not want to prefetch at the first page because they " +"are too big. In this case, Odoo splits this resource into a second bundle " +"that is loaded only when the page using it is requested. An example of this " +"is the backend that is only loaded when the visitor logs in and accesses the" +" backend (/web)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:439 +msgid "" +"If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " +"avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " +"themes fit below this limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:443 +msgid "" +"**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " +"is minified to reduce its size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 +msgid "**Before minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 +msgid "**After minification**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 +msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 +msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:455 +msgid "" +"The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" +"process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" +" visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:464 +msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:466 +msgid "" +"As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," +" compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:469 +msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:471 +msgid "" +"One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " +"validation, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:474 +msgid "" +"One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:477 +msgid "" +"One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" +" employees using Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:480 +msgid "" +"Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " +"resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " +"As these files are shared across all pages, further clicks by the same " +"visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:486 +msgid "" +"If you work on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, the CSS and " +"Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " +"But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and " +"Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:491 +msgid "CDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:493 +msgid "" +"If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " +"images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" +" Network has three advantages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:497 +msgid "" +"Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" +" around the globe)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:500 +msgid "" +"Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " +"server)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:503 +msgid "" +"Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " +"resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " +"domain)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:507 +msgid "" +"You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" +" Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:514 +msgid "HTML Pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:516 +msgid "" +"The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " +"server (NGINX or Apache)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:519 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " +"HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " +"usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:523 +msgid "" +"As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " +"paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " +"following code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:527 +msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:529 +msgid "" +"Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " +"code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:532 +msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:535 +msgid "Responsive Design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:537 +msgid "" +"Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " +"engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " +"according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:544 +msgid "" +"As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " +"website are mobile friendly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:548 +msgid "Browser Caching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:550 +msgid "" +"Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " +"when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " +"this URL: `localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets\\_common.0.css " +"<http://localhost:8069/web/content/457-0da1d9d/web.assets_common.0.css>`__. " +"The ``457-0da1d9d`` part of this URL will change if you modify the CSS of " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:557 +msgid "" +"This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " +"XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:562 +msgid "Scalability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:564 +msgid "" +"In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:567 +msgid "" +"Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " +"eCommerce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:573 +msgid "Search Engines Files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 +msgid "Sitemap" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 +msgid "" +"The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " +"generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " +"reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:582 +msgid "" +"By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " +"have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " +"respecting the `sitemaps.org protocol " +"<http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ grouping sitemap URL's in 45000 " +"chunks per file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:588 +msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:590 +msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:592 +msgid "" +"``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " +"automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" +" could be the last modification date of the product or the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:597 +msgid "" +"``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" +" their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" +" of votes on a specific post). The priority of a static page is defined by " +"it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:604 +msgid "Structured Data Markup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:606 +msgid "" +"Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " +"results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " +"engine robots; helping them understand your content and create well-" +"presented search results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:611 +msgid "" +"Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " +"Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:614 +msgid "" +"Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " +"<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " +"posts and contact addresses. This allows your product pages to be displayed " +"in Google using extra information like the price and rating of a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:624 +msgid "robots.txt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:626 +msgid "" +"When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " +"indexing rules of the ``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:630 +msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:633 +msgid "" +"It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " +"other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:637 +msgid "" +"You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " +"robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model " +"Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system " +"upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:3 +msgid "Website analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Website analytics helps website owners understand how people use their site." +" It provides data on visitor demographics, behavior, and interactions, " +"helping improve websites and marketing strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can track your Odoo website's traffic using " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` or :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. We " +"recommend using Plausible.io as it is privacy-friendly, lightweight, and " +"easy to use. The Plausible analytics dashboard is also integrated into Odoo " +"and can be accessed via :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> " +"Analytics`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:16 +msgid "Plausible.io" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If your database is hosted on Odoo Online, the Plausible.io integration is " +"available in Odoo for free. To enable the feature, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Plausible Analytics` and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then access your Plausible analytics dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If your database is hosted on Odoo.sh or on-premise, or if you wish to use " +"your own Plausible.io account, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Create or sign in to a Plausible account using the following link: " +"`<https://plausible.io/register>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are creating a new account, go through the registration and " +"activation steps. When asked to provide your website details, add its " +":guilabel:`Domain` without including `www` (e.g., `example.odoo.com`) and " +"change the :guilabel:`Reporting Timezone` if necessary. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" snippet` to proceed to the next step. Ignore the :guilabel:`Add JavaScript " +"snippet` instructions and click :guilabel:`Start collecting data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once done, click the Plausible logo in the upper-left part of the page to " +"access your `list of websites <https://plausible.io/sites>`_, then click the" +" gear icon next to the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Click the gear icon in the list of websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the sidebar, select :guilabel:`Visibility`, then click :guilabel:`+ New " +"link`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name`, leave the :guilabel:`Password` field empty, as the" +" Plausible analytics dashboard integration in Odoo doesn't support it, then " +"click :guilabel:`Create shared link`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:46 +msgid "Copy the shared link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Plausible Analytics`, then" +" paste the :guilabel:`Shared Link` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If you have :doc:`multiple websites <../configuration/multi_website>`, add " +"your websites to your Plausible.io account by going to " +"`<https://plausible.io/sites>`_ and clicking :guilabel:`+ Add website`. In " +"Odoo, in the **Website settings**, make sure to select the website in the " +":guilabel:`Settings of Website` field before pasting the :guilabel:`Shared " +"link`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically pushes two custom goals: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:65 +msgid "`Plausible Analytics documentation <https://plausible.io/docs>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:70 +msgid "Google Analytics" +msgstr "Google Analytics" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:72 +msgid "To follow your Odoo website's traffic with Google Analytics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Create or sign in to a Google account using the following link: " +"`<https://analytics.google.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up Google Analytics for the first time, click " +":guilabel:`Start measuring` and go through the account creation step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you already have a Google Analytics account, sign in and click the gear " +"icon in the bottom-left corner of the page to access the **Admin** page. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`+ Create Property`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Measurement ID in Google Analytics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Complete the next steps: `property creation " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153?hl=en/&visit_id=638278591144564289-3612494643&rd=2#property>`_," +" business details, and business objectives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When you reach the **Data collection** step, choose the :guilabel:`Web` " +"platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Choose a platform for your Google Analytics property." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Set up your data stream: Specify your :guilabel:`Website URL` and a " +":guilabel:`Stream name`, then click :guilabel:`Create stream`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:93 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Measurement ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Google Analytics`, then " +"paste the :guilabel:`Measurement ID` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you have :doc:`multiple websites <../configuration/multi_website>` with " +"separate domains, it is recommended to create `one property " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153?hl=en/&visit_id=638278591144564289-3612494643&rd=2#property>`_" +" per domain. In Odoo, in the **Website settings**, make sure to select the " +"website in the :guilabel:`Settings of Website` field before pasting the " +":guilabel:`Measurement ID`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:109 +msgid "" +"`Google documentation on setting up Analytics for a website " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Link trackers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " +"Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Integrated with :ref:`website/analytics/GA`, those trackers allow you to see" +" the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..274331d3c --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -0,0 +1,9813 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:8 +msgid "Install and Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:10 +msgid "" +"These guides provide instructions on how to install, maintain and upgrade " +"Odoo databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration.rst:13 +msgid "" +":doc:`History of Versions <administration/maintain/supported_versions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:5 +msgid "Install" +msgstr "Встановити" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Depending on the intended use case, there are multiple ways to install Odoo " +"- or not install it at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:10 +msgid "" +":doc:`Online <install/online>` is the easiest way to use Odoo in production " +"or to try it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:12 +msgid "" +":doc:`Packaged installers <install/packages>` are suitable for testing Odoo " +"and developing modules. They can be used for long-term production with " +"additional deployment and maintenance work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Source install <install/source>` provides greater flexibility, as it " +"allows, for example, running multiple Odoo versions on the same system. It " +"is adequate to develop modules and can be used as a base for production " +"deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:20 +msgid "" +"A `Docker <https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ base image is available for " +"development or deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:26 +msgid "Editions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:28 +msgid "There are two different editions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Community** is the free and open-source version of the software, " +"licensed under the `GNU LGPLv3 " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/master/LICENSE>`_. It is the core upon " +"which Odoo Enterprise is built." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Enterprise** is the shared source version of the software, giving " +"access to more functionalities, including functional support, upgrades, and " +"hosting. `Pricing <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-plan>`_ starts from one app " +"free." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install.rst:39 +msgid "" +":doc:`Switch from Community to Enterprise <maintain/enterprise>` at any time" +" (except for the source install)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:3 +msgid "Set up a content delivery network (CDN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:8 +msgid "Deploying with KeyCDN" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:10 +msgid "" +"A :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` or *content distribution network*, " +"is a geographically distributed network of servers that provides high speed " +"internet content. The :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` provides quick," +" high-quality content delivery for content-heavy websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This document will guide you through the setup of a KeyCDN_ account with an " +"Odoo powered website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:17 +msgid "Create a pull zone in the KeyCDN dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the KeyCDN dashboard, start by navigating to the :menuselection:`Zones` " +"menu item on the left. On the form, give a value to the :guilabel:`Zone " +"Name`, which will appear as part of the :abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery " +"Network)`'s :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Zone Status` to :guilabel:`active` to engage the zone. For the " +":guilabel:`Zone Type` set the value to :guilabel:`Pull`, and then, finally, " +"under the :guilabel:`Pull Settings`, enter the :guilabel:`Origin URL`— this " +"address should be the full Odoo database :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource " +"Locator)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Use ``https://yourdatabase.odoo.com`` and replace the *yourdatabase* " +"subdomain prefix with the actual name of the database. A custom :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)` can be used, as well, in place of the Odoo " +"subdomain that was provided to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN's Zone configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`General Settings` heading below the zone form, click " +"the :guilabel:`Show all settings` button to expand the zone options. This " +"should be the last option on the page. After expanding the " +":guilabel:`General Settings` ensure that the :guilabel:`CORS` option is " +":guilabel:`enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Next, scroll to the bottom of the zone configuration page and " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes. KeyCDN will indicate that the new zone will be" +" deployed. This can take about 10 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "KeyCDN deploying the new Zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:49 +msgid "" +"A new :guilabel:`Zone URL` has been generated for your Zone, in this example" +" it is ``pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com``. This value will differ for each " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Copy this :guilabel:`Zone URL` to a text editor for later, as it will be " +"used in the next steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:55 +msgid "Configure the Odoo instance with the new zone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:57 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` and" +" then activate the :guilabel:`Content Delivery Network (CDN)` setting and " +"copy/paste the :guilabel:`Zone URL` value from the earlier step into the " +":guilabel:`CDN Base URL` field. This field is only visible and configurable " +"when :doc:`Developer Mode <../../applications/general/developer_mode>` is " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Ensure that there are two *forward slashes* (`//`) before the :guilabel:`CDN" +" Base URL` and one forward slash (`/`) after the :guilabel:`CDN Base URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the settings when complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the CDN setting in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now the website is using the CDN for the resources matching the " +":guilabel:`CDN filters` regular expressions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In the HTML of the Odoo website, the :abbr:`CDN (content delivery network)` " +"integration is evidenced as working properly by checking the :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locators)` of images. The *CDN Base URL* value can be seen" +" by using your web browser's :guilabel:`Inspect` feature on the Odoo " +"website. Look for it's record by searching within the :guilabel:`Network` " +"tab inside of devtools." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The CDN Base URL can be seen using the inspect function on the Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Prevent security issues by activating cross-origin resource sharing (CORS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:87 +msgid "" +"A security restriction in some browsers (such as Mozilla Firefox and Google " +"Chrome) prevents a remotely linked CSS file to fetch relative resources on " +"this same external server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:90 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option isn't enabled in " +"the :guilabel:`CDN Zone`, the more obvious resulting problem on a standard " +"Odoo website will be the lack of *Font Awesome* icons because the font file " +"declared in the *Font Awesome* CSS won't be loaded from the remote server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When these cross-origin resource issues occur, a security error message " +"similar to the output below will appear in the web browser's developer " +"console:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:98 +msgid "" +"``Font from origin 'http://pulltest-xxxxx.kxcdn.com' has been blocked from " +"loading /shop:1 by Cross-Origin Resource Sharing policy: No 'Access-Control-" +"Allow-Origin' header is present on the requested resource. Origin " +"'http://yourdatabase.odoo.com' is therefore not allowed access.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst-1 +msgid "Error message populated in the browser console." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/cdn.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :abbr:`CORS (Cross-Origin Resource Sharing)` option in the " +":abbr:`CDN (Content Delivery Network)` settings fixes this issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:3 +msgid "System configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document describes basic steps to set up Odoo in production or on an " +"internet-facing server. It follows :doc:`installation <../install>`, and is " +"not generally necessary for a development systems that is not exposed on the" +" internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If you are setting up a public server, be sure to check our :ref:`security` " +"recommendations!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:15 +msgid "dbfilter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a multi-tenant system: a single Odoo system may run and serve a " +"number of database instances. It is also highly customizable, with " +"customizations (starting from the modules being loaded) depending on the " +"\"current database\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This is not an issue when working with the backend (web client) as a logged-" +"in company user: the database can be selected when logging in, and " +"customizations loaded afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:25 +msgid "" +"However it is an issue for non-logged users (portal, website) which aren't " +"bound to a database: Odoo needs to know which database should be used to " +"load the website page or perform the operation. If multi-tenancy is not used" +" that is not an issue, there's only one database to use, but if there are " +"multiple databases accessible Odoo needs a rule to know which one it should " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:31 +msgid "" +"That is one of the purposes of :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>`:" +" it specifies how the database should be selected based on the hostname " +"(domain) that is being requested. The value is a `regular expression`_, " +"possibly including the dynamically injected hostname (``%h``) or the first " +"subdomain (``%d``) through which the system is being accessed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:37 +msgid "" +"For servers hosting multiple databases in production, especially if " +"``website`` is used, dbfilter **must** be set, otherwise a number of " +"features will not work correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:42 +msgid "Configuration samples" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:44 +msgid "Show only databases with names beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Show only databases matching the first subdomain after ``www``: for example " +"the database \"mycompany\" will be shown if the incoming request was sent to" +" ``www.mycompany.com`` or ``mycompany.co.uk``, but not for " +"``www2.mycompany.com`` or ``helpdesk.mycompany.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Setting a proper :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-filter>` is an " +"important part of securing your deployment. Once it is correctly working and" +" only matching a single database per hostname, it is strongly recommended to" +" block access to the database manager screens, and to use the ``--no-" +"database-list`` startup parameter to prevent listing your databases, and to " +"block access to the database management screens. See also security_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:189 +msgid "PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"By default, PostgreSQL only allows connection over UNIX sockets and loopback" +" connections (from \"localhost\", the same machine the PostgreSQL server is " +"installed on)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:82 +msgid "" +"UNIX socket is fine if you want Odoo and PostgreSQL to execute on the same " +"machine, and is the default when no host is provided, but if you want Odoo " +"and PostgreSQL to execute on different machines [#different-machines]_ it " +"will need to `listen to network interfaces`_ [#remote-socket]_, either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Only accept loopback connections and `use an SSH tunnel`_ between the " +"machine on which Odoo runs and the one on which PostgreSQL runs, then " +"configure Odoo to connect to its end of the tunnel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Accept connections to the machine on which Odoo is installed, possibly over " +"ssl (see `PostgreSQL connection settings`_ for details), then configure Odoo" +" to connect over the network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 +msgid "Configuration sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:97 +msgid "Allow tcp connection on localhost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:98 +msgid "Allow tcp connection from 192.168.1.x network" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:100 +msgid "in ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/pg_hba.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:108 +msgid "" +"in ``/etc/postgresql/<YOUR POSTGRESQL VERSION>/main/postgresql.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:119 +msgid "Configuring Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Out of the box, Odoo connects to a local postgres over UNIX socket via port " +"5432. This can be overridden using :ref:`the database options " +"<reference/cmdline/server/database>` when your Postgres deployment is not " +"local and/or does not use the installation defaults." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`packaged installers <packages>` will automatically create a new " +"user (``odoo``) and set it as the database user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The database management screens are protected by the ``admin_passwd`` " +"setting. This setting can only be set using configuration files, and is " +"simply checked before performing database alterations. It should be set to a" +" randomly generated value to ensure third parties can not use this " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:134 +msgid "" +"All database operations use the :ref:`database options " +"<reference/cmdline/server/database>`, including the database management " +"screen. For the database management screen to work requires that the " +"PostgreSQL user have ``createdb`` right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Users can always drop databases they own. For the database management screen" +" to be completely non-functional, the PostgreSQL user needs to be created " +"with ``no-createdb`` and the database must be owned by a different " +"PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:142 +msgid "the PostgreSQL user *must not* be a superuser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:147 +msgid "connect to a PostgreSQL server on 192.168.1.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:148 +msgid "port 5432" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:149 +msgid "using an 'odoo' user account," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:150 +msgid "with 'pwd' as a password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:151 +msgid "filtering only db with a name beginning with 'mycompany'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:168 +msgid "SSL Between Odoo and PostgreSQL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo 11.0, you can enforce ssl connection between Odoo and PostgreSQL." +" in Odoo the db_sslmode control the ssl security of the connection with " +"value chosen out of 'disable', 'allow', 'prefer', 'require', 'verify-ca' or " +"'verify-full'" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:175 +msgid "" +"`PostgreSQL Doc <https://www.postgresql.org/docs/12/static/libpq-ssl.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:180 +msgid "Builtin server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 +msgid "" +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 +msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +msgid "Cron workers need CPU" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 +msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 +msgid "memory size calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 +msgid "" +"We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " +"ones" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 +msgid "" +"A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " +"well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 +msgid "" +"A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" +" of RAM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " +"+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 +msgid "LiveChat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 +msgid "" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 +msgid "" +"We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " +"measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 +msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 +msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 +msgid "HTTPS" +msgstr "HTTPS" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " +"authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " +"Odoo must use HTTPS\\ [#switching]_. SSL termination can be implemented via " +"just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" +" be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 +msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 +msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " +"connections to the secure port" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 +msgid "Redirect http requests to https" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 +msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 +msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 +msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " +"provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " +"That script should be customized (possibly after copying it from the setup " +"directory) to correctly set the configuration directly in " +":mod:`odoo.tools.config` rather than through the command-line or a " +"configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 +msgid "" +"However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " +"client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " +"creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 +msgid "Cron Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 +msgid "" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 +msgid "" +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 +msgid "" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 +msgid "Serving static files and attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 +msgid "" +"For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " +"attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " +"performances, and static files should generally be served by a static HTTP " +"server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 +msgid "Serving static files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " +"static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " +":samp:`/{MODULE}/static/{FILE}`, and looking up the right module (and file) " +"in the various addons paths." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 +msgid "" +"Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " +"Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " +"``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 +msgid "" +"Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " +"should be added to serve static files via NGINX." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 +msgid "" +"Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" +" Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " +"and :file:`/opt/odoo/enterprise` respectively and the :option:`--addons-path" +" <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " +"``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 +msgid "" +"The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " +"installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " +"configurations and may not be used as-is." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +msgid "Serving attachments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 +msgid "" +"Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " +"Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " +"them requires multiple lookups in the database to determine where the files " +"are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " +"by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " +"instead of Odoo. For Odoo to delegate serving files to the static web " +"server, the `X-Sendfile <https://tn123.org/mod_xsendfile/>`_ (apache) or " +"`X-Accel " +"<https://www.nginx.com/resources/wiki/start/topics/examples/x-accel/>`_ " +"(nginx) extensions must be enabled and configured on the static web server. " +"Once it is set up, start Odoo with the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin " +"--x-sendfile>` CLI flag (this unique flag is used for both X-Sendfile and " +"X-Accel)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 +msgid "" +"The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " +"require any supplementary configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 +msgid "" +"The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 +msgid "" +"In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " +"the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " +"the ``/web/filestore`` URL directly via Odoo (don't navigate to the URL via " +"NGINX). This logs a warnings, the message contains the configuration you " +"need." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Безпека" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 +msgid "" +"For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " +"continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " +"be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +msgid "" +"So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " +"will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " +"first important things you should be sure to include in your security action" +" plan. The rest will come from best security practices for your operating " +"system and distribution, best practices in terms of users, passwords, and " +"access control management, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 +msgid "" +"When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " +"following security-related topics:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 +msgid "" +"Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " +"database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " +":ref:`db_manager_security`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " +"all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " +"day-to-day operations, only for controlling/managing the installation. " +"*Never* use any default passwords like admin/admin, even for test/staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 +msgid "" +"Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" +" data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" +" systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" +"filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " +"hostname. See :ref:`db_filter`. You may also use :option:`-d <odoo-bin -d>` " +"to provide your own (comma-separated) list of available databases to filter " +"from, instead of letting the system fetch them all from the database " +"backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 +msgid "" +"Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " +"single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " +"option to ``False``, to prevent listing databases entirely, and to block " +"access to the database management screens (this is also exposed as the " +":option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>` command-line " +"option)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " +"*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " +"For example they could be owned by the ``postgres`` super-user if you are " +"using a dedicated non-privileged ``db_user``. See also " +":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 +msgid "" +"Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" +" via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +msgid "" +"Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" +" typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 +msgid "" +"Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " +"certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " +"SSL certificates are cheap, and many free options exist. Configure the web " +"proxy to limit the size of requests, set appropriate timeouts, and then " +"enable the :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` option. See also " +":ref:`https_proxy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 +msgid "" +"If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " +"strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " +"recommended to entirely disable password-based authentication, and only " +"allow public key authentication. Also consider restricting access via a VPN," +" allowing only trusted IPs in the firewall, and/or running a brute-force " +"detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 +msgid "" +"Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " +"prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " +":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +msgid "" +"Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " +"of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " +"should consult with them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +msgid "" +"Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " +"different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " +"precautions as for production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " +"resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " +"firewall rules to protect those internal resources. This will ensure that " +"the Odoo server cannot be used accidentally (or as a result of malicious " +"user actions) to access or disrupt those internal resources. Typically this " +"can be done by applying an outbound default DENY rule on the firewall, then " +"only explicitly authorizing access to internal resources that the Odoo " +"server needs to access. `Systemd IP traffic access control " +"<http://0pointer.net/blog/ip-accounting-and-access-lists-with-" +"systemd.html>`_ may also be useful to implement per-process network access " +"control." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 +msgid "" +"If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " +"load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " +"similar network-level device, you may wish to avoid direct access to the " +"Odoo system. It is generally difficult to keep the endpoint IP addresses of " +"your Odoo servers secret. For example they can appear in web server logs " +"when querying public systems, or in the headers of emails posted from Odoo. " +"In such a situation you may want to configure your firewall so that the " +"endpoints are not accessible publicly except from the specific IP addresses " +"of your WAF, load-balancer or proxy service. Service providers like " +"CloudFlare usually maintain a public list of their IP address ranges for " +"this purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 +msgid "" +"If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " +"each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 +msgid "" +"Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" +" remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 +msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:611 +msgid "" +"For internet-facing deployments, brute force attacks on user passwords are " +"very common, and this threat should not be neglected for Odoo servers. Odoo " +"emits a log entry whenever a login attempt is performed, and reports the " +"result: success or failure, along with the target login and source IP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:615 +msgid "The log entries will have the following form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:617 +msgid "Failed login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:621 +msgid "Successful login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:626 +msgid "" +"These logs can be easily analyzed by an intrusion prevention system such as " +"`fail2ban`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:628 +msgid "" +"For example, the following fail2ban filter definition should match a failed " +"login::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:635 +msgid "" +"This could be used with a jail definition to block the attacking IP on " +"HTTP(S)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:637 +msgid "" +"Here is what it could look like for blocking the IP for 15 minutes when 10 " +"failed login attempts are detected from the same IP within 1 minute::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:651 +msgid "Database Manager Security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:653 +msgid ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo` mentioned ``admin_passwd`` in passing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:655 +msgid "" +"This setting is used on all database management screens (to create, delete, " +"dump or restore databases)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:658 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must not be accessible at all, you should set " +"``list_db`` configuration option to ``False``, to block access to all the " +"database selection and management screens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:664 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to disable the Database Manager for any internet-" +"facing system! It is meant as a development/demo tool, to make it easy to " +"quickly create and manage databases. It is not designed for use in " +"production, and may even expose dangerous features to attackers. It is also " +"not designed to handle large databases, and may trigger memory limits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:670 +msgid "" +"On production systems, database management operations should always be " +"performed by the system administrator, including provisioning of new " +"databases and automated backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:673 +msgid "" +"Be sure to setup an appropriate ``db_name`` parameter (and optionally, " +"``db_filter`` too) so that the system can determine the target database for " +"each request, otherwise users will be blocked as they won't be allowed to " +"choose the database themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:678 +msgid "" +"If the management screens must only be accessible from a selected set of " +"machines, use the proxy server's features to block access to all routes " +"starting with ``/web/database`` except (maybe) ``/web/database/selector`` " +"which displays the database-selection screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:682 +msgid "" +"If the database-management screen should be left accessible, the " +"``admin_passwd`` setting must be changed from its ``admin`` default: this " +"password is checked before allowing database-alteration operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:686 +msgid "It should be stored securely, and should be generated randomly e.g." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:692 +msgid "which will generate a 32 characters pseudorandom printable string." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:695 +msgid "Supported Browsers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:697 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports all the major desktop and mobile browsers available on the " +"market, as long as they are supported by their publishers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:700 +msgid "Here are the supported browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:702 +msgid "Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:703 +msgid "Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:704 +msgid "Microsoft Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:705 +msgid "Apple Safari" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:707 +msgid "" +"Please make sure your browser is up-to-date and still supported by its " +"publisher before filing a bug report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:712 +msgid "Since Odoo 13.0, ES6 is supported. Therefore, IE support is dropped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:715 +msgid "" +"to have multiple Odoo installations use the same PostgreSQL database, or to " +"provide more computing resources to both software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:718 +msgid "" +"technically a tool like socat_ can be used to proxy UNIX sockets across " +"networks, but that is mostly for software which can only be used over UNIX " +"sockets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:722 +msgid "" +"or be accessible only over an internal packet-switched network, but that " +"requires secured switches, protections against `ARP spoofing`_ and precludes" +" usage of WiFi. Even over secure packet-switched networks, deployment over " +"HTTPS is recommended, and possible costs are lowered as \"self-signed\" " +"certificates are easier to deploy on a controlled environment than over the " +"internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:3 +msgid "Email gateway" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo mail gateway allows you to inject directly all the received emails " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Its principle is straightforward: your SMTP server executes the \"mailgate\"" +" script for every new incoming email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The script takes care of connecting to your Odoo database through XML-RPC, " +"and send the emails via the `MailThread.message_process()` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:14 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Передумови" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:16 +msgid "Administrator access to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:17 +msgid "Your own mail server such as Postfix or Exim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:18 +msgid "Technical knowledge on how to configure an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:21 +msgid "For Postfix" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:23 +msgid "In you alias config (:file:`/etc/aliases`):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:30 +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:45 +msgid "Resources" +msgstr "Кадри" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:32 +msgid "`Postfix <http://www.postfix.org/documentation.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:33 +msgid "`Postfix aliases <http://www.postfix.org/aliases.5.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:34 +msgid "`Postfix virtual <http://www.postfix.org/virtual.8.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:38 +msgid "For Exim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:47 +msgid "`Exim <https://www.exim.org/docs.html>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/email_gateway.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you don't have access/manage your email server, use :ref:`inbound " +"messages <email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:3 +msgid "Online" +msgstr "Онлайн" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Online instances are accessed using any web browser and do not require a " +"local installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:8 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "Демо" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To quickly try out Odoo, shared `demo <https://demo.odoo.com>`_ instances " +"are available. No registration is required, but each instance only lives for" +" a few hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:14 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:166 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`_ provides private instances which" +" are fully managed and hosted by Odoo. It can be used for long-term " +"production or to test Odoo thoroughly, including customizations that don't " +"require code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/online.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo Online is incompatible with custom modules or the Odoo App Store." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:3 +msgid "Packaged installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides packaged installers for Debian-based Linux distributions " +"(Debian, Ubuntu, etc.), RPM-based Linux distributions (Fedora, CentOS, RHEL," +" etc.), and Windows for the Community and Enterprise editions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Official **Community** nightly packages with all relevant dependency " +"requirements are available on the `nightly server " +"<https://nightly.odoo.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:13 +msgid "Nightly packages may be difficult to keep up to date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Official **Community** and **Enterprise** packages can be downloaded from " +"the `Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:19 +msgid "" +"It is required to be logged in as a paying customer or partner to download " +"the Enterprise packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:25 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:52 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:125 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:170 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:195 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:224 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:442 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:116 +msgid "Prepare" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs a `PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/>`_ server to run " +"properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:34 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:274 +msgid "Debian/Ubuntu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The default configuration for the Odoo 'deb' package is to use the " +"PostgreSQL server on the same host as the Odoo instance. Execute the " +"following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:132 +msgid "Fedora" +msgstr "Fedora" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the `sudo` command is available and well configured and, only" +" then, execute the following command to install the PostgreSQL server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:412 +msgid "" +"`wkhtmltopdf` is not installed through **pip** and must be installed " +"manually in `version 0.12.5 " +"<https://github.com/wkhtmltopdf/wkhtmltopdf/releases/tag/0.12.5>`_ for it to" +" support headers and footers. Check out the `wkhtmltopdf wiki " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/wiki/Wkhtmltopdf>`_ for more details on the " +"various versions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:63 +msgid "Repository" +msgstr "Репозиторій" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Odoo S.A. provides a repository that can be used to install the " +"**Community** edition by executing the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Use the usual `apt-get upgrade` command to keep the installation up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:90 +msgid "Currently, there is no nightly repository for the Enterprise edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:93 +msgid "Distribution package" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Instead of using the repository, packages for both the **Community** and " +"**Enterprise** editions can be downloaded from the `Odoo download page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo 16 'deb' package currently supports `Debian Buster " +"<https://www.debian.org/releases/buster/>`_ and `Ubuntu 18.04 " +"<https://releases.ubuntu.com/18.04>`_ or above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, execute the following commands **as root** to install Odoo " +"as a service, create the necessary PostgreSQL user, and automatically start " +"the server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The `python3-xlwt` Debian package, needed to export into the XLS format, " +"does not exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04. If needed, install it " +"manually with the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The `num2words` Python package - needed to render textual amounts - does not" +" exist in Debian Buster nor Ubuntu 18.04, which could cause problems with " +"the `l10n_mx_edi` module. If needed, install it manually with the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:135 +msgid "Odoo 16 'rpm' package supports Fedora 36." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once downloaded, the package can be installed using the 'dnf' package " +"manager:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:129 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:154 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:176 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:204 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:320 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:389 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:452 +msgid "Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" +" (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 +msgid "Execute the downloaded file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 +msgid "" +"On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " +"displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " +"prompt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 +msgid "Go through the installation steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 +msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:3 +msgid "Source" +msgstr "Джерело" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The source 'installation' is not about installing Odoo but running it " +"directly from the source instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Using the Odoo source can be more convenient for module developers as it is " +"more easily accessible than using packaged installers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:11 +msgid "" +"It makes starting and stopping Odoo more flexible and explicit than the " +"services set up by the packaged installers. Also, it allows overriding " +"settings using :ref:`command-line parameters <reference/cmdline>` without " +"needing to edit a configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Finally, it provides greater control over the system's setup and allows to " +"more easily keep (and run) multiple versions of Odoo side-by-side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:19 +msgid "Fetch the sources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:21 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to obtain the source code of Odoo: as a ZIP **archive** " +"or through **Git**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:24 +msgid "Archive" +msgstr "Архів" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:26 +msgid "Community edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:34 +msgid "`Odoo download page <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:29 +msgid "`GitHub Community repository <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:30 +msgid "`Nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:32 +msgid "Enterprise edition:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:35 +msgid "`GitHub Enterprise repository <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:40 +msgid "Git" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It is required to have `Git <https://git-scm.com/>`_ installed, and it is " +"recommended to have a basic knowledge of Git commands to proceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To clone a Git repository, choose between cloning with HTTPS or SSH. In most" +" cases, the best option is HTTPS. However, choose SSH to contribute to Odoo " +"source code or when following the :doc:`Getting Started developer tutorial " +"</developer/tutorials/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:92 +msgid "Clone with HTTPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:99 +msgid "Clone with SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:137 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:182 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:401 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:463 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:107 +msgid "" +"**The Enterprise git repository does not contain the full Odoo source " +"code**. It is only a collection of extra add-ons. The main server code is in" +" the Community edition. Running the Enterprise version means running the " +"server from the Community version with the `addons-path` option set to the " +"folder with the Enterprise edition. It is required to clone both the " +"Community and Enterprise repositories to have a working Odoo Enterprise " +"installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:119 +msgid "Python" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:121 +msgid "Odoo requires **Python 3.7** or later to run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:127 +msgid "Use a package manager to download and install Python 3 if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:131 +msgid "" +"`Download the latest version of Python 3 " +"<https://www.python.org/downloads/windows/>`_ and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:134 +msgid "" +"During installation, check **Add Python 3 to PATH**, then click **Customize " +"Installation** and make sure that **pip** is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Use a package manager (`Homebrew <https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts " +"<https://www.macports.org>`_) to download and install Python 3 if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:143 +msgid "" +"If Python 3 is already installed, make sure that the version is 3.7 or " +"above, as previous versions are not compatible with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Verify that `pip <https://pip.pypa.io>`_ is also installed for this version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:191 +msgid "Odoo uses PostgreSQL as its database management system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Use a package manager to download and install PostgreSQL (supported " +"versions: 12.0 or above). It can be achieved by executing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:206 +msgid "" +"`Download PostgreSQL <https://www.postgresql.org/download/windows>`_ " +"(supported versions: 12.0 or above) and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Use `Postgres.app <https://postgresapp.com>`_ to download and install " +"PostgreSQL (supported version: 12.0 or above)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To make the command line tools bundled with Postgres.app available, make " +"sure to set up the `$PATH` variable by following the `Postgres.app CLI tools" +" instructions <https://postgresapp.com/documentation/cli-tools.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:219 +msgid "" +"By default, the only user is `postgres`. As Odoo forbids connecting as " +"`postgres`, create a new PostgreSQL user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:232 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Because the PostgreSQL user has the same name as the Unix login, it is " +"possible to connect to the database without a password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Add PostgreSQL's `bin` directory (by default: :file:`C:\\\\Program " +"Files\\\\PostgreSQL\\\\<version>\\\\bin`) to the `PATH`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:239 +msgid "Create a postgres user with a password using the pg admin gui:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:241 +msgid "Open **pgAdmin**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:242 +msgid "Double-click the server to create a connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:243 +msgid "Select :menuselection:`Object --> Create --> Login/Group Role`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:244 +msgid "Enter the username in the **Role Name** field (e.g., `odoo`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Open the **Definition** tab, enter a password (e.g., `odoo`), and click " +"**Save**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Open the **Privileges** tab and switch **Can login?** to `Yes` and **Create " +"database?** to `Yes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:263 +msgid "Dependencies" +msgstr "Залежності" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Using **distribution packages** is the preferred way of installing " +"dependencies. Alternatively, install the Python dependencies with **pip**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:276 +msgid "" +"For Debian-based systems, the packages are listed in the `debian/control " +"<https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/debian/control>`_ file of the Odoo " +"sources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:279 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following commands should install the required " +"packages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:286 +msgid "Install with pip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:288 +msgid "" +"As some of the Python packages need a compilation step, they require system " +"libraries to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:291 +msgid "" +"On Debian/Ubuntu, the following command should install these required " +"libraries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:297 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the :file:`requirements.txt` file located at" +" the root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The Python packages in :file:`requirements.txt` are based on their " +"stable/LTS Debian/Ubuntu corresponding version at the moment of the Odoo " +"release. For example, for Odoo 15.0, the `python3-babel` package version is " +"2.8.0 in Debian Bullseye and 2.6.0 in Ubuntu Focal. The lowest version is " +"then chosen in the :file:`requirements.txt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:308 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:330 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:349 +msgid "" +"It can be preferable not to mix Python module packages between different " +"instances of Odoo or with the system. However, it is possible to use " +"`virtualenv <https://pypi.org/project/virtualenv/>`_ to create isolated " +"Python environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation " +"(:file:`CommunityPath`) and run **pip** on the requirements file to install " +"the requirements for the current user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Before installing the dependencies, download and install the `Build Tools " +"for Visual Studio <https://visualstudio.microsoft.com/downloads/>`_. Select " +"**C++ build tools** in the **Workloads** tab and install them when prompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:326 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:345 +msgid "" +"Odoo dependencies are listed in the `requirements.txt` file located at the " +"root of the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file in a terminal **with Administrator " +"privileges**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:353 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the path of the Odoo Community installation (`CommunityPath`) " +"and run **pip** on the requirements file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:363 +msgid "" +"Non-Python dependencies must be installed with a package manager (`Homebrew " +"<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:366 +msgid "Download and install the **Command Line Tools**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:372 +msgid "Use the package manager to install non-Python dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:375 +msgid "" +"For languages using a **right-to-left interface** (such as Arabic or " +"Hebrew), the `rtlcss` package is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:382 +msgid "Download and install **nodejs** and **npm** with a package manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:392 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:405 +msgid "Install `rtlcss`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:391 +msgid "Download and install `nodejs <https://nodejs.org/en/download>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Edit the system environment's variable `PATH` to add the folder where " +"`rtlcss.cmd` is located (typically: " +":file:`C:\\\\Users\\\\<user>\\\\AppData\\\\Roaming\\\\npm\\\\`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:403 +msgid "" +"Download and install **nodejs** with a package manager (`Homebrew " +"<https://brew.sh/>`_, `MacPorts <https://www.macports.org>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:420 +msgid "Running Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:422 +msgid "" +"Once all dependencies are set up, Odoo can be launched by running `odoo-" +"bin`, the command-line interface of the server. It is located at the root of" +" the Odoo Community directory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:425 +msgid "" +"To configure the server, either specify :ref:`command-line arguments " +"<reference/cmdline/server>` or a :ref:`configuration file " +"<reference/cmdline/config>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:429 +msgid "" +"For the Enterprise edition, add the path to the `enterprise` add-ons to the " +"`addons-path` argument. Note that it must come before the other paths in " +"`addons-path` for add-ons to be loaded correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:433 +msgid "Common necessary configurations are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:435 +msgid "PostgreSQL user and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:436 +msgid "Custom addon paths beyond the defaults to load custom modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:438 +msgid "A typical way to run the server would be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:449 +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:470 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, and " +"`mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Where `CommunityPath` is the path of the Odoo Community installation, " +"`dbuser` is the PostgreSQL login, `dbpassword` is the PostgreSQL password, " +"and `mydb` is the name of the PostgreSQL database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:473 +msgid "" +"After the server has started (the INFO log `odoo.modules.loading: Modules " +"loaded.` is printed), open http://localhost:8069 in a web browser and log " +"into the Odoo database with the base administrator account: use `admin` as " +"the email and, again, `admin` as the password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:478 +msgid "" +"From there, create and manage new :doc:`users " +"<../../applications/general/users/manage_users>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:479 +msgid "" +"The user account used to log into Odoo's web interface differs from the " +":option:`--db_user <odoo-bin -r>` CLI argument." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/source.rst:483 +msgid "" +":doc:`The list of CLI arguments for odoo-bin </developer/reference/cli>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain.rst:5 +msgid "Maintain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Microsoft Outlook 365 to Odoo using Azure OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Microsoft's Azure OAuth for Microsoft 365. In order " +"to send and receive secure emails from a custom domain, all that is required" +" is to configure a few settings on the Azure platform and on the back end of" +" the Odoo database. This configuration works with either a personal email " +"address or an address created by a custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Microsoft Learn: Register an application with the Microsoft identity " +"platform <https://learn.microsoft.com/azure/active-" +"directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:19 +msgid "Setup in Microsoft Azure Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise log in with the personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`. A user with administrative access to the " +"Azure Settings will need to connect and perform the following configuration." +" Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Add (+)`, located in the top menu, and then select " +":guilabel:`App registration`. On the :guilabel:`Register an application` " +"screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` to `Odoo` or something recognizable. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Supported account types` section select " +":guilabel:`Accounts in any organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory " +"- Multitenant) and personal Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/microsoft_outlook/confirm`" +" in the :guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base URL is the canonical domain at " +"which your Odoo instance can be reached in the URL field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:41 +msgid "" +"*mydatabase.odoo.com*, where *mydatabase* is the actual prefix of the " +"database's subdomain, assuming it's hosted on Odoo.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:44 +msgid "" +"After the URL has been added to the field, :guilabel:`Register` the " +"application so it is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "API permissions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`API permissions` should be set next. Odoo will need specific " +"API permissions to be able to read (IMAP) and send (SMTP) emails in the " +"Microsoft 365 setup. First, click the :guilabel:`API permissions` link, " +"located in the left menu bar. Next, click on the :guilabel:`(+) Add a " +"Permission` button and select :guilabel:`Microsoft Graph` under " +":guilabel:`Commonly Used Microsoft APIs`. After, select the " +":guilabel:`Delegated Permissions` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, search for the following :guilabel:`Deregulated " +"permissions` and click :guilabel:`Add permissions` for each one:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`SMTP.Send`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`IMAP.AccessAsUser.All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:62 +msgid "The :guilabel:`User.Read` permission will be added by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"API permissions needed for Odoo integration are listed under the Microsoft " +"Graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:69 +msgid "Assign users and groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "" +"After adding the API permissions, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Overview` " +"of the :guilabel:`Application` in the top of the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Now, add users to this application. Under the :guilabel:`Essentials` " +"overview table, click on the link labeled :guilabel:`Managed Application in " +"Local Directory`, or the last option on the bottom right-hand side of the " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add users/groups by clicking the Managed application in local directory link for the\n" +"created application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:83 +msgid "" +"In the left sidebar menu, select :guilabel:`Users and Groups`. Next, click " +"on :guilabel:`(+) Add User/Group`. Depending on the account, either a " +":guilabel:`Group` and a :guilabel:`User` can be added, or only " +":guilabel:`Users`. Personal accounts will only allow for :guilabel:`Users` " +"to be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Users` or :guilabel:`Groups`, click on :guilabel:`None " +"Selected` and add the users or group of users that will be sending emails " +"from the :guilabel:`Microsoft account` in Odoo. :guilabel:`Add` the " +"users/groups, click :guilabel:`Select`, and then :guilabel:`Assign` them to " +"the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Now that the Microsoft Azure app is set up, credentials need to be created " +"for the Odoo setup. These include the :guilabel:`Client ID` and " +":guilabel:`Client Secret`. To start, the :guilabel:`Client ID` can be copied" +" from the :guilabel:`Overview` page of the app. The :guilabel:`Client ID` or" +" :guilabel:`Application ID` is located under the :guilabel:`Display Name` in" +" the :guilabel:`Essentials` overview of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Application/Client ID located in the Overview of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Next, the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` needs to be retrieved. To get this" +" value, click on :guilabel:`Certificates & Secrets` in the left sidebar " +"menu. Then, a :guilabel:`Client Secret` needs to be produced. In order to do" +" this, click on the :guilabel:`(+) New Client Secret` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A window on the right will populate with a button labeled :guilabel:`Add a " +"client secret`. Under :guilabel:`Description`, type in `Odoo Fetchmail` or " +"something recognizable, and then set the :guilabel:`expiration date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:115 +msgid "" +"A new :guilabel:`Client Secret` will need to be produced and configured if " +"the first one expires. In this event, there could be an interruption of " +"service, so the expiration date should be noted and set to the furthest " +"possible date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Add` when these two values are entered. A " +":guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and :guilabel:`Secret ID` will be created. " +"It is important to copy the :guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret " +"Value` into a notepad as it will become encrypted after leaving this page. " +"The :guilabel:`Secret ID` is not needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Client Secret Value or Value in the app's credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:128 +msgid "" +"After these steps, the following items should be ready to be set up in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:130 +msgid "A client ID (:guilabel:`Client ID` or :guilabel:`Application ID`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:131 +msgid "A client secret (:guilabel:`Value` or :guilabel:`Client Secret Value`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:133 +msgid "" +"This completes the setup on the :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure Portal` side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:136 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:111 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "Enter Microsoft Outlook credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:141 +msgid "" +"First, open the Odoo database and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. " +"Then, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in " +"`Outlook`. After that, install the module called :guilabel:`Microsoft " +"Outlook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` is checked. This populates a new option for" +" :guilabel:`Outlook Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Save` the progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Then, copy and paste the :guilabel:`Client ID` (Application ID) and " +":guilabel:`Client Secret (Client Secret Value)` into the respective fields " +"and :guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Outlook Credentials in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:127 +msgid "Configure outgoing email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:161 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`General Settings` page, under the :guilabel:`Custom Email " +"Servers` setting, click the :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link to " +"configure the Microsoft account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, create a new email server and check the box for :guilabel:`Outlook`. " +"Next, fill in the :guilabel:`Name` (it can be anything) and the Microsoft " +"Outlook email :guilabel:`Username`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`From Filter` field is empty, enter either a :ref:`domain " +"or email address <email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:170 +msgid "Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A new window from Microsoft opens to complete the :guilabel:`authorization " +"process`. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Permission page to grant access between newly created app and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Then, allow Odoo to access the Microsoft account by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Yes`. After this, the page will navigate back to the newly " +"configured :guilabel:`Outgoing Mail Server` in Odoo. The configuration " +"automatically loads the :guilabel:`token` in Odoo, and a tag stating " +":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` appears in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Valid Outlook Token indicator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Microsoft" +" Outlook using OAuth authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 +msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Параметри системи" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " +"email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " +":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" +" or Select the button next to :guilabel:`Outlook Oauth Authentication` and " +"enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook username`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Connect your Outlook account`. Odoo will state: " +":guilabel:`Outlook Token Valid` Now :guilabel:`Test and Confirm` the " +"account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:70 +msgid "Domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **domain name** works as an address for your website. It makes the " +"Internet much more accessible as it allows users to type a meaningful web " +"address, such as ``www.odoo.com``, rather than its server's IP address with " +"a series of numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:9 +msgid "" +"You can use a custom domain name to access your Odoo database and websites:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:11 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`registering a free domain name with Odoo <domain-name/odoo-" +"register>` (for Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By :ref:`configuring a custom domain that you already own <domain-" +"name/existing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases, including their websites, use by default " +"a subdomain of ``odoo.com`` for both the URL and the emails (e.g., " +"``https://example.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name <domain-name/odoo-register>` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:25 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Register a Free Domain Name " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/register-a-free-domain-name-1663>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:27 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Quick Tips: Get a free domain name! " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=eAfgeNOHLP4>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:32 +msgid "About domain names" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Having a **good domain name** is as important to your branding as the name " +"of your business or organization as it is the first thing your visitors will" +" notice. We recommend you keep them *simple, short, easy to remember and " +"spell*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:38 +msgid "" +"A **subdomain** is a domain that is a part of another domain. It often " +"refers to the additional part that comes before the main domain name. " +"Traditionally, most websites use the ``www.`` subdomain, but any string of " +"letters can be used as well. You can use subdomains to direct your visitors " +"to other websites than your main website or to specific pages (e.g., " +"``experience.odoo.com`` points to a specific page.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:44 +msgid "" +"All domain names are referenced in the **Domain Name System**, or **DNS**, " +"which works as a giant directory for the Internet. There are many DNS " +"servers, so any modification to the DNS can take up to 72 hours to propagate" +" worldwide on all servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:51 +msgid "Indexing of domain names by search engines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Search engines, such as Google and Bing, rely on web crawlers (:dfn:`robots " +"that explore and analyze the web`) to index all websites and their related " +"domain names. These crawlers discover new URLs thanks to links on known web " +"pages. As a result, search engines should index domain names automatically " +"after a while, as long as their URLs are mentioned elsewhere on the " +"Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Improving the appearance and positioning of web pages on search engines is a" +" practice named \"Search Engine Optimization\" (SEO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Adding relevant content, optimizing metadata, and building high-quality " +"backlinks can all help improve a website's search engine visibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some search engines provide tools for web admins, such as `Google Search " +"Console <https://search.google.com/search-console>`_ and `Bing Webmaster " +"Tools <https://www.bing.com/webmasters>`_, to help you analyze and improve " +"your page ranking. To use these services, you must prove that you are the " +"owner of your domain name. One way to verify the ownership of your domain " +"name is by adding a DNS record. You can do this for :ref:`domain names " +"registered with Odoo <domain-name/odoo-manage>` and for domain names managed" +" by other providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:75 +msgid "" +"`Google Search Console Help - Verify your site ownership " +"<https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/9008080>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:76 +msgid "" +"`Bing Webmaster Tools - Add and Verify site " +"<https://www.bing.com/webmasters/help/add-and-verify-site-12184f8b>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:81 +msgid "Register a free domain name with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can register a domain name for your Odoo Online database directly from " +"Odoo Website or your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is **free for one year** if you register it with Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The domain name is registered with `Gandi <https://www.gandi.net/>`_, the " +"domain name registrar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You are the owner of the domain name and can use it for other purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:91 +msgid "Odoo manages payment and technical support for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This offer doesn't include any mailbox. However, you can :ref:`configure " +"your MX records <domain-name/odoo-manage>` to use your own email server or " +"solution such as Google Workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Domain Name`. Alternatively, " +"open your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, then on " +":guilabel:`Domain names`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Clicking on Domain Names from an Odoo website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Search for the domain name of your choice to check its availability, then " +"select the one you want to register for your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The search of the domain name example.com shows which associated domains are" +" available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Next, fill in the form with your information to become the domain name " +"owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Your domain name is directly linked to your database, but you still have to " +":ref:`map your domain name with your website <domain-name/website-map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Free domain names are also available for free Odoo Online databases (if you " +"installed one app only, for example). In this case, Odoo reviews your " +"request and your website to avoid abuse. This process can take several days " +"due to the success of the offer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:119 +msgid "This is not available for Odoo.sh databases yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:124 +msgid "Manage your domain name registered with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:126 +msgid "" +"To manage the DNS records of your domain name registered with Odoo or to " +"visualize the contacts associated with it, open your `database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_, click on the :guilabel:`settings` " +"button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain names`, and then on " +":guilabel:`Contacts` or :guilabel:`DNS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Management of the domain names linked to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Please `submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ if you need " +"further assistance to manage your domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:142 +msgid "Configure your existing domain name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If you already own a domain name, you can use it to point to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To avoid any issue with the :ref:`SSL certificate validation <domain-" +"name/ssl>`, we highly recommend that you proceed with the following actions " +"in this order:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:149 +msgid "" +":ref:`Add a CNAME record <domain-name/cname>` on your domain name's DNS " +"zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:150 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo database <domain-name/db-map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:151 +msgid "" +":ref:`Map your domain name with your Odoo website <domain-name/website-" +"map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:156 +msgid "Add a CNAME record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:158 +msgid "" +"A **CNAME record** is a type of DNS record that points to the domain of " +"another website rather than directly to an IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:161 +msgid "" +"You need a CNAME record that points to your Odoo database. The requirements " +"are detailed in your database manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The target address is the current address of your database, as defined at " +"its creation (e.g., ``example.odoo.com``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:171 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:250 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:32 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Your project's main address is defined in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Project Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If you want to target a specific branch (production, staging or " +"development), go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> " +"Settings --> Custom domains`, and click on :guilabel:`How to set up my " +"domain?`. A message indicates which address your CNAME record should target." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:180 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:222 +msgid "Open your domain name's manager dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:181 +msgid "" +"Open the **DNS zone** management page for the domain name you want to " +"configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:182 +msgid "Create a **CNAME record** pointing to the address of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:184 +msgid "" +"While Odoo suggests creating a CNAME record for your ``www.`` subdomain " +"(``www.example.com``), you can of course use any domain name of your choice," +" with any subdomain (e.g., ``anything.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:189 +msgid "" +"You own the domain name ``example.com``, and you have an Odoo Online " +"database at the address ``example.odoo.com``. You want to access your Odoo " +"database primarily with the domain ``www.example.com`` but also with the " +":ref:`naked domain <domain-name/naked-domain>` ``example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To do so, you create a CNAME record for the ``www`` subdomain, with " +"``example.odoo.com`` as the target. The DNS zone manager generates the " +"following rule and adds it to your DNS zone: ``www IN CNAME " +"example.odoo.com.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:198 +msgid "" +"You also create a redirection from ``example.com`` to ``wwww.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:200 +msgid "Your new DNS records are propagated to all DNS servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:203 +msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:205 +msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:206 +msgid "" +"`Namecheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/2237/how-" +"to-create-a-cname-record-for-your-domain>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:207 +msgid "" +"`OVH " +"<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/#add-" +"a-new-dns-record>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-" +"us/articles/360019093151>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:214 +msgid "Naked domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:216 +msgid "" +"A **naked domain** is a domain name that doesn't have any subdomain at the " +"beginning of the address (e.g., ``odoo.com`` instead of ``www.odoo.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You may want your naked domain to redirect to your website as some visitors " +"may not type the full domain name to access your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Create a **redirection** from the naked domain (``example.com``) to your " +"main domain name (``www.example.com``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Depending on your domain name registrar, this redirection may be already " +"pre-configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:232 +msgid "Map your domain name with your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Open your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_, click on " +"the :guilabel:`settings` button next to your database, on :guilabel:`Domain " +"names`, and then on :guilabel:`Use my own domain` at the bottom of the right" +" column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Type the domain name you want to add to this database, then click on " +":guilabel:`Verify` to check if the CNAME record is correctly configured. " +"Once done, click on :guilabel:`I confirm, it's done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Verification of the CNAME records of a domain name before mapping it with a " +"database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Branches --> select your branch --> Settings --> " +"Custom domains`, type the domain name you want to add to this database, then" +" click on :guilabel:`Add domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:0 +msgid "Mapping a domain name with an Odoo.sh branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:260 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo.sh branches: settings tab <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-" +"settings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Make sure to :ref:`add a CNAME record <domain-name/cname>` to your domain " +"name's DNS **before** mapping your domain name with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Failing to do so may impede the validation of the :ref:`SSL certificate " +"<domain-name/ssl>` and would result in a *certificate name mismatch* error. " +"This is often displayed by web browsers as a warning such as *\"Your " +"connection is not private\"*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:270 +msgid "" +"If this is the case and you have added the domain name to your database's " +"settings less than five days ago, wait 24 hours as the validation may still " +"happen. Otherwise, please `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including screenshots of your CNAME records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:277 +msgid "SSL encryption (HTTPS protocol)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:279 +msgid "" +"**SSL encryption** is an encryption-based Internet security protocol. It " +"allows your visitors to navigate your website through a secure connection, " +"which appears as an ``https://`` protocol at the beginning of your web " +"address, rather than a non-secure ``http://`` protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates a separate SSL certificate for each domain :ref:`mapped in " +"the database manager <domain-name/db-map>`, using integration with `Let's " +"Encrypt Certificate Authority and ACME protocol " +"<https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:288 +msgid "The certificate generation may take up to 24h." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Several attempts to validate your certificate are made during the five days " +"following the moment you add your domain name in your database's settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:291 +msgid "" +"If you already use another service, you can keep using it or simply change " +"for Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:296 +msgid "Web base URL of a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:299 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Website, you can disregard this part and directly :ref:`map" +" your domain name with your website <domain-name/website-map>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:302 +msgid "" +"The **web base URL** of a database, or **root URL** affects your main " +"website address and all the links sent to your customers (e.g., quotations, " +"portal links, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:305 +msgid "" +"To configure it, access your Odoo database with your custom address, then " +"log in as an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " +"group) from the login screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:309 +msgid "" +"Connecting to your database with the original Odoo subdomain address (e.g., " +"``example.odoo.com`` also updates the web base URL of your database. See " +"below to prevent these automatic updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can do it manually. To do so, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Find the key called ``web.base.url`` (or create it if it does not exist) and" +" enter the full address of your website as value, such as " +"``https://www.example.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:319 +msgid "" +"The URL must include the protocol ``https://`` (or ``http://``) and must not" +" end with a slash (``/``)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To prevent the automatic update of the web base URL when an administrator " +"logs in the database, you can create the following System Parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:325 +msgid "key: ``web.base.url.freeze``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:326 +msgid "value: ``True``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:331 +msgid "Map your domain name with your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name to your website isn't the same as mapping it with " +"your database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:335 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the main one for your website, helping search" +" engines to index your website properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:337 +msgid "" +"It defines your domain name as the base URL for your database, including the" +" portal links sent by email to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:339 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites, it maps your domain name with the appropriate" +" website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Website " +"Info`. If you have multiple websites, select the one you want to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:344 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Domain` field, fill in the web address of your website " +"(e.g., ``https://www.example.com``) and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring https://www.example.com as the Domain of the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Mapping your domain name with your Odoo website prevents Google from " +"indexing both your custom domain name ``www.example.com`` and your original " +"odoo database address ``example.odoo.com``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:355 +msgid "" +"If both addresses are already indexed, it may take some time before Google " +"removes the indexation of the second address. You may also try using the " +"`Google Search Console <https://search.google.com/search-console>`_ to fix " +"this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:360 +msgid "" +"If you have multiple websites and companies on your database, make sure that" +" you select the right :guilabel:`Company` in the website settings, next to " +"the :guilabel:`Domain` settings. Doing so indicates Odoo which URL to use as" +" the :ref:`base URL <domain-name/web-base-url>` according to the company in " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/domain_names.rst:366 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:6 +msgid "Switch from Community to Enterprise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Depending on your current installation, there are multiple ways to upgrade " +"your community version. In any case the basic guidelines are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:80 +msgid "Backup your community database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:17 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:62 +msgid "Shutdown your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:19 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:21 +msgid "Restart your server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your Odoo Enterprise Subscription code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:29 +msgid "On Linux, using an installer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:33 +msgid "Stop the odoo service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Install the enterprise .deb (it should install over the community package)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:45 +msgid "Update your database to the enterprise packages using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:51 +msgid "" +"You should be able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your " +"usual mean of identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo" +" Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the " +"form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:57 +msgid "On Linux, using the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"There are many ways to launch your server when using sources, and you " +"probably have your own favourite. You may need to adapt sections to your " +"usual workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Update the ``--addons-path`` parameter of your launch command (see " +":doc:`../install/source`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:65 +msgid "Install the web_enterprise module by using" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:71 +msgid "Depending on the size of your database, this may take some time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Restart your server with the updated addons path of point 3. You should be " +"able to connect to your instance. You can then link your database with your " +"Odoo Enterprise Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in " +"the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:78 +msgid "On Windows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Uninstall Odoo Community (using the Uninstall executable in the installation" +" folder) - PostgreSQL will remain installed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Launch the Odoo Enterprise Installer and follow the steps normally. When " +"choosing the installation path, you can set the folder of the Community " +"installation (this folder still contains the PostgreSQL installation). " +"Uncheck ``Start Odoo`` at the end of the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Using a command window, update your Odoo Database using this command (from " +"the Odoo installation path, in the server subfolder)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/enterprise.rst:103 +msgid "" +"No need to manually launch the server, the service is running. You should be" +" able to connect to your Odoo Enterprise instance using your usual mean of " +"identification. You can then link your database with your Odoo Enterprise " +"Subscription by entering the code you received by e-mail in the form input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Gmail to Odoo using Google OAuth" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Google's OAuth for Gmail. In order to send secure " +"emails from a custom domain, all that is required is to configure a few " +"settings on Google's *Workspace* platform, as well as on the back end of the" +" Odoo database. This configuration works by using either a personal email " +"address or an address created by a custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For more information, visit `Google's documentation " +"<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_ on setting up OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:15 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:19 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Встановлення в Google" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:22 +msgid "Create a new project" +msgstr "Створіть новий проект" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to the `Google API Console " +"<https://console.developers.google.com>`_. Log in with your *Google " +"Workspace* account if you have one, otherwise log in with your personal " +"Gmail account (this should match the email address you want to configure in " +"Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:28 +msgid "" +"After that, click on :guilabel:`Create Project`, located on the far right of" +" the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen`. If a project has already been created" +" in this account, then the :guilabel:`New Project` option will be located on" +" the top right under the :guilabel:`Select a project` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:33 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`New Project` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Project " +"name` to `Odoo` and browse for the :guilabel:`Location`. Set the " +":guilabel:`Location` as the *Google Workspace organization*. If you are " +"using a personal Gmail account, then leave the :guilabel:`Location` as " +":guilabel:`No Organization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Project Name and Location for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:42 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create` to finish this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:45 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:47 +msgid "" +"If the page doesn't redirect to the :menuselection:`User Type` options, " +"click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` in the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`User Type` options, select the appropriate :guilabel:`User " +"Type`, and then click on :guilabel:`Create` again, which will finally " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Edit app registration` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:55 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:63 +msgid "Edit app registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:65 +msgid "Next we will configure the app registration of the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:67 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` step, under the :guilabel:`App " +"information` section, enter `Odoo` in the :guilabel:`App name` field. Select" +" the organization's email address under the :guilabel:`User support` email " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Next, under :menuselection:`App Domain --> Authorized domains`, click on " +":guilabel:`Add Domain` and enter `odoo.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:74 +msgid "" +"After that, under the :guilabel:`Developer contact information` section, " +"enter the organization's email address. Google uses this email address to " +"notify the organization about any changes to your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. Then, skip the " +":menuselection:`Scopes` page by scrolling to the bottom and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:81 +msgid "" +"If continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses being " +"configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard` to " +"finish setting up the project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:89 +msgid "Create Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Now that the project is set up, credentials should be created, which " +"includes the *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. First, click on " +":guilabel:`Credentials` in the left sidebar menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials` in the top menu and select " +":guilabel:`OAuth client ID` from the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Application Type`, select :guilabel:`Web Application` from " +"the dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:98 +msgid "In the :guilabel:`Name` field, enter `Odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` label, click the button " +":guilabel:`ADD URI`, and then input " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the :guilabel:`URIs 1`" +" field. Be sure to replace the *yourdbname* part of the URL with the actual " +"Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Create` to generate an OAuth :guilabel:`Client ID`" +" and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Finally, copy each generated value for later" +" use when configuring in Odoo, and then navigate to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Client ID and Client Secret for Google OAuth." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:114 +msgid "Enter Google Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:116 +msgid "" +"First, open Odoo and navigate to the :guilabel:`Apps` module. Then, remove " +"the :guilabel:`Apps` filter from the search bar and type in `Google`. " +"Install the module called :guilabel:`Google Gmail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Discuss` section, ensure that the checkbox for " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` or :guilabel:`External Email Servers` is " +"checked. This populates a new option for :guilabel:`Gmail Credentials` or " +":guilabel:`Use a Gmail Sever`. Then, copy and paste the respective values " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` fields and " +":guilabel:`Save` the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:129 +msgid "" +"To configure the external Gmail account, return to the top of the " +":guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` setting and then click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Configure Outgoing Email Servers in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Then, click on :guilabel:`New` or :guilabel:`Create` to create a new email " +"server, and fill in the :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and the " +"email :guilabel:`Username` (if required)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Next, click on :guilabel:`Gmail OAuth Authentication` or :guilabel:`Gmail` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Authenticate with` or :guilabel:`Connection` section)." +" Finally, click on :guilabel:`Connect your Gmail Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:143 +msgid "" +"A new window labeled :guilabel:`Google` opens to complete the authorization " +"process. Select the appropriate email address that is being configured in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If the email address is a personal account, then an extra step pops up, so " +"click :guilabel:`Continue` to allow the verification and connect the Gmail " +"account to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Then, allow Odoo to access the Google account by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Continue` or :guilabel:`Allow`. After that, the page navigates " +"back to the newly configured outgoing email server in Odoo. The " +"configuration automatically loads the token in Odoo, and a tag stating " +":guilabel:`Gmail Token Valid` appears in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Finally, :guilabel:`Test the Connection`. A confirmation message should " +"appear. The Odoo database can now send safe, secure emails through Google " +"using OAuth authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:162 +msgid "Google OAuth FAQ" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:165 +msgid "Production VS Testing Publishing Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Choosing :guilabel:`Production` as the :guilabel:`Publishing Status` " +"(instead of :guilabel:`Testing`) will display the following warning message:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "OAuth is Limited to 100 Sensitive Scope Logins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To correct this warning, navigate to the `Google API Platform " +"<https://console.cloud.google.com/apis/credentials/consent>`_. If the " +":guilabel:`Publishing status` is :guilabel:`In Production`, click " +":guilabel:`Back to Testing` to correct the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:179 +msgid "No Test Users Added" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:181 +msgid "" +"If no test users are added to the OAuth consent screen, then a 403 access " +"denied error will populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "403 Access Denied Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, return to the :guilabel:`OAuth consent screen` under " +":guilabel:`APIs & Services` and add test user(s) to the app. Add the email " +"that you are configuring in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:192 +msgid "Gmail Module not updated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:194 +msgid "" +"If the *Google Gmail* module in Odoo has not been updated to the latest " +"version, then a :guilabel:`Forbidden` error message populates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Forbidden you don't have the permission to access the requested resource." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, go to the :menuselection:`Apps` module and clear out " +"the search terms. Then, search for `Gmail` or `Google` and upgrade the " +":guilabel:`Google Gmail` module. Finally, click on the three dots on the " +"upper right of the module and select :guilabel:`Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:206 +msgid "Application Type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:208 +msgid "" +"When creating the credentials (OAuth *Client ID* and *Client Secret*), if " +":guilabel:`Desktop App` is selected for the :guilabel:`Application Type`, an" +" :guilabel:`Authorization Error` appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Error 400 Redirect URI Mismatch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/google_oauth.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To correct this error, delete the credentials already created and create new" +" credentials, selecting :guilabel:`Web Application` for the " +":guilabel:`Application Type`. Then, under :guilabel:`Authorized redirect " +"URIs`, click :guilabel:`ADD URI` and type: " +"`https://yourdbname.odoo.com/google_gmail/confirm` in the field, being sure " +"to replace *yourdbname* in the URL with the Odoo database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:3 +msgid "Change hosting solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The instructions to change the hosting type of a database depend on the " +"current solution used and to which solution the database should be moved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:9 +msgid "Transferring an on-premise database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:12 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:80 +msgid "To Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:15 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:83 +msgid "Odoo Online is *not* compatible with **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The database's current version must be :doc:`supported " +"<supported_versions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:18 +msgid "Create a :ref:`duplicate <duplicate_premise>` of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:19 +msgid "In this duplicate, uninstall all **non-standard apps**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:20 +msgid "Use the database manager to grab a *dump with filestore*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`Submit a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:23 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:88 +msgid "your **subscription number**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:24 +msgid "" +"the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:25 +msgid "" +"the **dump** as an attachment or as a link to the file (required for 60 MB+ " +"files)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Odoo then makes sure the database is compatible before putting it online. In" +" case of technical issues during the process, Odoo might contact you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you have time constraints, `submit a support ticket " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ as soon as possible to schedule the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:67 +msgid "To Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions found in :ref:`the Import your database section " +"<odoo_sh_import_your_database>` of the Odoo.sh *Create your project* " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:41 +msgid "Transferring an Odoo Online database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online's :ref:`intermediary versions <supported_versions>` cannot be " +"hosted on-premise as that type of hosting does not support those versions. " +"Therefore, if the database to transfer is running an intermediary version, " +"it must be upgraded first to the next :ref:`major version " +"<supported_versions>`, waiting for its release if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Transferring an online database running on Odoo 16.3 would require first " +"upgrading it to Odoo 17.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Click the gear icon (:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name on the `Odoo " +"Online database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ to display " +"its version number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:108 +msgid "To on-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Sign in to `the Odoo Online database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_ and click the gear icon " +"(:guilabel:`⚙`) next to the database name to :guilabel:`Download` a backup. " +"If the download fails due to the file being too large, `contact Odoo support" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Restore the database from the database manager on your local server using " +"the backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:77 +msgid "Transferring an Odoo.sh database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Uninstall all **non-standard apps** in a staging build before doing it in " +"the production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:86 +msgid "" +"`Create a support ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ including the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:89 +msgid "" +"the **URL** you want to use for the database (e.g., `company.odoo.com`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:90 +msgid "which **branch** should be migrated," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:91 +msgid "" +"in which **region** you want the database to be hosted (Americas, Europe, or" +" Asia)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:92 +msgid "which user(s) will be the **administrator(s)**, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**when** (and in which timezone) you want the database to be up and running." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:101 +msgid "Select the **region** closest to most of your users to reduce latency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:102 +msgid "Future **administrator(s)** must have an Odoo.com account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The **date and time** you want the database to be up and running are helpful" +" to organize the switch from the Odoo.sh server to the Odoo Online servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:105 +msgid "Databases are **not reachable** during their migration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/hosting_changes.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Download a :ref:`backup of your Odoo.sh production database " +"<odoo_sh_branches_backups>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:3 +msgid "Mailjet API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compatible with Mailjet's :abbr:`API (Application Programming " +"Interface)` for mass mailing. Set up a dedicated mass mailing server through" +" Mailjet by configuring settings in the Mailjet account and the Odoo " +"database. In some circumstances, settings need to be configured on the " +"custom domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:11 +msgid "Set up in Mailjet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:14 +msgid "Create API credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To get started, sign in to the `Mailjet Account Information " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/account>`_ page. Next, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Senders & Domains` section and click on :guilabel:`SMTP and SEND " +"API Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "" +"SMTP and Send API Settings link in the Senders & Domains section of Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol)` configuration " +"settings onto a notepad. They can be found under the " +":guilabel:`Configuration (SMTP only)` section. The :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail " +"Transfer Protocol)` configuration settings include the server address, the " +"security option needed (Use :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS " +"(Transport Layer Security)`), and the port number. The settings are needed " +"to configure Mailjet in Odoo, which is covered in the :ref:`last section " +"<maintain/mailjet-api/odoo-setup>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:32 +msgid "" +"`Mailjet: How can I configure my SMTP parameters? " +"<https://documentation.mailjet.com/hc/articles/360043229473>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Odoo blocks `port 25` on Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases. :ref:`See " +"reference here <email_servers/restriction>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "SMTP configuration from Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the button labeled :guilabel:`Retrieve your API credentials` " +"to retrieve the Mailjet API credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the eye icon to reveal the :guilabel:`API key`. Copy this key" +" to a notepad, as this serves as the :guilabel:`Username` in the Odoo " +"configuration. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Generate Secret Key` button to " +"generate the :guilabel:`Secret Key`. Copy this key to a notepad, as this " +"serves as the :guilabel:`Password` in the Odoo configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:52 +msgid "Add verified sender address(es)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The next step is to add a sender address or a domain to the Mailjet account " +"settings so that the email address or domain is approved to send emails " +"using Mailjet's servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information" +" <https://app.mailjet.com/account>`_ page. Next, click on the :guilabel:`Add" +" a Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Add a sender domain or address in the Mailjet interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Determine if a sender's email address or the entire domain needs to be added" +" to the Mailjet settings. It may be easier to configure the domain as a " +"whole if :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` access is available. Jump to the " +":ref:`Add a domain <maintain/mailjet-api/add-domain>` section for steps on " +"adding the domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Either all email addresses of the Odoo database users who are sending emails" +" using Mailjet's servers need to be configured or the domain(s) of the " +"users' email addresses can be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:72 +msgid "" +"By default, the email address originally set up in the Mailjet account is " +"added as a trusted sender. To add another email address, click on the button" +" labeled :guilabel:`Add a sender address`. Then, add the email address that " +"is configured to send from the custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:76 +msgid "" +"At minimum the following email addresses should be set up in the provider " +"and verified in Mailjet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:78 +msgid "notifications\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:79 +msgid "bounce\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:80 +msgid "catchall\\@yourdomain.com" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the Odoo database. If there " +"isn't one, then use the :guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Email Information` form, making sure to " +"select the appropriate email type: transactional email or mass emails. After" +" completing the form, an activation email is sent to the email address and " +"the trusted sender can be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:90 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to set up the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)`/:abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`/:abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, and Conformance)` settings on the " +"domain of the sender." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:162 +msgid "" +"`Mailjet's SPF/DKIM/DMARC documentation " +"<https://documentation.mailjet.com/hc/articles/ 360042412734-Authenticating-" +"Domains-with-SPF-DKIM>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If the database is not using a custom domain, then in order to verify the " +"sender's address, a temporary alias (of the three email addresses mentioned " +"above) should be set up in Odoo CRM to create a lead. Then, the database is " +"able to receive the verification email and verify the accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:107 +msgid "Add a domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:109 +msgid "" +"By adding an entire domain to the Mailjet account, all the sender addresses " +"related to that domain are automatically validated for sending emails using " +"Mailjet servers. First, navigate to the `Mailjet Account Information " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/account>`_ page. Next, click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"Sender Domain or Address` link under the :guilabel:`Senders & Domains` " +"section. Then, click on :guilabel:`Add domain` to add the custom domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The domain needs to be added to the Mailjet account and then validated " +"through the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:119 +msgid "" +"After that, fill out the :guilabel:`Add a new Domain` page on Mailjet and " +"click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:122 +msgid "" +"After adding the domain, a validation page will populate. Unless the Odoo " +"database is on-premise (in which case, choose :guilabel:`Option 1`), choose " +":guilabel:`Option 2: Create a DNS Record`. Copy the TXT record information " +"to a notepad and then navigate to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " +"System)` provider to complete validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "The TXT record information to input on the domain's DNS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:132 +msgid "Setup in the domain's DNS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:134 +msgid "" +"After getting the TXT record information from the Mailjet account, add a TXT" +" record to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`. This process " +"varies depending on the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider. Consult " +"the provider for specific configuration processes. The TXT record " +"information consists of the :guilabel:`Host` and :guilabel:`Value`. Paste " +"these into the corresponding fields in the TXT record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:141 +msgid "Return to Mailjet account information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:143 +msgid "" +"After adding the TXT record to the domain's :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name " +"System)`, navigate back to the Mailjet account. Then, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Account Information --> Add a Sender Domain or Address`, " +"click the gear icon next to :guilabel:`Domain`, and select " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This action can also be done by going to the `Sender domains & addresses " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/ account/sender>`_ page on the Mailjet account " +"information and clicking on :guilabel:`Manage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Check Now` to validate the TXT record that was added " +"on the domain. A success screen will appear if the domain is configured " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Check DNS record in Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:157 +msgid "" +"After successfully setting up the domain, there is an option to " +":guilabel:`Authenticate this domain (SPF/DKIM)`. This button populates " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` & :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " +"Mail) records to input into the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Authenticate the domain with SPF/DKIM records in Mailjet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:172 +msgid "Set up in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To complete the setup, navigate to the Odoo database and go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. With :ref:`developer-mode` turned on, go to the " +":menuselection:`Technical Menu --> Email --> Outgoing Mail Servers`. Then, " +"create a new outgoing server configuration by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Next, input the `SMTP server` (in-v3.mailjet.com), `port number` (587 or " +"465), and `Security (SSL/TLS)` that was copied earlier from the Mailjet " +"account. They can also be found `here " +"<https://app.mailjet.com/account/setup>`_. It is recommended to use " +":abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)`/:abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)` " +"even though Mailjet may not require it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:184 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Username`, input the :guilabel:`API KEY`. For the " +":guilabel:`Password`, input the :guilabel:`SECRET KEY` that was copied from " +"the Mailjet account to the notepad earlier. These settings can be found on " +":menuselection:`Mailjet --> Account Settings --> SMTP and SEND API " +"Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Then, if the Mailjet server is used for mass emailing, set the " +":guilabel:`Priority` value higher than that of any transactional email " +"server(s). Finally, save the settings and :guilabel:`Test the Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo outgoing email server settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order for the notifications feature to work using Mailjet, there are " +"three settings that need to be set in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`From Filter` needs to be set on the server configuration. It " +"is recommended to set it as a domain and not a full email address. It should" +" match the domain in the two proceeding steps. More information can be " +"referenced :ref:`here <email_communication/from_filter>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must have the value " +"`notifications\\@yourdomain.com`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`mail.default.from_filter` system parameter must have the " +"value `yourdomain.com`. Replace `yourdomain` with the custom domain for the " +"Odoo database. If there isn't one, then use the " +":guilabel:`mail.catchall.domain` system parameter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For more information see :ref:`Using a default email address " +"<email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " +"email server for mass mailing or transactional emails!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:3 +msgid "Odoo Online database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To manage a database, go to the `database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ and sign in as the database " +"administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:8 +msgid "" +"All the main database management options are available by clicking the " +"database name, except the upgrade option, which can be accessed by clicking " +"the **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database name. It is only " +"displayed if an upgrade is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Accessing the database management options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:15 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/duplicate`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/rename`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:18 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/download`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:19 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/domains`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/delete`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/contact-support`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`odoo_online/users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:293 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:77 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:113 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade" +msgstr "Оновлення" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:30 +msgid "Trigger a database upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For more information about the upgrade process, check out the :doc:`Odoo " +"Online upgrade documentation <../upgrade/odoo_online>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:39 +msgid "Duplicate" +msgstr "Дублювати" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Create an exact copy of the database, which can be used to perform testing " +"without compromising daily operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:45 +msgid "" +"By checking :guilabel:`For testing purposes`, all external actions (emails, " +"payments, delivery orders, etc.) are disabled by default on the duplicated " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:47 +msgid "Duplicated databases expire automatically after 15 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "Rename" +msgstr "Перейменувати" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:54 +msgid "Rename the database and its URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:59 +msgid "Download" +msgstr "Завантажити" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:61 +msgid "Download a ZIP file containing a backup of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Databases are backed up daily as per the `Odoo Cloud Hosting SLA " +"<https://www.odoo.com/cloud-sla>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Use a custom :doc:`domain name <domain_names>` to access the database via " +"another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`register a domain name for free <domain-name/odoo-register>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:80 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Мітки" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:82 +msgid "Add tags to easily identify and sort your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:85 +msgid "You can search for tags in the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:90 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:550 +msgid "Delete" +msgstr "Видалити" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:92 +msgid "Delete a database instantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database means that all data is permanently lost. The deletion is" +" instant and applies to all users. It is recommended to create a backup of " +"the database before deleting it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Carefully read the warning message and only proceed if the implications of " +"deleting a database are fully understood." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The warning message displayed before deleting a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:105 +msgid "Only an administrator can delete a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:106 +msgid "The database name is immediately made available to anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Deleting a database if it has expired or is linked to a subscription is " +"impossible. In that case, contact `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:113 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нами" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Access the `Odoo.com support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ with the " +"database's details already pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:121 +msgid "Invite / remove users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To invite users, fill out the new user's email address and click " +":guilabel:`Invite`. To add multiple users, click :guilabel:`Add more users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Inviting a user on a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:129 +msgid "To remove users, select them and click :guilabel:`Remove`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:132 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/manage_users`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/odoo_online.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/users/delete_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-premise database management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Register a database" +msgstr "Реєстрація бази даних" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To register your database, you just need to enter your Subscription Code in " +"the banner in the App Switcher. Make sure you do not add extra spaces before" +" or after your subscription code. If the registration is successful, it will" +" turn green and will provide you with the Expiration Date of your freshly-" +"registered database. You can check this Expiration Date in the About menu " +"(Odoo 9) or in the Settings Dashboard (Odoo 10)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "Registration Error Message" +msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку реєстрації" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If you are unable to register your database, you will likely encounter this " +"message:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не можете зареєструвати свою базу даних, ви, імовірно, побачите це " +"повідомлення:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Something went wrong while registering your database, you can try again or contact Odoo\n" +"Help" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:27 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:100 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:127 +msgid "Solutions" +msgstr "Рішення" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "Do you have a valid Enterprise subscription?" +msgstr "Чи є у вас дійсна Підписка на Enterprise?" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Check if your subscription details get the tag \"In Progress\" on your `Odoo" +" Account <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ or with your Account" +" Manager" +msgstr "" +"Перевірте, чи отримує інформацію про підписку тег \"В процесі\" в `J,ksre " +"Odoo <https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ або з вашим менеджером " +"облікового запису." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:35 +msgid "Have you already linked a database with your subscription reference?" +msgstr "Ви вже пов'язали базу даних з посиланням на підписку?" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can link only one database per subscription. (Need a test or a " +"development database? `Find a partner <https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете пов'язати лише одну базу даних для кожної підписки. (Потрібен тест" +" або база даних розробки? `Знайдіть партнера " +"<https://www.odoo.com/partners>`__)" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can unlink the old database yourself on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ with the button \"Unlink " +"database\"" +msgstr "" +"Ви можете самостійно від'єднати стару базу даних в своєму `Кнтракті Odoo " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__ за допомогою кнопки " +"\"Від'єднати базу даних\"." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:47 +msgid "" +"A confirmation message will appear; make sure this is the correct database " +"as it will be deactivated shortly:" +msgstr "" +"З'явиться повідомлення про підтвердження; переконайтеся, що це правильна " +"база даних, оскільки її буде негайно вимкнено:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:53 +msgid "Do you have the updated version of Odoo 9?" +msgstr "У вас є оновлена версія Odoo 9?" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:159 +msgid "" +"From July 2016 onward, Odoo 9 now automatically change the uuid of a " +"duplicated database; a manual operation is no longer required." +msgstr "" +"З липня 2016 року Odoo 9 тепер автоматично змінює UUID копії бази даних; " +"ручна операція більше не потрібна." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If it's not the case, you may have multiple databases sharing the same UUID." +" Please check on your `Odoo Contract " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, a short message will appear " +"specifying which database is problematic:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ні, ви можете мати кілька баз даних, що мають однакову UUID. Будь " +"ласка, перевірте свій `Контракт Odoo " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/subscription>`__, з'явиться коротке " +"повідомлення, в якому буде зазначено, яка база даних є проблематичною:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In this case, you need to change the UUID on your test databases to solve " +"this issue. You will find more information about this in :ref:`this section " +"<duplicate_premise>`." +msgstr "" +"У цьому випадку вам потрібно змінити UUID на своїх тестових базах даних, " +"щоби вирішити цю проблему. Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це у " +":ref:`цьому розділі <duplicate_premise>`." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "" +"For your information, we identify database with UUID. Therefore, each " +"database should have a distinct UUID to ensure that registration and " +"invoicing proceed effortlessly for your and for us." +msgstr "" +"Для вашої інформації ми ідентифікуємо базу даних з UUID. Тому кожна база " +"даних повинна мати чіткий UUID, щоб забезпечити безперебійну реєстрацію та " +"виставлення рахунків для вас і для нас." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:73 +msgid "Check your network and firewall settings" +msgstr "Перевірте налаштування мережі та firewall" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:75 +msgid "" +"The Update notification must be able to reach Odoo's subscription validation" +" servers. In other words, make sure that the Odoo server is able to open " +"outgoing connections towards:" +msgstr "" +"Повідомлення про оновлення повинне мати можливість дійти до серверів " +"перевірки підписки Odoo. Іншими словами, переконайтеся, що сервер Odoo " +"здатний відкривати вихідні з'єднання у напрямку:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:79 +msgid "services.odoo.com on port 443 (or 80)" +msgstr "services.odoo.com на порту 443 (або 80)" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:80 +msgid "services.openerp.com on port 443 (or 80) for older deployments" +msgstr "services.openerp.com на порту 443 (або 80) для старіших розгортань" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once you activated your database, you must keep these ports open, as the " +"Update notification runs once a week." +msgstr "" +"Після активації вашої бази даних ви повинні тримати ці порти відкритими, " +"оскільки повідомлення про оновлення працює раз на тиждень." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:86 +msgid "Error message due to too many users" +msgstr "Повідомлення про помилку через через велику кількість користувачів" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If you have more users in your local database than provisionned in your Odoo" +" Enterprise subscription, you may encounter this message:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вашій місцевій базі даних є більше користувачів, ніж передбачено в " +"підписці Odoo Enterprise, ви можете побачити таке повідомлення:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "" +"This database will expire in X days, you have more users than your " +"subscription allows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:96 +msgid "" +"When the message appears you have 30 days before the expiration. The " +"countdown is updated everyday." +msgstr "" +"Коли з'явиться повідомлення, у вас є 30 днів до закінчення терміну дії. " +"Зворотній відлік оновлюється кожного дня." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:102 +msgid "" +"**Add more users** on your subscription: follow the link and Validate the " +"upsell quotation and pay for the extra users." +msgstr "" +"**Додайте більше користувачів** до вашої підписки: перейдіть за посиланням " +"та підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію допродажу, оплатіть додаткових " +"користувачів." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**Deactivate users** as explained in this `documentation " +"<documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ and **Reject** the upsell " +"quotation." +msgstr "" +"**Вимкніть користувачів** як це пояснено у `документації " +"<documentation.html#deactivating-users>`_ та **Відхиліть** комерційну " +"пропозицію допродажу." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once your database has the correct number of users, the expiration message " +"will disappear automatically after a few days, when the next verification " +"occurs. We understand that it can be a bit frightening to see the countdown," +" so you can :ref:`force an Update Notification <force_ping>` to make the " +"message disappear right away." +msgstr "" +"Коли ваша база даних матиме правильну кількість користувачів, повідомлення " +"про закінчення терміну дії автоматично зникне через кілька днів після " +"наступної перевірки. Ми розуміємо, що це може бути трохи лякаюче, коли ви " +"побачите зворотний відлік, тому ви можете запустити Оновлення Повідомлення, " +"<force_ping>` щоби повідомлення зникло відразу." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:114 +msgid "Database expired error message" +msgstr "Помилка повідомлення про закінчення терміну дії бази даних" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:116 +msgid "" +"If your database reaches its expiration date before your renew your " +"subscription, you will encounter this message:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ваша база даних закінчується до закінчення терміну дії вашої підписки, " +"ви побачите це повідомлення:" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst-1 +msgid "This database has expired." +msgstr "Термін дії цієї бази даних закінчився." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This **blocking** message appears after a non-blocking message that lasts 30" +" days. If you fail to take action before the end of the countdown, the " +"database is expired." +msgstr "" +"Це повідомлення про **блокування** з'являється після неблокуючого " +"повідомлення, яке триває 30 днів. Якщо ви не вживаєте заходів до закінчення " +"зворотнього відліку, термін дії бази даних закінчиться." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Renew your subscription: follow the link and renew your subscription - note " +"that" +msgstr "" +"Відновіть свою підписку: перейдіть за посиланням та поновіть свою підписку, " +"зверніть увагу," + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:130 +msgid "" +"if you wish to pay by Wire Transfer, your subscription will effectively be " +"renewed only when the payment arrives, which can take a few days. Credit " +"card payments are processed immediately." +msgstr "" +"якщо ви хочете оплатити через Wire Transfer, ваша підписка буде дійсно " +"поновлена ​​лише після отримання платежу, що може тривати кілька днів. " +"Платежі за кредитною карткою обробляються негайно." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:133 +msgid "Contact our `Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нашою `Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:135 +msgid "" +"None of those solutions worked for you? Please contact our `Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" +msgstr "" +"Жодні з цих рішень не підходять для вас? Будь ласка, зв'яжіться з нашою " +"`Підтримкою <https://www.odoo.com/help>`__" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:143 +msgid "Duplicate a database" +msgstr "Копіювання бази даних" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:145 +msgid "" +"You can duplicate your database by accessing the database manager on your " +"server (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). In this page, you can easily " +"duplicate your database (among other things)." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете дублювати свою базу даних, звернувшись до менеджера баз даних на " +"своєму сервері (<odoo-server>/web/database/manager). На цій сторінці ви " +"можете легко дублювати вашу базу даних (серед інших)." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:152 +msgid "" +"When you duplicate a local database, it is **strongly** advised to change " +"the duplicated database's uuid (Unniversally Unique Identifier), since this " +"uuid is how your database identifies itself with our servers. Having two " +"databases with the same uuid could result in invoicing problems or " +"registration problems down the line." +msgstr "" +"Коли ви копіюєте локальну базу даних, **настійно** рекомендуємо змінювати " +"uuid дублікатів бази даних (Unniversically Unique Identifier), оскільки цей " +"uuid - те, як ваша база даних ідентифікує себе на наших серверах. Дві бази " +"даних з тим самим uuid можуть призвести до виставлення рахунків-фактур або " +"реєстраційних проблем нижче по рядку." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/on_premise.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The database uuid is currently accessible from the menu " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`, we advise you" +" to use a `uuid generator <https://www.uuidtools.com>`_ or to use the unix " +"command ``uuidgen`` to generate a new uuid. You can then simply replace it " +"like any other record by clicking on it and using the edit button." +msgstr "" +"В даний час UIID бази даних доступний з меню **Налаштування > Технічні " +"параметри > Параметри системи**, ми радимо використовувати `генератор uuid " +"<https://www.uuidtools.com>`__ або використовувати команду unіx ``uuidgen``" +" для створення нового uuid. Тоді ви можете просто замінити його, як і будь-" +"який інший запис, натиснувши на нього та використовуючи кнопку редагування." + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:208 +msgid "Supported versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Odoo releases intermediary versions called **Online versions** on the " +":doc:`Odoo Online <odoo_online>` hosting every two months. Odoo Online users" +" can then benefit from the latest features of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Admins of Odoo Online databases are invited to :doc:`upgrade <../upgrade>` " +"them regularly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Online versions are *not* released for Odoo.sh and On-Premise installations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:17 +msgid "Online versions are listed below as *SaaS*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:20 +msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:22 +msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:24 +msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:33 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:3 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:34 +msgid "Release date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:35 +msgid "End of support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:36 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:37 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:80 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:58 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:59 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:62 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:63 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:66 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:71 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:75 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:78 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:83 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:86 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:87 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:95 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:99 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:103 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:107 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:111 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:115 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:119 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:122 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:123 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:127 +msgid "|green|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:39 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:51 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:68 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:74 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:75 +msgid "N/A" +msgstr "Дані відсутні" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:40 +msgid "August 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:42 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:55 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:91 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:93 +msgid "|red|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:46 +msgid "June 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:48 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:52 +msgid "March 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:54 +msgid "Odoo saas~16.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:58 +msgid "February 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:60 +msgid "**Odoo 16.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:64 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:95 +msgid "October 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:65 +msgid "October 2025 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:66 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:70 +msgid "March 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:71 +msgid "January 2023" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:72 +msgid "Odoo saas~15.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:76 +msgid "February 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:77 +msgid "July 2022" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:78 +msgid "**Odoo 15.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:82 +msgid "October 2021" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:83 +msgid "October 2024 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:84 +msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:88 +msgid "October 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:89 +msgid "November 2023 (planned)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:90 +msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:94 +msgid "October 2019" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:99 +msgid "|green| Supported version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:101 +msgid "|red| End-of-support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:103 +msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:105 +msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:116 +msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Odoo 12.0, 11.0, 10.0, 9.0, and 8.0 are not supported anymore, on any " +"platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:120 +msgid "" +"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:122 +msgid "" +"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 are not supported anymore, on any platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/supported_versions.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Even though we don't support older versions, you can always `upgrade from " +"any version <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:6 +msgid "Bugfix updates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:9 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to benefit from the latest improvements, security fixes, bug " +"corrections and performance boosts, you may need to update your Odoo " +"installation from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This guide only applies when are using Odoo on your own hosting " +"infrastructure. If you are using one of the Odoo Cloud solutions, updates " +"are automatically performed for you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The terminology surrounding software updates is often confusing, so here are" +" some preliminary definitions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:25 +msgid "Updating (an Odoo installation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Refers to the process of obtaining the latest revision of the source code " +"for your current Odoo Edition. For example, updating your Odoo Enterprise " +"13.0 to the latest revision. This does not directly cause any change to the " +"contents of your Odoo database, and can be undone by reinstalling the " +"previous revision of the source code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:35 +msgid "Upgrading (an Odoo database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Refers to a complex data processing operation where the structure and " +"contents of your database is permanently altered to make it compatible with " +"a new release of Odoo. This operation is irreversible and typically " +"accomplished via Odoo's `database upgrade service " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_, when you decide to switch to a newer release " +"of Odoo. Historically, this process has also been known as a \"migration\" " +"because it involves moving data around inside the database, even though the " +"database may end up at the same physical location after the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This page describes the typical steps needed to *update* an Odoo " +"installation to the latest version. If you'd like more information about " +"upgrading a database, please visit the `Odoo Upgrade page " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_ instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:43 +msgid "In a nutshell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Updating Odoo is accomplished by simply reinstalling the latest version of " +"your Odoo Edition on top of your current installation. This will preserve " +"your data without any alteration, as long as you do not uninstall PostgreSQL" +" (the database engine that comes with Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The main reference for updating is logically our :doc:`installation guide " +"<../install>`, which explains the common installation methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Updating is also most appropriately accomplished by the person who deployed " +"Odoo initially, because the procedure is very similar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:55 +msgid "" +"We always recommend to download a complete new up-to-date Odoo version, " +"rather than manually applying patches, such as the security patches that " +"come with Security Advisories. The patches are mainly provided for " +"installations that are heavily customized, or for technical personnel who " +"prefer to apply minimal changes temporarily while testing a complete update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:64 +msgid "Step 1: Download an updated Odoo version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The central download page is https://www.odoo.com/page/download. If you see " +"a \"Buy\" link for the Odoo Enterprise download, make sure you are logged " +"into Odoo.com with the same login that is linked to your Odoo Enterprise " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can use the unique download link that was included with " +"your Odoo Enterprise purchase confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Downloading an updated version is not necessary if you installed via Github " +"(see below)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:77 +msgid "Step 2: Make a backup of your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The update procedure is quite safe and should not alter you data. However " +"it's always best to take a full database backup before performing any change" +" on your installation, and to store it somewhere safe, on a different " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:83 +msgid "" +"If you have not disabled the database manager screen (see :ref:`here " +"<security>` why you should), you can use it (link at bottom of your database" +" selection screen) to download a backup of your database(s). If you disabled" +" it, use the same procedure than for your usual backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:89 +msgid "Step 3: Install the updated version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:91 +msgid "Choose the method that matches your current installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:95 +msgid "Packaged Installers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:97 +msgid "" +"If you installed Odoo with an installation package downloaded on our website" +" (the recommended method), updating is very simple. All you have to do is " +"download the installation package corresponding to your system (see step #1)" +" and install it on your server. They are updated daily and include the " +"latest security fixes. Usually, you can simply double-click the package to " +"install it on top of the current installation. After installing the package," +" be sure to restart the Odoo service or reboot your server, and you're all " +"set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:106 +msgid "Source Install (Tarball)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:108 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with the \"tarball\" version (source " +"code archive), you have to replace the installation directory with a newer " +"version. First download the latest tarball from Odoo.com. They are updated " +"daily and include the latest security fixes (see step #1) After downloading " +"the package, extract it to a temporary location on your server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 +msgid "" +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " +"example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " +"and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " +"\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " +"Locate the folder where your current installation is deployed, and replace " +"it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" +" just extracted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Be sure to match the folder layout, for example the new \"addons\" folder " +"included in the source code should end up exactly at the same path it was " +"before. Next, watch out for any specific configuration files that you may " +"have manually copied or modified in the old folder, and copy them over to " +"the new folder. Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and" +" you are all set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:126 +msgid "Source Install (Github)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If you have originally installed Odoo with a full Github clone of the " +"official repositories, the update procedure requires you to pull the latest " +"source code via git. Change into the directory for each repository (the main" +" Odoo repository, and the Enterprise repository), and run the following " +"commands::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The last command may encounter source code conflicts if you had edited the " +"Odoo source code locally. The error message will give you the list of files " +"with conflicts, and you will need to resolve the conflicts manually, by " +"editing them and deciding which part of the code to keep." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, if you prefer to simply discard the conflicting changes and " +"restore the official version, you can use the following command::" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Finally, restart the Odoo service or reboot the machine, and you should be " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:149 +msgid "Docker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Please refer to our `Docker image documentation " +"<https://hub.docker.com/_/odoo/>`_ for specific update instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced" +msgstr "Розширено" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:4 +msgid "Containers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:7 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:9 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:8 +msgid "Overview" +msgstr "Загальний огляд" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Each build is isolated within its own container (Linux namespaced " +"container)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The base is an Ubuntu system, where all of Odoo's required dependencies, as " +"well as common useful packages, are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If your project requires additional Python dependencies, or more recent " +"releases, you can define a :file:`requirements.txt` file in the root of your" +" branches listing them. The platform will take care to install these " +"dependencies in your containers. `The pip requirements specifiers " +"<https://pip.pypa.io/en/stable/reference/pip_install/#requirement-" +"specifiers>`_ documentation can help you write a :file:`requirements.txt` " +"file. To have a concrete example, check out the `requirements.txt file of " +"Odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo/blob/16.0/requirements.txt>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :file:`requirements.txt` files of submodules are taken into account as " +"well. The platform looks for :file:`requirements.txt` files in each folder " +"containing Odoo modules: Not in the module folder itself, but in their " +"parent folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:27 +msgid "Directory structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"As the containers are Ubuntu based, their directory structure follows the " +"linux Filesystem Hierarchy Standard. `Ubuntu's filesystem tree overview " +"<https://help.ubuntu.com/community/LinuxFilesystemTreeOverview#Main_directories>`_" +" explains the main directories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:33 +msgid "Here are the Odoo.sh pertinent directories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:73 +msgid "Both Python 2.7 and 3.5 are installed in the containers. However:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 10.0, the Odoo server runs with " +"Python 2.7." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If your project is configured to use Odoo 11.0 or above, the Odoo server " +"runs with Python 3.5." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:79 +msgid "Database shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"While accessing a container with the shell, you can access the database " +"using *psql*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:92 +msgid "" +"**Be careful !** `Use transactions " +"<https://www.postgresql.org/docs/current/static/sql-begin.html>`_ " +"(*BEGIN...COMMIT/ROLLBACK*) for every *sql* statements leading to changes " +"(*UPDATE*, *DELETE*, *ALTER*, ...), especially for your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The transaction mechanism is your safety net in case of mistake. You simply " +"have to rollback your changes to revert your database to its previous state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:100 +msgid "" +"For example, it may happen that you forget to set your *WHERE* condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In such a case, you can rollback to revert the unwanted changes that you " +"just mistakenly did, and rewrite the statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"However, do not forget to either commit or rollback your transaction after " +"having done it. Open transactions may lock records in your tables and your " +"running database may wait for them to be released. It can cause a server to " +"hang indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In addition, when possible, use your staging databases to test your " +"statements first. It gives you an extra safety net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:129 +msgid "Run an Odoo server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can start an Odoo server instance from a container shell. You won't be " +"able to access it from the outside world with a browser, but you can for " +"instance:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:134 +msgid "use the Odoo shell," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:146 +msgid "install a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:152 +msgid "update a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:158 +msgid "run the tests for a module," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:164 +msgid "In the above commands, the argument:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:166 +msgid "``--without-demo=all`` prevents demo data to be loaded for all modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"``--stop-after-init`` will immediately shutdown the server instance after it" +" completed the operations you asked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:169 +msgid "" +"More options are available and detailed in the :doc:`CLI documentation " +"</developer/reference/cli>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:172 +msgid "" +"You can find in the logs (*~/logs/odoo.log*) the addons path used by Odoo.sh" +" to run your server. Look for \"*odoo: addons paths*\":" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Be careful**, especially with your production database. Operations that " +"you perform running this Odoo server instance are not isolated: Changes will" +" be effective in the database. Always, make your tests in your staging " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:186 +msgid "Debugging in Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Debugging an Odoo.sh build is not really different than another Python app. " +"This article only explains the specificities and limitations of the Odoo.sh " +"platform, and assumes that you already know how to use a debugger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you don't know how to debug a Python application yet, there are multiple " +"introductory courses that can be easily found on the Internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can use ``pdb``, ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to debug your code on Odoo.sh. As " +"the server is run outside a shell, you cannot launch the debugger directly " +"from your Odoo instance backend as the debugger needs a shell to operate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`pdb <https://docs.python.org/3/library/pdb.html>`_ is installed by default " +"in every container." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If you want to use `pudb <https://pypi.org/project/pudb/>`_ or `ipdb " +"<https://pypi.org/project/ipdb/>`_ you have to install it before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:199 +msgid "To do so, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:201 +msgid "temporary (only in the current build):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:207 +msgid "or" +msgstr "або" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"permanent: add ``pudb`` or ``ipdb`` to your project ``requirements.txt`` " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then edit the code where you want to trigger the debugger and add this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The condition :code:`sys.__stdin__.isatty()` is a hack that detects if you " +"run Odoo from a shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:226 +msgid "Save the file and then run the Odoo Shell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Finally, *via* the Odoo Shell, you can trigger the piece of " +"code/function/method you want to debug." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/containers.rst-1 +msgid "Console screenshot showing ``pdb`` running in an Odoo.sh shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:6 +msgid "Frequent Technical Questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:9 +msgid "\"Scheduled actions do not run at the exact time they were expected\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the Odoo.sh platform, we cannot guarantee an exact running time for " +"scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:13 +msgid "" +"This is due to the fact that there might be multiple customers on the same " +"server, and we must guarantee a fair share of the server for every customer." +" Scheduled actions are therefore implemented slightly differently than on a " +"regular Odoo server, and are run on a *best effort* policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Do not expect any scheduled action to be run more often than every 5 min." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:19 +msgid "Are there \"best practices\" regarding scheduled actions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:21 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh always limits the execution time of scheduled actions (*aka* " +"crons).** Therefore, you must keep this fact in mind when developing your " +"own crons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:24 +msgid "We advise that:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:26 +msgid "Your scheduled actions should work on small batches of records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should commit their work after processing each batch;" +" this way, if they get interrupted by the time-limit, there is no need to " +"start over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/frequent_technical_questions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Your scheduled actions should be `idempotent " +"<https://stackoverflow.com/a/1077421/3332416>`_: they must not cause side-" +"effects if they are started more often than expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:6 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:170 +msgid "Submodules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:11 +msgid "" +"A `Git submodule <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ " +"allows you to integrate other Git projects into your code, without the need " +"to copy-paste all their code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Indeed, your custom modules can depend on modules from other repositories. " +"Regarding Odoo, this feature allows you to add modules from other Git " +"repositories into the branches of your repository. Adding these dependencies" +" in your branch through submodules makes the deployment of your code and " +"servers easier, as you can clone the repositories added as submodules at the" +" same time you clone your own repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Besides, you can choose the branch of the repository added as submodule and " +"you have the control of the revision you want. It's up to you to decide " +"whether you want to pin the submodule to a specific revision and when you " +"want to update to a newer revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, the submodules give you the possibility to use and depend on " +"modules available in other repositories. The platform will detect that you " +"added modules through submodules in your branches and add them to your " +"addons path automatically so you can install them in your databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you add private repositories as submodules in your branches, you need to " +"configure a deploy key in your Odoo.sh project settings and in your " +"repository settings. Otherwise Odoo.sh won't be allowed to download them. " +"The procedure is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Settings > Submodules " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-submodules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:34 +msgid "Adding a submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:37 +msgid "With Odoo.sh (simple)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For now it is not possible to add **private** repositories with this method." +" You can nevertheless do so :ref:`with Git <odoosh-advanced-submodules-" +"withgit>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On Odoo.sh, in the branches view of your project, choose the branch in which" +" you want to add a submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, click on the *Submodule* button, and then on " +"*Run*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:50 +msgid "A dialog with a form is shown. Fill the inputs as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:52 +msgid "Repository URL: The SSH URL of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:53 +msgid "Branch: The branch you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Path: The folder in which you want to add this submodule in your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"On Github, you can get the repository URL with the *Clone or download* " +"button of the repository. Make sure to *use SSH*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:67 +msgid "With Git (advanced)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In a terminal, in the folder where your Git repository is cloned, checkout " +"the branch in which you want to add a submodule:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:76 +msgid "Then, add the submodule using the command below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:82 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:94 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:498 +msgid "Replace" +msgstr "Замінити" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:84 +msgid "" +"*<git@yourprovider.com>:<username/repository.git>* by the SSH URL of the " +"repository you want to add as submodule," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:85 +msgid "*<branch>* by the branch you want to use in the above repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:86 +msgid "*<path>* by the folder in which you want to add this submodule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:88 +msgid "Commit and push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:96 +msgid "" +"<remote> by the repository on which you want to push your changes. For a " +"standard Git setup, this is *origin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:97 +msgid "" +"<branch> by the branch on which you want to push your changes. Most likely " +"the branch you used :code:`git checkout` on in the first step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can read the `git-scm.com documentation <https://git-" +"scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ for more details about the Git " +"submodules. For instance, if you would like to update your submodules to " +"have their latest revision, you can follow the chapter `Pulling in Upstream " +"changes <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-" +"Submodules#_pulling_in_upstream_changes_from_the_submodule_remote>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:107 +msgid "Ignore modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/advanced/submodules.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If you're adding a repository that contains a lot of modules, you may want " +"to ignore some of them in case there are any that are installed " +"automatically. To do so, you can prefix your submodule folder with a " +":code:`.`. The platform will ignore this folder and you can hand pick your " +"modules by creating symlinks to them from another folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:3 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "Гілки" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The branches view gives you an overview of the different branches your " +"repository has." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:16 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:41 +msgid "Stages" +msgstr "Етапи" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh offers three different stages for your branches: production, staging" +" and development." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can change the stage of a branch by drag and dropping it into the stage " +"section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:28 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:44 +msgid "Production" +msgstr "Виробництво" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:30 +msgid "" +"This is the branch holding the code on which your production database runs. " +"There can be only one production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in this branch, your production server is updated" +" with the code of the new revision and is then restarted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If your changes require the update of a module, such as a change in a form " +"view, and you want it to be performed automatically, increase the version " +"number of the module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*). The platform will " +"then take care to perform the update during which the instance will be held " +"temporarily unavailable for maintenance reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This method is equivalent to perform an upgrade of the module through the " +"Apps menu, or through the :code:`-u` switch of :doc:`the command line " +"</developer/reference/cli>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case the changes in the commit prevent the server to restart, or if " +"the modules update fails, the server is automatically reverted to the " +"previous successful code revision and the database is roll-backed as it was " +"before the update. You still have access to the log of the failed update, so" +" you can troubleshoot it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The demo data is not loaded, as it is not meant to be used in a production " +"database. The unit tests are not performed, as it would increase the " +"unavailability time of the production database during the updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Partners using trial projects should be aware their production branch, along" +" with all the staging branches, will automatically be set back to the " +"development stage after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:63 +msgid "Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Staging branches are meant to test your new features using the production " +"data without compromising the actual production database with test records. " +"They will create databases that are neutralized duplicates of the production" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:67 +msgid "The neutralization includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Disabling scheduled actions. If you want to test them, you can trigger their" +" action manually or re-enable them. Be aware that the platform will trigger " +"them less often if no one is using the database in order to save up " +"resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Disabling outgoing emails by intercepting them with a mailcatcher. An " +":ref:`interface to view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-mails>` the " +"emails sent by your database is provided. That way, you do not have to worry" +" about sending test emails to your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:75 +msgid "Setting payment providers and shipping providers in test mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:76 +msgid "Disabling IAP services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The latest database will be kept alive indefinitely, older ones from the " +"same branch may get garbage collected to make room for new ones. It will be " +"valid for 3 months, after which you will be expected to rebuild the branch. " +"If you make configuration or view changes in these databases, make sure to " +"document them or write them directly in the modules of the branch, using XML" +" data files overriding the default configuration or views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The unit tests are not performed as, in Odoo, they currently rely on the " +"demo data, which is not loaded in the production database. In the future, if" +" Odoo supports to run the unit tests without the demo data, Odoo.sh will " +"then consider running the tests on staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:88 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:56 +msgid "Development" +msgstr "Розробка" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Development branches create new databases using the demo data to run the " +"unit tests. The installed modules are the ones included in your branches. " +"You can change this list of modules to install in your :ref:`project " +"Settings <odoosh-gettingstarted-settings-modules-installation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When you push a new commit in one of these branches, a new server is " +"started, with a database created from scratch and the new revision of the " +"branch. The demo data is loaded, and the unit tests are performed by " +"default. This verifies your changes do not break any of the features tested " +"by them. If you wish, you can disable the tests or allow specific tests to " +"be run with custom tags in the :ref:`branch's settings <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Similar to staging branches, the emails are not sent but are intercepted by " +"a mailcatcher and scheduled actions are not triggered as long as the " +"database is not in use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The databases created for development branches are meant to live around " +"three days. After that, they can be automatically garbage collected to make " +"room for new databases without prior notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:110 +msgid "Merging your branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:112 +msgid "" +"You can merge your branches easily by drag and dropping them into each " +"other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:117 +msgid "" +"When you want to test the changes of your development branches with the " +"production data, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:120 +msgid "" +"merge the development branch into your staging branch, by drag and dropping " +"it onto the desired staging branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:121 +msgid "" +"drag and dropping the development branch on the staging section title, to " +"make it become a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:123 +msgid "" +"When your latest changes are ready for production, you can drag and drop " +"your staging branch onto your production branch to merge and deploy in " +"production your newest features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If you are bold enough, you can merge your development branches into your " +"production branch as well. It just means you skip the validation of your " +"changes with the production data through a staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:131 +msgid "" +"You can merge your development branches into each other, and your staging " +"branches into each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Of course, you can also use :code:`git merge` directly on your workstation " +"to merge your branches. Odoo.sh will be notified when new revisions have " +"been pushed in your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Merging a staging branch in the production branch only merges the source " +"code: Any configuration changes you made in the staging databases are not " +"passed to the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you test configuration changes in staging branches, and want them to be " +"applied in the production, you have to either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:141 +msgid "" +"write the configuration changes in XML data files overriding the default " +"configuration or views in your branches, and then increase the version of " +"your module in its manifest (*__manifest__.py*) to trigger the update of the" +" module when you merge your staging branch in your production branch. This " +"is the best practice for a better scalability of your developments as you " +"will use the Git versioning features for all your configuration changes, and" +" therefore have a traceability for your changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:147 +msgid "" +"pass them manually from your staging to your production database, by " +"copy/pasting them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:152 +msgid "Tabs" +msgstr "Вкладки" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:155 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:57 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:85 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Історія" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:157 +msgid "An overview of your branch history:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:159 +msgid "The messages of the commits and their authors," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The various events linked to the platform, such as stage changes, database " +"imports, backup restores." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:165 +msgid "" +"For each event, a status is displayed in the top right-hand corner. It can " +"provide information about the ongoing operation on the database " +"(installation, update, backup import, ...), or its result (tests feedback, " +"successful backup import, ...). When an operation is successful, you can " +"access the database thanks to the *connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:173 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:73 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:101 +msgid "Mails" +msgstr "Листи" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:175 +msgid "" +"This tab contains the mail catcher. It displays an overview of the emails " +"sent by your database. The mail catcher is available for your development " +"and staging branches as the emails of your production database are really " +"sent instead of being intercepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:184 +msgid "Shell" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:186 +msgid "" +"A shell access to your container. You can perform basic linux commands " +"(:code:`ls`, :code:`top`) and open a shell on your database by typing " +":code:`psql`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:192 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:208 +msgid "" +"You can open multiple tabs and drag-and-drop them to arrange the layout as " +"you wish, for instance side by side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Long running shell instances are not guaranteed. Idle shells can be " +"disconnected at anytime in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:200 +msgid "Editor" +msgstr "Редактор" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:202 +msgid "" +"An online integrated development environment (IDE) to edit the source code. " +"You can also open terminals, Python consoles and even Odoo Shell consoles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:105 +msgid "Monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:214 +msgid "This link contains various monitoring metrics of the current build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:219 +msgid "" +"You can zoom, change the time range or select a specific metric on each " +"graph. On the graphs, annotations help you relate to changes on the build " +"(database import, git push, etc...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:65 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:93 +msgid "Logs" +msgstr "Журнали" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:227 +msgid "A viewer to have a look to your server logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:232 +msgid "Different logs are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:234 +msgid "" +"install.log: The logs of the database installation. In a development branch," +" the logs of the tests are included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:235 +msgid "pip.log: The logs of the Python dependencies installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:236 +msgid "odoo.log: The logs of the running server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:237 +msgid "update.log: The logs of the database updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:238 +msgid "" +"pg_long_queries.log: The logs of psql queries that take an unusual amount of" +" time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:240 +msgid "" +"If new lines are added in the logs, they will be displayed automatically. If" +" you scroll to the bottom, the browser will scroll automatically each time a" +" new line is added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:243 +msgid "" +"You can pause the logs fetching by clicking on the according button in the " +"upper right corner of the view. The fetching is automatically stopped after " +"5 minutes. You can restart it using the play button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:249 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:109 +msgid "Backups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:251 +msgid "" +"A list of the backups available for download and restore, the ability to " +"perform a manual backup and to import a database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh makes daily backups of the production database. It keeps 7 daily, 4 " +"weekly and 3 monthly backups. Each backup includes the database dump, the " +"filestore (attachments, binary fields), logs and sessions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:260 +msgid "" +"Staging and development databases are not backed up. You nevertheless have " +"the possibility to restore a backup of the production database in your " +"staging branches, for testing purposes, or to manually recover data that has" +" been deleted by accident from the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The list contains the backups kept on the server your production database is" +" hosted on. This server only keeps one month of backups: 7 daily and 4 " +"weekly backups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Dedicated backup servers keep the same backups, as well as 3 additional " +"monthly backups. To restore or download one of these monthly backups, please" +" `contact us <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:270 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit updating the version of one or several modules (in " +":file:`__manifest__.py`), or their linked python dependencies (in " +":file:`requirements.txt`), then Odoo.sh performs a backup automatically " +"(flagged with type Update in the list), as either the container will be " +"changed by the installation of new pip packages, either the database itself " +"will be changed with the module update triggered afterwards. In these two " +"cases, we are doing a backup as it may potentially break things." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:276 +msgid "" +"If you merge a commit that only changes some code without the above-" +"mentioned modifications, then no backup is done by Odoo.sh, as neither the " +"container nor the database is modified so the platform considers this safe " +"enough. Of course, as an extra precaution, you can make a backup manually " +"before making big changes in your production sources in case something goes " +"wrong (those manual backups are available for about one week). To avoid " +"abuse, we limit manual backups to 5 per day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:282 +msgid "" +"The *import database* feature accepts database archives in the format " +"provided by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:284 +msgid "" +"the standard Odoo databases manager, (available for on-premise Odoo servers " +"under :code:`/web/database/manager`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:286 +msgid "the Odoo online databases manager," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:287 +msgid "the Odoo.sh backup download button of this *Backups* tab," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:288 +msgid "" +"the Odoo.sh dump download button in the :ref:`Builds view <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-builds>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:295 +msgid "Available for production and staging branches for valid projects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade - Odoo.sh <../../upgrade/odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:303 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:117 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:124 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Here you can find a couple of settings that only apply to the currently " +"selected branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:310 +msgid "**Behaviour upon new commit**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:312 +msgid "" +"For development and staging branches, you can change the branch's behavior " +"upon receiving a new commit. By default, a development branch will create a " +"new build and a staging branch will update the previous build (see the " +":ref:`Production Stage <stage_production>`). This is especially useful " +"should the feature you're working on require a particular setup or " +"configuration, to avoid having to manually set it up again on every commit. " +"If you choose new build for a staging branch, it will make a fresh copy from" +" the production build every time a commit is pushed. A branch that is put " +"back from staging to development will automatically be set to 'Do nothing'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:320 +msgid "**Modules installation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Choose the modules to install automatically for your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:327 +msgid "" +"*Install only my modules* will install the modules of the branch only. This " +"is the default option. The :ref:`submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` " +"are excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:329 +msgid "" +"*Full installation (all modules)* will install the modules of the branch, " +"the modules included in the submodules and all standard modules of Odoo. " +"When running the full installation, the test suite is disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:331 +msgid "" +"*Install a list of modules* will install the modules specified in the input " +"just below this option. The names are the technical name of the modules, and" +" they must be comma-separated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:334 +msgid "" +"If the tests are enabled, the standard Odoo modules suite can take up to 1 " +"hour. This setting applies to development builds only. Staging builds " +"duplicate the production build and the production build only installs base." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:339 +msgid "**Test suite**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:341 +msgid "" +"For development branches, you can choose to enable or disable the test " +"suite. It's enabled by default. When the test suite is enabled, you can " +"restrict them by specifying test tags :ref:`test tags " +"<developer/reference/testing/selection>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:345 +msgid "**Odoo Version**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:347 +msgid "" +"For development branches only, you can change the version of Odoo, should " +"you want to test upgraded code or develop features while your production " +"database is in the process of being upgraded to a newer version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:350 +msgid "" +"In addition, for each version you have two options regarding the code " +"update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:352 +msgid "" +"You can choose to benefit from the latest bug, security and performance " +"fixes automatically. The sources of your Odoo server will be updated weekly." +" This is the 'Latest' option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:354 +msgid "" +"You can choose to pin the Odoo sources to a specific revision by selecting " +"them from a list of dates. Revisions will expire after 3 months. You will be" +" notified by mail when the expiration date approaches and if you don't take " +"action afterwards, you will automatically be set to the latest revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:359 +msgid "**Custom domains**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:361 +msgid "" +"Here you can configure additional domains for the selected branch. It's " +"possible to add other *<name>.odoo.com* domains or your own custom domains. " +"For the latter you have to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:364 +msgid "own or purchase the domain name," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:365 +msgid "add the domain name in this list," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:366 +msgid "" +"in your registrar's domain name manager, configure the domain name with a " +"``CNAME`` record set to your production database domain name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:369 +msgid "" +"For instance, to associate *www.mycompany.com* to your database " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:371 +msgid "" +"in Odoo.sh, add *www.mycompany.com* in the custom domains of your project " +"settings," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:372 +msgid "" +"in your domain name manager (e.g. *godaddy.com*, *gandi.net*, *ovh.com*), " +"configure *www.mycompany.com* with a ``CNAME`` record with as value " +"*mycompany.odoo.com*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:375 +msgid "Bare domains (e.g. *mycompany.com*) are not accepted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:377 +msgid "they can only be configured using ``A`` records," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:378 +msgid "``A`` records only accept IP addresses as value," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:379 +msgid "" +"the IP address of your database can change, following an upgrade, a hardware" +" failure or your wish to host your database in another country or continent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:382 +msgid "" +"Therefore, bare domains could suddenly no longer work because of this change" +" of IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:384 +msgid "" +"In addition, if you would like both *mycompany.com* and *www.mycompany.com* " +"to work with your database, having the first redirecting to the second is " +"amongst the `SEO best practices " +"<https://support.google.com/webmasters/answer/7451184?hl=en>`_ (See *Provide" +" one version of a URL to reach a document*) in order to have one dominant " +"URL. You can therefore just configure *mycompany.com* to redirect to " +"*www.mycompany.com*. Most domain managers have the feature to configure this" +" redirection. This is commonly called a web redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:391 +msgid "**HTTPS/SSL**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:393 +msgid "" +"If the redirection is correctly set up, the platform will automatically " +"generate an SSL certificate with `Let's Encrypt " +"<https://letsencrypt.org/about/>`_ within the hour and your domain will be " +"accessible through HTTPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:397 +msgid "" +"While it is currently not possible to configure your own SSL certificates on" +" the Odoo.sh platform we are considering the feature if there is enough " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:401 +msgid "**SPF and DKIM compliance**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:403 +msgid "" +"In case the domain of your users email addresses use SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework) or DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail), don't forget to authorize " +"Odoo as a sending host in your domain name settings to increase the " +"deliverability of your outgoing emails. The configuration steps are " +"explained in the documentation about :ref:`SPF " +"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and :ref:`DKIM " +"<email_communication/dkim_compliant>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Forgetting to configure your SPF or DKIM to authorize Odoo as a sending host" +" can lead to the delivery of your emails as spam in your contacts inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:414 +msgid "Shell commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:416 +msgid "" +"In the top right-hand corner of the view, different shell commands are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:421 +msgid "" +"Each command can be copied in the clipboard to be used in a terminal, and " +"some of them can be used directly from Odoo.sh by clicking the *run* button " +"in such case a popup will prompt the user in order to define eventual " +"placeholders such as ``<URL>``, ``<PATH>``, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:427 +msgid "Clone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:429 +msgid "Download the Git repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:435 +msgid "Clones the repository *odoo/odoo*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:437 +msgid "" +":code:`--recurse-submodules`: Downloads the submodules of your repository. " +"Submodules included in the submodules are downloaded as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:438 +msgid "" +":code:`--branch`: checks out a specific branch of the repository, in this " +"case *master*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The *run* button is not available for this command, as it is meant to be " +"used on your machines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:443 +msgid "Fork" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:445 +msgid "Create a new branch based on the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:451 +msgid "" +"Creates a new branch called *feature-1* based on the branch *master*, and " +"then checkouts it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:457 +msgid "Uploads the new branch *feature-1* on your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:460 +msgid "Merge" +msgstr "З’єднати" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:462 +msgid "Merge the current branch in another branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:468 +msgid "Merges the branch *staging-1* in the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:474 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:547 +msgid "" +"Uploads the changes you just added in the *master* branch on your remote " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:477 +msgid "SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 +msgid "" +"In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " +"is not already done). To do so, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:485 +msgid "" +"`Generate a new SSH key <https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-" +"to-github/generating-a-new-ssh-key-and-adding-it-to-the-ssh-" +"agent#generating-a-new-ssh-key>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:487 +msgid "" +"`Copy the SSH key to your clipboard " +"<https://help.github.com/en/github/authenticating-to-github/adding-a-new-" +"ssh-key-to-your-github-account>`_ (only apply the step 1)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:490 +msgid "Paste the copied content to your profile SSH keys and press \"Add\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:495 +msgid "The key should appear below" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:501 +msgid "Connection" +msgstr "З'єднання" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:503 +msgid "" +"To connect to your builds using ssh use the following command in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:509 +msgid "" +"You will find a shortcut for this command into the SSH tab in the upper " +"right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:514 +msgid "" +"Provided you have the :ref:`correct access rights <odoosh-gettingstarted-" +"settings-collaborators>` on the project, you'll be granted ssh access to the" +" build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:518 +msgid "" +"Long running ssh connections are not guaranteed. Idle connections will be " +"disconnected in order to free up resources." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:522 +msgid "Submodule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:524 +msgid "" +"Add a branch from another repository in your current branch as a " +"*submodule*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:526 +msgid "" +"*Submodules* allows you to use modules from other repositories in your " +"project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:528 +msgid "" +"The submodules feature is detailed in the chapter :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-" +"advanced-submodules>` of this documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:535 +msgid "" +"Adds the branch *master* of the repository *<URL>* as a submodule under the " +"path *<PATH>* in your current branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:541 +msgid "Commits all your current changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:552 +msgid "Delete a branch from your repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:558 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your remote repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:564 +msgid "Deletes the branch in your local copy of the repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:6 +msgid "Builds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo.sh, a build is considered as a database loaded by an Odoo server " +"(`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_ & `odoo/enterprise " +"<https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_) running on a specific revision of " +"your project repository in a containerized environment. Its purpose is to " +"test the well-behavior of the server, the database and the features with " +"this revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In this view, a row represents a branch, and a cell of a row represents a " +"build of this branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Most of the time, builds are created following pushes on your Github " +"repository branches. They can be created as well when you do other " +"operations, such as importing a database on Odoo.sh or asking a rebuild for " +"a branch in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:26 +msgid "" +"A build is considered successful if no errors or warnings come up during its" +" creation. A successful build is highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:29 +msgid "" +"A build is considered failed if errors come up during its creation. A failed" +" build is highlighted in red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:32 +msgid "" +"If warnings come up during the creation, but there are no errors, the build " +"is considered almost successful. It is highlighted in yellow to notify the " +"developer warnings were raised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Builds do not always create a database from scratch. For instance, when " +"pushing a change on the production branch, the build created just starts the" +" server with your new revision and tries to load the current production " +"database on it. If no errors come up, the build is considered successful, " +"and otherwise failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The first build of a production branch creates a database from scratch. If " +"this build is successful, this database is considered as the production " +"database of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:49 +msgid "" +"From then, pushes on the production branch will create new builds that " +"attempt to load the database using a server running with the new revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the build is successful, or has warnings but no errors, the production " +"database will now run with this build, along with the revision associated to" +" this build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the build fails to load or update the database, then the previous " +"successful build is re-used to load the database, and therefore the database" +" will run using a server running with the previous successful revision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The build used to run the production database is always the first of the " +"builds list. If a build fails, it is put after the build currently running " +"the production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Staging builds duplicate the production database, and try to load this " +"duplicate with the revisions of the staging branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Each time you push a new revision on a staging branch, the build created " +"uses a new copy of the production database. The databases are not re-used " +"between builds of the same branch. This ensures:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:71 +msgid "" +"staging builds use databases that are close to what the production looks " +"like, so you do not make your tests with outdated data," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:74 +msgid "" +"you can play around as much as you want in the same staging database, and " +"you can then ask for a rebuild when you want to restart with a new copy of " +"the production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Nevertheless, this means that if you make configuration changes in staging " +"databases and do not apply them in the production, they will not be passed " +"on the next build of the same staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Development builds create new databases, load the demo data and run the unit" +" tests." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:85 +msgid "" +"A build will be considered failed and highlighted in red if tests fail " +"during the installation, as they are meant to raise errors if something " +"wrong occurs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:88 +msgid "" +"If all tests pass, and there is no error, the build will be considered " +"successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:90 +msgid "" +"According to the list of modules to install and test, a development build " +"can take up to 1 hour to be ready. This is due to the large number of tests " +"set in the default Odoo modules suite." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:94 +msgid "Features" +msgstr "Можливості" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The production branch will always appear first, and then the other branches " +"are ordered by last build created. You can filter out the branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For each branch, you can access the last build's database using the " +"*Connect* link and jump to the branch code using the *Github* link. For " +"other branches than the production, you can create a new build which will " +"use the latest revision of the branch using the link *rebuild*. This last " +"link is not available when there is already a build in progress for the " +"branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:110 +msgid "" +"For each build, you can access the revision changes using the button with " +"the Github icon. You can access the build's database as the administrator " +"using the *Connect* button. Also, you can access the database with another " +"user using the *Connect as* button, in the dropdown menu of the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/builds.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In the dropdown menu of the build, you can access the same features than in " +":ref:`the branches view <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`: *Logs*, *Web" +" Shell*, *Editor*, *Outgoing e-mails*. You also have the possibility to " +"*Download a dump* of the build's database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:6 +msgid "Create your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:9 +msgid "Deploy your platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Go to `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh/>`_ and hit the *Deploy your platform* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:17 +msgid "Sign in with Github" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Sign in with your Github account. If you do not have an account yet, hit the" +" *Create an account* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:26 +msgid "Authorize Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Grant Odoo.sh the required accesses to your account by clicking the " +"*Authorize* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh basically needs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:35 +msgid "to know your Github login and email," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:36 +msgid "to create a new repository in case you decide to start from scratch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:37 +msgid "" +"to read your existing repositories, including the ones of your " +"organizations, in case you want to start from an existing repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:39 +msgid "to create a webhook to be notified each time you push changes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:40 +msgid "" +"to commit changes to make your deployment easier, merging branches or adding" +" new `submodules <https://git-scm.com/book/en/v2/Git-Tools-Submodules>`_ for" +" example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:44 +msgid "Submit your project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Choose if you want to start from scratch by creating a new repository, or if" +" you want to use an existing repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:49 +msgid "Then, choose a name or select the repository you want to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Choose the Odoo version you want to use. If you plan to import an existing " +"database or an existing set of applications, you might need to choose the " +"according version. If you start from scratch, use the latest version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Enter your *subscription code*. This is also called *subscription referral*," +" *contract number* or *activation code*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It should be the code of your Enterprise subscription that includes Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Partners can use their partnership codes to start a trial. Should their " +"clients start a project, they ought to get an Enterprise subscription " +"including Odoo.sh and use its subscription code. The partner will get 50% of" +" the amount back as commission. Contact your sales representative or account" +" manager in order to get it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When submitting the form, if you are notified your subscription is not " +"valid, it either means:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:67 +msgid "it is not an existing subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:68 +msgid "it is not a partnership subscription," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:69 +msgid "it is an enterprise subscription, but which does not include Odoo.sh," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:70 +msgid "" +"it is neither a partnership subscription or an enterprise subscription (e.g." +" an online subscription)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In case of doubt with your subscription, please contact the `Odoo support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:80 +msgid "You're done !" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:82 +msgid "" +"You can start using Odoo.sh. Your first build is about to be created. You " +"will soon be able to connect to your first database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:91 +msgid "Import your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can import your database in your Odoo.sh project as long as it is in a " +":doc:`supported version </administration/maintain/supported_versions>` of " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:97 +msgid "Push your modules in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:99 +msgid "" +"If you use community or custom modules, add them in a branch in your Github " +"repository. Databases hosted on the Odoo.com online platform do not have any" +" custom modules. Users of these databases can therefore skip this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:103 +msgid "" +"You can structure your modules as you wish, Odoo.sh will automatically " +"detect the folders containing Odoo addons. For instance, you can put all " +"your modules folder in the root directory of your repository, or group the " +"modules in folders by categories that you define (accounting, project, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:108 +msgid "" +"For community modules available in public Git repositories, you can also " +"consider to add them using :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Then, either :ref:`make this branch the production branch <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-branches-stages>`, or :ref:`merge it into your production " +"branch <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-mergingbranches>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:115 +msgid "Download a backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:118 +msgid "On-premise databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Access the URL :file:`/web/database/manager` of your on-premise database and" +" download a backup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If you cannot access the database manager, it may have been disabled by your" +" system administrator. See the :ref:`database manager security documentation" +" <db_manager_security>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You will need the master password of your database server. If you do not " +"have it, contact your system administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:133 +msgid "Choose a zip including the filestore as the backup format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:139 +msgid "Odoo Online databases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:141 +msgid "" +"`Access your databases manager " +"<https://accounts.odoo.com/my/databases/manage>`_ and download a backup of " +"your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:149 +msgid "Online versions (e.g. *saas-**) are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:152 +msgid "Upload the backup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Then, in your Odoo.sh project, in the backups tab of your production branch," +" import the backup you just downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Once the backup imported, you can access the database using the *Connect* " +"button in the history of the branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:167 +msgid "Check your outgoing email servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:169 +msgid "" +"There is a default mail server provided with Odoo.sh. To use it, there must " +"be no enabled outgoing mail server configured in your database in " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing Mail Servers` " +"(:ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:174 +msgid "" +"After the import of your database, all outgoing email servers are disabled " +"so you use the Odoo.sh email server provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Port 25 is (and will stay) closed. If you want to connect to an external " +"SMTP server, you should use ports 465 and 587." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:182 +msgid "Check your scheduled actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:184 +msgid "All scheduled actions are disabled after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:186 +msgid "" +"This is to prevent your newly imported database to perform actions that " +"could impact your running production, such as sending the mails remaining in" +" the queue, processing mass mailings, or third-party services " +"synchronization (Calendars, files hosting, ...)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make the imported database your production, enable the " +"scheduled actions you need. You can check what is enabled in the database of" +" origin and enable the same actions in the imported database. Scheduled " +"actions are located under :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:196 +msgid "Register your subscription" +msgstr "Зареєструйте вашу підписку" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:198 +msgid "Your subscription is unlinked after the import." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The imported database is considered a duplicate by default and the " +"enterprise subscription is therefore removed, as you can only have one " +"database linked per subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/create.rst:203 +msgid "" +"If you plan to make it your production, unlink your former database from the" +" subscription, and register the newly imported database. Read the " +":doc:`database registration documentation <../../maintain/on_premise>` for " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:3 +msgid "Your first module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This chapter helps you to create your first Odoo module and deploy it in " +"your Odoo.sh project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This tutorial requires :ref:`you created a project on Odoo.sh <odoosh-" +"gettingstarted-create>`, and you know your Github repository's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:13 +msgid "Basic use of Git and Github is explained." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:15 +msgid "The below assumptions are made:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:17 +msgid "" +"*~/src* is the directory where are located the Git repositories related to " +"your Odoo projects," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:18 +msgid "*odoo* is the Github user," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:19 +msgid "*odoo-addons* is the Github repository," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:20 +msgid "*feature-1* is the name of a development branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:21 +msgid "*master* is the name of the production branch," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:22 +msgid "*my_module* is the name of the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:24 +msgid "Replace these by the values of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:27 +msgid "Create the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:30 +msgid "From Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:32 +msgid "In the branches view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:34 +msgid "hit the :code:`+` button next to the development stage," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:35 +msgid "choose the branch *master* in the *Fork* selection," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:36 +msgid "type *feature-1* in the *To* input." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:38 +msgid "|pic1| |pic2|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:40 +msgid "pic1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:43 +msgid "pic2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the build created, you can access the editor and browse to the folder " +"*~/src/user* to access to the code of your development branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:56 +msgid "From your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:58 +msgid "Clone your Github repository on your computer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:67 +msgid "Create a new branch:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:74 +msgid "Create the module structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:77 +msgid "Scaffolding the module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:79 +msgid "" +"While not necessary, scaffolding avoids the tedium of setting the basic Odoo" +" module structure. You can scaffold a new module using the executable *odoo-" +"bin*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:82 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor, in a terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, if you have an :doc:`installation of Odoo " +"<../../install/source>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If you do not want to bother installing Odoo on your computer, you can also " +":download:`download this module structure template " +"<first_module/my_module.zip>` in which you replace every occurrences of " +"*my_module* to the name of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:98 +msgid "The below structure will be generated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Do not use special characters other than the underscore ( _ ) for your " +"module name, not even an hyphen ( - ). This name is used for the Python " +"classes of your module, and having classes name with special characters " +"other than the underscore is not valid in Python." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:125 +msgid "Uncomment the content of the files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:127 +msgid "*models/models.py*, an example of model with its fields," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:129 +msgid "" +"*views/views.xml*, a tree and a form view, with the menus opening them," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:131 +msgid "*demo/demo.xml*, demo records for the above example model," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:133 +msgid "" +"*controllers/controllers.py*, an example of controller implementing some " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:135 +msgid "" +"*views/templates.xml*, two example qweb views used by the above controller " +"routes," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:137 +msgid "" +"*__manifest__.py*, the manifest of your module, including for instance its " +"title, description and data files to load. You just need to uncomment the " +"access control list data file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:146 +msgid "Manually" +msgstr "Вручну" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you want to create your module structure manually, you can follow the " +":doc:`/developer/tutorials/getting_started` tutorial to understand the " +"structure of a module and the content of each file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:153 +msgid "Push the development branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:155 +msgid "Stage the changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:161 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:395 +msgid "Commit your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:167 +msgid "Push your changes to your remote repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:169 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh editor terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:175 +msgid "" +"The above command is explained in the section :ref:`Commit & Push your " +"changes <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor-push>` of the :ref:`Online " +"Editor <odoosh-gettingstarted-online-editor>` chapter. It includes the " +"explanation regarding the fact you will be prompted to type your username " +"and password, and what to do if you use the two-factor authentication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:183 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:383 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:409 +msgid "Or, from your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:189 +msgid "" +"You need to specify *-u origin feature-1* for the first push only. From that" +" point, to push your future changes from your computer, you can simply use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:197 +msgid "Test your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Your branch should appear in your development branches in your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:204 +msgid "" +"In the branches view of your project, you can click on your branch name in " +"the left navigation panel to access its history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:210 +msgid "" +"You can see here the changes you just pushed, including the comment you set." +" Once the database ready, you can access it by clicking the *Connect* " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:216 +msgid "" +"If your Odoo.sh project is configured to install your module automatically, " +"you will directly see it amongst the database apps. Otherwise, it will be " +"available in the apps to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:220 +msgid "" +"You can then play around with your module, create new records and test your " +"features and buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:223 +msgid "Test with the production data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:225 +msgid "" +"You need to have a production database for this step. You can create it if " +"you do not have it yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a development build with the demo data and " +"believe it is ready, you can test it with the production data using a " +"staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:230 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Make your development branch a staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto " +"the *staging* section title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:238 +msgid "" +"Merge it in an existing staging branch, by drag and dropping it onto the " +"given staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:243 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:289 +msgid "You can also use the :code:`git merge` command to merge your branches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:245 +msgid "" +"This will create a new staging build, which will duplicate the production " +"database and make it run using a server updated with your latest changes of " +"your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:251 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:297 +msgid "Once the database ready, you can access it using the *Connect* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:256 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:300 +msgid "Install your module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it from" +" the apps menu. Indeed, the purpose of the staging build is to test the " +"behavior of your changes as it would be on your production, and on your " +"production you would not like your module to be installed automatically, but" +" on demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Your module may not appear directly in your apps to install either, you need" +" to update your apps list first:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:266 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:267 +msgid "in the apps menu, click the *Update Apps List* button," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:268 +msgid "in the dialog that appears, click the *Update* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:273 +msgid "Your module will then appear in the list of available apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:279 +msgid "Deploy in production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your module in a staging branch with your production data, " +"and believe it is ready for production, you can merge your branch in the " +"production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:284 +msgid "Drag and drop your staging branch on the production branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:291 +msgid "" +"This will merge the latest changes of your staging branch in the production " +"branch, and update your production server with these latest changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Your module will not be installed automatically, you have to install it " +"manually as explained in the :ref:`above section about installing your " +"module in staging databases <odoosh-gettingstarted-firstmodule-" +"productiondata-install>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:308 +msgid "Add a change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:310 +msgid "" +"This section explains how to add a change in your module by adding a new " +"field in a model and deploy it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 +msgid "From the Odoo.sh editor," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:314 +msgid "browse to your module folder *~/src/user/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:315 +msgid "then, open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:321 +msgid "Or, from your computer," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:318 +msgid "" +"use the file browser of your choice to browse to your module folder " +"*~/src/odoo-addons/my_module*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:320 +msgid "" +"then, open the file *models/models.py* using the editor of your choice, such" +" as *Atom*, *Sublime Text*, *PyCharm*, *vim*, ..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:323 +msgid "Then, after the description field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:329 +msgid "Add a datetime field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:335 +msgid "Then, open the file *views/views.xml*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:337 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:473 +msgid "After" +msgstr "Після" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:343 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:450 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:467 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:479 +msgid "Add" +msgstr "Додати" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:349 +msgid "" +"These changes alter the database structure by adding a column in a table, " +"and modify a view stored in database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:352 +msgid "" +"In order to be applied in existing databases, such as your production " +"database, these changes requires the module to be updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:355 +msgid "" +"If you would like the update to be performed automatically by the Odoo.sh " +"platform when you push your changes, increase your module version in its " +"manifest." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:358 +msgid "Open the module manifest *__manifest__.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:366 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:504 +msgid "with" +msgstr "з" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:372 +msgid "" +"The platform will detect the change of version and trigger the update of the" +" module upon the new revision deployment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:375 +msgid "Browse to your Git folder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:377 +msgid "Then, from an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:389 +msgid "Then, stage your changes to be committed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:401 +msgid "Push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:403 +msgid "From an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:415 +msgid "The platform will then create a new build for the branch *feature-1*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:420 +msgid "" +"Once you tested your changes, you can merge your changes in the production " +"branch, for instance by drag-and-dropping the branch on the production " +"branch in the Odoo.sh interface. As you increased the module version in the " +"manifest, the platform will update the module automatically and your new " +"field will be directly available. Otherwise you can manually update the " +"module within the apps list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:426 +msgid "Use an external Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:428 +msgid "" +"If you would like to use an external Python library which is not installed " +"by default, you can define a *requirements.txt* file listing the external " +"libraries your modules depends on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:432 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to install or upgrade system packages on an Odoo.sh " +"database (e.g., apt packages). However, under specific conditions, packages " +"can be considered for installation. This also applies to **Python modules** " +"requiring system packages for their compilation, and **third-party Odoo " +"modules**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:436 +msgid "**PostgreSQL extensions** are not supported on Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:437 +msgid "" +"For more information, consult our `FAQ " +"<https://www.odoo.sh/faq#install_dependencies>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:439 +msgid "" +"The platform will use this file to automatically install the Python " +"libraries your project needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:441 +msgid "" +"The feature is explained in this section by using the `Unidecode library " +"<https://pypi.python.org/pypi/Unidecode>`_ in your module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:444 +msgid "Create a file *requirements.txt* in the root folder of your repository" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:446 +msgid "" +"From the Odoo.sh editor, create and open the file " +"~/src/user/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:448 +msgid "" +"Or, from your computer, create and open the file ~/src/odoo-" +"addons/requirements.txt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Then use the library in your module, for instance to remove accents from " +"characters in the name field of your model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:459 +msgid "Open the file *models/models.py*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:461 +msgid "Before" +msgstr "Перед" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:494 +msgid "" +"Adding a Python dependency requires a module version increase for the " +"platform to install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:496 +msgid "Edit the module manifest *__manifest__.py*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:510 +msgid "Stage and commit your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:518 +msgid "Then, push your changes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:520 +msgid "In an Odoo.sh terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/first_module.rst:526 +msgid "In your computer terminal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:6 +msgid "Online Editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The online editor allows you to edit the source code of your builds from a " +"web browser. It also gives you the possibility to open terminals, Python " +"consoles, Odoo Shell consoles and `Notebooks " +"<https://jupyterlab.readthedocs.io/en/stable/user/notebook.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:18 +msgid "" +"You can access the editor of a build through :ref:`the branches tabs " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs>`, :ref:`the builds dropdown menu " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-builds-dropdown-menu>` or by adding */odoo-sh/editor*" +" to your build domain name (e.g. *https://odoo-addons-" +"master-1.dev.odoo.com/odoo-sh/editor*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:25 +msgid "Edit the source code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:27 +msgid "The working directory is composed of the following folders:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:49 +msgid "" +"You can edit the source code (files under */src*) in development and staging" +" builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Your changes won't be propagated to a new build, you must commit them in " +"your source code if you want to make them persist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:56 +msgid "" +"For production builds, the source code is read-only, because applying local " +"changes on a production server is not a good practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The source code of your Github repository is located under */src/user*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:60 +msgid "The source code of Odoo is located under" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:62 +msgid "*/src/odoo* (`odoo/odoo <https://github.com/odoo/odoo>`_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:63 +msgid "" +"*/src/enterprise* (`odoo/enterprise <https://github.com/odoo/enterprise>`_)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:64 +msgid "" +"*/src/themes* (`odoo/design-themes <https://github.com/odoo/design-" +"themes>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To open a file in the editor, just double-click on it in the file browser " +"panel on the left." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:71 +msgid "" +"You can then begin to make your changes. You can save your changes with the " +"menu :menuselection:`File --> Save .. File` or by hitting the :kbd:`Ctrl+S` " +"shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you save a Python file which is under your Odoo server addons path, Odoo " +"will detect it and reload automatically so your changes are reflected " +"immediately, without having to restart the server manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:84 +msgid "" +"However, if the change is a data stored in database, such as the label of a " +"field, or a view, you have to update the according module to apply the " +"change. You can update the module of the currently opened file by using the " +"menu :menuselection:`Odoo --> Update current module`. Note that the file " +"considered as currently opened is the file focused in the text editor, not " +"the file highlighted in the file browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:93 +msgid "You can also open a terminal and execute the command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:102 +msgid "Commit & Push your changes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:104 +msgid "" +"You have the possibility to commit and push your changes to your Github " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:106 +msgid "Open a terminal (:menuselection:`File --> New --> Terminal`)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:107 +msgid "Change the directory to *~/src/user* using :code:`cd ~/src/user`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:108 +msgid "Stage your changes using :code:`git add`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:109 +msgid "Commit your changes using :code:`git commit`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:110 +msgid "Push your changes using :code:`git push https HEAD:<branch>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:112 +msgid "In this last command," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:114 +msgid "" +"*https* is the name of your *HTTPS* Github remote repository (e.g. " +"https://github.com/username/repository.git)," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:116 +msgid "HEAD is the reference to the latest revision you committed," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:117 +msgid "" +"<branch> must be replaced by the name of the branch to which you want to " +"push the changes, most-likely the current branch if you work in a " +"development build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The SSH Github remote is not used because your SSH private key is not hosted" +" in your build containers (for obvious security concerns) nor forwarded " +"through an SSH Agent (as you access this editor through a web browser) and " +"you therefore cannot authenticate yourself to Github using SSH. You have to " +"use the HTTPS remote of your Github repository to push your changes, which " +"is added automatically named as *https* in your Git remotes. You will be " +"prompted to enter your Github username and password. If you activated the " +"two-factor authentication on Github, you can create a `personal access token" +" <https://help.github.com/articles/creating-a-personal-access-token-for-the-" +"command-line/>`_ and use it as password. Granting the ``repo`` permission " +"suffices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The Git source folder *~/src/user* is not checked out on a branch but rather" +" on a detached revision: This is because builds work on specific revisions " +"rather than branches. In other words, this means you can have multiple " +"builds on the same branch, but on different revisions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once your changes are pushed, according to your :ref:`branch push behavior " +"<odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`, a new build may be created." +" You can continue to work in the editor you pushed from, as it will have the" +" same revision as the new build that was created, but always make sure to be" +" in an editor of a build using the latest revision of your branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:148 +msgid "Consoles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can open Python consoles, which are `IPython interactive shells " +"<https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/interactive/tutorial.html>`_. One " +"of the most interesting addition to use a Python console rather than a " +"IPython shell within a terminal is the `rich display " +"<https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-" +"display>`_ capabilities. Thanks to this, you will be able to display objects" +" in HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You can for instance display cells of a CSV file using `pandas " +"<https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:164 +msgid "" +"You can also open an Odoo Shell console to play around with the Odoo " +"registry and model methods of your database. You can also directly read or " +"write on your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In an Odoo Console, transactions are automatically committed. This means, " +"for instance, that changes in records are applied effectively in the " +"database. If you change the name of a user, the name of the user is changed " +"in your database as well. You therefore should use Odoo consoles carefully " +"on production databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:174 +msgid "" +"You can use *env* to invoke models of your database registry, e.g. " +":code:`env['res.users']`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The class :code:`Pretty` gives you the possibility to easily display lists " +"and dicts in a pretty way, using the `rich display " +"<https://ipython.readthedocs.io/en/stable/config/integrating.html#rich-" +"display>`_ mentioned above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/online-editor.rst:192 +msgid "" +"You can also use `pandas <https://pandas.pydata.org/pandas-" +"docs/stable/tutorials.html>`_ to display graphs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:8 +msgid "The settings allow you to manage the configuration of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:14 +msgid "Project name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:16 +msgid "The name of your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:21 +msgid "" +"This defines the address that will be used to access your production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Addresses of your staging and development builds are derived from this name " +"and assigned automatically. However, when you change your project name, only" +" future builds will use the new name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:29 +msgid "Collaborators" +msgstr "Співробітники" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:31 +msgid "Manage the Github users who can access your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:36 +msgid "There are two levels of users:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:38 +msgid "Admin: has access to all features of Odoo.sh." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:39 +msgid "" +"User: does not have access to the project settings nor to the production and" +" staging databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The user group is meant for developers who can make modifications in your " +"code but are not allowed to access the production data. Users of this group " +"cannot connect to the production and staging databases using the *1-click " +"connect* feature, but they can of course use their regular account on these " +"databases if they have one, using their regular credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In addition, they cannot use the webshell nor have access to the server " +"logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:54 +msgid "User" +msgstr "Користувач" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 +msgid "Admin" +msgstr "Адміністратор" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 +msgid "1-click connect" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:69 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:97 +msgid "Shell/SSH" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:84 +msgid "Production & Staging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:118 +msgid "|green|\\*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:120 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:3 +msgid "Status" +msgstr "Статус" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:130 +msgid "\\* Only in staging branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:145 +msgid "Public Access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:147 +msgid "Allow public access to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If activated, this option exposes the Builds page publicly, allowing " +"visitors to connect to your development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:155 +msgid "" +"In addition, visitors have access to the logs, shell and mails of your " +"development builds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Production and staging builds are excluded, visitors can only see their " +"status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:162 +msgid "Custom domains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:164 +msgid "" +"To configure additional domains please refer to the corresponding branch's " +":ref:`settings tab <odoosh-gettingstarted-branches-tabs-settings>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Configure the deploy keys for the private repositories you use as submodules" +" in your branches to allow Odoo.sh to download them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:176 +msgid "" +"These settings are required for **private repositories** only. If you are " +"looking on how to set up your submodules, instructions are available in the " +"chapter :ref:`Submodules <odoosh-advanced-submodules>` of this " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When a repository is private, it is not possible to publicly download its " +"branches and revisions. For that reason, you need to configure a deploy key " +"for Odoo.sh, so the remote Git server allows our platform to download the " +"revisions of this private repository." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To configure the deploy key for a private repository, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:190 +msgid "" +"in the input, paste the SSH URL of your private sub-repository and click on " +"*Add*," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:192 +msgid "e.g. *git@github.com:USERNAME/REPOSITORY.git*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:193 +msgid "" +"it can be another Git server than Github, such as Bitbucket, Gitlab or even " +"your own self-hosted server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:196 +msgid "copy the public key," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:198 +msgid "it should look like *ssh-rsa some...random...characters...here...==*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:200 +msgid "" +"in the settings of the private sub-repository, add the public key amongst " +"the deploy keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Github.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Deploy keys --> Add deploy key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:203 +msgid "Bitbucket.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Access keys --> Add key`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:204 +msgid "Gitlab.com: :menuselection:`Settings --> Repository --> Deploy Keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Self-hosted: append the key to the git user’s authorized_keys file in its " +".ssh directory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:208 +msgid "Storage Size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:210 +msgid "This section shows the storage size used by your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:215 +msgid "Storage size is computed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:217 +msgid "the size of the PostgreSQL database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:219 +msgid "" +"the size of the disk files available in your container: database filestore, " +"sessions storage directory..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In case you want to analyze disk usage, you can run the tool `ncdu " +"<https://dev.yorhel.nl/ncdu/man>`_ in your Web Shell." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Should your production database size grow to exceed what's provisioned in " +"your subscription, it will automatically be synchronized with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:229 +msgid "Database Workers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Additional database workers can be configured here. More workers help " +"increase the load your production database is able to handle. If you add " +"more, it will automatically be synchronized with your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Adding more workers will not magically solve all performance issues. It only" +" allows the server to handle more connections at the same time. If some " +"operations are unusually slow, it's most likely a problem with the code, if " +"it's not due to your own customizations you can open a ticket `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:245 +msgid "Staging Branches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Additional staging branches allow you to develop and test more features at " +"the same time. If you add more, it will automatically be synchronized with " +"your subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:254 +msgid "Activation" +msgstr "Активація" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Shows the status of the project's activation. You can change the project's " +"activation code if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/status.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The status page shows statistics regarding the servers your project uses. It" +" includes the servers availability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:3 +msgid "Introduction to Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/overview/introduction.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The documentation will help you go live with your Odoo.sh project in no " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:20 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo (e.g., Odoo 14.0 to Odoo " +"15.0)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:22 +msgid "An upgrade does not cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Changing :ref:`editions <upgrade-faq/editions-change>` (i.e., Community to " +"Enterprise edition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Switching :ref:`hosting type <upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch>` (i.e., On-" +"Premise to Odoo Online or Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:27 +msgid "Migration from another ERP to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:29 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:148 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:81 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:92 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:119 +msgid "|assistance-contact|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:32 +msgid ":ref:`upgrade/sla`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:37 +msgid "Process workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:39 +msgid "The upgrade process in a nutshell:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:41 +msgid "You create a test upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Odoo processes the request automatically by running the database through an " +"upgrade script, which takes between 20 and 120 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:44 +msgid "Odoo delivers a test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:45 +msgid "" +"You test your database for possible discrepancies (see :ref:`upgrade/test-" +"guidance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If there are any discrepancies, you report them to the Upgrade support team " +"via the help portal (see :ref:`upgrade/test-assistance`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:48 +msgid "We fix the issues and send you a new test database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing and are happy with the result, you " +"decide on a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze " +"all data entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo delivers the production database through the automated process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:53 +msgid "" +"You restore it in your Production environment a few short hours later and " +"continue working on the newly upgraded database (this is done automatically " +"on Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:57 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo Online <upgrade/odoo_online>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:58 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for Odoo.sh <upgrade/odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade process for On-Premise <upgrade/on_premise>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:64 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Тестування" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:66 +msgid "" +"This phase allows you to review an upgraded version of your database without" +" affecting your production database in any way. We suggest that you run the " +"test upgrade process at least once, but you can do it as many times as you " +"need (one at a time)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once you receive your upgraded test database, check that all data, " +"processes, and functionality are still correct and working as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you do find discrepancies, :ref:`report your issues <upgrade/test-" +"assistance>` and :ref:`request a new test database <upgrade/test-db-" +"request>` when the reported issues are fixed in the upgrade script." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If you do not find any discrepancies, you can move on to the upgrade of your" +" production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:80 +msgid "" +"A test database is only intended for testing and remains completely " +"unrelated to your present or future production database. Any data you add, " +"or changes you make, will not be reflected in your upgraded production " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Test databases are neutered and features are disabled to prevent them from " +"having an impact on the production database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The serial number of the database is modified (to prevent it from sending " +"information as if it was the production database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`base URL of the database <domain-name/web-base-url>` is reset to " +"``http://localhost:8069`` and the email domain to ``localhost``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Scheduled actions are disabled (the calendar synchronization, the bank " +"statement synchronization, the planned automated actions, the fetching of " +"incoming mail servers, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail servers are disabled by archiving the existing ones and adding" +" a fake/non-working one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:96 +msgid "Payment providers and delivery carriers are reset to test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Accounting localization Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) services are " +"disabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:98 +msgid "A system parameter is set to tell the database has been neutered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:103 +msgid "Request a test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions available per hosting type on the `website form " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_ and select *Testing* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of the \"Testing\" purpose in the upgrade form on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:115 +msgid "Test guidance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Every business and organization has its own operational needs and has to " +"test its specific Odoo database individually. We recommend you look at `the " +"test scenario " +"<https://docs.google.com/document/d/1ypNs7JKPOsjNbKpdiKFH7Al6g6whZ9jr7f7duAQ5E1w/>`_" +" for further information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:122 +msgid "change link \"test scenario\" once the related doc is published" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:127 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:172 +msgid "Assistance" +msgstr "Допомога" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If you encounter an issue in the **test database**, please get in touch with" +" Odoo Upgrade Support via the `Odoo Support page " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select *An issue related to my " +"upgrade* ticket type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Selection of \"An issue related to my upgrade\" as Ticket Type in the " +"support form on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you choose another *Ticket Description* type, the request will be " +"redirected to another team. This will slow down the processing and response " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:142 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Please provide as much detail as you can (i.e., videos and screenshots to " +"illustrate your issue). This will avoid clarifying questions and speed up " +"the resolution process significantly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:146 +msgid "" +"The purpose of the test phase is not to correct existing data or " +"configurations in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:153 +msgid "The production launch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The production upgrade request is when you decide to upgrade your current " +"database with all your production data (invoices, VAT returns, inventories, " +"current orders) to a new version of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After your :ref:`tests <upgrade/testing-phase>` are completed to your " +"satisfaction, submit the request to upgrade your production database via our" +" `website form <https://upgrade.odoo.com>`_. Select *Production* purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:164 +msgid "Going into production without first testing may lead to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:166 +msgid "" +"business interruptions (e.g., no longer having the possibility to validate " +"an action)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:167 +msgid "" +"poor customer experiences (e.g., an eCommerce website that does not work " +"correctly)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:174 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues or problems in the **production database**, please " +"get in touch with **Odoo Support**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:177 +msgid "Connect to our `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Under the *Ticket Description* section, select the appropriate type related " +"to your issue but **do not select** the option *An issue related to my " +"upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:182 +msgid "" +"After upgrading to production, the support will be provided by the Support " +"team instead of the Upgrade team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:189 +msgid "" +"If you choose *An issue related to my upgrade* as ticket type, the request " +"will be redirected to another team than the support one and will slow down " +"the processing and response time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:195 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Допомога" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:200 +msgid "Contact our upgrade service support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Should you have any more questions about the upgrade, do not hesitate to " +"send a message to `Odoo Upgrade Team <mailto:upgrade@odoo.com>`_. We will be" +" happy to answer it as soon as possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Please note that Odoo provides support and bug fixing only for the three " +"last major versions of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:213 +msgid "" +"This is a factor to take into consideration before upgrading. If you are on " +"an older version, we suggest you to prefer the most recent version to " +"benefit from longer support (before having to upgrade again)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:218 +msgid ":doc:`maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:223 +msgid "Service-level agreement (SLA)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:225 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Enterprise, upgrading a database to the most recent version of " +"Odoo is **free**, including any support required to rectify potential " +"discrepancies in the upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Information about the upgrade services included in the Enterprise Licence is" +" available in the :ref:`Odoo Enterprise Subscription Agreement <upgrade>`. " +"However, this section clarifies what upgrade services you can expect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:233 +msgid "Upgrade services covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:235 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo's cloud platforms (Odoo Online and Odoo.sh) or " +"self-hosted (On-Premise) can benefit from upgrade services at all times for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:238 +msgid "the upgrade of all **standard applications**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:239 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **customizations created with the Studio app**, as long " +"as Studio is still installed and the respective subscription is still " +"active; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:241 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of all **developments and customizations covered by a " +"maintenance of customizations subscription**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:244 +msgid "" +"Upgrade services are limited to the technical conversion and adaptation of a" +" database (standard modules and data) to make it compatible with the version" +" targeted by the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:248 +msgid "Upgrade services not covered by the SLA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:250 +msgid "The following upgrade-related services are **not** included:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:252 +msgid "" +"the **cleaning** of pre-existing data and configurations while upgrading;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:253 +msgid "" +"the upgrade of **custom modules created in-house or by third parties**, " +"including Odoo partners;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:254 +msgid "" +"lines of **code added to standard modules**, i.e., customizations created " +"outside the Studio app, code entered manually, and :ref:`automated actions " +"using Python code <studio/automated-actions/action>`; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:257 +msgid "**training** on using the upgraded version's features and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:262 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ <upgrade/faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:263 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo.sh documentation <odoo_sh>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade.rst:264 +msgid ":doc:`Supported Odoo versions <maintain/supported_versions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:8 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Why upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"You benefit from the latest features of the :ref:`new major version " +"<upgrade-faq/release-notes>` released by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you are in an :ref:`unsupported version <upgrade/supported-versions>`, " +"you get a new version with support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:23 +msgid "When to upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Whenever you want. You can make your upgrade request as soon as a new " +"version is released or when your version turns unsupported, and you still " +"wish to enjoy support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:31 +msgid "Availability of the new version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:33 +msgid "" +"As soon as Odoo announces the release of a new major version, you can create" +" a test upgrade request to try the latest version. Please note that at this " +"point, the upgrade scripts will only have been tested with demo data. Please" +" report any issue you might encounter while testing via the `Odoo Support " +"page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and make sure to be happy with your test " +"version before requesting the upgrade of your database in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:44 +msgid "It is impossible to give time estimates for every upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In general, the \"smaller\" the database, the quickest the upgrade request " +"is completed. A single-user database that uses only CRM will be processed " +"faster than a multi-company, multi-user database that uses Accounting, " +"Sales, Purchase, and Manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:50 +msgid "" +"You can expect the time it takes for the platform to upgrade the test " +"database to be similar to the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:56 +msgid "Duration of the upgrade project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:58 +msgid "" +"It depends on the user involvement (the time spent on testing, reporting " +"problems, etc.) and the issues encountered that might need to be addressed " +"by our technical team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:61 +msgid "So, in a nutshell, what can impact your upgrade lead time?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:63 +msgid "Source & targeted versions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:64 +msgid "Installed apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:65 +msgid "Volume of data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Amount of customization (models, fields, methods, workflows, reports, " +"website, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Installation of new apps or configuration changes after the start of the " +"test phase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:68 +msgid "User commitment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:73 +msgid "Upgrade of the custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"As stated in our :doc:`/legal/terms/enterprise`, section " +":ref:`charges_standard`, this optional service is subject to additional " +"fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Depending on your situation, the custom code could be upgraded by our " +"services, by one of our partners, or you can do it yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:86 +msgid "Upgrade or Migration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An upgrade is switching to a newer version of Odoo, while a migration " +"reflects the change of :ref:`editions <upgrade-faq/editions-change>` or " +"change of :ref:`hosting type <upgrade-faq/hosting-types-switch>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:97 +msgid "Editions change (from Community to Enterprise)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The upgrade always returns an Enterprise edition of Odoo, whether the " +"database you sent was a community or enterprise edition. It is required to " +"have an enterprise subscription to upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If you need assistance on this matter, please contact us via the `Odoo " +"Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:107 +msgid "`Editions <https://www.odoo.com/page/editions>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:112 +msgid "Switching the hosting types (On-premise vs. Odoo Online vs. Odoo.sh)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:114 +msgid "" +"An upgrade does not cover a change of `Hosting types " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/hosting-types>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the following link to get :doc:`more information about how to change " +"your hosting type <../maintain/hosting_changes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:124 +msgid "The Upgrade Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When an upgrade request completes successfully (test or production), you " +"receive an email notification about it that includes an 'Upgrade Report'. " +"This report is also sent to you via the Discuss app. It contains valuable " +"information regarding changes that occurred during the upgrade. While it " +"serves as a guide to possible issues to look out for, it is not an " +"exhaustive list. It remains imperative that you test the upgraded database " +"thoroughly and report any discrepancies you might find, before you decide to" +" upgrade your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:136 +msgid "Custom views" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:138 +msgid "" +"During the upgrade, some custom views might get disabled for technical " +"reasons. Therefore they might have to be fixed after the upgrade. The " +":ref:`Upgrade Report <upgrade-faq/upgrade-report>` that is generated after " +"the upgrade is available in the Discuss app, and lists all the custom views " +"that might be impacted by this." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:146 +msgid "Release Notes by version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Open our `Release Note <https://www.odoo.com/page/release-notes>`_ page to " +"get a summary of the new features and improvements made in each version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:152 +msgid "How long is my test available for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:154 +msgid "" +"An Odoo Online test database is available for one month by default. We can " +"extend this trial period upon request. For Odoo.sh or on-premise, there is " +"no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:158 +msgid "How many tests to perform before upgrading to production?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:160 +msgid "" +"As many as needed. When you are comfortable with the database, run a last " +"test upgrade 48 hours before requesting your production upgrade and test " +"your workflows one last time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:164 +msgid "How to/Where to report upgrade issues?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If you encounter issues during the upgrade process, please contact the Odoo " +"Support through the `Odoo Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered during the testing phase, please select **An " +"issue related to my upgrade (test phase)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:171 +msgid "" +"To report an issue discovered post-upgrade, please select **An issue related" +" to my upgrade (production)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:175 +msgid "Upgrading to production" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed testing and are happy with the result, you decide on" +" a date and time when you stop users from accessing Odoo, freeze all data " +"entries, and create an upgrade request for the production upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:182 +msgid "How is my data handled in the Upgrade Platform?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:184 +msgid "" +"The Odoo Upgrade platform uses the same Privacy Policy as the rest of " +"Odoo.com services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Your data is hosted on servers that follow our security guidelines, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"SSL - All web connections to client instances are protected with 256-bit SSL" +" encryption (HTTPS with a 2048-bit modulus SSL certificate), and running " +"behind Grade A SSL stacks. All our certificate chains are using SHA-2 " +"already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Safe System - Our servers are running recent Linux distribution with up-to-" +"date security patches, with firewall and intrusion countermeasures (not " +"disclosed for obvious reasons)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Servers are located at the same locations as our Cloud providers with the " +"following services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Restricted perimeter, physically accessed by authorized data center " +"employees only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:197 +msgid "Physical access control with security badges or biometrical security" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:198 +msgid "Security cameras monitoring the data center locations 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:199 +msgid "Security personnel on-site 24/7" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The uploaded and migrated databases uploaded to the Upgrade platform are " +"kept for up to 3 months and are permanently deleted following that period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can learn more about privacy and data handling at Odoo by visiting our " +"`General Data Protection Regulation page <https://www.odoo.com/gdpr>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:208 +msgid "Rolling Release (applicable to Odoo Online databases)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:210 +msgid "" +"This feature allows customers to upgrade their database directly from a " +"message prompt sent to the database administrator as soon as the new version" +" is released. Odoo first tests the upgrade to the next version. The rolling " +"release upgrade option is displayed if the automated tests are successful. " +"The message offers two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To 'Upgrade Now', which immediately triggers the upgrade of your live " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To take you to your `database manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases/>`_" +" where you can `request an upgraded test database " +"<https://upgrade.odoo.com/#online/>`_ and check the upgraded test database " +"for any discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When you choose to proceed with the production upgrade directly, make sure " +"all users have saved their work and are logged out. The upgrade takes " +"approximately 15 minutes. During this time your database is unreachable. If " +"you notice any problem after the upgrade, please report it via the `Odoo " +"Support page <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/faq.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If you are using the Website or Studio app, we recommend you always do a " +"test upgrade before upgrading your production instance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo databases can be manually upgraded directly from the main Odoo website." +" To upgrade an Odoo database, navigate to the `database manager " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page and sign in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The database manager page displays all of the Odoo databases associated with" +" the user's account. Any databases that are not already on the most recent " +"version of Odoo display an **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database " +"name, indicating that the database can be upgraded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The database manager page with an upgrade button next to the name of a " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If the database's version is **lower** than the latest major release: the " +"database must be upgraded within two months. After these two months, an " +"automatic upgrade is initiated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the database's version is **equal** to or **higher** than the latest " +"major release: you can disregard the invitation to upgrade, as the database " +"probably would not benefit from new features every two months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:23 +msgid "" +"If a database is *not* on the latest online version, its administrator " +"should receive an invitation to upgrade on the database's dashboard, " +"displayed as an **arrow in a circle**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "Invitation to upgrade on the database dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Versions that are not supported anymore become deprecated and must be " +"updated to avoid security issues. It is recommended to initiate the upgrade " +"yourself and not wait for the automatic upgrade, as the former method allows" +" you to request a test upgrade of the database to check for any " +"discrepancies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:36 +msgid "Test database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Click on the **arrow in a circle** icon to start the upgrade process. On the" +" :guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up, select the version of Odoo that " +"the platform will be upgraded to. In the :guilabel:`Email to notify` field, " +"enter an email address that will receive email notifications about the " +"database upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:43 +msgid "" +"There is also a :guilabel:`Purpose` section on the pop-up that is used to " +"specify the reason for the upgrade. However, at this stage of the process, " +"the only selectable option is :guilabel:`Test`, as Odoo requires users to " +"create a test copy of the upgraded database before converting the actual " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade your database\" pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:52 +msgid "" +"After filling out the form, click the :guilabel:`Upgrade` button. The pop-up" +" disappears and the database being upgraded shows a red :guilabel:`Upgrade " +"in progress` tag next to its name. An email confirming that the upgrade is " +"in progress is also sent to the email address specified on the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Upgrade in progress\" tag next to the database name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Once the upgrade is complete, a new test database appears on the `database " +"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. To access the test " +"database, click the drop-down arrow (:guilabel:`⯆`) to the left of the main " +"database's name. Doing so makes the test version appear below it. Finally, " +"click the green :guilabel:`Connect` button on the right side of the test " +"version's row to go to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst-1 +msgid "A test database on the database manager page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Except for being on the newer version of Odoo, the test database is an exact" +" copy of the one being upgraded. It is important to do extensive testing in " +"this database to ensure that the upgrade has not altered or corrupted any " +"data, and that all workflows still proceed as expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:76 +msgid "Production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:78 +msgid "" +"After confirming the integrity of the new version, return to the `database " +"manager <https://www.odoo.com/my/databases>`_ page. Once again, click on the" +" **arrow in a circle** icon next to the database being upgraded. The " +":guilabel:`Upgrade your database` pop-up appears as before, except that " +"there is now a :guilabel:`Production` option under the :guilabel:`Purpose` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Production` option and then click :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"to begin the upgrade process. As before, a notification email is sent to the" +" email address provided and a red :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"appears next to the name of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The production database is then taken offline and will be upgraded " +"automatically. The time it takes to upgrade the production database should " +"be similar to the time that was necessary to upgrade the test database. Make" +" sure to inform database users of the scheduled downtime." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_online.rst:91 +msgid "" +"After the upgrade is finished, the :guilabel:`Upgrade in progress` tag " +"disappears and the database is upgraded to the version specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo.sh is integrated with the upgrade platform to make the upgrade process " +"easier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab is available in the branches view. It is only " +"available for valid projects with a valid production build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the upgrade menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:20 +msgid "The suggested upgrade steps on Odoo.sh are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:22 +msgid "" +"On a :guilabel:`Development` branch, upgrade your custom modules to keep " +"them compatible with the new version and thoroughly **test them**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Switch that branch to the :guilabel:`Staging` branch, **upgrade** the last " +"daily production backup and **test it**. Write upgrade scripts if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Trigger the production upgrade from your :guilabel:`Production` branch and " +"sit tight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:29 +msgid ":doc:`../../administration/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Upgrade FAQ <../upgrade/faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:31 +msgid ":doc:`Introduction to Odoo.sh <../odoo_sh/overview/introduction>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:36 +msgid "Upgrade your custom modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The first step is to upgrade your custom modules to keep them compatible " +"with the new version. Fork your :guilabel:`Production` branch in the " +":guilabel:`Development` stage, then go to the settings of your " +":guilabel:`Development` branch and select the Odoo version you target. If " +"needed, modify your code to be compatible with the new version. Make sure to" +" **test** your features are still working correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done " +"by yourself, by your Partner or by Odoo (if you hold a subscription " +"including maintenance of customizations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:51 +msgid "Upgrade your database on a staging branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Take the upgraded development branch and drag & drop it to " +":guilabel:`Staging`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab and select the :guilabel:`target version`." +" Then, click on :guilabel:`Test Upgrade`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo.sh project and tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The **latest production daily automatic backup** is sent to the `upgrade " +"platform <https://www.upgrade.odoo.com>`_ to start the upgrade test process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can follow the upgrade process by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` menu " +"of your :guilabel:`Production` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:69 +msgid "" +"When the upgraded backup is ready on the `upgrade platform " +"<https://www.upgrade.odoo.com>`_, it is automatically downloaded back to " +"your project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The branch is now in a **special mode**: each time a **commit is pushed** on" +" the branch, a **restore operation** of the upgraded backup occurs, and an " +"**update of all the custom modules** happens. This allows you to quickly " +"iterate on your custom modules upgrade scripts. The log file of the upgrade " +"process can be found at :file:`~/logs/upgrade.log` in your newly upgraded " +"staging build." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:78 +msgid "The **special upgrade mode** is automatically closed after 30 days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:79 +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:128 +msgid "" +"It may happen that custom modules are no longer needed after an upgrade. " +"Custom modules in the upgraded database are set to be updated. If the " +"modules are missing in the code, the update fails, thus failing the whole " +"process. An empty module with a manifest and possibly some custom upgrade " +"script are necessary to clean up the database. The complete removal of the " +"module has to be handled afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:86 +msgid "Functionally test your upgraded database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Now that the test upgraded database is available on your staging branch, " +"**thoroughly test it** and make sure everything runs as it's supposed to. " +"Once you are satisfied with the result, you are ready to upgrade your " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:93 +msgid "Production upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Once you are happy with your testing, you can start the process on the " +":guilabel:`Production` branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:98 +msgid "" +"On your :guilabel:`Production` branch, go to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` tab, " +"select the :guilabel:`targeted version` and click on the :guilabel:`start " +"Upgrade` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "View from the upgrade tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The actual process is **triggered as soon as you push a new commit** in your" +" branch. Make sure you are pushing code that is compatible with the new " +"version. For example by merging the code from your upgraded staging branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:110 +msgid "" +"You can see the progress of the upgrade by going to the :guilabel:`Upgrade` " +"tab of the main branch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst-1 +msgid "View showing the progress of the upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:118 +msgid "Your database is unavailable throughout the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong, the platform automatically reverts the upgrade, the " +"same as it would be for a regular update. In case of success, a backup is " +"always made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/odoo_sh.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The update of your custom modules must be successful to complete the entire " +"upgrade process. Make sure the status of your staging upgrade is " +":guilabel:`successful` before trying it in production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:6 +msgid "Test upgrade request" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:8 +msgid "There are two ways to create your upgrade request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:11 +msgid "Upgrade request via command line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:13 +msgid "" +"For technically-advanced users and partners, the upgrade process can be " +"initiated via the following command line on the server where the database is" +" hosted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:16 +msgid "" +":command:`python <(curl -s https://upgrade.odoo.com/upgrade) test -d <your " +"db name> -t <target version>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The above command creates the database dump, sends it to the upgrade " +"platform, and initiates the automated upgrade process. During the upgrade, " +"you can follow the live logs on your screen. Once the upgrade process is " +"completed successfully, the upgraded database is restored onto the server " +"(as a duplicate test database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:25 +msgid "Upgrade request via the Odoo Upgrade Portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Download a recent copy of your database and select the option " +":guilabel:`pg_dump custom format (without filestore)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Upload this dump file at https://upgrade.odoo.com and select *Testing* as " +"the aim. Odoo performs the automated upgrade process. Once it is completed, " +"you receive an email with a link to download the upgrade database dump file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Import the upgraded database into your on-premise environment and manually " +"test all processes and workflows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:36 +msgid "" +"For security reasons, only the person who submitted the upgrade request is " +"able to download it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Any problem found during testing should be reported via the `helpdesk " +"<https://odoo.com/help>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For storage reasons, the copy of your database is submitted without a " +"filestore to the upgrade server. Therefore, the upgraded database does not " +"contain the production filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before restoring the upgraded database, its filestore must be merged with " +"the production filestore to be able to perform tests in the same conditions " +"as it would be in the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:43 +msgid "The upgraded database contains:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:45 +msgid "A `dump.sql` file containing the upgraded database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:46 +msgid "" +"A `filestore` folder containing files that were extracted from in-database " +"records into attachments (if there are any) and new standard Odoo files from" +" the targeted Odoo version (like new images, icons, payment provider's " +"logos, etc.). This is the folder that should be merged with the production " +"filestore in order to get the full upgraded filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:52 +msgid "Upgrade your production database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once you have completed the testing successfully, you can proceed to upgrade" +" your live database in production. Download your upgraded database from the " +"link in the email and import it onto your live environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Same as in the test phase, when requesting an upgrade for production " +"purposes, the copy of your database is submitted without a filestore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the upgraded database filestore must be merged with the " +"production filestore before deploying the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:65 +msgid "Custom modules (if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The upgrade of a database that contains custom modules is a two-step " +"process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:69 +msgid "The standard upgrade is done when your upgrade request is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Your custom modules also need to be upgraded to keep them compatible with " +"the new version." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Depending on your contract, the upgrade of your custom modules can be done" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:74 +msgid "by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:75 +msgid "by your Partner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/upgrade/on_premise.rst:76 +msgid "" +"by Odoo (if you hold a subscription to 'Maintenance of Customizations')." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po index f0e58bbfe..bd64171e7 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/applications.po @@ -1,26 +1,32 @@ # SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. -# Copyright (C) 2015-TODAY, Odoo S.A. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. # This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020 +# trolka <trolka.olug@gmail.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-02-04 11:02+0100\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2020\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: trolka <trolka.olug@gmail.com>, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../applications.rst:3 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Заявки" +#: ../../content/applications.rst:9 +msgid "User Docs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications.rst:11 +msgid "Discover our user guides and configuration tutorials per application." +msgstr "" +"Дослідіть наші керівництва для користувачів та підручники з налаштування " +"Додатків." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index e1d6aef2f..fe529e51f 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -4,266 +4,819 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2021 -# Артём Инжиянц <artem.inzhyyants@gmail.com>, 2021 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2023 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:17+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance.rst:5 msgid "Finance" msgstr "Фінанси" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:4 -msgid "Invoicing and Accounting" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:5 +msgid "Accounting and Invoicing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:3 -msgid "Bank & Cash" -msgstr "Банк та готівка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Feeds" -msgstr "Банківські виписки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:145 -msgid "Bank Statements" -msgstr "Банківські виписки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:7 msgid "" -"Importing your bank statements in Odoo Accounting allows you to keep track " -"of the financial movements that occur on your bank accounts and reconcile " -"them with the transactions recorded in your accounting." +"**Odoo Invoicing** is a standalone invoicing app to create invoices, send " +"them to your customers, and manage payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:10 msgid "" -"We recommend you use bank synchronization for more efficiency. Please read " -"the related documentation: :doc:`bank_synchronization`." +"**Odoo Accounting** is a full featured accounting app. Accountant " +"productivity is at the core of its development with features such as AI-" +"powered invoice recognition, synchronization with your bank accounts, smart " +"matching suggestions, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:15 msgid "" -"However, if you don't want to use bank synchronization or if your bank is " -"not a supported institution, you still have other options:" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting <https://www.odoo.com/slides/accounting-19>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:15 -msgid "Import the bank statement files delivered by your bank" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:56 +msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" +msgstr "Дворівнева бухгалтерська система" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:16 -msgid "Register the bank statements manually" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:19 -msgid "Import bank statements files" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import bank statements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:23 -msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:24 -msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:25 -msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX)" -msgstr "Відкрити Фінансовий обмін (.OFX)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:26 -msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF)" -msgstr "Швидкий формат обміну (.QIF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:27 -msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"To import them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, " -"click on *Import Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *Import " -"Statement*." +"Odoo automatically creates all the underlying journal entries for all " +"accounting transactions (e.g., customer invoices, vendor bills, point-of-" +"sales orders, expenses, inventory valuations, etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:36 -msgid "Next, select the file you want to import and click on *Import*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Odoo opens an **import widget** to help you set the **Formatting Options** " -"and **map** the different columns you want to import." +"Odoo uses the double-entry bookkeeping system, whereby every entry needs a " +"corresponding and opposite counterpart in a different account, with one " +"account debited and the other credited. It ensures that all transactions are" +" recorded accurately and consistently and that the accounts always balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:217 +msgid ":doc:`Accounting Cheat Sheet <accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:70 +msgid "Accrual and cash basis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:72 msgid "" -"Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF) is an older file format that is no longer " -"supported since 2005. If possible, prefer OFX files over QIF." +"Both accrual and cash basis accounting are supported in Odoo. This allows " +"reporting income and expense either when the transaction occurs (accrual " +"basis) or when the payment is made or received (cash basis)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:50 -msgid "Register bank statements manually" -msgstr "Реєстрація банківської виписки в Odoo вручну" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:52 -msgid "If needed, you can also record your bank statements manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Cash basis <accounting/taxes/cash_basis>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:80 +msgid "Multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:82 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Overview --> Bank`, click on " -"*Create Statements*, or on the three dots, and then on *New Statement*." +"Several companies can be managed within the same database. Each company has " +"its :doc:`chart of accounts <accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`, " +"which is also useful to generate consolidation reports. Users can access " +"several companies but can only work on a single company's accounting at a " +"time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:88 +msgid "Multi-currency environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:90 msgid "" -"Add a new line for each transaction written on the original bank statement." +"A :doc:`multi-currency <accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` environment " +"with an automated exchange rate to ease international transactions is " +"available in Odoo. Every transaction is recorded in the company's default " +"currency; for transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both " +"the value in the company's currency and the transactions' currency value. " +"Odoo generates currency gains and losses after reconciling the journal " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:97 msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, make sure to fill out the *Partner* " -"field. You can also write the payments’ references in the *Label* field." +":doc:`Manage a bank in a foreign currency " +"<accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:100 +msgid "International standards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:102 msgid "" -"The *Ending Balance* and the *Computed Balance* should have the same amount." -" If it is not the case, make sure that there is no mistake in the " -"transactions’ amounts." +"Odoo Accounting supports more than 70 countries. It provides the central " +"standards and mechanisms common to all nations, and thanks to country-" +"specific modules, local requirements are fulfilled. Fiscal positions exist " +"to address regional specificities like the chart of accounts, taxes, or any " +"other requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:109 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal localization packages <fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_statements.rst:72 -msgid "add doc link to new documentation about reconciliation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:111 +msgid "Accounts receivable and payable" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Synchronization: Automatic Import" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"By default, there is a single account for the account receivable entries and" +" one for the account payable entries. As transactions are linked to your " +"**contacts**, you can run a report per customer, vendor, or supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The **Partner Ledger** report displays the balance of your customers and " +"suppliers. It is available by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Partner Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:123 +msgid "" +"The following financial :doc:`reports <accounting/reporting>` are available " +"and updated in real-time:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 +msgid "Financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +msgid "Statement" +msgstr "Виписка" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 +msgid "Balance sheet" +msgstr "Звіт балансу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 +msgid "Profit and loss" +msgstr "Доходи та витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:133 +msgid "Cash flow statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:38 +msgid "Tax report" +msgstr "Податковий звіт" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:137 +msgid "ES sales list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "Audit" +msgstr "Аудит" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:139 +msgid "General ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:141 +msgid "Trial balance" +msgstr "Оборотно-сальдова відомість" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:143 +msgid "Journal report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:145 +msgid "Intrastat report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:147 +msgid "Check register" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 +msgid "Partner" +msgstr "Партнер" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 +msgid "Partner ledger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:151 +msgid "Aged receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:153 +msgid "Aged payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Management" +msgstr "Управління" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:155 +msgid "Invoice analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:157 +msgid "Unrealized currency gains/losses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:159 +msgid "Depreciation schedule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:161 +msgid "Disallowed expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:163 +msgid "Budget analysis" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:165 +msgid "Product margins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:167 +msgid "1099 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:171 +msgid "" +":doc:`Create and customize reports <accounting/reporting/customize>` with " +"Odoo's report engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Odoo computes all accounting transactions for the specific tax period and " +"uses these totals to calculate the tax obligation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Once the tax report has been generated for a period, Odoo locks it and " +"prevents the creation of new journal entries involving VAT. Any correction " +"to customer invoices or vendor bills has to be recorded in the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Depending on the country's localization, an XML version of the tax report " +"can be generated to be uploaded to the VAT platform of the relevant taxation" +" authority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:5 +msgid "Bank synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The bank synchronization system directly connects with your bank institution" +" to automatically import all transactions into your database. It gives an " +"overview of your cash flow without logging into an online banking system or " +"waiting for paper bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:196 +msgid ":doc:`Bank synchronization <accounting/bank/bank_synchronization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:199 +msgid "Inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory valuations are " +"supported in Odoo. The available methods are standard price, average price, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last-In, First-Out)` and :abbr:`FIFO (First-In, First-Out).`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:206 +msgid "" +":doc:`View the impact of the valuation methods on transactions " +"<../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:210 +msgid "Retained earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by a business. Odoo " +"calculates current year earnings in real-time, so no year-end journal or " +"rollover is required. The profit and loss balance is automatically reported " +"on the balance sheet report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:220 +msgid "Fiduciaries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:222 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Accounting Firms` mode can be activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Firms mode`. When enabled:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:225 +msgid "The document's sequence becomes editable on all documents;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Total (tax incl.)` field appears to speed up and control the " +"encoding by automating line creation with the right account and tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Date` and :guilabel:`Bill Date` are pre-filled when " +"encoding a transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:229 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Quick encoding` option is available for customer invoices and " +"vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:5 +msgid "Bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can manage as many bank or cash accounts as needed on your database. " +"Configuring them well allows you to have all your banking data up-to-date " +"and ready for :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>` with your journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo Accounting, each bank account has a dedicated journal set to post " +"all entries in a dedicated account. Both the journal and the account are " +"automatically created and configured whenever you add a bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:16 +msgid "Cash journals and accounts must be configured manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Bank journals are displayed by default on the :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard` in the form of cards which include action buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Bank journals are displayed on the Accounting Dashboard and contain action " +"buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:27 +msgid "Manage your bank and cash accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:30 +msgid "Connect your bank for automatic synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To connect your bank account to your database, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`," +" select your bank in the list, click on :guilabel:`Connect`, and follow the " +"instructions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`bank/bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:40 +msgid "Create a bank account" +msgstr "Створіть банківський рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If your banking institution is not available in Odoo, or if you don't want " +"to connect your bank account to your database, you can configure your bank " +"account manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To manually add a bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank Account`, click on :guilabel:`Create it`" +" (at the bottom right), and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables " +"some features accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:51 +msgid "" +"A default bank journal is available and can be used to configure your bank " +"account by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Bank`. Open it and edit the different fields to " +"match your bank account information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:56 +msgid "Create a cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new cash journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`, click on :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select :guilabel:`Cash` in the :guilabel:`Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For more information on the accounting information fields, read the " +":ref:`bank_accounts/configuration` section of this page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:65 +msgid "" +"A default cash journal is available and can be used straight away. You can " +"review it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Journals --> Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:69 +msgid "Edit an existing bank or cash journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing bank journal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and select the journal you want to " +"modify." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can edit the accounting information and bank account number according to" +" your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Manually configure your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:109 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`bank/transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:91 +msgid "Suspense account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Bank statement transactions are posted on the :guilabel:`Suspense Account` " +"until the final reconciliation allows finding the right account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:97 +msgid "Profit and loss accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Profit Account` is used to register a profit when the ending " +"balance of a cash register differs from what the system computes, while the " +":guilabel:`Loss Account` is used to register a loss when the ending balance " +"of a cash register differs from what the system computes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:104 +msgid "Currency" +msgstr "Валюта" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:106 +msgid "You can edit the currency used to enter the statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:112 +msgid "Account number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you need to **edit your bank account details**, click on the external " +"link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Account Number`. On the new page, click " +"on the external link arrow next to your :guilabel:`Bank` and update your " +"bank information accordingly. These details are used when registering " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Edit your bank information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:123 +msgid "Bank feeds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bank Feeds` defines how the bank statements are registered. Three" +" options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Undefined yet`, which should be selected when you don’t know yet " +"if you will synchronize your bank account with your database or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Import (CAMT, CODA, CSV, OFX, QIF)`, which should be selected if " +"you want to import your bank statement using a different format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automated Bank Synchronization`, which should be selected if your" +" bank is synchronized with your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:141 +msgid "Outstanding accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:143 +msgid "" +"By default, payments are registered through transitory accounts named " +"**outstanding accounts**, before being recorded in your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:146 +msgid "" +"An **outstanding payments account** is where outgoing payments are posted " +"until they are linked with a withdrawal from your bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:148 +msgid "" +"An **outstanding receipts account** is where incoming payments are posted " +"until they are linked with a deposit from your bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:151 +msgid "" +"These accounts should be of :ref:`type <chart-of-account/type>` " +":guilabel:`Current Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The movement from an outstanding account to a bank account is done " +"automatically when you reconcile the bank account with a bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:158 +msgid "Default accounts configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The outstanding accounts are defined by default. If necessary, you can " +"update them by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Default Accounts` and update your :guilabel:`Outstanding " +"Receipts Account` and :guilabel:`Outstanding Payments Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:165 +msgid "Bank and cash journals configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can also set specific outstanding accounts for any journal with the " +":ref:`type <chart-of-account/type>` :guilabel:`Bank` or :guilabel:`Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:170 +msgid "" +"From your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the menu selection ⋮ of" +" the journal you want to configure, and click on :guilabel:`Configuration`, " +"then open the :guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Payments` tab. To display the " +"outstanding accounts column, click on the toggle button and check the " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts/Payments accounts`, then update the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst-1 +msgid "Select the toggle button and click on outstanding Accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If you do not specify an outstanding payments account or an outstanding " +"receipts account for a specific journal, Odoo uses the default outstanding " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank.rst:182 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is added as an outstanding receipts account or " +"outstanding payments account, when a payment is registered, the invoice or " +"bill's status is directly set to :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:7 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank institution to get all bank " "statements imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:10 msgid "" "To check if your bank is compatible with Odoo, go to `Odoo Accounting " "Features <https://www.odoo.com/page/accounting-features>`_, and click on " -"*See list of supported institutions*." +":guilabel:`See list of supported institutions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:15 -msgid "More than 20,000 institutions around the world are supported." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:14 +msgid "Odoo supports more than 25,000 institutions around the world." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:16 msgid "To connect to the banks, Odoo uses multiple web-services:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:18 msgid "**Plaid**: United States of America and Canada" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:19 msgid "**Yodlee**: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:21 -msgid "**Salt Edge**: Europe (:doc:`more information <saltedge>`)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Salt Edge <bank_synchronization/saltedge>`: Worldwide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:22 -msgid "**Ponto**: Europe (:doc:`more information <ponto>`)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Ponto <bank_synchronization/ponto>`: Europe" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:331 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:22 +msgid "" +":doc:`Enable Banking <bank_synchronization/enablebanking>`: Scandinavian " +"countries" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`transactions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:31 msgid "On-Premise users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:33 msgid "" "To be able to use this service, you need to have a valid Odoo Enterprise " "subscription. So make sure that your database is registered with your Odoo " @@ -272,76 +825,92 @@ msgid "" "don't have a firewall or a proxy blocking the following address:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:39 msgid "https://production.odoofin.com/" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:39 -msgid "First Synchronization" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:42 +msgid "First synchronization" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:44 msgid "" -"You can start synchronization either by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account` or via the configuration bar on " -"the accounting dashboard." +"You can start synchronization either by going to the Accounting app and " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Banks: Add a Bank" +" Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:47 msgid "" "Now you can search for your bank institution. Select it and follow the steps" " to synchronize with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:50 msgid "" "If you have any issues during your first synchronization, please verify that" -" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your adblocker is disabled." +" your web browser doesn't block pop-ups and that your ad-blocker is " +"disabled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:54 msgid "" -"During your first synchronization, you will be asked for a phone number to " -"secure your account. The reason we ask for such information is that we don't" -" want your data falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect " -"suspicious activity on your account, we block all requests coming from your " -"account, and you need to reactivate it using that phone number. The third-" -"party provider may request more information in order to connect with your " -"bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's servers." +"When choosing the date for the first bank statement synchronization, pick " +"the date when you start recording accounting transaction on your Odoo " +"accounting database. For example, if you import your closing balance in Odoo" +" on the 31/12/2022 and you start recording accounting transactions on the " +"01/01/2023, your synchronization date should be 01/01/2023." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You must provide a phone number during your first synchronization to secure " +"your account. We ask for such information because we don't want your data " +"falling into the wrong hands. Therefore, if we detect suspicious activities " +"on your account, we block all requests coming from your account, and you " +"need to reactivate it using that phone number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The third-party provider may request more information in order to connect " +"with your bank institution. This information is not stored on Odoo's " +"servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:68 msgid "" "By default, transactions fetched from an online source are grouped inside " "the same statement, and one bank statement is created per month. You can " "change the bank statement creation periodicity in your journal settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:72 msgid "" "You can find all your synchronizations by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`." +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:76 msgid "Synchronize manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:78 msgid "" "After your first synchronization, the created journals are synchronized by " "default every 12 hours. If you wish, you can synchronize manually by " -"clicking on the *Synchronize Now* button on the dashboard." +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:82 msgid "" -"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " -"Synchronization`, select your institution and then click on the *Fetch " -"Transactions* button." +"Or you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select your institution and then click " +"on the :guilabel:`fetch transactions` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:87 msgid "" "Some institutions do not allow transactions to be fetched automatically. For" " such institutions, during the automatic synchronization of the account, you" @@ -351,146 +920,146 @@ msgid "" "synchronizations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:93 msgid "Issues" msgstr "Проблеми" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:96 msgid "Synchronization in error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:98 msgid "" "To report a connection error to the `Odoo support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, select the connection that " -"failed, and copy the error description and the reference." +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard-->" +" Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`, select the " +"connection that failed, and copy the error description and the reference." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:103 msgid "Synchronization disconnected" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:105 msgid "" "If your connection with the proxy is disconnected, you can reconnect with " -"the proxy using the *Reconnect* button." +"the proxy using the :guilabel:`Fetch Account` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:109 msgid "" "This disconnection can be caused by the Odoo support. In this case, please " "contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ directly with your client" " id or the reference of the error listed in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:116 msgid "Migration process for users having installed Odoo before December 2020" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:118 msgid "" "If you are on-premise, please first make sure that your source is up-to-date" " with the latest version of Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:121 msgid "" "Users who have created a database before December 2020 need to install the " "new module manually to use the new functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:124 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`, remove the " -"default filter in the search bar and type: " -"**account_online_synchronization**. You can then click on the *Install* " -"button to install the new module." +"default filter in the search bar and type `account_online_synchronization`. " +"You can then click on :guilabel:`Install`. Finally, make sure all your users" +" refresh their Odoo page by pressing CTRL+F5." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Finally, make sure all your users refresh their Odoo page by pressing " -"CTRL+F5." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:130 msgid "" "All previous synchronizations are disconnected during the installation and " -"won't work anymore. You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " -"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online Synchronization`). " -"It is not possible to resynchronize these connections; you have to make new " -"ones." +"won't work anymore." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:131 msgid "" -"Please do not uninstall *account_online_sync* which is the previous module " -"for online synchronization. The new one overrides it." +"You can find them directly in the synchronization menu " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Online Synchronization`). It is not possible to resynchronize these " +"connections; you have to make new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:135 msgid "" -"By default *account_online_synchronization* is installed automatically with " -"Accounting." +"Do not uninstall `account_online_sync`, which is the previous module for " +"online synchronization. The new one overrides it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:137 +msgid "" +"By default, `account_online_synchronization` is installed automatically with" +" Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:81 msgid "FAQ" msgstr "FAQ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:143 msgid "The synchronization is not working in real-time. Is that normal?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:145 msgid "" "The process is not intended to work in real-time as third party providers " "synchronize your accounts at different intervals. To force the " -"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your *Accounting dashboard*," -" and click on the *Synchronize Now* button. You can also synchronize and " -"fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization`. Some providers only allow one refresh per day, so " -"it is possible that clicking on *Synchronize Now* does not get your latest " -"transactions if you already performed such action earlier in the day." +"synchronization and fetch the statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting " +"Dashboard`, and click on the :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` button. You can " +"also synchronize and fetch transactions through :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`. Some " +"providers only allow one refresh per day, so it is possible that clicking on" +" :guilabel:`Synchronize Now` does not get your latest transactions if you " +"already performed such action earlier in the day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:153 msgid "" -"A transaction can be visible on your bank account, but not be fetched if it " -"has the status *Pending*. Only transactions with the *Posted* status will be" -" retrieved. If it is not *Posted* yet, you will have to wait until the " -"status changes." +"A transaction can be visible on your bank account but not be fetched if it " +"has the status :guilabel:`Pending`. Only transactions with the " +":guilabel:`Posted` status will be retrieved. If the transaction is not " +"**Posted** yet, you will have to wait until the status changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:158 msgid "Is the Online Bank Synchronization feature included in my contract?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:160 msgid "" "**Community Version**: No, this feature is not included in the Community " "Version." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:161 msgid "" "**Online Version**: Yes, even if you benefit from the One App Free contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:162 msgid "" "**Enterprise Version**: Yes, if you have a valid enterprise contract linked " "to your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:165 msgid "Some banks have a status \"Beta.\" What does this mean?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:167 msgid "" "This means that banking institutions are not yet fully supported by our " "Third Party Provider. Bugs or other problems may arise. Odoo does not " @@ -500,11 +1069,11 @@ msgid "" " from the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:173 msgid "Why do my transactions only synchronize when I refresh manually?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:175 msgid "" "Some banks have additional security measures and require extra steps, such " "as an SMS/email authentication code or another type of MFA. Because of this," @@ -512,72 +1081,116 @@ msgid "" "provided." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:180 msgid "Not all of my past transactions are in Odoo, why?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:182 msgid "" "For some institutions, transactions can only be fetched up to 3 months in " "the past." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:185 msgid "Why don't I see any transactions?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:187 msgid "" "During your first synchronization, you selected the bank accounts you " "decided to synchronize with Odoo. If you didn't synchronize any of your " -"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Online Synchronization` to click on the *Fetch Accounts* button on the " -"connection." +"accounts, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization` to click on the " +":guilabel:`Fetch Account` button on the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:192 msgid "There may also be no new transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:194 msgid "" "If your bank account is properly linked to a journal and posted transactions" " are not visible in your database, please `submit a support ticket " "<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:198 msgid "How can I update my bank credentials?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:200 msgid "" -"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Online Synchronization`, open the connection you want to " -"update your credentials and click on the *Update Credentials* button." +"You can update your credentials by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Online Synchronization`,open the" +" connection you want to update your credentials and click on the " +":guilabel:`Update Credentials` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:204 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`bank_statements`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:3 +msgid "Enable Banking" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:205 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:110 -msgid ":doc:`ponto`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Enable Banking** is a third-party provider aggregating banking information" +" from bank accounts all in one place. It offers non-intrusive connectivity " +"to ASPSPs' official APIs across Europe without storing data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/bank_synchronization.rst:206 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`saltedge`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Banking logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:3 -msgid "Ponto as bank synchronization provider" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:13 +msgid "" +"**Odoo** synchronizes directly with banks to get access to all bank " +"transactions and automatically import them into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`../bank_synchronization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:18 +msgid "`Enable Banking website <https://enablebanking.com/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:24 +msgid "Link bank accounts with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:28 +msgid "Select your bank;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure you give your consent to share your account information with Odoo " +"by clicking :guilabel:`Continue authentication`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:0 +msgid "Enable Banking authentication page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/enablebanking.rst:36 +msgid "Finally, you are redirected to your bank's login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:3 +msgid "Ponto" +msgstr "Ponto" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:5 msgid "" "**Ponto** is a service that allows companies and professionals to aggregate " "their accounts in one place and directly see all their transactions within " @@ -585,155 +1198,170 @@ msgid "" "number of bank institutions that can be synchronized with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst-1 +msgid "Logo of the Ponto brand" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:13 msgid "" "**Odoo** can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:16 msgid "" "Ponto is a paid third-party provider that can handle the synchronization " "between your bank accounts and Odoo. `Its pricing is 4€/month per " "account/integration <https://myponto.com/en#pricing>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:20 -msgid "" -"You can find more information about bank synchronization :doc:`on this page " -"<bank_synchronization>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../transactions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:27 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Ponto" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:29 msgid "Go to `Ponto's website (https://myponto.com) <https://myponto.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:30 msgid "Create an account if you don't have one yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:31 msgid "Once you are logged in, create an *organization*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Fill out the form to add an organization in Ponto." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Accounts --> Live`, and click on *Add account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 msgid "You might have to add your **Billing Information** first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:39 msgid "" "Select your country, your bank institutions, give your consent to Ponto, and" " follow the steps on-screen to link your bank account with your Ponto " "account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Add bank accounts to your Ponto account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure to add all bank accounts you want to synchronize with your Odoo " "database before moving on to the next steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:50 msgid "Link your Ponto account with your Odoo database" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:52 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:53 msgid "" "Search your institution, make sure to select the right institution. By " "selecting the institution, you can verify that the third party provider is " "Ponto." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:55 msgid "Click on *Connect* and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:56 msgid "" "At some point, you will have to authorize the accounts you want to access in" " Odoo. Please select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize. Even the " "ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:0 +msgid "Selection of the accounts you wish to synchronize with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:64 msgid "Finish the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:67 msgid "" -"You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo but, Odoo " -"will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected at the second" +"You have to authorize all the accounts you want to access in Odoo, but Odoo " +"will filter the accounts based on the institution you selected in the second" " step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:71 msgid "Update your synchronization credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:73 msgid "" "You might have to update your Ponto credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:87 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to fetch the other " "accounts. Click on *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:79 msgid "" "During the update, select **all the accounts** you want to synchronize, even" " the ones coming from other banking institutions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:69 msgid "Fetch new accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:71 msgid "You might want to add new online accounts to your connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:91 msgid "" "Don't forget to keep authorization for existing accounts (for all " "institutions that you have synchronized with Ponto)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:98 msgid "After my synchronization, no account appears" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:100 msgid "" "You selected an institution from the list and did not authorize any accounts" " from this institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:103 msgid "I have an error about that my authorization has expired" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:105 msgid "" "Every **3 months** (90 days) you must re-authorize the connection between " "your bank account and Ponto. This must be done from the `Ponto website " @@ -741,60 +1369,60 @@ msgid "" "stop for these accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:110 msgid "I have some errors with my beta institution" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:112 msgid "" "Ponto provides institutions in *beta*, these institutions are not directly " "supported by Odoo and we advise you to contact Ponto directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/ponto.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/ponto.rst:116 msgid "" "Using an institution in beta is beneficial for Ponto, it allows them to have" " real feedback on the connection with the institution." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:3 -msgid "Salt Edge as bank synchronization provider" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:3 +msgid "Salt Edge" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:5 msgid "" "**Salt Edge** is a third-party provider that aggregates banking information " "from your bank accounts. It supports ~5000 institutions in more than 50 " "countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst-1 +msgid "Salt Edge Logo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:14 msgid "" "Odoo can synchronize directly with your bank to get all bank statements " "imported automatically into your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:16 -msgid "Salt Edge is a free third-party provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:25 msgid "Link your bank accounts with Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:27 msgid "" "Start synchronization by clicking on :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Add a Bank Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:29 msgid "" "Select the institution you want to synchronize. You can see if Salt Edge is " "the third party provider of the institution by selecting it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:31 msgid "" "After giving your phone number, you are asked for an email address. This " "email address is used to create your Salt Edge account. Please make sure you" @@ -802,31 +1430,44 @@ msgid "" "your Salt Edge account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Email address to provide to Salt Edge for the creation of your account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:40 msgid "" "After entering your email address, you are redirected to Salt Edge to " "continue the synchronization process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge Login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:47 msgid "Make sure you give your consent by checking the consent checkbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:0 +msgid "Salt Edge give consent page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:53 msgid "Complete the synchronization by following the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:57 msgid "Update your credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:59 msgid "" "You might have to update your Salt Edge credentials or modify the " "synchronization settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:61 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution you want to update credentials. " @@ -834,25 +1475,25 @@ msgid "" "steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:77 msgid "" "Don't forget to check the consent checkbox. Otherwise, Odoo may not be able " "to access your information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:73 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Online " "Synchronization` and select the institution to fetch the new accounts. Click" " on the *Fetch Accounts* button to start the flow and follow the steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:84 msgid "I have an error when I try to delete my synchronization within Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:86 msgid "" "Odoo can't permanently delete the connection you have created with the " "banking institution. However, it can revoke the consent you gave so that " @@ -865,25 +1506,25 @@ msgid "" "record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:95 msgid "I have an error saying that I have already synchronized this account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:97 msgid "" "You have probably already synchronized your bank account with Salt Edge, " "please check on your `dashboard <https://www.saltedge.com/dashboard>`_ that " "you don't already have a connection with the same credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:101 msgid "" "In case you already have a synchronization with the same credentials present" " on your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization has not been created " "with Odoo, please delete it and create it from your Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/feeds/saltedge.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:105 msgid "" "In case you already have a connection with the same credentials present on " "your Salt Edge dashboard and this synchronization was created with Odoo, you" @@ -892,971 +1533,11 @@ msgid "" "*Update Credentials* to reactivate the connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc.rst:3 -msgid "Miscellaneous" -msgstr "Різне" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:3 +msgid "Cash register" +msgstr "Касова скринька" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:3 -msgid "Do a bank wire transfer from one bank to another" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:5 -msgid "" -"A company might have several bank accounts or cash registers. Within odoo it" -" is possible to handle internal transfers of money with only a couple of " -"clicks." -msgstr "" -"Компанія може мати кілька банківських рахунків або касових апаратів. В межах" -" odoo можна обробляти внутрішні перекази грошей лише за кілька натискань." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example to illustrate. My company has two bank " -"accounts and I want to transfer 50.000 euros from one of our bank accounts " -"to the another one." -msgstr "" -"Ми покажемо такий приклад. У моєї компанії є два банківські рахунки, і я " -"хочу перевести 50 000 євро з одного з наших банківських рахунків на інший." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:17 -msgid "Check your Chart of Accounts and default transfer account" -msgstr "Перевірте свій графік рахунків та рахунок переказу за замовчуванням" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To handle internal transfers you need a transfer account in your charts of " -"account. Odoo will generate an account automatically based on the country of" -" your chart of account. To configure your chart of accounts and check the " -"default transfer account go into the accounting module settings, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Для обробки внутрішніх переказів вам потрібен рахунок переказу у вашому " -"плані рахунків. Odoo автоматично створить рахунок на основі країни вашого " -"плану рахунків. Щоб налаштувати ваш план рахунків і перевірити рахунок " -"переказів за замовчуванням, перейдіть до налаштувань модуля бухобліку, " -"виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Your chart of accounts will be pre-installed depending on the country " -"specified during your registration, it cannot be changed." -msgstr "" -"Ваш графік рахунків буде попередньо встановлено залежно від країни, " -"зазначеної під час реєстрації, її неможливо змінити." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:31 -msgid "" -"The default transfer account will automatically be generated as well " -"depending on your country's legislation. If necessary it can be modified " -"from the same page." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок переміщення за замовчуванням буде автоматично створений також " -"залежно від законодавства вашої країни. При необхідності його можна змінити " -"з тієї ж сторінки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:39 -msgid "Create a second bank account / Journal" -msgstr "Створіть другий банківський рахунок/журнал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Before we can register an internal transfer we need to add a new bank to our" -" accounting dashboard. To do so enter the accounting module, click on " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Bank Accounts`. Create a new bank account." -" You should fill in the **Account Number**. You can also create and edit " -"your bank to specify your bank's details." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж ми можемо зареєструвати внутрішнє переміщення, нам потрібно додати " -"новий банківський рахунок на нашу інформаційну панель Бухобліку. Для цього " -"введіть модуль Бухобліку, натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Банківські рахунки`. Створіть новий банківський рахунок. Ви повинні " -"заповнити **номер рахунку**. Ви також можете створювати та редагувати свій " -"банківський рахунок, щоби вказати деталі свого банку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:50 -msgid "By saving the changes you now have 2 bank accounts." -msgstr "Після збереження змін у вас тепер є 2 банківських рахунки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:56 -msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another." -msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте внутрішній переказ з одного банківського рахунку на інший" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:58 -msgid "" -"We will now transfer 50.000 euros from our **Bank** to our **Bank BE57 0633 " -"9533 1498** account." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ми перерахуємо 50 000 євро з нашого **банківського рахунку** на " -"рахунок **BE57 0633 9533 1498**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:62 -msgid "Log an internal transfer" -msgstr "Введіть внутрішній переказ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The first step is to register the internal payment. To do so go into your " -"accounting dashboard, click on the **more** button of one of your banks and " -"select :menuselection:`New --> Internal transfer`." -msgstr "" -"Перший крок - зареєструвати внутрішній платіж. Для цього перейдіть на свою " -"інформаційну панель Бухобліку. натисніть на кнопку **більше** одного з ваших" -" банків і виберіть :menuselection:`Новий --> Внутрішній переказ`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Create a new payment. The payment type will automatically be set to internal" -" transfer. Select the **Bank** you want to transfer to, specify the " -"**Amount** and add a **Memo** if you wish." -msgstr "" -"Створіть новий платіж. Тип платежу буде автоматично встановлено як внутрішнє" -" переміщення. Виберіть **Банк**, куди ви хочете виконати переміщення, " -"вкажіть **Суму** та додайте **Примітку**, якщо хочете." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The memo is important if you wish to automatically reconcile (see `Import " -"bank statements and reconcile`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:82 -msgid "Save and confirm the changes to register the payment." -msgstr "Збережіть та підтвердіть зміни, щоб зареєструвати платіж." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:84 -msgid "" -"In terms of accounting the money is now booked in the transfer account. " -"We'll need to import bank statements to book the money in the final " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"З точки зору бухгалтерського обліку гроші зараз бронюються на рахунок " -"переказу. Нам потрібно буде імпортувати банківські виписки, щоб зарахувати " -"гроші кінцевому рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:89 -msgid "Import bank statements and reconcile" -msgstr "Імпортуйте банківські виписки та узгодьте їх" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Note that the bank balance computed by Odoo is different that the last " -"statement of your bank." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що баланс, який обчислюється Odoo, відрізняється від останньої " -"банківської виписки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:97 -msgid "" -"That is because we did not import the bank statement confirming the " -"receiving and sending of the money. It's thus necessary to import your bank " -"statement and reconcile the payment with the correct bank statement line. " -"Once you receive your bank statements click the **new statement** button of " -"the corresponding bank to import them." -msgstr "" -"Це тому, що ми не імпортували банківську виписку, яка підтверджує отримання " -"та відправлення грошей. Таким чином, потрібно імпортувати банківську виписку" -" та узгодити платіж із правильним рядком виписки банку. Як тільки ви " -"отримаєте свої банківські виписки, натисніть кнопку **нова виписка** " -"відповідного банку, щоб імпортувати їх." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Fill in your **Transactions line**. Once done, Odoo will display a " -"**Computed Balance**. that computed balance is the theorical end balance of " -"your bank account. If it's corresponding to the bank statement, it means " -"that no errors were made. Fill in the **Ending balance** and click on the " -"**Reconcile** button." -msgstr "" -"Заповніть **Рядок транзакцій**. Після завершення роботи, Odoo покаже " -"**Розрахований баланс**, що розрахунковий баланс є теоретичним кінцевим " -"балансом вашого банківського рахунку. Якщо це відповідає банківській " -"виписці, це означає, що помилок зроблено не було. Заповніть **Кінцевий " -"баланс** і натисніть кнопку **Узгодити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:114 -msgid "The following window will open:" -msgstr "Відкриється наступне вікно:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:119 -msgid "" -"You need to choose counterparts for the payment. Select the correct bank " -"statement line corresponding to the payment and click on the **reconcile** " -"button. Close the statement to finish the transaction" -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно вибрати аналоги для платежу. Виберіть правильний рядок " -"банківської виписки, яка відповідає зазначеному параметру, та натисніть " -"кнопку **узгодити**. Закрийте виписку, щоб завершити транзакцію." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/misc/interbank.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The same steps will need to be repeated once you receive your second bank " -"statement. Note that if you specify the same amount and the same memo in " -"both bank statements and payment transactions then the reconciliation will " -"happen automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ці ж кроки потрібно буде повторити після отримання другої банківського " -"виписки. Зауважте, що якщо ви вказуєте однакову суму та однакову примітку як" -" у банківських виписках, так і в платіжних операціях, тоді узгодження " -"відбудеться автоматично." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:179 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:153 -msgid "Bank Reconciliation" -msgstr "Узгодження банківських виписок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:3 -msgid "Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "Шаблони узгодження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " -"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " -"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " -"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " -"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " -"doc will have been updated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " -"refer to :doc:`this documentation " -"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:21 -msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:23 -msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:25 -msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:26 -msgid "" -":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:27 -msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:32 -msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:34 -msgid "" -"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " -"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " -"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" -" different Reconciliation Model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:45 -msgid "Suggest counterpart values" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:47 -msgid "" -"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " -"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " -"defined in the reconciliation model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:57 -msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:59 -msgid "" -"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " -"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " -"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" -" the reconciliation model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:71 -msgid "" -"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " -"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " -"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" -" on *Reconciliation Models*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " -"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " -"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," -" then fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "Type" -msgstr "Тип" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:90 -msgid "" -"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " -"different types of Reconciliation Models." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:94 -msgid "" -"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " -"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " -"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " -"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:100 -msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" -msgstr "Умови на рядку банківського рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:102 -msgid "" -"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " -"to be applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:105 -msgid "" -"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" -" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " -"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" -"dropping the handle next to the name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:114 -msgid "Counterpart Values" -msgstr "Протилежні значення" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:116 -msgid "" -"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " -"Model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:118 -msgid "" -"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " -"click on *Add a second line*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`use_cases`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:108 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models.rst:129 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Bank reconciliation process - use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Співставлення банківських виписок із вашими бухгалтерськими записами може " -"бути втомливим завданням. Потрібно знайти відповідні рахунки-фактури, " -"порівняти суми та реквізити партнерів з тими, що містяться у виписці з " -"банку. Ці кроки можуть зайняти багато часу. На щастя, за допомогою Odoo ви " -"можете легко співставити рахунки-фактури чи будь-який інший платіжний " -"документ із вашими банківськими виписками." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "В Odoo існує дві опції процесу узгодження." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "Ми можемо вказувати платіж прямо на рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "Ми можемо узгодити відкриті рахунки з банківськими виписками" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:18 -msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." -msgstr "" -"Немає спеціальних налаштувань для запису рахунків. Усе, що нам потрібно " -"зробити, це встановити модуль бухобліку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:25 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:28 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "Випадок 1: Реєстрація платежів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:30 -msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." -msgstr "" -"Ми отримали підтвердження оплати нашого рахунку в розмірі 2100 євро, " -"виданого Smith & Co." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:33 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." -msgstr "" -"Ми починаємо з нашого рахунка в 2100 євро на Smith & Co. Оскільки проданий " -"товар - це послуга, ми вимагаємо негайної оплати. Наш бухгалтер обробляє " -"банківські виписки лише в кінці тижня, тому нам потрібно позначити цей " -"рахунок-фактуру як сплачений, щоби вказати, що ми можемо почати надавати " -"послуги нашому клієнту." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "" -"Наш клієнт надсилає нам підтвердження платежу. Таким чином, ми можемо " -"зареєструвати платіж та позначити рахунок як оплачений." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Натиснувши **зареєструвати платіж,** ми надаємо інформацію в Odoo про те, що" -" наш клієнт оплатив рахунок. Таким чином, нам потрібно вказати суму та " -"спосіб оплати." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ми можемо завжди знаходити деталі платежу в рахунку, натиснувши " -":menuselection:`Інформація --> Відкрити платіж`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:58 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура сплачена, і **узгодження було здійснено автоматично.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:62 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "Випадок 2: узгодження банківських звітів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "" -"Почнемо з нашого виставленого рахунку-фактури у розмірі 3000 євро для " -"компанії Smith & Co.. Давайте також припустимо, що інші рахунки-фактури " -"відкриті для різних клієнтів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "" -"Ми отримуємо нашу банківську виписку і виявляємо, що сплачений не лише " -"рахунок-фактура, видана Smith & Co, але і Buzz у розмірі 92 євро." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:73 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "" -"**Імпортуйте** або **Створіть** банківські виписки. Будь ласка, зверніться " -"до документів у розділі Банківські виписки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:79 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "На інформаційній панелі натисніть **Узгодити # Елементів**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:84 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "" -"Якщо все було правильно (правильне ім'я партнера, потрібна сума), odoo " -"**автоматично** виконуватиме узгодження." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:90 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" -"Якщо виявлено деякі проблеми, вам потрібно буде вжити **заходів вручну**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, якщо у вашій банківській виписці відсутній партнер, просто " -"заповніть його:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:98 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "" -"Якщо оплата здійснюється за допомогою авансового платежу, просто перевірте, " -"чи це правильно, і перевірте всі пов'язані платежі:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation/use_cases.rst:105 -msgid "Hit CTRL-Enter to reconcile all the balanced items in the sheet." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть CTRL-Enter, щоб узгодити всі збалансовані елементи у звітах." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:168 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:3 -msgid "Bank Accounts" -msgstr "Банківські рахунки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"You can manage as many **Bank Accounts** as needed on your database. " -"Configuring them well allows you to make sure that all your banking data is " -"up to date and ready for the reconciliation with your *Journal Entries*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:9 -msgid "" -"In Odoo Accounting, each Bank Account is configured to have a dedicated " -"*Journal* which is configured to post all entries in a dedicated *Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Whenever you add a Bank Account, a dedicated journal and a dedicated account" -" are automatically created and configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Every **Bank Journal** is displayed by default on the **Accounting " -"Overview** in the form of a convenient card. It includes action buttons that" -" are displayed when appropriate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:25 -msgid "Add a new Bank Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"You can either connect your bank account to your Odoo database, or configure" -" your bank account manually and :doc:`upload the bank statements manually " -"<../feeds/bank_statements>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:31 -msgid "Bank Synchronization" -msgstr "Синхронізація з банком" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To synchronize a new bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then find your bank in the " -"list, click on *Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this bank synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:48 -msgid "Manual configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:53 -msgid "" -"To add a new bank account manually, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration`, click on *Add a Bank Account*, then on *Create it*, and fill" -" out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:65 -msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:66 -msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " -"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" -" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:71 -msgid "" -"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " -"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " -"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " -"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo detects the bank account type (e.g., IBAN) and enables some features " -"accordingly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Advanced configuration" -msgstr "Розширені налаштування" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To edit an existing bank account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Bank Accounts`, and open the bank account you want to " -"modify." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:80 -msgid "" -"If you need to edit the bank account details, go to the *Bank Account* field" -" and click on the *External Link* button next to the list arrow. There, you " -"can edit the bank account's number, Account Holder, Account Holder Name, and" -" your Bank Institution's details by clicking on the *External Link* next to " -"the *Bank* field. These details are used to register some payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You can configure which types of payments are enabled in the **Payment " -"Method Types** section and how the bank statements are recorded and posted " -"in the **Bank Statements** section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:192 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:94 -msgid ":doc:`../feeds/bank_statements`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:194 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a bank in a foreign currency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:5 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " -"company. Reports are all based on the currency of the company. But for " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo кожна операція фіксується у валюті за замовчуванням компанії. Звіти " -"складаються з урахуванням валюти компанії. Але для операцій, що відбуваються" -" в іншій валюті, Odoo зберігає як вартість у валюті компанії, так і вартість" -" у валюті операції." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:11 -msgid "" -"When you have a bank account in a foreign currencies, for every transaction," -" Odoo stores two values:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є банківський рахунок в іноземній валюті, для кожної транзакції " -"Odoo зберігає два значення:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:14 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the company" -msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті компанії" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:16 -msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the bank account" -msgstr "Дебет/кредит у валюті банківського рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated automatically using yahoo.com, or the European " -"Central bank web-services." -msgstr "" -"Курси валют оновлюються автоматично за допомогою модуля синхронізації з " -"Нацбанком України." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:25 -msgid "Activate the multi-currency feature" -msgstr "Активуйте мультивалютну функцію" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In order to allow your company to work with multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the multi-currency mode. In the accounting application, go into " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting & Finance " -"Features` make sure the **Allow Multi-currencies** box is ticked. Provide a " -"**Currency Exchange Gain / Loss** account, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб ваша компанія могла працювати з кількома валютами, потрібно активувати " -"режим мультивалют. У бухгалтерській програмі перейдіть до розділу " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Функції бухгалтерського " -"обліку та фінансування` переконайтеся, що позначено поле **Дозволити " -"мультивалютність**. Надайте облік **Доходів/витрат курсової різниці** та " -"натисніть **Застосувати**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:34 -msgid "Configure currencies" -msgstr "Налаштуйте валюту" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once the Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, you should " -"activate the currencies you plan to work with. To do that, go to the menu " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. All the currencies are " -"created by default, but you should activate the ones you plan to support (to" -" activate a currency, check its \"Active\" field)." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як Odoo буде налаштоване на підтримку кількох валют, вам слід " -"активувати валюти, з якими ви плануєте працювати. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть " -"в меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Усі валюти створюються за " -"замовчуванням, але вам слід активувати ті, з які ви плануєте підтримувати " -"(щоб активувати валюту, позначте це поле, як \"Активно\")." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:42 -msgid "" -"After having activated the currencies, you can configure the parameters to " -"automate the currency rate update. These options are also in the settings of" -" the Accounting application, in the bottom of the page:" -msgstr "" -"Після активації валют ви можете налаштувати параметри для автоматизації " -"оновлення курсу валюти. Ці параметри також знаходяться в налаштуваннях " -"бухгалтерської програми у нижній частині сторінки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:49 -msgid "Click on the **Update Now** link to update the currency rates now." -msgstr "Натисніть посилання **Оновити зараз**, щоб оновити курси валют зараз." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:52 -msgid "Create a new bank account" -msgstr "Створіть новий банківський рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, we first go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Accounting / Bank account`, and we create a new one." -msgstr "" -"У бухгалтерській програмі ми спочатку переходимо до " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Бухоблік / Банківський рахунок`, і " -"створюємо новий." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once you save this bank account, Odoo will create all the documents for you:" -msgstr "" -"Після збереження цього банківського рахунку Odoo створить для вас всі " -"документи:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:63 -msgid "An account in the trial balance" -msgstr "Обліковий запис у пробному балансі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:65 -msgid "A journal in your dashboard" -msgstr "Журнал на інформаційній панелі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Information about the bank account in the footer of your invoices if checked" -" the box **Show in Invoices Footer**" -msgstr "" -"Інформація про банківський рахунок у нижньому куті ваших рахунків-фактур, " -"якщо позначено **Показати в нижній частині рахунка-фактури**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:71 -msgid "Example: A vendor bill in a foreign currency" -msgstr "Приклад: рахунок постачальника в іноземній валюті" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Based on the above example, let's assume we receive the following bill from " -"a supplier in China." -msgstr "" -"Виходячи з наведеного вище прикладу, припустимо, що ми отримуємо наступний " -"рахунок від постачальника у Китаї." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Purchase --> Vendor Bills` , this is what you could " -"see:" -msgstr "" -"У :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальника` , те, що ви можете " -"бачити:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Once you are ready to pay this bill, click on register payment on the bill " -"to record a payment." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви готові оплатити цей рахунок, натисніть зареєструвати платіж на " -"рахунку, щоб записати платіж." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:87 -msgid "" -"That's all you have to do. Odoo will automatically post the foreign exchange" -" gain or loss at the reconciliation of the payment with the invoice, " -"depending if the currency rate increased or decreased between the invoice " -"and the payment date." -msgstr "" -"Це все, що вам потрібно зробити. Odoo автоматично публікує прибуток або " -"витрати в іноземній валюті при узгодженні платежу з рахунком-фактурою, " -"залежно від того, збільшився чи зменшився курс валюти між рахунком-фактурою " -"та датою платежу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In such a case, " -"Odoo will automatically convert between the two currencies." -msgstr "" -"Зауважте, що ви можете оплатити іноземний рахунок іншою валютою. У такому " -"випадку Odoo буде автоматично конвертувати між двома валютами." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:96 -msgid "Customers Statements" -msgstr "Звірки з клієнтами" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Customers and vendor statements are managed in the currency of the invoice. " -"So, the amount due by your customer (to your vendor) is always expressed in " -"the currency of the invoice." -msgstr "" -"Звірки з клієнтами та постачальниками керуються у валюті рахунка-фактури. " -"Таким чином, сума, яка належить вашим клієнтам (вашим постачальникам), " -"завжди виражається у валюті рахунка-фактури." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:102 -msgid "" -"If you have several invoices with different currencies for the same " -"customer, Odoo will split the customer statement by currency, as shown in " -"the report below." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є кілька рахунків-фактур із різними валютами для одного і того ж " -"клієнта, Odoo розділить виписку клієнта за валютою, як показано у звіті " -"нижче." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:109 -msgid "" -"In the above report, the account receivable associated to Camptocamp is not " -"managed in a secondary currency, which means that it keeps every transaction" -" in its own currency. If you prefer, you can set the account receivable for " -"this customer in a secondary currency and all its debts will automatically " -"be converted to this currency." -msgstr "" -"У вищезгаданому звіті дебіторська заборгованість, пов’язана з Camptocamp, не" -" керується у вторинній валюті, що означає, що вона зберігає кожну операцію у" -" власній валюті. Якщо ви віддаєте перевагу цьому, ви можете встановити " -"дебіторську заборгованість за цим клієнтом у вторинній валюті, і всі його " -"борги автоматично конвертуються у цю валюту." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/foreign_currency.rst:115 -msgid "" -"In such a case, the customer statement always has only one currency. In " -"general, this is not what the customer expect as he prefers to see the " -"amounts in the currency of the invoices he received;" -msgstr "" -"У такому випадку у звірці з клієнтом завжди є лише одна валюта. Загалом, це " -"не те, що очікує клієнт, оскільки він вважає за краще бачити суми у валюті " -"отриманих рахунків-фактур." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a cash register" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:5 msgid "" "The cash register is a journal to register receivings and payments " "transactions. It calculates the total money in and out, computing the total " @@ -1865,7 +1546,7 @@ msgstr "" "Касовий облік - це журнал для реєстрації дебіторської та платіжної операцій." " Він обчислює загальну суму грошей через загальний баланс." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:14 msgid "" "Configure the Cash journal in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Journals`." @@ -1873,7 +1554,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштуйте готівковий журнал :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> " "Журнали`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:17 msgid "" "In the tab Journal Entries, the Default Debit and Credit Account can be " "configured as well as the currency of the journal" @@ -1881,17 +1562,17 @@ msgstr "" "У вкладці Записи журналу можна налаштувати дебетове та кредитне повідомлення" " за замовчуванням, а також валюту журналу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:262 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:34 msgid "Usage" msgstr "Застосування" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:24 msgid "How to register cash payments?" msgstr "Як зареєструвати грошові оплати?" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:26 msgid "" "To register a cash payment specific to another customer, you should follow " "these steps:" @@ -1899,7 +1580,7 @@ msgstr "" "Щоб зареєструвати готівковий платіж, специфічний для іншого клієнта, " "необхідно виконати такі дії:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:29 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Dashboard --> Cash --> Register " "Transactions`" @@ -1907,21 +1588,21 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Панель приладів --> Готівка --> " "Реєстрація транзакцій`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:32 msgid "Fill in the start and ending balance" msgstr "Заповніть початковий та кінцевий баланс" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:34 msgid "" "Register the transactions, specifying the customers linked to the " "transaction" msgstr "Зареєструйте транзакції, вказавши клієнтів, пов'язаних з транзакцією" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:37 msgid "Put money in" msgstr "Покладіть гроші" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:39 msgid "" "Put money in is used to placed your cash manually before starting your " "transactions. From the Register Transactions window, go to " @@ -1931,11 +1612,11 @@ msgstr "" " ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до " ":menuselection:`Більше --> Покласти гроші`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:47 msgid "Take money out" msgstr "Візьміть гроші" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:49 msgid "" "Take money out is used to collect/get yor your cash manually after ending " "all your transactions. From the Register Transaction windows, go to " @@ -1945,12357 +1626,814 @@ msgstr "" "після закінчення всіх ваших транзакцій. З вікна Транзакції каси перейдіть до" " :menuselection:`Більше --> Забрати гроші`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/setup/manage_cash_register.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:56 msgid "" "The transactions will be added to the current cash payment registration." msgstr "Операції будуть додані до поточної реєстрації грошових оплат." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Localizations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Manage a bank account in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations.rst:3 -msgid "Localizations" -msgstr "Локалізації" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:17 -msgid "Argentina" -msgstr "Аргентина" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:6 -msgid "Webinars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " -"and how to configure it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/c41-8cVaYAI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:11 -msgid "`ECOMMERCE <https://youtu.be/5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Argentinean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13, in " -"this version the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar**: This module add accounting features for the Argentinian " -"localization, which represent the minimal configuration needed for a company" -" to operate in Argentina and under the AFIP (Administración Federal de " -"Ingresos Públicos) regulations and guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_reports**: Add VAT Book report which is a legal requirement in " -"Argentine and that holds the VAT detail info of sales or purchases recorded " -"on the journal entries. This module includes as well the VAT summary report " -"that is used to analyze the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:27 -msgid "" -"**l10n_ar_edi**: This module includes all technical and functional " -"requirements to generate Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the " -"AFIP regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:35 -msgid "Install the Argentinean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:37 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Argentina. Then click *Install* for " -"the first two modules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:43 -msgid "Configure your company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your " -"company data. Additional to the basic information, a key field to fill in " -"the AFIP Responsibility Type, that represent the fiscal obligation and " -"structure of the company:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:64 -msgid "Chart of Account" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In Accounting settings there are three available packages of Chart of " -"accounts, which are related to the AFIP responsibility type of the Company, " -"considering that if the base companies don't require as many accounts as the" -" companies that gave more complex fiscal requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:60 -msgid "Monotributista (149 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:61 -msgid "IVA Exempto (159 accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:62 -msgid "Responsables Inscriptos (166 Accounts)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:240 -msgid "Configure Master data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:71 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:74 -msgid "Environment" -msgstr "Середовище" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, Testing " -"and Production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Testing is provided so that the Companies can test their developments until " -"they are ready to move into the Production environment. As these two " -"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " -"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization` " -"to select the environment:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:89 -msgid "AFIP Certificates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice and other afip services work with WebServices (WS) " -"provided by the AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:92 -msgid "" -"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" -" a Digital Certificate if you don’t have one already." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Generate certificate Sign Request (Odoo). When this option is selected a " -"file with extension ``.csr`` (certificate signing request) is generated to " -"be used the AFIP portal to request the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Generate Certificate (AFIP). Access the AFIP portal and follow the " -"instructions described in the next document in order to get a certificate. " -"`Get AFIP Certificate " -"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/WSAA/wsaa_obtener_certificado_produccion.pdf>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo). Once the certificate has been " -"generated, it needs to be uploaded in Odoo, using the pencil next in the " -"field “Certificado” and selecting the corresponding file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:112 -msgid "" -"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " -"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " -"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:322 -msgid "Partner" -msgstr "Партнер" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:325 -msgid "Identification Type and VAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:122 -msgid "" -"As part of the Argentinean localization, the document types defined by the " -"AFIP are now available on the Partner form, this information is essential " -"for most transactions. There are six identification types available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The complete list of Identification types defined by the AFIP is included in" -" Odoo but only the common ones are active." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:134 -msgid "AFIP Responsibility Type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:136 -msgid "" -"In Argentina the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the AFIP Responsibility type, this field " -"should be defined in the partner form:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:143 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:198 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Taxes" -msgstr "Податки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:145 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically " -"with their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:208 -msgid "Taxes Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:154 -msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:156 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several percentages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:157 -msgid "Perception. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on Invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:158 -msgid "Retention. Advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:159 -msgid "Otros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:162 -msgid "Special Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Some argentine taxes are not commonly used for all companies, these type of" -" taxes are included as inactive by default, it's important that before " -"creating a new tax you confirm if they are not already included in the " -"Inactive taxes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:224 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:274 -msgid "Document Types" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:174 -msgid "" -"In some Latin America countries, including Argentina, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Argentina case: " -"AFIP)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:178 -msgid "" -"The document type is an essential information that needs to be displayed in " -"the printed reports and that needs to be easily identified, within the set " -"of invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type include the country" -" on which the document is applicable and the data is created automatically " -"when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:185 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:237 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:245 -msgid "" -"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " -"activated if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:195 -msgid "Letters" -msgstr "Листи" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:197 -msgid "" -"For Argentina, the document types include a letter that helps that indicates" -" the transaction/operation, example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:200 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2B transaction, a document type \"A\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:201 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to a B2C transaction, a document type \"B\" must " -"be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:202 -msgid "" -"When an invoice is related to exportation transaction, a document type \"E\"" -" must be used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:204 -msgid "" -"The documents included in the localization have the proper letter " -"associated, the user doesn't need to configure anything additional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:249 -msgid "Use on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:213 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:251 -msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:215 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal use " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:216 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:259 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:296 -msgid "Journals" -msgstr "Журнали" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:222 -msgid "" -"In the Argentinean localization the Journal can have a different approach " -"depending on its usage and internal type, to configure you journals go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:226 -msgid "" -"For Sales and Purchase Journals it’s possible to enable the option *Use " -"Documents*, this indicates the Journal enables a list of document types that" -" can be related to the Invoices and vendor Bills, for more detail of the " -"invoices, please refer to the section 2.3 Document Types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If the Sales/Purchase journal are used without the option *Use Documents* it" -" because they won’t be used to generate fiscal invoices, but mostly for " -"account moves related to internal control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:234 -msgid "AFIP Information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:239 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS System**: This field is only visible for the Sales journals and " -"defined the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the transactions " -"for which the journal is created. The AFIP POS defines as well:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:243 -msgid "The sequences of document types related to the Web service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:244 -msgid "The structure and data of the electronic invoice file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:247 -msgid "Web Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:248 -msgid "" -"``wsfev1: Electronic Invoice.`` This is the most common service, is used to " -"generated invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:250 -msgid "" -"``wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond.`` For those who invoice capital goods " -"and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy. For more detail you can refer to the next link: `Fiscal" -" Bond <https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" -"capital>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:254 -msgid "" -"``wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice.`` Used to generate invoices for " -"international customers and transactions that involve exportation process, " -"the document type related is type “E”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:260 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Number**: This is the number configured in the AFIP to identify " -"the operations related to this AFIP POS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:263 -msgid "" -"**AFIP POS Address**: This field is related to commercial address registered" -" for the POS, which is usually the same address than the Company. For " -"example: has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then AFIP will require that " -"you have one AFIP POS per location: this location will be printed in the " -"invoice report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:268 -msgid "" -"**Unified Book**: When AFIP POS System is Preimpresa the document types " -"(applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share the same " -"sequence. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:271 -msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:272 -msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:273 -msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:276 -msgid "Sequences" -msgstr "Послідовності" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:277 -msgid "" -"In case that you want to synchronize the next number in the sequence in Odoo" -" based on the next number in the AFIP POS, the next button that is visible " -"under :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` can be " -"used:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:285 -msgid "" -"When creating the Purchase journals, it's possible to define if they can be " -"related to document types or not. In case that the option to use documents " -"is selected, there is no need to manually associate the document type " -"sequences as the document number is provided by the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:291 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:348 -msgid "Usage and testing" -msgstr "Використання та тестування" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:294 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:173 -msgid "Invoice" -msgstr "Рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:296 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, when the " -"invoices are created the will have the next behaviour:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:300 -msgid "Document type assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:302 -msgid "" -"Once the partner is selected the document type will filled automatically, " -"based on the AFIP document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:305 -msgid "**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:310 -msgid "**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:315 -msgid "**Exportation Invoice, prefix E**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:320 -msgid "" -"As it is shown in the invoices, all of them use the same journal but the " -"prefix and sequence is given by the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:323 -msgid "" -"The most common document type will be defined automatically for the " -"different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated " -"manually by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:328 -msgid "Electronic Invoice elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:329 -msgid "" -"When using electronic invoice, if all the information is correct the Invoice" -" is posted in the standard way, in case that something needs to be addressed" -" (check the section common errors for more detail), an error message is " -"raised indicating the issue/proposed solution and the invoice remains in " -"draft until the related data is corrected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:334 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " -"and status is displayed in the AFIP Tab, including:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:337 -msgid "AFIP Autorisation: CAE number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:338 -msgid "" -"Expiration date: Deadline to deliver the invoice to the customers. Normally " -"10 days after the CAE is generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:340 -msgid "Result:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:342 -msgid "Aceptado en AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:343 -msgid "Aceptado con Observaciones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:349 -msgid "Invoice Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:351 -msgid "" -"Based on the AFIP Responsibility type, the VAT tax can have a different " -"behavior on the pdf report:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:354 -msgid "" -"**A. Tax excluded:** In this case the taxed amount needs to be clearly " -"identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer has the " -"following AFIP Responsibility type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:357 -msgid "Responsable Inscripto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:362 -msgid "" -"**B. Tax amount included:** This means that the taxed amount is included as " -"part of the product price, subtotal and totals. This condition applies when " -"the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:366 -msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:367 -msgid "Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:368 -msgid "Responsable Monotributo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:369 -msgid "IVA liberado." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:376 -msgid "Special Use Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:379 -msgid "Invoices for Services" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:380 -msgid "" -"For electronic invoices that include Services, the AFIP requires to report " -"the service starting and ending date, this information can be filled in the" -" tab “Other Info”:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:386 -msgid "" -"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the" -" values will be filled automatically considering the beginning and day of " -"the invoice month:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:394 -msgid "Exportation Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:395 -msgid "" -"The invoices related to Exportation transactions required a Journal that " -"used the AFIP POS System “Expo Voucher - Web Service” so the proper document" -" type be associated:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:401 -msgid "" -"When the customer selected in the Invoice has set the AFIP responsibility " -"type as “Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior” or “IVA Liberado – Ley Nº " -"19.640”, Odoo automatically assigned:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:404 -msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:405 -msgid "Exportation document type ." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:406 -msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:407 -msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:408 -msgid "Exempt Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:414 -msgid "" -"The Exportation Documents required the Incoterm in :menuselection:`Other " -"Info --> Accounting`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:421 -msgid "Fiscal Bond" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:422 -msgid "" -"The Electronic Fiscal bond is used for those who invoice capital goods and " -"wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by the " -"Ministry of Economy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:425 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:450 -msgid "" -"For these transactions it’s important to have into consideration the next " -"requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:427 -msgid "Currency (according to parameter table) and invoice quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:428 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:150 -msgid "Taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:429 -msgid "Zone." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:430 -msgid "Detail each item." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:432 -msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:433 -msgid "Complete description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:434 -msgid "Unit Net Price." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:435 -msgid "Quantity." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:436 -msgid "Unit of measurement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:437 -msgid "Bonus." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:438 -msgid "VAT rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:442 -msgid "Electronic Credit Invoice MiPyme (FCE)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:444 -msgid "" -"**Invoices:** There are several document types classified as Mipyme also " -"known as Electronic Credit Invoice (FCE in spanish), which is used to " -"impulse the SME, its purpose is to develop a mechanism that improves the " -"financing conditions of these companies and allows them to increase their " -"productivity, through the early collection of credits and receivables issued" -" to their clients and / or vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:452 -msgid "Specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:453 -msgid "The emisor should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyme transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:454 -msgid "The amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:455 -msgid "" -"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" -" can’t be validated, having these errors messages for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:461 -msgid "" -"**Credit& Debit Notes:** When creating a Credit/Debit note related to a FCE " -"document, it is important take the next points into consideration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:464 -msgid "" -"Use the Credit and Debit Note buttons, so the correct reference of the " -"originator document passed to the note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:470 -msgid "" -"The document letter should be the same than the originator document (either " -"A or B)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " -"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " -"different between the emission day and the payment date, it’s possible to " -"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:476 -msgid "In the workflow we can have two scenarios:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:478 -msgid "" -"The FCE is rejected so the Credit Note should have the field “FCE, is " -"Cancellation?” as True." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:479 -msgid "" -"The Credit Note, is created with the negative amount to annulate the FCE " -"document, in this case the field “FCE, is Cancellation?” must be empty " -"(false)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:486 -msgid "Invoice printed report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:487 -msgid "" -"The PDF report related to electronic invoices that have been validated by " -"the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which represent the " -"CAE number, the Expiration Date is also displayed as it’s legal requirement:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:496 -msgid "Troubleshooting and Auditing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:497 -msgid "" -"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes you can get the detailed " -"information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:507 -msgid "" -"You can also get the last number used in AFIP for a specific Document Type " -"and POS Number as support for any possible issues on the sequence " -"synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:515 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:645 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:517 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the document " -"type is now a required field. This value is auto populated based on the AFIP" -" Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but the value can be switched " -"if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:524 -msgid "" -"The document number needs to be registered manually and the format is " -"validated automatically, in case that the format is invalid a user error " -"will be displayed indicating the correct format that is expected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:531 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way that the invoices with " -"the difference that the document sequence is input by the user: “Document " -"Prefix - Letter - Document number\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:536 -msgid "Validate Vendor Bill number in AFIP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:537 -msgid "" -"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " -"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinian Localization --> " -"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:541 -msgid "" -"**Not available:** The verification is not done (this is the default value)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:542 -msgid "" -"**Available:** The verification is done, in case the number is not valid " -"it only raises a warning but it allows you to post the vendor bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:544 -msgid "" -"**Required:** The verification is done and it doesn't allow the user to " -"post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:551 -msgid "How to use it in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:552 -msgid "" -"This tool incorporates in the vendor bill a new \"Verify on AFIP\" button " -"located next to the AFIP Authorization code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:558 -msgid "" -"In case it’s not a valid AFIP authorization the value “Rejected” will be " -"displayed and the details of the validation will be added to the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:566 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:477 -msgid "Special Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:568 -msgid "Untaxed Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:569 -msgid "" -"There are some transactions that include items that are not part of the VAT " -"base amount, this is commonly used in fuel and gasoline invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:572 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount and an additional item to register the amount of" -" the Exempt concept:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:579 -msgid "Perception Taxes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:580 -msgid "" -"The vendor bill will be registered using 1 item for each product that is " -"part of the VAT base amount, the perception tax can be added in any of the " -"product lines, as result we will have one tax group for the VAT and one for " -"the perception, the perception default value is always 1.00." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:588 -msgid "" -"You should use the pencil that is the next to the Perception amount to edit " -"it and set the correct amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:594 -msgid "After this is done the invoice can be validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:598 -msgid "Reports" -msgstr "Звіти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:600 -msgid "As part of the localization the next Financial reports were added:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:606 -msgid "VAT Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:609 -msgid "Libro de IVA Ventas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:615 -msgid "Libro de IVA Compras" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:621 -msgid "Resumen de IVA" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:627 -msgid "IIBB - Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:630 -msgid "IIBB - Ventas por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/argentina.rst:636 -msgid "IIBB - Compras por Jurisdicción" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:3 -msgid "Australia" -msgstr "Австралія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:8 -msgid "KeyPay Australian Payroll" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:10 -msgid "" -"The KeyPay Module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., expenses, " -"social charges, liabilities, taxes) from KeyPay to Odoo automatically. " -"Payroll administration is still done in KeyPay. We only record the journal " -"entries in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:15 -msgid "Configuration Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:17 -msgid "Create a company located in Australia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Check that the Australian localization module (Australia - Accounting) is " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:19 -msgid "Configure the *KeyPay API*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:25 -msgid "" -"More fields become visible after clicking on *Enable KeyPay Integration*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:31 -msgid "" -"You can find the API Key in the *My Account* section of the KeyPay platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with " -"``https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au``. *Please do not change it.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:39 -msgid "You can find the **Business ID** in the KeyPay URL. (i.e., ``189241``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:45 -msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:48 -msgid "How does the API work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:50 -msgid "" -"The API syncs the journal entries from KeyPay to Odoo and leaves them in " -"draft mode. The reference includes the KeyPay payslip entry ID in brackets " -"for the user to easily retrieve the same record in KeyPay and Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:59 -msgid "The API sync is triggered by scheduled actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:65 -msgid "" -"KeyPay payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping. Debit " -"must equal credit (like in Odoo)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:68 -msgid "" -"The accounts used by KeyPay are defined in the section **Payroll settings**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/australia.rst:74 -msgid "" -"For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " -"accounts of your KeyPay business (**same name and same code**) in Odoo. You " -"also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate accurate " -"financial reports." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:3 -msgid "Chile" -msgstr "Чилі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:10 -msgid "" -"`VIDEO WEBINAR OF CHILEAN LOCALIZATION: INTRO AND DEMO " -"<https://youtu.be/BHnByZiyYcM>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:11 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF DELIVERY GUIDE <https://youtu.be/X7i4PftnEdU>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" -" version, the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " -"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " -"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " -"guidelines." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " -"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:26 -msgid "" -"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8" -" columnas)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:32 -msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:34 -msgid "" -"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " -"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " -"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " -"automatically with E-invoicing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:43 -msgid "" -"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " -"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:48 -msgid "Company Settings" -msgstr "Налаштування компанії" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " -"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " -"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" -" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:56 -msgid "" -"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " -"if your company already passed the `Certification process " -"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " -"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " -"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " -"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" -" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " -"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " -"is required in order to complete this certification." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:66 -msgid "Fiscal Information" -msgstr "Фіскальна інформація" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " -"register, follow the instructions on each section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:186 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " -"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " -"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" -" send invoices to your customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:87 -msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:89 -msgid "" -"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," -" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " -"configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" -" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:215 -msgid "Certificate" -msgstr "Сертифікат" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:103 -msgid "" -"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" -" with the extension ``.pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " -"your file and password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:114 -msgid "" -"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" -" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " -"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " -"user, just define the users in the certificate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:119 -msgid "" -"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " -"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " -"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate’s " -"legal representative RUT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:696 -msgid "Financial Reports" -msgstr "Фінансові звіти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:126 -msgid "" -"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" -" of the company configuration:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:226 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies.rst:3 -msgid "Multicurrency" -msgstr "Мультивалютність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " -"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " -"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " -"rate updates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:145 -msgid "Chart of accounts" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " -"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " -"in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:70 -msgid "Default Account Payable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:152 -msgid "Default Account Receivable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:153 -msgid "Transfer Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:154 -msgid "Conversion Rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:158 -msgid "Master Data" -msgstr "Основні дані" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:166 -msgid "" -"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" -" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " -"for most transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:174 -msgid "TaxpayerType" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:176 -msgid "" -"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " -"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " -"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " -"sure this value is set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:188 -msgid "" -"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " -"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " -"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:200 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" -" their related financial account and configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:210 -msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:212 -msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:213 -msgid "" -"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " -"different rate." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:217 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:265 -msgid "Fiscal Positions" -msgstr "Схеми оподаткування" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " -"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:226 -msgid "" -"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" -" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:230 -msgid "" -"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" -" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " -"invoices as well of account moves." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " -"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " -"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " -"module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:253 -msgid "" -"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " -"documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " -"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:265 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:267 -msgid "" -"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " -"example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:269 -msgid "Ventas Santiago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:270 -msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:272 -msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:274 -msgid "Cashier 1." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:275 -msgid "Cashier 2." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:279 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "Purchases" -msgstr "Купівлі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:281 -msgid "" -"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " -"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " -"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " -"registered using this model, for example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:285 -msgid "Tax Payments to government." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:286 -msgid "Employees payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:292 -msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:294 -msgid "" -"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " -"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " -"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " -"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:298 -msgid "" -"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " -"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " -"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " -"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:308 -msgid "" -"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " -"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " -"cases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:312 -msgid "CAF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:314 -msgid "" -"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" -" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " -"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:318 -msgid "" -"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " -"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " -"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " -"document type and it will be applied on all journals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:322 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the SII documentation to check the detail on how to acquire " -"the CAF: `SII Timbraje <https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:326 -msgid "" -"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " -"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " -"your environment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:333 -msgid "" -"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " -"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:336 -msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:337 -msgid "Upload the file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:338 -msgid "Save the CAF." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:344 -msgid "" -"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " -"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " -"first folio in the sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:348 -msgid "" -"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" -" the next valid folio when the first transation is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:354 -msgid "Usage and Testing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:357 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:359 -msgid "" -"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " -"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" -" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " -"the customers and Vendors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:369 -msgid "Customer invoice Emission" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:371 -msgid "" -"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" -" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " -"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:375 -msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:383 -msgid "Validation and DTE Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:385 -msgid "" -"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" -" when it’s created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " -"After the invoice is posted:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:388 -msgid "" -"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" -" the chatter." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:389 -msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:395 -msgid "" -"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" -" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " -"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " -"follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:404 -msgid "" -"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" -" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " -"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " -"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:409 -msgid "" -"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " -"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " -"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:418 -msgid "" -"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " -"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you " -"will receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:426 -msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:429 -msgid "" -"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " -"now fiscally valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:432 -msgid "" -"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " -"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " -"valid and it’s automatically sent to the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:440 -msgid "" -"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " -"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" -" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " -"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:445 -msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:447 -msgid "Change the document to draft." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:448 -msgid "" -"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:449 -msgid "Post the invoice again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:457 -msgid "Crossed references" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:459 -msgid "" -"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " -"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" -" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " -"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " -"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:469 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:450 -msgid "Invoice PDF Report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:471 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is Accepted and valdiated by the SII and the PDF is " -"printed it includes the fiscal elements that indicates out document is " -"fiscally valid:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:480 -msgid "Commercial Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:482 -msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:484 -msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:485 -msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:486 -msgid "" -"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" -" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:488 -msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:496 -msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:498 -msgid "" -"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " -"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to " -"proceed is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. " -"Please refer to the Credit Notes section for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:507 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:426 -msgid "Common Errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:509 -msgid "" -"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " -"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:512 -msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:514 -msgid "" -"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" -" and City." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:516 -msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:518 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:522 -msgid "" -"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " -"on each invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:520 -msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:524 -msgid "" -"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : (Firma_DTE" -"[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:527 -msgid "" -"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you’re " -"using is expired." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:529 -msgid "" -"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " -"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:532 -msgid "" -"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " -"Customer and in the main company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:535 -msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:537 -msgid "" -"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " -"the `Certification process " -"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" -" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" -" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " -"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:546 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:556 -msgid "Credit Notes" -msgstr "Сторно" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:548 -msgid "" -"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " -"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " -"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " -"SII." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:557 -msgid "" -"Refer to the CAF section where we described the process to load the CAF on " -"each document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:561 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:613 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Використовувати досвід" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:564 -msgid "Cancel Referenced document" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:566 -msgid "" -"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit" -" note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " -"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:574 -msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:576 -msgid "" -"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " -"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" -" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " -"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:584 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " -"0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:591 -msgid "" -"It’s important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " -"it is taken for this use case in specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:595 -msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:597 -msgid "" -"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" -" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " -"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:606 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:584 -msgid "Debit Notes" -msgstr "Дебіторські повернення" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:608 -msgid "" -"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " -"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " -"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are " -"detailed below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:616 -msgid "Add debt on Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:618 -msgid "" -"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " -"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " -"SII:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:626 -msgid "" -"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " -"reference section:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:633 -msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:635 -msgid "" -"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " -"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " -"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:647 -msgid "" -"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " -"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:650 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:5 msgid "" -"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " -"on this information." +"In Odoo, every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the " +"company, and reports are all based on that default currency. When you have a" +" bank account in a foreign currency, for every transaction, Odoo stores two " +"values:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:651 -msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:9 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *company*;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:652 -msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:10 +msgid "The debit/credit in the currency of the *bank account*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:656 -msgid "Reception" -msgstr "Надходження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:658 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:12 msgid "" -"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" -" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " -"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " -"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +"Currency rates are updated automatically using the web services of a banking" +" institution. By default, Odoo uses the European Central Bank's web services" +" but other options are available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:668 -msgid "Acceptation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:19 +msgid "Activate multi-currencies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:670 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:21 msgid "" -"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill, you can " -"accept the document using the button: Aceptar Documento, once this is done " -"the DTE Acceptation Status changes to: Accepted and an email of acceptance " -"is sent to the vendor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:680 -msgid "Claim" +"To work with multiple currencies, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and tick :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Currencies`. Under :guilabel:`Post Exchange difference entries in:`, provide" +" a :guilabel:`Journal`, a :guilabel:`Gain Account`, a :guilabel:`Loss " +"Account`, and then click on :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:682 -msgid "" -"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " -"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using " -"the button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " -"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:27 +msgid "Configure currencies" +msgstr "Налаштуйте валюту" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:690 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " -"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " -"should be canceled as they won’t be valid for your accounting records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:699 -msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +"Once Odoo is configured to support multiple currencies, they are all created" +" by default, but not necessarily active. To activate the new currencies, " +"click on :guilabel:`Activate Other Currencies` under the :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Currencies` setting or go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Accounting: Currencies`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:701 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:34 msgid "" -"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " -"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " -"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" -" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +"When the currencies are activated, you can choose to **automate** the " +"currency rate update, or leave it on **manual**. To configure the rate " +"update, go back to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings" +" --> Currencies`, check :guilabel:`Automatic Currency Rates`, set " +":guilabel:`Interval` to your desired frequency, and then click on " +":guilabel:`Save`. You also have the option to choose the :guilabel:`Service`" +" you wish to obtain currency rates from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:705 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:721 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Reports`" +"Click on the Update now button (:guilabel:`🗘`) besides the :guilabel:`Next " +"Run` field to update the currency rates manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:712 -msgid "Propuesta F29" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:714 -msgid "" -"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " -"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" -" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " -"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Create a new bank account" +msgstr "Створіть новий банківський рахунок" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/chile.rst:718 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:46 msgid "" -"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE’s) that have " -"been received by the SII." +"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals` and create a new one. Enter a :guilabel:`Journal" +" Name` and set the :guilabel:`Type` to `Bank`. In the :guilabel:`Journal " +"Entries` tab, enter a **short code**, a **currency**, and then finally click" +" on the :guilabel:`Bank Account` field to create a new account. In the pop-" +"up window of the account creation, enter a name, a code (ex.: 550007), set " +"its type to `Bank and Cash`, set a currency type, and save. When you are " +"back on the **journal**, click on the :guilabel:`Account Number` field, and " +"in the pop-up window, fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number`, " +":guilabel:`Bank` of your account, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:37 -msgid "Colombia" -msgstr "Колумбія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/BOzucXRUZDE>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a created bank journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:59 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia is available from Odoo 12 and requires the" -" next modules:" +"Upon creation of the journal, Odoo automatically links the bank account to " +"the journal. It can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`." msgstr "" -"Електронне виставлення рахунків для Колумбії можна отримати з Odoo 12 і " -"вимагає наступних модулів:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: All the basic data to manage the accounting module, contains " -"the default setup for: chart of accounts, taxes, retentions, identification " -"document types" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:63 +msgid "Vendor bill in a foreign currency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:65 msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: This module includes all the extra fields that are required" -" for the Integration with Carvajal T&S and generate the electronic invoice, " -"based on the DIAN legal requirements." +"To pay a bill in a foreign currency, simply select the currency next to the " +":guilabel:`Journal` field and register the payment. Odoo automatically " +"creates and posts the foreign **exchange gain or loss** as a new journal " +"entry." msgstr "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Цей модуль включає у себе всі додаткові поля, необхідні для" -" інтеграції з T&S Carvajal, і генерування електронного рахунку-фактури на " -"основі правових вимог DIAN." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:27 -msgid "Workflow" -msgstr "Робочий процес" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:37 -msgid "Install the Colombian localization modules" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "How to set a bill currency." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:74 msgid "" -"For this, go in Apps and search for Colombia. Then click Install for the " -"first two modules." -msgstr "" -"Для цього перейдіть у Додатки та знайдіть Колумбію. Потім натисніть кнопку " -"Встановити для перших двох модулів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:47 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal T&S web service" +"Note that you can pay a foreign bill with another currency. In that case, " +"Odoo automatically converts between the two currencies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Once that the modules are installed, in order to be able to connect with " -"Carvajal T&S Web Service, it's necessary to configure the user and " -"credentials, this information will be provided by Carvajal T&S." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:78 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses Report" msgstr "" -"Після того, як модулі встановлені, для того, щоб мати можливість " -"з'єднуватися з веб-службою Carvajal T&S, необхідно налаштувати користувача " -"та облікові дані, цю інформацію буде надано Carvajal T&S." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:80 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look " -"for the *Colombian Electronic Invoice* section." +"This report gives an overview of all unrealized amounts in a foreign " +"currency on your balance sheet, and allows you to adjust an entry or " +"manually set an exchange rate. To access this report, go to " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Management: Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses`." +" From here, you have access to all open entries in your **balance sheet**." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" -" знайдіть розділ *Колумбійські електронні рахунки*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Using the Testing mode it is possible to connect with a Carvajal T&S testing" -" environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the CEN Financiero portal, which is accessible here: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Unrealized Gains/Losses journal." msgstr "" -"Використовуючи режим тестування, можна підключитися до середовища тестування" -" Carvisal T&S. Це дозволяє користувачам перевіряти повний робочий процес та " -"інтеграцію з порталом CEN Financiero, доступним тут: " -"https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:89 msgid "" -"Once that Odoo and Carvajal T&S is fully configured and ready for production" -" the testing environment can be disabled." +"If you wish to use a different currency rate than the one set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`, " +"click the :guilabel:`Exchange Rates` button and change the rate of the " +"foreign currencies in the report." msgstr "" -"Після того, як Odoo та Carvajal T&S повністю налаштовані та готові до " -"виробництва, середовище тестування може бути вимкнено." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "Configure your report data" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Menu to manually change exchange rates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:97 msgid "" -"As part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML, you can " -"define the data for the fiscal section and the bank information in the PDF." -msgstr "" -"Як частина налаштованої інформації, що надсилається в XML, можна визначити " -"дані для фіскального розділу та банківську інформацію в PDF-файлі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:83 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" +"When manually changing **exchange rates**, a yellow banner appears allowing " +"you to reset back to Odoo's rate. To do so, simply click on :guilabel:`Reset" +" to Odoo's Rate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:89 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Ідентифікація" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:91 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -"DIAN are now available on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have " -"their identification number and document type set:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Banner to reset back to Odoo's rates." msgstr "" -"Як частина колумбійської локалізації, типи документів, визначені DIAN, тепер" -" доступні у формі Партнера. Колумбійські партнери повинні мати свій " -"ідентифікаційний номер і тип документа:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:104 msgid "" -"When the document type is RUT the identification number needs to be " -"configured in Odoo including the verification digit, Odoo will split this " -"number when the data to the third party vendor is sent." -msgstr "" -"Коли тип документа RUT, ідентифікаційний номер повинен бути налаштований в " -"Odoo, включаючи перевірочну цифру, Odoo буде розділяти цей номер, коли " -"передаються дані третій стороні." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +"In order to update your **balance sheet** with the amount of the " +":guilabel:`adjustment` column, click on the :guilabel:`Adjustment Entry` " +"button. In the pop-up window, select a :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Expense Account` and :guilabel:`Income Account` to calculate and " +"process the **unrealized gains and losses**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:109 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module given that is part of the " -"information required by the DIAN ." +"You can set the date of the report in the :guilabel:`Date` field. Odoo " +"automatically reverses the booking entry to the date set in " +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`." msgstr "" -"Коди відповідальності партнера (розділ 53 документа RUT) включені як частина" -" модуля електронного рахунку, який є частиною інформації, що вимагається " -"DIAN." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:112 msgid "" -"These fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & Purchase " -"Tab --> Fiscal Information`" +"Once posted, the :guilabel:`adjustment` column should indicate `0.00`, " +"meaning all **unrealized gains/losses** have been adjusted." msgstr "" -"Ці поля можна знайти в :menuselection:`Партнер --> Продажі & Вкладка купівлі" -" --> Фіскальна інформація`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Additionally two booleans fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Unrealized Currency Gains/Losses report once adjusted." msgstr "" -"Додатково було додано два булевих поля для визначення фіскального режиму " -"партнера." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If your sales transactions include products with taxes, it's important to " -"consider that an extra field *Value Type* needs to be configured per tax. " -"This option is located in the Advanced Options tab." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:55 +msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -"Якщо ваші операції з продажу включають товари з податками, важливо " -"враховувати, що додаткове поле *Тип значення* має бути налаштовано на " -"податок. Цей параметр знаходиться на вкладці Додаткові параметри." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure your taxes. This configuration is used in order to correctly " -"display taxes in the invoice PDF." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"Типи податку на утримання (ICA, IVA, Fuente) також включені до опцій " -"налаштування податків. Ця конфігурація використовується для коректного " -"відображення податків у форматі PDF." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"Once the DIAN has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " -"electronic invoice resolution, the Sales journals related to your invoice " -"documents need to be updated in Odoo. The sequence can be accessed using " -"the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`: " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Configuration Setting --> " -"Journals`." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once that the sequence is opened, the Prefix and Next Number fields should " -"be configured and synchronized with the CEN Financiero." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -"Після того, як послідовність відкрита, поля Префікс і Наступний номер " -"повинні бути налаштовані і синхронізовані з CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:159 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Користувачі" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:161 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so these fields should be configured:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -"Шаблон за замовчуванням, який використовується Odoo на рахунку-фактурі PDF, " -"включає позицію продавця, тому ці поля повинні бути налаштовані:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:175 -msgid "" -"When all your master data and credentials has been configured, it's possible" -" to start testing the electronic invoice workflow." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" msgstr "" -"Після налаштування всіх основних даних і облікових даних можна почати " -"тестування робочого процесу електронного рахунку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:180 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:30 -msgid "Invoice creation" -msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields:" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" msgstr "" -"Функціональний робочий процес, який відбувається перед перевіркою рахунка-" -"фактури, не змінюється. Основними змінами, що вводяться в електронний " -"рахунок, є наступні поля:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:189 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "Є три типи документів:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular type of document and its " -"applicable for Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" msgstr "" -"**Factura Electronica**: Цей документ є звичайним типом і застосовується до " -"рахунків-фактур, сторно і дебетове повернення." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " "transactions." msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: Цей параметр слід вибирати для операцій " -"імпортування." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:195 -msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup in case that the company is not able to use the ERP and it's " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually, when this invoice is added to " -"the ERP, this invoice type should be selected." -msgstr "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: Це винятковий тип, який використовується як " -"ручне резервне копіювання у випадку, якщо компанія не може використовувати " -"ERP, і необхідно генерувати рахунок вручну, коли цей рахунок додано до ERP, " -"цей тип рахунку-фактури слід вибрати." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:203 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:386 -msgid "Invoice validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:205 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated an XML file is created and sent automatically" -" to Carvajal, this file is displayed in the chatter." -msgstr "" -"Після підтвердження рахунку XML-файл створюється і автоматично надсилається " -"до Carvajal, цей файл відображається в чаті." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:211 -msgid "" -"An extra field is now displayed in \"Other Info\" tab with the name of the " -"XML file. Additionally there is a second extra field that is displayed with " -"the Electronic Invoice status, with the initial value \"In progress\":" -msgstr "" -"Додаткове поле тепер відображається на вкладці \"Інша інформація\" з назвою " -"файлу XML. Крім того, є друге додаткове поле, яке відображається зі статусом" -" електронного рахунку, з початковим значенням \"In progress\":" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:221 -msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:223 -msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it, if everything is correct the " -"invoice status changes to \"Validated\" after using the \"Check Carvajal " -"Status\" button in the Action dropdown. They then proceed to generate a " -"Legal XML which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF" -" invoice that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated." -msgstr "" -"Постачальник електронного рахунку отримує XML-файл і продовжує перевірку " -"структури та інформації в ньому, якщо все правильно, зміна статусу рахунка-" -"фактури на \"Перевірено\" після використання кнопки \"Перевірити стан " -"Carvajal\" у спадному меню Дія. Потім вони починають генерувати правовий " -"XML, який включає цифровий підпис і унікальний код (CUFE), а також " -"генерується фактура PDF, яка включає QR-код і CUFE." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:231 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "Після цього:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:233 -msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -msgstr "" -"ZIP, що містить XML документів, і PDF-файл завантажується і відображається у" -" чаті рахунка-фактури:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:240 -msgid "The Electronic Invoice status changes to \"Accepted\"" -msgstr "Стан електронного рахунку змінюється на \"Прийнято\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:244 -msgid "Common errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:246 -msgid "" -"During the XML validation the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." -msgstr "" -"Під час перевірки XML найпоширеніші помилки, як правило, пов'язані з " -"відсутністю основних даних. У таких випадках повідомлення про помилку " -"відображаються в чаті після оновлення статусу електронного рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:253 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button:" -msgstr "" -"Після виправлення основних даних можна повторно обробити XML з новими даними" -" і надіслати оновлену версію за допомогою наступної кнопки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia.rst:267 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice, " -"the functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" -"Процес отримання кредитових та дебетових повернень точно такий же, як і " -"рахунок-фактура, функціональний робочий процес також залишається незмінним." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:3 -msgid "Colombia (ES)" -msgstr "Колумбія (ES)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:6 -msgid "Introducción" -msgstr "Introducción" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:8 -msgid "" -"La Facturación Electrónica para Colombia está disponible en Odoo 12 y " -"requiere los siguientes Módulos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co**: Contiene los datos básicos para manejar el módulo de " -"contabilidad, incluyendo la configuración por defecto de los siguientes " -"puntos:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:15 -msgid "Plan Contable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:124 -msgid "Impuestos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:17 -msgid "Retenciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:18 -msgid "Tipos de Documentos de Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:20 -msgid "" -"**l10n_co_edi**: Este módulo incluye todos los campos adicionales que son " -"requeridos para la Integración entre Carvajal T&S y la generación de la " -"Factura Electrónica, basado en los requisitos legales de la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:26 -msgid "Flujo General" -msgstr "Flujo General" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:33 -msgid "Configuración" -msgstr "Configuración" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:36 -msgid "Instalación de los módulos de Localización Colombiana" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" -msgstr "" -"Para esto ve a las aplicaciones y busca “Colombia”, luego da click en " -"Instalar a los primeros dos módulos:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:46 -msgid "Configuración de las credenciales del Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que los módulos están instalados, para poderte conectar con el " -"Servicio Web de Carvajal T&S, es necesario configurar el Usuario y las " -"Credenciales. Esta información será provista por Carvajal T&S." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Facturación --> Configuración --> Configuración` y " -"busca la sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:57 -msgid "" -"La funcionalidad de pruebas le permite conectarse e interactuar con el " -"ambiente piloto de Carvajal T&S, esto permite a los usuarios probar el flujo" -" completo y la integración con el Portal Financiero CEN, al cual se accede a" -" través de la siguiente liga: `Cenfinanciero " -"<https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Una vez que el ambiente de producción está listo en Odoo y en Carvajal T&S " -"el ambiente de pruebas debe ser deshabilitado para poder enviar la " -"información al ambiente de producción de Carvajal, para el cual es utilizada" -" la siguiente URL: `Cenfinanciero <https://cenfinancierolab.cen.biz>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:69 -msgid "Configuración de Información para PDF" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la información configurable que es enviada en el XML, puedes " -"definir los datos de la sección fiscal del PDF, así como de la información " -"Bancaria." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Ve a :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Ajustes` y busca la " -"sección **Facturación Electrónica Colombiana**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:82 -msgid "Configuración de los Datos Principales Requeridos en el XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:85 -msgid "Contacto (Tercero)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:88 -msgid "Identificación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:90 -msgid "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." -msgstr "" -"Como parte de la Localización Colombiana, los tipos de documentos definidos " -"por la DIAN ahora están disponibles en el formulario de Contactos, por lo " -"cual ya es posible asignarles su número de identificación asociado al tipo " -"de documento correspondiente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:98 -msgid "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." -msgstr "" -"Nota: Cuando el tipo de documento es RUT la identificación necesita ser " -"ingresada en Odoo incluyendo el Dígito de Verificación. Odoo separará este " -"número cuando la información sea enviada a los proveedores terceros." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:105 -msgid "Estructura Fiscal (RUT)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:107 -msgid "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." -msgstr "" -"Los Códigos de tipo de Obligación aplicables a los terceros (sección 53 en " -"el documento de RUT), son incluidos como parte del módulo de Facturación " -"Electrónica, dado que es información requerida por la DIAN." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Estos campos se encuentran en :menuselection:`Contactos --> Pestaña de " -"Ventas y Compras --> Información Fiscal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." -msgstr "" -"Adicionalmente dos últimos campos fueron agregados para especificar el " -"régimen fiscal del contacto. Cabe aclarar que para envío de Factura " -"electrónica de Carvajal, únicamente se hace distinción de entre Grandes " -"Contribuyentes y Régimen simplificado, por lo se muestran solo estas dos " -"opciones." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Si tus transacciones de ventas incluyen productos con impuestos, es " -"importante considerar que un campo adicional llamado *Tipo de Valor* " -"necesita ser configurado en la siguiente ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad " -"--> Configuración --> Impuestos: --> Opciones Avanzadas --> Tipo de Valor`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" -msgstr "" -"Los impuestos para Retenciones (ICA, IVA y Fuente) también están incluidos " -"en las opciones para configurar tus impuestos, esta configuración es " -"considerada para desplegar correctamente los impuestos en la representación " -"gráfica de la Factura. (PDF)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:144 -msgid "Diarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:146 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la DIAN ha asignado la secuencia y prefijo oficiales para la " -"resolución de la Facturación Electrónica, los Diarios de Ventas relacionados" -" con tus documentos de facturación necesitan ser actualizados en Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:151 -msgid "" -"La secuencia es configurada usando el modo de desarrollador en la siguiente " -"ruta: :menuselection:`Contabilidad --> Configuración --> Diarios --> Liga de" -" Secuencia`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:158 -msgid "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." -msgstr "" -"Una vez que la secuencia es abierta, los campos de Prefijo y Siguiente " -"Número deben ser configurados y sincronizados con el CEN Financiero." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:166 -msgid "Usuarios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:168 -msgid "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" -msgstr "" -"La plantilla por defecto que es usada por Odoo en la representación gráfica " -"incluye el nombre del Vendedor, así que estos campos deben ser considerados:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:177 -msgid "Uso y Pruebas" -msgstr "Uso y Pruebas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:180 -msgid "Facturas" -msgstr "Facturas" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:182 -msgid "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" -msgstr "" -"Una vez que toda la información principal y las credenciales han sido " -"configuradas, es posible empezar a probar el flujo de la Facturación " -"Electrónica siguiendo las instrucciones que se detallan a continuación:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:188 -msgid "Invoice Creation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:190 -msgid "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." -msgstr "" -"El flujo de trabajo funcional que lleva lugar antes de la validación de una " -"factura continua siendo igual con Facturación Electrónica, " -"independientemente de si es creada desde una Orden de Venta o si es creado " -"manualmente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" -msgstr "" -"Los cambios principales que son introducidos con la Facturación Electrónica " -"son los siguientes:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:198 -msgid "Hay tres tipos de documentos" -msgstr "Hay tres tipos de documentos" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:200 -msgid "" -"**Factura electrónica**. Este es el documento normal y aplica para Facturas," -" Notas de Crédito y Notas de Débito." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:203 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**. Debe ser seleccionada para transacciones de " -"importación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:206 -msgid "" -"**Factura de Contingencia**. Esta es un caso excepcional y es utilizada como" -" un respaldo manual en caso que la compañía no pueda usar el ERP y hay " -"necesidad de crear la factura manualmente. Al ingresar esta factura en el " -"ERP, se debe seleccionar este tipo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:216 -msgid "Invoice Validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:218 -msgid "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Después que la factura fue validada, un archivo XML es creado y enviado " -"automáticamente al proveedor de la factura electrónica. Este archivo es " -"desplegado en el historial." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:225 -msgid "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." -msgstr "" -"Un campo adicional es ahora desplegado en la pestaña de “Otra Información” " -"con el nombre del archivo XML. Adicionalmente hay un segundo campo adicional" -" que es desplegado con el estatus de la Factura Electrónica, con el valor " -"inicial **En Proceso**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:235 -msgid "Recepción del XML y PDF Legal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:242 -msgid "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." -msgstr "" -"El proveedor de la Factura Electrónica recibe el archivo XML y procede a " -"validar la información y la estructura contenida. Si todo es correcto, el " -"estatus de la Factura cambia a “Validado”. Como parte de este proceso se " -"generar el XML Legal, el cual incluye una firma digital y un código único " -"(CUFE) y generan el PDF de la Factura (el cual incluye un código QR) y el " -"CUFE." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:246 -msgid "" -"Odoo envía una petición de actualización automáticamente para verificar que " -"el XML fue creado. Si este es el caso, las siguientes acciones son hechas " -"automáticamente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:248 -msgid "" -"El XML Legal y el PDF son incluidos en un archivo ZIP y desplegados en el " -"historial de la Factura." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:253 -msgid "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." -msgstr "El estatus de la Factura Electrónica es cambiado a “Aceptado”." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:258 -msgid "" -"En caso que el PDF y el XML sean requeridos inmediatamente, es posible " -"mandar manualmente la petición del estatus usando el siguiente botón:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:267 -msgid "Errores Frecuentes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:269 -msgid "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." -msgstr "" -"Durante la validación del XML los errores más comunes usualmente están " -"relacionados con información principal faltante. En estos casos, los " -"detalles del error son recuperados en la petición de actualización y " -"desplegados en el historial." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:277 -msgid "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" -msgstr "" -"Si la información principal es corregida, es posible re procesar el XML con " -"la nueva información y mandar la versión actualizada usando el siguiente " -"botón:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:289 -msgid "Casos de Uso adicionales" -msgstr "Casos de Uso adicionales" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:291 -msgid "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." -msgstr "" -"El proceso para las Notas de Crédito y Débito (Proveedores) es exactamente " -"el mismo que en las Facturas. Su flujo de trabajo funcional se mantiene " -"igual." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:296 -msgid "Consideraciones del Anexo 1.7" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:299 -msgid "Contexto" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:302 -msgid "Contexto Normativo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:304 -msgid "Soporte Normativo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:305 -msgid "" -"Resolución DIAN Número 000042 ( 5 de Mayo de 2020) Por la cual se " -"desarrollan:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:307 -msgid "Los sistemas de facturación," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:308 -msgid "Los proveedores tecnológicos," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:309 -msgid "El registro de la factura electrónica de venta como título valor," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:310 -msgid "Se expide el anexo técnico de factura electrónica de venta y" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:311 -msgid "Se dictan otras disposiciones en materia de sistemas de facturación." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:314 -msgid "Anexo 1.7: Principales Cambios" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:316 -msgid "Cambios en la definición de Consumidor Final." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:317 -msgid "Informar bienes cubiertos para los 3 dias sin IVA." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:318 -msgid "Actualización de descripción de Impuestos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:319 -msgid "Se agrega concepto para IVA Excluido." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:320 -msgid "Informar la fecha efectiva de entrega de los bienes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:321 -msgid "Adecuaciones en la representación Gráfica (PDF)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:324 -msgid "Calendario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Se tiene varias fechas límites para la salida a producción bajo las " -"condiciones del Anexo 1.7 las cuales dependen de los siguientes factores:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:329 -msgid "" -"Calendario de implementación de acuerdo con la actividad económica principal" -" en el RUT:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:334 -msgid "Calendario de implementación, para otros sujetos obligados:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:339 -msgid "Calendario de implementación permanente:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:345 -msgid "Requerimientos en Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:347 -msgid "" -"Con la finalidad de facilitar el proceso de preparación de las bases de Odoo" -" estándar V12 y v13, únicamente será necesario que los administradores " -"actualicen algunos módulos y creen los datos maestros relacionados a los " -"nuevos procesos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:352 -msgid "Actualización de listado de Apps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:354 -msgid "" -"Utilizando el modo desarrollador, acceder al módulo de Aplicaciones y " -"seleccionar el menú *Actualizar Lista*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:361 -msgid "Actualización de Módulos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Una vez actualizado Buscar *Colombia*, los siguientes módulos serán " -"desplegados, se requieren actualizar dos módulos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:366 -msgid "Colombia - Contabilidad - l10n_co" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:367 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal UBL 2.1 - " -"l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:372 -msgid "" -"En cada módulo o ícono hay que desplegar el menú opciones utilizando los 3 " -"puntos de la esquina superior derecha y seleccionamos *Actualizar*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:375 -msgid "Primero lo hacemos con en el módulo l10n_co:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:380 -msgid "Posteriormente lo hacemos con el módulo l10n_co_edi_ubl_2_1:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:386 -msgid "Creación de Datos Maestros" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:388 -msgid "" -"Las bases de datos existentes a Junio 2020 tanto en V12 como V13, deberán " -"crear algunos datos maestros necesarios para operar correctamente con los " -"cambios del Anexo 1.7." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:491 -msgid "Consumidor Final" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:394 -msgid "" -"La figura del consumidor final será utilizada para aquellas ventas sobre las" -" cuales no es posible identificar toda la información fiscal y demográfica " -"del cliente por lo que la factura se genera a nombre de este registro " -"genérico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:398 -msgid "" -"Es importante coordinar y definir los casos de uso en los que dependiendo de" -" su empresa se tendrá permitido utilizar este registro genérico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Dentro de Odoo se tendrá que crear un contacto con las siguientes " -"características, es importante que se defina de esta manera debido a que son" -" los parámetros definidos por la DIAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:404 -msgid "**Tipo de contacto:** Individuo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:405 -msgid "**Nombre:** Consumidor Final" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:406 -msgid "**Tipo de documento:** Cedula de Ciudadania" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:407 -msgid "**Numero de Identificacion:** 222222222222" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:412 -msgid "" -"Dentro de la pestaña Ventas y Compras, en la sección Información Fiscal, del" -" campo Obligaciones y Responsabilidades colocaremos el valor: **R-99-PN**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:419 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:506 -msgid "IVA Excluido - Bienes Cubiertos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Para reportar las transacciones realizadas mediante Bienes Cubiertos para " -"los tres días sin IVA, será necesario crear un nuevo Impuesto al cual se le " -"debe de asociar un grupo de impuestos específico que será utilizado por Odoo" -" para agregar la sección requerida en el XML de factura electrónica." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:426 -msgid "" -"Para el crear el impuesto accederemos a Contabilidad dentro del menú " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Impuestos`:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:432 -msgid "" -"Procedemos a crear un nuevo Impuesto con importe 0% considerando los " -"siguientes parámetros:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:437 -msgid "" -"El nombre del Impuesto puede ser definido a preferencia del usuario, sin " -"embargo el campo clave es **Grupo de Impuestos** dentro de Opciones " -"avanzadas, el cual debe ser: *bienes cubiertos* y el campo **Tipo de " -"Valor**: *IVA*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:445 -msgid "Actualización de descripción de Departamentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:447 -msgid "" -"Es necesario actualizar la descripción de algunos departamentos, para lo " -"cual accederemos a módulo de Contactos y dentro del menú de " -":menuselection:`Configuración --> Provincias`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:453 -msgid "" -"Posteriormente, podemos agregar por País para identificar claramente las " -"provincias (Departamentos) de Colombia:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:459 -msgid "" -"Una vez agrupados buscar los siguientes departamentos para actualizarlos con" -" el valor indicado en la columna **Nombre actualizado**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 -msgid "Nombre de provincia" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 -msgid "Código de Provincia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:463 -msgid "Nombre actualizado" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 -msgid "D.C." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 -msgid "DC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:465 -msgid "Bogotá" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 -msgid "Quindio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 -msgid "QUI" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:467 -msgid "Quindío" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 -msgid "Archipiélago de San Andrés, Providencia y Santa Catalina" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 -msgid "SAP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:469 -msgid "San Andrés y Providencia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:473 -msgid "Ejemplo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:479 -msgid "Verificación de Código postal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:481 -msgid "" -"Dentro del Anexo 1.7 se comienza a validar que el código postal de las " -"direcciones para contactos colombianos corresponda a las tablas oficiales " -"definidas por la DIAN, por lo que se debe verificar que este campo está " -"debidamente diligenciado de acuerdo a los definidos en la sigueinte fuente: " -"`Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv " -"<http://visor.codigopostal.gov.co/472/visor/Codigos_Postales_Nacionales.csv>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:488 -msgid "Consideraciones Operativas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:493 -msgid "" -"Una vez que resgistro de Consumidor final ha sido creado este deberá ser " -"utilizado a demanda, generalmente será utilizado en las transacciones de " -"facturación del punto de punto de venta." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:496 -msgid "" -"El proceso de validación de la Factura será realizado de forma convencional " -"en Odoo y la factura será generada de la misma manera. Al detectar que el " -"número de identificación corresponde a consumidor Final, el XML que se envía" -" a Carvajal será generado con las consideraciones y secciones " -"correspondientes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:500 -msgid "" -"Contablemente todos los registros de Consumidor final quedarán asociados al " -"identificador generico:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:508 -msgid "" -"El 21 mayo del 2020 fue publicado el El Decreto 682 el cual establece " -"Excepción especial en el Impuesto sobre las ventas. El principal objetivo de" -" este decreto es reactivar la economía en Colombia por las bajas ventas " -"generadas a causa del COVID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:513 -msgid "Fechas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:515 -msgid "" -"Días de excención del impuesto sobre las ventas – IVA para bienes cubiertos " -"(3 días SIN IVA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:517 -msgid "**Primer día**: 19 de junio de 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:518 -msgid "**Segundo día**: 3 de Julio de 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:519 -msgid "**Tercer día**: 19 de Julio de 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:522 -msgid "Condiciones" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:524 -msgid "" -"Debido a que estas transacciones serán generadas de forma excepcional y que " -"se tiene una combinación de varios factores y condiciones, los productores " -"debera ser actualizados de forma manual en Odoo asignados temporalmente el " -"impuesto de venta *IVA exento - Bienes cubierto* en cada empresa según " -"corresponda." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:529 -msgid "" -"A continuación se mencionan algunas de las principales condiciones, sin " -"embargo, cabe mencionar que las empresas deben de verificar todos los " -"detalles en el `Decreto 682 " -"<https://dapre.presidencia.gov.co/normativa/normativa/DECRETO%20682%20DEL%2021%20DE%20MAYO%20DE%202020.pdf>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:533 -msgid "Tipo de productos y precio Máximo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 -msgid "Tipo de Productos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:536 -msgid "Precio Máximo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 -msgid "Electrodomesticos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:538 -msgid "40 UVT: $1,4 millones." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:540 -msgid "Vestuario y complementos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "3 UVT: $106.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -msgid "En el caso de los complementos es:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 -msgid "10 UVT- $356.000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:544 -msgid "Elementos deportivos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -msgid "Juguetes y Utiles Escolares" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:546 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 -msgid "5 UVT - $178.035" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:548 -msgid "Utiles Escolares" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 -msgid "Bienes o servicios para el sector agropecuario" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:550 -msgid "80 UVT - $2.848.560" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:554 -msgid "Métodos de Pago:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:556 -msgid "" -"El pago debe realizarse por medios electrónico por ejemplo tarjetas de " -"crédito/débito o bien mecanismos de pago online." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:558 -msgid "Limite de unidades:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:560 -msgid "" -"Cada cliente puede adquirir únicamente 3 unidades como máximo de cada " -"producto." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:563 -msgid "Medidas en Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:565 -msgid "**Preparación de datos**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:567 -msgid "" -"Crear el Impuesto para Bienes cubiertos de acuerdo a lo indicado en este " -"punto: Datos maestros." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:568 -msgid "" -"Identificar los productos y transacciones a los cuales les aplicará la " -"Exclusión de IVA de acuerdo a las condiciones establecidas en el decreto " -"682. En caso de ser un porcentaje significativo de productos, se recomienda " -"actualizar el impuesto de forma temporal en Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:571 -msgid "" -"Exportar un listado con los productos que serán afectados incluyendo el " -"campo IVA Venta el cual será sustituido temporalmente por el IVA de Bienes " -"Cubiertos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:573 -msgid "" -"Al finalizar las operaciones del día anterior a las fechas establecidas de " -"día sin IVA, se debe hacer la actualización temporal a IVA de Bienes " -"Cubiertos." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:579 -msgid "**Durante el día SIN IVA**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:581 -msgid "" -"Por defecto los productos previamente considerados con IVA de Bienes " -"cubiertos serán generados con este parámetro tanto en Órdenes de venta como " -"facturas creadas durante ese mismo día." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:587 -msgid "" -"Las órdenes de venta generadas con este impuesto deberán ser facturas el " -"mismo día." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:588 -msgid "" -"En caso de que alguna de las condiciones no sea cumplida (ejemplo el pago es" -" realizado en efectivo) el impuesto deberá ser actualizado manualmente al " -"momento de facturar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:591 -msgid "**Posterior al día SIN IVA**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:593 -msgid "" -"Los productos que fueron actualizados deberá ser reconfigurados a su IVA " -"original." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/colombia_ES.rst:594 -msgid "" -"En caso de que se detecte alguna Orden de venta facturar en la cual se " -"incluya IVA de Bienes Cubiertos, se deberá realizar actualización manual " -"correspondiente al IVA convencional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:3 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Франція" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:6 -msgid "FEC" -msgstr "FEC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will be able to download " -"the FEC. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France" -" --> FEC`." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви зможете завантажити " -"FEC. Для цього перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> " -"Франція --> FEC`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:12 -msgid "" -"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go in **Apps** and search for the " -"module called **France-FEC** and verify if it is well installed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не бачите підменю **FEC**, перейдіть до **Додатки** і знайдіть " -"модуль **Франція-FEC** та перевірте, чи він добре встановлений." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:16 -msgid "French Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " -"accounting reports specific to France:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " -"деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:20 -msgid "Bilan comptable" -msgstr "Bilan comptable" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:21 -msgid "Compte de résultats" -msgstr "Compte de résultats" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:22 -msgid "Plan de Taxes France" -msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:25 -msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" -msgstr "" -"Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:27 -msgid "" -"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " -"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " -"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " -"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " -"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." -msgstr "" -"Станом на 1 січня 2018 року у Франції та DOM-TOM введено нове законодавство " -"щодо боротьби із шахрайством. Це нове законодавство встановлює певні " -"критерії щодо незмінності, безпеки, зберігання та архівування даних про " -"продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " -"сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:34 -msgid "Is my company required to use an anti-fraud software?" -msgstr "" -"Чи моя компанія зобов'язана використовувати програмне забезпечення проти " -"шахрайства?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " -"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" -msgstr "" -"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із" -" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " -"якщо:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:39 -msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," -msgstr "" -"Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " -"Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:40 -msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." -msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:42 -msgid "" -"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " -"VAT and therefore are not affected." -msgstr "" -"Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" -" звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:46 -msgid "Get certified with Odoo" -msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:48 -msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." -msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" -" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " -"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" -" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " -"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " -"</administration/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service provider." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:58 -msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." -msgstr "" -"У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " -"євро." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:60 -msgid "To get the certification just follow the following steps:" -msgstr "Щоб отримати сертифікат, виконайте наступні кроки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Install the anti-fraud module fitting your Odoo environment from the *Apps* " -"menu:" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть модуль боротьби із шахрайством, що відповідає вашій версії Odoo, " -"з меню *Додатки*:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:65 -msgid "" -"if you use Odoo Point of Sale: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"якщо ви використовуєте точку продажів Odoo: *l10n_fr_pos_cert*: Франція - " -"Сертифікація щодо боротьби із шахрайством на додану вартість для точки " -"продажу (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:66 -msgid "" -"in any other case: *l10n_fr_certification*: France - VAT Anti-Fraud " -"Certification (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" -msgstr "" -"у будь-якому іншому випадку: * l10n_fr_certification *: Франція - " -"Сертифікація боротьби із шахрайством на ПДВ (CGI 286 I-3 bis)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " -"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " -"country from the list; Do not create a new country." -msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що у вашій компанії встановлено країну, інакше ваші записи не" -" будуть зашифровані для перевірки незмінності. Щоб змінити дані вашої " -"компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " -"компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." -msgstr "" -"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " -"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:75 -msgid "" -"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " -"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and " -"press *Update Modules List* in the top-menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:79 -msgid "" -"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " -"restart your server beforehand." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " -"заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" -" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" -" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " -"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " -"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" -" installed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 " -"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - " -"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення " -"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та " -"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" -" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:90 -msgid "Anti-fraud features" -msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:92 -msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" -msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " -"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" -msgstr "" -"**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " -"даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:96 -msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" -msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " -"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." -msgstr "" -"**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " -"сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:101 -msgid "Inalterability" -msgstr "Незмінність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:103 -msgid "" -"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " -"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " -"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." -msgstr "" -"Всі можливі способи скасування та зміни ключових даних замовлень точки " -"продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " -"якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:107 -msgid "" -"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " -"companies are impacted." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" -" таких компаній." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:111 -msgid "Security" -msgstr "Безпека" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:113 -msgid "" -"To ensure the inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon" -" validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " -"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." -msgstr "" -"Щоб забезпечити незмінність, кожне замовлення чи запис журналу " -"зашифровується після перевірки. Цей номер (або хеш) обчислюється з ключових " -"даних документа, а також від хешу попередніх документів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " -"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " -"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " -"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " -"document recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Модуль вводить інтерфейс для перевірки незмінності даних. Якщо будь-яка " -"інформація змінена на документі після її перевірки, тест буде невдалим. " -"Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " -"аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " -"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " -"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " -":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." -msgstr "" -"Користувачі з правами доступу *Менеджер* можуть запускати перевірку " -"незмінності. Для замовлень точки продажу, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" -" продажу --> Звітність --> Французькі виписки`. Для рахунків-фактур або " -"записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " -"Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:131 -msgid "Storage" -msgstr "Зберігання" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " -"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" -" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " -"recorded in the system." -msgstr "" -"Система також автоматично обробляє закриття товарів щоденно, щомісячно та " -"щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " -"також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " -"Invoicing and Accounting apps." -msgstr "" -"Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" -"фактур та обліку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " -"Type = Sales)." -msgstr "" -"Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" -" журналу = Продажі)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:145 -msgid "" -"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." -msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:147 -msgid "" -"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " -"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " -"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" -" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." -msgstr "" -"Замовлення точки продажу розміщуються як записи журналу під час закриття " -"сесії точки продажу. Закриття сесії POS можна зробити будь-коли. Щоби " -"спонукати користувачів робити це щодня, модуль перешкоджає відновленню " -"сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " -"перед продажем знову." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:153 -msgid "" -"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " -"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " -"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " -"counted in the very next closing." -msgstr "" -"Загальний обсяг періоду обчислюється з усіх журнальних записів, " -"опублікованих після попереднього закриття того ж типу, незалежно від дати їх" -" публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " -"періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:158 -msgid "" -"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`. Then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled " -"Actions`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:164 -msgid "Responsibilities" -msgstr "Обов'язки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 msgid "" -"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" -" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." msgstr "" -"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" -" минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:169 -msgid "" -"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " -"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " -"the inalterability of data." -msgstr "" -"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за встановлення Odoo і повинні " -"використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " -"вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" -" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" -"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " -"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:178 -msgid "More Information" -msgstr "Більше інформації" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Операції" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"You will find more information about this legislation in the official " -"documents:" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -"Ви знайдете додаткову інформацію про це законодавство в офіційних " -"документах:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:182 -msgid "" -"`Frequently Asked Questions " -"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"`Official Statement " -"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" -"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/france.rst:184 -msgid "" -"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " -"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:56 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Німеччина" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:6 -msgid "German Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " -"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " "section." msgstr "" -"План рахунків SKR03 та SKR04 підтримуються в Odoo. Ви можете вибрати той, " -"який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " -"потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " -"not created any accounting entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" msgstr "" -"Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " -"не створили запис бухобліку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the SKR03 is installed by default." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, SKR03 встановлюється за " -"замовчуванням." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:19 -msgid "German Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " -"Enterprise:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:30 -msgid "Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Звіт балансу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:24 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Profit & Loss" -msgstr "Доходи та витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:25 -msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:26 -msgid "Partner VAT Intra" -msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:29 -msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" -msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:31 -msgid "" -"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " -"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " -"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " -"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете експортувати записи бухобліку з Odoo в Datev. Щоб мати можливість " -"використовувати цю функцію, локалізація німецької бухгалтерії повинна бути " -"встановлена у вашій базі даних Odoo Enterprise. Тоді ти можеш увійти до " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" -" кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:39 -msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" -" von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" -" Datenzugriff " -"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_." -" In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of " -"books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data " -"access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, " -"and balance sheet." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " -"Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " -"norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based " -"accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January " -"2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital " -"solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:55 -msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " -"text " -"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_." -" It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is " -"what to expect:" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " -"includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " -"authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for" -" the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-" -"mentioned financial and related data)." +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 msgid "" -"Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " -"control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:73 -msgid "Access rights control;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:74 -msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:75 -msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:76 -msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:77 -msgid "Processing controls;" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 msgid "" -"Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " -"data, or documents." +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 msgid "" -"The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " -"positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " -"performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded " -"(*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, " -"appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place " -"(*prevention*)." +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:86 -msgid "What about data security?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 msgid "" -"**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " -"deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " -"sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance " -"with the GoBD guidelines." +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " -"deleted via the application." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 msgid "" -"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the SaaS service. " -"In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on external " -"systems." +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 msgid "" -"`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" -"sla>`_" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " -"create the necessary backup infrastructure." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:105 -msgid "" -"In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " -"backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " -"provider." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:109 -msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 msgid "" -"Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " -"authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" -" accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of " -"their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to " -"respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:117 -msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 +msgid "Reconciliation Models" +msgstr "Шаблони узгодження" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:5 msgid "" -"The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " -"clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" -" place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these " -"objectives:" +"Once the bank statements are correctly imported, it is essential to " +"*reconcile* the records properly and ensure all *Journal Entries* are " +"balanced and in agreement. To ease and speed up the reconciliation process, " +"you can configure **Reconciliation Models**, which are particularly useful " +"with recurrent entries such as bank fees." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:68 +msgid "Todo" +msgstr "Зробити" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:10 msgid "" -"Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " -"creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " -"relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by " -"whom in the chatter of the relevant object." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "**Completeness**" +"Add a link to the Reconciliation process in the paragraph above, once the " +"doc will have been updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:14 msgid "" -"All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." -" Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " -"transactions. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all financial " -"data in the system. As most financial data in Odoo is generated " -"automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " -"vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." +"Reconciliation Models are also useful to handle *Cash Discounts*. Please " +"refer to :doc:`this documentation <../customer_invoices/cash_discounts>` for" +" more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "**Accuracy**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:21 +msgid "Types of Reconciliation Models" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " -"used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " -"orders and their respective invoices reflect the business reality. It is the" -" responsibility of the user to scan and attach the paper-based vendor bill" -" to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this " -"task*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:23 +msgid "There are three types of Reconciliation Models:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:25 +msgid ":ref:`Write-off Button <reconciliation_models_button>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:26 msgid "" -"As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " -"(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" -"the-box timely record-keeping. It is the responsibility of the user to " -"encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the " -"miscellaneous operations." +":ref:`Suggestion of counterpart values <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "**Order**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Match existing invoices/bills <reconciliation_models_match>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" -" according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " -"enforced by the GoBD, but the system must ensure that a given financial " -"transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this " -"out-of-the-box." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:32 +msgid "Manually create a write-off on clicked button" +msgstr "Вручну створити списання через натискання кнопки" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 -msgid "**Inalterability**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:34 msgid "" -"With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " -"way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " -"customization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:154 -msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" +"When you are reconciling an entry with an *Open Balance*, you can use the " +"buttons available under the *Manual Operations* tab to pre-fill all the " +"values automatically, before validating the reconciliation. Each button is a" +" different Reconciliation Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "" -"In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" -" of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " -"direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a " -"storage device." +"Example of a Reconciliation Model with a write-off button in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:160 -msgid "" -"In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " -"is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " -"Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and " -"XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the " -"export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen " -"zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:167 -msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:45 +msgid "Suggest counterpart values" +msgstr "Запропонуйте відповідні значення" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:47 msgid "" -"The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " -"accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" -" various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, " -"nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party " -"certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make " -"software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any " -"other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." +"This type of Reconciliation Model suggests immediately counterpart values " +"that only need to be validated. This automation is based on a set of rules " +"defined in the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "" -"A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " -"according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " -"respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of " -"time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts " -"on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does " -"not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." +"Example of a Reconciliation Model that suggests counterpart values in Odoo " +"Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " -"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:57 +msgid "Match existing invoices/bills" +msgstr "Співставити існуючі рахунки клієнтам/постачальників" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:59 msgid "" -"180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " -"on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " -"in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding " -"information." +"This type of Reconciliation Model automatically selects the right Customer " +"Invoice or Vendor Bill that matches the payment. All that is left to do is " +"to validate the entry. This automation is based on a set of rules defined in" +" the reconciliation model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "" -"181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " -"decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " -"develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." +"Example of a Reconciliation Model that matches existing invoices and bills automatically\n" +"in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:71 msgid "" -"The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " -"Translate " -"<https://translate.google.com/?sl=de&tl=en&text=180.%0APositivtestate%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20der%20Buchf%C3%BChrung%20-%20und%20damit%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit" -"%20DV-" -"gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." +"To manage or create new **Reconciliation Models**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reconciliation --> Reconciliation Models`. " +"Alternatively, you can also open this menu from the Accounting Overview, by " +"going to your Bank Journal card, clicking on the three little dots, and then" +" on *Reconciliation Models*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:198 -msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/germany.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "" -"In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " -"order demanding the implementation of specific measures." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:3 -msgid "Indonesia" -msgstr "Індонезія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:8 -msgid "E-Faktur Module" +"Open the Reconciliation Model menu from the overview dashboard in Odoo " +"Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:81 msgid "" -"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " -"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " -"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " -"e-Faktur** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:17 -msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 -msgid "**Your Company**" +"The first entry, named *Invoices Matching Rule*, is the one responsible for " +"the current matching of invoices and bills. Therefore, it is advised to " +"leave it at the top of the list and not to delete it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:85 msgid "" -"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " -"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" -" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +"Open the model you want to modify, or click on *Create* to create a new one," +" then fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 -msgid "**Your Clients**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:56 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:90 msgid "" -"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " -"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " -"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " -"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:39 -msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +"See :ref:`above <reconciliation_models_types>` for an explanation about the " +"different types of Reconciliation Models." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:94 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" -" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," -" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " -"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" -" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " -"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +"If the *Documents* application is installed on your database, an additional " +"**Activity type** field appears when *To check* is ticked. Selecting the " +"value *Reconciliation request* implies that, whenever you use this model, a " +"*Request Document* window pops up to request a document from a user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:46 -msgid "" -"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " -"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " -"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" -" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " -"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:100 +msgid "Conditions on Bank Statement Line" +msgstr "Умови на рядку банківського рахунку" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:102 msgid "" -"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " -"group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:58 -msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +"Define here all the conditions that are required for a Reconciliation Model " +"to be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:105 msgid "" -"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " -"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +"If a record matches with several Reconciliation Models, the first one in the" +" *sequence* of models will be applied. The sequence is simply the order of " +"the models in the *list view*. They can be rearranged by dragging-and-" +"dropping the handle next to the name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 msgid "" -"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " -"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +"Conditions for the Reconciliation Model to be applied in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " -"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " -"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " -"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " -"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " -"*Electronic Tax*." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:114 +msgid "Counterpart Values" +msgstr "Протилежні значення" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:116 msgid "" -"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " -"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " -"be set." +"This section comprises the values that are applied by the Reconciliation " +"Model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:118 msgid "" -"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " -".csv." +"If the value to reconcile needs to be written-off in two separate accounts, " +"click on *Add a second line*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:88 -msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst-1 +msgid "Counterparts values of a Reconciliation Model in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:90 -msgid "" -"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " -"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " -"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" -" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" -" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" -" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " -"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`reconciliation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " -"feature" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" -"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " -"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +"Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " +"bank account transactions and reconciling them with the ones recorded in " +"your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:8 msgid "" -"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " -"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" -" same customer." +":doc:`Bank synchronization <bank_synchronization>` automates the process. " +"However, if you do not want to use it or if your bank is not yet supported, " +"other options exist:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:11 msgid "" -"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" -" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " -"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " -"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +":ref:`Import bank transactions <transactions/import>` delivered by your " +"bank;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " -"e-Faktur" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`Register bank transactions <transactions/register>` manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:122 -msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:123 -msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:15 msgid "" -"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " -"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +":ref:`Grouping transactions by statement <transactions/statements>` is " +"optional." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:3 -msgid "Italy (IT)" -msgstr "Італія (IT)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." -msgstr "" -"Questa guida spiegherà come utilizzare la fattura elettronica in Odoo e come" -" configurare correttamente i dati aziendali, i contatti e la contabilità. " -"Per testare la fattura elettronica i dati devono essere reali e non " -"inventati, altrimenti il sistema dell’agenzia delle entrate non riconoscerà " -"l’interscambio di informazioni." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:13 -msgid "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" -msgstr "Configurare le informazioni sulla tua Azienda" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Il passo successivo è la configurazione delle informazioni necessarie al " -"funzionamento della fatturazione elettronica. Si può accedere alla schermata" -" dall’applicazione Impostazioni: selezionare “Utenti e aziende” e scegliere " -"Aziende. Accedere quindi alle informazioni sulla Azienda per cui si desidera" -" configurare la fatturazione elettronica." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:21 -msgid "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:20 +msgid "Import transactions" msgstr "" -"I dati necessari al funzionamento dello strumento di fatturazione " -"elettronica sono i seguenti:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Server PEC. Le informazioni sul server utilizzato dal tuo indirizzo di posta" -" elettronica certificata sono fornite dal tuo fornitore o dal Ministero. Lo " -"stesso server deve essere configurato come server che gestisce tutta la " -"corrispondenza mail in Odoo, per saperne di più si puo’ consultare la " -"relativa :doc:`guida " -"</applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:22 +msgid "Odoo supports multiple file formats to import transactions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’ Azienda, tale indirizzo deve essere lo stesso registrato" -" presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate per l’utilizzo dei servizi di fatturazione " -"elettronica." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." -msgstr "" -"Indirizzo PEC dell’Agenzia delle Entrate. La mail sarà fornito al momento " -"della registrazione della tua PEC presso l’Agenzia delle Entrate, ricorda " -"che l’Agenzia delle Entrate potrebbe cambiare questo indirizzo in seguito, " -"previa comunicazione." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." -msgstr "" -"Partita IVA e Codice Fiscale. Per far si che la Fatturazione Elettronica " -"funzioni correttamente, questi cambi devono essere compilati correttamente." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" -msgstr "" -"Regime Fiscale. Il regime fiscale a cui è sottoposta l’Azienda deve essere " -"selezionato scegliendo dalla lista precompilata fornita da Odoo. Chiedi al " -"commercialista qual’è il corretto regime fiscale!" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:47 -msgid "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." -msgstr "Numero di Iscrizione nel registro delle Imprese." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:54 -msgid "Configurare le impostazioni per la Fatturazione Elettronica" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." -msgstr "" -"Numero di iscrizione nel registro Imprese tenuto presso la Camera di " -"Commercio." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." -msgstr "" -"Rappresentate Fiscale. Questa opzione è dedicata ad aziende con sede al di " -"fuori del territorio nazionale ma conducenti attività commerciali in Italia " -"rilevanti ai fini dell’IVA. È possibile indicare in questo campo se " -"l’Azienda si avvale di un Rappresentate Fiscale in Italia." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:70 -msgid "Configurare il profilo dei clienti" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." -msgstr "" -"Per un corretto utilizzo dell’applicazione, il profilo di clienti e " -"fornitori, nell’applicazione contatti, deve essere configurato con le " -"necessarie informazioni legali." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." -msgstr "" -"Selezionando il nome del cliente e accedendo quindi ai suoi dati, si trovano" -" i seguenti campi che devono essere compilati: Indirizzo PEC, Codice Fiscale" -" e Indice PA *che deve contere i 6-7 caratteri contenuti nell’indice PA e " -"necessari per la comunicazione tramite fattura elettronica*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:87 -msgid "Il processo di fatturazione" -msgstr "Il processo di fatturazione" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." -msgstr "" -"Si può procedere ad emettere una fattura seguendo le indicazioni " -"dell’applicazione. Il momento che determina il formale invio della fattura è" -" il momento in cui viene selezionata l’opzione “Valida”. La fattura viene " -"quindi inviata: lo stato della sua consegna verrà notificato all’utente " -"tramite pop-up sulla parte iniziale della schermata della fattura." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:102 -msgid "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" -msgstr "I messaggi che possono apparire sono i seguenti:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:104 -msgid "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" -msgstr "Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:106 -msgid "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" -msgstr "Invio fallito. Puoi modificare la fattura ed inviarla di nuovo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:108 -msgid "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." -msgstr "" -"La fattura è stata correttamente inviata ed accettata dal destinatario." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:111 -msgid "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:24 +msgid "SEPA recommended Cash Management format (CAMT.053);" msgstr "" -"I vari stadi di spedizione e recezione della fattura sono visibili anche " -"dall’elenco delle Fatture nella forma di icone, accanto alla colonna “Stato”" -" dall’applicazione contabilità." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:115 -msgid "*Icona Rossa*: Invio fallito" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:25 +msgid "Comma-separated values (.CSV);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:117 -msgid "*Icona Gialla*: Fattura invitata. In attesa di accettazione" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:26 +msgid "Open Financial Exchange (.OFX);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:119 -msgid "*Icona Verde*: Fattura inviata e accettata dal destinatario" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:27 +msgid "Quicken Interchange Format (.QIF);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/italy_IT.rst:121 -msgid "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:28 +msgid "Belgium: Coded Statement of Account (.CODA)." msgstr "" -"Per inviare la fattura tramite PEC e generare il file XML, basterà cliccare " -"su invia. Il documento verrà poi mostrato tra gli allegati." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:3 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Мексика" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:30 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"To import a file, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Bank` journal, click on :guilabel:`Import Transactions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:21 -msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 +msgid "Import bank transactions from the bank journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:36 +msgid "Next, select the file and upload it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:38 msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" +"After setting the necessary formatting options and mapping the file columns " +"with their related Odoo fields, you can run a :guilabel:`Test` and " +":guilabel:`Import` your bank transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:42 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/export_import_data`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal " -"<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_" -" (CSD)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with two PACs: `Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, " -"`Quadrum (formerly Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW" -" Sapien - Smarter Web <https://sw.com.mx/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:47 +msgid "Register bank transactions manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:49 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"You can also record your bank transactions manually. To do so, go to " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Bank` journal, and" +" then on :guilabel:`New`. Make sure to fill out the :guilabel:`Partner` and " +":guilabel:`Label` fields to ease the reconciliation process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Модулі" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:56 +msgid "Statements" +msgstr "Виписки" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:58 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +"A **bank statement** is a document provided by a bank or financial " +"institution that lists the transactions that have occurred in a particular " +"bank account over a specified period of time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:61 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." +"In Odoo Accounting, it is optional to group transactions by their related " +"statement, but depending on your business flow, you may want to record them " +"for control purposes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:65 msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" +"If you want to compare the ending balances of your bank statements with the " +"ending balances of your financial records, *don't forget to create an " +"opening transaction* to record the bank account balance as of the date you " +"begin synchronizing or importing transactions. This is necessary to ensure " +"the accuracy of your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:70 msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " -"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." +"To access a list of statements, go to your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`," +" click on the vertical ellipsis (:guilabel:`⋮`) button next to the bank or " +"cash journal you want to check, then on :guilabel:`Statements`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:75 +msgid "Statement creation from the kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**EDI External Trade Complement for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_external_trade)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For clients that export, add the foreign trade complement to the CFDI, and " -"the logic for filling it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexico Localization for Invoice with customs Number " -"(l10n_mx_edi_customs)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For importing customers, this module allows adding to the CFDI the request " -"number with which the merchandise to be resold entered. When it is imported " -"into Mexico, in the invoice that comes from any foreign country it is " -"necessary to specify which was the import document; This is known as a " -"\"pedimento\", and it is processed at customs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Related to the import module (*l10n_mx_edi_customs*), this module allows " -"managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Bank account payment to Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_payment_bank)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Add optional attributes to the payment plugin, allowing the user to select " -"the bank account that was used to pay the bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Sale Coupon (l10n_mx_edi_sale_coupon)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Complements the Odoo coupon module (*sale_coupon*) to avoid errors in the " -"generation of CFDIs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Tax Cash Basis Entries at Payment Date (l10n_mx_tax_cash_basis)** Create " -"journal entries for" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "taxes on the payment date (instead of the issue date)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:94 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:108 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:110 -msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:118 -msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:131 -msgid "" -"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:135 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:137 -msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:148 -msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:152 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:163 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:165 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:168 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:180 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:184 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option *Exento* instead of *Tasa* within the " -"**Factor Type** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:187 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:197 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:199 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:202 -msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:213 -msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:217 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:222 -msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:227 -msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:236 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:239 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:248 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:251 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <files/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:252 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <files/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:253 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:255 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:259 -msgid "Workflows" -msgstr "Робочі процеси" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:262 -msgid "Electronic invoicing" -msgstr "Електронне виставлення рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:264 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:268 -msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:271 -msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:279 -msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:283 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:291 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:294 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:296 -msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:301 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +"Open the bank reconciliation view by clicking on the name of the bank " +"journal, and identify the transaction corresponding to the last transaction " +"of your bank statement. Click on the :guilabel:`STATEMENT` button when " +"hovering on the upper separator line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:303 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst-1 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " +"A \"STATEMENT\" button is visible when hovering on the line separating two " "transactions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:312 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:314 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:316 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:319 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:324 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:326 -msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:328 -msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:335 -msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:339 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:341 -msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:349 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:356 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Компанія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:358 -msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:367 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:369 -msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:377 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:378 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:384 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Товари" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:386 -msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:397 -msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:398 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:405 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:413 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:415 -msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:428 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:430 -msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:433 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:442 -msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:446 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:455 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:459 -msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:468 -msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:472 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:475 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Термін оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:477 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:489 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:497 -msgid "PUE" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:499 -msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:504 -msgid "Payments" -msgstr "Платежі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764" -"/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: " -"**PUE** or **PPD**. In both cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, " -"the difference of whether the payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term" -" of the invoice - as indicated in the previous point in the **Payment " -"Terms**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:512 -msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:521 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:529 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:531 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:534 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:571 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:546 -msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:550 -msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:554 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:561 -msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:566 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:587 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:590 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Попередня оплата" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:596 -msgid "" -"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:600 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:603 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:605 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:609 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:612 -msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:614 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:617 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:626 -msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:633 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:642 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:652 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:663 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:665 -msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:673 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:678 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:684 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:690 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:694 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:707 -msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:718 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:724 -msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:735 -msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:741 -msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:749 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:756 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:761 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:757 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:780 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:806 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Створити сторно" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:773 -msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:789 -msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:820 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:826 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:833 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:836 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:841 -msgid "Request Cancellation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:847 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:848 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:854 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:861 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:866 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:869 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:878 -msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:886 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:890 -msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:898 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:912 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:915 -msgid "Problem" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:922 -msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:925 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:931 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:937 -msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:944 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:947 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:948 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:953 -msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:955 -msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:963 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:974 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:979 -msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:987 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:997 -msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1012 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1027 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1045 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1032 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "Електронний пробний баланс." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "Звіт DIOT." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1038 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1055 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1060 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1071 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1078 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1084 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Оборотно-сальдова відомість" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1095 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1098 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "Звіт DIOT (вимагає застосування бухгалтерського обліку)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1101 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1106 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1110 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1114 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1119 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1124 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1130 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1133 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1139 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1144 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1150 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1155 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1159 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1168 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1175 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1181 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1185 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1196 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1215 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1220 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1223 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:23 -msgid "Year-end checklist" -msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1230 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1231 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1240 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1245 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1248 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:54 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "**Робота в процесі**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1251 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:58 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**Позики**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1259 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1269 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1275 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1280 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1288 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1292 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1308 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Додаткові рекомендовані функції" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1311 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1313 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1324 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1331 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Увімкнення явних помилок на CFDI за допомогою локального валідатора XSD " -"(CFDI 3.3)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1333 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1338 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічний --> Дії --> Дії " -"сервера`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Шукайте дію під назвою \"Завантажити файли XSD до CFDI\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1340 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Натисніть кнопку \"Створити контекстну дію\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1341 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до форми компанії :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі та " -"компанії --> Компанії`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1342 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Відкрийте будь-яку вашу компанію." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1343 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Натисніть \"Дія\", а потім \"Завантажити файл XSD в CFDI\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру з будь-якою помилкою (наприклад, " -"товар без коду, який є досить поширеним явищем), а замість загальної не " -"вказано явну помилку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1354 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "Якщо ви бачите помилку, подібну до цієї:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1361 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in anothe server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1365 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Перейдіть до компанії, в якій виникає помилка." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1366 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1369 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1373 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1378 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1382 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1386 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1427 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1458 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1479 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1487 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1391 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1401 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1409 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1412 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Повідомлення про помилку**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1414 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1429 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1432 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1446 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1451 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1460 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1463 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1467 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1494 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1498 -msgid "Glossary" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1501 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1502 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1503 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1504 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:100 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Нідерланди" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:5 -msgid "XAF Export" -msgstr "Експорт XAF " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:7 -msgid "" -"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" -" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" -" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " -"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." -msgstr "" -"Після встановлення голландської локалізації бухобліку ви зможете " -"експортувати всі записи бухгалтерії у форматі XAF. Для цього треба перейти " -"до: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал`, ви " -"визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," -" журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:14 -msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:16 -msgid "" -"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " -"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " -"матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:21 -msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/netherlands.rst:23 -msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" -msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:109 -msgid "Peru" -msgstr "Перу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " -"the next modules are available:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:11 -msgid "" -"**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " -"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " -"Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " -"included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:16 -msgid "" -"**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " -"generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " -"to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail " -"you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications " -"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/node/88/>`_, that keeps track of new changes and " -"updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published " -"on the `SUNAT Legislation " -"<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:28 -msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." -" This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " -"one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " -"automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:45 -msgid "" -"In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " -"the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " -"The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned " -"by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " -"Registration):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:56 -msgid "" -"In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " -"value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " -"invoice validation might have errors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:60 -msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:66 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " -"included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " -"in:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:71 -msgid "Default Account Receivable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:73 -msgid "" -"The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " -":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " -"several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:78 -msgid "Accouting Seetings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " -"set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" -" this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " -"Localization`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:85 -msgid "Basic Concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:87 -msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:89 -msgid "" -"**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" -" Invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:90 -msgid "" -"**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:91 -msgid "" -"**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " -"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:93 -msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " -"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:99 -msgid "Signature Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:101 -msgid "" -"As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " -"needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " -"signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " -"options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:112 -msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:170 -msgid "Digiflow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:186 -msgid "SUNAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " -"for each option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:114 -msgid "" -"This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " -"ceritificate is included as part of the service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:122 -msgid "What is the IAP?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:124 -msgid "" -"This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" -" of the next process:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " -"one by yourself." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:127 -msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:128 -msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:131 -msgid "How does it work?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:133 -msgid "" -"The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " -"Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " -"are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 -msgid "Credits" -msgstr "Кредити" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:138 -msgid "EUR" -msgstr "EUR" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 -msgid "1000" -msgstr "1000" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:140 -msgid "22" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 -msgid "5000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:142 -msgid "110" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 -msgid "10,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:144 -msgid "220" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 -msgid "20,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:146 -msgid "440" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:149 -msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:152 -msgid "" -"If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " -"time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" -" you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " -"OSE." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:157 -msgid "What do you need to do?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:159 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" -" Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:161 -msgid "" -"As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " -"official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " -"process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:165 -msgid "" -"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" -" " -"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:172 -msgid "" -"This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" -" you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " -"you need to consider:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:175 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:192 -msgid "" -"Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " -"vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " -"Ceritifcates " -"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:178 -msgid "" -"Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " -"<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:179 -msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:188 -msgid "" -"In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " -"to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " -"consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:196 -msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:199 -msgid "" -"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " -"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:203 -msgid "Testing environment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " -"company goes into production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:207 -msgid "" -"When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " -"buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " -"default." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:211 -msgid "" -"By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " -"the testing mode if needed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:217 -msgid "" -"In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " -"signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " -"Proceed to this section and load your file and password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:228 -msgid "" -"The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." -" Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " -"automatically or manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:235 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " -"about :doc:`multicurrency <../../others/multicurrencies/how_it_works>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:245 -msgid "" -"As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " -"their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:253 -msgid "EDI Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:255 -msgid "" -"As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " -"electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " -"but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:267 -msgid "" -"There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" -" Peruvian localization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:269 -msgid "" -"**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " -"Exportation transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:271 -msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:276 -msgid "" -"In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " -"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " -"types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " -"SUNAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:280 -msgid "" -"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " -"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " -"country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " -"automatically when the localization module is installed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:284 -msgid "" -"The information required for the document types is included by default so " -"the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," -" Debit Note and Credit Note." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:298 -msgid "" -"When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " -"addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:302 -msgid "Use Documents" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:304 -msgid "" -"This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " -"applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " -"related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " -"default, all the sales journals created use documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:309 -msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" -msgstr "Обмін електронними даними" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:311 -msgid "" -"This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " -"we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:319 -msgid "" -"By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " -"uncheck it manually." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:327 -msgid "" -"As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " -"the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " -"essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " -"customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:337 -msgid "Product" -msgstr "Товар" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:339 -msgid "" -"Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " -"localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " -"configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:351 -msgid "Customer invoice" -msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:354 -msgid "EDI Elements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:356 -msgid "" -"Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " -"your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " -"described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process " -"<../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of " -"fields required as part of the Peru EDI:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:361 -msgid "" -"**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " -"manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:368 -msgid "" -"**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " -"indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " -"another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " -"Goods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:376 -msgid "" -"**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " -"there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " -"based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default " -"are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " -"manually select another one when creating the invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:388 -msgid "" -"Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " -"proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " -"the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " -"following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " -"invoice has been posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:399 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:493 -msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:401 -msgid "" -"**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " -"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " -"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " -"button “Sent now”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:409 -msgid "" -"**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " -"validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " -"is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:417 -msgid "" -"In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" -" “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " -"again." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:421 -msgid "" -"One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" -" this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " -"time, two credits are consumed in total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:428 -msgid "" -"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " -"when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " -"the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:432 -msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:434 -msgid "" -"In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " -"taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " -"identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:437 -msgid "" -"If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " -"(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" -" to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" -" again to the SUNAT for another validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:446 -msgid "" -"For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " -"<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:452 -msgid "" -"After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " -"report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" -" is a valid fiscal document." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:460 -msgid "IAP Credits" -msgstr "Кредити IAP " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:462 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " -"consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " -"order to process your transactions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:465 -msgid "" -"Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " -"invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " -"them by accessing the link provided in the message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:473 -msgid "" -"In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " -"number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:480 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:516 -msgid "Cancelation process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:482 -msgid "" -"Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" -" was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " -"the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " -"Cancellation:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:490 -msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:495 -msgid "" -"**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " -"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " -"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " -"button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " -"result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:504 -msgid "" -"**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " -"was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " -"downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " -"Government validation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:513 -msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:518 -msgid "" -"When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " -"considerations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:520 -msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:521 -msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:522 -msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:529 -msgid "Advance Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:531 -msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:532 -msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:533 -msgid "" -"Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:534 -msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:535 -msgid "" -"The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " -"payment transaction." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:539 -msgid "Detraction Invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:541 -msgid "" -"When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" -" next considerations:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:543 -msgid "" -"All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:549 -msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:558 -msgid "" -"When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " -"note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," -" a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " -"selecting one of the options in the list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:567 -msgid "" -"When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " -"Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:570 -msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:576 -msgid "" -"To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " -"about Credit Notes <../../receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:580 -msgid "" -"The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:586 -msgid "" -"As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " -"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " -"button “Add Debit Note”." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/peru.rst:589 -msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:3 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Іспанія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:6 -msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " -"default:" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:10 -msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" -msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:11 -msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" -msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:12 -msgid "PGCE Entitades" -msgstr "PGCE Entitades" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:14 -msgid "" -"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " -"Localization** section." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " -":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " -"розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you create a new SaaS database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed by " -"default." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви створюєте нову базу даних SaaS, PGCE PYMEs 2008 встановлюється за " -"замовчуванням." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:23 -msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:25 -msgid "" -"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" -" accounting reports specific to Spain:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " -"бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:28 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:29 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/spain.rst:30 -msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" -msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:3 -msgid "Switzerland" -msgstr "Швейцарія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:6 -msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" -msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " -"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " -"ISR*." -msgstr "" -"ISR - платіжні доручення, що використовуються у Швейцарії. Ви можете " -"надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " -"назвою *Друк ISR*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:16 -msgid "" -"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " -"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " -"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." -msgstr "" -"На дисплеї з'явиться кнопка *Друк ISR*. У рахунку-фактурі вказано правильний" -" банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " -"номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:23 -msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." -msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:28 -msgid "" -"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " -"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " -"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:38 -msgid "ISR reference on invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:40 -msgid "" -"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " -"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " -"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " -"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." -" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" -" *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:53 -msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" -msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:55 -msgid "" -"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " -"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " -"you want." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної " -"податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " -"мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:64 -msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" -msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:66 -msgid "" -"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" -" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" -" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." -msgstr "" -"З 1 січня 2018 року в Швейцарії будуть застосовуватися нові знижені ставки " -"ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" -" готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:71 -msgid "How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (SaaS or On Premise)?" -msgstr "Як оновити свої податки в Odoo Enterprise (SaaS або On Premise)?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:73 -msgid "" -"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " -"have to do anything." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " -"робити." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:76 -msgid "" -"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " -"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " -":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " -"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " -"\"upgrade\"`." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви почали працювати на більш ранній версії, спочатку потрібно оновити " -"модуль \"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\". Для цього перейдіть " -"до :menuselection:`Додатки --> видаліть фільтр \"Додатки\" --> знайдіть " -"\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " -"натисніть \"оновити\"`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " -"rates." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " -"податків для оновлених ставок." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:87 -msgid "" -"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " -"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " -"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"**Не пригнічуйте чи змінюйте існуючі податки** (8.0% та 3.8%). Ви хочете " -"зберегти їх, оскільки вам доведеться скористатись обома ставками на короткий" -" період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" -" ваші транзакції 2017." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:92 -msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" -msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:94 -msgid "" -"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " -"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" -msgstr "" -"**Податки на купівлю**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " -"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " -"v10)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:97 -msgid "" -"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" -" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" -" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" -msgstr "" -"**Податки на продаж**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " -"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " -"v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " -"також повинні встановити відповідні теги" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:102 -msgid "" -"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" -"Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " -"Форма: сітка 302 податок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:105 -msgid "" -"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " -"grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" -"Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " -"Форма: сітка 342 податок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " -"included in Odoo by default" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " -"включених в Odoo за умовчанням" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 -msgid "**Tax Name**" -msgstr "**Назва податку**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 -msgid "**Rate**" -msgstr "**Ставка**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 -msgid "**Label on Invoice**" -msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 -msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" -msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 -msgid "**Tax Scope**" -msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:112 -msgid "**Tag**" -msgstr "**Тег**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -msgid "7.7%" -msgstr "7.7%" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -msgid "7.7% achat" -msgstr "7.7% achat" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -msgid "TVA 7.7%" -msgstr "TVA 7.7%" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" -msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:116 -msgid "7.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -msgid "7.7% invest." -msgstr "7.7% invest." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" -msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:120 -msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." -msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -msgid "3.7%" -msgstr "3.7%" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -msgid "3.7% achat" -msgstr "3.7% achat" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -msgid "TVA 3.7%" -msgstr "TVA 3.7%" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:124 -msgid "3.7% achat Incl." -msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:126 -msgid "3.7% invest" -msgstr "3.7% invest" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:128 -msgid "3.7% invest Incl." -msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" -msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" -msgstr "" -"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" -msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:132 -msgid "7.7% Incl." -msgstr "7.7% Incl." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" -msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -msgid "" -"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" -msgstr "" -"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" -msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:136 -msgid "3.7% Incl." -msgstr "3.7% Incl." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:139 -msgid "" -"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " -"odoo.com/help." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " -"допомогою odoo.com/help." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/localizations/switzerland.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" -" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " -"your fiscal positions accordingly." -msgstr "" -"Не забувайте оновлювати свою схему оподаткування. Якщо у вас є версія 11.1 " -"(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " -"відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " -"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " -"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " -"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " -"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " -"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:20 -msgid "" -"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " -"another package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" -" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " -"your country's module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:29 -msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:36 -msgid "Use" -msgstr "Користування" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:38 -msgid "" -"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " -"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " -"statements and certifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:41 -msgid "Please refer to the documentation listed below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`localizations_list`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:256 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:123 -msgid ":doc:`../../taxation/taxes/taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages.rst:48 -msgid "" -"update list of linked docs, and link with the future one about country-" -"specific statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:3 -msgid "List of supported countries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " -"the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :doc:`Fiscal Localization " -"Packages <fiscal_localization_packages>` that are available on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:14 -msgid "Fiscal Localization Packages available" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:16 -msgid "Algeria - Accounting" -msgstr "Алжир - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:19 -msgid "Argentinian Accounting" -msgstr "Аргентинський бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:20 -msgid "Argentinian Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Звіти аргентинського бухобліку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:21 -msgid "Argentinian Electronic Invoicing" -msgstr "Аргентинське електронне виставлення рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:23 -msgid "Australian - Accounting" -msgstr "Австралія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:24 -msgid "Austria - Accounting" -msgstr "Австрія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:25 -msgid "Belgium - Accounting" -msgstr "Бельгія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:26 -msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" -msgstr "Болівія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:27 -msgid "Brazilian - Accounting" -msgstr "Бразилія - Бухгалтерський облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:28 -msgid "Canada - Accounting" -msgstr "Канада - Бухгалтерський облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:29 -msgid "Chile - Accounting" -msgstr "Чилі - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:30 -msgid "China" -msgstr "Китай" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:32 -msgid "China - Accounting" -msgstr "Китай - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:33 -msgid "China - City Data" -msgstr "Китай - Дані міста" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:34 -msgid "China - Small Business CoA" -msgstr "Китай - CoA для малого бізнесу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:35 -msgid "China - Standard CoA" -msgstr "Китай - Стандартний CoA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:39 -msgid "Colombian - Accounting" -msgstr "Колумбія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:40 -msgid "Colombian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "Колумбія - Точка продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:42 -msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" -msgstr "Коста-Ріка - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:43 -msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" -msgstr "Хорватія - Бухоблік (RRIF 2012)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:44 -msgid "Denmark" -msgstr "Данія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:46 -msgid "Denmark - Accounting" -msgstr "Данія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:47 -msgid "Denmark - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Данія - Бухгалтерські звіти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:49 -msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" -msgstr "Домініканська Республіка - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:50 -msgid "Ecuador - Accounting" -msgstr "Еквадор - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:51 -msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" -msgstr "Ефіопія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:52 -msgid "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" -msgstr "EU Mini One Stop Shop (MOSS)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:53 -msgid "Finnish Localization" -msgstr "Фінська локалізація" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:54 -msgid "France - Accounting" -msgstr "Банківські рахунки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:55 -msgid "Generic - Accounting" -msgstr "Загальний - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:58 -msgid "Germany - Accounting" -msgstr "Німеччина - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:59 -msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" -msgstr "Німеччина SKR03 - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:60 -msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" -msgstr "Німеччина SKR04 - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:62 -msgid "Greece - Accounting" -msgstr "Греція - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:63 -msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" -msgstr "Гватемала - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:64 -msgid "Honduras - Accounting" -msgstr "Гондурас - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:65 -msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" -msgstr "Гонг Конг - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:66 -msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" -msgstr "Угорщина - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:67 -msgid "India" -msgstr "Індія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:69 -msgid "Indian - Accounting" -msgstr "Індія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:70 -msgid "Indian - Point of Sale" -msgstr "Індійська - Точка продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:72 -msgid "Indonesian - Accounting" -msgstr "Індонезія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:73 -msgid "Ireland - Accounting" -msgstr "Ірландія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:74 -msgid "Israel - Accounting" -msgstr "Ізраїль - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:75 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Італія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:77 -msgid "Italy - Accounting" -msgstr "Італія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:78 -msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" -msgstr "Італія - електронне виставлення рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:80 -msgid "Japan - Accounting" -msgstr "Японія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:81 -msgid "LATAM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:83 -msgid "LATAM Localization Base" -msgstr "База локалізації LATAM" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:84 -msgid "LATAM Document" -msgstr "Документ LATAM" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:86 -msgid "Lithuania" -msgstr "Литва" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:88 -msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" -msgstr "Литва - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:89 -msgid "LT - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "LT - Бухгалтерські звіти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:91 -msgid "Luxembourg - Accounting" -msgstr "Люксембург - Бухгалтерський облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:92 -msgid "Maroc - Accounting" -msgstr "Марокко - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:93 -msgid "Mexico - Accounting" -msgstr "Мексика - Бухгалтерський облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:94 -msgid "Mongolia" -msgstr "Монголія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:96 -msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" -msgstr "Монголія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:97 -msgid "Mongolia - Accounting Reports" -msgstr "Монголія - Бухгалтерські звіти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:99 -msgid "Multi Language Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Багатомовний план рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:102 -msgid "Netherlands - Accounting" -msgstr "Нідерландські Антильські Острови" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:103 -msgid "Netherlands - Intrastat Declaration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:105 -msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" -msgstr "Нова Зеландія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:106 -msgid "Norway - Accounting" -msgstr "Норвегія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:107 -msgid "OHADA - Accounting" -msgstr "OHADA - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:108 -msgid "Panama - Accounting" -msgstr "Панама - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:111 -msgid "Peruvian Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:112 -msgid "Peruvian Accounting Reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:113 -msgid "Peruvian Electronic Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:115 -msgid "Poland - Accounting" -msgstr "Польща - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:116 -msgid "Portugal - Accounting" -msgstr "Португалія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:117 -msgid "Romania - Accounting" -msgstr "Румунія - Бухгалтерський облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:118 -msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" -msgstr "Саудівська Аравія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:119 -msgid "Singapore - Accounting" -msgstr "Сингапур - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:120 -msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" -msgstr "Словенія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:121 -msgid "South Africa - Accounting" -msgstr "Південна Африка - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:122 -msgid "Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008)" -msgstr "Іспанія - Бухоблік (PGCE 2008)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:123 -msgid "Sweden" -msgstr "Швеція" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:125 -msgid "Sweden - Structured Communication OCR" -msgstr "Швеція - Структурована комунікація OCR" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:126 -msgid "Swedish - Accounting" -msgstr "Швеція - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:128 -msgid "Switzerland - Accounting" -msgstr "Швейцарія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:129 -msgid "Thailand - Accounting" -msgstr "Таїланд - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:130 -msgid "Turkey - Accounting" -msgstr "Туреччина - Бухгалтерський облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:131 -msgid "U.A.E. - Accounting" -msgstr "ОАЕ - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:132 -msgid "UK - Accounting" -msgstr "Великобританія - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:133 -msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" -msgstr "Україна - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:134 -msgid "United States - Accounting" -msgstr "США - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:135 -msgid "Uruguay - Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "Уругвай - план рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:136 -msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" -msgstr "Венесуела - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:137 -msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" -msgstr "В'єтнам - Бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/localizations_list.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 -msgid "Others" -msgstr "Інші" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser.rst:3 -msgid "Adviser" -msgstr "Консультант" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a financial budget" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " -"people become more intentional with the way money is spent and direct people" -" to organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allows " -"you to plan your desired financial outcome and then measure your actual " -"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both General and " -"Analytic Accounts." -msgstr "" -"Управління бюджетами - важлива частина ведення бізнесу. Бюджети допомагають " -"людям ставати більш навмисними з приводу того, як витрачаються гроші, і " -"спрямовують людей на організацію та визначення пріоритетності їх роботи для " -"досягнення фінансових цілей. Вони дозволяють спланувати бажаний фінансовий " -"результат, а потім оцінити фактичну ефективність роботи за планом. Odoo " -"управляє бюджетами, використовуючи як загальні, так і аналітичні рахунки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:15 -msgid "" -"We will use the following example to illustrate. We just started a project " -"with Smith&Co and we would like to budget the incomes and expenses of that " -"project. We plan to have a revenue of 1000 and we don't want to spend more " -"than 700." -msgstr "" -"Ми будемо використовувати наступний приклад для ілюстрації. Ми тільки " -"розпочали проект зі Smith & Co, і хотіли би бюджетувати доходи і витрати " -"цього проекту. Ми плануємо мати дохід від 1000, і не хочемо витрачати більше" -" 700." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:23 -msgid "" -"First we need to install the relevant apps to use budgeting. The main module" -" is the accounting app. Go in the app module and install the **Accounting " -"and Finance** app." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно встановити відповідні додатки для використання бюджету. " -"Основним модулем є Бухоблік. Перейдіть у модуль додатків та встановіть " -"додаток **Бухоблік та фінанси**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Further configuration is as well necessary. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" module --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the **Budget management**" -" feature" -msgstr "" -"Додаткове налаштування також потрібне. Перейдіть до модуля " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та увімкніть " -"функцію **Керування бюджетом**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:38 -msgid "Budgetary Positions" -msgstr "Бюджетні позиції" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" -" (typically expense or income accounts). They need to be defined so Odoo can" -" know it which accounts he needs to go get the budget information." -msgstr "" -"Бюджетні позиції - це списки рахунків, на яких потрібно вести бюджети (як " -"правило, рахунки витрат або доходів). Їх потрібно визначити, щоб Odoo змогла" -" знати, які рахунки йому потрібно отримати, щоб отримати інформацію про " -"бюджет." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:45 -msgid "" -"The budgetary positions act as a type of restriction on what can be recorded" -" in the 'practical amount' column in a budget." -msgstr "" -"Бюджетні позиції виступають типом обмеження щодо того, що може бути записано" -" у графі \"практична сума\" у бюджеті." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the general " -"ledger (the main chart of accounts) assigned to it, though it must have at " -"least one." -msgstr "" -"Кожна бюджетна позиція може мати будь-яку кількість рахунків із загальної " -"бухгалтерської книги (основного плану рахунків), присвоєної їй, хоча вона " -"повинна мати хоча б одну." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you record a transaction that has an analytic account assigned to it that" -" *is* included in a budget line but one of the general ledger accounts *is " -"not* included in the budgetary position for that same budget line, it will " -"not appear within the 'practical amount' column of that budget line." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви записуєте транзакцію, в якій присвоєно аналітичний рахунок, який " -"*включено до бюджетного рядка, але один із загальних облікових записів* не " -"включений у бюджетну позицію для цього самого бюджетного рядка, він не " -"відображатиметься в межах колонки \"практична сума\" цього бюджетного рядка." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Some budgetary positions might be already installed with your chart of " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Деякі бюджетні позиції можуть бути вже встановлені у вашому плані рахунків." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To define the positions enter the :menuselection:`Accounting module --> " -"Configuration --> Budgetary Positions`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб визначити позиції, введіть :menuselection:`Модуль бухобліку --> " -"Налаштування --> Бюджетні позиції`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:62 -msgid "" -"For our example we need to define what accounts relates to our project's " -"expenses. Create a position and add items to select the accounts." -msgstr "" -"Для нашого прикладу нам потрібно визначити, які рахунки стосуються витрат " -"нашого проекту. Створіть позицію та додайте елементи, щоби вибрати рахунки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In this case we select the three relevant accounts used wherein we will book" -" our expenses." -msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку ми вибираємо три відповідні рахунки, в яких ми будемо " -"замовляти наші витрати." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:74 -msgid "Click on *Select*." -msgstr "Натисніть на *Обрати*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:79 -msgid "Save the changes to confirm your Budgetary position." -msgstr "Збережіть зміни, щоби підтвердити свою позицію бюджету." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:81 -msgid "" -"Repeat this steps to create a revenue budgetary position. Only in this case " -"select the relevant income accounts." -msgstr "" -"Повторіть ці кроки, щоб створити позицію бюджету. Тільки в цьому випадку " -"виберіть відповідні рахунки на прибуток." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:85 -msgid "Analytical account" -msgstr "Аналітичний рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " -"budget. To do so we need to link our invoices and expenses to a defined " -"analytical account. Create an analytical account by entering the Accounting " -"module and clicking :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic Accounts --> Open " -"Charts`. Create a new Account called Smith&Co project and select the related" -" partner." -msgstr "" -"Odoo повинен знати, які витрати мають відношення до певного бюджету. Для " -"цього нам потрібно пов'язати наші рахунки-фактури та витрати з певним " -"аналітичним рахунком. Створіть аналітичний рахунок, введіть модуль " -"бухгалтерського обліку та натисніть :menuselection:`Консультант --> " -"Аналітичний рахунок --> Відкрити таблиці`. Створіть новий рахунок під назвою" -" проект Smith&Co і виберіть пов'язаного партнера." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:98 -msgid "Set a budget" -msgstr "Встановіть бюджет" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Let's now set our targets for our budget. We specified that we expect to " -"gain 1000 with this project and we would like not to spend more than 700." -msgstr "" -"Давайте тепер встановимо наші цілі для нашого бюджету. Ми зазначили, що ми " -"плануємо отримати 1000 з цього проекту, і ми не хочемо витрачати більше 700." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:104 -msgid "" -"To set those targets, enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Advisers --> Budgets` and create a new Budget." -msgstr "" -"Щоб встановити ці цілі, введіть додаток бухобліку, виберіть " -":menuselection:`Консультанти --> Бюджети` та створіть новий бюджет" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:107 -msgid "" -"We have to give a name to the budget. In this case we'll call it \"Smith " -"Project\". Select the period wherein the budget will be applicable. Next add" -" an item to specify your targets in the Budget Line." -msgstr "" -"Ми маємо назвати бюджет. У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"Проект Сміта\". " -"Виберіть період, в якому буде застосовуватися бюджет. Далі додайте елемент, " -"щоби вказати цілі в рядку бюджету." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Select the Budgetary Position related to the Budget Line. In other words, " -"select the position that points to the accounts you want to budget. In this " -"case we will start with our 700 maximum charge target. Select the \"Cost\" " -"Budgetary Position and specify the Planned Amount. As we are recording a " -"cost, we need to specify a **negative amount**. Finally, select the " -"corresponding analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть позицію бюджету, пов'язану з бюджетним рядком. Іншими словами, " -"виберіть позицію, яка вказує на рахунки, які ви хочете запланувати. У цьому " -"випадку ми почнемо з нашого максимального рівня 700 . Виберіть позицію " -"бюджету \"Вартість\" та вкажіть планову суму. Оскільки ми записуємо " -"вартість, нам потрібно вказати **негативну суму**. Нарешті, виберіть " -"відповідний аналітичний рахунок." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Click on **Save & new** to input the revenue budget. The Budgetary Position " -"is Revenue and the Planned Amount is 1000. Save and close" -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти та новий**, щоб ввести бюджет доходу. Позиція " -"бюджету - дохід, а запланована сума - 1000. Збережіть та закрийте." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:127 -msgid "You'll need to **Confirm** and **Approve** the budget." -msgstr "Вам потрібно буде **підтвердити** та **затвердити** бюджет." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:130 -msgid "Check your budget" -msgstr "Перевірте свій бюджет" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:132 -msgid "" -"You can check your budget at any time. To see the evolution, let's book some" -" Invoices and Vendors Bills." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перевірити свій бюджет у будь-який час. Щоб побачити еволюцію, " -"давайте складемо кілька рахунків-фактур та рахунків постачальників." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:136 -msgid "" -"If you use analytical accounts remember that you need to specify the account" -" in the invoice and/or purchase line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:140 -msgid "" -"For more information about booking invoices and purchase orders see " -":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/overview`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:143 -msgid "Go back in the budget list and find the Smith Project." -msgstr "Поверніться до списку бюджетів та знайдіть проект Smith." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Via the analytical account, Odoo can account the invoice lines and purchase " -"lines booked in the accounts and will display them in the **Practical " -"Amount** column." -msgstr "" -"Через аналітичний рахунок, Odoo може враховувати рядки рахунків-фактур та " -"рядки покупки, заброньовані в рахунках, і відображатиме їх у стовпчику " -"**Фактична сума**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/adviser/budget.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The theoretical amount represents the amount of money you theoretically " -"could have spend / should have received in function of the date. When your " -"budget is 1200 for 12 months (january to december), and today is 31 of " -"january, the theoretical amount will be 100, since this is the actual amount" -" that could have been realised." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic" -msgstr "Аналітика" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of purchases, expenses, subcontracting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytical accounting we can track costs of purchases, expenses " -"and subcontracting in the accounting module." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки аналітичному бухобліку ми можемо відстежувати вартість закупівлі, " -"витрати та субпідряд в модулі бухгалтерського обліку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:11 -msgid "" -"We'll take the following example. We sold a consulting package for a " -"customer. The package is all inclusive meaning no extra cost can be added. " -"We would however like to follow which cost were attached to this transaction" -" as we need to pay for purchases, expenses, and subcontracting costs related" -" to the project." -msgstr "" -"Ми наведемо наступний приклад. Ми продали пакет консультацій для клієнта. " -"Пакет, де все включено, означає, що додаткових витрат додати не можна. Проте" -" ми хочемо визначити, які витрати були прив'язані до цієї транзакції, " -"оскільки нам потрібно оплатити покупки, витрати та витрати на субпідряд, " -"пов'язані з проектом." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The following modules needs to be installed to track cost. Enter the app " -"module and install the following apps:" -msgstr "" -"Для відстеження вартості потрібно встановити наступні модулі. Введіть модуль" -" додатків та встановіть такі програми:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Please note that the applications provided by these apps only allows us to " -"**track** the costs. We won't be able to automatically re invoice those " -"costs to our customers. To track and **re invoice costs** you should install" -" the Sales management app as well." -msgstr "" -"Зверніть увагу, що ці додатки дозволяють **відстежувати** витрати. Ми не " -"зможемо автоматично перерахувати ці витрати нашим клієнтам. Щоби " -"відстежувати витрати на **виставлення рахунків** і перерахувати їх, потрібно" -" також встановити додаток для керування продажами." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:37 -msgid "Enable Analytical accounting" -msgstr "Увімкніть аналітичний облік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Next step is to activate the analytical accounting. In the accounting app, " -"select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and thick the Analytic " -"accounting box." -msgstr "" -"Наступним кроком є активація аналітичного бухобліку. У додатку бухобліку " -"оберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` та розгорніть розділ" -" Аналітичний бухоблік." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:46 -msgid "" -"Moreover, scroll down and tick the **Analytic accounting for purchases** " -"box." -msgstr "" -"Крім того, прокрутіть вниз і позначте пункт **Аналітичний бухоблік для " -"купівель**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:52 -msgid "Don't forget to save your changes." -msgstr "Не забудьте зберегти зміни." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:55 -msgid "Create an Analytical account." -msgstr "Створіть Аналітичний бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:57 -msgid "" -"First of all you should create an Analytical account on which you can point " -"all your expenses. Enter the accounting app, select " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Analytic Accounts`. Create a new one. In " -"this case we will call it \"consulting pack\" for our customer Smith&Co." -msgstr "" -"Перш за все ви повинні створити аналітичний бухоблік, на якому ви зможете " -"вказати всі свої витрати. Введіть додаток бухобліку, " -"виберіть:menuselection:`Налаштування --> Аналітичний облік`. Створіть новий." -" У цьому випадку ми називаємо це \"пакет консультацій\" для нашого клієнта " -"Smith&Co." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:65 -msgid "We will point all our costs to this account to keep track of them." -msgstr "" -"Ми будемо вказувати всі наші витрати на цей облік, щоб стежити за ними." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:68 -msgid "Record an expense" -msgstr "Запишіть витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:70 -msgid "" -"We start by booking an expense. Our IT technician had to take a train to go " -"see our customer. He paid for his ticket himself." -msgstr "" -"Почнемо з реєстрації витрат. Наш ІТ-спеціаліст повинен був поїхати поїздом, " -"щоби побачити нашого клієнта. Він сам заплатив за свій квиток." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:75 -msgid "Create an expense product" -msgstr "Створіть витратний товар" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"We first need to create an expense product. Enter the **Expense** module, " -"Click on :menuselection:`Configuration --> Expense Products`. Create a new " -"product called Train ticket and set the cost price to 15.50 euros. Make sure" -" the **Can be expensed** box is ticked." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку потрібно створити витратний товар. Введіть модуль **Витрати**, " -"натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Витратні товари`. Створіть " -"новий товар під назвою квиток на потяг і встановіть собівартість до 15,50 " -"євро. Переконайтеся, що позначено рядок **Може бути витрачений**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Book the expense" -msgstr "Зареєструйте витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Enter the Expense module, click on :menuselection:`My expenses --> Create`. " -"Select the Train ticket product and link it to the analytical account " -"discussed above." -msgstr "" -"Введіть модуль Витрати, натисніть :menuselection:`Мої витрати --> Створити`." -" Виберіть товар Квиток на потяг і пов'яжіть його з аналітичним бухобліком, " -"описаним вище." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Submit to manager and wait for the manager to approve and post the journal " -"entries." -msgstr "" -"Надішліть менеджеру та зачекайте, поки менеджер затвердить та опублікує " -"записи журналу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:99 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order linked to the analytical account" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з аналітичним бухобліком" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:102 -msgid "Purchase Product" -msgstr "Купівлі товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We also need to buy a software for our customers. In the purchase app create" -" a purchase order for the software product. Within the line we can link the " -"product's cost with the analytical account. Specify the order line and " -"select the correct analytical account. Confirm the sale." -msgstr "" -"Ми також повинні придбати програмне забезпечення для наших клієнтів. У " -"модулі купівлі створіть замовлення на купівлю товару програмного " -"забезпечення. У межах рядка ми можемо пов'язати вартість товару з " -"аналітичним рахунком. Вкажіть рядок замовлення та виберіть правильний " -"аналітичний рахунок. Підтвердіть продаж." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Accept the delivery and enter the invoice. Once the invoice is entered the " -"cost price (**Vendor Price** field) will be booked in the analytical " -"account." -msgstr "" -"Прийміть доставку та введіть рахунок-фактуру. Після введення рахунка-фактури" -" собівартість (поле **Ціна постачальника**) буде зарахована на аналітичний " -"бухоблік." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:117 -msgid "Subcontracting" -msgstr "Субпідряд" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:119 -msgid "" -"The purchase module can be used in the same way as seen previously to handle" -" subcontracting. if we purchase a service from another company we can re " -"invoice this cost by linking the purchase order line to the correct " -"analytical account. We simply need to create the correct vendors product." -msgstr "" -"Модуль купівлі може використовуватися таким же чином, як і раніше, для " -"обробки субпідрядних контрактів. Якщо ми купуємо послугу з іншої компанії, " -"ми можемо перерахувати цю вартість, пов'язавши рядок замовлення на " -"правильний аналітичний бухоблік. Нам просто потрібно створити правильний " -"товар постачальника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "You can also track cost with timesheets, see: :doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете відстежувати вартість з табелем, дивіться: :doc:`timesheets`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:129 -msgid "Track costs in accounting" -msgstr "Відстежуйте витрати в бухобліку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is booked and points to the analytical account. Simply " -"open it to check the costs related to that account." -msgstr "" -"Тепер все, що реєструється, вказує на аналітичний бухоблік. Просто відкрийте" -" його, щоби перевірити витрати, пов'язані з цим рахунком." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Enter the accounting module, click on :menuselection:`Advisers --> Analytic " -"Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" -"Введіть модуль бухгалтерського обліку, натисніть кнопку " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичний бухоблік --> Відкрити плани " -"рахунків`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Select \"consulting pack - Smith\" and click on the cost and revenue button " -"to have an overview of all cost linked to the account." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть \"пакет консультацій - Smith\" і натисніть кнопку Вартість і дохід," -" щоби переглянути всі витрати, пов'язані з обліком." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/purchases_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"If you would like to have the revenue as well you should invoice the " -"Consulting Pack in the Invoice menu and link the invoice line to this same " -"analytical account." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете отримувати прибуток, ви повинні нарахувати консалтинговий " -"пакет в меню \"Рахунок-фактура\" та зв'язати рядок рахунку з цим аналітичним" -" обліковим записом." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:3 -msgid "Track costs of human resources with timesheets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Human resource of course has a cost. It is interesting to see how much a " -"particular contract costs the company in term of human power in relation to " -"the invoiced amounts." -msgstr "" -"Людський ресурс звичайно має вартість. Цікаво подивитися, наскільки " -"конкретний договір стоїть перед компанією в термінах людської сили у " -"відношенні суми, що підлягають оплати." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"We will take the following example: Our two employees **Harry Potter** and " -"**Cedric Digory** both work on a **Consultancy pack** for our customer " -"**Smith&Co**. Harry is paid 18€ p.h. and Cedric's salary is 12€ p.h. We " -"would like to track their timesheet costs within the accounting app, and " -"compare them with the revenue of the consultancy service." -msgstr "" -"Ми розглянемо такий приклад: наші два співробітники **Гаррі Поттер** та " -"**Седрік Дігорі** працюють на **консультаційному пакеті** для нашого клієнта" -" **Smith&Co**. Гаррі отримує 18 € за годину, а зарплата Седріка становить 12" -" € за годину. Ми хотіли би відслідковувати витрати в додатку бухобліку та " -"порівнювати їх з доходами консультаційної послуги." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, install the three applications necessary to use this functionality, " -"namely **Accounting**, **Sales** and **Timesheet**. Enter the apps module " -"name and install them." -msgstr "" -"По-перше, встановіть три програми, необхідні для використання цієї функції, " -"а саме **Бухоблік**, **Продажі** та **Табелі**. Введіть назву модулів та " -"встановіть їх." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Next you will need to enable analytical accounting. To do so enter the " -"**Accounting app**. Select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and " -"tick the **Analytic accounting** option (see picture below)" -msgstr "" -"Далі вам потрібно буде включити аналітичний бухоблік. Для цього введіть " -"додаток **Бухобліку**. Виберіть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` та позначте опцію **Аналітичний бухоблік** (див. зображення " -"нижче)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:38 -msgid "Apply your changes." -msgstr "Застосуйте зміни." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:41 -msgid "Create an employee" -msgstr "Створіть співробітника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:43 -msgid "" -"In order to check the revenue of an employee you need to have one. To create" -" an employee enter the **Employee** app. Select **Employees** and create a " -"new employee, fill in the name and the basic information." -msgstr "" -"Щоб перевірити дохід працівника, потрібно мати його. Щоб створити " -"співробітника, введіть додаток **Співробітник**. Виберіть **Співробітники** " -"та створіть нового співробітника, введіть ім'я та основну інформацію." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:47 -msgid "" -"On the employee sheet enter the **HR settings** tab. Here you are able to " -"specify the **Timesheet Cost** of your employee. In this case Harry has a " -"cost of 18 euros / hours. We will thus fill in 18 in this field." -msgstr "" -"На листку співробітника введіть вкладку **Параметри персоналу**. Тут ви " -"можете вказати **Вартість табелю** свого співробітника. У цьому випадку " -"Гаррі має вартість 18 євро/годину. Таким чином, ми заповнимо 18 в цьому " -"полі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:55 -msgid "" -"If you want the employee to be able to enter timesheets he needs to be " -"related to a User." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете, щоби працівник міг вводити розклад, він повинен бути " -"пов'язаний з користувачем." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Repeat the operation to create the Cedric Digory employee. Don't forget to " -"specify its related user and **Timesheet Costs**." -msgstr "" -"Повторіть операцію, щоб створити працівника Седрик Дігорі. Не забудьте " -"вказати пов'язані з ним користувачі та **Вартість табелю**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:62 -msgid "Issue a Sales Order" -msgstr "Оформіть замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:64 -msgid "" -"We created two employees called Harry Potter and Cedric Diggory in the " -"**Employee** app. Both of them will work on a consultancy contract for our " -"customer Smith&Co where they will point their hours on a timesheet." -msgstr "" -"Ми створили двох співробітників під назвою Гарі Поттер та Седрік Дігорі в " -"додатку **Співробітники**. Обидва вони працюватимуть на консультаційному " -"контракті з нашим клієнтом Smith&Co, де вони вказують свої години у " -"розкладі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:68 -msgid "" -"We thus need to create a **sales order** with a **service** product invoiced" -" **based on time and material** and tracked by timesheets with **hours** as " -"unit of measures." -msgstr "" -"Отже, нам потрібно створити **замовлення на продаж** із товаром **послуга**," -" на який виставлено рахунок **заснований на часі та матеріалі**, і " -"відстежується табелем з **годинами** як одиниця вимірювань." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"For more information on how to create a sales order based on time and " -"material please see " -":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:78 -msgid "" -"We save a Sales Order with the service product **External Consulting**. An " -"analytical account will automatically be generated once the **Sales Order** " -"is confirmed. Our employees will have to point to that account (in this case" -" **SO002-Smith&Co**) in order to be able to invoice their hours (see picture" -" below)." -msgstr "" -"Ми заощаджуємо замовлення на продаж за допомогою сервісного товару " -"**Зовнішній консалтинг**. Аналітичний бухоблік буде автоматично створено " -"після підтвердження **замовлення на продаж**. Наші співробітники повинні " -"вказати на цей рахунок (у цьому випадку **SO002-Smith&Co**), щоб мати " -"можливість виставляти рахунки за години (див. зображення нижче)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:88 -msgid "Fill in timesheet" -msgstr "Заповніть табель" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:90 -msgid "" -"As an employee linked to a user, Harry can enter the **Timesheet** app and " -"specify his timesheets for the contract. Logged on Harry's account we enter " -"the **Timesheet** app and enter a detailed line pointing to the **Analytical" -" Account** discussed above." -msgstr "" -"Як працівник, пов'язаний із користувачем, Гаррі може ввійти в додаток " -"**Табель** та вказати його табель для контракту. Увійшовши на облік Гаррі, " -"ми заходимо в додаток **Табель** і вводимо детальний рядок, який вказує на " -"**аналітичний бухоблік**, описаний вище." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:95 -msgid "Harry worked three hours on a SWOT analysis for Smith&Co." -msgstr "Гаррі працював три години на SWOT-аналізі для Smith&Co." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:100 -msgid "" -"In the meantime, Cedric discussed businesses needs with the customer for 1 " -"hour and specified it as well in his personal timesheet, pointing as well on" -" the **Analytic Account**." -msgstr "" -"Тим часом, Седрік обговорив потреби бізнесу із замовником за 1 годину і " -"вказав її також у своєму особистому табелі, вказуючи також в **Аналітичному " -"бухобліку**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:104 -msgid "" -"In the **Sales Order** we notice that the delivered amounts of hours is " -"automatically computed (see picture below)." -msgstr "" -"У **Замовленні на продаж** ми помічаємо, що кількість доставлених годин " -"автоматично обчислюється (див. зображення нижче)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:111 -msgid "Analytic accounting" -msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Thanks to analytic accounts we are able to have an overview of HR cost and " -"revenues. All the revenues and cost of this transactions have been " -"registered in the **SO002-Smith&Co** account." -msgstr "" -"Завдяки аналітичним рахункам ми можемо мати огляд витрат та доходів " -"персоналу. Усі доходи та вартість цих операцій зареєстровані на рахунку " -"**SO002-Smith&Co**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:117 -msgid "We can use two methods to analyze this situation." -msgstr "Ми можемо використовувати два способи аналізу цієї ситуації." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:120 -msgid "Without filters" -msgstr "Без фільтрів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:122 -msgid "" -"If we pointed all our costs and revenues of the project on the correct " -"analytical account we can easily retrieve the cost and revenues related to " -"this analytical account. Enter the *Accounting* app, select " -":menuselection:`Adviser --> Analytic Accounts --> Open Charts`." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ми вказали всі наші витрати та доходи проекту на правильний аналітичний" -" рахунок, ми зможемо легко отримати кошти та доходи, пов'язані з цим " -"аналітичним рахунком. Введіть модуль *Бухоблік*, виберіть " -":menuselection:`Консультант --> Аналітичні рахунки --> Відкрити плани " -"рахунків`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:127 -msgid "" -"Note : you can specify a period for **Analysis**. If you want to open the " -"current situation you should keep the fields empty. We can already note the " -"credit and debit balance of the account." -msgstr "" -"Примітка: ви можете вказати період для **Аналізу**. Якщо ви хочете відкрити " -"поточну ситуацію, ви повинні залишити поля порожніми. Ми вже можемо " -"відзначити кредитний та дебетовий баланс рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:134 -msgid "" -"If we click on the account a special button is provided to have the details " -"of cost and revenues (see picture below)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ми натиснемо на рахунок, буде надана спеціальна кнопка, яка містить " -"інформацію про вартість та доходи (див. зображення нижче)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Click the button **Cost/Revenue** to have an overview of cost and revenues " -"with the corresponding description." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку **Вартість/дохід**, щоб мати огляд вартості та доходів з " -"відповідним описом." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:144 -msgid "With filters" -msgstr "З фільтрами" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:146 -msgid "We can thus filter this information from the **Analytic Entries**." -msgstr "" -"Таким чином, ми можемо фільтрувати цю інформацію з **Аналітичних записів**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:148 -msgid "" -"Enter the **Accounting** app, and click on :menuselection:`Adviser --> " -"Analytic Entries`. In this menu we have several options to analyse the human" -" resource cost." -msgstr "" -"Введіть модуль **Бухоблік** та натисніть кнопку :menuselection:`Консультант " -"--> Аналітичні записи`. У цьому меню ми маємо кілька варіантів аналізу " -"вартості людських ресурсів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"We filter on the **Analytic account** so we can see the cost and revenues of" -" the project. Add a custom **Filter** where the **Analytic Account** " -"contains the **Sales Order** number." -msgstr "" -"Ми фільтруємо **Аналітичний бухоблік**, щоб ми могли бачити вартість та " -"доходи проекту. Додайте індивідуальний **Фільтр**, де **Аналітичний " -"рахунок** містить номер **Замовлення на продаж**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:158 -msgid "" -"In the results we see timesheets activities and invoiced lines with the " -"corresponding costs and revenues." -msgstr "" -"У результаті ми бачимо, що дії табелів та рядки рахунків є з відповідними " -"витратами та доходами." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/timesheets.rst:164 -msgid "" -"We can group the different analytical accounts together and check their " -"respective revenues. Simply group by **Analytic account** and select the " -"**Graph view** to have a clear overview." -msgstr "" -"Ми можемо разом групувати різні аналітичні рахунки та перевіряти їхні " -"відповідні доходи. Просто групуйте за **Аналітичним рахунком** і виберіть " -"**Перегляд графіку**, щоби мати чіткий огляд." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:3 -msgid "Analytic account use cases" -msgstr "Використання аналітичного рахунку у різних випадках" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:5 -msgid "The analytic accounting can be used for several purposes:" -msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік можна використовувати для кількох цілей:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:7 -msgid "analyse costs of a company" -msgstr "проаналізуйте витрати компанії" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:9 -msgid "reinvoice time to a customer" -msgstr "повторно виставте час в рахунку клієнту" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:11 -msgid "analyse performance of a service or a project" -msgstr "проаналізуйте ефективність послуги або проекту" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To manage analytic accounting, you have to activate it in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб керувати аналітичним бухобліком, ви повинні активувати його в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To illustrate analytic accounts clearly, you will follow three use cases, " -"each in one of three different types of company:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб чітко проілюструвати аналітичні рахунки, ви будете стежити за трьома " -"випадками використання, кожен з яких складається з трьох різних типів " -"компаній:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:22 -msgid "Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:24 -msgid "Law Firm: reinvoice spent hours" -msgstr "Юридична фірма: повторне виставлення в рахунку витрачених годин" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:26 -msgid "IT/Services Company: performance analysis" -msgstr "IT/Компанія з надання послуг: аналіз продуктивності" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:29 -msgid "Case 1: Industrial company: Costs Analyse" -msgstr "Випадок 1: Промислова компанія: аналіз витрат" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:31 -msgid "" -"In industry, you will often find analytic charts of accounts structured into" -" departments and products the company itself is built on." -msgstr "" -"У промисловості ви часто знайдете аналітичні плани рахунків, структуровані у" -" відділах та товарах, на яких побудована сама компанія." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The objective is to examine the costs, sales and margins by " -"department/resources and by product. The first level of the structure " -"comprises the different departments, and the lower levels represent the " -"product ranges the company makes and sells." -msgstr "" -"Мета полягає у вивченні витрат, обсягу продажів та маржі за " -"відділами/ресурсами та за товарами. Перший рівень структури складається з " -"різних підрозділів, а нижчі - продукція, яку компанія виробляє та продає." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:39 -msgid "" -"**Analytic Chart of Accounts for an Industrial Manufacturing Company**:" -msgstr "**Аналітичний план рахунків для промислової компанії:**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:41 -msgid "Marketing Department" -msgstr "Відділ маркетингу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:43 -msgid "Commercial Department" -msgstr "Комерційний відділ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:45 -msgid "Administration Department" -msgstr "Адміністративний відділ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -msgid "Production Range 1" -msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 1" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "Production Range 2" -msgstr "Виробничий асортимент 2" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In daily use, it is useful to mark the analytic account on each purchase " -"invoice. When the invoice is approved, it will automatically generate the " -"entries for both the general and the corresponding analytic accounts. For " -"each entry on the general accounts, there is at least one analytic entry " -"that allocates costs to the department which incurred them." -msgstr "" -"При щоденному використанні корисно позначити аналітичний рахунок на кожному " -"рахунку-фактурі купівлі. Коли рахунок-фактуру буде схвалено, він автоматично" -" генерує записи як для загальних, так і для відповідних аналітичних " -"рахунків. Для кожного запису в загальних рахунках є щонайменше один " -"аналітичний запис, який розподіляє витрати на відділ, що їх поніс." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Here is a possible breakdown of some general accounting entries for the " -"example above, allocated to various analytic accounts:" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено можливе розбиття деяких загальних бухгалтерських записів для " -"наведеного вище прикладу, розподілених на різні аналітичні рахунки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**General accounts**" -msgstr "**Загальні рахунки**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:62 -msgid "**Analytic accounts**" -msgstr "**Аналітичні рахунки**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Title**" -msgstr "**Заголовок**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -msgid "**Account**" -msgstr "**Рахунок**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Debit**" -msgstr "**Дебет**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:80 -msgid "**Credit**" -msgstr "**Кредит**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:64 -msgid "**Value**" -msgstr "**Значення**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "Purchase of Raw Material" -msgstr "Закупівля сировини" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "2122" -msgstr "2122" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "1500" -msgstr "1500" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:66 -msgid "-1 500" -msgstr "-1 500" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -msgid "Subcontractors" -msgstr "Субпідряники" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "450" -msgstr "450" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "-450" -msgstr "-450" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "Credit Note for defective materials" -msgstr "Повернення дефектних матеріалів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:70 -msgid "200" -msgstr "200" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:72 -msgid "Transport charges" -msgstr "Транспортні збори" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "Staff costs" -msgstr "Витрати на персонал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "2121" -msgstr "2121" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -msgid "10000" -msgstr "10000" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "Marketing" -msgstr "Маркетинг" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:82 -msgid "-2 000" -msgstr "-2 000" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "Commercial" -msgstr "Комерційний" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:76 -msgid "-3 000" -msgstr "-3 000" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Administrative" -msgstr "Адміністративний" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:78 -msgid "-1 000" -msgstr "-1 000" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "PR" -msgstr "PR" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:84 -msgid "-400" -msgstr "-400" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:87 -msgid "" -"The analytic representation by department enables you to investigate the " -"costs allocated to each department in the company. The analytic chart of " -"accounts shows the distribution of the company's costs using the example " -"above:" -msgstr "" -"Аналітичний відділ дає змогу дослідити витрати, які виділяються кожному " -"відділу компанії. Аналітичний план рахунків показує розподіл витрат компанії" -" за наведеним вище прикладом:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:94 -msgid "" -"In this example of a hierarchical structure in Odoo, you can analyse not " -"only the costs of each product range, but also the costs of the whole " -"production. A report that relates both general accounts and analytic " -"accounts enables you to get a breakdown of costs within a given department." -msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі ієрархічної структури в Odoo ви можете проаналізувати не " -"тільки витрати на кожний асортимент, але й вартість всього виробництва. " -"Звіт, який стосується як загальних рахунків, так і аналітичних, дає змогу " -"отримати розбиття витрат у межах певного відділу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:103 -msgid "" -"The examples above are based on a breakdown of the costs of the company. " -"Analytic allocations can be just as effective for sales. That gives you the " -"profitability (sales - costs) of different departments." -msgstr "" -"Наведені вище приклади базуються на розподілі витрат компанії. Аналітичні " -"розподіли можуть бути настільки ж ефективними для продажів. Це дає вам " -"рентабельність (продажі - витрати) різних відділів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:107 -msgid "" -"This analytic representation by department is generally used by trading " -"companies and industries." -msgstr "" -"Аналітичний відділ, як правило, використовується торговими компаніями та " -"галузями." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:110 -msgid "" -"A variantion of this, is not to break it down by sales and marketing " -"departments, but to assign each cost to its corresponding product range. " -"This will give you an analysis of the profitability of each product range." -msgstr "" -"Такий варіант полягає не в тому, щоби збити його відділами збуту та " -"маркетингу, а призначати кожну вартість для свого відповідного асортименту. " -"Це дасть вам аналіз рентабельності кожного асортименту." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Choosing one over the other depends on how you look at your marketing " -"effort. Is it a global cost allocated in some general way, or is each " -"product range responsible for its own marketing costs?" -msgstr "" -"Вибір одного над іншим залежить від того, як ви дивитесь на ваші " -"маркетингові зусилля. Чи глобальна вартість виділяється в деякому загальному" -" порядку, чи кожен товар відповідає за власні маркетингові витрати?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:120 -msgid "Case 2: Law Firm: costs of human resources?" -msgstr "Випадок 2: Юридична фірма: Витрати на людські ресурси?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Law firms generally adopt management by case, where each case represents a " -"current client file. All of the expenses and products are then attached to a" -" given file/analytic account." -msgstr "" -"Юридичні фірми зазвичай приймають керування, коли кожен випадок представляє " -"поточний файл клієнта. Всі витрати та товари потім додаються до даного " -"файлу/аналітичного рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:126 -msgid "" -"A principal preoccupation of law firms is the invoicing of hours worked, and" -" the profitability by case and by employee." -msgstr "" -"Основним занепокоєнням юридичних фірм є виставлення рахунків робочими " -"годинами та прибутковість за кожним випадком і працівником." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Mechanisms used for encoding the hours worked will be covered in detail in " -"timesheet documentation. Like most system processes, hours worked are " -"integrated into the analytic accounting. In the employee form, specify the " -"cost of the employee. The hourly charge is a function of the employee's " -"cost." -msgstr "" -"Механізми, що використовують для кодування робочих годин, будуть детально " -"розглянуті у документації до розкладу. Як і більшість системних процесів, " -"робочі години інтегровані в аналітичний облік. У формі працівника вкажіть " -"вартість працівника. Погодинна оплата залежить від вартості працівника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:135 -msgid "" -"So a law firm will opt for an analytic representation which reflects the " -"management of the time that employees work on the different customer cases." -msgstr "" -"Тому юридична фірма буде вибирати аналітичне представлення, яке відображає " -"управління часом роботи працівників у різних справах клієнтів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Billing for the different cases is a bit unusual. The cases do not match any" -" entry in the general account nor do they come from purchase or sales " -"invoices. They are represented by the various analytic operations and do not" -" have exact counterparts in the general accounts. They are calculated on the" -" basis of the hourly cost per employee." -msgstr "" -"Платіж за різні випадки є дещо незвичним. Ці справи не відповідають жодному " -"запису у загальному рахунку, а також не надходять із рахунків-фактур купівлі" -" чи продажу. Вони представлені різними аналітичними операціями і не мають " -"точних аналогів у загальних рахунках. Вони розраховуються на основі годинної" -" вартості одного працівника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:145 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month when you pay salaries and benefits, you integrate " -"them into the general accounts but not in the analytic accounts, because " -"they have already been accounted for in billing each account. A report that " -"relates data from the analytic and general accounts then lets you compare " -"the totals, so you can readjust your estimates of hourly cost per employee " -"depending on the time actually worked." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці місяця, коли ви сплачуєте заробітну плату та пільги, ви " -"інтегруєте їх у загальні рахунки, але не в аналітичні, оскільки вони вже " -"були враховані при виставленні рахунків на кожен з них. Звіт, який пов'язує " -"дані з аналітичних та загальних рахунків, дає змогу порівняти підсумки, тому" -" ви можете змінити свою вартість за годину на одного співробітника в " -"залежності від фактично відпрацьованого часу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:153 -msgid "" -"The following table shows an example of different analytic entries that you " -"can find for your analytic account:" -msgstr "" -"У наведеній нижче таблиці показано приклад різних аналітичних записів, які " -"ви можете знайти у своєму аналітичному рахунку:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**Amount**" -msgstr "**Сума**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:157 -msgid "**General Account**" -msgstr "**Загальна сума**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "Study the file (1 h)" -msgstr "Вивчення файлу (1 год)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Case 1.1" -msgstr "Випадок 1.1" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:159 -msgid "-15" -msgstr "-15" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "Search for information (3 h)" -msgstr "Пошук інформації (3 год)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:161 -msgid "-45" -msgstr "-45" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Consultation (4 h)" -msgstr "Консультація (4 год)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "Case 2.1" -msgstr "Випадок 2.1" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:163 -msgid "-60" -msgstr "-60" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "Service charges" -msgstr "Оплата послуг" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "280" -msgstr "280" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:165 -msgid "705 – Billing services" -msgstr "705 - Виставлення послуг у рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "Stationery purchase" -msgstr "Канцелярські закупівлі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "-42" -msgstr "-42" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "601 – Furniture purchase" -msgstr "601 - Купівля меблів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:167 -msgid "42" -msgstr "42" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "Fuel Cost -Client trip" -msgstr "Вартість палива - клієнтська поїздка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "-35" -msgstr "-35" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "613 – Transports" -msgstr "613 - Транспорт" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:169 -msgid "35" -msgstr "35" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "Staff salaries" -msgstr "Оклади персоналу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "6201 – Salaries" -msgstr "6201 - Зарплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:171 -msgid "3 000" -msgstr "3 000" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:174 -msgid "" -"Such a structure allows you to make a detailed study of the profitability of" -" various transactions." -msgstr "" -"Така структура дозволяє детально вивчити прибутковість різних транзакцій." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For more details about profitablity, please read the following document: " -":doc:`timesheets`" -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатись більше про рентабельність, прочитайте наступну документацію: " -":doc:`timesheets`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:180 -msgid "" -"But analytical accounting is not limited to a simple analysis of the " -"profitability of different customer. The same data can be used for automatic" -" recharging of the services to the customer at the end of the month. To " -"invoice customers, just link the analytic account to a sale order and sell " -"products that manage timesheet or expenses ." -msgstr "" -"Але аналітичний бухоблік не обмежується простим аналізом рентабельності " -"різних клієнтів. Ці дані можуть бути використані для автоматичного " -"повторного стягнення за послуги клієнту наприкінці місяця. Щоби виставляти " -"рахунок-фактуру клієнтам, просто пов'яжіть аналітичний рахунок із " -"замовленням на продаж та продавайте товари, які керують табелями або " -"витратами." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:187 -msgid "Case 3: IT Services Company: perfomance analysis" -msgstr "Випадок 3: IT-послуги компанії: аналіз ефективності" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:189 -msgid "Most IT service companies face the following problems:" -msgstr "" -"Більшість компаній, які надають ІТ-послуги, стикаються з такими проблемами:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:191 -msgid "project planning," -msgstr "планування проекту," - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:193 -msgid "invoicing, profitability and financial follow-up of projects," -msgstr "" -"виставлення рахунків, рентабельність та фінансовий контроль за проектами," - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:195 -msgid "managing support contracts." -msgstr "управління контрактами на підтримку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:197 -msgid "" -"To deal with these problems, you would use an analytic chart of accounts " -"structured by project and by sale order." -msgstr "" -"Для вирішення цих проблем ви повинні використовувати аналітичну план " -"рахунків, структурований за проектом та замовленням на продаж." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"The management of services, expenditures and sales is similar to that " -"presented above for lawyers. Invoicing and the study of profitability are " -"also similar." -msgstr "" -"Управління послугами, витратами та продажами аналогічне тому, що " -"представлено вище для юристів. Виставлення рахунків та вивчення " -"рентабельності теж схожі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:204 -msgid "" -"But now look at support contracts. These contracts are usually limited to a " -"prepaid number of hours. Each service posted in the analytic accounts shows " -"the remaining hours of support. To manage support contracts, you would " -"create a product configured to invoice on order and link the sale order to " -"an analytic account" -msgstr "" -"Але тепер подивіться на контракти на підтримку. Ці контракти, як правило, " -"обмежуються заздалегідь оплаченою кількістю годин. Кожна служба, розміщена " -"на аналітичних рахунках, показує залишкові години підтримки. Щоби керувати " -"контрактами на підтримку, ви повинні створити товар, налаштований на оплату " -"рахунків-фактур за замовленням, і пов'язати замовлення на продаж з " -"аналітичним рахунком." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:210 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, each analytic line lists the number of units sold or used, as well " -"as what you would usually find there – the amount in currency units (USD or " -"GBP, or whatever other choice you make). So you can sum the quantities sold " -"and used on each sale order to determine whether any hours of the support " -"contract remain." -msgstr "" -"В Odoo кожен аналітичний рядок перераховує кількість проданих чи " -"використаних одиниць, а також те, що ви зазвичай знаходите там - сума в " -"одиницях валюти (у доларах США, фунтах стерлінгів або будь-якій іншій " -"валюті). Таким чином, ви можете підсумувати продану та використану в кожному" -" продажі кількість, щоби визначити, чи залишаються години контракту на " -"підтримку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:217 -msgid "Conclusion" -msgstr "Висновок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:219 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting helps you to analyse costs and revenues whatever the use" -" case. You can sell or purchase services, track time or analyse the " -"production performance." -msgstr "" -"Аналітичний бухоблік допомагає вам аналізувати витрати та доходи незалежно " -"від випадку використання. Ви можете продавати або купувати послуги, " -"відстежувати час або аналізувати продуктивність виробництва." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/analytic/usage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"Analytic accounting is flexible and easy to use through all Odoo " -"applications (sales, purchase, timesheet, production, invoice, …)." -msgstr "" -"Аналітичний бухоблік є гнучким і простим у використанні за допомогою всіх " -"додатків Odoo (продаж, купівля, табель, виробництво, рахунок-фактура ...)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Склад" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Impact on the average price valuation when returning goods" -msgstr "Вплив на середню ціну при поверненні товару в Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"As stated in the `*inventory valuation page* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, one of " -"the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock valuation, is the" -" average cost." -msgstr "" -"Як зазначено в документації *оцінки інвентаризації* " -"<https://www.odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`__, один із " -"можливих методів визначення ціни, який ви можете використовувати для " -"безперервної оцінки, - це середня ціна." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 -msgid "" -"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " -"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " -"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " -"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " -"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " -"standard of FIFO)." -msgstr "" -"Ця документація відповідає на одне повторюване запитання для компаній, які " -"використовують цей метод для оцінки їхньої вартості: як відвантаження " -"повернене своєму постачальнику, впливає на середню вартість та записи " -"бухгалтерського обліку? Цей документ призначений лише для конкретного " -"випадку використання безперервної оцінки (на відміну від періодичної) та " -"методу середнього ціноутворення (на відміну від стандарту FIFO)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 -msgid "Definition of average cost" -msgstr "Визначення середньої ціни" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " -"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." -msgstr "" -"Метод визначення середньої ціни обчислює вартість на кінець інвентаризації " -"та вартість товарів, що продаються, на основі середньозваженої вартості " -"одиниці інвентаризації." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " -"formula:" -msgstr "Середньозважена вартість одиниці обчислюється за такою формулою:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " -"as:" -msgstr "" -"Коли нові товари потрапляють до складу, нові середні витрати перераховуються" -" як:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 -msgid "" -"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" -msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня вартість **не** змінюється" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 -msgid "Defining the purchase price" -msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " -"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " -"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " -"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." -msgstr "" -"Ціна придбання оцінюється при отриманні товарів (можливо, ви ще не отримали " -"рахунок постачальника) і переоцінили на отримання рахунка постачальника. " -"Ціна придбання включає вартість, яку ви сплачуєте за товари, але може також " -"включати додаткові витрати, як-от розмір витрат." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 -msgid "Average cost example" -msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Операція" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Значення дельти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Складська оцінка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Кількість в наявності" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "Avg Cost" -msgstr "Середня вартість" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$0" -msgstr "$0" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" -msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -msgid "+8\\*$10" -msgstr "+8\\*$10" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$80" -msgstr "$80" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "$10" -msgstr "$10" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" -msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -msgid "+4\\*$16" -msgstr "+4\\*$16" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "$144" -msgstr "$144" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$12" -msgstr "$12" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -msgid "-10\\*$12" -msgstr "-10\\*$12" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "$24" -msgstr "$24" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" -" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " -"logically the purchase price." -msgstr "" -"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що на складі немає товару. " -"Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає закупівельною" -" ціною." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 -msgid "" -"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " -"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " -"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." -msgstr "" -"На другий прийому середня вартість оновлюється, оскільки загальна вартість " -"інвентаризації зараз становить``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Оскільки в нас 12 " -"одиниць в наявності, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." -" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" -" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." -msgstr "" -"За визначенням, доставка 10 товарів не змінює середню вартість. Дійсно, " -"вартість інвентаризації зараз становить 24 долари, тому що у нас залишилося " -"всього 2 одиниці, що залишилися від кожних ``$24 / 2 = $12``." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 -msgid "Purchase return use case" -msgstr "Випадок повернення купівлі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 -msgid "" -"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" -" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " -"of these products!)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо товар повертається постачальнику після отримання, вартість " -"інвентаризації зменшується з використанням середніх формул витрат (не за " -"початковою ціною цих товарів!)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 -msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" -msgstr "Це означає, що наведена вище таблиця буде оновлена таким чином:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" -msgstr "Повернення 1 товару, купленого спочатку за $10" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "-1\\*$12" -msgstr "-1\\*$12" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "1" -msgstr "1" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 -msgid "Explanation: counter example" -msgstr "Пояснення: зустрічний приклад" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " -"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," -" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." -msgstr "" -"Запам'ятайте визначення **Середня ціна**, зазначивши, що ми не оновлюємо " -"середню вартість товару, що залишаєсклад. Якщо ви порушите це правило, ви " -"можете привести до невідповідності на вашому складі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 -msgid "" -"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " -"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " -"purchased it). Here is the operation:" -msgstr "" -"Як приклад, ось сценарій, коли ви доставляєте один товар клієнту та " -"повертаєте інший постачальнику (за ціною, яку ви купили). Ось операція:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 -msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" -msgstr "Відправлення клієнту 1 товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -msgid "-1\\*$10" -msgstr "-1\\*$10" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$2**" -msgstr "**$2**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**0**" -msgstr "**0**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 -msgid "" -"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " -"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." -msgstr "" -"Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: складська оцінка 2 " -"доларів за 0 одиниць на складі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 -msgid "" -"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " -"cost:" -msgstr "" -"Правильним сценарієм має бути повернення товару за поточною середньою ціною:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 -msgid "**$0**" -msgstr "**$0**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " -"correct inventory value at all times." -msgstr "" -"З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для значення повернення гарантує " -"правильну складську оцінку у будь-який час." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 -msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" -msgstr "Концепція в англо-саксонському режимі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 -msgid "" -"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " -"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " -"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " -"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " -"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." -msgstr "" -"Для людей, які використовують принципи **англо-саксонського бухобліку**, " -"існує інша концепція, яка враховує: рахунок прийняття товару, який має намір" -" у будь-який час зберігати вартість отримуваних рахунків постачальника. " -"Таким чином, рахунок на прийняття товару збільшуватиметься при отриманні " -"вхідних відправлень і зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків " -"постачальника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " -"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" -" price:" -msgstr "" -"Повертаючись до нашого прикладу, ми бачимо, що коли прибуток оцінюється за " -"середньою ціною, сума, заброньована на рахунку вхідного складу, є початковою" -" ціною покупки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "stock input" -msgstr "отримання товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 -msgid "price diff" -msgstr "різниця цін" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 -msgid "($80)" -msgstr "($80)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" -msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $80" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 -msgid "($64)" -msgstr "($64)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 -msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" -msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $64" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$10**" -msgstr "**$10**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 -msgid "**$12**" -msgstr "**$12**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" -msgstr "Отримати відшкодування постачальника на $10" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 -msgid "$2" -msgstr "$2" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/inventory/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 -msgid "" -"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " -"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " -"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" -" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " -"average cost and the original purchase price." -msgstr "" -"Це відбувається тому, що відшкодування постачальника здійснюватиметься за " -"допомогою першої ціни закупки, тому для того, щоби знизити ефект від " -"повернення у вхідній продукції останньої операції, ми повинні знову " -"використовувати першочергову ціну. Знижка ціни, розташована у категорії " -"товару, використовується для резервування різниці між середньою ціною та " -"початковою ціною закупки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:3 -msgid "Record exchange rates at payments" -msgstr "Облік курсових різниць під час оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Any company doing international trade faces the case where the payments are " -"in a different currency." -msgstr "" -"Будь-яка компанія, що здійснює міжнародну торгівлю, має справу, коли платежі" -" здійснюються в іншій валюті." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:11 -msgid "" -"After receiving their payments, you have the option to convert the amount " -"into your company currency. Multi currency payment implies rates " -"fluctuations. The rate differences are automatically recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Після отримання платежів у вас є можливість конвертувати суму згідно з вашою" -" компанією. Мультивалютний платіж означає курсову різницю. Курсова різниця " -"автоматично фіксується в Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:19 -msgid "Enable multi-currencies" -msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **apply**." -msgstr "" -"В модулі бухгалтерського обліку перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та позначте пункт **Дозволити мультивалютність**, а потім " -"натисніть **Застосувати**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Configure the currency rates in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Currencies`. Write down the rate and make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" -"Налаштуйте курси валют у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Валюти`. Запишіть" -" курс і переконайтеся, що валюта є активною." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In this document, the base currency is **Euro** and we will record payments " -"in **Dollars**." -msgstr "" -"У цьому документі базова валюта є **євро**, і ми будемо фіксувати платежі в " -"**доларах**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:40 -msgid "" -"You can automatically fetch the currency rates from the **European Central " -"Bank** or from **Yahoo**. Please read the document : :doc:`how_it_works`." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете автоматично отримувати курси валют з Нацбанку. Будь ласка, " -"прочитайте документацію: : :doc:`how_it_works`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your journal" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свій журнал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to **remove the " -"currency constraint** on the journal. Go to the accounting application, " -"Click on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно **видалити валютне " -"обмеження** в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухобліку, натисніть кнопку " -"**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Check if the **Currency** field is empty or in the foreign currency in which" -" you will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that " -"you can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи поле **валюта** є порожнім або в іноземній валюті, в якій ви " -"реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " -"зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:62 -msgid "Record a payment in a different currency" -msgstr "Запишіть платіж в іншій валюті" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:64 -msgid "" -"In the **Accounting** application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Payments`. Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign" -" currency. Then click on **confirm**." -msgstr "" -"У модулі **Бухоблік** перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. " -"Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" -" натисніть на **підтвердити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:83 -msgid "The journal entry has been posted but not allocated." -msgstr "Запис журналу, розміщений, але не виділений." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Go back to your invoice (:menuselection:`Sales --> Customer Invoices`) and " -"click on **Add** to allocate the payment." -msgstr "" -"Поверніться до свого рахунку-фактури (:menuselection:`Продажі --> Рахунки " -"клієнтів`) та натисніть **Додати**, щоби розподілити платіж." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:80 -msgid "Record a bank statement in a different currency" -msgstr "Запишіть банківську виписку в іншій валюті" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Create or import the bank statement of your payment. The **Amount** is in " -"the company currency. There are two complementary fields, the **Amount " -"currency**, which is the amount that was actually paid and the **Currency** " -"in which it was paid." -msgstr "" -"Створіть або імпортуйте банківську виписку вашої платіжки. **Сума** у валюті" -" компанії. Існує два взаємодоповнювані поля, **валюта суми**, яка є фактично" -" сплаченою сумою та **валюта**, в якій вона була виплачена." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:89 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"**Invoice**. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" -"Приєднавши це, Odoo безпосередньо узгоджує платіж із правильним **рахунком-" -"фактурою**. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " -"валюті вашої компанії." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:97 -msgid "Check the exchange rate differences" -msgstr "Перевірте різницю курсу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " -"**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:106 -msgid "" -"The Exchange difference journal can be changed in your accounting settings." -msgstr "" -"Журнал курсових різниць може бути змінений у ваших налаштуваннях бухобліку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/full_reconcile_warning.rst:2 -msgid "" -"In order for an exchange difference entry to be created automatically, the " -"corresponding invoices and payments need to be fully reconciled. This means " -"the invoices are fully paid and the payments are fully spent on invoices. If" -" you partially pay 3 invoices from 2 payments, and the last invoice still " -"has an amount due, there will be no exchange difference entry for any of " -"them until that final amount is paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/reconciliation_models`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/exchange.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:136 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../bank/reconciliation/use_cases`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:3 -msgid "Odoo's multi-currency system" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Choosing to use the multi-currency option in Odoo will allow you to send " -"sales invoices, quotes and purchase orders or receive bills and payments in " -"currencies other than your own. With multi-currency, you can also set up " -"bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your foreign currency " -"activities." -msgstr "" -"Вибір мультивалютності в Odoo дозволить вам надсилати рахунки-фактури, " -"комерційні пропозиції та замовлення на купівлю або отримувати рахунки та " -"платежі в інших валютах. За допомогою мультивалютності ви також можете " -"налаштувати банківські рахунки в інших валютах та створювати звіти про свою " -"діяльність в іноземній валюті." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:18 -msgid "Turn on multi-currency" -msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:20 -msgid "" -"In the accounting module, Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and flag **Allow multi currencies**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"У модулі бухобліку перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування` та позначте **Дозволити мультивалютність**, після чого " -"натисніть кнопку **Застосувати**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:159 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:109 -msgid "Exchange Rate Journal" -msgstr "Журнал курсових різниць" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Rate Difference Journal** records the differences between the payment " -"registration and the expected amount. For example, if a payment is paid 1 " -"month after the invoice was issued, the exchange rate has probably changed. " -"The fluctuation implies some loss or profit that are recorded by Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**Журнал курсових різниць** записує відмінності між реєстрацією платежу та " -"очікуваною сумою. Наприклад, якщо оплата сплачується через 1 місяць після " -"виставлення рахунку-фактури, курсова різниця, ймовірно, зміниться. " -"Флуктуація означає деякі втрати або прибуток, які зафіксовані в Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:35 -msgid "You can change it in the settings:" -msgstr "Ви можете змінити її в налаштуваннях:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:41 -msgid "View or edit rate being used" -msgstr "Перегляньте або змініть курс" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can manually configure the currency rates in " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Currencies`. Open the currencies you want " -"to use in Odoo and edit it. Make sure the currency is active." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете вручну налаштувати курси валют у :menuselection:`Налаштування -->" -" Валюти`. Відкрийте валюту, яку хочете використовувати в Odoo, і " -"відредагуйте її. Переконайтеся, що валюта активна." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:50 -msgid "Click on **View Rates** to edit it and to see the history :" -msgstr "Натисніть **Переглянути курс** для редагування та перегляду історії:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Click on **Create** to add the rate. Fill in the date and the rate. Click on" -" **Save** when you are done." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть кнопку **Створити**, щоб додати курс. Введіть дату та курс. " -"Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти** після завершення." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:62 -msgid "Live Currency Rate" -msgstr "Реальний курс валют" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:64 -msgid "" -"By default, the currencies need to be updated manually. But you can " -"synchronize it with `Yahoo <https://finance.yahoo.com/currency-" -"converter/>`__ or the `European Central Bank <http://www.ecb.europa.eu>`__. " -"In :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, go to the **Live Currency " -"Rate** section." -msgstr "" -"Валюти за замовчуванням потрібно оновити вручну. Але ви можете " -"синхронізувати їх з Нацбанком. У розділі :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`, перейдіть до розділу **Курс валют**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:69 -msgid "" -"Choose the interval : Manually, Daily, Weekly or Monthly. You can always " -"force the update by clicking on **Update Now**. Select the provider, and you" -" are set !" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть інтервал: вручну, щоденно, щотижня або щомісяця. Ви завжди можете " -"запустити оновлення, натиснувши кнопку **Оновити зараз**. Виберіть " -"постачальника і ви все встановили!" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:77 -msgid "Only the **active** currencies are updated" -msgstr "Оновлюються лише **активні** валюти." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:80 -msgid "Configure your charts of account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш план рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:82 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Charts of " -"Accounts`. On each account, you can set a currency. It will force all moves " -"for this account to have the account currency." -msgstr "" -"У бухгалтерському додатку зверніться до :menuselection:`Консультанта --> " -"План рахунків`. На кожному рахунку можна встановити валюту. Це запустить всі" -" кроки для цього рахунку, щоби мати валюту рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you leave it empty, it means that it can handle all currencies that are " -"Active." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви залишите це порожнім, це означає, що він може обробляти всі валюти, " -"які є активними." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:93 -msgid "Configure your journals" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші журнали" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:95 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, Click " -"on **More** on the journal and **Settings**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно видалити валютне " -"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до модуля бухоблік, натисніть кнопку " -"**Більше** у журналі та **Налаштування**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Check if the currency field is empty or in the foreign currency in which you" -" will register the payments. If a currency is filled in, it means that you " -"can register payments only in this currency." -msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи поле валюти порожнє, або в іноземній валюті, в якій ви " -"реєструєте платежі. Якщо валюта заповнена, це означає, що ви можете " -"зареєструвати платежі лише в цій валюті." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:110 -msgid "How is Odoo's multi-currency working?" -msgstr "Як діє мультивалютність в Odoo?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:112 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Now that you are working in a multi-currency environment, all accountable " -"items will be linked to a currency, domestic or foreign." -msgstr "" -"Тепер, коли ви працюєте в мультивалютному середовищі, всі підзвітні елементи" -" будуть пов'язані з валютою, внутрішньою або іноземною." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:116 -msgid "Sales Orders and Invoices" -msgstr "Замовлення на продаж та рахунки-фактури" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:56 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"sale orders and on your invoices. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете встановити іншу валюту в компанії, яка належить до замовлень" -" на продаж та ваших рахунків-фактур. Валюта встановлюється для всього " -"документа." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:126 -msgid "Purchases orders and Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Замовлення на купівлю та рахунки постачальників" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:128 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:66 -msgid "" -"You are now able to set a different currency than the company one on your " -"purchase orders and on your vendor bills. The currency is set for the whole " -"document." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете встановити іншу валюту в компанії, яка має свої замовлення " -"на купівлю та рахунки постачальників. Валюта встановлюється для всього " -"документа." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:136 -msgid "Payment Registrations" -msgstr "Оплата реєстрів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:138 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and set the currency." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:147 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:94 -msgid "" -"When creating or importing bank statements, the amount is in the company " -"currency. But there are now two complementary fields, the amount that was " -"actually paid and the currency in which it was paid." -msgstr "" -"При створенні чи імпорті банківських виписок сума перебуває у валюті " -"компанії. Але зараз існує два додаткових поля: фактично сплачена сума та " -"валюта, в якій вона була сплачена." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:154 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"Invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" -"Приєднавши це, Odoo безпосередньо узгоджує платіж з правильним рахунком-" -"фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " -"валюті вашої компанії." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:161 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the Exchange" -" difference journal entries. All the exchange rates differences are recorded" -" in it." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Журнальні записи` та шукайте " -"записи журналу курсових різниці в журналі. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові " -"різниці." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:170 -msgid ":doc:`invoices_payments`" -msgstr ":doc:`invoices_payments`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:121 -msgid ":doc:`exchange`" -msgstr ":doc:`exchange`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Manage invoices and payment in multiple currencies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides multi-currency support with automatic currency gross or loss " -"entry adjustment. There are a few things Odoo has been to ease the user's " -"life." -msgstr "" -"Odoo надає мультивалютну підтримку з автоматичною корекцією валютних витрат " -"чи доходів. Є кілька речей, які Odoo має, щоби полегшити життя користувача." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:12 -msgid "" -"All the account transactions will be done using the company currency. " -"However you can see two extra fields with the journal entry where secondary " -"currency and amount will visible. You can create multi-currency journals of " -"force a specific currency." -msgstr "" -"Усі операції з рахунком будуть здійснюватися за допомогою валюти компанії. " -"Тим не менш, ви можете побачити два додаткових поля з записом журналу, де " -"буде відображатися додаткова валюта та сума. Ви можете створювати " -"мультивалютні журнали конкретної валюти." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:17 -msgid "" -"When creating an invoice, the currency can be changed very easily; however " -"Odoo takes the company currency as a default assignment. It will convert all" -" the amounts automatically using that currency." -msgstr "" -"При створенні рахунку-фактури валюту можна легко змінити; проте Odoo приймає" -" валюту компанії як замовлення за замовчуванням. Система конвертує всі суми " -"автоматично за допомогою цієї валюти." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:25 -msgid "Enable Multi-Currency" -msgstr "Увімкніть мультивалютність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:27 -msgid "" -"For information about enabling Multi-Currency, please read the document: " -":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr "" -"Щоб дізнатись про активацію мультивалютності, будь-ласка, прочитайте " -"документ: :doc:`how_it_works`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:33 -msgid "" -"In order to register payments in other currencies, you have to remove the " -"currency constraint on the journal. Go to the accounting application, on the" -" journal, click on :menuselection:`More --> Settings`." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати платежі в інших валютах, потрібно видалити валюте " -"обмеження в журналі. Перейдіть до програми бухобліку, в журналі натисніть " -":menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштування`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:48 -msgid "Multi-currency invoices & Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Мультивалютні рахунки-фактури та рахунки постачальників" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:54 -msgid "Invoices" -msgstr "Рахунки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:74 -msgid "Multi-currency Payments" -msgstr "Мультивалютні платежі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:76 -msgid "" -"In the accounting application, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. " -"Register the payment and indicate that it was done in the foreign currency. " -"Then click on **Confirm**." -msgstr "" -"У додатку бухобліку перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Платежі`. " -"Зареєструйте платіж і вкажіть, що це було зроблено в іноземній валюті. Потім" -" натисніть кнопку **Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:92 -msgid "Multi- Currency Bank Statements" -msgstr "Мультивалютні банківські виписки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:101 -msgid "" -"When reconciling it, Odoo will directly match the payment with the right " -"invoice. You will get the invoice price in the invoice currency and the " -"amount in your company currency." -msgstr "" -"Приєднавши це, Odoo безпосередньо узгоджує платіж з правильним рахунком-" -"фактурою. Ви отримаєте ціну рахунка-фактури у валюті рахунку та суму у " -"валюті вашої компанії." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Adviser --> Journal Entries` and look for the " -"**Exchange Difference** journal entries. All the exchange rates differences " -"are recorded in it." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Консультант --> Записи журналу` та знайдіть " -"**Журнал курсових різниць**. У ньому фіксуються всі курсові різниці." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/invoices_payments.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`how_it_works`" -msgstr ":doc:`how_it_works`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:69 -msgid "Chart of Accounts" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Chart of Accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " -"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " -"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 -msgid "Balance Sheet accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Assets" -msgstr "Активи" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Liabilities" -msgstr "Зобов'язання" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 -msgid "Equity" -msgstr "Капітал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 -msgid "Income" -msgstr "Дохід" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 -msgid "Expense" -msgstr "Витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"When browsing your Chart of Accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," -" in the left column, and also group them by Account Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 -msgid "Configuration of an Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 -msgid "" -"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " -"company on your database) determines which **Fiscal Localization Package** " -"is installed by default. This package includes a standard Chart of Accounts " -"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " -"directly or set it according to your company's needs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to modify the **Fiscal Localization** of a company once a" -" Journal Entry has been posted." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 -msgid "Code and Name" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Each account is identified by its **Code** and **Name**, which also " -"indicates the account's purpose." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Configuring correctly the **Account Type** is critical as it serves multiple" -" purposes:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 -msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:55 -msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 -msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 -msgid "Generate opening entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 -msgid "" -"To configure an account type, open the **Type** field's drop-down selector " -"and select the right type among the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Report" -msgstr "Звіт" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Category" -msgstr "Категорія" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:63 -msgid "Account Types" -msgstr "Типи рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 -msgid "Receivable" -msgstr "Дебітор" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 -msgid "Bank and Cash" -msgstr "Банк і готівка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 -msgid "Current Assets" -msgstr "Оборотні активи" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 -msgid "Non-current Assets" -msgstr "Необоротні активи" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 -msgid "Prepayments" -msgstr "Аванси" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 -msgid "Fixed Assets" -msgstr "Основні засоби" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 -msgid "Payable" -msgstr "Кредитор" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 -msgid "Credit Card" -msgstr "Кредитна картка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 -msgid "Current Liabilities" -msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 -msgid "Non-current Liabilities" -msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 -msgid "Current Year Earnings" -msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 -msgid "Other Income" -msgstr "Інший дохід" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 -msgid "Depreciation" -msgstr "Амортизація" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 -msgid "Cost of Revenue" -msgstr "Собівартість продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Other" -msgstr "Інші" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 -msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" -msgstr "Позабалансовий звіт" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:103 -msgid "Assets, Deferred Expenses, and Deferred Revenues Automation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Some Account Types display a new field **to automate** the creation of " -":ref:`Assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`Deferred Expenses " -"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`Deferred Revenues " -"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:109 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automation** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 -msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:112 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill out the " -"corresponding form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Model. Whenever a " -"transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " -"validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:118 -msgid "Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Default Taxes" -msgstr "Типові податки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:123 -msgid "" -"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " -"for a product sale or purchase." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:127 -msgid "Tags" -msgstr "Теги" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." -" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " -"Statement*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:133 -msgid "Account Groups" -msgstr "Групи рахуків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:135 -msgid "" -"**Account Groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" -" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " -"Balance**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:138 -msgid "" -"To create a new Account Group, open the account you want to configure as " -"sub-account, click on the *Group* drop-down selector, select *Create and " -"Edit...*, fill out the form, and save. Next, set all the sub-accounts with " -"the right Account Group." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:142 -msgid "" -"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your Account Groups, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Trial Balance`, then open the " -"*Options* menu and select **Hierarchy and Subtotals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:151 -msgid "Allow Reconciliation" -msgstr "Дозволити узгодження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" -" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 -msgid "" -"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be *marked as paid* if " -"reconciled with the payment. Therefore, the account used to record credit " -"card payments needs to be configured as *allowing reconciliation*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:160 -msgid "To do so, check the **Allow Reconciliation** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:163 -msgid "Deprecated" -msgstr "Не використовується" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" -" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:168 -msgid "To do so, check the **Deprecated** box and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:171 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/assets`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:172 -msgid ":doc:`../../payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:173 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:125 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:40 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Initial setup of Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" -" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" -" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:9 -msgid "" -"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" -" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" -" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " -"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " -"are ready-to-go. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:28 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:29 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:30 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:31 -msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:140 -msgid "Company Data" -msgstr "Дані компанії" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:38 -msgid "" -"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " -"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " -"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " -"invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:47 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " -"Info**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Bank Account" -msgstr "Банківський рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " -"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " -"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:59 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/feeds/bank_synchronization>` for more " -"information about this feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:61 -msgid "" -"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " -"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " -"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:76 -msgid "" -"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " -"Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:78 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` for more information " -"about Bank Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:84 -msgid "Accounting Periods" -msgstr "Бухгалтерські періоди" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" -" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " -"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:90 -msgid "" -"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " -"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:102 -msgid "" -"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " -"indicate their initial opening balances." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " -"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " -"arrow button* at the end of the line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:113 -msgid "" -":doc:`Click here <chart_of_accounts>` for more information on how to " -"configure your Chart of Accounts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:117 -msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:119 -msgid "" -"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " -"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " -"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" -" rather than the Accounting app." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:123 -msgid "" -"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " -"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:126 -msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:132 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:133 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:134 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:135 -msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:142 -msgid "" -"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " -"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:148 -msgid "Invoice Layout" -msgstr "Макет рахунка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:150 -msgid "" -"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" -" which layout tamplate, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " -"use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:153 -msgid "" -"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " -"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " -"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " -"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" -"setup-company>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:163 -msgid "" -"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " -"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" -" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:168 -msgid "" -"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" -" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:174 -msgid "Payment Method" -msgstr "Спосіб оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:176 -msgid "" -"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " -"can pay you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:179 -msgid "" -"Configuring a *Payment Acquirer* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " -"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " -"online, from their Customer Portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:185 -msgid "Sample Invoice" -msgstr "Зразок рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:187 -msgid "" -"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" -" configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:135 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:146 -msgid ":doc:`../../bank/setup/bank_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/setup.rst:191 -msgid ":doc:`chart_of_accounts`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Main Concepts" -msgstr "Основні поняття" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:3 -msgid "The Accounting behind Odoo" -msgstr "Бухгалетрія в Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:5 -msgid "" -"This page summarises the way Odoo deals with typical accounts and " -"transactions." -msgstr "" -"Ця сторінка підсумовує, як Odoo робить ставку на типові рахунки та " -"транзакції." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:9 -msgid "Double-entry bookkeeping" -msgstr "Дворівнева бухгалтерська система" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Odoo automatically creates all the behind-the-scenes journal entries for " -"each of your accounting transactions: customer invoices, point of sale " -"order, expenses, inventory moves, etc." -msgstr "" -"Odoo автоматично створює всі записи журналу за кожною з ваших бухгалтерських" -" транзакцій: рахунки клієнтів, замовлення на продаж, витрати, рух запасу " -"тощо." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses the rules of double-entry bookkeeping system: all journal entries " -"are automatically balanced (sum of debits = sum of credits)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo використовує правила дворівневої бухгалтерської системи: всі записи " -"журналу автоматично збалансовані (сума дебету = сума кредитів)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:19 -msgid "" -"`Understand Odoo's accounting transactions per document " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/accounting.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:23 -msgid "Accrual and Cash Basis Methods" -msgstr "Нарахування та методика нарахування коштів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Odoo supports both accrual and cash basis reporting. This allows you to " -"report income / expense at the time transactions occur (i.e., accrual " -"basis), or when payment is made or received (i.e., cash basis)." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підтримує як нарахування, так і касові звіти. Це дає змогу звітувати " -"про доходи/витрати на час здійснення транзакцій (наприклад, на основі " -"принципу нарахування) або коли здійснюється або отримується оплата " -"(наприклад, на основі касового методу)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:30 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компанії" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows one to manage several companies within the same database. Each " -"company has its own chart of accounts and rules. You can get consolidation " -"reports following your consolidation rules." -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє керувати кількома компаніями в межах однієї бази даних. Кожна " -"компанія має власний план рахунків та правил. Ви можете отримувати зведені " -"звіти відповідно до правил консолідації." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Users can access several companies but always work in one company at a time." -msgstr "" -"Користувачі можуть отримати доступ до декількох компаній, але завжди " -"працюватимуть в одній компанії за раз." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-currencies" -msgstr "Мультивалютність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:42 -msgid "" -"Every transaction is recorded in the default currency of the company. For " -"transactions occurring in another currency, Odoo stores both the value in " -"the currency of the company and the value in the currency of the " -"transaction. Odoo can generate currencies gains and losses after the " -"reconciliation of the journal items." -msgstr "" -"Кожна операція записується у валюті за замовчуванням компанії. Для операцій," -" що відбуваються в іншій валюті, Odoo зберігає як вартість у валюті " -"компанії, так і вартість у валюті операції. Odoo може генерувати валютні " -"прибутки та збитки після узгодження журнальних статей." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Currency rates are updated once a day using a yahoo.com online web-service." -msgstr "" -"Валютні курси оновлюються один раз на день за допомогою веб-сервісу НБУ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:52 -msgid "International Standards" -msgstr "Міжнародні стандарти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Odoo accounting supports more than 50 countries. The Odoo core accounting " -"implements accounting standards that are common to all countries. Specific " -"modules exist per country for the specificities of the country like the " -"chart of accounts, taxes, or bank interfaces." -msgstr "" -"Бухоблік Odoo підтримує більше 50 країн. Основний бухгалтерський облік Odoo " -"реалізує стандарти бухгалтерського обліку, які є загальними для всіх країн. " -"Специфічні модулі існують для кожної країни за специфікою країни, як-от план" -" рахунків, податків або банківських інтерфейсів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:60 -msgid "In particular, Odoo's core accounting engine supports:" -msgstr "Зокрема, основний бухгалтерський двигун Odoo підтримує:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Anglo-Saxon Accounting (U.S., U.K.,, and other English-speaking countries " -"including Ireland, Canada, Australia, and New Zealand) where costs of good " -"sold are reported when products are sold/delivered." -msgstr "" -"Англо-саксонський бухгалтерський облік (США, Великобританія, та інші " -"англомовні країни, включаючи Ірландію, Канаду, Австралію та Нову Зеландію), " -"де продаються/доставляються товари." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:66 -msgid "European accounting where expenses are accounted at the supplier bill." -msgstr "Європейський облік, де витрати враховуються на рахунку постачальника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:69 -msgid "Odoo has modules to comply with IFRS rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:72 -msgid "Accounts Receivable & Payable" -msgstr "Дебіторська та кредиторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:74 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo uses a single account for all account receivable entries " -"and one for all accounts payable entries. You can create separate accounts " -"per customers/suppliers, but you don't need to." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Odoo використовує єдиний обліковий запис для всіх записів " -"дебіторської заборгованості та один для всіх записів, що підлягають оплаті. " -"Ви можете створювати окремі облікові записи для клієнтів/постачальників, але" -" вам це не потрібно." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:79 -msgid "" -"As transactions are associated to customers or suppliers, you get reports to" -" perform analysis per customer/supplier such as the customer statement, " -"revenues per customers, aged receivable/payables, ..." -msgstr "" -"Оскільки транзакції пов'язані з клієнтами чи постачальниками, ви отримуєте " -"звіти для проведення аналізу на одного клієнта/постачальника, такі як " -"виписки клієнта, доходи на одного клієнта, старі дебіторську/кредиторську " -"заборгованість ..." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:84 -msgid "Wide range of financial reports" -msgstr "Широкий спектр фінансових звітів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:86 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can generate financial reports in real time. Odoo's reports " -"range from basic accounting reports to advanced management reports. Odoo's " -"reports include:" -msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете створювати фінансові звіти в режимі реального часу. Звіти " -"Odoo варіюються від основних звітів бухгалтерського обліку до розширених " -"управлінських звітів. Звіти Odoo включають у себе:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:90 -msgid "Performance reports (such as Profit and Loss, Budget Variance)" -msgstr "" -"Звіти про ефективність (наприклад, \"Прибуток та збитки\", \"Вартість " -"бюджету\")" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:91 -msgid "" -"Position reports (such as Balance Sheet, Aged Payables, Aged Receivables)" -msgstr "" -"Позиційні звіти (такі як баланс, погашені кредиторські та дебіторські " -"заборгованості)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:93 -msgid "Cash reports (such as Bank Summary)" -msgstr "Готівкові звіти (наприклад, балансовий звіт)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:94 -msgid "Detail reports (such as Trial Balance and General Ledger)" -msgstr "" -"Детальні звіти (наприклад, Судовий баланс і Загальна бухгалтерська книга)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:95 -msgid "Management reports (such as Budgets, Executive Summary)" -msgstr "Управлінські звіти (наприклад, бюджети, резюме)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Odoo's report engine allows you to customize your own report based on your " -"own formulae." -msgstr "" -"Процес звітів Odoo дозволяє вам налаштувати власний звіт на основі власних " -"формул." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:101 -msgid "Import bank feeds automatically" -msgstr "Автоматичний імпорт банківських комісій" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:103 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is a process that matches your bank statement lines, as " -"supplied by the bank, to your accounting transactions in the general ledger." -" Odoo makes bank reconciliation easy by frequently importing bank statement " -"lines from your bank directly into your Odoo account. This means you can " -"have a daily view of your cashflow without having to log into your online " -"banking or wait for your paper bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Узгодження банківської виписки - це процес, який відповідає рядкам " -"банківських виписок, наданих банком, для ваших бухгалтерських операцій у " -"головній книзі. Odoo робить спрощення узгодження банківської виписки, часто " -"їх імпортуючи з вашого банку безпосередньо на ваш рахунок Odoo. Це означає, " -"що ви можете мати щоденний огляд свого грошового потоку без необхідності " -"входити в онлайн-банкінг або чекати банківські виписки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Odoo speeds up bank reconciliation by matching most of your imported bank " -"statement lines to your accounting transactions. Odoo also remembers how " -"you've treated other bank statement lines and provides suggested general " -"ledger transactions." -msgstr "" -"Odoo прискорює узгодження банківських виписок, підбираючи більшість " -"імпортованих виписок до ваших бухгалтерських транзакцій. Odoo також " -"пам'ятає, як ви обробляли інші банківські виписки та надавали запропоновані " -"транзакції у головну бухгалтерську книгу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:117 -msgid "Calculate the tax you owe your tax authority" -msgstr "Обчислення податку для податкової" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Odoo totals all your accounting transactions for your tax period and uses " -"these totals to calculate your tax obligation. You can then check your sales" -" tax by running Odoo's Tax Report." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підраховує всі ваші облікові операції за податковий період і " -"використовує ці підсумки для розрахунку вашого податкового зобов'язання. " -"Потім ви можете перевірити свій податок з продажу, запустивши податковий " -"звіт Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:124 -msgid "Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "Оцінка запасу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Odoo support both periodic (manual) and perpetual (automated) inventory " -"valuations. The available methods are standard price, average price, LIFO " -"(for countries allowing it) and FIFO." -msgstr "" -"Odoo підтримує як періодичні (ручні), так і постійні (автоматичні) оцінки " -"запасів. Доступними методами є стандартна ціна, середня ціна, LIFO (для " -"країн, що дозволяють це) та FIFO." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:131 -msgid "" -"`View impact of the valuation method on your transactions " -"<https://odoo.com/documentation/functional/valuation.html>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:135 -msgid "Easy retained earnings" -msgstr "Збережений прибуток" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/in_odoo.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Retained earnings are the portion of income retained by your business. Odoo " -"automatically calculates your current year earnings in real time so no year-" -"end journal or rollover is required. This is calculated by reporting the " -"profit and loss balance to your balance sheet report automatically." -msgstr "" -"Збережений прибуток - це частина доходу, що зберігається вашим бізнесом. " -"Odoo автоматично обчислює ваш поточний прибуток у реальному часі, тому " -"обов'язковим є журнал звітного періоду або перекидання. Це обчислюється " -"шляхом автоматичного звітування про баланс прибутку та збитку у звіті про " -"баланс." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:7 -msgid "Accounting Memento For Entrepreneurs (US GAAP)" -msgstr "Бухгалтерська пам'ятка для підприємців (US GAAP)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The **Profit and Loss** (P&L) report shows the performance of the company " -"over a specific period (usually the current year)." -msgstr "" -"Звіт про **Прибутки та збитки ** (P&L) показує ефективність компанії за " -"певний період (зазвичай поточний рік)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:18 -msgid "" -"The **Gross Profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " -"sold." -msgstr "" -"**Валовий прибуток** дорівнює доходам від продажів мінус витрати на продані " -"товари." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:23 -msgid "" -"**Operating Expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D salaries" -" as well as rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, … anything " -"beyond the costs of products sold." -msgstr "" -"**Операційні витрати** (ОPEX) включають адміністративні, продажні та " -"розробки, а також орендну плату та комунальні послуги, різноманітні витрати," -" страхування, ... щось більше, ніж витрати на продані товари." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " -"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss which is an analysis over a period)" -msgstr "" -"**Звіт балансу** являє собою знімок фінансів компанії на певну дату (на " -"відміну від прибутку та витрат, який є аналізом протягом періоду)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**Assets** represent the company's wealth, things it owns. Fixed assets " -"includes building and offices, current assets include bank accounts and " -"cash. A client owing money is an asset. An employee is not an asset." -msgstr "" -"**Активи** - це активи компанії, речі, якими вона володіє. Основні засоби " -"включають будівлі та офіси, поточні активи включають банківські рахунки та " -"готівку. Клієнт, який має гроші, є активом. Працівник не є активом." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:40 -msgid "" -"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " -"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers)." -msgstr "" -"**Зобов'язання** - зобов'язання за минулими подіями, які компанії доведеться" -" платити в майбутньому (рахунки за комунальні послуги, борги, несплачені " -"постачальники)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners (founders or" -" shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or losses)." -msgstr "" -"**Власний капітал** - сума коштів, наданих власниками (засновниками або " -"акціонерами) плюс раніше збережений прибуток (або збитки)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:50 -msgid "Each year, net profits (or losses) are reported to retained earnings." -msgstr "" -"Щорічний чистий прибуток (або збитки) відображається як збережений прибуток." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:56 -msgid "" -"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " -"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." -msgstr "" -"Те, що належить (актив), було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для " -"відшкодування (зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:59 -msgid "" -"A difference is made between buying an assets (e.g. a building) and expenses" -" (e.g. fuel). Assets have an intrinsic value over time, versus expenses " -"having value in them being consumed for the company to \"work\"." -msgstr "" -"Різниця між придбанням активів (наприклад, будівлі) та витратами (наприклад," -" паливом). Активи мають внутрішню вартість у часі, порівняно з витратами, " -"які мають значення в них, які споживаються для того, щоб компанія " -"\"працювала\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:66 -msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" -msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The **chart of accounts** lists all the accounts, whether they are balance " -"sheet accounts or P&L accounts. Every financial transaction (e.g. a payment," -" an invoice) impacts accounts by moving value from one account (credit) to " -"an other account (debit)." -msgstr "" -"**План рахунків** перераховує всі рахунки, незалежно від того, чи є вони " -"звітом балансу рахунків або обліком доходів та витрат. Кожна фінансова " -"операція (наприклад, платіж, рахунок-фактура) впливає на рахунки шляхом " -"переміщення вартості з одного обліку (кредиту) на інший (дебет)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:78 -msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" -msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:90 -msgid "Journal Entries" -msgstr "Записи в журналі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:88 -msgid "" -"Every financial document of the company (e.g. an invoice, a bank statement, " -"a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " -"impacting several accounts." -msgstr "" -"Кожен фінансовий документ компанії (наприклад, рахунок-фактура, банківська " -"виписка, платіж, контракт на збільшення капіталу) записується як запис в " -"журналі, що впливає на кілька рахунків." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:92 -msgid "" -"For a journal entry to be *balanced*, the sum of all its debits must be " -"equal to the sum of all its credits." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб запис журналу був *збалансований*, сума всіх його дебетів " -"повинна бути рівною сумі всіх його кредитів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:97 -msgid "examples of accounting entries for various transactions. Example:" -msgstr "приклади бухгалтерських записів для різних транзакцій. Приклад:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:99 -msgid "Example 1: Customer Invoice:" -msgstr "Приклад 1: Рахунок:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:119 -msgid "Explanation:" -msgstr "Пояснення:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:103 -msgid "You generate a revenue of $1,000" -msgstr "Ви отримуєте дохід у розмірі 1000 доларів США" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:104 -msgid "You have a tax to pay of $90" -msgstr "Ви повинні сплатити податок у розмірі 90 доларів США" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:105 -msgid "The customer owes $1,090" -msgstr "Замовник має $1,090" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:124 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Налаштування:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:109 -msgid "Income: defined on the product, or the product category" -msgstr "Дохід: визначається на товарі або категорії товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:127 -msgid "Account Receivable: defined on the customer" -msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість: визначена клієнтом" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:111 -msgid "Tax: defined on the tax set on the invoice line" -msgstr "Податок: визначається податком, встановленим на рядку рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:84 msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." +"Fill out the statement's details and save. The newly created statement " +"includes the previous transactions following the last statement." msgstr "" -"Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " -"замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:117 -msgid "Example 2: Customer Payment:" -msgstr "Приклад 2: Оплата клієнта:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:121 -msgid "Your customer owes $1,090 less" -msgstr "Ваш клієнт повинен $1,090 менше" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:122 -msgid "Your receive $1,090 on your bank account" -msgstr "Ви отримуєте $1,090 на ваш банківський рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:126 -msgid "Bank Account: defined on the related bank journal" -msgstr "Банківський рахунок: визначено у відповідному банківському журналі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:132 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Reconciliation" -msgstr "Узгодження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Reconciliation is the process of linking journal items of a specific " -"account, matching credits and debits." -msgstr "" -"Узгодження - це процес об'єднання елементів журналу конкретного рахунку, " -"відповідних кредитів та дебетів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:137 -msgid "" -"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices in order " -"to mark invoices that are paid and clear the customer statement. This is " -"done by doing a reconciliation on the *Accounts Receivable* account." -msgstr "" -"Його основна мета полягає в тому, щоби пов'язати платежі з відповідними " -"рахунками-фактурами для того, щоб відмітити рахунки-фактури, які " -"виплачуються, і очистити виписку клієнта. Це робиться шляхом узгодження на " -"рахунку *Дебіторська заборгованість*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:141 -msgid "" -"An invoice is marked as paid when its Accounts Receivable journal items are " -"reconciled with the related payment journal items." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура позначається як оплачений, коли його журнали рахунків " -"дебіторської заборгованості узгоджуються з пов'язаними елементами журналу " -"платежів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:144 -msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" -msgstr "Система узгодження виконується автоматично, коли:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:146 -msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" -msgstr "оплата реєструється безпосередньо на рахунку-фактурі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:147 -msgid "" -"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " -"matching process" -msgstr "" -"зв'язки між платежами та рахунками-фактурами виявляються в процесі " -"узгодження банків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:0 -msgid "Customer Statement Example" -msgstr "Приклад виписки клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 -msgid "Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Дебет" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:158 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Кредит" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -msgid "Invoice 1" -msgstr "Рахунок 1" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:113 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "Payment 1.1" -msgstr "Платіж 1.1" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:162 -msgid "70" -msgstr "70" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -msgid "Invoice 2" -msgstr "Рахунок 2" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "65" -msgstr "65" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "Payment 1.2" -msgstr "Платіж 1.2" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:166 -msgid "30" -msgstr "30" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:168 -msgid "Payment 2" -msgstr "Платіж 2" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 -msgid "Invoice 3" -msgstr "Рахунок 3" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:170 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:174 -msgid "Total To Pay" -msgstr "Всього до оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:181 -msgid "" -"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " -"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " -"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" -msgstr "" -"Узгодження банківських виписок - це узгодження банківських виписок (наданих " -"вашим банком) із внутрішньою операцією (платежі постачальникам або " -"клієнтам). Для кожного рядка в банківській виписці це може бути:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 -msgid "matched with a previously recorded payment:" -msgstr "що відповідає раніше записаному платежу:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:186 -msgid "" -"a payment is registered when a check is received from a customer, then " -"matched when checking the bank statement" -msgstr "" -"платіж реєструється, коли чек одержується від клієнта, а потім під час " -"перевірки банківської виписки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:190 -msgid "recorded as a new payment:" -msgstr "записано як новий платіж:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:189 -msgid "" -"the payment's journal entry is created and :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` with the related invoice when processing the " -"bank statement" -msgstr "" -"запис журналу платежу створюється і :ref:`reconciled " -"<accounting/reconciliation>` з відповідним рахунком-фактурою при обробці " -"банківської виписки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "recorded as another transaction:" -msgstr "записана як інша транзакція:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:193 -msgid "bank transfer, direct charge, etc." -msgstr "банківський переказ, прямий платіж тощо." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions, only a few of them " -"should need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished," -" the balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " -"balance." -msgstr "" -"Система Odoo повинна автоматично узгодити більшість транзакцій, лише деякі з" -" них потребують перегляду вручну. Після завершення процесу узгодження " -"банківських виписок залишок на банківському рахунку в Odoo має відповідати " -"балансу банківської виписки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:203 -msgid "Checks Handling" -msgstr "Перевірки обробки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:205 -msgid "There are two approaches to manage checks and internal wire transfer:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:88 +msgid "Statement creation from the list view" msgstr "" -"Є два підходи для управління чеками та внутрішнім банківським переказом:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:207 -msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" -msgstr "Два записи журналу та узгодження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:208 -msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" -msgstr "Один запис журналу і банківське узгодження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:90 msgid "" -"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " -"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +"Open the list of transactions by clicking on the name of the bank journal " +"and switching to the list view. Select all the transactions corresponding to" +" the bank statement, and, in the :guilabel:`Statement` column, select an " +"existing statement or create a new one by typing its reference, clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...`, filling out the statement's details, and " +"saving." msgstr "" -"Перший запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-" -"фактурі. Другий створюється при реєстрації банківської виписки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:218 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 -msgid "Account" -msgstr "Рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -msgid "Account Receivable" -msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:246 -msgid "Invoice ABC" -msgstr "Рахунок ABC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -msgid "Undeposited funds" -msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:230 -msgid "Check 0123" -msgstr "Чек 0123" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 -msgid "Bank" -msgstr "Банк" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:237 -msgid "" -"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " -"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" -" journal entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 +msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" -"Запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-фактурі. При " -"узгодженні виписки з банку рядка звіту пов'язаного з існуючим журналом." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:244 -msgid "Bank Statement" -msgstr "Банківська виписка" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.rst:248 -msgid "Statement XYZ" -msgstr "Виписка XYZ" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview.rst:3 -msgid "Process overview" -msgstr "Огляд процесу" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:8 msgid "From Customer Invoice to Payments Collection" msgstr "Від рахунку-фактури клієнта до збору платежів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:10 msgid "" "Odoo supports multiple invoicing and payment workflows, so you can choose " "and use the ones that match your business needs. Whether you want to accept " @@ -14310,11 +2448,11 @@ msgstr "" "приймаєте знижки на дострокові платежі, ви можете зробити це ефективно та " "точно." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:17 msgid "From Draft Invoice to Profit and Loss" msgstr "Від чорновика рахунку до доходів та витрат" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:19 msgid "" "If we pick up at the end of a typical 'order to cash' scenario, after the " "goods have been shipped, you will: issue an invoice; receive payment; " @@ -14330,7 +2468,7 @@ msgstr "" "представляєте свій дохід у звіті про доходи та збитки та показуєте зменшення" " активів у звіті про баланс." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" "Invoicing in most countries occurs when a contractual obligation is met. If " "you ship a box to a customer, you have met the terms of the contract and can" @@ -14347,7 +2485,12 @@ msgstr "" " цьому етапі, Odoo підтримує створення так званого чорновика рахунку-фактури" " при отриманні товару." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 +msgid "Invoice creation" +msgstr "Створення рахунків-фактур" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:37 msgid "" "Draft invoices can be manually generated from other documents such as Sales " "Orders, Purchase Orders,etc. Although you can create a draft invoice " @@ -14357,7 +2500,7 @@ msgstr "" "таких як замовлення на продаж, замовлення на купівлю тощо. Хоча ви можете й " "самі створити чернетку рахунка, якщо хочете." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:41 msgid "" "An invoice must be provided to the customer with the necessary information " "in order for them to pay for the goods and services ordered and delivered. " @@ -14369,11 +2512,11 @@ msgstr "" "повинен також включати іншу інформацію, необхідну для своєчасної та точної " "оплати рахунка-фактури." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:47 msgid "Draft invoices" msgstr "Чорновик рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:49 msgid "" "The system generates invoice which are initially set to the Draft state. " "While these invoices" @@ -14381,7 +2524,7 @@ msgstr "" "Система створює рахунок-фактуру спочатку у стані чернетки. Поки ці рахунки-" "фактури " -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:52 msgid "" "remain unvalidated, they have no accounting impact within the system. There " "is nothing to stop users from creating their own draft invoices." @@ -14389,51 +2532,51 @@ msgstr "" "залишаються недійсними, вони не мають впливу на бухоблік у системі. Ніщо не " "перешкоджає користувачам створювати власну черенетку рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:55 msgid "Let's create a customer invoice with following information:" msgstr "Створимо рахунок-фактуру клієнта з наступною інформацією:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:57 msgid "Customer: Agrolait" msgstr "Замовник: Агролайт" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:58 msgid "Product: iMac" msgstr "Товар: iMac" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:59 msgid "Quantity: 1" msgstr "Кількість: 1" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:60 msgid "Unit Price: 100" msgstr "Ціна одиниці: 100" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:61 msgid "Taxes: Tax 15%" msgstr "Податки: податок 15%" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:67 msgid "The document is composed of three parts:" msgstr "Документ складається з трьох частин:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:69 msgid "the top of the invoice, with customer information," msgstr "верхня частина рахунка-фактури, інформація про клієнтів," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:70 msgid "the main body of the invoice, with detailed invoice lines," msgstr "основна частина рахунка-фактури з докладними рядками рахунків-фактур," -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:71 msgid "the bottom of the page, with detail about the taxes, and the totals." msgstr "внизу сторінки, детальна інформація про податки та підсумкові дані." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:74 msgid "Open or Pro-forma invoices" msgstr "Відкриті рахунки або про-форма рахунків-фактур" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:76 msgid "" "An invoice will usually include the quantity and the price of goods and/or " "services, the date, any parties involved, the unique invoice number, and any" @@ -14443,7 +2586,7 @@ msgstr "" "будь-які залучені сторони, унікальний номер рахунку та будь-яку податкову " "інформацію." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:80 msgid "" "\"Validate\" the invoice when you are ready to approve it. The invoice then " "moves from the Draft state to the Open state." @@ -14451,7 +2594,7 @@ msgstr "" "Натисніть \"Підтвердити\" рахунок-фактуру, коли ви готові схвалити його. " "Після цього рахунок-фактура переходить з Чернетки до статусу Відкрито." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:83 msgid "" "When you have validated an invoice, Odoo gives it a unique number from a " "defined, and modifiable, sequence." @@ -14459,7 +2602,7 @@ msgstr "" "Коли ви підтвердили рахунок-фактуру, Odoo надає йому унікальний номер із " "певної та модифікованої послідовності." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:88 msgid "" "Accounting entries corresponding to this invoice are automatically generated" " when you validate the invoice. You can see the details by clicking on the " @@ -14469,11 +2612,11 @@ msgstr "" "генеруються, коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру. Ви можете переглянути " "деталі, натиснувши на запис у полі Журналу на вкладці Інша інформація." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:96 msgid "Send the invoice to customer" msgstr "Відправте рахунок-фактуру замовнику" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:98 msgid "" "After validating the customer invoice, you can directly send it to the " "customer via the 'Send by email' functionality." @@ -14481,7 +2624,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після перевірки рахунка-фактури ви можете безпосередньо надіслати його " "клієнту за допомогою функції 'Надіслати на електронну пошту'." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:103 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a validated invoice will look like as" " follows:" @@ -14489,42 +2632,121 @@ msgstr "" "Типовий запис журналу, створений з підтвердженого рахунку, буде виглядати " "наступним чином:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:139 +msgid "**Account**" +msgstr "**Рахунок**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 msgid "**Partner**" msgstr "**Партнер**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 msgid "**Due date**" msgstr "**Установлений термін**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Debit**" +msgstr "**Дебет**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:99 +msgid "**Credit**" +msgstr "**Кредит**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:58 +msgid "Accounts Receivable" +msgstr "Дебіторська заборгованість" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 msgid "Agrolait" msgstr "Агролайт" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 msgid "01/07/2015" msgstr "01/07/2015" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:132 msgid "115" msgstr "115" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:51 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Податки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 msgid "15" msgstr "15" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "Sales" +msgstr "Продажі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:117 msgid "Payment" msgstr "Оплата" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:119 msgid "" "In Odoo, an invoice is considered to be paid when the associated accounting " "entry has been reconciled with the payment entries. If there has not been a " @@ -14535,17 +2757,26 @@ msgstr "" "запис був узгоджений з записами платежу. Якщо не було узгодження, рахунок-" "фактура залишатиметься у відкритому стані, доки ви не внесете платіж." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:124 msgid "" "A typical journal entry generated from a payment will look like as follows:" msgstr "" "Типовий запис журналу, створений із платежу, буде виглядати наступним чином:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:67 +msgid "Bank" +msgstr "Банк" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:136 msgid "Receive a partial payment through the bank statement" msgstr "Отримайте часткову оплату через банківську виписку" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:138 msgid "" "You can manually enter your bank statements in Odoo, or you can import them " "in from a csv file or from several other predefined formats according to " @@ -14555,7 +2786,7 @@ msgstr "" "імпортувати їх з файлу CSV або з декількох інших попередньо визначених " "форматів відповідно до вашої облікової локалізації." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:142 msgid "" "Create a bank statement from the accounting dashboard with the related " "journal and enter an amount of $100 ." @@ -14563,15 +2794,15 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть банківську виписку з інформаційної панелі обліку з відповідним " "журналом і введіть суму 100 доларів США." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:148 msgid "Reconcile" -msgstr "Узгодити" +msgstr "Узгодження" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:150 msgid "Now let's reconcile!" msgstr "Тепер давайте узгодимо!" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:154 msgid "" "You can now go through every transaction and reconcile them or you can mass " "reconcile with instructions at the bottom." @@ -14579,7 +2810,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер ви можете пройти через кожну транзакцію та узгодити її, або ж можна " "узгодити з інструкціями нижче." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:156 msgid "" "After reconciling the items in the sheet, the related invoice will now " "display \"You have outstanding payments for this customer. You can reconcile" @@ -14589,7 +2820,7 @@ msgstr "" "відображатиме: \"Ви маєте непогашені платежі для цього клієнта. Ви можете " "узгодити їх, щоб оплатити цей рахунок-фактуру\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:164 msgid "" "Apply the payment. Below, you can see that the payment has been added to the" " invoice." @@ -14597,11 +2828,11 @@ msgstr "" "Застосуйте платіж. Нижче ви можете побачити, що платіж додається до рахунка-" "фактури." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:170 msgid "Payment Followup" msgstr "Нагадування платежу" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:172 msgid "" "There's a growing trend of customers paying bills later and later. " "Therefore, collectors must make every effort to collect money and collect it" @@ -14611,7 +2842,7 @@ msgstr "" "Тому колектори повинні докласти всіх зусиль, щоби збирати гроші та збирати " "їх швидше." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:176 msgid "" "Odoo will help you define your follow-up strategy. To remind customers to " "pay their outstanding invoices, you can define different actions depending " @@ -14627,7 +2858,7 @@ msgstr "" "фактури минув певну кількість днів. Якщо є інші протерміновані рахунки для " "одного й того ж клієнта, дія найпростішого рахунка-фактури буде виконана." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:184 msgid "" "By going to the customer record and diving into the \"Overdue Payments\" you" " will see the follow-up message and all overdue invoices." @@ -14635,11 +2866,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перейшовши до запису про клієнтів і в \"Протерміновані платежі\", ви " "побачите наступне повідомлення та всі протерміновані рахунки-фактури." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:194 msgid "Customer aging report:" msgstr "Звіт про старіння клієнта:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:196 msgid "" "The customer aging report will be an additional key tool for the collector " "to understand the customer credit issues, and to prioritize their work." @@ -14648,7 +2879,7 @@ msgstr "" "колектора для розуміння проблем клієнтів-кредиторів та визначення " "пріоритетів їх роботи." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:200 msgid "" "Use the aging report to determine which customers are overdue and begin your" " collection efforts." @@ -14656,11 +2887,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте звіт про старіння, щоб визначити, які клієнти є " "протермінованими, і почати роботу збору платежів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:212 -msgid "Profit and loss" -msgstr "Доходи та витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:208 msgid "" "The Profit and Loss statement displays your revenue and expense details. " "Ultimately, this gives you a clear image of your Net Profit and Loss. It is " @@ -14671,11 +2898,7 @@ msgstr "" "уявлення про чистий дохід та витрати. Його іноді називають \"Звіт про " "доходи\" або \"Звіт про доходи та витрати\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:223 -msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "Звіт балансу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:218 msgid "" "The balance sheet summarizes your company's liabilities, assets and equity " "at a specific moment in time." @@ -14683,7 +2906,7 @@ msgstr "" "Баланс підсумовує зобов’язання, активи та власний капітал вашої компанії на " "конкретний момент часу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/customer_invoice.rst:234 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:225 msgid "" "For example, if you manage your inventory using the perpetual accounting " "method, you should expect a decrease in account \"Current Assets\" once the " @@ -14693,2661 +2916,555 @@ msgstr "" "оцінки запасів, слід очікувати зменшення значення на рахунку \"Поточні " "активи\" після того, як товар був відправлений клієнту." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:15 -msgid "From Vendor Bill to Payment" -msgstr "Від рахунка постачальника до оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once vendor bills are registered in Odoo, you can easily pay vendors for the" -" correct amount and at the right time (not too late, not too early; " -"depending on your vendor policy). Odoo also offers reports to track your " -"aged payable balances." -msgstr "" -"Коли реквізити постачальника зареєстровані в Odoo, ви можете легко заплатити" -" постачальникам правильну суму та в потрібний час (не пізно, не надто рано, " -"залежно від вашої політики постачальників). Odoo також пропонує звіти для " -"відстеження вашої часової заборгованості." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:10 -msgid "" -"If you want to control vendor bills received from your vendors, you can use " -"the Odoo Purchase application that allows you to control and pre-complete " -"them automatically based on past purchase orders." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете контролювати рахунки від постачальників, ви можете " -"скористатись модулем Купівлі в Odoo, який дозволяє контролювати та " -"попередньо заповнювати їх на основі попередніх замовлень на купівлю." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:18 -msgid "Record a new vendor bill" -msgstr "Запишіть новий рахунок постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When a vendor bill is received, you can record it from " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills` in the Accounting application. " -"As a shortcut, you can also use the **New Bill** feature on the accounting " -"dashboard." -msgstr "" -"При отриманні рахунка постачальника ви можете записати його з " -":menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників` Як найкоротший шлях, ви " -"також можете використовувати функцію **Новий рахунок** на інформаційній " -"панелі бухобліку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:27 -msgid "" -"To register a new vendor bill, start by selecting a vendor and inputting " -"their invoice as the **Vendor Reference**, then add and confirm the product " -"lines, making sure to have the right product quantities, taxes and prices." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати новий рахунок постачальника, спочатку виберіть " -"постачальника та введіть свій рахунок-фактуру як **Референс постачальника**," -" потім додайте та підтвердіть рядки товарів, переконавшись у тому, що вони " -"мають потрібні товари, податки та ціни." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:35 -msgid "" -"Save the invoice to update the pre tax and tax amounts at the bottom of the " -"screen. You will most likely need to configure the prices of your products " -"without taxes as Odoo will compute the tax for you." -msgstr "" -"Збережіть рахунок-фактуру, щоб оновити суми попереднього оподаткування та " -"податку в нижній частині екрану. Вам, швидше за все, доведеться налаштувати " -"ціни на ваші товари без податків, оскільки Odoo буде обчислювати податок для" -" вас." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:40 -msgid "" -"On the bottom left corner, Odoo shows a summary table of all taxes on the " -"vendor bill. In several countries, different methods are accepted to round " -"the totals (round per line, or round globally). The default rounding method " -"in Odoo is to round the final prices per line (as you may have different " -"taxes per product. E.g. Alcohol and cigarettes). However if your vendor has " -"a different tax amount on their bill, you can change the amount in the " -"bottom left table to adjust and match." -msgstr "" -"У нижньому лівому куті Odoo показує зведену таблицю всіх податків на рахунок" -" постачальника. У кількох країнах приймаються різні методи, щоб обійти " -"підсумкові дані (округлення рядка чи глобальне округлення). Метод округлення" -" за замовчуванням в Odoo - це округлення кінцевих цін на рядок (у вас можуть" -" бути різні податки на товар, наприклад, алкоголь та цигарки). Однак, якщо " -"ваш постачальник має іншу суму податку на своєму рахунку, ви можете змінити " -"суму в нижній лівій таблиці, щоб налаштувати та зіставити суму." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:48 -msgid "Validate The Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Підтвердіть рахунок постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor bill is validated, a journal entry will be generated based " -"on the configuration on the invoice. This journal entry may differ depending" -" on the the accounting package you choose to use." -msgstr "" -"Після підтвердження рахунка постачальника запис журналу буде згенерований на" -" основі налаштувань рахунка-фактури. Цей запис журналу може відрізнятися " -"залежно від пакета бухгалтерського обліку, який ви обрали для використання." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:54 -msgid "" -"For most European countries, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" -"Для більшості європейських країн журнал буде використовувати наступні " -"рахунки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:66 -msgid "**Accounts Payable:** defined on the vendor form" -msgstr "**Кредиторська заборгованість:** визначена у формі постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:68 -msgid "**Taxes:** defined on the products and per line" -msgstr "**Податки:** визначаються на товари та на рядок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:61 -msgid "**Expenses:** defined on the line item product used" -msgstr "**Витрати:** визначено на використаному елементі рядка товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:63 -msgid "" -"For Anglo-Saxon (US) accounting, the journal entry will use the following " -"accounts:" -msgstr "" -"Для англосаксонського бухобліку (США) запис журналу використовуватиме такі " -"облікові записи:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:70 -msgid "**Goods Received:** defined on the product form" -msgstr "**Надіслані товари:** визначені у формі товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can check your Profit & Loss or the Balance Sheet reports after having " -"validated a couple of vendor bills to see the impact on your general ledger." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перевірити звіти про доходи та витрати або баланс після перевірки " -"кількох рахунків постачальників, щоби побачити вплив на вашу загальну " -"бухгалтерську книгу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:77 -msgid "Pay a bill" -msgstr "Оплатіть рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:79 -msgid "" -"To create a payment for an open vendor bill directly, you can click on " -"**Register a Payment** at the top of the form." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити платіж безпосередньо на відкритому рахунку постачальника, ви " -"можете натиснути кнопку **Зареєструвати платіж** у верхній частині форми" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:82 -msgid "" -"From there, you select the payment method (i.e. Checking account, credit " -"card, check, etc…) and the amount you wish to pay. By default, Odoo will " -"propose the entire remaining balance on the bill for payment. In the memo " -"field, we recommend you set the vendor invoice number as a reference (Odoo " -"will auto fill this field from the from the vendor bill if set it " -"correctly)." -msgstr "" -"Звідти ви виберете спосіб оплати (наприклад, Перевірка рахунку, кредитна " -"картка, чек тощо) та суму, яку ви платите. За замовчуванням Odoo запропонує " -"весь залишок на рахунку для оплати. У полі замітки ми рекомендуємо " -"встановити номер рахунка-фактури постачальника як референс (Odoo буде " -"автоматично заповнювати це поле з поля рахунка постачальника, якщо він " -"правильно встановлений)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:94 -msgid "" -"You can also register a payment to a vendor directly without applying it to " -"a vendor bill. To do that, :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Then, " -"from the vendor bill you will be able to reconcile this payment with " -"directly." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете зареєструвати платіж постачальнику безпосередньо, не " -"застосовуючи його до рахунка постачальника. Для цього натисніть:`Купівлі -->" -" Платежі`. Тоді, з рахунка постачальника ви зможете безпосередньо узгодити " -"цей платіж. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:99 -msgid "Printing vendor Checks" -msgstr "Надрукуйте чеки постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:101 -msgid "" -"If you choose to pay your vendor bills by check, Odoo offers a method to do " -"so directly from your vendor payments within Odoo. Whether you do so on a " -"daily basis or prefer to do so at the end of the week, you can print in " -"checks in batches." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви вирішите сплатити рахунки своїх постачальників за допомогою чеків, " -"Odoo пропонує спосіб, щоби зробити це безпосередньо з платежів " -"постачальників в Odoo. Незалежно від того, чи ви робите це щоденно, або " -"наприкінці тижня, ви можете друкувати чеки групою." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:106 -msgid "" -"If you have checks to print, Odoo's accounting dashboard acts as a to do " -"list and reminds you of how many checks you have left to be printed." -msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є чек для друку, панель приладів бухобліку Odoo діє як список " -"справ і нагадує вам про те, скільки чеків ви залишили для друку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:112 -msgid "" -"By selecting the amount of checks to be printed, you can dive right into a " -"list of all payments that are ready to be processed." -msgstr "" -"Вибравши кількість чеків для друку, ви можете піти прямо в список усіх " -"платежів, які готові до обробки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Select all the checks you wish to print (use the first checkbox to select " -"them all) and set the action to **Print Checks**. Odoo will ask you to set " -"the next check number in the sequence and will then print all the checks at " -"once." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть усі чеки, які ви хочете роздрукувати (використовуйте перший " -"прапорець, щоби вибрати їх усі) та встановіть дію на **Друк чеків**. Odoo " -"попросить вас встановити наступний номер чеку у послідовності, а потім " -"надрукувати всі чеки одночасно." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:124 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Звітність" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:127 -msgid "Aged payable balance" -msgstr "Звіт розрахунків з кредиторами" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:129 -msgid "" -"In order to get a list of open vendor bills and their related due dates, you" -" can use the **Aged Payable** report, under the reporting menu, (in " -":menuselection:`Reporting --> Business Statement --> Aged payable`) to get a" -" visual of all of your outstanding bills." -msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати список відкритих рахунків постачальників та пов'язаних з ними " -"термінів, ви можете скористатися звітом **Розрахунки з кредиторами**, в меню" -" звітів (у меню :menuselection:`Звітність --> Банківська виписка --> " -"Розрахунки з кредиторами`), щоб отримати візуальну інформацію про всі " -"виплачені рахунки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:137 -msgid "" -"From here, you can click directly on a vendors name to open up the details " -"of all outstanding bills and the amounts due, or you can annotate any line " -"for managements information. At any point in time while you're looking " -"through the report, you can print directly to Excel or PDF and get exactly " -"what you see on the screen." -msgstr "" -"Звідси ви можете клікнути безпосередньо на назві постачальників, щоби " -"відкрити подробиці всіх непогашених рахунків та сум, що підлягають оплаті, " -"або ви можете занотувати будь-який рядок для інформації керування. У будь-" -"який момент часу, коли ви переглядаєте звіт, ви можете надрукувати " -"безпосередньо в Excel або PDF і отримати саме те, що ви бачите на екрані." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill.rst:144 -msgid ":doc:`customer_invoice`" -msgstr ":doc:`customer_invoice`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Payables" -msgstr "Облікові платежі" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:3 -msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When you get hundreds of vendor bills per month with each of them having " -"different payment terms, it could be complex to follow what you have to pay " -"and when. Paying your vendors too early can decrease your cash " -"availabilities and paying too late can lead to extra charges." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви отримуєте сотні рахунків постачальників у місяць, кожен з них має " -"різні умови оплати, може бути складно дотримуватися того, що ви платите і " -"коли. Занадто рання виплата вашим постачальникам може зменшити наявність " -"коштів, а занадто пізня оплата може призвести до додаткових витрат." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Fortunately, Odoo provides you the right tools to manage payment orders to " -"vendors efficiently." -msgstr "" -"На щастя, Odoo надає вам належні інструменти для ефективного управління " -"платіжними дорученнями постачальників." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:14 -msgid "Configuration: payment terms" -msgstr "Налаштування: умови оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to track the vendor conditions, we use payment terms in Odoo. " -"Payment terms allow to keep track of the conditions to compute the due date " -"on an invoice. As an example, a payment term can be:" -msgstr "" -"Для відстеження умов постачальників ми використовуємо умови оплати в Odoo. " -"Умови оплати дозволяють відстежувати умови для обчислення строку платежу по " -"рахунку-фактурі. Наприклад, термін оплати може бути:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:20 -msgid "50% within 30 days" -msgstr "50% протягом 30 днів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:22 -msgid "50% within 45 days" -msgstr "50% протягом 45 днів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:24 -msgid "" -"To create your most common payment terms, use the menu: " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` in the " -"**Accounting** application. The following example show a payment term of 30%" -" directly and the balance after 30 days." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити найпоширеніші умови оплати, скористайтеся меню: " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Управління --> Умови оплати` в модулі " -"**Бухоблік**. Наступний приклад показує строк платежу 30% безпосередньо та " -"залишок через 30 днів." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Once payment terms are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " -"default. Set the Vendor Payment Term field on the Accounting tab of a vendor" -" form. That way, every time you will purchase to this vendor, Odoo will " -"propose you automatically the right payment term." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки умови оплати будуть визначені, ви можете призначити їх своїм " -"постачальникам за умовчанням. Введіть поле \"Умови платежу постачальника\" " -"на вкладці форми постачальника у Бухобліку. Таким чином, кожного разу, коли " -"ви купуєте щось у цього постачальника, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично " -"правильну платіжну умову." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you do not set a specific payment term on a vendor, you will still be " -"able to set a specific payment term on the vendor bill." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не встановили конкретну умову оплати постачальнику, ви все одно " -"зможете встановити конкретну умову оплати на рахунку постачальника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:46 -msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the Aged Payables report" -msgstr "Прогнозовані рахунки для оплати зі звітом розрахунків з кредиторами" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:48 -msgid "" -"In order to track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the Aged Payable " -"report. You can get it from the Reports menu of the Accounting application. " -"This report gives you a summary per vendor of the amounts to pay, compared " -"to their due date (the due date being computed on each bill using the " -"payment term)." -msgstr "" -"Щоб відстежувати суми, що виплачуються постачальникам, скористайтеся звітом " -"розрахунків з кредиторами. Ви можете отримати його в меню Звіти у програмі " -"Бухобліку. У цьому звіті наведено короткий опис кожного постачальника суми, " -"що сплачуються, у порівнянні з терміном виконання (термін сплати за кожним " -"рахунком терміну оплати)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:57 -msgid "" -"This reports tells you how much you will have to pay within the next months." -msgstr "" -"У цих звітах повідомляється, скільки вам доведеться платити протягом " -"наступних місяців." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:61 -msgid "Select bills to pay" -msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Using the menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`, you can get a " -"list of vendor bills. Using the advanced filters, you can list all the bills" -" that you should pay or the bills that are overdue (you are late on the " -"payment)." -msgstr "" -"Використовуючи меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунки постачальників`, ви " -"можете отримати список рахунків постачальника. Використовуючи розширені " -"фільтри, ви можете вказати всі рахунки, які ви повинні сплатити, або " -"протерміновані рахунки (ви затримуєте платіж)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/misc/forecast.rst:70 -msgid "" -"From this screen, you can also switch to the pivot table or the graph view " -"to get statistics on the amount due over the next month, using the group by " -"\"Due Date\" feature." -msgstr "" -"З цього екрану ви також можете перейти до зведеної таблиці або перегляду " -"графіка, щоб отримувати статистику про суму наступного місяця, за допомогою " -"групи функції \"Термін виконання\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay.rst:3 -msgid "Vendor Payments" -msgstr "Платежі постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:3 -msgid "Pay by Checks" -msgstr "Оплачуйте чеками" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. " -"Then, at the end of the day, the manager can print all checks by batch. " -"Finally, the bank reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to " -"suppliers with actual bank statements." -msgstr "" -"Як тільки ви вирішите заплатити рахунок постачальника, ви можете вибрати " -"оплату чеком. Потім, наприкінці дня, менеджер може друкувати всі чеки " -"партією. Нарешті, процес узгодження банківської виписки буде відповідати " -"чекам, які ви надіслали постачальникам із фактичними банківськими виписками." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:33 -msgid "Install the required module" -msgstr "Встановіть потрібний модуль" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To record supplier payments by checks, you must install the **Check " -"Writing** module. This module handle the process of recording checks in " -"Odoo. Others modules are necessary to print checks, according to the " -"country. As an example, the **U.S. Check Printing** module is required to " -"print U.S. checks." -msgstr "" -"Щоб записати платежі постачальників чеками, потрібно встановити модуль " -"**Запис чеку**. Цей модуль обробляє процес реєстрації чеків в Odoo. Інші " -"модулі необхідні для друку чеків, залежно від країни. Наприклад, модуль " -"**Друк чеків США** потрібен для друку чеків США." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:23 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, those modules " -"may be installed by default. (example: United States users have nothing to " -"install, it's configured by default)." -msgstr "" -"За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, ці модулі " -"можуть бути встановлені за замовчуванням. (приклад: користувачам Сполучених " -"Штатів не потрібно встановлювати, вони налаштовані замовчуванням)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:28 -msgid "Activate checks payment methods" -msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by checks, you must activate the payment method " -"on related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on your bank account on " -":menuselection:`More --> Settings` option. On the **Payment Method** field, " -"set **Check**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дозволити платежі чеками, необхідно активувати метод платежу в " -"пов'язаних банківських журналах. На інформаційній панелі бухобліку (екран, " -"який ви отримуєте, коли ви вводите додаток бухобліку), натисніть на свій " -"банківський рахунок :menuselection:`Більше --> Налаштуання`. На полі **Метод" -" оплати** встановіть **Чек**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:40 -msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" -msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:43 -msgid "United States" -msgstr "США" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:45 -msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" -msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:47 -msgid "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom" -msgstr "**Quickbooks & Quicken**: чек зверху, корінець в середині та внизу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:48 -msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom" -msgstr "**Peachtree**: чек в середині, корінець зверху та знизу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:49 -msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." -msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It is also possible to customize your own check format through " -"customizations." -msgstr "" -"Також можна налаштувати свій власний формат чеку за допомогою налаштувань." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:54 -msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" -msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:56 -msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" -msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:58 -msgid "registering a payment you'd like to do on the bill" -msgstr "зареєструйте платіж, який ви хочете зробити на рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:59 -msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" -msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:60 -msgid "reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "узгодьте банківські виписки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:63 -msgid "Register a payment by check" -msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:65 -msgid "" -"To register a payment on a bill, open any supplier bill from the menu " -":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " -"validated, you can register a payment. Set the **Payment Method** to " -"**Check** and validate the payment dialog." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зареєструвати платіж на рахунку, відкрийте будь-який рахунок " -"постачальника в меню:menuselection:`Купівлі --> Рахунок постачальника`. " -"Після підтвердження рахунку постачальника ви можете зареєструвати платіж. " -"Встановіть **Метод оплати** на **Чек** та підтвердіть діалогове вікно " -"платежу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:74 -msgid "Print checks" -msgstr "Друк чеків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:76 -msgid "" -"From the accounting dashboard, on your bank account, you should see a link " -"\"X checks to print\". Click on this link and you will get the list of all " -"checks that are not printed yet. From this screen, you can print all checks " -"in batch or review them one by one." -msgstr "" -"На інформаційній панелі обліку на своєму банківському рахунку слід побачити " -"посилання \"X чеків для друку\". Натисніть на це посилання, і ви отримаєте " -"список всіх чеків, які ще не надруковано. З цього екрану ви можете друкувати" -" всі чеки партіями або переглядати їх по черзі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:81 -msgid "" -"If you want to review every payment one by one before printing the check, " -"open on the payment and click on **Print Check** if you accept it. A dialog " -"will ask you the number of the check. It automatically proposes you the next" -" number, but you can change it if it does not match your next check number." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете переглянути кожен платіж один за одним перед друком чеків, " -"відкрийте його та натисніть **Друк чеку**, якщо ви його приймете. Діалогове " -"вікно запитає вас номер чеку. Він автоматично пропонує вам наступний номер, " -"але ви можете змінити його, якщо він не відповідає вашому наступному " -"чековому номеру." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:87 -msgid "" -"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " -"Print Check from the top \"print\" menu." -msgstr "" -"Щоб друкувати всі чеки партіями, виберіть усі платежі зі списку та " -"надрукуйте чек у верхньому меню \"Друк\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:94 -msgid "Reconcile bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Once you process your bank statement, when the check is credited from your " -"bank account, Odoo will propose you automatically to match it with the " -"payment. This will mark the payment as **Reconciled**." -msgstr "" -"Після обробки банківської виписки, коли чек нараховується з вашого " -"банківського рахунку, Odoo запропонує вам автоматично підігнати його до " -"платежу. Це позначатиме платіж як **Узгоджений**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:101 -msgid "" -"To review checks that have not been credited, open the list of payments and " -"filter on the Sent state. Review those payments that have a date more than 2" -" weeks ago." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:106 -msgid "Pay anything with a check" -msgstr "Оплачуйте будь-що чеком" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by check." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете зареєструвати платіж, який не пов'язаний з рахунком постачальника." -" Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Платежі`." -" Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати чеком." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**Memo** field." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " -"рахунок у полі **Нагадування**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:118 -msgid "" -"Once your payment by check is registered, don't forget to **Confirm** it. " -"Once confirmed, you can use **Print Check** directly or follow the preceding" -" flow to print checks in batch:" -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваш платіж чеком зареєстровано, не забудьте **Підтвердити** " -"його. Після підтвердження ви можете використовувати **Друк чеку** " -"безпосередньо або дотримуватися попереднього потоку для друку чеків у " -"пакетному режимі:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:122 -msgid "`Print checks`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/check.rst:123 -msgid "`Reconcile bank statements`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:3 -msgid "Pay several bills at once" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides a simple and effective way to handle several bills at once, " -"with various quick or complex options. With one single process, anyone is " -"able to handle bills and payment in just a few clicks." -msgstr "" -"Odoo забезпечує простий і ефективний спосіб обробки кількох рахунків " -"одночасно, з різними швидкими або складними варіантами. За допомогою одного " -"процесу, кожен зможе обробляти рахунки та оплату всього за кілька кліків." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:10 -msgid "Pay multiple bills with one payment" -msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків за один платіж" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:13 -msgid "Record several payments" -msgstr "Запишіть кілька платежів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:15 -msgid "" -"In the following example, we will generate some bills. You can control the " -"whole process from your accounting dashboard (first screen you get when you " -"open the accounting application)." -msgstr "" -"У наступному прикладі ми створимо кілька рахунків. Ви можете контролювати " -"весь процес з інформаційної панелі бухобліку (перший екран, який ви " -"отримуєте, коли ви відкриваєте обліковий додаток)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a bill, open the Dashboard menu and click on **Vendor Bills**. In " -"the Vendor Bills window, click on **Create**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити рахунок, відкрийте меню Інформаційної панелі та натисніть " -"**Рахунок постачальника**. У вікні рахунка постачальника натисніть кнопку " -"**Створити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Choose the vendor from which you wish to purchase the product, and click on " -"Add an item to add one (or more) product(s). Click on **Save** and then " -"**Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть постачальника, у якого ви хочете придбати товар, і натисніть Додати" -" елемент, щоб додати один (або більше) товарів. Натисніть **Зберегти**, а " -"потім **Перевірити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:33 -msgid "Pay supplier bills, one after the other" -msgstr "Оплата рахунків постачальника, один за одним" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:38 -msgid "" -"We will now record a payment for one bill only. Open the bill, then click on" -" **Register Payment**. Insert the Payment Method, Date and Amount, and click" -" on **Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ми будемо записувати платіж лише за один рахунок. Відкрийте рахунок, " -"потім натисніть **Зареєструвати оплату**. Вставте спосіб оплати, дату, суму " -"та натисніть **Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Once you have validated the payment, the system will automatically reconcile" -" the payment with the bill, and set the bill as **Paid**. The system will " -"also generate a move from the payment account and reconcile it with the " -"expense transaction." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви підтвердили платіж, система автоматично узгоджує платіж з " -"рахунком і встановлює рахунок як **Оплачений**. Система також створить " -"перехід із платіжного рахунку та узгодить його з транзакцією витрат." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:51 -msgid "Pay several bills altogether" -msgstr "Оплатіть декілька рахунків вцілому" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In order to illustrate the process thoroughly, create at least 2 more bills " -"following the above standing guide. **Make sure all bills come from the same" -" vendor.**" -msgstr "" -"Щоб ретельно проілюструвати процес, створіть принаймні ще 2 рахунки, які " -"слідують за наведеним вище прикладом. **Переконайтеся, що всі рахунки " -"надійшли від одного постачальника.**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In the Vendors Bills, select the new bills you have just created by checking" -" the box next to each of them. In the Action menu located in the middle of " -"the page, click on **Register Payment**." -msgstr "" -"У рахунках постачальників виберіть нові рахунки, які ви щойно створили, " -"встановивши прапорець біля кожного з них. У меню Дія, розташованому в " -"середині сторінки, натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Insert the details of the payment. The system calculated the total amount " -"for both bills, but you can modify it freely. Click on **Validate**." -msgstr "" -"Введіть деталі платежу. Система розрахувала загальну суму для обох рахунків," -" але ви можете вільно змінювати її. Натисніть **Підтвердити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:71 -msgid "Record the payment, reconcile afterwards" -msgstr "Запишіть платіж, узгодьте пізніше" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can also reconcile a payment with bills after the payment has been " -"recorded." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете узгодити платіж із рахунками після того, як платіж буде " -"записано." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:76 -msgid "First, we need to create a payment" -msgstr "По-перше, нам потрібно створити платіж" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:78 -msgid "" -"This will handle from :menuselection:`Dashboard --> Bank journal --> More " -"Option --> Send Money`" -msgstr "" -"Це виконується в :menuselection:`Панелі інструментів --> Банківський журнал " -"--> Більше варіантів --> Надіслати гроші` " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Creating payment order with check payment method. Selecting related Vendor " -"and amount which remain to pay. After filling all details, we will confirm " -"the payment order which will generate payment transaction with the system." -msgstr "" -"Створення платіжного доручення із перевіреним способом оплати. Вибір " -"пов'язаного продавця та суми, яка залишається оплачуваною. Після заповнення " -"всіх деталей ми підтвердимо платіжне доручення, яке створить платіжну " -"транзакцію з системою." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:92 -msgid "" -"As you can see, bill payment status show what is posted and what is " -"remaining to reconcile." -msgstr "" -"Як ви можете бачити, статус оплати рахунку показує, що розміщено та що " -"залишається для узгодження." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:95 -msgid "" -"After receiving bank statement from the bank with payment detail, you can " -"reconcile the transaction from the Dashboard. It will automatically map the " -"transaction amount." -msgstr "" -"Після отримання банківської виписки із деталізацією платежу ви можете " -"узгодити транзакцію з інформаційної панелі. Він буде автоматично відображати" -" суму транзакції." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:103 -msgid "Partial payments of several supplier bills" -msgstr "Часткові виплати декількох рахунків постачальників" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:106 -msgid "How to pay several supplier bills having cash discounts at once?" -msgstr "" -"Як сплатити кілька рахунків постачальників, які мають готівкові знижки " -"одночасно?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:108 -msgid "" -"You already learned how to pay bills in various way but what about partial " -"payment? We are taking another example where we will do partial payment for " -"various bills." -msgstr "" -"Ви вже дізналися про те, як сплачувати рахунки у різних варіантах, а як щодо" -" часткової оплати? Ми розглянемо ще один приклад, де будемо робити часткову " -"оплату за різні рахунки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:112 -msgid "" -"We are creating multiple bills and partially pay them through bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Ми створюємо кілька рахунків і частково оплачуємо їх через банківські " -"виписки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:115 -msgid "" -"We are adding payment terms which allow some cash discount where vendor " -"offer us early payment discount." -msgstr "" -"Ми додаємо умови платежу, які дозволяють отримати певну готівкову знижку, " -"коли постачальник пропонує нам знижку дострокового платежу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:121 -msgid "" -"We are creating the following bills with the assignment of the above payment" -" term." -msgstr "" -"Ми створюємо наступні рахунки з призначенням зазначеного терміну платежу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:127 -msgid "We have created the following bills:" -msgstr "Ми створили наступні рахунки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:132 -msgid "" -"We will pay the invoices by creating bank statement where we will adjust the" -" cash discount our vendor provided under payment terms." -msgstr "" -"Ми будемо сплачувати рахунки, створивши виписку в банку, де ми будемо " -"коригувати готівкову знижку, надану нашим продавцем за умовами оплати." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Before reconciling this bank statement, we need to create one statement " -"model for cash discount." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж узгодити цю банківську виписку, нам потрібно створити одну модель " -"заявки для готівкової знижки." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/multiple.rst:144 -msgid "Now we are going back to bank statement and opening reconcile view." -msgstr "" -"Тепер ми повертаємося до виписки з банківського рахунку та відкриваємо " -"узгоджений перегляд." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:69 -msgid "Pay with SEPA" -msgstr "Оплачуйте із SEPA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:5 -msgid "" -"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" SEPA allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " -"transfer." -msgstr "" -"SEPA, єдина зона платежу в євро, є ініціативою Європейського союзу з " -"платіжної інтеграції для спрощення банківських переказів, виражених у євро. " -"SEPA дозволяє відправляти замовлення на оплату у ваш банк для автоматизації " -"банківського переказу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:10 -msgid "" -"SEPA is supported by the banks of the 28 EU member states as well as " -"Iceland, Norway, Switzerland, Andorra, Monaco and San Marino." -msgstr "" -"SEPA підтримується банками 28 країн-членів ЄС, а також Ісландією, Норвегією," -" Швейцарією, Андоррою, Монако та Сан-Марино." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:13 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, once you decide to pay a vendor, you can select to pay the bill " -"with SEPA. Then, at the end of the day, the manager can generate the SEPA " -"file containing all bank wire transfers and send it to the bank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:18 -msgid "" -"By default,the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " -"specifications. This is a well-defined standard that makes consensus among " -"banks. However, according to the country set on your company, another format" -" can be used : **'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and " -"**'pain.001.003.03'** for Germany." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " -"account statement inside Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will " -"seamlessly match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank " -"statements." -msgstr "" -"Щойно платежі обробляються вашим банком, ви можете безпосередньо імпортувати" -" виписку з рахунку в Odoo. Процес узгодження банківської виписки незмінно " -"відповідатиме замовленням SEPA, які ви надіслали у ваш банк із фактичними " -"банківськими виписками." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:35 -msgid "" -"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must install the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " -"module. This module handle the process of generating SEPA files based on " -"Odoo payments." -msgstr "" -"Щоб оплатити постачальникам SEPA, потрібно встановити модуль **SEPA Credit " -"Transfer**. Цей модуль обробляє процес створення файлів SEPA на основі " -"платежів Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:40 -msgid "" -"According to your country and the chart of account you use, this module may " -"be installed by default." -msgstr "" -"За вашою країною та планом рахунків, який ви використовуєте, цей модуль може" -" бути встановлений за замовчуванням." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:44 -msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" -msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати SEPA у банках" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:46 -msgid "" -"In order to allow payments by SEPA, you must activate the payment method on " -"related bank journals. From the accounting dashboard (the screen you get " -"when you enter the accounting application), click on \"More\" on your bank " -"account and select the \"Settings\" option." -msgstr "" -"Щоб дозволити платежі SEPA, необхідно активувати метод платежу в пов'язаних " -"банківських журналах. На інформаційній панелі обліку (екран, який ви " -"отримуєте, коли ви вводите обліковий додаток), натисніть на кнопку " -"\"Додатково\" на своєму банківському рахунку та виберіть параметр " -"\"Налаштування\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:51 -msgid "" -"To activate SEPA, click the **Advanced Settings** tab and, in the **Payment " -"Methods** part of the **Miscellaneous** section, check the box **Sepa Credit" -" Transfer**." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати SEPA, натисніть вкладку **Розширені налаштування** та в " -"розділі **Способи оплати** розділу **Різне** позначте **Sepa Credit " -"Transfer**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account number won't " -"work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) on your bank journal." -msgstr "" -"Обов'язково вкажіть номер рахунку IBAN (внутрішній номер рахунку не буде " -"працювати з SEPA) та BIC (код ідентифікатора банку) у вашому банківському " -"журналі." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:60 -msgid "" -"By default, the payments you send using SEPA will use your company name as " -"initiating party name. This is what appears on the recipient's bank " -"statement in the **payment from** field. You can customize it in your " -"company settings, in the tab **Configuration**, under the **SEPA** section." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням, платежі, які ви надсилаєте за допомогою SEPA, " -"використовуватимуть назву вашої компанії як ініціюючу частину назви. Це те, " -"що відображається у банківській виписці одержувача у полі **платіж з**. Ви " -"можете налаштувати його в налаштуваннях вашої компанії, на вкладці " -"**Налаштування**, в розділі ** SEPA **." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:72 -msgid "Register your payments" -msgstr "Зареєструйте ваш платіж" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:74 -msgid "" -"You can register a payment that is not related to a supplier bill. To do so," -" use the top menu :menuselection:`Purchases --> Payments`. Register your " -"payment and select a payment method by Sepa Credit Transfer." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете зареєструвати платіж, який не пов'язаний з рахунком постачальника." -" Для цього використовуйте головне меню :menuselection:`Купівлі --> Оплати`. " -"Зареєструйте свій платіж і виберіть спосіб оплати за допомогою Sepa Credit " -"Transfer." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:78 -msgid "" -"If it's the first time you pay this vendor, you will have to fill in the " -"Recipient Bank Account field with, at least, the bank name, IBAN and BIC " -"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo will automatically verify the IBAN format." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви сплачуєте цьому постачальнику вперше, вам доведеться заповнити поле " -"банківського рахунку одержувача принаймні з назвою банку, IBAN та BIC " -"(банківський ідентифікаційний код). Odoo автоматично перевірить формат IBAN." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:82 -msgid "" -"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will propose you automatically the " -"bank accounts but you will be able to select another one or create a new " -"one." -msgstr "" -"Для майбутніх платежів до цього постачальника Odoo запропонує вам " -"автоматично банківські рахунки, але ви зможете вибрати інший або створити " -"новий." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:86 -msgid "" -"If you pay a specific supplier bill, put the reference of the bill in the " -"**memo** field." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви сплачуєте конкретний рахунок постачальника, поставте посилання на " -"рахунок у полі **нагадування**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is registered, don't forget to Confirm it. You can also " -"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the Register Payment button on" -" top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the payment is directly " -"linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled to it." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ваш платіж зареєстровано, не забудьте підтвердити його. Ви " -"також можете оплатити рахунки постачальника з рахунку безпосередньо за " -"допомогою кнопки Реєстрація Платежу поряд із рахунком продавця. Форма " -"однакова, але оплата безпосередньо пов'язана з рахунком і буде автоматично " -"узгоджена до нього." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:98 -msgid "Generate SEPA files" -msgstr "Створення файлів SEPA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:100 -msgid "" -"From your accounting dashboard, you should see if there are SEPA files to " -"generate for every bank account." -msgstr "" -"З вашої панелі приладів бухобліку ви повинні побачити, чи існують файли SEPA" -" для створення кожного банківського рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:106 -msgid "" -"Click on the link to check all the payments that are ready to transfer via " -"SEPA. Then, select all the payments you want to send (or check the top box " -"to select all payment at once) and click on :menuselection:`More --> " -"Download SEPA Payments`." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на посилання, щоби перевірити всі платежі, які готові передати " -"через SEPA. Потім виберіть усі платежі, які ви хочете відправити (або " -"перевірте верхнє вікно, щоби вибрати весь платіж одночасно) і натисніть " -"кнопку :menuselection:`Більше --> Завантажити платежі SEPA`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:115 -msgid "Troubleshooting" -msgstr "Вирішення проблем" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:118 -msgid "The bank refuses my SEPA file" -msgstr "Банк відмовляється від мого файлу SEPA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Ask your bank if they support the **SEPA Credit Transfer specification** " -"(the SEPA pain version depends on the country set on your company). If they " -"don't, or cannot provide relevant informations, please forward the error " -"message to your Odoo partner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:126 -msgid "There is no Bank Identifier Code recorded for bank account ..." -msgstr "" -"Немає банківського ідентифікаційного коду, зареєстрованого для банківського " -"рахунку ..." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:128 -msgid "" -"In order to send a SEPA payment, the recipient must be identified by a valid" -" IBAN and BIC. If this message appear, you probably encoded an IBAN account " -"for the partner you are paying but forgot to fill in the BIC field." -msgstr "" -"Для того, щоб відправити оплату SEPA, одержувач повинен бути ідентифікувати " -"дійсний IBAN та BIC. Якщо з'явиться це повідомлення, ви, імовірно, кодували " -"облік IBAN для партнера, якому ви платите, але забули заповнити поле BIC." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/pay/sepa.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:125 -msgid ":doc:`check`" -msgstr ":doc:`check`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:3 -msgid "Non-current Assets and Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " -"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" -" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" -" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:9 -msgid "" -"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" -" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " -"equipment, land, and software." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:12 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " -"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " -"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " -"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " -"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" -" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " -"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:21 -msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:23 -msgid "Straight Line" -msgstr "Прямолінійний" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:24 -msgid "Declining" -msgstr "Зниження" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:25 -msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 -msgid "" -"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " -"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:19 -msgid "Prerequisites" -msgstr "Передумови" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" -" default expense account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:38 -msgid "Configure an Assets Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " -"on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 -msgid "Post an expense to the right account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 -msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:56 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 -msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " -"**Expense Account**, and save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:75 -msgid "" -"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" -"automation>` for these products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 -msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " -"click on the account, and select the right one." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:92 -msgid "Assets entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 -msgid "Create a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:99 -msgid "" -"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " -"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:102 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" -" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 -msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:124 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:126 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " -"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " -"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " -"depreciations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:130 -msgid "" -"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" -" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " -"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:134 -msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:136 -msgid "" -"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " -"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " -"the same amount." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " -"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" -" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" -" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " -"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " -"duration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:144 -msgid "" -"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " -"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " -"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " -"constant one afterward." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:149 -msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:151 -msgid "" -"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:153 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " -":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " -"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:165 -msgid "Modification of an Asset" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:167 -msgid "" -"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:169 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " -"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " -"click on *Modify*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:172 -msgid "" -"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" -" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " -"Depreciation Board." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:175 -msgid "" -"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " -"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " -"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " -"Button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:184 -msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:186 -msgid "" -"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " -"from the Balance Sheet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:188 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," -" and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " -"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " -"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " -"amount it is sold for." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:199 -msgid "" -"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " -"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:203 -msgid "Assets Models" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:205 -msgid "" -"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " -"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:208 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " -"would do to create a new entry." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:212 -msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " -"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " -"clicking on the button *Save Model*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:217 -msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:219 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " -"with the right asset account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 -msgid "" -"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " -"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " -"model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:232 -msgid "Automate the Assets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:234 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " -"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " -"expenses that are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:238 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:241 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " -"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:244 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " -"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " -"entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/assets.rst:252 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" -"account`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Expenses and Prepayments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " -"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " -"products or services yet to receive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " -"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " -"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," -" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " -"the future." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 -msgid "" -"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " -"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " -"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 -msgid "" -"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " -"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " -"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " -"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " -"recognized as an expense." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " -"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " -"posted periodically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " -"than on the default expense account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 -msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 -msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 -msgid "" -"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " -"expenses must be deferred." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 -msgid "" -"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " -"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 -msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 -msgid "" -"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " -"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " -"full amount of the expense is recognized." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 -msgid "" -"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " -"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " -"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 -msgid "" -"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " -"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " -"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" -" at which date." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 -msgid "" -"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " -"most accurately possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 -msgid "" -"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" -" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " -"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 -msgid "" -"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" -" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " -"and has an amount of $ 29.03." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 -msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 -msgid "" -"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " -"**Purchases Journal**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 -msgid "" -"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" -" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " -"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " -"account of a posted journal item`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 -msgid "" -"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " -"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 -msgid "Deferred Expense Models" -msgstr "Моделі витрат майбутніх періодів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 -msgid "" -"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " -"entries faster." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " -"way you would do to create a new entry." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Cash discounts and tax reduction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " -"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " -"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +"**Cash discounts** are reductions in the amount a customer must pay for " +"goods or services offered as an incentive for paying their invoice promptly." +" These discounts are typically a percentage of the total invoice amount and " +"are applied if the customer pays within a specified time. Cash discounts can" +" help the company maintain a steady cash flow." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 -msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 -msgid "" -"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " -"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 -msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 -msgid "" -"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " -"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " -"are credited on it automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 -msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 -msgid "" -"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " -"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " -"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " -"Deferred Expenses`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 -msgid "" -"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" -" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " -"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 -msgid "" -"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" -" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " -"Expense Account for specific products`_)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:3 -msgid "Manage vendor Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Purchase** application allows you to manage your purchase orders, " -"incoming products, and vendor bills all seamlessly in one place." -msgstr "" -"Додаток **Закупівлі** дозволяє вам керувати замовленнями на покупку, " -"вхідними товарами та рахунками постачальників у єдиному місці." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:8 -msgid "" -"If you want to set up a vendor bill control process, the first thing you " -"need to do is to have purchase data in Odoo. Knowing what has been purchased" -" and received is the first step towards understanding your purchase " -"management processes." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете налаштувати процес контролю над рахунками постачальника, " -"перше, що вам потрібно зробити - це мати дані про купівлю в Odoo. Знання " -"того, що було придбано та отримано, є першим кроком до розуміння процесів " -"управління купівлею." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:13 -msgid "Here is the standard work flow in Odoo:" -msgstr "Ось стандартний робочий процес в Odoo:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:15 -msgid "" -"You begin with a **Request for Quotation (RFQ)** to send out to your " -"vendor(s)." -msgstr "" -"Ви починаєте із **Запиту на комерційну пропозицію (ЗНКП)**, щоб надіслати її" -" вашим продавцям." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Once the vendor has accepted the RFQ, confirm the RFQ into a **Purchase " -"Order (PO)**." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як постачальник прийняв ЗНКП, підтвердіть ЗНКП в **Замовленні на" -" купівлю (ЗНК)**. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Confirming the PO generates an **Incoming Shipment** if you purchased any " -"stockable products." -msgstr "" -"Підтвердження ЗНК створює **Вхідну відправку**, якщо ви придбали будь-які " -"запаковані товари." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Upon receiving a **Vendor Bill** from your Vendor, validate the bill with " -"products received in the previous step to ensure accuracy." -msgstr "" -"Отримавши **Рахунок постачальника**, підтвердіть рахунок за допомогою " -"товарів, отриманих на попередньому кроці, щоб забезпечити точність. " - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:27 -msgid "" -"This process may be done by three different people within the company, or " -"only one." -msgstr "" -"Цей процес може виконуватися трьома різними людьми всередині компанії або " -"лише однією особою." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:34 -msgid "Installing the Purchase and Inventory applications" -msgstr "Встановлення додатків Купівлі та Складу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:36 -msgid "" -"From the **Apps** application, search for the **Purchase** module and " -"install it. Due to certain dependencies, installing Purchase will " -"automatically install the **Inventory** and **Accounting** applications." -msgstr "" -"З модуля **Додатки**, знайдіть модуль **Купівлі** та встановіть його. Через " -"певні залежності, встановлення Купівлі автоматично встановить модулі " -"**Склад** та **Бухоблік**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:41 -msgid "Creating products" -msgstr "Створення товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Creating products in Odoo is essential for quick and efficient purchasing " -"within Odoo. Simply navigate to the Products submenu under Purchase and " -"click create." -msgstr "" -"Створення товарів в Odoo має важливе значення для швидкої та ефективної " -"купівлі в Odoo. Просто перейдіть до підменю Товари в розділі Купівлі та " -"натисніть Створити." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:50 -msgid "" -"When creating the product, pay attention to the **Product Type** field, " -"since it is important:" -msgstr "" -"Під час створення товару, зверніть увагу на поле **Тип товару**, оскільки це" -" важливо:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Products that are set as **Stockable or Consumable** will allow you to keep " -"track of their inventory levels. These options imply stock management and " -"will allow for receiving these kinds of products." -msgstr "" -"Товари, які встановлюються як **Зберігаються на складі або Витратні**, " -"дозволять вам стежити за рівнями їх запасу. Ці параметри передбачають " -"управління запасами та дозволять отримувати такі види продукції." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Conversely, products that are set as a **Service or Digital Product** will " -"not imply stock management, simply due to the fact that there is no " -"inventory to manage. You will not be able to receive products under either " -"of these designations." -msgstr "" -"І навпаки, товари, які встановлюються як **Послуга або Цифровий товар**, не " -"будуть означати управління складом, просто через відсутність складу для " -"управління. Ви не зможете отримувати товари під будь-яким із цих позначень." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:64 -msgid "" -"It is recommended that you create a **Miscellaneous** product for all " -"purchases that occur infrequently and do not require inventory valuation or " -"management. If you create such a product, it is recommended to set the " -"product type to **Service**." -msgstr "" -"Рекомендується створити товар **Різне** для всіх купівель, які відбуваються " -"нечасто і не потребують оцінки запасів або управління. Якщо ви створюєте " -"такий товар, рекомендується встановити тип товару **Послуга**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:69 -msgid "Managing your Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:72 -msgid "Purchasing products or services" -msgstr "Закупівля товарів або послуг" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:74 -msgid "" -"From the purchase application, you can create a purchase order with as many " -"products as you need. If the vendor sends you a confirmation or quotation " -"for an order, you may record the order reference number in the **Vendor " -"Reference** field. This will enable you to easily match the PO with the the " -"vendor bill later (as the vendor bill will probably include the Vendor " -"Reference)" -msgstr "" -"З програми покупки ви можете створювати замовлення на купівлю з такою " -"кількістю товарів, якою вам потрібно. Якщо постачальник надсилає вам " -"підтвердження або комерційну пропозицію для замовлення, ви можете записати " -"номер посиланням на замовлення у полі **Референс постачальника**. Це " -"дозволить вам легко узгодити замовлення з рахунком постачальника пізніше " -"(оскільки рахунок постачальника, ймовірно, включатиме посилання " -"постачальника)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Validate the purchase order and receive the products from the Inventory " -"application." -msgstr "" -"Підтвердіть замовлення на придбання та отримання товарів у додатку Склад." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:88 -msgid "Receiving Products" -msgstr "Прийом товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:90 -msgid "" -"If you purchased any stockable products that you manage the inventory of, " -"you will need to receive the products from the Inventory application after " -"you confirm a purchase order. From the **Inventory dashboard**, you should " -"see a button linking you directly to the transfer of products. This button " -"is outlined in red below:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви придбали будь-які товари, що зберігаються, якими ви керуєте на " -"складі, вам потрібно буде отримати товари з модуля Склад після підтвердження" -" замовлення на купівлю. На **Панелі приладів Складу** ви побачите кнопку, що" -" безпосередньо посилає вас на переміщення товарів. Ця кнопка окреслена " -"червоним кольором внизу:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Navigating this route will take you to a list of all orders waiting to be " -"received." -msgstr "" -"Навігація цього маршруту переведе вас до списку всіх замовлень, які " -"необхідно отримати." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:11 msgid "" -"If you have a lot of awaiting orders, apply a filter using the search bar in" -" the upper right. With this search bar, you may filter based on the vendor " -"(partner), the product, or the source document (also known as the reference " -"of your purchase order). You can also group the orders by different criteria" -" under **Group By**. Selecting an item from this list will open the " -"following screen where you then will receive the products." +"You issue a €100 invoice on the 1st of January. The full payment is due " +"within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% discount if your customer pays you " +"within seven days." msgstr "" -"Якщо у вас є багато очікуваних замовлень, застосуйте фільтр за допомогою " -"панелі пошуку вгорі праворуч. За допомогою цієї панелі пошуку ви можете " -"фільтрувати на основі постачальника (партнера), товару або вихідного " -"документа (також відомого як референс вашого замовлення на купівлю). Ви " -"також можете групувати замовлення за різними критеріями в розділі " -"**Групувати за**. Вибравши елемент із цього списку, відкриється наступний " -"екран, де ви отримаєте товари." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:116 -msgid "Purchasing service products does not trigger a delivery order." -msgstr "Закупівля послуги як товару не запускають замовлення на доставку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:119 -msgid "Managing Vendor Bills" -msgstr "Управління рахунками постачальників" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 msgid "" -"When you receive a vendor bill for a previous purchase, be sure to record it" -" in the Purchases application under the **Control Menu**. You need to create" -" a new vendor bill even if you already registered a purchase order." +"The customer can pay €98 up to the 8th of January. After that date, they " +"would have to pay €100 by the 31st of January." msgstr "" -"Коли ви отримуєте рахунок постачальника на попередню купівлю, переконайтеся " -"у цьому записі в модулі Купівлі під **Меню Контролю**. Вам необхідно " -"створити новий рахунок постачальника, навіть, якщо ви вже зареєстрували " -"замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first thing you will need to do upon creating a vendor bill is to select" -" the appropriate vendor, since doing so will also pull up any associated " -"accounting or pricelist information. From there, you can choose to specify " -"one or multiple Purchase Orders to populate the Vendor Bill with. When you " -"select a Purchase Order from the list, Odoo will pull any uninvoiced " -"products associated to that Purchase Order and automatically populate that " -"information below. If you are having a hard time finding the appropriate " -"vendor bill, you may search through the list by inputting the vendor " -"reference number or your internal purchase order number." +"A :ref:`tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>` can also be applied " +"depending on the country or region." msgstr "" -"Перше, що вам потрібно буде зробити при створенні рахунка постачальника - це" -" вибрати відповідного постачальника, оскільки це також дозволить отримати " -"будь-яку пов’язану інформацію з бухгалтерського обліку чи прайс-листа. " -"Звідти ви можете вказати одне або кілька замовлень на купівлю, щоби " -"заповнити рахунок постачальника. Коли ви вибираєте зі списку Замовлення на " -"купівлю, Odoo витягає будь-які не виставлені в рахунку товари, пов’язані з " -"цим Замовленням, та автоматично заповнить цю інформацію нижче. Якщо вам " -"важко знайти відповідний рахунок постачальника, ви можете здійснити пошук у " -"списку, ввівши довідковий номер постачальника або внутрішній номер " -"замовлення на купівлю." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 msgid "" -"While the invoice is in a draft state, you can make any modifications you " -"need (i.e. remove or add product lines, modify quantities, and change " -"prices)." -msgstr "" -"Поки рахунок-фактура знаходиться у стані чернетки, ви можете вносити будь-" -"які необхідні зміни (тобто видаляти або додавати рядки товару, змінювати " -"кількість та змінювати ціни)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:148 -msgid "Your vendor may send you several bills for the same Purchase Order if:" +"To grant cash discounts to customers, you must first set up the :ref:`type " +"of tax reduction <cash-discounts/tax-reductions>`, verify the :ref:`gain and" +" loss accounts <cash-discounts/gain-loss-accounts>`, and configure new " +":ref:`payment terms <cash-discounts/payment-terms>`." msgstr "" -"Ваш постачальник може надіслати вам кілька рахунків за те саме замовлення на" -" купівлю, якщо:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:150 -msgid "" -"Your vendor is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the " -"products." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:33 +msgid "Tax reductions" msgstr "" -"Ваш постачальник знаходиться у зворотному порядку і надсилає вам рахунки-" -"фактури, коли вони відправляють товари." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:151 -msgid "Your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." -msgstr "Ваш постачальник надсилає вам частковий рахунок або запит на депозит." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:35 msgid "" -"Every time you record a new vendor bill, Odoo will automatically populate " -"the product quantities based on what has been received from the vendor. If " -"this value is showing a zero, this means that you have not yet received this" -" product and simply serves as a reminder that the product is not in hand and" -" you may need to inquire further into this. At any point in time, before you" -" validate the Vendor Bill, you may override this zero quantity." -msgstr "" -"Щоразу, коли ви записуєте новий рахунок постачальника, Odoo буде автоматично" -" заповнювати кількість товару на основі того, що було отримано від " -"постачальника. Якщо це значення показує нуль, це означає, що ви ще не " -"отримали цей товар, і просто слугує нагадуванням, що товар не знаходиться " -"\"на руках\", і вам, можливо, доведеться додатково розбиратися в цьому. У " -"будь-який момент часу, перш ніж перевіряти рахунок постачальника, ви можете " -"перевизначити цю нульову кількість." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:162 -msgid "Vendor Bill Matching" -msgstr "Відповідність рахунка постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:165 -msgid "What to do if your vendor bill does not match what you received" +"Depending on the country or region, the base amount used to compute the tax " +"can vary, which can lead to a **tax reduction**." msgstr "" -"Що робити, якщо рахунок вашого постачальника не відповідає тому, що ви " -"отримали" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:38 msgid "" -"If the bill you receive from the vendor has quantities that do not match the" -" quantities automatically populated by Odoo, this could be due to several " -"reasons:" +"To configure how the tax reduction is applied, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Taxes` section, in the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Tax Reduction` " +"feature, select one of the three following options:" msgstr "" -"Якщо рахунок, який ви отримуєте від постачальника, містить кількість, що не " -"відповідає кількості, автоматично заповненій Odoo, це може бути пов’язано з " -"кількома причинами:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:171 -msgid "" -"The vendor is incorrectly charging you for products and/or services that you" -" have not ordered." -msgstr "" -"Постачальник неправильно вказує товари та/або послуги, які ви не замовляли." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:63 +msgid "Always (upon invoice)" +msgstr "Завжди (за рахунком)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:43 msgid "" -"The vendor is billing you for products that you might not have received yet," -" as the invoicing control may be based on ordered or received quantities." +"The tax is always reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " +"discounted amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" -"Постачальник виставляє рахунки за товари, які ви, можливо, ще не отримали, " -"оскільки контроль за рахунками-фактурами може базуватися на замовлених або " -"отриманих кількостях." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:178 -msgid "The vendor did not bill you for previously purchased products." -msgstr "Постачальник не виставляв вам рахунки за раніше придбані товари." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:78 +msgid "On early payment" +msgstr "На дострокову оплату" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:47 msgid "" -"In these instances it is recommended that you verify that the bill, and any " -"associated purchase order to the vendor, are accurate and that you " -"understand what you have ordered and what you have already received." +"The tax is reduced only if the customer pays early. The base amount used to " +"compute the tax is the same as the sale: if the customer benefits from the " +"reduction, then the tax is reduced. This means that, depending on the " +"customer, the tax amount can vary after the invoice is issued." msgstr "" -"У цих випадках рекомендується перевірити, чи є рахунок та будь-яке пов'язане" -" замовлення на купівлю з постачальником правильним, і ви розумієте, що ви " -"замовили та що ви вже отримали." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:184 -msgid "" -"If you are unable to find a purchase order related to a vendor bill, this " -"could be due to one of a few reasons:" -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не можете знайти замовлення на купівлю, пов'язане з рахунком " -"постачальника, це може бути пов'язано з однією з кількох причин." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:93 +msgid "Never" +msgstr "Ніколи" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:52 msgid "" -"The vendor has already invoiced you for this purchase order; therefore it is" -" not going to appear anywhere in the selection." +"The tax is never reduced. The base amount used to compute the tax is the " +"full amount, whether the customer benefits from the discount or not." msgstr "" -"Постачальник уже виставляв рахунок за це замовлення на купівлю; тому він не " -"з’явиться у виборі." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:57 msgid "" -"Someone in the company forgot to record a purchase order for this vendor." +"You issue a €100 invoice (tax-excluded) on the 1st of January, with a 21% " +"tax rate. The full payment is due within 30 days, and you also offer a 2% " +"discount if your customer pays you within seven days." msgstr "" -"Хтось у компанії забув записати замовлення на купівлю для цього " -"постачальника." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:193 -msgid "The vendor is charging you for something you did not order." -msgstr "Постачальник стягує плату з вас за те, що ви не замовляли." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:198 -msgid "How product quantities are managed" -msgstr "Яким чином регулюється кількість товару" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +msgid "Due date" +msgstr "Установлений термін" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:200 -msgid "" -"By default, services are managed based on ordered quantities, while " -"stockables and consumables are managed based on received quantities." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:99 +msgid "Total amount due" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням послуги керуються на основі замовлених кількостей, а запаси" -" та витратні матеріали управляються на основі отриманих кількостей." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:203 -msgid "" -"If you need to manage products based on ordered quantities over received " -"quantities, you will need to belong to the group **Purchase Manager**. Ask " -"your system administrator to enable these access on :menuselection:`Settings" -" --> Users --> Users --> Access Rights`. Once you belong to the correct " -"group, select the product(s) you wish to modify, and you should see a new " -"field appear, labeled **Control Purchase Bills**." -msgstr "" -"Якщо вам потрібно керувати товарами на основі замовлених кількостей та " -"отриманими кількостями, вам потрібно буде належати до групи **Менеджер " -"купівлі**. Попросіть системного адміністратора увімкнути цей доступ у " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Користувачі --> Користувачі --> Права " -"доступу`. Коли ви належатимете до правильної групи, виберіть товар, який ви " -"хочете змінити, і ви побачите нове поле, яке відображатиметься під назвою " -"**Контроль рахунків закупівлі**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:100 +msgid "Computation" +msgstr "Розрахунок" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:213 -msgid "" -"You can then change the default management method for the selected product " -"to be based on either:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:101 +msgid "8th of January" msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете змінити метод керування за замовчуванням для вибраного " -"товару на основі:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:216 -msgid "Ordered quantities" -msgstr "Замовлені кількості" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:218 -msgid "or Received quantities" -msgstr "або отримані величини" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:221 -msgid "Batch Billing" -msgstr "Групова оплата" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/manage.rst:223 -msgid "" -"When creating a vendor bill and selecting the appropriate purchase order, " -"you may continue to select additional purchase orders. Odoo will add the " -"additional line items from the purchase orders you select. If you have not " -"deleted the previous line items from the first purchase order, the bill will" -" be linked to all the appropriate purchase orders." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:87 +msgid "€118.58" msgstr "" -"Створюючи рахунок постачальника та вибираючи відповідне замовлення на " -"купівлю, ви можете продовжувати вибирати додаткові замовлення на купівлю. " -"Odoo додасть додаткові елементи рядка з вибраних замовлень на купівлю. Якщо " -"ви не видалили попередні елементи з першого замовлення на купівлю, рахунок " -"буде пов’язаний з усіма відповідними замовленнями на купівлю." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:3 -msgid "Digitize Vendor Bills with Optical Character Recognition (OCR)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:88 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €98))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Encoding bills manually can be a time-consuming task. Having a solution that" -" allows you to digitize them and automatically import the data to your " -"database reduces errors and saves you time." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:104 +msgid "31st of January" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:9 -msgid "Set up the feature" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:75 +msgid "€120.58" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Bill Digitalization`, and " -"choose whether the bills should be processed automatically or manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:76 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €98))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:19 -msgid "Start digitizing your bills" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:105 +msgid "€121.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Scan your bills and then go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Bills` and upload your document. Based on your configuration, it either " -"processes the documents automatically, or you need to click on *Send for " -"Digitalization* to do it manually." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:106 +msgid "(€100 + (21% of €100))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:26 -msgid "" -"You can also create a vendor bill through the *Documents* app or by using an" -" email alias on your journals." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:102 +msgid "€119.00" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " -"clicking on the respective tag (available in *Edit* mode), and selecting the" -" right information instead." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:103 +msgid "(€98 + (21% of €100))" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:109 msgid "" -"The more bills you scan, the better the system gets at identifying the " -"correct data." +":ref:`Tax grids <tax-returns/tax-grids>`, which are used for the tax report," +" are correctly computed according to the :ref:`type of tax reduction <cash-" +"discounts/tax-reductions>` you configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:34 -msgid "Pricing" -msgstr "Ціноутворення" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:112 msgid "" -"The *Bill Digitalization* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which " -"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitalizing one document consumes one " -"credit." +"The **type of cash discount tax reduction** may be correctly pre-configured," +" depending on your :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"<fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:47 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Bill Digitalization` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View My Services*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:118 +msgid "Cash discount gain/loss accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:120 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"With a cash discount, the amount you earn depends on whether the customer " +"benefits from the cash discount or not. This inevitably leads to gains and " +"losses, which are recorded on default accounts." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/ocr.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:123 msgid "" -"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " -"*Privacy Policy*." +"To modify these accounts, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section, select the " +"accounts you want to use for the :guilabel:`Cash Discount Gain account` and " +":guilabel:`Cash Discount Loss account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase Receipts" -msgstr "Товарні чеки" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 +msgid "Payment terms" +msgstr "Терміни оплати" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:132 msgid "" -"**Purchase Receipts** are not invoices but rather confirmations of received " -"payments, such as a ticket or a receipt." +"Cash discounts are defined on :doc:`payment terms <payment_terms>`. " +"Configure them to your liking by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Payment Terms`, and make sure to fill out the fields " +":guilabel:`Discount %` and :guilabel:`Discount Days`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 msgid "" -"This feature is meant to be used when you pay directly with your company's " -"money for an expense. **Vendor Bills**, on the other hand, are recorded when" -" an invoice is issued to you and that the amount is first credited on a debt" -" account before a later payment reconciliation." +"Configuration of payment terms named \"2/7 Net 30\". The field \"Description on Invoices\"\n" +"reads: \"Payment terms: 30 Days, 2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days\"." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Expenses paid by employees can be managed with **Odoo Expenses**, an app " -"dedicated to the approval of such expenses and the payments management. " -"Click :doc:`here </applications/finance/expense/expense>` for more " -"information on how to use Odoo Expenses." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`payment_terms`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:18 -msgid "Register a receipt" -msgstr "Зареєструйте квитанцію" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:20 -msgid "" -"To record a new receipt, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> " -"Receipts`, click on *Create*, fill out the form, and click on *Post*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:147 +msgid "Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:149 msgid "" -"You can register the payment by clicking on *Register Payment*, then filling" -" out the payment's details, and clicking on *Validate*." +"Apply a cash discount to a customer invoice by selecting the :ref:`payment " +"terms you created <cash-discounts/payment-terms>`. Odoo automatically " +"computes the correct amounts, tax amounts, due dates, and accounting " +"records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:31 -msgid "Edit the Journal Entry before posting it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:153 msgid "" -"Once you have filled out the *Invoice Lines* tab, you can modify the " -"**Journal Entry** before you post it." +"Under the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab, you can display the discount " +"details by clicking on the \"toggle\" button and adding the " +":guilabel:`Discount Date` and :guilabel:`Discount Amount` columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 msgid "" -"To do so, click on the **Journal Items** tab, change the accounts and values" -" according to your needs, and click on *Post*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:44 -msgid ":doc:`manage`" +"An invoice of €100.00 with \"2/7 Net 30\" selected as payment terms. The \"Journal Items\" tab\n" +"is open, and the \"Discount Date\" and \"Discount Amount\" columns are displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payables/supplier_bills/purchase_receipts.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/expense/expense`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables.rst:3 -msgid "Account Receivables" -msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 -msgid "Customer Invoices" -msgstr "Рахунки клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Offer cash discounts" -msgstr "Грошові знижки" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:161 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives you can offer to customers to motivate them to" -" pay within a specific time frame. For instance, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average collection " -"period." +"The discount amount and due date are also displayed on the generated invoice" +" sent to the customer." msgstr "" -"Грошові знижки - це стимули, які ви можете запропонувати клієнтам, щоб " -"мотивувати їх платити протягом певного часу. Наприклад, ви надаєте знижку у " -"розмірі 2%, якщо клієнт платить вам протягом перших 5 днів з моменту " -"виставлення рахунка-фактури. Цей підхід може значно покращити ваш середній " -"період збору оплат." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:12 -msgid "Set up a cash discount" -msgstr "Встановіть грошову знижку" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst-1 msgid "" -"To set up a cash discount, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Management --> Payment Terms` and click on *Create*. Add a" -" *Percent* type of term with a corresponding value (e.g. 98% of the total " -"price for a 2% discount) and the number of days during which the offer is " -"valid. You can also change the default balance term if needed." +"An invoice of €100.00 with the following text added to the terms and conditions: \"30 Days,\n" +"2% Early Payment Discount under 7 days. 118.58 € due if paid before 01/08/2023.\"" msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати грошову знижку, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> " -"Налаштування --> Управління --> Умови оплати` та натисніть кнопку " -"*Створити*. Додайте тип умови *Відсоток* з відповідним значенням (наприклад," -" 98% від загальної ціни за знижку 2%) і кількість днів, протягом яких " -"пропозиція дійсна. Можна також змінити термін балансу за замовчуванням, якщо" -" потрібно." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:25 -msgid "Start offering the cash discount" -msgstr "Почніть пропонувати грошову знижку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, you can create a customer invoice and select the cash discount payment " -"term you added. Once the invoice is validated, Odoo will automatically split" -" the account receivables part of the journal entry into two installments " -"having different due dates. Since the discounted price is already " -"calculated, your payment controls will be simplified." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:169 +msgid "Payment reconciliation" msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете створити рахунок-фактуру клієнта та вибрати доданий термін " -"оплати готівкою. Після перевірки рахунка-фактури, Odoo автоматично розділить" -" частину дебіторської заборгованості запису журналу на дві частини, що мають" -" різні терміни. Оскільки знижена ціна вже розрахована, ваші елементи " -"контролю оплати будуть спрощені." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:37 -msgid "Grant the cash discount" -msgstr "Надайте готівкову знижку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:171 msgid "" -"The customer fulfilled the payment terms and therefore benefits from the " -"cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match the payment with " -"the related journal entry. Then, select the remaining cash discount and " -"click on *Create Write-off* to reconcile it." +"When you record a payment or reconcile your bank statements, Odoo takes the " +"customer payment's date into account to define if they can benefit from the " +"cash discount or not." msgstr "" -"Клієнт виконав умови оплати і, таким чином, скористається грошовою знижкою. " -"Коли ви обробляєте виписку з банку, зрівняйте платіж із відповідним записом " -"журналу. Потім виберіть залишок грошової знижки та натисніть кнопку " -"*Створити списання*, щоб узгодити її." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:175 msgid "" -"You can also create a dedicated reconciliation model to make the process " -"easier. In this case, you should add a tax to the model based on the taxes " -"applied to your invoices. This means that if you handle multiple tax rates, " -"you need to create several reconciliation models. Note that depending on " -"your localisation, you might already have a Cash Discount model available by" -" default." +"If your customer pays the discount amount *after* the discount date, you can" +" always decide whether to mark the invoice as fully paid with a write-off or" +" as partially paid." msgstr "" -"Можна також створити спеціальну модель узгодження, щоби полегшити процес. У " -"цьому випадку слід додати податок до моделі на основі податків, що " -"застосовуються до ваших рахунків-фактур. Це означає, що якщо ви обробляєте " -"кілька ставок податків, вам потрібно створити кілька моделей узгодження. " -"Зауважте, що залежно від вашої локалізації, за замовчуванням у вас вже є " -"наявна модель знижок." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:56 -msgid "Register the full payment" -msgstr "Зареєструйте повну оплату" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In this case, the customer has not fulfilled the payment term and cannot " -"benefit from the cash discount. When you process the bank statement, match " -"the payment with the two related journal entries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`../payments`" msgstr "" -"У цьому випадку клієнт не вклався у термін оплати і не може скористатися " -"грошовою знижкою. Коли ви обробляєте виписку з банку, зрівняйте платіж із " -"двома відповідними записами журналу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:67 -msgid ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" msgstr "Округлення готівки" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:5 msgid "" "**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " "currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " "total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " "made in cash." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:16 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " "*Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:22 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Cash Roundings`, and " "click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:25 msgid "" "Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Rounding Strategy*, and *Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:28 msgid "Odoo supports two **rounding strategies**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:30 msgid "" "**Add a rounding line**: a *rounding* line is added on the invoice. You have" " to define which account records the cash roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:33 msgid "**Modify tax amount**: the rounding is applied in the taxes section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:36 msgid "Apply roundings" msgstr "Застосуйте округлення" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:38 msgid "" "When editing a draft invoice, open the *Other Info* tab, go to the " "*Accounting Information* section, and select the appropriate *Cash Rounding " "Method*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 -msgid "Credit Notes and Refunds" -msgstr "Сторно та відшкодування" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:4 -msgid "" -"A **credit note**, or **credit memo**, is a document issued to a customer " -"that notifies them that they have been credited a certain amount." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:3 +msgid "Credit notes and refunds" msgstr "" -"**Сторно** - це документ, виданий замовнику, який повідомляє їх, що їм було " -"зараховано певну суму." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 -msgid "There are several reasons that can lead to a credit note, such as:" -msgstr "Є кілька причин, які можуть призвести до сторно, такі як:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **credit/debit note**, or **credit/debit memo**, is a document issued to a" +" customer that notifies them that they have been *credited/debited* a " +"certain amount." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:8 +msgid "Several use cases can lead to a credit note, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 msgid "a mistake in the invoice" msgstr "помилка у рахунку-фактурі" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 msgid "a return of the goods, or a rejection of the services" msgstr "повернення товарів, або відхилення послуг" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:12 msgid "the goods delivered are damaged" msgstr "доставлені товари пошкоджені" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:14 msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund or modify a " -"validated invoice. Don’t forget to *register the payment* afterward if you " -"need to send money back to your customer." +"Debit notes are less common but are most frequently used to track debts owed" +" by customers or to vendors because of modifications to confirmed customer " +"invoices or vendor bills." msgstr "" -"Видача сторно - це єдиний законний спосіб скасувати, повернути або змінити " -"затверджений рахунок-фактуру. Не забудьте згодом *зареєструвати платіж*, " -"якщо вам потрібно повернути гроші клієнту." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:20 -msgid "Issue a Credit Note" -msgstr "Створення сторно" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit/debit note is the only legal way to cancel, refund, or " +"modify a validated invoice. Do not forget to **register the payment** " +"afterward if you need to send money back to your customer and/or validate " +"the :doc:`return </applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns>` if a " +"storable product is returned." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:25 +msgid "Issue a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:27 msgid "" "You can create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Credit Notes`, and by clicking " -"on *Create*. Filling the Credit Note’s form works the same way as the " -"Invoice’s form." +"on :guilabel:`Create`. Filling out a credit note form works the same way as " +"an invoice form." msgstr "" -"Ви можете швидко створити сторно, перейшовши в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Клієнти --> Сторно`, та натиснувши *Стоврити*. Заповнення форми сторно " -"працює так само, як і форма рахунку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:31 msgid "" "However, most of the time, credit notes are generated directly from the " -"invoices they are related to." +"related invoices. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers " +"--> Invoices`, open the related **customer invoice**, and click on " +":guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." msgstr "" -"Однак зазвичай сторно створюються безпосередньо з рахунків-фактур, з якими " -"вони пов'язані." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:29 -msgid "To do so, open the *Customer Invoice*, and click on *Add Credit Note*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це, відкрийте *Рахунок клієнта*, та натисніть *Додати сторно*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 msgid "You can choose between three options:" msgstr "Ви можете обрати з трьох опцій:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:44 -msgid "Partial Refund" -msgstr "Повернення частинами" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:55 -msgid "Full Refund" -msgstr "Повне повернення" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Full Refund`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:42 +msgid "" +"A credit note sequence starts with `R` and is followed by the number of the " +"related document (e.g., RINV/2019/0004 is related to the invoice " +"INV/2019/0004)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:46 +msgid "Partial refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option, Odoo creates a draft " +"credit note already prefilled with all the necessary information from the " +"original invoice. This is the option to choose if you wish to do a partial " +"refund or if you want to modify any detail of the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:53 +msgid "This is the only option for invoices marked as *in payment* or *paid*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 +msgid "Full refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:58 +msgid "" +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Full Refund` option, Odoo creates a credit " +"note, automatically validates it, and reconciles it with the related " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst-1 +msgid "Full refund credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:64 +msgid "" +"This is the option to choose for a full refund or to **cancel** a " +"*validated* invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 msgid "Full refund and new draft invoice" msgstr "Повне повернення та нова чернетка рахунка" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:69 msgid "" -"Credit Notes’ numbers start with “R” and are followed by the number of the " -"document they are related to (e.g., RINV/2019/0004)." +"When selecting the :guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice` option, " +"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles it with " +"the related invoice, and opens a new draft invoice prefilled with the same " +"details from the original invoice." msgstr "" -"Номери сторно починаються з “R” та слідують за номером документу, з яким " -"вони пов'язані (напр., RINV/2019/0004)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a draft credit note already prefilled with all the necessary " -"information from the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:73 +msgid "This is the option to **modify** the content of a *validated* invoice." msgstr "" -"Odoo створює чернетку сторно, яка вже повністю заповнена з усією необхідною " -"інформацією з оригінального рахунка." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:48 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a partial refund, or if you want to " -"modify any detail on the credit note." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:76 +msgid "Issue a debit note" msgstr "" -"Це опція для часткового повернення, або, якщо ви хочете змінити будь-яку " -"деталь на сторно." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:78 msgid "" -"This is the only option available for invoices that are already marked as " -"*Paid*." -msgstr "Ця опція доступна лише для рахунків, які позначені, як *Оплачено*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, and reconciles the " -"original invoice with it." +"You can create a debit note from scratch by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or by clicking on the" +" related invoice you wish to issue a debit note for. On the invoice form " +"view, click :guilabel:`Add debit note`, fill in the information, and click " +":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Odoo створює сторно, автоматично підтверджує його, та узгоджує його з " -"оригінальним рахунком." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:62 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to do a full refund or cancel a validated " -"invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:83 +msgid "Record a vendor refund" msgstr "" -"Це опція для повного повернення або скасування підтвердженого рахунка." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Odoo creates a credit note, automatically validates it, reconciles the " -"original invoice with it, and open a new draft invoice prefilled with the " -"same details from the original invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:85 +msgid "**Vendor refunds** are recorded the same way as credit notes:" msgstr "" -"Odoo створює сторно, автоматично підтверджує його, узгоджує його з " -"оригінальним рахунком, та відкриває нову чернетку рахунка, попередньо " -"заповнену з тими ж деталями, що й в оригінальному рахунку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:71 -msgid "" -"This is the option to choose to modify the content of a validated invoice." -msgstr "Це опція для зміни вмісту підтвердженого рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:74 -msgid "Record a Vendor Refund" -msgstr "Запис повернення постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:75 -msgid "" -"**Vendor Refunds** are recorded the same way you would do with invoices’ " -"credit notes:" -msgstr "" -"**Повернення постачальника** записуються так само, як ви повинні робити зі " -"сторно рахунків:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 msgid "" "You can either create a credit note from scratch by going to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Refund`, and by clicking on " -"*Create*, or by opening the validated *Vendor Bill*, and clicking on *Add " -"Credit Note*." +":guilabel:`Create`; or by opening the related **vendor bill**, and clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Add Credit Note`." msgstr "" -"Ви можете також створити сторно перейшовши в :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Постачальники --> Повернення`, та натиснувши *Створити*, або відкривші " -"підтверджений *Рахунок постачальника*, та натиснувши *Додати сторно*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +msgid "Record a debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:94 msgid "" -"Issuing a credit note from an invoice creates a **reverse entry** that " -"zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +"**Debit notes** from vendors are recorded in a similar way to how they are " +"issued to customers:" msgstr "" -"Створення сторно з рахунку створює **зворотній запис**, який онулює елементи" -" журналу, створені оригінальним рахунком." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:87 -msgid "Here is an example of an invoice’s journal entry:" -msgstr "Ось приклад запис журналу рахунка:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills`, open the related " +"bill you wish to record a debit note for, and click :guilabel:`Add debit " +"note`. Fill in the information, and click :guilabel:`Create debit note`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:84 +msgid "Journal entries" +msgstr "Записи журналу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Issuing a credit/debit note from an invoice/bill creates a **reverse entry**" +" that zeroes out the journal items generated by the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:108 +msgid "The journal invoice of an entry:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:113 msgid "" "And here is the credit note’s journal entry generated to reverse the " "original invoice above:" @@ -17355,17 +3472,87 @@ msgstr "" "І тут запис журналу сторно створюється, щоби повернути початковий рахунок-" "фактуру вище:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 -msgid "Deferred Revenues" -msgstr "Доходи майбутніх періодів" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes.rst:0 +msgid "Credit note journal entry reverses the invoice journal entry." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:3 +msgid "Delivery and invoice addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies often have multiple locations, and it is common that a customer " +"invoice should be sent to one address and the delivery should be sent to " +"another. Odoo's **Customer Addresses** feature is designed to handle this " +"scenario by making it easy to specify which address to use for each case." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`overview`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To specify a sales order's invoice and delivery addresses, first go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, enable :guilabel:`Customer Addresses`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On quotations and sales orders, there are now fields for :guilabel:`Invoice " +"Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address`. If the customer has an invoice or" +" delivery address listed on their contact record, the corresponding field " +"will use that address by default, but any contact's address can be used " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:25 +msgid "Invoice and deliver to different addresses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders and their delivery slip reports use the address set as the " +":guilabel:`Delivery Address` on the sales order. By default, invoice reports" +" show both the shipping address and the invoice address to assure the " +"customer that the delivery is going to the correct location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Emails also go to different addresses. The quotation and sales order are " +"sent to the main contact's email, as usual, but the invoice is sent to the " +"email of the address set as the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Reports, such as the delivery slip and invoice report, can be " +":doc:`customized using Studio " +"</applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If :doc:`Send by Post <snailmail>` is checked when you click :guilabel:`Send" +" & Print`, the invoice will be mailed to the invoice address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred revenues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:5 msgid "" "**Deferred revenues**, or **unearned revenue**, are payments made in advance" " by customers for products yet to deliver or services yet to render." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:8 msgid "" "Such payments are a **liability** for the company that receives them since " "it still owes its customers these products or services. The company cannot " @@ -17373,14 +3560,14 @@ msgid "" "Statement*, since the payments will be effectively earned in the future." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:12 msgid "" "These future revenues must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " "the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " "period, on the Profit and Loss statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:15 msgid "" "For example, let's say we sell a five-year extended warranty for $ 350. We " "already receive the money now but haven't earned it yet. Therefore, we post " @@ -17389,91 +3576,151 @@ msgid "" "revenue." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:20 msgid "" "Odoo Accounting handles deferred revenues by spreading them in multiple " "entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then posted " "periodically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The server checks once a day if an entry must be posted. It might then take " +"up to 24 hours before you see a change from *draft* to *posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:29 +msgid "Prerequisites" +msgstr "Передумови" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:30 msgid "" "Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Revenue Account** rather " "than on the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:34 msgid "Configure a Deferred Revenue Account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To configure your account in the **Chart of Accounts**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, click " +"on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Revenue Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:44 msgid "" "This account's type must be either *Current Liabilities* or *Non-current " "Liabilities*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:47 msgid "Post an income to the right account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:50 msgid "Select the account on a draft invoice" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:52 msgid "" "On a draft invoice, select the right account for all the products of which " "the incomes must be deferred." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of a Deferred Revenue Account on a draft invoice in Odoo " +"Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:60 msgid "Choose a different Income Account for specific products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:62 msgid "" "Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " "**Income Account**, and save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Income Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:70 msgid "" "It is possible to automate the creation of revenue entries for these " "products (see: `Automate the Deferred Revenues`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:75 +msgid "Change the account of a posted journal item" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:76 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, select the journal item you want to modify, click on" " the account, and select the right one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Modification of a posted journal item's account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:85 msgid "Deferred Revenues entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:89 +msgid "Create a new entry" +msgstr "Створити новий запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:90 msgid "" "A **Deferred Revenues entry** automatically generates all journal entries in" " *draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " "full amount of the income is recognized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:93 msgid "" "To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " "Deferred Revenues`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:96 msgid "" "Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " "this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " "journal item is now listed under the **Related Sales** tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:104 msgid "" "Once done, you can click on *Compute Revenue* (next to the *Confirm* button)" " to generate all the values of the **Revenue Board**. This board shows you " @@ -17481,37 +3728,47 @@ msgid "" "date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Revenue Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:114 +msgid "What does \"Prorata Temporis\" mean?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:115 msgid "" "The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your revenue the " "most accurately possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:117 msgid "" "With this feature, the first entry on the Revenue Board is computed based on" " the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " "rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:121 msgid "" "For example, the Revenue Board above has its first revenue with an amount of" " $ 4.22 rather than $ 70.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower and " "has an amount of $ 65.78." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:125 msgid "Deferred Entry from the Sales Journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:127 msgid "" "You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your **Sales" " Journal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:129 msgid "" "To do so, open your Sales Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Accounting --> Sales`, and select the journal item you want to defer. Make " @@ -17519,56 +3776,87 @@ msgid "" "posted journal item`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Deferred Entry**, and fill out the " +"form the same way you would do to `create a new entry`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Create Deferred Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:142 msgid "Deferred Revenue Models" msgstr "Моделі доходів майбутніх періодів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:144 msgid "" "You can create **Deferred Revenue Models** to create your Deferred Revenue " "entries faster." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:146 msgid "" "To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " "Deferred Revenue Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " "way you would do to create a new entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:150 msgid "" "You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Revenue entry* into a model by " "opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " "Revenues` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:155 msgid "Apply a Deferred Revenue Model to a new entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:157 msgid "" "When you create a new Deferred Revenue entry, fill out the **Deferred " "Revenue Account** with the right recognition account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +"New buttons with all the models linked to that account appear at the top of " +"the form. Clicking on a model button fills out the form according to that " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Revenue model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:170 msgid "Automate the Deferred Revenues" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:172 msgid "" "When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " "Liabilities* or *Non-current Liabilities*, you can configure it to defer the" " revenues that are credited on it automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:175 msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Revenue** field:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:177 +msgid "**No:** this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:178 msgid "" "**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " "draft *Deferred Revenues entry* is created, but not validated. You must " @@ -17576,120 +3864,455 @@ msgid "" "Deferred Revenues`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:181 msgid "" "**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Revenue Model (see:" " `Deferred Revenue Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " "account, a *Deferred Revenues entry* is created and immediately validated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Revenue on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:190 msgid "" "You can, for example, select this account as the default **Income Account** " "of a product to fully automate its sale. (see: `Choose a different Income " "Account for specific products`_)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/deferred_revenues.rst:195 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: Deferred Revenues (Recognition) " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/EWO>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 -msgid "Add EPC QR Codes to invoices" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:3 +msgid "Electronic invoicing (:abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:5 msgid "" -"European Payments Council Quick Response Code, or **EPC QR Code**, are two-" -"dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking " -"applications** to initiate a **SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)**, and pay their " +"EDI, or electronic data interchange, is the inter-company communication of " +"business documents, such as purchase orders and invoices, in a standard " +"format. Sending documents according to an EDI standard ensures that the " +"machine receiving the message can interpret the information correctly. " +"Various EDI file formats exist and are available depending on your company's" +" country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"EDI feature enables automating the administration between companies and " +"might also be required by some governments for fiscal control or to " +"facilitate the administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoicing of your documents such as customer invoices, credit " +"notes or vendor bills is one of the application of EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:16 +msgid "Odoo supports, among others, the following formats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:21 +msgid "Format Name" +msgstr "Назва формату" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:22 +msgid "Applicability" +msgstr "Застосовуваність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:23 +msgid "Factur-X (PDF/A-3)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:24 +msgid "For French and German companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:25 +msgid "Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:26 +msgid "" +"For companies whose countries are part of the `EAS list " +"<https://docs.peppol.eu/poacc/billing/3.0/codelist/eas/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:28 +msgid "E-FFF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:29 +msgid "For Belgian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:30 +msgid "XRechnung (UBL)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:31 +msgid "For German companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:32 +msgid "Fattura PA (IT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:33 +msgid "For Italian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:34 +msgid "CFDI (4.0)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:35 +msgid "For Mexican companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:36 +msgid "Peru UBL 2.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:37 +msgid "For Peruvian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:38 +msgid "SII IVA Llevanza de libros registro (ES)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:39 +msgid "For Spanish companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:40 +msgid "UBL 2.1 (Columbia)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:41 +msgid "For Colombian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:42 +msgid "Egyptian Tax Authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:43 +msgid "For Egyptian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:44 +msgid "E-Invoice (IN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:45 +msgid "For Indian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:46 +msgid "NLCIUS (Netherlands)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:47 +msgid "For Dutch companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:48 +msgid "EHF 3.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:49 +msgid "For Norwegian companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:50 +msgid "SG BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "SG BIS Billing 3.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:51 +msgid "For Singaporean companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:52 +msgid "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" +msgstr "A-NZ BIS Billing 3.0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:53 +msgid "For Australian/New Zealand companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:56 +msgid ":ref:`fiscal_localizations/packages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Customer" +" Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> Electronic Invoicing` and enable the " +"formats you need for this journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst-1 +msgid "Select the EDI format you need" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once an electronic invoicing format is enabled, XML documents are generated " +"when clicking on :guilabel:`Confirm` in documents such as invoices, credit " +"notes, etc. These documents are either visible in the attachment section, or" +" embedded in the PDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For E-FFF, the xml file only appears after having generated the PDF " +"(:guilabel:`Print` or :guilabel:`Send & Print` button), since the PDF needs " +"to be embedded inside the xml." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Every PDF generated from Odoo contains a :guilabel:`Factur-X` XML file (for " +"interoperability purpose). For German and French companies, the option " +":guilabel:`Factur-X (PDF/A-3)` in addition enables validation checks on the " +"invoice and generates a PDF/A-3 compliant file, required by plaftorms like " +"Chorus Pro." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The formats available depend on the country registered in your company's " +":guilabel:`General Information`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0** format that can be used via " +"existing access points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:3 +msgid "EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:5 +msgid "" +"European Payments Council quick response codes, or **EPC QR codes**, are " +"two-dimensional barcodes that customers can scan with their **mobile banking" +" applications** to initiate a **SEPA credit transfer (SCT)** and pay their " "invoices instantly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:9 msgid "" "In addition to bringing ease of use and speed, it greatly reduces typing " "errors that would potentially make for payment issues." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:13 msgid "" -"This feature is only available in several European countries such as " -"Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and The Netherlands." +"This feature is only available for companies in several European countries " +"such as Austria, Belgium, Finland, Germany, and the Netherlands." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate the **SEPA QR Code** feature." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../bank`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:28 -msgid "Configure your Bank Account’s journal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Make sure that your *Bank Account* is correctly configured on Odoo with your" -" IBAN and BIC." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open your *bank journal*, then fill out the *Bank Account* and *Bank* under " -"the *Bank Account* tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:40 -msgid "Issue Invoices with EPC QR Codes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 -msgid "" -"EPC QR Codes are added automatically to your invoices, as long as you issue " -"them to customers that are located in a country where this feature is " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " -"new invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Before posting it, open the *Other Info* tab. Odoo automatically fills out " -"the *Bank Account* field with your IBAN." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the account indicated is the one you want to use to receive " -"your customer’s payment as Odoo uses this field to generate the EPC QR Code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR Code, remove the IBAN " -"indicated in the *Bank Account* field, under the *Other Info* tab of the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:18 msgid "" "`Odoo Academy: QR Code on Invoices for European Customers " "<https://www.odoo.com/r/VuU>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview of the invoicing process" -msgstr "Огляд процесу виставлення рахунків" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`QR Codes` feature in the :guilabel:`Customer " +"Payments` section." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:27 +msgid "Configure your bank account's journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Make sure that your :guilabel:`Bank Account` is correctly configured in Odoo" +" with your IBAN and BIC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open your bank journal, then fill out the :guilabel:`Account Number` and " +":guilabel:`Bank` under the :guilabel:`Bank Account Number` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account number column in the bank journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:39 +msgid "Issue invoices with EPC QR codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:41 +msgid "" +"EPC QR codes are added automatically to your invoices. Customers whose bank " +"supports making payments via EPC QR codes will be able to scan the code and " +"pay the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`, and create a " +"new invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Before posting it, open the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Odoo automatically " +"fills out the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field with your IBAN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, the account indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field is used to receive your customer's payment." +" Odoo automatically populates this field with your IBAN by default and uses " +"it to generate the EPC QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When the invoice is printed or previewed, the QR code is included at the " +"bottom." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst-1 +msgid "QR code on a customer invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If you want to issue an invoice without an EPC QR code, remove the IBAN " +"indicated in the :guilabel:`Recipient Bank` field, under the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:3 +msgid "Incoterms" +msgstr "Інкотермс" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:5 +msgid "" +":abbr:`Incoterms (International Commercial Terms)` are standardized trade " +"terms used in international transactions to define the rights and " +"responsibilities of buyers and sellers. They establish the obligations " +"related to the delivery of goods, the transfer of risks, and the " +"distribution of costs between the parties involved. Incoterms specify " +"important details, such as the point at which the risk and costs transfer " +"from the seller to the buyer, the responsibility for transportation, " +"insurance, customs clearance, and other relevant aspects of the transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:13 +msgid "By default, all 11 Incoterms are available in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:15 +msgid "**EXW**: Ex works" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:16 +msgid "**FCA**: Free carrier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:17 +msgid "**FAS**: Free alongside ship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:18 +msgid "**FOB**: Free on board" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:19 +msgid "**CFR**: Cost and freight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:20 +msgid "**CIF**: Cost, insurance and freight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:21 +msgid "**CPT**: Carriage paid to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:22 +msgid "**CIP**: Carriage and insurance paid to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:23 +msgid "**DPU**: Delivered at place unloaded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:24 +msgid "**DAP**: Delivered at place" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:25 +msgid "**DDP**: Delivered duty paid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`../reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:33 +msgid "Define an Incoterm" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To define an Incoterm manually, create an invoice or bill, click the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Incoterm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:41 +msgid "Default Incoterm configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/incoterms.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can set a default Incoterm rule to **automatically** populate the " +"Incoterm field on all newly created invoices and bills. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll" +" down to the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` section, and select an Incoterm " +"in the :guilabel:`Default Incoterm` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:3 +msgid "Invoicing processes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:5 msgid "" "Depending on your business and the application you use, there are different " "ways to automate the customer invoice creation in Odoo. Usually, draft " @@ -17705,7 +4328,7 @@ msgstr "" "повинен просто перевірити чергові рахунки-фактури та надсилати рахунки в " "пакетному режимі (звичайною поштою чи електронною поштою)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:12 msgid "" "Depending on your business, you may opt for one of the following way to " "create draft invoices:" @@ -17713,11 +4336,11 @@ msgstr "" "Залежно від вашого бізнесу, ви можете вибрати один зі способів створення " "чергових рахунків:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:19 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:21 msgid "" "In most companies, salespeople create quotations that become sales order " "once they are validated. Then, draft invoices are created based on the sales" @@ -17727,7 +4350,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовленням на продаж після їх перевірки. Потім проекти рахунків-фактур " "створюються на основі замовлення на продаж. У вас є різні варіанти, такі як:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:25 msgid "" "Invoice manually: use a button on the sale order to trigger the draft " "invoice" @@ -17735,7 +4358,7 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура вручну: використовуйте кнопку в замовленні на продаж, щоб " "запустити чернетку рахунка-фактури" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:28 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery: invoice the full order before triggering the " "delivery order" @@ -17743,12 +4366,12 @@ msgstr "" "Рахунок перед доставкою: виписуйте повне замовлення перед тим, як запустити " "замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:31 msgid "Invoice based on delivery order: see next section" msgstr "" "Рахунок-фактура на основі замовлення на доставку: дивіться наступний розділ" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:33 msgid "" "Invoice before delivery is usually used by the eCommerce application when " "the customer pays at the order and we deliver afterwards. (pre-paid)" @@ -17757,7 +4380,7 @@ msgstr "" "eCommerce, коли клієнт платить за замовленням, і ми доставляємо його після " "цього. (передплата)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:37 msgid "" "For most other use cases, it's recommended to invoice manually. It allows " "the salesperson to trigger the invoice on demand with options: invoice the " @@ -17770,19 +4393,19 @@ msgstr "" "відсоток (аванс), рахунок-фактура на кілька рядків, рахунок-фактура " "фіксованого авансу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:42 msgid "This process is good for both services and physical products." msgstr "Цей процес корисний як для надання послуг, так і для продажу товарів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:45 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:48 msgid "Sales Order ‣ Delivery Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення на продаж ‣ Замовлення на доставку ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:50 msgid "" "Retailers and eCommerce usually invoice based on delivery orders, instead of" " sales order. This approach is suitable for businesses where the quantities " @@ -17795,7 +4418,7 @@ msgstr "" "відрізнятись від замовлених кількостей: продукти харчування (рахунок-фактура" " на основі фактичних кг)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:55 msgid "" "This way, if you deliver a partial order, you only invoice for what you " "really delivered. If you do back orders (deliver partially and the rest " @@ -17806,15 +4429,15 @@ msgstr "" "решта пізніше), клієнт отримає два рахунки-фактури, по одному для кожного " "замовлення на доставку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:61 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:64 msgid "eCommerce Order ‣ Invoice" msgstr "Замовлення в електронній комерції ‣ Рахунок-фактура" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:66 msgid "" "An eCommerce order will also trigger the creation of the order when it is " "fully paid. If you allow paying orders by check or wire transfer, Odoo only " @@ -17826,15 +4449,15 @@ msgstr "" "замовлення за допомогою чеків або банківських переказів, Odoo створює лише " "замовлення, а рахунок-фактура буде активовано після отримання платежу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:72 msgid "Contracts" msgstr "Контракти" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:75 msgid "Regular Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Звичайні контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:77 msgid "" "If you use contracts, you can trigger invoice based on time and material " "spent, expenses or fixed lines of services/products. Every month, the " @@ -17845,31 +4468,31 @@ msgstr "" "послуг/товарів. Щомісяця продавець запускає рахунок-фактуру, виходячи з дій " "на контракті." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:81 msgid "Activities can be:" msgstr "Дії можуть бути такі:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:83 msgid "" "fixed products/services, coming from a sale order linked to this contract" msgstr "" "фіксовані товари/послуги, що надходять від замовлення продажу, пов'язаного з" " цим контрактом" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:84 msgid "materials purchased (that you will re-invoice)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:85 msgid "time and material based on timesheets or purchases (subcontracting)" msgstr "час і матеріали на основі табелю або купівлі (субпідряд)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:86 msgid "" "expenses like travel and accommodation that you re-invoice to the customer" msgstr "витрати, такі як подорожі та проживання, які ви переказуєте клієнту" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:88 msgid "" "You can invoice at the end of the contract or trigger intermediate invoices." " This approach is used by services companies that invoice mostly based on " @@ -17882,23 +4505,23 @@ msgstr "" "послуг компанії, які виставляють рахунки-фактури за встановлену ціну, вони " "використовують звичайний замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:95 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:96 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:99 msgid "Recurring Contracts ‣ Invoices" msgstr "Повторювані контракти ‣ Рахунки-фактури" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:101 msgid "" "For subscriptions, an invoice is triggered periodically, automatically. The " "frequency of the invoicing and the services/products invoiced are defined on" @@ -17908,15 +4531,19 @@ msgstr "" "Частота виставлення рахунків та послуг/товарів, на які виставлено рахунок, " "визначаються на контракті." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:109 +msgid "Others" +msgstr "Інші" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:112 msgid "Creating an invoice manually" msgstr "Створення рахунка-фактури вручну" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:114 msgid "" "Users can also create invoices manually without using contracts or a sales " "order. It's a recommended approach if you do not need to manage the sales " @@ -17927,7 +4554,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо вам не потрібно керувати процесом продажу (комерційні пропозиції) або " "доставкою товарів або послуг." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:119 msgid "" "Even if you generate the invoice from a sales order, you may need to create " "invoices manually in exceptional use cases:" @@ -17936,1093 +4563,3827 @@ msgstr "" "знадобитися створення рахунку-фактури вручну у виняткових випадках " "використання:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:122 msgid "if you need to create a refund" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно створити відшкодування" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:124 msgid "If you need to give a discount" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно надати знижку" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:126 msgid "if you need to change an invoice created from a sales order" msgstr "" "якщо вам потрібно змінити рахунок-фактуру, створений за замовленням на " "продаж" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:128 msgid "if you need to invoice something not related to your core business" msgstr "якщо вам потрібно нарахувати щось не пов'язане з основним бізнесом" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:131 msgid "Specific modules" msgstr "Спеціальні модулі" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:133 msgid "Some specific modules are also able to generate draft invoices:" msgstr "" "Деякі спеціальні модулі також можуть створювати проекти рахунків-фактур:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:135 msgid "**membership**: invoice your members every year" msgstr "**членство**: виставляйте рахунки своїх членів щорічно" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:137 msgid "**repairs**: invoice your after-sale services" msgstr "" "**налагодження**: виставляйте рахунки на послуги післяпродажного " "обслуговування" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terms and Installment Plans" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:140 +msgid "Resequencing of the invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:142 msgid "" -"**Payment Terms** specify all the conditions under which a sale is paid, " -"mostly to ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +"It remains possible to resequence the invoices but with some restrictions:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:144 +msgid "The feature does not work when entries are previous to a lock date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:145 msgid "" -"Payment Terms can be applied to sales orders, customer invoices, supplier " -"bills, and contacts. These conditions cover:" +"The feature does not work if the sequence is inconsistent with the month of " +"the entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 -msgid "The due date" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:146 +msgid "It does not work if the sequence leads to a duplicate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 -msgid "Some discounts" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:147 +msgid "The order of the invoice remains unchanged." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 -msgid "Any other condition on the payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:148 msgid "" -"Defining Payment Terms automatically calculates the payments' due dates. " -"This is particularly helpful for managing installment plans." +"It is useful for people who use a numbering from another software and who " +"want to continue the current year without starting over from the beginning." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:152 +msgid "Invoice digitization with optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of automatically encoding " +"traditional paper invoices into invoices forms in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses OCR and artificial intelligence technologies to recognize the " +"content of the documents. Vendor bills and customer invoices forms are " +"automatically created and populated based on scanned invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/overview.rst:162 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:3 +msgid "Payment terms and installment plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Payment terms** specify all the conditions of a sale's payment to help " +"ensure customers pay their invoices correctly and on time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Payment terms are generally defined on documents such as sales orders, " +"customer invoices, and vendor bills. Payment terms cover:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:11 +msgid "The due date(s)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:12 +msgid "Early payment discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:13 +msgid "Any other conditions on the payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:15 msgid "" "An **installment plan** allows the customers to pay an invoice in parts, " "with the amounts and payment dates defined beforehand by the seller." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 -msgid "**Examples of Payment Terms:**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:19 +msgid "Immediate Payment" +msgstr "Оплата одразу" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Immediate Payment**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:20 msgid "The full payment is due on the day of the invoice's issuance." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**15 Days** (or **Net 15**)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:21 +msgid "15 Days (or Net 15)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:22 msgid "The full payment is due 15 days after the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**21 MFI**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:23 +msgid "21 MFI" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:24 msgid "" "The full payment is due by the 21st of the month following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**2% 10, Net 30 EOM**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 +msgid "30% Advance End of Following Month" +msgstr "30% авансу і решта до кінця місяця" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:26 +msgid "" +"30% is due on the day of the invoice's issuance. The remaining balance is " +"due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 +msgid "2% 10, Net 30 EOM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:29 msgid "" -"2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within " -"ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " +"A 2% :doc:`cash discount <cash_discounts>` if the payment is received within" +" ten days. Otherwise, the full payment is due at the end of the month " "following the invoice date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:33 msgid "" -"Payment terms are not to be confused with down payment invoices. If, for a " -"specific order, you issue several invoices to your customer, that is neither" -" a payment term nor an installment plan, but an invoicing policy." +"Payment terms are not to be confused with :doc:`down payment invoices " +"</applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment>`. If, for a specific " +"order, you issue multiple invoices to your customer, that is neither a " +"payment term nor an installment plan but an invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:37 msgid "" -"This document is about the *Payment Terms* feature, not *Terms & " -"Conditions*." +"This page is about the *payment terms* feature, not :doc:`terms & conditions" +" <terms_conditions>`, which can be used to declare contractual obligations " +"regarding content use, return policies, and other policies surrounding the " +"sale of goods and services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:42 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: payment terms <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-" +"terms-1679>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:48 +msgid "To create new payment terms, follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:50 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and " -"click on *Create*." +"click on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 msgid "" -"The **Description on the Invoice** is the text displayed on the document " -"(sale order, invoice, etc.)." +"Enter a name in the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field. This field is the name " +"displayed in the database and is not customer-facing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:54 msgid "" -"In the **Terms** section, you can add a set of rules, called *terms*, to " -"define what needs to be paid and by which due date." +"Enter the text to be displayed on the document (sales order, invoice, etc.) " +"in the :guilabel:`Description on the Invoice` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 msgid "" -"To add a term, click on *Add a line*, and define its *Type*, *Value*, and " -"*Due Date Computation*." +"Tick the :guilabel:`Display terms on invoice` checkbox to display a " +"breakdown of each payment and its due date on the invoice report, if " +"desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:55 -msgid "Terms are computed in the order they are set up." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Terms` section, add a set of rules (terms) to define what " +"needs to be paid and by which due date(s). Defining terms automatically " +"calculates the payments' due date(s). This is particularly helpful for " +"managing **installment plans** (:dfn:`payment terms with multiple terms`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To add a term, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`, define its :guilabel:`Due " +"Type` and :guilabel:`Value`, and fill out the appropriate fields to define " +"when the term is due, including any :doc:`discounts <cash_discounts>`. Due " +"dates are calculated by taking the invoice/bill date, first adding the " +":guilabel:`Months`, and then adding the :guilabel:`Days`. If the " +":guilabel:`End of month` toggle is enabled, the due date will then be the " +"end of that month, plus any :guilabel:`Days after End of month`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To instead specify a number of days *before the end of the month*, use a " +"negative value in the :guilabel:`Days after End of month` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To test that your payment terms are configured correctly, enter an invoice " +"amount and invoice date in the :guilabel:`Example` section to generate the " +"payments that would be due and their due dates using these payment terms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:79 +msgid "Terms are computed in the order of their due dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 msgid "The **balance** should always be used for the last line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 msgid "" "In the following example, 30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance" " is due at the end of the following month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:67 -msgid "Using Payment Terms" -msgstr "Використання умов оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 msgid "" -"Payment Terms can be defined in the **Due Date** field, with the **Terms** " -"drop-down list, on:" +"Example of Payment Terms. The last line is the balance due on the 31st of the following\n" +"month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Quotations**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:91 +msgid "Using payment terms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:93 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on all invoices generated from a" -" quotation." +"Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Payment Terms` field on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Customer Invoices**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "To set specific payment terms on an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Vendor Bills**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms on a bill. This is mostly useful when you need" -" to manage vendor terms with several installments. Otherwise, setting the " -"*Due Date* is enough." +"**Contacts:** To automatically set default payment terms on a contact's new " +"sales orders, invoices, and bills. This can be modified in the contact form," +" under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:98 msgid "" -"You can also define a **Due Date** manually. If Payment Terms are already " -"defined, empty the field so you can select a date." +"**Quotations/Sales Orders:** To set specific payment terms automatically on " +"all invoices generated from a quotation or sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:83 -msgid "Payment Terms can be defined with the **Payment Terms** field on:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 -msgid "**Contacts**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:101 msgid "" -"To set specific payment terms automatically on new sales orders, invoices, " -"and bills of a contact. This can be modified in the contact’s *Form View*, " -"under the *Sales & Purchase* tab." +"Payment terms can be defined using the :guilabel:`Due Date` field, with the " +":guilabel:`Terms` drop-down list on:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:104 +msgid "**Customer invoices:** To set specific payment terms on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:105 +msgid "**Vendor bills:** To set specific payment terms on a bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:108 msgid "" -"Invoices with specific Payment Terms generate different *Journal Entries*, " -"with one *Journal Item* for every computed *Due Date*." +"Setting payment terms on a vendor bill is mostly useful for managing vendor " +"terms with multiple installments or cash discounts. Otherwise, manually " +"setting the **due date** is enough. If payment terms are already defined, " +"empty the field to select a date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:115 msgid "" -"This makes for easier *Follow-ups* and *Reconciliation* since Odoo takes " -"each due date into account, rather than just the balance due date. It also " -"helps to get an accurate *Aged Receivable report*." +"Invoices with specific payment terms generate different *journal entries*, " +"with one *journal item* for every computed *due date*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This makes for easier :doc:`follow-ups " +"</applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up>` and " +":doc:`reconciliation </applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation>`" +" since Odoo takes each due date into account, rather than just the balance " +"due date. It also helps to get an accurate :ref:`aged receivable report " +"<customer-invoices/aging-report>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The amount debited to the account receivable is split into two journal items with\n" +"distinct due dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:128 msgid "" "In this example, an invoice of $1000 has been issued with the following " "payment terms: *30% is due on the day of issuance, and the balance is due at" " the end of the following month.*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:107 -msgid "Due date" -msgstr "Установлений термін" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +msgid "Account" +msgstr "Рахунок" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit" +msgstr "Дебет" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit" +msgstr "Кредит" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +msgid "Account Receivable" +msgstr "Розрахунок з дебіторами" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 msgid "February 21" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:134 msgid "300" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 msgid "March 31" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:136 msgid "700" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 msgid "Product Sales" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Продажі товару" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "1000" +msgstr "1000" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:141 msgid "" -"The $1000 debited on the Account Receivable is split into two distinct " -"*Journal Items*. Both of them have their own **Due Date**." +"The $1000 debited to the account receivable is split into two distinct " +"journal items. Both of them have their own due date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`cash_discounts`" -msgstr ":doc:`cash_discounts`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +msgid "Snailmail" +msgstr "Snailmail" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/payment_terms.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:7 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Terms and Conditions (T&C) and Payment Terms " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/fpv>`_" +"Sending direct mail can be an effective strategy for grabbing people's " +"attention, especially when their email inboxes are overflowing. With Odoo, " +"you have the ability to send invoices and follow-up reports through postal " +"mail worldwide, all from within your database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:3 -msgid "Send your Invoices by Post (Snailmail)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 msgid "" -"Direct mail is a great way to capture individuals’ attention at a time where" -" inboxes are always full. Odoo allows you to send invoices and follow-up " -"reports by post, worldwide, directly from your database." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" +" invoices` section to activate :guilabel:`Snailmail`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:10 -msgid "Set up Snailmail" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:17 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Snailmail` and activate " -"the feature." +"To make it a by-default feature, select :guilabel:`Send by Post` in the " +":guilabel:`Default Sending Options` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst-1 +msgid "Under settings enable the snailmail feature in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:25 +msgid "Send invoices by post" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:27 msgid "" -"If you would like this option to be a default feature, enable *Send by Post*" -" under *Default Sending Options*." +"Open your invoice, click on :guilabel:`Send & Print` and select " +":guilabel:`Send by Post`. Make sure your customer’s address is set " +"correctly, including the country, before sending the letter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:21 -msgid "Send your invoices by post" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:31 msgid "" -"Open your Invoice, click on the *Send & Print* button and select *Send by " -"Post*." +"Your document must respect the following rules to pass the validation before" +" being sent:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:33 msgid "" -"Make sure to have your customer’s address set correctly, and that it " -"includes a country, before sending the letter." +"Margins must be **5 mm** on all sides. As Odoo forces the outer margins by " +"filling them with white before sending the snailmail, it can results in the " +"user's custom being cut off if it protrudes into the margins. To check the " +"margins, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`General Settings --> Technical --> Reporting section: Paper " +"Format`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:38 msgid "" -"*Snailmail* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service which requires prepaid " -"stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes one stamp." +"A square of **15mm by 15mm** on the bottom left corner has to stay clear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The postage area has to stay clear (click :download:`here " +"<snailmail/snailmail-template.pdf>` to get more info about the area)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Pingen (Odoo Snailmail service provider) scans the area to process the " +"address, so if something gets written outside the area, it is not counted as" +" part of the address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:84 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Snailmail is an :doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase` service that " +"requires prepaid stamps (=credits) to work. Sending one document consumes " +"one stamp." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:50 msgid "" "To buy stamps, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Snailmail` and click on *Buy credits*, or go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on *View my Services*." +"Settings --> Customer invoices: Snailmail`, click on :guilabel:`Buy " +"credits`, or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases: Odoo IAP`," +" and click on :guilabel:`View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments.rst:3 -msgid "Customer Payments" -msgstr "Платежі клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: Batch Deposits (checks, cash etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:94 msgid "" -"A **Batch Deposit** groups multiple payments in a single batch. This allows " -"you to deposit several payments into your bank account with a single " -"transaction. This is particularly useful to deposit cash and checks." +"If you are on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, you benefit from " +"free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/snailmail.rst:57 msgid "" -"This feature allows you to list several customer payments and print a " -"**deposit slip**. This ticket contains the details of the transactions and a" -" reference to the batch deposit. You can then select this reference during a" -" bank reconciliation to match the single bank statement line with all the " -"transactions listed in the batch deposit." +"Click `here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_4>`_ to know about our " +"*Privacy Policy*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:3 +msgid "Default terms and conditions (T&C)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:5 msgid "" -"To activate the feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Settings --> Customer Payments`, activate **Batch Payments**, and click " -"on *Save*." +"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to establish important " +"contractual points, such as return and refunds, warranty, and after-sale " +"services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:21 -msgid "Payment Method Types" -msgstr "Типи методу оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:8 msgid "" -"To record new payments as part of a Batch Deposit, you have to configure " -"first the Journal on which you record them." +"You can add default terms and conditions at the bottom of all customer " +"invoices, sales orders, and quotations, either as text or a link to a web " +"page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Terms & Conditions <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/terms-" +"conditions-1680>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoices`, enable :guilabel:`Default Terms & " +"Conditions`. By default, the :guilabel:`Add a Note` option is selected, and " +"the terms and conditions are displayed at the bottom of the document. Enter " +"the terms and conditions in the text box below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:26 +msgid "" +"You can also add a PDF version of your terms and conditions as an attachment" +" when sending the document via email. Edit the email templates if you want " +"to include them by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, to display the terms and conditions on a web page, select the" +" :guilabel:`Add a link to a Web Page` option and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Update Terms`, edit the content, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. The link to that page is then added as a note in your " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can edit the layout and content of the page using the :doc:`Website " +"</applications/websites/website>` app. If the Website app is activated, the " +":guilabel:`Edit in Website Builder` option then replaces :guilabel:`Update " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of terms and conditions as a web page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:5 +msgid "Get started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:7 +msgid "" +"When you first open your Odoo Accounting app, the *Accounting Overview* page" +" welcomes you with a step-by-step onboarding banner, a wizard that helps you" +" get started. This onboarding banner is displayed until you choose to close " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The settings visible in the onboarding banner can still be modified later by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting automatically installs the appropriate **Fiscal Localization" +" Package** for your company, according to the country selected at the " +"creation of the database. This way, the right accounts, reports, and taxes " +"are ready-to-go. :ref:`Click here <fiscal_localizations/packages>` for more " +"information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:21 +msgid "Accounting onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The step-by-step Accounting onboarding banner is composed of four steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:28 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:29 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-periods`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:31 +msgid ":ref:`accounting-setup-chart`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:137 +msgid "Company Data" +msgstr "Дані компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "" +"This menu allows you to add your company’s details such as the name, " +"address, logo, website, phone number, email address, and Tax ID, or VAT " +"number. These details are then displayed on your documents, such as on " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Add your company's details in Odoo Accounting and Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Settings --> Companies` and clicking on **Update " +"Info**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:52 +msgid "Bank Account" +msgstr "Банківський рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Connect your bank account to your database and have your bank statements " +"synced automatically. To do so, find your bank in the list, click on " +"*Connect*, and follow the instructions on-screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:58 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <bank/bank_synchronization>` for more information about " +"this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If your Bank Institution can’t be synchronized automatically, or if you " +"prefer not to sync it with your database, you may also configure your bank " +"account manually by clicking on *Create it*, and filling out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:64 +msgid "**Name**: the bank account's name, as displayed on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:65 +msgid "**Account Number**: your bank account number (IBAN in Europe)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Bank**: click on *Create and Edit* to configure the bank's details. Add " +"the bank institution's name and its Identifier Code (BIC or SWIFT)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:68 +msgid "" +"**Code**: this code is your Journal's *Short Code*, as displayed on Odoo. By" +" default, Odoo creates a new Journal with this Short Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:70 +msgid "" +"**Journal**: This field is displayed if you have an existing Bank Journal " +"that is not linked yet to a bank account. If so, then select the *Journal* " +"you want to use to record the financial transactions linked to this bank " +"account or create a new one by clicking on *Create and Edit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You can add as many bank accounts as needed with this tool by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration`, and clicking on *Add a Bank " +"Account*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Click here <bank>` for more information about Bank Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:83 +msgid "Accounting Periods" +msgstr "Бухгалтерські періоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Define here your **Fiscal Years**’ opening and closing dates, which are used" +" to generate reports automatically, and your **Tax Return Periodicity**, " +"along with a reminder to never miss a tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:89 +msgid "" +"By default, the opening date is set on the 1st of January and the closing " +"date on the 31st of December, as this is the most common use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:93 +msgid "" +"You can also change these settings by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Fiscal Periods` and updating the values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:99 +msgid "Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With this menu, you can add accounts to your **Chart of Accounts** and " +"indicate their initial opening balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Basic settings are displayed on this page to help you review your Chart of " +"Accounts. To access all the settings of an account, click on the *double " +"arrow button* at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Setup of the Chart of Accounts and their opening balances in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`Click here <get_started/chart_of_accounts>` for more information on " +"how to configure your Chart of Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:115 +msgid "Invoicing onboarding banner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:117 +msgid "" +"There is another step-by-step onboarding banner that helps you take " +"advantage of your Odoo Invoicing and Accounting apps. The *Invoicing " +"onboarding banner* is the one that welcomes you if you use the Invoicing app" +" rather than the Accounting app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:121 +msgid "" +"If you have Odoo Accounting installed on your database, you can reach it by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:124 +msgid "The Invoicing onboarding banner is composed of four main steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Step-by-step onboarding banner in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:129 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-company`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:130 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-layout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:131 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:132 +msgid ":ref:`invoicing-setup-sample`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:139 +msgid "" +"This form is the same as :ref:`the one presented in the Accounting " +"onboarding banner <accounting-setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:145 +msgid "Invoice Layout" +msgstr "Шаблон рахунка-фактури" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:147 +msgid "" +"With this tool, you can design the appearance of your documents by selecting" +" which layout template, paper format, colors, font, and logo you want to " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also add your *Company Tagline* and the content of the documents’ " +"*footer*. Note that Odoo automatically adds the company's phone number, " +"email, website URL, and Tax ID (or VAT number) to the footer, according to " +"the values you previously configured in the :ref:`Company Data <accounting-" +"setup-company>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "Document layout configuration in Odoo Invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Add your **bank account number** and a link to your **General Terms & " +"Condition** in the footer. This way, your contacts can find the full content" +" of your GT&C online without having to print them on the invoices you issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:164 +msgid "" +"These settings can also be modified by going to :menuselection:`Settings -->" +" General Settings`, under the *Business Documents* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:170 +msgid "Payment Method" +msgstr "Спосіб оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:172 +msgid "" +"This menu helps you configure the payment methods with which your customers " +"can pay you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Configuring a *Payment Provider* with this tool also activates the *Invoice " +"Online Payment* option automatically. With this, users can directly pay " +"online, from their Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:181 +msgid "Sample Invoice" +msgstr "Зразок рахунка-фактури" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Send yourself a sample invoice by email to make sure everything is correctly" +" configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`bank`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:189 +msgid ":doc:`../fiscal_localizations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started.rst:190 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Accounting Basics <https://www.odoo.com/r/lsZ>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory average price valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"As stated in the :doc:`inventory valuation page " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config>`," +" one of the possible costing method you can use in perpetual stock " +"valuation, is the average cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:10 +msgid "" +"This document answers to one recurrent question for companies using that " +"method to make their stock valuation: how does a shipping returned to its " +"supplier impact the average cost and the accounting entries? This document " +"is **only** for the specific use case of a perpetual valuation (as opposed " +"to the periodic one) and in average price costing method (as opposed to " +"standard of FIFO)." +msgstr "" +"Ця документація відповідає на одне повторюване запитання для компаній, які " +"використовують цей метод для оцінки їхньої вартості: як відвантаження " +"повернене своєму постачальнику, впливає на середню вартість та записи " +"бухгалтерського обліку? Цей документ призначений лише для конкретного " +"випадку використання безперервної оцінки (на відміну від періодичної) та " +"методу середнього ціноутворення (на відміну від стандарту FIFO)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:18 +msgid "Definition of average cost" +msgstr "Визначення середньої ціни" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The average cost method calculates the cost of ending inventory and cost of " +"goods sold on the basis of weighted average cost per unit of inventory." +msgstr "" +"Метод визначення середньої ціни обчислює вартість на кінець інвентаризації " +"та вартість товарів, що продаються, на основі середньозваженої вартості " +"одиниці інвентаризації." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"The weighted average cost per unit is calculated using the following " +"formula:" +msgstr "Середньозважена вартість одиниці обчислюється за такою формулою:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When new products arrive in a warehouse, the new average cost is recomputed " +"as:" +msgstr "" +"Коли нові товари потрапляють до складу, нові середні витрати перераховуються" +" як:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When products leave the warehouse: the average cost **does not** change" +msgstr "Коли товари виходять зі складу: середня вартість **не** змінюється" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:36 +msgid "Defining the purchase price" +msgstr "Визначення ціни покупки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The purchase price is estimated at the reception of the products (you might " +"not have received the vendor bill yet) and reevaluated at the reception of " +"the vendor bill. The purchase price includes the cost you pay for the " +"products, but it may also includes additional costs, like landed costs." +msgstr "" +"Ціна придбання оцінюється при отриманні товарів (можливо, ви ще не отримали " +"рахунок постачальника) і переоцінили на отримання рахунка постачальника. " +"Ціна придбання включає вартість, яку ви сплачуєте за товари, але може також " +"включати додаткові витрати, як-от розмір витрат." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:45 +msgid "Average cost example" +msgstr "Приклад середньої вартості" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Operation" +msgstr "Операція" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "Delta Value" +msgstr "Значення дельти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory Value" +msgstr "Складська оцінка" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Qty On Hand" +msgstr "Кількість в наявності" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Avg Cost" +msgstr "Середня вартість" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$0" +msgstr "$0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "0" +msgstr "0" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "Receive 8 Products at $10" +msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів на 10 доларів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +msgid "+8\\*$10" +msgstr "+8\\*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$80" +msgstr "$80" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "8" +msgstr "8" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "$10" +msgstr "$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "Receive 4 Products at $16" +msgstr "Отримати 4 товари на 16 доларів " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "+4\\*$16" +msgstr "+4\\*$16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "$144" +msgstr "$144" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "12" +msgstr "12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$12" +msgstr "$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "Deliver 10 Products" +msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +msgid "-10\\*$12" +msgstr "-10\\*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "$24" +msgstr "$24" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:156 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"At the beginning, the Avg Cost is set to 0 set as there is no product in the" +" inventory. When the first reception is made, the average cost becomes " +"logically the purchase price." +msgstr "" +"Спочатку середню вартість встановлено на 0, тому що на складі немає товару. " +"Коли здійснюється перший прийом, середня вартість логічно стає закупівельною" +" ціною." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"At the second reception, the average cost is updated because the total " +"inventory value is now ``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. As we have 12 units on hand, " +"the average price per unit is ``$144 / 12 = $12``." +msgstr "" +"На другий прийому середня вартість оновлюється, оскільки загальна вартість " +"інвентаризації зараз становить``$80 + 4*$16 = $144``. Оскільки в нас 12 " +"одиниць в наявності, середня ціна за одиницю становить ``$144 / 12 = $12``." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"By definition, the delivery of 10 products does not change the average cost." +" Indeed, the inventory value is now $24 as we have only 2 units remaining of" +" each ``$24 / 2 = $12``." +msgstr "" +"За визначенням, доставка 10 товарів не змінює середню вартість. Дійсно, " +"вартість інвентаризації зараз становить 24 долари, тому що у нас залишилося " +"всього 2 одиниці, що залишилися від кожних ``$24 / 2 = $12``." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:73 +msgid "Purchase return use case" +msgstr "Випадок повернення купівлі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In case of a product returned to its supplier after reception, the inventory" +" value is reduced using the average cost formulae (not at the initial price " +"of these products!)." +msgstr "" +"Якщо товар повертається постачальнику після отримання, вартість " +"інвентаризації зменшується з використанням середніх формул витрат (не за " +"початковою ціною цих товарів!)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:79 +msgid "Which means that the above table will be updated as follow:" +msgstr "Це означає, що наведена вище таблиця буде оновлена таким чином:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "Return of 1 Product initially bought at $10" +msgstr "Повернення 1 товару, купленого спочатку за $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "-1\\*$12" +msgstr "-1\\*$12" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:90 +msgid "Explanation: counter example" +msgstr "Пояснення: зустрічний приклад" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Remember the definition of **Average Cost**, saying that we do not update " +"the average cost of a product leaving the inventory. If you break this rule," +" you may lead to inconsistencies in your inventory." +msgstr "" +"Запам'ятайте визначення **Середня ціна**, зазначивши, що ми не оновлюємо " +"середню вартість товару, що залишаєсклад. Якщо ви порушите це правило, ви " +"можете привести до невідповідності на вашому складі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:96 +msgid "" +"As an example, here is the scenario when you deliver one piece to the " +"customer and return the other one to your supplier (at the cost you " +"purchased it). Here is the operation:" +msgstr "" +"Як приклад, ось сценарій, коли ви доставляєте один товар клієнту та " +"повертаєте інший постачальнику (за ціною, яку ви купили). Ось операція:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:121 +msgid "Customer Shipping 1 product" +msgstr "Відправлення клієнту 1 товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +msgid "-1\\*$10" +msgstr "-1\\*$10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$2**" +msgstr "**$2**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**0**" +msgstr "**0**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "" +"As you can see in this example, this is not correct: an inventory valuation " +"of $2 for 0 pieces in the warehouse." +msgstr "" +"Як ви можете бачити в цьому прикладі, це не правильно: складська оцінка 2 " +"доларів за 0 одиниць на складі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:113 +msgid "" +"The correct scenario should be to return the goods at the current average " +"cost:" +msgstr "" +"Правильним сценарієм має бути повернення товару за поточною середньою ціною:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:123 +msgid "**$0**" +msgstr "**$0**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:126 +msgid "" +"On the other hand, using the average cost to value the return ensure a " +"correct inventory value at all times." +msgstr "" +"З іншого боку, використання середньої ціни для значення повернення гарантує " +"правильну складську оцінку у будь-який час." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:130 +msgid "Further thoughts on anglo saxon mode" +msgstr "Концепція в англо-саксонському режимі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:132 +msgid "" +"For people in using the **anglo saxon accounting** principles, there is " +"another concept to take into account: the stock input account of the " +"product, which is intended to hold at any time the value of vendor bills to " +"receive. So the stock input account will increase on reception of incoming " +"shipments and will decrease when receiving the related vendor bills." +msgstr "" +"Для людей, які використовують принципи **англо-саксонського бухобліку**, " +"існує інша концепція, яка враховує: рахунок прийняття товару, який має намір" +" у будь-який час зберігати вартість отримуваних рахунків постачальника. " +"Таким чином, рахунок на прийняття товару збільшуватиметься при отриманні " +"вхідних відправлень і зменшуватиметься при отриманні відповідних рахунків " +"постачальника." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Back to our example, we see that when the return is valued at the average " +"price, the amount booked in the stock input account is the original purchase" +" price:" +msgstr "" +"Повертаючись до нашого прикладу, ми бачимо, що коли прибуток оцінюється за " +"середньою ціною, сума, заброньована на рахунку вхідного складу, є початковою" +" ціною покупки:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "stock input" +msgstr "отримання товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "price diff" +msgstr "різниця цін" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:148 +msgid "($80)" +msgstr "($80)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:150 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $80" +msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $80" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "($64)" +msgstr "($64)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:154 +msgid "Receive vendor bill $64" +msgstr "Отримати рахунок постачальника на $64" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$10**" +msgstr "**$10**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:158 +msgid "**$12**" +msgstr "**$12**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "Receive vendor refund $10" +msgstr "Отримати відшкодування постачальника на $10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:160 +msgid "$2" +msgstr "$2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/avg_price_valuation.rst:163 +msgid "" +"This is because the vendor refund will be made using the original purchase " +"price, so to zero out the effect of the return in the stock input in last " +"operation, we need to reuse the original price. The price difference account" +" located on the product category is used to book the difference between the " +"average cost and the original purchase price." +msgstr "" +"Це відбувається тому, що відшкодування постачальника здійснюватиметься за " +"допомогою першої ціни закупки, тому для того, щоби знизити ефект від " +"повернення у вхідній продукції останньої операції, ми повинні знову " +"використовувати першочергову ціну. Знижка ціни, розташована у категорії " +"товару, використовується для резервування різниці між середньою ціною та " +"початковою ціною закупки." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 +msgid "Chart of accounts" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts (COA)** is the list of all the accounts used to " +"record financial transactions in the general ledger of an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The accounts are usually listed in the order of appearance in the financial " +"reports. Most of the time, they are listed as follows :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:11 +msgid "Balance Sheet accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +msgid "Assets" +msgstr "Активи" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +msgid "Liabilities" +msgstr "Зобов'язання" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:87 +msgid "Equity" +msgstr "Капітал" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:17 +msgid "Profit & Loss:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +msgid "Income" +msgstr "Дохід" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:95 +msgid "Expense" +msgstr "Витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"When browsing your chart of accounts, you can filter the accounts by number," +" in the left column, and also group them by :guilabel:`Account Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Group the accounts by type in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:30 +msgid "Configuration of an account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The country you select at the creation of your database (or additional " +"company on your database) determines which **fiscal localization package** " +"is installed by default. This package includes a standard chart of accounts " +"already configured according to the country's regulations. You can use it " +"directly or set it according to your company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to modify the **fiscal localization** of a company once a" +" journal entry has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To create a new account, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Chart of Accounts`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:45 +msgid "Code and name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Each account is identified by its **code** and **name**, which also " +"indicates the account's purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Correctly configuring the **account type** is critical as it serves multiple" +" purposes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:56 +msgid "Information on the account's purpose and behavior" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:57 +msgid "Generate country-specific legal and financial reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:58 +msgid "Set the rules to close a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:59 +msgid "Generate opening entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To configure an account type, open the :guilabel:`Type` field's drop-down " +"selector and select the right type among the following list:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Report" +msgstr "Звіт" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Category" +msgstr "Категорія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:65 +msgid "Account Types" +msgstr "Типи рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:27 +msgid "Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Бухгалтерський баланс" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:62 +msgid "Receivable" +msgstr "Дебітор" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:71 +msgid "Bank and Cash" +msgstr "Банк і каса" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:83 +msgid "Current Assets" +msgstr "Оборотні активи" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:86 +msgid "Non-current Assets" +msgstr "Необоротні активи" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:75 +msgid "Prepayments" +msgstr "Аванси" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:77 +msgid "Fixed Assets" +msgstr "Основні засоби" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:65 +msgid "Payable" +msgstr "Кредитор" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:81 +msgid "Credit Card" +msgstr "Кредитна карта" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:95 +msgid "Current Liabilities" +msgstr "Короткострокові зобов’язання" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:98 +msgid "Non-current Liabilities" +msgstr "Довгострокові зобов'язання" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:101 +msgid "Current Year Earnings" +msgstr "Прибуток поточного періоду" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:20 +msgid "Profit & Loss" +msgstr "Доходи та витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:93 +msgid "Other Income" +msgstr "Інший дохід" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:97 +msgid "Depreciation" +msgstr "Амортизація" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:99 +msgid "Cost of Revenue" +msgstr "Собівартість продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Other" +msgstr "Інше" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:101 +msgid "Off-Balance Sheet" +msgstr "Позабалансовий звіт" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:105 +msgid "Assets, deferred expenses, and deferred revenues automation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Some **account types** display a new field **to automate** the creation of " +":ref:`assets <assets-automation>` entries, :ref:`deferred expenses " +"<deferred-expenses-automation>` entries, and :ref:`deferred revenues " +"<deferred-revenues-automation>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:111 +msgid "You have three choices for the :guilabel:`Automation` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`No`: this is the default value. Nothing happens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create in draft`: whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a draft entry is created, but not validated. You must first fill " +"out the corresponding form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Create and validate`: you must also select a **model**. Whenever " +"a transaction is posted on the account, an entry is created and immediately " +"validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:14 +msgid "Default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Select a **default tax** that will be applied when this account is chosen " +"for a product sale or purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:58 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Мітки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Some accounting reports require **tags** to be set on the relevant accounts." +" By default, you can choose among the tags that are used by the *Cash Flow " +"Statement*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:132 +msgid "Account groups" +msgstr "Групи рахуків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Account groups** are useful to list multiple accounts as *sub-accounts* of" +" a bigger account and thus consolidate reports such as the **Trial " +"Balance**. By default, groups are handled automatically based on the code of" +" the group. For example, a new account `131200` is going to be part of the " +"group `131000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:140 +msgid "Create account groups manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Regular users should not need to create account groups manually. The " +"following section is only intended for rare and advanced use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a new account group, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and " +"head to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Account " +"Groups`. Here, create a new group and enter the :guilabel:`name, code " +"prefix, and company` to which that group account should be available. Note " +"that you must enter the same code prefix in both :guilabel:`From` and " +":guilabel:`to` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Account groups creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To display your **Trial Balance** report with your account groups, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app-->Reporting-->Trial Balance`, then open the " +":guilabel:`Options` menu and select :guilabel:`Hierarchy and Subtotals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Account Groups in the Trial Balance in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:165 +msgid "Allow reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Some accounts, such as accounts made to record the transactions of a payment" +" method, can be used for the reconciliation of journal entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:170 +msgid "" +"For example, an invoice paid with a credit card can be marked as " +":guilabel:`paid` if reconciled with its payment. Therefore, the account used" +" to record credit card payments needs to be configured as **allowing " +"reconciliation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Allow Reconciliation` box in the account's " +"settings, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:177 +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "Не використовується" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:179 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete an account once a transaction has been recorded" +" on it. You can make them unusable by using the **Deprecated** feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:182 +msgid "" +"To do so, check the :guilabel:`Deprecated` box in the account's settings, " +"and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:185 +msgid ":doc:`cheat_sheet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:186 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/assets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:187 +msgid ":doc:`../vendor_bills/deferred_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`../../fiscal_localizations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:190 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Chart of accounts <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/chart-" +"of-accounts-1630>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts.rst:191 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Update your chart of accounts " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/update-your-chart-of-accounts-1658>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:7 +msgid "Accounting cheat sheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The **Balance Sheet** is a snapshot of the company's finances at a specific " +"date (as opposed to the Profit and Loss, which is an analysis over a " +"period)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**Assets** represent the company's wealth and the goods it owns. Fixed " +"assets include buildings and offices, while current assets include bank " +"accounts and cash. The money owed by a client is an asset. An employee is " +"not an asset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:24 +msgid "" +"**Liabilities** are obligations from past events that the company will have " +"to pay in the future (utility bills, debts, unpaid suppliers). Liabilities " +"could also be defined as a source of financing which is provided to the " +"company, also called *leverage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of the funds contributed by the owners of the " +"company (founders or shareholders) plus previously retained earnings (or " +"losses). Each year, net profits (or losses) may be reported as retained " +"earnings or distributed to the shareholders (as a dividend)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:34 +msgid "" +"What is owned (an asset) has been financed through debts to reimburse " +"(liabilities) or equity (profits, capital)." +msgstr "" +"Те, що належить (актив), було профінансовано за рахунок боргів для " +"відшкодування (зобов'язання) або капіталу (прибуток, капітал)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "A difference is made between **assets** and **expenses**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:38 +msgid "" +"An **asset** is a resource with economic value that an individual, " +"corporation, or country owns or controls with the expectation that it will " +"provide a future benefit. Assets are reported on a company's balance sheet. " +"They are bought or created to increase a firm's value or benefit its " +"operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:42 +msgid "" +"An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " +"revenues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The **profit and loss** (P&L) report shows the company's performance over a " +"specific period of time, usually a quarter or a fiscal year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The **revenue** refers to the money earned by the company by selling goods " +"and/or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The **cost of goods sold** (COGS, or also known as \"Cost of Sale\") refers " +"to the sale of goods' costs (e.g., the cost of the materials and labor used " +"to create the goods)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The **Gross profit** equals the revenues from sales minus the cost of goods " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Operating expenses** (OPEX) include administration, sales and R&D " +"salaries, rent and utilities, miscellaneous costs, insurances, and anything " +"beyond the costs of products sold or the cost of sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:76 +msgid "Assets = Liabilities + Equity" +msgstr "Активи = зобов'язання + власний капітал" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The **chart of accounts** lists all the company's accounts: both Balance " +"sheet accounts and P&L accounts. Every transaction is recorded by debiting " +"and crediting multiple accounts in a journal entry. In a way, a chart of " +"accounts is like a company's DNA!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Every account listed in the chart of accounts belongs to a specific " +"category. In Odoo, each account has a unique code and belongs to one of " +"these categories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:92 +msgid "**Equity and subordinated debts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:89 +msgid "" +"**Equity** is the amount of money invested by a company's shareholders to " +"finance the company's activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:91 +msgid "" +"**Subordinated debts** are the amount of money lent by a third party to a " +"company to finance its activities. In the event of the dissolution of a " +"company, these third parties are reimbursed before the shareholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Fixed assets** are tangible (i.e., physical) items or properties that a " +"company purchases and uses to produce its goods and services. Fixed assets " +"are long-term assets. This means the assets have a useful life of more than " +"one year. They also include properties, plants, and equipments (also known " +"as \"PP&E\") and are recorded on the balance sheet with that classification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "**Current assets and liabilities**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The **current assets** account is a balance sheet line item listed under the" +" Assets section, which accounts for all company-owned assets that can be " +"converted to cash within one year. Current assets include cash, cash " +"equivalents, accounts receivable, stock inventory, marketable securities, " +"prepaid liabilities, and other liquid assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**Current liabilities** are a company's short-term financial obligations due" +" within one year. An example of a current liability is money owed to " +"suppliers in the form of accounts payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "**Bank and cash accounts**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:106 +msgid "" +"A **bank account** is a financial account maintained by a bank or other " +"financial institution in which the financial transactions between the bank " +"and a customer are recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A **cash account**, or cash book, may refer to a ledger in which all cash " +"transactions are recorded. The cash account includes both the cash receipts " +"and the cash payment journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:115 +msgid "**Expenses and income**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:111 +msgid "" +"An **expense** is the costs of operations a company bears to generate " +"revenues. It is simply defined as the cost one is required to spend on " +"obtaining something. Common expenses include supplier payments, employee " +"wages, factory leases, and equipment depreciation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:114 +msgid "" +"The term \"**income**\" generally refers to the amount of money, property, " +"and other transfers of value received over a set period of time in exchange " +"for services or products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:118 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Приклад" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:122 +msgid "" +"\\*: Customer Refund and Customer Payment boxes cannot be simultaneously " +"selected as they are contradictory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:126 +msgid "Balance = Debit - Credit" +msgstr "Баланс = Дебет - Кредит" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Every financial document of the company (e.g., an invoice, a bank statement," +" a pay slip, a capital increase contract) is recorded as a journal entry, " +"impacting several accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:138 +msgid "" +"For a journal entry to be balanced, the sum of all its debits must be equal " +"to the sum of all its credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:143 +msgid "" +"examples of accounting entries for various transactions. (see entries.js)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Reconciliation" +msgstr "Узгодження" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:150 +msgid "" +":doc:`Reconciliation <../../accounting/bank/reconciliation>` is the process " +"of linking journal items of a specific account and matching credits and " +"debits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Its primary purpose is to link payments to their related invoices to mark " +"them as paid. This is done by doing a reconciliation on the accounts " +"receivable account and/or the accounts payable account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:156 +msgid "Reconciliation is performed automatically by the system when:" +msgstr "Система узгодження виконується автоматично, коли:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:158 +msgid "the payment is registered directly on the invoice" +msgstr "оплата реєструється безпосередньо на рахунку-фактурі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:159 +msgid "" +"the links between the payments and the invoices are detected at the bank " +"matching process" +msgstr "" +"зв'язки між платежами та рахунками-фактурами виявляються в процесі " +"узгодження банків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:0 +msgid "Customer Statement Example" +msgstr "Приклад виписки клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:170 +msgid "Invoice 1" +msgstr "Рахунок 1" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "Partial payment 1/2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:172 +msgid "70" +msgstr "70" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +msgid "Invoice 2" +msgstr "Рахунок 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "65" +msgstr "65" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "Partial payment 2/2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:176 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:178 +msgid "Payment 2" +msgstr "Платіж 2" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +msgid "Invoice 3" +msgstr "Рахунок 3" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:184 +msgid "Total to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:149 +msgid "Bank Reconciliation" +msgstr "Узгодження виписок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Bank reconciliation is the matching of bank statement lines (provided by " +"your bank) with transactions recorded internally (payments to suppliers or " +"from customers). For each line in a bank statement, it can be:" +msgstr "" +"Узгодження банківських виписок - це узгодження банківських виписок (наданих " +"вашим банком) із внутрішньою операцією (платежі постачальникам або " +"клієнтам). Для кожного рядка в банківській виписці це може бути:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:194 +msgid "" +"**matched with a previously recorded payment**: a payment is registered when" +" a check is received from a customer, then matched when checking the bank " +"statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**recorded as a new payment**: the payment's journal entry is created and " +"reconciled with the related invoice when processing the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:198 +msgid "" +"**recorded as another transaction**: bank transfer, direct charge, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Odoo should automatically reconcile most transactions; only a few should " +"need manual review. When the bank reconciliation process is finished, the " +"balance on the bank account in Odoo should match the bank statement's " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:207 +msgid "Checks Handling" +msgstr "Перевірки обробки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:209 +msgid "" +"There are two approaches to managing checks and internal wire transfers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:211 +msgid "Two journal entries and a reconciliation" +msgstr "Два записи журналу та узгодження" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:212 +msgid "One journal entry and a bank reconciliation" +msgstr "Один запис журналу і банківське узгодження" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:216 +msgid "" +"The first journal entry is created by registering the payment on the " +"invoice. The second one is created when registering the bank statement." +msgstr "" +"Перший запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-" +"фактурі. Другий створюється при реєстрації банківської виписки." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:250 +msgid "Invoice ABC" +msgstr "Рахунок ABC" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Undeposited funds" +msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:234 +msgid "Check 0123" +msgstr "Чек 0123" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:241 +msgid "" +"A journal entry is created by registering the payment on the invoice. When " +"reconciling the bank statement, the statement line is linked to the existing" +" journal entry." +msgstr "" +"Запис журналу створюється шляхом реєстрації платежу в рахунку-фактурі. При " +"узгодженні виписки з банку рядка звіту пов'язаного з існуючим журналом." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:248 +msgid "Bank Statement" +msgstr "Банківська виписка" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 +msgid "Statement XYZ" +msgstr "Виписка XYZ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-currency system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to issue invoices, receive bills, and record transactions in" +" currencies other than the main currency configured for your company. You " +"can also set up bank accounts in other currencies and run reports on your " +"foreign currency activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/foreign_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:20 +msgid "Main currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The **main currency** is defined by default according to the company's " +"country. You can change it by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies` and changing the currency in the " +":guilabel:`Main Currency` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:29 +msgid "Enable foreign currencies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Currencies`, and " +"enable the currencies you wish to use by toggling the :guilabel:`Active` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the currencies you wish to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:41 +msgid "Currency rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:44 +msgid "Manual update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To manually create and set a currency rate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Configuration --> Currencies`, click on the currency you wish to change" +" the rate of, and under the :guilabel:`Rates` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` to create a new rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Create or modify the currency rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:55 +msgid "Automatic update" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you activate a second currency for the first time, :guilabel:`Automatic" +" Currency Rates` appears under :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. By default, you have to click on" +" the **Update now** button (:guilabel:`🗘`) to update the rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Odoo can update the rates at regular intervals. To do so, change the " +":guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to :guilabel:`Daily`, " +":guilabel:`Weekly`, or :guilabel:`Monthly`. You can also select the web " +"service from which you want to retrieve the latest currency rates by " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:69 +msgid "Exchange difference entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically records exchange differences entries on dedicated " +"accounts, in a dedicated journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:74 +msgid "" +"You can define which journal and accounts to use to **post exchange " +"difference entries** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Default Accounts` and editing the " +":guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Gain Account`, and :guilabel:`Loss Account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If you receive a payment for a customer invoice one month after it was " +"issued, the exchange rate has likely changed since. Therefore, this " +"fluctuation implies some profit or loss due to the exchange difference, " +"which Odoo automatically records in the default **Exchange Difference** " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Each account can have a set currency. By doing so, all moves relevant to the" +" account are forced to have that account's currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Charts of " +"Accounts` and select a currency in the field :guilabel:`Account Currency`. " +"If left empty, all active currencies are handled instead of just one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:299 +msgid "Journals" +msgstr "Журнали" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a currency is set on a **journal**, that journal only handles " +"transactions in that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:103 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " -"open the Journal you want to edit, click on *Edit*, and open the *Advanced " -"Settings* tab. In the *Payment Method Types* section, enable **Batch " -"Deposit**, and click on *Save*." +"open the journal you want to edit, and select a currency in the field " +":guilabel:`Currency`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency for the journal to handle." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:113 +msgid "Multi-currency accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:118 +msgid "Invoices, bills, and other documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:120 msgid "" -"Your main bank accounts are automatically configured to process batch " -"payments when you activate the feature." +"For all documents, you can select the currency and journal to use for the " +"transaction on the document itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:58 +msgid "Payment registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To register a payment in a currency other than your company's main currency," +" click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` payment button of your document " +"and, in the pop-up window, select a **currency** in the :guilabel:`Amount` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Select the currency and journal to use before registering the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:143 +msgid "Bank transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:145 +msgid "" +"When creating or importing bank transactions, the amount is in the company's" +" main currency. To input a **foreign currency**, select a currency in the " +":guilabel:`Foreign Currency`. Once selected, enter the :guilabel:`Amount` in" +" your main currency for it to automatically get converted in the foreign " +"currency in the :guilabel:`Amount in Currency field`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "The extra fields related to foreign currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:154 +msgid "" +"When reconciling, Odoo displays both the foreign currency amount and the " +"equivalent amount in your company's main currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:160 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To see **exchange difference journal entries**, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Accounting --> Journals: " +"Miscellaneous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency.rst-1 +msgid "Exchange rate journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:3 +msgid "VAT units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:6 +msgid "This is only applicable to multi-company environments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A **VAT unit** is a group of VAT-taxable enterprises that are legally " +"independent of each other but are closely linked financially, " +"organizationally, and economically and therefore considered the same VAT-" +"taxable enterprise. **VAT units** are not mandatory, but if created, " +"constituent companies of the unit must belong to the same **country**, use " +"the same **currency**, and one company must be designated as the " +"**representative** company of the **VAT unit**. **VAT units** receive a " +"specific **tax ID** intended only for **tax returns**. **Constituent** " +"companies keep their **tax ID** used for **commercial purposes**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enterprise **A** owes €300.000,00 of VAT taxes and enterprise **B** can " +"recover €280.000,00 of VAT taxes. They form up as a **VAT unit** so that the" +" two amounts balance out and must conjointly only pay €20.000,00 of VAT " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To configure a **VAT unit**, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Companies` section, and click " +":guilabel:`Manage Companies`. Select the company to serve the " +"**representative** role, and in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, " +"fill in the mandatory fields for the .XML export when exporting the **tax " +"report**: :guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Address`, :guilabel:`VAT`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "General information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Then, click on the :guilabel:`VAT Units` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"either select an existing **VAT unit**, or create a new one. Enter a " +"**name** for the unit, :guilabel:`Country` of the constituent companies and " +"tax report, the :guilabel:`Companies`, the :guilabel:`Main Company` that " +"serves the **representative** role, and the :guilabel:`Tax ID` of the **VAT " +"unit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT units tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:45 +msgid "Fiscal position" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:47 +msgid "" +"As transactions between constituents of the same **VAT unit** are not " +"subject to VAT, it is possible to create a :doc:`tax mapping (fiscal " +"position) <../taxes/fiscal_positions>` to avoid the application of VAT on " +"inter-constituent transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Be sure a constituent company has been selected before, then go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and " +":guilabel:`Create` a new **fiscal position**. Click the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Mapping` tab, select the :guilabel:`Tax on Product` usually applied for " +"**non-constituent** transactions, and in :guilabel:`Tax to Apply`, select " +"the 0% tax to apply for **constituent** transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Do the same for the :guilabel:`Account Mapping` tab if required, and repeat " +"this process for **each** constituent company on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Depending on your :doc:`localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, taxes may vary from the " +"screenshot displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:0 +msgid "Tax mapping of fiscal position for VAT unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Then, assign the fiscal position by opening the **Contacts** app. Search for" +" a **constituent** company, and open the contact's **card**. Click the " +":guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` " +"field, input the **fiscal position** created for the **VAT unit**. Repeat " +"the process for each **constituent** company card form, on each company " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes/fiscal_positions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The **representative** company can access the aggregated tax report of the " +"**VAT unit** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, and selecting the **VAT unit** in :guilabel:`Tax Unit`. This report" +" contains the aggregated transactions of all **constituents** and the .XML " +"export contains the name and VAT number of the **main** company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/vat_units.rst-1 +msgid "VAT unit tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 +msgid "Payments" +msgstr "Платежі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, payments can either be linked automatically to an invoice or bill " +"or be stand-alone records for use at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:10 +msgid "" +"If a payment is **linked to an invoice or bill**, it reduces the amount due " +"of the invoice. You can have multiple payments related to the same invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:13 +msgid "" +"If a payment is **not linked to an invoice or bill**, the customer has an " +"outstanding credit with your company, or your company has an outstanding " +"debit with a vendor. You can use those outstanding amounts to reduce unpaid " +"invoices/bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`Internal transfers <payments/internal_transfers>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 +msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank Configuration <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-" +"configuration-1880>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:24 +msgid "Registering payment from an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:26 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment` in a customer invoice or " +"vendor bill, it generates a new journal entry and changes the amount due " +"according to the amount of the payment. The counterpart is reflected in an " +"outstanding receipts or payments account. At this point, the customer " +"invoice or vendor bill is marked as :guilabel:`In payment`. Then, when the " +"outstanding account is reconciled with a bank statement line, the invoice or" +" vendor bill changes to the :guilabel:`Paid` status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The information icon near the payment line displays more information about " +"the payment. You can access additional information, such as the related " +"journal, by clicking on :guilabel:`View`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See detailed information of a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The customer invoice or vendor bill should be in the status " +":guilabel:`Posted` to register the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Register payment`, you can select the amount to " +"pay and make a partial or full payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"If your main bank account is set as :ref:`outstanding account " +"<bank/outstanding-accounts>`, and the payment is made in Odoo (not related " +"to a bank statement), invoices and bills are directly registered in the " +"status :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:46 +msgid "" +"If you unreconciled a payment, it still appears in your books but is no " +"longer linked to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If you (un)reconcile a payment in a different currency, a journal entry is " +"automatically created to post the currency exchange gains/losses (reversal) " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you (un)reconcile a payment and an invoice having cash basis taxes, a " +"journal entry is automatically created to post the cash basis tax (reversal)" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:57 +msgid "Registering payments not tied to an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When a new payment is registered via the menu :menuselection:`Customers / " +"Vendors --> Payments`, it is not directly linked to an invoice or bill. " +"Instead, the account receivable or the account payable are matched with the " +"outstanding account until they are manually matched with their related " +"invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:65 +msgid "Matching invoices and bills with payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:67 +msgid "" +"A blue banner appears when you validate a new invoice or bill and there is " +"an outstanding payment for this specific customer or vendor. It can easily " +"be matched from the invoice or the bill by clicking on :guilabel:`ADD` under" +" :guilabel:`Outstanding Credits` or :guilabel:`Outstanding Debits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Shows the ADD option to reconcile an invoice or a bill with a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The invoice or bill is now marked as :guilabel:`In payment` until it is " +"reconciled with the bank statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +msgid "Batch payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " +":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " +"deposit checks to the bank or for SEPA Payments. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Batch Payments` or " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Batch Payments`. In the list view" +" of payments, you can select several payments and group them in a batch by " +"clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +msgid "Payments matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " +"invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " +"one by one, doing the matching of all their payments and invoices at once. " +"You can reach this tool from the :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> " +"Customer Invoices / Vendor Bills`, and click on :guilabel:`⋮` and select " +":guilabel:`Payments Matching`, or by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Reconciliation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 +msgid "" +"During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " +"debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" +" needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +msgid "Batch payments matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " +"specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Aged Receivable / Aged " +"Payable`. You now see all transactions that have not been reconciled yet, " +"and when you select a customer or vendor, the :guilabel:`Reconcile` option " +"is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst-1 +msgid "See the reconcile option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " +":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " +"bank statement line to have the transaction finalized and the invoice or " +"bill marked as :guilabel:`Paid`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments by bank deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A **batch deposit** is a convenient way to group customer payments and " +"deposit them into your bank account. The feature lets you list multiple " +"payments and generate a detailed deposit slip with a batch reference. This " +"reference can be used when reconciling to match bank statement lines with " +"transactions in the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer" +" Payments` and tick :guilabel:`Batch Payments` to activate the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:17 msgid "Deposit multiple payments in batch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:42 -msgid "Record payments to deposit in batch" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:20 +msgid "Register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Register the payments <recording>` on the bank account on which you " -"plan to deposit them by opening the *Customer Invoice* for which you " -"received a payment, and clicking on *Register Payment*. There, select the " -"appropriate Journal linked to your bank account and select *Batch Deposit* " -"as Payment Method." +"Before performing a batch deposit, it is necessary to register each " +"transaction's payment. To do so, open the corresponding customer invoice and" +" click :guilabel:`Register Payment`. In the pop-up window, select the " +":guilabel:`Journal` linked to your bank account and :guilabel:`Batch " +"Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:53 -msgid "Do this step for all checks or payments you want to process in batch." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Registering a customer payment as part of a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:56 -msgid "Make sure to write the payment reference in the **Memo** field." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:32 +msgid "Add payments to a batch deposit" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:59 -msgid "Add payments to a Batch Deposit" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:34 msgid "" -"To add the payments to a Batch Deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" -" Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click on *Create*. Next, select the Bank" -" and Payment Method, then click on *Add a line*." +"To add payments to a batch deposit, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Batch Payments`, and click :guilabel:`New`. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Bank` and choose :guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Filling out a new inbound batch payment form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:42 msgid "" -"Select all payments to include in the current Batch Deposit and click on " -"*Select*. You can also record a new payment and add it to the list by " -"clicking on *Create*." +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the pop-up window, tick all payments to " +"include in the batch deposit, then click :guilabel:`Select`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting all payments to include in the batch deposit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:49 +msgid "Once done, click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the batch deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:52 msgid "" -"Once done, click on *Validate* to finalize your Batch Deposit. You can then " -"click on *Print* to download a PDF file to include with the deposit slip " -"that the bank usually requires to fill out." +"Click :guilabel:`Print` to download a PDF file to include with the deposit " +"slip." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:57 msgid "" -"Once the bank statements are on your database, you can reconcile the bank " -"statement line with the *Batch Payment* reference. To do so, start your " -"**Bank Reconciliation** by going to your Accounting dashboard and clicking " -"on *Reconcile Items* on the related bank account. At the bank statement " -"line, click on *Choose counterpart or Create Write-off* to display more " -"options, open the *Batch Payments* tab, and select your Batch Payment. All " -"related payments are automatically added." +"Once the bank transactions are on your database, you can reconcile bank " +"statement lines with the batch payment. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and click :guilabel:`Reconcile Items` on " +"the related bank account. Go to the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to select" +" a specific batch and click :guilabel:`Validate` to finalize the process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst-1 +msgid "Reconciling the batch payment with all its transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:67 msgid "" -"The *Batch Payments* tab won't appear if a Partner is selected for this bank" -" statement line." +"If a specific payment could not be processed by the bank or is missing, " +"remove the related payment before reconciling." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:95 -msgid "" -"If a check, or a payment, couldn't be processed by the bank and is missing, " -"remove the related payment before validating the bank reconciliation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`recording`" -msgstr ":doc:`recording`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch.rst:72 msgid ":doc:`batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 -msgid "Batch Payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" -msgstr "Групові платежі: Прямий дебет SEPA (SDD)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:3 +msgid "Batch payments: SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:5 msgid "" "SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " -"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in EURO." -" With **SEPA Direct Debit**, your customers can sign a **mandate** that " -"authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. This is " -"particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." +"the European Union for simplification of bank transfers denominated in " +"euros. With **SEPA Direct Debit** (SDD), your customers can sign a mandate " +"that authorizes you to collect future payments from their bank accounts. " +"This is particularly useful for recurring payments based on a subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate XML files containing " -"pending payments made with an SDD mandate." +"You can record customer mandates in Odoo, and generate `.xml` files " +"containing pending payments made with an SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" "SDD is supported by all SEPA countries, which includes the 27 member states " "of the European Union as well as additional countries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:0 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_." +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"<https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other/epc-list-" +"sepa-scheme-countries>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:22 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate " -"**SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)** and click on *Save*. Enter your company's " -"**Creditor Identifier**. This number is provided by your bank institution, " -"or the authority responsible for delivering them." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"activate :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit (SDD)`, and click on :guilabel:`Save`." +" Enter your company's :guilabel:`Creditor Identifier`. This number is " +"provided by your bank institution, or the authority responsible for " +"delivering them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 +msgid "Add a SEPA Creditor Identifier to Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:32 msgid "SEPA Direct Debit Mandates" msgstr "Мандати прямого дебету SEPA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:35 msgid "Create a mandate" msgstr "Створіть" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:37 msgid "" -"The SEPA Direct Debit Mandate is the document that your customers sign to " -"authorize you to collect money directly from their bank accounts." -msgstr "" -"Мандат прямого дебету SEPA - це документ, який підписують ваші клієнти для " -"авторизації вас для отримання грошей прямо з їхніх банківських рахунків." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:39 -msgid "" -"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " -"Direct Debit Mandates`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +"The :abbr:`SDD (sepa direct debit)` Mandate is the document that your " +"customers sign to authorize you to collect money directly from their bank " +"accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:40 msgid "" -"Export the PDF file by clicking on *Print*. It is then up to your customer " -"to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file in the **Original " -"Document** field, and click on *Validate* to start running the mandate." +"To create a new mandate, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers " +"--> Direct Debit Mandates`, on :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the form. " +"Export the PDF file by clicking on :guilabel:`Print`. It is then up to your " +"customer to sign this document. Once done, upload the signed file and click " +"on :guilabel:`Validate` to start running the mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:46 msgid "" "Make sure that the **IBAN bank accounts details** are correctly recorded on " -"the debtor’s contact form, under the *Accounting* tab, and in your own " -":doc:`Bank Account <../../bank/setup/bank_accounts>` settings." +"the debtor’s contact form, under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in your" +" own :doc:`Bank Account <../bank>` settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a Payment Method" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:50 +msgid "SEPA Direct Debit as a payment method" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:52 msgid "" -"SEPA Direct Debit can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce**" -" or on the **Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Acquirer**. " -"With this method, your customers can create and sign their mandates " -"themselves." +"SDD can be used as a payment method both on your **eCommerce** or on the " +"**Customer Portal** by activating SDD as a **Payment Provider**. With this " +"method, your customers can create and sign their mandates themselves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:56 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Acquirers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " -"needs." +"Providers`, click on *SEPA Direct Debit*, and set it up according to your " +"needs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Payment Acquirers`, click on :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:62 msgid "" -"Make sure to change the **State** field to *Enabled*, and to check **Online " -"Signature**, as this is necessary to let your customers sign their mandates." +"Make sure to change the :guilabel:`State` field to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " +"to check :guilabel:`Online Signature`, as this is necessary to let your " +"customers sign their mandates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:65 msgid "" "Customers using SDD as payment method get prompted to add their IBAN, email " "address, and to sign their SEPA Direct Debit mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:73 -msgid "Add link to future **Payment Acquirer** documentation." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:69 +msgid "Add link to future **Payment Provider** documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:72 msgid "Close or revoke a mandate" msgstr "Закрийте чи скасуйте мандат" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:74 msgid "" -"Direct Debit mandates are closed automatically after their *End Date*. If " -"this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being *Active* until it is " -"*Closed* or *Revoked*." +"Direct debit mandates are closed automatically after their :guilabel:`End " +"Date`. If this field is left blank, the mandate keeps being **Active** until" +" it is **Closed** or **Revoked**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:77 msgid "" -"Clicking on **Close** updates the mandate’s end day to the current day. This" -" means that invoices issued after the present day will not be processed with" -" an SDD payment." +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Close` updates the mandate’s end day to the current " +"day. This means that invoices issued after the present day will not be " +"processed with an SDD payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:80 msgid "" -"Clicking on **Revoke** disables the mandate immediately. No SDD payment can " -"be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. However, payments " -"that have already been registered are still included in the next SDD XML " -"file." +"Clicking on :guilabel:`Revoke` disables the mandate immediately. No SDD " +"payment can be registered anymore, regardless of the invoice’s date. " +"However, payments that have already been registered are still included in " +"the next SDD `.xml` file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:85 msgid "" -"Once a mandate has been *closed* or *revoked*, it cannot be reactivated." +"Once a mandate has been :guilabel:`closed` or :guilabel:`revoked`, it cannot" +" be reactivated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:96 -msgid "Get paid with SDD Batch Payments" -msgstr "Отримуйте платежі з Груповими платежами SDD" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:88 +msgid "Get paid with SEPA Direct Debit batch payments" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:93 msgid "" "You can register SDD payments for invoices issued to customers who have an " "active SDD mandate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:95 msgid "" -"To do so, open the invoice, click on *Register Payment*, and choose *SEPA " -"Direct Debit* as payment method." +"To do so, open the invoice, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and " +"choose :guilabel:`SEPA Direct Debit` as payment method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:107 -msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit XML files to submit payments" -msgstr "Створіть XML-файли Прямого дебету SEPA, щоб надати платежі" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:99 +msgid "Generate SEPA Direct Debit `.XML` files to submit payments" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:101 msgid "" -"**XML files** with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " +"`.xml` files with all SDD payment instructions can be uploaded to your " "online banking interface to process all payments at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:105 msgid "" "The files generated by Odoo follow the SEPA Direct Debit **PAIN.008.001.02**" -" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank Implementation " -"Guidelines, which ensures compatibility with the banks." +" specifications, as required by the SEPA customer-to-bank `implementation " +"guidelines <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" +"library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-customer-psp-" +"implementation>`_, which ensures compatibility with the banks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:110 msgid "" -"To generate your XML file for the pending SDD payments, go to the related " -"*bank journal* on your *Accounting dashboard*, then click on *Direct Debit " -"Payments to Collect*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб створити XML-файл для очікуваних платежів SDD, перейдіть на пов'язаний " -"*банківський журнал* на вашій *панелі приладів Бухобліку*, потім натисніть " -"на *Платежі прямого дебету для отримання*." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Select all the payments you want to include in your SDD XML file, then click" -" on *Action* and select *Create Batch Payment*." +"To generate your `.xml` file of multiple pending SDD payments, you can " +"create a batch payment. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> " +"Customers --> Payments`, select the needed payments, then click on " +":guilabel:`Action`, and finally :guilabel:`Create a batch Payment`. Once you" +" click on :guilabel:`Validate`, the `.xml` file is directly available for " +"download." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Odoo then takes you to your *Batch Payment*’s form. Click on *Validate* and " -"download the SDD XML file." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst-1 +msgid "Generate an .XML file for your SDD payments in Odoo Accounting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:119 msgid "" "Finally, upload this file to your online banking interface to process the " "payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:122 msgid "" -"You can retrieve all the generated SDD XML files by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Customers --> Batch " -"Payments`." +"You can retrieve all the generated SDD `.xml` files by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Customers --> Batch Payments`." msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати усі створені XML-файли SDD, перейшовши у " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Клієнти --> Групові платежі`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:126 msgid ":doc:`batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:128 msgid "" -"`Odoo Academy: SEPA Direct Debit Mandates (SDD) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" +"`List of all SEPA countries " +"<https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-library/other/epc-list-" +"sepa-scheme-countries>`_" msgstr "" -"`Академія Odoo: Мандати прямого дебету SEPA (SDD) " -"<https://www.odoo.com/r/Zxs>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:130 msgid "" -"`List of all SEPA countries <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu" -"/document-library/other/epc-list-sepa-scheme-countries>`_" +"`Sepa guidelines <https://www.europeanpaymentscouncil.eu/document-" +"library/implementation-guidelines/sepa-credit-transfer-inter-psp-" +"implementation-guidelines>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:3 -msgid "Register customer payments by checks" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:3 +msgid "Checks" +msgstr "Перевірки" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks. Odoo support both " -"approaches so that you can use the one that better fits your habits." +"There are two ways to handle payments received by checks in Odoo, either by " +"using :ref:`outstanding accounts <checks/outstanding-account>` or by " +":ref:`bypassing the reconciliation process <checks/reconciliation-bypass>`." msgstr "" -"Є два способи обробки платежів, оплачених чеками. Odoo підтримує обидва " -"підходи, щоб ви могли використовувати той, який краще відповідає вашим " -"звичкам." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Undeposited Funds:** once you receive the check, you record a payment by " -"check on the invoice. (using a Check journal and posted on the Undeposited " -"Fund account) Then, once the check arrives in your bank account, move money " -"from Undeposited Funds to your bank account." +"**Using outstanding accounts is recommended**, as your bank account balance " +"stays accurate by taking into account checks yet to be cashed." msgstr "" -"**Незараховані кошти:** як тільки ви отримаєте чек, ви зараховуєте платіж " -"чеком на рахунок-фактуру. (використовуючи журнал Чек та розміщуючи на " -"рахунку незараховані кошти). Після того, як чек надійде на ваш банківський " -"рахунок, перемістіть гроші з незарахованих коштів на свій банківський " -"рахунок." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:13 msgid "" -"**One journal entry only:** once your receive the check, you record a " -"payment on your bank, paid by check, without going through the **Undeposited" -" Funds**. Once you process your bank statement, you do the matching with " -"your bank feed and the check payment, without creating a dedicated journal " -"entry." +"Both methods produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the " +"process. But if you have checks that have not been cashed in, the " +"**Outstanding Account** method reports these checks in the **Outstanding " +"Receipts** account. However, funds appear in your bank account whether or " +"not they are reconciled, as the bank value is reflected at the moment of the" +" bank statement." msgstr "" -"**Одноразовий запис журналу:** після того, як ви отримаєте чек, ви заносите " -"платіж у ваш банк, сплачуючи чеком, не проходячи через **незараховані " -"кошти**. Щойно ви обробляєте виписку з банку, ви виконуєте узгодження за " -"допомогою банківського каналу та чекового платежу, не створюючи спеціального" -" журнального запису." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:20 +msgid ":ref:`Outstanding accounts <bank/outstanding-accounts>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:21 +msgid ":ref:`Bank reconciliation <accounting/reconciliation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:26 +msgid "Method 1: Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:28 msgid "" -"We recommend the first approach as it is more accurate (your bank account " -"balance is accurate, taking into accounts checks that have not been cashed " -"yet). Both approaches require the same effort." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` by check on the invoice. Then, when your bank " +"account is credited with the check's amount, you reconcile the payment and " +"statement to move the amount from the **Outstanding Receipt** account to the" +" **Bank** account." msgstr "" -"Ми рекомендуємо перший підхід, оскільки він є більш точним (баланс вашого " -"банківського рахунку точний, беручи до уваги чеки, які ще не були " -"нараховані). Обидва підходи потребують однакових зусиль." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"Even if the first method is cleaner, Odoo support the second approach " -"because some accountants are used to it (quickbooks and peachtree users)." +"You can create a new payment method named *Checks* if you would like to " +"identify such payments quickly. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`, click the :guilabel:`Incoming " +"Payments` tab, and :guilabel:`Add a line`. As :guilabel:`Payment Method`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual`, enter `Checks` as name, and :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"Навіть якщо перший спосіб є більш зрозумілим, Odoo підтримує другий підхід, " -"оскільки його використовують деякі бухгалтери (користувачі QuickBooks і " -"Peachtree)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:41 +msgid "Method 2: Reconciliation bypass" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:43 msgid "" -"You may have a look at the *Deposit Ticket feature* if you deposit several " -"checks to your bank accounts in batch." +"When you receive a check, you :doc:`record a payment " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` on the related invoice. The amount is then moved " +"from the **Account Receivable** to the **Bank** account, bypassing the " +"reconciliation and creating only **one journal entry**." msgstr "" -"Можливо, ви подивитеся на *Функцію депозитного квитка*, якщо ви внесете " -"кілька групових перевірок на свої банківські рахунки." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:36 -msgid "Option 1: Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Варіант 1: незараховані кошти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:41 -msgid "Create a journal **Checks**" -msgstr "Створіть журнал **Чеки**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:43 -msgid "Set **Undeposited Checks** as a defaut credit/debit account" -msgstr "" -"Встановіть **Незараховані чеки** як дебет рахункового/дебетового рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:47 msgid "" -"Set the bank account related to this journal as **Allow Reconciliation**" +"To do so, you *must* follow the following setup. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals --> Bank`. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Incoming Payments` tab and then :guilabel:`Add a line`, " +"select :guilabel:`Manual` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and enter `Checks` " +"as :guilabel:`Name`. Click the toggle menu button, tick " +":guilabel:`Outstanding Receipts accounts`, and in the :guilabel:`Outstanding" +" Receipts accounts` column, and set the :guilabel:`Bank` account for the " +"**Checks** payment method." msgstr "" -"Встановіть банківський рахунок, пов'язаний із цим журналом, як **Дозволити " -"узгодження**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:109 -msgid "From check payments to bank statements" -msgstr "Від перевірки платежів до банківських виписок" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Bypass the Outstanding Receipts account using the Bank account." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:61 +msgid "By default, there are two ways to register payments made by check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:63 +msgid "**Manual**: for single checks;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:64 +msgid "**Batch**: for multiple checks at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:66 msgid "" -"The first way to handle checks is to create a check journal. Thus, checks " -"become a payment method in itself and you will record two transactions." +"This documentation focuses on **single-check** payments. For **batch " +"deposits**, see :doc:`the batch payments documentation <batch>`." msgstr "" -"Перший спосіб обробляти чеки - це створити чековий журнал. Таким чином, чек " -"стає способом оплати сам по собі, і ви будете записувати дві транзакції." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:69 msgid "" -"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice and click on " -"**Register Payment**. Fill in the information about the payment:" +"Once you receive a customer check, go to the related invoice " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Customer --> Invoices)`, and click " +":guilabel:`Register Payment`. Fill in the payment information:" msgstr "" -"Отримавши перевірку клієнта, перейдіть до відповідного рахунку-фактури та " -"натисніть **Зареєструвати платіж**. Заповніть інформацію про платіж:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal: Bank`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:73 msgid "" -"Payment method: Check Journal (that you configured with the debit and credit" -" default accounts as **Undeposited Funds**)" +":guilabel:`Payment method`: :guilabel:`Manual` (or **Checks** if you have " +"created a specific payment method);" msgstr "" -"Спосіб оплати: перевірте журнал (який ви налаштовували за допомогою " -"дебетових і кредитних дебіторських рахунків як **Незараховані кошти**)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:60 -msgid "Memo: write the Check number" -msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Memo`: enter the check number;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:65 -msgid "This operation will produce the following journal entry:" -msgstr "Ця операція видасть наступний запис журналу:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:76 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst-1 +msgid "Check payment info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The generated journal entries are different depending on the payment " +"registration method chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:87 +msgid "Outstanding account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`In Payment` as soon as you record the " +"payment. This operation produces the following **journal entry**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:123 msgid "Statement Match" msgstr "Узгодження виписки" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:70 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:127 msgid "100.00" msgstr "100.00" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:72 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -msgid "Undeposited Funds" -msgstr "Незареєстровані кошти " +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:76 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts" +msgstr "Неузгоджені вхідні платежі" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:75 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:121 -msgid "The invoice is marked as paid as soon as you record the check." -msgstr "" -"Рахунок-фактура позначається як сплачений, як тільки ви записуєте чек." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:100 msgid "" -"Then, once you get the bank statements, you will match this statement with " -"the check that is in Undeposited Funds." +"Then, once you receive the bank statements, match this statement with the " +"check of the **Outstanding Receipts** account. This produces the following " +"**journal entry**:" msgstr "" -"Потім, як тільки ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви узгоджуєте це " -"твердження за допомогою чеків, які знаходяться в незарахованих коштах." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:125 msgid "X" msgstr "X" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:111 msgid "" "If you use this approach to manage received checks, you get the list of " -"checks that have not been cashed in the **Undeposit Funds** account " +"checks that have not been cashed in the **Outstanding Receipt** account " "(accessible, for example, from the general ledger)." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими чеками, ви " -"отримуєте перелік чеків, які не були зараховані в на рахунок **Незарахованих" -" коштів** (доступні, наприклад, з головної бухгалтерської книги)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Both methods will produce the same data in your accounting at the end of the" -" process. But, if you have checks that have not been cashed, this one is " -"cleaner because those checks have not been reported yet on your bank " -"account." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:115 +msgid "Reconciliation bypass" msgstr "" -"Обидва методи дадуть ті самі дані у вашому обліку в кінці процесу. Але якщо " -"у вас є чеки, які не були виплачені готівкою, це є чистіше, оскільки на цих " -"банківських рахунках ще не повідомлялося про ці чеки." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:100 -msgid "Option 2: One journal entry only" -msgstr "Варіант 2: лише один журнал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:117 msgid "" -"These is nothing to configure if you plan to manage your checks using this " -"method." +"The invoice is marked as :guilabel:`Paid` as soon as you record the check." msgstr "" -"Ці налаштування неможливі, якщо ви плануєте керувати вашими чеками за " -"допомогою цього методу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:114 -msgid "**Payment method:** the bank that will be used for the deposit" -msgstr "**Спосіб оплати**: банк, який буде використовуватися для депозиту" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:116 -msgid "Memo: write the check number" -msgstr "Призначення: напишіть номер чеку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/checks.rst:119 msgid "" -"Once you will receive the bank statements, you will do the matching with the" -" statement and this actual payment. (technically: point this payment and " -"relate it to the statement line)" +"With this approach, you bypass the use of **outstanding accounts**, " +"effectively getting only one journal entry in your books and bypassing the " +"reconciliation:" msgstr "" -"Після того, як ви отримаєте банківські виписки, ви зробите узгодження " -"виписки та цим фактичним платежем. (технічно: вкажіть цей платіж і пов'яжіть" -" його з рядком виписки)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:127 -msgid "" -"With this approach, you will get the following journal entry in your books:" -msgstr "За допомогою цього підходу ви отримаєте наступний запис журналу:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:139 -msgid "" -"You may also record the payment directly without going on the customer " -"invoice, using the menu :menuselection:`Sales --> Payments`. This method may" -" be more convenient if you have a lot of checks to record in a batch but you" -" will have to reconcile entries afterwards (matching payments with invoices)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:3 +msgid "Follow-up on invoices" msgstr "" -"Ви також можете зареєструвати платіж безпосередньо, не переходячи до " -"рахунку-фактури клієнта, скориставшись меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Платежі`. Цей метод може бути більш зручним, якщо у вас багато чеків для " -"групового запису, але вам доведеться узгодити записи пізніше (відповідні " -"платежі з рахунками-фактурами)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/check.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you use this approach to manage received checks, you can use the report " -"**Bank Reconciliation Report** to verify which checks have been received or " -"paid by the bank. (this report is available from the **More** option from " -"the Accounting dashboard on the related bank account)." +"A follow-up message can be sent to customers when a payment is overdue. Odoo" +" helps you identify late payments and allows you to schedule and send the " +"appropriate reminders using **follow-up actions** that automatically trigger" +" one or more actions according to the number of overdue days. You can send " +"your follow-ups via different means, such as email, post, or SMS." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте цей підхід для керування отриманими чеками, ви можете" -" використовувати **Звіт узгодження банківської виписки**, щоби перевірити, " -"які банки отримали чи сплатили чеки. (цей звіт доступний у розділі " -"**Додатково** на інформаційній панелі бухобліку на відповідному банківському" -" рахунку)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up on invoices and get paid faster" -msgstr "Нагадуйте про рахунки та отримуйте оплату швидше" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:11 msgid "" -"It is essential for your business to collect payments when they are overdue." -" Odoo will help you identify payments that are late and will allow you to " -"send the appropriate reminders." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Follow-up " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-follow-up-1682>`_" msgstr "" -"Важливо, щоби ваша компанія отримувала платежі, коли вони протерміновані. " -"Odoo допоможе вам визначити платежі, які затримуються, і дозволить вам " -"надсилати відповідні нагадування." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:10 -msgid "Manage your follow-ups" -msgstr "Керування вашими нагадуваннями" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:16 msgid "" -"We recommend that you reconcile your bank statements before launching your " -"follow-up process. It will avoid you the trouble of sending a statement to a" -" customer that has already paid you." +"To configure a :guilabel:`Follow-Up Action`, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Follow-up Levels`, and " +"select or create (a) new follow-up level(s). Several follow-up actions are " +"available by default under the :guilabel:`Notification` tab, and the " +"**name** as well as the **number of days** can be changed. The follow-up " +":guilabel:`Actions` available are:" msgstr "" -"Ми рекомендуємо узгодити виписки з банку перед запуском процесу подальших " -"дій. Це дозволить уникнути труднощів при надсиланні виписки клієнту, який " -"вже заплатив вам." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Send Email`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:22 +msgid ":ref:`Send a Letter <customer_invoices/snailmail>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:23 +msgid ":ref:`Send an SMS message <pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:25 msgid "" -"The overdue invoices you need to follow-up on are available by default in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Sales --> Follow-up Reports`. There, you can " -"easily send a reminder by email or print it as a letter. Then, you can click" -" on the *Done* button to view the next follow-up that needs your attention." +"You can use a pre-filled template for your messages by selecting a " +":guilabel:`Content Template`. To change the template used, hover over the " +"field and click the :guilabel:`-->`. If enabled, SMS messages have a " +"specific :guilabel:`Sms Template` field." msgstr "" -"Протерміновані рахунки-фактури, які потрібно оплатити, доступні за " -"замовчуванням у :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Продажі --> Звіти про " -"нагадування`. Там ви можете легко надіслати нагадування електронною поштою " -"або роздрукувати його як лист. Після цього можна натиснути кнопку *Готово*, " -"щоби переглянути нагадування, які потребують вашої уваги." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:29 msgid "" -"Otherwise, if now is not the time for a reminder, click on *Remind me " -"later*. You will get the next report according to the *Next Reminder Date* " -"set on the statement." +"It is possible to automatically send a reminder by enabling the " +":guilabel:`Automatic` option, and attaching the *open* invoice(s) by " +"enabling :guilabel:`Attach Invoices`, within a specific follow-up action." msgstr "" -"Якщо зараз не час для нагадування, натисніть кнопку *Нагадати пізніше*. Ви " -"отримаєте наступний звіт згідно з *Наступною датою нагадування*, " -"встановленою на виписці." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:33 msgid "" -"To avoid sending too many reminders in a short period of time, change the " -"number of days calculated between each report by going to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment " -"Follow-up`." +"By clicking on the :guilabel:`Activity` tab, scheduling activities (tasks) " +"is possible. That way, an activity is automatically scheduled when the " +"follow-up is triggered. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Schedule Activity`, and " +"select a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for the task. Choose an " +":guilabel:`Activity Type`, and enter a :guilabel:`Summary` on how to handle " +"the activity, if desired." msgstr "" -"Щоб уникнути частих надсилань нагадувань за короткий проміжок часу, змініть " -"кількість днів, обчислених між кожним звітом, перейшовши до меню " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Платіжне " -"нагадування`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:40 msgid "" -"You can also set a trust level for your customers by marking them as bad, " -"normal or good debtors on the follow-up reports." +"Set a negative number of days to send a reminder before the actual due date." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити рівень довіри для ваших клієнтів, позначивши їх " -"як поганих, нормальних або добрих боржників у звітах про нагадування." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:40 -msgid "Send reminders in batch" -msgstr "Надсилання групових нагадувань" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:43 +msgid "Follow-up reports" +msgstr "Звіти нагадування" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:45 msgid "" -"To get your follow-up process easier, you can send reminder emails in batch " -"from your follow-up reports page. Select all the reports you would like to " -"process, click on *Action* and then on *Process Follow-ups*. A pdf document " -"containing all of the follow-up letters for you to print will also be " -"automatically generated." +"Overdue invoices you need to follow up on are available in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Follow-up Reports`. By default," +" Odoo filters by :guilabel:`Overdue Invoices`, but you can also filter by " +":guilabel:`In need of action` in the :guilabel:`Filters` menu." msgstr "" -"Щоби полегшити процес відстеження, ви можете надіслати електронні листи з " -"нагадуванням групою зі сторінки звітів про нагадування. Виберіть усі звіти, " -"які потрібно обробити, натисніть *Дія*, а потім *Виконати нагадування*. " -"Також буде автоматично створено PDF-документ, що містить всі листи, які ви " -"можете надрукувати." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:52 -msgid "Plan a follow-up process" -msgstr "Планування нагадувань" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:49 msgid "" -"To plan a follow-up process, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Follow-up Levels* feature " -"under the *Customer Payments* section. Then, click on the new *Follow-up " -"Levels* button that has appeared on your settings page." +"When selecting an invoice, you can see all of the customer's unpaid invoices" +" (overdue or not), with the due dates of late invoices appearing in red. You" +" can exclude invoices from a reminder by clicking :guilabel:`Exclude from " +"Follow-ups`. You can set either :guilabel:`Automatic` or :guilabel:`Manual` " +"reminders as well as a :guilabel:`Responsible` person for that customer." msgstr "" -"Щоби спланувати нагадування, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> " -"Налаштування --> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію *Рівні нагадувань* в " -"розділі *Платежі клієнтів*. Потім натисніть кнопку *Рівні нагадувань*, яка " -"з'явилася на сторінці налаштувань." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:54 msgid "" -"A follow-up plan with several actions is available by default in Odoo, but " -"you can customize it any way you want. Depending on a specific number of " -"overdue days, plan to send an email, a letter or to undertake a manual " -"action. You can also edit the template used for the statement according to " -"the stage of the process." +"To send reminders, click on :guilabel:`Follow up`, and select the action(s) " +"you want to perform from:" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням в Odoo доступний план нагадувань з кількома діями, але ви " -"можете налаштувати його так, як хочете. Залежно від певної кількості " -"протермінованих днів плануємо надіслати електронний лист, лист або здійснити" -" ручну дію. Ви також можете редагувати шаблон, який використовується для " -"виписки відповідно до етапу процесу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/followup.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sms`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`By post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:62 msgid "" -"If you would like to get a reminder before the actual due date, set a " -"negative number of due days." +"You can :guilabel:`Attach Invoices` and change the content templates from " +"this view. When done, click :guilabel:`Send` or :guilabel:`Send & Print`." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви бажаєте отримати нагадування перед фактичною датою, встановіть " -"від'ємне число днів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Online Payment" -msgstr "Виставити рахунок на онлайн-оплату" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The contact information on the invoice or the contact form is used to send " +"the reminder." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:67 +msgid "" +"When the reminder is sent, it is documented in the chatter of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If it is not the right time for a reminder, you can specify the " +":guilabel:`Next Reminder` date. You will get the next report according to " +"the next reminder date set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all bank statements right before launching the follow-up process " +"to avoid sending a reminder to a customer that has already paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:76 +msgid "Debtor's trust level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To know whether a customer usually pays late or not, you can set a trust " +"level by marking them as :guilabel:`Good Debtor`, :guilabel:`Normal Debtor`," +" or :guilabel:`Bad Debtor` on their follow-up report. To do so, click on the" +" bullet next to the customer's name and select a trust level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst-1 +msgid "Set debtor's trust level" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:86 +msgid "Send reminders in batches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You can send reminder emails in batches from the :guilabel:`Follow-up " +"Reports` page. To do so, select all the reports you would like to process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon, and select :guilabel:`Process " +"follow-ups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../../../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/follow_up.rst:95 +msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/snailmail`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:3 +msgid "Forecast future bills to pay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can manage payments by setting automatic **Payments Terms** and" +" **follow-ups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:8 +msgid "Configuration: payment terms" +msgstr "Налаштування: умови оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In order to track vendor conditions, we use **Payment Terms** in Odoo. They " +"allow keeping track of due dates on invoices. Examples of **Payment Terms** " +"are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:13 +msgid "50% within 30 days" +msgstr "50% протягом 30 днів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:14 +msgid "50% within 45 days" +msgstr "50% протягом 45 днів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To create them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Invoicing: Payment Terms` and click on :guilabel:`Create` to add new terms " +"or click existing ones to modify them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Payment Terms <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/payment-" +"terms-1679?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Once **Payment Terms** are defined, you can assign them to your vendor by " +"default. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Vendors --> Vendors`, select a " +"vendor, click the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select a specific " +"**Payment Term**. This way, every time you purchase from this vendor, Odoo " +"automatically proposes the chosen Payment Term." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:29 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a specific Payment Term on a vendor, you can still set one" +" on the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:32 +msgid "Forecast bills to pay with the aged payable report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To track amounts to be paid to the vendors, use the **Aged Payable** report." +" To access it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Partner " +"Reports: Aged Payable`. This report gives you a summary per vendor of the " +"amounts to pay, compared to their due date (the due date being computed on " +"each bill using the terms). This report tells you how much you will have to " +"pay within the following months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:41 +msgid "Select bills to pay" +msgstr "Виберіть рахунки для оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can get a list of all your vendor bills by going to " +":menuselection:`Vendors --> Bills`. To view only the bills that you need to " +"pay, click :menuselection:`Filters --> Bills to Pay`. To view only overdue " +"payments, select the :guilabel:`Overdue` filter instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/forecast.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also group bills by their due date by clicking :menuselection:`Group" +" By --> Due Date` and selecting a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Internal transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, internal money transfers can be made in a few clicks. You need at " +"least either two bank accounts, two cash journals, or one bank account and " +"one cash journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"An internal transfer account is automatically created on your database based" +" on your company's localization and depending on your country’s legislation." +" If needed, the default :guilabel:`Internal transfer account` can be " +"modified by going to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and then under the :guilabel:`Default Accounts` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:17 +msgid "" +"At least two bank accounts are needed to make internal transfers. Refer to " +":doc:`Bank and cash accounts section <../bank>` to see how to add an " +"additional bank account to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "Register an internal transfer from one bank to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Let's say you have two bank accounts registered on your database and you " +"want to transfer 1,000 USD from Bank A to Bank B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:28 +msgid "Log an internal transfer" +msgstr "Введіть внутрішній переказ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the Accounting Dashboard, click on the drop-down selection button " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) on one of your banks. In the :guilabel:`New` column click on" +" :guilabel:`Internal Transfer` and enter the information related to the " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Fill in the information related to your internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:39 +msgid "Fill in the :guilabel:`Memo` field for automatic reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` and :guilabel:`Confirm` to register your internal transfer." +" The money is now booked in the transfer account and another payment is " +"**automatically** created in the destination journal (Bank B)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:46 +msgid "Bank journal (Bank A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:55 +msgid "Outstanding Payments account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:144 +msgid "$1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:75 +msgid "**Internal transfer account**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:146 +msgid "**$1,000**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "Automated booking - Bank journal (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:72 +msgid "Outstanding Receipts account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There are one outstanding payment and one outstanding receipt pending in " +"your two bank account journals, because the bank statement confirming the " +"sending and receiving of the money has not been booked yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Outstanding Payments/Receipts pending bank statement booking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:91 +msgid "Manage and reconcile bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The next step is to book the bank statements to finalize the transaction by " +"creating, :doc:`importing <../bank/transactions>`, or :doc:`synchronizing " +"<../bank/bank_synchronization>` your :guilabel:`Transactions lines`. Fill in" +" the :guilabel:`Ending balance` and click on the :guilabel:`Reconcile` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Transaction lines to be filled in prior to reconciliation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`../bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In the next window, choose counterparts for the payment - in this example, " +"the outstanding payment account - then click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Reconcile your payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Bank journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:122 +msgid "Outstanding Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:125 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK A)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The same steps must be repeated once you receive the bank statement related " +"to Bank B. Book and reconcile your bank statement lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:142 +msgid "Outstanding Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/internal_transfers.rst:145 +msgid "Bank Account (BANK B)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:3 +msgid "Pay several bills at once" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers the possibility of grouping multiple bills' payments into one, " +"facilitating the reconciliation process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:13 +msgid "Group payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To register the payment of multiple bills at once, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. Then, select the " +"bills you wish to register a payment for by **ticking** the boxes next to " +"the bills. When done, either click :guilabel:`Register Payment` or " +":menuselection:`Action --> Register Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 +msgid "Register payment button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:25 +msgid "Payments can only be registered for :guilabel:`posted` bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When registering the payments, a **pop-up window** appears. From here, you " +"can either create **separate payments** for each bill all at once by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`, *or* create one payment by combining " +"**all** bills' payments. To **combine** all payments, tick the " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Group Payments` option only appears when selecting two or " +"more bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst-1 +msgid "Group payments options when registering a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When selecting :guilabel:`Group Payments`, the :guilabel:`amount, currency, " +"date and memo` are all set automatically, but you can modify them according " +"to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:43 +msgid "Partial group payments with cash discounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:45 +msgid "" +"In case of **partial group payments with cash discounts**, you can follow " +"the steps found on the :doc:`cash discount documentation page " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts>`. Make " +"sure to apply the :doc:`payment terms " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms>` to the " +"**bills** *instead* of the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:53 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/payment_terms`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:5 +msgid "Online payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:11 msgid "" "To make it more convenient for your customers to pay the invoices you issue," " you can activate the **Invoice Online Payment** feature, which adds a *Pay " @@ -19031,622 +8392,449 @@ msgid "" "making the payment process much easier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Acquirers are correctly configured " -"<payment_acquirers/configuration>`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider choice after having clicked on \"Pay Now\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Payment Providers are correctly configured " +"<payment_providers/configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:26 msgid "" "By default, \":doc:`Wire Transfer " -"</applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " -"Payment Acquirer activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " +"</applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer>`\" is the only " +"Payment Provider activated, but you still have to fill out the payment " "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:29 msgid "" "To activate the Invoice Online Payment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" " Configuration --> Settings --> Customer Payments`, enable **Invoice Online " "Payment**, and click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:33 msgid "Customer Portal" msgstr "Клієнтський портал" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:35 msgid "" "After issuing the invoice, click on *Send & Print* and send the invoice by " "email to the customer. They will receive an email with a link that redirects" " them to the invoice on their **Customer Portal**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "Email with a link to view the invoice online on the Customer Portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:42 msgid "" -"They can choose which Payment Acquirer to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." +"They can choose which Payment Provider to use by clicking on *Pay Now*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/online_payment.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst-1 +msgid "\"Pay now\" button on an invoice in the Customer Portal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:3 -msgid "Different ways to record a payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:3 +msgid "Install the patch to disable online invoice payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a payment can either be linked directly to an invoice or be a stand" -" alone record for use on a later date:" +"Following recent changes in Odoo 16, you might be warned that disabling the " +":guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting will uninstall modules. If you " +"want to disable the feature without uninstalling modules, follow the steps " +"below to install the module **Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment " +"Patch**." msgstr "" -"В Odoo платіж може бути або безпосередньо пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " -"або самостійним реєстром для використання на пізніший термін:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a payment is linked to an invoice, it reduces the amount due of the " -"invoice. You can have multiple payments linked to the same invoice." +"If your Odoo database is created after the module **Payment - Account / " +"Invoice Online Payment Patch** was released, you don't have anything to do." msgstr "" -"Якщо платіж пов'язаний із рахунком-фактурою, тоді зменшується суму рахунка-" -"фактури. Ви можете мати кілька платежів, пов'язаних з одним рахунком-" -"фактурою." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:0 msgid "" -"If a payment is not linked to an invoice, the customer has an outstanding " -"credit with your company, or your company as an outstanding balance with a " -"vendor. You can use this outstanding credit/debit to pay future invoices or " -"bills." +"To check if the module is already installed, go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove " +"the `Apps` filter, and search for `account_payment`. If the module **Payment" +" - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch** is present and marked as " +"installed, your Odoo database is already up-to-date and you are able to " +"disable the feature without side-effect." msgstr "" -"Якщо платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, клієнт має вичерпний кредит з" -" вашою компанією або вашою компанією як непогашену кінцеву оплату з " -"постачальником. Ви можете використовувати цей непогашений кредит/дебет для " -"оплати майбутніх рахунків." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:18 -msgid "Paying an invoice" -msgstr "Оплата рахунка-фактури" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:19 +msgid "Update Odoo to the latest release" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:21 msgid "" -"If you register a payment on a customer invoice or a vendor bill, the " -"payment is automatically reconciled with the invoice reducing the amount " -"due." +"The possibility to disable the :guilabel:`Invoice Online Payment` setting " +"without side-effect is made available through a new Odoo module; to be able " +"to install it, you must make sure that your Odoo source code is up-to-date." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви зареєструєте платіж на рахунку-фактурі або рахунку постачальника, " -"платіж автоматично узгоджується з рахунком-фактурою, що зменшує суму сплати." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:25 msgid "" -"The green icon near the payment line will display more information about the" -" payment. From there you can choose to open the journal entry or reconcile " -"the payment." +"If you use Odoo on Odoo.com or Odoo.sh platform, your code is already up-to-" +"date and you can proceed to the next step." msgstr "" -"Зелена іконка біля рядка платежу відображатиме додаткову інформацію про " -"платіж. Звідти ви можете вибрати, аби відкрити запис журналу або узгодити " -"платіж." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you unreconcile a payment, it is still registered in your books but not " -"linked to the specific invoice any longer. If you unreconcile a payment in a" -" different currency, Odoo will create a journal entry to reverse the " -"Currency Exchange Loss/Gain posted at the time of reconciliation." +"If you use Odoo with an on-premise setup or through a partner, you must " +"update your installation as detailed in :doc:`this documentation page " +"</administration/maintain/update>`, or by contacting your integrating " +"partner." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не схвалюєте платіж, він все ще зареєстрований у ваших журналах, але" -" більше не пов'язаний з конкретним рахунком-фактурою. Якщо ви не схвалюєте " -"платіж в іншій валюті, Odoo створить журнал, щоб змінити втрату/здобуток " -"валютної біржі, розміщену під час узгодження." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:38 -msgid "Payments not tied to an invoice" -msgstr "Платежі, не пов'язані з рахунком-фактурою" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:33 +msgid "Update the list of available modules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:41 -msgid "Registering a payment" -msgstr "Реєстрація платежу" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:35 msgid "" -"In the Accounting application, you can create a new payment from the Sales " -"menu (register a customer payment) or the Purchases menu (pay a vendor). If " -"you use these menus, the payment is not linked to an invoice, but can easily" -" be reconciled on an invoice later on." +"New modules must be *discovered* by your Odoo instance to be available in " +"the **Apps** menu." msgstr "" -"У модулі Бухоблік ви можете створити новий платіж в меню Продажі " -"(зареєструвати платіж клієнта) або в меню Купівля (оплатити постачальнику). " -"Якщо ви користуєтеся цими меню, платіж не пов'язаний з рахунком-фактурою, " -"але його можна легко узгодити з рахунком-фактурою пізніше." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:37 msgid "" -"When registering a new payment, you must select a customer or vendor, the " -"payment method, and the amount of the payment. The currency of the " -"transaction is defined by the payment method. If the payment refers to a " -"document (sale order, purchase order or invoice), set the reference of this " -"document in the memo field." +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List`. A wizard will ask for " +"confirmation." msgstr "" -"При реєстрації нового платежу потрібно вибрати клієнта або постачальника, " -"спосіб оплати та суму платежу. Валюта угоди визначається методом оплати. " -"Якщо платіж стосується документа (замовлення на продаж, замовлення на " -"купівлю чи рахунок-фактуру), встановіть посилання на цей документ у полі " -"призначення." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:41 +msgid "Install the module Invoice Online Payment Patch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:44 msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a journal entry will be posted reflecting the transaction " -"just made in the accounting application." +"You should never install new modules in your production database without " +"first testing them in a duplicate or staging environment. For Odoo.com " +"customers, a duplicate database can be created from the database management " +"page. For Odoo.sh users, you should use a staging or duplicate database. For" +" on-premise users, you should use a staging environment---contact your " +"integrating partner for more information regarding how to test a new module " +"in your particular setup." msgstr "" -"Щойно буде підтвердження, буде надруковано запис журналу, що відображає " -"транзакцію, яка була щойно зроблена в бухгалтерському модулі." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:61 -msgid "Reconciling invoice payments" -msgstr "Узгодження платежів рахунків-фактур" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:50 msgid "" -"The easiest way of reconciling a payment with an invoice is to do so on the " -"invoice directly." +"The module should now be available in your :guilabel:`Apps` menu. Remove the" +" ``Apps`` filter and search for ``account_payment``; the module " +":guilabel:`Payment - Account / Invoice Online Payment Patch` should be " +"available for installation. If you cannot find the module after having " +"updated the list of available modules, it means your Odoo source code is not" +" up-to-date; refer to step one of this page." msgstr "" -"Найпростіший спосіб узгодити оплату з рахунком-фактурою - це узгодження " -"безпосередньо на рахунок-фактуру." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/online/install_portal_patch.rst:56 msgid "" -"When validating a new invoice, Odoo will warn you that an outstanding " -"payment for this customer or vendor is available. In this case, you can " -"reconcile this payment to the invoice near the totals at the bottom, under " -"\"Outstanding Payments\"." +"Once the module is installed, disabling the feature will work as intended " +"and will not ask you to uninstall installed applications or modules." msgstr "" -"Підтверджуючи новий рахунок-фактуру, Odoo попередить вас, що непогашений " -"платіж для цього клієнта або постачальника доступний. У такому випадку ви " -"можете узгодити цей платіж з рахунком-фактурою поруч із підсумками у нижній " -"частині під розділом \"Невиплачені платежі\"." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:75 -msgid "Reconciling all your outstanding payments and invoices" -msgstr "Узгодження всіх ваших непогашених платежів та рахунків-фактур" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Pay by checks" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:5 msgid "" -"If you want to reconcile all outstanding payments and invoices at once " -"(instead of doing so one by one), you can use the batch reconciliation " -"feature within Odoo." +"Once you decide to pay a supplier bill, you can select to pay by check. You " +"can then print all the payments registered by check. Finally, the bank " +"reconciliation process will match the checks you sent to suppliers with " +"actual bank statements." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете одночасно узгодити всі непогашені платежі та рахунки-фактури " -"(замість того, щоби робити це по черзі), ви можете використовувати функцію " -"групового узгодження в Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:13 +msgid "Activate checks payment methods" +msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати чеками" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:15 msgid "" -"The batch reconciliation feature is available from the dashboard on the " -"Customer Invoices card and the Vendor Bills card for reconciling Accounts " -"Receivable and Payable, respectively." +"To activate the checks payment method, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Checks`, there you can activate the payment method as well" +" as set up the :guilabel:`Check Layout`. Once activated the " +":guilabel:`Checks` setting, the feature is automatically setup for your " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments`." msgstr "" -"Функція групового узгодження доступна на інформаційній панелі на картці " -"рахунків клієнтів і на картці рахунку постачальників, щоб узгодити " -"дебіторську та кредиторську заборгованість, відповідно." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:21 msgid "" -"The payments matching tool will open all unreconciled customers or vendors " -"and will give you the opportunity to process them all one by one, doing the " -"matching of all their payments and invoices at once." +"Some countries require specific modules to print checks; such modules may be" +" installed by default. For instance, the :guilabel:`U.S. Checks Layout` " +"module is required to print U.S. checks." msgstr "" -"Інструмент відповідності платежу відкриє всіх незацікавлених клієнтів або " -"постачальників, і дасть вам можливість обробити їх по черзі, одночасно " -"виконуючи відповідність усіх ваших платежів і рахунків-фактур." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:26 +msgid "Compatible check stationery for printing checks" +msgstr "Сумісний прилад для друку чеків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:29 +msgid "United States" +msgstr "Сполучені Штати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:31 +msgid "For the United States, Odoo supports by default the check formats of:" +msgstr "Для США Odoo за замовчуванням підтримує формати перевірки:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:33 msgid "" -"During the reconciliation, if the sum of the debits and credits do not " -"match, it means there is still a remaining balance that either needs to be " -"reconciled at a later date, or needs to be written off directly." +"**Quickbooks & Quicken**: check on top, stubs in the middle and bottom;" msgstr "" -"Під час узгодження, якщо сума дебетів та кредитів не співпадає, це означає, " -"що ще є залишок балансу, який потрібно або узгодити пізніше, або потрібно " -"буде безпосередньо списати." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:100 -msgid "Transferring money from one bank account to another" -msgstr "Переказ грошей з одного банківського рахунку на інший" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:34 +msgid "**Peachtree**: check in the middle, stubs on top and bottom;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:35 +msgid "**ADP**: check in the bottom, and stubs on the top." +msgstr "**ADP **: чек внизу, і заголовки зверху." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:38 +msgid "Pay a supplier bill with a check" +msgstr "Оплата рахунку постачальника чеком" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:40 +msgid "Paying a supplier with a check is done in three steps:" +msgstr "Оплата постачальника чеком здійснюється в три етапи:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:42 +msgid "registering a payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:43 +msgid "printing checks in batch for all registered payments" +msgstr "друк чеків пакетом для всіх зареєстрованих платежів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:44 +msgid "reconciling bank statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:47 +msgid "Register a payment by check" +msgstr "Зареєструйте платіж чеком" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:49 msgid "" -"Just like making a customer or vendor payment, you transfer cash internally " -"between your bank accounts from the dashboard or from the menus up top." +"To register a payment, open any supplier bill from the menu " +":menuselection:`Purchases --> Vendor Bills`. Once the supplier bill is " +"validated, you can register a payment. Set the :guilabel:`Payment Method` to" +" :guilabel:`Checks` and validate the payment." msgstr "" -"Подібно тому, як здійснення оплати клієнта чи постачальника, ви переказуєте " -"грошову одиницю між вашими банківськими рахунками з інформаційної панелі або" -" з меню вгорі." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:55 +msgid "Print checks" +msgstr "Друк чеків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:57 msgid "" -"This will take you to the same screen you have for receiving and making " -"payments." +"On your :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` in the :guilabel:`Bank` Journal, " +"you can see the number of checks registered. By clicking on " +":guilabel:`Checks to print` you have got the possibility to print the " +"reconciled checks." msgstr "" -"Це приведе вас до того самого екрану, який ви маєте для отримання та " -"здійснення платежів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_checks.rst:61 msgid "" -"When making an internal transfer from one bank account to another, select " -"the bank you want to apply the transfer from in the dashboard, and in the " -"register payments screen, you select the transfer to account. Do not go " -"through this process again in the other bank account or else you will end up" -" with two journal entries for the same transaction." -msgstr "" -"При здійсненні внутрішньої передачі з одного банківського рахунку на інший, " -"виберіть панель, на якій потрібно застосувати переказ з інформаційної " -"панелі, а на екрані реєстраційних платежів ви виберете перехід на рахунок. " -"Не повторюйте цей процес знову на іншому банківському рахунку, або ж ви " -"отримаєте два записи журналу для однієї транзакції." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`online_payment`" +"To print all checks in batch, select all payments from the list view and " +"click on :guilabel:`Print`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording.rst:126 -msgid ":doc:`followup`" -msgstr ":doc:`followup`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:3 +msgid "Pay with SEPA" +msgstr "Оплачуйте із SEPA" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations.rst:3 -msgid "Declarations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:3 -msgid "Tax Return (VAT Declaration)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:5 msgid "" -"Companies that are registered for **VAT (Value Added Tax)** must file a " -"**Tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their turnover " -"and the regulation of the country in which they are registered. A Tax return" -" - or VAT return - gives the tax authorities information about the taxable " -"transactions made by the company, the *output tax* it has charged its " -"customers, and the *input tax* its vendors have charged it. Based on these " -"values, the company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be " -"refunded." +"SEPA, the Single Euro Payments Area, is a payment-integration initiative of " +"the European Union to simplify bank transfers denominated in euros. SEPA " +"allows you to send payment orders to your bank to automate bank wire " +"transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:9 +msgid "SEPA is supported by the banks of the 27 EU member states, as well as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:11 +msgid "EFTA countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:13 +msgid "Iceland;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:14 +msgid "Liechtenstein;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:15 +msgid "Norway;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:16 +msgid "Switzerland." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:18 +msgid "Non-EEA SEPA countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:20 +msgid "Andorra;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:21 +msgid "Monaco;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:22 +msgid "San Marino;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:23 +msgid "United Kingdom;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:24 +msgid "Vatican City State." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:26 +msgid "Non-EEA territories:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:28 +msgid "Saint-Pierre-et-Miquelon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:29 +msgid "Guernsey;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:30 +msgid "Jersey;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:31 +msgid "Isle of Man." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can find information about VAT and its mechanism on `this page from the " -"European Commission <https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat" -"/what-is-vat_en>`_." +"When paying a bill in Odoo, you can select SEPA mandates as a payment " +"option. At the day's end, you can generate the SEPA file containing all bank" +" wire transfers and send it to the bank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:16 -msgid "add doc about intracom listing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:22 -msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" -msgstr "Періодичність повернення податку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:36 msgid "" -"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo Accounting " -"to compute your Tax Return correctly and also to send you a reminder to " -"never miss a tax return deadline." +"By default, the file follows the SEPA Credit Transfer **'pain.001.001.03'** " +"specifications. This is a well-defined standard among banks. However, for " +"Swiss and German companies, other formats are used " +"**'pain.001.001.03.ch.02'** for Switzerland and **'pain.001.003.03'** for " +"Germany." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:40 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings " -"--> Fiscal Periods`, and go to the **Tax Return Periodicity** section." +"Once the payments are processed by your bank, you can directly import the " +"account statement in Odoo. The bank reconciliation process will seamlessly " +"match the SEPA orders you sent to your bank with actual bank statements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:48 +msgid "Activate SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:50 msgid "" -"**Periodicity**: define here whether you file your tax return each month or " -"every three months." +"To pay suppliers with SEPA, you must activate the **SEPA Credit Transfer** " +"setting. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Vendor Payments: SEPA Credit Transfer (SCT)`. By activating the" +" setting and filling out your company data, you will be able to use the SCT " +"option when paying your vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:56 msgid "" -"**Reminder**: define when Odoo should remind you to file your tax return." +"According to the localization package installed, the **SEPA Direct Debit** " +"and **SEPA Credit Transfer** modules may be installed by default. If not, " +"they need to be :ref:`installed <general/install>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:32 -msgid "**Journal**: select the journal in which to record the tax return." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:60 +msgid "Activate SEPA payment methods on banks" +msgstr "Активізуйте методи оплати SEPA у банках" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:62 msgid "" -"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " -"<../../overview/getting_started/setup>`." +"From the accounting dashboard, click on the drop-down menu (:guilabel:`⋮`) " +"on your bank journal and select :guilabel:`Configuration`. Click the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab, and, if not already present, add " +":guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` under :guilabel:`Payment Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:43 -msgid "Tax Grids" -msgstr "Сітки податків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:66 msgid "" -"Odoo generates Tax Reports based on the **Tax Grids** settings that are " -"configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all the" -" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see on each Journal Item" -" which Tax Grid is used for that transaction." +"Make sure to specify the IBAN account number (domestic account numbers do " +"not work with SEPA) and the BIC (bank identifier code) in the " +":guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:70 +msgid "Registering payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:72 msgid "" -"To configure your taxes' Tax Grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " -"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" -" invoices or credit notes." +"You can register and vendor payments made with SEPA. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Payments`. When creating your " +"payment, select :guilabel:`SEPA Credit Transfer` as the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:76 msgid "" -"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured: a *Fiscal Localization" -" Package* is installed according to the country you select at the creation " -"of your database. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for more" -" information about Fiscal Localization Packages." +"The first time you pay a vendor with SEPA, you have to fill in the " +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` field with the bank name, IBAN, and BIC " +"(Bank Identifier Code). Odoo automatically verifies if the IBAN format is " +"respected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:70 -msgid "Close a tax period" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:73 -msgid "Tax Lock Date" -msgstr "Дата блокування податку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:80 msgid "" -"Any new transaction which accounting date is prior to the **Tax Lock Date** " -"has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful to make" -" sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is closed." +"For future payments to this vendor, Odoo will automatically suggest you the " +"bank account, but it remains possible to select a new one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/pay_sepa.rst:83 msgid "" -"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " -"*Closing Journal Entry*. This way, other users can't modify or add " -"transactions that would have an impact on the Closing Journal Entry, which " -"helps you avoid some tax declaration errors." +"Once your payment is registered, do not forget to confirm it. You can also " +"pay vendor bills from the bill directly using the :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment` button at the top of a vendor bill. The form is the same, but the " +"payment is directly linked to the bill and will be automatically reconciled " +"with it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:83 -msgid "" -"To check the current **Tax Lock Date**, or to edit it, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:144 -msgid "Tax Report" -msgstr "Податковий звіт" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:93 -msgid "" -"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " -"you want to report, open your **Tax Report**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:96 -msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. " -"You can also click on *TAX Report* from your *Accounting Overview*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:99 -msgid "" -"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " -"filter. You can see an overview of your tax report. Then, click on the " -"button *Closing Journal Entry*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:106 -msgid "" -"After having reviewed the generated Journal Entry, click on *Post*. In " -"addition to posting the entry, Odoo automatically creates a PDF file with " -"the **Tax Report** that you can download from the chatter and preview on the" -" right column. It includes all the values to report to the tax authorities, " -"along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:116 -msgid "" -"If you forgot to :ref:`lock your tax date <tax_return_lock>` before clicking" -" on *Closing Journal Entry*, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal " -"period on the same date as the Accounting Date of your entry. This automatic" -" lock happens when you click on *Post*. This safety mechanism can prevent " -"some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually before," -" as described above." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/declarations/tax_returns.rst:124 -msgid ":doc:`../../overview/getting_started/setup`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:3 -msgid "Create a customized reports with your own formulas" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo 13 comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. Creating " -"new reports (such as a tax report or a balance sheet or income statement " -"with specific groupings and layout ) to suit your needs is now easier than " -"ever." -msgstr "" -"Odoo 13 оснащена потужною та зручною системою звітування. Створювати нові " -"звіти (наприклад, податковий звіт, або баланс, або звіт про прибутки та " -"прибутки з певними угрупованнями та компонуванням), щоби відповідати вашим " -"потребам, тепер простіше, ніж будь-коли." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:14 -msgid "Activate the developer mode" -msgstr "Активуйте режим розробника" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In order to have access to the financial report creation interface, the " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` needs to be " -"activated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:20 -msgid "Create your financial report" -msgstr "Створіть свій фінансовий звіт" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"First, you need to create your financial report. To do that, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Financial Reports`" -msgstr "" -"По-перше, вам потрібно створити свій фінансовий звіт. Для цього перейдіть до" -" :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Фінансові звіти`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Once the name is entered, there are two other parameters that need to be " -"configured:" -msgstr "Після введення назви необхідно встановити ще два параметри:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:31 -msgid "**Show Credit and Debit Columns**" -msgstr "**Показати кредитні та дебетові стовпці**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:33 -msgid "**Analysis Period** :" -msgstr "**Аналіз періоду** :" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:35 -msgid "Based on date ranges (e.g. Profit and Loss)" -msgstr "На основі діапазонів дат (напр. Доходи та Витрати)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:37 -msgid "Based on a single date (e.g. Balance Sheet)" -msgstr "На основі однієї дати (напр. Звіт балансу)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Based on date ranges with 'older' and 'total' columns and last 3 months " -"(e.g. Aged Partner Balances)" -msgstr "" -"На основі діапазонів дат зі стовпцями \"старі\" та \"загальні\" та останніми" -" 3 місяцями (наприклад, Звіт розрахунків з партнерами)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:42 -msgid "Bases on date ranges and cash basis method (e.g. Cash Flow Statement)" -msgstr "" -"На основі діапазонів дат та нарахування касовим методом (наприклад, Звіт про" -" рух грошових коштів)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:46 -msgid "Add lines in your custom reports" -msgstr "Додайте рядки у власні звіти" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:48 -msgid "" -"After you've created the report, you need to fill it with lines. They all " -"need a **name**, a **code** (that is used to refer to the line), a " -"**sequence number** and a **level** (Used for the line rendering)." -msgstr "" -"Після створення звіту потрібно заповнити його рядками. Всім їм потрібна " -"**назва**, **код** (який використовується для позначення рядків), " -"**порядковий номер** і рівень (використовується для рендерингу рядка)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In the **formulas** field you can add one or more formulas to assign a value" -" to the balance column (and debit and credit column if applicable – " -"separated by ;)" -msgstr "" -"У полі **формул** ви можете додати одну чи кілька формул, щоби призначити " -"значення для колонки балансу (а дебетовий та кредитний стовпчик, якщо " -"потрібно, розділений;)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:59 -msgid "You have several objects available in the formula :" -msgstr "У формулі є декілька об'єктів:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"``Ndays`` : The number of days in the selected period (for reports with a " -"date range)." -msgstr "" -"``Nднів`` : кількість днів у вибраному періоді (для звітів з діапазоном " -"дат)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Another report, referenced by its code. Use ``.balance`` to get its balance " -"value (also available are ``.credit``, ``.debit`` and ``.amount_residual``)" -msgstr "" -"Інший звіт, на який посилається його код. Використовуйте ``.balance`` для " -"отримання значення балансу (також доступні ``.credit``, ``.debit`` та " -"``.amount_residual``)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:68 -msgid "" -"A line can also be based on the sum of account move lines on a selected " -"domain. In which case you need to fill the domain field with an Odoo domain " -"on the account move line object. Then an extra object is available in the " -"formulas field, namely ``sum``, the sum of the account move lines in the " -"domain. You can also use the group by field to group the account move lines " -"by one of their columns." -msgstr "" -"Рядок також може базуватися на сумі рядків переміщення рахунку у вибраному " -"домені. У цьому випадку вам потрібно заповнити поле домену доменом Odoo в " -"об'єкті переміщення профілю. Тоді в полі формул доступний додатковий об'єкт," -" а саме ``sum``, сума рядків переміщення рахунку в домені. Ви також можете " -"використовувати групу за полями для групування рядків переміщення рахунку за" -" одним зі стовпців." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:75 -msgid "Other useful fields :" -msgstr "Інші корисні поля:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:77 -msgid "**Type** : Type of the result of the formula." -msgstr "**Тип** : тип результату формули." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:79 -msgid "" -"**Is growth good when positive** : Used when computing the comparison " -"column. Check if growth is good (displayed in green) or not." -msgstr "" -"**Чи добре зростання чи погане**: використовується при обчисленні стовпчика " -"порівняння. Перевірте, чи є зростання хорошим (відображається зеленим " -"кольором) чи ні." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:82 -msgid "" -"**Special date changer** : If a specific line in a report should not use the" -" same dates as the rest of the report." -msgstr "" -"**Спеціальна зміна дат**: якщо певний рядок у звіті не повинен " -"використовувати ті самі дати, що й решта частина звіту." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:85 -msgid "" -"**Show domain** : How the domain of a line is displayed. Can be foldable " -"(``default``, hidden at the start but can be unfolded), ``always`` (always " -"displayed) or ``never`` (never shown)." -msgstr "" -"**Показати домен**: як відображається домен рядка. Можна згортати (``за " -"замовчуванням``, приховано на початку, але може бути розгорнуто), ``завжди``" -" (завжди відображається) або ``ніколи`` (ніколи не відображається)." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/customize.rst:90 -msgid ":doc:`main_reports`" -msgstr ":doc:`main_reports`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:8 msgid "Main reports available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:10 msgid "" "Besides the reports created specifically in each localisation module, a few " "very useful **generic** and **dynamic reports** are available for all " @@ -19655,47 +8843,43 @@ msgstr "" "Окрім звітів, створених спеціально в кожному локальному модулі, доступні " "кілька дуже корисних **загальних** та **динамічних звітів** для всіх країн:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:14 msgid "**Balance Sheet**" msgstr "**Бухгалтерський звіт**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:15 msgid "**Profit and Loss**" msgstr "**Доходи та витрати**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:11 -msgid "**Chart of Account**" -msgstr "**План рахунку**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:16 msgid "**Executive Summary**" msgstr "**Управлінський звіт**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:17 msgid "**General Ledger**" msgstr "**Загальна бухгалтерська книга**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:18 msgid "**Aged Payable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з кредиторами**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:19 msgid "**Aged Receivable**" msgstr "**Розрахунки з дебіторами**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:20 msgid "**Cash Flow Statement**" msgstr "**Звіт про рух грошових коштів**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:21 msgid "**Tax Report**" msgstr "**Податковий звіт**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:22 msgid "**Bank Reconciliation**" msgstr "**Узгодження банківських виписок**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:24 msgid "" "You can annotate every reports to print them and report to your adviser. " "Export to xls to manage extra analysis. Drill down in the reports to see " @@ -19706,7 +8890,7 @@ msgstr "" "докладніші відомості (платежі, рахунки-фактури, публікації журналів тощо) у " "розділі звітів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:28 msgid "" "You can also compare values with another period. Choose how many periods you" " want to compare the chosen time period with. You can choose up to 12 " @@ -19718,7 +8902,7 @@ msgstr "" "12 періодів з дати опублікування звіту, якщо ви не бажаєте використовувати " "параметр **Попередній 1 Період**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:38 msgid "" "The **Balance Sheet** shows a snapshot of the assets, liabilities and equity" " of your organisation as at a particular date." @@ -19726,11 +8910,11 @@ msgstr "" "У **Бухгалтерському балансі** показано знімок активів, зобов'язань та " "власного капіталу вашої організації за певною датою." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:44 msgid "Profit and Loss" msgstr "Доходи і витрати" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:46 msgid "" "The **Profit and Loss** report (or **Income Statement**) shows your " "organisation's net income, by deducting expenses from revenue for the report" @@ -19739,19 +8923,11 @@ msgstr "" "Звіт про **Доходи та витрати** (або **Звіт про прибутки**) відображає чистий" " дохід вашої організації, вираховуючи витрати з доходу за звітний період." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:49 -msgid "Chart of account" -msgstr "План рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:51 -msgid "A listing of all your accounts grouped by class." -msgstr "Список всіх ваших рахунків, згрупованих за класом." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:53 msgid "Executive Summary" -msgstr "Управлінський звіт" +msgstr "Управлінський підсумок" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:55 msgid "" "The **Executive Summary** allows for a quick look at all the important " "figures you need to run your company." @@ -19759,7 +8935,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Управлінський звіт** дозволяє швидко переглянути всі важливі дані, " "необхідні для керування вашою компанією." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:58 msgid "" "In very basic terms, this is what each of the items in this section is " "reporting :" @@ -19767,15 +8943,15 @@ msgstr "" "У дуже простих термінах, це те, про що повідомляє кожен з пунктів цього " "розділу:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 msgid "**Performance:**" msgstr "**Продуктивність:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:64 msgid "**Gross profit margin:**" msgstr "**Валовий прибуток:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:63 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales (things like labour, materials, etc)." @@ -19784,11 +8960,11 @@ msgstr "" " будь-яких прямих витрат, необхідних для здійснення цих продажів (таких, як " "робоча сировина, матеріали тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:70 msgid "**Net profit margin:**" msgstr "**Чистий прибуток:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:67 msgid "" "The contribution each individual sale made by your business less any direct " "costs needed to make those sales, as well as any fixed overheads your " @@ -19801,11 +8977,11 @@ msgstr "" "плата, електроенергія, податки, які потрібно оплатити в результаті цих " "продажів)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 msgid "**Return on investment (p.a.):**" msgstr "**Повернення інвестицій (прибуток/активи):**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:73 msgid "" "The ratio of net profit made, to the amount of assets the company used to " "make those profits." @@ -19813,15 +8989,15 @@ msgstr "" "Відношення чистого прибутку до суми активів, які компанія використовувала " "для отримання цього прибутку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 msgid "**Position:**" msgstr "**Позиція:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 msgid "**Average debtor days:**" msgstr "**Середній час закриття дебіторської заборгованості:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:77 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes your customers to pay you (fully), " "across all your customer invoices." @@ -19829,11 +9005,11 @@ msgstr "" "Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ваші клієнти платять вам (повністю) по" " всім рахункам клієнтів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 msgid "**Average creditor days:**" msgstr "**Середній час закриття кредиторської заборгованості:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:80 msgid "" "The average number of days it takes you to pay your suppliers (fully) across" " all your bills." @@ -19841,11 +9017,11 @@ msgstr "" "Середня кількість днів, протягом яких ви платите своїм постачальникам " "(повністю) по всім вашим рахункам." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:85 msgid "**Short term cash forecast:**" msgstr "**Короткостроковий готівковий прогноз:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:83 msgid "" "How much cash is expected in or out of your organisation in the next month " "i.e. balance of your **Sales account** for the month less the balance of " @@ -19855,11 +9031,11 @@ msgstr "" "місяця, тобто баланс вашого **рахунку продажу** протягом місяця, за " "вирахуванням залишку **рахунку закупівель** за місяць." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:93 msgid "**Current assets to liabilities:**" msgstr "**Поточні активи до зобов'язань:**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:88 msgid "" "Also referred to as **current ratio**, this is the ratio of current assets " "(assets that could be turned into cash within a year) to the current " @@ -19872,11 +9048,11 @@ msgstr "" "наступному році). Як правило, це використовується як показник здатності " "компанії обслуговувати свої борги." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:98 msgid "General Ledger" -msgstr "Бухгалтерська книга" +msgstr "Загальна бухгалтерська книга" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:100 msgid "" "The **General Ledger Report** shows all transactions from all accounts for a" " chosen date range. The initial summary report shows the totals for each " @@ -19890,11 +9066,11 @@ msgstr "" "детальний звіт про транзакцію або будь-які винятки. Цей звіт корисний для " "перевірки кожної транзакції, яка відбулася протягом певного періоду часу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:111 msgid "Aged Payable" msgstr "Протермінована оплата" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:113 msgid "" "Run the **Aged Payable Details** report to display information on individual" " bills, credit notes and overpayments owed by you, and how long these have " @@ -19904,11 +9080,11 @@ msgstr "" "про окремі рахунки, повернення та переплати за вами, а також про те, скільки" " часу вони не сплачені." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:122 msgid "Aged Receivable" msgstr "Протермінована дебіторська заборгованість" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:124 msgid "" "The **Aged Receivables** report shows the sales invoices that were awaiting " "payment during a selected month and several months prior." @@ -19917,11 +9093,11 @@ msgstr "" " очікували на оплату протягом вибраного місяця та за кілька місяців до " "цього." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:130 msgid "Cash Flow Statement" -msgstr "Виписка руху грошових коштів" +msgstr "Звіт про рух коштів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:132 msgid "" "The **Cash Flow Statement** shows how changes in balance sheet accounts and " "income affect cash and cash equivalents, and breaks the analysis down to " @@ -19931,7 +9107,12 @@ msgstr "" "та доходів впливають на грошові кошти та їх еквіваленти, а також порушує " "аналіз до операційної, інвестиційної та фінансової діяльності." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/overview/main_reports.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:101 +msgid "Tax Report" +msgstr "Податковий звіт" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting.rst:143 msgid "" "This report allows you to see the **net** and **tax amounts** for all the " "taxes grouped by type (sale/purchase)." @@ -19939,255 +9120,2503 @@ msgstr "" "Цей звіт дозволяє переглянути суми **чистих** та **податкових сум** за всі " "податки, згруповані за типом (продаж/купівля)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation.rst:3 -msgid "Taxation" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:3 +msgid "Analytic accounting" +msgstr "Аналітичний бухоблік" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Year" -msgstr "Звітний період" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Do a year end in Odoo (close a fiscal year)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Before going ahead with closing a fiscal year, there are a few steps one " -"should typically take to ensure that your accounting is correct, up to date," -" and accurate:" +"Analytic accounting helps you track costs and revenues, as well as analyze " +"the profitability of a project or service. When creating your journal " +"entries, the analytic widget allows the distribution of costs in one or more" +" analytic accounts." msgstr "" -"Перш ніж закривати річний період, потрібно виконати кілька кроків, щоби " -"переконатися, що ваш бухоблік є правильним, оновленим та точним:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:12 msgid "" -"Make sure you have fully reconciled your **bank account(s)** up to year end " -"and confirm that your ending book balances agree with your bank statement " -"balances." +"Enable the :guilabel:`Analytic Accounting` feature by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Analytics`." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що ви повністю узгодили **банківський рахунок(-и)** до кінця " -"року та підтверджуєте, що ваш баланс на кінцеву дату узгоджується з вашими " -"балансами банківських виписок." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:13 -msgid "Verify that all **customer invoices** have been entered and approved." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:16 +msgid "Analytic accounts" msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що всі **рахунки-фактури клієнтів** були введені та схвалені." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:15 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and agreed all **vendor bills**." -msgstr "Підтвердіть, що ви ввели та узгодили всі **рахунки постачальників**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:18 +msgid "The analytic accounts give an overview of your costs and revenue." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:17 -msgid "Validate all **expenses**, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "Перевірте всі **витрати**, забезпечуючи їх точність." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:20 msgid "" -"Corroborate that all **received payments** have been entered and recorded " -"accurately." +"Access your existing analytic accounts by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Accounts`. To create a new analytic account, click :guilabel:`New`," +" and fill in the required information:" msgstr "" -"Підтвердіть, що всі **отримані платежі** були введені та записані точно." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:25 -msgid "Run a **Tax report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: add the name of your analytic account;" msgstr "" -"Перевірте **Податковий звіт** та переконайтеся, що ваша податкова інформація" -" є правильною." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:27 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**:" -msgstr "Узгодьте усі ваші рахунки зі **Звітом балансу**:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: select the customer related to your project;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:26 msgid "" -"Agree your bank balances in Odoo against your actual bank balances on your " -"statements. Utilize the **Bank Reconciliation** report to assist with this." +":guilabel:`Reference`: add a reference to make it easier to find the account" +" when you are on your bill;" msgstr "" -"Узгодьте свої банківські баланси в Odoo з вашими фактичними залишками " -"балансу на ваших виписках. Використовуйте звіт **Узгодження з банківською " -"випискою**, щоб допомогти цьому." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:28 msgid "" -"Reconcile all transactions in your cash and bank accounts by running your " -"**Aged Receivables** and **Aged Payables** reports." +":guilabel:`Plan`: add an :ref:`analytic plan " +"<analytic_accounting/analytic_plans>`;" msgstr "" -"Підключіть всі транзакції на своїх грошових та банківських рахунках, " -"виконуючи звіти **Розрахунків з кредиторами** та звіти **Розрахунків з " -"дебіторами**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:29 msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, being sure to fully understand the transactions " -"affecting them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include " -"loans and fixed assets." +":guilabel:`Company`: if you are managing multiple companies, select the " +"company for which the analytic account will be used;" msgstr "" -"Перевірте свої рахунки, не забудьте переконатися у тому, які операції " -"впливають на них та характер операцій, переконавшись у включенні кредитів та" -" основних засобів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency of the analytic account;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:33 +msgid "Then, fill in your :doc:`budget <budget>` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:38 +msgid "Analytic plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:40 msgid "" -"Run the optional **Payments Matching** feature, under the **More** dropdown " -"on the dashboard, validating any open **Vendor Bills** and **Customer " -"Invoices** with their payments. This step is optional, however it may assist" -" the year-end process if all outstanding payments and invoices are " -"reconciled, and could lead finding errors or mistakes in the system." +"The analytic plans allow you to analyze your accounting. For example, to " +"track costs and revenues by project or department." msgstr "" -"Виконайте необов'язкову функцію **Співставлення платежів** у спадному меню " -"**Більше** на інформаційній панелі, перевіряючи всі **Рахунки " -"постачальників** та **Рахунки клієнтів** з їхніми платежами. Цей крок є " -"необов'язковим, але це може допомогти у процесі закриття року, якщо всі " -"несплачені платежі та рахунки-фактури будуть узгодженими, то можуть " -"призвести до помилок або помилок у системі." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Your accountant/bookkeeper will likely verify your balance sheet items and " -"book entries for:" +"You can access the analytic plans by going to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: Analytic Plans`. Click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new plan." msgstr "" -"Ваш бухгалтер, ймовірно, підтвердить ваші елементи балансу та запис книг " -"для:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 +msgid "create an analytic plan" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:50 +msgid "The following information must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:52 msgid "" -"Year-end manual adjustments, using the **Adviser Journal Entries** menu (For" -" example, the **Current Year Earnings** and **Retained Earnings** reports)." +":guilabel:`Parent`: link your plan to another :guilabel:`Analytic Plan` to " +"build a hierarchy between your plans;" msgstr "" -"Інструкції з корекції на кінець року, використовуючи меню **Журнальних " -"записів консультантів** (наприклад, звіти **Прибутку поточного періоду** та " -"**Збережені прибутки**)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:56 -msgid "**Depreciation Journal Entries**." -msgstr "**Записи журналу амортизації**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:60 -msgid "**Tax adjustments**." -msgstr "**Податкові корегування**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:54 msgid "" -"If your accountant/bookkeeper is going through end of the year auditing, " -"they may want to have paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as " -"loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales tax statements, etc...) to agree " -"these against your Odoo balances." +":guilabel:`Default Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the " +"widget when creating a new journal entry:" msgstr "" -"Якщо ваш бухгалтер закінчує аудиторську перевірку року, йому можуть " -"знадобитися паперові копії всіх звітів балансу (наприклад, позики, " -"банківські рахунки, передплати, звіти про податок та прибуток тощо), щоби " -"погодити їх з балансом в Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:57 msgid "" -"During this process, it is good practice to set the **Lock date for Non-" -"Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set " -"under the accounting configuration. This way, the accountant can be " -"confident that nobody is changing the previous year transactions while " -"auditing the books." +":guilabel:`Optional`: if selected, it is not mandatory to add the analytic " +"plan in the widget;" msgstr "" -"Під час цього процесу найкращим кроком є ​​встановлення **Дати блокування " -"для не-консультантів** до останнього дня попереднього фінансового року, який" -" встановлюється в налаштуваннях бухобліку. Таким чином, бухгалтер може бути " -"впевненим у тому, що під час аудиту ніхто не змінює операції минулого року." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:77 -msgid "Closing the fiscal year" -msgstr "Закриття звітного періоду" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:58 msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to do a specific year end closing entry in order to" -" close out income statement accounts. The reports are created in real-time, " -"meaning that the **Income statement** corresponds directly with the year-end" -" date you specify in Odoo. Therefore, any time you generate the **Income " -"Statement**, the beginning date will correspond with the beginning of the " -"**Fiscal Year** and the account balances will all be 0." +":guilabel:`Mandatory`: if selected, an orange bullet is visible in the " +"widget next to the plan until the analytic distribution is done (the bullet " +"then turns to green); it is not possible to confirm the entry if no analytic" +" account is selected;" msgstr "" -"В Odoo немає необхідності робити певний запис для закриття року. Звіти " -"створюються в режимі реального часу, що означає, що **Звіт про доходи** " -"безпосередньо відповідає даті кінцевої дати, яку ви вказали в Odoo. Тому, " -"якщо ви створюєте **Звіт про доходи**, початкова дата відповідає початку " -"**Звітного періоду**, а залишок буде 0." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the accountant/bookkeeper has created the journal entry to allocate the" -" **Current Year Earnings**, you should set the **Lock Date** to the last day" -" of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing so, you confirm whether " -"or not the current year earnings in the **Balance Sheet** is correctly " -"reporting a 0 balance." -msgstr "" -"Після того, як бухгалтер створить запис журналу для розподілу **Прибутків " -"поточного періоду**, слід встановити **Дату блокування** до останнього дня " -"звітного періоду. Переконайтеся, що перед тим, як це зробити, ви " -"підтвердили, чи доходи поточного періоду у **Звіті балансу** правильно " -"відповідають нульовому балансу." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/close_fiscal_year.rst:93 -msgid ":doc:`fiscal_year`" +":guilabel:`Unavailable`: if selected, the plan is not available in the " +"widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Fiscal Years" -msgstr "Управління звітним періодом" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:63 msgid "" -"In most cases, the fiscal years last 12 months. If it is your case, you just" -" have to define what is the last day of your fiscal year in the accounting " -"settings. By default, it is set on the 31st December." +":guilabel:`Color`: select the color of the tag related to this specific " +"plan;" msgstr "" -"У більшості випадків звітні періоди тривають 12 місяців. Якщо це ваш " -"випадок, ви просто повинні визначити, який останній день вашого звітного " -"періоду в налаштуваннях бухобліку. За замовчуванням він встановлюється на 31" -" грудня." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: add the company to which the plan applies;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:66 msgid "" -"However, there might be some exceptions. For example, if it is the first " -"fiscal year of your business, it could last more or less than 12 months. In " -"this case, some additional configuration is required." +"You can also fine-tune your plans' applicability by filling in the " +":guilabel:`Applicability` tab:" msgstr "" -"Проте можуть бути деякі винятки. Наприклад, якщо це перший звітний період " -"вашої компанії, він може тривати більше або менше 12 місяців. У цьому " -"випадку потрібна додаткова конфігурація." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:68 msgid "" -"Go in :menuselection:`accounting --> configuration --> settings` and " -"activate the fiscal years." +":guilabel:`Domain`: choose to which accounting document your plan applies;" msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та" -" активуйте звітні періоди." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:69 msgid "" -"You can then configure your fiscal years in :menuselection:`accounting --> " -"configuration --> fiscal years`." +":guilabel:`Financial Accounts Prefix`: select the prefix of the account(s) " +"to which this plan should be applied;" msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете налаштувати ваш звітний період у :menuselection:`Бухобліку " -"--> Налаштування --> Звітний період`." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:71 msgid "" -"You only have to create fiscal years if they last more or less than 12 " -"months." -msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно лише створити звітні періоди, якщо вони тривають більше або " -"менше 12 місяців." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/fiscal_year/fiscal_year.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`close_fiscal_year`" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: decide to which product category the plan " +"applies;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 -msgid "Manage prices for B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicability`: decide how your plan behaves in the widget when " +"creating a new journal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:73 +msgid "" +"entry. The applicability you set here always overrides the default " +"applicability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:75 +msgid "Two smart buttons are available in the top-right corner:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:77 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subplans`: can be created to have a more complex analytic " +"structure. Click the :guilabel:`Subplans` smart button, and then " +":guilabel:`New` to add a subplan;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Accounts`: to reach the analytic accounts related to the" +" plan." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The analytic widget is prefilled based on the applicability, and the " +":ref:`Analytic Distribution Models <analytic_distribution_models>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:84 +msgid "Each analytic plan must have at least one analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:87 +msgid "Analytic distribution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Add a plan in the :guilabel:`Analytic` column when creating an invoice or " +"bill. This field is mandatory only if you previously linked your analytic " +"plan to at least one analytic account. After adding the plan, a **widget** " +"opens where you can fill in the different information. You can add **tags** " +"to reflect the related analytic accounts and decide how to split the costs " +"between the accounts by modifying the percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst-1 +msgid "create a distribution template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:102 +msgid "Analytic distribution models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The analytic distribution models automatically apply a specific distribution" +" based on defined criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To create a new analytic distribution model, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Distribution " +"Models`, click :guilabel:`New` and set the conditions your model has to meet" +" to automatically apply:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounts Prefix`: this analytic distribution will apply to all " +"financial accounts sharing the prefix specified;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partner`: select a partner for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partner Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it " +"by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Partner" +" Category` box. Add the partner category for which the analytic distribution" +" will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select a product for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: this field is not visible by default: add it " +"by clicking on the columns selection button, and tick the :guilabel:`Product" +" Category` box. Select a product category for which the analytic " +"distribution will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic`: add the analytic accounts and their distribution;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:122 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select a company for which the analytic distribution " +"will be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: if the above conditions are met, the " +":guilabel:`Analytic plan` defined in this field as well as the distribution " +"to be applied between the different analytic accounts is selected " +"automatically on the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/analytic_accounting.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To **mass edit** several entries simultaneously, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Journal items`, and select the" +" ones that need to be updated. Add the required distribution in the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` column, and click on the :guilabel:`floppy" +" disk` icon to save. The analytic distribution template pops up, and you can" +" save it for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:3 +msgid "Financial budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing budgets is an essential part of running a business. Budgets help " +"people become more intentional with how money is spent and direct people to " +"organize and prioritize their work to meet financial goals. They allow the " +"planning of a desired financial outcome and then measure the actual " +"performance against the plan. Odoo manages budgets using both **general** " +"and **analytic accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Analytics section`, and enable :guilabel:`Budget Management`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:17 +msgid "Budgetary positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Budgetary positions are lists of accounts for which you want to keep budgets" +" (typically expense or income accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To define budgetary positions, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Management: Budgetary Positions` and :guilabel:`New`. Add " +"a :guilabel:`Name` to your budgetary position and select the " +":guilabel:`Company` it applies to. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add one " +"or more accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Each budgetary position can have any number of accounts from the chart of " +"accounts, though it must have at least one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:32 +msgid "Use case" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:34 +msgid "Let’s illustrate this with an example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:36 +msgid "" +"We just started a project with *Smith & Co*, and we would like to budget the" +" income and expenses of that project. We plan on having a revenue of 1000, " +"and we don’t want to spend more than 700." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:39 +msgid "" +"First, we need to define what accounts relate to our project’s expenses. Go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Management: Budgetary " +"positions`, and click :guilabel:`New` to add a position. Add the accounts " +"wherein expenses will be booked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Let's repeat the steps to create a budgetary position that reflects the " +"revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "display the Smith and Co revenue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:54 +msgid "Analytical accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs to know which costs or expenses are relevant to a specified " +"budget, as the above general accounts may be used for different projects. Go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Accounts` and click :guilabel:`New` to add a new **Analytic " +"Account** called *Smith & Co*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Plan` field has to be completed. Plans group multiple " +"analytic accounts; they distribute costs and benefits to analyze business " +"performance. **Analytic Plans** can be created or configured by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Analytic Accounting: " +"Analytic Plans`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When creating a new customer invoice and/or vendor bill, you have to refer " +"to this analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "add analytic accounts in a new invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:73 +msgid "Define the budget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Let’s set our targets. We specified that we expect to gain 1000 with this " +"project, and we would like not to spend more than 700. Go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and click " +":guilabel:`New` to create a new budget for *Smith & Co* project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:79 +msgid "" +"First, fill in your :guilabel:`Budget Name`. Then, select the " +":guilabel:`Period` wherein the budget is applicable. Next, add the " +":guilabel:`Budgetary Position` you want to track, define the related " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`, and add the :guilabel:`Planned Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst-1 +msgid "budget lines display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When recording a planned amount related to expenses, the amount must be " +"negative." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:91 +msgid "Check your budget" +msgstr "Перевірте свій бюджет" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Management: Budgets` and find the " +"*Smith & Co* Project to see how it evolves according to the expenses or " +"income for the related analytic account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:96 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Practical Amount` evolves when a new journal entry related to" +" your analytic account and an account from your budgetary position is " +"created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/budget.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Theoretical Amount` represents the amount of money you " +"theoretically could have spent or should have received based on the date. " +"For example, suppose your budget is 1200 for 12 months (January to " +"December), and today is 31 of January. In that case, the theoretical amount " +"will be 100 since this is the actual amount that could have been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:3 +msgid "Custom reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo comes with a powerful and easy-to-use reporting framework. The engine " +"allows you to create new reports, such as **tax reports**, or **balance " +"sheets** and **income statements** with **specific groupings** and " +"**layouts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to access the accounting" +" report creation interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To create a new report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Accounting Reports`. From here, you can either create a " +":ref:`root report <customize-reports/root>` or a :ref:`variant <customize-" +"reports/variants>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Accounting reports engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:24 +msgid "Root reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Root reports can be regarded as generic, neutral accounting reports. They " +"serve as models on which local accounting versions are built. If a report " +"has no root report, it is considered to be a root report itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A tax report for Belgium and the US would both use the same generic version " +"as a base and adapt it for their domestic regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:34 +msgid "" +"When creating a new root report, you need to create a **menu item** for it. " +"To do so, open the report and then, on that same report, click on " +":menuselection:`Action --> Create Menu Item`. Refresh the page; the report " +"is now available under :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Cases that require creating a new root report are rare, such as when a " +"country's tax authorities require a new and specific type of report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Create Menu Item button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:49 +msgid "Variants" +msgstr "Варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Variants are country-specific versions of root reports and, therefore, " +"always refer to a root report. To create a variant, select a generic (root) " +"report in the :guilabel:`Root Report` field when creating a new report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:55 +msgid "" +"When a root report is opened from one of the accounting app's main menus, " +"all its variants are displayed in the variant selector in the top right " +"corner of the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In the following image, :guilabel:`VAT Report (BE)` is the variant of the " +"root :guilabel:`Generic Tax report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Report variant selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:67 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Рядки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After having created a report (either root or variant), you need to fill it " +"with lines. You can either create a new one by clicking on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, or modify an existing line by clicking on it. All lines *require* a " +":guilabel:`Name`, and can have an optional additional :guilabel:`Code` (of " +"your choice) if you wish to use their value in formulas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Engine lines options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:79 +msgid "Expressions" +msgstr "Вирази" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Each line can contain one or multiple **expressions**. Expressions can be " +"seen as **sub-variables** needed by a report line. To create an expression, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` *within* a line report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:85 +msgid "" +"When creating an expression, you must attribute a :guilabel:`label` used to " +"refer to that expression. Therefore, it has to be **unique** among the " +"expressions of each line. Both a :guilabel:`Computation Engine` and a " +":guilabel:`Formula` must also be indicated. The **engine** defines how your " +"**formula(s)** and **subformula(s)** are interpreted. It is possible to mix " +"expressions using different computation engines under the same line if you " +"need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:92 +msgid "Depending on the engine, :guilabel:`subformulas` may also be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:95 +msgid "'Odoo Domain' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:97 +msgid "" +"With this engine, a formula is interpreted as an :ref:`Odoo domain " +"<reference/orm/domains>` targeting `account.move.line` objects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The subformula allows you to define how the move lines matching the domain " +"are used to compute the value of the expression:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "`sum`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:104 +msgid "The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:108 +msgid "`sum_if_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " +"amount is positive. Otherwise, it is `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:112 +msgid "`sum_if_neg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The result is the sum of all the balances of the matched move lines if this " +"amount is negative. Otherwise, it is `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:117 +msgid "`count_rows`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The result is the number of sub-lines of this expression. If the parent line" +" has a group-by value, this will correspond to the number of distinct " +"grouping keys in the matched move lines. Otherwise, it will be the number of" +" matched move lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can also put a `-` sign at the beginning of the subformula to " +"**reverse** the sign of the result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Expression line within a line report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:127 +msgid "'Tax Tags' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:129 +msgid "" +"A formula made for this engine consists of a name used to match tax tags. If" +" such tags do not exist when creating the expression, they will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When evaluating the expression, the expression computation can roughly be " +"expressed as: **(amount of the move lines with** `+` **tag)** `-` **(amount " +"of the move lines with** `-` **tag)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:136 +msgid "" +"If the formula is `tag_name`, the engine matches tax tags `+tag_name` and " +"`-tag_name`, creating them if necessary. To exemplify further: two tags are " +"matched by the formula. If the formula is `A`, it will require (and create, " +"if needed) tags `+A` and `-A`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:141 +msgid "'Aggregate Other Formulas' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Use this engine when you need to perform arithmetic operations on the " +"amounts obtained for other expressions. Formulas here are composed of " +"references to expressions separated by one of the four basic arithmetic " +"operators (addition `+`, subtraction `-`, division `/`, and multiplication " +"`*`). To refer to an expression, type in its parent line's **code** followed" +" by a period `.` and the expression's **label** (ex. **code.label**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:149 +msgid "**Subformulas** can be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:153 +msgid "`if_above(CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:157 +msgid "`if_below(CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is lower " +"than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:161 +msgid "`if_between(CUR1(amount1), CUR2(amount2))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:160 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if it is " +"strictly between the provided bounds. Otherwise, it will be brought back to " +"the closest bound." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:166 +msgid "`if_other_expr_above(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"greater than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:171 +msgid "`if_other_expr_below(LINE_CODE.EXPRESSION_LABEL, CUR(amount))`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The value of the arithmetic expression will be returned only if the value of" +" the expression denoted by the provided line code and expression label is " +"lower than the provided bound. Otherwise, the result will be `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:173 +msgid "" +"`CUR` is the currency code in capital letters, and `amount` is the amount of" +" the bound expressed in that currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can also use the `cross_report` subformula to match an expression found " +"in another report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:179 +msgid "'Prefix of Account Codes' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:181 +msgid "" +"This engine is used to match amounts made on accounts using the prefixes of " +"these accounts' codes as variables in an arithmetic expression." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "Arithmetic expressions can also be a single prefix, such as here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10 - 5`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose " +"codes start with `21` and `10`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on " +"accounts with the prefix `5`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:193 +msgid "It is also possible to ignore a selection of sub-prefixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21 + 10\\\\(101, 102) - 5\\\\(57)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula works the same way as the previous example but ignores the " +"prefixes `101`, `102`, and `57`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:200 +msgid "" +"You can apply 'sub-filtering' on **credits and debits** using the `C` and " +"`D` suffixes. In this case, an account will only be considered if its prefix" +" matches, *and* if the total balance of the move lines made on this account " +"is **credit/debit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Account `210001` has a balance of -42 and account `210002` has a balance of " +"25. The formula `21D` only matches the account `210002`, and hence returns " +"25. `210001` is not matched, as its balance is *credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:209 +msgid "Prefix exclusions can be mixed with the `C` and `D` suffixes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D + 10\\\\(101, 102)C - 5\\\\(57)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula adds the balances of the move lines made on accounts whose code" +" starts with `21` *if* it is debit (`D`) and `10` *if* it is credit (`C`), " +"but ignores prefixes `101`, `102`, and subtracts the balance of the ones on " +"accounts with the prefix `5`, ignoring the prefix `57`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To match the letter `C` or `D` in a prefix and not use it as a suffix, use " +"an empty exclusion `()`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`21D\\\\()`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This formula matches accounts whose code starts with `21D`, regardless of " +"their balance sign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:224 +msgid "'External Value' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The 'external value' engine is used to refer to **manual** and **carryover " +"values**. Those values are not stored using `account.move.line`, but with " +"`account.report.external.value`. Each of these objects directly points to " +"the expression it impacts, so very little needs to be done about their " +"selection here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:231 +msgid "**Formulas** can be one of the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the result must be the sum of all the external values in the period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "`most_recent`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:237 +msgid "" +"If the result must be the value of the latest external value in the period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:239 +msgid "In addition, **subformulas** can be used in two ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "`rounding=X`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Replacing `X` with a number instructs to round the amount to X decimals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:246 +msgid "`editable`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Indicates this expression can be edited manually, triggering the display of " +"an icon in the report, allowing the user to perform this action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Manual values are created at the `date_to` currently selected in the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:251 +msgid "Both subformulas can be mixed by separating them with a `;`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "`editable;rounding=2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:0 +msgid "is a correct subformula mixing both behaviors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:258 +msgid "'Custom Python Function' engine" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:260 +msgid "" +"This engine is a means for developers to introduce custom computation of " +"expressions on a case-by-case basis. The formula is the name of a **python " +"function** to call, and the subformula is a **key** to fetch in the " +"**dictionary** returned by this function. Use it only if you are making a " +"custom module of your own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:266 +msgid "Columns" +msgstr "Стовпці" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Reports can have an **indefinite number** of columns to display. Each column" +" gets its values from the **expressions** declared on the **lines**. The " +"field :guilabel:`expression_label` of the column gives the label of the " +"expressions whose value is displayed. If a line has no **expression** in " +"that field, then nothing is displayed for it in this column. If multiple " +"columns are required, you must use different **expression** labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst-1 +msgid "Columns of report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/customize.rst:278 +msgid "" +"When using the **period comparison** feature found under the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab of an accounting report, all columns are repeated in" +" and for each period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:3 +msgid "Data inalterability check report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Tax authorities in some countries require companies to **prove their posted " +"accounting entries are inalterable**, meaning that once an entry has been " +"posted, it can no longer be changed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To do so, Odoo can use the **SHA-256 algorithm** to create a unique " +"fingerprint for each posted entry. This fingerprint is called a hash. The " +"hash is generated by taking an entry's essential data (the values of the " +"`date`, `journal_id`, `company_id`, `debit`, `credit`, `account_id`, and " +"`partner_id` fields), concatenating it, and inputting it to the SHA-256 hash" +" function, which then outputs a fixed size (256-bit) string of characters. " +"The hash function is deterministic (:dfn:`the same input always creates the " +"same output`): any minor modification to the original data would completely " +"change the resulting hash. Consequently, the SHA-256 algorithm is often " +"used, among others, for data integrity verification purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In addition, the previous entry's hash is always added to the next entry to " +"form a **hash chain**. This is used to ensure a new entry is not added " +"afterward between two posted entries, as doing so would break the hash " +"chain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Hashes generated by the SHA-256 algorithm are theoretically not unique, as " +"there is a finite number of possible values. However, this number is " +"exceptionally high: 2²⁵⁶, which is a lot bigger than the number of atoms in " +"the known universe. This is why hashes are considered unique in practice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:30 +msgid "Lock posted entries with hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To start using the hashing function, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration > Journals`. Open the journal for which you want to activate " +"the feature, go to the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and enable " +":guilabel:`Lock Posted Entries with Hash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once you post an entry on a locked journal, you cannot disable the feature " +"anymore, nor edit any posted entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:43 +msgid "Report download" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To download the data inalterability check report, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Reporting` and" +" click on :guilabel:`Download the Data Inalterability Check Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The report's first section is an overview of all your journals and their " +"configuration. Under the inalterability check column, you can see whether or" +" not a journal's posted entries are locked with a hash (V) or not (X). The " +"coverage column tells you when a journal's posted entries started being " +"locked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration report for two journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The second section gives you the result of the data consistency check for " +"each hashed journal. You can view the first hashed entry and its " +"corresponding hash and the last hashed entry and its corresponding hash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/data_inalterability.rst-1 +msgid "Data consistency check report for a journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:3 +msgid "Intrastat" +msgstr "Intrastat" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Intrastat is the data collection and statistics production system for goods " +"traded among EU member states. It collects data on:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Commercial transactions of goods for use, consumption, investment, or resale" +" with ownership transfer;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Goods movements without transfer of ownership (e.g., stock relocations or " +"moves of goods before or after outsourced production or processing, and " +"after maintenance or repair);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:12 +msgid "Returns of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Although the Intrastat system continues to be used, the term Intrastat is " +"not used in the `latest legislation " +"<http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2019/2152/2022-01-01>`_, referring instead to" +" *intra-Union trade in goods statistics*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:20 +msgid "" +"`Eurostat Statistics Explained - Glossary: Intrastat " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/eurostat/statistics-" +"explained/index.php?title=Glossary:Intrastat>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:26 +msgid "General configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enable the Intrastat report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` " +"section, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat` and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:35 +msgid "Default transaction codes: invoice and refund" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can set a default :ref:`transaction code <intrastat/transaction-code>` " +"for all newly created invoice and refund transactions. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select a " +":guilabel:`Default invoice transaction code` and/or a :guilabel:`Default " +"refund transaction code` and then :guilabel:`Save`. The code will be set " +"automatically on all respective invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:45 +msgid "Region code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The region code is **only used by Belgian companies**. Under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +":guilabel:`Company Intrastat Region` where the company is located and then " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If your warehouses are located in more than one region, you can define the " +"region code at the level of each warehouse instead. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, select a " +"warehouse, set its :guilabel:`Intrastat region`, and then :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:0 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat region to a warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:63 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:65 +msgid "" +"All products must be properly configured to be included in the Intrastat " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:70 +msgid "Commodity code" +msgstr "Код товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Commodity codes are internationally recognized reference numbers used to " +"classify goods depending on their **nature**. Intrastat uses the `Combined " +"Nomenclature <https://taxation-customs.ec.europa.eu/customs-4/calculation-" +"customs-duties/customs-tariff/combined-nomenclature_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To add a commodity code, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Products` and select a product. Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set " +"the product's :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:79 +msgid "" +"`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat commodity codes " +"<https://www.nbb.be/en/statistics/foreign-trade/nomenclature-and-codes>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:85 +msgid "Quantity: weight and supplementary unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Depending on the nature of the goods, it is necessary to specify either the " +"product's weight in kilos (without packaging) or the product's supplementary" +" unit, such as square meter (`m2`), number of items (`p/st`), liter (`l`), " +"or gram (`g`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To add a product's weight or supplementary unit, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products` and select a product." +" Under the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, depending on the commodity code set, " +"either fill in the product :guilabel:`Weight` or its " +":guilabel:`Supplementary Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:98 +msgid "Country of origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To add the product's country of origin, go to :menuselection:`Accounting -->" +" Customers --> Products` and select a product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set the :guilabel:`Country of Origin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:106 +msgid "Invoices and bills configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once products are properly configured, several settings must be configured " +"on the invoices and bills you create." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:114 +msgid "Transaction code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Transaction codes are used to identify a transaction's nature. :ref:`Default" +" transaction codes <intrastat/default-transaction-codes>` can be set for " +"invoice and refund transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To set a transaction code on an invoice line, create an invoice or a bill, " +"click the columns selection button, tick :guilabel:`Intrastat`, and use the " +"newly-added :guilabel:`Intrastat` column to select a transaction code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst-1 +msgid "Adding the Intrastat column to an invoice or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:128 +msgid "" +"`National Bank of Belgium - Intrastat: Nature of transactions from January " +"2022 " +"<https://www.nbb.be/doc/dd/onegate/data/new_natures_of_transaction_2022_en.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:134 +msgid "Partner country" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The partner country represents the vendor's country for bills and the " +"customer's country for invoices. It is automatically filled in using the " +"country set in the contact's :guilabel:`Country` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To edit the partner country manually, create an invoice or a bill, click the" +" :guilabel:`Other Info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:146 +msgid "Transport code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:148 +msgid "" +"The transport code identifies the presumed **mode of transport** used to " +"send the goods (arrival or dispatch)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:151 +msgid "" +"To add the transport code, create an invoice or a bill, go to the " +":guilabel:`Other info` tab, and select the :guilabel:`Intrastat Transport " +"Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:157 +msgid "Value of the goods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The value of a good is the untaxed :guilabel:`Subtotal` (:guilabel:`Price` " +"multiplied by :guilabel:`Quantity`) of an invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:165 +msgid "Partner configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Two fields from the partner's contact form are used with Intrastat: " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Country`. The country can be :ref:`manually " +"set <intrastat/partner-country>` on the invoice or bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:172 +msgid "Generate the Intrastat report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Generate the report by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting -->" +" Audit Reports: Intrastat Report`. It is automatically computed based on the" +" :ref:`default configuration <intrastat/general-configuration>` and the " +"information found on the :ref:`products <intrastat/product-configuration>`, " +":ref:`invoices and bills <intrastat/invoice-bill-configuration>`, and " +":ref:`partners <intrastat/partner>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Export the report as a PDF, XLSX, or XML file to post it to your legal " +"administration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Each report line refers to a single invoice line and contains the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:184 +msgid "Invoice or bill reference number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"System, which is a code automatically generated depending on whether the " +"document is an invoice (dispatch) or a bill (arrival);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:187 +msgid "" +":ref:`Country <intrastat/partner-country>`, which is the vendor's country " +"for arrivals and the customer's country for dispatches;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:189 +msgid ":ref:`Transaction Code <intrastat/transaction-code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:190 +msgid "" +"(If your company is located in Belgium) :ref:`Region Code <intrastat/region-" +"code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:191 +msgid ":ref:`Commodity Code <intrastat/commodity-code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:192 +msgid ":ref:`Origin Country <intrastat/origin-country>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:193 +msgid ":ref:`Partner VAT <intrastat/partner>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:194 +msgid ":ref:`Transport Code <intrastat/transport-code>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:195 +msgid ":doc:`Incoterm Code <../customer_invoices/incoterms>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:196 +msgid ":ref:`Weight <intrastat/quantity>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:197 +msgid ":ref:`Supplementary Units <intrastat/quantity>`; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/intrastat.rst:198 +msgid "" +":ref:`Value <intrastat/value>`, which is always expressed in euros even if " +"the original invoice or bill used another currency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:3 +msgid "Silverfin integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Silverfin <https://www.silverfin.com>`_ is a third-party service provider " +"that offers a cloud platform for accountants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo and Silverfin provide an integration to automate the synchronization of" +" data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To configure this integration, you need to input the following data into " +"your Silverfin account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:15 +msgid "user's email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:16 +msgid ":ref:`Odoo API key <silverfin/api-key>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:17 +msgid "URL of the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:18 +msgid "name of your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:23 +msgid "Odoo API key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can create Odoo external API keys either :ref:`for a single database " +"<silverfin/api-singledb>` (hosting: Odoo Online, On-premise, and Odoo.sh) or" +" :ref:`for multiple databases managed by a user <silverfin/api-multipledb>` " +"(hosting: Odoo Online)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:30 +msgid "" +"These API keys are personal and provide full access to your user account. " +"Store it securely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can copy the API key only at its creation, and you cannot retrieve it " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:32 +msgid "If you need it again, create a new API key (and delete the old one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`/developer/reference/external_api`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:40 +msgid "One key per database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new API key valid for a single database, click on the user menu," +" then on :guilabel:`My Profile`. Under the :guilabel:`Account Security` tab," +" click on :guilabel:`New API key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive" +" name to your new key, and copy the new API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:51 +msgid ":ref:`api/external_api/keys`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:56 +msgid "One key for multiple databases (fiduciaries)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new API key valid for all the databases of a single user **(the " +"easiest for fiduciaries)**, navigate to `Odoo's website " +"<https://www.odoo.com>`_ and sign in with your administrator account. Next," +" open `your account security settings in developer mode " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/security?debug=1>`_, click on :guilabel:`New API " +"Key`, confirm your password, give a descriptive name to your new key, and " +"copy the new API key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/silverfin.rst-1 +msgid "creation of an Odoo external API key for an Odoo user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:3 +msgid "Tax carryover" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When performing tax reports, the **tax carryover** feature allows carrying " +"amounts from one period to another without creating new entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:8 +msgid "" +"It has been created to meet the legal requirements of specific locations, " +"where amounts must be transferred from period to period (for example, " +"because the total of the line is negative)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The feature is activated by default in countries where it is required, such " +"as Belgium, France, and Italy. There is no specific configuration required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Let’s take an example of a Belgian company that created a credit note of 100" +" for one of their customers. The due tax is 21%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "Illustration with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In this case, as per local regulation, grid 81 of the tax report may contain" +" a negative amount. But it must be declared to the government as zero, and " +"the negative amount should be carried over to the next period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If we go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Reporting --> Tax Report`, a " +"pop-up on line 81 explains that the amount will be carried over in the next " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "" +"pop-up message stating the amount will be carried over to the next period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst:32 +msgid "" +"At the time of the tax closing period, the tax report shows that the amount " +"was carried over from the previous period. It also indicates the amount that" +" will be carried over to this line in the next period based on the existing " +"transactions and the carryover from the previous period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_carryover.rst-1 +msgid "Illustration of the tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:3 +msgid "Tax return (VAT declaration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Companies with a registered :abbr:`VAT (Value Added Tax)` number must submit" +" a **tax return** on a monthly or quarterly basis, depending on their " +"turnover and the registration regulation. A tax return - or VAT return - " +"gives the tax authorities information about the taxable transactions made by" +" the company. The **output tax** is charged on the number of goods and " +"services sold by a business, while the **input tax** is the tax added to the" +" price when goods or services are purchased. Based on these values, the " +"company can calculate the tax amount they have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can find additional information about VAT and its mechanism on this page" +" from the European Commission: `\"What is VAT?\" " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/what-is-vat_en>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Return Periodicity" +msgstr "Періодичність повернення податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The configuration of the **Tax Return Periodicity** allows Odoo to compute " +"your tax return correctly and also to send you a reminder to never miss a " +"tax return deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Tax Return Periodicity`, you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Periodicity`: define here whether you submit your tax return on a" +" monthly or quarterly basis;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reminder`: define when Odoo should remind you to submit your tax " +"return;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal in which to record the tax return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Configure how often tax returns have to be made in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This is usually configured during the :doc:`app's initial set up " +"<../get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:48 +msgid "Tax Grids" +msgstr "Сітки податків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Odoo generates tax reports based on the :guilabel:`Tax Grids` settings that " +"are configured on your taxes. Therefore, it is crucial to make sure that all" +" recorded transactions use the right taxes. You can see the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Grids` by opening the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab of any invoice and bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "see which tax grids are used to record transactions in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To configure your tax grids, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes`, and open the tax you want to modify. There, you " +"can edit your tax settings, along with the tax grids that are used to record" +" invoices or credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Configure taxes and their tax grids in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Taxes and reports are usually already pre-configured in Odoo: a :ref:`fiscal" +" localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` is installed " +"according to the country you select at the creation of your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:75 +msgid "Close a tax period" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:80 +msgid "Tax Lock Date" +msgstr "Дата блокування податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Any new transaction whose accounting date prior to the :guilabel:`Tax Lock " +"Date` has its tax values moved to the next open tax period. This is useful " +"to make sure that no change can be made to a report once its period is " +"closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Therefore, we recommend locking your tax date before working on your " +":guilabel:`Closing Journal Entry`. This way, other users cannot modify or " +"add transactions that would have an impact on the :guilabel:`Closing Journal" +" Entry`, which can help you avoid some tax declaration errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To check the current :guilabel:`Tax Lock Date`, or to edit it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Actions: Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "Lock your tax for a specific period in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once all the transactions involving taxes have been posted for the period " +"you want to report, open your :guilabel:`Tax Report` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`. " +"Make sure to select the right period you want to declare by using the date " +"filter, this way you can have an overview of your tax report. From this " +"view, you can easily access different formats of your tax report, such as " +"`PDF` and XLSX. These include all the values to report to the tax " +"authorities, along with the amount you have to pay or be refunded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst-1 +msgid "download the PDF with your Tax Report in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you forgot to lock your tax date before clicking on :guilabel:`Closing " +"Journal Entry`, then Odoo automatically locks your fiscal period on the same" +" date as the accounting date of your entry. This safety mechanism can " +"prevent some fiscal errors, but it is advised to lock your tax date manually" +" before, as described above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:70 +msgid ":doc:`../taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/tax_returns.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`../get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:3 +msgid "Year-end closing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Year-end closing is vital for maintaining financial accuracy, complying with" +" regulations, making informed decisions, and ensuring transparency in " +"reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:11 +msgid "Fiscal years" +msgstr "Звітні періоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:13 +msgid "" +"By default, the fiscal year is set to last 12 months and end on December " +"31st. However, its duration and end date can vary due to cultural, " +"administrative, and economic considerations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To modify these values, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section, change the " +":guilabel:`Last Day` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the period lasts *more* than or *less* than 12 months, enable " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Years` and :guilabel:`Save`. Go back to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Periods` section and click :guilabel:`➜ Fiscal Years`. " +"From there, click :guilabel:`Create`, give it a :guilabel:`Name`, and both a" +" :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the set fiscal period is over, Odoo automatically reverts to the " +"default periodicity, taking into account the value specified in the " +":guilabel:`Last Day` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 +msgid "Year-end checklist" +msgstr "Перелік перевірок на кінець року" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:34 +msgid "Before closure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Before closing a fiscal year, ensure first everything is accurate and up-to-" +"date:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Make sure all bank accounts are fully :doc:`reconciled " +"<../bank/reconciliation>` up to year-end, and confirm that the ending book " +"balances match the bank statement balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Verify that all :doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>` have been " +"entered and approved and that there are no draft invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Confirm that all :doc:`vendor bills <../vendor_bills>` have been entered " +"and agreed upon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Validate all :doc:`expenses <../../expenses>`, ensuring their accuracy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Corroborate that all :doc:`received payments <../payments>` have been " +"encoded and recorded accurately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:46 +msgid "Close all :ref:`suspense accounts <bank_accounts/suspense>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Book all :doc:`depreciation <../vendor_bills/assets>` and :doc:`deferred " +"revenue <../customer_invoices/deferred_revenues>` entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:51 +msgid "Closing a fiscal year" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:53 +msgid "Then, to close the fiscal year:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Run a :ref:`tax report <reporting/tax-report>`, and verify that all tax " +"information is correct." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all accounts on the :ref:`balance sheet <reporting/balance-" +"sheet>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Update the bank balances in Odoo according to the actual balances found on " +"the bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Reconcile all transactions in the cash and bank accounts by running the " +":ref:`aged receivables <reporting/aged-receivable>` and :ref:`aged payables " +"<reporting/aged-payable>` reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Audit all accounts, being sure to fully understand all transactions and " +"their nature, making sure to include loans and fixed assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Optionally, run :ref:`payments matching <payments/matching>` to validate any" +" open vendor bills and customer invoices with their payments. While this " +"step is optional, it could assist the year-end closing process if all " +"outstanding payments and invoices are reconciled, potentially finding errors" +" or mistakes in the system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, the accountant likely verifies balance sheet items and book entries " +"for:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:70 +msgid "year-end manual adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:71 +msgid "work in progress," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:72 +msgid "depreciation journal entries," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:73 +msgid "loans," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:74 +msgid "tax adjustments," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:75 +msgid "etc." +msgstr "тощо." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the accountant is going through the year-end audit, they may want to have" +" paper copies of all balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, " +"prepayments, sales tax statements, etc.) to compare these with the balances " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:82 +msgid "" +"During this process, it is good practice to set a :guilabel:`Journal Entries" +" Lock Date` to the last day (inclusive) of the preceding fiscal year by " +"going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Lock Dates`. This " +"way, the accountant can be confident that nobody changes the transactions " +"while auditing the books. Users from the *accountant* access group can still" +" create and modify entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:89 +msgid "Current year's earnings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses a unique account type called **current year's earnings** to " +"display the amount difference between the **income** and **expenses** " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts can only contain one account of this type. By default," +" it is a 999999 account named :guilabel:`Undistributed Profits/Losses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To allocate the current year's earnings, create a miscellaneous entry to " +"book them to any equity account. Once done, confirm whether or not the " +"current year's earnings in the **balance sheet** is correctly reporting a " +"balance of zero. If that is the case, set an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date`" +" to the last day of the fiscal year by going to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Accounting --> Lock Dates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Setting an :guilabel:`All Users Lock Date` is **irreversible** and cannot be" +" removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:108 +msgid "" +"A specific year-end closing entry is **optional** in order to close out the " +"**profit and loss statement**. The reports are created in real-time, meaning" +" that the profit and loss statement corresponds directly with the year-end " +"date specified in Odoo. Therefore, any time the **income statement** is " +"generated, the beginning date corresponds with the beginning of the **fiscal" +" year** and all account balances should equal zero." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:7 +msgid "" +"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," +" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " +"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " +"computations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** define which taxes are automatically selected when there " +"is no other indication about which tax to use. For example, Odoo prefills " +"the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you create a new product or " +"add a new line on an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo fills out the Tax field automatically according to the Default Taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " +"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " +"click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Define which taxes to use by default on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:31 +msgid "" +"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" +" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:38 +msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:40 +msgid "" +"As part of your :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"<fiscal_localizations/packages>`, most of your country's sales taxes are " +"already preconfigured on your database. However, only a few of them are " +"activated by default, so that you can activate only the ones relevant for " +"your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " +"tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Activate pre-configured taxes in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Edition of a tax in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " +"the following table to see where they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Back end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:71 +msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:76 +msgid "Basic Options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:81 +msgid "Tax Name" +msgstr "Назва податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " +"Products, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:89 +msgid "Tax Computation" +msgstr "Розрахунок податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:91 +msgid "**Group of Taxes**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:93 +msgid "" +"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " +"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " +"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " +":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:101 +msgid "**Fixed**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " +"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:106 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " +"fixed* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Product's Sales Price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Price without tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:92 +msgid "Tax" +msgstr "Податок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:251 +msgid "Total" +msgstr "Разом" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:112 +msgid "1,010.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:115 +msgid "**Percentage of Price**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:117 +msgid "" +"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " +"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:120 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 +msgid "1,100.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:130 +msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " +"Total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:134 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:141 +msgid "1,111.11" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:147 +msgid "Active" +msgstr "Активно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:149 +msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:152 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" +" can deactivate them to prevent future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:156 +msgid "" +"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " +"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:162 +msgid "Tax Scope" +msgstr "Сфера податку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:164 +msgid "" +"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " +"where it is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:166 +msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:167 +msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:168 +msgid "**None**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:171 +msgid "" +"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " +"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " +"Sales or Purchase taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:177 +msgid "Definition tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " +"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "Allocate tax amounts to the right accounts and tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:185 +msgid "**Based On**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:187 +msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:188 +msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:190 +msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports <reporting/tax_returns>` " +"automatically, according to your country's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:197 +msgid "Advanced Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:202 +msgid "Label on Invoices" +msgstr "Мітка на рахунках" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:204 +msgid "" +"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " +"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " +"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The Label on Invoices is displayed on each invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:214 +msgid "Tax Group" +msgstr "Група податків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " +":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " +"invoices, and the Customer Portals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " +"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " +"Positions <taxes/fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The Tax Group name is different from the Label on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:225 +msgid "" +"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " +"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." +" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " +"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " +"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:233 +msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" +msgstr "Включити в аналітичні витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:235 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " +"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:241 +msgid "Included in Price" +msgstr "Включено в ціну" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:243 +msgid "" +"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" +" Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:245 +msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " +"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "900.10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "90.9" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:254 +msgid "1,000.00" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:258 +msgid "" +"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," +" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:262 +msgid "" +"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " +"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " +"field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:266 +msgid "" +"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " +"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " +"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:273 +msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" +msgstr "Впливає на базу дочірніх податків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:275 +msgid "" +"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " +"other taxes applied to the same product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:278 +msgid "" +"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" +" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst-1 +msgid "The eco-tax is taken into the basis of the 21% VAT tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:285 +msgid "" +"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " +"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " +"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " +"names." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:0 +msgid "The taxes' sequence in Odoo determines which tax is applied first" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:297 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:298 +msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 +msgid ":doc:`reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:3 +msgid "B2B (tax excluded) and B2C (tax included) pricing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:5 msgid "" "When working with consumers, prices are usually expressed with taxes " "included in the price (e.g., in most eCommerce). But, when you work in a B2B" @@ -20197,7 +11626,7 @@ msgstr "" "ціну (наприклад, у більшості електронної комерції). Але, коли ви працюєте в " "B2B, компанії зазвичай ведуть переговори про ціни без податків." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo manages both use cases easily, as long as you register your prices on " "the product with taxes excluded or included, but not both together. If you " @@ -20211,7 +11640,7 @@ msgstr "" "можете легко виконати замовлення на продаж із ціною, що не включає податки " "(або включає): це просто." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:15 msgid "" "This documentation is only for the specific use case where you need to have " "two references for the price (tax included or excluded), for the same " @@ -20225,16 +11654,16 @@ msgstr "" "співвідношення з цінами із включеним податком та цінами із виключеним " "податком, як показано в даному випадку, у Бельгії з податком у розмірі 21%:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:21 msgid "Your eCommerce has a product at **10€ (taxes included)**" msgstr "" "Ваша електронна комерція має товар на **10 євро (включно з податками)**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:23 msgid "This would do **8.26€ (taxes excluded)** and a **tax of 1.74€**" msgstr "Це буде **8,26 євро (без податків)** та **податок 1,74 євро**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:25 msgid "" "But for the same use case, if you register the price without taxes on the " "product form (8.26€), you get a price with tax included at 9.99€, because:" @@ -20242,11 +11671,11 @@ msgstr "" "Але для того ж випадку, якщо ви реєструєте ціну без податків у формі товару " "(8,26 €), ви отримуєте ціну з податком у розмірі 9,99 €, оскільки:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:29 msgid "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" msgstr "**8.26€ \\* 1.21 = 9.99€**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:31 msgid "" "So, depending on how you register your prices on the product form, you will " "have different results for the price including taxes and the price excluding" @@ -20256,15 +11685,15 @@ msgstr "" "матимете різні результати за ціною, включаючи податки та ціну за винятком " "податків:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:35 msgid "Taxes Excluded: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" msgstr "Податки виключено: **8.26€ & 10.00€**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:37 msgid "Taxes Included: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" msgstr "Податки включено: **8.26€ & 9.99€**" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:40 msgid "" "If you buy 100 pieces at 10€ taxes included, it gets even more tricky. You " "will get: **1000€ (taxes included) = 826.45€ (price) + 173.55€ (taxes)** " @@ -20275,7 +11704,7 @@ msgstr "" "(податки)**, що сильно відрізняється від ціни за одиницю за 8.26€ без " "податку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:45 msgid "" "This documentation explains how to handle the very specific use case where " "you need to handle the two prices (tax excluded and included) on the product" @@ -20285,7 +11714,7 @@ msgstr "" "використання, коли вам потрібно впоратися з двома цінами (без податку та з " "включеним податком) у формі товару в межах однієї компанії." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:50 msgid "" "In terms of finance, you have no more revenues selling your product at 10€ " "instead of 9.99€ (for a 21% tax), because your revenue will be exactly the " @@ -20305,7 +11734,16 @@ msgstr "" "Ви також зробите собі користь, оскільки ви можете керувати всіма податковими" " правами, що менш схильні до помилок і простіше для ваших продавців." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "Вступ" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:65 msgid "" "The best way to avoid this complexity is to choose only one way of managing " "your prices and stick to it: price without taxes or price with taxes " @@ -20323,7 +11761,7 @@ msgstr "" "Обговоріть свої контракти з клієнтами. Це чудово працює \"з коробки\", і у " "вас немає конкретних налаштувань." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:73 msgid "" "If you can not do that and if you really negotiate some prices with tax " "excluded and, for other customers, others prices with tax included, you " @@ -20333,27 +11771,25 @@ msgstr "" "за винятком податків, а для інших покупців - іншими цінами з податком, то " "вам необхідно:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:77 msgid "" -"always store the default price TAX EXCLUDED on the product form, and apply a" -" tax (price included on the product form)" +"always store the default price **tax excluded** on the product form, and " +"apply a tax (price excluded on the product form)" msgstr "" -"завжди зберігайте ціну за замовчуванням, виключену на формі товару, і " -"вказуйте податок (ціна вказана у формі товару)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 -msgid "create a pricelist with prices in TAX INCLUDED, for specific customers" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:80 +msgid "" +"create a pricelist with prices in **tax included**, for specific customers" msgstr "" -"створіть прайслист із цінами із включеним податком, для конкретних клієнтів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:83 msgid "" "create a fiscal position that switches the tax excluded to a tax included" msgstr "" "створіть схему оподаткування, яка переключає ціну без податку на ціну із " "включеним податком" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:86 msgid "" "assign both the pricelist and the fiscal position to customers who want to " "benefit to this pricelist and fiscal position" @@ -20361,17 +11797,17 @@ msgstr "" "призначте як прайслист, так і схему оподаткування клієнтам, які хочуть " "скористатися цією ціною та схемою оподаткування" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:89 msgid "For the purpose of this documentation, we will use the above use case:" msgstr "" "Для цілей цієї документації ми будемо використовувати вищевикладене " "використання:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:91 msgid "your product default sale price is 8.26€ tax excluded" msgstr "ваша ціна за замовчуванням не дорівнює 8.26€" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:93 msgid "" "but we want to sell it at 10€, tax included, in our shops or eCommerce " "website" @@ -20379,11 +11815,44 @@ msgstr "" "але ми хочемо продати його за 10 євро, включаючи ціну, в наших магазинах або" " на сайті електронної комерції" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +msgid "eCommerce" +msgstr "Електронна комерція" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If you only use B2C or B2B prices on your website, simply select the " +"appropriate setting in the **Website** app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If you have both B2B and B2C prices on a single website, please follow these" +" instructions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`General Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open either `Technical / Tax display B2B` or `Technical / Tax display B2C`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Users` tab, add the users requiring access to the price" +" type. Add B2C users in the B2C group and B2B users in the B2B group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:113 msgid "Setting your products" msgstr "Налаштуйте ваші товари" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:115 msgid "" "Your company must be configured with tax excluded by default. This is " "usually the default configuration, but you can check your **Default Sale " @@ -20395,7 +11864,7 @@ msgstr "" "продаж за замовчуванням** у меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " "Налаштування` в модулі Бухоблік." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:123 msgid "" "Once done, you can create a **B2C** pricelist. You can activate the " "pricelist feature per customer from the menu: :menuselection:`Configuration " @@ -20407,7 +11876,7 @@ msgstr "" " --> Налаштування` додатку Продаж. Виберіть опцію **різні ціни на сегмент " "клієнта**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:128 msgid "" "Once done, create a B2C pricelist from the menu " ":menuselection:`Configuration --> Pricelists`. It's also good to rename the " @@ -20417,7 +11886,7 @@ msgstr "" "Прайслист`. Також добре перейменувати прайслист за замовчуванням на B2B, щоб" " уникнути плутанини." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:132 msgid "" "Then, create a product at 8.26€, with a tax of 21% (defined as tax not " "included in price) and set a price on this product for B2C customers at 10€," @@ -20428,11 +11897,11 @@ msgstr "" "клієнтів B2C на рівні 10 євро з меню :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари` з " "додатку Продажі:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:141 msgid "Setting the B2C fiscal position" msgstr "Встановіть схему оподаткування B2C" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:143 msgid "" "From the accounting application, create a B2C fiscal position from this " "menu: :menuselection:`Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`. This fiscal " @@ -20444,11 +11913,11 @@ msgstr "" "оподаткування повинна відображати ПДВ 21% (без урахування податку) з ПДВ 21%" " (податок входить у вартість)" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:152 msgid "Test by creating a quotation" msgstr "Перевірте, створивши комерційну пропозицію" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:154 msgid "" "Create a quotation from the Sale application, using the " ":menuselection:`Sales --> Quotations` menu. You should have the following " @@ -20458,7 +11927,7 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Комерційні пропозиції`. Ви маєте наступний " "результат: 8.26€ + 1.73€ = 9.99€." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:161 msgid "" "Then, create a quotation but **change the pricelist to B2C and the fiscal " "position to B2C** on the quotation, before adding your product. You should " @@ -20470,15 +11939,15 @@ msgstr "" "товар. Ви повинні отримати очікуваний результат, загальна ціна якого 10€ для" " клієнта: 8.26€ + 1.74€ = 10.00€." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:169 msgid "This is the expected behavior for a customer of your shop." msgstr "Це очікувана поведінка для покупця вашого магазину." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:172 msgid "Avoid changing every sale order" msgstr "Уникайте змін у кожному замовленні на продаж" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:174 msgid "" "If you negotiate a contract with a customer, whether you negotiate tax " "included or tax excluded, you can set the pricelist and the fiscal position " @@ -20490,7 +11959,7 @@ msgstr "" "оподаткування у формі клієнта, щоб вона застосовувалася автоматично при " "кожному продажі цього клієнта." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:179 msgid "" "The pricelist is in the **Sales & Purchases** tab of the customer form, and " "the fiscal position is in the accounting tab." @@ -20498,7 +11967,7 @@ msgstr "" "Прайслист знаходиться на вкладці **Продажі та Купівлі** у формі клієнта, а " "схема оподаткування знаходиться на вкладці бухобліку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C.rst:182 msgid "" "Note that this is error prone: if you set a fiscal position with tax " "included in prices but use a pricelist that is not included, you might have " @@ -20511,376 +11980,552 @@ msgstr "" "ціни. Ось чому ми зазвичай рекомендуємо компаніям працювати лише з одним " "ціновим референсом." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Manage cash basis taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:3 +msgid "Avatax integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:5 +msgid "Avatax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:116 +msgid "Credential configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:12 msgid "" -"The cash basis taxes are due when the payment has been done and not at the " -"validation of the invoice (as it is the case with standard taxes). Reporting" -" your income and expenses to the administration based on the cash basis " -"method is legal in some countries and under some conditions." +"To integrate Avatax with Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` and add your Avatax credentials in the" +" :guilabel:`Avatax` section." msgstr "" -"Податки, нараховані касовим методом, мають бути здійснені після здійснення " -"платежу, а не при підтвердженні рахунку-фактури (як у випадку зі звичайними " -"податками). Звіт про ваші доходи та витрати на основі касового методу є " -"законним у деяких країнах та за певних умов." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:16 msgid "" -"Example : You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year and " -"receive the payment the 2nd quarter of your fiscal year. Based on the cash " -"basis method, the tax you have to pay to the administration is due for the " -"2nd quarter." +"If you do not yet have credentials, click on :guilabel:`How to Get " +"Credentials`." msgstr "" -"Приклад: ви продаєте товар в 1 кварталі вашого фінансового року та отримуєте" -" платіж у 2 кварталі вашого фінансового року. Виходячи з касового методу, " -"податок, який ви повинні сплатити податковій адміністрації, має бути " -"сплачено протягом 2-го кварталу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:16 -msgid "How to configure cash basis taxes ?" -msgstr "Як налаштувати податки, нараховані касовим методом?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Configure Avatax settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:25 +msgid "Tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:27 msgid "" -"You first have to activate the setting in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Allow Tax Cash Basis`. You will be asked to " -"define the Tax Cash Basis Journal." +"The Avatax integration is available on Sale Orders and Invoices with the " +"included Avatax fiscal position." msgstr "" -"Ви повинні спочатку активізувати налаштування в :menuselection:`Бухоблік -->" -" Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Дозволити нарахування коштів`. Вам буде " -"запропоновано визначити журнал Податків, нарахованих касовим методом." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:30 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can configure your taxes in " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. At first set the " -"proper transitional accounts to post taxes until you register the payment." +"Before using the integration, specify an :guilabel:`Avatax Category` on the " +"product categories." msgstr "" -"Після того, як це буде зроблено, ви можете налаштувати ваші податки в " -":menuselection:`Бухобліку --> Налаштування --> Податки`. Спочатку встановіть" -" належні рахунки транзакції для публікування податків, поки ви не " -"зареєструєте платіж." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Specify Avatax Category on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:36 msgid "" -"In the *Advanced Options* tab you will turn *Tax Due* to *Based on Payment*." -" You will then have to define the *Tax Received* account in which to post " -"the tax amount when the payment is received and the *Base Tax Received " -"Account* to post the base tax amount for an accurate tax report." +"Avatax Categories may be overridden or set on individual products as well." msgstr "" -"На вкладці *Додаткові параметри* ви перетворите *Податок на прибуток* на *На" -" основі платежу*. Тоді вам доведеться визначити *Податковий рахунок*, на " -"якому потрібно розміщувати суму податку при отриманні платежу, і *Рахунок " -"отриманого базового податку*, щоб розмістити базову суму податку для точного" -" податкового звіту." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:45 -msgid "What is the impact of cash basis taxes in my accounting ?" -msgstr "Яким є вплив податків, нарахованих касовим методом, на мій бухоблік?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Override product categories as needed" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:45 +msgid "Address validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:47 msgid "" -"Let’s take an example. You make a sale of $100 with a 15% cash basis tax. " -"When you validate the customer invoice, the following entry is created in " -"your accounting:" +"Manually validate customer addresses by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate " +"address` link in the customer form view." msgstr "" -"Давайте розглянемо приклад. Ви здійснюєте продаж у розмірі 100 доларів з 15%" -" податком, нарахованим касовим методом. Коли ви перевіряєте рахунок-фактуру " -"клієнта, у вашому бухобліку створюється такий запис:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:52 -msgid "Customer Invoices Journal" -msgstr "Журнал рахунків клієнта" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Validate customer addresses" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:72 -msgid "Receivables $115" -msgstr "Отримані $115" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:82 -msgid "Temporary Tax Account $15" -msgstr "Тимчасовий податковий рахунок $15" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:60 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:88 -msgid "Income Account $100" -msgstr "Рахунок доходу $100" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:63 -msgid "A few days later, you receive the payment:" -msgstr "Через кілька днів ви отримуєте платіж:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Банківський журнал" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:70 -msgid "Bank $115" -msgstr "Банк $115" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:54 msgid "" -"When you reconcile the invoice and the payment, this entry is generated:" +"If preferred, choose to keep the newly validated address or the original " +"address in the wizard that pops up." msgstr "" -"Коли ви узгоджуєте рахунок-фактуру та платіж, створюється такий запис:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:78 -msgid "Tax Cash Basis Journal" -msgstr "Журнал касового методу податків" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst-1 +msgid "Address validation wizard" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:84 -msgid "Tax Received Account $15" -msgstr "Рахунок отриманого податку $15" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:64 +msgid "Tax calculation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/cash_basis_taxes.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:66 msgid "" -"The last two journal items are neutral but they are needed to insure correct" -" tax reports in Odoo with accurate base tax amounts. We advise to use a " -"default revenue account. The balance of this account will then always be at " -"zero." +"Automatically calculate taxes on Odoo quotations and invoices with Avatax by" +" confirming the documents. Alternatively, calculate the taxes manually by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Compute taxes using Avatax` button while these " +"documents are in draft mode." msgstr "" -"Останні дві статті журналу є нейтральними, але вони потрібні для " -"забезпечення правильних податкових звітів в Odoo з точними базовими сумами " -"податку. Радимо використовувати рахунок доходу за замовчуванням. Залишок " -"цього рахунку завжди буде на нулі." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:70 msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** define which :doc:`taxes <taxes>` are automatically " -"selected when there is no other indication about which tax to use. For " -"example, Odoo prefills the **Taxes** field with the Default Taxes when you " -"create a new product or add a new line on an invoice." +"Use the :guilabel:`Avalara Code` field that's available on customers, " +"quotations, and invoices to cross-reference data in Odoo and Avatax." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:14 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions <fiscal_positions>` take the Default Tax into " -"account. Therefore, if a Fiscal Position is applied to an invoice, Odoo " -"applies the related tax instead of the Default Taxes, as mapped in the " -"Fiscal Position." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:21 -msgid "" -"**Default Taxes** are automatically set up according to the country selected" -" at the creation of your database, or when you set up a :doc:`Fiscal " -"Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>` for your" -" company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To change your **Default Taxes**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> Default Taxes`, select the " -"appropriate taxes for your default **Sales Tax** and **Purchase Tax**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Databases with multiple companies: the Default Taxes values are company-" -"specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:70 -msgid ":doc:`taxes`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Positions (tax and account mapping)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:3 +msgid "Cash basis taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Cash basis taxes are due when the payment is made, as opposed to standard " +"taxes that are due when the invoice is confirmed. Reporting your income and " +"expenses to the government based on the cash basis method is mandatory in " +"some countries and under some conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You sell a product in the 1st quarter of your fiscal year, and the payment " +"is received in the 2nd quarter. Based on the cash basis method, the tax you " +"must pay is for the 2nd quarter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " +"the :guilabel:`Taxes` section, enable :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Then, define the :guilabel:`Tax Cash Basis Journal`. Click on the external " +"link button next to the journal to update its default properties such as the" +" :guilabel:`Journal Name`, :guilabel:`Type` or :guilabel:`Short Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "Select your Tax Cash Basis Journal and click on the external link" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:28 +msgid "" +"By default, the journal entries of the :guilabel:`Cash Basis Taxes` journal " +"are named using the :guilabel:`CABA` short code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once this is done, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Taxes` to configure your taxes. You can either " +":guilabel:`Create` a new tax or update an existing one by clicking on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Account` column reflects the proper transitional accounts to " +"post taxes until the payment is registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill in the account column with a transitional accounts where taxes go until the payment\n" +"is registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:43 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, decide of the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Exigilibity`. Select :guilabel:`Based on Payment`, so the tax is due when " +"the payment of the invoice is received. You can then also define the " +":guilabel:`Cash Basis Transition Account` where the tax amount is recorded " +"as long as the original invoice has not been reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill in the Cash Basis Transition Account where taxes amounts go until payment\n" +"reconciliation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:54 +msgid "Impact of cash basis taxes on accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To illustrate the impact of cash basis taxes on accounting transactions, " +"let's take an example with the sales of a product that costs 1,000$, with a " +"cash basis tax of 15%." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The following entries are created in your accounting, and the tax report is " +"currently empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:66 +msgid "**Customer journal (INV)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:86 +msgid "Receivable $1,150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:72 +msgid "Income $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:103 +msgid "Temporary tax account $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:77 +msgid "When the payment is then received, it is registered as below :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:80 +msgid "**Bank journal (BANK)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:84 +msgid "Bank $1,150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Once the payment is registered, you can use the :guilabel:`Cash Basis " +"Entries` smart button on the invoice to access them directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Finally, upon reconciliation of the invoice with the payment, the below " +"entry is automatically created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:97 +msgid "**Tax Cash Basis Journal (Caba)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:105 +msgid "Income account $1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:107 +msgid "Tax Received $150" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The journal items :guilabel:`Income account` vs. :guilabel:`Income account` " +"are neutral, but they are needed to ensure correct tax reports in Odoo with " +"accurate base tax amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/cash_basis.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Using a default :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` is recommended so your" +" balance is at zero and your income account is not polluted by unnecessary " +"accounting movements. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Taxes`, and select a :guilabel:`Base Tax Received Account` " +"under :guilabel:`Cash Basis`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:3 +msgid "EU intra-community distance selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community distance selling involves the cross-border trade of goods" +" and services from vendors registered for VAT purposes to individuals (B2C) " +"located in a European Union member state. The transaction is conducted " +"remotely, typically through online platforms, mail orders, telephone, or " +"other means of communication." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:10 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community distance selling is subject to specific VAT rules and " +"regulations. The vendor must charge VAT per the VAT rate applicable in the " +"buyer's country." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:14 +msgid "" +"This remains applicable even if the vendor is located outside of the " +"European Union." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The **EU Intra-community Distance Selling** feature helps you comply with " +"this regulation by creating and configuring new **fiscal positions** and " +"**taxes** based on your company's country. To enable it, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, tick " +":guilabel:`EU Intra-community Distance Selling`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 +msgid "" +"EU intra-community Distance Selling feature in Odoo Accounting settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Whenever you add or modify taxes, you can automatically update your fiscal " +"positions. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting/Invoicing --> Settings" +" --> Taxes --> EU Intra-community Distance Selling` and click on the " +":guilabel:`Refresh tax mapping`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"We highly recommend checking that the proposed mapping is suitable for the " +"products and services you sell before using it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:42 +msgid "One-Stop Shop (OSS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`OSS (One-Stop Shop)` system introduced by the European Union " +"simplifies VAT collection for **cross-border** sales of goods and services. " +"It primarily applies to business-to-consumer **(B2C)** cases. With the OSS, " +"businesses can register for VAT in their home country and use a single " +"online portal to handle VAT obligations for their sales within the EU. There" +" are **two primary schemes**: the **Union OSS** scheme for cross-border " +"services and the **Import OSS** scheme for goods valued at or below €150." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:876 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:124 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Звіти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:54 +msgid "" +"To generate **OSS sales** or **OSS imports** reports and submit them onto " +"the OSS portal, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax " +"Report`, click :guilabel:`Report: Generic Tax report`, and select either " +":guilabel:`OSS Sales` or :guilabel:`OSS Imports`. Once selected, click on " +":guilabel:`PDF`, :guilabel:`XLSX`, or :guilabel:`XML` in the top-left " +"corner. This generates the currently-opened report in the selected format. " +"Once generated, log into the platform of your competent federal authority to" +" submit it onto the OSS portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst-1 +msgid "OSS reports view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:65 +msgid "" +"`European Commission: OSS | Taxation and Customs Union " +"<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/business/vat/oss_en>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:3 +msgid "Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:5 msgid "" "Default taxes and accounts are set on products and customers to create new " -"transactions on the fly. However, you might have to use different taxes and " -"record the transactions on different accounts, according to your customers' " -"and providers' localizations and business types." +"transactions on the fly. However, depending on the customers' and providers'" +" localization and business type, using different taxes and accounts for a " +"transaction might be necessary." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:9 msgid "" -"**Fiscal Positions** allow you to create *sets of rules* to automatically " -"adapt the taxes and the accounts used for a transaction." +"**Fiscal positions** allow the creation of rules to adapt the taxes and " +"accounts used for a transaction automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 -msgid "They can be applied in various ways:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:12 msgid "" -":ref:`automatically applied, based on some rules " -"<fiscal_positions/automatic>`" +"They can be applied :ref:`automatically <fiscal_positions/automatic>`, " +":ref:`manually <fiscal_positions/manual>`, or :ref:`assigned to a partner " +"<fiscal_positions/partner>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:19 -msgid ":ref:`manually applied on a transaction <fiscal_positions/partner>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:16 msgid "" -":ref:`assigned to a partner, on its contact form " -"<fiscal_positions/transaction>`" +"Several default fiscal positions are available as part of your :ref:`fiscal " +"localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:25 +msgid "Tax and account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:27 msgid "" -"A few Fiscal Positions are already preconfigured on your database, as part " -"of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`." +"To edit or create a fiscal position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry to modify or click " +"on :guilabel:`New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 -msgid "Tax and Account Mapping" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To edit or create a Fiscal Position, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, and open the entry you want to modify " -"or click on *Create*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:30 msgid "" "The mapping of taxes and accounts is based on the default taxes and accounts" -" defined in the products' forms." +" defined in the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:33 msgid "" -"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (**Tax to " -"Apply**/**Account to Use Instead**)." +"To map to another tax or account, fill out the right column (:guilabel:`Tax " +"to Apply`/ :guilabel:`Account to Use Instead`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's tax mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position's account mapping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +msgid "To remove a tax, leave the field :guilabel:`Tax to Apply` empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:45 msgid "" -"To remove a tax, rather than replacing it with another, leave the field " -"**Tax to Apply** empty." +"To replace a tax with several other taxes, add multiple lines using the same" +" :guilabel:`Tax on Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To replace a tax with multiple other taxes, add multiple lines with the same" -" **Tax on Product**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:49 msgid "" "The mapping only works with *active* taxes. Therefore, make sure they are " "active by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:50 -msgid "Automatic application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can configure your Fiscal Positions to be applied automatically, " -"following a set of conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:54 -msgid "" -"To do so, open the Fiscal Position you want to modify and click on **Detect " -"Automatically**. You can configure a few conditions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**VAT Required**: The VAT number *must* be indicated in the customer's " -"contact form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 -msgid "" -"**Country Group** / **Country**: The Fiscal Position is applied to these " -"countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:65 -msgid "" -"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the visitor has" -" logged in or filled out their billing details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:69 -msgid "" -"The Fiscal Positions' **sequence** - the order in which they are arranged - " -"defines which Fiscal Position to apply if the conditions are met in multiple" -" Fiscal Positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:72 -msgid "" -"For example, if the first Fiscal Position targets *country A*, and the " -"second Fiscal Position targets a *Country Group* that also comprises " -"*country A*, only the first Fiscal Position will be applied to customers " -"from *country A*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:53 msgid "Application" msgstr "Додаток" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:84 -msgid "Assign a Fiscal Position to a partner" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:58 +msgid "Automatic application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:60 msgid "" -"You can manually define which Fiscal Position must be used by default for a " -"specific partner." +"To automatically apply a fiscal position following a set of conditions, go " +"to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Fiscal Positions`, open " +"the fiscal position to modify, and tick :guilabel:`Detect Automatically`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:64 +msgid "From there, several conditions can be activated:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:66 msgid "" -"To do so, open the partner's contact form, go to the **Sales & Purchase** " -"tab, edit the **Fiscal Position** field, and click on *Save*." +":guilabel:`VAT Required`: the customer's VAT number must be present on their" +" contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:98 -msgid "Choose Fiscal Positions manually on Sales Orders, Invoices, and Bills" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:67 msgid "" -"To manually select which Fiscal Position to use for a new Sales Order, " -"Invoice, or Bill, go to the **Other Info** tab and select the right **Fiscal" -" Position** *before* adding product lines." +":guilabel:`Country Group` and :guilabel:`Country`: the fiscal position is " +"only applied to the selected country or country group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:281 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a fiscal position automatic application settings" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:111 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Taxes on **eCommerce orders** are automatically updated once the customer " +"has logged in or filled out their billing details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:79 +msgid "" +"The fiscal positions' **sequence** defines which fiscal position is applied " +"if all conditions set on multiple fiscal positions are met simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For example, suppose the first fiscal position in a sequence targets " +"*country A* while the second fiscal position targets a *country group* that " +"comprises *country A*. In that case, only the first fiscal position will be " +"applied to customers from *country A*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:89 +msgid "Manual application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To manually select a fiscal position, open a sales order, invoice, or bill, " +"go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and select the desired " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` before adding product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a sales order, invoice, or bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:102 +msgid "Assign to a partner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To define which fiscal position must be used by default for a specific " +"partner, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`, " +"select the partner, open the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab, and select " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" msgstr ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:3 -msgid "Manage withholding taxes" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:28 +msgid "Withholding taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:5 msgid "" "A withholding tax, also called a retention tax, is a government requirement " "for the payer of a customer invoice to withhold or deduct tax from the " @@ -20891,7 +12536,7 @@ msgstr "" " або відраховувати податок від платежу та сплачувати цей податок уряду. У " "більшості юрисдикцій оподаткування стягується з податку на прибуток." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:10 msgid "" "With normal taxes, the tax is added to the subtotal to give you the total to" " pay. As opposed to normal taxes, withholding taxes are deducted from the " @@ -20901,11 +12546,11 @@ msgstr "" " сплатили. На відміну від звичайних податків, податок на утримання " "стягується від сплати податку, оскільки він сплачується замовником." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:14 msgid "As, an example, in Colombia you may have the following invoice:" msgstr "Наприклад, у Колумбії ви можете мати наступний рахунок-фактуру:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:19 msgid "" "In this example, the **company** who sent the invoice owes $20 of taxes to " "the **government** and the **customer** owes $10 of taxes to the " @@ -20915,7 +12560,7 @@ msgstr "" "**уряду** 20 доларів податків, а **клієнт** зобов'язаний **уряду** 10 " "доларів податків." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:25 msgid "" "In Odoo, a withholding tax is defined by creating a negative tax. For a " "retention of 10%, you would configure the following tax (accessible through " @@ -20925,7 +12570,7 @@ msgstr "" "податку. Для збереження 10%, ви можете налаштувати наступний податок " "(доступний через :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Податки`):" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:32 msgid "" "In order to make it appear as a retention on the invoice, you should set a " "specific tax group **Retention** on your tax, in the **Advanced Options** " @@ -20935,7 +12580,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Додаткові параметри** слід встановити певну групу податків **На " "утримання** свого податку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:39 msgid "" "Once the tax is defined, you can use it in your products, sales order or " "invoices." @@ -20943,7 +12588,7 @@ msgstr "" "Після визначення податку ви можете використовувати його у своїх товарах, " "замовленнях на продаж чи рахунках-фактурах." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:43 msgid "" "If the retention is a percentage of a regular tax, create a Tax with a **Tax" " Computation** as a **Tax Group** and set the two taxes in this group " @@ -20953,11 +12598,11 @@ msgstr "" "**податковим розрахунком** як **податкову групу** та встановіть два податки " "у цій групі (звичайний податок і на утримання)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:48 msgid "Applying retention taxes on invoices" msgstr "Застосування податку на утримання в рахунках-фактурах" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:50 msgid "" "Once your tax is created, you can use it on customer forms, sales order or " "customer invoices. You can apply several taxes on a single customer invoice " @@ -20967,7 +12612,7 @@ msgstr "" "замовника, замовлення на продаж або рахунки-фактури для клієнтів. Ви можете " "подати кілька податків на один рядок рахунка-фактури клієнта." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:58 msgid "" "When you see the customer invoice on the screen, you get only a **Taxes " "line** summarizing all the taxes (normal taxes & retentions). But when you " @@ -20979,1122 +12624,22703 @@ msgstr "" " ви роздруковуєте або надсилаєте рахунок-фактуру, Odoo робить правильну " "групу серед всіх податків." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/retention.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/retention.rst:63 msgid "The printed invoice will show the different amounts in each tax group." msgstr "" "У роздрукованому рахунку відображатимуться різні суми в кожній податковій " "групі." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 -msgid "Get correct tax rates in the United States using TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:3 +msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 msgid "" -"The **TaxCloud** integration allows you to correctly calculate the sales tax" -" for every address in the United States and keeps track of which products " -"are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption applies. " -"TaxCloud calculates sales tax in real-time for every state, city, and " -"special jurisdiction in the United States." +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." msgstr "" -"Інтеграція **TaxCloud** дозволяє вам правильно розраховувати податок продажу" -" для кожної адреси в США та слідкує, яка продукція звільняється від податку " -"з продажу та в яких штатах застосовується кожне звільнення. TaxCloud " -"обчислює податок з продажу в режимі реального часу для кожного штату, міста " -"та спеціальної юрисдикції у Сполучених Штатах." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:15 -msgid "In TaxCloud" -msgstr "У TaxCloud" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" -"Create a free account on `TaxCloud <https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__ " -"website." +"TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " +"and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " +"applies." msgstr "" -" Створіть безкоштовний обліковий запис на веб-сайті `TaxCloud " -"<https://taxcloud.com/#register>`__." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 +msgid "TaxCloud registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" -"Register your Odoo website on TaxCloud to get an *API ID* and an *API Key*." +"Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " +"complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " +"by clicking on :guilabel:`Stores`, then :guilabel:`Get Details`." msgstr "" -"Зареєструйте ваш веб-сайт Odoo на TaxCloud, щоб отримати *API ID* та *Ключ " -"API*." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 +msgid "Enable TaxCloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Locations* to enter the location of your " -"Office(s) & Warehouse(s)." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Місцезнаходження*, щоби ввести " -"місцезнаходження вашого Офісу та Складу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" -"In Settings on TaxCloud, click *Manage Tax States* to verify the states " -"where you collect sales tax." +"Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " +"store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -"В налаштуваннях на TaxCloud, натисніть *Управління штатами податку* щоб " -"перевірити штати, де ви збираєте податок з продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 -msgid "In Odoo" -msgstr "В Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Invoicing / Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`" -" and check *TaxCloud - Compute tax rates based on U.S. ZIP codes* (note: " -"actually uses complete street address)." +"Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " +":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " +"Codes` product categories from TaxCloud. Some categories may imply specific " +"tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Виставлення рахунків / Бухоблік --> Налаштування" -" --> Налаштування` та позначте *TaxCloud - Вираховувати податкові ставки на " -"основі індексу США* (занотуйте: фактично використовує повну адресу вулиці)." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 -msgid "Enter your TaxCloud credentials." -msgstr "Введіть ваші облікові дані TaxCloud." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 -msgid "Click SAVE to store your credentials." -msgstr "Натисніть ЗБЕРЕГТИ, щоби зберегти ваші облікові дані." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" -"Click the Refresh Icon next to *Default Category* to import the TIC product " -"categories from TaxCloud (Taxability Information Codes). Some categories may" -" imply specific rates or attract product/service type exemptions." +"Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " +":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` is set on your products or product categories, or when no product " +"is found on an order/invoice." msgstr "" -"Натисніть на іконку Оновлення біля *Категорія за замовчуванням* для імпорту " -"категорій товару із TaxCloud (Інформаційні коди оподаткування). Деякі " -"категорії можуть передбачати певні ставки або залучати винятки щодо " -"товарів/послуг." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:0 +msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 +msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" -"Select your default *TIC Code*. This will apply to any new product created." +"If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " +"Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " +"select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -"Оберіть ваш *TIC код* за замовчуванням. Це буде застосовано до будь-яких " -"новостворених товарів." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" -"Set a specific TaxCloud TIC Category on the *General Information* tab of the" -" Product, or on the Product Category." +"If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" +" the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" +" (:guilabel:`🡕`) to set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the " +":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -"Встановіть конкретну категорію TaxCloud TIC на вкладці товару *Загальна " -"інформація*, або в категорії товару." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" -"Make sure your company address is complete (including the state and the zip " -"code). Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` " -"to open and edit your Company record." +"If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " +":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " +"Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -"Переконайтеся, що адреса вашої компанії заповнена (включаючи область та " -"індекс). Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштувань --> Користувачі та " -"компанії --> Компанії`, щоби відкрити та редагувати запис вашої компанії." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 -msgid "How it works" -msgstr "Як це працює" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" -"Salestax is calculated in Odoo based on fiscal positions (see " -":doc:`fiscal_positions`). A Fiscal Position for the United States is created" -" when installing *TaxCloud*. Everything works out-of-the-box." +"A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " +"not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " +":guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on the *All* :guilabel:`Product Category`, it " +"is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" -"You can configure Odoo to automtically detect which Customers should use " -"this fiscal position. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Fiscal Positions` to open and edit the record." +"Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " +"code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" +" edit your company address." msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для автоматичного визначення, які клієнти повинні" -" використовувати цю схему оподаткування. Перейдіть на " -":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування --> Схеми оподаткування`, щоб " -"відкрити та редагувати запис." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 +msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" -"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any sales order, web " -"order, or invoice when the customer country is *United States*. This " -"triggers the automated tax computation." +"To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" +" with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " +"default**. This process should be repeated for each one of your companies " +"that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -"Тепер ця схема оподаткування автоматично встановлюється на будь-якому " -"замовлення на продаж, веб-замовленні, чи рахунку, якщо країна клієнта - " -"*США*. Це запускає автоматичне розрахування податку." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" -"Add your product(s). You have two options to get Sales Tax on the Order. " -"You can confirm it, or you can save it and from the *Action* Menu choose " -"**Update Taxes with TaxCloud**." +"A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " +"**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " +"account unless the tax is manually edited to specify a different income " +"account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -"Додайте ваш товар(и). У вас є дві опції, щоб отримати податок продажу в " -"замовленні. Ви можете підтвердити це або ви можете зберегти це, а в меню " -"*Дія* обрати **Оновити податки з TaxCloud**." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:73 -msgid "Coupons & Promotions" -msgstr "Купони та акції" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" -"If you use the Coupon or Promotion Programs, the integration with Taxcloud " -"might seem a bit odd." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " +"Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " +"account, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Take note of the number after `id=`" +" in the URL string; it is the **Tax Payable account ID** and will be used " +"later." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" -"The problem lies with the fact that Taxcloud does not accept lines with " -"negative amounts as part of the tax computation. This means that the amount " -"of the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total " -"of the lines it impacts. This means, amongst other complications, that " -"orders that use coupons or promotions with a Taxcloud fiscal position " -"**must** be invoiced completely - you cannot create invoices for partial " -"deliveries, etc." +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " +"and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxcloud.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" -"Another specific oddity is possible in the UI: imagine that you sell a " -"product from the Taxcloud category *[20110] Computers* and that you have a " -"promotion program in place that provides a 50% discount on this product. If " -"the tax rate for this particular product is 7%, the tax rate that will be " -"computed from the Taxcloud integration will display 3.5%. This happens " -"because the discount is included in the price that is sent to Taxcloud, but " -"in Odoo this discount is in another line entirely. At the end of the day, " -"your tax computation will be correct (since a 3.5% tax on the full price is " -"the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price), but this might be surprising " -"from a user point of view." +"Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " +"More...`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" -"There are numerous types of **taxes**, and their application varies greatly," -" depending mostly on your company's localization. To make sure they are " -"recorded with accuracy, Odoo's tax engine supports all kinds of uses and " -"computations." +"Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," +" and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " +"Select the line with :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` under the " +":guilabel:`Model` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:12 -msgid "Activate Sales Taxes from the List view" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" -"As part of your :doc:`Fiscal Localization Package " -"<../../fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`, most of" -" your country's sales taxes are already preconfigured on your database. " -"However, only a few of them are activated by default, so that you can " -"activate only the ones relevant for your business." +"Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " +"the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " +":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" -"To activate Sale Taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes` and use the *Activate* toggle button to activate or deactivate a " -"tax." +"Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " +":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 +msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" -"To edit or create a **Tax**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Configuration --> Taxes` and open a tax or click on *Create*." +"Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " +"<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" +" enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" -"Taxes have three different labels, each one having a specific use. Refer to " -"the following table to see where they are displayed." +"You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" +" position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"Dashboard --> Configuration --> Accounting: Fiscal Positions` and select " +":guilabel:`Automatic Tax Mapping (TaxCloud)`. Enable :guilabel:`Detect " +"Automatically` and then :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Name <taxes/name>`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst-1 +msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Label on Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:45 -msgid ":ref:`Tax Group <taxes/tax-group>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Back end" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "*Taxes* column on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:48 -msgid "Above the *Total* line on exported invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:53 -msgid "Basic Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:58 -msgid "Tax Name" -msgstr "Назва податку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" -"The **Tax Name** as you want to display it for backend users. This is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` you see while editing Sales Orders, Invoices, " -"Products, etc." +"Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " +"the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " +"computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:66 -msgid "Tax Computation" -msgstr "Розрахунок податку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:68 -msgid "**Group of Taxes**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" -"The tax is a combination of multiple sub-taxes. You can add as many taxes " -"you want, in the order you want them to be applied." +"To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " +":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" -"Make sure that the tax sequence is correct, as the order in which they are " -"may impact the taxes' amounts computation, especially if one of the taxes " -":ref:`affects the base of the subsequent ones <taxes/base-subsequent>`." +"If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " +"TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " +"lines with negative amounts as part of the tax computation, the amount of " +"the lines added by the promotion program must be deduced from the total of " +"the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:78 -msgid "**Fixed**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" -"The tax has a fixed amount in the default currency. The amount remains the " -"same, regardless of the Sales Price." +"This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " +"promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" +" you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *$10 " -"fixed* tax. We then have:" +"Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" +" which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " +"product's tax rate is 7%, the tax rate computed from the TaxCloud " +"integration displays 3.5%. This happens because the discount is included in " +"the price sent to TaxCloud. However, in Odoo, the discount is on another " +"line entirely. Still, the tax computation is correct. Indeed, a 3.5% tax on " +"the full price is the equivalent of a 7% tax on half the price, but this " +"might be unexpected from a user point of view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Product's Sales Price" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:3 +msgid "VAT numbers verification (VIES)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Price without tax" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Tax" -msgstr "Податок" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:231 -msgid "Total" -msgstr "Разом" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "10" -msgstr "10" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:89 -msgid "1,010.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:92 -msgid "**Percentage of Price**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:94 -msgid "" -"The *Sales Price* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is computed by " -"multiplying the Sales Price by the tax's percentage." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:97 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:104 -msgid "1,100.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:107 -msgid "**Percentage of Price Tax Included**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:109 -msgid "" -"The *Total* is the taxable basis: the tax's amount is a percentage of the " -"Total." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:111 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price Tax Included* tax. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:118 -msgid "1,111.11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:124 -msgid "Active" -msgstr "Активно" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:126 -msgid "Only **Active** taxes can be added to new documents." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:129 -msgid "" -"It is not possible to delete taxes that have already been used. Instead, you" -" can deactivate them to prevent future use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:133 -msgid "" -"This field can be modified from the *List View*. See :ref:`above " -"<taxes/list_activation>` for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:139 -msgid "Tax Scope" -msgstr "Сфера податку" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:141 -msgid "" -"The **Tax Scope** determines the tax's application, which also restricts " -"where it is displayed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:143 -msgid "**Sales**: Customer Invoices, Product's Customer Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:144 -msgid "**Purchase**: Vendor Bills, Product's Vendor Taxes, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:145 -msgid "**None**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can use **None** for taxes that you want to include in a :ref:`Group of " -"Taxes <taxes/computation>` but that you don't want to list along with other " -"Sales or Purchase taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:154 -msgid "Definition tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:156 -msgid "" -"Allocate with precision the amount of the taxable basis or percentages of " -"the computed tax to multiple accounts and Tax Grids." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:163 -msgid "**Based On**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:165 -msgid "Base: the price on the invoice line" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:166 -msgid "% of tax: a percentage of the computed tax." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:168 -msgid "**Account**: if defined, an additional Journal Item is recorded." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:169 -msgid "" -"**Tax Grids**: used to generate :doc:`Tax Reports " -"<../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns>` automatically, according to your" -" country's regulations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:175 -msgid "Advanced Options tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:180 -msgid "Label on Invoices" -msgstr "Мітки на рахунках" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:182 -msgid "" -"The label of the tax, as displayed on each invoice line in the **Taxes** " -"column. This is the :ref:`label <taxes/labels>` visible to *front end* " -"users, on exported invoices, on their Customer Portals, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:193 -msgid "Tax Group" -msgstr "Група податків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:195 -msgid "" -"Select to which **Tax Group** the tax belongs. The Tax Group name is the " -":ref:`label <taxes/labels>` displayed above the *Total* line on exported " -"invoices, and the Customer Portals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:198 -msgid "" -"Tax groups include different iterations of the same tax. This can be useful " -"when you must record differently the same tax according to :doc:`Fiscal " -"Positions <fiscal_positions>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:205 -msgid "" -"In the example above, we see a 0% tax for Intra-Community customers in " -"Europe. It records amounts on specific accounts and with specific tax grids." -" Still, to the customer, it is a 0% tax. That's why the :ref:`Label on the " -"Invoice <taxes/label-invoices>` indicates *0% EU*, and the Tax Group name, " -"above the *Total* line, indicates *0%*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:213 -msgid "Include in Analytic Cost" -msgstr "Включити в аналітичні витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:215 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the tax's amount is assigned to the same " -"**Analytic Account** as the invoice line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:221 -msgid "Included in Price" -msgstr "Включено в ціну" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:223 -msgid "" -"With this option activated, the total (including the tax) equals the **Sales" -" Price**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:225 -msgid ":dfn:`Total = Sales Price = Computed Tax-Excluded price + Tax`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:227 -msgid "" -"For example, a product has a Sales Price of $1000, and we apply a *10% of " -"Price* tax, which is *included in the price*. We then have:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "900.10" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "90.9" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:234 -msgid "1,000.00" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:238 -msgid "" -"If you need to define prices accurately, both tax-included and tax-excluded," -" please refer to the following documentation: :doc:`B2B_B2C`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:242 -msgid "" -"**Invoices**: By default, the Line Subtotals displayed on your invoices are " -"*Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* Line Subtotals, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " -"Invoices`, and select *Tax-Included* in the **Line Subtotals Tax Display** " -"field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:246 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: By default, the prices displayed on your eCommerce website " -"are *Tax-Excluded*. To display *Tax-Included* prices, go to " -":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing`, and " -"select *Tax-Included* in the **Product Prices** field, then click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:253 -msgid "Affect Base of Subsequent Taxes" -msgstr "Впливає на базу дочірніх податків" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:255 -msgid "" -"With this option, the total tax-included becomes the taxable basis for the " -"other taxes applied to the same product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:258 -msgid "" -"You can configure a new :ref:`Group of Taxes <taxes/computation>` to include" -" this tax, or add it directly to a product line." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:266 -msgid "" -"The order in which you add the taxes on a product line has no effect on how " -"amounts are computed. If you add taxes directly on a product line, only the " -"tax sequence determines the order in which they are applied." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:270 -msgid "" -"To reorder the sequence, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " -"--> Taxes`, and drag and drop the lines with the handles next to the tax " -"names." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/taxes.rst:282 -msgid ":doc:`../../reporting/declarations/tax_returns`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:3 -msgid "VIES VAT numbers validation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:5 msgid "" "**VAT Information Exchange System** - abbreviated **VIES** - is a tool " "provided by the European Commission that allows you to check the validity of" " VAT numbers of companies registered in the European Union." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo provides a feature to **Verify VAT Numbers** when you save a contact. " "This helps you make sure that your contacts provided you with a valid VAT " "number without leaving Odoo interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:15 msgid "" "To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " "--> Settings --> Taxes`, enable the **Verify VAT Numbers** feature, and " "click on *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "Enable \"Verify VAT Numbers\" in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:23 msgid "VAT Number validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:25 msgid "" "Whenever you create or modify a contact, make sure to fill out the " "**Country** and **VAT** fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Fill out the contact form with the country and VAT number before clicking on" +" *Save*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:31 msgid "" "When you click on *Save*, Odoo runs a VIES VAT number check, and displays an" " error message if the VAT number is invalid." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo displays an error message instead of saving when the VAT number is " +"invalid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:39 msgid "" "This tool checks the VAT number's validity but does not check the other " "fields' validity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/vat_validation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/vat_verification.rst:43 msgid "" "`European Commission: VIES search engine " "<https://ec.europa.eu/taxation_customs/vies/vatRequest.html>`__" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:4 -msgid "Expenses" -msgstr "Витрати" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:7 -msgid "How to set expense types" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:588 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:279 +msgid "Vendor bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:7 msgid "" -"The first step to track expenses is to configure the expense types (managed " -"as products in Odoo) that your company allows, from the *Configuration* " -"menu. When a specific expense is reimbursed at a fixed price, set a cost on " -"the product. Otherwise keep the cost at 0.0 and employees will report the " -"real cost per expense." +"In Odoo, we can register vendor bills **manually** or **automatically**, " +"while the **Aged Payable report** provides an overview of all outstanding " +"bills to help us pay the correct amounts on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:16 -msgid "Here are some examples to configure:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:18 -msgid "Restaurant:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:26 -msgid "Cost: 0.00 (the cost of the ticket will be recorded on every expense)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:21 -msgid "Travel with Personal Car:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:23 -msgid "Cost: 0.30 (the price per mile reimbursed by the company is fixed)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:24 -msgid "Hotel:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:28 -msgid "Others:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:30 -msgid "Cost: 0.0" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"Don't forget to set an expense tax on each expense type (and an account if " -"you use Odoo Accounting). It's usually a good practice to use a tax that is " -"configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price <taxes/included-in-price>`. That" -" way, employees report expenses with prices including taxes, which is " -"usually the expected behaviour." +"Tutorial `Registering a vendor bill " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/registering-a-vendor-" +"bill-1683?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The *Sales* app allows you to specify unit of measures for your expense " -"types (units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and check *Some products may be sold/purchased " -"in different units of measure (advanced)*." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:16 +msgid "Bill creation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:47 -msgid "How to record expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:19 msgid "Manually" msgstr "Вручну" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:21 msgid "" -"As an employee (Employee in user access rights), you can record expenses " -"from :menuselection:`My Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`." +"Create a vendor bill manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Vendors --> Bills` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:25 +msgid "Automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:27 msgid "" -"Select the related product and enter either the total amount you paid (with " -"Quantity = 1) or the unit price if Quantity is countable (e.g. number of " -"hotel nights)." +"Vendor bills can be automatically created by **sending an email** to an " +":ref:`email alias <invoice-digitization/email-alias>` associated with the " +"purchase journal, or by **uploading a PDF** in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Bills` and then clicking :guilabel:`Upload`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:61 -msgid "Enter the expense date." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:32 +msgid "Bill completion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:34 msgid "" -"Choose if you paid the bill on your own (and expect to be reimbursed) or if " -"the company paid directly (e.g. if you used a company's credit card)." +"Whether the bill is created manually or automatically, make sure the " +"following fields are appropriately completed:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:37 msgid "" -"Set the bill reference, add some notes if requested and attach a photo/scan " -"of the receipt from the discussion thread. That will help the manager and " -"the accountant validate it." +":guilabel:`Vendor`: Odoo automatically fills some information based on the " +"vendor's registered information, previous purchase orders, or bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:72 -msgid "In one click from emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:39 msgid "" -"Let your employees record their expenses from a simple email. Make a " -"snapshot of the receipt and send it by email, or simply forward a bill!" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: add the sales order reference provided by the " +"vendor and is used to do the :ref:`matching <payments/matching>` when you " +"receive the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:41 msgid "" -"The only thing to do is setting up an email alias in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Configuration --> Settings` (e.g. *expenses* " -"@mycompany.odoo.com). For security purposes, only authenticated employee " -"emails (cfr. *Work Email* in employee detail form) are accepted." +":guilabel:`Auto-Complete`: select a past bill/purchase order to " +"automatically complete the document. The :guilabel:`Vendor` field should be " +"completed prior to completing this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: is the issuance date of the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:44 msgid "" -"The expense product is set automatically if the mail subject contains the " -"product's internal reference in first position. Type the expense amount in " -"the mail subject to set it on the expense too (e.g. Ref001 Food 100€)." +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: is the date on which the document is registered" +" in your accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:87 -msgid "How to submit expenses to managers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:45 msgid "" -"When you are ready to submit your expenses to your manager (e.g. at the end " -"of a business trip, or once a month), go to the menu :menuselection:`My " -"Expenses --> Expenses to Submit`. Select all expenses from the list view and" -" click on :menuselection:`Action --> Submit to Manager`. Save the newly " -"created expense report (i.e. set of expenses), and wait for your manager to " +":guilabel:`Payment Reference`: when registering the payment, it is " +"automatically indicated in the :guilabel:`Memo` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recipient Bank`: to indicate to which account number the payment " +"has to be made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Due Date` or :guilabel:`Terms` to pay the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select in which journal the bill should be recorded and" +" the :doc:`Currency <get_started/multi_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst-1 +msgid "filling the vendor bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Bills can be :doc:`digitized <vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>` for " +"automatic completion by clicking :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If you upload the bill, the PDF document is displayed on the right of the " +"screen, allowing you to easily fill in the bill information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:63 +msgid "Bill confirmation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` when the document is completed. The status of your" +" document changes to :guilabel:`Posted` and a journal entry is generated " +"based on the configuration on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, it is no longer possible to update it. Click " +":guilabel:`Reset to draft` if changes are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:73 +msgid "Bill Payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Upon payment of the vendor bill, click on :guilabel:`Register Payment`. A " +"new window pops up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Journal`, the :guilabel:`Payment Method`, the " +":guilabel:`Amount` you wish to pay (full or partial payment), and the " +":guilabel:`Currency`. Odoo fills the :guilabel:`Memo` field automatically if" +" the :guilabel:`Payment Reference` has been set correctly in the vendor " +"bill. If the field is empty, we recommend you select the vendor invoice " +"number as a reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, an :guilabel:`In Payment` banner appears on the bill until " +"it is :doc:`reconciled <bank/reconciliation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:86 +msgid "Aged payable report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To get an overview of your open vendor bills and their related due dates, " +"you can use the **Aged Payable report**. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Reporting --> Partner Reports: Aged payable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Click on a vendor's name to open up the details of all outstanding bills, " +"the amounts due, the due dates, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:96 +msgid "" +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Save` button, you can export the information " +"available on the screen as a PDF or XLSX file and save it in the folder of " +"your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills.rst:98 +msgid "" +"You might receive several bills for the same purchase order if your vendor " +"is in back-order and is sending you invoices as they ship the products, or " +"if your vendor is sending you a partial bill or asking for a deposit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:3 +msgid "Non-current assets and fixed assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Non-current Assets**, also known as **long-term assets**, are investments " +"that are expected to be realized after one year. They are capitalized rather" +" than being expensed and appear on the company's balance sheet. Depending on" +" their nature, they may undergo **depreciation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Fixed Assets** are a type of Non-current Assets and include the properties" +" bought for their productive aspects, such as buildings, vehicles, " +"equipment, land, and software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we buy a car for $ 27,000. We plan to amortize it " +"over five years, and we will sell it for $ 7,000 afterward. Using the " +"linear, or straight-line, depreciation method, $ 4,000 are expensed each " +"year as **depreciation expenses**. After five years, the **Accumulated " +"Depreciation** amount reported on the balance sheet equals $ 20,000, leaving" +" us with $ 7,000 of **Not Depreciable Value**, or Salvage value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles depreciation by creating all depreciation entries " +"automatically in *draft mode*. They are then posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:21 +msgid "Odoo supports the following **Depreciation Methods**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:23 +msgid "Straight Line" +msgstr "Прямолінійно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:24 +msgid "Declining" +msgstr "Зниження" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:25 +msgid "Declining Then Straight Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on an **Assets Account** rather than on the" +" default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:38 +msgid "Configure an Assets Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of an Assets Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:48 +msgid "" +"This account's type must be either *Fixed Assets* or *Non-current Assets*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:48 +msgid "Post an expense to the right account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:51 +msgid "Select the account on a draft bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:56 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the assets you are buying." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of an Assets Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:61 +msgid "Choose a different Expense Account for specific products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Start editing the product, go to the *Accounting* tab, select the right " +"**Expense Account**, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Assets Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:75 +msgid "" +"It is possible to :ref:`automate the creation of assets entries <assets-" +"automation>` for these products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, select the journal item you want to modify, " +"click on the account, and select the right one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:92 +msgid "Assets entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:99 +msgid "" +"An **Asset entry** automatically generates all journal entries in *draft " +"mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Assets`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Purchase** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Assets entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Depreciation* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Depreciation Board**. This board" +" shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to depreciate your asset, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Depreciation Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to depreciate your assets the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:126 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Depreciation Board is computed " +"based on the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First " +"Depreciation Date* rather than the default amount of time between " +"depreciations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For example, the Depreciation Board above has its first depreciation with an" +" amount of $ 241.10 rather than $ 4,000.00. Consequently, the last entry is " +"also lower and has an amount of $ 3758.90." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:134 +msgid "What are the different Depreciation Methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The **Straight Line Depreciation Method** divides the initial Depreciable " +"Value by the number of depreciations planned. All depreciation entries have " +"the same amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Depreciation Method** multiplies the Depreciable Value by " +"the **Declining Factor** for each entry. Each depreciation entry has a lower" +" amount than the previous entry. The last depreciation entry doesn't use the" +" declining factor but instead has an amount corresponding to the balance of " +"the depreciable value so that it reaches $0 by the end of the specified " +"duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The **Declining Then Straight Line Depreciation Method** uses the Declining " +"Method, but with a minimum Depreciation equal to the Straight Line Method. " +"This method ensures a fast depreciation at the beginning, followed by a " +"constant one afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:149 +msgid "Assets from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:151 +msgid "" +"You can create an asset entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"record as an asset. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: " +":ref:`journal-assets-account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Then, click on *Action*, select **Create Asset**, and fill out the form the " +"same way you would do to :ref:`create a new entry <create-assets-entry>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Create Asset Entry from a journal item in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:165 +msgid "Modification of an Asset" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:167 +msgid "" +"You can modify the values of an asset to increase or decrease its value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to modify, and click on *Modify " +"Depreciation*. Then, fill out the form with the new depreciation values and " +"click on *Modify*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:172 +msgid "" +"A **decrease in value** posts a new Journal Entry for the **Value Decrease**" +" and modifies all the future *unposted* Journal Entries listed in the " +"Depreciation Board." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:175 +msgid "" +"An **increase in value** requires you to fill out additional fields related " +"to the account movements and creates a new Asset entry with the **Value " +"Increase**. The Gross Increase Asset Entry can be accessed with a Smart " +"Button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Gross Increase smart button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:184 +msgid "Disposal of Fixed Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To **sell** an asset or **dispose** of it implies that it must be removed " +"from the Balance Sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To do so, open the asset you want to dispose of, click on *Sell or Dispose*," +" and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Disposal of Assets in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting then generates all the journal entries necessary to dispose " +"of the asset, including the gain or loss on sale, which is based on the " +"difference between the asset's book value at the time of the sale and the " +"amount it is sold for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:199 +msgid "" +"To record the sale of an asset, you must first post the related Customer " +"Invoice so you can link the sale of the asset with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:203 +msgid "Assets Models" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:205 +msgid "" +"You can create **Assets Models** to create your Asset entries faster. It is " +"particularly useful if you recurrently buy the same kind of assets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Assets Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same way you " +"would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:212 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Asset entry* into a model by opening it " +"from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets` and then, by " +"clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:217 +msgid "Apply an Asset Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:219 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Asset entry, fill out the **Fixed Asset Account** " +"with the right asset account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Assets model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:232 +msgid "Automate the Assets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Non-current " +"Assets* or *Fixed Assets*, you can configure it to create assets for the " +"expenses that are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:238 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Assets** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:241 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Assets entry* is created, but not validated. You must first fill out " +"the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Assets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:244 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select an Asset Model (see: `Assets " +"Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the account, an *Assets " +"entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Assets on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/assets.rst:252 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: :ref:`product-assets-" +"account`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:3 +msgid "Deferred expenses and prepayments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Deferred expenses** and **prepayments** (also known as **prepaid " +"expense**), are both costs that have already occurred for unconsumed " +"products or services yet to receive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Such costs are **assets** for the company that pays them since it already " +"paid for products and services still to receive or that are yet to be used. " +"The company cannot report them on the current **Profit and Loss statement**," +" or *Income Statement*, since the payments will be effectively expensed in " +"the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"These future expenses must be deferred on the company's balance sheet until " +"the moment in time they can be **recognized**, at once or over a defined " +"period, on the Profit and Loss statement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:16 +msgid "" +"For example, let's say we pay $ 1200 at once for one year of insurance. We " +"already pay the cost now but haven't used the service yet. Therefore, we " +"post this new expense in a *prepayment account* and decide to recognize it " +"on a monthly basis. Each month, for the next 12 months, $ 100 will be " +"recognized as an expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting handles deferred expenses and prepayments by spreading them " +"in multiple entries that are automatically created in *draft mode* and then " +"posted periodically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Such transactions must be posted on a **Deferred Expense Account** rather " +"than on the default expense account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:35 +msgid "Configure a Deferred Expense Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of a Deferred Expense Account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:45 +msgid "This account's type must be either *Current Assets* or *Prepayments*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a draft bill, select the right account for all the products of which the " +"expenses must be deferred." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of a Deferred Expense Account on a draft bill in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Change of the Expense Account for a product in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:71 +msgid "" +"It is possible to automate the creation of expense entries for these " +"products (see: `Automate the Deferred Expenses`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:86 +msgid "Deferred Expenses entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:91 +msgid "" +"A **Deferred Expense entry** automatically generates all journal entries in " +"*draft mode*. They are then posted one by one at the right time until the " +"full amount of the expense is recognized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To create a new entry, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expense`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Click on **select related purchases** to link an existing journal item to " +"this new entry. Some fields are then automatically filled out, and the " +"journal item is now listed under the **Related Expenses** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense entry in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once done, you can click on *Compute Deferral* (next to the *Confirm* " +"button) to generate all the values of the **Expense Board**. This board " +"shows you all the entries that Odoo will post to recognize your expense, and" +" at which date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Expense Board in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The **Prorata Temporis** feature is useful to recognize your expense the " +"most accurately possible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:118 +msgid "" +"With this feature, the first entry on the Expense Board is computed based on" +" the time left between the *Prorata Date* and the *First Recognition Date* " +"rather than the default amount of time between recognitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"For example, the Expense Board above has its first expense with an amount of" +" $ 70.97 rather than $ 100.00. Consequently, the last entry is also lower " +"and has an amount of $ 29.03." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:126 +msgid "Deferred Entry from the Purchases Journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"You can create a deferred entry from a specific journal item in your " +"**Purchases Journal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"To do so, open your Purchases Journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Accounting --> Purchases`, and select the journal item you want to " +"defer. Make sure that it is posted in the right account (see: `Change the " +"account of a posted journal item`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:142 +msgid "Deferred Expense Models" +msgstr "Моделі витрат майбутніх періодів" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"You can create **Deferred Expense Models** to create your Deferred Expense " +"entries faster." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To create a model, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Deferred Expense Models`, click on *Create*, and fill out the form the same " +"way you would do to create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"You can also convert a *confirmed Deferred Expense entry* into a model by " +"opening it from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Deferred " +"Expenses` and then, by clicking on the button *Save Model*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:155 +msgid "Apply a Deferred Expense Model to a new entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:157 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Deferred Expense entry, fill out the **Deferred " +"Expense Account** with the right recognition account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Deferred Expense model button in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Automate the Deferred Expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"When you create or edit an account of which the type is either *Current " +"Assets* or *Prepayments*, you can configure it to defer the expenses that " +"are credited on it automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:175 +msgid "You have three choices for the **Automate Deferred Expense** field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:178 +msgid "" +"**Create in draft:** whenever a transaction is posted on the account, a " +"draft *Deferred Expenses entry* is created, but not validated. You must " +"first fill out the form in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Deferred Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Create and validate:** you must also select a Deferred Expense Model (see:" +" `Deferred Expense Models`_). Whenever a transaction is posted on the " +"account, a *Deferred Expenses entry* is created and immediately validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Automate Deferred Expense on an account in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/deferred_expenses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"You can, for example, select this account as the default **Expense Account**" +" of a product to fully automate its purchase. (see: `Choose a different " +"Expense Account for specific products`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:3 +msgid "AI-powered document digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Invoice digitization** is the process of converting paper documents into " +"vendor bill and customer invoice forms in your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses :abbr:`OCR (optical character recognition)` and artificial " +"intelligence technologies to recognize the content of the documents. Vendor " +"bill and customer invoice forms are automatically created and populated " +"based on the scanned invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Test Odoo's invoice digitization <https://www.odoo.com/app/invoice-" +"automation>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Invoice Digitization with OCR " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/digitize-bills-with-ocr-1712>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:20 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Digitization`, check the box :guilabel:`Document Digitization` and choose " +"whether :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` (this " +"includes customer credit notes) should be processed automatically or on " +"demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If you enable the :guilabel:`Single Invoice Line Per Tax` option, only one " +"line is created per tax in the new bill, regardless of the number of lines " +"on the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:29 +msgid "Invoice upload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:32 +msgid "Upload invoices manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard`, click on the :guilabel:`Upload` " +"button of your vendor bills journal. Alternatively, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Invoices` or " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and select " +":guilabel:`Upload`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:42 +msgid "Upload invoices using an email alias" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can configure your connected scanner to send scanned documents to an " +"email alias. Emails sent to these aliases are converted into new draft " +"customer invoices or vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can modify the email alias of a journal. To do so, go to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` app. Under :guilabel:`General Settings: Discuss`, " +"enable :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers`, add an :guilabel:`Alias Domain`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The email alias is now available in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab of" +" the journal. Emails sent to this address will be converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you use the :doc:`Documents <../../documents>` app, you can automatically" +" send your scanned invoices to the :guilabel:`Finance` workspace (e.g., " +"`inbox-financial@example.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The default email aliases `vendor-bills@` and `customer-invoices@` followed " +"by the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` you set are automatically created for the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bills` and :guilabel:`Customer Invoices` journals, " +"respectively. Emails sent to these addresses are converted automatically " +"into new invoices or bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To change a default email alias, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`. Select the journal you want to " +"edit, click on the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, and edit the `Email " +"Alias`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:68 +msgid "Invoice digitization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:70 +msgid "" +"According to your settings, the document is either processed automatically, " +"or you need to click on :guilabel:`Send for digitization` to do it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Once the data is extracted from the PDF, you can correct it if necessary by " +"clicking on the respective tags (available in :guilabel:`Edit` mode) and " +"selecting the proper information instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:77 +msgid "Data recognition with AI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:79 +msgid "" +"It is essential to review and correct (if needed) the information uploaded " +"during digitization. Then, you have to post the document by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`. In this manner, the AI learns, and the system " +"identifies the correct data for future digitizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The **invoice digitization** is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that " +"requires prepaid credits to work. Digitizing one document consumes one " +"credit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:89 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Digitization` and click on :guilabel:`Buy credits`, or go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP` and click on :guilabel:`View My " +"Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:98 +msgid "`Our Privacy Policy <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_6>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:3 +msgid "Documents" +msgstr "Документи" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Documents** allows you to store, view and manage files within Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:7 +msgid "" +"You can upload any type of file (max 64MB per file on Odoo Online), and " +"organize them in various workspaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Documents: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/documents>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Documents basics " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/documents-basics-674>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Using Documents with your Accounting App " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-documents-with-your-accounting-" +"app-675?fullscreen=1#>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Settings`, you " +"can enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity. For example, by ticking :guilabel:`Human Resources`, your HR " +"documents are automatically available in the HR workspace, while documents " +"related to Payroll are automatically available in the Payroll sub-workspace " +". You can change the default workspace by using the dropdown menu and edit " +"its properties by clicking the internal link button (:guilabel:`➔`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable the centralization of files attached to a specific area of your " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you enable the centralization of your accounting files and documents, it " +"is necessary to click on :guilabel:`Journals` and define each journal " +"independently to allow automatic synchronization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:0 +msgid "Enable the centralization of files attached to your accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you select a new workspace, existing documents aren't moved. Only newly " +"created documents will be found under the new workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:43 +msgid "Workspaces" +msgstr "Папки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Workspaces are hierarchical folders having their own set of tags and " +"actions. Default workspaces exist, but you can create your own by going to " +":menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration --> Workspaces` and clicking on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspaces` and :guilabel:`Sub-workspaces` can be created, " +"edited, or deleted by clicking on the gear icon :guilabel:`⚙` on the left " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Create sub-workspaces from the left menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Tags are used within workspaces to add a level of differentiation between " +"documents. They are organized per category and filters can be used to sort " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The tags of a parent workspace apply to the child workspaces automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Tags can be created and modified by going to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Tags can also be created, edited, or deleted, by clicking on the gear icon " +":guilabel:`⚙`, on the left menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:70 +msgid "Documents management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:72 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a specific document, the right panel displays different " +"options. On the top, additional options might be available: " +":guilabel:`Download`, :guilabel:`Share`, :guilabel:`Replace`, " +":guilabel:`Lock` or :guilabel:`Split`. It is also possible to " +":guilabel:`Open chatter` or :guilabel:`Archive` the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "right panel options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Then, you can modify the name of your file by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Document`. A :guilabel:`Contact` or an :guilabel:`Owner` can be " +"assigned. The related :guilabel:`Workspace` can be modified and it is " +"possible to access the related :guilabel:`Journal Entry` or to add " +":guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Contact` is the person related to the document and assigned " +"to it. He can only view the document and not modify it. I.e.: an existing " +"supplier in your database is the contact for their bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The person who creates a document is, by default :guilabel:`Owner` of it and" +" has complete rights to the document. It is possible to replace the owner of" +" a document. I.e.: an employee must be owner of a document to be able to see" +" it in \"My Profile\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Finally, different :guilabel:`Actions` are available at the bottom of the " +"right panel, depending on the workspace where your document is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:98 +msgid "Workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Workflow actions help you streamline the management of your documents and " +"your overall business operations. These are automated actions that can be " +"created and customized for each workspace. For example, create documents, " +"process bills, sign, organize files, add tags to a file or move it to " +"another workspace with a single click etc. These workflow actions appear on " +"the right panel when it meets the criteria you set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:107 +msgid "Create workflow actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:109 +msgid "" +"To create workflow actions, go to :menuselection:`Documents --> " +"Configuration --> Actions` and then click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:113 +msgid "" +"An action applies to all :guilabel:`Child Workspaces` under the " +":guilabel:`Parent Workspace` you selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:117 +msgid "Set the conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:119 +msgid "" +"You can :guilabel:`Create` a new :guilabel:`Action` or edit an existing one." +" You can define the :guilabel:`Action Name` and then set the conditions that" +" trigger the appearance of the action button (:guilabel:`▶`) on the right-" +"side panel when selecting a file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:123 +msgid "There are three basic types of conditions you can set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: you can both use the :guilabel:`Contains` and " +":guilabel:`Does not contain` conditions, meaning the files *must have* or " +"*mustn't have* the tags set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the files must be associated with the contact set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:130 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Owner`: the files must be associated with the owner set here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action's basic condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:137 +msgid "" +"If you don't set any conditions, the action button appears for all files " +"located inside the selected workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:141 +msgid "Advanced condition type: domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:144 +msgid "" +"It is recommended to have some knowledge of Odoo development to properly " +"configure *Domain* filters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To access the *Domain* condition, the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`" +" needs to be activated. Once that's done, select the :guilabel:`Domain` " +"condition type, and click on :guilabel:`Add Filter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Activating the domain condition type in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To create a rule, you typically select a :guilabel:`field`, an " +":guilabel:`operator`, and a :guilabel:`value`. For example, if you want to " +"add a workflow action to all the PDF files inside a workspace, set the " +":guilabel:`field` to *Mime Type*, the :guilabel:`operator` to *contains*, " +"and the :guilabel:`value` to *pdf*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action's domain condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Add node` (plus-circle icon) and :guilabel:`Add branch` " +"(ellipsis icon) to add conditions and sub-conditions. You can then specify " +"if your rule should match :guilabel:`ALL` or :guilabel:`ANY` conditions. You" +" can also edit the rule directly using the :guilabel:`Code editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add a node or a branch to a workflow action's condition in Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:172 +msgid "Configure the actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Actions` tab to set up your action. You can " +"simultaneously:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:176 +msgid "" +"**Set Contact**: add a contact to the file, or replace an existing contact " +"with a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:177 +msgid "" +"**Set Owner**: add an owner to the file, or replace an existing owner with a" +" new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:178 +msgid "**Move to Workspace**: move the file to any workspace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:179 +msgid "" +"**Create**: create one of the following items attached to the file in your " +"database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:181 +msgid "**Product template**: create a product you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:182 +msgid "**Task**: create a Project task you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:183 +msgid "**Signature request**: create a new Sign template to send out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:184 +msgid "**Sign directly**: create a Sign template to sign directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:185 +msgid "" +"**Vendor bill**: create a vendor bill using OCR and AI to scrape information" +" from the file content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:187 +msgid "" +"**Customer invoice**: create a customer invoice using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:189 +msgid "" +"**Vendor credit note**: create a vendor credit note using OCR and AI to " +"scrape information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Credit note**: create a customer credit note using OCR and AI to scrape " +"information from the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:193 +msgid "**Applicant**: create a new HR application you can edit directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:195 +msgid "**Set Tags**: add, remove, and replace any number of tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:196 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Mark all as Done**: mark all activities linked to the file as" +" done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:197 +msgid "" +"**Activities - Schedule Activity**: create a new activity linked to the file" +" as configured in the action. You can choose to set the activity on the " +"document owner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a workflow action Odoo Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:205 +msgid "Digitize documents with AI and optical character recognition (OCR)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Documents available in the Finance workspace can be digitized. Select the " +"document you want to digitize, click on :guilabel:`Create Bill`, " +":guilabel:`Create Customer Invoice` or :guilabel:`Create credit note`, and " +"then click on :guilabel:`Send for Digitization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/documents.rst:212 +msgid "" +":doc:`AI-powered document digitization " +"<../finance/accounting/vendor_bills/invoice_digitization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:113 +msgid "Expenses" +msgstr "Витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo **Expenses** streamlines the management of expenses. After an employee " +"submits their expenses in Odoo, the expenses are reviewed by management and " +"accounting teams. Once approved, payments can then be processed and " +"disbursed back to the employee for reimbursement(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Expenses: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/expenses>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:15 +msgid "Set expense categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The first step to track expenses is to configure the different types of " +"expenses for the company (managed as *expense categories* in Odoo). Each " +"category can be as specific or generalized as needed. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories` to " +"view the current expensable categories in a default list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Set expense costs on products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:26 +msgid "" +"To create a new expense category, click :guilabel:`New`. A product form will" +" appear, with the description field labeled :guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Expense categories are managed like products in Odoo. The expense category " +"form follows the standard product form in Odoo, and the information entered " +"is similar. Expense products will be referred to as expense categories " +"throughout this document since the main menu refers to these as " +":guilabel:`Expense Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Only two fields are required, the :guilabel:`Product Name` and the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Enter the :guilabel:`Product Name` in the " +"field, and select the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` from the drop-down menu " +"(most products will be set to :guilabel:`Units`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The *Sales* app is where specification on the units of measure are created " +"and edited (e.g. units, miles, nights, etc.). Go to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and ensure `Units of Measure` is enabled" +" in the `Product Catalog` section. Click on the :guilabel:`Units of Measure`" +" internal link to view, create, and edit the units of measure. Refer to " +":doc:`this document " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom>` to " +"learn more about units of measure and how to configure them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field on the product form is populated with a value of " +"`0.00` by default. When a specific expense should always be reimbursed for a" +" particular price, enter that amount in the :guilabel:`Cost` field. " +"Otherwise, leave the :guilabel:`Cost` set to `0.00`, and employees will " +"report the actual cost when submitting an expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cost` field is always visible on the expense category form, " +"but the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is *only* visible if the " +":guilabel:`Sales Price` is selected under the :guilabel:`Re-Invoice " +"Expenses` section. Otherwise, the :guilabel:`Sales Price` field is hidden." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Here are some examples for when to set a specific :guilabel:`Cost` on a " +"product vs. leaving the :guilabel:`Cost` at `0.00`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"**Meals**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " +"expense for a meal, they enter the actual amount of the bill and will be " +"reimbursed for that amount. An expense for a meal costing $95.23 would equal" +" a reimbursement for $95.23." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:69 +msgid "" +"**Mileage**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.30`. When an employee logs an " +"expense for \"mileage\", they enter the number of miles driven in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and are reimbursed 0.30 per mile they entered. " +"An expense for 100 miles would equal a reimbursement for $30.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Monthly Parking**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `75.00`. When an employee " +"logs an expense for \"monthly parking\", the reimbursement would be for " +"$75.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Expenses**: Set the :guilabel:`Cost` to `0.00`. When an employee logs an " +"expense that is not a meal, mileage, or monthly parking, they use the " +"generic :guilabel:`Expenses` product. An expense for a laptop costing " +"$350.00 would be logged as an :guilabel:`Expenses` product, and the " +"reimbursement would be for $350.00." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Select an :guilabel:`Expense Account` if using the Odoo *Accounting* app. It" +" is recommended to check with the accounting department to determine the " +"correct account to reference in this field as it will affect reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Set a tax on each product in the :guilabel:`Vendor Taxes` and " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` fields, if applicable. It is considered good " +"practice to use a tax that is configured with :ref:`Tax Included in Price " +"<taxes/included-in-price>`. Taxes will be automatically configured if this " +"is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:91 +msgid "Record expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:94 +msgid "Manually create a new expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To record a new expense, begin in the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app " +"dashboard, which presents the default :guilabel:`My Expenses` view. This " +"view can also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses " +"--> My Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:100 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`New`, and then fill out the various fields on the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: Enter a short description for the expense in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. This should be short and informative, such as" +" `lunch with client` or `hotel for conference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select the expense category from the drop-down menu " +"that most closely corresponds to the expense. For example, an airplane " +"ticket would be appropriate for an expense :guilabel:`Category` named " +":guilabel:`Air Travel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Total`: Enter the total amount paid for the expense in one of two" +" ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for one single item/expense, and the category selected was" +" for a single item, enter the cost in the :guilabel:`Total` field (the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field is hidden)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the expense is for multiples of the same item/expense with a fixed price," +" the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is displayed. Enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field, and the total cost is automatically updated with" +" the correct total (the :guilabel:`Unit Price` x the :guilabel:`Quantity` = " +"the total). Be advised, the word \"total\" does not appear, the total cost " +"simply appears below the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:119 +msgid "" +"For example, in the case of mileage driven, the :guilabel:`Unit Price` is " +"populated as the cost *per mile*. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity` to the " +"*number of miles* driven, and the total is calculated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Included Taxes`: If taxes were configured on the expense " +"category, the tax percentage and amount appear automatically after entering " +"either the :guilabel:`Total` or the :guilabel:`Quantity`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When a tax is configured on an expense category, the :guilabel:`Included " +"Taxes` value will update in real time as the :guilabel:`Total` or " +":guilabel:`Quantity` is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Employee`: Using the drop-down menu, select the employee this " +"expense is for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Paid By`: Click the radio button to indicate who paid for the " +"expense and should be reimbursed. If the employee paid for the expense (and " +"should be reimbursed) select :guilabel:`Employee (to reimburse)`. If the " +"company paid directly instead (e.g. if the company credit card was used to " +"pay for the expense) select :guilabel:`Company`. Depending on the expense " +"category selected, this field may not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:137 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill Reference`: If there is any reference text that should be " +"included for the expense, enter it in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:139 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expense Date`: Using the calendar module, enter the date the " +"expense was incurred. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)`" +" arrows to navigate to the correct month, then click on the specific day to " +"enter the selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Account`: Select the expense account that this expense should be " +"logged on from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:144 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`: If the expense is something that should " +"be paid for by a customer, select the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` and customer " +"that will be invoiced for this expense from the drop-down menu. All sales " +"orders in the drop-down menu list both the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` as well " +"as the company the sales order is written for, but after the expense is " +"saved, the customer name disappears and only the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is" +" visible on the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:151 +msgid "" +"A customer wishes to have an on-site meeting for a custom garden (design and" +" installation) and agrees to pay for the expenses associated with it (such " +"as travel, hotel, meals, etc.). All expenses tied to that meeting would " +"indicate the sales order for the custom garden (which also references the " +"customer) as the :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Distribution`: Select the account(s) the expense should " +"be written against from the drop-down menu for either :guilabel:`Projects`, " +":guilabel:`Departments`, or both. Multiple accounts can be listed for each " +"category if needed. Adjust the percentage for each analytic account by " +"typing in the percentage value next to the account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: If multiple companies are set up, select the company " +"this expense should be filed for from the drop-down menu. The current " +"company will automatically populate this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Notes...`: If any notes are needed in order to clarify the " +"expense, enter them in the notes field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "A filled in expense form for a client lunch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:170 +msgid "Attach a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After the expense is created, the next step is to attach a receipt. Click " +"the :guilabel:`Attach Receipt` button, and a file explorer appears. Navigate" +" to the receipt to be attached, and click :guilabel:`Open`. The new receipt " +"is recorded in the chatter, and the number of receipts will appear next to " +"the :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon beneath the expense form. More than one " +"receipt can be attached to an individual expense, as needed. The number of " +"receipts attached to the expense will be noted on the paperclip icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Attach a receipt and it appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:184 +msgid "Create new expenses from a scanned receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Rather than manually inputting all of the information for an expense, " +"expenses can be created by scanning a PDF receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"First, in the main :guilabel:`Expenses` app dashboard view (this view can " +"also be accessed from :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My " +"Expenses`), click :guilabel:`Scan`, and a file explorer pops up. Navigate to" +" the receipt to be uploaded, click on it to select it, and then click " +":guilabel:`Open`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create an expense by scanning a receipt. Click Scan at the top of the Expenses dashboard\n" +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The receipt is scanned, and a new entry is created with today's date as the " +":guilabel:`Expense Date`, and any other fields it can populate based on the " +"scanned data, such as the total. Click on the new entry to open the " +"individual expense form, and make any changes needed. The scanned receipt " +"appears in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:205 +msgid "Automatically create new expenses from an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Instead of individually creating each expense in the *Expenses* app, " +"expenses can be automatically created by sending an email to an email alias." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:210 +msgid "" +"To do so, first, an email alias needs to be configured. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Ensure " +":guilabel:`Incoming Emails` is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 +msgid "Create the domain alias by clicking the link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:218 +msgid "" +"If the domain alias needs to be set up, :guilabel:`Setup your domain alias` " +"will appear beneath the incoming emails check box instead of the email " +"address field. Refer to this documentation for setup instructions and more " +"information: :doc:`/administration/maintain/domain_names`. Once the domain " +"alias is configured, the email address field will be visible beneath the " +"incoming emails section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Next, enter the email address to be used in the email field, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Now that the email address has been entered, emails can be" +" sent to that alias to create new expenses without having to be in the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:228 +msgid "" +"To submit an expense via email, create a new email and enter the product's " +"*internal reference* code (if available) and the amount of the expense in " +"the email subject. Next, attach the receipt to the email. Odoo creates the " +"expense by taking the information in the email subject and combining it with" +" the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:233 +msgid "" +"To check an expense categories internal reference, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. If " +"an internal reference is listed on the expense category, it is listed in the" +" :guilabel:`Internal Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Categories view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:241 +msgid "" +"To add an internal reference on an expense category, click on the category " +"to open the form. Enter the internal reference in the field. Beneath the " +":guilabel:`Internal Reference` field, this sentence appears: :guilabel:`Use " +"this reference as a subject prefix when submitting by email.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Internal reference numbers are listed in the main Expense Products view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:250 +msgid "" +"For security purposes, only authenticated employee emails are accepted by " +"Odoo when creating an expense from an email. To confirm an authenticated " +"employee email address, go to the employee card in the " +":menuselection:`Employees` app, and refer to the :guilabel:`Work Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:259 +msgid "" +"If submitting an expense via email for a $25.00 meal during a work trip, the" +" email subject would be `FOOD $25.00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:262 +msgid "Explanation:" +msgstr "Пояснення:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` for the expense category `Meals` is " +"`FOOD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:265 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Cost` for the expense is `$25.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:270 +msgid "Create an expense report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:272 +msgid "" +"When expenses are ready to submit (such as at the end of a business trip, or" +" once a month), an *expense report* needs to be created. Go to the main " +":menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard, which displays a default " +":guilabel:`My Expenses` view, or go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My " +"Expenses --> My Expenses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Expenses are color coded by status. Any expense with a status of " +":guilabel:`To Report` (expenses that still need to be added to an expense " +"report) the text appears in blue. All other statuses (:guilabel:`To Submit`," +" :guilabel:`Submitted`, and :guilabel:`Approved`) the text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:281 +msgid "" +"First, select each individual expense for the report by clicking the check " +"box next to each entry, or quickly select all the expenses in the list by " +"clicking the check box next to :guilabel:`Expense Date`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Another way to quickly add all expenses that are not on an expense report is" +" to click :guilabel:`Create Report` without selecting any expenses, and Odoo" +" will select all expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are " +"not already on a report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Select the expenses to submit, then create the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:294 +msgid "" +"Any expense can be selected from the :guilabel:`My Expenses` list, " +"regardless of status. The :guilabel:`Create Report` button is visible as " +"long as there is a minimum of 1 expense with a status of :guilabel:`To " +"Report` selected. When the :guilabel:`Create Report` button is clicked, only" +" expenses with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit` that are *not* currently on" +" another expense report will appear in the newly created expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Once the expenses have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Create Report` " +"button. The new report appears with all the expenses listed in the " +":guilabel:`Expense` tab. If there is a receipt attached to an individual " +"expense, a :guilabel:`📎 (paperclip)` icon appears next to the " +":guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` and :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` " +"columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:305 +msgid "" +"When the report is created, the date range for the expenses appears in the " +":guilabel:`Expense Report Summary` field by default. It is recommended to " +"edit this field with a short summary for each report to help keep expenses " +"organized. Enter a short description for the expense report (such as `Client" +" Trip NYC`, or `Repairs for Company Car`) in the :guilabel:`Expense Report " +"Summary` field. Next, select a :guilabel:`Manager` from the drop-down menu " +"to assign a manager to review the report. If needed, the :guilabel:`Journal`" +" can be changed. Use the drop-down menu to select a different " +":guilabel:`Journal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Enter a short description and select a manager for the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:317 +msgid "" +"If some expenses are not on the report that should be, they can still be " +"added. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` at the bottom of the :guilabel:`Expense`" +" tab. A pop up appears with all the available expenses that can be added to " +"the report (with a status of :guilabel:`To Submit`). Click the check box " +"next to each expense to add, then click :guilabel:`Select`. The items now " +"appear on the report that was just created. If a new expense needs to be " +"added that does *not* appear on the list, click :guilabel:`New` to create a " +"new expense and add it to the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Add more expenses to the report before submitting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:329 +msgid "Expense reports can be created in one of three places:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:331 +msgid "" +"Go to the main :menuselection:`Expenses` app dashboard (also accessed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Expenses`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:333 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:334 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:336 +msgid "" +"In any of these views, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:341 +msgid "Submit an expense report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:343 +msgid "" +"When an expense report is completed, the next step is to submit the report " +"to a manager for approval. Reports must be individually submitted, and " +"cannot be submitted in batches. Open the specific report from the list of " +"expense reports (if the report is not already open). To view all expense " +"reports, go to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> My Expenses --> My Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:348 +msgid "" +"If the list is large, grouping the results by status may be helpful since " +"only reports that have a :guilabel:`To Submit` status need to be submitted, " +"reports with an :guilabel:`Approved` or :guilabel:`Submitted` status do not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:352 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`To Submit` expenses are easily identifiable not just from the" +" :guilabel:`To Submit` status, but the text appears in blue, while the other" +" expenses text appears in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Submit the report to the manager." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:360 +msgid "" +"The status of each report is shown in the :guilabel:`Status` column on the " +"right. If the :guilabel:`Status` column is not visible, click the " +":guilabel:`Additional Options (two dots)` icon at the end of the row, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:364 +msgid "" +"Click on a report to open it, then click :guilabel:`Submit To Manager`. " +"After submitting a report, the next step is to wait for the manager to " "approve it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:368 msgid "" -"You can also submit expenses one by one from the *Submit to Manager* button " -"on the form view of an expense." +"The :ref:`expenses/approve`, :ref:`expenses/post`, and " +":ref:`expenses/reimburse` sections are **only** for users with the " +"*necessary rights*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:374 +msgid "Approve expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:376 msgid "" -"All your submitted expense reports can be found in :menuselection:`Expenses " -"--> My Expenses --> Expense Reports`." +"In Odoo, not just anyone can approve expense reports— only users with the " +"necessary rights (or permissions) can. This means that a user must have at " +"least *Team Approver* rights for the *Expenses* app. Employees with the " +"necessary rights can review expense reports, approve or reject them, and " +"provide feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:107 -msgid "How to approve expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:381 msgid "" -"HR and team managers get an overview of all expense reports to validate from" -" the top menu :menuselection:`To Approve --> Expense Reports to Approve`. " -"Such users must have at least *Officers* access rights for *Expenses*." +"To see who has rights to approve, go to the main :menuselection:`Settings` " +"app and click on :guilabel:`Manage Users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:385 msgid "" -"They can review expense reports, approve or reject them, as well as " -"providing feedback thanks to the integrated communication tool." +"If the *Settings* app is not available, then certain rights are not set on " +"the account. Check the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab of a user's card in the" +" :menuselection:`Settings` app. the :guilabel:`Administration` section " +"(bottom right of the :guilabel:`Access Rights` tab) is set to one of three " +"options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:390 msgid "" -"As a team manager you can easily find the expense reports of your team " -"members. You need to be set as manager in the detail form of those " -"employees." +":guilabel:`None (blank)`: The user cannot access the *Settings* app at all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:130 -msgid "How to post expenses in accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:391 msgid "" -"Once expense reports approved by managers, the accounting department goes to" -" :menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Post` to " -"check accounts, products and taxes. They can click *Post Journal Entries* to" -" post related journal entries into your books. To do so, the user must have " +":guilabel:`Access Rights`: The user can only view the :guilabel:`User's & " +"Companies` section of the *Settings* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:393 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Settings`: The user has access to the entire *Settings* app with " +"no restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Please refer to :doc:`this document " +"</applications/general/users/manage_users>` to learn more about managing " +"users and their access rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual to view their card, which displays the " +":guilabel:`Access Rights` tab in the default view. Scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Human Resources` section. Under :guilabel:`Expenses`, there are " +"four options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:402 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`None (blank)`: A blank field means the user has no rights to view" +" or approve expense reports, and can only view their own." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:404 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team Approver`: The user can only view and approve expense " +"reports for their own specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:406 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`All Approver`: The user can view and approve any expense report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:407 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Administrator`: The user can view and approve any expense report," +" as well as access the reporting and configuration menus in the *Expenses* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Users who are able to approve expense reports (typically managers) can " +"easily view all expense reports they have access rights to. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, and a list appears with " +"all expense reports that have a status of either :guilabel:`To Submit`, " +":guilabel:`Submitted`, :guilabel:`Approved`, :guilabel:`Posted`, or " +":guilabel:`Done`. Expense reports with a status of :guilabel:`Refused` are " +"hidden in the default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Reports to validate are found on the Reports to Approve page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:420 +msgid "" +"When viewing expense reports, there is a panel of filters that can be " +"enabled or disabled on the left side. The three categories that filters can " +"be applied on are :guilabel:`Status`, :guilabel:`Employee`, and " +":guilabel:`Company`. To view only expense reports with a particular status, " +"enable the specific status filter to display the expense reports with only " +"that status. Disable the specific status filter to hide the reports with " +"that status. To view expense reports for a particular employee and/or " +"company, enable the specific employee name filter and/or company filter in " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and :guilabel:`Company` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:428 +msgid "" +"Reports can be approved in two ways (individually or several at once) and " +"refused only one way. To approve multiple expense reports at once, remain in" +" the list view. First, select the reports to approve by clicking the check " +"box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to " +"select all the reports in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:434 +msgid "" +"Only reports with a status of :guilabel:`Submitted` can be approved. It is " +"recommended to only display the submitted reports by adjusting the status " +"filter on the left side by only having the :guilabel:`Submitted` filter " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:438 +msgid "" +"If a report is selected that is unable to be approved, the " +":guilabel:`Approve Report` button **will not appear**, indicating there is a" +" problem with the selected report(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:441 +msgid "Next, click the :guilabel:`Approve Report` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Approve multiple reports by clicking the checkboxes next to each report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To approve an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view " +"of that report. In this view, several options are presented: " +":guilabel:`Approve`, :guilabel:`Report in Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`," +" or :guilabel:`Reset to draft`. Click :guilabel:`Approve` to approve the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:451 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:0 +msgid "Send messages in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:458 +msgid "" +"Team managers can easily view all the expense reports for their team " +"members. While in the :guilabel:`Expense Reports` view, click the drop-down " +"arrow in the right-side of the search box, and click on :guilabel:`My Team` " +"in the :guilabel:`Filters` section. This presents all the reports for the " +"manager's team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Select the My Team filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:468 +msgid "" +"If more information is needed, such as a missing receipt, communication is " +"easy from the chatter. In an individual report, simply click :guilabel:`Send" +" message` to open the message text box. Type in a message, tagging the " +"proper person (if needed), and post it to the chatter by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`. The message is posted in the chatter, and the person " +"tagged will be notified via email of the message, as well as any followers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:474 +msgid "" +"The only people that can be tagged in a message are *followers*. To see who " +"is a follower, click on the :guilabel:`👤 (person)` icon to display the " +"followers of the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:484 +msgid "Post expenses in accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Once an expense report is approved, the next step is to post the report to " +"the accounting journal. To view all expense reports, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`. To view only the expense " +"reports that have been approved and need to be posted, adjust the filters on" +" the left side so that only the :guilabel:`Approved` status is enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View reports to post by clicking on expense reports, then reports to post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:495 +msgid "" +"Just like approvals, expense reports can be posted in two ways (individually" +" or several at once). To post multiple expense reports at once, remain in " +"the list view. First, select the reports to post by clicking the check box " +"next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee` to select" +" all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Post Entries`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Post multiple reports at a time from the Expense Reports view, with the " +"Approved filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:504 +msgid "" +"To post an individual report, click on a report to go to the detailed view " +"of that report. In this view, several options are presented: :guilabel:`Post" +" Journal Entries`, :guilabel:`Report In Next Payslip`, :guilabel:`Refuse`, " +"or :guilabel:`Reset to Draft`. Click :guilabel:`Post Journal Entries` to " +"post the report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:509 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Refuse` is clicked, a pop-up window appears. Enter a brief " +"explanation for the refusal in the :guilabel:`Reason to Refuse Expense` " +"field, and then click :guilabel:`Refuse`. Refused reports can be viewed by " +"going to :menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports`, then adjusting " +"the filters on the left so that only :guilabel:`Refused` is selected. This " +"will only show the refused expense reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:516 +msgid "" +"To post expense reports to an accounting journal, the user must have " "following access rights:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:518 msgid "Accounting: Accountant or Adviser" msgstr "Бухгалтерський облік: бухгалтер або радник" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:519 msgid "Expenses: Manager" msgstr "Витрати: менеджер" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:524 +msgid "Reimburse employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:526 msgid "" -"To post an expense, a *Home Address* must be set on the employee. If you get" -" a related blocking message when posting, click the employee, go to " -"*Personal Information* tab and select/create the contact of your employee in" -" the address book. A contact has been automatically created if this person " -"is using Odoo." +"After an expense report is posted to an accounting journal, the next step is" +" to reimburse the employee. To view all the expense reports to pay, go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Expense Reports --> Reports To Pay`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:149 -msgid "How to reimburse employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"You can now see all the expense reports to reimburse in " -":menuselection:`Expenses --> Accountant --> Expense Reports To Pay`. To " -"record the payment or pay by check, click *Register a Payment*." +"View reports to pay by clicking on expense reports, then reports to pay." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:155 -msgid "See how you can easily manage the payment process in Odoo:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:157 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/check`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:158 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/payables/pay/sepa`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:162 -msgid "How to re-invoice expenses to your customers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:534 msgid "" -"If you track expenses on customer projects, you can charge them back to your" -" customers automatically." +"Just like approvals and posting, expense reports can be paid in two ways " +"(individually or several at once). To pay multiple expense reports at once, " +"remain in the list view. First, select the reports to pay by clicking the " +"check box next to each report, or click the box next to :guilabel:`Employee`" +" to select all the reports in the list. Next, click :guilabel:`Register " +"Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:170 -msgid "Enable **Customer Billing** in the Expenses settings" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"Go to the product configuration menu and set the invoicing method on all " -"your Expense types:" +"Post multiple reports by selecting them, clicking the gear, and then post " +"the entries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:543 msgid "" -"Ordered quantities : it will invoice expenses based on the ordered quantity" +"To pay an individual report, click on a report to go to a detailed view of " +"that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:546 msgid "" -"Delivered quantities :it will invoice expenses based on the expenses " -"quantity" +"A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, and the :guilabel:`Journal`, " +":guilabel:`Payment Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` can be modified, if" +" needed. When the selections are correct, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` " +"to send the payment to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:181 -msgid "At cost: will invoice expenses at their real cost." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:550 msgid "" -"At sales price: will invoice based on a fixed sales price set on the sale " -"order." +"To pay an individual report, click on a report in the list view to go to a " +"detailed view of that report. Click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to pay the " +"employee. A :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up appears, but when paying an " +"individual expense report instead of several at once, more options appear in" +" the pop-up. In addition to the :guilabel:`Journal`, :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and :guilabel:`Payment Date` fields, a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank " +"Account`, :guilabel:`Amount`, and :guilabel:`Memo` field appear. Select the " +"employee's bank account from the drop-down menu to directly deposit the " +"payment to their account. When all other selections are correct, click " +":guilabel:`Create Payment` to send the payment to the employee." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:190 -msgid "Create an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 msgid "" -"As a salesman, create and confirm a Sales Order for the services delivered " -"to your customer. If you don't put any expense in the order, it will be " -"added automatically once posted by the accountant." +"Different options appear when registering an individual expense report versus multiple\n" +"expense reports at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:197 -msgid "Link the expense to the Sale Order." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:565 +msgid "Re-invoice expenses to customers" +msgstr "Включення витрат у рахунки клієнтів" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:203 -msgid "Submit, validate and post expenses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:567 msgid "" -"As a manager, make sure the analytic account is set on every expense line on" -" approving expenses reports. Click the line to add one if missing. Employees" -" are already able to set one when submitting." +"If expenses are tracked on customer projects, expenses can be automatically " +"charged back to the customer. This is done by creating an expense, " +"referencing the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` the expense should be added to, and" +" then creating the expense report. Next, managers approve the expense " +"report, and the accounting department posts the journal entries. Finally, " +"once the expense report is posted to a journal, the expense(s) appears on " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` that was referenced. The sales order can then " +"be invoiced, thus invoicing the customer for the expense." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:212 -msgid "As an accountant, post journal entries." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:575 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:195 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:577 +msgid "" +"First, specify the invoicing policy for each expense category. Go to " +":menuselection:`Expenses app --> Configuration --> Expense Categories`. " +"Click on the expense category to open the expense category form. Under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` section, click the radio button next to the desired " +"selection for :guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`. Options are " +":guilabel:`None`, :guilabel:`At cost`, and :guilabel:`Sales price`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:583 +msgid ":guilabel:`Re-Invoicing Expenses`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:585 +msgid ":guilabel:`None`: Expense category will not be re-invoiced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:586 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At cost`: Expense category will invoice expenses at their real " +"cost." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:587 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`At sales price`: Expense category will invoice the price set on " +"the sale order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:590 +msgid "Create an expense" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:592 +msgid "" +"First, when :ref:`creating a new expense <expenses/new>`, the correct " +"information needs to be entered in order to re-invoice a customer. Select " +"the *sales order* the expense will appear on in the :guilabel:`Customer to " +"Reinvoice` section, from the drop-down menu. Next, select the " +":guilabel:`Analytic Account` the expense will be posted to. After the " +"expense(s) are created, the expense report needs to be :ref:`created " +"<expenses/report>` and :ref:`submitted <expenses/submit>` as usual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "Ensure the customer to be invoiced is called out on the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:604 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` when creating an expense is " +"critical, since this is what causes the expenses to be automatically " +"invoiced after an expense report is approved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:607 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer to Reinvoice` field can be modified *until an " +"expense report is* **approved**, then the field is no longer able to be " +"modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:611 +msgid "Validate and post expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:613 +msgid "" +"Only employees with permissions (typically managers or supervisors) can " +":ref:`approve expenses <expenses/approve>`. Before approving an expense " +"report, ensure the :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is set on every expense" +" line of a report. If an :guilabel:`Analytic Distribution` is missing, " +"assign the correct account(s) from the drop-down menu, and then click " +":guilabel:`Approve` or :guilabel:`Refuse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:619 +msgid "" +"The accounting department is typically responsible for :ref:`posting journal" +" entries <expenses/post>`. Once an expense report is approved, it can then " +"be posted. The :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is **only** updated *after the " +"journal entries are posted*. One the journal entries are posted, the " +"expenses now appear on the referenced :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:625 msgid "Invoice expenses" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:627 msgid "" -"Now you can invoice the order. It shows up in :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Invoicing --> Sales` to Invoice. The expenses have been added automatically " -"in the order lines. Such items show up in blue (i.e. to invoice)." +"Once the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` has been updated, it is time to invoice " +"the customer. After the expense report has been approved and the journal " +"entries have been posted, click the :guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button to" +" open the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`. The expenses to be re-invoiced are now " +"on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/expense/expense.rst:225 -msgid "e (i.e. to invoice)." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After the expense report is posted to the journal entry, the sales order can be called up\n" +"by clicking on the sales order number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:638 +msgid "" +"More than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can be referenced on an expense " +"report. If more than one :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` is referenced, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button will list the number of :abbr:`SO " +"(Sales Order)`'s. If multiple :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`'s are listed, the " +":guilabel:`Sales Orders` smart button opens a list view of all the :abbr:`SO" +" (Sales Order)`'s on the expense report. Click on a :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`" +" to open the individual :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:645 +msgid "" +"The expenses are listed in the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` :guilabel:`Order " +"Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst-1 +msgid "See the expenses listed on the sales order after clicking into it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/expenses.rst:651 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`, and select if the invoice is for a " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, a :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, or a " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)` by clicking the radio button next to" +" it. Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. The customer has now been " +"invoiced for the expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:5 +msgid "Fiscal localizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:10 +msgid "Fiscal localization packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:12 +msgid "" +"**Fiscal Localization Packages** are country-specific modules that install " +"pre-configured taxes, fiscal positions, chart of accounts, and legal " +"statements on your database. Some additional features, such as the " +"configuration of specific certificates, are also added to your Accounting " +"app, following your fiscal administration requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo continuously adds new localizations and improves the existing packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically installs the appropriate package for your company, " +"according to the country selected at the creation of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:27 +msgid "" +"As long as you haven't posted any entry, you can still add and select " +"another package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To install a new package, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration" +" --> Fiscal Localization`, click on **Install More Packages**, and install " +"your country's module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Install the appropriate module as fiscal localization package in Odoo " +"Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:36 +msgid "Once done, select your country's package, and click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst-1 +msgid "Select your country's fiscal localization package in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Користування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:45 +msgid "" +"These packages require you to fine-tune your chart of accounts according to " +"your needs, activate the taxes you use, and configure your country-specific " +"statements and certifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:55 +msgid "List of supported countries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting can be used in many countries out of the box by installing " +"the appropriate module. Here is a list of all :ref:`fiscal localization " +"package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` that are available on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:61 +msgid "Algeria - Accounting" +msgstr "Алжир - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:62 +msgid ":doc:`Argentina - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/argentina>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`Australian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/australia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:64 +msgid "Austria - Accounting" +msgstr "Австрія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:65 +msgid ":doc:`Belgium - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/belgium>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:66 +msgid "Bolivia - Accounting" +msgstr "Болівія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`Brazilian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/brazil>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:68 +msgid "Canada - Accounting" +msgstr "Канада - Бухгалтерський облік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:69 +msgid ":doc:`Chile - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/chile>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:70 +msgid "China - Accounting" +msgstr "Китай - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:71 +msgid ":doc:`Colombia - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/colombia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:72 +msgid "Costa Rica - Accounting" +msgstr "Коста-Ріка - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:73 +msgid "Croatia - Accounting (RRIF 2012)" +msgstr "Хорватія - Бухоблік (RRIF 2012)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:74 +msgid "Czech - Accounting" +msgstr "Чехія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:75 +msgid "Denmark - Accounting" +msgstr "Данія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:76 +msgid "Dominican Republic - Accounting" +msgstr "Домініканська Республіка - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Ecuadorian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/ecuador>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`Egypt - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/egypt>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:79 +msgid "Ethiopia - Accounting" +msgstr "Ефіопія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:80 +msgid "Finnish Localization" +msgstr "Фінська локалізація" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:81 +msgid ":doc:`France - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/france>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:82 +msgid "Generic - Accounting" +msgstr "Generic - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`Germany <fiscal_localizations/germany>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:85 +msgid "Germany SKR03 - Accounting" +msgstr "Німеччина SKR03 - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:86 +msgid "Germany SKR04 - Accounting" +msgstr "Німеччина SKR04 - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:88 +msgid "Greece - Accounting" +msgstr "Греція - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:89 +msgid "Guatemala - Accounting" +msgstr "Гватемала - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:90 +msgid "Honduras - Accounting" +msgstr "Гондурас - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:91 +msgid "Hong Kong - Accounting" +msgstr "Гонг Конг - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:92 +msgid "Hungarian - Accounting" +msgstr "Угорщина - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Indian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/india>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Indonesian - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/indonesia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:95 +msgid "Ireland - Accounting" +msgstr "Ірландія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:96 +msgid "Israel - Accounting" +msgstr "Ізраїль - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`Italy - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/italy>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:98 +msgid "Japan - Accounting" +msgstr "Японія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`Kenya - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/kenya>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:100 +msgid "Lithuania - Accounting" +msgstr "Литва - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`Luxembourg - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/luxembourg>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:102 +msgid "Maroc - Accounting" +msgstr "Марокко - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:103 +msgid ":doc:`Mexico - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/mexico>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:104 +msgid "Mongolia - Accounting" +msgstr "Монголія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:105 +msgid ":doc:`Netherlands - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/netherlands>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:106 +msgid "New Zealand - Accounting" +msgstr "Нова Зеландія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:107 +msgid "Norway - Accounting" +msgstr "Норвегія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:108 +msgid "OHADA - Accounting" +msgstr "OHADA - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:109 +msgid "Pakistan - Accounting" +msgstr "Пакистан - AccountingБухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:110 +msgid "Panama - Accounting" +msgstr "Панама - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`Peru - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/peru>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:112 +msgid ":doc:`Philippines - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/philippines>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:113 +msgid "Poland - Accounting" +msgstr "Банківські рахунки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:114 +msgid "Portugal - Accounting" +msgstr "Португалія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`Romania - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/romania>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:116 +msgid ":doc:`Saudi Arabia - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:117 +msgid "Singapore - Accounting" +msgstr "Сингапур - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:118 +msgid "Slovak - Accounting" +msgstr "Словаччина - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:119 +msgid "Slovenian - Accounting" +msgstr "Словенія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:120 +msgid "South Africa - Accounting" +msgstr "Південна Африка - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:121 +msgid ":doc:`Spain - Accounting (PGCE 2008) <fiscal_localizations/spain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:122 +msgid "Sweden - Accounting" +msgstr "Швеція - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:123 +msgid ":doc:`Switzerland - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/switzerland>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:124 +msgid "Taiwan - Accounting" +msgstr "Тайвань - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:125 +msgid ":doc:`Thailand - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/thailand>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:126 +msgid "Turkey - Accounting" +msgstr "Туреччина - Бухгалтерський облік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:127 +msgid "" +":doc:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting " +"<fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`UK - Accounting <fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:129 +msgid "Ukraine - Accounting" +msgstr "Україна - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:130 +msgid "United States - Accounting" +msgstr "США - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:131 +msgid "Uruguay - Accounting" +msgstr "Уругвай - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:132 +msgid "Venezuela - Accounting" +msgstr "Венесуела - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations.rst:133 +msgid "Vietnam - Accounting" +msgstr "В'єтнам - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:3 +msgid "Argentina" +msgstr "Аргентина" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 +msgid "Webinars" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " +"and how to configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Webinar - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=_H1HbU-wKVg>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`eCommerce - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5gUi2WWfRuI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 +msgid "Modules installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:22 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Argentinean localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:14 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ім'я" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:15 +msgid "Technical name" +msgstr "Технічна назва" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:16 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Опис" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:32 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentina - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_ar`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`, " +"which represents the minimal configuration to operate in Argentina under the" +" :abbr:`AFIP (Administración Federal de Ingresos Públicos)` regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_ar_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:39 +msgid "VAT Book report and VAT summary report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean Electronic Invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_ar_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes all technical and functional requirements to generate electronic " +"invoices via web service, based on the AFIP regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Argentinean eCommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:45 +msgid "`l10n_ar_website_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:46 +msgid "" +"(optional) Allows the user to see Identification Type and AFIP " +"Responsibility in the eCommerce checkout form in order to create electronic " +"invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 +msgid "Configure your company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once the localization modules are installed, the first step is to set up the" +" company's data. In addition to the basic information, a key field to fill " +"in is the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility Type`, which represents the fiscal " +"obligation and structure of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select AFIP Responsibility Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:61 +msgid "Chart of account" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In Accounting, there are three different :guilabel:`Chart of Accounts` " +"packages to choose from. They are based on a company's AFIP responsibility " +"type, and consider the difference between companies that do not require as " +"many accounts as the companies that have more complex fiscal requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:68 +msgid "Monotributista (227 accounts);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:69 +msgid "IVA Exento (290 accounts);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:70 +msgid "Responsable Inscripto (298 Accounts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select Fiscal Localization Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 +msgid "Configure master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:80 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:83 +msgid "Environment" +msgstr "Середовище" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The AFIP infrastructure is replicated in two separate environments, " +"**testing** and **production**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Testing is provided so that the companies can test their databases until " +"they are ready to move into the **Production** environment. As these two " +"environments are completely isolated from each other, the digital " +"certificates of one instance are not valid in the other one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To select a database environment, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Argentinean Localization` and choose either :guilabel:`Prueba " +"(Testing)` or :guilabel:`Produccion (Production)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Select AFIP database environment: Testing or Production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:99 +msgid "AFIP certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice and other AFIP services work with :guilabel:`Web " +"Services (WS)` provided by the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:104 +msgid "" +"In order to enable communication with the AFIP, the first step is to request" +" a :guilabel:`Digital Certificate` if you do not have one already." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate Sign Request (Odoo)`. When this option is " +"selected, a file with extension `.csr` (certificate signing request) is " +"generated to be used in the AFIP portal to request the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Request a certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Generate Certificate (AFIP)`. Access the AFIP portal and follow " +"the instructions described in `this document " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/17OKX2lNWd1bjUt3NxfqcCKBkBh-Xlpo-/ view>`_ " +"to get a certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Upload Certificate and Private Key (Odoo)`. Once the certificate " +"is generated, upload it to Odoo using the :guilabel:`Pencil` icon next to " +"the field :guilabel:`Certificado` and select the corresponding file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Upload Certificate and Private Key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:126 +msgid "" +"In case you need to configure the Homologation Certificate, please refer to " +"the AFIP official documentation: `Homologation Certificate " +"<http://www.afip.gob.ar/ws/documentacion/certificados.asp>`_. Furthermore, " +"Odoo allows the user to test electronic invoicing locally without a " +"Homologation Certificate. The following message will be in the chatter when " +"testing locally:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Invoice validated locally because it is in a testing environment without testing\n" +"certificate/keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:141 +msgid "Identification type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:143 +msgid "" +"As part of the Argentinean localization, document types defined by the AFIP " +"are now available in the **Partner form**. Information is essential for most" +" transactions. There are six :guilabel:`Identification Types` available by " +"default, as well as 32 inactive types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A list of AR Localization document types in Odoo, as defined by AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The complete list of :guilabel:`Identification Types` defined by the AFIP is" +" included in Odoo, but only the common ones are active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:156 +msgid "AFIP responsibility type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:158 +msgid "" +"In Argentina, the document type and corresponding transactions associated " +"with customers and vendors is defined by the AFIP Responsibility type. This " +"field should be defined in the **Partner form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration, e.g., 73 taxes for " +":guilabel:`Responsable Inscripto`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list of AR Localization taxes with financial amount and configuration in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:177 +msgid "Taxes types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:179 +msgid "Argentina has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: this is the regular VAT and can have various percentages;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Perception`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on " +"invoices;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:183 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Retention`: advance payment of a tax that is applied on payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:186 +msgid "Special taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Some Argentinean taxes are not commonly used for all companies, and those " +"less common options are labeled as inactive in Odoo by default. Before " +"creating a new tax, be sure to check if that tax is not already included as " +"inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A list showing less common Argentinean tax options, which are labeled as inactive in Odoo\n" +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:200 +msgid "Document types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:202 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, like Argentina, some accounting " +"transactions such as invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types defined by the governmental fiscal authorities. In Argentina, the " +"`AFIP <https://www.afip.gob.ar/>`__ is the governmental fiscal authority " +"that defines such transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The document type is an essential piece of information that needs to be " +"clearly displayed in printed reports, invoices, and journal entries that " +"list account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " +"country in which the document is applicable (this data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The information required for the :guilabel:`Document Types` is included by " +"default so the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A list of document types in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:222 +msgid "" +"There are several :guilabel:`Document Types` types that are inactive by " +"default, but can be activated as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:226 +msgid "Letters" +msgstr "Листи" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:228 +msgid "" +"For Argentina, the :guilabel:`Document Types` include a letter that helps " +"indicate the type of transaction or operation. For example, when an invoice " +"is related to a(n):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B2B transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`A` must be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B2C transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`B` must be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Exportation Transaction`, a document type :guilabel:`E` must be " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:235 +msgid "" +"The documents included in the localization already have the proper letter " +"associated with each :guilabel:`Document Type`, so there is no further " +"configuration necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "document types grouped by letters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:243 +msgid "Use on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Type` on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The journal entry related to the invoice (if the journal uses documents);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:248 +msgid "" +"The onditions applied based on the type of issuer and receiver (e.g., the " +"type of fiscal regime of the buyer and the type of fiscal regime of the " +"vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:254 +msgid "" +"In the Argentinean localization, the journal can have a different approach " +"depending on its usage and internal type. To configure journals, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:258 +msgid "" +"For sales and purchase journals, it's possible to activate the option " +":guilabel:`Use Documents`, which enables a list of :guilabel:`Document " +"Types` that can be related to the invoices and vendor bills. For more detail" +" on invoices, please refer to the section :ref:`2.3 document types " +"<document-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If the sales or purchase journals do not have the :guilabel:`Use Documents` " +"option activated, they will not be able to generate fiscal invoices, " +"meaning, their use case will be mostly limited to monitoring account moves " +"related to internal control processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:268 +msgid "AFIP information (also known as AFIP Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:270 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`AFIP POS System` is a field only visible for the **Sales** " +"journals and defines the type of AFIP POS that will be used to manage the " +"transactions for which the journal is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:273 +msgid "The AFIP POS defines the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:275 +msgid "the sequences of document types related to the web service;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:276 +msgid "the structure and data of the electronic invoice file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "A AFIP POS System field which is available on Sales journals in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:283 +msgid "Web services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:285 +msgid "" +"**Web services** help generate invoices for different purposes. Below are a " +"few options to choose from:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:288 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsfev1: Electronic Invoice`: is the most common service, which is" +" used to generate invoices for document types A, B, C, M with no detail per" +" item;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:290 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsbfev1: Electronic Fiscal Bond`: is for those who invoice " +"capital goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds " +"granted by the Ministry of Economy. For more details go to: `Fiscal Bond " +"<https://www.argentina.gob.ar/acceder-un-bono-por-fabricar-bienes-de-" +"capital>`__;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:294 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`wsfexv1: Electronic Exportation Invoice`: is used to generate " +"invoices for international customers and transactions that involve " +"exportation processes, the document type related is type \"E\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Web Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:302 +msgid "Here are some useful fields to know when working with web services:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:304 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Number`: is the number configured in the AFIP to " +"identify the operations related to this AFIP POS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`AFIP POS Address`: is the field related to the commercial address" +" registered for the POS, which is usually the same address as the company. " +"For example, if a company has multiple stores (fiscal locations) then the " +"AFIP will require the company to have one AFIP POS per location. This " +"location will be printed in the invoice report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unified Book`: when the AFIP POS System is Preimpresa, then the " +"document types (applicable to the journal) with the same letter will share " +"the same sequence. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:313 +msgid "Invoice: FA-A 0001-00000002;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:314 +msgid "Credit Note: NC-A 0001-00000003;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:315 +msgid "Debit Note: ND-A 0001-00000004." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:318 +msgid "Sequences" +msgstr "Послідовності" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:320 +msgid "" +"For the first invoice, Odoo synchronizes with the AFIP automatically and " +"displays the last sequence used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:324 +msgid "" +"When creating :guilabel:`Purchase Journals`, it's possible to define whether" +" they are related to document types or not. In the case where the option to " +"use documents is selected, there would be no need to manually associate the " +"document type sequences, since the document number is provided by the " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:330 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:351 +msgid "Usage and testing" +msgstr "Використання та тестування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:333 +msgid "Invoice" +msgstr "Рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:335 +msgid "" +"The information below applies to invoice creation once the partners and " +"journals are created and properly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:339 +msgid "Document type assignation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:341 +msgid "" +"When the partner is selected, the :guilabel:`Document Type` field will be " +"filled in automatically based on the AFIP document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:344 +msgid "" +"**Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A** is the type " +"of document that shows all the taxes in detail along with the customer's " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice for a customer IVA Responsable Inscripto, prefix A." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:350 +msgid "" +"**Invoice for an end customer, prefix B** is the type of document that does " +"not detail the taxes, since the taxes are included in the total amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice for an end customer, prefix B." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:356 +msgid "" +"**Exportation Invoice, prefix E** is the type of document used when " +"exporting goods that shows the incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Exportation Invoice, prefix E" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:362 +msgid "" +"Even though some invoices use the same journal, the prefix and sequence are " +"given by the :guilabel:`Document Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:365 +msgid "" +"The most common :guilabel:`Document Type` will be defined automatically for " +"the different combinations of AFIP responsibility type but it can be updated" +" manually by the user before confirming the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:370 +msgid "Electronic invoice elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:372 +msgid "" +"When using electronic invoices, if all the information is correct then the " +"invoice is posted in the standard way unless there is an error that needs to" +" be addressed. When error messages pop up, they indicate both the issue that" +" needs attention along with a proposed solution. If an error persists, the " +"invoice remains in draft until the issue is resolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, the information related to the AFIP validation " +"and status is displayed in the AFIP tab, including:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:380 +msgid ":guilabel:`AFIP Autorisation`: CAE number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:381 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Date`: deadline to deliver the invoice to the " +"customers (normally 10 days after the CAE is generated);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:383 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Result:` indicates if the invoice has been :guilabel:`Aceptado en" +" AFIP` and/or :guilabel:`Aceptado con Observaciones`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "AFIP Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:391 +msgid "Invoice taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Based on the :guilabel:`AFIP Responsibility type`, the VAT tax can apply " +"differently on the PDF report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:396 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A. Tax excluded`: in this case the taxed amount needs to be " +"clearly identified in the report. This condition applies when the customer " +"has the following AFIP Responsibility type of **Responsable Inscripto**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Tax excluded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:403 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`B. Tax amount included`: this means that the taxed amount is " +"included as part of the product price, subtotal, and totals. This condition " +"applies when the customer has the following AFIP Responsibility types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:407 +msgid "IVA Sujeto Exento;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:408 +msgid "Consumidor Final;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:409 +msgid "Responsable Monotributo;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:410 +msgid "IVA liberado." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:0 +msgid "Tax amount included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:646 +msgid "Special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:420 +msgid "Invoices for services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:422 +msgid "" +"For electronic invoices that include :guilabel:`Services`, the AFIP requires" +" to report the service starting and ending date, this information can be " +"filled in the tab :guilabel:`Other Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Invoices for Services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:429 +msgid "" +"If the dates are not selected manually before the invoice is validated, the " +"values will be filled automatically with the first and last day of the " +"invoice's month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Service Dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:437 +msgid "Exportation invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Invoices related to :guilabel:`Exportation Transactions` require that a " +"journal uses the AFIP POS System **Expo Voucher - Web Service** so that the " +"proper document type(s) can be associated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Exporation journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:446 +msgid "" +"When the customer selected in the invoice is configured with an AFIP " +"responsibility type :guilabel:`Cliente / Proveedor del Exterior` - " +":guilabel:`Ley N° 19.640`, Odoo automatically assigns the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:450 +msgid "Journal related to the exportation Web Service;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:451 +msgid "Exportation document type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:452 +msgid "Fiscal position: Compras/Ventas al exterior;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:453 +msgid "Concepto AFIP: Products / Definitive export of goods;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:454 +msgid "Exempt Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Export invoice fields autofilled in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:461 +msgid "" +"The Exportation Documents require Incoterms to be enabled and configured, " +"which can be found in :menuselection:`Other Info --> Accounting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Export invoice - Incoterm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:469 +msgid "Fiscal bond" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:471 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Electronic Fiscal Bond` is used for those who invoice capital" +" goods and wish to access the benefit of the Electronic Tax Bonds granted by" +" the Ministry of Economy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:474 +msgid "" +"For these transactions, it is important to consider the following " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:476 +msgid "Currency (according to the parameter table) and invoice quotation;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:477 +msgid "Taxes;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:478 +msgid "Zone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:479 +msgid "Detail each item;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:481 +msgid "Code according to the Common Nomenclator of Mercosur (NCM);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:482 +msgid "Complete description;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:483 +msgid "Unit Net Price;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:484 +msgid "Quantity;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:485 +msgid "Unit of measurement;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:486 +msgid "Bonus;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:487 +msgid "VAT rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:490 +msgid "Electronic credit invoice MiPyme (FCE)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:492 +msgid "" +"For SME invoices, there are several document types that are classified as " +"**MiPyME**, which are also known as **Electronic Credit Invoice** (or " +"**FCE** in Spanish). This classification develops a mechanism that improves " +"the financing conditions for small and medium-sized businesses, and allows " +"them to increase their productivity, through the early collection of credits" +" and receivables issued to their clients and/or vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:498 +msgid "" +"For these transactions it's important to consider the following " +"requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:500 +msgid "specific document types (201, 202, 206, etc);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:501 +msgid "the emitter should be eligible by the AFIP to MiPyME transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:502 +msgid "the amount should be bigger than 100,000 ARS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:503 +msgid "" +"A bank account type CBU must be related to the emisor, otherwise the invoice" +" cannot be validated, having an error message such as the following." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Bank account relation error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:510 +msgid "" +"To set up the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode`, go to settings and select " +"either :guilabel:`SDC` or :guilabel:`ADC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Transmission Mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:517 +msgid "" +"To change the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` for a specific invoice, go to " +"the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab and change it before confirming." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:521 +msgid "" +"Changing the :guilabel:`Transmission Mode` will not change the mode selected" +" in :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Transmission Mode on Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:528 +msgid "" +"When creating a :guilabel:`Credit/Debit` note related to a FCE document:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:530 +msgid "" +"use the :guilabel:`Credit and Debit Note` buttons, so all the information " +"from the invoice is transferred to the new :guilabel:`Credit and Debit " +"Note`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:532 +msgid "" +"the document letter should be the same as than the originator document " +"(either A or B);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:533 +msgid "" +"the same currency as the source document must be used. When using a " +"secondary currency there is an exchange difference if the currency rate is " +"different between the emission day and the payment date. It is possible to " +"create a credit/debit note to decrease/increase the amount to pay in ARS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Credit & debit notes buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:541 +msgid "When creating a :guilabel:`Credit Note` we can have two scenarios:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:543 +msgid "" +"the FCE is rejected so the :guilabel:`Credit Note` should have the field " +":guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` as *True*; or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:545 +msgid "" +"the :guilabel:`Credit Note`, is created to annulate the FCE document, in " +"this case the field :guilabel:`FCE, is Cancellation?` must be *empty* " +"(false)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "FCE: Es Cancelación?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:553 +msgid "Invoice printed report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:555 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`PDF Report` related to electronic invoices that have been " +"validated by the AFIP includes a barcode at the bottom of the format which " +"represents the CAE number. The expiration date is also displayed as it is a " +"legal requirement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice printed report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:564 +msgid "Troubleshooting and auditing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:566 +msgid "" +"For auditing and troubleshooting purposes, it is possible to obtain detailed" +" information of an invoice number that has been previously sent to the AFIP." +" To retrieve this information, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, then go to the :menuselection:`Accounting` menu and click on the " +"button :guilabel:`Consult Invoice` button in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Consult invoice in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Details of invoice consulted in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:579 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to retrieve the last number used in AFIP for a specific " +"document type and POS Number as a reference for any possible issues on the " +"sequence synchronization between Odoo and AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Consult the last invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:590 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase journal selected for the vendor bill, the " +":guilabel:`Document Type` is now a required field. This value is auto-" +"populated based on the AFIP Responsibility type of Issuer and Customer, but " +"the value can be changed if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Changing journal and document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:598 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Document Number` field needs to be registered manually and " +"the format will be validated automatically. However, in case the format is " +"invalid, a user error will be displayed indicating the correct format that " +"is expected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor bill document number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:606 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill number is structured in the same way as the customer " +"invoices, excepted that the document sequence is entered by the user using " +"the following format: *Document Prefix - Letter - Document Number*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:611 +msgid "Validate vendor bill number in AFIP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:613 +msgid "" +"As most companies have internal controls to verify that the vendor bill is " +"related to an AFIP valid document, an automatic validation can be set in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Argentinean Localization --> " +"Validate document in the AFIP`, considering the following levels:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:617 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not available:` the verification is not done (this is the default" +" value);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:618 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available:` the verification is done. In case the number is not " +"valid it, only displays a warning but still allows the vendor bill to be " +"posted;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:620 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required:` the verification is done and it does not allow the " +"user to post the vendor bill if the document number is not valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Verify Vendor Bills validity in AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:628 +msgid "Validate vendor bills in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:630 +msgid "" +"With the vendor validation settings enabled, a new button shows up on the " +"vendor bills inside of Odoo, labeled :guilabel:`Verify on AFIP`, which is " +"located next to the :guilabel:`AFIP Authorization code` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Verify on AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:638 +msgid "" +"In case the vendor bill cannot be validated in AFIP, a value of " +":guilabel:`Rejected` will be displayed on the dashboard and the details of " +"the invalidation will be added to the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "AFIP authorization Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:649 +msgid "Untaxed concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:651 +msgid "" +"There are some transactions that include items that are not a part of the " +"VAT base amount, such as fuel and gasoline invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:654 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and an additional item to register the amount " +"of the exempt concept." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "VAT exempt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:662 +msgid "Perception taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:664 +msgid "" +"The vendor bill will be registered using one item for each product that is " +"part of the VAT base amount, and the perception tax can be added in any of " +"the product lines. As a result, there will be one tax group for the VAT and " +"another for the perception. The perception default value is always " +":guilabel:`0.10`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:669 +msgid "" +"To edit the VAT perception and set the correct amount, you should use the " +":guilabel:`Pencil` icon that is the next to the :guilabel:`Perception` " +"amount. After the VAT perception amount has been set, the invoice can then " +"be validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the perception amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:678 +msgid "Check management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:680 +msgid "" +"To install the *Third Party and Deferred/Electronic Checks Management* " +"module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search for the module by its " +"technical name `l10n_latam_check` and click the :guilabel:`Activate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "l10n_latam_check module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:688 +msgid "" +"This module enables the required configuration for journals and payments to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:690 +msgid "Create, manage, and control your different types of checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:691 +msgid "Optimize the management of *own checks* and *third party checks*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:692 +msgid "" +"Have an easy and effective way to manage expiration dates from your own and " +"third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:694 +msgid "" +"Once all the configurations are made for the Argentinian electronic invoice " +"flow, it is also needed to complete certain configurations for the own " +"checks and the third party checks flows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:698 +msgid "Own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:700 +msgid "" +"Configure the bank journal used to create your own checks by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, selecting the " +"bank journal, and opening the :guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:704 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checks` should be available as a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. If " +"not, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and type `Checks` under :guilabel:`Payment" +" Method` to add them" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:706 +msgid "Enable the :guilabel:`Use electronic and deferred checks` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:709 +msgid "" +"This last configuration **disables** the printing ability but enables to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:711 +msgid "Enter check numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:712 +msgid "Adds a field to allocate the payment date of the check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Bank journal configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:719 +msgid "Management of own checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:721 +msgid "" +"Own checks can be created directly from the vendor bill. For this process, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:724 +msgid "" +"On the payment registration modal, select the bank journal from which the " +"payment is to be made and set the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date`, and the " +":guilabel:`Amount`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with own check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:732 +msgid "" +"To manage current checks, the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` field must be " +"left blank or filled in with the current date. To manage deferred checks, " +"the :guilabel:`Check Cash-In Date` must be set in the future." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:736 +msgid "" +"To manage your existing own checks, navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Vendors --> Own Checks`. This window shows critical information such as " +"the dates when checks need to be paid, the total quantity of checks, and the" +" total amount paid in checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Own checks menu location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:744 +msgid "" +"It is important to note that the list is pre-filtered by checks that are " +"still *not reconciled* with a bank statement - that were not yet debited " +"from the bank - which can be verified with the :guilabel:`Is Matched with a " +"Bank Statement` field. If you want to see all of your own checks, delete the" +" :guilabel:`No Bank Matching` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`X` " +"symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Own checks menu organization and filtering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:754 +msgid "Cancel an own check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:756 +msgid "" +"To cancel an own check created in Odoo, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` and select the check " +"to be canceled, then click on the :guilabel:`Void Check` button. This will " +"break the reconciliation with the vendor bills and the bank statements and " +"leave the check in a **canceled** state." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Empty Check button to cancel Own Checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:766 +msgid "Third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:768 +msgid "" +"In order to register payments using third party checks, two specific " +"journals need to be configured. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals` and create two " +"new journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:772 +msgid "`Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:773 +msgid "`Rejected Third Party Checks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:776 +msgid "" +"You can manually create more journals if you have multiple points of sale " +"and need journals for those." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:779 +msgid "" +"To create the *Third Party Checks* journal, click the :guilabel:`New` button" +" and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:782 +msgid "Type `Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:783 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:817 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Cash` as :guilabel:`Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:784 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.02.010 Cheques de Terceros`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` of your " +"choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Automatically created cash account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:791 +msgid "The available payment methods are listed in the *payments* tabs:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:793 +msgid "" +"For new incoming third party checks, go to :menuselection:`Incoming Payments" +" tab --> Add a line` and select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks`. This " +"method is used to create *new* third party checks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:796 +msgid "" +"For incoming and outgoing existing third party checks, go to " +":menuselection:`Incoming Payments tab --> Add a line` and select " +":guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks`. Repeat the same step for the " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Payments` tab. This method is used to receive and/or pay" +" vendor bills using already *existing* checks, as well as for internal " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:802 +msgid "" +"You can delete pre-existing payment methods appearing by default when " +"configuring the third party checks journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment methods automatically created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:809 +msgid "" +"The *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal also needs to be created and/or " +"configured. This journal is used to manage rejected third party checks and " +"can be utilized to send checks rejected at the moment of collection or when " +"coming from vendors when rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:813 +msgid "" +"To create the *Rejected Third Party Checks* journal, click the " +":guilabel:`New` button and configure the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:816 +msgid "Type `Rejected Third Party Checks` as the :guilabel:`Journal Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Journal Entries` tab, set :guilabel:`Cash Account`: to " +"`1.1.1.01.002 Rejected Third Party Checks`, input a :guilabel:`Short Code` " +"of your choice, and select a :guilabel:`Currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:822 +msgid "Use the same payment methods as the *Third Party Checks* journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:825 +msgid "New third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:827 +msgid "" +"To register a *new* third party check for a customer invoice, click the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select " +":guilabel:`Third Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:831 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`New Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment Method`, and" +" fill in the :guilabel:`Check Number`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Check Bank`. Optionally, you can manually add the " +":guilabel:`Check Issuer Vat`, but this is automatically filled by the " +"customer's VAT number related to the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with New Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:841 +msgid "Existing third party checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:843 +msgid "" +"To pay a vendor bill with an *existing* check, click the :guilabel:`Register" +" Payment` button. In the pop-up window, you must select :guilabel:`Third " +"Party Checks` as journal for the payment registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:847 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Existing Third Party Checks` as :guilabel:`Payment " +"Method`, and select a check from the :guilabel:`Check` field. The field " +"shows all **available existing checks** to be used as payment for vendor " +"bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Payment pop-up window with Existing Third Party Check options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:855 +msgid "" +"When an **existing third party check** is used, you can review the " +"operations related to it. For example, you can see if a third party check " +"made to pay a customer invoice was later used as an existing third party " +"check to pay a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:859 +msgid "" +"To do so, either go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Third " +"Party Checks` or :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Own Checks` " +"depending on the case, and click on a check. In the :guilabel:`Check Current" +" Journal` field, click on :guilabel:`=> Check Operations` to bring up the " +"check's history and movements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Check Operations menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:868 +msgid "" +"The menu also displays critical information related to these operations, " +"such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:870 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Payment Type`, allowing to classify whether it is a payment " +"*sent* to a vendor or a payment *received* from a customer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:872 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Journal` in which the check is currently registered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:873 +msgid "" +"The **partner** associated with the operation (either customer or vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:878 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization installation, financial reporting for Argentina " +"was added to the :guilabel:`Accounting` dashboard. Access these reports by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Argentinean " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Argentinean reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:887 +msgid "VAT reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:890 +msgid "Sales VAT book" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:892 +msgid "" +"In this report, all the sales are recorded, which are taken as the basis for" +" the accounting records to determine the VAT (Tax Debit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:895 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sales VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file " +":guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` " +"files to upload in the AFIP portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Sales VAT book." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:903 +msgid "Purchases VAT book" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:905 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchases VAT` book report can be exported in a `.zip` file " +":guilabel:`VAT BOOK (ZIP)` button in the top left, which contains `.txt` " +"files to upload in the AFIP portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "Purchases VAT book." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:913 +msgid "VAT summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:915 +msgid "" +"Pivot table designed to check the monthly VAT totals. This report is for " +"internal usage, it is not sent to the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "VAT Summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:923 +msgid "IIBB - Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:926 +msgid "IIBB - Sales by jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:928 +msgid "" +"Pivot table where you can validate the gross income in each jurisdiction. " +"Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to " +"the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "IIBB Sales by jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:936 +msgid "IIBB - Purchases by jurisdiction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:938 +msgid "" +"Pivot table where you can validate the gross purchases in each jurisdiction." +" Affidavit for the corresponding taxes to pay, therefore it is not sent to " +"the AFIP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst-1 +msgid "IIBB Purchases by jurisdiction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:3 +msgid "Australia" +msgstr "Австралія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:8 +msgid "Employment Hero Australian Payroll" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The Employment Hero module synchronizes payslip accounting entries (e.g., " +"expenses, social charges, liabilities, taxes) from Employment Hero to Odoo " +"automatically. Payroll administration is still done in Employment Hero. We " +"only record the journal entries in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:15 +msgid "KeyPay was rebranded as **Employment Hero** in March 2023." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:20 +msgid "" +":ref:`Activate <general/install>` the :guilabel:`Employment Hero Australian " +"Payroll` module (technical name: `l10n_au_keypay`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Configure the **Employment Hero API** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`. More fields become visible after clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enabling Employment Hero Integration in Odoo Accounting displays new fields in the\n" +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can find the API Key in the :guilabel:`My Account` section of the " +"Employment Hero platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "\"Account Details\" section on the Employment Hero dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The **Payroll URL** is pre-filled with `https://keypay.yourpayroll.com.au`. " +"*Please do not change it.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"You can find the **Business ID** in the Employment Hero URL. (i.e., " +"`189241`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:0 +msgid "The Employment Hero \"Business ID\" number is in the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:42 +msgid "You can choose any Odoo journal to post the payslip entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:45 +msgid "How does the API work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The API syncs the journal entries from Employment Hero to Odoo and leaves " +"them in draft mode. The reference includes the Employment Hero payslip entry" +" ID in brackets for the user to easily retrieve the same record in " +"Employment Hero and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of a Employment Hero Journal Entry in Odoo Accounting (Australia)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:54 +msgid "" +"By default, the synchronization happens once per week. You can fetch the " +"records manually by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and, in the :guilabel:`Enable Employment Hero Integration` " +"option, click on :guilabel:`Fetch Payruns Manually`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Employment Hero payslip entries also work based on double-entry bookkeeping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The accounts used by Employment Hero are defined in the section " +":guilabel:`Payroll settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst-1 +msgid "Chart of Accounts menu in Employment Hero" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/australia.rst:65 +msgid "" +"For the API to work, you need to create the same accounts as the default " +"accounts of your Employment Hero business (**same name and same code**) in " +"Odoo. You also need to choose the correct account types in Odoo to generate " +"accurate financial reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:3 +msgid "Belgium" +msgstr "Бельгія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Belgian localization, following the " +":abbr:`IFRS(International Financial Reporting Standards)` rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_be`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:24 +msgid "Access to specific accounting reports for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports (post wizard)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_be_reports_post_wizard`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:27 +msgid "Enables the VAT wizard when posting a tax return journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_be_coda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:30 +msgid "Import CODA bank statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Import SODA files`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_be_soda`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:33 +msgid "Import SODA files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Disallowed Expenses Data`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_be_disallowed_expenses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:36 +msgid "Access to the use of disallowed expenses features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:39 +msgid "Access to the basic payroll features for Belgium." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_account`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:42 +msgid "Integration of accounting data with payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_dimona`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:45 +msgid "Access to Dimona features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Belgium - Payroll - Fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_payroll_fleet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:48 +msgid "Fleet features for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Salary Configurator (Belgium)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_be_hr_contract_salary`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:51 +msgid "Access to the salary configurator feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:58 +msgid "" +"You can reach the :guilabel:`Chart of accounts` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The Belgian chart of accounts includes pre-configured accounts as described " +"in the :abbr:`PCMN(Plan Comptable Minimum Normalisé)`. To add a new account," +" click :guilabel:`New`. A new line appears. Fill it in, click " +":guilabel:`Save`, and then :guilabel:`Setup` to configure it further." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:79 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Default Belgian taxes are created automatically when the :guilabel:`Belgium " +"- Accounting` and the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are " +"installed. Each tax impacts the Belgian :guilabel:`Tax Report`, available by" +" going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Statements Reports: " +"Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:78 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the standard VAT rate is **21%**, but there are lower rates for " +"some categories of goods and services. An intermediate rate of **12%** is " +"applied on social housing and food served in restaurants, while a reduced " +"rate of **6%** applies to most basic goods, such as food, water supply, " +"books, and medicine. A **0%** rate applies to some exceptional goods and " +"services, such as some daily and weekly publications, as well as recycled " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:87 +msgid "Non-deductible taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, some taxes are not fully deductible, such as taxes on the " +"maintenance of cars. This means a part of these taxes is considered as an " +"expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:92 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, you can configure non-deductible taxes by creating tax rules for " +"these taxes and linking them to the corresponding accounts. This way, the " +"system automatically calculates the taxes and allocates them to the " +"appropriate accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To configure a new non-deductible tax, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`, and click :guilabel:`New`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:99 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` and select :guilabel:`Base` in the :guilabel:`Based " +"On` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line`, then select :guilabel:`on tax` in the " +":guilabel:`Based on` column and enter the **non-deductible** percentage in " +"the :guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`of tax` line, select the :guilabel:`Tax Grid(s)` related " +"to your tax;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add a line` with the **deductible** percentage in the " +":guilabel:`%` column;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:104 +msgid "Set :guilabel:`of tax` in :guilabel:`Based On`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`411000 VAT recoverable` as account, and select the related" +" tax grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Once you have created a non-deductible tax, you can apply it to your " +"transactions by selecting the appropriate tax during the encoding of bills " +"and credit notes. The system automatically calculates the tax amount and " +"allocates it to the corresponding accounts based on the tax rules " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:112 +msgid "" +"With the Belgian localization, the **21% car** tax is created by default " +"(50% non-deductible)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:0 +msgid "Example of not-fully deductible tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:118 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/tax_returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:126 +msgid "Here is the list of Belgian-specific reports available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:128 +msgid "Balance sheet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:129 +msgid "Profit & loss;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:130 +msgid "Tax report;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:131 +msgid "Partner VAT Listing;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:132 +msgid "EC Sales List;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:133 +msgid "Intrastat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:135 +msgid "" +"You can access Belgian-specific versions of reports by clicking on the " +"**book** icon when on a report and selecting its Belgian version: **(BE)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Belgian version of reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:142 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:147 +msgid "Disallowed expenses report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:149 +msgid "" +"**Disallowed expenses** are expenses that can be deducted from your " +"accounting result but not from your fiscal result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The **disallowed expenses report** is available by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Management: Disallowed " +"Expenses`. It allows financial results in real-time, and periodic changes. " +"This report is generated based on the **disallowed expenses categories** " +"that you can reach by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Management: Disallowed Expenses Categories`. Some categories already " +"exist by default but do not have any rates. Click on :guilabel:`Set Rates` " +"to update a specific category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:160 +msgid "" +"You can add multiple rates for various dates. In that case, the rate used to" +" calculate the expense depends on the date at which it is calculated, and " +"the rate set for that date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you have the **Fleet** app installed, tick the :guilabel:`Car Category` " +"box when applicable. This makes the vehicle mandatory while booking a vendor" +" bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To link a disallowed expenses category with a specific account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Acounting: Chart of " +"Accounts`. Find the account you want, and click on :guilabel:`Setup`. Add " +"the :guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category` in the :guilabel:`Disallowed " +"Expenses` field. From now, when an expense is created with this account, the" +" disallowed expense is calculated based on the rate mentioned in the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expense category`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:171 +msgid "Let's take an example reflecting **restaurant** and **car expenses**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:176 +msgid "Restaurant expenses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, 31% of **restaurant** expenses are non-deductible. Create a new " +"**disallowed expenses category** and set both :guilabel:`Related Account(s)`" +" and :guilabel:`Current Rate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Disallowed expenses categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:187 +msgid "Car expenses: vehicle split" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:189 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the deductible percentage varies from car to car and, therefore," +" should be indicated for each vehicle. To do so, open :menuselection:`Fleet`" +" and select a vehicle. In the :guilabel:`Tax info` tab, go to the " +":guilabel:`Disallowed Expenses Rate` section and click on :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Add a :guilabel:`Start Date` and a :guilabel:`%`. The amounts go in " +"the same account for all car expenses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:195 +msgid "" +"When you create a bill for car expenses, you can link each expense to a " +"specific car by filling the :guilabel:`Vehicle` column, so the right " +"percentage is applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`vehicle split` option available in the disallowed expenses " +"report allows you to see the rate and disallowed amount for each car." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:210 +msgid "Fee form 281.50 and form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:215 +msgid "Fee form 281.50" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Annually, a **281.50 fee form** must be reported to the fiscal authorities. " +"To do so, the tag `281.50` must be added on the **contact form** of the " +"entities concerned by the **281.50** fee. To add the tag, open " +":menuselection:`Contacts`, select the person or company you want to create a" +" **281.50 fee form** for, and add the `281.50` tag in the :guilabel:`Tags` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "add the tag 281.50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Make sure the **street, zip code, country**, and **VAT number** are also " +"informed on the **Contact form**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Then, depending on the nature of the expense, add the corresponding `281.50`" +" tag on the impact accounts. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, and click on " +":guilabel:`Setup` to add the corresponding `281.50` tag on the impacted " +"accounts, i.e., :guilabel:`281.50 - Commissions`, depending on the nature of" +" the expense." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:237 +msgid "Form 325" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can create a **325 form** by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Belgium: Create 325 form`. A new page pops up: select the " +"right options and click :guilabel:`Generate 325 form`. To open an already " +"generated **325 form**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Belgium: Open 325 forms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Add the tag 281-50 on a contact form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:250 +msgid "CODA and SODA statements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:255 +msgid "CODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:257 +msgid "" +"**CODA** is an electronic XML format used to import Belgian bank statements." +" You can download CODA files from your bank and import them directly into " +"Odoo by clicking :guilabel:`Import Statement` from your :guilabel:`Bank` " +"journal on your dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import CODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Belgium - Import Bank CODA Statements` module is installed by" +" default when the :guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`Belgium - Accounting Reports` modules are installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:270 +msgid ":ref:`Import bank statements files <transactions/import>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:275 +msgid "SODA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:277 +msgid "" +"**SODA** is an electronic XML format used to import accounting entries " +"related to salaries. SODA files can be imported into the journal you use to " +"record salaries by going to your Accounting **dashboard** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Upload` in the related journal card form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Once your **SODA** files are imported, the entries are created automatically" +" in your 'salary' journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Import SODA files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 +msgid "Electronic invoicing" +msgstr "Електронне виставлення рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:292 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports the **E-FFF** and **Peppol BIS Billing 3.0 (UBL)** electronic " +"invoicing formats. To enable them, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals --> Customer Invoices --> Advanced Settings --> " +"Electronic Invoicing`, and tick :guilabel:`E-FFF (BE)` and :guilabel:`Peppol" +" BIS Billing 3.0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:303 +msgid "Cash discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:305 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, if an early payment discount is offered on an invoice, the tax " +"is calculated based on the discounted total amount, whether the customer " +"benefits from the discount or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:308 +msgid "" +"To apply the right tax amount and report it correctly in your VAT return, " +"set the tax reduction as :guilabel:`Always (upon invoice)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:312 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:317 +msgid "Fiscal certification: POS restaurant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:319 +msgid "" +"In Belgium, the owner of a cooking business such as a restaurant or food " +"truck is required by law to use a government-certified **Cash Register " +"System** for their receipts. This applies if their yearly earnings " +"(excluding VAT, drinks, and take-away food) exceed 25,000 euros." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:323 +msgid "" +"This government-certified system entails the use of a :ref:`certified POS " +"system <belgium/certified-pos>`, along with a device called a :ref:`Fiscal " +"Data Module <belgium/fdm>` (or **black box**) and a :ref:`VAT Signing Card " +"<belgium/vat>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Do not forget to register as *foodservice industry manager* on the `Federal " +"Public Service Finance registration form " +"<https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/fr/enregistrement>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:334 +msgid "Certified POS system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:336 +msgid "" +"The Odoo POS system is certified for the major versions of databases hosted " +"on **Odoo Online** and **Odoo.sh**. Please refer to the following table to " +"ensure that your POS system is certified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "Odoo Online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:345 +msgid "Odoo.sh" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:346 +msgid "On-Premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:347 +msgid "Odoo 16.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:349 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:356 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:357 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:360 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:361 +msgid "Certified" +msgstr "Сертифіковано" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:353 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:358 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:362 +msgid "Not certified" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:351 +msgid "Odoo 15.2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:355 +msgid "Odoo 15.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:359 +msgid "Odoo 14.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:365 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/supported_versions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:367 +msgid "" +"A `certified POS system " +"<https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_ must " +"adhere to rigorous government regulations, which means it operates " +"differently from a non-certified POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:371 +msgid "On a certified POS, you cannot:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:373 +msgid "" +"Set up and use the **global discounts** feature (the `pos_discount` module " +"is blacklisted and cannot be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:375 +msgid "" +"Set up and use the **loyalty programs** feature (the `pos_loyalty` module is" +" blacklisted and cannot be activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Reprint receipts (the `pos_reprint` module is blacklisted and cannot be " +"activated)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:378 +msgid "Modify prices in order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:379 +msgid "Modify or delete order lines in POS orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:380 +msgid "Sell products without a valid VAT number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:381 +msgid "Use a POS that is not connected to an IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:383 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`cash rounding <../../sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding>` " +"feature must be activated and set to a :guilabel:`Rounding Precision` of " +"`0,05` and a :guilabel:`Rounding Method` set as :guilabel:`Half-Up`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Taxes must be set as included in the price. To set it up, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, and from the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` section, open the :guilabel:`Default Sales Tax` form " +"by clicking the arrow next to the default sales tax field. There, click " +":guilabel:`Advanced Options` and enable :guilabel:`Included in Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:390 +msgid "" +"At the start of a POS session, users must click :guilabel:`Work in` to clock" +" in. Doing so allows the registration of POS orders. If users are not " +"clocked in, they cannot make POS orders. Likewise, they must click " +":guilabel:`Work Out` to clock out at the end of the session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you configure a POS to work with a black box, you cannot use it again " +"without it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:400 +msgid "The Fiscal Data Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:402 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`FDM (Fiscal Data Module)`, or `black box " +"<https://www.boîtenoire.be/fonctionnement>`_, is a government-certified " +"device that works together with the Point of Sale application and saves your" +" POS orders information. Concretely, a **hash** (:dfn:`unique code`) is " +"generated for each POS order and added to its receipt. This allows the " +"government to verify that all revenue is declared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:408 +msgid "" +"Ensure your black box is approved by the Belgian government. You can check " +"the compliance of your black box by visiting the `Federal Public Service " +"Finance <https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" +"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:415 +msgid "" +"Before setting up your database to work with an FDM, ensure you have the " +"following hardware:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:417 +msgid "" +"a registered :ref:`black box <belgium/blackbox>` (go to `www.boîtenoire.be " +"<https://www.boîtenoire.be/ma-caisse/>`_ to order yours);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:419 +msgid "an RS-232 serial null modem cable per FDM;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:420 +msgid "an RS-232 serial-to-USB adapter per FDM;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:421 +msgid "an :ref:`IoT Box <belgium/iotbox>` (one IoT box per black box); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:422 +msgid "a receipt printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:427 +msgid "Black box module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:429 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, :ref:`activate <general/install>` the `Belgian " +"Registered Cash Register` module (technical name: `pos_blackbox_be`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "black box modules for belgian fiscal certification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:435 +msgid "" +"Once the module is activated, add your VAT number to your company " +"information. To set it up, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`, and fill in the :guilabel:`VAT` field. Then, enter a national " +"registration number for every staff member who operates the POS system. To " +"do so, go to the :guilabel:`Employees` app and open an employee form. There," +" go to :menuselection:`HR settings tab --> Attendance/Point of Sale`, and " +"fill in the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS number` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "ISNZ or BIS number field on employee form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:445 +msgid "" +"To input your information, click on your avatar, go to :menuselection:`My " +"Profile --> Preference tab`, and enter your INSZ or BIS number in the " +"designated field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:449 +msgid "" +"You must configure the black box directly in the production database. " +"Utilizing it in a testing environment may result in incorrect data being " +"stored within the black box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:455 +msgid "IoT Box" +msgstr "IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:457 +msgid "" +"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you need a registered IoT Box. To " +"register your IoT box, you must contact us through our `support contact form" +" <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and provide the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:461 +msgid "your VAT number;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:462 +msgid "your company's name, address, and legal structure; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:463 +msgid "the Mac address of your IoT Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once your IoT box is certified, :doc:`connect " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` it to your database. To verify that" +" the IoT Box recognizes the FDM, go to the IoT homepage and scroll down the " +":guilabel:`IOT Device` section, which should display the FDM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst-1 +msgid "Hardware status page on a registered IoT Box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:472 +msgid "" +"Then, add the IoT to your POS. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" +" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select your POS, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Connected Device` section, and enable :guilabel:`IoT Box`. " +"Lastly, add the FMD in the :guilabel:`Fiscal Data Module` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:477 +msgid "" +"To be able to use an FDM, you must at least connect one :guilabel:`Receipt " +"Printer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:482 +msgid "VAT signing card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:484 +msgid "" +"When you open a POS session and make your initial transaction, you are " +"prompted to enter the PIN provided with your :abbr:`VSC (VAT signing card)`." +" The card is delivered by the :abbr:`FPS (Service Public Federal Finances)` " +"upon `registration " +"<https://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/fr/enregistrement>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:3 +msgid "Brazil" +msgstr "Бразилія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With the Brazilian localization you can automatically compute sales taxes " +"for goods using AvaTax (Avalara) through API calls, also configure taxes for" +" services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:14 +msgid "" +"For the goods tax computation part, you need to configure the :ref:`contacts" +" <brazil/contacts>`, :ref:`company <brazil/company>`, :ref:`products " +"<brazil/products>`, and :ref:`create an account in Avatax <brazil/avatax-" +"account>` from the Odoo general settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:18 +msgid "" +"For the services taxes, you can create and configure them from Odoo directly" +" without computing them with AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The localization also includes taxes and a chart of accounts template that " +"can be modified if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:30 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Brazilian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazilian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_br`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` -" +" adds accounting characteristics for the Brazilian localization, which " +"represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Brazil. The module's installation automatically loads: the chart of " +"accounts, taxes, and required fields to properly configure the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brazil - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:47 +msgid "`l10n_br_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Adds a simple tax report that helps check the tax amount per tax group in a " +"given period of time. Also adds the P&L and BS adapted for the Brazilian " +"market." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:51 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Add Brazilian tax calculation via Avatax and all necessary fields needed to " +"configure Odoo in order to properly use Avatax and send the needed fiscal " +"information to retrieve the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Avatax for SOs in Brazil`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:56 +msgid "`l10n_br_avatax_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Same as the `l10n_br_avatax` module with the extension to the sales order " +"module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search the name given to your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option at the top of the page. Then, " +"configure the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address` (add :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Zip" +" Code`, :guilabel:`Country`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:73 +msgid "Tax ID (:guilabel:`CNPJ`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE` (State Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM` (Municipal Registration)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code` (Superintendence of the Manaus Free Trade Zone - " +"add if applicable)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` within the :guilabel:`Sales and" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` for :ref:`Avatax Brazil <brazil/fiscal-" +"positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime` (Federal Tax Regime)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type` (indicates ICMS regime, Exempt status, or " +"Non-Taxpayer.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Company fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:93 +msgid "Finally, upload a company logo and save the contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If you are a simplified regime, you need to configure the ICMS rate under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes --> " +"Avatax Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:102 +msgid "Configure AvaTax integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Avalara AvaTax is a tax calculation provider that can be integrated in Odoo " +"to automatically compute taxes by taking into account the company, contact " +"(customer), product, and transaction information to retrieve the correct tax" +" to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is a certified partner of Avalara Brazil, which means that Avalara " +"experts reviewed workflows covered within the scope of the integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Using this integration requires :doc:`In-App-Purchases (IAPs) " +"</applications/general/in_app_purchase>` to compute taxes. Every time you " +"compute taxes, an API call is made, using credits from your |IAP| credits " +"balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To activate AvaTax in Odoo, you need to create an account. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and, " +"in the :guilabel:`AvaTax Brazil` section, add the email address you want to " +"use to log in to the AvaTax portal, and click on :guilabel:`Create account`." +" This email is used as the administrator email address in AvaTax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:123 +msgid "" +"After you create the account from Odoo, you need to go to the Avalara Portal" +" to set up your password:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Access the `Avalara portal <https://portal.avalarabrasil.com.br/Login>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:127 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Meu primeiro acesso`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Add the email address you used in Odoo to create the Avalara/Avatax account," +" and then click :guilabel:`Solicitar Senha`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:130 +msgid "" +"You will receive an email with a token and a link to create your password. " +"Click on this link and copy-paste the token to allocate your desired " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If you intend first to try the integration on a testing or sandbox database," +" using an alternate email address is recommended, as you won't be able to " +"re-use the same email address on your production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:139 +msgid "" +"You can start using AvaTax in Odoo without creating a password and accessing" +" the Avalara Portal; for Odoo, the only requirement to start using the " +"Avalara Tax Computation Engine is to create an account from the settings " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Avatax account configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:147 +msgid "" +"You can transfer API credentials. Use this only when you have already " +"created an account in another Odoo instance and wish to reuse it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the data set included in the localization " +"module. The accounts are mapped automatically in their corresponding taxes, " +"and the default account payable and account receivable fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Brazil is based on the SPED CoA, which gives a " +"baseline of the accounts needed in Brazil." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 +msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Taxes are automatically created when installing the Brazilian localization. " +"Taxes are already configured, and some of them are used by Avalara when " +"computing taxes on the sales order or invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Taxes can be edited, or more taxes can be added. For example, some taxes " +"used for services need to be manually added and configured, as the rate may " +"differ depending on the city where you are offering the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Taxes attached to services are not computed by AvaTax. Only goods taxes are " +"computed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:180 +msgid "" +"When configuring a tax used for a service that is included in the final " +"price (when the tax is not added or subtracted on top of the product price)," +" set the :guilabel:`Tax Computation` to :guilabel:`Percentage of Price Tax " +"Included`, and, on the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab, check the " +":guilabel:`Included in Price` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on configuring taxes to fit your needs better, please " +"go to the :doc:`taxes functional documentation " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Tax configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Do not delete taxes, as they are used for the AvaTax tax computation. If " +"deleted, Odoo creates them again when used in an |SO| or invoice and " +"computing taxes with AvaTax, but the account used to register the tax needs " +"to be re-configured in the tax's :guilabel:`Definition` tab, under the " +":guilabel:`Distribution for invoices` and :guilabel:`Distribution for " +"refunds` sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:202 +msgid "" +"To use the AvaTax integration on sale orders and invoices, first specify the" +" following information on the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:205 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CEST Code` (Code for products subject to ICMS tax substitution)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mercosul NCM Code` (Mercosur Common Nomenclature Product Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:207 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source of Origin` (Indicates the origin of the product, which can" +" be foreign or domestic, among other possible options depending on the " +"specific use case)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:209 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SPED Fiscal Product Type` (Fiscal product type according to SPED " +"list table)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:210 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purpose of Use` (Specify the intended purpose of use for this " +"product)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Product configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically creates three products to be used for transportation " +"costs associated with sales. These are named `Freight`, `Insurance`, and " +"`Other Costs`. They are already configured, if more need to be created, " +"duplicate and use the same configuration (configuration needed: " +":guilabel:`Product Type` `Service`, :guilabel:`Transportation Cost Type` " +"`Insurance`, `Freight`, or `Other Costs`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 +msgid "Contacts" +msgstr "Контакти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Before using the integration, specify the following information on the " +"contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:229 +msgid "General information about the contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Company` option for a contact with a tax ID (CNPJ), or" +" check :guilabel:`Individual` for a contact with a CPF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Zip Code` is a required field to compute " +"taxes properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID` or :guilabel:`CPF`: Use CPF for individuals and Tax ID " +"(CNPJ) for companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:236 +msgid ":guilabel:`IE`: state tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`IM`: municipa tax identification number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:238 +msgid ":guilabel:`SUFRAMA code`: SUFRAMA registration number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`CPF`, :guilabel:`IE`, :guilabel:`IM`, and :guilabel:`SUFRAMA " +"code` fields are are hidden until the :guilabel:`Country` is set to " +"`Brazil`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:249 +msgid "" +"Fiscal information about the contact under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` " +"tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:251 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position`: add the AvaTax fiscal position to automatically" +" compute taxes on sale orders and invoices automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:253 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Regime`: federal tax regime" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:254 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ICMS Taxpayer Type`: taxpayer type determines if the contact is " +"within the ICMS regime, if it is exempt, or if it is a non-taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:256 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Main Activity Sector`: list of main activity sectors of the " +"contact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:0 +msgid "Contact fiscal configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:264 +msgid "Fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:266 +msgid "" +"To compute taxes on sale orders and invoices, it is necessary to have a " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Position` with the :guilabel:`Detect Automatically` and " +"the :guilabel:`Use AvaTax API` options enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:269 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` can be configured on the contact or selected" +" when creating a sales order or an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal position configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 +msgid "Workflows" +msgstr "Робочі процеси" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:278 +msgid "" +"This section provides an overview of the actions that trigger API calls for " +"tax computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Please note that each API call incurs a cost. Be mindful of the actions that" +" trigger these calls to manage costs effectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:285 +msgid "Tax calculations on quotation / sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:287 +msgid "" +"Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a quotation or sales order " +"automatically with AvaTax in any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:290 +msgid "**Quotation confirmation**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:291 +msgid "Confirm a quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:307 +msgid "**Manual trigger**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:293 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using Avatax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:309 +msgid "**Preview**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:310 +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Preview` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:296 +msgid "**Email a quotation / sales order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:297 +msgid "Send a quotation or sales order to a customer via email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "**Online quotation access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:299 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the quotation online (via the portal view), the API" +" call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:302 +msgid "Tax calculations on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Trigger an API call to calculate taxes on a customer invoice automatically " +"with AvaTax any of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:308 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Compute Taxes Using AvaTax`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "**Online invoice access**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:312 +msgid "" +"When a customer accesses the invoice online (via the portal view), the API " +"call is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:315 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Fiscal Position` must be set to `Automatic Tax Mapping " +"(Avalara Brazil)` for any of these actions to compute taxes automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:319 +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal positions (tax and account mapping) " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:3 +msgid "Chile" +msgstr "Чилі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Chilean localization has been improved and extended in Odoo v13. In this" +" version, the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl:** Adds accounting features for the Chilean localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Chile and under the SII (Servicio de Impuestos Internos) regulations and " +"guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_edi:** Includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and receive Electronic Invoice via web service, based on the SII " +"regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**l10n_cl_reports:** Adds the reports Propuesta F29 y Balance Tributario (8 " +"columnas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:21 +msgid "" +"`App Tour - Localización de Chile " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=3qYkgbmBYHw>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 +msgid "Install the Chilean localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For this, go to *Apps* and search for Chile. Then click *Install* in the " +"module **Chile E-invoicing**. This module has a dependency with **Chile - " +"Accounting**. In case this last one is not installed, Odoo installs it " +"automatically with E-invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean module to install on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Chile as country, Odoo " +"will automatically install the base module: Chile - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:44 +msgid "Company Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed, the first step is to set up your company " +"data. Additional to the basic information, you need to add all the data and " +"elements required for Electronic Invoice, the easiest way to configure it is" +" in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chilean Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:52 +msgid "" +"All the following configuration and functionality is only available in Odoo " +"if your company already passed the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/ " +"factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_ in the SII - Sistema de " +"Facturación de Mercado, this certification enables you to generate " +"electronic invoices from your ERP and send them automatically to the SII. If" +" your company has not passed this certification yet, make sure you " +"communicate this to your Account Manager as a special process outside Odoo " +"is required in order to complete this certification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:62 +msgid "Fiscal Information" +msgstr "Фіскальна інформація" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill in the fiscal information for your company according to the SII " +"register, follow the instructions on each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean company fiscal data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:182 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:74 +msgid "" +"This is part of the main information required to generate electronic " +"Invoice, select your environment and the legal information, as well as the " +"email address to receive invoices from your vendors and the alias you use to" +" send invoices to your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean edi environment settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:83 +msgid "Configure DTE Incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:85 +msgid "" +"In order to receive you the claim and acceptance emails from your customers," +" it is crucial to define the DTE incoming email server, considering this " +"configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming email server configuration for Chilean DTE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:93 +msgid "" +"For your Go-live make sure you archive/remove from your inbox all the emails" +" related to vendor bills that are not required to be processed in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:219 +msgid "Certificate" +msgstr "Сертифікат" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to generate the electronic invoice signature, a digital certificate" +" with the extension ``pfx`` is required, proceed to this section and load " +"your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Digital certificate access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Digital certificate configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A certificate can be shared between several users. If this is the case leave" +" the user field empty, so all your billing users can use the same one. On " +"the other hand, if you need to restrict the certificate for a particular " +"user, just define the users in the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:115 +msgid "" +"In some cases, depending on the certificate format, it is possible that the " +"field Subject Serial Number is not loaded automatically. If this is the " +"case, you can manually edit this field by filling it with the Certificate's " +"legal representative RUT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 +msgid "Financial Reports" +msgstr "Фінансові звіти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:122 +msgid "" +"The report Propuesta F29 requires two values that need to be defined as part" +" of the company configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 +msgid "Multicurrency" +msgstr "Мультивалютність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The official currency rate in Chile is provided by the Chilean service " +"`mindicador.cl <https://mindicador.cl>`_. You can find this service in the " +"currency rate configuration, and you can set a predefined interval for the " +"rate updates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Currency reate service for Chile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module. The accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:146 +msgid "Taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:74 +msgid "Default Account Payable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:148 +msgid "Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:149 +msgid "Transfer Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:150 +msgid "Conversion Rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:154 +msgid "Master Data" +msgstr "Головні дані" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:328 +msgid "Identification Type and VAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:162 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, the identification types defined by the" +" SII are now available on the Partner form. This information is essential " +"for most transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean identification types for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:170 +msgid "TaxpayerType" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In Chile, the document type associated with customers and vendors " +"transactions is defined based on the Taxpayer Type. This field should be " +"defined in the partner form, when creating a customer is important you make " +"sure this value is set:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean taxpayer types for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:184 +msgid "" +"As part of the information that is sent in the electronic Invoice, you need " +"to define the email that is going to appear as the sender of the electronic " +"invoice to your customer, and the Industry description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean electronic invoice data for partners." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:196 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, the taxes are created automatically with" +" their related financial account and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean taxes list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:204 +msgid "Taxes Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:206 +msgid "Chile has several tax types, the most common ones are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:208 +msgid "VAT. Is the regular VAT and it can have several rates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:209 +msgid "" +"ILA (Impuesto a la Ley de Alcholes). Taxes for alcoholic drinks. It has a " +"different rate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:268 +msgid "Fiscal Positions" +msgstr "Схеми оподаткування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Based on the purchase transactions, the VAT can have different affections. " +"This will be done in Odoo using the default purchase fiscal positions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:277 +msgid "Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:222 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Chile, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document types" +" defined by the government fiscal authorities (In Chile case: SII)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The document type is essential information that needs to be displayed in the" +" printed reports and that needs to be easily identified within the set of " +"invoices as well of account moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per company. As part of the " +"localization, the Document Type includes the country on which the document " +"is applicable and the data is created automatically when the localization " +"module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:233 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user doesn't need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Chilean fiscal document types list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:241 +msgid "" +"There are several document types that are inactive by default but can be " +"activated if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:245 +msgid "Use on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:247 +msgid "The document type on each transaction will be determined by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The Journal related to the Invoice, identifying if the journal uses " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:250 +msgid "" +"Condition applied based on the type of Issues and Receiver (ex. Type of " +"fiscal regimen of the buyer and type of fiscal regimen of the vendor)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Sales Journals in Odoo usually represent a business unit or location, " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:265 +msgid "Ventas Santiago." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:266 +msgid "Ventas Valparaiso." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:268 +msgid "For the retail stores is common to have one journal per POS:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:270 +msgid "Cashier 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:271 +msgid "Cashier 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Purchases" +msgstr "Купівлі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:277 +msgid "" +"The transactions purchase can be managed with a single journal, but " +"sometimes companies use more than one in order to handle some accounting " +"transactions that are not related to vendor bills but can be easily " +"registered using this model, for example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:281 +msgid "Tax Payments to government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:282 +msgid "Employees payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:288 +msgid "When creating sales journals the next information must be filled in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:290 +msgid "" +"**Point of sale type**: If the Sales journal will be used for electronic " +"documents, the option Online must be selected. Otherwise, if the journal is " +"used for invoices imported from a previous system or if you are using the " +"SII portal “Facturación MiPyme“ you can use the option Manual." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:294 +msgid "" +"**Use Documents**: This field is used to define if the journal will use " +"Document Types. It is only applicable to Purchase and Sales journals that " +"can be related to the different sets of document types available in Chile. " +"By default, all the sales journals created will use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Document type configuration on Journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:303 +msgid "" +"For the Chilean localization, it is important to define the default Debit " +"and Credit accounts as they are required for one of the debit notes use " +"cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:309 +msgid "CAF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:311 +msgid "" +"A CAF (Folio Authorization Code) is required, for each document type that is" +" issued to your customers, the CAF is a file the SII provides to the Emisor " +"with the folio/sequence authorized for the electronic invoice documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Your company can make several requests for folios and obtain several CAFs, " +"each one associated with different ranges of folios. The CAFs are shared " +"within all the journals, this means that you only need one active CAF per " +"document type and it will be applied on all journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the `SII documentation " +"<https://palena.sii.cl/dte/mn_timbraje.html>`_ to check the detail on how to" +" acquire the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:323 +msgid "" +"The CAFs required by the SII are different from Production to Test " +"(Certification mode). Make sure you have the correct CAF set depending on " +"your environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Once you have the CAF files you need to associate them with a document type " +"in Odoo, in order to add a CAF, just follow these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:333 +msgid "Access to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> CAF`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:334 +msgid "Upload the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:335 +msgid "Save the CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Steps to add a new CAF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:341 +msgid "" +"Once loaded, the status changes to *In Use*. At this moment, when a " +"transaction is used for this document type, the invoice number takes the " +"first folio in the sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:345 +msgid "" +"In case you have used some folios in your previous system, make sure you set" +" the next valid folio when the first transaction is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:351 +msgid "Usage and Testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:354 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Workflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:356 +msgid "" +"In the Chilean localization the electronic Invoice workflow covers the " +"Emission of Customer Invoices and the reception of Vendor Bills, in the next" +" diagram we explain how the information transmitted to the SII and between " +"the customers and Vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Diagram with Electronic invoice transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:366 +msgid "Customer invoice Emission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:368 +msgid "" +"After the partners and journals are created and configured, the invoices are" +" created in the standard way, for Chile one of the differentiators is the " +"document type which is selected automatically based on the Taxpayer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:372 +msgid "You can manually change the document type if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Document type selection on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:379 +msgid "" +"Documents type 33: Electronic Invoice must have at least one item with tax, " +"otherwise the SII rejects the document validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:812 +msgid "Validation and DTE Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:387 +msgid "" +"When all the invoice information is filled, either manually or automatically" +" when it's created from a sales order, proceed to validate the invoice. " +"After the invoice is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:390 +msgid "" +"The DTE File (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added in" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:758 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:822 +msgid "The DTE SII status is set as: Pending to be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "DTE XML File displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:397 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is updated automatically by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night, if you need to get the response from the SII " +"immediately you can do it manually as well. The DTE status workflow is as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Transition of DTE statuses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:406 +msgid "" +"In the first step the DTE is sent to the SII, you can manually send it using" +" the button: Enviar Ahora, a SII Tack number is generated and assigned to " +"the invoice, you can use this number to check the details the SII sent back " +"by email. The DTE status is updated to Ask for Status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:411 +msgid "" +"Once the SII response is received Odoo updates the DTE Status, in case you " +"want to do it manually just click on the button: Verify on SII. The result " +"can either be Accepted, Accepted With Objection or Rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Identification transaction for invoice and Status update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:420 +msgid "" +"There are several internal status in the SII before you get Acceptance or " +"Rejection, in case you click continuously the Button Verify in SII, you will" +" receive in the chatter the detail of those intermediate statuses:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Descprtion of each DTE status in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:428 +msgid "The final response from the SII, can take on of these values:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:430 +msgid "" +"**Accepted:** Indicates the invoice information is correct, our document is " +"now fiscally valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:433 +msgid "" +"**Accepted with objections:** Indicates the invoice information is correct " +"but a minor issue was identified, nevertheless our document is now fiscally " +"valid and it's automatically sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Email track once it is sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:441 +msgid "" +"**Rejected:** Indicates the information in the invoice is incorrect and " +"needs to be corrected, the detail of the issue is received in the emails you" +" registered in the SII, if it is properly configured in Odoo, the details " +"are also retrieved in the chatter once the email server is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:446 +msgid "If the invoice is Rejected please follow this steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:448 +msgid "Change the document to draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:449 +msgid "" +"Make the required corrections based on the message received from the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:450 +msgid "Post the invoice again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:0 +msgid "Message when an invoice is rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:458 +msgid "Crossed references" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:460 +msgid "" +"When the Invoice is created as a result of another fiscal document, the " +"information related to the originator document must be registered in the Tab" +" Cross Reference, which is commonly used for credit or debit notes, but in " +"some cases can be used on Customer Invoices as well. In the case of the " +"credit and debit notes, they are set automatically by Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice tab with origin document number and data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:453 +msgid "Invoice PDF Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:472 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is accepted and validated by the SII and the PDF is " +"printed, it includes the fiscal elements that indicate that the document is " +"fiscally valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Barcode and fiscal elements in the invoice report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:480 +msgid "" +"If you are hosted in Odoo SH or On-Premise, you should manually install the " +"``pdf417gen`` library. Use the following command to install it: ``pip " +"install pdf417gen``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:484 +msgid "Commercial Validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:486 +msgid "Once the invoice has been sent to the customer:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:488 +msgid "DTE partner status changes to “Sent”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:489 +msgid "The customer must send a reception confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Subsequently, if all the commercial terms and invoice data are correct, they" +" will send the Acceptance confirmation, otherwise they send a Claim." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:492 +msgid "The field DTE acceptation status is updated automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Message with the commercial acceptance from the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:500 +msgid "Processed for Claimed invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:502 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice has been Accepted by the SII **it can not be cancelled in " +"Odoo**. In case you get a Claim for your customer the correct way to proceed" +" is with a Credit Note to either cancel the Invoice or correct it. Please " +"refer to the :ref:`chile/credit-notes` section for more details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice Comercial status updated to Claimed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:511 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:429 +msgid "Common Errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:513 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the SII, but these are " +"some of the common errors you might have and which is the related solution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:516 +msgid "Error: ``RECHAZO- DTE Sin Comuna Origen.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:518 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the Company Address is properly filled including the State" +" and City." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:520 +msgid "Error en Monto: ``- IVA debe declararse.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:522 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:526 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* The invoice lines should include one VAT tax, make sure you add one " +"on each invoice line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:524 +msgid "Error: ``Rut No Autorizado a Firmar.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:528 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Fecha/Número Resolucion Invalido RECHAZO- CAF Vencido : " +"(Firma_DTE[AAAA-MM-DD] - CAF[AAAA-MM-DD]) > 6 meses.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:531 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Try to add a new CAF related to this document as the one you're " +"using is expired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:533 +msgid "" +"Error: ``Element '{http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutReceptor': This element is " +"not expected. Expected is ( {http://www.sii.cl/SiiDte%7DRutEnvia ).``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:536 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* Make sure the field Document Type and VAT are set either in the " +"Customer and in the main company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:539 +msgid "GLOSA: ``Usuario sin permiso de envio.``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:541 +msgid "" +"*Hint:* This error indicates that most likely, your company has not passed " +"the `Certification process " +"<https://www.sii.cl/factura_electronica/factura_mercado/proceso_certificacion.htm>`_" +" in the SII - Sistema de Facturación de Mercado. If this is the case, please" +" contact your Account Manager or Customer Support as this certification is " +"not part of the the Odoo services, but we can give you some alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:558 +msgid "Credit Notes" +msgstr "Сторно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:552 +msgid "" +"When a cancellation or correction is needed over a validated invoice, a " +"credit note must be generated. It is important to consider that a CAF file " +"is required for the Credit Note, which is identified as document 64 in the " +"SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Creation of CAF for Credit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:562 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`CAF section <chile/caf-documentation>` where we described" +" the process to load the CAF on each document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:618 +msgid "Use Cases" +msgstr "Використовувати досвід" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:569 +msgid "Cancel Referenced document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:571 +msgid "" +"In case you need to cancel or invalid an Invoice, use the button Add Credit " +"note and select Full Refund, in this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Anula Documento de referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Full invoice refund with SII reference code 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:579 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:581 +msgid "" +"If a correction in the invoice information is required, for example the " +"Street Name, use the button Add Credit note,select Partial Refund and select" +" the option “Solo corregir Texto”. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Partial refund to correct text including the corrected value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:589 +msgid "" +"Odoo creates a Credit Note with the corrected text in an invoice and price " +"0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Credit note with the corrected value on the invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:596 +msgid "" +"It's important to define the default credit account in the Sales journal as " +"it is taken for this use case in specific." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:600 +msgid "Corrects Referenced Document Amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:602 +msgid "" +"When a correction on the amounts is required, use the button Add Credit note" +" and select Partial Refund. In this case the SII reference Code is " +"automatically set to: Corrige el monto del Documento de Referencia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Credit note for partial refund to correct amounts, using the SII reference " +"code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:611 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:585 +msgid "Debit Notes" +msgstr "Дебіторські повернення" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:613 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”. The two main use cases for debit notes are detailed" +" below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:621 +msgid "Add debt on Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:623 +msgid "" +"The most common use case for debit notes is to increase the value of an " +"existing invoice, you need to select option 3 in the field Reference code " +"SII:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Debit note for partial refund to crrect amounts, using the SII reference " +"code 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:631 +msgid "" +"In this case Odoo automatically includes the source invoice in the cross " +"reference section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice data on crossed reference section for debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:638 +msgid "Cancel Credit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:640 +msgid "" +"In Chile the debits notes are used to cancel a validated Credit Note, in " +"this case just select the button Add debit note and select the first option " +"in the wizard: *1: Anula Documentos de referencia.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Creating a debit note to cancel a credit note with the SII code reference 1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:649 +msgid "Vendor Bills" +msgstr "Рахунки постачальників" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:651 +msgid "" +"As part of the Chilean localization, you can configure your Incoming email " +"server as the same you have register in the SII in order to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:654 +msgid "" +"Automatically receive the vendor bills DTE and create the vendor bill based " +"on this information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:655 +msgid "Automatically Send the reception acknowledgement to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:656 +msgid "Accept or Claim the document and send this status to your vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:659 +msgid "Reception" +msgstr "Надходження" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:661 +msgid "" +"As soon as the vendor email with the attached DTE is received: 1. The vendor" +" Bill mapping all the information included in the xml. 2. An email is sent " +"to the vendor with the Reception acknowledgement. 3. The DTE status is set " +"as: Acuse de Recibido Enviado" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Messages recorded in the chatter with the reception notification for the " +"vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:671 +msgid "Acceptation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:673 +msgid "" +"If all the commercial information is correct on your vendor bill then you " +"can accept the document using the :guilabel:`Aceptar Documento` button. Once" +" this is done the DTE Acceptation Status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`` " +"and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Acceptance button in vendor bills to inform vendor the document is " +"comercially accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:682 +msgid "Claim" +msgstr "Претензія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:684 +msgid "" +"In case there is a commercial issue or the information is not correct on " +"your vendor bill, you can Claim the document before validating it, using the" +" button: Claim, once this is done the DTE Acceptation Status change to: " +"Claim and an email of acceptance is sent to the vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Claim button in vendor bills to inform the vendor all the document is " +"comercially rejected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:692 +msgid "" +"If you claim a vendor bill, the status changes from draft to cancel " +"automatically. Considering this as best practice, all the Claim documents " +"should be canceled as they won't be valid for your accounting records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:697 +msgid "Delivery Guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:699 +msgid "" +"To install the Delivery Guide module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and search" +" for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on the " +"module :guilabel:`Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:704 +msgid "" +"*Chile - E-Invoicing Delivery Guide* has a dependency with *Chile - " +"Facturación Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically " +"when the Delivery Guide module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:707 +msgid "" +"The Delivery Guide module includes sending the DTE to SII and the stamp in " +"PDF reports for deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Install Delivery Guide Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:714 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations have been made for electronic invoices (e.g., " +"uploading a valid company certificate, setting up master data, etc.), " +"Delivery Guides need their own CAFs. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " +"documentation <chile/caf-documentation>` to check the details on how to " +"acquire the CAFs for electronic Delivery Guides." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:719 +msgid "" +"Verify the following important information in the *Price for the Delivery " +"Guide* configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:721 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Sales Order`: Delivery Guide takes the product price from " +"the Sales Order and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:723 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`From Product Template`: Odoo takes the price configured in the " +"product template and shows it on the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:725 +msgid ":guilabel:`No show price`: no price is shown in the Delivery Guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:727 +msgid "" +"Electronic delivery guides are used to move stock from one place to another " +"and they can represent sales, sampling, consignment, internal transfers, and" +" basically any product move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:731 +msgid "Delivery Guide from a Sales Process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:734 +msgid "" +"A delivery guide should **not** be longer than one page or contain more than" +" 60 product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:736 +msgid "" +"When a Sales Order is created and confirmed, a Delivery Order is generated. " +"After validating the Delivery Order, the option to create a Delivery Guide " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Create Delivery Guide Button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:743 +msgid "" +"When clicking on :guilabel:`Create Delivery Guide` for the first time, a " +"warning message pops up, showing the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "An example sequence error when creating a Delivery Guide in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:750 +msgid "" +"This warning message means the user needs to indicate the next sequence " +"number Odoo has to take to generate the Delivery Guide, and only only " +"happens the *first time* a Delivery Guide is created in Odoo. After the " +"first document has been correctly generated, Odoo takes the CAFs next " +"available number to generate the following Delivery Guide and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:755 +msgid "After the Delivery Guide is created:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:757 +msgid "" +"The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is automatically created and added to" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "DTE Status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:764 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:828 +msgid "" +"The DTE Status is automatically updated by Odoo with a scheduled action that" +" runs every day at night. To get a response from the SII immediately, press " +"the :guilabel:`Send now to SII` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:767 +msgid "" +"Once the Delivery Guide is sent, it may then be printed by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Print Delivery Guide` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Printing Delivery Guide PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:775 +msgid "Electronic Receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:777 +msgid "" +"To install the Electronic Receipt module, go to :menuselection:`Apps` and " +"search for :guilabel:`Chile (l10n_cl)`. Then click :guilabel:`Install` on " +"the module :guilabel:`Chile - Electronic Receipt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:782 +msgid "" +"*Chile - Electronic Receipt* has a dependency with *Chile - Facturación " +"Electrónica*. Odoo will install the dependency automatically when the " +"E-invoicing Delivery Guide module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:785 +msgid "" +"This module contains the electronic receipt and daily sales report, which " +"are automatically sent to SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Install Electronic Receipt module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:792 +msgid "" +"Once all configurations have been made for Electronic Invoices (e.g., " +"uploading a valid company certificate, setting up master data, etc.), " +"Electronic Receipts need their own CAFs. Please refer to the :ref:`CAF " +"documentation <chile/caf-documentation>` to check the details on how to " +"acquire the CAFs for Electronic Receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Electronic Receipts are useful when clients do not need an Electronic " +"Invoice. By default, there is a partner in the database called *Anonymous " +"Final Consumer* with a generic RUT 66666666-6 and taxpayer type of *Final " +"Consumer*. This partner can be used for Electronic Receipts or a new record " +"may be created for the same purpose." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:802 +msgid "" +"Although Electronic Receipts should be used for final consumers with a " +"generic RUT, it can also be used for specific partners. After the partners " +"and journals are created and configured, the Electronic Receipts are created" +" in the standard way as Electronic Invoice, but the type of document " +":guilabel:`(39) Electronic Receipt` should be selected, like so:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Select type of Document: (39) Boleta Electrónica" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:814 +msgid "" +"When all of the Electronic Receipt information is filled, either manually or" +" automatically from a Sales Order, proceed to validate the receipt. By " +"default, Electronic Invoice is selected as the Document Type, however in " +"order to validate the receipt correctly, make sure to edit the Document Type" +" and change to Electronic Receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:819 +msgid "After the receipt is posted:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:821 +msgid "" +"The DTE file (Electronic Tax Document) is created automatically and added to" +" the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "DTE status in SII and creation of DTE/XML" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:831 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the :ref:`DTE Workflow <chile/electronic-invoice-" +"validation>` for Electronic Invoices as the workflow for Electronic Receipt " +"follows the same process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:835 +msgid "Daily Sales Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:837 +msgid "" +"Once Electronic Receipts have been created, the system creates a daily sales" +" report containing all Electronic Receipts per day. This report is " +"electronically stamped and sent to the SII overnight in XML format. These " +"daily reports can be found in :menuselection:`Reports --> Daily Sales " +"Reports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Find Electronic Receipts in the Reports menu, under Daily Sales Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:845 +msgid "A list of daily reports is displayed with all daily DTE sent to SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "List of Daily Reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:851 +msgid "" +"If no Electronic Receipt was made on a particular day, the report is sent " +"but it will not have any receipts in it. The report will also have an answer" +" from the SII if it was accepted or rejected (depending on the company's " +"certificate and validated receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Daily Sales Book example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:860 +msgid "" +"For Chilean localization, note that the feature tax included in the price is" +" *not* supported for the Electronic Receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:863 +msgid "" +"If a Daily Sales Report has already been created for a specific day in " +"another system, the daily report in Odoo will be rejected due to the " +"sequence number used. If that is the case, the user has to manually click on" +" :guilabel:`Retry` in order for a new sequence number to be generated (this " +"action is automatically done by Odoo). Afterwards, users can manually verify" +" report status with SII or wait for Odoo to update status later at night." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:873 +msgid "Balance Tributario de 8 Columnas" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:875 +msgid "" +"This report presents the accounts in detail (with their respective " +"balances), classifying them according to their origin and determining the " +"level of profit or loss that the business had within the evaluated period of" +" time, so that a real and complete knowledge of the status of a company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:879 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:895 +msgid "" +"You can find this report in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Columns and data displayed in the report Balance Tributario 8 Columnas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:886 +msgid "Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:888 +msgid "" +"The form F29 is a new system that the SII enabled to taxpayers, and that " +"replaces the Purchase and Sales Books. This report is integrated by Purchase" +" Register (CR) and the Sales Register (RV). Its purpose is to support the " +"transactions related to VAT, improving its control and declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:892 +msgid "" +"This record is supplied by the electronic tax documents (DTE's) that have " +"been received by the SII." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst-1 +msgid "Parameters to required to generate the Report Propuesta F29" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:3 +msgid "Colombia" +msgstr "Колумбія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Colombian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 +msgid "`l10n_co`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 +msgid "Identification information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 +msgid "Main workflows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 +msgid "Invoice validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 +msgid "" +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 +msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " +"which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 +msgid "" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 +msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 +msgid "Common errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 +msgid "" +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 +msgid "" +"This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Certificado de Retención en ICA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 +msgid "" +"This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 +msgid "" +"This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 +msgid "Certificado de Retención en Fuente report in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:3 +msgid "Ecuador" +msgstr "Еквадор" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With the Ecuadorian localization you can generate electronic documents with " +"its XML, Fiscal folio, with electronic signature and direct connection to " +"tax authority SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:11 +msgid "" +"The supported documents are Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Purchase " +"Liquidations and Withholds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The localization also Includes automations to easily predict the withholding" +" tax to be applied to each purchase invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 +msgid "" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 +msgid "Glossary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " +"that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " +"sending of Electronics Documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 +msgid "" +"**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " +"the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Ecuadorian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +msgid "`l10n_ec`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " +"adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " +"represent the minimum configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Ecuador according to the guidelines set by the :abbr:`SRI (servicio de " +"rentas internas)`. The module's installation automatically loads: Chart of " +"Accounts, taxes, documents types, tax support types. Additionally, the " +"generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, based on the " +"Technical documentation published by the SRI. The authorized documents are: " +"Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," +" Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " +"Accounting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " +"and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and go to :menuselection:`Company --> Contact` and then " +"edit the contact to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 +msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 +msgid "Upload company logo and save" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 +msgid "Electronic documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To upload your information for electronic documents go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " +":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 +msgid "Configure the next information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " +"going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " +"to use the testing environment for electronic documents then keep the " +"checkbox unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " +"qualified as RIMPE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " +"company has this condition." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " +"do electronic withholds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " +"you buy goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " +"buy services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " +"you buy with credit card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " +"resolution number, if applicable for your company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " +"password, then save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " +"a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " +"contributor number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" +" withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" +" on their *Taxpayer Type*. Moreover, the Credit Card withholding set up is " +"always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 +msgid "VAT withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 +msgid "" +"This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " +"Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " +"withholding, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 +msgid "" +"You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " +"taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " +":guilabel:`Services VAT Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " +"the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 +msgid "Printer points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 +msgid "" +"To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " +"that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 +msgid "" +"For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " +"Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " +"accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " +"as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " +"be unique per journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring a printer point for Ecuador electronic document type of Customer" +" Invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 +msgid "Withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 +msgid "" +"A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " +"where you need to configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 +msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " +"accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " +"withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 +msgid "Purchase Liquidations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" +" [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " +"liquidations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configuring purchase liquidations for Ecuador electronic document type of " +"Withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " +"is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " +"localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically in Taxes, Default" +" Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " +"Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " +"compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " +"configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " +"\"Purchase\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Product for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 +msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " +"check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " +"Electronic Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " +"`Cedula`, or `Passport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " +"and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " +"and then create a withholding from there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 +msgid "Review your taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" +" configuration and related financial accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 +msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " +"is useful when you register purchase withholdings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " +"codes, it is important when you register the withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " +"and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 +msgid "" +"For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " +"support code] [tax support short name])`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 +msgid "" +"For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " +"withhold] [withhold name]`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 +msgid "" +"Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " +"automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " +"do so, for which you must base yourself on the configuration of the existing" +" taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 +msgid "Review your Document Types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 +msgid "" +"Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" +" classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " +"authorities, in this case by the SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable; also the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Document types for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 +msgid "Sales documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," +" are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " +"manually. They must contain the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " +"the customer invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 +msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 +msgid "Customer credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`Customer credit note " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " +"that, when validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated " +"(posted) invoice in order to register a credit note. On the invoice there is" +" a button named :guilabel:`Credit note`, click on this button to be directed" +" to the :guilabel:`Create credit note` form, then complete the following " +"information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " +"number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" +" invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " +"with the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" +" note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" +"validated and reconciled with the invoice, and auto-create a new draft " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 +msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " +"amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" +" note, review the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 +msgid "Customer debit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " +"invoice in order to register a debit note. On the invoice there is a button " +"named :guilabel:`Debit Note`, click on this button to be directed to the " +":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 +msgid "" +"You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " +"validating the debit note, review the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 +msgid "Customer withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " +"company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " +"withholding to the sale." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " +"customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " +"Withhold`, click on this button to be directed to the :guilabel:`Customer " +"withholding` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " +"withholding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " +"the same as the original document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 +msgid "Purchase Documents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 +msgid "Vendor bill" +msgstr "Рахунок постачальника" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " +"this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " +"purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 +msgid "" +"The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " +"contain the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 +msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 +msgid "" +"When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" +" are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button. Otherwise, from " +"the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab click the :guilabel:`Edit` button and set " +"the adjustment to go where you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 +msgid "Purchase liquidation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" +" vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +msgid "" +"Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" +" Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 +msgid "" +"Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " +"RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " +"sales receipts or customer invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 +msgid "" +"Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " +"dependency relationship (full-time employee)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 +msgid "" +"Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " +"function." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 +msgid "" +"These types of electronic documents can be created from the " +":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " +"form view. It must contain the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Liquidation` with the correct printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " +"Liquidation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " +"only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " +"for the next documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 +msgid "" +"Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Liquidation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 +msgid "Purchase withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " +"validated, is sent to SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" +" a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" +" :guilabel:`Add Withhold`, click on this button to be directed to the " +":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " +"configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " +"tax support are correct, and, if it is not correct, you can edit and select " +"the correct taxes and tax support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Once you review the information you can validate the " +":guilabel:`Withholding`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 +msgid "" +"You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " +"configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" +" to the tax applied on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill` and change the " +":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 +msgid "" +"A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" +" whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " +"add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" +" system will allow you as long as the total of the bases matches the total " +"from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 +msgid "" +"In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " +"Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" +" the reports 103 and 104." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 +msgid "" +"To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " +"filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 +msgid "Report 103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 +msgid "" +"This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " +"period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 +msgid "" +"You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " +"amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" +" report it to the SRI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 +msgid "Report 104" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 +msgid "" +"This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " +"period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst-1 +msgid "Report 104 form for Ecuador." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:3 +msgid "Egypt" +msgstr "Єгипет" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:8 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Egyptian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Egypt - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_eg``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:23 +msgid "``l10n_eg_edi_eta``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:24 +msgid "" +":ref:`Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) e-invoicing integration " +"<egypt/e-invoicing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:29 +msgid "Egyptian e-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Egyptian Tax Authority (ETA) e-invoicing** " +"requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Egyptian e-invoicing is available from Odoo 15.0. If needed, :doc:`upgrade " +"</administration/upgrade>` your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`Video: Egypt E-invoicing <https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=NXuBPLR4pVw>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:39 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/upgrade`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:44 +msgid "Register Odoo on your ETA portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:46 +msgid "" +"You must register your Odoo ERP system on your ETA portal to get your API " +"credentials. You need these codes to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting " +"app <egypt/e-invoicing-configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Access your company profile on the ETA portal by clicking on :guilabel:`View" +" Taxpayer Profile`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Clicking on \"View Taxpayer Profile\" on an ETA invoicing portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :guilabel:`Representatives` section and then click on " +":guilabel:`Register ERP`. Fill out the :guilabel:`ERP Name` (e.g., ``Odoo``)" +" and leave the other fields empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Filling out of the form to register an ERP system on the ETA portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Once successfully registered, the website displays your API credentials:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:64 +msgid "Client ID" +msgstr "ID клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:65 +msgid "Client Secret 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:66 +msgid "Client Secret 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:69 +msgid "" +"ETA should give you a username and a password to access their online portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:70 +msgid "Ask ETA to provide you with preproduction portal access as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:71 +msgid "These codes are confidential and should be stored safely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:29 +msgid "Configuration on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:78 +msgid "" +"To connect your Odoo database to your ETA portal account, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> ETA " +"E-Invoicing Settings`, and set the :guilabel:`ETA Client ID` and " +":guilabel:`ETA Secret` that you retrieved when you :ref:`registered Odoo on " +"your ETA portal <egypt/e-invoicing-eta-portal>`. Set an invoicing threshold " +"if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration of the ETA E-Invoicing credentials in Odoo Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:88 +msgid "" +"**Test on your preproduction portal** before starting to issue real invoices" +" on the production ETA portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:90 +msgid "" +"**Credentials** for preproduction and production environments are different." +" Make sure to update them on Odoo when you move from one environment to " +"another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, fill out your company details with your company's full " +"address, country, and Tax ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:98 +msgid "ETA codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:100 +msgid "" +"E-invoicing works with a set of codes provided by the ETA. You can use the " +"`ETA documentation <https://sdk.preprod.invoicing.eta.gov.eg/codes/>`_ to " +"code your business attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Most of these codes are handled automatically by Odoo, provided that your " +":ref:`branches <egypt/e-invoicing-branches>`, :ref:`customers " +"<egypt/e-invoicing-customers>`, and :ref:`products <egypt/e-invoicing-" +"products>` are correctly configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:107 +msgid "Company Information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:109 +msgid "Company Tax ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Branch ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "If you have only one branch, use ``0`` as the branch code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:112 +msgid "Activity type Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:114 +msgid "Other Information:" +msgstr "Інша інформація:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Product Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your company's products should be coded and matched with their **GS1** or " +"**EGS** codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "Tax Codes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Most of the taxes codes are already configured on Odoo in the :guilabel:`ETA" +" Code (Egypt)` field. We advise you to make sure these codes match your " +"company's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:123 +msgid "" +"`Egyptian eInvoicing & eReceipt SDK - Code Tables " +"<https://sdk.preprod.invoicing.eta.gov.eg/codes/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:106 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:130 +msgid "Branches" +msgstr "Гілки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Create a contact and a journal for each branch of your company and configure" +" its ETA settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Name the journal according to your company's branch and set the " +":guilabel:`Type` as :guilabel:`Sales`. Next, open the " +":menuselection:`Advanced Settings` tab and fill out the :guilabel:`Egyptian " +"ETA settings` section:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:141 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Branch` field, select the branch's contact or create it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:142 +msgid "Set the :guilabel:`ETA Activity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`ETA Branch ID` (use ``0`` if you have one branch only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Sales journal configuration of an Egyptian company's branch" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The contact selected in the :guilabel:`Branch` field must be set as a " +":guilabel:`Company` (**not** as an :guilabel:`Individual`), and the " +":guilabel:`Address` and :guilabel:`Tax ID` fields must be filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:157 +msgid "Customers" +msgstr "Клієнти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Make sure your customers' contact forms are correctly filled out so your " +"e-invoices are valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:161 +msgid "contact type: :guilabel:`Individual`: or :guilabel:`Company`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:162 +msgid ":guilabel:`Country`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: Tax ID or Company registry for companies. National ID " +"for individuals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can edit your customers' contact forms by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Make sure your products are correctly configured so your e-invoices are " +"valid:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: storable products, consumables, or services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure`: if you also use Odoo Inventory and have enabled" +" :doc:`Units of Measure " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:179 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode`: **GS1** or **EGS** barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`ETA Item code` (under the :menuselection:`Accounting` tab): if " +"the barcode doesn't match your ETA item code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:184 +msgid "" +"You can edit your products by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:189 +msgid "USB authentication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Each person who needs to electronically sign invoices needs a specific USB " +"key to authenticate and send invoices to the ETA portal through an ERP." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:195 +msgid "" +"You can contact the :abbr:`ETA (Egyptian Tax Authority)` or `Egypt Trust " +"<https://www.egypttrust.com/>`_ to get these USB keys." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:201 +msgid "Install Odoo as a local proxy on your computer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:203 +msgid "" +"An Odoo local server works as a bridge between your computer and your Odoo " +"database hosted online." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Download the Odoo Community installer from the page " +"https://www.odoo.com/page/download and start the installation on your " +"computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:208 +msgid "Select :guilabel:`Local Proxy Mode` as the type of install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Selection of \"Local Proxy Mode\" during the installation of Odoo Community." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:215 +msgid "" +"This installation of Odoo only works as a server and does not install any " +"Odoo apps on your computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:218 +msgid "" +"Once the installation is complete, the installer displays your **access " +"token** for the Odoo Local Proxy. Copy the token and save it in a safe place" +" for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:222 +msgid "`Odoo: Download Odoo <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:223 +msgid ":doc:`../../../administration/install`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:228 +msgid "Configure the USB key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Once the local proxy server is installed on your computer, you can link it " +"with your Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configurations --> Thumb Drive` and " +"click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Input a :guilabel:`Company` name, the :guilabel:`ETA USB Pin` given to you " +"by your USB key provider, and the :guilabel:`Access Token` provided at the " +"end of the :ref:`local proxy installation <egypt/e-invoicing-local-proxy>`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:237 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Get certificate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new thumb drive for the e-invoicing of an egyptian company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:3 +msgid "France" +msgstr "Франція" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:8 +msgid "FEC - Fichier des Écritures Comptables" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:10 +msgid "" +"An FEC :dfn:`Fichier des Écritures Comptables` audit file contains all the " +"accounting data and entries recorded in all the accounting journals for a " +"financial year. The entries in the file must be arranged in chronological " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2014, every French company is required to produce and " +"transmit this file upon request by the tax authorities for audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:18 +msgid "FEC Import" +msgstr "Імпорт FEC" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To make the onboarding of new users easier, Odoo Enterprise's French " +":ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` includes " +"the **FEC Import** feature (module name: ``l10n_fr_fec_import``), which " +"enables the import of existing FEC files from older software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:24 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Accounting Import`, enable **FEC Import**, and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> FEC Import`, " +"upload your FEC file, and click on *Import*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Importing FEC files from different year takes no particular action or " +"computation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Should multiple files contain any \"Reports à Nouveaux\" (RAN) with the " +"starting balance of the year, you might need to cancel those entries in the " +"User Interface. Odoo makes those entries (RAN) useless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:38 +msgid "File formats" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:40 +msgid "" +"FEC files can only be in CSV format, as the XML format is not supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:44 +msgid "" +"The FEC CSV file has a plain text format representing a data table, with the" +" first line being a header and defining the list of fields for each entry, " +"and each following line representing one accounting entry, in no " +"predetermined order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Our module expects the files to meet the following technical specifications:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:50 +msgid "**Encoding**: UTF-8, UTF-8-SIG and iso8859_15." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:51 +msgid "**Separator**: any of these: `;` or `|` or `,` or `TAB`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Line terminators**: both CR+LF (`\\\\r\\\\n`) and LF (`\\\\n`) character " +"groups are supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:53 +msgid "**Date format**: `%Y%m%d`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:56 +msgid "Fields description and use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "#" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Field name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Формат" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "JournalCode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "Journal Code" +msgstr "Код журналу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +msgid "`journal.code` and `journal.name` if `JournalLib` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Alphanumeric" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "02" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "JournalLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "Journal Label" +msgstr "Мітка журналу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:64 +msgid "`journal.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "03" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "EcritureNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "Numbering specific to each journal sequence number of the entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:66 +msgid "`move.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "04" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "EcritureDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +msgid "Accounting entry Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "`move.date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Date (yyyyMMdd)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "05" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "CompteNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "Account Number" +msgstr "Номер рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:71 +msgid "`account.code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "06" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "CompteLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "Account Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:73 +msgid "`account.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "07" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "CompAuxNum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "Secondary account Number (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:75 +msgid "`partner.ref`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "08" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "CompAuxLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "Secondary account Label (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:78 +msgid "`partner.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "09" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "PieceRef" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "Document Reference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:81 +msgid "`move.ref` and `move.name` if `EcritureNum` is not provided" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "PieceDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:84 +msgid "Document Date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "11" +msgstr "11" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "EcritureLib" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "Account entry Label" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:86 +msgid "`move_line.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "Debit amount" +msgstr "Сума (дебет)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +msgid "`move_line.debit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Float" +msgstr "Число з комою" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "13" +msgstr "13" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "Credit amount (Field name \"Crédit\" is not allowed)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:90 +msgid "`move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "14" +msgstr "14" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "EcritureLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "Accounting entry cross reference (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:93 +msgid "`move_line.fec_matching_number`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "DateLet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +msgid "Accounting entry date (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "unused" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "16" +msgstr "16" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "ValidDate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:99 +msgid "Accounting entry validation date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "17" +msgstr "17" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Montantdevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "Currency amount (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:101 +msgid "`move_line.amount_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "18" +msgstr "18" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Idevise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "Currency identifier (accepts null)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:104 +msgid "`currency.name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:108 +msgid "" +"These two fields can be found in place of the others in the sence above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Montant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "Amount" +msgstr "Сума" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:111 +msgid "`move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Sens" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Can be \"C\" for Credit or \"D\" for Debit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "determines `move_line.debit` or `move_line.credit`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:114 +msgid "Char" +msgstr "Стовпчиковий графік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:119 +msgid "Implementation details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The following accounting entities are imported from the FEC files: " +"**Accounts, Journals, Partners**, and **Moves**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Our module determines the encoding, the line-terminator character, and the " +"separator that are used in the file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A check is then performed to see if every line has the correct number of " +"fields corresponding to the header." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the check passes, then the file is read in full, kept in memory, and " +"scanned. Accounting entities are imported one type at a time, in the " +"following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:134 +msgid "Accounts" +msgstr "Рахунки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Every accounting entry is related to an account, which should be determined " +"by the field `CompteNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:140 +msgid "Code matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Should a similar account code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Accounts in Odoo generally have a number of digits that are default for the " +"fiscal localization. As the FEC module is related to the French " +"localization, the default number of relevant digits is 6." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:148 +msgid "" +"This means that the account codes the trailing zeroes are right-trimmed, and" +" that the comparison between the account codes in the FEC file and the ones " +"already existing in Odoo is performed only on the first six digits of the " +"codes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:153 +msgid "" +"The account code `65800000` in the file is matched against an existing " +"`658000` account in Odoo, and that account is used instead of creating a new" +" one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:157 +msgid "Reconcilable flag" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:159 +msgid "" +"An account is technically flagged as *reconcilable* if the first line in " +"which it appears has the `EcritureLet` field filled out, as this flag means " +"that the accounting entry is going to be reconciled with another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:165 +msgid "" +"In case the line somehow has this field not filled out, but the entry still " +"has to be reconciled with a payment that hasn't yet been recorded, this " +"isn't a problem anyway; the account is flagged as reconcilable as soon as " +"the import of the move lines requires it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:170 +msgid "Account type and Templates matching" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:172 +msgid "" +"As the **type** of the account is not specified in the FEC format, **new** " +"accounts are created with the default type *Current Assets* and then, at the" +" end of the import process, they are matched against the installed Chart of " +"Account templates. Also, the *reconcile* flag is also computed this way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The match is done with the left-most digits, starting by using all digits, " +"then 3, then 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:54 +msgid "Code" +msgstr "Код" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "Full comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "3-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 +msgid "2-digits comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:82 +msgid "Template" +msgstr "Шаблон " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +msgid "`400`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`40100000`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:186 +msgid "`401`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "**Result**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:188 +msgid "Match **found**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:191 +msgid "" +"The type of the account is then flagged as *payable* and *reconcilable* as " +"per the account template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Journals are also checked against those already existing in Odoo to avoid " +"duplicates, also in the case of multiple FEC files imports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Should a similar journal code already be present in the system, the existing" +" one is used instead of creating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:202 +msgid "New journals have their name prefixed by the string ``FEC-``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:205 +msgid "`ACHATS` -> `FEC-ACHATS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:207 +msgid "" +"The journals are *not* archived, the user is entitled to handle them as he " +"wishes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:210 +msgid "Journal type determination" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The journal type is also not specified in the format (as per the accounts) " +"and therefore it is at first created with the default type `general`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:215 +msgid "" +"At the end of the import process, the type is determined as per these rules " +"regarding related moves and accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`bank`: Moves in these journals always have a line (debit or credit) " +"impacting a liquidity account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`cash` / `bank` can be interchanged, so `bank` is set everywhere when this " +"condition is met." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`sale`: Moves in these journals mostly have debit lines on receivable " +"accounts and credit lines on tax income accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Sale refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "" +"`purchase`: Moves in these journals mostly have credit lines on payable " +"accounts and debit lines on expense accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase refund journal items are debit/credit inverted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:0 +msgid "`general`: for everything else." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:231 +msgid "A minimum of three moves is necessary for journal type identification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:232 +msgid "" +"A threshold of 70% of moves must correspond to a criteria for a journal type" +" to be determined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:235 +msgid "Suppose we are analyzing the moves that share a certain `journal_id`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:269 +msgid "Moves" +msgstr "Переміщення" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Count" +msgstr "Підрахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:238 +msgid "Percentage" +msgstr "Відсоток" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:240 +msgid "that have a sale account line and no purchase account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "that have a purchase account line and no sale account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:242 +msgid "25%" +msgstr "25%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "that have a liquidity account line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:244 +msgid "**75%**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "**Total**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "4" +msgstr "4" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:246 +msgid "100%" +msgstr "100%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The journal `type` would be `bank`, because the bank moves percentage (75%) " +"exceeds the threshold (70%)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:253 +msgid "Partners" +msgstr "Партнери" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:255 +msgid "Each partner keeps its `Reference` from the field `CompAuxNum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:259 +msgid "" +"These fields are searchable, in line with former FEC imports on the " +"accounting expert's side for fiscal/audit purposes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:264 +msgid "" +"Users can merge partners with the Data Cleaning App, where Vendors and " +"Customers or similar partner entries may be merged by the user, with " +"assistance from the system that groups them by similar entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Entries are immediately posted and reconciled after submission, using the " +"`EcritureLet` field to do the matching between the entries themselves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:274 +msgid "" +"The `EcritureNum` field represents the name of the moves. We noticed that " +"sometimes it may not be filled out. In this case, the field `PieceRef` is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:278 +msgid "Rounding issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:280 +msgid "" +"There is a rounding tolerance with a currency-related precision on debit and" +" credit (i.e., 0.01 for EUR). Under this tolerance, a new line is added to " +"the move, named *Import rounding difference*, targeting the accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:284 +msgid "`658000` Charges diverses de gestion courante, for added debits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:285 +msgid "`758000` Produits divers de gestion courante, for added credits" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:288 +msgid "Missing move name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Should the `EcritureNum` not be filled out, it may also happen that the " +"`PieceRef` field is also not suited to determine the move name (it may be " +"used as an accounting move line reference) leaving no way to actually find " +"which lines are to be grouped in a single move, and effectively impeding the" +" creation of balanced moves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:295 +msgid "" +"One last attempt is made, grouping all lines from the same journal and date " +"(`JournalLib`, `EcritureDate`). Should this grouping generate balanced moves" +" (sum(credit) - sum(debit) = 0), then each different combination of journal " +"and date creates a new move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:300 +msgid "" +"`ACH` + `2021/05/01` --> new move on journal `ACH` with name `20210501`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:302 +msgid "" +"Should this attempt fail, the user is prompted an error message with all the" +" move lines that are supposedly unbalanced." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:306 +msgid "Partner information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If a line has the partner information specified, the information is copied " +"to the accounting move itself if the targeted Journal is of type *payable* " +"or *receivable*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:312 +msgid "Export" +msgstr "Експорт" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:314 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French :ref:`fiscal localization package " +"<fiscal_localizations/packages>`, you should be able to download the FEC. To" +" do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> France --> FEC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:320 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the submenu **FEC**, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove " +"the *Apps* filter, then search for the module named **France-FEC** and make " +"sure it is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:325 +msgid "" +"`Official Technical Specification (fr) " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/codes/article_lc/LEGIARTI000027804775>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:327 +msgid "" +"`Test-Compta-Demat (Official FEC Testing tool) " +"<https://github.com/DGFiP/Test-Compta-Demat>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:331 +msgid "French Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Французька бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the French Accounting, you will have access to some " +"accounting reports specific to France:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановили французький бухгалтерський облік, ви матимете доступ до " +"деяких бухгалтерських звітів, характерних для Франції:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:336 +msgid "Bilan comptable" +msgstr "Bilan comptable" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:337 +msgid "Compte de résultats" +msgstr "Compte de résultats" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:338 +msgid "Plan de Taxes France" +msgstr "Plan de Taxes France" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:341 +msgid "Get the VAT anti-fraud certification with Odoo" +msgstr "" +"Отримайте сертифікат про боротьбу із шахрайством на додану вартість з Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:343 +msgid "" +"As of January 1st 2018, a new anti-fraud legislation comes into effect in " +"France and DOM-TOM. This new legislation stipulates certain criteria " +"concerning the inalterability, security, storage and archiving of sales " +"data. These legal requirements are implemented in Odoo, version 9 onward, " +"through a module and a certificate of conformity to download." +msgstr "" +"Станом на 1 січня 2018 року у Франції та DOM-TOM введено нове законодавство " +"щодо боротьби із шахрайством. Це нове законодавство встановлює певні " +"критерії щодо незмінності, безпеки, зберігання та архівування даних про " +"продаж. Ці юридичні вимоги впроваджені в 9 версії Odoo через модуль та " +"сертифікат відповідності для завантаження." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:350 +msgid "Is my company required to use anti-fraud software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Your company is required to use an anti-fraud cash register software like " +"Odoo (CGI art. 286, I. 3° bis) if:" +msgstr "" +"Ваша компанія повинна використовувати програмне забезпечення для боротьби із" +" шахрайством касових апаратів, таких як Odoo (CGI Art. 286, I. 3 ° bis), " +"якщо:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:355 +msgid "You are taxable (not VAT exempt) in France or any DOM-TOM," +msgstr "" +"Ви є оподатковуваними (не звільнені від податку на додану вартість) у " +"Франції або будь-якому DOM-TOM," + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:356 +msgid "Some of your customers are private individuals (B2C)." +msgstr "Деякі з ваших клієнтів - приватні особи (B2C)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:358 +msgid "" +"This rule applies to any company size. Auto-entrepreneurs are exempted from " +"VAT and therefore are not affected." +msgstr "" +"Це правило застосовується до компанії будь-якого розміру. Автострахувальники" +" звільняються від сплати ПДВ, тому вони їх це не стосується." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:362 +msgid "Get certified with Odoo" +msgstr "Отримайте сертифікат з Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:364 +msgid "Getting compliant with Odoo is very easy." +msgstr "Приєднатися до Odoo дуже просто." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:366 +msgid "" +"Your company is requested by the tax administration to deliver a certificate" +" of conformity testifying that your software complies with the anti-fraud " +"legislation. This certificate is granted by Odoo SA to Odoo Enterprise users" +" `here <https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`_. If you " +"use Odoo Community, you should :doc:`upgrade to Odoo Enterprise " +"</administration/maintain/enterprise>` or contact your Odoo service " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:373 +msgid "In case of non-conformity, your company risks a fine of €7,500." +msgstr "" +"У разі невідповідності ваша компанія ризикує отримати штраф у розмірі 7500 " +"євро." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:375 +msgid "To get the certification, just follow the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:377 +msgid "" +"If you use **Odoo Point of Sale**, :ref:`install <general/install>` the " +"**France - VAT Anti-Fraud Certification for Point of Sale (CGI 286 I-3 " +"bis)** module by going to :menuselection:`Apps`, removing the *Apps* filter," +" then searching for *l10n_fr_pos_cert*, and installing the module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:381 +msgid "" +"Make sure a country is set on your company, otherwise your entries won’t be " +"encrypted for the inalterability check. To edit your company’s data, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies`. Select a " +"country from the list; Do not create a new country." +msgstr "" +"Переконайтеся, що у вашій компанії встановлено країну, інакше ваші записи не" +" будуть зашифровані для перевірки незмінності. Щоб змінити дані вашої " +"компанії, перейдіть до меню :menuselection:`налаштування -> Користувачі та " +"компанії -> Компанії`. Виберіть країну зі списку; Не створюйте нову країну." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:385 +msgid "" +"Download the mandatory certificate of conformity delivered by Odoo SA `here " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." +msgstr "" +"Завантажте обов'язковий сертифікат відповідності, наданий Odoo SA `тут " +"<https://www.odoo.com/my/contract/french-certification/>`__." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:389 +msgid "" +"To install the module in any system created before December 18th 2017, you " +"should update the modules list. To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`. Then go to the *Apps* menu and press *Update Modules " +"List* in the top-menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:393 +msgid "" +"In case you run Odoo on-premise, you need to update your installation and " +"restart your server beforehand." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви запускаєте Odoo on-premise, вам потрібно оновити вашу інсталяцію та " +"заздалегідь перезавантажити сервер." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:395 +msgid "" +"If you have installed the initial version of the anti-fraud module (prior to" +" December 18th 2017), you need to update it. The module's name was *France -" +" Accounting - Certified CGI 286 I-3 bis*. After an update of the modules " +"list, search for the updated module in *Apps*, select it and click " +"*Upgrade*. Finally, make sure the following module *l10n_fr_sale_closing* is" +" installed." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановили початкову версію модуля боротьби із шахрайством (до 18 " +"грудня 2017 року), вам потрібно оновити його. Назва модуля була *Франція - " +"Бухгалтерський облік - Сертифікований CGI 286 I-3 bis*. Після оновлення " +"списку модулів знайдіть оновлений модуль в *Програми*, виберіть його та " +"натисніть *Оновити*. Нарешті, переконайтеся, що встановлено наступний модуль" +" *l10n_fr_sale_closing*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:404 +msgid "Anti-fraud features" +msgstr "Особливості боротьби із шахрайством" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:406 +msgid "The anti-fraud module introduces the following features:" +msgstr "Модуль боротьби із шахрайством впроваджує такі функції:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:408 +msgid "" +"**Inalterability**: deactivation of all the ways to cancel or modify key " +"data of POS orders, invoices and journal entries;" +msgstr "" +"**Незмінність**: дезактивація всіх способів скасування або зміни ключових " +"даних замовлень точки продажу, рахунків-фактур та записів журналу;" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:410 +msgid "**Security**: chaining algorithm to verify the inalterability;" +msgstr "**Безпека**: мережевий алгоритм для перевірки незмінності;" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:411 +msgid "" +"**Storage**: automatic sales closings with computation of both period and " +"cumulative totals (daily, monthly, annually)." +msgstr "" +"**Зберігання**: автоматичне закриття торгів з обчисленням як періоду, так і " +"сукупних підсумків (щодня, щомісяця, щорічно)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:415 +msgid "Inalterability" +msgstr "Незмінність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:417 +msgid "" +"All the possible ways to cancel and modify key data of paid POS orders, " +"confirmed invoices and journal entries are deactivated, if the company is " +"located in France or in any DOM-TOM." +msgstr "" +"Всі можливі способи скасування та зміни ключових даних замовлень точки " +"продажу, підтверджених рахунків-фактур та записів журналу деактивуються, " +"якщо компанія розташована у Франції або в будь-якому DOM-TOM." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:423 +msgid "" +"If you run a multi-companies environment, only the documents of such " +"companies are impacted." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви керуєте середовищем декількох компаній, це впливає лише на документи" +" таких компаній." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:426 +msgid "Security" +msgstr "Безпека" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:428 +msgid "" +"To ensure inalterability, every order or journal entry is encrypted upon " +"validation. This number (or hash) is calculated from the key data of the " +"document as well as from the hash of the precedent documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:433 +msgid "" +"The module introduces an interface to test the data inalterability. If any " +"information is modified on a document after its validation, the test will " +"fail. The algorithm recomputes all the hashes and compares them against the " +"initial ones. In case of failure, the system points out the first corrupted " +"document recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Модуль вводить інтерфейс для перевірки незмінності даних. Якщо будь-яка " +"інформація змінена на документі після її перевірки, тест буде невдалим. " +"Алгоритм перекомпонулює всі хеші та порівнює їх з вихідними. У випадку " +"аварії система вказує на перший пошкоджений документ, записаний у системі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:439 +msgid "" +"Users with *Manager* access rights can launch the inalterability check. For " +"POS orders, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Reporting --> French " +"Statements`. For invoices or journal entries, go to " +":menuselection:`Invoicing/Accounting --> Reporting --> French Statements`." +msgstr "" +"Користувачі з правами доступу *Менеджер* можуть запускати перевірку " +"незмінності. Для замовлень точки продажу, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" +" продажу --> Звітність --> Французькі виписки`. Для рахунків-фактур або " +"записів журналу, перейдіть на сторінку :menuselection:`Рахунки/Бухоблік --> " +"Звітність --> Французькі виписки`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:446 +msgid "Storage" +msgstr "Зберігання" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:448 +msgid "" +"The system also processes automatic sales closings on a daily, monthly and " +"annual basis. Such closings distinctly compute the sales total of the period" +" as well as the cumulative grand totals from the very first sales entry " +"recorded in the system." +msgstr "" +"Система також автоматично обробляє закриття товарів щоденно, щомісячно та " +"щорічно. Такі закриття чітко обчислюють загальний обсяг періоду продажу, а " +"також сукупні великі підсумки з перших продажів, записаних у системі." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:454 +msgid "" +"Closings can be found in the *French Statements* menu of Point of Sale, " +"Invoicing and Accounting apps." +msgstr "" +"Закриття можна знайти в меню *Французькі виписки* точки продажу, рахунків-" +"фактур та обліку." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:459 +msgid "" +"Closings compute the totals for journal entries of sales journals (Journal " +"Type = Sales)." +msgstr "" +"Завершення обчислюють підсумки для журнальних записів журналів продажів (Тип" +" журналу = Продажі)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:461 +msgid "" +"For multi-companies environments, such closings are performed by company." +msgstr "Для середовищ кількох компаній такі закриття виконуються компанією." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:463 +msgid "" +"POS orders are posted as journal entries at the closing of the POS session. " +"Closing a POS session can be done anytime. To prompt users to do it on a " +"daily basis, the module prevents from resuming a session opened more than 24" +" hours ago. Such a session must be closed before selling again." +msgstr "" +"Замовлення точки продажу розміщуються як записи журналу під час закриття " +"сесії точки продажу. Закриття сесії POS можна зробити будь-коли. Щоби " +"спонукати користувачів робити це щодня, модуль перешкоджає відновленню " +"сеансу, відкритому більше 24 годин тому. Такий сеанс повинен бути закритий " +"перед продажем знову." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:469 +msgid "" +"A period’s total is computed from all the journal entries posted after the " +"previous closing of the same type, regardless of their posting date. If you " +"record a new sales transaction for a period already closed, it will be " +"counted in the very next closing." +msgstr "" +"Загальний обсяг періоду обчислюється з усіх журнальних записів, " +"опублікованих після попереднього закриття того ж типу, незалежно від дати їх" +" публікації. Якщо ви записали нову транзакцію з продажу протягом закритого " +"періоду, вона буде зарахована до самого наступного закриття." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:476 +msgid "" +"For test & audit purposes such closings can be manually generated in the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:478 +msgid "" +"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> " +"Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:481 +msgid "Responsibilities" +msgstr "Обов'язки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:483 +msgid "" +"Do not uninstall the module! If you do so, the hashes will be reset and none" +" of your past data will be longer guaranteed as being inalterable." +msgstr "" +"Не видаляйте модуль! Якщо ви так зробили, хеш буде скинуто, і жоден із ваших" +" минулих даних більше не буде гарантований як незмінний." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:486 +msgid "" +"Users remain responsible for their Odoo instance and must use it with due " +"diligence. It is not permitted to modify the source code which guarantees " +"the inalterability of data." +msgstr "" +"Користувачі залишаються відповідальними за встановлення Odoo і повинні " +"використовувати її з належною обачливістю. Не дозволяється змінювати " +"вихідний код, який гарантує незмінність даних." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:490 +msgid "" +"Odoo absolves itself of all and any responsibility in case of changes in the" +" module’s functions caused by 3rd party applications not certified by Odoo." +msgstr "" +"Odoo звільняє себе від усіх та будь-якої відповідальності у разі зміни " +"функцій модуля, викликаних сторонніми додатками, не сертифікованими Odoo." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:494 +msgid "More Information" +msgstr "Більше інформації" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:496 +msgid "" +"You can find more information about this legislation in the following " +"official documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:500 +msgid "" +"`Frequently Asked Questions " +"<https://www.economie.gouv.fr/files/files/directions_services/dgfip/controle_fiscal/actualites_reponses/logiciels_de_caisse.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:502 +msgid "" +"`Official Statement " +"<http://bofip.impots.gouv.fr/bofip/10691-PGP.html?identifiant=BOI-TVA-" +"DECLA-30-10-30-20160803>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:504 +msgid "" +"`Item 88 of Finance Law 2016 " +"<https://www.legifrance.gouv.fr/affichTexteArticle.do?idArticle=JORFARTI000031732968&categorieLien=id&cidTexte=JORFTEXT000031732865>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:3 +msgid "Germany" +msgstr "Німеччина" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:6 +msgid "German Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Німецький план рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts SKR03 and SKR04 are both supported in Odoo. You can " +"choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the Fiscal Localization " +"section." +msgstr "" +"План рахунків SKR03 та SKR04 підтримуються в Odoo. Ви можете вибрати той, " +"який ви хочете, перейшовши до :menuselection: `Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, " +"потім виберіть потрібний пакет у розділі Фіскальна локалізація." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Be careful, you can only change the accounting package as long as you have " +"not created any accounting entry." +msgstr "" +"Будьте обережні, ви можете змінити бухгалтерський пакет лише тоді, коли ви " +"не створили запис бухобліку." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:16 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the SKR03 is installed by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:19 +msgid "German Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Німецька бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here is the list of German-specific reports available on Odoo Enterprise:" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено список спеціальних звітів для Німеччини, доступних на Odoo " +"Enterprise:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:25 +msgid "Tax Report (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Umsatzsteuervoranmeldung)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:26 +msgid "Partner VAT Intra" +msgstr "Партнер ПДВ Intra" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:29 +msgid "Export from Odoo to Datev" +msgstr "Експорт з Odoo в Datev" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:31 +msgid "" +"It is possible to export your accounting entries from Odoo to Datev. To be " +"able to use this feature, the german accounting localization needs to be " +"installed on your Odoo Enterprise database. Then you can go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger` then click on " +"the **Export Datev (csv)** button." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете експортувати записи бухобліку з Odoo в Datev. Щоб мати можливість " +"використовувати цю функцію, локалізація німецької бухгалтерії повинна бути " +"встановлена у вашій базі даних Odoo Enterprise. Тоді ти можеш увійти до " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал` потім натисніть" +" кнопку **Export Datev (csv)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:39 +msgid "Point of Sale in Germany: Technical Security System" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The **Kassensicherungsverordnung** (The Act on Protection against " +"Manipulation of Digital Records) requires that electronic record-keeping " +"systems - including the :doc:`point of sale " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale>` systems - must be equipped with a " +"**Technical Security System** (also called **TSS** or **TSE**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers a service that is compliant with the help of `fiskaly " +"<https://fiskaly.com>`_, a *cloud-based solution*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Since this solution is cloud-based, a working internet connection is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The only VAT rates allowed are given by fiskaly. You can check these rates " +"by consulting: `fiskaly DSFinV-K API: VAT Definition " +"<https://developer.fiskaly.com/api/dsfinvk/v0/#tag/VAT-Definition>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database was created before June 2021, :ref:`upgrade " +"<general/upgrade>` your **Point of Sale** app (`point_of_sale`) and the " +"**Restaurant** module (`pos_restaurant`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:65 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the **Germany - Certification for Point of " +"Sale** (`l10n_de_pos_cert`) and **Germany - Certification for Point of Sale " +"of type restaurant** (`l10n_de_pos_res_cert`) modules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If these modules are not listed, :ref:`update the app list " +"<general/install>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Upgrading Odoo Point of Sale from the Apps dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:77 +msgid "Register your company at the financial authority" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To register your company, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Companies --> Update Info`, fill out the following fields and " +"*Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:82 +msgid "**Company name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:83 +msgid "Valid **address**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:84 +msgid "**VAT** number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:85 +msgid "" +"**St.-Nr** (Steuernummer): this number is assigned by the tax office to " +"every taxable natural or legal person. (e.g., `2893081508152`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**W-IdNr** (Wirtschafts-Identifikationsnummer): this number is used as a " +"permanent identification number for economically active persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:90 +msgid "" +"You can then **register your company through fiskaly** by opening the " +"*fiskaly* tab and clicking on the *fiskaly Registration* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Button to register a company through fiskaly in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:98 +msgid "" +"If you do not see the *fiskaly Registration* button, make sure that you " +"*saved* your company details and are not in *editing mode* anymore." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:101 +msgid "Once the registration has been finalized, new fields appear:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:103 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly organization ID** refers to the ID of your company at the fiskaly " +"side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:104 +msgid "" +"**fiskaly API key** and **secret** are the credentials the system uses to " +"access the services offered by fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "fiskaly keys as displayed on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:112 +msgid "" +"It is possible to request new credentials if there is any issue with the " +"current ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:115 +msgid "Create and link a Technical Security System to your PoS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Create TSS option from a point of sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To use your point of sale in Germany, you first have to create a :abbr:`TSS " +"(Technical Security System)` for it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of" +" Sale`, open the point of sale you want to edit, then check the box next to " +"**Create TSS** and *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Example of TSS ID and Client ID from fiskaly in Odoo Point of Sale" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Once the creation of the TSS is successful, you can find your **TSS ID** and" +" **Client ID** under the *fiskaly API* section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:134 +msgid "**TSS ID** refers to the ID of your TSS at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:135 +msgid "**Client ID** refers to your PoS but at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:138 +msgid "DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Menu to export DSFinV-K" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Whenever you close a PoS session, the orders' details are sent to the " +":abbr:`DSFinV-K (Digitale Schnittstelle der Finanzverwaltung für " +"Kassensysteme)` service of fiskaly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In case of an audit, you can export the data sent to DSFinV-K by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Orders --> DSFinV-k exports`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:150 +msgid "These fields are mandatory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:152 +msgid "**Name**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Start Datetime** (export data with dates larger than or equal to the given" +" start date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:154 +msgid "" +"**End Datetime** (export data with dates smaller than or equal to the given " +"end date)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Leave the **Point of Sale** field blank if you want to export the data of " +"all your points of sale. Specify a Point of Sale if you want to export this " +"specific PoS' data only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The creation of a DSFinV-K export triggers on export at fiskaly's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst-1 +msgid "Pending DSFinV-K export on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As you can see, the **State** is *Pending*. This means that the export has " +"been successfully triggered and is being processed. You have to click on " +"*Refresh State* to check if it is ready." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:171 +msgid "German Tax Accounting Standards: Odoo's guide to GoBD Compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:173 +msgid "" +"**GoBD** stands for `Grundsätze zur ordnungsmäßigen Führung und Aufbewahrung" +" von Büchern, Aufzeichnungen und Unterlagen in elektronischer Form sowie zum" +" Datenzugriff " +"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_." +" In short, it is a **guideline for the proper management and storage of " +"books, records, and documents in electronic form, as well as for data " +"access**, that is relevant for the German tax authority, tax declaration, " +"and balance sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:180 +msgid "" +"These principles have been written and published by the Federal Ministry of " +"Finance (BMF) in November 2014. Since January 2015, **they have become the " +"norm** and replace previously accepted practices linked to computer-based " +"accounting. Several changes have been made by the BMF in 2019 and January " +"2020 to specify some of the content and due to the development of digital " +"solutions (cloud hosting, paperless companies, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:187 +msgid "Odoo gives you **the means to be compliant with GoBD**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:190 +msgid "" +"What do you need to know about GoBD when relying on accounting software?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:193 +msgid "" +"If you can, the best way to understand GoBD is to Read the `Official GoBD " +"text " +"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_." +" It is a bit long but quite readable for non-experts. But in short, here is " +"what to expect:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The **GoBD is binding for companies that have to present accounts, which " +"includes SMEs, freelancers, and entrepreneurs, to the financial " +"authorities**. As such, **the taxpayer himself is the sole responsible** for" +" the complete and exhaustive keeping of fiscal-relevant data (above-" +"mentioned financial and related data)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Apart from software requirements, the user is required to ensure Internal " +"control systems (*in accordance with sec. 146 of the Fiscal Code*):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:205 +msgid "Access rights control;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:206 +msgid "Segregation of Duties, Functional separating;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:207 +msgid "Entry controls (error notifications, plausibility checks);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:208 +msgid "Reconciliation checks at data entry;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:209 +msgid "Processing controls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Measures to prevent intentional or unintentional manipulation of software, " +"data, or documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The user must distribute tasks within its organization to the relevant " +"positions (*control*) and verify that the tasks are properly and completely " +"performed (*supervision*). The result of these controls must be recorded " +"(*documentation*), and should errors be found during these controls, " +"appropriate measures to correct the situation should be put into place " +"(*prevention*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:218 +msgid "What about data security?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:220 +msgid "" +"**The taxpayer must secure the system against any data loss due to " +"deletion, removal, or theft of any data**. If the entries are not " +"sufficiently secured, the bookkeeping will be regarded as not in accordance " +"with the GoBD guidelines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Once bookings have been finally posted, they can no longer be changed or " +"deleted via the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:227 +msgid "" +"If Odoo is used in the cloud, regular backups are part of the Odoo Online " +"service. In addition, regular backups can be downloaded and backed up on " +"external systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:231 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Cloud Hosting - Service Level Agreement <https://www.odooo.com/cloud-" +"sla>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the server is operated locally, it is the responsibility of the user to " +"create the necessary backup infrastructure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In some cases, data has to be kept for ten years or more, so always have " +"backups saved. It is even more important if you decide to change software " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:241 +msgid "Responsibility of the software editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Considering GoBD only applies between the taxpayer and the financial " +"authority, **the software editor can by no means be held responsible for the" +" accurate and compliant documentation of financial transactional data of " +"their users**. It can merely provide the necessary tools for the user to " +"respect the software related guidelines described in the GoBD." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:249 +msgid "How can Odoo help you achieve Compliance?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:251 +msgid "" +"The key words, when it comes to GoBD, are: **traceable, verifiable, true, " +"clear, and continuous**. In short, you need to have audit-proof archiving in" +" place and Odoo provides you with the means to achieve all of these " +"objectives:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Traceability and verifiability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Each record in Odoo is stamped with the creator of the document, the " +"creation date, the modification date, and who modified it. In addition, " +"relevant fields are tracked thus it can be seen which value was changed by " +"whom in the chatter of the relevant object." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Completeness**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"All financial data must be recorded in the system, and there can be no gaps." +" Odoo ensures that there is no gap in the numbering of the financial " +"transactions. It is the responsibility of the user to encode all financial " +"data in the system. As most financial data in Odoo is generated " +"automatically, it remains the responsibility of the user to encode all " +"vendor bills and miscellaneous operations completely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Accuracy**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Odoo ensures with the correct configuration that the correct accounts are " +"used. In addition, the control mechanisms between purchase orders and sales " +"orders and their respective invoices reflect the business reality. It is the" +" responsibility of the user to scan and attach the paper-based vendor bill" +" to the respective record in Odoo. *Odoo Document helps you automate this " +"task*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Timely booking and record-keeping**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As most financial data in Odoo is generated by the transactional objects " +"(for example, the invoice is booked at confirmation), Odoo ensures out-of-" +"the-box timely record-keeping. It is the responsibility of the user to " +"encode all incoming vendor bills in a timely manner, as well as the " +"miscellaneous operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Order**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Financial data stored in Odoo is per definition ordered and can be reordered" +" according to most fields present in the model. A specific ordering is not " +"enforced by the GoBD, but the system must ensure that a given financial " +"transaction can be quickly found by a third-party expert. Odoo ensures this " +"out-of-the-box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "**Inalterability**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:0 +msgid "" +"With the German Odoo localization, Odoo is in standard configured in such a " +"way that the inalterability clause can be adhered to without any further " +"customization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:286 +msgid "Do you need a GoBD-Export?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:288 +msgid "" +"In the case of fiscal control, the fiscal authority can request three levels" +" of access to the accounting system (Z1, Z2, Z3). These levels vary from " +"direct access to the interface to the handover of the financial data on a " +"storage device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:292 +msgid "" +"In case of a handover of the financial data on a storage device, the format " +"is **not** enforced by the GoBD. It can be, for example, in XLS, CSV, XML, " +"Lotus 123, SAP-format, AS/400-format, or else. Odoo supports the CSV and " +"XLS-export of financial data out-of-the-box. The GoBD **recommends** the " +"export in a specific XML-based GoBD-format (see \"Ergänzende Informationen " +"zur Datenntträgerüberlassung\" §3) but it is not binding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:299 +msgid "What is the role and meaning of the compliance certification?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:301 +msgid "" +"The GoBD clearly states that due to the nature of a state of the art " +"accounting software, their configuration possibilities, changing nature, and" +" various forms of use, **no legally binding certification can be given**, " +"nor can the software be made liable towards a public authority. Third-party " +"certificates can indeed have **an informative value** for customers to make " +"software buying decisions but are by no means legally binding or of any " +"other legal value (A. 12, § 181)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:307 +msgid "" +"A GoBD certificate states nothing more than that if you use the software " +"according to its guidelines, the software will not refrain you from " +"respecting the GoBD. These certifications are very expensive in terms of " +"time and cost, and their value is very relative. Thus we focus our efforts " +"on ensuring GoBD compliance rather than pay for a marketing tool which does " +"not, however, offer our customer any legal certainty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:314 +msgid "" +"The BMF actually states the following in the `Official GoBD text " +"<https://www.bundesfinanzministerium.de/Content/DE/Downloads/BMF_Schreiben/Weitere_Steuerthemen/Abgabenordnung/2019-11-28-GoBD.pdf>`_:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:317 +msgid "" +"180. Positive attestations on the correctness of the bookkeeping - and thus " +"on the correctness of IT-based bookkeeping systems - are not issued either " +"in the context of a tax field audit or in the context of binding " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:320 +msgid "" +"181. \"Certificates\" or \"attestations\" from third parties can serve as a " +"decision criterion for the company when selecting a software product, but " +"develop from the in margin no. 179 is not binding on the tax authorities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:325 +msgid "" +"The previous content was `automatically translated from German with Google " +"Translate " +"<https://translate.google.com/?sl=de&tl=en&text=180.%0APositivtestate%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20der%20Buchf%C3%BChrung%20-%20und%20damit%20zur%20Ordnungsm%C3%A4%C3%9Figkeit%20DV-" +"gest%C3%BCtzter%20Buchf%C3%BChrungssysteme%20-%20werden%20weder%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20steuerlichen%20Au%C3%9Fenpr%C3%BCfung%20noch%20im%20Rahmen%20einer%20verbindlichen%20Auskunft%20erteilt.%0A%0A181.%0A%E2%80%9EZertifikate%E2%80%9C%20oder%20%E2%80%9ETestate%E2%80%9C%20Dritter%20k%C3%B6nnen%20bei%20der%20Auswahl%20eines%20Softwareproduktes%20dem%20Unternehmen%20als%20Entscheidungskriterium%20dienen%2C%20entfalten%20jedoch%20aus%20den%20in%20Rz.%20179%20genannten%20Gr%C3%BCnden%20gegen%C3%BCber%20der%20Finanzbeh%C3%B6rde%20keine%20Bindungswirkung.%20&op=translate>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:330 +msgid "What happens if you are not compliant?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:332 +msgid "" +"In the event of an infringement, you can expect a fine but also a court " +"order demanding the implementation of specific measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:3 +msgid "India" +msgstr "Індія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Indian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_in`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian E-invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_in_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:24 +msgid ":ref:`Indian e-invoicing integration <india/e-invoicing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian E-waybill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:26 +msgid "`l10n_in_edi_ewaybill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:27 +msgid ":ref:`Indian E-way bill integration <india/e-waybill>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - GSTR India eFiling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:29 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports_gstr`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Indian GST Return filing <india/gstr>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:32 +msgid "`l10n_in_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:33 +msgid ":ref:`Indian tax reports <india/gstr_reports>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Purchase Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:35 +msgid "`l10n_in_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:36 +msgid "Indian GST Purchase report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Sale Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_in_sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:39 +msgid "Indian GST Sale report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Indian - Stock Report(GST)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:41 +msgid "`l10n_in_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:42 +msgid "Indian GST Stock report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:50 +msgid "e-Invoice system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) e-Invoice " +"system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:60 +msgid "NIC e-Invoice registration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:62 +msgid "" +"You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` e-Invoice" +" portal to get your **API credentials**. You need these credentials to " +":ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app <india/e-invoicing-configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `NIC e-Invoice portal <https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/>`_ by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If you are already registered on the NIC portal, you can use the same login " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Register Odoo ERP system on e-invoice web portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:75 +msgid "" +"From the dashboard, go to :menuselection:`API Registration --> User " +"Credentials --> Create API User`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:77 +msgid "" +"After that, you should receive an :abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code on " +"your registered mobile number. Enter the OTP code and click " +":guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Through GSP` for the API interface, set :guilabel:`Tera " +"Software Limited` as GSP, and type in a :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password` for your API. Once it is done, click " +":guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit API specific Username and Password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:228 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To enable the e-Invoice service in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic Invoicing`, and enter " +"the :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password` previously set for the " +"API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Setup e-invoice service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To automatically send e-Invoices to the NIC e-Invoice portal, you must first" +" configure your *sales* journal by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Journals`, opening your *sales* journal, and in the " +":guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, under :guilabel:`Electronic Data " +"Interchange`, enable :guilabel:`E-Invoice (IN)` and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:240 +msgid "Workflow" +msgstr "Робочий процес" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice is validated, a confirmation message is displayed at the " +"top. Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file of validated invoices " +"to the NIC e-Invoice portal after some time. If you want to process the " +"invoice immediately, click :guilabel:`Process now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian e-invoicing confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:266 +msgid "" +"You can find the JSON-signed file in the attached files in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:127 +msgid "" +"You can check the document's :abbr:`EDI (electronic data interchange)` " +"status under the :guilabel:`EDI Document` tab or the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"invoicing` field of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice PDF report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice is validated and submitted, the invoice PDF report can be " +"printed. The report includes the :abbr:`IRN (Invoice Reference Number)`, " +":guilabel:`Ack. No` (acknowledgment number) and :guilabel:`Ack. Date` " +"(acknowledgment date), and QR code. These certify that the invoice is a " +"valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "IRN and QR code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:146 +msgid "e-Invoice cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:148 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel an e-Invoice, go to the :guilabel:`Other info` tab of " +"the invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and :guilabel:`Cancel" +" remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI cancellation`. The " +"status of the :guilabel:`Electronic invoicing` field changes to " +":guilabel:`To Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice <india/e-invoicing>` and the " +":ref:`E-Way bill <india/e-waybill>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:161 +msgid "" +"If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, then " +"click :guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Once you request to cancel the e-Invoice, Odoo automatically submits the " +"JSON-signed file to the NIC e-Invoice portal. You can click " +":guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:170 +msgid "GST e-Invoice verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:172 +msgid "" +"After submitting an e-Invoice, you can verify if the invoice is signed from " +"the GST e-Invoice system website itself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Download the JSON file from the attached files. It can be found in the " +"chatter of the related invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Open the `NIC e-Invoice portal <https://einvoice1.gst.gov.in/>`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Search --> Verify Signed Invoice`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:179 +msgid "Select the JSON file and submit it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "select the JSON file for verify invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:184 +msgid "If the file is signed, a confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "verified e-invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:192 +msgid "E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Odoo is compliant with the **Indian Goods and Services Tax (GST) E-waybill " +"system** requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:202 +msgid "API registration on NIC E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You must register on the :abbr:`NIC (National Informatics Centre)` E-Way " +"bill portal to create your **API credentials**. You need these credentials " +"to :ref:`configure your Odoo Accounting app <india/e-waybill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Log in to the `NIC E-Way bill portal <https://ewaybillgst.gov.in/>`_ by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Login` and entering your :guilabel:`Username` and " +":guilabel:`Password`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:210 +msgid "From your dashboard, go to :menuselection:`Registration --> For GSP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Send OTP`. Once you have received the code on your " +"registered mobile number, enter it and click :guilabel:`Verify OTP`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Check if :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` is already on the registered " +"GSP/ERP list. If so, use the username and password used to log in to the NIC" +" portal. Otherwise, follow the next steps;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "E-Way bill list of registered GSP/ERP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:219 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Add/New`, select :guilabel:`Tera Software Limited` as your" +" GSP Name, create a :guilabel:`Username` and a :guilabel:`Password` for your" +" API, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Submit GSP API registration details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:230 +msgid "" +"To set up the E-Way bill service, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Indian Electronic WayBill --> Setup E-Way " +"bill`, and enter your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "E-way bill setup odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:245 +msgid "Send an E-Way bill" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:247 +msgid "" +"You can manually send an E-Way bill by clicking :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`." +" To send the E-Way bill automatically when an invoice or a bill is " +"confirmed, enable :guilabel:`E-Way bill (IN)` in your :ref:`Sales or " +"Purchase journal <india/e-invoicing-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Send E-waybill button on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Once an invoice has been issued and sent via :guilabel:`Send E-Way bill`, a " +"confirmation message is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Indian e-Way bill confirmation message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically uploads the JSON-signed file to the government portal " +"after some time. Click :guilabel:`Process now` if you want to process the " +"invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:273 +msgid "" +"You can print the invoice PDF report once you have submitted the E-Way bill." +" The report includes the **E-Way bill number** and the **E-Way bill validity" +" date**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "E-way bill acknowledgment number and date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:282 +msgid "E-Way bill cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:284 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel an E-Way bill, go to the :guilabel:`E-Way bill` tab of" +" the related invoice and fill out the :guilabel:`Cancel reason` and " +":guilabel:`Cancel remarks` fields. Then, click :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:289 +msgid "" +"Doing so cancels both the :ref:`e-Invoice <india/e-invoicing>` (if " +"applicable) and the :ref:`E-Way bill <india/e-waybill>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst-1 +msgid "Cancel reason and remarks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:296 +msgid "" +"If you want to abort the cancellation before processing the invoice, click " +":guilabel:`Call Off EDI Cancellation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:298 +msgid "" +"Once you request to cancel the E-Way bill, Odoo automatically submits the " +"JSON-signed file to the government portal. You can click :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` if you want to process the invoice immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:305 +msgid "Indian GST Return filing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:310 +msgid "Enable API access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To file GST Returns in Odoo, you must first enable API access on the GST " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:314 +msgid "" +"Log into the `GST portal <https://services.gst.gov.in/services/login>`_ by " +"entering your :guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`, and go to " +":guilabel:`My Profile` on your **profile menu**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click On the My Profile from profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:321 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Manage API Access`, and click :guilabel:`Yes` to enable " +"API access;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Click Yes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:326 +msgid "" +"Doing so enables a :guilabel:`Duration` drop-down menu. Select the " +":guilabel:`Duration` of your preference, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:332 +msgid "Indian GST Service In Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:334 +msgid "" +"Once you have enabled the :ref:`API access <india/gstr_api>` on the GST " +"portal, you can set up the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Indian " +"GST Service` and enter the :guilabel:`GST Username`. Click :guilabel:`Send " +"OTP`, enter the code, and finally, :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "Please enter your GST portal Username as Username" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:347 +msgid "File-in GST Return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:349 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Indian GST Service` is configured, you can file your GST" +" return. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> India --> GST " +"Return periods` and create a new **GST Return Period** if it does not exist." +" GST Return file-in is done in **three steps** in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:354 +msgid "" +"**Tax Return Periodicity** can be :doc:`configured " +"<../accounting/reporting/tax_returns>` according to the user's needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:361 +msgid "Send GSTR-1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:363 +msgid "" +"The user can verify the :ref:`GSTR-1 <india/gstr-1_report>` report before " +"uploading it to the **GST portal** by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-1 Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:365 +msgid "" +"If the **GSTR-1** report is correct, then click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to " +"send it to the **GST portal**. The status of the :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report " +"changes to :guilabel:`Sending`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Sending Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:371 +msgid "" +"After a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-1** report changes to " +":guilabel:`Waiting for Status`. It means that the **GSTR-1** report has been" +" sent to the :guilabel:`GST Portal` and is being verified on the " +":guilabel:`GST Portal`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Waiting for Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:378 +msgid "" +"Once more, after a few seconds, the status either changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent` or :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`. The status " +":guilabel:`Error in Invoice` indicates that some of the invoices are not " +"correctly filled out to be validated by the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:382 +msgid "" +"If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Sent`, it means your **GSTR-1**" +" report is ready to be filed on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:388 +msgid "" +"If the state of the **GSTR-1** is :guilabel:`Error in Invoice`, invoices can" +" be checked for errors in the :guilabel:`Log Note`. Once issues have been " +"resolved, the user can click :guilabel:`Push to GSTN` to submit the file " +"again on the **GST portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Error in Invoice Log" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:398 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Mark as Filed` after filing the **GSTR-1** report on the " +"**GST portal**. The status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Filed` in " +"**Odoo**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 in the Filed Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:407 +msgid "Receive GSTR-2B" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Users can retrieve the **GSTR-2B Report** from the **GST portal**. This " +"automatically reconciles the **GSTR-2B** report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:412 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Fetch GSTR-2B Summary` to retrieve the **GSTR-2B** summary." +" After a few seconds, the status of the report changes to :guilabel:`Waiting" +" for Reception`. This means Odoo is trying to receive the **GSTR-2B** report" +" from the **GST portal**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B in Waiting for Reception" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Once more, after a few seconds, the status of the **GSTR-2B** changes to the" +" :guilabel:`Being Processed`. It means Odoo is reconciling the **GSTR-2B** " +"report with your Odoo bills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:425 +msgid "" +"Once it is done, the status of the **GSTR-2B** report changes to either " +":guilabel:`Matched` or :guilabel:`Partially Matched`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:428 +msgid "If the status is :guilabel:`Matched`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:433 +msgid "" +"If the status is :guilabel:`Partially Matched`, you can make changes in " +"bills by clicking :guilabel:`View Reconciled Bills`. Once it is done, click " +":guilabel:`re-match`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Partially Matched" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-2B Reconciled Bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:445 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:490 +msgid "GSTR-3 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:447 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`GSTR-3 <india/gstr-3_report>` report is a monthly summary of " +"**sales** and **purchases**. This return is auto-generated by extracting " +"information from **GSTR-1** and **GSTR-2**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Users can compare the **GSTR-3** report with the **GSTR-3** report available" +" on the **GST portal** to verify if they match by clicking :guilabel:`GSTR-3" +" Report`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:453 +msgid "" +"Once the **GSTR-3** report has been verified by the user and the tax amount " +"on the **GST portal** has been paid. Once paid, the report can be **closed**" +" by clicking :guilabel:`Closing Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:459 +msgid "" +"In :guilabel:`Closing Entry`, add the tax amount paid on the **GST portal** " +"using challan, and click :guilabel:`POST` to post the :guilabel:`Closing " +"Entry`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Post Entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Once posted, the **GSTR-3** report status changes to :guilabel:`Filed`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Filed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:473 +msgid "Tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:478 +msgid "GSTR-1 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:480 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`GSTR-1` report is divided into sections. It displays the " +":guilabel:`Base` amount, :abbr:`CGST (Central Goods and Services Tax)`, " +":abbr:`SGST (State Goods and Service Tax)`, :abbr:`IGST (Integrated Goods " +"and Services Tax)`, and :guilabel:`CESS` for each section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-1 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:492 +msgid "The :guilabel:`GSTR-3` report contains different sections:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:494 +msgid "Details of inward and outward supply subject to a **reverse charge**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:495 +msgid "Eligible :abbr:`ITC (Income Tax Credit)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:496 +msgid "Values of **exempt**, **Nil-rated**, and **non-GST** inward supply;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:497 +msgid "Details of inter-state supplies made to **unregistered** persons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:0 +msgid "GSTR-3 Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:3 +msgid "Indonesia" +msgstr "Індонезія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:8 +msgid "E-Faktur Module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The **E-Faktur Module** is installed by default with the Indonesian " +"localization module. It allows one to generate a CSV file for one tax " +"invoice or for a batch of tax invoices to upload to the **Tax Office " +"e-Faktur** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:17 +msgid "NPWP/NIK settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Company**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the FAPR line in the effect file format. You " +"need to set a VAT number on the related partner of your Odoo company. If you" +" don't, it won't be possible to create an e-Faktur from an invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "**Your Clients**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:0 +msgid "" +"You need to set the checkbox *ID PKP* to generate e-fakturs for a customer. " +"You can use the VAT field on the customer's contact to set the NPWP needed " +"to generate the e-Faktur file. If your customer does not have an NPWP, just " +"enter the NIK in the same VAT field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:39 +msgid "Generate Tax Invoice Serial Number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> e-Faktur`. In order to be" +" able to export customer invoices as e-Faktur for the Indonesian government," +" you need to put here the ranges of numbers you were assigned by the " +"government. When you validate an invoice, a number will be assigned based on" +" these ranges. Afterwards, you can filter the invoices still to export in " +"the invoices list and click on *Action*, then on *Download e-Faktur*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After receiving new serial numbers from the Indonesian Revenue Department, " +"you can create a set of tax invoice serial numbers group through this list " +"view. You only have to specify the Min and Max of each serial numbers' group" +" and Odoo will format the number automatically to a 13-digits number, as " +"requested by the Indonesia Tax Revenue Department." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:50 +msgid "" +"There is a counter to inform you how many unused numbers are left in that " +"group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:58 +msgid "Generate e-faktur csv for a single invoice or a batch invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Create an invoice from :menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> " +"Invoices`. If the invoice customer's country is Indonesia and the customer " +"is set as *ID PKP*, Odoo will allow you to create an e-Faktur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Set a Kode Transaksi for the e-Faktur. There are constraints related to the " +"Kode transaksi and the type of VAT applied to invoice lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Odoo will automatically pick the next available serial number from the " +"e-Faktur number table (see the :ref:`section above " +"<localization_indonesia/tax_invoice_sn>`) and generate the e-faktur number " +"as a concatenation of Kode Transaksi and serial number. You can see this " +"from the invoice form view under the page *Extra Info* in the box " +"*Electronic Tax*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the invoice is posted, you can generate and download the e-Faktur from " +"the *Action* menu item *Download e-faktur*. The checkbox *CSV created* will " +"be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can select multiple invoices in list view and generate a batch e-Faktur " +".csv." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:88 +msgid "Kode Transaksi FP (Transaction Code)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The following codes are available when generating an e-Faktur. - 01 Kepada " +"Pihak yang Bukan Pemungut PPN (Customer Biasa) - 02 Kepada Pemungut " +"Bendaharawan (Dinas Kepemerintahan) - 03 Kepada Pemungut Selain Bendaharawan" +" (BUMN) - 04 DPP Nilai Lain (PPN 1%) - 06 Penyerahan Lainnya (Turis Asing) -" +" 07 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Tidak Dipungut (Kawasan Ekonomi Khusus/ Batam) -" +" 08 Penyerahan yang PPN-nya Dibebaskan (Impor Barang Tertentu) - 09 " +"Penyerahan Aktiva (Pasal 16D UU PPN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted and downloaded: Replace Invoice " +"feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Cancel the original wrong invoice in Odoo. For instance, we will change the " +"Kode Transakski from 01 to 03 for the INV/2020/0001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Create a new invoice and set the canceled invoice in the *Replace Invoice* " +"field. In this field, we can only select invoices in *Cancel* state from the" +" same customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:109 +msgid "" +"As you validate, Odoo will automatically use the same e-Faktur serial number" +" as the canceled and replaced invoice replacing the third digit of the " +"original serial number with *1* (as requested to upload a replacement " +"invoice in the e-Faktur app)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Correct an invoice that has been posted but not downloaded yet: Reset " +"e-Faktur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:122 +msgid "Reset the invoice to draft and cancel it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:123 +msgid "Click on the button *Reset e-Faktur* on the invoice form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/indonesia.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The serial number will be unassigned, and we will be able to reset the " +"invoice to draft, edit it and re-assign a new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:3 +msgid "Italy" +msgstr "Італія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Italian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:20 +msgid "Italy - Accounting" +msgstr "Італія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_it`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:26 +msgid "Italy - E-invoicing" +msgstr "Італія - електронне виставлення рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_it_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:25 +msgid "e-invoice implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:27 +msgid "`l10n_it_edi_withholding`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:28 +msgid "e-invoice withholding" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:29 +msgid "Italy - Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Італія - Бухгалтерські звіти" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:30 +msgid "`l10n_it_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:25 +msgid "Country-specific reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:32 +msgid "Italy - Stock DDT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:33 +msgid "`l10n_it_stock_ddt`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:34 +msgid "Transport documents - Documento di Trasporto (DDT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:41 +msgid "Company information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Configuring the company's information ensures your Accounting database is " +"properly set up. To add information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Companies` section, click " +":guilabel:`Update info`. From here, fill out the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`VAT`: VAT of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Codice Fiscale`: the fiscal code of the company;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tax System`: the tax system under which the company falls;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Company information to provide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:57 +msgid "E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` is the electronic invoicing system" +" used in Italy. It enables to send and receive electronic invoices to and " +"from customers. The documents must be in XML format and formally validated " +"by the system before being delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:63 +msgid "" +"To be able to receive invoices and notifications, the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di" +" Interscambio)` service must be notified that the user's files are to be " +"sent to **Odoo** and processed on their behalf. To so, you must set up " +"Odoo's :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` on the **Agenzia Delle Entrate** " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Go to https://ivaservizi.agenziaentrate.gov.it/portale/ and authenticate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:69 +msgid "Go to section :menuselection:`Fatture e Corrispettivi`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Set the user as Legal Party for the VAT number you wish to configure the " +"electronic address;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In :menuselection:`Servizi Disponibili --> Fatturazione Elettronica --> " +"Registrazione dell’indirizzo telematico dove ricevere tutte le fatture " +"elettroniche`, insert Odoo's :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` `K95IV18`, and " +"confirm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:76 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange (EDI)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses the **FatturaPA** :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)` format" +" for the Italian localization and is enabled on the default journals when " +"installed. When the **file processing authorization** has been set, all " +"**invoices** and **bills** are automatically sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:83 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`enable electronic invoicing for other sales and purchase " +"journals <e-invoicing/configuration>` than the default ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can check the current status of an invoice by the :guilabel:`Electronic " +"invoicing` field. The XML file can be found in the **chatter** of the " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic invoicing status (waiting for confirmation)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:97 +msgid "File processing authorization (Odoo)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Since the files are transmitted through Odoo's server before being sent to " +"the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` or received by your database, you " +"need to authorize Odoo to process your files from your database. To do so, " +"go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Electronic Document Invoicing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:104 +msgid "There are **three** modes available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Demo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:107 +msgid "" +"This mode simulates an environment in which invoices are sent to the " +"government. In this mode, invoices need to be *manually* downloaded as XML " +"files and uploaded to the **Agenzia delle Entrate**'s website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:112 +msgid ":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This mode sends invoices to a non-production (i.e., test) service made " +"available by the **Agenzia delle Entrate**. Saving this change directs all " +"companies on the database to use this configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Official`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:115 +msgid "" +"This is a production mode that sends your invoices directly to the **Agenzia" +" delle Entrate**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once a mode is selected, you need to accept the **terms and conditions** by " +"ticking :guilabel:`Allow Odoo to process invoices`, and then " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can now record your transactions in Odoo Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting either :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Official` is " +"**irreversible**. Once in :guilabel:`Official` mode, it is not possible to " +"select :guilabel:`Test (experimental)` or :guilabel:`Demo`, and same for " +":guilabel:`Test (experimental)`. We recommend creating a separate database " +"for testing purposes only." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:128 +msgid "" +"When in :guilabel:`Test (Experimental)` mode, all invoices sent *must* have " +"a partner using one of the following fake :guilabel:`Codice Destinatario` " +"given by the **Agenzia Delle Entrate**: `0803HR0` - `N8MIMM9` - `X9XX79Z`. " +"Any real production :guilabel:`Codice Destinario` of your customers will not" +" be recognized as valid by the test service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 +msgid "Taxes configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Many of the e-invoicing features are implemented using Odoo's tax system. As" +" such, it is very important that taxes are properly configured in order to " +"generate invoices correctly and handle other billing use cases. For example," +" specific configurations are required for the **reverse charge** type of " +"taxes. In case of a **reverse charge** tax, the seller does *not* charge the" +" customer for the VAT but, instead, the customer pays the VAT *themselves* " +"to their government. There are **two** main types:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:147 +msgid ":ref:`external reverse charge <italy/external-reverse>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:148 +msgid ":ref:`internal reverse charge <italy/internal-reverse>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:153 +msgid "External reverse charge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:387 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:212 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Рахунки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To make an export invoice, make sure that the invoice lines all use a tax " +"configured for **reverse charge**. The **Italian** localization contains an " +"**example** of a reverse charge tax for export in the EU to be used as " +"reference (`0% EU`, invoice label `00eu`), which can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes`. Exports are exempt " +"from VAT, and therefore **reverse charge** taxes require the :guilabel:`Has " +"exoneration of tax (Italy)` option ticked, with both the " +":guilabel:`Exoneration` kind and :guilabel:`Law Reference` filled in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "External reverse charge settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If you need to use a different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration`, click " +":menuselection:`Action --> Duplicate` within the tax menu to create a copy " +"of an existing similar tax. Then, select another :guilabel:`Exoneration`, " +"and :guilabel:`Save`. Repeat this process as many times as you need " +"different kind of :guilabel:`Exoneration` taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:176 +msgid "" +"**Rename** your taxes in the :guilabel:`Name` field according to their " +":guilabel:`Exoneration` to differentiate them easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On your invoice, select the corresponding tax you need in the " +":guilabel:`Taxes` field. You can find the following **additional info** by " +"opening the **XML** file of the issued invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SdI address (Codice Destinatario)`: must be filled for both " +"**EU** or **non-EU**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:183 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country Id`: must contain the country of the foreign seller in " +"the two-letter ISO (Alpha-2) code (ex., `IT` for 'Italy');" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`CAP`: must be filled with `00000`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partita Iva` (**VAT number**): must contain the **VAT** number " +"for **EU businesses** and `OO99999999999` (double 'O' **letter**, not " +"'zero') for **non-EU businesses**. In case of private customers without " +"**VAT** number, use `0000000`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Code`: for foreign entities without an actual **Codice " +"Fiscale**, any recognizable identifier is valid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:193 +msgid "Odoo does not support sending user-modified XML files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:195 +msgid "" +"For **invoices**, multiple configurations are technically identified by a " +":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:198 +msgid "`TD02` - Down payments;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:199 +msgid "`TDO7` - Simplified invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:200 +msgid "`TD08` - Simplified credit note;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:201 +msgid "`TD09` - Simplified debit note;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:202 +msgid "`TD24` - Deferred invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:206 +msgid "`TD02`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:208 +msgid "Down payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:210 +msgid "" +"**Down payment** invoices are imported/exported with a different " +":guilabel:`Tipo Documento` code `TDO2` than regular invoices. Upon import of" +" the invoice, it creates a regular vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:214 +msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD02` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:274 +msgid "Is an invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:217 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines are related to **sales order lines** that have the flag " +"`is_downpayment` set as `True`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:220 +msgid "`TD07`, `TD08`, and `TD09`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:222 +msgid "Simplified invoices, and credit/debit notes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Simplified invoices and credit notes can be used to certify **domestic " +"transactions** under **400 EUR** (VAT included). Its status is the same as a" +" regular invoice, but with fewer information requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:228 +msgid "For a **simplified** invoice to be established, it must include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` reference: **unique** numbering sequence with " +"**no gaps**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:231 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoice Date`: issue **date** of the invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Info`: the **seller**'s full credentials (VAT/TIN number," +" name, full address) under :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies " +"(section)`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`VAT`: the **buyer**'s VAT/TIN number (on their profile card);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:235 +msgid ":guilabel:`Total`: the total **amount** (VAT included) of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:237 +msgid "" +"In the :abbr:`EDI (Electronic Data Interchange)`, Odoo exports invoices as " +"simplified if:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:239 +msgid "It is a **domestic** transaction (i.e., the partner is from Italy);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:240 +msgid "The buyer's data is **insufficient** for a regular invoice;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:241 +msgid "" +"The **required fields** for a regular invoice (address, ZIP code, city, " +"country) are provided;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:243 +msgid "The total amount VAT included is **less** than **400 EUR**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The 400 EUR threshold was defined in `the decree of the 10th of May 2019 in " +"the Gazzetta Ufficiale " +"<https://www.gazzettaufficiale.it/eli/id/2019/05/24/19A03271/sg>`_. We " +"advise you to check the current official value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:250 +msgid "`TD24`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:252 +msgid "Deferred invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:254 +msgid "" +"The **deferred invoice** is an invoice that is **issued at a later time** " +"than the sale of goods or the provision of services. A **deferred invoice** " +"has to be issued at the latest within the **15th day** of the month " +"following the delivery covered by the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:258 +msgid "" +"It usually is a **summary invoice** containing a list of multiple sales of " +"goods or services, carried out in the month. The business is allowed to " +"**group** the sales into **one invoice**, generally issued at the **end of " +"the month** for accounting purposes. Deferred invoices are default for " +"**wholesaler** having recurrent clients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:263 +msgid "" +"If the goods are transported by a **carrier**, every delivery has an " +"associated **Documento di Transporto (DDT)**, or **Transport Document**. The" +" deferred invoice **must** indicate the details of all the **DDTs** " +"information for better tracing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:268 +msgid "" +"E-invoicing of deferred invoices requires the `l10n_it_stock_ddt` " +":ref:`module <italy/modules>`. In this case, a dedicated :guilabel:`Tipo " +"Documento` `TD24` is used in the e-invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:272 +msgid "Odoo exports moves as `TD24` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:275 +msgid "" +"Is associated to deliveries whose **DDTs** have a **different** date than " +"the issuance date of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:281 +msgid "" +"Italian companies buying goods or services from EU countries (or services " +"from non-EU countries) must send the information contained within the bill " +"received to the **Agenzia delle Entrate**. This allows you to complete tax-" +"related information on your bill, and to send it. The seller must be set as " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and the buyer as " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`. Contained within the **XML** document " +"for the vendor bill, the vendor's credentials show as " +":guilabel:`Cedente/Prestatore`, and your company's credentials as " +":guilabel:`Cessionario/Committente`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Self-billing invoices or VAT invoice integrations must be issued and sent to" +" the tax agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When inputting taxes in a vendor bill, it is possible to select **reverse " +"charge** taxes. These are automatically activated in the Italian fiscal " +"position. By going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, the `10%` and `22%` :guilabel:`Goods` and :guilabel:`Services` tax " +"scopes are activated and preconfigured with the correct tax grids. These are" +" set up automatically to ensure the correct booking of accounting entries " +"and display of the tax report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:298 +msgid "" +"For **vendor bills**, **three** types of configurations are technically " +"identified by a code called :guilabel:`Tipo Documento`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:301 +msgid "`TD17` - Buying services from **EU** and **non-EU** countries;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:302 +msgid "`TD18` - Buying **goods** from **EU**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:303 +msgid "" +"`TD19` - Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are " +"already in **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:308 +msgid "`TD17`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:310 +msgid "Buying **services** from **EU** and **non-EU** countries:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:312 +msgid "" +"The foreign *seller* invoices a service with a **VAT-excluded** price, as it" +" is not taxable in Italy. The VAT is paid by the *buyer* in Italy;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:315 +msgid "" +"Within EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " +"information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:317 +msgid "" +"Non-EU: the *buyer* sends themselves an invoice (i.e., **self-billing**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:319 +msgid "" +"Odoo exports a transaction as `TD17` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:411 +msgid "Is a vendor bill;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:412 +msgid "" +"At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grids :ref:`VJ " +"<italy/grids>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:323 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Services` as **products**, or a tax" +" with the :guilabel:`Services` as **tax scope**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:326 +msgid "`TD18`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:328 +msgid "Buying **goods** from **EU**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:330 +msgid "" +"Invoices issued within the EU follow a **standard format**, therefore only " +"an integration of the existing invoice is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Odoo exports a transaction as `TD18` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:337 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` as **products**, or a " +"tax with the :guilabel:`Goods` as **tax scope**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:340 +msgid "`TD19`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Buying **goods** from a **foreign** vendor, but the **goods** are already in" +" **Italy** in a **VAT deposit**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:345 +msgid "" +"From EU: the *buyer* integrates the invoice received with the **VAT " +"information** due in Italy (i.e., **vendor bill tax integration**);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:347 +msgid "" +"Non-EU: the *buyer* sends an invoice to *themselves* (i.e., **self-" +"billing**)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:349 +msgid "Odoo exports a move as a `TD19` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:352 +msgid "" +"At least one tax on the invoice lines targets the tax grid :ref:`VJ3 " +"<italy/grids>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:353 +msgid "" +"All invoice lines either have :guilabel:`Consumable` products, or a tax with" +" :guilabel:`Goods` as tax scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not offer the `Conservazione Sostitutiva " +"<https://www.agid.gov.it/index.php/it/piattaforme/conservazione>`_ " +"requirements. Other providers and **Agenzia delle Entrate** supply free and " +"certified storage to meet the requested conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:365 +msgid "Internal reverse charge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:368 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support domestic **internal reverse charge** " +"processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:373 +msgid "'Reverse Charge' tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:375 +msgid "" +"The Italian localization has a specific **tax grid** section for **reverse " +"charge** taxes. These tax grids are identifiable by the :ref:`VJ " +"<italy/grids>` tag, and can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Audit Reports: Tax Report`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst-1 +msgid "Italian reverse charge tax grids" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:384 +msgid "San Marino" +msgstr "Сан Маріно" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:389 +msgid "" +"San Marino and Italy have special agreements on e-invoicing operations. As " +"such, **invoices** follow the regular **reverse charge** rules. Additional " +"requirements are not enforced by Odoo, however, the user is requested by the" +" **State** to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:393 +msgid "" +"Select a tax with the option :guilabel:`Has exoneration of tax (Italy)` " +"ticked, and the :guilabel:`Exoneration` set to `N3.3`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:395 +msgid "" +"Use the generic :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` :guilabel:`Codice " +"Destinatario` `2R4GT08`. The invoice is then routed by a dedicated office in" +" San Marino to the correct business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:399 +msgid "Bills" +msgstr "Рахунки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:401 +msgid "" +"When a **paper bill** is received from San Marino, any Italian company " +"**must** submit that invoice to the **Agenzia delle Entrate** by indicating " +"the e-invoice's :guilabel:`Tipo Documento` field with the special value " +"`TD28`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:407 +msgid "`TD28`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:409 +msgid "Odoo exports a move as `TD28` if the following conditions are met:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:413 +msgid "The **country** of the partner is **San Marino**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:416 +msgid "Pubblica amministrazione (B2G)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:419 +msgid "" +"Odoo does **not** send invoices directly to the government as they need to " +"be signed. If we see that the codice destinatario is 6 digits, then it is " +"not sent to the PA automatically, but you can download the XML, sign it with" +" an external program and send it through the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:424 +msgid "Digital qualified signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:426 +msgid "" +"For invoices and bills intended to the **Pubblica Amministrazione (B2G)**, a" +" **Digital Qualified Signature** is required for all files sent through the " +":abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)`. The **XML** file must be certified " +"using a certificate that is either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:430 +msgid "a **smart card**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:431 +msgid "a **USB token**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:432 +msgid "a **Hardware Security Module (HSM)**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:435 +msgid "CIG, CUP, DatiOrdineAcquisto" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:437 +msgid "" +"To ensure the effective traceability of payments by public administrations, " +"electronic invoices issued to the public administrations must contain:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:440 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)`, except in cases of exclusion " +"from traceability obligations provided by law n. 136 of August 13, 2010;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:442 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di Progetto)`, in case of invoices related to " +"public works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:444 +msgid "" +"If the **XML** file requires it, the **Agenzia Delle Entrate** can *only* " +"proceed payments of electronic invoices when the **XML** file contains a " +":abbr:`CIG (Codice Identificativo Gara)` and :abbr:`CUP (Codice Unico di " +"Progetto)`. For each electronic invoice, it is **necessary** to indicate the" +" :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)`, which represents the unique " +"identifier code that allows the :abbr:`SdI (Sistema di Interscambio)` to " +"correctly deliver the electronic invoice to the recipient office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:452 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`Codice Unico di Progetto)` and the :abbr:`CIG (Codice " +"Identificativo Gara)` must be included in one of the **2.1.2** " +"(DatiOrdineAcquisto), **2.1.3** (Dati Contratto), **2.1.4** " +"(DatiConvenzione), **2.1.5** (Date Ricezione), or **2.1.6** (Dati Fatture " +"Collegate) information blocks. These correspond to the elements named " +":guilabel:`CodiceCUP` and :guilabel:`CodiceCIG` of the electronic invoice " +"**XML** file, whose table can be found on the government `website " +"<http://www.fatturapa.gov.it/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:458 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`CUU (Codice Univoco Ufficio)` must be included in the electronic " +"invoice corresponding to the element **1.1.4** " +"(:guilabel:`CodiceDestinario`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:3 +msgid "Kenya" +msgstr "Кенія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Kenyan localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenyan - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:20 +msgid "`l10n_ke`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Installing this module grants you access to the list of accounts used in the" +" local GAAP and the list of common taxes (VAT, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenyan - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_ke_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Installing this module grants you access to improved accounting reports for " +"Kenya, such as Profit and Loss and Balance Sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You also have to install the **Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration** package" +" to be able to report your taxes to the **Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA)** " +"using the Tremol G03 Control Unit:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:37 +msgid ":guilabel:`Kenya Tremol Device EDI Integration`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:38 +msgid "`l10n_ke_edi_tremol`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Installing this module integrates with the Kenyan G03 Tremol control unit " +"device to report taxes to KRA through TIMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "The three modules for the Kenya Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:47 +msgid "Kenyan TIMS integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The Kenya Revenue Authority (KRA) has decided to go digital for tax " +"collection through the **Tax Invoice Management System (TIMS)**. As of " +"December 1st, 2022, all VAT-registered persons should comply with TIMS. The " +"goal is to reduce VAT fraud, increase tax revenue, and increase VAT " +"compliance through standardization, validation, and transmission of invoices" +" to KRA on a real-time or near real-time basis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:55 +msgid "" +"All VAT-registered taxpayers should use a **compliant tax register**. Odoo " +"decided to develop the integration of the **Tremol G03 Control Unit (type " +"C)**, which can be run locally through USB. This device validates invoices " +"to ensure financial documents meet the new regulations and send the " +"validated tax invoices directly to KRA. Installing a proxy server that " +"provides a gateway between users and the internet is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:62 +msgid "Installing the proxy server on a Windows device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Go to `odoo.com/download <https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_, fill out " +"the required information and click :guilabel:`Download`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "Install the Proxy Server on a Windows device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Once it is loaded on your computer, a wizard opens. You have to read and " +"agree with the terms of the agreement. On the next page, select the " +":guilabel:`type of install: Odoo IoT`. Then, click :guilabel:`Next` and " +":guilabel:`Install`. Once completed, click :guilabel:`Next`. Check the " +":guilabel:`Start Odoo` box to be redirected to Odoo automatically, and then " +"click :guilabel:`Finish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A new page opens, confirming your :doc:`IoT Box " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` is up and running. Connect your " +"physical device **Tremol G03 Control Unit (type C)** to your laptop via USB." +" In the :guilabel:`IoT Device` section, check that your Tremol G03 Control " +"Unit (type C) appears, confirming the connection between the device and your" +" computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst-1 +msgid "Your IoT box is up and running" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If the device is not detected, try to plug it in again or click on the " +":guilabel:`Restart` button in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:90 +msgid "" +":doc:`Connect an IoT box to your database " +"<../../productivity/iot/config/connect>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:93 +msgid "Sending the data to KRA using the Tremol G03 Control Unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:95 +msgid "" +"As a pre-requisite, check out that the :ref:`Kenyan Accounting modules " +"<localization/kenya/configuration>` are installed on your database. Then, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Kenya TIMS" +" Integration section`, and check that the :guilabel:`control Unit Proxy " +"Address` matches the address of the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:100 +msgid "" +"To send data to KRA, create a new invoice by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Customer Invoice card` and clicking" +" :guilabel:`New Invoice`. Upon confirmation of a new invoice, the " +":guilabel:`Send invoice to Fiscal Device` button appears. Clicking on it " +"sends the invoice details to the device and from the device to the " +"government. The :guilabel:`CU Invoice Number` field is now completed in your" +" invoice, confirming the information has been sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tremol G03 Fiscal Device` tab contains fields that are " +"automatically completed once the invoice is sent to the government:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU QR Code`: Url from the KRA portal which reflects a QR code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU Serial Number`: reflects the serial number of the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`CU Signing Date and Time`: The date and time when the invoice has" +" been sent to KRA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:113 +msgid "" +"If you click on :guilabel:`Send and Print`, a .pdf of the invoice is " +"generated. The :guilabel:`Kenyan Fiscal Device Info` is mentioned on the " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" +"Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:3 +msgid "Luxembourg" +msgstr "Люксембург" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Luxembourgish localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_lu`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_lu_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:24 +msgid "`l10n_lu_reports_annual_vat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The three modules for the Luxembourgish Fiscal Localization Package on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports` installs " +"all three modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:36 +msgid "Standard Chart of Accounts - PCN 2020" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Odoo's :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` " +"for Luxembourg includes the current **Standard Chart of Accounts (PCN " +"2020)**, effective since January 2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:42 +msgid "eCDF tax return" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Tax returns in Luxembourg require a specific XML file to upload on the eCDF." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To download it, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Audit " +"Reports --> Tax Report`, and click on :guilabel:`Export eCDF declaration`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:51 +msgid "" +"`Platform for electronic gathering of financial data (eCDF) " +"<http://www.ecdf.lu>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:54 +msgid "Annual tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:56 +msgid "" +"You can generate an XML file to electronically file your annual tax report " +"with the tax office." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Report --> Luxembourg --> " +"Annual Tax Report`, click on :guilabel:`Create`, then define the annual " +"period in the :guilabel:`Year` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:61 +msgid "" +"The **simplified annual declaration** is automatically generated. You can " +"manually add values in all the fields to get a **complete annual " +"declaration**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Odoo Accounting (Luxembourg localization) generates an annual tax " +"declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To help you complete it, you can use the information provided on the " +":guilabel:`Tax Report`. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Report --> Audit Reports --> Tax Report`, then click on the :guilabel:`Tax " +"Report` dropdown menu and select the type of report you want to display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the type of Tax Report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:76 +msgid "Finally, click on :guilabel:`Export XML` to download the XML file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:79 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Annual VAT Report` " +"to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:82 +msgid "FAIA (SAF-T)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:84 +msgid "" +"**FAIA (Fichier d’Audit Informatisé AED)** is a standardized and structured " +"file that facilitates the exchange of information between the taxpayers' " +"accounting system and the tax office. It is the Luxembourgish version of the" +" OECD-recommended SAF-T (Standard Audit File for Tax)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo can generate an XML file that contains all the content of an accounting" +" period according to the rules imposed by the Luxembourg tax authorities on " +"digital audit files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This feature requires the module :guilabel:`Luxembourg - Accounting Reports`" +" to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:95 +msgid "Export FAIA file" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Audit Reports --> " +"General Ledger`, then click on :guilabel:`FAIA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:3 +msgid "Mexico" +msgstr "Мексика" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 +msgid "" +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 +msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Вимоги" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" +"programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 +msgid "" +"From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " +"(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " +"configuration. If you want to manage another currency, let MXN be the " +"default currency and use a :doc:`pricelist " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 +msgid "" +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 +msgid "" +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "" +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 +msgid "" +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 +msgid "PAC credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 +msgid "" +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "PAC credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 +msgid "" +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 +msgid "" +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 +msgid "" +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 +msgid "" +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 +msgid "" +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 +msgid "" +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 +msgid "" +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 +msgid "" +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 +msgid "" +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 +msgid "" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 +msgid "" +"`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 +msgid "" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 +msgid "" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 +msgid "" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 +msgid "" +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 +msgid "" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 +msgid "" +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 +msgid "" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 +msgid "" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 +msgid "" +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 +msgid "" +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 +msgid "" +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "" +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 +msgid "" +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 +msgid "" +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 +msgid "" +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 +msgid "" +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 +msgid "" +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 +msgid "" +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs number Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 +msgid "" +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 +msgid "" +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 +msgid "" +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 +msgid "" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 +msgid "" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 +msgid "" +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 +msgid "" +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 +msgid "" +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Types of Polizas." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 +msgid "" +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "DIOT Example contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 +msgid "Netherlands" +msgstr "Нідерланди" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:6 +msgid "XAF Export" +msgstr "Експорт XAF " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With the Dutch accounting localization installed, you will be able to export" +" all your accounting entries in XAF format. For this, you have to go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> General Ledger`, you define the" +" entries you want to export using the filters (period, journals, ...) and " +"then you click on the button **EXPORT (XAF)**." +msgstr "" +"Після встановлення голландської локалізації бухобліку ви зможете " +"експортувати всі записи бухгалтерії у форматі XAF. Для цього треба перейти " +"до: :menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Звітність --> Загальний журнал`, ви " +"визначаєте записи, які ви хочете експортувати за допомогою фільтрів (період," +" журнали, ...), а потім натисніть на кнопку **ЕКСПОРТ (XAF)**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:15 +msgid "Dutch Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Голландська бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:17 +msgid "" +"If you install the Dutch accounting localization, you will have access to " +"some reports that are specific to the Netherlands such as :" +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви встановите голландську локалізацію бухгалтерського обліку, ви " +"матимете доступ до деяких звітів, специфічних для Нідерландів, таких як:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:21 +msgid "Tax Report (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Aangifte omzetbelasting)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:22 +msgid "Intrastat Report (ICP)" +msgstr "Звіт Intrastat (ICP)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:3 +msgid "Peru" +msgstr "Перу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Peruvian localization has been improved and extended, in this version " +"the next modules are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe**: Adds accounting features for the Peruvian localization, which " +"represent the minimal configuration required for a company to operate in " +"Peru and under the SUNAT regulations and guidelines. The main elements " +"included in this module are: Chart of account, taxes, document types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:16 +msgid "" +"**l10n_pe_edi**: includes all technical and functional requirements to " +"generate and validate Electronic Invoice, based on the SUNAT specification " +"to create and process valid electronic documents, for more technical detail " +"you can access the `SUNAT EDI specifications " +"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/node/88/>`_, that keeps track of new changes and " +"updates. The features of this module are based on the resolutions published " +"on the `SUNAT Legislation " +"<https://www.sunat.gob.pe/legislacion/general/index.html/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:25 +msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 +msgid "Install the Peruvian localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to *Apps* and search for Peru, then click Install in the module Peru EDI." +" This module has a dependency with *Peru - Accounting*. In case this last " +"one is not installed, Odoo installs it automatically within EDI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Module\" filter is set on \"Peru\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch selecting Peru as country, Odoo " +"automatically installs the base module: Peru - Accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:49 +msgid "" +"In addition to the basic information in the Company, we need to set Peru as " +"the Country, this is essential for the Electronic Invoice to work properly. " +"The field **Address Type Code** represents the establishment code assigned " +"by the SUNAT when companies register their RUC (Unique Contributor " +"Registration):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Company data for Peru including RUC and Address type code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:60 +msgid "" +"In case the Address type code is unknown, you can set it as the default " +"value: 0000. Be aware that if an incorrect value is entered, the Electronic " +"invoice validation might have errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:64 +msgid "The NIF should be set following the RUC format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:68 +msgid "Chart of Account" +msgstr "План рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts is installed by default as part of the set of data " +"included in the localization module, the accounts are mapped automatically " +"in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:75 +msgid "Default Account Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The chart of accounts for Peru is based on the most updated version of the " +":abbr:`PCGE (Plan Contable General Empresarial)`, which is grouped in " +"several categories and is compatible with NIIF accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:82 +msgid "Accounting Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування бухобілку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Once the modules are installed and the basic information of your company is " +"set, you need to configure the elements required for Electronic Invoice. For" +" this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Peruvian " +"Localization`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:89 +msgid "Basic Concepts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:91 +msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Peruvian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:93 +msgid "" +"**EDI**: Electronic Data Interchange, which in this refers to the Electronic" +" Invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**SUNAT**: is the organization that enforces customs and taxation in Peru." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**OSE**: Electronic Service Operator, `OSE SUNAT's definition " +"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/aliados/ose#:~:text=El%20Operador%20de%20Servicios%20Electr%C3%B3nicos%20(OSE)%20es%20qui%C3%A9n%20se%20encarga,otro%20documento%20que%20se%20emita>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:97 +msgid "**CDR**: Receipt certificate (Constancia de Recepción)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:98 +msgid "" +"**SOL Credentials**: Sunat Operaciones en Línea. User and password are " +"provided by the SUNAT and grant access to Online Operations systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:103 +msgid "Signature Provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:105 +msgid "" +"As part of the requirements for Electronic Invoice in Peru, your company " +"needs to select a Signature Provider that will take care of the document " +"signing process and manage the SUNAT validation response. Odoo offers three " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:116 +msgid "IAP (Odoo In-App Purchase)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:174 +msgid "Digiflow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:190 +msgid "SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the sections below to check the details and considerations " +"for each option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:118 +msgid "" +"This is the default and the suggested option, considering the digital " +"ceritificate is included as part of the service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "IAP option as signature providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:126 +msgid "What is the IAP?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:128 +msgid "" +"This is a signature service offered directly by Odoo, the service takes care" +" of the next process:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Provides the Electronic invoice Certificate, so you do not need to acquire " +"one by yourself." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:131 +msgid "Send the document to the OSE, in this case, Digiflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:132 +msgid "Receive the OSE validation and CDR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:135 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:137 +msgid "" +"The service requires Credits in order to process your electronic documents. " +"Odoo provides 1000 credits for free in new databases. After these credits " +"are consumed, you need to buy a Credit Package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "Credits" +msgstr "Кредити" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:142 +msgid "EUR" +msgstr "EUR" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:144 +msgid "22" +msgstr "22" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "5000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:146 +msgid "110" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 +msgid "10,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:148 +msgid "220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:150 +msgid "20,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:150 +msgid "440" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:153 +msgid "The credits are consumed per each document that is sent to the OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:156 +msgid "" +"If you have a validation error and the document needs to be sent one more " +"time, one additional credit will be charged. Therefore, it is paramount that" +" you verify all information is correct before sending your document to the " +"OSE." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:161 +msgid "What do you need to do?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:163 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, once your enterprise contract is activated and you start working in" +" Production, you need to buy credits once the first 1000 are consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:165 +msgid "" +"As Digiflow is the OSE used in the IAP, you need to affiliate it as the " +"official OSE for your company on the SUNAT website. This is a simple " +"process. For more information, please check `OSE Affiliation guide " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1BkrMTZIiJyi5XI0lGMi3rbMzHddOL1pa/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Register Digiflow as the authorized PSE, please check `PSE Affiliation guide" +" " +"<https://drive.google.com/file/d/1QZoqWvtQERpS0pqp6LcKmw7EBlm9EroU/view?usp=sharing>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:176 +msgid "" +"This option can be used as an alternative, instead of using the IAP services" +" you can send your document validation directly to Digiflow. In this case " +"you need to consider:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Buy your own digital Certificate: For more detail regarding the official " +"vendor list, and the process to acquire it, please refer to `SUNAT Digital " +"Ceritifcates " +"<https://cpe.sunat.gob.pe/informacion_general/certificados_digitales/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Sign a service agreement directly with `Digiflow " +"<https://www.digiflow.pe/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:183 +msgid "Provide your SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:192 +msgid "" +"In case your company wants to sign directly with the SUNAT, it is possible " +"to select this option in your configuration. In this case you need to " +"consider: - Get the SUNAT Certification process accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:200 +msgid "Provide you SOL credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:203 +msgid "" +"When using direct connection with the SUNAT, the SOL User must be set with " +"the Company RUT + User Id. Example: ``20121888549JOHNSMITH``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:207 +msgid "Testing environment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a testing environment that can be activated before your " +"company goes into production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When using the testing environment and the IAP signature, you don’t need to " +"buy testing credits for your transactions as all of them are validated by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:215 +msgid "" +"By default the databases are set to work on production, make sure to enable " +"the testing mode if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In case you don’t use Odoo IAP, in order to generate the electronic invoice " +"signature, a digital certificate with the extension ``.pfx`` is required. " +"Proceed to this section and load your file and password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "EDI Certificate wizard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:232 +msgid "" +"The official currency exchange rate in Peru is provided by the Bank of Peru." +" Odoo can connect directly to its services and get the currency rate either " +"automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Bank of Peru is displayed in Multicurrency Service option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Please refer to the next section in our documentation for more information " +"about :doc:`multicurrencies <../accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:243 +msgid "Configure Master data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:248 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module the taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial account and electronic invoice configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "List of default taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:256 +msgid "EDI Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:258 +msgid "" +"As part of the taxes configuration, there are three new fields required for " +"electronic invoice, the taxes created by default have this data included, " +"but in case you create new taxes make sure you fill in the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes EDI data for Peru" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:270 +msgid "" +"There are two main fiscal positions included by default when you install the" +" Peruvian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:272 +msgid "" +"**Extranjero - Exportación**: Set this fiscal position on customers for " +"Exportation transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:274 +msgid "**Local Peru**: Set this fiscal position on local customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:279 +msgid "" +"In some Latin American countries, including Peru, some accounting " +"transactions like invoices and vendor bills are classified by document " +"types, defined by the government fiscal authorities, in this case by the " +"SUNAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " +"assigned. As part of the localization, the Document Type includes the " +"country on which the document is applicable;the data is created " +"automatically when the localization module is installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:287 +msgid "" +"The information required for the document types is included by default so " +"the user does not need to fill anything on this view:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Document Type list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:295 +msgid "" +"Currently the documents supported on customer invoices are: Invoice, Boleta," +" Debit Note and Credit Note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:301 +msgid "" +"When creating Sales Journals, the following information must be filled, in " +"addition to the standard fields on the Journals:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:305 +msgid "Use Documents" +msgstr "Використовувати документи" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:307 +msgid "" +"This field is used to define if the journal uses Document Types. It is only " +"applicable to Purchase and Sales journals, which are the ones that can be " +"related to the different set of document types available in Peru. By " +"default, all the sales journals created use documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:312 +msgid "Electronic Data Interchange" +msgstr "Обмін електронними даними" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:314 +msgid "" +"This section indicates which EDI workflow is used in the invoice, for Peru " +"we must select “Peru UBL 2.1”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Journal EDI field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:322 +msgid "" +"By default, the value Factur-X (FR) is always displayed, make sure you can " +"uncheck it manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:330 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, the identification types defined by " +"the SUNAT are now available on the Partner form, this information is " +"essential for most transactions either on the sender company and in the " +"customer, make sure you fill in this information in your records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Partner identification type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:109 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "Товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:342 +msgid "" +"Additional to the basic information in your products, for the Peruvian " +"localization, the UNSPC Code on the product is a required value to be " +"configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "UNSPC Code on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:354 +msgid "Customer invoice" +msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:357 +msgid "EDI Elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:359 +msgid "" +"Once you have configured your master data, the invoices can be created from " +"your sales order or manually. Additional to the basic invoice information " +"described on :doc:`our page about the invoicing process " +"<../accounting/customer_invoices/overview>`, there are a couple of fields " +"required as part of the Peru EDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:364 +msgid "" +"**Document type**: The default value is “Factura Electronica” but you can " +"manually change the document type if needed and select Boleta for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice document type field on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:371 +msgid "" +"**Operation type**: This value is required for Electronic Invoice and " +"indicates the transaction type, the default value is “Internal Sale” but " +"another value can be selected manually when needed, for example Export of " +"Goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Invoice operation type field on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:379 +msgid "" +"**EDI Affectation Reason**: In the invoice lines, additional to the Tax " +"there is a field “EDI Affectation Reason” that determines the tax scope " +"based on the SUNAT list that is displayed. All the taxes loaded by default " +"are associated with a default EDI affection reason, if needed you can " +"manually select another one when creating the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Tax affectation reason in invoice line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Once you check all the information in your invoice is correct, you can " +"proceed to validate it. This action registers the account move and triggers " +"the Electronic invoice workflow to send it to the OSE and the SUNAT. The " +"following message is displayed at the top of the invoice:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Sending of EDI Invoice in blue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Asynchronous means that the document is not sent automatically after the " +"invoice has been posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:402 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:496 +msgid "Electronic Invoice Status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:404 +msgid "" +"**To be Sent**: To be sent: Indicates the document is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Sent now”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Send EDI manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:412 +msgid "" +"**Sent**: Indicates the document was sent to the OSE and was successfully " +"validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is downloaded and a message " +"is logged in the chatter indicating the correct Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Message on chatter when the invoice is valid" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:420 +msgid "" +"In case there is a validation error the Electronic Invoice status remains in" +" “To be sent” so the corrections can be made and the invoice can be sent " +"again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:424 +msgid "" +"One credit is consumed each time that you send a document for validation, in" +" this sense if an error is detected on an invoice and you send it one more " +"time, two credits are consumed in total." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:431 +msgid "" +"There are multiple reasons behind a rejection from the OSE or the SUNAT, " +"when this happens Odoo sends a message at the top of the invoice indicating " +"the error details and in the most common cases a hint to fix the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:435 +msgid "If a validation error is received, you have two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:437 +msgid "" +"In case the error is related to master data on the partner, customer or " +"taxes, you can simply apply the change on the record (example customer " +"identification type) and once it is done click on the Retry button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:440 +msgid "" +"If the error is related to some data recorded on the invoice directly " +"(Operation type, missing data on the invoice lines), the correct solution is" +" to reset the invoice to Draft, apply the changes, and then send the invoice" +" again to the SUNAT for another validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "List of common errors on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:449 +msgid "" +"For more detail please refert to `Common errors in SUNAT " +"<https://www.nubefact.com/codigos-error-sunat/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:455 +msgid "" +"After the invoice is accepted and validated by the SUNAT, the invoice PDF " +"report can be printed. The report includes a QR code, indicating the invoice" +" is a valid fiscal document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:463 +msgid "IAP Credits" +msgstr "Кредити IAP " + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:465 +msgid "" +"Odoo’s Electronic IAP offers 1000 credits for free, after these credits are " +"consumed in your production database, your company must buy new credits in " +"order to process your transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:468 +msgid "" +"Once you run out of credits a red label is displayed at the top of the " +"invoice indicating that additional credits are required, you can easily buy " +"them by accessing the link provided in the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Buying credits in the IAP" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:476 +msgid "" +"In the IAP service includes packages with different pricing based on the " +"number of credits. The price list in the IAP is always displayed in EUR." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:480 +msgid "Special Use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:519 +msgid "Cancellation process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:485 +msgid "" +"Some scenarios require an invoice cancellation, for example, when an invoice" +" was created by mistake. If the invoice was already sent and validated by " +"the SUNAT, the correct way to proceed is by clicking on the button Request " +"Cancellation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Request invoice cancellation button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:493 +msgid "In order to cancel an invoice, please provide a cancellation Reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:498 +msgid "" +"**To Cancel**: Indicates the cancellation request is ready to be sent to " +"the OSE, this can be done either automatically by Odoo with a *cron* that " +"runs every hour, or the user can send it immediately by clicking on the " +"button “Send now”. Once it is sent, a cancellation ticket is created, as a " +"result the next message and CDR File are logged in the chatter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Cancellation CDR sent by the SUNAT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:507 +msgid "" +"**Cancelled**: Indicates the cancellation request was sent to the OSE and " +"was successfully validated. As part of the validation a ZIP file is " +"downloaded and a message is logged in the chatter indicating the correct " +"Government validation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "nvoice after cancellation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:516 +msgid "One credit is consumed on each cancellation request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:521 +msgid "" +"When creating exportation invoices, take into account the next " +"considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:523 +msgid "The Identification type on your customer must be Foreign ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:524 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be an Exportation one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:525 +msgid "The taxes included in the invoice lines should be EXP taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Exportation invoices main data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:532 +msgid "Advance Payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:534 +msgid "Create the advance payment Invoice and apply its related payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:535 +msgid "Create the final invoice without considering the advance payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:536 +msgid "" +"Create a credit note for the Final invoice with the advance payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:537 +msgid "Reconcile the Credit note with the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:538 +msgid "" +"The remaining balance on the final invoice should be paid with a regular " +"payment transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:541 +msgid "Detraction Invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:543 +msgid "" +"When creating invoices that is subject to Detractions, take into account the" +" next considerations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:545 +msgid "" +"All the products included in the invoice must have these fields configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Detraction fields on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:551 +msgid "Operation type in your invoice must be ``1001``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:0 +msgid "Detraction code on invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:560 +msgid "" +"When a correction or refund is needed over a validated invoice, a credit " +"note must be generated, for this just click on the button “Add Credit Note”," +" a part of the Peruvian localization you need to prove a Credit Reason " +"selecting one of the options in the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Add Credit Note from invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:569 +msgid "" +"When creating your first credit Note, select the Credit Method: Partial " +"Refund, this allows you to define the credit note sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:572 +msgid "By default the Credit Note is set in the document type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst-1 +msgid "Credit Note document type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:578 +msgid "" +"To finish the workflow please follow the instructions on :doc:`our page " +"about Credit Notes <../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:582 +msgid "" +"The EDI workflow for the Credit notes works in the same way as the invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:587 +msgid "" +"As part of the Peruvian localization, besides creating credit notes from an " +"existing document you can also create debit Notes. For this just use the " +"button “Add Debit Note”." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:590 +msgid "By default the Debit Note is set in the document type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:3 +msgid "Philippines" +msgstr "Філіппіни" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`🇵🇭 Philippines` :ref:`fiscal" +" localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>` to get all the " +"default accounting features of the Philippine localization, such as a chart " +"of accounts, taxes, and the BIR 2307 report. These provide a base template " +"to get started with using Philippine accounting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When creating a new database and `Philippines` is selected as a country, the" +" fiscal localization module **Philippines - Accounting** is automatically " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If installing the module in an existing company, the **chart of accounts** " +"and **taxes** will *not* be replaced if there are already posted journal " +"entries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The BIR 2307 report is installed, but the withholding taxes may need to be " +"manually created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:28 +msgid "Chart of accounts and taxes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:23 +msgid "" +"A minimum configuration default chart of accounts is installed, and the " +"following types of taxes are installed and also linked to the relevant " +"account:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:26 +msgid "VAT 12%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:27 +msgid "VAT Exempt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:30 +msgid "" +"For the withholding taxes, there is an additional :guilabel:`Philippines " +"ATC` field under the :guilabel:`Philippines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Philippines ATC code field set on taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Taxes' ATC codes are used for the BIR 2307 report. If a tax is created " +"manually, its ATC code must be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:42 +msgid "" +"When a company or an individual (not belonging to a company) contact is " +"located in the Philippines, fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field with their " +"`Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:45 +msgid "" +"For individuals not belonging to a company, identify them by using the " +"following additional fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`First Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Middle Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Last Name`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Individual type contact with First, Middle, and Last Name fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For both :guilabel:`Company` and :guilabel:`Individual`, the TIN should " +"follow the `NNN-NNN-NNN-NNNNN` format. The branch code should follow the " +"last digits of the TIN, or else it can be left as `00000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:60 +msgid "BIR 2307 report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:62 +msgid "" +"**BIR 2307** report data, also known as *Certificate of Creditable Tax " +"Withheld at Source*, can be generated for purchase orders and vendor " +"payments with the applicable withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To generate a BIR 2307 report, select one or multiple vendor bills from the " +"list view, and click :menuselection:`Action --> Download BIR 2307 XLS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Multiple vendor bills selected with action to \"Download BIR 2307 XLS\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:71 +msgid "The same action can be performed on a vendor bill from the form view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:73 +msgid "" +"A pop-up appears to review the selection, then click on " +":guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst-1 +msgid "Pop up menu to generate BIR 2307 XLS file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This generates the `Form_2307.xls` file that lists all the vendor bill lines" +" with the applicable withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The same process above can also be done for a *single* vendor :doc:`payment " +"<../accounting/payments>` if they were linked to one or more :doc:`vendor " +"bills <../accounting/payments/multiple>` with applied withholding taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If there is no withholding tax applied, then the XLS file will not generate " +"records for those vendor bill lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When grouping payments for multiple bills, Odoo splits the payments based on" +" the contact. From a payment, clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Download " +"BIR 2307 XLS`, generates a report that only includes vendor bills related to" +" that contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Odoo cannot generate the BIR 2307 PDF report or DAT files directly. The " +"generated `Form_2307.xls` file can be exported to an *external* tool to " +"convert it to BIR DAT or PDF format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:3 +msgid "Romania" +msgstr "Румунія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Romanian localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romania - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_ro`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Export`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_ro_saft`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:22 +msgid "Module to generate the **D.406 declaration** in the SAF-T format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "Modules for the Romanian localization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:28 +msgid "D.406 declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Starting January 1, 2023, companies registered for tax purposes in Romania " +"must report their accounting data to the Romanian Tax Agency monthly or " +"quarterly in the D.406 declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides all you need to export the data of this declaration in the " +"SAF-T XML format, which you can validate and sign using the software " +"provided by the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Currently, Odoo only supports the generation of the monthly/quarterly D.406 " +"declaration (containing journal entries, invoices, vendor bills, and " +"payments). The yearly declaration (including assets) and the on-demand " +"declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Компанія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " +"section, click :guilabel:`Update Info` and fill in the company's " +":guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Telephone Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Provide your company's :abbr:`CUI (Codul Unic de Inregistrare)` number or " +":abbr:`CIF (*Codul de identificare fiscală*)` number (for foreign companies)" +" in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field, without the `RO` prefix (e.g., " +"`18547290`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:53 +msgid "" +"If your company is **registered** for VAT in Romania, fill in the " +":guilabel:`Tax ID` field number, including the `RO` prefix (e.g., " +"`RO18547290`). If the company is **not** registered for VAT in Romania, you " +"**must not** fill in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Open the **Contacts** app and search for your company. Open your company's " +"profile, and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`" +" and add your **bank account number** if not informed already. Make sure the" +" profile is set as :guilabel:`Company` above the **name**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You must have at least one **contact person** linked to your company in the " +"**Contacts** app. If no **contact person** is linked, create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`, set it as :guilabel:`Individual`, and select your " +"company in the :guilabel:`Company name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To generate a file receivable by the Romanian Tax Agency, the chart of " +"accounts must not deviate from an official chart of accounts, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:70 +msgid "" +"the chart of accounts for commercial companies (*PlanConturiBalSocCom*), " +"which is installed by default when creating a company with the Romanian " +"localization or;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:72 +msgid "" +"the chart of accounts for companies following `IFRS " +"<https://www.ifrs.org/>`_ (*PlanConturiIFRS*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Settings --> Accounting`, in the **Romanian localization** " +"section, set the :guilabel:`Tax Accounting Basis` to reflect the accounting " +"regulations and Chart of Accounts used by the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:82 +msgid "Customer and supplier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Fill in the :guilabel:`Country`, :guilabel:`City`, and :guilabel:`Zip Code` " +"of each partner that appears in your invoices, vendor bills, or payments " +"through the **Contacts** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For partners that are companies, you must fill in the VAT number (including " +"the country prefix) in the :guilabel:`Tax ID` field. If the partner is a " +"company based in Romania, you may instead fill in the CUI number (without " +"the 'RO' prefix) in the :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:94 +msgid "" +"You must indicate the :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Type` (3-digit number) " +"and :guilabel:`Romanian SAF-T Tax Code` (6-digit number) on each of the " +"taxes you use. This is already done for the taxes that exist by default in " +"Odoo. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, select the tax you wish to modify, click the :guilabel:`Advanced " +"Options` tab, and fill in the **tax type** and **tax code** fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The **tax type** and **tax code** are codes defined by the Romanian Tax " +"Agency for the **D.406 declaration**. These can be found in the Excel " +"spreadsheet published as guidance for completing the declaration, which you " +"can find on the `website of the Romanian Tax Agency " +"<https://www.anaf.ro/anaf/internet/ANAF/despre_anaf/strategii_anaf/proiecte_digitalizare/saf_t/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:111 +msgid "" +"For some types of goods transactions, the :guilabel:`Intrastat Code` (Cod " +"NC) must be configured on the product, as it is required by Romanian law:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:114 +msgid "import / export transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:115 +msgid "" +"acquisitions / supplies of food products subjected to reduced VAT rate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:116 +msgid "intra-community movements subjected to intrastat reporting;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:117 +msgid "" +"acquisitions / supplies subjected to local reversed VAT charge (depending on" +" Cod NC); and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:118 +msgid "" +"transactions with excisable products for which excise duties are determined " +"based on the Cod NC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If the Intrastat Code is not specified on a non-service product, the default" +" code '0' will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:122 +msgid "" +"To configure the :guilabel:`Intrastat Codes`, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Products`, select a product, " +"and in the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, set a :guilabel:`Commodity Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:127 +msgid ":doc:`../accounting/reporting/intrastat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You must check the :guilabel:`Is self-invoice (RO)?` checkbox in the " +":guilabel:`Other Info` tab for any vendor bill that is a self-invoice (i.e. " +"a vendor bill that you issued yourself in the absence of an invoice document" +" received from a supplier)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:137 +msgid "Generating the declaration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:140 +msgid "Exporting your data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To export the XML for the D.406 declaration, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> General Ledger` and click on " +":guilabel:`SAF-T`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "Click on the 'SAF-T' button to export the D.406 XML declaration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:149 +msgid "" +"You can then validate and sign the XML file using the Romanian Tax Agency's " +"validation software, *DUKIntegrator*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:153 +msgid "Signing the report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Download and install the *DUKIntegrator* validation software found on the " +"`website of the Romanian Tax Agency " +"<https://www.anaf.ro/anaf/internet/ANAF/despre_anaf/strategii_anaf/proiecte_digitalizare/saf_t/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Once you have generated the XML, open 'DUKIntegrator' and select the file " +"you have just generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF` to create an **unsigned** PDF " +"containing your report, or :guilabel:`Validare + creare PDF semnat` to " +"create a **signed** PDF containing your report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst-1 +msgid "The DUKIntegrator validation software." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If the *DUKIntegrator* validator detects errors or inconsistencies in your " +"data, it generates a file that explains the errors. In this case, you need " +"to correct those inconsistencies in your data before you can submit the " +"report to the Romanian Tax Agency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:3 +msgid "Saudi Arabia" +msgstr "Саудівська Аравія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the Saudi Arabian localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:18 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Accounting" +msgstr "Саудівська Аравія - Бухоблік" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:19 +msgid "`l10n_sa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:21 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:22 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:23 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices implementation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:24 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - E-invoicing (Simplified)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:25 +msgid "`l10n_sa_edi_simplified`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:26 +msgid "ZATCA simplified e-invoices implementation (Point of Sale)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:27 +msgid "Saudi Arabia - Point of Sale" +msgstr "Саудівська Аравія - Точка продажу" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:28 +msgid "`l10n_sa_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:29 +msgid "Point of Sale compliance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:32 +msgid "ZATCA e-invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:34 +msgid "" +"The ZATCA e-invoicing system is designed to streamline and digitize the " +"invoicing process for businesses operating in Saudi Arabia." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:38 +msgid "" +"`ZATCA e-invoicing page " +"<https://zatca.gov.sa/en/E-Invoicing/Pages/default.aspx>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, click " +":guilabel:`Update info`, and ensure the following company information is " +"complete and up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:46 +msgid "The full :guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:47 +msgid "" +"All relevant :guilabel:`Address` fields, including the :guilabel:`Building " +"Number` and :guilabel:`Plot Identification` (four digits each)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Select an enterprise :guilabel:`Identification Scheme`. It is recommended to" +" use the :guilabel:`Commercial Registration Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Identification Number` for the selected " +":guilabel:`Identification Scheme`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:52 +msgid "The :guilabel:`VAT` number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:53 +msgid "Ensure the :guilabel:`Currency` is set to :guilabel:`SAR`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is also necessary to fill out similar information for partner companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:59 +msgid "Simulation mode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:62 +msgid "" +"It is strongly recommended to thoroughly test all invoicing workflows using " +"the Fatoora **simulation** portal first, as **any** invoice submitted to the" +" regular Fatoora portal will be accounted for, which could lead to fines and" +" penalties." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:67 +msgid "Fatoora simulation portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `Fatoora portal <https://fatoora.zatca.gov.sa/>`_ using the " +"company's ZATCA credentials. Then, click the :guilabel:`Fatoora Simulation " +"Portal` button to switch to the simulation portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:74 +msgid "" +"`ZACTA Fatoora portal user manual version 3 (May 2023) " +"<https://zatca.gov.sa/en/E-Invoicing/Introduction/Guidelines/Documents/Fatoora_Portal_User_Manual_English.pdf>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:79 +msgid "ZATCA API integration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:81 +msgid "" +"On Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under :guilabel:`ZATCA API Integration`, select the :guilabel:`Simulation " +"(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, open any sales " +"journal (e.g., Customer Invoices), and go to the :guilabel:`ZATCA` tab. Once" +" there, enter any :guilabel:`Serial Number` to identify the journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The same serial number can be used for all of the company's sales journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Onboard Journal`. In the dialog box, providing an " +":abbr:`OTP (one-time password)` code is required. To retrieve it, open the " +"`Fatoora simulation portal <https://fatoora.zatca.gov.sa/>`_, click " +":guilabel:`Onboard New Solution Unit/Device`, choose the number of OTP codes" +" to generate (one per journal to configure), and click :guilabel:`Generate " +"OTP Code`. Copy an OTP code, it into the dialog box on Odoo, and click " +":guilabel:`Request`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:104 +msgid "OTP codes expire after one hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:107 +msgid "" +"If any issue occurs during onboarding, click :guilabel:`Regenerate CSR` to " +"start again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:110 +msgid "Testing" +msgstr "Тестування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:112 +msgid "" +"When confirming an invoice, there is now an option to process the invoice, " +"sending it directly the Fatoora simulation portal. Odoo displays the " +"portal's response after each submission. Only rejected invoices can be reset" +" to draft and edited on Odoo. Furthermore, at the end of each day, Odoo " +"sends all unprocessed invoices to the portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Testing all invoicing workflows, preferably with real invoices and for a " +"reasonable amount of time, is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Compare the invoices received statistics page on the Fatoora simulation " +"portal with the list of invoices on Odoo to ensure both align." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:126 +msgid "" +"When using a **0% tax** in a customer invoice, it is necessary to specify " +"the reason behind such a rate. To configure taxes, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`, and " +"open the tax to edit. Under the :guilabel:`Advanced Options`, select an " +":guilabel:`Exemption Reason Code` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When using **retention** or **withholding an amount** in a customer invoice," +" the tax used to retain the amount needs to be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:135 +msgid "Production mode" +msgstr "Робочий режим" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:137 +msgid "" +"When ready for production, change the :ref:`API mode <saudi-arabia/api-" +"mode>` to :guilabel:`Production` and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Setting the :guilabel:`API mode` to :guilabel:`Production` is " +"**irreversible**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The sales journals initially linked to the simulation portal now needs to be" +" linked to the regular portal. To do so, :ref:`onboard the journals <saudi-" +"arabia/journals>` again, ensuring to use the regular `Fatoora portal " +"<https://fatoora.zatca.gov.sa/>`_ this time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:3 +msgid "Spain" +msgstr "Іспанія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:6 +msgid "Spanish Chart of Accounts" +msgstr "Іспанський план рахунків" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are several Spanish Chart of Accounts that are available by " +"default:" +msgstr "" +"В Odoo існує кілька іспанських планів рахунків, доступних за замовчуванням:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:10 +msgid "PGCE PYMEs 2008" +msgstr "PGCE PYMEs 2008" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:11 +msgid "PGCE Completo 2008" +msgstr "PGCE Completo 2008" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:12 +msgid "PGCE Entitades" +msgstr "PGCE Entitades" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:14 +msgid "" +"You can choose the one you want by going in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration` then choose the package you want in the **Fiscal " +"Localization** section." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете вибрати той, який ви хочете, перейшовши в меню: " +":menuselection:`Бухблік --> Налаштування`, потім виберіть потрібний пакет у " +"розділі **Фінансова локалізація**." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:20 +msgid "" +"When you create a new Odoo Online database, the PGCE PYMEs 2008 is installed" +" by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:23 +msgid "Spanish Accounting Reports" +msgstr "Іспанська бухгалтерська звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:25 +msgid "" +"If the Spanish Accounting Localization is installed, you will have access to" +" accounting reports specific to Spain:" +msgstr "" +"Якщо іспанська локалізація бухобліку встановлена, ви матимете доступ до " +"бухгалтерських звітів, специфічних для Іспанії:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:28 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 111)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 111)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:29 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 115)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 115)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/spain.rst:30 +msgid "Tax Report (Modelo 303)" +msgstr "Податковий звіт (Modelo 303)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:3 +msgid "Switzerland" +msgstr "Швейцарія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:6 +msgid "ISR (In-payment Slip with Reference number)" +msgstr "ISR (платіж із платіжною карткою з референтним номером)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The ISRs are payment slips used in Switzerland. You can print them directly " +"from Odoo. On the customer invoices, there is a new button called *Print " +"ISR*." +msgstr "" +"ISR - платіжні доручення, що використовуються у Швейцарії. Ви можете " +"надрукувати їх безпосередньо з Odoo. На рахунках клієнта є нова кнопка під " +"назвою *Друк ISR*." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The button *Print ISR* only appears there is well a bank account defined on " +"the invoice. You can use CH6309000000250097798 as bank account number and " +"010391391 as CHF ISR reference." +msgstr "" +"На дисплеї з'явиться кнопка *Друк ISR*. У рахунку-фактурі вказано правильний" +" банківський рахунок. Ви можете використовувати CH6309000000250097798 як " +"номер банківського рахунку та 010391391 як посилання CHF ISR." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:23 +msgid "Then you open a pdf with the ISR." +msgstr "Потім ви відкриваєте PDF з ISR." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:28 +msgid "" +"There exists two layouts for ISR: one with, and one without the bank " +"coordinates. To choose which one to use, there is an option to print the " +"bank information on the ISR. To activate it, go in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Customer " +"Invoices` and enable **Print bank on ISR**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:38 +msgid "ISR reference on invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To ease the reconciliation process, you can add your ISR reference as " +"**Payment Reference** on your invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To do so, you need to configure the Journal you usually use to issue " +"invoices. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`, " +"open the Journal you want to modify (By default, the Journal is named " +"*Customer Invoices*), click en *Edit*, and open the *Advanced Settings* tab." +" In the **Communication Standard** field, select *Switzerland*, and click on" +" *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Configure your Journal to display your ISR as payment reference on your " +"invoices in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:53 +msgid "Currency Rate Live Update" +msgstr "Оновлення валюти онлайн" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You can update automatically your currencies rates based on the Federal Tax " +"Administration from Switzerland. For this, go in :menuselection:`Accounting " +"--> Settings`, activate the multi-currencies setting and choose the service " +"you want." +msgstr "" +"Ви можете автоматично оновлювати свої валюти на основі Федеральної " +"податкової адміністрації зі Швейцарії. Для цього зайдіть на " +":menuselection:`Бухоблік --> Налаштування`, активізувати налаштування " +"мультивалютності і вибрати потрібну послугу." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:64 +msgid "Updated VAT for January 2018" +msgstr "Оновлене ПДВ до січня 2018" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Starting from the 1st January 2018, new reduced VAT rates will be applied in" +" Switzerland. The normal 8.0% rate will switch to 7.7% and the specific rate" +" for the hotel sector will switch from 3.8% to 3.7%." +msgstr "" +"З 1 січня 2018 року в Швейцарії будуть застосовуватися нові знижені ставки " +"ПДВ. Нормальна ставка на рівні 8,0% перейде на 7,7%, а спеціальна ставка для" +" готельного сектору зміниться з 3,8% до 3,7%." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:71 +msgid "" +"How to update your taxes in Odoo Enterprise (Odoo Online or On-premise)?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you have the V11.1 version, all the work is already been done, you don't " +"have to do anything." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас є версія V11.1, вся робота вже виконана, вам не потрібно нічого " +"робити." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If you have started on an earlier version, you first have to update the " +"module \"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\". For this, you go in " +":menuselection:`Apps --> remove the filter \"Apps\" --> search for " +"\"Switzerland - Accounting Reports\" --> open the module --> click on " +"\"upgrade\"`." +msgstr "" +"Якщо ви почали працювати на більш ранній версії, спочатку потрібно оновити " +"модуль \"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\". Для цього перейдіть " +"до :menuselection:`Додатки --> видаліть фільтр \"Додатки\" --> знайдіть " +"\"Швейцарія - Звіти про бухгалтерський облік\" --> відкрийте модуль --> " +"натисніть \"оновити\"`." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once it has been done, you can work on creating new taxes for the updated " +"rates." +msgstr "" +"Як тільки це буде зроблено, ви можете працювати над створенням нових " +"податків для оновлених ставок." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:87 +msgid "" +"**Do not suppress or modify the existing taxes** (8.0% and 3.8%). You want " +"to keep them since you may have to use both rates for a short period of " +"time. Instead, remember to archive them once you have encoded all your 2017 " +"transactions." +msgstr "" +"**Не пригнічуйте чи змінюйте існуючі податки** (8.0% та 3.8%). Ви хочете " +"зберегти їх, оскільки вам доведеться скористатись обома ставками на короткий" +" період часу. Замість цього не забудьте архівувати їх, коли ви закодуєте всі" +" ваші транзакції 2017." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:92 +msgid "The creation of such taxes should be done in the following manner:" +msgstr "Створення таких податків має здійснюватися наступним чином:" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:94 +msgid "" +"**Purchase taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, " +"rate and tax group (effective from v10 only)" +msgstr "" +"**Податки на купівлю**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " +"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " +"v10)." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:97 +msgid "" +"**Sale taxes**: copy the origin tax, change its name, label on invoice, rate" +" and tax group (effective from v10 only). Since the vat report now shows the" +" details for old and new rates, you should also set the tags accordingly to" +msgstr "" +"**Податки на продаж**: скопіюйте початковий податок, змініть його назву, " +"мітку в рахунку-фактурі, ставку та податкову групу (застосовується лише з " +"v10). Оскільки звіт пдв тепер показує подробиці старих та нових ставок, ви " +"також повинні встановити відповідні теги" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:102 +msgid "" +"For 7.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для податків 7,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 302 бази, Швейцарія ПДВ " +"Форма: сітка 302 податок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:105 +msgid "" +"For 3.7% taxes: Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: " +"grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Для податків 3,7%: Швейцарська форма ПДВ: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія ПДВ " +"Форма: сітка 342 податок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You'll find below, as examples, the correct configuration for all taxes " +"included in Odoo by default" +msgstr "" +"Нижче наведено, як приклади, правильну конфігурацію для всіх податків, " +"включених в Odoo за умовчанням" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Name**" +msgstr "**Назва податку**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Rate**" +msgstr "**Ставка**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Label on Invoice**" +msgstr "**Мітка в рахунку-фактурі**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Group (effective from V10)**" +msgstr "**Податкова група (діє з V10)**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tax Scope**" +msgstr "**Податкова сфера**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:112 +msgid "**Tag**" +msgstr "**Тег**" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (TN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7%" +msgstr "7.7%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +msgid "7.7% achat" +msgstr "7.7% achat" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA 7.7%" +msgstr "TVA 7.7%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 400" +msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 400" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:116 +msgid "7.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "7.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +msgid "7.7% invest." +msgstr "7.7% invest." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "Switzerland VAT Form: grid 405" +msgstr "Форма швейцарського ПДВ: сітка 405" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA 7.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:120 +msgid "7.7% invest. Incl." +msgstr "7.7% invest. Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (TS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7%" +msgstr "3.7%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +msgid "3.7% achat" +msgstr "3.7% achat" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA 3.7%" +msgstr "TVA 3.7%" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur achat B&S (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:124 +msgid "3.7% achat Incl." +msgstr "3.7% achat Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (TS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:126 +msgid "3.7% invest" +msgstr "3.7% invest" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA 3.7% sur invest. et autres ch. (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:128 +msgid "3.7% invest Incl." +msgstr "3.7% invest Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +msgid "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" +msgstr "TVA due a 7.7% (TN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 302 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 302 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 302 пдв" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" +msgstr "TVA due à 7.7% (Incl. TN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:132 +msgid "7.7% Incl." +msgstr "7.7% Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +msgid "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" +msgstr "TVA due à 3.7% (TS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 base, Switzerland VAT Form: grid 342 tax" +msgstr "" +"Форма ПДВ Швейцарія: сітка 342 база, Швейцарія Форма ПДВ: сітка 342 пдв" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" +msgstr "TVA due a 3.7% (Incl. TS)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:136 +msgid "3.7% Incl." +msgstr "3.7% Incl." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:139 +msgid "" +"If you have questions or remarks, please contact our support using " +"odoo.com/help." +msgstr "" +"Якщо у вас є запитання чи зауваження, зв'яжіться з нашою підтримкою за " +"допомогою odoo.com/help." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/switzerland.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to update your fiscal positions. If you have a version 11.1 (or" +" higher), there is nothing to do. Otherwise, you will also have to update " +"your fiscal positions accordingly." +msgstr "" +"Не забувайте оновлювати свою схему оподаткування. Якщо у вас є версія 11.1 " +"(або вище), нічого не робіть. В іншому випадку вам також доведеться " +"відповідно оновити свою схему оподаткування." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:3 +msgid "Thailand" +msgstr "Таїланд" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`🇹🇭 Thailand` localization " +"package to get all the features of the Thai localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Thailand - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_th`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Thailand - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:21 +msgid "`l10n_th_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:22 +msgid "Country-specific accounting reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Thailand localization modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo's fiscal localization package for Thailand includes the following " +"taxes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:32 +msgid "VAT 7%" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:33 +msgid "VAT-exempted" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:34 +msgid "Withholding tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:35 +msgid "Withholding income tax" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows users to generate Excel files to submit their VAT to the " +"**Revenue Department** of Thailand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:44 +msgid "Sales and purchase tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To generate a sales and purchase tax report, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax Report`. Select a specific " +"time or time range on the tax report, and click :guilabel:`VAT-202-01 " +"(xlsx)` for purchase tax and :guilabel:`VAT-202-02 (xlsx)` for sales tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Thai purchase and sales taxes reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:54 +msgid "Withholding PND tax report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:56 +msgid "" +"PND report data displays the summarized amounts of the applicable " +"**withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic)** from vendor bills " +"under the :guilabel:`PND53 (TH)` and :guilabel:`PND3 (TH)` tax reports. It " +"is installed by default with the Thai localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "PND tax reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Withholding corporate income tax returns (domestic) is the tax used in case " +"the company has withheld the tax from “**Personal (PND3)**” or “**Corporate " +"(PND53)**” services provided such as rental, hiring, transportation, " +"insurance, management fee, consulting, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The PND tax report allows users to generate a CSV file for bills to upload " +"on the `RDprep for Thailand e-Filling application " +"<https://efiling.rd.go.th/rd-cms/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To generate a PND CSV file, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Tax Report`, select a specific time or time range on the tax report, and" +" click :guilabel:`PND3` or :guilabel:`PND53`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:74 +msgid "" +"This generates the :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and :file:`Tax Report " +"PND53.csv` files that lists all the vendor bill lines with the applicable " +"withholding tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "PND3 and PND53 CSV files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Odoo cannot generate the PND or PDF report or **withholding tax " +"certificate** directly. The generated :file:`Tax Report PND3.csv` and " +":file:`Tax Report PND53.csv` files must be exported to an external tool to " +"convert them into a **withholding PND** report or a **PDF** file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:86 +msgid "Tax invoice" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The **tax invoice PDF** report can be generated from Odoo through the " +"**Invoicing** module. Users have the option to print PDF reports for normal" +" invoices and tax invoices. To print out **tax invoices**, users can click " +"on :guilabel:`Print Invoices` in Odoo. Regular invoices can be printed as " +"**commercial invoices** by clicking on :menuselection:`Cog button (⚙️) --> " +"Print --> Commercial Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Commercial invoice printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:98 +msgid "Headquarter/Branch number settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You can inform a company's **Headquarters** and **Branch number** in the " +"**Contacts** app. Once in the app, open the **contact form** of the company " +"and under the :guilabel:`Sales & Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If the contact is identified as a branch, input the **Branch number** in the" +" :guilabel:`Company ID` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:105 +msgid "" +"If the contact is a **Headquarters**, leave the :guilabel:`Company ID` field" +" **blank**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst-1 +msgid "Company Headquarter/Branch number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:111 +msgid "" +"This information is used in the **tax invoice** PDF report and PND **tax " +"report** export." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:3 +msgid "United Arab Emirates" +msgstr "Об'єднані Арабські Емірати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:10 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " +"features of the **United Arab Emirates** localization:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:20 +msgid "``l10n_ae``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`. Includes all accounts, taxes," +" and reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:24 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:25 +msgid "Includes all rules, calculations, and salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`U.A.E. - Payroll with Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:27 +msgid "``l10n_ae_hr_payroll_account``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:28 +msgid "Includes all accounts related to the payroll module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`United Arab Emirates - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:30 +msgid "``l10n_ae_pos``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:31 +msgid "Includes the UAE-compliant POS receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Select the modules to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Chart of Accounts` to" +" view all default accounts available for the UAE localization package. You " +"can filter by :guilabel:`Code` using the numbers on the far left or by " +"clicking on :menuselection:`Group By --> Account Type`. You can " +":guilabel:`Enable`/:guilabel:`Disable` reconciliation or **configure** " +"specific accounts according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Always keep at least one **receivable account** and one **payable account** " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"It is also advised to **keep the accounts below active**, as they are used " +"either as transitory accounts by Odoo or are specific to the **UAE " +"localization package**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:55 +msgid "Account Name" +msgstr "Назва рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:57 +msgid "102011" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:60 +msgid "102012" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:61 +msgid "Accounts Receivable (POS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:63 +msgid "201002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:64 +msgid "Payables" +msgstr "Кредиторська заборгованість" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:66 +msgid "101004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:69 +msgid "105001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:70 +msgid "Cash" +msgstr "Готівка" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:72 +msgid "100001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:73 +msgid "Liquidity Transfer" +msgstr "Транзитний рахунок" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:75 +msgid "101002" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:78 +msgid "101003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:79 +msgid "Outstanding Payments" +msgstr "Неузгоджені вихідні платежі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:81 +msgid "104041" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:82 +msgid "VAT Input" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:84 +msgid "100103" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:85 +msgid "VAT Receivable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:87 +msgid "101001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:88 +msgid "Bank Suspense Account" +msgstr "Кошти до з'ясування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:90 +msgid "201017" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:91 +msgid "VAT Output" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:93 +msgid "202001" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:94 +msgid "End of Service Provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:96 +msgid "202003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:97 +msgid "VAT Payable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:99 +msgid "999999" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:100 +msgid "Undistributed Profits/Losses" +msgstr "Нерозподілені доходи/витрати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:102 +msgid "400003" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:103 +msgid "Basic Salary" +msgstr "Основна заробітна плата" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:105 +msgid "400004" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:106 +msgid "Housing Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:108 +msgid "400005" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:109 +msgid "Transportation Allowance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:111 +msgid "400008" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:112 +msgid "End of Service Indemnity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To access your taxes, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration -->" +" Taxes`. Activate/deactivate, or :doc:`configure " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes/>` the taxes relevant to your " +"business by clicking on them. Remember to only set tax accounts on the " +"**5%** tax group, as other groups do not need closing. To do so, enable the " +":doc:`developer mode <../../general/developer_mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Tax Groups`. Then, set a :guilabel:`Tax " +"current account (payable)`, :guilabel:`Tax current account (receivable)`, " +"and an :guilabel:`Advance Tax payment account` for the **5%** group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:127 +msgid "The :abbr:`RCM (Reverse Charge Mechanism)` is supported by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Preview of the UAE localization package's taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:134 +msgid "Currency exchange rates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:136 +msgid "" +"To update the currency exchange rates, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Currencies`. Click on the update button " +"(:guilabel:`🗘`) found next to the :guilabel:`Next Run` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:140 +msgid "" +"To launch the update automatically at set intervals, change the " +":guilabel:`Interval` from :guilabel:`Manually` to the desired frequency." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the UAE Central Bank exchange rates web service is used. Several" +" other providers are available under the :guilabel:`Service` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:150 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Зарплата" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:152 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UAE - Payroll` module creates the necessary **salary rules** " +"in the Payroll app in compliance with the UAE rules and regulations. The " +"salary rules are linked to the corresponding accounts in the **chart of " +"accounts**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "The UAE Employee Payroll Structure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:161 +msgid "Salary rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:163 +msgid "" +"To apply these rules to an employee's contract, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Contracts --> Contracts` and select the " +"employee's contract. In the :guilabel:`Salary Structure Type` field, select " +":guilabel:`UAE Employee`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst-1 +msgid "Select the Salary Structure Type to apply to the contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Salary Information` tab, you can find details such as " +"the:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:173 +msgid ":guilabel:`Wage`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Housing Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Transportation Allowance`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:176 +msgid ":guilabel:`Other Allowances`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:177 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of Days`: used to calculate the :ref:`end of service " +"provision <uae-end-of-service-provision>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"**Leave deductions** are calculated using a salary rule linked to the " +"**unpaid leave** time-off type;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Any other deductions or reimbursements are made *manually* using other " +"inputs;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:184 +msgid "" +"**Overtimes** are added *manually* by going to :menuselection:`Work Entries " +"--> Work Entries`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:185 +msgid "" +"**Salary attachments** are generated by going to :menuselection:`Contracts " +"--> Salary Attachments`. Then, :guilabel:`Create` an attachment and select " +"the :guilabel:`Employee` and the :guilabel:`Type (Attachment of Salary, " +"Assignment of Salary, Child Support)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To prevent a rule from appearing on a paycheck, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Rules`. Click on " +":guilabel:`UAE Employee Payroll Structure`, select the rule to hide, and " +"uncheck :guilabel:`Appears on Payslip`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:197 +msgid "End of service provision" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"The provision is defined as the total monthly allowance *divided* by 30 and " +"then *multiplied* by the number of days set in the field :guilabel:`Number " +"of days` at the bottom of a contract's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The provision is then calculated via a salary rule associated with two " +"accounts: the **End Of Service Indemnity (Expense account)** and the **End " +"of Service Provision (Non-current Liabilities account)**. The latter is used" +" to pay off the **end of service amount** by settling it with the **payables" +" account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:208 +msgid "" +"The end of service amount is calculated based on the gross salary and the " +"start and end dates of the employee’s contract." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The UAE localization package allows the generation of invoices in English, " +"Arabic, or both. The localization also includes a line to display the **VAT " +"amount** per line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:3 +msgid "United Kingdom" +msgstr "Великобританія" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:8 +msgid "" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the :guilabel:`UK - Accounting` and the " +":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports` modules to get all the features of the " +"UK localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:18 +msgid "`l10n_uk`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:19 +msgid "CT600-ready chart of accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:20 +msgid "VAT100-ready tax structure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:21 +msgid "Infologic UK counties listing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:23 +msgid "`l10n_uk_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:24 +msgid "Accounting reports for the UK" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:25 +msgid "Allows sending the tax report via the MTD-VAT API to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo uk packages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:32 +msgid "Only UK-based companies can submit reports to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Installing the module :guilabel:`UK - Accounting Reports` installs all two " +"modules at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:36 +msgid "" +"`HM Revenue & Customs <https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/hm-" +"revenue-customs/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:37 +msgid "" +"`Overview of Making Tax Digital " +"<https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/making-tax-digital/overview-of-" +"making-tax-digital/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The UK chart of accounts is included in the :guilabel:`UK - Accounting` " +"module. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: " +"Chart of Accounts` to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Setup your :abbr:`CoA (chart of accounts)` by going to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Accounting " +"Import section` and choose to :guilabel:`Review Manually` or " +":guilabel:`Import (recommended)` your initial balances." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:53 +msgid "" +"As part of the localization module, UK taxes are created automatically with " +"their related financial accounts and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes` " +"to update the :guilabel:`Default Taxes`, the :guilabel:`Tax Return " +"Periodicity` or to :guilabel:`Configure your tax accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To edit existing taxes or to :guilabel:`Create` a new tax, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:64 +msgid ":doc:`taxes <../accounting/taxes>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Tutorial: `Tax report and return <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/tax-" +"report-and-return-1719?fullscreen=1>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:69 +msgid "Making Tax Digital (MTD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In the UK, all VAT-registered businesses have to follow the MTD rules by " +"using software to submit their VAT returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The **UK - Accounting Reports** module enables you to comply with the `HM " +"Revenue & Customs <https://www.gov.uk/government/organisations/hm-revenue-" +"customs/>`_ requirements regarding `Making Tax Digital " +"<https://www.gov.uk/government/publications/making-tax-digital/overview-of-" +"making-tax-digital/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:80 +msgid "" +"If your periodic submission is more than three months late, it is no longer " +"possible to submit it through Odoo, as Odoo only retrieves open bonds from " +"the last three months. Your submission has to be done manually by contacting" +" HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:87 +msgid "Register your company to HMRC before the first submission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Tax report` and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect to HMRC`. Enter your company information on the HMRC " +"platform. You only need to do it once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When entering your VAT number, do not add the GB country code. Only the 9 " +"digits are required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:97 +msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Import your obligations HMRC, filter on the period you want to submit, and " +"send your tax report by clicking :guilabel:`Send to HMRC`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:103 +msgid "Periodic submission to HMRC for multi-company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Only one company and one user can connect to HMRC simultaneously. If several" +" UK-based companies are on the same database, the user who submits the HMRC " +"report must follow these instructions before each submission:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:109 +msgid "Log into the company for which the submission has to be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Go to :guilabel:`General Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Users` section, " +"click :guilabel:`Manage Users`. Select the user who is connected to HMRC." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`UK HMRC Integration` tab and click :guilabel:`Reset " +"Authentication Credentials` or :guilabel:`Remove Authentication Credentials`" +" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:114 +msgid "" +"You can now :ref:`register your company to HMRC <uk_localization/hmrc-" +"registration>` and submit the tax report for this company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:116 +msgid "Repeat the steps for other companies' HMRC submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:119 +msgid "" +"During this process, the :guilabel:`Connect to HMRC` button no longer " +"appears for other UK-based companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:5 +msgid "Payment providers (credit cards, online payments)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Odoo embeds several **payment providers** that allow your customers to pay " +"on their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay sales " +"orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " +"favorite payment methods such as **Credit Cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Offering several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " +"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" +" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Pay online in the customer portal and select which payment provider to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Odoo apps delegate the handling of sensitive information to the certified " +"payment provider so that you don't ever have to worry about PCI compliance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"This means that no sensitive information (such as credit card numbers) is " +"stored on Odoo servers or Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo " +"apps use a unique reference number to the data stored safely in the payment " +"providers' systems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:50 +msgid "Supported payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:52 +msgid "" +"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " +"providers: the payment providers that are third-party services and require " +"you to follow another accounting workflow, and the payments that go directly" +" on the bank account and follow the usual reconciliation workflow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:59 +msgid "Online payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:67 +msgid "Payment flow from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:68 +msgid ":ref:`Tokenization <payment_providers/features/tokenization>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:69 +msgid ":ref:`Manual capture <payment_providers/features/manual_capture>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:70 +msgid ":ref:`Refunds <payment_providers/features/refund>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:71 +msgid ":ref:`Express checkout <payment_providers/features/express_checkout>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:72 +msgid ":ref:`Extra fees <payment_providers/features/extra_fees>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen <payment_providers/adyen>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:95 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:155 +msgid "|V|" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:153 +msgid "Full only" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:154 +msgid "Full and partial" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:80 +msgid "" +":doc:`Amazon Payment Services <payment_providers/amazon_payment_services>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:151 +msgid "The provider website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:87 +msgid ":doc:`AsiaPay <payment_providers/asiapay>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:94 +msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <payment_providers/authorize>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:101 +msgid ":doc:`Buckaroo <payment_providers/buckaroo>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:108 +msgid ":doc:`Flutterwave <payment_providers/flutterwave>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:115 +msgid ":doc:`Mercado Pago <payment_providers/mercado_pago>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:122 +msgid ":doc:`Mollie <payment_providers/mollie>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:129 +msgid ":doc:`PayPal <payment_providers/paypal>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`Razorpay <payment_providers/razorpay>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`SIPS <payment_providers/sips>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:150 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe <payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Some of these online payment providers can also be added as :doc:`bank " +"accounts <../finance/accounting/bank>`, but this is **not** the same process" +" as adding them as payment providers. Payment providers allow customers to " +"pay online, and bank accounts are added and configured on your Accounting " +"app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an accounting control process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"In addition to the regular payment providers that integrate with an API such" +" as Stripe, PayPal, or Adyen, Odoo bundles the :doc:`Demo payment provider " +"<payment_providers/demo>`. This payment provider allows you to make demo " +"payments to test business flows involving online payments. No credentials " +"are required as the demo payments are fake." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:176 +msgid "Bank payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <payment_providers/wire_transfer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " +"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " +"it on your bank account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid ":doc:`SEPA Direct Debit <../finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " +"bank account charged directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:188 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support additional features for the payment flow. " +"Refer to the :ref:`table above <payment_providers/online_providers>` to " +"check if your payment provider supports these features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:197 +msgid "Tokenization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can choose to save" +" their card for later. A **payment token** is created in Odoo and can be " +"used as a payment method for subsequent payments without having to enter the" +" card details again. This is particularly useful for the eCommerce " +"conversion rate and for subscriptions that use recurring payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Saving Payment " +"Methods` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:208 +msgid "" +"You remain fully PCI-compliant when you enable this feature because Odoo " +"does not store the card details directly. Instead, it creates a payment " +"token that only holds a reference to the card details stored on the payment " +"provider's server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:215 +msgid "Manual capture" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, you can authorize and " +"capture payments in two steps instead of one. When you authorize a payment, " +"the funds are reserved on the customer's payment method but they are not " +"immediately charged. The charge is only made when you manually capture the " +"payment later on. You can also void the authorization to release the " +"reserved funds; this is equivalent to a regular cancellation. Capturing " +"payments manually can prove itself useful in many situations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Receive the payment confirmation and wait until the order is shipped to " +"capture the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Review and verify that orders are legitimate before the payment is completed" +" and the fulfillment process starts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Avoid potentially high processing fees for cancelled payments: payment " +"providers will not charge you for voiding an authorization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Hold a security deposit to return later, minus any deductions (e.g., after a" +" damage)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Capture Amount Manually`" +" checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"To capture the payment after it was authorized, go to the related sales " +"order or invoice and click on the :guilabel:`CAPTURE TRANSACTION` button. To" +" release the funds, click on the :guilabel:`VOID TRANSACTION` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support capturing only part of the authorized amount." +" The remaining amount can then be either captured or voided. These providers" +" have the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above " +"<payment_providers/online_providers>`. The providers that only support " +"capturing or voiding the full amount have the value **Full only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The funds are likely not reserved forever. After a certain time, they may be" +" automatically released back to the customer's payment method. Refer to your" +" payment provider's documentation for the exact reservation duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " +"the manual capture from their website interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:252 +msgid "Refunds" +msgstr "Відшкодування" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, you can refund payments " +"directly from Odoo. It does not need to be enabled first. To refund a " +"customer payment, navigate to it and click on the :guilabel:`REFUND` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Some payment providers support refunding only part of the amount. The " +"remaining amount can then optionally be refunded too. These providers have " +"the value **Full and partial** in the :ref:`table above " +"<payment_providers/online_providers>`. The providers that only support " +"refunding the full amount have the value **Full only**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support this feature for all payment providers but some allow " +"to refund payments from their website interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:269 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"If your payment provider supports this feature, customers can use the " +"**Google Pay** and **Apple Pay** buttons to pay their eCommerce orders in " +"one click without filling the contact form. Using one of those buttons, " +"customers go straight from the cart to the confirmation page, stopping by " +"the payment form of Google or Apple to validate the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Enable this feature by navigating to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab from " +"your payment provider and by ticking the :guilabel:`Allow Express Checkout` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:280 +msgid "" +"All prices shown in the express checkout payment form are always taxes " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:285 +msgid "Extra Fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:287 +msgid "" +"If supported by the payment provider, you can add **extra fees** to online " +"transactions. Fees can be configured either as **fixed** amounts and " +"percentages, **variable** amounts and percentages, or *both* simultaneously." +" These can be applied according to **domestic** or **international** " +"geolocation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"To enable fees, from the *eCommerce* or *Accounting* app, head to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Providers` and select the desired " +"supported provider. Click on the :guilabel:`Fees` tab and check the " +":guilabel:`Add Extra Fees` box. Configure the settings to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:297 +msgid "Fees are calculated on the tax-included price." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:305 +msgid "" +"Each provider has its specific configuration flow, depending on :ref:`which " +"feature is available <payment_providers/online_providers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:311 +msgid "Add a new payment provider" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:313 +msgid "" +"To add a new payment provider and make it available to your customers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, look " +"for your payment provider, install the related module, and activate it. To " +"do so, open the payment provider and change its state from *Disabled* to " +"*Enabled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click on install, then on activate to make the payment provider available on" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:323 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " +"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " +"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" +" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " +"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment providers on " +"your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:15 +msgid "Credentials tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:333 +msgid "" +"If not done yet, go to the online payment provider website, create an " +"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." +" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:337 +msgid "" +"The form in this section is specific to the payment provider you are " +"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:343 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:38 +msgid "Configuration tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:345 +msgid "" +"You can change the payment provider's front-end appearance by modifying its " +"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" +" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:352 +msgid "Countries" +msgstr "Країни" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:354 +msgid "" +"Restrict the use of the payment provider to a selection of countries. Leave " +"this field blank to make the payment provider available in all countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:358 +msgid "Maximum Amount" +msgstr "Максимальна сума" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:360 +msgid "" +"Restrict the maximum amount that can be paid with the selected provider. " +"Leave this field to `0.00` to make the payment provider available regardless" +" of the payment amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:364 +msgid "" +"This feature is not intended to work on pages which allow the customer to " +"update the payment amount. For example, the **Donation** snippet of the " +"Website app, and the **Checkout** page of the **eCommerce** app when paid " +"delivery methods are enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:371 +msgid "Payment journal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:373 +msgid "" +"The **Payment journal** selected for your payment provider must be a *Bank* " +"journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:378 +msgid "Publish on the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:380 +msgid "" +"By default, payment providers are *unpublished*, which means that only " +"internal users can see them on the website. Your customers cannot make " +"payments through an unpublished provider but they can still manage " +":dfn:`(delete and assign to a subscription)` their already existing tokens " +"linked to such an provider. This conveniently allows you to test an provider" +" while preventing making payments and registering new tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:386 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Publish` button located in the top right corner of " +"the provider's form to publish it on the website and make it available to " +"your customers. Click on the :guilabel:`Unpublish` button to unpublish it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:391 +msgid "" +"Payment providers are automatically published and unpublished when you " +"respectively change their state to `enabled` and `test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:397 +msgid "Accounting perspective" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " +"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " +"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " +"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " +"advice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:404 +msgid "" +"You need to select a *Payment Journal* on your provider configuration to " +"record the payments, on a **Outstanding Account**. The Journal's **type** " +"must be *Bank Journal*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:407 +msgid "" +"You can use a single journal for many payment methods. And for each payment " +"method, you can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:409 +msgid "" +"Define an **Accounting Account** to separate these payments from another " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:410 +msgid "" +"Leave blank to fallback on the default account, which you can see or change " +"in the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst-1 +msgid "A bank journal in the \"Incoming Payments Tab\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:416 +msgid "" +"You can have the same bank account for the whole company, or for some " +"journals only, or a single payment method... What best suit your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:420 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/wire_transfer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:421 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/adyen`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:422 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/alipay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:423 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/authorize`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:424 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/asiapay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:425 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/buckaroo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:426 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/demo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:427 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mercado_pago`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:428 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/mollie`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:429 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/ogone`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:430 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/paypal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:431 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/razorpay`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:432 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/sips`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:433 +msgid ":doc:`payment_providers/stripe`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers.rst:434 +msgid ":doc:`../websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Adyen <https://www.adyen.com/>`_ is a Dutch company that offers several " +"online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/add_new`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:133 +msgid ":doc:`../payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Adyen works only with customers processing **more** than **10 million " +"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1.000** transactions **per " +"month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Adyen account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:27 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Account**: The code of the merchant account to use with Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:28 +msgid "" +":ref:`API Key <adyen/api_and_client_keys>`: The API key of the webservice " +"user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Client Key <adyen/api_and_client_keys>`: The client key of the " +"webservice user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`HMAC Key <adyen/hmac_key>`: The HMAC key of the webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Checkout API URL <adyen/urls>`: The base URL for the Checkout API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:32 +msgid "" +":ref:`Recurring API URL <adyen/urls>`: The base URL for the Recurring API " +"endpoints." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Adyen account, and paste them in the" +" related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, with an Adyen *test account*, head to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. There, " +"click on :guilabel:`Adyen`, enable :guilabel:`Test Mode` and enter your " +"credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "API Key and Client Key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the API Key and the Client Key, log into your Adyen " +"account, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Credentials`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:51 +msgid "If you already have an API user, open it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:52 +msgid "If you don't have an API user yet, click on **Create new credential**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Server settings --> Authentification` and copy or " +"generate your **API Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you'll not be " +"allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Now, head to :menuselection:`Client settings --> Authentification` and cody " +"or generate your **Client Key**. This is also the place where you can " +":ref:`allow payments to be made from your website <adyen/allowed_origins>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "HMAC key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the HMAC Key, you'll need to configure a `Standard " +"Notification` webhook. For this, log into your Adyen account then go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks --> Add webhook --> Add Standard " +"notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a webhook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:75 +msgid "" +"There, in :menuselection:`General --> Server configuration --> URL`, enter " +"your server address followed by `/payment/adyen/notification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the notification URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then enter :menuselection:`Security --> HMAC Key --> Generate`. Be careful " +"to copy the key as you will not be allowed to do it later without generating" +" a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Generate a HMAC key and save it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:89 +msgid "You have to save the webhook to finalize its creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:94 +msgid "API URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:96 +msgid "" +"All Adyen API URLs include a customer area-specific prefix generated by " +"Adyen. To configure the URLs, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Log into your Adyen account, then go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API " +"URLs`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Copy the :guilabel:`Prefix` for your live Customer area (i.e., **data " +"center**) and save it for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the prefix for the Adyen APIs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:106 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, :ref:`navigate to the payment provider Adyen " +"<payment_providers/add_new>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Checkout API URL` field, enter the following URL and " +"replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " +"`https://yourprefix-checkout-live.adyenpayments.com/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:110 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Recurring API URL` field, enter the following URL and " +"replace `yourprefix` with the prefix you previously saved: " +"`https://yourprefix-pal-live.adyenpayments.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Adyen as a test, you can use the following URLs instead:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:117 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkout API URL`: `https://checkout-test.adyen.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurring API URL`: `https://pal-" +"test.adyen.com/pal/servlet/Recurring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:121 +msgid "Adyen Account" +msgstr "Обліковий запис Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:126 +msgid "Allow payments from a specific origin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:128 +msgid "" +"To allow payment originated from your website, follow the steps in " +":ref:`adyen/api_and_client_keys` to navigate to your API user and go to " +":menuselection:`Add allowed origins`, then add the URLs from where payments " +"will be made (the URLs of the servers hosting your Odoo instances)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Allows payments originated from a specific domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:41 +msgid "Place a hold on a card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Adyen allows you to capture an amount manually instead of having an " +"immediate capture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:141 +msgid "" +"To set it up, enable the **Capture Amount Manually** option on Odoo, as " +"explained in the :ref:`payment providers documentation " +"<payment_providers/features/manual_capture>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Then, open your Adyen Merchant Account, go to :menuselection:`Account --> " +"Settings`, and set the **Capture Delay** to **manual**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst-1 +msgid "Capture Delay settings in Adyen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually, make sure to set the " +"**Capture Delay** to **manual** on Adyen. Otherwise, the transaction will be" +" blocked in the authorized state in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Odoo doesn't support the partial capture yet. Be aware that if you make a " +"partial capture from Adyen's interface, Odoo will manage it as if it was a " +"full capture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/adyen.rst:159 +msgid "" +"After **7 days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, the customer " +"has the right to **revoke** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:3 +msgid "Alipay" +msgstr "Alipay" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Alipay <https://www.alipay.com/>`_ is an online payments platform " +"established in China by Alibaba Group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The provider Alipay is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`asiapay` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Alipay account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**Account**: Depending on where you are situated - `Express Checkout` if " +"your are a Chinese Merchant. - `Cross-border` if you are not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:25 +msgid "" +"**Alipay Seller Email**: Your public Alipay partner email (for express " +"checkout only)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Merchant Partner ID**: The public partner ID solely used to identify the " +"account with Alipay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:27 +msgid "**MD5 Signature Key**: The signature key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:29 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Alipay account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Alipay account, they are on the front page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/alipay.rst:35 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Alipay as a test, in the *sandbox*, change the **State** " +"to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, rather than" +" on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:3 +msgid "Amazon Payment Services" +msgstr "Платіжні послуги Amazon" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Amazon Payment Services <https://paymentservices.amazon.com/>`_ or APS is " +"an online payment provider established in Dubai offering several online " +"payment options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on APS Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into your `Amazon Payment Services Dashboard " +"<https://fort.payfort.com/>`_ and go to :menuselection:`Integration Settings" +" --> Security Settings`. Generate the :guilabel:`Access Code` if none has " +"been generated yet. Copy the values of the :guilabel:`Merchant Identifier`, " +":guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and :guilabel:`SHA " +"Response Phrase` fields, and save them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo database URL in the :guilabel:`Origin URL`, for example: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Technical Settings` and" +" click on :guilabel:`Redirection`. Make sure :guilabel:`Status` is set to " +"`Active` and select your preferred payment methods underneath in " +":guilabel:`Payment Options`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Set :guilabel:`Send Response Parameters` to :guilabel:`Yes` and enter your " +"database URL followed by `/payment/aps/return` in the :guilabel:`Redirection" +" URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/return`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your database URL followed by `/payment/aps/webhook` in the " +":guilabel:`Direct Transaction Feedback` and :guilabel:`Notification URL` " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "For example `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/aps/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:0 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Save Changes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Integration Settings --> Payment Page Template` you " +"can customize the look and feel of the Amazon Payment Services payment page " +"(where customers fill out their credit card details during payment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:39 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Amazon Payment Services " +"<payment_providers/add_new>`, change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`, and " +"make sure it is :guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Merchant " +"Identifier`, :guilabel:`Access Code`, :guilabel:`SHA Request Phrase` and " +":guilabel:`SHA Response Phrase` with the values you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/aps/configure-dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/amazon_payment_services.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:36 +msgid "Configure the rest of the options to your liking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:3 +msgid "AsiaPay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`AsiaPay <https://www.asiapay.com/>`_ is an online payments provider " +"established in Hong Kong and covering several Asian countries and payment " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on AsiaPay Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `AsiaPay Dashboard " +"<https://www.paydollar.com/b2c2/eng/merchant/index.jsp>`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Profile --> Account Information`. Copy the values of the " +":guilabel:`Currency` and :guilabel:`Secure Hash` fields and save them for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Profile --> Payment Account Settings` and enable the " +"options :guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Enter your Odoo database URL followed by `/payment/asiapay/webhook` in the " +":guilabel:`Return Value Link (Datefeed)` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/asiapay/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Test` to check if the webhook is working correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:22 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Update` to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider AsiaPay <payment_providers/add_new>` " +"and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Merchant ID`, " +":guilabel:`Currency`, and :guilabel:`Secure Hash Secret` with the values you" +" saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/asiapay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"By default, the payment provider AsiaPay is configured to verify the secret " +"hash with the hash function `SHA1`. If a different function is :ref:`set on " +"your account <payment_providers/asiapay/configure_dashboard>`, activate the " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and set the same value to the field " +":guilabel:`Secure Hash Function` in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:3 +msgid "Authorize.Net" +msgstr "Authorize.Net" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`_ is a United States-based online" +" payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " +"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**API Login ID**: The ID solely used to identify the account with " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:21 +msgid "**API Transaction Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:22 +msgid "**API Signature Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:23 +msgid "**API Client Key**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " +":menuselection:`Account --> Settings --> Security Settings --> API " +"Credentials & Keys`, generate your **Transaction Key** and **Signature " +"Key**, and paste them on the related fields in Odoo. Then, click on " +"**Generate Client Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To test Authorize.Net with a *sandbox* account, change the :guilabel:`State`" +" to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:34 +msgid "" +"If you use the :guilabel:`Test Mode` with a regular account, it results in " +"the following error: *The merchant login ID or password is invalid or the " +"account is inactive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:43 +msgid "" +"With Authorize.Net, you can enable the :ref:`manual capture " +"<payment_providers/features/manual_capture>`. If enabled, the funds are " +"reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not charged yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:48 +msgid "" +"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " +"Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:54 +msgid "ACH payments (USA only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:56 +msgid "" +":abbr:`ACH (automated clearing house)` is an electronic funds transfer " +"system used between bank accounts in the United States." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To give customers the possibility to pay using ACH, `sign up for " +"Authorize.Net eCheck's service " +"<https://www.authorize.net/payments/echeck.html>`_. Once eCheck is " +"activated, duplicate the previously configured Authorize.Net payment " +"provider on Odoo by going to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Payment Providers --> Authorize.net --> ⛭ Action --> Duplicate`. Then, " +"change the provider's name to differentiate both versions (e.g., " +"`Authorize.net - Banks`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Open the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, set the :guilabel:`Allow Payments " +"From` field to :guilabel:`Bank Account (USA only)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When ready, change the provider's :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Enabled` " +"for a regular account or :guilabel:`Test Mode` for a sandbox account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:75 +msgid "Import an Authorize.Net statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:78 +msgid "Export from Authorize.Net" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:84 +msgid "" +"`Download the Excel import template " +"<https://docs.google.com/spreadsheets/d/1CMVtBWLLVIrUpYA92paw-" +"cL7-WdKLbaa/edit?usp=share_link&ouid=105295722917050444558&rtpof=true&sd=true>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:86 +msgid "To export a statement:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:88 +msgid "Log in to Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Account --> Statements --> eCheck.Net Settlement " +"Statement`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Define an export range using an *opening* and *closing* batch settlement. " +"All transactions within the two batch settlements will be exported to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Select all transactions within the desired range, copy them, and paste them " +"into the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import " +"template <authorize-import-template>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting Authorize.Net transactions to import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst-1 +msgid "Settlement batch of an Authorize.Net statement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In this case, the first batch (01/01/2021) of the year belongs to the " +"settlement of 12/31/2020, so the **opening** settlement is from 12/31/2020." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:108 +msgid "Once the data is in the :guilabel:`Report 1 Download` sheet:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:110 +msgid "Go to the :guilabel:`Transaction Search` tab on Authorize.Net." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Settlement Date` section, select the previously used " +"range of batch settlement dates in the :guilabel:`From:` and :guilabel:`To:`" +" fields and click :guilabel:`Search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:113 +msgid "When the list has been generated, click :guilabel:`Download to File`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:114 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, select :guilabel:`Expanded Fields with CAVV " +"Response/Comma Separated`, enable :guilabel:`Include Column Headings`, and " +"click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Open the text file, select :guilabel:`All`, copy the data, and paste it into" +" the :guilabel:`Report 2 Download` sheet of the :ref:`Excel import template " +"<authorize-import-template>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Transit lines are automatically filled in and updated in the " +":guilabel:`transit for report 1` and :guilabel:`transit for report 2` sheets" +" of the :ref:`Excel import template <authorize-import-template>`. Make sure " +"all entries are present, and **if not**, copy the formula from previously " +"filled-in lines of the :guilabel:`transit for report 1` or :guilabel:`2` " +"sheets and paste it into the empty lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To get the correct closing balance, **do not remove** any line from the " +"Excel sheets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:128 +msgid "Import into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:130 +msgid "To import the data into Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:132 +msgid "Open the :ref:`Excel import template <authorize-import-template>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Copy the data from the :guilabel:`transit for report 2` sheet and use *paste" +" special* to only paste the values in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` " +"sheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Look for *blue* cells in the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet. These are" +" chargeback entries without any reference number. As they cannot be imported" +" as such, go to :menuselection:`Authorize.Net --> Account --> Statements -->" +" eCheck.Net Settlement Statement`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:138 +msgid "Look for :guilabel:`Charge Transaction/Chargeback`, and click it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Copy the invoice description, paste it into the :guilabel:`Label` cell of " +"the :guilabel:`Odoo Import to CSV` sheet, and add `Chargeback /` before the " +"description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:141 +msgid "" +"If there are multiple invoices, add a line into the :ref:`Excel import " +"template <authorize-import-template>` for each invoice and copy/paste the " +"description into each respective :guilabel:`Label` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:146 +msgid "" +"For **combined chargeback/returns** in the payouts, create a new line in the" +" :ref:`Excel import template <authorize-import-template>` for each invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:0 +msgid "Chargeback description" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Next, delete *zero transaction* and *void transaction* line items, and " +"change the format of the :guilabel:`Amount` column in the :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Import to CSV` sheet to *Number*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`eCheck.Net Settlement Statement --> Search for a " +"Transaction` and search again for the previously used batch settlements " +"dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Verify that the batch settlement dates on eCheck.Net match the related " +"payments' dates found in the :guilabel:`Date` column of the :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Import to CSV`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If it does not match, replace the date with the one from eCheck.Net. Sort " +"the column by *date*, and make sure the format is `MM/DD/YYYY`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Copy the data - column headings included - from the :guilabel:`Odoo Import " +"to CSV` sheet, paste it into a new Excel file, and save it using the CSV " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Open the Accounting app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Journals`, " +"tick the :guilabel:`Authorize.Net` box, and click :menuselection:`Favorites " +"--> Import records --> Load file`. Select the CSV file and upload it into " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize.rst:169 +msgid "" +"List of `eCheck.Net return codes " +"<https://support.authorize.net/knowledgebase/Knowledgearticle/?code=000001293>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:3 +msgid "Buckaroo" +msgstr "Buckaroo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Buckaroo <https://www.buckaroo.eu/>`_ is a Dutch-based company that offers " +"several online payment possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Buckaroo Plaza" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Buckaroo Plaza <https://plaza.buckaroo.nl>`_, go to " +":menuselection:`My Buckaroo --> Websites` and select the :guilabel:`Push " +"settings` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable Push Response` check box in the " +":guilabel:`Delayed and Push responses` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Enter the URL of your Odoo database, followed by `/payment/buckaroo/webhook`" +" in both the :guilabel:`Push URI Success/Pending` and :guilabel:`Push URI " +"Failure` text fields. For example: " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/buckaroo/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:20 +msgid "Leave the other fields as they are and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:21 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`General` tab, copy the website :guilabel:`Key` (i.e., the " +"key used to uniquely identify your website with Buckaroo) and save it for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Security --> Secret key`, enter or " +":guilabel:`Generate` a :guilabel:`Secret key` and click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Save the key for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Buckaroo <payment_providers/add_new>`" +" and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Website Key` and " +":guilabel:`Secret Key` fields with the values you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/buckaroo/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/buckaroo.rst:34 +msgid "Configure the options in the other tabs to your liking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:3 +msgid "Demo" +msgstr "Демо" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's **Demo Payment Provider** allows you to test business flows involving" +" online transactions without requiring real banking credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:15 +msgid "Switch the state to :guilabel:`Test Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:18 +msgid "Payment outcome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Upon checkout or when paying a bill online, you can choose the payment " +"outcome when using the demo payment provider. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Payment Status` drop-down menu and select the desired outcome." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 +msgid "Payment status outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:29 +msgid "Transaction state" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If you selected :guilabel:`Pending` as **payment outcome**, you can change " +"the state of the transaction straight from its form view. To access a " +"transaction's form view, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website --> Configuration -->" +" Payment Transactions`. Then, change the status of a transaction by clicking" +" on the state bar (:guilabel:`Draft, Pending, Authorized, Confirmed, " +"Canceled, Error`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/demo.rst-1 +msgid "Transaction's status bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:3 +msgid "Flutterwave" +msgstr "Flutterwave" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Flutterwave <https://flutterwave.com/>`_ is an online payments provider " +"established in Nigeria and covering several African countries and payment " +"methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Flutterwave Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Flutterwave Dashboard <https://dashboard.flutterwave.com/>`_ and " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> API`. Copy the values of the " +":guilabel:`Public Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save them for " +"later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks` and enter your Odoo database " +"URL followed by `/payment/flutterwave/webhook` in the :guilabel:`URL` text " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:0 +msgid "" +"For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/flutterwave/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Fill the :guilabel:`Secret hash` with a password that you generate and save " +"its value for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:20 +msgid "Make sure *all* the remaining checkboxes are ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:21 +msgid "Click on **Save** to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst-1 +msgid "Flutterwave settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Flutterwave " +"<payment_providers/add_new>` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Public Key`, " +":guilabel:`Secret Key`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " +"saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/flutterwave/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/flutterwave.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you choose to allow saving payment methods, it is recommended to only " +"enable card payments from Flutterwave dashboard, as only cards can be saved " +"as payment tokens. To do so, go to your Flutterwave Dashboard and then to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Account Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:3 +msgid "Mercado Pago" +msgstr "Mercado Pago" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mercado Pago <https://www.mercadopago.com/>`_ is an online payment provider" +" covering several countries, currencies and payment methods in Latin " +"America." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Mercado Pago Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Mercado Pago Dashboard " +"<https://www.mercadopago.com.mx/developers/panel>`_ and select your " +"application or create a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Credenciales de producción` in the left part of the " +"application page, then select the industry, optionally enter your domain, " +"and click :guilabel:`Activar credenciales de producción`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:18 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Access token` and save it for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mercado Pago as a test, select :guilabel:`Credienciales de" +" prueba` in the left part of the application page, then copy the test " +":guilabel:`Access token`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:29 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Mercado Pago " +"<payment_providers/add_new>` and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mercado_pago.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Access Token` " +"with the value you saved at the step " +":ref:`payment_providers/mercado_pago/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:3 +msgid "Mollie" +msgstr "Mollie" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Mollie <https://www.mollie.com/>`_ is an online payments platform " +"established in the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your Mollie account, " +"which comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:18 +msgid "" +"**API Key**: The test or live API Key depending on the configuration of the " +"provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:20 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your Mollie account, and paste them in " +"the related fields under the **Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To retrieve your API key, log into your Mollie account, go to " +":menuselection:`Developers --> API keys`, and copy your Test or Live **API " +"Key**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/mollie.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are trying Mollie as a test, with the Test API key, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:3 +msgid "Ogone" +msgstr "Ogone" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Ogone <https://www.ingenico.com/>`_, also known as **Ingenico Payment " +"Services** is a France-based company that provides the technology involved " +"in secure electronic transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Ogone's documentation <https://epayments-support.ingenico.com/get-" +"started/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The provider Ogone is deprecated. It is recommended to use :doc:`stripe` " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:16 +msgid "Settings in Ogone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:19 +msgid "Create an API user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Log into your Ogone account and head to the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You need to create an **API user** to be used in the creation of " +"transactions from Odoo. While you can use your main account to do so, using " +"an **API user** ensures that if the credentials used in Odoo are leaked, no " +"access to your Ogone configuration is possible. Additionally, passwords for " +"**API users** do not need to be updated regularly, unlike normal users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To create an **API user**, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Users` " +"and click on :guilabel:`New User`. The following fields must be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`UserID`: you can choose anything you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`User's Name, E-mail and Timezone`: you can enter the information " +"you want." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Profile`: should be set to :guilabel:`Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Special user for API`: should be checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After the creation of the user, you are required to generate a password. " +"Save the password and **UserID**, as they will be required later on during " +"the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If you already have an user set up, make sure it is activated without any " +"error. If not, simply click the :guilabel:`Activate(Errors)` button to reset" +" the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:46 +msgid "Set up Ogone for Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Ogone must now be configured to accept payments from Odoo. Head to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Global Security " +"Parameters`, select :guilabel:`SHA-512` as :guilabel:`Hash Algorithm` and " +":guilabel:`UTF-8` as :guilabel:`character encoding`. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Data and Origin verification` tab of the same page and leave the " +"URL field of the :guilabel:`e-Commerce and Alias Gateway` section blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If you need to use another algorithm, such as `sha-1` or `sha-256`, within " +"Odoo, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and go to the " +"**Payment Providers** page in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration " +"--> Payment Providers`. Click on :guilabel:`Ogone`, and in the " +":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, select the algorithm you wish to use in the " +":guilabel:`Hash function` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:61 +msgid "" +"You are now required to generate **SHA-IN** passphrases. **SHA-IN** and " +"**SHA-OUT** passphrases are used to digitally sign the transaction requests " +"and responses between Odoo and Ogone. By using these secret passphrases and " +"the `sha-1` algorithm, both systems can ensure that the information they " +"receive from the other was not altered or tampered with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Enter the same **SHA-IN** passphrase in both :guilabel:`Checks for " +"e-Commerce & Alias Gateway` and :guilabel:`Checks for DirectLink and Batch " +"(Automatic)`. You can leave the IP address field blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Your **SHA-IN** and **SHA-OUT** passphrases should be different, and between" +" 16 and 32 characters long. Make sure to use the same **SHA-IN** and **SHA-" +"OUT** passphrases throughout the entire Ogone configuration, as Odoo only " +"allows a single **SHA-IN** and single **SHA-OUT** passphrase." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to retrieve the **SHA-OUT** key, log into your Ogone account, go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information --> Transaction " +"feedback --> All transaction submission modes`, and get or generate your " +"**API Key** and **Client Key**. Be careful to copy your API key as you’ll " +"not be allowed to get it later without generating a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When done, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Technical Information " +"--> Transaction Feedback` and check the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`URL` fields for :guilabel:`HTTP redirection in the browser` " +"can be left empty, as Odoo will specify these URLs for every transaction " +"request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`I would like to receive transaction feedback parameters on the " +"redirection URLs`: should be checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Direct HTTP server-to-server request`: should to be set to " +"`Online but switch to a deferred request when the online request fails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Both **URL** fields should contain the same following URL, with `<example>` " +"replaced by your database: `https://<example>/payment/ogone/return`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamic eCommerce Parameters` should contain the following " +"values: `ALIAS`, `AMOUNT`, `CARDNO`, `CN`, `CURRENCY`, `IP`, `NCERROR` " +"`ORDERID`, `PAYID`, `PM`, `STATUS`, `TRXDATE`. Other parameters can be " +"included (if you have another integration with Ogone that requires them), " +"but are not advised." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:94 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`All transaction submission modes` section, fill out **SHA-" +"OUT** passphrase and disable `HTTP request for status change`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To allow your customers to save their credit card credentials for future " +"use, head to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Alias --> My alias " +"information`. From this tab, you can configure how the user can have its " +"card details saved, for how long the information is saved, if a checkbox to " +"save the card information should be displayed, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:89 +msgid "Settings in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/ogone.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To set up Ogone in Odoo, head to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Payment Providers` and open the Ogone provider. In the " +":guilabel:`Credentials` tab, enter the **PSPID** of your Ogone account, and " +"fill out the other fields as configured in your :ref:`Ogone portal " +"<ogone/ogone>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:3 +msgid "PayPal" +msgstr "PayPal" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/>`_ is an American online payment provider " +"available worldwide, and one of the few that does not charge a subscription " +"fee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:9 +msgid "Settings in PayPal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To access your PayPal account settings, log into PayPal, open the " +":guilabel:`Account Settings`, and open the :guilabel:`Website payments` " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst-1 +msgid "PayPal account menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Note that for PayPal to work **in Odoo**, the options :ref:`Auto Return " +"<paypal/auto-return>`, :ref:`PDT <paypal/pdt>`, and :ref:`IPN <paypal/ipn>` " +"**must** all be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:25 +msgid "Auto Return" +msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:27 +msgid "" +"The **Auto Return** feature automatically redirects customers to Odoo once " +"the payment is processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From :guilabel:`Website payments`, go to :menuselection:`Website preferences" +" --> Update --> Auto return for website payments --> Auto return` and select" +" :guilabel:`On`. Enter the address of your Odoo database (e.g., " +"`https://yourcompany.odoo.com`) in the :guilabel:`Return URL` field, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Any URL does the job. Odoo only needs the setting to be enabled since it " +"uses another URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:40 +msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" +msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:42 +msgid "" +":abbr:`PDT (Payment Data Transfer)` allows to receive payment confirmations," +" displays the payment status to the customers, and verifies the authenticity" +" of the payments. From :menuselection:`Website preferences --> Update`, " +"scroll down to :guilabel:`Payment data transfer` and select :guilabel:`On`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:47 +msgid "" +"PayPal displays your **PDT Identity Token** as soon as :ref:`Auto return " +"<paypal/auto-return>` and :ref:`Payment Data Transfer (PDT) <paypal/pdt>` " +"are enabled. If you need the **PDT Identity Token**, disable and re-enable " +":guilabel:`Payment data transfer` to display the token again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:54 +msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" +msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:56 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IPN (Instant Payment Notifications)` is similar to **PDT**, but " +"allows for more notifications, such as chargeback notifications. To enable " +"**IPN**, go to :menuselection:`Website payments --> Instant payment " +"notifications --> Update` and click :guilabel:`Choose IPN settings`. Enter a" +" :guilabel:`Notification URL`, select :guilabel:`Receive IPN messages " +"(Enabled)`, and :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:63 +msgid "PayPal Account Optional" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"We advise not to prompt customers to log in with a PayPal account upon " +"payment. It is better and more accessible for customers to pay with a " +"debit/credit card. To disable that prompt, go to :menuselection:`Account " +"Settings --> Website payments --> Update` and select :guilabel:`On` for " +":guilabel:`PayPal account optional`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:71 +msgid "Payment Messages Format" +msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:73 +msgid "" +"If you use accented characters (or anything other than primary Latin " +"characters) for customer names or addresses, then you **must** configure the" +" encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to PayPal. If you do " +"not, some transactions fail without notice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to `your production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb ?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`_. Then, click " +":guilabel:`More Options` and set the two default encoding formats as " +":guilabel:`UTF-8`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:82 +msgid "" +"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " +"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/online/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Configure your :ref:`Paypal Sandbox account <paypal/testing>`, then follow " +"this `link <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" +"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`_ to configure the " +"encoding format in a test environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:95 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Повноваження" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your PayPal account. To " +"do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Providers` and :guilabel:`Activate` PayPal. Then, enter your PayPal account " +"credentials in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email`: the login email address in Paypal;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`: the key used to verify the authenticity of " +"transactions;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:103 +msgid ":guilabel:`Use IPN`: enable for PayPal to work properly in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:106 +msgid "Save the :guilabel:`PDT Identity Token` for later use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To set the :guilabel:`PDT Identity Token`, switch to :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and retrieve the token by following the configuration " +"steps at :ref:`paypal/pdt`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:112 +msgid "The PayPal **Merchant ID** is not required in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you are trying PayPal as a test, using a :ref:`PayPal Sandbox account " +"<paypal/testing>`, change the :guilabel:`State` to :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We" +" recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your main " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:119 +msgid "Extra fees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:121 +msgid "" +"You can charge :ref:`extra fees <payment_providers/features/extra_fees>` to " +"customers choosing to pay with PayPal in order to cover the transaction fees" +" PayPal charges you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:125 +msgid "" +"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" +"fees>`_ to set up fees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Traders in the EU " +"<https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping/pricing-" +"payments/index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for paying " +"with credit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:132 +msgid "Test environment" +msgstr "Тестове середовище" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Thanks to PayPal sandbox accounts, you can test the entire payment flow in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Log into the `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`_ using " +"your PayPal credentials, which creates two sandbox accounts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:142 +msgid "" +"A business account (to use as merchants, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " +"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`_);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:144 +msgid "" +"A default personal account (to use as shoppers, e.g., " +"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`_)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Log into PayPal sandbox using the merchant account and follow the same " +"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo " +"(:menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " +"PayPal` in the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, and make sure the status is set " +"on :guilabel:`Test Mode`. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database " +"rather than your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal.rst:153 +msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." +msgstr "" +"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " +"запис Sandbox." + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:3 +msgid "Razorpay" +msgstr "Razorpay" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Razorpay <https://razorpay.com/>`_ is an online payments provider " +"established in India and covering more than 100 payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:11 +msgid "Configuration on Razorpay Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Log into `Razorpay Dashboard <https://dashboard.razorpay.com/>`_ and go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> API Keys`. Generate the new keys and copy the " +"values of the :guilabel:`Key Id` and :guilabel:`Secret Key` fields and save " +"them for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Webhooks`, click on :guilabel:`Create New" +" Webhook`, and enter your Odoo database URL followed by " +"`/payment/razorpay/webhook` in the :guilabel:`Webhook URL` text field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://example.odoo.com/payment/razorpay/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Fill the :guilabel:`Secret` field with a password of your choice and save it" +" for later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Make sure the :guilabel:`payment.authorized`, :guilabel:`payment.captured`, " +":guilabel:`payment.failed`, :guilabel:`refund.failed` and " +":guilabel:`refund.processed` checkboxes are ticked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:24 +msgid "Click on :guilabel:`Create Webhook` to finalize the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:31 +msgid "" +":ref:`Navigate to the payment provider Razorpay <payment_providers/add_new>`" +" and change its state to :guilabel:`Enabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:33 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Credentials` tab, fill the :guilabel:`Key Id`, " +":guilabel:`Key Secret`, and :guilabel:`Webhook Secret` with the values you " +"saved at the step :ref:`payment_providers/razorpay/configure_dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:39 +msgid "If you configure Odoo to capture amounts manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Be aware that the **manual voiding** of a transaction is not supported by " +"Razorpay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/razorpay.rst:42 +msgid "" +"After **five days**, if the transaction hasn't been captured yet, it'll " +"automatically be **voided**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:3 +msgid "SIPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`SIPS <https://sips.worldline.com/>`_ is an online payments solution from " +"the multinational Worldline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Odoo needs your **API Credentials** to connect with your SIPS account, which" +" comprise:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:19 +msgid "" +"**Merchant ID**: The ID solely used to identify the merchant account with " +"SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:20 +msgid "**Secret Key**: The key to sign the merchant account with SIPS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:21 +msgid "**Secret Key Version**: The version of the key, pre-filled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:22 +msgid "**Interface Version**: Pre-filled, don't change it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:24 +msgid "" +"You can copy your credentials from your SIPS environment info documentation," +" in the section **PROD**, and paste them in the related fields under the " +"**Credentials** tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/sips.rst:28 +msgid "" +"If you are trying SIPS as a test, with the *TEST* credentials, change the " +"**State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database, " +"rather than on your main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " +"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " +"payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "Link your Stripe Account with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:14 +msgid "The method to acquire your credentials depends on your hosting type:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Go to the **eCommerce** or the **Sales** app and click on the *Activate " +"Stripe* or the *Set payments* button on the onboarding banner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "Fill in the requested information and submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:38 +msgid "Confirm your email address when Stripe sends you a confirmation email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:23 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to Odoo. If you submitted all " +"the requested information, you are all set and your payment provider is " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:25 +msgid "Your can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To use your own API keys, :ref:`activate the Developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` and :ref:`enable Stripe manually <payment_providers/add_new>`. You " +"can then :ref:`Fill in your credentials <stripe/api_keys>`, :ref:`generate a" +" webhook <stripe/webhook>` and enable the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:33 +msgid "Odoo.sh or On-premise" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"At the end of the process, you are redirected to the payment provider " +"**Stripe** on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:40 +msgid ":ref:`Fill in your credentials <stripe/api_keys>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:41 +msgid ":ref:`Generate a webhook <stripe/webhook>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:42 +msgid "Enable the payment provider." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You are all set and can continue to :ref:`stripe/local-payment-methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To connect your Stripe account after the onboarding is already completed, go" +" to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Providers --> " +"Stripe` and click on the *Connect Stripe* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you are testing Stripe (in **test mode**), change the **State** to *Test " +"Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo database rather than on your " +"main database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "Fill in your credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"In case your **API Credentials** are required to connect with your Stripe " +"account, these are the credentials that must be completed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:62 +msgid "" +":ref:`Publishable Key <stripe/api_keys>`: The key solely used to identify " +"the account with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:63 +msgid "" +":ref:`Secret Key <stripe/api_keys>`: The key to sign the merchant account " +"with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:64 +msgid "" +":ref:`Webhook Signing Secret <stripe/webhook>`: When you enable your webhook" +" on your Stripe account, this signing secret must be set to authenticate the" +" messages sent from Stripe to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the publishable and secret keys, follow this `link to your API " +"keys <https://dashboard.stripe.com/account/apikeys>`_, or log into your " +"Stripe dashboard and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API Keys --> " +"Standard Keys`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Generate a webhook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In case your **Webhook Signing Secret** is required to connect with your " +"Stripe account, you can create a webhook either automatically or manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:80 +msgid "Create the webhook automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Make sure your :ref:`Publishable and Secret keys <stripe/api_keys>` are " +"filled in, then click on the *Generate your Webhook* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:85 +msgid "Create the webhook manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Visit the `webhooks page on Stripe " +"<https://dashboard.stripe.com/webhooks>`_, or log into your Stripe dashboard" +" and go to :menuselection:`Developers --> Webhooks`. Then, click on **Add " +"endpoint** in your **Hosted endpoints** and insert the following data into " +"the pop-up form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "In the **Endpoint URL**, enter your Odoo database's URL followed by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "`/payment/stripe/webhook`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "For example: `https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/stripe/webhook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:94 +msgid "" +"At the end of the form, you can **Select events** to listen to. Click on it " +"and, in the **Checkout** section, select **checkout.session.completed**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "" +"It is possible to select other events, but they are currently not processed " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When you click on **Add endpoint**, your Webhook is configured. You can then" +" click on **reveal** to display your signing secret." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "Enable local payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " +"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:113 +msgid "Bancontact" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:114 +msgid "EPS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "giropay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:116 +msgid "iDEAL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:117 +msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To enable some of these local payment methods with Stripe, list them as " +"supported payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Providers " +"--> Stripe --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the " +"**Supported Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already " +"listed, you do not have anything to do." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "Select and add icons of the payment methods you want to enable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If a payment icon record does not exist in the database and its related " +"local payment method is listed above, it is considered enabled with Stripe." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/stripe.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If a local payment method is not listed above, it is not supported and " +"cannot be enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Wire transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **Wire transfer** payment method allows you to provide payment " +"instructions to your customers, such as the bank details and communication. " +"They are displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:8 +msgid "" +"at the end of the checkout process, once the customer has selected " +":guilabel:`Wire transfer` as a payment method and clicked the :guilabel:`Pay" +" now` button:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "on the customer portal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:0 +msgid "Payment instructions on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:20 +msgid "" +"While this method is very accessible and requires minimal setup, it is very " +"inefficient process-wise. We recommend setting up a :doc:`payment provider " +"<../payment_providers>` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Online orders remain in the :guilabel:`Quotation sent` (i.e., unpaid order) " +"stage until you receive the payment and :guilabel:`Confirm` the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:26 +msgid "" +"**Wire transfer** can be used as a template for other payment methods that " +"are processed manually, such as checks, by renaming or duplicating it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To configure **Wire Transfer**, go to :menuselection:`Accounting / Website " +"--> Configuration --> Payment Providers`, and open the :guilabel:`Wire " +"Transfer` card. Then, in the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:36 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Communication` to be used;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Document Reference`: sales order or invoice number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Based on Customer ID`: customer identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Tick the :guilabel:`Enable QR codes` check box to activate :doc:`QR code " +"payments <../accounting/customer_invoices/epc_qr_code>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Define the payment instructions in the :guilabel:`Messages` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Define payment instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If you have already defined :doc:`a bank account <../accounting/bank>`, the " +"account number will be automatically added to the default message generated " +"by Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/payment_providers/wire_transfer.rst:53 +msgid ":ref:`payment_providers/journal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:3 msgid "Sign" msgstr "Підписати" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Sign** allows you to send, sign and approve documents online, using " +"electronic signatures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:7 +msgid "" +"An **electronic signature** shows a person's agreement to the content of a " +"document. Just like a handwritten signature, the electronic one represents a" +" legal bounding by the terms of the signed document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:11 +msgid "" +"With Sign, you can upload any PDF file and add fields to it. These fields " +"are automatically filled in with the user's details present in your " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Sign: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/sign>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:16 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sign-61>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:19 msgid "Validity of electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:21 msgid "" -"The legal validity of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on the" -" legislation of your country. Companies doing business abroad should " -"consider electronic signature laws of other countries as well." +"Documents signed via the Sign app are valid electronic signatures in the " +"European Union and the United States of America. They also meet the " +"requirements for electronic signatures in most countries. The legal validity" +" of electronic signatures generated by Odoo depends on your country's " +"legislation. Companies doing business abroad should also consider other " +"countries' electronic signature laws." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:10 -msgid "In the European Union" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 +msgid "European Union" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "" "The `eIDAS regulation <http://data.europa.eu/eli/reg/2014/910/oj>`_ " -"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in all `27 member states" +"establishes the framework for electronic signatures in the `27 member states" " of the European Union <https://europa.eu/european-union/about-" -"eu/countries_en>`_." +"eu/countries_en>`_. It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:16 -msgid "It distinguishes three types of electronic signatures:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:35 +msgid "Simple electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:18 -msgid "Electronic signatures" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:36 msgid "Advanced electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:37 msgid "Qualified electronic signatures" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:39 msgid "" -"Odoo generates the first type, regular electronic signatures, and these " -"signatures can produce legal effects in the EU, as the regulation states " -"that “an electronic signature shall not be denied legal effect and " -"admissibility as evidence in legal proceedings solely on the grounds that it" -" is in an electronic form or that it does not meet the requirements for " -"qualified electronic signatures.”" +"Odoo generates the first type, **simple electronic signatures**; these " +"signatures are legally valid in the EU, as stated in the eIDAS regulation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:42 msgid "" -"Note that electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as " -"valid. You may need to bring supporting evidence of a signature’s validity." +"Electronic signatures may not be automatically recognized as valid. You may " +"need to bring supporting evidence of a signature's validity. While the Sign " +"app provides a simple electronic signature, some supporting evidence is " +"automatically collected during the signature process, such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:31 -msgid "In the United States of America" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:47 +msgid "Email and SMS validation (if enabled)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Strong identity proof through itsme® (available in Belgium and the " +"Netherlands)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Timestamped, IP and geographically traceable access logs to the documents " +"and their associated signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Document traceability and inalterability (any alteration made to a signed " +"document is detected by Odoo with the use of cryptographic proofs)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:55 +msgid "United States of America" +msgstr "Сполучені Штати Америки" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:57 msgid "" "The `ESIGN Act (Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act) " "<https://www.fdic.gov/regulations/compliance/manual/10/X-3.1.pdf>`_, at the " "interstate and international levels, and the `UETA (Uniform Electronic " "Transactions Act) <https://www.uniformlaws.org/committees/community-" -"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-" -"d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_, at the state level, provide the legal " -"framework for electronic signatures. Note that `Illinois " +"home/librarydocuments?communitykey=2c04b76c-2b7d-4399-977e-d5876ba7e034&tab=librarydocuments>`_," +" at the state level, provide the legal framework for electronic signatures. " +"Note that `Illinois " "<https://www.ilga.gov/legislation/ilcs/ilcs5.asp?ActID=89&>`_ and `New York " "<https://its.ny.gov/electronic-signatures-and-records-act-esra>`_ have not " "adopted the UETA, but similar acts instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:66 msgid "" "Overall, to be recognized as valid, electronic signatures have to meet five " "criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:68 msgid "" -"A signer must show a clear intent to sign. For example, using a mouse to " -"draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to " -"opt-out of electronically signing a document." +"The signer must show a clear **intent to sign**. For example, using a mouse " +"to draw a signature can show intent. The signer must also have the option to" +" opt out of the electronic document." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:70 msgid "" -"A signer must first express or imply their consent to conduct business " -"electronically." +"The signer must first express or imply their **consent to conduct business " +"electronically**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:71 msgid "" -"The signature must be clearly attributed. In Odoo, metadata, such as the " -"signer’s IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " +"**The signature must be clearly attributed**. In Odoo, metadata, such as the" +" signer's IP address, is added to the signature, which can be used as " "supporting evidence." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:73 msgid "" -"The signature must be associated with the document being signed, for " -"example, by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." +"**The signature must be associated with the signed document**, for example, " +"by keeping a record detailing how the signature was captured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:75 msgid "" -"Electronically signed documents need to be retained and available for later " -"reference by all parties involved, for example, by providing the signer " -"either a fully-executed copy or the option to download a copy." +"Electronically signed documents need to be **retained and stored** by all " +"parties involved; for example, by providing the signer either a fully-" +"executed copy or the possibility to download a copy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign/overview/signature_validity.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:80 msgid "" -"The information provided here does not constitute legal advice; it is " -"provided for general informational purposes only. As laws governing " -"electronic signatures evolve rapidly, we cannot guarantee that the " -"information is up to date. We advise you to should contact a local attorney " -"to obtain legal advice." +"The above information has no legal value; it is only provided for general " +"informational purposes. As laws governing electronic signatures rapidly " +"evolve, we cannot guarantee that all information is up-to-date. We advise " +"contacting a local attorney for legal advice regarding electronic signature " +"compliance and validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:86 +msgid "Roles" +msgstr "Ролі" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Each field in a Sign document is related to a role that corresponds to a " +"specific person. When a document is being signed, the person assigned to the" +" role needs to fill in their assigned fields and sign it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Roles are available by going to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> " +"Roles`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:94 +msgid "" +"It is possible to update existing roles or to create new roles by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a :guilabel:`Role Name`, add an " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` to confirm the identity of the signing" +" person, and if the document can be reassigned to another contact, select " +":guilabel:`Change Authorized` for the role. A :guilabel:`Color` can also be " +"chosen for the role. This color can help understand which roles are " +"responsible for which field when configuring a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:102 +msgid "Secured identification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:104 +msgid "" +"As the owner of a document, you may request an :guilabel:`Extra " +"Authentication Step` through an SMS verification or via Itsme® (available in" +" Belgium and the Netherlands). Both authentication options require " +":ref:`credits <iap/buying_credits>`. If you do not have any credits left, " +"the authentication steps will be skipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:110 +msgid ":doc:`In-App Purchase (IAP) <../general/in_app_purchase>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`SMS pricing and FAQ " +"<../marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:114 +msgid "SMS verification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " +":guilabel:`Unique Code Via SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "Add a hash to your document" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Go to the document to sign, add the field for which the SMS verification is " +"required, for example the :guilabel:`Signature` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Send`. A page pops up, select the customer, and click " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:127 +msgid "" +"The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field and" +" clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final " +"Validation` page pops up where to add their phone number. One-time codes are" +" sent by SMS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "fill in your phone number for final validation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:136 +msgid "This feature is enabled by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As soon as the :guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` applies to a role, this" +" validation step is requested for any field assigned to this role." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:141 +msgid "Itsme®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Identify with itsme®`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration --> Roles`. Click in the " +":guilabel:`Extra Authentication Step` column for the role, and select " +":guilabel:`Via itsme®`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Go to the document that needs to be signed and add the :guilabel:`Signature`" +" field. Switch the role to :guilabel:`customer (identified with itsme®)`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Validate`, and :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "select customer identified with itsme®" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:157 +msgid "" +"The person signing the document fills in the :guilabel:`Signature` field and" +" clicks :guilabel:`Validate & Send Completed Document`. A :guilabel:`Final " +"Validation` page pops up, and the person must authenticate with itsme®." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:162 +msgid "This feature is only available in Belgium and the Netherlands." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:167 +msgid "Field Types" +msgstr "Типи поля" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Various field types can be used to sign documents (placeholder, " +"autocompletion, ...). By configuring your own field types, also known as " +"signature item types, the signing process can be even faster for your " +"customers, partners, and employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create and edit field types, go to :menuselection:`Sign --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> Edit field types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:176 +msgid "" +"You can select an existing field by clicking on it or you can " +":guilabel:`Create` a new one. First, edit the :guilabel:`Field Name`. Then, " +"select a :guilabel:`Field Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Signature`: users are asked to enter their signature either by " +"drawing it, generating an automatic one based on their name, or uploading a " +"local file (usually an image). Each subsequent :guilabel:`Signature` field " +"type then reuses the data entered in the first field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Initial`: users are asked to enter their initials, in a similar " +"way to the :guilabel:`Signature` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: users enter text on a single line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:185 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: users enter text on multiple lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkbox`: users can tick a box (e.g., to mark their approval or " +"consent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:187 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Selection`: users choose a single option from a variety of " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Auto-fill Partner Field` setting is used to automatically " +"fill in a field during the signature process. It uses the value of one of " +"the fields on the contact (`res.partner`) model of the person signing the " +"document. To do so, enter the contact model field's technical name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To know the technical name of a field, enable developer mode and hover your " +"mouse on the question mark next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Auto-completed values are suggestions and can be modified as required by the" +" person signing the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The size of the fields can also be changed by editing the :guilabel:`Default" +" Width` and :guilabel:`Default Height`. Both sizes are defined as a " +"percentage of the full-page expressed as a decimal, with 1 equalling the " +"full-page's width or height. By default, the width of new fields you create " +"is set to 15% (0.150) of a full-page's width, while their height is set to " +"1.5% (0.015) of a full-page's height." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Next, write a :guilabel:`Tip`. Tips are displayed inside arrows on the left-" +"hand side of the user's screen during the signing process to help them " +"understand what the step entails (e.g., \"Sign here\" or “Fill in your " +"birthdate”). You can also use a :guilabel:`Placeholder` text to be displayed" +" inside the field before it is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst-1 +msgid "Tip and placeholder example in Odoo Sign" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:217 +msgid "Signatory hash" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:219 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`hash` can be added to a document that is shared (attached to an" +" email or printed, for example) to indicate that the signature is electronic" +" and that there is some traceability behind it. The :guilabel:`hash` " +"corresponds to a unique ID number related to the signed document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:223 +msgid "" +"If you are an :doc:`internal user <../general/users/manage_users>`, you can " +"choose to tick or untick the frame option when signing the document. Tick " +"the box to have the frame and hash visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:232 +msgid "The :guilabel:`hash` is only applicable to the signature field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:6 +msgid "Spreadsheet" +msgstr "Електронна таблиця" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet lets you organize, analyze, and visualize your data in tabular " +"form. Among others, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`Insert and link your Odoo data (pivots, graphs, lists, and menus) " +"<spreadsheet/insert>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:18 +msgid "" +":doc:`Use default templates or create new ones <spreadsheet/templates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:19 +msgid "Format data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:20 +msgid "Use formulas and functions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:21 +msgid "Sort and filter data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Some of Spreadsheet's main :abbr:`UI (user interface)` elements are " +"highlighted and defined below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst-1 +msgid "Spreadsheet main UI elements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:34 +msgid "Menu bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:35 +msgid "Top bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:36 +msgid "Formula bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:37 +msgid "Filters button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:38 +msgid "Row header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:39 +msgid "Column header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:40 +msgid "Cell menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:41 +msgid "Bottom bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:3 +msgid "Link Odoo data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can insert and link several elements from your database in your " +"spreadsheets, namely:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:7 +msgid "pivots," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:8 +msgid "graphs," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:9 +msgid "lists, and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:10 +msgid "links to menus (i.e., a clickable link to a view of a specific model)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Before inserting :ref:`pivots <reporting/views/pivot>`, :ref:`graphs " +"<reporting/views/graph>`, or lists, ensure they are tailored to your needs, " +"as some elements are more quickly - or only - configurable in their " +"respective view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To insert pivots and graphs, click :guilabel:`Insert in spreadsheet` from " +"any pivot or graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To insert lists, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Insert list in " +"spreadsheet` from any list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To insert links to menus, click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Link menu in " +"spreadsheet` from any view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:22 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up box, either create a new spreadsheet by selecting " +":guilabel:`Blank spreadsheet` or insert it in an existing one by selecting " +"it and clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst-1 +msgid "Inserting a pivot in a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:30 +msgid "" +"By default, new spreadsheets are saved under the :guilabel:`Spreadsheet` " +"workspace of the Documents app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:36 +msgid "Updating data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once inserted in a spreadsheet, your data is kept up-to-date, reflecting any" +" changes made to your database. Reopening the spreadsheet reloads the linked" +" data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To update pivots and lists data without reopening a spreadsheet, go to the " +"menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data --> Refresh all data`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:46 +msgid "Pivot data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Using :guilabel:`Refresh all data` only updates existing pivot cells. If new" +" cells need to be added, go to the menu bar and click :menuselection:`Data " +"--> Re-insert pivot` to fully update the pivot. Alternatively, click " +":guilabel:`Insert pivot`, select the pivot, and tick :guilabel:`Display " +"missing cells only` to preview first the missing data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:0 +msgid "Displaying missing cells in a pivot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/insert.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To change which records are :ref:`used by the pivot <search/preconfigured-" +"filters>`, right-click on a pivot cell, select :guilabel:`See pivot " +"properties`, and click :guilabel:`Edit domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:3 +msgid "Templates" +msgstr "Шаблони" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Spreadsheet templates allow you to quickly create spreadsheets without " +"starting from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Several pre-built templates are available when creating a new spreadsheet " +"from the **Documents** app, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`budget reports <templates/budget-reports>`," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:11 +msgid ":ref:`pipeline revenue reports <templates/pipeline-reports>`, or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:12 +msgid ":ref:`sales commission report <templates/sales-commission>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can also :ref:`save any spreadsheet as a template <templates/save>` and " +":ref:`manage and edit existing templates <templates/manage>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:21 +msgid "Default templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:26 +msgid "Accounting: budget reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Budget reports compare a company's actual spending with its budget over a " +"defined period. Two templates are available: one uses quarterly intervals " +"(:guilabel:`Budget Report (Quarterly)`), while the other uses monthly " +"intervals (:guilabel:`Budget Report (Monthly)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a budget report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of money made and spent over the corresponding period (month" +" or quarter). The data is taken from posted journal items under :ref:`income" +" and expense accounts <chart-of-account/type>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Journal items under the :guilabel:`Other Income` account type are not " +"considered when collecting data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To analyze your budget's performance, fill the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Budget` column with how much money you expect to make " +"(:guilabel:`Income` rows) and spend (:guilabel:`Expenses` rows) over the " +"related period and per account. Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) " +"column compares :guilabel:`Actuals` data to their corresponding budget, " +"expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Net Profit` row represents the total " +":guilabel:`Income` minus the total :guilabel:`Expenses` for the " +":guilabel:`Actuals` and :guilabel:`Budget` columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:54 +msgid "CRM: pipeline revenue reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Two pipeline revenue reports are available. The :guilabel:`Pipeline Revenue " +"Report (Monthly)` is dedicated to one-time revenue (:abbr:`NRR (non-" +"recurring revenue)`), while the :guilabel:`MRR/NRR Pipeline Revenue Report " +"(Monthly)` covers recurring and non-recurring revenue (:abbr:`MRR (monthly " +"recurring revenue)`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Enable :guilabel:`Recurring Revenues` by going to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a pipeline revenue report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The cells under the :guilabel:`Actuals` column are automatically filled in " +"with the amount of monthly revenue from **won** opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To compute the revenue performance, fill in the monthly revenue targets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:73 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Team` sheet, fill in the cells under the " +":guilabel:`Target` columns for each sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Revenue by Salesperson` sheet, open the " +":guilabel:`Targets` sheet and fill in the cells next to each salesperson. " +"Use the :guilabel:`Monthly Factor` table below to adapt the main targets " +"depending on the month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Then, the performance (:guilabel:`Perf.`) column compares " +":guilabel:`Actuals` data to their related budget, expressed as a percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Forecasted` column gathers the monthly revenue of " +"leads multiplied by their :guilabel:`Probability` percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:86 +msgid "For actuals and forecasts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Expected Closing` date found on leads is used to assign them " +"to a month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The recurring monthly revenue is used even if the recurring plan's number of" +" months is set to a different value than 1 month. For example, a yearly " +"plan's revenue is divided by 12 months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:95 +msgid "Sales: sales commission" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This report presents the monthly commission earned or due to each " +"salesperson." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst-1 +msgid "Extract of a sales commission report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Rate` column is pre-filled with the percentage rate from the " +":guilabel:`Rates` tab, which can be customized for each product category " +"according to the company's policy. Adjusting the rate for a specific product" +" category automatically updates the commission amount for that category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoiced` column shows the total amount of untaxed invoices " +"grouped by salesperson and month." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Comm.` column is computed by multiplying the invoiced" +" amount with the rate percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:115 +msgid "Save a spreadsheet as a template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Any spreadsheet can be saved as a template. From the menu bar, click " +":menuselection:`File --> Save as template`. Modify the default " +":guilabel:`Template Name` if necessary and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:122 +msgid "Templates are available to all users on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:127 +msgid "Manage and edit templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Manage templates by going to :menuselection:`Documents --> Configuration -->" +" Spreadsheet Templates`. Remove the :guilabel:`My Templates` :ref:`filter " +"<search/preconfigured-filters>` to view all templates in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing template, click `✎ Edit` next to the desired template. " +"Modifications are automatically saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet/templates.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the download button under the :guilabel:`Data` column to export a " +"template in JSON format. The file can be imported into another database." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index cb4dc2ec4..e073c64d2 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,19 +4,19 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -24,10 +24,137 @@ msgstr "" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" #: ../../content/applications/general.rst:3 -msgid "General" -msgstr "Загальне" +msgid "Miscellaneous" +msgstr "Інші" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:3 +msgid "Apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can :ref:`install <general/install>`, :ref:`upgrade <general/upgrade>` " +"and :ref:`uninstall <general/uninstall>` all apps and modules from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, an *Apps* filter is applied. If you want to search for modules, " +"click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 +msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Odoo is *not a smartphone*, and its apps shouldn't be installed or " +"uninstalled carelessly. Apply caution when adding or removing apps and " +"modules on your database since this may impact your subscription costs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Installing or uninstalling apps and managing users is up to you.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"As the administrator of your database, you are responsible for its usage, as" +" you know best how your organization works." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo apps have dependencies.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Installing some apps and features with dependencies may also install " +"additional apps and modules that are technically required, even if you won't" +" actively use them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "**Test app installation/removal on a duplicate of your database.**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This way, you can know what app dependencies may be required or what data " +"may be erased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:32 +msgid "Install apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, and click on the *Install* button of the app " +"you want to install." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If the module you are looking for is not listed, you can **update the app " +"list**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Apps --> Update Apps List` and click on *Update*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:45 +msgid "Upgrade apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:47 +msgid "" +"On some occasions, new improvements or app features are added to " +":doc:`supported versions of Odoo " +"</administration/maintain/supported_versions>`. To be able to use them, you " +"must **upgrade** your app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57 +msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " +"want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " +"Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " +"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72 +msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " +"erases their data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Аутентифікація" @@ -186,218 +313,564 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 -msgid "OAuth" -msgstr "OAuth" +msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." msgstr "" -"Відповідно до спеціальних вимог у впровадженні Azure OAuth, ідентифікація " -"Microsoft Azure OAuth на даний момент НЕ сумісна з Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with their Google account" +msgid "Google Sign-In Authentication" msgstr "" -"Як дозволити користувачам входити за допомогою свого облікового запису " -"Google" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"Connect to your Google account and go to the `Google API Dashboard " -"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." +"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " +"users to sign in to their database with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" -"Click on **Create Project** and enter the project name and other details." -msgstr "Натисніть **Створити проект** і введіть назву проекту та інші деталі." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 -msgid "Click on **Use Google APIs**" -msgstr "Натисніть **Використовувати Google API**" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 -msgid "" -"On the left side menu, select the sub menu **Credentials** (from **API " -"Manager**) then select **OAuth consent screen**." +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Google Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" msgstr "" -"У лівій частині меню виберіть підменю **Перелік** (у **Менеджер API**), " -"потім виберіть **Екран згоди OAuth**." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" -"Fill in your address, email and the product name (for example odoo) and then" -" save." +"The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " +"on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -"Введіть адресу, електронну пошту та назву товару (наприклад, odoo), а потім " -"збережіть." #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 +msgid "Google API Dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "" -"Then click on **Add Credentials** and select the second option (OAuth 2.0 " -"Client ID)." +"Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть **Додати повноваження** та виберіть другий варіант (OAuth " -"2.0 Client ID)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "" -"Check that the application type is set on **Web Application**. Now configure" -" the allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " +"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " +"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Перевірте, чи встановлено тип програми на **Веб-додаток**. Тепер налаштуйте " -"дозволені сторінки, на які вас буде перенаправлено." -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "" -"To achieve this, complete the field **Authorized redirect URIs**. Copy paste" -" the following link in the box: http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. " -"Then click on **Create**" +"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" +" click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Для цього заповніть поле **Авторизовані URI перенаправлення**. Скопіюйте та " -"вставте наступне посилання в поле: " -"http://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin. Потім натисніть **Створити**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once done, you receive two information (your Client ID and Client Secret). " -"You have to insert your Client ID in the **General Settings**." -msgstr "" -"Після цього ви отримуєте дві інформації (ваш ID клієнта та Секретний ключ " -"клієнта). Вам потрібно вставити свій ID клієнта в **Загальних " -"налаштуваннях**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 -msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" -"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " -"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " -"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " -"Python but programming skills are not required." +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" -"From the *General Settings*, active *Google Drive* and *Google Spreadsheet*." -" The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* are now " -"available." +"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" +" and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 msgid "" -"Now, link your Google account with Odoo going to :menuselection:`Get " -"Authorization Code --> select your Google account --> enter your password " -"--> copy the code --> paste it into the Authorization Code field`." +"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 -msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" -"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " -"Google Spreadsheet*." +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:32 -msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 msgid "" -"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " -"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 -msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Повноваження" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:41 -msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " -"Username --> Password`." +"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " +"ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:49 -msgid "Applications" -msgstr "Заявки" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "OAuth client id selection." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "" -"You have 2 different formulas of using Google Spreadsheet in Odoo: retrieve " -"data and retrieve grouped sums." +"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," +" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 msgid "" -"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" -" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " -"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " -"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " -"usually fine." +"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," +" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " +"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " +":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:62 -msgid "Retrieve Data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 msgid "" -"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " -"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " -"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " +"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:67 -msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:74 -msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "" -"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " -"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " -"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" +" :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 -msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:85 -msgid "Other uses" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google_spreadsheets.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" -"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " -"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " +"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google " +"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " +":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " +"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " +"with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " +"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " +"<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:3 -msgid "How to allow users to sign in with LDAP" -msgstr "Як дозволити користувачам входити через LDAP" +msgid "Sign in with LDAP" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/ldap.rst:5 msgid "Install the LDAP module in General Settings." @@ -460,132 +933,2448 @@ msgstr "" "У **Шаблоні користувача**, вкажіть шаблон для новостворених профілів. Якщо " "залишити заблокованим, профіль адміна, буде використовуватися як шаблон." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import.rst:3 -msgid "Data Import" -msgstr "Імпорт даних" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:3 -msgid "How to adapt an import template" -msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " -"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " -"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " -"etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " -"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " -"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " -"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:11 -msgid "How to customize the file" -msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" -" here below)." -msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." -msgstr "" -"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " -"послідовність ID." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:20 -msgid "" -"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" -" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " -"corresponding field using the search." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви додаєте новий стовпець, Odoo, можливо, не зможе його автоматично " -"помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля системи. Якщо " -"так, знайдіть відповідне поле за допомогою пошуку." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " -"work straight away the very next time you try to import." -msgstr "" -"Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби " -"він працював одразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:31 -msgid "Why an “ID” column" -msgstr "Чому колонка \"ID\"?" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:33 -msgid "" -"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " -"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"**ID** (зовнішній ідентифікатор) - це унікальний ідентифікатор елементу. Не " -"соромтеся використовувати попереднє програмне забезпечення для полегшення " -"переходу на Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" -msgstr "" -"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " -"випадках:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " -"duplicates;" -msgstr "" -"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " -"створення дублікатів;" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:39 -msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." -msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:42 -msgid "How to import relation fields" -msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:44 -msgid "" -"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " -"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " -"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " -"their own list menu." -msgstr "" -"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " -"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " -"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " -"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/adapt_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " -"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " -"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " -"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. " -"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку " -"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку колонки (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" -" атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:3 -msgid "Import data" +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 +msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:7 +msgid "" +"The developer mode (or debug mode) unlocks access to extra and advanced " +"tools in Odoo. There are several ways to activate the developer mode: " +"through the :ref:`settings <general/developer_mode/settings>`, the " +":ref:`browser extension <general/developer_mode/browser-extension>`, through" +" the :ref:`command palette <general/developer_mode/command-palette>` or the" +" :ref:`URL <general/developer_mode/url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:17 +msgid "Activate through the Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:19 +msgid "" +"The debug mode can be activated in the Odoo database settings. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click" +" on :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`. At least one application needs " +"to be installed for the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section to appear in the" +" :guilabel:`Settings` module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with assets)` is used by developers;" +" :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode (with tests assets)` is used by " +"developers and testers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Once activated, the :guilabel:`Deactivate the developer mode` option becomes" +" available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:37 +msgid "Activate through the browser extension" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Within a web browser, navigate to the browser settings and extensions and " +"search for the `Odoo Debug` extension. Once the extension is installed, a " +"new icon will be shown on the browser's toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:43 +msgid "" +"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " +"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" +" a single click." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:53 +msgid "Activate through the command palette" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the command palette tool has a command to activate the debug mode. " +"First, open the command palette tool with the keyboard shortcut `ctrl+k` and" +" then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Command palette with debug command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:68 +msgid "Activate through the URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The debug mode can also be activated by adding an extra query string to the " +"database's URL. In the URL, add `?debug=1` or `?debug=true` after `/web`. To" +" deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Additional modes are available for developers: `?debug=assets` enables the " +":ref:`assets mode <frontend/framework/assets_debug_mode>`, and " +"`?debug=tests` enables the :ref:`tests mode " +"<frontend/framework/tests_debug_mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:86 +msgid "Locate the developer mode tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Once developer mode is activated, the developer mode tools can be accessed " +"from the :guilabel:`Open Developer Tools` button, the bug icon located in " +"the header of the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:95 +msgid "" +"This menu contains additional tools that are useful to understand or edit " +"technical data, such as the views or actions of a page. On a page that has " +"filters, actions, and view options, the developer mode tools contain some " +"useful menu items such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit Action`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Manage Filters`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:101 +msgid "Edit the current view (e.g. Kanban, List, Graph, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:102 +msgid "See the :guilabel:`Fields View Get`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:3 +msgid "Digest Emails" +msgstr "Електронні пошти дайджесту" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Digest Emails** are periodic snapshots sent to your organization via email" +" that include high-level information about how your business is performing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Navigate to Digest Emails by going to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Statistics`, then activate the **Digest Emails** feature and " +"click on save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 +msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:15 +msgid "You can control a variety of settings for your Digest Emails, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:17 +msgid "which KPIs are shared in the Digest" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:18 +msgid "how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:19 +msgid "who in your organization receives Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:20 +msgid "creating custom Digest Email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:21 +msgid "adding additional KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:24 +msgid "" +"By default, Digest Email is *enabled*, and *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* " +"serves as the primary template, which includes all KPI measurements across " +"your Odoo database and is sent daily to administrators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:31 +msgid "Customize *Your Odoo Periodic Digest*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To customize the default Digest Email (*Your Odoo Periodic Digest*), go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Statistics --> Digest " +"Email`, select *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* and click on the *external link* " +"next to the dropdown selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A popup window appears and presents a variety of editable settings, which " +"include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:39 +msgid "**Digest Title** - what you want your Digest Email to be called" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:40 +msgid "" +"**Periodicity** - control the regimen in how often Digest Emails are sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:41 +msgid "" +"**KPIs** - check/uncheck each calculated KPI that appears in Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:42 +msgid "**Recipients** - add/remove users who receive your Digest Emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:43 +msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 +msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:52 +msgid "Custom digest emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:54 +msgid "To do so, click on **Configure Digest Emails** and then **Create**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:56 +msgid "" +"From there, give your Digest Email a title, specify periodicity, and choose " +"your desired KPIs and recipients fields as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:59 +msgid "" +"After you click **Save**, your new custom Digest Email is available as a " +"selection in the **General Settings** dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:65 +msgid "Custom KPIs with Studio" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:67 +msgid "" +"For either *Your Odoo Periodic Digest* or your own custom Digest Email, you " +"can add your own KPIs by using Odoo Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To begin, click the **Toggle Studio** icon or click the **Recipients** tab " +"and then the ellipses :menuselection:`… icon --> Add Custom Field` to edit " +"the template or add additional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:73 +msgid "" +"In order to create additional fields, you must create two fields on the " +"digest object:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:75 +msgid "" +"create a boolean field called `kpi_myfield` and display it in the KPIs tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:76 +msgid "" +"create a computed field called `kpi_myfield_value` that computes your " +"customized KPI" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:77 +msgid "select your KPI(s) in the KPIs tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:80 +msgid "Computed values reference table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "LABEL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:83 +msgid "VALUE" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "Connected Users" +msgstr "Підключені користувачі" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:85 +msgid "`kpi_res_users_connected_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "Messages Sent" +msgstr "Повідомлення надіслані" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:87 +msgid "`kpi_mail_message_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "New Leads" +msgstr "Нові ліди" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:89 +msgid "`kpi_crm_lead_created_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "Opportunities Won" +msgstr "Виграні нагоди" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:91 +msgid "`kpi_crm_opportunities_won_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "Open Tasks" +msgstr "Відкрити завдання" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:93 +msgid "`kpi_project_task_opened_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "Tickets Closed" +msgstr "Закриті заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:95 +msgid "`kpi_helpdesk_tickets_closed_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "% of Happiness" +msgstr "% вдоволення" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:97 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_rating_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "Conversations handled" +msgstr "Оброблені розмови" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:99 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_conversations_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "Time to answer (sec)" +msgstr "Час на відповідь (сек)" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:101 +msgid "`kpi_livechat_response_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "All Sales" +msgstr "Усі продажі" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:103 +msgid "`kpi_all_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "eCommerce Sales" +msgstr "Продажі електронної комерції" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:105 +msgid "`kpi_website_sale_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "Revenue" +msgstr "Дохід" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:107 +msgid "`kpi_account_total_revenue_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "Bank & Cash Moves" +msgstr "Банківські та готівкові переміщення" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:109 +msgid "`kpi_account_bank_cash_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "POS Sales" +msgstr "Продажі ТП" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:111 +msgid "`kpi_pos_total_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "New Employees" +msgstr "Нові співробітники" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst:113 +msgid "`kpi_hr_recruitment_new_colleagues_value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication.rst:5 +msgid "Email Communication" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 +msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 +msgid "SPAM labels overview" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email " +"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out " +"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " +"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 +msgid "" +"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the " +"author\" <notifications@mycompany.odoo.com>``. In other words this can be " +"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands " +"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability " +"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " +"<email_servers/notifications>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 +msgid "" +"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one" +" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox." +" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received " +"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It " +"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" +" whitelist on the receiving domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help " +"ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and the support team will work to get " +"the servers removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from " +"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom " +"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting " +"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" +" the final receiving mailbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 +msgid "Be SPF compliant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" +" to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When " +"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the" +" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the " +"domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an " +"email sent by Odoo, this domain corresponds to the value of the " +"`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a " +"TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider" +" hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the domain name. In " +"order for the verification to work properly, each domain can only have one " +":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" +" ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 +msgid "" +"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " +"record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add " +"`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " +"include:_spf.google.com ~all`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " +"free tool like `MXToolbox SPF <https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 +msgid "Enable DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " +"with a digital signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM " +"(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's " +"server decrypts this signature using the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified " +"Mail)` record in the database's domain name. If the signature and the key " +"contained in the record match, this guarantees that the message is authentic" +" and has not been altered during transport." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 +msgid "" +"To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME " +"(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" +" domain name:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 +msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain " +"`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " +"`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends " +"on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the " +"domain name. The most common providers are :ref:`listed below " +"<email_communication/SPFDKIM_common_providers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with " +"a free tool like `DKIM Core <https://dkimcore.org/tools/>`_. If a selector " +"is asked, enter `odoo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 +msgid "Check the DMARC policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " +"record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`. The instructions contained in the" +" :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` record of a domain name tell the destination server what to do" +" with an incoming email that fails the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "DMARC: TXT record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 +msgid "" +"There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)` policies:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:117 +msgid "`p=none`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 +msgid "`p=quarantine`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:119 +msgid "`p=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:121 +msgid "" +"`p=quarantine` and `p=reject` instruct the server that receives an email to " +"quarantine that email or ignore it if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " +"Framework)` and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:125 +msgid "" +"If the domain name uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these policies, the domain" +" must be :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` compliant or enable " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Yahoo or AOL are examples of email providers with a :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-" +"based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy set to " +"`p=reject`. Odoo strongly advises against using an *@yahoo.com* or " +"*@aol.com* address for the database users. These emails will never reach " +"their recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:135 +msgid "" +"`p=none` is used for the domain owner to receive reports about entities " +"using their domain. It should not impact the deliverability if the " +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 +msgid "" +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, " +"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF " +"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification" +" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P " +"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the" +" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode " +"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " +"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" +" too restrictive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Tag Name" +msgstr "Назва тегу" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "Purpose" +msgstr "Ціль" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Приклад" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "Protocol version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "`v=DMARC1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "pct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "`pct=20`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "ruf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "rua" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +msgid "p" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Policy for organizational domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +msgid "sp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +msgid "`sp=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +msgid "adkim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "`adkim=s`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +msgid "aspf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +msgid "`aspf=r`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " +"<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " +"<https://dmarc.org/overview/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 +msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 +msgid "" +"`OVH DNS " +"<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 +msgid "" +"`OVH SPF <https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_the_spf_record/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy TXT record <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-txt-record-19232>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 +msgid "`GoDaddy SPF <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-an-spf-record-19218>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 +msgid "" +"`GoDaddy DKIM <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 +msgid "" +"`NameCheap " +"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-" +"do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 +msgid "" +"`CloudFlare DNS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-" +"us/articles/360019093151>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 +msgid "" +"`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 +msgid "" +"`Azure DNS <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-" +"portal>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester <https://www.mail-" +"tester.com/>`_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " +"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " +"records for other, lesser-known providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 +msgid "" +"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " +"<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Send and receive emails in Odoo with an email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:6 +msgid "Odoo Online or Odoo.sh users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and " +"incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and " +"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass " +"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " +"already been pre-configured to send email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " +"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " +"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:22 +msgid "Scope of this documentation" +msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 +msgid "" +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't" +" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo," +" unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " +"for on-premise databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an " +"external email server with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online " +"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email " +"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. " +"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to " +"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see " +":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo <email_domain>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:42 +msgid "Default notifications system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " +"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" +" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the " +"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the " +"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. " +"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear " +"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " +"*Contacts* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more " +"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " +"<email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 +msgid "Manage outbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`" +" and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in" +" Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the " +"information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based " +"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see " +":doc:`email_domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Port restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and " +"Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 +msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " +"domain, and that can be a problem." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer with the email address " +"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to " +"redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. " +"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for" +" security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected " +"by some recipients' email servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from " +"the same authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " +"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " +"value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" +" value" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or " +"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" +" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain " +"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then " +"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " +"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the " +"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and " +"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration " +"in Odoo: ``“Admin” <admin@example.com>`` => ``“Admin” " +"<notifications@mycompany.com>``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 +msgid "" +"In other words if the email address of the author does not match " +"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " +"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " +"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 +msgid "" +"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " +"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " +"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " +"in `mail.default.from`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific " +"outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or " +"domain that Odoo is sending on behalf of. This setting can be used to " +"improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the " +"database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to " +"send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this " +"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " +"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 +msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " +"is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in " +"the outgoing email. For example, if the :guilabel:`From` value (email " +"address) is `test\\@example.com`, only the email servers that have the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, " +"then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the " +":guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in the outgoing email. For " +"example, if the :guilabel:`From` email address is `test\\@example.com`, only" +" the email servers that have the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to " +"`example.com` are returned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo " +"returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " +"value(s) set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an " +"email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the " +"email address listed attempts to match an email server, and then the domain " +"attempts to find a match. If no email server is found, Odoo returns the " +"first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according " +"to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a " +"priority of `10` and the other with a priority of `20`, then the email " +"server with a priority of `10` is used first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 +msgid "" +"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and " +"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails," +" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet " +"</administration/maintain/mailjet_api>` for mass mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 +msgid "" +"A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an " +"alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed " +"for technical reasons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and " +"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email " +"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the " +"transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give " +"priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by " +"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With " +"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for " +"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that" +" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be " +"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid ":doc:`email_domain`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "Manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" +"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " +"вхідні повідомлення." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of " +"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies " +"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall " +"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does " +"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " +"used to collect replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is " +"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__. In this case bounces are " +"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month " +"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid " +"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances " +"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note " +"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" +" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will " +"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful " +"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page " +"/project-management>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, " +"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will " +"change the catchall's domain for the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " +":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new " +"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail " +"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to " +"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on " +"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, " +"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or " +"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external " +"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received " +"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's " +"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to " +"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" +" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should" +" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after " +"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " +"reply won't be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 +msgid "" +"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Reply-to field on template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 +msgid "Updating translations within email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 +msgid "" +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 +msgid "" +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 +msgid "" +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 +msgid "Outgoing emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 +msgid "Common error messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 +msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 +msgid "" +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 +msgid "" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 +msgid "" +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 +msgid "" +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 +msgid "" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"<red_envelop>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 +msgid "Export and import data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:8 +msgid "Export data from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:10 +msgid "" +"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " +"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " +"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " +"application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:14 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," +" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " +"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " +"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " +"the data to export:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 +msgid "" +"overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:30 +msgid "" +"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " +"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " +"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " +"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " +"not just the ones which can be imported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:36 +msgid "" +"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " +".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " +"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " +"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " +"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " +"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:44 +msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the \"to export\" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The \"handles\" next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " +"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" +" file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:48 +msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " +"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " +"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " +"the same list, simply select the related template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " +"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " +"you would like to import next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:63 +msgid "Import data into Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:66 msgid "How to start" msgstr "З чого почати?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:68 msgid "" "You can import data on any Odoo's business object using either Excel (.xlsx)" " or CSV (.csv) formats: contacts, products, bank statements, journal entries" @@ -595,13 +3384,13 @@ msgstr "" "(.xlsx) або CSV (.csv): контакти, товари, банківські виписки, записи в " "журналі та навіть замовлення!" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:72 msgid "" "Open the view of the object you want to populate and click on " ":menuselection:`Favorites --> Import records`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:78 msgid "" "There you are provided with templates you can easily populate with your own " "data. Such templates can be imported in one click; The data mapping is " @@ -610,21 +3399,29 @@ msgstr "" "Вам надаються шаблони, які можна легко заповнити власними даними. Такі " "шаблони можна імпортувати одним кліком; Відображення даних вже виконано." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:83 msgid "How to adapt the template" msgstr "Як адаптувати шаблон?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:85 msgid "Add, remove and sort columns to fit at best your data structure." msgstr "" "Додайте, видаліть та відсортуйте стовпці, щоби найкраще відповідати " "структурі даних." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:86 msgid "We advise to not remove the **ID** one (see why in the next section)." msgstr "Ми радимо не видаляти **ID** (Чому? Дивіться в наступному розділі)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:376 +msgid "" +"Set a unique ID to every single record by dragging down the ID sequencing." +msgstr "" +"Встановіть унікальний ID для кожного окремого запису, перетягнувши " +"послідовність ID." + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:92 msgid "" "When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" " its label doesn't fit any field in Odoo. Don't worry! You can map new " @@ -636,7 +3433,7 @@ msgstr "" "хвилюйтеся! Ви можете вставляти нові стовпці вручну під час перевірки " "імпорту. Знайдіть список відповідного поля." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:100 msgid "" "Then, use this field's label in your file in order to make it work straight " "on the very next time." @@ -644,11 +3441,11 @@ msgstr "" "Потім використовуйте мітку цього поля у вашому файлі, щоби він працював " "наступного разу." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:104 msgid "How to import from another application" msgstr "Як імпортувати з іншої програми?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:106 msgid "" "In order to re-create relationships between different records, you should " "use the unique identifier from the original application and map it to the " @@ -665,7 +3462,7 @@ msgstr "" "знайти цей запис, використовуючи його назву, але ви зупинитесь, якщо " "принаймні 2 записи мають однакову назву." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:114 msgid "" "The **ID** will also be used to update the original import if you need to " "re-import modified data later, it's thus good practice to specify it " @@ -675,11 +3472,11 @@ msgstr "" " доведеться повторно імпортувати змінені дані пізніше, тому, якщо можливо, " "ви зможете його вказати." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:120 msgid "I cannot find the field I want to map my column to" msgstr "Я не можу знайти поле, в якому я хочу позначити стовпець" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:122 msgid "" "Odoo tries to find with some heuristic, based on the first ten lines of the " "files, the type of field for each column inside your file. For example if " @@ -696,7 +3493,7 @@ msgstr "" "бути хорошою і легкою, можливо, що це трапиться не так, або ви хочете " "вказати стовпчик на поле, яке не пропонується за замовчуванням." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:131 msgid "" "If that happens, you just have to check the ** Show fields of relation " "fields (advanced)** option, you will then be able to choose from the " @@ -706,11 +3503,11 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язаної моделі (розширено)**, після чого ви зможете вибрати з повного " "списку полів для кожного стовпця." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:139 msgid "Where can I change the date import format?" msgstr "Де я можу змінити формат імпортування дати?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:141 msgid "" "Odoo can automatically detect if a column is a date, and it will try to " "guess the date format from a set of most commonly used date formats. While " @@ -726,7 +3523,7 @@ msgstr "" "місяць; важко здогадатися, яка частина формату дати - це день, а яка - " "місяць у такій даті, як '01-03-2016 '." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:147 msgid "" "To view which date format Odoo has found from your file you can check the " "**Date Format** that is shown when clicking on **Options** under the file " @@ -738,7 +3535,7 @@ msgstr "" "**Параметри** під списком файлів. Якщо цей формат неправильний, ви можете " "змінити його, використовуючи *ISO 8601*, щоби визначити формат." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:152 msgid "" "If you are importing an excel (.xls, .xlsx) file, you can use date cells to " "store dates as the display of dates in excel is different from the way it is" @@ -751,11 +3548,11 @@ msgstr "" "що формат дати в Odoo правильний, незалежно від формату вашої локальної " "дати." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:157 msgid "Can I import numbers with currency sign (e.g.: $32.00)?" msgstr "Чи можу я імпортувати номери з позначкою валюти (наприклад, $ 32.00)?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:159 msgid "" "Yes, we fully support numbers with parenthesis to represent negative sign as" " well as numbers with currency sign attached to them. Odoo also " @@ -771,60 +3568,60 @@ msgstr "" " використовуєте символ валюти, який не відомий Odoo, він, можливо, не буде " "визнаний як номер, хоча й буде збігатися." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:164 msgid "" "Examples of supported numbers (using thirty-two thousands as an example):" msgstr "" "Приклади підтримуваних чисел (наприклад, з використанням тридцяти двох " "тисяч):" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:166 msgid "32.000,00" msgstr "32.000,00" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:167 msgid "32000,00" msgstr "32000,00" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:168 msgid "32,000.00" msgstr "32,000.00" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:169 msgid "-32000.00" msgstr "-32000.00" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:170 msgid "(32000.00)" msgstr "(32000.00)" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:171 msgid "$ 32.000,00" msgstr "$ 32.000,00" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:172 msgid "(32000.00 €)" msgstr "(32000.00 €)" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:174 msgid "Example that will not work:" msgstr "Приклад, який не буде працювати:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:176 msgid "ABC 32.000,00" msgstr "ABC 32.000,00" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:177 msgid "$ (32.000,00)" msgstr "$ (32.000,00)" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:180 msgid "What can I do when the Import preview table isn't displayed correctly?" msgstr "" "Що робити, коли таблиці попереднього перегляду імпорту відображаються " "неправильно?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:182 msgid "" "By default the Import preview is set on commas as field separators and " "quotation marks as text delimiters. If your csv file does not have these " @@ -836,7 +3633,7 @@ msgstr "" " цих налаштувань, ви можете змінити параметри формату файлу (відображається " "під панеллю перегляду файлів CSV після вибору файлу)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:186 msgid "" "Note that if your CSV file has a tabulation as separator, Odoo will not " "detect the separations. You will need to change the file format options in " @@ -847,7 +3644,7 @@ msgstr "" "вашій програмі для роботи з електронними таблицями. Дивіться наступне " "питання." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:191 msgid "" "How can I change the CSV file format options when saving in my spreadsheet " "application?" @@ -855,7 +3652,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як змінити параметри формату файлу CSV при збереженні електронної таблиці в " "моїй програмі?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:193 msgid "" "If you edit and save CSV files in spreadsheet applications, your computer's " "regional settings will be applied for the separator and delimiter. We " @@ -864,18 +3661,18 @@ msgid "" "the box 'Edit filter settings' --> Save`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:198 msgid "" "Microsoft Excel will allow you to modify only the encoding when saving (in " ":menuselection:`'Save As' dialog box --> click 'Tools' dropdown list --> " "Encoding tab`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:202 msgid "What's the difference between Database ID and External ID?" msgstr "Яка різниця між ID бази даних та зовнішнім ID?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:204 msgid "" "Some fields define a relationship with another object. For example, the " "country of a contact is a link to a record of the 'Country' object. When you" @@ -885,7 +3682,7 @@ msgid "" "import." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:209 msgid "" "For example, to reference the country of a contact, Odoo proposes you 3 " "different fields to import:" @@ -893,11 +3690,11 @@ msgstr "" "Наприклад, щоби вказати країну контакту, Odoo пропонує вам 3 різних поля для" " імпорту:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:211 msgid "Country: the name or code of the country" msgstr "Країна: назва або код країни" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:212 msgid "" "Country/Database ID: the unique Odoo ID for a record, defined by the ID " "postgresql column" @@ -905,7 +3702,7 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/ID бази даних: унікальний ID Odoo для запису, визначеного стовпцем ID" " postgresql" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:213 msgid "" "Country/External ID: the ID of this record referenced in another application" " (or the .XML file that imported it)" @@ -913,24 +3710,24 @@ msgstr "" "Країна/Зовнішній ID: ID запису, зазначеного в іншій програмі (або .XML-" "файлі, який імпортував його)" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:216 msgid "For the country Belgium, you can use one of these 3 ways to import:" msgstr "" "Для країни Бельгії можна використовувати один із цих 3 способів імпорту:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:218 msgid "Country: Belgium" msgstr "Країна: Бельгія" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:219 msgid "Country/Database ID: 21" msgstr "Країна/ID бази даних: 21" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:220 msgid "Country/External ID: base.be" msgstr "Країна/Зовнішній ID: base.be" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:222 msgid "" "According to your need, you should use one of these 3 ways to reference " "records in relations. Here is when you should use one or the other, " @@ -940,7 +3737,7 @@ msgstr "" "способів відстежувати пов'язані записи. Ось коли ви повинні використовувати " "той чи інший спосіб, відповідно до вашої потреби:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:225 msgid "" "Use Country: This is the easiest way when your data come from CSV files that" " have been created manually." @@ -948,7 +3745,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте країну: це найпростіший спосіб, коли ваші дані надходять з " "файлів CSV, які були створені вручну." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:227 msgid "" "Use Country/Database ID: You should rarely use this notation. It's mostly " "used by developers as it's main advantage is to never have conflicts (you " @@ -960,7 +3757,7 @@ msgstr "" "тому, щоби ніколи не було конфліктів (у вас може бути кілька записів з " "однаковою назвою, але вони завжди мають унікальний ID бази даних)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:230 msgid "" "Use Country/External ID: Use External ID when you import data from a third " "party application." @@ -968,7 +3765,7 @@ msgstr "" "Використовуйте назву країни/зовнішній ID: використовуйте зовнішній ID, коли " "ви імпортуєте дані зі сторонньої програми." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:232 msgid "" "When you use External IDs, you can import CSV files with the \"External ID\"" " column to define the External ID of each record you import. Then, you will " @@ -982,23 +3779,23 @@ msgstr "" "стовпчиками типу \"Поле/Зовнішній ID\". Наступні два файли CSV наводять " "приклад для товарів і їх категорій." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:237 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for categories " -"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." +"<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_product_categories.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:240 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Products " -"<files/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." +"<export_import_data/External_id_3rd_party_application_products.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:244 msgid "What can I do if I have multiple matches for a field?" msgstr "Що робити, якщо у мене є кілька співпадінь для поля?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:246 msgid "" "If for example you have two product categories with the child name " "\"Sellable\" (ie. \"Misc. Products/Sellable\" & \"Other " @@ -1016,7 +3813,7 @@ msgstr "" "\"Категорії товарів\" (\"Різні Товари/Продаються\"). Ми рекомендуємо змінити" " один зі значень дублікатів або ієрархію категорії товарів." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:252 msgid "" "However if you do not wish to change your configuration of product " "categories, we recommend you use make use of the external ID for this field " @@ -1026,7 +3823,7 @@ msgstr "" "рекомендуємо використовувати зовнішній ідентифікатор для цього поля " "\"Категорія\"." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:256 msgid "" "How can I import a many2many relationship field (e.g. a customer that has " "multiple tags)?" @@ -1034,7 +3831,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як я можу імпортувати поле зв'язку many2many (наприклад, клієнта з кількома " "тегами)?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:258 msgid "" "The tags should be separated by a comma without any spacing. For example, if" " you want your customer to be linked to both tags 'Manufacturer' and " @@ -1046,13 +3843,13 @@ msgstr "" "\"Роздрібний продавець\", ви кодуєте \"Виробник, роздрібний продавець\" у " "тому ж рядку файлу CSV." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:262 msgid "" ":download:`CSV file for Manufacturer, Retailer " -"<files/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" +"<export_import_data/m2m_customers_tags.csv>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:266 msgid "" "How can I import a one2many relationship (e.g. several Order Lines of a " "Sales Order)?" @@ -1060,7 +3857,7 @@ msgstr "" "Як імпортувати зв'язок one2many (наприклад, кілька рядків замовлення від " "замовлення на продаж)?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:268 msgid "" "If you want to import sales order having several order lines; for each order" " line, you need to reserve a specific row in the CSV file. The first order " @@ -1071,13 +3868,13 @@ msgid "" "quotations you can import, based on demo data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:275 msgid "" ":download:`File for some Quotations " -"<files/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." +"<export_import_data/purchase.order_functional_error_line_cant_adpat.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:218 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:277 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import purchase orders with their " "respective purchase order lines:" @@ -1085,13 +3882,13 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати замовлення на купівлю " "за допомогою відповідних рядків замовлення." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:280 msgid "" ":download:`Purchase orders with their respective purchase order lines " -"<files/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." +"<export_import_data/o2m_purchase_order_lines.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:282 msgid "" "The following CSV file shows how to import customers and their respective " "contacts:" @@ -1099,33 +3896,27 @@ msgstr "" "У наведеному нижче файлі CSV показано, як імпортувати клієнтів та їх " "відповідні контакти:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:284 msgid "" ":download:`Customers and their respective contacts " -"<files/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." +"<export_import_data/o2m_customers_contacts.csv>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:287 msgid "Can I import several times the same record?" msgstr "Чи можу я кілька разів імпортувати той самий запис?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:230 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:289 msgid "" "If you import a file that contains one of the column \"External ID\" or " "\"Database ID\", records that have already been imported will be modified " -"instead of being created. This is very usefull as it allows you to import " +"instead of being created. This is very useful as it allows you to import " "several times the same CSV file while having made some changes in between " "two imports. Odoo will take care of creating or modifying each record " "depending if it's new or not." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви імпортуєте файл, який містить один зі стовпців \"Зовнішній ID\" або " -"\"ID бази даних\", записи, які вже були імпортовані, будуть змінені, а не " -"створені. Це дуже зручно, оскільки система дозволяє імпортувати кілька разів" -" один і той же файл CSV при внесенні деяких змін між двома імпортами. Odoo " -"буде дбати про створення або зміну кожного запису залежно від того, він " -"новий чи ні." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:235 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:294 msgid "" "This feature allows you to use the Import/Export tool of Odoo to modify a " "batch of records in your favorite spreadsheet application." @@ -1133,11 +3924,11 @@ msgstr "" "Ця функція дозволяє вам використовувати інструмент імпорту/експорту Odoo для" " зміни записів цілим пакетом у вашій програмі електронної таблиці." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:239 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:298 msgid "What happens if I do not provide a value for a specific field?" msgstr "Що станеться, якщо я не надам значення для конкретного поля?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:300 msgid "" "If you do not set all fields in your CSV file, Odoo will assign the default " "value for every non defined fields. But if you set fields with empty values " @@ -1149,11 +3940,11 @@ msgstr "" "порожніми значеннями у своєму файлі CSV, Odoo встановить значення EMPTY у " "полі, замість того, аби призначити значення за замовчуванням." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:305 msgid "How to export/import different tables from an SQL application to Odoo?" msgstr "Як експортувати/імпортувати різні таблиці з додатка SQL до Odoo?" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:307 msgid "" "If you need to import data from different tables, you will have to recreate " "relations between records belonging to different tables. (e.g. if you import" @@ -1165,7 +3956,7 @@ msgstr "" "якщо ви імпортуєте компанії та людей, вам доведеться відтворити зв'язок між " "кожною особою та компанією, в якій вони працюють)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:311 msgid "" "To manage relations between tables, you can use the \"External ID\" " "facilities of Odoo. The \"External ID\" of a record is the unique identifier" @@ -1175,16 +3966,16 @@ msgid "" "'company_1', 'person_1' instead of '1')" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:317 msgid "" "As an example, suppose you have a SQL database with two tables you want to " "import: companies and persons. Each person belong to one company, so you " "will have to recreate the link between a person and the company he work for." " (If you want to test this example, here is a :download:`dump of such a " -"PostgreSQL database <files/database_import_test.sql>`)" +"PostgreSQL database <export_import_data/database_import_test.sql>`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:322 msgid "" "We will first export all companies and their \"External ID\". In PSQL, write" " the following command:" @@ -1192,11 +3983,11 @@ msgstr "" "Спочатку ми експортуємо всі компанії та їх \"Зовнішній ID\". У PSQL, " "напишіть таку команду:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:269 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:328 msgid "This SQL command will create the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:278 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:337 msgid "" "To create the CSV file for persons, linked to companies, we will use the " "following SQL command in PSQL:" @@ -1204,11 +3995,11 @@ msgstr "" "Щоби створити файл CSV для осіб, пов'язаних з компаніями, ми використаємо " "наступну команду SQL у PSQL:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:343 msgid "It will produce the following CSV file:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:353 msgid "" "As you can see in this file, Fabien and Laurence are working for the Bigees " "company (company_1) and Eric is working for the Organi company. The relation" @@ -1218,7 +4009,7 @@ msgid "" " who shared the same ID 1 in the original database)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/base_import/import_faq.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:359 msgid "" "The two files produced are ready to be imported in Odoo without any " "modifications. After having imported these two CSV files, you will have 4 " @@ -1230,400 +4021,157 @@ msgstr "" "пов'язані з першою компанією). Спочатку потрібно імпортувати компанії, а " "потім особи." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:3 -msgid "Calendars" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:364 +msgid "How to adapt an import template" +msgstr "Як імпортувати шаблон імпорту" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "Синхронізація Google Календаря з Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:366 msgid "" -"Odoo is perfectly integrated with Google Calendar so that you can see & " -"manage your meetings from both platforms (updates go through both " -"directions)." +"Import templates are provided in the import tool of the most common data to " +"import (contacts, products, bank statements, etc.). You can open them with " +"any spreadsheets software (Microsoft Office, OpenOffice, Google Drive, " +"etc.)." msgstr "" -"Odoo ідеально інтегрований з Google Calendar, щоб ви могли бачити і керувати" -" своїми зустрічами з обох платформ (оновлення відбуваються в обох " -"напрямках)." +"Шаблони імпорту надаються в інструменті імпорту найпоширеніших даних для " +"імпорту (контакти, товари, банківські виписки тощо). Ви можете відкрити їх " +"будь-яким програмним забезпеченням електронних таблиць (Microsoft Office, " +"OpenOffice, Google Диск тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:10 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "Встановлення в Google" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:372 +msgid "How to customize the file" +msgstr "Як налаштувати файл" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:374 msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Google Calendar API credentials. Log in with your Google account." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до `Платформи Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__, щоб створити повноваження Google" -" Календар API. Зайдіть через ваш акаунт Google." +"Remove columns you don't need. We advise to not remove the *ID* one (see why" +" here below)." +msgstr "Видаліть стовпці, які вам не потрібні. Ми радимо не видаляти ID." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "Go to the API & Services page." -msgstr "Перейдіть до сторінки API та Послуги." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:19 -msgid "Search for *Google Calendar API* and select it." -msgstr "Знайдіть*Google Calendar API* і виберіть його." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:27 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Увімкніть API." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:381 msgid "" -"Select or create an API project to store the credentials if not yet done " -"before. Give it an explicit name (e.g. Odoo Sync)." +"When you add a new column, Odoo might not be able to map it automatically if" +" its label doesn't fit any field of the system. If so, find the " +"corresponding field using the search." msgstr "" -"Виберіть або створіть проект API для зберігання облікових даних, якщо це ще " -"не було зроблено раніше. Дайте їй конкретне ім'я (наприклад, Odoo Sync)." +"Коли ви додаєте новий стовпець, Odoo, можливо, не зможе його автоматично " +"помітити, якщо його мітка не підходить для будь-якого поля системи. Якщо " +"так, знайдіть відповідне поле за допомогою пошуку." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:35 -msgid "Create credentials." -msgstr "Створіть облікові дані." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:388 msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." +"Then, use the label you found in your import template in order to make it " +"work straight away the very next time you try to import." msgstr "" -"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " -"користувача* як види даних." +"Потім використовуйте мітку, яку ви знайшли у своєму шаблоні імпорту, щоби " +"він працював одразу ж під час наступної спроби імпорту." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:392 +msgid "Why an “ID” column" +msgstr "Чому колонка \"ID\"?" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:394 msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo Calendar) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The " -"*Authorized JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized " -"redirect URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." +"The **ID** (External ID) is an unique identifier for the line item. Feel " +"free to use the one of your previous software to ease the transition to " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ідентифікатор клієнта. Введіть назву модуля " -"(наприклад, Odoo Calendar) і дозволені сторінки, на які буде відбуватися " -"перенаправлення. *Авторизоване джерело JavaScript* - це ваш приклад URL-" -"адреси Odoo. *Авторизована URI перенаправлення* - це ваш приклад URL-адреси " -"Odoo, а потім -'/google_account/authentication'." +"**ID** (зовнішній ідентифікатор) - це унікальний ідентифікатор елементу. Не " +"соромтеся використовувати попереднє програмне забезпечення для полегшення " +"переходу на Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:397 msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Odoo " -"Calendar). Feel free to check the customizations options but this is not " -"mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the Client ID" -" in Odoo for the first time." +"Setting an ID is not mandatory when importing but it helps in many cases:" msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до етапу Зразок згоди, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Odoo " -"Calendar). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не " -"обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше введете" -" ідентифікатор клієнта в Odoo." +"Встановлення ID не є обов'язковим при імпорті, але це допомагає у багатьох " +"випадках:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:399 msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your **Client ID**. Go to *Credentials* to get" -" the **Client Secret** as well. Both of them are required in Odoo." +"Update imports: you can import the same file several times without creating " +"duplicates;" msgstr "" -"Нарешті, вам надається **ідентифікатор клієнта**. Перейдіть на *Облікові " -"дані*, щоб отримати **Секретний ключ клієнта**. Обидва вони потрібні в Odoo." +"Оновіть імпорт: ви можете імпортувати один і той же файл кілька разів без " +"створення дублікатів;" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:67 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:400 +msgid "Import relation fields (see here below)." +msgstr "Пов'язані поля імпорту (див. Нижче)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:403 +msgid "How to import relation fields" +msgstr "Як імпортувати пов'язані поля" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:405 msgid "" -"Install the **Google Calendar** App from the *Apps* menu or by checking the " -"option in :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`." +"An Odoo object is always related to many other objects (e.g. a product is " +"linked to product categories, attributes, vendors, etc.). To import those " +"relations you need to import the records of the related object first from " +"their own list menu." msgstr "" -"Встановіть додаток **Google Каленар** з меню *Додатки* або позначте опцію в " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування`." +"Об'єкт Odoo завжди пов'язаний з багатьма іншими об'єктами (наприклад, товар " +"пов'язаний із категоріями товарів, атрибутами, постачальниками тощо). Щоб " +"імпортувати ці відносини, вам потрібно спочатку імпортувати записи " +"відповідного об'єкта з власного меню списку." -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:409 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and enter your **Client" -" ID** and **Client Secret** in Google Calendar option." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування` та " -"введіть ваш **ID клієнта** та **Секретний ключ клієнта** в налаштуванні " -"Google Календаря." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:81 -msgid "" -"The setup is now ready. Open your Odoo Calendar and sync with Google. The " -"first time you do it you are redirected to Google to authorize the " -"connection. Once back in Odoo, click the sync button again. You can click it" -" whenever you want to synchronize your calendar." -msgstr "" -"Налаштування готово. Відкрийте Календар Odoo та синхронізуйте його з Google." -" Якщо ви робите це вперше, ви переадресовуєтеся на Google, щоб авторизувати " -"з'єднання. Повернувшись в Odoo, знову натисніть кнопку синхронізації. Ви " -"можете натискати її, коли хочете синхронізувати свій календар." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "As of now you no longer have excuses to miss a meeting!" -msgstr "Тепер ви більше не маєте виправдання, щоби пропустити зустріч!" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronization with Outlook's Calendar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronizing your **main** Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful to keep " -"track of your tasks and appointments, and across all related applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 -msgid "Register your application with the Microsoft identity platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:13 -msgid "" -"In order to be able to sync your Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a " -"Microsoft Azure account is needed. The creation of an account is free for " -"users that have never tried or paid for Azure. For more information, `click " -"here <https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Following, `Set up an Azure AD Tenant <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/azure/active-directory/develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_, also " -"called environment, which is a representation of an organization, to manage " -"and register apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Ultimately, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure" -"/active-directory/develop/quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " -"appropriate supported account type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:20 -msgid "When configuring your platform settings, choose *Web*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For the **Redirect URI restrictions**, copy your Odoo database URI followed " -"by ``/microsoft_account/authentication``. Example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "" -"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " -"this page <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-directory/develop" -"/reply-url>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:37 -msgid "" -"Regarding credentials, you *must* **Add a client secret**, called *Client " -"Secret* in Odoo, which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no " -"interaction from your side. *Certificates* are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:42 -msgid "Configuration in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:44 -msgid "Go to general *Settings* and activate the *Outlook Calendar* feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:50 -msgid "" -"From your Azure portal, under *Overview*, copy your *Application (client) " -"ID*, and paste it to *Client ID* in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:57 -msgid "" -"Going back to your Azure portal, now under *Certificates & secrets*, copy " -"your *Client Secret Value* and paste it to *Client Secret* in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:67 -msgid "Sync with Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Odoo Calendar sends a confirmation email at the creation of an event to its " -"attendees. But, on the **first** sync, Outlook will also send confirmation " -"emails of all scheduled events (including past ones)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:0 -msgid "" -"To avoid this situation, we recommend *archiving all past events, and " -"removing yourself from future ones in Odoo Calendar before the first sync*. " -"This will prevent events from being created in Outlook, and therefore, no " -"redundant emails will be sent during the first synchronization. After the " -"sync, events will only send one confirmation email." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:82 -msgid "" -"Go to the *Calendar* application and *Sync with Outlook*. You are asked to " -"log in to your account, if you are not already, and grant the required " -"permissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:89 -msgid "" -"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" -" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:97 -msgid "" -"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " -"their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " -"configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD " -"tenants' are unique, and represent an organization that helps you to manage " -"a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for your internal and " -"external users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:103 -msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:104 -msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:3 -msgid "Developer Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:3 -msgid "Activate the Developer (Debug) Mode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The Developer or Debug Mode gives you access to extra and advanced tools." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:8 -msgid "Through the Settings application" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:10 -msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the developer mode`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"*Activate the developer mode (with assets)* is used by developers; *Activate" -" the developer mode (with tests assets)* is used by developers and testers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:20 -msgid "" -"Once activated, the *Deactivate the developer mode* option becomes " -"available." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:23 -msgid "Through a browser extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Go to the settings and extensions of your web browser, and search for *Odoo " -"Debug*. Once the extension is installed, a new icon will be shown on your " -"toolbar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:28 -msgid "" -"For the *Odoo Debug* extension, a single click enables a normal version of " -"the mode, while a double click enables it with assets. To deactivate it, use" -" a single click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:35 -msgid "Through the URL" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:37 -msgid "In the URL add ``?debug=1`` or ``?debug=true`` after *web*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:44 -msgid "Developers: type ``?debug=assets`` and activate the mode with assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:47 -msgid "Locate the mode tools" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode/activate.rst:49 -msgid "" -"The Developer mode tools can be accessed from the *Open Developer Tools* " -"button, located on the header of your pages." +"You can do it using either the name of the related record or its ID. The ID " +"is expected when two records have the same name. In such a case add \" / " +"ID\" at the end of the column title (e.g. for product attributes: Product " +"Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +"Ви можете зробити це, використовуючи ім'я відповідного запису або його ID. " +"ID очікується тоді, коли два записи мають однакове ім'я. У такому випадку " +"додайте \"/ ID\" в кінці заголовку колонки (наприклад, для атрибутів товару:" +" атрибути товару / атрибут / ID товару)." #: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" +msgid "In-App Purchase (IAP)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:3 -msgid "General guide about In-App Purchase (IAP) Services" -msgstr "Загальний путівник про Послуги Купівлі в додатку (IAP)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:5 msgid "" "In-App Purchases (IAP) gives access to additional services through Odoo. For" -" instance, it allows me to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " +" instance, it allows you to send SMS Text Messages or to send Invoices by " "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -"Купівлі в додатку (IAP) дають доступ до додаткових послуг через Odoo. " -"Наприклад, це дозволяє надсилати текстові SMS-повідомлення або надсилати " -"рахунки поштою безпосередньо зі своєї бази даних." -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "Купівля кредитів" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" -"If I am on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, I benefit " -"from free credits to test our IAP features." +"If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " +"credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -"Якщо я на Odoo Online (SAAS) і в мене версія Enterprise, я користуюся " -"безкоштовними кредитами для тестування функцій IAP." -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "Рахунки IAP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " "companies, but can be restricted to specific ones. Activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Technical Settings --> IAP Account`." +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to :menuselection:`Technical" +" Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "Портал IAP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:38 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -1631,11 +4179,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "Отримуйте сповіщення, коли недостатньо кредитів" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:48 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -1645,26 +4193,23 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "Доступні послуги IAP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "Різні послуги доступні в залежності типу хостингу вашої бази даних:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used " -"(i.e. the SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" +"*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " +"SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -"*Odoo Online (SAAS)*: можна використовувати лише послуги IAP, які надаються " -"Odoo (напр. такі функції, як SMS, Snailmail, Відкриття та Автоматичне " -"заповнення партнера);" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." @@ -1672,51 +4217,571 @@ msgstr "" "*Odoo.sh та Odoo Enterprise (на власному сервері)*: можна використовувати " "обидві послуги, які надаються Odoo, та сторонні модулі." -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "Запропонувати власні послуги" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:70 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase " -"</developer/webservices/iap>`." +"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:4 -msgid "Mobile" -msgstr "Мобільний" +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:7 -msgid "Push Notifications" -msgstr "Push-сповіщення" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 msgid "" -"As of Odoo 12.0, 13.0 or above, there is no more complex configuration to " -"enable push notifications in the mobile app." +"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " +"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." msgstr "" -"Для Odoo 12.0, 13.0 або новішої версії більше немає складної конфігурації, " -"щоб включити push-сповіщення в мобільному додатку." -#: ../../content/applications/general/mobile.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "Selecting a view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 msgid "" -"Simply go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Odoo Cloud " -"Notification (OCN)` and make sure that **Push Notifications** is checked." +"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. " +"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while " +"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " +"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." msgstr "" -"Просто перейдіть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Загальні налаштування " -"--> Сповіщення Odoo Cloud (OCN)` та переконайтеся, що позначені **Пуш-" -"сповіщення**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:2 -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:189 -msgid "Multi Companies" -msgstr "Мультикомпанії" +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`graph view <reporting/using-graph>` is used to visualize your " +"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often " +"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found " +"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " +"access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`pivot view <reporting/using-pivot>` is used to aggregate your " +"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " +"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" +" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +msgid "Choosing measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " +":doc:`filtered <search>`. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " +"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " +":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" +" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>`, :ref:`decimal <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/decimal>`, :ref:`monetary <studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`) " +"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " +"the total number of filtered records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " +"be :ref:`grouped <search/group>` depending on the dimension you want to " +"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " +"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " +"another one appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Using the comparison option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "Select measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " +":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "Group measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" +" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +msgid "Using the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " +"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" +" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example" +" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the " +":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select" +" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " +"(:guilabel:`➖`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " +"the newly created subgroups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " +"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " +"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " +"Office Furniture` product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " +"(:guilabel:`⇄`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" +" (⏷) order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " +"(:guilabel:`⭳`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +msgid "Using the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 +msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " +"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " +"sets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " +"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +msgid "Stacked bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +msgid "Regular bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +msgid "Stacked line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Cumulative line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Cumulative line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Regular line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 +msgid "Search and filter records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" +" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" +" search for specific values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 +msgid "Preconfigured filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are " +"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the " +"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could " +"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are " +"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* " +"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " +"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 +msgid "Custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " +"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales " +"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " +"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click " +":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " +"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 +msgid "Search for values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add " +"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and " +"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown " +"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " +"you are looking for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* " +"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for " +"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" +" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when " +"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the" +" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " +"selected field will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 +msgid "Group records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" +" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " +"records are filtered out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " +"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " +"categories, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users and companies" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" +" the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " +"and access rights can be added and changed at any point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:3 +msgid "Access Rights" +msgstr "Права доступу" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:9 +msgid "Groups" +msgstr "Групи" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " +"<users/add-individual>`, details of the rules and inheritances of that group" +" are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* comes along. *Groups* are " +"created to define rules to models within an application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" +" rights are shown in black." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:22 +msgid "" +"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " +"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " +"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " +"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " +"they are being applied to the needed and right users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " +"access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:42 +msgid "" +"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " +"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " +"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:45 +msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:46 +msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:47 +msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:48 +msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:55 +msgid "" +"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " +"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:58 +msgid "" +"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " +"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " +"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " +"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 +msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " +"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " +"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:3 +msgid "Companies" +msgstr "Компанії" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:5 msgid "" "A centralized management environment allows you to select multiple companies" " simultaneously and set their specific warehouses, customers, equipment, and" @@ -1725,11 +4790,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -1737,15 +4802,24 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode <../developer_mode/activate>` to choose a " -"*Favicon* for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the " -"browser tabs. Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, " -"PNG, GIF, and ICO are extensions accepted." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* " +"for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " +"Set your favicons’ files size to 16x16 or 32x32 pixels. JPG, PNG, GIF, and " +"ICO are extensions accepted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -1754,114 +4828,130 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " -"<../odoo_basics/users>` for *Multi Companies*." +"<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Операції між компаніями" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../finance/accounting/overview/getting_started/chart_of_accounts>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:87 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions " -"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:90 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`Pricelists <../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:96 msgid "" "Now, activate the *Inter-Company Transactions* option under *Settings*. With" " the respective company *activated* and *selected*, choose if you would like" @@ -1869,20 +4959,30 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" +" Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:104 msgid "" "**Synchronize invoice/bills**: generates a bill/invoice when a company " "confirms a bill/invoice for the selected company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:107 msgid "" "*Example:* an invoice posted on JS Store Belgium, for JS Store US, " "automatically creates a vendor bill on the JS Store US, from the JS Store " "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:114 msgid "" "**Synchronize sales/purchase order**: generates a drafted purchase/sales " "order using the selected company warehouse when a sales/purchase order is " @@ -1890,41 +4990,79 @@ msgid "" "order you rather have it validated, enable *Automatic Validation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:118 msgid "" "*Example:* when a sale order for JS Store US is confirmed on JS Store " "Belgium, a purchase order on JS Store Belgium is automatically created (and " "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:127 msgid "" "Products have to be configured as *Can be sold* and must be shared between " "the companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:130 msgid "" "Remember to test all workflows as an user other than the administrator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:133 msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/multi_companies/manage_multi_companies.rst:131 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multicurrencies/how_it_works`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics.rst:3 -msgid "Basics" -msgstr "Основне" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 +msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Odoo in your own language" -msgstr "Управляйте Odoo вашою рідною мовою" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" +" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" +" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " +"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " +"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " +"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " +":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" +" Account` button to confirm the deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 +msgid "Change language" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:5 msgid "" "Odoo provides you with the option to manage Odoo in different languages, and" " each user can use Odoo in his own language ." @@ -1932,17 +5070,17 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo надає вам можливість керувати Odoo різними мовами, і кожен користувач " "може використовувати Odoo своєю мовою." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:9 msgid "Load your desired language" msgstr "Завантажте потрібну мову" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:11 msgid "" "The first thing to do is to load your desired language on your Odoo " "instance." msgstr "Перше, що потрібно зробити, це завантажити бажану мову у версію Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:14 msgid "" "From the general dashboard click on the **Settings** app; on the top left of" " the page select :menuselection:`Translations --> Load a Translation`, " @@ -1953,7 +5091,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завантажити переклад`, виберіть мову для встановлення та натисніть на " "**ЗАВАНТАЖИТИ**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:23 msgid "" "If you check the \"Websites to translate\" checkbox you will have the option" " to change the navigation language on your website." @@ -1961,11 +5099,11 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви перевірите позначення \"Веб-сайти для перекладу\", ви зможете " "змінити мову навігації на своєму веб-сайті." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:27 msgid "Change your language" msgstr "Змініть мову" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:29 msgid "" "You can change the language to the installed language by going to the drop-" "down menu at the top right side of the screen, choose **Preferences**." @@ -1973,22 +5111,22 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете змінити мову на встановлену, перейшовши до спадного меню у верхній" " правій частині екрана та вибравши **Параметри**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:36 msgid "" "Then change the Language setting to your installed language and click " "**SAVE.**" msgstr "" "Потім змініть налаштування мови на встановлену та натисніть **Зберегти**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:42 msgid "Open a new menu to view the changes." msgstr "Відкрийте нове меню, щоби переглянути зміни." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:45 msgid "Change another user's language" msgstr "Змініть мову іншого користувача" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:47 msgid "" "Odoo also gives you the possibility for each user to choose his preferred " "language." @@ -1996,7 +5134,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo також дає вам можливість для кожного користувача вибрати його бажану " "мову." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:50 msgid "" "To change the language for a different user, choose :menuselection:`Users " "--> Users` from the Settings app. Here you have a list of all users and you " @@ -2012,211 +5150,185 @@ msgstr "" "куті. У розділі Параметри ви можете змінити мову на будь-яку раніше " "встановлену та натисніть **ЗБЕРЕГТИ**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/choose_language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:3 -msgid "Export Data From Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 +msgid "Manage users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working with a database, it sometimes is necessary to export your data " -"in a distinct file. Doing so can help to do reporting over your activities " -"(even if Odoo offers a precise and easy reporting tool with each available " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:9 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can export the values from any field in any record. To do so," -" activate the list view on the items that need to be exported, click on " -"*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Pretty simple, this action still comes with some specificities. In fact, " -"when clicking on *Export*, a pop-up window appears with several options for " -"the data to export:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:25 -msgid "" -"With the *I want to update data* option ticked, the system only shows the " -"fields which can be imported. This is very helpful in case you want to " -"update existing records. Basically, this works like a filter. Leaving the " -"box unticked gives way more field options because it shows all the fields, " -"not just the ones which can be imported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:31 -msgid "" -"When exporting, you can choose between two formats: .csv and .xls. With " -".csv, items are separated with a comma, while .xls holds information about " -"all the worksheets in a file, including both content and formatting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Those are the items you may want to export. Use the arrows to display more " -"sub-field options. Of course, you can use the search bar to find specific " -"fields more easily. To use the search option more efficiently, display all " -"the fields by clicking on all the arrows!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:39 -msgid "The + button is there to add fields to the “to export” list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The “handles” next to the selected fields allow you to move the fields up " -"and down to change the order in which they must be displayed in the exported" -" file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:43 -msgid "The trashcan is there if you need to remove fields." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:44 -msgid "" -"For recurring reports, it might be interesting to save export presets. " -"Select all the needed ones and click on the template bar. There, click on " -"*New template* and give a name to yours. The next time you need to export " -"the same list, simply select the related template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/export-data.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It’s good to keep the field’s external identifier in mind. For example, " -"*Related Company* is equal to *parent_id*. Doing so helps export only what " -"you would like to import next." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:3 -msgid "Users and Access Rights" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " +"Odoo defines a **user** as someone who has access to a database to perform " "daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" " the type of information each user can access, rules can be applied. Users " "and access rights can be added and changed at any point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`language`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`access_rights`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:16 msgid "Add individual users" msgstr "Додайте окремих користувачів" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:18 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :ref:`Access " -"Rights <general/odoo_basics/users/access_rights>` choose the group within " -"each application the user can have access to." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Fill in the form with the needed information. Under the tab :doc:`Access " +"Rights <access_rights>` choose the group within each application the user " +"can have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:28 msgid "" "The list of applications shown is based on the applications installed on the" " database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:34 msgid "" "When you are done editing the page and have *Saved* it, an invitation email " "is automatically sent to the user. The user must click on it to accept the " "invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" +" sent in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:42 msgid "" "Remember that subscription prices follow the number of users. Refer to our " "`pricing page <https://www.odoo.com/pricing>`_ for more information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:46 msgid "" -"With the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` " -"activated, *User Types* can be selected." +"With the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` activated, *User Types* can " +"be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " +"Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:53 msgid "" "The *Portal* and *Public* options do not allow you to choose access rights. " "Members have specific ones (such as record rules and restricted menus) and " "usually do not belong to the usual Odoo groups." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:60 +msgid "Deactivate users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, open the " +"user you want to deactivate, click on *Action*, and then on *Archive*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:66 +msgid "**Never** deactivate the main user (*admin*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:71 msgid "Passwords management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:76 msgid "Reset passwords" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:81 msgid "Enable password resets from login page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:83 msgid "It is possible to enable password resets directly from the login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:85 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Permissions`, activate " "**Password Reset** and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:94 msgid "Send reset instructions to users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:96 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, select the " "user out of the list and click on *Send Password Reset Instructions* on its " "user form. An email is automatically sent to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:101 msgid "" "The *Send Password Reset Instructions* button only appears if the Odoo " "invitation email has already been confirmed by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:104 msgid "" "This email contains all the instructions needed to reset the password, along" " with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:114 msgid "Change users’ passwords" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:116 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users` and select " "a user to access its form. Click on the *Action* button and select *Change " "Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:123 msgid "Enter a new password and confirm by clicking on *Change Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:126 msgid "" "This operation only modifies the password of the users locally and does not " "affect their odoo.com account. If you want to change the odoo.com password, " @@ -2224,112 +5336,23 @@ msgid "" "email>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:130 msgid "" "Click on *Change Password* one more time. You are then redirected to an Odoo" " login page where you can reaccess your database using your new password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:122 -msgid "Access Rights in detail" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:136 +msgid "Multi Companies" +msgstr "Мультикомпанії" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:124 -msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " -"then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Groups`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:128 -msgid "Groups" -msgstr "Групи" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:133 -msgid "" -"When choosing the groups the user can have access under :ref:`Access Rights " -"<general/odoo_basics/add_individual_user>`, details of the rules and " -"inheritances of that group are not shown, so this is when the menu *Groups* " -"comes along. *Groups* are created to define rules to models within an " -"application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Under *Users*, have a list of the current ones. The ones with administrative" -" rights are shown in black." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:141 -msgid "" -"*Inherited* means that users added to this application group are " -"automatically added to the following ones. In the example below, users who " -"have access to the group *Administrator* of *Sales* also have access to " -"*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:151 -msgid "" -"Remember to always test the settings being changed in order to ensure that " -"they are being applied to the needed and right users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:154 -msgid "" -"The *Menus* tab is where you define which menus (models) the user can have " -"access to." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:161 -msgid "" -"*Access Rights* rules are the first level of rights. The field is composed " -"of the object name, which is the technical name given to a model. For each " -"model, enable the following options as appropriate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:164 -msgid "*Read*: the values of that object can be only seen by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:165 -msgid "*Write*: the values of that object can be edited by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:166 -msgid "*Create*: values for that object can be created by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:167 -msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:174 -msgid "" -"As a second layer of editing and visibility rules, *Record Rules* can be " -"formed. They overwrite, or refine, the *Access Rights*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:177 -msgid "" -"A record rule is written using a *Domain*. Domains are conditions used to " -"filter or searching data. Therefore, a domain expression is a list of " -"conditions. For each rule, choose among the following options: *Read*, " -"*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:184 -msgid "" -"Making changes in access rights can have a big impact on the database. For " -"this reason, we recommend you to contact your Odoo Business Analyst or our " -"Support Team, unless you have knowledge about Domains in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:138 msgid "" "The *Multi Companies* field allows you to set to which of the multiple " "companies database you hold the user can have access." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:142 msgid "" "Note that if not handled correctly, it may be the source of a lot of " "inconsistent multi-company behaviors. Therefore, a good knowledge of Odoo is" @@ -2337,1218 +5360,153 @@ msgid "" "</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:205 -msgid ":doc:`../multi_companies/manage_multi_companies`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 +msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/odoo_basics/users.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`../../settings/users_and_features`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:27 -msgid "Payment Acquirers" -msgstr "Платіжні еквайєри" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:3 -msgid "Authorize.Net" -msgstr "Authorize.Net" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:5 -msgid "" -"`Authorize.Net <https://www.authorize.net>`__ is a United States-based " -"online payment solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit " -"cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:12 -msgid "" -"This Payment Acquirer offers additional options that are not available for " -"other :doc:`Payment Acquirers <payment_acquirers>`, such as the ability to " -"process your customer's payment after delivery." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:17 -msgid "Authorize.Net account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If not done yet, choose a plan and `Sign Up for an Authorize.Net account " -"<https://www.authorize.net/sign-up.html>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo needs your **API Credentials & Keys** to connect with your " -"Authorize.Net account, which comprise:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:25 -msgid "API Login ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:26 -msgid "Transaction Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:27 -msgid "Signature Key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:29 -msgid "" -"To retrieve them, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to " -":menuselection:`Account --> Security Settings --> General Security Settings " -"--> API Credentials & Keys`, and generate your **Transaction Key** and " -"**Signature Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:114 -msgid "" -"`Authorize.Net: Getting Started Guide " -"<https://support.authorize.net/s/article/Authorize-Net-Getting-Started-" -"Guide>`__" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:43 -msgid "Payment Acquirer Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:45 -msgid "" -"To configure Authorize.Net as Payment Acquirer in Odoo, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, open " -"**Authorize.Net**, and change the **State** to *Enabled*. Don't forget to " -"click on *Save* once you've set everything up." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Please refer to the :doc:`Payment Acquirers documentation " -"<payment_acquirers>` to read how to configure this payment acquirer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:133 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Повноваження" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Copy your credentials from your Authorize.Net account (API Login Id, API " -"Transaction Key, and API Signature Key), paste them in the related fields " -"under the **Credentials** tab, then click on **Generate Client Key**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The **API Client Key** is necessary only if you select *Payment from Odoo* " -"option as :ref:`Payment Flow <payment_acquirers/payment_flow>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are trying Authorize.Net as a test, with a *sandbox account*, change " -"the **State** to *Test Mode*. We recommend doing this on a test Odoo " -"database, rather than on your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:151 -msgid "Payment Flow" -msgstr "Процес оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:71 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Flow** lets you decide if to redirect the user to the payment " -"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " -"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo. This field is under the " -"**Configuration** tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you select *Redirection to the acquirer website*, make sure you add a " -"**Default Receipt URL** and a **Default Relay Response URL** to your " -"Authorize.net account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To do so, log into your Authorize.Net account, go to :menuselection:`Account" -" --> Transaction Format Settings --> Transaction Response Settings --> " -"Response/Receipt URLs`, and set the default links:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Default Receipt URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**payment/authorize/return**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Default Relay Response URL:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*https://[yourcompany.odoo.com]*/**shop/confirmation**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "Failing to complete this step results in the following error:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:0 -msgid "*The referrer, relay response or receipt link URL is invalid.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:91 -msgid "Capture the payment after the delivery" -msgstr "Зафіксуйте платіж після доставки" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:93 -msgid "" -"The **Capture Amount Manually** field is under the **Configuration** tab. If" -" enabled, the funds are reserved for 30 days on the customer's card, but not" -" charged yet." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:100 -msgid "" -"To capture the payment, go to the related Sales Order and click on *Capture " -"Transaction*. If the order is canceled, you can click on *Void Transaction* " -"to unlock the funds from the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:108 -msgid "" -"After **30 days**, the transaction is **voided automatically** by " -"Authorize.net." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:111 -msgid "" -"With other payment acquirers, you can manage the capture in their own " -"interfaces, not from Odoo." -msgstr "" -"З іншими платіжними еквайєрми ви можете керувати утриманням у власних " -"інтерфейсах, а не з Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:116 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:206 -msgid ":doc:`payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize.rst:117 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:207 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Acquirers (Credit Cards, Online Payment)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Odoo embeds several **payment methods** that allow your customers to pay on " -"their *Customer Portals* or your *eCommerce website*. They can pay Sales " -"Orders, invoices, or subscriptions with recurring payments with their " -"favorite payment acquirers, including **online payment providers** that " -"accept **Credit Cards**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Having several payment methods increases the chances of getting paid in " -"time, or even immediately, as you make it more convenient for your customers" -" to pay with the payment method they prefer and trust." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Odoo does not keep Credit Card numbers or credentials on its servers, nor is" -" it stored on Odoo databases hosted elsewhere. Instead, Odoo apps use a " -"unique reference to the data stored in the payment acquirers' systems, where" -" the information is safely stored. This reference is useless without your " -"credentials for the payment acquirer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:29 -msgid "" -"From an accounting perspective, we can distinguish two types of payment " -"acquirers: the payments that go directly on the bank account and follow the " -"usual reconciliation workflow, and the payment acquirers that are third-" -"party services and require you to follow another accounting workflow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:36 -msgid "Bank Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid ":doc:`Wire Transfer <wire_transfer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "" -"When selected, Odoo displays your payment information with a payment " -"reference. You have to approve the payment manually once you have received " -"it on your bank account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "SEPA Direct Debit" -msgstr "Прямий дебет SEPA " - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Your customers can sign a SEPA Direct Debit mandate online and get their " -"bank account charged directly. :doc:`Click here " -"<../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/batch_sdd>` for more" -" information about this payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:49 -msgid "Online Payment Providers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Redirection to the acquirer website" -msgstr "Перенаправлення на веб-сайт покупця" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Payment from Odoo" -msgstr "Платіж з Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Save Cards" -msgstr "Зберегти картки" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:52 -msgid "Capture Amount Manually" -msgstr "Сума отримання вручну" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -msgid "Adyen" -msgstr "Adyen" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -msgid "✔" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:57 -msgid "Alipay" -msgstr "Alipay" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`Authorize.Net <authorize>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:61 -msgid "Buckaroo" -msgstr "Buckaroo" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:63 -msgid "Ingenico" -msgstr "Ingenico" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:65 -msgid ":doc:`PayPal <paypal>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:67 -msgid "PayUMoney" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:69 -msgid "SIPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:71 -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:3 -msgid "Stripe" -msgstr "Stripe" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Some of these Online Payment Providers can also be added as :doc:`Bank " -"Accounts <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`, but this is " -"**not** the same process as adding them as Payment Acquirers. Payment " -"Acquirers allow customers to pay online, and Bank Accounts are added and " -"configured on your Accounting app to do a bank reconciliation, which is an " -"accounting control process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:86 -msgid "" -"Some of the features described in this section are available only with some " -"Payment Acquirers. Refer to :ref:`the table above " -"<payment_acquirers/online_providers>` for more details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:92 -msgid "Add a new Payment Acquirer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"To add a new Payment acquirer and make it available to your customers, go to" -" :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Acquirers`, look " -"for your payment acquirer, install the related module, and activate it. To " -"do so, open the payment acquirer and change its state from *Disabled* to " -"*Enabled*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:104 -msgid "" -"We recommend using the *Test Mode* on a duplicated database or a test " -"database. The Test Mode is meant to be used with your test/sandbox " -"credentials, but Odoo generates Sales Orders and Invoices as usual. It isn't" -" always possible to cancel an invoice, and this could create some issues " -"with your invoices numbering if you were to test your payment acquirers on " -"your main database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:112 -msgid "Credentials tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:114 -msgid "" -"If not done yet, go to the **Online Payment Provider**'s website, create an " -"account, and make sure to have the credentials required for third-party use." -" Odoo requires these credentials to communicate with the Payment Acquirer " -"and get the confirmation of the *payment authentication*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"The form in this section is specific to the Payment Acquirer you are " -"configuring. Please refer to the related documentation for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:124 -msgid "Configuration tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"You can change the Payment Acquirer front-end appearance by modifying its " -"name under the **Displayed as** field and which credit card icons to display" -" under the **Supported Payment Icons** field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:132 -msgid "Save and reuse Credit Cards" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:134 -msgid "" -"With the **Save Cards** feature, Odoo can store **Payment Tokens** in your " -"database, which can be used for subsequent payments, without having to " -"reenter the payment details. This is particularly useful for subscriptions' " -"recurring payments." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:141 -msgid "Place a hold on a card" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"If the **Capture Amount Manually** field is enabled, the funds are reserved " -"for a few days on the customer's card, but not charged yet. You must then go" -" to the related Sales Order and manually *capture* the funds before its " -"automatic cancellation, or *void the transaction* to unlock the funds from " -"the customer's card." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Choose in the **Payment Flow** field if to redirect the user to the payment " -"acquirer's portal to authenticate the payment, or if to stay on the current " -"page and authenticate the payment from Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:157 -msgid "" -"Some features are available only if you select *Redirection to the acquirer " -"website*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:162 -msgid "Countries" -msgstr "Країни" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Restrict the use of the Payment Acquirer to a selection of countries. Leave " -"this field blank to make the Payment Acquirer available to all countries." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:170 -msgid "Payment Journal" -msgstr "Журнал оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Journal** selected for your Payment Acquirer must be a *Bank* " -"journal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " -"**Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. Both of them are " -"preset to work out-of-the-box, but we strongly recommend you to make sure " -"these fields are correctly set according to your accounting needs, and adapt" -" them if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:183 -msgid "Messages tab" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:185 -msgid "" -"Change here the messages displayed by Odoo after a payment's confirmation or" -" failure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:190 -msgid "Accounting perspective" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:192 -msgid "" -"The **Bank Payments** that go directly to one of your bank accounts follow " -"their usual reconciliation workflows. However, payments recorded with " -"**Online Payment Providers** require you to consider how you want to record " -"your payments' journal entries. We recommend you to ask your accountant for " -"advice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Odoo default method is to record the payments on a *Current Assets Account*," -" on a dedicated *Bank Journal*, once the *Payment Authentication* is " -"confirmed. At some point, you transfer the funds from the *Payment Acquirer*" -" to your *Bank Account*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:201 -msgid "Here are the requirements for this to work:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:203 -msgid "Bank Journal" -msgstr "Банківський журнал" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:205 -msgid "The Journal's **type** must be *Bank Journal*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:206 -msgid "" -"Select the right **Default Debit Account** and **Default Credit Account**." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 +msgid "Portal access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 msgid "" -"Under the *Advanced Settings* tab, make sure that **Posting** is set as " -"*Post At Payment Validation*." +"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " +"documents or information within an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 msgid "" -"This implies that the Journal Entry is recorded directly when your Odoo " -"database receives the confirmation of the *Payment Authentication* from the " -"Online Payment Provider." +"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" +" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:212 -msgid "Current Asset Account" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +msgid "leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:214 -msgid "The Account's **type** is *Current Assets*" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +msgid "quotations/sales orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:215 -msgid "The Account must **Allow Reconciliation**" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +msgid "purchase orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:218 -msgid "" -"In many cases, Odoo automatically creates a new **Journal** and a new " -"**Current Asset Account** when you activate a new Payment Acquirer. You can " -"modify them if necessary." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +msgid "invoices & bills" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:223 -msgid "" -":doc:`../../finance/accounting/receivables/customer_payments/recording`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +msgid "projects" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:224 -msgid ":doc:`wire_transfer`" -msgstr ":doc:`wire_transfer`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:225 -msgid ":doc:`authorize`" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "tasks" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers.rst:226 -msgid ":doc:`paypal`" -msgstr ":doc:`paypal`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:3 -msgid "Configure your Paypal account" -msgstr "Налаштуйте ваш обліковий запис Paypal" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Paypal is available and popular worldwide. It doesn’t charge any " -"subscription fee and creating an account is very easy. That’s why we " -"definitely recommend it for starters in Odoo. It works as a seamless flow " -"where the customer is routed to Paypal website to register the payment." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "timesheets" msgstr "" -"Paypal доступний та популярний по всьому світу. Він не стягує плату за " -"підписку, а створити обліковий запис дуже легко. Ось чому ми рекомендуємо " -"його для початківців в Odoo. Він працює безперебійно, коли клієнт " -"перенаправляється на веб-сайт Paypal для реєстрації платежу." -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:12 -msgid "Paypal account" -msgstr "Обліковий запис Paypal" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +msgid "tickets" +msgstr "заявки" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A business account is needed to get paid with Paypal. Create a `Paypal " -"Business Account <https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/ " -"applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`_" -" or upgrade your Personal account to a Business account. Go to the Paypal " -"settings and click on *Upgrade to a Business account*. Then follow the few " -"configuration steps." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +msgid "signatures" msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок потрібен для отримання платежів з Paypal. Створіть `Бізнес-" -"рахунок Paypayl " -"<https://www.paypal.com/us/merchantsignup/applicationChecklist?signupType=CREATE_NEW_ACCOUNT&productIntentId=wp_standard>`__" -" або оновіть ваш Персональний рахунок на Бізнес. Перейдіть в налаштування " -"Paypal та натисніть *Оновити на Бізнес-рахунок*. Потім продовжіть кілька " -"кроків налаштування." -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:23 -msgid "Settings in Paypal" -msgstr "Налаштування в Paypal" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +msgid "subscriptions" +msgstr "підписки" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 msgid "" -"First, let’s see how to set up your Paypal account in order to build a " -"seamless customer experience with Odoo." +"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " +"documents in the database." msgstr "" -"Спершу, давайте поглянемо, як налаштувати ваш обліковий запис Paypal, щоби " -"створити безперебійний досвід роботи клієнта з Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Log in and open the settings. Go to :menuselection:`Products & Services --> " -"Website payments` and click **Update** on **Website preferences**." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" msgstr "" -"Увійдіть та відкрийте налаштування. Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Товари та " -"послуги --> Платежі веб-сайту` та натисніть **Оновити** у **Налаштуваннях " -"веб-сайту**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:34 -msgid "Auto Return" -msgstr "Автоматичне повернення" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 msgid "" -"*Auto Return* automatically redirects your customers to Odoo once the " -"payment is processed. Check *Auto Return* and enter your domain name with " -"the suffix ``/shop/confirmation`` as *Return URL* (e.g. " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." +"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " +"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on " +"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " +"interface." msgstr "" -"*Автоматичне повернення* автоматично перенаправляє ваших клієнтів на Odoo " -"після обробки платежу. Позначте *Автоматичне повернення* та введіть ваше " -"ім'я домену із суфіксом ``/shop/confirmation`` як *URL повернення* (напр., " -"``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/shop/confirmation``)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"This URL is requested in Paypal but not used in practice as Odoo transmits " -"it at each transaction. Don’t worry if you manage several sales channels or " -"Odoo databases." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" msgstr "" -"Ця URL-адреса дає запит на Paypal, але не використовується на практиці, " -"оскільки Odoo передає її на кожній транзакції. Не хвилюйтеся, якщо ви " -"керуєте кількома каналами продажів або базами даних Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:49 -msgid "Payment Data Transfer (PDT)" -msgstr "Переказ даних про оплату (PDT)" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 msgid "" -"*Payment Data Transfer* delivers the payment confirmation to Odoo as soon as" -" it is processed. Without it, Odoo cannot end the sales flow. This setting " -"must be activated as well. When saving, an *Identity Token* is generated. " -"You will be later requested to enter it in Odoo." +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" msgstr "" -"*Переказ даних про оплату* передає підтвердження платежу в Odoo, як тільки " -"він оброблений. Без цього Odoo не зможе завершити процес продажу. Ці " -"налаштування повинні бути активованими як слід. Під час збереження " -"створюється *Токен ідентифікації*. Пізніше ви отримаєте запит на вхід в " -"Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:59 -msgid "Paypal Account Optional" -msgstr "Опціональний рахунок Paypal" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 msgid "" -"We advise you to not prompt customers to log in with a Paypal account when " -"they get to pay. Let them pay with debit/credit cards as well, or you might " -"lose some deals. Make sure this setting is turned on." +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" msgstr "" -"Ми радимо не спонукати клієнтів входити за допомогою облікового запису " -"Paypal, коли вони отримують оплату. Нехай вони також платять " -"дебетовими/кредитними картками, інакше ви можете втратити деякі угоди. " -"Переконайтесь, що цей параметр увімкнено." -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:68 -msgid "Instant Payment Notification (IPN)" -msgstr "Миттєві сповіщення оплати (IPN)" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"PDT sends order confirmations once and only once. As a result, your site " -"must be running when it happens; otherwise, it will never receive the " -"message. That’s why we advise to activate the *Instant Payment Notification*" -" (IPN) on top. With IPN, delivery of order confirmations is virtually " -"guaranteed since IPN resends a confirmation until your site acknowledges " -"receipt." -msgstr "" -"PDT надсилає підтвердження замовлень лише один раз. В результаті ваш сайт " -"повинен запускатися, коли це трапляється; в іншому випадку він ніколи не " -"отримає повідомлення. Тому ми радимо активувати *Миттєві сповіщення оплати* " -"(IPN) в горі. З IPN, доставка підтвердження замовлень практично гарантоване " -"з того часу, як IPN повторно надсилає підтвердження поки ваш сайт не " -"підтвердить отримання." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 msgid "" -"To activate IPN, get back to *Website payments* menu and click *Update* in " -"*Instant Payment Notification*." +":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " +"into the portal" msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати IPN, поверніться в меню *Платежі веб-сайту* та натисніть " -"*Оновити* у *Миттєвих сповіщеннях оплати*." -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:79 -msgid "" -"The *Notification URL* to set is your domain name + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(e.g. ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" msgstr "" -"*URL сповіщення* для встановлення вашого ім'я домену + “payment/paypal/ipn” " -"(напр., ``https://yourcompany.odoo.com/payment/paypal/ipn``)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:85 -msgid "Payment Messages Format" -msgstr "Формат повідомлень оплати" -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 msgid "" -"If you use accented characters (or anything else than basic Latin " -"characters) for your customer names, addresses... you MUST configure the " -"encoding format of the payment request sent by Odoo to Paypal." +"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " +"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" +" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " +"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте символи з наголосом (або що-небудь ще, крім основних " -"латинських символів) для імен ваших клієнтів, адрес... вам НЕОБХІДНО " -"налаштувати формат кодування запиту на платіж, що надсилається Odoo в " -"Paypal." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:93 -msgid "" -"If you don't configure this setting, some transactions fail without notice." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви не налаштуєте це, деякі транзакції не вдаватимуться без приміток." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:95 -msgid "To do so, open:" -msgstr "Щоб зробити це, відкрийте:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:97 -msgid "" -"`this page for a test account <https://sandbox.paypal.com/cgi-" -"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -msgstr "" -"`цю сторінку для тестового облікового запису <https://sandbox.paypal.com" -"/cgi-bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:99 -msgid "" -"`this page for a production account <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" -"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" -msgstr "" -"`цю сторінку для робочого облікового запису <https://www.paypal.com/cgi-" -"bin/customerprofileweb?cmd=_profile-language-encoding>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:101 -msgid "" -"Then, click *More Options* and set the two default encoding formats as " -"**UTF-8**." -msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть *Додаткові параметри* та встановіть два стандартні кодування" -" у форматі **UTF-8**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:109 -msgid "Your Paypal account is ready!" -msgstr "Ваш обліковий запис Paypal готовий!" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:112 -msgid "" -"If you want your customers to pay without creating a Paypal account, *Paypal" -" Account Optional* needs to be turned on." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете, щоби ваші клієнти платили без створення облікових записів " -"Paypal, потрібно увімкнути *Опціональний обліковий запис Paypal*." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:118 -msgid "" -"For Encrypted Website Payments & EWP_SETTINGS error, please check the " -"`Paypal documentation <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/ classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/ #encrypted-" -"website-payments-ewp>`_." -msgstr "" -"Для зашифрованих платежів на веб-сайті та помилки EWP_SETTINGS, перевірте " -"`документацію paypal. <https://developer.paypal.com/docs/classic/paypal-" -"payments-standard/integration-guide/encryptedwebpayments/#encrypted-website-" -"payments-ewp>`__." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:124 -msgid "Settings in Odoo" -msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:127 -msgid "Activation" -msgstr "Активація" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Activate *Paypal* from the config bar of Sales, Invoicing and eCommerce " -"apps, or from the configuration menu of *Payment Acquirers*." -msgstr "" -"Активуйте *Paypal* з панелі налаштувань Продажів, Виставлення рахунків та " -"Електронної комерції, або з меню налаштування *Платіжних еквайєрів*." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:135 -msgid "Odoo requires three Paypal credentials:" -msgstr "Odoo вимагає трьох облікових даних Paypal:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:137 -msgid "*Email ID* is your login email address in Paypal." -msgstr "" -"*ID електронної пошти* - це ваш логін адреси електронної пошти в Paypal." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:138 -msgid "" -"*Merchant ID* can be found in the settings of your Paypal account, in " -":menuselection:`Account Settings --> Business information`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:140 -msgid "" -"*Paypal PDT Token* is given in *Website payments* configuration as explained" -" here above." -msgstr "" -"*Токен PDT Paypal* надається у налаштуваннях *Платежі веб-сайту*, як це " -"показано нижче." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:146 -msgid "Transaction fees" -msgstr "Оплата транзакції" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:148 -msgid "" -"You can charge extra fees to your customers for paying with Paypal; This to " -"cover the transaction fees Paypal charges you. Once redirected to Paypal, " -"your customer sees an extra applied to the order amount." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете стягувати додаткову комісію з клієнтів за оплату через Paypal; Це " -"покриває стягнення з вас комісії за транзакцію Paypal. Після направлення на " -"Paypal, ваш клієнт бачить додаткову суму до суми замовлення." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:151 -msgid "" -"To activate this, go to the Configuration tab of Paypal configuration in " -"Odoo and check *Add Extra Fees*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати це, перейдіть на вкладку Налаштування Paypal а Odoo та " -"позначте *Додати додаткові комісії*." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:157 -msgid "" -"You can refer to `Paypal Fees <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp/paypal-" -"fees>`__ to set up fees." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете перейти на `Комісію Paypal <https://www.paypal.com/webapps/mpp" -"/paypal-fees>`__ щоби встановити комісію." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:161 -msgid "" -"`Traders in the EU <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" -"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ are not allowed to charge extra fees for " -"paying with credit cards." -msgstr "" -"`Продавцям у ЄС <https://europa.eu/youreurope/citizens/consumers/shopping" -"/pricing-payments/ index_en.htm>`_ заборонено стягувати додаткові збори за " -"оплату кредитними картками." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:165 -msgid "Go live!" -msgstr "Перейдіть в онлайн!" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Your configuration is ready to roll. Make sure *Production* mode is on. Then" -" publish the payment method by clicking the *Published* button right next to" -" it." -msgstr "" -"Ваші налаштування готові до запуску. Переконайтеся, що увімкнено режим " -"*Розробника*. Потім опублікуйте метод платежу, натиснувши на кнопку " -"*Опубліковано* поруч." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:176 -msgid "" -"Paypal is now available in your payment form available in eCommerce, Sales " -"and Invoicing apps. Customers are redirected to Paypal website when hitting " -"*Pay Now*. They get back to a confirmation page in Odoo once the payment is " -"processed." -msgstr "" -"Тепер Paypal доступний у ваших платежах у модулях Електронної комерції, " -"Продажах та Виставленні рахунків. Клієнти перенаправляються на веб-сайт " -"Paypal під час натискання *Оплатити зараз*. Вони повернуться на сторінку " -"підтвердження в Odoo після того, як платіж буде оброблено." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:185 -msgid "Test environment" -msgstr "Тестове середовище" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:187 -msgid "" -"You can test the entire payment flow in Odoo thanks to Paypal Sandbox " -"accounts." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете протестувати процес оплати в Odoo завдяки рахункам Paypal Sandbox." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Log in to `Paypal Developer Site <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ with " -"your Paypal credentials." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть на `Сайт розробника Paypal <https://developer.paypal.com/>`__ з " -"вашими обліковими даними Paypal." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:191 -msgid "This will create two sandbox accounts:" -msgstr "Це створить два рахунки sandbox:" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:193 -msgid "" -"A business account (to use as merchant, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Бізнес-рахунок (для використання як покупці, напр. " -"`pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com " -"<mailto:pp.merch01-facilitator@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:195 -msgid "" -"A default personal account (to use as shopper, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." -msgstr "" -"Персональний рахунок за замовчуванням (для використання як покупець, e.g. " -"`pp.merch01-buyer@example.com <mailto:pp.merch01-buyer@example.com>`__)." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:197 -msgid "" -"Log in to Paypal Sandbox with the merchant account and follow the same " -"configuration instructions. Enter your sandbox credentials in Odoo and make " -"sure Paypal is still set on *Test Environment*. Also, make sure the " -"automatic invoicing is not activated in your eCommerce settings, to not " -"generate invoices when a fictitious transaction is completed." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у Paypal Sandbox з обліковим записом продавця та слідуйте тим самим" -" інструкціям налаштування. Введіть ваші облікові дані sandbox в Odoo та " -"переконайтеся, що Paypal досі встановлено як *Тестове середовище*. Також " -"переконайтеся, що автоматичне виставлення рахунку не активовано у ваших " -"налаштуваннях Електронної комерції, щоб не створювати рахунки коли " -"завершуються фіктивні транзакції." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal.rst:203 -msgid "Run a test transaction from Odoo using the sandbox personal account." -msgstr "" -"Запустіть тестову транзакцію в Odoo, використовуючи особистий обліковий " -"запис Sandbox." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:5 -msgid "" -"`Stripe <https://stripe.com/>`_ is a United States-based online payment " -"solution provider, allowing businesses to accept **credit cards** and other " -"payment methods." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:9 -msgid "Enable Local Payment Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Local payment methods are payment methods that are only available for " -"certain merchants and customers countries and currencies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The Stripe connector in Odoo supports the following local payment methods:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:16 -msgid "Bancontact" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:17 -msgid "EPS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:18 -msgid "Giropay" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:19 -msgid "iDeal:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:20 -msgid "Przelewy24 (P24)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To enable specific Local Payment Methods with Stripe, list them as supported" -" payment icons. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Payment Acquirers --> Stripe" -" --> Configuration` and add the desired payment methods in the **Supported " -"Payment Icons** field. If the desired payment method is already listed, you " -"don't have anything to do." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/stripe.rst:31 -msgid "" -"If a payment method icon doesn't exist at all in the database, the " -"corresponding local payment method is always offered to customers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:3 -msgid "How to get paid with wire transfers" -msgstr "Як отримати платіж через банківський переказ" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:5 -msgid "" -"**Wire Transfer** is the default payment method available. The aim is " -"providing your customers with your bank details so they can pay on their " -"own. This is very easy to start with but slow and inefficient process-wise. " -"Opt for payment acquirers as soon as you can!" -msgstr "" -"**Банківський переказ** - це доступний спосіб оплати за замовчуванням. Мета " -"- надати своїм клієнтам свої банківські реквізити, щоб вони могли платити " -"самостійно. Це дуже легко розпочати, але повільно і неефективно. Виберіть " -"покупців, як тільки зможете!" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:13 -msgid "How to provide customers with payment instructions" -msgstr "Як надати клієнтам платіжні інструкції" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Put your payment instructions in the **Thanks Message** of your payment " -"method." -msgstr "" -"Вставте свої платіжні інструкції у **Повідомлення подяки** за допомогою " -"вашого способу оплати." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:19 -msgid "They will appear to the customers when they place an order." -msgstr "Вони з'являтимуться у клієнтів, коли вони розміщують замовлення." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:26 -msgid "How to manage an order once you get paid" -msgstr "Як керувати замовленням, коли ви отримуєте оплату" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Whenever a customer pays by wire transfer, the order stays in an " -"intermediary stage **Quotation Sent** (i.e. unpaid order). When you get " -"paid, you confirm the order manually to launch the delivery." -msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли клієнт оплачує банківським переказом, замовлення " -"залишається на проміжному етапі **надісланої комерційної пропозиції** " -"(наприклад, неоплачене замовлення). Коли ви отримуєте оплату, ви " -"підтверджуєте замовлення вручну, щоб запустити доставку." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:35 -msgid "How to create other manual payment methods" -msgstr "Як створити інші ручні методи оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/payment_acquirers/wire_transfer.rst:37 -msgid "" -"If you manage a B2B business, you can create other manually-processed " -"payment methods like paying by check. To do so, just rename *Wire Transfer* " -"or duplicate it." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви керуєте B2B-бізнесом, ви можете створювати інші способи оплати, що " -"обробляються вручну, наприклад, оплата чеком. Для цього просто перейменуйте " -"*Банківський переказ* або дублюйте його." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash.rst:3 -msgid "Unsplash" -msgstr "Unsplash" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash access key" -msgstr "Як створити ключ доступу Unsplash" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:6 -msgid "" -"**As an SaaS user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to follow" -" this guide to set up Unsplash informations, since you will use our own Odoo" -" Unsplash key in a transparent way." -msgstr "" -"**Як користувач SaaS**, ви готові використовувати Unsplash. Вас не потрібно " -"буде слідкувати за цим посібником, щоби встановити інформацію Unsplash, з " -"того часу, як ви будете використовувати наш власний ключ Odoo Unsplash у " -"прозорий спосіб." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:9 -msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for **non-Saas** users" -msgstr "Створіть ключ доступу Unsplash для користувача **не Saas**" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:11 -msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." -msgstr "" -"Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " -"Application**." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до вашої `панелі приладів додатків " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " -"додаток**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:18 -msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." -msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:23 -msgid "" -"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " -"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " -"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " -"**Create application**." -msgstr "" -"Вам буде запропоновано вставити **Назву заявки** та **Опис**.Будь ласка, " -"префіксуйте назву вашого модуля за \"** Odoo: **\", щоби Unsplash міг " -"розпізнати його як екземпляр Odoo. Після завершення натисніть на **Створити " -"додаток**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:28 -msgid "" -"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" -" to find your **access key**." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні бути перенаправлені на сторінку деталей додатку. Прокрутіть вниз," -" щоб знайти ваш **ключ доступу**." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:34 -msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a restriction of " -"50 Unsplash requests per hour." -msgstr "" -"**Як не користувач SaaS**, ви не зможете зареєструватися для робочого ключа " -"Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, що має обмеження у" -" 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_access_key.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" -msgstr ":doc:`unsplash_application_id`" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:3 -msgid "How to generate an Unsplash application ID" -msgstr "Як створити ID додатка Unsplash" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 msgid "" -"You should first create and set up your Unsplash application with this " -"tutorial: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." +"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" +"sending a portal invitation." msgstr "" -"Вам спершу потрібно створити та встановити ваш додаток Unsplash з цим " -"посібником: :doc:`unsplash_access_key`." -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 msgid "" -"Go to your `applications dashboard " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " -"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до `панелі приладів додатків " -"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " -"додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " -"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" -" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " +"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " +"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the " +":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " +"then click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -"Вас буде перенаправлено на сторінку деталей вашого модуля. **ID модуля** " -"буде видимий у вашій URL-адресі браузера. URL-адреса повинна бути схожа на " -"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" -#: ../../content/applications/general/unsplash/unsplash_application_id.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 msgid "" -"**As a non-SaaS user**, you won't be able to register for a production " -"Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 Unsplash " -"requests per hour restriction." +"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " +"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " +"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" +" :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -"**Як не користувач SaaS**, ви не зможете зареєструватися для робочого ключа " -"Unsplash та будете обмежені у доступі до тестового ключа, який має обмеження" -" у 50 запитів Unsplash на годину." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -3623,35 +5581,35 @@ msgstr "" "Вам також потрібно встановити PJSIP, ви можете завантажити джерело `тут " "<http://www.pjsip.org/download.htm>` _. Після вилучення вихідного каталогу:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "**Перейдіть у вихідний каталог pjproject:**" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "**запустіть:**" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "**Побудуйте та встановіть pjproject:**" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "**Оновіть посилання на спільну бібліотеку:**" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "**Перевірте, чи встановлено pjproject:**" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "**Результат повинен бути:**" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "Asterisk" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" @@ -3661,23 +5619,23 @@ msgstr "" "`там <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "Вилучіть Asterisk:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "Введіть каталог Asterisk:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "Запустіть налаштування скрипта Asterisk:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "Запустіть інструмент вибору меню Asterisk:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -3689,11 +5647,11 @@ msgstr "" "і ви повинні перевстановити його. Збережіть налаштування (натисніть x). Ви " "також повинні побачити зірки перед рядками res_pjsip." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "Скомпілюйте та встановіть Asterisk:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " @@ -3703,19 +5661,19 @@ msgstr "" "для встановлення зразків налаштування. Якщо вам потрібно встановити сценарій" " запуску Asterisk, ви можете запустити 'зробити налашт'." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "Сертифікати DTLS" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "Після цього вам потрібно встановити сертифікати DTLS." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "Введіть каталог скриптів Asterisk:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" @@ -3723,11 +5681,11 @@ msgstr "" "Створіть сертифікати DTLS (замініть pbx.mycompany.com на свою IP-адресу чи " "ім'я dns, замініть My Super Company на назву вашої компанії):" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "Налаштуйте сервер Asterisk" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -3741,7 +5699,7 @@ msgstr "" " в /etc/asterisk/. Почніть з редагування http.conf і переконайтеся, що " "наступні рядки не коментуються:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -3756,26 +5714,26 @@ msgstr "" "одним рівнем; установка цих конфігураційних рядки глобально можуть не " "працювати:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" "У sip.conf та rtp.conf файлах вам також потрібно додати чи відключити рядки:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "Нарешті, встановіть extensions.conf:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "Налаштуйте ІР-телефонію Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "В Odoo налаштування повинне виконуватися в налаштуваннях користувача." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." @@ -3783,11 +5741,11 @@ msgstr "" "SIP Login/Розширення браузера - це номер, яки ви налаштували раніше у файлі " "sip.conf (у нашому прикладі: 1060)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "Пароль SIP - секретний ключ, який ви обрали у файлі sip.conf." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " @@ -3797,7 +5755,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовується, якщо ви хочете перемістити ваш дзвінок з Odoo на зовнішній" " телефон, що також налаштовується у файлі sip.conf." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." @@ -3805,7 +5763,7 @@ msgstr "" "Налаштування також слід виконати у Загальних налаштуваннях під розділом " "\"Інтеграції\"." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." @@ -3813,7 +5771,7 @@ msgstr "" "IP сервера PBX має бути таким же, як і IP, який ви визначаєте у файлі " "http.conf." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -3851,6 +5809,10 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, and " @@ -3871,54 +5833,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:37 +msgid "Configure the VOIP user in the Odoo's user" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Users`, then open " "the user's form you want to configure. Under the **Preferences** tab, fill " "out the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:42 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the Axivox *username*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:50 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://manage.axivox.com/, selecting the user you want to configure, and " "referring to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "SIP credentials in the Axivox manager" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 msgid "Phone Calls" msgstr "Телефонні дзвінки" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:60 msgid "" "You can make phone calls by clicking on the phone icon in the navigation " "bar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:62 msgid "" "You can also receive phone calls. Odoo rings and displays a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 +msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:72 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameter* message in the **Odoo softphone**, refresh " "your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Missing Parameter\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:80 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " @@ -3926,6 +5912,10 @@ msgid "" "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:0 +msgid "\"Incorrect Number\" error message in the Odoo softphone" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:3 msgid "Use VoIP services in Odoo with OnSIP" msgstr "" @@ -3941,7 +5931,7 @@ msgstr "" "Asterisk не потрібні, оскільки вся інфраструктура розміщена та керована " "OnSIP." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -3953,11 +5943,11 @@ msgstr "" "територію та області, в які ви хочете зателефонувати. Після відкриття обліку" " OnSIP виконайте процедуру налаштування нижче." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "Перейдіть до додатків та встановіть модуль **VoIP OnSIP**." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" @@ -3965,7 +5955,7 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть до Налаштування/Загальні налаштування. У розділі " "Інтеграція/Asterisk (VoIP) заповніть 3 поля:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " @@ -3976,15 +5966,15 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/, і ви побачите його у верхньому правому куті " "екрана." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "**WebSocket** повинен містити wss: //edge.sip.onsip.com" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "**Режим** повинен бути Розробник" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" @@ -3993,23 +5983,23 @@ msgstr "" "користувача IP-телефонії на вкладці Налаштування введіть розділ " "**Налаштування PBX**:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**Логін SIP/Розширення браузера**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача'" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**Авторизація користувача OnSIP**: OnSIP 'Ім'я користувача авт'" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Пароль SIP**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "**Розширення для телефонів**: 'Розширення' OnSIP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " @@ -4019,7 +6009,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://admin.onsip.com/users, а потім виберіть користувача, якого ви хочете" " налаштувати, і посилайтеся на поля, як це показано нижче." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" @@ -4029,7 +6019,7 @@ msgstr "" " куті Odoo (переконайтеся, що ви ввійшли як користувач, який належним чином " "налаштований в Odoo та OnSIP)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." @@ -4037,19 +6027,15 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви бачите повідомлення про *відсутність параметрів* на софтводі Odoo, " "обов'язково оновіть вікно Odoo та повторіть спробу." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -"Якщо в Odoo softphone з'являється повідомлення *Неправильне число*, " -"обов'язково використовуйте міжнародний формат, який містить знак плюс (+), а" -" потім міжнародний код країни. Наприклад: +16506913277 (де +1 - міжнародний " -"префікс для США)." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." @@ -4057,11 +6043,11 @@ msgstr "" "Тепер також можна телефонувати. Ваш номер - це той, який надається OnSIP. " "Odoo зателефонує і покаже повідомлення." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "OnSIP на вашому мобільному телефоні" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4074,39 +6060,35 @@ msgstr "" " на ходу, але також для того, щоб переконатися, що ви чуєте вхідні дзвінки, " "або просто для зручності. Будь-який SIP softphone буде працювати." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.ucm>`_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -"На Android та iOS, OnSIP успішно протестовано за допомогою `Grandstream Wave" -" <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave> _ _. " -"Під час створення облікового запису виберіть OnSIP у списку постачальників. " -"Вам потрібно буде налаштувати його таким чином:" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "**Ім'я облікового запису**: OnSIP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "**SIP сервер**: OnSIP 'Домен'" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "**ID користувача SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача' OnSIP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "**ID Аутентифікації SIP**: 'Ім'я користувача аут.' OnSIP" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "**Пароль**: OnSIP 'Пароль SIP'" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4114,21 +6096,12 @@ msgid "" "the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" " numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." msgstr "" -"Окрім ініціювання дзвінків з Grandstream Wave на свій телефон, ви також " -"можете ініціювати дзвінки, натиснувши номери телефонів у вашому браузері на " -"своєму ПК. Це зробить дзвінок Grandstream Wave і маршрут дзвінка через " -"телефон на іншу сторону. Цей підхід корисний, щоб не витрачати час на набір " -"телефонних номерів. Для цього вам знадобиться розширення Chrome `Помічник " -"дзвінків OnSIP <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en> _ _." -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." msgstr "" -"Недоліком використання софтфону на вашому мобільному телефоні є те, що ваші " -"виклики не будуть входити в систему Odoo, оскільки софтфон виступає в ролі " -"незалежного окремого додатка." diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po new file mode 100644 index 000000000..76a27c714 --- /dev/null +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/hr.po @@ -0,0 +1,1252 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE. +# Copyright (C) Odoo S.A. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the Odoo package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +# Translators: +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-08-14 15:32+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2023-05-22 07:33+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" +"Language: uk\n" +"Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr.rst:5 +msgid "Human resources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:8 +msgid "Attendances" +msgstr "Відвідування" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Attendances** functions as a time clock. Employees check in and check" +" out of work, while managers can see who is available at any given time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Attendances " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/attendances-684>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:3 +msgid "Hardware" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:6 +msgid "Kiosk management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:8 +msgid "" +"A kiosk is a self-service station that allows employees to check in and " +"check out for work shifts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:10 +msgid "There are two ways to set up a kiosk:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:12 +msgid "**Laptop and desktop PC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Running a kiosk in a web browser is the cheapest and most flexible option. " +"You can print employee badges with any thermal or inkjet printer compatible " +"with your web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:17 +msgid "**Tablet and mobile phone (Android or iOS)**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Tablets and mobile phones take up much less space, and their touchscreens " +"are easy to use. Consider putting them in a secure stand at the front desk " +"or mounting them securely on a wall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:23 +msgid "" +"We recommend using an iPad together with the `Heckler Design WindFall Stand " +"<https://hecklerdesign.com/products/windfall-stand-for-ipad>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:27 +msgid "RFID key fob readers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan personal RFID key fobs with an RFID reader to manage " +"check-ins and check-outs quickly and easily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst-1 +msgid "An RFID key fob is placed on an RFID reader" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:38 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Neuftech USB RFID Reader " +"<https://neuftech.net/Neuftech-USB-RFID-Reader-ID-" +"Kartenleseger%C3%A4t-Kartenleser-Kontaktlos-Card-Reader-f%C3%BCr-EM4100>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:57 +msgid "An IoT box is **not** required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:44 +msgid "Barcode scanners" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Employees can scan the barcode on their employee badges to manage check-ins " +"and check-outs quickly and easily. The kiosk mode works with most USB " +"barcode scanners connected directly to a computer. Bluetooth barcode " +"scanners are also supported natively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/attendances/hardware.rst:51 +msgid "" +"We recommend using the `Honeywell product line " +"<https://sps.honeywell.com/us/en/products/productivity/barcode-scanners>`_. " +"If the barcode scanner is connected directly to a computer, it must be " +"configured to use the computer's keyboard layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:7 +msgid "Employees" +msgstr "Співробітники" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Employees* organizes a company's employee records, contracts, and " +"departments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:3 +msgid "Add a new employee" +msgstr "Додати нового співробітника" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a new employee is hired, the first step is to create a new employee " +"form. Starting in the :menuselection:`Employees` app default view, click the" +" :guilabel:`Create` button to access a new employee form. Fill out the " +"required information (underlined in bold) and any additional details, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new employee card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The current company phone number and name is populated in the " +":guilabel:`Work Phone` and :guilabel:`Company` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:19 +msgid "General information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:22 +msgid "Required fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the employee's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: Select the company from the drop-down menu that the new" +" employee is hired by, or create a new company by typing the name in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: In the :guilabel:`Work Information` tab, select " +"the desired :guilabel:`Working Hours` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Working Hours are located in the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours` are related to a company's working times, and an " +"employee cannot have working hours that are outside of a company's working " +"times." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Each individual working time is company-specific, so for multi-company " +"databases, each company needs to have its own working hours set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If an employee's working hours are not configured as a working time for the " +"company, new working times can be added, or existing working times can be " +"modified. To add or modify a working time, go to the :menuselection:`Payroll" +" app --> Configuration --> Working Times`, and add a new working time or " +"edit an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After the new working time is created, set the working hours for the " +"employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:49 +msgid "Optional fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Photo`: In the top right image box of the employee card, click on" +" the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` edit icon to select a photo to upload." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`Job Position`: Enter the employee's job position title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Tags: Click on a tag in the drop-down menu to add any tags applicable to the" +" employee. Any tag can be created in this field by typing it in. Once " +"created, the new tag is available for all employee cards. There is no limit " +"to the amount of tags that can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Work Contact Information: Enter the employees :guilabel:`Work Mobile`, " +":guilabel:`Work Phone`, :guilabel:`Work Email`, and/or :guilabel:`Company` " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Department`: Select the employee's department from the drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manager`: Select the employee's manager from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coach`: Select the employee's coach from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:64 +msgid "" +"After a :guilabel:`Manager` is selected, if the :guilabel:`Coach` field is " +"blank, the selected manager automatically populates the :guilabel:`Coach` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:68 +msgid "" +"To make edits to the selected :guilabel:`Department`, :guilabel:`Manager`, " +":guilabel:`Coach`, or :guilabel:`Company`, click the :guilabel:`External " +"Link` button next to the respective selection. The :guilabel:`External Link`" +" button opens the selected form, allowing for modifications. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` after any edits are made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:74 +msgid "Additional information tabs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:77 +msgid "Resumé tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:80 +msgid "Resumé" +msgstr "Резюме" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Next, the employee's work history is entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab. " +"Each previous experience must be entered individually. Click " +":guilabel:`Create a New Entry`, and the :guilabel:`Create Resumé lines` form" +" appears. Enter the following information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` button if there is only one entry to add, or click the " +":guilabel:`Save & New` button to save the current entry and create another " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add information for the previous work experience in this form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Type in the name of the previous work experience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: From the drop-down menu, select either " +":guilabel:`Experience`, :guilabel:`Education`, :guilabel:`Internal " +"Certification`, :guilabel:`Internal Training`, or type in a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Display Type`: Select either :guilabel:`Classic`, " +":guilabel:`Certification`, or :guilabel:`Course` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date Start` and :guilabel:`Date End`: Enter the start and end " +"dates for the work experience. To select a date, use the :guilabel:`< " +"(left)` and :guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons to scroll to the desired " +"month, then click on the day to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: Enter any relevant details in the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:104 +msgid "Skills" +msgstr "Навички" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:106 +msgid "" +"An employee's skills can be entered in the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab in the " +"same manner a resumé line is created. Click the :guilabel:`Create a New " +"Entry` button under :guilabel:`Skills` and a :guilabel:`Create Skills` form " +"appears. Fill in the information, then click the :guilabel:`Save & Close` " +"button if there is only one entry to add, or click the :guilabel:`Save & " +"New` button to save the current entry and immediately create a new entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new skill for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Type`: Select from the drop-down menu either " +":guilabel:`Languages`, :guilabel:`Dev`, :guilabel:`Music`, " +":guilabel:`Marketing`, or type in a new skill type. After entering the new " +"skill type, an option to :guilabel:`Create` the skill or :guilabel:`Create " +"and Edit` the skill appears. Click :guilabel:`Create and Edit`, and a pop-up" +" for the specific skill type appears. This can also be accessed with the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to the new skill. This form allows for" +" the creation of specific skills and levels. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and enter the information for the new skill, then repeat for all other added" +" skills. Repeat this process for the :guilabel:`Levels` section. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add each level and progress." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add a new skill and levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:131 +msgid "" +"To add a math skill set, enter `Math` in the :guilabel:`Name` field. In the " +":guilabel:`Skills` field, enter `Algebra`, `Calculus`, and `Trigonometry`. " +"And, in the :guilabel:`Levels` field enter `beginner`, `intermediate`, and " +"`expert`. Then, either click :guilabel:`Save & Close` or :guilabel:`Save & " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:136 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill`: The corresponding skills associated with the selected " +":guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. For example, selecting " +":guilabel:`Language` as the :guilabel:`Skill Type` presents a variety of " +"languages to select from under the :guilabel:`Skills` field. Select the " +"appropriate pre-configured skill, or type in a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:140 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Skill Level`: Pre-defined skill levels associated with the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Type` appear in a drop-down menu. Select a level " +"or create a new skill level by typing it in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:142 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress`: Progress is automatically selected based on the " +"selected :guilabel:`Skill Level`. Skill levels and progress can be modified " +"in the :guilabel:`Skill Type` pop-up form, which is accessed via the " +":guilabel:`External Link` button next to :guilabel:`Skill Type` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To delete any line from the :guilabel:`Resumé` tab, click the :guilabel:`🗑️ " +"(trash can)` delete icon to delete the entry. Add a new line by clicking the" +" :guilabel:`ADD` button next to the corresponding section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:151 +msgid "Work information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: Select the :guilabel:`Work Address` from the drop-down" +" menu. The :guilabel:`External Link` button opens up the selected company " +"form in a window, and allows for editing. The :guilabel:`Work Location` is " +"where any specific location details should be noted, such as a floor, or " +"building." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:157 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Approvers`: Using the drop-down menus, select the employees " +"responsible for approving :guilabel:`Time Off`, :guilabel:`Expenses`, and " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` " +"button opens a form with the approver's :guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Email " +"Address`, :guilabel:`Company`, :guilabel:`Phone`, and :guilabel:`Mobile` " +"fields. These can be modified, if needed. Click :guilabel:`Save` after " +"making any edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: Select the :guilabel:`Working Hours` (required) and " +":guilabel:`Timezone` for the employee. The :guilabel:`External Link` button " +"opens up a detailed view of the specific daily working hours. Working hours " +"can be created, modified, or deleted here. Global time off (such as " +"holidays) can be entered in the :guilabel:`Global Time Off` tab. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new global time off." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Planning`: Click on a planning role from the drop-down menu for " +"both the :guilabel:`Default Planning Role` and the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` fields to add a role. There is no limit to the amount of " +":guilabel:`Planning Roles` that can be selected for an employee, but there " +"can only be one :guilabel:`Default Planning Role`. The default is the " +"*typical* role that the employee performs, where the :guilabel:`Planning " +"Roles` are *all* the specific roles the employee is able to perform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:0 +msgid "Add the work information to the Work Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:179 +msgid "Private information tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:181 +msgid "" +"No information in the :guilabel:`Private Information` tab is required, " +"however, some information in this section may be critical for the company's " +"payroll department. In order to properly process payslips and ensure all " +"deductions are accounted for, the employee's personal information should be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Here, the employee's :guilabel:`Private Contact`, :guilabel:`Marital " +"Status`, :guilabel:`Emergency Contact`, :guilabel:`Education`, " +":guilabel:`Citizenship`, :guilabel:`Dependant`, and :guilabel:`Work Permit` " +"information is entered. Fields are entered either using a drop-down menu, " +"clicking a check box, or typing in the information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Contact`: Enter the :guilabel:`Address` for the employee." +" The selection can be made with the drop-down menu. If the information is " +"not available, type in the name for the new address. To edit the new " +"address, click the :guilabel:`External Link` button to open the address " +"form. On the address form, enter the necessary details, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Some other information in the :guilabel:`Private Contact` " +"section may auto-populate, if the address is already listed in the drop-down" +" menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Marital Status`: Select either :guilabel:`Single`, " +":guilabel:`Married`, :guilabel:`Legal Cohabitant`, :guilabel:`Widower`, or " +":guilabel:`Divorced` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:200 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Emergency Contact`: Type in the name and phone number of the " +"employee's emergency contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:202 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Education`: Select the highest level of education completed by " +"the employee from the :guilabel:`Certificate Level` drop-down menu. Options " +"include :guilabel:`Graduate`, :guilabel:`Bachelor`, :guilabel:`Master`, " +":guilabel:`Doctor`, or :guilabel:`Other`. Type in the :guilabel:`Field of " +"Study`, and the name of the :guilabel:`School` in the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:206 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Citizenship`: This section houses all the information relevant to" +" the citizenship of the employee. Some selections use a drop-down menu, as " +"does the :guilabel:`Nationality (Country)`, :guilabel:`Gender`, and " +":guilabel:`Country of Birth` sections. The :guilabel:`Date of Birth` uses a " +"calendar module to select the date. First, click on the name of the month, " +"then the year, to access the year ranges. Use the :guilabel:`< (left)` and " +":guilabel:`> (right)` arrow icons, navigate to the correct year range, and " +"click on the year. Next, click on the month. Last, click on the day to " +"select the date. Type in the information for the :guilabel:`Identification " +"No`, :guilabel:`Passport No`, and :guilabel:`Place of Birth` fields. If the " +"employee is :guilabel:`Disabled` or a :guilabel:`Nonresident`, click the " +"check box next to the respective fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:216 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dependant`: If the employee has any dependants, that information " +"is entered here. Type in the number of children the employee has, and check " +"the boxes next to :guilabel:`Disabled Children` and/or :guilabel:`Other " +"Dependent People` if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:219 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Permit`: If the employee has a work permit, enter the " +"information in this section. Type in the :guilabel:`Visa No` and/or " +":guilabel:`Work Permit No` in the corresponding fields. Using the calendar " +"module, select the :guilabel:`Visa Expire Date` to enter the expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "Add the private information to the Private Information tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:228 +msgid "HR settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:230 +msgid "" +"This tab provides various fields for different information, depending on the" +" country the company is located. Different fields are configured for " +"different locations, however some sections appear regardless." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Status`: If applicable, select a :guilabel:`Related User`, " +":guilabel:`Job Position`, and :guilabel:`Language` with the drop-down menus." +" Type in the :guilabel:`Registration Number of the Employee`, and the " +":guilabel:`NIF Country Code` if available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fleet`: If the employee has access to a company car, enter the " +":guilabel:`Mobility Card` information here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:239 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timesheets`: Enter the employee's cost per hour in a $XX.XX " +"format. This is factored in when the employee is working at a work center. " +"This value affects the employee's pay, and may also affect manufacturing " +"costs for a product, if the value of the manufactured product is not a fixed" +" amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:243 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attendance`: This section may only appear for Belgian companies. " +"Enter the :guilabel:`INSZ or BIS` number if applicable. :guilabel:`Badge ID`" +" and a :guilabel:`PIN Code` can be entered here, if the employee needs/has " +"one. Click :guilabel:`Generate` next to the :guilabel:`Badge ID` to create a" +" badge ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enter any information prompted in the HR Settings tab for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:253 +msgid "Personal documents tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:255 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Personal Documents` tab is only displayed for certain " +"countries. If this tab is not visible, it is not applicable to the company's" +" location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst:258 +msgid "" +"Add a file for the employee's :guilabel:`ID Card Copy`, :guilabel:`Driving " +"License`, :guilabel:`Mobile Subscription Invoice`, :guilabel:`SIM Card " +"Copy`, and :guilabel:`Internet Subscription Invoice` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Upload Your File` button next to the corresponding field. File " +"types that can be accepted are :file:`.jpg`, :file:`.png`, and :file:`.pdf`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/employees/new_employee.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Upload personal documents for the employee in the Personal Documents tab, either a jpg,\n" +"png, or pdf." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:3 +msgid "Payroll" +msgstr "Зарплата" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Payroll* is used to process work entries and create payslips for " +"employees, including both regular pay and commission. Payroll works in " +"conjunction with other Odoo apps, such as *Employees*, *Timesheets*, *Time " +"Off*, and *Attendances*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The *Payroll* app helps ensure there are no issues or conflicts when " +"validating work entries, handles country-specific localizations to ensure " +"that payslips follow local rules and taxes, and allows for salary " +"assignments. Payroll configuration is critical to ensure accurate and timely" +" processing of payslips." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:15 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To access the *Settings*, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`. Whether or not payslips are posted in accounting, and whether" +" SEPA payments are created, is selected here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Settings` screen is where localization settings are " +"configured. *Localizations* are country-specific settings pre-configured in " +"Odoo at the creation of the database, and account for all taxes, fees, and " +"allowances for that particular country. The :guilabel:`Localization` section" +" of the :guilabel:`Settings` includes a detailed view of all benefits " +"provided to employees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for Payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Any country-specific localizations are set up in the " +":guilabel:`Localization` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` screen. All " +"localization items are pre-populated when the country is specified during " +"the creation of the database. It is not recommended to alter the " +"localization settings unless specifically required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:35 +msgid "Work entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A *work entry* is an individual record on an employee's timesheet. Work " +"entries can be configured to account for all types of work and time off, " +"such as :guilabel:`Attendance`, :guilabel:`Sick Time Off`, " +":guilabel:`Training`, or :guilabel:`Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:42 +msgid "Work entry types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:44 +msgid "" +"When creating a work entry in the *Payroll* application, or when an employee" +" enters information in the *Timesheets* application, a :guilabel:`Work Entry" +" Type` needs to be selected. The list of :guilabel:`Work Entry Types` is " +"automatically created based on localization settings set in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To view the current work entry types available, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Work Entry Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Each work entry type has a code to aid in the creation of payslips, and " +"ensure all taxes and fees are correctly entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all work entry types currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:60 +msgid "New work entry type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To create a new work entry type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter " +"the information on the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Entry Type Name`: The name should be short and descriptive, " +"such as `Sick Time` or `Public Holiday`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: This code appears with the work entry type on timesheets " +"and payslips. Since the code is used in conjunction with the *Accounting* " +"application, it is advised to check with the accounting department for a " +"code to use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sequence`: The sequence determines the order that the work entry " +"is computed in the payslip list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Check boxes: If any of the items in the list applies to the work entry, " +"check off the box by clicking it. If :guilabel:`Time Off` is checked off, a " +":guilabel:`Time Off Type` field appears. This field has a drop-down menu to " +"select the specific type of time off, or a new type of time off can be " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New work entry type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rounding`: The rounding method determines how timesheet entries " +"are displayed on the payslip." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:84 +msgid ":guilabel:`No Rounding`: A timesheet entry is not modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Half Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest half day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Day`: A timesheet entry is rounded to the closest full day " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:89 +msgid "" +"If the working time is set to an 8-hour work day (40-hour work week), and an" +" employee enters a time of 5.5 hours on a timesheet, and " +":guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`No Rounding`, the entry remains " +"5.5 hours. If :guilabel:`Rounding` is set to :guilabel:`Half Day`, the entry" +" is changed to 4 hours. If it is set to :guilabel:`Day`, it is changed to 8 " +"hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:95 +msgid "Working times" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To view the currently configured working times, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Working Times`. The working " +"times that are available for an employee's contracts and work entries are " +"found in this list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Working times are company-specific. Each company must identify each type of " +"working time they use. For example, an Odoo database containing multiple " +"companies that use a standard 40-hour work week needs to have a separate " +"working time entry for each company that uses the 40-hour standard work " +"week." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All working times currently set up in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:111 +msgid "New working time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To create a new working time, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the" +" information on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New working type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The fields are auto-populated for a regular 40-hour work week but can be " +"modified. First, change the name of the working time by modifying the text " +"in the :guilabel:`Name` field. Next, make any adjustments to the days and " +"times that apply to the new working time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Working Hours` tab, modify the :guilabel:`Day of Week`, " +":guilabel:`Day Period`, and :guilabel:`Work Entry Type` selections by " +"clicking on the drop-down menus in each column and making the desired " +"selection. The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` columns are " +"modified by typing in the time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:130 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Work From` and :guilabel:`Work To` times must be in a 24-hour" +" format. For example, `2:00 PM` would be entered as `14:00`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:133 +msgid "" +"If the working time should be in a two-week configuration, click the " +":guilabel:`Switch To 2 Week Calendar` button. This creates entries for an " +":guilabel:`Even week` and an :guilabel:`Odd week`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:137 +msgid "Salary" +msgstr "Зарплатня" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:142 +msgid "Structure types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:144 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, an employee's payslip is based on *structures* and *structure " +"types*, which both affect how an employee enters timesheets. Each structure " +"type is an individual set of rules for processing a timesheet entry, which " +"consists of different structures nested within it. Structure types define " +"how often an employee gets paid, the working hours, and if wages are based " +"on a salary (fixed) or how many hours the employee worked (varied)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For example, a structure type could be `Employee`, and that structure type " +"could have two different structures in it: a `Regular Pay` structure which " +"includes all the separate rules for processing regular pay, as well as a " +"structure for an `End of Year Bonus` which includes the rules only for the " +"end of year bonus. Both the `Regular Pay` structure and `End of Year Bonus` " +"structure are structures within the `Employee` structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The different structure types can be seen by going to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structure Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:159 +msgid "" +"There are two default structure types configured in Odoo: *Employee* and " +"*Worker*. Typically, *Employee* is used for salaried employees, which is why" +" the wage type is *Monthly Fixed Wage*, and *Worker* is typically used for " +"employees paid by the hour, so the wage type is *Hourly Wage*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of all structure types." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Create` button to make a new structure type. Most " +"fields are pre-populated, but all fields can be edited. Once the fields are " +"edited, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New structure type box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:176 +msgid "Structures" +msgstr "Структури" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:178 +msgid "" +"*Salary structures* are the different ways an employee gets paid within a " +"specific *structure*, and are specifically defined by various rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:181 +msgid "" +"The amount of structures a company needs for each structure type depends on " +"how many different ways employees are paid, and how their pay is calculated." +" For example, a common structure that could be useful to add may be a " +"`Bonus`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To view all the various structures for each structure type, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Structures`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "All available salary structures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Each :ref:`structure type <payroll/structure-types>` lists the various " +"structures associated with it. Each structure contains a set of rules that " +"define it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Click on a structure to view its :guilabel:`Salary Rules`. These rules are " +"what calculate the payslip for the employee." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Salary structure details for Regular Pay." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:203 +msgid "Rules" +msgstr "Правила" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Each structure has a set of *salary rules* to follow for accounting " +"purposes. These rules are configured by the localization, and affect the " +"*Accounting* application, so modifications to the default rules, or the " +"creation of new rules, should only be done when necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To view all the rules, go to :menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration " +"--> Rules`. Click on a structure (such as :guilabel:`Regular Pay`) to view " +"all the rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Rules for each salary structure type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To make a new rule, click :guilabel:`Create`. A new rule form appears. Enter" +" the information in the fields, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the information for the new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:223 +msgid "The required fields for a rule are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:225 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:226 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Category`: Select a category the rule applies to from the drop-" +"down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Code`: Enter a code to be used for this new rule. It is " +"recommended to coordinate with the accounting department for a code as this " +"will affect them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure`: Select a salary structure the rule applies to " +"from the drop-down menu, or enter a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:232 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Condition Based on`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from " +"the drop-down menu whether the rule is :guilabel:`Always True` (always " +"applies), a :guilabel:`Range` (applies to a specific range, which is entered" +" beneath the selection), or a :guilabel:`Python Expression` (the code is " +"entered beneath the selection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Amount Type`: In the :guilabel:`General` tab, select from the " +"drop-down menu whether the amount is a :guilabel:`Fixed Amount`, a " +":guilabel:`Percentage (%)`, or a :guilabel:`Python Code`. Depending on what " +"is selected, the fixed amount, percentage, or Python code needs to be " +"entered next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:242 +msgid "Rule parameters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Rule Parameters` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:250 +msgid "Other input types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:252 +msgid "" +"When creating payslips, it is sometimes necessary to add other entries for " +"specific circumstances, like expenses, reimbursements, or deductions. These " +"other inputs can be configured by going to :menuselection:`Payroll --> " +"Configuration --> Other Input Types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Other input types for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:260 +msgid "" +"To create a new input type, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Description`, the :guilabel:`Code`, and which structure it " +"applies to in the :guilabel:`Availability in Structure` field. Click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to" +" delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new Input Type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:270 +msgid "Salary package configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:272 +msgid "" +"The various options under the :guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` " +"section of the :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration` menu all affect an" +" employee's potential salary. These sections (:guilabel:`Advantages`, " +":guilabel:`Personal Info`, and :guilabel:`Resume`) specify what benefits can" +" be offered to an employee in their salary package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Depending on what information an employee enters (such as deductions, " +"dependents, etc.), their salary is adjusted accordingly. When an applicant " +"applies for a job on the company website, the sections under " +":guilabel:`Salary Package Configurator` directly affect what the applicant " +"sees, and what is populated as the applicant enters information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:283 +msgid "Advantages" +msgstr "Додаткові заохочення" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:285 +msgid "" +"When offering potential employees a position, there can be certain " +"*advantages* set in Odoo in addition to the salary to make the offer more " +"appealing (such as extra time off, access to a company car, reimbursement " +"for a phone or internet, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To see the advantages, go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> " +"Advantages`. Advantages are grouped by :guilabel:`Structure type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Settings available for payroll." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:296 +msgid "" +"To make a new advantage, click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Enter the " +"information in the fields, then click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes, or click :guilabel:`Discard` to delete the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "List of advantages employee's can have." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:304 +msgid "The required fields for an advantage are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter the name for the advantage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:307 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Field`: Select from the drop-down menu what field in " +"the payslip this advantage appears under." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:309 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Advantage Type`: Select from the drop-down menu what type of " +"advantage the benefit is. Select from :guilabel:`Monthly Benefit in Kind`, " +":guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in Net`, :guilabel:`Monthly Advantages in " +"Cash`, or :guilabel:`Yearly Advantages in Cash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:312 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salary Structure Type`: Select from the drop-down menu which " +"salary structure type this advantage applies to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:316 +msgid "Personal info" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:318 +msgid "" +"Every employee in Odoo has an *employee card* that includes all of their " +"personal information, resume, work information, and documents. To view an " +"employee's card, go to the main :menuselection:`Payroll` app dashboard, and " +"click on the employee's card, or go to :menuselection:`Payroll --> Employees" +" --> Employees` and click on the employee's card. Employee cards can also be" +" viewed by going to the :menuselection:`Employees` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:325 +msgid "An employee card can be thought of as an employee personnel file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:327 +msgid "" +"The *Personal Information* section lists all of the fields that are " +"available to enter on the employee's card. To access this section, go to " +":menuselection:`Payroll --> Configuration --> Personal Info`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "Personal information that appear on employee cards to enter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:335 +msgid "" +"To edit an entry, select it from the list. Then, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button, and modify the entry. When done, click :guilabel:`Save` or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to save the information or cancel the edits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst-1 +msgid "New personal information entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:343 +msgid "" +"The two most important fields on the personal info form are :guilabel:`Is " +"Required` and :guilabel:`Display Type`. Checking the :guilabel:`Is Required`" +" box makes the field mandatory on the employee's card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:347 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Display Type` drop-down menu allows for the information to be" +" entered in a variety of ways, from a :guilabel:`Text` box, to a " +"customizable :guilabel:`Radio` button, a :guilabel:`Checkbox`, a " +":guilabel:`Document`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:351 +msgid "" +"Once the information is entered, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:354 +msgid "Resume" +msgstr "Продовжити" + +#: ../../content/applications/hr/payroll.rst:357 +msgid "" +"Currently, the :guilabel:`Resume` feature found inside the " +":menuselection:`Payroll app --> Configuration` menu is still in development " +"and only serves a specific use case for Belgian markets. The documentation " +"will be updated when this section has matured to more markets." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po index 3f021565e..e864dca4b 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/index.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:40+0000\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-03-03 17:52+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/index.rst:3 +#: ../../content/index.rst:5 msgid "Odoo Documentation" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2674f2d6f..b9d50a0a4 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -4,103 +4,120 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# trolka <trolka.olug@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory & Mrp" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp.rst:5 +msgid "Inventory & MRP" +msgstr "Склад та MRP" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Штрих-код" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:4 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Склад" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "Штрих-коди" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:3 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "Щоденні операції" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Процес коригування запасів за допомогою штрих-кодів" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" +"Щоб обробити коригування залишків за допомогою штрих-кодів, спочатку " +"потрібно відкрити модуль *Штрих-код*. Потім у додатку натиснути *Коригування" +" залишків*." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" +"Як тільки ви клікнете на *Коригування залишків*, Odoo автоматично створить " +"інвентаризацію. Зауважте, якщо ви працюєте з кількома складами, ви спочатку " +"маєте визначити, на яких місцезнаходженнях буде виконуватися інвентаризація." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" +"Якщо ви не працюєте з кількома місцезнаходженнями, ви зможете сканувати " +"різні товари, які хочете включити в коригування залишків." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:6 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -109,33 +126,32 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " -"nomenclature being in :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." +"nomenclature being in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. To do so, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -145,45 +161,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -192,17 +208,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -210,75 +226,960 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +msgid "" +"`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" +" information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " +"barcode pattern—which is a defined format of numbers, letters, special " +"characters, and character length—to ensure proper interpretation of the " +"barcode. By scanning the barcode on an unopened box, GS1 nomenclature can " +"identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +msgid "" +"`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" +"identifiers>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" +"list>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +msgid "" +":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " +"check the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` box. Next, select " +":menuselection:`Barcode Nomenclature --> Default GS1 Nomenclature` from the " +"default barcode nomenclature options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " +"rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " +"by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " +"Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" +" condensed with a GS1 barcode, along with the corresponding " +":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " +"Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures` and finally, select " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +msgid "Use GS1 barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " +"the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " +"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-identifiers>`_ (A.I.) " +"serves as the universal prefix for GS1 for barcode identification. Odoo uses" +" regular expressions to describe barcode patterns concisely. Each barcode " +"pattern begins with a required 2-4 digit :abbr:`A.I. (application " +"identifier)`, which corresponds to the rule defined in the system's " +":ref:`barcode nomenclature list <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-" +"nomenclature>`. By including the appropriate :abbr:`A.I. (application " +"identifier)` from the list, Odoo can accurately interpret GS1 barcodes. " +"While most barcode patterns have a flexible length, some specific patterns, " +"such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" +" the maximum character length." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" +"gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " +"and rules to follow. Otherwise, the following section contains examples of " +"how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +msgid "Product + quantity + lot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" +" it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "Name" +msgstr "Ім'я" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Rule Name" +msgstr "Назва правила" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "A.I." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Barcode Pattern" +msgstr "Шаблон штрих-коду" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +msgid "Field in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +msgid "Product" +msgstr "Товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +msgid "01" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Quantity" +msgstr "Кількість" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "Variable count of items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "Lot Number" +msgstr "Партійний номер" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +msgid "Batch or lot number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" +" <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Next, " +"under the :guilabel:`Traceability` heading, check the box for " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " +"in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " +"the product. On the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab, fill in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " +"with the 14-digit `Global Trade Item Number (GTIN) " +"<https://www.gs1.org/standards/get-barcodes>`_, which is a universal and " +"unique identifying number from GS1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +msgid "" +"On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" +" GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " +"barcodes into a single barcode that contains detailed information about the " +"package contents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " +"`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " +"this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`Barcode` heading, click on the :guilabel:`Configure " +"Product Barcodes` button under the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` section. " +"Enter the 14-digit GTIN into the :guilabel:`Barcode` column, then click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +msgid "" +"To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " +"during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " +"manage the :ref:`receipt picking process <barcode/operations/scan-received-" +"products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " +"the list of vendor receptions to process. Receipts generated from :abbr:`POs" +" (Purchase Orders)` are listed, but new receipt operations can also be " +"created directly through the :menuselection:`Barcode` app using the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +msgid "" +"On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" +" product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " +"product then appears on the list. Use the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button to " +"open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +msgid "" +"After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " +"associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " +"lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " +"*Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " +"remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " +"desired lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." +" Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " +"finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" +" receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " +"reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " +"quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +msgid "" +"To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " +"quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " +"used:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid "Quantity in kilograms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +msgid "310[0-5]" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +msgid "" +"To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" +" in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " +"(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +msgid "" +":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" +"example>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +msgid "" +"After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " +":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" +"products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +msgid "" +"On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " +"peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " +"the page, this means the reception was processed without issue. Finally, " +"press :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " +"was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " +"`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +msgid "" +"For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " +"are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Product " +"Moves`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " +"default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" +" its collapsible drop-down menu, which displays a list of *stock move lines*" +" for the product. The latest stock move matches the warehouse reception " +"reference number (e.g. `WH/IN/00013`) and quantity processed in the barcode " +"scan, demonstrating that the records processed in the *Barcode* app were " +"properly stored in *Inventory*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +msgid "Create rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " +":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " +"Odoo will fail to interpret the entire barcode. To ensure the complete " +"reading of the barcode, it is necessary to add the missing barcode to Odoo's" +" list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +msgid "" +"While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " +"field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" +" still useful to ensure the rest of the fields in the barcode are " +"interpreted correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" +" the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclatures`. Then, select the " +":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." +" The :guilabel:`Rule Name` field is used internally to identify what the " +"barcode represents. The barcode :guilabel:`Types` are different " +"classifications of information that can be understood by the system (e.g. " +"product, quantity, best before date, package, coupon). The " +":guilabel:`Sequence` represents the priority of the rule; this means the " +"smaller the value, the higher the rule appears on the table. Odoo follows " +"the sequential order of this table and will use the first rule it matches " +"based on the sequence. The :guilabel:`Barcode Pattern` is how the sequence " +"of letters or numbers is recognized by the system to contain information " +"about the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +msgid "" +"After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" +" make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " +"the table of rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" +" when the barcodes are not working as expected:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " +":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " +"setup section <barcode/operations/set-up-barcode-nomenclature>` for more " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " +"example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" +" :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is enabled in :ref:`Odoo's " +"settings <barcode/operations/lot-setup>` and :ref:`on the product " +"<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +msgid "" +"Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " +":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " +"typically used in examples for ease of reading and should **not** be " +"included in the final barcode. For more details on building GS1 barcodes, go" +" to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +msgid "" +"When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " +"rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." +" :ref:`This section <barcode/operations/create-new-rules>` details how to " +"add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " +"are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " +"`check digit <https://www.gs1.org/services/check-digit-calculator>`_ as the " +"final character." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Type" +msgstr "Тип" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "GS1 Content Type" +msgstr "Тип вмісту GS1" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +msgid "Odoo field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Package" +msgstr "Упаковка" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "Numeric identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +msgid "Package name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "Unit Product" +msgstr "Одиничний товар" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +msgid "Packaging" +msgstr "Упаковка" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Destination location" +msgstr "Розташування призначення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +msgid "Source location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "I.D. of a physical location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 +msgid "Location" +msgstr "Розташування" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "Lot" +msgstr "Партія" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Alpha-numeric name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "Serial number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Packaging Date" +msgstr "Дата пакування" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Date" +msgstr "Дата" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +msgid "Pack date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before Date" +msgstr "Дата вжити до" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +msgid "Best before date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiration Date" +msgstr "Термін дії" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +msgid "Expiry date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Measure" +msgstr "Міра" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +msgid "UoM: Units" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "Count of trade items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +msgid "Qty in kg" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "Length in meters (m)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +msgid "Qty in m" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +msgid "Qty in L" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "Length in inches (in)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +msgid "Qty in inches" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +msgid "Qty in oz" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Packaging type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Packaging Type" +msgstr "Тип пакування" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +msgid "Package type" +msgstr "Тип упаковки" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -286,19 +1187,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -306,25 +1205,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Замовлення на доставку" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -332,80 +1230,80 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Внутрішні переміщення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Встановлення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" -msgstr "Встановлення сканеру штрих-коду" +msgstr "Встановіть ваш сканер штрих-коду" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " @@ -416,11 +1314,11 @@ msgstr "" "апаратного забезпечення. Цей посібник допоможе вам вирішити завдання вибору " "та налаштування сканера штрих-кодів." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "Знайдіть сканер штрих-коду, який відповідає вашим потребам" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -430,7 +1328,7 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo та **Сканер штрих-коду** - **сканер USB**, **сканер Bluetooth** і " "**мобільний сканер**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -439,10 +1337,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Якщо ви скануєте товари на комп'ютері, це шлях до **сканера USB**. Просто " "підключіть його до комп'ютера, щоб розпочати сканування. Переконайтеся, коли" -" ви купуєте його, сканер сумісний з розкладкою клавіатури або може бути " +" ви купуєте його, чи сканер сумісний з розкладкою клавіатури або може бути " "налаштований таким чином." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -451,7 +1349,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -462,15 +1360,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "Налаштування сканеру штрих-кодів" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "Макет клавіатури" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -483,11 +1381,11 @@ msgstr "" " замінивши \"A\" на \"Q\"). Більшість сканерів налаштовані шляхом сканування" " відповідного штрих-коду в посібнику користувача." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "Автоматичне повернення тари" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -504,11 +1402,11 @@ msgstr "" "коду в посібнику користувача (\"суфікс CR на\", \"Застосувати введення для " "суфікса\" тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -517,66 +1415,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:30 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:66 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:9 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -584,1027 +1457,697 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:3 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Управління складом" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:3 -msgid "Send Products to Customers Directly from Suppliers (Drop-shipping)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:6 -msgid "What is Drop-Shipping?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Drop-Shipping is a system that allows orders taken from your store to be " -"shipped straight from your supplier to your customer. On a usual delivery " -"system, products are sent from your supplier to your warehouse to be put in " -"stock and then shipped to your customers after ordering." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 msgid "" -"With drop-shipping, no item is stocked. When a customer places an order in " -"your shop, the item is delivered straight from the supplier to the customer." -" Therefore, the product doesn't need to get through your warehouse." +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:19 -msgid "Points to be Considered while Implementing Drop-Shipping" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Склад" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 msgid "" -"Use drop-shipping only for the products you can't or don't want to keep in " -"stock." +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 msgid "" -"One reason is that you'll always make smaller margins on items that are " -"drop-shipped, so you should keep it only for items that take up a lot of " -"space in your warehouse." -msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo туторіал: Склад <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:30 -msgid "Drop-shipping is best for niche products." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 +msgid "Warehouse management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Chances are that products that are in high demand are being offered by large" -" suppliers at a fraction of the price you'll be able to charge, so using a " -"more costly shipping method won't be financially rewarding. But if your " -"product is unique, then it makes sense!" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 +msgid "Inventory adjustments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 -msgid "To protect your customers from bad experiences." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Test drop-shipping companies for yourself beforehand and list the best ones." +"In any warehouse management system, the recorded inventory counts in the " +"database might not always match the actual inventory counts in the " +"warehouse. The discrepancy between the two counts can be due to damages, " +"human errors, theft, or other factors. As such, inventory adjustments must " +"be made to reconcile the differences, and ensure that the recorded counts in" +" the database match the actual counts in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:37 -msgid "Make sure time is not against you." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:12 +msgid "Inventory Adjustments page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:14 msgid "" -"Drop-shipping should take a reasonable amount of time and surely not more " -"than it would have taken you to handle it all by yourself. It's also nice to" -" be able to provide your customers with a tracking number." +"To view the *Inventory Adjustments* page, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:44 -msgid "Items have to be available from your supplier." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "In stock products listed on the Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:21 msgid "" -"It's good to know if the product you're selling is available upstream. If " -"you don't have that information, inform your customers that you don't hold " -"the item in stock and that it's subject to availability from a third party." +"On the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, all products that are " +"currently in stock are listed, with each product line containing the " +"following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:24 msgid "" -"For more information and insights about Drop-Shipping, you can read our " -"blog: `*What is drop-shipping and how to use it* <https://www.odoo.com/blog" -"/business-hacks-1/post/what-is-drop-shipping-and-how-to-use-it-250>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:52 -msgid "Configure Drop-Shipping" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location in the warehouse where a product" +" is stored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:25 msgid "" -"Activate the functionality in the *Purchase* application by going to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`." +":guilabel:`Product`: the product whose quantity is listed on the inventory " +"adjustment line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:26 msgid "" -"Then, go to the *Inventory* app, in :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` to activate the *Multi-Step Routes* feature. It will allow you to " -"make the *Route* field appear on the sale order lines to specify you send a " -"product via drop-shipping." +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the tracking identifier assigned to the " +"specific product listed. It can contain letters, numbers, or a combination " +"of both." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:30 msgid "" -"Now, in the *Sales* app, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`. " -"Select the product you would like to drop-ship and add a vendor pricelist " -"which contains the right supplier, via the purchase tab." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:76 -msgid "Send Products from the Suppliers Directly to the Customers" +"If a specific product has a quantity of more than `1.00` in stock, and more " +"than one serial number (or lot number) assigned to it, each uniquely-" +"identified product is displayed on its own product line with its own " +"lot/serial number, displayed under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:35 msgid "" -"Create a *Sales Order* and add the product on which you just set the vendor." -" Add the *Route* field thanks to the widget on the right of the sale order " -"line. Now, you are able to specify that your products’ route is *Drop-" -"Shipping*." +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity`: the quantity of the product currently recorded" +" in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:36 msgid "" -"Once the sale order is confirmed, Odoo automatically generates a *Request " -"for Quotation* for the supplier who will proceed to the drop-shipping. You " -"can find it in the *Purchase* app, with the sale order as *Source Document*." +":guilabel:`UoM`: the *unit of measure* in which the product is measured. " +"Unless otherwise specified (i.e., in :guilabel:`Pounds` or " +":guilabel:`Ounces`), the default :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` is " +":guilabel:`Units`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:39 msgid "" -"Once this *Purchase Order* is confirmed, a *Receipt Order* is created and " -"linked to it. The source location is the vendor location and the destination" -" location is the customer location. Then, the product won’t go through your " -"own stock when you validate the dropship document." +":guilabel:`Counted Quantity`: the real quantity counted during an inventory " +"count. This field is left blank by default, but can be changed, depending on" +" if it matches the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/dropshipping.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:42 msgid "" -"You can also easily access the dropship document directly from your " -"inventory dashboard." +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` and :guilabel:`Counted Quantity`, once an inventory adjustment is " +"made. The difference is automatically calculated after every inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right inventory flow to handle delivery orders?" -msgstr "" -"Як обрати правильне переміщення запасів для обробки замовлень на доставку?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:45 msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you sell, the size of your " -"warehouse, the number of orders you register everyday... the way you handle " -"deliveries to your customers can vary a lot." +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date at which a count should be made. If not" +" otherwise specified, this date will default to the 31st of December of the " +"current year." msgstr "" -"Залежно від таких факторів, як тип товарів, які ви продаєте, розмір вашого " -"складу, кількість замовлень, які ви реєструєте кожен день... спосіб обробки " -"замовлень може сильно відрізнятися." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:47 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle shipping from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" +":guilabel:`User`: the person assigned to the count in the database. This can" +" either be the person physically counting the inventory, or applying the " +"count in the database." msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє обробляти доставку зі свого складу трьома різними способами:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:12 -msgid "**One step (shipping)**: Ship directly from stock" -msgstr "**Один крок (доставка)**: відправте безпосередньо зі складу" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:49 msgid "" -"**Two steps (pick + ship)**: Bring goods to output location before shipping" +":guilabel:`Product Category`: the category assigned internally to a specific" +" product. Unless otherwise specified (i.e., as :guilabel:`Consumable` or " +":guilabel:`Rental`), the default *Product Category* is set to " +":guilabel:`All`." msgstr "" -"**Два кроки (комплектування + доставка)**: перенести товар до місця " -"відвантаження перед відправленням" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Three steps (pick + pack + ship)**: Make packages into a dedicated " -"location, then bring them to the output location for shipping" +":guilabel:`Available Quantity`: the quantity of a specific product that is " +"currently available, based on any outstanding/uncompleted sales orders, " +"purchase orders, or manufacturing orders that might change the available " +"quantity once fulfilled." msgstr "" -"**Три кроки (комплектування + пакування + доставка)**: Зробіть пакунки у " -"виділеному місці, а потім перемістіть їх у місце відвантаження для доставки" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:55 msgid "" -"For companies having a rather small warehouse and that do not require high " -"stock of items or don't sell perishable items, a one step shipping is the " -"simplest solution, as it does not require a lot of configuration and allows " -"to handle orders very quickly." +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date on which the adjustments will be " +"accounted in the Odoo *Accounting* app." msgstr "" -"Для компаній, які мають досить невеликий склад і не потребують високого " -"запасу товарів або не продають швидкопсувні товари, простим є доставка в " -"один крок, оскільки вона не вимагає великих налаштувань та дозволяє " -"обробляти замовлення дуже швидко." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:57 msgid "" -"Using inventory methods such as FIFO, LIFO and FEFO require to have at least" -" two steps to handle a shipment. The picking method will be determined by " -"the removal strategy, and the items removed will then be shipped to the " -"customer. This method is also interesting if you hold larger stocks and " -"especially when the items you stock are big in size." +":guilabel:`Company`: the company whose database these inventory adjustments " +"are being made on. The company is listed in the top right corner of the " +"database, next to the user currently logged in." msgstr "" -"Використання складських методів, таких як FIFO, LIFO та FEFO, вимагає " -"щонайменше двох етапів для обробки відвантаження. Спосіб комплектування буде" -" визначено стратегією видалення, а віддалені товари потім будуть відправлені" -" клієнту. Цей спосіб також цікавий, якщо у вас є великі запаси, і особливо " -"якщо ви маєте великі розміри." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:61 msgid "" -"The three steps system becomes useful in more specific situations, the main " -"one being for handling very large stocks. The items are transferred to a " -"packing area, where they will be assembled by area of destination, and then " -"set to outbound trucks for final delivery to the customers." +"Some columns are hidden by default. To reveal these columns, click the " +":guilabel:`additional options` button (three dots icon) to the far right of " +"the form's top row, and select any desired column to reveal by clicking the " +"checkbox next to that option." msgstr "" -"Система трьох кроків стає корисною у більш конкретних ситуаціях, основними з" -" яких є обробка дуже великих запасів. Товари переносяться в зону пакування, " -"де їх збирають за місцем призначення, а потім встановлюють на вихідні " -"вантажі для кінцевої доставки замовникам." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:53 -msgid "One step flow" -msgstr "Переміщення в один крок " -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:42 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`one_step`" -msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`one_step`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:58 -msgid "Two steps flow" -msgstr "Спосіб у два кроки" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:60 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`two_steps`" -msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`two_steps`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:63 -msgid "Three steps flow" -msgstr "Спосіб у три кроки" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/inventory_flow.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:65 -msgid "Please read documentation on :doc:`three_steps`" -msgstr "Будь ласка, прочитайте документацію про :doc:`three_steps`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:3 -msgid "How can I change the label type?" -msgstr "Як можна змінити тип накладної?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:8 -msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can choose among different types of labels for your delivery " -"orders. Follow the steps below and give an appropriate label type to your " -"delivery." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:66 +msgid "Create an inventory adjustment" msgstr "" -"За допомогою Odoo ви можете вибрати різні типи накладних для замовлень на " -"доставку. Дотримуйтесь наведених нижче кроків та надайте відповідний тип " -"накладної для доставки." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:68 msgid "" -"In the **Inventory** module, Go to **Configuration** and click on **Delivery" -" methods**." +"To create a new inventory adjustment from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so creates a new, blank " +"inventory adjustment line at the bottom of the page." msgstr "" -"У модулі **Склад**, перейдіть до **Налаштування** та натисніть на **Методи " -"доставки**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:18 -msgid "Choose a delivery method and then click on **Edit**." -msgstr "Виберіть спосіб доставки, а потім натисніть кнопку **Редагувати**." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:72 msgid "" -"In the **Pricing** tab, under **Fedex label stock type**, you can choose one" -" of the label types available. The availability will vary depending on the " -"carrier." +"On this blank inventory adjustment line, click the drop-down menu under the " +":guilabel:`Product` column, and select a product. If the selected product is" +" tracked using either lots or serial numbers, the desired lot or serial " +"number can also be chosen from the drop-down menu under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` column." msgstr "" -"На вкладці **Ціна**, під назвою **Складський тип накладної Fedex**, можна " -"вибрати один із доступних типів накладної. Доступність може відрізнятися " -"залежно від перевізника." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once this is done, you can see the result if you go to the Sales module and " -"you create a new sale order." +"Next, set the value in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column to the " +"quantity counted for that product during the inventory adjustment process." msgstr "" -"Після цього ви можете побачити результат, якщо ви перейдете до модуля " -"продаж, і ви створите нове замовлення на продаж." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:81 msgid "" -"As you confirm the sale and validate the delivery with the carrier for which" -" you have modified the label type, The label will appear in your history." +"The :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` for new inventory adjustments is set to " +"`0.00` by default. An inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` " +"is recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history, so it should be " +"set to reflect the actual quantity counted." msgstr "" -"Коли ви підтвердите продаж та підтвердите доставку перевізником, для якого " -"ви змінили тип накладної, накладна з'явиться у вашій історії." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/label_type.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:85 msgid "" -"The default label type is paper letter, and if you choose the label type " -"bottom half for example, here is the difference :" -msgstr "" -"Тип накладної за замовчуванням - паперовий лист, і якщо ви виберете, " -"наприклад, нижню половину типу накладної, вона буде відрізнятися:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in one Step (Shipping)" +"To the right of the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, the " +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date` and :guilabel:`User` can also be changed via " +"their respective drop-down menus. Changing the :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"changes the date that the inventory adjustment should be processed on, and " +"selecting a responsible :guilabel:`User` assigns a user to the specific " +"inventory adjustment (for traceability purposes)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:91 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to deliver in one step. The default " -"outgoing shipments are configured to be directly delivered from the stock to" -" the customers." +"Once all changes have been made to the new inventory adjustment line, click " +"away from the line. Doing so saves the adjustment, and moves the line to the" +" top of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:156 msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another shipping" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"delivery configuration. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +"If the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is greater than the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **green**. If " +"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is less than the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity`, the value in the :guilabel:`Difference` column is **red**. If the" +" quantities match, and haven't been changed at all, no value appears in the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Then, choose *Deliver goods directly* as your *Outgoing Shipments* strategy." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Difference column on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:47 -msgid "Create a Sales Order" -msgstr "Створити замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:104 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, create a quotation with some storable products " -"to deliver and confirm it." +"At this stage, the count (:dfn:`inventory adjustment`) is recorded, but not " +"yet applied. This means that the quantity on hand before the adjustment has " +"not yet been updated to match the new, real counted quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:108 msgid "" -"Notice that we now see 1 delivery associated with this *sales order* in the " -"stat button above the sales order. If you click on the 1 Delivery stat " -"button, you should now see your delivery order." +"There are two ways to apply the new inventory adjustment. The first way is " +"to click the :guilabel:`Apply` button on the line at the far right of the " +"page. The second way is to click the checkbox on the far left of the line. " +"Doing so reveals new button options at the top of the page, one of which is " +"an :guilabel:`Apply` button. Clicking this button instead causes an " +":guilabel:`Inventory Adjustment Reference / Reason` pop-up window to appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:34 -msgid "Process a Delivery" -msgstr "Обробіть доставку" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:114 msgid "" -"You can also find the *delivery order* directly from the *Inventory* " -"application. In the dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under" -" the Delivery Orders Kanban card." +"From this pop-up menu, a reference or reason can be assigned to the " +"inventory adjustment. By default, the :guilabel:`Inventory Reference / " +"Reason` field is pre-populated with the date the adjustment is being made " +"on, but can be changed to reflect whatever reference or reason is desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click on " -"*Validate* to complete the move if you have products in stock." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:118 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/one_step.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the delivery order, the products leave your *WH/Stock " -"location* and are moved to the *Customer location*. You can easily see that " -"the delivery took place thanks to the status of the document which is now " -"*Done*." +"Apply all option applies the inventory adjustment once a reason is " +"specified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in three Steps (Pick + Pack + Ship)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:125 +msgid "Count products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:127 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order. However, " -"that process may not reflect reality and your company could require more " -"steps before shipping." +"Counting products is a recurring activity in a warehouse. Once a count is " +"complete, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory " +"Adjustments` to update the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column for each " +"product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:131 msgid "" -"With the delivery in 3 steps (Pick + Pack + Ship), the items will be picked " -"to be transferred to a packing area. Then, they will be moved to an output " -"location before being effectively shipped to the customers." +"On each product line, identify whether the value in the :guilabel:`On Hand " +"Quantity` column recorded in the database matches the newly-counted value. " +"If the recorded value and the counted value do match, click the " +":guilabel:`Set` button (target icon) at the far right of the product line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:19 -msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:135 msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the picking step to the shipping step." +"Doing so copies the value from the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` column over " +"to the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column, and sets the value of the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column to `0.00`. Subsequently, once applied, an " +"inventory move with `0.00` :guilabel:`Quantity Done` is recorded in the " +"product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option. Note that activating " -"*Multi-Step Routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Zero count inventory adjustment move." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:30 -msgid "Configure Warehouse for Delivery in 3 Steps" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:144 msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 3 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)* for *Outgoing" -" Shipments*." +"If the newly-counted value for a given product does **not** match the value " +"in the :guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` recorded in the database, instead of " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Set` button, record the real value in the field in " +"the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:148 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of two new locations, " -"*Output* and *Packing Zone*. If you want to rename it go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, *Select* the one" -" you want to rename and update its name." +"To do so, click the field in the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` column on the " +"specific inventory adjustment line for the product whose count is being " +"changed. This automatically assigns a :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` of " +"`0.00`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:152 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, three pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:54 -msgid "If you click the button, you should now see three different pickings:" +"To change this value, type in a new value that matches the real, newly-" +"counted value. Then, click away from the line. Doing so saves the " +"adjustment, and automatically adjusts the value in the " +":guilabel:`Difference` column." msgstr "" -"Якщо натиснути кнопку, ви повинні побачити три різні варіанти " -"комплектування:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference PICK to designate the picking process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:58 -msgid "The second one with the reference PACK that is the packing process," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:60 -msgid "The last one with a reference OUT to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:66 -msgid "Process the Picking, Packing, and Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:162 msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the other ones are *Waiting Another Operation*. The Packing " -"operation will become *Ready* as soon as the picking one is marked as done." +"Subsequently, once applied, a move with the difference between the " +":guilabel:`On Hand Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Counted Quantity` is " +"recorded in the product's inventory adjustment history." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" -"You can enter the picking operation from here, or access it through the " -"inventory dashboard." +"Inventory Adjustments History dashboard detailing a list of prior product " +"moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:170 msgid "" -"In case you have the product in stock, it has automatically been reserved " -"and you can simply validate the picking document." +"Sometimes a count occurs, but cannot be applied in the database right away. " +"In the time between the actual count and applying the inventory adjustment, " +"product moves can occur. In that case, the on-hand quantity in the database " +"can change and no longer be consistent with the counted quantity. As an " +"extra precaution, Odoo asks for confirmation before applying the inventory " +"adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:85 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the packing order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the packing " -"order which can be directly validated." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:177 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/three_steps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:179 msgid "" -"Once the packing has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Here again, it is directly ready to be validated in order to " -"transfer the products to the customer location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process Delivery Orders in two Steps (Pick + Ship)" +"By default, the *scheduled date* for inventory adjustments are always " +"scheduled for the 31st of December of the current year. However, for some " +"companies, it is crucial that they have an accurate inventory count at all " +"times. In such cases, the default scheduled date can be modified." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:183 msgid "" -"When an order goes to the shipping department for final delivery, Odoo is " -"set up by default to utilize a one-step operation: once all goods are " -"available, they are able to be shipped in a single delivery order." +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting, " +"which includes a drop-down menu that is set to `31 December` by default." msgstr "" -"Коли замовлення надходить до відділу доставки для остаточної доставки, Odoo " -"за замовчуванням налаштований на використання одно-етапної операції: після " -"того, як всі товари доступні, вони можуть бути відправлені в одному " -"замовленні на доставку." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 msgid "" -"However, your company's business process may have one or more steps that " -"happen before shipping. In the two steps process, the products which are " -"part of the delivery order are picked in the warehouse and brought to an " -"output location before being effectively shipped." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:29 -msgid "Warehouse configuration" +"Adjust the next inventory count date with the Annual Inventory Day and Month" +" setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:191 msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the " -"warehouse which will use delivery in 2 steps. You can then select the option" -" *Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)* for Outgoing Shipments." +"To change the day, click the :guilabel:`31`, and change it to a day within " +"the range `1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Output* location." -" If you want to rename it go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Locations`, Select Output and update its name." +"Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" +"down menu, and select the desired month." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:197 msgid "" -"In the *Sales* application, you can create a quotation with some storable " -"products to deliver. Once you confirm the quotation, two pickings will be " -"created and automatically linked to your sale order." +"Once all desired changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " +"changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If you click on the *2 Delivery* button, you should now see two different " -"pickings, one with a reference *PICK* to designate the picking process and " -"another one with a reference *OUT* to designate the shipping process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:65 -msgid "Process the Picking and the Delivery" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The picking operation is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* " -"status while the delivery operation will only become *Ready* once the " -"picking operation has been marked as done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/delivery/two_steps.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Once the picking has been validated, the delivery order is ready to be " -"processed. Thanks to the fact that the documents are chained, the products " -"which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the delivery" -" order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming.rst:3 -msgid "Incoming Shipments" -msgstr "Вхідні відправлення" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:3 -msgid "How to choose the right flow to handle receipts?" -msgstr "Як вибрати правильний спосіб для обробки товарних чеків?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Depending on factors such as the type of items you receive, the size of your" -" warehouse, the number of receipt you register everyday... the way you " -"handle receipts to your customers can vary a lot." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:200 +msgid "Plan big inventory counts" msgstr "" -"Залежно від факторів, таких як тип елементів, які ви отримуєте, розмір " -"вашого складу, номер квитанції, який ви реєструєте кожного дня... спосіб, " -"яким ви обробляєте квитанції своїм клієнтам, може сильно відрізнятися." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to handle receipts from your warehouse in 3 different ways:" -msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє обробляти квитанції зі свого складу трьома різними способами:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:15 -msgid "**One step**: Receive goods directly in stock." -msgstr "**В один крок**: одержувати товари прямо на складі." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:17 -msgid "**Two steps**: Unload in input location then go to stock." -msgstr "" -"**У два кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, потім перейдіть до складу." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"**Three steps**: Unload in input location, go through a quality control " -"before being admitted in stock." -msgstr "" -"**У три кроки**: вивантажте у місце прийому, пройдіть контроль якості, перш " -"ніж він буде прийнятий на складі." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Odoo uses **routes** to define exactly how you will handle the different " -"receipt steps. The configuration is done at the level of the warehouse. In " -"standard, the reception is a one step process, but changing the " -"configuration can allow to have 2 or even 3 steps." -msgstr "" -"Odoo використовує **маршрути**, щоби точно визначити, як ви будете обробляти" -" різні етапи отримання. Налаштування виконується на рівні складу. Зазвичай " -"прийом відбувається в один етап, але зміна налаштування може призвести до " -"процесу у 2 або навіть 3 кроки." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:27 -msgid "The principles are the following:" -msgstr "Принципи наступні:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:29 -msgid "**One step**: You receive the goods directly in your stock." -msgstr "**В один крок**: ви отримуєте товари безпосередньо на вашому складі." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:202 msgid "" -"**Two steps**: You receive the goods in an input area then transfer them " -"from input area to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +"To plan big inventory counts, such as a full count of everything currently " +"in stock, first navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations -->" +" Inventory Adjustments`." msgstr "" -"**У два кроки**: ви отримуєте товари в місці прийому, після чого перенесіть " -"їх із зони прийому до вашого складу. Поки товари не будуть передані на ваш " -"склад, вони не будуть доступні для подальшої обробки." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:205 msgid "" -"**Three steps**: In many companies, it is necessary to assess the received " -"good. The goal is to check that the products correspond to the quality " -"requirements agreed with the suppliers. Adding a quality control step in the" -" goods receipt process can become essential." +"Then, select the desired products to be counted by clicking the checkbox on " +"the far left of each product line." msgstr "" -"**У три кроки**: у багатьох компаніях необхідно оцінити отриману користь. " -"Мета полягає в перевірці того, що товари відповідають вимогам щодо якості, " -"узгодженим із постачальниками. Додавання етапу контролю якості у процесі " -"отримання товарів може стати важливим." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:209 msgid "" -"You receive the goods in an input area, then transfer them into quality area" -" for quality control. When your quality check process finishes then you can " -"move the goods from QC to stock. Of course, you may change the quantity and " -"only transfer to Stock the quantity that is valid and decide that you will " -"return the quantity that is not good." +"To request a count of **all** products currently in stock, click the " +"checkbox at the very top of the table, in the header row next to the " +":guilabel:`Location` label. This selects **all** product lines." msgstr "" -"Ви отримуєте товари у місці прийому, потім передаєте їх у зону якості для " -"контролю якості. Коли процес перевірки якості закінчується, ви можете " -"перемістити товари з КЯ на склад. Звичайно, ви можете змінити кількість і " -"лише перевести на склад дійсну кількість і вирішити, яку непотрібну " -"кількість ви повернете." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:55 -msgid "This is the default configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:68 -msgid ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" -msgstr ":doc:`../delivery/inventory_flow`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/handle_receipts.rst:69 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst-1 +msgid "Request a count popup on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in one step (Receipt)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:217 msgid "" -"There is no configuration needed to receive in one step. The default " -"incoming shipments are configured to be directly received from the vendors " -"to the stock." +"Once all desired products have been selected, click the :guilabel:`Request a" +" Count` button at the top of the page. This causes a :guilabel:`Request a " +"Count` pop-up window to appear. From this pop-up, fill in the following " +"information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:9 -msgid "" -"However, if advanced routes have been activated and you set another incoming" -" configuration on your warehouse, you can set it back to the one-step " -"receipt configuration. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Warehouses` and edit the warehouse in question." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:221 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Date`: the planned date of the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Set the *Incoming Shipments* option to *Receive goods directly (1 step)*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`User`: the user responsible for the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:50 -msgid "Create a Purchase Order" -msgstr "Створіть замовлення на купівлю" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:223 msgid "" -"To create a *Request for Quotation*, go to the *Purchase* application and " -"click on *Create*. Then, add some storable products to receive and confirm " -"the *RfQ*." +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date at which the inventory adjustment will" +" be accounted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:224 msgid "" -"Notice that, now, we see 1 receipt associated with the purchase order you " -"just created. If you click on the button, you will see your receipt order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:35 -msgid "Process a Receipt" +":guilabel:`Count`: to leave the on-hand quantity of each product line blank," +" select :guilabel:`Leave Empty`. To prefill the on-hand quantity of each " +"product line with the current value recorded in the database, select " +":guilabel:`Set Current Value`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:37 -msgid "" -"You can also fin the receipt directly from the *Inventory* app. When on the " -"dashboard, you can click the *1 TO PROCESS* button under the *Receipts* " -"Kanban card. Then, you will see your receipt." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:228 +msgid "Finally, once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to request the count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:231 msgid "" -"Now, enter the picking that you want to process. You will be able to click " -"on *Validate* to complete the move directly as products coming from " -"suppliers are considered as being always available." +"In the Odoo *Barcode* app, users can only view inventory counts that are " +"assigned to **them**, and are scheduled for **today** or **earlier**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/one_step.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:235 msgid "" -"Once you *Validate* the receipt, the products leave the *Supplier Location* " -"to enter your *WH/Stock Location*. You can easily see that the receipt took " -"place thanks to the status of the document, which is now *Done*." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in three steps (Input + Quality + Stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:3 +msgid "Cycle counts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"Quality is essential for most companies. To make sure we maintain quality " -"throughout the supply chain, it only makes sense that we assess the quality " -"of the products received from suppliers. To do so, we will add a quality " -"control step." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define how to handle the different receipt steps. " -"Configuration of those routes is done at the warehouse level. By default, " -"the reception is a one-step process, but it can also be configured to have " -"two-steps or three-steps processes." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:13 -msgid "" -"The three-steps flow works as follows: you receive the goods in your " -"receiving area, then transfer them into a quality area for quality control " -"(QC). When the quality check is completed, the goods that match the QC " -"requirements are moved to stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"The first step is to allow the use of *Multi-Step Routes*. Routes provide a " -"mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will chain " -"the picking step to the shipping step." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 msgid "" -"To enable *Multi-Step Routes*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` and activate the option." +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:31 -msgid "" -"By default, activating *Multi-Step Routes* also activates *Storage " -"Locations*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:35 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 3-steps" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Once *Multi-Step Routes* has been activated, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" -" --> Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which should work " -"with the 3-steps reception. Then, select *Receive goods in input, then " -"quality and then stock (3 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 msgid "" -"Activating this option leads to the creation of two new locations: *Input* " -"and *Quality Control*. To rename them, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Locations` and select the one you want to rename." +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 msgid "" -"To start the 3-steps reception process, create a *Request for Quotation* " -"from the *Purchase* app, add some storable products to it and confirm. Then," -" three pickings are created with your *Purchase Order* as the source " -"document:" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:56 -msgid "The first one with a reference *IN* to designate the receipt process;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 msgid "" -"The second one with a reference *INT*, which is the move to the quality " -"control zone;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:62 -msgid "The last one with a reference *INT* to designate the move to stock." +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:69 -msgid "Process the receipt, quality control and entry in stock" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 msgid "" -"As the receipt operation is the first one to be processed, it has a *Ready* " -"status while the others are *Waiting Another Operation*." +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 msgid "" -"To access the receipt operation, click on the button from the *Purchase " -"Order* or go back to the *Inventory* app dashboard and click on *Receipts*." +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:81 -msgid "" -"In the receipt order, products are always considered available because they " -"come from the supplier. Then, the receipt can be validated." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the transfer to quality becomes " -"*Ready*. And, because the documents are chained to each other, products " -"previously received are automatically reserved on the transfer. Then, the " -"transfer can be directly validated." +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/three_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 msgid "" -"Now, the transfer that enters the products to stock is *Ready*. Here, it is " -"again ready to be validated in order to transfer the products to your stock " -"location." +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:3 -msgid "Process a Receipt in two steps (Input + Stock)" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 msgid "" -"Odoo uses routes to define exactly how you will handle the different receipt" -" steps. The configuration is done at the *Warehouse* level. By default, the " -"reception is a one-step process, but changing the configuration can allow " -"you to have 2 steps." +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 msgid "" -"The 2 steps flow is like this: you receive the goods in an input area, then " -"transfer them to your stock. As long as the goods are not transferred in " -"your stock, they will not be available for further processing." +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 msgid "" -"The first step is to allow using *multi-step routes*. Indeed, routes provide" -" a mechanism to chain different actions together. In this case, we will " -"chain the unload step in the input area to the step entering the products in" -" stock." +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 msgid "" -"To allow *multi-step routes*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the feature. By default, activating *multi-step " -"routes* will also activate *Storage Locations*." +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:34 -msgid "Configure warehouse for receipt in 2 steps" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Once *multi-step routes* is activated, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse` and enter the warehouse which " -"will use receipt in 2 steps. Then, you can select the option *Receive goods " -"in input and then stock (2 steps)* for *Incoming Shipments*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 msgid "" -"Activating this option will lead to the creation of a new *Input* location. " -"If you want to rename it, you can go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Locations --> Select Input` and update its name." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:52 -msgid "Create a purchase order" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, you can create a *Request for Quotation* with" -" some storable products to receive from a supplier. Once the *RfQ* is " -"confirmed, the receipt picking will be created and automatically linked to " -"your purchase order." +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Now, by clicking on the *1 Receipt* button, you will see the first picking " -"which will allow entering the product in the *input location*. Then, another" -" picking, an internal transfer, has been created in order to move the " -"products to *Stock*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:68 -msgid "Process the receipt and the internal transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:70 -msgid "" -"The receipt is the first one to be processed and has a *Ready* status while " -"the internal transfer will only become *Ready* once the receipt has been " -"marked as *Done*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 msgid "" -"You can enter the receipt operation from the purchase order, or access it " -"through the inventory dashboard." +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 msgid "" -"By default, a receipt is always considered as ready to be processed. Then, " -"you will be able to directly click on *Validate* to mark it as done." +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/incoming/two_steps.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 msgid "" -"Once the receipt has been validated, the internal transfer is ready to be " -"processed. As documents are chained, the products which have been received " -"are automatically reserved on the internal transfer. Once the transfer is " -"validated, those products enter the stock and you will be able to use them " -"to fulfill customer deliveries or manufacture products." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "Lots and Serial Numbers" msgstr "Партії та серійні номери" @@ -1707,571 +2250,2207 @@ msgid ":doc:`lots`" msgstr ":doc:`lots`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:3 -msgid "Manage expiration dates" +msgid "Expiration dates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:5 msgid "" -"In many companies, products have expiration dates and they should be tracked" -" based on those dates. In the food industry, for example, tracking stocks " -"based on expiration dates is mandatory to avoid selling expired products to " -"customers." +"In Odoo, *expiration dates* can be used to manage and track the lifecycles " +"of perishable products, from purchase to sale. Using expiration dates " +"reduces product loss due to unexpected expiry, and helps to avoid sending " +"expired products to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can track your products based on their expiration dates, even" -" if they are already tracked by lots or serial numbers." +"In Odoo, only products that are tracked using *lots* and *serial numbers* " +"can be assigned expiration information. Once a lot or serial number has been" +" assigned, an expiration date can be set. This is especially helpful for " +"companies (such as food manufacturers) that consistently, or exclusively, " +"buy and sell perishable products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:15 -msgid "Configurations" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:18 -msgid "Application configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування програми" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:19 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To use expiration dates tracking, open the *Inventory* application and go to" -" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate the *Lots & Serial" -" Numbers* and *Expiration Dates* features." +msgid "Enable expiration dates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:27 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 -msgid "Product configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:21 msgid "" -"Now, you have the possibility to define different dates in the *inventory " -"tab* of the product form:" +"To enable the use of *expiration dates*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. Then, click the checkbox to enable the " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:25 msgid "" -"Product Use Time: it’s the number of days before the goods start " -"deteriorating, without being dangerous yet. It will be computed using the " -"lot/serial number;" +"Once that feature is activated, a new option will appear to enable " +":guilabel:`Expiration Dates`. Click that checkbox to enable the feature, and" +" be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Product Life Time: refers to the number of days before the goods may become " -"dangerous and must not be consumed. It will be computed on the lot/serial " -"number;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers and expiration dates settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:33 msgid "" -"Product Removal Time: shows the number of days before the goods should be " -"removed from the stock. It will be computed on the lot/serial number;" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` feature is activated, additional " +"features appear to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Delivery " +"Slips`; to :guilabel:`Display Lots & Serial Numbers on Invoices`; and to " +":guilabel:`Display Expiration Dates on Delivery Slips`. Activating these " +"features helps with end-to-end traceability, making it easier to manage " +"product recalls, identify \"bad\" batches of products, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Product Alert Time: refers to the number of days before an alert should be " -"raised on the lot/serial number." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:40 +msgid "Configure expiration dates on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:44 -msgid "Expiration Date on Lots/Serial Numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` and :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` " +"features have been enabled in the settings of the *Inventory* app, " +"expiration information can be configured on individual products." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:46 msgid "" -"When receiving a product in stock, the dates will automatically be updated " -"on the corresponding lot/serial number. This update will be based on the " -"reception date of the product and the times set on the product form." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and select a product to edit. Selecting a product reveals the product form " +"for that particular item. Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"in the upper-left corner to make changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:58 -msgid "Expiration Alerts" -msgstr "Сповіщення про закінчення терміну дії" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:51 msgid "" -"You can access all your expiration alerts from the *inventory* app. To do " -"so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. There, you " -"can use the pre-existing filter that shows all the lots/serial numbers that " -"exceeded their alert date." +"To be tracked using lots or serial numbers, or to configure expiration " +"information, products *must* have their :guilabel:`Product Type` set as " +":guilabel:`Storable Product` under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section. From here, make sure that either " +":guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` or :guilabel:`By Lots` is checked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Once it is, a new :guilabel:`Expiration Date` checkbox appears that must " +"also be clicked. When both are enabled, a new :guilabel:`Dates` field " +"appears to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed in order " +"to assign lot numbers to the existing stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:68 +msgid "" +"For processing large quantities of products on receipts or deliveries, it is" +" recommended to track using lots, so multiple products can be traced back to" +" the same lot, if any issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration dates configuration on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Dates` field, there are four categories of expiration " +"information to configure for the product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiration Time`: the number of days after receiving products " +"(either from a vendor or in stock after production) in which goods may " +"become dangerous and should not be used or consumed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Best Before Time`: the number of days before the expiration date " +"in which the goods start deteriorating, **without** necessarily being " +"dangerous yet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Removal Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which the goods should be removed from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alert Time`: the number of days before the expiration date in " +"which an alert should be raised on goods in a particular lot or containing a" +" particular serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The values entered into these fields automatically compute the expiration " +"date for goods entered into stock, whether purchased from a vendor or " +"manufactured in-house." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once all the expiration information has been configured, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field is not populated with any values for " +"expiration information, dates (and lots) can be manually assigned upon " +"receipts and deliveries in and out of the warehouse. Even when assigned, " +"they can still be overwritten and changed manually if needed, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:99 +msgid "Set expiration dates on receipts with lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Generating expiration dates for **incoming** goods can be done directly from" +" the purchase order. To create a purchase order, go to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new " +"request for quotation (RFQ)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out the information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and add " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Choose the desired quantity to order by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This " +"converts the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top of the purchase order " +"to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities causes a :guilabel:`User Error` popup to appear. " +"The popup requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products." +" The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` cannot be validated without an " +"assigned lot or serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:0 +msgid "User error popup when validating an order with no lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:125 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu (hamburger) icon " +"located on the far-right of the product line. When clicked, a " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:128 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and assign a lot or serial " +"number under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:131 +msgid "" +"An expiration date automatically populates, based on the configuration on " +"the product form (if previously configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Dates` field on the product form has not been configured, " +"this date can be manually entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:138 +msgid "" +"After the expiration date has been established, mark the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations popup showing expiration dates for ordered products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:145 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document; the :guilabel:`Product` being traced; the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`; and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:151 +msgid "Set expiration dates on manufactured products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Expiration dates can also be generated for products manufactured in-house. " +"To assign expiration dates to manufactured products, a manufacturing order " +"(MO) needs to be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:156 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`MO (manufacturing order)`, go to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create`. Choose a product to manufacture from the " +":guilabel:`Product` field drop-down menu, then select the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` to produce." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Manufacturing order for product with expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To manufacture a product, there must be materials to consume in the lines in" +" the :guilabel:`Product` column. This can be achieved either by creating a " +":guilabel:`Bill of Material` for the :guilabel:`Product`, or manually adding" +" materials to consume by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:170 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Next to :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, either select an existing lot number " +"from the drop-down menu, or click the green :guilabel:`+` sign to " +"automatically assign a new lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, select a number of units for the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, and click" +" :guilabel:`Mark as Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:178 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`External Link` icon in the assigned " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field. A pop-up appears, revealing a detail " +"form for that specific number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:181 +msgid "" +"On that pop-up, under the :guilabel:`Dates` tab, all expiration information " +"that was previously configured for the product is displayed. That same " +"information is also available on the detail form for that specific product, " +"or by going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial " +"Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Dates tab with expiration information for specific lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:191 +msgid "Sell products with expiration dates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Selling perishable products with expiration dates is done the same as any " +"other type of product. The first step in selling perishable products is to " +"create a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To do that, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Create` to create a new " +"quotation, and fill out the information on the sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Add a :guilabel:`Customer`, click :guilabel:`Add a product` to add the " +"desired products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, and set a " +":guilabel:`Quantity` for the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Delivery` " +"section, change the :guilabel:`Delivery Date` to a date after the expected " +"date, and click the :guilabel:`green checkmark` icon to confirm the date. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top of the sales " +"order to see the warehouse receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:209 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` in the accompanying pop-up window, to automatically " +"process all :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and deliver the products to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:213 +msgid "" +"If the products are delivered before the :guilabel:`Alert Date` set on the " +"product form, then no alerts will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To sell perishable products with expiration dates, the :guilabel:`Removal " +"Strategy` for the :guilabel:`Location` the products are stored in must be " +"set to :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`. If there is not enough stock " +"of perishable products in one lot, Odoo will automatically take the " +"remaining quantity required from a second lot with the next-soonest " +"expiration date. Removal strategies can also be set on :guilabel:`Product " +"Categories`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:211 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:227 +msgid "View expiration dates for lots & serial numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:229 +msgid "" +"To view (and/or group) all products with expiration dates by lot number, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:232 +msgid "" +"Once there, remove any default search filters from the :guilabel:`Search...`" +" bar. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, choose :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`," +" and select the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` parameter from the drop-down " +"menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Apply` to apply the filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Doing so breaks down all perishable products, their expiration dates, and " +"the assigned lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Group by expiration dates on lots and serial numbers page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:243 +msgid "Expiration alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:245 +msgid "" +"To see expiration alerts, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Lots/Serial Numbers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:247 +msgid "" +"Then, click into a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` with perishable products. " +"Doing so reveals the serial number detail form. On the serial number detail " +"form, click the :guilabel:`Dates` tab to see all expiration information " +"related to the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:251 +msgid "" +"To edit the form, click :guilabel:`Edit` in the upper-left corner of the " +"form, then change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date` to today's date (or " +"earlier), and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:255 +msgid "" +"After saving, the lot number form displays a red :guilabel:`Expiration " +"Alert` at the top of the form to indicate that the products in this lot are " +"either expired or expiring soon. From here, click back to the " +":guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` page (via the breadcrumbs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To see the new expiration alert, or any expiration alerts for products that " +"are expired (or will expire soon), remove all of the search filters from the" +" :guilabel:`Search...` bar on the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Filters`, and choose :guilabel:`Expiration Alerts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates.rst-1 +msgid "Expiration alert for product past the expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:3 -msgid "Manage lots of identical products" +msgid "Use lots to manage groups of products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:5 msgid "" -"Lots are useful for products you receive in great quantity and for which a " -"lot number can help in reporting, quality controls, or any other info. Lots " -"will help identify a number of pieces having, for instance, a production " -"fault. It can be useful for a batch production of clothes or food." +"*Lots* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in Odoo. A lot" +" usually indicates a specific batch of an item that was received, is " +"currently stored, or was shipped from a warehouse, but can also pertain to a" +" batch of products manufactured in-house, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:9 msgid "" -"Odoo has the capacity to manage lots, ensuring compliance with the " -"traceability requirements imposed by the majority of industries." +"Manufacturers assign lot numbers to groups of products that have common " +"properties; this can lead to multiple goods sharing the same lot number. " +"This helps to identify a number of products in a single group, and allows " +"for end-to-end traceability of these products through each step in their " +"lifecycles." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:14 msgid "" -"The double-entry management in Odoo enables you to run very advanced " -"traceability." -msgstr "" -"Управління подвійним введенням в Odoo дає вам можливість запустити дуже " -"просунуте відстеження." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:18 -msgid "Setting Up" +"Lots are useful for products that are manufactured or received in large " +"quantities (such as clothes or food), and can be used to trace a product " +"back to a group. This is especially useful when managing product recalls or " +"expiration dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:21 -msgid "Application Configuration" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +msgid "Enable lots & serial numbers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:24 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the tracking of lot numbers. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings` and tick *Lots & " -"Serial Numbers*. Then, click on save." +"To track products using lots, the *Lots & Serial Numbers* feature must be " +"enabled. Go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click " +"the box next to :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to save changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:31 -msgid "Product Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure which products you want to track by serial " -"numbers." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers feature in inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:36 +msgid "Track products by lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:38 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the product of your" -" choice. There, click on *Edit* and select *Tracking by Lots* in the " -"inventory tab." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be configured to be tracked using lots. To do " +"this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, " +"and choose a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:47 -msgid "Manage Lots" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:42 msgid "" -"In order to receive a product tracked by lots, you have to specify its lot " -"numbers. You have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit` to make changes to the " +"form. Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section, click :guilabel:`By Lots`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Existing or new lot numbers can now be " +"assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:55 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:65 -msgid "Manually assign the different lot numbers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:57 -msgid "Copy/paste lot numbers from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:59 -msgid "First, you need to open the detailed operations of your picking." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:48 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill the lot number in. Once done, you can click on *Add" -" a line* again to register a new lot number." +"If a product has stock on-hand prior to activating tracking by lots or " +"serial numbers, an inventory adjustment might need to be performed to assign" +" lot numbers to the existing stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:75 -msgid "Copy/paste lot number from an Excel file" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled tracking by lots feature on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:56 +msgid "Create new lots for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:58 +msgid "" +"New lots can be created for products already in stock with no assigned lot " +"number. To do this, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products -->" +" Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a " +"separate page where a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated " +"automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:64 +msgid "" +"While Odoo automatically generates a new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` to " +"follow the most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired " +"number, by clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, " +"and changing the generated number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Once the new :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank " +"field next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this " +"menu, select the product to which this new number will be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:72 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and assign this specific lot or serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:77 msgid "" -"Once the spreadsheet containing the lot numbers you received from your " -"supplier and copy the list. Then, you can paste them in the *Lot/Serial " -"Number Name* column for Odoo to automatically create the necessary lines. " -"After that, you will have to manually enter the number of products that are " -"contained in each one of the lots." +"A detailed description of this specific lot or serial number can also be " +"added in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:93 -msgid "Operation Types" -msgstr "Типи операції" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "New lot number creation form with assigned product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After a new lot number has been created, saved, and assigned to the desired " +"product, navigate back to the product form in the :menuselection:`Inventory`" +" app, by going to :menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the " +"product to which this newly-created lot number was just assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:90 +msgid "" +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new lot number. When additional quantity of this " +"product is received or manufactured, this new lot number can be selected and" +" assigned to it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:95 -msgid "" -"Of course, you also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots " -"for each operation type. To do so, open the *Inventory* app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Operation Types`." +msgid "Manage lots for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:97 msgid "" -"For each type (receipts, internal transfers, deliveries, …), you can decide " -"if you allow to create new lot numbers or only use existing ones. By " -"default, the creation of new lots is only allowed at product reception, and " -"using existing lot numbers isn’t allowed in this operation. If you have " -"inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be useful to " -"allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"Lot numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods. " +"For incoming goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the purchase order " +"form. For outgoing goods, lot numbers are assigned directly on the sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:111 -msgid "Lots traceability" -msgstr "Відстеження партій" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:102 +msgid "Manage lots on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the " +"purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:109 +msgid "" +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`, fill out the necessary " +"information by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and adding the desired products " +"to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product` " +"(under the :guilabel:`Products` tab)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:113 msgid "" -"The lot number given to the products allows you to keep track of where they " -"were received, put in stock, to whom they were sold and where they were " -"shipped to." +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:116 msgid "" -"To track an item, open the *Inventory* module and, in :menuselection:`Master" -" Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, click on the lot number corresponding to " -"your search." +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` has been filled out, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order`. When the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` is " +"confirmed, it becomes a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and a " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button appears. Click the :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button to be taken to the warehouse receipt form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:122 msgid "" -"When you open the *Traceability* information, you see in which documents the" -" lot number has been used." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a lot number to the ordered " +"product quantities will result in a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up. The pop-" +"up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered products. The " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated without a lot " +"number being assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Add lot/serial number user error popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:131 msgid "" -"Now, if you want to locate the lot number, you can do so by clicking on the " -"*Location* stat button." +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +":guilabel:`hamburger (four horizontal lines)` icon, located to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:135 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a lot number, under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` " +"column, located at the bottom of the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:138 +msgid "" +"There are two ways to assign lot numbers: **manually** and **copy/paste**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"**Manually assign lot numbers**: Click :guilabel:`Add a line` and choose the" +" location the products will be stored in under the :guilabel:`To` column. " +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` and set the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "Assign lot number detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If quantities should be processed in multiple locations and lots, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and type a new :guilabel:`Lot Number Name` for " +"additional quantities. Repeat until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` matches " +"the :guilabel:`Demand`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:153 +msgid "" +"**Copy/paste lot numbers from a spreadsheet**: Populate a spreadsheet with " +"all of the lot numbers received from the supplier (or manually chosen to " +"assign upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial" +" Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create the necessary number of" +" lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the column. From here, the " +":guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can be manually " +"entered in each of the lot number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:0 +msgid "List of lot numbers copied on excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a lot number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Then, click :guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:166 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #`" +" assigned, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:172 +msgid "Manage lots on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Assigning lot numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the " +"sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:176 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On this blank quotation form, fill out the necessary information by adding a" +" :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, it becomes an " +":abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " +"form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " +"`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` column in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab). " +"Clicking that icon reveals a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:196 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with the full :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity taken from that specific lot (if" +" there is enough stock in that particular lot)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:200 +msgid "" +"If there is insufficient stock in that lot, or if partial quantities of the " +":guilabel:`Demand` should be taken from multiple lots, change the quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Done` column to only include that specific part of the " +"total quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:205 +msgid "" +"The lot automatically chosen for delivery orders varies, depending on the " +"selected removal strategy (:abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)`). It will " +"also depend on the quantity ordered, and if there is enough quantity in one " +"lot to fulfill the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, select an additional (different) " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, apply the rest of the :guilabel:`Done` " +"quantities, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up. Lastly, click" +" the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed operations popup for source lot number on sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:221 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order, if the product quantities shared " +"the same lot number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:230 +msgid "Manage lots for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:232 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, the creation of new lots is only allowed upon **receiving** " +"products from a purchase order, by default. **Existing** lot numbers cannot " +"be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:235 +msgid "" +"For sales orders, the opposite is true: new lot numbers cannot be created on" +" the delivery order, only existing lot numbers can be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) lot numbers on any operation " +"type, go to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:242 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Receipts`, found on the :menuselection:`Operations Types` " +"page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option can be " +"enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then clicking the checkbox beside" +" the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option (in the " +":guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the :guilabel:`Save` button" +" to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Delivery Orders`, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and clicking " +"the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` option. " +"Be sure to click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting on operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:256 +msgid "" +"For inter-warehouse transfers involving products tracked by lots, it can be " +"useful to enable the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial Numbers` option for" +" warehouse receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:260 +msgid "Lots traceability" +msgstr "Відстеження партій" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:262 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to traceability reports to see the " +"entire lifecycle of a product: where (and when) it came from, where it was " +"stored, and who (and when) it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by lots, go to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :menuselection:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:269 +msgid "" +"From here, products with lot numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show the lot numbers those products have " +"assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To group by lots (or serial numbers), begin by removing any filters in the " +"search bar. Then, click the :guilabel:`Group By` drop-down, select " +":guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, and select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` from " +"the drop-down menu. Then, click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Doing so displays all existing lots and serial numbers, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst-1 +msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:3 -msgid "Work with serial numbers" +msgid "Use serial numbers to track products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"To track products with serial numbers, you can use the serial number " -"tracking. With them, you can track the current location of the product and, " -"when the products are moved from one location to another, the system will " -"automatically identify the current location of the product, based on its " -"last movement." +"*Serial numbers* are one of the two ways to identify and track products in " +"Odoo. A serial number is a unique identifier assigned incrementally (or " +"sequentially) to an item or product, used to distinguish it from other items" +" and products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:9 msgid "" -"If you want to do it or run very advanced traceability, the Odoo double-" -"entry management is the feature you need." +"Serial numbers can consist of many different types of characters: they can " +"be strictly numerical, they can contain letters and other typographical " +"symbols, or they can be a mix of all of the above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, you need to activate the serial numbers tracking. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` in the *Inventory* application. " -"Then, enable the feature and hit save." +"The goal of assigning serial numbers to individual products is to make sure " +"that every item's history is identifiable when it travels through the supply" +" chain. This can be especially useful for manufacturers that provide after-" +"sales services to products that they sell and deliver." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:22 msgid "" -"Now, you have to configure the products you want to track by serial numbers." -" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Master Data --> Products` and open the " -"product of your choice. Edit it and select *Tracking By Unique Serial " -"Number* in the *Inventory tab*. Then, click on save." +"To track products using serial numbers, the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial " +"Numbers` feature must be enabled. To enable this, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Traceability` section, and click the box next to " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`. Remember to click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " +"individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and " +"choose a desired product to track." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 -msgid "Manage Serial Numbers" -msgstr "Управління серійними номерами" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:47 msgid "" -"To receive a product that is tracked by serial number, you have to specify " -"its serial number. Of course, you have several ways of doing so:" +"Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " +"section. Then, select the :guilabel:`By Unique Serial Number` option, and " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes. Existing or new serial numbers " +"can now be selected and assigned to newly-received or manufactured batches " +"of this product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 -msgid "Manual assignation" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 -msgid "Multi-assignation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 -msgid "Copy/pasting from an Excel file" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Whatever could be your favorite way to assign serial numbers, you firstly " -"need to open the detailed operations of your picking." +"If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" +"up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" +" have no lot/serial number. However, a lot/serial number can be assigned to " +"the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 -msgid "Manual assignation of the different serial numbers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " +"assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so " +"reveals a blank lots/serial numbers form. On this form, a new " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" -"When opening the detailed operations, you can click on *Add a line*. Then, " -"you will be able to fill in the serial number field. Once done, you can " -"click again on *Add a line* to register a new serial number." +"While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " +"most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " +"clicking the line under the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` field, and " +"changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" -"By using the multi-assignation of serial numbers, Odoo will automatically " -"create the necessary lines. To do so, you have to enter the first serial " -"number of your set and the number of products you have to assign a serial " -"number to." +"Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " +"next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " +"select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:80 -msgid "Once done, click on *Assign Serial Numbers* and Odoo will do the rest." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " +"assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " +"purposes), and to assign this specific lot/serial number configuration to a " +"specific website in the :guilabel:`Website` field (if working in a multi-" +"website environment)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 +msgid "" +"A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " +"in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 +msgid "" +"After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," +" and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, and selecting the product that this " +"newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" -"To use copy/pasting, open the spreadsheet containing the serial numbers you " -"received and copy the list. Then, past them in the *Lot/Serial Number Name* " -"column of the wizard. Doing so, Odoo will automatically create the lines you" -" need." +"On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " +"smart button to view the new serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." +" For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " +"order form. For outgoing goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the " +"sales order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" +" purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 -msgid "Operation types" +msgid "" +"To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " +"app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" -"You also have the possibility to define how you will manage lots for each " -"operation type. To define it, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Operation Types` in the *Inventory* app." +"On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " +"information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" -"For each type, you can decide if you allow the creation of new lot numbers " -"or want to use existing ones. By default, the creation of new lots is only " -"allowed at product reception." +"Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" -"If you have inter-warehouse transfers and track products by lots, it can be " -"useful to allow using existing lot numbers in receipts too." +"When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " +"Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " +"purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:124 -msgid "Serial Number traceability" -msgstr "Відстеження серійного номера" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" -"Using serial numbers allows you to keep track of where the products were " -"received, put in stock, to whom they were sold, and where they were shipped " -"to." +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " +"warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" -"Tracking an item is easy: open the *Inventory* app, and go to " -":menuselection:`Master Data --> Lots/Serial Numbers` and click on the serial" -" number corresponding to your search. Then, open the *Traceability* " -"information. There, you will see in which documents the serial number has " -"been used." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " +"ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " +"appear. The pop-up requires entry of a lot or serial number for the ordered " +"products. The :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` **cannot** be validated " +"without a serial number being assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 +msgid "" +"In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " +"assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column, located at the bottom of the pop-" +"up." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" -"And, if you want to locate a serial number, you can do so by clicking on the" -" *Location* button available on the serial number form." +"There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " +"automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" +" a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " +"the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " +":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " +"displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " +"them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " +"the individual products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " +"number in the desired order to be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " +"that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " +"with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 +msgid "" +"To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " +"populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " +"supplier (or manually chosen upon receipt). Then, copy and paste them in the" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number Name` column. Odoo will automatically create " +"the necessary number of lines based on the amount of numbers pasted in the " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 +msgid "" +"From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " +"be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 +msgid "" +"For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " +"the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " +"serial numbers using the :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers` button located on" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`. This prevents any serial numbers from " +"being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " +":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." +" Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " +":guilabel:`Traceability` smart button will appear upon validating the " +"receipt. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial " +"#`, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" +" sales order (SO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 +msgid "" +"To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " +"so reveals a new, blank quotation form. On this blank quotation form, fill " +"out the necessary information, by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and adding " +"products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines (in the :guilabel:`Order Lines` " +"tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" +" to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " +"becomes an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, and a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button" +" appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " +"with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " +"their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 +msgid "" +"To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" +" :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " +"number. Then, mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 +msgid "" +"Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " +"appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " +":guilabel:`Traceability Report`, which includes: a :guilabel:`Reference` " +"document, the :guilabel:`Product` being traced, the :guilabel:`Date`, and " +"the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" +" receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " +"quantities shared a serial number assigned during receipt of that specific " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 +msgid "" +"By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " +"**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " +"cannot be used. For sales orders, the opposite is true: new serial numbers " +"cannot be created on the delivery order, only existing serial numbers can be" +" used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 +msgid "" +"To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " +"operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " +"Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Receipts` from the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and then " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Lastly, click the" +" :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " +":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " +"Numbers` option can be enabled, by selecting :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` " +"from the :guilabel:`Operations Types` page, clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, and " +"clicking the checkbox beside the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial Numbers` " +"option (in the :guilabel:`Traceability` section). Be sure to click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +msgid "Serial number traceability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" +" entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " +"stored, and who it went to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 +msgid "" +"To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" +" :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " +"so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 +msgid "" +"From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " +"default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " +"specifically assigned to them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " +"the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " +"and select :guilabel:`Add Custom Group`, which reveals a mini drop-down " +"menu. From this mini drop-down menu, select :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, " +"and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " +"to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " +"serial numbers that are not reused, there should be just one product per " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 +msgid "" +"For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " +"number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " +"serial number's :guilabel:`Serial Number` form. From this form, click the " +":guilabel:`Location` and :guilabel:`Traceability` smart buttons to see all " +"stock on-hand using that serial number, and any operations made using that " +"serial number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc.rst:5 msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" -msgstr "Різні операції" +msgstr "Інші операції" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Створити дозамовлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Stock that you don't own" +msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:5 msgid "" -"Sometimes, suppliers can offer you to store and sell products without having" -" to buy those items. This technique is called *consignee stock*." +"Most of the time, products stored in a company's warehouse are either " +"purchased from suppliers, or are manufactured in-house. However, suppliers " +"will sometimes let companies store and sell products in the company's " +"warehouse, without having to buy those items up-front. This is called " +"*consignment*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:10 msgid "" -"Consignee stock is a great way for manufacturers and suppliers to launch new" -" products. As resellers may be reluctant to buy a product they are not sure " -"to be able to sell, consignee stock will allow them to offer an item to " -"check its market without having to pay for it in the first place." +"Consignment is a useful method for suppliers to launch new products, and " +"easily deliver to their customers. It's also a great way for the company " +"storing the products (the consignee) to earn something back for their " +"efforts. Consignees can even charge a fee for the convenience of storing " +"products they don't actually own." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo has the ability to manage those consignee stocks through " -"advanced settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:16 +msgid "Enable the consignment setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:18 msgid "" -"To use this feature, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` in the inventory app. Then, enable the *Consignment* feature in " -"the *Traceability* section. Now, hit save." +"To receive, store, and sell consignment stock, the feature needs to be " +"enabled in the settings. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and under the :guilabel:`Traceability` section," +" check the box next to :guilabel:`Consignment`, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Enabled Consignment setting in Inventory configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:28 -msgid "Reception of Consignee Stock" -msgstr "Находження комесійного складу" +msgid "Receive (and store) consignment stock" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:30 msgid "" -"When in the *Inventory* app, open the receipts and create a new reception. " -"On the right side, you will see that a new line called *Assign Owner* has " -"appeared. There, you can specify the partner which owns the stock." +"With the feature enabled in Odoo, consignment stock can now be received into" +" a warehouse. From the main :menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, click into" +" the :guilabel:`Receipts` section. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Consignment stock is not actually purchased from the vendor; it is simply " +"received and stored. Because of this, there are no quotations or purchase " +"orders involved in receiving consignment stock. So, *every* receipt of " +"consignment stock will start by creating manual receipts." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:39 -msgid "If you are the owner, you can leave the field blank." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:41 msgid "" -"Once the receipt is validated, the products enter your stock but still " -"belong to the owner. They don’t impact your inventory valuation." +"Choose a vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Receive From` field, and then " +"choose the same vendor to enter in the :guilabel:`Assign Owner` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Since the products received from the vendor will be owned by the same " +"vendor, the :guilabel:`Receive From` and :guilabel:`Assign Owner` fields " +"must match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once the vendor-related fields are set, enter products into the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines, and set the quantities to be received into the " +"warehouse under the :guilabel:`Done` column. If the :guilabel:`Units of " +"Measure` feature is enabled, the :abbr:`UoM (Units of Measure)` can be " +"changed, as well. Once all the consignment stock has been received, " +":guilabel:`Validate` the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Matching vendor fields in consignment Receipt creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:56 +msgid "Sell and deliver consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once consignment stock has been received into the warehouse, it can be sold " +"the same as any other in-stock product that has the :guilabel:`Can Be Sold` " +"option enabled on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To create a sales order, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, and " +"from the :guilabel:`Quotations` overview, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, " +"choose a customer to enter into the :guilabel:`Customer` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Customer` *must* be different from the :guilabel:`Vendor` " +"that supplied the consignment stock received (and stored) in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Add the consignment product under the :guilabel:`Product` column in the " +"order lines, set the :guilabel:`Quantity`, and fill out any other pertinent " +"product details on the form. Once the quotation is complete, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Sales order of consignment stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` has been confirmed, it will " +"become a sales order. From here, the products can be delivered by clicking " +"on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button, and selecting :guilabel:`Validate`" +" to validate the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:82 +msgid "Traceability and reporting of consignment stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Although consignment stock is owned by the vendor who supplied it, and not " +"by the company storing it in their warehouse, consignment products will " +"*still* appear in certain inventory reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To find inventory reports, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting`, " +"and choose a report to view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Since the consignee does not actually own consigment stock, these products " +"are *not* reflected in the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` report, and have no " +"impact on the consignee's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:96 +msgid "Product moves report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:98 +msgid "" +"To view all information about on-hand stock moves, navigate to the the " +":guilabel:`Product Moves` dashboard by going to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Reporting --> Product Moves`. For consignment products, the information " +"in this report is the same as any other product: the history of its product " +"moves can be reviewed; the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` and " +":guilabel:`Reference` document are available; and its :guilabel:`Locations` " +"are available, as well. The consignment stock will originate from " +":guilabel:`Partner Location/Vendors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:106 +msgid "" +"To view a consignment product's moves by ownership, select the " +":guilabel:`Group By` filter, choose the :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` " +"parameter, and then select :guilabel:`From Owner`, and :guilabel:`Apply` to " +"finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst-1 +msgid "Consignment stock moves history." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To see forecasted units of consignment stock, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Forecasted Inventory`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:119 +msgid "Stock on hand report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:121 +msgid "" +"View the :guilabel:`Stock On Hand` dashboard by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Report`. From this " +"report, the :guilabel:`Locations` of all stock on-hand are displayed, in " +"addition to the quantities per location. For consigment products, the " +":guilabel:`Owner` column will be populated with the owner of those products," +" or the original vendor who supplied the products in the first place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:3 +msgid "Process wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"While a batch transfer is a group of several pickings, a **wave transfer** " +"only contains some parts of different pickings. Both methods are used to " +"pick orders in a warehouse, and depending on the situation, one method may " +"be a better fit than the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To handle orders of a specific product category, or fetch products that are " +"at the same location, wave transfers are the ideal method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, wave transfers are actually batch transfers with an extra step: " +"transfers are split before being grouped in a batch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Before a wave transfer can be created, the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers` options must be activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. In " +"the :guilabel:`Operations` section, enable :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` and " +":guilabel:`Wave Transfers`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Odoo Inventory app settings to enable the wave transfers option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "Add products to a wave" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Now that the settings are activated, start a wave transfer by adding " +"products to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Wave transfers can only contain product lines from transfers of the same " +"operation type. To view all the transfers and product lines in a specific " +"operation, first go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard and locate the " +"desired operation type's card. Then, open the options menu (the three dots " +"icon in the corner of the operation type's card) and click " +":guilabel:`Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "How to get an operation type's list of operations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:43 +msgid "" +"On the operations page, select the product lines you want to add in a new or" +" existing wave. Then, click :guilabel:`Add to Wave`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Select lines to add to the wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Filters` in the search bar to group lines with the same " +"product, location, carrier, etc..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "After that, a pop-up box appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To add the selected lines to an existing wave transfer, select the " +":guilabel:`an existing wave transfer` option and select the existing wave " +"transfer from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a new wave transfer, select the :guilabel:`a new wave transfer` " +"option. If creating a new wave transfer, an employee can also be set in the " +"optional :guilabel:`Responsible` field. Once the desired options are " +"selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add the product lines to a wave." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:64 +msgid "View wave transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:66 +msgid "" +"To view all wave transfers and their statuses, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Wave Transfers`. Wave transfers" +" can also be viewed in the :guilabel:`Barcode` app by going to " +":menuselection:`Barcode --> Batch Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning.rst:5 msgid "Planning" msgstr "Планування" @@ -2330,21 +4509,19 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:41 msgid "" -"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk of a " -"vendor delay. The receipt will be scheduled that many days earlier to cope " -"with unexpected vendor delays. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the " -"**Delivery order scheduled date - Security lead time** for purchase will be " -"the default *Receipt* scheduled date." +"**Purchase Security Lead Time**: margin of error for vendor lead times. When" +" the system generates Purchase Orders for procuring products, they will be " +"scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:46 msgid "" "**Purchase Delivery Lead Time**: this is the expected time between a PO " "being confirmed and the receipt of the ordered products. The **Receipt " "scheduled date - Vendor delivery date** is the default *PO Order By* date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:51 msgid "" "**Days to Purchase**: number of days the purchasing department takes to " "validate a PO. If another RFQ to the same vendor is already opened, Odoo " @@ -2352,14 +4529,14 @@ msgid "" "date is set on the line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:56 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Lead Time**: this is the expected time it takes to " "manufacture a product. This lead time is independent of the quantity to " "produce and does not take the routing time into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:61 msgid "" "**Manufacturing Security Lead Time**: additional time to mitigate the risk " "of a manufacturing delay. In case of a *Replenish to Order*, the **Delivery " @@ -2367,11 +4544,11 @@ msgid "" " Time** is the default *Manufacturing Order* planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:68 msgid "Sales - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:70 msgid "" "In the *Sales* app, there is an option called *Delivery Date*. It allows " "seeing an additional field on the sales orders, *Expected Date*. This one is" @@ -2379,23 +4556,35 @@ msgid "" "configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the delivery settings to have the delivery lead time taken into " +"account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:79 msgid "" "If the set up *Delivery Date* is earlier than the the *Expected Date*, a " "warning message is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the error that occurs when trying to choose an earlier date than what calculated\n" +"by Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:87 msgid "" "But, for all of this properly working, it is still necessary to configure " "all the lead times that could occur." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:91 msgid "Customer Lead Time" -msgstr "Термін доставки клієнту" +msgstr "Термін поставки" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:93 msgid "" "The *Customer Lead Time* is the time needed for your product to go from your" " warehouse to the customer place. It can be configured on any product by " @@ -2403,64 +4592,74 @@ msgid "" "product form, go in the inventory tab, and add your *Customer Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the customer lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:103 msgid "" "For example, product B is ordered on the 2nd of April but the *Customer Lead" " Time* is two days. In that case, the expected delivery date is the 4th of " "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:217 msgid "Security Lead Time" -msgstr "Час проведення безпеки" +msgstr "Безпека часу проведення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:110 msgid "" "In sales, *Security Lead Time* corresponds to backup days to ensure you are " "able to deliver the products in time. The purpose is to be ready shipping " "earlier in order to arrive on time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:114 msgid "" "The number of security days is subtracted from the calculation to compute a " "scheduled date earlier than the one promised to the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:117 msgid "" "To set this up, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and enable the feature *Security Lead Time for Sales*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for sales configuration from the sales " +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:124 msgid "" "For example, product B is scheduled to be delivered on the 6th of April but " "the *Security Lead Time* is one day. In that case, the scheduled date for " "the delivery order is the 5th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:129 msgid "Deliver several products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:131 msgid "" "In many cases, customers order several products at the same time. Those can " "have different lead times but still need to be delivered, at once or " "separately. Fortunately, Odoo can help you handle these cases easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:135 msgid "" "From the *Other Info* tab of your *Sale Order*, you can choose between *When" " all products are ready* and *As soon as possible*. The first one is to " "deliver products at once, while the second is to deliver them separately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:140 msgid "" "For example, products A and B are ordered at the same time. A has 8 lead " "days and B has 5. With the first option, the *Expected Date* is calculated " @@ -2469,29 +4668,33 @@ msgid "" "April." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:146 msgid "" "With the second option, the *Expected Date* is calculated based on the " "product with the least customer lead days. In this example, B is the product" " with the least lead days. So, the *Expected Date* is on the 7th of April." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:152 msgid "Purchase - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:155 msgid "Supplier Lead Time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:157 msgid "" "The *Supplier Lead Time* is the time needed for a product you purchased to " "be delivered. To configure it, open a product from :menuselection:`Purchase " "--> Products --> Products` and add a vendor under the *Purchase* tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the way to add vendors to products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:166 msgid "" "By clicking on *Add a line*, a new window is displayed. You can specify the " "*Delivery Lead Time* there. If done so, the delivery day for every purchase " @@ -2499,47 +4702,61 @@ msgid "" "Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "View of the delivery lead time configuration from a vendor form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:176 msgid "" "It is possible to add different vendors and, thus, different lead times " "depending on the vendor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:182 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for purchase follows the same logic as the one for " "*Sales*, except that you are the customer. Then, it is the margin of error " "for your supplier to deliver your order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:186 msgid "" "To set up *Security Lead Time* for purchase, go to :menuselection:`Inventory" " --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for purchase from the inventory settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:194 msgid "" "Doing so, every time the system generates purchase orders, those are " "scheduled that many days earlier to cope with unexpected vendor delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:198 msgid "Manufacturing - Lead Times" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:201 msgid "Manufacturing Lead Time" msgstr "Час виконання виробництва" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:203 msgid "" "The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is the time needed to manufacture the product." " To specify it, open the *Inventory* tab of your product form and add the " "number of days the manufacturing takes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the manufacturing lead time configuration from the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:211 msgid "" "When working with *Manufacturing Lead Times*, the *Deadline Start* of the " "*MO* is **Commitment Date - Manufacturing Lead Time**. For example, the MO’s" @@ -2547,19 +4764,25 @@ msgid "" "July is June 27th." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:219 msgid "" "The *Security Lead Time* for manufacturing allows generating manufacturing " "orders earlier to cope with the risk of manufacturing delays." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:223 msgid "" "To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " "Settings` and tick *Security Lead Time*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the security lead time for manufacturing from the manufacturing app " +"settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:230 msgid "" "For example, a customer orders B with a delivery date scheduled on the 20th " "of June. The *Manufacturing Lead Time* is 14 days and the *Security Lead " @@ -2567,437 +4790,1504 @@ msgid "" "the 3rd of June, which is the MO’s planned date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:236 msgid "Global Example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:238 msgid "Here is a configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:240 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:241 msgid "2 days of security lead time for Manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:242 msgid "3 days of manufacturing lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:243 msgid "1 day of security lead time for Purchase" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:244 msgid "4 days of supplier lead time" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:246 msgid "" "Let’s say that a customer orders B on the 1st of September and the delivery " "date is planned to be within 20 days (September 20th). In such a scenario, " "here is when all the various steps are triggered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:250 msgid "**September 1st**: the sales order is created" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:251 msgid "" "**September 10th**: the deadline to order components from the supplier " "because of the manufacturing process (4 days of supplier lead time)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:254 msgid "" "**September 13th**: the reception of the product from the supplier (1 day of" " security lead time for Purchase)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:256 msgid "" "**September 14th**: the deadline start date for the manufacturing (19th - 3 " "days of manufacturing lead time - 2 days of security lead time for " "Manufacturing)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/planning/scheduled_dates.rst:259 msgid "" "**September 19th**: the expected date on the delivery order form (1 day of " "security lead time for sales)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products.rst:5 msgid "Products" msgstr "Товари" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 -msgid "How to select the right replenishment strategy" -msgstr "Як встановити правильну стратегію поповнення на складі" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules and Make to Order have similar consequences but " -"different rules. They should be used depending on your manufacturing and " -"delivery strategies." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:3 +msgid "Replenish on order (MTO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:9 +msgid "" +"*Replenish on order*, also known as *MTO* (make to order), is a " +"replenishment strategy that creates a draft order for a product every time a" +" sales order is created for it. For products that are purchased from a " +"vendor, a request for quotation (RFQ) is created, while a sales order for a " +"product manufactured in-house triggers the creation of a manufacturing " +"order. The creation of a |RFQ| or manufacturing order occurs every time a " +"sales order is created, regardless of the current stock level of the product" +" being ordered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:17 +msgid "Unarchive the Replenish on Order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo sets the |MTO| route as *archived*. This is because |MTO| " +"is a somewhat niche workflow that is only used by certain companies. " +"However, it is easy to unarchive the route in just a few simple steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Routes`. On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click the :guilabel:`Filters` " +"button and select the :guilabel:`Archived` option. This shows all routes " +"that are currently archived." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The archived filter on the Routes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Enable the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, then click" +" the :guilabel:`Action` button to reveal a drop-down menu. From the drop-" +"down menu, select :guilabel:`Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The unarchive action on the Routes page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Finally, remove the :guilabel:`Archived` filter from the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The :guilabel:`Routes` page will now show all " +"available routes, including :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, which is " +"now selectable on the inventory tab of each product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "The MTO route appears on the Routes page after unarchiving it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:47 +msgid "Configure a product to use the MTO route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:49 +msgid "" +"With the |MTO| route unarchived, products can now be properly configured to " +"use replenish on order. To do so, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then select an " +"existing product, or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " +":guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section, along with one other route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` route **does not** work unless " +"another route is selected as well. This is because Odoo needs to know how to" +" replenish the product when an order is placed for it (buy it, manufacture " +"it, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "Select the MTO route and a second route on the Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If the product is purchased from a vendor to fulfill sales orders, enable " +"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox under the product name. Doing so " +"makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear alongside the other settings tabs " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Select the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a :guilabel:`Vendor` and the" +" :guilabel:`Price` they sell the product for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst-1 +msgid "Enable \"Can be Purchased\" and specify a vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:76 +msgid "" +"If the product is manufactured, make sure that it has a bill of materials " +"(BOM) configured for it. To do so, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` " +"smart button at the top of the screen, then click :guilabel:`Create` on the " +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials` page to configure a new |BOM| for the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:81 +msgid "" +"On the blank |BOM| form, add the components used to manufacture the product " +"on the :guilabel:`Components` tab, along with the operations required for " +"the manufacturing workflow on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:85 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:88 +msgid "Fulfill a sales order using the MTO route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After configuring a product to use the |MTO| route, a replenishment order is" +" created for it every time a sales order including the product is confirmed." +" The type of order created depends on the second route selected in addition " +"to |MTO|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For example, if *Buy* was the second route selected, then a purchase order " +"is created upon confirmation of a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:98 +msgid "" +"When the |MTO| route is enabled for a product, a replenishment order is " +"always created upon confirmation of a sales order. This is the case even if " +"there is enough stock of the product on-hand to fulfill the sales order, " +"without buying or manufacturing additional units of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:102 +msgid "" +"While the |MTO| route can be used in unison with a variety of other routes, " +"the *Buy* route is used as the example for this workflow. Begin by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, then click :guilabel:`Create`," +" which opens a blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:106 +msgid "" +"On the blank quotation form, add a :guilabel:`Customer`, then click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` under the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, and enter a" +" product that has been configured to use the *MTO* and *Buy* routes. Click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` and the quotation is turned into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:110 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Purchase` smart button now appears in the top-right corner of " +"the sales order. Clicking it opens the |RFQ| associated with the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the |RFQ|, and turn it into a " +"purchase order. A green :guilabel:`Receive Products` button now appears at " +"the top of the purchase order. Once the products are received, click " +":guilabel:`Receive Products` to register them into inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Return to the sales order by clicking the :guilabel:`SO` breadcrumb, or by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders`, and selecting " +"the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/mto.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button in the top-right of the" +" order to be taken to the delivery order. Once the products have been " +"shipped to the customer, click :guilabel:`Validate` to confirm the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:3 +msgid "Reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules are used to keep forecasted stock levels above a certain " +"threshold without exceeding a specified upper limit. This is accomplished by" +" specifying a minimum quantity that stock should not fall below and a " +"maximum quantity that stock should not exceed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be configured for each product based on the route used " +"to replenish it. If a product uses the *Buy* route, then a Request for " +"Quotation (RFQ) is created when the reordering rule is triggered. If a " +"product uses the *Manufacture* route, then a Manufacturing Order (MO) is " +"created instead. This is the case regardless of the selected replenishment " +"route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:15 +msgid "Configure products for reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In order to use reordering rules for a product, it must first be correctly " +"configured. Begin by navigating to :guilabel:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products`, then select an existing product, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, on the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, make sure that the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` is set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is " +"necessary because Odoo only tracks stock quantities for storable products, " +"and this number is used to trigger reordering rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Set the Product Type as Storable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and select one or more routes " +"from the :guilabel:`Routes` section. Doing so tells Odoo which route to use " +"to replenish the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Select one or more routes on the Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:36 +msgid "" +"If the product is reordered using the :guilabel:`Buy` route, confirm that " +"the :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkbox is enabled under the product name." +" This makes the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab appear. Click on the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and specify at least one vendor, and the price " +"that they sell the product for, so that Odoo knows which company the product" +" should be purchased from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Specify a vendor and price on the Purchase tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If the product is replenished using the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route, it " +"needs to have at least one Bill of Materials (BoM) associated with it. This " +"is necessary because Odoo only creates manufacturing orders for products " +"with a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` does not already exist for the product," +" select the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:58 +msgid "Create new reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Reordering Rules`, then click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill" +" out the new line as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: The product that is replenished by the rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: The location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: The minimum quantity that can be forecasted " +"without the rule being triggered. When forecasted stock falls below this " +"number, a replenishment order for the product is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: The maximum quantity that stock is replenished up " +"to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: Specify if the product should be replenished " +"in batches of a certain quantity (e.g., a product could be replenished in " +"batches of 20)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: The unit of measure used for reordering the product. This " +"value can simply be `Units` or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " +"length, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "The form for creating a new reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can also be created from each product form. To do so, " +"navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Products`, then " +"select a product. Click on :menuselection:`Reordering Rules --> Create`, " +"then fill out the new line as detailed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Once a reordering rule has been created for a product, if its forecasted " +"quantity is below the rule's minimum quantity when the scheduler runs, a " +"replenishment order for the product is automatically generated. By default, " +"the scheduler runs once each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:88 +msgid "" +"To manually trigger a reordering rule before the scheduler runs, select " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. Then, select " +"the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button on the pop-up that appears. Be " +"aware that this also triggers any other scheduled actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Buy` route is selected, then an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for " +"Quotation)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> Requests " +"for Quotation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Manufacture` route is selected, then an :abbr:`MO " +"(Manufacturing Order)` is generated. To view and manage :abbr:`MOs " +"(Manufacturing Orders)`, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:101 +msgid "Set a preferred route for reordering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows for multiple routes to be selected under the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on each product form. For instance, it is possible" +" to select both :guilabel:`Buy` and :guilabel:`Manufacture`, thus enabling " +"the functionality of both routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Odoo also enables users to set a preferred route for a product's reordering " +"rule. This is the route that the rule defaults to if multiple are selected. " +"To select a preferred route, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:111 +msgid "" +"By default, the :guilabel:`Preferred Route` column is hidden on the " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` page. Enable it by selecting the :guilabel:`⋮ " +"(three-dot)` option button on the right side of the page and checking the " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route` checkbox. Doing so reveals the " +":guilabel:`Preferred Route` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Click inside of the column on the row of a reordering rule and a drop-down " +"menu shows all available routes for that rule. Select one to set it as the " +"preferred route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst-1 +msgid "Select a preferred route from the drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/reordering_rules.rst:124 +msgid "" +"If multiple routes are enabled for a product but no preferred route is set " +"for its reordering rule, the product is reordered using the selected route " +"that is listed first on the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:3 +msgid "Selecting a replenishment strategy" msgstr "" -"Правила Мінімального Запасу та Зробити на замовлення мають подібні наслідки," -" але різні правила. Вони повинні використовуватися в залежності від ваших " -"технологій виробництва та стратегії доставки." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are two strategies for automatically replenishing inventory: " +"*reordering rules* and the *make to order (MTO)* route. Although these " +"strategies differ slightly, they both have similar consequences: triggering " +"the automatic creation of a |PO| or |MO|. The choice of which strategy to " +"use depends on the business's manufacturing and delivery processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:6 msgid "Terminology" msgstr "Термінологія" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:13 -msgid "Minimum stock rule" -msgstr "Правило мінімального запасу" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Minimum Stock rules are used to ensure that you always have the minimum " -"amount of a product in stock in order to manufacture your products and/or " -"answer to your customer needs. When the stock level of a product reaches its" -" minimum the system will automatically generate a procurement order with the" -" quantity needed to reach the maximum stock level." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +msgid "Replenishment report and reordering rules" msgstr "" -"Правила мінімального запасу використовуються для забезпечення того, що у вас" -" завжди є мінімальна кількість товару на складі для виготовлення вашої " -"продукції та/або відповіді на потреби вашого клієнта. Коли рівень запасу " -"товару досягає мінімального рівня, система автоматично генерує замовлення на" -" закупівлю з кількістю, необхідною для досягнення максимального рівня " -"запасу." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:58 -msgid "Make to Order" -msgstr "Зробити на замовлення" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:21 msgid "" -"The Make to Order function will trigger a Purchase Order of the amount of " -"the Sales Order related to the product. The system will **not** check the " -"current stock. This means that a draft purchase order will be generated " -"regardless of the quantity on hand of the product." +"The replenishment report is a list of all products that have a negative " +"forecast quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:23 +msgid "" +"*Reordering rules* are used to ensure there's always a minimum amount of a " +"product in-stock, in order to manufacture products and/or fulfill sales " +"orders. When the stock level of a product reaches its minimum, Odoo " +"automatically generates a purchase order with the quantity needed to reach " +"the maximum stock level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Reordering rules can be created and managed in the replenishment report, or " +"from the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:31 +msgid "Make to order" msgstr "" -"Функція Зробити на замовленням запускає замовлення на купівлю суми " -"замовлення клієнта, пов'язаного з товаром. Система не буде перевіряти " -"поточний запас. Це означає, що проект замовлення на купівлю буде " -"згенерований незалежно від кількості, що знаходяться в наявності товару." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:33 -msgid "Minimum stock rules" -msgstr "Правила мінімального запасу" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:35 msgid "" -"The Minimum Stock Rules configuration is available through your Inventory " -"module. In the Inventory Control menu select \"Reordering Rule\" in the drop" -" down menu. There, click on \"Create\" to set minimum and maximum stock " -"values for a given product." +"*Make to order (MTO)* is a procurement route that creates a draft purchase " +"order (or manufacturing order) each time a sales order is confirmed, " +"**regardless of the current stock level**." msgstr "" -"Налаштування правил мінімальних запасів доступне через ваш модуль Складу. У " -"меню Управління складом виберіть \"Правило дозамовлення\" у випадаючому " -"меню. Тоді натисніть \"Створити\", щоби встановити мінімальні та максимальні" -" значення запасів для даного товару." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:36 msgid "" -"Show tooltips for \"minimum quantity\", \"maximum quantity\" and \"quantity " -"multiple\" fields" +"Unlike products replenished using reordering rules, Odoo automatically links" +" the sales order to the |PO| or |MO| generated by the |MTO| route." msgstr "" -"Покажіть підказки для полів \"мінімальна кількість\", \"максимальна " -"кількість\" та \"кілька кількостей\"." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:39 msgid "" -"Then, click on your product to access the related product form and, on the " -"\"Inventory submenu\", do not forget to select a supplier." +"Another difference between reordering rules and |MTO| is, with |MTO|, Odoo " +"generates a draft |PO| or |MO| immediately after the |SO| is confirmed. With" +" reordering rules, Odoo generates a draft |PO| or |MO| when the product's " +"forecasted stock falls below the set minimum quantity." msgstr "" -"Потім натисніть на товар, щоби отримати доступ до відповідної форми товару, " -"а в \"Підменю складу\" не забудьте вибрати постачальника." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:43 msgid "" -"Don't forget to select the right product type. A consumable can not be " -"stocked and will thus not be accounted for in the stock valuation." +"In addition, Odoo automatically adds quantities to the |PO| or |MO| as the " +"forecast changes, so long as the |PO| or |MO| is not confirmed." msgstr "" -"Не забудьте вибрати правильний тип товару. Витратний матеріал не може бути " -"запакований, і тому не буде враховано в оцінці запасів." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:46 msgid "" -"The Make to Order configuration is available on your product form through " -"your :menuselection:`Inventory --> Inventory control --> Products` (or any " -"other module where products are available)." +"The |MTO| route is the best replenishment strategy for products that are " +"customized, and/or for products that have no stock kept on-hand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To access the replenishment report, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Operations --> Replenishment.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:59 +msgid "" +"By default, the replenishment report dashboard shows every product that " +"needs to be manually reordered. If there is no specific rule for a product, " +"Odoo assumes the :guilabel:`Min Quantity` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` stock" +" are both `0.00`" msgstr "" -"Налаштування Зробити на замовлення доступне у вашій формі товару через ваш " -":menuselection:`Склад --> Контроль складу --> Товари` (або будь-який інший " -"модуль, де доступні товари)." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:64 -msgid "On the product form, under Inventory, click on \"Make To Order\"." -msgstr "На формі товару в розділі \"Склад\" натисніть \"Зробити замовленням\"." +msgid "" +"For products that don't have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the " +"forecast based on confirmed sales orders, deliveries, and receipts. For " +"products that have a set reordering rule, Odoo calculates the forecast " +"normally, but also takes into account the purchase/manufacturing lead time " +"and security lead time." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:70 -msgid "Choice between the two options" -msgstr "Вибір між двома функціями" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:72 msgid "" -"The choice between the two options is thus dependent of your inventory " -"strategy. If you prefer to have a buffer and always have at least a minimum " -"amount, the minimum stock rule should be used. If you want to reorder your " -"stocks only if your sale is confirmed it is better to use the Make to Order." +"Before creating a new reordering rule, make sure the product has a *vendor* " +"or a *bill of materials* configured on the product form. To check this, go " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select the " +"product to open its product form. The vendor, if configured, is listed in " +"the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, and the bill on materials, if configured, is " +"found in the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button at the top of the " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type`, located in the :guilabel:`General Information`" +" tab on the product form, **must** be set to :guilabel:`Storable Product`. " +"By definition, a consumable product does not have its inventory levels " +"tracked, so Odoo cannot account for a consumable product in the " +"replenishment report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Replenishment report listing all items needing to be purchased to meet " +"current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the replenishment report, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Replenishment`, click " +":guilabel:`Create`, and select the desired product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. If necessary, a :guilabel:`Min Quantity` " +"and a :guilabel:`Max Quantity` can be configured in the corresponding " +"columns on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report page, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To create a new reordering rule from the product form, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and select a " +"product to open its product form. Click the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` " +"smart button, click :guilabel:`Create`, and fill out the fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:96 +msgid "Replenishment report fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The following fields are on the :guilabel:`Replenishment` report. If any of " +"these fields are not visible, click the :guilabel:`⋮ (additional options)` " +"icon on the far right side of the report, then click the checkbox next to a " +"field to make it visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product that requires a replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the specific location where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse where the product is stored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`On Hand`: the amount of product currently available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forecast`: the amount of product available after all current " +"orders (sales, manufacturing, purchase, etc.) are taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Route`: how the product is procured, either " +":guilabel:`Buy`, :guilabel:`Manufactured`, :guilabel:`Dropship`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the company from which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bill of Materials`: the bill of materials for the product (if one" +" is configured)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Trigger`: how the replenishment is created, either " +":guilabel:`Auto` (automatically, once the :guilabel:`On Hand` quantity goes " +"below the :guilabel:`Min Quantity`) or :guilabel:`Manual` (only when the " +"replenishment is requested)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Procurement Group`: the reference number for how the product is " +"being acquired, such as a sales order, purchase order, or manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: the minimum amount of product that should be " +"available. When inventory levels goes below this number, the replenishment " +"is triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: the amount of product that should be available " +"after replenishing the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: if the product should be ordered in specific " +"quantities, enter the number that should be ordered. For example, if the " +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` is set to `5`, and only 3 are needed, 5 " +"products are replenished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Order`: the amount of product that is currently needed, and " +"will be ordered, if the :guilabel:`Order Once` or :guilabel:`Automate " +"Orders` button is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used to acquire the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: the company for which the product is acquired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:129 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity in the :guilabel:`To Order` field is the quantity " +"required to reach the set :guilabel:`Max Quantity`. However, the " +":guilabel:`To Order` quantity can be adjusted by clicking on the field and " +"changing the value. To replenish a product manually, click :guilabel:`Order " +"Once`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To automate a replenishment from the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, click " +":guilabel:`Automate Orders` on the right-side of the line, represented by a " +":guilabel:`🔄 (circular arrow)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When this button is clicked, Odoo will automatically generate a draft " +"|PO|/|MO| every time the forecasted stock level falls below the set " +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` of the reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:139 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Replenishment` page, a reordering rule or manual " +"replenishment can be temporarily deactivated for a given period, by clicking" +" the :guilabel:`🔕 (snooze)` icon on the far-right of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Snooze options to turn off notifications for reordering for a period of " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:147 +msgid "" +"A |PO| or |MO| created by a manual replenishment has a " +":guilabel:`Replenishment Report` as the source document. A |PO| or |MO| " +"created by an automated reordering rule has the |SO| reference number(s) " +"that triggered the rule as the source document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Quote request list shows which quotes are directly from the replenishment " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:156 +msgid "Make to order (MTO) route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Since the |MTO| route is recommended for customized products, the route is " +"hidden by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:167 +msgid "To activate the |MTO| route in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:161 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting, located under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Click on :menuselection:`Filters --> Archived` to show archived routes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:166 +msgid "" +"Select the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`, and click " +"on :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:170 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting also activates " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations`. If these features aren't applicable to the " +"warehouse, disable these settings after unarchiving the |MTO| route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:174 +msgid "" +"To set a product's procurement route to |MTO|, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`, and click on the " +"desired product to open its product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and in the :guilabel:`Routes` " +"section of options, select :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:180 +msgid "" +"For products purchased directly from a vendor, make sure the :guilabel:`Buy`" +" route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a vendor is configured in the :guilabel:`Purchase` " +"tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:184 +msgid "" +"For products manufactured in-house, make sure the :guilabel:`Manufacture` " +"route is selected, in addition to the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` " +"route. Also, make sure a bill of materials is configured for the product, " +"which is accessible via the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart button on " +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The |MTO| route cannot be selected alone. |MTO| **only** works if the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` or :guilabel:`Buy` route is also selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst-1 +msgid "Replenish on Order selected on the product form." msgstr "" -"Вибір між двома функціями залежить від вашої стратегії складу. Якщо ви " -"вважаєте за краще мати буфер і завжди мати принаймні мінімальну суму, слід " -"використовувати правила мінімальних запасів. Якщо ви хочете перевпорядкувати" -" свої запаси лише за умови підтвердження продажу, краще скористатись кнопкою" -" \"Зробити на замовленням\"." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:3 -msgid "Use Different Units of Measure" +msgid "Use different units of measure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:7 msgid "" "In some cases, handling products in different units of measure is necessary." -" For example, if you buy products in a country where the metric system is of" -" application and sell in a country where the imperial system is used, you " -"will need to convert the units. Another common use case is buying products " -"in bigger packs to your supplier and selling them in units to your " -"customers." +" For example, a business can buy products from a country that uses the " +"metric system, and then sell those products in a country that uses the " +"imperial system, so the business needs to convert the units. Another case " +"for unit conversion is when a business buys products in a big pack from a " +"supplier and then sells those products in individual units." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:12 -msgid "" -"You can set up Odoo to work with different units of measure for one product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:13 +msgid "Odoo can be set up to use different units of measure for one product." msgstr "" -"Ви можете налаштувати Odoo для роботи з різними одиницями вимірювання для " -"одного товару." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`. In the *Products* section, activate *Units of Measure*, then " -"*Save*." +"To use different units of measure in Odoo, first go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Products` and " +"activate the :guilabel:`Units of Measure` setting. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:25 -msgid "Create New Units of Measure" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Units of Measure in the Inventory settings." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* application go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> UoM`." -" There, hit *Create*. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units that we" -" will use for the Egg product." +msgid "Units of measure categories" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "" -"The category is important for unit conversion, you will be able to convert " -"products from one unit to another only if those units belong to the same " -"category. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than the reference unit of measure " -"for the category which is “Units” here." +"After enabling the units of measure setting, view the default units of " +"measure categories in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Units " +"of Measures --> UoM Categories`. The category is important for unit " +"conversion, Odoo can only convert a product's units from one unit to another" +" only if both units belong to the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:43 -msgid "Specify Units of Measure on your Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Set units of measure categories." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:38 msgid "" -"In the :menuselection:`Inventory application --> Master Data --> Products`, " -"open the product which you would like to change the purchase/sale unit of " -"measure, and click on *Edit*." +"Each units of measure category has a reference unit. The reference unit is " +"highlighted in blue in the :guilabel:`Uom` column of the :guilabel:`Units of" +" Measure Categories` page. Odoo uses the reference unit as a base for any " +"new units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new unit, first select the correct category. For example, to " +"sell a product in a box of six units, click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category" +" line. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit`. After that, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` field, title the new unit " +"`Box of 6`. In the :guilabel:`Type` field, select :guilabel:`Bigger than the" +" reference Unit of Measure`. In the :guilabel:`Ratio` field, enter `6.00000`" +" since a box of six is six times bigger than the reference unit (`1.00000`)." +" Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:49 -msgid "" -"In the *General Information* tab, you can select the *Unit of Measure* in " -"which the product will be sold, which is also the unit in which internal " -"transfers will take place. You can also select the *Purchase Unit of " -"Measure*, which is the unit in which you purchase the product." +msgid "Click on the :guilabel:`Unit` category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:59 -msgid "Transfer from One Unit to Another" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line`. As an example, we will create a Box of 6 units" +" that we will use for the Egg product. The box of 6 is 6 times bigger than " +"the reference unit of measure for the category which is “Units” here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Convert products from one unit to another as long as they belong to the same" +" category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:60 +msgid "Specify a product's units of measure" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:62 -msgid "Buy in the Purchase UoM" +msgid "" +"To set units of measure on a product, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Products --> Products` and click on a product to open its settings. " +"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:65 msgid "" -"In the *Purchase* application, *Create* a new request for quotation in which" -" you include the product with the different *Units of Measure* and *Confirm*" -" it." +"In the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, edit the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure` field to specify the unit of measure that the product is sold in. " +"The specified unit will also be the unit used to keep track of the product's" +" inventory and internal transfers. Edit the :guilabel:`Purchase UoM` field " +"to specify the unit of measure that the product is purchased in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:71 -msgid "" -"On the automatically generated purchase orders, the UoM used is the Box of " -"6, meaning the Purchase UoM. You have of course the possibility to manually " -"modify the UoM if necessary. When you enter the *Receipt* which is linked to" -" the purchase order, you can observe that the 10 boxes of 6 units have been " -"converted in 60 units. Indeed, the stock is managed in units." +msgid "Unit conversion" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:74 +msgid "Buy products in the Purchase UoM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When creating a new request for quotation (RFQ) in the Purchase app, Odoo " +"automatically uses the product's specified purchase unit of measure. " +"However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM` can be manually edited on the RFQ." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:80 +msgid "" +"After the RFQ is confirmed into a purchase order (PO), click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button at the top right corner of the PO. Odoo " +"automatically converts the purchase unit of measure into the product's " +"sales/inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the " +"delivery receipt shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's purchase UoM is `Box of 6` and its " +"sales/inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the PO shows the quantity in " +"boxes of six, and the delivery receipt shows the quantity in units." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:90 msgid "Replenishment" msgstr "Поповнення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:92 msgid "" -"When doing a replenishment via the *Replenish* button on the product form, " -"you have the possibility to use a different unit of measure." +"A request for quotation for a product can also be generated directly from " +"the product form using the :guilabel:`Replenish` button. After clicking " +":guilabel:`Replenish`, a replenish assistant box pops up. The purchase unit " +"of measure can be manually edited here if needed. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to create the RFQ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:94 -msgid "Sell in bigger UoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Units Forecasted` smart button on the product " +"form and scroll down to :menuselection:`Forecasted Inventory --> Requests " +"for quotation`. Click on the RFQ reference number to open the draft RFQ. The" +" purchase UoM can also be edited here if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:96 -msgid "" -"You can choose the unit of measure on the sale order document and decide to " -"sell the eggs by the dozen. When doing so, the price is automatically " -"computed from Units UoM to adapt to the selected *UoM*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:102 +msgid "Sell in a different UoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:104 msgid "" -"In the delivery order, the *UoM* used in the sale order is converted to the " -"*UoM* used for stock management, in our use case, the Units." +"When creating a new quotation in the Sales app, Odoo automatically uses the " +"product's specified unit of measure. However, if needed, the :guilabel:`UoM`" +" can be manually edited on the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:107 +msgid "" +"After the quotation is sent to the customer and confirmed into a sales order" +" (SO), click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button at the top right " +"corner of the SO. Odoo automatically converts the unit of measure into the " +"product's inventory unit of measure, so the :guilabel:`Demand` column of the" +" delivery shows the converted quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For example, if the product's UoM on the SO was changed to `Box of 6`, but " +"its inventory unit of measure is `Units`, the SO shows the quantity in boxes" +" of six, and the delivery shows the quantity in units." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:3 -msgid "When Should you Use Packages, Units of Measure or Special Packaging?" +msgid "Units of measure, packages, and packagings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:6 -msgid "Units of Measure" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are a variety of ways to specify the amount of products being" +" bought, stocked, and sold. *Units of measure*, *packages*, and *packagings*" +" are all available to streamline inventory flows, allowing for a variety of " +"configurations for products as they enter and leave the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:12 +msgid "Units of measure" msgstr "Одиниці вимірювання" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:14 msgid "" -"Units of measure specify the unit used to handle a product. In Odoo, you " -"have the possibility to specify the unit of measure in which you manage your" -" stock and the one which is used when purchasing the product to your " -"supplier." +"A *unit of measure (UoM)* refers to any of the different standards used to " +"measure and handle a quantifiable amount of products, such a units, weight, " +"time, or size. Different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for weight, for " +"example, can be kilos, pounds, ounces, grams, and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:18 msgid "" -"The *conversion* between the different units of measure is done " -"automatically. The only condition is that all the units have to be in the " -"*same category* (Unit, Weight, Volume, Length,...)" +"In Odoo, stock management and purchasing from suppliers are streamlined by " +"specifying different :abbr:`UoMs (Units of Measure)` for both buying and " +"selling products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 +msgid "Specify unit of measure for selling a product vs purchasing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:25 msgid "" -"For example, if I have the following reordering rule for the egg and I run " -"the scheduler, the quantity added in the automatically generated purchase " -"order will be in dozens but what will enter the stock will be units." +"Once a product has a default :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` and " +":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` set on the product form, Odoo " +"automatically converts the different units in the product's purchase/sales " +"orders and the corresponding delivery orders/receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The only condition is that all of the units have to be in the *same " +"category* (unit, weight, volume, length, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:33 +msgid "On the product form for `Rope`, the following fields are set as:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` in `ft` (feet), and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Purchase Unit of Measure` in `cm` (centimeters)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Because the vendor sells rope in `cm`, the purchase :guilabel:`UoM` is used " +"to represent the quantity on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, which is also " +"in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Display purchase order for the product, rope, in centimeters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:45 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the quantity of product " +"(found under the now visible :guilabel:`Demand` column) is converted from " +"the purchase :abbr:`UoM (Unit of Measure)` to the :guilabel:`Unit of " +"Measure`. Then, when the product is received by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button, the quantity in :guilabel:`Done` is " +"automatically adjusted to match the :guilabel:`Demand` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:52 +msgid "" +"On the *receipt* for `Rope`, the quantities are automatically converted from" +" `500 cm` that was requested on the purchase order, to `16.40 ft` to match " +"the internal/stock :guilabel:`Unit of Measure` value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Rope quantity is converted from cm to ft during warehouse reception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:61 +msgid "" +":ref:`Use Different Units of Measure " +"<inventory/management/products/units_of_measure>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:64 msgid "Packages" -msgstr "Пакунки" +msgstr "Упаковки" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:66 msgid "" -"The package is the physical container in which you put one or several " -"products from a picking. For example, when you deliver a product, you can " -"decide to separate the quantity into two different packages. It then allows " -"you to have a report with the quantity of products for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To separate a delivery into different packages you will have to set the done" -" quantity to the desired package quantity then click on \"PUT IN PACK\", do " -"this for each package." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:54 -msgid "Packaging" -msgstr "Упаковка" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The packaging is the physical container that protects your product. If you " -"are selling computers, the packaging contains the computer with the notice " -"and the power plug." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:60 -msgid "" -"In Odoo, packagings are used for indicative purposes on sale orders. They " -"can be specified on the product form, in the inventory tab." +"Packages are a physical container that holds one or several products from a " +"picking, typically used for outgoing deliveries or internal transfers. " +"Packages can be a reusable or disposable (shipping) box, and are **not** " +"specific to a product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:70 msgid "" -"Another useful use of the packaging is for product reception. By scanning " -"the barcode of the packaging, Odoo adds the number of units contained in the" -" packing on the picking." +"Reusable boxes temporarily hold products during a picking to be brought to " +"either a packing or shipping area. Disposable boxes are the actual shipping " +"containers (e.g. cardboard boxes, envelopes, shipping bags, etc). These are " +"used to ship the products out to customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies.rst:3 -msgid "Inventory Adjustment" -msgstr "Коригування залишків" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Resupply from another Warehouse" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:74 msgid "" -"In order to be able to resupply from another warehouse, you need to activate" -" \\*multi-step routes\\*." +"Multiple items in a sales order (SO) can be separated into different " +"packages to accommodate the products. For example, an :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)` that has 20 boxes of pencils and 4 boxes of erasers can be separated" +" into two separate packages, each containing 10 boxes of pencils and 2 boxes" +" of erasers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:80 msgid "" -"You can then access your warehouses via :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Enter the warehouse which should be " -"resupplied by another one. You will have the possibility to directly " -"indicate through which warehouse it gets resupplied." +"Products do *not* have to be divided equally. Products can be divided into " +"as many packages that are needed to accommodate the :abbr:`SO (Sales " +"Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:83 msgid "" -"By activating this option, a new route will now be available on your " -"products \\*Supply Product from Second warehouse\\*. It can now be selected," -" along with either a \\*reordering rule\\* or a \\*make to order\\*." +"In Odoo, the quantity of products in each package needs to be recorded, so " +"there is a full history for each product, including which package each item " +"is shipped out in." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:86 msgid "" -"For the demonstration, I set a reordering rule with a minimum of 5 units in " -"stock and a maximum of 10 units in stock, having currently 0 units on hand. " -"I will run the scheduler by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Operations --> Run scheduler`." +"To use this method, ensure the :guilabel:`Packages` option is enabled, by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Operations`. Click the :guilabel:`Packages` check box, and then " +":guilabel:`Save` to activate the feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/replenishment_strategies/virtual_warehouses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:90 msgid "" -"The system automatically creates two pickings, one \\*delivery order\\* from" -" my Second Warehouse which contains the necessary products, and a receipt in" -" my main warehouse WH/Stock for the same products. The source document is " -"the \\*reordering rule\\* which triggered the route \\*Supply Product from " -"Second warehouse\\*." +"On a delivery order, assign which package to use by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon to the right of each product in the" +" :guilabel:`Operations` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst-1 +msgid "Find detailed operations icon to the right on the product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed Operations)` icon of a product reveals a" +" pop-up window. In this window, the :guilabel:`Product` name, " +":guilabel:`Demand`, and :guilabel:`Quantity Done` are clearly displayed " +"above the customizable product line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Here, the warehouse location the product is coming from can be modified, in " +"addition to the :guilabel:`Source Package` and :guilabel:`Destination " +"Package`, which represents what package(s) the product(s) will be packaged " +"into." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to include each additional package used. Enter " +"the desired amount in the :guilabel:`Done` field to specify the amount of " +"products that will go into the :guilabel:`Destination Package`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:110 +msgid "Multiple packages in a single delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Although a :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` is typically associated with a single" +" package, orders can be split by clicking the :guilabel:`≣ (Detailed " +"Operations)` icon next to the products on an :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` line. " +"This opens the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window with an editable table" +" to specify which products are intended for which package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:118 +msgid "" +"To package 10 boxes of pencils with 2 boxes of erasers from the same " +":abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, begin by navigating to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery " +"Order)`. Then, select the :guilabel:`≣ (four horizontal lines)` icon to the " +"right of the product, `Box of Pencils`. Clicking the icon opens the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` window that is used to detail how products, " +"like the 20 `Box of Pencils`, are packaged." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Type in `10` under the :guilabel:`Done` field to package 10 products into " +"the :guilabel:`Destination Package`. To specify the destination package, " +"type the name of an existing package (such as `PACK0000006`) under the " +"field, :guilabel:`Destination Package`. If the package does not exist, Odoo " +"displays the :guilabel:`Create` button to create a new package. Click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to assign the remaining products in another package, " +"`PACK0000007`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Detailed operations pop-up where the amount of product going in a pack can " +"be specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` on the product line for `Box of " +"Erasers` and similarly set 2 :guilabel:`Done` products to `PACK0000006` and " +"`PACK0000007` each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Put in pack button to match the done amount matches the demand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Once all the products for each line have been entered, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to return to the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Done` quantity on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` updates as " +"products are selected for each package. When the :guilabel:`Done` amount " +"matches the :guilabel:`Demand` amount, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button" +" to complete the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:149 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put In Pack` button is intended to quickly package all " +"products in the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)` into one new package. The option" +" to rename the package, or modify its contents, is available in the " +":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the :guilabel:`Packages` smart button in the upper-right corner " +"of the delivery order reveals a separate page, showing all the packages used" +" in that :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:157 +msgid "Packagings" +msgstr "Упаковки" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:159 +msgid "" +"*Packaging* is product specific, and refers to a disposable container that " +"holds several units of a specific product. Unlike packages, packagings " +"cannot be reusable, and each specific packaging must be defined on the " +"individual product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"For example, different packages for cans of soda can be configured as a " +"6-pack, a 12-pack, or a case of 36. Each flavor of soda would need a `6`, " +"`12`, and `36` can packaging configured on the individual product since " +"packagings are product specific, not generic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:168 +msgid "Set up packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To use packagings, ensure the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` feature is " +"enabled. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, under the :guilabel:`Products` heading, " +"check the box next to :guilabel:`Product Packagings`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, product packagings are used on sales/purchase orders and inventory " +"transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Next, to create packagings, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Products --> Products` and click on the desired product, then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Packaging` section, and click :guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, a " +"pop-up window appears, in which the following information for each packaging" +" should be entered:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Packaging`: name of packaging that appears on sales/purchase " +"orders as a packaging option for the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Contained quantity`: amount of product in the packaging" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:187 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: identifier used with the :ref:`Barcode app " +"<barcode/operations/intro>` to trace the packaging of a product during stock" +" moves or pickings. Leave blank if not in use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: indicates the packaging is only available at the " +"selected company. Leave blank to make the packaging available across all " +"companies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Create a packaging type for 6 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, by naming " +"the :guilabel:`Packaging` to `6-pack` and setting the :guilabel:`Contained " +"quantity` to `6` in the pop-up window that appears after clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Create 6-pack case for product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:201 +msgid "" +"When all the necessary information has been entered, either click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the packaging and return to the product " +"detail form, or :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the packaging and create " +"another one in a fresh pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:206 +msgid "" +"View all product packagings in the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show packaging and contained quantities, specified on the product page form in the\n" +"Inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:214 +msgid "View all packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To view all packagings that have been created, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product Packagings`. " +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page with a complete " +"list of all packagings that have been created for all products. Create new " +"packagings by clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Two soda products, `Grape Soda` and `Diet Coke`, have three types of " +"packaging configured. On the :guilabel:`Product Packagings` page, each " +"product can sold as a `6-Pack` that contains 6 products, `12-Pack` of 12 " +"products, or a `Case` of 32 products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "List of different packagings for products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:231 +msgid "Apply packagings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:233 +msgid "" +"When creating a sales order in the :menuselection:`Sales` app, specify the " +"packagings that should be used for the product(s). The chosen packaging is " +"displayed on the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` under the :guilabel:`Package` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:238 +msgid "" +"18 cans of the product, `Grape Soda`, is packed using three 6-pack " +"packagings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:0 +msgid "Assign packagings on the Sales Order Line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/usage.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Packaging can be used in conjunction with Odoo :ref:`Barcode " +"<inventory/barcode/software>`. When receiving products from suppliers, " +"scanning the packaging barcode automatically adds the number of units in the" +" packaging to the internal count of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting.rst:5 msgid "Valuation Methods" msgstr "Методи оцінки" @@ -3007,969 +6297,2464 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:5 msgid "" -"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows to include additional costs " +"The landed cost feature in Odoo allows the user to include additional costs " "(shipment, insurance, customs duties, etc.) into the cost of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:11 msgid "" -"Landed costs can only be applied to products with a FIFO or AVCO costing " -"method and an automated inventory valuation (which requires the accounting " -"application to be installed)." +"First, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation` and activate the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` feature. Odoo also " +"gives the option to set a :guilabel:`Default Journal` in which the landed " +"costs accounting entries will be recorded." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:17 -msgid "" -"First, you need to go in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the landed costs feature. You can also determine the " -"default journal in which the landed cost accounting entries will be " -"recorded." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the landed cost feature in Inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:20 msgid "Add costs to products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:23 msgid "Receive the vendor bill" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine I receive a bill from custom duties for a shipment. I’ll tick " -"the box *Landed Costs* on the vendor bill line." +"After a vendor fulfills a purchase order and sends a bill, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` on the purchase order to create a vendor bill in " +"Odoo. If the vendor bill includes landed costs, such as custom duties, tick " +"the box in the :guilabel:`Landed Costs` column on the vendor bill invoice " +"line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Landed Costs option on vendor bill line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:33 +msgid "" +"For charges that are always landed costs, create a landed cost product in " +"Odoo. That way, the landed cost product can be quickly added to the vendor " +"bill as an invoice line instead of manually entering the landed cost " +"information every time a vendor bill comes in." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:37 -msgid "The landed cost product must be of type service." +msgid "" +"First, create a new product in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products --> Create`. Next, name the landed cost product. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. A landed cost product must " +"always be a service product type. After that, go to the :guilabel:`Purchase`" +" tab and check the box next to :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the landed cost product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:43 msgid "" "If this product is always a landed cost, you can also define it on the " "product and avoid having to tick the box on each vendor bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:45 -msgid "" -"At the top of my vendor bill, I’ll see a button *create landed costs*. I " -"click on this button and a landed cost is automatically created. I can now " -"decide on which picking those additional costs should apply." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Option to define a product as a landed cost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:50 msgid "" -"I can now click on *Compute* and go in the tab *Valuation Adjustments* to " -"see the impact on my products costs. The last step is to validate the landed" -" cost." +"Once the landed cost is added to the vendor bill (either by checking the " +":guilabel:`Landed Cost` option on the invoice line or adding a landed cost " +"product to the bill), click the :guilabel:`Create Landed Costs` button at " +"the top of the bill. Odoo automatically creates a landed cost record with " +"the set landed cost pre-filled in the :guilabel:`Additional Costs` product " +"lines. From here, decide which picking the additional costs apply to by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Edit` and selecting the picking reference number from " +"the :guilabel:`Transfers` drop-down menu. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 msgid "" -"I can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed cost by " -"clicking on the journal entry." +"Use a warehouse transfer to cover a landed cost in the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:62 msgid "" -"You are not forced to start from the vendor bill, you can also go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and directly " -"create the landed cost from there." +"After setting the picking, click :guilabel:`Compute` on the landed cost " +"record. Then, go to the :guilabel:`Valuation Adjustments` tab to see the " +"impact of the landed costs. Finally, click :guilabel:`Validate` to post the " +"landed cost entry to the accounting journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The user can access the journal entry that has been created by the landed " +"cost by clicking on the :guilabel:`Journal Entry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product that the landed cost is applied to must have a product category " +"set to a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` or an :abbr:`AVCO (Average " +"Costing)` method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst-1 +msgid "Landed cost journal entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Landed cost records can also be directly created in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`, it is not " +"necessary to create a landed cost record from the vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:3 msgid "Inventory valuation configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:7 msgid "" -"Inventory valuation refers to how you value your stock. It’s a very " -"important aspect of a business as the inventory can be the biggest asset of " -"a company." +"All of a company's stock on-hand contributes to the valuation of its " +"inventory. That value should be reflected in the company's accounting " +"records to accurately show the value of the company and all of its assets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation implies two main choices:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:15 -msgid "The cost method you use to value your goods (standard, fifo, avco)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:11 msgid "" -"The way you record this value into your accounting books (manually or " -"automatically)" +"By default, Odoo uses a periodic inventory valuation (also known as manual " +"inventory valuation). This method implies that the accounting team posts " +"journal entries based on the physical inventory of the company, and that " +"warehouse employees take the time to count the stock. In Odoo, this method " +"is reflected inside each product category, where the :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method` field will be set to `Standard Price` by default, and the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` field will be set to `Manual`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:18 -msgid "Those two concepts are explained in the sections below." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:21 -msgid "Costing Methods: Standard, FIFO, AVCO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 msgid "" -"The costing method is defined in the product category. There are three " -"options available. Each of them is explained in detail below." +"The Inventory Valuation fields are located on the Product Categories form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:71 -msgid "Standard Price" -msgstr "Стандартна ціна" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, automated inventory valuation is an integrated valuation " +"method that updates the inventory value in real-time by creating journal " +"entries whenever there are stock moves initiated between locations in a " +"company's inventory." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:127 -msgid "Operation" -msgstr "Операція" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Automated inventory valuation is a method recommended for expert " +"accountants, given the extra steps involved in journal entry configuration. " +"Even after the initial setup, the method will need to be periodically " +"checked to ensure accuracy, and adjustments may be needed on an ongoing " +"basis depending on the needs and priorities of the business." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 -msgid "Unit Cost" -msgstr "Вартість одиниці" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:33 +msgid "Types of accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Accounting entries will depend on the accounting mode: *Continental* or " +"*Anglo-Saxon*." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:129 -msgid "Qty On Hand" -msgstr "Кількість в наявності" +msgid "" +"Verify the accounting mode by activating the :ref:`developer-mode` and " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:130 -msgid "Delta Value" -msgstr "Значення дельти" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:131 -msgid "Inventory Value" -msgstr "Складська оцінка" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:42 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:47 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:57 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:92 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:138 -msgid "€10" -msgstr "€10" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:134 -msgid "0" -msgstr "0" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:90 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:133 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:136 -msgid "€0" -msgstr "€0" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:41 +msgid "" +"In *Anglo-Saxon* accounting, the costs of goods sold (COGS) are reported " +"when products are sold or delivered. This means that the cost of a good is " +"only recorded as an expense when a customer is invoiced for a product. " +"*Interim Stock Accounts* are used for the input and output accounts, and are" +" both *Asset Accounts* in the balance sheet." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:46 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:137 -msgid "Receive 8 Products at €10" -msgstr "Отримати 8 товарів за 10 євро" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:139 -msgid "8" -msgstr "8" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:49 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:94 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:140 -msgid "+8*€10" -msgstr "+8*€10" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:141 -msgid "€80" -msgstr "€80" +msgid "" +"In *Continental* accounting, the cost of a good is reported as soon as a " +"product is received into stock. Additionally, a single *Expense* account is " +"used for both input and output accounts in the balance sheet." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:96 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:142 -msgid "Receive 4 Products at €16" -msgstr "Отримати 4 товари за €16" +msgid "Costing methods" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:98 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:144 -msgid "12" -msgstr "12" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:54 -msgid "+4*€10" -msgstr "+4*€10" +msgid "" +"Below are the three costing methods that can be used in Odoo for inventory " +"valuation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:55 -msgid "€120" -msgstr "€120" +msgid "" +"**Standard Price**: is the default costing method in Odoo. The cost of the " +"product is manually defined on the product form, and this cost is used to " +"compute the valuation. Even if the purchase price on a purchase order " +"differs, the valuation will still use the cost defined on the product form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:56 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:101 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:147 -msgid "Deliver 10 Products" -msgstr "Доставити 10 товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:103 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:149 -msgid "2" -msgstr "2" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€10" -msgstr "-10*€10" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:61 -msgid "€20" -msgstr "€20" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:59 +msgid "" +"**Average Cost (AVCO)**: calculates the valuation of a product based on the " +"average cost of that product, divided by the total number of available stock" +" on-hand. With this costing method, inventory valuation is *dynamic*, and " +"constantly adjusts based on the purchase price of products." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:62 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €9" -msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €9" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:155 -msgid "4" -msgstr "4" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:65 -msgid "+2*€10" -msgstr "+2*€10" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:66 -msgid "€40" -msgstr "€40" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:68 msgid "" -"In **Standard Price**, any product will be valued at the cost that you " -"defined manually on the product form. Usually, this cost is an estimation " -"based on the material and labor needed to obtain the product. This cost must" -" be reviewed periodically." +"**First In First Out (FIFO)**: tracks the costs of incoming and outgoing " +"items in real-time and uses the real price of the products to change the " +"valuation. The oldest purchase price is used as the cost for the next good " +"sold until an entire lot of that product is sold. When the next inventory " +"lot moves up in the queue, an updated product cost is used based on the " +"valuation of that specific lot. This method is arguably the most accurate " +"inventory valuation method for a variety of reasons, however, it's highly " +"sensitive to input data and human error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 -msgid "Average Price" -msgstr "Середня ціна" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Changing the costing method greatly impacts inventory valuation. It's highly" +" recommended to consult an accountant first before making any adjustments " +"here." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:102 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:143 -msgid "€12" -msgstr "€12" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:74 +msgid "Configure automated inventory valuation in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Make changes to inventory valuation options by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`, and " +"choose the category/categories where the automated valuation method should " +"apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is possible to use different valuation settings for different product " +"categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` heading are two labels: " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` and :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`. Pick the " +"desired :guilabel:`Costing Method` using the drop-down menu (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Standard`, :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)`, or :guilabel:`First " +"In First Out (FIFO)`) and switch the :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` to " +":guilabel:`Automated`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:89 +msgid "" +":doc:`Using the inventory valuation " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:93 +msgid "" +"When choosing :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` as the :guilabel:`Costing " +"Method`, changing the numerical value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field for " +"products in the respective product category creates a new record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report to adjust the value of the product. The " +":guilabel:`Cost` amount will then automatically update based on the average " +"purchase price both of inventory on hand and the costs accumulated from " +"validated purchase orders." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:99 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:145 -msgid "+4*€16" -msgstr "+4*€16" +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Costing Method` is changed, products already in stock " +"that were using the :guilabel:`Standard` costing method **do not** change " +"value; rather, the existing units keep their value, and any product moves " +"from then on affect the average cost, and the cost of the product will " +"change. If the value in the :guilabel:`Cost` field on a product form is " +"changed manually, Odoo will generate a corresponding record in the " +"*Inventory Valuation* report." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:100 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:146 -msgid "€144" -msgstr "€144" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:105 +msgid "" +"On the same screen, the :guilabel:`Account Stock Properties` fields will " +"appear, as they are now required fields given the change to automated " +"inventory valuation. These accounts are defined as follows:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-10*€12" -msgstr "-10*€12" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:106 -msgid "€24" -msgstr "€24" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:153 -msgid "Receive 2 Products at €6" -msgstr "Отримати 2 товари за €6" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:108 -msgid "€9" -msgstr "€9" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:110 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:156 -msgid "+2*€6" -msgstr "+2*€6" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: when automated inventory valuation is " +"enabled on a product, this account will hold the current value of the " +"products." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:111 -msgid "€36" -msgstr "€36" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:113 msgid "" -"In **AVCO (Average Cost)**, each product has the same value and this value " -"is the average purchase cost of the product. With this costing method, the " -"cost of the product is recomputed as each receipt." +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: counterpart journal items for all incoming " +"stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " +"valuation account set on the source location. This is the default value for " +"all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " +"product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:117 -msgid "The average cost does not change when products leave the warehouse." -msgstr "Середня вартість не змінюється, коли товари забирають зі складу." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:168 -msgid "FIFO" -msgstr "FIFO" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:148 -msgid "€16" -msgstr "€16" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-8*€10" -msgstr "-8*€10" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:0 -msgid "-2*€16" -msgstr "-2*€16" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:152 -msgid "€32" -msgstr "€32" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:154 -msgid "€11" -msgstr "€11" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:157 -msgid "€44" -msgstr "€44" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:115 msgid "" -"In **FIFO (First In First Out)**, the products are valued at their purchase " -"cost. When a product leaves the stock, that’s the “First in, first out” rule" -" that applies." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: counterpart journal items for all outgoing" +" stock moves will be posted in this account, unless there is a specific " +"valuation account set on the destination location. This is the default value" +" for all products in a given category, and can also be set directly on each " +"product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:121 +msgid "Access reporting data generated by inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:123 msgid "" -"Pay attention, that this is a financial FIFO. The first value “in” is the " -"first value “out”, no matter the storage location, warehouse or serial " -"number." +"To start, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Balance Sheet`." +" At the top of the dashboard, change the :guilabel:`As of` field value to " +":guilabel:`Today`, and adjust the filtering :guilabel:`Options` to " +":guilabel:`Unfold All` in order to see all of the latest data displayed, all" +" at once." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:128 msgid "" -"FIFO is advised if you manage all your workflows into Odoo (Sales, " -"Purchases, Inventory). It suits any kind of users." +"Under the parent :guilabel:`Current Assets` line item, look for the nested " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account` line item, where the total valuation of " +"all of the inventory on hand is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:171 -msgid "Inventory Valuation: Manual or Automated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:132 msgid "" -"There are two ways to record your inventory valuation in your accounting " -"books. As the costing method, this is defined in your product category. " -"Those two methods are detailed below." +"Access more specific information with the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation " +"Account` drop-down menu, by selecting either the :guilabel:`General Ledger` " +"to see an itemized view of all of the journal entries, or by selecting " +":guilabel:`Journal Items` to review all of the individualized journal " +"entries that were submitted to the account. As well, annotations to the " +":guilabel:`Balance Sheet` can be added by choosing :guilabel:`Annotate`, " +"filling in the text box, and clicking :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:177 -msgid "" -"It is important to also note that the accounting entries will depend on your" -" accounting mode: it can be continental or anglo-saxon. In continental " -"accounting, the cost of a good is taken into account as soon as the product " -"is received in stock. In anglo-saxon accounting, the cost of a good is only " -"recorded as an expense when this good is invoiced to a final customer. In " -"the tables below, you can easily compare those two accounting modes." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst-1 +msgid "See the full inventory valuation breakdown in Odoo Accounting app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:185 -msgid "" -"Usually, based on your country, the correct accounting mode will be chosen " -"by default. If you want to verify your accounting mode, activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and open your " -"accounting settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:191 -msgid "Manual Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:193 -msgid "" -"In this case, goods receipts and deliveries won’t have any direct impact on " -"your accounting books. Periodically, you create a manual journal entry " -"representing the value of what you have in stock. To know that value, go in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory Valuation`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:198 -msgid "" -"This is the default configuration in Odoo and it works out-of-the-box. Check" -" following operations and find out how Odoo is managing the accounting " -"postings." -msgstr "" -"Це налаштування за замовчуванням в Odoo, і воно працює поза коробкою. " -"Перевірте наступні операції та дізнайтеся, як Odoo керує бухгалтерськими " -"повідомленнями." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:203 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:362 -msgid "Continental Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "Vendor Bill" -msgstr "Рахунок постачальника" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "\\" -msgstr "\\" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Debit" -msgstr "Дебет" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:228 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:262 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:302 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:341 -msgid "Credit" -msgstr "Кредит" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "Assets: Inventory" -msgstr "Активи: склад" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:213 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:286 -msgid "50" -msgstr "50" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 -msgid "Assets: Deferred Tax Assets" -msgstr "Активи: відстрочені податкові активи" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:214 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:287 -msgid "4.68" -msgstr "4.68" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 -msgid "Liabilities: Accounts Payable" -msgstr "Обов'язки: кредиторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:215 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:288 -msgid "54.68" -msgstr "54.68" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Configuration:" -msgstr "Налаштування:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:219 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:292 -msgid "" -"Purchased Goods: defined on the product or on the internal category of " -"related product (Expense Account field)" -msgstr "" -"Придбані товари: визначені на товарі або на внутрішній категорії " -"відповідного товару (поле рахунку витрат)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:220 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:294 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets: defined on the tax used on the purchase order line" -msgstr "" -"Майбутні податкові активи: визначається податком, що використовується на " -"рядок замовлення на придбання" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:221 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:295 -msgid "Accounts Payable: defined on the vendor related to the bill" -msgstr "" -"Кредиторська заборгованість: визначається постачальником, пов'язаним із " -"рахунком" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:222 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:296 -msgid "Goods Receptions" -msgstr "Прийом товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:223 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:243 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:297 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:318 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 -msgid "No Journal Entry" -msgstr "Немає журнальних записів" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "Customer Invoice" -msgstr "Рахунок клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "Revenues: Sold Goods" -msgstr "Доходи: продані товари" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:230 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:304 -msgid "100" -msgstr "100" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 -msgid "Liabilities: Deferred Tax Liabilities" -msgstr "Обов'язки: відстрочені податкові зобов'язання" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:231 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:305 -msgid "9" -msgstr "9" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 -msgid "Assets: Accounts Receivable" -msgstr "Активи: дебіторська заборгованість" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:232 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:306 -msgid "109" -msgstr "109" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:236 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:310 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product or on the internal category of related " -"product (Income Account field)" -msgstr "" -"Доходи: визначаються по товару або за внутрішньою категорією відповідного " -"товару (поле Поточний рахунок)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:237 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:312 -msgid "Deferred Tax Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" -"Податкові зобов'язання майбутніх періодів: визначається податком, що " -"використовується на рядку рахунку-фактури" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:238 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:313 -msgid "Accounts Receivable: defined on the customer (Receivable Account)" -msgstr "" -"Дебіторська заборгованість: визначається на клієнта (Рахунок на отримання)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:315 -msgid "" -"The fiscal position used on the invoice may have a rule that replaces the " -"Income Account or the tax defined on the product by another one." -msgstr "" -"Схема оподаткування, використана в рахунку-фактурі, може мати правило, яке " -"замінює рахунок доходу або податок, визначений на товарі іншим." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:242 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:317 -msgid "Customer Shipping" -msgstr "Клієнтська доставка" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:245 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:320 -msgid "Manufacturing Orders" -msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:251 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:326 -msgid "" -"At the end of the month/year, your company does a physical inventory or just" -" relies on the inventory in Odoo to value the stock into your books." -msgstr "" -"Наприкінці місяця/року ваша компанія здійснює фізичну інвентаризацію або " -"просто спирається на склад в Odoo, щоб оцінити запас у ваші книги." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Create a journal entry to move the stock variation value from your " -"Profit&Loss section to your assets." -msgstr "" -"Створіть запис журналу, щоб перемістити вартість запасів у розділі Дохід і " -"втрати до своїх активів." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:264 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 -msgid "X" -msgstr "X" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:265 -msgid "Expenses: Inventory Variations" -msgstr "Витрати: варіанти інвентаризації" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:268 -msgid "" -"If the stock value decreased, the **Inventory** account is credited and te " -"**Inventory Variations** debited." -msgstr "" -"Якщо знизилася вартість складу, **Склад** рахунок зараховується і **Варіанти" -" інвентаризації** дебетуються." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:389 -msgid "Anglo-Saxon Accounting" -msgstr "Англо-Саксонський бухоблік" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:329 -msgid "" -"Then you need to break down the purchase balance into both the inventory and" -" the cost of goods sold using the following formula:" -msgstr "" -"Тоді вам потрібно розбити баланс купівлі як інвентаризацію, так і вартість " -"проданих товарів за такою формулою:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:332 -msgid "" -"Cost of goods sold (COGS) = Starting inventory value + Purchases – Closing " -"inventory value" -msgstr "" -"Вартість проданих товарів (COGS) = Початкова вартість запасу + Покупки - " -"Завершення інвентаризації" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:334 -msgid "To update the stock valuation in your books, record such an entry:" -msgstr "Щоб оновити оцінку складу у своїх книгах, зареєструйте такий запис:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:343 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (closing value)" -msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (кінцева вартість)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:344 -msgid "Expenses: Cost of Good Sold" -msgstr "Витрати: вартість проданих товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:345 -msgid "Expenses: Purchased Goods" -msgstr "Витрати: придбані товари" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:346 -msgid "Assets: Inventory (starting value)" -msgstr "Активи: Інвентаризація (початкове значення)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:350 -msgid "Automated Inventory Valuation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:352 -msgid "" -"In that case, when a product enters or leaves your stock, an accounting " -"entry will be automatically created. This means your accounting books are " -"always up-to-date. This mode is dedicated to expert accountants and advanced" -" users only. As opposed to periodic valuation, it requires some extra " -"configuration & testing." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:358 -msgid "" -"First, you need to define the accounts that will be used for those " -"accounting entries. This is done on the product category." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:374 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:401 -msgid "**Configuration:**" -msgstr "**Налаштування:**" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:376 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:403 -msgid "Accounts Receivable/Payable: defined on the partner (Accounting tab)" -msgstr "" -"Дебіторська заборгованість/кредиторська заборгованість: визначена у партнера" -" (вкладка Облік)" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:378 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:405 -msgid "" -"Deferred Tax Assets/Liabilities: defined on the tax used on the invoice line" -msgstr "" -"Відстрочені податкові активи/зобов'язання: визначається податком, що " -"використовується на рядку рахунка-фактури" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:380 -msgid "" -"Revenues/Expenses: defined by default on product's internal category; can be" -" also set in product form (Accounting tab) as a replacement value." -msgstr "" -"Доходи/витрати: визначаються за замовчуванням на внутрішню категорію товару;" -" також може бути встановлений у формі товару (вкладка Бухоблік) як значення " -"заміни." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:383 -msgid "" -"Inventory Variations: to set as Stock Input/Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" -"Варіанти інвентаризації: встановлювати як вхідний/вихідний обліковий запис у" -" внутрішній категорії товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:386 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:421 -msgid "" -"Inventory: to set as Stock Valuation Account in product's internal category" -msgstr "" -"Інвентаризація: призначати облік вартості складу у внутрішній категорії " -"товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:408 -msgid "" -"Revenues: defined on the product category as a default, or specifically to a" -" specific product." -msgstr "" -"Доходи: визначається як категорія товару за замовчуванням, або для " -"конкретного товару." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:411 -msgid "" -"Expenses: this is where you should set the \"Cost of Goods Sold\" account. " -"Defined on the product category as a default value, or specifically on the " -"product form." -msgstr "" -"Витрати: тут вам слід встановити облік \"Вартість товарів, що продаються\". " -"Визначено категорію товару як значення за замовчуванням або конкретно на " -"формі товару." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:415 -msgid "" -"Goods Received Not Purchased: to set as Stock Input Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" -"Отримані товари не були придбані: щоб встановити вхідний облік у внутрішній " -"категорії товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:418 -msgid "" -"Goods Issued Not Invoiced: to set as Stock Output Account in product's " -"internal category" -msgstr "" -"Випущені товари не враховуються в рахунках: для внутрішньої категорії товару" -" призначайте облік вихідних витрат" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/inventory_valuation_config.rst:423 -msgid "" -"Price Difference: to set in product's internal category or in product form " -"as a specific replacement value" -msgstr "" -"Різниця цін: встановити у внутрішній категорії товару або у формі товару як " -"певну зміну вартості" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:3 -msgid "Using the inventory valuation" +msgid "Using inventory valuation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Inventory valuation* is a quintessential accounting procedure that " +"calculates the value of on-hand stock. Once determined, the inventory " +"valuation amount is then incorporated into a company's overall value." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:9 msgid "" -"In this documentation, we will explain how the inventory valuation works in " -"Odoo." +"In Odoo, this process can be conducted manually— by warehouse employees " +"physically counting the products— or automatically through the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:13 -msgid "Inventory valuation: the basics" +msgid "Automatic inventory valuation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:16 -msgid "Receive a product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:15 msgid "" -"Each time a product enters or leaves your stock, the value of your inventory" -" is impacted. The way it is impacted depends on the configuration of your " -"product (more info here)." +"To use Odoo to automatically generate a trail of inventory valuation " +"entries, first navigate to the :menuselection:`Product Categories` list by " +"going to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category. On the form, set the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated` and the " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` to any of the three options." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:22 msgid "" -"Let’s take an example with a product - a table - configured with a *FIFO " -"costing method* and an automated inventory valuation." +":ref:`Set up inventory valuation " +"<inventory/management/inventory_valuation_config>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:25 -msgid "I purchase 10 tables at a cost of $10." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In order to understand how moving products in and out of stock affects the " +"company's overall value, consider the following product and stock moves " +"scenario below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:28 +msgid "Receive a product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:30 msgid "" -"When I’ll confirm the receipt of the products, the value of my inventory " -"will be impacted. If I want to know what this impact is, I can click on the " -"valuation stat button." +"To track the value of incoming products, such as a simple *table*, configure" +" the product category on the the product itself. To get there, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and click the " +"desired product. On the product form, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)`" +" icon beside the :guilabel:`Product Category` field, which opens an internal" +" link to edit the product category. Next, set the :guilabel:`Costing Method`" +" as :guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)` and :guilabel:`Inventory " +"Valuation` as :guilabel:`Automated`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:38 msgid "" -"The consignment feature allows you to set owners on your stock (discover " -"more about the consignment feature). When you receive products that are " -"owned by another company, they are not taken into account in your inventory " -"valuation." +"Alternatively access the :guilabel:`Product Categories` dashboard by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` and select the desired product category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:44 -msgid "You need access rights on the accounting module to see that button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:42 msgid "" -"In this case, I can see that the 10 tables entered the stock for a total " -"value of $100." +"Next, assume 10 tables are purchased at a price of $10.00, each. The " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for those tables will show the subtotal of the " +"purchase as $100, plus any additional costs or taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase order with 10 tables products valued at $10.00 each." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:49 msgid "" -"I can also easily access the accounting entry that has been generated (in " -"case of automated inventory valuation)." +"After selecting :guilabel:`Validate` on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, the" +" :guilabel:`Valuation` smart button is enabled. Clicking on this button " +"displays a report showing how the inventory valuation for the table was " +"affected by this purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:54 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be turned on to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`consignment " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock>` " +"feature allows ownership to items in stock. Thus, products owned by other " +"companies are not accounted for in the host company's inventory valuation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "See Valuation smart button on a receipt, with Developer mode enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:66 +msgid "" +"For a comprehensive dashboard that includes the inventory valuation of all " +"product shipments, inventory adjustments, and warehouse operations, refer to" +" the :ref:`stock valuation report <inventory/management/reporting/valuation-" +"report>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:71 msgid "Deliver a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:73 msgid "" -"In the same logic, when a table will be delivered, the stock valuation will " -"be impacted and you will have access to a similar information." +"In the same logic, when a table is shipped to a customer and leaves the " +"warehouse, the stock valuation decreases. The :guilabel:`Valuation` smart " +"button on the :abbr:`DO (Delivery Order)`, likewise, displays the stock " +"valuation record as it does on a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:68 -msgid "The inventory valuation report" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Decreased stock valuation after a product is shipped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:84 +msgid "Inventory valuation report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:86 msgid "" -"The summary of this is accessible via the inventory valuation report " -"(accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory --> Reporting --> Inventory " -"Valuation`). It gives you, product per product, the value of your stock. By " -"clicking on the button *Inventory At Date*, you can have the same " -"information for a past date." +"To view the current value of all products in the warehouse, first turn on " +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> Valuation`. The " +":guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard displays detailed records of products " +"with the :guilabel:`Date`, :guilabel:`Quantity`, :guilabel:`Unit Value`, and" +" :guilabel:`Total Value` of the inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:93 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` **must** be enabled to see the " +":guilabel:`Valuation` option under :guilabel:`Reporting`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory valuation report showing multiple products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:100 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Valuation At Date` button, located in the top-left corner of " +"the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` page, reveals a pop-up window. In this pop-" +"up, the inventory valuation of products available during a prior specified " +"date can be seen and selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"View a detailed record of a product's inventory value, stock move, and on-" +"hand stock by selecting the teal :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` button to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Reference` column value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:110 +msgid "Update product unit price" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:112 +msgid "" +"For any company: lead times, supply chain failures, and other risk factors " +"can contribute to invisible costs. Although Odoo attempts to accurately " +"represent the stock value, *manual valuation* serves as an additional tool " +"to update the unit price of products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Manual valuation is intended for products that can be purchased and received" +" for a cost greater than 0, or have product categories set with " +":guilabel:`Costing Method` set as either :guilabel:`Average Cost (AVCO)` or " +":guilabel:`First In First Out (FIFO)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "Add manual valuation of stock value to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Create manual valuation entries on the :guilabel:`Stock Valuation` dashboard" +" by first navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Reporting --> " +"Valuation`. Next, to enable the *product revaluation* feature, select " +":menuselection:`Group by --> Product` to organize all the records by " +"product. Click on the gray :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` icon to " +"reveal stock valuation line items below, as well as a teal :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus)` button on the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Click the teal :guilabel:`+ (plus)` button to open up the :guilabel:`Product" +" Revaluation` form. Here, the inventory valuation for a product can be " +"recalculated, by increasing or decreasing the unit price of each product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`▶️ (drop-down triangle)` and :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` buttons are" +" only visible after grouping entries by product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Product revaluation form adding a value of $1.00 with the reason being " +"inflation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:144 +msgid "Inventory valuation journal entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, automatic inventory valuation records are also recorded in the " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries` " +"dashboard. On this comprehensive list of accounting entries, inventory " +"valuation records are identified by checking values in the " +":guilabel:`Journal` column, or looking for the :guilabel:`Reference` column " +"value which matches the warehouse operation reference (e.g. `WH/IN/00014` " +"for receipts)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Clicking on an inventory valuation journal entry opens a *double-entry " +"accounting* record. These records are generated by Odoo to track the change " +"of value in inventory valuation as products are moved in and out of the " +"warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:157 +msgid "" +"To view the inventory valuation of 10 *tables*, costing $10.00 each, upon " +"reception from the vendor, go to the :menuselection:`Journal Entries` page " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Accounting --> Journal Entries`." +" Here, click the journal line where the :guilabel:`Reference` column value " +"matches the reference on the receipt, `WH/IN/00014`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Stock valuation page depicting the products within a shipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:166 +msgid "" +"`Stock interim` is a holding account for money intended to pay vendors for " +"the product. The `stock valuation` account stores the value of all on-hand " +"stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:0 +msgid "Accounting entry for the inventory valuation of 10 tables." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/using_inventory_valuation.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorial: Inventory Valuation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/2795/share>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:6 +msgid "Incoming shipments and delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:8 +msgid "" +"There are several ways to handle how a warehouse receives products " +"(receipts) and ships products (deliveries). Depending on several factors, " +"such as the type of products stocked and sold, warehouse size, and the " +"amount of daily confirmed receipts and delivery orders, the way products are" +" handled when coming in and out of the warehouse can vary a lot. Different " +"settings can be configured for receipts and deliveries; they do not have to " +"be configured to have the same number of steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Using Routes (eLearning Tutorial) <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/using-" +"routes-1018>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Push & Pull Rules (eLearning Tutorial) " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/push-pull-rules-1024>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:20 +msgid "Choosing the right inventory flow to handle receipts and deliveries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:22 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo handles shipping and receiving in three different ways: in " +"one, two, or three steps. The simplest configuration is one step, which is " +"the default. Each additional step required for a warehouse for either the " +"receiving or shipping process will add an additional layer of operations to " +"perform before a product is either received or shipped. These configurations" +" depend entirely on the requirements for the products stored, such as " +"performing quality checks on received products, or using special packaging " +"on shipped products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:30 +msgid "One-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a one-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:34 +msgid "" +"**Receipt**: Receive products directly into stock. No intermediate steps " +"between receipt and stock occur, such as a transfer to a quality control " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Shipping**: Ship products directly from stock. No intermediate steps " +"between stock and shipping occur, such as a transfer to a packing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Can only be used if not using :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, " +":abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First " +"Out)` removal strategies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:40 +msgid "Receipts and/or deliveries are handled quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Recommended for small warehouses with low stock levels, and for non-" +"perishable items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:42 +msgid "Items are received or shipped directly into/from stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:45 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in one step " +"<inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:48 +msgid "Two-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a two-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**Input + stock**: Bring products to an input location *before* moving into " +"stock. Products can be organized by different internal storage locations, " +"such as various shelves, freezers, and locked areas, before being stocked in" +" the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Pick + ship**: Bring products to an output location before shipping. " +"Packages can be organized by different carriers or shipping docks before " +"being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Minimum requirement to use lot numbers or serial numbers to track products " +"with a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`" +" or :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Recommended for larger warehouses with high stock levels, or when stocking " +"large items (such as mattresses, large furniture, heavy machinery, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Products received will not be available for manufacturing, shipping, etc., " +"until they are transferred into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:66 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts and deliveries in two steps " +"<inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:69 +msgid "Three-step flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The receiving and shipping rules for a three-step configuration are as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:73 +msgid "" +"**Input + quality + stock**: Receive products at the input location, " +"transfer them to a quality control area, and move the ones that pass " +"inspection into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:75 +msgid "" +"**Pick + pack + ship**: Pick products according to their removal strategy, " +"pack them in a dedicated packing area, and bring them to an output location " +"for shipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Can be used when tracking products by lot or serial numbers when using a " +":abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:80 +msgid "Recommended for very large warehouses with very high stock levels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Required for any warehouse needing to perform quality control inspections " +"before receiving items into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:87 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process receipts in three steps <inventory/receipts_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:88 +msgid "" +":ref:`Process deliveries in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries.rst:91 +msgid "Inventory flow table of contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process deliveries in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Some companies process large amounts of deliveries every day, many of which " +"include multiple products or require special packaging. To make this " +"efficient, a packing step is needed before shipping out products. For this, " +"Odoo has a three step process for delivering goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In the default three-step delivery process, products that are part of a " +"delivery order are picked in the warehouse according to their removal " +"strategy, and brought to a packing zone. After the items have been packed " +"into the different shipments in the packing zone, they are brought to an " +"output location before being shipped. These steps can be modified if they do" +" not fit the needs of the business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize three step deliveries. First, make sure the *Multi-Step" +" Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step " +"Routes` will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three step deliveries. To do " +"this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and" +" click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the :guilabel:`Warehouse`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`. Then :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Set outgoing shipment option to deliver in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"locations: a *Packing Zone* (WH/Packing Zone), and *Output* (WH/Output). To " +"rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Locations`, " +"select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click :guilabel:`Edit`, update " +"the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:45 +msgid "Process a delivery order in three steps (pick + pack + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:35 +msgid "Create a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:53 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top right. Clicking " +"on it will show the picking order, packing order, and the delivery order, " +"which are all associated with the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing three items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:62 +msgid "Process a picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The picking, packing, and delivery orders will be created once the sales " +"order is confirmed. To view these transfers, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Ready status for the pick operation while the packing and delivery operations are waiting\n" +"another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " +"be picked from stock before it can be packed. The status of the packing " +"order and delivery order will both be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`," +" since the packing and delivery cannot happen until the picking is " +"completed. The status of the delivery order will only change to " +":guilabel:`Ready` when the packing has been marked :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The receipt can also be found in the *Inventory* application. In the " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking to process. If the product is in stock, Odoo will " +"automatically reserve the product. Click :guilabel:`Validate` to mark the " +"picking as done, and complete the transfer to the :guilabel:`Packing Zone`. " +"Then the packing order will be ready. Since the documents are linked, the " +"products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved on the" +" packing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the picking by clicking Validate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:95 +msgid "Process a packing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The packing order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Pack` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The packing order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Click on the packing order associated with the sales order, then click on " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the packing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click Validate on the packing order to transfer the product from the packing zone to the\n" +"output location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Once the packing order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` location and moves to the :guilabel:`WH/Output` " +"location. Then, the status of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:118 +msgid "Process a delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "" +"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the packing is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application " +":guilabel:`Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` smart " +"button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Delivery Orders Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Click on the delivery order associated with the sales order, then click on " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click Validate on the delivery order to transfer the product from the output location to\n" +"the customer location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/delivery_three_steps.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` location and moves to the " +":guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of the document " +"will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in one step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:7 +msgid "" +"By default, incoming shipments are configured to be received directly into " +"stock, and outgoing shipments are configured to be delivered directly from " +"stock to the customer; the default setting for warehouses in Odoo is one " +"step receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Incoming and outgoing shipments do not need to be configured with the same " +"steps. For example, products can be received in one step, but shipped in " +"three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the following example, one step will be used for both receipts and " +"deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:18 +msgid "Configure the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:20 +msgid "" +"If another receiving or shipping configuration is set on the warehouse, they" +" can easily be set back to the one step setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, and click on the desired warehouse to edit. Next, on the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, under the :guilabel:`Shipments` " +"section, select :guilabel:`Receive goods directly (1 step)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and/or :guilabel:`Deliver goods directly (1 " +"step)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in one " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:34 +msgid "Receive goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "Отримайте товар безпосередньо (1 крок)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:46 +msgid "Create a purchase order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:71 +msgid "" +"On the main :menuselection:`Purchase` application dashboard, start by making" +" a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then, select (or create) a " +":guilabel:`Vendor` from the drop-down field, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` " +"to finalize the quote as a new purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:96 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " +"the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " +"receipt for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Receipt smart button appears on the confirmed purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Purchase order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:97 +msgid "Process the receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:63 +msgid "" +"When viewing the receipt (associated with the purchase order above), click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the purchase order via the Validate smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Storage Locations` are activated, clicking the :guilabel:`≣ " +"(bullet list)` details icon next to the :guilabel:`🗑️ (trash)` delete icon " +"enables the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` screen to pop-up. This allows " +"the location(s) to be specified for the received product(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Select the Storage Location for the products being received in the Detailed Operations\n" +"pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once the receipt is validated, the product leaves the :guilabel:`Supplier " +"Location` and enters the :guilabel:`WH/Stock Location`. Once it arrives " +"here, it will be available for manufacturing, sales, etc. Then, the status " +"of the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`, thus completing the " +"reception process in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:86 +msgid "Deliver goods directly (1 step)" +msgstr "Доставка товарів безпосередньо (1 крок)" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Start my navigating to the main :menuselection:`Sales` app dashboard, and " +"make a new quote by clicking :guilabel:`New`. Then select (or create) a " +":guilabel:`Customer` from the drop-down field, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` that is in stock to the order lines, and click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to finalize the quotation as a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:99 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear in the top-right corner of " +"the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form — click it to reveal the associated " +"delivery order for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "The Delivery smart button appears after the sales order is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Delivery orders can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"to Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:0 +msgid "Delivery Orders kanban card's 1 to Process smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:194 +msgid "Process the delivery" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When viewing the delivery order (associated with the sales order above), " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to then complete the delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_one_step.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Once the picking order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock location` and moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers" +" location`. Then, the status of the document will change to " +":guilabel:`Done`, thus completing delivery in one step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts and deliveries in two steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Depending on a company's business processes, multiple steps may be needed " +"before receiving or shipping products. In the two-step receipt process, " +"products are received in an input area, then transferred to stock. Two-step " +"receipts work best when various storage locations are being used, such as " +"locked or secured areas, freezers and refrigerators, or various shelves." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Products can be sorted according to where they are going to be stored, and " +"employees can stock all the products going to a specific location. The " +"products are not available for further processing until they are transferred" +" into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In the two-step delivery process, products that are part of a delivery order" +" are picked from the warehouse according to their removal strategy, and " +"brought to an output location before being shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:20 +msgid "" +"One situation where this would be useful is when using either a :abbr:`FIFO " +"(First In, First Out)`, :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`, or :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, where the products that are " +"being picked need to be selected based on their receipt date or expiration " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize two-step receipts and deliveries. Incoming and outgoing" +" shipments do not need to be set to have the same steps. For example, " +"products can be received in two steps, but shipped in one step. In the " +"following example, two steps will be used for both receipts and deliveries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:32 +msgid "Configure multi-step routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:34 +msgid "" +"First, make sure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` option is enabled in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, under the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. After enabling the setting, :guilabel:`Save` " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Activating the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting will also activate the " +":guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for two-step receipts and " +"deliveries. Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> " +"Warehouses`, and click on the warehouse to change the warehouse settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, select :guilabel:`Receive goods in input and then stock (2 steps)` for" +" :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`, and :guilabel:`Send goods in output and " +"then deliver (2 steps)` for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Set incoming and outgoing shipment options to receive and deliver in two " +"steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Activating two-step receipts and deliveries will create new *input* and " +"*output* locations, which by default, are labeled :guilabel:`WH/Input` and " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, respectively, on the :guilabel:`Locations` dashboard." +" To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations`, and select the :guilabel:`Location` to change. On the location " +"form, update the :guilabel:`Location Name`, and make any other changes (if " +"necessary)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:66 +msgid "Process a receipt in two steps (input + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"For businesses with multiple warehouses that have different step " +"configurations, the :guilabel:`Deliver To` field on the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` form may need to be specified as the correct *input location* " +"connected to the two-step warehouse, which can be done by selecting the " +"warehouse from the drop-down selection that includes the `Receipts` label at" +" the end of the name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:83 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, a :guilabel:`Receipt` " +"smart button will appear in the top of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` form " +"— click it to reveal the associated receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "After confirming a purchase order, a Receipt smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "One receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The receipt and internal transfer will be created once the purchase order is" +" confirmed. The status of the receipt will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the " +"receipt must be processed first. The status of the internal transfer will be" +" :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfer cannot happen " +"until the receipt is completed. The status of the internal transfer will " +"only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the receipt has been marked as " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Receipt` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " +"the :guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, then the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Input location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:117 +msgid "Process the internal transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" +" is ready to move the product into stock. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` app, and on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` " +"dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# To Process` smart button in the " +":guilabel:`Internal Transfers` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"One Internal Transfer ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban " +"view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to " +"stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the stock and is " +"available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the internal transfer to move the item to stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:138 +msgid "Process a delivery order in two steps (pick + ship)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:143 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, create a new quote by clicking " +":guilabel:`New`. Select (or create) a :guilabel:`Customer`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product` to the order lines, and then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:147 +msgid "" +"After confirming the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart " +"button will appear in the top, above the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` form. " +"Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to reveal the associated " +"receipt." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"After confirming the sales order, the Delivery smart button appears showing two items\n" +"associated with it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Sales order receipts can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` " +"application. In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`# " +"To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Pick` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:0 +msgid "The pick order can be seen in the Inventory kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:166 +msgid "Process the picking" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:168 +msgid "" +"The picking and delivery order will be created once the sales order is " +"confirmed. When the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button appears, click it to " +"reveal the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard, which lists both the picking and" +" the delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The status of the picking will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the product must " +"be picked from stock before it can be shipped. The status of the delivery " +"order will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the delivery " +"cannot happen until the picking is completed. The status of the delivery " +"order will only change to :guilabel:`Ready` once the picking has been marked" +" as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Ready status for the pick operation while the delivery operation is Waiting Another\n" +"Operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:183 +msgid "" +"Click on the picking delivery order to begin processing it. If the product " +"is in stock, Odoo will automatically reserve the product. Click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to mark the picking as :guilabel:`Done`, then the " +"delivery order will be ready for processing. Since the documents are linked," +" the products which have been previously picked are automatically reserved " +"on the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The delivery order will be ready to be processed once the picking is " +"completed, and can be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application, " +"on the :guilabel:`Inventory Overview` dashboard. Click the :guilabel:`# To " +"Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` kanban card to " +"begin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` can also be " +"quickly accessed by clicking on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button again," +" and choosing the delivery order on the :guilabel:`Transfers` page (which " +"should now be marked as :guilabel:`Ready`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery order can be seen in the Inventory Kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Click on the delivery order associated with the :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)`, " +"then click on :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the move." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_delivery_two_steps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated, the product leaves the " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` location on the :guilabel:`Transfers` dashboard and " +"moves to the :guilabel:`Partners/Customers` location. Then, the status of " +"the document will change to :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:3 +msgid "Process receipts in three steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Some companies require a quality control process before receiving goods from" +" suppliers. To accomplish this, Odoo has a three-step process for receiving " +"goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:10 +msgid "" +"In the three-step receipt process, products are received in an input area, " +"then transferred to a quality area for inspection. Products that pass the " +"quality inspection are then transferred into stock. The products are not " +"available for further processing until they are transferred out of the " +"quality area and into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Odoo is configured by default to :ref:`receive and deliver goods in one step" +" <inventory/receipts_delivery_one_step>`, so the settings need to be changed" +" in order to utilize three-step receipts. First, make sure the *Multi-Step " +"Routes* option is enabled in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration -->" +" Settings --> Warehouse`. Note that activating :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`" +" will also activate *Storage Locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Activate multi-step routes and storage locations in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Next, the warehouse needs to be configured for three-step receipts. Go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`, and click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to edit the warehouse. Then, select :guilabel:`Receive " +"goods in input, then quality and then stock (3 steps)` for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "Set incoming shipment option to receive in three steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Activating three-step receipts and deliveries will create two new internal " +"locations: *Input* (WH/Input), and *Quality Control* (WH/Quality Control). " +"To rename these locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Locations`, select the :guilabel:`Location` to change, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, update the name, and finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:43 +msgid "Process a receipt in three steps (input + quality + stock)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Purchase` application, create a new quote by clicking" +" :guilabel:`Create`. Select a :guilabel:`Vendor`, add a storable " +":guilabel:`Product`, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:52 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will appear in the top right, and the " +"receipt will be associated with the purchase order. Clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt` smart button will show the receipt order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:61 +msgid "Process a receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:63 +msgid "" +"One receipt and two internal transfers (one transfer to quality, and a " +"subsequent transfer to stock) will be created once the purchase order is " +"confirmed. To view these transfers, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Transfers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The status of the three receipt transfers will show which operation is ready and which ones\n" +"are waiting another operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:72 +msgid "" +"The status of the receipt transferring the product to the input location " +"will be :guilabel:`Ready`, since the receipt must be processed before any " +"other operation can occur. The status of the two internal transfers will be " +":guilabel:`Waiting Another Operation`, since the transfers cannot be " +"processed until the linked step before each transfer is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"The status of the first internal transfer to *quality* will only change to " +":guilabel:`Ready` when the receipt has been marked :guilabel:`Done`. The " +"status for the second internal transfer to *stock* will be marked " +":guilabel:`Ready` only after the transfer to quality has been marked " +":guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The receipt can also be found in the :menuselection:`Inventory` application." +" In the :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process` " +"smart button in the :guilabel:`Receipts` kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "One Receipt ready to process in the Inventory Overview kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click on the receipt associated with the purchase order, then click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the receipt and move the product to the " +":guilabel:`Input Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the receipt by clicking Validate, and the product will be transferred to the\n" +"WH/Quality location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:99 +msgid "Process a transfer to Quality Control" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Input Location`, the internal transfer" +" is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Quality Control`. In the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard, click the " +":guilabel:`1 To Process` smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` " +"kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, then " +"click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the product to " +"the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location. Once the transfer is validated, " +"the product is ready for the quality inspection, but is not available for " +"manufacturing or delivery orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Validate the internal transfer to move the item to the Quality Control " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:120 +msgid "Process a transfer to stock" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once the product is in the :guilabel:`Quality Control` location, the final " +"internal transfer is ready to move the product to :guilabel:`Stock`. In the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` overview dashboard, click the :guilabel:`1 To Process`" +" smart button in the :guilabel:`Internal Transfers` Kanban card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries/receipts_three_steps.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Click on the final :guilabel:`Transfer` associated with the purchase order, " +"then click :guilabel:`Validate` to complete the transfer and move the " +"product to stock. Once the transfer is validated, the product enters the " +"stock and is available for customer deliveries or manufacturing orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses.rst:5 msgid "Warehouses" msgstr "Склади" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:3 -msgid "What is the difference between warehouses and locations?" -msgstr "Яка різниця між складом та місцезнаходженням?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "Create a second warehouse" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which your items " -"are stocked. You can setup multiple warehouses and create moves between " +"A *warehouse* is a physical building or space where items are stored. In " +"Odoo, it is possible to set up multiple warehouses and transfer stored items" +" between them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:8 +msgid "" +"By default, the Odoo platform has one warehouse that is already configured, " +"with the address set as the company's address. To create a second warehouse," +" select :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouses`, then click " +":guilabel:`Create` and configure the form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:12 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the full name of the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: the abbreviated code by which the warehouse is " +"referred to; the short name for the default warehouse in Odoo is **WH**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:15 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the warehouse; this can be set as" +" the company that owns the Odoo database or the company of a customer or " +"vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: the address where the warehouse is located" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The options below will only appear if the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"checkbox is enabled in :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` under the" +" :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading. For more information about routes and how " +"they work in Odoo, see :ref:`Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules <use-routes>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Incoming/Outgoing Shipments`: select the routes that incoming and" +" outgoing shipments should follow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: allow subcontractors to be resupplied " +"from this warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: allow for items to be manufactured in " +"this warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: select the route that should be followed when " +"manufacturing goods inside the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: check the box to allow for purchased products " +"to be delivered to the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: select warehouses that can be used to resupply " +"the warehouse being created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out form for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Creating a second warehouse will automatically enable the *Storage " +"Locations* setting, which allows location tracking of products within a " +"warehouse. To toggle this setting, navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration" +" --> Settings` and click the checkbox under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After filling out the form, click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse " +"will be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:49 +msgid "Add inventory to a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If a new warehouse is created that has existing inventory in it, the " +"inventory counts should be added to Odoo so that the stock listed in the " +"Odoo database reflects what is in the physical warehouse. To add inventory " +"to a new warehouse, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations -->" +" Inventory Adjustments`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`. The inventory " +"adjustment form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory Reference`: the name or code that the inventory " +"adjustment can be referred to by" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Locations`: the location(s) where the inventory is stored; " +"include the new warehouse and any locations within it that inventory will be" +" added to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: include all products that will be added to inventory " +"or leave blank to select any product during the next step" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Include Exhausted Products`: include products with a quantity of " +"zero; does not affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they " +"have no existing inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Accounting Date`: the date used by accounting teams for " +"bookkeeping related to the inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the inventory; can be set as the " +"user's company or as a customer or vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted Quantities`: choose whether the counted quantities for " +"products being added should default to stock on hand or zero; does not " +"affect inventory adjustments for new warehouses since they have no existing " +"inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "A filled out form for an inventory adjustment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once the form is properly configured, click on :guilabel:`Start Inventory` " +"to be taken to the next page where products can be added to the inventory " +"adjustment. Add a new product by clicking on :guilabel:`Create` and then " +"fill out the product line as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product`: the product being added to inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location where the product is currently stored in " +"the new warehouse; this can be set as the overall warehouse or a location " +"within the warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`: the lot that the product belongs to or the " +"serial number used to identify it" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Hand`: the total quantity of the product stored in the " +"location for which inventory is being adjusted; this should be zero for a " +"new location or warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Counted`: the amount of the product that is being added to " +"inventory" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Difference`: the difference between the *On Hand* and *Counted* " +"values; this will automatically update to reflect the value entered in the " +":guilabel:`Counted` column" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for counting the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Include a line for each product being added to inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/create_a_second_warehouse.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After adding all the products already stored in the new warehouse, click " +":guilabel:`Validate Inventory` to complete the inventory adjustment. The " +"values in the :guilabel:`On Hand` column will update to reflect those in the" +" :guilabel:`Counted` column and the products added will appear in the " +"inventory of the new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:3 +msgid "Resupply from another warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A common use case for multiple warehouses is to have one central warehouse " +"that resupplies multiple shops, and in this case, each shop is considered a " +"local warehouse. When a shop wants to replenish a product, the product is " +"ordered to the central warehouse. Odoo allows the user to easily set which " +"warehouse(s) can resupply another warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To resupply from another warehouse, first go to :menuselection:`Inventory " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and activate :guilabel:`Multi-" +"Step Routes`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Enable Multi-Step Routes in Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:21 +msgid "" +"View all the configured warehouses by going to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Create a new warehouse by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Then, give the " +"warehouse a name and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:27 +msgid "" +"After that, go back to the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and open the " +"warehouse that will be resupplied by the second warehouse. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, locate the" +" :guilabel:`Resupply From` field, and check the box next to the second " +"warehouse's name. If the warehouse can be resupplied by more than one " +"warehouse, make sure to check those warehouses' boxes too. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting. Now, Odoo knows which warehouses can " +"resupply this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Supply one warehouse with another in the Warehouse Configuration tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:39 +msgid "Set route on a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "" +"After configuring which warehouse(s) to resupply from, a new route is now " +"available on all product forms. The new route appears as :guilabel:`Supply " +"Product from [Warehouse Name]` under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab on a " +"product form. Use the :guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route" +" with a reordering rule or the make to order (MTO) route to replenish stock " +"by moving the product from one warehouse to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Route setting which enables a product to resupplied from a second warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:51 +msgid "" +"When a product's reordering rule is triggered and the product has the " +":guilabel:`Supply Product from [Warehouse Name]` route set, Odoo " +"automatically creates two pickings. One picking is a *delivery order* from " +"the second warehouse, which contains all the necessary products, and the " +"second picking is a *receipt* with the same products for the main warehouse." +" The product move from the second warehouse to the main warehouse is fully " +"tracked in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst:57 +msgid "" +"On the picking/transfer records created by Odoo, the :guilabel:`Source " +"Document` is the product's reordering rule. The location between the " +"delivery order and the receipt is a transit location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A reordering rule automatically creates two receipts for stock between " "warehouses." msgstr "" -"**Склад** в Odoo - це фактично будівля/місце, в якому складуються ваші " -"товари. Ви можете встановити кілька складів і створювати переходи між ними." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:9 -msgid "" -"A **Location**, is a specific space within your warehouse. It can be " -"considered as a sublocation of your warehouse, as a shelf, a floor, an " -"aisle, etc. Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is " -"not possible to link one location to multiple warehouses. You can configure " -"as much locations as you need under one warehouse." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "A warehouse order for resupplying one warehouse's stock with another." msgstr "" -"**Місцезнаходження** - це конкретне місце на вашому складі. Воно може " -"розглядатися як підрозділ вашого складу, полиця, підлога, прохід і т. д. " -"Тому розташування є частиною лише одного складу, і неможливо пов'язати одне " -"місцезнаходження з кількома складами. Ви можете налаштувати стільки " -"місцезнаходжень, скільки вам потрібно під одним складом." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:15 -msgid "There are 3 types of locations:" -msgstr "Існує 3 типи місцезнаходжень:" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/resupply_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "A receipt for stock received to one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:3 +msgid "Transfer products between warehouses using replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:5 +msgid "" +"For companies that use multiple warehouses, it is often necessary to " +"transfer items between them. This is referred to as an *inter-warehouse " +"transfer*. Odoo *Inventory* handles the administrative process of inter-" +"warehouse transfers to ensure that inventory counts remain accurate during " +"and after the transfer. This document will detail the method for conducting " +"an inter-warehouse transfer using replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:12 +msgid "Configure warehouses for inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:14 +msgid "" +"First, ensure the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` setting is enabled by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, and" +" then check the box under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` tab. This will provide " +"additional configuration options when creating a second warehouse that are " +"needed for inter-warehouse replenishment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo comes with a main warehouse already configured. If an " +"additional warehouse has not already been created, do so now from the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` module by selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Warehouses --> Create`. Otherwise, select the warehouse that products will " +"be transferred to from the :guilabel:`Warehouses` page and then click " +":guilabel:`Edit` to change its settings. Configure the warehouse as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: choose a name that is not already being used for " +"another warehouse (e.g. `Alternative Warehouse`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Short Name`: choose a short name by which the warehouse will be " +"identified (e.g. `ALT_WH`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save` and the new warehouse will be created. In addition, a" +" new :guilabel:`Resupply From` field will appear on the warehouse's form. " +"Click :guilabel:`Edit` and then check the box next to the warehouse that " +"will be used to resupply the warehouse that is currently being configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A warehouse settings form configured to allow resupplying between " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:39 +msgid "" +"For the purposes of this demonstration, the warehouse that products are " +"transferred from (outgoing) will be titled \"San Francisco\", and the " +"warehouse that products are transferred to (incoming) will be titled \"San " +"Francisco 2\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:44 +msgid "Configure products for inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Products must also be configured properly in order for them to be " +"transferred between warehouses. Navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Products --> Products` and select an existing product or :guilabel:`Create` " +"a new one, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, on the product form, go to the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable " +"the checkbox for :guilabel:`X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* being the " +"warehouse receiving the transferred products and *Y* being the warehouse " +"that products are transferred from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the checkbox to resupply one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:59 +msgid "Replenish one warehouse from another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Starting in the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, select " +":menuselection:`Products --> Products` and then choose the product that will" +" be replenished. Click the :guilabel:`Replenish` button on the top left of " +"the product page and fill out the pop-up form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity`: the number of units that will be sent to the warehouse" +" being replenished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: the date that the replenishment is scheduled to " +"take place" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: the warehouse that will be replenished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preferred Routes`: select `X: Supply Product from Y`, with *X* " +"being the warehouse to be replenished and *Y* being the warehouse that the " +"product will be transferred from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "The form for replenishing a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Confirm` and a delivery order will be created for the " +"outgoing warehouse along with a receipt for the warehouse that will receive " +"the product. Depending on the configuration settings for the outgoing and " +"incoming warehouses, processing delivery orders and receipts will require " +"between one and three steps. This document will detail how to process one-" +"step deliveries and receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:82 +msgid "Process the delivery order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The first stage of a replenishment order is processing the delivery from the" +" warehouse that the product is being transferred from. On the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard, select the :guilabel:`X to Process` " +"button on the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card for the outgoing warehouse, " +"then the delivery order created for the replenishment. On the delivery order" +" page, click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button in the top left to " +"reserve the quantity of the product to be transferred. Once the delivery has" +" been dispatched, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to register the " +"quantities shipped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "The delivery orders card for the outgoing warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once the goods arrive at the incoming warehouse, the receipt created for " +"that warehouse must be processed as well. Return to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` dashboard and select the :guilabel:`X to Process`" +" button on the :guilabel:`Receipts` card for the incoming warehouse, then " +"the receipt created for the replenishment. On the receipt page, click the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button in the top left of the page to register the " +"quantities received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:109 +msgid "" +"After processing the receipt, the products transferred will now appear in " +"the inventory of the incoming warehouse. The stock numbers for both " +"warehouses can be viewed by returning to the product page and selecting the " +":guilabel:`X Units On Hand` button at the top of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:114 +msgid "Automate inter-warehouse replenishment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Using reordering rules, it is possible to automate the process of " +"replenishing one warehouse from another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:119 +msgid "" +"To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> " +"Products`, and then choose the product that will be replenished. From the " +"product page, select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` smart button at the " +"top of the form, and then on the next page, click :guilabel:`Create` to " +"configure the form as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:124 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location`: the location that the reordering rule will replenish " +"when triggered, in this case, the incoming warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity`: when the quantity on hand at the incoming " +"warehouse falls below this number, the reordering rule will be triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Quantity`: when the reordering rule is triggered, the product" +" will be replenished at the incoming warehouse up to this quantity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:130 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity`: specify if the product should be replenished " +"in batches of a certain quantity; for example, a product could be " +"replenished in batches of 20" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`UoM`: the unit of measure used for reordering the product; this " +"value can simply be `Units`, or a specific unit of measurement for weight, " +"length, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst-1 +msgid "A fully configured reordering rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Finish by clicking :guilabel:`Save` and the reordering rule will be created." +" Now, when the scheduler runs automatically each day, a transfer will be " +"created for each reordering rule that has been triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:144 +msgid "" +"To manually trigger reordering rules, start from the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` module and select :menuselection:`Operation --> " +"Run Scheduler`, then click the green :guilabel:`Run Scheduler` button in the" +" pop-up that appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouse_replenishment_transfer.rst:148 +msgid "" +"After the scheduler runs, a delivery order and receipt will be created for " +"the outgoing and incoming warehouses, respectively. Both the delivery order " +"and receipt should be processed using the same method as detailed above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:3 +msgid "Manage Warehouses and Locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:9 +msgid "Warehouse" +msgstr "Склад" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a **Warehouse** is the actual building/place in which a company's " +"items are stocked. Multiple warehouses can be set up in Odoo and the user " +"can create moves between warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:17 +msgid "" +"A **Location** is a specific space within the warehouse. It can be a " +"sublocation of the warehouse (a shelf, a floor, an aisle, and so on). " +"Therefore, a location is part of one warehouse only and it is not possible " +"to link one location to multiple warehouses. In Odoo, as many locations can " +"be configured as needed under one warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:22 +msgid "There are three types of locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:24 msgid "" "The **Physical Locations** are internal locations that are part of the " -"warehouses for which you are the owner. They can be the loading and " -"unloading area of your warehouse, a shelf or a department, etc." +"warehouses that the company owns. They can be the loading and unloading " +"areas of the warehouse, a shelf, a department, etc." msgstr "" -"**Фізичні місцезнаходження** - це внутрішні місцезнаходження, які є частиною" -" складу, якого ви є власником. Вони можуть бути областю навантаження та " -"розвантаження вашого складу, полиці або відділу тощо." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:28 msgid "" "The **Partner Locations** are spaces within a customer and/or vendor's " -"warehouse. They work the same way as Physical Locations with the only " -"difference being that you are not the owner of the warehouse." +"warehouse. They work the same way as physical locations, with the only " +"difference being that they are not owned by the user's company." msgstr "" -"**Місцезнаходження партнерів** - це простір на складі клієнта та/або " -"постачальника. Вони працюють так само, як і в \"Фізичних місцезнаходжень\", " -"але лише тому, що ви не є власником складу." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:32 msgid "" "The **Virtual Locations** are places that do not exist, but in which " "products can be placed when they are not physically in an inventory yet (or " -"anymore). They come in handy when you want to place lost products out of " -"your stock (in the **Inventory loss**), or when you want to take into " -"account products that are on their way to your warehouse (**Procurements**)." +"anymore). They come in handy when recording lost products (**Inventory " +"Loss**), or accounting for products that are on their way to the warehouse " +"(**Procurements**)." msgstr "" -"**Віртуальні місцезнаходження** - це місця, які не існують, але в них можна " -"розміщувати товари, якщо вони ще не є (або більше) інвентаризованими. Вони " -"стануть у нагоді, коли ви хочете помістити втрачені товари з вашого запасу " -"(у **Втрати складу**) або коли ви хочете взяти до уваги товари, які " -"переходять на ваш склад (**Забезпечення**)." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/difference_warehouse_location.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:37 msgid "" -"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. You can structure your " -"locations as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " -"you more detailed levels of analysis of your stock operations and the " -"organization of your warehouses." +"In Odoo, locations are structured hierarchically. Locations can be " +"structured as a tree, dependent on a parent-child relationship. This gives " +"more detailed levels of analysis of the stock operations and the " +"organization of the warehouses." msgstr "" -"В Odoo місцезнаходження розташовані ієрархічно. Ви можете структурувати свої" -" місцезнаходження як дерево, залежно від відносин між батьківським та " -"дочірнім. Це дає вам більш детальний рівень аналізу ваших операцій на складі" -" та організації ваших складів." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "Розширені маршрути" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To activate locations, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" +" enable :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the storage location feature in Odoo Inventory settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To manage several routes within the warehouses, also enable " +":guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` and check " +":doc:`../../routes/concepts/use_routes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Warehouses` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Warehouse Name` and a :guilabel:`Short Name`. " +"The short name is five characters maximum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Short name field of a warehouse on Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Short Name` appears on transfer orders and other warehouse " +"documents. Odoo recommends using an understandable one like \"WH/[first " +"letters of location]\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Now, go back to the :guilabel:`Inventory` dashboard. There, new operations " +"related to the newly created warehouse have been automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Inventory app dashboard displaying new transfer types for the recently " +"created warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Adding a second warehouse will automatically activate the " +":guilabel:`Locations` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:83 +msgid "Create a new location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create a location, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse " +"Management --> Locations` and click on :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Then, fill out a :guilabel:`Location Name` and a :guilabel:`Parent Location`" +" and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" msgstr "Поняття" @@ -3985,41 +8770,41 @@ msgid "" "another truck." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:13 msgid "" "For more information on how to organize your warehouse, read our blog: `What" " is cross-docking and is it for me? <https://www.odoo.com/blog/business-" -"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`__" +"hacks-1/post/what-is-cross-docking-and-is-it-for-me-270>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:20 msgid "" "In the *Inventory* app, open :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" " activate the *Multi-Step Routes*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:27 msgid "Doing so will also enable the *Storage Locations* feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:29 msgid "" "Now, both *Incoming* and *Outgoing* shipments should be configured to work " "with 2 steps. To adapt the configuration, go to :menuselection:`Inventory " "--> Configuration --> Warehouses` and edit your warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:36 msgid "" "This modification will lead to the creation of a *Cross-Docking* route that " "can be found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:43 msgid "Configure products with Cross-Dock Route" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:45 msgid "" "Create the product that uses the *Cross-Dock Route* and then, in the " "inventory tab, select the routes *Buy* and *Cross-Dock*. Now, in the " @@ -4027,7 +8812,7 @@ msgid "" "for it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:55 msgid "" "Once done, create a sale order for the product and confirm it. Odoo will " "automatically create two transfers which will be linked to the sale order. " @@ -4038,297 +8823,424 @@ msgid "" "because we still need to order the product to our supplier." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:68 msgid "" "Now, go to the *Purchase* app. There, you will find the purchase order that " "has been automatically triggered by the system. Validate it and receive the " "products in the *Input Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:77 msgid "" "When the products have been received from the supplier, you can go back to " "your initial sale order and validate the internal transfer from *Input* to " "*Output*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/cross_dock.rst:86 msgid "" "The delivery order is now ready to be processed and can be validated too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:3 -msgid "Inter-warehouse transfers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:5 -msgid "" -"When owning several warehouses, you might need to transfer goods from one " -"warehouse to another. Proceeding to such behavior is called *inter-warehouse" -" transfers*. If this action is physically easy to perform, the " -"administrative part can be arduous. Fortunately, Odoo comes with an " -"intuitive flow that helps save time when registering those transfers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:13 -msgid "" -"First of all, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"**Storage Locations**. Then, hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:21 -msgid "" -"If you want to manage several routes within your warehouses, then enable " -"**Multi-Step Routes** and check :doc:`use-routes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:25 -msgid "Creating a new warehouse" -msgstr "Створення нового складу" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:27 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your new warehouse. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Warehouse Management --> Warehouses` and " -"click on **Create**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Fill out a **Warehouse Name** and a **Short Name**. The short name is five " -"characters maximum." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:37 -msgid "" -"The **Short Name** appears on your transfer orders and other warehouse " -"documents. We recommend using an understandable one (e.g.: WH/[first letters" -" of location])." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, go back to your dashboard. There, new operations related to your " -"warehouse have been automatically generated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:48 -msgid "Creating a new inventory" -msgstr "Створення нової інвентаризації" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:50 -msgid "" -"If you create a new warehouse, you might already have an existing inventory " -"in it. In that case, you should create an inventory in Odoo. If this is not " -"the case, you can skip this step." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:53 -msgid "" -"Into the inventory application, select :menuselection:`Operations --> " -"Inventory Adjustment`. Then, create a new inventory by clicking on " -"**Create**. Fill in the **Inventory Reference**, **Date** and make sure to " -"select the right warehouse and location." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Next, click on **Start Inventory**. You will be able to input your existing " -"products in the new window. Select add an item and indicate the **Real " -"Quantity** available in the warehouse. The theoretical quantity can not be " -"changed as it represents a computed one from purchase and sales orders." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Don't forget to validate your inventory once you have recorded the state of " -"all your products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:74 -msgid "Create an internal transfer" -msgstr "Створіть внутрішнє переміщення" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The final step is to create your internal transfer. If you want to transfer " -"eight units of a product from your first warehouse to another one, proceed " -"as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:79 -msgid "" -"From your dashboard, select an internal movement of one of the two " -"warehouses. To do so, click on :menuselection:`Manage --> Planned " -"Transfer`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:86 -msgid "" -"On the new window, select the source location zone (in this case, your " -"\"old\" warehouse) and the destination location zone (in this case, your " -"\"new\" warehouse)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Add the products you want to transfer by clicking on **Add an Item**, then " -"click on **Save** and **Mark as TODO** once you are done." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:96 -msgid "" -"If you selected **Immediate Transfer**, Odoo processes the transfer " -"automatically after you clicked on **Validate**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:99 -msgid "" -"If you select **Mark as TODO**, Odoo puts the transfer in **Waiting " -"Availability** status. Click on **Reserve** to reserve the number of " -"products in your source warehouse." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:102 -msgid "It is also possible to manually transfer each product:" -msgstr "Можна також вручну перемістити кожний товар:" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:104 -msgid "Via your dashboard, select the transfer order in the source location." -msgstr "" -"За допомогою інформаційної панелі виберіть замолвння на переміщення в " -"місцезнаходженні джерела." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:110 -msgid "Select the right transfer order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:116 -msgid "" -"Click on the little pencil logo in the lower right corner to open the " -"operation details window. In this new window you can manually indicate how " -"many products you process." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:124 -msgid "" -"If you decide to process the transfer order partially (e.g., a part of the " -"products can't be shipped yet due to an unexpected event), Odoo " -"automatically asks if you wish to create a **backorder**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:128 -msgid "" -"Create a backorder if you expect to process the remaining products later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/inter_warehouse.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Do not create a backorder if you will not supply/receive the remaining " -"products." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:3 -msgid "Taking stock from different warehouses" +msgid "Sell stock from multiple warehouses using virtual locations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you plan to deliver a customer, you don’t know in advance if the " -"products will come from Warehouse A or Warehouse B. You may, in some cases, " -"need to take stock from different warehouses. With *Odoo*, you can configure" -" this by using the concept of virtual warehouses. Let us show you how to set" -" those virtual warehouses." +"While keeping stock and selling inventory from one warehouse might work for " +"smaller companies, bigger companies might need to keep stock in, or sell " +"from, multiple warehouses in multiple locations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:8 -msgid "Set up virtual warehouses" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:9 msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two warehouses: Warehouse A and Warehouse B. Create a new" -" warehouse, that will be a virtual one. It will allow you to take the stock " -"from A or B. To do so, go to your inventory app settings and enable the " -"multi-warehouses feature. Then, go to the warehouses menu and click on " -"create." +"In Odoo, sometimes products included in a single sales order might take " +"stock from two (or more) warehouses. In Odoo, pulling products from multiple" +" warehouses to satisfy sales demands can be done by using *virtual " +"locations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:14 msgid "" -"The *Storage Location* feature will be automatically enabled. Good news, " -"because you will need it later in the process." +"In order to create virtual locations in warehouses and proceed to the " +"following steps, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step" +" Routes` features will need to be enabled in the :menuselection:`Settings` " +"app." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:18 msgid "" -"Now, you have to make sure that the main stock locations of warehouse A and " -"warehouse B are children locations of the main stock location of warehouse A" -" + B. Go to the locations menu, and edit the main location of your two " -"warehouses. Then, change their parent location to main location of warehouse" -" A+B." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, and click the checkboxes " +"next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`. " +"Then, :guilabel:`Save` the changes to finish." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:24 -msgid "Sell a product from the virtual warehouse" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:23 +msgid "Create and configure a virtual parent location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:25 msgid "" -"Let’s say you have two products, one stored in warehouse A and one stored in" -" warehouse B. Now, you can create a new quotation for one of each product. " -"Go to other information and choose Warehouse A+B in the shipping " -"information." +"Before creating any virtual stock locations, a new warehouse will need to be" +" created. This new warehouse will act as a *virtual* warehouse, and will be " +"the *parent* location of other physical warehouses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:31 msgid "" -"Once you have done it, you can convert it to a sales order. Then, a delivery" -" order will be automatically generated, with a product reserved in warehouse" -" A and one in warehouse B." +"Virtual warehouses are great for companies with multiple physical " +"warehouses. This is because a situation might arise when one warehouse runs " +"out of stock of a particular product, but another warehouse still has stock " +"on-hand. In this case, stock from these two (or more) warehouses could be " +"used to fulfill a single sales order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:3 -msgid "Using Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The \"virtual\" warehouse acts as a single aggregator of all the inventory " +"stored in a company's physical warehouses, and is used (for traceability " +"purposes) to create a hierarchy of locations in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To create a new warehouse, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration" +" --> Warehouses`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. From here, the warehouse " +":guilabel:`Name` and :guilabel:`Short Name` can be changed, and other " +"warehouse details can be changed under the :guilabel:`Warehouse " +"Configuration` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Shipments` heading, set the number of steps used to " +"process :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` by" +" selecting between the :guilabel:`1 step`, :guilabel:`2 steps`, and " +":guilabel:`3 steps` radio buttons. The desired option for " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` will " +"depend on the warehouse's procurement process, and might differ for " +"individual products or product categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:55 +msgid "" +":doc:`How to choose the right flow to handle receipts and deliveries? " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/shipments_deliveries>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Resupply` heading, configure the method(s) for how the " +"warehouse resupplies its inventory:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply Subcontractors`: resupply subcontractors with components" +" from this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture to Resupply`: when products are manufactured, they " +"can be manufactured in this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: to produce right away, move the components to the " +"production location directly and start the manufacturing process; to pick " +"first and then produce, unload the components from the stock to input " +"location first, and then transfer it to the production location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy to Resupply`: when products are bought, they can be delivered" +" to this warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resupply From`: automatically create routes to resupply this " +"warehouse from another chosen warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"*Routes* can be set and configured directly from the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"form, by clicking on the :guilabel:`Routes` smart button. Once the warehouse" +" is configured, virtual *Locations* can be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "The edit screen for creating a new warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:81 +msgid "" +"In order to apply this virtual warehouse as the *parent* location of two " +"*child* location warehouses, there need to be two warehouses configured with" +" physical stock locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Parent Warehouse**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Virtual Warehouse`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Location`: `VWH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid "**Child Warehouses**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouses`: `Warehouse A` and `Warehouse B`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Locations`: `WHA/Stock` and `WHB/Stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:95 +msgid "Create a virtual parent location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In order to take stock from multiple warehouses to fulfill a sales order, " +"there need to be at least **two** warehouses acting as *child locations* of " +"the *virtual parent location* warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To create and edit *Locations*, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. All :guilabel:`Locations` are listed here, " +"including the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` of the virtual warehouse that was" +" created. Click into the *Stock* :guilabel:`Location` for the virtual " +"warehouse that was previously created (:dfn:`Warehouse Name/Stock`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Then, under the :guilabel:`Additional Information` section, change the " +":guilabel:`Location Type` from :guilabel:`Internal Location` to " +":guilabel:`View`. :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:109 +msgid "" +"This identifies this :guilabel:`Location` as a *virtual location*, which is " +"used to create a hierarchical structure for a warehouse and aggregate its " +"*child locations*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Products can *not* be stored in a :guilabel:`View` :guilabel:`Location " +"Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Warehouse location types in location creation screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:120 +msgid "Configure physical warehouse locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Navigate back to the :guilabel:`Locations` overview (via the breadcrumbs), " +"and remove any filters in the :guilabel:`Search Bar`. Then, click into the " +"first physical warehouse :guilabel:`Location` that was previously created to" +" be a *child location*, and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Parent Location`, select the virtual warehouse from the " +"drop-down menu, and :guilabel:`Save` changes. Then, navigate back to the " +":guilabel:`Locations` overview, and repeat this step for the second physical" +" warehouse stock location. Be sure to :guilabel:`Save` changes again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Both locations are now *child locations* of the virtual warehouse *parent " +"location*. This allows stock to be taken from multiple locations to fulfill " +"a single sales order, if there is not enough stock in any one location " +"(provided they are both tied to the same virtual warehouse *parent " +"location*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:136 +msgid "Example flow: Sell a product from a virtual warehouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To sell products from multiple warehouses using a virtual *parent* location " +"in this flow, there must be at least **two** products and at least **two** " +"warehouses configured - with at least **one** product with quantity on-hand " +"in each warehouse, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To create a new request for quotation, or RFQ, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` from the " +":guilabel:`Quotations` overview. Fill out the information on the new " +"quotation by adding a :guilabel:`Customer`, and click :guilabel:`Add a " +"product` to add the two products stored in the two warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales order form. Under " +"the :guilabel:`Delivery` section, change the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field " +"value listed to the virtual warehouse that was previously created. Once the " +"warehouse has been changed, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to convert the " +"quotation into a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now that the quotation has been confirmed as a sales order, click the " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. From the warehouse delivery form, confirm" +" that the :guilabel:`Source Location` value matches the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` field value from the sales order. Both should list the" +" virtual warehouse location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:159 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Source Location` on the warehouse delivery form and the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse` under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab on the sales " +"order form *must* match in order for the products included in the sales " +"order to be pulled from different warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Source Location`" +" field on the warehouse delivery form, then click :guilabel:`Edit`, make the" +" change, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:166 +msgid "" +"If the virtual warehouse is not the value in the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field" +" on the sales order, then a new quotation may need to be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field is missing on the sales order form, then " +"the virtual warehouse (and its children warehouses) may not have been set up" +" correctly, in which case, review the documentation above again to make sure" +" all settings/configuration were done properly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery order with matching source and child locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the warehouse delivery form, under the :guilabel:`Detailed " +"Operations` tab, confirm that the *Locations* values under the " +":guilabel:`From` column for each product matches to the *child locations* " +"that are tied to the virtual *parent location*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:181 +msgid "" +"To view which *Locations* the products are coming from on the drop-down " +"menus, click the :guilabel:`internal link (arrow)` icon to expand the " +"*Location* information. If needed, it can be changed from here (granted " +"there is quantity on hand for the product in that location)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Once everything has been properly set, click :guilabel:`Validate` and then " +":guilabel:`Apply` to validate the delivery. Then, navigate back to the sales" +" order form (via the breadcrumbs), and click :guilabel:`Create Invoice` to " +"invoice for the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst:190 +msgid "" +"To use a virtual *parent* location as the default warehouse for sales " +"orders, each salesperson can have the virtual warehouse assigned to them " +"from the drop-down menu next to :guilabel:`Default Warehouse` on their " +"employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/stock_warehouses.rst-1 +msgid "Default warehouse location on employee form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:5 +msgid "Routes and Pull/Push Rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:7 msgid "" "In inventory management, the supply chain strategy determines when products " -"should be fabricated, delivered to distribution centers, and made available " -"in the retail channel." +"should be purchased/manufactured, delivered to distribution centers, and " +"made available to the retail channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:11 msgid "" -"This kind of strategic process can be configured using *Routes*, featuring " -"*Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly configured, the inventory" -" app can automatically generate transfers following the instructions given " -"by the rules. Yes, Odoo simplifies your life." +"In Odoo, a product's supply chain strategy can be configured using *Routes*," +" which feature *Pull and Push Rules*. Once everything is properly " +"configured, the Inventory app can automatically generate transfers following" +" the configured push/pull rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:16 msgid "Inside the warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:18 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine a generic warehouse plan, where you can find receiving docks, " -"a quality control area, storage locations, picking and packing areas, and " -"shipping docks. All products go through all these locations, which also " -"trigger all the route's rules." +"In a generic warehouse, there are receiving docks, a quality control area, " +"storage locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All " +"products go through all these locations. As the products move through the " +"locations, each location triggers the products' specified route and rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered goods at receiving " -"docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. Some of these" -" products are sent to a quality control area (those devoted to being used " -"during the manufacturing process, for example), while others are directly " -"stored in their respective locations." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic warehouse with stock and quality control area." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:27 +msgid "" +"In this example, vendor trucks unload pallets of ordered products at the " +"receiving docks. Operators then scan the products in the receiving area. " +"Depending on the product's route and rules, some of these products are sent " +"to a quality control area (for example, products that are components used in" +" the manufacturing process), while others are directly stored in their " +"respective locations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic push to rule when receiving products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:36 msgid "" "Here is an example of a fulfillment route. In the morning, items are picked " "for all the orders that need to be prepared during the day. These items are " @@ -4337,502 +9249,801 @@ msgid "" " and conveyors bring them close to the shipping docks, ready to be delivered" " to customers." msgstr "" +"Ось приклад виконання маршруту. Зранку відбувається підбір товарів для всіх " +"замовлень, які потрібно підготувати протягом дня. Ці предмети збираються зі " +"складських місць і переміщуються в зону комплектування, поряд із місцем " +"упаковки замовлень. Потім замовлення пакують у відповідні коробки, а " +"конвеєри доставляють їх ближче до транспортних доків, готових до доставки " +"клієнтам." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:48 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:45 -msgid "How does it work?" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a generic pull from rule when preparing deliveries." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:51 -msgid "Pull Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:47 +msgid "Pull rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:49 msgid "" "With *Pull Rules*, a demand for some products triggers procurements, while " "*Push Rules* are triggered by products arriving in a specific location." msgstr "" +"За допомогою *Правил витягування* попит на деякі товари ініціює поповнення, " +"тоді як *Правила виштовхування* запускаються товарами, які надходять у певне" +" місцезнаходження." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:52 msgid "" -"We can say that *Pull Rules* are used to fulfill a customer order, a sale " -"order. So, Odoo generates a need at the *Customer Location* for each product" -" in the order. Because *Pull Rules* are triggered by a need, Odoo looks for " -"a *Pull Rule* defined on the *Customer Location*. In our case, a delivery " -"order pull rule that transfers products from the *Shipping Area* to the " -"*Customer Location* is found, and a transfer between the two locations is " -"created." +"Pull Rules are used to fulfill a sales order. Odoo generates a need at the " +"*Customer Location* for each product in the order. Because pull rules are " +"triggered by a need, Odoo looks for a pull rule defined on the *Customer " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:56 +msgid "" +"In this case, a \"delivery order\" pull rule that transfers products from " +"the *Shipping Area* to the *Customer Location* is found, and a transfer " +"between the two locations is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:59 msgid "" "Then, Odoo finds another pull rule that tries to fulfill the need for the " -"*Shipping Area*: the *Packing Rule* that transfers products from the " -"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. And, finally, other rules are " +"*Shipping Area*: the \"packing\" rule that transfers products from the " +"*Packing Area* to the *Shipping Area*. Finally, other pull rules are " "triggered until a transfer between the *Stock* and the *Picking Area* is " "created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:65 msgid "" -"All theses transfers are pre-generated by Odoo, starting from the end and " -"going backwards. While working, the operator process these transfers in the " -"opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, then the delivery " -"order." +"All these product transfers are automatically generated by Odoo based on the" +" pull rules, starting from the end (the customer location) and going " +"backward (the stock warehouse). While working, the operator processes these " +"transfers in the opposite order: first the picking, then the packing, and " +"finally the delivery order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:77 -msgid "Push Rules" -msgstr "Правила виштовхування" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:71 +msgid "Push rules" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:73 msgid "" "On the other hand, *Push Rules* are much easier to understand. Instead of " -"pre-generating documents based on needs, they are live-triggered when " -"products arrive in a specific location. *Push Rules* basically say: \"when a" -" product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" +"generating documents based on needs, they are triggered in real time when " +"products arrive in a specific location. Push rules basically say: \"when a " +"product arrives at a specific location, move it to another location.\"" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:77 msgid "" -"A simple example would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt Area*, " -"move them to the *Storage Location*. As different rules can be applied to " -"different products, you can assign different storage locations for different" -" products." +"An example of a push rule would be: when a product arrives in the *Receipt " +"Area*, move it to the *Storage Location*. As different push rules can be " +"applied to different products, the user can assign different storage " +"locations for different products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:81 msgid "" -"Another rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to the " -"*Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them to " -"their *Storage Location*." +"Another push rule could be: when products arrive at a location, move them to" +" the *Quality Control Area*. Then, once the quality check is done, move them" +" to their *Storage Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:85 msgid "" -"*Push Rules* can be triggered only if no *Pull Rule* pre-generated the " -"upstream transfers." +"Push rules can only be triggered if there are no pull rules that have " +"already generated the product transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:89 msgid "" -"Sets of rules like those are called routes. The grouping on the rule defines" -" how products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For example, during " -"the picking operation, all orders are grouped in one transfer, whereas the " -"packing operation respects the grouping per customer order." +"Sets of push/pull rules like those are called *Routes*. The grouping on the " +"rule decides if products are grouped in the same transfer or not. For " +"example, during the picking operation, all orders and their products are " +"grouped in one transfer, whereas the packing operation respects the grouping" +" per customer order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:105 -msgid "Use Routes and Rules" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:97 +msgid "Use routes and rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:99 msgid "" "Since *Routes* are a collection of *Push and Pull Rules*, Odoo helps you " -"manage advanced routes configuration such as:" +"manage advanced route configurations such as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:110 -msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:102 +msgid "Manage product manufacturing chains." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:111 -msgid "Manage default locations per product;" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:103 +msgid "Manage default locations per product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:104 msgid "" -"Define routes within your warehouse according to business needs, such as " -"quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns;" +"Define routes within the stock warehouse according to business needs, such " +"as quality control, after-sales services, or supplier returns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:106 msgid "" "Help rental management by generating automated return moves for rented " "products." msgstr "" +"Допоможіть управлінню орендою, генеруючи автоматичне повернення для " +"орендованих товарів." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:108 msgid "" -"To configure a route such as one of those above, open the **Inventory " -"Application** and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, " -"enable the *Multi-Step Routes* feature." +"To configure a route for a product, first, open the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in " +"the :guilabel:`Warehouse` section, enable the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` " +"feature and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:126 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the Multi-Step Routes feature in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:117 msgid "" -"The *Storage Locations* feature is automatically activated with the *Multi-" -"Step Routes*." +"The :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is automatically activated with " +"the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:120 msgid "" -"Once this first step is completed, you have the choice between pre-" -"configured routes or custom ones. Both are explained below." +"Once this first step is completed, the user can use pre-configured routes " +"that come with Odoo, or they can create custom routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:133 -msgid "Pre-configured Routes" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:124 +msgid "Pre-configured routes" +msgstr "Попередньо-налаштовані маршрути" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:126 msgid "" -"Odoo’s pre-configured routes are available in the warehouses’ menu. To find " -"it, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses`. " -"There, open your warehouse and edit it to see the pre-configured routes for " -"incoming and outgoing shipments." +"To access Odoo's pre-configured routes, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`. Then, open a warehouse form. In the " +":guilabel:`Warehouse Configuration` tab, the user can view the warehouse's " +"pre-configured routes for :guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and " +":guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "A preconfigured warehouse in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:135 msgid "" -"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are already configured to" -" make your life easier. Those are based on your choice for shipments. Once " -"you made your choice, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes` to see the routes Odoo generated for you." +"Some more advanced routes, such as pick-pack-ship, are also available. The " +"user can select the route that best fits their business needs. Once the " +":guilabel:`Incoming Shipments` and :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments` routes are" +" set, head to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` to see" +" the specific routes that Odoo generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of all the preconfigured routes Odoo offers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:144 msgid "" -"Opening one of those routes allows you to see on what you can apply the " -"route. Here, all the selected product categories in the *YourCompany* " -"warehouse are set up to follow the 3-steps route." +"On the :guilabel:`Routes` page, click on a route to open the route form. In " +"the route form, the user can view which places the route is " +":guilabel:`Applicable On`. The user can also set the route to only apply on " +"a specific :guilabel:`Company`. This is useful for multi-company " +"environments; for example, a user can have a company and warehouse in " +"Country A and a second company and warehouse in Country B." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" -"Easier for many businesses, this process might not fit yours. Thus, you can " -"configure custom routes in which you can define your own rules, but also the" -" source and destination location of each action. As an example, here are the" -" rules for the pre-configured route." +"View of a route example applicable on product categories and warehouses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:154 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the route form, the user can view the specific " +":guilabel:`Rules` for the route. Each :guilabel:`Rule` has an " +":guilabel:`Action`, a :guilabel:`Source Location`, and a " +":guilabel:`Destination Location`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "An example of rules with push & pull actions in Odoo Inventory." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:163 msgid "Custom Routes" -msgstr "Налаштування маршрутів" +msgstr "Кастомні маршрути" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:165 msgid "" "To create a custom route, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration " -"--> Routes`, click on create, and choose the places where this route can be " -"selected. Of course, combinations are available." +"--> Routes`, and click on :guilabel:`Create`. Next, choose the places where " +"this route can be selected. A route can be applicable on a combination of " +"places." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a pick-pack-ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:173 msgid "" "Each place has a different behavior, so it is important to tick only the " -"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly." +"useful ones and adapt each route accordingly. Then, configure the " +":guilabel:`Rules` of the route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:176 msgid "" -"When applying the route on a product category (:menuselection:`Inventory -->" -" Configuration --> Product Categories`), all the rules configured in the " -"route are applied to **every** product of the category. For example, this " -"can be useful if you use the dropshipping process for all the products from " -"the same category." +"If the route is applicable on a product category, the route still needs to " +"be manually set on the product category form by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`. Then, " +"select the product category and open the form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` " +"and under the :guilabel:`Logistics` section, set the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:181 msgid "" -"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If you tick *Warehouses*, all " -"the transfers occurring inside the chosen warehouse, and meeting the " -"conditions of the linked rules, then follow that route." +"When applying the route on a product category, all the rules configured in " +"the route are applied to **every** product in the category. This can be " +"helpful if the business uses the dropshipping process for all the products " +"from the same category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:203 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a route applied to the \"all\" product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:189 msgid "" -"For the *Sales Order Lines*, it is more or less the opposite. You have to " -"choose the route yourself when creating a quotation. This is pretty useful " -"if some products go through different routes." +"The same behavior applies to the warehouses. If the route can apply to " +":guilabel:`Warehouses`, all the transfers occurring inside the chosen " +"warehouse that meet the conditions of the route's rules will then follow " +"that route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" -"If you work with this kind of route, it is important to keep in mind that it" -" must be selected on the sales order, such as below." +"View of the warehouse drop-down menu when selecting applicable on warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:218 -msgid "Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the document." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:197 +msgid "" +"If the route is applicable on :guilabel:`Sales Order Lines`, it is more or " +"less the opposite. The route must be manually chosen when creating a " +"quotation. This is useful if some products go through different routes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Remember to toggle the visibility of the :guilabel:`Route` column on the " +"quotation/sales order. Then, the route can be chosen on each line of the " +"quotation/sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the menu allowing to add new lines to sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:208 msgid "" "Finally, there are routes that can be applied to products. Those work more " -"or less like the product categories: once selected, you have to manually set" -" on which product it must be applied." +"or less like the product categories: once selected, the route must be " +"manually set on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:211 msgid "" -"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Products` and " -"open the one on which you want to apply the route. Then go to the *Inventory" -" tab* and select the route you’ve created." +"To set a route on a product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products " +"--> Products` and select the desired product. Then, go to the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab and under the :guilabel:`Operations` section, " +"select the :guilabel:`Routes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:240 -msgid "" -"If, prima facie, the routes’ configuration can appear quite easy, don’t " -"forget that we haven’t set up any rule yet. If not harder to set up, those " -"are vital to have working routings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of a product form, where the route must be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:220 +msgid "Rules must be set on the route in order for the route to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:223 msgid "Rules" msgstr "Правила" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:225 msgid "" -"The rules are to be defined on the routes. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes`, then to the *Rules*" -" section, and click on *Add a line* button." +"The rules are defined on the route form. First, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Routes` and open the desired" +" route form. Next, click :guilabel:`Edit` and in the :guilabel:`Rules` " +"section, click on :guilabel:`Add a line`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the rules menu, where it is possible to add new rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:233 msgid "" "The available rules trigger various actions. If Odoo offers *Push* and " -"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Here are some explanations for all " -"of them:" +"*Pull* rules, others are also available. Each rule has an " +":guilabel:`Action`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:236 msgid "" -"**Pull From**: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a " -"specific stock location. The need can come from a sale order which has been " -"validated or for a manufacturing order which requires a specific component. " -"When the need appears in the source location, Odoo generates a picking to " -"fulfill this need." +":guilabel:`Pull From`: this rule is triggered by a need for the product in a" +" specific location. The need can come from a sales order being validated or " +"from a manufacturing order requiring a specific component. When the need " +"appears in the destination location, Odoo generates a picking to fulfill " +"this need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Push To**: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products in the " -"defined source location. In case you move products to the source location, " -"Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the destination location." +":guilabel:`Push To`: this rule is triggered by the arrival of some products " +"in the defined source location. In the case of the user moving products to " +"the source location, Odoo generates a picking to move those products to the " +"destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:243 msgid "" -"**Push & Pull**: it allows to generate pickings in the two different " -"situations explained above. It means that when products are required at a " -"specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " -"fulfill that need. Then, a need is created in the previous location and a " -"rule is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need fulfilled, the " -"products are pushed to the first location and all the needs are fulfilled." +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`: this rule allows the generation of pickings in the " +"two situations explained above. This means that when products are required " +"at a specific location, a transfer is created from the previous location to " +"fulfill that need. This creates a need in the previous location and a rule " +"is triggered to fulfill it. Once the second need is fulfilled, the products " +"are pushed to the destination location and all the needs are fulfilled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Buy**: when products are needed at the destination location, a request for" -" quotation is created to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Buy`: when products are needed at the destination location, a " +"request for quotation is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:276 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:250 msgid "" -"**Manufacture**: when products are needed in the source location, a " +":guilabel:`Manufacture`: when products are needed in the source location, a " "manufacturing order is created to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:283 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" -"You must also define the *Operation Type*. This operation allows defining " -"which kind of picking is created from the rule. With our above screenshot, " -"the created picking is, for example, an internal transfer." +"Overview of a \"Pull From\" rule that creates a transfer between the stock and the packing\n" +"zone." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:258 msgid "" -"On the other hand, the *Supply Method*, allows defining what happens at the " -"source location:" +"The :guilabel:`Operation Type` must also be defined on the rule. This " +"defines which kind of picking is created from the rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:261 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: the products are taken from the available stock of the " -"source location;" +"If the rule's :guilabel:`Action` is set to :guilabel:`Pull From` or " +":guilabel:`Pull & Push`, a :guilabel:`Supply Method` must be set. The " +":guilabel:`Supply Method` defines what happens at the source location:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:265 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: the system tries to find a stock rule to bring the" -" products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: the products are taken from the available stock" +" of the source location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:267 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule**: the products are " -"taken from the available stock of the source location. If there is no stock " -"available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the products to the " -"source location." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: the system tries to find a stock rule to " +"bring the products to the source location. The available stock is ignored." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:269 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take From Stock, if Unavailable, Trigger Another Rule`: the " +"products are taken from the available stock of the source location. If there" +" is no stock available, the system tries to find a rule to bring the " +"products to the source location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:273 msgid "" "In the *Scheduling* section, you can determine how Odoo behaves when one of " "the chain's pickings is rescheduled. In case you decide to **Propagate " -"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled. If you prefer " -"having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide to receive an " -"alert in the form of a *next activity*." +"Rescheduling**, the next move is also to be rescheduled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:309 -msgid "What about a full flow?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:277 msgid "" -"Do you remember our Pick - Pack - Ship custom route? Let’s use it to try a " -"full flow with an advanced custom route." +"If you prefer having the choice to reschedule the next move, you can decide " +"to receive an alert in the form of a *next activity*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:281 +msgid "Sample full route flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:283 msgid "" -"First, a quick look at our rules and their supply methods: we have three " -"rules, all **Pull From** rules. The supply methods are the following:" +"In this example, let's use a custom *Pick - Pack - Ship* route to try a full" +" flow with an advanced custom route." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:286 msgid "" -"**Take From Stock**: When products are needed in WH/Packing Zone, *Picks* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Stock to WH/Packing Zone) are created from " -"WH/Stock to fulfill the need." +"First, a quick look at the route's rules and their supply methods. There are" +" three rules, all :guilabel:`Pull From` rules. The :guilabel:`Supply " +"Methods` for each rule are the following:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:321 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:289 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in WH/Output, *Packs* " -"(internal transfers from WH/Packing Zone to WH/Output) are created from " -"WH/Packing Zone to fulfill the need." +":guilabel:`Take From Stock`: When products are needed in the " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`, *picks* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to :guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Stock` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:324 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:292 msgid "" -"**Trigger Another Rule**: When products are needed in Partner " -"Locations/Customers, Delivery Orders are created from WH/Output to fulfill " -"the need." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`WH/Output`, *packs* (internal transfers from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to :guilabel:`WH/Output`) are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Packing Zone` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:295 msgid "" -"This means that, when a customer orders products, a delivery order is " -"created to fulfill the order." +":guilabel:`Trigger Another Rule`: When products are needed in " +":guilabel:`Partner Locations/Customers`, *delivery orders* are created from " +":guilabel:`WH/Output` to fulfill the need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of all the transfers created by the pick - pack - ship route." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:303 msgid "" -"If the source document is the same sale order, the status is not the same. " -"In fact, the status is **Waiting Another Operation** if the previous " -"transfer in the list is not done yet." +"This means that, when a customer orders products that have a *pick - pack - " +"ship* route set on it, a delivery order is created to fulfill the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the operations created by a pull from transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:311 msgid "" -"To prepare the order, conveyors need products packed at the output area, so " -"an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +"If the source document for multiple tranfers is the same sales order, the " +"status is not the same. The status will be :guilabel:`Waiting Another " +"Operation` if the previous transfer in the list is not done yet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the transfers' various statuses at the beginning of the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:319 +msgid "" +"To prepare the delivery order, packed products are needed at the output " +"area, so an internal transfer is requested from the packing zone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the packing and " +"output zones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:326 msgid "" "Obviously, the packing zone needs products ready to be packed. So, an " "internal transfer is requested to the stock and employees can gather the " "required products from the warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 msgid "" -"As explained in this documentation introduction, the last step in the " -"process (here the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, which then " -"triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process (here, the" -" internal transfer from to stock to the packing area). Now, everything is " -"ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered items." +"View of the detailed operations for a transfer between the stock and packing" +" zones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use-routes.rst:370 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:333 msgid "" -"In our case, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules " -"have been triggered and the transfers done." +"As explained in the introduction of the documentation, the last step in the " +"process (for this route, the delivery order) is the first to be triggered, " +"which then triggers other rules until we reach the first step in the process" +" (here, the internal transfer from the stock to the packing area). Now, " +"everything is ready to be processed so the customer can get the ordered " +"items." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst:338 +msgid "" +"In this example, the product is delivered to the customer when all the rules" +" have been triggered and the transfers are done." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts/use_routes.rst-1 +msgid "View of the transfers' statuses when the route is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies.rst:5 msgid "Putaway & Removal Strategies" -msgstr "Стратегії виправлення та видалення" +msgstr "Стратегії вилучення" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:3 +msgid "Putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:6 msgid "What is a Putaway Rule?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:8 msgid "" -"A good warehouse implementation takes care that products automatically move " +"A good warehouse implementation makes sure that products automatically move " "to their appropriate destination location. To make that process easier, Odoo" -" uses *Putaway rules*. But what is a putaway rule? Putaway is the process of" -" taking products off the receiving shipments and directly putting them into " -"the most appropriate location." +" uses *Putaway Rules*. Putaway is the process of taking products from the " +"received shipments and putting them into the appropriate location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:13 msgid "" "If, for example, a warehouse contains volatile substances, it is important " "to make sure that certain products are not stored close to each other " -"because of a potential chemical reaction. That’s where putaway rules " +"because of a potential chemical reaction. That's where putaway rules " "intervene, to avoid storing products wrongly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:20 msgid "" -"In the *Inventory* app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` " -"and activate the *Multi-Step Routes*. By doing so, the *Storage Locations* " -"will be automatically activated." +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:19 -msgid "Setting up a Putaway Rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Activate Multi-Step Routes in Inventory configuration settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:21 -msgid "" -"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing vegetables and fruits, we have" -" to store products in different locations to maintain product quality." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Let’s suppose there are one warehouse location *WH/Stock* and two sub-" -"locations *WH/Stock/Vegatable* and *WH/Stock/Fruits*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:25 -msgid "" -"To manage those locations, we will create putaway rules. To do so, open the " -"*Inventory* app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Putaway Rules`. " -"Then, click on create and configure your first rule indicating the main " -"location the product will enter before being redirected to the right " -"location." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:29 +msgid "Setting up a putaway rule" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:31 msgid "" -"The putaway rules can be defined either per product or per product category." +"In some cases, like for a retail shop storing fruits and vegetables, " +"products should be stored in different locations depending on several " +"factors like frequency, size, product category, specific environment needs, " +"and so on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:35 msgid "" -"Now, if I purchase apples and carrots to my supplier, they will be grouped " -"in the same receipt but redirected to the right location automatically, " -"thanks to putaway rules. This information is available from *Inventory " -"Report*, under the reporting menu." +"In this example, suppose there is one warehouse location, **WH/Stock**, with" +" the following sub-locations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:38 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:40 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:41 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:42 +msgid "WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:44 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 1" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:46 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:48 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:50 +msgid "WH/Stock/Shelf 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Manage those locations with putaway rules. To create a putaway rule, open " +"the :guilabel:`Inventory` app and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Putaway Rules`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure a putaway " +"rule that indicated the main location the product will enter before being " +"redirected to the right storage location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The putaway rules can be defined either per product/product category and/or " +"package type (the :guilabel:`Packages` setting must be enabled for that). " +"Putaway rules are read sequentially until a match is found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:62 +msgid "Take the following example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If water (category All/drinks) is received, whatever the package, it will be" +" redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2/Small Refrigerator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If orange juice cans, packaged in boxes, are received, they will be " +"redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If water or apple juice bottles, packaged in boxes, are received, they will " +"be redirected to WH/Stock/Shelf 3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:70 +msgid "" +"If a pallet of lemonade cans are receieved, it will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Some examples of putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:77 +msgid "Using Storage Categories" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:79 +msgid "" +"A *Storage Category* is an extra location attribute. Storage categories " +"allow the user to define the quantity of products that can be stored in the " +"location and how the location will be selected with putaway rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:86 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings` and activate the :guilabel:`Storage Categories` feature. By doing " +"so, the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` feature is also automatically " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:91 +msgid "Create a Storage Category" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To create a storage category, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Storage Categories` and click :guilabel:`Create`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` and click :guilabel:`Storage Categories` or go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Storage Categories` to create a new " +"storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Create Storage Categories inside Odoo Inventory configuration settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:102 +msgid "" +"First, click :guilabel:`Create` and type a name for the storage category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, there are options to limit the capacity by weight, by product, or by " +"package type. The :guilabel:`Allow New Product` field defines when the " +"location is considered available to store a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If location is empty`: a product can be added there only if the " +"location is empty." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`If products are the same`: a product can be added there only if " +"the same product is already there." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow mixed products`: several different products can be stored " +"in this location at the same time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once the storage category settings are saved, the storage category can be " +"linked to a location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "" +"When a Storage Category is created, it can be linked to a warehouse " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:121 +msgid "Storage categories in putaway rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To continue the example from above, apply the \"High Frequency Pallets\" on " +"the PAL1 and PAL2 locations and rework the putaway rules as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:126 +msgid "Assume one pallet of lemonade cans is received:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:128 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and PAL2 are empty, the pallet will be redirected to " +"WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL1." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 is full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets/PAL2." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If PAL1 and 2 are full, the pallet will be redirected to WH/Stock/Pallets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/putaway.rst-1 +msgid "Storage Categories used in a variety of putaway rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:3 -msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, and FEFO)?" +msgid "What is a Removal Strategy (FIFO, LIFO, FEFO, Closest location)?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:5 msgid "" "Usually, *Removal Strategies* are defined in picking operations to select " -"the best products to optimize the distance for the worker, for quality " -"control purposes, or to first move the products with the closest expiration " -"date." +"the best products, optimize the distance for the worker, for quality control" +" purposes, or to first move products with the closest expiration date." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:9 @@ -4849,324 +10060,435 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:16 msgid "" -"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and area, storage " +"Imagine a generic warehouse plan, with receiving docks and areas, storage " "locations, picking and packing areas, and shipping docks. All products go " "through all these locations, but some rules, such as removal strategies, can" " have an effect on which products are taken for the pickings." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Empty stock waiting for deliveries at the docks." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:24 msgid "" "Here, vendor trucks unload pallets of goods at the docks. Then, operators " -"scan the products in the receiving area, with the receiving date and, if the" -" product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " +"scan the products in the receiving area with the reception date and, if the " +"product has an expiration date, the expiration date. After that, products " "are stored in their respective locations." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Products entering stock via the receiving area." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:32 msgid "" -"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but you didn’t receive " -"the goods the same day and they don’t have the same expiration date. In that" -" situation, you logically prefer sending those with the closest date first. " -"Depending on the removal strategy you chose, Odoo generates a transfer with " -"the products fitting your settings the best." +"Next, several orders for the same product are made, but in this example, the" +" goods weren't received on the same day and they don't have the same " +"expiration date. In that situation, logically, sending those with the " +"closest date first is preferred. Depending on the chosen removal strategy, " +"Odoo generates a transfer with the products that fit the settings the best." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 msgid "" -"On the transfer form, you can find the product’s lot/serial number to pick " -"for delivery." +":alt: Products being packed at the packing area for delivery, taking expiration dates into\n" +"account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To pick for delivery, the product's lot/serial number can be found on the " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:46 +msgid "How does it work?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:49 msgid "First In, First Out (FIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:51 msgid "" -"When using a **First In, First Out** strategy, a demand for some products " -"triggers a removal rule which requests a transfer for the lot/serial number " -"that has entered your stock the first." +"When using a *First In, First Out* (FIFO) strategy, a demand for some " +"products triggers a removal rule, which requests a transfer for the " +"lot/serial number that has entered the stock first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:54 msgid "" -"To be clearer, let’s imagine that you have three lots of nails in your " -"warehouse. Those three have the following lot numbers: 00001, 00002, 00003, " -"each with 5 nails boxes in it. 00001 entered the stock on the 23rd of May, " -"00002 on the 25th of May, and 00003 on the 1st of June. A customer orders " -"you 6 boxes on the 11th of June. With the *FIFO* strategy selected, a " -"transfer is requested for the five boxes of 00001 and one of the boxes in " -"00002 because 00001 has entered your stock before the others. The box from " -"00002 is taken because it has the oldest enter date after 00001." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of nails in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following lot numbers: :guilabel:`00001`, :guilabel:`00002`, " +":guilabel:`00003`, each with five boxes of nails in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:58 msgid "" -"So, for every order of a product with the *FIFO* strategy selected, Odoo " -"requests a transfer for the good that has been in your stock for the longest" -" period." +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock on the 23rd of May, :guilabel:`00002` on" +" the 25th of May, and :guilabel:`00003` on the 1st of June. A customer " +"orders six boxes on the 11th of June. With the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for the five boxes " +"of :guilabel:`00001` and one of the boxes in :guilabel:`00002`, because " +":guilabel:`00001` entered the stock before the others. The box from " +":guilabel:`00002` is taken next because it has the oldest reception date " +"after :guilabel:`00001`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:65 +msgid "" +"So, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`" +" strategy selected, Odoo requests a transfer for the products that have been" +" in the stock for the longest period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:69 msgid "Last In, First Out (LIFO)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:71 msgid "" -"The same way as for FIFO, the **Last In, First Out** strategy is based on " -"moving products based on the date they entered the stock. Here, a demand for" -" some products triggers a removal rule that requests a transfer for the " -"lot/serial number that has entered your stock the last." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:70 -msgid "" -"To better understand, let’s imagine three lots of screws in your warehouse. " -"Those three have the following numbers: 10001, 10002, 10003, each with 10 " -"screw boxes in it. 10001 has entered the stock on the 1st of June, 10002 on " -"the 3rd of June, and 10003 on the 6th of June. A customer orders 7 boxes on " -"the 8th of June. With the *LIFO* strategy selected, a transfer is requested " -"for seven boxes of 10003 because that lot is the last one to have entered " -"the stock." +"Similar to :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)`, the *Last In, First Out* " +"(LIFO) strategy moves products based on the date they entered the stock. " +"Here, a demand for some products triggers a removal rule that requests a " +"transfer for the lot/serial number that has entered the stock most recently." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:76 msgid "" -"So, basically, for every order of a product with the *LIFO* strategy used, a" -" transfer for the last one to have entered the stock is requested." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of screws in the warehouse. Those " +"three have the following numbers: :guilabel:`10001`, :guilabel:`10002`, and " +":guilabel:`10003`, each with 10 boxes of screws in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:80 msgid "" -"This strategy is banned in many countries and can lead to only have old or " -"obsolete products in your stock." +":guilabel:`10001` entered the stock on the 1st of June, :guilabel:`10002` on" +" the 3rd of June, and :guilabel:`10003` on the 6th of June. A customer " +"orders seven boxes on the 8th of June. With the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First " +"Out)` removal strategy selected, a transfer is requested for seven boxes of " +":guilabel:`10003` because that lot is the last one to have entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:84 -msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:85 msgid "" -"The **First Expire, First Out** strategy is a bit different from the two " -"others. Here, it is the expiration date that is important and not the date " -"the product entered the stock." +"Basically, for every order of a product with the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First" +" Out)` strategy used, a transfer for the last lot to have entered the stock " +"is requested." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:89 msgid "" -"Let’s imagine three lots of 6-eggs boxes (in this specific case, don’t " -"forget to use :doc:`units of measure <../../management/products/uom>`). " -"Those three have the following numbers: 20001, 20002, and 20003, each with 5" -" boxes in it. 20001 has entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on " -"the 15th of July, 20002 on the 2nd and expires on the 14th of July, and " -"20003 on the 4th and expires on the 21st of July. A customer orders 6 boxes " -"on the 5th of July. With the *FEFO* strategy selected, a transfer is " -"requested for the five boxes of 20002 and one from 20001. The transfer for " -"all the boxes of the lot 20002 is because they have the closest expiration " -"date. The transfer also requests one box from 20001 because it’s the lot " -"that expires the sooner after 20002." +"The :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned in many countries " +"and can lead to only having old or obsolete products in the stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:93 +msgid "First Expire, First Out (FEFO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:95 msgid "" -"Then, you can remember that for every order of a product with the *FEFO* " -"strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that has the nearest " -"expiration date from the order date." +"The *First Expired, First Out* (FEFO) strategy is a bit different from the " +"other two removal strategies. For :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`, " +"the expiration date is important, not the date the product entered the " +"stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:102 -msgid "Use Removal Strategies" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:99 msgid "" -"To identify some units from other ones, you need to track them, either by " -"*lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " -"--> Settings`. Then, activate *Storage Location*, *Multi-Steps Routes*, and " -"*Lots & Serial Numbers*." +"For example, imagine there are three lots of six-egg boxes (in this specific" +" case, don't forget to use :doc:`units of measure " +"<../../management/products/uom>`). Those three lots have the following " +"numbers: :guilabel:`20001`, :guilabel:`20002`, and :guilabel:`20003`, each " +"with five boxes in it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:103 msgid "" -"To work with the *FEFO* strategy, activate the *Expiration Dates* feature." +":guilabel:`20001` entered the stock on the 1st of July and expires on the " +"15th of July, :guilabel:`20002` entered on the 2nd and expires on the 14th " +"of July, and :guilabel:`20003` entered on the 4th and expires on the 21st of" +" July. A customer orders six boxes on the 5th of July. With the :abbr:`FEFO " +"(First Expired, First Out)` strategy selected, a transfer is requested for " +"the five boxes of :guilabel:`20002` and one from :guilabel:`20001`. The " +"transfer for all the boxes in lot :guilabel:`20002` is because they have the" +" closest expiration date. The transfer also requests one box from " +":guilabel:`20001` because has the next closest expiration date after lot " +":guilabel:`20002`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:112 msgid "" -"Next, you need to define your removal strategy, on *Product Categories* via " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories`." +"Basically, for every sales order of a product with the :abbr:`FEFO (First " +"Expired, First Out)` strategy, a transfer is requested for the product that " +"has the nearest expiration date from the order date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:117 +msgid "Closest Location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:119 +msgid "" +"The *Closest Location* strategy is completely different from the other " +"removal strategies. It is not related to the date of entry in the warehouse," +" but rather the location of the product. It is commonly used for products " +"that do not deteriorate with time." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:123 -msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:125 msgid "" -"As said, a *FIFO* strategy implies that products stocked first move out " -"first. Companies should use that method if they are selling products with " -"short demand cycles, such as clothes, and to ensure they are not stuck with " -"outdated styles in stock." +"The aim is to avoid making the warehouse worker take a long journey to the " +"bottom of the stock when the product is also located at a near location. " +"This method is only available if the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting " +"is on. The closest location is actually the one that comes first in the " +"alphabetic order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:129 -msgid "" -"For this example, we created three lots of white shirts. Those are from the " -"All/Clothes category, where we put *FIFO* as the removal strategy. In our " -"stock location (WH/Stock), we now find the three lots available." +msgid "Use removal strategies" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:131 msgid "" -"The lot 000001 contains 5 shirts, 000002 contains 3 shirts, and 000003 " -"contains 2. As it can be seen above, 000001 has entered the stock first. " -"Let’s create a sale order of six white shirts to check that products from " -"that lot are the first ones to move out." +"To differentiate some units from others, the units need to be tracked, " +"either by *lot* or by *serial number*. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, activate " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Location`, :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes`, and " +":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Features to enable in order to properly use removal strategies." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:141 msgid "" -"On the delivery order linked to the picking, you can see that the oldest lot" -" numbers have been reserved thanks to the *FIFO* strategy." +"To work with the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, also " +"activate the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:149 -msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:144 msgid "" -"With a *LIFO* strategy, that’s quite the opposite. In fact, the products " -"that are brought the last move out the first. It is mostly used in case of " -"products without a shelf life." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " +"Categories` to define the removal strategy on a product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Force removal strategy set up as first in first out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:152 +msgid "FIFO (First In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:154 msgid "" -"Even if our white shirts are clothes, we can say that they are timeless. So," -" let’s use them to test our *LIFO* strategy. Once again, open the product " -"category via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product " -"Categories` and change the removal strategy to *LIFO*." +"As explained, a :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` removal strategy implies " +"that products stocked first move out first. Companies should use this method" +" if they are selling products with short demand cycles, such as clothes, and" +" to ensure they are not stuck with outdated styles in stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:158 msgid "" -"Now, create a sale order for 4 white shirts and check that the reserved " -"products are from lots 000003 and 000002." +"In this example, there are three lots of white shirts. The shirts are from " +"the :guilabel:`All/Clothes` category, where *FIFO* is set as the removal " +"strategy. In the stock location (:guilabel:`WH/Stock`), the user can find " +"the three lots available." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:170 -msgid "Don’t forget that the *LIFO* strategy is banned in many countries!" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the white shirt lots inventory valuation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:173 -msgid "FEFO (First Expiry, First Out)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:175 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:166 msgid "" -"With the *FEFO* strategy, the way products are picked is not based on the " -"reception date. In this particular case, they are dispatched according to " -"their expiration date." +"Lot :guilabel:`000001` contains five shirts, :guilabel:`000002` contains " +"three shirts, and :guilabel:`000003` contains two shirts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:169 msgid "" -"To have more information about Expiration date, please have a look at " -":doc:`the related doc " -"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +"As seen above, :guilabel:`000001` entered the stock first. Now, create a " +"sales order of six white shirts to check that those products from lot " +":guilabel:`000001` are the first ones to move out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:172 +msgid "" +"On the delivery order linked to the picking, the oldest lot numbers should " +"have been reserved thanks to the :abbr:`FIFO (First In, First Out)` " +"strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two lots being reserved for a sales order with the FIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:180 +msgid "LIFO (Last In, First Out)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:182 msgid "" -"By activating *Expiration Dates*, it becomes possible to define different " -"dates on the serial/lot numbers to be used in *FEFO*. These dates can be set" -" by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Master Data --> Lots/Serial " +"With a *LIFO* strategy, that's quite the opposite. In fact, the products " +"that are received last move out first. :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` is " +"mostly used for products without a shelf life." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In this example, let's use the white shirts again to test the :abbr:`LIFO " +"(Last In, First Out)` strategy. First, open the product category via " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and " +"change the removal strategy to :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Last in first out strategy set up as forced removal strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Then, create a sales order for four white shirts and check that the reserved" +" products are from lots :guilabel:`000003` and :guilabel:`000002`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two lots being reserved for sale with the LIFO strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Don't forget that the :abbr:`LIFO (Last In, First Out)` strategy is banned " +"in many countries!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 +msgid "FEFO (First Expired, First Out)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:206 +msgid "" +"With the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` removal strategy, the way " +"products are picked is not based on the reception date. In this particular " +"case, they are dispatched according to their expiration date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For have more information about expiration dates, please have a look at " +":doc:`the related doc " +"<../../management/lots_serial_numbers/expiration_dates>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:214 +msgid "" +"By activating the :guilabel:`Expiration Dates` feature, it becomes possible " +"to define different expiration dates on the serial/lot numbers that will be " +"used in :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)`. These expiration dates can " +"be set by going to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Products --> Lots/Serial " "Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the removal date for 0000001." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:223 msgid "" "Lots are picked based on their removal date, from earliest to latest. Lots " "without a removal date defined are picked after lots with removal dates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:227 msgid "" "Other dates are for informational and reporting purposes only. If not " "removed from the stock, lots that are past the expiration dates may still be" " picked for delivery orders!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:230 msgid "" -"To use the *FEFO* strategy, once again go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Product Categories` and choose *FEFO* as the *Force " -"Removal Strategy*." +"To use the :abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` strategy, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Product Categories` and set " +":abbr:`FEFO (First Expired, First Out)` in the :guilabel:`Force Removal " +"Strategy` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:204 -msgid "" -"For this particular case, let’s use hand cream. As usual, we have three lots" -" of them." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "View of the FEFO strategy being set up as forced removal strategy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:238 +msgid "" +"For this particular case, the stock has hand cream. There are three lots of " +"them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Lot / Serial No**" msgstr "**Партія / Серійний номер**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Product**" msgstr "**Товар**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:241 msgid "**Expiration Date**" msgstr "**Термін придатності**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "0000001" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "Hand Cream" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:243 msgid "09/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "0000002" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:245 msgid "11/30/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "0000003" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:247 msgid "10/31/2019" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst:250 msgid "" -"When we realize a sale for 25 units of Hand Cream, we can see that the lot " -"numbers which have been automatically reserved by Odoo are the ones with the" -" closest expiration date, meaning 0000001 and 0000003." +"When a sales order for 25 units of Hand Cream is created, Odoo automatically" +" reserves the lots with the closest expiration date, :guilabel:`0000001` and" +" :guilabel:`0000003`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Shipping" -msgstr "Відправлення" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/strategies/removal.rst-1 +msgid "Two hand cream lots reserved for sell with the FEFO strategy." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Shipping" +msgstr "Доставка" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Operations" msgstr "Операції доставки" @@ -5228,7 +10550,7 @@ msgstr "Тепер ви можете змінити перевізника, як #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:40 msgid "How to send a shipping request after cancelling one?" -msgstr "Як відправити запит на доставку після скасування його?" +msgstr "Як відправити запит на доставку після його скасування?" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:42 msgid "" @@ -5242,7 +10564,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:115 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:83 msgid ":doc:`invoicing`" msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" @@ -5251,6 +10572,137 @@ msgstr ":doc:`invoicing`" msgid ":doc:`multipack`" msgstr ":doc:`multipack`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:3 +msgid "Use dropshipping to ship directly from suppliers to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Dropshipping is an order fulfillment strategy that allows sellers to have " +"items shipped directly from suppliers to customers. Normally, a seller " +"purchases a product from a supplier, stores it in their inventory, and ships" +" it to the end customer once an order is placed. With dropshipping, the " +"supplier is responsible for storing and shipping the item. This benefits the" +" seller by reducing inventory costs, including the price of operating " +"warehouses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:12 +msgid "Configure products to be dropshipped" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To use dropshipping as a fulfillment strategy, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app and select :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Logistics` heading, click the " +":guilabel:`Dropshipping` checkbox, and :guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Sales` app, click :menuselection:`Products " +"--> Products` and choose an existing product or select :guilabel:`Create` to" +" configure a new one. On the :guilabel:`Product` page, make sure that the " +":guilabel:`Can be Sold` and :guilabel:`Can be Purchased` checkboxes are " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Enable the \"Can be Sold\" and \"Can be Purchased\" checkboxes on the " +"product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab and specify a vendor and the price " +"that they sell the product for. Multiple vendors can be added, but the " +"vendor at the top of the list will be the one automatically selected for " +"purchase orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "The product form with a vendor specified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Finally, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab and enable the " +":guilabel:`Dropship` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Dropship option in the product inventory tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:43 +msgid "Fulfill orders using dropshipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:45 +msgid "" +"When a customer completes an online purchase for a dropshipped product, a " +"sales order will be automatically created with an associated request for " +"quotation (:abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`) for the supplier. Sales " +"orders can be viewed in the :menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Orders`. Click the :guilabel:`Purchase` smart " +"button at the top right of a sales order to view the associated :abbr:`RFQ " +"(Request for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Dropship sales orders can also be created manually through the " +":menuselection:`Sales` app by selecting :menuselection:`Orders --> Orders " +"--> Create` and adding a product configured for dropshipping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dropship sales order with the Purchase smart button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` is confirmed, it becomes a " +"purchase order and a dropship receipt is created and linked to it. The " +"receipt can be viewed by clicking the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button in " +"the top right corner of the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dropship purchase order with the Receipt smart button in the top right " +"corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The dropship receipt will list the supplier in the :guilabel:`Receive From` " +"section and the customer in the :guilabel:`Destination Location` section. " +"Upon delivery of the product to the customer, click on the " +":guilabel:`Validate` button at the top left of the dropship receipt to " +"confirm the delivered quantity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "Validate the dropship receipt after delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst:77 +msgid "" +"To view all dropship orders, simply navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory` :guilabel:`Overview` dashboard and click the teal" +" :guilabel:`# TO PROCESS` button on the :guilabel:`Dropship` card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/dropshipping.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the green button on the Dropship card to view all dropship orders." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:3 msgid "How to invoice the shipping cost to the customer?" msgstr "Як зарахувати вартість доставки клієнту?" @@ -5274,8 +10726,7 @@ msgid "" "Methods`." msgstr "" "Щоб налаштувати ціну ваших методів доставки, перейдіть до додатку **Склад**," -" натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Доставка --> Методи " -"доставки`." +" натисніть :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Доставка --> Методи доставки`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:21 msgid "" @@ -5311,7 +10762,6 @@ msgstr "" "використовуватися. Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:36 msgid "" "The price is computed when you **save** the sale order or when you click on " "**Set price**." @@ -5338,7 +10788,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:53 msgid "Invoice the real shipping costs" -msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з реальними витрати на доставку" +msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з реальними витратами на доставку" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:61 msgid "" @@ -5379,11 +10829,107 @@ msgid ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" msgstr ":doc:`../setup/third_party_shipper`" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:84 msgid ":doc:`labels`" msgstr ":doc:`labels`" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:3 +msgid "Change shipping label size" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:8 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there are a variety of different types of shipping labels that can " +"be selected for delivery orders. Depending on the types of shipping packages" +" used, different label sizes may be more appropriate, and can be configured " +"to fit the package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Inventory` module, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping Methods.` Click on a" +" delivery method to choose it. For the following example, *FedEx " +"International* will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Different shipping methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:23 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab, under :guilabel:`Label Type`, choose " +"one of the label types available. The availability varies depending on the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Select a label type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:30 +msgid "" +"When a sales order with the corresponding shipping company is confirmed and " +"a delivery order is validated, the shipping label will be automatically " +"created as a PDF and appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the :menuselection:`Sales` application, click :guilabel:`Create` and " +"select an international customer. Click :guilabel:`Add A Product` and select" +" an item. Click :guilabel:`Add Shipping`, select a shipping method, then " +"click :guilabel:`Get Rate`, and finally, click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Add a shipping method and rate to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Once the quotation is confirmed by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`, a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery order smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once the delivery order is validated by clicking :guilabel:`Validate` in the" +" delivery order, the shipping documents appear in the :guilabel:`Chatter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Shipping PDF documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:60 +msgid "Example labels" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The default :guilabel:`Label Type` is :guilabel:`Paper Letter`. An example " +"of a FedEx letter sized label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Full page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:69 +msgid "For comparison, an example of a FedEx bottom-half label is:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst-1 +msgid "Half page letter size FedEx shipping label." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 msgid "How to print shipping labels?" msgstr "Як роздрукувати накладну?" @@ -5502,6 +11048,11 @@ msgstr "" "**Загальні налаштування**. Натисніть перше посилання **Налаштувати дані " "вашої компанії**." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:90 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування товару" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:92 msgid "" @@ -5528,10 +11079,6 @@ msgstr "" "Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забувайте робити " "перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:85 -msgid "How to print shipping labels ?" -msgstr "Як надрукувати накладні?" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels.rst:87 msgid "" "The delivery order created from the sale order will take the shipping " @@ -5576,107 +11123,189 @@ msgstr "" "доставки." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage multiple packs for the same delivery order?" -msgstr "Як керувати кількома пакунками для одного замовлення на доставку?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:8 -msgid "" -"By default, Odoo considers that your delivery is composed of one package. " -"But you can easily ship your deliveries with more than one package. It is " -"fully integrated with the third-party shippers." +msgid "Multi-package shipments" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням Odoo вважає, що ваша доставка складається з одного пакунку." -" Але ви можете легко доставити свої поставки більше ніж на один пакунок. Він" -" повністю інтегрований зі сторонніми постачальниками." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:5 msgid "" -"To configure the use of packages, go to the menu :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Locate the **Packages** section and tick " -"**Record packages used on packing: pallets, boxes,...**" +"In some cases, a delivery order with multiple items may need to be shipped " +"in more than one package. This may be necessary if the items are too large " +"to ship in a single package, or if certain items cannot be packaged " +"together. Shipping a single delivery order in multiple packages provides " +"flexibility for how each item is packaged, without the need to create " +"multiple delivery orders." msgstr "" -"Щоб налаштувати використання пакунків, перейдіть до меню " -":menuselection:`Склад --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`. Знайдіть розділ " -"**Упаковка** і позначте **Записати пакунки, які використовуються на " -"упаковці: піддони, коробки,...**" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:23 -msgid "Click on **Apply** when you are done." -msgstr "Натисніть **Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:13 +msgid "" +"In order to split a delivery order across multiple packages, the *Packages* " +"setting must be enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Packages`. Click :guilabel:`Save` to confirm the change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Packages setting on the Inventory app settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:24 +msgid "Ship items in multiple packages" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 -msgid "Sale process" -msgstr "Процес продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 -msgid "Sale order" -msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:34 -msgid "Click on a **Delivery Method** to choose the right one." -msgstr "Натисніть на **Метод доставки**, щоб вибрати правильний." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:40 -msgid "Multi-packages Delivery" -msgstr "Доставка декількох пакунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:42 msgid "" -"The delivery created from the sale order will take the shipping information " -"from it." +"To split items in the same delivery order across multiple packages, begin by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Delivery Orders`, then select a" +" delivery order that has multiple items, a multiple quantity of the same " +"item, or both." msgstr "" -"Доставка, створена за замовленням на продаж, прийме інформацію про доставку." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:48 -msgid "From here, you can split your delivery into multiple packages." -msgstr "Звідси ви можете розділити вашу доставку на кілька пакунків." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:30 msgid "" -"Choose the quantity you want to put in the first pack in the **Done** " -"column, then click on the link **Put in Pack**." +"On the :guilabel:`Operations` tab, select the :guilabel:`⁞≣ (menu)` icon in " +"the line of the product that will be shipped in the first package." msgstr "" -"Виберіть кількість, яку ви хочете розмістити в першому пакунку в стовпці " -"**Готово**, після чого натисніть посилання **Запакувати**." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:56 -msgid "It will automatically create a pack with the requested quantity." -msgstr "Це автоматично створить пакет із запитуваною кількістю." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The menu icon for a product in a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This makes a :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window appear. In the " +"table at the bottom of the pop-up window, the :guilabel:`Reserved` column " +"shows the total quantity of the product included in the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter the number " +"from the :guilabel:`Done` column in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. If less" +" than the full quantity will be shipped in the first package, enter a " +"smaller number than the one that appears in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column." +" Click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm the :guilabel:`Done` quantities and " +"close the pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Detailed Operations pop-up for a product in a delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Repeat the same steps for every item quantity that is included in the first " +"package. Then, click :guilabel:`Put In Pack` to create a package with all of" +" the selected items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Put In Pack button on a delivery order." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:58 -msgid "Do the same steps for the other pieces you want to pack in." -msgstr "Зробіть ті самі кроки для інших позицій, які ви хочете запакувати." +msgid "" +"For the next package, follow the same steps as detailed above, marking the " +"quantity of each item to be included in the package as :guilabel:`Done` " +"before clicking :guilabel:`Put In Pack` on the delivery order. Continue " +"doing so until the full quantity of all items are added to a package." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:63 -msgid "Click on **Validate** when you are done." -msgstr "Натисніть **Підтвердити**, коли ви закінчите." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Finally, after all of the packages have been shipped, click " +":guilabel:`Validate` to confirm that the delivery order has been completed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:66 -msgid "Multi-packages with a 3rd party-shipper" -msgstr "Кілька пакунків зі стороннім перевізником" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:68 msgid "" -"Once the delivery order is validated, you will receive the tracking number. " -"The **carrier Tracking ref** field will automatically be filled. Click on " -"the **Tracking** button to check your delivery on the provider website." +"After one or more packages are created, a :guilabel:`Packages` smart button " +"appears in the top-right corner of the delivery order. Click the " +":guilabel:`Packages` smart button to go to the :guilabel:`Packages` page for" +" the delivery order, where each package can be selected to view all of the " +"items included in it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:0 +msgid "The Packages smart button on a delivery order." msgstr "" -"Після того, як замовлення на доставку буде підтверджено, ви отримаєте номер " -"відстеження. Поле **відстеження перевізника** автоматично заповнюється. " -"Натисніть кнопку **Відстеження**, щоби перевірити свою доставку на веб-сайті" -" постачальника." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:76 -msgid "" -"The **labels** to stick on your packages are available in the history " -"underneath:" +msgid "Create a backorder for items to be shipped later" msgstr "" -"**Мітки**, яких слід дотримуватися у ваших пакунках, доступні в історії:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If some items will be shipped at a later date than others, there is no need " +"to put them in a package until they are ready to be shipped. Instead, create" +" a backorder for the items being shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Begin by shipping the items that will be shipped immediately. If they will " +"be shipped in multiple packages, follow the :ref:`steps above " +"<inventory/shipping/multiple-packages>` to package them as required. If they" +" will be shipped in a single package, simply mark in the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column the quantity of each item being shipped, but **do not** click the " +":guilabel:`Put In Pack` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:86 +msgid "" +"After all quantities being shipped immediately are marked as " +":guilabel:`Done`, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button, and a " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder?` pop-up window appears. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Backorder` button. Doing so confirms the items being " +"shipped immediately and creates a new delivery order for the items that will" +" be shipped later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Create Backorder? pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order will be listed in the chatter of the original " +"delivery order in a message that reads :guilabel:`The backorder WH/OUT/XXXXX" +" has been created.`. Click on :guilabel:`WH/OUT/XXXXX` in the message to " +"view the backorder delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order listed in the chatter of the original delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:103 +msgid "" +"The backorder delivery order can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# Back Orders` button on" +" the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` card, and selecting the delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst-1 +msgid "The Back Orders button on the Delivery Orders card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining items are ready to be shipped, navigate to the backorder " +"delivery order. The items can be shipped in a single package by clicking " +":guilabel:`Validate` and selecting :guilabel:`Apply` on the " +":guilabel:`Immediate Transfer?` pop-up window that appears, or shipped in " +"multiple packages by following the steps detailed in the section above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack.rst:116 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to ship out some of the items while creating another " +"backorder for the rest. To do so, simply follow the same steps used to " +"create the first backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup.rst:5 msgid "Shipping Setup" msgstr "Налаштування доставки" @@ -5783,6 +11412,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Delivery process" msgstr "Процес доставки" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:110 +msgid "Sale order" +msgstr "Замовлення на продаж" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method.rst:82 msgid "" "You can now choose the **Delivery Method** on your sale order. If you want " @@ -5871,6 +11505,447 @@ msgstr "" "разом із повними даними облікового запису, як-от номер обліку, регіон, " "адресу тощо." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Set up Sendcloud shipping services in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Sendcloud is a shipping service aggregator that facilitates the integration " +"of European shipping carriers with Odoo. Once integrated, users can select " +"shipping carriers on inventory operations in their Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud integration documentation <https://support.sendcloud.com/hc/en-" +"us/articles /360059470491-Odoo-integration>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:14 +msgid "Setup in Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:17 +msgid "Create an account and activate carriers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:19 +msgid "" +"To get started, go to `Sendcloud's platform <https://www.sendcloud.com>`_ to" +" configure the account and generate the connector credentials. Log in with " +"the Sendcloud account, or create a new one if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:24 +msgid "" +"For new account creation, Sendcloud will ask for a :abbr:`VAT (Value-Added " +"Tax Identification)` number or :abbr:`EORI (Economic Operators' Registration" +" and Identification)` number. After completing the account setup, activate " +"(or deactivate) the shipping carriers that will be used in the Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo integration of Sendcloud works on free Sendcloud plans *only* if a bank" +" account is linked, since Sendcloud won't ship for free. To use shipping " +"rules or individual custom carrier contacts, a paid plan of Sendcloud is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:35 +msgid "Warehouse configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Once logged into the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings" +" --> Shipping --> Addresses`, and fill in the field for :guilabel:`Warehouse" +" address`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Adding addresses in the Sendcloud settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To allow Sendcloud to process returns as well, a :guilabel:`Return Address` " +"is required. Under the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous section`, there is a field " +"called :guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`. The Odoo warehouse name should " +"be entered here, and the characters should be exactly the same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid "**SendClould configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address Name (optional)`: `Warehouse #1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Brand`: `Default`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid "**Odoo warehouse configuration**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Warehouse`: `Warehouse #1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Short Name`: `WH`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company`: `My company (San Francisco)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Address`: `My Company (San Francisco)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Notice how the inputs for the :guilabel:`Warehouse` field, for both the Odoo" +" configuration and the Sendcloud configuration, are the exact same." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:65 +msgid "Generate Sendcloud credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the Sendcloud account, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations` in the menu on the right. Next, search for :guilabel:`Odoo " +"Native`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:70 +msgid "" +"After clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`, the page redirects to the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud API` settings page, where the :guilabel:`Public and " +"Secret Keys` are produced. The next step is to name the " +":guilabel:`Integration`. The naming convention is as follows: `Odoo " +"CompanyName`, with the user's company name replacing `CompanyName` (e.g. " +"`Odoo StealthyWood`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Then, check the box next to :guilabel:`Service Points` and select the " +"shipping services for this integration. After saving, the :guilabel:`Public " +"and Secret Keys` are generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the Sendcloud integration and receiving the credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:83 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:86 +msgid "Install the Sendcloud shipping module" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After the Sendcloud account is set up and configured, it's time to configure" +" the Odoo database. To get started, go to Odoo's :guilabel:`Apps` module, " +"search for the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` integration, and install it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Sendcloud Shipping module in the Odoo Apps module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "Sendcloud shipping connector configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Once installed, activate the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping` module in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. The " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector` setting is found under the " +":guilabel:`Shipping Connectors` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:103 +msgid "" +"After activating the :guilabel:`Sendcloud Connector`, click on the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Shipping Methods` link below the listed connector. Once" +" on the :guilabel:`Shipping Methods` page, click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods` can also be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Delivery --> Shipping " +"Methods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Fill out the following fields in the :guilabel:`New Shipping Method` form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Method`: type `Sendcloud DPD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Provider`: select :guilabel:`Sendcloud` from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Product`: set the product that was configured for this " +"shipping method or create a new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Public Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:118 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab, enter the " +":guilabel:`Sendcloud Secret Key`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Manually :guilabel:`Save` the form by clicking the cloud icon next to the " +":guilabel:`Shipping Methods / New` breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:122 +msgid "" +"After configuring and saving the form, follow these steps to load the " +"shipping products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SendCloud Configuration` tab of the :guilabel:`New " +"Shipping Method` form, click on the :guilabel:`Load your SendCloud shipping " +"products` link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Select the shipping products the company would like to use for deliveries " +"and returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:127 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Select`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:130 +msgid "Sample Sendcloud shipping products configured in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`DELIVERY`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping Product`: `DPD Home 0-31.5kg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Carrier`: `DPD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Maximum Weight`: `31.50`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: `Austria` `Belgium` `Bosnia` `Herzegovina` `Bulgaria`" +" `Croatia` `Czech` `Republic` `Denmark` `Estonia` `Finland` `France` " +"`Germany` `Greece` `Hungary` `Iceland` `Ireland` `Italy` `Latvia` " +"`Liechtenstein` `Lithuania` `Luxembourg` `Monaco` `Netherlands` `Norway` " +"`Poland` `Portugal` `Romania` `Serbia` `Slovakia` `Slovenia` `Spain` " +"`Sweden` `Switzerland`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`RETURN`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Shipping Product`: `DPD Return 0-20kg`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Carrier`: `DPD`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Minimum Weight`: `0.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Maximum Weight`: `20.00`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:0 +msgid ":guilabel:`Return Countries`: `Belgium` `Netherlands`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Example of shipping products configured in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Sendcloud does not provide test keys when a company tests the sending of a " +"package in Odoo. This means if a package is created, the configured " +"Sendcloud account will be charged, unless the associated package is canceled" +" within 24 hours of creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a built-in layer of protection against unwanted charges when using " +"test environments. Within a test environment, if a shipping method is used " +"to create labels, then those labels are immediately canceled after the " +"creation — this occurs automatically. The test and production environment " +"settings can be toggled back and forth from the :guilabel:`Smart Buttons`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:166 +msgid "Generate a label with Sendcloud" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:168 +msgid "" +"When creating a quotation in Odoo, add shipping and a :guilabel:`Sendcloud " +"shipping product`. Then, :guilabel:`Validate` the delivery. Shipping label " +"documents are automatically generated in the chatter, which include the " +"following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:172 +msgid ":guilabel:`Shipping label(s)` depending on the number of packages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Return label(s)` if the Sendcloud connector is configured for " +"returns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:174 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Customs document(s)` should the destination country require them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:176 +msgid "Additionally, the tracking number is now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:179 +msgid "" +"When return labels are created, Sendcloud will automatically charge the " +"configured Sendcloud account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:183 +msgid "FAQ" +msgstr "FAQ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:186 +msgid "Shipment is too heavy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:188 +msgid "" +"If the shipment is too heavy for the Sendcloud service that is configured, " +"then the weight is split to simulate multiple packages. Products will need " +"to be put in different :guilabel:`Packages` to :guilabel:`Validate` the " +"transfer and generate labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rules` can also be set up in Sendcloud to use other shipping " +"methods when the weight is too heavy. However, note that these rules will " +"not apply to the shipping price calculation on the calculation on the sales " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:197 +msgid "When using a personal carrier contract" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:199 +msgid "" +"When using a personal carrier contract in Sendcloud, if the the price is not" +" accurately reflected when creating a quotation in Odoo, then the pricing " +"information needs to be updated in Sendcloud." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:203 +msgid "Measuring volumetric weight" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Many carriers have several measures for weight. There is the actual weight " +"of the products in the parcel, and there is the *volumetric weight* " +"(:dfn:`Volumetric weight is the volume that a package occupies when in " +"transit. In other words it is the physical size of a package`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Check to see if selected carrier(s) already have defined formulas to compute" +" the volumetric weight." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:214 +msgid "" +"`Sendcloud: How to calculate & automate parcel volumetric weight " +"<https://support.sendcloud.com/ hc/en-us/articles/360059644051-How-to-" +"calculate-automate-parcel-volumetric-weight>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:219 +msgid "Unable to calculate shipping rate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/sendcloud_shipping.rst:221 +msgid "" +"First, verify that product being shipped has a weight that is supported by " +"the selected shipping method. If this is set, then verify that the " +"destination country (from the customer address) is supported by the carrier." +" The country of origin (warehouse address) should also be supported by the " +"carrier." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:3 msgid "How to integrate a third party shipper?" msgstr "Як налаштувати стороннього перевізника в Odoo?" @@ -5894,8 +11969,8 @@ msgid "" "you want to integrate :" msgstr "" "У модулі Склад натисніть на :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування`. " -"У розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** поставте прапорці транспортних " -"компаній, які ви хочете інтегрувати:" +"У розділі **Інтеграція з перевізником** позначте транспортні компанії, з " +"якими ви хочете інтегруватися:" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:38 msgid "" @@ -5933,8 +12008,8 @@ msgid "" "In the pricing tab, the name of the provider chosen under the **Price " "computation** means that the pricing will be computed by the shipper system." msgstr "" -"На вкладці ціноутворення ім'я провайдера, обраного під **Обчислення ціни**, " -"означає, що ціна буде обчислена системою перевізника." +"На вкладці ціноутворення назва провайдера, обраного під **Обчислення ціни**," +" означає, що ціна буде обчислена системою перевізника." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:57 msgid "The configuration of the shipper is split into two columns:" @@ -5945,8 +12020,8 @@ msgid "" "The first one is linked to **your account** (developer key, password,...). " "For more information, please refer to the provider website." msgstr "" -"Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліком** (ключ розробника, пароль, ...). " -"Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника." +"Перша пов'язана з **вашим обліковим записом** (ключ розробника, пароль, " +"...). Додаткову інформацію можна знайти на веб-сайті постачальника." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:67 msgid "" @@ -5976,6 +12051,10 @@ msgstr "" "Вага на формі товару виражається у кілограмах. Не забудьте зробити " "перетворення, якщо ви звикли до імперичної вимірювальної системи." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:107 +msgid "Sale process" +msgstr "Процес продажу" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper.rst:115 msgid "" "You can now choose the carrier on your sale order. Click on **Delivery " @@ -6053,7 +12132,7 @@ msgstr "Для того, щоб скористатися API UPS для Odoo, в #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:7 msgid "A UPS.com user ID and password" -msgstr " ID користувача UPS.com та пароль" +msgstr "ID користувача UPS.com та пароль" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:9 msgid "A UPS account number" @@ -6065,15 +12144,13 @@ msgstr "Ключ доступу" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:13 msgid "" -"An Access Key is a 16 character alpha-numeric code that allows access to the" -" UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." +"An Access Key is a 16 character alphanumeric code that allows access to the " +"UPS Developer Kit API Development and Production servers." msgstr "" -"Ключ доступу - це 16-значний літеро-цифровий код, що дозволяє отримати " -"доступ до серверів розробки API розробника UPS." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:17 msgid "Create a UPS Account" -msgstr "Створіть облік UPS" +msgstr "Створіть обліковий запис UPS" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:19 msgid "" @@ -6083,7 +12160,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Зверніть увагу, що лише клієнти, розташовані в США, можуть відкрити " "обліковий запис UPS онлайн. Якщо ви знаходитесь за межами США, вам " -"доведеться звернутися до служби підтримки UPS, щоб відкрити облік." +"доведеться звернутися до служби підтримки UPS, щоб відкрити обліковий запис." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:23 msgid "" @@ -6091,8 +12168,9 @@ msgid "" " website, on the page, `How to Open a UPS Account Online " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" msgstr "" -"Ви можете ознайомитися з додатковою інформацією про відкриття обліку UPS на " -"своєму веб-сайті на сторінці `Як відкрити обліковий запис UPS онлайн " +"Ви можете ознайомитися з додатковою інформацією про відкриття облікового " +"запису UPS на своєму веб-сайті на сторінці `Як відкрити обліковий запис UPS " +"онлайн " "<https://www.ups.com/content/us/en/resources/sri/openaccountonline.html?srch_pos=2&srch_phr=open+ups+account>`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials.rst:27 @@ -6209,449 +12287,1273 @@ msgstr "" "ключом доступу буде надіслано на адресу електронної пошти основного " "контакту." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 +msgid "Maintenance" +msgstr "Обслуговування" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +msgid "Add new equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " +"operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " +"of machinery on a production line, a tool that is used in different " +"locations, or a computer in an office space. Equipment registered in Odoo " +"can be owned by the company that uses the Odoo database, or by a third " +"party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " +"equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " +"add a new piece of equipment, navigate to the :guilabel:`Maintenance` " +"module, select :menuselection:`Equipments --> Machines & Tools --> Create`, " +"and configure the equipment as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " +"for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " +"created by navigating to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Equipment " +"Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" +" the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " +"employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " +"employee and a department" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " +"equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Maintenance Teams` and selecting " +":guilabel:`Create`; the members of each team can also be assigned from this " +"page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " +"this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " +"maintenance team is assigned or when a specific member of the assigned team " +"should always be responsible for the equipment; any person added to Odoo as " +"a user can be assigned as a technician" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" +" is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " +"work centers, like an office, for example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " +"it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Maintenance --> Equipments --> Work Centers`, selecting a " +"work center or creating a new one using the :guilabel:`Create` button, and " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +msgid "Include additional product information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " +"used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" +" use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " +"Failures)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " +"warranty will expire" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +msgid "Add maintenance details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " +"maintenance teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " +"maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " +"equipment when it fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " +"that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " +"Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" +" Failure`, and :guilabel:`Mean Time To Repair`. These values are calculated " +"automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" +" the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" +" the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 msgid "Manufacturing" msgstr "Виробництво" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:4 -msgid "Manufacturing Management" -msgstr "Управління виробництвом" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:3 -msgid "Using an alternative Work Center" -msgstr "Використовуючи альтернативний робочий центр" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 msgid "" -"For many manufacturing companies, a common issue is to have to manufacture, " -"at the same time, several products usually produced at the same work center." -" If in practice, employees can manufacture the goods at another work center," -" it is not that simple." +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 msgid "" -"You need to keep track of the job: which work center has been used and when," -" so you can schedule maintenance efficiently. With Odoo, you can configure " -"it so you can keep tracking manufacturing orders and your employees have an " -"alternative work center to use." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo туторіал: Сканер штрих-кодів " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:15 -msgid "" -"This way, your process becomes more efficient, and less non-productive time " -"will be noticed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:20 -msgid "Configure your Work Centers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The first thing to do is to go to the *Manufacturing* app settings. Then, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature and hit save." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Work Centers* menu under *Master Data* and create two new " -"work centers. Add the second work centers as an alternative to the first and" -" vice versa." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:39 -msgid "" -"The next step is to create your *routing*. Add your work center and an " -"operation to it before saving." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Then, you can create your *Bill of Materials* and add components and routing" -" to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:56 -msgid "Create your Work Orders" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Now that everything is configured, you can create your *Work Orders*. Go to " -"the *Manufacturing Orders* menu and hit *Create*. There, add your product " -"and plan it. In the *Work Orders* list, you can find it ready to be " -"assembled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Each new *Work Order*, which will be created before the end of the first " -"one, will be scheduled at the alternative work center you configured." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/alternative_wc.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Keep in mind that, if you add time after production to your work center, you" -" may have work orders scheduled for your alternative work center even if the" -" usual one is free." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 -msgid "Create Bills of Materials" -msgstr "" +msgid "Create a bill of materials" +msgstr "Створіть специфікацію" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" -"A *Bill of Materials* is a document defining the quantity of each component " -"required to manufacture a finished product. It also includes the routing and" -" individual steps of the manufacturing process." +"A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " +"quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " +"It can also include various operations and the individual step guidelines " +"needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can link multiple BoMs to each product and use it to describe" -" multiple variants of them. Each BoM will, yet, be associated with one " -"product only." +"In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " +"linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " +"tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" -"This feature will help optimize your manufacturing process while saving you " -"time." +"Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " +"manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:17 -msgid "Setting up a BoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" -"You can use BoMs without routings. You will use this if you choose to manage" -" your manufacturing operations using manufacturing orders only. In other " -"words, you choose to realize your manufacturing process in one step and do " -"not track the steps the product goes through." +"The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" +" or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " +"managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" -"Before creating your *BoM*, you have to create the product using the *BoM* " -"and, at least, one of the components. Go to the :menuselection:`Master Data " -"menu --> Products` and create both the finished product and the component." +"To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " +"of Materials`. Then, click :guilabel:`Create`. Next, specify the " +":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" -"Once done, go to the *Bills of Materials* menu under *Master Data*. Now, " -"create it. Choose the product from the dropdown menu and add your components" -" and the quantity. In this case, keep the default *BoM* type, which is " -"*Manufacture this Product*." +"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " +"product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:37 -msgid "Using the same BoM to describe Variants" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" -"As said above, you can use *BoM* for *Product Variants*. It is basically the" -" same as for the standard product." +"For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" +" to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" +" to specify the various components that make up the production of the final " +"product and their respective quantities. New components can be created " +"quickly through the :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, or can be created " +"beforehand in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products --> " +"Create`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" -"If your *BoM* is for one variant only, then specify which one in the " -"*Product Variant* field. If not, specify the variant it is consumed for on " -"each component line. You can add several variants for each component." +":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " +"Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:51 -msgid "Adding a routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" -"You can add routing to your *BoM*. You will do this if you need to define a " -"series of operations required by your manufacturing process. To use it, " -"enable the *Work Orders* feature in the *Manufacturing* app settings." +"In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " +"the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " +"variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" +" :guilabel:`Product Variant`. The second method is to create one master " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains all of the components, and " +"specify which variant each component applies to using the :guilabel:`Apply " +"on Variants` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 -msgid "" -"Each *BoM* can have only one routing while each routing can be used multiple" -" times." +msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" -"Now that you have created your routing, add it to your *BoM*. You can select" -" when, in the work operations, your components are consumed with the " -"dropdown menu." +"Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" +" instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" +" this feature, first enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature in " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:73 -msgid "Adding By-Products" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " +"operation. In the :guilabel:`Create Operations` box, give the operation a " +"name, specify the :guilabel:`Work Center` and duration settings. Like " +"components, Odoo gives the option to specify a product variant in the " +":guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field so the operation only applies to that " +"variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" -"In Odoo, a *by-product* is any product produced by a *BoM* in addition to " -"the primary product." +"Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " +":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" +" new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, with the :guilabel:`Copy Existing " +"Operations` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:78 -msgid "" -"To add *by-products* to a *BoM*, you will first need to enable them from the" -" *Manufacturing* app settings." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" -"Once the feature is enabled, you can add your *By-Products* to your *BoMs*. " -"You can add as many *By-Products* as you want. Just keep in mind that you " -"need to register during which operation your by-product is produced." +"A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " +"addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " +"the primary product, there can be more than one by-product on a :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " +":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " +"of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Then, name the by-product and indicate the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` and the :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. If the :abbr:`BoM " +"(Bill of Materials)` has configured operations, specify exactly which " +"operation the by-product is produced from in the :guilabel:`Produced in " +"Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Дізнатися більше" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 -msgid "Sell sets of products as kits" +msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:5 msgid "" -"A *kit* is a set of components that are delivered without first being " -"assembled or mixed. *Kits* are described in Odoo using *Bills of Materials*." -" There are two basic ways to configure *kits*, depending on how the stock of" -" the kit product is to be managed. In either case, both the *Inventory* and " -"*Manufacturing* apps must be installed." +"In Odoo, a *kit* is a type of bill of materials (BoM) that can be " +"manufactured and sold. Kits are sets of unassembled components sold to " +"customers. They may be sold as standalone products, but are also useful " +"tools for managing more complex bills of materials (BoMs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:12 -msgid "Manage Stock of Component Products" -msgstr "Управління складом компонентів продуктів" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use, manufacture, and sell kits, both the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` and " +":guilabel:`Inventory` apps need to be installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you want to assemble kits as they are ordered, managing stock of the kit " -"components only, you will use a *Kit BoM* without a manufacturing step." +msgid "Create the kit as a product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:16 msgid "" -"A product using a *Kit BoM* will appear as a single line item on a quotation" -" and sales order, but will generate a delivery order with one line item for " -"each of the components of the kit. In the examples below, the first image " -"shows a sales order for the kit *Custom Computer Kit*, while the second " -"image shows the corresponding delivery order." +"To use a kit as a sellable product, or simply as a component organization " +"tool, the kit should first be created as a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:19 msgid "" -"From the *Products menu* in either the *Inventory* or *Manufacturing* app, " -"create each component product as you would with any other product, then " -"create the top-level, or kit product. The kit product should have only the " -"*route Manufacture* set, in the *Inventory tab*. Because you cannot track " -"the stock of kit products, the *Product Type* should be set to Consumable. " -"Because a kit product cannot be purchased, then, *Can be Purchased* should " -"be unchecked." +"To create a kit product, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products " +"--> Products`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Then, assign a name to the new kit product. Next, under the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to " +":guilabel:`Consumable`. Kit products work best as consumables, because the " +"stock on-hand for kits is typically not tracked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Although kits should almost always be set to :guilabel:`Consumable`, " +"companies using **Anglo-Saxon** accounting might need to create kits as a " +":guilabel:`Storable Product`. This is because when processing invoices for " +"kits, the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) will be posted in accounting journals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Unlike storable products, the :guilabel:`Routes` designation under the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab does not matter for kits, since Odoo uses the " +"routes of the kit's individual components for replenishment purposes. All " +"other parameters for the kit product may be modified according to " +"preference. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the new product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The kit's components must also be configured as products via " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products`. These components " +"require no specific configuration." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:41 -msgid "" -"All other parameters on the kit product may be modified according to your " -"preference. The component products require no particular configuration." +msgid "Set up the kit BoM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:43 msgid "" -"Once the products are configured, create a *bill of materials* for the kit " -"product. Add each component and its quantity. Select the *BoM Type Ship this" -" product as a set of components*. All other options may be left with their " -"default values." +"After fully configuring the kit product and its components, a new :abbr:`BoM" +" (bill of materials)` can be created for the kit product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:57 -msgid "Manage Stock of Kit Product and Component Products" -msgstr "Управління складом комплектів товару та компонентів" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you want to manage stock of the *top-level kit product*, you will use a " -"standard *BoM* with a manufacturing step instead of a *Kit BoM*. When using " -"a standard BoM to assemble kits, a *manufacturing order* will be created. " -"The *manufacturing order* must be registered as completed before the kit " -"product will appear in your stock." +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of " +"Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`. Next to the :guilabel:`Product` " +"field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a list of products, and select the" +" previously configured kit product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the :guilabel:`Kit` option." +" Finally, under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and add each desired component, and specify their quantities under " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save the newly-created :abbr:`BoM " +"(bill of materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Kit selection on the bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the kit is solely being used as a sellable product, then only components " +"need to be added under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, and configuring " +"manufacturing operations is not necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:64 +msgid "" +"When a kit is sold as a product, it appears as a single line item on the " +"quotation and sales order. However, on delivery orders, each component of " +"the kit is listed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:68 -msgid "" -"On the kit product, select the *route Manufacture*. You may also select " -"*Make to Order*, which will create a *manufacturing order* whenever a sales " -"order is confirmed. Select the product type *Storable Product* to enable " -"stock management." +msgid "Use kits to manage complex BoMs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:70 msgid "" -"When you create the *bill of materials*, select the BoM Type *Manufacture " -"this product*. The assembly of the kit will be described by a *manufacturing" -" order* rather than a packing operation." +"Kits are also used to manage multi-level :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)`. " +"These are products that contain **other** :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"products as components, and therefore require *nested* :abbr:`BoMs (bills of" +" materials)`. Incorporating pre-configured kits into multi-level :abbr:`BoMs" +" (bills of materials)` allows for cleaner organization of bundled products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To configure this type of :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` with a kit as a " +"component, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Products --> Bills of" +" Materials`, and click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Product` field, click the drop-down menu to reveal a " +"list of products, and select the desired :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)` " +"product. Then, for the :guilabel:`BoM Type` field, select the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture this product` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Components` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and " +"select a kit as the component. Adding the kit as a component eliminates the " +"need to add the kit's components individually. Any :guilabel:`BoM Type` can " +"be used for the higher-level product's :abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:88 +msgid "Once ready, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Kit as a component in a multilevel bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:95 +msgid "Structure & cost" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:97 +msgid "" +"To access a comprehensive overview of the multi-level :abbr:`BoM's (bill of " +"material's)` components, click on the :guilabel:`Structure & Cost` smart " +"button. Sublevel :abbr:`BoMs (bills of materials)` can be expanded and " +"viewed from this report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Expanded kit in the Structure and Cost report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When creating a manufacturing order for a product with a multi-level " +":abbr:`BoM (bill of materials)`, the kit product automatically expands to " +"show all components. Any operations in the kit's :abbr:`BoM (bill of " +"materials)` are also added to the list of work orders on the manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Kits are primarily used to bundle components together for organization or " +"sale. To manage multi-level products that require manufactured sub-" +"components, refer to :doc:`this documentation <sub_assemblies>` on sub-" +"assemblies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage BoMs for product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати специфікацією для варіантів товару" +msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:5 msgid "" -"Odoo allows you to use one bill of materials for multiple variants of the " -"same product. Simply enable variants from :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Settings`." +"Odoo allows one bill of materials (BoM) to be used for multiple variants of " +"the same product. Having a consolidated BoM for a product with variants " +"saves time by preventing the need to manage multiple BoMs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:10 +msgid "Activate product variants" msgstr "" -"Odoo дозволяє використовувати одну специфікацію для декількох варіантів того" -" ж продукту. Просто ввімкніть варіанти з :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Налаштування`." #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:12 msgid "" -"You will then be able to specify which component lines are to be used in the" -" manufacture of each product variant. You may specify multiple variants for " -"each line. If no variant is specified, the line will be used for all " -"variants." +"To activate variants, simply navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Products`, and then enable the " +":guilabel:`Variants` option. After that, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the" +" setting. For more information on configuring product variants, refer to " +":doc:`this page <../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`." msgstr "" -"Після цього ви зможете визначити, які рядки компонентів будуть " -"використовуватися при виготовленні кожного варіанту продукту. Ви можете " -"вказати кілька варіантів для кожного рядка. Якщо не вказано жодного " -"варіанта, рядок буде використовуватися для всіх варіантів." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting \"Variants\" from Inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:22 +msgid "Apply BoM components to product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:24 msgid "" -"When defining variant BoMs on a line-item-basis, the **Product Variant** " -"field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank. This field is " -"used when creating a BoM for one variant of a product only." -msgstr "" -"При визначенні варіанту специфікації на основі рядка-позиції, поле **Варіант" -" продукту** у головному розділі специфікації слід залишити порожнім. Це поле" -" використовується при створенні BoM для одного варіанту продукту." - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:3 -msgid "Set routings on kit Bills of materials" +"Next, create a new BoM or edit an existing one by going to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Bills of Materials`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Edit`. The :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` option to assign " +"components to specific product variants on the BoM is available once the " +":guilabel:`Variants` setting is activated from the :guilabel:`Inventory` " +"application. If the :guilabel:`Apply on Variants` field is not immediately " +"visible, activate it from the additional options menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "\"Apply on Variants\" option on the additional options menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:35 msgid "" -"It often happens that you want to use kit BoM’s within manufactured product " -"BoM’s in order to lighten the list of components for this manufactured " -"product. When doing so, you would like to have the possibility to specify, " -"for each kit component, in which operation they are consumed." +"Each component can be assigned to multiple variants. Components with no " +"variants specified are used in every variant of the product. The same " +"principle applies when configuring operations and by-products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:39 msgid "" -"We will see the three use cases that you can face in these kinds of " -"configurations." +"When defining variant BoMs by component assignment, the :guilabel:`Product " +"Variant` field in the main section of the BoM should be left blank, as shown" +" below. This field is used only when creating a BoM specifically for one " +"product variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:15 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component have the same Routing" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Applying components to multiple variants." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:63 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:107 -msgid "Create BoM for the Finished Product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:3 +msgid "Scrap during manufacturing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:5 msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*." +"During the manufacturing process, the need to scrap manufacturing components" +" or finished products may arise. This can be necessary if a component or " +"product is damaged, or unusable for any other reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:73 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:117 -msgid "Create a Kit BoM for the Kit Component" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:9 msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. Make sure that the routing which" -" is set on this BoM is the same one than on the Finished Product." +"By default, scrapping a component or finished product removes it from " +"physical inventory and places it in a virtual location titled *Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap*. A virtual location is **not** a physical space, but rather" +" a designation in Odoo that is used to track items that are no longer in " +"physical inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can define the operations in which the kit components are used directly " -"in the BoM of the kit." +"Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for both components and finished products to be " +"scrapped within a manufacturing order. The specific type of item that can be" +" scrapped during a manufacturing order depends on the stage of the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:127 -msgid "Manufacturing Order" -msgstr "Замовлення на виробництво" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:19 msgid "" -"In the list of components, the kit is split. Two work orders are created as " -"we have two operations defined in the *Assemble Furniture* routing. The " -"components of the kits are well consumed in the operations defined in the " -"kit BoM." +"Scrap orders can be viewed by navigating to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " +"Operations --> Scrap`. Each scrap order shows the date and time the order " +"was created, along with the product and quantity that was scrapped." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:57 -msgid "Finished Product & Kit Component haven’t the same Routing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:60 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Finished Product BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:23 msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product. Specify the operations at which the kit components are consumed in " -"this BoM." +"To view the total quantity of each item scrapped, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`, then remove the " +":guilabel:`Internal` filter from the :guilabel:`Search...` bar to display " +"all virtual locations. From the list, select the :guilabel:`Virtual " +"Locations/Scrap` location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:86 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:29 +msgid "Scrap manufacturing components" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:31 msgid "" -"When the manufacturing order is created for the Manufactured product, the " -"kit is split among its components. When the manufacturing order is planned, " -"three work orders are created in our case, one coming from the routing of " -"the manufactured products, the two other ones coming from the routing of the" -" kit BoM." +"To scrap components during the manufacturing process, begin by navigating to" +" :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Manufacturing Orders`, then select a " +"manufacturing order or click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new one. If a" +" new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu, then click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:95 -msgid "The components are all consumed during their respective operations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:104 -msgid "Kit Consumption set on Kit BoM" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:36 msgid "" -"Create a manufactured BoM for the finished product which includes a kit " -"component. Set a routing on your BoM, for example, *Assemble Furniture*. " -"Precise the consumption of the components on this BoM." +"Once the manufacturing order has been confirmed, a :guilabel:`Scrap` button " +"appears at the top of the page. Click the button and a :guilabel:`Scrap` " +"pop-up window appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Update the kit component to define its BoM. In this use case, the routing " -"which is set on this Kit BoM is different than the one of the Finished " -"Product." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The scrap button on a manufacturing order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/routing_kit_bom.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:43 msgid "" -"All the components of the kits are consumed during the first operation. The " -"last component is consumed during the second operation." +"From the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu on the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " +"window, select the component that is being scrapped, then enter the quantity" +" in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap" +" the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The Scrap pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Before clicking :guilabel:`Mark As Done` on a manufacturing order, only the " +"components of the finished product can be scrapped, **not** the finished " +"product itself. This is because Odoo recognizes that the finished product " +"cannot be scrapped before it has been manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:56 +msgid "" +"After scrapping a component, continue the manufacturing process using the " +"required quantity of the component that was scrapped. The on-hand stock " +"count for the component that was scrapped updates to reflect both the " +"scrapped quantity and the quantity consumed during manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing of a table requires four units of a table leg, and two " +"units of the table leg were scrapped during the manufacturing process, the " +"total quantity of table legs consumed will be six: four units used to " +"manufacture the table plus two units scrapped." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:66 +msgid "Scrap components from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Components can also be scrapped from the manufacturing tablet view. To do " +"so, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab on a manufacturing order, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view icon for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, click the :guilabel:`☰ (menu)` button at the top left" +" of the screen, then select the :guilabel:`Scrap` button on the " +":guilabel:`Menu` pop-up window. The :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up window then " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Scrap button on the Menu pop-up window of the manufacturing tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Finally, select a component from the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and " +"enter the quantity being scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field. Click " +":guilabel:`Done` to scrap the component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:88 +msgid "Scrap finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Odoo also allows for finished products to be scrapped from a manufacturing " +"order once the order is completed. After clicking :guilabel:`Mark as Done`, " +"click the :guilabel:`Scrap` button to make the :guilabel:`Scrap` pop-up " +"window appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Since the components have been consumed to create the finished product, they" +" will no longer appear in the :guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu. Instead, " +"the finished product will be available as an option. Select the finished " +"product and enter the quantity to be scrapped in the :guilabel:`Quantity` " +"field. Click :guilabel:`Done` to scrap the finished product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The on-hand stock count for the product that was scrapped will update to " +"reflect both the scrapped quantity and the quantity produced during " +"manufacturing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/scrap_manufacturing.rst:103 +msgid "" +"If five units of a chair were manufactured, but two units were scrapped " +"after manufacturing was completed, then the on-hand inventory of the chair " +"will increase by three: five units manufactured minus two units scrapped." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:3 @@ -6660,55 +13562,123 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can use subassembly products to simplify a complex *Bill of " -"Materials* or to represent your manufacturing flow more accurately. A " -"*subassembly product* is a manufactured product that is used as a component " -"to make another one." +"A *semi-finished product*, also known as a *subassembly*, is a manufactured " +"product that is used as a component in another product's bill of materials " +"(BoM). Semi-finished products are used to simplify complex :abbr:`BoMs " +"(Bills of Materials)` or to more accurately represent a manufacturing flow. " +"A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` that contains semi-finished products is " +"referred to as a *multilevel BoM*, where the main *top-level product* and " +"its subassemblies are distinguished." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:12 +msgid "Configure semi-finished products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:14 msgid "" -"A *BoM* that employs *subassemblies* is referred to as a multi-level BoM. " -"Those are accomplished by creating a *top-level BoM* and *subassembly ones*." -" This process requires a route that will ensure that every time a " -"manufacturing order for the top-level product is created, another one will " -"be for subassemblies." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:17 -msgid "Configure the Subassembly Product" +"To set up a multilevel :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, the top-level " +"product and semi-finished products must be configured. Therefore, the first " +"step is to create the semi-finished products and their :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of" +" Materials)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:19 -msgid "" -"To configure a *multi-level BoM*, you will need a top-level product but also" -" its subassemblies. The first step is to create a product form for each of " -"the subassemblies. Select the routes *Manufacture* and *Replenish on Order*." -" Now, hit save." +msgid ":doc:`bill_configuration`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:27 -msgid "" -"In the *Bill of Materials* menu, under *Master Data*, create a new *Bill of " -"Materials*. Choose the product you just created and add its components." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "A bill of materials for a semi-finished product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:35 -msgid "Configure the Main BoM" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:26 +msgid "Create the top-level bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:28 msgid "" -"Now, you can configure the top-level product and its *BoM*. Include any " -"subassemblies in the list of components." +"After the semi-finished products are fully configured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`. Then, " +":guilabel:`Create` the top-level product. Configure the product's " +"specifications as desired, and be sure to :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:32 msgid "" -"Now, each time you will plan a manufacturing order for the top-level " -"product, a manufacturing order will be created for the subassembly one. " -"Then, you will have to manufacture the subassembly in order to make it " -"available before manufacturing the finished product." +"Once the top-level product is configured, click the :guilabel:`Bill of " +"Materials` smart button on the product form, then click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to make a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` for the top-level product. Then, " +"simply add the semi-finished products to this :abbr:`BoM (Bill of " +"Materials)`, along with any other necessary components." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A bill of materials for a top-level product, containing a subassembly " +"component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:42 +msgid "Manage production planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:44 +msgid "" +"There are several methods to manage manufacturing order automation for " +"products with multilevel :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Semi-finished products are specifically used to manage manufacturable " +"products with multilevel BoMs. If a BoM is being created simply to organize " +"components or bundle sellable products, using :doc:`Kits <kit_shipping>` is " +"the more appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:52 +msgid "" +"To automatically trigger manufacturing orders for semi-finished products " +"after confirming a manufacturing order for the main product, there are two " +"options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:55 +msgid "" +"**Option 1 (recommended):** Create *Reordering Rules* for the semi-finished " +"products and set both the minimum and maximum desired stock quantities to " +"`0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:59 +msgid ":doc:`../../purchase/products/reordering`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:61 +msgid "" +"**Option 2:** Activate the :guilabel:`Replenish on Order (MTO)` and " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` routes under the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab of the " +"semi-finished product's product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Option 1 is more flexible than Option 2 and is therefore recommended. " +"Reordering rules do not directly link demand to replenishment, and therefore" +" allow stocks to be unreserved and redirected to other orders, if necessary." +" The Replenish on Order (MTO) route creates a unique link between the semi-" +"finished and top-level products, exclusively reserving quantities for the " +"confirmed top-level manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the method chosen, semi-finished products must be fully " +"manufactured before manufacturing can begin on the top-level product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/sub_assemblies.rst-1 +msgid "A manufacturing order for a top-level product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:3 @@ -6717,161 +13687,148 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:5 msgid "" -"Outsourcing a portion of some or all your company’s manufacturing needs is " -"not easy. To make it work right, you have to:" +"Outsourcing a portion or all of your company’s manufacturing needs is not " +"easy. To make it work correctly, you have to:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:8 -msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor;" +msgid "Manage the inventory of raw materials at your subcontractor" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Ship new materials to your subcontractors based on your forecasted demand;" +msgid "Ship raw material to your subcontractors, at the right time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:10 +msgid "Control incoming goods quality" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Keep track of manufacturing operations done at the subcontractor location;" +msgid "Control subcontractors bills" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:13 -msgid "Control incoming goods quality;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:14 -msgid "Control subcontractors bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:16 msgid "" "Here is an example of subcontracting the manufacturing of “C”, which is " "produced out of raw materials “A” and “B”." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:20 msgid "" -"With its subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." +"With its MRP subcontracting feature, Odoo helps you handle this flow easily." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:25 msgid "" "To use the subcontracting feature, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings` and tick the box *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:32 msgid "" "To define if a product must be subcontracted, use a *Bill of Materials " "(BoM)* of type *Subcontracting*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:35 msgid "" -"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Master Data " -"--> Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " +"To create a new *BoM*, go to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> " +"Bill of Materials` and hit create. Then, list the components your " "subcontractor needs to manufacture the product. For costing purposes, you " "might want to register all the components, even the ones that are sourced " "directly from the subcontractor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:41 msgid "" "Once you have set the *BoM Type* to *Subcontracting*, specify one or several" " subcontractors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:49 msgid "Basic Subcontracting Flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:51 msgid "" "To let your subcontractor know how many products you need, create and send " -"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, open the *Purchase* app and create a " -"new one. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " -"subcontractor on the *BoM*." +"them purchase orders (PO). To do so, go to the *Purchase* app and create a " +"new purchase order. Be sure to send the PO to a vendor that is defined as a " +"subcontractor on the *BoM* of these products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:60 msgid "" "Once the *PO* is validated (1), a pending receipt is created. When the " "products are received, validate the receipt (2), with the actual quantity " -"received. Then Odoo automatically created several inventory moves:" +"received. As a result, Odoo does the following things for you:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Consumes the respective components at the subcontractor’s location, based on" +" the *BoM* and your input (3);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:66 +msgid "Produces the finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:68 msgid "" -"Consume the components at the subcontractor’s location, based on the *BoM* " -"(3);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:70 -msgid "Produce finished goods at the subcontractor’s location (4);" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Move products from the subcontractor’s location to YourCompany through the " +"Moves products from that subcontractor’s location to YourCompany via the " "validated receipt (5)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Of course, Odoo does all the transactions for you, automatically. Simply " -"control the vendor bill with the usual matching process with the purchase " -"order." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:73 msgid "" "The *PO* is optional. If you create a receipt manually, with the right " -"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. Useful if the " +"subcontractor, Odoo still performs all the moves. This can be useful if the " "subcontractor does not bill a fixed price per item, but rather the time and " "materials used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:79 msgid "Inventory Valuation" msgstr "Оцінка запасу" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:81 msgid "The cost of the manufactured product “C” is defined as:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:83 msgid "**C = A + B + s**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:85 msgid "With:" msgstr "З:" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:87 msgid "**A**: Cost of raw materials coming from YourCompany;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "**B**: Cost of raw materials sourced directly from the" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:90 msgid "subcontractor;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:92 msgid "**s**: Cost of the subcontracted service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:94 msgid "" "Sending raw materials to your subcontractors (**A**) does not impact the " -"inventory valuation, the components still belonging to your company. To " -"manage this, the *Subcontracting Location* is configured as an *Internal " -"Location* so that the components are still valued in the inventory." +"inventory valuation, as the components are still valued as part of your " +"stock. This is managed by making the *Subcontracting Location* an *Internal " +"Location*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:99 msgid "" "Then, the vendor price set on the product C form has to be what has to be " "paid to the subcontractor for his parts and service time: **B + s**. The " @@ -6879,151 +13836,132 @@ msgid "" " accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:104 msgid "" -"Finally, the subcontractor bill matches the purchase order, with the " +"Finally, the subcontractor bill then matches the purchase order, with the " "proposed price coming from the finished products C." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:108 msgid "" "If managing the replenishment of raw materials **B** at your subcontractor’s" " location is not needed, simply include the cost of **B** in the " "subcontractor’s price **s** and remove the products *B* from the *BoM*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:114 msgid "Traceability" msgstr "Відстеження" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:116 msgid "" -"In case the products received from the subcontractor contain tracked " +"In case the received products from the subcontractor contain tracked " "components, their serial or lot numbers need to be specified during the " "receipt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:120 msgid "" -"On the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record Components* button " -"appears when necessary. Click on it to open a dialog and record the " +"In that case, on the receipt of the subcontracted product, a *Record " +"Components* button appears. Click on it to open a dialog box and record the " "serial/lot numbers of the components. If the finished product is also " "tracked, its serial/lot number can be registered here too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:129 msgid "" "For audit purposes, it is possible to check the lot numbers recorded on a " "receipt by using the icon on the right of the finished products:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:144 -msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Also note that in case flexible consumption has been selected on the " +"subcontracted BOM for a non-tracked product, the record components option " +"will also appear optionally on each move line, if you want to register more " +"or less component consumption at your subcontracting location, when " +"receiving your final product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:145 msgid "" -"To manage the resupply of your subcontractor, activate *Multi-locations* in " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Configuration`. Then, the " -"inventory at the subcontractor location can be tracked." +"As you can see, the reception of both of these non-tracked products can " +"either be executed by selecting the 'Set Quantities' Option or via the move " +"line hamburger menus." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:149 +msgid "Automate Replenishment of Subcontractors" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:151 msgid "" -"It is possible to resupply subcontractors by sending products from the " -"company locations, or by sending products from another supplier to the " -"subcontractors." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:156 -msgid "Replenishment from the warehouse" +"There are two ways to automate the supply of raw materials to your " +"subcontractors when purchasing the final product. The chosen method depends " +"on whether or not you want the materials to transit through your warehouse. " +"Both of these methods are described as pull style mechanisms as their " +"trigger is the inital PO to the subcontractor, which creates a need at the " +"subcontracting location, for raw material." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:158 msgid "" -"Resupplying subcontractors manually is the simplest approach. To do so, " -"create delivery orders in which the subcontractor is set as a delivery " -"address and fill the components to deliver." +"If you are supplying your subcontractor with raw material from your own " +"warehouse, you must activate the 'Resupply Subcontractor on Order' route as " +"shown below. If this is a component that you buy from a vendor, the buy " +"route should also be activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:169 msgid "" -"To automate the subcontractors’ replenishment propositions, there are two " -"approaches:" +"Now, if you want your vendor to resupply your subcontractor directly, you " +"must choose the 'Dropship Subcontractor on Order' option instead. In order " +"for this option to be active on the product form, you must first activate " +"the dropship option from :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Dropshipping`. Once the PO to the subcontractor is validated, " +"this route will create a dropship RFQ from your vendor to that " +"subcontractor. You then just need to review and validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:165 -msgid "Reordering rules;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:166 -msgid "Replenish on order flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:182 msgid "" -"For the first one, just define a reordering rule on the subcontracting " -"location, with a minimum and maximum inventory level. When the reordering " -"rule is triggered, a delivery order is created to ship the components to the" -" subcontractor." +"Note that the buy route is not selected in this case, as the dropship route " +"is a buy route already." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:177 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:185 msgid "" -"The second approach is to use a “pull” flow. Here, the demand in the " -"finished product (real demand or forecasted one through the Master " -"Production Schedule) triggers the replenishment of the subcontractor. To do " -"so, select the route *Resupply Subcontractor on Order* on the wanted " -"components." +"Finally, if you want to track the stock of these raw materials at your " +"subcontracting location(s), then you must activate *Multi-locations* in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Storage " +"locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:188 -msgid "Replenishment from another supplier" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:189 +msgid "From the location form, you are then able to access the Current Stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:198 +msgid "Manual Replenishment" +msgstr "Ручне поповнення" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:200 +msgid "You can also choose to replenish your subcontractors manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:202 msgid "" -"When purchasing items to another supplier, it is possible to ask him to " -"deliver the subcontractor directly. To do so, activate the *Drop Shipping* " -"feature in :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Configuration`." +"If you want to send components to your subcontractor at your own " +"convenience, select the 'Resupply Subcontractor' Operation Type from the " +"*Inventory* Module, and create a picking, specifying to which subcontractor " +"you are delivering to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:210 msgid "" -"Now, set the *Dropship* option in the *Deliver To* field of the *Other " -"Information* tab. Then, provide the address of the subcontractor for the " -"shipping." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:203 -msgid "" -"That way, the supplier can ship items directly and you simply receive and " -"pay the bill. However, it is still required to validate receipts for the " -"subcontractor." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:212 -msgid "Quality Control" -msgstr "Контроль якості" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:214 -msgid "" -"Controlling the quality of the products manufactured by subcontractors is " -"possible thanks to the Odoo Quality app. Quality checks can be made on a " -"manufacturing step but, because the manufacturing process is handled by an " -"external party, it can be defined on the product reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:224 -msgid "" -"To create a quality check at the receipt, open the *Quality* app and create " -"a new *Control Point* on the reception." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/subcontracting.rst:231 -msgid "" -"By doing so, a quality check is automatically created each time a finished " -"product is received." +"Alternatively, you can also manually ask your vendor to resupply your " +"subcontractor by creating a dropship type PO, with your subcontractor set as" +" the delivery address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:3 @@ -7042,152 +13980,627 @@ msgid "" "and activate the Master Production Schedule feature before hitting save." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In the MPS settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " +"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display at all times." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:18 msgid "" -"In the manufacturing settings, you can define the time range of your MPS " -"(month/week/day) and the number of periods you want to display." +"Now, go to :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " +"click on *add a product*. You can now define your safety stock target (= the" +" stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum " +"and maximum quantities that must or can be replenished in each period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:26 msgid "" -"Now, go in :menuselection:`Planning --> Master Production Schedule` and " -"click on add a product. You can now define your safety stock target (= the " -"stock you want to have on hand at the end of the period) and the minimum and" -" maximum quantities to replenish." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The products are ordered in the MPS based on their sequence. You can " -"rearrange that sequence by going on the list of your products and reorganize" -" them with drag and drop." +"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to display " +"by clicking on *rows*. For instance, the *Actual demand* will show you which" +" quantity of products has already been ordered for the period, or *Available" +" to Promise*, what can still be sold during that same period (what you plan " +"to replenish - what is already sold during the period). You can also decide " +"to hide rows if you like." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In the MPS view, you can decide which information you would like to show by " -"clicking on *rows*. Some fields can be added to the view, such as *Actual " -"demand*, which will show which quantity of products has already been ordered" -" for the period, or *Available to Promise*, which allows you to know what " -"can still be sold during the period (what you plan to replenish - what is " -"already sold during the period). You can also decide to hide some " -"information if it isn’t necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:48 msgid "Estimate your demand and launch replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:38 msgid "" -"The next step is to estimate the demand for the period. This estimation " -"should be entered in the row *Demand Forecast*. You can easily, at any time," -" compare the demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The" -" demand forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for " -"its components." +"The next step is to estimate the demand for the chosen period. This is done " +"in the *Forecasted Demand* Row. You can easily, at any time, compare the " +"demand forecast with the actual demand (= confirmed sales). The demand " +"forecast for a finished product will impact the indirect demand for its " +"components." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:46 msgid "" -"Then, the quantity to replenish for the different periods will be " -"automatically computed. The replenishments you are supposed to launch based " -"on your lead times (vendor lead time or manufacturing lead time) are " -"displayed in green. You can now launch the replenishment by clicking on the " -"replenish button." +"Once the forecasted demand has been set, the quantity to replenish for the " +"different periods will automatically be computed. The replenishments you are" +" supposed to launch based on your lead times (vendor lead time or " +"manufacturing lead time) are then displayed in green. You can now launch the" +" replenishment by clicking on the replenish button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:52 msgid "" "Depending on the configuration of the product (buy vs. manufacture), " "requests for quotations or manufacturing orders will be created. You can " "easily access those by clicking on the *Actual Replenishment* cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:59 msgid "" -"In case you manually edit the *To replenish* quantity, a small cross will " -"appear on the left. In case you want to go back to the automatically " -"computed value given by Odoo, you can click the cross." +"In case you manually edit the *Suggested Replenishment* quantity, a small " +"cross will appear on the left hand side of the cell. In case you want to go " +"back to the automatically computed value given by Odoo, simply click the " +"cross." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:65 msgid "Cells color signification" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:67 msgid "" -"The cells, which are part of the *To replenish* line, can take different " -"colors depending on the situation:" +"The cells, which are part of the *Suggested Replenishment* line, can take " +"different colors depending on the situation:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:70 msgid "" "**Green**: quantity of products which should be replenished to reach the " "expected safety stock considering the demand forecast and the indirect " "demand forecast." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:72 msgid "" "**Grey**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "still matches current data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:74 msgid "" "**Red**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity " "was too high considering current data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:76 msgid "" "**Orange**: replenishment order has already been generated, and its quantity" " was too low considering current data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:78 msgid "" "The *Forecasted stock* line can also contain red cells, which means the " "stock will be negative during the period in question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:82 msgid "What if I have underestimated the demand?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:84 msgid "" "You can still increase the demand forecast. It will impact the quantity to " "replenish. The cell will become orange, and you’ll be able to launch a new " "replenishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:89 msgid "What if I have overestimated the demand?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:91 msgid "" "You can decrease the demand forecast. The cell will become red to inform you" " that you’ve ordered more than planned. If you’re still able to do it, you " "can cancel some RFQ or MO manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:96 msgid "What if I wrongly added a product to the MPS?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/use_mps.rst:98 msgid "" "You can easily remove a product from the MPS by clicking the small bin on " "the right of its name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:4 -msgid "Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:3 +msgid "Manage work orders using work centers" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Manufacturing allows for work orders to be carried out at specific work" +" centers. When a manufacturing order is created for a product, any work " +"orders listed in the :guilabel:`Operations` tab of the product bill of " +"materials (BoM) will be automatically created as well and assigned to the " +"specified work center. Work orders can be managed in the " +":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module by selecting :menuselection:`Operations -->" +" Work Orders`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In order to use work centers, the :guilabel:`Work Orders` feature must first" +" be enabled. To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, and activate the checkbox next " +"to :guilabel:`Work Orders`. Work centers can then be created and managed by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:17 +msgid "Create a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Within the :guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, select " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`. The work center " +"form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center Name`: give the work center a concise name that " +"describes the type of operations it will be used for" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters`: specify an alternative work center for " +"operations to be carried out at if the main work center is not available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: assign the work center a reference code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours`: define the number of hours that the work center " +"can be in use each week" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company that the work center belongs to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a fully configured work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:35 +msgid "Set standards for work center productivity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`General Information` tab on the work center form allows for " +"productivity goals to be assigned to a work center:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time Efficiency`: used to calculate the expected duration of a " +"work order at the work center; for example, if a work order normally takes " +"one hour and the efficiency is set to 200%, the work order will take 30 " +"minutes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Capacity`: the number of operations that can be performed at the " +"work center simultaneously" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`OEE Target`: the target for efficiency at the work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time before prod.`: setup time required before work can commence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time after prod.`: breakdown or cleanup time required after work " +"is finished" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cost per hour`: the cost of operating the work center for one " +"hour" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Analytic Account`: the account where the cost of the work center " +"should be recorded" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The general information tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:56 +msgid "Assign equipment to a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Using the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab, it is possible for specific pieces of " +"equipment to be assigned to a work center. The following information will be" +" displayed for each piece of equipment added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the name of the piece of equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Technician`: the technician responsible for servicing the " +"equipment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category the equipment belongs to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`: mean time between failures; the average time that the " +"piece of equipment will operate before failing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTTR`: mean time to recovery; the average time it takes for the " +"equipment to become fully operational again" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Est. Next Failure`: an estimate of when the next equipment " +"failure will occur" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The equipment tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:75 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`MTBF`, :guilabel:`MTTR`, and :guilabel:`Est. Next Failure` are " +"all calculated automatically based on past failure data, if any exists." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:81 +msgid "Integrate IoT devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab enables the integration of :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` devices with a work center:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Device`: specifies the IoT device to be triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Key`: the security key for the device" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: the IoT device action triggered" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT Triggers tab of the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:95 +msgid "Use case: configure an alternative work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:97 +msgid "" +"When a work center is at capacity, it cannot accept any new work orders. " +"Instead of waiting for the work center to become available, it is possible " +"to specify an alternative work center where surplus work orders should be " +"carried out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Begin by creating a new work center. Configure the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab" +" so that it has all of the same equipment as the main work center. This will" +" ensure that the same tasks can be carried out at both work centers. " +"Navigate to the main work center and include the new work center in the " +":guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` selection field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Now, create a new manufacturing order that uses the main work center for one" +" of its operations. The main work center will automatically be selected for " +"the operation in the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. After confirming the " +"manufacturing order, click the :guilabel:`Plan` button that appears at the " +"top left of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the plan button to automatically select an available work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If the main work center is at capacity, the work center selected for the " +"operation will be automatically changed to the alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst-1 +msgid "The alternative work center is automatically selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:123 +msgid "Monitor work center performance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Performance for an individual work center can be viewed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Work Centers`, and clicking on a work " +"center. A variety of metrics showing work center performance can be viewed " +"at the top right of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`OEE`: overall effective efficiency, the percentage of time that " +"the work center has been fully productive" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lost`: the amount of time lost due to work stoppages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Load`: the amount of time it will take to complete the current " +"workload" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/using_work_centers.rst:133 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Performance`: the real duration of work time, shown as a " +"percentage of the expected duration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:3 +msgid "Make work centers unavailable using Time Off" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, *work centers* are used to carry out manufacturing operations at " +"specific locations. However, if a work center cannot be used for some " +"reason, work orders begin to pile up at the work center until it is " +"operational again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:9 +msgid "" +"As a result, it is necessary to make the work center unavailable in Odoo so " +"that the platform routes new work orders to alternative work centers that " +"are operational. Using Odoo *Time Off*, it is possible to designate a work " +"center as being unavailable for a set period of time. Doing so ensures that " +"manufacturing operations can continue until the impacted work center is " +"available again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Before a work center can be designated as unavailable, the Odoo platform " +"must be properly configured. First, it is necessary to enable " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. This allows the :guilabel:`Time Off`" +" smart button to appear on each work center's :guilabel:`Working Hours` pop-" +"up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Enable developer mode by going to :menuselection:`Settings`, scrolling to " +"the bottom of the page, and clicking :guilabel:`Activate the developer mode`" +" under the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Activate the developer mode\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, install the *Time Off* app. This is the app used for assigning time " +"off to all resources within Odoo, including employees and work centers. " +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Apps`, then type `Time Off` in the " +":guilabel:`Search...` bar. The card for the :guilabel:`Time Off` module " +"should be the only one that appears on the page. Click the green " +":guilabel:`Install` button on the card to install the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Time Off module installation card." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The last step is to properly configure work centers. For this workflow, it " +"is necessary to have at least two work centers: one that is made unavailable" +" and a second that receives the work orders that the other cannot accept. If" +" no second work center is configured, Odoo cannot route work orders away " +"from the unavailable work center and they will pile up in its queue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To create a work center, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers --> Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Make sure that both work centers have the same equipment listed under the " +":guilabel:`Equipment` tab. This ensures that operations carried out at one " +"work center can also be performed at the other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The equipment tab on a work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For the work center that will be made unavailable, select the second work " +"center on the :guilabel:`Alternative Workcenters` drop-down menu. Now, Odoo " +"knows to send work orders to the second work center when the first is " +"unavailable for any reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "A work center form configured with an alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:63 +msgid "Add time off for a work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:65 +msgid "" +"With configuration completed, time off can now be assigned to the work " +"center that will be made unavailable. Begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> Work Centers` and " +"selecting the affected work center. Click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then the " +":guilabel:`↗ (external link)` button next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` " +"drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Working Hours \"External link\" button on the work center form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:74 +msgid "" +"A pop-up appears, titled :guilabel:`Open: Working Hours`. The standard " +"working hours for the work center are listed here, along with various other " +"details about it. Since developer mode was enabled, there is a " +":guilabel:`Time Off` button in the top right of the pop-up. Click it to be " +"taken to the :guilabel:`Resource Time Off` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Time Off button on the Working Hours pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:83 +msgid "" +"On this page, click :guilabel:`Create` to configure a new time-off entry. On" +" the time-off form, note the :guilabel:`Reason` for the work center closure " +"(broken, maintenance, etc.), select the affected work center as the " +":guilabel:`Resource`, and choose a :guilabel:`Start Date` and :guilabel:`End" +" Date` to specify the period during which the work center will be " +"unavailable. Click :guilabel:`Save` and the time off for the work center is " +"logged in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Resource Time Off\" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:94 +msgid "Route orders to an alternative work center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Once a work center is within its specified time-off period, work orders sent" +" to it can be automatically routed to an alternative work center using the " +":guilabel:`Plan` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Begin by creating a new manufacturing order by selecting " +":menuselection:`Operations --> Manufacturing Orders --> Create`. On the " +"manufacturing order form, specify a :guilabel:`Product` that uses the " +"unavailable work center for one of its operations. Click :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" to confirm the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:104 +msgid "" +"On the confirmed work order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab. By " +"default, the unavailable work center is specified in the :guilabel:`Work " +"Center` column. There is also a green :guilabel:`Plan` button on the top " +"left of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "The Plan button on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Plan` and the work center listed under the :guilabel:`Work " +"Orders` tab is automatically changed to the alternative work center." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The selected work center updates automatically after clicking the Plan " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/work_center_time_off.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Once the time-off period for the unavailable work center ends, Odoo " +"recognizes that the work center is available again. At this point, clicking " +"the :guilabel:`Plan` button does not route work orders to an alternative " +"work center unless the first one is at capacity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 +msgid "Purchase" +msgstr "Купівля" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" @@ -7217,6 +14630,10 @@ msgid "" " key metrics and a pivot table." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting dashboard in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:22 msgid "" "While the data initially presented is useful, there are several tools and " @@ -7275,6 +14692,10 @@ msgid "" " filtered with the previous one." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting filters in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:59 msgid "Add custom filters" msgstr "" @@ -7292,6 +14713,10 @@ msgid "" "filtering options, click on *Apply*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Custom reporting filter in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:74 msgid "" "To avoid having to recreate custom filters every time, save them by clicking" @@ -7313,6 +14738,10 @@ msgid "" "the top right of the dashboard." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Switch reporting view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:92 msgid "Visualize your data" msgstr "" @@ -7325,6 +14754,10 @@ msgid "" " one or several of the 19 *Groups*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting graph view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:102 msgid "" "For bar and line charts, the selected measure is your y-axis, and the first " @@ -7349,527 +14782,1610 @@ msgid "" " so on." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst-1 +msgid "Pivot table view in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/advanced/analyze.rst:121 msgid "" "You can insert your pivot table's data directly in the Spreadsheet app or " "export it as an Excel file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals.rst:5 msgid "Manage deals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:3 -msgid "Purchase agreements: blanket orders and calls for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:3 +msgid "Use blanket orders to create purchase agreements with vendors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:5 msgid "" -"There are two main types of purchase agreements preconfigured in Odoo: " -"blanket orders and call for tenders." +"Blanket orders are long-term purchase agreements between a company and a " +"vendor to deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. " +"Using blanket orders are useful when products are always purchased from the " +"same vendor, but in different quantities at different times." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:9 msgid "" -"Blanket orders are long-term agreements between a company and a vendor to " -"deliver products on a recurring basis with predetermined pricing. Your " -"company should consider using them when you frequently purchase the same " -"products from the same vendor in varying quantities and/or at different " -"times. Among their many benefits, you can save time as the ordering process " -"is simplified, and money thanks to more advantageous bulk pricing." +"By simplifying the ordering process, blanket orders not only save time, they" +" also save money, since they can be advantageous when negotiating bulk " +"pricing with vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`calls_for_tenders`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:16 +msgid "Create a new blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:18 msgid "" -"Calls for tenders use a special procedure to request offers from multiple " -"vendors at the same time. While public sector organizations are often " -"legally bound to release calls for tenders when they want to purchase goods " -"or services, private organizations can also use them to get the best deal " -"among several vendors." +"To create blanket orders, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to " +"be enabled in the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create blanket orders, as " +"well as alternative requests for quotation (RFQs)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:20 -msgid "Enable purchase agreements" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purshase app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:28 msgid "" -"From the Purchase app, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and" -" activate *Purchase Agreements*." +"To create a blanket order, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Orders --> " +"blanket orders`, and click :guilabel:`New`. This creates (and navigates to) " +"a new blanket order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:30 -msgid "Configure or create new types of purchase agreements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:31 msgid "" -"Before you start using purchase agreements, make sure they are configured " -"the way you want by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Purchase " -"Agreement Types`. From there, you can edit the way blanket orders and calls " -"for tenders or *Create* a new type of purchase agreement. You can configure " -"the:" +"From this new blanket order form, different fields and settings can be " +"configured, so there are pre-determined rules that the recurring long-term " +"agreement must follow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:37 -msgid "Agreement Type: the name you want to give to the agreement." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:34 msgid "" -"Agreement Selection Type: you can either select multiple offers using " -"*Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)*, which is the default setting for both" -" blanket orders and calls for tenders, or a single offer using *Select only " -"one RFQ (exclusive)*, which is sometimes needed for calls for tenders where " -"you only want to select a single vendor." +":guilabel:`Purchase Representative`: is the user assigned to this specific " +"blanket order. By default, this is the user who created the agreement; the " +"user can be changed directly from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:37 msgid "" -"Lines: generally, you would always want to select *Use lines of agreement*, " -"which are the different product lines you can configure when you set up your" -" purchase agreement. However, you can select *Do not create RfQ lines " -"automatically* if you don't want your requests for quotations to be pre-" -"filled in with that information." +":guilabel:`Agreement Type`: is the type of purchase agreement this blanket " +"order is classified as. In Odoo, blanket orders are the only official " +"purchase agreement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:39 msgid "" -"Quantities: if you use lines of agreements, you can also specify " -"independently if the products' quantities should be used to pre-fill new " -"requests for quotations. The default option for blanket orders is *Set " -"quantities manually*, while for calls for tenders are set to *Use quantities" -" of agreement*." +":guilabel:`Vendor`: is the supplier to whom this agreement is tied, either " +"once or on a recurring basis. The vendor can be selected directly from the " +"drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:59 -msgid "Set up a blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:41 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Blanket Order* as your *Agreement Type*. Next, select the vendor. " -"The other fields aren't mandatory." +":guilabel:`Currency`: is the agreed-upon currency that will be used for this" +" exchange. If multiple currencies have been activated in the database, the " +"currency can be changed from the drop-down menu next to this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:44 msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and their price. Note that you can " -"also add a *Quantity* for each product, for example, if you have agreed with" -" your vendor to order a specific minimum quantity each time or in total. If " -"you have configured your blanket order to *Set quantities manually*, this is" -" only used for informational purposes." +":guilabel:`Agreement Deadline`: is the date that this purchase agreement " +"will be set to expire on (if desired). If this blanket order should not " +"expire, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:46 msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are satisfied with your blanket order, click on " -"*Confirm*. Its status then changes from *Draft* to *Ongoing* and it's ready " -"to be used." +":guilabel:`Ordering Date`: is the date that this blanket order should be " +"placed on if a new quotation is created directly from the blanket order " +"form. If a new quotation is created, this value will automatically populate " +"the *Order Deadline* field on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:78 -msgid "Create requests for quotation from the blanket order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:50 msgid "" -"You can now create new quotations from the blanket order whenever you need " -"it by clicking on *New Quotation*. Odoo automatically fills in requests for " -"quotation with the information initially defined when you set up the blanket" -" order. Depending on the way you configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*, " -"product lines can also be pre-filled." +":guilabel:`Delivery Date`: is the expected delivery date that the products " +"included in an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` created directly from the" +" blanket order form will be expected to arrive. If a new quotation is " +"created, this value will automatically populate the *Expected Arrival* field" +" on the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:54 msgid "" -"From here, you can quickly view all the requests for quotations made under " -"that blanket order by clicking on *RFQs/Orders*." +":guilabel:`Source Document`: is the source purchase order (PO) that this " +"blanket order will be tied to. If this blanket order should not be tied to " +"any existing :abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)`, leave this field blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:57 msgid "" -"You can also create a *Request for Quotation* the usual way and then link it" -" to an existing *Blanket Order*." +":guilabel:`Company`: is the company assigned to this specific blanket order." +" By default, this is the company that the user creating the blanket order is" +" listed under. If the database is not a multi-company database, this field " +"can not be changed, and will default to the only company listed in the " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New blanket order purchase agreement with added products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once all relevant fields have been filled out, click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"to add products under the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, change the " +"quantity of each product in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column (if desired), " +"and set a price in the :guilabel:`Unit Price` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:71 +msgid "" +"When adding products to a new blanket order, the pre-existing prices of " +"products will not be added automatically to the product lines. The prices " +"must be manually assigned by changing the value in the :guilabel:`Unit " +"Price` column to an agreed-upon price with the listed vendor. Otherwise, the" +" price will remain **0**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To view and change the default purchase agreement settings for blanket " +"orders directly from the blanket order form, click the :guilabel:`internal " +"link (arrow icon)` next to the :guilabel:`Agreement Type` field where " +":guilabel:`Blanket Order` is listed. This navigates to the blanket order " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From here, the settings for blanket orders can be edited. Under the " +":guilabel:`Agreement Type` section, the name of the :guilabel:`Agreement " +"Type` can be changed (if desired), and the :guilabel:`Agreement Selection " +"Type` can be changed, as well. There are two options that can be activated " +"for the type of selection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select only one RFQ (exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " +"confirmed, the remaining purchase orders will be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Select multiple RFQ (non-exclusive)`: when a purchase order is " +"confirmed, remaining purchase orders will ***not** be canceled. Instead, " +"multiple purchase orders are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Data For New Quotations` section, the settings for how " +"product lines and quantities will be populated on new quotations using this " +"purchase agreeement can be changed next to the :guilabel:`Lines` and " +":guilabel:`Quantities` fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreement type edit screen for blanket orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:99 +msgid "There are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Lines`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use lines of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " +"product lines will pre-populate with the same products listed on the blanket" +" order, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Do not create RfQ lines automatically`: when creating a new " +"quotation and selecting an existing blanket order, the settings will carry " +"over to the new quotation, but the product lines will not populate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:108 +msgid "" +"And, there are two options that can be activated for :guilabel:`Quantities`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use quantities of agreement`: when creating a new quotation, the " +"product quantities listed on the blanket order will pre-populate on the " +"product lines, if said blanket order is chosen on the new quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Set quantities manually`: when creating a new quotation and " +"selecting an existing blanket order, the product lines will pre-populate, " +"but all quantities will be set to **0**. The quantities will need to be " +"manually set by the user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Once the desired changes have been made (if any), click :guilabel:`New` (via" +" the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to the blanket " +"order form, and click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save this new purchase " +"agreement. Once confirmed, the blanket order changes from *Draft* to " +"*Ongoing*, meaning this agreement can be selected and used when creating new" +" :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After creating and confirming a blanket order, products, quantities, and " +"prices can still be edited, added, and removed from the purchase agreement." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` from the blanket order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:130 +msgid "" +"After confirming a blanket order, new quotations can be created directly " +"from the blanket order form that will use the rules set on the form and pre-" +"populate the new quotation with the correct information. Additionally, this " +"new quotation will be automatically linked to this blanket order form via " +"the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To create a new quotation from the blanket order form, click :guilabel:`New " +"Quotation`. This creates (and navigates to) a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`, that is pre-populated with the correct information, depending " +"on the settings configured on the blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:139 +msgid "" +"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" +" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " +":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" +" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the purchase order (PO)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New quotation with copied products and rules from blanket order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:147 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` has been confirmed, click back to the " +"blanket order form (via the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page). From the " +"blanket order form, there is now one :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` " +"listed in the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button at the top right of the " +"form. Click the :guilabel:`RFQs/Orders` smart button to see the purchase " +"order that was just created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "RFQs and Orders smart button from blanket order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:157 +msgid "Create a new blanket order from an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" +" vendor from the drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and " +"click :guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu " +"in the :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity " +"in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" +" add as many additional options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` " +"(Units of Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected " +"Arrival` date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Before confirming the new quotation and creating a purchase order, click the" +" drop-down menu next to the :guilabel:`Blanket Order` field, and type a new " +"name for the new blanket order. This creates a brand new purchase agreement," +" and saves the information entered in the fields of the purchase order form," +" as well as the product information entered on the product lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"From the new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form, click :guilabel:`Send" +" by Email` to compose and send an email to the listed vendor; click " +":guilabel:`Print RFQ` to generate a printable PDF of the quotation; or, once" +" ready, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order` to confirm the :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "New blanket order created directly from quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:188 +msgid "" +"To see the newly-created blanket order purchase agreement, go to " +":menuselection:`Orders --> Blanket Orders`, and click into the new blanket " +"order. From here, settings and rules can be changed, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:193 msgid "Blanket orders and replenishment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst:195 msgid "" -"Blanket orders can be used for :doc:`automated replenishment " -"<../../purchase/products/reordering>`, as once a blanket order is confirmed," -" a new vendor line is added to your product. Make sure the related vendor is" -" in the first position if you have several vendors linked to your product." +"Once a blanket order is confirmed, a new vendor line is added under the " +":guilabel:`Purchase` tab of of the products included in the :abbr:`BO " +"(Blanket Order)`. This makes blanket orders useful with :doc:`automated " +"replenishment <../../purchase/products/reordering>`, because information " +"about the :guilabel:`Vendor`, :guilabel:`Price`, and the " +":guilabel:`Agreement` are referenced on the vendor line. This information is" +" used to determine where, when, and for what price this product could be " +"replenished." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:108 -msgid "Set up a call for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/blanket_orders.rst-1 +msgid "Product form with replenishment agreement linked to blanket order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:3 +msgid "Create alternative requests for quotation for multiple vendors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Orders --> Purchase Agreements` and click on *Create*." -" Select *Call for Tenders* as your *Agreement Type*. The other fields aren't" -" mandatory, but you can add the date you want to be delivered and set an " -"agreement deadline. You usually don't want to select a vendor for calls for " -"tenders as you are looking to get quotations from multiple vendors." +"Sometimes, companies might want to request offers from multiple vendors at " +"the same time, by inviting those vendors to submit offers for similar goods " +"or services all at once. This helps companies to select the cheapest (and " +"fastest) vendors, depending on their specific business needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:9 msgid "" -"Next, add the products you want to order and in what quantity. For calls for" -" tenders, you typically don't add a price, as the vendors should give you " -"their best quote." +"In Odoo, this can be done by adding alternative requests for quotation " +"(RFQs) for different vendors. Once a response is received from each vendor, " +"the product lines from each :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` can be " +"compared, and a decision can be made for which products to purchase from " +"which vendors." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:14 msgid "" -"You can also write any *Terms and Conditions* at the bottom of the " -"agreement. Once you are ready, click on *Confirm*." +"Sometimes referred to as a *call for tender*, this process is primarily used" +" by organizations in the public sector, who are legally bound to use it when" +" making a purchase. However, private companies can also use alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` to spend money efficiently, as well." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:126 -msgid "Requests quotations from the call for tenders" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`blanket_orders`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:23 +msgid "Configure purchase agreement settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:25 msgid "" -"You can now request new quotations from the call for tenders. Click on *New " -"Quotation* and select one of your vendors you want to invite to the call for" -" tenders. Product lines should also be pre-filled in, depending on how you " -"configured the *Purchase Agreement Type*. Click on *Send by email* to send " -"it to the vendor. Go back to the call for tenders and repeat this process " -"for each vendor." +"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` directly from a " +"quotation, the *Purchase Agreements* feature first needs to be enabled in " +"the settings of the *Purchase* app. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Orders` section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Agreements`. Doing so will enable the ability to create alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, as well as the ability to create " +"*blanket orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:138 -msgid "" -"Once you have sent a request for quotation to every vendor and receiving " -"their quotes, click on *Validate* to proceed to the bid selection. Next, " -"click on the RFQs/Orders smart button to view all your vendors' quotations." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase Agreements enabled in the Purchase app settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/agreements.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:37 msgid "" -"Click on each request for quotation to add the price communicated by your " -"vendors manually. When that's done, select the most advantageous offer and " -"click on *Confirm Order*. This automatically closes the call for tenders. " -"You can now proceed with the purchase order as you would for a regular one." +"To save time on a *call for tender*, custom vendors, prices, and delivery " +"lead times can be set in the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a product form. To " +"do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Products --> Products`, and " +"select a product to edit. From the product form, click the " +":guilabel:`Purchase tab`, then click :guilabel:`Add a line`. From the drop-" +"down menu, choose a vendor to set under the :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and " +"set a :guilabel:`Price` and :guilabel:`Delivery Lead Time` if desired. " +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:47 +msgid "Create an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Then, add information to the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` form: add a" +" vendor from the drop-down next to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Add a product` to select a product from the drop-down menu in the" +" :guilabel:`Product` column. Then, set the desired purchase quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` column, and change the purchase price in the " +":guilabel:`Unit Price` column, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`additional options (two-dots)` icon provides " +"additional visibility options to add to the line item. Repeat these steps to" +" add as many options as desired, including the :guilabel:`UoM` (Units of " +"Measure) to purchase the products in, and the :guilabel:`Expected Arrival` " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " +"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`. This turns" +" the :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` into a purchase order (PO), and " +"sends an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Compose and send quotation email pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Sending emails to each vendor can be useful when creating alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, because vendors can confirm if their " +"past prices still hold today, which can help companies choose the best " +"offers for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:78 +msgid "Create alternatives to an :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` is created and sent by email to a vendor," +" alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can be created and sent " +"to additional, alternate vendors to compare prices, delivery times, and " +"other factors to make a decision from which vendors to order which products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To create alternative :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`, click the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab from the purchase order form, then click " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"alternative` pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Calls for tenders pop-up to create alternative quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:93 +msgid "" +"From this window, select a new/different vendor from the drop-down menu next" +" to the :guilabel:`Vendor` field to assign this alternative quotation to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Next to this, there is a :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox that is selected" +" by default. When selected, the product quantities of the original :abbr:`PO" +" (Purchase Order)` are copied to the alternative. For this first alternative" +" quotation, leave the checkbox checked. Once finished, click " +":guilabel:`Create Alternative`. This creates (and navigates to) a new " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Since the :guilabel:`Create Alternative` checkbox was left checked, this new" +" purchase order form is already populated with the same products, " +"quantities, and other details as the previous, original :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:106 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox is selected while creating an " +"alternative quotation, additional products do not need to be added on the " +"purchase order form unless desired. However, if a chosen vendor is listed in" +" the :guilabel:`Vendor` column under the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab on a " +"product form included in the purchase order, the values set on the product " +"form carry over to the :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)`, and have to be changed " +"manually, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Once ready, create a second alternative quotation by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, and once again, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`. This causes the :guilabel:`Create alternative` pop-up window " +"to appear again. This time, choose a different vendor from the drop-down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Vendor`, and this time, *uncheck* the " +":guilabel:`Copy Products` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If an alternative quotation needs to be removed from the " +":guilabel:`Alternatives` tab, they can be individually removed by clicking " +"on the :guilabel:`Remove (X)` icon at the end of their row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"This creates a third, new purchase order. But, since the product quantities " +"of the original :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` were *not* copied over, the " +"product lines are empty, and new products need to be added by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a product`, and selecting the desired products from the drop-" +"down menu. Once the desired number of products are added, click " +":guilabel:`Send by Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Blank alternative quotation with alternatives in breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:131 +msgid "" +"This causes a :guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the" +" message to the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send`" +" to send an email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"From this newest purchase order form, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` " +"tab. Under this tab, all three purchase orders can be seen in the " +":guilabel:`Reference` column. Additionally, the vendors are listed under the" +" :guilabel:`Vendor` column, and the order :guilabel:`Total` and " +":guilabel:`Status` of the orders are in the rows, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:141 +msgid "Link a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for Quotation)` to existing quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Creating alternative quotations directly from a purchase order form under " +"the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab is the easiest way to create and link " +"quotations. However, separate :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` can also" +" be linked *after* the fact, even if they are created completely separately " +"at first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send by Email`. This causes a " +":guilabel:`Compose Email` pop-up window to appear, wherein the message to " +"the vendor can be customized. Once ready, click :guilabel:`Send` to send an " +"email to the vendor listed on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab once more. Since this new " +":abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` was created separately, there are no other " +"orders linked yet. To link this order with the alternatives created " +"previously, click :guilabel:`Link to Existing RfQ` on the first line in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up to link new quotation to existing RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:170 +msgid "" +"This causes an :guilabel:`Add: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear. " +"Select the three purchase orders created previously, and click " +":guilabel:`Select`. All of these orders are now copied to this :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)` under the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If a large number of purchase orders are being processed and the previous " +":abbr:`POs (Purchase Orders)` can't be located, try clicking " +":menuselection:`Group By --> Vendor` under the search bar at the top of the " +"pop-up window to group by the vendors selected on the previous orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:181 +msgid "Compare product lines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"When there are multiple :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` linked as " +"alternatives, they can be compared side-by-side in order to determine which " +"vendors offer the best deals on which products. To compare each quotation, " +"go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and select one of the quotations " +"created previously." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Alternatives` tab to see all the linked " +":abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`. Next, under the :guilabel:`Create " +"Alternative` tab, click :guilabel:`Compare Product Lines`. This navigates to" +" a Compare Order Lines page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Compare Product Lines page for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The Compare Order Lines page, by default, groups by :guilabel:`Product`. " +"Each product included in any of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` is" +" displayed in its own drop-down, along with all of the :abbr:`PO (Purchase " +"Order)` numbers in the :guilabel:`Reference` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:200 +msgid "" +"Additional columns on this page include the :guilabel:`Vendor` from which " +"products were ordered, the :guilabel:`Status` of the quotation (i.e., RFQ, " +"RFQ Sent); the :guilabel:`Quantity` of products ordered from each vendor; " +"the :guilabel:`Unit Price` per product and :guilabel:`Total` price of the " +"order, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:206 +msgid "" +"To remove product lines from the Compare Order Lines page, click " +":guilabel:`Clear` at the far right end of that product line's row. This " +"removes this product as a chooseable option from the page, and changes the " +":guilabel:`Total` price of that product on the page to **0**. On the " +"purchase order form in which that product was included, its ordered quantity" +" is changed to **0**, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Once the best offers have been identified, at the end of each row, " +"individual products can be selected by clicking :guilabel:`Choose`. Once all" +" the desired products have been chosen, click :guilabel:`Requests for " +"Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at the top of the page) to navigate back to " +"an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:218 +msgid "Cancel (or keep) alternatives" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Now that the desired products have been chosen, based on which vendors " +"provided the best offer, the other :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " +"(from which no products were chosen) can be canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Total` column, at the far right of each row, the orders" +" from which no products were chosen have automatically had their total cost " +"set to **0**. Although they haven't been canceled yet, this means that they " +"can ultimately be canceled without repercussions, *after* the desired " +"purchase orders have been confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Canceled quotations in the Purchase app overview." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:232 +msgid "" +"To confirm a quotation that contains the chosen product quantities, click " +"into one. Then, click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes an " +":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear. From there, either " +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` or :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` can be " +"clicked. If this :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` should *not* be confirmed, " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` automatically cancels the alternative " +"purchase orders. :guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` keeps the alternative " +"purchase orders open, so they can still be accessed if any additional " +"product quantities need to be ordered. Once all products are ordered, " +":guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` can be selected from whichever :abbr:`PO " +"(Purchase Order)` is open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:242 +msgid "" +"To view a detailed form of one of the :abbr:`RFQs (Requests for Quotation)` " +"listed, click the line item for that quotation. This causes an " +":guilabel:`Open: Alternative POs` pop-up window to appear, from which all " +"details of that particular quotation can be viewed. Click :guilabel:`Close` " +"when finished." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst-1 +msgid "Keep or cancel pop-up for alternative RFQs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:251 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window, click " +":guilabel:`Keep Alternatives` to keep all alternative quotations open for " +"now. Then, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " +"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " +"(Requests for Quotation)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:256 +msgid "" +"Click into the remaining quotation(s) that contain products that need to be " +"ordered, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. This causes the " +":guilabel:`Alternative Warning` pop-up window to appear again. This time, " +"click :guilabel:`Cancel Alternatives` to cancel all other alternative " +":abbr:`RFQs` linked with this quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:261 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Requests for Quotation` (in the breadcrumbs, at " +"the top of the page) to navigate back to an overview of all :abbr:`RFQs " +"(Requests for Quotation)`. The canceled orders can be seen greyed out and " +"listed with a :guilabel:`Cancelled` status under the :guilabel:`Status` " +"column at the far right of their rows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/calls_for_tenders.rst:266 +msgid "" +"Now that all product quantities have been ordered, the purchase process can " +"be followed, and continued to completion, until the products are received " +"into the warehouse." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:3 -msgid "Control and know when vendor bills should be paid" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:15 +msgid "Bill control policies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo, you can define how your vendor bills are controlled. For each " -"purchase order, you can decide when the related vendor bill should be paid: " -"either before or after you have received your products. You can also check " -"at a glance what is the billing status of each purchase order." +"In Odoo, the *bill control* policy determines the quantities billed by " +"vendors on every purchase order, for ordered or received quantities. The " +"policy selected in the settings will act as the default value and will be " +"applied to any new product created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:12 msgid "" -"With the 3-way matching feature, Odoo compares the information appearing on " -"the *Purchase Order*, the *Vendor Bill* and the *Receipt*, and lets you know" -" if you should pay the bill. This way you can avoid paying incorrect or " -"fraudulent vendor bills." +"To view the default bill control policy and make changes, go to " +":menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Here, there are the two :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control` policy options: :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and " +":guilabel:`Received quantities`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:14 -msgid "Vendor bills default control policy" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:28 msgid "" -"As a first step, open your Purchase app and go to " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` to set the default bill control " -"policy for all the products created onwards." +"The policy selected will be the default for any new product created. The " +"definition of each policy is as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:31 msgid "" -"By selecting *On ordered quantities*, you can create a vendor bill as soon " -"as you confirm an order. The quantities mentioned in the purchase order are " -"used to generate the draft bill." +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`: creates a vendor bill as soon as a purchase " +"order is confirmed. The products and quantities in the purchase order are " +"used to generate a draft bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:22 msgid "" -"If you choose *On received quantities* instead, you can only create one once" -" you have at least received some of the products you have ordered. The " -"quantities you have received are used to generate the draft bill. If you try" -" to create one without having received any product, you get an error " -"message." +":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is created only *after* part of the " +"total order has been received. The products and quantities *received* are " +"used to generate a draft bill. An error message will appear if creation of a" +" vendor bill is attempted without receiving anything." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Bill control policy draft bill error message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:31 +msgid "" +"If one or two products need a different control policy, the default bill " +"control setting can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab " +"in a product's template and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:36 -msgid "Change a specific product's control policy" +msgid "Example flow: Ordered quantities" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:38 msgid "" -"If you want to modify a specific product's control policy, go to " -":menuselection:`Products --> Products`, open it, click on *Edit* and go to " -"the *Purchase tab*. There you can change a product's default bill control " -"policy." +"To complete an example workflow using the *ordered quantities* bill control " +"policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:47 -msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once you confirm an order, you can view its *Billing Status* by going to the" -" *Other Information* tab." +"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" +" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill`. Since the policy is set to *ordered quantities*, " +"the draft bill can be confirmed as soon as it is created, without any " +"products actually being received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:48 +msgid "Example flow: Received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:50 msgid "" -"Below you can find a list of the different *Billing Status*, and when they " -"are displayed, depending on the products' bill control policy." +"To complete an example workflow using the *received quantities* bill control" +" policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, and select " +":guilabel:`Received quantities`. Then, :guilabel:`Save` changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Billing status**" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:54 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Purchase` app, create a new :abbr:`RFQ (Request for " +"Quotation)`. Fill out the information on the quotation form, add products to" +" the invoice lines, and click :guilabel:`Confirm Order`. Then, click on the " +":guilabel:`Receipt smart button`. Set the quantities in the :guilabel:`Done`" +" column to match the quantities in the :guilabel:`Demand` column, and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the changes. Then, in the purchase order, click " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` and :guilabel:`Confirm`. Since the policy is set to " +"*received quantities*, the draft bill can be confirmed *only* when at least " +"some of the quantities are received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:60 -msgid "**Conditions**" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:46 +msgid "3-way matching" +msgstr "Три шляхи співставлення" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On received quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:62 -msgid "*On ordered quantities*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*Nothing to Bill*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:64 -msgid "*(Not applicable)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "*Waiting Bills*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:66 -msgid "PO confirmed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "*Fully Billed*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:68 -msgid "Draft bill created" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Activating :guilabel:`3-way matching` ensures that vendor bills are only " +"paid once some or all of the products included in the purchase order have " +"actually been received. To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section. Then, click :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " +"bills`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:72 -msgid "Determine when to pay with 3-way matching" +msgid "" +"3-way matching is *only* intended to work when the bill control policy is " +"set to *received quantities*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:74 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and activate *3-way" -" matching*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:76 +msgid "Pay vendor bills with 3-way matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:78 msgid "" -"3-way matching is intended to work with the bill control policy set to *On " -"received quantities*." +"When :guilabel:`3-way matching` is activated, vendor bills will display the " +":guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. When " +"a new vendor bill is created, the field will be set to :guilabel:`Yes`, " +"since a bill can't be created until at least some of the products included " +"in a purchase order have been received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:84 -msgid "Should I pay the vendor bill?" -msgstr "Чи повинен я сплачувати цей рахунок постачальника?" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:86 -msgid "" -"With the feature activated, your vendor bills now display the *Should Be " -"Paid* field under the *Other info* tab." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Draft bill should be paid field status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:88 msgid "" -"As you can't create a bill until you have received your products - and if " -"you haven't received all of them, Odoo only includes the products you have " -"received in the draft bill - the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Yes* " -"when you create one." +"If the total quantity of products from a purchase order has not been " +"received, Odoo only includes the products that *have* been received in the " +"draft vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Draft bills can be edited to increase the billed quantity, change the price " +"of the products in the bill, and add additional products to the bill. If " +"this is done, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be set to " +":guilabel:`Exception`. This means that Odoo notices the discrepancy, but " +"doesn't block the changes or display an error message, since there might be " +"a valid reason for making changes to the draft bill." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:97 msgid "" -"If you edit a draft bill to increase the billed quantity, change the price, " -"or add other products, the *Should Be Paid* status is set to *Exception*. It" -" means Odoo notices the discrepancy, but that you might have a valid reason " -"to have done so." +"Once payment has been registered for a vendor bill and displays the green " +":guilabel:`Paid` banner, the :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` field status will be" +" set to :guilabel:`No`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:101 msgid "" -"Once the payment has been registered and mentions *Paid*, the *Should Be " -"Paid* status is set to *No*." +"The :guilabel:`Should Be Paid` status on bills is set automatically by Odoo." +" However, the status can be changed manually by clicking the field's drop-" +"down menu inside the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:106 +msgid "View a purchase order's billing status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:108 msgid "" -"The *Should Be Paid* status is set automatically by Odoo. However, you can " -"change the status manually when you are viewing a bill in edit mode." +"When a purchase order is confirmed, its :guilabel:`Billing Status` can be " +"viewed under the :guilabel:`Other Information` tab on the purchase order " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst-1 +msgid "Purchase order billing status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Below is a list of the different statuses that a :guilabel:`Billing Status` " +"could appear as and when they are displayed, depending on the bill control " +"policy used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 +msgid ":guilabel:`Billing Status`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:119 +msgid "**Conditions**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 +msgid "*On received quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:121 +msgid "*On ordered quantities*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nothing to Bill`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid "PO confirmed; no products received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:123 +msgid "*Not applicable*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`Waiting Bills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid "All/some products received; bill not created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:125 +msgid "PO confirmed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid ":guilabel:`Fully Billed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid "All/some products received; draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills.rst:127 +msgid "Draft bill created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:3 +msgid "Manage vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:7 +msgid "" +"A *vendor bill* is an invoice received for products and/or services that a " +"company purchases from a vendor. Vendor bills record payables as they arrive" +" from vendors, and can include amounts owed for the goods and/or services " +"purchased, sales taxes, freight and delivery charges, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:11 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, a vendor bill can be created at different points in the purchasing " +"process, depending on the *bill control* policy chosen in the *Purchase* app" +" settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To view and edit the default bill control policy and make changes to it, go " +"to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Here, there are two :guilabel:`Bill Control` policy options: " +":guilabel:`Ordered quantities` and :guilabel:`Received quantities`. After a " +"policy is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Bill control policies in purchase app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Received quantities`: a bill is only created **after** part of " +"the total order has been received. The products and quantities **received** " +"are used to generate a draft bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If a product needs a different control policy, the default bill control " +"policy can be overridden by going to the :guilabel:`Purchase` tab in a " +"product's template, and modifying its :guilabel:`Control Policy` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Control policy field on product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"*3-way matching* ensures vendor bills are only paid once some (or all) of " +"the products included in the purchase order have actually been received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To activate it, go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section. Then, check" +" the box next to :guilabel:`3-way matching: purchases, receptions, and " +"bills`, and click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`3-way matching` is **only** intended to work with the " +":guilabel:`Bill Control` policy set to :guilabel:`Received quantities`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 +msgid "Activated three-way matching feature in purchase settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:64 +msgid "Create and manage vendor bills on receipts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When products are received into a company's warehouse, receipts are created." +" Once the company processes the received quantities, they can choose to " +"create a vendor bill directly from the warehouse receipt form. Depending on " +"the bill control policy chosen in the settings, vendor bill creation is " +"completed at different steps of the procurement process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:72 +msgid "With the bill control policy set to ordered quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *ordered quantities*" +" bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section, and select :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to create a new request for quotation (RFQ). Doing so reveals a blank " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the blank detail form, add a vendor to the :abbr:`RFQ (request for " +"quotation)` in the :guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:148 +msgid "" +"Then, confirm the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` button above the detail form. Doing so turns the " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` into a purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Then, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a vendor bill for " +"the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button reveals the :guilabel:`Draft " +"Bill` page for the purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:95 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to modify " +"the bill, and add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field. If needed," +" add additional products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, confirm the bill by clicking the :guilabel:`Confirm` button on the " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Since the bill control policy is set to *ordered quantities*, the draft bill" +" can be confirmed as soon as it is created, before any products have been " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On the new :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` number," +" which can be used to match the bill with additional documents (such as the " +":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`). Then, click :menuselection:`Confirm --> " +"Register Payment`. Doing so causes a pop-up to appear, wherein a payment " +":guilabel:`Journal` can be chosen; a :guilabel:`Payment Method` selected; " +"and a :guilabel:`Recipient Bank Account` can be selected from a drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the " +":guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. Doing so causes a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner to display on the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Vendor bill form for ordered quantities control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Each vendor bill provides the option to either :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note`. A *credit note* is typically issued when a " +"vendor or supplier of goods get some quantity of products back from the " +"customer to whom they were sold, while *debit notes* are reserved for goods " +"returned from the customer/buyer to the vendor or supplier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:128 +msgid "With the bill control policy set to received quantities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If the creation of a vendor bill is attempted without receiving any " +"quantities of a product (while using the *received quantities* bill control " +"policy), an error message appears, and settings must be changed before " +"proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:135 +msgid "" +"To create and manage vendor bills on receipts using the *received " +"quantities* bill control policy, first go to :menuselection:`Purchase app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Invoicing` " +"section, and select :guilabel:`Received quantities` under :guilabel:`Bill " +"Control`. Then, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Next, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase` app, and click :guilabel:`Create` " +"to create a new :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)`. Doing so reveals a " +"blank :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Finally, click the :guilabel:`Create Bill` button to create a bill for the " +"purchase order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Create Bill` before any products have been received will" +" cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to appear. The :guilabel:`Purchase " +"Order` requires the receipt of at least partial quantity of the items " +"included on the order to create a vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "User error pop-up for received quantities control policy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to view the warehouse " +"receipt form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the warehouse receipt form, click :menuselection:`Validate --> Apply` to " +"mark the :guilabel:`Done` quantities. Then, navigate back to the " +":menuselection:`Purchase Order` (via the breadcrumbs), and click the " +":guilabel:`Create Bill` button on the purchase order form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals the :guilabel:`Draft Bill` for the purchase order. On the " +":guilabel:`Draft Bill`, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button, and add a " +":guilabel:`Bill Date`. If needed, add additional products to the " +":guilabel:`Product` lines by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:173 +msgid "" +"Next, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button to confirm the :guilabel:`Draft " +"Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Since the bill control policy is set to *received quantities*, the draft " +"bill can **only** be confirmed when at least some of the quantities are " +"received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the bill :guilabel:`Amount`, :guilabel:`Payment Date`, and " +":guilabel:`Memo` (:dfn:`Reference Number`) can be changed from this pop-up. " +"Once ready, click :guilabel:`Create Payment` to finish creating the vendor " +"bill. Doing so causes a green **In Payment** banner to display on the " +":abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:191 +msgid "Create and manage vendor bills in Accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can also be created directly from the *Accounting* app, " +"**without** having to create a purchase order first. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`, and click " +":guilabel:`Create`. Doing so reveals a blank vendor bill detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:197 +msgid "" +"On this blank vendor bill detail form, add a vendor in the " +":guilabel:`Vendor` field, and add products to the :guilabel:`Product` lines " +"(under the :guilabel:`Invoice Lines` tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`. Then, add a bill date in the :guilabel:`Bill Date` field, and any " +"other necessary information. Finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:202 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Journal Items` tab to view (or change) the " +":guilabel:`Account` journals that were populated based on the configuration " +"on the corresponding :guilabel:`Vendor` and :guilabel:`Product` forms." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` or :guilabel:`Add Debit Note` to add" +" credit or debit notes to the bill. Or, add a :guilabel:`Bill Reference` " +"number (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:209 +msgid "" +"Then, when ready, click :menuselection:`Register Payment --> Create Payment`" +" to complete the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:213 +msgid "" +"To tie the draft bill to an existing purchase order, click the drop-down " +"menu next to :guilabel:`Auto-Complete`, and select a :abbr:`PO (purchase " +"order)` from the menu. The bill will auto-populate with the information from" +" the :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:0 +msgid "Auto-complete drop-down list on draft vendor bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:222 +msgid "Batch billing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Vendor bills can be processed and managed in batches in the *Accounting* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:226 +msgid "" +"To do this, go to :menuselection:`Accounting app --> Vendors --> Bills`. " +"Then, click the :guilabel:`checkbox` at the top left of the page, beside the" +" :guilabel:`Number` column, under the :guilabel:`Create` button. This " +"selects all existing vendor bills with a :guilabel:`Posted` or " +":guilabel:`Draft` :guilabel:`Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:231 +msgid "" +"From here, click the :guilabel:`Action` gear icon to export, delete, or send" +" & print the bills; click the :guilabel:`Print` icon to print the invoices " +"or bills; or click :guilabel:`Register Payment` to create and process " +"payments for multiple vendor bills at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:235 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Register Payment` is selected, a pop-up appears. In this " +"pop-up window, select the appropriate journal in the :guilabel:`Journal` " +"field, choose a payment date in the :guilabel:`Payment Date` field, and " +"choose a :guilabel:`Payment Method`. There is also the option to " +":guilabel:`Group Payments` on this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:240 +msgid "" +"When ready, click the :guilabel:`Create Payment` button, which creates a " +"list of journal entries on a separate page. This list of journal entries are" +" all tied to their appropriate vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst-1 +msgid "Batch billing register payment pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:248 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Register Payment` option for vendor bills in batches will " +"only work for journal entries whose :guilabel:`Status` is set to " +":guilabel:`Posted`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage.rst:252 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/control_bills`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:3 -msgid "Don’t run out of stock with reordering rules" +msgid "Configure reordering rules" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:5 msgid "" -"To make sure you never run out of stock, you can define *Reordering Rules* " -"on products. Thanks to them, Odoo can help you replenish your stock " -"automatically when it reaches set quantities or whenever a sales order is " -"created." +"For certain products, it is necessary to ensure that there is always a " +"minimum amount available on hand at any given time. By adding a reordering " +"rule to a product, it is possible to automate the reordering process so that" +" a purchase order is automatically created whenever the amount on hand falls" +" below a set threshold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:9 -msgid "You need to install the *Inventory app* to use reordering rules." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:12 -msgid "Configure your storable product" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:11 +msgid "The *Inventory* module must be installed to use reordering rules." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Open or create a product with its *Product Type* set to *Storable Product*." +msgid "Configure products for reordering" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:16 msgid "" -"As you are purchasing this product from a vendor, go to the product's " -"*Purchase tab* and add a vendor by clicking on *Add a line*. You can add " -"multiple vendors, but make sure to order them correctly, since reordering " -"rules always use the first vendor in a list. You can add a price, but it " -"isn't necessary for the reordering rule to work. In addition, you can add a " -"minimum quantity you must order to benefit from that price." +"Products must be configured in a specific way before a reordering rule can " +"be added to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:18 msgid "" -"If the quantity Odoo has to reorder doesn't match the minimum quantity " -"specified, Odoo selects the next vendor on your list. If you don't have " -"another vendor on your list, the reordering rule won't work. For that " -"purpose, you can add the same vendor multiple times with different prices " -"for different quantities." +"Starting from the :menuselection:`Inventory`, " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing`, :menuselection:`Purchase`, or " +":menuselection:`Sales` module, navigate to :menuselection:`Products --> " +"Products` and then click :guilabel:`Create` to make a new product. " +"Alternatively, find a product that already exists in the database and click " +"into it's product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:23 msgid "" -"By default, a draft purchase order is created. However, if you have enabled " -"*Purchase Agreements*, you can *Propose a call for tenders* instead as shown" -" in the image above. For more information, see " -":doc:`../manage_deals/agreements`" +"Next, on the product form, enable reordering by checking the :guilabel:`Can " +"be Purchased` option underneathe the :guilabel:`Product Name` field. " +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Product Type` to `Storable Product` under the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Next, make sure the correct route is selected under the Inventory tab of " -"your product. If you created your product within the Purchase app, the *Buy*" -" route is selected by default. If you are looking to dropship your product, " -"select *Dropship*." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a product for reordering in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:50 -msgid "Set up your reordering rule" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:32 +msgid "Add a reordering rule to a product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After properly configuring a product, a reordering rule can be added to it " +"by selecting the now visible :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the top of " +"that product's form, and then clicking :guilabel:`Create` on the " +":guilabel:`Reordering Rules` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Access reordering rules for a product from the product page in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once created, the reordering rule can be configured to generate purchase " +"orders automatically by defining the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Location` specifies where the ordered quantities should be stored" +" once they are received and entered into stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Min Quantity` sets the lower threshold for the reordering rule " +"while :guilabel:`Max Quantity` sets the upper threshold. If the stock on " +"hand falls below the minimum quantity, a new purchase order will be created " +"to replenish it up to the maximum quantity." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:52 -msgid "Open your product and click on the *Reordering Rules* button." +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Min Quantity` is set to `5` and :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is " +"set to `25` and the stock on hand falls to four, a purchase order will be " +"created for 21 units of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:55 msgid "" -"Once you are on the product's reordering rules page, click on *Create*." +":guilabel:`Multiple Quantity` can be configured so that products are only " +"ordered in batches of a certain quantity. Depending on the number entered, " +"this can result in the creation of a purchase order that would put the " +"resulting stock on hand above what is specified in the :guilabel:`Max " +"Quantity` field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:61 msgid "" -"You can access and create reordering rules from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Configuration --> Reordering Rules` and from :menuselection:`Inventory " -"--> Operations --> Replenishment`. By default, the replenishment view " -"presents a summary of all the products that you might need to purchase to " -"fulfill your sales orders. From there, you can ask Odoo with a single click " -"to order a product once or automate all orders for that product, future " -"orders included." +"If :guilabel:`Max Quantity` is set to `100` but :guilabel:`Multiple " +"Quantity` is set to order the product in batches of `200`, a purchase order " +"will be created for 200 units of the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:68 -msgid "Define quantities" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:65 msgid "" -"You can set a **minimum quantity** your stock should always have. Once set, " -"if your stock goes below the minimum quantity, and if you selected the Buy " -"route, a request for quotation is automatically generated to reach that " -"minimum quantity, plus any additional quantity needed to fill in a sales " -"order for example." +":guilabel:`UoM` specifies the unit of measurement by which the quantity will" +" be ordered. For discrete products, this should be set to `Units`. However, " +"it can also be set to units of measurement like `Volume` or `Weight` for " +"non-discrete products like water or bricks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:75 -msgid "" -"If you set a **maximum quantity**, every time the product has to be " -"replenished, enough products are reordered to reach the maximum quantity." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst-1 +msgid "Configure the reordering rule in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:74 +msgid "Manually trigger reordering rules using the scheduler" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:76 msgid "" -"If you want to order only the exact quantity needed to fill in a sales order" -" for example, set both both the minimum and maximum quantity to **zero**. " -"The quantity mentioned in the sales order is then used by the reordering " -"rule." +"Reordering rules will be automatically triggered by the scheduler, which " +"runs once a day by default. To trigger reordering rules manually, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Run Scheduler`. On the pop-" +"up window, confirm the manual action by clicking :guilabel:`Run Scheduler`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:82 msgid "" -"You can also add a **quantity multiple** to only order products in batches " -"of a certain quantity. Click on the optional columns drop-down menu, and " -"select *Multiple Quantity* to show the column. Bear in mind that you might " -"go over the maximum quantity you set if your rule includes a quantity " -"multiple, as Odoo orders enough products to reach the maximum quantity and " -"respect the set quantity multiple." +"Manually triggering reordering rules will also trigger any other scheduled " +"actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:85 +msgid "Manage reordering rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:87 msgid "" -"If you selected multiple routes for the same product under its Inventory " -"tab, make sure to select your *Preferred Route* on your reordering rule by " -"clicking on the optional columns drop-down menu, adding the *Preferred " -"Route* column, and selecting the right route." +"To manage the reordering rules for a single product, navigate to that " +"product page's form and select the :guilabel:`Reordering Rules` tab at the " +"top of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/reordering.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To manage all reordering rules for every product, go to " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Reordering Rules`. From this" +" dashboard, typical bulk actions in Odoo can be performed such as exporting " +"data or archiving rules that are no longer needed. As well, the " +":guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group By` or triple-dotted menu on the form " +"are available to search for and/or organize the reordering rules as desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:3 @@ -7911,6 +16427,10 @@ msgid "" "Under Product Catalog, enable *Units of Measure*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the units of measure option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:29 msgid "Specify sales and purchase units of measure" msgstr "" @@ -7941,6 +16461,13 @@ msgid "" "for other apps such as inventory). Then, select the *Purchase Unit of " "Measure* to be used for purchases." msgstr "" +"Для того, щоб визначити різні одиниці вимірюванння для продажів і " +"закупівель, відкрийте додаток Купівлі і перейдіть до меню " +":menuselection:`Товари --> Товари`. Створіть товар або оберіть існуючий. У " +"вкладці *Основна інформація* спочатку оберіть *Одиницю виміру*, яка має бути" +" викорастана в продажах (як і в інших додатках, таких як Склад). Після того " +"оберіть *Одиницю вимірювання Закупівель.*, яка буде використовуватися для " +"закупівель. " #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:47 msgid "" @@ -7950,6 +16477,10 @@ msgid "" " Unit of Measure*, then click on *Save*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Configure a product's units of measure in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:56 msgid "Create new units of measure and units of measure categories" msgstr "" @@ -7975,6 +16506,10 @@ msgid "" "Categories`. Click on *Create* and name the category." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new units of measure category in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:73 msgid "" "The next step is to create the two units of measures. To do so, go to " @@ -7997,17 +16532,20 @@ msgid "" "fractions of a roll as a unit of measure, you can enter 1." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new reference unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:89 msgid "" "If you use a *Rounding Precision* inferior to 0.01, a warning message might " "appear stating that it is higher than the *Decimal Accuracy* and that it " "might cause inconsistencies. If you wish to use a *Rounding Precision* lower" -" than 0.01, first :doc:`activate the Developer Mode " -"<../../../general/developer_mode/activate>`, then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> Decimal " -"Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* accordingly. " -"For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of 0.00001, set " -"*Digits* to 5." +" than 0.01, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then " +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Database Structure --> " +"Decimal Accuracy`, select *Product Unit of Measure* and edit *Digits* " +"accordingly. For example, if you want to use a rounding precision of " +"0.00001, set *Digits* to 5." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:96 @@ -8034,8 +16572,643 @@ msgstr "" msgid "For your curtain roll, the ratio should be set to 100." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Create a second unit of measure in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst:112 msgid "" "You can now configure your product just as you would using Odoo's standard " "units of measure." msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 +msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Якість" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po index 57e383158..7adb5d1bb 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/marketing.po @@ -4,184 +4,3802 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# trolka <trolka.olug@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing.rst:5 msgid "Marketing" msgstr "Маркетинг" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:6 +msgid "Email marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Emails are an effective, fully-customizable form of communication that are " +"able to reach any target audience - large or small. The success of an email " +"is easily measurable, especially when a creative call-to-action is involved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Email Marketing* provides professional-grade email design tools, " +"templates, and features, designed to simplify the otherwise complex process " +"required to create engaging emails, build successful campaigns, and track " +"their overall effectiveness in a single application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:74 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:136 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:21 +msgid "Email marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` app icon, " +"located on the main Odoo dashboard, which leads to the main :guilabel:`Email" +" Marketing` dashboard (in the default kanban view)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To see all the mailings in the database, remove the default :guilabel:`My " +"Mailings` filter from the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the main dashboard of the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:35 +msgid "" +"In the search bar, by default, the filter: :guilabel:`My Mailings` is " +"present. That means the only information being seen (at that time) on the " +":guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard are emails that the current user has " +"created, sent, or is responsible for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"This filter can be removed by clicking the :guilabel:`X` next to " +":guilabel:`My Mailings` in the search bar. Doing so, reveals all the " +"information for every email in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:43 +msgid "Default kanban view and stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The four kanban columns each represent the various stages of emails that " +"have been built or sent within the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The stages are: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, " +":guilabel:`Sending`, :guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Draft`: means the email is still being written/created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`In Queue`: means the email is scheduled, and sent at a later " +"date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sending`: means the email is currently being sent to its " +"recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sent`: means the email has already been sent to its recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In each stage, there are drag-and-drop cards representing the email " +"campaigns that have been created, and the stage they are in represents the " +"current status of that mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Each mailing block on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard provides key" +" information related to that specific email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:61 +msgid "" +"When the cursor hovers over the upper-right corner of an email campaign " +"card, three vertical dots (:guilabel:`⋮`) appear. When clicked, a mini drop-" +"down menu reveals the option to color-code the email :guilabel:`Delete` the " +"email altogether, or :guilabel:`Archive` the message for potential future " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the three-dot drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the upper-right corner of the main :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard," +" there are other view options to choose from: :guilabel:`List` and " +":guilabel:`Graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:237 +msgid "List view" +msgstr "Список перегляду" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view (represented by the :guilabel:`☰ (three vertical " +"lines)` icon) provides the same key information, but in a classic list " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "How the List view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:84 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view (represented by the :guilabel:`📊 (bar graph)` " +"icon) provides the same key information, but in a variety of customizable " +"graph (and chart) layouts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "How the Graph view appears in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:93 +msgid "" +"In the upper-left corner, there is a :guilabel:`Measures` menu, providing " +"even more filter options to further customize the graph views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Those :guilabel:`Measures` options are: :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`, " +":guilabel:`Color Index`, and :guilabel:`Count` (which is selected, by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:100 +msgid "Filters, Group By, and Favorites search options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the view chosen for the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard," +" the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group by`, and :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"options are always available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:105 +msgid "" +"These options provide various ways to specify and organize the information " +"seen on the :guilabel:`Email Marketing` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:110 +msgid "Filters" +msgstr "Фільтри" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:112 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides different ways to filter email campaigns on the" +" dashboard. The options are: :guilabel:`My Mailings`, :guilabel:`Sent Date`," +" :guilabel:`Archived`, and :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter`. If :guilabel:`Add " +"Custom Filter` is selected, Odoo reveals an additional drop-down menu, with " +"three customizable fields to fill in, in order to retrieve results that fit " +"more specific criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of filters drop-down menu options on the Odoo Email Marketing " +"dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:121 +msgid "Group By" +msgstr "Групувати за" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides additional ways to organize the data on the " +"dashboard by grouping them in specific ways. Using this drop-down menu, the " +"data can be grouped by the messages' :guilabel:`Status`, or who it was " +":guilabel:`Sent By`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:127 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to group the data by :guilabel:`Sent Period`, which" +" has its own sub-menu of options to choose from. The :guilabel:`Sent Period`" +" options are :guilabel:`Year`, :guilabel:`Quarter`, :guilabel:`Month`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, and :guilabel:`Day`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:131 +msgid "" +"If none of the above :guilabel:`Group By` options deliver the desired " +"results, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` at the bottom of the drop-down " +"menu. Doing so reveals a new field, wherein custom criteria can be selected " +"and applied, thus delivering any grouping of data that may be desired." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the Group By drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:139 +msgid "Favorites" +msgstr "Закладки" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:141 +msgid "" +"This drop-down menu provides different ways to incorporate past search " +"filters and other record-related options to customize the dashboard. The " +"options are: :guilabel:`Save current search`, :guilabel:`Import records`, " +":guilabel:`Add to my dashboard`, and :guilabel:`Add to Google Spreadsheet`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of the Favorites drop-down menu on the Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:150 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:152 +msgid "" +"To view (and modify) the *Email Marketing* settings, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing application --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Settings page in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On this :guilabel:`Settings` page, there are three features available. The " +"features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`, :guilabel:`Blacklist Option " +"when Unsubscribing`, and :guilabel:`Dedicated Server`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns`: enables the option to manage mass mailing " +"campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Blacklist Option when Unsubscribing`: allows recipients to " +"blacklist themselves from future mailings during the unsubscribing process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:166 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`: provides the option to utilize a separate, " +"dedicated server for mailings. When enabled, Odoo reveals a new field (and " +"link), in which the specific server configurations must be entered, in order" +" for it to connect properly to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:171 +msgid "Create an email" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:173 +msgid "" +"To create an email, open the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, " +"and click the :guilabel:`Create` button in the upper-left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:176 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Create` reveals a blank email detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blank email detail form in Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:182 +msgid "" +"First, enter a :guilabel:`Subject` to the email. The :guilabel:`Subject` is " +"visible in the recipients' inbox, allowing them to get quickly see what the " +"message is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:186 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Subject` field is mandatory. An email can not be sent without" +" a :guilabel:`Subject`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:190 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon at the end of the :guilabel:`Subject` " +"field (and :guilabel:`Preview Text` field) represents emojis. Click that " +":guilabel:`☺ (smiley face)` icon to reveal a menu of emojis that can be used" +" in either field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:194 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to enter some :guilabel:`Preview Text`. This text " +"is a catchy preview sentence that encourages recipients to open the message." +" In most inboxes, this is displayed next to the subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Keep the :guilabel:`Preview Text` empty to show the first characters of the " +"email content, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:203 +msgid "Recipients" +msgstr "Одержувачі" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:205 +msgid "" +"After that, it's time to choose the recipients of this email, which can be " +"completed in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of recipients drop-down menu in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The default option is :guilabel:`Mailing List`. If :guilabel:`Mailing List` " +"option is selected, a specific :guilabel:`Mailing List` needs to be chosen " +"from the adjacent :guilabel:`Select mailing lists` field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:216 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo will only send this email to contacts on that specific mailing " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:221 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Recipients` field is clicked, a drop-down menu of other " +"options is revealed. Each option provides different ways Odoo can create a " +"target audience for the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Those options (excluding the default :guilabel:`Mailing List`) provide the " +"option to create a more specified recipient filter, in an equation-like " +"format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:227 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Recipients` field options are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applicant`: filter focuses on specific job applicants in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:230 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: filter focuses on specific contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Registration`: filter focuses on people in the database who" +" purchased event registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:233 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Track`: filter focuses on people in the database who hosted" +" a specific talk (track) at an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:235 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`: filter focuses on leads or opportunities in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:236 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mailing Contact`: filter focuses on specific mailing contacts in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:237 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Order`: filter focuses on a specific sales orders in the " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If the specified recipient fields don't automatically reveal themselves, " +"simply click the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button beneath the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field, and Odoo reveals the necessary equation fields" +" to further drill down the target recipients for this mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:244 +msgid "Add a recipient filter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To add a more specified recipient filter, select any recipient option (other" +" than :guilabel:`Mailing List`), and clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`, if " +"needed, to reveal three fields, formatted like an equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the desired " +"selections, until the preferred configuration has been achieved. The number " +"of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the right of " +"the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of how recipient filters can be customized in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:259 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Some sub-menu options in the first rule field allow for a second choice to " +"provide even more specificity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`× (Delete node)`, :guilabel:`＋ " +"(Add node)`, and :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:265 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`× (Delete node)` icon deletes a specific node (line) of the " +"rule. The :guilabel:`＋ (Add node)` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And," +" the :guilabel:`⋯ (Add branch)` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch " +"means two additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing " +"even more specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:271 +msgid "Mail body tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:273 +msgid "" +"At the bottom of the email form are two tabs: :guilabel:`Mail Body` and " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Let's focus on :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " +"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " +"every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop building " +"blocks, located on the right sidebar. Each building block provides unique " +"features and professional design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the building blocks used to create mailings in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:286 +msgid "" +"To build an email from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain Text` template, " +"and Odoo provides a blank email canvas, which can be customized in a number " +"of ways - either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash " +"(:guilabel:`/`) commands, or with the XML code editor when :ref:`Developer " +"Mode (debug mode) <developer-mode>` is engaged, and the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" is clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:293 +msgid "Settings tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:295 +msgid "" +"To the right of the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab is the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:298 +msgid "" +"The options available in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab will be different, " +"depending on if the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated in " +"the :guilabel:`Settings` page of the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` " +"application (:menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:303 +msgid "" +"Without the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature activated, the " +":guilabel:`Settings` tab on the email detail form looks like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing app, without settings " +"activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: choose an employee (in the database) to be " +"responsible for this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:312 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send From`: designate an email alias that'll display as the " +"sender of this particular email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:314 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reply To`: designate an email alias to whom all the replies to " +"this particular email will be sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:316 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Attachments`: if any specific documents are required (or helpful)" +" for this event invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " +":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:320 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature *is* activated, additional " +":guilabel:`Marketing` options appear in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, which " +"look like this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of settings tab in Odoo Email Marketing when settings are activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:327 +msgid "" +"The additional features are: :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign`, :guilabel:`Allow " +"A/B Testing`, and :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:331 +msgid "Mailing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:333 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field provides the option to add this " +"particular email to a previously-made email campaign in the database. Click " +"the empty field to reveal a drop-down menu containing all previously-made " +"mailing campaigns in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a mailing campaign drop-down menu in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:341 +msgid "" +"If the desired campaign isn't available in the initial drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Search More` to reveal a complete list of all mailing " +"campaigns in the database. Or, type the name of the desired mailing campaign" +" in the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, until Odoo reveals the desired " +"campaign in the drop-down menu. Then, select the desired campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:347 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Settings tab)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:349 +msgid "" +"To create a new campaign from this :guilabel:`Mailing Campaign` field, start" +" typing the name of this new campaign, and select :guilabel:`Create " +"[Campaign Name]` or :guilabel:`Create and Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:352 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, " +"and modify its settings in the future. And click :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit...` to add this new mailing campaign to the database, and Odoo reveals " +"a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the email mailing campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:360 +msgid "" +"Here, the new mailing campaign can be further customized. Adjust the " +":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, assign a :guilabel:`Responsible`, and add " +":guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:363 +msgid "" +"The top row of the :guilabel:`Create: Mailing Campaign` pop-up window is " +"filled with analytical smart buttons. Each of which displays various metrics" +" related to the campaign. When clicked, Odoo reveals a separate, more " +"detailed page with even more in-depth statistics." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The option to instantly a new communication from this pop-up window is " +"available in the upper-left corner. The adjustable status bar is located in " +"the upper-right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:370 +msgid "" +"When all modifications are ready to be finalized, click :guilabel:`Save`. To" +" delete the entire campaign, click :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:374 +msgid "Create new mailing campaign (from Campaigns page)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:376 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` feature is activated, a new " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` option appears in the header of the *Email Marketing* " +"application. Campaigns can also be created on this :guilabel:`Campaigns` " +"page in the *Email Marketing* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Campaigns " +"--> Create`. When that's clicked, a pop-up window appears, in which the " +":guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and :guilabel:`Tags` can" +" be added directly on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst-1 +msgid "View of the campaign pop-up window in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:388 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database, and freely edit " +"it later on. Or, click :guilabel:`Edit` and Odoo reveals the campaign " +"template form on a separate page, providing the opportunity to further edit " +"the campaign, send communications related to the campaign, and analyze " +"various metrics related to the campaign, via the smart buttons at the top of" +" the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:394 +msgid "A/B testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Back in the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the mailing, if the :guilabel:`Allow" +" A/B Testing` box is checked, recipients are only be mailed to once. This " +"allows different mailings to be sent to randomly selected recipients. This " +"tests the overall effectiveness of the mailing, and eliminates the need for " +"duplicate messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:401 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`A/B Testing percentage` field represents the percentage of " +"contacts in the database that this message will be mailed to, as a part of " +"the :guilabel:`A/B Testing`. Enter a number between `1-100`. The recipients " +"are randomly chosen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:406 +msgid "Send, schedule, or test" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:408 +msgid "" +"After finalizing the mailing, Odoo provides the following options in the " +"upper-left corner of the email template page. Those options are: " +":guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:412 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, there are also buttons to :guilabel:`Save` " +"or :guilabel:`Discard` the mailing, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:415 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send` - Click to have Odoo send the email to the desired " +"recipients. When Odoo has sent the mailing, the status changes to *Sent*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:417 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which a future " +"date-time is chosen. Odoo sends the mailing to the desired recipients at " +"that specified date-time. When a date-time is chosen, the status of the " +"mailing changes to *In Queue*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:420 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test` - Click to reveal a pop-up window, in which Odoo allows a " +"sample email to be sent for testing purposes. Enter the desired recipient's " +"email address in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, and click :guilabel:`Send" +" Sample Mail`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:423 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` - Click to save the mailing as a draft, which can be edited" +" (and sent) at a later date. When clicked, the status of the mailing stays " +"as :guilabel:`Draft`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:425 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discard` - Click to discard any changes that have been made since" +" the last save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:428 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Save` or :guilabel:`Discard` is selected (while in " +":guilabel:`Edit` mode), those options are replaced with an :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button and a :guilabel:`Create` button. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to re-enter " +":guilabel:`Edit` mode. Click :guilabel:`Create` to start creating a new " +"mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing.rst:434 +msgid "" +"By default, there's a daily limit applied for **all emails** sent throughout" +" *all* applications. So, if there are remaining emails to be sent after a " +"limit has been reached, those mailings *will not* be sent automatically the " +"next day. The sending needs to be forced, by opening the email and clicking " +":guilabel:`Retry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:15 +msgid "Mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Mailing lists are important for a number of reasons. Mailing lists can " +"provide valuable leads for sales teams, communicate with focus groups " +"participants, contact consumers directly for useful feedback, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:10 +msgid "Create mailing lists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To create a mailing list in the *Email Marketing* application, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing lists --> Mailing lists --> Create`. Clicking " +":guilabel:`Create` reveals a pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the mailing list pop-up in the Odoo Email Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:19 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up, name the mailing list and designate if the mailing list " +"should be public with the :guilabel:`Is Public` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Is Public` option allows the mailing list to be accessible by" +" recipients in the unsubscription page, making it possible for them to " +"update their subscription preferences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:25 +msgid "" +"After those options have been configured, click :guilabel:`Create` to create" +" the mailing list, which Odoo automatically adds to the :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:29 +msgid "Add contacts to a mailing list" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:31 +msgid "" +"After a mailing list has been created (and added to the :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Lists` dashboard), click on the desired mailing list to add contacts to the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Clicking the desired mailing list reveals a separate :guilabel:`Mailing List" +" Contacts` page, in which contacts can be added to this specific list by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create`, and adding contact information directly on a " +"separate contact detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Or, while in the :menuselection:`Email Marketing` application, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts`. Doing so reveals a" +" separate page with all the mailing list contacts in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:42 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Create`, and add a contact with the same " +"previous steps. Or, click the :guilabel:`Import` icon (to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Create` button) to import contacts into the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Once contacts are in the database, click into the desired contact's detail " +"form, and add the preferred mailing list in the :guilabel:`Mailing List` tab" +" (at the bottom of the contact detail form), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and selecting the desired mailing list. Multiple mailing lists can be" +" added to a single contact's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a contact detail form with mailing list tab in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:56 +msgid "Create new mailing list from contact detail form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a mailing list from a contact detail form, click :guilabel:`Add a " +"line`, and type in the name of a new mailing list in the empty field that " +"appears. Then, select either :guilabel:`Create` or :guilabel:`Create and " +"Edit...`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the new mailing list drop-down on contact form in Odoo Email " +"Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:66 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Create` option quickly creates the mailing list to the " +"contact detail form, and the list can be configured at a later date. The " +":guilabel:`Create and Edit...` option creates the mailing list, and reveals " +"a pop-up window, in which the new mailing list can be configured right away." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the create and edit mailing list pop-up in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:76 +msgid "Link a mailing list to website (Newsletter blocks)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:78 +msgid "" +"When a mailing list is created in the database, Odoo provides the option to " +"directly link the mailing list on the Odoo-built website (created via Odoo's" +" :guilabel:`Website` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To link a mailing list to a website, navigate to the front-end of the " +"website, and enter :guilabel:`Edit` mode by clicking :guilabel:`Edit` in the" +" upper-right corner. When clicked, Odoo reveals a right-sidebar, filled with" +" drag-and-drop *Building Blocks* that are packed with various features, " +"options, and design elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Then, to add a *subscription field* for a specific mailing list onto a " +"website, drag-and-drop any of the :guilabel:`Newsletter` options " +"(:guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`, or " +":guilabel:`Newsletter`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To quickly locate the :guilabel:`Newsletter` building block options (while " +"in :guilabel:`Edit` mode on the front-end of the website), type `Newsletter`" +" into the search bar, located in the right sidebar, under the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and Odoo reveals the three different " +":guilabel:`Newsletter` block options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of how to quickly search for Newsletter blocks in the Odoo Website " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:100 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Newsletter` block is dragged onto the body of the website," +" Odoo reveals a pop-up window, in which the desired mailing list is selected" +" from a drop-down menu (and linked) to this block on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the add mailing list subscription pop-up on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter Block` - Adds a block onto the webpage, providing " +"visitors with the option to add their email address to this mailing list, " +"and subscribe to future communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:111 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter block in the Odoo Website application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` - Tells Odoo to reveal a subscription pop-up " +"window to occur at a certain part of the webpage. When the visitor scrolls " +"to this predetermined point, a pop-up subscription window appears, asking " +"for their email address to subscribe to the mailing list. The pop-up window " +"can be edited further to fit any business needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:121 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter Popup`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a sample newsletter pop-up sample on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:126 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Newsletter` - Provides visitors with a simple field to add their " +"email address to the mailing list, and subscribe to future mailings in the " +"footer (or anywhere else on the page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:129 +msgid "Here's an example of a :guilabel:`Newsletter` dynamic block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:0 +msgid "View of a Newsletter dynamic block on an Odoo Website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/mailing_lists.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:73 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/marketing/email_marketing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:3 +msgid "Manage unsubscriptions (Blacklist)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Providing recipients with the power to unsubscribe from mailing lists is not" +" only a smart business practice, it's often a legal requirement. By allowing" +" recipients to unsubscribe from a mailing list establishes a sense of trust " +"with an audience, and helps companies appear genuine (and not spammy)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:10 +msgid "Enable the Blacklist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, the *Blacklist* feature must be enabled. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Settings`, enable " +"to :guilabel:`Blacklist Options when Unsubscribing`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the blacklist feature in the Settings page of the Odoo Email " +"Marketing app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:20 +msgid "" +"With that feature activated, an *Unsubscribe* link appears in mailings. If a" +" recipient clicks that link, Odoo reveals a :guilabel:`Unsubscriptions` " +"page, where they can directly manage their subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"With a test mailing, clicking the :guilabel:`Unsubscribe` link reveals an " +"error page (*error 403 - Access Denied*). To make sure the link is working " +"properly, create the mailing, and only send it to a personal email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:102 +msgid "Blacklist" +msgstr "Чорний список" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In addition to having the option to *Unsubscribe* from specific mailing " +"lists, the recipient can also *Blacklist* themselves, meaning they will not " +"receive *any* more emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The mailing list has to be configured as *Public* in order to be visible for" +" users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To view a complete collection of blacklisted email addresses, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Email " +"Addresses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "View of the blacklisted email addresses page in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:45 +msgid "" +"When a blacklisted record is selected from this page, Odoo reveals a " +"separate page with that blacklisted recipient's contact information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blacklisted contact detail form in Odoo Email Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:52 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Chatter` of this page, there's a time-stamped message, " +"informing the user when that recipient blacklisted themselves (via a " +":guilabel:`Mail Blacklist created` log note)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:56 +msgid "Unblacklist contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To *Unblacklist* contacts, click the :guilabel:`Unblacklist` button in the " +"upper-left corner to remove the contact from the blacklist, allowing them to" +" receive mailings once again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Unblacklist` is clicked, a pop-up appears. In this pop-up, " +"the specific email address is listed, and there's a :guilabel:`Reason` " +"field, in which a reason can be entered, explaining why this particular " +"contact was removed from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the unblacklist pop-up window in the Odoo Email Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/email_marketing/unsubscriptions.rst:69 +msgid "" +"After filling in the fields, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to officially remove " +"that particular contact from the blacklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:5 +msgid "Events" +msgstr "Події" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Events <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-63>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Event essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Events provides event coordinators with an arsenal of planning, " +"communications, and reporting tools to create immersive and engaging " +"experiences for customers. Namely, staff can create and publish events on " +"their website, sell tickets online, scan tickets with Odoo barcode, send out" +" automated emails, and generate rich reporting data once the event accepts " +"registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:11 +msgid "Kanban concepts and organization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To get started, click on the :guilabel:`Events` application on the home " +"dashboard, which then leads to the kanban view populated with a variety of " +"pipeline stages. Key information is listed on each event card, such as the " +"date/time of the event, along with the number of expected (and confirmed) " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click :guilabel:`Add a Column` and provide a " +"befitting title to reflect the purpose of that stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To reorganize the stages, just drag-and-drop them until they are in the " +"correct order. Stages can also be “folded” in the kanban for a cleaner " +"presentation, via the :guilabel:`Settings` menu to the right of each stage's" +" title, which is represented by a gear icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"The gear icon, by default, is hidden and will appear next to the " +":guilabel:`+` icon when moused over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "When clicked, a drop-down menu of settings will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of events setting with the kanban view in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:36 +msgid "Create a new event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:38 +msgid "" +"To create an event, click :guilabel:`Create` from the Events dashboard. Odoo" +" will then direct the page to a blank event template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From the event form, fill out the necessary fields, either by choosing from " +"existing data in the Odoo database or by creating and editing new field " +"data. Key information to enter for the event includes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Event Name`: give the event a title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: includes the start and end dates/times for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Timezone`: covers the timezone for when the event is taking " +"place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Template`: choose from a pre-built event template or build a " +"custom one and connect it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: add tags to indicate briefly what the event is for (e.g. " +"`tradeshow`). Tags help better organize event cards in the kanban and are " +"useful when using search filters during reporting periods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Organizer`: detail the organizer(s) for the event. This field is " +"usually the company that owns the Odoo database, or a vendor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: name the point person who is responsible for " +"organizing the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: indicate which Odoo website(s) the event event should " +"be published to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Venue`: list the venue details here if it's a new record, or " +"choose from an existing location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Registrations`: when enabled, this setting caps the " +"attendee registrations to a specified amount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:61 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Autoconfirmation`: when enabled, this setting skips the " +"confirmation request that gets sent by email to event registrants, and " +"automatically confirms their registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Once the fields in the event form are set, move on to the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` and :guilabel:`Communication` tabs, and optionally the " +":guilabel:`Questions` tab if registrations should require additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:69 +msgid "Add and sell event tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Tickets` tab, add line items for each type of ticket " +"the event plans to offer. Here, determine the ticket price, start/end dates " +"for registrations, as well as the maximum number of tickets that can be " +"sold." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If selling tickets isn't necessary for the event, a simple " +":guilabel:`Registration` button will be displayed on the event's page by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the ticket tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "Send automated emails, text, and social posts to event attendees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Communication` tab, configure personalized email, SMS, " +"or social post messages to keep in touch with event attendees. For each " +"communication, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Communication`" +" tab form, and then choose (or create) a communications template using the " +"drop-down menu under the :guilabel:`Template` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Next, define the :guilabel:`Interval` and :guilabel:`Unit` of time for how " +"often the communication should be sent; use these time fields to specify the" +" frequency of :guilabel:`Hours`, :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, or " +":guilabel:`Months` communications should be sent. There is also the option " +"to send communications `Immediately` after a specified :guilabel:`Trigger` " +"is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In the last column, determine the :guilabel:`Trigger` which controls how and" +" when the communication is sent. For this action, choose between: " +":guilabel:`Before the event`, :guilabel:`After each registration`, or " +":guilabel:`After the event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the communication tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:105 +msgid "Attach a questionnaire to event registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Implementing a questionnaire during event sign up is an effective way to " +"gauge the wants, needs, and interests of the event's attendees ahead of " +"time. Questionnaires also act as informative analytics tools for reporting " +"periods before (or after) events take place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To create a questionnaire, from the :guilabel:`Events` application, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings` and then enable the " +":guilabel:`Questions` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "" +"With the setting enabled, questions and answers can now be added (and " +"recorded) under the the :guilabel:`Questions` tab back on the event form. " +"For each question, specify if it should only be asked once with the " +":guilabel:`Ask once per order` checkbox, or if the question requires a " +":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`, which will make the question required for " +"registration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:120 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Once per order` checkbox is enabled, then a single " +"registration for 3 event attendees will show the questionnaire only once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:123 +msgid "" +"There are two :guilabel:`Question Types` to choose from: " +":guilabel:`Selection` and :guilabel:`Text Input`. The :guilabel:`Selection` " +"type, allows attendees to select an answer from pre-configured options, " +"which are entered in the :guilabel:`Answers` tab below. The :guilabel:`Text " +"Input` type allows attendees to write in their own answer to the question in" +" a text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of an event form, open the questions tab, and add a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "Log internal notes or add ticket instructions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Notes` tab, there is the option to add a :guilabel:`Note` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Ticket instructions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Note`, internal notes can be left (such as: to-do lists, " +"contact information, etc.) for event staff to reference. In the " +":guilabel:`Ticket instructions` field, helpful information for staff and " +"attendees can be shared (like, directions to the venue, opening/closing " +"times, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Type `/` in either text field (:guilabel:`Note` or :guilabel:`Ticket " +"instructions`) to reveal a sub-menu of :guilabel:`Structure` options. These " +"options provide various formatting options to ensure vital internal " +"information is organzied for event staff to review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Notes tab in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:153 +msgid "Invite attendees to the event" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To invite people to an event, click the :guilabel:`Invite` button located in" +" the top left corner of the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Inside the invite template form, are options to sent email or SMS invites. " +"Each message can be fully customized, and recipients can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Adding a :guilabel:`Subject` line for the invite message is required, but " +"the :guilabel:`Preview Text` field is optional. The :guilabel:`Preview Text`" +" is a catchy preview sentence meant to encourage recipients to open the " +"email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:166 +msgid "" +"In most cases, the :guilabel:`Preview Text` is displayed next to the " +"subject. Keep this field empty to ensure the first characters of the email " +"content appear, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:170 +msgid "Select invitees and configure recipient filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "" +"In the middle of the invitation form, find and click the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field, to reveal a drop-down menu of recipient " +"options. These choices represent where Odoo will find the desired " +"recipients' information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Once an option from this menu is selected (e.g. :guilabel:`Applicant`, " +":guilabel:`Contact`, :guilabel:`Event Registration`, " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, etc.), Odoo will send the invitation to all " +"recipients who match that initial rule. Additional rules can be added to " +"narrow down the target recipients, by clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the add filter button beneath the recipients field in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Add Filter` reveals three fields, formatted like an " +"equation. To reveal the sub-menu options, click each field, and make the " +"desired selections, until the preferred configuration has been acheived. The" +" number of :guilabel:`Records` that match the rule(s) are indicated to the " +"right of the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "" +"To the right of each rule, are :guilabel:`x`, :guilabel:`+`, and " +":guilabel:`...` icons. The :guilabel:`x` icon deletes a specific node (line)" +" of the rule. The :guilabel:`+` icon adds a node (line) to the rule. And, " +"the :guilabel:`...` icon adds a branch to the node. A branch means two " +"additional, indented sub-nodes are added to the rule, providing even more " +"specificity to the line above it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:201 +msgid "Build a custom event invite" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:203 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab, there are a number of pre-configured " +"message templates to choose from. Select the desired template, and modify " +"every element of its design details with Odoo's drag-and-drop web builder, " +"located on the right sidebar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the drag and drop building blocks used to customize event invite " +"emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "" +"To build an email event invite from scratch, select the :guilabel:`Plain " +"Text` template, and Odoo will provide a blank email canvas, which can be " +"customized either by using the front-end rich text editor that accepts slash" +" (`/`) commands, or the XML code editor when :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` is engaged and the :guilabel:`</>` icon is pressed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail Body` tab (and template options), are only available if " +"the event invite :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is designated as an " +":guilabel:`Email`. If :guilabel:`SMS` is the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`, a " +":guilabel:`SMS Content` tab (consisting of a blank text space), is " +"available, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:224 +msgid "Modify event invite settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:226 +msgid "" +"The options under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab are different, depending on " +"the specified :guilabel:`Mailing Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Email` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`," +" an employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible`, meaning that " +"person is the one responsible for this particular invite message. " +":guilabel:`Send From` and :guilabel:`Reply To` email aliases can be " +"designated here, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Also, if any specific documents are required (or helpful) for this event " +"invite, they can be sent along with this email, by clicking " +":guilabel:`ATTACH A FILE`, and adding the appropriate document(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:238 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`SMS` option is selected as the :guilabel:`Mailing Type`, a" +" :guilabel:`Responsible` can be designated, and the option to " +":guilabel:`Include an opt-out link` is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:242 +msgid "Send event invitations to recipients" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is :guilabel:`Email`, there are " +"three options to send the invite: :guilabel:`Send`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, " +"and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Send` option sends the invite right away. The " +":guilabel:`Schedule` option reveals a pop-up, in which a scheduled date/time" +" can be selected for the email to be sent. The :guilabel:`Test` option " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Test Mailing` pop-up, where specific recipient email " +"addresses can be entered for Odoo to send them the current version of the " +"mailing for review before officially sending it out to prospective event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:253 +msgid "" +"If the selected :guilabel:`Mailing Type` is :guilabel:`SMS`, there are four " +"options to send the invite: :guilabel:`Put in Queue`, :guilabel:`Send Now`, " +":guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Put in Queue` option schedules an SMS message to all " +"recipients (that match the designated rules, if any) in the near future. " +"Clicking :guilabel:`Put in Queue` reveals a pop-up, requiring confirmation. " +"When confirmed, a blue banner appears on the event invite template form, " +"indicating that the SMS will be sent later that day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Send Now`, :guilabel:`Schedule`, and :guilabel:`Test` options" +" all function the same way for both :guilabel:`Mailing Type` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:266 +msgid "Publish events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:268 +msgid "" +"Until an event is published, it will remain hidden from public view on the " +"website and registering for it will not be possible. To publish an event, " +"navigate to it either from the back end of Odoo through the " +":guilabel:`Events` application, or access the hidden event page through the " +"front end as either a priveliged user or administrator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:273 +msgid "" +"If navigating from the back end, go to the event form, and click the " +":guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button to reach the event page on the " +"website (on the front end). If starting from the front end, simply navigate " +"to the event page that needs to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst:277 +msgid "" +"No matter the route, an event page can only be published from the front end." +" In the upper right corner of the event page on the website, toggle the " +"switch from the red :guilabel:`Unpublished` status to the green " +":guilabel:`Published` status. Doing so instantly makes the event page " +"accessible to the public on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/event_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a website page and the option to publish the event in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:3 +msgid "Sell tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom ticket tiers (with various price points) for potential " +"attendees to choose from, directly on the event template form, under the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` tab. Odoo simplifies the ticket-purchasing process by " +"providing plenty of payment method options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:9 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"First, in order to enable the creation (and selling of) event tickets, go to" +" :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Tickets` and :guilabel:`Online Ticketing` features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tickets` feature allows tickets to be sold for an event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:18 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Online Tickets` feature allows for the sale of tickets to " +"occur through the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If these options are *not* enabled, a default :guilabel:`Register` button " +"will be available for free registrations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of the settings page for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:29 +msgid "Sell tickets through sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Sales` application, choose a previously-created Event " +"Registration (as if it were a product), and add it as a product line. Upon " +"adding the registration, a pop-up appears, which allows for the selection of" +" a specific event (and ticket tier). That specific event ticket is then " +"attached to the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a sales order and option to choose the specific event in Odoo " +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Events with tickets sold online or through sales orders have a " +":guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` shortcut, located at the top of the event " +"template form (in the :guilabel:`Events` application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Sales Smart Button` reveals a page with all the " +"sales orders related to that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of an event's form and the sales smart button in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an event form highlighting the column product under the tickets tab in Odoo\n" +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:56 +msgid "Sell tickets through the website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:58 +msgid "" +"With tickets purchased through the website, the process is similar to " +"creating a :guilabel:`Sales Order` with a specific :guilabel:`Registration` " +"product. Here, tickets are added to a virtual cart, and the transaction can " +"be completed as usual - utilizing any of the pre-configured payment methods " +"options that have been set up on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The completed purchase is automatically produced in a :guilabel:`Sales " +"Order`, which can be easily accessed in the back end of the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/sell_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "View of website transaction for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:3 +msgid "Track and manage talks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo Events, it's possible to provide attendees with the power to " +"propose presenters to speak at events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Events --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable :guilabel:`Schedule & Tracks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:14 +msgid "" +"When that feature is enabled, two more options become available: *Live " +"Broadcast* and *Event Gamification*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Live Broadcast` allows for the airing of tracks online through a " +"YouTube integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Gamification` allows for the sharing of a quiz with your " +"attendees, once a track (talk) is over." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Event Gamification` isn't necessary for tracks to appear on the " +"event page on the website, but it can enhance the engagement and overall " +"enjoyablity of the event for attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:27 +msgid "Talks, talk proposals, and agenda" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once those two features are enabled, the following links are automatically " +"added to the sub-header menu, located on the event page on the website: " +":guilabel:`Talks`, :guilabel:`Talk Proposals`, and :guilabel:`Agenda`. Any " +"attendee can freely access these menu items and their corresponding content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Talks` link takes the attendee to a page full of all the " +"talks for that event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Talks Proposals` link takes the attendee to a form page, " +"where they can propose talks for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Agenda` link takes the attendee to a page with all the talks " +"for the event, but in a calendar/time-slot format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the published website and the talks, talk proposals, and agenda in " +"Odoo Events" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:46 +msgid "Manage talk proposals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When attendees fill out and submit a talk proposal form on the website, a " +"new :guilabel:`Proposal` is instantly created in the back end for the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:52 +msgid "" +"All talks (Proposals, Confirmed, Announced, etc.) are accessible via the " +":guilabel:`Tracks` smart button on the event form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the talks' proposals page emphasizing the column proposal in Odoo " +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:59 +msgid "" +"If a proposal is accepted, move the :guilabel:`Event Track` to the " +"appropriate stage in the Kanban view (e.g. `Confirmed`, etc.). Then, go to " +"that particular event's template form, and click the :guilabel:`Go to " +"Website` smart button to reach that specific talk's page on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner, toggle the switch from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to" +" :guilabel:`Published`, and the talk is instantly accessible on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:67 +msgid "Without publishing a talk, attendees will never be able to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "View of the website page to publish a proposed talk for Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:74 +msgid "Attendees list and attendance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once attendees have registered for a specific event, they are added to the " +":guilabel:`Attendee List` for that event, which is accessible via the " +":guilabel:`Attendees` smart button on the event template form, or " +":menuselection:`Reporting --> Attendees` and sorted by event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"When an attendee arrives at the event, they will be marked as attending " +"(:guilabel:`Confirmed Attendance`), and the status of that attendee will " +"change to :guilabel:`Attended.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of events with the kanban view in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When analyzing an :guilabel:`Attendees list`, Odoo provides different ways " +"to view the information. Each view option presents the same information, but" +" in a slightly different layout. To change the view, click on the icons in " +"the upper right hand of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "Various view options on the attendees list page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:96 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Kanban` view, it can be confirmed whether the attendees " +"have already paid or remain unpaid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:99 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view provides information in a more traditional list " +"formation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a clear schedule visualization of " +"which attendees are arriving on specific dates of the event." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view provides graphical representations of that " +"event's attendees, along with numerous filters and customizable measures for" +" deeper analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view lays out attendee data to better analyze the " +"number of registration dates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Tickets sold through sales orders validate attendees as soon as the " +"quotation is confirmed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:114 +msgid "Manage registrations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Upon selecting an attendee, Odoo reveals that specific attendee's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:118 +msgid "" +"From here, event badges can be sent manually, by selecting :guilabel:`Send " +"By Email`. The :guilabel:`Attendee` can also be marked as " +":guilabel:`Attended`, or the registration can be canceled altogether via the" +" :guilabel:`Cancel Registration` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an attendee form emphasizing the send by email and cancel registration in Odoo\n" +"Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:128 +msgid "Lead Generation Rules" +msgstr "Правила створення лідів" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:130 +msgid "With Odoo, leads can be generated from events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:132 +msgid "" +"To create and configure a :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` related to " +"events, navigate to :menuselection:`Events app --> Configuration --> Lead " +"Generation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:135 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` page, every configured " +":guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` can be found, along with pertinent data " +"related to those rules." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule page looks in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:142 +msgid "" +"To create a new :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule`, click :guilabel:`Create`, " +"and fill out the :guilabel:`Lead Generation Rule` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst-1 +msgid "How the Lead Generation Rule template looks in Odoo Events." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:149 +msgid "" +"After naming the rule, configure *how* the lead should be created (either " +":guilabel:`Per Attendee` or :guilabel:`Per Order`), and *when* they should " +"be created, (when :guilabel:`Attendees are created`, when " +":guilabel:`Attendees are confirmed`, or when :guilabel:`Attendees attended` " +"the event)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:154 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`For any of these Events` section, there are fields to " +"attach this rule to any specific event categories, company, and/or event. To" +" add even more specificity to the rule, a domain filter rule can be " +"configured to ensure the rule only applies to a specific target audience of " +"attendees (found in the :guilabel:`If the Attendees meet these Conditions` " +"section)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/events/track_manage_talks.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Lead Default Values` section, designate a " +":guilabel:`Lead Type`, then assign it to a specific :guilabel:`Sales Team` " +"(and/or :guilabel:`Salesperson`), and attach tags to the rule, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:8 msgid "Marketing Automation" msgstr "Автоматизація маркетингу" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Marketing <https://www.odoo.com/slides/marketing-27>`_" +msgstr "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Маркетинг <https://www.odoo.com/slides/marketing-27>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Metrics" +msgid "Understanding metrics" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Metrics are values that help you measure progress and can be a powerful way " -"of linking your employees to goals." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:9 -msgid "" -"When you create a workflow in Odoo, its visual content already shows metrics" -" in a graph form and in numbers." +"Metrics are detailed statistics that measure the progress and success of " +"marketing campaigns. When creating marketing activities in a workflow, Odoo " +"visually displays various metrics related to the campaign with detailed " +"graphs and in-depth data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:10 -msgid "Let’s consider the example below:" +msgid "" +"A typical line graph in a marketing automation workflow showcasing the " +"success rate of an email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +msgid "An example of a marketing automation campaign in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:16 msgid "" -"The *Target* - business object - is *Lead/Opportunity* and was narrowed down" -" to the ones whose *Tag Name* contain the description “Product”, and have an" -" email address set." +"In this case, the :guilabel:`Target` of this campaign is set to " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and was narrowed down to *only* focus on the " +"leads (or opportunities) whose :guilabel:`Tag Name` contains a value of " +"`product` — and *also* have an email address set up in the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:20 -msgid "A total number of 20 records match the criteria." +msgid "" +"Beneath the filter nodes, Odoo displays how many records in the database " +"fall into the previously-specified criteria filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:24 +msgid "Below, there are 18 records in the database that match the criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"Out of those 20 records, 25 have become participants, in other words, they " -"have matched the criteria." +"Lead generation filters used to refine records on automation campaigns in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:30 +msgid "" +"At the top of the marketing automation campaign form, there are a series of " +"smart buttons. The :guilabel:`Participations` smart button in this example " +"indicates that, out of those 18 records, 25 have become participants. In " +"other words, they have matched the criteria, and have already interacted " +"with the campaign in one way or another." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:36 msgid "" -"Every time the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will" -" look at the *Target* model and check if new records have been added or " -"modified, keeping the flow up-to-date." +":guilabel:`Records` represent a real-time number. Therefore, while the " +"workflow is running, changes in opportunity records (deletions, additions, " +"or adjustments) may occur." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:39 msgid "" -"The filter here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose the tag in " -"the meantime will be excluded from later activities." +"This means there will be real-time updates to the number of " +":guilabel:`Records`, but such updates do *not* change the number of " +":guilabel:`Participants`, as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities " +"that have already been set as :guilabel:`Participants` before — Odoo just " +"adds new ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:44 msgid "" -"*Records* is a real-time number, therefore while the workflow is running, " -"changes in opportunity records can be made - delete, add, adjustment - " -"updating the number of records, but not changing the number of participants," -" as the metric *will not* exclude opportunities that have been set as " -"participants before. It will just add new ones. For this reason, the number " -"of *Records* can be different from the number of *Participants*." +"That's why the number of :guilabel:`Records` can be different from the " +"number of :guilabel:`Participants` from time to time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Difference between real-time record count and total participants on a " +"marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Whenever the system runs, updating numbers and triggering actions, it will " +"look at the :guilabel:`Target` model, and check if new :guilabel:`Records` " +"have been added (or modified), which always keeps the flow up-to-date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Filter` here is applied to *all* activities. Leads that lose " +"that specific tag (`product`) in the meantime will be excluded from later " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Filters can also be applied to individual activities, in the " +":guilabel:`Domain` section of the :guilabel:`Activity` pop-up form. Use this" +" feature to specify an individual filter that will *only* be performed if " +"the records satisfy *both* filter criteria — the activity filter and its " +"specific domain filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When configuring an SMS activity, make sure a certain phone number is set, " +"in order to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 msgid "" -"You can also have filters applied to activities individually, under " -"*Domain*. A useful feature to specify an individual filter that will only be" -" performed if the records satisfied both filters, the activity and its " -"domain one." +"A relevant targeting filter that applies to a type of individual activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:73 msgid "" -"Example: for an activity sending an SMS, you could make sure a phone number " -"is set to avoid triggering a SMS that would never be sent and crash." +":guilabel:`Success` represents the number of times that the searching for " +"participants — who match the criteria filter(s) of that activity — was " +"performed successfully, in relation to the total number of participants. If " +"a participant does *not* match the conditions, it will be added to the " +":guilabel:`Rejected` number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst-1 msgid "" -"*Success* is the number of times the searching for participants - that match" -" the filter(s) of that activity - was performed successfully in relation to " -"the total number of participants." +"Overview showing participants who do or do not match filtering criteria on " +"an activity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:82 msgid "" -"If a participant does not match the conditions, it will be added to " -"*Rejected*." +"Hovering over the graph on an automation activity block, Odoo displays the " +"number of successful and rejected participants, per day, over the last 15 " +"days." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:86 msgid "" -"Hovering over the graph, you can see the number of successful and rejected " -"participants, per day, for the last 15 days." +"Whenever a new record is added to the :guilabel:`Target` model, it's " +"automatically added to the workflow, and it will start the workflow from the" +" beginning (:guilabel:`Parent Action`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/advanced/understanding_metrics.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started.rst:5 +msgid "Getting Started" +msgstr "Розпочніть" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:13 +msgid "Getting started" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:5 msgid "" -"Every time a new record is added to the *Target* model, it will be " -"automatically added to the workflow, and, it will start the workflow from " -"the beginning (parent action)." +"The Odoo *Marketing Automation* app automates a variety of marketing tasks, " +"by combining specific rules and filters to generate timed actions. Instead " +"of manually having to build each stage of a campaign (such as a series of " +"timed massmails), the *Marketing Automation* app allows marketers to build " +"the entire campaign, and all of its stages, in one place on a single " +"dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:11 +msgid "Create a campaign" +msgstr "Створити кампанію" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To create a new automated marketing campaign, open the " +":menuselection:`Marketing Automation` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` " +"button in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank marketing " +"automation campaign detail form on a separate page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the blank marketing automation campaign page, the following smart buttons" +" and fields are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A dashboard showing the creation of a new marketing automation campaign in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:24 +msgid "**Smart buttons**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Templates`: represents the number of pre-configured mail " +"templates being used in this particular campaign. (Templates can always be " +"created on-the-fly, as well)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS`: represents the number of personalized SMS messages " +"connected to this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Clicks`: represents the number of times attached links have been " +"clicked by recipients of this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Participants`: represents the number of contacts that have " +"directly participated in this campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:34 +msgid "**Fields**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: represents the name of the marketing automation campaign " +"being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Target`: this field is a drop-down menu to choose which model is " +"targeted by this campaign (i.e., by Contacts, Sales Order, Lead/Opportunity," +" etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Filter`: this field provides numerous configurable criteria that " +"can be used to further narrow down the target recipients/audience for the " +"marketing automation campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:43 +msgid "Campaign filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To add a :guilabel:`Filter` to the target audience, click :guilabel:`Add " +"Filter`, and a node field appears. In the node field, a custom equation can " +"be configured for Odoo to use when filtering who to include (and exclude) in" +" this specific marketing campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst-1 +msgid "A filter node in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When the first field of the node is clicked, a nested drop-down menu of " +"options appears on the screen, wherein specific criteria is chosen based on " +"needs of the campaign. The remaining fields on the node further define the " +"criteria determining which records to include (or exclude) in the execution " +"of the campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To add another node, click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon to the right " +"of the filtering rule. To add a branch of multiple nodes at the same time, " +"click the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For further information on filters, refer to :doc:`this documentation page " +"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Records` represent the number of contacts in the system that fit " +"the specified criteria for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:69 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/first_campaign.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:3 +msgid "Target an audience" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Delivering marketing campaigns to the right audience is paramount when " +"trying to grow a business. The Odoo *Marketing Automation* application helps" +" marketers to do just that by providing detailed filtering tools, which can " +"be as simple (or as complex) as necessary, to reach the right customers at " +"the right time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:11 +msgid "Configure target filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:13 +msgid "" +"When configuring the target filters on a marketing campaign, there are some " +"options that have an :guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon beside them. The " +":guilabel:`> (arrow)` icon signifies that the particular filter has more " +"refined parameters within it that can be customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "The drop-down filter menu in the Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Filters can be extended by adding *branches* and *nodes*. A *node* adds " +"another filtering parameter to a group of targeting conditions (e.g. a new " +"line), and a *branch* creates a narrowly refined cluster of parameters, " +"allowing filters to be grouped with :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL` " +"statements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:26 +msgid "Every time a new branch is created, there are two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Either the records can match :guilabel:`ALL` criteria for the upcoming rules" +" (creating an AND statement where *all* criteria must match)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Or, the records can match :guilabel:`ANY` criteria for the upcoming rules " +"(creating an OR statement where *only one* of the criteria must match)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:33 +msgid "" +"To change between these two options, simply click the drop-down arrow icon " +"in the green box and select :guilabel:`ANY` or :guilabel:`ALL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To add a node, click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` icon, and to add " +"another branch click on the :guilabel:`⋯ (ellipses)` icon. To exclude a node" +" or a branch, click on :guilabel:`✖ (delete)` icon to delete it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:45 +msgid "Use cases" +msgstr "Використовуйте різні варіанти" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following scenarios outline different combinations of filters a " +"marketing campaign might commonly use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:51 +msgid "Scenario #1: Narrow target down to new opportunities in the pipeline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:53 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, search for " +":guilabel:`Lead/Opportunity`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Then, " +"click on the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of " +"the filter equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter " +"options. From this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Keep the second portion of the filter equation on the default :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Next, change the third (and final) portion of the filter equation from " +":guilabel:`Lead` to :guilabel:`Opportunity`. The number of " +":guilabel:`Records` that fit this specific filter equation changes as the " +"equation is customized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` " +"icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:71 +msgid "" +"With \"new\" opportunities being the target of this filter, the second node " +"will focus on *only* locating opportunities that are in the :guilabel:`New` " +"stage of the pipeline. To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from " +"the first portion of the second filter equation, and scroll down (or search " +"for) :guilabel:`Stage` from the field drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once again, leave the second portion of the filter equation on :guilabel:`🟰 " +"(equal sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Lastly, highlight the default value in the third (and final) portion of the " +"second filter equation, and type in `New`. With that in place, Odoo only " +"targets opportunities that are in the \"New\" stage of the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "" +"A standard scenario using filters in the Odoo Marketing Automation app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Scenario #2: Narrow down target to event attendees who purchased a specific " +"ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:89 +msgid "" +"While in *Edit mode* on a campaign template form (by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit` button), select the :guilabel:`Target` field, and click " +":guilabel:`Search More` from the drop-down menu. Then, scroll down (or " +"search for) :guilabel:`Event`, and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Add Filter` in the :guilabel:`Filter` field. Click on" +" the default :guilabel:`ID` filter option in the first portion of the filter" +" equation. Doing so reveals a drop-down menu full of filter options. From " +"this drop-down, scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second portion of " +"the filter equation. This reveals a drop-down menu. From this drop-down " +"menu, select :guilabel:`contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:101 +msgid "" +"In the third (and final) empty portion of the filter equation, type in the " +"name of the event(s) that Odoo should consider for this campaign filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Then, add another node to this filter by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ (plus " +"sign)` icon to the right of the equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:107 +msgid "" +"The second node will focus on targeting this campaign to attendees who " +"purchase a specific type of ticket to the aforementioned event(s) mentioned " +"in the first filter equation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:110 +msgid "" +"To do that, select the default :guilabel:`ID` from the first portion of the " +"second filter equation, and scroll down (or search for) :guilabel:`Event " +"Ticket` from the field drop-down menu. Then, in that same drop-down menu, " +"select :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Once again, click the default :guilabel:`🟰 (equal sign)` icon in the second " +"portion of the filter equation, and select :guilabel:`contains`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Lastly, in the third (and final) portion of the second filter equation, " +"which is blank, type in the name of the ticket type that should be used for " +"the filter. In this case, :guilabel:`Standard` is the name of the event " +"ticket type for this sample filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/target_audience.rst-1 +msgid "An event ticket filter in the Odoo Marketing Automation application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:3 +msgid "Testing/running campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo gives users the ability to test marketing campaigns (and mailings) " +"before officially running them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:8 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Marketing Automation` application, and " +"select the desired campaign, which reveals that campaign's detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:11 +msgid "" +"On the campaign detail form, make sure the campaign already has activities " +"configured (or build a campaign by following the directions here on " +":doc:`this documentation " +"</applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities>`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Launch a Test` button at the top of " +"the campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Launch a test button in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a :guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up window appears. In the " +"drop-down field, choose an existing record (or create a new one) to run the " +"test on. To create a brand new record, click the :guilabel:`Search More...` " +"link at the bottom of the drop-down menu, and then click the " +":guilabel:`Create` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a blank contact form, in which the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Email` **must** be entered. When all the necessary information " +"has been entered, click :guilabel:`Save`, and Odoo returns to the " +":guilabel:`Launch a test` pop-up, with that new record in the " +":guilabel:`Choose an existing record or create a new one to test` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Once a record is selected, click :guilabel:`Continue`, and Odoo reveals the " +"campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Test screen in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:37 +msgid "" +"On the campaign test page, the name of the :guilabel:`Record` being tested " +"is visible, along with the precise time this test workflow was started in " +"the :guilabel:`Workflow Started On` field. Beneath that, in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section is the first activity (or activities) in the " +"workflow that's being tested." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To start a test, click the :guilabel:`Run` button, represented by a " +":guilabel:`▶️ (play button)` icon beside the first activity in the workflow." +" When clicked, the page reloads, and Odoo shows the various results (and " +"analytics) connected to that specific activity as they occur, in real-time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst-1 +msgid "Workflow test progress in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/testing_running.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Once all the workflow activities are completed, the test will end, and move " +"to the :guilabel:`Completed` stage. To stop a test before all the workflow " +"activities are completed, click the :guilabel:`Stop` button in the upper-" +"left corner of the campaign test page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:3 +msgid "Marketing activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When creating a campaign in the *Marketing Automation* app, users can plan " +"marketing activities, such as email or SMS campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To get started, navigate to the bottom of a marketing automation campaign " +"detail form, and click :guilabel:`Add New Activity`. Doing so reveals a " +":guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window. This pop-up window is a blank " +"activity template, where specific parameters can be set for that particular " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:13 +msgid "" +"The following fields are available in the :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-" +"up window (when :guilabel:`Add New Activity` is clicked):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "An activity template in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Activity Name`: the title of the activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:21 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Type`: choose between `Email`, `Server Action` (internal" +" Odoo operation), or `SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:23 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mail Template`: choose from pre-configured templates (or create a" +" new one on-the-fly)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Trigger`: choose when this activity should be triggered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expiry Duration`: configure to stop the actions after a specific " +"amount of time (after the scheduled date). When selected, a " +":guilabel:`Cancel after` field appears, in which the user can choose how " +"many :guilabel:`Hours, Days, Weeks, or Months` they want the actions to " +"cease after the initial date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Activity Filter`: domain related to this activity (and all " +"subsequent child activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Applied Filter`: activity will *only* be performed if it " +"satisfies the specified domain (filter)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:34 +msgid "" +"After the activity's settings are fully configured, click :guilabel:`Save & " +"Close` to save the activity and return to the marketing automation campaign " +"form, :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the activity and immediately create " +"another one in a fresh :guilabel:`Create Activities` pop-up window, or " +":guilabel:`Discard` to delete the activity and return to the marketing " +"automation campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:40 +msgid "Workflow activity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once an activity is saved, the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` section appears" +" at the bottom of the marketing automation campaign form. Each activity is " +"displayed as a line graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The configured :guilabel:`Trigger` time for that activity can be found to " +"the left of the :guilabel:`Workflow Activity` card in the " +":guilabel:`Workflow` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once the activity has been triggered, a figure representing the number of " +":guilabel:`Success` or :guilabel:`Rejected` activities will be displayed to " +"the right of the graph." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst-1 +msgid "Typical workflow activity in Odoo Marketing Automation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:56 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Activity Type` of the activity is set to " +":guilabel:`Email`, there are more in-depth analytics beneath the activity " +"graph data, detailing how many emails have been :guilabel:`Sent`, and what " +"percentage of those have been :guilabel:`Clicked`, :guilabel:`Replied` to, " +"or :guilabel:`Bounced`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:62 +msgid "Child activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:64 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to add a *child activity* by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add child activity`, located at the bottom of each activity block" +" in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section of a marketing automation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Child activities are sub-activities that are connected to (and triggered by)" +" the activity above it, which is also known as its *parent activity*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo provides a number of triggering options to launch a child activity - " +"all of which depend on the trigger configurations related to the parent " +"activity. Under the desired parent activity, hover over :guilabel:`Add child" +" activity`, and select any of the following triggers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Add Another Activity`: instantly add another activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:76 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the (email) " +"recipient opens the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:78 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Opened`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient" +" does not open the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"replies to the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Replied`: the next activity will be triggered if the " +"recipient does not reply to the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:83 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the recipient " +"clicks on a link included in the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:85 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Not Clicked`: the next activity will be triggered if the " +"recipient does not click on a link included in the mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Bounced`: the next activity will be triggered if the mailing is " +"bounced (not sent)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/marketing_automation/getting_started/workflow_activities.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Once a trigger is selected, the user can configure the child activity (it " +"has the same configuration options as a regular activity), and click " +":guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish creating the child activity, which will " +"then be displayed in the :guilabel:`Workflow` section, in a slightly " +"indented position beneath its parent activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing.rst:8 msgid "SMS Marketing" msgstr "SMS-маркетинг" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials.rst:5 +msgid "Essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:3 +msgid "Mailing lists and blacklists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Creating or importing mailing lists in Odoo is very useful when curating " +"content to specific groups of people that already share similar demographics" +" or interests. Mailing lists are also a great way to get started if a " +"company is migrating from another system, and already has a established " +"audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Moreover, providing an audience with the option to 'unsubscribe' from " +"mailings, helps businesses maintain good customer relations, by giving " +"recipients the power to control what they are (and aren't) sent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:17 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app, there's an option on the header menu " +"called :guilabel:`Mailing Lists`. When clicked, a sub-menu is revealed with " +"options for :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` and :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Click :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing Lists` to see an overview of" +" all mailing lists in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the main SMS mailing list page on the Odoo SMS Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:28 +msgid "" +"To edit any existing list, select the desired list from the " +":guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page, and proceed to modify it in a number of " +"ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:31 +msgid "" +"To create a new mailing list, click :guilabel:`Create` in the upper left " +"corner of the :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page. Doing so, will reveal a blank " +"mailing list template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list pop-up window in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, choose a name for the :guilabel:`Mailing List`, and activate the " +"option :guilabel:`Is Public`, to make the mailing list accessible to " +"recipients on the :guilabel:`Subscription Management page`. Doing so allows " +"users to update their subscription preferences at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Checking the :guilabel:`Is Public` box is not required, but is recommended " +"to maintain good customer relations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When those fields are filled in, click :guilabel:`Create` to finalize the " +"form. Then on the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` dashboard, the new mailing " +"list that was just created will be accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To edit or customize the mailing list further, select the mailing list from " +"the main :guilabel:`Mailing Lists` page to reveal the mailing list detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Along the top of the mailing list detail form, there are various analytical " +"smart buttons displaying statistics for different metrics related to the " +"mailing list (e.g. :guilabel:`Recipients`, :guilabel:`Mailings`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To review or edit any of those elements, click the desired smart button to " +"reveal a separate page with in-depth data associated with the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To make changes to the mailing list itself, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button in the upper-left corner of the mailing list detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list template form in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Don't forget to hit the :guilabel:`Save` button once changes have been made." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:70 +msgid "Mailing lists contacts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Access contacts information from one or more mailing lists navigate to " +":menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> Mailing List Contacts` to reveal a " +"dashboard with with all the contacts associated with one or more of the " +"configured mailing lists in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the mailing lists contact page in the Odoo SMS Marketing " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:81 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo reveals the :guilabel:`Mailing List Contacts` page with the" +" :guilabel:`Exclude Blacklisted Phone` filter in the search bar. Therefore " +"only showing contact information for recipients who still want to receive " +"communications and mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:86 +msgid "Communication history in the Chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:88 +msgid "" +"An accessible record of every sent mailing(s) is kept on each recipient's " +"*chatter* section, located beneath a recipient's contact form (in the " +"*Contacts* application)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Database users can reference the chatter to easily keep track of " +"communications, and see a history of interactions with contacts and " +"prospects." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:94 +msgid "" +"For example, sales representatives can use the chatter to quickly find out " +"which :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing promotions a certain " +"customer has received (or not received)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of what the chatter looks like in the Odoo Contacts app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Odoo *SMS Marketing* has a :guilabel:`Blacklist` feature that provides " +"recipients with the power to add their phone number to a list of people who " +"no longer want to receieve communications or mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:108 +msgid "" +"This is also known as the unsubscribe process: customers will automatically " +"be added onto a *blacklist*, if they click :guilabel:`Unsubscribe`, via " +"their :guilabel:`Subscription Management` page. Customers can also be added " +"manually to the blacklist, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To see a complete collection of blacklisted numbers, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration --> Blacklisted Phone " +"Numbers` to reveal a dashboard containing every blacklisted phone number in " +"the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Blacklist menu in the application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:120 +msgid "" +"To manually add a number to a blacklist, click the :guilabel:`Create` button" +" in the upper-left corner of the dashboard and enter the phone number on the" +" next page's form. There's also a checkbox to indicate whether that " +"particular phone numnber is :guilabel:`Active` (or not)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Once the form is completed, click :guilabel:`Save` to add it to the " +":guilabel:`Blacklisted Phone Numbers` list. To remove any number from the " +"blacklist, select the desired number on the dashboard, and then, on the " +"phone number's form, click :guilabel:`Unblacklist`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:133 +msgid "Importing blacklists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:135 +msgid "" +"During a software/platform migration, it is possible to import an already " +"existing blacklist of contacts. This would include customers, who have " +"already asked to be blacklisted` on :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " +"mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`SMS Marketing app --> Configuration " +"--> Blacklisted Phone Numbers`, and then select the :guilabel:`Favorites` " +"drop-down menu (beneath the search bar), and click :guilabel:`Import " +"records`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/mailing_lists_blacklists.rst-1 +msgid "View of how to import a blacklist in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:3 +msgid "SMS campaign settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns with Odoo *SMS " +"Marketing* isn't just an effective advertisement strategy, it's also a great" +" way to remind people about upcoming events, issued invoices, and so much " +"more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:9 +msgid "" +"But, before :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns can be created " +"(and sent), a few specific settings and features must be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:13 +msgid "SMS campaign setting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` campaigns in Odoo, make sure " +"the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is activated by going to " +":menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, and then " +"enable :guilabel:`Mailing Campaigns` and :guilabel:`Save` the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing campaigns setting in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Activating the *Mailing Campaigns* feature in the *General Settings* also " +"enables the *A/B Test* feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the setting is enabled, navigate back to the :menuselection:`SMS " +"Marketing` app, and notice the :guilabel:`Campaigns` header menu is now " +"available for use. Similarly, the :guilabel:`A/B Test` tab is now also " +"available on every :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:32 +msgid "A/B tests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A/B Tests` allows any :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` " +"mailings to be tested against other versions within the same campaign, in " +"order to compare which version is the most successful in producing " +"engagement and/or conversion outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:38 +msgid "" +"On an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` template form, under the " +":guilabel:`A/B Tests` tab, initially, there's only a single checkbox " +"labeled: :guilabel:`Allow A/B Testing.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:41 +msgid "When clicked, a series of other options appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The A/B Test tab is located on an Odoo SMS Marketing app campaign form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:47 +msgid "" +"In the first field, enter a desired percentage of recipients to conduct the " +"A/B Test on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Beneath the percentage field is the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field. This" +" is what Odoo will use to determine the successful result of an A/B Test. In" +" other words, this tells Odoo how to pick a winning A/B test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The following sections are available: :guilabel:`Manual`, :guilabel:`Highest" +" Click Rate`, :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, or " +":guilabel:`Revenues`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Finally, the :guilabel:`Send Final On` field is listed. This represents the " +"date-time that Odoo uses as a deadline to determine the winning mailing " +"variation. Then, Odoo sends that winning mailing variation to the remaining " +"recipients, who weren't involved in the test, at that prior date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Quickly create different versions of the mailing to add to the A/B Test by " +"clicking the :guilabel:`Create an Alternate Version` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Remember, the winning mailing variation is based on the criteria selected in" +" the :guilabel:`Winner Selection` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:15 +msgid "Campaigns page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To create, edit, or analyze any campaign, click :menuselection:`Campaigns` " +"in the header menu of the :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` app. On the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` page, each campaign displays various information " +"related to the mailings associated with that campaign (e.g. number of " +"emails, social posts, SMSs, and push notifications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Dasbhoard view of different Campaigns in the Odoo SMS Marketing app, " +"separated by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:82 +msgid "Campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new campaign, and Odoo reveals a blank " +"campaign template form to fill out. Alternatively, select any previously-" +"made campaign in order to duplicate, review, or edit its campaign template " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS campaign template in Odoo SMS marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:92 +msgid "" +"With each campaign, the options to :guilabel:`Send New Mailing`, " +":guilabel:`Send SMS`, :guilabel:`Send Social Post`, and :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications` are available above the template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Whenever one of those communication options is added to the campaign, Odoo " +"will create a new corresponding tab on the template form, where those types " +"of messages can be reviewed or edited, along with various data sets related " +"to each specific mailing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:100 +msgid "" +"At the top of the template, there are various analytical smart buttons. When" +" clicked, Odoo reveals in-depth metrics related to that specific topic (e.g." +" :guilabel:`Engagement`, :guilabel:`Opportunities`, etc.) on a separate " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Beneath the smart buttons, are fields for :guilabel:`Campaign Name` and " +":guilabel:`Responsible`. Odoo also allows for various :guilabel:`Tags` to be" +" added, as well (if necessary)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:108 +msgid "Sending SMSs through the Contacts app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Sending :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings directly through a " +"contact's form is available by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:113 +msgid "" +"In order to send an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in this fashion, " +"navigate to the :menuselection:`Contacts` app, select the desired contact in" +" the database, and click on the :guilabel:`SMS` icon on the contact form " +"(next to the :guilabel:`Phone Number` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The SMS icon is located on an individual's contact form in Odoo Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:121 +msgid "" +"To send a message to multiple contacts at once, navigate to the main " +":menuselection:`Contacts` app main dashboard, choose the :guilabel:`List " +"View`, and select all the desired contacts to whom the message should be " +"sent. Then, under :guilabel:`Action`, select :guilabel:`Send SMS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Select a number of contacts, click action, and select send multiple SMSs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:130 +msgid "Set up SMS templates for future use" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:132 +msgid "" +"In order to set up :guilabel:`SMS Templates` for future use, activate " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, by navigating to the main Odoo " +"dashboard that is full of apps, and select the :menuselection:`Settings " +"app`. Then, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Developer Tools` section, and " +"click :guilabel:`Activate the Developer Mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Once *developer mode* is activated, the main Odoo dashboard appears once " +"more, with a now-visible bug icon, which is located at the top-right corner " +"of the dashboard; this bug icon indicates that developer mode is currently " +"active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Next return to the :menuselection:`Settings app` and, in the now-visible " +"header menus at the top, choose :menuselection:`Technical --> SMS Templates`" +" to begin setting up :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates for " +"future marketing campaigns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Select the SMS Template option in the Technical dropdown on the Settings " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Inside of the :guilabel:`SMS Templates` dashboard, Odoo reveals an entire " +"page of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates. The default " +":guilabel:`List` view showcases each template's name, and to which " +"recipients it applies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst:153 +msgid "" +"On this page, :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` templates can be edited or" +" created from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_campaign_settings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The SMS Templates page in Odoo is available after enabling developer mode in the General\n" +"Settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "SMS essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Utilizing :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` outreach in communication " +"strategies can help companies expand their market reach, especially in some " +"countries, where emails might not be very common, or even used at all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *SMS Marketing* application can also help boost conversion rates " +"around valuable actions, such as event registrations, free trials, " +"purchases, etc., since text and mobile-based marketing channels typically " +"yield higher :abbr:`CTOR (click-to-open rate)` and :abbr:`CTR (click-through" +" rate)` outcomes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:15 +msgid "SMS marketing dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:17 +msgid "" +"When the application is opened, Odoo displays the main :guilabel:`SMS " +"Marketing` dashboard, which showcases the various SMS mailings that have " +"been created, along with pertinent information and data related to that " +"specific message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is the default Odoo uses when the application is" +" opened, which provides an organized display of the SMS mailings that have " +"been created, and what their current status is at the moment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:26 +msgid "" +"An :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailing can have one of the following" +" statuses: :guilabel:`Draft`, :guilabel:`In Queue`, :guilabel:`Sending`, or " +":guilabel:`Sent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"In the upper right corner of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard, " +"there are a few different view options to choose from. Each one provides a " +"unique take on the same SMS information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view provides the same useful data related to SMS " +"mailings, but in a more traditional list layout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view provides a simple calendar, making it easy to " +"see when SMS mailings are going to be sent (or have been sent). If a future " +"date is clicked, Odoo reveals a blank SMS template that, when completed, " +"will be scheduled to be sent on that specific future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Lastly, the :guilabel:`Graph` view visualizes that same SMS-related data in " +"series of graphs and charts. Odoo also provides various ways to sort and " +"group the data for more detailed analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:43 +msgid "Create SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To start, click :guilabel:`Create` on the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` " +"dashboard, and Odoo reveals a blank SMS template form, which can be " +"configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Creating an SMS marketing template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:52 +msgid "" +"First, give the mailing a :guilabel:`Subject`, which describes what the " +"mailing is about." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, choose to whom this :abbr:`SMS " +"(Short Message Service)` will be sent. By default, Odoo has " +":guilabel:`Mailing List` selected. If this is the desired " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field option, specify which mailing list Odoo should " +"send this :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to in the :guilabel:`Select " +"Mailing List` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To create (or edit) a mailing list, go to :menuselection:`Mailing Lists --> " +"Mailing List`. There, Odoo displays all previously created mailing lists, " +"along with various types of data related to that specific list (e.g. number " +"of contacts, mailings, recipients, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To learn more about mailing lists and contacts, check out " +":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the mailing list page in the SMS marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To reveal all the possible options in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field, " +"click the field to see all the choices Odoo makes avaialble." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:74 +msgid "" +"When another field (other than :guilabel:`Mailing List`) is selected, the " +"option to specify that chosen field even further becomes available — either " +"with a default recipient filter equation that appears automatically (which " +"can be customized to fit any business need), or, if no default recipient " +"filter equation is present, an :guilabel:`Add Filter` button will appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add Filter` button, reveals fully customizable " +"domain rule fields, which can be configured similar to an equation. You can " +"create multiple recipient rules, if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo will only send the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to " +"recipients who fit into whatever criteria is configured in those fields. " +"Multiple rules can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Contact` is chosen, all of the *Contacts* records in the Odoo " +"database (vendors, customers, etc.) will receive the :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Message Service)`, by default — unless more specific recipient rules are " +"entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:90 +msgid "" +"For instance, the message below will only be sent to contacts in the " +"database that are located in the United States (e.g. `Country` > `Country " +"Name` equals `United States`), and they haven't blacklisted themselves from " +"any mailings (e.g. `Blacklist` > `is` > `not set`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Contact recipients on SMS marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "Writing SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Enter the content of the :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` in the text " +"field, found in the :guilabel:`SMS Content` tab. Links and emojis can also " +"be included. Beneath the text field, Odoo displays how many characters are " +"used in the message, along with how many :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)`" +" mailings it will take to deliver the complete message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To check the price of sending an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` for a " +"country, click on the :guilabel:`Information` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS price check icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Credits must be purchased from Odoo in order to take advantage of the *SMS " +"Marketing* app; :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages will not be " +"sent without credits." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:119 +msgid "`Odoo SMS - FAQ <https://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "Track links used in SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:124 +msgid "" +"When links are used in :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` messages, Odoo " +"automatically generates link trackers to gather analytical data and metrics " +"related to those specific links, which can be found by going to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Link Tracker`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Link Tracker page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:133 +msgid "Adjust SMS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab of the SMS template, there is an option " +"to :guilabel:`Include opt-out link`. If activated, the recipient is able to " +"unsubscribe from the mailing list, thus avoiding all future mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "" +"An employee can be designated as the :guilabel:`Responsible` in the " +":guilabel:`Tracking` section of the :guilabel:`Settings` tab, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "SMS Settings tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:147 +msgid "Send SMS messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Once a mailing is created, choose when Odoo should deliver the message from " +"the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:151 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send`: sends the message immediately. Consider using this option " +"if the recipient list is highly refined, or in cases that involve fast " +"approaching deadlines, such as a \"flash sale.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Schedule`: choose a day (and time) for Odoo to send the mailing. " +"This is typically the best option for mailings related to a specific event. " +"Such a method can also be used to promote a limited-time offer, or to help " +"plan a company's content strategy in advance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Test`: allows for an :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` to be " +"sent to one or multiple numbers for test purposes. Remember to use a comma " +"between phone numbers if multiple numbers are used as recipients." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "Visualize reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:163 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Reporting` page (accessible via the " +":menuselection:`Reporting` option in the header menu), there are options to " +"apply different combinations of :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Measures`" +" to view metrics in a number of different layouts (e.g. :guilabel:`Graph`, " +":guilabel:`List`, and :guilabel:`Cohort` views.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:168 +msgid "" +"Each :guilabel:`Reporting` metric view option allows for more extensive " +"performance analysis of :abbr:`SMS (Short Message Service)` mailings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:171 +msgid "" +"For example, while in the default :guilabel:`Graph` view, :abbr:`SMS (Short " +"Message Service)` data is visualized as different graphs and charts, which " +"can be sorted and grouped in various ways (e.g. :guilabel:`Measures` drop " +"down menu)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "Reporting page in SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:180 +msgid ":doc:`sms_campaign_settings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/essentials/sms_essentials.rst:181 +msgid ":doc:`mailing_lists_blacklists`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing.rst:5 msgid "Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:5 msgid "SMS Pricing and FAQ" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:8 msgid "What do I need to send SMSs?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:10 msgid "" "SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that *requires " "prepaid credits* to work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:13 msgid "How many types of SMSs are there?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:15 msgid "There are 2 types: GSM7 and UNICODE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:17 msgid "" "**GSM7** is the standard format, with a limit of 160 characters per message," " that includes the following characters:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "GSM7 characters available in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:24 msgid "" "**UNICODE** is the format applied if a special character, that *is not* in " "the GSM7 list, is used. Limit per SMS: 70 characters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:28 msgid "" "For GSM7 SMS the size limit is 160 characters, and for Unicode is 70. *Above" " these limits, the content is divided into a multi-part message* and the " -"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. The " -"system will inform you in real-time about the number of SMS your message " +"limit of characters is lowered to 153 for GSM7 and to 67 for Unicode. Then, " +"in real-time, the system displays the number of SMS mailings the message " "represents." msgstr "" @@ -189,382 +3807,1681 @@ msgstr "" msgid "How much does it cost to send an SMS?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:36 msgid "" "The price of an SMS depends on the destination and the length (number of " -"characters) of the message." +"characters) of the message. To see the **price per country, please " +"consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https://iap-" +"services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:40 msgid "" -"To see the **price per country, please consult**: `Odoo SMS - FAQ <https" -"://iap-services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing#sms_faq_01>`_." +"The number of SMSs a message represents will always be available in the " +"database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 msgid "" -"The number of SMSs a message represents will be always available to you in " -"your database." +"Number of GSM7 characters that fit in an SMS message in Odoo SMS Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:47 +msgid "How to buy credits" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:49 -msgid "How do I buy credits?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:50 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Buy Credits`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "Buying credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:55 msgid "Or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:65 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst-1 +msgid "Using Odoo IAP to recharge credits for SMS Marketing in Odoo settings." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:62 +msgid "" +"If Odoo Online (Saas) is being used, along with the Enterprise version, free" +" trial credits are available to test the feature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:66 msgid "More common questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Is there an expiration time for my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "No, credits do not expire." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**Can I send an SMS to a phone number (which is not a mobile phone) because " "I see the icon in front of the field “phone”?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only if that phone number supports SMS (e.g. SIP phones)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Do I receive an invoice to buy my credits?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Yes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:88 -msgid "**Can the recipient answer to me?**" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 +msgid "**Can the recipient answer me?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "No, it is not possible to reply to the SMS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"**What happens if I send multiple SMS but I do not have enough credits to " -"send them all?**" +"**What happens if I send multiple SMSs at once, but I don't have enough " +"credits to send them all?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"The whole transaction is counted as a single one, so no SMS will be sent " -"until you have enough credits to send them all." +"Multiple SMS communications at once at are counted as a single transaction, " +"so no SMSs will be sent until there are enough credits to send them all." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Do I have a history of the sent SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"Yes, the SMS is logged as a note under the chatter of the corresponding " -"record, and a complete history of the SMSs sent is available on " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` under " -":menuselection:`Technical --> SMS`." +"A history of sent SMSs, along with all pertinent information related to its " +"sent contacts (and the message itself), can be found in the :guilabel:`Sent`" +" column of the main :guilabel:`SMS Marketing` dashboard (while in " +":guilabel:`Kanban` view)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:91 +msgid "" +"For more detailed information, select a desired SMS from the main dashboard " +"(in :guilabel:`Kanban` view), and click on either link in the blue banner " +"above the SMS detail form to learn more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Can I send as many SMSs I want at once?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Yes, if you have enough credits." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"**If I have a number that does not exist in the list of recipients, will I " -"lose credits?**" +"**If an SMS is sent to a number that doesn't exist in the list of " +"recipients, will credits be lost?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"Not if the phone number is in the wrong format (e.g. too many digits). " -"Otherwise, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person or to a fake number, the " -"credit will be lost." +"No, not if the phone number is incorrectly formatted (e.g. too many digits)." +" However, if the SMS is sent to the wrong person (or to a fake number), the " +"credit for that SMS will be lost." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**What happens if I send my SMS to a paying number (e.g.: a contest to win a" " ticket for a festival)?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so you won’t be " -"charged." +"The SMS will not be delivered to that kind of number, so no charges will be " +"made." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "**Can I identify the numbers that do not exist when I send several SMSs?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "Only the ones that have an invalid format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**How does the GDPR regulation affect this service?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" "Please find our `Privacy Policy here <https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#sms>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "**Can I use my own SMS provider?**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq.rst:0 msgid "" -"Yes, but it is not possible out of the box. Our experts can help you " -"customize your database to make it happen. Please, check our success packs " -"`here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." +"Yes, but it is not possible out-of-the-box. Odoo experts can help customize " +"a database to allow for the use of a personal SMS provider. Please check our" +" success packs `here <https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey.rst:3 -msgid "Survey" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing.rst:8 +msgid "Social Marketing" +msgstr "Меркетинг соцмереж" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Social marketing campaigns help companies connect directly with the " +"marketplace. These campaigns are helpful when introducing a new product to " +"customers, explaining the value of a product or service, or when advertising" +" an upcoming event or product release." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:9 +msgid "" +"The most effective social marketing campaigns typically involve multiple " +"channels to maximize content distribution, and Odoo's *Social Marketing* " +"application acts as a singular control center to monitor, plan, post, track," +" and analyze all of the various content and content channels within a single" +" dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To access a complete overview of all social marketing campaigns, open the " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and click " +":menuselection:`Campaigns` from the header menu. Doing so reveals a separate" +" page with every campaign in a default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of the campaigns page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Each *stage* in the kanban view can be edited, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`gear icon` to the left of the :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` - located" +" to the right of the stage title." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **gear icon** *only* appears when the cursor hovers to the left of the " +"**+ (plus sign)**. When the gear icon is clicked, a drop-down menu reveals " +"the options: :guilabel:`Fold`, :guilabel:`Edit Stage`, and " +":guilabel:`Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Clicking :guilabel:`Fold` minimizes that specific stage's column. The stage " +"column can be restored by clicking the folded version of it on the main " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the default kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Edit Stage` reveals a pop-up window, in which the name " +"and the sequence of the stage can be modified. If changes are made, be sure " +"to click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:44 +msgid "Clicking :guilabel:`Delete` removes the stage entirely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To add a new stage to the pipeline, side-scroll to the right on the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, click :guilabel:`Add a Column`, enter in " +"the desired information, and click :guilabel:`Add`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The same social marketing campaign information on the :guilabel:`Campaigns` " +"dashboard can also be viewed as a list, by selecting the :guilabel:`List` " +"option, located under the search bar, in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:57 +msgid "Create social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:59 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Social Marketing` application, and select " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:62 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard, a new campaign can be created by " +"clicking the quick add :guilabel:`+ (plus sign)` located in the top-right " +"corner of each stage in the pipeline, visible in the kanban view. Campaigns " +"can also be created by clicking :guilabel:`Create` in the upper-left corner " +"of the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Both options reveal a new campaign detail window directly on the " +":guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard when clicked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of the quick add option for campaigns in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Here, the :guilabel:`Campaign Name`, :guilabel:`Responsible`, and " +":guilabel:`Tags` can be entered. When all modifications are complete, click " +":guilabel:`Add` to add the campaign to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:78 +msgid "Edit social marketing campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:80 +msgid "" +"In order to edit a campaign in greater detail, and create/send various forms" +" of communications related to it, the template page for that campaign must " +"be accessed and modified, accordingly. There are multiple ways to access a " +"template page for a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:84 +msgid "" +"After entering the pertinent information in the :guilabel:`Quick Add` " +"campaign drop-down, click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Simply select the desired campaign from the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard " +"in list or kanban view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:88 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Campaigns` dashboard in the kanban view, select the " +":guilabel:`⋮ (three dots)` drop-down menu on the desired campaign, and " +"select :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Any of the above routes will reveal the *Campaign Template* page for that " +"specific campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:94 +msgid "Social marketing campaign templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:96 +msgid "" +"On a *Campaign Template* page, numerous elements can be customized/modified," +" and various forms of communications can be created, modified, and sent or " +"scheduled. Below is a sample of a completed campaign template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sample campaign template page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:105 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Send New Mailing` option to appear on campaign " +"templates, make sure the *Mailing Campaigns* feature is enabled in the " +"*Email Marketing* app. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Email " +"Marketing --> Configuration --> Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Mailing " +"Campaigns`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:111 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Send SMS` option to appear, the Odoo *SMS " +"Marketing* application must be installed on the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:115 +msgid "Add content and communications to campaigns" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:117 +msgid "" +"If the proper settings and applications are installed (as instructed above)," +" there are four forms of communication/content options that can be added to " +"campaigns. Each of these options are displayed as buttons in the upper-left " +"corner of the campaign template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:121 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send New Mailing`: reveals a blank email template on a separate " +"page, in which the message can be fully customized in a variety of ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send SMS`: reveals a blank SMS template on a separate page, in " +"which a SMS communication can be created and configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:125 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Send Social Post`: reveals a blank social post template on a " +"separate page, in which a post can be created, and applied to social media " +"accounts that are already connected to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:128 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Push Notification`: reveals a similar blank social post template " +"on a separate page, however, the :guilabel:`Push Notification` options are " +"already pre-selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Whichever form of communication is created, once it's completed, Odoo " +"returns to the :guilabel:`Campaign Template` page, showcasing that new " +"content in its corresponding tab (e.g. :guilabel:`Mailings`, " +":guilabel:`SMS`, :guilabel:`Social Media`, and/or :guilabel:`Push " +"Notifications`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:137 +msgid "" +"As content and communications are added to a campaign, tabs for those " +"specific mediums appear, along with a variety of analytical smart buttons " +"(e.g. :guilabel:`Revenues`, :guilabel:`Quotations`, :guilabel:`Leads`, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:141 +msgid "" +"These smart buttons, located at the top of the template, display different " +"metrics related to the campaign, and its various communications and content." +" Clicking any smart button reveals a separate page dedicated to that " +"particular element of the campaign, allowing for quicker, more organized " +"analysis." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:147 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Social Marketing* app is integrated with other Odoo applications, " +"such as *Sales*, *Invoicing*, *CRM*, and *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns.rst:151 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:3 +msgid "Social marketing essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Social Marketing* helps content marketers create and schedule posts," +" manage various social media accounts, analyze content effectiveness, and " +"engage directly with social media followers in one, centralized location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:10 +msgid "Add social media accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In order to create posts, each social media account must be added as a " +"stream in the Odoo *Social Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:16 +msgid "Add a social media stream" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Add a social media account as a stream by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Social Marketing` and then select the :guilabel:`Add A " +"Stream` button located in the upper left corner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Add A Stream` is clicked, the following pop-up appears, " +"displaying the different social media outlets to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pop-up that appears when 'Add a Stream' is selected in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additional social media outlet options are available depending on your " +"version of Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:31 +msgid "" +"From this pop-up, select a social media option: :guilabel:`Facebook`, " +":guilabel:`LinkedIn`, or :guilabel:`Twitter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Then, Odoo navigates directly to that specific social media outlet's " +"authorization page, where permission must be granted, in order for Odoo to " +"add that particular social media account to the *Social Marketing* " +"application as a stream on the main dashboard of the app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A Facebook page can be added as long as the Facebook account that grants " +"permission is the administrator for the page. Also, different pages can be " +"added for different streams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Once permission is granted, Odoo navigates back to the :guilabel:`Feed` on " +"the main :guilabel:`Social Marketing` dashboard, and a new column with that " +"account's posts are automatically added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:46 +msgid "" +"From here, new accounts and/or streams can be added and managed at any time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Example of how a populated stream-filled dashboard looks in Odoo Social " +"Marketing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Adding social media accounts to the feed also links that specific social " +"media platform's KPIs (if the platform has them). To get redirected to the " +"statistics and metrics related to any social account, click on " +":guilabel:`Insights`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"The insights link that can be accessed for each social media stream added in" +" Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:62 +msgid "Create and publish social media posts in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To create content for social media accounts in the :menuselection:`Social " +"Marketing` application, click the :guilabel:`New Post` button located in the" +" upper-left corner of the main dashboard, or navigate to " +":menuselection:`Posts --> Create` from the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Either route reveals a blank post template page that can be customized and " +"configured in a number of different ways." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "How to create a social media post directly through Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:76 +msgid "Post template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:78 +msgid "The post template page has many different options avaiable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:81 +msgid "'Your Post' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:83 +msgid "" +"The first option is the :guilabel:`Post on` field. This is where it's " +"determined on what social media account(s), or on which website(s) via push " +"notification, this post will be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:87 +msgid "" +"In order for the :guilabel:`Push Notification` option to appear, make sure " +"the *Enable Web Push Notifications* feature is enabled in the *Website* app." +" To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate :guilabel:`Enable Web Push Notifications`, fill out the " +"corresponding fields, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically provides every available social media account that's been" +" linked to the database as an option in this section, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:96 +msgid "" +"If a social media account hasn't been added as a stream to the *Social " +"Marketing* application, it will not appear as an option on the post " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Next, there's the :guilabel:`Message` field. This is where the main content " +"of the post is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Type the desired message for the post in this field. To the right, as the " +":guilabel:`Message` field is populated, Odoo displays visual samples of how " +"the post will look on all the previously selected social media accounts from" +" the :guilabel:`Post on` field above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:106 +msgid "" +"Emojis can also be added directly to the text in the :guilabel:`Message` " +"field. Just click the :guilabel:`emoji (smiley face) icon`, located on the " +"line of the :guilabel:`Message` field to the far right. Clicking this icon " +"reveals a drop-down containing numerous emojis to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If images are to be used in the post, click the :guilabel:`ATTACH IMAGES` " +"link beneath the :guilabel:`Message` field, and Odoo reveals a pop-up " +"window. In this pop-up, the desired image must be chosen, and then uploaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:114 +msgid "" +"A preview of the entire post, text and image (if applicable), is instantly " +"displayed in the visual preview of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Next, there's the option to attach this post to a specific marketing " +"campaign in the database in the :guilabel:`Campaign` field. Click the blank " +"line next to :guilabel:`Campaign` to reveal the previously configured " +"campaigns to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:122 +msgid "" +"A new campaign can be created, as well, by typing the name of the new " +"campaign on the blank :guilabel:`Campaign` field, and selecting " +":guilabel:`Create` from the drop-down field menu. Or, select " +":guilabel:`Create and edit` from the menu to further customize that newly-" +"created campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:128 +msgid "A social post does *not* need to be attached to a campaign." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Then, in the :guilabel:`When` field, choose either :guilabel:`Send Now` to " +"have Odoo publish the post immediately, or :guilabel:`Schedule later` to " +"have Odoo publish the post at a later date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:134 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Schedule later` is selected, Odoo reveals a new field beneath " +"it (the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date` field). Clicking that empty field " +"reveals a pop-up calendar, in which a future date and time is designated. At" +" which time, Odoo will promptly publish the post on the pre-determined " +"social media accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click on the desired date to schedule the post for that day. Then, either " +"select and customize the default time in the :guilabel:`Scheduled post date`" +" field manually. Or, adjust the desired post time, by clicking the " +":guilabel:`scheduling (clock) icon` located on the calendar pop-up, and " +"choose the desired time for Odoo to publish this post on that future date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:144 +msgid "" +"If scheduling a post, remember to hit :guilabel:`Schedule` in the upper left" +" of the post template. Doing so, locks in that specific date/time for Odoo " +"to send the post, and it changes the status of the post to " +":guilabel:`Scheduled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Also, when :guilabel:`Schedule` is clicked, a number of analytical smart " +"buttons appear on the post page. Each one offers up a detailed anaylsis of " +"the corresponding metric (e.g. :guilabel:`Leads`, :guilabel:`Revenues`, " +"etc.). These same smart buttons appear when a post is officially published, " +"as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:155 +msgid "'Web Notification Options' section" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If any :guilabel:`Push Notifications` are selected in the :guilabel:`Post " +"on` field, Odoo provides another section of settings/options at the bottom " +"of the post template. It should be noted that *none* of these fields are " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:161 +msgid "" +"The first field is for a :guilabel:`Push Notification Title`. This is text " +"that is displayed as the title of the push notification whenever it's sent. " +"Odoo displays a visual preview of this title, if one is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To designate a specific page on the website that should trigger this push " +"notification, enter that page's URL in the :guilabel:`Push Target URL` " +"field. Then, once a visitor reaches that specific page, Odoo will display " +"the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Below that field is the option to add a custom :guilabel:`Push Icon Image`. " +"This is an icon that appears beside the push notification. By default, Odoo " +"uses a \"smiley face\" as the icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:172 +msgid "" +"To upload a new image, click the :guilabel:`Edit (pencil) icon` when the " +":guilabel:`Push Icon Image` field is hovered over with the cursor. Then, " +"proceed to locate and upload the desired image, and Odoo automatically " +"displays a preview of how the icon will appear on the push notification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:176 +msgid "" +"Next, there is the option to :guilabel:`Send at Visitors' Timezone`. If " +"enabled, Odoo will send it at the appropriate, pre-determined time, taking " +"the visitor's location into consideration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:180 +msgid "Save, post, and test notification options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:182 +msgid "" +"When all the modifications have been made, and the post is completed, either" +" click :guilabel:`Save` to save the post as a *Draft*. Or, if the post is " +"ready to be published immediately, click :guilabel:`Post`, and Odoo " +"automatically publishes the post on the pre-determined social media " +"accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:187 +msgid "" +"There is also the option to :guilabel:`Test Notification`, if a " +":guilabel:`Push Notification` was selected in the :guilabel:`Post on` field." +" Clicking that, provides a quick example of how the notification will appear" +" for visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:192 +msgid "Social post status bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:194 +msgid "" +"In the top-right of the :guilabel:`Post Template` page is the " +":guilabel:`Status Bar`. This displays the current status of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:197 +msgid "When :guilabel:`Save` is clicked, the post is in the *Draft* status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:199 +msgid "" +"If the post is scheduled to be sent at a future date/time, and the " +":guilabel:`Schedule` button has been clicked, the status of the post is " +"*Scheduled*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:202 +msgid "" +"If the post is in the process of currently being published or sent, the " +"status of the post is *Posting*. And, lastly, if the post has already been " +"published or sent, the status is *Posted*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:206 +msgid "Posts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:208 +msgid "" +"To see a complete overview of posts, go to Odoo :menuselection:`Social " +"Marketing`, and click :menuselection:`Posts` in the header menu. Here, every" +" post that has been created and posted with Odoo is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:212 +msgid "" +"There are four different view options for :guilabel:`Posts` page data: " +"*kanban*, *calendar*, *list*, and *pivot*. The view options are located in " +"the upper right corner of the :guilabel:`Posts` page, beneath the search " +"bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:218 +msgid "Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:220 +msgid "" +"By default, Odoo displays the posts in a kanban view. The information on " +"this page can be sorted even further, via the :guilabel:`Filters` and " +":guilabel:`Group by` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Kanban view of the posts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:227 +msgid "Calendar view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The calendar view option displays a visual representation in a calendar " +"format of when posts were published, or are scheduled to be published. This " +"option provides a clear overview of any planned day, week, or month, and " +"Odoo displays all drafted, scheduled, and published posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "Example of the calendar view in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:239 +msgid "" +"The list view option is similar to the kanban option, but instead of " +"individual blocks, all the post information is displayed in a clear, list " +"layout. Each line of the list displays the :guilabel:`Social Accounts`, " +":guilabel:`Message`, and :guilabel:`Status` of every post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the list option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:247 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:249 +msgid "" +"The pivot view option provides a fully customizable grid table, where " +"different measures of data can be added and analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:0 +msgid "View of the pivot option on the posts page in Odoo Social Marketing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:256 +msgid "" +"The pivot view option provides numerous analytical options, allowing for in-" +"depth, detailed analysis of various posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Click on any :guilabel:`+ (plus sign) icon` next to a line in the pivot " +"table to reveal more metric options to add to the grid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:262 +msgid "" +"While in the pivot view, the option to :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` is " +"available, located to the right of the :guilabel:`Measures` drop-down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:265 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears, where the option to add this information to " +"a current spreadsheet is available. The option to create a new spreadsheet " +"for this information on-the-fly is also available in this pop-up, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:269 +msgid "" +"Next to the :guilabel:`Insert in Spreadsheet` are three view options, " +"specific to the pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:272 +msgid "From left to right, the options are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flip Axis`, which switches the *X* and *Y* axis in the grid " +"table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:275 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Expand All`, which expands each line in the grid, revealing more " +"detailed information related to it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:277 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Download`, which, when clicked, instantly downloads the pivot " +"table as a spreadsheet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:281 +msgid "Visitors" +msgstr "Відвідувачі" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:283 +msgid "" +"To see a complete overview of all the people who have visited the website(s)" +" connected to the database, navigate to :menuselection:`Social Marketing -->" +" Visitors` in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Visitors page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:290 +msgid "" +"Here, Odoo provides a detailed layout of all the visitors' pertinent " +"information in a default kanban view. This same information can be sorted " +"via the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:294 +msgid "" +"The visitor data can also be viewed as a list or a graph. Those view options" +" are located in the upper-right corner of the :guilabel:`Visitors` page " +"beneath the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:298 +msgid "Social media page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Media` to see a collection of" +" all social media options: :guilabel:`Facebook`, :guilabel:`LinkedIn`, " +":guilabel:`Twitter`, and :guilabel:`Push Notifications`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the social media page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:308 +msgid "" +"If no account has been linked to any particular social media, click " +":guilabel:`Link Account` to proceed through the linking process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:312 +msgid "Social accounts page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:314 +msgid "" +"To see a list of all social accounts linked to the database, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Accounts`. This page will display " +"the :guilabel:`Medium Name` and the :guilabel:`Social Media` platform it is " +"associated with." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the social accounts page in the Odoo Social Marketing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:322 +msgid "" +"To edit/modify any social accounts, simply select the desired account from " +"the list on this page, and proceed to make any adjustments necessary. Don't " +"forget to hit :guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:327 +msgid "Social streams page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Social Streams` to reveal a " +"separate page containing all of the social media streams that have been " +"added to the main dashboard of the *Social Marketing* app, accessible via " +"the :guilabel:`Feed` option in the header menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:337 +msgid "" +"Here, the social stream information is organized in a list with the " +":guilabel:`Social Media`, the :guilabel:`Title` of the stream, and the " +":guilabel:`Type` of the stream (e.g. :guilabel:`Posts`, :guilabel:`Keyword`," +" etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:341 +msgid "" +"To modify any stream's information, simply click the desired stream from the" +" list, and proceed to make any necessary adjustments. Don't forget to hit " +":guilabel:`Save` to secure any changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_essentials.rst:345 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/marketing/social_marketing/essentials/social_campaigns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:5 +msgid "Surveys" msgstr "Опитування" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Surveys" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys.rst:8 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Surveys <https://www.odoo.com/slides/surveys-62>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:3 +msgid "Survey essentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:5 msgid "" -"Surveys can be used for a range of purposes that can go from collecting " -"customer feedback, evaluate the success of an event, measure how pleased " -"customers are with your products/services, gauge whether employees are happy" -" and satisfied with their work environment, and even to find out what your " -"market is thinking." +"Companies often use surveys to collect valuable information from their " +"customers and employees, which in turn, allows them to make more informed " +"business decisions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:11 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:8 msgid "" -"When creating your survey, choose a *Title* and *Category*. The *Category* " -"field is used to know in which context the survey is being conducted, as " -"different applications might use it for different purposes such as " -"recruitment, certification, or employee appraisal." +"In Odoo, surveys are used to collect customer feedback, evaluate the success" +" of a recent event, measure the satisfaction of customers (or employees), " +"and gain more insight into shifting market sentiments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:22 -msgid "Tab: Questions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:24 -msgid "Add sections and questions by clicking on the respective links." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:15 msgid "" -"On the *Sections and Questions* form, once the question type is chosen and " -"the answer added, under the tab *Options*, enable *Mandatory Answer*, and " -"set an *Error message* to be shown when the user tries to submit the survey " -"without answering the respective question." +"To begin, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application and click " +":guilabel:`Create`. Odoo then redirects the page to a blank survey template " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:18 msgid "" -"Depending on the *Question Type*, the tab *Options* aggregates extra and " -"different possibilities. Examples:" +"On the survey form, add a :guilabel:`Survey Title` and then add a cover " +"image to the survey by hovering over the photo icon and clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Edit (pencil)` icon. When the file explorer window opens, choose " +"an image from the local files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:22 msgid "" -"*Single Line Text Box* - can choose a minimum and maximum text length " -"(number of characters - spaces do not count), and its error message." +"Below the :guilabel:`Survey Title` are various tabs in which the survey " +"questions and format can be created and customized. These tabs are labeled " +"as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:25 +msgid ":guilabel:`Questions`: the list of questions to be asked in the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:26 msgid "" -"*Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed*: choose between radio buttons or" -" a dropdown menu list, and if you would like to have a comment field. If the" -" user select an answer and type a comment, the values are separately " -"recorded. Or, enable the comment field to be displayed as an answer choice, " -"with which a text type field is displayed." +":guilabel:`Description`: contextual information to aid in understanding the " +"survey" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:27 msgid "" -"*Matrix Type*: choose if you would like to have one or multiple choices per " -"row." +":guilabel:`Options`: choices for survey respondents to answer the questions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:44 -msgid "Tab: Description" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 +msgid "Various tabs that can be found on the survey template page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:34 +msgid "Questions tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:36 msgid "" -"Write a *Description* to be displayed under the title of the survey's " -"homepage." +"Add questions and sections to the survey in the :guilabel:`Questions` tab. A" +" section divides the survey into parts in order to visually group similar " +"questions together. To make a section, click :guilabel:`Add a section` and " +"type in a section name. Then, add questions or drag and drop questions into " +"the divided sections." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:53 -msgid "Click on *Edit* to personalize your pages with the website builder." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:56 -msgid "Tab: Options" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:41 msgid "" -"Under the tab *Options*, choose the *Layout* of your questions. If choosing " -"*One page per section* or *One page per question*, an option *Back Button* " -"becomes available, which allows the user to go back pages." +"Clicking :guilabel:`Add a question` opens the :guilabel:`Create Sections and" +" Questions` pop-up to create and customize the survey question." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:67 -msgid "Test and share the survey" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst-1 +msgid "The survey question pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:49 +msgid "Create questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:51 msgid "" -"Once your Survey is ready, *Test* it to avoid *Sharing* it with potential " -"errors. As answers get collected, click on *Answers* to access all the " -"details of the respondent and his answers." +"In the :guilabel:`Create Sections and Questions` pop-up, type the question " +"in the :guilabel:`Question` field. Then, choose the :guilabel:`Question " +"Type`. A preview of how the question type looks is shown in the preview " +"window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:55 +msgid "Choose from the following :guilabel:`Question Types`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:57 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple Lines Text Box`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Single Line Text Box`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numerical Value`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Datetime`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: only one answer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:63 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple choice: multiple answers allowed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Matrix`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:67 msgid "" -"By default, a filter *Except Test Entries* is applied to keep the list of " -"entries clean with only real participants." +"Different features appear in the :guilabel:`Answers` and :guilabel:`Options`" +" tabs, depending on the :guilabel:`Question Type` chosen. However, the " +":guilabel:`Description` tab always remains the same, regardless of what " +"question is chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:72 +msgid "Create sections and questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:74 msgid "" -"Another way to access detailed answers is by going to " -":menuselection:`Participations --> Participations`." +"Once a :guilabel:`Question Type` has been selected, there are three possible" +" tabs where information can be customized for the question. These include " +"the :guilabel:`Answers` (if applicable), :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Options` tabs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:80 -msgid "Click on *See results* to be redirected to an analytical page." +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Each tab offers a variety of different features depending on what " +":guilabel:`Question Type` was chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:34 -msgid ":doc:`scoring`" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:81 +msgid "" +"For example, in the :guilabel:`Options` tab, the following options may " +"appear:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/create.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mandatory Answer`: the question must be answered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Matrix Type`: for matrix-type questions, select if one choice or " +"multiple choices can be selected per row." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`Number of columns`: select how many columns are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Images on answers`: allow images on the answer options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Conditional Display`: determine if the question is displayed " +"based on the participant's answer to a previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Comments Field`: allow the participant to type a comment in " +"a text box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Question Time Limit`: for live session surveys, set a time limit " +"for the question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:94 +msgid "Conditional Display" +msgstr "Умовне відображення" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Conditional Display` means the question is only displayed if the " +"specified conditional answer has been selected in a previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:99 +msgid "" +"When the box next to :guilabel:`Conditional Display` is selected, the " +":guilabel:`Triggering Question` field appears. Select a question from the " +"survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Then, a :guilabel:`Triggering Answer` field appears. Here, select which " +"answer will trigger this :guilabel:`Conditional Display` question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:106 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Back on the main survey template form, under the :guilabel:`Options` tab, " +"there are different sections of settings that can be modified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:111 +msgid "The sections include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:113 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Questions`: focuses on the overall presentation of the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:114 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring`: decides how the survey is scored" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:115 +msgid ":guilabel:`Candidates`: manages access to the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Live Session`: enables the survey into a real-time group " +"activity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:119 +msgid "Questions" +msgstr "Запитання" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:121 +msgid "" +"First, select the :guilabel:`Layout` of the survey. The following options " +"can be chosen:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:123 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page with all the questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page per section`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`One page per question`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If either the :guilabel:`One page per section` or :guilabel:`One page per " +"question` options are chosen, then the :guilabel:`Back Button` option " +"appears. If selected, the :guilabel:`Back Button` option allows the " +"participant to go back to a question during the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:131 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Layout` options is the :guilabel:`Progression Mode` " +"setting, which indicates how the participant's progress during the survey is" +" displayed. It is shown as either a :guilabel:`Percentage` or a " +":guilabel:`Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Next, there is an option available to add a :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit`. " +"To implement this option, simply check the box, and enter the amount of time" +" (in minutes) participants have to complete the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:139 +msgid "" +"After the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is a section labeled " +":guilabel:`Selection`. Here, questions can be :guilabel:`Randomized per " +"section`, in other words, the number of random questions can be configured " +"by section. This mode is ignored in a live session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:56 msgid ":doc:`time_random`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Scoring Surveys" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:147 +msgid "Scoring" +msgstr "Оцінювання" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:149 msgid "" -"To measure your respondent’s performance, knowledge of a subject, or overall" -" satisfaction, attach points to the answers of specific questions. The " -"points are summed up to give your respondent a final score." +"The following options are available when deciding how a :guilabel:`Scoring` " +"method:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:151 +msgid ":guilabel:`No scoring`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:155 msgid "" -"On your survey’s form, click on *Add a question* and, under the tab " -"*Options*, choose between *Scoring with answers at the end* or *Scoring " -"without answers at the end*. Now, on your question’s form, set the right " -"answer and score." +"If either the :guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` or " +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` options are selected, a " +":guilabel:`Success %` field appears. Set the percentage of correct answers " +"needed to pass the survey." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:159 msgid "" -"Set the percentage score the user needs to achieve to have successfully " -"taken the survey. If enabling *Certificate*, choose its template. The " -"certification is automatically sent by email to the users who successfully " -"finish it." +"Next, there is the option to make the survey a certification. To do so, " +"check the box next to the option labeled :guilabel:`Is a Certification`, and" +" two additional fields appear. Select a color theme in the " +":guilabel:`Certification Template` field and then choose an :guilabel:`Email" +" Template`. When a participant passes the certification with the required " +"score, an email from Odoo will automatically be sent to that person using " +"the selected email template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/scoring.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:165 msgid "" -"Enable *Login required* to be able to *Give Badges*. Badges are related to " -"the eLearning section of your website. Besides the logged-in user, visitors " -"of the website that access the page *Courses* can also see the granted " -"badges." +"If the :guilabel:`Give Badge` feature is enabled and the " +":guilabel:`Certification Badge` is set, the survey participant also receives" +" a badge upon passing the certification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:3 -msgid "Time and Randomize Questions" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`scoring`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:6 -msgid "Time Limit" -msgstr "Ліміт часу" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:172 +msgid "Candidates" +msgstr "Кандидати" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:174 msgid "" -"On timed surveys, respondents need to complete the survey within a certain " -"period of time. It can be used to ensure that all respondents get the same " -"amount of time to find the answers, or to decrease the chance of having them" -" looking at external resources." +"To determine access to the survey, the :guilabel:`Access Mode` has two " +"options to choose between: :guilabel:`Anyone with the link` and " +":guilabel:`Invited people only`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:11 -msgid "Set the *Time limit* under the tab *Options*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:177 msgid "" -"A timer is shown on the pages so the user can keep track of the remaining " -"time. Surveys not \\ submitted by the *Time limit* do not have their answers" -" saved." +"Below the :guilabel:`Appraisal Managers Only` checkbox is the " +":guilabel:`Login Required` option to require a login to participate in the " +"survey. If this option is activated, an :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` field " +"also populates, in which the number of survey attempts is defined for the " +"participant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:21 -msgid "Selection" -msgstr "Вибір" +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:182 +msgid "Live Session" +msgstr "Онлайн-сесія" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:184 msgid "" -"When you randomize a survey, you allow for the questions to be shuffled in a" -" random order every time someone opens the questionnaire. This can be useful" -" to avoid having respondents looking at each others' answers." +"The :guilabel:`Live Session` section is dedicated to users who are " +"conducting surveys in real-time, wherein they directly engage with and " +"collect answers from a live audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/marketing/survey/overview/time_random.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:187 msgid "" -"To do so, under the tab *Options*, enable *Randomized per section*. Now, " -"under the tab *Questions*, set how many of the questions in that section " -"should be taken into account during the shuffling." +"Customize the :guilabel:`Session Code` here; this code is needed for " +"participants to access the live session survey. Reward participants for " +"quick answers by selecting the checkbox labeled :guilabel:`Reward quick " +"answers`. By checking it, attendees will get more points if they answer " +"quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:193 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:195 +msgid "" +"Back on the main survey template page is the :guilabel:`Description` tab, " +"where a custom description of the survey can be added. This is displayed " +"beneath the title on the survey's homepage, which is on the front end of the" +" website made through the Odoo :guilabel:`Website` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:200 +msgid "Test and share the survey" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Once the survey is created and saved, run a test to check for possible " +"errors before finally sending it out to the participants by clicking " +":guilabel:`Test` in the upper left corner of the survey template page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:206 +msgid "" +"When activated, Odoo redirects the page to a test version of the survey on " +"the front end of the website. This page displays how the survey will look to" +" participants. Proceed to run through the survey, like a normal participant," +" to check for errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:210 +msgid "" +"To return to the survey template form in the backend, simply click the " +":guilabel:`This is a test survey. Edit Survey` link in the blue banner along" +" the top of the page. Once Odoo redirects the page to the survey template in" +" the backend, make any further changes, as needed, before officially sending" +" the survey out to participants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:215 +msgid "" +"When the survey is ready to be shared with the audience, click the " +":guilabel:`Start Survey` button in the upper-left corner of the survey " +"template form. Then, click :guilabel:`Share`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In the pop-up window, add the survey recipients in the " +":guilabel:`Recipients` field (for existing contacts in the Odoo database) or" +" the :guilabel:`Additional emails` field (for contacts that do not want to " +"be listed in the Odoo database). Finally, click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/create.rst:222 +msgid "" +"As answers are received, check them by clicking the :guilabel:`Answers` " +"smart button on the survey template form, or the :guilabel:`See Results` " +"button in the upper left corner. To end the survey, click the " +":guilabel:`Close` button on the survey template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:3 +msgid "Scoring surveys" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To measure a survey participant's performance, knowledge, or overall " +"satisfaction, Odoo ascribes points to survey answers. At the end of the " +"survey, these points are summed up, resulting in the participant's final " +"score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To add points to questions, open the :guilabel:`Surveys` application, choose" +" the desired survey form, and then click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. " +"Under the :guilabel;`Scoring` section, choose between :guilabel:`Scoring " +"with answers at the end` or :guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring with answers at the end` shows the survey participant " +"their answers after completing the survey, and displays which questions they" +" got right or wrong. On questions where there was an incorrect answer, the " +"correct answer will be highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scoring without answers at the end` does not show the survey " +"participant their answer choices after completing the survey, only their " +"final score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To indicate correct answers, click on the :guilabel:`Questions tab` and " +"choose a question. In the question form, check the :guilabel:`Is a correct " +"answer` box for the choice that is the correct answer and attach a score " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Back on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, set the " +":guilabel:`Success %`. The percentage entered determines what percentage of " +"correct answers is needed to pass the survey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Further on the :guilabel:`Options` tab of the survey, survey administrators " +"can also choose to make the survey a certification. A certification " +"indicates that the survey asks questions to test the participants' knowledge" +" level on a subject." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:32 +msgid "" +"When enabling the :guilabel:`Is a certification` option, choose a " +":guilabel:`Certification email template`. The certification will " +"automatically be emailed using this email template to users who pass the " +"survey with a final score that is greater than or equal to the set " +":guilabel:`Success %`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:36 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Candidates` section, participants can be required to log " +"in to take the survey. If the :guilabel:`Login Required` setting is enabled," +" two new options appear: the :guilabel:`Attempts Limit` checkbox, which " +"limits the number of times a participant can attempt the survey, and the " +"option to :guilabel:`Give Badge`, located beneath the " +":guilabel:`Certification` options in the :guilabel:`Scoring` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Setting the Required Score (percentage), login required, and certification " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Badges are displayed on the eLearning portion of a given user's portal, and " +"are a way to set milestones and reward participants for passing surveys or " +"gaining points. Besides the awardee, website visitors who access the " +":guilabel:`Courses` page will also be able to see the granted badges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/scoring.rst-1 +msgid "Example of how a badge looks on the eLearning portion of the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:3 +msgid "Timed and randomized questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When creating a survey in Odoo, there are options to set a time limit on the" +" survey and randomize the questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:9 +msgid "Time limit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:11 +msgid "" +"During a timed survey, participants must finish the survey within a " +"specified period of time. A common use case for implementing a time limit is" +" that it greatly reduces the chance of participants looking up responses via" +" external resources (e.g. web search), and reduces the survey to a \"closed " +"book\" testing environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Find the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` setting in the :guilabel:`Options` " +"tab of the survey form, under the :guilabel:`Questions` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 +msgid "Time limit field in the options tab of a survey template form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:23 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Survey Time Limit` option is checked, a timer will be " +"displayed on every page of the survey, letting participants keep track of " +"the time remaining while the survey is active." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Participants that do not submit their survey by the preconfigured time limit" +" will *not* have their answers saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:31 +msgid "Randomized selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When a survey is randomized, Odoo shuffles the questions and reveals them in" +" a random order every time a participant begins the questionnaire. Using " +"randomization as a survey method discourages participants from looking at " +"each other's responses, and helps control for individual testing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To randomize a survey, click the :guilabel:`Options` tab on the survey form." +" In the :guilabel:`Questions` section, select :guilabel:`Randomized per " +"section` for the :guilabel:`Selection` field. After enabling, navigate to " +"the :guilabel:`Questions` tab and look in the :guilabel:`Random questions " +"count` column. From there, determine how many questions (per section) Odoo " +"should select and display during the shuffling of questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/marketing/surveys/time_random.rst-1 +msgid "Randomized question count in the questions tab of a survey." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 639eacd74..9acfa5f55 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -4,572 +4,748 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity.rst:5 msgid "Productivity" msgstr "Продуктивність" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:201 +msgid "Calendar" +msgstr "Календар" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:3 +msgid "Synchronize Google calendar with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " +"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " +"schedules, so a meeting is never missed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:13 +msgid "Setup in Google" +msgstr "Встановлення в Google" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:16 +msgid "Select (or create) a project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Create a new Google API project and enable the Google Calendar API. First, " +"go to the `Google API Console <https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and " +"log into the Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:22 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time visiting this page, Google will prompt the user to" +" enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from " +"the drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select (or create) an API " +"project to configure OAuth in, and store credentials. Click :guilabel:`New " +"Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Give the API Project a clear name, like \"Odoo Sync\", so it can be easily " +"identified." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:37 +msgid "Enable Google calendar API" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Now, click on :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` in the left menu. Select" +" :guilabel:`Enabled APIs and Services` again if the :guilabel:`Search bar` " +"doesn't appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:46 +msgid "" +"After that, search for `Google Calendar API` using the search bar and select" +" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " +":guilabel:`Enable`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:54 +msgid "OAuth consent screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now that the API project has been created, OAuth should be configured. To do" +" that, click on :guilabel:`OAuth consent` in the left menu and then select " +"the :guilabel:`User Type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:60 +msgid "" +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:67 +msgid "" +"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type `Odoo` in the " +":guilabel:`App name` field, select the email address for the :guilabel:`User" +" support email` field, and type the email address for the " +":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Skip the third step, :menuselection:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save " +"and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (External), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step, by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Now, the OAuth consent has been configured, and it's time to create " +"credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:83 +msgid "Create credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are both needed to connect Google " +"Calendar to Odoo. This is the last step in the Google console. Begin by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Credentials` in the left menu. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client ID`, " +"Google will open a guide to create credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Under :menuselection:`Create OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " +"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field, and type `My Odoo " +"Database` for the :guilabel:`Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " +":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type the company's Odoo full :abbr:`URL (Uniform " +"Resource Locator)` address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " +"Add URI` and type the company's Odoo :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"address followed by `/google_account/authentication`. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret` will appear, copy " +"these to a notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:106 +msgid "Setup in Odoo" +msgstr "Налаштування в Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Once the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* are located, open the Odoo " +"database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " +"Integrations --> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google " +"Calendar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Next, copy and paste the *Client ID* and the *Client Secret* from the Google" +" Calendar API credentials page into their respective fields below the " +":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:121 +msgid "Sync calendar in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Finally, open the :menuselection:`Calendar` app in Odoo and click on the " +":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:131 +msgid "" +"When syncing Google Calendar with Odoo for the first time, the page will " +"redirect to the Google Account. From there, select the :guilabel:`Email " +"Account` that should have access, then select :guilabel:`Continue` (should " +"the app be unverifed), and finally select :guilabel:`Continue` (to give " +"permission for the transfer of data)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst-1 +msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:140 +msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Google calendar synchronization on a test" +" database and a test email address (that is not used for any other purpose) " +"before attempting to sync the desired Google Calendar with the user's " +"production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:147 +msgid "Once a user synchronizes their Google calendar with the Odoo calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Google to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Google to send a cancellation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Google to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Google to send a cancellation to all" +" event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/google.rst:154 +msgid "" +"Events can be created in Google Calendar without sending a notification by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Don't Send` when prompted to send invitation emails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Calendar synchronization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " +"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:9 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/auth/azure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:10 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" +" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " +"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " +"<https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/ develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_ on how to" +" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " +"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Then, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/azure/active-directory/develop/ quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " +"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " +"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " +"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" +" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " +"account types`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:29 +msgid "" +"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " +"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " +"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " +"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " +"Microsoft Azure AD portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:40 +msgid "" +"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " +"this page <https://docs. microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-" +"directory/develop/reply-url>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " +"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " +"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" +" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " +":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " +":guilabel:`Expires`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " +"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " +"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " +"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:56 +msgid "Configuration in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " +"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " +"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " +"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " +":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "Sync with Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " +"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " +"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " +"user's production database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:92 +msgid "" +"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " +"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " +"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " +"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " +"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " +"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " +"and then start the sync." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " +"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " +"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " +"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" +" Odoo's side." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " +"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " +"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " +"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " +"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " +"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " +"invitations to all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " +"calendar:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " +"attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" +" attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "" +"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " +"event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " +"all event attendees." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:122 +msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:124 +msgid "" +"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " +":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" +" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " +"already, and grant the required permissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" +" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:136 +msgid "" +"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " +"their calendar with Outlook <outlook/sync>`. The configuration of " +"Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD tenants' Client IDs" +" and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an organization that helps the" +" user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft cloud services for their " +"internal and external users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:143 +msgid ":doc:`../mail_plugins/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/calendar/outlook.rst:144 +msgid ":doc:`google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss.rst:8 msgid "Discuss" msgstr "Обговорення" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:3 -msgid "How to Use my Mail Server to Send and Receive Emails in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:3 +msgid "Configure ICE servers with Twilio" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:6 -msgid "If you are a user of Odoo Online or Odoo.sh..." -msgstr "Якщо ви користувач Odoo Online чи Odoo.sh..." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:5 msgid "" -"You have nothing to do! **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for your " -"database.** Outgoing and incoming emails work out-of-the-box!" +"Odoo Discuss uses WebRTC API and peer-to-peer connections for voice and " +"video calls. If one of the call attendees is behind a symmetric NAT, you " +"need to configure an ICE server to establish a connection to the call " +"attendee. To set up an ICE server, first, create a Twilio account for video " +"calls, and then, connect that Twilio account to Odoo." msgstr "" -"Вам нічого не потрібно робити! **Odoo сама налаштовує поштові сервери вашої " -"бази даних.** Вихідні та вхідні електронні листи працюють з коробки!" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:11 +msgid "Create a Twilio account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:13 msgid "" -"Unless you plan to send large batches of mass mailing that could require the" -" use of an external mail server, simply enjoy your new Odoo database." +"First, go to `Twilio <https://www.twilio.com>`_ and click :guilabel:`Sign " +"up` to create a new Twilio account. Next, enter your name and email address," +" create a password, and accept Twilio's terms of service. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Start your free trial`. Verify your email address with Twilio, as" +" per their instructions." msgstr "" -"Якшо ви не плануєте відправлення кампаній електронної пошти, що може " -"вимагати використання зовнішнього поштового сервера, просто насолоджуйтесь " -"новою базою даних Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:16 -msgid "Scope of this documentation" -msgstr "Сфера застосування цієї документації" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:18 msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ & `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`__." +"Next, enter your phone number into Twilio. Then, Twilio will send you an SMS" +" text message containing a verification code. Enter the verification code " +"into Twilio to verify your phone number." msgstr "" -"Цей документ **в основному призначений для локальних користувачів Odoo**, " -"які не отримують переваг від нестандартного рішення надсилати та отримувати " -"електронні листи в Odoo, на відміну від `Odoo Online " -"<https://www.odoo.com/trial>`__ та `Odoo.sh <https://www.odoo.sh>`__." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:22 msgid "" -"If no one in your company is used to manage email servers, we strongly " -"recommend that you opt for those Odoo hosting solutions. Their email system " -"works instantly and is monitored by professionals. Nevertheless you can " -"still use your own email servers if you want to manage your email server's " -"reputation yourself." +"After that, Twilio redirects to a welcome page. Use the following list to " +"answer Twilio's questions:" msgstr "" -"Якщо жоден із вашої компанії не використовується для керування поштовими " -"серверами, ми настійно рекомендуємо вам вибрати ці рішення для хостингу " -"Odoo. Їх система електронної пошти працює миттєво і контролюється " -"професіоналами. Тим не менше, ви все ще можете використовувати власні " -"поштові сервери, якщо хочете самостійно керувати вашим сервером електронної " -"пошти." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:25 msgid "" -"You will find here below some useful information on how to integrate your " -"own email solution with Odoo." +"For :guilabel:`Which Twilio product are you here to use?`, select " +":guilabel:`Video`." msgstr "" -"Нижче ви знайдете деяку корисну інформацію про те, як інтегрувати власне " -"рішення електронної пошти з Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:26 msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow to send external emails from " -"hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to make it work." +"For :guilabel:`What do you plan to build with Twilio?`, select " +":guilabel:`Other`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:39 -msgid "How to manage outbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вихідними повідомленнями" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:27 msgid "" -"As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` and " -"check *External Email Servers*. Then, click *Outgoing Mail Servers* to " -"create one and reference the SMTP data of your email server. Once all the " -"information has been filled out, click on *Test Connection*." +"For :guilabel:`How do you want to build with Twilio?`, select " +":guilabel:`With no code at all`." msgstr "" -"Як адміністратор системи, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Загальні налаштування` та перевірте *зовнішні сервери електронної пошти*. " -"Потім натисніть *Сервери вихідної пошти*, щоб створити та вказати SMTP-дані " -"вашого сервера електронної пошти. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, " -"натисніть кнопку *Перевірити підключення*." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "Ось типове налаштування сервера G Suite." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:50 -msgid "Then set your email domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "" -"Потім встановіть ім'я домену електронної пошти у загальних налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:28 msgid "" -"If you get a ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)`` " -"warning when you *Test Connection* on a Gmail address, activate the *Less " -"secure app access* option. A direct link can be `accessed here " -"<https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." +"For :guilabel:`What is your goal today?`, select :guilabel:`3rd party " +"integrations`." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви отримаєте ``[AUTHENTICATIONFAILED] Недійсні облікові дані " -"(Failure)`` будьте уважні, коли ви *Тестуєте з'єднання* в адресі Gmail, " -"активуйте функцію *Менш безпечного доступу до програми*. Доступ до посилання" -" `тут <https://myaccount.google.com/lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:57 -msgid "In addition to that, enable the IMAP setting on your Gmail account." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The Twilio welcome page." msgstr "" -"Окрім цього, увімкніть налаштування IMAP у своєму обліковому записі Gmail." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "Can I use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "Чи можете ви використовувати сервер Office 365" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:34 msgid "" -"You can use an Office 365 server if you run Odoo on-premise. Office 365 SMTP" -" relays are not compatible with Odoo Online." +"If necessary, change the billing country. Finally, click :guilabel:`Get " +"Started with Twilio`." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер Office 365, якщо ви запускаєте Odoo на " -"власному сервері. Реєстри SMTP Office 365 несумісні з Odoo Online." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:37 +msgid "Locate the Twilio Account SID and Auth Token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:39 msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ to configure" -" a SMTP relay for your Odoo's IP address." +"To locate the Account SID and Auth Token, go to the Twilio account " +"dashboard. Then, click :guilabel:`Develop` on the sidebar. In the " +":guilabel:`Account Info` section, locate the :guilabel:`Account SID` and the" +" :guilabel:`Auth Token`. Both of these are needed to connect Twilio to Odoo." msgstr "" -"Будь ласка, зверніться до `Документації Microsoft " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a-multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18-c805d654b4c4>`__ для налаштування " -"ретранслятора SMTP для вашої IP-адреси Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:69 -msgid "How to use a G Suite server" -msgstr "Як використовувати сервер G Suite" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 msgid "" -"You can use an G Suite server for any Odoo hosting type. To do so you need " -"to setup the SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in " -"`Google documentation " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." +"The Twilio Account SID and Auth Token can be found uner the Account Info " +"section." msgstr "" -"Ви можете використовувати сервер G Suite для будь-якого типу хостингу Odoo. " -"Щоби це зробити, вам необхідно встановити обслуговування SMTP. Кроки " -"налаштування пояснюються в документації `Google " -"<https://support.google.com/a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:77 -msgid "Be SPF-compliant" -msgstr "Будьте сумісними з SPF" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:49 +msgid "Connect Twilio to Odoo" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:51 msgid "" -"In case you use SPF (Sender Policy Framework) to increase the deliverability" -" of your outgoing emails, don't forget to authorize Odoo as a sending host " -"in your domain name settings. Here is the configuration for Odoo Online:" +"Open the Odoo database and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General " +"Settings --> Discuss`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Use Twilio ICE " +"servers` and enter the Twilio account's :guilabel:`Account SID` and " +":guilabel:`Auth Token`. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply these " +"changes." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте SPF (Policy Framework для відправників), щоб " -"збільшити продуктивність вихідних електронних листів, не забудьте " -"авторизувати Odoo як відправника у налаштуваннях вашого доменного імені. Ось" -" налаштування для Odoo Online:" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the \"Use Twilio ICE servers\" option in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:61 +msgid "Define a list of custom ICE servers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:63 msgid "" -"If no TXT record is set for SPF, create one with following definition: " -"v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" +"This step is not required for the Twilio configuration. However, if Twilio " +"is not configured or is not working at any given moment, Odoo will fall back" +" on the custom ICE servers list. The user must define the list of custom ICE" +" servers." msgstr "" -"Якщо для SPF немає запису TXT, створіть його з наступним визначенням: v=spf1" -" include:_spf.odoo.com ~all" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:67 msgid "" -"In case a SPF TXT record is already set, add \"include:_spf.odoo.com\". e.g." -" for a domain name that sends emails via Odoo Online and via G Suite it " -"could be: v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com include:_spf.google.com ~all" +"In :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss`, click the " +":guilabel:`ICE Servers` button under :guilabel:`Custom ICE server list`." msgstr "" -"Якщо запит SPF TXT вже встановлено, додайте \"include: _spf.odoo.com\". " -"наприклад, для доменного імені, яке надсилає електронні листи через Odoo " -"Online, і через G Suite це може бути: v=spf1 include: _spf.odoo.com include:" -" _spf.google.com ~ all" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The \"ICE Servers\" button in Odoo General Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:74 msgid "" -"Find `here <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ the exact procedure to " -"create or modify TXT records in your own domain registrar." +"Odoo will redirect to the :guilabel:`ICE servers` page. Here you can define " +"your own list of ICE servers." msgstr "" -"Знайдіть `тут <https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`__ точну процедуру " -"створення або зміни TXT-записи у власному реєстраторі доменів." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst-1 +msgid "The \"ICE servers\" page in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/ice_servers.rst:82 msgid "" -"Your new SPF record can take up to 48 hours to go into effect, but this " -"usually happens more quickly." -msgstr "" -"Завершення вашого нового запису SPF може зайняти до 48 годин, але це, як " -"правило, відбувається швидше." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:94 -msgid "" -"Adding more than one SPF record for a domain can cause problems with mail " -"delivery and spam classification. Instead, we recommend using only one SPF " -"record by modifying it to authorize Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Додавання декількох записів SPF для домену може спричинити проблеми з " -"доставкою пошти та класифікацією спаму. Замість цього ми рекомендуємо " -"використовувати лише один запис SPF, змінюючи його, щоб авторизувати Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:99 -msgid "Allow DKIM" -msgstr "Дозвольте DKIM" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:100 -msgid "" -"You should do the same thing if DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail) is " -"enabled on your email server. In the case of Odoo Online & Odoo.sh, you " -"should add a DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" CNAME record to " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". For example, for \"foo.com\" they should have " -"a record \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\" that is a CNAME with the value " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." -msgstr "" -"Ви повинні робити те ж саме, якщо на вашому сервері електронної пошти " -"ввімкнено DKIM (Domain Keys Identified Mail). У випадку з Odoo Online та " -"Odoo.sh, ви повинні додати DNS \"odoo._domainkey\" запис CNAME на " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\". Наприклад, для \"foo.com\" вони повинні мати " -"запис \"odoo._domainkey.foo.com\", тобто CNAME зі значенням " -"\"odoo._domainkey.odoo.com\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:108 -msgid "Restriction" +"For on-premise instances of Odoo, the package `python3-gevent` is necessary " +"for the Discuss module to run calls/video calls on Ubuntu (Linux) servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:109 -msgid "" -"Please note that the port 25 is blocked for security reasons. Try using 587," -" 465 or 2525." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "How to manage inbound messages" -msgstr "Як керувати вхідними повідомленнями" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" -"Odoo покладається на загальні псевдоніми електронної пошти, щоб отримувати " -"вхідні повідомлення." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:118 -msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." -msgstr "" -"**Відповіді повідомлень**, відправлених з Odoo, спрямовуються в їх " -"оригінальний дискусійний потік (і в папку \"Вхідні\" всіх його піписників) " -"за допомогою псевдоніма catchall (**catchall@**)." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:122 -msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." -msgstr "" -"**Відскановані повідомлення** направляються на відмову @, щоб відстежувати " -"їх в Odoo. Це особливо використовується в `Odoo Email " -"Marketing,<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ щоб відмовитися від" -" недійсних одержувачів." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:126 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" -msgstr "" -"**Оригінальні повідомлення**: для деяких бізнес-об'єктів є власний псевдонім" -" для створення нових записів у Odoo із вхідних повідомлень електронної " -"пошти:" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:129 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Канал продажів (для створення лідів або нагод в `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/crm>`__)," - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Підтримка каналу (для створення заявок у `Службі підтримки Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Проекти (для створення нових завдань в `Проекті Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/project-management>`__)," - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:135 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" -"Вакансії (для створення заявок в `Рекрутингу Odoo " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/recruitment>`__)," - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:139 -msgid "" -"Depending on your mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in your mail server." -msgstr "" -"Залежно від вашого поштового сервера може існувати декілька способів " -"отримання повідомлень електронної пошти. Найпростіший та найбільш " -"рекомендований спосіб полягає в управлінні однією адресою електронної пошти " -"на псевдоніми Odoo на вашому поштовому сервері." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in your mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" -"Створіть відповідні електронні адреси на своєму поштовому сервері " -"(catchall@, bounce@, sales@ і т.д.)." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:145 -msgid "Set your domain name in the General Settings." -msgstr "Встановіть своє доменне ім'я у загальних налаштуваннях." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:150 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo on-premise, create an *Incoming Mail Server* in Odoo for " -"each alias. You can do it from the General Settings as well. Fill out the " -"form according to your email provider’s settings. Leave the *Actions to " -"Perform on Incoming Mails* blank. Once all the information has been filled " -"out, click on *TEST & CONFIRM*." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo на власному сервері, створіть *вхідний поштовий " -"сервер* в Odoo для кожного псевдоніма. Ви також можете це зробити в " -"загальних налаштуваннях. Заповніть форму відповідно до ваших налаштувань " -"постачальника послуг електронної пошти. Залиште *дії, які потрібно виконати*" -" на вхідних листах, порожніми. Коли вся інформація буде заповнена, натисніть" -" на *ПЕРЕВІРКА та ПІДТВЕРДЖЕННЯ*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:159 -msgid "" -"If you use Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, We do recommend to redirect incoming " -"messages to Odoo's domain name rather than exclusively use your own email " -"server. That way you will receive incoming messages without delay. Indeed, " -"Odoo Online is fetching incoming messages of external servers once per hour " -"only. You should set redirections for all the email addresses to Odoo's " -"domain name in your email server (e.g. *catchall@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте Odoo Online або Odoo.sh, ми рекомендуємо " -"переадресовувати вхідні повідомлення на доменне ім'я Odoo, а не виключно " -"використовувати свій власний сервер електронної пошти. Таким чином ви " -"отримаєте вхідні повідомлення без затримки. Дійсно, Odoo Online отримує " -"вхідні повідомлення зовнішніх серверів лише раз на годину. Ви повинні " -"встановити перенаправлення для всіх адрес електронної пошти до доменного " -"імені Odoo на своєму сервері електронної пошти (наприклад, " -"*catchall@mydomain.ext*, на *catchall@mycompany.odoo.com*)." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:169 -msgid "All the aliases are customizable in Odoo." -msgstr "Усі псевдоніми налаштовуються в Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:167 -msgid "" -"Object aliases can be edited from their respective configuration view. To " -"edit catchall and bounce aliases, you first need to activate the " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:171 -msgid "" -"Then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters` to customize the aliases (*mail.catchall.alias* & * " -"mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" -"Потім перейдіть в :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Технічні параметри --> " -"Параметри --> Параметри системи`, щоб налаштувати псевдоніми " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* та *mail.bounce.alias*)." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:177 -msgid "" -"By default inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise. " -"You can change this value in :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>`. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions` and look for *Mail: " -"Fetchmail Service*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:186 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:188 -msgid "" -"Odoo's e-mail server has the capability of sending 200 e-mails per day on " -"Odoo SH Cloud Platform. However, if needed, you can use a separate Mail " -"Transfer Agent (MTA) servers for transactional e-mails and mass mailings. " -"Example: use Odoo's own mail server for transactional e-mails, and Sendgrid," -" Amazon SES, or Mailgun for mass mailings. Another alternative is to use " -"Postmark for transactional e-mails, and Amazon SES or Sendgrid for mass " -"mailings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:196 -msgid "" -"A default outgoing email server is already configured. You should not create" -" an alternative one unless you want to use a specific external outgoing " -"email server for technical reasons." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:199 -msgid "" -"To do this, you should first enable the :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and then go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` e-mail servers. There " -"you have to create two e-mail MTA server settings. One for transactional " -"e-mails and one for mass mail servers. Be sure to mark the priority of " -"transactional e-mail servers as low as the mass email servers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers.rst:205 -msgid "" -"Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " -"*Dedicated Server*. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower" -" priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass " -"mails. Note that in this case, you have to set your domain's Sender Policy " -"Framework (SPF) records to include both transactional and mass mail servers." -" If your server resides with xxxx.odoo.com, the available options are " -"Sendinblue and Mailchimp, as your e-mails would be originated from the " -"xxxx.odoo.com domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "Шаблони електронних листів" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:5 -msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:12 -msgid "Enable it and understand a few concepts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:14 -msgid "" -"The :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` must be " -"activated. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Templates`. A view of the existing templates is shown." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"**It is highly recommended not to change the content in existing templates " -"unless the user has prior knowledge about placeholders.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:21 -msgid "" -"To add a new one, click on *Create* and choose the type of document this " -"template is used with. In the example below, the template would be sent to " -"job applicants." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Under *Email Configuration*, fields such as *From*, *To (Emails)*, *To " -"(Partners)*, require placeholders. If the *From* field is not set, the " -"default value is the author’s email alias, if configured, or email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Under *Advanced Settings*, if an *Outgoing Mail Server* is not set, the one " -"with the highest priority is used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:34 -msgid "" -"The option *Auto Delete* permanently deletes the emails after they are sent," -" saving space in your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:37 -msgid "Writing content including placeholder expressions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Under the tab *Dynamic Placeholder Generator*, look for the *Field* you " -"would like to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"Next, copy the *Placeholder Expression* and paste it in the *Body* of the " -"email, under the *Content* tab, using - essentially - the *Code View*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_template.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Deactivate the *Code View* option by simply clicking on it again, and easily" -" design the message. Click on *Preview* to check how the email looks before " -"sending it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" @@ -586,38 +762,50 @@ msgid "" "transparency by promoting a convenient way of communicating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 msgid "Choose your notifications preference" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:15 msgid "" "Access your *Preferences* and choose how you would like your notifications " "to be handled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the preferences page for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:23 msgid "" "By default, the field is set as *Handle by Emails* making messages, notes, " "and notifications where you were mentioned or that you follow, to be sent " "through email. By choosing *Handle in Odoo*, they are shown in the *Inbox*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:24 msgid "Messages can then be *Marked as Todo*, *Replied*, or *Marked as Read*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an inbox message and its action options in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:30 msgid "" "The messages tagged as *Mark as Todo* are also shown in *Starred*, while the" " ones *Marked as Read* are moved to *History*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:36 -msgid "Start Chatting" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of messages marked as todo in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:38 +msgid "Start Chatting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:40 msgid "" "The first time you log in to your account, OdooBot sends you a message " "asking for permission to receive desktop notifications to chats. If " @@ -625,40 +813,56 @@ msgid "" " of where you are in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the messages under the messaging menu emphasizing the request for push\n" +"notifications for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 msgid "" "To stop receiving desktop notifications, reset the notifications settings of" " your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:52 msgid "" "To start a chat, click on *New Message* on the *Messaging Menu*, or go to " "*Discuss* and send a *Direct Message*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of discuss’s panel emphasizing the titles channels and direct messages " +"in Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:60 msgid "" "You can also create :doc:`public and private channels <team_communication>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:63 msgid "Mentions in the chat and on the Chatter" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 msgid "" "To mention a user within a chat or the chatter type *@user-name*; to refer " "to a channel, type *#channel-name*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:68 msgid "" "A notification is sent to the user mentioned either to his *Inbox* or " "through email, depending on his settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a couple of chat window messages for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:75 msgid "" "When a user is mentioned, the search list (list of names) suggests values " "first based on the task’s followers, and secondly on *Employees*. If the " @@ -666,11 +870,11 @@ msgid "" " scope of the search becomes all partners." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 msgid "Chat status" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:82 msgid "" "It is helpful to see what colleagues are up to and how quickly they can " "respond to messages by checking their *Status*. The status is shown on the " @@ -678,29 +882,33 @@ msgid "" "menu*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 msgid "Green = online" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 msgid "Orange = away" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:88 msgid "White = offline" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:89 msgid "Airplane = out of the office" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the contacts’ status for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:97 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:65 msgid ":doc:`team_communication`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:96 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:3 @@ -725,6 +933,11 @@ msgid "" "*Activities* menu." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of crm leads page emphasizing the activities menu for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:20 msgid "Plan activities" msgstr "" @@ -735,6 +948,11 @@ msgid "" "*Schedule activity*, or through Kanban views." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of crm leads and the option to schedule an activity for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:31 msgid "Set your activity types" msgstr "Встановіть види діяльності" @@ -746,6 +964,12 @@ msgid "" ":menuselection:`Settings --> Activity types`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page emphasizing the menu activity types for Odoo " +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:42 msgid "" "If you need to create an activity type with an available calendar, make sure" @@ -762,40 +986,64 @@ msgid "" "*Recommended Next Activities*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an activity type form emphasizing the field recommended next activities for Odoo\n" +"Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:55 msgid "" "Once the respective activity is completed, select *Done & Schedule Next* and" " next steps are suggested to you." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of an activity being schedule emphasizing the recommended activities field being\n" +"shown for Odoo Discuss" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/plan_activities.rst:64 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:113 msgid ":doc:`get_started`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:3 -msgid "Efficiently Communicate Using Channels" +msgid "Use channels for team communication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:5 msgid "" -"You can use channels to organize discussions between individual teams, " -"departments, projects, or any other group that requires regular " -"communication. This way, you keep everyone in the loop updated with the " -"latest developments." +"Use channels in the Odoo *Discuss* app to organize discussions between " +"individual teams, departments, projects, or any other group that requires " +"regular communication. With channels, employees can communicate inside " +"dedicated spaces within the Odoo database around specific topics, updates, " +"and latest developments having to do with the organization." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:10 -msgid "Public and Private channels" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:11 +msgid "Public and private channels" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:13 msgid "" "A *Public* channel can be seen by everyone, while a *Private* one is only " -"visible to users invited to it." +"visible to users invited to it. To create a new channel, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Discuss` app, and then click on the :guilabel:`➕ (plus)` " +"icon next to the :guilabel:`Channels` heading in the left-side menu. After " +"typing the name of the channel, two selectable options will appear: The " +"first is a channel with a hashtag (`#`) to indicate that it is a public " +"channel; the second option is a channel with a lock icon (`🔒`) next to it, " +"to indicate that it is a private channel. Select the channel type that best " +"fits the communication needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of discuss's sidebar and a channel being created in Odoo Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 msgid "" "A public channel is best used when many employees need to access information" " (such as company announcements), whereas a private channel could be used " @@ -803,417 +1051,1155 @@ msgid "" "specific department)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:31 msgid "Configuration options" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:33 msgid "" -"You can configure a channel’s name, description, email alias, and privacy by" -" clicking on the *Channel Settings* icon on the sidebar." +"The channel's :guilabel:`Group Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, and " +":guilabel:`Privacy` settings can be modified by clicking on the channel's " +"settings, represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon in the left sidebar " +"menu, next to the channel's name." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:36 -msgid "Privacy and Members" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Changing *Who can follow the group’s activities?* allows you to control " -"which groups can have access to the channel. Note that allowing *Everyone* " -"to follow a private channel lets other users view and join it, as they would" -" a public one." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's settings form in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:42 -msgid "" -"If you choose *Invited people only*, go to the *Members* tab to add your " -"members, or, go to Discuss’ main page, select the channel and click on " -"*Invite*." +msgid "Privacy and Members tabs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:44 msgid "" -"For *Selected group of users*, the option *Auto Subscribe Groups* " -"automatically add its members as followers. In other words, while " -"*Authorized Groups* limits which users can access the channel, *Auto " -"Subscribe Groups* automatically adds the user as a member as long as they " -"are part of the group." +"Changing :guilabel:`Who can follow the group's activities?` controls which " +"groups can have access to the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:55 -msgid "Use a channel as a mailing list" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Allowing :guilabel:`Everyone` to follow a private channel lets other users " +"view and join it, as they would a public one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:51 msgid "" -"Choosing to *Send messages by email* configures the channel to behave as a " -"mailing list." +"When choosing :guilabel:`Invited people only`, specify in the " +":guilabel:`Members` tab which members should be invited. Inviting members " +"can also be done from the *Discuss* app's main dashboard, by selecting the " +"channel, clicking the *add user* icon in the top-right corner of the " +"dashboard, and finally clicking :guilabel:`Invite to Channel` once all the " +"users have been added." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:59 -msgid "" -"Enabling this option allows you to *Moderate this channel*, meaning that " -"messages will need to be approved before being sent." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of Discuss' option to invite members in Odoo Discuss." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:60 msgid "" -"Under the *Moderation* tab choose as many moderators as you need, and if you" -" would like them to receive an *Automatic notification*." +"When the :guilabel:`Selected group of users` option is selected, it reveals " +"the ability to add an :guilabel:`Authorized Group`, along with the options " +"to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` and :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe " +"Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:64 msgid "" -"Mark *Send guidelines to new subscribers* to automatically send instructions" -" to newcomers." +"The option to :guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users of " +"that particular user group as followers. In other words, while " +":guilabel:`Authorized Groups` limits which users can access the channel, " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Groups` automatically adds users as members as " +"long as they are part of a specific user group. The same is true for " +":guilabel:`Auto Subscribe Departments`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:73 -msgid "" -"Moderators can: *Accept*, *Reject*, *Discard*, *Always Allow* or *Ban* " -"messages." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:70 +msgid "Quick search bar" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:72 msgid "" -"Members of a mailing channel receive messages through email regardless of " -"their :doc:`notification preference <get_started>`." +"Once at least 20 channels, direct messages, or live chat conversations (if " +"*Live Chat* module is installed on the database) are pinned in the sidebar, " +"a :guilabel:`Quick search…` bar is displayed. This feature is a convenient " +"way to filter conversations and quickly find relevant communications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the Discuss' sidebar emphasizing the quick search bar in Odoo " +"Discuss." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:81 +msgid "Finding channels" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:83 msgid "" -"Once a channel is moderated, the menu *Ban List* allows you to add email " -"addresses per moderated channel to auto-ban them from sending messages." +"Click on the settings :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon, located in the left " +"sidebar, to the right of the :guilabel:`CHANNELS` collapsible menu item. " +"Doing so will lead to a mosaic view containing all the public channels " +"available. Users can join or leave channels on this screen by clicking the " +":guilabel:`JOIN` or :guilabel:`LEAVE` buttons that appear in the channel " +"boxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:91 -msgid "Quick search bar" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:88 msgid "" -"Once at least 20 channels, direct message and live chat conversations (if " -"the module is installed on your database) are pinned in the sidebar, a " -"*Quick search…* bar is displayed. It is a clever way to filter conversations" -" and quickly find the one you need." +"There is also the ability to apply filtering criteria and save them for " +"later use. The :guilabel:`Search...` function accepts wildcards by using the" +" underscore character [ `_` ], and specific searches can be saved by using " +"the :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save Current Search` drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:103 -msgid "Finding channels" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel being searched through filters in Odoo Discuss" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:98 +msgid "Linking channel in chatter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:100 msgid "" -"Click on *Channels* (on the sidebar), browse through the list of public " -"channels, and join or leave them from a single screen." +"Channels can be linked in the chatter (log note) of a record in Odoo. To do " +"so, simply type: `#` and the channel name. Click or press enter on the " +"*channel* name. Upon logging the note a link to the channel will appear. " +"After clicking on the link a chat window with the channel conversation will " +"pop up in the lower right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:105 msgid "" -"Apply filters criteria and save it for later use. The search function " -"accepts wildcards by using the underscore character *(_)* to represent a " -"single character." +"Users are able to contribute to this group channel (either public or member " +"based) by typing messages in window and pressing *enter*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Channel linked in chatter with the channel open on the lower right quadrant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication.rst:114 msgid ":doc:`plan_activities`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot.rst:8 msgid "Internet of Things (IoT)" msgstr "Інтернет речей (IoT)" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:6 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box to your database" -msgstr "Підключення IoT Box до вашої бази даних" +msgid "Connect an IoT box to Odoo" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:5 -msgid "Install the Internet of Things (IoT) App on your Odoo Database." -msgstr "Встановіть програму Інтернет речей (IoT) на базу даних Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:10 -msgid "Go in the IoT App and click on Connect on the IoT Boxes page." -msgstr "" -"Зайдіть в додаток IoT і натисніть на Підключити на сторінці IoT Boxes." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:15 -msgid "Follow the steps to connect your IoT Box." -msgstr "Виконайте вказівки щодо підключення IoT Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:21 -msgid "Ethernet Connection" -msgstr "Підключення Ethernet" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:23 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box all the devices that have to be connected with cables" -" (ethernet, usb devices, etc.)." +"An Internet of Things (IoT) box is a micro-computer device that allows for " +"the connection of input and output devices to an Odoo database. An " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box subscription is required in order to " +"use the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with a secured connection. A " +"computer is also required to set up the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." msgstr "" -"Підключіть до IoT Box усі пристрої, які повинні бути з'єднані кабелями " -"(Ethernet, USB-пристрої тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:26 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box." -msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:11 +msgid "`IoT Box FAQ <https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-faq>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Begin the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` configuration process by " +":ref:`installing the IoT app <general/install>` on the Odoo database through" +" the :menuselection:`Apps` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The Internet of Things (IoT) app on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Next, after the *IoT app* is installed, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in " +"the upper-left corner of the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connecting an IoT box to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:28 msgid "" -"Read the Pairing Code from a screen or a receipt printer connected to the " -"IoT Box." +"There are two recommended ways to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box to the database once the *IoT app* is installed. Follow the " +"steps in either of the next two sections to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box via :ref:`wired ethernet connection <iot_connect/ethernet>`" +" or via :ref:`WiFi <iot_connect/wifi>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:32 -msgid "Input the Pairing Code and click on the Pair button." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Connection steps for a wired connection or WiFi connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:38 msgid "" -"Recent changes in modern web browsers forced us to modify the connection " -"wizard. If your screen is different from the screenshots, make sure that the" -" ``iot_pairing`` module is installed." +"The disk image that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box SD card is " +"formatted with is unique to the version of the Odoo database that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is running on. Ensure that the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is :doc:`flashed <flash_sdcard>` with " +"the most up-to-date disk image." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:40 -msgid "WiFi Connection" -msgstr "З'єднання з WiFi" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:42 -msgid "Power on the IoT Box" -msgstr "Увімкніть IoT Box." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:44 -msgid "Copy the token" -msgstr "Скопіюйте токен" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:46 +msgid "Ethernet connection" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:48 msgid "" -"Connect to the IoT Box WiFi Network (make sure there is no ethernet cable " -"plugged in your computer)." +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via an ethernet cable to the Odoo database (by way of the ethernet " +"port; RJ-45)." msgstr "" -"Підключіть WiFi до IoT Box (переконайтеся, що в комп'ютері не підключено " -"кабель Ethernet)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:51 msgid "" -"You will be redirected to the IoT Box Homepage (if it doesn't work, connect " -"to the IP address of the box). Give a name to your IoT Box (not required) " -"and paste the token, then click on next." +"First, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box" +" (ethernet, :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, etc.). At minimum, " +"an HDMI screen should be connected. Then, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a power source." msgstr "" -"Ви будете перенаправлені на домашню сторінку IoT Box (якщо вона не працює, " -"підключіться до IP-адреси коробки). Дайте назву вашому IoT Box (не " -"обов'язково) і вставте токен, а потім натисніть кнопку Далі." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:55 msgid "" -"If you are on Runbot, do not forget to add the -all or -base in the token " -"(e.g. this token **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** should become " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." +"Immediately after the unit powers on and boots up, read the *pairing code* " +"from the screen or from the printout of a receipt printer connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Runbot, не забудьте додати -all або -base у токені (наприклад, " -"цей токен **http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-" -"f3f920.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401** повинен стати " -"**http://375228-saas-11-5-iot-f3f920-all.runbot16.odoo.com\\|4957098401**)." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:59 msgid "" -"Choose the WiFi network you want to connect with (enter the password if " -"there is one) and click on Submit. Wait a few seconds before being " -"redirected to your database." +"By default, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will display the " +"*pairing code* for a maximum of 5 minutes after the unit boots up. After 5 " +"minutes, the *pairing code* will disappear for security purposes and the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be rebooted manually by " +"unplugging the unit from the power source for ten seconds and re-plugging it" +" back in." msgstr "" -"Виберіть мережу WiFi, яку ви хочете підключити (введіть пароль, якщо такий " -"є) і натисніть кнопку Надіслати. Зачекайте кілька секунд, перш ніж " -"перенаправитися у базу даних." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:72 -msgid "You should now see the IoT Box." -msgstr "Тепер ви можете бачити IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:65 +msgid "" +"If no screen is attached to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then " +"the *pairing code* can be accessed from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage by clicking on the :guilabel:`POS Display` button. For " +"instructions on how to access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage visit :ref:`iot_connect/token`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:78 -msgid "IoT Box Schema" -msgstr "Схема IoT Box" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:70 +msgid "" +"On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`, and " +"then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in the upper-left " +"corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Input the *pairing " +"code* in the :guilabel:`Pairing Code` field and click on the " +":guilabel:`Pair` button. The database will now link to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box and it will appear on the :menuselection:`IoT " +"Boxes` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:79 +msgid "WiFi connection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The following is the process to connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box via a WiFi connection to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:84 +msgid "" +"First, ensure there is no ethernet cable plugged into the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Then, connect all wired devices to the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (:abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` devices, " +"etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:88 +msgid "" +"After connecting the devices, plug the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"into to a power source. On the computer, navigate to :menuselection:`IoT app" +" --> IoT Boxes`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Connect` button located in" +" the upper-left corner of the the :menuselection:`IoT Boxes` dashboard. Then" +" copy the :guilabel:`Token` from the :guilabel:`WiFi connection` section as " +"this will later be used to link the Odoo database to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Back on the computer, navigate to the available WiFi networks and connect to" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi network. The WiFi network " +"dispersed by the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will start with " +"`IoTBox-xxxxxxxxxx`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "WiFi networks available on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Upon connecting to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi, a browser " +"will automatically redirect to the :menuselection:`Configure Iot Box` " +"wizard. Name the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, then paste the " +"previously copied *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field, and then " +"click on :guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Enter the server token into the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box WiFi connection wizard doesn't " +"start, then see the documentation on :ref:`connecting with a token " +"<iot_connect/token>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Now, choose the WiFi network that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"will connect with (enter the password if there is one) and click on " +":guilabel:`Connect`. Wait a few seconds and the browser will redirect to the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. The computer may need to be " +"manually re-connected back to the original WiFi connection, if this does not" +" happen automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the WiFi for the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:124 +msgid "" +"After completing each step, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box should " +"appear when navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` on the Odoo" +" database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box has been successfully configured on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be manually rebooted " +"upon successfully connecting via WiFi for the box to appear in the *IoT app*" +" on the Odoo database. To do so, simply unplug the device and plug it back " +"into the power source after ten seconds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:139 +msgid "Manually connecting the IoT box using the token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:141 +msgid "" +"A manual connection of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` app can be made using the *token*, from a " +"computer. The *token* can be found by navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app " +"--> IoT Boxes` and clicking on :guilabel:`Connect`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`WiFi Connection` section of the :guilabel:`Connect an " +"IoT Box` page that appears, click :guilabel:`Copy` to the right of the " +":guilabel:`Token`. This token will be entered into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Access the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by entering the " +":abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box into a browser window from a computer on the same network as " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box (preferably by ethernet " +"connection)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:154 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address can be accessed by the router " +"admin console that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is connected to," +" or by connecting a receipt printer to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box. A receipt will print out with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's :abbr:`IP (Internet Protocol)` address on it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:159 +msgid "" +"On the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, enter the *token* " +"under the :guilabel:`Server` section by clicking on :guilabel:`Configure`. " +"Then, paste the *token* into the :guilabel:`Server Token` field and click " +":guilabel:`Connect`. The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will then link" +" to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:167 +msgid "IoT box schema" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:170 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:174 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 4) schema with labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:177 +msgid "Raspberry Pi 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect.rst:181 +msgid "The Odoo IoT box (Raspberry Pi 3) schema with labels." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:3 -msgid "Flashing your SD Card" -msgstr "Записування вашої SD картки" +msgid "Flashing the SD card" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:5 msgid "" -"In some case, you may need to reflash your IoT Box’s SD Card to benefit from" -" our latest updates." -msgstr "" -"У деяких випадках вам може знадобитися перепрошивка вашої SD картки IoT Box," -" щоби скористатися нашими останніми оновленнями." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:9 -msgid "Upgrade from the IoT Box homepage" +"In some circumstances, the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box's micro SD " +"Card may need to be re-flashed to benefit from Odoo's latest :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` image update. This means that the Odoo :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box software may need to be updated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:10 +msgid "Upgrade from the IoT box home page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to the IoT Box homepage, click on *Update*, next to the version number. " -"If a new version of the IoT Box image is available, you will see a *Upgrade " -"to ___* button a the bottom of the page, the IoT Box will then flash itself " -"to the new version of the IoT Box. All of your configurations will be saved." +"Go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and clicking on the :guilabel:`IP " +"address` of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. Then click on " +":guilabel:`Update` (next to the version number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:16 +msgid "" +"If a new version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box image is " +"available, an :guilabel:`Upgrade to _xx.xx_` button will appear at the " +"bottom of the page. Click this button to upgrade the unit and the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box will then flash itself to the new version. All of" +" the previous configurations will be saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:22 msgid "" "This process can take more than 30 minutes. Do not turn off or unplug the " -"IoT Box as it would leave it in an inconsistent state." +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box as it would leave it in an inconsistent" +" state. This means that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need " +"to be re-flashed with a new image. See :ref:`flash_sdcard/etcher`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:25 -msgid "Upgrade with Etcher" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box software upgrade in the IoT Box Home Page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:34 +msgid "Upgrade with Etcher Software" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:37 msgid "" -"Go to Balena’s website and download `Etcher <https://www.balena.io/>`__. " -"It’s a free and open-source utility used for burning image files. Install " -"and launch it. Download the latest image from `nightly " -"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`__." +"A computer with a micro SD card reader/adapter is required in order to re-" +"flash the micro SD card." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, open *Etcher* and select *Flash from file*, find the image you just " -"downloaded. Insert the IoT Box SD card into your computer and select it. " -"Click on *Flash* and wait for the process to finish." +"Navigate to Balena's website and download `Etcher " +"<https://www.balena.io/>`_. It's a free and open-source utility used for " +"burning image files onto drives. Click to `download " +"<https://www.balena.io/etcher#download-etcher>`_. Install and launch the " +"program on the computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Then download the version-specific :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` image " +"from `nightly <http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:47 +msgid "" +"The following are image versions on the `nightly " +"<http://nightly.odoo.com/master/iotbox/>`_ website with their corresponding " +"Odoo database version:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:50 +msgid "Odoo V16 --> iotbox-latest.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:51 +msgid "Odoo V15 --> iotboxv21_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:52 +msgid "Odoo V14 --> iotboxv21_04.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:53 +msgid "Odoo V13 --> iotboxv20_10.zip" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The images should be downloaded and extracted to a convenient file location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:57 +msgid "" +"After this step is complete, insert the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box's micro SD card into the computer or reader. Open *Etcher* and select " +":guilabel:`Flash from file`, then find and select the image just downloaded " +"and extracted. Next, select the drive the image should be burned to. Lastly," +" click on :guilabel:`Flash` and wait for the process to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst-1 +msgid "Balena's Etcher software dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/flash_sdcard.rst:67 +msgid "" +"An alternative software for flashing the micro SD card is *Raspberry Pi " +"Imager*. Download the *Raspberry Pi* software `here " +"<https://www.raspberrypi.com/software/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:5 +msgid "HTTPS certificate (IoT)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:8 +msgid "What is HTTPS?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:10 +msgid "" +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure* (HTTPS) is the secure version of " +"*Hypertext Transfer Protocol* (HTTP), which is the primary protocol used to " +"send data back and forth between a web browser and a website. :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` is encrypted in order to increase the " +"security of data transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:15 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` uses an encryption " +"protocol to encrypt communications. The protocol is called *Transport Layer " +"Security* (TLS), although formerly it was known as *Secure Sockets Layer* " +"(SSL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:19 +msgid "" +":abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` occurs based upon the " +"transmission of :abbr:`TLS (Transport Layer Security)`/:abbr:`SSL (Secure " +"Sockets Layer)` certificates, which verify that a particular provider is who" +" they say they are." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:24 +msgid "" +"In this documentation and throughout Odoo the term \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"will be used to define the fact that the :abbr:`SSL (Secure Sockets Layer)` " +"certificate is valid and allows a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` connection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Why is it needed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In order to communicate with certain network devices (in particular for " +"payment terminals), the usage of :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` is mandatory. If the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol " +"Secure)` certificate isn't valid, some devices won't be able to interact " +"with the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:37 +msgid "How to obtain a Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The generation of the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate is automatic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` Box will send a specific request to " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ which will send back the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate if the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box and database are eligible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:48 +msgid "Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The database should be a **production** instance. The database instance " +"should not be a copy, a duplicate, a staging, or a development environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:52 +msgid "The Odoo subscription must:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:54 +msgid "Have an :guilabel:`IoT Box Subscription` line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`Status` must be :guilabel:`In Progress`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is linked to a `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ portal user " +"check the information on the portal subscription page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo.com portal subscriptions filtered by \"in progress\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:64 +msgid "" +"In this case, both subscriptions are considered \"in progress\" as the " +":guilabel:`Filter By\\: In Progress` was used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:68 +msgid "" +"If the subscription is in question, contact the database's Account Manager " +"or Partner regarding the matter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Troubleshooting Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure (HTTPS) certificate " +"errors" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"If anything goes wrong during the process of the \"HTTPS certificate\" " +"generation or reception, a specific error will code be given on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Accessing the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage will check for " +"the presence of the \"HTTPS certificate\" and will attempt its generation if" +" it is missing. As such, if there is an error on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of" +" Things)` box home page, refresh the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` home " +"page to see if the error disappears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:84 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_NO_SERVER`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:166 +msgid "Reason:" +msgstr "Причина:" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The configuration regarding the server is missing. In other words, the Odoo " +"instance is not connected with the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:170 +msgid "Solution:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:91 +msgid "Ensure that the server is configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:97 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_CHECK_CERT_READ_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:100 +msgid "" +"An unhandled error happened when trying to read the existing :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate file is readable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:107 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_NO_CREDENTIAL`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:110 +msgid "" +"The contract and/or database :abbr:`UUID (Universal Unique Identifier)` is " +"missing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Ensure that both values are configured as intended. To modify them, go to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box home page, and navigate to " +":guilabel:`Credential`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:117 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_EXCEPTION`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"An unexpected error happened when the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"tried to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. The causes are likely due to the " +"network infrastructure/configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box does not have access to internet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The network does not allow the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"communicate with `<https://www.odoo.com>`_. This may be due to network " +"devices preventing the communication (firewalls, etc.) or the network " +"configuration (:abbr:`VPN (Virtual Private Network)`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:131 +msgid "" +"More information regarding the error that occurred can be found in the full " +"request exception details, which are in the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box logs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure and goes beyond Odoo " +"support's service scope." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:140 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:143 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box was able to reach `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but received an " +"unusual `HTTP response (status codes) <https://developer.mozilla.org/en-" +"US/docs/Web/HTTP/Status>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:147 +msgid "" +"This error code will also give the HTTP response status codes. For example, " +"if the error reads `ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_STATUS 404` it means that the" +" page returned a 404 error, which is the \"Page Not Found\" code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Check if `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down using a web browser, as it's " +"possible that it is down due to maintenance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:155 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is down due to maintenance, unfortunately there" +" is nothing that can be done but instead wait for it to recover." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If `<https://www.odoo.com>`_ is not down due to maintenance, open a `support" +" ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ on the matter. Ensure that the 3 " +"digits status code next to the code error is included in the support ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:162 +msgid "`ERR_IOT_HTTPS_LOAD_REQUEST_NO_RESULT`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box was able to reach " +"`<https://www.odoo.com>`_ but it refused to deliver the :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and database are " +"eligible for a certificate: :ref:`Internet of Things (IoT) eligibility " +"<iot/iot-eligibility>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:173 +msgid "How to ensure that the HTTPS certificate is correct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:175 +msgid "" +"If the certificate has been applied successfully, a new :abbr:`HTTPS " +"(Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)`" +" for the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box ending with `.odoo-iot.com` " +"will appear on the Odoo database, inside of the :menuselection:`IoT` " +"application on that specific device's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo IoT app IoT box with .odoo-iot.com domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:184 +msgid "" +"When navigating to the :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` in a browser a" +" secured :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` connection will " +"be established." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 +msgid "Example of valid SSL certificate details on the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Padlock in Chrome on Windows 10 attesting the fact that the connection is " +"secured in :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The IoT-box homepage will now display an `OK` status next to `HTTPS " +"certificate`. The drop-down menu icon, when clicked, will reveal information" +" regarding the certificate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst-1 +msgid "IoT box homepage with HTTPS certificate OK status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:202 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:204 +msgid "" +"If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be accessed from its " +":abbr:`IP (Intrernet Protocol)` address but not the Odoo assigned domain: " +"`.odoo-iot.com`; then the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is likely " +"running into a :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issue. On some browsers, it " +"will give an error code mentioning :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` (like " +"`DNS_PROBE_FINISHED_NXDOMAIN`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:209 +msgid "" +"These :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` issues may appear as the following in" +" different browsers:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:213 +msgid "Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:219 +msgid "DNS issue on Chrome browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:222 +msgid "Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:228 +msgid "DNS issue on Firefox browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:230 +msgid "Edge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:236 +msgid "DNS issue on Edge browser on Windows 10." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:240 +msgid "Domain Name System (DNS) issue solution" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Should the router allow the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` to be manually " +"changed, change the DNS to use `Google DNS " +"<https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If your router doesn't allow for this, then a change will need to be made on" +" the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings of each of the devices using " +"`Google DNS <https://developers.google.com/speed/public-dns>`_. This will " +"need to occur on **every** device that plans to interact with the :abbr:`IoT" +" (Internet of Things)` box (e.g. computer, tablet or phone). The individual " +"device configuration processes can be found on the website of the device's " +"manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Other :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices such as payment terminals " +"likely won't need their :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` settings changed as" +" they are already configured with custom :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/https_certificate_iot.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Consult with your system or network administrator should this issue arise. " +"This error code depends on the network infrastructure, and it goes beyond " +"Odoo support's service scope." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:3 -msgid "Use the IoT Box for the PoS" -msgstr "Застосування IoT Box для точки продажу" +msgid "Use an IoT box with a PoS" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:6 msgid "Prerequisites" msgstr "Передумови" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:8 +msgid "Before starting, make sure the following equipment is available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:10 +msgid "An :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with its power adapter." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:11 -msgid "Before starting, make sure you have the following:" -msgstr "Перш ніж почати, переконайтеся, що у вас є:" +msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Odoo Online or an Odoo instance with the *Point of Sale* and *IoT* " +"applications installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:13 -msgid "An IoT Box, with its power adapter." +msgid "" +"A local network set up with :abbr:`DHCP (Dynamic Host Configuration " +"Protocol)` (this is the default setting)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:15 -msgid "A computer or tablet with an up-to-date web browser" -msgstr "Комп'ютер або планшет із сучасним веб-браузером" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:17 msgid "" -"A running SaaS or Odoo instance with the Point of Sale and IoT apps " -"installed" +"An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, but preferred over WiFi, which is already " +"built in)." msgstr "" -"Запущена версія SaaS або Odoo зі встановленими програмами Точки продажу та " -"IoT" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:20 -msgid "A local network setup with DHCP (this is the default setting)" -msgstr "" -"Налаштування локальної мережі за допомогою DHCP (це налаштування за " -"замовчуванням)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:22 -msgid "An RJ45 Ethernet Cable (optional, WiFi is built in)" -msgstr "Кабель RJ45 Ethernet (необов'язково, вбудований WiFi)" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:16 msgid "" "Any of the supported hardware (receipt printer, barcode scanner, cash " "drawer, payment terminal, scale, customer display, etc.). The list of " "supported hardware can be found on the `POS Hardware page " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`__" +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/point-of-sale-hardware>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:30 -msgid "Set Up" -msgstr "Встановіть" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:21 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Встановлення" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:25 +msgid "A suggested configuration for a point of sale system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:27 msgid "" -"To connect hardware to the PoS, the first step is to connect an IoT Box to " -"your database. For this, follow this :doc:`documentation <connect>`." +"To connect hardware to the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`, the first step is to" +" connect an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to the database. To do " +"this, follow these instructions: :doc:`Connect an Internet of Things (IoT) " +"box to the Odoo database <connect>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:36 -msgid "Then, you have to connect the peripheral devices to your IoT Box." -msgstr "Потім, ви повинні підключити периферійні пристрої до вашого IoT Box." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Then, connect the peripheral devices to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:37 +msgid "Device Name" +msgstr "Назва пристрою" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:38 +msgid "Instructions" +msgstr "Інструкції" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 +msgid "Printer" +msgstr "Принтер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:40 msgid "" -"**Printer**: Connect a supported receipt printer to a USB port or to the " -"network and power it on." +"Connect a supported receipt printer to a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` " +"port or to the network, and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:41 -msgid "" -"**Cash drawer**: The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an " -"RJ25 cable." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 +msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" -"**Касова скринька**: касова скринька повинна бути підключена до принтера за " -"допомогою кабелю RJ25." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:44 -msgid "" -"**Barcode scanner**: Connect your barcode scanner. In order for your barcode" -" scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with an Enter character " -"(keycode 28). This is most likely the default configuration of your barcode " -"scanner." +msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 +msgid "Barcode scanner" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:46 +msgid "" +"In order for the barcode scanner to be compatible it must end barcodes with " +"an `ENTER` character (keycode 28). This is most likely the default " +"configuration of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:48 +msgid "Scale" +msgstr "Шкала" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:49 -msgid "**Scale**: Connect your scale and power it on." -msgstr "**Ваги**: підключіть ваги і включіть їх." +msgid "" +"Connect the scale and power it on. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:51 -msgid "" -"**Customer Display**: Connect a monitor to the IoT Box using an HDMI cable. " -"You can also access the Customer Display from any other computer by " -"accessing the IoT Box homepage and clicking on the *POS Display* button." +msgid "Customer display" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:52 msgid "" -"**Payment terminal**: The connection process depends on the terminal, please" -" refer to the :doc:`payment terminals documentation " -"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment>`." +"Connect a screen to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to display the " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` order. Refer to " +":doc:`/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:60 -msgid "" -"Once it's done, you can connect the IoT Box to your PoS. For this, go in " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick *IoT Box* and" -" select the devices you want to use in this Point of Sale. Save the changes." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:54 +msgid "Payment terminal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:68 -msgid "Set up is done, you can launch a new PoS Session." -msgstr "Налаштування завершено, ви можете запустити нову сесію Точки продажу." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The connection process depends on the terminal. Refer to the :doc:`payment " +"terminals documentation " +"</applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once this is completed, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to " +"the :menuselection:`PoS` application. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> PoS`, tick the " +":guilabel:`IoT Box` option, and select the devices to be used in this " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`. :guilabel:`Save` the the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring the connected devices in the POS application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once set up is done, a new :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` session can be " +"launched." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:105 msgid "Troubleshooting" msgstr "Вирішення проблем" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:6 -msgid "IoT Box Connection" +msgid "IoT box connection" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:9 -msgid "I can't find the pairing code to connect my IoT Box" +msgid "Unable to locate the pairing code to connect the IoT box" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:11 msgid "" -"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the IoT " -"Box and should also be displayed on connected monitors." +"The pairing code should be printed on receipt printers connected to the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and should also be displayed on " +"connected monitors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:14 @@ -1221,1547 +2207,5820 @@ msgid "The pairing code doesn't show under the following circumstances:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:16 -msgid "The IoT Box is already connected to an Odoo database;" +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is already connected to an Odoo " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is not connected to the Internet." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:18 -msgid "The IoT Box is not connected to the Internet;" +msgid "" +"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box has started. It's automatically removed from connected displays" +" when this time has expired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:20 msgid "" -"The code is only valid for 5 minutes after the IoT Box has started. It's " -"automatically removed from connected displays when this delay has expired;" +"The version of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is too old. If" +" the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box image is from an earlier version, " +"then the SD card of the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box will need to be" +" re-flashed to update the image (see :doc:`Flashing the SD Card " +"<flash_sdcard>`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:25 msgid "" -"The version of the IoT Box image is too old. It should use version 20.06 or " -"more recent. If your IoT Box image is from an earlier version, then you will" -" have to reflash the SD card of your IoT Box to update the image (see " -":doc:`Flashing your SD Card <flash_sdcard>`)" +"If none of the cases listed above correct the issue, then make sure that the" +" :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box has correctly started, by checking " +"that a fixed green LED is showing next to the power port." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:30 +msgid "IoT box is connected but it's not showing in the database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:32 msgid "" -"If you are not in any of the cases listed above, make sure that the IoT Box " -"has correctly started, by checking that a fixed green LED is showing next to" -" the micro-USB port." +"When an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box connects to a database, it may " +"restart. If so, it can take up to five minutes before appearing in the " +"database. If the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is still not showing " +"after five minutes, make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"can reach the database and that the server doesn't use a multi-database " +"environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:33 -msgid "I've connected my IoT Box but it's not showing in my database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:37 msgid "" -"When you connect an IoT Box to a database, the IoT Box might restart, if " -"that is the case, it might take up to one minute before appearing in your " -"database. If after some time the IoT is still not showing, make sure that " -"your database can be reached from the IoT Box and that your server doesn't " -"use a multi-database environment." +"To access the database from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, open a" +" browser and type in the database address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:42 -msgid "My IoT Box is connected to my database, but cannot be reached" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:41 +msgid "The IoT box is connected to the Odoo database, but cannot be reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:43 msgid "" -"Make sure that the IoT Box and the device running the browser are located on" -" the same network as the IoT Box cannot be reached from outside the local " -"network." +"Make sure that the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box and the computer " +"running the browser are located on the same network, as the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box cannot be reached from outside the local network." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:49 -msgid "Printer" -msgstr "Принтер" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:52 -msgid "My printer is not detected" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:48 +msgid "The HTTPS certificate doesn't generate" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:50 msgid "" -"If one of your printers doesn't show up in your devices list, go to the IoT " -"Box homepage and make sure that it is listed under *Printers*." +"In order to generate a :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure)` " +"certificate, an IoT box subscription is required for the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box. Connecting the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box prior to configuring an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription " +"for the database and :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with the Account " +"Manager will result in an unsecured connection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:56 msgid "" -"If your printer is not present on the IoT Box homepage, hit *Printers " -"Server*, go to the *Administration* tab and click on *Add Printer*. If you " -"can't find your printer in the list, it's probably not connected properly." +"In addition, a firewall can also prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating correctly. In this " +"case, deactivate the firewall until the certificate is successfully " +"generated. It should also be noted that certain devices, such as a router " +"that has a built-in firewall, can prevent the :abbr:`HTTPS (Hypertext " +"Transfer Protocol Secure)` certificate from generating." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:66 -msgid "My printer outputs random text" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:63 +msgid ":doc:`HTTPS certificate (IoT) <https_certificate_iot>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:69 +msgid "The printer is not detected" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:71 msgid "" -"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " -"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " -"not be enough, and if no driver is found the printer might print random " -"characters." +"If a printer doesn't show up in the devices list, go to the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and make sure that it is listed under " +":guilabel:`Printers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "The IoT box Home Page landing page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:78 msgid "" -"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the IoT Box " -"homepage, click on *Printers Server*, go to the *Printers* tab and select " -"the printer in the list. In the Administration dropdown, click on *Modify " -"Printer*. Follow the steps and select the Make and Model corresponding to " -"your printer." +"If the printer is not present on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage, click :guilabel:`Printers Server`, go to the " +":guilabel:`Administration` tab and click on :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If the " +"printer is not present in the list, it's likely not connected properly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:83 +msgid "The printer outputs random text" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:85 +msgid "" +"For most printers, the correct driver should be automatically detected and " +"selected. However, in some cases, the automatic detection mechanism might " +"not be enough, and if no driver is found, the printer might print random " +"characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:89 +msgid "" +"The solution is to manually select the corresponding driver. On the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, click on :guilabel:`Printers " +"Server`, go to the :guilabel:`Printers` tab and select the printer in the " +"list. In the :guilabel:`Administration` dropdown, click on :guilabel:`Modify" +" Printer`. Follow the steps and select the *make* and *model* corresponding " +"to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the printer connected to the IoT box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:99 msgid "" "Epson and Star receipt printers and Zebra label printers do not need a " "driver to work. Make sure that no driver is selected for those printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:88 -msgid "My Zebra Printer doesn't print anything" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" -"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the ZPL code that is " -"printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or blank labels are printed, " -"try changing the format of the report that is sent to the printer by " -"accessing :menuselection:`Settings ~~> Technical ~~> Views` in developer " -"mode and look for the corresponding template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:97 -msgid "Barcode Scanner" -msgstr "Сканер штрих-кодів" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:100 -msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:102 -msgid "" -"By default, we assume that your barcode scanner is configured in US QWERTY. " -"This is the default configuration of most barcode readers. If your barcode " -"scanner uses a different layout, please go to the form view of your device " -"and select the correct one." +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 -msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Make sure that the correct device is selected in your Point of Sale " -"configuration and that your barcode is configured to send an ENTER character" -" (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode." +msgid "TM-P60" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:115 -msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 msgid "" -"Some poorly built barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode " -"scanners but as a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the " -"IoT Box." +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 msgid "" -"You can manually change the device type by going to its form view and " -"activating the *Is scanner* option." +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:128 -msgid "Cashdrawer" -msgstr "Касова скринька" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:131 -msgid "The cashdrawer does not open" -msgstr "Готівковий рахунок не відкривається" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 msgid "" -"The cashdrawer should be connected to the printer and the *Cashdrawer* " -"checkbox should be ticked in the POS configuration." +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" +"Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " +"Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " +"blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" +" to the printer by accessing :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> User" +" Interface --> Views` in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and look for" +" the corresponding template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 +msgid "" +"Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " +"Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" +"a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 +msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 +msgid "" +"By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" +" the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " +"device (:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and select " +"the correct format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 +msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " +"of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" +" character (keycode 28) at the end of every barcode. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`PoS app --> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> IoT Box section --> " +"Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 +msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 +msgid "" +"Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" +" a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 +msgid "" +"The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " +"(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" +" :guilabel:`Is scanner` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst-1 +msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 +msgid "The cash drawer does not open" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 +msgid "" +"The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " +"drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " +"configuration. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`POS app --> 3-Dot Menu " +"on the POS --> IoT Box section --> Edit --> Receipt Printer --> Cashdrawer " +"checkbox`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:3 +msgid "Connect Windows IoT Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A Virtual IoT box is a computer program that needs to be downloaded and " +"installed on a Windows computer. This requires a Windows operating system " +"with an Odoo 16 or later database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box works the same way " +"as a physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, with the ability to run " +"most of the same devices. All :abbr:`POS (Point of Sale)` devices work with " +"it, such as a scale or printer. Payment terminals will also work, but it " +"should be noted that :abbr:`MRP (Material Requirement Planning)` devices are" +" not compatible. *These include cameras or measurement tools.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:15 +msgid "Pre-requisites" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:17 +msgid "" +"The following items will be needed to complete the Windows :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:20 +msgid "Odoo 16 database or any version above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:21 +msgid "" +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` compatible devices (except those mentioned " +"above). Refer to: `Odoo's compatible IoT devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/app/iot-hardware>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:23 +msgid "Device drivers for Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Odoo recommends using an updated, recent version of Windows (Windows 10/11) " +"as some older operating systems can cause the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` to not work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:29 +msgid "Windows computer (laptop, desktop, or server)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` subscription. Refer to: :ref:`iot/iot-" +"eligibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:33 +msgid "Connect the Windows virtual Iot box to an Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The Windows virtual IoT box is simple to setup in just a few easy steps. " +"Follow this process when installing the Windows virtual IoT software for the" +" first time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:39 +msgid "Download and initial installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To begin the installation, navigate to the Odoo 16 or higher installation " +"package for Enterprise or Community - Windows edition at `Odoo's download " +"page <https://odoo.com/download>`_. Next, install and setup the Odoo " +":file:`.exe` file. After the instructions screen, click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"start the installation and agree to the :abbr:`TOS (Terms of Service)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:46 +msgid "" +"During the next step of the installation, select :guilabel:`Odoo IoT` from " +"the :guilabel:`Select the type of install` dropdown." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:50 +msgid "For reference, the following should be installed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:52 +msgid "**Odoo server**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:53 +msgid "**Odoo IoT**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:54 +msgid "**Nginx WebServer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:55 +msgid "**Ghostscript interpreter**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Ensure there is enough space on the computer for the installation and click " +":guilabel:`Next`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:60 +msgid "Setting the destination and completing the installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:62 +msgid "" +"To complete the installation, select the :guilabel:`Destination Folder` and " +"click :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Choosing ``C:\\odoo`` as the install location will allow for the Nginx " +"server to start. If the folder doesn't exist, then create it. Otherwise the " +"installation files will be spread throughout the hard drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Odoo's Windows virtual IoT software shouldn't be installed inside any of the" +" Window's User's directories. Doing so won't allow for Nginx to initialize." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The installation may take a few minutes. When complete, click " +":guilabel:`Next` to continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Ensure that the :guilabel:`Start Odoo` box is checked and click " +":guilabel:`Finish`. After installation, the Odoo server will run and " +"automatically open `http://localhost:8069` on your web browser. The webpage " +"should display the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:81 +msgid "" +"A restart of the Windows IoT program may be necessary should the web browser" +" not display anything. :ref:`iot/restart_windows_iot`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:85 +msgid "Connecting devices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Next, connect the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` devices to the Windows " +"computer. Windows should automatically detect the device because the driver " +"is pre-installed on the computer. If not, search for and install the Windows" +" driver for the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Following connecting devices to the computer, refresh the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box homepage and verify the device is seen. If not, " +"reload the handlers through the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Finally, connect Windows :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` to a database " +"using existing instructions (manually using the Token)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Now the installation is complete, the devices connected to :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` can be used to complete processes/actions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:110 +msgid "Restart Windows IoT box" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:112 +msgid "" +"In some instances a manual restart of the physical :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box can resolve the issue of an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box not showing up on the database. For the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box a manual restart of the Odoo server can resolve " +"database connection issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:117 +msgid "To restart the virtual Windows IoT server:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:119 +msgid "Type `Services` into the Windows :guilabel:`Search Bar`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Select the :menuselection:`Services` App and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Odoo` service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Right click on :guilabel:`Odoo` and select :guilabel:`Start` or " +":guilabel:`Restart`. This action will manually restart the Odoo IoT server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:125 +msgid "Firewalls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Firewalls keep devices safe and secure. Sometimes they can block connections" +" that should be made though. The Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box software may not be reachable to the :abbr:`LAN (Local Area " +"Network)` due to a firewall preventing the connection. Consult your local IT" +" support team to make exceptions (network discovery) in the :abbr:`OS " +"(Operating System)` or firewall program. Windows has their own firewall as " +"do other virus protection programs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:134 +msgid "" +"A client might encounter a time when they are able to reach the homepage of " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, yet they cannot access it from " +"another computer/mobile device/tablet on the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:139 +msgid "Making an exception on Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:141 +msgid "" +"It's possible to allow other devices to access the Windows virtual " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box while keeping the firewall on. This is " +"done by creating a rule on *Windows Defender* and allowing communication " +"through port `8069`. The following process describes the steps to take in " +"order to make this exception." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:147 +msgid "Create a rule in Windows Defender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:149 +msgid "" +"First, open the *Windows Firewall* by navigating to the " +":menuselection:`Start Menu` and typing in `Firewall`. Then, open the " +":menuselection:`Windows Defender Firewall` program. In the left-hand menu, " +"navigate to :guilabel:`Advanced Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Once :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` have been selected, click " +":guilabel:`Inbound Rules` in the left-hand menu. Then, in the right-hand " +"menu column (under :guilabel:`Inbound Rules`), click on :guilabel:`New Rule`" +" to create a new rule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:158 +msgid "Configure new rule" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:160 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Rule Type` screen, select :guilabel:`Port`. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Next`. From the :menuselection:`Protocol and Ports` page " +"leave the rule application to :guilabel:`TCP`. Then, select " +":guilabel:`Specific Local Ports` for the :guilabel:`ports` option. In the " +"text box, type in `8069`. Finally click :guilabel:`Next` to continue to the " +"next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:165 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Actions` page, select :guilabel:`Allow the " +"connection` and click :guilabel:`Next`. The following page on the " +":menuselection:`Rule Configuration` wizard is the :guilabel:`Profile` page. " +"On this page, select whichever connection type applies to the network the " +"Windows machine is operating on. Ideally, select :guilabel:`Private` only " +"connections. The *Private* connection type is the most secure connection " +"while allowing the selected port to communicate. Click :guilabel:`Next` to " +"continue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:172 +msgid "" +"Finally, assign a new, unique name to the rule. For example, this name can " +"be `Odoo`. Optionally, add a brief description in the " +":guilabel:`Description` field. Click :guilabel:`Finish` to complete the " +":guilabel:`Rule Configuration` wizard. Now, the new rule is active and " +"devices can connect to the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:178 +msgid "Uninstalling Windows IoT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Uninstalling the Windows virtual :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box is " +"done through the Windows program manager. Using any Windows version, search " +"for `program`. Then, select :guilabel:`Add or Remove Programs` located in " +"the control panel. Search for `Odoo` and click the :guilabel:`three dot " +"menu` to uninstall." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/windows_iot.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Confirm the un-installation and follow the steps to uninstall through the " +"Odoo uninstall guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices.rst:5 msgid "Devices" msgstr "Пристрої" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Camera" -msgstr "Підключіть камеру" +msgid "Connect a camera" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a camera. As it can" -" be done in a few steps, this device is really easy to configure. Then, you " -"can use it in your manufacturing process and link it to a control point. " -"Doing so will allow you to take pictures when you reach the chosen quality " -"control point." +"A camera can be connected to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box with an" +" Odoo database in just a few steps. Once a camera is connected to an " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it can be used in a manufacturing " +"process, or it can be linked to a quality control point/quality check. Doing" +" so allows for the taking of pictures when a chosen quality control " +"point/check has been reached, or when a specific key is pressed during " +"manufacturing." msgstr "" -"Під час використання *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися використання " -"камери. Це можна зробити у кілька кроків, адже цей пристрій легкий у " -"налаштуванні. Потім ви можете використовувати його у вашому виробництві та " -"об'єднувати з пунктами контролю. Це дозволить вам фотографувати у той " -"момент, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:11 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:18 msgid "Connection" -msgstr "Підключення" +msgstr "З'єднання" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:14 msgid "" -"To connect the camera to the *IoT Box*, simply connect the two by cable." +"To connect a camera to an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, simply " +"connect the two via cable. This is usually done with a :abbr:`USB (Universal" +" Serial Bus)` cable of some sort." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your camera is a `*supported one* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything as it will be detected as " -"soon as it is connected." +"If the camera is `supported <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_, " +"there is no need to set up anything, as it'll be detected as soon as it's " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Camera recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша камера `*підтримується* <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, тоді не потрібно нічого встановлювати, оскільки її буде " -"взначено, як тільки вона буде підключена." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:25 -msgid "Link a Camera to a Quality Control Point" -msgstr "Об'єднайте камеру з пунктом контролю якості" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:34 -msgid "With the Manufacturing app" -msgstr "З модулем виробництво" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:30 -msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup the device on a *Quality Control " -"Point*. Go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* and open " -"the control point you want to link with the camera." +msgid "Link camera to quality control point in manufacturing process" msgstr "" -"У вашому *модулі Якості* ви можете встановити прилад на *Пункт контролю " -"якості*. Перейдіть в меню *Пункти контролю* під *Контроль якості* і " -"відкрийте пукт контролю, який ви хочете з'єднати з камерою." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:27 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and select the device from the dropdown " -"list. Now, hit save." +"In the :menuselection:`Quality app`, a device can be set up on a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Point`. To do that, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Control Points` and open" +" the desired :guilabel:`Control Point` that'll be linked to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:31 +msgid "" +"On the control point form, edit the control point by selecting the " +":guilabel:`Type` field, and clicking on :guilabel:`Take a Picture` from the " +"drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, wherein " +"the attached *device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Setting up the device on the quality control point." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати прилад із випадаючого " -"списку. Тепер збережіть." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:40 msgid "" -"Then, your camera can be used with the picked *Control Point*. During the " -"manufacturing process, reaching the *Quality Control Point* you chose before" -" will allow you to take a picture." +"The camera is now useable with the selected quality control point. When the " +"quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database prompts the operator to take a picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst-1 +msgid "Graphic user interface of the device on the quality control point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`. From here, select the device. There is" +" a :guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:53 +msgid "" +"On a quality check form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be specified" +" to :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. Navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> " +"Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> New` to create a new quality check " +"from the :guilabel:`Quality Checks` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 +msgid "Link camera to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To link a camera to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration --> " +"Work Centers`. Next, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in which a " +"camera will be used to reveal that specific work center's detail form. From " +"here, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, in the " +":guilabel:`Device` column, by clicking :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Now, the camera device can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-" +"down option labeled :guilabel:`Take a Picture`. A key can also be added to " +"trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The first trigger listed is chosen first. The order of triggers matters, and" +" they can be dragged into any desired order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:78 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the camera." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`workcenter_iot`" msgstr "" -"Потім вашу камеру можна використовувати з вибраним *Пунктом контролю*. " -"Протягом процесу виробництва, досягнувши *Пункту контролю якості*, який ви " -"обирали, перед тим, як вам буде дозволено зробити фото." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Footswitch" -msgstr "Підключіть ніжний перемикач" +msgid "Connect a footswitch" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:5 msgid "" -"When working, it is always better to have your two hands available. Using " -"Odoo’s *IoT Box* and a footswitch will allow it." -msgstr "" -"Під час роботи завжди краще мати обидві руки вільними. Використовуючи *IoT " -"Box* Odoo та педаль, ви зможете цього досягнути." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In fact, you will be able to go from one screen to another and perform " -"actions by using your foot and the footswitch. Really convenient, it can be " -"configured in a few steps." +"When working in a manufacturing environment, it's always better for an " +"operator to have both hands available at all times. Odoo's :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box makes this possible when using a footswitch." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:9 msgid "" -"Connecting the footswitch to the *IoT Box* is easy, you just have to connect" -" the two by cable." +"In fact, with a footswitch, the operator is able to go from one screen to " +"another, and perform actions using their foot. This can be configured in " +"just a few steps on the work center in the *Manufacturing* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:16 msgid "" -"If your footswitch is a `supported one <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" -"hardware>`__, there is no need to set up anything since it will be " +"To connect a footswitch to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect" +" the two devices via cable. More often than not, this is done with a " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If the footswitch is a `supported device <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-" +"hardware>`_, there is no need to take further action, since it'll be " "automatically detected when connected." msgstr "" -"Якщо ваша педаль `підтримується <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__," -" не потрібно нічого встановлювати, як тільки вона буде автоматично визначена" -" після підключення." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:26 -msgid "Link a Footswitch to a Workcenter" -msgstr "З'єднайте педаль з робочим центром" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To link the footswitch to an action, it needs to be configured on a " -"workcenter. Go to the workcenter you want to use the footswitch in and add " -"the device in the *IoT Triggers* tab. Then, you can link it to an action and" -" also add a key to trigger it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch recognized on the IoT box." msgstr "" -"Щоб з'єднати педаль із дією, необхідно налаштувати педаль у робочому центрі." -" Перейдіть у робочий центр, в якому ви хочете використовувати педаль та " -"додайте пристрій на вкладці *Запуски IoT*. Потім ви зможете з'єднати її з " -"дією, а також додати ключ для її запуску." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:36 -msgid "" -"Note that the one that is first in the list will be chosen. So, the order " -"matters! In the picture above, using the footswitch will, for example, " -"automatically skip the current part of the process you work on." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:27 +msgid "Link a footswitch to a work center in the Odoo Manufacturing app" msgstr "" -"Занотуйте, що зі списку буде обрано перший пристрій. Тому порядок має " -"значення! Як показано на зображенні нижче, використовуючи педаль, буде " -"автоматично пропущено поточну частину процесу, з якою ви працюєте." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:29 msgid "" -"When you are on the work order screen, a status button indicates if you are " -"correctly connected to the footswitch." +"To link a footswitch to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work" +" center. Navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> Configuration -->" +" Work Centers`. From here, go to the desired :guilabel:`Work Center` in " +"which the footswitch will be used, and add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Add a Line`. Doing so means the footswitch can be linked to an " +"option in the :guilabel:`Action` column drop-down, and optionally, a key can" +" be added to trigger it. An example of an :guilabel:`Action` in the " +"*Manufacturing app* could be the :guilabel:`Validate` or :guilabel:`Mark as " +"Done` buttons on a manufacturing work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst-1 +msgid "Footswitch trigger setup on the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:43 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. So, the " +"order matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order. In the " +"picture above, using the footswitch automatically skips the part of the " +"process that's currently being worked on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/footswitch.rst:48 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the footswitch." msgstr "" -"Коли ви на формі робочого замовлення, кнопка статусу вказує, чи ви правильно" -" підключили педаль." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Measurement Tool" -msgstr "Підключіть інструмент вимірювання" +msgid "Connect a measurement tool" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo’s *IoT Box*, it is possible to connect measurement tools to your " -"database. Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." +"With Odoo's :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, it is possible to connect " +"measurement tools to the Odoo database for use in the *Quality app* on a " +"quality control point/quality check, or for use in a work center during the " +"manufacturing process." msgstr "" -"З *IoT Box* Odoo можливо підключити інструменти вимірювання до вашої бази " -"даних. Знайдіть список підтримуваних пристроїв тут: `Підтримувані пристрої " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__,." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:10 -msgid "Connect in USB" -msgstr "Підключіть через USB" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:9 msgid "" -"To add a device connected by USB, just plug the USB cable in the *IoT Box*, " -"and the device should appear in your Odoo database." +"Find the list of supported devices here: `Supported devices " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:19 -msgid "Connect in Bluetooth" -msgstr "Підключіться через Bluetooth" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:13 +msgid "Connect with universal serial bus (USB)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:15 msgid "" -"Activate the Bluetooth on your device (see your device manual for further " -"explanation) and the IoT Box will automatically try to connect to the " -"device." +"To add a device connected by :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, plug the " +":abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable into the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box, and the device appears in the Odoo database." msgstr "" -"Активуйте Bluetooth на вашому пристрої (див. посібник із пристрою для " -"подальшого пояснення) і IoT Box автоматично спробує підключитися до " -"пристроя." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:25 -msgid "Here is an example of what it should look like:" -msgstr "Ось приклад, як це має виглядати:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool recognized on the IoT box." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:31 -msgid "Link a measurement tool to a quality control point" -msgstr "З'єднайте інструмент вимірювання з пунктом контролю якості" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:24 +msgid "Connect with bluetooth" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:26 msgid "" -"In your *Quality app*, you can setup a device on your *Quality Control " -"Points*. To do so, go to the *Control Points* menu, under *Quality Control* " -"and open the control point to which you want to assign a measurement tool." +"Activate the Bluetooth functionality on the device (see the device manual " +"for further explanation), and the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"automatically connects to the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Bluetooth indicator on measurement tool." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Link a measurement tool to a quality control point in the manufacturing " +"process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:37 +msgid "" +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the measurement" +" tool should be linked." msgstr "" -"У вашому *модулі Якості*, ви можете встановити пристрій у ваші *Пункти " -"контролю якості*. Щоб зробити це, перейдіть у меню *Пункти контролю*, під " -"*Контролем якості* та відкрийте пункт контролю, в який ви хочете призначити " -"інструмент вимірювання." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, you can edit the control point and choose the device from the dropdown " -"list. Then, hit save." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and clicking :guilabel:`Measure` from the drop-down menu. Doing so reveals a" +" field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached device can be selected." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете редагувати пункт контролю та обирати пристрій з випадаючого " -"списку. Потім збережіть налаштування." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:45 msgid "" -"Now, your measurement tool is linked to the chosen *Control Point*. The " -"value, which needs to be changed manually, will be automatically updated " -"while the tool is being used." +"Additionally, :guilabel:`Norm` and :guilabel:`Tolerance` can be configured. " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:48 +msgid "" +"At this point, the measurement tool is linked to the chosen quality control " +"point. The value, which usually needs to be changed manually, is " +"automatically updated while the tool is being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst-1 +msgid "Measurement tool input in the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Quality control points can also be accessed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices`, then select the device. There is a " +":guilabel:`Quality Control Points` tab, where they can be added with the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Measure`. Access a new quality check detail page, by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality " +"Checks --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 +msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To link a measurement tool to an action, it first needs to be configured on " +"a work center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app -->" +" Configuration --> Work Centers`. Then, select the desired work center in " +"which the measurement tool will be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:76 +msgid "" +"On the work center page, add the device in the :guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab," +" under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`. " +"Then, the measurement tool can be linked to the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down" +" menu option labeled :guilabel:`Take Measure`. A key can be added to trigger" +" the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:82 +msgid "" +"It should be noted that the first listed trigger is chosen first. The order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:86 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the measurement tool." msgstr "" -"Тепер ваш інструмент вимірювання з'єднано з обраним *Пунктом контролю*. " -"Значення, яке вимагає змін вручну, буде автоматично оновлено, поки " -"використовується інструмент." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Printer" -msgstr "Підключіть принтер" +msgid "Connect a printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your *IoT Box* in Odoo, you could need to use a printer. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it to print receipts, orders or even reports in different Odoo apps." +"Printer installation can be done in a few easy steps. The printer can be " +"used to print receipts, labels, orders, or even reports from the different " +"Odoo apps. In addition, printer actions can be assigned as an *action on a " +"trigger* during the manufacturing process, or added onto a quality control " +"point or a quality check." msgstr "" -"Використовуючи *IoT Box* в Odoo, вам може знадобитися принтер. Зробити це " -"можна легко і просто лише за кілька кроків. Птм ви зможете використовувати " -"принтер для друку чеків, замовлень чи навіть звітів у різних модулях Odoo." #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:13 msgid "" -"The IoT Box supports printers connected through USB, network or Bluetooth. " -"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ will be " -"detected automatically and will appear in the *Devices* list of your IoT " -"app." +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box supports printers connected through" +" :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)`, network connection, or Bluetooth. " +"`Supported printers <https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`__ are detected" +" automatically, and appear in the :guilabel:`Devices` list of the *IoT app*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:18 -msgid "The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in your devices list." -msgstr "Принтер може з'являтися у списку пристроїв протягом двох хвилин." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer as it would appear in the IoT app devices list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:24 -msgid "Link the Printer" -msgstr "Підключіть принтер" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The printer can take up to two minutes to appear in the *IoT app* devices " +"list." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:27 -msgid "To Work Orders" -msgstr "До робочих замовлень" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:26 +msgid "Link printer" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:29 +msgid "Link printer to work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:31 msgid "" -"You can link *Work Orders* to printers via a *Quality Control Point* to " +"*Work Orders* can be linked to printers, via a quality control point, to " "print labels for manufactured products." msgstr "" -"Ви можете з'єднати *Робочі замовлення* з принтерами через *Пункт контролю " -"якості* для друку етикеток виготовлених товарів." -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:34 msgid "" -"To do so, you need to create a *Quality Control Point* from the *Quality* " -"app. Then, you can select the correct manufacturing operation and the work " -"order operation. In type, choose *Print Label* and hit save." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це вам необхідно створити *Пункт контролю якості* з модуля " -"*Якість*. Потім ви можете обрати корегувати виробничу операцію та операцію " -"робочого замовлення. У типі оберіть *Друк етикети* та збережіть." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you reach the quality control point for the chosen product, a" -" *Print Label* button will appear." -msgstr "" -"Тепер щоразу, коли ви досягаєте пункту контролю якості для обраного товару, " -"буде з'являтися кнопка *Друк етикетки*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:47 -msgid "To Reports" -msgstr "До звітів" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can also link a type of report to a certain printer. In the *IoT* app, " -"go to the *Devices* menu and select the printer you want to set up." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете з'єднати тип звіту з певним принтером. У модулі *IoT*, " -"перейдіть в меню *Пристрої* та оберіть принтер, який ви хочете встановити." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:56 -msgid "Now, go to the *Printer Reports* tab." -msgstr "Тепер перейдіть на вкладку *Звіти принтера*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Hit edit and then, click on *Add a line*. In the window that shows up, check" -" all the types of reports that should be linked to this printer. Click on " -"select and save." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть редагувати та на *Додати рядок*. У вікні, яке відкриється, " -"перевірте всі типи звітів, які будуть пов'язані з цим принтером. Натисніть " -"обрати та зберегти." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Now, each time you click on *Print* in the control panel, instead of " -"downloading a PDF, it will send it to the selected printer and automatically" -" print it." -msgstr "" -"Тепер щоразу, коли ви натискаєте на *Друк* в панелі контролю, замість " -"завантаження PDF, система надішле файл на обраний принтер та автоматично " -"роздрукує його." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:73 -msgid "Print Receipts from the PoS" -msgstr "Друкуйте чеки з Точки продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:75 -msgid "" -"You can link a printer to your *Point of Sale* app so you can print receipts" -" directly from your *PoS*." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете з'єднати принтер з вашим модулем *Точка продажу*, тому ви можете " -"друкувати чеки прямо з вашої *Точки продажу*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:78 -msgid "" -"Doing so is really easy. Go to your *Point of Sale* app and open your *Point" -" of Sale* settings, under *Configuration*. There, click on *Edit* and check " -"the *IoT Box* feature. Then, choose your *Receipt Printer* from the " -"dropdown." +"In the *Quality app*, a device can be set up on a quality control point. To " +"do that, go to the :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> " +"Control Points`, and open the desired control point to which the printer " +"will be linked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:39 msgid "" -"Now, you will be able to print different kinds of tickets from your *POS*: " -"**receipts**, **sale details** and **bills**." +"A *Manufacturing Operation* and *Work Order Operation* need to be attached " +"to a quality control point before the :guilabel:`Type` field allows for the " +":guilabel:`Print Label` option to be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:43 msgid "" -"Receipts are printed once the order is validated. The process is automated " -"when you enable the feature in your *PoS* configuration." +"From here, edit the control point, by selecting the :guilabel:`Type` field, " +"and selecting :guilabel:`Print Label` from the drop-down menu of options. " +"Doing so reveals a field called :guilabel:`Device`, where the attached " +"*device* can be selected. :guilabel:`Save` the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:92 -msgid "" -"Sales details can be printed by clicking on the printer icon on the navbar " -"at the top of the *PoS*. It will print the details of the sales of the " -"current day." -msgstr "" -"Деталі продажу можна роздрукувати, коли ви натискаєте на іконку друку на " -"верхній панелі *Точки продажу*. Вона роздрукує деталі продажу поточного дня." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:99 -msgid "" -"As for the bill, it is only available in restaurant mode. In your restaurant" -" settings, activate *Print Bills* and a *Bill* button will appear in the " -"left panel of the *PoS*." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "This is the quality control point setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:107 -msgid "Print Orders in the kitchen" -msgstr "Друкуйте замовлення на кухні" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:52 +msgid "" +"The printer can now be used with the selected quality control point. When " +"the quality control point is reached during the manufacturing process, the " +"database presents the option to print labels for a specific product." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:109 -msgid "In restaurant mode, you can send order tickets to the kitchen." -msgstr "В режимі ресторану ви можете надсилати квитанції замовлення на кухню." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On a quality check detail form, the :guilabel:`Type` of check can also be " +"specified to :guilabel:`Print Label`. To create new quality checks, navigate" +" to :menuselection:`Quality app --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks --> " +"New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:74 +msgid "Link a printer to a work center in the Manufacturing app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To link a printer to an action, it first needs to be configured on a work " +"center. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing app --> " +"Configuration --> Work Centers`. From here, select the desired work center " +"in which the printer will be used. Next, add the device in the " +":guilabel:`IoT Triggers` tab, under the :guilabel:`Device` column, by " +"selecting :guilabel:`Add a Line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Then, the printer can be linked to either of the following options in the " +":guilabel:`Actions` drop-down menu: :guilabel:`Print Labels`, " +":guilabel:`Print Operation`, or :guilabel:`Print Delivery Slip`. A key can " +"also be added to trigger the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:87 +msgid "" +"The first listed trigger on the form will be chosen first. So, the order " +"matters, and these triggers can be dragged into any order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:91 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Work Order` screen, a status graphic indicates whether the" +" database is correctly connected to the printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:98 +msgid "Link printer to reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It's also possible to link a type of report to a certain printer. In the " +"*IoT app*, go to the :guilabel:`Devices` menu, and select the desired " +"printer that needs to be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:103 +msgid "" +"From here, click :guilabel:`Edit`, go to the :guilabel:`Printer Reports` " +"tab, and select :guilabel:`Add a line`. In the window that appears, check " +"all the types of :guilabel:`Reports` that should be linked to this printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst-1 +msgid "The printer devices listed in the IoT Devices menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:111 msgid "" -"To do so, go to the *PoS* app and open your *PoS* settings. Then, tick " -"*Order Printer*." -msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це перейдіть у модуль *Точки продажу* і відкрийте ваші " -"налаштування *Точки продажу*. Потім позначте *Принтер замовлень*." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:117 -msgid "" -"Now, go to the *Printers* menu. Hit create, select the printer from the " -"dropdown and, in the *Printer Product Categories* field, choose all the " -"categories of products that should be printed on this printer." +"Now, each time :guilabel:`Print` is selected in the control panel, instead " +"of downloading a PDF, Odoo sends the report to the selected printer, and " +"automatically prints it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:115 msgid "" -"In the *PoS*, when you add or remove a product from one of the selected " -"categories, the button *Order* will be green. If you click on it, the IoT " -"Box will print a receipt on the corresponding printer." +":doc:`POS Order Printing " +"<../../../sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Reports can also be configured in the :guilabel:`Technical Menu` while in " +":ref:`debug mode <developer-mode>`. To do that, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Settings App --> Technical Menu --> Actions --> Reports`. " +"From here, the individual report can be found in this list, where the " +":guilabel:`IoT Device` can be set on the report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Scale" +msgid "Connect a scale" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:5 msgid "" -"When using your **IoT Box** in Odoo, you could need to use a scale. Doing so" -" is easy and convenient as it can be done in a few steps. Then, you can use " -"it in your **Point of Sale app** to weigh your products, which is helpful if" -" their price are based on it." +"A scale can be connected to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box on an " +"Odoo database in a few easy steps. After setup, the *Point of Sale* app can " +"be used to weigh products, which is helpful if their prices are calculated " +"based on weight." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:12 -msgid "To link the scale to the **IoT Box**, connect them with a cable." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:15 -msgid "In some cases, a serial to USB adapter may be needed." -msgstr "У деяких випадках може знадобитися USB-адаптер." - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:17 msgid "" -"If your scale is `compatibale with Odoo IoT Box <https://www.odoo.com/page" -"/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up anything because it will be " -"automatically detected as soon as it is connected." +"To link the scale to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box, connect it " +"with a :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` cable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:16 msgid "" -"You may need to restart the box and download your scales’ drivers from the " -"box in some cases. To do so, go to the *IoT Box Home Page* and click on " -"*drivers list*. Then, click on load drivers." +"In some cases, a serial port to :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial Bus)` adapter " +"may be needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:32 -msgid "Use a Scale in Point of Sale" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:18 +msgid "" +"If the scale is `compatible with Odoo IoT Box " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/iot-hardware>`_, there is no need to set up " +"anything because it will be automatically detected as soon as it is " +"connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "IOT box auto detection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box may need to be restarted and the " +"scale's drivers may need to be downloaded to the box in some cases. To " +"update the drivers, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage " +"and click on :guilabel:`Drivers List`. Then, click on :guilabel:`Load " +"Drivers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "View of the IoT box settings and driver list." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:34 msgid "" -"To use the scale in your *Point of Sale* app, go to :menuselection:`Point of" -" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, open the one you want to " -"configure, then click on *Edit* and enable the *IoT Box* feature." +"If loading the drivers still doesn't allow for the scale to function, it may" +" be that the scale is not compatible with the Odoo :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box. In this case, a different scale will need to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:39 +msgid "Use a scale in a point of sale (POS) system" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:41 msgid "" -"Now, choose the *IoT Box* in the dropdown menu and check the *Electronic " -"Scale* option. Then, you hit save." +"To use the scale in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`PoS app " +"--> 3-Dot Menu on the PoS --> Settings`, then enable the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box feature. After this is complete, the scale device " +"can be set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:45 msgid "" -"The scale is now available in all your *PoS* sessions. Then, if a product " -"has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the *PoS* screen opens the " -"scale screen, where the cashier can weigh the product and add the correct " -"price to the cart." +"Select the scale from the :guilabel:`Electronic Scale` drop-down menu. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:3 -msgid "Studio" -msgstr "Студія" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts.rst:3 -msgid "Concepts" -msgstr "Поняття" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding Automated Actions" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "List of the external tools that can be used with PoS and the IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst:52 msgid "" -"Automated actions are used to trigger actions. They are based on conditions " -"and happen on top of Odoo’s default business logic." +"The scale is now available in all the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. " +"Now, if a product has a price per weight set, clicking on it on the " +":guilabel:`PoS` screen opens the scale screen, where the cashier can weigh " +"the product and add the correct price to the cart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/scale.rst-1 +msgid "Electronic Scale dashboard view when no items are being weighed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:3 +msgid "Connect a screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:5 msgid "" -"Examples of automated actions include: creating a next activity upon a " -"quote's confirmation; adding a user as a follower of a confirmed invoice if " -"its total is higher than a certain amount; or preventing a lead from " -"changing stage if a field is not filled in." +"In Odoo, an :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box can be connected to a " +"screen display. After being configured, the screen can be used to display a " +"Point of Sale (PoS) order to a client." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:10 +msgid "An example of a PoS (point of sale) order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:12 msgid "" -"Let's understand how to properly define *when* an automated action runs and " -"*how* to create one:" +"Access the customer display by going to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)`" +" box homepage and clicking on the :guilabel:`PoS Display` button. To get to " +"the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage, navigate to " +":menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes` and click on the :abbr:`IoT (Internet" +" of Things)` box homepage link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:20 msgid "" -"The first step is to choose the :doc:`Model <understanding_general>` on " -"which the action is applied." +"The way to connect the screen display to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box differs depending on the model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:25 +msgid "IoT Box model 4" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:27 msgid "" -"The **Trigger** field defines the event that causes the automated action to " -"happen:" +"Connect up to two screens with micro-HDMI cables on the side of the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box. If two screens are connected, they can" +" display distinct content (see :ref:`Screen Usage <iot/usage_screen>`)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:31 +msgid "IoT Box model 3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:33 msgid "" -"*On Creation*: when a new record is created. Note that the record is created" -" once saved for the first time." +"Connect the screen with an HDMI cable on the side of the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:36 +msgid ":ref:`See the Raspberry Pi Schema <iot/connect_schema>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:39 msgid "" -"*On Update*: when the record is updated. Note that the update happens once " -"the record is saved." +"Screen(s) should be connected before the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` " +"box is switched on. If it is already on, connect the screen(s), and then " +"restart the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box by unplugging it for ten " +"seconds and plugging it back into its power source." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:44 msgid "" -"*On Creation & Update*: on the creation and/or on the update of a record " -"once the form is saved." +"The usage of HDMI/micro-HDMI adapters may cause issues which will result in " +"a blank, black screen on the screen display. Using the specific cable for " +"the display connection is recommended." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid "*On Deletion*: on the removal of a record under the condition set." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:47 msgid "" -"*Based on Form Modification*: when the value of the specified *Trigger* " -"field is changed in the interface (user sees the changes before saving the " -"record). Note that this action can only be used with the *Execute Python " -"Code* action type." +"If the connection was successful, the screen should display the " +":guilabel:`POS Client display` screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" -"*Based on Timed Condition*: a delay happens after a specific date/time. Set " -"a *Delay after trigger date* if you need a delay to happen before the " -"*Trigger Date*. Example: to send a reminder 15min before a meeting. If the " -"date/time is not set on the form of the model chosen, the date/time " -"considered is the one of the creation/update of the record." +"The default \"POS Client Display\" screen that appears when a screen display is successfully\n" +"connected to an IoT box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:34 -msgid "For every Trigger option, **conditions** can be applied, such as:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:55 msgid "" -"*Before Update Domain*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied " -"before the record is updated." +"The screen should also appear in the list of :guilabel:`Displays` on the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage. Alternatively, the display " +"can be seen by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a screen display name shown on the IoT Box Home Page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:64 msgid "" -"*Apply on*: if designated, this condition must be satisfied before executing" -" the action rule (*Action To Do*), and after the update." +"If no screen is detected, a default display named :guilabel:`Distant " +"Display` will be displayed instead. This indicates that there is no hardware" +" screen connected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:0 +msgid "The \"Distant Display\" screen name will be used if no screen is detected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:74 +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "Застосування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:77 +msgid "Show Point of Sale orders to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:79 msgid "" -"The **Active** option is to be turned off when the rule should be hidden and" -" not executed." +"To use the screen in the *Point of Sale app*, go to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, select a :abbr:`PoS (Point of " +"Sale)`, click :guilabel:`Edit` if necessary, and enable the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Box` feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:83 msgid "" -"Under **Action To Do** choose the type of server action that must be " -"executed once records meet the *Trigger* conditions:" +"Next, select the screen from the :guilabel:`Customer Display` drop-down " +"menu. Then click :guilabel:`Save`, if required." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "Connect the screen display to the Point of Sale app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:90 msgid "" -"*Execute Python Code*: a block of code is executed. A *Help* tab with the " -"variables that can be used is available." +"The screen is now available for :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` sessions. A " +"screen icon will appear in the menu at the top of the screen to indicate the" +" screen's connection status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:47 -msgid "*Create New Record*: a new record with new values is created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:48 -msgid "*Update a Record*: updates the record that triggered the action." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 msgid "" -"*Execute several actions*: defines an action that triggers other server " +"The \"screen\" icon on the Point of Sale display shows the connection status with the\n" +"screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The screen will automatically show the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` orders " +"and update when changes are made to the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a PoS order on a screen display." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:106 +msgid "Display a website on the screen" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/screen.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Open the screen form view by accessing :menuselection:`IoT app --> Devices " +"--> Customer Display`. This allows the user to choose a particular website " +"URL to display on the screen using the :guilabel:`Display URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:203 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Знання" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Knowledge** is a multipurpose productivity app that allows internal " +"users to enrich their business knowledge base and provide individually or " +"collaboratively gathered information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The pages on which they gather content are called *articles*. They are " +"mainly composed of a title and a body. The latter is an HTML field " +"containing text, images, links to other articles, records from other models," +" templates, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge.rst:17 +msgid "`Knowledge product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/knowledge>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:3 +msgid "Articles editing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:6 +msgid "Add and style content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:8 +msgid "" +"To start adding content, click anywhere on the page. Your cursor is " +"automatically set to write the article's first-level header. Once you are " +"done writing the title, press **enter** on your keyboard to move to the next" +" line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 +msgid "knowledge's user interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Untitled` on the left side of the top bar to automatically " +"match your h1 :dfn:`(First-level header)` title and the article's name. To " +"change the name of your article later, you must do it manually. To do so, " +"click the name on the top bar and proceed to the modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:23 +msgid "Text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:25 +msgid "To stylize the text using the text editor, select the text to format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:27 +msgid "Then, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Change the style by clicking :guilabel:`Normal`. Doing so opens a dropdown " +"menu with multiple styles to choose from (:guilabel:`Normal, Code, Header 1 " +"→ Header 6, Quote`);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:31 +msgid "" +"Format the text. Click :guilabel:`B` to put it in bold, :guilabel:`I` to put" +" it in italic, :guilabel:`U` to underline, and :guilabel:`S` to " +"strikethrough;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Change the font color by clicking :guilabel:`A` or the background color by " +"clicking the **pencil** icon:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To choose from a predefined theme color, click :guilabel:`Theme` and select " +"the desired color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To customize, click :guilabel:`Solid` and define a color using the wheel, by" +" typing its hex code, or its RGBA values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To use a gradient, click :guilabel:`Gradient`, choose a predefined gradient " +"or click :guilabel:`Custom` to create a personalized gradient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To change the text's size, click the **size number** and select the desired " +"size;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Click the **lists** icons to turn the paragraph into an unordered list, an " +"ordered list, or a checklist;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:45 +msgid "Click the **chain** icon to insert or edit an URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst-1 +msgid "Text editor's toolbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:51 +msgid "" +"To format a whole paragraph, type `/` anywhere in the text. Doing so opens " +"the **powerbox**, which allows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:54 +msgid "Changing a paragraph into lists (unordered, ordered, checklists)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Changing a paragraph into a header (1 → 6), normal text, `code`, or " +"*quotes*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:58 +msgid "Cover pictures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:60 +msgid "" +"You can customize your article by adding a cover picture and an icon. Hover " +"above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Cover`. A pop-up window opens to" +" set a cover picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If your database and your Unsplash account are associated, the cover picture" +" is automatically selected based on the article's name. To modify it, hover " +"over the picture to make the buttons appear, click :guilabel:`Change Cover`," +" and select another image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:67 +msgid "Retrieve images from different sources:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:69 +msgid "Search the **Unsplash** database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:70 +msgid "Enter a picture's **URL**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:71 +msgid "**Upload** an image from a computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:73 +msgid "" +"To remove the cover, hover over it to make the buttons appear and click " +":guilabel:`Remove Cover`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To associate Unsplash with your database, please refer to " +":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/unsplash`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:78 +msgid "" +"The articles are responsive, and so are the cover pictures. As a result, the" +" images cannot be repositioned manually to fit a particular screen, as they " +"automatically resize depending on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:83 +msgid "Icons" +msgstr "Іконки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To add an icon, hover above the h1 title and click :guilabel:`Add Icon`. " +"Doing this sets a random emoji automatically. To change it, click it and " +"select one from the emoji window. To remove it, proceed equally and click " +"the red-circled :guilabel:`x`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"The emoji is also displayed before the corresponding article in the side " +"panel hierarchic tree." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Click the emoji on the side panel to change it without opening the related " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 +msgid "Commands" +msgstr "Команди" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 +msgid "" +"To use a command, type `/` and open the **powerbox**. Type the command's " +"name or select from multiple features to insert blocks, images, files, etc. " +"Some of them, such as `/Image` or `/Article` are common to all the apps, but" +" others are inherent to the knowledge app and cannot be found or used in any" +" other application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:102 +msgid "List of commands" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:104 +msgid "Commands are divided into multiple categories depending on their use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:107 +msgid "Structure" +msgstr "Структура" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:235 +msgid "Command" +msgstr "Команда" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:179 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:236 +msgid "Use" +msgstr "Користування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:116 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:117 +msgid "Create a bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:118 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:119 +msgid "Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "Створіть пронумерований список." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:120 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:121 +msgid "Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "Відстежуйте завдання за допомогою чеклисту." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:122 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:123 +msgid "Insert a table." +msgstr "Вставте таблицю." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:124 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:125 +msgid "Insert an horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "Вставте горизонтальний роздільник." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:126 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:127 +msgid "Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "Додайте блок цитати." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:128 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:129 +msgid "Add a code section." +msgstr "Додайте блок коду." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:130 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:131 +msgid "Convert into 2 columns." +msgstr "Конвертувати в 2 колонки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:133 +msgid "Convert into 3 columns." +msgstr "Конвертувати в 3 колонки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:135 +msgid "Convert into 4 columns." +msgstr "Конвертувати в 4 колонки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:137 +msgid "Format" +msgstr "Формат" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:147 +msgid "Big section heading." +msgstr "Великий заголовок розділу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:148 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:149 +msgid "Medium section heading." +msgstr "Середній заголовок розділу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:150 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:151 +msgid "Small section heading." +msgstr "Заголовок невеликого розділу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:153 +msgid "Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "Змінити напрямок тексту." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:155 +msgid "Paragraph block." +msgstr "Блок абзацу." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:157 +msgid "Media" +msgstr "Медіа" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:166 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:167 +msgid "Insert an image." +msgstr "Вставте зображення." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:169 +msgid "Link an article." +msgstr "Дайте лінк на статтю." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:171 +msgid "Navigation" +msgstr "Навігація" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:181 +msgid "Add a link." +msgstr "Додайте посилання." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:182 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:183 +msgid "Add a button." +msgstr "Додайте кнопку." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:184 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:185 +msgid "Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "Додайте спеціальну зустріч." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:187 +msgid "Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "Заплануйте зустріч." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:189 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Віджет" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:199 +msgid "Insert a rating over 3 stars." +msgstr "Вставте оцінку понад 3 зірки." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:200 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:201 +msgid "Insert a rating over 5 stars." +msgstr "Вставте оцінку понад 5 зірок." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:212 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table of Content`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:213 +msgid "Add a table of content with the article's headings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:214 +msgid ":guilabel:`Index`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:215 +msgid "Show the first level of nested articles." +msgstr "Показати перший рівень вкладених статей." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:216 +msgid ":guilabel:`Outline`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:217 +msgid "Show all nested articles." +msgstr "Показати всі вкладені статті." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:218 +msgid ":guilabel:`Item Kanban`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:219 +msgid "Insert a kanban view of article items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:220 +msgid ":guilabel:`Item List`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:221 +msgid "Insert a list view of article items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:222 +msgid ":guilabel:`File`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:223 +msgid "Embed a file that can be downloaded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:225 +msgid "" +"Add a template section that can be inserted in messages, terms & conditions," +" or description in other applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:228 +msgid "Basic Blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:237 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:238 +msgid "Insert your signature." +msgstr "Вставте ваш підпис." + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:241 +msgid "Content from other apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:243 +msgid "" +"Knowledge allows to retrieve content views from other applications. To do " +"so, go to the targeted app and create the desired view. Then, click " +":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and select an article. " +"The view is inserted at the bottom of the selected article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To retrieve the view below, we created it by going to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Graph icon --> Pie Chart icon` and inserted it by clicking " +":menuselection:`Favorite --> Insert view in article` and selecting the " +"*Sales Playbook* article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:0 +msgid "article view from the Sales app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:257 +msgid "" +"Users who do **not** have access to the view will **not** be able to access " +"it in **Knowledge** even though they have access to the article containing " +"the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:3 +msgid "Articles management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Managing articles effectively is key to maximizing the value of your " +"knowledge resources, whether working on a research project, studying for an " +"exam, or building a knowledge database for your business. Knowledge allows " +"you to fully manage your articles, from :ref:`creation <management/create>` " +"to :ref:`removal <management/remove>`, through :ref:`sharing " +"<management/share>` and :ref:`structure <management/structure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:11 +msgid "" +"You can find most tools to manage articles by clicking the vertical ellipsis" +" button (:guilabel:`⋮`) at the right side of the top bar. From there, you " +"can move, lock, delete, or duplicate an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Menu with tools for the management of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:18 +msgid "Creation, sharing, and removal of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:23 +msgid "Creation" +msgstr "Створення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To create articles, click the :guilabel:`+ New` button on the right side of " +"the top bar or the :guilabel:`+` button next to a category or another " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Create private articles quickly with the Alt/Option + C keyboard shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:34 +msgid "Sharing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can share articles with internal or external users. To do so, open the " +"share menu by clicking :guilabel:`Share` in the top-right menu of articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:40 +msgid "Invite users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To share articles with specific users (internal or external, such as a " +"partner or a customer), click :guilabel:`Invite`. This opens a pop-up window" +" in which you can choose the :guilabel:`Permission` :ref:`(i.e, access " +"rights) <management/categories>` and enter the :guilabel:`Recipients`' name " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:47 +msgid "" +"You can also restrict a specific user from accessing the article by " +"selecting :guilabel:`No access` permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "pop-up window to invite users to access a Knowledge article" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:54 +msgid "Share online" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To share articles **online**, activate the :guilabel:`Share to web` button. " +"Doing so generates a URL link anyone can use to view the article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the share menu displays the default permission for internal " +"members along with all the users who have been granted specific permission." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Sharing menu with URL for online sharing and the list of members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:68 +msgid "Removal" +msgstr "Вилучення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:70 +msgid "To remove an article, you can either **delete** it or **archive** it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To delete an article, open it and click the vertical ellipsis button " +":menuselection:`(⋮) --> Delete`. The article is moved to the trash for 30 " +"days before being permanently deleted. To restore it, click :guilabel:`Open " +"the Trash`, select the article, and click :guilabel:`Restore`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To archive articles, click :guilabel:`Search`, select the article(s), and " +"click :menuselection:`Action --> Archive --> Archive`. Archived articles are" +" hidden from the search menu. To retrieve an archived article, add a custom " +"filter to display them (:menuselection:`Search --> Filters --> Add Custom " +"Filter`, and set :guilabel:`Active` as :guilabel:`is No`). Then, select the " +"article(s) and go to :menuselection:`Action --> Unarchive`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:85 +msgid "Structure of articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Articles are organized into a hierarchical structure wherein the article on " +"top is a parent article, and those underneath are called nested articles. " +"This structure allows the grouping of related articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:91 +msgid "" +"To establish this hierarchy, create new articles by clicking the " +":guilabel:`+` button next to the parent-to-be article, or move existing " +"articles by either dragging and dropping them under the parent-to-be or by " +"clicking the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`), clicking " +":guilabel:`Move To` on the toolbox and selecting the article to use as a " +"parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:99 +msgid "Categories" +msgstr "Категорії" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Additionally, articles are divided into four categories that can be found on" +" the left sidebar. These categories give articles default **access rights**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:104 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Favorites`: You can set any article you can access as a favorite." +" To do so, click the star-shaped icon (:guilabel:`★`) in the top-right menu " +"of articles. Marking articles as **favorites** is user-specific and does not" +" affect other users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Workspace`: Articles displayed in that category are available to " +"all internal users. These users have the right to read, modify or share " +"these articles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shared`: Articles displayed in that category are those you shared" +" with internal users, external users, or shared with you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private`: Articles displayed in that category are only available " +"to you." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/management.rst-1 +msgid "Categories displayed in the left sidebar of Odoo Knowledge" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:453 +msgid "Properties" +msgstr "Властивості" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Properties are fields containing data and that can be added to articles by " +"any user with **write** access. These fields are shared between all the " +"child articles and article items under the same parent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To be able to add properties, an article must be either a **child article** " +"or an **article item**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:14 +msgid "Add property fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Hover above the first-level header to make the buttons appear. Click " +":menuselection:`⚙ Add Properties --> Field Type`, select the type and add a " +"default value if needed. To make the fields appear in **kanban views**, " +"check :guilabel:`View in Kanban` as well. To validate and close the property" +" creation window, click anywhere." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown of property fields types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:25 +msgid "The different types assess what the field content can be:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:58 +msgid "Types" +msgstr "Типи" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:59 +msgid "Uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:35 +msgid "Allows adding any content with no restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checkbox`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:37 +msgid "Add a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:38 +msgid ":guilabel:`Integer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:39 +msgid "Allows adding integer numbers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:40 +msgid ":guilabel:`Decimal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:41 +msgid "Allows adding any number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:43 +msgid "Allows selecting a date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Date & Time`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:45 +msgid "Allows selecting a date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:47 +msgid "Some **field types** need to be configured:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst-1 +msgid "property configuration form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Selection`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Add a drop-down selection menu with restricted values that have been set at " +"the property creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Add a Value` next to the :guilabel:`Values` " +"field. Enter predetermined values and press **enter** to validate; you can " +"enter as many values as needed. Click anywhere to close the property " +"creation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:68 +msgid "Allows creating and applying as many tags as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To set it up, enter your `new_tag` in the :guilabel:`Tags` field, and press " +"**enter** or click :guilabel:`Create \"new_tag\"`. Click anywhere to close " +"the window. Then, add the tags into the property field. To do so, click the " +"property field and choose from the created tags; enter the tags' name and " +"press **enter**; enter a new tag's name and create a new one on the spot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`Many2one`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can " +"only select one result." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:86 +msgid "" +"To set it up, click :guilabel:`Search a Model` in the :guilabel:`Model` " +"field, select the model. Match all records by clicking :guilabel:`## " +"Record(s)`, or filter the results by clicking :guilabel:`+ Add Filter` and " +"show the records by clicking :guilabel:`## Record(s)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Many2many`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Choose from a list of records that result from a model's domain. You can " +"select as many results as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:91 +msgid "Delete property fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To remove a property, click the **pencil** icon next to the targeted " +"property, then click :menuselection:`Delete --> Delete`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:97 +msgid "Once a property field is deleted, you cannot retrieve it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:100 +msgid "Hide the property panel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/properties.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To hide the property sidebar panel, click the gear :guilabel:`(⚙)` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:5 +msgid "Mail Plugins" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are connectors that bridge your mailbox with your Odoo " +"database. With them, you can interact with your Odoo database directly from " +"your mailbox by:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:16 +msgid "Creating leads and centralizing prospects' emails into the CRM app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:17 +msgid "Generating tasks in any Odoo project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:18 +msgid "Creating tickets in the Helpdesk app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:19 +msgid "Searching and storing insights on your contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Mail Plugins are available for :doc:`Outlook <mail_plugins/outlook>` and " +":doc:`Gmail <mail_plugins/gmail>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:27 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:29 +msgid "Mail Plugins are **free** to install and use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, they can provide **Lead Enrichment**, which is part of a paid " +"service known as **Lead Generation**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Mail plugins allow you to test Lead Enrichment for free, whether you connect" +" the plugins to a database or not. After a while, the plugins ask you to buy" +" :doc:`../general/in_app_purchase` credits if you would like to keep using " +"this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:41 +msgid "Lead Generation IAP service" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Lead Enrichment uses the *Lead Generation IAP service*. Each request " +"consumes one *Lead Generation credit*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> CRM --> Lead Enrichment " +"--> Buy credits` and select a package." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If you are out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " +"the suggested company is its website link and logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Check out the `Lead Generation IAP service Privacy Policy " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_3>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:56 +msgid ":doc:`../general/in_app_purchase`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins.rst:57 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:3 +msgid "Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The *Gmail Plugin* integrates an Odoo database with a Gmail inbox, so users " +"can keep track of all their work between Gmail and Odoo, without losing any " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:9 +msgid "Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:11 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted on Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow the steps below to " +"configure the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:94 +msgid "Install the Gmail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:17 +msgid "" +"First, log in to the Gmail account that the user wishes to connect to Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:19 +msgid "" +"From the Gmail inbox, click the plus sign icon on the right side panel to " +"get add-ons. If the side panel is not visible, click on the arrow icon at " +"the bottom right corner of the inbox to reveal it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "Plus sign icon on the Gmail inbox side panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Then, use the search bar to search for `Odoo` and locate the :guilabel:`Odoo" +" Inbox Addin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Inbox Addin on Google Workspace Marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Or, go directly to the :guilabel:`Odoo Inbox Addin` page on the `Google " +"Workspace Marketplace " +"<https://workspace.google.com/marketplace/app/odoo_inbox_addin/873497133275>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the plugin is located, click :guilabel:`Install`. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Continue` to start the installation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select which Gmail account the user wishes to connect to Odoo. Then " +"click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Odoo access the Google account. Google will " +"then show a pop-up window confirming that the installation was successful." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:134 +msgid "Configure the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:136 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Mail Plugin` feature must be enabled in the Odoo database in " +"order to use the Gmail Plugin. To enable the feature, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Integrations` section, activate :guilabel:`Mail Plugin`, and then" +" click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "The Mail Plugin feature in the Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:145 +msgid "Configure the Gmail inbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:147 +msgid "" +"In the Gmail inbox, a purple Odoo icon is now visible on the right side " +"panel. Click on the Odoo icon to open up the Odoo plugin window. Then, click" +" on any email in the inbox. Click :guilabel:`Authorize Access` in the plugin" +" window to grant Odoo access to the Gmail inbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Authorize Access button in the right sidebar of the Odoo plugin panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Login`. Then, enter the URL of the Odoo database that" +" the user wishes to connect to the Gmail inbox, and log in to the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Use the general URL for the database, not the URL of a specific page in the " +"database. For example, use `https://mycompany.odoo.com`, not " +"`https://mycompany.odoo.com/web#cids=1&action=menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Allow` to let Gmail access the Odoo database. The " +"browser will then show a :guilabel:`Success!` message. After that, close the" +" window. The Gmail inbox and Odoo database are now connected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:78 +msgid "Odoo On-Premise users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:80 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted on servers other than Odoo Online (or Odoo.sh), follow " +"the steps below to configure the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:84 +msgid "" +"As part of their security guidelines, Google requires add-on creators to " +"provide a list of URLs that can be used in actions and redirections launched" +" by the add-on. This protects users by ensuring, for example, that no add-on" +" redirects users toward a malicious website. (Read more on `Google Apps " +"Script <https://developers.google.com/apps-script/manifest/allowlist-" +"url>`_.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Since Odoo can only list the `odoo.com` domain and not every on-premise " +"customer's unique server domain, on-premise customers cannot install the " +"Gmail Plugin from the Google Workspace Marketplace." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:96 +msgid "" +"First, access the `GitHub repository <https://github.com/odoo/mail-client-" +"extensions>`_ for the Odoo Mail Plugins. Next, click on the green " +":guilabel:`Code` button. Then, click :guilabel:`Download ZIP` to download " +"the Mail Plugin files onto the user's computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Download the ZIP file from the Odoo GitHub repository for Mail Plugins." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Open the ZIP file on the computer. Then, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-" +"extensions-master --> gmail --> src --> views`, and open the " +":file:`login.ts` file using any text editor software, such as Notepad " +"(Windows), TextEdit (Mac), or Visual Studio Code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Delete the following three lines of text from the :file:`login.ts` file:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:116 +msgid "" +"This removes the `odoo.com` domain constraint from the Gmail Plugin program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Next, in the ZIP file, go to :menuselection:`mail-client-extensions-master " +"--> gmail`, and open the file called :guilabel:`appsscript.json`. In the " +":guilabel:`urlFetchWhitelist` section, replace all the references to " +"`odoo.com` with the Odoo customer's unique server domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Then, in the same :guilabel:`gmail` folder, open the file called " +":guilabel:`README.md`. Follow the instructions in the :guilabel:`README.md` " +"file to push the Gmail Plugin files as a Google Project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The computer must be able to run Linux commands in order to follow the " +"instructions on the :guilabel:`README.md` file." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/gmail.rst:129 +msgid "" +"After that, share the Google Project with the Gmail account that the user " +"wishes to connect to Odoo. Then, click :guilabel:`Publish` and " +":guilabel:`Deploy from manifest`. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Install the add-" +"on` to install the Gmail Plugin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:3 +msgid "Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The Outlook :doc:`Mail Plugin <../mail_plugins>` needs to be configured both" +" on Odoo and Outlook." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:13 +msgid "Enable Mail Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:15 +msgid "" +"First, you need to enable the *Mail Plugin* feature in your database. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, enable " +"*Mail Plugin*, and *Save* the configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:21 +msgid "Install the Outlook Plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:23 +msgid "Open your Outlook mailbox and select any email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:25 +msgid "Click on the *More actions* button and select *Get Add-ins*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "More actions button in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:31 +msgid "Select the *My add-ins* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "My add-ins in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Under *Custom add-ins*, click on *+ Add a custom add-in*, and then on *Add " +"from URL...*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Custom add-ins in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Enter the following URL " +"`https://download.odoocdn.com/plugins/v15/outlook/manifest.xml` and press " +"*OK*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Entering the add-in URL in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:50 +msgid "Read the warning and click on *Install*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Custom add-in installation warning in Outlook" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:59 +msgid "Connect your database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Open any email in your Outlook mailbox, click on the *More actions* button, " +"and select *Odoo for Outlook*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo for Outlook add-in button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The right-side panel can now display **Company Insights**. At the bottom, " +"click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Logging in your Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Only a limited amount of *Company Insights* (*Lead Enrichment*) requests are" +" available as a trial. This feature requires :ref:`prepaid credits " +"<mail_plugins/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:79 +msgid "" +"If, after a short while, the panel is still empty, it is possible that your " +"browser cookie settings prevented it from loading. Note that these settings " +"also change if you are in \"Incognito\" mode on your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:84 +msgid "" +"To fix this issue, configure your browser to always allow cookies on Odoo's " +"plugin page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:86 +msgid "" +"For Google Chrome, you can do so by following the guide at: " +"`https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647 " +"<https://support.google.com/chrome/answer/95647#:~:text=Allow%20or%20block%20cookies%20for%20a%20specific%20site>`_" +" and adding `download.odoo.com` to the list of `Sites that can always use " +"cookies`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:90 +msgid "Once done, the Outlook panel needs to be opened again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:93 +msgid "Enter your Odoo database URL and click on *Login*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Entering your Odoo database URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:99 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to open the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "New window pop-up warning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:105 +msgid "If you aren't logged into your database, enter your credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:107 +msgid "Click on *Allow* to let the Outlook Plugin connect to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Allowing the Outlook Plugin to connect to a database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:116 +msgid "Add a shortcut to the plugin" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:118 +msgid "" +"By default, the Outlook Plugin can be opened from the *More actions* menu. " +"However, to save time, it's possible to add it next to the other default " "actions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:121 msgid "" -"*Send Email*: an automatic :doc:`email " -"<../../discuss/advanced/email_template>` is sent." +"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " +"settings*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:51 -msgid "*Add Followers*: followers are notified of changes in the task." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing all Outlook settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:127 msgid "" -"*Create Next Activity*: creates an activity such as: *Call*, *Email*, " -"*Reminder*." +"Select *Customize actions* under *Mail*, click on *Odoo for Outlook*, and " +"then *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:0 +msgid "Odoo for Outlook customized action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/mail_plugins/outlook.rst:133 +msgid "Open any email; the shortcut should be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:6 +msgid "Studio" +msgstr "Студія" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Studio is a toolbox that allows you to customize Odoo without coding " +"knowledge. For example, you can, on any app, add or modify:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`Fields <studio/fields>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Views <studio/views>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Models <studio/models_modules_apps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`Automated actions <studio/automated_actions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`PDF reports <studio/pdf_reports>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:25 +msgid "Approval rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:26 +msgid "Security rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or you can :doc:`build an app from scratch <studio/models_modules_apps>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio.rst:31 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Studio <https://www.odoo.com/slides/studio-31>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:3 +msgid "Automated actions (automations)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Automated actions are used to trigger automatic changes based on user " +"actions (e.g., apply a modification when a field is set to a specific value)" +" or on time conditions (e.g., archive a record 7 days after its last " +"update)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:9 +msgid "" +"To create an automated action with Studio, go to :guilabel:`Automations` " +"from anywhere within Studio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:12 +msgid "" +"For every automated action you create, the following elements should be " +"defined: the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/model`, the " +":ref:`studio/automated-actions/trigger`, the :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on`, and the :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an automated action on the Subscription model" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:25 +msgid "Model" +msgstr "Модель" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:27 +msgid "Select the model where the automated action should be applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:30 +msgid "" +"The model you are on when you click on :guilabel:`Automations` is pre-" +"selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:35 +msgid "Trigger" +msgstr "Запуск" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:37 +msgid "" +"Define when the automated action should be applied. Six triggers are " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:42 +msgid "On Creation" +msgstr "На створення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:44 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is created and then saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:49 +msgid "On Update" +msgstr "На оновлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a previously saved record is edited and then " +"saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Use :guilabel:`Trigger Fields` to specify which fields - and only those - " +"trigger the action on their update." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To detect when a record changes from one state to another, define a " +":guilabel:`Before Update Domain` filter, which checks if the condition is " +"satisfied before the record is updated. Then set an :ref:`studio/automated-" +"actions/apply-on` filter, which checks if the condition is met after the " +"record is updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:61 +msgid "" +"If you want the automated action to happen when an email address is set on a" +" contact, define the :guilabel:`Before Update Domain` to `Email is not set`," +" and the :guilabel:`Apply on` domain to `Email is set`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an On Update trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:72 +msgid "On Creation & Update" +msgstr "На створення та оновлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:74 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a record is created and saved or edited " +"afterward and saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:79 +msgid "On Deletion" +msgstr "При видаленні" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:81 +msgid "The action is triggered when a record is deleted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:84 +msgid "" +"This trigger is rarely used, as archiving records is usually preferred to " +"deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:89 +msgid "Based on Form Modification" +msgstr "На підставі модифікації форми" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when any change is done to a trigger field's value " +"on the :ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`, even before saving the " +"record. This trigger only works on the user interface when a modification is" +" made by a user. If the field is changed through another action and not by " +"the user, the action will not run." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:97 +msgid "" +"This trigger can only be used with the :ref:`Execute Python Code action " +"<studio/automated-actions/action/python-code>`, so development is required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:103 +msgid "Based on Timed Condition" +msgstr "На основі умовного часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The action is triggered when a trigger field's date or date & time value is " +"reached." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To trigger the action after the :guilabel:`Trigger Date`, add a number of " +"minutes, hours, days, or months under :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date`. " +"To trigger the action before, add a negative number instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If you want to send a reminder email 30 minutes before the start of a " +"calendar event, select the :guilabel:`Start (Calendar Event)` under " +":guilabel:`Trigger Date` and set the :guilabel:`Delay after trigger date` to" +" **-30** :guilabel:`Minutes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Based on Timed Condition trigger" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:121 +msgid "By default, the scheduler checks for trigger dates every 4 hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:126 +msgid "Apply on" +msgstr "Подати заявку на" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Define on which records of the model the automated action should be applied." +" It works the same way as when you apply filters on a model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:134 +msgid "Action" +msgstr "Дія" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Determine what the automated action should do (server action). There are " +"eight types of action to choose from." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:142 +msgid "Execute Python Code" +msgstr "Виконати код Python" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The action is used to execute Python code. The available variables are " +"described on the :guilabel:`Python Code` tab, which is also used to write " +"your code, or on the :guilabel:`Help` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:147 +msgid "" +"To allow the action to be run through the website, tick :guilabel:`Available" +" on the Website` and add a :guilabel:`Website Path`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:153 +msgid "Create a new Record" +msgstr "Створити новий запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:155 +msgid "The action is used to create a new record on any model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Target Model` is only required if you want to target " +"another model than the one you are on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To link the record that triggered the creation of the new record, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Link Field`. For example, you could create a contact " +"automatically when a lead is turned into an opportunity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Data to Write` tab: the tab is used to specify the new record's " +"values. After selecting a :guilabel:`Field`, select its " +":guilabel:`Evaluation Type`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Value`: used to directly give the field's raw value in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reference`: used to select the record under the " +":guilabel:`Record` column and let Studio add the internal ID in the " +":guilabel:`Value` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:172 +msgid "" +"If an automated action creates a new task in a project, you can assign it to" +" a specific user by setting the :guilabel:`Field` to :guilabel:`Responsible " +"User (Project)`, the :guilabel:`Evaluation Type` to :guilabel:`Reference`, " +"and the :guilabel:`Record` to a specific user." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create a new Record action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:181 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Python expression`: used to dynamically define the newly created " +"record’s value for a field using Python code in the :guilabel:`Value` " +"column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:187 +msgid "Update the Record" +msgstr "Оновити запис" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:189 +msgid "" +"The action is used to set value(s) for field(s) of any record on the current" +" model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:192 +msgid "" +"The process to fill in the :guilabel:`Data to Write` tab is the same as " +"described under :ref:`studio/automated-actions/action/new-record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:198 +msgid "Execute several actions" +msgstr "Виконати декілька дій" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The action is used to trigger multiple actions at the same time. To do so, " +"click on :guilabel:`Add a line` under the :guilabel:`Actions` tab. In the " +":guilabel:`Child Actions` pop-up, click on :guilabel:`Create` and configure " +"the action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:207 +msgid "Send Email" +msgstr "Надіслати ел. листа" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:209 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an email to a contact linked to a specific " +"record. To do so, select or create an :guilabel:`Email Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:215 +msgid "Add Followers" +msgstr "Додати підписників" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:217 +msgid "The action is used to subscribe existing contacts to the record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:222 +msgid "Create Next Activity" +msgstr "Створити нову дію" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The action is used to schedule a new activity linked to the record. Use the " +":guilabel:`Activity` tab to set it up as usual, but instead of the " +":guilabel:`Assigned to` field, select an :guilabel:`Activity User Type`. " +"Select :guilabel:`Specific User` and add the user under " +":guilabel:`Responsible` if the activity should always be assigned to the " +"same user. To dynamically target a user linked to the record, select " +":guilabel:`Generic User From Record` instead and change the :guilabel:`User " +"field name` if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:232 +msgid "" +"After a lead is turned into an opportunity, you want your automated action " +"to set up a call for the user responsible for the lead. To do so, set the " +":guilabel:`Activity` to :guilabel:`Call` and set the :guilabel:`Activity " +"User Type` to :guilabel:`Generic User From Record`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Create Next Activity action" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:243 +msgid "Send SMS Text Message" +msgstr "Надіслати SMS-повідомлення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The action is used to send an SMS to a contact linked to the record. To do " +"so, select or create an :guilabel:`SMS Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/automated_actions.rst:249 +msgid "" +"If you want sent messages to be logged in the Chatter, tick :guilabel:`Log " +"as Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:3 +msgid "Fields and widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Fields structure the models of a database. If you picture a model as a table" +" or spreadsheet, fields are the columns where data is stored in the records " +"(i.e., the rows). Fields also define the type of data that is stored within " +"them. How the data is presented and formatted on the :abbr:`UI (User " +"Interface)` is defined by their widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:10 +msgid "" +"From a technical point of view, there are 15 field types in Odoo. However, " +"you can choose from 20 fields in Studio, as some field types are available " +"more than once with a different default widget." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:14 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Fields` can only be added to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views. On other views, you can only add :guilabel:`Existing " +"Fields` :dfn:`(fields already on the model)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:21 +msgid "Simple fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:23 +msgid "Simple fields contain basic values, such as text, numbers, files, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:325 +msgid "" +"Non-default widgets, when available, are presented as bullet points below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:31 +msgid "Text (`char`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:33 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Text` field is used for short text containing any character. " +"One text line is displayed when filling out the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:220 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy to Clipboard`: users can copy the value by clicking a " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`E-mail`: the value becomes a clickable *mailto* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: displays an image using a URL. The value cannot be edited" +" manually, but a default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:44 +msgid "" +"This works differently than selecting the :ref:`Image field " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/image>` directly, as the image is not stored in" +" Odoo when using a :guilabel:`Text` field with the :guilabel:`Image` widget." +" For example, it can be useful if you want to save disk space." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`: the value becomes a clickable *tel* link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Tick :guilabel:`Enable SMS` to add an option to send an SMS directly from " +"Odoo next to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:55 +msgid ":guilabel:`URL`: the value becomes a clickable URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:66 +msgid "Multiline Text (`text`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:68 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Multiline Text` field is used for longer text containing any " +"type of character. Two text lines are displayed on the UI when filling out " +"the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Multiline Text fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:82 +msgid "Integer (`integer`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Integer` field is used for all integer numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, without a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:87 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The value cannot be edited on the UI, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:118 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Progress Bar`: displays the value next to a percentage bar, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Handle`: displays a drag handle icon to order records manually in" +" :ref:`List view <studio/views/multiple-records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Integer fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:103 +msgid "Decimal (`float`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Decimal` field is used for all decimal numbers " +"(:dfn:`positive, negative, or zero, with a decimal`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:109 +msgid "" +"Decimal numbers are displayed with two decimals after the decimal point on " +"the UI, but they are stored in the database with more precision." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:112 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Monetary`: it is similar to using the :ref:`Monetary field " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`. It is recommended to use the later " +"as it offers more functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage`: displays a percent character `%` after the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Percentage Pie`: displays the value inside a percentage circle, " +"usually for a computed value. The field cannot be edited manually, but a " +"default value can be set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Time`: the value must follow the *hh:mm* format, with a maximum " +"of 59 minutes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Decimal fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:131 +msgid "Monetary (`monetary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:133 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Monetary` field is used for all monetary values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:136 +msgid "" +"When you first add a :guilabel:`Monetary` field, you are prompted to add a " +":guilabel:`Currency` field if none exists already on the model. Odoo offers " +"to add the :guilabel:`Currency` field for you. Once it is added, add the " +":guilabel:`Monetary` field again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Monetary field along with its Currency field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:149 +msgid "Html (`html`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Html` field is used to add text that can be edited using the " +"Odoo HTML editor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:153 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Multiline Text`: disables the Odoo HTML editor to allow editing " +"raw HTML." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Html fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:164 +msgid "Date (`date`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:166 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Date` field is used to select a date on a calendar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:168 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining Days`: the remaining number of days before the selected" +" date is displayed (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:180 +msgid "Date & Time (`datetime`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:182 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Date & Time` field is used to select a date on a calendar and" +" a time on a clock. The user's current time is automatically used if no time" +" is set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:185 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Date`: used to record the time without displaying it on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:186 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Remaining days`: displays the remaining number of days before the" +" selected date (e.g., *In 5 days*), based on the current date and time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Date & Time fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:198 +msgid "Checkbox (`boolean`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:200 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Checkbox` field is used when a value should only be true or " +"false, indicated by checking or unchecking a checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:203 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Button`: displays a radio button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:204 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Toggle`: displays a toggle button. The widget works without " +"switching to the edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Checkbox fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:215 +msgid "Selection (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Selection` field is used when users should select a single " +"value from a group of predefined values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:222 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badges`: displays all selectable values simultaneously inside " +"rectangular shapes, organized horizontally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:224 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: displays star symbols instead of values, which can be " +"used to indicate an importance or satisfaction level, for example. This has " +"the same effect as selecting the :ref:`Priority field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/priority>`, although, for the latter, four priority values are " +"already predefined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:352 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Radio`: displays all selectable values at the same time as radio " +"buttons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:231 +msgid "" +"By default, radio buttons are organized vertically. Tick :guilabel:`display " +"horizontally` to switch the way they are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of Selection fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:243 +msgid "Priority (`selection`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:245 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Priority` field is used to display a three-star rating " +"system, which can be used to indicate importance or satisfaction level. This" +" field type is a :ref:`Selection field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/selection>` with the :guilabel:`Priority` widget selected by default " +"and four priority values predefined. Consequently, the :guilabel:`Badge`, " +":guilabel:`Badges`, :guilabel:`Radio`, and :guilabel:`Selection` widgets " +"have the same effects as described under :ref:`Selection " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/selection>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:253 +msgid "" +"To change the number of available stars by adding or removing values, click " +":guilabel:`Edit Values`. Note that the first value is equal to 0 stars " +"(i.e., when no selection is made), so having four values results in a three-" +"star rating system, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Priority field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:266 +msgid "File (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:268 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`File` field is used to upload any type of file, or sign a " +"form (:guilabel:`Sign` widget)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:271 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Image`: users can upload an image file, which is then displayed " +"in :ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`. This has the same effect as" +" using the :ref:`Image field <studio/fields/simple-fields/image>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:274 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`PDF Viewer`: users can upload a PDF file, which can be then " +"browsed from the :ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:276 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sign`: users can electronically sign the form. This has the same " +"effect as selecting the :ref:`Sign field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/sign>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Examples of File fields with different widgets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:288 +msgid "Image (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Image` field is used to upload an image and display it in " +":ref:`Form view <studio/views/general/form>`. This field type is a " +":ref:`File field <studio/fields/simple-fields/file>` with the " +":guilabel:`Image` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`PDF Viewer`, and :guilabel:`Sign` widgets have " +"the same effects as described under :ref:`File <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/file>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:297 +msgid "" +"To change the display size of uploaded images, select :guilabel:`Small`, " +":guilabel:`Medium`, or :guilabel:`Large` under the :guilabel:`Size` option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:303 +msgid "Sign (`binary`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:305 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sign` field is used to sign the form electronically. This " +"field type is a :ref:`File field <studio/fields/simple-fields/file>` with " +"the :guilabel:`Sign` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`File`, :guilabel:`Image`, and :guilabel:`PDF Viewer` widgets have" +" the same effects as described under :ref:`File <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/file>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:311 +msgid "" +"To give users the :guilabel:`Auto` option when having to draw their " +"signature, select one of the available :guilabel:`Auto-complete with` fields" +" (:ref:`Text <studio/fields/simple-fields/text>`, :ref:`Many2One " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>`, and :ref:`Related Field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` on the model only). The " +"signature is automatically generated using the data from the selected field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:320 +msgid "Relational fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:322 +msgid "" +"Relational fields are used to link and display the data from records on " +"another model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:330 +msgid "Many2One (`many2one`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:332 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2One` field is used to link another record (from another " +"model) to the record being edited. The record's name from the other model is" +" then displayed on the record being edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:336 +msgid "" +"On the *Sales Order* model, the :guilabel:`Customer` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2One` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows " +"**many** sales orders to be linked to **one** contact (customer)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a many2one relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:345 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating a new record in the linked model, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable creation`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from opening records in a pop-up window, tick " +":guilabel:`Disable opening`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:348 +msgid "" +"To help users only select the right record, click on :guilabel:`Domain` to " +"create a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:350 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Badge`: displays the value inside a rounded shape, similar to a " +"tag. The value cannot be edited on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:357 +msgid "One2Many (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:359 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`One2Many` field is used to display the existing relations " +"between a record on the current model and multiple records from another " +"model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:363 +msgid "" +"You could add a :guilabel:`One2Many` field on the *Contact* model to look at" +" **one** customer's **many** sales orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing a one2many relationship" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:371 +msgid "" +"To use a :guilabel:`One2Many` field, the two models must have been linked " +"already using a :ref:`Many2One field <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/many2one>`. One2Many relations do not exist independently: a reverse-" +"search of existing Many2One relations is performed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:378 +msgid "Lines (`one2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:380 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Lines` field is used to create a table with rows and columns " +"(e.g., the lines of products on a sales order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:384 +msgid "" +"To modify the columns, click on the :guilabel:`Lines` field and then " +":guilabel:`Edit List View`. To edit the form that pops up when a user clicks" +" on :guilabel:`Add a line`, click on :guilabel:`Edit Form View` instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Lines field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:397 +msgid "Many2Many (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:399 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Many2Many` field is used to link multiple records from " +"another model to multiple records on the current model. Many2Many fields can" +" use :guilabel:`Disable creation`, :guilabel:`Disable opening`, " +":guilabel:`Domain`, just like :ref:`Many2One fields " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:405 +msgid "" +"On the *Task* model, the :guilabel:`Assignees` field is a " +":guilabel:`Many2Many` field pointing at the *Contact* model. This allows a " +"single user to be assigned to **many** tasks and **many** users to be " +"assigned to a single task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Diagram showing many2many relationships" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:413 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Checkboxes`: users can select several values using checkboxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:414 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: users can select several values appearing in rounded " +"shapes, also known as *tags*. This has the same effect as selecting the " +":ref:`Tags field <studio/fields/relational-fields/tags>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:421 +msgid "Tags (`many2many`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:423 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Tags` field is used to display several values from another " +"model appearing in rounded shapes, also known as *tags*. This field type is " +"a :ref:`Many2Many field <studio/fields/relational-fields/many2many>` with " +"the :guilabel:`Tags` widget selected by default. Consequently, the " +":guilabel:`Checkboxes` and :guilabel:`Many2Many` widgets have the same " +"effects as described under :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/many2many>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:430 +msgid "" +"To display tags with different background colors, tick :guilabel:`Use " +"colors`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Tags field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:441 +msgid "Related Field (`related`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:443 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Related Field` is not a relational field per se; no " +"relationship is created between models. It uses an existing relationship to " +"fetch and display information from another record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:447 +msgid "" +"To display the email address of a customer on the *Sales Order* model, use " +"the :guilabel:`Related Field` `partner_id.email` by selecting " +":guilabel:`Customer` and then :guilabel:`Email`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:455 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invisible`: When it is not necessary for users to view a field on" +" the UI, tick :guilabel:`Invisible`. It helps clear the UI by only showing " +"the essential fields depending on a specific situation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:460 +msgid "" +"On the *Form* view of the *Contact* model, the :guilabel:`Title` field only " +"appears when :guilabel:`Individual` is selected, as that field would not be " +"helpful for a :guilabel:`Company` contact." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:465 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invisible` attribute also applies to Studio. To view hidden " +"fields inside Studio, click on a view's :guilabel:`View` tab and tick " +":guilabel:`Show Invisible Elements`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:469 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: If a field should always be completed by the user " +"before being able to proceed, tick :guilabel:`Required`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:471 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Read only`: If users should not be able to modify a field, tick " +":guilabel:`Read only`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:474 +msgid "" +"You can choose to apply these three properties only for specific records by " +"clicking on :guilabel:`Conditional` and creating a filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:477 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: The :guilabel:`Label` is the field's name on the UI." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:480 +msgid "" +"This is not the same name as used in the PostgreSQL database. To view and " +"change the latter, activate the :ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>`, and " +"edit the :guilabel:`Technical Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:483 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Help Tooltip`: To explain the purpose of a field, write a " +"description under :guilabel:`Help Tooltip`. It is displayed inside a tooltip" +" box when hovering with your mouse over the field's label." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:486 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Placeholder`: To provide an example of how a field should be " +"completed, write it under :guilabel:`Placeholder`. It is displayed in light " +"gray in lieu of the field's value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:488 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Widget`: To change the default appearance or functionality of a " +"field, select one of the available widgets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:490 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: To add a default value to a field when a record " +"is created, use :guilabel:`Default value`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/fields.rst:492 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: To limit which users can see the " +"field, select a user access group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:3 +msgid "Models, modules, and apps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Models determine the logical structure of a database and how data is stored," +" organized, and manipulated. In other words, a model is a table of " +"information that can be linked with other tables. A model usually represents" +" a business concept, such as a *sales order*, *contact*, or *product*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Modules and apps contain various elements, such as models, views, data " +"files, web controllers, and static web data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:13 +msgid "" +"All apps are modules. Larger, standalone modules are typically referred to " +"as apps, whereas other modules usually serve as add-ons to said apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:19 +msgid "Suggested features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:21 +msgid "" +"When you create a new model or app with Studio, you can choose to add up to " +"14 features to speed up the creation process. These features bundle fields, " +"default settings, and views that are usually used together to provide some " +"standard functionality. Most of these features can be added later on, but " +"adding them from the start makes the model creation process much easier. " +"Furthermore, these features interact together in some cases to increase " +"their usefulness." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Creating a model with the :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/picture` and :ref:`studio/models-modules-apps/suggested-" +"features/pipeline-stages` features enabled adds the image in the card layout" +" of the :ref:`Kanban view <studio/views/multiple-records/kanban>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Combination of the Picture and Pipeline stages features on the Kanban view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:39 +msgid "Contact details" +msgstr "Деталі контакту" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Contact details` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to the *Contact* model " +"and two of its :ref:`Related Fields <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/related-field>`: :guilabel:`Phone` and :guilabel:`Email`. The " +":guilabel:`Contact` field is also added to the :ref:`List view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/list>`, and the :ref:`Map view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/map>` is activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Contact details feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:57 +msgid "User assignment" +msgstr "Призначення користувача" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`User assignment` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Many2One field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to the *Contact* model, " +"with the following :guilabel:`Domain`: `Share User is not set` to only allow" +" the selection of *Internal Users*. In addition, the " +":guilabel:`many2one_avatar_user` widget is used to display the user's " +"avatar. The :guilabel:`Responsible` field is also added to the :ref:`List " +"view <studio/views/multiple-records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "User assignment feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:75 +msgid "Date & Calendar" +msgstr "Дата та календар" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date & Calendar` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Date field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/date>` and activates the :ref:`Calendar view " +"<studio/views/timeline/calendar>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:84 +msgid "Date range & Gantt" +msgstr "Діапазон дат і діаграма Ганта" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Date range & Gantt` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` two :ref:`Date fields <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/date>` next to each other: one to set a start date, the other to set " +"an end date, using the :guilabel:`daterange` widget, and activates the " +":ref:`Gantt view <studio/views/timeline/gantt>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:94 +msgid "Pipeline stages" +msgstr "Етапи конвеєру" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` activates the :ref:`Kanban view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/kanban>`, adds several fields such as " +":ref:`Priority <studio/fields/simple-fields/priority>` and :guilabel:`Kanban" +" State`, and three stages: :guilabel:`New`, :guilabel:`In Progress`, and " +":guilabel:`Done`. The :guilabel:`Pipeline status bar` and the " +":guilabel:`Kanban State` field are added to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>`. The :guilabel:`Color` field is added to the " +":ref:`List view <studio/views/multiple-records/list>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:105 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Pipeline stages` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:110 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Мітки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Tags` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` and " +":ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Tags field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/tags>`, creating a *Tag* model with " +"preconfigured access rights in the process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:120 +msgid "Picture" +msgstr "Зображення" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Picture` adds to the top-right of the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` an :ref:`Image field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/image>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:126 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Picture` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:131 +msgid "Lines" +msgstr "Рядки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Lines`: adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` a :ref:`Lines field <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/lines>` inside a :guilabel:`Tab` component." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:139 +msgid "Notes" +msgstr "Примітки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Notes` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` an :ref:`Html field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/html>` using the full width of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:147 +msgid "Monetary value" +msgstr "Грошова вартість" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Monetary value` adds to the " +":ref:`studio/views/general/form` and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list` views a :ref:`Monetary field <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/monetary>`. The :ref:`studio/views/reporting/graph` and " +":ref:`studio/views/reporting/pivot` views are also activated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:155 +msgid "A *Currency* field is added and hidden from the view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:160 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Компанія" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Company` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form` " +"and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views a :ref:`Many2One field " +"<studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to the *Company* model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:167 +msgid "This is only useful if you work in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:172 +msgid "Custom Sorting" +msgstr "Кастомне сортування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Custom Sorting` adds to the :ref:`List view " +"<studio/views/multiple-records/list>` a drag handle icon to manually reorder" +" records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Custom Sorting feature on the List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:186 +msgid "Chatter" +msgstr "Чатер" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Chatter` adds to the :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` Chatter functionalities (sending messages, " +"logging notes, and scheduling activities)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:192 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Chatter` feature can be added at a later stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:0 +msgid "Chatter feature on the Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:203 +msgid "Archiving" +msgstr "Архівування" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Archiving` adds to the :ref:`studio/views/general/form`" +" and :ref:`studio/views/multiple-records/list` views the :guilabel:`Archive`" +" action and hides archived records from searches and views by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:212 +msgid "Export and import customizations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:214 +msgid "" +"When you do any customization with Studio, a new module named " +":guilabel:`Studio customizations` is added to your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:217 +msgid "" +"To export these customizations, go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> " +"Studio --> Customizations --> Export` to download a ZIP file containing all " +"customizations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To import and install these customizations in another database, connect to " +"the destination database and go to :menuselection:`Main dashboard --> Studio" +" --> Customizations --> Import`, then upload the exported ZIP file before " +"clicking on the :guilabel:`Import` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/models_modules_apps.rst:225 msgid "" -"*Send SMS Text Message*: sends an :doc:`SMS " -"</applications/marketing/sms_marketing/pricing/pricing_and_faq>`." +"Before importing, make sure the destination database contains the same apps " +"and modules as the source database. Studio does not add the underlying " +"modules as dependencies of the exported module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:3 +msgid "PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:56 -msgid "Example" -msgstr "Приклад" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Studio, you can edit existing PDF reports (e.g., orders and quotations)" +" or create new ones." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:8 msgid "" -"This is the process of which the update of the *Email* field on the " -"Lead/Opportunity *Model*, with a *Trigger Condition* set to *On Update*, " -"goes through:" +"To edit a standard PDF report, it is strongly recommended to **duplicate** " +"it and make changes to the duplicated version, as changes made to standard " +"reports will be overwritten after an Odoo upgrade. To duplicate a report, go" +" to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports`. Hover the mouse pointer on the top " +"right corner of the report, click the vertical ellipsis icon " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`), and then select :guilabel:`Duplicate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Duplicating a PDF report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:65 -msgid "The user creates the record without an email address set." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:20 +msgid "Default layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:66 -msgid "The user updates the record defining an email address." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The default layout of reports is managed outside Studio. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Document Layout --> Configure " +"Document Layout`. Layout settings apply to all reports but only to the " +"current company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:27 msgid "" -"Once the change is saved, the automation checks if any of the *Watched " -"Fields* are being updated (for the example: field name *email_from* (Email)." +"Use :guilabel:`Download PDF Preview` to view how the different settings " +"affect the layout of a sample invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:33 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Макет" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:35 +msgid "Four layouts are available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:39 +msgid "Light" +msgstr "Світлий" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Light report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:44 +msgid "Boxed" +msgstr "У коробці" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Boxed report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:49 +msgid "Bold" +msgstr "Жирний" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Bold report layout sample" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:54 +msgid "Striped" +msgstr "Смугастий" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Striped report layout sample" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:62 +msgid "Font" +msgstr "Шрифт" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:64 msgid "" -"If true, it checks if the record matches the *Before Update Domain* (for the" -" example: *email is not set*)." +"Seven fonts are available. Click on the links below to preview them on " +"`Google Fonts <https://fonts.google.com/>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:67 +msgid "`Lato <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Lato#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:68 +msgid "`Roboto <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Roboto#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:69 +msgid "`Open Sans <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Open+Sans#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:70 msgid "" -"If true, it checks (*after the update*) whether the record matches the " -"*Apply on* domain (for the example: *email is set*)." +"`Montserrat <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Montserrat#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:71 +msgid "`Oswald <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Oswald#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:72 +msgid "`Raleway <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Raleway#type-tester>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:73 +msgid "`Tajawal <https://fonts.google.com/specimen/Tajawal#type-tester>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:73 -msgid "If true, the chosen *Action To Do* is performed on the record." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tajawal` supports both Arabic and Latin scripts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:76 -msgid ":doc:`understanding_general`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:81 +msgid "Company logo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_automated_actions.rst:77 -msgid ":doc:`../use_cases/automated_actions`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:83 +msgid "Upload an image file to add a :guilabel:`Company Logo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:3 -msgid "Understanding General Concepts" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +"This adds the logo to the company’s record on the *Company* model, which you" +" can access by going to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Companies --> " +"Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:92 +msgid "Colors" +msgstr "Кольори" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:94 msgid "" -"Odoo Studio is a toolbox that allows you to add models or adapt " -"functionalities on top of Odoo’s standard behavior without coding knowledge." -" You can also create custom views and modify existing ones without having to" -" get into the XML code." +"Change the primary and secondary colors used throughout reports to highlight" +" important elements. The default colors are automatically generated based on" +" the colors of the logo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:100 +msgid "Layout background" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:102 +msgid "Change the :guilabel:`Layout Background` of the report:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:104 +msgid ":guilabel:`Blank`: nothing is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:105 msgid "" -"Even for experienced developers, typing out code requires time. By using " -"Odoo Studio, you can quickly get your models up and going and focus on the " -"crucial parts of your application. The result is a user-friendly solution " -"that makes customizations and designing new applications easy with or " -"without programming skills." +":guilabel:`Geometric`: an image featuring geometric shapes is displayed in " +"the background." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:15 -msgid "Getting started" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Custom`: use a custom background image by uploading one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 +msgid "Company tagline" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" -"One you start using Odoo Studio, you automatically create a new *module* " -"that contains all your modifications. These modifications can be done on " -"existing screens (*views*), by adding new *fields* in existing applications," -" or by creating an entirely new *model*." +"The :guilabel:`Company Tagline` is displayed on the header of :ref:`External" +" reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can add multiple " +"lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:22 -msgid "What is a Module?" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:119 +msgid "Company details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:121 msgid "" -"An Odoo **Module** can contain a number of elements, such as: business " -"objects (models), object views, data files, web controllers, and static web " -"data. An application is a collection of modules." +"The :guilabel:`Company Details` are displayed on the header of " +":ref:`External reports <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>`. You can" +" add multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:127 +msgid "Footer" +msgstr "Нижній колонтитул" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:129 msgid "" -"In object-oriented programming, models usually represent a concept from the " -"real world. Example: Odoo has models for Sales Orders, Users, Countries, " -"etc. If you were to build an application to manage Real Estate sales, a " -"model that represents the Properties for sale would probably be your first " -"step." +"Use the :guilabel:`Footer` field to put any text in the :ref:`External " +"reports' <studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external>` footers. You can add " +"multiple lines of text." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:38 -msgid "What is a Model (also called Object)?" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:135 +msgid "Paper format" +msgstr "Формат сторінки" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Paper format` field to change the paper size of reports. " +"You can either select :guilabel:`A4` (21 cm x 29.7 cm) or :guilabel:`US " +"Letter` (21.59 cm x 27.54 cm)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:141 msgid "" -"A **Model** determines the logical structure of a database and fundamentally" -" determines in which manner data can be stored, organized, and manipulated. " -"In other words, a model is a table of information that can be bridged with " -"other tables." +"You can change the :guilabel:`Paper format` on individual reports. Open the " +"app containing the report, then go to :menuselection:`Studio --> Reports -->" +" Select or Create a report --> Report --> Select a Paper format`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration pop-up window for the default layout of PDF reports" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:45 -msgid "What are Fields?" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:151 +msgid "Header and footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:153 msgid "" -"**Fields** compose models. It is where a record (a piece of data) is " -"registered." +"When creating a new report in Studio, you must choose between one of three " +"styles of reports first. This is solely used to determine what is displayed " +"on the header and footer. To do so, go to the app on which you want to add a" +" new report, then :menuselection:`Studio button --> Reports --> Create` and " +"select :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-footer/external`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/header-footer/internal`, or :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/header-" +"footer/blank`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:162 +msgid "External" +msgstr "Зовнішній" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:164 msgid "" -"Example: on the Real Estate application, fields on the Properties model " -"would include the price, address, a picture, a link to the current owner, " -"etc." +"The header displays the company :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/logo` and several values set on the *Company* model: the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`, :guilabel:`Phone`, :guilabel:`Email`, and " +":guilabel:`Website`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:169 msgid "" -"There are 2 main types of fields in Odoo: *basic (or scalar) fields* and " -"*relational fields*." +"To change a company's information, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Companies --> Update Info`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External header" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:174 msgid "" -"Basic fields represent simple values, like numbers or text. Relational " -"fields represent relations between models. So, if you have a model for " -"*Customers* and another one for *Properties*, you would use a relational " -"field to link each Property to its Customer." +"The footer displays the values set on the :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-" +"layout/footer`, :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/details`, and " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/default-layout/tagline` fields, as well as the page" +" number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:56 -msgid "Relational Fields in detail" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an External footer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:184 +msgid "Internal" +msgstr "Внутрішнє" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:186 msgid "" -"**Relational Fields** provide the option to link the data of one model with " -"the data of another model." +"The header displays the user's current date and time, :guilabel:`Company " +"Name`, and page number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:188 +msgid "There is no footer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:193 +msgid "Blank" +msgstr "Бланк" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:195 +msgid "There is neither a header nor a footer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:200 +msgid "Add tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:202 msgid "" -"In Odoo, relational field types are: *One2many*, *Many2one*, *Many2many*." +"After opening an existing report or creating a new one, go to the " +":guilabel:`Add` tab to add or edit elements. The elements are organized into" +" four categories: :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/block`, " +":ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/inline`, :ref:`studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/table`, and :ref:`studio/pdf-reports/elements/column`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:210 +msgid "Block" +msgstr "Блокувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:212 msgid "" -"An **One2many** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *multiple* " -"records from a table." +"Block elements start on a new line and occupy the full width of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:215 msgid "" -"Example: a Sales Order can contain multiple Sales Order Lines, which also " -"contain multiple fields of information." +"You can set an element's width by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:246 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: add any text using small font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:219 msgid "" -"A **Many2one** field is a *one-way* direction of selecting *one* record from" -" a table." +":guilabel:`Title Block`: add any text using larger font size by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:221 msgid "" -"Example: you can have many product categories, but each product can only " -"belong to one category." +":guilabel:`Image`: add an image. You can either upload one from your device," +" add one from an URL, or select one already existing on your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:248 +msgid ":guilabel:`Field`: dynamically add a field's value." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:226 msgid "" -"A **Many2many** field is a *two-way* direction of selecting records from a " -"table." +":guilabel:`Field & Label`: to dynamically add a field's value and label." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:72 -msgid "Example: multiple tags can be added to a lead’s form." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:228 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address Block`: to dynamically add the values, if any, of a " +"contact's (`res.partner` model): *Name*, *Address*, *Phone*, *Mobile*, and " +"*Email*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:75 -msgid "An *One2many* field must have a *Many2one* related to it." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of an Address Block" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:78 -msgid "What are Views?" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:237 +msgid "Inline" +msgstr "Вбудований" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Inline elements are used around other elements. They do not start on a new " +"line and the width adapts to length of the content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:243 msgid "" -"**Views** define how records are displayed. They are specified in XML which " -"means that they can be edited independently from the models that they " -"represent. There are various types of views in Odoo, and each of them " -"represents a mode of visualization. Some examples are: *form*, *list*, " -"*kanban*." +"You can set an element's width and margins by selecting it and going to the " +":guilabel:`Options` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:85 -msgid "What is a Menu?" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:253 +msgid "Table" +msgstr "Таблиця" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:255 +msgid "Table elements are used together to create a data table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:257 msgid "" -"A **Menu** is a button that executes and action. In Odoo Studio, to create " -"menus (models) and rearrange their hierarchy, click on *Edit Menu*." +":guilabel:`Data table`: create a table and dynamically add a first column " +"displaying the *Name* values of a :ref:`Many2Many <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/many2many>` or :ref:`One2Many <studio/fields/relational-" +"fields/one2many>` field on your model." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/concepts/understanding_general.rst:95 -msgid "`Studio Basics <https://www.odoo.com/fr_FR/slides/studio-31>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:0 +msgid "Example of a Data table" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to.rst:3 -msgid "How To" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:264 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Field Column`: add a new column to the table displaying the " +"values of a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-" +"field>` to the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:3 -msgid "Export and Import Modules" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:268 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text in Cell`: add any text within an existing table cell." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:270 msgid "" -"When you do customizations in Odoo Studio, a new module is created in your " -"database, making it easy to use Studio for prototyping." +":guilabel:`Field in Cell`: add, within an existing table cell, the values of" +" a :ref:`Related Field <studio/fields/relational-fields/related-field>` to " +"the one used to create the :guilabel:`Data table`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:274 msgid "" -"To export these customizations, activate Studio on the main dashboard and, " -"under the menu *Customizations*, click on *Export*. The default filename is " -"*customizations.zip*." +":guilabel:`Subtotal & Total`: add an existing :guilabel:`Total` field's " +"value. If a :guilabel:`Taxes` field exists, the untaxed and taxes amounts " +"are added before the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:280 +msgid "Column" +msgstr "Колонка" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:282 msgid "" -"The module created contains the definition of custom models and fields, as " -"well as the UI elements of any customization in an XML format." +"Columns are used to add multiple :ref:`blocks <studio/pdf-" +"reports/elements/block>` elements on the same line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:285 +msgid ":guilabel:`Two Columns`: add any text in two different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:287 +msgid ":guilabel:`Three Columns`: add any text in three different columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:290 +msgid "Report tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:292 msgid "" -"To import and install the customizations in another instance, connect to the" -" destination database, activate Studio and, under *Customizations*, click on" -" *Import*." +"Several configuration options are available under the :guilabel:`Report` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/export_import.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:294 msgid "" -"Studio does not know which apps are customized (because the same view can be" -" modified on different apps), therefore, it *does not* add the underlying " -"modules as dependencies of the exported module. In other words, the " -"applications installed on the source database should be installed on the " -"destination database." +":guilabel:`Name`: change the report name. The new name is applied everywhere" +" (in Studio, under the :guilabel:`Print` button, and for the PDF file name)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Paper format`: change the paper size of the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing the Rainbow Man" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Add in print`: add the report under the :guilabel:`🖶 Print` " +"button available on the record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:302 msgid "" -"The Rainbow Man in Odoo is an animation shown once the user completes " -"certain tasks and clicks on certain buttons. It is a way to make the " -"software fun to use, and rewarding, for employees." +":guilabel:`Limit visibility to groups`: limit the availability of the PDF " +"report to specific :doc:`user groups <../../general/users/access_rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:306 +msgid "Options tab" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:308 msgid "" -"On most buttons in Odoo, such as *Send by Email*, *Confirm* or *Cancel*, " -"once they are selected in Studio, under their *Properties*, the *Rainbow " -"Man* effect can be applied." +"Select an element on the report to access the element's options and edit it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:14 -msgid "By default, the feature is active:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst-1 +msgid "The Options tab for a text element" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:16 -msgid "when opportunities are marked as won;" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:314 +msgid "" +"You can select and edit multiple elements at the same time by clicking on " +"the different sections or divisions (e.g., `div`, `table`, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:317 +msgid "Below are presented some of the most common options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:17 -msgid "when users empty their inboxes;" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:319 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Margins`: add spacing at the :guilabel:`top`, :guilabel:`right`, " +":guilabel:`bottom`, and :guilabel:`left` of the element." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:18 -msgid "when the user finishes a tour;" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Width`: set the element's maximum width." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/rainbow_man.rst:19 -msgid "when the user finishes doing reconciliations." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:324 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible if`: set under which condition(s) the element should be " +"displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Customizing Reports" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:326 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visible for`: set for which :doc:`users groups " +"<../../general/users/access_rights>` the element should be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:329 msgid "" -"Odoo uses HTML and CSS technologies to create reports. HTML is a markup " -"language that uses tags, also called elements. It is the core of any webpage" -" because it provides its basic structure. CSS interacts with HTML elements " -"to add style to the page, establishing how the HTML is shown to the user. " -"Odoo’s reports also use Bootstrap’s grid layout, which is the containers, " -"rows, and columns to align content, and support Odoo's website themes." +":guilabel:`Remove from View`: remove the element from the report's view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:331 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text decoration`: bold, italicize, and underline the font." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:333 msgid "" -"When creating a new report, choose the purpose of it and if you would like " -"the report to include header and footer (company logo, name, address, phone," -" email address, etc.)." +":guilabel:`Alignment`: align the element to the left, center, or right of " +"the report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Font style`: use one of the default font styles." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:337 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colors`: change the font's color and the background color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:340 msgid "" -"Under the tab **Add**, you find the fields to be dragged and dropped to the " -"view. *Fields*, *Data tables*, *Subtotal & Total*, and *Address Book* are " -"dynamic elements (meaning that they need a :doc:`one2many or a many2many " -"<../concepts/understanding_general>` related object). *Text*, *Title Block*," -" *Image*, and *Text in Cell* are static elements." +"You may need to select a section or division above the element you want to " +"edit to see some of the options described above." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:3 +msgid "Views" +msgstr "Переглядів" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:5 msgid "" -"Once the element is added to the view, select it to see its **Options**. The" -" first section shows the hierarchy of the selected object and its " -"properties, allowing you to individually edit them. Fields with related " -"objects have their directives shown on *Field Expression*." +"Views are the interface that allows displaying the data contained in a " +"model. One model can have several views, which are simply different ways to " +"show the same data. In Studio, views are organized into four categories: " +":ref:`general <studio/views/general>`, :ref:`multiple records " +"<studio/views/multiple-records>`, :ref:`timeline <studio/views/timeline>`, " +"and :ref:`reporting <studio/views/reporting>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:12 msgid "" -"Under **Visible if**, define the rule(s) to set visibility conditions to " -"fields." +"To change the default view of a model, go to :menuselection:`Studio --> " +"Views --> Dropdown menu (⋮) --> Set as Default`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:16 msgid "" -"Example: if choosing to display a product image, you could set a visibility " -"rule to only display the ones that are *set* in the product form, avoiding " -"having a plain icon when they are not set." +"You can modify views by using the built-in XML editor. To do so, activate " +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to the view you want to edit, " +"select the :guilabel:`View` tab and then click on :guilabel:`</> XML`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:21 msgid "" -"**Visible for** is used to set which :doc:`groups " -"</applications/general/odoo_basics/users>` can have access to specific " -"elements in the report. **Limit visibility to groups**, under *Report*, sets" -" the visibility of the report to specifics groups, meaning that users " -"belonging to other groups do not see the same final document." +"If you are editing a view using the XML editor, avoid making changes " +"directly to standard views and inherited views, as those would be reset and " +"would not be kept in case of an update or module upgrade. Always make sure " +"you select the right Studio inherited views. Indeed, when you modify a view " +"in Studio by drag-and-dropping a new field, a specific Studio inherited view" +" and its XPath, the latter which defines which part of the view is modified," +" are automatically generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:31 +msgid "General views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:195 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:311 msgid "" -"Under the **Report** tab, name your report, choose the paper format, and if " -"the report should be added to the *Print* menu list on its respective " -"document form." +"The settings described below are found under the view's :guilabel:`View` tab" +" unless specified otherwise." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:40 +msgid "Form" +msgstr "Форма" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:42 msgid "" -"If activating the :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>`, additional fields such as " -"*Class* under *Options*, and *Reload from attachment* under *Report*, become" -" visible." +"The :guilabel:`Form` view is used when creating and editing records, such as" +" contacts, sales orders, products, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:45 msgid "" -"*Class*: add custom CSS classes to the selected element (e.g. Bootstrap " -"classes such as *text-danger*)." +"To structure a form, drag-and-drop the :guilabel:`Tabs and Columns` element " +"found under the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:132 msgid "" -"*Reload from attachment*: saves the report as an attachment of the document " -"when printed. When the report is reprinted, it re-downloads that attachment " -"instead of re-printing it. This means that if the underlying record (e.g. " -"Invoice) changes when compared to the first impression, the report does not " -"reflect the changes because they were done after the attachment was created." -" This is typically useful for reports linked to documents that should not " -"change, such as Invoices." +"To prevent users from creating, editing, or deleting records, untick " +":guilabel:`Can Create`, :guilabel:`Can Edit`, or :guilabel:`Can Delete`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/how_to/reports.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's Form view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:59 +msgid "Activity" +msgstr "Дія" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:61 msgid "" -"Actions in Odoo Studio can be undone until you *Close* the toolbox. Once you" -" have closed Studio, changes can not be undone anymore." +"The :guilabel:`Activity` view is used to schedule and have an overview of " +"activities (emails, calls, etc.) linked to records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases.rst:3 -msgid "Use Cases" -msgstr "Використовувати досвід" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:65 +msgid "This view can only be modified within Studio by editing the XML code." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Automated Actions" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Lead/Opportunity model's Activity view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:76 +msgid "Search" +msgstr "Пошук" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:78 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: when a Belgian lead is created, a 3-stars priority should" -" be automatically applied.**" +"The :guilabel:`Search` view is added on top of other views to filter, group," +" and search records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:8 -msgid "Under *Automations*, click on *Create* and set the following rules:" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To add custom :guilabel:`Filters` and structure them using " +":guilabel:`Separators`, go to the :guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag and drop " +"them under :guilabel:`Filters`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:10 -msgid "*Model*: Lead/Opportunity" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To add an existing field under the search dropdown menu, go to the " +":guilabel:`+ Add` tab and drag-and-drop it under :guilabel:`Autocompletion " +"Fields`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:11 -msgid "*Active*: On" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Search view on the Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:12 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Creation & Update" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:94 +msgid "Multiple records views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:13 -msgid "*Apply on*: Country > Country Name = Belgium" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:103 +msgid "Kanban" +msgstr "Канбан" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:105 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Kanban` view is often used to support business flows by " +"moving records across stages or as an alternative way to display records " +"inside *cards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:53 -msgid "*Action To Do*: Update the Record" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:109 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Kanban` view exists, it is used by default to display data" +" on mobile devices instead of the :ref:`List view <studio/views/multiple-" +"records/list>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:15 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Lead/Opportunity > Value > 3" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To prevent users from creating new records, untick :guilabel:`Can Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:113 msgid "" -"Check :doc:`this doc <filters_status_bar>` in order to have another " -"automated action example." +"To create records directly within the view, in a minimalistic form, enable " +":guilabel:`Quick Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:25 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_automated_actions`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To change the way records are grouped by default, select a new group under " +":guilabel:`Default Group by`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/automated_actions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:61 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../concepts/understanding_general`" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Project model's Kanban view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Filters and Status Bar" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:127 +msgid "List" +msgstr "Список" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`List` view is used to overview many records at once, look for" +" records, and edit simple records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:134 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on Sales, set a filter on Belgian customers and define it" -" as the default one (the user should still be able to unset the filter).**" +"To create and edit records directly within the view, select either " +":guilabel:`New record on top` or :guilabel:`New record at the bottom` under " +":guilabel:`Editable`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:138 msgid "" -"On your customer’s page, use *Filters* > *Add Custom Filter* to group " -"customers by country. Now, under *Favorites*, *Save Current Search* enabling" -" *Use by default* and *Save*." +"This prevents users from opening records in :ref:`Form view " +"<studio/views/general/form>` from the :guilabel:`List` view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:141 +msgid "To edit several records at once, tick :guilabel:`Enable Mass Editing`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:142 msgid "" -"On *Filter Rules* in Studio mode, select the respective filter and enable " -"*Default Filter*." +"To change the way records are sorted by default, select a field under " +":guilabel:`Sort By`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:145 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: add a status bar on the product form to manage its life " -"cycle. Set the values: ‘Prototype’, ‘In use’ and ‘Deprecated’. By default, " -"the Kanban view must be grouped by status.**" +"To add a drag handle icon to reorder records manually, add an :ref:`Integer " +"field <studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>` with the :guilabel:`Handle` " +"widget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Drag handle icon enabling to sort records manually in List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales order model's List view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:161 +msgid "Map" +msgstr "Карта" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:163 msgid "" -"On your product form, *Add a pipeline status bar* and name its values. " -"Status bars are *selection* fields that give you the ability to follow a " -"specific flow. They are useful to show you the progress that has been made." +"The :guilabel:`Map` view is used to display records on a map. For example, " +"it is used in the Field Service app to plan an itinerary between different " +"tasks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:167 msgid "" -"On the *Views* menu, access *Kanban* and, under its *View* options, set the " -"*Default Group by* as *Pipeline status bar*." +"A :ref:`Many2One field <studio/fields/relational-fields/many2one>` linked to" +" the *Contact* model is required to activate the view, as the contact " +"address is used to position records on the map." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:170 msgid "" -"Now, open your product form and set the right status for that product. As " -"you move products throughout stages (also through the product’s form), " -"stages are shown in the Kanban view." +"To select which kind of contact should be used on the map, select it under " +":guilabel:`Contact Field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:172 msgid "" -"To make modifications in the pipeline status bar, for example, remember to " -"go back to *Form View*." +"To hide the name or the address of the record, tick :guilabel:`Hide name` or" +" :guilabel:`Hide Address`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:174 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: when a product goes from ‘In use’ to ‘Deprecate’, set " -"its cost to 0€.**" +"To add information from other fields, select them under " +":guilabel:`Additional Fields`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:175 msgid "" -"Create an :doc:`automated action " -"<../concepts/understanding_automated_actions>` with the selected values:" +"To have a route suggested between the different records, tick " +":guilabel:`Enable Routing` and select which field should be used to sort " +"records for the routing." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:49 -msgid "*Model*: Product Template" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Task model's Map view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:50 -msgid "*Trigger*: On Update" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:187 +msgid "Timeline views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:51 -msgid "*First Domain*: Pipeline status bar = In use" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:190 +msgid "" +"When you first activate one of the timeline views, you need to select which " +":ref:`Date <studio/fields/simple-fields/date>` or :ref:`Date & Time " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/date-time>` fields on your model should be used" +" to define when the records start and stop in order to display them on the " +"view. You can modify the :guilabel:`Start Date Field` and :guilabel:`Stop " +"Date Field` after activating the view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:52 -msgid "*Second Domain*: Pipeline status bar = Deprecated" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Calendar` view is used to overview and manage records inside " +"a calendar." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/filters_status_bar.rst:54 -msgid "*Data to Write*: Cost (Product Template) > Value > 0" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:205 +msgid "" +"To create records directly within the view instead of opening the :ref:`Form" +" view <studio/views/general/form>`, enable :guilabel:`Quick Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Creating Models and Adding Fields" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:209 +msgid "" +"This only works on specific models that can be *quick-created* using only a " +"*name*. However, most models do not support quick creation and open the " +":guilabel:`Form` view to fill in the required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:213 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: on the leads’ form, if the chosen country is France, show" -" a field 'Pay by check?'**" +"To color records on the calendar, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. " +"All the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using " +"the same color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:217 msgid "" -"On your leads’ form, add a *Related Field* to *Country > Country Name*." +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can end up being assigned" +" to different values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:220 msgid "" -"Now, add a *Checkbox* field and define its invisibility options as *Country*" -" (carefully select the one just created) *> is not = > France.*" +"To display events lasting the whole day at the top of the calendar, select a" +" :ref:`Checkbox field <studio/fields/simple-fields/checkbox>` that specifies" +" if the event lasts the whole day." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:11 -msgid "You can now hide the related field created (*Country*) if you wish." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:223 +msgid "" +"To choose the default time scale used to display events, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Default Display Mode`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:227 msgid "" -"Another approach is to use the country’s ID. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Contacts --> Configuration --> Countries`, select France " -"(for example), and on the URL check its *ID*." +"You can also use :guilabel:`Delay Field` to display the duration of the " +"event in hours by selecting a :ref:`Decimal <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/decimal>` or :ref:`Integer <studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>` " +"field on the model which specifies the duration of the event. However, if " +"you set an :guilabel:`End Date Field`, the :guilabel:`Delay Field` will not " +"be taken into account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Calendar Event model's Calendar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:242 +msgid "Cohort" +msgstr "Когорта" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:244 msgid "" -"The related field invisibility path should now be *Country* (carefully " -"select the one just created) *> is not = > 75*." +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to examine the life cycle of records " +"over a time period. For example, it is used in the Subscriptions app to view" +" the subscriptions' retention rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:22 -msgid "Again, hide the related field with the country’s ID if you prefer." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:247 +msgid "" +"To display a measure (i.e., the aggregated value of a given field) by " +"default on the view, select a :guilabel:`Measure Field`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:249 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: create a model called 'Properties' and add fields called:" -" company, value, name, address, active, image.**" +"To choose which time interval is used by default to group results, select " +":guilabel:`Day`, :guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` " +"under :guilabel:`Interval`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:251 msgid "" -"From the dashboard, (optionally) start a new module. Then, click on *Edit " -"Menu* and start a *New Menu* (model). Set your menu name and *Confirm*. Now," -" on its form, drag & drop the necessary fields." +"To change the cohort :guilabel:`Mode`, select either :guilabel:`Retention` " +":dfn:`the percentage of records staying over a period of time, it starts at " +"100% and decreases with time` or :guilabel:`Churn` :dfn:`the percentage of " +"records moving out over a period of time - it starts at 0% and increases " +"with time`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:255 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.a: now, you would like to have a model called 'Regions' to" -" which each property must be linked. And, on 'Regions', you would like to " -"see the properties for each region.**" +"To change the way the :guilabel:`Timeline` (i.e., the columns) progresses, " +"select either :guilabel:`Forward` (from 0 to +15) or :guilabel:`Backward` " +"(from -15 to 0). For most purposes, the :guilabel:`Forward` timeline is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Subscription model's Cohort view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:268 +msgid "Gantt" +msgstr "Діаграма Ґанта" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:270 msgid "" -"Go to *Edit Menu > New Menu* and create your menu, calling it *Regions*. Add" -" the necessary fields on its form by dragging & dropping them." +"The :guilabel:`Gantt` view is used to forecast and examine the overall " +"progress of records. Records are represented by a bar under a time scale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:273 msgid "" -"Now, in the form view of *Properties*, add a *Many2one* field with a " -"relation to your model *Region*." +"To prevent users from creating or editing records, untick :guilabel:`Can " +"Create` or :guilabel:`Can Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:275 msgid "" -"The *Existing Fields* are the ones that are on the current model but not yet" -" in the view." +"To fill cells in gray whenever a record should not be created there (e.g., " +"on weekends for employees), tick :guilabel:`Display Unavailability`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:279 msgid "" -"Now, go to the model *Regions*, select the form view, and add a status " -"button selecting *Regions (Properties)* as your relational field." +"The underlying model must support this feature, and support for it cannot be" +" added using Studio. It is supported for the Project, Time Off, Planning, " +"and Manufacturing apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:282 +msgid "To show a total row at the bottom, tick :guilabel:`Display Total row`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:283 msgid "" -"*Status buttons* are computed fields, meaning that they count the numbers of" -" records on the related model, and allow you to access them." +"To collapse multiple records in a single row, tick :guilabel:`Collapse First" +" Level`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:284 msgid "" -"When searching for relations, click on *Search more* and filter it by " -"*Custom*. This way you avoid creating duplicates." +"To choose which way records are grouped by default on rows (e.g., per " +"employee or project), select a field under :guilabel:`Default Group by`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:286 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2.b: in the model 'Properties', show all the tags as " -"checkboxes instead of tags.**" +"To define a default time scale to view records, select :guilabel:`Day`, " +":guilabel:`Week`, :guilabel:`Month`, or :guilabel:`Year` under " +":guilabel:`Default Scale`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:288 msgid "" -"Once the field *Tags* is added to the form, select it and, under its " -"*Properties > Widgets*, choose *Checkboxes*." +"To color records on the view, select a field under :guilabel:`Color`. All " +"the records sharing the same value for that field are displayed using the " +"same color." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:292 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 3: on the leads’ form, add a selection field with the " -"values:'Tags' & 'List' & 'Checkboxes'. According to the value of the field, " -"show tags as many2many_tags, many2many_radio, or many2many(_list).**" +"As the number of colors is limited, the same color can be assigned to " +"different values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:294 msgid "" -"In your form view, add a *Tags* field and relate it to *Partners Tag*. Under" -" *Properties*, define its *Widget* as *Many2many*. Do the same process " -"another 2 times for *Checkboxes* and *Tags*." +"To specify with which degree of precision each time scale should be divided " +"by, select :guilabel:`Quarter Hour`, :guilabel:`Half Hour`, or " +":guilabel:`Hour` under :guilabel:`Day Precision`, :guilabel:`Half Day` or " +":guilabel:`Day` under :guilabel:`Week Precision`, and :guilabel:`Month " +"Precision`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Planning Shift model's Gantt view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:96 -msgid "Now, add a *Selection* field and the necessary values." +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:308 +msgid "Reporting views" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:317 +msgid "Pivot" +msgstr "Зведена таблиця" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:319 msgid "" -"Continue by selecting your *Tags* fields, one by one, to set their " -"*Invisible* options according to their *Widget*. In the example below, the " -"invisibility rule for the *Partner Tags* is set as: *Select Tag type > is " -"not = > Tags.*" +"The :guilabel:`Pivot` view is used to explore and analyze the data contained" +" in records in an interactive manner. It is especially useful to aggregate " +"numeric data, create categories, and drill down the data by expanding and " +"collapsing different levels of data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:323 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 4: on a quotation’s form, add a selection field called " -"'Manager Validation' with the values: ‘Accepted’ and ‘Refused’. Only a sales" -" manager can see it, and the field should be set as mandatory if the untaxed" -" amount is higher than 500€.**" +"To access all records whose data is aggregated under a cell, tick " +":guilabel:`Access records from cell`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:325 msgid "" -"On your quotation form, add a *Selection* field with the values *Accepted* " -"and *Refused*. Set its *Required* condition as *Untaxed Amount > 500* and " -"the *Limit visibility to groups* as *Sales / Administrator* or managers." +"To divide the data into different categories, select field(s) under " +":guilabel:`Column grouping`, :guilabel:`Row grouping - First level`, or " +":guilabel:`Row grouping - Second level`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:117 -msgid "**Case scenario 5: change the tooltip of a field for all views.**" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:327 +msgid "" +"To add different types of data to be measured using the view, select a field" +" under :guilabel:`Measures`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:329 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode/activate>` and open Studio." +"To display a count of records that made up the aggregated data in a cell, " +"tick :guilabel:`Display count`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Purchase Report model's Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:341 +msgid "Graph" +msgstr "Графік" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:343 msgid "" -"Select the necessary field and, under *Properties*, click on *More* to write" -" your tooltip message on *Field Help*. The tooltip message is the " -"explanatory message shown when the user hovers the field. The message here " -"written is displayed on all views forms where the field is added." +"The :guilabel:`Graph` view is used to showcase data from records in a bar, " +"line, or pie chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/models_fields.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:345 msgid "" -"The *Field Help* message can only be applied to *new* fields. If you would " -"like to change/apply a tooltip for a specific field, use the *Help Tooltip* " -"option under *Properties*." +"To change the default chart, select :guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or " +":guilabel:`Pie` under :guilabel:`Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Use Cases: Views" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:347 +msgid "" +"To choose a default data dimension (category), select a field under " +":guilabel:`First dimension` and, if needed, another under :guilabel:`Second " +"dimension`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:349 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 1: in Sales, show orders in a Kanban View instead of a List " -"View.**" +"To select a default type of data to be measured using the view, select a " +"field under :guilabel:`Measure`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:351 msgid "" -"From the Sales page, access Studio and, under *Views*, set the *Kanban* " -"option as the default one." +"*For Bar and Line charts only*: To sort the different data categories by " +"their value, select :guilabel:`Ascending` (from lowest to highest value) or " +":guilabel:`Descending` (from highest to lowest) under :guilabel:`Sorting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:354 msgid "" -"**Case scenario 2: allow for the list of leads to be edited inline without " -"having to switch to the form view.**" +"*For Bar and Pie charts only*: To access all records whose data is " +"aggregated under a data category on the chart, tick :guilabel:`Access " +"records from graph`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:356 msgid "" -"On the *List View*, under *View* > *Editable*, choose between *New record on" -" top* or *New record at the bottom*. This way, besides defining the order in" -" which new records are displayed in the view, you are able to edit them." +"*For Bar charts only*: When using two data dimensions (categories), display " +"the two columns on top of each other by default by ticking " +":guilabel:`Stacked graph`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Bar chart on Graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/use_cases/views.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:368 +msgid "Dashboard" +msgstr "Дашборд" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:370 msgid "" -"If the field is left blank, no editing is possible and records are shown " -"based on your column preferences on the lead's page (front-end)." +"The :guilabel:`Dashboard` view is used to display multiple reporting views " +"and key performance indicators. Which elements are displayed on the view " +"depends on the configuration of the other reporting views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/views.rst:0 +msgid "Sales Analysis Report model's Dashboard view" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index 16f87c33f..764f7c7ce 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -4,35 +4,47 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2020 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2020-09-22 14:41+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:8 msgid "Sales" msgstr "Продажі" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:8 msgid "CRM" msgstr "CRM" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo CRM** helps you organize your sales activities: track leads, close " +"opportunities and get accurate forecasts. Keep opportunities organized with " +"the pipeline and manage your day-to-day activities with meetings and next " +"activities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: CRM <https://www.odoo.com/slides/crm-16>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads.rst:5 msgid "Acquire leads" msgstr "Отримайте ліди" @@ -60,31 +72,36 @@ msgstr "" "конкретних каналів із їхньої форми налаштування." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/convert.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:41 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:11 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:27 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:44 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:12 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:15 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:17 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:114 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:25 msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Налаштування" @@ -172,273 +189,357 @@ msgstr "" msgid "It is also possible to merge more than 2 opportunities or leads." msgstr "Можливо також об'єднати більше, ніж дві нагоди або ліда." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from emails" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди/нагоди з електронної пошти" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. By default, any email sent to *sales@database\\_domain.ext* will" -" create an opportunity in the pipeline of the default sales channel." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:3 +msgid "Generate leads/opportunities" msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації ліда/нагоди значно покращить вашу ефективність. За " -"замовчуванням будь-який електронний лист, надісланий на *sales@database\\ " -"_domain.ext*, створить нагоду в рамках каналу продажів за замовчуванням." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Two key ways to generate new leads or opportunities for your business are " +"through email aliases and website contact forms. Odoo automatically creates " +"leads in your CRM whenever someone sends a message to a Sales Team email " +"alias or fills out a contact form on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:10 msgid "Configure email aliases" msgstr "Налаштуйте псевдоніми електронної пошти" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_email.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:12 msgid "" -"Each sales teams can have its own email alias, to generate " -"leads/opportunities automatically assigned to it. It is useful if you manage" -" several sales teams with specific business processes. You will find the " -"configuration of sales teams under :menuselection:`Configuration --> Sales " -"Teams`." +"Each Sales Team can use its own unique email alias to generate " +"leads/opportunities. Any email sent to a Sales Team's email alias will " +"automatically create a lead (if leads are activated in your CRM settings) or" +" an opportunity in the pipeline for that particular team. Configure custom " +"email aliases on the configuration page for each Sales Team by navigating to" +" :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales Teams`." msgstr "" -"Кожен канал продажу може мати власний псевдонім електронної пошти, щоб " -"генерувати ліди/нагоди, автоматично призначені для нього. Це корисно, якщо " -"ви керуєте кількома командами продажів з певними бізнес-процесами. Ви " -"знайдете налаштування команд продажу під :menuselection:`Налаштування --> " -"Команди продажів`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:3 -msgid "Generate leads/opportunities from your website contact page" -msgstr "Створіть ліди/нагоди зі сторінки контактів вашого веб-сайту" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Configuring Sales Teams" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:23 +msgid "Use Contact Forms on your website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:25 msgid "" -"Automating the lead/opportunity generation will considerably improve your " -"efficiency. Any visitor using the contact form on your website will create a" -" lead/opportunity in the pipeline." +"By default, your website's *Contact Us* page displays Odoo's ready-to-use " +"Contact Form. Whenever someone submits this form, a lead or an opportunity " +"is generated in your database." msgstr "" -"Автоматизація генерації лідів/нагод значно покращить вашу ефективність. " -"Будь-який відвідувач, який використовує контактну форму на вашому веб-сайті," -" створить лід/нагоду у конеєрі." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:10 -msgid "Use the contact us on your website" -msgstr "Використовуйте зв'яжіться з нами на своєму веб-сайті" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Default Contact Us page" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:12 -msgid "You should first go to your website app." -msgstr "Спочатку потрібно перейти до вашого додатка веб-сайту." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:14 -msgid "|image0|\\ |image1|" -msgstr "|image0|\\ |image1|" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:32 msgid "" -"With the CRM app installed, you benefit from a ready-to-use contact form on " -"your Odoo website that will generate leads/opportunities automatically." +"The Contact Form can be activated or deactivated at any time by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Go to Website --> Customize --> Contact Form`." msgstr "" -"Зі встановленням модуля CRM, ви користуєтесь готовою до використання " -"контактною формою на своєму веб-сайті Odoo, яка автоматично генерує " -"ліди/нагоди." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Form toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:39 msgid "" -"To change to a specific sales channel, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Settings` under *Communication* you will find the Contact " -"Form info and where to change the *Sales Channel* or *Salesperson*." +"When the Form is deactivated, the *Contact Us* page simply displays a button" +" to email your company directly. Any email sent this way will generate a " +"lead/opportunity." msgstr "" -"Щоб перейти на конкретний канал продажів, перейдіть на сторінку " -":menuselection:`Веб-сайт --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` під *Зв'язок* ви" -" знайдете інформацію про контактну форму та куди слід змінити *Канали " -"продажу* або *Продавця*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:32 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:50 -msgid "Create a custom contact form" -msgstr "Створіть власну контактну форму" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Us Page using email" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:46 msgid "" -"You may want to know more from your visitor when they use the contact form " -"to you will need to build a custom contact form on your website. These " -"contact forms can generate multiple types of records in the system (emails, " -"leads/opportunities, project tasks, helpdesk tickets, etc.)" +"Choose which Sales Team or salesperson is automatically assigned to the " +"leads/opportunities created from the Contact Form by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Communication`." msgstr "" -"Ви можете дізнатися більше про свого відвідувача, коли він використовує " -"контактну форму, вам потрібно буде створити на вашому веб-сайті спеціальну " -"контактну форму. Ці контактні форми можуть генерувати кілька типів записів у" -" системі (електронні листи, ліди/нагоди, завдання проекту, заявки служби " -"підтримки тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Contact Form settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:55 +msgid "Customize Contact Forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:57 msgid "" -"You will need to install the free *Form Builder* module, only available in " -"Odoo Enterprise." +"Contact Forms can be customized for the specific information your team " +"needs, using the free *Form Builder* module." msgstr "" -"Вам потрібно буде встановити безкоштовний модуль *Конструктор форм*, який " -"доступний в лише Odoo Enterprise." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:60 msgid "" -"First, go to the page where you want to put your contact form. In edit mode," -" drag the form builder onto the page, and you will be able to add all the " -"fields you wish." +"The *Form Builder* module is installed automatically when a Form element is " +"added to a web page via the Website Builder. It can also be installed " +"manually from the :guilabel:`Apps` page." msgstr "" -"Спершу перейдіть до сторінки, де в хочете вставити вашу контактну форму. В " -"режимі редагування перетягніть конструктор форм на сторінку, і тоді ви " -"зможете додати всі поля, які ви хочете." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Form Builder building blocks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:68 msgid "" -"By default, any new contact form will send an email. You can switch to " -"lead/opportunity generation in *Change Form Parameters*." +"Forms can be created from scratch to serve a wide variety of purposes. " +"However, Odoo's default *Contact Us* page is designed to fit most users' " +"needs. Start with the default form and modify from there." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням усі нові форми контакту будуть надсилати електронний лист. " -"Ви можете перемкнути на створення ліда/нагоди у *Змінити параметри форми*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:73 +msgid "Edit Contact Form fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:75 msgid "" -"If the same visitor uses the contact form twice, the second entry will be " -"added to the first lead/opportunity in the chatter." +"In Edit mode on your website, click on any field to start editing it. The " +"following information can be edited for each field on the Contact Form:" msgstr "" -"Якщо той же відвідувач використовує контактну форму двічі, другий запис буде" -" додано до першого ліда/нагоди у чаті." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:67 -msgid "Generate leads instead of opportunities" -msgstr "Генеруйте ліди, а не нагоди" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_from_website.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:78 msgid "" -"When using a contact form, you should use a qualification step before " -"assigning the form to the right sales people. To do so, activate *Leads* in " -"CRM settings and refer to :doc:`convert`." +":guilabel:`Type`: Choose a custom field option or an existing field. " +"Examples include phone, file upload, language, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:80 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: Determine the type of entry customers should input. " +"Available options are text,email, telephone, and URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Placeholder`: Type in an example to guide users how to " +"input information where formatting is important, such as a phone number or " +"email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label Name`: Type in the display name to show users what " +"information is needed from them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label Position`: Choose the way the label is aligned with the " +"rest of the form. The label can be hidden, above the field, to the far left " +"of the field, or right adjusted and closer to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:89 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: Toggle this option for information that you absolutely" +" need entered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hidden`: Toggle this option to hide the field without deleting " +"it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:91 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Shown on Mobile`: Toggle this option to show the field to users " +"on mobile devices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst-1 +msgid "Editable field options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:97 +msgid "" +"By default, when a Form is submitted, it sends you an email with the " +"customer's inputted information. To have it automatically generate a " +"lead/opportunity instead, edit the Form and select :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` as the Action." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/generate_leads.rst:102 +msgid "" +"If leads are activated in your CRM settings, selecting :guilabel:`Create an " +"Opportunity` generates a lead instead. To learn more about activating leads " +"in the CRM settings, head over to :doc:`convert`." msgstr "" -"Під час використання контактної форми, вам слід використовувати крок " -"кваліфікації перед призначенням форми правильному продавцю. Зробивши це, " -"активуйте *Ліди* у налаштуваннях CRM та перейдіть на :doc:`convert`." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:3 msgid "Lead mining" msgstr "Отримання лідів" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:5 msgid "" -"In any business, getting quality leads is essential to keep the business " -"growing. Lead mining allows you to generate leads from scratch directly from" -" your database. Target your leads based on a set of criteria such as the " -"country, the size of the company, the industry your leads are coming from to" -" make them relevant to your business." +"Lead mining is a feature that allows CRM users to generate new leads " +"directly into their Odoo database. To ensure lead qualification, lead mining" +" output is determined by a variety of filtering criteria, such as the " +"country, the company size, and the industry." msgstr "" -"У будь-якому бізнесі, отримання якісних лідів має важливе значення для " -"зростання бізнесу. Отримання лідів дозволяє генерувати ліди з нуля " -"безпосередньо з бази даних. Націлюйте свої ліди на основі набору таких " -"критеріїв, як країна, розмір компанії, галузь, з відки походить ваш лід, " -"щоби зробити їх відповідними до вашого бізнесу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:12 msgid "" -"For this feature to work, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate the **Lead Mining** feature." +"To get started, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings` " +"and activate :guilabel:`Lead Mining`." msgstr "" -"Щоб запустити цю функцію, перейдіть в :menuselection:`CRM --> Налаштування " -"--> Налаштування` та активуйте функцію **Отримання лідів**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:17 -msgid "Start generating leads" -msgstr "Почніть створення лідів" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Activate lead mining in Odoo CRM settings." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:20 +msgid "Generate leads" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:22 msgid "" -"You will now have a new button **Generate Leads** available in your " -"pipeline. You are also able to create lead mining requests from the " -":menuselection:`Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests` and trough " -":menuselection:`Leads --> Leads` where you have the **Generate Leads** " -"button." +"After the :guilabel:`Lead Mining` setting is activated, a new button called " +":guilabel:`Generate Leads` is available to use in the :guilabel:`CRM` " +"pipeline. Lead mining requests are also available through " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Lead Mining Requests`, or through " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Leads --> Leads` where the :guilabel:`Generate " +"Leads` button is also available." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас буде кнопка **Створити ліди**, доступна у вашому конвеєрі. Ви " -"також можете створювати запити на отримання лідів з " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Запити на отримання лідів` та через " -":menuselection:`Ліди --> Ліди`, де у вас є кнопка **Створити ліди**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:27 -msgid "" -"From there, click on the **Generate Leads** button, a window where you will " -"be able to pick your criteria will pop up." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "The Generate Leads button to use the lead mining feature." msgstr "" -"Там натисніть на кнопку **Створити ліди**, з'явиться вікно, де ви зможете " -"обрати критерії." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:32 msgid "" -"When choosing to target Companied and their contacts you can choose the " -"contacts you are getting based on Role or Seniority. When getting contact " -"information make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulation, get more " -"information about General Data Protection Regulation on `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," +"Click on the :guilabel:`Generate Leads` button, and a window will appear " +"offering a variety of criteria by which to generate leads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The pop-up window with the selection criteria in order to generate leads in " +"Odoo." msgstr "" -"Під час обрання цілі компнаій та їхні контакти, ви можете обрати окнтакти, " -"які ви отримуєте на основі Ролі або Стажу. Отримавши інформацію про " -"контакти, переконайтеся, що ви в курсі останніх норм ЄС, більше інформації " -"про Загальні положення про захист даних отримайте на `Odoo GDPR " -"<http://odoo.com/gdpr>`__," #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:39 msgid "" -"You can decide to filter the leads you are getting depending on the size " -"(number of employees) of the companies. You can pick the countries your " -"leads are coming from. It is possible to pick multiple countries. You can " -"pick the industries your leads are coming from. It is possible to pick " -"multiple industries." +"Choose to generate leads for :guilabel:`Companies` to get company " +"information only, or choose :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` to get " +"company information as well as individual employee contact information. When" +" targeting :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts`, there is an option to " +"filter contacts based on :guilabel:`Role` or :guilabel:`Seniority`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:43 -msgid "" -"You can choose the salesperson and the Salesteam the lead will be assigned " -"to. You can also add tags to track your generated leads." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:44 +msgid "Additional filtering options include:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Size`: filter leads based on the number of employees at the " +"company" msgstr "" -"Ви можете обрати кілька продавців та команду продажу, до якої буде " -"призначено ліда. Ви можете також додати теги для відстеження створених " -"лідів." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:47 -msgid "The generated leads will have the name of the company." -msgstr "Створені ліди матимуть назву компанії." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Countries`: filter leads based on the country (or countries) they" +" are located in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`States`: further filter leads based on the state they are located" +" in, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Industries`: filter leads based on the specific industry they " +"work in" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:138 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sales Team`: choose which Sales Team the leads will be assigned " +"to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Salesperson`: choose which person(s) on the Sales Team the leads " +"will be assigned to" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default Tags`: choose which tags are applied directly to the " +"leads once found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Make sure to be aware of the latest EU regulations when receiving contact " +"information. Get more information about the General Data Protection " +"Regulation on `Odoo GDPR <http://odoo.com/gdpr>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:36 msgid "Pricing" msgstr "Ціноутворення" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:61 msgid "" -"This is an In-App Purchase feature, each generated lead will cost you one " -"credit. If you choose to get contact information each contact will also cost" -" us one additional credit. Here is the pricing for this `feature " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/in-app-services/167?>`__, To buy credits you can " -"either go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings --> Buy " -"Credits`; or go to :menuselection:`Settings --> In-App Purchases --> View my" -" Services`." +"Lead mining is an *In-App Purchase* feature and each generated lead costs " +"one credit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:63 msgid "" -"The blue box will automatically tell you how many credits are going to be " -"consumed." -msgstr "Синє поле автоматично підкаже, скільки кредитів буде використано." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:68 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:169 -msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"Choosing to generate :guilabel:`Companies and their Contacts` costs one " +"additional credit for each contact generated." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, для тестування " -"функції ви користуєтесь безкоштовними пробними кредитами." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:67 msgid "" -":doc:`In-App Purchases (IAP) " -"</applications/general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase>`" +"See here for full pricing information: `Lead Generation by Odoo IAP " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/iap/ in-app-services/167?>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:70 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. In the :guilabel:`Lead Generation` section, under the " +":guilabel:`Lead Mining` feature, click on :guilabel:`Buy Credits`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Buy credits from the lead mining settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:78 +msgid "" +"Credits may also be purchased by navigating to the :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings`. In the :guilabel:`In-App Purchases` section, under " +"the :guilabel:`Odoo IAP` feature, click on :guilabel:`View My Services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst-1 +msgid "Buy credits in the Odoo IAP settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Users of Odoo Online (SaaS) Enterprise automatically have free trial credits" +" in their database to test any IAP features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/lead_mining.rst:92 +msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads/send_quotes.rst:3 @@ -496,7 +597,7 @@ msgstr "" "*Впіймано* у вашому конвеєрі Канбану. Якщо ви позначите їх як *Втрачено*, " "вони будуть архівовані." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize.rst:5 msgid "Optimize your Day-to-Day work" msgstr "Оптимізуйте свою щоденну роботу" @@ -519,6 +620,10 @@ msgid "" " some useful data (goals and challenges) that can be used on *CRM/Sale*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View of the gamification module being installed in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:21 msgid "Create a challenge" msgstr "" @@ -536,6 +641,10 @@ msgid "" "to *Settings* and *Activate the developer mode*." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View if the gamification tools menu in Odoo Settings" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:35 msgid "" "A challenge is a mission that you send to your sales team. It can include " @@ -579,6 +688,11 @@ msgid "" "granted with a badge." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the challenge form and a challenge being created for Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:58 msgid "Set up goals" msgstr "" @@ -603,6 +717,12 @@ msgid "" "based on your management preferences, etc." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the goal definition form and a goal definition being created for " +"Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst:73 msgid "" "Goals may include your database setup as well (e.g. set your company data " @@ -622,255 +742,8 @@ msgid "" " --> Gamification Tools --> Badges`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:3 -msgid "Outlook Extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo CRM Extension** is a connector that bridges your Outlook mailbox " -"with your Odoo database. This extension allows you to:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:8 -msgid "Create leads from emails sent to your mailbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:9 -msgid "Centralize Prospects' emails into a CRM." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:10 -msgid "Search and store insights on your contacts." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:17 -msgid "" -"This extension is compatible with the Web version of Outlook as well as the " -"desktop apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:20 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension uses *Partner Autocomplete IAP credits* to search and " -"store insights on your contacts. See the :ref:`Pricing section " -"<outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:29 -msgid "" -"The Outlook Extension requires to be configured both in Odoo and in Outlook." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:34 -msgid "Enable the feature on your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:36 -msgid "" -"To enable this feature on your Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> " -"Configuration --> Lead Generation`, enable **Outlook CRM Extension**, and " -"click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:42 -msgid "Install the add-in on Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:44 -msgid "" -"You can install the Outlook Extension as a **Custom Add-in**. To do so, " -"follow these steps:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "URL of the **Odoo for Outlook** add-in's manifest file:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "``https://download.odoo.com/plugins/outlook/manifest.xml``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:50 -msgid "add copy button when the feature is added to the doc" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:52 -msgid "" -"Connect to your Outlook mailbox, open any email, and click on the *More " -"actions* button, displayed as three little dots." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:59 -msgid "Click on *Get add-ins*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the new window, select the tab named *My add-ins*, click on *+ Add a " -"custom add-in*, and then on *Add from URL...*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Outlook prompts you to **enter the URL of the add-in's manifest file**. To " -"do so, copy the following URL, paste it in the box, and click on *OK*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Outlook warns you that Microsoft hasn’t verified the add-in. Click on " -"*Install* to complete the installation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:84 -msgid "" -"The *Odoo for Outlook* add-in is not listed yet on Outlook's add-ins list. " -"This is why it is currently necessary to install it as a *custom add-in*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:90 -msgid "Add a shortcut to open the extension" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:92 -msgid "" -"By default, you can open the **Odoo for Outlook** extension from the *More " -"actions* menu. This section explains how to move the launcher next to the " -"other default actions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:99 -msgid "" -"In your Outlook mailbox, click on *Settings*, then on *View all Outlook " -"settings*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Mail --> Customize actions --> Message " -"surface`, select *Odoo for Outlook*, and click on *Save*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:109 -msgid "Connect to your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Open **Odoo for Outlook** from any email. This opens the extension as a " -"panel on the right side of your screen." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:113 -msgid "Click on *login* at the bottom of the extension." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:114 -msgid "Insert your database's URL then click on *Login*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:120 -msgid "" -"Log into your database by entering your credentials. Skip this step if you " -"are already logged in with this browser." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:122 -msgid "" -"A message asks you if you want to let Outlook access your Odoo database. " -"Click on *Allow* to complete the connection." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:126 -msgid "" -"Make sure first to :ref:`enable the feature on your database " -"<outlook_extension/enable-feature>`. Failing to do so would result in an " -"*error 404 message*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The extension displays some information, even if you do not connect it to " -"any Odoo database. Note that only a limited amount of contact enrichment " -"requests are available as a trial, as this feature requires prepaid credits." -" See the :ref:`Pricing section <outlook_extension/pricing>` below for more " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:140 -msgid "" -"The extension is **free** and doesn't require any purchase to be installed " -"and used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:142 -msgid "" -"However, this extension provides you with *Lead Enrichment* in the **Company" -" Insights** section. This service is part of a paid service known as **Lead " -"Generation**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:145 -msgid "" -"The extension allows you to test this service for free, whether you connect " -"the extension to a database or not. After a while, the extension asks you to" -" buy credits to keep using this additional service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:155 -msgid "" -"You can buy more *Lead Generation* credits to keep using this service or " -"disregard this message and keep using the extension for free without *Lead " -"Enrichment*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:159 -msgid "In-App Purchase" -msgstr "Купівлі в додатку" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:162 -msgid "" -"*Lead Generation* is an *In-App Purchase (IAP)* service, which requires " -"prepaid credits to be used. Each request consumes one credit." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:164 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 -msgid "" -"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " -"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." -msgstr "" -"Щоб купити кредити, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти " -"--> Автозаповнення партнера або Odoo IAP --> Переглянути мої послуги` та " -"оберіть пакет." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:167 -msgid "" -"If you run out of credits, the only information populated when clicking on " -"the suggested company is the website link and logo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:171 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." -msgstr "" -"Дізнайтеся про нашу *Політику приватності* `тут " -"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:174 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/in_app_purchase/in_app_purchase`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/outlook_extension.rst:175 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Lead Enrichment <https://www.odoo.com/r/p73>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/gamification.rst-1 +msgid "View of the badges page in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:3 @@ -895,6 +768,10 @@ msgstr "" "Перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти` та активуйте функцію " "*Автозаповнення партнера*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "View of settings page and the activations of the feature in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:18 msgid "Enrich your contacts with corporate data" msgstr "Збільшуйте ваші контакти з корпоративними даними" @@ -914,6 +791,16 @@ msgid "" "For example, after typing *Odoo*, you will get the following information:" msgstr "Наприклад, після набирання *Odoo*, ви отримаєте наступну інформацію:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new contact in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the information being shown about odoo with the autocomplete option " +"in Odoo" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:33 msgid "" "Partner Autocomplete also works if you enter a VAT number instead of a " @@ -930,6 +817,15 @@ msgstr "" "*Автозаповнення компанії* - це послуга *Купівлі в модулі (IAP)*, що вимагає " "використання передплачених кредитів. Кожен запит вартуватиме одному кредиту." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:41 +msgid "" +"To buy credits, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Contacts --> Partner " +"Autocomplete or Odoo IAP --> View My Services` and select a package." +msgstr "" +"Щоб купити кредити, перейдіть у :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Контакти " +"--> Автозаповнення партнера або Odoo IAP --> Переглянути мої послуги` та " +"оберіть пакет." + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:44 msgid "" "If you run out of credits, the only information that will be populated when " @@ -940,16 +836,180 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:46 msgid "" -"If you are on Odoo Online (SAAS) and you have the Enterprise version, you " -"benefit from free trial credits to test the feature." +"If you are on Odoo Online and you have the Enterprise version, you benefit " +"from free trial credits to test the feature." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви на Odoo Online (SAAS) і у вас версія Enterprise, ви можете " -"скористатися безкоштовними пробними кредитами для тестування функції." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/optimize/partner_autocomplete.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Learn about our *Privacy Policy* `here " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." +msgstr "" +"Дізнайтеся про нашу *Політику приватності* `тут " +"<https://iap.odoo.com/privacy#header_2>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance.rst:5 msgid "Analyze performance" msgstr "Проаналізуйте ефективність" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:3 +msgid "How to use Google Spreadsheet in Addition to my Data?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Create custom dashboards in Google Spreadsheet that retrieves data directly " +"from Odoo using spreadsheet formula. You can use it to create sales " +"commission plans, budgets, project forecasts, etc. Formulas are written in " +"Python but programming skills are not required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:12 +msgid "" +"From the *General Settings*, activate *Google Drive* and *Google " +"Spreadsheet*. The options *Authorization Code* and *Get Authorization Code* " +"are now available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the Google Drive and Google Spreadsheet features in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:19 +msgid "Now, link your Google account with Odoo by following these steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:21 +msgid "Get Authorization Code" +msgstr "Отримайте код авторизації" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:22 +msgid "Select your Google account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:23 +msgid "Enter your password" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:24 +msgid "Copy the code" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:25 +msgid "Paste it into the Authorization Code field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:28 +msgid "Create a new Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:30 +msgid "" +"From the *CRM* app, for example, go to *Favorites* and click on *Add to " +"Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"From the CRM application, for example, click on add to Google Spreadsheet in" +" Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:36 +msgid "A new spreadsheet will be automatically created in your Google Drive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:39 +msgid "" +"When you opening this new file, a second sheet is created automatically by " +"Odoo with a tutorial/documentation on *How to use Google Spreadsheet*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:43 +msgid "Link a Spreadsheet with Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:45 +msgid "From this new file, configure your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo --> Server Settings --> Database Name --> " +"Username --> Password`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Menu called Odoo is shown on the settings bar in the Spreadsheet" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:53 +msgid "Applications" +msgstr "Заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:55 +msgid "" +"You have two different formulas available when using Google Spreadsheet in " +"Odoo: *retrieve data* and *retrieve grouped sums*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Google Drive limits the execution time of scripts; if the data you requested" +" takes too long to be delivered, you might get an error. There is no " +"specific size limit, since the time for Odoo to respond depends on several " +"factors - although reading data regarding several thousand records is " +"usually fine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:66 +msgid "Retrieve Data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_browse " +"(table;columns;filters;orderby:limit)`. Used it if you want to display the " +"information without grouping it (e.g.: each sales order in the database)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:71 +msgid "Find some the arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Table with examples of arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:78 +msgid "Retrieve Grouped Sums" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:81 +msgid "" +"The theoretical formula is :command:`= oe_read_group " +"(table;columns;group_by;filters;orderby:limit)`. Use it when you want to " +"display a sum of data (e.g.: total invoiced)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:82 +msgid "Find some arguments in the table below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst-1 +msgid "Table with examples of grouped sum arguments to use in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:89 +msgid "Other uses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/google_spreadsheets.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Mix Odoo data with spreadsheet data, add traditional formulas, and create " +"Dynamic Tabled and Graphs." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/performance/win_loss.rst:3 msgid "Check your Win/Loss Ratio" msgstr "Перевірте ваш коефіцієнт Впіймано/Втрачено" @@ -987,7 +1047,7 @@ msgstr "Ви також можете змінити *Вимірювання* н msgid "You also have the ability to switch to a pie chart view." msgstr "Ви також маєте можливість перейти на перегляд кругової діаграми." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline.rst:5 msgid "Organize the pipeline" msgstr "Організуйте конвеєр" @@ -1113,219 +1173,442 @@ msgid ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" msgstr ":doc:`../performance/win_loss`" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:3 -msgid "Manage multiple sales teams" -msgstr "Управління кількома командами продажу" +msgid "Multiple sales teams" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:5 msgid "" -"In Odoo, you can manage several sales teams, departments or channels with " -"specific sales processes. To do so, we use the concept of *Sales Channel*." +"Use the *Sales Teams* feature to manage several sales teams, departments, or" +" channels, each with their own unique sales processes." msgstr "" -"В Odoo ви можете керувати кількома командами продажів, відділами або " -"каналами з конкретними процесами продажу. Для цього ми використовуємо " -"концепцію *Каналу продажів*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:10 -msgid "Create a new sales channel" -msgstr "Створіть новий канал продажу" +msgid "Create a new sales team" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:12 msgid "" -"To create a new *Sales Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " -"Sales Channels`." +"To create a new sales team, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> " +"Sales Teams`, then click :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -"Щоб створити новий *Канал Продажів*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Налаштування --> Канали продажів`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:15 msgid "" -"There you can set an email alias to it. Every message sent to that email " -"address will create a lead/opportunity." +"On the creation page, set an :guilabel:`Email Alias` to automatically " +"generate a lead/opportunity for this sales team every time a message is sent" +" to that unique email address. Choose whether to accept emails from " +":guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Authenticated Partners`, or " +":guilabel:`Followers Only`." msgstr "" -"Тут ви можете вказати йому псевдонім електронної пошти. Кожне повідомлення, " -"відправлене на цю адресу електронної пошти, створить лід/нагоду." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:21 -msgid "Add members to your sales channel" -msgstr "Додайте учасників до свого каналу продажів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:20 msgid "" -"You can add members to any channel; that way those members will see the " -"pipeline structure of the sales channel when opening it. Any " -"lead/opportunity assigned to them will link to the sales channel. Therefore," -" you can only be a member of one channel." +"Set an :guilabel:`Invoicing Target` if this team has specific monthly " +"revenue goals. Set a :guilabel:`Domain` to assign leads/opportunities to " +"this sales team based on specific filters, such as country, language, or " +"campaign." msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати учасників до будь-якого каналу; таким чином, ці учасники " -"побачать конвеєрну структуру каналу продажу при його відкритті. Будь-який " -"лід/нагода, призначена їм, буде посилатися на канал продажу. Тому ви можете " -"бути учасником лише одного каналу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:28 -msgid "This will ease the process review of the team manager." -msgstr "Це полегшить процес огляду менеджера команди." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Create a sales team in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:29 +msgid "Add members to a sales team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:31 msgid "" -"If you now filter on this specific channel in your pipeline, you will find " -"all of its opportunities." +"To add team members, click :guilabel:`Add` under the :guilabel:`Members` tab" +" when editing the sales team's configuration page. Select a salesperson from" +" the drop-down menu or create new salesperson. Set a maximum number of leads" +" that can be assigned to this salesperson in a 30-day period to ensure that " +"they do not overwork." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Add a salesperson in Odoo CRM." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви зараз відфільтруєте цей конкретний канал у вашому конвеєрі, ви " -"знайдете всі його нагоди." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:40 -msgid "Sales channel dashboard" -msgstr "Інформаційна панель каналу продажів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:42 msgid "" -"To see the operations and results of any sales channel at a glance, the " -"sales manager also has access to the *Sales Channel Dashboard* under " -"*Reporting*." +"One person can be added as a team member or :guilabel:`Team Leader` to " +"multiple sales teams, allowing them to access all of the pipelines that they" +" need to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:44 +msgid "Sales team dashboard" msgstr "" -"Щоб побачити операції та результати будь-якого каналу продажу, миттєвий " -"огляд менеджера з продажу також має доступ до інформаційної панелі *Каналу " -"продажів* в розділі *Звітування*." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:46 msgid "" -"It is shared with the whole ecosystem so every revenue stream is included in" -" it: Sales, eCommerce, PoS, etc." +"To view the sales team dashboard, go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Sales --> " +"Teams`. Odoo users will see any teams that they are a part of as dashboard " +"tiles." msgstr "" -"Це поділяється з усією екосистемою, тому всі доходи включають в себе: " -"продажі, електронну комерцію, точку продажу тощо." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Each tile gives an overview of the sales team's open opportunities, " +"quotations, sales orders, and expected revenue, as well as a bar graph of " +"new opportunities per week and an invoicing progress bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "Sales team overview dashboard in Odoo CRM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Click on the three dots in the corner of a tile to open a navigational menu " +"that lets users quickly view documents or reports, create new quotations or " +"opportunities, pick a color for this team, or access the team's " +"configuration page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Click the Three Dot Menu in Odoo CRM dashboard to view documents and create " +"opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/pipeline/multi_sales_team.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Pipeline` button to go directly to that team's CRM " +"pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads.rst:5 msgid "Assign and track leads" msgstr "Призначайте та відстежуйте ліди" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:3 -msgid "Assign leads based on scoring" -msgstr "Призначення лідів на основі оцінювання" +msgid "Assign leads with predictive lead scoring" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:5 msgid "" -"With *Leads Scoring* you can automatically rank your leads based on selected" -" criterias." +"The Odoo *CRM* app can automatically assign leads/opportunities to sales " +"teams and salespeople. A standard practice is to assign leads based on the " +"probability of winning each lead. Companies can prioritize the leads that " +"are more likely to result in successful deals by quickly assigning them to " +"the appropriate salespeople." msgstr "" -"За допомогою *Оцінювання лідів* ви можете автоматично оцінювати ваші ліди на" -" основі вибраних критеріїв." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:10 msgid "" -"For example you could score customers from your country higher or the ones " -"that visited specific pages on your website." +"Odoo automatically calculates the probability of winning each lead using a " +"method called *predictive lead scoring*." msgstr "" -"Наприклад, ви можете оцінити клієнтів у вашій країні вище або тих, хто " -"відвідав певні сторінки вашого веб-сайту." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:14 -msgid "" -"To use scoring, install the free module *Lead Scoring* under your *Apps* " -"page (only available in Odoo Enterprise)." +msgid "Predictive lead scoring" msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатися оцінкою, встановіть безкоштовний модуль *Оцінювання лідів* " -"на сторінці *Додатки* (доступно лише в Odoo Enterprise)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:21 -msgid "Create scoring rules" -msgstr "Створіть правила оцінювання" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Predictive lead scoring is a machine-learning model that uses historical " +"data from Odoo *CRM* to score open leads/opportunities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:19 +msgid "" +"As a company processes opportunities through the CRM pipeline, Odoo collects" +" data on which opportunities are won and lost. Predictive lead scoring uses " +"this data to predict the probability of winning each new lead or " +"opportunity." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:23 msgid "" -"You now have a new tab in your *CRM* app called *Leads Management* where you" -" can manage your scoring rules." +"The more opportunities that are sent through the CRM pipeline, the more data" +" Odoo collects, resulting in more accurate probabilities." msgstr "" -"У вас тепер є нова вкладка у вашому додатку *CRM* під назвою *Управління " -"лідами*, де ви можете керувати своїми правилами оцінювання." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:26 msgid "" -"Here's an example for a Canadian lead, you can modify for whatever criteria " -"you wish to score your leads on. You can add as many criterias as you wish." +"Specifically, Odoo's predictive lead scoring uses the *naive Bayes* " +"probability model:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:28 +msgid "" +"\\begin{equation}\n" +"P(A | B) = \\frac{P(A) \\times P(B | A)}{P(B)}\n" +"\\end{equation}\n" +"\n" msgstr "" -"Ось приклад для канадського ліду, ви можете змінити на будь-які критерії, за" -" якими ви хочете оцінити своїх лідів. Ви можете додати стільки критеріїв, " -"скільки хочете." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:33 msgid "" -"Every hour every lead without a score will be automatically scanned and " -"assigned their right score according to your scoring rules." +"The probability of success of each opportunity is displayed on the " +"opportunity form, and it updates automatically as the opportunity progresses" +" through the CRM pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "The probability of success displayed on the opportunity form." msgstr "" -"Кожну годину кожен лід без оцінки буде автоматично відсканований і йому буде" -" призначено правильний бал за вашими правилами." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:40 -msgid "Assign leads" -msgstr "Призначення лідів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the scores computed, leads can be assigned to specific teams using the " -"same domain mechanism. To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads " -"Management --> Team Assignation` and apply a specific domain on each team. " -"This domain can include scores." +"When an opportunity moves to the next stage, its probability of success " +"automatically increases according to the predictive lead scoring algorithm." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Predictive lead scoring is always active in Odoo *CRM*. However, the " +"variables used to calculate the probability of success can be customized in " +"the settings." msgstr "" -"Після того, як результати розраховані, ліди можуть бути призначені для " -"конкретних команд за допомогою того самого механізму домену. Щоб це зробити," -" перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> Призначення " -"команди` і застосовувати конкретний домен у кожній команді. Цей домен може " -"включати оцінки." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:49 msgid "" -"Further on, you can assign to a specific vendor in the team with an even " -"more refined domain." +"To customize the variables used by predictive lead scoring, go to " +":menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Predictive Lead Scoring`, click on the :guilabel:`Update " +"Probabilities` button." msgstr "" -"Далі, ви можете призначити конкретного постачальника в команді ще більш " -"витонченого домену." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:53 msgid "" -"To do so go to :menuselection:`CRM --> Leads Management --> Leads " -"Assignation`." +"Then, click on the drop-down menu to choose which variables the predictive " +"lead scoring feature will take into account." msgstr "" -"Щоб зробити це, перейдіть до :menuselection:`CRM --> Управління лідами --> " -"Призначення лідів`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 msgid "" -"The team & leads assignation will assign the unassigned leads once a day." +"The Update Probabilities window in the Predictive Lead Scoring settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:60 +msgid "Any number of the following variables can be activated:" msgstr "" -"Присвоєння команди та лідів призначає непризначені ліди один раз на день." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:62 -msgid "Evaluate & use the unassigned leads" -msgstr "Оцініть та використайте непризначені ліди" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`State`: the geographical state from which the opportunity " +"originates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Country`: the geographical country from which the opportunity " +"originates" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:64 msgid "" -"Once your scoring rules are in place you will most likely still have some " -"unassigned leads. Some of them could still lead to an opportunity so it is " -"useful to do something with them." +":guilabel:`Phone Quality`: whether or not a phone number is listed for the " +"opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Quality`: whether or not an email address is listed for the" +" opportunity" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Source`: the source of an opportunity (e.g. search engine, social" +" media)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Language`: the spoken language specified on the opportunity" msgstr "" -"Після того, як ваші правила оцінювання встановлені, ви, найімовірніше, " -"матимуть певні непризначені ліди. Деякі з них, як і раніше, можуть бути " -"перетворені у нагоди, тому корисно щось з ними зробити." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In your leads page you can place a filter to find your unassigned leads." +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: the tags placed on the opportunity" msgstr "" -"На вашій сторінці лідів ви можете помістити фільтр, щоб знайти непризначені " -"ліди." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:71 msgid "" -"Why not using :menuselection:`Email Marketing` or :menuselection:`Marketing " -"Automation` apps to send a mass email to them? You can also easily find such" -" unassigned leads from there." +"The variables `Stage` and `Team` are always in effect. `Stage` refers to the" +" CRM pipeline stage that an opportunity is in. `Team` refers to the sales " +"team that is assigned to an opportunity. Predictive lead scoring *always* " +"takes into account these two variables, regardless of which optional " +"variables are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Next, click on the date field next to the option :guilabel:`Consider leads " +"created as of the:` to select the date from which predictive lead scoring " +"will begin its calculations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:79 +msgid "Lastly, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:82 +msgid "Change the probability manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:84 +msgid "" +"An opportunity's probability of success can be changed manually on the " +"opportunity form. Click on the probability number to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Manually changing the probability removes the automatic probability updates " +"for that opportunity. The probability will no longer update automatically as" +" the opportunity moves through each stage of the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To reactivate automatic probability, click on the gear icon next to the " +"probability percentage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The gear icon used to reactivate automatic probability on an opportunity " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:99 +msgid "Assign leads based on probability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Odoo *CRM* can assign leads/opportunities to sales teams and salespeople " +"based on specified rules. Create assignment rules based on the leads' " +"probability of success to prioritize those that are more likely to result in" +" deals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:106 +msgid "Configure rule-based assignment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To activate *rule-based assignment*, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and activate :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:111 +msgid "" +"The rule-based assignment feature can be set to run :guilabel:`Manually`, " +"meaning an Odoo user must manually trigger the assignment, or " +":guilabel:`Repeatedly`, meaning Odoo will automatically trigger the " +"assignment according to the chosen time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To set up automatic lead assignment, select :guilabel:`Repeatedly` for the " +":guilabel:`Running` section. Then, customize how often Odoo will trigger the" +" automatic assignment in the :guilabel:`Repeat every` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst-1 +msgid "The Rule-Based Assignment setting in CRM settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:123 +msgid "" +"If rule-based assignment is set to run :guilabel:`Repeatedly`, the " +"assignment can still be triggered manually using the circular arrow icon in " +"the :guilabel:`Rule-Based Assignment` settings (or using the " +":guilabel:`Assign Leads` button on the sales team configuration page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:128 +msgid "Configure assignment rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the *assignment rules* for each sales team and/or " +"salesperson. These rules determine which leads Odoo assigns to which people." +" To get started, navigate to :menuselection:`CRM --> Configuration --> Sales" +" Teams`, and select a sales team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:134 +msgid "" +"On the sales team configuration form, under :guilabel:`Assignment Rules`, " +"click on :guilabel:`Edit Domain` to configure the rules that Odoo uses to " +"determine lead assignment for this sales team. The rules can include " +"anything that may be relevant for this company or team, and any number of " +"rules can be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add Filter` to start creating assignment rules. Click on " +"the :guilabel:`+` sign on the right of the assignment rule to add another " +"line. Click on the :guilabel:`x` symbol to remove the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:143 +msgid "" +"To create an assignment rule based on an opportunity's probability of " +"success, click on the far left drop-down menu of an assignment rule line, " +"and select :guilabel:`Probability`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:146 +msgid "" +"From the middle drop-down menu, select the desired equation symbol—most " +"likely the symbol for *greater than*, *less than*, *greater than or equal " +"to*, or *less than or equal to*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:149 +msgid "" +"In the far right space, enter the desired number value of the probability. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To configure an assignment rule such that a sales team receives leads that " +"have a probability of success of 20% or greater, create a :guilabel:`Domain`" +" line that reads: `Probability >= 20`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Sales team domain set to probability greater than or equal to twenty " +"percent." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Separate assignment rules can also be configured for individual team " +"members. From the sales team configuration page, click on a team member in " +"the :guilabel:`Members` tab, then edit the :guilabel:`Domain` section. Click" +" :guilabel:`Save` to save changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:164 +msgid "" +"If automatic lead assignment is configured in the settings, both the sales " +"team and individual team members have the option to :guilabel:`Skip auto " +"assignment`. Check this box to omit a particular sales team or salesperson " +"from being assigned leads automatically by Odoo's rule-based assignment " +"feature. If :guilabel:`Skip auto assignment` is activated, the sales team or" +" salesperson can still be assigned leads manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/lead_scoring.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To manually assign leads to this sales team, click on the :guilabel:`Assign " +"Leads` button at the top of the sales team configuration page. This will " +"assign any leads that are currently unassigned and match this team's " +"specified domain." msgstr "" -"Чому б не користуватися додатками :menuselection:`Маркетинг електронною " -"поштою` чи :menuselection:`Автоматизація маркетингу`, щоб надсилати їм " -"масову електронну пошту? Ви також можете легко знайти такі непризначені ліди" -" звідти." #: ../../content/applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits.rst:3 msgid "Track your prospects visits" @@ -1408,19 +1691,1963 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your customers will no longer be able to keep any secrets from you!" msgstr "Ваші клієнти більше не зможуть зберігати будь-які секрети від вас!" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:6 msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Точка продажу" +msgstr "Касовий термінал" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features.rst:3 -msgid "Pricing Features" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:8 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Point of Sale**, run your shops and restaurants easily. The app " +"works on any device with a web browser, even if you are temporarily offline." +" Product moves are automatically registered in your stock, you get real-time" +" statistics, and your data is consolidated across all shops." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:3 -msgid "Using discount tags with a barcode scanner" -msgstr "Використання тегів знижок з сканером штрих-кодів" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Point of Sale Tutorials <https://www.odoo.com/slides/point-" +"of-sale-28>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes Documentations </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:19 +msgid "Start a session" +msgstr "Розпочніть сесію" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:21 +msgid "" +"From the **POS dashboard**, click :guilabel:`New Session`, and at the " +":guilabel:`Opening Cash Control` screen, click :guilabel:`Open Session` to " +"start a POS session, or click :guilabel:`Continue Selling` if the session is" +" already opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:26 +msgid "" +":doc:`Multiple users <point_of_sale/employee_login>` can be logged into the " +"same session at the same time. However, the session can only be opened once " +"on the same browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:32 +msgid "Sell products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click on products to add them to the cart. To change the **quantity**, click" +" :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad. To add a" +" **discount** or modify the product **price**, click respectively " +":guilabel:`% Disc` or :guilabel:`Price` and enter the amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Once an order is completed, proceed to checkout by clicking " +":guilabel:`Payment`. Select the **payment method**, enter the received " +"amount, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. Click :guilabel:`New Order` to move " +"on to the next customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "POS session interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:46 +msgid "You can use both `,` and `.` on your keyboard as decimal separators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:47 +msgid "" +"**Cash** is selected by default if you enter the amount without choosing a " +"payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:52 +msgid "Set customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You can create and set customers from an :ref:`open POS session " +"<pos/session-start>`. Registering your customer is necessary to " +":doc:`collect their loyalty points and grant them rewards " +"<point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty>`, automatically apply the :doc:`attributed " +"pricelist <point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists>`, or :ref:`generate and print " +"an invoice <receipts-invoices/invoices>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To access the list of customers, click :guilabel:`Customer` on the POS " +"interface. Then, select a customer or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`, completing the form, and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:66 +msgid "Customer notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:68 +msgid "" +"You can add **customer notes** about specific products directly from an open" +" :ref:`POS session <pos/session-start>`. For instance, to provide cleaning " +"and maintenance tips. They can also be used to track a customer's particular" +" request, such as not wanting the product to be assembled for them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:72 +msgid "" +"To do so, select a product and click :guilabel:`Customer Note` on the pad. " +"Doing so opens a pop-up window in which you can add or modify content for " +"the note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Product notes from an :doc:`imported SO <point_of_sale/shop/sales_order>` " +"are displayed identically in the cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Customer note button and notes (SO and POS session) on products in the cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Customer notes appear on customers' receipts and invoices similarly to how " +"they appear in the cart, under the related product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Customer receipt with notes from an SO and from the customer note feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:91 +msgid "Return and refund products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:93 +msgid "To return and refund a product," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:95 +msgid ":ref:`start a session <pos/session-start>` from the **POS dashboard**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:96 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` and select the corresponding order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:97 +msgid "select the product and the quantity to refund using the keypad;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:98 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Refund` to go back to the previous screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:99 +msgid "" +"once the order is completed, click :guilabel:`Payment` to proceed to the " +"refund;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:100 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Validate` and :guilabel:`New Order` to move on to the next " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "refund view from a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:106 +msgid "" +"You can filter the **orders list** by :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, " +":guilabel:`Date` or :guilabel:`Customer` using the search bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:108 +msgid "" +"You can also refund a product by selecting the returned product from an open" +" session, and setting a negative quantity that equals the number of returned" +" products. To do so, click :guilabel:`Qty` and :guilabel:`+/-`, followed by " +"the quantity of returned products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:115 +msgid "Close the POS session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:117 +msgid "" +"To close your session, click :guilabel:`Close` in the upper right corner of " +"your screen; doing so opens the :guilabel:`Closing Control` pop-up screen. " +"From this screen, you can retrieve various information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:121 +msgid "" +"the number of orders made and the total amount made during the session;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:122 +msgid "the expected amounts grouped by payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Before closing this window, count your cash using the calculator icon. Doing" +" so opens a pop-up window that computes the total amount in the cash drawer " +"depending on the coins and bills counted and added manually. Then, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` or :guilabel:`Discard` to close the window. The computed" +" amount is set in the :guilabel:`Counted` column, and the :guilabel:`Money " +"Details` are specified in the **Notes** section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst-1 +msgid "How to close a POS session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Once you are done controlling the amounts, click :guilabel:`Close Session` " +"to close and go back to the **POS dashboard**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:137 +msgid "" +"You can let the session open by clicking :guilabel:`Backend` or abort and " +"keep selling by clicking :guilabel:`Discard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Depending on your setup, you might only be allowed to close a session if the" +" expected cash revenue equals the counted cash. To close it anyway, click " +":guilabel:`Ok` on the :guilabel:`Payments Difference` screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:144 +msgid "" +"It is strongly advised to close your POS session at the end of each day." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale.rst:145 +msgid "" +"To look at all your previous sessions, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " +"--> Orders --> Sessions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:11 +msgid "Access POS settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To access the general POS settings, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Then, open the dropdown menu in the " +":guilabel:`Point of Sale` field and select the POS to configure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Dropdown menu to select the POS in the app settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:21 +msgid "" +"These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights " +"</applications/general/users/manage_users>` :guilabel:`Administration` set " +"as :guilabel:`Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:25 +msgid "" +"You can also configure some settings from the dashboard by clicking the " +"vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card. Doing so opens a " +"popup window, from which you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:28 +msgid ":doc:`Enable multiple employees to log in. <employee_login>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:29 +msgid "" +":doc:`Connect and set up an IoT box. <../../productivity/iot/config/pos>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:30 +msgid ":doc:`Connect and set up an ePOS printer. <configuration/epos_ssc>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "popup window to access quick settings in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:36 +msgid "" +"These settings are available to users with the :doc:`access rights " +"</applications/general/users/manage_users>` :guilabel:`Point of Sale` set as" +" :guilabel:`Administrator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:41 +msgid "Make products available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" +" Products --> Products`, and select a product to open the product form. In " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, enable :guilabel:`Available in POS`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration.rst-1 +msgid "Making a product available in your POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:5 +msgid "Self-signed certificate for ePOS printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:7 +msgid "" +"ePOS printers are designed to work seamlessly with Point of Sale systems. " +"Once connected, the two devices automatically share information, enabling " +"the direct printing of tickets from the POS system to the ePOS printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:12 +msgid "" +"These `Epson ePOS printers <https://c4b.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/community/index.php?content_id=91>`_ are compatible with " +"Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:15 +msgid "TM-H6000IV-DT (Receipt printer only)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:16 +msgid "TM-T70II-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:17 +msgid "TM-T88V-DT" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:18 +msgid "TM-L90-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:19 +msgid "TM-T20II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:20 +msgid "TM-T70-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:21 +msgid "TM-T82II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:22 +msgid "TM-T83II-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:23 +msgid "TM-T88V-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:24 +msgid "TM-U220-i" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:25 +msgid "TM-m10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:26 +msgid "TM-m30" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:27 +msgid "TM-P20 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:28 +msgid "TM-P60II (Receipt: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:29 +msgid "TM-P60II (Peeler: Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:30 +msgid "TM-P80 (Wi-Fi® model)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To work with Odoo, some models that can be used without an :doc:`IoT box " +"<../../../productivity/iot/config/connect>` may require :doc:`the HTTPS " +"protocol <https>` to establish a secure connection between the browser and " +"the printer. However, trying to reach the printer's IP address using HTTPS " +"leads to a warning page on most web browsers. In that case, you can " +"temporarily :ref:`force the connection <epos_ssc/instructions>`, which " +"allows you to reach the page in HTTPS and use the ePOS printer in Odoo as " +"long as the browser window stays open." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The connection is lost after closing the browser window. Therefore, this " +"method should only be used as a **workaround** or as a pre-requisite for the" +" :ref:`following instructions <epos_ssc/instructions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:47 +msgid "Generate, export, and import self-signed certificates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:49 +msgid "" +"For a long-term solution, you must generate a **self-signed certificate**. " +"Then, export and import it into your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:53 +msgid "" +"**Generating** an SSL certificate should only be done **once**. If you " +"create another certificate, devices using the previous one will lose HTTPS " +"access." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:58 +msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 +msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " +"the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " +"[IP address] (unsafe)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 +msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 +msgid "" +"Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " +"settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " +"printer serial number in the :guilabel:`Password` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " +"section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " +"Certificate**. The :guilabel:`Common Name` should be automatically filled " +"out. If not, fill it in with the printer IP address number. Select the years" +" the certificate will be valid in the :guilabel:`Validity Period` field, " +"click :guilabel:`Create`, and :guilabel:`Reset` or manually restart the " +"printer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 +msgid "" +"The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " +":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " +"**Selfsigned Certificate** is correctly selected in the :guilabel:`Server " +"Certificate` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 +msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 +msgid "" +"The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" +" and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " +"browser by navigating to its IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`). " +"Then, force the connection as explained in the **Generate a self-signed " +"certificate tab**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 +msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " +":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 +msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 +msgid "" +"add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " +"extension;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 +msgid "" +"select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " +"of the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 +msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not see the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 +msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 +msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " +"Security tab --> View certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 +msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 +msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:127 +msgid "Import a self-signed certificate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The import process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" +" and the browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:134 +msgid "Windows 10" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Windows 10 manages certificates, which means that self-signed certificates " +"must be imported from the certification file rather than the browser. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:139 +msgid "" +"open the Windows File Explorer and locate the downloaded certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:140 +msgid "" +"right-click on the certification file and click :guilabel:`Install " +"Certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:142 +msgid "" +"select where to install the certificate and for whom - either for the " +":guilabel:`Current User` or all users (:guilabel:`Local Machine`). Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Next`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:145 +msgid "" +"on the `Certificate Store` screen, tick :guilabel:`Place all certificates in" +" the following store`, click :guilabel:`Browse...`, and select " +":guilabel:`Trusted Root Certification Authorities`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:151 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Finish`, accept the pop-up security window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:152 +msgid "restart the computer to make sure that the changes are applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:154 +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:158 +msgid "open Chrome;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:159 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy and security --> Security --> " +"Manage certificates`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:161 +msgid "" +"go to the :guilabel:`Authorities` tab, click :guilabel:`Import`, and select " +"the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:163 +msgid "accept all warnings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:164 +msgid "click :guilabel:`ok`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:175 +msgid "restart your browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:170 +msgid "open Firefox;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:171 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Privacy & Security --> Security --> View " +"Certificates... --> Import`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:173 +msgid "select the exported certification file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:174 +msgid "tick the checkboxes and validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:177 +msgid "Mac OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 +msgid "" +"open Safari and navigate to your printer's IP address. Doing so leads to a " +"warning page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:182 +msgid "" +"on the warning page, go to :menuselection:`Show Details --> visit this " +"website --> Visit Website`, validate;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:184 +msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 +msgid "Android OS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" +" it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " +"email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 +msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 +msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 +msgid "" +"The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " +"version of Android and the device manufacturer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 +msgid "" +"If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " +"browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " +"`the name of your browser or operating system` in your preferred search " +"engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 +msgid "" +"Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " +"search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " +"browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 +msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 +msgid "" +"To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " +"using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " +"browser. If the SSL certificate has been applied correctly, you should no " +"longer see a warning page, and the address bar should display a padlock " +"icon, indicating that the connection is secure." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:3 +msgid "Secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:5 +msgid "" +"If **Direct Devices** is enabled in a Point of Sale settings (for example, " +"if you use an ePos printer), HTTP becomes the default protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:9 +msgid "Force your Point of Sale to use a secure connection (HTTPS)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Add a new **key** in the **System Parameters** to force your Point of Sale " +"to use a secure connection with the HTTPS protocol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To do so, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " +"Parameters`, then create a new parameter, add the following values and click" +" on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:18 +msgid "**Key**: `point_of_sale.enforce_https`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:19 +msgid "**Value**: `True`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/https.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:3 +msgid "Multi-employee management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale allows you to manage access to a specific POS by enabling" +" the **Multi Employees per Session** feature. When activated, :ref:`you can " +"select which users can log into the POS <employee_login/use>` and :ref:`keep" +" track of the employees involved in each order <employee_login/analytics>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:15 +msgid "" +":ref:`Access the POS settings <configuration/settings>` and select your POS," +" or click the vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on a POS card and " +"click :guilabel:`Edit`. Then, enable :guilabel:`Multi Employees per " +"Session`, and add the allowed employees in the :guilabel:`Allowed Employees`" +" field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "setting to enable multiple cashiers in POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:26 +msgid "Practical application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the feature is activated, cashiers can log in :ref:`by scanning their " +"badge <employee_login/badge>` or selecting their name from the list of " +"allowed employees to :ref:`open the session <pos/session-start>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "window to open a session when the multiple cashiers feature is enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:35 +msgid "" +"To switch to another user :ref:`from an open session <pos/session-start>`, " +"click the employee name at the top-right of the screen and select the " +"employee to swap with from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "button to switch from one cashier to another." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You can also require your employees to enter a pin code every time they log " +"into a POS to prevent them from logging in as someone else. To define the " +"code, go to the **Employees** app, open the employee form, and click the " +":guilabel:`HR settings` tab. Then, enter a pin code of your choice in the " +":guilabel:`PIN Code` field of the :guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` " +"category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst-1 +msgid "setting on the employee form to assign a badge ID and a PIN code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:52 +msgid "Log in using badges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:54 +msgid "" +"For your employees to be able to log in by scanning their badge, they must " +"have a badge ID assigned. To do so, go to the **Employees** app, open the " +"employee form, and click the :guilabel:`HR settings` tab. Then, enter the " +"badge ID of your choice in the :guilabel:`Badge ID` field of the " +":guilabel:`Attendance/Point of Sale` category or click :guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To switch to another user, lock the session by clicking the lock-shaped icon" +" (:guilabel:`🔓`) at the top-right of the screen and scan your badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:65 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "Аналітика" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once you close and post the POS session, access the comprehensive report to " +"review all session activities, including who initiated the session and who " +"handled specific orders. To access the session's report, click the vertical " +"ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " +":guilabel:`Sessions` from the :guilabel:`View` section. Then, select a " +"specific session for more detailed information, and click the " +":guilabel:`Orders` button to view a list of all orders placed during that " +"session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/employee_login.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To get an overview of all orders, regardless of the session, click the " +"vertical ellipsis button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on the POS card and select " +":guilabel:`Orders` from the :guilabel:`View` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:5 +msgid "Payment methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods --> " +"New`, and set a name. Check :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this " +"payment method *exclusively* for registered customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Then, select the :guilabel:`Journal`. Choose :guilabel:`Cash` to use this " +"payment method for cash payments, or :guilabel:`Bank` to use it for card " +"payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a new payment method for a POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`bank` journal automatically adds the :guilabel:`Use a" +" Payment Terminal` field in which you can add your :doc:`payment terminal's " +"information <payment_methods/terminals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`payment_methods/terminals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Once the payment method is created, you can select it in your POS settings. " +"To do so, go to the :ref:`POS' settings <configuration/settings>`, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and add the payment method under the :guilabel:`Payments` " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:5 +msgid "Payment terminals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Connecting and integrating a payment terminal with your POS system allows " +"you to accept multiple payment options, including credit and debit cards, " +"making the payment process more efficient." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Go to the :doc:`application settings <../configuration>`, scroll down to the" +" :guilabel:`Payment Terminals` section, and tick your terminal's checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst-1 +msgid "checkbox in the settings to enable a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:19 +msgid "Then, follow the corresponding documentation to configure your device:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`Adyen configuration <terminals/adyen>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Ingenico configuration <terminals/ingenico>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`SIX configuration <terminals/six>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`Stripe configuration <terminals/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:25 +msgid ":doc:`Vantiv configuration <terminals/vantiv>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:26 +msgid ":doc:`Worldline configuration <terminals/worldline>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Once the terminal is configured, you can :doc:`create the corresponding " +"payment method and add it to the POS <../payment_methods>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:3 +msgid "Adyen" +msgstr "Adyen" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting an **Adyen payment terminal** allows you to offer a fluid payment" +" flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Adyen works only with businesses processing **more** than **10 million " +"annually** or invoicing a **minimum** of **1,000** transactions **per " +"month**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Start by creating your Adyen account on `Adyen's website " +"<https://www.adyen.com/>`_. Then, board your terminal following the steps " +"described on your terminal's screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Adyen Docs - Payment terminal quickstart guides " +"<https://docs.adyen.com/point-of-sale/user-manuals>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:63 +msgid "Configure the payment method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:25 +msgid "" +"First, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings " +"--> Payment Terminals`, and enable :guilabel:`Adyen`. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment Methods` and create a new payment " +"method. Select :guilabel:`Adyen` in the :guilabel:`Use a Payment Terminal` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:31 +msgid "" +"The selected journal **must** be a bank journal for the :guilabel:`Use a " +"payment terminal` field to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Finally, fill the mandatory fields with an :guilabel:`Adyen API key`, and an" +" :guilabel:`Adyen Terminal Identifier`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:38 +msgid "Generate an Adyen API key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:40 +msgid "" +"The **Adyen API key** is a key used to authenticate your requests. To " +"generate an API key, go to your **Adyen account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Developers --> API credentials`. Create a new " +"credential or click on an existing one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Click on :guilabel:`Generate an API key` and copy-paste that key onto the " +"Odoo mandatory field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:49 +msgid "" +"`Adyen Docs - API credentials <https://docs.adyen.com/development-" +"resources/api-credentials#generate-api-key>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:53 +msgid "Locate the Adyen terminal identifier" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:55 +msgid "" +"The **Adyen Terminal Identifier** is your terminal's serial number, which is" +" used to identify the hardware." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To find this number, go to your **Adyen account**. Then, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Terminals`, select the terminal to link, " +"and copy-paste its serial number onto the Odoo mandatory field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:63 +msgid "Set the Event URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:65 +msgid "" +"For Odoo to know when a payment is made, you must set the terminal **Event " +"URLs**. To do so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:67 +msgid "log in to `Adyen's website <https://www.adyen.com/>`_;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:68 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Adyen's dashboard --> Point of Sale --> Terminals` and" +" select the connected terminal;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:70 +msgid "from the terminal settings, click :guilabel:`Integrations`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:71 +msgid "" +"set the :guilabel:`Switch to decrypted mode to edit this setting` field as " +":guilabel:`Decrypted`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:72 +msgid "" +"click the **pencil icon** button and enter your server address, followed by " +"`/pos_adyen/notification` in the :guilabel:`Event URLs` field; and" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:74 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Save` at the bottom of the screen to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:77 +msgid "Add a new payment method" +msgstr "Додати новий метод оплати" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To add a new **payment method** to a point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. Then, " +"select the POS and go to :menuselection:`Payments --> Payment Methods`, and " +"add your new method for Adyen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:86 +msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Adyen` as the payment method. " +"Check the amount and click on :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is " +"successful, the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "" +"In case of connection issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force " +"the payment by clicking on :guilabel:`Force Done`, which allows you to " +"validate the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:0 +msgid "" +"This option is only available after receiving an error message informing you" +" that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/adyen.rst:95 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on :guilabel:`cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:3 +msgid "Ingenico" +msgstr "Ingenico" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " +"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " +"Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:15 +msgid "Connect an IoT Box" +msgstr "Підключити IoT Box" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " +"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " +"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Now, click on connection change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " +"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " +"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " +"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:38 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " +"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " +"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " +"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:55 +msgid "" +"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " +"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " +"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " +"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " +"Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " +"retry to send the payment request." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:67 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" +" Odoo even if the connection between the terminal and Odoo has issues." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:73 +msgid "" +"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " +"you the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/ingenico.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " +"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:3 +msgid "SIX" +msgstr "SIX" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " +"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Starting in July 2022, it will **not** be possible anymore to connect and " +"use a Six payment terminal in PoS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " +"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " +"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " +"integration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:16 +msgid "Configure the Payment Method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:21 +msgid "" +"First, make sure that the :guilabel:`POS Six` module is installed. For this," +" go to :guilabel:`Apps`, remove the :guilabel:`Apps` filter, and search for " +"*POS Six*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The POS Six module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Methods`, click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new payment method for SIX, " +"select the payment terminal option :guilabel:`SIX`, and enter the payment " +"terminal IP address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new payment method for the SIX payment terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:40 +msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:39 +msgid "" +"In the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` interface, at the moment of the payment, " +"select a payment method using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in " +"the tendered column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal " +"and click on :guilabel:`Send`. To cancel the payment request, click on " +":guilabel:`Cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:48 +msgid "" +"When the payment is done, the status will change to :guilabel:`Payment " +"Successful`. If needed, reverse the last transaction by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Reverse`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst-1 +msgid "The Reverse button on the PoS interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/six.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " +"payment using the :guilabel:`Force Done` button. This will allow you to " +"validate the order in Odoo even if there are connection issues between the " +"payment terminal and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:3 +msgid "Stripe" +msgstr "Stripe" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:9 +msgid "" +":doc:`Use Stripe as payment provider. " +"<../../../../finance/payment_providers/stripe>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Activate **Stripe** in the settings by going to :menuselection:`Point of " +"Sale --> Configuration --> Settings --> Payment Terminals` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Stripe`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:20 +msgid "Then, create the payment method:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods`, " +"click :guilabel:`Create`, and complete the :guilabel:`Method` field with " +"your payment method's name;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Journal` field as :guilabel:`Bank` and the :guilabel:`Use" +" a Payment Terminal` field as :guilabel:`Stripe`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Enter your payment terminal serial number in the :guilabel:`Stripe Serial " +"Number` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Don't forget to complete Stripe connect before using this " +"payment method.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "payment method creation form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:34 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Identify Customer` to allow this payment method " +"**exclusively** for identified customers. For any unidentified customers to " +"be able to pay with Stripe, leave the :guilabel:`Identify Customer` field " +"unchecked." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Outstanding Account` and the :guilabel:`Intermediary Account`" +" can stay empty to use the default accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Find your payment terminal serial number under the device or on `Stripe's " +"dashboard <https://dashboard.stripe.com>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:43 +msgid "Connect Stripe to Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Connect Stripe`. Doing so redirects you automatically to a " +"configuration page. Fill in all the information to create your Stripe " +"account and link it with Odoo. Once the forms are completed, the API keys " +"(:guilabel:`Publishable Key` and :guilabel:`Secret Key`) can be retrieved on" +" **Stripe's** website. To do so, click :guilabel:`Get your Secret and " +"Publishable keys`, click the keys to copy them, and paste them into the " +"corresponding fields in Odoo. Your terminal is ready to be configured in a " +"POS." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst-1 +msgid "stripe connection form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When you use **Stripe** exclusively in Point of Sale, you only need the " +"**Secret Key** to use your terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:59 +msgid "" +"When you use Stripe as **payment provider**, the :guilabel:`State` can stay " +"set as :guilabel:`Disabled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:61 +msgid "" +"For databases hosted **On-Premise**, the :guilabel:`Connect Stripe` button " +"does not work. To retrieve the API keys manually, log in to your `Stripe " +"dashboard <https://dashboard.stripe.com>`_, type `API` in the search bar, " +"and click :guilabel:`Developers > API`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:67 +msgid "Configure the payment terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Swipe right on your payment terminal, click :guilabel:`Settings`, enter the " +"admin PIN code, validate and select your network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:73 +msgid "The device must be connected to a secured WI-FI network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:74 +msgid "Your Odoo database and payment terminal must share the same network." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:75 +msgid "" +"You must enter the admin PIN code to access your payment terminal settings. " +"By default, this code is `07139`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:79 +msgid "Link the payment method to a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:81 +msgid "" +"To add a **payment method** to your point of sale, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the " +"POS, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Payments` section, and add your payment " +"method for **Stripe** in the :guilabel:`Payment Methods` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select :guilabel:`Stripe` as the payment method. " +"Check the amount and click :guilabel:`Send`. Once the payment is successful," +" the status changes to :guilabel:`Payment Successful`. To cancel the payment" +" request, click :guilabel:`cancel`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:97 +msgid "The terminal must have at least 10% battery level to use it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:98 +msgid "The device does not work for payments under €0.50." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:101 +msgid "Troubleshooting" +msgstr "Вирішення проблем" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:104 +msgid "Payment terminal unavailable in your Stripe account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:106 +msgid "" +"If the payment terminal is unavailable in your Stripe account, you must add " +"it manually:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Log into your `Stripe's dashboard <https://dashboard.stripe.com>`_ and go to" +" :menuselection:`Stripe dashboard --> Payments --> Readers --> Locations`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Add a location by clicking the :guilabel:`+ New` button or selecting an " +"already created location;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`+ New` button in the :guilabel:`Readers` box and fill " +"in the required information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/stripe.rst:115 +msgid "" +"You must provide a **registration code**. To retrieve that code, swipe right" +" on your device, enter the admin PIN code (by default: `07139`), validate, " +"and click :guilabel:`Generate a registration code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:3 +msgid "Vantiv" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " +"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" +" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:18 +msgid "" +"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " +"setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " +"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " +"create new Vantiv credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " +"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " +"save the payment method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/vantiv.rst:42 +msgid "" +"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " +"payment method and… that’s all." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:3 +msgid "Worldline" +msgstr "Worldline" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:9 +msgid "Please note that Worldline is currently only available in the Benelux." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Connecting a Worldline Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " +"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect one to your database, " +"please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " +"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:22 +msgid "Configure the protocol" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:24 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 2`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"CTEP (as Protocole ECR) --> OK`. Click on **OK** thrice on the subsequent " +"screens (*CTEP ticket ECR*, *ECR ticket width*, and *Character set*). " +"Finally, press **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:31 +msgid "Set the IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:33 +msgid "" +"From your terminal, click on :menuselection:`\".\" --> 3 --> stop --> 3 --> " +"0 --> 9`. Enter the technician password **\"1235789\"** and click on " +":menuselection:`OK --> 4 --> 9`. Then, click on :menuselection:`Change --> " +"TCP/IP` (*TCP physical configuration* screen) :menuselection:`--> OK --> OK`" +" (*TCP Configuration client* screen)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:38 +msgid "Finally, set up the hostname and port number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:41 +msgid "Hostname" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To set up the hostname, enter your IoT box's IP address' sequence numbers " +"and press **OK** at each \".\" until you reach the colon symbol." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:45 +msgid "Then, press **OK** twice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "Here's an IP address sequence: `10.30.19.4:8069`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:0 +msgid "" +"On the *Hostname screen*, type :menuselection:`10 --> OK --> 30 --> OK --> " +"19 --> OK --> 4 --> OK --> OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Your IoT box's IP address is available in your IoT Box application's " +"database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:56 +msgid "Port number" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:58 +msgid "" +"On the *Port number* screen, enter **9001** (or **9050** for Windows) and " +"click on :menuselection:`OK` (*ECR protocol SSL no*) :menuselection:`--> " +"OK`. Click on **Stop** three times; the terminal automatically restarts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:65 +msgid "" +"From the Point of Sale application, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Payment terminals` and activate the *Worldline* payment " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Payment methods` and create a " +"new payment method for *Worldline*. Select the payment terminal *Worldline* " +"and your payment terminal device on your *Payment Method form*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:78 +msgid "Technician password: `1235789`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To reach Wordline's technical assistance, call `02 727 61 11` and choose " +"\"merchant\". Your call is automatically transferred to the desired service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Configure the cashier terminal if you have both a customer and a cashier " +"terminal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To avoid blocking the terminal, check the initial configuration beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Set a fixed IP to your IoT Box’s router to prevent losing the connexion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:88 +msgid "" +"When processing a payment, select *Worldline* as payment method. Check the " +"amount and click on *Send*. Once the payment is successful, the status " +"changes to *Payment Successful*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Once your payment is processed, the type of card used and the transaction ID" +" appear on the payment record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In case of connexion issues between Odoo and the payment terminal, force the" +" payment by clicking on *Force Done*, which allows you to validate the " +"order. This option is only available after receiving an error message " +"informing you that the connection failed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment_methods/terminals/worldline.rst:101 +msgid "To cancel the payment request, click on **cancel**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing.rst:5 +msgid "Pricing features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:3 +msgid "Cash rounding" +msgstr "Округлення готівки" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " +"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:9 +msgid "" +"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " +"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " +"made in cash." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " +"totals of its bills or receipts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " +"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" +" option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:29 +msgid "" +"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " +"*Create and Edit...*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," +" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:39 +msgid "" +"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" +" according to your settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/cash_rounding.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo Point of Sale only supports the :guilabel:`Add a rounding line` " +"rounding strategy." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:3 +msgid "Discount tags (barcode scanner)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:5 msgid "" "If you want to sell your products with a discount, for a product getting " "close to its expiration date for example, you can use discount tags. They " @@ -1430,28 +3657,28 @@ msgstr "" "наближається до дати його закінчення, ви можете використовувати теги знижок." " Вони дозволяють сканувати штрих-коди зі знижкою." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:10 msgid "To use discount tags you will need to use a barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:13 msgid "Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "Номенклатура штрих-кодів" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:15 msgid "To use discounts tags, we need to learn about barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" "Щоб використовувати теги знижок, нам потрібно дізнатися про номенклатуру " "штрих-кодів." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:17 msgid "" "Let's say you want to have a discount for the product with the following " "barcode:" msgstr "" "Скажімо, ви хочете отримати знижку для товару з наступним штрих-кодом:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:23 msgid "" "You can find the *Default Nomenclature* under the settings of your PoS " "interface." @@ -1459,7 +3686,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете знайти *Номенклатуру за замовчуванням* в налаштуваннях вашого " "інтерфейсу точки продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:32 msgid "" "Let's say you want 50% discount on a product you have to start your barcode " "with 22 (for the discount barcode nomenclature) and then 50 (for the %) " @@ -1470,16 +3697,16 @@ msgstr "" "(для%), перш ніж додавати штрих-код товару. У нашому прикладі штрих-код " "буде:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:41 msgid "Scan the products & tags" msgstr "Відскануйте товари і теги" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:43 msgid "You first have to scan the desired product (in our case, a lemon)." msgstr "" "Спочатку потрібно відсканувати потрібний товар (у нашому випадку, лимон)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discount_tags.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discount_tags.rst:48 msgid "" "And then scan the discount tag. The discount will be applied and you can " "finish the transaction." @@ -1487,137 +3714,239 @@ msgstr "" "Потім відскануйте тег зі знижкою. Знижка буде застосована, і ви можете " "закінчити транзакцію." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:3 -msgid "Apply Discounts" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:3 +msgid "Discounts" +msgstr "Знижки" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:5 msgid "" "By offering discounts, you can entice your customers and drastically " "increase your revenue. It is vital to offer discounts, whether they are " "time-limited, seasonal or manually given." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:9 msgid "" "To manage discounts, Odoo has powerful features that help set up a pricing " "strategy tailored to every business." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:13 msgid "Apply manual discounts" msgstr "Застосування знижок вручну" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:15 msgid "" "If you seldom use discounts, applying manual ones might be the easiest " "solution for your Point of Sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:18 msgid "" "You can either apply a discount on the whole order or on specific products " "inside an order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:22 msgid "Apply a discount on a product" msgstr "Застосуйте знижку на товар" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:24 msgid "From your PoS session interface, use the *Disc* button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the discount button for manual discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:30 msgid "" "Then, you can input a discount over the product that is currently selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:34 msgid "Apply a global discount" msgstr "Застосуйте загальну знижку" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:36 msgid "" "To apply a discount on the whole order, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" " --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and select your PoS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:39 msgid "" "Once on your PoS form, select *Global Discounts*, under the *Pricing* " "category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the feature to enable for global discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:45 msgid "Now, you have a new *Discount* button appearing on your PoS interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the button to use for global discount via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:51 msgid "Click on it and enter the wanted discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the discount offered in the payment summary" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:58 msgid "" "On this example, there is a global discount of 50% as well as a specific 50%" " discount on oranges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:62 msgid "Apply time-limited discounts" msgstr "Застосування сезонних знижок" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:64 msgid "" "To activate time-limited discounts, you must activate the *Pricelists* " "feature. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> Configuration " "--> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Then, enable the pricelist feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of the pricelist feature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:73 msgid "" "Once activated, you must choose the pricelists you want to make available in" " the PoS and define a default one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:77 msgid "Create a pricelist" msgstr "Створіть прайслист" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:79 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a *Public Pricelist* configured. To create more, go to " ":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Pricelists`. Then click on " "create." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:83 msgid "" "When creating a pricelist, you can set several criteria to use a specific " "price: period, min. quantity, etc. You can also decide to apply that " "pricelist on specific products or on the whole range." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "View of a time-limited pricelist for two products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:92 msgid "Using a pricelist with the PoS interface" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:94 msgid "" "On the PoS interface, a new button appears. Use it to select a pricelist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/discounts.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the button to use for time-limited discounts via the pos interface" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/discounts.rst:101 msgid "" "Click on it to instantly update the prices with the selected pricelist. " "Then, you can finalize the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:3 -msgid "Manage a loyalty program" -msgstr "Управління програмою лояльності" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:3 +msgid "Flexible taxes (fiscal positions)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When running a business, you may need to apply different taxes and record " +"transactions on various accounts based on the location and type of business " +"of your customers and providers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:8 +msgid "" +"The **fiscal positions** feature enables you to establish rules that " +"automatically select the right taxes and accounts used for each transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../../finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To enable the feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration" +" --> Settings`, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Accounting` section, and " +"enable :guilabel:`Flexible Taxes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Then, set a default fiscal position that should be applied to all sales in " +"the selected POS in the :guilabel:`Default` field. You can also add more " +"fiscal positions to choose from in the :guilabel:`Allowed` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:28 +msgid "" +"According to the :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"<../../../finance/fiscal_localizations>` activated, several fiscal positions" +" are preconfigured and can be set and used in POS. However, you can also " +":ref:`create new fiscal positions <fiscal_positions/mapping>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:33 +msgid "" +"If you do not set a fiscal position, the tax remains as defined in the " +"**customer taxes** field on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:37 +msgid "Use fiscal positions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Open a :ref:`POS session <pos/session-start>` to use one of the allowed " +"fiscal positions. Then, click the :guilabel:`Tax` button next to the **book-" +"shaped** icon and select a fiscal position from the list. Doing so applies " +"the defined rules automatically to all the products subject to the chosen " +"fiscal position's regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/fiscal_position.rst:48 +msgid "" +"If a default fiscal position is set, the tax button displays the name of the" +" fiscal position." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:3 +msgid "Loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:5 msgid "" "Encourage your customers to continue to shop at your point of sale with a " "*Loyalty Program*." @@ -1625,7 +3954,7 @@ msgstr "" "Заохочуйте своїх клієнтів продовжувати купувати у вашій точці продажу з " "*програмою лояльності*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:11 msgid "" "To activate the *Loyalty Program* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " "Sale --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface. " @@ -1635,11 +3964,11 @@ msgstr "" "продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" " продажу. У розділі Функції ціноутворення виберіть *програму лояльності*" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:19 msgid "From there you can create and edit your loyalty programs." msgstr "Звідти ви можете створювати та редагувати свої програми лояльності." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:24 msgid "" "You can decide what type of program you wish to use, if the reward is a " "discount or a gift, make it specific to some products or cover your whole " @@ -1651,11 +3980,11 @@ msgstr "" "охоплюючи весь ваш асортимент. Застосовуйте правила так, щоби вони були " "дійсними лише у конкретній ситуації та усе, що існує між ними." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:30 msgid "Use the loyalty program in your PoS interface" msgstr "Використовуйте програму лояльності у своєму інтерфейсі точки продажу" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:32 msgid "" "When a customer is set, you will now see the points they will get for the " "transaction and they will accumulate until they are spent. They are spent " @@ -1667,7 +3996,7 @@ msgstr "" "витрачаються за допомогою кнопки *Нагороди*, якщо у них є достатньо балів " "відповідно до правил, визначених у програмі лояльності." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:40 msgid "" "You can see the price is instantly updated to reflect the pricelist. You can" " finalize the order in your usual way." @@ -1675,7 +4004,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ви можете бачити, що ціна моментально оновлюється, щоби відобразити " "прайслист. Ви можете завершити оформлення замовлення звичайним способом." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/loyalty.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/loyalty.rst:44 msgid "" "If you select a customer with a default pricelist, it will be applied. You " "can of course change it." @@ -1683,11 +4012,12 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви виберете клієнта із прайслистом за замовчуванням, він буде " "застосований. Ви, звичайно, можете змінити це." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:3 -msgid "Using Pricelists in Point of Sale" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:80 +msgid "Pricelists" +msgstr "Прайс-листи" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:5 msgid "" "You probably know the concept of happy hour: during a certain period of " "time, the barman gives a discount on some drinks (usually 50% off or a buy " @@ -1695,7 +4025,7 @@ msgid "" "how does that relate with Odoo?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:10 msgid "" "In Odoo, you can set up happy hours. It’s one of the many possible uses of " "*Pricelists*. Those *Pricelists* allow the creation of multiple prices for " @@ -1703,11 +4033,11 @@ msgid "" " in the *PoS* app, those are really convenient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:17 msgid "Set up Pricelists" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:19 msgid "" "To set up a *Pricelist*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " "Configuration --> Configuration` and enable the *Pricelist* feature. Then, " @@ -1715,1546 +4045,1184 @@ msgid "" " enable *Pricelist* for the *PoS*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:26 msgid "" "Now, you can create *Pricelists* by clicking on the *Pricelists* link. Then," " set it up by choosing the product category you want to include in your " "happy hour and the discount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:33 msgid "" "Go back to your *PoS* settings and add the Happy Hour pricelist to the list." " You can even choose a default pricelist if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:39 msgid "" "From now on, on the *PoS* interface, a new button is available, allowing you" " to choose among the different *pricelists* you added before." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/advanced_pricing_features/pricelists.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/pricing/pricelists.rst:46 msgid ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr ":doc:`../../sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm.rst:3 -msgid "Fiscal Data Modules" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:3 +msgid "Receipts and invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:3 -msgid "Setting up the Fiscal Data Module with the Odoo POS" -msgstr "Налаштування модуля податкових даних з точкою продажу Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:6 +msgid "Receipts" +msgstr "Надходження" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:170 -msgid "Introduction" -msgstr "Вступ" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:8 msgid "" -"The Belgian government requires certain businesses to use a government-" -"certified device called a **Fiscal Data Module** (also known as a " -"**blackbox**). This device works together with the POS application and logs " -"certain transactions. On top of that, the used POS application must also be " -"certified by the government and must adhere to strict standards specified by" -" them. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) is a certified application " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-certifies>`_. More " -"information concerning the Fiscal Data Module can be found on `the official " -"website <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>`_." +"Set up receipts by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration " +"--> Point of Sale`, selecting a POS, and scrolling down to the " +":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section." msgstr "" -"Бельгійське законодавство вимагає від деяких підприємств використовувати " -"сертифікований державою пристрій під назвою **Модуль податкових даних** " -"(також відомий як **blackbox**). Цей пристрій працює разом із додатком точки" -" продажу і записує певні транзакції. Крім того, використовуваний додаток " -"точки продажу також має бути сертифікований урядом і повинен відповідати " -"встановленим їм строгим стандартам. `Odoo 9 (Enterprise Edition) - " -"сертифікована програма <http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies> _ _. Більш детальну інформацію щодо Модуля податкових даних можна" -" знайти на офіційному веб-сайті http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/>" -" _." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:20 -msgid "Required hardware" -msgstr "Необхідне обладнання" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:11 msgid "" -"A government certified `Fiscal Data Module " -"<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, all of them should work, but the " -"Cleancash SC-B is recommended, you will also need:" +"To **customize** the **header** and **footer**, activate :guilabel:`Header &" +" Footer` and fill in both fields with the information to be printed on the " +"receipts." msgstr "" -"Уряд сертифікував `Модуль податкових " -"даних<http://www.systemedecaisseenregistreuse.be/systemes-" -"certifies#FDM%20certifiés>`_ per POS, всі вони повинні працювати, але " -"рекомендується використовувати Cleancash SC-B, вам також знадобиться:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:14 msgid "" -"Serial null modem cable per FDM (`example <http://www.startech.com/Cables" -"/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-" -"DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" +"To **print receipts** automatically once the payment is registered, enable " +"the :guilabel:`Automatic Receipt Printing` setting." msgstr "" -"Послідовний нульовий модемний кабель на FDM " -"(`приклад<http://www.startech.com/Cables/Serial-Parallel-PS-2/DB9-DB25/10" -"-ft-Cross-Wired-Serial-Null-Modem-Cable-DB9-FM~SCNM9FM>`__)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "POS receipt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`restaurant/bill_printing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:24 +msgid "Reprint a receipt" +msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:26 msgid "" -"Serial-to-USB adapter per FDM (`example " -"<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" +"From the POS interface, click :guilabel:`Orders`, open the dropdown " +"selection menu next to the search bar, and change the default :guilabel:`All" +" active orders` filter to :guilabel:`Paid`. Then, select the corresponding " +"order and click :guilabel:`Print Receipt`." msgstr "" -"Серійний адаптер до USB для FDM " -"(`приклад<http://trendnet.com/products/proddetail.asp?prod=265_TU-S9>`__)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:32 -msgid "A registered IoT Box per POS configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування зареєстрованого IoT Box на точку продажу" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "Print receipt button from the backend" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:35 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:38 -msgid "IoT Box" -msgstr "IoT Box" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:34 msgid "" -"In order to use a Fiscal Data Module, you will need a registered IoT Box. " -"These IoT Boxes are similar to the regular IoT Boxes we sell, but they are " -"registered with the Belgian government. This is required by law. Attempting " -"to use a Fiscal Data Module on a non-registered IoT Box will not work. You " -"can verify that the Fiscal Data Module is recognized by the IoT Box by going" -" to the *Hardware status page* via the IoT Box homepage." +"You can filter the list of orders using the search bar. Type in your " +"reference and click :guilabel:`Receipt Number`, :guilabel:`Date`, or " +":guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" -"Для використання модуля фіскальних даних вам знадобиться зареєстрований IoT " -"Box. Вони схожі на звичайні коробки IoT, які ми продаємо, але вони " -"зареєстровані в бельгійському уряді. Це вимагає законом. Спроба " -"використовувати модуль фіскальних даних на незареєстрованому IoT Box не " -"працюватиме. Можна переконатися, що модуль фіскальних даних розпізнається " -"IoT Box, перейшовши на сторінку статусу *Обладнання* на домашній сторінці " -"IoT Box." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:52 -msgid "Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:40 +msgid "Invoices" +msgstr "Рахунки" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:42 msgid "" -"An Odoo POS app can be given certified POS capabilities by installing the " -"**Belgian Registered Cash Register** app (technical name: " -"``pos_blackbox_be``). Because of government restrictions imposed on us, this" -" installation cannot be undone. After this, you will have to ensure that " -"each POS configuration has a unique registered IoT Box associated with it " -"(:menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and " -"ensure Hardware Proxy / IoT Box and the serial number of your IoT Box is " -"set). The first time you open the Point of Sale and attempt to do a " -"transaction, you will be asked to input the PIN that you received with your " -"VAT signing card." +"In Point of Sale, you can issue and print invoices upon payment at the cash " +"register or retrieve all the past invoiced orders." msgstr "" -"Додатку точки продажу Odoo можна надати сертифіковані можливості точки " -"продажу, встановивши додаток **бельгійського зареєстрованого касового " -"апарату** (технічна назва: `` pos_blackbox_be``). Через обмеження, що " -"накладаються на нас, цю установку не можна скасувати. Після цього вам " -"доведеться переконатися, що кожне налаштування точки продажу має унікальний " -"зареєстрований IoT Box, пов'язаний з нею (: menuselection: `Точка продажу " -"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` і забезпечте Proxy Обладнання / IoT Box " -"і серійний номер вашого IoT Box). Коли ви вперше відкриваєте точку продажу і" -" намагаєтеся здійснити транзакцію, вам буде запропоновано ввести PIN-код, " -"який ви отримали з вашої підписаної картки ПДВ." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:69 -msgid "Certification & On-premise" -msgstr "Сертифікація та на замовлення" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:46 +msgid "Set a customer" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:48 msgid "" -"The certification granted by the government is restricted to the use on " -"odoo.com SaaS instance. The usage of the module from the source or a " -"modified version will **not** be certified. For on-premise users, we also " -"support the Fiscal Data Module in such installations. The main restriction " -"is that this requires an obfuscated version of the ``pos_blackbox_be`` " -"module we will provide on request for Enterprise customers." +"First, you need to open a session and set your customer. Open the **POS " +"interface** by going to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> New session --> " +"Open session`. Then, click :guilabel:`Customer` to access the list of " +"**customers**." msgstr "" -"Сертифікація, надана урядом, обмежена використанням на прикладі SaaS " -"odoo.com. Використання модуля з джерела або модифікованої версії **не** буде" -" сертифіковано. Для користувачів за замовчуванням ми також підтримуємо " -"модуль бюджетних даних у таких установках. Основне обмеження полягає в тому," -" що для цього потрібна замаскована версія модуля ``pos_blackbox_be``, який " -"ми надамо на замовлення для клієнтів компанії." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:79 -msgid "Restrictions" -msgstr "Обмеження" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "customer selection and creation button" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:55 msgid "" -"As mentioned before, in order to get certified the POS application must " -"adhere to strict government guidelines. Because of this, a certified Odoo " -"POS has some limitations not present in the non-certified Odoo POS." -msgstr "" -"Як згадувалося раніше, для отримання сертифікату заявка на використання " -"точки продажу має відповідати суворим правилам уряду. Через це сертифікована" -" точка продажу Odoo має певні обмеження, відсутні в сертифікованій точці " -"продажу Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:86 -msgid "Refunding is disabled" -msgstr "Відшкодування відключено" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:87 -msgid "Modifying orderline prices" -msgstr "Змінення цін на замовлення" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:88 -msgid "Creating/modifying/deleting POS orders" -msgstr "Створення/зміна/видалення замовлень точки продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:89 -msgid "Selling products without a valid tax" -msgstr "Продаж продукції без дійсного податку" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:90 -msgid "Multiple Odoo POS configurations per IoT Box are not allowed" -msgstr "Налаштування кількох точок продажу Odoo на IoT Box не доступні" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:91 -msgid "Using the POS without a connection to the IoT Box (and thus FDM)" -msgstr "" -"Використання точки продажу без з'єднання з IoT Box (і таким чином FDM)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/belgian_fdm/setup.rst:92 -msgid "Blacklisted modules: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" -msgstr "Модулі з чорним списком: pos_discount, pos_reprint, pos_loyalty" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview.rst:3 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting started" +"From there, you can either set an existing customer by clicking their name " +"or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Create`. Doing so opens a " +"customer creation form to fill in with their information. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` to validate and set this new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:60 msgid "" -"When working with a Point of Sale application, employees want a simple, and " -"user-friendly solution. A solution that works online or offline and with any" -" device." +"You can also **edit** a customer's information by clicking " +":guilabel:`Details`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:61 msgid "" -"A Point of Sale system is a fully integrated application that allows any " -"transaction, automatically registers product moves in your stock, and gives " -"you real-time statistics and consolidations across all shops." +"If you did not set your customer during the order, you can do so at the " +"payment screen by clicking :guilabel:`Customer`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:17 -msgid "Make products available in the PoS" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:65 +msgid "Invoice a customer" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:67 msgid "" -"To make products available for sale, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale -->" -" Products --> Products` and open a product. In the *Sales* tab, enable " -"*Available in Point of Sale*." +"Once an order is done, click :guilabel:`Payment` to move to the **payment " +"screen**. Click :guilabel:`Invoice` underneath the customer's name to enable" +" issuing and printing invoices upon payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define if the product has to be weighted or not." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "button to generate an invoice in POS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:31 -msgid "Configure your payment methods" -msgstr "Налаштуйте свої способи оплати" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:74 msgid "" -"To add a payment method, you first need to create it. Go to " -":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment Methods` and " -"click on create. Then, you can name your payment method and set it up." +"Select the payment method and click :guilabel:`Validate`. The **invoice** is" +" automatically issued and ready to be downloaded and/or printed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:43 -msgid "Don’t forget your credentials for methods using a payment terminal." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:78 +msgid "Retrieve invoices" +msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:80 +msgid "To retrieve invoices from the **POS dashboard**," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:82 msgid "" -"Now, you can select the payment method in your PoS settings. To do so, go to" -" :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open" -" the PoS in which you want to include the payment method. Then, add the " -"payment method." +"access all orders made through your POS by going to :menuselection:`Point of" +" Sale --> Orders --> Orders`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:84 msgid "" -"*Configuration* is the menu where you can edit all your point of sale " -"settings. Some more features are available for restaurants." +"to access an order's invoice, open the **order form** by selecting the " +"order, then click :guilabel:`Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:59 -msgid "Your first PoS session" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "invoice smart button from an order form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:62 -msgid "Your first order" -msgstr "Ваше перше замовлення" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid "Open a new session from the dashboard by clicking on *New Session*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:70 -msgid "After the loading screen, you arrive on the PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once an order is completed, you can register the payment. All the available " -"payment methods appear on the left of the screen. Select the payment method " -"and enter the received amount. Then, you can validate the payment." +"**Invoiced orders** can be identified by the :guilabel:`Invoiced` status in " +"the :guilabel:`Status` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:82 -msgid "Return and refund products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:93 msgid "" -"Having a well-thought-out return policy is key to keep customers satisfied " -"and make the process of accepting returns and refunds easy for you." +"You can filter the list of orders to invoiced orders by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:97 +msgid "QR codes to generate invoices" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:99 msgid "" -"To do that, from the PoS interface, select the product and quantity (with " -"the +/- button) that the customer wants to return. For multiple products, " -"repeat the process individually." +"Customers can also request an invoice by scanning the **QR code** printed on" +" their receipt. Upon scanning, they must fill in a form with their billing " +"information and click :guilabel:`Get my invoice`. On the one hand, doing so " +"generates an invoice available for download. On the other hand, the order " +"status goes from :guilabel:`Paid` or :guilabel:`Posted` to " +":guilabel:`Invoiced` in the Odoo backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst-1 +msgid "order status change" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/receipts_invoices.rst:108 msgid "" -"When on the payment interface, the total is negative. To end the refund, " -"process the payment and validate it." +"To use this feature, you have to enable QR codes on receipts by going to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, select " +"the POS in the :guilabel:`Point of Sale` field, scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Bills & Receipts` section and enable :guilabel:`Use QR code on " +"ticket`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:102 -msgid "Close the PoS session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію точки продажу" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:6 +msgid "View statistics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:8 msgid "" -"To close your session at the end of the day, click on the close button on " -"the upper right corner of your screen and confirm. Now, close the session on" -" the dashboard view." +"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Reporting" +" --> Orders`. Or, from the **POS dashboard**, click the vertical ellipsis " +"(:guilabel:`⋮`) button, :guilabel:`Reporting`, and :guilabel:`Orders`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/reporting.rst:12 msgid "" -"It’s strongly advised to close your PoS session at the end of each day." +"These statistics are available in a graph or pivot view that you can filter " +"or group depending on your needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:5 +msgid "Restaurant features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:7 msgid "" -"Once a session is closed, you can see a summary of all transactions per " -"payment method. Then, click on a line to see all orders that were paid " -"during your PoS session. If everything is correct, validate the session and " -"post the closing entries." +"Managing a restaurant or a bar comes with specific needs. The Point of Sale " +"application provides various features that allow performing all the required" +" tasks in such businesses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:10 +msgid "Once the POS is set to be used in a restaurant or a bar, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:12 msgid "" -"To connect the PoS hardware with an Odoo IoT Box, please refer to these " -"docs: :doc:`Connect an IoT Box to your database " -"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>` and :doc:`Use the IoT Box " -"for the PoS </applications/productivity/iot/config/pos>`." +":doc:`organize your floors and tables to reflect your interior " +"<restaurant/floors_tables>`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:129 -msgid "View your statistics" -msgstr "Переглянути статистику" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:13 +msgid ":ref:`take orders <floors_tables/orders>`;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:14 msgid "" -"Keeping track of your sales is essential to get meaningful statistics. " -"That’s why Odoo provides analyzes about your sales." +":doc:`communicate with the kitchen or the bar through the POS " +"<restaurant/kitchen_printing>`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:15 msgid "" -"To access your statistics, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales --> " -"Reporting --> Orders`. There, you can see various statistics in graph or " -"pivot form." +":doc:`print bills in advance and split them <restaurant/bill_printing>`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/getting_started.rst:142 -msgid "You can also access them through the dashboard." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`collect tips <restaurant/tips>`; and" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:3 -msgid "Register customers" -msgstr "Реєстрація клієнтів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:17 msgid "" -"Registering your customers will give you the ability to grant them various " -"privileges such as discounts, loyalty program, specific communication. It " -"will also be required if they want an invoice and registering them will make" -" any future interaction with them faster." +":doc:`set different taxes for takeaway food <pricing/fiscal_position>`." msgstr "" -"Реєстрація ваших клієнтів дасть вам можливість надавати їм різні привілеї, " -"такі як знижки, програма лояльності, особлива комунікація. Вона буде також " -"потрібна, якщо вони хочуть отримати рахунок-фактуру та реєструвати його, з " -"будь-якою майбутньою взаємодією з ними швидше." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:11 -msgid "Create a customer" -msgstr "Створіть клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:13 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button." -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:18 -msgid "Create a new one by using this button." -msgstr "Створіть нового, використовуючи цю кнопку." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:22 msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with their information." -msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." +"To enable the restaurant and bar-specific features, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, select the " +"POS, and activate :guilabel:`Is a Bar/Restaurant`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/overview/register.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:25 msgid "" -"Use the save button when you are done. You can then select that customer in " -"any future transactions." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви закінчите, скористайтеся кнопкою збереження. Потім ви можете вибрати" -" цього клієнта в будь-яких майбутніх операціях." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment.rst:3 -msgid "Payment Terminals" -msgstr "Платіжні термінали" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:3 -msgid "Connect an Ingenico Payment Terminal to your PoS" +"These features are displayed in the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow to " -"your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Please note that Ingenico is currently only available for customers in the " -"Benelux." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:15 -msgid "Connect an IoT Box" -msgstr "Підключити IoT Box" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Connecting an Ingenico Payment Terminal to Odoo is a feature that requires " -"an IoT Box. For more information on how to connect an IoT Box to your " -"database, please refer to the :doc:`IoT documentation " -"</applications/productivity/iot/config/connect>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:22 -msgid "Configure the Lane/5000 for Ingenico BENELUX" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Click on the F button of the terminal, then go in the :menuselection:`PoS " -"Menu --> Settings` and enter the settings password." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:27 -msgid "" -"Now, click on connexion change and TCP/IP. Type the IP of your *IoT Box* " -"(you can find it on the form view of your IoT Box). Then, enter 9000 as " -"port. The terminal will restart. Once it is done, go on your *IoT Box* form " -"in Odoo and verify that the terminal has been found." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:36 -msgid "Configure the payment method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:38 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Ingenico " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:44 -msgid "" -"Go back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of " -"Sale`, go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a " -"new payment method for Ingenico, select the payment terminal option " -"Ingenico, and select your payment terminal device." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:53 -msgid "Pay with a payment terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:55 -msgid "" -"In your *PoS interface*, when processing a payment, select a *Payment " -"Method* using a payment terminal. Check that the amount in the tendered " -"column is the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on " -"*Send*. When the payment is successful, the status will change to *Payment " -"Successful*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:64 -msgid "" -"If you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel. You can still " -"retry to send the payment request." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo has issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:73 -msgid "" -"This option will only be available if you received an error message telling " -"you the connexion failed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/ingenico.rst:76 -msgid "" -"Once your payment is processed, on the payment record, you’ll find the type " -"of card that has been used and the transaction ID." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a SIX Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a SIX payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment flow " -"to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Even though Worldline has recently acquired SIX Payment Services and both " -"companies use Yomani payment terminals, the firmware they run is different. " -"Terminals received from Worldline are therefore not compatible with this " -"integration." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:18 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:16 -msgid "Configure the Payment Method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:20 -msgid "" -"First, make sure that the POS Six module is installed. For this, go to " -"*Apps*, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search for \"POS Six\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:26 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Payment " -"Methods`, Create a new payment method for SIX, select the payment terminal " -"option \"SIX without IoT Box\", and enter your payment terminal IP address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:34 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:40 -msgid "Pay with a Payment Terminal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:36 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select a payment method" -" using a payment terminal. Verify that the amount in the tendered column is " -"the one that has to be sent to the payment terminal and click on *Send*. If " -"you want to cancel the payment request, click on cancel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When the payment is done, the status will change to *Payment Successful*. " -"You can always reverse the last transaction by clicking on *Reverse*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/six.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If there is any issue with the payment terminal, you can still force the " -"payment using the *Force Done*. This will allow you to validate the order in" -" Odoo even if the connexion between the terminal and Odoo encounters issues." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:3 -msgid "Connect a Vantiv Payment Terminal to your PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Connecting a Vantiv payment terminal allows you to offer a fluid payment " -"flow to your customers and ease the work of your cashiers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note MercuryPay only operates with US and Canadian banks, making this" -" procedure only suitable for North American businesses." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:18 -msgid "" -"First, go in the general settings of the POS app, and activate the Vantiv " -"setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Back in :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"go in the payments section and access your payment methods. Create a new " -"payment method for Vantiv, select the payment terminal option Vantiv, and " -"create new Vantiv credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:32 -msgid "" -"To create new Vantiv credentials, fill in your merchant ID and password, " -"then save. Make sure the credentials you just created are selected, then " -"save the payment method." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/payment/vantiv.rst:42 -msgid "" -"In your PoS interface, at the moment of the payment, select your Vantiv " -"payment method and… that’s all." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Restaurant Features" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant.rst-1 +msgid "restaurant and bar-specific features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print the Bill" -msgstr "Друк рахунку" +msgid "Bills" +msgstr "Рахунки" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:5 msgid "" -"Use the *Bill Printing* feature to print the bill before the payment. This " -"is useful if the bill is still subject to evolve and is thus not the " -"definitive ticket." +"Typical practices in restaurants or bars are to request the bill before " +"proceeding to payment or splitting it based on the items ordered. Odoo POS " +"provides two features to perform these tasks seamlessly: **Bill Printing** " +"and **Bill Splitting**." msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію *друку рахунків*, щоб надрукувати рахунок перед " -"оплатою. Це корисно, якщо рахунок ще може змінюватися і не є остаточним " -"замовленням." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Configure Bill Printing" -msgstr "Налаштуйте друк рахунку" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:12 msgid "" -"To activate *Bill Printing*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"To activate the features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, select the POS, and activate :guilabel:`Early " +"Receipt Printing` and :guilabel:`Allow Bill Splitting` in the " +":guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section." msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *друк рахунку*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс точки" -" продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst-1 msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Bill Printing* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант *Друк рахунку*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:22 -msgid "Split a Bill" -msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:24 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Bill* button." -msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Рахунок*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:29 -msgid "When you use it, you can then print the bill." -msgstr "Коли ви застосуєте, ви зможете роздрукувати рахунок." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:3 -msgid "Using fiscal positions in PoS" +"activate the bill printing and bill splitting features in the POS settings" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:21 +msgid "Bill printing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:23 msgid "" -"In Odoo, *Fiscal Positions* let you apply different taxes based on the " -"customer location. In a *Point of Sale*, such as a restaurant, it can be " -"used to apply different taxes depending if the customer eats in or takes " -"away." +"From an open session, click :menuselection:`Bill --> Print` at any moment to" +" generate and print a bill." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:11 -msgid "Set up fiscal positions for PoS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:27 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of Sale` and check *Fiscal Position per Order*. Now," -" you can choose the fiscal positions you want for your *PoS*." +"The printed bill is **not** final and will be updated to reflect any changes" +" to the order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:21 -msgid "You need to create your fiscal positions before using this feature." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:30 +msgid "Bill splitting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:24 -msgid "Using fiscal positions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:32 msgid "" -"Once on your *PoS* interface, click on the *Tax* button. Now, choose the " -"fiscal position you need for the current order." +"From an open session, click :guilabel:`Split` to select the items to " +"regroup. Once everything is selected, click :guilabel:`Payment` and proceed " +"to checkout for these items. Repeat for each guest." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:33 -msgid "Set up a default fiscal position" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:36 msgid "" -"If you want to use a default fiscal position, meaning that a preexisting " -"value is always automatically assigned, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale " -"--> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and enable *Fiscal Position*. Now, " -"choose one to set as the default one." +"Once you return to the table, the selected items are no longer on order, as " +"they have been paid for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/fiscal_position.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Now, the *tax* button is replaced by a *on site* button when on the *PoS* " -"interface." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:38 +msgid "The feature is available as soon as at least two items are ordered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 -msgid "Print orders at the kitchen or bar" -msgstr "Друк замовлень на кухні або в барі" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"To ease the workflow between the front of house and the back of the house, " -"printing the orders taken on the PoS interface right in the kitchen or bar " -"can be a tremendous help." -msgstr "" -"Щоб полегшити робочий процес між передньою частиною будинку та задньою " -"частиною, друк замовлень, зроблених на інтерфейсі точки продажу прямо на " -"кухні або в барі, може стати величезною допомогою." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:10 -msgid "Activate the bar/kitchen printer" -msgstr "Активуйте барний/кухонний принтер" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:12 -msgid "" -"To activate the *Order printing* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *друк замовлення*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка" -" продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть свій інтерфейс " -"точки продажу." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware Proxy category, you will find *Order Printers*." -" Note that you need an IoT Box to connect your Printer to the PoS." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/bill_printing.rst:41 +msgid ":doc:`floors_tables`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:20 -msgid "Add a printer" -msgstr "Додайте принтер" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 -msgid "" -"In your configuration menu you will now have a *Order Printers* option where" -" you can add the printer." -msgstr "" -"У вашому меню налаштування тепер з'явиться параметр *Замовлення принтерів*, " -"де ви можете додати принтер." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:29 -msgid "Print a kitchen/bar order" -msgstr "Друк замовлення на кухні/барі" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 -msgid "Select or create a printer." -msgstr "Виберіть або створіть принтер." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 -msgid "Print the order in the kitchen/bar" -msgstr "Роздрукуйте замовлення на кухні/барі" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Order* button." -msgstr "На вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *Замовлення*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 -msgid "" -"When you press it, it will print the order on your kitchen/bar printer." -msgstr "" -"При натисканні на неї буде надруковано замовлення на принтері на кухні/барі." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:3 -msgid "Manage your tables" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:3 +msgid "Floors and tables management" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Restaurants have specific needs that shops don’t have. That’s why Odoo gives" -" restaurant owners several unique features to help them manage their " -"business in the best possible way." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Floor and table management, bill splitting, or even the possibility to print" -" orders from the kitchen, everything is there to help your business shine " -"and your employees to work efficiently." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:16 -msgid "" -"To activate the bar/restaurant features, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale" -" --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and open your PoS. Now, select *Is a " -"Bar/Restaurant*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:24 -msgid "" -"New features are shown with a fork and a knife next to it, indicating that " -"they are restaurant-specific." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:6 msgid "Add a floor" msgstr "Додайте поверх" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:8 msgid "" "Once your *Point of Sale* has been configured, select *Table Management* " "under :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`. " "Then, click on *Floors* to create and name your floor and tables." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the table management feature. Way to manage and create floors for a " +"pos" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Backend view of a restaurant floor. Table name and number of sits for each " +"table" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:21 msgid "Don’t forget to link your floor to your point of sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:24 msgid "Add tables" msgstr "Додайте столи" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:26 msgid "" "To add tables, you can also open your PoS interface to see your floor(s)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the floors menu to manage several floors at the same time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:33 msgid "" "Then, click on *Edit Mode* (pencil icon on the upper right corner) to be " "allowed to create, move, modify tables, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the floor management. Add tables, the number of sits, their name and" +" their shape" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:41 msgid "" "To make your table easier to be found, you can rename them, change their " "shape, size or even color. It is also possible to add the maximum number of " "sits the table can have." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:48 msgid "Register your table(s) orders" msgstr "Зареєструйте свої замовлення на столи" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:50 msgid "" "To register an order, click on the respective table. By doing so, you are " "taken to your main interface." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the pos interface to register orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:58 msgid "Transfer customer(s)" msgstr "Переміщення клієнта(ів)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:60 msgid "" "If your customers want to move to another table after they already ordered, " "use the transfer button. This way, the order is also moved to the new table." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:64 msgid "To do so, select the table your customer is currently on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the restaurant tables, one having a pending order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:70 msgid "" "Now, click on the transfer button and select the table to which you are " "transferring your customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the pos interface and transfer button. How to transfer customers from one table\n" +"to another" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:79 msgid "Register an additional order" msgstr "Зареєструйте додаткове замовлення" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:81 msgid "" "When registering an order, use the + button to simultaneously proceed to " "another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:84 msgid "" "Then, you can shift between your orders and process the payment when needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/restaurant.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst-1 +msgid "View of the - button, allowing employees to close/remove an order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/floors_tables.rst:92 msgid "The - button allows you to remove the order you are currently on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:3 -msgid "Offer a bill-splitting option" -msgstr "Запропонуйте варіант розбиття рахунку" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Offering an easy bill splitting solution to your customers will leave them " -"with a positive experience. That's why this feature is available out-of-the-" -"box in the Odoo Point of Sale application." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:3 +msgid "Orders printing" msgstr "" -"Запропонувавши своєму клієнту легкий розбиття рахунку, ви отримаєте " -"позитивний досвід. Ось чому ця функція доступна поза межами програми в Точці" -" продажу Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:5 msgid "" -"To activate the *Bill Splitting* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sales --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Integrating printers in a restaurant or bar's workflow can enhance " +"communication and collaboration between the front-of-house and back-of-house" +" teams, leading to a more streamlined and efficient service." msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *розбиття рахунку*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find the Bill Splitting " -"option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете варіант Розбиття рахунку." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:23 -msgid "Split a bill" -msgstr "Розбийте рахунок" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:25 -msgid "In your PoS interface, you now have a *Split* button." -msgstr "У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка *розбити*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/split.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you use it, you will be able to select what that guest should had and " -"process the payment, repeating the process for each guest." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:15 +msgid "Enable and create printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To enable sending orders to a kitchen or bar printer, go to " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll down " +"to the :guilabel:`Restaurant & Bar` section, and enable :guilabel:`Kitchen " +"Printers`. Type in a name for the printer in the :guilabel:`Printers` field " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open a setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To get a list of all the printers already created or to modify an already " +"created printer, click :guilabel:`--> Printers` and select the desired " +"printer to open the setup form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "settings to enable the kitchen printers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:32 +msgid "Setup form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:34 +msgid "" +"From the :ref:`setup form <kitchen_printing/enable>`, select the " +":guilabel:`Printer Type` according to your installation:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:37 +msgid "" +"If your printer is connected to an IoT box, select :guilabel:`Use a printer " +"connected to the IoT Box` and select the device in the :guilabel:`IoT " +"Device` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If you use an Epson printer that does not need an IoT box, select " +":guilabel:`Use an Epson printer` and enter the printer's IP address in the " +":guilabel:`Epson Printer IP Address` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:43 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/config/connect`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:44 +msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/iot/devices/printer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`../configuration/epos_ssc`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Set your printer to print specific products based on their POS category. To " +"do so, click :guilabel:`Add a line` in the :guilabel:`Printed Product " +"Categories` field. If you leave this field empty, all products are sent to " +"the printer regardless of their POS category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "setup form to configure a kitchen printer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:56 +msgid "Print orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:58 +msgid "" +"From an open session, start taking an order and click :guilabel:`Order` to " +"send it to the bar or the kitchen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst-1 +msgid "order button from the POS UI to send orders to a kitchen or a bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/kitchen_printing.rst:66 +msgid "" +"When products can be printed, they appear in green in the cart, and the " +"order button turns green." msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви зможете вибрати, що цей гість повинен " -"отримати і виконати платіж, повторюючи процес для кожного гостя." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:3 -msgid "Integrate a tip option into payment" -msgstr "Інтегруйте чайові в оплату" +msgid "Tips" +msgstr "Чайові" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:5 msgid "" -"As it is customary to tip in many countries all over the world, it is " -"important to have the option in your PoS interface." +"Tipping is customary in multiple countries. Point of Sale allows tipping in " +":ref:`shops <pos/sell>`, :doc:`bars <../restaurant>`, or :doc:`restaurants " +"<../restaurant>`." msgstr "" -"Як прийнято в багатьох країнах у всьому світі платити чайові, важливо мати " -"такий варіант у вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:9 -msgid "Configure Tipping" -msgstr "Налаштуйте чайові" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the *Tips* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS." +"To allow tipping in your POS, activate the :guilabel:`Tips` feature in " +":menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings`. At the top of" +" the page, select the POS in which you wish to allow **tipping**, scroll " +"down to the :guilabel:`Payment` section and check :guilabel:`Tips`. Once " +"enabled, add a :guilabel:`Tip Product` in the corresponding field, and save." +" The designated product will be used as a reference on customers' receipts." msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *Чайові*, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу " -"--> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та оберіть вашу точку продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "enable tips in a POS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:25 +msgid "Tip products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:27 msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Tips*. Select it and " -"create a *Tip Product* such as *Tips* in this case." +"**Tip products** can be created on the spot. To do so, enter a product's " +"name in the :ref:`Tip Product <configuration>` field and click " +":guilabel:`Create` or press **enter**. The product is automatically " +"configured to be used as a tip at the payment screen." msgstr "" -"У розділі Рахунки та квитанції ви знайдете *Чайові*. Виберіть їх та створіть" -" *товар Чайові*, наприклад, *Чайові* у цьому випадку." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:21 -msgid "Add Tips to the bill" -msgstr "Додайте чайові до рахунку" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:31 +msgid "" +"However, if you wish to be able to select the tip product in a POS session, " +"you must activate the **Available in POS** setting. To do so, click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit...` to open the product configuration form. Then," +" go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, tick the :guilabel:`Available in POS` " +"checkbox, and click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:23 -msgid "Once on the payment interface, you now have a new *Tip* button" -msgstr "Після цього в інтерфейсі платежу з'явиться нова кнопка *Чайові*" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:37 +msgid "" +"When you create a product to use as a tip, leave the **product type** as " +":guilabel:`Consumable` to avoid unnecessary inventory movements." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:28 -msgid "Add the tip your customer wants to leave and process to the payment." -msgstr "Додайте чайові, які ваш клієнт хоче залишити та обробіть у платежу." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can only select one tip product per POS, but you can choose a different " +"one for each." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:3 -msgid "Shop Features" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:72 +msgid "Tip using an Adyen terminal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:44 +msgid "" +"If you use an :doc:`Adyen <../payment_methods/terminals/adyen>` payment " +"terminal and wish to enable **tips** using the terminal, check " +":guilabel:`Add tip through payment terminal (Adyen)` below the :ref:`tip " +"settings <configuration>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:79 +msgid "Tip after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:51 +msgid "" +"If you use a POS system in a bar or a restaurant, you can enable " +":guilabel:`Add tip after payment (North America specific)`. Doing so " +"generates a bill to print and complete manually by the customer and the " +"waiter. That bill indicates the tip value the customer chooses to give after" +" the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:56 +msgid "" +"To use this feature, the selected payment method must have a bank journal " +"attributed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:59 +msgid "Add tips" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add tips to an order, :ref:`access the payment screen <pos/sell>` and " +"click :guilabel:`♥ Tip`. Then, enter the tipping amount, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm` to validate, and process the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "tip popup window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select the :ref:`tip product <tip-product>` on the " +"POS interface to add it to the cart. When selected, the product is " +"automatically set as a tip, and its default value equals its **Sales " +"Price**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:74 +msgid "" +"During checkout, select **Adyen** as the payment terminal, and send the " +"payment request to the device by clicking :guilabel:`Send`. The customers " +"are asked to enter the desired tipping amount on the terminal's screen " +"before proceeding to the payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:81 +msgid "" +"At checkout, select a card payment method and click :guilabel:`Close Tab`. " +"Doing so generates a bill to complete by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "tipping bill after payment to complete by customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst:87 +msgid "" +"On the following screen, click the percentage (:guilabel:`15%`, " +":guilabel:`20%`, :guilabel:`25%`), :guilabel:`No Tip`, or enter the tipping " +"amount the customer chose to give. Then, click :guilabel:`Settle` to move to" +" the following order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/restaurant/tips.rst-1 +msgid "screen to select a tip amount to collect after payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop.rst:5 +msgid "Shop features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:3 -msgid "Using barcodes in PoS" -msgstr "Використання штрих-кодів у точці продажу" +msgid "Barcodes" +msgstr "Штрих-коди" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using a barcode scanner to process point of sale orders improves your " -"efficiency and helps you to save time for you and your customers." +"Using a barcode scanner to process point-of-sale orders improves your " +"efficiency in providing quicker customer service. Barcode scanners can be " +"used both to scan products or to log employees into a POS session." msgstr "" -"Використання сканера штрих-кодів для обробки замовлень на продаж покращує " -"вашу ефективність та допомагає вам заощадити час для вас та ваших клієнтів." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:12 msgid "" -"To use a barcode scanner, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"To use a barcode scanner, you must enable the feature in the Inventory app. " +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`, in the " +":guilabel:`Barcode` section, tick :guilabel:`Barcode Scanner` and save." msgstr "" -"Щоб скористатись сканером штрих-кодів, перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки " -"продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та виберіть ваш інтерфейс точки " -"продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Under the IoT Box / Hardware category, you will find *Barcode Scanner* " -"select it." -msgstr "Під категорією IoT Box / Обладнання ви знайдете *Сканер штрих-кодів*." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst-1 +msgid "barcode setting in the Inventory application" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 -msgid "Add barcodes to product" -msgstr "Додайте штрих-коди до товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:23 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Catalog --> Products` and select a " -"product." +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware>`" msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Каталог --> Товари` та " -"виберіть товар." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -"Under the general information tab, you can find a barcode field where you " -"can input any barcode." +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Once enabled in **Inventory**, you can use the barcode feature in **Point of" +" Sale** with products that have a barcode number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:28 +msgid "Assign barcodes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:31 +msgid "To your products" msgstr "" -"На вкладці загальної інформації ви можете знайти поле штрих-коду, де ви " -"можете ввести будь-який штрих-код." #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:33 -msgid "Scanning products" -msgstr "Сканування товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:35 msgid "" -"From your PoS interface, scan any barcode with your barcode scanner. The " -"product will be added, you can scan the same product to add it multiple " -"times or change the quantity manually on the screen." +"To use this feature in POS, your products must have barcodes assigned. To do" +" so, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products --> Products` and open" +" a **product form**. Add a barcode number in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field " +"in the :guilabel:`General Information` tab." msgstr "" -"З вашого інтерфейсу точки продажу відскануйте будь-який штрих-код з вашим " -"сканером штрих-кодів. Товар буде додано, ви зможете сканувати той самий " -"товар, щоб додати його кілька разів або змінити кількість вручну на екрані." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:3 -msgid "Set-up Cash Control in Point of Sale" -msgstr "Налаштування контролю за готівкою в точці продажу" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:38 +msgid "To your employees" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:40 msgid "" -"Cash control allows you to check the amount of the cashbox at the opening " -"and closing. You can thus make sure no error has been made and that no cash " -"is missing." +"To add an identification number to an employee, go to the **Employees** app " +"and open an **employee form**. Choose an identification number for your " +"employee and fill in the :guilabel:`PIN Code` field in the :guilabel:`HR " +"Settings` tab." msgstr "" -"Готівковий контроль дозволяє перевірити суму каси при відкритті та закритті." -" Таким чином, ви можете переконатися, що ніяких помилок не було зроблено, і " -"що гроші відсутні." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:10 -msgid "Activate Cash Control" -msgstr "Активізуйте контроль готівки" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:45 +msgid "Use barcodes" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:48 +msgid "Scan products" +msgstr "Сканувати товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:50 msgid "" -"To activate the *Cash Control* feature, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sales" -" --> Configuration --> Point of sale` and select your PoS interface." +"Scan a product's barcode using a barcode scanner. Doing so adds it directly " +"to the cart. To change the quantity, scan a product as many times as needed," +" or click :guilabel:`Qty` and enter the number of products using the keypad." msgstr "" -"Щоб активувати функцію *Контроль готівки*, перейдіть до " -":menuselection:`Точки продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка продажу` та " -"виберіть свій інтерфейс точки продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:16 -msgid "Under the payments category, you will find the cash control setting." -msgstr "Під категорією платежів ви знайдете налаштування контролю готівки." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:54 msgid "" -"In this example, you can see I want to have 275$ in various denomination at " -"the opening and closing." +"You can also enter the barcode number manually in the search bar to look for" +" the product. Then, click it to add it to the cart." msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі ви можете бачити, що ви хочете мати 275 доларів у різній " -"деномінації під час відкриття та закриття." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:58 +msgid "Log employees" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:60 msgid "" -"When clicking on **Opening/Closing Values** you will be able to create those" -" values." +"You can also use a barcode scanner to log your employees. To do so, " +":ref:`restrict access <employee_login/configuration>` to the POS and " +":ref:`use barcodes to log your employees in <employee_login/badge>` your " +"POS." msgstr "" -"Під час натискання **Значення Відкриття/Закриття** ви зможете створити ці " -"значення." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:31 -msgid "Start a session" -msgstr "Розпочніть сесію" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:3 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:5 msgid "" -"You now have a new button added when you open a session, *Set opening " -"Balance*" +"When working in retail, you might need to order products directly from your " +"Point of sale. Fortunately, Odoo Point of Sale is fully integrated with Odoo" +" Sales, meaning that you can create a sales order and pay for it directly " +"from your point of sale." msgstr "" -"Тепер у вас є нова кнопка, додана при відкритті сесії, *Встановити " -"початковий баланс*" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:10 +msgid "Select a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:12 msgid "" -"By default it will use the values you added before, but you can always " -"modify it." +"From the **Point of Sale** application, open a new session. Then, click on " +":guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to get the complete list of quotations and " +"sales orders created on the sales application." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням він використовуватиме значення, які ви додали раніше, але " -"ви завжди можете змінити його." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:46 -msgid "Close a session" -msgstr "Закрийте сесію" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 +msgid "Quotations and sales order button on the Point of Sale interface" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:21 msgid "" -"When you want to close your session, you now have a *Set Closing Balance* " -"button as well." +"To ease finding the right sales order, you can filter that list on the " +"**customer** or on the **order reference**. You can also set the customer " +"before clicking on :guilabel:`Quotations/Orders` to reduce the list to one " +"particular customer." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви хочете закрити сесію, у вас також є кнопка *Встановити баланс " -"закриття*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:26 +msgid "Apply a down payment or settle the order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:28 +msgid "From the list of sales order, select one to make a payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst-1 +msgid "list view of sales orders and quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:34 +msgid "You can either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:36 msgid "" -"You can then see the theoretical balance, the real closing balance (what you" -" have just counted) and the difference between the two." +"Settle the order **partially**: after clicking on :guilabel:`Apply a down " +"payment`, enter the percentage of down payment you want the customer to pay." +" Then, click on :guilabel:`ok` and proceed with the order." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете побачити теоретичний баланс, реальний баланс закриття (те, " -"що ви тільки що підрахували) і різницю між ними двома." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_control.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:39 msgid "" -"If you use the *Take Money Out* option to take out your transactions for " -"this session, you now have a zero-sum difference and the same closing " -"balance as your opening balance. You cashbox is ready for the next session." +"Settle the order **completely**: click on :guilabel:`Settle the order` to " +"pay for the total of the sales order." msgstr "" -"Якщо ви використовуєте параметр *Забрати гроші*, щоб вилучити свої " -"транзакції для цієї сесії, у вас тепер є різниця між нульовою сумою та тим " -"самим балансом закриття, як початковий баланс. Ваша каса готова для " -"наступної сесії." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:3 -msgid "Cash Rounding" -msgstr "Округлення готівки" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:43 msgid "" -"**Cash rounding** is required when the lowest physical denomination of " -"currency, or the smallest coin, is higher than the minimum unit of account." +"Once you settle a sales order, the applied down payment is automatically " +"deducted from the total amount." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/sales_order.rst:47 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:3 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:5 msgid "" -"For example, some countries require their companies to round up or down the " -"total amount of an invoice to the nearest five cents, when the payment is " -"made in cash." +"Working with **serial numbers** and **lots** allows tracking your products' " +"movements. When products are tracked, the system identifies their location " +"based on their last movement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:8 msgid "" -"Each point of sale in Odoo can be configured to apply cash rounding to the " -"totals of its bills or receipts." +"To enable traceability, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Products -->" +" Products`. Then, select a product and check the :guilabel:`Tracking By " +"Unique Serial Number` or the :guilabel:`Tracking By Lots` box in the " +":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable traceability settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:17 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots importation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:19 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"enable *Cash Rounding*, then click on *Save*." +"You can import serial numbers in Point of Sale. To do so, select a **sales " +"order** or a **quotation** containing tracked products. Then, agree to load " +"the **Lots or Serial Numbers** linked to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "Pop-up window for serial number import" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:28 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale`, " -"open the point of sale you want to configure, and enable the *Cash Rounding*" -" option." +"The imported tracking numbers appear below the tracked products. You can " +"modify them by clicking on the list-view button next to the products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../shop/sales_order`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:40 +msgid "Serial numbers and lots creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" -"To define the **Rounding Method**, open the drop-down list and click on " -"*Create and Edit...*." +"If a tracked product is available in your POS, adding the product to the " +"cart opens a pop-up window where you can type or scan the product's serial " +"or lot numbers. To add more than one of the same tracked products, click on " +"**enter** to validate and start a new line." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst-1 +msgid "adding new serial and lots numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" -"Define here your *Rounding Precision*, *Profit Account*, and *Loss Account*," -" then save both the Rounding Method and your Point of Sale settings." +"Changing a tracked product's quantity using the numpad turns the list-view " +"button red. Click on it to add the missing lot and serial numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:54 msgid "" -"All total amounts of this point of sale now add a line to apply the rounding" -" according to your settings." +":guilabel:`Lot & Serial Number(s)` are :guilabel:`required` on tracked " +"products but not mandatory. Meaning that not attributing some or any does " +"**not** prevent from completing the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/cash_rounding.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" -"Odoo Point of Sale only support the *Add a rounding line* rounding " -"strategies and *Half-up* rounding methods." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice from the PoS interface" -msgstr "Виставлення рахунку з інтерфейсу точки продажу" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/serial_numbers.rst:60 msgid "" -"Some of your customers might request an invoice when buying from your Point " -"of Sale, you can easily manage it directly from the PoS interface." +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots`" msgstr "" -"Деякі ваші клієнти можуть запитувати рахунок-фактуру при покупці з точки " -"продажу, ви можете легко керувати ним безпосередньо з інтерфейсу точки " -"продажу." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:9 -msgid "Activate invoicing" -msgstr "Активізуйте виставлення рахунків" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:3 +msgid "Rental" +msgstr "Оренда" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:5 +msgid "**Odoo Rental** is a comprehensive solution to manage your rentals." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:7 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> Configuration --> Point of Sale` and" -" select your Point of Sale:" +"From a single view, you can send out quotations, confirm orders, schedule " +"rentals, register when products are picked up and returned, and invoice your" +" customers." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Налаштування --> Точка " -"продажу` та виберіть свою точку продажу:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Rental: product page <https://www.odoo.com/app/rental>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:12 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Rental <https://www.odoo.com/slides/rental-48>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:17 +msgid "Rental Pricing" +msgstr "Ціна оренди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:22 msgid "" -"Under the *Bills & Receipts* you will see the invoicing option, tick it. " -"Don't forget to choose in which journal the invoices should be created." +"Go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Products`, select or create a product, and " +"click on the product's *Rental* tab. Under *Rental Pricing*, click on *Add a" +" price*. Then choose a *Unit* of time (hours, days, weeks, or months), a " +"*Duration*, and a *Price*. You can add as many price lines as necessary, " +"usually to give out discounts for longer rental durations." msgstr "" -"У розділі *Рахунки та квитанції* ви побачите параметр виставлення рахунку, " -"позначте його. Не забудьте вибрати, в якому журналі повинні бути створені " -"рахунки-фактури." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:25 -msgid "Select a customer" -msgstr "Виберіть клієнта" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Example of rental pricing configuration in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:27 -msgid "From your session interface, use the customer button" -msgstr "З інтерфейсу сесії використовуйте кнопку клієнта" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:32 msgid "" -"You can then either select an existing customer and set it as your customer " -"or create a new one by using this button." +"Under *Reservations*, you can add fines for any *Extra Hour* or *Extra Day*." +" You can also set a *Security Time*, expressed in hours, to make the product" +" temporarily unavailable between two rental orders." msgstr "" -"Потім ви можете вибрати існуючого клієнта та встановити його як свого " -"клієнта або створити новий за допомогою цієї кнопки." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:37 msgid "" -"You will be invited to fill out the customer form with its information." -msgstr "Вам буде запропоновано заповнити форму клієнта зі своєю інформацією." +"If you want to rent a product created outside of the Rental app, do not " +"forget to tick *Can be Rented* under the product's name. By default, this " +"option is ticked when you create a product directly from the Rental app." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:41 -msgid "Invoice your customer" -msgstr "Виставте рахунок вашому клієнту" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:42 +msgid "Computing" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:44 msgid "" -"From the payment screen, you now have an invoice option, use the button to " -"select it and validate." +"Odoo always uses two rules to compute the price of a product when you create" +" a rental order:" msgstr "" -"На екрані платежу ви маєте опцію рахунка-фактури, скористайтеся кнопкою, " -"щоби вибрати її та підтвердити." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:49 -msgid "You can then print the invoice and move on to your next order." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:46 +msgid "Only one price line is used." msgstr "" -"Потім можна роздрукувати рахунок-фактуру та перейти до наступного " -"замовлення." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:52 -msgid "Retrieve invoices" -msgstr "Отримання рахунків-фактур" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:47 +msgid "The cheapest line is selected." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/invoice.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:50 +msgid "Consider the following rental pricing configuration for a product:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:52 +msgid "1 day: $100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:53 +msgid "3 days: $250" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:54 +msgid "1 week: $500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:56 msgid "" -"Once out of the PoS interface (:menuselection:`Close --> Confirm` on the top" -" right corner) you will find all your orders in :menuselection:`Point of " -"Sale --> Orders --> Orders` and under the status tab you will see which ones" -" have been invoiced. When clicking on a order you can then access the " -"invoice." -msgstr "" -"Вийшовши з інтерфейсу точки продажу (:menuselection:`Закрити --> " -"Підтвердити` у верхньому правому кутку), ви знайдете всі ваші замовлення в " -"меню :menuselection:`Точка продажу --> Замовлення --> Замовлення` та на " -"вкладці статусу ви побачите, на які виставлено рахунки. Після натискання " -"замовлення ви зможете отримати доступ до рахунку-фактури." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:3 -msgid "Log in with employee" +"A customer wants to rent this product for eight days. What price will they " +"pay?" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:58 msgid "" -"With Odoo *Point of Sale*, you can manage multiple cashiers. This feature " -"allows you to keep track of who is working, when and how much each cashier " -"made for that session." +"After an order is created, Odoo selects the second line as this is the " +"cheapest option. The customer has to pay three times '3 days' to cover the " +"rental's eight days, for a total of $750." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:64 +msgid "Customer signature" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:66 msgid "" -"There are three ways to switch cashiers in Odoo: by *selecting the cashier*," -" by *entering a PIN code* or by *scanning a barcode*." +"You can ask your customers to sign a rental agreement outlining the " +"arrangement between you and your customers before they pick up products to " +"make sure your products are returned on time and in their original " +"condition. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Rental --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`, activate *Digital Documents*, and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Documents settings in Odoo Rental" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:76 msgid "" -"To manage multiple cashiers, you need several employees (at least two)." +"This feature requires the :doc:`Sign <../finance/sign>` app. If necessary, " +"Odoo installs it after activating *Digital Documents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:16 -msgid "Set up log in with employees" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:79 msgid "" -"To enable the feature, go to your *PoS settings* and check log in with " -"employees on your *PoS form*. Then, add the employees that have access to " -"the cash register." +"Once the app settings are saved, you have the option to change the default " +"*Rental Agreement* from the dropdown menu. You can pick any document already" +" uploaded to the *Sign* app, or upload a new one to the *Sign* app by " +"clicking on *Upload Template*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:25 -msgid "Now, you can switch cashier easily." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:28 -msgid "Switch without pin codes" -msgstr "Перемикач без PIN-кодів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:83 msgid "" -"The easiest way to switch cashiers is without a code. To do so, click on the" -" cashier name in your PoS interface." +"To request a customer signature, select a confirmed rental order, click on " +"*Sign Documents*, choose the document template and click on *Sign Documents*" +" again. On the next window, select your customer and click on *Sign Now* to " +"start the signing process with your customer. Once the document is " +"completed, click on *Validate & Send Completed Document*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:36 -msgid "Now, you just have to click on your name." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:89 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Sign <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sign-61>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:42 -msgid "Switch cashier with pin codes" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:94 +msgid "Pickup and Return receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst:96 msgid "" -"You can set a pin code on each cashier. To set up a pin code, go to the " -"employee form and add a security PIN, in the *HR settings tab*." +"You can print and give your customers receipts when they pick up and/or " +"return products. To do so, open any rental order, click on *Print* and " +"select *Pickup and Return Receipt*. Odoo then generates a PDF detailing all " +"information about the current status of the rented items: which were picked " +"up, when they are expected to be returned, which were returned, and " +"potential rental delay costs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:50 -msgid "Now, when switching cashier, a PIN password will be asked." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/rental.rst-1 +msgid "Printing a Pickup and Return receipt in Odoo Rental" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:56 -msgid "Switch cashier with barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:10 msgid "" -"You can ask your employees to log themselves with their badges. To do so, " -"set up a barcode at the same place you add the PIN code. Print the badge and" -" when they will scan it, the cashier will be switched to that employee." +"**Odoo Sales** is the application to run your sales process (from quotation " +"to sales order) and deliver and invoice what has been sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:67 -msgid "Find who was the cashier" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales.rst:14 msgid "" -"Once you have closed your *PoS session*, you can have an overview of the " -"amount each cashier sold for. To do so, go to the orders menu." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Sales Tutorials <https://www.odoo.com/slides/sales-17>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/multicashiers.rst:75 -msgid "Now, you can open the order and have a summary of the sold products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:3 -msgid "Reprint Receipts" -msgstr "Повторний друк чеків" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use the *Reprint receipt* feature if you have the need to reprint a ticket." -msgstr "" -"Використовуйте функцію підтвердження *повторний друку*, якщо вам потрібно " -"повторно друкувати чек." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:10 -msgid "" -"To activate *Reprint Receipt*, go to :menuselection:`Point of Sale --> " -"Configuration --> Point of sale`. and select your PoS interface." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:13 -msgid "" -"Under the Bills & Receipts category, you will find *Reprint Receipt* option." -msgstr "У розділі Рахунки та чеки ви знайдете функцію *Повторний друк чеку*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:17 -msgid "" -"In order to allow the option reprint receipt, you need to activate the " -"receipt printer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:23 -msgid "Reprint a receipt" -msgstr "Повторно надрукуйте чек" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:25 -msgid "On your PoS interface, you now have a *Reprint receipt* button." -msgstr "" -"У вашому інтерфейсі точки продажу тепер є кнопка підтвердження *повторного " -"друку*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/reprint.rst:30 -msgid "When you use it, you can then reprint your last receipt." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви використовуєте його, ви можете повторно друкувати останній чек." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced.rst:3 -msgid "Advanced Topics" -msgstr "Розширені теми" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How to give portal access rights to my customers?" -msgstr "Як надати права доступу до порталу для ваших клієнтів?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:6 -msgid "What is Portal access/Who is a portal user?" -msgstr "Що таке портал та хто є його користувачем?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:8 -msgid "" -"A portal access is given to a user who has the necessity to have access to " -"Odoo instance, to view certain documents or information in the system." -msgstr "" -"Доступ до порталу надається користувачеві, який має необхідність мати доступ" -" до версії Odoo для перегляду деяких документів або інформації в системі." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:12 -msgid "For Example, a long term client who needs to view online quotations." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, довгостроковий клієнт, який хоче переглянути комерційну " -"пропозицію онлайн." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:14 -msgid "" -"A portal user has only read/view access. He or she will not be able to edit " -"any document in the system." -msgstr "" -"Користувач порталу має лише доступ читання/перегляду. Він не зможе " -"редагувати будь-який документ у системі." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:18 -msgid "How to give portal access to customers?" -msgstr "Як надати клієнтам доступ до порталу?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:21 -msgid "From Contacts Module" -msgstr "З модуля контактів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:23 -msgid "" -"From the main menu, select **Contacts** menu. If the contact is not yet " -"created in the system, click on the create button to create new contact. " -"Enter details of the contact and click \"save\"." -msgstr "" -"У головному меню виберіть меню **Контакти**. Якщо контакт ще не створено в " -"системі, натисніть кнопку створення. Введіть подробиці контакту та натисніть" -" \"зберегти\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Choose a contact, click on the **Action** menu in the top-center of the " -"interface and from the drop down." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть контакт, натисніть меню **Дія** у верхній частині інтерфейсу та з " -"випадаючого меню." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:36 -msgid "Select **Portal Access Management**. A pop up window appears." -msgstr "" -"Виберіть **Управління доступом до порталу**. З'явиться спливаюче вікно." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Enter the login **email ID**, check the box under **In Portal** and add the " -"content to be included in the email in the text field box below. Click on " -"**Apply** when you're done." -msgstr "" -"Введіть **ID електронної пошти** для входу в систему, встановіть прапорець у" -" розділі **Вхідний портал** та додайте вміст, який потрібно включити до " -"електронного листа, у вікні текстового поля нижче. Натисніть кнопку " -"**Застосувати**, коли ви закінчите." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/advanced/portal.rst:47 -msgid "" -"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " -"contact is now a portal user of the respective instance." -msgstr "" -"На вказану адресу електронної пошти буде надіслано електронний лист, який " -"вказує на те, що цей контакт зараз є користувачем порталу відповідного " -"примірника Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector.rst:5 msgid "Amazon Connector" msgstr "Конектор Amazon" @@ -3338,7 +5306,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Shipping**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:34 msgid "Charges" msgstr "Сплати" @@ -3397,98 +5364,18 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:57 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector currently supports 9 marketplaces. If a marketplace is " -"not listed below, it may be possible for you to :ref:`add it as an " -"unsupported marketplace <amazon/add-unsupported-marketplace>`." +"The Amazon Connector supports all the current marketplaces. If a marketplace" +" is not listed in your Amazon marketplaces, you can :ref:`add a new " +"marketplace <amazon/add-new-marketplace>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:62 -msgid "**North America region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Canada" -msgstr "Канада" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 -msgid "Amazon.ca" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Mexico" -msgstr "Мексика" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:66 -msgid "Amazon.com.mx" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "US" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:68 -msgid "Amazon.com" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:72 -msgid "**Europe region**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Germany" -msgstr "Німеччина" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:74 -msgid "Amazon.de" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Spain" -msgstr "Іспанія" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:76 -msgid "Amazon.es" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "France" -msgstr "Франція" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:78 -msgid "Amazon.fr" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "UK" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:80 -msgid "Amazon.co.uk" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Italy" -msgstr "Італія" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:82 -msgid "Amazon.it" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Netherlands" -msgstr "Нідерланди" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:84 -msgid "Amazon.nl" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:132 msgid ":doc:`setup`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:89 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/features.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:105 msgid ":doc:`manage`" msgstr "" @@ -3521,26 +5408,26 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:19 msgid "" "To force the synchronization of an order whose status has not changed since " -"the last synchronization, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and" -" modify the date under :menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order " -"Sync`. Pick a date anterior to the last status change of the order that you " -"wish to synchronize and save." +"the last synchronization, activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, navigate to your Amazon account and modify the date under " +":menuselection:`Orders Follow-up --> Last Order Sync`. Pick a date anterior " +"to the last status change of the order that you wish to synchronize and " +"save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:25 msgid "" "To synchronize immediately the orders of your Amazon account switch to " -":doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, head to your " -"Amazon account and click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with " -"pickings by clicking on **SYNC PICKINGS**." +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, head to your Amazon account and " +"click on **SYNC ORDERS**. The same can be done with pickings by clicking on " +"**SYNC PICKINGS**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:30 msgid "Manage deliveries in FBM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:32 msgid "" "When a **FBM** (Fulfilled by Merchant) order is synchronized in Odoo, a " "picking is created along with the sales order and the customer. You can " @@ -3548,18 +5435,52 @@ msgid "" "products partially by using backorders." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:36 msgid "" "When a picking related to the order is confirmed, a notification is sent to " "Amazon who will, in turn, notify the customer that the order (or a part of " "it) is on its way." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Amazon requires to provide a tracking reference with each delivery. You'll " +"need to assign a carrier. If the carrier doesn't automatically provide a " +"tracking reference, you'll need to set one manually. This concerns all " +"marketplaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:45 +msgid "" +"If your chosen carrier isn't one supported by Odoo, you can still create a " +"carrier bearing its name (e.g. create a carrier named `Colissimo`). This " +"name is case insensitive, but be careful about typos, as Amazon won't " +"recognize them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Create a delivery carrier named `Self Delivery` to inform Amazon that you " +"make your own deliveries. You still have to enter a tracking reference." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Keep in mind that the customer is notified by email about the delivery, and " +"the carrier and tracking reference are displayed in the email to the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:54 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:57 msgid "Follow deliveries in FBA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:59 msgid "" "When a **FBA** (Fulfilled by Amazon) order is synchronized in Odoo, a stock " "move is recorded for each sales order item so that it is saved in your " @@ -3570,14 +5491,14 @@ msgid "" "under the FBA program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:66 msgid "" "To follow your Amazon (FBA) stock in Odoo, you can make an inventory " "adjustment after replenishing it. You can also trigger an automated " "replenishment from reordering rules on the Amazon location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:71 msgid "" "The Amazon location is configurable by Amazon account managed in Odoo. All " "accounts of the same company use the same location by default. It is however" @@ -3589,39 +5510,71 @@ msgid "" " your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:79 msgid "Issue invoices and register payments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:65 -msgid "" -"You can issue invoices for Amazon orders in Odoo. Click **Create Invoice** " -"in the sales order to do so. You can also do it in batch from the list view " -"of orders. Then, confirm and send the invoices to your customers." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +msgid "Issue invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:84 msgid "" -"To display only Amazon-related orders on the list view, you can filter " -"orders based on the sales team." +"Sending invoices to Amazon customers directly from Odoo is not feasible due " +"to Amazon's policy of not sharing customer email addresses. Instead, it is " +"possible to manually upload the invoices generated on Odoo to the Amazon " +"backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:88 msgid "" -"As the customer has paid Amazon as an intermediary, you should register " -"invoice payments in a payment journal dedicated to Amazon (e.g. Amazon " -"Payments, with a dedicated intermediary account). You can do the same with " -"the vendor bill received from Amazon and dedicated to commissions. When you " -"receive the balance on your bank account at the end of the month and record " -"your bank statements in Odoo, you simply credit the Amazon intermediary " +"In addition, for your B2B clients, it is currently required to manually " +"retrieve VAT numbers from the Amazon backend before creating the invoice in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:92 +msgid "" +"For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " +"invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " +"TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 +msgid "Register payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:99 +msgid "" +"As customers pay Amazon as an intermediary, creating a dedicated *Bank* " +"journal (for example, named `Amazon payments`) with a dedicated *Bank and " +"Cash* intermediary account is recommended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:102 +msgid "" +"In addition, as Amazon makes a single monthly payment, selecting all the " +"invoices linked to a single payment is necessary when registering payments. " +"Use the dedicated `Amazon payments` :guilabel:`Journal` and select " +":guilabel:`Batch Deposit` as the :guilabel:`Payment Method`. Then, select " +"all the payments generated and click :menuselection:`Actions --> Create " +"batch payment --> Validate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:109 +msgid "" +"The same can be done with vendor bills from Amazon dedicated to commissions." +" When the balance is received in the bank account at the end of the month " +"and the banks statements are recorded, credit the Amazon intermediary " "account by the amount received." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:114 msgid "Follow your Amazon sales in sales reporting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:116 msgid "" "As a sales team is set on your account under the tab **Order Follow-up**, " "this helps you give quick glances at the figures in just a few clicks in " @@ -3629,13 +5582,13 @@ msgid "" " of your company's accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:120 msgid "" "If you wish, you can change the sales team on your account for another to " "perform a separate reporting for the sales of this account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:124 msgid "" "It is also possible to perform reporting on a per-marketplace basis in a " "similar fashion. First, remove the marketplace you wish to track separately " @@ -3645,8 +5598,8 @@ msgid "" "two registrations of your account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:161 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:104 msgid ":doc:`features`" msgstr "" @@ -3655,118 +5608,49 @@ msgid "Configure Amazon Connector in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:6 -msgid "Generate an Authorization Token in Seller Central" +msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:10 msgid "" -"The Amazon Connector uses an Authorization Token that allows Odoo to fetch " -"data from your Amazon Seller Central account. This token can be obtained " -"directly through Seller Central in a few clicks and needs to be set up in " -"your Odoo database configuration." +"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " +"Accounts` and click on :guilabel:`CREATE`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:13 msgid "" -"Connect to your Seller Central account for the marketplace you initially " -"signed up (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, go to `Amazon" -" Seller Central for Germany <https://sellercentral.amazon.de>`_) with an " -"administrator account." +"Choose a meaningful name for your account (e.g. `Europe`), and select your " +":guilabel:`Sign-up Marketplace`. This is the original sign-up marketplace of" +" your seller account (e.g. if you created your account on Amazon Germany, " +"your sign-up marketplace will be `amazon.de`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:17 msgid "" -"You might need to use the *main* (or first) administrator account and not " -"one added subsequently." +"Upon saving, a button to :guilabel:`link with Amazon` appears. Click on it " +"to be redirected to the Amazon login page, or directly to the consent page " +"if you are already logged in. There, confirm that you want Amazon to give " +"Odoo access to your account and related data." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:21 +msgid "Amazon redirects you to Odoo, with your account registered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:23 msgid "" -"In the main menu, select :menuselection:`Apps & Services --> Manage Your " -"Apps`; in the page that displays, click on the ``Authorize new developper`` " -"button:" +"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " +"are synchronized and listed under the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab. If you " +"wish, you can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces " +"to disable their synchronization." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:28 -msgid "Fill in the form depending on your Marketplace:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:33 -msgid "" -"If your seller account is registered in the **North America** region, use " -"these values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Developer's Name: ``Odoo S.A.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 -msgid "Developer ID: ``586127723692``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:38 -msgid "For the **Europe** region, use these values:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:41 -msgid "Developer ID: ``579095187166``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Amazon will then inform you that by submitting the form, you are giving " -"access to your Seller Central Information to Odoo S.A." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Odoo S.A. is unable to access your Amazon account's information without the " -"Authorization Token which is stored in your Odoo database - we do not store " -"these tokens on our platform directly and are therefore unable to access " -"your account's information outside of the Amazon Connector normal flows." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:53 -msgid "Register your Amazon account in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:57 -msgid "" -"To register your seller account in Odoo, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " -"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon " -"Accounts` and click on **CREATE**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:60 -msgid "" -"The **Seller ID** can be found in Seller Central under the link **Your " -"Merchant Token** on the **Seller Account Information** page. The " -"**Authorization Token** is the one you generated in the :ref:`previous step " -"<amazon/generate_auth_token>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:64 -msgid "" -"Upon saving, your credentials are checked. In case of issues, an error will " -"be displayed - the information cannot be saved until your credentials are " -"recognized by Amazon." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:67 -msgid "" -"Once the account is registered, the marketplaces available to this account " -"are synchronized and listed under the **Marketplaces** tab. If you wish, you" -" can remove some items from the list of synchronized marketplaces to disable" -" their synchronization." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:72 msgid "Match database products in Amazon" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:30 msgid "" "When an Amazon order is synchronized, up to three sales order items are " "created in Odoo for each product sold on Amazon: one for the marketplace " @@ -3774,7 +5658,7 @@ msgid "" " charges (if any)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:36 msgid "" "The selection of a database product for a sales order item is done by " "matching its **internal reference** with the **SKU** for marketplace items, " @@ -3782,7 +5666,7 @@ msgid "" "for gift wrapping charges." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:40 msgid "" "For marketplace products, pairings are saved as **Amazon Offers** which are " "listed under the **Offers** stat button on the account form. Offers are " @@ -3791,7 +5675,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`the internal reference is used instead <amazon/matching>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:46 msgid "" "It is possible to force the pairing of a marketplace item with a specific " "product by changing either the product or the SKU of an offer. The offer can" @@ -3800,7 +5684,7 @@ msgid "" " under different conditions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:51 msgid "" "If no database product with a matching internal reference is found for a " "given SKU or gift wrapping code, a default database product **Amazon Sale** " @@ -3808,19 +5692,18 @@ msgid "" "the shipping code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:56 msgid "" -"To modify the default products, activate the :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>` and navigate to " -":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors --> " -"Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." +"To modify the default products, activate the :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration " +"--> Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Default Products`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:61 msgid "Configure taxes of products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:63 msgid "" "To allow for tax reporting of Amazon sales with Odoo, the taxes applied to " "the sales order items are those set on the product or determined by the " @@ -3829,7 +5712,7 @@ msgid "" " subtotals between Seller Central and Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:69 msgid "" "As Amazon does not necessarily apply the same taxes as those configured in " "Odoo, it may happen that order totals differ by a few cents from that on " @@ -3837,77 +5720,62 @@ msgid "" "reconciling the payments in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:121 -msgid "Add an unsupported marketplace" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:76 +msgid "Add a new marketplace" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:78 msgid "" -"Some Amazon Marketplaces, such as Amazon Brazil, are not officially " -"supported by Odoo but might be compatible with your seller account. These " -"marketplaces can be added manually should you wish to use them. See " -":ref:`here <amazon/supported-marketplaces>` for the exhaustive list of " -"natively supported marketplaces." +":ref:`All marketplaces are supported by the Amazon Connector " +"<amazon/supported-marketplaces>`, but recently created ones might be missing" +" from your database. To add a new marketplace, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:118 +msgid "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:83 msgid "" -"To find out if a marketplace is eventually compatible, check the `Amazon " -"Documentation " -"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." -" The marketplace must belong to the same region as that of your seller " -"account." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors " +"--> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:85 msgid "" -"To add a new marketplace, you must first enable :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>`." +"Create a new marketplace record. Enter the :guilabel:`Marketplace ID` and " +"select the :guilabel:`Amazon Region` for your marketplace as described in " +"the `Amazon Documentation for marketplace IDs and regions " +"<https://developer-docs.amazon.com/amazon-shipping/docs/marketplace-ids>`_, " +"and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` as described in the `Amazon " +"Documentation for seller central URLs <https://developer-" +"docs.amazon.com/amazon-shipping/docs/seller-central-urls>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:91 msgid "" -"Once that is done, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Marketplaces`." +"Set the name of the record to `Amazon.<country code>` to easily retrieve it " +"(e.g.: **Amazon.se**). The :guilabel:`API Identifier`, the " +":guilabel:`Region` and the :guilabel:`Seller Central URL` fields should " +"respectively hold the *MarketplaceId*, the selected Amazon region and the " +"*Seller Central URL* values from the Amazon Documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:95 msgid "" -"From there, you can create a new marketplace record. You will need the " -"Marketplace ID and Endpoint for your marketplace as described in the `Amazon" -" Documentation " -"<https://docs.developer.amazonservices.com/en_US/dev_guide/DG_Endpoints.html>`_." +"Once the marketplace is saved, update the Amazon Account configuration by " +"going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Connectors" +" --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`. Open the account on which you wish to" +" use the new marketplace, go to the :guilabel:`Marketplaces` tab and click " +"on :guilabel:`Update available marketplaces` (an animation should confirm " +"the success of the operation). Newly added marketplaces are automatically " +"added to the list of synchronized marketplaces. If the new marketplace is " +"not added to the list, it means that it is either incompatible or " +"unavailable for your seller account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Set the name of the record to ``Amazon.<domain>`` to easily retrieve it (for" -" instance: ``Amazon.se``). The **Code**, **Domain** and **API Identifier** " -"fields should respectively hold the *Country Code*, *Amazon MWS Endpoint* " -"and *MarketplaceId* values from the Amazon Documentation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:147 -msgid "" -"Once the marketplace is saved, you should then update the Amazon Account " -"configuration by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings --> Connectors --> Amazon Sync --> Amazon Accounts`, open the " -"account on which you wish to use the new marketplace, go to the " -"**Marketplaces** tab and click on **Update available marketplaces** (an " -"animation should confirm the success of the operation). Newly added " -"marketplaces are automatically added to the list of synchronized " -"marketplaces. If the new marketplace is not added to the list, it means that" -" it is either incompatible or unavailable for your seller account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/setup.rst:156 -msgid "" -"As manually added marketplaces are not officially supported by Odoo, there " -"is no guarantee that adding one as described above will work, nor can this " -"be considered as a bug when contacting Odoo Support." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector.rst:5 msgid "eBay Connector" msgstr "конектор eBay " @@ -3961,14 +5829,10 @@ msgstr "Список з варіаціями" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:26 msgid "" "When the **use eBay** on a product with variations is checked and with " -"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is sligthly different. In" +"**Fixed Price** as **Listing Type**, the eBay form is slightly different. In" " the variants array, you can choose which variant will be listed on eBay as " "well as set the price and the quantity for each variant." msgstr "" -"Коли перевіряється **використання eBay** у товарі з варіантами та з " -"**фіксованою ціною** як **тип списку**, форма eBay незначна. У масиві " -"варіантів ви можете вибрати, який варіант буде вказаний в eBay, а також " -"встановити ціну та кількість для кожного варіанту." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/manage.rst:35 msgid "Listing with item specifics" @@ -3994,17 +5858,9 @@ msgid "" "or is value is not valid, the EAN and UPC values will be set as 'Does not " "apply' as recommended by eBay. The Brand and MPN values are working as item " "specifics and should be define in the **Variants** tab on the product form. " -"If theses values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " +"If these values are not set, 'Does not apply' will be used for the eBay " "listing." msgstr "" -"Ідентифікатори товарів, такі як EAN, UPC, Brand або MPN, потрібні для " -"більшості категорій eBay. Модуль керує ідентифікаторами EAN та UPC за " -"допомогою поля **штрих-коду** варіанту товару. Якщо поле **Штрих-код** " -"порожнє або значення недійсне, значення EAN та UPC буде встановлене як 'Не " -"застосовується', як це рекомендовано eBay. Значення Brand та MPN працюють як" -" специфікація елементів, і вони повинні бути визначені на вкладці " -"**Варіанти** у формі товару. Якщо значення цих значень не встановлені, 'Не " -"застосовується' буде використано для списку eBay." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:3 msgid "How to configure eBay in Odoo?" @@ -4079,195 +5935,475 @@ msgstr "" "натиснувши відповідні кнопки." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:40 -msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgid "Accept account deletion notifications" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:42 msgid "" +"Since September 2021, **eBay requires supporting customer account " +"deletion/closure notifications**. As such, when eBay receives an account " +"request for deletion, all eBay partners must confirm the reception of the " +"request and take further action if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Odoo has a notification endpoint to receive those notifications, confirm the" +" reception of the request, and handle the first set of actions to anonymize " +"the account details in **Contacts** and remove the customer's access to the " +"portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Make sure to correctly :ref:`set up your subscription to the marketplace " +"account deletion notifications <ebay/subscribe-account-deletion-" +"notifications>` as eBay may temporarily disable the related eBay account " +"until the subscription is completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:58 +msgid "Retrieve endpoint details from Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:60 +msgid "" +"The endpoint details can be found in :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration" +" --> Settings --> eBay`. Click on *Generate Token* to retrieve your " +"**Verification Token**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Button to generate an eBay verification token in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:70 +msgid "Subscribe to account deletion notifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Log in on the `developer portal of eBay <https://go.developer.ebay.com/>`_ " +"and go to **Alerts & Notifications**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the Alerts & Notifications dashboard of eBay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To subscribe to deletion/closure notifications, eBay needs a few details:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:81 +msgid "" +"An **email address** to send notifications to if the endpoint is " +"unreachable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:82 +msgid "The **endpoint details**:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:84 +msgid "The URL to Odoo's account deletion notification endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:85 +msgid "A verification token" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Dedicated fields to enter the endpoint details" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:92 +msgid "" +"You can edit the last two fields once the email address field is filled out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:95 +msgid "Verify the connectivity with the endpoint" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:97 +msgid "" +"After setting the retrieved endpoint details in eBay's dashboard, consider " +"testing the connectivity with the **Send Test Notification** button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:100 +msgid "" +"You should get the following confirmation message: \"A test notification was" +" sent successfully!\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst-1 +msgid "Button to send test notification" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:107 +msgid "Using the updated synchronisation method" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:109 +msgid "" "If you have a lot of products, the eBay API can sometimes refuse some " "synchronization calls due to a time-based limit on the number of requests " "that eBay enforces." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:112 msgid "" -"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developped; " +"To fix this issue, a new implementation mechanism has been developed; " "however this updated mechanism is disabled by default to avoid having the 2 " "systems running in parallel in existing installations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:116 msgid "To switch to the new synchronization mechanism:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Enable the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:119 msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Scheduled Actions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:120 msgid "" "Archive the old synchronization actions (both are named *Ebay: update " "product status*)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:121 msgid "" "Activate the new synchronization actions (*Ebay: get new orders* which runs " "every 15min by default and *Ebay: synchronise stock (for 'get new orders' " "synchronisation)* which runs once a day per default)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:124 msgid "" "Ensure that the **Next Execution Date** for both these actions are in the " "near future" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/ebay_connector/setup.rst:126 msgid "" "Starting with the next execution date, the new method will be used instead " "of the old one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing.rst:5 msgid "Invoicing Method" msgstr "Метод виставлення рахунку" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:3 -msgid "Request a down payment" -msgstr "Запит на передоплату" +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:5 msgid "" "A down payment is a partial payment made by the buyer when a sales contract " -"is concluded. This implies both parties' full commitment (seller and buyer) " -"to honor the contract. With a down payment, the buyers show their will to " -"acquire the product and agree to pay the rest later, while the sellers are " -"obliged to provide the goods by accepting it." +"is concluded. This implies both parties' (seller and buyer) full commitment " +"to honor the contract." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:8 msgid "" -"Sometimes a down payment is required for expensive orders or projects. That " -"way, you can protect yourself and make sure that your customer is reliable." +"With a down payment, the buyer pays a portion of the total amount owed while" +" agreeing to pay the remaining amount at a later date. In turn, the seller " +"provides goods or services to the buyer after accepting the down payment, " +"trusting that the remaining amount will be paid later on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:14 -msgid "First time you request a down payment" -msgstr "Перший раз ви запитуєте передоплату" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:13 +msgid "Initial down payment request" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:15 msgid "" -"When a sales order is confirmed, you then have the possibility to create an " -"invoice. Invoices are automatically created in drafts so that you can review" -" them before validation. To create an invoice, Odoo Sales offers you 3 " -"options:" +"When a sales order is confirmed, the option to create an invoice becomes " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` button, located in the upper-" +"left corner of the sales order form. When clicked, a :guilabel:`Create " +"invoices` pop-up appears." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:20 -msgid "Regular invoice" -msgstr "Регулярне виставлення рахунків" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:21 -msgid "Down payment (percentage)" -msgstr "Попередня оплата (відсоток)" +msgid "" +"Invoices are automatically created in drafts, so they can be reviewed before" +" validation." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:22 -msgid "Down payment (fixed amount)" -msgstr "Попередня оплата (фіксована сума)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:24 msgid "" -"In terms of down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage of" -" the total amount. The first time you request a down payment, you can set a " -"percentage or a fixed amount of your choice, and select the right income " -"account and taxes. These settings will be reused for future down payments." +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up, there are 3 options to choose " +"from in the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid ":guilabel:`Regular invoice`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` is selected the other fields disappear, as " +"they only pertain to down payment configurations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:29 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:32 +msgid "" +"In terms of a down payment, it can either be a fixed amount or a percentage " +"of the total amount." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:34 msgid "" -"When you request your first down payment, a new product called **Down " -"payment** will be created. This product will be registered as a **service** " -"product with an invoicing policy of **ordered quantities**. As a reminder, " -"you can edit this product and modify it at any time. Please note that if you" -" choose **delivered quantities** as invoicing policy, **you will not be able" -" to create an invoice**." +"Once the desired down payment option is selected in the :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice` field, designate the desired amount (either as a percentage or " +"fixed amount) in the :guilabel:`Down Payment Amount` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:41 -msgid "Basic sales flow using down payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:38 msgid "" -"For this first example, we will use a 50% amount down payment with a product" -" using **ordered quantities** as invoicing policy. Make sure to check out " -"our documentation about invoicing policies here: :doc:`invoicing_policy` , " -"before requesting your first down payment. When it comes to create and view " -"the invoice, you will only have access to a draft invoice mentioning the " -"down payment (as you can see below)." +"Then, select the appropriate income account for the invoice in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, and add a tax amount, if necessary, in the" +" :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field. These settings will be reused for future " +"down payments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How to configure a down payment on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:47 msgid "" -"There, you can post the invoice and register the payment of your customer. " -"But, we all know that in real life this flow does not happen immediately. " -"So, for now, you can return to the sales order. There, you will have the " -"possibility to see the order as a customer with the **Customer preview** " -"button or to reach easily the previous draft invoice with the **Invoice** " -"button. In any case, the down payment will be mentioned on both (sales order" -" and draft invoice)." +"When a down payment is first requested, a new product called :guilabel:`Down" +" payment` is created. This product is registered as a :guilabel:`Service` " +"product, with an invoicing policy of :guilabel:`Ordered quantities`. This " +"product can be edited and modified at any time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:52 msgid "" -"To complete the flow, when the customer wants to pay the rest of his sales " -"order, you must create another invoice. Once again, you will have the choice" -" to make another down payment or to deduct all the down payments and so, " -"paying the rest of the invoice as a regular invoice." +"If :guilabel:`Delivered quantities` is chosen as the invoicing policy, an " +"invoice will **not** be able to be created." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:56 +msgid "Request a 50% down payment" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:58 msgid "" -"This flow is also possible with a down payment taking into account a fixed " -"amount." +"For the following example, the flow involves a 50% amount down payment on a " +"product with :guilabel:`Ordered quantities` as the invoicing policy." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:184 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:64 msgid "" -"Be careful that if you do a down payment with a product using **delivered " -"quantities** as invoicing policy, you won’t be able to deduct all the down " -"payments when it comes to invoicing your customer. Indeed, you have to " -"deliver a product before creating the final invoice. If nothing has been " -"delivered, you create a **credit note** that cancels the draft invoice " -"created after the down payment. To do so, you have to install the " -"**Inventory App** to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, you can enter the " -"delivered quantity manually on the sales order." +"When the order is confirmed (via the :guilabel:`Confirm` button), it's time " +"to create/view the invoice, by clicking :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:82 -msgid "Modify the income account and customer taxes" -msgstr "Змініть рахунок доходу та податки клієнта" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Then, on the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window that appears, select " +":guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)`, and type `50` in the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment Amount` field. Lastly, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice` to " +"create and view the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "Create invoices pop up window in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:75 +msgid "Doing so reveals the draft invoice, which mentions the down payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "A sample draft invoice with down payment mentioned in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:81 +msgid "" +"From there, the invoice can be confirmed/posted, and the payment can be " +"registered. Return to the sales order, via the breadcrumbs." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:84 -msgid "From the products list, search for the **Down Payment** product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:90 msgid "" -"You can edit it and under the **General Information Tab** you will be able " -"to change the customer taxes. Now, to change the income account, you will " -"need to install the **Accounting App** to have the possibility to see the " -"**Accounting Tab** on the product form." +"On the sales order, the option to view what the customer will see is " +"available, via the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` smart button, and the " +":guilabel:`Invoice` button reveals the drafted invoice. In either case, the " +"down payment is mentioned on both the sales order and draft invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:99 -msgid ":doc:`invoicing_policy`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the down payment is mentioned on the sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:92 +msgid "" +"To confirm and register the first payment of the down payment, click the " +":guilabel:`Invoices` smart button to return to the invoice. On the " +":guilabel:`Customer Invoice` page, click :guilabel:`Confirm`, then " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` to open a :guilabel:`Register Payment` pop-up " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How the register payment pop up looks in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:101 +msgid "" +"On this form, select the appropriate :guilabel:`Journal` and confirm that " +"the down payment amount is correct in the :guilabel:`Amount` field. Then, " +"make any other modifications to the other fields, if necessary, before " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Odoo returns to the invoice, which now has a green :guilabel:`In Payment` " +"banner visible in the upper-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How the initial down payment invoice has a green paid banner in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:112 +msgid "" +"Now, when the customer wants to pay the remaining amount of the order, " +"another invoice must be created. To do that, return to the sales order, and " +"click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:115 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create invoices` pop-up window, there is now an option to " +":guilabel:`Deduct down payments`, which is selected by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The deduct down payment option on the create invoices pop up in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:122 +msgid "" +"If the remaining amount is ready to be paid, the :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`" +" option should be selected, and the :guilabel:`Deduct down payments` option " +"should *stay* selected. Then, click :guilabel:`Create and View Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate :guilabel:`Invoices` page, listing all the " +"invoices for that specific sales order. Each invoice line item displays all " +"the necessary information related to each invoice, along with the current " +":guilabel:`Payment Status`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "The down payment invoices page in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:134 +msgid "" +"To complete the flow, select the invoice with the :guilabel:`Not Paid` " +"status, which opens that invoice. On the invoice page, click " +":guilabel:`Confirm`, then :guilabel:`Register Payment`, and confirm that the" +" remaining :guilabel:`Amount` is correct. Then, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:138 +msgid "" +"That pop-up window disappears, and a green :guilabel:`In Payment` banner is " +"now present on the invoice. The line items on the invoice show that the " +"total amount has been paid, including mentions of the down payment, and the " +"flow is complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:142 +msgid "" +"This flow is also possible with the :guilabel:`Fixed amount` down payment " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:145 +msgid "" +"If a down payment is used with a product that has a :guilabel:`Delivered " +"quantities` invoicing policy, the down payments will **not** be able to be " +"deducted when it comes time to invoice the customer. This is because, due to" +" the invoicing policy, the product(s) would have to be delivered *before* " +"creating the final invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If nothing has been delivered, a :guilabel:`Credit Note` is created, which " +"cancels the draft invoice that was created after the down payment. To " +"utilize the :guilabel:`Credit Note` option, the *Inventory* application must" +" be installed, in order to confirm the delivery. Otherwise, the delivered " +"quantity can be entered manually directly on the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:156 +msgid "Income account and customer taxes modifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:158 +msgid "" +"To adjust the income account and customer taxes attached to a down payment, " +"navigate to the :guilabel:`Products` page (:menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products`), search for the `Down Payment` product in the search" +" bar, and select it to reveal the product detail page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:162 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Down Payment` product page, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. In this tab, the " +"customer taxes can be modified in the :guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst-1 +msgid "How to modify the income account link to down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To change or adjust the income account attached to the :guilabel:`Down " +"Payment` product page, the *Accounting* app **must** be installed. With the " +"*Accounting* app installed, the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab becomes available" +" on the product page. That tab will **not** be accessible without the " +"*Accounting* app installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment.rst:175 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, the income account can be changed in the " +":guilabel:`Income Account` field, in the :guilabel:`Receivables` section. " +"Once all desired changes are complete, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:3 @@ -4277,14 +6413,10 @@ msgstr "Включення витрат у рахунки клієнтів" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:5 msgid "" "It often happens that your employees have to spend their personal money " -"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of an " -"consultant paying an hotel to work on the site of your client. As a company," -" you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." +"while working on a project for your client. Let's take the example of a " +"consultant paying for a hotel to work on the site of your client. As a " +"company, you would like to be able to invoice that expense to your client." msgstr "" -"Часто буває, що ваші співробітники повинні витрачати особисті гроші під час " -"роботи над проектом для вашого клієнта. Давайте приведемо приклад " -"консультанта, який оплачує готель для роботи з вашим клієнтом. Будучи " -"компанією, ви хотіли б мати таку суму у рахунку для свого клієнта." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/expense.rst:12 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:64 @@ -4390,104 +6522,141 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:7 msgid "" -"The **Invoice what is ordered** rule is used as **default mode** in Odoo " -"Sales, which means that customers will be invoiced once the sales order is " +"The *Invoice what is ordered* rule is used as the default mode in Odoo " +"*Sales*, which means customers are invoiced once the sales order is " "confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:9 msgid "" -"The **Invoice what is delivered** rule will invoice customers once the " -"delivery is done. This rule concerns businesses that sell materials, liquids" -" or food in large quantities. In these cases, the quantity might diverge a " -"little bit and it is, therefore, preferable to invoice the quantity actually" -" delivered." +"The *Invoice what is delivered* rule invoices customers once the delivery is" +" done. This rule is often used for businesses that sell materials, liquids, " +"or food in large quantities. In these cases, the ordered quantity may differ" +" slightly from the delivered quantity, making it preferable to invoice the " +"quantity actually delivered." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:14 msgid "" -"Being able to have different invoicing options allow you more flexibility. " -"Indeed, you need to know exactly how to invoice your customers for different" -" situations." +"Being able to have different invoicing options provides more flexibility." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:17 +msgid "Invoicing policy features" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:19 -msgid "Activate these features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:21 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and under " -"**Invoicing policy** choose the rule you want to apply." +"To activate the necessary invoicing policy features, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings`, and under the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing` heading, select an :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` rule: " +":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered` or :guilabel:`Invoice what is " +"delivered`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "Choosing an invoicing policy on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:29 msgid "" -"If you decide to choose the **Invoice what is delivered** rule, you will not" -" be able to activate the feature called **Automatic invoice**, which " -"automatically generates invoices when the online payment is confirmed." +"If the :guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered` rule is chosen, it is **not** " +"possible to activate the :guilabel:`Automatic Invoice` feature, which " +"automatically generates invoices when an online payment is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:35 -msgid "Choose an invoicing policy on a product form" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:34 +msgid "Invoicing policy on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:36 msgid "" -"From any product page, under the **Sales tab**, you will find the invoicing " -"policy, which can be manually changed." +"On any product page, via the :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Products dashboard`, locate the :guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` option located " +"under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab. It can be changed manually " +"using the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "How to change your invoicing policy on a product form on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:45 msgid "Impact on sales flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:47 msgid "" -"On Odoo Sales, the basic sales flow will be to create a quotation, send it " -"to your customer, wait for confirmation, confirm the sales order and create " -"an invoice." +"In Odoo *Sales*, the basic sales flow starts with the creation of a " +"quotation. Then, that quotation is sent to a customer. Next, it needs to be " +"confirmed, which turns the quotation into a sales order. This, in turn, " +"creates an invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:51 msgid "" -"**Invoice what is ordered**: No impact on this basic sales flow. Indeed, you" -" can invoice as soon as the sale is confirmed." +"The following is a breakdown of how invoicing policy rules impact the " +"aforementioned sales flow:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:53 msgid "" -"**Invoice what is delivered**: Small impact on sales flow because you will " -"have to manually enter the delivered quantity on the sales order or to " -"install the **Inventory App** to confirm the delivered quantity before " -"creating an invoice, with the **Sales App**. Indeed, if you try to create an" -" invoice without validating the delivered quantity, you will receive an " -"error message as below." +":guilabel:`Invoice what is ordered`: No impact on the basic sales flow. An " +"invoice is created as soon as a sale is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:55 msgid "" -"Once the quotation is confirmed and that the status went from **Quotation " -"sent** to **Sales order**, you are able to see your delivered and invoiced " -"quantities directly from your sales order (it is true for both rules)." +":guilabel:`Invoice what is delivered`: Minor impact on sales flow, because " +"the delivered quantity needs to be manually entered on the sales order. Or, " +"the *Inventory* app can be installed and used to confirm the delivered " +"quantity before creating an invoice with the *Sales* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:60 msgid "" -"Odoo will automatically add the quantities to the invoice (even if it is a " -"partial delivery)." +"If a user attempts to create an invoice without validating the delivered " +"quantity, the following error message appears: :guilabel:`There is no " +"invoiceable line. If a product has a Delivered quantities invoicing policy, " +"please make sure that a quantity has been delivered.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:0 msgid "" -"Finally, to create an invoice, you will have different possibilities: " -"regular invoice or down payment (percentage or fixed amount)." +"If Delivered Quantities invoicing policy is chosen, ensure a quantity has " +"been delivered." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation is confirmed, and the status changes from " +":guilabel:`Quotation sent` to :guilabel:`Sales order`, the delivered and " +"invoiced quantities are available to view, directly from the sales order. " +"This is true for both invoicing policy rule options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst-1 +msgid "How to see your delivered and invoiced quantities on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically adds the quantities to the invoice, both " +":guilabel:`Delivered` and :guilabel:`Invoiced`, even if it's a partial " +"delivery, when the quotation is confirmed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:80 msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about down payment here: " -":doc:`down_payment`, to master this incredible feature." +"Finally, there are a few different options to create an invoice: " +":guilabel:`Regular invoice`, :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/invoicing_policy.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out the documentation explaining down payment options to " +"learn more: :doc:`/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/down_payment`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/milestone.rst:3 @@ -4548,87 +6717,89 @@ msgid "You can then invoice that first milestone." msgstr "Ви можете потім виставити рахунок за перший етап." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:22 -msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" -msgstr "Надсилання проформи рахунку" +msgid "Pro-forma invoices" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:5 msgid "" -"A pro-forma invoice is an abridged or estimated invoice in advance of a " -"delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, and" -" other important information such as weight and transportation charges. Pro-" -"forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a quotation, " -"or for customs purposes in importation. They differ from a normal invoice in" -" not being a demand or request for payment." +"A *pro-forma invoice* is an abridged or estimated invoice sent in advance of" +" a delivery of goods. It notes the kind and quantity of goods, their value, " +"and other important information, such as weight and transportation charges." msgstr "" -"Проформа рахунку - скорочений або орієнтовний рахунок-фактура перед " -"виставленням рахунку на доставлений товар. Він зазначає вид та кількість " -"товарів, їх вартість та іншу важливу інформацію, таку як вага та транспортні" -" витрати. Файли проформи зазвичай використовуються як попередні рахунки-" -"фактури з комерційною пропозицією, або для митних цілей при імпорті. Вони " -"відрізняються від звичайного рахунка-фактури, оскільки не є вимогою або " -"запитом на оплату." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Pro-forma invoices are commonly used as preliminary invoices with a " +"quotation. They are also used for customs purposes during importation. They " +"differ from a normal invoice in that they are not a demand (or request) for " +"payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:14 msgid "Activate the feature" msgstr "Активуйте цю функцію" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:16 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`SALES --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування` та " -"активуйте функцію *Проформа рахунка-фактури*." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:24 -msgid "" -"From any quotation or sales order, you know have an option to send a pro-" -"forma invoice." -msgstr "" -"З будь-якої комерційної пропозиції або замовлення на продаж ви маєте " -"можливість надіслати проформу рахунка-фактури." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:30 -msgid "" -"When you click on send, Odoo will send an email with the pro-forma invoice " -"in attachment." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви натиснете на Відправити, Odoo надішле електронний лист із проформою " -"рахунка-фактури у вкладенні." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:3 -msgid "Sell subscriptions" -msgstr "Продаж підписок" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Selling subscription products will give you predictable revenue, making " -"planning ahead much easier." -msgstr "" -"Продаж товарів підписки дасть вам прогнозований дохід, що значно полегшить " -"планування." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:9 -msgid "Make a subscription from a sales order" -msgstr "Зробіть підписку із замовлення на продаж" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"From the sales app, create a quotation to the desired customer, and select " -"the subscription product your previously created from the Subscriptions App." +"In order to utilize pro-forma invoices, the *Pro-Forma Invoice* feature " +"**must** be activated. To do that, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app -->" +" Configuration --> Settings`, and in the :guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` " +"section, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice`. Then, " +"click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/subscriptions.rst:14 -msgid "" -"When you confirm the sale the subscription will be created automatically. " -"You will see a direct link from the sales order to the Subscription in the " -"upper right corner." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "The Pro-Forma Invoice feature setting in the Odoo Sales application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:26 +msgid "Send a pro-forma invoice" +msgstr "Надсилання проформи рахунку" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:28 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Pro-Forma Invoice` feature activated, the option to send" +" a pro-forma invoice is now available on any quotation or sales order, via " +"the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Send Pro-Forma Invoice button on a typical sales order in Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:35 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Send Pro-Forma Invoice` button is clicked, an email pop-" +"up appears. The :guilabel:`Recipients` field is auto-populated with the " +"customer from the sales order or quotation. Then, if needed, modify the " +":guilabel:`Subject` field and the body of the email. The pro-forma invoice " +"is automatically added as an attachment to the email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When ready, click :guilabel:`Send`, and Odoo instantly sends the email, with" +" the attached pro-forma invoice, to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The email pop-up window that appears with pro-forma invoice attached in Odoo" +" Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:48 +msgid "" +"To preview what the pro-forma invoice looks like, click on the PDF at the " +"bottom of the email pop-up window *before* clicking :guilabel:`Send`. When " +"clicked, the pro-forma invoice is downloaded instantly. Open that PDF to " +"view (and review) the pro-forma invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/proforma.rst:0 +msgid "Sample pro-forma invoice PDF from Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -"Підтверджуючи продаж, підписку буде створено автоматично. У верхньому " -"правому куті ви побачите пряме посилання із замовлення на продаж на " -"підписку." #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/invoicing/time_materials.rst:3 msgid "Invoice based on time and materials" @@ -4788,11 +6959,685 @@ msgstr "" " постачальника, що автоматично додасть його до ЗНП, де ви можете виставити " "рахунок." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices.rst:5 msgid "Products & Prices" msgstr "Товари та ціни" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:3 +msgid "Use eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:5 +msgid "" +"With Odoo, customers can use **eWallets** and **gift cards** for online and " +"in-store shopping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:7 +msgid "" +"To enable eWallets and gift cards for eCommerce and Point of Sale (PoS), " +"first enable :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card` under " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Settings --> Pricing " +"section`. Once enabled, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products --> " +"Gift cards & eWallet` and :guilabel:`Create` a new eWallet or gift card " +"program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:13 +msgid "eWallets" +msgstr "Електронні гаманці" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:15 +msgid "" +"eWallets allow customers to save credits on their online account and use " +"these credits as a payment method when buying items in an online store or a " +"brick-and-mortar store. eWallets can also be used to centralize multiple " +":ref:`gift cards <ewallet_gift/gift-cards>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Before creating an eWallet program, it is necessary to create an eWallet " +"**top-up** product. Top-ups are pre-defined digital credit values added to " +"an eWallet in exchange for its equivalent in real currency. These credits " +"can then be used as a payment method in the eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS " +"(Point of Sale)`. Top-up values can be of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:25 +msgid "" +"A $50 top-up can be bought for $50, and adds that same amount of credits to " +"the eWallet." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a top-up product, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products -->" +" Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a new product. On the product template, " +"configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:30 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the top-up product (for example, " +"`$50 Top-Up`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:92 +msgid ":guilabel:`Can be Sold`: enabled" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Type`: select :guilabel:`Service`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy`: select :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:95 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create on Order`: select :guilabel:`Nothing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the top-up" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:38 +msgid "" +"In order to have eWallet top-ups of different amounts, create multiple top-" +"up products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Once the top-up is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Products -->" +" Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` an eWallet program. The " +"following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`eWallet`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`eWallet Products`: select the eWallet top-up created earlier. " +"Repeat the process if you created top-ups of different amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email template`: select the email template used for the email " +"sent to the customer. To create a new template, click on the field, select " +":guilabel:`Search More`, and then click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the eWallet program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:115 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: select the company for which the program is valid and " +"available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:116 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: select the applications on which the program is " +"valid and available" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: select the website on which the program is valid and " +"available. Leave this field empty to include all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:119 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: select the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` in which " +"the program is valid and available. Leave this field empty to include all " +":abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "eWallet program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate eWallet` " +"button in the upper-left corner to generate eWallets. eWallets can be " +"generated based on :guilabel:`Customers` and/or :guilabel:`Customer Tags`. " +"The quantity is automatically adapted according to the :guilabel:`Customers`" +" and :guilabel:`Customer Tags` selected. Then, set the :guilabel:`eWallet " +"value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Generated eWallets can be accessed through the :guilabel:`eWallets` smart " +"button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " +":guilabel:`Share` the eWallets via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "eWallets send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Click on an eWallet to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of an " +"eWallet *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:82 +msgid "Gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Gift cards can be purchased by customers, and in turn used as a payment " +"method upon checkout at an eCommerce shop or :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new gift card program, it is necessary to first create " +"gift cards as products. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Products` and :guilabel:`Create` a product. On the product " +"template, configure the options as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product Name`: enter a name for the gift card product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Price`: enter the amount of the gift card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to have gift cards of different amounts, create multiple gift card " +"products and modify the :guilabel:`Sales Price` accordingly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Once the gift card product is created, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Products --> Gift cards & eWallet` to :guilabel:`Create` a gift card " +"program. The following configuration options are available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:106 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Name`: enter a name for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:107 +msgid ":guilabel:`Program Type`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gift Card Products`: select the gift card product created " +"earlier. Repeat the process if you created gift card products of different " +"amounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email template`: select the default :guilabel:`Gift Card: Gift " +"Card Information` template, or create a new template by clicking on the " +"field, selecting :guilabel:`Search More`, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:113 +msgid ":guilabel:`Print Report`: select :guilabel:`Gift Card`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Currency`: select the currency to use for the gift card program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "Gift card program configuration page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Once the program is configured, click the :guilabel:`Generate Gift Cards` " +"button in the upper-left corner to generate gift cards. Gift cards can be " +"generated either for :guilabel:`Anonymous Customers` or :guilabel:`Selected " +"Customers`. Set the :guilabel:`Quantity to generate` for " +":guilabel:`Anonymous Customers`, or select the :guilabel:`Customers` and/or " +":guilabel:`Customer Tags` for :guilabel:`Selected Customers`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Gift Card value`. Finally, set the :guilabel:`Valid Until` period" +" if applicable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Generated gift cards can be accessed through the :guilabel:`Gift Cards` " +"smart button in the upper-right corner. From there, :guilabel:`Send` or " +":guilabel:`Share` the gift cards via email or a URL link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst-1 +msgid "Gift cards send and share buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Click on a gift card to change the :guilabel:`Expiration Date`, " +":guilabel:`Partner`, or :guilabel:`Balance`. The :guilabel:`Code` of a gift " +"card *cannot* be changed, deleted, or duplicated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:3 +msgid "Discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales*, *eCommerce*, and *Point of Sale* applications allow users " +"to create discount and loyalty programs that customers can use for online " +"and in-store shopping. These programs offer more varied, public, and time-" +"sensitive pricing options than :doc:`pricelists " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:11 +msgid "Configure the settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:13 +msgid "" +"To begin using discount and loyalty programs, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Pricing` heading, activate the :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty & " +"Gift Card` setting by checking the box next to the feature. Finally, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:19 +msgid "Configure discount and loyalty programs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:21 +msgid "" +"To create discount and loyalty programs, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Discount & Loyalty`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:24 +msgid "" +"If no discount or loyalty programs have been created yet, Odoo provides a " +"choice of templates to help create the first program. Choose one of the " +"template cards, or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new program from " +"scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Or, if there are already existing programs, select an existing program to " +"edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Discount and loyalty program template cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Templates only appear when no programs have been created, and they disappear" +" once the first program is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:38 +msgid "Creating or editing a program opens the program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:40 +msgid "The program form contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Program Name`: Enter the name of the program. The program name is" +" *not* visible to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Program Type`: Select the desired :ref:`program type " +"<sales/pricing_management/program-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Currency`: Select the currency used for the program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Points Unit`: Enter the name of the points used for the " +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` program (e.g. `Loyalty Points`). The points unit " +"name *is* visible to the customer. This field is only available when the " +":guilabel:`Program Type` is set to :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:50 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Validity`: Select the date until which the program is valid. " +"Leave this field blank for no end date, meaning the program is always valid " +"and does not expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:52 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Limit Usage`: Check this box and enter a number to limit the " +"number of times the program can be used during the :guilabel:`Validity` " +"period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:54 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: In the case of multiple companies, choose the company " +"for which the program is available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:56 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Available On`: Select the app(s) on which the program is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Website`: Select the website(s) on which the program is " +"available. Leave this field blank to make it available on all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Point of Sale`: Select the point(s) of sale at which the program " +"is available. Leave this field blank to make it available at all :abbr:`PoS " +"(Point of Sale)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Program options on the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The options available on the program form vary depending on the " +":ref:`Program Type <sales/pricing_management/program-types>` selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:70 +msgid "" +"All of the existing cards, codes, coupons, etc. that have been generated for" +" the program are accessible through the smart button located in the upper-" +"right corner of the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Program items smart button on the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:80 +msgid "Program types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The different :guilabel:`Program Types` available on the program form are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes that grant " +"immediate access to rewards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Next Order Coupons`: Generate and share single-use coupon codes " +"that grant access to rewards on the customer's next order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Loyalty Cards`: When making purchases, the customer accumulates " +"points to exchange for rewards on future orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Promotions`: Set conditional rules for ordering products, which, " +"when fulfilled, grant access to rewards for the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Set codes which, when entered upon checkout, " +"grant discounts to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Buy X Get Y`: For every X item bought, the customer is granted 1 " +"credit. After accumulating a specified amount of credits, the customer can " +"trade them in to receive Y item." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:98 +msgid "Conditional rules" +msgstr "Правила умови" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Conditional rules` that determine when the " +"program applies to a customer's order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:103 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab, click :guilabel:`Add` next to " +":guilabel:`Conditional rules` to add *conditions* to the program. This " +"reveals a :guilabel:`Create Conditional rules` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Rules & Rewards tab of the loyalty program form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The options for :guilabel:`Conditional rules` vary depending on the selected" +" :ref:`Program Type <sales/pricing_management/program-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:115 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring conditional rules:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:117 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount Code`: Enter a custom code to be used for the " +":guilabel:`Discount Code` program, or use the default one generated by Odoo." +" This field is only available when the :guilabel:`Program Type` is set to " +":guilabel:`Discount Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:120 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Minimum Quantity`: Enter the minimum number of products that must" +" be purchased in order to access the reward. Set the minimum quantity to at " +"least `1` to ensure that the customer must make a purchase in order to " +"access the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:123 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Minimum Purchase`: Enter the minimum amount (in currency), with " +":guilabel:`tax Included` or :guilabel:`tax Excluded`, that must be spent in " +"order to access the reward. If both a minimum quantity *and* minimum " +"purchase amount are entered, then the customer's order must meet both " +"conditions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: Select the specific product(s) for which the program " +"applies. Leave this field blank to apply it to all products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Categories`: Select the category of products for which the " +"program applies. Choose :guilabel:`All` to apply it to all product " +"categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:131 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Tag:` Select a tag to apply the program to products with " +"that specific tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:132 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Grant`: Enter the number of points the customer earns " +":guilabel:`per order`, :guilabel:`per currency spent`, or :guilabel:`per " +"unit paid` (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get Y` " +"programs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Conditional rules configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the rule and close the pop-up window," +" or click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save the rule and immediately create a " +"new one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:144 +msgid "Rewards" +msgstr "Нагороди" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:146 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rules & Rewards` tab of the program form, click " +":guilabel:`Add` next to :guilabel:`Rewards` to add *rewards* to the program." +" This reveals a :guilabel:`Create Rewards` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:151 +msgid "" +"The options for :guilabel:`Rewards` vary depending on the selected " +":ref:`Program Type <sales/pricing_management/program-types>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:154 +msgid "The following options are available for configuring rewards:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reward Type`: Select the reward type among :guilabel:`Free " +"Product`, :guilabel:`Discount`, and :guilabel:`Free Shipping`. The other " +"options for reward configuration depend on the :guilabel:`Reward Type` " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:160 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Product`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity Rewarded`: Select the number of free products rewarded " +"to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:163 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: Select the product given for free as a reward. Only one" +" product can be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:165 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Tag`: Select a tag to further specify the free product " +"eligible for the reward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discount`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:170 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Discount`: Enter the discounted amount in either " +":guilabel:`percentage`, :guilabel:`currency per point`, or " +":guilabel:`currency per order`. Then, select whether the discount applies to" +" the entire :guilabel:`Order`, only the :guilabel:`Cheapest Product` on the " +"order, or only :guilabel:`Specific Products`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:179 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Max Discount`: Enter the maximum amount (in currency) that this " +"reward may grant as a discount. Leave this field at `0` for no limit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Free Shipping`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:182 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`In exchange of`: Enter the number of points required to exchange " +"for the reward (for the :guilabel:`Loyalty Cards` and :guilabel:`Buy X Get " +"Y` programs)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description on order`: Enter the description of the reward, which" +" is displayed to the customer upon checkout." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/loyalty_discount.rst-1 +msgid "Rewards configuration window for a discount or loyalty program." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices.rst:5 msgid "Manage your pricing" msgstr "Управляйте вашими цінами" @@ -4888,12 +7733,12 @@ msgstr "Як адаптувати ціни до ваших клієнтів і msgid "" "Odoo has a powerful pricelist feature to support a pricing strategy tailored" " to your business. A pricelist is a list of prices or price rules that Odoo " -"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several critarias to " +"searches to determine the suggested price. You can set several criteria to " "use a specific price: periods, min. sold quantity (meet a minimum order " "quantity and get a price break), etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:10 msgid "" "As pricelists only suggest prices, they can be overridden by vendors " "completing sales orders. Choose your pricing strategy from " @@ -4902,27 +7747,27 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:18 msgid "" -"*A single sale price per product :* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " -"default product price ;" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:19 -msgid "" -"*Different prices per customer segment :* you will set several prices per " -"products ;" +"*A single sale price per product:* doesn't let you adapt prices, it use " +"default product price ;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:20 msgid "" -"*Advanced pricing based on formula :* will let you apply discounts, margins " +"*Different prices per customer segment:* you will set several prices per " +"products ;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:21 +msgid "" +"*Advanced pricing based on formula:* will let you apply discounts, margins " "and roundings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:24 msgid "Several prices per product" msgstr "Кілька цін на товар" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:26 msgid "" "To apply several prices per product, select *Different prices per customer " "segment* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`. Then open the *Sales* tab " @@ -4933,18 +7778,18 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте вкладку *Продажі* у формі деталей товару. Ви можете вирішити " "наступні стратегії." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:31 msgid "Prices per customer segment" msgstr "Ціни на сегмент клієнта" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:33 msgid "" "Create pricelists for your customer segments: e.g. registered, premium, etc." msgstr "" "Створіть вартість для ваших сегментів клієнтів: наприклад, зареєстрований, " "преміум та ін." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:38 msgid "" "The default pricelist applied to any new customer is *Public Pricelist*. To " "segment your customers, open the customer detail form and change the *Sale " @@ -4955,17 +7800,17 @@ msgstr "" "відкрийте детальну форму замовника та змініть *Продажну вартість* на вкладці" " *Продажі та покупки*." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:46 msgid "Temporary prices" msgstr "Тимчасові ціни" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:48 msgid "Apply deals for bank holidays, etc. Enter start and end dates dates." msgstr "" "Застосуйте угоди для святкових днів та ін. Введіть дати початку та " "завершення." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:54 msgid "" "Make sure you have default prices set in the pricelist outside of the deals " "period. Otherwise you might have issues once the period over." @@ -4973,11 +7818,11 @@ msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що ціни за замовчуванням встановлені в прайс-листі за межами " "періоду угод. Інакше ви можете мати проблеми після закінчення періоду. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:58 msgid "Prices per minimum quantity" msgstr "Ціни за мінімальну кількість" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:64 msgid "" "The prices order does not matter. The system is smart and applies first " "prices that match the order date and/or the minimal quantities." @@ -4985,21 +7830,21 @@ msgstr "" "Цінове замовлення не має значення. Система розумна і застосовує перші ціни, " "які відповідають даті замовлення та/або мінімальним кількостям. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:68 msgid "Discounts, margins, roundings" msgstr "Знижки, маржа, округлення" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:70 msgid "" "*Advanced pricing based on formula* allows to set price change rules. " "Changes can be relative to the product list/catalog price, the product cost " "price, or to another pricelist. Changes are calculated via discounts or " -"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minumum margin) and " +"surcharges and can be forced to fit within floor (minimum margin) and " "ceilings (maximum margins). Prices can be rounded to the nearest cent/dollar" " or multiple of either (nearest 5 cents, nearest 10 dollars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:77 msgid "" "Once installed go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Pricelists`" " (or :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` if you use " @@ -5009,7 +7854,7 @@ msgstr "" " Прайслисти` (або :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " "Прайслисти` якщо ви використовуєте Електронну комерцію)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:85 msgid "" "Each pricelist item can be associated to either all products, to a product " "internal category (set of products) or to a specific product. Like in second" @@ -5019,7 +7864,7 @@ msgstr "" "внутрішньою категорією товару (набором товарів) або з певним товаром. Як і в" " другому варіанті, ви можете встановити дати та мінімальні кількості." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:92 msgid "" "Once again the system is smart. If a rule is set for a particular item and " "another one for its category, Odoo will take the rule of the item." @@ -5027,43 +7872,43 @@ msgstr "" "Ще раз - система є розумною. Якщо для певного елемента встановлено правило, " "а інший - для його категорії, Odoo приймає правило елемента." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:94 msgid "Make sure at least one pricelist item covers all your products." msgstr "" "Переконайтеся, що принаймні один елемент прайс-листа охоплює всі ваші " "товару. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:96 msgid "There are 3 modes of computation: fix price, discount & formula." msgstr "Існує 3 режими обчислення: фіксована ціна, знижка та формула." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:101 msgid "Here are different price settings made possible thanks to formulas." msgstr "Ось різні налаштування цін, які стали можливими завдяки формулам." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:104 msgid "Discounts with roundings" msgstr "Знижки з округленнями" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:106 msgid "e.g. 20% discounts with prices rounded up to 9.99." msgstr "напр. 20% знижки з цінами, округленими до 9.99." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:112 msgid "Costs with markups (retail)" msgstr "Витрати з націнками (роздріб)" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:114 msgid "e.g. sale price = 2*cost (100% markup) with $5 of minimal margin." msgstr "" "наприклад, ціна продажу = 2*вартість (100% розцінка) з 5 гривень мінімальної" " маржі." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 msgid "Prices per country" msgstr "Ціни на країну" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:122 msgid "" "Pricelists can be set by countries group. Any new customer recorded in Odoo " "gets a default pricelist, i.e. the first one in the list matching the " @@ -5075,23 +7920,23 @@ msgstr "" "списку, що відповідає країні. Якщо жодна країна не встановлена для клієнта, " "Odoo бере перший прайс-лист без будь-якої групи-країн." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:126 msgid "The default pricelist can be replaced when creating a sales order." msgstr "" "За замовчуванням прайс-лист можна замінити при створенні замовлення на " "продаж." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 msgid "You can change the pricelists sequence by drag & drop in list view." msgstr "" "Ви можете змінювати послідовність прайс-листів за допомогою перетягування у " "вигляді списку. " -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:131 msgid "Compute and show discount % to customers" msgstr "Обчисліть та покажіть відсоток знижки покупцям" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 msgid "" "In case of discount, you can show the public price and the computed discount" " % on printed sales orders and in your eCommerce catalog. To do so:" @@ -5100,7 +7945,7 @@ msgstr "" "знижки на друковані замовлення на продаж та у каталозі електронної комерції." " Робіть так:" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:136 msgid "" "Check *Allow discounts on sales order lines* in :menuselection:`Sales --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Quotations & Sales --> Discounts`." @@ -5109,19 +7954,20 @@ msgstr "" ":menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування --> Налаштування --> Комерційні " "пропозиції та продажі --> Знижки`." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:138 msgid "Apply the option in the pricelist setup form." msgstr "Застосовуйте цю опцію у формі встановлення прайс-листа." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:140 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:145 msgid ":doc:`currencies`" msgstr ":doc:`currencies`" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:141 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing.rst:146 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products.rst:5 msgid "Manage your products" msgstr "Керуйте вашими товарами" @@ -5174,8 +8020,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:26 msgid "" -"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one" -" of your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." +"The ID is a truly unique identifier for the line item. Feel free to use one " +"from your previous software to ease the transition into Odoo." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/import.rst:29 @@ -5213,561 +8059,940 @@ msgid "" "Attributes / Attribute / ID)." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:3 +msgid "Automatically get product images with Google Images" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The product images are very useful in Odoo, for example, to quickly find a " +"product or check if you scanned the right one, but it can be a bit painful " +"to set up especially if you have a lot of products. **Google Custom Search**" +" allows finding images automatically for your product, based on their " +"barcode, keeping your focus on what matters in your business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:15 +msgid "This functionnality requires configuration both on Google and on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:17 +msgid "" +"With a free Google account, you can get up to 100 free images per day. If " +"you need a higher rate, you'll have to upgrade to a billing account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:23 +msgid "Google API dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Go to the `Google Cloud Platform API & Services " +"<https://console.developers.google.com/>`_ page to generate Google Custom " +"Search API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Select or create an API project to store the credentials. Give it an " +"explicit name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:31 +msgid "" +"In the credentials section, click on **Create Credentials** and select **API" +" Keys**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "API & Services page on Google Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:37 +msgid "Save your **API Key**. You'll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Use the search bar to look for **Google Custom Search API** and select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "Search bar containing \"Custom Search API\" on Google Cloud Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:45 +msgid "Enable the API." +msgstr "Увімкніть API." + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"\"Custom Search API\" tile with Enable button highlighted on Google Cloud " +"Platform" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:54 +msgid "Google Programmable Search dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Go to `Google Programmable Search Engine " +"<https://programmablesearchengine.google.com/>`_ and click on **Get " +"Started**. Log in with your Google account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Google Programmable Search Engine page with the **Get Started** button on the up-right\n" +"of the page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:64 +msgid "" +"Fill the language and the name of the search engine. Give it an explicit " +"name (e.g. Odoo Images)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Google doesn't allow to create a search engine without having entered at " +"least one specific site to search on. You can put any website (e.g. " +"www.google.com) for this step, we will remove it later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Validate the form by clicking on **Create**. Then, go to the edition mode of" +" the search engine that you created (either by clicking on **Control Panel**" +" on the confirmation page or by clicking on the name of your Search Engine " +"on the Home page)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:76 +msgid "" +"In the **basics** tab, make sure to enable **Image search**, **SafeSearch** " +"and **Search the entire web**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:80 +msgid "" +"Once **Search the entire web** is enabled, you can safely delete the site " +"that you put at the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Save your **Search Engine Id**. You’ll need it for the next step in Odoo!" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:88 +msgid "Odoo" +msgstr "Odoo" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations`, " +"activate **Google Images** and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings--> Integrations`, " +"enter your **API Key** and **Search Engine ID** in **Google Images** " +"settings and save again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:99 +msgid "Automatically get your product images in Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:101 +msgid "" +"The action to automatically get your product images in Odoo appears in any " +"Products or Product Variants list view. Here is a step-by-step guide from " +"the Inventory app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:104 +msgid "" +"Go to the Products menu (:menuselection:`Products --> Products` or " +":menuselection:`Products --> Product Variants`) from any application that " +"uses products like Inventory or Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:107 +msgid "On the list view, select the products that needs an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Only the 10,000 first selected products or product variants will be " +"processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Only the products or product variants with a barcode and without an image " +"will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If you select a product that has one or more variants from the Products " +"view, each variant matching the previous criteria will be processed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:117 +msgid "" +"In the action menu, select **Get Pictures from Google Images** and validate " +"by clicking on **Get picture**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:120 +msgid "You should see your images appearing incrementally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:123 +msgid "" +"Only the 10 first images are fetched immediatly. If you selected more than " +"10, the rest will be fetched as a background job." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:125 +msgid "" +"The background job process about 100 images in a minute. If you reach the " +"quota authorized by Google (either with a free or a paid plan), the " +"background job will put itself on hold for 24 hours and continue where it " +"stopped the day before." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/product_images.rst:130 +msgid "" +"`Create, modify, or close your Google Cloud Billing account " +"<https://cloud.google.com/billing/docs/how-to/manage-billing-account>`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "Using product variants" -msgstr "Використання варіантів товару" +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:5 msgid "" -"Product variants are used to manage products having different variations, " -"like size, color, etc. It allows managing the product at the template level " -"(for all variations) and at the variant level (specific attributes)." +"Product variants are used to give single products a variety of different " +"characteristics, such as size and color. Products using variants can be " +"managed at the product template level (for all attributes and variants of " +"that product), and/or at the variant level (for individual variants)." msgstr "" -"Варіанти товару використовуються для управління товарами, що мають різні " -"варіанти, наприклад розмір, колір тощо. Це дозволяє керувати товаром на " -"рівні шаблону (для всіх варіантів) та на рівні варіантів (специфічні " -"атрибути)." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:9 msgid "" "As an example, a company selling t-shirts may have the following product:" msgstr "Наприклад, компанія, що продає футболки, може мати такий товар:" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 +msgid "T-shirt" +msgstr "T-shirt" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 -msgid "B&C T-shirt" -msgstr "Футболка B&C" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "Sizes: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -msgstr "Розміри: S, M, L, XL, XXL" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 -msgid "Colors: Blue, Red, White, Black" -msgstr "Кольори: синій, червоний, білий, чорний" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:18 -msgid "" -"In this example, **B&C T-Shirt** is called the product template and **B&C " -"T-Shirt, S, Blue** is a variant. Sizes and color are **attributes**." +msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" msgstr "" -"У цьому прикладі **Футболка B&C** називається шаблоном товару, а **Футболка " -"B&C, S**, синій - це варіант. Розміри та колір є **атрибутами**." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:22 -msgid "" -"The above example has a total of 20 different products (5 sizes x 4 colors)." -" Each one of these products has its own inventory, sales, etc." -msgstr "" -"У наведеному вище прикладі в цілому 20 різних товарів (5 розмірів на 4 " -"кольори). Кожен з цих товарів має власну інвентаризацію, продаж та ін." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 -msgid "Impact of variants" -msgstr "Вплив варіантів" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 -msgid "" -"**Barcode**: the code and barcode is associated to a variant, not the " -"template. Every variant may have its own barcode / SKU." -msgstr "" -"**Штрих-код**: код та штрих-код асоціюються з варіантом, а не з шаблоном. " -"Кожен варіант може мати свій штрих-код / ​​SKU." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:31 -msgid "" -"**Price**: every product variant has its own public price that is computed " -"based on the template price ($20) with an optional extra for every variant " -"(+$3 for color red). However, you can define pricelist rules that apply on " -"the template or the variant." -msgstr "" -"**Ціна**: кожен варіант товару має свою публічну ціну, яка обчислюється на " -"основі ціни шаблону ($ 20) за додатковим аксесуаром для кожного варіанта (+ " -"3 дол. США за червоний колір). Тим не менше, ви можете визначити цінові " -"правила, які застосовуються до шаблону або варіанту." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:36 -msgid "" -"**Inventory**: the inventory is managed by product variant. You don't own " -"t-shirts, you only own \"T-shirts, S, Red\", or \"T-Shirts, M, Blue\". For " -"information purpose, on the product template form, you get the inventory " -"that is the sum of every variant. (but the actual inventory is computed by " -"variant)" -msgstr "" -"**Запас**: запас керується варіантом товару. Ви не володієте футболками, у " -"вас є тільки \"Футболки, S, червоний\", або \"Футболки, M, синій\". Для " -"інформаційного призначення, у формі шаблону товару ви отримуєте запас, який " -"є сумою кожного варіанту (але фактичний запас обчислюється за варіантом)." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "" -"**Picture**: the picture is related to the variant, every variation of a " -"product may have its own primary picture." -msgstr "" -"**Зображення**: картинка пов'язана з варіантом, кожна варіація товару може " -"мати свою основну картину." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "" -"**Other fields**: most of the other fields belongs to the product template. " -"If you update them, it updates automatically all the variants. (example: " -"Income Account, Taxes)" -msgstr "" -"**Інші поля**: більшість інших полів належить до шаблону товару. Якщо ви їх " -"оновлюєте, він автоматично оновлює всі варіанти (приклад: Рахунок доходу, " -"Податки)." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:50 -msgid "Should you use variants?" -msgstr "Чи варто використовувати варіанти?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:53 -msgid "When should you use variants?" -msgstr "Коли слід використовувати варіанти?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:55 -msgid "Using variants has the following impacts:" -msgstr "Використання варіантів має такі наслідки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:57 -msgid "" -"**eCommerce**: in your online shop, the customer will only see product " -"templates in the catalog page. Once the visitor click on such a product, he " -"will have options to choose amongst the variants (colors, sizes, …)" -msgstr "" -"**Електронна комерція**: у вашому інтернет-магазині клієнт побачить лише " -"шаблони товарів на сторінці каталогу. Коли відвідувач натискає на такий " -"товар, він матиме варіанти вибору серед варіантів (кольори, розміри, ...)" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:62 -msgid "" -"**Manufacturing**: Using variants allows to define only one bill of material" -" for a product template and slight variations for some of the variants. " -"Example: instead of creating a Bill of Material for \"T-shirt, Red, S\", you" -" create a bill of material for \"T-shirt\" and add some lines that are " -"specific to the dimension S, and other lines specific to the color Red." -msgstr "" -"**Виробництво**: Використання варіантів дозволяє визначити лише одну " -"специфікацію для шаблону товару та невеликі варіації для деяких варіантів. " -"Приклад: замість створення специфікації для \"Футболки, червоний, S\" ви " -"створюєте специфікацію для \"футболки\" і додаєте рядки, що відповідають " -"конкретному розміру S, а також інші рядки, специфічні для червоного кольору." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:69 -msgid "" -"**Pricing**: The default price of a product is computed using the price of " -"the product template and add the optional extra price on each dimension of " -"the variant. This way, variant prices are easier to maintain since you don't" -" have to set the price for every variant. However, it's possible to create " -"pricelist rules to fix price per variants too." -msgstr "" -"**Ціноутворення**: ціна товару за замовчуванням обчислюється за ціною " -"шаблону товару та додає необов'язкову додаткову ціну за кожним розміром " -"варіанту. Таким чином, варіанти ціни простіше підтримувати, оскільки вам не " -"потрібно встановлювати ціни за кожним варіантом. Однак можна створити цінові" -" правила, щоби встановити ціну за варіантом." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 -msgid "When should you avoid using variants?" -msgstr "Коли слід уникати використання варіантів?" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 -msgid "" -"Using variants may add a level of complexity on the way you use Odoo. You " -"should consider using variants only if you need it to reduce the complexity " -"of managing lots of products that are similars." -msgstr "" -"Використання варіантів може додати рівень складності в тому, як ви " -"використовуєте Odoo. Ви повинні розглянути можливість використання варіантів" -" лише у тому випадку, коли вам це потрібно, щоб зменшити складність " -"управління багатьма товарами, які є аналогами." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 -msgid "" -"As an example, importing your initial product catalog is more complex if you" -" use variants. You can't just import a list of products, you must import " -"product templates and all their related variations." -msgstr "" -"Наприклад, імпорт початкового каталогу товарів є більш складним, якщо ви " -"використовуєте варіанти. Ви не можете просто імпортувати список товарів, ви " -"повинні імпортувати шаблони товарів та всі пов'язані з ними варіанти." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:87 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, you should also carefully select the dimensions that " -"you manage as separate product templates and those as variants. As an " -"example, a company having these products:" -msgstr "" -"Крім того, ви також повинні ретельно вибрати параметри, якими ви керуєте як " -"окремими шаблонами товарів, і ті, що є варіантами. Наприклад, компанія, яка " -"має ці товари:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:91 -msgid "Quality: T-Shirts, Polos, Shirts" -msgstr "Якість: футболки, поло" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:93 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:110 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue" -msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:111 -msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL" -msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:97 -msgid "" -"In such a use case, you could create 1 template with three dimensions of " -"variants (Layout, T-Shirts, Polos). But, it's recommended to create two " -"different product templates as T-shirts may highly differ from polos or " -"shirts and customer expect to see these as two different products in the " -"e-Commerce:" -msgstr "" -"У такому випадку ви можете створити 1 шаблон з трьома параметрами варіантів " -"(Компонування, футболки, поло). Але рекомендується створити два різні " -"шаблони товарів, оскільки футболки можуть сильно відрізнятись від поло або " -"сорочок, і споживач сподівається побачити їх як два різні товари в " -"електронній комерції:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:103 -msgid "Product Template: T-shirt" -msgstr "Шаблон товару: футболка" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 -msgid "Product Template: Polos" -msgstr "Шаблон товару: поло" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:117 -msgid "Activate the variant feature" -msgstr "Активізуйте функцію варіанту" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:119 -msgid "" -"Before you can use product variants, you must first activate the product " -"variants in the settings. To do so, you must go to the Sales app. In the " -"menu :menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, locate the **Products " -"Variants** line, and tick the option **Products can have several " -"attributes**, then click on **Apply**." -msgstr "" -"Перш ніж використовувати варіанти товару, спочатку потрібно активувати " -"варіанти товару в налаштуваннях. Для цього потрібно перейти до додатку " -"Продажі. У меню :menuselection:`Налаштування --> Налаштування` знайдіть " -"рядок **Варіанти товару** та поставте прапорець біля опції **Товари можуть " -"мати кілька атрибутів**, потім натисніть **Застосувати**." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:129 -msgid "Creating products with variants" -msgstr "Створення товарів з різними варіантами" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:131 -msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products`. It is also accessible from the Purchase and inventory modules." -msgstr "" -"Після активації варіантів, ви можете додати варіанти до ваших товарів. Для " -"цього перейдіть до модуля :menuselection:`Продажі --> Товари`. Він також " -"доступний у модулі Купівлі та Склад." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:135 -msgid "Now, click on the product you wish to add variants to." -msgstr "Тепер натисніть на товар, до якого потрібно додати варіанти." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 -msgid "" -"In the product page, a new tab called Variants has appeared. The number in " -"purple written on top is the number of variants this product currently has. " -"To add new variants, click on the tile. In the new window, click on " -"**Create**." -msgstr "" -"На сторінці товару з'явилася нова вкладка Варіанти. Фіолетовий номер, " -"написаний зверху, - це кількість варіантів цього товару в даний час. Щоби " -"додати нові варіанти, натисніть на плитку. У новому вікні натисніть кнопку " -"**Створити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 -msgid "" -"In **Attributes**, click on the rolldown menu and select the type of " -"variance you wish to add. If the variant does not yet exist, you can create " -"it on the fly by clicking on Create and edit…" -msgstr "" -"У розділі **Атрибути** клацніть на розгорнутому меню та виберіть тип " -"різниці, який ви хочете додати. Якщо варіант ще не існує, ви можете створити" -" його на льоту, натиснувши кнопку Створити та редагуйте..." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:149 -msgid "" -"In the Attributes window, the **Value** field is the description of the " -"attribute such as Green, Plastic or 32GB. The **Attribute** field is the " -"type of variant such as Color, Material or Memory." -msgstr "" -"У вікні Атрибути поле **Значення** - це опис атрибута, такого як Зелений, " -"Пластиковий або «32 Гб». Поле **Атрибут** - це тип варіанта, такого як " -"Колір, Матеріал або Пам'ять." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 -msgid "" -"You can add a cost for the variant on the fly by adding it in the " -"**Attribute Price Extra** field, or choose to modify it later. Click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати вартість варіанту на льоту, додавши його в поле **Додаткові" -" характеристики** або оберіть його пізніше. Натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 -msgid "" -"You can also add a different barcode and internal reference to the variant." -msgstr "" -"Ви також можете додати інший штрих-код та внутрішнє посилання на варіант." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:163 -msgid "" -"When you have entered all the specifications of the variant, click on " -"**Save**." -msgstr "" -"Коли ви ввели всі специфікації цього варіанту, натисніть кнопку " -"**Зберегти**." - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:167 -msgid "Managing Product Variants" -msgstr "Управління варіантами товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:172 -msgid "" -"The examples below are all based on this product template that has two " -"variant attributes :" -msgstr "" -"Наведені нижче приклади є основою цього шаблону товару, який має два " -"атрибути варіанта:" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:175 -msgid "T-Shirt B&C" -msgstr "Футболка B&C" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:177 -msgid "Color: Red, Blue, White" -msgstr "Колір: червоний, синій, білий" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:179 msgid "Size: S, M, L, XL, XXL" msgstr "Розмір: S, M, L, XL, XXL" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:182 -msgid "Managing combination possibilities" -msgstr "Управління можливостями комбінації" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:16 msgid "" -"By default, with the above product template, you get 15 different products " -"(3 colors, 5 sizes). If the XXL size only exists for red and blue t-shirts, " -"you can deactivate the white product variant." +"In this example, the **T-Shirt** is the product template, and **T-Shirt, S, " +"Blue** is a product variant. **Color** and **size** are the attributes. " +"**S** and **Blue** are values." msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням, використовуючи вказаний вище шаблон товару, ви отримуєте " -"15 різних товарів (3 кольори, 5 розмірів). Якщо розмір XXL існує лише для " -"червоних та синіх футболок, ви можете деактивувати варіант білого товару." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:19 msgid "" -"To do this, click on the **Variants** button, select the XXL, White T-shirt." -" From the product form, uncheck the **Active** box of the T-shirt White, " -"XXL." +"The above example has a total of 20 different product variants (5 sizes x 4 " +"colors). Each one of these has its own inventory, sales, etc." msgstr "" -"Для цього натисніть кнопку **Варіанти**, виберіть XXL, біла футболка. З " -"форми товару зніміть позначення **Активно** футболки білого кольору XXL." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:26 +msgid "Activating product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:28 msgid "" -"That deactivating a product is different than having an inventory of 0." -msgstr "Деактивація товару відрізняється від наявності інвентаризації 0." +"To use product variants, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Product Catalog`, and enable the :guilabel:`Variants` feature. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Activating product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:37 +msgid "Creating attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"Attributes need to be created before product variants can be set up. " +"Attributes can be accessed via :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " +"Products --> Attributes`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:43 +msgid "" +"The order of attributes on the :guilabel:`Attributes` page dictates how they" +" appear on the :guilabel:`Product Configurator`, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard, and :guilabel:`eCommerce` pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To create a new attribute, click :guilabel:`Create`. First, choose an " +"attribute name, such as \"Color\" or \"Size.\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Attribute creation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Then, select a :guilabel:`Display Type`, which determines how this product " +"will be shown on the :guilabel:`eCommerce` page, :guilabel:`Point of Sale` " +"dashboard, and :guilabel:`Product Configurator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`: options appear in a bullet style list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`: options appear in a dropdown menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Color`: options appear as small colored squares, which reflect " +"any HTML color codes set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display Types on Product Configurator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` informs Odoo when to automatically " +"create a new variant once an attribute is added to a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instantly`: creates all possible variants as soon as attributes " +"and values are added to a product template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Dynamically`: creates variants only when corresponding attributes" +" and values are added to a sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Never`: never automatically creates variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Once added to a product, an attribute's :guilabel:`Variants Creation Mode` " +"cannot be edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:79 +msgid "" +"Values should be added to an attribute before saving, but more values can be" +" added at any time, if needed. To add a value, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +" From there, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:82 +msgid "Type in the value's name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Check a box to indicate whether or not the value is custom (i.e. the " +"customer provides unique specifications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Specifically for colors, add an HTML color code to make it even easier for " +"salespeople and customers to know what they're selecting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:88 +msgid "" +"A color code can be selected either by dragging the slider around or by " +"entering a specific HTML color code (e.g. #FF0077)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting a color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:95 +msgid "Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to finish creating the attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Attributes can also be created directly from the product template by adding " +"a new line and typing the name into the :guilabel:`Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After an attribute is added to a product, a new tab appears on the " +"attribute's page called :guilabel:`Related Products`. This tab lists every " +"product in the database that is currently using the attribute." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:106 +msgid "Creating product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:108 +msgid "" +"After creating an attribute, use the attribute to create a product variant " +"by going to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`. Then, select " +"an existing product and click :guilabel:`Edit`, or create a new product by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:112 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Variants` smart button at the top of the product template " +"indicates the number of currently configured variants on the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To add a new variant, click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab, then click on " +":guilabel:`Add a line` to add any attributes and values. When all the " +"attributes and values have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Similar product variant creation processes are accessible through the " +"Purchase, Inventory, and eCommerce applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:124 +msgid "Managing product exclusions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:126 +msgid "" +"The following examples are all based on a product template that has two " +"attributes:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:128 +msgid "T-Shirt" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:130 +msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:133 +msgid "" +"With the above product template, there are 15 different t-shirt variants in " +"three different colors and five different sizes. If the white t-shirts are " +"not available in the XXL size, then that variant can be deactivated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To deactivate a particular product variant, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> " +"Products --> Products` and select the relevant product. Next, click on the " +":guilabel:`Configure` button next to the relevant attribute value. Then " +"select the relevant value (in this example, the :guilabel:`White Color` " +"attribute), and then click on :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:142 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Exclude for` section, click :guilabel:`Add a line` and " +"select any product(s) and/or specific attribute values that are currently " +"unavailable. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting, and Odoo " +"will automatically show the product variant as unavailable on the eCommerce " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Excluding attributes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:152 msgid "Setting a price per variant" msgstr "Встановлення ціни за варіант" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:154 msgid "" -"You can add a cost over the main price for some of the variants of a " -"product." +"Extra costs can be added to a product's standard price for specific product " +"variants." msgstr "" -"Ви можете додати вартість по основній ціні для деяких варіантів товару." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:156 msgid "" -"Once you have activated the variant option, you can add variants to your " -"products. To do so, go to the Sales module, open :menuselection:`Sales --> " -"Products` and click on the product you want to modify. Click on the " -"**Variant Prices** button to access the list of variant values." +"To do this, open :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, and click" +" on the relevant product. Next, click on :guilabel:`Configure Variants` to " +"access the list of product variant values." msgstr "" -"Після активації варіантів, ви можете додати варіанти до ваших товарів. Для " -"цього перейдіть до модуля Продажі, відкрийте :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Товари` і натисніть на товар, який потрібно змінити. Натисніть кнопку " -"**Варіанти цін**, щоби переглянути список варіантів значень." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:160 msgid "" -"Click on the variant name you wish to add a value to, to make the 3 fields " -"editable. In the **Attribute Price Extra** field, add the cost of the " -"variant that will be added to the original price." +"Then, click on a variant value, and :guilabel:`Edit`. In the " +":guilabel:`Value Price Extra` field, type in the additional cost for this " +"particular value. This amount is added to the standard price. Finally, click" +" :guilabel:`Save` to apply the extra price to the value." msgstr "" -"Натисніть на назві варіанту, до якого потрібно додати значення, щоби зробити" -" 3 поля редагованими. У полі **Атрибут додаткової характеристики** додайте " -"вартість варіанту, який буде додано до початкової ціни." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:220 -msgid "When you have entered all the extra values, click on **Save**." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Value Price Extra setting." msgstr "" -"Коли ви введете всі додаткові значення, натисніть кнопку **Зберегти**." -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:169 +msgid "Impact of variants" +msgstr "Вплив варіантів" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:171 msgid "" -"`Accounting Memento: Details of Journal Entries " -"</applications/finance/accounting/overview/main_concepts/memento.html" -"#journal-entries>`_" +":guilabel:`Barcode`: barcodes are associated with each variant instead of " +"the product template. Each individual variant can have its own unique " +"barcode/SKU." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:174 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/overview/process_overview/supplier_bill`" +":guilabel:`Price`: every product variant has its own public price, which is " +"the sum of the product template price and any extra charges for particular " +"attributes. For example, a red shirt's cost is $23 because the shirt's " +"template price is $20, plus an additional $3 for the red color variant. " +"Pricelist rules can be configured to apply to the product template or to the" +" variant." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Set taxes" -msgstr "Встановіть податки" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:180 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Inventory`: inventory is counted for each individual product " +"variant. On the product template form, the inventory reflects the sum of all" +" variants, but the actual inventory is computed by individual variants." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:184 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picture`: each product variant can have its own specific picture." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Changes to the product template automatically apply to every variant of that" +" product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:3 +msgid "Process returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Sales` app provides two different ways to process returns " +"based on whether an invoice has been sent or not." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:9 +msgid "Before invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Returns are completed using *Reverse Transfers* when a customer decides to " +"return a product before an invoice has been sent or validated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:15 +msgid "" +"In order to use Reverse Transfers, the :guilabel:`Inventory` app must also " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To start a return, open the :guilabel:`Sales` app, navigate to the " +"customer's sales order, and click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button " +"to open the associated delivery order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:20 +msgid "" +"On the validated delivery order, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` matches the validated quantities from the delivery " +"order. Update the quantities if necessary. Click on the trash icon next to a" +" line item to remove it from the return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Reverse Transfer\" pop-up window, to make a return before invoicing " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " +"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). Upon receiving the" +" return, the warehouse team validates the warehouse operation. Then, on the " +"original sales order, the :guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the " +"difference between the initial validated quantities and the returned " +"quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The updated \"Delivered\" quantity on the sales order after the reverse " +"transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:38 +msgid "" +"When an invoice is created, the customer receives an invoice only for the " +"products they are keeping." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:42 +msgid "After invoicing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Sometimes, customers return an item after they receive and/or pay for their " +"invoice. In these cases, a return using only *Reverse Transfers* is " +"insufficient since validated or sent invoices cannot be changed. However, " +"*Reverse Transfers* can be used in conjunction with *Credit Notes* to " +"complete the customer's return." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:49 +msgid "" +"To start a return, navigate to the relevant sales order. If there is a " +"payment registered on the sales order, then the payment details will appear " +"in the Chatter, and the invoice (accessible through the :guilabel:`Invoices`" +" smart button) will have a green banner across it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:53 +msgid "" +"From the sales order, click on the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view" +" the validated delivery order. Then, click :guilabel:`Return` to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window. Next, edit the " +":guilabel:`Product` or :guilabel:`Quantity` as needed for the return, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Return`. This generates a new warehouse operation for " +"the incoming returned product(s), which is validated by the warehouse team " +"once the return is received. Then, on the sales order, the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` quantity will reflect the difference between the " +"initial validated quantities and the returned quantities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To process a refund, navigate to the relevant invoice (from the sales order," +" click on the :guilabel:`Invoices` smart button). Click :guilabel:`Add " +"Credit Note` from the validated invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The \"Credit Note\" pop-up window, to issue a credit to the customer after " +"invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Reason` for the credit and a :guilabel:`Specific Journal` to " +"use to process the credit can be specified. If a :guilabel:`Specific " +"Reversal Date` is selected, then a :guilabel:`Refund Date` must also be " +"selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns.rst:72 +msgid "" +"After the information is filled in, click :guilabel:`Reverse`. Then, " +":guilabel:`Edit` the draft as needed, and finally, click :guilabel:`Confirm`" +" to confirm the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations.rst:5 msgid "Send Quotations" msgstr "Надішліть комерційні пропозиції" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotations deadline to stimulate your customers" +msgid "Quotation deadlines" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:5 msgid "" -"When sending quotations, it is important to set a deadline to encourage your" -" customers to act. Indeed, this will stimulate them because they will be " -"afraid of missing a good deal and it will also allow you to protect yourself" -" in case you have to fulfill an order at a price that is no longer " -"profitable for you." +"In the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to set deadlines on sales " +"quotations. Doing so encourages customers to act quickly during sales " +"negotiations, for they might fear for missing out on a good deal. As well, " +"deadlines also can also act as protection for a company in case an order has" +" to be fulfilled at a price that is no longer profitable for the business." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:11 -msgid "Set a deadline" -msgstr "Встановіть дедлайн" +msgid "Expiration date deadlines" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:13 msgid "" -"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to instantly add an **Expiration Date** from" -" the quotation or the sales order." +"On an Odoo *Sales* quotation, add an expiration date in the " +":guilabel:`Expiration` field located at the top of the quotation or sales " +"order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:22 -msgid "Use deadline in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:16 msgid "" -"It is also possible to add a deadline to every quotation template created. " -"Whenever a specific quotation template is used in a quote, its associated " -"deadline will be automatically applied. Be sure to check out our " -"documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to excel in their use." +"To add an expiration date to a quotation, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app`, and select a desired quotation, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:19 msgid "" -"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see when" -" the offer expires. For your information, the number of days will be the " -"same as those mentioned in the quotation template." +"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit` (if modifying a pre-existing " +"quotation), and click the :guilabel:`Expiration` field. Doing so reveals a " +"drop-down calendar, in which the month and date can be designated as the " +"expiration date of the quotation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:44 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 +msgid "How to configure deadlines on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Once the expiration date is selected, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all " +"changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:30 +msgid "Deadlines in quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The Odoo *Sales* application also makes it possible to add a deadline to " +"every quotation template. Whenever a specific quotation template is used in " +"a quote, its associated deadline is automatically applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:36 +msgid "" +"To add a deadline to a quotation template, navigate to :menuselection:`Sales" +" app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`, and either select the " +"desired quotation template to which a deadline should be added, or click " +":guilabel:`Create` to build a new quotation template from scratch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the quotation template detail page, click the :guilabel:`Edit` button to " +"edit the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Then, add a specific number of days to the :guilabel:`Quotation expires " +"after` field, located beneath the quotation template name. The number of " +"days represents how long the quotation will be valid for, before it expires." +" When done, click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst-1 +msgid "How to use deadline in a quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:51 +msgid "" +"By clicking the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button on a quotation, Odoo " +"clearly displays when that specific offer expires. As a reminder, the number" +" of days is the same as those mentioned in the quotation template (if a " +"quotation template was used for the initial quotation)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:0 +msgid "How customers will see deadlines on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/deadline.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:90 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:3 -msgid "Deliver and invoice to different addresses" -msgstr "Доставляйте та виставляйте рахунки на різні адреси" +msgid "Deliveries and invoices to different addresses" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:5 msgid "" -"With Odoo Sales, you can configure different addresses for delivery and " -"invoicing. For some customers, it will be very practical to define specific " -"billing and shipping addresses. Indeed, not everyone will have the same " -"delivery location as the invoicing location." +"People and businesses often use separate addresses for billing (invoicing) " +"and shipping (delivery) purposes. With the Odoo *Sales* app, contacts can " +"have different specified addresses for delivery and invoicing." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:10 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" **Customer Addresses** feature." +"To properly utilize multiple addresses in Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Sales " +"app --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to the " +":guilabel:`Quotations & Orders` heading. Then, check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Customer Addresses`, and click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Activate the Customer Addresses setting." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:21 -msgid "Add addresses from a quotation" +msgid "Contact form configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:23 msgid "" -"When you create a quotation, you must add a customer. This customer can be a" -" company or a person with specific billing and shipping addresses already " -"defined and registered in the system, or it can be a new customer. In this " -"case, you have to **Create and edit** the contact form for your new customer" -" and link it, if necessary, to a company. In this contact form, you will be " -"able to add, delete and modify invoice and delivery addresses." +"To add multiple addresses to a contact, go to :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Orders --> Customers`, and clear any default filters from the search bar. " +"Then, click on the desired customer to open their contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:28 +msgid "Contact forms can be accessed in the *Contacts* application, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:30 msgid "" -"If you select a customer with defined invoice and delivery addresses, Odoo " -"will automatically use them to fill in the fields. Now, if you want to " -"change it instantly, it is possible to do so directly from the quotation or " -"the sales order." +"From the contact form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and then select " +":guilabel:`Add`, which is located under the :guilabel:`Contacts & Addresses`" +" tab. Doing so reveals a :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, in which " +"additional addresses can be configured." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:40 -msgid "Add addresses from a contact form" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Add a contact/address to the contact form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:38 msgid "" -"Previously, we talked about the contact form that you can fill in directly " -"from a quotation or a sales order to add billing and shipping addresses to " -"customers. But, if you go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Customers`, you can create or modify every customer you want and add, delete" -" or modify invoice and delivery addresses instantly there, before creating a" -" quotation." +"On the :guilabel:`Create Contact` pop-up form, start by clicking the default" +" :guilabel:`Other Address` field to reveal a drop-down menu of address-" +"related options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:54 -msgid "Deal with different addresses" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:41 +msgid "Select any of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: adds another contact to the existing contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoice Address`: adds a specific invoice address to the existing" +" contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delivery Address`: adds a specific delivery address to the " +"existing contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Other Address`: adds an alternate address to the existing contact" +" form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:47 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Private Address`: adds a private address to the existing contact " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Once an option is selected, proceed to enter the corresponding contact " +"information that should be used for the specified address type." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new contact/address on a contact form." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:56 msgid "" -"Like for the previous example, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> " -"Customers` and create a new customer. There, you can add company information" -" but, more importantly, you can enter billing and shipping addresses under " -"the **Contacts & Addresses** tab." +"Then, click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save the address and close the " +":guilabel:`Create Contact` window. Or, click :guilabel:`Save & New` to save " +"the address and immediately input another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:60 +msgid "Address added to quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:62 msgid "" -"Once done, you can return to your Sales dashboard and create a new " -"quotation. Now, if you enter your new customer, you will see that the other " -"fields will fill in by themself with the information previously saved for " -"billing and shipping addresses." +"When a customer is added to a quotation, the :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and" +" :guilabel:`Delivery Address` fields autopopulate with the corresponding " +"addresses specified on the customer's contact form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice and Delivery Addresses autopopulate on a quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Invoice Address` and :guilabel:`Delivery Address` can also be" +" edited directly from the quotation by clicking the :guilabel:`Edit` button," +" and then clicking the :guilabel:`➡️ (right arrow)` internal link buttons " +"next to each address line." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:74 msgid "" -"With Odoo Sales, it is now very convenient to play with various addresses in" -" terms of invoice and delivery features." +"These addresses can be updated at any time to ensure accurate invoicing and " +"delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/different_addresses.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If any changes are made on a form in Odoo, include *Contacts* forms, " +"remember to click :guilabel:`Save` to save the changes to the database." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:3 @@ -5794,15 +9019,19 @@ msgid "" " **Online Payment** feature." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable online payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:22 msgid "" -"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Acquirers** page. It " -"will allow you to select and configure your acquirers of choice. Before " -"creating or modifying a payment acquirer, be sure to check out our " -"documentation about how to be paid with payment acquirers such as " -":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`, " -":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`, and others in the " -":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers` documentation." +"There, you will have direct access to the **Payment Providers** page. It " +"will allow you to select and configure your providers of choice. Before " +"creating or modifying a payment provider, be sure to check out our " +"documentation about how to be paid with payment providers such as " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`, and others in the " +":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers` documentation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:30 @@ -5822,592 +9051,735 @@ msgid "" " different possibilities to make their online payments. For example:" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to register a payment on Odoo Sales?" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:46 msgid "" "By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" " your customers will have to choose when it comes to payment." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:50 +msgid ":doc:`quote_template`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:51 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:52 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/paypal`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate.rst:53 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/payment_acquirers/authorize`" +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/authorize`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:3 -msgid "Get a signature to confirm an order" -msgstr "Отримайте підпис, щоб підтвердити замовлення" +msgid "Online signatures for order confirmations" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:5 msgid "" -"Online signatures are like electronic \"fingerprints\". By using them on " -"Odoo, you will get automatic orders confirmation. You and your customers " -"will save a lot of time by using this feature compared to a traditional " -"process." +"The Odoo *Sales* application provides customers with the ability to confirm " +"orders via an online signature directly on the sales order. Once the sales " +"order is electronically signed by the customer, the salesperson attached to " +"the sales order is automatically notified that the order is confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:10 -msgid "Activate online signature" -msgstr "Активуйте підпис онлайн" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:11 +msgid "Activate online signatures" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:13 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate the" -" **Online Signature** feature." +"To activate the *online signature* feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & " +"Orders` heading, and activate the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature by " +"checking the box beside it. Then, click the :guilabel:`Save` button in the " +"top-left corner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable online signature in Odoo Sales settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:23 msgid "" -"If you are familiar with this documentation: :doc:`quote_template`, you can " -"activate or not the **Online Signature** feature for each quotation template" -" you use, under their confirmation tab. Example:" +"On quotation templates, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " +"under the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:31 -msgid "Confirm an order with a signature" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on a quotation template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:30 msgid "" -"When you send quotations to clients, they can instantly accept and sign it " -"online. When they click on **Sign & Pay**, they have the choice to draw " -"their own signature, automatically fill in the field with an automated " -"signature or load a file from their computer. Here below, it is an example " -"of an automated signature:" +"On standard quotations, the :guilabel:`Online Signature` feature is located " +"under the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Once signed, you will have the possibility to choose your payment methods. " -"Then, when the quotation will be paid and confirmed, a delivery order will " -"be created automatically by Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:0 +msgid "How to enable online signature on standard quotations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:38 +msgid "Order confirmations with online signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:40 msgid "" -"Be careful that delivery orders are only generated for storable products and" -" if the **Inventory app** is already installed." +"When quotations are sent to clients, there's an option for them to " +":guilabel:`Sign & Pay` directly on the quotation in the online customer " +"portal. When clicked, clients have the option to draw a signature, fill in " +"the field with an automated signature, or load a file from their computer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst-1 +msgid "How to confirm an order with a signature on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate.rst:48 +msgid "" +"Once signed, the various payment method options become available. Then, when" +" the quotation is paid and confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created (if the Odoo *Inventory* app is installed)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:3 -msgid "Add optional products" +msgid "Optional products" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:5 msgid "" -"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy for cross-selling " -"products along with a core product. The aim is to offer useful and related " -"products to your customers. For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, " -"he has the choice to order an automatic opening trunk and massaging seats, " -"or not to order such high-quality products and simply buy his car." +"The use of optional products is a marketing strategy that involves the " +"cross-selling of products along with a core product. The aim is to offer " +"useful and related products to customers, which may result in an increased " +"sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:11 -msgid "Add optional products to your quotations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:9 msgid "" -"With Odoo Sales, it is possible to add or modify optional products directly " -"on quotations (under the **Optional Products** tab, as you can see below)." +"For instance, if a customer wants to buy a car, they have the choice to " +"order massaging seats, as well, or ignore the offer and simply buy the car. " +"Presenting the choice to purchase optional products enhances the customer " +"experience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:14 +msgid "Optional products on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:16 msgid "" -"By clicking on the **Customer Preview** button, you will be able to see what" -" your customers will have as possibilities after opening a quotation from " -"their received email." +"With the Odoo *Sales* application, it is possible to add or modify optional " +"products directly on quotations by navigating to the :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products` tab on a quotation form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to add optional products to your quotations on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:24 msgid "" -"In practice, your customers will be able to add different optional products " -"to their order by using associated carts, with a user-friendly layout. More " -"than that, if a customer selects all the optional products suggested, these " -"additional items will automatically fill in the quotation managed by the " -"salesman." +"Click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` button to reveal a preview of the " +"quotation customers would receive via email, along with the optional " +"products they have a chance of adding to their order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:0 +msgid "Preview your quotations on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:32 msgid "" -"Like this, salespeople will see each movement made by the customer and " -"tracking the order will be all the better." +"In practice, customers are able to add different optional products to an " +"order by clicking the :guilabel:`🛒 (shopping cart)` icon, located to the " +"right of the optional product line. If a customer selects all the optional " +"products suggested, these additional items are automatically filled in on " +"the quotation that is managed by the salesperson." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:49 -msgid "Add optional products to your quotation templates" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to select optional products on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:41 +msgid "" +"When the customer adds an optional product(s) to an order, the salesperson " +"is instantly notified about the change, along with any other change the " +"customer makes to an order. This allows salespeople to stay up-to-date with " +"everything related to an order in the backend of the *Sales* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "How to follow each movement made by your customers on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about :doc:`quote_template` to " -"understand how you can enable, create, design and manage your own quotation " -"templates before reading this part." +msgid "Optional products on quotation templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:54 msgid "" -"For quotation templates, you also have an **Optional Products** tab where " -"you can add related products or services." +"Be sure to review the documentation on how to " +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template` to better " +"understand how quotation templates work before reading the following " +"information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:58 msgid "" -"With Odoo Sales, it is now very easy to understand your customer's needs." +"For quotation templates, just like a typical quotation form, there is also " +"an :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, wherein related products or services " +"can be added to a quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To add optional products to a quotation template, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> Quotation Templates`. Then, " +"either select an existing quotation template to edit, or create a new one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:65 +msgid "" +"On the quotation form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, then click the " +":guilabel:`Optional Products` tab. Under the :guilabel:`Optional Products` " +"tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`, and select the desired product to add as " +"an optional product to the quotation template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:70 +msgid "" +"It's best to offer optional products that would encourage a customer to add " +"additional items to their order, or entice them to purchase a more expensive" +" version of their initially selected product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:74 +msgid "" +"For example, if a customer purchases a wooden chair, some optional products " +"could be: a warranty on that chair and/or a wooden chair with leather seats." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:77 +msgid "" +"When the desired optional product(s) have been added, click :guilabel:`Save`" +" to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:80 +msgid "" +"There is no limit to how many optional products can be added to a quotation " +"template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst:82 +msgid "" +"The products added in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab are present in " +"the quotation, by default, whenever that particular quotation template is " +"used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/optional_products.rst-1 +msgid "" +"How to add optional products to your quotation templates on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:3 +msgid "Use product variants on quotations and sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants can be added to quotations and sales orders using the " +"Product Configurator, Variant Grid Entry, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:11 +msgid "" +"To enable product variants on quotations and sales orders, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings --> Product Catalog` " +"and activate one or both of the :guilabel:`Product Configurator` and " +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` settings. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to " +"apply the settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Activating entry type settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:20 +msgid "" +"After saving the settings, configure the product form. Head over to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products` and select any product (or " +"click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new one). On the product form, click " +":guilabel:`Edit`, and then click on the :guilabel:`Variants` tab. Under " +":guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection`, choose either :guilabel:`Product " +"Configurator` or :guilabel:`Order Grid Entry`. This selection determines " +"which method is used to add the product to quotations or sales orders. " +"Finally, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Sales variant selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:32 +msgid "" +"The product must have at least two variants (one attribute with two values) " +"created in order for the :guilabel:`Sales Variant Selection` option to " +"appear. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` under :guilabel:`Attribute` to add " +"attributes and values to this product and create product variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:37 +msgid "Use the Product Configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:39 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` appears on a quotation or sales order " +"when products are added that have both variants configured and the " +":guilabel:`Product Configurator` option selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Configurator` lets salespeople choose exactly which " +"product variant to add to the quotation or sales order using a format " +"similar to online shopping. Color options display any HTML color codes set " +"up in the :guilabel:`Color` attribute. Features with an additional cost will" +" display the additional cost next to their name. Once the desired product " +"variant attributes are selected, click :guilabel:`Add` to add the product " +"variant to the quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Product Configurator and Price Extras." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:52 +msgid "" +"By default, the product variant attributes are displayed on the quotation or" +" sales order in the :guilabel:`Description` column, but the " +":guilabel:`Product Variant` column can be added through the additional " +"options menu (3 vertical dots icon)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:57 +msgid "Use Variant Grid Entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:59 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entries` appear on a quotation or sales order when " +"products are added that have both variants configured and the " +":guilabel:`Order Grid Entry` option selected. Grid entry can streamline the " +"process of creating large, varied quotations by letting salespeople enter " +"exact quantities of each product variant all at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:64 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Variant Grid Entry` displays a grid of every variant available " +"for the selected product. Choose the exact quantities of each product " +"variant for a quotation or sales order by typing in the number or using the " +"arrows. :guilabel:`Not Available` is displayed when a particular variant has" +" been deactivated in the database. Once all the product variants and their " +"quantities have been set, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to add them to the " +"quotation or sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variant Grid Entry pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Each product variant appears as an individual line item on the quotation or " +"sales order, because each of these items has its own stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/orders_and_variants.rst-1 +msgid "Line items for grid variants." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:3 -msgid "Use quotation templates" -msgstr "Використовуйте шаблони комерційної пропозиції" +msgid "Quotation templates" +msgstr "Шаблони пропозиції" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"By creating custom quotation templates, you will save a lot of time. Indeed," -" with the use of templates, you will be able to send complete quotations at " -"a fast pace." +"In Odoo *Sales*, salespeople have the ability to create reusable quotation " +"templates for common product or service offerings that the business offers. " +"By using these templates, quotations can be tailored and sent to customers " +"at a much faster pace, without having to create new quotations from scratch " +"every time a sales negotiation occurs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:15 msgid "" -"To enable this feature, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> " -"Settings` and activate **Quotation Templates**." +"Begin by activating the setting in :menuselection:`Sales app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Quotations & " +"Orders` heading." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:18 msgid "" -"For even more convenience, it is also recommended to add the **Quotation " -"Builder** feature which will help you design your quotation templates very " -"easily. This option will automatically install the Odoo Website App." +"In that section, check the box beside the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` " +"option. Doing so reveals a new :guilabel:`Default Template` field, in which " +"a default quotation template can be chosen from a drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:29 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:47 -msgid "Create your first template" -msgstr "Створіть ваш перший шаблон" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Quotation templates are under :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable quotation templates on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:26 msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. Once named, you will " -"be able to select products and quantities as well as the expiration time of " -"the quotation." +"Also, upon activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` feature, an " +"internal :guilabel:`➡️ Quotation Templates` link appears beneath the " +":guilabel:`Default Template` field. Clicking that link reveals the " +":guilabel:`Quotation Templates` page, from which templates can be created, " +"viewed, and edited." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:32 +msgid "" +"Consider activating the :guilabel:`Quotation Builder` option in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`, as well, which is located in the right column beside " +"the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` option. This feature aides in the design" +" and customization of quotation templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"**Note:** enabling this feature also automatically installs the Odoo " +"*Website* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "How to enable quotation builder on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:42 msgid "" -"On each template, you can also specify discounts if the option is activated " -"in the **Sales** settings." +"Before leaving the :guilabel:`Settings` page, don't forget to click the " +":guilabel:`Save` button to activate the feature(s) and save all changes made" +" during the session." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:46 -msgid "Design your template" +msgid "Create quotation templates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:48 msgid "" -"You will have the possibility to design your template and edit the customer " -"interface in order to manage what clients will see before accepting and " -"paying the quotation. For example, you will be able to describe your " -"company, your services and your products. To do so, you can click on " -"**Edit** and you will be brought to the quotation builder." +"Click the :guilabel:`Quotation Templates` link on the :guilabel:`Settings` " +"page, or navigate to :menuselection:`Sales app --> Configuration --> " +"Quotation Templates`. Both options reveal the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Templates` page, where quotation templates can be created, viewed, and " +"edited." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:52 msgid "" -"You can easily edit the content of your template by dragging & dropping " -"different building blocks to organize your quotation. For example, you can " -"add a content block to describe your products." +"To create a new quotation template, click the :guilabel:`Create` button, " +"located in the upper-left corner. Doing so reveals a blank quotation " +"template form that can be customized in a number of ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:67 -msgid "Use a quotation template" -msgstr "Використайте шаблон комерційної пропозиції" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Create a new quotation template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:59 +msgid "" +"Start by entering a name for the template in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field. Then, in the :guilabel:`Quotation expires after` field, " +"designate how many days the quotation template will remain valid for, or " +"leave the field on the default `0` to keep the template valid indefinitely." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:63 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Company` field, designate to which company this quotation " +"template applies, if working in a multi-company environment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Beneath those fields are three tabs: :guilabel:`Lines`, :guilabel:`Optional " +"Products`, :guilabel:`Confirmation`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:69 -msgid "When creating a quotation, you can choose a specific template." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:77 msgid "" -"You can select any template of your choice and suggest it as the default " -"template in the **Sales** settings." +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, products can be added to the quotation " +"template by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`, organized by clicking `Add a" +" section` (and dragging/dropping section headers accordingly), and further " +"explained with discretionary information (such as warranty details, terms, " +"etc.) by clicking :guilabel:`Add a note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:81 -msgid "Confirm the quotation" -msgstr "Підтвердіть комерційну пропозицію" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:74 msgid "" -"Templates facilitate the confirmation process by allowing customers to sign " -"electronically or to pay online. You can activate these two options directly" -" in the quotation template itself." +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, :guilabel:`Add a line` for each " +"compatible cross-selling product related to the original items in the " +":guilabel:`Lines` tab, if applicable. The products added here ideally " +"compliment the original offering as added value for the prospective buyer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:78 msgid "" -"Every quotation will now have this setting. Of course you can always change " -"it and make it specific for each quotation." +"Lastly, in the :guilabel:`Confirmation` tab, enable options, as needed, to " +"require an :guilabel:`Online Signature` and/or an :guilabel:`Online " +"Payment`, which each allow buyers to confirm orders automatically using the " +"web portal view after the required action is taken." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:96 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:116 -msgid ":doc:`get_signature_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:97 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:117 -msgid ":doc:`get_paid_to_validate`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:3 -msgid "Add terms & conditions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:82 msgid "" -"Specifying terms and conditions is essential to set out important " -"contractual points such as payment terms, limitation of liability and " -"delivery terms between customers and sellers. Every seller must declare all " -"formal information concerning products and company policy. On the other " -"hand, each customer must take note of all these conditions before committing" -" to anything. With Odoo Sales, it is very easy to include your default terms" -" and conditions on every quotation, sales order, and invoice that you " -"manage." +"There's also an option to add a :guilabel:`Confirmation Mail` to the " +"quotation template, as well - meaning whenever this template is used, and an" +" order is confirmed, an email is sent to the customer informing them that " +"their order has been confirmed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:13 -msgid "Default Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "Загальні положення та умови за замовчуванням" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Allow customers to sign electronically or to pay online on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:91 +msgid "Design quotation templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:94 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"activate *Default Terms & Conditions*." +"The following section on designing quotation templates only applies to " +"databases that have the *Quotation Builder* feature enabled, which is " +"accessible by following the :ref:`configuration steps above " +"<sales/send_quotations/templates>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:98 msgid "" -"Please note that this feature is activated via the settings of the " -"**Invoicing App** and **not** via the settings of the **Sales App**. " -"Moreover, you don't need to install the invoicing application since it is " -"done automatically with the installation of the sales application." +"In the upper-left corner of the quotation template form, there's a " +":guilabel:`Design Template` button. When clicked, Odoo reveals a preview of " +"the quotation template, as it will appear on the front-end of the website, " +"with a :guilabel:`Template Header` specifying that this content will appear " +"on all quotations using this specific template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:32 -msgid "DT&C on your quotations, sales orders, and invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:103 msgid "" -"In the settings of the **Invoicing App**, you have the possibility to insert" -" your default terms and conditions." +"To edit the content, look, and overall design of the quotation template, " +"click the :guilabel:`Edit` button in the upper-right corner. Doing so " +"reveals a variety of design elements and feature-filled building blocks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:42 -msgid "They appear subsequently on every quotation, sales order, and invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Design quotation template on Odoo Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:45 -msgid "DT&C on your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:111 msgid "" -"According to your business needs, you can specify your terms and conditions " -"on your quotation templates. This is interesting if you have different terms" -" and conditions within your company." +"Drag and drop any desired building blocks onto the blank quotation template," +" and proceed to further customize the content to fit any business need. When" +" all blocks and customizations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " +"button to put those configurations into place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation about quotation templates: " -":doc:`quote_template`, to master each step of this amazing feature." +"Drag and drop building blocks to create your quotation template on Odoo " +"Sales." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:60 -msgid "General Terms & Conditions" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:120 +msgid "Use quotation templates" +msgstr "Використовуйте шаблони комерційної пропозиції" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:63 -msgid "GT&C on your website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:122 msgid "" -"Use the **Website App** and create your own general terms and conditions " -"page. For example, here is the Odoo terms and conditions page:" +"When creating a quotation (:menuselection:`Sales app --> Create`), choose a " +"preconfigured template in the :guilabel:`Quotation Template` field drop-down" +" menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst-1 +msgid "Select a specific template on Odoo Sales." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:129 msgid "" -"You can refer to this page in the footer of all your documents. The layout " -"is available in the **General Settings** under the **Business Documents** " -"category. For example, this footer appears in every document from Odoo." +"To view what the customer will see, click the :guilabel:`Customer Preview` " +"smart button to see how the quotation template will look on the front-end of" +" the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:83 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:133 msgid "" -"Attach an external document with your general terms and conditions when you " -"are about to send your quotation by email to your customers." +"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` to select a " +":guilabel:`Default Template`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:94 -msgid "GT&C as attachment in your quotation templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:137 msgid "" -"Create and edit email templates to set a default attachment for all " -"quotation emails that you will send in the future. To do so, you have to go " -"to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Quotation templates` and " -"create a new quotation template or modify an existing one. Under the " -"confirmation tab, you are now able to activate online signatures, online " -"payments and to set a confirmation mail in which you have the possibility to" -" configure the default attachment. There, you can put your general terms & " -"conditions." +":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_signature_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:109 -msgid "" -"To customize your email templates, activate the **developer mode** and go to" -" :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Email --> Templates`." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template.rst:138 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/get_paid_to_validate`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/terms_and_conditions.rst:112 -msgid "With Odoo Sales it is now very simple to deal with terms & conditions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:5 msgid "Subscriptions" msgstr "Підписки" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:3 -msgid "Add subscription products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:7 msgid "" -"To properly sell your subscriptions using our amazing **Odoo Subscriptions**" -" application, you must follow these steps:" +"Odoo *Subscriptions* is used to run recurring businesses: :ref:`sell new " +"contracts <subscriptions/quotations>`, :doc:`upsell customers " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling>`, keep the churn under " +"control, and :doc:`generate reports " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/reports>` on the main :abbr:`KPIs (Key " +"Performance Indicators)`: :abbr:`MRR (Monthly Recurring Revenue)`, " +":abbr:`ARR (Annual Recurring Revenue)`, retention, churn, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:8 -msgid "**Create your own subscription templates**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:9 -msgid "**Create your own subscription products with the right settings**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:15 msgid "" -"As a result, you will be able to manage your subscriptions like any other " -"product, create your quotations and continue the sales flow to track the " -"number of subscriptions you sell and manage the revenue they generate." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Subscriptions " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/subscription-20>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:23 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:28 +msgid "Subscription quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:31 +msgid "Sales orders with a defined recurrence become subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:33 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscription products` to learn how " -"you can configure your own subscription products. You have the possibility " -"to create a new product or edit an existing one. Once named, be careful to " -"select the option *Can be sold* and deselect *Can be purchased*. For the " -"product type, it is recommended to use *Service* for subscription products " -"as they are non-material products that you provide to your customers. " -"Finally, you can adapt your prices and also add an internal reference." +"To create a new subscription, click on :guilabel:`New` from the " +"*Subscription* or the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales>` app. You can " +"either:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:36 msgid "" -"In the Sales tab, underneath the Subscriptions section, make sure the " -"*Subscription products* option is activated. In fact, if you create a " -"subscription product from the **Odoo Subscriptions** application, this " -"option is selected by default. However, if you create a product from another" -" application, it is not the case." +"Select a :doc:`subscription plan </applications/sales/subscriptions/plans>` " +"to prefill the quotation instantly, or" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:39 -msgid "You can also choose the subscription templates you want to use." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:38 msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to create, edit and manage " -"your own :doc:`Subscription templates " -"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` before creating " -"your own subscription products. Once created, check out our documentation on" -" how to :doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>`, to complete the sales " -"flow." +"Fill out the quotation normally, making sure to select a recurrence and an " +"end date if necessary and adding :doc:`recurrent products " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:53 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:120 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:105 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products.rst:54 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:85 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:122 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:107 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:85 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:3 -msgid "Use subscription templates" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:42 msgid "" -"The subscription business model is becoming more popular. Are you wondering " -"why?" +"You can define different invoice and delivery addresses by enabling the " +":doc:`Customer Addresses " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/customer_addresses>` " +"feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:7 -msgid "For **customers**, value lies in **convenience**:" -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:48 +msgid "Confirmation" +msgstr "Підтвердження" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:50 msgid "" -"Subscriptions simplify the business process. Indeed, subscribers never have " -"to remember to renew their orders every month, which gives them the " -"assurance that they will have everything they need before they actually need" -" it." +"Send the quotation to the customer for confirmation by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Send by email`, or confirm it immediately by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:12 -msgid "Subscriptions help customers stay on budget." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:54 msgid "" -"For **businesses**, value lies in the **ability to predict recurring " -"revenue**:" +"Click on :guilabel:`Customer Preview` to preview the customer portal where " +"the customer can view their quotation, sign and pay it, and communicate with" +" you." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:60 +msgid "Automatic payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:62 msgid "" -"Subscriptions reduce customer churn rate and significantly increase customer" -" retention." +"You can require the customer to set an automatic payment method and pre-pay " +"the subscription's first occurrence before they can confirm their quotation." +" To do so, go to the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab of the quotation and check " +"the :guilabel:`Payment` option in the :guilabel:`Online confirmation` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:67 msgid "" -"Subscriptions provide much higher payment security for your business. They " -"stabilize and maintain recurring revenue streams by guaranteeing monthly " -"revenues and adding value to your business." +"If you leave :guilabel:`Payment` unchecked, the customer doesn't have to " +"pre-pay to start the subscription. This means that the payment is not " +"automatic and that the customer must pay each invoice manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions.rst:72 msgid "" -"**Odoo Subscriptions** help you save time and money. Subscription templates " -"can help you generate recurring invoices and manage renewals at a fast pace." -" With Odoo you have the possibility to create, edit, and manage your own " -"subscription templates." +"If the online confirmation requires a pre-payment, your customer can select " +"only the :ref:`payment providers <payment_providers/supported_providers>` " +"that have the :ref:`tokenization feature " +"<payment_providers/features/tokenization>`. This ensures that the customer " +"is automatically charged at each new period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:34 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " -"templates`. By default, Odoo suggests you two types of subscription (MON - " -"Monthly subscription *vs* YEA - Yearly subscription). You can also create " -"your own ones." +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Automatic alerts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:43 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo Subscriptions** application automatically installs **Odoo Sales**" -" and **Odoo Invoicing** as they work integrated." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:49 -msgid "" -"You can create a new template or edit an existing one. The first thing you " -"need to do is give your template a name. After that, choose an *Invoicing " -"period* and specify whether you would like to invoice your customers per " -"*Days*, *Weeks*, *Months* or *Years*. On *Duration*, determine if the " -"subscription must go on *Forever* (until it’s manually closed), or for a " -"*Fixed amount* of time. Among the payment options, an additional field " -"called *Invoice email* appears when you choose *Send*, *Send & try to " -"charge* or *Send after successful payment*. This field allows you to add an " -"invoice email template to your subscription templates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:61 -msgid "" -"For each template, you can also choose if you want your customers to be able" -" to close their subscriptions or not. If enabled, you can set an *Automatic " -"closing* limit and specify the *Group of subscription* and *Journal* " -"options." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:66 -msgid "" -"On each template, you can add your **Terms and Conditions**. Specifying " -"terms and conditions is essential to set out important contractual points " -"between the customers and the sellers (payment, refund policy, cancellation," -" complaints, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:74 -msgid "" -"Finally, if you want to know the basic running health status of your " -"subscriptions, you also have access to a specific tab called **Health " -"Check**. There, you can edit and create your own filters to define what is a" -" subscription in good health *vs* bad health. The system automatically " -"summarizes all the records corresponding to these filters and you are able " -"to manage them in one click." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:85 -msgid "" -"After creating your own subscription templates, be sure to check out our " -"documentation on how to create, edit and manage your own :doc:`Subscription " -"products <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>`, to " -"complete the sales flow." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:84 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:121 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:106 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:84 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up.rst:3 -msgid "Follow-up" -msgstr "Нагадування" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Set up automatic alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:5 msgid "" "Now that your subscriptions are up and running, you want to stay up-to-date " "with your customers. Some automation would be appreciated since you would " @@ -6415,7 +9787,7 @@ msgid "" "are going. This is what the *Automatic Alerts* feature is for." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:9 msgid "" "For example, when customers subscribe to your magazine, you would probably " "want to send them an email to welcome them and express your gratitude. Or, " @@ -6424,7 +9796,7 @@ msgid "" "their dissatisfaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:14 msgid "" "With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can set automatic emails, create a \"Call\"" " task for one of your salespeople so that he/she can try to understand your " @@ -6433,11 +9805,11 @@ msgid "" " now possible." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:20 msgid "Create a new automatic alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:22 msgid "" "The following example shows how to create a new automatic alert to send " "satisfaction surveys to your customers, by email, after one month of " @@ -6445,7 +9817,11 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Alerts`, and create a new alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "New automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:30 msgid "" "On the *Apply on* section, first give the alert a name. Then, you can choose" " to apply this alert on a subscription template, on a specific customer, or " @@ -6455,13 +9831,13 @@ msgid "" "stage to which you want to apply this alert." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:37 msgid "" "In this example, the alert is applied to a specific product, and the stage " "goes from *Undefined* to *In Progress*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:40 msgid "" "For the *Action* section, specify the *Action* and the *Trigger on*. If the " "*Trigger on* is set to *Modification*, the action is triggered every time " @@ -6474,7 +9850,7 @@ msgid "" " customer* and *Send an SMS Text Message to the customer*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:50 msgid "" "In the example above, the *Trigger on* is set to *Timed condition*, " "therefore, a *Trigger date* and *Delay after trigger* need to be specified. " @@ -6482,24 +9858,32 @@ msgid "" "*Email template* can be chosen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:54 msgid "" "As a result, this alert will send a rating survey after one month, to the " "customers who have purchased that specific product. The survey will appear " "in the chatter of your respective subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Satisfaction survey in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:63 msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:65 msgid "" "By default, Odoo suggests you an automatic alert called *Take action on less" " satisfied clients*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Modify an existing automatic alert in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:71 msgid "" "This alert is applied to the *Rating Satisfaction* of your customers, and " "the action is triggered on *Timed condition*. If their satisfaction rate is " @@ -6510,39 +9894,802 @@ msgid "" "are not. It helps to keep your customer retention rates very high." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:79 msgid "" "By editing the alert, you can modify the *Apply on*, the *Action* and " "*Activity* sections, and adapt them to your own needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/follow_up/automatic_alerts.rst:86 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports`" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:83 +msgid ":doc:`../subscriptions`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting.rst:3 -msgid "Reporting" -msgstr "Звітність" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:3 -msgid "Generate subscription reports" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:84 +msgid ":doc:`plans`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/automatic_alerts.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:85 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:3 +msgid "Close a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" +" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " +"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " +"happening." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:14 +msgid "" +"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " +"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " +"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " +"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " +"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " +"subscription status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:19 +msgid "" +"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " +"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " +"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " +"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " +"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" +" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:25 +msgid "" +"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " +"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " +"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " +"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" +" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " +"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " +"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" +" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " +"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" +" their own subscriptions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "Configuration to close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " +"templates <plans>` to fully understand the importance of this feature in a " +"basic flow using the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:49 +msgid "Close your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:52 +msgid "Administrator view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " +"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " +"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Close your subscription from an administration point of view with Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " +"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " +"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " +"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " +"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " +"subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "What happens when you close your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:72 +msgid "Customer view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:74 +msgid "" +"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " +"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " +"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " +"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " +"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " +"Subscription* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Close your subscription from a customer point of view with Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:83 +msgid "" +"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " +"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"What happens when customers close their subscription with Odoo " +"Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:90 +msgid "" +"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " +"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " +"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " +"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " +"text added by the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst-1 +msgid "" +"What happens when customers close their subscription in Odoo Subscriptions?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/closing.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " +":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products <../subscriptions>` to " +"understand how subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:3 +msgid "Use subscriptions in the eCommerce shop" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Subscription products can be sold in the Odoo *eCommerce* shop just like " +"regular sales products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:7 +msgid "" +"However, by default, the eCommerce product page only displays the shortest " +"recurrence period listed in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the " +"product form. For example, if a subscription product has *monthly* and " +"*yearly* recurrence periods configured, then only the monthly price appears " +"on the eCommerce page for that product by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To add more recurrence periods to the eCommerce product page, create a " +"*product variant* for each recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:16 +msgid "" +":doc:`Configure subscription products " +"</applications/sales/subscriptions/products>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:17 +msgid "" +":doc:`Product variants " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:20 +msgid "Create recurrence periods as product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To set up each recurrence period as a product variant, go to " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Subscriptions --> Products` and select a " +"product. In the :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab, click :guilabel:`Add " +"a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Create an :guilabel:`Attribute` called `Billing Period` (or something " +"similar) by typing in the name and clicking :guilabel:`Create`. This " +"attribute name appears as the option heading on the product page of the " +"eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Next, create :guilabel:`Values` that correspond to the recurrence periods " +"that are configured in the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product" +" form. Type in the name of the recurrence period, then click " +":guilabel:`Create`. These value names appear as selectable options on the " +"product page of the eCommerce shop." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods configured as product variants in the \"Attributes & Variants\" tab of\n" +"the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`☁️ (cloud)` icon at the top of the page to save " +"manually. After saving, a :guilabel:`Product Variants` column appears on the" +" :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab. Assign the product variants to their " +"corresponding recurrence periods and prices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "Product variants on the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst:48 +msgid "" +"The product variants are now available for selection on the eCommerce " +"product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/ecommerce.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods configured as product variants on the eCommerce product " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:3 +msgid "Subscription plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:5 +msgid "" +"*Subscription plans* are :doc:`quotation templates " +"</applications/sales/sales/send_quotations/quote_template>` used to " +"preconfigure quotations with subscription products. Use subscription plans " +"to quickly create subscription orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:10 +msgid "Configure subscription plans" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:12 +msgid "" +"To configure subscription plans, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Plans`. Then, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new plan, " +"or select an existing plan to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since the Odoo *Subscriptions* app is integrated closely with the *Sales* " +"app, subscription plans use the same form as quotation templates." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan (quotation template) configuration form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:22 +msgid "The subscription plan form contains the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name for the subscription plan at the top of the " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:25 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quotation expires after`: Enter the number of days after which " +"the quotation expires, starting from the day the quotation is sent to the " +"customer. Leave this field at zero for the quotation to never expire." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Online Confirmation`: Check the boxes next to " +":guilabel:`Signature` or :guilabel:`Payment` to enable the customer to " +"confirm their subscription order by signing or paying for the quotation. " +"Enable both to leave the choice to the customer. Enable neither to only " +"confirm the quotation in the backend." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Confirmation Mail`: Select an :doc:`email template " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_template>` for the " +"confirmation email that is automatically sent to the customer after the " +"quotation is confirmed. Leave this field blank to send nothing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To create a new email template, enter a name for the template, then click " +":guilabel:`Create and edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:39 +msgid "" +"To edit an existing email template, select one from the drop-down menu, then" +" click on the :guilabel:`Internal link` arrow at the end of the line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Recurrence`: Select the recurrence period used for the plan. The " +"recurrence periods available here are the same ones that are configured in " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` turns the quotation template into a " +"subscription plan and enables the following additional options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: Choose whether the subscription plan has no end date " +"(:guilabel:`Forever`) or a :guilabel:`Fixed` duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:52 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Forever`, then the subscription plan will " +"continually renew until either the customer or the company manually ends the" +" subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:54 +msgid "" +"If the duration is :guilabel:`Fixed`, then enter an :guilabel:`End After` " +"date, which determines the amount of time after which the subscription will " +"automatically end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:57 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Self Closable`: Check this box to enable the customer to " +"terminate their subscription from the :doc:`customer portal " +"</applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: Enter the number of days after which *unpaid*" +" subscriptions *past* the due date are automatically closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:62 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Journal`: Select the accounting journal in which " +"invoices for this subscription plan are recorded. Leave this field blank to " +"use the sales journal with the lowest sequence." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan with Recurrence selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Lines` tab, create the order lines for the quotation. " +"Click :guilabel:`Add a product`, select a product to include in the plan, " +"and then enter the :guilabel:`Quantity` and :guilabel:`Unit of Measure`. Add" +" as many products as desired to the order lines." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:74 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Optional Products` tab, enter any optional products that " +"the customer can add to their quotation before confirming the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:77 +msgid "" +"If the subscription plan has unique :doc:`terms and conditions " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/terms_conditions>`, add " +"them in the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` tab. If terms conditions are " +"specified on a plan, these will be used instead of the default terms and " +"conditions set up in the *Sales* app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst-1 +msgid "Subscription plan Terms & Conditions tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:87 +msgid "Use subscription plans on quotations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:89 +msgid "" +"Quotations for subscription products can be created in both the " +"*Subscriptions* app and the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:92 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the " +":guilabel:`Subscription Plan` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:95 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Recurrence`, products, and other information from the plan " +"are automatically filled in. The quotation can then be modified further as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:98 +msgid "" +"From the :guilabel:`Sales` dashboard, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"quotation. Then, select a subscription plan in the :guilabel:`Quotation " +"Template` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/plans.rst:101 +msgid "" +"All subscription orders will appear on the :guilabel:`Subscriptions` " +"dashboard regardless of whether they were created in the *Subscriptions* app" +" or the *Sales* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:3 +msgid "Subscription products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:5 +msgid "" +"By integrating closely with the Odoo *Sales* app, the *Subscriptions* app " +"enables users to sell subscription products alongside regular sales " +"products. While regular products are sold on a one-time basis, subscription " +"products are sold on a renewing basis, generating recurring revenue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:9 +msgid "In Odoo, subscription products are also called *recurring* products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:12 +msgid "Configure recurrence periods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To get started with subscriptions, first make sure that the *recurrence " +"periods* are configured as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Recurrence periods are the time periods in which subscriptions renew. They " +"designate how often the customer pays for (and receives) subscription " +"products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To configure recurrence periods, go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> " +"Configuration --> Recurrence Periods`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:23 +msgid "" +"The *Subscriptions* app comes with some basic recurrence periods already " +"configured: Daily, Monthly, Quarterly, Weekly, Yearly, 3 Years, and 5 Years." +" These can be edited as needed, and any number of new recurrence periods can" +" be added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To create a new recurrence period, click :guilabel:`New` on the recurrence " +"periods dashboard. Then, type in the :guilabel:`Name` and " +":guilabel:`Duration` of the recurrence period, and select the " +":guilabel:`Unit` that defines the duration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a recurrence period for a subscription that will renew every two " +"weeks, set the :guilabel:`Duration` to `2` and the :guilabel:`Unit` to " +"`Weeks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:0 +msgid "A recurrence period of 2 weeks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the product form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To create a new subscription product, navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Subscriptions` app. Then go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions" +" --> Products`, and click :guilabel:`New` to create a new product. Enter a " +":guilabel:`Product Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` for the new product is automatically set to " +":guilabel:`Service`. Subscription products can be set to other types as " +"well; however, they currently *cannot* be set to :guilabel:`Storable " +"Product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:50 +msgid "" +"The new product automatically has the :guilabel:`Recurring` checkbox " +"activated. This enables Odoo to recognize it as a subscription product. Be " +"sure to leave the :guilabel:`Recurring` and :guilabel:`Can be Sold` options " +"enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Recurring\" checkbox on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:59 +msgid "Time-based pricing" +msgstr "Ціна на основі часу" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:63 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a price` to begin defining recurring prices. In the " +":guilabel:`Period` column, select a recurrence period. In the " +":guilabel:`Price` column, enter the price for that recurrence period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:68 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Daily` and :guilabel:`Hourly` periods cannot be used on recurring" +" products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Add as many lines as needed to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An existing product can be made into a subscription product simply by " +"marking it as :guilabel:`Recurring` and configuring :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` on the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:76 +msgid "" +"A subscription product can still be sold as a regular product by adding it " +"to a quotation and *not* selecting a :guilabel:`Recurrence` on the " +"quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Use :doc:`pricelists " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` with " +"subscription products to give special pricing to customers included in " +"pricelists. This can be configured either in the :guilabel:`Time-based " +"pricing` tab of the product form, or on the pricelist form in the *Sales* " +"app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To create recurring price rules for specific pricelists in the " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form, select a pricelist " +"in the :guilabel:`Pricelist` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists in the \"Time-based pricing\" tab of the product form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:94 +msgid "" +"When pricelists are added to the :guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab, the " +"pricelist form in the *Sales* app is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Time-based pricing rules can also be configured directly on the pricelist " +"form. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Pricelists` " +"and select a pricelist (or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new pricelist)." +" In the :guilabel:`Time-based rules` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Then, select a subscription product in the :guilabel:`Products` column, and " +"select a recurrence period in the :guilabel:`Period` column. Enter a " +":guilabel:`Price` for that particular product and period. Add as many lines " +"as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/products.rst:105 +msgid "" +"When :guilabel:`Time-based rules` are added to the pricelist form, the " +":guilabel:`Time-based pricing` tab of the product form is automatically " +"updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:3 +msgid "Renew a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " +"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " +"access to a product or a service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " +"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" +" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " +"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:18 +msgid "" +"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " +"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" +" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " +"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:23 +msgid "Renew your first subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` using subscription " +"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " +"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " +"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " +"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " +"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " +"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 +msgid "Renew your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:38 +msgid "" +"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " +"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " +"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " +"on the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Customer preview of a renewal with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " +"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" +" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " +"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" +" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " +"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:53 +msgid "" +"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " +"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " +"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " +"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renew a quotation with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:61 +msgid "" +"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " +"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " +"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " +"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:0 +msgid "Renewal as Subscription Management form in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:70 +msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " +"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " +"filter *To renew*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/renewals.rst-1 +msgid "" +"List view of all subscriptions and use of the filter to renew in Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:3 +msgid "Reports" +msgstr "Звіти" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:5 msgid "" "As we know, understanding how our business is going, and where it is going, " "is key to success. And particularly so when we offer subscription services " "or products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:8 msgid "" "Before getting to the heart of the matter, it is very important to recall " "certain essential concepts to the proper understanding of the following " "reports:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:11 msgid "" "**Monthly Recurring Revenue (MRR)**: MRR is arguably the most important " "metric for subscription businesses. It shows the monthly revenue earned with" @@ -6550,14 +10697,18 @@ msgid "" "track all recurring revenue over time, in monthly increments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:15 msgid "" "**Annual Run-Rate (ARR)**: ARR is the yearly version of MRR, which is based " "on the current MRR, to estimate the coming year's performance. However, this" " estimation does not take variations and growth into account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Difference between MRR and ARR in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:23 msgid "" "**Non-Recurring Revenue (NRR)**: NRR shows the revenue earned for everything" " else than subscription-based products or services. This includes gains of a" @@ -6565,14 +10716,14 @@ msgid "" "businesses." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:27 msgid "" "**Customer Retention**: Practices to engage existing customers to continue " "buying products or services from your business. Customer retention can be a " "challenge, because you must prove you are worthy of your customers' trust." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:31 msgid "" "**Churn Rate**: Also known as the Rate of Attrition or Customer Churn, the " "churn rate can be defined, in this case, as the percentage of subscribers " @@ -6580,43 +10731,47 @@ msgid "" "distinguish two types of Churn:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:35 msgid "**Logo Churn**: It corresponds to the subscription cancellation rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:37 msgid "" "**Revenue Churn**: It corresponds to the monthly recurring revenue loss " "rate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:40 msgid "Let's imagine a 2$ increase in a subscription service." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:42 msgid "" "We lost 3 customers out of the initial 20, which generates a **Logo Churn** " "of 15%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 msgid "" "Therefore, the 56$ of MRR difference out of the initial 600$ causes a " "**Revenue Churn**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 msgid "of 9,33%." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:0 +msgid "Difference between logo churn and revenue churn in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:50 msgid "" "Reminder: even though they seem to evolve in the same direction most of the " "time, it might not be the case all the time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:53 msgid "" "**Customer Lifetime Value (CLV)**: Indicates how much revenue can be " "expected for a customer during his/her entire contract. This approach " @@ -6624,17 +10779,17 @@ msgid "" "quarterly or yearly approach to a long-term one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:57 msgid "" "Check out the different kinds of reports you can access from the **Odoo " "Subscriptions** application." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:61 msgid "Subscriptions analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:63 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Subscriptions`. From " "there, you can change the *Measures*. By default, Odoo uses the *Monthly " @@ -6645,11 +10800,15 @@ msgid "" "*Week*, to get a clear view of your report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Subscriptions analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:74 msgid "Retention analysis report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:76 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Retention`. The " "default measure applied is *Count*, but you can change to the appropriate " @@ -6658,11 +10817,15 @@ msgid "" " see the progression of the retention from its start." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Retention analysis report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:86 msgid "Revenue KPIs report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:88 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Revenue KPIs`. From " "there, you can check different KPIs: *Monthly Recurring Revenue*, *Net " @@ -6672,7 +10835,11 @@ msgid "" " for specific information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Revenue KPIs report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:98 msgid "" "The example below shows the *Monthly Recurring Revenue* detailed report. At " "the moment, there is no data, which is the typical scenario for a new " @@ -6681,11 +10848,15 @@ msgid "" " KPIs on subscriptions, companies, and sales teams." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Detailed MRR report in Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:108 msgid "Salesperson dashboard report" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reporting/subscription_reports.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst:110 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Reporting --> Salesperson " "Dashboard`. This page gives you a summary of your *Monthly Recurring " @@ -6694,329 +10865,15 @@ msgid "" "you want to apply and the salesperson you want to analyze." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow.rst:3 -msgid "Sales flow" +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/reports.rst-1 +msgid "Salesperson dashboard report in Odoo Subscriptions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:3 -msgid "Close a subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Losing a customer is always difficult, especially if you put a lot of effort" -" into getting them to sign up for your products/services. However, many " -"companies come up with dubious methods to reduce the probability of this " -"happening." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:14 -msgid "" -"If you adopt such methods, you are among companies that actively and " -"indirectly spread the phobia of subscriptions, who do not think about how " -"negatively dissatisfied customers could impact their business and, who " -"frustrate the customers in a way or another. However, at some point, it is " -"understandable that you do not want your customers to be involved in your " -"subscription status." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:19 -msgid "" -"If you do not adopt such methods, you are among companies that continue to " -"evolve in a long-term subscription business model, especially in an era of " -"ultra-fast communications between dissatisfied customers, and who retain " -"their customers by making it easier for them to leave if they want to. By " -"giving them the opportunity to close their own subscriptions, your customers" -" do not feel trapped because they subscribed to your products/services." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:25 -msgid "" -"In summary, the **Odoo Subscriptions** application gives you the " -"**possibility to choose what you want to apply**. Indeed, you can decide " -"whether to give your customers the option to close their subscriptions " -"whenever they want to or to restrict this possibility. It depends on you and" -" we will show you how to do that in our amazing application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:33 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Subscriptions --> Configuration --> Subscription " -"templates`. From there, you can create a new *Subscription template* or " -"modify an existing one. When editing your template, underneath the Invoicing" -" tab, you have the possibility to activate the option *Closable by " -"customer*. Once enabled, this option gives your customers the right to close" -" their own subscriptions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Be sure to check out our documentation on how to :doc:`Use subscription " -"templates <../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` to " -"fully understand the importance of this feature in a basic flow using the " -"**Odoo Subscriptions** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:49 -msgid "Close your first subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:52 -msgid "Administrator view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a new subscription is " -"automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has the status *In " -"progress*. From there, you have the possibility to close the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:62 -msgid "" -"By using the smart button *Close*, you have to enter a close reason. For " -"example, \"Subscription too expensive\", \"Subscription does not meet my " -"requirements\", \"Subscription reached its end date\", etc. Immediately " -"after confirming your close reason, you can observe that the status of the " -"subscription is now *Closed* and that the close reason is mentioned on the " -"subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:72 -msgid "Customer view" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:74 -msgid "" -"As previously explained in the *Administrator view* part, from the " -"subscription form, you also have the possibility to visualize what your " -"customers see when managing their subscriptions thanks to the *Customer " -"preview* button. In this example, the customer has the choice to close " -"his/her subscription whenever he/she wants to, due to the *Close " -"Subscription* button." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:83 -msgid "" -"By using this button, the customer can specify the reason for cancelling " -"his/her subscription and he/she can even leave a message." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:90 -msgid "" -"By confirming the cancellation, the customer is redirected to his/her " -"portal. The administrator is informed of this modification. Indeed, the " -"status of the subscription becomes *Closed* and a note appears in the " -"chatter with the new stage, the end date, the close reason, and the closing " -"text added by the customer." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/closing.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Before closing a subscription, check out our documentation on how to " -":doc:`Create a quotation using subscription products " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` to understand how " -"subscriptions are managed in the **Odoo Subscriptions** application." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:3 -msgid "Create a quotation using subscription products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Selling a digital product or service gives instant gratification. However, " -"you have to work hard for a new customer to make a purchase. It costs time " -"and money. By convincing customers to sign up for a subscription, you " -"maximize your income and streamline your cash flow. You can sell any type of" -" product or service through a subscription business model." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Here is a scenario using **Odoo Subscriptions** to create a quotation " -"including subscription products." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:19 -msgid "Create your first quotation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Before creating your first quotation, be sure to check out our documentation" -" on how to create and manage your own :doc:`Subscription templates " -"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_templates>` and on how to " -"add :doc:`Subscription products " -"<../../subscriptions/configuration/subscription_products>` to your " -"templates." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:30 -msgid "" -"These steps are **mandatory** to make a basic sales flow using **Odoo " -"Subscriptions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"Go to **Odoo Sales** and create a new quotation. Then, choose a customer and" -" add a product. Be careful to select a product that you previously " -"configured as a *Subscription product*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"When your quotation is ready, you have the possibility to send it to your " -"customers or to confirm it. It is better to first *Send by email* the " -"quotation to your customers to have their confirmation and, then, *Confirm* " -"it in **Odoo Sales**. By clicking on *Customer preview*, you have an idea of" -" what your customers will see when receiving your quotation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:48 -msgid "" -"From there, your customers have three choices: *Sign & Pay* the quotation, " -"give you a *Feedback* or *Reject* the quotation. It appears that they are " -"very happy and accept the option *Sign & Pay*. Then, they have to validate " -"the order with a signature and by choosing a payment method. When it is " -"done, you can check out the quotation in **Odoo Sales** and *Confirm* it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:54 -msgid "Manage your subscriptions from your SO" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Once confirmed, the quotation becomes a sales order and a new button " -"appears, *Subscriptions*. Indeed, a subscription is automatically created." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:63 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the *Subscriptions* button, you can see that the status of " -"the subscription is *In progress*. From there, you will have three options: " -":doc:`Renew <../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals>`, :doc:`Close " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing>` or :doc:`Upsell " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling>` your subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:73 -msgid "" -"In the top-right corner, you can see the status of the subscription. When a " -"subscription is new and created from **Odoo Subscriptions**, the status is " -"*Draft*. When a sales order has been validated, the status is *In progress*." -" Finally, when a customer decides to close his subscription, the status " -"becomes *Closed*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:81 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:82 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/closing`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation.rst:83 -msgid ":doc:`../../subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:3 -msgid "Renew a subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:5 -msgid "" -"The key feature of a subscription business model is the recurring nature of " -"payments. In this model, customers pay a recurring amount in exchange for " -"access to a product or a service." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Each subscriber experiences this renewal process monthly, annually, or " -"sometimes more, depending on the duration of the contract. Most subscription" -" companies choose to automate their renewal processes but, in some cases, " -"manual subscription renewals are still the preferred option." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:18 -msgid "" -"With **Odoo Subscriptions**, you can have all your subscriptions in one " -"application, suggest an automatic subscription renewal to your customers (as" -" well as a manual one) and, finally, filter all your subscriptions and " -"easily find those to renew (with the help of the tag *To renew*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:23 -msgid "Renew your first subscription" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Before renewing a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " -"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " -"products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " -"new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " -"the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to renew the " -"subscription. In the Other Info tab, underneath the To Renew section, you " -"can activate the *To renew* option. When activated, a yellow tag " -"automatically appears in the upper right corner of the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:38 -msgid "" -"The *To renew* tag is automatically ticked when a payment fails. This " -"indicator also appears on the customer portal. To visualize that, you just " -"have to click on the *Customer preview* button. The tag *To renew* appears " -"on the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:46 -msgid "" -"When a subscription needs to be renewed, you have the possibility to use a " -"new button called *Renewal quotation*. By clicking on it, a new quotation is" -" created. From there, start a basic sales flow allowing you to send the " -"quotation by email to your customers or to confirm it. It is better to first" -" *Send by email* the quotation to your customers in order to have their " -"confirmation and, then, *Confirm* it in **Odoo Sales**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:53 -msgid "" -"In the Chatter of this new quotation, it is mentioned that \"This renewal " -"order has been created from the previous subscription\". Once confirmed by " -"your customers, this quotation becomes a sales order and a new sale is " -"mentioned in the upper right corner of the subscription." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:61 -msgid "" -"By clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your sales orders " -"in a list view. The only difference between your two quotations is the " -"description underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you " -"can easily visualize which one is your renewal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:70 -msgid "Visualize your subscriptions to renew" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/renewals.rst:72 -msgid "" -"Finally, if you want to visualize all your subscriptions and easily find " -"those to renew, you can go to your *Subscriptions dashboard* and use the " -"filter *To renew*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:3 msgid "Upsell a subscription" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:5 msgid "" "Subscriptions are recurrent and go on indefinitely. As time passes by, our " "customers may want to modify them. We must then be able to adapt the prices " @@ -7024,7 +10881,7 @@ msgid "" "situations can happen:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:9 msgid "" "**Loyal customers:** This kind of customers already trust you as a brand. " "Therefore, you are confident regarding what you offer since they keep paying" @@ -7032,7 +10889,7 @@ msgid "" "something additional than it would be to a new customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:14 msgid "" "**New customers:** For this kind of customers, you have to come with " "something new, something attractive. What about discounts? Typically, every " @@ -7041,7 +10898,7 @@ msgid "" "increases their retention." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:27 msgid "" "As previously explained, to upsell a subscription to new customers, it is " "recommended to offer *Discounts*. To activate this option, go to " @@ -7050,35 +10907,48 @@ msgid "" "order lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Activation of the discount option in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:36 msgid "Upsell your first subscription" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:38 msgid "" "Before upselling a subscription, be sure to check out our documentation on " -"how to :doc:`Create a quotation " -"<../../subscriptions/sales_flow/create_a_quotation>` using subscription " +"how to :doc:`Create a quotation <../subscriptions>` using subscription " "products. Indeed, once confirmed, a quotation becomes a sales order and a " "new subscription is automatically created. Therefore, this subscription has " "the status *In progress*. From there, you have the possibility to upsell " "your subscription." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Upsell your subscription with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:48 msgid "" "By using the smart button *Upsell*, you are able to create a new quotation " "with new subscription products and send it to your customers for approval." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Add products to your subscription via the upsell option in Odoo " +"Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:56 msgid "" "When the quotation is confirmed by your customers, the products are added to" " the initial subscription. Quotation prices are, then, prorated to the " "remaining time of the current invoicing period." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:60 msgid "" "Of course, before sending this new quotation to your customers, you can " "change the unit price, taxes, and, even the discount you want to offer. The " @@ -7091,13 +10961,21 @@ msgid "" "wanted to purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Visualize all your subscriptions updates with Odoo Subscriptions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:72 msgid "" "In addition, by clicking on the *Sales* button, you have a summary of your " "sales orders in a list view." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/sales_flow/upselling.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst-1 +msgid "List view of all sales orders created for a subscription" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/subscriptions/upselling.rst:79 msgid "" "The only difference between your two sales orders is the description " "underneath the *Subscription Management* category. There, you can easily " diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po index 345e144b9..1a7af4562 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/services.po @@ -4,722 +4,3353 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Bohdan Lisnenko, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:3 ../../content/services.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services.rst:5 msgid "Services" msgstr "Послуги" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:8 msgid "Field Service" msgstr "Виїзне обслуговування" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:4 -msgid "Helpdesk" -msgstr "Служба підтримки" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:3 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from helpdesk tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service.rst:11 msgid "" -"The integration with the Helpdesk app lets your helpdesk team manage " -"intervention requests directly. Planning field service tasks from tickets " -"speeds up your processes." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Field Service <https://www.odoo.com/slides/field-" +"service-49>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:8 -msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:3 +msgid "User default warehouse" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" -" a team and enable *Onsite Interventions*." +"Setting up a **default warehouse** can be useful for field technicians who " +"keep a supply in their van or those who always resupply from the same " +"warehouse. It also allows field workers to switch between warehouses from " +"their profiles." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/helpdesk/plan_onsite.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:9 msgid "" -"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the *Plan Intervention* button." -" Click on it to create a new task under your field service project." +"Products in sales orders created during field interventions are always " +"pulled from the default warehouse, keeping the inventory accurate." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales.rst:3 -msgid "Sales" -msgstr "Продажі" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:3 -msgid "Create onsite interventions from sales orders" +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:13 +msgid ":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:13 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:18 +msgid "" +"To set up a user default warehouse, the :doc:`storage locations " +"<../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations>`" +" feature needs to be activated in the **Inventory** app. It is also " +"necessary to have more than one warehouse in your database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:23 +msgid "" +"You can either set it up :ref:`for your profile <default-warehouse/my-" +"profile>`, or :ref:`for all users <default-warehouse/all-users>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:27 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:32 +msgid "For your profile" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To set up a default warehouse for yourself, click your **profile icon** in " +"the upper right corner of the screen, then, go to :menuselection:`My Profile" +" --> Preferences --> Default Warehouse`. Select the default warehouse from " +"the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:41 +msgid "For all users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To set up a default warehouse for a specific user, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Users --> Manage users`, select a user, then go" +" to the :guilabel:`Preferences` tab. Scroll down to :guilabel:`Inventory`, " +"and select the default warehouse from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst-1 +msgid "Selection of a default warehouse on a user profile." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:51 +msgid "Use in field service tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once a default warehouse has been configured for a user, the materials used " +"for a sales order related to a Field Service task are pulled from that " +"specific warehouse. Open the related sales order, go to the :guilabel:`Other" +" Info` tab, then scroll down to :guilabel:`Delivery`. The default warehouse " +"is applied correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/default_warehouse.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the Field Service task is marked as done, the stock of the default " +"warehouse is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:3 +msgid "Onsite interventions planning" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:6 +msgid "From a sales order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:8 msgid "" "Allowing your sales team to open onsite interventions creates a seamless " "experience for your customers. They can receive a quotation they first have " "to approve before the work even starts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:8 -msgid "Configure a product" -msgstr "Налаштувати товар" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:11 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Field Service --> Configuration --> Products` and " "create or edit a product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:13 msgid "" -"Under the *General Information* tab, select *Service* as *Product Type*." +"Under the :guilabel:`General Information` tab, select :guilabel:`Service` as" +" :guilabel:`Product Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:15 msgid "" -"Under the *Sales* tab, select *Timesheets on tasks* as *Service Invoicing " -"Policy*." +"Under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, select :guilabel:`Timesheets on tasks` as " +":guilabel:`Service Invoicing Policy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:15 -msgid "Select *Create a task in an existing project* as *Service Tracking*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:17 -msgid "Select your *Project*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:17 msgid "" -"If you use them, select your *Worksheet Template* and then click on *Save*." +"Select :guilabel:`Create a task in an existing project` as " +":guilabel:`Service Tracking`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/fsm/sales/onsite_tasks_from_sales_orders.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:18 +msgid "Select your :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:19 +msgid "If you use them, select your :guilabel:`Worksheet Template`, and save." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 msgid "" -"From the *Sales* app, create a quotation with the product and confirm it. A " -"task is automatically set up under your Field Service project. It is " -"directly accessible from the sales order." +"Product configuration to create tasks from sales orders in Odoo Field " +"Service" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:25 +msgid "" +"From the :doc:`Sales <../../sales/sales>` app, create a quotation with the " +"product and confirm it. A task is automatically set up under your Field " +"Service project. It is directly accessible from the sales order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Field Service task on a sales order in Odoo Sales" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:34 +msgid "From helpdesk tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The integration with the :doc:`Helpdesk <../helpdesk>` app lets your " +"helpdesk team manage intervention requests directly. Planning field service " +"tasks from tickets speeds up your processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:40 +msgid "Configure the helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`. Select" +" a team and enable :guilabel:`Onsite Interventions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Onsite interventions settings in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst:49 +msgid "" +"The helpdesk tickets of the team now display the :guilabel:`Plan " +"Intervention` button. Click on it to create a new task under your field " +"service project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/field_service/onsite_interventions.rst-1 +msgid "Plan intervention from helpdesk tickets in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:8 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Служба підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk.rst:11 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Helpdesk <https://www.odoo.com/slides/helpdesk-51>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced.rst:5 msgid "Advanced" msgstr "Розширено" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:3 -msgid "After Sales Features" +msgid "After-Sales services" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:5 msgid "" -"As your business grows, having the right tool to support your helpdesk team " -"on recording, tracking and managing issues raised easy and efficiently, is " -"key. Odoo’s Helpdesk application allows you to generate credit notes, manage" -" returns, products, repairs, grant coupons, and even plan onsite " -"interventions from a ticket’s page." +"*After-Sales* services can be configured in the *Helpdesk* application for " +"individual *teams*. Once enabled, users can issue refunds, process returns, " +"generate coupons, and/or schedule repair and field service interventions " +"directly from a ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:11 -msgid "Set up the after sales services" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:10 +msgid "Set up the after-sales services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable the after sales options: *Refunds, Returns, Coupons, Repairs and " -"Onsite Interventions*." +"Start by enabling the after-sales services on specific *Helpdesk* team(s), " +"by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"selecting which teams(s) these services should be active on. Then, scroll to" +" the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section on the team's settings page, and choose" +" which of the following options to enable:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:17 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refunds`: issues credit notes to refund a customer, or adjust the" +" remaining amount due" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Coupons`: offers discounts and free products through an existing " +"coupon program" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Returns`: initiates a product return from a customer through a " +"reverse transfer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:20 -msgid "Generate credit notes from tickets" -msgstr "Створити сторно із заявки" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:22 msgid "" -"You can use a credit note to refund a customer or adjust the amount due. For" -" that, simply go to your ticket page, click on *Refund* and select the " -"corresponding *Invoice*. Clicking on *Reverse* generates a credit note, and " -"you can *Post* it while still being in the *Helpdesk* app." +":guilabel:`Repairs`: creates repair orders for broken or faulty products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:30 -msgid "Allow product returns from tickets" -msgstr "Дозволити повернення товару із заявки" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:21 msgid "" -"The process of a product return from your customer back to your warehouse is" -" taken into action when, at the ticket page, you choose the option *Return*." +":guilabel:`Field Service`: plans onsite intervention through the *Field " +"Service* application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:39 -msgid "Grant coupons from tickets" -msgstr "Надавайте купони із заявок" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:26 msgid "" -"First, be sure to have your *Coupon Program* planned in the *Sales* or " -"*Website* application. Then, in *Helpdesk*, open your ticket, click on " -"*Coupon*, and choose the respective one." +"The services that are enabled can vary based on the type of support a team " +"provides." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:48 -msgid "Repairs from tickets" -msgstr "Ремонт із заявки" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:29 msgid "" -"Clicking on *Repair* option, on your ticket page, a new repair order form is" -" shown. Fill in the information as needed and choose the next step." +"As all of the after-sales services in Odoo require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications. *Installing a new application on a One-" +"App-Free database will trigger a 15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a" +" paid subscription has not been added to the database, it will no longer be " +"accessible.*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:35 +msgid "Issue a refund with a credit note" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:37 +msgid "" +"A *credit note* is a document issued to a customer informing them that they " +"have been credited a certain amount of money. They can be used to provide a " +"full refund to a customer, or to adjust any remaining amount due. While they" +" are usually created through the *Accounting* or *Invoicing* applications, " +"they can be created through a *Helpdesk* ticket, as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:43 +msgid "Invoices must be posted before a credit note can be generated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:45 +msgid "" +"To create a credit note, navigate to a ticket on the " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` application, and click the :guilabel:`Refund` " +"button in the upper-left corner of the ticket dashboard. Then, select the " +"corresponding invoice from the :guilabel:`Invoices to Refund` drop-down " +"menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a refund creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:53 +msgid "Choose a :guilabel:`Credit Method` from one of the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:55 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: the credit note is created in draft and can be " +"edited before being issued" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:57 -msgid "Plan onsite interventions from tickets" -msgstr "Плануйте втручання на місці із заявок" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: the credit note is auto-validated and reconciled " +"with the invoice. *This is the option to choose if a validated invoice needs" +" to be canceled*" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:59 msgid "" -"At the ticket's page click on *Plan Intervention*, and set up your onsite " -"intervention exactly the same way as if you were on the *Field Service* " -"application." +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: the credit note is auto-" +"validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original invoice is " +"duplicated as a new draft. *This is the option to choose if a validated " +"invoice needs to be modified*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Credit Method` options will **not** be available for invoices" +" that have already been paid." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:67 msgid "" +"Make any necessary changes to the details of the credit note and click " +":guilabel:`Reverse.` Then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to post the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the credit note has been posted, a :guilabel:`Credit Notes` smart " +"button will be added to the *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the credit note button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:78 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:81 +msgid "Generate coupons from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Coupons can be used to alter the price of products or orders. The usage " +"constraints of a coupon are defined by conditional rules. *Coupon Programs* " +"are configured in the *Sales* or *Website* applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:88 +msgid "" +"The *eCommerce* module must be installed in order to create coupon codes " +"from the *Website*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To generate a coupon, open a *Helpdesk* ticket and click on the " +":guilabel:`Coupon` button in the upper left corner. Select an option from " +"the :guilabel:`Coupon Program` drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Generate`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a coupon generation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Coupon Code` can be copied directly from the pop-up window " +"(by clicking the :guilabel:`Copy` button), or sent in an email by clicking " +":guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:102 +msgid "" +"When emailing a coupon code, all the followers of the ticket will be added " +"as recipients to the email. Additional recipients can be added to the email " +"as well, in the :guilabel:`Recipients` field of the :guilabel:`Compose " +"Email` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:0 +msgid "View of an email draft window with coupon code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Once a :guilabel:`Coupon Code` has been generated, a :guilabel:`Coupons` " +"smart button will be added to the top of the ticket; click the smart button " +"to view the coupon code, expiration date, and additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of the smart buttons on a ticket focusing on the coupon button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:119 +msgid "" "`Coupons <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" msgstr "" "`Купони <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/coupon-" "programs-640?fullscreen=1>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:122 +msgid "Facilitate a product return with a reverse transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Returns are completed through *reverse transfers*, which generate new " +"warehouse operations for the returning products. Click the " +":guilabel:`Return` button in the top-left corner of a ticket to open the " +":guilabel:`Reverse Transfer` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a Helpdesk ticket with the return button highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:133 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Return` button only appears on a ticket if the customer has a" +" recorded delivery in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:136 +msgid "" +"By default, the quantity will match the validated quantity from the delivery" +" order. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a reverse transfer creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Return` to confirm the return. This generates a new " +"warehouse operation for the incoming returned product(s). A " +":guilabel:`Return` smart button will then be added to the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of the return smart button on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:152 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:155 +msgid "Send products for repair from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If the ticket is related to an issue with a faulty or broken product, a " +"repair order can be created from the *Helpdesk* ticket, and managed through " +"the *Repairs* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To create a new repair order, open a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket and " +"click on the :guilabel:`Repair` button in the upper left corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:163 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Repair` button opens a blank :guilabel:`Repair " +"Reference` form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a repair reference page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:170 +msgid "" +"If a product was specified in the :guilabel:`Product` field on the ticket, " +"it will be added to the :guilabel:`Product to Repair` field automatically. " +"If not, click into the field to select a product from the drop down." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Fill out the :guilabel:`Repair Description` field with a brief explanation " +"of the issue. Click the :guilabel:`Sale Order` field and then select the " +"originating :abbr:`SO (Sales Order)` from which the product is being " +"repaired from. If a return has been initiated for the product, select the " +"reference number from the drop-down in the :guilabel:`Return` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Choose an :guilabel:`Invoice Method` from the drop-down. Select " +":guilabel:`Before Repair` or :guilabel:`After Repair` to generate an invoice" +" before or after the work is completed. Selecting :guilabel:`No Invoice` " +"means that an invoice cannot be generated for this service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:183 +msgid "" +"If parts are required for the repair, they can be added in the " +":guilabel:`Parts` tab. Services can be added as product lines on the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab. Additional information for the internal repair " +"team can be added to the :guilabel:`Repair Notes` tab. Information for the " +"customer can be added to the :guilabel:`Quotation Notes` tab, and will be " +"automatically added to the PDF of the quotations generated from this " +":guilabel:`Repair Reference`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:189 +msgid "" +"A :guilabel:`Repairs` smart button will be added to the ticket, linking to " +"the repair order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of smart buttons focusing on repair button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Once a user creates a repair order from a *Helpdesk* ticket, they will be " +"able to access it through the ticket's :guilabel:`Repair` smart button, or " +"from a link in the :guilabel:`Chatter`, even if they do not have access " +"rights to the *Repair* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:201 +msgid "Create a field service task from a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:203 +msgid "" +"On-site interventions can be planned from a ticket and managed through the " +"*Field Service* application. Customers with :doc:`portal access " +"</applications/general/users/portal>` will be able to track the progress of " +"a :guilabel:`Field Service` task just as they would a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:207 +msgid "" +"To create a new task, navigate to a :menuselection:`Helpdesk` ticket. Click " +":guilabel:`Create Task` to open the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task` " +"pop-up. Confirm or update the task :guilabel:`Title`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:212 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Project` field on the :guilabel:`Create a Field Service task`" +" pop-up will default to the same *Field Service* project that was identified" +" on the team's settings page. To change the project for this specific task, " +"select one from the :guilabel:`Project` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:216 +msgid "" +"To change the default *Field Service* project for the team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` to select a " +":guilabel:`Team`. Scroll to the :guilabel:`After-Sales` section and choose " +"new project under :guilabel:`Field Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:220 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create Task` or :guilabel:`Create & View Task`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of a Field Service task creation page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:226 +msgid "" +"After the task is created, a :guilabel:`Tasks` smart button will be added to" +" the ticket, linking the :guilabel:`Field Service` task to the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst-1 +msgid "View of ticket smart buttons focused on task." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales.rst:234 +msgid "" +"`Field Service <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/advanced-" +"settings-862?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Allow Customers to Close their Tickets" +msgid "Closing tickets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Allowing customers to close their tickets gives them autonomy and minimize " -"misunderstandings about when an issue is considered solved, or not. It makes" -" communication and actions more efficient." +"Once work has been completed on a *Helpdesk* ticket in Odoo, there are " +"several ways it can be closed. Manually closing solved tickets keeps the " +"pipeline up to date, while automatically closing inactive tickets prevents " +"unnecessary blocking issues. Allowing customers to close their own tickets " +"minimizes confusion around whether an issue is considered solved or not. " +"This results in increased operational capacity for support teams, and higher" +" customer satisfaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:9 -msgid "Configure the feature" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:12 +msgid "Manually close solved tickets" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:14 msgid "" -"To configure the feature go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> " -"Helpdesk Teams --> Edit` and enable *Ticket closing*." +"As work on a ticket progresses, it is moved along to the next stage in the " +"pipeline. Once the issue is solved, the ticket is moved to a *folded* stage." +" This marks the ticket as *closed*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:17 msgid "" -"In order to designate to which stage the ticket migrates to once it is " -"closed, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Overview --> Tickets`." +"To fold a stage, navigate to the :menuselection:`Helpdesk` dashboard and " +"click on a team to open the pipeline. Hover over a stage's heading, and then" +" click the gear icon that appears in the top-right corner of that stage's " +"kanban column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" -"You can either create a new Kanban stage or work with an existing one. For " -"both scenarios, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Settings --> Edit Stage` " -"and enable *Closing Stage*." +"View of stage on Helpdesk pipeline with emphasis on gear icon and edit stage" +" option." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"If a closing stage is not specified, by default, the ticket is moved to the " -"last stage; contrarily, if you have more than one stage set as closing, the " -"ticket is put in the first one." +"Clicking the gear icon also displays the option to :guilabel:`Fold` the " +"stage. This setting folds the stage *temporarily* to simplify the kanban " +"view. This does *not* close the tickets in this stage. It also does not " +"permanently fold the stage. If a stage needs to be folded so the tickets can" +" be marked as closed, continue following the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:36 -msgid "The Costumer Portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:31 msgid "" -"Now, once the user logs into his Portal, the option *Close this ticket* is " -"available." +"From the menu that appears, select :guilabel:`Edit Stage`. This will open " +"the stage's settings. Check the box labeled :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` " +"towards the top of the window, and then :guilabel:`Save & Close` to confirm " +"the changes. Now, tickets that reach this stage will be considered as " +"*closed*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:45 -msgid "Get reports on tickets closed by costumers" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "Stage settings page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:41 +msgid "Automatically close inactive tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:43 msgid "" -"To do an analysis of the tickets that have been closed by costumers go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Tickets --> Filters --> Add " -"Custom filter --> Closed by partner --> Applied`." +"Tickets that are inactive for a set period of time can be automatically " +"closed. At that point, they will be moved to a folded stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Go to the team's settings page by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Under the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section, enable" +" :guilabel:`Automatic Closing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:49 +msgid "" +"If one of the team's stages is set to be folded in the kanban view, it will " +"be the default selection in the :guilabel:`Move to Stage` field. If the team" +" has more than one folded stage, the stage that occurs first in the pipeline" +" will be the default. If no stage is folded, the default selection will be " +"the last stage in the pipeline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field defaults to `7`, but can be " +"adjusted if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:57 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`After days of inactivity` field does **not** take the working" +" calendar into account when tracking the amount of time a ticket has been " +"inactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If only certain stages should be used to track days of inactivity, they can " +"be added to the :guilabel:`In Stages` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:64 +msgid "A team's pipeline is created with the following stages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:66 +msgid "`New`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:67 +msgid "`In Progress`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:68 +msgid "`Customer Feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:69 +msgid "`Closed`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:71 +msgid "" +"Tickets can linger in the :guilabel:`Customer Feedback stage`, because once " +"an issue is solved, customers may not respond immediately. At that point, " +"the tickets can be closed automatically. However, tickets in the " +":guilabel:`New` and :guilabel:`In Progress` stages may remain inactive due " +"to assignment or workload issues. Closing these tickets automatically would " +"result in issues going unsolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Therefore, the :guilabel:`Automatic Closing` settings would be configured as" +" below\\:\\" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Automatic Closing`: *checked*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:80 +msgid ":guilabel:`Move to Stage`: `Solved`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`After``7`:guilabel:`days of inactivity`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Stages`: `Customer Feedback`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "Example of Automatic Closing settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:89 +msgid "Allow customers to close their own tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Enabling the :guilabel:`Closure by Customers` setting allows customers to " +"close their own ticket(s) when they determine that their issue has been " +"resolved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:94 +msgid "" +"Start by navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`" +" and select a team. On the team's settings page, scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Self-Service` section and check the box for :guilabel:`Closure by" +" Customers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "Customer closing setting in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:102 +msgid "" +"Once the ticket closing settings are enabled, a :guilabel:`Close Ticket` " +"button will be available for customers when they view their ticket through " +"the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "Customer view of ticket closing in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Customers are able to view their tickets by clicking the :guilabel:`View the" +" ticket` link they receive by email. The link is included in the " +":guilabel:`Request Acknowledgment` template, which is added to the first " +"stage of a team by default. This link does not require a customer to have " +"access to the portal to view or respond to their ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Customers with access to the portal will be able to view their tickets under" +" :menuselection:`My Account --> Tickets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:3 +msgid "Track and bill time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* provides teams with the ability to track the amount of hours" +" spent working on a ticket, and to bill a customer for that time. Through " +"integrations with the *Sales*, *Timesheets* and *Accounting* applications, " +"customers can be charged once the work is completed, or before it has even " +"begun." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Since the *Track & Bill Time* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling them may result in the installation of additional " +"modules (or applications)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:14 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database triggers a 15-day " +"trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been added to" +" the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:19 +msgid "Configure track and bill time features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before a customer can be invoiced for support services, the *Track & Bill " +"Time* features must first be enabled. These features must be enabled on each" +" *Helpdesk* team where they will be utilized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:25 +msgid "Enable track and bill time on a helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:27 +msgid "" +"To view and enable the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` features on a " +"*Helpdesk* team, first navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. Then select a team from the list or :doc:`create a" +" new one </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`. This " +"will reveal a team's settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:32 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Track & Bill Time` " +"section. Check the boxes labeled :guilabel:`Timesheets` and :guilabel:`Time " +"Billing`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Once the :guilabel:`Timesheets` box is checked, a new field appears, labeled" +" :guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:37 +msgid "" +"The project selected in this field is where all the timesheets for this " +"team's tickets will be recorded. Click into the drop-down menu to select a " +":guilabel:`Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:40 +msgid "" +"To create a new project where the timesheets will be recorded, click into " +"the drop-down menu, type a name for the project, and then click " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the track and bill time " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:50 +msgid "Configure service products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:52 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Time Billing` feature is enabled, a new product is " +"created in the *Sales* app called :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets`. This " +"product can be found under :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`." +" Search for `Service on Timesheets` in the :guilabel:`Search...` bar. This " +"is the product that will be used when invoicing for *post-paid support " +"services* after they have been completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Service on Timesheets` from the product page. This reveals" +" the product detail form. The product is configured with the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` set to :guilabel:`Service` and the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` set to :guilabel:`Based on Timesheets`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'Based on " +"timesheets'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:66 +msgid "" +"In order to invoice for support services before the work has been completed " +"(also known as *prepaid support services*), a separate product with a " +"different invoicing policy must be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To create a new service product, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products " +"--> Products` and click :guilabel:`New`. This will reveal a blank product " +"detail form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the new product form, add a :guilabel:`Product Name`, and set the " +":guilabel:`Product Type` to :guilabel:`Service`. Then, set the " +":guilabel:`Invoicing Policy` to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price`. This means " +"an invoice can be generated and payment can be received for this product " +"before any timesheets entries have been recorded for these services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a service product with the invoicing policy set to 'prepaid/fixed'." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Finally, set the :guilabel:`Sales Price`, and confirm that the " +":guilabel:`Unit of Measure` is set to :guilabel:`Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:85 +msgid "Invoice prepaid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed on a fixed price, an invoice can be created" +" before any work is completed on the issue. In this case, a service product " +"with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Prepaid/Fixed Price` would be " +"used, just like :ref:`the section above <helpdesk/advanced/configure-" +"service-products>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:93 +msgid "Create a sales order with prepaid product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:95 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for prepaid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the support services product. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`, which reveals a " +"blank quotation form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:99 +msgid "Then, fill out the quotation form with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:101 +msgid "" +"Go to the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab of the quotation and click " +":guilabel:`Add a Product`. Then, select the *prepaid services product* " +"configured in the steps above. Update the :guilabel:`Quantity` field with " +"the number of hours." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:105 +msgid "" +"After updating any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the " +"quotation. This converts the quotation into an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:109 +msgid "Create and send an invoice for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Once the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` has been confirmed, click the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` button. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:114 +msgid "" +"If no down payment will be collected, the :guilabel:`Create Invoice` type " +"can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. If a down payment will be " +"collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down payment (percentage)` or " +":guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:118 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Draft Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:120 +msgid "The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:123 +msgid "Create helpdesk ticket for prepaid services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To create a *Helpdesk* ticket for prepaid services, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button to reveal" +" a specific team's pipeline. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:129 +msgid "" +"On the blank ticket form, create a ticket :guilabel:`Title`, and enter the " +":guilabel:`Customer` information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:132 +msgid "" +"When the customer name is added, the :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field will" +" automatically populate with the most recent prepaid sales order item that " +"has time remaining." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:136 +msgid "Track hours on helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:138 +msgid "" +"Time spent working on a *Helpdesk* ticket is tracked on the *Timesheets* tab" +" on the specific ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:140 +msgid "" +"On the ticket detail form, click on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab and click" +" :guilabel:`Add a line`. Choose an :guilabel:`Employee`, add a " +":guilabel:`Description` of the task, and enter the number of " +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:144 +msgid "" +"As new lines are added to :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Remaining Hours on SO` field is automatically updated." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the timesheets tab on a ticket with an emphasis on the remaining " +"hours on an SO." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:152 +msgid "" +"If the number of hours on the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab exceeds the number " +"of hours sold, the :guilabel:`Remaining Hours of SO` will turn red." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:155 +msgid "" +"As hours are added to the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab, they are automatically" +" updated in the :guilabel:`Delivered` field on the :abbr:`SO (sales order)`," +" as well." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:159 +msgid "Invoice post-paid support services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:161 +msgid "" +"When support services are billed based on the amount of time spent on an " +"issue, an invoice cannot be created before the total number of hours " +"required to solve the problem have been entered on a timesheet. In this " +"case, a service product with the invoicing policy set to :guilabel:`Based on" +" Timesheets` would be used, like the one created above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:167 +msgid "Create a sales order with a time-tracked product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To invoice a customer for post-paid support services, first create a sales " +"order (SO) with the *support services product*. To do this, go to " +":menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Quotations --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:173 +msgid "Fill out the quotation with the customer information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:175 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Order Lines` tab, click :guilabel:`Add a Product`. Select " +"the post-paid services product configured in the steps above. After updating" +" any other necessary information, :guilabel:`Confirm` the quotation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:180 +msgid "" +"Unlike with the prepaid services quotation, Odoo will not allow an invoice " +"to be created at this time. That is because no services have been performed;" +" in other words nothing has been delivered, therefore, there is nothing to " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:185 +msgid "Create a helpdesk ticket for time-tracked services" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:187 +msgid "" +"To record a *Timesheet* entry for time-tracker services, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk` and select the appropriate team for which these " +"services apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:190 +msgid "" +"If there is already an existing ticket for this issue, select it from the " +"kanban view. This will open the ticket details form. If there is no existing" +" ticket for this customer issue, click :guilabel:`New` to create a new " +"ticket and enter the necessary customer information on the blank ticket " +"details form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:195 +msgid "" +"After selecting or creating a ticket, go to the :guilabel:`Sales Order Line`" +" drop-down menu. Select the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` created in the previous" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:199 +msgid "Track support hours on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to create an invoice for a product based on timesheets, hours need " +"to be tracked and recorded. At this point, the service is considered " +"*delivered*. To record hours for this support service, click on the " +":guilabel:`Timesheets` tab of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to record a new entry. Select an " +":guilabel:`Employee` from the drop-down menu, and record the time spent in " +"the :guilabel:`Hours Spent` column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:208 +msgid "" +"Repeat these steps as needed until all time spent on the issues has been " +"recorded." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of the timesheets tab on a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:215 +msgid "Create an invoice for hours tracked on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:217 +msgid "" +"After the customer's issue has been solved, and it is determined no new " +"timesheet entries will be made, an invoice can be created, and the customer " +"can be billed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:220 +msgid "" +"To do this, return to the :abbr:`SO (sales order)` by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Sales Order` smart button at the top of the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Before creating the invoice, confirm that the number in the " +":guilabel:`Delivered` column matches the total number of :guilabel:`Hours " +"Spent` listed in the :guilabel:`Timesheets` tab on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of a sales order with emphasis on the delivered column." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:230 +msgid "" +"Then, click :guilabel:`Create Invoice`. This will open a :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoices` pop-up window. If no down payment will be collected, the " +":guilabel:`Create Invoice` type can remain as :guilabel:`Regular Invoice`. " +"If a down payment will be collected, choose between either :guilabel:`Down " +"payment (percentage)` or :guilabel:`Down payment (fixed amount)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:236 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Timesheets Period` field if this invoice should only " +"include timesheets from a certain time period. If this field is left blank, " +"*all* applicable timesheets that have not yet been invoiced will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst-1 +msgid "View of create invoices pop up showing timesheets period fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:244 +msgid "" +"When the necessary information has been entered, click :guilabel:`Create " +"Invoice`. The invoice can then be sent to the customer for payment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/track_and_bill.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview.rst:5 msgid "Overview" msgstr "Загальний огляд" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:3 -msgid "Forum and eLearning" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:6 -msgid "Forum" -msgstr "Форум" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:8 -msgid "" -"To go above and beyond email, live chat, web forms, and phone lines, offer " -"your customers a support forum. This way, customers might become more " -"attached to your company as they would be investing time to get into details" -" of your business. You also encourage the exchange of experiences and " -"knowledge, supporting the feeling of belonging to a community (your " -"community!)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:52 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:11 -msgid "Set up" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:16 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Team` and " -"enable *Help Center*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Create, or edit a forum by clicking on the external link. Among the editing " -"options, choose if you would like the *Forum Mode* to be *Questions*: only " -"one answer is allowed per question or *Discussions*: multiple answers are " -"allowed per question." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:31 -msgid "" -"From now on, logged in users can start their discussions. To keep track of " -"posts, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Forum --> Posts`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:38 -msgid "" -"Turn tickets into forum posts by simply clicking on *Share on the Forum* on " -"the ticket's page." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:45 -msgid "eLearning" -msgstr "електронне навчання" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:47 -msgid "" -"In addition to a forum, offer online courses. When doing so, you link your " -"customers and users’ needs and questions to useful content, helping to boost" -" efficiency as they can also find their answers there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:54 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *eLearning*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:61 -msgid "" -"Once the structure and content of your course are ready, *Publish* it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:67 -msgid "" -"To keep track of your course statistics, go to *eLearning* and *View " -"Course*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/forum_and_elearning.rst:73 -msgid "" -"DETAILS/INFO SHOULD COME FROM ELEARNING DOCS. THEREFORE, LINK DOCS ONCE " -"AVAILABLE!" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Getting Started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" +msgid "Getting started with Helpdesk" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:5 msgid "" -"Helpdesk teams provide your customers with support to queries or errors they" -" might encounter while using your product/service. Therefore, a successful " -"scheme where you can organize multiple teams with their customized pipeline," -" visibilities settings, and ticket traceability is essential." +"Odoo :guilabel:`Helpdesk` is a ticket-based customer support application. " +"Teams can track, prioritize, and solve customer issues from their pipeline, " +"which is organized in customizable stages. Multiple teams can be configured " +"and managed in one dashboard." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up teams" +msgid "Create Helpdesk teams" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:12 msgid "" -"To modify or create teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +"Setting up multiple teams allows for tickets to be grouped by location or by" +" support type." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:14 msgid "" -"Setting up multiple teams allows you to group tickets by your channels " -"(example: BE/US), or by your support services' types (example: IT, " -"accounting, admin, etc.)." +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* teams, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams`. To create a new team, click on the :guilabel:`New`" +" button in the top left of the dashboard. From there, name the new team, and" +" fill out the remaining fields as defined in the following sections on the " +"form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:21 -msgid "Team’s productivity and visibility" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of the Helpdesk teams page in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:24 +msgid "Assignment & Visibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:27 +msgid "Determine to whom the team will be visible" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:29 msgid "" -"Teams can have individual *Assignment Methods* to ensure that tickets get " -"redirected to the right person:" +"Under the :guilabel:`Visibility` section, determine who can view this team " +"and its tickets." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:31 msgid "" -"*Manually*: tickets are manually assigned, allowing employees to manage " -"their own workload and target tickets they are experts at;" +":guilabel:`Invited internal users` have access to the team and tickets they " +"are following. This can be modified on each individual ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:33 msgid "" -"*Random*: tickets are randomly assigned and everyone gets the same amount. " -"This method ensures that all tickets are handled as the assignment happens " -"automatically;" +":guilabel:`All internal users` have access to the team and all of its " +"tickets without being a follower." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:35 msgid "" -"*Balanced*: tickets are assigned to the person with the least amount of " -"tickets so that everyone fairly gets the same amount. Thereby, you ensure " -"that all tickets get to be taken care of." +":guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users` have access to the " +"team without being a follower. Portal users will only be able to access " +"tickets that they are following." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:39 msgid "" -"For the *Random* and *Balanced* assignment methods, you can set the *Team " -"Members* among whom tickets are assigned. Leave the field empty to include " -"all employees (with the proper access rights)." +"A `Customer Support` team intended to handle general issues with shipping " +"and product issues would have the visibility setting :guilabel:`Invited " +"portal users and all internal users`. However, a `Financial Services` team " +"handling tickets related to accounting or tax information would only need to" +" be visible to :guilabel:`Invited internal users`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:45 +msgid "Automatically assign new tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:47 msgid "" -"The *Team Visibility* feature allows you to specify who can see and access " -"the team’s tickets. Therefore, ticket’s with sensible information are only " -"seen by the right people. Leave the field empty to include all employees " -"(with the proper access rights)." +"When tickets are received, they will need to be assigned to a member of the " +"support team. This can be done manually on each ticket individually, or " +"through :guilabel:`Automatic Assignment`. Check the box next to " +":guilabel:`Automatic Assignment` to enable the feature for this team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:46 -msgid "Set up stages and share it among teams" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 msgid "" -"To set up stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> " -"Stages`. Then, create and/or edit stages as you need and set specific teams " -"to use certain stages under *Team*." +"View of a Helpdesk team settings page emphasizing the assignment and visibility features\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:56 msgid "" -"Stages can be shared between one or multiple teams, allowing you to adapt " -"the pipeline to your individual needs. They also apply a visibility and " -"access rule, as other teams are not able to see or use the stage." +"Select one of the following assignment methods, based on how workload should" +" be allocated across the team:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user is assigned an equal number of tickets` assigns tickets" +" to team members" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:60 +msgid "" +"based on total ticket count, regardless of the number of open or closed " +"tickets they are currently assigned." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:64 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/odoo_basics/users`" +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Each user has an equal number of open tickets` assigned tickets " +"to team members based" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:63 +msgid "" +"on how many open tickets they are currently assigned. This option is useful " +"for automatically delegating a heavier workload to high-performers who tend " +"to close tickets quickly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, add the :guilabel:`Team Members` who will be assigned tickets for " +"this team. Leave the field empty to include all employees who have the " +"proper assignments and access rights configured in their user account " +"settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:71 +msgid "" +"If an employee has time off scheduled in the :guilabel:`Time Off` " +"application, they will not be assigned tickets during that time. If no " +"employees are available, the system will look ahead until there is a match." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:76 +msgid ":ref:`Manage users <users/add-individual>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:77 +msgid ":doc:`Access rights </applications/general/users/access_rights>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:80 +msgid "Create or modify kanban stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:82 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stages` are used to organize the *Helpdesk* pipeline and track " +"the progress of tickets. Stages are customizable, and can be renamed to fit " +"the needs of each team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To view or modify *Helpdesk* stages, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Stages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:88 +msgid "" +":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated in order to access " +"the stages menu. To activate developer mode go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Developer Tools` and click on :guilabel:`Activate " +"the developer mode`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:92 +msgid "" +"The list view shows an overview of all the stages currently available in " +"Helpdesk. They are listed in the order they appear in the pipeline. To " +"change the order of the stages, use the arrow buttons on the left side of " +"the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Change the stage order on the kanban view by dragging and dropping " +"individual columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the stage list page emphasizing the option to create a new stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To create a new stage, click on the :guilabel:`New` button in the top left " +"of the dashboard. Next, choose a name for the new stage, and add a " +"description (though it is not required). Fill out the remaining fields " +"following the steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of a stage's settings page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:113 +msgid "Add email and SMS templates to stages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:115 +msgid "" +"When an :guilabel:`Email Template` is added to a stage, an email is " +"automatically sent to the the customer when a ticket reaches that specific " +"stage in the helpdesk pipeline. Likewise, adding an :guilabel:`SMS Template`" +" will result in an SMS text message being sent to the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:120 +msgid "" +"SMS Text Messaging is an In-App Purchase (IAP) service that requires prepaid" +" credits to work. Refer to `SMS Pricing FAQ <https://iap-" +"services.odoo.com/iap/sms/pricing>`_ for additional information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:124 +msgid "" +"To select an existing email template, select it from the :guilabel:`Email " +"Template` field. Click on the arrow key to the right of the field to edit " +"the template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:127 +msgid "" +"To create a new template, click the field and begin typing a new template " +"title. Then select :guilabel:`Create and edit`, and complete the form " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:130 +msgid "" +"Follow the same steps to select, edit, or create an :guilabel:`SMS " +"Template`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst-1 +msgid "View of an SMS template setup page in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:137 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:60 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_template`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:140 +msgid "Assign stages to a team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:142 +msgid "" +"Make a selection in the :guilabel:`Teams` field on the :guilabel:`Stages` " +"form. More than one team may be selected, since the same stage(s) can be " +"assigned to multiple teams." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:0 +msgid "View of stage setup emphasizing teams field" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:150 +msgid "Fold a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Check the :guilabel:`Folded in Kanban` box on the :guilabel:`Stages` form to" +" display this stage as *folded* by default in the kanban view for this team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:156 +msgid "" +"Tickets that reach a *folded* stage are considered closed. Closing a ticket " +"before the work is completed can result in reporting and communication " +"issues. This setting should only be enabled for stages that are considered " +"*closing* stages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:160 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, stages can be temporarily folded in the kanban view, by " +"clicking on the settings icon and selecting :guilabel:`Fold`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Manually folding a stage from the kanban view will not close the tickets in " +"the stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:3 +msgid "Help center" +msgstr "Допоміжний центр" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Helpdesk* integrates with the *Forum*, *eLearning*, and *Knowledge* " +"apps to create the *help center*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the settings page of a team emphasizing the help center " +"features." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:12 +msgid "" +"The *help center* is a centralized location where teams and customers can " +"search for and share detailed information about products and services." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In order to activate any of these features on a *Helpdesk* team, (*Forums*, " +"*eLearning*, or *Knowledge*), the :guilabel:`Visibility` of the team has to " +"be set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal users`. See " +":doc:`Getting Started " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>` for more " +"information on *Helpdesk* team settings and configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Since all of the *help center* features require integration with other " +"applications, enabling any of them may result in the installation of " +"additional modules or applications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Installing a new application on a *One-App-Free* database will trigger a " +"15-day trial. At the end of the trial, if a paid subscription has not been " +"added to the database, it will no longer be active or accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:31 +msgid "Knowledge" +msgstr "Знання" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Odoo's *Knowledge* application is a collaborative library where users can " +"store, edit, and share information. The *Knowledge* app is represented " +"throughout the database by a *book* icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a message in Helpdesk focusing on the Knowledge book icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:41 +msgid "Enable Knowledge on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To enable the *Knowledge* feature on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a team has been selected or created, Odoo displays that team's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the team's detail form, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` " +"section. Click the box next to :guilabel:`Knowledge` to activate the " +"*Knowledge* feature. When clicked, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Article` " +"appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Article` field reveals a drop-down menu. At first, " +"there is only one option in the drop-down menu titled :guilabel:`Help`, " +"which Odoo provides by default. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down " +"menu to choose this article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To create a new article, go to the :menuselection:`Knowledge app`, then " +"hover the cursor next to the :guilabel:`Workspace` section heading, located " +"in the left sidebar. Moving the cursor there reveals a hidden :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:62 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`➕ (plus sign)` to create a new article in the " +":guilabel:`Workspace`. In the upper right corner of the page, click the " +":guilabel:`Share` button, and slide the :guilabel:`Share to Web` toggle " +"switch until it reads :guilabel:`Article Published`. It can then be added to" +" a *Helpdesk* team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Once an article has been created and assigned to a *Helpdesk* team, content " +"can be added and organized through the *Knowledge* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:71 +msgid "" +":doc:`Editing Knowledge articles " +"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:74 +msgid "Search articles from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When members of a *Helpdesk* team are trying to solve a ticket, they can " +"search through the content in the *Knowledge* app for more information on " +"the issue." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To search *Knowledge* articles, open a ticket — either from the *Helpdesk* " +"app dashboard, or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Tickets --> " +"All Tickets`, and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When a :guilabel:`Ticket` is selected, Odoo reveals that ticket's detail " +"form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon, located above the chatter to " +"open a search window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of knowledge search window from a helpdesk ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:92 +msgid "" +"*Knowledge* articles can also be searched by pressing :command:`Ctrl + K` to" +" open the command palette, then typing :command:`?`, followed by the name of" +" the desired article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:95 +msgid "" +"When Odoo reveals the desired article, click it, or highlight the " +":guilabel:`Article` title, and press :command:`Enter`. This will open the " +"article in the :guilabel:`Knowledge` application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:98 +msgid "To open the article in a new tab, press :command:`Ctrl + Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:101 +msgid "" +"If a more in-depth search is required, press :command:`Alt + B`. That will " +"reveal a separate page, in which a more detailed search can occur." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:105 +msgid "Share articles to the help center" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:107 +msgid "" +"In order for a *Knowledge* article to be available to customers and website " +"visitors, it has to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Even though the *Help* article has been enabled on a team, Odoo will not " +"share all the nested articles to the web. Individual articles intended for " +"customers **must** be published for them to be viewable on the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:115 +msgid "" +"To publish an article, navigate to the desired article, by following the " +"above steps, and click the :guilabel:`Share` icon in the upper-right corner." +" This will reveal a menu. Slide the toggle button labeled :guilabel:`Share " +"to Web` to read :guilabel:`Article Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a knowledge article focused on sharing and publishing options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:124 +msgid "Solve tickets with templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:126 +msgid "" +"*Template* boxes can be added to *Knowledge* articles to allow content to be" +" reused, copied, sent as messages, or added to the description on a ticket. " +"This allows teams to maintain consistency when answering customer tickets, " +"and minimize the amount of time spent on responding to repeat questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:131 +msgid "Add templates to articles" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a template, go to :menuselection:`Knowledge --> Help`. Click on an" +" existing nested article or create a new one by clicking the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` icon next to *Help*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:136 +msgid "" +"Type `/` to open the :guilabel:`Powerbox` and view a list of :doc:`commands " +"</applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing>`. Select or type " +"`template`. A gray template block will be added to the page. Add any " +"necessary content to this block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a template in knowledge with focus on send and copy options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Templates will only display the :guilabel:`Use as description` or " +":guilabel:`Send as Message` options if they are accessed directly from " +"*Helpdesk*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:149 +msgid "Use templates in tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Templates can be used to respond directly to a *Helpdesk* ticket as a " +"message, or to add information to the ticket's description." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:154 +msgid "" +"To use templates in a *Helpdesk* ticket, first, open a ticket, either from " +"the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` dashboard or by going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk " +"--> Tickets --> All Tickets` and selecting a :guilabel:`Ticket` from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:158 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Knowledge (book)` icon above the chatter for the " +"ticket. This opens a search window. In this search window, select, or search" +" for the desired article. Doing so reveals that article page in the Odoo " +"*Knowledge* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:162 +msgid "" +"To use a template to respond to a ticket, click :guilabel:`Send as message` " +"in the upper right corner of the template box, located in the body of the " +"article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:165 +msgid "" +"Doing so opens a :guilabel:`Compose email` pop-up window. In this window, " +"select the recipients, make any necessary additions or edits to the " +"template, then click :guilabel:`Send`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:169 +msgid "" +"To use a template to add information to a ticket's description, click " +":guilabel:`Use as description` in the upper right corner of the template " +"box, located in the body of the article. Doing so will not replace the " +"existing text in a ticket's description. The template will be added as " +"additional text." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:177 +msgid "Community Forum" +msgstr "Форум спільноти" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:179 +msgid "" +"A *Community Forum* provides a space for customers to answer each other's " +"questions and share information. By integrating a forum with a *Helpdesk* " +"team, tickets submitted by customers can be converted to posts and shared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:184 +msgid "Enable forums on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To enable :guilabel:`Community Forums` on a *Helpdesk* team, start by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Helpdesk app --> Configuration --> Teams` and " +"select a team, or create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Selecting or creating a team reveals that team's detail form. Scroll down to" +" the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section of features, and enable " +":guilabel:`Community Forum`, by checking the box beside it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:194 +msgid "" +"When activated, a new field labeled :guilabel:`Forums` appears beneath." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:196 +msgid "" +"Click the empty :guilabel:`Forums` field to reveal a drop-down menu. By " +"default, there is only one option to begin with, labeled :guilabel:`Help`. " +"That is the option Odoo automatically created when the :guilabel:`Community " +"Forums` feature was enabled. Select :guilabel:`Help` from the drop-down menu" +" to enable that forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To create a new forum, type a name into the blank :guilabel:`Forums` field, " +"then click the :guilabel:`Create and Edit` option. Multiple forums can be " +"selected in this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Check out the :doc:`Forum documentation <../../../websites/forum>` to learn " +"how to configure, use, and moderate a forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:209 +msgid "Create a forum post from a Helpdesk ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:211 +msgid "" +"When a *Helpdesk* team has a *Forum* enabled, tickets submitted to that team" +" can be converted to forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:214 +msgid "" +"To do that, select a ticket, either from a team's pipeline or from " +":menuselection:`Tickets --> All Tickets` in the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` " +"application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:217 +msgid "" +"At the top of the ticket detail form, click the :guilabel:`Share on Forum` " +"button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Overview of the Forums page of a website to show the available ones in Odoo " +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:223 +msgid "" +"When clicked, a pop-up appears. Here, the post and title can be edited to " +"correct any typos, or modified to remove any proprietary or client " +"information. :guilabel:`Tags` can also be added to help organize the post in" +" the forum, making it easier for users to locate during a search. When all " +"adjustments have been made, click :guilabel:`Create and View Post`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:229 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "електронне навчання" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Odoo *eLearning* courses offer customers additional training and content in " +"the form of videos, presentations, and certifications/quizzes. Providing " +"additional training enables customers to work through issues and find " +"solutions on their own. They can also develop a deeper understanding of the " +"services and products they are using." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:237 +msgid "Enable eLearning courses on a Helpdesk team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:239 +msgid "" +"To enable *eLearning* courses on a *Helpdesk* team, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and select a team, or " +"create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:243 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll to the :guilabel:`Self-Service` section," +" and check the box next to :guilabel:`eLearning`. A new field will appear " +"below, labeled :guilabel:`Courses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:246 +msgid "" +"Click the empty field next to :guilabel:`Courses` beneath the " +":guilabel:`eLearning` feature to reveal a drop-down menu. Select an " +"available course from the drop-down menu, or type a title into the field, " +"and click :guilabel:`Create and edit` to create a new course from this page." +" Multiple courses can be assigned to a single team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:252 +msgid "Create an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:254 +msgid "" +"A new *eLearning* course can be created from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk` team's" +" settings page, as in the step above, or from the *eLearning* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:257 +msgid "" +"To create a course directly through the *eLearning* application, navigate to" +" :menuselection:`eLearning --> New`. This reveals a blank course template " +"that can be customized and modified as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:261 +msgid "" +"On the course template page, add a :guilabel:`Course Title`, and below that," +" :guilabel:`Tags`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:263 +msgid "" +"Click on the :guilabel:`Options` tab. Under :guilabel:`Access Rights`, " +"choose the :guilabel:`Enroll Policy`. This determines which users will be " +"allowed to take the course. Under :guilabel:`Display`, choose the course " +":guilabel:`Type` and :guilabel:`Visibility`. The :guilabel:`Visibility` " +"setting determines whether the course will be available to public site " +"visitors or members." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:269 +msgid "Add content to an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:271 +msgid "" +"To add content to a course, click the :guilabel:`Content` tab and select " +":guilabel:`Add Content`. Choose the :guilabel:`Content Type` from the drop-" +"down menu and upload the file, or paste the link, where instructed. Click " +":guilabel:`Save` when finished. Click :guilabel:`Add Section` to organize " +"the course in sections." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course being published for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:281 +msgid "" +"In order to add a certification to a course, go to :menuselection:`eLearning" +" --> Configuration --> Settings`, check the box labeled " +":guilabel:`Certifications`, and :guilabel:`Save` to activate the setting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:286 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:289 +msgid "Publish an eLearning course" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:291 +msgid "" +"To allow customers to enroll in a course, both the course and the contents " +"need to be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:293 +msgid "" +"If the course is published, but the contents of the course are not " +"published, customers can enroll in the course on the website, but they won't" +" be able to view any of the course content. Knowing this, it may be " +"beneficial to publish the course first if the course contents are intended " +"to be released over time, such as classes with a weekly schedule." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:298 +msgid "" +"To make the entire course available at once, each piece of course content " +"must be published first, then the course can be published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:301 +msgid "" +"To publish a course, choose a course from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the " +"course template page, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:304 +msgid "" +"This will reveal the front end of the course's web page. At the top of the " +"course web page, move the :guilabel:`Unpublished` toggle switch to " +":guilabel:`Published`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:308 +msgid "Publish eLearning course contents from the back-end" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:310 +msgid "" +"To publish *eLearning* course content from the back-end, choose a course " +"from the *eLearning* dashboard. On the course template page, click the " +":guilabel:`Published Contents` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:313 +msgid "" +"Doing so reveals a separate page displaying all the published content " +"related to that course. Remove the default :guilabel:`Published` filter from" +" the search bar in the upper-right corner, to reveal all the content related" +" to the course - even the non-published content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:317 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`≣ (List View)` icon in the upper-right corner, directly" +" beneath the search bar to switch to list view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:320 +msgid "" +"While in :guilabel:`List View`, there is a checkbox on the far left of the " +"screen, above the listed courses, to the left of the :guilabel:`Title` " +"column. When that checkbox is clicked, all the course contents are selected " +"at once." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst:324 +msgid "" +"With all the course content selected, double click any of the boxes in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column. This reveals a pop-up window, asking for " +"confirmation that all selected records are intended to be published. Click " +":guilabel:`OK` to automatically publish all course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/help_center.rst-1 +msgid "View of a course contents being published in Odoo Helpdesk back-end." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:3 -msgid "Ratings" -msgstr "Оцінювання" +msgid "Customer ratings" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" -"Allow customers to rate their experience with your helpdesk teams to " -"strengthen your credibility and gain their trust. Reviews can also influence" -" a customer’s decision and open space for feedback that can help you improve" -" the quality of your services." +"Asking customers to rate the support they received from a *Helpdesk* team " +"provides an opportunity to gauge team performance and track customer " +"satisfaction. Ratings can be published to the portal, providing customers " +"with a general overview of the team's performance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:10 +msgid "Enable customer ratings on a Helpdesk team" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Ratings on tickets*. The feature automatically adds a default email " -"template on the non-folded *closing stage(s)* of that team." +"To enable *customer ratings* on a helpdesk team by going to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`. Select a team from " +"the list and navigate to the settings page. Scroll to the " +":guilabel:`Performance` section, and check the box for :guilabel:`Customer " +"Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 msgid "" -"To edit the email template and the stage(s) set as the closing ones, go to " -"the Kanban view of your helpdesk team and click on *Settings*, then on *Edit" -" Stage*." +"Overview of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the rating on ticket feature\n" +"in Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:22 +msgid "Set a ratings request email template on a stage" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:24 msgid "" -"Now, once a ticket reaches the stage(s) designated as the *Closing Stage*, " -"an email is sent to the customer." +"To automatically request ratings from customers once their tickets have " +"closed, an email template should be added to the appropriate stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:27 msgid "" -"Ratings can be seen on the chatter of each ticket, under the *See Customer " -"Satisfaction* link on the main dashboard, and through *Reporting*." +"Once the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting has been enabled on the team's" +" settings page, (see above) click the :guilabel:`Set an Email Template on " +"Stages` link. Select a stage from the list, or click :guilabel:`New` to " +"create a new stage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:39 -msgid "Ratings visible on the customer portal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:32 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` and " -"enable *Display Rating on Customer Portal*. Now, by clicking on the helpdesk" -" team’s name on their ticket, customers can see its ratings." +"Customers should only be asked to rate tickets once an issue has been " +"resolved and their ticket is closed. Therefore, a *ratings request* email " +"should only be added to a stage that is **folded** in the kanban, as tickets" +" in a *folded stage* are considered closed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:36 +msgid "" +"On the stage's settings page, select `Helpdesk: Ticket Rating Request` in " +"the :guilabel:`Email Template` field. This template has been pre-configured " +"with ratings customers can use to provide feedback. To view the template, " +"click the arrow button to the right of the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:40 +msgid "" +"Once the template has been added to the stage, it will automatically send a " +"message when a ticket is moved to that stage. Customers will be asked to " +"rate the support they received with colored icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:43 +msgid "*Green smiling face* - Satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:44 +msgid "*Yellow neutral face* - Okay" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:45 +msgid "*Red frowning face* - Dissatisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a standard helpdesk customer review email template for Odoo " +"Helpdesk." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:51 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:47 -msgid ":doc:`../advanced/close_tickets`" +msgid "" +"After selecting a rating, customers are taken to a webpage where they can " +"provide specific written feedback to support their rating. Once a rating is " +"submitted, it is added to the chatter on the ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Customer ratings can also be viewed through the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings`" +" report. To view this report, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting " +"--> Customer Ratings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:63 +msgid "Publish ratings on the customer portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:65 +msgid "" +"After enabling the :guilabel:`Customer Ratings` setting, an option to " +"publish ratings on the team's website appears. Enabling this setting " +"provides portal users with an overview of the ratings the team has received " +"over the last thirty days. Specific written feedback will not be included; " +"only statistics of the team's performance will be visible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:71 +msgid "" +"In order to display ratings on the customer portal, a team has to have their" +" visibility setting set to :guilabel:`Invited portal users and all internal " +"users`. This setting is found on the team's settings page under " +":guilabel:`Visibility`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Next, to publish the ratings, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Configuration --> Teams` and select a team. Scroll to " +":guilabel:`Performance` and enable :guilabel:`Publish this team's ratings on" +" your website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To view the ratings for a team, a customer will log into the portal and " +"navigate to one of their tickets. After clicking on the team name in the " +":guilabel:`Managed By` field, they will be directed to a page with the " +"team's ratings over the past thirty days." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the ratings performance overview from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:88 +msgid "Manually hide individual ratings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Individual ratings can be manually hidden from the portal. This allows for " +"specific ratings to be kept out of the performance metrics that are shown to" +" customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:93 +msgid "" +"To make a rating visible only to internal users, navigate to the page for a " +"rating. This can be done in one of the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:96 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> Customer Ratings` and click" +" on one of the kanban cards for an individual rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:98 +msgid "" +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Tickets --> All Tickets` and remove" +" the :guilabel:`Open` filter from the search bar. Then filter by " +":guilabel:`Satisfied`, :guilabel:`Okay` and/or :guilabel:`Dissatisfied`. " +"Select a ticket from the results. Click the :guilabel:`Rating` smart button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Once on the rating details page, check the :guilabel:`Visible Internally " +"Only` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:291 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings.rst:111 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:3 -msgid "Start Receiving Tickets" +msgid "Start receiving tickets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:5 msgid "" -"Offering a variety of channels from where your customers can contact you " -"grants them flexibility and the right to choose the best one for themselves." -" And, in order to make sure inquiries across all channels get addressed, it " -"is essential to have a solution where all interactions come in one place." +"Odoo *Helpdesk* offers multiple channels where customers can reach out for " +"assistance, such as email, live chat, and through a website's submission " +"form. The variety of these contact options provides customers with multiple " +"opportunities to receive support quickly, while also giving the support team" +" the ability to manage multi-channel support tickets from one central " +"location." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:11 -msgid "Channels options to submit tickets" +msgid "Enable channel options to submit tickets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:13 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, and " -"enable the following features as you want them to be available to your " -"users." +"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams` and choose an " +"existing team, or click :guilabel:`New` to :doc:`create a new team " +"<getting_started>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:16 +msgid "" +"On the team's settings page, scroll down to :guilabel:`Channels`. Select one" +" or more channel(s) to enable by checking the respective box(es)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:19 +msgid ":guilabel:`Email Alias`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:20 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website Form`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Live Chat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 msgid "Email Alias" msgstr "Псевдонім ел. пошти" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:24 -msgid "" -"Let your customers submit tickets by sending an email to your support email " -"address. The subject line of the email becomes the title of the ticket and " -"the content is shown in the Chatter." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:26 msgid "" -"Select *Configure domain name* to be redirected to *Settings* and, from " -"there, enable *External Email Servers* to determine or change your *Alias " -"Domain*." +"The *Email Alias* setting automatically creates tickets from messages sent " +"to that team's specified email alias." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:29 msgid "" -"Using your own email server is required to send and receive emails in Odoo " -"Community and Enterprise. Online users benefit from a ready-to-use email " -"server." +"To alter a *Helpdesk* team's email alias, navigate to the :guilabel:`Teams` " +"settings page. Find :guilabel:`Email Alias`, under the :guilabel:`Channels` " +"heading, and then type in the desired team alias in the field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:39 -msgid "Website Form" -msgstr "Форма веб-сайту" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:33 msgid "" -"Allow your customers to submit a ticket by filling in a form through your " -"website." +"When a new *Helpdesk* team is created, an :guilabel:`Email Alias` is " +"created, as well. This alias can be changed in the :guilabel:`Alias` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:37 msgid "" -"Once the feature is activated, get redirected to your website by clicking on" -" *Go to Website*." +"If the database does not have a custom domain already configured, click " +":guilabel:`Configure a custom domain` to be redirected to the " +":guilabel:`Settings` page. From there, enable :guilabel:`Custom Email " +"Servers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 msgid "" -"From the website page customize the form as you like. Then, publish it by " -"clicking on *Unpublished*." +"View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the email alias feature in Odoo\n" +"Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:46 +msgid "" +"When an email is received, the subject line from the email becomes the title" +" of a new *Helpdesk* ticket. The body of the email is also added to the " +"ticket under the :guilabel:`Description` tab and in the ticket's " +":guilabel:`Chatter` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:51 +msgid "" +"The configuration steps outlined above are for **Odoo Online** and " +"**Odoo.sh** databases. For **On-premise** databases, additional " +"configuration for custom email servers and email aliases may be required." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:56 -msgid "Live Chat" -msgstr "Живий чат" +msgid "Website Form" +msgstr "Форма веб-сайту" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:58 msgid "" -"Through live interactions with your website visitors, helpdesk tickets can " -"be instantly created and redirected to the right person." +"Enabling the *Website Form* setting adds a new page to the website with a " +"customizable form. A new ticket is created once the required form fields are" +" filled out and submitted." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:61 msgid "" -"Click on your helpdesk team's name - for the example below: *Customer Care* " -"- and :doc:`set up your channel " -"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started>`." +"To activate the website form, navigate to a team's settings page under " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Teams`. Find the :guilabel:`Website Form` " +"feature under the :guilabel:`Channels` section, and check the box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:65 msgid "" -"Now, your operators can create tickets by using the :doc:`command " -"</applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses>` */helpdesk " -"(subject_of_ticket)*." +"After the feature is activated, click the :guilabel:`Go to Website` smart " +"button at the top of the that :guilabel:`Teams` settings page to view and " +"edit the new website form, which is created automatically by Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:72 -msgid "Prioritize tickets" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:70 msgid "" -"Use the stars to prioritize your tickets. The most urgent ones appear at the" -" top of your list on the Kanban view." +"After enabling the website form, the *Teams* settings page may need to be " +"refreshed before the *Go to Website* smart button appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:77 -msgid "1 star = *Low priority*" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:73 +msgid "" +"As well, if a *Help Center* is published, the smart button will navigate " +"there first. Simply click the :guilabel:`Contact Us` button at the bottom of" +" the forum to navigate to the ticket submission form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:78 -msgid "2 stars = *High priority*" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the settings page of a helpdesk team emphasizing the Go to Website button in\n" +"Odoo Helpdesk." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:83 +msgid "Customize the website ticket form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:85 +msgid "" +"To customize the default ticket submission form, click the :guilabel:`Edit` " +"button in the upper right corner of the page. Then click on one of the " +"fields in the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:88 +msgid "" +"Add, remove, or update fields as necessary to alter the information " +"submitted by customers. Fields can be made marked as :guilabel:`Required`, " +"by toggling the switch from gray to blue in the website builder's editor " +"window, located under the :guilabel:`Field` section. As well, other " +"pertinent field information can be edited here, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: which matches an Odoo model value to the field (e.g. " +"`Customer Name`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Input Type`: to determine what time of input the field should be," +" like `Text`, `Email`, `Telephone` or `URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:96 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Label`: to give the form field a label (e.g. `Full Name`, `Email " +"Address`, etc.). Also control the label position on the form by using the " +"nested :guilabel:`Position` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:98 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: which, optionally, adds an editable line under the " +"input box to provide additional contextual information related to the field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:100 +msgid ":guilabel:`Placeholder`: to add a sample input value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:101 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Default value`: to add common use case values that most customers" +" would find valuable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Required`: which sets the field as mandatory before the form can " +"be submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Visibility`: to allow for absolute or conditional visibility of " +"the field. Nested options, such as device visibility, appear when certain " +"options are selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:107 +msgid "" +"Text blocks can be added in the farthest 1/3 column of the ticket form page," +" next to the ticket form. This is an ideal place to include team information" +" such as additional contact details, hours, or common helpful articles that " +"link to the :guilabel:`Forum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the unpublished website form to submit a ticket for Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Once the form has been optimized and is ready for public use, " +":guilabel:`Save` the changes, and then publish the form by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Unpublished` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:119 +msgid "Live Chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The *Live Chat* feature allows website visitors to connect directly with a " +"support agent or chatbot. During these conversations, *Helpdesk* tickets can" +" be instantly created by using the :doc:`response command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/responses>` `/helpdesk`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:125 +msgid "" +"To enable *Live Chat*, navigate to the :menuselection:`Configuration --> " +"Teams` list view, select a team, and on the :guilabel:`Teams` settings page," +" click the check box next to :guilabel:`Live Chat`, under the " +":guilabel:`Channels` heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If this is the first time *Live Chat* has been enabled on the database, the " +"page may need to be saved manually and refreshed before any further steps " +"can be taken." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:133 +msgid "" +"With the :guilabel:`Live Chat` setting engaged, click on :guilabel:`View " +"Channels`. Then, on the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, " +"select the kanban card for the channel that was created for the *Helpdesk* " +"team, or create a :guilabel:`New` one if necessary. When a kanban card is " +"selected, additional options await on the channel's form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:139 +msgid "Customize the live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:141 +msgid "" +"When an individual channel is clicked on the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard, Odoo directs the page to the channel form. From there, " +"the :guilabel:`Channel Name` can be edited, however Odoo names this to match" +" the *Helpdesk* team's kanban pipeline, by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:146 +msgid "" +"If a *Helpdesk* team is named `Customer Care`, a *Live Chat* channel will be" +" created with the same name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:0 +msgid "View of the kanban cards for the available Live Chat channels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:153 +msgid "On the channel form, navigate through the tabs to complete the setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:156 +msgid "Add operators" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:158 +msgid "" +"*Operators* are the users who will act as agents and respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The user who originally created the live chat " +"channel will be added by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To add additional users, navigate and click on the live chat channel from " +"the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat Channels` dashboard, and on the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Then, click the check box next to the users to be added, and click " +":guilabel:`SELECT`. :guilabel:`New` operators can be created and added to " +"the list, as well, by filling out the :guilabel:`Create Operators` form and " +"then clicking :guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for " +"multiplerecord creations)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:169 +msgid "" +"As well, current operators can be edited or removed by clicking on their " +"respective boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, and then adjusting their " +"form values, or by using one of the form buttons located at the bottom of " +"the form, such as :guilabel:`REMOVE`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Users can add themselves as an operator by clicking the :guilabel:`Join` " +"button on a *Live Chat* channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:178 +msgid "Modify channel options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:180 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab contains the visual and text settings for the " +"live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open the chat window. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and should be an invitation to continue the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:189 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to change the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` and the :guilabel:`Channel " +"Header Color` by clicking a color bubble to open the color selection window." +" Click the refresh icon to the right of the color bubbles to reset the " +"colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:197 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually, or through " +"RGB, HSL or HEX code selection. Different options will be available, " +"depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:201 +msgid "Create channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:203 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab determines when the live chat window opens" +" on the website by logic of when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered" +" (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:206 +msgid "" +"Edit existing rules, or create a new one by clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`," +" and fill out the pop-up form details based on how the rule should apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:209 +msgid "" +"If a :guilabel:`Chatbot` will be included on this channel, select it from " +"the dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are " +"available, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:214 +msgid "" +"If a chatbot is added to a live chat channel, then 3 new smart buttons will " +"appear on the channel settings form: :guilabel:`Chatbots`, " +":guilabel:`Sessions`, and :guilabel:`% Happy`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Chatbots` smart button is where the chatbot can be programmed" +" with a :guilabel:`Script`. Each line in the :guilabel:`Script` contains a " +":guilabel:`Message`, :guilabel:`Step Type`, :guilabel:`Answers`, and " +"conditional :guilabel:`Only If` logic that applies when certain pre-filled " +"answers are chosen. To create more steps in the :guilabel:`Script`, click " +":guilabel:`Add a line` and fill out the script steps form according to the " +"desired logic." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:223 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sessions` is where live chat sessions are recorded in order of " +"descending :guilabel:`Session Date`, by default. Each record includes the " +":guilabel:`Attendees` involved in the live chat session, the :guilabel:`# " +"Messages`, as well as any :guilabel:`Rating` that was received when the " +"session ended." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:227 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`% Happy` smart button includes a log of ratings that were " +"left by live chat attendees, and are labeled by date, time, and the support " +"agent who was responsible for the live chat session." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Add the URL for the pages this channel will be applied to in the " +":guilabel:`URL Regex` field. If this channel will only be available to users" +" in specific countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this " +"field is left blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:241 +msgid "Use the live chat widget" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:243 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel form offers an " +"embeddable website widget, or a shortcode for instant customer/supplier " +"access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:246 +msgid "" +"The live chat :guilabel:`Widget` can be applied to websites created through " +"Odoo by navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Live Chat` section, and select the " +"channel to add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:250 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click " +":guilabel:`COPY` and paste the code into the `<head>` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:253 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer or supplier, click the " +"second :guilabel:`COPY` button which contains a link to join directly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:257 +msgid "Create a support ticket from a live chat session" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:259 +msgid "" +"Once live chat is enabled, operators will be able to communicate with site " +"visitors in real time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:261 +msgid "" +"During the conversation, an operator can use the shortcut :doc:`command " +"</applications/websites/livechat/responses>` `/helpdesk` to create a ticket " +"without leaving the chat window. The transcript from the conversation will " +"be added to the new ticket, under the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:267 +msgid "Prioritizing tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:269 +msgid "" +"All tickets include a :guilabel:`Priority` field. The highest priority " +"tickets will appear at the top of the kanban and list views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a team's kanban view and the prioritized tasks in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:276 +msgid "The priority levels are represented by stars:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:278 +msgid "0 stars = *Low Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:279 +msgid "1 star = *Medium Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:280 +msgid "2 stars = *High Priority*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:281 msgid "3 stars = *Urgent*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:87 -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:60 -msgid ":doc:`sla`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:283 +msgid "" +"Tickets will be set to low priority (0 stars) by default. To change the " +"priority level, select the appropriate number of stars on the kanban card, " +"or on the ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:287 +msgid "" +"As priority levels can be used as criteria for assigning :doc:`SLAs <sla>`, " +"changing the priority level of a ticket can alter the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` deadline." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:292 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets.rst:293 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:3 -msgid "Reports for a Better Support" -msgstr "" +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:5 msgid "" -"An efficient customer service solution should have a built-in reporting " -"option. Reports allow you to track trends, identify areas for improvement, " -"manage employees’ workloads and, most importantly, meet your customer’s " -"expectations." +"Odoo *Helpdesk* includes several reports that provide the opportunity to " +"track trends for customer support tickets, identify areas for improvement, " +"manage employee workloads, and confirm when customer expectations are met." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:10 -msgid "Cases" +msgid "Available reports" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:12 -msgid "Some examples of the reports Odoo Helpdesk can generate include:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:14 -msgid "The number of tickets *grouped by* team and ticket type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:17 msgid "" -"In this manner, you are able to evaluate which ticket types have been the " -"most frequent ones, plus the workload of your teams." +"Details about the reports available in Odoo *Helpdesk* can be found below. " +"To view the different reports, go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " +"Reporting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:16 +msgid "Ticket Analysis" +msgstr "Аналіз заявки" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:18 msgid "" -"Apply *Time Ranges* if you would like to make comparisons to a *Previous " -"Period* or a *Previous Year*." +"The *Ticket Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> " +"Ticket Analysis`) provides an overview of every customer support ticket in " +"the database. This includes the number of tickets assigned among teams and " +"individual users." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:25 -msgid "The number of tickets closed per day, per team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:22 msgid "" -"Get an overview of how many requests each team is closing per day in order " -"to measure their performance. Identify productivity levels to understand how" -" many requests they are able to handle." +"This report is useful in identifying where teams are spending the most time," +" and helps determine if there is an uneven workload distribution among the " +"support staff. The default report counts the number of tickets per team and " +"groups them by stage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of Ticket Analysis report default view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Alternative measures can be selected to track where the most time is spent " +"at different points in the workflow. To change the measures used for the " +"report that is currently displayed, or to add more, click the " +":guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more options from the drop-" +"down menu:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:35 msgid "" -"Filter it by *Assignee* to see Key Performance Indicators (KPI) per agent." +":guilabel:`Average Hours to Respond`: average number of working hours " +"between a message sent from the customer and the response from the support " +"team. *This is does not include messages sent when the ticket was in a " +"folded stage*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:38 msgid "" -"The number of hours tickets are taking to be solved, grouped by team and " -"ticket type." +":guilabel:`Hours Open`: number of hours between the date the ticket was " +"created and the closed date. If there is no closed date on the ticket, the " +"current date is used. **This measure is not specific to working hours**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:41 msgid "" -"Check if your expectations are met by *measuring* the *Time to close " -"(hours)*. Your customers not only expect fast responses but they also want " -"their issues to be handled quickly." +":guilabel:`Hours Spent`: number of *Timesheet* hours logged on a ticket. " +"*This measure is only available if Timesheets are enabled on a team, and the" +" current user has the access rights to view them*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the date on " +"which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date on " +"which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:48 -msgid "Save filters" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:50 msgid "" -"Save the filters you use the most and avoid having to reconstruct them every" -" time they are needed. To do so, set the groups, filters, and measures " -"needed. Then, go to *Favorites*." +":guilabel:`Hours to First Response`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was received and the date one which the first " +"message was sent. *This does not include email sent automatically when a " +"ticket reaches a stage*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:59 -msgid ":doc:`receiving_tickets`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Hours to SLA Deadline`: number of working hours remaining to " +"reach the last :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline on a ticket" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:53 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Rating /5`: number valued assigned to the rating received from a " +"customer (Dissatisfied = 1, Okay/Neutral = 3, Satisfied = 5)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Count`: number of tickets in total" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:58 +msgid "" +"*Working hours* are calculated based on the default working calendar. To " +"view or change the working calendar, go to the :menuselection:`Settings` " +"application and select :menuselection:`Employees --> Company Working Hours`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:63 +msgid "SLA Status Analysis" +msgstr "Аналіз статусу SLA" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:65 +msgid "" +"The *SLA Status Analysis* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -->" +" SLA Status Analysis`) tracks how quickly an SLA (Service Level Agreement) " +"is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of individual policies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:69 +msgid "" +"By default, this report is filtered to show the number of :abbr:`SLAs " +"(Service Level Agreements)` failed, as well as the failure rate over the " +"last 30 days, grouped by team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of Group by options of Ticket Analysis report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:76 +msgid "" +"To change the measures used for the report that is currently displayed, or " +"to add more, click the :guilabel:`Measures` button, and select one or more " +"options from the drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:79 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of Failed SLA`: percentage of tickets that have failed at least" +" one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:81 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of SLA in Progress`: percentage of tickets that have at least " +"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " +"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:84 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`% of Successful SLA`: percentage of tickets where all :abbr:`SLAs" +" (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:86 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Failed`: number of tickets that have failed at " +"least one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:88 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA Successful`: number of tickets where all " +":abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)` have been successful" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Number of SLA in Progress`: number of tickets that have at least " +"one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` still in progress, and have not " +"failed any :abbr:`SLAs (Service Level Agreements)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Assign`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was created and when it was assigned to a team " +"member" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Close`: number of working hours between the date" +" on which the ticket was created and the date it was closed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Working Hours to Reach SLA`: number of working hours between the " +"date on which the ticket was created and the date the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` was satisfied" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:102 +msgid "" +"To see the number of tickets that were able to achieve the stated :abbr:`SLA" +" (Service Level Agreement)` objectives, and track the amount of time it took" +" to achieve those objectives, click :menuselection:`Measures --> Number of " +"SLA Successful` and :menuselection:`Measures --> Working Hours to Reach " +"SLA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:107 +msgid "" +"To sort these results by the team members assigned to the tickets, select " +":menuselection:`Total --> Assigned to`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:111 +msgid "" +":doc:`Service Level Agreements (SLA) " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:114 +msgid "Customer Ratings" +msgstr "Оцінювання клієнта" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:116 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Ratings* report (:menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting -- " +"Customer Ratings`) displays an overview of the ratings received on " +"individual support tickets, as well as any additional comments submitted " +"with the rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the kanban display in the Customer Ratings report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:124 +msgid "" +"Click on an individual rating to see additional details about the rating " +"submitted by the customer, including a link to the original ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the details of an individual customer rating." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:132 +msgid "" +"On the rating's details page, select the :guilabel:`Visible Internally Only`" +" option to hide the rating from the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:135 +msgid "" +"The *Customer Ratings* report is displayed in a kanban view by default, but " +"can also be displayed in graph, list, or pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:139 +msgid ":doc:`Ratings </applications/services/helpdesk/overview/ratings>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:142 +msgid "View and filter options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On any Odoo report, the view and filter options vary, depending on what data" +" is being analyzed, measured, and grouped. See below for additional " +"information on the available views for the *Helpdesk* reports." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:149 +msgid "" +"Only one measure may be selected at a time for graphs, but pivot tables can " +"include multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:153 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:155 +msgid "" +"The *pivot* view presents data in an interactive manner. All three " +"*Helpdesk* reports are available in pivot view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:158 +msgid "" +"The pivot view can be accessed on any report by selecting the " +":guilabel:`grid icon` at the top right of the screen." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To add a group to a row or column to the pivot view, click the :guilabel:`➕ " +"(plus sign)` next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. " +"To remove one, click the :guilabel:`➖ (minus sign)` and de-select the " +"appropriate option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:170 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The *graph* view presents data in either a *bar*, *line*, or *pie* chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:174 +msgid "" +"Switch to the graph view by selecting the :guilabel:`line chart icon` at the" +" top right of the screen. To switch between the different charts, select the" +" *related icon* at the top left of the chart, while in graph view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:180 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:186 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Customer Ratings report in line view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:192 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Ticket analysis report in pie chart view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:199 +msgid "" +"Both the *bar chart* and *line chart* can utilize the *stacked* view option." +" This presents two (or more) groups of data on top of each other, instead of" +" next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:204 +msgid "Save and share a favorite search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:206 +msgid "" +"The *Favorites* feature found on *Helpdesk* reports allows users to save " +"their most commonly used filters without having to reconstruct them every " +"time they are needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:209 +msgid "" +"To create and save new *Favorites* on a report, follow the steps below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:211 +msgid "" +"Set the necessary parameters using the :guilabel:`Filters`, :guilabel:`Group" +" By` and :guilabel:`Measures` options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:213 +msgid "Click :menuselection:`Favorites --> Save current search`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:214 +msgid "Rename the search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Use by default` to have these filter settings " +"automatically displayed when the report is opened. Otherwise, leave it " +"blank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Select :guilabel:`Share with all users` to make this filter available to all" +" other database users. If this box is not checked, it will only be available" +" to the user who creates it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:219 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to preserve the configuration for future use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst-1 +msgid "View of the save favorites option in Odoo Helpdesk." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:226 +msgid "" +":doc:`Start receiving tickets " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/reports.rst:227 +msgid ":doc:`Odoo reporting </applications/general/reporting>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:3 @@ -728,248 +3359,471 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:5 msgid "" -"Service Level Agreements (SLA) are commitments you make with your customers " -"to outline how a service is delivered. It bolsters trust between you and " -"your customers as it makes clear what needs to be done, to what standard, " -"and when." +"A Service Level Agreement (SLA) defines the level of service a customer can " +"expect from a supplier. SLAs provide a timeline that tells customers when " +"they can expect results, and keeps the support team on target." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:10 -msgid "Create your policies" +msgid "Create a new SLA policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:12 msgid "" -"First, enable the feature on the settings of the team you would like " -"policies to be applied, going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration " -"--> Helpdesk Teams`." +"To create a new :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` Policy, navigate to " +"the team's page under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Teams`." +" Select a team, scroll to the :guilabel:`Performance` section, and then " +"check the selection box next to :guilabel:`SLA Policies` to enable it for " +"that specific team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Create your policies through the team’s settings page or go to " -":menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a team page in Helpdesk focusing on the SLA Policies setting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:22 msgid "" -"Choose to which **Team** the policy is relevant and the **Minimum Priority**" -" a ticket needs to have for the policy to be applied." +"The value indicated next to the :guilabel:`Working Hours` field is used to " +"determine the deadline for :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policies. " +"By default, this is determined by the value set in the :guilabel:`Company " +"Working Hours` field under :menuselection:`Settings app --> Employees --> " +"Work Organization`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:27 msgid "" -"**Target** is the stage a ticket needs to reach within the period defined to" -" satisfy the SLA. The period is based on the ticket’s creation date, and a " -"deadline is set on the ticket’s form once it matches an SLA policy rule. If " -"a ticket has more than one policy applied to it, the closest deadline of all" -" SLAs is the one considered." +"To create a new policy, click the smart button on the team`s settings page " +"or go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> SLA Policies`, and " +"click :guilabel:`New`. Start by entering a :guilabel:`Title` and a " +":guilabel:`Description` for the new policy, and proceed to fill out the form" +" using the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:33 +msgid "Define the criteria for an SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:35 msgid "" -"When a ticket has satisfied an SLA policy, the SLA tag appears in green and " -"the deadline field is not shown anymore." +"The :guilabel:`Criteria` section is used to identify what tickets this " +"policy will be applied to. Fill out the following fields to adjust the " +"selection criteria:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:37 -msgid "SLA Analysis" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: a policy can only be applied to one team. *This field is " +"required.*" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:39 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`. Apply" -" *Filters* and *Group by* to identify tickets that should be prioritized and" -" keep track of upcoming deadlines." +":guilabel:`Priority`: the priority level for a ticket is identified by " +"selecting the number of stars representing the priority level on the kanban " +"card or the ticket itself. The :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` will " +"only be applied once the priority level has been updated on the ticket to " +"match the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` criteria. If no selection is" +" made in this field, this policy will only apply to tickets marked as `Low " +"Priority` (zero stars)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice.rst:3 -msgid "Timesheet and Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Prepaid Support Services)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:44 msgid "" -"Have the option to work with prepaid support services, meaning that a sales " -"order and a corresponding invoice are issued and, once the service is done, " -"you can deduct the time spent. Odoo allows it to happen because the " -"applications are fully integrated, resulting in faster responses to your " -"customer needs." +":guilabel:`Types`: ticket types can be helpful when indicating when a ticket" +" is a customer question, that can be solved with a quick response, or an " +"issue, that may require additional investigation. Multiple ticket types can " +"be selected for this field. If no selection is made, this policy will apply " +"to all ticket types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:14 -msgid "Step 1: Set up a helpdesk team" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:48 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams`, create" -" or edit an existing team, and enable *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time " -"Reinvoicing*." +":guilabel:`Tags`: tags are applied to briefly indicate what the ticket is " +"about. Multiple tags can be applied to a single ticket." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:50 msgid "" -"Select or create a project under *Timesheet on Ticket*. The selected/created" -" is the one at which employees timesheet on by default. However, it can be " -"ultimately modified on each ticket." +":guilabel:`Customers`: individual contacts or companies may be selected in " +"this field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:28 -msgid "Step 2: Set up a service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:51 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Configuration --> Settings` and enable " -"*Units of Measure* to optionally be able to choose *hours* (for example) as " -"the unit of measure of your service." +":guilabel:`Sales Order Items`: this field is available only if a team has " +"the *Timesheets* app enabled. This allows the ticket to tie directly to a " +"specific line on a sales order, which must be indicated on the ticket in the" +" :guilabel:`Sales Order Item` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:56 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Products --> Products`, create or edit" -" an existing one, and set its *Product Type* as *Service*." +"Unless otherwise indicated, multiple selections can be made for each field. " +"(i.e. multiple :guilabel:`Tags` can be included in a policy, but only one " +":guilabel:`Priority` level)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a blank SLA policy record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:64 +msgid "Establish a target for an SLA policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:66 msgid "" -"Now, select the invoicing management you would like to have under the " -"*Sales* tab. We recommend the following configuration:" +"The :guilabel:`Target` is the stage a ticket needs to reach, and the time " +"alloted to reach that stage, in order to satisfy the :abbr:`SLA (Service " +"Level Agreement)` policy. Any stage assigned to a team may be selected for " +"the :guilabel:`Reach Stage` field. Time spent in stages selected in " +":guilabel:`Excluding Stages` will not be included in the calculation of the " +":abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:73 msgid "" -"This configuration ensures that the customer is invoiced by the number of " -"hours predicted in the sales order, meaning that less or extra hours " -"recorded are not taken into account. It also ensures that every time a sales" -" order is confirmed, a new task is created under the right project, " -"automating the process." +"An :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` titled `8 Hours to Close` tracks " +"the working time before a ticket is completed, and would have `Solved` as " +"the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`. However, if the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` was titled `2 Days to Start`, it tracks the working time before " +"work on a ticket has begun, and would have `In Progress` as the " +":guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:79 +msgid "Meeting SLA deadlines" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:81 msgid "" -"We recommend setting up a specific project, as it was done for this flow " -"example. The important thing to remember is that the sales order item needs " -"to be set on the corresponding project or task, in order to reinvoice the " -"time spent on a ticket." +"Once it is determined that a ticket fits the criteria of an :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` policy, a deadline is calculated. The deadline is" +" based on the creation date of the ticket, and the targeted working hours. " +"The deadline is then added to the ticket, as well as a white tag indicating " +"the name of the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:58 -msgid "Prevision an invoice and record time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:61 -msgid "Step 1: Place an order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Orders --> Orders` and create one for the " -"helpdesk service product you have previously set up, with the customer who " -"needs the ticket to be opened. Set the number of hours needed to assist the " -"customer and *Confirm* the order." +"View of a ticket's form emphasizing an open SLA deadline on a ticket in Odoo" +" Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:72 -msgid "Step 2: Invoice the customer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:74 -msgid "In *Sales*, select the respective sales order to *Create Invoice*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:82 -msgid "Step 3: Link the task to the ticket" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:91 msgid "" -"Now, in *Helpdesk*, create or edit the respective ticket and link it to the " -"task created by the confirmation of the sales order." +"If a ticket fits the criteria for more than one :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)`, the earliest occurring deadline will be displayed on the " +"ticket. Once that deadline has passed, the next deadline will be displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:92 -msgid "Step 4: Record the time spent" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:95 msgid "" -"Still on the respective helpdesk ticket, record the hours performed under " -"the *Timesheets* tab." +"Once a ticket satisfies an :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` policy, the" +" :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` tag turns green, and the " +":guilabel:`Deadline` field disappears from view on the." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of a ticket's form emphasizing a satisfied SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:102 msgid "" -"Note that the hours recorded on the ticket form are shown on the *Delivered*" -" column in the sales order." +"If the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level Agreement)` deadline passes and the ticket " +"has not moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`, the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` tag will turn red. Once the :abbr:`SLA (Service Level " +"Agreement)` has failed, the red tag will stay on the ticket, even after the " +"ticket is moved to the :guilabel:`Reach Stage`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 msgid "" -"Hours recorded on the ticket are automatically shown in *Timesheets* and on " -"the dedicated task." +"View of a ticket's form with a failing and passing SLA in Odoo Helpdesk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:111 -msgid ":doc:`reinvoice_from_project`" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:112 +msgid "Analyzing SLA performance" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/invoice_time.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:114 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +"The :guilabel:`SLA Status Analysis` report tracks how quickly an :abbr:`SLA " +"(Service Level Agreement)` is fulfilled, as well as the success rate of " +"individual policies. Navigate to the report and corresponding pivot table by" +" going to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Reporting --> SLA Status Analysis`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:3 -msgid "Invoice Time Spent on Tickets (Postpaid Support Services)" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:120 +msgid "Using the Pivot view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:122 msgid "" -"Directly pull the billable time you have tracked on your helpdesk tickets " -"into sales orders and invoices through a project task. It gives you more " -"control over what you charge your client, and it is more efficient." +"By default, the report is displayed in a :guilabel:`Pivot` view, and is " +"filtered to show the number of SLAs failed and the failure rate over the " +"last 30 days, grouped by team." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in Odoo Helpdesk" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:129 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> Configuration --> Helpdesk team --> Edit`" -" and enable the options *Timesheet on Ticket* and *Time Reinvoicing*." +"To add the number of SLAs passed or in progress, click the " +":guilabel:`Measures` button to reveal a drop-down menu of reporting " +"criteria, and choose from the options available based on the measurements " +"preferred. Whenever a measurement is picked, a check mark will appear in the" +" drop-down menu to indicate that that measurement is included, and a " +"corresponding new column will emerge in the pivot table to show the relevant" +" calculations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:135 msgid "" -"Under *Timesheet on Ticket*, choose the *Project* to which tickets (and " -"timesheets) will be linked by default. Open its *External link* to enable " -"the feature *Bill from tasks*." +"To add a group to a row or column, click the plus :guilabel:` + ` button " +"next to :guilabel:`Total`, and then select one of the groups. To remove one," +" click the minus :guilabel:` - ` button and deselect." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:22 -msgid "Create a sales order and an invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:140 +msgid "Using the Graph view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:142 msgid "" -"Now, once you have recorded the time you spent on the helpdesk ticket, under" -" the *Timesheets* tab, access the task clicking on its name." +"The :guilabel:`Status Analysis` report can also be viewed as a " +":guilabel:`Bar`, :guilabel:`Line`, or :guilabel:`Pie` Chart. Toggle between " +"these views by selecting the appropriate icon at the top of the chart." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/timesheet_and_invoice/reinvoice_from_project.rst:31 -msgid "*Create Sales Order* and proceed to create the invoice." +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:148 +msgid "Bar Chart" +msgstr "Гістограма" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in bar view" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:154 +msgid "Line Chart" +msgstr "Лінійний графік" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in line view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:160 +msgid "Pie Chart" +msgstr "Секторна діаграма" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:0 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in pie chart view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:167 +msgid "" +"Both the :guilabel:`Bar Chart` and :guilabel:`Line Chart` can be viewed " +":guilabel:`Stacked`. This presents two or more groups to appear on top of " +"each other instead of next to each other, making it easier to compare data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:172 +msgid "Using the Cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:174 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Cohort` view is used to track the changes in data over a " +"period of time. To display the :guilabel:`Status Analysis` report in a " +":guilabel:`Cohort` view, click the icon in the top right corner above the " +"chart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst-1 +msgid "View of the SLA status analysis report in cohort view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:183 +msgid ":ref:`Reporting views <reporting/views>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/sla.rst:184 +msgid "" +":doc:`Allow customers to close their tickets " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/close_tickets>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:8 msgid "Project" msgstr "Проект" -#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project is a tool to manage your ongoing projects. Schedule tasks, " +"assign activities to coworkers, and keep track of each project's " +"profitability." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:11 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Project and Timesheets " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/project-and-timesheets-21>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:3 +msgid "Project management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo Project uses the **Kanban** project management system. This means all " +"projects are broken down into tasks, which are categorized on a whiteboard " +"according to what production phase they are in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:8 +msgid "Did you know?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:10 +msgid "" +"The word **Kanban** comes from Japanese and refers to the \"visual board\" " +"management method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Kanban Project Management " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/kanban-project-management-1664>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Open the **Project** app and click :guilabel:`Create` to start a new " +"project. Enter a :guilabel:`Name` for your project and click " +":guilabel:`Create Project`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:22 +msgid "" +"You can customize your existing **projects** from the dashboard by clicking " +"the drop-down toggle button (:guilabel:`⋮`) on your project's **card**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 +msgid "Project card" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:29 +msgid "This enables a new menu divided into four parts:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`View`: see an overview of your project's components, such as its " +":guilabel:`Tasks`, :guilabel:`Milestones` and :guilabel:`Project Updates`. " +"Depending on which apps you have activated, more options may be available, " +"such as :guilabel:`Documents`. All uploaded files can be found under this " +"menu, as well as in the **Documents** app, under :guilabel:`Projects`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reporting`: analyze your project's progress and profitability " +"through graphics and statistics;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Color**: make a line of color appear on the left side of the card so that " +"your project is more recognizable;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:39 +msgid ":guilabel:`Settings`: you can change the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:41 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Name` of the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:42 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Name of the tasks` found under that project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:43 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Customer` for whom the project is intended;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:44 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Tags` used for filtering;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:45 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Company` responsible for the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:46 +msgid "the employee designated as :guilabel:`Project Manager`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:47 +msgid "the :guilabel:`Planned Date` of the project;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:48 +msgid "the total :guilabel:`Allocated Hours` for that project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Additionally, you can mark the project as :guilabel:`Favorite`, allowing you" +" to find it using the :guilabel:`My Favorites` filter on the Kanban view;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst-1 +msgid "Project settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:58 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Customize your project " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/customize-your-" +"project-1662?fullscreen=1>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Further settings are available under the :guilabel:`Settings` tab. Most of " +"them are *only* available depending on the activated apps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:65 +msgid "Scheduling activities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"You can schedule **activities** (ex. :guilabel:`Call`, :guilabel:`Meeting`, " +"etc.) per project by clicking on the **clock** icon on a project. Doing so " +"opens a list with already scheduled activities and allows planning **new** " +"activities by clicking :guilabel:`+ Schedule an activity`. On the pop-up " +"window, select the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, enter a :guilabel:`Summary` " +"for that activity, a :guilabel:`Due Date`, and assign it to an employee. " +"According to the :guilabel:`Activity Type`, you may have **additional " +"options** available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/project_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"If an activity is **already** scheduled, the icon may change to a **phone**," +" **group of people**, or other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks.rst:5 msgid "Tasks" msgstr "Завдання" @@ -999,7 +3853,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:15 msgid "" "**For more information**: " -":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +":doc:`/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:18 @@ -1018,6 +3872,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "In addition, you can now directly set it when creating a new project." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 +msgid "" +"In the settings of your project, define the emails alias under the tab email" +" in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst:30 msgid "" "All the recipients of the email (To/Cc/Bcc) are automatically added as " @@ -1028,7 +3888,116 @@ msgstr "" msgid "The email can be seen under the name of your project on the dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/email_alias.rst-1 +msgid "View of the email alias chosen on the dashboard view in Odoo Project" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:3 +msgid "Recurring tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When handling a project, the same task often needs to be performed several " +"times: for example, weekly meetings or status reports. The **recurring " +"tasks** feature allows you to automate the creation of those tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:10 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Recurring tasks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/recurring-tasks-1946>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To enable recurring tasks, go to :menuselection:`Project --> Configuration " +"--> Settings`, then activate :guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Recurring tasks are now activated on all existing projects. The feature can " +"be deactivated on an individual project by clicking the drop-down menu " +"button :guilabel:`⋮` next to the project name, then going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Settings --> Task Management` and disabling " +":guilabel:`Recurring Tasks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:24 +msgid "Set up task recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:26 +msgid "" +"In an existing task, go to the :guilabel:`Recurrent` tab, then check the " +":guilabel:`Recurrent` box. A set of options allows you to configure the " +"frequency: :guilabel:`Days`, :guilabel:`Weeks`, :guilabel:`Months`, " +":guilabel:`Years`, and the number of repetitions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:30 +msgid "" +"On the scheduled recurrency date, a new task is created on your project " +"dashboard with the following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stage`: first stage of the project dashboard (:guilabel:`New` or " +"equivalent);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description`, :guilabel:`Project`, " +":guilabel:`Assignees`, :guilabel:`Customer`, :guilabel:`Tags`: copied from " +"the original task;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:36 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Milestones`, :guilabel:`Deadline`, :guilabel:`Timesheets`, " +":guilabel:`Chatter`, :guilabel:`Activities`: those fields are not copied;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Subtasks`: copied from the original task, which becomes a parent " +"of all the tasks in recurrence;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:40 +msgid "" +"A **smart button** on the task displays the total number of existing " +"recurrences." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:43 +msgid "" +"To see the task in your project dashboard before the scheduled date, " +"consider setting up the recurrence date to a day earlier." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:47 +msgid "Edit or stop task recurrence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:49 +msgid "" +"**To edit** the recurrence, open the task: a blue banner invites you to " +"choose whether you wish to apply your changes to this task only or to a " +"sequence of tasks." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/project/tasks/recurring_tasks.rst:52 +msgid "" +"**To stop** the recurrence, open the task, then go to the " +":guilabel:`Recurrency` tab and uncheck :guilabel:`Recurrent`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets.rst:8 msgid "Timesheets" msgstr "Табелі" @@ -1046,9 +4015,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:9 msgid "" -"Activate the :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`, " -"go to *Timesheets*, and change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if " -"you like." +"Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to *Timesheets*, and" +" change the *Project* and *Task* set by default, if you like." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of Timesheets setting enabling the feature record time off in Odoo " +"Timesheets" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:16 @@ -1058,6 +4032,12 @@ msgid "" "validated or not." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a time off types form emphasizing the time off requests and timesheets section in\n" +"Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:26 msgid "" "Now, once the employee has requested his time off and the request has been " @@ -1072,6 +4052,10 @@ msgid "" "15th." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "View of the time off request form in Odoo Time Off" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:33 msgid "" "Considering that validation is not required, the requested time off is " @@ -1080,6 +4064,12 @@ msgid "" "does it so." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Video of timesheets emphasizing the requested time off from the employee in " +"Odoo Timesheets" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst:41 msgid "" "Click on the magnifying glass, hovering over the concerned cell, to access " @@ -1087,474 +4077,6 @@ msgid "" "project/task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/services/support.rst:4 -msgid "Support" -msgstr "Підтримка" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:6 -msgid "Supported versions" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Odoo provides support and bug fixing **for the 3 last major versions** of " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Users hosted on **Odoo Online** may use intermediary versions (sometimes " -"called *SaaS versions*) that are supported as well. These versions are not " -"published for Odoo.sh or On-Premise installations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:17 -msgid "What's the support status of my Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:19 -msgid "This matrix shows the support status of every version." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:21 -msgid "**Major releases are in bold type.**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo Online" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Odoo.sh" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "On-Premise" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:24 -msgid "Release date" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "**Odoo 14.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "|green|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:26 -msgid "October 2020" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -msgid "Odoo 13.saas~4" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "N/A" -msgstr "Дані відсутні" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:28 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "August 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "**Odoo 13.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:30 -msgid "October 2019" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:32 -msgid "Odoo 12.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "**Odoo 12.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "October 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:34 -msgid "*End-of-support is planned for October 2021*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "Odoo 11.saas~3" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "|orange|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:36 -msgid "April 2018" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "**Odoo 11.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "|red|" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:38 -msgid "October 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~15" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:40 -msgid "March 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "Odoo 10.saas~14" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:42 -msgid "January 2017" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "**Odoo 10.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:44 -msgid "October 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "Odoo 9.saas~11" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:46 -msgid "May 2016" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "**Odoo 9.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:48 -msgid "October 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "Odoo 8.saas~6" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:50 -msgid "February 2015" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "**Odoo 8.0**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:52 -msgid "September 2014" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:58 -msgid "|green| Supported version" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:60 -msgid "|red| End-of-support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:62 -msgid "N/A Never released for this platform" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:64 -msgid "" -"|orange| Some of our older customers may still run this version on our Odoo " -"Online servers, we provide help only on blocking issues and advise you to " -"upgrade." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:66 -msgid "🏁 Future version, not released yet" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:79 -msgid "I run an older version of Odoo/OpenERP/TinyERP" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:81 -msgid "" -"OpenERP 7.0, 6.1, 6.0 and 5.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:83 -msgid "" -"TinyERP 4.0, 3.0, 2.0 and 1.0 is not supported anymore, on any platform." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/supported_versions.rst:85 -msgid "" -"You should consider `upgrading <https://upgrade.odoo.com/>`_ your database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:6 -msgid "What can I expect from the support service?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:10 -msgid "5 days a week" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:12 -msgid "" -"Your Odoo Online subscription includes **unlimited 24hr support at no extra " -"cost, Monday to Friday**. Our teams are located around the world to ensure " -"you have support, no matter your location. Your support representative could" -" be communicating to you from San Francisco, Belgium, or India!" -msgstr "" -"Ваша підписка на Odoo Online включає **необмежену підтримку 24 години на " -"добу без додаткових витрат з понеділка по п'ятницю**. Наші команди " -"розташовані по всьому світу, щоби забезпечити підтримку, незалежно від " -"вашого місцезнаходження. Ваш представник підтримки може зв'язатися з вами із" -" Сан-Франциско, Бельгії або Індії!" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Our support team can be contacted through our `online support form " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." -msgstr "" -"З нашою командою підтримки можна зв'язатися з нашою формою онлайн-підтримки " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`__." - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:21 -msgid "What kind of support is included?" -msgstr "Що включено у підтримку?" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Providing you with relevant material (guidelines, product documentation, " -"etc...)" -msgstr "" -"Надання вам відповідного матеріалу (інструкція, документація продукту " -"тощо...)" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:25 -msgid "" -"Answers to issues that you may encounter in your standard Odoo database (eg." -" “I cannot close my Point of Sale” or “I cannot find my sales KPIs?”)" -msgstr "" -"Відповіді на проблеми, які можуть виникнути у вашій стандартній базі даних " -"Odoo (наприклад, \"Я не можу закрити свою точку продажу\" або \"Я не можу " -"знайти мої KPI продажів?\")" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:27 -msgid "Questions related to your account, subscription, or billing" -msgstr "" -"Питання, пов'язані з вашим обліковим записом, передплатою або платіжною " -"системою" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Bug resolution (blocking issues or unexpected behaviour not due to " -"misconfiguration or customization)" -msgstr "" -"Розв'язання помилок (проблеми з блокуванням або несподівана поведінка через " -"неправильне налаштування)" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Issues that might occur in a test database after upgrading to a newer " -"version" -msgstr "" -"Проблеми, які можуть виникнути в тестовій базі даних після оновлення до " -"нової версії" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:32 -msgid "" -"*Odoo Support does not make changes to your production database without your" -" agreement and gives you the material and knowledge to do it yourself!*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:37 -msgid "What kind of support is not included?" -msgstr "Що не входить у підтримку?" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Questions that require us to understand your business processes in order to " -"help you implement your database" -msgstr "" -"Питання, які вимагають від нас розуміння ваших бізнес-процесів, щоб " -"допомогти вам впровадити вашу базу даних" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:41 -msgid "" -"Training on how to use our software (we will direct you to our many " -"resources)" -msgstr "" -"Навчання щодо використання нашого програмного забезпечення (ми направляємо " -"вас на наші ресурси)" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:42 -msgid "Import of documents into your database" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:43 -msgid "" -"Guidance on which configurations to apply inside of an application or the " -"database" -msgstr "" -"Посібник, за яким слід застосовувати налаштування всередині програми або " -"бази даних" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:44 -msgid "" -"How to set up configuration models (Examples include: Inventory Routes, " -"Payment Terms, Warehouses, etc)" -msgstr "" -"Як налаштувати моделі конфігурації (приклади включають: складські маршрути, " -"умови оплати, склади тощо)" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:46 -msgid "Any intervention on your own servers/deployments of Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Any intervention on your own third party account (Ingenico, Authorize, UPS, " -"etc)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:48 -msgid "" -"Questions or issues related to specific developments or customizations done " -"either by Odoo or a third party (this is specific only to your database or " -"involving code)" -msgstr "" -"Питання чи проблеми, пов'язані з конкретними розробками або налаштуваннями, " -"зробленими Odoo або третьою стороною (це стосується лише вашої бази даних " -"або включеного коду)" - -#: ../../content/services/support/what_can_i_expect.rst:52 -msgid "" -"You can get this type of support with a `Success Pack <https://www.odoo.com" -"/pricing-packs>`__. With a pack, one of our consultants will analyze the way" -" your business runs and tell you how you can get the most out of your Odoo " -"Database. We will handle all configurations and coach you on how to use " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати такий тип підтримки за допомогою `Пакету послуг " -"<https://www.odoo.com/pricing-packs>`__. Один із наших консультантів з таким" -" пакетом проаналізує, як працює ваш бізнес, і розповість вам, як ви можете " -"максимально використати свою базу даних Odoo. Ми будемо обробляти всі " -"налаштування та навчати вас, як користуватися Odoo." - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:4 -msgid "Where to find help?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:8 -msgid "Odoo Enterprise" -msgstr "Платна версія Odoo" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:10 -msgid "" -"Users who have a valid Odoo Enterprise subscription may always contact our " -"support teams through our `support form <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_, no " -"matter the hosting type you chose (Odoo Online, Odoo.sh or on your own " -"server)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:14 -msgid "Please include in your request:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:16 -msgid "your subscription number" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:17 -msgid "" -"the URL of your database if your database is hosted by Odoo (Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:19 -msgid "Our agents will get back to you as soon as possible." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:23 -msgid "Odoo Community" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:25 -msgid "*Odoo Community users don't get access to the support service.*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:27 -msgid "Here are some resources that might help you:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:29 -msgid "Our `documentation pages <https://www.odoo.com/page/docs>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:30 -msgid "" -"Ask your question on the `community forum " -"<https://www.odoo.com/forum/help-1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/services/support/where_can_i_get_support.rst:31 -msgid "" -":doc:`Buy Odoo Enterprise </administration/enterprise>` to get the support " -"and bugfix services." +#: ../../content/applications/services/timesheets/overview/time_off.rst-1 +msgid "View of the details of a project/task in Odoo Timeheets" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po index 469b63b74..7d631292e 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/settings.po @@ -4,7 +4,8 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -12,9 +13,9 @@ msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" diff --git a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index 47080c992..f1da5b24b 100644 --- a/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/uk/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -4,1379 +4,6691 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# ТАрас <tratatuta@i.ua>, 2021 -# Martin Trigaux, 2021 -# Zoriana Zaiats, 2021 -# Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021 +# Zoriana Zaiats, 2023 +# Alina Lisnenko <alina.lisnenko@erp.co.ua>, 2023 +# Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 14.0\n" +"Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2021-05-18 07:12+0200\n" -"PO-Revision-Date: 2021-05-18 05:18+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Alina Lisnenko <alinasemeniuk1@gmail.com>, 2021\n" -"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Ukrainian (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/uk/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" "Language: uk\n" "Plural-Forms: nplurals=4; plural=(n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 == 1 && n % 100 != 11 ? 0 : n % 1 == 0 && n % 10 >= 2 && n % 10 <= 4 && (n % 100 < 12 || n % 100 > 14) ? 1 : n % 1 == 0 && (n % 10 ==0 || (n % 10 >=5 && n % 10 <=9) || (n % 100 >=11 && n % 100 <=14 )) ? 2: 3);\n" -#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites.rst:5 msgid "Websites" msgstr "Веб-сайти" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:8 msgid "eCommerce" msgstr "Електронна комерція" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get started" -msgstr "Розпочніть" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:3 -msgid "How to customize my catalog page" -msgstr "Як налаштувати сторінку каталогу товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:6 -msgid "Product Catalog" -msgstr "Каталог товарів" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:10 msgid "" -"All your published items show up in your catalog page (or *Shop* page)." +"Run a modern open-source online store with Odoo eCommerce. Learn how to sell" +" online, promote products and increase your average cart sizes." msgstr "" -"Усі ваші опубліковані елементи відображаються на вашій сторінці каталогу " -"(або на сторінці *Магазину*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:14 msgid "" -"Most options are available in the *Customize* menu: display attributes, " -"website categories, etc." +"Odoo offers a :ref:`free custom domain name <domain-name/odoo-register>` to " +"all Odoo Online databases for one year. Visitors can then access your " +"website with an address such as ``www.example.com`` rather than the default " +"``example.odoo.com``." msgstr "" -"Більшість параметрів доступні в меню *Налаштування*: елементи відображення, " -"категорії веб-сайту тощо." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:20 -msgid "Highlight a product" -msgstr "Виділіть товар" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`Website Documentation <website>`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:20 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Website <https://www.odoo.com/slides/website-25>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:21 msgid "" -"Boost the visibility of your star/promoted products: push them to top, make " -"them bigger, add a ribbon that you can edit (Sale, New, etc.). Open the Shop" -" page, switch to Edit mode and click any item to start customizing the grid." +"`Odoo Tutorials: eCommerce <https://www.odoo.com/slides/ecommerce-26>`_" msgstr "" -"Підвищуйте видимість товарів із зірочкою/рекламовані товари: підніміть їх " -"вгору, збільшіть їх, додайте стрічку, яку можна редагувати (продаж, новий " -"тощо). Відкрийте сторінку магазину, перейдіть у режим редагування та " -"натисніть на будь-який елемент, щоб розпочати налаштування сітки." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping.rst:5 +msgid "Checkout, payment, and shipping" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:3 +msgid "Add to cart" +msgstr "Додати до кошика" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:5 msgid "" -"See how to do it: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" +"The :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button can be customized in multiple ways. You " +"can:" msgstr "" -"Подивіться, як зробити це: " -"https://www.odoo.com/openerp_website/static/src/video/e-commerce/editing.mp4" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:29 -msgid "Quick add to cart" -msgstr "Швидке додавання до кошика" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/catalog.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:7 msgid "" -"If your customers buy a lot of items at once, make their process shorter by " -"enabling purchases from the catalog page. To do so, add product description " -"and add to cart button. Turn on the following options in *Customize* menu: " -"Product Description, Add to Cart, List View (to display product description " -"better)." -msgstr "" -"Якщо ваші клієнти купують багато товарів одночасно, зробіть цей процес " -"швидшим, дозволяючи купівлі зі сторінки каталогу. Для цього додайте опис " -"товару та додайте у кнопку кошика. Увімкніть наступні параметри в меню " -"*Налаштування*: опис товару, додавання в кошик, перегляд списку (для кращого" -" відображення опису товару)." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:3 -msgid "How to build a product page" -msgstr "Як створити сторінку товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:5 -msgid "On the website click *New Page* in the top-right corner." -msgstr "" -"На веб-сайті натисніть кнопку *Нова сторінка* у верхньому правому куті." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:7 -msgid "Then click *New Product* and follow the blinking tips." -msgstr "Потім натисніть *Новий товар* і дотримуйтесь спливаючих порад." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:12 -msgid "Here are the main elements of the Product page:" -msgstr "Ось основні елементи сторінки товару:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:17 -msgid "Many elements can be made visible from the *Customize* menu." -msgstr "Багато елементів можна зробити видимими в меню *Налаштування*." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:22 -msgid "See how to configure your products from links here below." -msgstr "Дізнайтеся, як налаштовувати свої товари зі сторінок нижче." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:26 -msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" -msgstr ":doc:`../managing_products/variants`" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:27 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/taxes`" +"Choose on which page customers go after clicking the 'Add to Cart' button;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:28 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/cross_selling`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:8 +msgid "Hide the 'Add to Cart' button to prevent sales;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:29 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/reviews`" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:30 -msgid ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/getting_started/product_page.rst:31 -msgid ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" -msgstr ":doc:`../../website/optimize/seo`" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:3 -msgid "Manage my products" -msgstr "Управляйте вашими товарами" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:3 -msgid "How to display several images per product" -msgstr "Як відобразити кілька картинок на товарі" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:9 msgid "" -"By default your product web page displays the main image of your product " -"only. If you like to show your products under several angles, you can turn " -"the image into a carrousel." +"Add a 'Buy Now' button to skip the cart step and lead customers straight to " +"checkout;" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням веб-сторінка товару відображає головне зображення вашого " -"товару. Якщо ви хочете показати свої товари з кількох ракурсів, ви можете " -"перетворити зображення в карусель." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:10 +msgid "Create additional 'Add to Cart / Buy Now' buttons;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:11 +msgid "Add an 'Order Again' button to the customer portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:17 +msgid "'Add to Cart' action customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:19 msgid "" -"Check *Several images per product* in :menuselection:`Website Admin --> " -"Configuration --> Settings`." +"When customers click on the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button, the product is " +"added to their cart, and customers remain **by default** on the product's " +"page. However, customers can either immediately be **redirected** to their " +"cart, or given the choice on what to do through a **dialog box**." msgstr "" -"Перевірте *Кілька зображень на товарі* в :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-" -"сайту --> Налаштування --> Налаштування`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:23 msgid "" -"Open a product detail form and upload images from *Images* tab. Hit *Create*" -" in Edit mode to get the upload wizard." +"To change the default behavior, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`. Under the :guilabel:`Shop - Checkout Process` " +"section, look for :guilabel:`Add to Cart` and select one of the options." msgstr "" -"Відкрийте деталі форми товару та завантажте зображення із вкладки " -"*Зображення*. Натисніть *Створити* в режимі редагування, щоб отримати " -"майстер завантаження." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/multi_images.rst:19 -msgid "Such extra image are common to all the product variants (if any)." -msgstr "" -"Таке додаткове зображення є загальним для всіх варіантів товарів (якщо такі " -"є)." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 -msgid "How to manage product variants" -msgstr "Як керувати варіантами товару" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:28 msgid "" -"Product variants are used to offer variations of the same product to your " -"customers on the products page. For example, the customer chooses a T-shirt " -"and then selects its size and color. In the example below, the customer " -"chooses a phone, and then selects the memory; color and Wi-Fi band from the " -"available options." +"If a product has :doc:`optional products " +"<../managing_products/cross_upselling>`, the **dialog box** will always " +"appear." msgstr "" -"Варіанти товару використовуються для того, щоб запропонувати варіанти того " -"самого товару для ваших клієнтів на сторінці товарів. Наприклад, клієнт " -"вибирає футболку, а потім вибирає її розмір і колір. У наведеному нижче " -"прикладі клієнт вибирає телефон, а потім вибирає пам'ять; колір та Wi-Fi з " -"доступних опцій." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:37 +msgid "Replace 'Add to Cart' button by 'Contact Us' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:39 +msgid "" +"You can replace the 'Add to Cart' button with a 'Contact Us' button which " +"redirects users to the URL of your choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Hiding the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button is often used by B2B eCommerces " +"that need to restrict purchases only to :ref:`customers with an account " +"<checkout-sign>`, but still want to display an online product catalog for " +"those without." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:47 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products` and tick :guilabel:`Prevent Sale of Zero Priced Product`. " +"This creates a new :guilabel:`Button url` field where you can enter the " +"**redirect URL** to be used. Then, set the price of the product to `0.00` " +"either from the **product's template**, or from a :doc:`pricelist " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Contact us button on product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The 'Contact Us' button and '*Not Available For Sale*' text can both be " +"modified using the **website builder** on the product's page " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) by clicking on them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:63 +msgid "Customizable 'Add to Cart' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:65 +msgid "" +"You can also create a customizable 'Add to Cart' button and link it to a " +"specific product. The **customized button** can be added on any page of the " +"website as an **inner content** building block, and is an *additional* " +"button to the regular :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To add it, go on the :guilabel:`Shop` page of your choice, click " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` and place the building block. Once placed, " +"you have the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:72 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: select the product to link the button with. Selecting a" +" product renders the :guilabel:`Action` field available;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:74 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Action`: choose if the button should :guilabel:`Add to Cart` or " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` (instant checkout)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:84 +msgid "'Buy Now' button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:86 +msgid "" +"You can enable the 'Buy Now' button to instantly take the customer to " +"**checkout** instead of adding the product to the cart. The :guilabel:`Buy " +"Now` button is an *additional* button and does not replace the " +":guilabel:`Add to Cart` button. To enable it, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and tick " +":guilabel:`Buy Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Buy Now button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:97 +msgid "Re-order from portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Customers have the possibility to **re-order** items from **previous sales " +"orders** on the customer portal. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website -->" +" Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process` and enable " +":guilabel:`Re-order From Portal`. Customers can find the :guilabel:`Order " +"Again` button on their **sales order** from the **customer portal**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/cart.rst-1 +msgid "Re-order button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:3 +msgid "Checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can customize the **checkout steps**, add more content using the " +"**website builder**, and enable additional features such as **express " +"checkout** and **sign in/up at checkout**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:8 +msgid "" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content at any step of the checkout " +"process. To do so, from any **checkout page**, go to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Blocks`, and drag and drop **building blocks** to the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Note that content added through building blocks is **specific** to each " +"step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:16 +msgid "Checkout steps" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:19 +msgid "Review order: promo code (and subtotal)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:21 +msgid "" +"If you have enabled :guilabel:`Discounts, Loyalty, & Gift Card` in the " +"settings (:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`), you can enable the :guilabel:`Promo Code` field " +"(:menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`) from any checkout page. Customers can " +"then redeem gift cards and promotional codes at the :guilabel:`Review Order`" +" step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Furthermore, you can display the subtotal with discounts applied by enabling" +" :guilabel:`Show Discount in Subtotal`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Subtotal discount" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:34 +msgid "Address: B2B fields" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:36 +msgid "" +"Optional :guilabel:`TIN/VAT` and :guilabel:`Company Name` fields can be " +"added to the :guilabel:`Billing Address` form for B2B customers, at the " +":guilabel:`Address` step. To add the fields, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Show B2B fields`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:42 +msgid "Request extra info (additional step)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:44 +msgid "" +"You can request :guilabel:`Extra Info` from the customer by adding an " +":guilabel:`Extra Info` step between the :guilabel:`Address` and " +":guilabel:`Confirm Order` steps. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from any checkout page, and enable :guilabel:`Extra Step Option`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Extra Info` step is an online form linked to the quotation or" +" sales order of the customer. The information added during that step can be " +"found on the quotation or sales order of the customer from the back end, in " +"the **Sales** app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:57 +msgid "" +"When enabled, you can remove, add, and modify fields of the form by clicking" +" on :guilabel:`Edit` in the top-right corner, and then clicking on any of " +"the form's fields. All customization options, as well as the :guilabel:`+ " +"Field` button to add new fields, are available at the bottom of the " +":guilabel:`Customize` menu under the :guilabel:`Field` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Online form customization" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:67 +msgid "Confirm order: terms and conditions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:69 +msgid "" +"You can ask customers to agree to the :guilabel:`Terms & Conditions` in " +"order to confirm their order by enabling :guilabel:`Accept Terms & " +"Conditions` under :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` on any checkout page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Terms and conditions" +msgstr "Терміни та умови" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:78 +msgid "Express checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:80 +msgid "" +"You can enable a :guilabel:`Buy Now` button on products' pages which " +"instantly takes the customer to the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` checkout page," +" instead of adding the product to the cart. To do so, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Checkout " +"Process section` and tick :guilabel:`Buy Now`. Alternatively, the " +":guilabel:`Buy Now` button can also be enabled from any product's page by " +"going :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, in the :guilabel:`Cart` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The button can be found next to the :guilabel:`Add to Cart` button on the " +"product's page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst-1 +msgid "Buy now (express checkout) button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:93 +msgid ":ref:`Product page design: additional functions <ecommerce-functions>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:98 +msgid "Guest and signed-in checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:100 +msgid "" +"It is possible to introduce a **checkout policy** under which customers can " +"either checkout as **guests** or **signed-in users only**. Customers can " +"also checkout as guest, and **optionally sign up later** in order to track " +"their order, if enabled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:104 +msgid "" +"To select a policy, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shop - Checkout Process`. You can choose between:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:107 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Optional`: allows guests to checkout and later register from the " +"**order confirmation** email to track their order;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:109 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Disabled (buy as guest)`: customers can only checkout as guests;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:110 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)`: customers can only checkout if " +"they have signed-in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:113 +msgid ":doc:`../ecommerce_management/customer_accounts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:24 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/general/users/portal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:117 +msgid "B2B access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:119 +msgid "" +"If you wish to restrict checkout only to **selected B2B customers**, enable " +":guilabel:`Mandatory (no guest checkout)` and go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> eCommerce --> Customers`. Select the customer you wish to **grant access" +" to**, click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and click " +":guilabel:`Grant Access`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Settings are **website-specific**, which means you can set up a B2C website " +"allowing **guest** checkout, and another for B2B customers with **mandatory " +"sign-in**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:129 +msgid "" +"Users can only have one portal access per **email**. They *cannot* be " +"granted access to two different portals with the same **email address**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:133 +msgid "Shared customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/checkout.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If you enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` under " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy section`," +" you can allow or disallow access to *all* websites for one same account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:3 +msgid "Payment providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo supports a multitude of online :doc:`payment providers " +"</applications/finance/payment_providers>` for your website, allowing your " +"customers to pay with their preferred payment methods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:55 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/ewallets_giftcards`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:12 +msgid ":doc:`../checkout_payment_shipping/checkout`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:10 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To set up payment providers on the eCommerce app, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Payment Providers`. From here," +" :guilabel:`Activate` the payment providers you wish to have available on " +"your shop, and configure them according to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can access **payment providers** via " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Payment` section, you can :guilabel:`Configure SEPA Direct" +" Debit` if you wish to use it, as well as :guilabel:`View other providers`. " +"If you use the :guilabel:`Authorize.net` payment provider, the :ref:`Payment" +" Capture Method <payment_providers/features/manual_capture>` can be " +"configured in that same menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you are using :doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers/paypal`, you " +"can also enable and configure it here." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:31 +msgid "Checkout payment options" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Once activated, customers can choose the payment provider of their choice " +"during the **checkout process**, at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Payment provider selection at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:41 +msgid "eWallets and gift cards" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:43 +msgid "" +"When checking out, customers can pay with an eWallet or gift cards. To " +"enable these, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`," +" and in the :guilabel:`Shop-Products` section, enable " +":menuselection:`Discounts, Loyalty & Gift Card`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Once enabled, customers can enter their gift card **code** or pay with their" +" eWallet at the checkout step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/payments.rst-1 +msgid "Enter gift card code to process checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:3 +msgid "Shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Depending on your shipping strategy, you have the choice to either use your " +":ref:`own shipping methods <ecommerce-own-shipping>`, or use an integration " +"with an :ref:`existing shipping provider <ecommerce-shipping-providers>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:15 +msgid "Own shipping methods" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:17 +msgid "" +"You can create your own custom shipping methods and define rules to compute " +"shipping costs. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Shipping Methods`, and either select an **existing** shipping method, or" +" :guilabel:`Create` one. When creating a shipping method, you can choose " +"between :doc:`Fixed Price " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method>`," +" :doc:`Based on Rules " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method>`," +" and :guilabel:`Pickup in store`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:26 +msgid "Pickup in store" +msgstr "Комплектування в магазині" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pickup in store` must first be **enabled** in the settings " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shipping " +"section)` by checking :guilabel:`On Site Payments & Picking`. Once enabled, " +"you can select and :guilabel:`Customize Pickup Sites`. :guilabel:`Picking " +"sites` can be made **website-specific**, but are by default available for " +"*all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:34 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/delivery_method`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:83 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:85 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/multipack`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:37 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:42 +msgid "Shipping providers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Another solution is to use one of the integrations with an existing shipping" +" provider. The advantage of using an integration is that delivery costs are " +"automatically computed based on each order as well as generating shipping " +"labels." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:49 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/third_party_shipper`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:50 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/ups_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:51 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/setup/dhl_credentials`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:84 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/labels`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:204 +msgid "Website availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:57 +msgid "" +"Shipping methods can be made available on **specific** websites *only*, if " +"desired. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings --> Shipping Methods`, and select the desired **shipping method**. " +"In the :guilabel:`Website` field, set the website you want the shipping " +"method to be restrained to. Leave the field **empty** for the method to be " +"available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:63 +msgid "Delivery method at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Customers can choose the shipping method at the end of the checkout process," +" at the :guilabel:`Confirm Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/checkout_payment_shipping/shipping.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery method choice at checkout" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management.rst:5 +msgid "eCommerce management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:130 +msgid "Customer accounts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Having customer accounts on an eCommerce allows customers to access all " +"their documents from a single place. To access their account, customers must" +" be **logged-in** on the eCommerce website, click on their **username** in " +"the top-right corner of the screen, and click :guilabel:`My Account`. From " +"there, customers can access their :guilabel:`quotations`, " +":guilabel:`orders`, :guilabel:`invoices`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Customer account log-in" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"Customers can only have an account if the :ref:`sign in/up at checkout " +"<checkout-sign>` option allows for accounts creation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Similarly to the rest of the website, the customer account page can be " +"customized with **content blocks** and other features through the **website " +"builder**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:27 +msgid "Access restriction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:29 +msgid "" +"It is possible to allow or restrict the documents to which customers have " +"access through the website builder. Log in your **own** account with your " +"Odoo database credentials, and go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. " +"From the website builder menu, enable or disable the documents customers can" +" have access to." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst-1 +msgid "Documents to which customers have access to from their account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:39 +msgid "Multi-website account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"If you own multiple websites, you can make customer accounts available " +"across **all** websites. Then, the customer only needs one account. To do " +"so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Privacy" +" section`, and enable :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:3 +msgid "Customer interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers many ways to interact with customers and for customers to " +"interact with your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:10 +msgid "Product reviews" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Customers can give a rating to your products. This is a great way to promote" +" your products or services since reviews can influence purchase processes. " +"To activate the **rating** feature, from your **shop page**, select a " +"product, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` and enable " +":guilabel:`Rating`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Rating of a product on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Only portal users which purchased the product or service can leave ratings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Customer reviews can be hidden by clicking the :guilabel:`Visible` button " +"next to a published review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:29 +msgid "Live chat" +msgstr "Живий чат" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:31 +msgid "" +"A chatbot is available and can simulate a human-like conversation with " +"website visitors via text messages in a chat box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:35 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/ratings`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:37 +msgid ":doc:`../../livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:42 +msgid "Contact forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:45 +msgid "Helpdesk" +msgstr "Служба підтримки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:47 +msgid "" +"Customers may need support after purchasing a product or subscribing to a " +"service. It is possible to create a **contact form**, which, when fulfilled," +" automatically creates a new ticket for your **support team**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Contact form to submit a ticket to the support team" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:55 +msgid "" +"To add a contact form, **create** a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block from the " +":guilabel:`Dynamic Content` section onto the page. Once placed, click on the" +" form (while in :guilabel:`Edit` mode), and in the :guilabel:`Action` field," +" select :guilabel:`Create a Ticket`. You can then select to which " +":guilabel:`Helpdesk team` the ticket should be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Action field to create a task upon submitting a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:66 +msgid "Contact us" +msgstr "Зв'яжіться з нами" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:68 +msgid "" +"A 'Contact Us' page makes it easier for customers and prospects to contact " +"your company and get in touch." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:71 +msgid "" +"To have a 'Contact Us' page, create a new page (:menuselection:`+ New --> " +"Page`) if necessary, and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`. Then," +" drag and drop a :guilabel:`Form` block onto the page. Select the form and " +"define the action to be performed when submitted in the :guilabel:`Action` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:76 +msgid "" +"When clicking on a field, or when adding a new field (:guilabel:`+ Field`), " +"you can select its :guilabel:`Type`. This enables different options, such as" +" :guilabel:`Multiple Checkboxes`, which customers can use to indicate the " +"services they are interested in, for example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Tags to be selected on the 'Contact Us' form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "'Checkboxes' configuration settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:89 +msgid "Newsletter" +msgstr "Інформаційний бюлетень" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:91 +msgid "" +"Customers can get updates on your eCommerce activities by subscribing to a " +"newsletter. Visitors subscribing to the newsletter are automatically added " +"to the mailing list of the **Email Marketing** application. You can either " +"choose a newsletter **block**, a newsletter **popup**, or both." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:95 +msgid "" +"**Popup**: prompts up a newsletter box when visitors scroll down the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:96 +msgid "" +"**Block**: displays a field on the page where customers can sign up by " +"entering their email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:98 +msgid "" +"The newsletter **block** can be configured according to different " +":guilabel:`Templates`. To do so, click the **block** while in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize`, and select a :guilabel:`Template` in " +"the :guilabel:`Newsletter Block` section. There are **three** templates " +"available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:102 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email Subscription`: visitors can sign up by email to the " +"newsletter, without any choice to the content. The content is defined in " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize` in the :guilabel:`Newsletter` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`SMS Subscription`: is the same as :guilabel:`Email Subscription`," +" but by SMS;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Form Subscription`: allows adding several fields, as well as a " +"checkbox for the visitor to agree to the **GDPR policy** of your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst-1 +msgid "Form subscription configuration and settings" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_interaction.rst:114 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can select :guilabel:`Subscribe to Newsletter` as " +":guilabel:`Action` when creating a :ref:`contact form <contact-form>`, " +"allowing for the same level of customization. Make sure to add a checkbox " +"stating visitors agree to be added to the mailing list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:3 +msgid "Order handling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"When a customer orders on your eCommerce, there are **three** record types " +"required to be handle in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:8 +msgid ":ref:`Sales orders <handling/sales>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:9 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery orders <handling/delivery>`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:10 +msgid ":ref:`Invoices & legal requirements <handling/legal>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:15 +msgid "Sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:18 +msgid "Order and payment status" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:20 +msgid "" +"The first step when a customer adds a product to his cart is the creation of" +" a quotation. Orders can be managed either from the **Website** or " +":doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app. eCommerce orders can " +"automatically be assigned to a specific sales team by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. In the **Shop - " +"Checkout Process** section, select a :guilabel:`Sales Team` or " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` to handle eCommerce orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Assignment of online orders to a sales team or salesperson" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Orders can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Orders/Unpaid Orders`. Each order goes through a different status:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:33 +msgid "" +"**Quotation**: a new product is added to the cart, but the customer has " +"*not* gone through the checkout process yet;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:35 +msgid "" +"**Quotation sent**: the customer has gone through the checkout process and " +"confirmed the order, but the payment is not yet confirmed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"**Order**: the customer has gone through the checkout process, confirmed the" +" order, and the payment is received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst-1 +msgid "Statuses of eCommerce orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:45 +msgid "Abandoned cart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:47 +msgid "" +"An **abandoned cart** represents an order for which the customer did **not " +"finish** the checkout confirmation process. For these orders, it is possible" +" to send an **email reminder** to the customer automatically. To enable that" +" feature, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"in the :guilabel:`Email & Marketing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatically send abandoned checkout emails`. Once enabled, you " +"can set the **time-lapse** after which the email is sent and customize the " +"**email template** used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:55 +msgid "" +"For abandoned cart emails, the customer must either have entered their " +"contact details during the checkout process; or be logged-in when they added" +" the product to their cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:61 +msgid "Delivery orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:64 +msgid "Delivery flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Once a quotation has been confirmed, a delivery order is automatically " +"created. The next step is to process this delivery." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Packing eCommerce orders usually requires picking the product, preparing the" +" packaging, printing the shipping label(s) and shipping to the customer. " +"Depending on the number of orders, strategy, or resources, those steps can " +"be considered as one or multiple actions in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:73 +msgid "" +"An automatic email can be sent to the customer when the transfer status in " +"Odoo is “done”. To do so, enable the feature in the settings of the " +":doc:`Inventory </applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If customers are allowed to pay when picking up their order in stores or by " +"wire transfer, the quotation is **not** be confirmed and the stock is " +"**not** be reserved. Orders must be confirmed manually to reserve products " +"in stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:88 +msgid "Returns and refunds" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Customers can only return an order through an online form. It may not be " +"possible to return products depending on the return strategy or type of " +"product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:93 +msgid "" +"Full refunds can be directly sent to customers from within the order " +"interface. A refund-compatible payment provider needs to be enabled first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:97 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/returns`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:98 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/advanced/after_sales`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:99 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/payment_providers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:104 +msgid "Invoice and legal requirements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:106 +msgid "" +"The final step of an ecommerce order is to generate the invoice and send it " +"to the customer. Depending on the type of business (B2B or B2C), an invoice " +"can either be generated automatically (B2B) or on demand of the customer " +"(B2C). This process can be automated if (and when) the online payment is " +":ref:`confirmed <handling/sales>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/order_handling.rst:111 +msgid "" +"To automate invoicing, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Settings` and in the :guilabel:`Invoicing` section, enable " +":guilabel:`Automatic Invoice`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:3 +msgid "Performance monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo integrates a variety of tools to analyze and improve the performance of" +" your eCommerce website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:9 +msgid "Data monitoring" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:11 +msgid "" +"**Website** allows monitoring and analysis of the sales performance of your " +"eCommerce. To access the **reporting view**, go to :menuselection:`Website " +"--> Reporting --> eCommerce`. This dashboard helps you monitor everything " +"related to sales, such as sales performance per product, category, day, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst-1 +msgid "Performance reporting of eCommerce" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:19 +msgid "" +"By clicking :guilabel:`Measures`, you can select the type of measurement " +"used, such as:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:21 +msgid ":guilabel:`Margin`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:22 +msgid ":guilabel:`Qty Invoiced`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:23 +msgid ":guilabel:`Untaxed Total`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:24 +msgid ":guilabel:`Volume`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:25 +msgid "..." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Other options include **multiple views (Pivot, etc.), comparison** by " +"periods or years, and directly :guilabel:`insert in spreadsheet`, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:153 +msgid "Analytics" +msgstr "Аналітика" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/ecommerce_management/performance.rst:33 +msgid "" +"It is possible to link your Odoo website with " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` and :ref:`website/analytics/GA`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products.rst:5 +msgid "Products" +msgstr "Товари" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:3 +msgid "Catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce catalog is the equivalent of your physical store shelves: it " +"allows customers to see what you have to offer. Clear categories, available " +"options, sorting, and navigation threads help you structure it efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:10 +msgid "Categorize the product catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:12 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, there is a **specific category model** for your eCommerce. Using " +"eCommerce categories for your products allows you to add a navigation menu " +"on your eCommerce page. Visitors can then use it to view all products under " +"the category they select." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select " +"the product you wish to modify, click on the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and " +"select the :guilabel:`Categories` you want under :guilabel:`eCommerce Shop`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "eCommerce categories under the \"Sales\" tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:25 +msgid "A single product can appear under multiple eCommerce categories." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:27 +msgid "" +"When your product's categories are configured, go to your **main shop page**" +" and click on :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab`. In the " +":guilabel:`Categories` option, you can either enable a menu on the " +":guilabel:`Left`, on the :guilabel:`Top`, or both. If you select the " +":guilabel:`Left` category, the option :guilabel:`Collapsable Category " +"Recursive` appears and allows to render the :guilabel:`Left` category menu " +"collapsable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Categories options for your eCommerce website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:38 +msgid ":doc:`products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:43 +msgid "Browsing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:45 +msgid "" +"The eCommerce category is the first tool to organize and split your " +"products. However, if you need an extra level of categorization in your " +"catalog, you can activate various **filters** such as attributes or sort-by " +"search." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:50 +msgid "Attributes" +msgstr "Атрибути" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Attributes refer to **characteristics** of a product, such as **color** or " +"**material**, whereas variants are the different combinations of attributes." +" :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants` can be found under " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, select your product, " +"and :guilabel:`Attributes & Variants` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:15 -msgid "How to create attributes & variants" -msgstr "Як створити атрибути та варіанти" +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Attributes and variants of your product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:64 msgid "" -"Turn on *Products can have several attributes, defining variants (Example: " -"size, color,...)* in :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings`." +"To enable **attribute filtering**, go to your **main shop page**, click on " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and select either :guilabel:`Left`, " +":guilabel:`Top`, or both. Additionally, you can also enable :guilabel:`Price" +" Filtering` to enable price filters." msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *Товари можуть мати кілька атрибутів, що визначають варіанти " -"(наприклад, розмір, колір, ...)* у розділі :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Налаштування`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:20 -msgid "Select a product from the Products list, go to the *Variants* tab." -msgstr "Виберіть товар у списку товарів, перейдіть на вкладку *Варіанти*." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:69 msgid "" -"Add as many attributes as you need from 3 different types: radio buttons, " -"drop-down menu or color buttons. You get several variants as soon as there " -"are 2 values for 1 attribute." +":guilabel:`Price Filter` works independently from **attributes** and, " +"therefore, can be enabled on its own if desired." msgstr "" -"Додайте якомога більше атрибутів, які вам потрібно, з 3 різних типів: " -"перемикачі, випадаюче меню або кольорові кнопки. Ви отримуєте кілька " -"варіантів, як тільки буде 2 атрибута для атрибута 1." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:30 -msgid "How to edit variants" -msgstr "Як редагувати варіанти" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:32 -msgid "See all the variants from the product template detail form." -msgstr "Перегляньте всі варіанти з форми шаблону деталей товару." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:40 -msgid "You can edit following data:" -msgstr "Ви можете редагувати наступні дані:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:42 -msgid "Picture (will update in real time on the website)," -msgstr "Зображення (буде оновлено в реальному часі на веб-сайті)," - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:43 -msgid "Barcode," -msgstr "Штрих-код," - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 -msgid "Internal Reference (SKU #)," -msgstr "Внутрішня довідка (SKU #)," - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:45 -msgid "Volume," -msgstr "Об'єм," - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:46 -msgid "Weight," -msgstr "Вага," - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:47 -msgid "Active (available in quotes & website)." -msgstr "Активний (доступний у пропозиціях та на веб-сайті)." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:73 msgid "" -"Both the Barcode and the Internal Reference are variant-specific. You need " -"to populate them once the variants generated." +"You can use **attribute filters** even if you do not work with product " +"variants. When adding attributes to your products, make sure only to specify" +" *one* value per attribute. Odoo does not create variants if no combination " +"is possible." msgstr "" -"Штрих-код та внутрішня довідка є спеціальними для варіантів. Потрібно " -"заповнити їх, коли створені варіанти." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:78 +msgid "Sort-by search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:80 msgid "" -"See and edit all the variants from :menuselection:`Sales --> Sales --> " -"Product Variants` as well. This might be quicker if you manage lots of " -"variants." +"It is possible to allow the user to manually **sort the catalog** using the " +"search bar. From your **main shop page**, click on :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize tab`; you can enable or disable the :guilabel:`Sort-By` option as " +"well as the :guilabel:`Layout` button. You can also select the " +":guilabel:`Default Sort` of the :guilabel:`Sort-By` button. The default sort" +" applies to *all* categories." msgstr "" -"Перегляньте та відредагуйте всі варіанти з :menuselection:`Продажі --> " -"Продажі --> Варіанти товару`. Це може бути швидше, якщо ви управляєте " -"безліччю варіантів." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 -msgid "How to set specific prices per variant" -msgstr "Як встановити конкретні ціни за варіант" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:86 +msgid "The **sorting** options are:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:88 +msgid "Featured" +msgstr "Рекомендовані" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:89 +msgid "Newest Arrivals" +msgstr "Нові надходження" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:90 +msgid "Name (A-Z)" +msgstr "Назва (A-Z)" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:91 +msgid "Price - Low to High" +msgstr "Ціна - від найнижчої до найвищої" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:92 +msgid "Price - High to Low" +msgstr "Ціна - від найвищої до найнижчої" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:94 msgid "" -"You can also set a specific public price per variant by clicking *Variant " -"Prices* in the product detail form (action in top-left corner)." +"In addition, you can **manually edit** the catalog's order of a product by " +"going to **the main shop page** and clicking on the product. Under the " +":guilabel:`Product` section of the :guilabel:`Customize` section, you can " +"rearrange the order by clicking on the arrows. `<<` `>>` move the product to" +" the **extreme** right or left, and `<` `>` move the product by **one** row " +"to the right or left. It is also possible to change the catalog's order of " +"products in :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products` and drag-" +"and-dropping the products within the list." msgstr "" -"Ви також можете встановити конкретну загальну вартість кожного варіанта, " -"натиснувши *Ціни варіанту* у формі відомостей про товар (дія у верхньому " -"лівому куті)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Product rearrangement in the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:107 +msgid "Page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:110 +msgid "Category page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:112 msgid "" -"The Price Extra is added to the product price whenever the corresponding " -"attribute value is selected." +"You can customize the layout of the category page using the website builder." msgstr "" -"Додаткова ціна додається до ціни товару, коли вибирається відповідне " -"значення атрибута." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:115 msgid "" -"Pricelist formulas let you set advanced price computation methods for " -"product variants. See :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +"Editing the layout of the category page is global; editing one category " +"layout affects *all* category pages." msgstr "" -"Формули преміум-класу дозволяють встановлювати розширені методи обчислення " -"ціни для варіантів товару. Див. :doc:`../maximizing_revenue/pricing`." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 -msgid "How to disable/archive variants" -msgstr "Як відключити/архівувати варіанти" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:118 msgid "" -"You can disable/archive specific variants so that they are no longer " -"available in quotes & website (not existing in your stock, deprecated, " -"etc.). Simply uncheck *Active* in their detail form." +"To do so, go on to your :menuselection:`Category page --> Edit --> " +"Customize`. Here, you can choose the layout, the number of columns to " +"display the products, etc. The :guilabel:`Product Description` button makes " +"the product description visible from the category page, underneath the " +"product picture." msgstr "" -"Ви можете відключити/архівувати конкретні варіанти, щоб вони більше не були " -"доступні в пропозиціях та на веб-сайті (не існуючих на вашому складі, " -"застарілих тощо). Просто зніміть позначку *Активно* в детальній формі." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Layout options of the category pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:127 msgid "" -"To retrieve such archived items, hit *Archived* on searching the variants " -"list. You can reactivate them the same way." +"You can choose the size of the grid, but be aware that displaying too many " +"products may affect performance and page loading speed." msgstr "" -"Щоб отримати такі архівні елементи, натисніть *Архівувати* при пошуку списку" -" варіантів. Ви можете повторно активувати їх так само." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue.rst:3 -msgid "Maximize my revenue" -msgstr "Збільшіть свій дохід" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:131 +msgid "Product highlight" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell accessories and optional products (cross-selling)" -msgstr "Як продавати аксесуари та функціональні товари (перехресний продаж)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:133 msgid "" -"You sell computers. Why not stimulating your customers to buy a top-notch " -"screen or an extra-warranty? That's the goal of cross-selling " -"functionalities:" +"You can highlight products to make them more visible on the category or " +"product page. On the page of your choice, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` and click on the product to highlight. In the :guilabel:`Product`" +" section, you can choose the size of the product image by clicking on the " +"grid, and you can also add a **ribbon** or :guilabel:`Badge`. This displays " +"a banner across the product's image, such as:" msgstr "" -"Ви продаєте комп'ютери. Чому б не стимулювати своїх клієнтів купувати " -"найкращий екран або додаткову гарантію? Це мета перехресних продажів:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:8 -msgid "Accessory products on checkout page," -msgstr "Аксесуари на сторінці оформлення замовлення," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:139 +msgid "Sale;" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:140 +msgid "Sold out;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:141 +msgid "Out of stock;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:142 +msgid "New." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:144 msgid "" -"Optional products on a new *Add to Cart* screen (not installed by default)." +"Alternatively, you can activate the :doc:`developer mode " +"<../../../general/developer_mode>` on the **product's template**, and under " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, change or create the ribbon from the " +":guilabel:`Ribbon` field." msgstr "" -"Додаткові товари на новому екрані *Додати до кошика* (не встановлено за " -"замовчуванням)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:12 -msgid "Accessory products when checking out" -msgstr "Аксесуари під час перевірки" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:149 msgid "" -"Accessories (e.g. for computers: mouse, keyboard) show up when the customer " -"reviews the cart before paying." +"The :doc:`developer mode <../../../general/developer_mode>` is only intended" +" for experienced users who wish to have access to advanced tools. Using the " +"**developer mode** is *not* recommended for regular users." msgstr "" -"Аксесуари (наприклад, для комп'ютерів: миша, клавіатура) з'являються, коли " -"користувач переглядає кошик перед оплатою." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:20 -msgid "Select accessories in the *Sales* tab of the product detail page." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Ribbon highlight" msgstr "" -"Виберіть аксесуари на вкладці *Продажі* на сторінці відомостей про товар." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:158 +msgid "Additional features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:160 msgid "" -"There is an algorithm to figure out the best accessories to display in case " -"several items are added to cart. If any item is the accessory of several " -"products added to cart, it is most likely that it will be atop the list of " -"suggested accessories." +"You can access and enable additional feature buttons such as **add to " +"cart**, **comparison list**, or a **wishlist**. To do so, go to your **main " +"shop page**, and at the end of the :guilabel:`Products Page` category, click" +" on the feature buttons you wish to use. All three buttons appear when " +"hovering the mouse over a product's image." msgstr "" -"Існує алгоритм виявлення найкращих аксесуарів для відображення, якщо до " -"кошика додано кілька елементів. Якщо будь-який елемент є аксесуаром кількох " -"товарів, доданих у кошик, то, швидше за все, він буде зверху списку " -"запропонованих аксесуарів." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:31 -msgid "Optional products when adding to cart" -msgstr "Додаткові товари при додаванні до кошика" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:165 msgid "" -"Optional products are directly related to the item added to cart (e.g. for " -"computers: warranty, OS software, extra components). Whenever the main " -"product is added to cart, such a new screen pops up as an extra step." +":guilabel:`Add to Cart`: adds a button to :doc:`add the product to the cart " +"<../checkout_payment_shipping/cart>`;" msgstr "" -"Необов'язкові товари безпосередньо пов'язані з елементом, доданим до кошика " -"(наприклад, для комп'ютерів: гарантія, програмне забезпечення для ОS, " -"додаткові компоненти). Кожного разу, коли основний товар додається до " -"кошика, такий новий екран з'являється як додатковий крок." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:40 -msgid "To publish optional products:" -msgstr "Опублікувати додаткові товари:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:167 msgid "" -"Install *eCommerce Optional Products* addon in *Apps* menu. Remove the " -"default filter to search on addons as well, otherwise only main apps show " -"up." +":guilabel:`Comparison List`: adds a button to **compare** products based on " +"their price, variant, etc.;" msgstr "" -"Встановіть *Додаткові товари електронної комерції* в меню *Додатки*. " -"Вилучіть фільтр за замовчуванням для пошуку в аддонах, інакше з'являться " -"лише основні модулі." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:48 -msgid "Select optional items from the *Sales* tab of the product detail form." -msgstr "Виберіть додаткові елементи на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/cross_selling.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:169 msgid "" -"The quantity of optional items added to cart is the same than the main item." -msgstr "" -"Кількість додаткових елементів, доданих до кошика, співпадає з основним " -"елементом." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:3 -msgid "Adapt prices to website visitors" +":guilabel:`Wishlist Button`: adds a button to **wishlist** the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Feature buttons for add to cart, comparison list, and wishlist" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Appearance of buttons when hoovering over the mouse" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:180 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:112 +msgid "Add content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:182 msgid "" -"This section sheds light on pricing features found in the eCommerce app:" +"You can use **building blocks** to add content on the category page, with a " +"variety of blocks ranging from :guilabel:`Structure` to :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Content`. Specific areas are defined to use blocks are defined and " +"highlighted on the page when **dragging-and-dropping** a block." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:7 -msgid "force a price by geo-localization," -msgstr "встановлення ціни за геолокацією," +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks areas" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:9 -msgid "let the customer choose the currency." -msgstr "дозвольте клієнту вибирати валюту." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:190 msgid "" -"As a pre-requisite, check out how to managing product pricing: " -":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`)." +"If you drop a building block **on top** of the product list, it creates a " +"new category header specific to *that* category." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:15 -msgid "Geo-IP automatically applies the right price" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:192 msgid "" -"Assign country groups to your pricelists. That way, visitors who aren't " -"logged in yet will get their own currency when landing on your website." +"If you drop a building **on the top** or **bottom** of the page, it becomes " +"visible on *all* category pages." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:20 -msgid "Once logged in, they get the pricelist matching their country." -msgstr "Після входу вони отримують прайслист, який відповідає їхній країні." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:23 -msgid "Currency selector" -msgstr "Валютний вибір" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/catalog.rst:196 msgid "" -"In the case that you sell in several currencies, you can let your customers " -"choose their own. Check the *Selectable* box to add the pricelist to the " -"website drop-down menu, which can be found in *Pricelists* under the " -"*Products* menu, located in the Website application." +"Adding content to an eCommerce category page is beneficial in terms of " +"**SEO** strategy. Using **keywords** linked to the products or the eCommerce" +" categories improves organic traffic. Additionally, each category has its " +"own specific URL that can be pointed to and is indexed by search engines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:3 +msgid "Cross-selling and upselling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Any sales process is an opportunity to maximize revenues. **Cross-selling " +"and upselling** are sales techniques consisting in selling customers " +"additional or more expensive products and services than what they were " +"originally shopping for. It is a great way to maximize the value of each one" +" of your customers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:10 +msgid "**Cross-selling** can be done via **two** features:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:12 +msgid "" +":ref:`Optional products <cross_upselling/optional>` upon **adding to cart**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:13 +msgid "" +":ref:`Accessory products <cross_upselling/accessory>` on the **checkout " +"page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:15 +msgid "" +"**Upselling** is only done via :ref:`alternative products " +"<cross_upselling/alternative>` on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`catalog`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:22 +msgid "Cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:27 +msgid "Optional products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:29 +msgid "" +"**Optional products** are suggested when customers click :guilabel:`Add to " +"cart`, either from the **product page** or **catalog page**. Upon clicking, " +"a pop-up window opens with the **optional products** displayed in the " +":guilabel:`Available Options` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Optional products cross-selling" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:37 +msgid "" +"To enable **optional products** go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce " +"--> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, and enter " +"the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Optional Products` field." +" Optional products are **linked** to the product(s) they are set up with on " +"the **product template**. They only appear when that product is added to the" +" cart." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:43 +msgid "" +"You can also access the :guilabel:`Sales` tab of the **product template** by" +" selecting a product on your **main shop page** and clicking " +":guilabel:`Product` in the top-right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:49 +msgid "Accessory products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:51 +msgid "" +"**Accessory products** are displayed in the :guilabel:`Suggested " +"Accessories` section before processing to checkout at the :guilabel:`Review " +"Order` step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Suggested accessories at checkout during cart review" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:58 +msgid "" +"To enable **accessory products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Accessory " +"Products` field. Suggested accessory products are **linked** to the " +"product(s) they are set up with on the **product template**. They only " +"appear when that product is at the checkout process review." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:65 +msgid "Upselling" +msgstr "Допродаж" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:70 +msgid "Alternative products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:72 +msgid "" +"**Alternative products** are suggested on the **product page** and usually " +"incentivize customers to buy a more expensive variant or product than the " +"one they were initially shopping for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst-1 +msgid "Alternative products on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:79 +msgid "" +"To enable **alternative products**, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"eCommerce --> Products`, select a product, go to the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, " +"and enter the products you wish to feature in the :guilabel:`Alternative " +"Products` field. Then, go to the related **product page** by clicking " +":guilabel:`Go To Website`, and click :menuselection:`Edit`. Stay on the " +":guilabel:`Blocks` tab, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Dynamic Content` " +"section. Then, drag and drop the :guilabel:`Products` building block " +"anywhere on the **product page**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/cross_upselling.rst:86 +msgid "" +"When placed, in :guilabel:`Edit` mode, click the **block** to access various" +" settings for that :guilabel:`Products` building block. In the " +":guilabel:`Filter` field, select :guilabel:`Alternative Products`. You can " +"configure several additional settings, such as how many elements are " +"displayed (:guilabel:`Fetched Elements`), the :guilabel:`Template` used, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:3 +msgid "Price management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo offers multiple options to select the price displayed on your website, " +"as well as condition-specific prices based on set criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:9 +msgid "Taxes" +msgstr "Податки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:12 +msgid "Tax configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To add a tax on a product, you can either set a tax in the " +":guilabel:`Customer Taxes` field of the **product template** or use " +":doc:`fiscal positions " +"</applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:20 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:21 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:25 +msgid "Tax display" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:27 +msgid "" +"Choosing the displayed price tax usually depends on a country's regulations " +"or the type of customers **(B2B vs. B2C)**. To select the type of price " +"displayed, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` category, and select " +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded` or :guilabel:`Tax Included`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Excluded`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"excluded**, and the tax is computed at the cart-review step;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax Included`: the price displayed on the website is **tax-" +"included**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:37 +msgid "" +"This setting is **global**, and the tax-display type is the same for (all " +"of) your website(s). It is, therefore, not possible to select different tax " +"displays for different websites. This may be a significant point of " +"consideration when implementing a database with multiple ecommerce websites " +"aimed at varying customer types (i.e., B2B and B2C)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:42 +msgid "" +"You can choose to display the type of pricing next to the product price by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage --> Shop`, selecting " +"a product, and then :menuselection:`Edit --> Customize tab` and enabling " +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Tax type displayed on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:51 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/B2B_B2C`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:54 +msgid "Price per unit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:56 +msgid "" +"It is possible to display a :doc:`price per unit " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom>` on the " +"product page. To do that, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Settings` and enable :guilabel:`Product Reference Price` under the " +":guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. When enabled, ensure an amount is set " +"in the :guilabel:`Base Unit Count` field of the **product template**, and in" +" the :guilabel:`Sales Price`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product template" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:67 +msgid "" +"The price per unit of measure can be found above the :guilabel:`Add to Cart`" +" button on the product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Cost per unit pricing on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Pay attention that having the price per unit may be **mandatory** in some " +"countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:78 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:83 +msgid "Price configuration: pricelists" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Pricelists are the primary tool to manage prices on your eCommerce. They " +"allow you to define website-specific prices - different from the price on " +"the product template - based on the **country group**, **currency**, " +"**minimum quantity**, **period**, or **variant**. You can create as many " +"pricelists as needed, but it is mandatory to have at least one pricelist " +"configured per website. If no custom pricelists are added, Odoo defaults to " +"the **Public Pricelist** for all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:120 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Pricelists can be found under :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> " +"Pricelists`, but must first be activated. For that, head to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll down to " +"the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section. There, you can find two options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Advanced price rules (discounts, formulas)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The **first** option allows you to set different prices per customer " +"*segment*, i.e., registered customers, gold customers, regular customers, " +"etc. The **second** option allows you to set *price change* rules such as " +"**discounts**, **margins**, **roundings**, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:109 +msgid "Foreign currency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:111 +msgid "" +"If you are selling in **multiple currencies** and have pricelists in foreign" +" currencies, customers can select their corresponding pricelist anywhere on " +"the :guilabel:`Shop` page from the drop-down menu next to the **search " +"bar**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Pricelists selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:121 msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/currencies`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing.rst:37 -msgid ":doc:`promo_code`" -msgstr ":doc:`promo_code`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:124 +msgid "Permanent discount" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:3 -msgid "How to create & share promotional codes" -msgstr "Як створити та ділитися промокодами" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:126 msgid "" -"Want to boost your sales for Xmas? Share promocodes through your marketing " -"campaigns and apply any kind of discounts." +"If you have permanently reduced the price of a product, a popular means to " +"attract customers is the **strikethrough** strategy. The strategy consists " +"in displaying the previous price crossed out and the **new discounted " +"price** next to it." msgstr "" -"Хочете збільшити продажі до Різдва? Поділіться промокодами за допомогою " -"маркетингових кампаній та застосуйте будь-які знижки." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:9 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:13 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:18 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Встановлення" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst-1 +msgid "Price strikethrough" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/price_management.rst:134 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings` and choose *Advanced pricing based" -" on formula* for *Sale Price*." +"To display a 'striked' price, enable the :guilabel:`Comparison Price` option" +" under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products category`. Then, head to the product's template " +"(:menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`), and in the " +":guilabel:`Compare to Price` field, enter the **new** price." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на :menuselection:`Продажі --> Налаштування` і виберіть " -"*Розширене ціноутворення на основі формули* для *Ціни продажу*." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:3 +msgid "Product management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website Admin --> Catalog --> Pricelists` and create a" -" new pricelist with the discount rule (see :doc:`pricing`). Then enter a " -"code." +"Odoo allows you to create, import, and manage your products' pages all " +"within the **Website** app." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до :menuselection:`Адміністратор веб-сайту --> Каталог --> " -"Прайслисти` та створіть новий прайслист з правилом знижки (див. " -":doc:`pricing`). Потім введіть код." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:8 +msgid "Add products to the catalog" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:10 +msgid "To add a product to your catalog, you can either do it in:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:12 msgid "" -"Make the promocode field available on your *Shopping Cart* page (option in " -"*Customize* menu). Add a product to cart to reach it." +"From anywhere on your website, click :menuselection:`+ New --> Product`. " +"Enter the name of your product, and :guilabel:`Save`;" msgstr "" -"Зробіть поле промокоду доступним на *Сторінці кошика* (опція в меню " -"*Налаштування*). Додайте товар до кошика, щоб зробити це." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:14 +msgid ":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products --> Create`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:15 msgid "" -"Once turned on you see a new section on the right side. On clicking *Apply* " -"prices get automatically updated in the cart." +"or by :ref:`importing data <import-data>` using XLSX or CSV files. To do so," +" go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Click on " +":guilabel:`Favorites` and :ref:`Import records <import-data>`." msgstr "" -"Після увімкнення цієї функції ви побачите новий розділ з правого боку. При " -"натисканні кнопки *Застосувати* ціни автоматично оновлюються в кошику." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:16 +msgid ":doc:`../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:22 +msgid ":doc:`Product-related documentation <../../../sales/sales>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:25 +msgid "Publish" +msgstr "Опублікувати" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:27 msgid "" -"The promocode used by the customer is stored in the system so you can " -"analyze the performance of your marketing campaigns." +"Upon creation, products are defaulted as :guilabel:`Unpublished` in your " +"eCommerce catalog. To make a product visible to visitors, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Homepage`, click on your **main shop** " +"page, select the product, and enable it as :guilabel:`Published` in the top-" +"right corner." msgstr "" -"Промокод, який використовує клієнт, зберігається в системі, щоби ви могли " -"проаналізувати ефективність ваших маркетингових кампаній." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:39 -msgid "Show sales per pricelists..." -msgstr "Покажіть продажі за цінами..." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/promo_code.rst:43 -msgid ":doc:`pricing`" -msgstr ":doc:`pricing`" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:3 -msgid "How to enable comments & rating" -msgstr "Як включити коментарі та рейтинг в електронній комерції" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:33 msgid "" -"Publishing and monitoring customer experience will help you gain the trust " -"of new customers and better engage with your community. In 2 clicks, allow " -"your customer to share their feedback!" +"To publish **large batches** of products, the most convenient fashion is to " +"go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`. Here, remove the " +":guilabel:`Published` filter by clicking on the :guilabel:`x` right to it, " +"and then select the :guilabel:`List` view. Next, click the " +":guilabel:`dropdown toggle` button (located right below the :guilabel:`List`" +" button) and enable :guilabel:`Is published`. Click the :guilabel:`Is " +"Published` column to re-order it either by **published** or **unpublished** " +"products. Finally, select the products to publish by ticking their box on " +"the extreme-right, and tick any box of the selected products in the " +":guilabel:`Is Published` column to publish them all." msgstr "" -"Публікація та моніторинг досвіду клієнтів допоможе довіряти вам новим " -"клієнтам та краще взаємодіяти з вашою спільнотою. Лише у два кліки дозвольте" -" своєму клієнту поділитися своїм відгуком!" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "List and dropdown toggle buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:47 +msgid "Product page design" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:49 msgid "" -"Activate comments & rating from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." +"Once a product is created, you can access its **product page** through the " +":guilabel:`Shop` page by clicking on the product, and then clicking " +":guilabel:`Edit`. Here, you can change the page's **additional functions**, " +"**layout**, **add content**, etc. Note that **enabled functions** apply to " +"*all* product pages." msgstr "" -"Активуйте коментарі та рейтинг в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:57 +msgid "Additional functions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:59 msgid "" -"Visitors must log in to share their comments. Make sure they are able to do " -"so (see Portal documentation)." +"In the **website builder** window, click :guilabel:`Customize` to enable " +"additional functions:" msgstr "" -"Відвідувачі повинні увійти, щоби поділитися своїми коментарями. " -"Переконайтеся, що вони зможуть це зробити (див. Документацію Портал)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:25 -msgid "Review the posts in real time" -msgstr "Переглядайте публікації в режимі реального часу" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:61 msgid "" -"Whenever a post is published, the product manager and all the product " -"followers get notified in their Inbox (*Discuss* menu)." +":guilabel:`Customers: Rating` allows customers to submit :ref:`product " +"reviews <product-reviews>`; :guilabel:`Share` adds social media and email " +"icon buttons to share the product via those channels;" msgstr "" -"Кожного разу, коли пост опубліковано, менеджер товару та всі підписники на " -"товар отримують сповіщення у своїй папці Вхідні (меню (*Обговорення*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:64 msgid "" -"By default the user who created the product is automatically set as " -"follower." +":guilabel:`Select Quantity`: if enabled, allows to choose the quantity added" +" to cart;" msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням користувач, який створив товар, автоматично встановлюється " -"як підписник." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:65 msgid "" -"Click the product name to open the detail form and review the comment (in " -"the product discussion thread)." +":guilabel:`Tax Indication`: notifies if the price is **VAT included** or " +"**excluded**;" msgstr "" -"Натисніть на назву товару, щоби відкрити детальну форму та переглянути " -"коментар (в обговоренні про товар)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:43 -msgid "Moderate & unpublish" -msgstr "Модеруйте та скасовуйте публікації" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:66 msgid "" -"You can easily moderate by using the chatter, either in the product detail " -"form or on the web page." +":guilabel:`Variants`: shows all possible :doc:`variants " +"</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` of the " +"product as a :guilabel:`Products List`; :guilabel:`Options` as selectable " +"options to compose the variant yourself;" msgstr "" -"Ви можете легко модерувати, використовуючи чат, у формі детальної інформації" -" про товар або на веб-сторінці." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:70 msgid "" -"To unpublish the post, open the product web page and click the *Published* " -"button to turn it red (*Unpublished*)." +":guilabel:`Cart`: :guilabel:`Buy Now` adds a :ref:`checkout button " +"<cart/buy-now>` taking the customer directly to the checkout page; " +":guilabel:`Wishlist` allows to add the product to a wishlist;" msgstr "" -"Щоби скасувати публікацію, відкрийте веб-сторінку товару та натисніть кнопку" -" *Опубліковано*, щоби перетворити її у червоний колір (*Неопубліковано*)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:56 -msgid "..tip::" -msgstr "..tip::" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/reviews.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:73 msgid "" -"You can access the web page from the detail form by clicking the *Published*" -" smart button (and vice versa)." +":guilabel:`Specification`: allows you to select where the " +":guilabel:`Specifications` section is displayed. This option displays a list" +" of all variant attributes and values of a product, but only works for " +"products *with* variants." msgstr "" -"Ви можете отримати доступ до веб-сторінки в детальній формі, натиснувши " -"кнопку *Опубліковано* (і навпаки)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:3 -msgid "How to sell pricier alternative products (upselling)" -msgstr "Як продавати альтернативні товари (допродаж)" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:78 msgid "" -"In order to maximize your revenue, suggesting pricier alternative products " -"is strongly advised for basic items. That way, your customer will spend more" -" time browsing your catalog." +"To allow **wishlists**, the option must be enabled in " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`;" msgstr "" -"Щоб максимально збільшити ваш дохід, рекомендується пропонувати вартісніші " -"варіанти товару для базових товарів. Таким чином, ваш клієнт витратить " -"більше часу на перегляд вашого каталогу." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:12 -msgid "To do so:" -msgstr "Зробити так:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:80 msgid "" -"Select such *Alternative Products* in the *Sales* tab of the product detail " -"form. 3 alternatives are fine! Don't publish too many otherwise your " -"customers will be confused." +"To access the :guilabel:`Variants` options, the :doc:`Product Variants " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` option must first " +"be enabled under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Products`." msgstr "" -"Виберіть такі *Альтернативні товари* на вкладці *Продажі* форми товару. Три " -"альтернативи буде достатньо! Не публікуйте занадто багато, інакше ваші " -"клієнти будуть плутатися." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/upselling.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:85 +msgid "Layout" +msgstr "Макет" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:87 msgid "" -"Turn on *Alternative Products* from the *Customize* menu of the product web " -"page." -msgstr "" -"Увімкніть *альтернативні товари* в меню *Налаштування* веб-сторінки товару." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Launch my website" -msgstr "Запустіть свій веб-сайт" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience.rst:3 -msgid "Get paid" -msgstr "Отримайте оплату" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:3 -msgid "Manage orders paid with Payment Acquirers" +"Within the same :guilabel:`Customize` tab as the :ref:`functions <ecommerce-" +"functions>`, the layout configuration can be changed according to your " +"needs." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:90 msgid "" -"The moment a payment is officially authorized by a Payment Acquirer, Odoo " -"*automatically* confirms the order, which triggers the delivery. And, if you" -" invoice based on ordered quantities, you are requested to invoice the " -"order, as well." +":guilabel:`Images Width`: changes the width of the product images displayed " +"on the page;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:91 msgid "" -"Let’s take a closer look at how to manage orders paid with Payment " -"Acquirers." +":guilabel:`Layout`: the :guilabel:`Carousel` layout displays a large, main " +"image with smaller ones underneath; whereas the :guilabel:`Grid` displays " +"four images in a square layout (see pictures below);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:12 -msgid "Checking the status of a payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:94 msgid "" -"To check the status of a payment, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Orders " -"--> Orders`. Then, simply click on the order you wish to check on." +":guilabel:`Image Zoom`: choose which image zooms are available, either " +":guilabel:`Pop-up on Click`, when hovering over the image " +"(:guilabel:`Magnifier on hover`), on :guilabel:`Both`, or :guilabel:`None`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:97 msgid "" -"Once you are on the Sales Order page, you will find the payment is confirmed" -" with an automatic note in the *Chatter*." +":guilabel:`Thumbnails`: decide how the thumbnails should be aligned, either " +"**vertically** (:guilabel:`Left`), or **horizontally** (:guilabel:`Right`);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:99 msgid "" -"If the user decides to create an invoice, the payment is directly " -"reconciled. This note in the *Chatter* includes a link to the Payment entry," -" which contains various details about the transaction, along with a link to " -"the related Journal Entry." +":guilabel:`Main Image`: click :guilabel:`Replace` to change the product's " +"main image;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:100 msgid "" -"Specific messages are provided to your customers for every payment status " -"whenever they are redirected to Odoo after the transaction. To edit these " -"messages, go to the *Messages* tab of the payment method." +":guilabel:`Extra Images`: click :guilabel:`Add` or :guilabel:`Remove all` to" +" add or remove extra product images. You can also add images and videos via " +"**URL**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:38 -msgid "Automatically generate invoices at order" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:104 msgid "" -"When the order is confirmed, you can also choose to have an invoice " -"automatically issued and paid. This fully-automated feature is designed for " -"businesses that invoice orders right away." +"Images must either be in PNG or JPG format. To trigger the zoom, the image " +"has to be bigger than 1024x1024." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 -msgid "To do automatically generate invoices at order:" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product images layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:114 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Invoicing`." +"You can use **building blocks** (:menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks`) to add " +"content to your product page. These blocks can be used to add extra text and" +" picture galleries, features such as :guilabel:`Call to Actions`, " +":guilabel:`Comparisons`, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:118 msgid "" -"Then, under the **Invoicing Policy** option, select *Invoice what is " -"ordered*." +"Depending on *where* you drop the **building block**, it may be available " +"either on the product page *only*, or on the *whole* website. **Building " +"blocks** dropped at the very top or very bottom of the page are available on" +" the *whole* website, where **building blocks** put underneath the product " +"description are only displayed on the *product* page *(see image below)*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:47 -msgid "Then activate *Automatic Invoices* and *Save*." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Building blocks on product page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:54 -msgid "Capture payment after the delivery" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:128 +msgid "Download link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:130 msgid "" -"If the acquirer handling the payment is configured to capture amounts " -"manually, the order is confirmed, but the amount is kept on hold. Once the " -"delivery is processed, you can capture the payment from the related Sales " -"Order." +"To add a downloadable file (ex.: user's manual, notice of use, etc.) on the " +"product page, drag and drop a :guilabel:`Text` block from " +":menuselection:`Edit --> Blocks` on the page. Once placed, click within the " +":guilabel:`Text` block, and under the :guilabel:`Inline Text` section, " +"select either :menuselection:`Insert Media --> Documents` or " +":guilabel:`Insert or edit link` and enter the URL in the :guilabel:`Your " +"URL` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../../general/payment_acquirers/payment_acquirers`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/payment_acquirer.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:137 msgid "" -":ref:`Payment Acquirers: Place a hold on a card " -"<payment_acquirers/capture_amount>`" +"The difference with :ref:`digital files <ecommerce-digital-file>` is that " +"digital files can only be downloaded *after* checkout." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:3 -msgid "How customers can access their customer account" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Media and link buttons" msgstr "" -"Як клієнти можуть отримати доступ до свого клієнтського облікового запису" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:147 +msgid "Digital files" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:149 msgid "" -"It has never been so easy for your customers to access their customer " -"account. Forget endless signup forms, Odoo makes it as easy as ABC. They are" -" suggested to sign up (name, email, password) when the order is placed, and " -"not before. Indeed, nothing is more annoying than going through a signup " -"process before buying something." +"Should your product be sold with a certificate, manual user, or any other " +"relevant document, it is possible to add a download link for customers at " +"the end of the checkout. To do that, first enable :guilabel:`Digital " +"Content` under :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Shop - Checkout Process`. Then, on the **product's template**, click on " +":menuselection:`More --> Digital Files` and :guilabel:`Create` a new file." msgstr "" -"Вашим клієнтам ще ніколи не було так легко отримати доступ до свого " -"клієнтського облікового запису. Забудьте про нескінченні форми реєстрації, " -"Odoo робить це так само просто, як AБВ. Пропонуємо реєстрацію (ім'я, " -"електронна пошта, пароль), коли замовлення розміщено, а не раніше. Дійсно, " -"ніщо не дратує більше, ніж процес реєстрації, до того, як відбувається " -"купівля." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:14 -msgid "Sign up" -msgstr "Реєстрація" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Digital Files menu" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:159 +msgid "For the configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: the name of your file;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:162 msgid "" -"The invitation to sign up shows up when the customer wants to visualize the " -"order from order confirmation email." +":guilabel:`Type:` select if it is either a **file** or a **URL**. " +"Accordingly, you either have a :guilabel:`File Content (base64)` field to " +"upload your file, or a :guilabel:`URL` field to enter your URL." msgstr "" -"Запрошення на реєстрацію з'являється, коли клієнт хоче візуалізувати " -"замовлення з електронного листа з підтвердженням замовлення." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:23 -msgid "Customer account" -msgstr "Клієнтський обліковий запис" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:165 msgid "" -"Once logged in the customer will access the account by clicking *My Account*" -" in the login dropdown menu." +":guilabel:`Website`: the website on which that file is *available*. If you " +"want it available for *all* websites, leave it empty." msgstr "" -"Після входу клієнт отримає доступ до облікового запису, натиснувши *Мій " -"обліковий запис* у випадаючому меню." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:168 msgid "" -"THere they find all their history. The main address (billing) can also be " -"modified." +"The file is then available after checkout in the **purchase order** section " +"found on the customer's portal." msgstr "" -"Там вони знаходять всю свою історію. Головну адресу (для отримання рахунків)" -" також можна змінити." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/shopper_experience/portal.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:172 +msgid "Product configuration" +msgstr "Налаштування товару" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:175 +msgid "Multiple languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:177 msgid "" -"If the customer is set as a contact of a company in your address book, they " -"will see all the documents whose the customer belongs to this company." +"If multiple languages are available on your website and you wish to have the" +" product's information translated, it is necessary to encode this translated" +" information in the **product's template**. Fields with multiple languages " +"available are identifiable by their abbreviation language (ex. :abbr:`EN " +"(English)`) next to their field." msgstr "" -"Якщо клієнт встановлений як контакт компанії у вашій адресній книзі, він " -"побачить усі документи, які належать цій компанії." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/taxes.rst:3 -msgid "Collect taxes" -msgstr "Збирайте податки" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Field translation" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:186 +msgid "The **eCommerce-related** fields to translate are:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:188 +msgid ":guilabel:`Product name`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock Message` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Sales Description` (under the :guilabel:`Sales` tab);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Having untranslated content on a web page may be detrimental to the user " +"experience and :doc:`SEO <../../../websites/website/pages/seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:196 +msgid "" +"To check the language(s) of your website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings --> Website Info section`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:200 +msgid ":doc:`../../../websites/website/pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:201 +msgid ":ref:`Multi-language support <seo-multilanguage>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:206 +msgid "" +"A product can be set available on either *one* or *all* websites, but it is " +"not possible to select *some* websites and not others. To define a product's" +" availability, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Products`, " +"select your product, and in the :guilabel:`Sales` tab, click the " +":guilabel:`Website` you wish the product to be available on. Leave the field" +" empty for the products to be available on *all* websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:213 +msgid "Stock management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:215 +msgid "" +"Under the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - " +"Products`, you can enable and configure inventory management options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:219 +msgid "" +"To display the stock level on the product page, the :guilabel:`Product Type`" +" on the **product's form** must be set to :guilabel:`Storable` (only " +"available when the **Inventory** app is installed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:224 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Склад" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:226 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory Defaults` sub-section, you can select the " +"eCommerce selling strategy of products:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:229 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Warehouse`: if you have multiple warehouses, you can define the " +"warehouse associated to your website. If you have multiple websites, you can" +" select a different one per website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:231 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Out-of-Stock (Continue Selling)`: enabling it allows customers to" +" continue placing orders even when the product is **out-of-stock**. Leave it" +" unchecked to **prevent orders**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:234 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show Available Qty`: enabling it displays the available quantity " +"left under a specified threshold on the product page. The available quantity" +" is calculated based on the 'On hand' quantity minus the quantity already " +"reserved for outgoing transfers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:239 +msgid ":ref:`Allow only selected customers to buy <cart/prevent-sale>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:242 +msgid "Selling as kit" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:244 +msgid "" +"If you are selling non-prepackaged kits (i.e., the kits are made of " +"individual products), we recommend you read the related documentation to " +"keep track of your stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:248 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:251 +msgid "Product comparison" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:253 +msgid "" +"You can enable a **product comparison tool** for your eCommerce by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> Shop - Products`," +" and ticking :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool`. This tool allows to save " +"products' **specifications** and compare them against each other on a single" +" page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:258 +msgid "" +"On the product page, scroll down to the :guilabel:`Specifications` section " +"and click :guilabel:`Compare`. Repeat the same process for all products you " +"wish to compare. Then, click the :guilabel:`Compare` button of the pop-up " +"window at the bottom of the page to reach the comparison summary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst:264 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Comparison Tool` can only be used if :doc:`attributes" +" <variants>` are set on the **product's template**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/products.rst-1 +msgid "Product comparison window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:3 +msgid "Product variants" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Product variants are variations, such as different colors, materials, etc., " +"of the same product. These variations can differ in price and availability " +"from the product. Product variants can either be :doc:`created " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants>` or :doc:`imported " +"<../../../sales/sales/products_prices/products/import>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:10 +msgid "" +"To use product variants, enable them under :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, in the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:14 +msgid ":doc:`../managing_products/products`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:19 +msgid "Product configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Adding attributes and values to a product template allows the enabling of " +"the **product configurator** on the product page. Customers use it to " +"configure and select the product variant of their choice; or in the case of " +"multiple attributes, combine those to create a specific variant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Variants configurator" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:29 +msgid "" +"The **display type** of each attribute used in the product configurator can " +"be edited through the **website builder** by clicking :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` on the product page, and then clicking on one of the " +"attributes. You can then select between four options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:33 +msgid ":guilabel:`Radio`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:34 +msgid ":guilabel:`Pills`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:35 +msgid ":guilabel:`Select`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Color`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Display type options for attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, the **display type** can be edited through " +":menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce --> Attributes`, selecting an " +"**attribute**, and then choosing a :guilabel:`Display Type`; or through the " +"**product template** by going to :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, " +"selecting a product, and then clicking :guilabel:`Attributes and Variants`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Specific combinations of values can be excluded from the product " +"configurator. This way, customers are unable to select the excluded " +"combination of values. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> eCommerce" +" --> Products`, select a product, and go to :guilabel:`Attributes and " +"Variants`. Then, click on an **attribute**, select a **value**, and in the " +":guilabel:`Exclude for` section, select a :guilabel:`Product Template` and " +"the :guilabel:`Attribute Values` to exclude." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:58 +msgid "Product specifications" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Values used for each attribute are displayed as a **specification list** at " +"the bottom of the product page. To be visible, the **specification list** " +"must first be enabled on the product page by going to :menuselection:`Edit " +"--> Customize` and selecting a placement for the field " +":guilabel:`Specification`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Specifications list on the product page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:70 +msgid "" +"The product **specification list** can also be used on products without " +"variants. For that, make sure to have no values combination. Products with " +"single values for their attributes do not generate variants." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:75 +msgid "Filter catalog by attributes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Customers **can** filter the **catalog** based on product attributes and " +"values, allowing them to :ref:`filter <ecommerce-browsing>` the catalog " +"based only on the attribute(s) of their choice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst:80 +msgid "" +"To enable **attributes filtering**, go to :menuselection:`Edit --> " +"Customize` from your **main shop page** and click on one of the " +":guilabel:`Categories` in the left column. Here, enable either " +":guilabel:`Left`, :guilabel:`Top`, or **both**, in the " +":guilabel:`Attributes` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/ecommerce/managing_products/variants.rst-1 +msgid "Categories buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:3 +msgid "eLearning" +msgstr "електронне навчання" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The **eLearning** app allows you to easily upload content, define learning " +"objectives, manage attendees, assess students' progress, and even set up " +"rewards. Engaging participants in a meaningful learning experience enhances " +"their attentiveness and fosters heightened productivity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:10 +msgid "" +"You can manage your eLearning content on the **front end** or the **back " +"end**. The **front end** allows you to create content quickly from your " +"website, while the **back end** provides additional options and allows " +"collaboration. This documentation focuses on using the back end to create " +"your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: eLearning <https://www.odoo.com/slides/elearning-56>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:19 +msgid "Courses" +msgstr "Курси" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:21 +msgid "" +"By going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> Courses`, you can get " +"an overview of all your courses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:24 +msgid "" +"Click on a course title to edit your course on the back end. Click on " +":guilabel:`View course` to access your course on the front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:28 +msgid "Course creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course. When the page pops up, you can" +" add your :guilabel:`Course Title` and one or more :guilabel:`Tags` to " +"describe your course. You can add an image to illustrate your course by " +"hovering your mouse on the camera placeholder image and clicking on the edit" +" icon. Four tabs allow you to edit your course further: :ref:`Content " +"<elearning/content>`, :ref:`Description <elearning/description>`, " +":ref:`Options <elearning/options>`, and :ref:`Karma <elearning/karma>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Create your elearning course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:44 +msgid "Content tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This tab allows you to manage your course content. Click on :guilabel:`Add " +"Section` to divide your course into different sections. Click on " +":guilabel:`Add Content` to create :ref:`content <elearning/create-content>`." +" Click on :guilabel:`Add Certification` to assess the level of understanding" +" of your attendees, certify their skills, and motivate them. " +"**Certification** is part of the :doc:`Surveys " +"<../marketing/surveys/create>` app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:202 +msgid "Description tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You can add a short description or information related to your course in the" +" :guilabel:`Description` tab. It appears under your course title on your " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Add a description to your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:67 +msgid "Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:69 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Options` tab, different configurations are available: " +":ref:`Course <elearning/course>`, :ref:`Communication " +"<elearning/communication>`, :ref:`Access rights <elearning/access-rights>`, " +"and :ref:`Display <elearning/display>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Overview of the Options tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:80 +msgid "Course" +msgstr "Курс" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Assign a :guilabel:`Responsible` user for your course. If you have multiple " +"websites, use the :guilabel:`Website` field to only display the course on " +"the selected website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:88 +msgid "Communication" +msgstr "Зв'язок" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Reviews`: tick the box to allow attendees to like and " +"comment on your content and to submit reviews on your course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Forum`: add a dedicated forum to your course (only shown if the " +"**Forum** feature is enabled in the app's settings);" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`New Content Notification`: select an email template sent to your " +"attendees when you upload new content. Click on the internal link button " +"(:guilabel:`➜`) to have access to the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Completion Notification`: select an email template sent to your " +"attendees once they reach the end of your course. Click on the internal link" +" button (:guilabel:`➜`) to access the email template editor;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:104 +msgid "Access rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:106 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show course to`: define who can access your course and their " +"content between :guilabel:`Everyone`, :guilabel:`Signed In` or " +":guilabel:`Course Attendees`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:108 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Enroll Policy`: define how people enroll in your course. Select:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:110 +msgid ":guilabel:`Open`: if you want your course to be available to anyone;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:111 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Invitation`: if only people who received an invitation can " +"enroll to your course. If selected, fill in the :guilabel:`Enroll Message` " +"explaining the course's enrollment process. This message appears on your " +"website under the course title;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:114 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`On Payment`: if only people who bought your course can attend it." +" The :guilabel:`Paid Courses` feature must be enabled to get this option. If" +" you select :guilabel:`On Payment`, you must add a :guilabel:`Product` for " +"your course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Only products set up with :guilabel:`Course` as their :guilabel:`Product " +"Type` are displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:125 +msgid "Display" +msgstr "Відобразити" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:127 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Training`: the course content appears as a training program, and " +"the courses must be taken in the proposed order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:129 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Documentation`: the content is available in any order. If you " +"choose this option, you can choose which page should be promoted on the " +"course homepage by using the :guilabel:`Featured Content` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:136 +msgid "Karma tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:138 +msgid "This tab is about gamification to make eLearning fun and interactive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:140 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Rewards` section, choose how many karma points you want to" +" grant your students when they :guilabel:`Review` or :guilabel:`Finish` a " +"course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:143 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Access Rights` section, define the karma needed to " +":guilabel:`Add Review`, :guilabel:`Add Comment`, or :guilabel:`Vote` on the " +"course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:147 +msgid "" +"From your course, click the :guilabel:`Contact Attendees` button to reach " +"people who are enrolled in the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:153 +msgid "Course groups" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Use the **Course Groups** to inform users and allow them to filter the " +"courses from the :guilabel:`All Courses` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:158 +msgid "" +"You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Course " +"Groups`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new course group. Add the " +":guilabel:`Course Group Name`, tick the :guilabel:`Menu Entry` box to allow " +"users to search by course group on the website, and add tags in the " +":guilabel:`Tag Name` column. For each tag, you can select a corresponding " +"color." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:164 +msgid "Settings" +msgstr "Налаштування" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:166 +msgid "" +"You can enable different features to customize your courses by going to " +":menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration --> Settings`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:169 +msgid "" +"**Certifications**: to evaluate the knowledge of your attendees and certify " +"their skills;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:170 +msgid "" +"**Paid courses**: to sell access to your courses on your website and track " +"revenues;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:171 +msgid "" +"**Mailing**: to update all your attendees at once through mass mailings;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:172 +msgid "" +"**Forum**: to create a community and let attendees answer each other's " +"questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:177 +msgid "Content" +msgstr "Вміст" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Manage your content by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Courses --> " +"Contents`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create content. Add your " +":guilabel:`Content Title`, and if you want :ref:`Tags <elearning/tags>`, " +"then fill in the related information among the different tabs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Create your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:188 +msgid "Document tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Course`: select the course your content belongs to;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:191 +msgid ":guilabel:`Content Type`: select the type of your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a responsible person for your content;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Duration`: indicate the time required to complete the course;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:194 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Allow Download`: allow users to download the content of the " +"slide. This option is only visible when the content is a document;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:196 +msgid ":guilabel:`Allow Preview`: the course is accessible by anyone." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:197 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`# of Public Views`: displays the number of views from non-" +"enrolled participants;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:198 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`# Total Views`: displays the total number of views (non-enrolled " +"and enrolled participants)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:204 +msgid "" +"You can add a description of your content that appears front end in the " +":guilabel:`About` section of your course content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:208 +msgid "Additional Resources tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a link or a file that supports your " +"participants' learning. It appears in the course content on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Additional ressources" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:220 +msgid "Quiz tab" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:222 +msgid "" +"From this tab you can create a quiz to assess your students at the end of " +"the course." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:224 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Points Rewards` section lets you give a specific number of " +"karma points depending on how many tries they need to correctly answer the " +"question. Then, create your questions and the possible answers by clicking " +"on :guilabel:`Add a line`. A new window pops up, add the question by filling" +" in the :guilabel:`Question Name` and add multiple answers by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add a line`. Tick the :guilabel:`Is correct answer` to mark one " +"or more answers as correct. You can also fill in the :guilabel:`Comment` " +"field to display additional information when the answer is chosen by the " +"participant." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:235 +msgid "Content Tags" +msgstr "Теги змісту" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:237 +msgid "" +"The **Content Tags** help users to classify the content from the " +":guilabel:`Contents` dashboard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:239 +msgid "" +"You can manage them by going to :menuselection:`eLearning --> Configuration " +"--> Content Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a new tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:243 +msgid "Publish your content" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:245 +msgid "" +"Everything created on the back end needs to be published from the front end." +" Unpublished content is always visible from your website but still needs to " +"be published to be available to your audience." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst:248 +msgid "" +"You must be on your website's front end to publish your content. To do so, " +"click on the :guilabel:`Go To Website` smart button, and tick the " +":guilabel:`Publish` option available in the right-hand corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/elearning.rst-1 +msgid "Publish your content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:3 +msgid "Forum" +msgstr "Форум" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:5 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Forum** is a question-and-answer forum designed with providing " +"customer support in mind. Adding a forum to a website enables you to build a" +" community, encourage engagement, and share knowledge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:12 +msgid "Create a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:14 +msgid "" +"To create or edit a forum, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration " +"--> Forum: Forums`. Click :guilabel:`New` or select an existing forum and " +"configure the following elements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:17 +msgid ":guilabel:`Forum Name`: add the name of the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:19 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Mode`: select :guilabel:`Questions` to enable marking an answer " +"as best, meaning questions then appear as *solved*, or " +":guilabel:`Discussions` if the feature is not needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Regardless of the selected mode, only **one answer** per user is allowed on " +"a single post. Commenting multiple times is allowed, however." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:26 +msgid ":guilabel:`Default Sort`: choose how questions are sorted by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:28 +msgid ":guilabel:`Newest`: by latest question posting date" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Last Updated`: by latest posting activity date (answers and " +"comments included)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Most Voted`: by highest vote tally" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:31 +msgid ":guilabel:`Relevance`: by post relevancy (determined by a formula)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Answered`: by likelihood to be answered (determined by a formula)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:35 +msgid "" +"Users have several sorting options (total replies, total views, last " +"activity) on the forum front end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:38 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Privacy`: select :guilabel:`Public` to let anyone view the forum," +" :guilabel:`Signed In` to make it visible only for signed-in users, or " +":guilabel:`Some users` to make it visible only for a specific user access " +"group by selecting one :guilabel:`Authorized Group`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :ref:`karma gains <forum/karma-gains>` and the " +":ref:`karma-related rights <forum/karma-related-rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:48 +msgid "Karma points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:50 +msgid "" +"Karma points can be given to users based on different forum interactions. " +"They can be used to determine which forum functionalities users can access, " +"from being able to vote on posts to having moderator rights. They are also " +"used to set user :ref:`ranks <forum/ranks>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:55 +msgid "" +"A user's karma points are shared across all forums, courses, etc., of a " +"single Odoo website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:56 +msgid "" +"eLearning users can earn karma points through different :ref:`course " +"interactions <elearning/karma>` and by :ref:`completing quizzes " +"<elearning/quiz>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:62 +msgid "Karma gains" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:64 +msgid "Several forum interactions can give or remove karma points." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:70 +msgid "Interaction" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:129 +msgid "Description" +msgstr "Опис" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:72 +msgid "Default karma gain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Asking a question`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:74 +msgid "You post a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:90 +msgid "2" +msgstr "2" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question upvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:77 +msgid "Another user votes for a question you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:139 +msgid "5" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`Question downvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:80 +msgid "Another user votes against a question you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:87 +msgid "-2" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer upvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:83 +msgid "Another user votes for an answer you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:84 +msgid "10" +msgstr "10" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer downvoted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:86 +msgid "Another user votes against an answer you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:88 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accepting an answer`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:89 +msgid "You mark an answer posted by another user as best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:91 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer accepted`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:92 +msgid "Another user marks an answer you posted as best." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:93 +msgid "15" +msgstr "15" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:94 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer flagged`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:95 +msgid "" +"A question or an answer you posted is :ref:`marked as offensive " +"<forum/moderation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:96 +msgid "-100" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:99 +msgid "" +"New users receive **three points** upon validating their email address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To modify the default values, go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the " +":guilabel:`Karma Gains` tab. Select a value to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:104 +msgid "" +"If the value is positive (e.g., `5`), the number of points will be added to " +"the user's tally each time the interaction happens on the selected forum. " +"Conversely, if the value is negative (e.g., `-5`), the number of points will" +" be deducted. Use `0` if an interaction should not impact a user's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:112 +msgid "Karma-related rights" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:114 +msgid "" +"To configure how many karma points are required to access the different " +"forum functionalities, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Forum: Forums`, select the forum, and go to the :guilabel:`Karma Related " +"Rights` tab. Select a value to edit it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Some functionalities, such as :guilabel:`Edit all posts`, :guilabel:`Close " +"all posts`, :guilabel:`Delete all posts`, :guilabel:`Moderate posts`, and " +":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`, are rather sensitive. Make sure to " +"understand the consequences of giving *any* user reaching the set karma " +"requirements access to such functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:128 +msgid "Functionality" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:130 +msgid "Default karma requirement" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:131 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:132 +msgid "Post questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:136 +msgid "3" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:134 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:135 +msgid "Post answers to questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:137 +msgid ":guilabel:`Upvote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:138 +msgid "Vote for questions or answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:140 +msgid ":guilabel:`Downvote`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:141 +msgid "Vote against questions or answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:188 +msgid "50" +msgstr "50" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:143 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:144 +msgid "Edit questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:179 +msgid "1" +msgstr "1" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:146 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:147 +msgid "Edit any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:148 +msgid "300" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:149 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:150 +msgid "Close questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:194 +msgid "100" +msgstr "100" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:152 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:153 +msgid "Close any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:191 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:197 +msgid "500" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:155 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:156 +msgid "Delete questions or answers you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Delete all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:159 +msgid "Delete any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:200 +msgid "1,000" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:161 +msgid ":guilabel:`Nofollow links`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:162 +msgid "" +"If you are under the karma threshold, a *nofollow* attribute tells search " +"engines to ignore links you post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:165 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer on own questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:166 +msgid "Mark an answer as best on questions you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:167 +msgid "20" +msgstr "20" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:168 +msgid ":guilabel:`Accept an answer to all questions`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:169 +msgid "Mark an answer as best on any question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:171 +msgid ":guilabel:`Editor Features: image and links`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:172 +msgid "Add links and images to your posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:206 +msgid "30" +msgstr "30" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:174 +msgid ":guilabel:`Comment own posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:175 +msgid "Post comments under questions or answers you created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:177 +msgid ":guilabel:`Comment all posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:178 +msgid "Post comments under any question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:180 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert own answers to comments and vice versa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:181 +msgid "Convert comments you posted as answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:183 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert all answers to comments and vice versa`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:184 +msgid "Convert any comment as answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:186 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink own comments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:187 +msgid "Delete comments you posted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:189 +msgid ":guilabel:`Unlink all comments`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:190 +msgid "Delete any comment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:192 +msgid ":guilabel:`Ask questions without validation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Questions you post do not require to be :ref:`validated <forum/moderation>` " +"first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:195 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flag a post as offensive`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:196 +msgid "Flag a question or answer as offensive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:198 +msgid ":guilabel:`Moderate posts`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:199 +msgid "Access all :ref:`moderation tools <forum/moderation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:201 +msgid ":guilabel:`Change question tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:202 +msgid "" +"Change posted questions' :ref:`tags <forum/tags>` (if you have the right to " +"edit them)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:203 +msgid "75" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:204 +msgid ":guilabel:`Create new tags`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:205 +msgid "Create new :ref:`tags <forum/tags>` when posting questions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:207 +msgid ":guilabel:`Display detailed user biography`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:208 +msgid "" +"When a user hovers their mouse on your avatar or username, a popover box " +"showcases your karma points, biography, and number of :ref:`badges " +"<forum/badges>` per level." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:210 +msgid "750" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:213 +msgid "" +"Track all karma-related activity and add or remove karma manually by " +":ref:`enabling developer mode <developer-mode>` and going to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Gamification Tools --> Karma Tracking`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:220 +msgid "Gamification" +msgstr "Геміфікація" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Ranks and badges can be used to encourage participation. Ranks are based on " +"the total :ref:`karma points <forum/karma>`, while badges can be granted " +"manually or automatically by completing challenges." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:229 +msgid "Ranks" +msgstr "Звання" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:231 +msgid "" +"To create new ranks or modify the default ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Ranks` and click " +":guilabel:`New` or select an existing rank." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`Rank Name`, the :guilabel:`Required Karma` points to " +"reach it, its :guilabel:`Description`, a :guilabel:`Motivational` message to" +" encourage users to reach it, and an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Default forum ranks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:244 +msgid "Badges" +msgstr "Значки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:246 +msgid "" +"To create new badges or modify the default ones, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: Badges` and click " +":guilabel:`New` or select an existing badge." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:249 +msgid "Enter the badge name and description, add an image, and configure it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:252 +msgid "Assign manually" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:254 +msgid "" +"If the badge should be granted manually, select which users can grant them " +"by selecting one of the following :guilabel:`Allowance to Grant` options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:257 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Everyone`: all non-portal users (since badges are granted from " +"the backend)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:258 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`A selected list of users`: users selected under " +":guilabel:`Authorized Users`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:259 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`People having some badges`: users who have been granted the " +"badges selected under :guilabel:`Required Badges`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:262 +msgid "" +"It is possible to restrict how many times per month each user can grant the " +"badge by enabling :guilabel:`Monthly Limited Sending` and entering a " +":guilabel:`Limitation Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:266 +msgid "Assign automatically" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:268 +msgid "" +"If the badge should be granted **automatically** when certain conditions are" +" met, select :guilabel:`No one, assigned through challenges` under " +":guilabel:`Allowance to Grant`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Next, determine how the badge should be granted by clicking :guilabel:`Add` " +"under the :guilabel:`Rewards for challenges` section. Select a challenge to " +"add it or create one by clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:276 +msgid "" +"It is possible to give the badge a :guilabel:`Forum Badge Level` " +"(:guilabel:`Bronze`, :guilabel:`Silver`, :guilabel:`Gold`) to give it more " +"or less importance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Default forum badges" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:285 +msgid "Tags" +msgstr "Мітки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:287 +msgid "Users can use tags to filter forum posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:289 +msgid "" +"To manage tags, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Forum: " +"Tags`. Click :guilabel:`New` to create a tag and select the related " +":guilabel:`Forum`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:293 +msgid "" +"Use the :guilabel:`Tags` section on the forum's sidebar to filter all " +"questions assigned to the selected tag. Click :guilabel:`View all` to " +"display all tags." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:295 +msgid "" +"New tags can be created when posting a new message, provided the user has " +"enough :ref:`karma points <forum/karma-related-rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:301 +msgid "Use a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:304 +msgid "" +"Access to many functionalities depends on a user's :ref:`karma points " +"<forum/karma-related-rights>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:310 +msgid "Post questions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:312 +msgid "" +"To create a new post, access the forum's front end, click :guilabel:`New " +"Post`, and fill in the following:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:315 +msgid ":guilabel:`Title`: add the question or the topic of the post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:316 +msgid ":guilabel:`Description`: add a description for the question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:317 +msgid ":guilabel:`Tags`: add up to five :ref:`tags <forum/tags>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:319 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Post Your Question`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:324 +msgid "Interact with posts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:326 +msgid "Different actions are possible on a post." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:328 +msgid "" +"Mark a question as **favorite** by clicking the star button (:guilabel:`☆`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:329 +msgid "" +"Follow a post and get **notifications** (by email or within Odoo) when it is" +" answered by clicking the bell button (:guilabel:`🔔`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:331 +msgid "" +"**Vote** *for* (up arrow :guilabel:`▲`) or *against* (down arrow " +":guilabel:`▼`) a question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:333 +msgid "" +"Mark an answer as **best** by clicking the check mark button " +"(:guilabel:`✔`). This option is only available if the :guilabel:`Forum Mode`" +" is set to :guilabel:`Questions`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:335 +msgid ":guilabel:`Answer` a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:336 +msgid "" +"**Comment** on a question or answer by clicking the speech bubble button " +"(:guilabel:`💬`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:337 +msgid "" +"**Share** a question on Facebook, Twitter, or LinkedIn by clicking the " +"*share nodes* button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:339 +msgid "Click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`) to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:341 +msgid ":guilabel:`Edit` a question or answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:342 +msgid ":guilabel:`Close` a question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:343 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Delete` a question, answer, or comment. It is possible to " +":guilabel:`Undelete` questions afterward." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:345 +msgid ":guilabel:`Flag` a question or answer as offensive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:346 +msgid ":guilabel:`Convert` a comment into an answer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:347 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`View` the related :ref:`Helpdesk ticket <helpdesk/forum>`, if " +"any." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Posts actions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:353 +msgid "" +"By default, 150 karma points are required to view another user's profile. " +"This value can be configured when creating a new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:359 +msgid "Moderate a forum" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:361 +msgid "" +"On the forum's front end, the sidebar's :guilabel:`Moderation tools` section" +" gathers the essential moderator functionalities." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Forum sidebar moderation tools" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:367 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`To Validate`: access all questions and answers waiting for " +"validation before being displayed to non-moderator users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Question to validate" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:374 +msgid "" +"A question is pending if a user does not have the required karma. The user " +"is not able to post questions or answers while awaiting validation. Only one" +" pending question per user is allowed per forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:378 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Flagged`: access all questions and answers that have been flagged" +" as offensive. Click :guilabel:`Accept` to remove the offensive flag or " +":guilabel:`Offensive` to confirm it, then select a reason and click " +":guilabel:`Mark as offensive`. The post is then hidden from users without " +"moderation rights, and 100 karma points are deducted from the offending " +"user's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst-1 +msgid "Offensive reason selection" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:386 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Closed`: access all questions that have been closed. It is " +"possible to :guilabel:`Delete` or :guilabel:`Reopen` them. To close a " +"question, open it, click the ellipsis button (:guilabel:`...`), then " +":guilabel:`Close`, select a :guilabel:`Close Reason`, and click " +":guilabel:`Close post`. The post is then hidden from users without " +"moderation rights." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:392 +msgid "" +"When selecting :guilabel:`Spam or advertising` or :guilabel:`Contains " +"offensive or malicious remarks` as the reason, 100 karma points are deducted" +" from the poster's tally." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:396 +msgid "" +"Create and edit close reasons by going to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Configuration --> Forum: Close Reasons`. Select :guilabel:`Basic` as " +":guilabel:`Reason Type` if the reason should be used when closing a " +"question, and :guilabel:`Offensive` if it should be used for flagged posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:399 +msgid "" +"Manage all posts by going to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> " +"Forum: Forums`, selecting the forum, and clicking the :guilabel:`Posts` " +"smart button. By clicking the :guilabel:`Actions` button, it is possible to " +":guilabel:`Export`, :guilabel:`Archive`, :guilabel:`Unarchive`, or " +":guilabel:`Delete` one or multiple posts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:6 msgid "Live Chat" msgstr "Живий чат" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview.rst:3 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Загальний огляд" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:3 -msgid "Get Started with Live Chat" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:8 msgid "" -"Live Chat has the highest satisfaction rating of any communication tool. It " -"allows fast responses and it is accessible and convenient, as your customers" -" can keep doing what they are doing while interacting with you. Remember: " -"your customers want to talk to you, so let's make it easy." +"Odoo *Live Chat* allows users to communicate with website visitors in real " +"time. With *Live Chat*, leads can be qualified for their sales potential, " +"support questions can be answered quickly, and issues can be directed to the" +" appropriate team for further investigation (or follow up). *Live Chat* also" +" provides the opportunity for instant feedback from customers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:10 -msgid "Set up" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:14 +msgid "Enable Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:16 msgid "" -"Once *Live Chat* is installed on your database, if your website was created " -"with Odoo, the application is automatically added to it. All that is left to" -" do is to go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings --> " -"Live Chat`." +"In order to enable *Live Chat*, the *Live Chat* application needs to be " +"installed. This can be done in one of two ways." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:19 msgid "" -"Select the channel to be linked to your website or create one on the fly." +"Go to :menuselection:`Apps --> Live Chat` and click :guilabel:`Install`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:27 -msgid "For both scenarios, under:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:20 msgid "" -"- **Operators**: add agents to respond to the chat requests. Add as many as " -"you like, and keep in mind that operators that do not show any activity in " -"Odoo for more than 30min are considered disconnected." +"In the :menuselection:`Website` application, go to " +":menuselection:`Configuration --> Settings`, scroll to the :guilabel:`Email " +"& Marketing` section, check the box next to :guilabel:`Livechat`, and click " +":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 msgid "" -"- **Options**: set the default text to be shown on the live chat button; an " -"automated welcome message to be seen by visitors when a conversation is " -"initiated, and the text that prompts the user to initiate a chat." +"View of the settings page and the live chat feature for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:28 msgid "" -"- **Channel Rules**: choose an action for a given URL, and/or per country. " -"In the example below, the chat window automatically pops-up 3 seconds after " -"users (from any country) land on the contact us page." +"After the :guilabel:`Live Chat` application is installed, a live chat " +":guilabel:`Channel` will be created by default and automatically selected in" +" the drop-down." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:32 +msgid "Create a new live chat channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:34 msgid "" -"GeoIP, which refers to the process of finding a computer terminal’s " -"geographical location by its IP address, must be installed on your server. " -"Otherwise, under *Channel Rules*, countries are not taken into account." +"To create a new live chat *Channel*, go to :menuselection:`Main Odoo " +"Dashboard --> Live Chat app --> New`. This will open a blank channel detail " +"form. Enter the name of the new channel in the :guilabel:`Channel Name` " +"field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:48 -msgid "External options" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat channel form for Odoo Live Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:42 msgid "" -"If your website was not created with Odoo, you can find the code to be added" -" to your own, under the *Widget* tab." +"To configure the remaining tabs on the channel detail form " +"(:guilabel:`Operators`, :guilabel:`Options`, :guilabel:`Channel Rules`, and " +":guilabel:`Widgets`), follow the steps below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:46 +msgid "Operators" +msgstr "Оператори" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:48 msgid "" -"Odoo also offers an URL you can send to users so they can have access to a " -"single live chat page." +"*Operators* are the users who will respond to live chat requests from " +"customers. When a user is added as an operator in a live chat channel, they " +"will be able to receive chats from website visitors wherever they are in the" +" database. Chat windows will open in the bottom right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:59 -msgid "Managing chat requests" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a live chat pop up window in an Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:57 msgid "" -"Conversations initiated by visitors pop up as a direct message, and are " -"shown in *Discuss*. Therefore, inquiries can be answered wherever you are in" -" Odoo." +"The user who originally created the live chat channel will be added as an " +"operator by default." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:59 msgid "" -"Conversations are dispatched based on the current workload of the online " -"operators." +"To add additional users, navigate back to the :guilabel:`Website Live Chat " +"Channels` dashboard via the breadcrumbs and click on the appropriate " +":guilabel:`Live Chat Channel`. Then, on the channel detail form, under the " +":guilabel:`Operators` tab, click :guilabel:`ADD` to reveal an " +":guilabel:`Add: Operators` pop-up window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:72 -msgid "Leave or join a channel" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:64 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " -"channel under *Live Chat*, and *Join Channel* or *Leave Channel*." +"In the pop-up window, search for the desired user(s). Then, click the " +"checkbox next to the user(s) to be added, and click :guilabel:`SELECT`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:48 -msgid ":doc:`ratings`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:67 +msgid "" +"New operators can be created and added to the list directly from this pop-" +"up, as well, by clicking :guilabel:`New`, and filling out the " +":guilabel:`Create Operators` pop-up form. When the form is complete, click " +":guilabel:`SAVE & CLOSE` (or :guilabel:`SAVE & NEW` for multiple record " +"creations)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/get_started.rst:83 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:45 -msgid ":doc:`responses`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Current operators can be edited (or removed) by clicking on their respective" +" boxes in the :guilabel:`Operators` tab, which reveals a separate " +":guilabel:`Open: Operators` pop-up. In that pop-up, adjust any information " +"as needed, and click :guilabel:`Save`, or click :guilabel:`Remove` to remove" +" that operator from the channel." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:78 +msgid "Options" +msgstr "Опції" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Options` tab on the live chat channel details form contains " +"the visual and text settings for the live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:84 +msgid "Livechat button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:86 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of an Odoo website emphasizing the livechat button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:92 +msgid "" +"Change the text in the :guilabel:`Text of the Button` field to update the " +"greeting displayed in the text bubble when the live chat button appears on " +"the website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:95 +msgid "" +"Change the :guilabel:`Livechat Button Color` by clicking a color bubble to " +"open the color selection window. Click the :guilabel:`🔄 (refresh)` icon to " +"the right of the color bubbles to reset the colors to the default selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:100 +msgid "" +"Color selection, for the button or header, can be made manually using a " +"slider or through RGB, HSL, or HEX color code entries from the pop-up color " +"selection window that appears when either of the color bubbles are clicked. " +"Different options will be available, depending on your operating system." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:106 +msgid "Livechat window" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:108 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Window* is the space where the live chat conversation with " +"website visitors takes place." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Welcome Message` to change the message a visitor sees " +"when they open a new chat session. This message will appear as though it is " +"sent by a live chat operator, and acts as both a greeting and an invitation " +"to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:115 +msgid "" +"Edit the :guilabel:`Chat Input Placeholder` to alter the text that appears " +"in the box where visitors will type their replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:118 +msgid "" +"The *Channel Header* is the colored bar at the top of the chat window. The " +":guilabel:`Channel Header Color` can be changed following the same steps as " +"the *Livechat Button Color* above." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:124 +msgid "" +"The Livechat Window with a purple header. The chat input placeholder reads " +"\"Ask Something...\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:127 +msgid "Channel rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:129 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Channel Rules` tab on the live chat channel details form " +"determines when the *Live Chat Window* opens on the website, by configuring " +"when a :guilabel:`URL Regex` action is triggered (e.g., a page visit)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:133 +msgid "" +"To create a new channel rule, click :guilabel:`Add a line`. This opens the " +":guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of a channel's rules form for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:141 +msgid "Create new rules" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Fill out the fields on the :guilabel:`Open: Rules` pop-up as instructed " +"below, then click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:148 +msgid "Live Chat Button" +msgstr "Кнопка живого чату" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:150 +msgid "" +"The *Livechat Button* is the icon that appears in the bottom corner of the " +"website. Select from one of the following display options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:153 +msgid ":guilabel:`Show` displays the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show with notification` displays the chat button, as well as a " +"floating text bubble next to the button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:156 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Open automatically` displays the button and automatically opens " +"the chat window after a specified amount of time (designated in the " +":guilabel:`Open automatically timer` field)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:159 +msgid ":guilabel:`Hide` hides the chat button on the page(s)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:161 +msgid "Chatbot" +msgstr "Чатбот" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:163 +msgid "" +"If a *Chatbot* will be included on this channel, select it from the " +"dropdown. If the chatbot will only be active when no operators are active, " +"check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:167 +msgid "URL Regex" +msgstr "Регулярне вираження URL" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:169 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL Regex` field, input the relative URL of the page where" +" the chat button should appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:172 +msgid "Open automatically timer" +msgstr "таймер автоматичного відкриття" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:174 +msgid "" +"This field designates the amount of time (in seconds) a page will be open " +"before the chat window will open. If the :guilabel:`Livechat Button` for " +"this rule is not set to :guilabel:`Open automatically`, this field will be " +"ignored." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:178 +msgid "Country" +msgstr "Країна" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:180 +msgid "" +"If this channel should only be available to site visitors in specific " +"countries, add them to the :guilabel:`Country` field. If this field is left " +"blank, the channel will be available to all site visitors, regardless of " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:185 +msgid "" +"In order to track the geographical location of visitors, :guilabel:`GeoIP` " +"must be installed on the database. While this feature is installed by " +"default on *Odoo Online*, *On-Premise* databases will require additional " +":doc:`setup steps </applications/websites/website/configuration/on-" +"premise_geo-ip-installation>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:191 +msgid "Widget" +msgstr "Віджет" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:193 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Widget` tab on the live chat channel details form provides " +"the shortcode for an embeddable website widget. This code can be added to a " +"website to provide access to a live chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:197 +msgid "" +"The live chat widget can be added to websites created through Odoo by " +"navigating to the :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. " +"Then scroll to the :guilabel:`Livechat` section, and select the channel to " +"add to the site. Click :guilabel:`Save` to apply." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To add the widget to a website created on a third-party platform, click the " +"first :guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab and paste the " +"code into the `<head>` tag on the site." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:204 +msgid "" +"Likewise, to send a live chat session to a customer, click the second " +":guilabel:`COPY` button on the :guilabel:`Widget` tab. This link can be sent" +" directly to a customer, and once they click the link, it will open a new " +"chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the widget tab for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:213 +msgid "Participate in a conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:215 +msgid "" +"As explained above, *operators* are the users who will respond to live chat " +"requests from customers. The information below outlines the necessary steps " +"for operators participating in live chat conversations on an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:220 +msgid "Set an online chat name" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Before participating in a live chat, operators should update their *Online " +"Chat Name*. This is the name that will be displayed to site visitors in the " +"live chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:225 +msgid "" +"To update the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name`, click on the user name in the " +"upper-right corner of any page in the database. Select :guilabel:`My " +"Profile` to open the Profile page. On the right side of the " +":guilabel:`Preferences` tab, locate the :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` field " +"and enter the preferred name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "View of the My Profile option in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If a users :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` is not set, the name displayed will " +"default to the :guilabel:`User Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:238 +msgid "" +"A user has their full name as their :guilabel:`User Name`, but they do not " +"want to include their last name in a live chat conversation. They would then" +" set their :guilabel:`Online Chat Name` to include only their first name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of user profile in Odoo, emphasizing the Online Chat name field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:247 +msgid "Join or leave a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:249 +msgid "" +"To join a live chat channel, go to the :menuselection:`Live Chat` app and " +"click the :guilabel:`JOIN` button on the kanban card for the appropriate " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Any channel where the user is currently active will show a :guilabel:`LEAVE`" +" button. Click this button to disconnect from the channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a channel form and the option to join a channel for Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:260 +msgid "" +"*Operators* that do not show any activity in Odoo for more than thirty " +"minutes will be considered disconnected, and subsequently removed from the " +"channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:264 +msgid "Manage live chat requests" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:266 +msgid "" +"When an operator is active in a channel, chat windows will open in the " +"bottom right corner of the screen, no matter where they are in the database." +" They can participate in conversations without leaving their current " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Conversations can also be accessed by clicking the :guilabel:`Conversations`" +" icon in the menu bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:0 +msgid "View of the menu bar in Odoo emphasizing the conversations icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:278 +msgid "" +"Live chat conversations can also be viewed by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Dashboard --> Discuss`. New conversations will appear in " +"bold under the :guilabel:`LIVECHAT` heading along the left panel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the discuss application with a message sent through live chat in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:285 +msgid "" +"Click on a conversation in the left panel to select it. This will open the " +"conversation. From this view, an operator can participate in the chat the " +"same as they would in the normal chat window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:289 +msgid "" +":doc:`Get Started with Discuss " +"</applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat.rst:290 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/websites/livechat/responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:3 +msgid "Chatbots" +msgstr "Чатботи" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:5 +msgid "" +"A *Chatbot* is a program designed to mimic a conversation with a live human." +" Chatbots are assigned a script of pre-written steps to follow. The scripts " +"are designed to anticipate a visitor's potential response, and lead them " +"through a series of questions and answers the same way a live team member " +"would." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Chatbots can be customized to fill various roles, from customer support, to " +"creating leads, to collecting contact information. The goal of the chatbot " +"depends on the page of the website they are assigned, and the messages " +"included in the script, among other criteria." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the chat window with a helpdesk ticket created in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:19 +msgid "Build a chatbot" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Before creating a new chatbot, the *Live Chat* application must first be " +"installed on the database. This can be done directly from the " +":menuselection:`Apps` menu by searching for `Live Chat` in the " +":guilabel:`search bar` and clicking :guilabel:`Install`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, *Live Chat* can be installed and enabled by navigating to the" +" :menuselection:`Website application --> Configuration --> Settings`, and " +"checking the box labeled :guilabel:`Livechat`. Once enabled, the database " +"will refresh, and the *Live Chat* application is accessible." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Once the *Live Chat* application has been installed on the database, open " +"it, and go to :menuselection:`Configuration --> Chatbots`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:33 +msgid "" +"When the *Live Chat* app is installed, a sample chatbot is created, named " +"*Welcome Bot*. This chatbot has a pre-configured script that walks through a" +" few basic steps, including asking for a visitor's email address, and " +"forwarding the conversation to an operator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:37 +msgid "" +"*Welcome Bot* can be used as a starting point. The existing steps can be " +"edited or removed, and new steps can be added to customize the script, as " +"needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:40 +msgid "*Welcome Bot* can be deleted (or archived)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "View of the Welcome Bot script in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:46 +msgid "" +"To create a new chatbot, navigate to the :guilabel:`Chatbot` page " +"(:menuselection:`Live Chat app --> Configuration --> Chatbots`) and click " +":guilabel:`New`. This opens a blank chatbot details page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:49 +msgid "" +"On the blank chatbot details page, enter a name in the :guilabel:`Chatbot " +"Name` field and click on the :guilabel:`Edit Image` icon in the upper right " +"corner of the form to add a photo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:53 +msgid "Chatbot scripts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Once the new chatbot has been created and named, the next step is to create " +"a script. Chatbot conversations follow an accompanying script. These scripts" +" are comprised of lines of dialogue, each designed to either deliver or " +"capture information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:59 +msgid "" +"To create a chatbot script, navigate to the :guilabel:`Script` tab of the " +"chatbot details page, and click :guilabel:`Add a Line` to open the " +":guilabel:`Create Script Steps` pop-up form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:62 +msgid "" +"This form must be filled out for each line of text (dialogue) that the " +"chatbot could potentially deliver during the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:65 +msgid "" +"First, enter the content of the message in the :guilabel:`Message` field. " +"Then, select an option from the :guilabel:`Step Types` drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:69 +msgid "Step types" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:71 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Step Type` selected depends on the intended purpose of the " +"message. The available options in the :guilabel:`Step Type` drop-down are " +"listed below, as well as their use, and any additional information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:76 +msgid "Text" +msgstr "Текст" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:78 +msgid "" +"This step is used for messages where no answer is expected (or necessary). " +"Text steps can be used for greetings and/or to deliver information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:82 +msgid "" +"Text step types are only intended to deliver information, and do not allow " +"for any visitor input. As such, they need to be followed by additional steps" +" to continue the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:86 +msgid "Question" +msgstr "Запитання" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:88 +msgid "" +"This step asks a question and provides a set of answers. The visitor clicks " +"on one answer, which either leads to a new step in the conversation, or can " +"lead to an optional link to a new webpage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:92 +msgid "" +"It is helpful to add a catchall answer to question steps (ex: \"Something " +"else\"). This helps visitors continue the conversation, even if their needs " +"don't exactly fit with any of the other answers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:97 +msgid "Email" +msgstr "Ел. пошта" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:99 +msgid "" +"This step prompts visitors to provide their email address, which is stored " +"and can be used by team members later to follow up with additional " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:102 +msgid "" +"The only accepted inputs for this step type are email addresses that are in " +"a valid format. If a visitor attempts to enter anything other than a valid " +"email address, the chatbot responds with a message stating it does not " +"recognize the information submitted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +msgid "View of a chatbot responding to an invalid email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:111 +msgid "Phone" +msgstr "Телефон" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Similar to email, this step type prompts the visitor to enter their phone " +"number, which can be used at a later time to follow up with additional " +"information, or to schedule demos, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Due to the vast number of formats used for phone numbers worldwide, " +"responses to this step type are **not** validated for formatting." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:121 +msgid "Forward to Operator" +msgstr "Перенаправити до оператора" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:123 +msgid "" +"This step forwards the conversation to an active live chat operator, so that" +" they can continue assisting the visitor. As the conversation transcript is " +"passed on to the operator they are able to pick up where the chatbot left " +"off. This not only saves time for all parties involved, it can also help " +"qualify conversations before they reach live human operators." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:129 +msgid "" +"If no active operator is available on the channel, the chatbot continues the" +" conversation with the visitor. Therefore, additional steps should be added " +"after this one to ensure that there is no abrupt end to the conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "" +"View of a chatbot follow up messages when no live chat operator is " +"available." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:138 +msgid "Free Input/Multi-Line" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:140 +msgid "" +"The free input step allows visitors to respond to questions without " +"providing pre-written responses. Information provided in these responses is " +"stored in the chat transcripts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Choose between :guilabel:`Free Input` and :guilabel:`Free Input (Multi-" +"Line)` depending on the type and amount of information being requested from " +"the visitor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:147 +msgid "Create Lead" +msgstr "Створити лід" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:149 +msgid "" +"This step creates a lead in the *CRM* application. Select an option from the" +" :guilabel:`Sales Team` drop-down to assign the created lead to a specific " +"team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:153 +msgid "Create Ticket" +msgstr "Створити заявку" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:155 +msgid "" +"This step creates a :doc:`ticket " +"</applications/services/helpdesk/overview/receiving_tickets>` in the " +"*Helpdesk* application. Select an option from the :guilabel:`Helpdesk Team` " +"drop-down to assign the created ticket to a specific team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:160 +msgid "Only if" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:162 +msgid "" +"Chatbot scripts operate on an if/then basis, which means the next question " +"presented to the visitor is determined by the answer they provide to the " +"previous question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:165 +msgid "" +"To continue the progression of the conversation, the form for a new step " +"contains a field labeled :guilabel:`Only If`. This field is where the " +"progression of questions is defined." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:168 +msgid "" +"If a step is intended to follow all of the previous messages, this field can" +" be left empty. However, if a message should **only** be sent conditionally," +" based on a previous response (or several previous responses), those " +"responses need to be added to this field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:173 +msgid "" +"If there are any selections made in the :guilabel:`Only If` field, the step " +"will **not** be shown in a conversation unless **all** of the answers have " +"been selected. Only include selections in this field if they are necessary " +"for this step to be displayed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:178 +msgid "" +"In the *Welcome Bot* script, a visitor can ask about pricing information. If" +" the visitor selects this response, a step is included to forward the " +"conversation to an operator. The chatbot first sends a message informing the" +" visitor that it is checking to see if an operator is available to chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:183 +msgid "" +"However, this message should **only** be delivered if the visitor requests " +"pricing information. In that situation, the conversation would proceed as " +"below:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:186 +msgid "Welcome Bot: \"*What are you looking for?*\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:187 +msgid "Visitor: \"**I have a pricing question.**\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Welcome Bot: \"*Hmmm, let me check if I can find someone that could help you" +" with that...*\"" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:190 +msgid "" +"In the details form for the :guilabel:`Text` step, the *I have a pricing " +"question* response has been selected in the :guilabel:`Only If` field. As " +"such, this step is **only** shown in conversations where that response has " +"been selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:0 +msgid "View of the new message form emphasizing the Only If field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:199 +msgid "Script testing" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:201 +msgid "" +"In order to ensure all visitors have a satisfactory experience with the " +"chatbot, each message needs to lead to a natural conclusion. Chatbot scripts" +" should be tested to confirm there are no dead-ends, and to get an " +"understanding of what the visitor sees when they interact with the chatbot." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If there is an answer or input provided by the visitor that is **not** " +"assigned a corresponding follow-up response, the conversation stops (*dead-" +"end*). Since the visitor cannot re-engage the chatbot, they will have to re-" +"start the conversation, by refreshing the chat window, or their browser." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:211 +msgid "" +"To test the performance of a chatbot, first click on the :guilabel:`Test` " +"button at the top-left of the chatbot script page. Then, upon being " +"redirected to the testing screen, answer the chatbot prompts the same way a " +"potential site visitor would." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:215 +msgid "" +"When the script has reached an end-point, the message *Conversation " +"ended...Restart* appears at the bottom of the chat window. To begin the " +"conversation at the beginning of the script, click on :guilabel:`Restart`. " +"To return to the script page, click :guilabel:`Back to edit mode` at the top" +" of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:221 +msgid "Add chatbot to a channel" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:223 +msgid "" +"After a chatbot has been created and tested, it needs to be added to a live " +"chat channel." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:225 +msgid "" +"First, open the :menuselection:`Live Chat` application, and select the " +"kanban card for a :guilabel:`Channel`, or create a :doc:`new one " +"</applications/websites/livechat>`. Click on the :guilabel:`Channel Rules` " +"tab. Then, open an existing rule, or create a new one by clicking " +":guilabel:`Add a line`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:230 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Create Rules` pop-up detail form, choose the appropriate " +"chatbot in the :guilabel:`Chatbot` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:233 +msgid "" +"If the chatbot should **only** be active if there are no available live chat" +" operators, check the box labeled :guilabel:`Enabled only if no operator`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst-1 +msgid "View of the channel rules emphasizing the chatbot field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/chatbots.rst:241 +msgid ":doc:`Live chat channel rules </applications/websites/livechat>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:3 msgid "Ratings" msgstr "Оцінювання" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:5 msgid "" "Giving users the opportunity to rate their interactions can help you " "improving the experience you offer. That means staying on top of your " "customers' needs, besides keeping track of your operators’ performances." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:10 msgid "Customer Rating" msgstr "Рейтинг клієнта" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:12 msgid "" "Once the user chooses to close the chat window, he can rate his interaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:14 msgid "" "If the user is *Not satisfied* or *Highly dissatisfied*, a field allowing " "for an explanation is shown." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:15 msgid "A copy of the conversation can also be sent by email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the chat window from a user’s side for Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:22 msgid "The rating is shown on the chat window itself for the operator." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window from an operator’s side highlighting a rating for Odoo" +" Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:28 msgid "And under :menuselection:`Report --> Customer Ratings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the customer ratings page in Odoo Live Chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:35 msgid "Make the rating public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/ratings.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:37 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, access your " "channel form, click on *Go to Website* and on *Unpublished*, to publish the " "rating of that channel on your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:3 -msgid "Commands and Canned Responses" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst-1 +msgid "View of the public ratings in the website for Odoo Live Chat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/ratings.rst:45 +msgid ":doc:`responses`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:3 +msgid "Commands and canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:5 msgid "" -"Using canned responses can help you save time and have a previous, well-" -"thought response, to some of your most common questions and comments." +"In the Odoo *Live Chat* application, *commands* allow the user to perform " +"specific actions both inside the chat window, and through other Odoo " +"applications. The *Live Chat* app also includes *canned responses*. These " +"are customized, pre-configured substitutions that allow users to replace " +"shortcut entries in place of longer, well-thought out responses to some of " +"the most common questions and comments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:9 -msgid "Use commands" -msgstr "Використовуйте команди" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:11 msgid "" -"Commands are shortcuts that do specific actions within the chat window:" +"Both commands and canned responses save time, and allow users to maintain a " +"level of consistency throughout their conversations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:13 -msgid "**/help**: shows a help message." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:15 +msgid "Execute a command" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:14 -msgid "**/helpdesk**: creates a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:15 -msgid "**/helpdesk_search**: searches for a helpdesk ticket." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:16 -msgid "**/history**: shows the last 15 visited pages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:17 -msgid "**/lead**: creates a new lead." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:18 -msgid "**/leave**: leaves the channel." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:17 msgid "" -"- For *helpdesk tickets*: make sure the application is installed on your " -"database and the option *Live Chat* under :menuselection:`Helpdesk --> " -"Configuration --> Helpdesk Teams` is enabled." +"Live chat *commands* are keywords that trigger pre-configured actions. When " +"a live chat *operator* is participating in a conversation with a customer or" +" website visitor, they can execute a command by typing `/`, followed by the " +"command." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:21 msgid "" -"- For *leads*: the *CRM* application must be installed on your database." +"Commands, and the resulting actions, are only visible in the conversation " +"window for the live chat operator. A customer will not see any commands that" +" an operator uses in a conversation from their view of the chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:29 +msgid "More information about each available command can be found below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:32 +msgid "Help" +msgstr "Допомога" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:34 msgid "" -"To access the ticket or lead created from the chat, click on the shortcut " -"link." +"If an operator types `/help` in the chat window, an informative message that" +" includes the potential entry types an operator can make is displayed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:37 msgid "" -"Helpdesk tickets created from the chat automatically add the conversation as" -" a description of the ticket. The same goes for the creation of a lead." +"Type `@username` to mention a user in the conversation. A notification will " +"be sent to that user's inbox or email, depending on their notification " +"settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:37 -msgid "Send canned responses" -msgstr "Надсилайте фіксовані відповіді" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:39 +msgid "Type `#channel` to mention a *Discuss* channel." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:40 +msgid "Type `/command` to execute a command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:41 msgid "" -"Canned responses allow you to have a full piece of text being placed when " -"you type a shortcut word. To create them, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat " -"--> Configuration --> Canned Responses`." +"Type `:shortcut` to insert a :ref:`canned response <live-chat/canned-" +"responses>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/overview/responses.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 msgid "" -"To use them during a conversation, simply type **:** followed by the " -"shortcut word you created." +"View of the message generated from using the /help command in Odoo Live " +"Chat." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:4 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:48 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/get_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:49 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/overview/team_communication`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:52 +msgid "Helpdesk & Helpdesk search" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:54 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands allow operators to both " +"create helpdesk tickets directly from a conversation, and search through " +"existing tickets by keyword or ticket number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:58 +msgid "" +"The `/helpdesk` and `/helpdesk_search` commands can only be used if the " +"*Helpdesk* app has been installed, and *Live Chat* has been activated on a " +"*Helpdesk* team. To activate :guilabel:`Live Chat`, go to " +":menuselection:`Helpdesk application --> Configuration --> Teams`, and " +"select a team. Scroll to the :guilabel:`Channels` section and check the box " +"labeled :guilabel:`Live Chat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:64 +msgid "Create a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk` in the chat window, the conversation is " +"used to create a *Helpdesk* ticket." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:70 +msgid "" +"In version 16.3, the command to create a new ticket is `/ticket`. This only " +"applies to databases running version 16.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:73 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk` command, type a title for the ticket into the" +" chat window, then press `Enter`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a helpdesk search in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:80 +msgid "" +"The newly created ticket will be added to the *Helpdesk* team that has live " +"chat enabled. If more than one team has live chat enabled, the ticket will " +"automatically be assigned based on the team's priority." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:84 +msgid "" +"The transcript from the conversation will be added to the new ticket, under " +"the :guilabel:`Description` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:87 +msgid "" +"To access the new ticket, click on the link in the chat window, or go to the" +" :menuselection:`Helpdesk app` and click the :guilabel:`Tickets` button on " +"the kanban card for the appropriate team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:92 +msgid "Search for a ticket from a live chat" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:94 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/helpdesk_search` in the chat window, they can search " +"through *Helpdesk* tickets by ticket number or keyword." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:98 +msgid "" +"In version 16.3, the command to search through *Helpdesk* tickets is " +"`/search_tickets`. This only applies to databases running version 16.3." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:101 +msgid "" +"After entering the `/helpdesk_search` command, type a keyword or ticket " +"number, then press `Enter`. If one or more related tickets are found, a list" +" of links will be generated in the conversation window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Results from the search command will only be seen by the operator, not the " +"customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:113 +msgid "History" +msgstr "Історія" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/history` in the chat window, it will generate a list " +"of the most recent pages the visitor has viewed on the website (up to 15)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of the results from a /history command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:123 +msgid "Lead" +msgstr "Лід" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:125 +msgid "" +"By typing `/lead` in the chat window, an operator can create a *lead* in the" +" *CRM* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "View of the results from a /lead command in a Live Chat conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:132 +msgid "" +"The `/lead` command can only be used if the *CRM* app has been installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:134 +msgid "" +"After typing `/lead`, create a title for this new lead, then press `Enter`. " +"A link with the lead title appears. Click the link, or navigate to the " +":menuselection:`CRM` app to view the :guilabel:`Pipeline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:139 +msgid "" +"The link to the new lead can only be seen and accessed by the operator, not " +"the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The transcript of that specific live chat conversation (where the lead was " +"created) is added to the :guilabel:`Internal Notes` tab of the lead form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:144 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Extra Information` tab of the lead form, the " +":guilabel:`Source` will be listed as :guilabel:`Livechat`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:148 +msgid "Leave" +msgstr "Відпустка" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:150 +msgid "" +"If an operator types `/leave` in the chat window, they can automatically " +"exit the conversation. This command does not cause the customer to be " +"removed from the conversation, nor does it automatically end the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:155 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/sales/crm/acquire_leads`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:156 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/services/helpdesk/overview/getting_started`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:161 +msgid "Canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:163 +msgid "" +"*Canned responses* are customizable inputs where a *shortcut* stands in for " +"a longer response. An operator will enter the shortcut, and it will " +"automatically be replaced by the expanded *substitution* response in the " +"conversation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:168 +msgid "Create canned responses" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:170 +msgid "" +"To create a new canned response, go to :menuselection:`Live Chat app --> " +"Configuration --> Canned Responses --> New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:173 +msgid "" +"From here, type the shortcut command into the :guilabel:`Shortcut` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Then, click into the :guilabel:`Substitution` field, and enter the custom " +"message that will be sent to visitors in place of the shortcut. Click " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:179 +msgid "" +"Try to connect the shortcut to the topic of the substitution. The easier it " +"is for the operators to remember, the easier it will be to use the canned " +"responses in conversations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:183 +msgid "Use canned responses in a live chat conversation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:185 +msgid "" +"To use a canned response during a live chat conversation, type a colon (`:`)" +" into the chat window, followed by the shortcut." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:189 +msgid "" +"An operator is chatting with a visitor. As soon as they type `:` they would " +"see a list of available responses. They can manually select one from the " +"list, or continue to type. If they want to use the canned response `'I am " +"sorry to hear that.'`, they would type `:sorry`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst-1 +msgid "" +"View of a chat window and the use of a canned response in Odoo Live Chat." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Typing `:` into a chat window on its own will generate a list of available " +"canned responses. Responses can be manually selected from the list, in " +"addition to the use of shortcuts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/livechat/responses.rst:0 +msgid "View of a chat window and the list of available canned responses." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:8 msgid "Website" msgstr "Веб-сайт" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize.rst:3 -msgid "Optimize" -msgstr "Оптимізувати" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website's traffic in Google Analytics" -msgstr "Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту на Google Analytics" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:5 -msgid "To follow your website's traffic with Google Analytics:" -msgstr "" -"Щоб стежити за трафіком вашого веб-сайту за допомогою Google Analytics:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website.rst:10 msgid "" -"`Create a Google Analytics account <https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ if" -" you don't have any." +"Discover the best **Open-Source Website Builder** and learn how to build " +"beautiful websites that convert visitors into leads or revenues." msgstr "" -"`Створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics " -"<https://www.google.com/analytics/>`__ якщо у вас його немає." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:3 +msgid "Cookies bar" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go through the creation form and accept the conditions to get the tracking " -"ID." +"Cookies are small text files sent to your device when you visit a website. " +"They are processed and stored by your browser and contain information about " +"your visit, such as login data, location, language, etc. There are two main " +"types of cookies:" msgstr "" -"Пройдіть форму створення та прийміть умови, щоб отримати ID відстеження." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:15 -msgid "Copy the tracking ID to insert it in Odoo." -msgstr "Скопіюйте ID відстеження, щоби вставити його в Odoo." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:9 msgid "" -"Go to the *Configuration* menu of your Odoo's Website app. In the settings, " -"turn on Google Analytics and paste the tracking ID. Then save the page." +"Essential cookies, which are necessary for the website to function properly;" msgstr "" -"Перейдіть до меню *Налаштування* додатку Веб-сайт Odoo. У налаштуваннях " -"увімкніть Google Analytics і вставте ID відстеження. Потім збережіть " -"сторінку." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:10 msgid "" -"To make your first steps in Google Analytics, refer to `Google Documentation" -" <https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_." +"Non-essential or optional cookies, which are used to analyze your behavior " +"or display advertisements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics.rst:32 -msgid ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" -msgstr ":doc:`google_analytics_dashboard`" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:3 -msgid "How to track your website traffic from your Odoo Dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Example of a cookies bar with the popup layout." msgstr "" -"Як відслідковувати трафік вашого веб-сайту з інформаційної панелі Odoo" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:17 msgid "" -"You can follow your traffic statistics straight from your Odoo Website " -"Dashboard thanks to Google Analytics." +"Notifying users about data collection, as well as its methods and purposes, " +"is required by data protection laws such as `GDPR <https://gdpr.eu>`_. " +"Cookies bars are commonly used to fulfill this obligation in a user-friendly" +" and transparent manner. They are displayed immediately upon a user's first " +"visit to inform them that the website uses cookies and let them decide " +"whether they want to store non-essential cookies on their device." msgstr "" -"Ви можете слідкувати за вашою статистикою трафіку прямо з панелі " -"інструментів веб-сайту Odoo завдяки Google Analytics." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:26 msgid "" -"A preliminary step is creating a Google Analytics account and entering the " -"tracking ID in your Website's settings (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." +"To enable the cookies bar on your Odoo website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration` and enable :guilabel:`Cookies " +"Bar` in the :guilabel:`Privacy` section." msgstr "" -"Для початку створіть обліковий запис Google Analytics та введіть ID " -"відстеження у налаштуваннях вашого веб-сайту. (see :doc:`google_analytics`)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:29 msgid "" -"Go to `Google APIs platform <https://console.developers.google.com>`__ to " -"generate Analytics API credentials. Log in with your Google account." +"You can :ref:`customize the appearance of your cookies bar <cookies-" +"bar/customization>` and :ref:`edit the content of the related Cookie Policy " +"page <cookies-bar/policy>`." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на 'платформу Google API " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`__ для створення облікових даних " -"Analytics API. Ввійдіть у свій обліковий запис Google." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:14 -msgid "Select Analytics API." -msgstr "Виберіть Analytics API." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:35 +msgid "Customization" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:37 msgid "" -"Create a new project and give it a name (e.g. Odoo). This project is needed " -"to store your API credentials." +"To adapt the display of the cookies bar, click :guilabel:`Edit` and select " +"the :guilabel:`Cookies Bar` building block in the :guilabel:`Invisible " +"Elements` at the bottom of the panel. Customize it using the options in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the edit panel. Three :guilabel:`Layouts` are " +"available:" msgstr "" -"Створіть новий проект і надішліть йому назву (наприклад, Odoo). Цей проект " -"необхідний для зберігання ваших облікових даних API." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:25 -msgid "Enable the API." -msgstr "Увімкніть API." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`Discrete`: thin bar" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:30 -msgid "Create credentials to use in Odoo." -msgstr "Створіть облікові дані для використання в Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Classic`: banner" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:44 msgid "" -"Select *Web browser (Javascript)* as calling source and *User data* as kind " -"of data." +":guilabel:`Popup`: you can change the popup's :guilabel:`Position` to the " +":guilabel:`Top`, :guilabel:`Middle`, or :guilabel:`Bottom` of the screen." msgstr "" -"Виберіть *веб-браузер (Javascript)* як джерело дзвінків та *дані " -"користувача* як види даних." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:47 +msgid "You can also:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:49 +msgid "modify the :guilabel:`Size` of the cookies bar;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:50 msgid "" -"Then you can create a Client ID. Enter the name of the application (e.g. " -"Odoo) and the allowed pages on which you will be redirected. The *Authorized" -" JavaScript origin* is your Odoo's instance URL. The *Authorized redirect " -"URI* is your Odoo's instance URL followed by " -"'/google_account/authentication'." +"enable :guilabel:`Backdrop` to gray out the page in the background when the " +"cookies bar is displayed on the screen;" msgstr "" -"Тоді ви можете створити ID клієнта. Введіть назву програми (наприклад, Odoo)" -" та дозволені сторінки, на які ви будете перенаправлені. Початком " -"*авторизованого JavaScript* є ваша версія URL-адреси Odoo. *Авторизований " -"URI* перенаправлення - це URL-адреса вашої версії Odoo, а потімy " -"'/google_account/authentication'." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:52 msgid "" -"Go through the Consent Screen step by entering a product name (e.g. Google " -"Analytics in Odoo). Feel free to check the customizations options but this " -"is not mandatory. The Consent Screen will only show up when you enter the " -"Client ID in Odoo for the first time." +"further customize the appearance of the cookies bar using :guilabel:`Block` " +"and/or :guilabel:`Column` customization options, which are available after " +"clicking anywhere in the building block." msgstr "" -"Перейдіть за кроком згоди на екран, введіть назву товару (наприклад, Google " -"Analytics у Odoo). Не соромтеся перевіряти параметри налаштування, але це не" -" обов'язково. Екран згоди відображатиметься лише тоді, коли ви вперше " -"введете ID клієнта в Odoo." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:56 msgid "" -"Finally you are provided with your Client ID. Copy and paste it in Odoo." -msgstr "Нарешті, вам надається ID клієнта. Скопіюйте та вставте його в Odoo." +"To edit the contents of the cookies bar (i.e., the consent message), click " +"directly in the building block." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo Website's edit panel to customize the cookies bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:65 +msgid "Cookie policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:67 msgid "" -"Open your Website Dashboard in Odoo and link your Analytics account to past " -"your Client ID." +"When you enable the cookies bar for your website, Odoo creates the **Cookie " +"Policy** page (`/cookie-policy`) with the list of essential and optional " +"cookies. To access it, click the :guilabel:`Cookie Policy` hyperlink in the " +"cookies bar or open the page from :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> " +"Pages`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/google_analytics_dashboard.rst:67 -msgid "As a last step, authorize Odoo to access Google API." -msgstr "" -"В якості останнього кроку дозвольте Odoo отримати доступ до Google API." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:3 -msgid "Track clicks and visitors using Link Trackers" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:72 msgid "" -"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " -"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " -"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " -"about the distribution of your marketing budget." +"The contents of the page can be adapted based on your website's features and" +" characteristics if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:10 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Налаштування" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/cookies_bar.rst:76 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " -"*Link Trackers*." +"You could add a link providing access to this page, in your website's " +"footer, for example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:19 -msgid "Set up traceable URLs" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:3 +msgid "Multiple websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:5 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " -"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " -"campaign, medium, and source being used." +"Odoo allows you to create multiple websites from the same database. This can" +" be useful, for example, if you have multiple brands operating under your " +"organization, or to create separate websites for different " +"products/services, or different audiences. In these cases, having different " +"websites can help avoid confusion and make it easier to tailor your digital " +"outreach strategies and reach your target audience." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:11 msgid "" -"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " -"product's page)." +"Each website can be designed and configured independently with its own " +":doc:`domain name </administration/maintain/domain_names>`, theme, pages, " +"menus, :doc:`languages <translate>`, :doc:`products " +"<../../ecommerce/managing_products/products>`, assigned sales team, etc. " +"They can also :ref:`share content and pages <multi-" +"website/website_content>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:29 -msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:18 msgid "" -"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " -"Facebook ad)." +"Duplicate content (i.e., pages and content shared between multiple websites)" +" can have a negative impact on :doc:`../pages/seo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:22 +msgid "Website creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:24 +msgid "To create a new website, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:142 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`+ New Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "New website button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:32 msgid "" -"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." +"Specify the :guilabel:`Website Name` and :guilabel:`Website domain`. Each " +"website must be published under its own :doc:`domain " +"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:34 msgid "" -"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" -" by the source you have decided on." +"Adapt the :guilabel:`Company name`, :guilabel:`Languages` and " +":guilabel:`Default language` if needed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:37 -msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:36 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:38 +msgid "You can then start building your new website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:41 msgid "" -"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" -" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " -"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " -"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " -"country of origin for those clicks." +"By default, all website-related apps that you have installed (e.g. " +"**eCommerce**, **Forum**, **Blog**, etc.) and their related website pages " +"are also available on the new website. You can remove them by amending the " +"website's menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:50 -msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:46 +msgid "Switching websites" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:48 msgid "" -"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " -"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" -"end functionalities." +"To switch from one website to another, click the menu next to the " +":guilabel:`+New` button in the top right corner and select the website you " +"want to switch to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Website selector" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:55 msgid "" -"Integrated with :doc:`Google Analytics <google_analytics>`, those trackers " -"allow you to see the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of " -"your marketing campaigns." +"When you switch websites, you are redirected to the other website, to the " +"same page (URL) as the current one. If the page you are currently viewing " +"does not exist on the other website, you are redirected to a 404 error page." +" Once redirected, click :guilabel:`Create page` to create the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/link_tracker.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "Create a page from a 404 error page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:64 +msgid "Website-specific configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:66 msgid "" -"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " -"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " -"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." +"Most website settings are website-specific, which means they can be " +"enabled/disabled per website. To adapt the settings for a website, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`. Select the desired " +"website in the field :guilabel:`Settings of Website` at the top of the " +":guilabel:`Settings` page, in the **yellow** banner. Then, adapt the options" +" for that specific website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:3 -msgid "How to do Search Engine Optimisation (SEO) in Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:73 +msgid "" +"Websites are created with the default settings; the settings are not copied " +"from one website to the other." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:75 +msgid "" +"In a :doc:`multi-company environment <../../../general/users/companies>`, " +"each website can be linked to a specific company in your database so that " +"only company-related data (e.g., products, jobs, events, etc.) is displayed " +"on the website. To display company-specific data, set the desired company in" +" the :guilabel:`Company` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:83 +msgid "Content availability" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:85 +msgid "" +"By default, pages, products, events, etc. created from the frontend (using " +"the :guilabel:`+New` button) are only available on the website from which it" +" was created. Records created from the backend, however, are made available " +"on all websites by default. The content's availability can be changed in the" +" backend, in the :guilabel:`Website` field. For example, for products, go to" +" :menuselection:`eCommerce --> Products`, then select the product and go to " +"the :guilabel:`Sales` tab. For forums, go to :menuselection:`Configuration " +"--> Forums`, then select the forum." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Website field in Forum form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:98 +msgid "Records and features can be made available:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:100 +msgid "On all websites: leave the :guilabel:`Website` field empty;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:101 +msgid "Only on one website: set the :guilabel:`Website` field accordingly;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:102 +msgid "" +"On some websites: in this case, you should duplicate the item and set the " +":guilabel:`Website` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:106 +msgid "Website pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:108 +msgid "" +"To modify the website on which a page is to be published, proceed as " +"follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:110 +msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:111 +msgid "Select the website on which the page is currently published." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:0 +msgid "Display pages per website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:116 +msgid "Tick the check box next to the page(s) you want to change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Website` field and select the website, or empty it to " +"publish the page on all websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Each website must have its own homepage; you may not use the same homepage " +"for several websites." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:124 +msgid "eCommerce features" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:126 +msgid "" +"eCommerce features such as products, eCommerce categories, pricelists, " +"discounts, payment providers, etc. can be restricted to :ref:`a specific " +"website <website_field>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:132 +msgid "" +"You can :doc:`allow your customers to use the same account " +"<../../ecommerce/ecommerce_management/customer_accounts>` on all of your " +"websites by enabling the :guilabel:`Shared Customer Accounts` check box in " +"the website settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:137 +msgid "Pricing" +msgstr "Ціноутворення" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:139 +msgid "" +"Products can be priced differently based on the website using " +":ref:`pricelists <ecommerce/pricelists>`. The following configuration is " +"required:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Scroll down to the :guilabel:`Shop - Products` section and select the " +":guilabel:`Pricelists` option :guilabel:`Multiple prices per product`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Pricelists` to define new pricelists or edit existing ones." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:146 +msgid "" +"Select the pricelist or click :guilabel:`New` to create a new one, then " +"select the :guilabel:`Configuration` tab and set the :guilabel:`Website` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:150 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Звітність" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Each website has its own :ref:`analytics <website/analytics/plausible>`. To " +"switch between websites, click the buttons in the upper right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst-1 +msgid "Switch websites in analytics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:162 +msgid "Other reporting data" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/multi_website.rst:164 +msgid "" +"Other reporting data such as eCommerce dashboard data, online sales analyses" +" and visitors can be grouped by website if necessary. Click :guilabel:`Group" +" by --> Website`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 +msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 +msgid "Installation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " +"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " +"being used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 +msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " +"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" +" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 +msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 +msgid "Restart the server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " +"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " +"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " +"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 +msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cli>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 +msgid "" +"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " +"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " +"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" +"notice/>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 +msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 +msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 +msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:48 +msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:54 +msgid "" +"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " +"address." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:60 +msgid "" +"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " +"reasons :" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 +msgid "" +"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " +"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 +msgid "" +"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " +":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:66 +msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:67 +msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:3 +msgid "reCAPTCHA v3 on forms" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Google's reCAPTCHA protects website forms against spam and abuse. It " +"attempts to distinguish between human and bot submissions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:9 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 works in the background and does not interrupt visitors. " +"However, if the check fails, visitors cannot submit the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:13 +msgid "" +"`Google's reCAPTCHA v3 guide " +"<https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/v3>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:19 +msgid "On Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:21 +msgid "" +"Open `the reCAPTCHA website registration page " +"<https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin/create>`_. Log in or create a Google" +" account if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:24 +msgid "On the website registration page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:26 +msgid "Give the website a :guilabel:`Label`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:27 +msgid "Leave the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA type` on :guilabel:`Score based (v3)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Enter one or more :guilabel:`Domains` (e.g., *example.com* or " +"*subdomain.example.com*)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Under :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform`, a project is automatically selected" +" if one was already created with the logged-in Google account. If not, one " +"is automatically created. Click :guilabel:`Google Cloud Platform` to select " +"a project yourself or rename the automatically created project." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:33 +msgid "Agree to the terms of service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:34 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Submit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst-1 +msgid "reCAPTCHA website registration example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:39 +msgid "" +"A new page with the generated keys is then displayed. Leave it open for " +"convenience, as copying the keys to Odoo is required next." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:43 +msgid "On Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:45 +msgid "" +"From the database dashboard, click :guilabel:`Settings`. Under " +":guilabel:`Integrations`, enable :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` if needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:49 +msgid "" +"Do not disable the :guilabel:`reCAPTCHA` feature or uninstall the " +":guilabel:`Google reCAPTCHA integration` module, as many other modules would" +" also be removed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Site key`, and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`Site Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Open the Google reCAPTCHA page, copy the :guilabel:`Secret key`, and paste " +"it into the :guilabel:`Secret Key` field in Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Change the default :guilabel:`Minimum score` (`0.5`) if necessary, using a " +"value between `1.0` and `0.0`. The higher the threshold is, the more " +"difficult it is to pass the reCAPTCHA, and vice versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:95 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:61 +msgid "" +"All pages using the :guilabel:`Form`, :guilabel:`Newsletter Block`, " +":guilabel:`Newsletter Popup` snippets, and the eCommerce :guilabel:`Extra " +"Step During Checkout` form are now protected by reCAPTCHA." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:66 +msgid "" +"If the reCAPTCHA check fails, the following error message is displayed:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "Google reCAPTCHA verification error message" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:71 +msgid "" +"reCAPTCHA v3 is free for up to `1 million assessments per month " +"<https://developers.google.com/recaptcha/docs/faq#are-there-any-qps-or-" +"daily-limits-on-my-use-of-recaptcha>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Analytics and additional settings are available on `Google's reCAPTCHA " +"administration page <https://www.google.com/recaptcha/admin/>`_. For " +"example, you can receive email alerts if Google detects suspicious traffic " +"on your website or view the percentage of suspicious requests, which could " +"help you determine the right minimum score." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:79 +msgid "" +"You can notify visitors that reCAPTCHA protects a form. To do so, open the " +"website editor and navigate to the form. Then, click somewhere on the form, " +"and on the right sidebar's :guilabel:`Customize` tab, toggle :guilabel:`Show" +" reCAPTCHA Policy` found under the :guilabel:`Form` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/recaptcha.rst:0 +msgid "reCAPTCHA policy message displayed on a form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:3 +msgid "Translations" +msgstr "Переклади" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:5 +msgid "" +"The contents of your website pages (i.e., text strings) can be translated " +"into different languages directly on your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Your website is displayed in the language that matches the visitor's " +"browser's language, unless that particular language has not been installed. " +"In this case, the website is displayed in the :ref:`default language " +"<translate/default-language>`. The visitor can still select another language" +" in the language menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:14 +msgid "Installing languages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:16 +msgid "" +"To translate your website, you first have to add the required languages:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:18 +msgid "Go to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:19 +msgid "Scroll to the bottom of the page to the **language menu**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:20 +msgid "Click the language and select :guilabel:`Add a language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language to your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Languages` field and select the required language from " +"the drop-down list. Repeat this step for each additional language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:27 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Add` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:30 +msgid "" +"You can also edit your website's languages from the backend, in the " +":guilabel:`Settings`. Go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration –> " +"Settings` and add/remove the required languages in the :guilabel:`Languages`" +" field, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:37 +msgid "Default language" +msgstr "Мова за замовчуванням" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:39 +msgid "" +"If the language of the visitor's browser is not installed on your website, " +"the content is displayed in the default language." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:42 +msgid "" +"To define a default language, go to :menuselection:`Website –> Configuration" +" –> Settings`, and select a language in the :guilabel:`Default` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:46 +msgid "" +"This field is visible only if multiple languages are already configured for " +"your website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:49 +msgid "Translating the contents" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been added, you can translate the contents of your " +"website. To do so, go to your website, select the language from the language" +" menu and click the :guilabel:`Translate` button on the right part of the " +"task bar to activate the **translation mode**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Translate button" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:58 +msgid "As a result:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:60 +msgid "" +"Text strings that have already been translated are highlighted in green;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:61 +msgid "Text strings that need to be translated are highlighted in yellow." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst-1 +msgid "Text to be translated highlighted in yellow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:66 +msgid "" +"You can then replace the original text with the translation by clicking the " +"block, editing its contents and saving." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Once the languages have been installed, you can also translate some items " +"(e.g., the product's name and description) from the backend (e.g., in the " +"product template). To do so, click the language code (e.g., :guilabel:`EN`) " +"next to the text you want to translate (e.g., the product name) and add the " +"translation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Translate product-related items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:78 +msgid "" +"You can also :doc:`export/import translations " +"<../../../../developer/howtos/translations>` to translate multiple items " +"(e.g., product names and descriptions) in one go." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:82 +msgid "Language selector menu" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:84 +msgid "To add a language selector menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:86 +msgid "Go to your website and click :guilabel:`Edit`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:87 +msgid "" +"Select the block where you want to add the language selector menu (e.g., the" +" header)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:88 +msgid "Select the :guilabel:`Customize` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:89 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Navbar` section, set the :guilabel:`Language selector` " +"field to either :guilabel:`Dropdown` or :guilabel:`Inline`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/translate.rst:0 +msgid "Add a language selector menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:3 +msgid "Unsplash (free images)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:6 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:9 +msgid "" +"**As an Odoo Online user**, you are ready to use Unsplash. You won't need to" +" follow this guide to set up Unsplash information since you will use our own" +" Odoo Unsplash key in a transparent way." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:13 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash access key for non-Odoo Online users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:15 +msgid "Create an account on `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." +msgstr "" +"Створіть обліковий запис на `Unsplash.com <https://unsplash.com/join>`_." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:17 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on **New " +"Application**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до вашої `панелі приладів додатків " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на **Новий " +"додаток**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:23 +msgid "Accept the conditions and click on **Accept terms**." +msgstr "Прийміть умови та натисніть **Прийняти умови**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:28 +msgid "" +"You will be prompted to insert an **Application name** and a " +"**Description**. Please prefix your application name by \"**Odoo:** \" so " +"that Unsplash can recognize it as an Odoo instance. Once done, click on " +"**Create application**." +msgstr "" +"Вам буде запропоновано вставити **Назву заявки** та **Опис**.Будь ласка, " +"префіксуйте назву вашого модуля за \"** Odoo: **\", щоби Unsplash міг " +"розпізнати його як екземпляр Odoo. Після завершення натисніть на **Створити " +"додаток**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:35 +msgid "" +"You should be redirected to your application details page. Scroll down a bit" +" to find your **access key**." +msgstr "" +"Ви повинні бути перенаправлені на сторінку деталей додатку. Прокрутіть вниз," +" щоб знайти ваш **ключ доступу**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:42 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a " +"restriction of 50 Unsplash requests per hour." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:46 +msgid "Generate an Unsplash application ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:49 +msgid "You should first create and set up your Unsplash application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:51 +msgid "" +"Go to your `applications dashboard " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ and click on your newly created " +"Unsplash application under **Your applications**." +msgstr "" +"Перейдіть до `панелі приладів додатків " +"<https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications>`_ та натисніть на щойно створений " +"додаток Unsplash під **Вашими додатками**." + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:57 +msgid "" +"You will be redirected to your application details page. The **application " +"ID** will be visible in your browser's URL. The URL should be something like" +" ``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" +msgstr "" +"Вас буде перенаправлено на сторінку деталей вашого модуля. **ID модуля** " +"буде видимий у вашій URL-адресі браузера. URL-адреса повинна бути схожа на " +"``https://unsplash.com/oauth/applications/<application_id>``" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/configuration/unsplash.rst:65 +msgid "" +"**As a non-Odoo Online user**, you won't be able to register for a " +"production Unsplash key and will be limited to your test key that has a 50 " +"Unsplash requests per hour restriction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:5 +msgid "Pages" +msgstr "Сторінки" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to create pages for your website and customize their content" +" and appearance to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:11 +msgid "" +"*Static* pages are pages that have stable content, such as the homepage. You" +" can manually create new ones, define their URL, adapt their " +":ref:`properties <website/page_properties>`, etc. *Dynamic* pages, on the " +"other hand, are generated dynamically. All pages generated automatically by " +"Odoo, for example when you install an app or module (e.g., `/shop` or " +"`/blog`) or publish a new product or blog post, are dynamic pages and are " +"therefore managed differently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:18 +msgid "Page creation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Website pages can be created from the **frontend** and the **backend**. To " +"create a new website page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Either open the **Website** app, click :guilabel:`+ New` in the top-right " +"corner, then select :guilabel:`Page`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Or go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Pages` and click " +":guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:26 +msgid "" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Page Title`; this title is used in the menu, as well as " +"in the page's URL." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:27 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:28 +msgid "" +"Customize the page's content and appearance using the website builder, then " +"click :guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:30 +msgid ":ref:`Publish <website/un-publish-page>` the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Disable :guilabel:`Add to menu` if the page should not appear in the menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:36 +msgid "Page management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:41 +msgid "Publishing/unpublishing pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Pages need to be published to make them accessible to website visitors. To " +"publish or unpublish a page, access it, then toggle the switch in the upper-" +"right corner from :guilabel:`Unpublished` to :guilabel:`Published`, or vice " +"versa." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst-1 +msgid "Unpublished/Published toggle" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:51 +msgid "It is also possible to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:53 +msgid "" +"publish/unpublish a page from the :ref:`page properties " +"<website/page_properties>`, where you can define a publishing date and/or " +"restrict the page's visibility if needed;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:55 +msgid "" +"publish/unpublish several pages at once: go to :menuselection:`Website --> " +"Site --> Pages`, select the pages, then, click :guilabel:`Action` and select" +" :guilabel:`Publish` or :guilabel:`Unpublish`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:60 +msgid "Homepage" +msgstr "Головна" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:62 +msgid "" +"By default, when you create a website, Odoo creates a dedicated " +":guilabel:`Home` page, but you can define any website page as your homepage." +" To do so, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, " +"then, in the :guilabel:`Website info` section, define the URL of the desired" +" page in the field :guilabel:`Homepage URL` (e.g., `/shop`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:67 +msgid "" +"Alternatively, you can define any static page as your homepage by going to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Properties`. Select the " +":guilabel:`Publish` tab and enable :guilabel:`Use as Homepage`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:73 +msgid "Page properties" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:75 +msgid "" +"To modify a static page's properties, access the page you wish to modify, " +"then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:78 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Name` tab allows you to:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:80 +msgid "rename the page using the :guilabel:`Page Name` field;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:81 +msgid "" +"modify the :guilabel:`Page URL`. In this case, you can redirect the old URL " +"to the new one if needed. To do so, enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`, " +"then select the :guilabel:`Type` of :ref:`redirection <website/URL-" +"redirection>`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`301 Moved permanently`: to redirect the page permanently;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:86 +msgid ":guilabel:`302 Moved temporarily`: to redirect the page temporarily." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:0 +msgid "Redirect old URL" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:91 +msgid "" +"You can further adapt the page's properties in the :guilabel:`Publish` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:93 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Show in Top Menu`: Disable if you don't want the page to appear " +"in the menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use as Homepage`: Enable if you want the page to be the homepage " +"of your website;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:95 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Indexed`: Disable if you don't want the page to be shown in " +"search engine results;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:96 +msgid ":guilabel:`Published`: Enable to publish the page;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:97 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Publishing Date`: To publish the page at a specific moment, " +"select the date, click the clock icon to set the time, then click the green " +"check mark to validate your selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:99 +msgid ":guilabel:`Visibility`: Select who can access the page:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`All`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:102 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signed In`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:103 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Restricted Group`: Select the :doc:`user access group(s) " +"</applications/general/users/access_rights>` in the :guilabel:`Authorized " +"group` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:105 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`With Password`: Enter the password in the :guilabel:`Password` " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:108 +msgid "" +"*Some* of these properties can also be modified from :menuselection:`Website" +" --> Site --> Pages`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:111 +msgid "Duplicating pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:113 +msgid "" +"To duplicate a page, access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> " +"Properties` and click :guilabel:`Duplicate Page`. Enter a :guilabel:`Page " +"Name`, then click :guilabel:`OK`. By default, the new page is added after " +"the duplicated page in the menu, but you can remove it from the menu or " +"change its position using the :doc:`menu editor <pages/menus>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:121 +msgid "Deleting pages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:123 +msgid "To delete a page, proceed as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:125 +msgid "" +"Access the page, then go to :menuselection:`Site --> Properties` and click " +":guilabel:`Delete Page`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:127 +msgid "" +"A pop-up window appears on the screen with all links referring to the page " +"you want to delete, organized by category. To ensure website visitors don't " +"land on a 404 error page, you must update all the links on your website " +"referring to the page. To do so, expand a category, then click on a link to " +"open it in a new window. Alternatively, you can set up a :ref:`redirection " +"<website/URL-redirection>` for the deleted page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:132 +msgid "" +"Once you have updated the links (or set up a :ref:`redirection <website/URL-" +"redirection>`), select the :guilabel:`I am sure about this` check box, then " +"click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:138 +msgid "URL redirects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:140 +msgid "" +"Redirecting URLs consists in sending visitors and search engines to a URL " +"that is different from the one they originally requested. This technique is " +"used, for example, to prevent broken links when you :ref:`delete a page " +"<website/delete-page>`, :ref:`modify its URL <website/page_properties>`, or " +"move your site to a new :doc:`domain " +"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`. It can also be used to improve " +":doc:`pages/seo`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:146 +msgid "" +"To access existing URL redirections and create new ones, :doc:`activate the " +"developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>` and go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Redirects`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"A record is added automatically every time you :ref:`modify a page's URL " +"<website/page_properties>` and enable :guilabel:`Redirect Old URL`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:153 +msgid "You can set up redirections for static and dynamic pages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To create a new redirection, click the :guilabel:`New` button, then fill in " +"the fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:157 +msgid ":guilabel:`Name`: Enter a name to identify the redirect." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:158 +msgid ":guilabel:`Action`: Select the type of redirection:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:160 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`404 Not found`: visitors are redirected to a 404 error page when " +"they try to access the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:162 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`301 Moved Permanently`: for permanent redirections of static " +"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " +"cached by browsers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:164 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`302 Moved Temporarily`: for short-term redirections, for example," +" if you are redesigning or updating the page. The new URL is neither cached " +"by browsers, nor shown in search engine results." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:167 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`308 Redirect / Rewrite`: for permanent redirections of dynamic " +"pages; the new URL is shown in search engine results and the redirect is " +"cached by browsers. Use this redirect type to rename a dynamic page, for " +"example, if you wish to rename `/shop` into `/market`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:171 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL from`: Enter the URL to be redirected (e.g., `/about-the-" +"company`) or search for the desired dynamic page and select it from the " +"list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:173 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`URL to`: For 301, 302 and 308 redirects, enter the URL to be " +"redirected to. If you want to redirect to an external URL, make sure to " +"include the protocol (e.g., `https://`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:175 +msgid ":guilabel:`Website`: Select a specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:176 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Sequence`: to define the order in which redirections are " +"performed, e.g., in the case of redirect chains (i.e., a series of redirects" +" where one URL is redirected to another one, which is itself further " +"redirected to another URL)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:180 +msgid "Toggle the :guilabel:`Activate` switch to deactivate the redirection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:183 +msgid "" +"404, 301 and 302 redirections only work if the original page has been " +":ref:`unpublished <website/un-publish-page>` or :ref:`deleted " +"<website/delete-page>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:187 +msgid "" +"`Google documentation on redirects and search " +"<https://developers.google.com/search/docs/crawling-" +"indexing/301-redirects>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages.rst:188 +msgid ":doc:`pages/seo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:3 +msgid "Menus" +msgstr "Меню" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Menus are used to organize your website’s content and help visitors navigate" +" through your web pages effectively. User-friendly and well-structured " +"website menus also play a crucial role in improving :doc:`search engine " +"rankings <seo>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:9 +msgid "" +"Odoo allows you to customize the content and appearance of your website's " +"menu to your needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:12 +msgid "Menu editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:14 +msgid "" +"The menu editor allows you to edit your website's menu and add :ref:`regular" +" menu items <website/regular-menus>` and :ref:`mega menus <website/mega-" +"menus>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:17 +msgid "" +"To edit your website's menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu" +" Editor`. From there, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:20 +msgid "" +"**rename** a menu item or change its URL using the :guilabel:`Edit Menu " +"Item` icon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:21 +msgid "**delete** a menu item using the :guilabel:`Delete Menu Item` icon;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:22 +msgid "" +"**move** a menu item by dragging and dropping it to the desired place in the" +" menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:23 +msgid "" +"**create a regular drop-down menu** by dragging and dropping the sub-menu " +"items to the right, underneath their parent menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 +msgid "Menu editor with sub-menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:31 +msgid "" +"You can also access the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Edit`, selecting " +"any menu item and clicking the :guilabel:`Edit Menu` icon." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:0 +msgid "Access the Menu editor while in Edit mode." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:40 +msgid "Adding regular menu items" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:42 +msgid "" +"By default, pages are added to the menu as regular menu items when " +":doc:`they are created <../pages>`. You can also add regular menu items from" +" the menu editor by clicking :guilabel:`Add Menu Item`. Enter the " +":guilabel:`Name` and URL of the related page in the pop-up window that " +"appears on the screen and click :guilabel:`OK`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:48 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`URL or Email` field, you can type `/` to search for a page" +" on your website or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:54 +msgid "Adding mega menus" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Mega menus are similar to drop-down menus, but instead of a simple list of " +"sub-menus, they display a panel divided into groups of navigation options. " +"This makes them suitable for websites with large amounts of content, as they" +" can help include all of your web pages in the menu while still making all " +"menu items visible at once. Mega menus can also be structured more visually " +"than regular drop-down menus, for example, through layout, typography, and " +"icons." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst-1 +msgid "Mega menu in the navigation bar." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:65 +msgid "" +"To create a mega menu, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Site --> Menu " +"Editor` and click :guilabel:`Add Mega Menu Item`. Enter the :guilabel:`Name`" +" of the mega menu in the pop-up, click :guilabel:`OK`, then " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:69 +msgid "" +"To adapt the options and layout of the mega menu, click it in the navigation" +" bar, then click :guilabel:`Edit`. Mega menus are composed of building " +"blocks, which means you can customize each component individually using " +"inline formatting, as well as the options available in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder. For example, you can:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:74 +msgid "edit the text directly in the building block;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:75 +msgid "" +"edit a menu item's URL by selecting the menu item, then clicking the " +":guilabel:`Edit link` button in the small preview pop-up. Type `/` to search" +" for a page on your website, or `#` to search for an existing custom anchor." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:0 +msgid "Edit a mega menu option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:82 +msgid "" +"move a menu item by dragging and dropping the related block to the desired " +"position in the mega menu;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:84 +msgid "delete a menu item by deleting the related block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You can adapt the general layout of the mega menu by selecting the desired " +":guilabel:`Template` and :guilabel:`Size` in the :guilabel:`Mega menu` " +"section in the :guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:92 +msgid "Header and navigation bar appearance" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/menus.rst:94 +msgid "" +"To customize the appearance of your website's menu, click :guilabel:`Edit`, " +"then select the navigation bar or any menu item. You can then adapt the " +"fields in the :guilabel:`Header` and :guilabel:`Navbar` sections in the " +":guilabel:`Customize` tab in the website builder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:3 +msgid "Search Engine Optimisation (SEO)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:5 msgid "" "Search Engine Optimization (SEO) is a set of good practices to optimize your" " website so that you get a better ranking in search engines like Google. In " @@ -1387,7 +6699,7 @@ msgstr "" "таких як Google. Словом, хороша оптимізація SEO дозволяє отримати більше " "відвідувачів." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:9 msgid "" "Some examples of SEO rules: your web pages should load fast, your page " "should have one and only one title ``<h1>``, meta tags (alt-tag, title-tag) " @@ -1399,7 +6711,7 @@ msgstr "" "(alt-tag, title-tag) повинні відповідати вмісту сторінки, ваш веб-сайт " "повинен мати файл ``/sitemap.xml`` і т.д.." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:15 msgid "" "To guarantee Odoo Website and Odoo eCommerce users have a great SEO, Odoo " "abstracts all the technical complexities of SEO and handles everything for " @@ -1409,7 +6721,7 @@ msgstr "" "чудовий SEO, Odoo бере на себе всі технічні складнощі SEO. Як саме - читайте" " нижче." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:20 msgid "" "But first, let see how you can easily boost your ranking by finetuning the " "content and the meta tags of your website." @@ -1417,15 +6729,15 @@ msgstr "" "Але спочатку подивіться, як ви можете легко підвищити свій рейтинг шляхом " "тонкого налаштування вмісту та метатегів вашого вебсайту." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:24 msgid "Meta Tags" msgstr "Метатеги" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:27 msgid "Title, Description" msgstr "Назва, Опис" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:29 msgid "" "Every web page should define the ``<title>`` and ``<description>`` meta " "data. These information elements are used by search engines to promote your " @@ -1440,11 +6752,11 @@ msgstr "" "Перевірте, що вони відповідають вмісту вашої сторінки, інакше пошукові " "системи знизять ваш рейтинг." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:39 msgid "Keywords" msgstr "Ключові слова" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:41 msgid "" "In order to write quality content and boost your traffic, Odoo provides a " "``<keyword>`` finder. Those keywords are the searches you want to head " @@ -1459,7 +6771,7 @@ msgstr "" "сторінки) та які є пов'язані пошукові запити в Google. Чим більше ключових " "слів буде використано, тим краще." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:51 msgid "" "If your website is in multiple languages, you can use the Promote tool for " "every language of a single page and set specific title, description and " @@ -1469,11 +6781,11 @@ msgstr "" "просування для кожної мови окремої сторінки та встановлювати спеціальний " "заголовок, опис та пошукові теги." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:56 msgid "Content is King" msgstr "Вміст це наше все!" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:58 msgid "" "When it comes to SEO, content is usually king. Odoo provides several modules" " to help you build your website content:" @@ -1481,32 +6793,33 @@ msgstr "" "Коли мова йде про SEO, вміст має дуже великий вплив. Odoo надає кілька " "модулів, які допоможуть створити свій вміст на вашому вебсайті:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:61 msgid "**Odoo Blogs**: write great contents." msgstr "**Блоги Odoo**: написання чудового вмісту" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:63 msgid "" "**Odoo Slides**: publish all your Powerpoint or PDF presentations. Their " -"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: `odoo.com/slides" -"/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1>`_" +"content is automatically indexed on the web page. Example: " +"`odoo.com/slides/public-channel-1 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/public-" +"channel-1>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:67 msgid "" "**Odoo Forum**: let your community create contents for you. Example: " "`odoo.com/forum/1 <https://odoo.com/forum/1>`_ (accounts for 30% of Odoo.com" " landing pages)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:71 msgid "" "**Odoo Mailing List Archive**: publish mailing list archives on your " "website. Example: `odoo.com/groups/community-59 " "<https://www.odoo.com/groups/community-59>`_ (1000 pages created per month)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:77 msgid "" "The 404 page is a regular page, that you can edit like any other page in " "Odoo. That way, you can build a great 404 page to redirect to the top " @@ -1517,11 +6830,11 @@ msgstr "" "яка перенаправлятиме на найпопулярніший вміст вашого веб-сайту, якщо людина " "потрапила на невірну URL-адресу." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:82 msgid "Use Social Networks" msgstr "Використовуйте соціальні мережі" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:84 msgid "" "Social media is built for mass sharing. If lots of people share your content" " on social media, then it's likely more people will link to it, and links " @@ -1532,16 +6845,16 @@ msgstr "" "мережах, то, ймовірно, більше людей буде посилатись на нього, а посилання є " "величезним фактором для SEO-рейтингу." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:88 msgid "Odoo embeds several tools to share content through social media:" msgstr "" "Odoo має декілька інструментів для обміну вмістом через соціальні мережі:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:91 msgid "Social Network" msgstr "Соціальні мережі" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:93 msgid "" "Odoo allows to link all your social network accounts in your website footer." " All you have to do is to refer all your accounts in your company settings." @@ -1550,11 +6863,11 @@ msgstr "" "підвалі (футері) вашого вебсайту. Все, що вам потрібно зробити - це вказати " "всі ваші облікові записи у налаштуваннях вашої компанії." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:100 msgid "Social Share" msgstr "Ділитись у соціальній мережі" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:102 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Share* on any page you want your visitors to share." " By clicking the icon, they are prompted to share the page in their social " @@ -1564,7 +6877,7 @@ msgstr "" "натиснути на іконку та поділитись цією веб сторінкою на своїй сторінці у " "соціальній мережі." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:109 msgid "" "Most social media use a picture of the picture to decorate the share post. " "Odoo uses the website logo by default but you can choose any other image of " @@ -1575,11 +6888,11 @@ msgstr "" "вебсайту, але ви можете обрати будь-яке інше зображення вашої сторінки в " "інструменті «Просування»." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:117 msgid "Facebook Page" msgstr "Facebook сторінка" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:119 msgid "" "Drop the building block *Facebook Page* to display a widget of your Facebook" " business page and encourage visitors to follow it. You can display the " @@ -1589,61 +6902,61 @@ msgstr "" "сторінки на Facebook та заохотити відвідувачів стежити за нею. Ви можете " "відобразити часову шкалу, наступні події та повідомлення." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:124 msgid "Twitter Scroller" msgstr "Прокручування Twitter" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:126 msgid "" "Display the Twitter feeds with customer satifaction on your website. This " "will increase the number of tweets and shares." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:130 msgid "Test Your Website" msgstr "Перевірте ваш веб-сайт" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:132 msgid "" "You can compare how your website rank, in terms of SEO, against Odoo using " "WooRank free services: `woorank.com <https://www.woorank.com>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:137 msgid "URLs Handling" msgstr "Обробка URL-адрес" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:139 msgid "This section sheds some light on how Odoo makes URLs SEO-friendly." msgstr "" "У цьому розділі висвітлено як URL-адреси в Odoo сприяють хорошому рейтингу " "SEO​." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:142 msgid "URLs Structure" msgstr "Структура URL-адреси" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:144 msgid "A typical Odoo URL will look like this:" msgstr "Типова URL-адреса Odoo виглядатиме так:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:146 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/my-great-product-31" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:148 msgid "With the following components:" msgstr "З наступними компонентами:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:150 msgid "**https://** = Protocol" msgstr "**https://** = Protocol" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:152 msgid "**www.mysite.com** = your domain name" msgstr "**www.mysite.com** = ваше доменне ім'я" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:154 msgid "" "**/fr\\_FR** = page language. This part of the URL is removed if the visitor" " browses the main language of the website Thus, the main version of this " @@ -1654,7 +6967,7 @@ msgstr "" "версія цієї сторінки: https://www.mysite.com/shop/product/my-great-" "product-31" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:159 msgid "" "**/shop/product** = every module defines its own namespace (/shop is for the" " catalog of the eCommerce module, /shop/product is for a product page)." @@ -1663,7 +6976,7 @@ msgstr "" "назва каталогу модуля електронної комерції, /shop/product вказує, що це " "сторінка товару)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:163 msgid "" "**my-great-product** = by default, this is the slugified title of the " "product this page refers to. But you can customize it for SEO purposes. A " @@ -1677,11 +6990,11 @@ msgstr "" "простору імен це можуть бути різні об'єкти (публікація блогу, заголовок " "сторінки, повідомлення форуму, коментар до форуму, категорія товару, тощо)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:169 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:170 msgid "**-31** = the unique ID of the product" msgstr "**-31** = унікальний ID товару" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:172 msgid "" "Note that any dynamic component of an URL can be reduced to its ID. As an " "example, the following URLs all do a 301 redirect to the above URL:" @@ -1690,15 +7003,15 @@ msgstr "" "ID. Як приклад, всі наступні URL-адреси роблять переадресацію 301 на вказану" " URL-адресу:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:175 msgid "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" msgstr "https://www.mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (short version)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:177 msgid "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" msgstr "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/31 (even shorter version)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:179 msgid "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" @@ -1706,7 +7019,7 @@ msgstr "" "http://mysite.com/fr\\_FR/shop/product/other-product-name-31 (old product " "name)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:182 msgid "" "Some URLs have several dynamic parts, like this one (a blog category and a " "post):" @@ -1714,23 +7027,23 @@ msgstr "" "Деякі URL-адреси мають кілька динамічних частин, як-от ця (категорія блогу " "та публікація):" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:185 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/company-news-5/post/the-odoo-story-56" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:187 msgid "In the above example:" msgstr "У наведеному вище прикладі:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:189 msgid "*Company News* is the title of the blog" msgstr "*Новини компанії* - це назва блогу" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:191 msgid "*The Odoo Story* is the title of a specific blog post" msgstr "*Історія Odoo* - це назва конкретного поста в блозі" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:193 msgid "" "When an Odoo page has a pager, the page number is set directly in the URL " "(does not have a GET argument). This allows every page to be indexed by " @@ -1740,15 +7053,15 @@ msgstr "" "в URL-адресі (не має аргументу GET). Це дозволяє кожній сторінці індексувати" " пошукові системи. Приклад:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:197 msgid "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" msgstr "https://www.odoo.com/blog/page/3" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:199 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:200 msgid "Changes in URLs & Titles" msgstr "Зміни в URL-адресах і заголовках" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:201 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:202 msgid "" "When the URL of a page changes (e.g. a more SEO friendly version of your " "product name), you don't have to worry about updating all links:" @@ -1757,33 +7070,33 @@ msgstr "" "друку вашого товару), вам не потрібно турбуватися про оновлення всіх " "посилань:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:205 msgid "Odoo will automatically update all its links to the new URL." msgstr "Odoo автоматично оновить всі свої посилання на нову URL-адресу." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:206 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:207 msgid "" "If external websites still points to the old URL, a 301 redirect will be " "done to route visitors to the new address of the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:210 msgid "As an example, this URL:" msgstr "Як приклад, ця URL-адреса:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:212 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/old-product-name-31" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:214 msgid "Will automatically redirect to:" msgstr "Автоматично переспрямовуватиметься на:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:216 msgid "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" msgstr "http://mysite.com/shop/product/new-and-better-product-name-31" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:218 msgid "" "In short, just change the title of a blog post or the name of a product, and" " the changes will apply automatically everywhere in your website. The old " @@ -1791,11 +7104,11 @@ msgid "" "maintaining the SEO link juice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:224 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:226 msgid "" "Search engines boost ranking of secure HTTPS/SSL websites. So, by default " "all Odoo Online instances are fully based on HTTPS. If the visitor accesses " @@ -1808,33 +7121,33 @@ msgstr "" "не містить HTTPS, то 301 переадресація перенаправить його до еквівалента " "URL-адреси з HTTPS." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:231 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:232 msgid "Links: Nofollow Strategy" msgstr "Посилання: стратегія nofollow" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:234 msgid "" "The more a page is linked from external and quality websites, the better it " "is for your SEO." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:237 msgid "Here are Odoo strategies to manage links:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:239 msgid "" "Every link you add to your website is \"dofollow\", which means that this " "link will contribute to the SEO Juice for the linked page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:243 msgid "" "Every link posted by a contributor (forum post, blog comment, etc.) that " "links to your own website is \"dofollow\" too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:246 msgid "" "But every link posted by a contributor that links to an external website is " "\"nofollow\". In that way, you do not run the risk of people posting links " @@ -1845,22 +7158,22 @@ msgstr "" "публікують посилання на ваш веб-сайт на сторонні веб-сайти, які мають погану" " репутацію." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:251 msgid "" "Note that, when using the forum, contributors having a lot of Karma can be " "trusted. In such case, their links will not have any ``rel=\"nofollow\"`` " "attribute." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:255 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:256 msgid "Multi-Language Support" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:261 msgid "Multi-Language URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:263 msgid "" "If you run a website in multiple languages, the same content will be " "available in different URLs, depending on the language used:" @@ -1868,13 +7181,13 @@ msgstr "" "Якщо ви запускаєте веб-сайт на кількох мовах, однаковий вміст буде доступний" " в різних URL-адресах залежно від мови використання:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:266 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com/shop/product/my-product-1 (main language, English " "here)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:268 msgid "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" @@ -1882,7 +7195,7 @@ msgstr "" "https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1 (French " "version)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:270 msgid "" "In this example, fr\\_FR is the language of the page. You can even have " "several variations of the same language: pt\\_BR (Portuguese from Brazil) , " @@ -1892,11 +7205,11 @@ msgstr "" "варіантів однієї мови: pt\\_BR (португальська з Бразилії), pt\\_PT " "(португальська з Португалії)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:275 msgid "Language Annotation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:277 msgid "" "To let search engines know that the second URL is the French translation of " "the first URL, Odoo will add an HTML link element in the header. In the HTML" @@ -1904,7 +7217,7 @@ msgid "" "pointing to the translated versions of that webpage;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:279 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:282 msgid "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" @@ -1912,28 +7225,28 @@ msgstr "" "<link rel=\"alternate\" hreflang=\"fr\" " "href=\"https://www.mywebsite.com\\/fr\\_FR/shop/product/mon-produit-1\"/>" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:285 msgid "With this approach:" msgstr "З таким підходом:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:287 msgid "" "Search engines will redirect to the right language according to the visitor " "language." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:290 msgid "" "You do not get penalized by search engines if your page is not translated " "yet. Indeed, it's not a duplicated content, but a different version of the " "same content." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:292 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:295 msgid "Language Detection" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:294 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:297 msgid "" "When a visitor lands for the first time on your website (e.g. " "yourwebsite.com/shop), they may automatically be redirected to a translated " @@ -1941,13 +7254,13 @@ msgid "" "yourwebsite.com/fr\\_FR/shop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:299 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:302 msgid "" "Next time, it keeps a cookie of the current language to avoid any " "redirection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:305 msgid "" "To force a visitor to stick to the default language, you can use the code of" " the default language in your link, example: yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. " @@ -1959,15 +7272,15 @@ msgstr "" "yourwebsite.com/en\\_US/shop. Це завжди призведе до відвідування англійської" " версії сторінки, без використання мовних налаштувань браузера." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:312 msgid "Page Speed" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:315 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Вступ" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:314 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:317 msgid "" "The time to load a page is an important criteria for search engines. A " "faster website not only improves your visitor's experience, but gives you a " @@ -1975,11 +7288,11 @@ msgid "" " load your pages by two (e.g. 2 seconds instead of 4 seconds), the visitor " "abandonment rate is also divided by two. (25% to 12.5%). One extra second to" " load a page could `cost $1.6b to Amazon in sales " -"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-amazon-16" -"-billion-sales>`__." +"<http://www.fastcompany.com/1825005/how-one-second-could-cost-" +"amazon-16-billion-sales>`__." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:328 msgid "" "Fortunately, Odoo does all the magic for you. Below, you will find the " "tricks Odoo uses to speed up your page loading time. You can compare how " @@ -1989,7 +7302,7 @@ msgstr "" "використовує, щоб пришвидшити час завантаження сторінки. Ви можете " "порівняти, як ваш сайт використовує ці два інструменти:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:332 msgid "" "`Google Page Speed " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" @@ -1997,22 +7310,22 @@ msgstr "" "`Швидкість сторінки Google " "<https://developers.google.com/speed/pagespeed/insights/>`__" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:331 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:334 msgid "`Pingdom Website Speed Test <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" msgstr "`Тест швидкості веб-сайту Pingdom <http://tools.pingdom.com/fpt/>`__" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:334 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:337 msgid "Images" msgstr "Зображення" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:336 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:339 msgid "" "When you upload new images, Odoo automatically compresses them to reduce " "their sizes (lossless compression for .PNG and .GIF and lossy compression " "for .JPG)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:343 msgid "" "From the upload button, you have the option to keep the original image " "unmodified if you prefer to optimize the quality of the image rather than " @@ -2021,7 +7334,7 @@ msgstr "" "З кнопки завантаження ви можете зберегти оригінальне зображення без зміни, " "якщо ви хочете оптимізувати якість зображення, а не продуктивність." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:351 msgid "" "Odoo compresses images when they are uploaded to your website, not when " "requested by the visitor. Thus, it's possible that, if you use a third-party" @@ -2034,7 +7347,7 @@ msgstr "" "зображення, що використовуються в офіційних темах Odoo, стискаються за " "замовчуванням." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:357 msgid "" "When you click on an image, Odoo shows you the Alt and title attributes of " "the ``<img>`` tag. You can click on it to set your own title and Alt " @@ -2044,11 +7357,11 @@ msgstr "" " Ви можете натиснути на неї, щоб встановити власну назву та атрибути Alt для" " зображення." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:364 msgid "When you click on this link, the following window will appear:" msgstr "Коли ви натисните на це посиланню, з'явиться таке вікно:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:366 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:369 msgid "" "Odoo's pictograms are implemented using a font (`Font Awesome " "<https://fortawesome.github.io/Font-Awesome/icons/>`__ in most Odoo themes)." @@ -2061,21 +7374,21 @@ msgstr "" "хочете, на своїй сторінці, але вони не дадуть додаткових запитів на " "завантаження сторінки." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:378 msgid "Static Resources: CSS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:377 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:380 msgid "" "All CSS files are pre-processed, concatenated, minified, compressed and " "cached (server-side and browser-side). The result:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:383 msgid "only one CSS file request is needed to load a page" msgstr "для завантаження сторінки потрібен лише один запит CSS-файлу" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:382 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:385 msgid "" "this CSS file is shared and cached amongst pages, so that when the visitor " "clicks on another page, the browser doesn't have to even load a single CSS " @@ -2085,11 +7398,11 @@ msgstr "" "сторінок, тому, коли відвідувач натискає іншу сторінку, браузер не повинен " "навіть завантажувати жодного ресурсу CSS." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:386 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:389 msgid "this CSS file is optimized to be small" msgstr "цей файл CSS оптимізовано як невеликий" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:388 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:391 msgid "" "**Pre-processed:** The CSS framework used by Odoo is Bootstrap. Although a " "theme might use another framework, most of `Odoo themes " @@ -2099,7 +7412,7 @@ msgid "" "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:398 msgid "" "**Concatenated:** every module or library you might use in Odoo has its own " "set of CSS, Less or Sass files (eCommerce, blogs, themes, etc.). Having " @@ -2111,7 +7424,7 @@ msgid "" "on the number of requests to be done than the actual file size." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:405 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:408 msgid "" "To address this issue, all CSS / Less / Sass files are concatenated into a " "single .CSS file to send to the browser. So a visitor has **only one .CSS " @@ -2126,55 +7439,55 @@ msgstr "" " натискає іншу сторінку, браузер навіть не повинен завантажувати новий CSS-" "файл!" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 msgid "**Both files in the <head>**" msgstr "**Обидва файли у <head>**" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:415 msgid "**What the visitor gets (only one file)**" msgstr "**Що отримує відвідувач (тільки один файл)**" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 msgid "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* From bootstrap.css \\*/" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:414 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:421 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:450 msgid ".text-muted {" msgstr ".text-muted {" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:415 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:422 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:448 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:425 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:451 msgid "color: #666;" msgstr "color: #666;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 msgid "color: #777;" msgstr "color: #777;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:416 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:419 msgid "background: yellow" msgstr "background: yellow" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 msgid "background: yellow;" msgstr "background: yellow;" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:417 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:418 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:423 -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:421 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:452 msgid "}" msgstr "}" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:420 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:423 msgid "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" msgstr "/\\* From my-theme.css \\*/" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:426 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:429 msgid "" "The CSS sent by Odoo includes all CSS / Less / Sass of all pages / modules. " "By doing this, additional page views from the same visitor will not have to " @@ -2195,14 +7508,14 @@ msgstr "" "Прикладом цього є бекенд, який завантажується тільки тоді, коли відвідувач " "входить до системи та звертається до бекенду (/ web)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:439 msgid "" "If the CSS file is very big, Odoo will split it into two smaller files to " "avoid the 4095 selectors limit per sheet of Internet Explorer. But most " "themes fit below this limit." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:440 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:443 msgid "" "**Minified:** After being pre-processed and concatenated, the resulting CSS " "is minified to reduce its size." @@ -2210,60 +7523,60 @@ msgstr "" "**Мініфікований**: після попередньої обробки та об'єднання, результативність" " CSS зменшується, щоб зменшити його розмір." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 msgid "**Before minification**" msgstr "**Перед мініфікацією**" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:444 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:447 msgid "**After minification**" msgstr "**Після мініфікації**" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 msgid "/\\* some comments \\*/" msgstr "/\\* some comments \\*/" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:449 msgid ".text-muted {color: #666}" msgstr ".text-muted {color: #666}" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:452 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:455 msgid "" "The final result is then compressed, before being delivered to the browser." msgstr "Кінцевий результат стискається, перш ніж надходити до браузера." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:455 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:458 msgid "" "Then, a cached version is stored server-side (so we do not have to pre-" "process, concatenate, minify at every request) and browser-side (so the same" " visitor will load the CSS only once for all pages they visit)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:461 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:464 msgid "Static Resources: Javascript" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:463 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:466 msgid "" "As with CSS resources, Javascript resources are also concatenated, minified," " compressed and cached (server-side and browser-side)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:466 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:469 msgid "Odoo creates three Javascript bundles:" msgstr "Odoo створює три пакети Javascript:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:468 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:471 msgid "" "One for all pages of the website (including code for parallax effects, form " "validation, etc.)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:474 msgid "" "One for common Javascript code shared among frontend and backend (Bootstrap)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:474 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:477 msgid "" "One for backend specific Javascript code (Odoo Web Client interface for your" " employees using Odoo)" @@ -2271,7 +7584,7 @@ msgstr "" "Один для бекенда конкретного коду Javascript (Odoo Web Client інтерфейс для " "ваших співробітників, які використовує Odoo)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:477 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:480 msgid "" "Most visitors of your website will only need the first two bundles, " "resulting in a maximum of two Javascript files to load to render one page. " @@ -2279,20 +7592,19 @@ msgid "" "visitor will not load any other Javascript resource." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:483 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:486 msgid "" -"If you work on :doc:`Developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`," -" the CSS and Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's " -"much slower. But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as " -"CSS and Javascript resources are not transformed from their original " -"versions." +"If you work on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, the CSS and " +"Javascript are neither concatenated, nor minified. Thus, it's much slower. " +"But it allows you to easily debug with the Chrome debugger as CSS and " +"Javascript resources are not transformed from their original versions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:491 msgid "CDN" msgstr "CDN" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:493 msgid "" "If you activate the CDN feature in Odoo, static resources (Javascript, CSS, " "images) are loaded from a Content Delivery Network. Using a Content Delivery" @@ -2302,7 +7614,7 @@ msgstr "" "зображення) завантажуються з мережі доставки вмісту. Використання мережі " "доставки контенту має три переваги:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:497 msgid "" "Load resources from a nearby server (most CDN have servers in main countries" " around the globe)" @@ -2310,7 +7622,7 @@ msgstr "" "Завантаження ресурсів із сусіднього сервера (більшість CDN мають сервери в " "основних країнах світу)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:500 msgid "" "Cache resources efficiently (no computation resources usage on your own " "server)" @@ -2318,7 +7630,7 @@ msgstr "" "Ефективний кеш ресурсів (без використання обчислювальних ресурсів на вашому " "власному сервері)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:501 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:503 msgid "" "Split the resource loading on different services allowing to load more " "resources in parallel (since the Chrome limit of 6 parallel requests is by " @@ -2328,7 +7640,7 @@ msgstr "" "завантажувати більше ресурсів (оскільки ліміт Chrome на 6 паралельних " "запитів за доменом)" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:507 msgid "" "You can configure your CDN options from the **Website Admin** app, using the" " Configuration menu. Here is an example of configuration you can use:" @@ -2337,11 +7649,11 @@ msgstr "" "за допомогою меню Налаштування. Ось приклад налаштування, який ви можете " "використовувати:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:512 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:514 msgid "HTML Pages" msgstr "Сторінки HTML " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:516 msgid "" "The HTML pages can be compressed, but this is usually handled by your web " "server (NGINX or Apache)." @@ -2349,14 +7661,14 @@ msgstr "" "Крім того, сторінки HTML можуть бути стиснуті, але, як правило, це " "обробляється вашим веб-сервером (NGINX або Apache)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:517 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:519 msgid "" "The Odoo Website builder has been optimized to guarantee clean and short " "HTML code. Building blocks have been developed to produce clean HTML code, " "usually using Bootstrap and the HTML editor." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:523 msgid "" "As an example, if you use the color picker to change the color of a " "paragraph to the primary color of your website, Odoo will produce the " @@ -2365,11 +7677,11 @@ msgstr "" "Як приклад, якщо ви використовуєте засоби вибору кольору, щоб змінити колір " "абзацу на основний колір вашого веб-сайту, Odoo виведе наступний код:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:527 msgid "``<p class=\"text-primary\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p class=\"text-primary\">Мій текст</p>``" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:527 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:529 msgid "" "Whereas most HTML editors (such as CKEditor) will produce the following " "code:" @@ -2377,32 +7689,32 @@ msgstr "" "Тоді як більшість редакторів HTML (наприклад, CKEditor) вироблятиме такий " "код:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:530 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:532 msgid "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">My Text</p>``" msgstr "``<p style=\"color: #AB0201\">Мій текст</p>``" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:533 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:535 msgid "Responsive Design" msgstr "Адаптивний дизайн" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:537 msgid "" "Websites that are not mobile-friendly are negatively impacted in search " "engine rankings. All Odoo themes rely on Bootstrap to render efficiently " "according to the device: desktop, tablet or mobile." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:544 msgid "" "As all Odoo modules share the same technology, absolutely all pages in your " "website are mobile friendly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:548 msgid "Browser Caching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:548 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:550 msgid "" "Javascript, images and CSS resources have an URL that changes dynamically " "when their content change. As an example, all CSS files are loaded through " @@ -2412,7 +7724,7 @@ msgid "" "your website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:557 msgid "" "This allows Odoo to set a very long cache delay (XXX) on these resources: " "XXX secs, while being updated instantly if you update the resource." @@ -2421,50 +7733,38 @@ msgstr "" "цих ресурсах: XXX секунди, при цьому він оновлюється миттєво, якщо ви " "оновлюєте ресурс." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:562 msgid "Scalability" msgstr "Масштабованість" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:562 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:564 msgid "" "In addition to being fast, Odoo is also more scalable than traditional CMS " -"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop). The following link " -"provides an analysis of the major open source CMS and eCommerce compared to " -"Odoo when it comes to high query volumes: " -"`https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/197 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide" -"/odoo-cms-performance-comparison-and-optimisation-197>`_" +"and eCommerce (Drupal, Wordpress, Magento, Prestashop)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "Todo" -msgstr "Зробити" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:569 -msgid "fix above link" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:571 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:567 msgid "" "Here is the slide that summarizes the scalability of Odoo Website & " "eCommerce." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:573 msgid "Search Engines Files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:580 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:576 msgid "Sitemap" msgstr "Мапа сайту" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:578 msgid "" "The sitemap points out pages to index to search engine robots. Odoo " "generates a ``/sitemap.xml`` file automatically for you. For performance " "reasons, this file is cached and updated every 12 hours." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:586 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:582 msgid "" "By default, all URLs will be in a single ``/sitemap.xml`` file, but if you " "have a lot of pages, Odoo will automatically create a Sitemap Index file, " @@ -2477,22 +7777,22 @@ msgstr "" "файл індексу Sitemap, дотримуючись групування у файлі `sitemaps.org protocol" " <http://www.sitemaps.org/protocol.html>`__ у 45000 шт. на файл." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:592 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:588 msgid "Every sitemap entry has 4 attributes that are computed automatically:" msgstr "Кожна карта сайту містить 4 атрибути, які обчислюються автоматично:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:594 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:590 msgid "``<loc>`` : the URL of a page" msgstr "``<loc>`` : URL-адреса сторінки" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:596 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:592 msgid "" "``<lastmod>`` : last modification date of the resource, computed " "automatically based on related object. For a page related to a product, this" " could be the last modification date of the product or the page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:601 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:597 msgid "" "``<priority>`` : modules may implement their own priority algorithm based on" " their content (example: a forum might assign a priority based on the number" @@ -2500,11 +7800,11 @@ msgid "" "it's priority field, which is normalized (16 is the default)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:608 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:604 msgid "Structured Data Markup" msgstr "Розмітка структурованих даних" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:610 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:606 msgid "" "Structured Data Markup is used to generate Rich Snippets in search engine " "results. It is a way for website owners to send structured data to search " @@ -2512,7 +7812,7 @@ msgid "" "presented search results." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:615 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:611 msgid "" "Google supports a number of rich snippets for content types, including: " "Reviews, People, Products, Businesses, Events and Organizations." @@ -2520,7 +7820,7 @@ msgstr "" "Google підтримує безліч багатих фрагментів для типів вмісту, зокрема: " "огляди, люди, товари, компанії, події та організації." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:618 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:614 msgid "" "Odoo implements micro data as defined in the `schema.org " "<http://schema.org>`__ specification for events, eCommerce products, forum " @@ -2532,922 +7832,346 @@ msgstr "" "форуму та контактних адрес. Це дозволяє відображати ваші сторінки товару в " "Google за допомогою додаткової інформації, такої як ціна та рейтинг товару:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:624 msgid "robots.txt" msgstr "robots.txt" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:630 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:626 msgid "" "When indexing your website, search engines take a first look at the general " -"indexing rules of the a``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " +"indexing rules of the ``/robots.txt`` file (allowed robots, sitemap path, " "etc.). Odoo automatically creates it. Its content is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:634 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:630 msgid "User-agent: \\* Sitemap: https://www.odoo.com/sitemap.xml" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:637 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:633 msgid "" "It means that all robots are allowed to index your website and there is no " "other indexing rule than specified in the sitemap to be found at following " "address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/optimize/seo.rst:641 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/pages/seo.rst:637 msgid "" -"You can customize the file *robots* in :doc:`Developer mode " -"</applications/general/developer_mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> " -"User Interface --> Views* (exclude robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a" -" custom Sitemap). Make the Model Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not " -"reset the file after system upgrades." +"You can customize the file *robots* in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` from *Settings --> Technical --> User Interface --> Views* (exclude " +"robots, exclude some pages, redirect to a custom Sitemap). Make the Model " +"Data of the view *Non Updatable* to not reset the file after system " +"upgrades." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish.rst:3 -msgid "Publish" -msgstr "Опублікувати" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:3 -msgid "How to use my own domain name" -msgstr "Як використати власне доменне ім'я?" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:5 -msgid "" -"By default, your Odoo Online instance and website have a *.odoo.com* domain " -"name, for both the URL and the emails. But you can change to a custom one " -"(e.g. www.yourcompany.com)." -msgstr "" -"За замовчуванням ваша версія і веб-сайт Odoo Online мають ім'я домену " -".odoo.com для URL-адреси та електронних листів. Але ви можете перейти на " -"звичайну (наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:10 -msgid "What is a good domain name" -msgstr "Що таке хороше доменне ім'я?" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:11 -msgid "" -"Your website address is as important to your branding as the name of your " -"business or organization, so put some thought into changing it for a proper " -"domain. Here are some tips:" -msgstr "" -"Ваша адреса веб-сайту так само важлива для вашого брендингу, як назва вашого" -" бізнесу чи організації, тому подумайте про зміну його для відповідного " -"домену. Ось декілька порад:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:15 -msgid "Simple and obvious" -msgstr "Простий і очевидний" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:16 -msgid "Easy to remember and spell" -msgstr "Легко запам'ятати і вимовляти" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:17 -msgid "The shorter the better" -msgstr "Чим коротше, тим краще" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:18 -msgid "Avoid special characters" -msgstr "Уникайте спеціальних символів" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:19 -msgid "Aim for a .com and/or your country extension" -msgstr "Призначення для розширення .com та/або вашої країни" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:21 -msgid "" -"Read more: `How to Choose a Domain Name for Maximum SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" -msgstr "" -"Детальніше: `Як вибрати доменне ім'я для максимального SEO " -"<https://www.searchenginejournal.com/choose-a-domain-name-maximum-" -"seo/158951/>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:24 -msgid "How to buy a domain name" -msgstr "Як купити доменне ім'я" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:25 -msgid "Buy your domain name at a popular registrar:" -msgstr "Купути доменне ім'я можна на популярних реєстрах:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:27 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://www.godaddy.com>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:28 -msgid "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" -msgstr "`Namecheap <https://www.namecheap.com>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:29 -msgid "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" -msgstr "`OVH <https://www.ovh.com>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Steps to buy a domain name are pretty much straight forward. In case of " -"issue, check out those easy tutorials:" -msgstr "" -"Кроки для покупки доменного імені значною мірою ведуть вас уперед. У разі " -"виникнення проблем перегляньте ці прості підказки:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:34 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://roadtoblogging.com/buy-domain-name-from-godaddy>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:35 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:3 +msgid "Website analytics" msgstr "" -"`Namecheap <https://www.loudtips.com/buy-domain-name-hosting-namecheap//>`__" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:5 msgid "" -"Feel free to buy an email server to have email addresses using your domain " -"name. However don't buy any extra service to create or host your website. " -"This is Odoo's job!" +"Website analytics helps website owners understand how people use their site." +" It provides data on visitor demographics, behavior, and interactions, " +"helping improve websites and marketing strategies." msgstr "" -"Не соромтеся купувати поштовий сервер, щоб мати адреси електронної пошти за " -"допомогою вашого доменного імені. Однак не купуйте додатковий сервіс для " -"створення або розміщення вашого веб-сайту. Це робота Оdоо! " -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:45 -msgid "How to apply my domain name to my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Як застосувати своє доменне ім'я до версії Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:8 msgid "" -"First let's authorize the redirection (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" +"You can track your Odoo website's traffic using " +":ref:`website/analytics/plausible` or :ref:`website/analytics/GA`. We " +"recommend using Plausible.io as it is privacy-friendly, lightweight, and " +"easy to use. The Plausible analytics dashboard is also integrated into Odoo " +"and can be accessed via :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> " +"Analytics`." msgstr "" -"Спочатку дозвольте авторизувати перенаправлення (yourcompany.com -> " -"yourcompany.odoo.com):" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:48 -msgid "Open your Odoo.com account from your homepage." -msgstr "Відкрийте свій обліковий запис Odoo.com з домашньої сторінки." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:53 -msgid "Go to the *Manage Databases* page." -msgstr "Перейдіть на сторінку *Керування базами даних*." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:58 -msgid "" -"Click on *Domains* to the right of the database you would like to redirect." -msgstr "" -"Натисніть на розділі *Домени* справа від бази даних, яку потрібно " -"переадресовувати." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:63 -msgid "" -"A database domain prompt will appear. Enter your custom domain (e.g. " -"www.yourcompany.com)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:16 +msgid "Plausible.io" msgstr "" -"З'явиться підказка домену бази даних. Введіть свій спеціальний домен " -"(наприклад, www.yourcompany.com)." -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:18 msgid "" -"We can now apply the redirection from your domain name's manager account:" +"If your database is hosted on Odoo Online, the Plausible.io integration is " +"available in Odoo for free. To enable the feature, go to " +":menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`, then, in the " +":guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Plausible Analytics` and click " +":guilabel:`Save`. You can then access your Plausible analytics dashboard by " +"going to :menuselection:`Website --> Reporting --> Analytics`." msgstr "" -"Тепер ми можемо застосувати перенаправлення з керуючого облікового запису " -"вашого доменного імені:" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:72 -msgid "Log in to your account and search for the DNS Zones management page." -msgstr "" -"Увійдіть у свій обліковий запис і знайдіть сторінку керування зонами DNS." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:24 msgid "" -"Create a CNAME record *www.yourdomain.com* pointing to *mywebsite.odoo.com*." -" If you want to use the naked domain (e.g. yourdomain.com), you need to " -"redirect *yourdomain.com* to *www.yourdomain.com*." -msgstr "" -"Створіть запис CNAME *www.yourdomain.com* із посиланням на " -"*mywebsite.odoo.com*. Якщо ви хочете використовувати *голий* домен " -"(наприклад, yourdomain.com), вам потрібно переадресовувати свій " -"*yourdomain.com* на *www.yourdomain.com*." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:78 -msgid "Here are some specific guidelines to create a CNAME record:" -msgstr "" -"Нижче наведено кілька спеціальних інструкцій для створення запису CNAME:" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:80 -msgid "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" -msgstr "`GoDaddy <https://be.godaddy.com/fr/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:81 -msgid "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" -msgstr "" -"`Namecheap " -"<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/9646/10/how-" -"can-i-set-up-a-cname-record-for-my-domain>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:82 -msgid "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" -msgstr "" -"`OVH " -"<https://www.ovh.co.uk/g1519.exchange_20132016_how_to_add_a_cname_record>`__" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:85 -msgid "How to enable SSL (HTTPS) for my Odoo instance" -msgstr "Як включити SSL (HTTPS) для вашої версії Odoo" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:87 -msgid "" -"Until recently, Odoo users needed to use a third-party CDN service provider " -"such as CloudFlare to enable SSL." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:89 -msgid "" -"It is not required anymore: Odoo generates the certificate for you " -"automatically, using integration with `Let's Encrypt Certificate Authority " -"and ACME protocol <https://letsencrypt.org/how-it-works/>`__. In order to " -"get this, simply add your domain name in your customer portal (a separate " -"certificate is generated for each domain name specified)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:93 -msgid "**Please note that the certificate generation may take up to 24h.**" +"If your database is hosted on Odoo.sh or on-premise, or if you wish to use " +"your own Plausible.io account, proceed as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:27 msgid "" -"If you already use CloudFlare or a similar service, you can keep using it or" -" simply change for Odoo. The choice is yours." +"Create or sign in to a Plausible account using the following link: " +"`<https://plausible.io/register>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:99 -msgid "How to make sure that all my URLs use my custom domain?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:28 msgid "" -"To set up the root URL of your website and of all the links sent in emails, " -"you can ask an administrator of your database (any user in the *Settings* " -"group) to perform a login from the login screen. It's as simple as that!" +"If you are creating a new account, go through the registration and " +"activation steps. When asked to provide your website details, add its " +":guilabel:`Domain` without including `www` (e.g., `example.odoo.com`) and " +"change the :guilabel:`Reporting Timezone` if necessary. Click :guilabel:`Add" +" snippet` to proceed to the next step. Ignore the :guilabel:`Add JavaScript " +"snippet` instructions and click :guilabel:`Start collecting data`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:33 msgid "" -"If you want to do it manually, you can go to :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"Technical --> System Parameters` . Find the entry called ``web.base.url`` " -"(you can create it if it does not exist) and enter the full URL of your " -"website, like ``https://www.myodoowebsite.com``." +"Once done, click the Plausible logo in the upper-left part of the page to " +"access your `list of websites <https://plausible.io/sites>`_, then click the" +" gear icon next to the website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:107 -msgid "" -"The URL must include the protocol (``https://`` or ``http://``) and must not" -" end by a slash (``/``)." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Click the gear icon in the list of websites." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:39 msgid "" -"If you want to block the root URL update when an administrator logs in, you " -"can add a System Parameter called ``web.base.url.freeze`` with its value " -"set to ``True``." +"In the sidebar, select :guilabel:`Visibility`, then click :guilabel:`+ New " +"link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:113 -msgid "My website is indexed twice by Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:40 msgid "" -"If you set up a custom domain *mydomain.com* name for *mydatabase.odoo.com*," -" Google indexes your website under both names. This is a limitation of the " -"Odoo cloud platforms/" +"Enter a :guilabel:`Name`, leave the :guilabel:`Password` field empty, as the" +" Plausible analytics dashboard integration in Odoo doesn't support it, then " +"click :guilabel:`Create shared link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/domain_name.rst:120 -msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/discuss/advanced/email_servers`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Credentials creation for the new shared link" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:3 -msgid "Manage Multi Websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:46 +msgid "Copy the shared link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:8 -msgid "" -"Odoo’s Multi-Websites opens up broad possibilities of diversification and " -"customer segmentation for your business. A multiplied audience and boosted " -"revenue are now just a few clicks away!" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Copy the shared link URL from Plausible.io" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:98 msgid "" -"Each website can work in a fully independent way, with its theme, branding, " -"domain name, header & footer, pages, languages, products, blog posts, forum," -" slides, events, live chat channels, etc. Let’s go for a tour!" +"In Odoo, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:52 msgid "" -"To create a new website, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration -->" -" Settings`. The button, *Create a new website*, lays in the first section." +"In the :guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Plausible Analytics`, then" +" paste the :guilabel:`Shared Link` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:56 msgid "" -"In the upcoming prompt, set a name for your new website and a specific " -"domain name. Leave empty to publish the new website under the default domain" -" of your Odoo database. You can later set some country groups to redirect " -"visitors to it using Geo IP." +"If you have :doc:`multiple websites <../configuration/multi_website>`, add " +"your websites to your Plausible.io account by going to " +"`<https://plausible.io/sites>`_ and clicking :guilabel:`+ Add website`. In " +"Odoo, in the **Website settings**, make sure to select the website in the " +":guilabel:`Settings of Website` field before pasting the :guilabel:`Shared " +"link`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:62 msgid "" -"Then, select a theme. This new website might have an entirely different " -"purpose or audience than the first one. So feel free to go for a different " -"theme!" +"Odoo automatically pushes two custom goals: `Lead Generation` and `Shop`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:40 -msgid "" -"Once the theme is selected, you can start to build the homepage of your " -"website. Follow the purple drops; they will help you in the first steps." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:65 +msgid "`Plausible Analytics documentation <https://plausible.io/docs>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If you run Odoo Online, don’t forget to redirect any new domain name to your" -" Odoo database (``CNAME``) and to authorize it Odoo-side. See " -":doc:`domain_name`." -msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:70 +msgid "Google Analytics" +msgstr "Google Analytics" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:52 -msgid "Create the menu" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:72 +msgid "To follow your Odoo website's traffic with Google Analytics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:74 msgid "" -"The new website has a default menu with all the installed applications. To " -"edit it, click :menuselection:`Pages --> Edit Menu`. Moving forward you only" -" edit the menu of the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:59 -msgid "Switch from one website to another" +"Create or sign in to a Google account using the following link: " +"`<https://analytics.google.com>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:75 msgid "" -"As easy as ABC! There is a website switcher in the right corner of the edit " -"bar. Switching to another website will connect to the domain of this " -"website. If you use another domain for the website, the user is requested to" -" sign in." +"If you are setting up Google Analytics for the first time, click " +":guilabel:`Start measuring` and go through the account creation step." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:77 msgid "" -"When switching, you are redirected to the same domain path on the other " -"website (e.g., ``/shop/myproduct``). If this URL is not used, you will be " -"redirected to a 404 page but prompted to create a new page from there." +"If you already have a Google Analytics account, sign in and click the gear " +"icon in the bottom-left corner of the page to access the **Admin** page. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`+ Create Property`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:76 -msgid "Add features" -msgstr "Додайте функції" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:78 -msgid "" -"The website apps you install (e.g., Slides, Blogs) are made available on all" -" your websites. You can, of course, keep them hidden in one website by " -"removing the menu item." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Measurement ID in Google Analytics." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:84 msgid "" -"Each website comes with a high range of specific options in the settings. " -"First, select the website to configure." +"Complete the next steps: `property creation " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153?hl=en/&visit_id=638278591144564289-3612494643&rd=2#property>`_," +" business details, and business objectives." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:86 msgid "" -"Then, take a look at the options flagged with the earth icon. It means they " -"only impact the very website you are working on." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:94 -msgid "You can, for instance, set specific :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:96 -msgid "languages," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:98 -msgid "domain names," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:100 -msgid "social media links," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:102 -msgid "customer portal mode (B2C vs. B2B)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:104 -msgid "dedicated live chat channels," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:106 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "тощо." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:108 -msgid "The other options are global and apply to all your websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:111 -msgid "Manage domain names" +"When you reach the **Data collection** step, choose the :guilabel:`Web` " +"platform." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:113 -msgid "" -"As said earlier, your websites can either share the same domain name or use " -"a specific one. If you share it and want to adapt the content per region, " -"set country groups in the setting of each website. Visitors will be " -"redirected to the right website using GeoIP." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:0 +msgid "Choose a platform for your Google Analytics property." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:91 msgid "" -"Geo IP is installed by default in Odoo Online. If you run Odoo on-premise, " -"don’t forget to install *GeoIP* library. See :doc:`on-premise_geo-ip-" -"installation`" +"Set up your data stream: Specify your :guilabel:`Website URL` and a " +":guilabel:`Stream name`, then click :guilabel:`Create stream`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:127 -msgid ":doc:`domain_name`" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:93 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Measurement ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:130 -msgid "Customize the visitor experience" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:99 msgid "" -"The customer experience can be customized very profoundly thanks to the menu" -" \\*Customize\\*. All the visual options available there are specific to " -"each website. Go through the different pages to adapt them to this new " -"audience. Focus on workflows, and automatic pages (eCommerce checkout, " -"blogs, events, etc.) as the number of available options is higher there." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:143 -msgid "Publish specific content per website" +"In the :guilabel:`SEO` section, enable :guilabel:`Google Analytics`, then " +"paste the :guilabel:`Measurement ID` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:103 msgid "" -"Like static pages, any content created from the front-end (product, blog " -"post, etc.) is always only published in the current website. You can change " -"that from the edit form view in the backend and leave the *Website* field " -"blank. This will publish it in all the websites." +"If you have :doc:`multiple websites <../configuration/multi_website>` with " +"separate domains, it is recommended to create `one property " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153?hl=en/&visit_id=638278591144564289-3612494643&rd=2#property>`_" +" per domain. In Odoo, in the **Website settings**, make sure to select the " +"website in the :guilabel:`Settings of Website` field before pasting the " +":guilabel:`Measurement ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/analytics.rst:109 msgid "" -"Here are all the objects that you can link to *either one or all the " -"websites*:" +"`Google documentation on setting up Analytics for a website " +"<https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/1008015?hl=en/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:157 -msgid "Products" -msgstr "Товари" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:159 -msgid "Product Categories for eCommerce" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:3 +msgid "Link trackers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:161 -msgid "Blogs" -msgstr "Блоги" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:163 -msgid "Slide Channels" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:165 -msgid "Forums" -msgstr "Форуми" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:167 -msgid "Events" -msgstr "Події" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:169 -msgid "Job Positions" -msgstr "Вакансії" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:5 msgid "" -"When you create the record from the backend and publish it, typically a " -"product or an event, it is made available in all websites." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:176 -msgid "Publish a page in all websites" +"Link Trackers allow you to track your marketing campaigns (emails, banner " +"ads, blog posts, social media posts, affiliate links, etc.). This way, you " +"are able to identify your best traffic sources and make informed decisions " +"about the distribution of your marketing budget." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:12 msgid "" -"A new static page is created and only made available in the current website." -" You can duplicate it to other websites from :menuselection:`Website --> " -"Configuration --> Pages`. To do so, leave the *Website* field empty." +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Configuration --> Settings` and activate " +"*Link Trackers*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 msgid "" -"If you want to duplicate it in just one other website, duplicate the page " -"and set the new website." +"View of Website settings page emphasizing the link trackers field in Odoo " +"Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:188 -msgid "" -"When you edit the page again, the change only affects the current website. A" -" new page is duplicated and tied up to the website. The original page still " -"being linked to all websites." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:19 +msgid "Set up traceable URLs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:21 msgid "" -"By grouping pages by URL in the page manager, you quickly find the original " -"page behind each edited page." +"Go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to website --> Promote --> Track this " +"page`. Here, you are able to get a specific tracked URL based on the " +"campaign, medium, and source being used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:200 -msgid "Multi-companies" -msgstr "Мульти-компанії" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:202 -msgid "" -"Each website can be linked to a specific company of your system, in a multi-" -"companies environment." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 +msgid "View of the link tracker fields for Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:28 msgid "" -"With such a configuration, only company-related data appear on the website " -"(products, jobs, events, etc.)." +"**URL**: url of the page you want to track (e.g. the home page or a " +"product's page)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Website editors can only view and edit the pages of the records they have " -"access to, typically the ones belonging to their current company (and to " -"their subsidiaries, or child companies in Odoo language). And so is it for " -"visitors." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:29 +msgid "**Campaign**: context of your link (e.g. a special promotion)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:30 msgid "" -"If websites are multi-companies, you don’t change company when switching " -"websites. To change the company and see the related content, use the company" -" selector in the menu." +"**Medium**: channel used to share (deliver) your link (e.g. an email or a " +"Facebook ad)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:223 -msgid "Configure your eCommerce website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:31 msgid "" -"eCommerce is a crucial feature in the multi-websites environment. We made it" -" so that the entire flow can be customized to fit the very audience of each " -"website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:230 -msgid "Products only available on one website" +"**Source**: platform where the traffic originates (e.g. Google or Twitter)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:33 msgid "" -"We already saw earlier how to publish a specific record in only one website." -" You will find the \\*Website\\* field in the eCommerce tab of the product " -"edit form. Empty means available in all websites." +"Now, click on *Get tracked link* to generate a URL that you can post or send" +" by the source you have decided on." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:240 -msgid "Products available on *some* websites" +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:37 +msgid "Follow-up on tracked links" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:39 msgid "" -"To make a product available on some websites, but not all of them, you " -"should duplicate the product for each website." +"To look at statistics of your links, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Go to" +" website --> Promote --> Track this page`. Besides being able to see the " +"*Most Clicked* and *Recently Used* links, you can also see complete " +"statistics by clicking on *Stats*, including the number of clicks, and the " +"country of origin for those clicks." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:245 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst-1 msgid "" -"If you need a unique reference to manage in your inventory, you should " -"install *Manufacturing\\ and create *Kits* BoMs (bills of materials). Each " -"kit will link each published “virtual” product to the main reference managed" -" in your inventory. That way, any item sold from your website will be " -"converted into the storable item in the delivery order." +"View of the tracked list emphasizing the statistics buttons in Odoo Website" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:252 -msgid "Pricelists" -msgstr "Прайс-листи" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:254 -msgid "" -"To manage specific prices by websites, you can activate *Multiple Sales " -"Prices per Product* in Website settings." +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:50 +msgid "You can also access the link tracker on *odoo.com/r* via your browser." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:51 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Website --> Products --> Pricelists` to create " -"additional pricelists. See " -":doc:`../../ecommerce/maximizing_revenue/pricing`." +"Activate the developer mode (:menuselection:`Settings --> Activate the " +"developer mode`) and get access to the *Link Tracker* module and its back-" +"end functionalities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:260 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:53 msgid "" -"If you need help. Select a website to make a pricelist only available on " -"this website." +"Integrated with :ref:`website/analytics/GA`, those trackers allow you to see" +" the number of clicks and visitors to keep you on top of your marketing " +"campaigns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:266 -msgid "" -"Leaving the field empty means that you make it work in all websites if " -"*Selectable* is selected. Otherwise, it makes it only available for backend " -"operations of Sales and Point of Sale applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:271 -msgid "Payment Acquirers and Delivery Methods" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:273 -msgid "" -"By default, published payment acquirers and delivery methods are deployed in" -" all websites. You could already use specific payment acquirers per country " -"using Geo IP by defining countries in their configuration. Now you can also " -"do it per website by filling in the *Website* field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:279 -msgid "Customer accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:281 -msgid "" -"There is a setting to choose how to manage customer accounts in Website " -"settings. You can either allow customers to use one account through all the " -"websites or compel them to create one account for each website. This last " -"option is convenient if your websites shouldn’t be related to each other in " -"the visitor mind." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:291 -msgid "Technical hints for customization" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:293 -msgid "" -"If you want to publish custom objects on the website, here are a few tips to" -" make it work with multi websites:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "Sitemap: don’t forget the domain in the route to only publish" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:297 -msgid "available records in each website’s sitemap." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:301 -msgid "Access: you should call the method" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:300 -msgid "" -"*can_access_from_current_website* in the controller to make sure the visitor" -" can see a record in the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:305 -msgid "Search: when a list of records is displayed, don’t forget to specify" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/multi_website.rst:304 -msgid "the domain to only display records available for the current website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:3 -msgid "Geo IP Installation (On-Premises Database)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:6 -msgid "Installation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:9 -msgid "" -"Please note that the installation depends on your computer's operating " -"system and distribution. We will assume that a Linux operating system is " -"being used." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:15 -msgid "Install `geoip2 <https://pypi.org/project/geoip2/>`__ Python library" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:17 -msgid "" -"Download the `GeoLite2 City database " -"<https://dev.maxmind.com/geoip/geoip2/geolite2/>`_. You should end up with a" -" file called ``GeoLite2-City.mmdb``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:22 -msgid "Move the file to the folder ``/usr/share/GeoIP/``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:24 -msgid "Restart the server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:27 -msgid "" -"If you can't/don't want to locate the geoip database in " -"``/usr/share/GeoIP/``, you can use the ``--geoip-db`` option of the Odoo " -"command line interface. This option takes the absolute path to the GeoIP " -"database file and uses it as the GeoIP database. For example:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:36 -msgid ":doc:`CLI documentation </developer/reference/cmdline>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:39 -msgid "" -"``GeoIP`` Python library can also be used. However this version is " -"discontinued since January 1. See `GeoLite Legacy databases are now " -"discontinued <https://support.maxmind.com/geolite-legacy-discontinuation-" -"notice/>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:44 -msgid "How To Test GeoIP Geolocation In Your Odoo Website" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:45 -msgid "Go to your website. Open the web page that you want to test ``GeoIP``." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:46 -msgid "Choose :menuselection:`Customize --> HTML/CSS/JS Editor`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:47 -msgid "Add the following piece of XML in the page :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:53 -msgid "" -"You should end up with a dictionary indicating the location of the IP " -"address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:59 -msgid "" -"If the curly braces are empty ``{}``, it can be for any of the following " -"reasons :" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:61 -msgid "" -"The browsing IP address is the localhost (``127.0.0.1``) or a local area " -"network one (``192.168.*.*``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:62 -msgid "" -"If a reversed proxy is used, make sure to configure it correctly. See " -":option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:63 -msgid "``geoip2`` is not installed or the GeoIP database file wasn't found" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/on-premise_geo-ip-installation.rst:64 -msgid "The GeoIP database was unable to resolve the given IP address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:3 -msgid "How to translate my website" -msgstr "Як перекласти свій веб-сайт" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:8 -msgid "" -"In addition to creating great modern websites, Odoo gives you the " -"possibility to translate it in different languages." -msgstr "" -"Крім створення чудових сучасних веб-сайтів, Odoo надає вам можливість " -"перекладати їх на різні мови." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:12 -msgid "Process" -msgstr "Обробіть" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Once your website is created, you have the opportunity to translate it in as" -" many different languages as you want." -msgstr "" -"Після того як ваш веб-сайт буде створений, у вас є можливість перекладати " -"його на будь-яку іншу мову." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:17 -msgid "" -"There are two ways to translate your website, you can do it manually or " -"automatically with the Gengo App. If you want to do it automatically, go to " -"the **App** module and Install **Automated translations through Gengo Api** " -"and **Website Gengo Translator**. If you want to do it manually, don't " -"install anything, and follow the next step." -msgstr "" -"Є два способи перекладу вашого веб-сайту, це можна зробити вручну або " -"автоматично за допомогою програми Gengo. Якщо ви хочете зробити це " -"автоматично, перейдіть до модуля **Додатки** і встановіть **Автоматичні " -"переклади через Gengo Api** та **Веб-сайт Gengo Translator**. Якщо ви хочете" -" зробити це вручну, не встановлюйте нічого та виконайте наступний крок." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:23 -msgid "" -"Now go to your website. On the bottom right corner of the page, click on " -"**Add a language**." -msgstr "" -"Перейдіть на свій веб-сайт. У нижньому правому куті сторінки натисніть " -"**Додати мову**." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Choose the language in which you want to translate your website and then " -"click on **Load.**" -msgstr "" -"Виберіть мову, якою ви хочете перекласти ваш веб-сайт, а потім натисніть " -"кнопку **Завантажити**." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:35 -msgid "" -"You will see that Now, next to English there is also French, which means " -"that the page for the translation has been created. You can also see that " -"some of the text has been translated automatically." -msgstr "" -"Ви побачите, що зараз біля англійської є також французька, що означає, що " -"сторінка для перекладу була створена. Ви також можете побачити, що частина " -"тексту була перекладена автоматично." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To translate the content of the website, click on **Translate** (here " -"**Traduire** since we want to translate the website in French)." -msgstr "" -"Щоби перекласти вміст веб-сайту, натисніть на **Перекласти** (тут, " -"**Traduire**, оскільки ми хочемо перекласти веб-сайт французькою мовою)." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:45 -msgid "" -"There, if you have installed the Gengo Translator, You will see that next to" -" the **Translate** button you also have a button **Translate " -"automatically**. Once you click on that button, you will be asked some " -"information on your account. If you don't have an account yet, follow `this " -"link <https://gengo.com/auth/form/login/>`_ in order to create one. You need" -" to ask for a public key and a private key." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:53 -msgid "" -"The content you wish to translate will then be translated automatically." -msgstr "Вміст, який ви хочете перекласти, буде автоматично перекладено." - -#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/publish/translate.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/websites/website/reporting/link_tracker.rst:55 msgid "" -"Now you can see that most of the content is highlighted in yellow or in " -"green. The yellow represents the content that you have to translate by " -"yourself. The green represents the content that has already been translated " -"automatically." +"The integration with the :doc:`CRM " +"</applications/sales/crm/track_leads/prospect_visits>` application allows " +"you to understand where your leads and opportunities are coming from." msgstr "" -"Тепер ви можете побачити, що більша частина вмісту виділена жовтим або " -"зеленим кольором. Жовтий - це вміст, який потрібно перекласти самостійно. " -"Зелений - це вміст, який вже перекладено автоматично." diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index bad8aa8ab..9fee6f3ac 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -5,19 +5,19 @@ # # Translators: # Duy BQ <duybq86@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -363,7 +363,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -421,8 +421,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -533,141 +533,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "60 người dung truy cập đồng thời" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "60 người dung truy cập đồng thời" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -675,43 +681,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -721,79 +727,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -801,11 +788,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -813,21 +800,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -836,18 +823,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -855,7 +842,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -869,19 +856,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -890,18 +877,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "Bảo mật" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -911,20 +898,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -933,14 +920,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -950,7 +937,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -960,7 +947,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -969,20 +956,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -992,7 +979,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1002,28 +989,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1038,7 +1025,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1053,18 +1040,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1538,34 +1533,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2371,44 +2374,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "Thiết lập" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "Thông số hệ thống" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2419,7 +2568,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4139,6 +4288,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5062,7 +5219,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6465,10 +6622,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "Thiết lập" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " @@ -8009,7 +8162,7 @@ msgstr "Người dùng" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:55 msgid "Admin" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Quản trị viên" #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:61 #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/settings.rst:89 diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 465eaa625..26cd5d6cd 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ msgstr "Sao kê" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:129 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:216 msgid "Balance sheet" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Bảng cân đối kế toán" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:131 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:206 @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "Đối tác" @@ -518,7 +518,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -558,13 +557,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -807,6 +809,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1805,136 +1808,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "Tổng quan" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "Giao dịch" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2140,10 +2240,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "Giao dịch" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2313,7 +2409,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2355,7 +2452,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2549,7 +2646,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2583,7 +2681,7 @@ msgstr "Bán hàng" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/get_started/cheat_sheet.rst:252 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:127 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:117 msgid "Payment" @@ -2920,7 +3018,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "Các điều khoản thanh toán" @@ -5626,7 +5723,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6784,7 +6882,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "Thanh toán" @@ -6815,7 +6912,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6926,11 +7023,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -6941,19 +7038,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6964,18 +7061,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6989,11 +7086,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7985,6 +8082,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10539,7 +10637,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11224,7 +11321,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11323,7 +11421,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "Đầu trang" @@ -11613,7 +11711,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12043,7 +12141,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12135,19 +12233,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12158,24 +12268,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12183,7 +12293,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12195,18 +12305,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12214,14 +12324,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12229,18 +12339,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12248,7 +12358,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12256,7 +12366,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12269,14 +12379,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12286,7 +12396,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12298,14 +12408,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12315,18 +12425,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12339,24 +12449,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12365,14 +12475,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15326,12 +15436,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "Argentina" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15351,14 +15461,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15371,8 +15483,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15380,6 +15492,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15391,14 +15506,17 @@ msgstr "Tên" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15410,8 +15528,8 @@ msgstr "Tên kỹ thuật" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15419,6 +15537,9 @@ msgstr "Tên kỹ thuật" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15486,7 +15607,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15533,7 +15655,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17663,7 +17785,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "Hóa đơn điện tử" @@ -17677,7 +17800,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18135,8 +18258,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18166,15 +18289,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18327,7 +18450,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18382,9 +18505,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "Sản phẩm" @@ -18438,7 +18564,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "Liên hệ" @@ -18548,8 +18676,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18694,7 +18822,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18834,7 +18964,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "Báo cáo tài chính" @@ -18849,6 +18979,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20084,419 +20215,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "Colombia" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "Điểm bán hàng" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "Nhận dạng" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "Người dùng" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20504,40 +20883,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20569,52 +20938,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20625,15 +21000,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20642,14 +21017,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20657,23 +21032,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20681,26 +21056,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20708,59 +21083,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20771,7 +21146,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20779,11 +21154,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20791,7 +21166,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20802,88 +21177,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20896,45 +21271,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20945,32 +21320,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20982,7 +21357,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -20990,20 +21365,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21013,29 +21388,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21043,18 +21418,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21064,45 +21439,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21114,18 +21489,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21133,7 +21508,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21143,50 +21518,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21194,11 +21569,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21209,24 +21584,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21234,27 +21609,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21262,26 +21637,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21290,11 +21665,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21303,21 +21678,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21326,13 +21701,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21341,18 +21716,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21360,17 +21735,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21380,46 +21755,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "Hóa đơn nhà cung cấp" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21427,7 +21802,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21436,79 +21811,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21518,17 +21893,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21536,7 +21911,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21544,7 +21919,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21554,7 +21929,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21562,13 +21937,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21576,32 +21951,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21612,11 +21987,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21650,6 +22025,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25093,7 +25478,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25909,7 +26293,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26082,195 +26466,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "Mexico" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "Yêu cầu" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "Mô đun" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26279,2295 +26755,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "Công ty" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "Các điều khoản thanh toán" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "Đặt cọc" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "Bấm để tạo" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "Huỷ thanh toán" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "Giai đoạn trước" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "Bảng cân đối thử" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28640,7 +28428,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29741,6 +29531,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "Công ty" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30113,10 +29907,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index bbafc5342..714c28c00 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -5,17 +5,20 @@ # # Translators: # odooviet <cuong.nm@ictech.vn>, 2023 +# Thin Tran <trvathin@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-02 09:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -43,7 +46,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" msgstr "" @@ -119,40 +122,41 @@ msgid "" "must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57 msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65 msgid "" "Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " "Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " -"Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." +"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72 msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75 msgid "" "Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " "erases their data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "Chứng thực" @@ -311,13 +315,306 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 -msgid "OAuth" +msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "Cấu hình" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 @@ -326,190 +623,249 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your " -"users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." +"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " +"users to sign in to their database with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" -"This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and " -"you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with " -"their Google Accounts." +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Google Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "Cấu hình" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " -"on Google and on Odoo." +"on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "" -"Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, " -"click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of " -"your company, and click on *Create*." +"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " +"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " +"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the details of a new project" +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 -msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Google oauth consent selection menu" +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "" -"Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click" -" on *Create*." +"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" +" click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Choice of a user type in oauth consent" +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "" -"Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" -"On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and " -"Continue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "Thông tin xác thực" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 -msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials button menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 -msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Oauth client id selection" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" -"Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the " -"allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" +" and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" -"In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter " -"your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For " -"example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on " -"*Create*." +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "Thông tin xác thực" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Creating oauth client id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 -msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 -msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 msgid "" -"Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google " -"API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." +"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " +"ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rstNone -msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 -msgid "Odoo activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " -"**OAuth Authentication**." +"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," +" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 -msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," +" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " +"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " +"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate " -"**Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from " -"the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." +"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" +" :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 -msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" -"To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with " -"Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " -"access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log" -" in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " +"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google " +"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " +":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " +"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " +"with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " +"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 +msgid "" "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " "<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_" msgstr "" @@ -568,489 +924,6 @@ msgid "" "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:5 -msgid "Calendars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " -"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " -"your schedule so you never miss a meeting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:12 -msgid "Enable Google Calendar API" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Begin by creating a new Google API project and enabling the Google Calendar " -"API. Then, go to the `Google API Console " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and log into your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If this is your first time visiting this page, Google will prompt you to " -"enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the" -" drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select or create an API project" -" to store credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Give the API Project a clear name like \"Odoo Sync\" so you can easily find " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, open the API Project and click :guilabel:`Enable APIs and Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"After that, search for *Google Calendar API* using the search bar and select" -" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " -":guilabel:`Enable`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Create credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your API project and enabled the Google Calendar " -"API, you need to create credentials. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Create " -"Credentials`. Google will then guide you through four steps to create your " -"API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the first step, :guilabel:`Credential Type`, select the :guilabel:`Google" -" Calendar API` and :guilabel:`User Data` options. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Select Google Calendar API and User Data for the Credential Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type *Odoo* in the " -":guilabel:`App name` field, select your email address for the " -":guilabel:`User support email` field, and type your email address for the " -":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Skip the third step, :guilabel:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and " -"Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the last step, :guilabel:`OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " -"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field and type *My Odoo " -"Database* for the :guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " -":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " -"Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address followed by " -"*/google_account/authentication*. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create` and " -":guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "" -"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:79 -msgid "" -"After successfully creating a new API project, enabling the Google Calendar " -"API, and generating the Google Calendar API credentials, you should now have" -" a Client ID and Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 -msgid "Client ID & Client Secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The **Client ID** and the **Client Secret** are both needed to connect " -"Google Calendar to Odoo. Find the Client ID and the Client Secret by opening" -" the Google Cloud Platform navigation menu and going to :menuselection:`API " -"& Services --> Credentials --> OAuth 2.0 Client IDs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Next, locate the credentials you just created for the Google Calendar API. " -"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit OAuth Client` (the pencil icon). The page " -"will redirect to the edit page, where you can view the Client ID and the " -"Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Click Edit OAuth Client to view the credential details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:98 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Once the Client ID and the Client Secret are located, open the Odoo database" -" and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations " -"--> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Next, copy and paste the Client ID and the Client Secret from the Google " -"Calender API Credentials page into their respective fields below the " -":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, open the Calendar module in Odoo and click on the " -":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "" -"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The first time you sync your Google Calendar with Odoo, the page will " -"redirect to your Google Account. Click :guilabel:`OK` and :guilabel:`Allow` " -"to authorize Odoo to access Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:127 -msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Successfully sync between Odoo and Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Outlook Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " -"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 -msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" -" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " -"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " -"<https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/azure/active-directory/ develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_ on how to" -" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " -"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/azure/active-directory/develop/ quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " -"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " -"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " -"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" -" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " -"account types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " -"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " -"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " -"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "" -"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " -"Microsoft Azure AD portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " -"this page <https://docs. microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-" -"directory/develop/reply-url>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " -"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " -"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" -" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " -":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " -":guilabel:`Expires`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " -"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " -"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " -"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:52 -msgid "Configuration in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " -"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:61 -msgid "" -"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " -"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " -"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " -"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " -":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:80 -msgid "Sync with Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " -"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " -"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " -"user's production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " -"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " -"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " -"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:92 -msgid "" -"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " -"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " -"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " -"and then start the sync." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " -"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " -"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " -"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" -" Odoo's side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:101 -msgid "" -"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " -"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " -"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " -"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " -"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " -"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " -"invitations to all event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " -"calendar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " -"attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" -" attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " -"all event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:118 -msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:120 -msgid "" -"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " -":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" -" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " -"already, and grant the required permissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" -" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:132 -msgid "" -"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " -"their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " -"configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD " -"tenants' Client IDs and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an " -"organization that helps the user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft " -"cloud services for their internal and external users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/mail_plugins/outlook`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" @@ -1078,7 +951,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Settings` module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1113,7 +986,7 @@ msgid "" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." msgstr "" @@ -1128,7 +1001,7 @@ msgid "" " then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Command palette with debug command." msgstr "" @@ -1143,7 +1016,7 @@ msgid "" " deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." msgstr "" @@ -1166,7 +1039,7 @@ msgid "" "the header of the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1211,7 +1084,7 @@ msgid "" "click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -1286,7 +1159,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." msgstr "" @@ -1485,80 +1358,74 @@ msgid "Email Communication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 -msgid "Send an email with Odoo" +msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 -msgid "Use an email domain in Odoo" +msgid "SPAM labels overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 msgid "" -"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " -"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email " +"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out " +"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " +"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 msgid "" -"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" -" email to the followers of the document. If a follower replies to the " -"message, the reply updates the chatter, and Odoo relays the reply to the " -"followers as a notification." +"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the " +"author\" <notifications@mycompany.odoo.com>``. In other words this can be " +"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands " +"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability " +"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " +"<email_servers/notifications>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 msgid "" -"Messages sent in the chatter from internal database users to external users " -"(such as partners, customers, or vendors) are relayed on behalf of the " -"database users. Messages sent back to the chatter from external users will " -"appear in the chatter from their respective email addresses, or as they are " -"listed in their Contacts record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the Odoo database is hosted on the cloud (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), it is " -"not necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from a custom " -"domain." +"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one" +" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox." +" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received " +"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It " +"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" +" whitelist on the receiving domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 msgid "" -"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " -"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " -"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " -"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more " -"information." +"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help " +"ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and the support team will work to get " +"the servers removed from the blacklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 msgid "" -"To ensure that emails sent to and from the chatter reach their intended " -"contacts, instead of being considered spam, Odoo recommends configuring the " -"domain name." +"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from " +"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom " +"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting " +"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" +" the final receiving mailbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For the same reason, Odoo also recommends giving each database user an email" -" address from the configured domain, rather than a generic email address " -"domain (such as gmail.com, outlook.com, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 msgid "Be SPF compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 msgid "" "The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" " to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When " -"a server receives an incoming email, it checks if the IP address of the " -"sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " +"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the" +" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the " "domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an " @@ -1566,13 +1433,7 @@ msgid "" "`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:51 -msgid "" -"See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a " "TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider" @@ -1581,46 +1442,43 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" +" ~all`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 msgid "" -"If the domain name does not yet have an :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " -"Framework)` record, the content of the record to create it is as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 -msgid "`v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the domain name already has an :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " +"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " "record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 msgid "" "If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add " "`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " "free tool like `MXToolbox SPF <https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 msgid "Enable DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74 msgid "" "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " "with a digital signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 msgid "" "When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM " "(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's " @@ -1630,25 +1488,25 @@ msgid "" " and has not been altered during transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 msgid "" "To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME " "(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" " domain name:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 msgid "" "If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain " "`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " "`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 msgid "" "The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends " "on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the " @@ -1656,18 +1514,18 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/SPFDKIM_common_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with " "a free tool like `DKIM Core <https://dkimcore.org/tools/>`_. If a selector " "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -1678,6 +1536,14 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "DMARC: TXT record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " @@ -1689,6 +1555,7 @@ msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" @@ -1730,137 +1597,205 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 msgid "" +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, " +"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF " +"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification" +" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P " +"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the" +" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode " +"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " +"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" +" too restrictive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Tag Name" +msgstr "Tên Từ khóa" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "Purpose" +msgstr "Mục đích" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "Ví dụ" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "Protocol version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "`v=DMARC1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "pct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "`pct=20`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "ruf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "rua" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +msgid "p" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Policy for organizational domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +msgid "sp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +msgid "`sp=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +msgid "adkim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "`adkim=s`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +msgid "aspf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +msgid "`aspf=r`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 msgid "" -"If a partner, customer, or vendor, uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " -"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these " -"policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to the " -"database users." +"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " +"<https://dmarc.org/overview/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To solve this issue, :ref:`handle user notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, or replace the email address of the" -" partner with a default email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 msgid "" "`OVH SPF <https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_the_spf_record/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-txt-record-19232>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-an-spf-record-19218>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-" "do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-" "us/articles/360019093151>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 msgid "" "`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`Azure DNS <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-" "portal>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester <https://www.mail-" "tester.com/>`_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " -"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used for other, " -"lesser-known providers." +"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " +"records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 -msgid "Use a default email address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 msgid "" -"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " -"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " -"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 -msgid "" -"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " -"value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 -msgid "" -"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" -" value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations, " -"otherwise this parameter can be set using the `from_filter` field on " -"`ir.mail_server`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If the email address of the author does not match " -"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " -"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " -"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " -"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " -"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " -"in `mail.default.from`." +"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " +"<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 @@ -1875,350 +1810,211 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and " "incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and " -"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be done!" +"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:12 msgid "" "Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass " -"mailing, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " -"already been preconfigured for email." +"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " +"already been pre-configured to send email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " +"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " +"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:22 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_." +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't" +" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo," +" unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " +"for on-premise databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:29 msgid "" "The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an " "external email server with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:33 msgid "" -"If no one in the company is used to managing email servers, Odoo Online and " -"Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. Those Odoo hosting types' email systems " -"work instantly and are monitored by professionals. Nevertheless, a company " -"can use their own email server if they want to manage the email server's " -"reputation themselves." +"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online " +"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email " +"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. " +"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to " +"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see " +":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo <email_domain>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow the sending of external emails " -"from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a- multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18- c805d654b4c4>`_ to make it work." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:42 +msgid "Default notifications system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " +"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" +" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the " +"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the " +"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. " +"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear " +"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " +"*Contacts* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more " +"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " +"<email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "Manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " -"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`External Email Servers` option. " +"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`" " and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in" " Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone -msgid "The typical G Suite configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss` " -"and set the email domain name in the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name. Finally," -" click :guilabel:`Save` to finish setting up the email server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If an `[AUTHENTICATION FAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)` warning " -"appears when :guilabel:`Test Connection` is clicked for a Gmail address, " -"activate the :guilabel:`Less secure app access` option. A direct link can be" -" `accessed here <https://myaccount.google.com/ lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, enable the :guilabel:`IMAP setting` on the Gmail " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:64 -msgid "Use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An Office 365 server can be used if the database's hosting type is **Odoo " -"on-premise**. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh unless Odoo is configured to :ref:`force the outgoing \"From\" " -"address <email_communication/default_from>`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up- a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18- c805d654b4c4>`_ to configure" -" an SMTP relay for the Odoo database's IP address." +"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based " +"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see " +":doc:`email_domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:75 -msgid "Use a G Suite server" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Port restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80 msgid "" -"A G Suite server can be used for any Odoo hosting type. To do so, set up the" -" SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google " -"documentation <https://support.google.com /a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and " +"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and " "Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " "domain, and that can be a problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "For example, if a customer with the email address " -"*mary\\@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to " +"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to " "redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. " -"However, if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for" +"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for" " security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected " "by some recipients' email servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:96 msgid "" -"To avoid that problem, make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from the " -"same authorized domain." +"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from " +"the same authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 msgid "" -"If the MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sender_Rewriting _Scheme>`_, SRS can be " -"enabled to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and " -"requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this " -"documentation." +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " +"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " +"value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 -msgid "Instead, Odoo can be configured to do something similar by itself:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in the :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Discuss`." +"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" +" value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "Setting the domain alias configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Turn on :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters`." +"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or " +"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" +" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "Add one system parameter from the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "" -"To use the same \"From\" address for *all* outgoing messages, use the key " -"`mail.force.smtp.from` and set that address as value (such as " -"`outgoing@mycompany.example.com`)." +"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain " +"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then " +"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " +"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" -"To keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use the same domain, " -"but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key " -"`mail.dynamic.smtp.from` and set the value as the email address that should " -"be used in those cases (such as `outgoing@mycompany.example.com` )." +"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the " +"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and " +"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration " +"in Odoo: ``“Admin” <admin@example.com>`` => ``“Admin” " +"<notifications@mycompany.com>``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:128 -msgid "Manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:130 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." +"In other words if the email address of the author does not match " +"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " +"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " +"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." +"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " +"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " +"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " +"in `mail.default.from`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page " -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:147 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Discuss`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " -":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. This can be done " -"from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to the email " -"provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on Incoming " -"Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on " -":guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting " -"incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external email server" -" is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received without delay. " -"Odoo Online only fetches incoming messages of external servers once every " -"hour. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's domain " -"name in the email server (e.g. *catchall\\@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:171 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" -" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & *mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "System parameters with catchall configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:183 -msgid "" -"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:186 -msgid "" -"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" -" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 -msgid "Utilizing the From Filter on an outgoing email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific " "outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or " @@ -2226,21 +2022,21 @@ msgid "" "improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the " "database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to " "send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this " -"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Custom Mail " -"Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." +"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " +"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" "When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " "is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM " "Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in " @@ -2249,7 +2045,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 msgid "" "However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, " "then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the " @@ -2259,14 +2055,14 @@ msgid "" "`example.com` are returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 msgid "" "If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo " "returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " "value(s) set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" "Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an " "email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the " @@ -2275,7 +2071,7 @@ msgid "" "first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "" "If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according " "to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a " @@ -2283,524 +2079,1189 @@ msgid "" "server with a priority of `10` is used first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 msgid "" -"In Odoo a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) server can be used for " -"transactional emails and mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue " -"for transactional emails, and Amazon SES, Mailgun or Sendgrid for mass " -"mailings." +"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and " +"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails," +" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet " +"</administration/maintain/mailjet_api>` for mass mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 msgid "" "A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an " "alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed " "for technical reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 msgid "" "To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email " -"servers. There, create two email MTA server settings; one for the " +"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the " "transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give " "priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by " -"providing a lower priority number for the transactional MTA server." +"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " -":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with" -" the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected " -"for mass mails. Note that in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework" -" (SPF) records must be set to include both transactional and mass mail " -"servers." +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With " +"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for " +"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that" +" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be " +"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid ":doc:`email_domain`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "Manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of " +"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies " +"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall " +"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does " +"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " +"used to collect replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is " +"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__. In this case bounces are " +"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month " +"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid " +"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances " +"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note " +"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" +" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will " +"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful " +"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page " +"/project-management>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, " +"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will " +"change the catchall's domain for the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " +":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new " +"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail " +"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to " +"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on " +"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, " +"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or " +"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external " +"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received " +"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's " +"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to " +"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" +" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should" +" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after " +"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " +"reply won't be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 +msgid "" +"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "Mẫu Email" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rstNone -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rstNone -msgid "Reply-to field on template." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " -"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " -"corresponding website of the company." +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Reply-to field on template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "How many users in your database," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "Which apps are installed?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "Không gặp lỗi" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 -msgid "Emails are not received" +msgid "Email is sent late" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -2824,7 +3285,7 @@ msgid "" "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" msgstr "" @@ -2835,7 +3296,7 @@ msgid "" "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "" "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3509,28 +3970,28 @@ msgid "" "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " "credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " @@ -3539,11 +4000,11 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:38 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -3551,11 +4012,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:48 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -3565,45 +4026,469 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " "SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:70 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase </developer/api/iap>`." +"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "Báo cáo" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " +"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "Selecting a view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. " +"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while " +"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " +"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`graph view <reporting/using-graph>` is used to visualize your " +"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often " +"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found " +"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " +"access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`pivot view <reporting/using-pivot>` is used to aggregate your " +"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " +"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" +" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +msgid "Choosing measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " +":doc:`filtered <search>`. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " +"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " +":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" +" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>`, :ref:`decimal <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/decimal>`, :ref:`monetary <studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`) " +"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " +"the total number of filtered records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " +"be :ref:`grouped <search/group>` depending on the dimension you want to " +"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " +"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " +"another one appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Using the comparison option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "Select measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " +":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "Group measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" +" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +msgid "Using the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " +"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" +" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example" +" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the " +":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select" +" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " +"(:guilabel:`➖`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " +"the newly created subgroups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " +"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " +"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " +"Office Furniture` product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " +"(:guilabel:`⇄`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" +" (⏷) order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " +"(:guilabel:`⭳`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +msgid "Using the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 +msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " +"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " +"sets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " +"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +msgid "Stacked bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +msgid "Regular bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +msgid "Stacked line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Cumulative line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Cumulative line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Regular line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 +msgid "Search and filter records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" +" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" +" search for specific values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 +msgid "Preconfigured filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are " +"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the " +"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could " +"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are " +"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* " +"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " +"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 +msgid "Custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " +"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales " +"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " +"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click " +":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " +"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 +msgid "Search for values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add " +"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and " +"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown " +"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " +"you are looking for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* " +"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for " +"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" +" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when " +"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the" +" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " +"selected field will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 +msgid "Group records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" +" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " +"records are filtered out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " +"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " +"categories, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users and companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 -msgid "Users & Companies" -msgstr "Người dùng & Công ty" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " "daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" @@ -3639,7 +4524,7 @@ msgid "" " rights are shown in black." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3651,7 +4536,7 @@ msgid "" "*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3667,7 +4552,7 @@ msgid "" "access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3694,7 +4579,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3712,7 +4597,7 @@ msgid "" "*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3736,11 +4621,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -3748,11 +4633,11 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* " "for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " @@ -3765,7 +4650,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -3774,126 +4659,123 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" "in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "Giao dịch liên Công ty" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions " -"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 @@ -3908,7 +4790,7 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" " Odoo" @@ -3927,7 +4809,7 @@ msgid "" "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3946,7 +4828,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3967,7 +4849,44 @@ msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 +msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" +" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" +" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " +"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " +"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " +"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " +":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" +" Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 @@ -4044,7 +4963,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 @@ -4076,7 +4995,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4093,7 +5012,7 @@ msgid "" " database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4104,7 +5023,7 @@ msgid "" "invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" " sent in Odoo" @@ -4122,7 +5041,7 @@ msgid "" "be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " "Odoo" @@ -4171,7 +5090,7 @@ msgid "" "**Password Reset** and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" msgstr "" @@ -4198,7 +5117,7 @@ msgid "" " with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" msgstr "" @@ -4213,7 +5132,7 @@ msgid "" "Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4253,7 +5172,7 @@ msgid "" "</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4261,6 +5180,144 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 +msgid "Portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " +"documents or information within an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" +" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +msgid "leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +msgid "quotations/sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +msgid "purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +msgid "invoices & bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +msgid "projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +msgid "tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +msgid "signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +msgid "subscriptions" +msgstr "đăng ký" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " +"documents in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " +"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on " +"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " +"into the portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " +"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" +" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " +"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" +"sending a portal invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " +"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " +"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the " +":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " +"then click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +msgid "" +"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " +"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " +"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" +" :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -4333,58 +5390,58 @@ msgid "" "extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -4392,40 +5449,40 @@ msgid "" "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -4434,7 +5491,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -4443,54 +5500,54 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -4525,7 +5582,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4549,7 +5606,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4572,7 +5629,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" msgstr "" @@ -4606,7 +5663,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4643,7 +5700,7 @@ msgid "" "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -4651,92 +5708,92 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4744,35 +5801,35 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.ucm>`_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4780,11 +5837,12 @@ msgid "" "the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" " numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 2777060a0..347892630 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -28,87 +28,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "Kho vận" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "Mã vạch" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -118,7 +109,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "Tổng quan" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -127,11 +118,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -139,20 +130,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -162,45 +153,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -209,17 +200,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -227,58 +218,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -288,28 +279,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -318,20 +309,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -339,7 +330,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -348,11 +339,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -368,13 +359,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -382,128 +373,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "Tên" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "Tên quy tắc" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "Mẫu Mã vạch" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "Sản phẩm" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "Số lượng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "Số LOT" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -528,7 +519,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "Cấu hình" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -537,7 +528,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -548,7 +539,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -556,17 +547,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -576,29 +567,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -606,7 +597,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -616,7 +607,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -624,99 +615,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -724,18 +715,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -743,7 +734,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -754,15 +745,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -771,7 +762,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -779,7 +770,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -787,7 +778,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -803,24 +794,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -828,7 +819,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -837,7 +828,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -846,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -854,11 +845,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -866,321 +857,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "Loại" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "Loại Nội dung GS1" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "Gói" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "Đơn vị Sản phẩm" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "Bao bì" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "Vị trí đích" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "Địa điểm" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "Lô" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "Ngày" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "Sử dụng tốt nhất trước ngày" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "Ngày hết hạn" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "Số đo" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "Loại kiện hàng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1188,17 +1179,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "Nhận hàng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1206,24 +1197,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "Phiếu giao hàng" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1231,98 +1222,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "Điều chuyển nội bộ" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "Thiết lập" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1330,7 +1321,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1339,7 +1330,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1350,15 +1341,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1366,11 +1357,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1380,11 +1371,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1393,41 +1384,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1435,32 +1426,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "Kho vận" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "Quản lý kho" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1819,6 +1838,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1909,55 +1929,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2647,7 +2803,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2831,7 +2987,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2845,15 +3001,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3010,7 +3166,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3056,11 +3212,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3068,13 +3224,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3088,7 +3244,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3096,11 +3252,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3109,7 +3265,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3117,14 +3273,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3133,7 +3289,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3143,7 +3299,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3151,17 +3307,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3169,24 +3325,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3194,26 +3350,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3226,7 +3382,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3234,62 +3390,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3299,11 +3455,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3313,7 +3469,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3323,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3332,14 +3488,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3348,7 +3504,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3359,17 +3515,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3379,7 +3535,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3387,14 +3543,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3402,7 +3558,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3411,7 +3567,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3420,7 +3576,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3428,11 +3584,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3441,14 +3597,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3459,7 +3615,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3474,32 +3630,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3508,7 +3664,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3520,7 +3676,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3535,187 +3691,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "Hoạt động khác" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "Tạo đơn hàng chậm trễ" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8334,7 +8698,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11677,35 +12041,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "Sản xuất" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "Bảo trì" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11715,7 +12075,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11724,11 +12084,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11736,20 +12096,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11758,7 +12118,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11767,14 +12127,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11783,91 +12143,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11875,22 +12235,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "Sản xuất" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "Tạo định mức nguyên liệu" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11898,31 +12283,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11930,13 +12315,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11952,24 +12337,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11983,11 +12368,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -11996,7 +12381,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12007,7 +12392,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12019,11 +12404,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12031,14 +12416,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12049,6 +12434,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "Tìm hiểu thêm" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12242,6 +12744,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13511,375 +14337,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "Mua hàng" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15864,3 +16330,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "Chất lượng" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index d2baaaa56..67175cbde 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" @@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2120,7 +2120,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2355,11 +2355,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2368,18 +2843,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2387,11 +2862,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2400,18 +2875,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2422,11 +2897,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2870,17 +3345,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3098,6 +3571,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" @@ -3768,7 +4251,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:94 msgid "Commands" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Lệnh" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/knowledge/articles_editing.rst:96 msgid "" @@ -6595,7 +7078,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:111 msgid "Company tagline" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Khẩu hiệu công ty" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/studio/pdf_reports.rst:113 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po index e19815071..1c9a68260 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/sales.po @@ -7,18 +7,18 @@ # Duy BQ <duybq86@gmail.com>, 2023 # Nancy Momoland <thanh.np2502@gmail.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Hà Trần Thị Minh, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2048,10 +2048,12 @@ msgid "Windows 10 & Linux OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:191 msgid "Generate a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 msgid "" "Navigate to the ePOS' IP address (e.g., `https://192.168.1.25`) and force " "the connection by clicking :guilabel:`Advanced` and :guilabel:`Proceed to " @@ -2063,10 +2065,12 @@ msgid "warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:201 msgid "Warning page on Google Chrome, Windows 10" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:203 msgid "" "Then, sign in using your printer credentials to access the ePOS printer " "settings. To sign in, enter `epson` in the :guilabel:`ID` field and your " @@ -2074,6 +2078,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:207 msgid "" "Click :guilabel:`Certificate List` in the :guilabel:`Authentication` " "section, and click :guilabel:`create` to generate a new **Self-Signed " @@ -2085,6 +2090,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:214 msgid "" "The self-signed certificate is generated. Reload the page and click " ":guilabel:`SSL/TLS` in the :guilabel:`Security` section to ensure " @@ -2093,10 +2099,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:218 msgid "Export a self-signed certificate" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:220 msgid "" "The export process is heavily dependent on the :abbr:`OS (Operating System)`" " and the browser. Start by accessing your ePOS printer settings on your web " @@ -2107,10 +2115,12 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:96 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:225 msgid "If you are using **Google Chrome**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:227 msgid "" "click :guilabel:`Not secure` next to the search bar, and " ":guilabel:`Certificate is not valid`;" @@ -2121,16 +2131,19 @@ msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:233 msgid "go to the :guilabel:`Details` tab and click :guilabel:`Export`;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:234 msgid "" "add `.crt` at the end of the file name to ensure it has the correct " "extension;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:235 msgid "" "select :guilabel:`Base64-encoded ASCII, single certificate`, at the bottom " "of the pop-up window;" @@ -2138,6 +2151,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:108 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:254 msgid "save, and the certificate is exported." msgstr "" @@ -2149,14 +2164,17 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:114 #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:168 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:243 msgid "If you are using **Mozilla Firefox**," msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:245 msgid "click the **lock-shaped** icon on the left of the address bar;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:246 msgid "" "go to :menuselection:`Connection not secure --> More information --> " "Security tab --> View certificate`;" @@ -2167,10 +2185,12 @@ msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox browser" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:252 msgid "scroll down to the :guilabel:`Miscellaneous` section;" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:253 msgid "click :guilabel:`PEM (cert)` in the :guilabel:`Download` section;" msgstr "" @@ -2284,7 +2304,9 @@ msgid "Mac OS" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:179 -msgid "To secure the connection on a Mac:" +msgid "" +"On Mac OS, you can secure the connection for all browsers by following these" +" steps:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:181 @@ -2304,35 +2326,127 @@ msgid "reboot the printer so you can use it with any other browser." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:186 +msgid "" +"To generate and export an SSL certificate and send it to IOS devices, open " +"**Google Chrome** or **Mozilla Firefox**. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Warning page about the connection privacy on Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection to the printer not secure button in Google Chrome" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:240 +msgid "" +"Make sure that the certificate ends with the extension `.crt`. Otherwise, " +"some browsers might not find the file during the import process." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:0 +msgid "Connection is not secure button in Mozilla Firefox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:256 msgid "Android OS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:258 msgid "" "To import an SSL certificate into an Android device, first create and export" " it from a computer. Next, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using " "email, Bluetooth, or USB. Once the file is on the device," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:192 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:262 msgid "open the settings and search for `certificate`;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:263 msgid "click :guilabel:`Certificate AC` (Install from device storage);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:264 msgid "select the certificate file to install it on the device." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:267 msgid "" "The specific steps for installing a certificate may vary depending on the " "version of Android and the device manufacturer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:270 +msgid "iOS" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:272 +msgid "" +"To import an SSL certificate into an iOS device, first create and export it " +"from a computer. Then, transfer the `.crt` file to the device using email, " +"Bluetooth, or any file-sharing service." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Downloading this file triggers a warning pop-up window. Click " +":guilabel:`Allow` to download the configuration profile, and close the " +"second pop-up window. Then," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:279 +msgid "go to the **Settings App** on the iOS device;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:280 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Profile Downloaded` under the user's details box;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:281 +msgid "locate the downloaded `.crt` file and select it;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:282 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the screen;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:283 +msgid "if a passcode is set on the device, enter the passcode;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:284 +msgid "" +"click :guilabel:`Install` on the top right of the certificate warning screen" +" and the pop-up window;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:286 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:290 +msgid "" +"The certificate is installed, but it still needs to be authenticated. To do " +"so," +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:292 +msgid "" +"go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General --> About > Certificate Trust " +"Settings`;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:293 +msgid "enable the installed certificate using the **slide button**;" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:294 +msgid "click :guilabel:`Continue` on the pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:297 msgid "" "If you need to export SSL certificates from an operating system or web " "browser that has not been mentioned, search for `export SSL certificate` + " @@ -2340,18 +2454,18 @@ msgid "" "engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:300 msgid "" "Similarly, to import SSL certificates from an unmentioned OS or browser, " "search for `import SSL certificate root authority` + `the name of your " "browser or operating system` in your preferred search engine." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:305 msgid "Check if the certificate was imported correctly" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/configuration/epos_ssc.rst:307 msgid "" "To confirm your printer's connection is secure, connect to its IP address " "using HTTPS. For example, navigate to `https://192.168.1.25` in your " @@ -4575,14 +4689,14 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:21 msgid "" -":doc:`Set up a barcode " -"scanner<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware>`" +":doc:`Set up a barcode scanner " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:22 msgid "" -":doc:`Activate barcode " -"scanners<../../../inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software>`" +":doc:`Activate barcode scanners " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/point_of_sale/shop/barcode.rst:24 @@ -5303,7 +5417,7 @@ msgid "" "For :doc:`TaxCloud <../../../finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud>` users: " "invoices created from Amazon sales orders are **not** synchronized with " "TaxCloud, since Amazon already includes them in its own tax report to " -"TaxCloud." +"TaxCloud. (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/amazon_connector/manage.rst:97 @@ -7895,7 +8009,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:11 msgid "T-shirt" -msgstr "" +msgstr "Áo phông" #: ../../content/applications/sales/sales/products_prices/products/variants.rst:13 msgid "Color: Blue, Red, White, Black" diff --git a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po index cb96eae75..3a90ee9cb 100644 --- a/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po +++ b/locale/vi/LC_MESSAGES/websites.po @@ -6,9 +6,9 @@ # Translators: # Vo Thanh Thuy, 2023 # Dao Nguyen <trucdao.uel@gmail.com>, 2023 -# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgstr "" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" "POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Thi Huong Nguyen, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/vi/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -3273,7 +3273,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:151 #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:194 msgid "100" -msgstr "" +msgstr "100" #: ../../content/applications/websites/forum.rst:152 msgid ":guilabel:`Close all posts`" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index c64a271cd..729bac1dc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -21,17 +21,17 @@ # lyper lai, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Raven Allmind, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Raven Allmind, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ msgstr "仅显示名称以“mycompany”开头的数据库" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -444,8 +444,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "配置示例" @@ -569,76 +569,90 @@ msgstr "内置服务器" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." -msgstr "Odoo包含内置的HTTP服务器，应用多线程或多进程模式任选其一。" +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." -msgstr "用于生产环境，推荐采用多进程模式的服务器，因为它可以增强稳定性，更好地使用计算资源，并且可以更好地监控和资源限制。" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 -msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -"通过配置：option启用多处理：“非零数量的工作进程 <odoo-bin " -"--workers>”，工作线程的数量应基于机器中的核心数量（可能为cron工作线程提供一些空间，具体取决于预测的cron工作量）" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "可以根据硬件配置配置辅助角色限制，以避免资源耗尽" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "多进程模式目前在 Windows 上不可用" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 +msgid "" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 msgid "Worker number calculation" msgstr "工人数计算" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "经验法则 ： （#CPU * 2） + 1" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "Cron workers 需要 CPU" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "1 个工作线程 ~= 6 个并发用户" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "内存大小计算" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "我们认为 20% of 请求是繁重的请求，而 80% a是更简单的请求" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "一个繁重的工作，当所有计算字段都设计得很好，SQL请求设计得很好，...估计消耗约1GB的内存" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "在相同的情况下，较轻的工作线程估计会消耗大约150MB的RAM。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" @@ -646,69 +660,58 @@ msgstr "" "所需 RAM = #worker * （ （light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation） + " "（heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation） ）" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "在线聊天" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" -"要实现这样的事情，你需要在Odoo前面部署一个反向代理，比如nginx或apache。这样做时，您需要将更多的http标头转发到Odoo，并在Odoo配置中激活proxy_mode，以使Odoo读取这些标头。" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "具有 4 个 CPU、8 个线程的服务器" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 msgid "60 concurrent users" msgstr "60 个并发用户" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" msgstr "60 个用户 / 6 = 10 < - 理论上的线程数量" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" msgstr "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- 理论的最大线程数" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "我们将应用 8 线程 + 1 计划任务。我们还将使用监视系统来测量CPU负载，并检查它是否在7和7.5之间。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM 用于 Odoo" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "HTTPS" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -718,7 +721,7 @@ msgstr "" "无论是通过网站/网络客户端还是网络服务访问，Odoo都会以明文形式传输身份验证信息。这意味着Odoo的安全部署必须使用HTTPS\\ " "[#switching]_。SSL 终止可以通过几乎任何 SSL 终止代理实现，但需要以下设置：" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" @@ -726,37 +729,37 @@ msgstr "" "启用 Odoo 的 :option:'代理模式(proxy mode) <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>'。仅当 Odoo " "位于反向代理后面时，才应启用此功能" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "设置 SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "设置代理本身 (`Nginx proxying example`_)" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "您的 SSL 终止代理还应自动将不安全的连接重定向到安全端口" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "将 http 请求重定向到 https" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "对 odoo 的代理请求" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "在 ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set中：" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "Odoo 作为 WSGI 应用程序" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -768,7 +771,7 @@ msgstr "" "也可以将Odoo作为标准WSGI_应用。Odoo为WSGI启动器脚本提供了“odoo-" "wsgi.example.py”的基础。应该自定义该脚本（可能是在从安装目录复制它之后）以直接在：mod：`odoo.tools.config`中正确设置配置，而不是通过命令行或配置文件。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " @@ -777,76 +780,53 @@ msgstr "" "但是，WSGI 服务器将仅公开 Web 客户端、网站和 Web 服务 API 的主 HTTP " "终结点。因为Odoo不再控制工人的创建，所以它无法设置cron或livechat工人" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "Cron Workers" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "要将 Odoo 部署的 cron 作业作为 WSGI 应用程序运行，需要" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "一个经典的Odoo（通过“odoo-bin”运行）" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" -msgstr "连接到必须运行 cron 作业的数据库（通过 :option:`odoo-bin -d`）" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 -msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -"这不应该暴露给网络。为了确保 cron 运行器无法通过网络访问，可以使用 :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` 或在配置文件中设置 " -"``http_enable = False`` 完全禁用内置 HTTP 服务器" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -"WSGI部署的第二个有问题的子系统是LiveChat：大多数HTTP连接相对较短，并且可以快速释放其工作进程以用于下一个请求，LiveChat需要为每个客户端建立长期连接，以实现近乎实时的通知。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" -"这与基于流程的工作线程模型相冲突，因为它会占用工作线程并阻止新用户访问系统。但是，这些长期存在的连接作用很小，并且大多停留在等待通知的状态。" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" -msgstr "在WSGI应用程序中支持实时聊天/motization的解决方案包括：" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -854,11 +834,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -866,21 +846,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -889,18 +869,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -908,7 +888,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -922,19 +902,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -943,18 +923,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "首先，请记住，保护信息系统是一个连续的过程，而不是一次性操作。在任何时候，您都只能像环境中最薄弱的环节一样安全。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -965,20 +945,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "因此，请不要将此部分视为防止所有安全问题的最终措施列表。它仅作为安全行动计划中应确保包含的第一个重要事项的摘要。其余的将来自操作系统和发行版的最佳安全实践，用户，密码和访问控制管理等方面的最佳实践。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "部署面向互联网的服务器时，请务必考虑以下与安全相关的主题：" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "始终设置强超级管理员密码，并在系统设置后立即限制对数据库管理页面的访问。请参阅：:ref:`db_manager_security`。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -988,7 +968,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "为所有数据库上的所有管理员帐户选择唯一登录名和强密码。不要使用“admin”作为登录名。不要将这些登录名用于日常操作，仅用于控制/管理安装。*从不*使用任何默认密码，如管理员/管理员，即使对于测试/临时数据库也是如此。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" @@ -997,7 +977,7 @@ msgstr "" "不要 **要 " "**面向互联网的服务器上安装演示数据。包含演示数据的数据库包含默认登录名和密码，可用于进入系统并造成重大麻烦，即使在暂存/开发系统上也是如此。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -1010,7 +990,7 @@ msgstr "" "根据主机名限制数据库的可见性。请参阅：:ref:`db_filter`。您还可以使用 :option:`-d <odoo-bin -d=\"\">` " "来提供您自己的（逗号分隔的）可用数据库列表，以便从中进行筛选，而不是让系统从数据库后端获取所有数据库。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -1022,7 +1002,7 @@ msgstr "" "一旦配置了“db_name”和“db_filter”，并且每个主机名只匹配一个数据库，则应将“list_db”配置选项设置为“False”，以防止完全列出数据库，并阻止对数据库管理屏幕的访问（这也显示为" " :option:`--no-database-list <odoo-bin --no-database-list>`命令行选项）" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -1034,7 +1014,7 @@ msgstr "" "不是超级用户，并且您的数据库由其他用户拥有。例如，如果您使用的是专用的非特权“db_user”，则可以由“postgres”超级用户拥有。另请参阅 " "：:ref:`odoo <setup/deploy/odoo>`。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " @@ -1043,14 +1023,14 @@ msgstr "" "通过 GitHub 定期安装最新版本，或者从 https://www.odoo.com/page/download 或 " "http://nightly.odoo.com 下载最新版本，从而保持安装更新" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" "在多进程模式下配置服务器，并具有与典型使用（内存/CPU/超时）匹配的适当限制。另请参阅：:ref:`内建服务器 <builtin_server>`。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -1063,7 +1043,7 @@ msgstr "" "代理配置为限制请求的大小，设置适当的超时，然后启用 :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>` " "选项。另请参阅：:ref:`Https 代理 <https_proxy>`。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -1075,7 +1055,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果需要允许对服务器进行远程 SSH 访问，请确保为 **all** " "帐户设置强密码，而不仅仅是“root”。强烈建议完全禁用基于密码的身份验证，并且仅允许公钥身份验证。还要考虑限制通过VPN的访问，仅允许防火墙中的受信任IP，和/或运行暴力检测系统，如“fail2ban”或等效系统。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " @@ -1083,21 +1063,21 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "请考虑在代理或防火墙上安装适当的速率限制，以防止暴力攻击和拒绝服务攻击。另请参阅：ref：`login_brute_force`了解具体措施。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "许多网络提供商为分布式拒绝服务攻击 （DDOS） 提供自动缓解措施，但这通常是一项可选服务，因此您应该咨询他们。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "只要有可能，就将面向公众的演示/测试/过渡实例托管在与生产计算机不同的计算机上。并应用与生产相同的安全预防措施。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1117,7 +1097,7 @@ msgstr "" " IP 流量访问控制<http://0pointer.net/blog/ip-accounting-and-access-lists-with-" "systemd.html>”_ 对于实现每个进程的网络访问控制也可能很有用。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1135,18 +1115,26 @@ msgstr "" " WAF、负载均衡器或代理服务的特定 IP " "地址访问终结点外，无法公开访问终结点。为此，像CloudFlare这样的服务提供商通常会维护其IP地址范围的公共列表。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "如果您托管多个客户，请使用容器或适当的“jail”技术将客户数据和文件彼此隔离。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "设置数据库和文件存储数据的每日备份，并将它们复制到无法从服务器本身访问的远程存档服务器。" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "阻止暴力破解攻击" @@ -1629,34 +1617,42 @@ msgstr "下载后，可以使用“dnf”包管理器安装包：" msgid "Windows" msgstr "Windows" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "执行下载的文件。" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2462,44 +2458,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "设置" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "系统参数" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2510,7 +2652,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4286,6 +4428,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5243,7 +5393,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -5251,9 +5401,6 @@ msgid "" "it with the newer \"odoo\" or \"openerp\" folder that was in the archive you" " just extracted." msgstr "" -"您将获得一个标有源代码版本的文件夹，例如“odoo-13.0 + e.20190719”，其中包含一个文件夹“odoo.egg-" -"info”和名为“odoo”的实际源代码文件夹（对于Odoo 10及更高版本）或“openerp”（对于旧版本）。您可以忽略 odoo.egg-info" -" 文件夹。找到部署当前安装的文件夹，并将其替换为刚刚提取的存档中较新的“odoo”或“openerp”文件夹。" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:119 msgid "" @@ -6742,10 +6889,6 @@ msgstr "上载您刚刚在远程存储库的 *master* 分支中添加的更改 msgid "SSH" msgstr "SSH" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "设置" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index d9945ddb2..754d568dc 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -23,11 +23,9 @@ # mrshelly <mrshelly@hotmail.com>, 2022 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2022 # Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2022 -# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2022 # 苏州远鼎 <tiexinliu@126.com>, 2022 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2023 # keecome <7017511@qq.com>, 2023 -# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2023 # 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2023 # Shaw J <arronnjxj@gmail.com>, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 @@ -37,18 +35,20 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # 宇洛 李, 2023 # fausthuang, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2023 +# e2f <projects@e2f.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 +# Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Gary Wei <Gary.wei@elico-corp.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "业务伙伴" @@ -552,7 +552,6 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -592,13 +591,16 @@ msgstr "要编辑现有银行日记账，转到:menuselection:`会计-->配置-- #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -851,6 +853,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1894,140 +1897,235 @@ msgstr "调整后的未实现币种损益报告。" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "银行对账" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概述" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -"将会计记录与银行对账单匹配的工作量比较大。你需要找到对应的开票，比较开票金额及合作伙伴详情与银行对账单是否相符。这些步骤需要很多时间。幸运的是，使用Odoo，你可以很容易地将开票或其他付款文件与银行对账单匹配." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo中有2种对账过程选项." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "我们可以直接在开票上注明付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "我们可以用银行对账单调整销售开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." -msgstr "登记开票不需要特殊设置。我们只需安装会计应用程序就可以了." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "用例" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "案例1 : 登记付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 -msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." -msgstr "我们收到开票付款证明，是史密斯公司的2100欧元." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -"我们开了张2100欧元的开票给史密斯公司。因为我们出售的产品是服务，要求立即付款。而我们的会计只在周末处理银行对账单，所以我们必须将该开票标记为立即支付，表明我们可以开始为客户提供服务." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." -msgstr "我们的客户发给我们付款凭证。我们可以登记付款, 相关的开票为已付." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 -msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." -msgstr "通过点击 **款登** ，我们告诉Odoo，客户已支付。我们需要在此指定金额和支付方式." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." -msgstr "我们可以随时查找开票付款信息，只需点击 :menuselection:`信息 --> 未结付款` 。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 -msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" -msgstr "开票已经支付, **对帐已自动完成**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" -msgstr "案例2 : 银行对账单对账" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." -msgstr "我们开始已开给Smith & Co的3000欧元的开票。让我们也假定其他不同客户的开票未付款." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 -msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." -msgstr "我们收到银行对账单，发现不仅是史密斯公司已付款，Buzz的92欧元也已支付." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 -msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." -msgstr "**导入** 或 **创建** 银行对账单。请在银行馈送部分参考相关文档." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "在仪表板, 点击 **节# **" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 -msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." -msgstr "如果一切是正确的 (正确的合作伙伴名字，金额正确)， odoo会 **** 调节." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "如果发现某些问题, 需要执行 **动操** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 -msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" -msgstr "例如， 如果在银行对账单中缺少业务伙伴， 请填写：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 -msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" -msgstr "如果用首付完成了付款, 只检查它是否正确并验证所有相关的付款：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 +msgid "" +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "交易" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 +msgid "" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 +msgid "" +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 +msgid "" +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 +msgid "" +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 +msgid "" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 msgid "Reconciliation Models" msgstr "对账模型" @@ -2241,10 +2339,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "交易" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2414,7 +2508,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "客户开票" @@ -2462,7 +2557,7 @@ msgstr "" "然后开票。因此, 在发货前, 应将合同条款填写完整。在这一点上, Odoo支持由仓库人员开具草稿开票." #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "开票创建" @@ -2656,7 +2751,8 @@ msgstr "115" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -3029,7 +3125,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "付款条件" @@ -5785,7 +5880,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6961,7 +7057,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "支付" @@ -6993,7 +7088,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -7106,11 +7201,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "开票或账单现在标记为:guilabel:`付款中`，直到与银行对账单核对。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "批量付款" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -7121,19 +7216,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "付款匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -7145,18 +7240,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "通过:guilabel:`付款匹配`工具，可以打开所有未对账客户开票或供应商账单，以便逐一处理，同时匹配所有付款和开票。转到:menuselection:`会计仪表板-->客户开票/供应商账单`，点击:guilabel:`⋮`，选择:guilabel:`付款匹配`，或转到:menuselection:`会计-->对账`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "批量付款匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -7171,11 +7266,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "参见对账选项" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "核对付款和银行对账单" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -8180,6 +8275,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10759,7 +10855,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "年终检查表" @@ -11460,7 +11555,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11569,7 +11665,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介绍" @@ -11881,7 +11977,7 @@ msgstr "使用客户、报价单和开票中的:guilabel:`Avalara代码`字段 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" @@ -12324,8 +12420,8 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" -msgstr ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 msgid ":doc:`B2B_B2C`" @@ -12417,19 +12513,31 @@ msgstr "打印的开票将显示每个组合的不同合计." msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "TaxCloud集成" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." -msgstr "TaxCloud实时计算美国各州、城市和特别管辖区的销售税率，跟踪免征销售税的产品和免税政策适用的州。" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "TaxCloud登记" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12443,18 +12551,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "店铺TaxCloud API密钥示例" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "启用TaxCloud" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" "转到:menuselection:`会计仪表板-->配置-->设置`，在:guilabel:`税项`部分，启用:guilabel:`TaxCloud`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " @@ -12463,7 +12571,7 @@ msgstr "" "在:guilabel:`API " "ID`下添加店铺的:guilabel:`登录ID`，在:guilabel:`API密钥`下添加店铺的:guilabel:`密钥`，然后，点击:guilabel:`保存`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12473,7 +12581,7 @@ msgstr "" "点击:guilabel:`默认类别`旁的:guilabel:`刷新`按钮（:guilabel:`🗘`），以从TaxCloud导入TIC " ":dfn:`纳税信息代码`产品类别。某些类别可能有特定税率或享受免税。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12486,11 +12594,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中填写TaxCloud API密钥" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "设置产品的TaxCloud类别" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " @@ -12498,7 +12606,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您需要使用多个TIC类别（即:guilabel:`默认类别`），转到产品的:guilabel:`一般信息`选项卡，选择:guilabel:`TaxCloud类别`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12508,7 +12616,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果要同时配置多个产品，请确保它们的:guilabel:`产品类别`相同，点击外部链接按钮（:guilabel:`🡕`）， " "在:guilabel:`产品类别`中设置:guilabel:`TaxCloud 类别`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12517,7 +12625,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果为某个产品上设置了:guilabel:`TaxCloud " "类别`，同时在:guilabel:`产品类别`中设置了不同类别，则Odoo仅考虑产品的:guilabel:`TaxCloud 类别`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12526,18 +12634,18 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "在**母产品类别**中设置的:guilabel:`TaxCloud类别`不适用于**子产品类别**。例如，如果为*所有*:guilabel:`产品类别`设置了:guilabel:`TaxCloud类别`，该类别不适用于*所有/销售*:guilabel:`产品类别`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "确保您的公司地址完整，包括州和邮编。转到:menuselection:`设置-->公司：更新信息`，打开并编辑公司地址。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "为正确应纳税科目自动过账税费" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12546,7 +12654,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "要确保TaxCloud集成后生成的新税项基于正确的**应付税项**科目，应创建**用户定义的默认值**。您所有使用TaxCloud的公司均应完成该过程。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12555,7 +12663,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "用户定义的默认值会影响所有记录。这意味着，**所有**新税项会被设置为在指定的应付税项科目中记录收入，除非手动编辑税项，以指定其他收入科目（或优先选择用户定义的另一个默认值）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12569,7 +12677,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "URL字符串中的应付税项科目示例" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " @@ -12578,7 +12686,7 @@ msgstr "" "激活:ref:`developer mode <developer-" "mode>`，然后转到:menuselection:`设置-->技术-->动作：用户定义默认值`，点击:guilabel:`创建`。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12588,7 +12696,7 @@ msgstr "点击:guilabel:`字段`下拉菜单，然后点击:guilabel:`搜索更 msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "用户定义默认值字段搜索" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12602,7 +12710,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "搜索税项重新划分行模块和科目字段" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " @@ -12610,7 +12718,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "返回到:guilabel:`用户定义默认值`创建后，在:guilabel:`默认值（JSON格式）`字段输入之前记录的**应付税项科目ID**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12620,11 +12728,11 @@ msgstr "在:guilabel:`公司`字段下选择要使用此配置的公司，然后 msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "用户定义默认值配置示例" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "自动检测财政状况" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" @@ -12633,7 +12741,7 @@ msgstr "" "在Odoo中，根据:doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`计算销售税。启用TaxCloud时，创建美国财政状况。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12647,24 +12755,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "自动检测TaxCloud财政状况设置" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "如果客户所在国家/地区为*美国*，在任何订单或开票中将自动设置该财政状况，以触发税费自动计算。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "要在销售订单中获取销售税，只需确认税项，或点击:guilabel:`添加发货`旁的:guilabel:`更新税项`按钮。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "优惠券和促销互动" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12674,14 +12782,14 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果您使用**优惠券**或**促销计划**，TaxCloud集成可能出现意外情况。事实上，鉴于TaxCloud税费计算不接受负数金额行，因此，因促销计划而添加的行的金额须从受其影响的行的总额中扣除。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "这意味着，除其他复杂过程外，使用TaxCloud财政状况下的优惠券或促销活动的订单**须**开具完整开票，无法为部分交货等情况开具开票。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15693,12 +15801,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "阿根廷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "网络研讨会" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15718,14 +15826,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "模块安装" @@ -15738,8 +15848,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15747,6 +15857,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15758,14 +15871,17 @@ msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15777,8 +15893,8 @@ msgstr "技术名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15786,6 +15902,9 @@ msgstr "技术名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15853,7 +15972,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "Configure your company" @@ -15900,7 +16020,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -18030,7 +18150,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "电子开票" @@ -18044,7 +18165,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18502,8 +18623,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18533,15 +18654,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18694,7 +18815,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18749,9 +18870,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "产品" @@ -18805,7 +18929,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "联系人" @@ -18915,8 +19041,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "工作流" @@ -19072,7 +19198,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -19236,7 +19364,7 @@ msgstr "在某些情况下，根据证书格式，可能不会自动加载“主 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "财务报告" @@ -19253,6 +19381,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "财务报表参数。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "多币种" @@ -20641,423 +20770,667 @@ msgstr "生成Propuesta F29报告所需的参数" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "哥伦比亚" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "销售点" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 +msgid "" +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "配置 Carvajal Web 服务的凭据" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "公司配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "Configure data required in the XML" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "ID" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" -msgstr "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "用户" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "There are three types of documents:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "Invoice validation" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "Reception of legal XML and PDF" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "After this:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "Common errors" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "Additional use cases" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -21065,40 +21438,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -21130,52 +21493,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "词汇表" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -21186,15 +21555,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -21203,14 +21572,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -21218,23 +21587,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -21242,26 +21611,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -21269,59 +21638,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -21332,7 +21701,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -21340,11 +21709,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -21352,7 +21721,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -21363,88 +21732,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -21457,45 +21826,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -21506,32 +21875,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -21543,7 +21912,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -21551,20 +21920,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21574,29 +21943,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21604,18 +21973,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21625,45 +21994,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21675,18 +22044,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21694,7 +22063,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21704,50 +22073,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21755,11 +22124,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21770,24 +22139,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21795,27 +22164,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21823,26 +22192,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21851,11 +22220,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21864,21 +22233,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21887,13 +22256,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21902,18 +22271,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21921,17 +22290,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21941,46 +22310,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "供应商发票" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21988,7 +22357,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21997,79 +22366,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -22079,17 +22448,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -22097,7 +22466,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -22105,7 +22474,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -22115,7 +22484,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -22123,13 +22492,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -22137,32 +22506,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -22173,11 +22542,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -22211,6 +22580,16 @@ msgstr ":guilabel:`埃及—会计`" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "``l10n_eg``" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr ":guilabel:`埃及电子开票集成`" @@ -26011,7 +26390,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "税项配置" @@ -26827,7 +27205,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -27006,208 +27384,289 @@ msgstr "转到：菜单选择：“会计 - >报告 - >审计报告 - >总分类 msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "“完整演示<https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>的视频网络研讨会”_." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -"墨西哥的Odoo Enterprise用户可以免费访问一组模块，这些模块允许他们根据SAT的规范为“CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>3.3版”开具电子开票，这是截至2018年1月1日的法律要求。这些模块还添加了相关的会计报告（例如，DIOT），并启用了外贸，并支持相关的海关业务。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" -"在Odoo的墨西哥位置，您不仅可以遵守在墨西哥开具开票的法律要求，还可以将其用作您的会计系统，满足市场的正常需求。这使得Odoo成为管理您在墨西哥业务的完美解决方案。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "预先要求" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "在安装模块并进行必要的配置以在Odoo中实现墨西哥本地化之前，必须满足以下要求：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." -msgstr "在SAT注册并拥有RFC。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "要求" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" "拥有“数字印章<https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-programas/certificado-de-sello-" "digital>证书”_（CSD）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." -msgstr "在Odoo中拥有计费，销售和会计方面的知识和经验。本文档仅包含允许在墨西哥公司中使用Odoo所需的信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "模块" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." -msgstr "要安装墨西哥本地化模块，请转到：menuselection：`Apps`，然后删除默认过滤器“Apps”并搜索“l10n_mx”。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" -msgstr "在Odoo应用程序中安装墨西哥本地化模块" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 -msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -"如果您从“www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>”_ " -"创建数据库，并在创建帐户时选择“墨西哥”作为国家/地区，则某些墨西哥本地化模块将自动安装。在这种情况下，我们观察到某些模块有一个显示“安装”的按钮，而其他模块则具有显示“已安装”的标签。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "以下模块对于所有需要墨西哥本地化的数据库都是必需的：" +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "**墨西哥 - 会计 （l10n_mx）**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -"管理会计，税收和会计科目表的所有基本数据。安装的会计科目表基于“SAT帐户分组代码<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>”_。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" -msgstr "**墨西哥的EDI（l10n_mx_edi和l10n_mx_edi_extended）**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." -msgstr "电子交易、CFDI 3.3、付款补充和开票附录所必需的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "**Odoo墨西哥本地化报告（l10n_mx_reports和l10n_mx_reports_closing）**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "所有用于电子会计的强制性报告。（需要会计应用程序）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -"以下模块是可选的，仅当它们满足特定的组织要求时才应安装。不建议安装这些模块，除非您确定需要它们，因为它们添加的字段可能会不必要地使表单填写复杂化。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "**Odoo墨西哥库存/着陆本地化（l10n_mx_edi_landing）**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "此模块允许将请求作为运输成本的一部分进行管理。" +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export （l10n_mx_xml_polizas）**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "使用此模块，您将能够以XML格式导出日记帐分录，准备上传到SAT。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "启用电子开票" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" msgstr "" -"转到：menuselection：`设置-->会计-->客户开票`，并确保已启用 **西哥电子开票 " -"**项。有了这个，您将能够生成签名的开票，还可以生成签名的付款补充，所有这些都自动集成到Odoo中的正常计费流程中。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "电子开票启用步骤" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "输入法律信息" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -"验证常规配置后，必须验证公司是否配置了正确的数据。为此，请转到：menuselection：`Settings --> General Settings" -" --> Companies`，然后单击公司名称下的*更新信息*。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo设置中更新公司详细信息" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 +msgid "" +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." -msgstr "在生成的表单中，输入您的完整地址（包括邮政编码）、RFC（增值税号）和其余数据。" +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -27218,2445 +27677,1609 @@ msgstr "" "从法律角度来看，墨西哥公司必须使用当地货币（MXN）。因此，Odoo不提供管理替代配置的功能。如果要管理其他货币，请将 MXN " "设为默认货币，并使用:doc:`价目表</应用程序/销售/销售/products_prices/价格/定价>”。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -"确保在地址中，对于国家/地区字段，从Odoo显示的国家/地区列表中选择“墨西哥”，因为如果手动输入，则存在在系统中创建“新国家/地区”的风险，这将在以后生成CFDI时导致错误。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" -msgstr "公司数据信息" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." -msgstr "如果要测试墨西哥本地化，可以使用墨西哥境内的真实地址（包括所有字段）配置公司，并将“EKU9003173C9”添加为RFC。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "制定公司的财务制度" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 -msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." -msgstr "以下是为了说明我们正在配置的公司的财务制度是什么，这是通过Odoo中一个名为“财政制度”的预先存在的字段完成的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." -msgstr "转到：menuselection：`设置 -->会计 -->电子开票 （MX） -->会计制度`，然后从下拉列表中选择适用于您公司的选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "在Odoo会计中设置财务条款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 -msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "对于测试环境：从下拉菜单中选择“法人通则法”选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "联系人配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" -"创建要在Odoo中开票的联系人时，必须配置以下信息以进行开票验证： **整地** （包括邮政编码，城市，州，国家/地区等）** VAT **码。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "联系人表单示例" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "税费配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "电子开票在Odoo中正常工作的必要配置是添加与销售税关联的因子类型。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "要进行此配置，您首先必须转到：menuselection：`会计 --> 配置 -->设置 -->税”。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"在预加载的税金列表中，选择筛选器上的选项 " -"*Sales*，这是为了仅查看与销售关联的税金，这些税项是为开票盖章而验证的税金。打开任何增值税的窗体视图，选择“ **级选项**”选项卡，然后在“ " -"**子类** ”字段中选择选项“*Tasa*”。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "对公司所需的所有销售税执行相同的操作，无论是Odoo中默认的销售税，还是您添加的公司账单所必需的销售税。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -"在登记付款时，Odoo将执行税收从 **金基础过渡账户 ** **义 " -"**项卡中设置的账户的转移。对于此类移动，在重新分类税款时，将在日记帐分录中使用税基账户（“Base Impuestos en Base a Flujo" -" de Efectivo” - **要消除此账** ）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "税项科目" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "产品配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." -msgstr "所有要销售的产品都需要具有与其分类关联的SAT代码，以便开票在验证时不会给出错误。" +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 +msgid "" +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 -msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" -"若要配置产品，请转到“一般信息”选项卡，然后在“UNSPSC 产品类别”字段中选择表示该产品的类别。该过程可以手动完成，也可以通过批量导入完成。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" -msgstr "配置产品" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "用于签署开票的 PAC 配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 -msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." -msgstr "在Odoo中配置电子开票的另一个重要步骤是输入您正在使用的PAC和凭据。这样，将启用电子开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 +msgid "" +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" -"在执行以下步骤之前，您必须通过 SAT 机构处理您的 **钥 （CSD）**。如果您没有此信息，请尝试使用测试凭证，并在您拥有用于生产环境的 SAT " -"凭证以处理实际事务时返回到此过程。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" -"要添加凭据，请转到：menuselection：`设置 -->会计 -->电子开票 （MX）`。在“PAC MX**”部分下，输入 PAC " -"的名称和凭据（PAC 用户名和 PAC 密码）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "PAC凭证" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "如果选中“测试环** ”复选框，则无需输入 PAC 用户名和/或密码，但必须从下拉列表中选择 PAC。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" -"最后，在“MX " -"证书”部分上传公司的数字证书。单击*添加一行*，将打开一个窗口，单击*创建*，然后从那里您可以上传您的数字证书，密钥和密码。要完成，请单击*保存并关闭*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "证书和密钥" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "如果您仍然没有一个合同 PAC，并且想要测试电子开票，则可以使用以下 SAT 测试证书：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr ":download:`证书<mexico/certificate.cer>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr ":download:`证书密钥<mexico/certificate.key>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "**密码：** ``12345678a``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "您还必须使用墨西哥境内的真实地址（包括所有字段）配置公司，并添加“EKU9003173C9”作** VAT **。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" -"Odoo中的开票流程基于SAT电子开票的“附件20<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>”_版本3.3。" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." -msgstr "要从 Odoo 开始开票，必须使用标准开票流程（即从销售订单或会计应用程序中的开票菜单）创建开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 -msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 +msgid "" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" -"单击“*验证”*后，开票将被盖章，在此之前，状态仍处于草稿模式，可以对其进行更改。验证开票后，您可以验证它是否已成功盖章，因为它看起来像这样：" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" -msgstr "新建开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 -msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -"开票的详细信息将反映在 Chatter 中，这是您在附加图像中开票右侧看到的内容。在那里，您可以找到发送到 SAT 的 XML " -"和盖章的状态，即，它是否经过验证。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" -"要将盖章的开票发送给您的客户，您可以通过单击*发送和打印*按钮直接从Odoo发送XML和PDF文件。您也可以通过单击“*打印*”按钮并选择所需的选项，将PDF文件直接下载到您的计算机。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." -msgstr "根据屏幕的大小，可以在文档旁边或下方看到 Chatter。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" -msgstr "特殊情况开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "外贸开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 -msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 +msgid "" +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" -"Odoo的外贸开票流程基于相应的“SAT法规<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>”_。SAT电子开票版本是3.3。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" -msgstr "当我们谈论外贸时，我们指的是什么？" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr ":download:`证书<mexico/certificate.cer>`" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" +msgstr ":download:`证书密钥<mexico/certificate.key>`" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." -msgstr "自 2018 年 1 月起，国家税务总局要求在出易中提供外贸补充。" +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "什么是外贸补充？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "它是电子开票的附件，除了扩大所售商品的描述外，还可以识别出口商和进口商。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "哪些信息可以纳入这一新的补充？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "有关其涵盖的操作类型的信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "商品发行人、接收人或收件人的税务识别数据。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "要出口的货物的描述。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" -msgstr "谁有义务生成它？" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." -msgstr "开展A1类出口业务的纳税人。" +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "A1 类型适用于哪些出口？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." -msgstr "外国原产货物入境，无限期停留在国家境内。" +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "货物出境到国外无限期停留。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." -msgstr "外交和领事使团和国际组织办事处及其外国人员根据外交豁免进口车辆的最终进口。" +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "外贸和山墙铁矿一样吗？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." -msgstr "不一定，山墙与进口货物的过程直接相关，而外贸补充与出口过程有关。" +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "必需的模块" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." -msgstr "为了生成外贸开票，必须安装以下模块。" +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" -msgstr "墨西哥的电子数据交换 （l10n_mx_edi）" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" -msgstr "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" -msgstr "墨西哥的电子数据交换 （l10n_mx_edi_extended）" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" -msgstr "EDI高级功能" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "公司" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." -msgstr "使用有效的邮政编码配置公司，如果您有殖民地代码，则应与相应的邮政编码匹配。同时，请记住放置纳税人识别号（增值税号 - RFC）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" -msgstr "联系人地址配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "接收客户端" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 -msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "通常，它将是一个外国客户，您必须验证您是否至少填写了以下字段以及相应的信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "对外贸易开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "客户的送货地址还必须包含邮政编码。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "外国增值税（税务标识号）的格式将在每个国家/地区进行适当的验证（例如：哥伦比亚“123456789-1”）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" -msgstr "在 XML 中，增值税自动替换为国外交易记录的通用增值税：“XEXX010101000`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 -msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." -msgstr "在产品级别，还必须在以下字段中配置一些参数。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" -msgstr "SAT产品代码" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "关税部分" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 -msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" -msgstr "您必须选择*KG*中** UMT Aduana**（测量单位），因为它仅被SAT接受" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" -msgstr "重量是指产品的 **单位重量**" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "关税项目必须来自千克的代码UoM（**UoM = 01**）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 -msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." -msgstr "虽然产品是分段或单位销售的，但关税项目中必须在海关注册的价值必须以千克为单位报告。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "开票流程" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 -msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." msgstr "" -"创建外贸销售开票时，必须选择对应的 **际贸易术语解释通** ，并且必须勾选 **要外贸？ **选框。启用此配置后，开票** PDF **补** XML" -" **具有符合SAT法规的必要信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" -msgstr "什么是原产地证书，何时使用？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 -msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." -msgstr "**证书来源** （或原产地证明）是允许进口商或出口商证明商品被视为原产国的国家或地区的文件，并用于获得贸易协定中普遍商定的关税优惠。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" -msgstr "开票中的国际贸易术语解释通则" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "对外贸易PDF" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "分配山墙" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 -msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." -msgstr "如果您的公司进口产品，并且您需要在开票中添** Pedimentos **号，您还可以配置Odoo来记录该过程。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 -msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" msgstr "" -"首先，转到：menuselection：`Apps`，删除“Apps”过滤器，然后搜索``Mexico`，`mx``或``l10n_mx``。然后，安**" -" Odoo墨西哥定位库存/着陆模块（l10n_mx_edi_landing）**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "MX库存模块" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 -msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." -msgstr "" -"l10n_mx_edi_landing模块取决于 **储存 ** " -"**销售**用程序，因为必须将产品输入到库存中才能将其Pedimentos编号添加到相应的产品收据中." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 -msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." -msgstr "" -"然后，转到：menuselection：`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`。在选项中，激活 **岸成** " -"。此选项将允许将 Pedimentos 编号添加到相应的产品接收中。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" -msgstr "Costos en destino" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." -msgstr "为了使用到岸成本，必须将产品库存评估的会计配置配置为*自动化*，其成本核算方法*平均*或*FIFO*（先进先出）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 -msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." -msgstr "" -"要将指示的山墙星号与进口（商品接收）相关联，必须创建新的 **岸成** " -"。它们可以通过：menuselection：`库存-->操作-->到岸成本`来访问。在那里，您将找到附加山墙号码的选项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" -msgstr "海关编号" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 -msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." -msgstr "您只能添加一次山脚石编号，因此在将正确的数字与传输相关联时要小心。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 -msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." -msgstr "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "付款条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 -msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"在安装墨西哥本地化时， **款条款 **经在Odoo中配置，这意味着如果您转到：“会计 - >配置 - >付款条件”，您将在Odoo中找到默认列表。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 -msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." -msgstr "在墨西哥，您可以有两种类型的付款：PPD或PUE。这些由所选的 **款期限 **出（或者如果没有选择的付款条件，它将基于开票的到期日）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "PPD付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 -msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." -msgstr "" -"要配置PPD付款（分期付款或延期付款），只需为您的开票选择一个到期日期，Odoo就会检测到它是否在下个月的第一天之后（在这种情况下，没有设置付款条件 -" -" 付款条件您还可以规定它是否将是PPDo PUE）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" -msgstr "普埃" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 -msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." -msgstr "" -"要配置 PUE 付款（单笔付款），您必须选择同一个月内的开票到期日期，或者选择不意味着更改到期月份的付款条件（立即付款，15 天，21 " -"天，全部在当前月份内）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 -msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." -msgstr "" -"“根据SAT文件<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>”_，可能有2种类型的付款：**PUE " -"****PPD**。在这两种情况下，Odoo中的付款流程是相同的，付款是PUE还是PPD的区别在于开票的付款条件 - 如 **款条款 **的上一点所示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 -msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." -msgstr "" -"如果付款是PPD类型，Odoo将在您*确认*时自动生成相应的付款补充。如果付款是 PUE，则不会生成付款补码。付款类型在名为“ **款政** " -"”的字段中的开票中可见，并将开票日期和到期日期作为参数。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 msgid "Payment policy" msgstr "付款政策" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." -msgstr "配置付款时将使用的联系人时，必须在“ **** ”选项卡中配置银行，同时放置“银行”，“帐号”和“CLABE”。" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" -msgstr "联系人银行账户" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 +msgid "" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 +msgid "" +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 +msgid "" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 +msgid "Payment flow" +msgstr "支付流" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 +msgid "" +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 +msgid "" +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 +msgid "" +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 +msgid "" +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 +msgid "" +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 +msgid "" +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 +msgid "" +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 +msgid "" +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 +msgid "" +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 +msgid "" +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 +msgid "" +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 +msgid "" +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 +msgid "" +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 +msgid "CFDI to public" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" -msgstr "登记PPD付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "如果在注册付款时，它是PPD类型，则将生成付款补充（XML）及其详细信息。" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." -msgstr "付款可以从开票中登记，一旦确认，开票将被支付并与其付款相关联。" +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" -msgstr "PPD付款" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "PPD付款信息" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." -msgstr "日记帐将是您接收或发送付款的付款方式。您还必须关联 **款方式 **收款人银行帐户（最后一个必须在与开票关联的联系人中创建）。" +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "付款完成后，它将与相应的开票相关联，其状态将为“付款中”，因为付款将在银行对账时得到有效验证。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" -msgstr "创建的PPD付款" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 -msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." -msgstr "**收款人银行帐户 **附加到与开票关联的联系人中的 **计 **项卡的帐户，它必须有效，以便可以创建加盖邮票的付款补充." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 -msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +msgid "Down payments" msgstr "" -"要使用墨西哥元支付美元开票，在**开票视图**中，点击:guilabel:`登记付款`按钮，以创建付款，不能作为单独付款，否则，无法正确生成付款CFDI。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "而且，墨西哥元付款无法用于支付多张美元开票。所以，应点击开票中的:guilabel:`登记付款`按钮，创建多项付款。" +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "注册 PUE 付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "如果在注册付款时它是PUE类型，那么在这种情况下，不会生成付款补充（XML），因为它不是必需的。" +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "PUE付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "PUE付款信息" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "创建的PUE付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "在这种情况下，它不会因其性质而创建为付款补充。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "首付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "这是一种特殊情况，我们必须从客户那里收到预付款，以便以后应用于开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" "“墨西哥首付登记的官方文件<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>”_。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" -msgstr "在墨西哥创造进步的进程" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." -msgstr "开具电子开票，其中包含收到的预付款金额。" +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" -msgstr "开具操作总价值的电子开票（全票）。（CFDI原产地：07|预付开票，第 1 点）" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" -msgstr "开具*Egreso*类型的电子开票。（CFDI原产地：07|Invoice_total，第2点）" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "在Odoo中要遵循的步骤" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "准备：创建产品" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "预付款 开具收到的预付款金额的电子开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" -msgstr "开具操作总价值的电子开票" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "从预付款开票添加贷方通知单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "准备：创建产品" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." -msgstr "首付产品必须类型为*服务*，并且必须使** NSPSC产品类** ：*84111506服务事实*。" +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" -msgstr "预付订金产品" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "将首付产品添加为默认产品，以便在 Odoo 配置中使用。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "订金配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "为收到的预付款开具电子开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "创建预付款开票：从销售订单中，为要提前支付的采购百分比（或固定金额）创建预付款开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" -msgstr "应用订金" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "使用首付款产品验证开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "确认订金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "对开财务预付订金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "将付款登记到预付款开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "预付订金开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "注册的预付订金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." -msgstr "开具操作总价值的电子开票。" +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." -msgstr "从销售订单中，为总计创建开票，即为所有订单行创建开票，而不对预付款进行折扣。" +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "全额开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." -msgstr "从“ **除预付** ”字段中删除复选标记。" +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." -msgstr "通过在上一步中创建的预付款开票的开头 + Folio Fiscal 添加“07 |”来添加预付款开票的原始 CFDI。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" -msgstr "在此示例之后复制以下开票的帐目会计：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "对开全额开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "并将其粘贴到从销售订单创建的草稿开票中，而不扣除预付款：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "验证并复制作品集会计以供以后使用（在示例中，作品集会计副本为：50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE）" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" -msgstr "从开票添加贷方通知单" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "External Trade Other Info." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" -msgstr "从预付款开票创建 **方通知** （在确认之前必须编辑更正开票，请参阅以下2个图像下面的说明）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" -msgstr "新建退款单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "匹配预付订金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 -msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" -msgstr "在*确认*贷方通知单之前，请使用“`07|编辑原始 CFDIXXX“，而不是前缀”01“|三十``" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "修改对开财务" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "现在可以确认开票。" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "退款单过账" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." -msgstr "现在，贷方通知单（预付款）必须应用于总开票，这是在所欠金额下方的底部添加的。" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" -msgstr "添加退款单" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 +msgid "" +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" -msgstr "应用的预付订金" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." -msgstr "登记首付款和销售总额的差额。" +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" -msgstr "余额付款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "如果转到开票的 XML，则应在 CFDI 中看到与预付款开票的关系类型 07 和 Folio Fiscal。" +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" -msgstr "XML预付订金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "基于付款天数的折扣" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 -msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 +msgid "" +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" -"现金折扣是您可以提供的激励措施，用于激励客户在指定时间段内付款。例如，如果客户在开票的最初 5 天内向您付款（即在 30 天内到期），则提供 2% " -"d的折扣。这种方法可以大大缩短您的平均客户付款期。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "创建并分配相应的付款条件" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "在折扣后的几天内注册付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "创建退款通知" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" -"要配置预付款的折扣，请转到：菜单选择：“会计 - >配置 - >付款条件”，然后单击*创建*。添加具有相应值（例如，98% of 2% " -"d计数的总价）和产品/服务有效的天数（例如 5 天）的百分比类型。如有必要，您还可以更改到期余额类型（在本例中为 30 天）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" -msgstr "折扣付款条款" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." -msgstr "然后，在创建销售订单或销售开票时，分配之前创建的付款条件。" +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" -msgstr "开票中的折扣" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." -msgstr "在指定折扣应用的天内注册付款，在我们的例子中，是在创建销售开票后的5天内。" +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "折扣付款" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." -msgstr "然后转到总计所在的开票底部，在那里您将看到2付款创建，重置为草稿并取消不对应的付款 - 与折扣相关的付款。" +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" -msgstr "参见折扣付款" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" -msgstr "取消付款" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -"最后，为了关闭周期，我们必须关闭开票，但在这种情况下，我们应用折扣，为了正确关闭它，我们必须创建一个贷方通知单，指定差额是在 **方通知单 " -"**提供给客户的。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "折扣退款单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "退款单原因" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "将金额调整为原始开票中的余额。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "退款单总计" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "将贷方通知单添加到原始开票，以便结算。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "为折扣添加退款单" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "取消开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "72 小时前" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." -msgstr "如果需要取消在72小时内验证并发送给SAT的开票，请按照以下步骤操作。" +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" -msgstr "申请取消" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" -msgstr "在72小时内取消" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" -msgstr "“电子开票”的状态更改为“已取消`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" -msgstr "点击*重置为草稿*" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" -msgstr "点击*取消参赛*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" -msgstr "取消日记账记项" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" -msgstr "72 小时后" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." -msgstr "如果需要取消超过72小时验证并发送给SAT的开票，则必须要求客户接受取消，为此必须遵循以下步骤。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" -"点击*请求EDI取消*通知SAT您要取消开票，在这种情况下，客户必须进入SAT网页并批准它。（Odoo中 **子开票 **段的状态更改为*取消*）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." -msgstr "当客户（收件人/客户）在其SAT门户中批准取消时，现在可以将开票更改为草稿，然后单击*取消条目*。" +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." -msgstr "Odoo与SAT同步，通过预定操作更新 **子开票 **状态，在SAT中取消的开票将在Odoo中取消。" +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" -msgstr "72小时后取消" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 -msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -"单击“ **求 EDI 取** ”后，“电子开票”字段的状态将为“取消”，但 SAT 的状态将与“有效”相同，它将保持活动状态，直到最终客户/收件人在 " -"SAT 中批准取消。" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 +msgid "" +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +msgstr "您只能添加一次山脚石编号，因此在将正确的数字与传输相关联时要小心。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "Check estado del PAC" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" -"一旦在SAT中取消，Odoo将通过每天执行的计划操作来同步SAT的状态，以同步SAT，电子开票和Odoo的状态（此计划操作可以通过进入开发人员模式手动执行）。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." -msgstr "如果开票在SAT中被取消，在Odoo中也会被取消，这允许您将开票切换到草稿并最终取消开票（*取消输入*）。" +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "PAC计划动作" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" -msgstr "取消已付开票" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." -msgstr "如果开票已支付，则必须从开票创建贷方通知单，以便识别原始 CFDI 并在以后取消原始开票。" +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" -msgstr "取消已付开票" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" -msgstr "待取消退款单" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" -msgstr "取消上一期间的开票" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" -msgstr "问题" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" -"如果开票是上个月的开票，并且该期间已关闭，则该收入已在财务报告和政府中申报。在Odoo中，取消开票时，日记帐分录被消除，就好像已经报告的收入不存在一样，这代表了一个财政问题，因为收入已经在上个月申报了。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." -msgstr "当会计期间已关闭时，问题就出在当前期间，您必须进行反向输入并保存取消信息。" +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" -msgstr "要取消的开票" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" -msgstr "上期" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "资产负债表是这样的：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" -msgstr "之前BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" -msgstr "如果开票被取消，则注销后日记帐分录和资产负债表将如下所示：" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "BS中的AR" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "解决方案" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -msgstr "每月关闭会计期间（墨西哥本地化最佳实践）" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "在 SAT 取消开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "创建手动回归分录（日记帐分录）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "将未结开票与冲销分录（日记帐分录）对帐" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "将电子开票状态更改为“已取消”，并执行服务器操作" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" -msgstr "每月结束会计期间（最佳实践墨西哥本地化）" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." -msgstr "如果会计期间因封锁日期而关闭，Odoo将不允许修改或添加与该会计期间相对应的日期的会计分录。" +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" -msgstr "关闭财务期间" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" -msgstr "在 SAT 中取消开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." -msgstr "如果会计期间关闭，开票在SAT中被取消，Odoo中的状态将被公布，而 **子开票 **态将为*已发送*，SAT状态为*已取消*。" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 +msgid "" +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" -msgstr "在SAT中取消" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" -msgstr "创建手动冲销日记帐分录" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." -msgstr "解决方案是在当前会计期间手动创建冲销日记帐分录，并将未结开票与手动创建的回退进行对帐。" +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." -msgstr "必须在参考文献中明确指出这是取消（您可以将取消帐户用于以前期间的开票，例如 **他收** ）。" +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" -msgstr "手动反转" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "将未结开票与冲销分录进行对帐" +msgid "" +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "未结开票对账" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 +msgid "" +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "未结的已付开票" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 -msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." -msgstr "在资产负债表和试算平衡表中，它们现在具有正确的余额。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" -msgstr "新BS" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" -msgstr "最新BS" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "Balanza de comprobación" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "将电子开票的状态更改为“已取消，并带有服务器操作`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 -msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -"可以创建一个服务器操作，在开票与冲销条目进行对帐后，将开票的状态修改为“已取消”（在执行此操作之前，应与支持人员或指定的功能顾问进行检查）。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" -msgstr "计划动作PAC状态" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" -msgstr "执行服务器动作" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "电子会计" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" -msgstr "在Odoo中对墨西哥的会计由3份报告组成：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "电子会计科目表（称为 COA 并显示为 COA）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "电算试平衡." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." -msgstr "DIOT report." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "1. 和 2.被视为电子会计，DIOT是仅在会计环境中可用的报告。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" -msgstr "您可以在：menuselection：`会计 -->报告 --> 墨西哥` 中找到所有这些报告" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" -msgstr "MX报告" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 -msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." msgstr "" -"电子开票从未如此简单，只需转到：menuselection：`会计 ->报告 -> 墨西哥 -> COA`，然后单击按钮 **出为 SAT " -"（XML）**。" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "用于SAT的COA" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "How to add new accounts ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "如果使用 NNN 添加帐户。是的。ZZ 编码约定，其中 NNN.YY是一个SAT编码组，您的帐户将自动设置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" -"为新银行帐户添加帐户的示例转到：菜单选择：“会计 -->设置 -->科目表”，然后在“创建”按钮中创建一个新帐户，并尝试创建一个编号为 " -"102.01.99 的帐户，一旦您更改为建立名称，您将看到一个自动配置的标签，配置的标签是选择在 XML 的 COA 中使用的标签。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "新建账户" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "标签的含义是什么？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" -"要了解所有可能的标签，您可以在SAT网站上阅读“附件24<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>”_，该部分名为**Código" -" agrupador de cuentas del SAT**。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" -"当您安装l10n_mx模块并且您的会计科目表依赖于它时（当您在数据库中安装墨西哥作为国家/地区的配置时，这会自动发生），默认情况下，它将具有最常用的标签。如果未创建所需的标记，则可以创建它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "试算平衡表" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" -"与 COA 完全相同，但使用初始余额的贷方和借方，一旦您正确配置了 COA，您可以转到 ：menuselection：`Reports --> " -"试算表`，这是自动生成的，可以使用顶部的按钮导出为 XML SAT （XML）**，以及之前选择要导出的时间段。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "电子余额确认" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "所有正常的分析和列出的功能都可以在这里找到，以及任何正常的Odoo报告。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "什么是 DIOT 以及展示 SAT 的重要性" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "当涉及到SAT管理服务的程序时，我们知道我们不应该忽视我们所呈现的内容。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" -"DIOT是第三方运营信息声明（DIOT），这是增值税的一项额外义务，我们必须将我们的运营状态提供给第三方，或者与我们的供应商一起被认为是相同的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "这适用于个人和角色莫拉莱斯，因此，如果我们有增值税要提交给SAT并与供应商打交道，则必须发送DIOT。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "展示DIOT很容易，因为像所有格式一样，您可以在SAT页面上获得它，这是您可以在SAT网站上找到的电子表格A-29。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" -"如果您每个月与第三方有业务往来，则有必要像我们对增值税所做的那样出示DIOT，因此，如果在一月份我们与供应商达成协议，那么到2月份，我们必须提供与所述数据相关的信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "DIOT在哪里展示？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "您可以以不同的方式展示DIOT，这取决于您将选择哪一个，哪一个会更适合您，因为您每个月或每次与供应商打交道时都会展示它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "A-29表格是电子的，因此您可以在SAT页面上显示它，但这是在进行了多达500次注册之后。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" -"一旦这500条记录被输入SAT，您必须将它们提交给当地纳税人服务管理局（ALSC），并与您的税务地址通信，这些记录可以在CD或USB等数字存储介质上提交，一旦验证，他们将返回您，所以毫无疑问，您仍然会有这些光盘，当然，" -" 您的 CD 或 USB。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "还有一件事要知道：批量装载？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "在DIOT中查看官方SAT文件时，您会发现批量加载，当然，我们认为的第一件事是什么？，根据SAT网站，它是：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" -"“批量加载”是将数据库从纳税人在文本文件中与供应商进行的交易记录（.txt）进行转换。这些文件具有必要的结构，可以应用并导入到第三方系统的操作信息声明中，从而避免直接捕获，从而优化了在集成中投入的时间，以便及时和形式地向SAT进行演示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "您可以使用它来呈现DIOT，因为它是允许的，这将促进此操作，因此它不存在，以避免在与第三方操作的信息声明方面与SAT保持一致。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" -"“官方信息<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>”_" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "如何在Odoo中生成此报告？" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 msgid "DIOT report" msgstr "DIOT报告" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "将显示报告视图，选择上个月以报告上个月，或者如果适合您，则离开当前月份。" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "DIOT筛选器" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "单击*导出 （XLSX）* 或 *打印 （TXT）*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 +msgid "" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "打印DIOT" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "将下载的文件保存在安全的地方，转到SAT网站并按照必要的步骤进行声明。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "有关 DIOT 的供应商和开票数据的重要注意事项" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." +msgid "DIOT Example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 +msgid "" +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" -"所有供应商都必须在会计选项卡中配置名为“DIOT信息”的字段，只需在地址中选择适当的国家/地区即可完成L10N " -"MX国籍字段，而无需在那里执行任何其他操作，但必须在所有提供商中配置l10n MX类型的操作。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "DIOT配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "此报告有 3 个增值税选项，16%，0% and 免税，Odoo 中的一个开票行如果没有税收，则被视为免税，其他 2 个税种已正确配置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "请记住，要支付代表预付款的开票，您必须首先请求开票，然后付款并按照标准Odoo程序正确对帐付款。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "您不需要填写所有合作伙伴数据来尝试生成供应商开票，您可以在生成报告时更正此信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "请记住，此报表仅显示实际支付的供应商开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" -"如果未考虑其中一些注意事项，则当您在TXT中生成DIOT时，将显示这样的消息，其中包含验证此特定报告所需的所有合作伙伴，这就是我们建议使用此报告的原因，而不仅仅是用于导出您的法律信息。义务，但在月底之前生成它，并将其用作您的听觉过程，以查看您的所有合作伙伴是否都已正确配置。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "DIOT错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "Odoo的结束财政期" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "在进入会计年度结束之前，您通常应采取一些步骤来确保您的会计正确，更新和准确：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "确保您在年底之前已完全对账，并确认期末账面余额与银行对账单上的余额匹配。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "验证是否已输入并审核所有客户开票。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "确认您已输入并审核所有供应商帐单。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "验证所有费用，确保其准确性。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "检查收到的所有付款是否已准确输入和记录。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "运行 **务报** ，并验证您的税务信息是否正确。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "核对 **产负债表 **的所有账户" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "将Odoo中的银行余额与对账单上的当前银行余额进行比较。使用报告 **行对帐 **帮助您完成此操作。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "通过运行“旧应收账款”和“ **应付帐款”报表来核对所有现金和银行帐户交易" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "审核您的帐户，确保您完全了解影响他们的交易以及交易的性质，确保包括贷款和固定资产。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" -"运行会计仪表板中日记帐选项上的 *更多* 下拉列表下的可选函数 **款匹** " -"，验证任何供应商帐单和客户开票及其付款。此步骤是可选的，但是，如果所有待处理的付款和开票都已对帐，则它可以帮助年终流程，并且可能导致在系统中查找错误或错误。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "您的会计师可能希望检查您在资产负债表中的项目，并为以下各项做一些日记帐分录：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "使用 **记帐审计 **告（例如， **度的当前收益 ** **存收益报** ）手动进行年终调整。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "*工作进程** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "**旧日记**." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "**贷款** ." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "税金调整." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"如果您的会计师正在进行年终审计，他们将希望拥有资产负债表项目（例如贷款，银行帐户，预付款，销售税报告等）的副本进行比较。您在Odoo中的余额。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" -"在此过程中，将非顾问的**关闭日期**设置为会计设置下上一个财政年度的最后一天是一种很好的做法。通过这种方式，会计师可以相信在审计账簿时没有其他人更改前一年的交易。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "财政年度" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "会计结算流程" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" -"在Odoo中，无需进行特定的年终条目来关闭报告收入账户。练习的结果在账户类型（当年收入）中自动计算，收入 - 支出之间的差额将被累积以计算它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" -"这些报告是实时创建的，这意味着 **入报告 **接对应于您在Odoo中指定的年份的截止日期。此外，在您生成 **入报告 **任何时候，开始日期将对应于 " -"**计年度 **开始日期，帐户余额将全部为0。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" -"截至 12 月 31 日，资产负债表显示未确认的当年收益（MX 账户中的科目类型本年度未分配总收益 305.01.01 ['当前年度收益'类型]）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "资产负债表关闭" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "会计师应创建一个日记帐分录，以确认“往年结果”账户（墨西哥为304.01.01）上往年累计收益中的年度结果 - 这是一个股票账户。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" -"过帐日记帐分录后，单击*标记为会计年度的结算分录*。此步骤很重要，因为它链接到试算表报告。如果此日记帐分录未标记为收盘分录，则试算表将不正确。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "简化的会计分录将如下所示：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "关闭日记账记项" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" -"会计师创建日记帐分录以查找当年的 **前收益 **，他们必须将 **束日期 **置为会计年度的最后一天。确保在这样做之前， **产负债表 " -"**当年的当前收益是否正确报告余额0。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "查看BS关闭" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "Extra Recommended features" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "通讯录应用（免费）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "如果您想正确管理您的客户，供应商和地址，这个模块，即使它不是技术需求，也强烈建议安装它。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "多币种（需要会计申请）" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" -"在墨西哥，几乎所有公司都以不同的货币发送和接收付款。如果要执行此操作，可以启用多币种的使用。您还应该启用与 **西哥银行服务 " -"**同步，因为这将允许您自动获得SAT的汇率，而无需每天在Odoo中手动创建此信息。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "转到设置并启用多币种功能。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "多币种配置" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" -"通常，您希望从xml上错误设置的字段中收到显式错误，如果启用检查，则这些错误会更好地通知用户，以启用与xsd一起检查功能，请按照以下步骤操作（启用：ref：`developer" -" mode <developer-mode>`）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "Open any company you have." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "从Odoo公司列表视图将XSD文件下载到CFDI" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "If you see an error like this:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "“生成的 cfdi 无效`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" -"''attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion'， attribute 'type'： QName 值 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' 不解析为 " -"a（n） 简单类型定义。第 36 行。”" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "这可能是由在另一台服务器中还原的数据库备份引起的，也可能是由于未正确下载 XSD 文件引起的。请按照与上述相同的步骤操作，但：" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "Go to the company in which the error occurs." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "单击*操作*，然后单击*将XSD文件下载到CFDI*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "常见问题和错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" -"''9：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID： 元素 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto'， 属性 'NoIdentificacion'： [facet " -"'minLength'] 值 '' 的长度为 '0';这低于允许的最小长度'1'。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" -"''9：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID： 元素 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto'， 属性 'NoIdentificacion'： [facet " -"'pattern'] 值 '' 不被模式 '[^|] 接受{1,100}'.''" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "**Error messages**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"''6：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4： Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal'： 属性 'Regimen' 是必需的，但缺少。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"''5：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4： 元素 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor'： 属性 'RegimenFiscal' 是必需的，但缺少。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" -" **解决方案** " -"：您忘记在公司的合作伙伴上设置适当的“财务状况”。转到客户，删除客户筛选器并查找称为您公司的合作伙伴，并设置适当的财务状况，这是您的公司所做的与SAT可能值列表相关的业务类型，另一种选择可能是您忘记遵循有关财务状况的注意事项。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "您需要转到财政头寸设置并设置正确的代码（它是名称的前3个数字），例如，对于测试，您需要设置601，它将看起来像图片。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "账务状况错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "出于测试目的，此值必须设置为“601 - General de Ley Personas Morales”，这是增值税演示所需的值。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "**Error message**:" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" -"''2：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID： 元素 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante'， 属性 'FormaPago'： [facet " -"'enumeration'] 值 '' 不是集合 {'01'， '02'， '03'， '04'， '05'， '06'， '08'， '12'， " -"'13'， '14'， '15'， '17'， '23'， '24'， '25'， '26'， '27'， '28'， '29'， '30'， " -"'99'}''" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "付款方式错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" -"''2：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID： Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante'， attribute 'LugarExpedicion'： " -"[facet 'enumeration'] 值 '' 不是集合 {'00'' 的元素" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" -"''2：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1： 元素 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante'， 属性 'LugarExpedicion'： '' 不是原子类型 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal' 的有效值。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" -"''5：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4： 元素 " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor'：属性 'Rfc' 是必需的，但缺少。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" -" **解决方案** " -"：您必须正确配置公司地址，这是一组必填字段，您可以在：menuselection中转到您的公司配置：`设置-->用户和公司-->公司`，然后按照本节中的步骤填写地址的所有必填字段：：ref：`mx-" -"legal-info`。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr " **解决方案** ：您的公司地址的邮政编码对墨西哥无效，请更正。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "邮编错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" -"''18：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4： Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado'： 属性 'TipoFactor' 是必需的，但缺少。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" -"''34：0：ERROR：SCHEMASV：SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4： Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado'： 属性 'TipoFactor' 是必需的，但缺少。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" -"**解决方案** ：在系统中为 0% and 16% tax 设置墨西哥名称，并在开票上使用它。您的税款（表示 16% 的增值税和 " -"0%）必须将“因子类型”字段设置为 “*Tasa*”。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "因素类型错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "汇率错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "“CCE159`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" -"“如果 cce11： ComercioExterior： TipoOperacion registered 是 '1' 或 '2'，则必须注册 XXXX" -" 属性。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "**解决方案** ：有必要指定国际贸易术语解释通则。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "“CCE209`" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" -"''属性 cce11： 外贸： 货物： 货物： 海关单位必须具有目录 catCFDI： c_FraccionArancelaria 列 'UMT' " -"当属性 cce11： 外贸： 货物： 我 ''" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "**解决方案** ：关税分数必须具有计量单位01的代码，对应于千克。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "：缩写：`CFDI（Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet）`：在线数字税收收据" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "：缩写：`CSD （Certificado de Sello Digital）`： Digital Seal Certificate" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" -"：abbr：`PAC （Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación）`： Authorized " -"Certification Provider" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "印花：电子开票的数字签名" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" -"附录：可以附加到互联网数字税收收据（CFDI）的信息补充，这些信息通常是墨西哥某些公司（如沃尔玛，Tiendas Sorianas等）所要求的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" -"：abbr：`UUID（通用唯一标识符）`：它是通用唯一标识符的英文首字母缩写。UUID 相当于 Folio Fiscal，它由 32 " -"个十六进制数字组成，以连字符分隔的 5 个组显示。" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." -msgstr "" -"LCO：义务纳税人名单（LCO）是国家税务总局发布的名单，用于核算其授权开具开票和工资单的所有纳税人。这意味着，为了能够以电子方式向您的客户开具账单，您必须在此数据库中。" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 msgid "Netherlands" @@ -29740,7 +29363,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -30872,6 +30497,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "公司" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -31244,10 +30873,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index aa3249106..cf5c87810 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ # Miao Zhou <zhoumiao_nuaa@outlook.com>, 2022 # Connie Xiao <connie.xiao@elico-corp.com>, 2022 # fausthuang, 2022 -# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2022 -# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2022 # Mandy Choy <mnc@odoo.com>, 2022 # diaojiaolou <124412206@qq.com>, 2022 +# 稀饭~~ <wangwhai@qq.com>, 2022 +# Datasource International <Hennessy@datasourcegroup.com>, 2022 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2022 # zhao yonghui, 2022 # Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2022 @@ -19,15 +19,16 @@ # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2372,527 +2373,943 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" -msgstr "EMail模板" +msgid "Email templates" +msgstr "电子邮件模板" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -"我们都知道写出一封好的电子邮件对于获得高响应率至关重要，但是您不想每次都重写相同的结构，对吗？ " -"这就是电子邮件模板的用武之地。无需每次都重写整个电子邮件结构，您可以节省时间专注于内容。 " -"多个模板还使您可以向正确的受众传递正确的消息，从而改善他们在公司的整体体验。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." -msgstr "电子邮件模板使用 QWeb。编辑器允许您在电子邮件的最终呈现中编辑电子邮件，使自定义更加可靠，因为您不必编辑代码。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "在邮件模板上定义默认答复" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 -msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." msgstr "" -"尽管“*回复*”字段在邮件模板中可用，但 **字段仅用于群发邮件 " -"**式（这意味着在我们称之为批量电子邮件的模板上发送模板时）。您可以在几乎每个具有列表视图的应用中批量发送电子邮件。选择所需的记录，然后单击操作按钮。如果可以选择发送电子邮件，您将看到一个邮件编辑器，其中包含要定义的可能值：" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." -msgstr "选择多个报价后，写邮件人群发方式编写邮件。" +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" -msgstr "默认情况下，您还可以在模板上定义它们：" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 msgid "Reply-to field on template." msgstr "模板上的回复字段" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." msgstr "" -"因此，在此字段中设置值是无用的，因为定义的值将被完全忽略。默认的*reply-" -"to*值是默认的包罗万象的电子邮件地址，以确保您的客户和Odoo数据库之间的通信。有关 catchall 工作方式的更多信息，请查看 " -"：ref：`如何管理入站邮件 <email_communication/inbound_messages>`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" -msgstr "每家公司的交易电子邮件和相应的 URL" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." -msgstr "使用Odoo时，多个事件会触发自动电子邮件的发送。这些电子邮件被称为事务性电子邮件，有时包含指向您的Odoo数据库的链接。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." msgstr "" -"默认情况下，数据库生成的链接使用系统参数中定义的动态 web.base.url 键。有关此内容的更多信息：ref：`参数<域名/web-base-" -"url>`。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." -msgstr "如果未安装网站应用程序，则 web.base.url 密钥将始终是用于生成所有链接的默认参数。" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " "specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." msgstr "" -"重要的是要知道，此密钥只能有一个值，这意味着在多网站/公司数据库环境中，即使您的每个网站都有特定的域名，为共享文档或在事务性电子邮件中生成的链接也可能保持不变，无论与发送电子邮件/文档相关的网站/公司如何。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " "corresponding website of the company." msgstr "" -"情况并非总是如此，因为某些Odoo应用程序在数据库中与网站应用程序建立了链接，这意味着在这种情况下，如果为网站定义了特定域，则电子邮件模板中生成的URL将使用在公司相应网站上定义的域。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." msgstr "" -"使用文档应用程序共享的文档将始终使用 web.base.url " -"密钥，因为共享的文档不与任何特定网站关联。这意味着URL将始终相同（web.base.url密钥值），无论它从哪个公司共享，这都是一个已知的限制！" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." msgstr "" -"另一方面，客户在您的Odoo电子商务网站之一上发出的销售订单与下订单的网站建立了链接。因此，为销售订单发送的电子邮件使用为相应网站定义的域名来生成链接。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." -msgstr "有关如何配置域的更多信息，我们邀请您查看:doc:`我们的域名文档</管理/维护/domain_names>”。" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "更新电子邮件模板中的翻译" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." -msgstr "电子邮件模板会自动翻译。更改翻译应该是不必要的。但是，如果出于特定原因，您想要更改某些翻译，则可以执行此操作。" +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." -msgstr "与代码中的任何修改一样，请记住，未正确完成的修改（例如导致语法错误的修改）可能会破坏模板，因此，模板将显示为空白。" +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." -msgstr "要编辑翻译，请从模板中执行以下步骤。" +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" -msgstr "单击编辑按钮，然后单击语言按钮" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "编辑模块的语言" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." -msgstr "将显示一个弹出窗口，其中包含数据库上安装的不同语言。从这里开始，编辑翻译将是可能的。不要忘记点击保存按钮以保留更改。" +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." -msgstr "应用程序模板主体的不同语言翻译。" +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" -msgstr "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." -msgstr "本文档包含对最常出现的邮件问题的说明。" +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "我们将首先解决传出电子邮件的问题（例如：我的客户尚未收到我的电子邮件），然后是传入的电子邮件（例如：我没有在数据库中收到客户的回复）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "传出电子邮件" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" -msgstr "如果您的电子邮件未发送，您必须检查什么？" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." -msgstr "显示电子邮件尚未发送的第一个指示器是邮件日期和时间旁边的红包。" +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" -msgstr "聊天记录中显示的红包" +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "常见错误消息" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" -msgstr "您已达到每日限额：" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" -msgstr "达到电子邮件限制时 Odoo 中的警告" +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -"每个电子邮件服务提供商都有自己的电子邮件发送限制。限制可能是每天，每小时，有时甚至每分钟。对于Odoo来说也是如此，我们必须限制我们的客户，以防止我们的电子邮件服务器被列入黑名单。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "以下是新数据库的默认限制：" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 -msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," -msgstr "200封电子邮件/天 Odoo在线和 Odoo.sh 数据库与活跃的订阅，" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 -msgid "20 emails/day for one-app free databases," +msgid "" +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." -msgstr "在迁移的情况下，您的每日限制可能会重置为每天 50 封电子邮件。" +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:48 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" -msgstr "如果您达到限制，您可以：" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" -msgstr "请要求我们的支持团队提高您的每日限额。我们将根据（非详尽列表）分析您的数据库的情况：" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:53 -msgid "How many users in your database," -msgstr "数据库中有多少用户," +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "Which apps are installed," -msgstr "安装了哪些应用程序," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +msgid "Which apps are installed?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 +msgid "" +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -"您的退回邮件率：由于邮件服务器在发送给最终收件人的途中返回您的电子邮件而未收到您的电子邮件的电子邮件地址的百分比。您可以联系“支持<https://www.odoo.com/help>”_。" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" -"使用您自己的发送电子邮件服务器独立于Odoo的邮件限制（请参阅:doc：“相应的文档</应用程序/通用/email_communication/email_servers>”）," -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -"等到 UTC 时间晚上 11 点重置，然后单击重试按钮：必须激活 ：ref：`开发人员模式 <developer-" -"mode>`。然后，转到：menuselection：`设置-->技术-->电子邮件`" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "电子邮件的重试按钮" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" -"每日限制是数据库的全局限制，并且可以快速上升！默认情况下，如果内部消息、通知、便笺等通知某人，则该邮件、通知、便笺等计为每日限制中的电子邮件。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:72 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "" -"您可以通过在Odoo中接收您的：ref：`通知<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`而不是通过电子邮件来缓解这种情况。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:76 -msgid "SMTP Error" -msgstr "SMTP 错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -"您可以通过查看简单邮件传输协议 （SMTP） 错误消息来找出电子邮件未成功传输的原因。SMTP 是一种描述电子邮件结构并通过 Internet " -"传输的协议，电子邮件服务生成的错误消息是诊断和解决电子邮件问题的有用工具。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:84 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "没有错误" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." -msgstr "Odoo并不总是能够提供失败原因的信息。不同的提供商实施了退回电子邮件的个性化策略，Odoo并不总是能够正确解释它。" +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 +msgid "" +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" -"如果您在同一客户端或同一域中反复遇到此问题，请随时联系“Odoo支持<https://www.odoo.com/help>”_以获取查找原因的帮助。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -"注意：在这种情况下，最常见的原因之一与：ref：`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>`和/或：ref：`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>`配置有关。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:97 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" -msgstr "为什么我的电子邮件发送延迟？" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:99 -msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -"您可能会安排电子邮件活动，但未按时发送。我们知道我们使用延迟工作来发送我们认为不紧急的电子邮件（新闻通讯概念，如群发邮件，营销自动化，事件）。系统实用程序" -" **cron** 可用于安排程序以预定的时间间隔自动运行。我们使用该策略是为了避免邮件服务器混乱并优先考虑通信。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." -msgstr "被视为紧急的电子邮件（从一个人到另一个人的通信，如销售订单，开票，采购订单等）直接发送。" +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 +msgid "" +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +msgid "" +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 +msgid "" +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 +msgid "Email is sent late" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." msgstr "预定以后发送的电子邮件" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." -msgstr "默认情况下，群发邮件 cron 每 60 分钟运行一次。因此，在实际发送广告系列之前，您最多应等待一个小时。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "收件" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:118 -msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -"当您遇到传入电子邮件的问题时，Odoo中可能没有指示本身。这是尝试联系数据库的客户端，该数据库将获得退回邮件（大多数情况下为 550：邮箱不可用）。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:123 -msgid "Emails are not received" -msgstr "以下电子邮箱已收到邀请" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:125 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "根据您使用的平台：" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:127 -msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." -msgstr "**Odoo.sh **户可以在文件夹：file：`~/logs/`上找到他们的实时日志。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:129 -msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." -msgstr "" -"Odoo.sh 的文件夹 ：file：`~/logs/` （最好通过命令行访问）包含包含数据库日志的文件列表。日志文件在每天上午 5：00 UTC " -"创建。最后两天没有被压缩，而旧的日子被压缩，以获得空间。Today 和 Yesterday 的文件命名为 ：file：`odoo.log` 和 " -"：file：`odoo.log.1`。对于以下内容，它们以其日期命名并进行压缩。请参阅有关 ：ref：`logs <odoosh/logs>` " -"Odoo.sh 文档。使用命令“grep”和“zgrep”（对于压缩的）来搜索文件。" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:142 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "从支持人员处获取帮助" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" -msgstr "为了有效地获得帮助，请提供尽可能多的信息。以下是可能有帮助的内容列表：" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:147 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -"电子邮件的“EML”（表示“电子邮件”）是包含调查所需的所有技术信息的文件格式。您自己的电子邮件提供商的文档可能会帮助您了解如何获取EML文件。一旦您收到电子邮件的EML，将其添加到票证附件中是我们调查的最有效方式。支持将主要集中在冗余问题上。" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:154 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "“Gmail 文档<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>”_" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -"“Outlook 文档<https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-internet-" -"message-headers-in-outlook-cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>”_" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" +msgstr "收件" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" -msgstr "您遵循的确切流程，以便通常在Odoo中接收这些电子邮件。以下是答案可能有用的问题示例：" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "这仅仅是从Odoo发出的电子邮件的回复吗？" +msgid "" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "您使用的是接收电子邮件服务器还是以某种方式重定向？" +msgid "" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" -msgstr "您能向我们提供已正确转发的电子邮件示例吗？" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:168 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "提供以下问题的答案：" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:170 -msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" -msgstr "这是一个通用问题还是特定于用例？如果是，究竟是哪一个？" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 +msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" -"它是否按预期工作？如果电子邮件是使用Odoo发送的，则退回邮件应到达Odoo数据库并显示：ref：`red " -"envelope<red_envelop>`。" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index 420ad87fc..39960025b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -18,18 +18,18 @@ # John Lin <linyinhuan@139.com>, 2023 # Jeffery CHEN <jeffery9@gmail.com>, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 # Chloe Wang, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Chloe Wang, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -41,89 +41,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "库存&MRP" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "库存" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "条码" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -"**Odoo库存 " -"**是一个库存应用程序，也是一个仓库管理系统，配备先进的条形码扫描器。了解如何管理交货时间、自动补货和配置高级路线，如直接发货、交叉转运等。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "条形码" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "日常作业" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "使用条码来做库存调整" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "如要使用条码来做库存调整，你首先需要打开*条码*应用程序。然后，在应用程序中，点击*库存调整*。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "如要全面使用条码功能，你可下载*库存命令*表。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "点击*库存调整*后，Odoo将自动创建。注意，如有多个库位，你需首先指定进行库存调整的库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "如没有多个库位，你可开始扫描库存调整中包含的不同产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "如有5件相同物品，可将它扫描5次或用键盘设置数量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "除了使用条码扫描器，如有必要，你还可手动添加产品。为此，点击*添加产品*并手动填写信息。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或者通过扫描 **认 **码进行确认。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -133,7 +122,7 @@ msgstr "当完成了该库位的所有产品的扫描后，手工确认库存或 msgid "Overview" msgstr "概述" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -143,11 +132,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "条码可用于各种不同情况。最为大家熟知的用例是在销售点批量销售产品时，顾客可自行称重，获取打印的条码并贴在产品上。这个条码包括产品重量，可用于计算价格。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "创建条码命名规则" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -157,20 +146,20 @@ msgstr "" "Odoo支持条形码术语，它决定了编码信息的映射和解释。您可以将您的条形码术语配置为:ref:`开发者模式<developer-" "mode>`。如需设置，请前往：菜单选项：`库存 --> 配置 --> 条形码术语`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "你可在此创建条码命名规则，然后添加一行创建你的首个规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "第一步是指定 **则名** ，例如，带3位小数的重量条码。然后，你需指定条码命名规则的类型，在本例中是已称重产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -181,45 +170,45 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "条码模式是定义条码结构的正则表达式。在本例中，21定义了将应用规则的产品，也是产品条码开头的数字。这5个“点”代表产品条码的后几位数字，用于识别有关产品。“N”代表整数部分，“D”代表小数部分。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "该编码用于指定应用规则得出的条码编码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "你可定义不同规则并按顺序排定优先等级。系统将应用与扫描条码匹配的第一条规则。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "配置产品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "产品条形码应以“21”开头。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "这5个“点”是产品条码的其他数字，用于识别产品；" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "如定义了D或N，条码中应包含0。在本例中，我们配置的是“21.....{NNDDD}”，因此需要5个零。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "在EAN-13中，最后一个数字是校验数，使用EAN13生成器可确定你的情况应是哪个数字。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -229,17 +218,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你称了1.5千克的意大利面，你将打印出以下条码2112345015002。如在POS中扫描此条码，或在条码应用程序中接收产品时，Odoo将自动为该意大利面产品创建新的一行，数量为1.5千克。POS则将根据该数量计算价格。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "规则类型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr " **价产** ：POS用于识别产品并指定价格。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -247,58 +236,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr " **折产** ：可根据适用的折扣创建一个条码。然后，在POS中扫描产品，然后再扫描折扣条码，将基于产品的正常价格计算折扣。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr " **重产** ：POS（根据重量计算价格）和库存中用于识别产品及指定其重量。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr " **** ：用于识别客户，例如在忠诚度计划中使用。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr " **银** ：用于在进入POS时识别收银员。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr " **** ：在启用多个库位的情况下，用于识别调拨的库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr " **** ：在启用包裹功能的情况下，用于识别调拨的包裹。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr " **用** ：不需要手动修改，使用Mercury模型现有的数据。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr " **位产** ：用于在POS和调拨过程中识别产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "如条码样式包含.*，表明它可包含任意数量的数字字符。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -308,28 +297,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -338,20 +327,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -359,7 +348,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -368,11 +357,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -388,13 +377,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -402,128 +391,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "名称" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "规则名称" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "条码模式" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "产品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "01" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "数量" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "批次号码" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -548,7 +537,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -557,7 +546,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -568,7 +557,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -576,17 +565,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -596,29 +585,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -626,7 +615,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -636,7 +625,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -644,99 +633,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -744,18 +733,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -763,7 +752,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -774,15 +763,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -791,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -799,7 +788,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -807,7 +796,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -823,24 +812,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -848,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -857,7 +846,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -866,7 +855,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -874,11 +863,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -886,321 +875,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "类型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1内容类型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "服务包" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "单位产品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包装" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的位置" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "位置" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "批次" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "包装日期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "在此日期前食用" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "有效期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "测量" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "包装类型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "包裹类型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "调拨过程" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "简单调拨" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "从*条码*应用程序中处理调拨，第一步是进入*作业*页面。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "然后，你可前往对应的作业类型并手动选择想要输入的调拨产品，或扫描调拨产品的条码，进入现有的调拨。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1208,17 +1197,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "在此，你可扫描现有调拨中包含的产品和/或向其添加新产品。在扫描完毕所有产品后，你可确认调拨，进入库存移动环节。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "如仓库中有多个不同存储库位，你可为不同的作业类型添加额外步骤。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收据" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1228,24 +1217,24 @@ msgstr "" "当收到库存产品时，你需要扫描其条码，以便在系统中识别它。完成后，你可以让它进入调拨的主库位，例如WH/Stock， " "或者扫描库位条码，使其进入主库位下的子库位。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "在本例中，如果你让产品进入WH/Stock，只需扫描下一件产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交货单" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "在产品发货时，如果源库位与调拨最初设置不同，则需扫描源库位。然后，你可开始扫描从这个特定库位发货的产品。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1253,91 +1242,91 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "在扫描完毕不同产品后，你可扫描其他库位，如WH/Stock，交货单上将添加另一页。通过*前一项*和*下一项*按钮，你可在不同页面之间切换。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "现在，你可确认调拨操作了。为此，点击*下一步*，然后进入调拨操作的最后页面。你可在此确认所有操作。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "内部转账" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "在多个库位之间进行内部调拨时，你首先需要扫描产品的源库位。然后，你应扫描产品本身，再扫描目标库位的条码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "如内部调拨的源库位和目标库位已正确无误，则无需扫描。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "已追踪产品的调拨" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "如你按批号/序列号处理产品，你有两种操作方法：" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "如你处理包含所有产品的序列号/批号，你应扫描该批号/序列号的条码，Odoo将增加产品数量，设置其批号/序列号。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "如不同产品的批号/序列号相同，你可首先扫描产品条码，然后扫描批号/序列号条码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "从头开始创建调拨" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "如要从*条码*应用程序创建调拨，你首先需要打印作业类型条码。为此，你可从应用程序的主页下载*库存条码表*。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "完成后，你可扫描需要创建新文档的库存。然后，系统将创建空白文档，你可扫描产品并填充该文档。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "设置" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "设置你的条码扫描器" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "在Odoo中使用条码扫描相当容易。但是一个好的用户体验依赖与正确的硬件设置。该向导会帮你完成从条码枪的选择到设置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "找到适用的条码扫描枪" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " @@ -1346,7 +1335,7 @@ msgstr "" "推荐3种不同的条码扫描器与Odoo **** 和 **形** 应用一起使用，如 **USB扫描** ， **牙扫描** 和 " "**动计算机扫描** 。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1356,7 +1345,7 @@ msgstr "" "如果在你电脑旁边对产品进行扫描, **USB扫描** " "是不错的选择。只要插入电脑即可扫描。只要确保买到的扫描器和你的键盘布局兼容或者可以配置成那样就可以。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1367,7 +1356,7 @@ msgstr "" " " "**蓝牙扫描器**能与智能手机或者平板电脑进行配对，如果你想要移动设备但又不想投入太多，使用蓝牙扫描器就是不错的选择。你可使用智能手机登陆Odoo，并把智能手机和蓝牙扫描器配对，即可在仓库中扫描作业，你可不时查看智能手机并“手动”使用软件。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1382,15 +1371,15 @@ msgstr "" " + Google Chrome浏览器或者Windows + IE " "Mobile浏览器的模式可以实现该功能。但是，由于市面上有各种不同的型号和配置，你必须先进行测试。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "配置条码扫描器" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "键盘布局" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1400,11 +1389,11 @@ msgstr "" "一个USB扫描枪需要配置成和电脑键盘布局一样的操作系统, 不然, 你的扫描枪将不会直接的翻译(例如, " "用'Q'代替'A')。大多数扫描枪通过扫描用户手册中的条码进行配置。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "自动回车" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1417,11 +1406,11 @@ msgstr "" "你可以通过在每次扫描条码之后插入一个回车配置你的扫描枪。这通常是默认的配置并且能通过扫描用户手册中特定的条码进行配置('CR 后缀 " "ON','申请输入后缀', 等等。)。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "在Odoo中启用条码" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1431,7 +1420,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "条码扫描功能可节省在键盘、鼠标和扫描器之间切换所花费的时间。为产品、拣货库位等指定适当的条码，让你能几乎完全只用条码扫描器控制软件，提高工作效率。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " @@ -1439,34 +1428,34 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如要使用本功能，你应首先通过 :menuselection:`库存 --> 设置 --> 条码扫描器`启用*条码*功能。勾选此功能后，你可点击保存。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "设置产品条码" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "你可通过*库存*应用程序，轻松地为不同产品分配条码。为此，前往 :menuselection:`设置 --> 配置产品条码`。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "然后，你可在产品表单中直接创建并为产品分配条码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "注意，将条码直接添加到产品变体中，而不要添加到模板产品中。否则，你将无法区分它们。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "设置库位条码" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1475,32 +1464,60 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "如果你管理多个库位，可为每个库位分配一个条码，并贴在库位上。你可在 :menuselection:`库存 --> 配置 --> 库位`为库位配置条码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "你可从*打印*菜单，打印为库位分配的条码。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "条码格式" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." -msgstr "多数零售产品使用EAN-13条码。这种条码需要适当授权才能使用。你必须向国际物品编码协会交费后才能获得EAN代码顺序。" +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." -msgstr "但Odoo支持所有字符串的条码，所以你也可以定义内部使用的条码格式。" +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "库存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo教程：库存 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "仓库管理" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1859,6 +1876,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1949,55 +1967,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2696,7 +2850,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2880,7 +3034,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2894,15 +3048,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3059,7 +3213,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3105,11 +3259,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3117,13 +3271,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3137,7 +3291,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3145,11 +3299,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3158,7 +3312,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3166,14 +3320,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3182,7 +3336,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3192,7 +3346,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3200,17 +3354,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3218,24 +3372,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3243,26 +3397,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3275,7 +3429,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3283,62 +3437,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3348,11 +3502,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3362,7 +3516,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3372,7 +3526,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3381,14 +3535,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3397,7 +3551,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3408,17 +3562,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3428,7 +3582,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3436,14 +3590,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3451,7 +3605,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3460,7 +3614,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3469,7 +3623,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3477,11 +3631,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3490,14 +3644,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3508,7 +3662,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3523,32 +3677,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3557,7 +3711,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3569,7 +3723,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3584,189 +3738,396 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "杂项操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" -msgstr "处理批量拣货" +msgid "Batch picking" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -"批量拣货允许单个拣货员处理一批订单，从而减少他必须访问同一位置的次数。在Odoo，这意味着您可以将多个传输重新组合到同一个批次传输中，然后通过条形码应用程序或在表单视图中对其进行处理。" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "创建批量传输" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." -msgstr "如需激活批量拣货的选项，请转到：菜单选项：`库存 --> 设置 --> 设置` 并启用 *批量拣货*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." -msgstr "然后，转到 :菜单选项:`库存 --> 运营 --> 批量传输` 并点击创建按钮。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." -msgstr "现在，确定负责的批次转移以及要包含在批次中的转移类型。如需添加传输类型，请单击*添加行*。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "在下面的示例中，使用筛选器来仅查看 *拣选* 步骤中的传输。之后，选择需要包含在批量传输中的不同传输。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "要查看为不同传输选择的产品，请单击 *选择*。如果 *多位置* 已激活，该文档还会显示它们被保留的位置所在。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "从传输列表视图创建批量传输" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "在*传输列表视图*中，选择应包含在批量中的传输。然后，从 *操作* 列表中选择 *添加到批量*。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." -msgstr "接下来，决定是否将传输添加到现有草稿的批量传输，或是创建一个新的。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" -msgstr "处理批量传输" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." -msgstr "在收集产品时，您可以编辑批量传输并更新每个产品的*完成数量*。拣选完所有产品后，选择*验证*以验证批次中包含的不同传输。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." -msgstr "如果所有的产品都不能被使用，你可以为每一个不能被完全处理的单独的转移创建延期订单。" +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" -msgstr "从条码应用程序中处理一个批量转移" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." -msgstr "进入“条码”应用程序，选择“批量传输”菜单。" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "然后，您可以输入要处理的批量传输。如有必要，批量传输可以很容易地按负责人分组。" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." -msgstr "在批量转移中，产品按位置分类。源文档在每一行上都是可见的，颜色代码有助于区分它们。" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." -msgstr "要查看要从其他位置拾取的产品，请单击“下一步”按钮。" +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." -msgstr "拣完所有产品后，单击*验证*（在最后一页）将批量转移标记为完成。" +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "创建欠单" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 msgid "Consignment: buy and sell stock without owning it" @@ -8404,8 +8765,8 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" -msgstr "高级路线" +msgid "Advanced routes" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 msgid "Concepts" @@ -11774,35 +12135,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "你可以在登陆的网页上得到 **问密** , 同时带有访问的电子邮件被发送到主要联系人的邮箱中" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "制造" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "维护保养" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11812,7 +12169,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11821,11 +12178,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11833,20 +12190,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11855,7 +12212,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11864,14 +12221,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11880,91 +12237,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11972,22 +12329,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "制造" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo教程：MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "`Odoo教程：条形码扫描器 <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "创建物料清单" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11995,31 +12377,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -12027,13 +12409,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -12049,24 +12431,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -12080,11 +12462,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -12093,7 +12475,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12104,7 +12486,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12116,11 +12498,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12128,14 +12510,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12146,6 +12528,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "了解更多" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12339,6 +12838,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "管理产品变型Bom表" @@ -13626,376 +14449,16 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "采购" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." -msgstr "**Odoo采购 **助您跟踪采购协议，报价和采购订单。学习如何跟踪购买投标，自动补充并跟进您的订单。" +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: Purchase <https://www.odoo.com/slides/purchase-23>`_" @@ -16005,3 +16468,630 @@ msgstr "您现在可以像使用Odoo的标准测量单位一样配置您的产 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "质量" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index c639818e4..33cc979fb 100644 --- a/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_CN/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -14,17 +14,17 @@ # zhao yonghui, 2023 # Raymond Yu <cl_yu@hotmail.com>, 2023 # 山西清水欧度(QQ:54773801) <54773801@qq.com>, 2023 -# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Emily Jia <eji@odoo.com>, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (China) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_CN/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -2145,7 +2145,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2154,7 +2154,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2389,11 +2389,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "Epson和Star收据打印机和Zebra标签打印机不需要驱动程序即可工作。确保没有为这些打印机选择驱动程序。" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "示例如下：" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2402,18 +2877,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "条码扫描器读取的字符与条码不匹配" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2421,11 +2896,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "扫描条形码时不会发生任何情况" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2434,18 +2909,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "条形码扫描仪被检测为键盘" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2456,11 +2931,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2904,17 +3379,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3132,6 +3605,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po index e1827f8fb..f2827c77b 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/administration.po @@ -6,17 +6,17 @@ # Translators: # 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-01-13 14:30+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -358,7 +358,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:46 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:58 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:153 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:276 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:280 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>` set:" msgstr "" @@ -416,8 +416,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:95 #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:145 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:231 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:235 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:275 msgid "Configuration sample" msgstr "" @@ -528,141 +528,147 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:182 msgid "" -"Odoo includes built-in HTTP servers, using either multithreading or " -"multiprocessing." +"Odoo includes built-in HTTP, cron, and live-chat servers, using either " +"multi-threading or multi-processing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:185 msgid "" -"For production use, it is recommended to use the multiprocessing server as " -"it increases stability, makes somewhat better use of computing resources and" -" can be better monitored and resource-restricted." +"The **multi-threaded** server is a simpler server primarily used for " +"development, demonstrations, and its compatibility with various operating " +"systems (including Windows). A new thread is spawned for every new HTTP " +"request, even for long-lived connections such as websocket. Extra daemonic " +"cron threads are spawned too. Due to a Python limitation (GIL), it doesn't " +"make the best use of the hardware." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:189 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:191 msgid "" -"Multiprocessing is enabled by configuring :option:`a non-zero number of " -"worker processes <odoo-bin --workers>`, the number of workers should be " -"based on the number of cores in the machine (possibly with some room for " -"cron workers depending on how much cron work is predicted)" +"The multi-threaded server is the default server, also for docker containers." +" It is selected by leaving the :option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` " +"option out or setting it to ``0``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:193 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:194 msgid "" -"Worker limits can be configured based on the hardware configuration to avoid" -" resources exhaustion" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:196 -msgid "multiprocessing mode currently isn't available on Windows" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:199 -msgid "Worker number calculation" +"The **multi-processing** server is a full-blown server primarily used for " +"production. It is not liable to the same Python limitation (GIL) on resource" +" usage and hence makes the best use of the hardware. A pool of workers is " +"created upon server startup. New HTTP requests are queued by the OS until " +"there are workers ready to process them. An extra event-driven HTTP worker " +"for the live chat is spawned on an alternative port. Extra cron workers are " +"spawned too. A configurable process reaper monitors resource usage and can " +"kill/restart failed workers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:201 +msgid "" +"The multi-processing server is opt-in. It is selected by setting the " +":option:`--workers <odoo-bin --workers>` option to a non-null integer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Because it is highly customized for Linux servers, the multi-processing " +"server is not available on Windows." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +msgid "Worker number calculation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:211 msgid "Rule of thumb : (#CPU * 2) + 1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:202 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 msgid "Cron workers need CPU" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:203 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:213 msgid "1 worker ~= 6 concurrent users" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:216 msgid "memory size calculation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:208 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:218 msgid "" "We consider 20% of the requests are heavy requests, while 80% are simpler " "ones" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:219 msgid "" "A heavy worker, when all computed field are well designed, SQL requests are " "well designed, ... is estimated to consume around 1GB of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:210 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:220 msgid "" "A lighter worker, in the same scenario, is estimated to consume around 150MB" " of RAM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:212 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:222 msgid "" "Needed RAM = #worker * ( (light_worker_ratio * light_worker_ram_estimation) " "+ (heavy_worker_ratio * heavy_worker_ram_estimation) )" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:215 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:378 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:382 msgid "LiveChat" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:217 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:227 msgid "" -"In multiprocessing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started and" -" listening on :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>` but the " -"client will not connect to it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:221 -msgid "" -"Instead you must have a proxy redirecting requests whose URL starts with " -"``/websocket/`` to the gevent port. Other request should be proxied to the " -":option:`normal HTTP port <odoo-bin --http-port>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:225 -msgid "" -"To achieve such a thing, you'll need to deploy a reverse proxy in front of " -"Odoo, like nginx or apache. When doing so, you'll need to forward some more " -"http Headers to Odoo, and activate the proxy_mode in Odoo configuration to " -"have Odoo read those headers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:233 -msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:234 -msgid "60 concurrent users" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:236 -msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +"In multi-processing, a dedicated LiveChat worker is automatically started " +"and listens on the :option:`--gevent-port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`. By " +"default, the HTTP requests will keep accessing the normal HTTP workers " +"instead of the LiveChat one. You must deploy a proxy in front of Odoo and " +"redirect incoming requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` to the " +"LiveChat worker. You must also start Odoo in :option:`--proxy-mode <odoo-bin" +" --proxy-mode>` so it uses the real client headers (such as hostname, " +"scheme, and IP) instead of the proxy ones." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:237 -msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgid "Server with 4 CPU, 8 Thread" msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:238 +msgid "60 concurrent users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:240 +msgid "60 users / 6 = 10 <- theoretical number of worker needed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +msgid "(4 * 2) + 1 = 9 <- theoretical maximal number of worker" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:242 msgid "" "We'll use 8 workers + 1 for cron. We'll also use a monitoring system to " "measure cpu load, and check if it's between 7 and 7.5 ." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:239 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:243 msgid "RAM = 9 * ((0.8*150) + (0.2*1024)) ~= 3Go RAM for Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:241 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:245 msgid "in :ref:`the configuration file <reference/cmdline/config_file>`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:257 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:261 msgid "HTTPS" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:259 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:263 msgid "" "Whether it's accessed via website/web client or web service, Odoo transmits " "authentication information in cleartext. This means a secure deployment of " @@ -670,43 +676,43 @@ msgid "" "just about any SSL termination proxy, but requires the following setup:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:264 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:268 msgid "" "Enable Odoo's :option:`proxy mode <odoo-bin --proxy-mode>`. This should only" " be enabled when Odoo is behind a reverse proxy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:265 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:269 msgid "Set up the SSL termination proxy (`Nginx termination example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:266 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:270 msgid "Set up the proxying itself (`Nginx proxying example`_)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:267 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:271 msgid "" "Your SSL termination proxy should also automatically redirect non-secure " "connections to the secure port" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:273 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:277 msgid "Redirect http requests to https" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:274 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:278 msgid "Proxy requests to odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:282 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:286 msgid "in ``/etc/nginx/sites-enabled/odoo.conf`` set:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:352 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:356 msgid "Odoo as a WSGI Application" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:354 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:358 msgid "" "It is also possible to mount Odoo as a standard WSGI_ application. Odoo " "provides the base for a WSGI launcher script as ``odoo-wsgi.example.py``. " @@ -716,79 +722,60 @@ msgid "" "configuration file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:360 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:364 msgid "" "However the WSGI server will only expose the main HTTP endpoint for the web " "client, website and webservice API. Because Odoo does not control the " "creation of workers anymore it can not setup cron or livechat workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:365 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 msgid "Cron Workers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:367 -msgid "To run cron jobs for an Odoo deployment as a WSGI application requires" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:369 -msgid "A classical Odoo (run via ``odoo-bin``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:370 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:371 msgid "" -"Connected to the database in which cron jobs have to be run (via " -":option:`odoo-bin -d`)" +"Starting one of the built-in Odoo servers next to the WSGI server is " +"required to process cron jobs. That server must be configured to only " +"process crons and not HTTP requests using the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin " +"--no-http>` cli option or the ``http_enable = False`` configuration file " +"setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:372 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:376 msgid "" -"Which should not be exposed to the network. To ensure cron runners are not " -"network-accessible, it is possible to disable the built-in HTTP server " -"entirely with :option:`odoo-bin --no-http` or setting ``http_enable = " -"False`` in the configuration file" +"On Linux-like systems, using the multi-processing server over the multi-" +"threading one is recommended to benefit from better hardware usage and " +"increased stability, i.e., using the :option:`--workers=-1 <odoo-bin " +"--workers>` and :option:`--max-cron-threads=n <odoo-bin --max-cron-threads>`" +" cli options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:380 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:384 msgid "" -"The second problematic subsystem for WSGI deployments is the LiveChat: where" -" most HTTP connections are relatively short and quickly free up their worker" -" process for the next request, LiveChat require a long-lived connection for " -"each client in order to implement near-real-time notifications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:385 -msgid "" -"This is in conflict with the process-based worker model, as it will tie up " -"worker processes and prevent new users from accessing the system. However, " -"those long-lived connections do very little and mostly stay parked waiting " -"for notifications." +"Using a gevent-compatible WSGI server is required for the correct operation " +"of the live chat feature. That server should be able to handle many " +"simultaneous long-lived connections but doesn't need a lot of processing " +"power. All requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` should be " +"directed to that server. A regular (thread/process-based) WSGI server should" +" be used for all other requests." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:390 msgid "" -"The solutions to support livechat/motifications in a WSGI application are:" +"The Odoo cron server can also be used to serve the live chat requests. Just " +"drop the :option:`--no-http <odoo-bin --no-http>` cli option from the cron " +"server and make sure requests whose path starts with ``/websocket/`` are " +"directed to this server, either on the :option:`--http-port <odoo-bin " +"--http-port>` (multi-threading server) or on the :option:`--gevent-port " +"<odoo-bin --gevent-port>` (multi-processing server)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:392 -msgid "" -"Deploy a threaded version of Odoo (instead of a process-based preforking " -"one) and redirect only requests to URLs starting with ``/websocket/`` to " -"that Odoo, this is the simplest and the websocket URL can double up as the " -"cron instance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:396 -msgid "" -"Deploy an evented Odoo via ``odoo-gevent`` and proxy requests starting with " -"``/websocket/`` to :option:`the gevent port <odoo-bin --gevent-port>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:403 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:399 msgid "Serving static files and attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:405 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:401 msgid "" "For development convenience, Odoo directly serves all static files and " "attachments in its modules. This may not be ideal when it comes to " @@ -796,11 +783,11 @@ msgid "" "server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:410 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:406 msgid "Serving static files" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:412 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:408 msgid "" "Odoo static files are located in each module's :file:`static/` folder, so " "static files can be served by intercepting all requests to " @@ -808,21 +795,21 @@ msgid "" "in the various addons paths." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:417 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:413 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **debian packages** for Community and " "Enterprise and the :option:`--addons-path <odoo-bin --addons-path>` is " "``'/usr/lib/python3/dist-packages/odoo/addons'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:420 -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:442 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:416 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:438 msgid "" "Using the above NGINX (https) configuration, the following location block " "should be added to serve static files via NGINX." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:437 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:433 msgid "" "Say Odoo has been installed via the **source**. The two git repositories for" " Community and Enterprise have been cloned in :file:`/opt/odoo/community` " @@ -831,18 +818,18 @@ msgid "" "``'/opt/odoo/community/odoo/addons,/opt/odoo/community/addons,/opt/odoo/enterprise'``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:455 msgid "" "The actual NGINX configuration you need is highly dependent on your own " "installation. The two above snippets only highlight two possible " "configurations and may not be used as-is." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:463 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:459 msgid "Serving attachments" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:465 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:461 msgid "" "Attachments are files stored in the filestore which access is regulated by " "Odoo. They cannot be directly accessed via a static web server as accessing " @@ -850,7 +837,7 @@ msgid "" "are stored and whether the current user can access them or not." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:470 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:466 msgid "" "Nevertheless, once the file has been located and the access rights verified " "by Odoo, it is a good idea to serve the file using the static web server " @@ -864,19 +851,19 @@ msgid "" "X-Accel)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:480 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:476 msgid "" "The X-Sendfile extension for apache (and compatible web servers) does not " "require any supplementary configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:482 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:478 msgid "" "The X-Accel extension for NGINX **does** require the following additionnal " "configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:491 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:487 msgid "" "In case you don't know what is the path to your filestore, start Odoo with " "the :option:`--x-sendfile <odoo-bin --x-sendfile>` option and navigate to " @@ -885,18 +872,18 @@ msgid "" "need." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:500 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:496 msgid "Security" msgstr "安全" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:498 msgid "" "For starters, keep in mind that securing an information system is a " "continuous process, not a one-shot operation. At any moment, you will only " "be as secure as the weakest link in your environment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:506 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:502 msgid "" "So please do not take this section as the ultimate list of measures that " "will prevent all security problems. It's only intended as a summary of the " @@ -906,20 +893,20 @@ msgid "" "access control management, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:512 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:508 msgid "" "When deploying an internet-facing server, please be sure to consider the " "following security-related topics:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:515 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:511 msgid "" "Always set a strong super-admin admin password, and restrict access to the " "database management pages as soon as the system is set up. See " ":ref:`db_manager_security`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:518 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:514 msgid "" "Choose unique logins and strong passwords for all administrator accounts on " "all databases. Do not use 'admin' as the login. Do not use those logins for " @@ -928,14 +915,14 @@ msgid "" "databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:519 msgid "" "Do **not** install demo data on internet-facing servers. Databases with demo" " data contain default logins and passwords that can be used to get into your" " systems and cause significant trouble, even on staging/dev systems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:527 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:523 msgid "" "Use appropriate database filters ( :option:`--db-filter <odoo-bin --db-" "filter>`) to restrict the visibility of your databases according to the " @@ -945,7 +932,7 @@ msgid "" "backend." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:534 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:530 msgid "" "Once your ``db_name`` and ``db_filter`` are configured and only match a " "single database per hostname, you should set ``list_db`` configuration " @@ -955,7 +942,7 @@ msgid "" "option)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:540 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:536 msgid "" "Make sure the PostgreSQL user (:option:`--db_user <odoo-bin --db_user>`) is " "*not* a super-user, and that your databases are owned by a different user. " @@ -964,20 +951,20 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`setup/deploy/odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:541 msgid "" "Keep installations updated by regularly installing the latest builds, either" " via GitHub or by downloading the latest version from " "https://www.odoo.com/page/download or http://nightly.odoo.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:549 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:545 msgid "" "Configure your server in multi-process mode with proper limits matching your" " typical usage (memory/CPU/timeouts). See also :ref:`builtin_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:552 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:548 msgid "" "Run Odoo behind a web server providing HTTPS termination with a valid SSL " "certificate, in order to prevent eavesdropping on cleartext communications. " @@ -987,7 +974,7 @@ msgid "" ":ref:`https_proxy`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:559 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:555 msgid "" "If you need to allow remote SSH access to your servers, make sure to set a " "strong password for **all** accounts, not just `root`. It is strongly " @@ -997,28 +984,28 @@ msgid "" "detection system such as `fail2ban` or equivalent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:561 msgid "" "Consider installing appropriate rate-limiting on your proxy or firewall, to " "prevent brute-force attacks and denial of service attacks. See also " ":ref:`login_brute_force` for specific measures." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:565 msgid "" "Many network providers provide automatic mitigation for Distributed Denial " "of Service attacks (DDOS), but this is often an optional service, so you " "should consult with them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:569 msgid "" "Whenever possible, host your public-facing demo/test/staging instances on " "different machines than the production ones. And apply the same security " "precautions as for production." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:577 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:573 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server has access to sensitive internal network " "resources or services (e.g. via a private VLAN), implement appropriate " @@ -1033,7 +1020,7 @@ msgid "" "control." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:588 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:584 msgid "" "If your public-facing Odoo server is behind a Web Application Firewall, a " "load-balancer, a transparent DDoS protection service (like CloudFlare) or a " @@ -1048,18 +1035,26 @@ msgid "" "this purpose." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:599 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:595 msgid "" "If you are hosting multiple customers, isolate customer data and files from " "each other using containers or appropriate \"jail\" techniques." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:602 +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:598 msgid "" "Setup daily backups of your databases and filestore data, and copy them to a" " remote archiving server that is not accessible from the server itself." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:601 +msgid "" +"Deploying Odoo on Linux is strongly recommended over Windows. Should you " +"choose nevertheless to deploy on a Windows platform, a thorough security " +"hardening review of the server should be conducted and is outside of the " +"scope of this guide." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/install/deploy.rst:609 msgid "Blocking Brute Force Attacks" msgstr "" @@ -1533,34 +1528,42 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Windows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:150 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Windows packaging is offered for the convenience of testing or running " +"single-user local instances but production deployment is discouraged due to " +"a number of limitations and risks associated with deploying Odoo on a " +"Windows platform." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:155 msgid "" "Download the installer from the `nightly server <https://nightly.odoo.com>`_" " (Community only) or the Windows installer from the `Odoo download page " "<https://www.odoo.com/page/download>`_ (any edition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:153 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:158 msgid "Execute the downloaded file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:156 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:161 msgid "" "On Windows 8 and later, a warning titled *Windows protected your PC* may be " "displayed. Click **More Info** and then **Run anyway** to proceed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:159 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:164 msgid "" "Accept the `UAC <https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/User_Account_Control>`_ " "prompt." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:160 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:165 msgid "Go through the installation steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:162 +#: ../../content/administration/install/packages.rst:167 msgid "Odoo launches automatically at the end of the installation." msgstr "" @@ -2366,44 +2369,190 @@ msgid "" " Outlook using OAuth authentication." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:192 -msgid "Multiple user configuration" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:194 -msgid "" -"Each user should have a separate server set up. The :guilabel:`from-filter` " -"should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that server. In " -"other words, only a user with an email address that matches the set " -":guilabel:`from-filter` is able to use this server." +msgid "Configuration with a single outgoing mail server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:198 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:196 msgid "" -"After setting the :guilabel:`from-filter`, set up a fallback email account " -"to allow for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The fallback email " -"must be configured as a :guilabel:`general transactional server`. The " -":guilabel:`mail.default.from` system parameter must be set to the " -":guilabel:`username` of the general transactional server account. For more " -"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " -"<email_communication/default>`." +"Configuring a single outgoing server is the simplest configuration available" +" for Microsoft Azure and it doesn't require extensive access rights for the " +"users in the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:205 -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:199 +msgid "" +"A generic email address would be used to send emails for all users within " +"the database. For example it could be structured with a `notifications` " +"alias (`notifications@example.com`) or `contact` alias " +"(`contact@example.com`). This address must be set as the :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` on the server. This address must also match the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}` key combination in the system " +"parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:206 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:247 +msgid "" +"For more information on the from filter visit: " +":ref:`email_communication/default`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:209 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:254 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " -":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" -" menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:210 -msgid "Configure incoming email server" +":ref:`developer-mode` in the :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:212 msgid "" +"When using this configuration, every email that is sent from the database " +"will use the address of the configured `notification` mailbox. However it " +"should be noted that the name of the sender will appear but their email " +"address will change:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst-1 +msgid "Name from real sender with static email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:221 +msgid "Single outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:223 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:224 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:225 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "`mail.catchall.domain` in system parameters = `example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:226 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:280 +msgid "`mail.default.from` in system parameters = `notifications`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:229 +msgid "User-specific (multiple user) configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:231 +msgid "" +"In addition to a generic email server, individual email servers can be set " +"up for users in a database. These email addresses must be set as the " +":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` on each individual server for this configuration " +"to work." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:235 +msgid "" +"This configuration is the more difficult of the two Microsoft Azure " +"configurations, in that it requires all users configured with email servers " +"to have access rights to settings in order to establish a connection to the " +"email server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:240 +#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 +msgid "Setup" +msgstr "設定" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:242 +msgid "" +"Each user should have a separate email server set up. The :guilabel:`FROM " +"Filtering` should be set so that only the user's email is sent from that " +"server. In other words, only a user with an email address that matches the " +"set :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` is able to use this server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:249 +msgid "" +"A :ref:`fallback server <azure_oauth/notifications>` must be setup to allow " +"for the sending of :guilabel:`notifications`. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering`" +" for this server should have the value of the " +"`{mail.default.from}@{mail.catchall.domain}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:258 +msgid "" +"The configuration for this transactional email server can work alongside an " +"outgoing mass-mailing email server. The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` for the " +"mass-mailing email server can remain empty, but it's require to be added in " +"the settings of the *Email Marketing* application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:263 +msgid "" +"For more information on setting the mass-mailing email server visit " +":ref:`email_communication/mass_mails`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:267 +msgid "Multiple user outgoing mail server configuration:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "User #1 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:270 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #1 **username** (login) = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:271 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #1 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `john@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "User #2 mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:273 +msgid "Outgoing mail server #2 **username** (login) = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:274 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #2 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = `jane@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "Notifications mailbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:276 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 **username** (login) = `notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:277 +msgid "" +"Outgoing mail server #3 :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` = " +"`notifications@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:279 +msgid "System Parameters" +msgstr "系統參數" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:283 +msgid "Configure incoming email server" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:285 +msgid "" "The incoming account should be configured in a similar way to the outgoing " "email account. Navigate to the :guilabel:`Incoming Mail Servers` in the " ":guilabel:`Technical Menu` and :guilabel:`Create` a new configuration. Check" @@ -2414,7 +2563,7 @@ msgid "" "account. The account should be ready to receive email to the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:220 +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/azure_oauth.rst:293 msgid ":doc:`../../applications/general/email_communication/email_servers`" msgstr "" @@ -4134,6 +4283,14 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/default>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:213 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`System Parameters` can be accessed by activating " +":doc:`../../applications/general/developer_mode` in the " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System Parameters`" +" menu." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/administration/maintain/mailjet_api.rst:217 msgid "" "Once the setup is complete, the Odoo database is ready to use the Mailjet " @@ -5057,7 +5214,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/administration/maintain/update.rst:113 msgid "" -"You will get a folder labelled with the version of the source code, for " +"You will get a folder labeled with the version of the source code, for " "example \"odoo-13.0+e.20190719\", that contains a folder \"odoo.egg-info\" " "and the actual source code folder named \"odoo\" (for Odoo 10 and later) or " "\"openerp\" for older versions. You can ignore the odoo.egg-info folder. " @@ -6460,10 +6617,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid "SSH" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:480 -msgid "Setup" -msgstr "設定" - #: ../../content/administration/odoo_sh/getting_started/branches.rst:482 msgid "" "In order to use SSH, you have to set up your profile SSH public key (if it " diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po index 25599c657..4419978d0 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/finance.po @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:127 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:365 msgid "Financial reports" msgstr "" @@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting.rst:149 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:138 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:157 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:325 msgid "Partner" msgstr "業務夥伴" @@ -517,7 +517,6 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization/saltedge.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/cash_register.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:69 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:23 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_rounding.rst:14 @@ -557,13 +556,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:286 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:328 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:58 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:8 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:620 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:847 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:6 @@ -806,6 +808,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/bank_synchronization.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 msgid ":doc:`transactions`" msgstr "" @@ -1804,136 +1807,233 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Bank reconciliation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:6 -msgid "Overview" -msgstr "概覽" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:5 msgid "" -"Matching your bank statements with your accounting records can be a tedious " -"task. You need to find the corresponding invoices, compare the amounts and " -"partners' details with those in the bank statement. These steps can take a " -"lot of time. Luckily, with Odoo you can very easily match your invoices or " -"any other payment document with your bank statements." +"**Bank reconciliation** is the process of matching your :doc:`bank " +"transactions <transactions>` with your business records, such as " +":doc:`customer invoices <../customer_invoices>`, :doc:`vendor bills " +"<../vendor_bills>`, and :doc:`payments <../payments>`. Not only is this " +"compulsory for most businesses, but it also offers several benefits, such as" +" reduced risk of errors in financial reports, detection of fraudulent " +"activities, and improved cash flow management." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:10 -msgid "Two options of the reconciliation process exist in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:12 -msgid "We can directly specify the payment on the invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:13 -msgid "We can reconcile open invoices with bank statements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:11 msgid "" -"No special configuration is necessary to record invoices. All we need to do " -"is to install the accounting app." +"Thanks to the bank :doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, " +"Odoo pre-selects the matching entries automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:24 -msgid "Use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:27 -msgid "Case 1: Payments registration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:15 msgid "" -"We received the proof of payment of our invoice in the amount of 2100 euros " -"issued to Smith & Co." +"`Odoo Tutorials: Bank reconciliation " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/bank-reconciliation-2724>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:32 -msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 2100 euros for Smith & Co. Because the " -"sold product is a service we demand an immediate payment. Our accountant " -"only handles bank statements at the end of week, so we have to mark this " -"invoice as paid immediately in order to indicate that we can start rendering" -" services to our customer." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 +msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:21 +msgid "Bank reconciliation view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:23 msgid "" -"Our customer send us a payment confirmation. We can thus register a payment " -"and mark the invoice as paid." +"To access a bank journal's **reconciliation view**, go to your " +":guilabel:`Accounting Dashboard` and either:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:26 +msgid "" +"click the journal name (e.g., :guilabel:`Bank`) to display all transactions," +" including those previously reconciled or" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:28 +msgid "" +"click the :guilabel:`Reconcile items` button to display all transactions " +"Odoo pre-selected for reconciliation. You can remove the :guilabel:`Not " +"Matched` filter from the search bar to include previously reconciled " +"transactions." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "Reaching the bank reconciliation tool from your accounting dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:35 +msgid "" +"The bank reconciliation view is structured into three distinct sections: " +"transactions, counterpart entries, and resulting entry." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst-1 +msgid "The user interface of the reconciliation view of a bank journal." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 +msgid "Transactions" +msgstr "交易" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:42 msgid "" -"By clicking on **register payment,** we are telling Odoo that our customer " -"has paid the Invoice. We thus have to specify the amount and the payment " -"method." +"The transactions section on the left shows all bank transactions, with the " +"newest displayed first. Click a transaction to select it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:49 -msgid "" -"Now we can always find the payment details in the Invoice by clicking on the" -" :menuselection:`Info --> Open Payment`." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:50 +msgid "Counterpart entries" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:46 msgid "" -"The invoice has been paid and **the reconciliation has been done " -"automatically.**" +"The counterpart entries section on the bottom right displays the options to " +"match the selected bank transaction. Multiple tabs are available, including " +":ref:`reconciliation/existing-entries`, :ref:`reconciliation/batch-" +"payments`, :ref:`reconciliation/manual-operations`, and :guilabel:`Discuss`," +" which contains the chatter for the selected bank transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:58 -msgid "Case 2: Bank statements reconciliations" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:56 +msgid "Resulting entry" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:53 msgid "" -"We start at our issued Invoice of 3000 euros for Smith & Co. Let's also " -"assume that other Invoices are open for different customers." +"The resulting entry section on the top right displays the selected bank " +"transaction matched with the counterpart entries and includes any remaining " +"debits or credits. In this section, you can validate the reconciliation or " +"mark it as :guilabel:`To Check`. Any :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>` are also available in the resulting entry " +"section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:59 +msgid "Reconcile transactions" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:61 msgid "" -"We receive our bank statement and find that not only the invoice issued to " -"Smith & Co has been paid, but the one to Buzz of 92 euros as well." +"Transactions can be matched automatically with the use of " +":doc:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models>`, or they can be matched" +" with :ref:`existing entries <reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`batch" +" payments <reconciliation/batch-payments>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:67 +msgid "Select a transaction among unmatched bank transactions." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:68 msgid "" -"**Import** or **Create** the bank statements. Please refer to the documents " -"from the Bank Feeds section." +"Define the counterpart. There are several options for defining a " +"counterpart, including :ref:`matching existing entries " +"<reconciliation/existing-entries>`, :ref:`manual operations " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`, :ref:`batch payments " +"<reconciliation/batch-payments>`, and :ref:`reconciliation model buttons " +"<reconciliation_models_button>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:73 -msgid "On the dashboard, click on **Reconcile # Items**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:72 msgid "" -"If everything was right (correct partner name, right amount) odoo will do " -"the reconciliations **automatically**." +"If the resulting entry isn't fully balanced, balance it by adding another " +"existing counterpart entry or writing it off with a :ref:`manual operation " +"<reconciliation/manual-operations>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:82 -msgid "If some issues are found, you will need to take **manual actions**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:74 msgid "" -"For example, if the partner is missing from your bank statement, just fill " -"it in :" +"Click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to confirm the reconciliation and move" +" to the next transaction." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:78 msgid "" -"If the payment is done with a down payment, just check if it is all right " -"and validate all related payments :" +"If you aren't sure how to reconcile a particular transaction and would like " +"to deal with it later, use the :guilabel:`To Check` button instead. All " +"transactions marked as :guilabel:`To Check` can be displayed using the " +":guilabel:`To Check` filter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:95 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:128 -msgid ":doc:`bank_synchronization`" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:83 +msgid "" +"Bank transactions are posted on the **journal's suspense account** until " +"reconciliation. At this point, reconciliation modifies the transaction " +"journal entry by replacing the bank suspense account with the corresponding " +"receivable, payable, or outstanding account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:90 +msgid "Match existing entries" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:92 +msgid "" +"This tab contains matching entries Odoo automatically pre-selects according " +"to the reconciliation models. The entry order is based on " +":ref:`reconciliation models <reconciliation_models_suggestion>`, with " +"suggested entries appearing first." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:97 +msgid "" +"The search bar within the :guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab allows you " +"to search for specific journal items." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:103 +msgid "Batch payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`Batch payments <payments/batch-payments>`_ allow you to group different " +"payments to ease reconciliation. Use the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab to " +"find batch payments for customers and vendors. Similarly to the " +":guilabel:`Match Existing Entries` tab, the :guilabel:`Batch Payments` tab " +"has a search bar that allows you to search for specific batch payments." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:113 +msgid "Manual operations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:115 +msgid "" +"If there isn't an existing entry to match the selected transaction, you may " +"instead wish to reconcile the transaction manually by choosing the correct " +"account and amount. Then, complete any of the relevant optional fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:120 +msgid "" +"You can use the :guilabel:`fully paid` option to reconcile a payment, even " +"in cases where only a partial payment is received. A new line appears in the" +" resulting entry section to reflect the open balance registered on the " +"Account Receivable by default. You can choose another account by clicking on" +" the new line in the resulting entry section and selecting the " +":guilabel:`Account` to record the open balance." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:0 +msgid "Click on fully paid to manually set an invoice as entirely paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:131 +msgid "Reconciliation model buttons" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation.rst:133 +msgid "" +"Use a :ref:`reconciliation model button <reconciliation_models_button>` for " +"manual operations that are frequently used. These custom buttons allow you " +"to quickly reconcile bank transactions manually and can also be used in " +"combination with existing entries." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation_models.rst:3 @@ -2139,10 +2239,6 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`../customer_invoices/cash_discounts`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:3 -msgid "Transactions" -msgstr "交易" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/bank/transactions.rst:5 msgid "" "Importing transactions from your bank statements allows keeping track of " @@ -2312,7 +2408,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/batch_sdd.rst:91 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:345 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 msgid "Customer invoices" msgstr "" @@ -2354,7 +2451,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 msgid "Invoice creation" msgstr "" @@ -2548,7 +2645,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:71 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:168 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:190 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:73 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:246 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:124 @@ -2919,7 +3017,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/cash_discounts.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Payment terms" msgstr "付款條件" @@ -5625,7 +5722,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:56 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:154 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:141 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:241 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:65 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_arab_emirates.rst:38 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/united_kingdom.rst:41 @@ -6783,7 +6881,6 @@ msgid "VAT unit tax report" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:5 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 msgid "Payments" msgstr "付款" @@ -6814,7 +6911,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:19 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:54 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:78 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:131 msgid ":doc:`bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -6925,11 +7022,11 @@ msgid "" "reconciled with the bank statement." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 msgid "Batch payment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:85 msgid "" "Batch payments allow you to group different payments to ease " ":doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`. They are also useful when you " @@ -6940,19 +7037,19 @@ msgid "" "clicking on :menuselection:`Action --> Create Batch Payment`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:93 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`payments/batch_sdd`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 msgid "Payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:101 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Payments matching` tool opens all unreconciled customer " "invoices or vendor bills and gives you the opportunity to process them all " @@ -6963,18 +7060,18 @@ msgid "" " Reconciliation`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:108 msgid "" "During the :doc:`reconciliation <bank/reconciliation>`, if the sum of the " "debits and credits does not match, there is a remaining balance. This either" " needs to be reconciled at a later date or needs to be written off directly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 msgid "Batch payments matching" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:115 msgid "" "To reconcile several outstanding payments or invoices at once, for a " "specific customer or vendor, the batch reconciliation feature can be used. " @@ -6988,11 +7085,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "See the reconcile option" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 msgid "Reconciling payments with bank statements" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments.rst:126 msgid "" "Once a payment has been registered, the status of the invoice or bill is " ":guilabel:`In payment`. The next step is to reconcile it with the related " @@ -7984,6 +8081,7 @@ msgid ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/manage_deals/manage`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/payments/multiple.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:403 msgid ":doc:`/applications/finance/accounting/bank/reconciliation`" msgstr "" @@ -10538,7 +10636,6 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/reporting/year_end.rst:31 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1230 msgid "Year-end checklist" msgstr "" @@ -11223,7 +11320,8 @@ msgid ":doc:`taxes/B2B_B2C`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:299 -msgid ":doc:`taxes/taxcloud`" +msgid "" +":doc:`taxes/taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes.rst:300 @@ -11322,7 +11420,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:9 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:25 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:6 msgid "Introduction" msgstr "介紹" @@ -11612,7 +11710,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/avatax.rst:74 #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/eu_distance_selling.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:159 msgid ":doc:`fiscal_positions`" msgstr "" @@ -12042,7 +12140,7 @@ msgid "Selection of a fiscal position on a customer" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:115 -msgid ":doc:`taxcloud`" +msgid ":doc:`taxcloud` (decommissioning TaxCloud integration in Odoo 17+)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions.rst:116 @@ -12134,19 +12232,31 @@ msgstr "" msgid "TaxCloud integration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:6 +msgid "" +"The Odoo TaxCloud integration has begun its decommissioning, starting in " +"Odoo 17. New installations are prohibited in Odoo 17. In Odoo 18, the " +"TaxCloud module(s) will **not** exist at all. Odoo recommends the use of the" +" Avatax platform, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`avatax`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:13 msgid "" "TaxCloud calculates the sales tax rate in real time for every state, city, " "and special jurisdiction in the United States. It keeps track of which " -"products are exempt from sales tax and in which states each exemption " +"products are exempt from sales tax, and in which states each exemption " "applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:18 msgid "TaxCloud registration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:20 msgid "" "Register an account on `TaxCloud.com <https://taxcloud.com/register>`_ and " "complete the setup. Once you go live, get the :guilabel:`TaxCloud API Keys` " @@ -12157,24 +12267,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a store's TaxCloud API Keys" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:29 msgid "Enable TaxCloud" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:31 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> Settings` " "and in the :guilabel:`Taxes` section enable :guilabel:`TaxCloud`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:33 msgid "" "Add the store's :guilabel:`Login ID` under :guilabel:`API ID` and the " "store's :guilabel:`Key` under :guilabel:`API KEY`. Click on " ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:35 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Refresh` button (:guilabel:`🗘`) next to " ":guilabel:`Default Category` to import the TIC :dfn:`Taxability Information " @@ -12182,7 +12292,7 @@ msgid "" "tax rates or exemptions." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:38 msgid "" "Select a :guilabel:`Default Category` and :guilabel:`Save`. The " ":guilabel:`Default Category` is applied when no :guilabel:`TaxCloud " @@ -12194,18 +12304,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Filling in TaxCloud API Keys in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:47 msgid "Set TaxCloud categories on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 msgid "" "If you need to use more than one TIC category (i.e., the :guilabel:`Default " "Category`), go to the product's :guilabel:`General Information` tab and " "select a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want to configure multiple products simultaneously, ensure they share" " the same :guilabel:`Product Category` and click on the external link button" @@ -12213,14 +12323,14 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product Category` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 msgid "" "If you set a :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` on a product and another on its " ":guilabel:`Product Category`, Odoo only considers the :guilabel:`TaxCloud " "Category` found on the product itself." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:60 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`TaxCloud Category` set on a **parent product category** does " "not apply to its **child product categories**. For example, if you set " @@ -12228,18 +12338,18 @@ msgid "" "is not applied to the *All/Sales* :guilabel:`Product Category`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:65 msgid "" "Make sure your company address is complete, including the state and the ZIP " "code. Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Companies: Update Info` to open and" " edit your company address." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:69 msgid "Automatically post taxes in the correct tax payable account" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:71 msgid "" "To make sure the new taxes generated by the TaxCloud integration are created" " with the correct **Tax Payable** account, create a **user-defined " @@ -12247,7 +12357,7 @@ msgid "" "that uses TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:76 msgid "" "A user-defined default impacts all records at creation. It means that " "**every** new tax is set up to record income in the specified Tax Payable " @@ -12255,7 +12365,7 @@ msgid "" "account (or if another user-defined default takes precedence)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:80 msgid "" "To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting Dashboard --> Configuration --> " "Accounting: Chart of Accounts`, find the company's :guilabel:`Tax Payable` " @@ -12268,14 +12378,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of Tax Payable account id in the URL string" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:89 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, then go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions: User-defined Defaults` " "and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:92 msgid "" "Click on :guilabel:`Field` drop-down menu and then on :guilabel:`Search " "More...`." @@ -12285,7 +12395,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User-defined Defaults Field search" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 msgid "" "Use the search bar to filter for the :guilabel:`Tax Repartition Line` model," " and use it a second time to filter for the :guilabel:`Account` field. " @@ -12297,14 +12407,14 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Searching for the Tax Repartition Line model and Account field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:106 msgid "" "Once you are back to the :guilabel:`User-defined Defaults` creation, enter " "the **Tax Payable account ID** you took note of earlier under the " ":guilabel:`Default Value (JSON format)` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 msgid "" "Select the company for which this configuration should apply under the " ":guilabel:`Company` field and click :guilabel:`Save`." @@ -12314,18 +12424,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Example of a User-defined Defaults configuration" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:117 msgid "Automatically detect the fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:119 msgid "" "Sales taxes are calculated in Odoo based on :doc:`fiscal positions " "<fiscal_positions>`. A fiscal position for the United States is created when" " enabling TaxCloud." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:122 msgid "" "You can configure Odoo to automatically detect to which customers the fiscal" " position should be applied. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting " @@ -12338,24 +12448,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Detect Automatically setting on the TaxCloud fiscal position" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 msgid "" "Now, this fiscal position is automatically set on any order or invoice if " "the customer country is *United States*. This triggers the automated tax " "computation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:135 msgid "" "To get the sales taxes on a sales order, confirm it or click the " ":guilabel:`Update Taxes` button next to :guilabel:`Add Shipping`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 msgid "Interaction with coupons and promotions" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:141 msgid "" "If you use the **Coupon** or **Promotion Programs**, the integration with " "TaxCloud might behave unexpectedly. Indeed, as TaxCloud does not accept " @@ -12364,14 +12474,14 @@ msgid "" "the lines it impacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:147 msgid "" "This means, amongst other complications, that orders using coupons or " "promotions with a TaxCloud fiscal position **must** be invoiced completely -" " you cannot create invoices for partial deliveries, etc." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/accounting/taxes/taxcloud.rst:151 msgid "" "Another unexpected behavior is possible. For example, you sell a product for" " which you have a promotion program that provides a 50% discount. If the " @@ -15325,12 +15435,12 @@ msgid "Argentina" msgstr "阿根廷" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:6 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:6 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:18 msgid "Webinars" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:8 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:20 msgid "" "Below you can find videos with a general description of the localization, " "and how to configure it." @@ -15350,14 +15460,16 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:14 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina <https://www.odoo.com/r/7Mx>`_" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Argentina " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-argentina-130>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:28 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:26 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:37 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/germany.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:57 msgid "Modules installation" msgstr "" @@ -15370,8 +15482,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:29 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:182 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:16 @@ -15379,6 +15491,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:34 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:122 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:14 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:14 @@ -15390,14 +15505,17 @@ msgstr "名称" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:30 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:38 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:35 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:123 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:15 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:15 @@ -15409,8 +15527,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:31 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:39 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/france.rst:59 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:18 @@ -15418,6 +15536,9 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:18 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:36 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:17 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:16 @@ -15485,7 +15606,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:50 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:62 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:144 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:47 msgid "Configure your company" msgstr "" @@ -15532,7 +15654,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/argentina.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:151 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:237 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:238 msgid "Configure master data" msgstr "" @@ -17662,7 +17784,8 @@ msgid "Import SODA files" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:290 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:303 msgid "Electronic invoicing" msgstr "EDI憑單" @@ -17676,7 +17799,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/belgium.rst:298 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:183 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:94 msgid ":doc:`../accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing`" msgstr "" @@ -18134,8 +18257,8 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:70 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:233 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:77 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:270 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 msgid ":guilabel:`Name`" msgstr "" @@ -18165,15 +18288,15 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:77 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:239 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 msgid ":guilabel:`Phone`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:78 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:240 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:82 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:275 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:276 msgid ":guilabel:`Email`" msgstr "" @@ -18326,7 +18449,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:165 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:249 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:250 msgid "You can add or delete accounts according to the company's needs." msgstr "" @@ -18381,9 +18504,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:200 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:253 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:172 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:378 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:662 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:771 msgid "Products" msgstr "產品" @@ -18437,7 +18563,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:225 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:264 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:623 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/philippines.rst:40 msgid "Contacts" msgstr "聯絡人" @@ -18547,8 +18675,8 @@ msgid "Fiscal position configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/brazil.rst:276 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:338 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 msgid "Workflows" msgstr "" @@ -18693,7 +18821,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:22 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/r/Ose>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Chile <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-chile-131>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:28 @@ -18833,7 +18963,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:120 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:870 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:555 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:556 msgid "Financial Reports" msgstr "財務報告" @@ -18848,6 +18978,7 @@ msgid "Fiscal reports parameters." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/chile.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:533 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:230 msgid "Multicurrency" msgstr "" @@ -20083,419 +20214,667 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Colombia" msgstr "哥倫比亞" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:7 msgid "" -"The following documentation covers the Colombian localization modules and " -"their basic concepts to understand, implement, and use Colombian " -"localization in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:8 -msgid "Configure Master Data for Colombia" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:9 -msgid "Use and configure Electronic Invoicing in Odoo for Colombia." +"Odoo's Colombian localization package provides accounting, fiscal and legal " +"features in Colombia such as chart of accounts, taxes and electronic " +"invoicing." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:10 msgid "" -":ref:`Invoice creation <colombia/invoice-creation>` and :ref:`validation " -"<colombia/invoice-validation>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:12 -msgid ":ref:`Reception of legal XML and PDF <colombia/invoice-xml>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:13 -msgid ":ref:`Avoid common mistakes <colombia/common-errors>`" +"In addition, we have a series of videos covering how to start from scratch, " +"configuration, main workflows, and specific use cases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:14 -msgid ":ref:`Financial reports <colombia/reports>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:17 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Colombia " -"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-colombia-132>`_" +"`Odoo Colombian localization videos " +"<https://www.youtube.com/playlist?list=PL1-aSABtP6ABxZshems3snMjx7bj_7ZsZ>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:28 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:25 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Colombian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:35 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombia - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:36 msgid "`l10n_co`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:37 msgid "" -"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`. " +"This module adds the base accounting features for the Colombian " +"localization: chart of accounts, taxes, withholdings, identification " +"document type." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 -msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 -msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 -msgid "Carvajal e-invoicing integration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 -msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:46 -msgid "Point of Sale" -msgstr "POS營業點" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:40 msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Accounting Reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:41 msgid "`l10n_co_reports`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 -msgid "Colombian reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:52 -msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:42 msgid "" -"Once the modules are installed, the user credentials need to be configured " -"in order to connect with Carvajal Web Service. First, navigate to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and look for the " -":guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section. Then, fill in the required" -" configuration information provided by Carvajal." +"Includes accounting reports for sending certifications to suppliers for " +"withholdings applied." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing for Colombia with Carvajal`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:44 +msgid "`l10n_co_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:45 +msgid "" +"This module includes the features that are required for the integration with" +" Carvajal and generates the electronic invoices and support document related" +" to the vendor bills based on |DIAN| regulations." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:48 +msgid ":guilabel:`Colombian - Point of Sale`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:49 +msgid "`l10n_co_pos`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:50 +msgid "Includes Point of Sale Receipt for Colombian Localization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:53 +msgid "" +"When a database is created from scratch selecting :guilabel:`Colombia` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the base modules *Colombia - " +"Accounting* and *Colombia - Accounting Reports*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:58 +msgid "Company configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:60 +msgid "" +"To configure your company information, go to the :menuselection:`Contacts` " +"app and search for your company. Alternatively, activate :ref:`developer " +"mode <developer-mode>` and navigate to :menuselection:`General Setting --> " +"Company --> Update Info --> Contact`. Then, edit the contact form to " +"configure the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:65 +msgid ":guilabel:`Company Name`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Address`: Including :guilabel:`City`, :guilabel:`Department` and " +":guilabel:`Zip Code`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tax ID`: When it is a `NIT`, it must have the *verification " +"digit* at the end of the ID followed by a hyphen (`-`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:70 +msgid "" +"Next, configure the :guilabel:`Fiscal Information` in the :guilabel:`Sales &" +" Purchase` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:147 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Obligaciones y Responsabilidades`: Select the fiscal " +"responsibility for the company (:guilabel:`O-13` Gran Contribuyente, " +":guilabel:`O-15` Autorretenedor, :guilabel:`O-23` Agente de retención IVA, " +":guilabel:`O-47` Regimen de tributación simple, :guilabel:`R-99-PN` No " +"Aplica)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:150 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Gran Contribuyente`: If the company is *Gran Contribuyente* this " +"option should be selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:152 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regimen`: Select the Tribute Name for the company " +"(:guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`INC`, :guilabel:`IVA e INC`, :guilabel:`No " +"Aplica`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:154 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Commercial Name`: If the company uses a specific commercial name," +" and it needs to be displayed in the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:83 +msgid "Carjaval credentials configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:85 +msgid "" +"Once the modules installed, the user credentials must be configured in order" +" to connect with Carvajal Web Service. Navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and scroll to the" +" :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section. Then, fill in the " +"required configuration information provided by Carvajal:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:90 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Username` and :guilabel:`Password`: Correspond to the username " +"and password provided by Carvajal to the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company Registry`: Company's NIT number *without* the " +"verification code." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:93 +msgid ":guilabel:`Account ID`: Company ID followed by `_01`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:94 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Colombia Template Code`: Select one of the two available " +"templates (:guilabel:`CGEN03` or :guilabel:`CGNE04`) to be used in the PDF " +"format of the electronic invoice." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Configure credentials for Carvajal web service in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:101 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to connect with the Carvajal " -"testing environment. This allows users to test the complete workflow and " -"integration with the :abbr:`CEN (Centro Electrónico de Negocios)` Financiero" -" portal, which is accessible here:" +"testing environment. Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready " +"for production, uncheck the :guilabel:`Test mode` checkbox to use the " +"production database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:66 -msgid "`CTS (Carvajal T&S) <https://cenflab.cen.biz/site/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:106 msgid "" -"`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación) <https://web-" -"stage.facturacarvajal.com/>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:69 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CSC (Carvajal Servicios de Comunicación)` is the default for new " -"databases." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Once Odoo and Carvajal are fully configured and ready for production, the " -"testing environment can be disabled by unchecking the :guilabel:`Test mode` " -"checkbox." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:75 -msgid "Configure report data" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and the bank information " -"in the PDF as part of the configurable information that is sent in the XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:80 -msgid "" -"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " -"look for the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoice` section." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Configure the report data in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:87 -msgid "Configure data required in the XML" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:92 -msgid "Configure the identification number and fiscal structure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:95 -msgid "Identification" -msgstr "ID" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:97 -msgid "" -"As part of the Colombian Localization, the document types defined by the " -":abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas Nacionales)` are now available" -" on the Partner form. Colombian partners have to have their identification " -"number (:guilabel:`VAT`) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The document type of RUT set in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:105 -msgid "" -"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `RUT`, the identification number needs" -" to be configured in Odoo, including the verification digit, Odoo will split" -" this number when the data to the third-party vendor is sent." +":guilabel:`Test mode` must be used **only** on replicated databases, **not**" +" the production environment." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:110 -msgid "Fiscal structure (RUT)" +msgid "Report data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:112 msgid "" -"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " -"included as part of the electronic invoice module, given it is part of the " -"information required by the :abbr:`DIAN (Dirección de Impuestos y Aduanas " -"Nacionales)`." +"Report data can be defined for the fiscal section and bank information of " +"the PDF as part of the configurable information sent in the XML." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:115 msgid "" -"The required fields can be found in :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " -"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`." +"Navigate to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and " +"scroll to the :guilabel:`Colombian Electronic Invoicing` section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "" -"The fiscal information included in the electronic invoice module in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:122 -msgid "" -"Additionally, two boolean fields were added in order to specify the fiscal " -"regimen of the partner." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:121 +msgid "Master data configuration" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:127 -msgid "" -"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " -"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options tab` needs to be configured " -"per tax." +msgid "Identification information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:129 msgid "" -"Retention tax types (ICA, IVA, Fuente) are also included in the options to " -"configure taxes. This configuration is used in order to display taxes in the" -" invoice PDF correctly." +"Document types defined by the |DIAN| are available on the partner form as " +"part of the Colombian localization. Colombian partners must have their " +":guilabel:`Identification Number` (VAT) and :guilabel:`Document Type` set." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:134 +msgid "" +"When the :guilabel:`Document Type` is `NIT`, the :guilabel:`Identification " +"Number` needs to be configured in Odoo, including the *verification digit*; " +"Odoo splits this number when the data to is sent to the third party." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 +msgid "Fiscal information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:141 +msgid "" +"The partner's responsibility codes (section 53 in the RUT document) are " +"included as part of the electronic invoicing module, as it is required by " +"the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The required fields can be found under :menuselection:`Partner --> Sales & " +"Purchase Tab --> Fiscal Information`:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +msgid "" +"In addition to adding general information (in the :guilabel:`General " +"Information` tab) on the product form, either the :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"Category`, :guilabel:`Barcode`, or :guilabel:`Internal Reference` field must" +" also be configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:167 +msgid "" +"If sales transactions include products with taxes, the :guilabel:`Value " +"Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab needs to be configured " +"per tax. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> " +"Taxes`, and select the related tax." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Retention tax types (:guilabel:`ICA`, :guilabel:`IVA`, :guilabel:`Fuente`) " +"are also included. This configuration is used to display taxes in the " +"invoice PDF correctly." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "The ICA, IVA and Fuente fields in the Advanced Options tab in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:137 -msgid "Users" -msgstr "使用者" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:139 -msgid "" -"The default template that is used by Odoo on the invoice PDF includes the " -"job position of the salesperson, so the :guilabel:`Job Position` field " -"should be configured." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 +msgid "Sales journals" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:182 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"electronic invoice resolution, the sales journals related to the invoice " +"documents must be updated in Odoo. To do so, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Journals`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:186 +msgid "Configure the following data in the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:188 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Electronic invoicing`: Enable :guilabel:`UBL 2.1 (Colombia)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:189 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoicing Resolution`: Resolution number issued by |DIAN| to the " +"company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:190 +msgid ":guilabel:`Resolution Date`: Initial effective date of the resolution." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:191 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Resolution end date`: End date of the resolution's validity." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:192 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (minimum)`: First authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:193 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Range of Numbering (maximum)`: Last authorized invoice number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +msgid "" +"The sequence and resolution of the journal must match the one configured in " +"Carvajal and the |DIAN|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:200 +msgid "Invoice sequence" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:202 +msgid "" +"The invoice sequence and prefix must be correctly configured when the first " +"document is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Odoo automatically assigns a prefix and sequence to the following documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:208 +msgid "Purchase journals" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:210 +msgid "" +"Once the |DIAN| has assigned the official sequence and prefix for the " +"support document related to vendor bills, the purchase journals related to " +"their supporting documents need to be updated in Odoo. The process is " +"similar to the configuration of the :ref:`sales journals <co-journals>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 +msgid "" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` is " +"installed by default as part of the localization module, the accounts are " +"mapped automatically in taxes, default account payable, and default account " +"receivable. The chart of accounts for Colombia is based on the PUC (Plan " +"Unico de Cuentas)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 msgid "Main workflows" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic invoice workflow in Odoo." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:229 +msgid "Electronic invoices" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:237 msgid "" -"The functional workflow that takes place before an invoice validation " -"doesn't change. The main changes that are introduced with the electronic " -"invoice are the next fields." +"The functional workflow taking place before an invoice validation does not " +"alter the main changes introduced with the electronic invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:158 -msgid "There are three types of documents:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 msgid "" -"**Factura Electronica**: This is the regular document type applicable for " -"Invoices, Credit Notes and Debit Notes." +"Electronic invoices are generated and sent to both the |DIAN| and customer " +"through Carvajal's web service integration. These documents can be created " +"from your sales order or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices` and configure:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:244 +msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: Customer's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:245 +msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: Journal used for electronic invoices." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:246 msgid "" -"**Factura de Importación**: This should be selected for importation " -"transactions." +":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Type`: Select the type of document. By " +"default, :guilabel:`Factura de Venta` is selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:248 msgid "" -"**Factura de contingencia**: This is an exceptional type that is used as a " -"manual backup if the company is not able to use the ERP and if it is " -"necessary to generate the invoice manually when this invoice is added to the" -" ERP." +":guilabel:`Invoice Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:255 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:116 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:257 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:389 msgid "Invoice validation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:172 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:257 msgid "" -"After the invoice is validated, an XML file is created and sent " -"automatically to Carvajal. This file is also displayed in the chatter." +"After the invoice confirmation, an XML file is created and sent " +"automatically to Carvajal. The invoice is then processed asynchronously by " +"the E-invoicing service UBL 2.1 (Colombia). The file is also displayed in " +"the chatter." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Carvajal XML invoice file in Odoo chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:264 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Name` field is now displayed in the " -":guilabel:`Other Info` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, the " -":guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the initial " -"value :guilabel:`In progress`." +":guilabel:`EDI Documents` tab with the name of the XML file. Additionally, " +"the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field is displayed with the " +"initial value :guilabel:`To Send`. To process the invoice manually, click on" +" the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:272 msgid "Reception of legal XML and PDF" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:274 msgid "" -"The electronic invoice vendor receives the XML file and proceeds to validate" -" the structure and the information in it. In the :guilabel:`Action` drop-" -"down menu, select the :guilabel:`Check Carvajal Status` button. If " -"everything is correct, the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoice Status` field value" -" changes to :guilabel:`Validated`. Then, proceed to generate a legal XML, " +"The electronic invoice vendor (Carvajal) receives the XML file and proceeds " +"to validate its structure and information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:277 +msgid "" +"After validating the electronic invoice, proceed to generate a legal XML " "which includes a digital signature and a unique code (CUFE), a PDF invoice " -"that includes a QR code, and the CUFE is also generated." +"that includes a QR code and the CUFE is also generated. If everything is " +"correct the :guilabel:`Electronic Invoicing` field value changes to " +":guilabel:`Sent`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:194 -msgid "After this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:196 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:282 msgid "" -"A ZIP containing the legal XML and the PDF is downloaded and displayed in " -"the invoice chatter:" +"A ZIP containing the legal electronic invoice in XML format and the invoice " +"in PDF format is downloaded and displayed in the invoice chatter:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "ZIP file displayed in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:0 -msgid "XML and PDF contained in invoice ZIP file." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:288 msgid "The electronic invoice status changes to :guilabel:`Accepted`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:291 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +msgid "Credit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:293 +msgid "" +"The process for credit notes is the same as for invoices. To create a credit" +" note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` " +"and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:297 +msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: Select the type of credit method." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:299 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: Use this option when it is a partial amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:300 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full Refund`: Use this option if the credit note is for the full " +"amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:301 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: Use this option if the credit" +" note is auto-validated and reconciled with the invoice. The original " +"invoice is duplicated as a new draft." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:305 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Enter the reason for the credit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:306 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: Select if you want a specific date for the credit" +" note or if it is the journal entry date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:308 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the journal for your credit note or" +" leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:310 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Refund Date`: If you chose a specific date, select the date for " +"the refund." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:312 +msgid "Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:315 +msgid "Debit notes" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:317 +msgid "" +"The process for debit notes is similar to credit notes. To create a debit " +"note with reference to an invoice, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Customers --> Invoices`. On the invoice, click the :guilabel:`Add Debit " +"Note` button and complete the following information:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:321 +msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: Type the reason for the debit note." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:322 +msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: Select the specific options." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:323 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Copy lines`: Select this option if you need to register a debit " +"note with the same lines of invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:325 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: Select the printer point for your debit " +"note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " +"invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:328 +msgid "When done, click :guilabel:`Create Debit Note`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:331 +msgid "Support document for vendor bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:333 +msgid "" +"With master data, credentials, and the purchase journal configured for " +"support documents related to vendor bills, you can start using support " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:336 +msgid "" +"Support documents for vendor bills can be created from your purchase order " +"or manually. Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors --> Bills` and " +"fill in the following data:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:339 +msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: Enter the vendor's information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:340 +msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: Select the date of the bill." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:341 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Journal`: Select the journal for support documents related to the" +" vendor bills." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:342 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Invoiced Lines`: Specify the products with the correct taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:344 +msgid "" +"Once reviewed, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button. Upon confirmation, an " +"XML file is created and automatically sent to Carvajal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:350 msgid "Common errors" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:352 msgid "" -"During the XML validation, the most common errors are usually related to " -"missing master data. In such cases, error messages are shown in the chatter " -"after updating the electronic invoice status." +"During the XML validation, the most common errors are related to missing " +"master data (*Contact Tax ID*, *Address*, *Products*, *Taxes*). In such " +"cases, error messages are shown in the chatter after updating the electronic" +" invoice status." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:356 +msgid "" +"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " +"the new data and send the updated version, using the :guilabel:`Retry` " +"button." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "XML validation errors shown in the invoice chatter in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:217 -msgid "" -"After the master data is corrected, it's possible to reprocess the XML with " -"the new data and send the updated version, using the following button in the" -" :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 -msgid "The updated invoice status in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:224 -msgid "Additional use cases" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:226 -msgid "" -"The process for credit and debit notes is exactly the same as the invoice. " -"The functional workflow remains the same as well." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:234 -msgid "" -"This information is a quick reference to the accounting reports included in " -"the *Colombian Localization Accounting Reports* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:368 msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:370 msgid "" "This report is a certification to vendors for withholdings made for the " -"Colombian Industry and Commerce tax (ICA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:243 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " +"Colombian Industry and Commerce (ICA) tax. The report can be found under " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " "Certificado de Retención en ICA`." msgstr "" @@ -20503,40 +20882,30 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Certificado de Retención en ICA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:250 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:378 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:380 msgid "" "This report issues a certificate on the amount withheld from vendors for VAT" -" withholding." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:254 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en IVA`." +" withholding. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en IVA`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 msgid "Certificado de Retención en IVA report in Odoo Accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:261 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:388 msgid "Certificado de Retención en la Fuente" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:390 msgid "" "This certificate is issued to partners for the withholding tax that they " -"have made." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst:265 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> " -"Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." +"have made. The report can be found under :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Colombian Statements --> Certificado de Retención en Fuente`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/colombia.rst-1 @@ -20568,52 +20937,58 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:18 msgid "" -"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador <https://www.odoo.com/r/TnE>`_" +"`App Tour - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=BQOXVSDeeK8>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:21 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1504 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:19 +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Ecuador " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-tutorial-localizacion-de-ecuador-170>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:22 #: ../../content/applications/finance/spreadsheet.rst:26 msgid "Glossary" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:24 msgid "Here are some terms that are essential on the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:26 msgid "" "**SRI**: meaning *Servicio de Rentas Internas*, the government organization " "that enforces pay of taxes in Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:28 msgid "" "**EDI**: stands for *Electronic Data Interchange*, which refers to the " "sending of Electronics Documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:30 msgid "" "**RIMPE**: stands for *Regimen Simplificado para Emprendedores y Negocios*, " "the type of taxpayer qualified for SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:39 msgid "" ":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get all the " "features of the Ecuadorian localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 msgid "`l10n_ec`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:51 msgid "" "The default :doc:`fiscal localization package <../fiscal_localizations>`, " "adds accounting characteristics for the Ecuadorian localization, which " @@ -20624,15 +20999,15 @@ msgid "" "generation of forms 103 and 104 are automatic." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 msgid ":guilabel:`Ecuadorian Accounting EDI`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 msgid "`l10n_ec_edi`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:59 msgid "" "Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " "validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " @@ -20641,14 +21016,14 @@ msgid "" "Invoices, Credit Notes, Debit Notes, Withholdings and Purchase liquidations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:66 msgid "" "When you install a database from scratch selecting `Ecuador` as the country," " Odoo automatically installs the base module :guilabel:`Ecuadorian - " "Accounting`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:72 msgid "" "To configure your company information, go to the :guilabel:`Contacts` app " "and search the name given to your company or activate :ref:`developer mode " @@ -20656,23 +21031,23 @@ msgid "" "edit the contact to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:76 msgid "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 msgid ":guilabel:`Address`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 msgid ":guilabel:`Identification Number`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:85 msgid "Upload company logo and save" msgstr "" @@ -20680,26 +21055,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Populate company data for Ecuador in Odoo Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:92 msgid "Electronic documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:94 msgid "" "To upload your information for electronic documents go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings` and search for " ":command:`Ecuadorian Localization`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:97 msgid "Configure the next information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 msgid ":guilabel:`Company legal name`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:99 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:100 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use production servers`: check the checkbox if your company is " "going to do electronic documents in the production environment. If you want " @@ -20707,59 +21082,59 @@ msgid "" "checkbox unchecked." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Regime`: select if your company is in General Regular or is " "qualified as RIMPE." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:104 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Forced to keep accounting books`: check the checkbox if your " "company has this condition." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 msgid ":guilabel:`Default taxes for withholdings`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:106 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:107 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Issue withholds`: check the checkbox if your company is going to " "do electronic withholds." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold consumibles`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy goods." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:109 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold services`: put the code of the withholding for when you " "buy services." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:110 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:111 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold credit card`: put the code of the withholding for when " "you buy with credit card" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:113 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold agent number`: put the company withholding agent " "resolution number, if applicable for your company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Electronic Certificate File`: upload electronic certificate and " "password, then save it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:116 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Special tax contributor number`: if your company is qualified as " "a special taxpayer, fill out this field with it's corresponding tax " @@ -20770,7 +21145,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Electronic signature for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:124 msgid "" "When configuring the withholdings in the configuration menu, these suggested" " withholdings are only for domestic suppliers when no withholdings are setup" @@ -20778,11 +21153,11 @@ msgid "" "always used when a Credit or Debit Card SRI Payment Metho is used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:130 msgid "VAT withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:131 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:132 msgid "" "This configuration only applies if you are qualified as a *Withholding " "Agent* by the SRI, otherwise skip this step. To configure your VAT " @@ -20790,7 +21165,7 @@ msgid "" "Configuration --> Ecuadorian SRI: Taxpayer Type SRI`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:136 msgid "" "You must configure the withholding percentage that applies for each type of " "taxpayer, specify the :guilabel:`Goods VAT Withholding` and the " @@ -20801,88 +21176,88 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxpayer Type configuration for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:143 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:144 msgid "" "In the case that the :guilabel:`Taxpayer Type` is `RIMPE`, also configure " "the :guilabel:`Profit Withholding` percentage." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:148 msgid "Printer points" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:150 msgid "" "To configure your printer points, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> " "Configuration --> Accounting: Journals`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:153 msgid "" "Printer points need to be configured for each type of electronic document " "that you need. For example: Customer Invoice, Credit Notes, and Debit Notes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:156 msgid "" "For each printer point, you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:158 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Sales Documents`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:159 -msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:160 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" -" checked." +msgid ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Sales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:161 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:195 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:222 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Use Documents?`: this checkbox is automatically checked, leave it" +" checked." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:162 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:196 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:223 -msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Entity`: configure the establishment number." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:163 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:197 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:224 +msgid ":guilabel:`Emission Point`: configure the printer point." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Emission address`: configure the address of the establishment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default income account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:165 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:166 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Dedicated Credit Note Sequence`: check the checkbox if *Credit " "Notes* are to be generated from this printer point - journal." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:168 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `VT001`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:170 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:171 msgid "" "Customer Invoice, Credit Notes and Debit Notes need to use the same journal " "as the :guilabel:`Emission Point`, and the :guilabel:`Entity Point` should " @@ -20895,45 +21270,45 @@ msgid "" " Invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:179 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable it for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:185 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:186 msgid "Withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:187 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:188 msgid "" "A Withholding Journal must be defined, go to go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` " "where you need to configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:191 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withholding`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Type`: refers to the type of journal, select `Miscellaneous`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:194 msgid ":guilabel:`Withhold Type`: Configure Purchase Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 msgid ":guilabel:`Default account`: configure the default income account." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:199 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:226 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Short Code`: This is the unique code for the sequence of " "accounting entries, enter a unique 5-digit code, for example: `RT001`" @@ -20944,32 +21319,32 @@ msgid "" "Configuring withholding for Ecuador electronic document type of Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:207 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:208 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:234 msgid "" "In the :guilabel:`Advanced Settings` tab, check the :guilabel:`Electronic " "Invoicing` checkbox to enable the sending of electronic invoicing for the " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:212 msgid "Purchase Liquidations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:214 msgid "" "When using Purchase Liquidations, a specific journal must be created, go to " ":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Accounting: Journals` and " "configure the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:218 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal Name`: in this format `[Emission Entity]-[Emission Point]" " [Document Type]`, for example: `001-001 Withhold`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:221 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Purchase Liquidations`: check the checkbox to enable purchase " "liquidations." @@ -20981,7 +21356,7 @@ msgid "" "Withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:243 msgid "" "The :doc:`chart of accounts <../accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` " "is installed by default as part of the set of data included in the " @@ -20989,20 +21364,20 @@ msgid "" " Account Payable, Default Account Receivable." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:247 msgid "" "The chart of accounts for Ecuador is based on the most updated version of " "Superintendency of Companies, which is grouped in several categories and is " "compatible with NIIF accounting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:254 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:255 msgid "" "In addition to the basic information in your products, you must add the " "configuration of the withholding code (tax) that applies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:257 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:258 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Vendors: Products` under the tab " "\"Purchase\"" @@ -21012,29 +21387,29 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:267 msgid "Configure the next information when you create a contact:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:268 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:269 msgid "" "Check the :guilabel:`Company` option on top if it is a contact with RUC, or " "check :guilabel:`Individual` if it is a contact with cedula or passport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:271 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Address`: :guilabel:`Street` is a required field to confirm the " "Electronic Invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Identification Number`: select an identification type `RUC`, " "`Cedula`, or `Passport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:274 msgid ":guilabel:`Taxpayer Type`: select the contact's SRI Taxpayer Type." msgstr "" @@ -21042,18 +21417,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Contacts for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:282 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:283 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`SRI Taxpayer Type` has inside the configuration of which VAT " "and Profit withholding will apply when you use this contact on Vendor Bill, " "and then create a withholding from there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:287 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:288 msgid "Review your taxes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:290 msgid "" "As part of the localization module, taxes are automatically created with its" " configuration and related financial accounts." @@ -21063,45 +21438,45 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:297 msgid "The following options have been automatically configured:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:298 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:299 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support`: to be configured only in the IVA tax, this option " "is useful when you register purchase withholdings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:300 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:301 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Code ATS`: to be configured only for income tax withholding " "codes, it is important when you register the withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:303 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Grids`: configure the codes of 104 form if it is a IVA tax " "and configure the codes of 103 form if it is a income tax withholding code." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:305 msgid ":guilabel:`Tax Name`:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:307 msgid "" "For IVA tax, format the name as: `IVA [percent] (104, [form code] [tax " "support code] [tax support short name])`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:308 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:309 msgid "" "For income tax withholding code, format the name as: `Code ATS [Percent of " "withhold] [withhold name]`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:311 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:312 msgid "" "Once the Ecuador module is installed, the most common taxes are " "automatically configured. If you need to create an additional one, you can " @@ -21113,18 +21488,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Taxes with tax support for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:321 msgid "Review your Document Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:323 msgid "" "Some accounting transactions like *Customer Invoices* and *Vendor Bills* are" " classified by document types. These are defined by the government fiscal " "authorities, in this case by the SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:325 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:326 msgid "" "Each document type can have a unique sequence per journal where it is " "assigned. As part of the localization, the document type includes the " @@ -21132,7 +21507,7 @@ msgid "" "automatically when the localization module is installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:330 msgid "" "The information required for the document types is included by default so " "the user does not need to fill anything there." @@ -21142,50 +21517,50 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Document types for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:339 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:340 msgid "" "Once you have configured your database, you can register your documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:343 msgid "Sales documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:347 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:348 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Customer invoices` are electronic documents that, when validated," " are sent to SRI. These documents can be created from your sales order or " "manually. They must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:394 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 msgid ":guilabel:`Customer`: type the customer's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:351 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the option that matches the printer point for " "the customer invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: type document type in this format `(01) Invoice`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:353 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:511 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " -"paid." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:354 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:474 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:512 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Payment Method (SRI)`: select how the invoice is going to be " +"paid." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:355 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:475 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:513 msgid ":guilabel:`Products`: specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21193,11 +21568,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer invoice for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:361 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:362 msgid "Customer credit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:364 msgid "" "The :doc:`Customer credit note " "<../accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is an electronic document " @@ -21208,24 +21583,24 @@ msgid "" "information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:369 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:370 msgid ":guilabel:`Credit Method`: select the type of credit method." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:371 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:372 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Partial Refund`: use this option when you need to type the first " "number of documents and if it is a partial credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:373 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:374 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full Refund`: use this option if the credit note is for the total" " invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-validated and reconciled " "with the invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:375 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:376 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Full refund and new draft invoice`: use this option if the credit" " note is for the total invoice and you need the credit note to be auto-" @@ -21233,27 +21608,27 @@ msgid "" "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:379 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the credit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:380 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 msgid ":guilabel:`Rollback Date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:381 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 msgid ":guilabel:`Reversal Date`: type the date." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:382 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:415 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:383 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:416 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Use Specific Journal`: select the printer point for your credit " "note, or leave it empty if you want to use the same journal as the original " "invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:385 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:386 msgid "Once reviewed, you can click on the :guilabel:`Reverse` button." msgstr "" @@ -21261,26 +21636,26 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:392 msgid "" "When the :guilabel:`Partial Refund` option is used, you can change the " "amount of the credit note and then validate it. Before validating the credit" " note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:395 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:428 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the printer point for the customer Credit Note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:396 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(04) Credit Note`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:397 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:398 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:431 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Products`: It must specify the product with the correct taxes." msgstr "" @@ -21289,11 +21664,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Credit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:404 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:405 msgid "Customer debit note" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:406 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:407 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer debit note` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI. It is necessary to have a validated (posted) " @@ -21302,21 +21677,21 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create debit note` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:411 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 msgid ":guilabel:`Reason`: type the reason for the debit note." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:412 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 msgid ":guilabel:`Debit note date`: select the :guilabel:`specific` options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:413 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:414 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Copy lines`: select this option if you need to register a debit " "note with the same lines of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:418 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:419 msgid "" "Once reviewed you can click on the :guilabel:`Create Debit Note` button." msgstr "" @@ -21325,13 +21700,13 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Add Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:425 msgid "" "You can change the debit note amount, and then validate it. Before " "validating the debit note, review the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:429 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:430 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(05) Debit Note`." msgstr "" @@ -21340,18 +21715,18 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer Debit Note for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:437 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:438 msgid "Customer withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:439 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:440 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Customer withholding` is a non-electronic document for your " "company, this document is issued by the client in order to apply a " "withholding to the sale." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:442 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:443 msgid "" "It is necessary to have a validated (posted) invoice in order to register a " "customer withholding. On the invoice there is a button named :guilabel:`Add " @@ -21359,17 +21734,17 @@ msgid "" "withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:446 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Number`: type the withholding number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:447 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:448 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold Lines`: select the taxes that the customer is " "withholding." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:449 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:450 msgid "" "Before validating the withholding, review that the amounts for each tax are " "the same as the original document." @@ -21379,46 +21754,46 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Customer withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:457 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:458 msgid "Purchase Documents" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:460 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:461 #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:130 msgid "Vendor bill" msgstr "供應商賬單" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:463 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Vendor bill` is a non-electronic document for your company, " "this document is issued by your vendor when your company generates a " "purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:465 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:466 msgid "" "The bills can be created from the purchase order or manually, it must " "contain the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:468 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:505 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: type the vendor's information." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:469 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 msgid ":guilabel:`Bill Date`: select the date of invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:470 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 msgid ":guilabel:`Journal`: it is the journal for vendor bills." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:471 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 msgid ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(01) Invoice`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:472 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:473 msgid ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number." msgstr "" @@ -21426,7 +21801,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchases for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:481 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:482 msgid "" "When creating the purchase withholding, verify that the bases (base amounts)" " are correct. If you need to edit the amount of the tax in the " @@ -21435,79 +21810,79 @@ msgid "" "the adjustment to go where you want." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:487 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:488 msgid "Purchase liquidation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:489 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:490 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase liquidation` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:491 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:492 msgid "" "Companies issue this type of electronic document when they purchase, and the" " vendor does not issue an invoice due to one or more of the following cases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:494 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 msgid "Services were provided by non-residents of Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:495 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 msgid "" "Services provided by foreign companies without residency or establishment in" " Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:496 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:497 msgid "" "Purchase of goods or services from natural persons not registered with a " "RUC, who due to their cultural level or hardiness are not able to issue " "sales receipts or customer invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:498 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:499 msgid "" "Reimbursement for the purchase of goods or services to employees in a " "dependency relationship (full-time employee)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:500 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:501 msgid "" "Services provided by members of collegiate bodies for the exercise of their " "function." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:502 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:503 msgid "" "These types of electronic documents can be created from the " ":guilabel:`Purchase Order` or manually from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bills` " "form view. It must contain the following data:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:507 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Journal`: select the journal for the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation` with the correct printer point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:508 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document Type`: this is the document type `(03) Purchase " "Liquidation`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:509 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:529 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:510 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:530 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Document number`: type the document number (sequence), you will " "only have to do this once, then the sequence will be automatically assigned " "for the next documents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:514 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:515 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the :guilabel:`Purchase " "Liquidation`." @@ -21517,17 +21892,17 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase liquidation for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:521 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:522 msgid "Purchase withholding" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:523 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:524 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Purchase withholding` is an electronic document that, when " "validated, is sent to SRI." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:526 msgid "" "It is necessary to have an invoice in a validated state in order to register" " a :guilabel:`Purchase withholding`. On the invoice, there is a button named" @@ -21535,7 +21910,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withholding` form, then complete the following information:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:531 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:532 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Withhold lines`: The taxes appear automatically according to the " "configuration of products and vendors, you should review if the taxes and " @@ -21543,7 +21918,7 @@ msgid "" "the correct taxes and tax support." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:535 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:536 msgid "" "Once you review the information you can validate the " ":guilabel:`Withholding`." @@ -21553,7 +21928,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Purchase withhold for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:542 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:543 msgid "" "You can't change the tax support for one that was not included in the " "configuration of the taxes used on the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`. To do so, go" @@ -21561,13 +21936,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Tax Support` there." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:546 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:547 msgid "" "A withholding tax can be divided into two or more lines, this will depend on" " whether two or more withholdings percentages apply." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:550 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:551 msgid "" "The system suggests a VAT withholding of 30% with tax support 01, you can " "add your VAT withholding of 70% in a new line with the same tax support, the" @@ -21575,32 +21950,32 @@ msgid "" "from the :guilabel:`Vendor Bill`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:557 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:558 msgid "" "In Ecuador, there are fiscal reports that the company presents to SRI. In " "Odoo, we have two of the main financial reports used by companies. These are" " the reports 103 and 104." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:561 msgid "" "To get these reports go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` app and select " ":menuselection:`Reporting --> Statements Reports --> Tax Report` and then " "filter by `Tax Report 103` or `Tax Report 104`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:564 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:565 msgid "Report 103" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:566 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:567 msgid "" "This report contains information of income tax withholdings in a given " "period, this can be reported monthly or semi-annually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:569 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:582 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:570 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:583 msgid "" "You can see the information needed to report, which includes base and tax " "amounts, which also includes the tax code within the parenthesis in order to" @@ -21611,11 +21986,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Report 103 form for Ecuador." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:577 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:578 msgid "Report 104" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:579 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/ecuador.rst:580 msgid "" "This report contains information on VAT tax and VAT withholding for a given " "period, this can be monthly or semi-annually." @@ -21649,6 +22024,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "``l10n_eg``" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/india.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/luxembourg.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/thailand.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Default :ref:`fiscal localization package <fiscal_localizations/packages>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/egypt.rst:22 msgid ":guilabel:`Egyptian E-invoice Integration`" msgstr "" @@ -25092,7 +25477,6 @@ msgid "Italy's electronic document invoicing options" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/italy.rst:138 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 msgid "Taxes configuration" msgstr "" @@ -25908,7 +26292,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/kenya.rst:117 msgid "" "To verify KRA has received the invoice information, take the :guilabel:`CU " -"Invoice Number` and and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " +"Invoice Number` and enter it in the :guilabel:`Invoice Number Checker` " "section on `Kenya Revenue Authority website <https://itax.kra.go.ke/KRA-" "Portal>`_. Click :guilabel:`Validate` and find the invoice details." msgstr "" @@ -26081,195 +26465,287 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Mexico" msgstr "墨西哥" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:10 -msgid "`VIDEO WEBINAR OF A COMPLETE DEMO <https://youtu.be/JSqQo5eRqlI>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:22 msgid "" -"Odoo Enterprise users in Mexico have free access to a set of modules that " -"allow them to issue electronic invoices according to the specifications of " -"the SAT for `version 3.3 of the CFDI " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/informacion_fiscal/factura_electronica/Documents/GuiaAnexo20Global.pdf>`_," -" a legal requirement as of January 1, 2018. These modules also add relevant " -"accounting reports (for example, the DIOT), and enable foreign trade, with " -"support for associated customs operations." +"`Video webinar of a complete demo " +"<https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5cdogjm0GCI>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:27 msgid "" -"With the Mexican location in Odoo you will not only be able to comply with " -"the legal requirements to invoice in Mexico, but also use it as your " -"accounting system, satisfying the normal needs of the market. This makes " -"Odoo the perfect solution to manage your business in Mexico." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:26 -msgid "Pre requirements" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:28 -msgid "" -"Before installing the modules and making the necessary configurations to " -"have the Mexican localization in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following" -" requirements:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:31 -msgid "Be registered with the SAT and have an RFC." +"Odoo users in Mexico have access to a set of modules that allow them to sign" +" electronic invoices according to the specifications of the |SAT| for " +"`version 4.0 of the CFDI " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Anexo_20_Guia_de_llenado_CFDI.pdf>`_" +" , a legal requirement as of January 1, 2022." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:32 msgid "" +"These modules also add relevant accounting reports (such as the |DIOT|, " +"enable foreign trade, and the creation of delivery guides)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:39 +msgid "Requirements" +msgstr "要求" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Before making the necessary configurations to have the Mexican localization " +"installed in Odoo, it is necessary to meet the following requirements:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:46 +msgid "" +"Be registered in the |SAT|, with a valid :abbr:`RFC (Registro Federal de " +"Contribuyentes)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:47 +msgid "" "Have a `Certificate of Digital Seal <https://www.gob.mx/sat/acciones-y-" "programas/certificado-de-sello-digital>`_ (CSD)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:49 msgid "" -"Choose a PAC and purchase stamps. Currently the Mexican location in Odoo " -"works with the following PACs: `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly Finkok) " -"<https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +"Choose a PAC (Proveedor Autorizado de Certificación / Authorized " +"Certification Provider). Currently, Odoo works with the following |PAC|\\s: " +"`Solución Factible <https://solucionfactible.com/>`_, `Quadrum (formerly " +"Finkok) <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " +"<https://sw.com.mx/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:53 msgid "" -"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales and accounting in Odoo. " -"This documentation contains only the information necessary to enable the use" -" of Odoo in a company based in Mexico." +"Have knowledge and experience with billing, sales, and accounting in Odoo. " +"This documentation contains only the necessary information to use Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:41 -msgid "Modules" -msgstr "模組" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:59 msgid "" -"To install the Mexican localization module, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, " -"then remove the default filter \"Apps\" and search for ``l10n_mx``." +":ref:`Install <general/install>` the following modules to get the main " +"features of the Mexican localization:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Installation of the Mexican localization module in Odoo Apps" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:70 +msgid "`l10n_mx`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:71 msgid "" -"If you created the database from `www.odoo.com <https://www.odoo.com>`_ and " -"chose \"Mexico\" as the country when creating your account, some of the " -"Mexican localization modules will have been installed automatically. In that" -" case we observe that some modules have a button that says \"Install\", " -"while others will instead have a label that says \"Installed\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:56 -msgid "" -"The following modules are necessary for all databases that require Mexican " -"localization:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Mexico - Accounting (l10n_mx)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All the basic data to manage accounting, taxes and the chart of accounts. " -"The installed chart of accounts is based on `the SAT account grouping code " +"The default :doc:`fiscal localization package " +"</applications/finance/fiscal_localizations>`, adds accounting " +"characteristics for the Mexican localization, such as the most common taxes " +"and the chart of accounts based on `the SAT account grouping code " "<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151586/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi & l10n_mx_edi_extended)**" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:75 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:76 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:77 msgid "" -"Necessary for electronic transactions, CFDI 3.3, payment complement, and " -"addenda on invoices." +"Includes all the technical and functional requirements to generate and " +"validate :doc:`Electronics Documents " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>`, " +"based on the technical documentation published by the SAT. This allows you " +"to send invoices (with or without addendas) and payment complements to the " +"government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Mexican localization reports (l10n_mx_reports & " -"l10n_mx_reports_closing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"All mandatory reports for electronic accounting. (Requires the accounting " -"application)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:67 -msgid "" -"The following modules are optional, and should be installed only if they " -"meet a specific organization requirement. Installing these modules is not " -"recommended unless you are sure they are needed as they add fields that can " -"unnecessarily complicate form filling." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock / Landing (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"This module allows managing the requests as part of the shipping costs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "**Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export (l10n_mx_xml_polizas)**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"With this module, you will be able to export your Journal Entries in XML " -"ready to be uploaded to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:81 -msgid "Enable electronic invoicing" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:82 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:83 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:84 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Customer Invoices`, and " -"make sure that the option **Mexican Electronic Invoicing** is enabled. With " -"this you will be able to generate the signed invoice and also generate the " -"signed payment complement, all automatically integrated into the normal " -"billing flow in Odoo." +"Necessary to create XML documents with the correct specifications of the " +"CFDI 4.0." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Steps to enable electronic invoicing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:95 -msgid "Enter legal information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:87 msgid "" -"After verifying the general configuration, you must verify that the company " -"is configured with the correct data. To do so, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Companies`, and click on " -"*Update information* under your company name." +"When you install a database from scratch by selecting :guilabel:`Mexico` as " +"the country, Odoo automatically installs the following modules: " +":guilabel:`Mexico - Accounting`, :guilabel:`EDI for Mexico`, and " +":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Update the company's details in the Settings of Odoo" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:91 +msgid "" +"The following modules are needed to add Mexico's Electronic Accounting. They" +" require the :doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting>` module to " +"be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:101 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican Localization Reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:102 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Adapts reports for Mexico's Electronic Accounting: Chart of Accounts, Trial " +"Balance, and DIOT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:105 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Localization Reports for Closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:106 +msgid "`l10n_mx_reports_closing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:107 msgid "" -"In the resulting form, put your full address (including zip code), RFC (VAT " -"number), and the rest of the data." +"Necessary to create the Closing Entry (Also known as the month 13th move)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:108 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:109 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:110 +msgid "" +"Lets you export XML files of your Journal Entries for a compulsory audit." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:111 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexican XML Polizas Export Edi bridge`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:112 +msgid "`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:113 +msgid "Complements the module `l10n_mx_xml_polizas`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The following modules are optional. It's recommended to install them *only* " +"if you meet a specific requirement. Make sure that they are needed for your " +"business." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:125 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI for Mexico (Advanced Features)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:126 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:127 +msgid "" +"Adds the external trade complement to invoices: A legal requirement for " +"selling products to foreign countries." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:129 +msgid ":guilabel:`EDI v4.0 for Mexico (COMEX)`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:131 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_extended` for CFDI 4.0." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:132 +msgid ":guilabel:`Mexico - Electronic Delivery Guide`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Lets you create a \"Carta Porte\": a bill of lading that proves to the " +"government you are sending goods between A & B with a signed electronic " +"document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:136 +msgid ":guilabel:`Electronic Delivery Guide for Mexico CFDI 4.0`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:137 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:138 +msgid "Adapts the module `l10n_mx_edi_stock` for CFDI 4.0" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:139 +msgid ":guilabel:`Odoo Mexico Localization for Stock/Landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:140 +msgid "`l10n_mx_edi_landing`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +msgid "" +"Allows managing customs numbers related to landed costs in electronic " +"documents." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:146 +msgid "" +"After installing the correct modules, you must verify that the company is " +"configured with the correct data. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings " +"--> General Settings --> Companies` and select :guilabel:`Update Info` under" +" your company name." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:150 +msgid "" +"Enter your full :guilabel:`Address` in the resulting form including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:153 +msgid "" +"According to the requirements of the CFDI 4.0, the name of your main contact" +" must coincide to your business name registered in the SAT without the legal" +" entity abbreviation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Requirements for a correct invoicing." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:160 msgid "" "From a legal point of view, a Mexican company must use the local currency " "(MXN). Therefore, Odoo does not provide features to manage an alternative " @@ -26278,2295 +26754,1607 @@ msgid "" "</applications/sales/sales/products_prices/prices/pricing>` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:165 msgid "" -"Make sure that in the address, for the Country field, \"Mexico\" is chosen " -"from the list of countries that Odoo shows, because if it is entered " -"manually there is a risk of creating a \"new country\" in the system, which " -"it will result in errors later when the CFDIs are generated." +"Next, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing" +" (MX) --> Fiscal Regime`, and select the regime that applies to your company" +" from the drop-down list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Company data information" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Fiscal regime configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:124 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:172 msgid "" "If you want to test the Mexican localization, you can configure the company " -"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields) and add " -"``EKU9003173C9`` as RFC." +"with a real address within Mexico (including all fields), add `EKU9003173C9`" +" as the :guilabel:`VAT` and `ESCUELA KEMPER URGATE` as the " +":guilabel:`Company Name`. For the :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`, use " +":guilabel:`General de Ley Personas Morales`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:128 -msgid "Set the fiscal regime of the company" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:180 msgid "" -"The following is to indicate what is the fiscal regime of the company that " -"we are configuring, which is done through a pre-existing field in Odoo " -"called \"Fiscal Regime\"." +"To create a contact that can be invoiced, go to :menuselection:`Contacts -->" +" Create`. Then enter the contact's name, full :guilabel:`Address` including " +":guilabel:`ZIP` code, :guilabel:`State`, :guilabel:`Country`, and RFC " +"(:guilabel:`VAT` number)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:185 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX) " -"--> Fiscal Regime`, and select the option that applies to your company from " -"the drop-down list." +"As with your own company, all of your contacts needs to have their correct " +"business name registered in the |SAT|. This also applies to the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` which needs to be added in the :guilabel:`MX EDI` " +"tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Set the Fiscal Regime in Odoo Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:192 msgid "" -"For the test environment: Select the option **General Law on Legal Persons**" -" from the drop-down menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:145 -msgid "Contacts Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:147 -msgid "" -"When creating a contact to be invoiced in Odoo, the following information " -"must be configured for invoice validation: **complete address** (including " -"postal code, city, state, country, etc.) and the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact form example" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:156 -msgid "Taxes Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:158 -msgid "" -"A necessary configuration for electronic invoicing to work correctly in Odoo" -" is to add the factor type associated with sales taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:161 -msgid "" -"To make this configuration you first have to go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Settings --> Taxes`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:164 -msgid "" -"Within the list of taxes that are pre-loaded, select the option *Sales* on " -"the filter, this is to see only taxes associated with sales, which are those" -" that are validated for the stamping of invoices. Open the form view of any " -"of the sales taxes, select the **Advanced Options** tab and within the field" -" **Factor Type** choose the option *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:173 -msgid "" -"Do the same for all the sales taxes that the company needs, either those " -"that come by default in Odoo, or those that you add that are necessary for " -"your company bill." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:177 -msgid "" -"For the 0% VAT tax, select the option :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field. For the 0% VAT **exempt** tax, select the " -"option :guilabel:`Exento` instead of :guilabel:`Tasa` within the " -":guilabel:`Factor Type` field." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:181 -msgid "" -"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " -"the **Cash Basis Transition Account** to the account set in the " -"**Definition** tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be used " -"(\"Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo\" - **do not " -"eliminate this account**) in the Journal Entry when reclassifying taxes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Taxes accounts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:191 -msgid "Products Configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:193 -msgid "" -"All products to be sold need to have the SAT code associated with their " -"classification so that the invoices do not give an error when validating." +"Some additional configurations for factor type and tax objects need to be " +"added to the sales taxes in order to properly sign invoices." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:196 +msgid "Factor type" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:198 msgid "" -"To configure products, go to the **General Information** tab and in the " -"**UNSPSC Product Category** field select the category that represents that " -"product. The process can be done manually or through a bulk import." +"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Taxes` then enable " +"the :guilabel:`Factor Type` field in the :guilabel:`Advanced Options` tab " +"for all records with the :guilabel:`Tax Type` set as :guilabel:`Sales`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:202 +msgid "" +"This is pre-loaded in the default taxes. If new ones are created, you need " +"to make sure to fill this field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Configure products" +msgid "Taxes configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:205 -msgid "PAC Configuration to sign invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:209 msgid "" -"Another important step to configure electronic invoicing in Odoo is to enter" -" the PAC which you are working with and the credentials. That way, " -"electronic invoicing will be enabled." +"Mexico manages two different kinds of 0% VAT: *0% VAT* and *VAT Exempt*. For" +" the former, select the :guilabel:`Factor Type` :guilabel:`Tasa`. For the " +"latter, use :guilabel:`Exento`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:211 -msgid "" -"Remember that you must register directly with the PAC of your choice before " -"you start creating invoices from Odoo. We have the following PACs available:" -" `Quadrum <https://cfdiquadrum.com.mx/index.html>`_, `Solución Factible " -"<https://solucionfactible.com/>`_ and `SW Sapien - Smarter Web " -"<https://info.sw.com.mx/sw-smarter-odoo/>`_." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:213 +msgid "Tax object" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:216 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:215 msgid "" -"You must process your **Private Key (CSD)** with the SAT institution before " -"following these steps. If you do not have this information, try with the " -"Test Credentials and return to this process when you have the SAT " -"Credentials for your production environment to work with real transactions." +"One requirement of the CFDI 4.0 is that the resulting XML file needs or does" +" not need to break down the taxes of the operation. There are three " +"different possible values that are added depending on specific " +"configurations:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:219 +msgid "`01`: Not subject to tax - your invoice must not contain any taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:220 +msgid "" +"`02`: Subject to tax - your invoice contains taxes (default configuration)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:221 msgid "" -"To add the credentials, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> " -"Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. Under the **PAC MX** section, enter the name of " -"your PAC with your credentials (PAC username and PAC password)." +"`03`: Subject to tax and not forced to breakdown - your invoice contains " +"taxes, and the contact configuration has the :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` " +"checkbox activated." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Tax Breakdown SAT." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` value applies only to specific fiscal " +"regimes and/or taxes. Consult your accountant first if it is needed for your" +" business before doing any modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:232 +msgid "Other tax configurations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:234 +msgid "" +"When registering a payment, Odoo will carry out the movement of taxes from " +"the *Cash Basis Transition Account* to the account set in the " +":guilabel:`Definition` tab. For such movement, a tax base account will be " +"used: (`Base Imponible de Impuestos en Base a Flujo de Efectivo`) in the " +"journal entry when reclassifying taxes. **Do not delete this account**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:239 +msgid "" +"If you create a new tax, you need to add the correct :guilabel:`Tax Grids` " +"for it (`IVA`, `ISR` or `IEPS`). Odoo only supports these three groups of " +"taxes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Taxes accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:248 +msgid "" +"To configure products, go to the :guilabel:`Accounting` tab, and in the " +":guilabel:`UNSPSC Product Category` field, select the category that " +"represents that product. The process can be done manually or through :doc:`a" +" bulk import </applications/general/export_import_data>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:253 +msgid "" +"All products need to have a |SAT| code associated with them in order to " +"prevent validation errors." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:260 msgid "PAC credentials" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:230 -msgid "" -"If you check the checkbox **Test Environment**, it is not necessary to enter" -" a PAC username and/or password, but you must select a PAC from the drop-" -"down list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:233 -msgid "" -"Finally, upload the digital certificates of the company within the section " -"**MX Certificates**. Click on *Add a line*, a window will open, click on " -"*Create* and from there you can upload your digital certificate, your key " -"and your password. To finish, click on *Save and Close*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Certificate and key" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:242 -msgid "" -"If you still do not have one of the contracted PACs and you want to test " -"electronic invoicing you can use the following SAT test certificates:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:245 -msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:246 -msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:247 -msgid "**Password:** ``12345678a``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:249 -msgid "" -"You must also configure the company with a real address within Mexico " -"(including all fields) and add ``EKU9003173C9`` as the **VAT** number." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:258 -msgid "" -"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20_version3-3.htm>`_" -" version 3.3 of electronic invoicing of the SAT." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:262 msgid "" -"To start invoicing from Odoo, an invoice must be created using the standard " -"invoicing flow, that is, either from a sales order or from the invoice menu " -"in the Accounting application." +"After you have processed your `Private Key (CSD) " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/16660/genera-y-descarga-tus-archivos-a-" +"traves-de-la-aplicacion- certifica>`_ with the |SAT|, you must register " +"directly with the :ref:`PAC <mx-requirements>` of your choice before you " +"start creating invoices from Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:265 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:267 msgid "" -"The invoice will be stamped after clicking on *Validate*, before that the " -"status is still in draft mode and changes can be made to it. After " -"validating the invoice, you can verify that it was successfully stamped, as " -"it would look like this:" +"Once you created your account with any of these providers, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Accounting --> Electronic Invoicing (MX)`. " +"Under the :guilabel:`MX PAC` section, enter the name of your |PAC| with your" +" credentials (:guilabel:`PAC username` and :guilabel:`PAC password`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creating an invoice" +msgid "PAC credentials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:275 msgid "" -"The details of the invoice will be reflected in the Chatter, which is what " -"you see on the right of the invoice in the attached image. There you can " -"find your XML sent to the SAT and the status of the stamping, that is, if it" -" was validated or not." +"If you do not have credentials and want to test the electronic invoicing, " +"you can activate the :guilabel:`Test Environment` checkbox and select " +":guilabel:`Solucion Factible` as the |PAC|. You do not need to add a " +"username or password." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:277 -msgid "" -"To send the stamped invoice to your client, you can send the XML together " -"with the PDF file directly from Odoo, by clicking the *Send and Print* " -"button. You can also download the PDF file directly to your computer by " -"clicking the *Print* button and selecting the desired option." +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:280 +msgid ".cer and .key certificates" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:282 msgid "" -"Depending on the size of the screen, the Chatter can be seen next to or " -"below the document." +"You need to upload the `digital certificates of the company " +"<https://www.gob.mx/tramites/ficha/certificado-de-sello-digital/SAT139>`_ " +"within the section :guilabel:`MX Certificates`. Select :guilabel:`Add a " +"line` and a window will open. Click on :guilabel:`Create`, and from there " +"upload your digital certificate (:file:`.cer` file), your key (:file:`.key` " +"file), and your password. To finish, click on :guilabel:`Save and Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:285 -msgid "Invoicing Special Cases" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Certificate and key." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:288 -msgid "Foreign Trade Invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:290 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:292 msgid "" -"The foreign trade invoicing process in Odoo is based on the corresponding " -"`SAT regulation " -"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." -" SAT electronic invoicing version is 3.3." +"If you still do not have one of the contracted |PAC|\\s and you want to test" +" electronic invoicing you can use the following |SAT| test certificates:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:295 -msgid "What do we mean when we talk about foreign trade?" +msgid ":download:`Certificate <mexico/certificate.cer>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:296 +msgid ":download:`Certificate Key <mexico/certificate.key>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:297 +msgid "**Password**: ``12345678a``" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:305 msgid "" -"Since January 2018, the SAT requires a Foreign Trade Supplement in export " -"transactions." +"The invoicing process in Odoo is based on `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ version" +" 4.0 of electronic invoicing of the |SAT|." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:300 -msgid "What is the Foreign Trade complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:312 msgid "" -"It is an Annex to the electronic invoice that allows the identification of " -"exporters and importers, in addition to expanding the description of the " -"merchandise sold." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:306 -msgid "What information can be incorporated in this new complement?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:308 -msgid "Information on the operation type it covers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:309 -msgid "" -"Tax identification data of the issuer, receiver or recipient of the " -"merchandise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:310 -msgid "Description of the goods to be exported." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:313 -msgid "Who is obliged to generate it?" +"To start invoicing from Odoo, a customer invoice must be created using the " +":doc:`standard invoicing flow " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:315 -msgid "Taxpayers who carry out export operations of A1 type." +msgid "" +"When the document is in draft mode, you can make any changes to it (add the " +"correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` or :guilabel:`Usage` that the customer might" +" require, for example.)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:318 -msgid "To which exports does the A1 type apply?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:320 msgid "" -"Entry of goods of foreign origin to remain in national territory for an " -"unlimited time." +"After you :guilabel:`Confirm` the customer invoice, a blue message appears " +"stating: :guilabel:`The invoice will be processed asynchronously by the " +"following E-invoicing service: CFDI (4.0)`. Pressing the :guilabel:`Process " +"Now` button sends the document to be signed by the government. On success, " +"the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` field appears on the document and the XML file " +"is attached in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:321 -msgid "Exit of goods from the country to stay abroad for an unlimited time." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:322 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:325 msgid "" -"Definitive importation of vehicles by diplomatic and consular missions and " -"offices of international organizations and their foreign personnel, in " -"accordance with the import of vehicles in diplomatic exemption." +"If you press :guilabel:`Retry` in the field :guilabel:`SAT status` of the " +"invoice, you can confirm if the XML file is valid in the SAT." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:327 -msgid "Is Foreign Trade the same as Pedimentos?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:328 msgid "" -"Not necessarily, the Pedimentos are directly related to the process of " -"Importing goods, while the Foreign Trade Complement is related to the " -"Exporting process." +"If you are in a testing environment, you will always receive the message " +":guilabel:`Not Found`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:333 -msgid "Required Modules" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:330 msgid "" -"In order to generate foreign trade invoices, the following modules must be " -"installed." +"To send the signed invoice to your client by mail, you can send the XML " +"together with the PDF file directly from Odoo by clicking the " +":guilabel:`Send and Print` button. You can also download the PDF file to " +"your computer by clicking the :guilabel:`Print` button and selecting the " +"desired option." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:337 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi)" +msgid "" +"While an invoice is a document type \"I\" (Ingreso), a credit note is a " +"document type \"E\" (Egreso)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI para México" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:339 +msgid "" +"The only addition to the :doc:`standard flow for credit notes " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/credit_notes>` is that, " +"as a requirement of the SAT, there has to be a relation between a credit " +"note and an invoice through the fiscal folio." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:343 -msgid "EDI for Mexico (l10n_mx_edi_extended)" +msgid "" +"Because of this, the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` adds this relation with a" +" `01|`, followed by the fiscal folio of the original invoice." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "EDI Advanced Features" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Creating a credit note." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 -msgid "Company" -msgstr "公司" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:352 msgid "" -"Configure the company with a valid postal code, and if you have a colony " -"code, this should match with the corresponding Zip Code. At the same time, " -"remember to place the Tax Identification Number (VAT Number - RFC)." +"For the :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field to be added automatically, use the " +"button :guilabel:`Add Credit Note` from the invoice instead of creating it " +"manually." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:354 +msgid "Payment complements" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:357 +msgid "Payment policy" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:359 +msgid "" +"One of the additions of the Mexican Localization is the field " +":guilabel:`Payment Policy`. `According to the SAT documentation " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" +"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:364 +msgid "`PUE` (Pago en una Sola Exhibición/Payment in a Single Exhibition)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:365 +msgid "" +"`PPD` (Pago en Parcialidades o Diferido/Payment in Installements or " +"Deferred)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:367 +msgid "" +"The difference lies in the *Due Date* or *Payment Terms* of the invoice." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:369 +msgid "" +"To configure |PUE| invoices, you must select an invoice :guilabel:`Due Date`" +" within the same month or choose a payment term that does not imply changing" +" the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all falling within the " +"current month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact address configuration" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PUE requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:361 -msgid "Receiving Client" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:363 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:377 msgid "" -"Generally it will be a foreign client, in which you must verify that you " -"have at least the following fields completed with the corresponding " -"information." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "External trade invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:371 -msgid "The customer's delivery address must also contain the zip code." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:372 -msgid "" -"The format of the foreign VAT (Tax Identification Number) will be validated " -"as appropriate in each Country (Example: Colombia ``123456789-1``)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:374 -msgid "" -"In the XML, the VAT is automatically replaced by the Generic VAT for abroad " -"transactions: ``XEXX010101000``" +"Some :guilabel:`Payment Terms` are already installed by default. You can " +"check them in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment " +"Terms`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:380 msgid "" -"At the product level there must also configure some parameters in the " -"following fields." +"To configure |PPD| invoices, you need to choose a :guilabel:`Due Date` after" +" the first day of the following month (this also applies if your " +":guilabel:`Payment Term` is due in the following month)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "SAT product code" +msgid "Example of an invoice with the PPD requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Tariff fraction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:391 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:387 msgid "" -"You must select the **UMT Aduana** (Unit of Measure) in *KG* since it is " -"only accepted by the SAT" +"Because the |PPD| policy implies that an invoice is not going to get paid at" +" the moment, the correct :guilabel:`Payment Way` for the |PPD| invoices is " +":guilabel:`99 - Por Definir` (To define)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:392 -msgid "The weight refers to **the unit weight** of the product" +msgid "Payment flow" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:393 -msgid "The tariff item must be from the code UoM of Kilograms (**UoM = 01**)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:395 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:394 msgid "" -"Although the product is sold in pieces or in units, the value that must be " -"registered with customs in the tariff item must be reported in Kilograms." +"In both cases, the payment process in Odoo :doc:`is the same " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices>`, the main difference " +"would be that payments related to |PPD| invoices trigger the creation of a " +"document type \"P\" (Pago)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:399 -msgid "Invoicing Flow" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:401 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:398 msgid "" -"When creating the foreign sales invoice, you must select the **Incoterm** " -"corresponding and the **Need external trade?** checkbox must be checked. " -"With this configuration enabled, the **PDF** and the complement **XML** of " -"the invoice will have the necessary information to comply with the SAT " -"regulations." +"If a payment is related to a |PUE| invoice, it can be registered with the " +"wizard and be associated with the corresponding invoice. Its status will be " +":guilabel:`In Payment` since the payment is effectively validated when it is" +" bank reconciled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:407 -msgid "What is the certificate of origin and when is it used?" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:405 +msgid "" +"While this process is the same for PPD invoices, the addition of the " +"creation of an :doc:`electronic document " +"</applications/finance/accounting/customer_invoices/electronic_invoicing>` " +"means that some additional requirements are needed to correctly send the " +"document to the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:409 msgid "" -"The **Certificate Source** (or proof of origin) is the document that allows " -"an importer or exporter to prove the country or region from which a good is " -"considered to originate and serves to receive tariff preferences generally " -"agreed in trade agreements." +"You need to confirm the specific :guilabel:`Payment Way` where you received " +"the payment. Because of this, this field cannot be :guilabel:`99 - Por " +"Definir` (To Define)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:411 +msgid "" +"If you are going to add a bank account to the customer in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of their contact, it needs to have a valid " +"number." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:415 +msgid "" +"The exact configurations are in the `Anexo 20 of the SAT " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_. " +"Usually, the :guilabel:`Bank Account` needs to be 10 or 18 digits for " +"transfers, 16 for credit or debit cards." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:419 +msgid "" +"If a payment is related to a signed invoice with the :guilabel:`Payment " +"Policy` `PPD`, Odoo generates the corresponding payment complement " +"automatically once you press :guilabel:`Process Now`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Incoterm on invoice" +msgid "CFDI (4.0) E-invoicing service process payment now message." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PDF external Trade" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:422 -msgid "Assign Pedimentos" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:424 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:426 msgid "" -"If your company imports products and you need to add the **Pedimentos** " -"number in your invoices, you can also configure Odoo to record the process." +"A payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. Rather, the" +" payment should be separated into multiple payments created using the " +":guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:427 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:431 +msgid "Invoice cancellations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:433 msgid "" -"First, go to :menuselection:`Apps`, remove the \"Apps\" filter and search " -"for ``Mexico``, ``mx`` or ``l10n_mx``. Then, install **Odoo Mexico " -"Localization for Stock / Landing module (l10n_mx_edi_landing)**." +"It is possible to cancel the EDI documents sent to the SAT. According to the" +" `Reforma Fiscal 2022 <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/91447/nuevo-esquema-" +"de-cancelacion>`_, since January 1st 2022, there are two requirements for " +"this:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX stock module" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:436 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:437 msgid "" -"The l10n_mx_edi_landing module depends on the **Inventory** and **Sales** " -"apps, since the products must be entered into inventory to be able to add " -"their Pedimentos number to the corresponding receipt of products." +"With all cancellation requests, you have to specify a *cancellation reason*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:438 +msgid "" +"After 24 hours have passed, the client must be asked to accept the " +"cancellation." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:440 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Settings`. Within the" -" options, activate **Landed Costs**. This option will allow adding the " -"Pedimentos number to the corresponding product receptions." +"There are four different cancellation reasons. In Odoo, you can cancel " +"invoices with the reasons *01 Invoices sent with errors with a relation*, " +"and *02 Invoices sent with errors without a relation*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Costos en destino" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:444 +msgid "01 - invoices sent with errors with a relation" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:446 +msgid "" +"This cancellation motive has to be used when a new invoice needs to " +"substitute the original one, due to an error in any field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:449 -msgid "" -"In order to use landed costs, the accounting configuration of the inventory " -"valuation of the products must be configured as *Automated* and its costing " -"method *Average* or *FIFO* (first in, first out)." +msgid "Copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` of the *old invoice*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:453 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:450 msgid "" -"To associate the Pedimentos number indicated with an import (merchandise " -"reception) a new **Landed Cost** must be created. They can be accessed " -"through :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs`. There " -"you will find the option to attach the Pedimentos number." +"Paste it into the field :guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the *new invoice*, " +"followed by a `04|`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:451 +msgid "Sign the new document." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Customs number" +msgid "Old invoice with CFDI Origin." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:462 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:456 msgid "" -"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " -"the correct number with the transfer(s)." +"Go back to the *old invoice*, the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` should " +"appear." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:457 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:458 +msgid "" +"As if it were a regular invoice, a blue field then appears on the invoice. " +"Click :guilabel:`Process Now`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:460 +msgid "" +"The invoice status is moved to :guilabel:`Cancelled` and you receive a " +"confirmation in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 01 properly canceled." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:466 msgid "" -":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs`." +"Now, the invoice should be canceled in the SAT too. You can confirm that " +"this was done correctly by pressing :guilabel:`Retry` in the SAT status " +"field." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:469 -msgid "Payment Terms" -msgstr "付款條件" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:471 msgid "" -"The **Payment Terms** are already configured in Odoo when installing the " -"Mexican localization, this means that if you go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms`, you will " -"find the default list in Odoo." +"If the document was canceled after 24 hours, it is possible that the client " +"must be asked to accept the cancellation in their \"Buzón Tributario\"." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:473 +msgid "" +"The `04|` is only a code that helps Odoo to perform this process. It has no " +"relation to the method 04 reason for cancellation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:477 +msgid "02 - invoices sent with errors without a relation" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:479 msgid "" -"In Mexico you can have 2 types of payments: PPD or PUE. These are given by " -"the **Payment Term** chosen (or if there is no chosen payment term it will " -"be based on the due date of the invoice)." +"This cancellation motive has to be used when an invoice was sent with an " +"error in any field and does not need to be replaced by another one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:483 -msgid "PPD Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:485 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:482 msgid "" -"To configure PPD payments (payment in installments or deferred) it is only " -"necessary to choose a date expiration date for your invoice and Odoo will " -"detect if it is after the first day of the following month (in this case no " -"payment term is set - with the payment term you can also stipulate if it " -"will be PPDo PUE)." +"For this case, all that is required is to click on :guilabel:`Request EDI " +"Cancellation`, and then press click the :guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:491 -msgid "PUE" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Invoice 02 properly canceled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:493 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:488 msgid "" -"To configure PUE payments (payment in a single payment) you must select an " -"invoice due date within the same month or choose a payment term that does " -"not imply changing the due month (immediate payment, 15 days, 21 days, all " -"falling within the current month)." +"As the field :guilabel:`Substituted By` does not exist, the SAT should " +"detect automatically that the cancellation reason is 02." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:492 +msgid "" +"Odoo has certain limitations to canceling invoices in the SAT: The reasons " +"03 and 04 (*Operation did not take place* and *Nominative transactions " +"related to a global invoice*) are not currently supported by Odoo. For this," +" you need to cancel the invoice directly in the SAT and use a *Server " +"Action*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:498 +msgid "Payment cancellations" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:500 msgid "" -"`According to the SAT documentation " -"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/92764/comprobante-de-recepcion-de-" -"pagos>`_, there may be 2 types of payments: **PUE** or **PPD**. In both " -"cases the payment process in Odoo is the same, the difference of whether the" -" payment is PUE or PPD lies in the payment term of the invoice - as " -"indicated in the previous point in the **Payment Terms**." +"It is also possible to cancel *Payment Complements*. For this, go to the " +"payment and select :guilabel:`Request EDI Cancellation`. As with invoices, a" +" blue button will appear. Select :guilabel:`Process now`, and the document " +"will be sent to the SAT. After a few seconds, you can press " +":guilabel:`Retry` to confirm the current SAT status." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:506 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:505 +msgid "The payment moves their status to :guilabel:`Cancelled`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:508 msgid "" -"If the payment is a PPD type, Odoo will generate the corresponding payment " -"complement automatically when you *Confirm* it. If the payment is PUE, the " -"payment complement will not be generated. The type of payment is visible " -"from the invoice in the field called **Payment Policy** and takes the " -"invoice date and the due date as parameters." +"Just like invoices, when you create a new *Payment Complement*, you can add " +"the relation of the original document by adding a `04|` plus the fiscal " +"folio." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment policy" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:512 +msgid "Invoicing special use cases" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:515 -msgid "" -"When configuring the contacts that will be used when making payments, you " -"must configure the banks in the **Accounting** tab, place both the Bank, " -"Account Number and CLABE." +msgid "CFDI to public" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Contact bank account" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:517 +msgid "" +"If the customer you are selling goods or services to does not require an " +"invoice, a *CFDI to Public* has to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:520 +msgid "" +"However, if you use the name `PUBLICO EN GENERAL`, an error will be " +"triggered. This is a main change in the CFDI 4.0 that states that invoices " +"with that specific name needs additional fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:523 -msgid "Register PPD Payments" +msgid "" +"Odoo currently does not support this. So for a *CFDI to Public* to be " +"created, you need to add any name to your customer that is not `PUBLICO EN " +"GENERAL`. (For example `CLIENTE FINAL`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:525 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:526 msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of type PPD then a Payment " -"Complement (XML) will be generated with its details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:528 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:573 -msgid "" -"The payment can be registered from the invoice and once it is confirmed, the" -" invoice will be paid and with its payment associated." +"In addition to this, the zip code of your company, and the generic " +":guilabel:`RFC` ``XAXX010101000`` are needed. The :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime` " +"of your customer must be `Sin obligaciones fiscales`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payments" +msgid "CFDI to Public Error." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:540 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:535 msgid "" -"The journal will be the payment method where you receive or send the payment" -" from. You must also associate a **Payment Way** and a Recipient Bank " -"Account (this last one must be created within the contact associated with " -"the invoice)." +"The main currency in Mexico is MXN. While this is mandatory for all Mexican " +"companies, it is possible to send and receive invoices and payments in " +"different currencies. To do this, you can enable the use of " +":doc:`multicurrency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>`. And select " +":guilabel:`Mexican Bank` as the service in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:541 +msgid "" +"This way, in the XML file of the document you get the correct exchange rate " +"and the total amount both in the foreign currency and in MXN." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:544 msgid "" -"Once the payment is made, it will be associated with the corresponding " -"invoice and its status will be *In Payment* since the payment will be " -"effectively validated when it is bank reconciled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:548 -msgid ":doc:`../accounting/bank/reconciliation`." +"It is highly recommended to use :doc:`a bank account for each currency " +"</applications/finance/accounting/bank/foreign_currency>`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PPD payment created" +msgid "Multi-currency configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:551 +msgid "" +"The only currencies that automatically update their exchange rate daily are " +"USD, EUR, GBP, and JPY." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:555 +msgid "Down payments" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:557 msgid "" -"The **Recipient Bank Account** is the one attached to the **Accounting** tab" -" in the contact associated with the invoice, it must be valid so that the " -"stamped payment complement can be created." +"There can be cases where you receive a payment in advance from a customer, " +"that needs to be applied to an invoice later. In order to do this in Odoo, " +"it is required to properly link invoices to each other with the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` field." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:560 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:561 msgid "" -"When making a payment in MXN for an invoice in USD, the payment must be " -"created using the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button **on the invoice " -"view** and not separately as a payment. Otherwise, the payment CFDI is not " -"correctly generated." +"It is necessary to have the :doc:`Sales </applications/sales/sales>` app " +"installed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:563 -msgid "" -"As such, a payment in MXN cannot be used to pay multiple invoices in USD. " -"Rather, the payment should be separated into multiple payments created using" -" the :guilabel:`Register Payment` button on the corresponding invoices." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:568 -msgid "Register PUE Payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:570 -msgid "" -"If at the time of registering a payment it is of the PUE type then in this " -"case a Payment Complement (XML) will not be generated since it is not " -"necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payments" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PUE payment created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:589 -msgid "" -"In this case it is not created as a payment supplement by the nature of it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:592 -msgid "Down Payments" -msgstr "預付訂金" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 -msgid "" -"This is a special case in which we must receive an advance payment from a " -"client to later be applied to an invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:598 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:564 msgid "" "`The official documentation for registration of down payments in Mexico " "<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/documentos/Caso_uso_Anticipo.pdf>`_." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:567 +msgid "" +"First, navigate to the :menuselection:`Sales` app to create a product " +"`Anticipo` and configure it: the :guilabel:`Product Type` must be " +":guilabel:`Service`, and use the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` `84111506 " +"Servicios de facturación`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:571 +msgid "" +"Then, go to :menuselection:`Sales --> Settings --> Invoicing --> Down " +"Payments` and add the product as the default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:574 +msgid "" +"Create a sales order with the total amount, and create a down payment " +"(either using a percentage or fixed amount). Then, sign the document, and " +":guilabel:`Register the Payment`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:577 +msgid "" +"When the time comes for the customer to get the final invoice, create it " +"again from the same sales order. In the :guilabel:`Create Invoices` wizard " +"select :guilabel:`Regular Invoice` and uncheck :guilabel:`Deduct down " +"payments`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:581 +msgid "" +"Then, copy the :guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the first invoice and paste it " +"into the :guilabel:`CDFI Origin` of the second invoice, adding the prefix " +"`07|`. Sign the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:584 +msgid "" +"After this, create a credit note for the first invoice. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Fiscal Folio` from the second invoice and paste it in the " +":guilabel:`CFDI Origin` of the credit note, adding the prefix `07|`. Sign " +"the document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:588 +msgid "" +"With this, all electronic documents are linked to each other. The final step" +" is to fully pay the new invoice. At the bottom of the new invoice, you can " +"find :guilabel:`Outstanding credits` in the credit note, add it as payment. " +"Finally, register the remaining amount with the :guilabel:`Register Payment`" +" wizard." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:594 +msgid "External trade" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:596 +msgid "" +"The external trade is a complement to a regular invoice that adds certain " +"values in both the XML and PDF, according to `SAT regulations " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_comercio_exterior.htm>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:600 +msgid "" +"This adds certain mandatory fields to invoices with a foreign customer, such" +" as:" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:602 -msgid "Process to create advance in Mexico" +msgid "The specific address of the receiver and the sender" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:603 +msgid "" +"The addition of a :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` that identifies the type of " +"product" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:604 msgid "" -"Issuance of electronic invoicing with the amount of the advance payment " -"received." +"The correct :guilabel:`Incoterm` (International Commercial Terms), among " +"others." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:605 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:606 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation " -"(full invoice). (CFDI Origin: 07 | Advance invoice, point 1)" +"This allows the correct identification of exporters and importers, in " +"addition to expanding the description of the merchandise sold." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:607 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:609 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice with the *Egreso* type. (CFDI Origin: 07 " -"| Invoice_total, point 2)" +"Since January 1st, 2018, it is a requirement for taxpayers who carry export " +"operations of A1 type. While the current CFDI is 4.0, the external trade is " +"currently on version 1.1" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:611 -msgid "Steps to follow in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:613 -msgid "Preparation: Create the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:614 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:612 msgid "" -"Down Payment issuance of the electronic invoice for the amount of the " -"advance payment received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:615 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended` " +"and :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40` have to be installed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:616 -msgid "Add a credit note from the down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:619 -msgid "Preparation: Create the Product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:621 msgid "" -"The Down Payment product must be type *Service* and must use the **NSPSC " -"Product Category**: *84111506 Servicios de facturación*." +"Before installing, make sure first that your business needs to use this " +"feature. Consult your accountant first if needed before doing any " +"modification." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:625 +msgid "" +"While the CFDI 4.0 requirements ask you to add a valid zip code in your " +"contact, the external trade complement adds as a mandatory field the " +":guilabel:`City` and the :guilabel:`State`. All three fields must coincide " +"with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_ or you will receive an " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:630 +msgid "" +"Add the :guilabel:`City` and :guilabel:`State` in the company's contract, " +"not in the company itself. You can find your company's contact in " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Customers --> Customers`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:634 +msgid "" +"The fields :guilabel:`Locality` and :guilabel:`Colony Code` are optional and" +" can be added in the company directly in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Companies`. These two have to coincide with the data in" +" the SAT." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment product" +msgid "Optional External Trade Company fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:628 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:641 msgid "" -"Add the down payment product as default to be used from the Odoo " -"configurations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:635 -msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the value of the advance received" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:637 -msgid "" -"Create the Advance Payment Invoice: From the sales order, create an advance " -"payment invoice for the percentage of the purchase to be paid in advance (or" -" for a fixed amount)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Applying down payment" +"The contact data for the foreign receiving client must have the following " +"fields completed to avoid errors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:644 -msgid "Validate invoice with the down payment product." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Confirm down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio fiscal down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:654 -msgid "Register Payment to the advance payment invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment registered" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:665 msgid "" -"Issuance of the electronic invoice for the total value of the operation." +"The entire company :guilabel:`Address`, including a valid :guilabel:`ZIP` " +"code and the foreign :guilabel:`Country`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:646 +msgid "" +"The format of the foreign :guilabel:`VAT` (tax identification number, for " +"example: Colombia `123456789-1`)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:648 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`MX EDI` tab, you need to address if the customer receives " +"goods for a period of time temporarily (:guilabel:`Temporary`) or " +"permanently (:guilabel:`Definitive`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:650 +msgid "" +"If you create this contact based in another from Mexico, make sure that you " +"delete any information in the field :guilabel:`Fiscal Regime`. Do not use " +":guilabel:`No Tax Breakdown` either." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Required External Trade Customer fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:658 +msgid "" +"In the resulting XML and PDF, the :guilabel:`VAT` is automatically replaced " +"by the generic VAT for abroad transactions: `XEXX010101000`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:664 +msgid "" +"All products involved with external trade must fill four fields, two of them" +" exclusive to this feature." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:667 msgid "" -"From the sales order, create an invoice for the total, that is, for all the " -"order lines without discounting the advance." +"The :guilabel:`Internal Reference` of the product is in the " +":guilabel:`General Information` tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:668 +msgid "The :guilabel:`Weight` of the product must be more than `0`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:669 +msgid "" +"The `correct <https://www.ventanillaunica.gob.mx/vucem/Clasificador.html>`_" +" :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` of the product in the :guilabel:`Accounting` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:671 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`UMT Aduana` corresponds to the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:675 -msgid "Remove the check mark from the **Deduct down payments** field." +msgid "Required External Trade Product fields." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:677 msgid "" -"Add the original CFDI of the advance payment invoice by adding ``07 |`` at " -"the beginning + Folio Fiscal of the advance payment Invoice created in the " -"previous step." +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `01`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `kg`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:680 -msgid "Copy the Folio Fiscal of the following invoice following this example:" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:679 +msgid "" +"If the UoM code of the :guilabel:`Tariff Fraction` is `06`, the correct " +":guilabel:`UMT Aduana` is `Units`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:683 +msgid "Invoicing flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:685 +msgid "" +"Before creating an invoice, it is important to take into account that " +"external trade invoices require to convert the amounts of your product into " +"USD. Therefore, we need to have :doc:`multicurrency enabled " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency>` and activate " +"USD in the :guilabel:`Currencies` section. The correct :guilabel:`Service` " +"to run is :guilabel:`Mexican Bank`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:691 +msgid "" +"With the correct exchange rate set up in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Settings --> Currency`, the only fields left are :guilabel:`Incoterm` and " +":guilabel:`Certificate Source` in the :guilabel:`Other Info` tab. The latter" +" is optional." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Folio full invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:686 -msgid "" -"And paste it in the draft invoice created from the Sales Order without " -"deducting the advances:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen folio" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:692 -msgid "" -"Validate and copy the Folio Fiscal for later (in the example the Folio " -"Fiscal copy is: 50E4FF06-4341-4006-A7C3-A7F653CBEFAE )" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:696 -msgid "Add credit note from invoice" +msgid "External Trade Other Info." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:698 msgid "" -"Create a **Credit Note** from the down payment invoice (the corrective " -"invoice must be edited prior to confirming it, see explanation below the 2 " -"following images)" +"Sign the invoice with the same process as a regular one: Press the " +":guilabel:`Process Now` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Creation of a Credit Note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:701 +msgid "Delivery guide" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Matching down payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:709 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:703 msgid "" -"Before you *Confirm* the Credit Note, edit the Origin CFDI with ``07 | XXX``" -" instead of the prefix ``01 | XXX``" +"A `Carta Porte <https://www.sat.gob.mx/consultas/68823/complemento-carta-" +"porte->`_ is a bill of lading: a document that states the type, quantity, " +"and destination of goods being carried." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Modify folio fiscal" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "CFDI origen type" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:720 -msgid "Now the invoice can be confirmed." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Post credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:726 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:706 msgid "" -"Now the Credit Note (Advance Payment) must be applied to the total invoice, " -"this is added at the bottom below the amount owed." +"On December 1st, 2021, version 2.0 of this CFDI was implemented for all " +"transportation providers, intermediaries, and owners of goods. Odoo is able " +"to generate a document type \"T\" (Traslado) which, unlike other documents, " +"is created in a delivery order instead of an invoice or payment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:710 +msgid "" +"Odoo can create XML and PDF files with or without ground transport and can " +"process materials that are treated as *Dangerous Hazards*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Down payment applied" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:713 +msgid "" +"In order to use this feature, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_extended_40`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_stock_40` have to be installed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:717 +msgid "" +"In addition to this, it is necessary to have the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:722 +msgid "" +"Odoo does not support Carta Porte type \"I\" (Ingreso), air, or marine " +"transport. Consult your accountant first if this feature is needed before " +"doing any modifications." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:728 +msgid "Odoo manages two different types of CFDI:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:730 +msgid "" +"**No Federal Highways**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* is " +"`less than 30 KM " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/cartaporte/Paginas/documentos/PreguntasFrecuentes_Autotransporte.pdf>`_." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:732 +msgid "" +"**Federal Transport**: It is used when the *Distance to Destination* exceeds" +" 30 KM." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:734 +msgid "" +"Other than the standard requirements of regular invoicing (The RFC of the " +"customer, the UNSPSC code...), if you are using *No Federal Highways*, no " +"external configuration is needed." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:737 msgid "" -"Register a payment for the difference of the down payment and the total of " -"the sale." +"For *Federal Transport*, several configurations have to be added to " +"contacts, vehicle setups, and products. Those configurations are added to " +"the XML and PDF files." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Residual amount payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:741 +msgid "Contacts and vehicles" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:743 msgid "" -"If you go to the XML of the invoice, you should see in CFDI related the type" -" of relationship 07 and the Folio Fiscal of the advance payment invoice." +"Like with the external trade feature, the address in both your company and " +"your final customer has to be complete. The zip code, city, and state must " +"coincide with the `Official SAT Catalog <sat-catalog_>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:748 +msgid "The field :guilabel:`Locality` is optional for both addresses." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "XML down payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide Contacts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:751 -msgid "Discounts based on payment days" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:753 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:754 msgid "" -"Cash discounts are incentives that you can offer to motivate customers to " -"pay within a specified time period. For example, you offer a 2% discount if " -"the customer pays you within the first 5 days of the invoice, when it is due" -" in 30 days. This approach can greatly improve your average customer " -"payments period." +"The origin address used for the delivery guide is set in " +":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Warehouses Management --> " +"Warehouses`. While this is set as the company address by default, you can " +"change it according to your correct warehouse address." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:758 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:763 -msgid "Create and assign the corresponding Payment Term" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:759 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:782 -msgid "Register the Payment within the days of the discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:760 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 -msgid "Create a credit note" -msgstr "建立折讓單" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:765 msgid "" -"To configure the discount for advance payment, go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Configuration --> Payment Terms` and click on" -" *Create*. Add a Percentage type with a corresponding value (for example, " -"98% of the total price for a 2% discount) and the number of days for which " -"the offer is valid (for example 5 days). You can also change the balance due" -" type if necessary (in this example 30 days)." +"Another addition to this feature is the :guilabel:`Vehicle Setups` menu " +"found in :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Mexico`. This menu lets " +"you add all the information related to the vehicle used for the delivery " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:762 +msgid "All fields are mandatory to create a correct delivery guide." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment term" +msgid "Delivery Guide Vehicle Configurations required fields." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:775 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:767 msgid "" -"Then when creating our Sales Order or Sales Invoice, assign the Payment Term" -" created previously." +"In the :guilabel:`Intermediaries` section, you need to add the operator of " +"the vehicle. The only mandatory fields for this contact are the " +":guilabel:`VAT` and :guilabel:`Operator Licence`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:773 +msgid "" +"Like with regular invoicing, all products must have a :guilabel:`UNSPSC " +"category`. In addition to this, there are two extra configurations for " +"products involved in delivery guides:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:776 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Product Type` must be set as :guilabel:`Storable Product` for" +" stock movements to be created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:778 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, the field :guilabel:`Weight` should have " +"more than 0." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "discount on invoice" +msgid "Delivery Guide Product Configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:784 +msgid "Sales and inventory flow" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:786 msgid "" -"Register the payment within the days in which the application of the " -"discount was specified, in our case it is within 5 days after the creation " -"of the Sales Invoice." +"To create a delivery guide, first, you need to create and confirm a sales " +"order. This generates a :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Press it and " +":guilabel:`Validate` the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:791 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:789 msgid "" -"Then go to the bottom of the invoice where the totals are located and there " -"you will see 2 payments created, reset to draft and cancel the payment that " -"does not correspond - the one related to the discount." +"After the status is set to :guilabel:`Done`, you can edit the transfer and " +"select the :guilabel:`Transport Type` (either :guilabel:`No Federal " +"Highways` or :guilabel:`Federal Transport`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:793 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`No Federal Highways`, you can" +" save the transfer and then press :guilabel:`Generate Delivery Guide`. The " +"resulting XML can be found in the chatter." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:797 +msgid "" +"Other than the :guilabel:`UNSPSC` in all products, delivery guides that use " +":guilabel:`No Federal Highways` do not require any special configuration to " +"be sent to the government." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:800 +msgid "" +"If your delivery guide has the type :guilabel:`Federal Transport`, the tab " +":guilabel:`MX EDI` appears. In there, write a value in :guilabel:`Distance " +"to Destination (KM)` bigger than `0`, and select the :guilabel:`Vehicle " +"Setup` used for this delivery." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "See discount payment" +msgid "Delivery Guide MX EDI tab configuration." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Mote to draft payment" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel payment" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:808 +msgid "Dangerous hazards" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:810 msgid "" -"Finally to close the cycle we must close the invoice, but as in this case we" -" apply a discount, to close it correctly we must create a credit note " -"specifying that the difference was given to the customer on a **Credit " -"Note**." +"Certain values in the :guilabel:`UNSPSC Category` are considered in the " +"`official SAT catalog " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/complemento_carta_porte.htm>`_" +" as dangerous hazards. These categories need additional considerations when " +"creating a delivery guide with :guilabel:`Federal Transport`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Discount credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reason of credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:822 -msgid "Adjust the amount to the remaining balance in the original invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Total credit note" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:828 -msgid "Add the Credit Note to the original invoice so that it is settled." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Add credit note for discount" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:835 -msgid "Cancellation of invoices" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:838 -msgid "Before 72 Hours" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:840 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:815 msgid "" -"If it is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT in " -"less than 72 hours follow the steps below." +"In the product, the fields :guilabel:`Hazardous Material Designation Code " +"(MX)` and :guilabel:`Hazardous Packaging (MX)` must be filled with the " +"correct code from the |SAT| catalog." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:843 -msgid "Request Cancellation" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:818 +msgid "" +"In the vehicle setup, the data from the :guilabel:`Environment Insurer` and " +":guilabel:`Environment Insurance Policy` has to be filed too." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel within 72 hours" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Delivery Guide environment required fields." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:824 +msgid "" +"After this, continue with the regular process to create a delivery guide." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:827 +msgid "Customs numbers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:829 +msgid "" +"A *customs declaration* (Pedimento Aduanero) is a fiscal document that " +"certifies that all contributions to the fiscal entity (the |SAT|) has been " +"paid, for the import/export of goods." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:832 +msgid "" +"According to the `Annex 20 " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/tramitesyservicios/Paginas/anexo_20.htm>`_ of CFDI" +" 4.0, in documents where the invoiced goods come from a first-hand import " +"operation, the field :guilabel:`Customs Number` needs to be added to all " +"lines of products involved with the operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:836 +msgid "" +"For this, the module :guilabel:`l10n_mx_edi_landing` has to be installed, in" +" addition to the :doc:`Inventory " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory>`, :doc:`Purchase " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase>` and :doc:`Sales " +"</applications/sales/sales>` apps configured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:842 +msgid "" +"Do not confuse this feature with external trade. The customs numbers are " +"directly related to importing goods, while the external trade complement is " +"related to exporting. Consult your accountant first if this feature is " +"needed before doing any modifications." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:849 -msgid "The status of the **Electronic invoicing** changes to *Cancelled*" +msgid "" +"In order to track the correct customs number for a specific invoice, Odoo " +"uses :doc:`landed costs " +"</applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/reporting/integrating_landed_costs>`." +" Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> " +"Valuation`. Make sure that :guilabel:`Landed Costs` is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:850 -msgid "Click on *RESET TO DRAFT*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:854 +msgid "" +"First, a *service*-type product called `Pedimento` has to be created. In the" +" :guilabel:`Purchase` tab, check :guilabel:`Is a Landed Cost` and select a " +":guilabel:`Default Split Method`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Invoice to draft" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:857 +msgid "" +"After this, we need to configure the *storable products* that holds the " +"customs numbers. We need to make sure that the product category has the " +"following configuration:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:856 -msgid "Click on *CANCEL ENTRY*" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:860 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Costing Method`: Either :guilabel:`FIFO` or :guilabel:`AVCO`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Cancel journal entry" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:861 +msgid ":guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`: :guilabel:`Automated`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:862 +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Valuation Account`: :guilabel:`115.01.01 Inventario`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:863 -msgid "After 72 Hours" +msgid ":guilabel:`Stock Journal`: :guilabel:`Inventory Valuation`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:864 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Stock Input Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:865 msgid "" -"If It is necessary to cancel an invoice validated and sent to the SAT more " -"than 72 hours, the client must be asked to accept the cancellation, for this" -" the following steps must be followed." +":guilabel:`Stock Output Account`: :guilabel:`115.05.01 Mercancías en " +"tránsito`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:868 -msgid "" -"Click on *Request EDI Cancellation* to inform the SAT that you want to " -"cancel the invoice, in this case the client has to enter the SAT webpage and" -" approve it. (The status of the **Electronic invoicing** field in Odoo " -"changes to *To Cancel*)" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 +msgid "Storable products configurations." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:871 -msgid "" -"When the client (Receiver / Customer) approves the Cancellation in their SAT" -" portal it is now possible to Change the invoice to Draft and then click on " -"*Cancel entry*." +msgid "Purchase and sales flow" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:873 msgid "" -"Odoo synchronizes with the SAT to update the status of the **Electronic " -"invoicing** with a scheduled action, Invoices canceled in the SAT will be " -"canceled in Odoo." +"Create a :guilabel:`Purchase Order`, and confirm the order. This should " +"trigger a :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button. Validate the receipt too." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel after 72 hours" +msgid "Customs Number Purchase." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:880 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:879 msgid "" -"After clicking on **Request EDI cancellation**, the status of the " -"**Electronic invoicing** field will be *To Cancel* but the status of the SAT" -" will be the same to *Valid*, it will remain active until the end customer /" -" Recipient approves the cancellation in the SAT." +"Go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Landed Costs` and create " +"a new record. Add the transfer that you just created, and both the product " +"`Pedimento` and :guilabel:`Customs number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:882 +msgid "" +"Optionally, you can add a cost amount. After this, validate the landed cost." +" Once :guilabel:`Posted`, all products related to that receipt have the " +"customs number assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:886 +msgid "" +"You can only add the Pedimentos number once, so be careful when associating " +"the correct number with the transfer(s)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check estado del PAC" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:888 -msgid "" -"Once canceled in the SAT, Odoo will synchronize the status of the SAT " -"through scheduled actions that are executed every day to synchronize the " -"statuses of the SAT, Electronic invoicing and Odoo (this scheduled action " -"can be executed manually by entering with developer mode)." +msgid "Customs number Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:892 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled in the SAT, in Odoo it is also canceled, which " -"allows you to switch the invoice to draft and finally cancel the invoice " -"(*cancel entry*)." +"Now, create a sales order and confirm it. This should trigger a " +":guilabel:`Delivery` smart button. Validate it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:895 +msgid "" +"Finally, create an invoice from the sales order and confirm it. The invoice " +"line related to your product has a customs number in it." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "PAC scheduled action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:900 -msgid "Cancel Paid Invoices" +msgid "Customs number on confirmed sales order product." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:902 +msgid "Electronic accounting" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:904 msgid "" -"If the invoice has already been paid, a credit note must be created from the" -" invoice so that the originating CFDI is recognized and later cancel the " -"original invoice." +"For Mexico, `Electronic Accounting " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/aplicacion/42150/envia-tu-contabilidad-" +"electronica>`_ refers to the obligation to keep accounting records and " +"entries through electronic means and to enter accounting information on a " +"monthly basis through the SAT's website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel paid invoice" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:909 +msgid "It consists of three main XML files:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Credit note to cancel" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:911 +msgid "" +"The updated list of the chart of accounts that you are currently using." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:914 -msgid "Cancel Invoices from the previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:912 +msgid "" +"A monthly trial balance, plus a closing entry report also known as *Trial " +"Balance Month 13*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:917 -msgid "Problem" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:913 +msgid "" +"Either optional or for a compulsory audit, an export of the journal entries " +"in your general ledger." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:916 +msgid "" +"The resulting XML files follow the requirements of the `Anexo Técnico de " +"Contabilidad Electrónica 1.3 " +"<https://www.gob.mx/cms/uploads/attachment/file/151135/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:919 msgid "" -"If the invoice is from the previous month and the period is closed, the " -"income has already been declared in Financial Reports and to the government." -" In Odoo, when canceling an invoice, the journal entry is eliminated as if " -"the income already reported had not existed, this represents a fiscal " -"problem because the income was already declared in the previous month." +"In addition to this, you can generate the `DIOT " +"<https://www.sat.gob.mx/declaracion/74295/presenta-tu-declaracion-" +"informativa-de-operaciones-con- terceros-(diot)->`_: A report of vendor's " +"journal entries that involves IVA taxes that can be exported in :file:`.txt`" +" file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:924 msgid "" -"The problem resides when the fiscal period has been closed, in the current " -"period you have to make the reverse entry and save the cancellation " -"information." +"In order to use these reports, the modules :guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports`, " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_reports_closing`, :guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas` and " +":guilabel:`l10n_mx_xml_polizas_edi` have to be installed, as well as the " +":doc:`Accounting </applications/finance/accounting/get_started>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:927 -msgid "Invoice to be canceled" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:929 +msgid "" +"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Reporting --> Mexico`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:932 +msgid "" +"The specific characteristics and obligations of the reports that you send " +"might change according to your fiscal regime. Always contact your accountant" +" before sending any documents to the government." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:933 -msgid "This is how the Balance Sheet looks like:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Previous BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:937 +msgid "Catálogo de cuentas (chart of accounts)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:939 msgid "" -"If the invoice is canceled, the journal entry and the Balance Sheet looks " -"like this after canceling:" +"The :doc:`chart of accounts " +"</applications/finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>` in México " +"follows a specific pattern based in SAT's `Código agrupador de cuentas " +"<http://omawww.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/codigo_agrupador.pdf>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "AR in BS" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:946 -msgid "Solution" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:948 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:943 msgid "" -"Close the fiscal period every month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"You can create any account as long as it respects |SAT|'s encoding group, " +"This pattern is `NNN.YY.ZZ` or `NNN.YY.ZZZ`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:947 +msgid "Some examples are `102.01.99` or `401.01.001`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:949 -msgid "Cancel invoice in SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:950 -msgid "Create a Manual Reversion entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:951 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry (Journal Entry)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:952 -msgid "Change Electronic invoicing status to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:955 msgid "" -"Close accounting period each month (Best Practice Mexican Localization)" +"When you create a new account in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " +"Configuration --> Chart of Accounts`, if you follow this pattern, you get " +"the correct grouping code in :guilabel:`Tags`, and your account appears in " +"the COA report." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:957 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:953 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed due to the blocking dates, Odoo will not " -"allow to modify or add accounting entries of a date corresponding to that " -"accounting period." +"Once you created all your accounts, and made sure that you put the correct " +":guilabel:`Tags` in them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing fiscal period" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:956 +msgid "" +"You cannot use any pattern that ends a section with a 0 (such as " +"`100.01.01`, `301.00.003` or `604.77.00`). This triggers errors in the " +"report." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:959 +msgid "" +"Once all is set up, you can go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting " +"--> Mexico --> COA` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:963 +msgid "Balanza de comprobación (trial balance)" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:965 -msgid "Cancel invoice in the SAT" +msgid "" +"The trial balance reports the initial balance, credit, and total balance of " +"your accounts, provided that you added their correct encoding group." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:967 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:968 msgid "" -"If the accounting period is closed, and the invoice was canceled in the SAT," -" the status in Odoo will be published while the **Electronic invoicing** " -"status will be *Sent* and the SAT status is *Cancelled*." +"This report can be generated monthly, and an XML file version is created if " +"you go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance` and press the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`. Select the month you " +"want to download beforehand." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Cancel in SAT" +msgid "Trial Balance Report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:976 -msgid "Create Manual Reversal Journal Entry" +msgid "Odoo does not generate the *Balanza de Comprobación Complementaria*." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:978 msgid "" -"The solution is to create the reversal journal entry manually dated in the " -"current fiscal period and reconcile the open invoice with the reversion " -"created manually." +"An additional report is the *Month 13*: a closing balance sheet that shows " +"any adjustments or movements made in the accounting to close the year." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:981 msgid "" -"It must be clearly indicated in the reference that it is a cancellation (you" -" can use a cancellation account for invoices from previous periods such as " -"**Other Income**)." +"In order to be able to generate this XML document, you have to go to " +":menuselection:`Accounting --> Accounting --> Miscellaneous --> Journal " +"Entries` and create a new document. Here, you can add all amounts that you " +"want to modify, and you can balance the debit and/or credit of each one." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Manual reversal" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:985 +msgid "" +"After this is done, press :guilabel:`Mark as Closing Entry`, and the report " +"found in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> Mexico --> Trial " +"Balance Month 13` contains the total amount of the year, plus all the " +"additions of the journal entry." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:989 -msgid "Reconcile the open invoice with the reversal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Reconcile open invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Open invoice paid" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:999 msgid "" -"In the Balance Sheet and Trial balance they are now with the correct " -"balances." +"You can generate the XML file by pressing the button :guilabel:`SAT (XML)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "New BS" +msgid "Trial Balance Month 13 Setup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Up to date BS" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:995 +msgid "Pólizas (general ledger)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balanza de comprobación" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1014 -msgid "Change status of Electronic invoicing to Cancelled with server action" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1016 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:997 msgid "" -"A server action can be created that modifies the status of the invoice to " -"*Cancelled* once it is reconciled with the reversal entry (You should check " -"this with support or with your Assigned Functional Consultant prior to " -"performing this action)." +"By law, all transactions in Mexico must be recorded digitally. Because Odoo " +"automatically creates all the underlying journal entries of your invoicing " +"and payments, you can export your journal entries to comply with SAT's " +"audits or tax refunds." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1001 +msgid "" +"This XML file is created in :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reporting --> " +"Audit Reports --> General Ledger`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1005 +msgid "" +"You can filter by period or by journal, according to your current needs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1007 +msgid "" +"After you press :guilabel:`XML (Polizas)`, a wizard appears. In here, you " +"can select between four types of :guilabel:`Export type`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1010 +msgid "" +"For :guilabel:`Tax audit` or :guilabel:`Audit certification`, you need to " +"write the :guilabel:`Order Number` provided by the |SAT| for " +":guilabel:`Return of goods` or :guilabel:`Compensation`, you need to write " +"your :guilabel:`Process Number`, also provided by the |SAT|." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Scheduled action PAC status" +msgid "Types of Polizas." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Execute server action" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1018 +msgid "" +"If you want to see this report without sending it, use `ABC6987654/99` for " +":guilabel:`Order Number` and `AB123451234512` for :guilabel:`Process " +"Number`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1022 +msgid "DIOT report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1024 +msgid "" +"The DIOT (Declaración Informativa de Operaciones con Terceros / *Informative" +" Declaration of Operations with Third Parties*) is an additional obligation " +"with the |SAT|, where we give the current status of our creditable and non-" +"creditable payments, withholdings and refunds of VAT from your vendor bills." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1029 -msgid "Electronic Accounting" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1031 -msgid "Accounting for Mexico in Odoo is composed of 3 reports:" +msgid "" +"Unlike other reports, this is uploaded to a software provided by the |SAT| " +"that contains the A-29 form. In Odoo, you can download the records of your " +"transactions in a :file:`.txt` file that you can upload to the form, " +"avoiding direct capture of this data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1033 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1047 -msgid "Electronic Chart of Accounts (Called and displayed as COA)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1034 -msgid "Electronic Trial Balance." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1035 -msgid "DIOT report." +msgid "" +"This file contains the total amount of your payments registered in vendor " +"bills, broken down into the corresponding types of IVA. The :guilabel:`VAT` " +"and :guilabel:`Country` is mandatory for all vendors." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1037 msgid "" -"1. and 2. are considered electronic accounting, and DIOT is a report only " -"available in the context of accounting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1040 -msgid "" -"You can find all of those reports in :menuselection:`Accounting --> " -"Reporting --> Mexico`" +"To get the report, go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico " +"--> Transactions with third parties [DIOT]`. Select the month that suits " +"you, and press :guilabel:`DIOT (TXT)` to download the :file:`.txt` file." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "MX reports" +msgid "DIOT Example." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1049 +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1045 msgid "" -"Electronic invoicing has never been so easy, just go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting -> Reports -> Mexico -> COA` and click the button" -" **Export for SAT (XML)**." +"You need to fill the field :guilabel:`L10N Mx Type of Operation` in the " +":guilabel:`Accounting` tab of each one of your vendors to prevent validation" +" errors. Make sure that your foreign customers have their country set up for" +" :guilabel:`L10N Mx Nationality` to appear automatically." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "COA for SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1057 -msgid "How to add new accounts ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1059 -msgid "" -"If you add an account with the NNN.YY.ZZ encoding convention where NNN.YY is" -" a SAT encoding group, your account will be set up automatically." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1062 -msgid "" -"Example to add an Account for a new Bank account go to " -":menuselection:`Accounting --> Settings --> Chart of Account` and then " -"create a new account in the «Create» button and try to create an account " -"with the number 102.01.99 once you change to establish the name you will see" -" an automatically configured label, the configured labels are the ones " -"chosen to be used in the COA in XML." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Create account" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1073 -msgid "What is the meaning of the tags?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1075 -msgid "" -"To know all the possible labels, you can read `Annex 24 " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/buzon_tributario/Documents/Anexo24_05012015.pdf>`_" -" on the SAT website in the section called **Código agrupador de cuentas del " -"SAT**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1080 -msgid "" -"When you install the l10n_mx module and your chart of accounts depends on it" -" (this happens automatically when you install the configuration of Mexico as" -" a country in your database), it will have the most common labels by " -"default. If the tag you need is not created, you can create it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1086 -msgid "Trial Balance" -msgstr "試算表" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1088 -msgid "" -"Exactly like the COA but with the credit and debit of the initial balance, " -"once you have correctly configured your COA, you can go to " -":menuselection:`Reports --> Trial Balance` this is automatically generated " -"and can be exported to XML using the button on the top **Export for SAT " -"(XML)** with the previous selection of the period you want to export." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Electronic verification balance" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1097 -msgid "" -"All normal analysis and listed functions are available here as well as any " -"normal Odoo Report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1100 -msgid "DIOT Report (Requires Accounting App)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1103 -msgid "What is DIOT and the importance of presenting it SAT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1105 -msgid "" -"When it comes to procedures with the SAT Administration Service, we know " -"that we should not neglect what we present." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1108 -msgid "" -"The DIOT is the Informative Declaration of Operations with Third Parties " -"(DIOT), which is an additional obligation with VAT, where we must give the " -"status of our operations to third parties, or what is considered the same, " -"with our suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1112 -msgid "" -"This applies to both individuals and Personas Morales, so if we have VAT to " -"present to the SAT and also deal with suppliers it is necessary to send the " -"DIOT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1116 -msgid "When to file the DIOT and in what format ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1118 -msgid "" -"It is easy to present the DIOT, since, like all formats, you can obtain it " -"on the SAT page, it is the electronic form A-29 that you can find on the SAT" -" website." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1121 -msgid "" -"Every month if you have operations with third parties, it is necessary to " -"present the DIOT, as we do with VAT, so if in January we have deals with " -"suppliers, by February we must present the information relevant to said " -"data." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1126 -msgid "Where is DIOT presented?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1128 -msgid "" -"You can present DIOT in different ways, it is up to you which one you will " -"choose and which one will be more comfortable for you since you will present" -" it every month or every time you have dealings with suppliers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1132 -msgid "" -"The A-29 form is electronic so you can present it on the SAT page, but this " -"after having made up to 500 registrations." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1135 -msgid "" -"Once these 500 records have been entered in the SAT, you must submit them to" -" the Local Taxpayer Services Administration (ALSC) with correspondence to " -"your tax address, these records can be submitted on a digital storage medium" -" such as a CD or USB, which a Once validated, they will return you, so do " -"not doubt that you will still have these discs and of course, your CD or " -"USB." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1141 -msgid "One more thing to know: batch loading?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1143 -msgid "" -"When reviewing the official SAT documents in DIOT, you will find the Batch " -"load, and of course the first thing we think is what is that ?, and " -"according to the SAT site it is:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1146 -msgid "" -"The \"batch load\" is the conversion of databases from records of " -"transactions with suppliers made by taxpayers in text files (.txt). These " -"files have the necessary structure for their application and import into the" -" Informative Declaration of Operations with third parties system, avoiding " -"direct capture and consequently, optimizing the time invested in their " -"integration for the presentation in time and form to the SAT." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1152 -msgid "" -"You can use it to present the DIOT, since it is allowed, which will " -"facilitate this operation, so that it does not exist to avoid being in line " -"with the SAT in regards to the Informative Declaration of Operations with " -"Third Parties." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1157 -msgid "" -"`official information " -"<http://www.sat.gob.mx/fichas_tematicas/declaraciones_informativas/Paginas/declaracion_informativa_terceros.aspx>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1161 -msgid "How to generate this report in Odoo?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1163 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Accounting --> Reports --> Mexico --> Transactions " -"with third partied (DIOT)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT report" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1170 -msgid "" -"A report view is displayed, select the last month to report the immediately " -"preceding month or leave the current month if it suits you." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "DIOT filter" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1177 -msgid "Click on *Export (XLSX)* or *Print (TXT)*" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Print DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1183 -msgid "" -"Save the downloaded file in a safe place, go to the SAT website and follow " -"the necessary steps to declare it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1187 -msgid "Important considerations about your supplier and invoice data for DIOT" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1189 -msgid "" -"All suppliers must have the fields configured in the accounting tab called " -"\"DIOT Information\", the L10N MX Nationality field is completed by simply " -"selecting the appropriate country in the address, not You need to do nothing" -" else there, but the l10n MX type of operation must be configured in all " -"your providers." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1198 -msgid "" -"There are 3 VAT options for this report, 16%, 0% and exempt, one invoice " -"line in Odoo is considered exempt if there is no tax on it, the other 2 " -"taxes are already configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1200 -msgid "" -"Remember that to pay an invoice that represents a prepayment, you must first" -" request the invoice and then pay it and properly reconcile the payment " -"following the standard Odoo procedure." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1202 -msgid "" -"You do not need to fill in all your partner data to try to generate the " -"supplier invoice, you can correct this information when you generate the " -"report." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1204 -msgid "" -"Remember that this report only shows vendor invoices that were actually " -"paid." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1206 -msgid "" -"If some of these considerations are not taken into account, a message like " -"this will appear when you generate the DIOT in TXT with all the partners you" -" need to verify this particular report, this is the reason why we recommend " -"to use this report not only for exporting your legal information. " -"obligation, but generate it before the end of the month and use it as your " -"auditory process to see that all your partners are configured correctly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "DIOT Error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1217 -msgid "Closing Fiscal Period in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1219 -msgid "" -"Before proceeding to the close of the fiscal year, there are some steps that" -" you should normally take to ensure that your accounting is correct, updated" -" and accurate:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1222 -msgid "" -"Make sure that you have fully reconciled your bank account (s) through the " -"end of the year and confirm that the closing book balances match the " -"balances on your bank statements." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1224 -msgid "Verify that all customer invoices have been entered and approved." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1225 -msgid "Confirm that you have entered and approved all vendor bills." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1226 -msgid "Validate all expenses, ensuring their accuracy." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1227 -msgid "" -"Check that all payments received have been entered and recorded exactly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1232 -msgid "Run a **Tax Report**, and verify that your tax information is correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1233 -msgid "Reconcile all accounts on your **Balance Sheet**" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1235 -msgid "" -"Compare your bank balances in Odoo against the current bank balances on your" -" statements. Use the report **Bank Reconciliation** to help you with this." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1237 -msgid "" -"Reconcile all cash and bank account transactions by running your **Old " -"Accounts Receivable** and **Old Accounts Payable** reports" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1239 -msgid "" -"Audit your accounts, making sure you fully understand the transactions that " -"affect them and the nature of the transactions, making sure to include loans" -" and fixed assets." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1242 -msgid "" -"Run the optional function **Payments Matching**, under the *More* drop-down " -"on the Journal options from the Accounting dashboard, validating any Vendor " -"Bill and Customer Invoices with its payments. This step is optional, however" -" it can assist the year-end process if all pending payments and invoices are" -" reconciled, and it can lead to finding errors or mistakes in the system." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1247 -msgid "" -"Your accountant will probably like to check your items in the balance sheet " -"and do some Journal Entries for:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1250 -msgid "" -"Manual year-end adjustments, using the **Journal Audit** report (For " -"example, the **Current Earnings for the Year** and **Retained Earnings " -"reports**)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1252 -msgid "**Work in Progress**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1253 -msgid "**Depreciation Journals**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1254 -msgid "**Loans**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1255 -msgid "**Tax Adjustments**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1257 -msgid "" -"If your accountant is on the year-end audit, they will want to have copies " -"of the balance sheet items (such as loans, bank accounts, prepayments, sales" -" tax reports, etc ...) to compare against. your balances in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1261 -msgid "" -"During this process, it is a good practice setting the **Closing Date for " -"Non-Advisers** to the last day of the preceding financial year, which is set" -" under the accounting settings. In this way, the accountant can trust that " -"no one else is changing the previous year's transactions while auditing the " -"books." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Fiscal year" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1271 -msgid "Accounting Closing Process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1273 -msgid "" -"In Odoo there is no need to make a specific year-end entry to close the " -"reporting income accounts . The result of the exercise is automatically " -"calculated in the account type (Current Year Earnings) and the difference " -"between Income - Expenses will be accumulated to calculate it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1277 -msgid "" -"The reports are created in real-time, which means that the **Income Report**" -" corresponds directly to the closing date of the year that you specify in " -"Odoo. In addition, at any time that you generate the **Income Report**, the " -"start date will correspond to the start date of the **Fiscal Year** and the " -"account balances will all be 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1282 -msgid "" -"As of December 31, the Balance Sheet shows the earnings of the Current Year " -"that do not have been recognized (Account type Total Current Year " -"Unallocated Earnings in MX account 305.01.01 ['current year earnings' type])" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Balance sheet closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1290 -msgid "" -"The accountant should create a Journal Entry to recognize the result of the " -"year in Accumulated Earnings from previous years on the account \"previous " -"years results\" account (304.01.01 in Mexico) - that is an equity account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1294 -msgid "" -"After posting the Journal Entry, click on *Mark as Closing Entry for the " -"Fiscal Year*. This step is important because it is linked to the Trial " -"Balance report. If this Journal Entry is not marked as a Closing Entry, the " -"Trial Balance won't be correct." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1298 -msgid "The simplified accounting entry would look like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Closing journal entry" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1304 -msgid "" -"Once the accountant has created the journal entry to locate the **Current " -"Earnings for the Year**, they must set the **Closing Date** to the last day " -"of the fiscal year. Making sure that before doing this, whether or not the " -"current gain of the year in the **Balance Sheet** is properly reporting a " -"balance 0." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Check BS closing" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1314 -msgid "Extra Recommended features" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1317 -msgid "Contacts App (Free)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1319 -msgid "" -"If you want to properly manage your customers, suppliers and addresses, this" -" module, even if it is not a technical need, it is highly recommended to " -"install it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1323 -msgid "Multi-currency (Requires Accounting application)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1325 -msgid "" -"In Mexico, almost all companies send and receive payments in different " -"currencies. If you want to do this you can enable the use of multi-currency." -" You should also enable synchronization with the **Mexican Bank Service**, " -"as this would allow you to automatically have the exchange rate from the SAT" -" without having to manually create this information every day in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1330 -msgid "Go to settings and enable the multi-currency feature." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Multi currency configuration" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1337 -msgid "" -"Enabling Explicit errors on the CFDI using the XSD local validator (CFDI " -"3.3)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1339 -msgid "" -"Frequently you want receive explicit errors from the fields incorrectly set " -"on the xml, those errors are better informed to the user if the check is " -"enable, to enable the Check with xsd feature follow the next steps (with the" -" :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` enabled)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1344 -msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Actions --> Server Actions`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1345 -msgid "Look for the Action called \"Download XSD files to CFDI\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1346 -msgid "Click on button \"Create Contextual Action\"" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1347 -msgid "" -"Go to the company form :menuselection:`Settings --> Users&Companies --> " -"Companies`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1348 -msgid "Open any company you have." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1349 -msgid "Click on \"Action\" and then on \"Download XSD file to CFDI\"." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Download XSD files to CFDI from the Companies list view on Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1355 -msgid "" -"Now you can make an invoice with any error (for example a product without " -"code which is pretty common) and an explicit error will be shown instead a " -"generic one with no explanation." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1360 -msgid "If you see an error like this:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``The cfdi generated is not valid``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``attribute decl. 'TipoRelacion', attribute 'type': The QName value " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_TipoRelacion' does " -"not resolve to a(n) simple type definition., line 36``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1367 -msgid "" -"This can be caused by a database backup restored in another server, or when " -"the XSD files are not correctly downloaded. Follow the same steps as above " -"but:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1371 -msgid "Go to the company in which the error occurs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1372 -msgid "Click on *Action* and then on *Download XSD file to CFDI*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1375 -msgid "Common problems and errors" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1377 -msgid "**Error messages** (Only applicable on CFDI 3.3):" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1379 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_MINLENGTH_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'minLength'] The value '' has a length of '0'; this underruns the " -"allowed minimum length of '1'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1384 -msgid "" -"``9:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_PATTERN_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Concepto', attribute 'NoIdentificacion': " -"[facet 'pattern'] The value '' is not accepted by the pattern " -"'[^|]{1,100}'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1388 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Reference\" field in the " -"product, please go to the product form and set your internal reference " -"properly." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1392 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1433 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1464 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1485 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1493 -msgid "**Error messages**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1394 -msgid "" -"``6:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}RegimenFiscal': The attribute 'Regimen' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1397 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'RegimenFiscal' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1400 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You forgot to set the proper \"Fiscal Position\" on the " -"partner of the company. Go to customers, remove the customer filter and look" -" for the partner called as your company and set the proper fiscal position " -"which is the kind of business your company does related to SAT list of " -"possible values, another option can be that you forgot to follow the " -"considerations about fiscal positions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1407 -msgid "" -"You need to go to Fiscal Position settings and set the proper code (it is " -"the first 3 numbers of the name), for example, for the test, you need to set" -" 601, it will look like the picture." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Fiscal position error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1415 -msgid "" -"For testing purposes this value must be set to ``601 - General de Ley " -"Personas Morales`` which is the one required for the VAT demo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1418 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1450 -msgid "**Error message**:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1420 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'FormaPago': [facet " -"'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'01', '02', '03', " -"'04', '05', '06', '08', '12', '13', '14', '15', '17', '23', '24', '25', " -"'26', '27', '28', '29', '30', '99'}``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1426 -msgid "**Solution**: The payment method is required on your invoice." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "Payment method error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1435 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_ENUMERATION_VALID: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': " -"[facet 'enumeration'] The value '' is not an element of the set {'00``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1438 -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1452 -msgid "" -"``2:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_DATATYPE_VALID_1_2_1: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Comprobante', attribute 'LugarExpedicion': '' " -"is not a valid value of the atomic type " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/sitio_internet/cfd/catalogos}c_CodigoPostal'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1441 -msgid "" -"``5:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Emisor': The attribute 'Rfc' is required but " -"missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1444 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: You must configure your company address correctly, this is a " -"mandatory group of fields, you can go to your company configuration in " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Users & Companies --> Companies` and fill " -"complete all the mandatory fields for your address by following the steps in" -" this section: :ref:`mx-legal-info`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1457 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The postal code of your company address is not valid for " -"Mexico, please correct it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst-1 -msgid "ZIP code error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1466 -msgid "" -"``18:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1469 -msgid "" -"``34:0:ERROR:SCHEMASV:SCHEMAV_CVC_COMPLEX_TYPE_4: Element " -"'{http://www.sat.gob.mx/cfd/3}Traslado': The attribute 'TipoFactor' is " -"required but missing.\", '')``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1473 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: Set the Mexican name for the 0% and 16% tax in your system and" -" use it on the invoice. Your tax, which represents 16% VAT and 0%, must have" -" the **Factor Type** field set to *Tasa*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Factor type error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "Rate error" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE159``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The XXXX attribute must be registered if the key of cce11: " -"ComercioExterior: TipoOperacion registered is '1' or '2'.``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1491 -msgid "**Solution**: It is necessary to specify the Incoterm." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "``CCE209``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:0 -msgid "" -"``The attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Goods: Customs Unit must have " -"the value specified in the catalog catCFDI: c_FraccionArancelaria column " -"'UMT' when the attribute cce11: Foreign Trade: Goods: Me``" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1500 -msgid "" -"**Solution**: The Tariff Fraction must have the code of the unit of measure " -"01, corresponding to Kilograms." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1506 -msgid "" -":abbr:`CFDI (Comprobante Fiscal Digital por Internet)`: Online Digital Tax " -"Receipt" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1507 -msgid ":abbr:`CSD (Certificado de Sello Digital)`: Digital Seal Certificate" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1508 -msgid "" -":abbr:`PAC (Proveedores Autorizados de Certificación)`: Authorized " -"Certification Provider" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1509 -msgid "Stamp: Digital signature of the electronic invoice" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1510 -msgid "" -"Addenda: Complement of information that can be attached to an Internet " -"Digital Tax Receipt (CFDI) normally required by certain companies in Mexico " -"such as Walmart, Tiendas Sorianas, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1512 -msgid "" -":abbr:`UUID (Universally Unique Identifier)`: It is the acronym in English " -"of the Universally Unique Identifier. The UUID is the equivalent of Folio " -"Fiscal, it is composed of 32 hexadecimal digits, shown in 5 groups separated" -" by hyphens." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/mexico.rst:1515 -msgid "" -"LCO: List of Obliged Taxpayers (LCO) is a list issued by the SAT that " -"accounts for all the taxpayers whom it authorizes the issuance of invoices " -"and payroll receipts. This means that, to be able to electronically bill " -"your clients, you must be in this database." +msgid "DIOT Example contact." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/netherlands.rst:3 @@ -28639,7 +28427,9 @@ msgid "`App Tour - Localización de Peru <https://youtu.be/Ic3mGovkf8Y>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:26 -msgid "`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/r/xUtO>`_" +msgid "" +"`Smart Tutorial - Localización de Peru <https://www.odoo.com/slides/smart-" +"tutorial-localizacion-de-peru-133>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/peru.rst:32 @@ -29740,6 +29530,10 @@ msgid "" "declaration (including inventory) are not yet supported." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:45 +msgid "Company" +msgstr "公司" + #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/romania.rst:47 msgid "" "Under :guilabel:`Settings --> General Settings`, in the **Companies** " @@ -30112,10 +29906,6 @@ msgid "" "(Pre-Production)` :guilabel:`API mode` and click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:88 -msgid "Sales journals" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/finance/fiscal_localizations/saudi_arabia.rst:90 msgid "" "Each sales journal on Odoo needs to be configured. To do so, go to " @@ -34181,7 +33971,7 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:28 msgid "European Union" -msgstr "" +msgstr "歐洲聯盟（歐盟）" #: ../../content/applications/finance/sign.rst:30 msgid "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po index fb3bba232..9fbd01a0f 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/general.po @@ -4,19 +4,20 @@ # FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. # # Translators: -# Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-01-02 09:03+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" -"Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://www.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" +"Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" "Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" @@ -44,7 +45,7 @@ msgid "" "click on *Filters* and select *Extra*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst-1 msgid "Add \"Extra\" filter in Odoo Apps" msgstr "" @@ -120,40 +121,41 @@ msgid "" "must **upgrade** your app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:51 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to upgrade, then on *Upgrade*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:57 msgid "Uninstall apps and modules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:59 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Apps`, click on the *dropdown menu* of the app you " "want to uninstall, then on *Uninstall*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:65 msgid "" "Some apps have dependencies, meaning that one app requires another. " "Therefore, uninstalling one app may uninstall multiple apps and modules. " -"Odoo warns you which dependant apps and modules are affected by it." +"Odoo warns you which dependent apps and modules are affected by it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:72 msgid "To complete the uninstallation, click on *Confirm*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/general/apps_modules.rst:75 msgid "" "Uninstalling an app also uninstalls all its dependencies and permanently " "erases their data." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:79 msgid "Authentication" msgstr "身份驗證" @@ -312,13 +314,306 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:3 -msgid "OAuth" +msgid "Microsoft Azure sign-in authentication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:5 msgid "" -"Due to specific requirements in Azure's OAuth implementation, Microsoft " -"Azure OAuth identification is NOT compatible with Odoo at the moment." +"The Microsoft Azure OAuth sign-in authentication is a useful function that " +"allows Odoo users to sign in to their database with their Microsoft Azure " +"account." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:8 +msgid "" +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Azure Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Microsoft Accounts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use OAuth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If OAuth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed, or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:19 +msgid ":doc:`../../productivity/calendar/outlook`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:67 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/azure_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:17 +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "配置" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:25 +msgid "" +"Integrating the Microsoft sign-in function requires configuration on " +"Microsoft and Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:28 +msgid "Odoo System Parameter" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:30 +msgid "" +"First activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and then go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> System Parameters`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:33 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Create` and on the new/blank form that appears, add the " +"following system parameter `auth_oauth.authorization_header` to the " +":guilabel:`Key` field, and set the :guilabel:`Value` to `1`. Then click " +":guilabel:`Save` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:38 +msgid "Microsoft Azure dashboard" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:41 +msgid "Create a new application" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Now that the system parameters in Odoo have been set up, it's time to create" +" a corresponding application inside of Microsoft Azure. To get started " +"creating the new application, go to `Microsoft's Azure Portal " +"<https://portal.azure.com/>`_. Log in with the :guilabel:`Microsoft Outlook " +"Office 365` account if there is one, otherwise, log in with a personal " +":guilabel:`Microsoft account`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A user with administrative access to the *Azure Settings* must connect and " +"perform the following configuration steps below." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Next, navigate to the section labeled :guilabel:`Manage Azure Active " +"Directory`. The location of this link is usually in the center of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Now, click on the :guilabel:`Add (+)` icon, located in the top menu, and " +"then select :guilabel:`App registration` from the drop-down menu. On the " +":guilabel:`Register an application` screen, rename the :guilabel:`Name` " +"field to `Odoo Login OAuth` or a similarly recognizable title. Under the " +":guilabel:`Supported account types` section select the option for " +":guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational directory only (Default Directory" +" only - Single tenant)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:63 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Supported account types` can vary by Microsoft account type " +"and end use of the OAuth. For example: Is the login meant for internal users" +" within one organization or is it meant for customer portal access? The " +"above configuration is used for internal users in an organization." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Choose :guilabel:`Personal Microsoft accounts only` if the target audience " +"is meant for portal users. Choose :guilabel:`Accounts in this organizational" +" directory only (Default Directory only - Single tenant)` if the target " +"audience is company users." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:72 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Redirect URL` section, select :guilabel:`Web` as the " +"platform, and then input `https://<odoo base url>/auth_oauth/signin` in the " +":guilabel:`URL` field. The Odoo base :abbr:`URL (Uniform Resource Locator)` " +"is the canonical domain at which your Odoo instance can be reached (e.g. " +"*mydatabase.odoo.com* if you are hosted on Odoo.com) in the :guilabel:`URL` " +"field. Then, click :guilabel:`Register`, and the application is created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:81 +msgid "" +"Edit the new app's authentication by clicking on the " +":guilabel:`Authentication` menu item in the left menu after being redirected" +" to the application's settings from the previous step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:84 +msgid "" +"Next, the type of *tokens* needed for the OAuth authentication will be " +"chosen. These are not currency tokens but rather authentication tokens that " +"are passed between Microsoft and Odoo. Therefore, there is no cost for these" +" tokens; they are used merely for authentication purposes between two " +":abbr:`APIs (application programming interfaces)`. Select the tokens that " +"should be issued by the authorization endpoint by scrolling down the screen " +"and check the boxes labeled: :guilabel:`Access tokens (used for implicit " +"flows)` and :guilabel:`ID tokens (used for implicit and hybrid flows)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Authentication settings and endpoint tokens." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:96 +msgid "Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure these settings are saved." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:99 +msgid "Gather credentials" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:101 +msgid "" +"With the application created and authenticated in the Microsoft Azure " +"console, credentials will be gathered next. To do so, click on the " +":guilabel:`Overview` menu item in the left-hand column. Select and copy the " +":guilabel:`Application (client) ID` in the window that appears. Paste this " +"credential to a clipboard / notepad, as this credential will be used in the " +"Odoo configuration later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:106 +msgid "" +"After finishing this step, click on :guilabel:`Endpoints` on the top menu " +"and click the *copy icon* next to :guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization " +"endpoint (v2)` field. Paste this value in the clipboard / notepad." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Application ID and OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2) credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:115 +msgid "Odoo setup" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:117 +msgid "" +"Finally, the last step in the Microsoft Azure OAuth configuration is to " +"configure some settings in Odoo. Navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"Integrations --> OAuth Authentication` and check the box to activate the " +"OAuth login feature. Click :guilabel:`Save` to ensure the progress is saved." +" Then, sign in to the database once the login screen loads." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:122 +msgid "" +"Once again, navigate to :menuselection:`Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication` and click on :guilabel:`OAuth Providers`. Now, select " +":guilabel:`New` in the upper-left corner and name the provider `Azure`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:126 +msgid "" +"Paste the :guilabel:`Application (client) ID` from the previous section into" +" the :guilabel:`Client ID` field. After completing this, paste the new " +":guilabel:`OAuth 2.0 authorization endpoint (v2)` value into the " +":guilabel:`Authorization URL` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:130 +msgid "" +"For the :guilabel:`UserInfo URL` field, paste the following :abbr:`URL " +"(Uniform Resource Locator)`: `https://graph.microsoft.com/oidc/userinfo`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:133 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Scope` field, paste the following value: `openid profile " +"email`. Next, the Windows logo can be used as the CSS class on the login " +"screen by entering the following value: `fa fa-fw fa-windows`, in the " +":guilabel:`CSS class` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:137 +msgid "" +"Check the box next to the :guilabel:`Allowed` field to enable the OAuth " +"provider. Finally, add `Microsoft Azure` to the :guilabel:`Login button " +"label` field. This text will appear next to the Windows logo on the login " +"page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Odoo provider setup in the Settings application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:145 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Save` the changes to complete the OAuth authentication setup in " +"Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:148 +msgid "User experience flows" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:150 +msgid "" +"For a user to log in to Odoo using Microsoft Azure, the user must be on the " +":menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. This is the only way that Odoo is" +" able to link the Microsoft Azure account and allow the user to log in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:155 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page`. New Odoo users must " +"click the new user invitation link that was sent via email, then click on " +":guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. Users should not set a new password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:160 +msgid "" +"To sign in to Odoo for the first time using the Microsoft Azure OAuth " +"provider, navigate to the :menuselection:`Odoo password reset page` (using " +"the new user invitation link). A password reset page should appear. Then, " +"click on the option labeled :guilabel:`Microsoft Azure`. The page will " +"redirect to the Microsoft login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Microsoft Outlook login page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:169 +msgid "" +"Enter the :guilabel:`Microsoft Email Address` and click :guilabel:`Next`. " +"Follow the process to sign in to the account. Should :abbr:`2FA (Two Factor " +"Authentication)` be turned on, then an extra step may be required." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "Enter Microsoft login credentials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst:177 +msgid "" +"Finally, after logging in to the account, the page will redirect to a " +"permissions page where the user will be prompted to :guilabel:`Accept` the " +"conditions that the Odoo application will access their Microsoft " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/azure.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Accept Microsoft conditions for permission access to your account " +"information." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:3 @@ -327,190 +622,249 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:5 msgid "" -"The **Google Sign-In Authentication** is a useful function that allows your " -"users to sign in to Odoo with their Google account." +"The *Google Sign-In Authentication* is a useful function that allows Odoo " +"users to sign in to their database with their Google account." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:8 msgid "" -"This is particularly helpful if your organization uses Google Workforce and " -"you want the employees within your organization to connect to Odoo with " -"their Google Accounts." +"This is particularly helpful if the organization uses Google Workspace, and " +"wants employees within the organization to connect to Odoo using their " +"Google Accounts." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:13 -msgid "Configuration" -msgstr "配置" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:12 +msgid "" +"Databases hosted on Odoo.com should not use Oauth login for the owner or " +"administrator of the database as it would unlink the database from their " +"Odoo.com account. If Oauth is set up for that user, the database will no " +"longer be able to be duplicated, renamed or otherwise managed from the " +"Odoo.com portal." +msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:18 +msgid ":doc:`/applications/productivity/calendar/google`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 +msgid ":doc:`/administration/maintain/google_oauth`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:26 msgid "" "The integration of the Google sign-in function requires configuration both " -"on Google and on Odoo." +"on Google *and* Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:31 msgid "Google API Dashboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:33 msgid "" "Go to the `Google API Dashboard <https://console.developers.google.com/>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:34 msgid "" -"Make sure the right project is opened. If you don't have a project yet, " -"click on *Create Project*, fill out the project name and other details of " -"your company, and click on *Create*." +"Make sure the right project is opened. If there isn't a project yet, click " +"on :guilabel:`Create Project`, fill out the project name and other details " +"of the company, and click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the details of a new project" +msgid "Filling out the details of a new project." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:32 -msgid "Choose the name of your own company from the drop-down menu." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:43 +msgid "Choose the name of the company from the drop-down menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:48 msgid "OAuth consent screen" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:50 msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`OAuth consent screen`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Google oauth consent selection menu" +msgid "Google OAuth consent selection menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:56 msgid "" -"Choose one of the options **(Internal / External)** as instructed, and click" -" on *Create*." +"Choose one of the options (:guilabel:`Internal` / :guilabel:`External`), and" +" click on :guilabel:`Create`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Choice of a user type in oauth consent" +msgid "Choice of a user type in OAuth consent." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:64 msgid "" -"Fill out your details and domain info, then click on *Save and Continue*." +"*Personal* Gmail Accounts are only allowed to be **External** User Type, " +"which means Google may require an approval, or for *Scopes* to be added on. " +"However, using a *Google WorkSpace* account allows for **Internal** User " +"Type to be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:68 msgid "" -"On the **Scopes** page, leave all fields as is, and click on *Save and " -"Continue*." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:57 -msgid "Credentials" -msgstr "授權認證" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:59 -msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Credentials button menu" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:65 -msgid "Click on *Create Credentials* and select **OAuth client ID**." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Oauth client id selection" +"Note, as well, that while the API connection is in the *External* testing " +"mode, then no approval is necessary from Google. User limits in this testing" +" mode is set to 100 users." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:71 msgid "" -"Select **Web Application** as the Application type. Now configure the " -"allowed pages on which you will be redirected." +"Fill out the required details and domain info, then click on :guilabel:`Save" +" and Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:72 +msgid "" +"On the :menuselection:`Scopes` page, leave all fields as is, and click on " +":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:74 msgid "" -"In order to achieve this, in the **Authorized redirect URIs** field, enter " -"your database's domain immediately followed by ``/auth_oauth/signin``. For " -"example: ``https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin``, then click on " -"*Create*." +"Next, if continuing in testing mode (*External*), add the email addresses " +"being configured under the :guilabel:`Test users` step by clicking on " +":guilabel:`Add Users`, and then the :guilabel:`Save and Continue` button. A " +"summary of the app registration appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Finally, scroll to the bottom, and click on :guilabel:`Back to Dashboard`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:82 +msgid "Credentials" +msgstr "授權認證" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:84 +msgid "On the left side menu, click on :menuselection:`Credentials`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Creating oauth client id" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:85 -msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgid "Credentials button menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:90 -msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:92 msgid "" -"Once you have done the previous steps, two keys are generated on the Google " -"API Dashboard: *Client ID* and *Client Secret*. Copy the *Client ID*." +"Click on :guilabel:`Create Credentials`, and select :guilabel:`OAuth client " +"ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rstNone -msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "OAuth client id selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:102 -msgid "Odoo activation" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:96 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " -"**OAuth Authentication**." +"Select :guilabel:`Web Application` as the :guilabel:`Application Type`. Now," +" configure the allowed pages on which Odoo will be redirected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:108 -msgid "You may have to log in again after this step." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:99 +msgid "" +"In order to achieve this, in the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` field," +" enter the database's domain immediately followed by `/auth_oauth/signin`. " +"For example: `https://mydomain.odoo.com/auth_oauth/signin`, then click on " +":guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:103 +msgid "" +"Now that the *OAuth client* has been created, a screen will appear with the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` for later, as it will be necessary for the " +"configuration in Odoo, which will be covered in the following steps." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:110 +msgid "Google Authentication on Odoo" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:115 +msgid "Retrieve the Client ID" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:117 msgid "" -"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations`, activate " -"**Google Authentication**, then fill out the *Client ID* with the key from " -"the Google API Dashboard, and *Save*." +"Once the previous steps are complete, two keys are generated on the Google " +"API Dashboard: :guilabel:`Client ID` and :guilabel:`Client Secret`. Copy the" +" :guilabel:`Client ID`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst-1 +msgid "Google OAuth Client ID generated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:121 -msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:127 +msgid "Odoo activation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:129 msgid "" -"To link your Google account to your Odoo profile, click on *Log in with " -"Google* when you are asked to choose a new password." +"Go to :menuselection:`Odoo General Settings --> Integrations` and activate " +":guilabel:`OAuth Authentication`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 -msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:130 -msgid "" -"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " -"access the *reset password* page, while new users can directly click on *Log" -" in with Google* instead of choosing a new password." +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:133 +msgid "Odoo may prompt the user to log-in again after this step." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:135 msgid "" +"Go back to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> OAuth " +"Authentication`, activate the selection and :guilabel:`Save`. Next, return " +"to :menuselection:`General Settings --> Integrations --> Google " +"Authentication` and activate the selection. Then fill out the " +":guilabel:`Client ID` with the key from the Google API Dashboard, and " +":guilabel:`Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Filling out the client id in Odoo settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:145 +msgid "" +"Google OAuth2 configuration can also be accessed by clicking on " +":guilabel:`OAuth Providers` under the :guilabel:`OAuth Authentication` " +"heading in :menuselection:`Integrations`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:151 +msgid "Log in to Odoo with Google" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:153 +msgid "" +"To link the Google account to the Odoo profile, click on :guilabel:`Log in " +"with Google` when first logging into Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:0 +msgid "Reset password screen with \"Log in with Google\" button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:161 +msgid "" +"Existing users must :ref:`reset their password <users/reset-password>` to " +"access the :menuselection:`Reset Password` page, while new users can " +"directly click on :guilabel:`Log in with Google`, instead of choosing a new " +"password." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/auth/google.rst:166 +msgid "" "`Google Cloud Platform Console Help - Setting up OAuth 2.0 " "<https://support.google.com/cloud/answer/6158849>`_" msgstr "" @@ -569,489 +923,6 @@ msgid "" "left blanked, the admin profile will be used as template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars.rst:5 -msgid "Calendars" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronize Google Calendar with Odoo to see and manage meetings from both " -"platforms (updates go in both directions). This integration helps organize " -"your schedule so you never miss a meeting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:9 -msgid "Setup in Google" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:12 -msgid "Enable Google Calendar API" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:14 -msgid "" -"Begin by creating a new Google API project and enabling the Google Calendar " -"API. Then, go to the `Google API Console " -"<https://console.developers.google.com>`_ and log into your Google account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:18 -msgid "" -"If this is your first time visiting this page, Google will prompt you to " -"enter a country and agree to the Terms of Service. Select a country from the" -" drop-down list and agree to the :abbr:`ToS (Terms of Service)`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:22 -msgid "" -"Next, click :guilabel:`Select a project` and select or create an API project" -" to store credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Create a new API project to store credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Give the API Project a clear name like \"Odoo Sync\" so you can easily find " -"it." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Then, open the API Project and click :guilabel:`Enable APIs and Services`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Enable APIs and Services on the API Project." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:37 -msgid "" -"After that, search for *Google Calendar API* using the search bar and select" -" :guilabel:`Google Calendar API` from the search results. Click " -":guilabel:`Enable`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Enable the Google Calendar API." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:45 -msgid "Create credentials" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Now that you have created your API project and enabled the Google Calendar " -"API, you need to create credentials. Begin by clicking :guilabel:`Create " -"Credentials`. Google will then guide you through four steps to create your " -"API credentials." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:51 -msgid "" -"In the first step, :guilabel:`Credential Type`, select the :guilabel:`Google" -" Calendar API` and :guilabel:`User Data` options. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Next`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Select Google Calendar API and User Data for the Credential Type." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:58 -msgid "" -"In the second step, :guilabel:`OAuth Consent Screen`, type *Odoo* in the " -":guilabel:`App name` field, select your email address for the " -":guilabel:`User support email` field, and type your email address for the " -":guilabel:`Developer contact information` section. Then, click " -":guilabel:`Save and Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:63 -msgid "" -"Skip the third step, :guilabel:`Scopes`, by clicking :guilabel:`Save and " -"Continue`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:65 -msgid "" -"In the last step, :guilabel:`OAuth Client ID`, select :guilabel:`Website " -"application` for the :guilabel:`Application Type` field and type *My Odoo " -"Database* for the :guilabel:`Name`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:68 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized JavaScript Origins` section, click " -":guilabel:`+ Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:71 -msgid "" -"Under the :guilabel:`Authorized redirect URIs` section, click :guilabel:`+ " -"Add URI` and type your company's Odoo URL address followed by " -"*/google_account/authentication*. Finally, click :guilabel:`Create` and " -":guilabel:`Done`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "" -"Add the authorized JavaScript origins and the authorized redirect URIs." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:79 -msgid "" -"After successfully creating a new API project, enabling the Google Calendar " -"API, and generating the Google Calendar API credentials, you should now have" -" a Client ID and Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:83 -msgid "Client ID & Client Secret" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:85 -msgid "" -"The **Client ID** and the **Client Secret** are both needed to connect " -"Google Calendar to Odoo. Find the Client ID and the Client Secret by opening" -" the Google Cloud Platform navigation menu and going to :menuselection:`API " -"& Services --> Credentials --> OAuth 2.0 Client IDs`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:89 -msgid "" -"Next, locate the credentials you just created for the Google Calendar API. " -"Then, click on :guilabel:`Edit OAuth Client` (the pencil icon). The page " -"will redirect to the edit page, where you can view the Client ID and the " -"Client Secret." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Click Edit OAuth Client to view the credential details." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:98 -msgid "Setup in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:100 -msgid "" -"Once the Client ID and the Client Secret are located, open the Odoo database" -" and go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Integrations " -"--> Google Calendar`. Check the box next to :guilabel:`Google Calendar`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "The Google Calendar checkbox in General Settings." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:108 -msgid "" -"Next, copy and paste the Client ID and the Client Secret from the Google " -"Calender API Credentials page into their respective fields below the " -":guilabel:`Google Calendar` checkbox. Then, click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Finally, open the Calendar module in Odoo and click on the " -":guilabel:`Google` sync button to sync Google Calendar with Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "" -"Click the Google sync button in Odoo Calendar to sync Google Calendar with " -"Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:120 -msgid "" -"The first time you sync your Google Calendar with Odoo, the page will " -"redirect to your Google Account. Click :guilabel:`OK` and :guilabel:`Allow` " -"to authorize Odoo to access Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Give Odoo permission to access Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rst:127 -msgid "Now, Odoo Calendar is successfully synced with Google Calendar!" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/google/google_calendar_credentials.rstNone -msgid "Successfully sync between Odoo and Google Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:3 -msgid "Synchronize Outlook Calendar with Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Synchronizing a user's Outlook Calendar with Odoo is useful for keeping " -"track of their tasks and appointments across all related applications." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:9 -msgid "Register the application with Microsoft Azure" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:11 -msgid "" -"To sync the Outlook Calendar with Odoo's Calendar, a Microsoft Azure account" -" is needed. Creating an account is free for users who have never tried or " -"paid for Azure. For more information, `click here " -"<https://azure.microsoft.com/en-us/free/?WT.mc_id=A261C142F>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:15 -msgid "" -"Refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/azure/active-directory/ develop/quickstart-create-new-tenant>`_ on how to" -" set up an Azure AD Tenant (also called an *environment*), which is a " -"representation of an organization to manage and register apps." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:19 -msgid "" -"Then, `Register an Application <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-" -"us/azure/active-directory/develop/ quickstart-register-app>`_, choosing the " -"appropriate :guilabel:`Supported account type`. Users who wish to connect " -"their Outlook calendar to Odoo should select the :guilabel:`Accounts in any " -"organizational directory (Any Azure AD directory - Multitenant) and personal" -" Microsoft accounts (e.g. Skype, Xbox)` option for :guilabel:`Supported " -"account types`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:25 -msgid "" -"When configuring the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`, choose :guilabel:`Web` and " -"copy the Odoo database URI (URL) followed by " -"`/microsoft_account/authentication`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:29 -msgid "" -"Enter `https://www.companyname.odoo.com/microsoft_account/authentication` " -"for the :guilabel:`Redirect URI`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "" -"The \"Supported account type\" and \"Redirect URI\" settings in the " -"Microsoft Azure AD portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:36 -msgid "" -"For more information on the restrictions and limitations of URIs, `check " -"this page <https://docs. microsoft.com/en-us/azure/active-" -"directory/develop/reply-url>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:39 -msgid "" -"Regarding the application credentials, the user *must* add a client secret, " -"which allows Odoo to authenticate itself, requiring no interaction from the " -"user's side. :guilabel:`Certificates` are optional." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:43 -msgid "" -"To do add a client secret, click :guilabel:`Add a certificate or secret` and" -" then click :guilabel:`New client secret`. Next, type a " -":guilabel:`Description` and select when the client secret " -":guilabel:`Expires`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:47 -msgid "" -"Since resetting the synchronization can be tricky, Odoo recommends setting " -"the maximum allowed expiration date for the client secret (24 months), so " -"there is no need to re-synchronize soon. Finally, click :guilabel:`Add` to " -"generate the client secret (:guilabel:`Secret ID`)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:52 -msgid "Configuration in Odoo" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:54 -msgid "" -"In the Odoo database, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings " -"--> Integrations` and activate the :guilabel:`Outlook Calendar` setting." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Outlook Calendar\" setting activated in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:61 -msgid "" -"From the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Overview` section of " -"the application, copy the :guilabel:`Application (Client) ID`, and paste it " -"into the :guilabel:`Client ID` field in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Client ID\" in the Microsoft Azure portal." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:68 -msgid "" -"In the Microsoft Azure portal, under the :guilabel:`Certificates & secrets` " -"section, copy the :guilabel:`Client Secret Value` and paste it into the " -":guilabel:`Client Secret` field in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Client Secret\" token to be copied from Microsoft to Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:75 -msgid "" -"Finally, on the Odoo :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings` page, " -"click :guilabel:`Save`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:80 -msgid "Sync with Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Odoo highly recommends testing the Outlook calendar synchronization on a " -"test database and a test email address (that is not used for any other " -"purpose) before attempting to sync the desired Outlook Calendar with the " -"user's production database." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:88 -msgid "" -"If the user has any past, present, or future events on their Odoo calendar " -"before syncing their Outlook calendar, Outlook will treat the events pulled " -"from Odoo's calendar during the sync as new events, causing an email " -"notification to be sent from Outlook to all the event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:92 -msgid "" -"To avoid unwanted emails being sent to all past, present, and future event " -"attendees, the user must add the events from the Odoo calendar to the " -"Outlook calendar before the first ever sync, delete the events from Odoo, " -"and then start the sync." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:96 -msgid "" -"Even after synchronizing the Odoo Calendar with the Outlook calendar, " -"Outlook will still send a notification to all event participants every time " -"an event is edited (created, deleted, unarchived, or event date/time " -"changed), with no exceptions. This is a limitation that cannot be fixed from" -" Odoo's side." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:101 -msgid "" -"After one user syncs their Outlook calendar to the Odoo database, unwanted " -"email notifications are unavoidable because the first synchronized user's " -"events will be in the Odoo Calendar. If the Odoo database is shared amongst " -"multiple users, and another user wants to sync their Outlook calendar with " -"Odoo Calendar, Outlook will again pull the existing Odoo Calendar events " -"during the sync and treat them as new events, causing Outlook to send email " -"invitations to all event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In summary, once a user synchronizes their Outlook calendar with the Odoo " -"calendar:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:110 -msgid "" -"Creating an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all event " -"attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:111 -msgid "" -"Deleting an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all event" -" attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:112 -msgid "" -"Unarchiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:113 -msgid "" -"Archiving an event in Odoo causes Outlook to send a cancellation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:114 -msgid "" -"Adding a contact to an event causes Outlook to send an invitation to all " -"event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:115 -msgid "" -"Removing a contact from an event causes Outlook to send a cancellation to " -"all event attendees." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:118 -msgid "Sync Odoo Calendar and Outlook" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:120 -msgid "" -"In the Odoo database, go to the :guilabel:`Calendar` module and click the " -":guilabel:`Outlook` sync button. The page will redirect to a Microsoft login" -" page, and the user is asked to log in to their account, if they are not " -"already, and grant the required permissions." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rstNone -msgid "The \"Outlook\" sync button in Odoo Calendar." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:128 -msgid "" -"The synchronization is a two-way process, meaning that events are reconciled" -" in both accounts (Outlook and Odoo)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:132 -msgid "" -"All users that want to use the synchronization simply need to :ref:`sync " -"their calendar with Outlook <outlook_calendar/sync_with_outlook>`. The " -"configuration of Microsoft's Azure account is only done once, as Azure AD " -"tenants' Client IDs and Client Secrets are unique, and represent an " -"organization that helps the user to manage a specific instance of Microsoft " -"cloud services for their internal and external users." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:139 -msgid ":doc:`../../../productivity/mail_plugins/outlook`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/calendars/outlook/outlook_calendar.rst:140 -msgid ":doc:`../google/google_calendar_credentials`" -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst:5 msgid "Developer Mode (debug mode)" msgstr "" @@ -1079,7 +950,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Settings` module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of the debug options under settings in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1114,7 +985,7 @@ msgid "" " a single click." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "View of Odoo's debug icon in a Google Chrome toolbar." msgstr "" @@ -1129,7 +1000,7 @@ msgid "" " then type `debug`. A command will show up to activate the debug mode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Command palette with debug command." msgstr "" @@ -1144,7 +1015,7 @@ msgid "" " deactivate the debug mode, change the value to `?debug=0` instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a URL with the debug mode command added." msgstr "" @@ -1167,7 +1038,7 @@ msgid "" "the header of the Odoo database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/developer_mode.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a console page and the debug icon being shown in Odoo." msgstr "" @@ -1212,7 +1083,7 @@ msgid "" "click on save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Digest Emails section inside General Settings." msgstr "" @@ -1287,7 +1158,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**Custom** - add your own KPIs (Studio required)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/digest_emails.rst-1 msgid "Customize default Digest Email settings and custom KPIs." msgstr "" @@ -1486,80 +1357,74 @@ msgid "Email Communication" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:3 -msgid "Send an email with Odoo" +msgid "Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:6 -msgid "Use an email domain in Odoo" +msgid "SPAM labels overview" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:8 msgid "" -"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " -"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +"Sometimes, emails from Odoo are misclassified by the different email " +"providers and end up in spam folders. At the moment, some settings are out " +"of Odoo's control, notably the way the different email providers classify " +"Odoo's emails according to their own restriction policy and/or limitations." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:12 msgid "" -"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" -" email to the followers of the document. If a follower replies to the " -"message, the reply updates the chatter, and Odoo relays the reply to the " -"followers as a notification." +"It is standard in Odoo that emails are received from ``\"name of the " +"author\" <notifications@mycompany.odoo.com>``. In other words this can be " +"translated to: ``\"name of the author\" " +"<{ICP.mail.from.filter}@{mail.catchall.domain}>``. In this case ICP stands " +"for `ir.config.parameters`, which are the System Parameters. Deliverability " +"is greatly improved with the :ref:`notifications configuration " +"<email_servers/notifications>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:18 msgid "" -"Messages sent in the chatter from internal database users to external users " -"(such as partners, customers, or vendors) are relayed on behalf of the " -"database users. Messages sent back to the chatter from external users will " -"appear in the chatter from their respective email addresses, or as they are " -"listed in their Contacts record." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:20 -msgid "" -"If the Odoo database is hosted on the cloud (Odoo Online or Odoo.sh), it is " -"not necessary to add an outgoing email server to send emails from a custom " -"domain." +"In order for servers to accept emails from Odoo on a more regular basis, one" +" of the solutions is for customers to create rules within their own mailbox." +" A filter can be added to the email inbox so that when email is received " +"from Odoo (`notifications@mycompany.odoo.com`) it is moved to the inbox. It " +"is also possible to add the Odoo database domain onto a safe senders list or" +" whitelist on the receiving domain." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:24 msgid "" -"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " -"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " -"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " -"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more " -"information." +"If an Odoo email server appears on a blacklist, notify Odoo via a `new help " +"ticket <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ and the support team will work to get " +"the servers removed from the blacklist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:28 msgid "" -"To ensure that emails sent to and from the chatter reach their intended " -"contacts, instead of being considered spam, Odoo recommends configuring the " -"domain name." +"Should the Odoo database be using a custom domain for sending emails from " +"Odoo there are three records that should be implemented on the custom " +"domain's DNS to ensure deliverability of email. This includes setting " +"records for :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys " +"Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " +"Reporting, & Conformance)`. Ultimately though, it is up to the discretion of" +" the final receiving mailbox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:32 -msgid "" -"For the same reason, Odoo also recommends giving each database user an email" -" address from the configured domain, rather than a generic email address " -"domain (such as gmail.com, outlook.com, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:38 msgid "Be SPF compliant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:40 msgid "" "The Sender Policy Framework (SPF) protocol allows the owner of a domain name" " to specify which servers are allowed to send emails from that domain. When " -"a server receives an incoming email, it checks if the IP address of the " -"sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " +"a server receives an incoming email, it checks whether the IP address of the" +" sending server is on the list of allowed IPs according to the sender's " ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:46 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` verification is performed on the " "domain mentioned in the `Return-Path` field of the email. In the case of an " @@ -1567,13 +1432,7 @@ msgid "" "`mail.catchall.domain` key in the database system parameters." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:51 -msgid "" -"See the :ref:`documentation on incoming emails " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:50 msgid "" "The :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` policy of a domain is set using a " "TXT record. The way to create or modify a TXT record depends on the provider" @@ -1582,46 +1441,43 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:55 +msgid "" +"If the domain name does not yet have a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`" +" record, create one using the following input: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com" +" ~all`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:58 msgid "" -"If the domain name does not yet have an :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy " -"Framework)` record, the content of the record to create it is as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:61 -msgid "`v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com ~all`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 -msgid "" -"If the domain name already has an :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " +"If the domain name already has a :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` " "record, the record must be updated (and do not create a new one)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:63 msgid "" "If the TXT record is `v=spf1 include:_spf.google.com ~all`, edit it to add " "`include:_spf.odoo.com`: `v=spf1 include:_spf.odoo.com " "include:_spf.google.com ~all`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:66 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` record is valid with a " "free tool like `MXToolbox SPF <https://mxtoolbox.com/spf.aspx>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:72 msgid "Enable DKIM" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:74 msgid "" "The DomainKeys Identified Mail (DKIM) allows a user to authenticate emails " "with a digital signature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:77 msgid "" "When sending an email, the Odoo server includes a unique :abbr:`DKIM " "(DomainKeys Identified Mail)` signature in the headers. The recipient's " @@ -1631,25 +1487,25 @@ msgid "" " and has not been altered during transport." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:83 msgid "" "To enable :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)`, add a :abbr:`CNAME " "(Canonical Name)` record to the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the" " domain name:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:86 msgid "`odoo._domainkey IN CNAME odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:94 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:89 msgid "" "If the domain name is `mycompany.com`, make sure to create a subdomain " "`odoo._domainkey.mycompany.com` whose canonical name is " "`odoo._domainkey.odoo.com.`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:97 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:92 msgid "" "The way to create or modify a :abbr:`CNAME (Canonical Name)` record depends " "on the provider hosting the :abbr:`DNS (Domain Name System)` zone of the " @@ -1657,18 +1513,18 @@ msgid "" "<email_communication/SPFDKIM_common_providers>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:101 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:96 msgid "" "Check if the :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` record is valid with " "a free tool like `DKIM Core <https://dkimcore.org/tools/>`_. If a selector " "is asked, enter `odoo`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:105 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:100 msgid "Check the DMARC policy" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:102 msgid "" "The Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance (DMARC) " "record is a protocol that unifies :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)` and " @@ -1679,6 +1535,14 @@ msgid "" " and/or :abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` check." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:110 +msgid "DMARC: TXT record" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:112 +msgid "`v=DMARC1; p=none;`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:114 msgid "" "There are three :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, " @@ -1690,6 +1554,7 @@ msgid "`p=none`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 msgid "`p=quarantine`" msgstr "" @@ -1731,137 +1596,205 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:139 msgid "" +":abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " +"Conformance)` records are comprised of tags in the form of :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` records. These tags/parameters allow for reporting, " +"such as :abbr:`RUA (Reporting URI of aggregate reports)` and :abbr:`RUF " +"(Reporting URI for forensic reports)`, along with more precise specification" +" like :abbr:`PCT (Percentage of messages subjected to filtering)`, :abbr:`P " +"(Policy for organizational domain)`, :abbr:`SP (Policy for subdomains of the" +" OD)` :abbr:`ADKIM (Alignment mode for DKIM)` & :abbr:`ASPF (Alignment mode " +"for SPF)`. For best practice, the the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " +"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` policy should not start out being" +" too restrictive." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:148 +msgid "The following chart displays available tags:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:154 +msgid "Tag Name" +msgstr "標籤名稱" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +msgid "Purpose" +msgstr "Purpose" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +msgid "Example" +msgstr "範例" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +msgid "v" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +msgid "Protocol version" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +msgid "`v=DMARC1`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +msgid "pct" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:161 +msgid "Percentage of messages subjected to filtering" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +msgid "`pct=20`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +msgid "ruf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +msgid "Reporting URI for forensic reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:165 +msgid "`ruf=mailto:authfail@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +msgid "rua" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:167 +msgid "Reporting URI of aggregate reports" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:168 +msgid "`rua=mailto:aggrep@example.com`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:169 +msgid "p" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:170 +msgid "Policy for organizational domain" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:172 +msgid "sp" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +msgid "Policy for subdomains of the OD" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:174 +msgid "`sp=reject`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:175 +msgid "adkim" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 +msgid "Alignment mode for DKIM" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:177 +msgid "`adkim=s`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:178 +msgid "aspf" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 +msgid "Alignment mode for SPF" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 +msgid "`aspf=r`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:182 +msgid "" "Check the :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message Authentication, Reporting, & " "Conformance)` record of a domain name with a tool like `MXToolbox DMARC " "<https://mxtoolbox.com/DMARC.aspx>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 msgid "" -"If a partner, customer, or vendor, uses :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based Message " -"Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` and has defined one of these " -"policies, the Odoo server cannot relay emails from this partner to the " -"database users." +"`DMARC.org is another great resource to learn about DMARC records. " +"<https://dmarc.org/overview/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:146 -msgid "" -"To solve this issue, :ref:`handle user notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, or replace the email address of the" -" partner with a default email address." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:192 msgid "SPF, DKIM & DMARC documentation of common providers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:194 msgid "" "`OVH DNS " "<https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_how_to_edit_my_dns_zone/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:156 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:195 msgid "" "`OVH SPF <https://docs.ovh.com/us/en/domains/web_hosting_the_spf_record/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:196 msgid "" "`GoDaddy TXT record <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-txt-record-19232>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:197 msgid "`GoDaddy SPF <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-an-spf-record-19218>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:159 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:198 msgid "" "`GoDaddy DKIM <https://www.godaddy.com/help/add-a-cname-record-19236>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:199 msgid "" "`NameCheap " "<https://www.namecheap.com/support/knowledgebase/article.aspx/317/2237/how-" "do-i-add- txtspfdkimdmarc-records-for-my-domain/>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:162 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:201 msgid "" "`CloudFlare DNS <https://support.cloudflare.com/hc/en-" "us/articles/360019093151>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:202 msgid "" "`Google Domains <https://support.google.com/domains/answer/3290350?hl=en>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:164 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:203 msgid "" "`Azure DNS <https://docs.microsoft.com/en-us/azure/dns/dns-getstarted-" "portal>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:205 msgid "" "To fully test the configuration, use the `Mail-Tester <https://www.mail-" "tester.com/>`_ tool, which gives a full overview of the content and " -"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used for other, " -"lesser-known providers." +"configuration in one sent email. Mail-Tester can also be used to configure " +"records for other, lesser-known providers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:171 -msgid "Use a default email address" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:210 msgid "" -"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " -"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:176 -msgid "" -"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " -"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:179 -msgid "" -"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " -"value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:180 -msgid "" -"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" -" value" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:183 -msgid "" -"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations, " -"otherwise this parameter can be set using the `from_filter` field on " -"`ir.mail_server`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:186 -msgid "" -"If the email address of the author does not match " -"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " -"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " -"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_domain.rst:190 -msgid "" -"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " -"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " -"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " -"in `mail.default.from`." +"`Using Mail-Tester to set SPF Records for specific carriers " +"<https://www.mail-tester.com/spf/>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:3 @@ -1876,350 +1809,211 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Since **Odoo sets up its own mail servers for the database**, outgoing and " "incoming emails already work out-of-the-box. So for **Odoo Online** and " -"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be done!" +"**Odoo.sh** customers, nothing needs to be configured!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:12 msgid "" "Unless an external mail server is required to send large batches of mass " -"mailing, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " -"already been preconfigured for email." +"emails, simply use the standard online Odoo database normally since it has " +"already been pre-configured to send email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:16 +msgid "" +"The Odoo server is subject to a daily email limit to prevent abuse. The " +"default limit is 200 emails sent per day for databases with an " +"**Enterprise** subscription. This limit can be increased under certain " +"conditions. See the :doc:`FAQ <faq>` or contact support for more " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:22 msgid "Scope of this documentation" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:24 msgid "" -"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise users** who don't " -"benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo, " -"unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh " -"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_." +"This document is **mainly dedicated to Odoo on-premise databases** who don't" +" benefit from an out-of-the-box solution to send and receive emails in Odoo," +" unlike `Odoo Online <https://www.odoo. com/trial>`_ and `Odoo.sh " +"<https://www.odoo.sh>`_. Incoming and outgoing servers must be configured " +"for on-premise databases." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:29 msgid "" "The following sections below contain information on how to integrate an " "external email server with Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:33 msgid "" -"If no one in the company is used to managing email servers, Odoo Online and " -"Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. Those Odoo hosting types' email systems " -"work instantly and are monitored by professionals. Nevertheless, a company " -"can use their own email server if they want to manage the email server's " -"reputation themselves." +"If no one in the company is employed to manage email servers, Odoo Online " +"and Odoo.sh are strongly recommended. In these Odoo hosting types email " +"sending and receiving works instantly and is monitored by professionals. " +"Nevertheless, a company can use their own email server if they want to " +"manage the email server's reputation themselves. For more information see " +":doc:`Configure DNS records to send emails in Odoo <email_domain>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:31 -msgid "" -"Office 365 email servers don't easily allow the sending of external emails " -"from hosts like Odoo. Refer to `Microsoft's documentation " -"<https://support.office.com/en-us/article/How-to-set-up-a- multifunction-" -"device-or-application-to-send-email-using-" -"Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18- c805d654b4c4>`_ to make it work." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:42 +msgid "Default notifications system" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:44 +msgid "" +"Documents in Odoo (such as a CRM opportunity, a sales order, an invoice, " +"etc.) have a discussion thread, called *chatter*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:47 +msgid "" +"When a database user posts a message in the chatter, this message is sent by" +" email to the followers of the document as a notification (except to the " +"sender). If a follower replies to the message, the reply updates the " +"chatter, and Odoo relays another reply to the followers as a notification. " +"Messages sent back to the chatter from users or external users will appear " +"in the chatter from their respective email, or as the name listed in their " +"*Contacts* record." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:53 +msgid "" +"These notifications are sent using a default from address. For more " +"information see :ref:`Use a default email address " +"<email_communication/default>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:57 msgid "Manage outbound messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:39 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:59 msgid "" "As a system admin, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> " -"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`External Email Servers` option. " +"Discuss` in Odoo, and enable the :guilabel:`Custom Email Servers` option. " "Then, click :guilabel:`Save`. Next, click :guilabel:`Outgoing Email Servers`" " and click :guilabel:`Create` to create a new outgoing mail server record in" " Odoo. Reference the SMTP data of the external email server. Once all the " "information has been filled out, click :guilabel:`Test Connection`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:45 -msgid "Here is a typical configuration for a G Suite server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone -msgid "The typical G Suite configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:51 -msgid "" -"Then, go back to :menuselection:`Settings --> General Settings --> Discuss` " -"and set the email domain name in the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name. Finally," -" click :guilabel:`Save` to finish setting up the email server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:56 -msgid "" -"If an `[AUTHENTICATION FAILED] Invalid credentials (Failure)` warning " -"appears when :guilabel:`Test Connection` is clicked for a Gmail address, " -"activate the :guilabel:`Less secure app access` option. A direct link can be" -" `accessed here <https://myaccount.google.com/ lesssecureapps?pli=1>`_." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:61 -msgid "" -"In addition to that, enable the :guilabel:`IMAP setting` on the Gmail " -"account." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:64 -msgid "Use an Office 365 server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:66 -msgid "" -"An Office 365 server can be used if the database's hosting type is **Odoo " -"on-premise**. Office 365 SMTP relays are not compatible with Odoo Online or " -"Odoo.sh unless Odoo is configured to :ref:`force the outgoing \"From\" " -"address <email_communication/default_from>`." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:70 msgid "" -"Please refer to `Microsoft's documentation <https://support.office.com/en-" -"us/article/How-to-set-up- a-multifunction-device-or-application-to-send-" -"email-using-Office-365-69f58e99-c550-4274-ad18- c805d654b4c4>`_ to configure" -" an SMTP relay for the Odoo database's IP address." +"Ensuring the outgoing domain has :abbr:`SPF (Sender Policy Framework)`, " +":abbr:`DKIM (DomainKeys Identified Mail)` and :abbr:`DMARC (Domain-based " +"Message Authentication, Reporting, & Conformance)` set up on the :abbr:`DNS " +"(Domain Name System)` will improve deliverability. For more information see " +":doc:`email_domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:75 -msgid "Use a G Suite server" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:78 +msgid "Port restriction" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:80 msgid "" -"A G Suite server can be used for any Odoo hosting type. To do so, set up the" -" SMTP relay service. The configuration steps are explained in `Google " -"documentation <https://support.google.com /a/answer/2956491?hl=en>`__." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:82 -msgid "Restriction" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:84 -msgid "" -"Please note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on Odoo Online and " +"Note that port 25 is blocked for security reasons on the Odoo Online and " "Odoo.sh platforms. Try using ports 465, 587, or 2525 instead." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:86 msgid "Use a default \"From\" email address" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:88 msgid "" "Sometimes, an email's \"From\" (outgoing) address can belong to a different " "domain, and that can be a problem." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:91 msgid "" "For example, if a customer with the email address " -"*mary\\@customer.example.com* responds to a message, Odoo will try to " +"`mary\\@customer.example.com` responds to a message, Odoo will try to " "redistribute that same email to the other subscribers in the thread. " -"However, if the domain *customer.example.com* forbids that kind of usage for" +"However, if the domain `customer.example.com` forbids that kind of usage for" " security, the email that Odoo is trying to redistribute would get rejected " "by some recipients' email servers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:96 msgid "" -"To avoid that problem, make sure all emails use a \"From\" address from the " -"same authorized domain." +"To avoid that problem, Odoo sends all emails using a \"From\" address from " +"the same authorized domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Access the :guilabel:`System Parameters` by activating :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>` and going to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:102 msgid "" -"If the MTA supports `SRS (Sender Rewriting Scheme) " -"<https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sender_Rewriting _Scheme>`_, SRS can be " -"enabled to handle these situations. However, that is more complex and " -"requires more technical knowledge that is not meant to be covered by this " -"documentation." +"To force the email address from which emails are sent, a combination of the " +"following keys needs to be set in the system parameters of the database:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:105 +msgid "" +"`mail.default.from`: accepts the local part or a complete email address as " +"value" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:106 -msgid "Instead, Odoo can be configured to do something similar by itself:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:108 msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in the :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Discuss`." +"`mail.default.from_filter`: accepts a domain name or a full email address as" +" value" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "Setting the domain alias configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:114 -msgid "Turn on :doc:`developer mode </applications/general/developer_mode>`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:115 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:109 msgid "" -"Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Parameters --> System " -"Parameters`." +"The `mail.default.from_filter` works only for `odoo-bin` configurations or " +"the default Odoo email server, otherwise this parameter can be set using the" +" `from_filter` field on `ir.mail_server`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:116 -msgid "Add one system parameter from the following list:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:118 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:112 msgid "" -"To use the same \"From\" address for *all* outgoing messages, use the key " -"`mail.force.smtp.from` and set that address as value (such as " -"`outgoing@mycompany.example.com`)." +"The field can be a domain name or an entire email address, or it can remain " +"empty. If the sender's email address does not match this set filter, then " +"the email will be encapsulated using a combination of the two system " +"parameters: `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:117 msgid "" -"To keep the original \"From\" address for emails that use the same domain, " -"but change it for emails that use a different domain, use the key " -"`mail.dynamic.smtp.from` and set the value as the email address that should " -"be used in those cases (such as `outgoing@mycompany.example.com` )." +"In the following example, the from email address is replaced with the " +"combination of the the two system parameters (`mail.default.from` and " +"`mail.catchall.domain`). This is the default\\ notifications configuration " +"in Odoo: ``“Admin” <admin@example.com>`` => ``“Admin” " +"<notifications@mycompany.com>``." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:128 -msgid "Manage inbound messages" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:130 -msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:122 msgid "" -"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " -"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the catchall " -"alias (**catchall@**)." +"In other words if the email address of the author does not match " +"`mail.default.from_filter`, the email address is replaced by " +"`mail.default.from` (if it contains a full email address) or a combination " +"of `mail.default.from` and `mail.catchall.domain`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:126 msgid "" -"**Bounced messages** are routed to **bounce@** in order to track them in " -"Odoo. This is especially used in `Odoo Email Marketing " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__ to opt-out invalid " -"recipients." +"If the `from_filter` contains a full email address, and if the " +"`mail.default.from` is the same as this address, then all of the email " +"addresses that are different from `mail.default.from` will be encapsulated " +"in `mail.default.from`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:137 -msgid "" -"**Original messages**: Several business objects have their own alias to " -"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:133 +msgid "Utilizing the \"From\" filter on an outgoing email server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:140 -msgid "" -"Sales Channel (to create Leads or Opportunities in `Odoo CRM " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:142 -msgid "" -"Support Channel (to create Tickets in `Odoo Helpdesk " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:143 -msgid "" -"Projects (to create new Tasks in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page " -"/project-management>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:145 -msgid "" -"Job Positions (to create Applicants in `Odoo Recruitment " -"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`__)," -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:147 -msgid "etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 -msgid "" -"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " -"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " -"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:152 -msgid "" -"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (catchall@, " -"bounce@, sales@, etc.)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 -msgid "" -"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " -"General Settings --> Discuss`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:155 -msgid "" -"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " -":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. This can be done " -"from the General Settings as well. Fill out the form according to the email " -"provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on Incoming " -"Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, click on " -":guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:165 -msgid "" -"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting " -"incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external email server" -" is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received without delay. " -"Odoo Online only fetches incoming messages of external servers once every " -"hour. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's domain " -"name in the email server (e.g. *catchall\\@mydomain.ext* to " -"*catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:171 -msgid "" -"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " -"their respective configuration view." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 -msgid "" -"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" -" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " -"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " -"(*mail.catchall.alias* & *mail.bounce.alias*)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 -msgid "System parameters with catchall configuration in Odoo." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:183 -msgid "" -"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes in Odoo on-premise." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:186 -msgid "" -"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" -" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 -msgid "Utilizing the From Filter on an outgoing email server" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:135 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field allows for the use of a specific " "outgoing email server depending on the :guilabel:`From` email address or " @@ -2227,21 +2021,21 @@ msgid "" "improve the deliverability or sending success rate of emails sent from the " "database. Setting the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field can also be used to " "send from different domains in a multi-company environment. Access this " -"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Custom Mail " -"Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." +"field in Odoo by navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> " +"Custom Mail Servers --> Outgoing Mail Servers --> New`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst-1 msgid "Outgoing email server settings and the FROM filter settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:146 msgid "" "When an email is sent from Odoo while the :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` field " "is set, an email server is chosen in the following sequence:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:149 msgid "" "First, Odoo searches for an email server that has the same :guilabel:`FROM " "Filtering` value as the :guilabel:`From` value (email address) defined in " @@ -2250,7 +2044,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`FROM Filtering` value equal to `test\\@example.com` are returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:153 msgid "" "However, if no email servers are found that use the :guilabel:`From` value, " "then Odoo searches for an email server that has the same *domain* as the " @@ -2260,14 +2054,14 @@ msgid "" "`example.com` are returned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:159 msgid "" "If no email servers are found after checking for the domain, then Odoo " "returns all email servers that do not have any :guilabel:`FROM Filtering` " "value(s) set." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:162 msgid "" "Should this query return no results, then Odoo performs a search for an " "email server using the system parameter: `mail.default.from`. First, the " @@ -2276,7 +2070,7 @@ msgid "" "first outgoing email server (sorted by priority)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:168 msgid "" "If several email servers are found, then Odoo uses the first one according " "to its priority. For example, if there are two email servers, one with a " @@ -2284,524 +2078,1189 @@ msgid "" "server with a priority of `10` is used first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 -msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass mails" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:175 +msgid "Set up different dedicated servers for transactional and mass emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:233 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:177 msgid "" -"In Odoo a separate Mail Transfer Agent (MTA) server can be used for " -"transactional emails and mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue " -"for transactional emails, and Amazon SES, Mailgun or Sendgrid for mass " -"mailings." +"In Odoo a separate email server can be used for transactional emails and " +"mass mailings. Example: Use Postmark or SendinBlue for transactional emails," +" and Amazon SES, Mailgun, Sendgrid or :doc:`Mailjet " +"</administration/maintain/mailjet_api>` for mass mailings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:238 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:182 msgid "" "A default outgoing email server is already configured. Do not create an " "alternative one unless a specific external outgoing email server is needed " "for technical reasons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:241 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:185 msgid "" "To do this, first activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, and " "then go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Outgoing` email " -"servers. There, create two email MTA server settings; one for the " +"servers. There, create two outgoing email server settings; one for the " "transactional emails and one for the mass mailing server. Make sure to give " "priority to the transactional server over the mass mailing server by " -"providing a lower priority number for the transactional MTA server." +"providing a lower priority number for the transactional email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:247 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:191 msgid "" "Now, go to :menuselection:`Email Marketing --> Settings` and enable " -":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. With these settings, Odoo uses the server with" -" the lower priority for transactional emails, and the server here selected " -"for mass mails. Note that in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework" -" (SPF) records must be set to include both transactional and mass mail " -"servers." +":guilabel:`Dedicated Server`. Choose the appropriate email server. With " +"these settings, Odoo uses the server with the lower priority for " +"transactional emails, and the server here selected for mass mails. Note that" +" in this case, the domain's Sender Policy Framework (SPF) records must be " +"set to include both transactional and mass mail servers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:198 +msgid ":doc:`email_domain`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:203 +msgid "Manage inbound messages" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:205 +msgid "Odoo relies on generic email aliases to fetch incoming messages." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:207 +msgid "" +"**Reply messages** of messages sent from Odoo are routed to their original " +"discussion thread (and to the inbox of all its followers) by the alias of " +"the model if there is any or by the catchall alias (**catchall@**). Replies " +"to messages of models that don't have a custom alias will use the catchall " +"alias (`catchall@mycompany.odoo.com`). The catchall address, however, does " +"not have another action attached to it like other aliases might, it is only " +"used to collect replies." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:212 +msgid "" +"**Bounced messages** are used as a Return-Path. One example this is " +"especially useful for is in `Odoo Email Marketing " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/email-marketing>`__. In this case bounces are " +"opt-out based on if the email bounced too many times (5) in the last month " +"and the bounces are separated by one week. This is done to avoid " +"blacklisting someone because of a mail server error. If these circumstances " +"are met then the email is considered invalid and is blacklisted. A log note " +"is added on the contact under :guilabel:`Blacklisted Email Addresses` on the" +" :guilabel:`Email Marketing Configuration Menu`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:220 +msgid "" +"Messages that bounce in the chatter (outside of Email Marketing) will " +"populate a red envelope indicating the failed delivery. This can be helpful " +"to know that a Sales Order or an Invoice did not reach its final " +"destination." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:223 +msgid "" +"**Original messages**: several business objects have their own alias to " +"create new records in Odoo from incoming emails:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:226 +msgid "" +"Sales channel (to create *Leads* or *Opportunities* in `Odoo CRM " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/ crm>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Support channel (to create *Tickets* in `Odoo Helpdesk " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page/helpdesk>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:229 +msgid "" +"Projects (to create new *Tasks* in `Odoo Project <https://www.odoo.com/page " +"/project-management>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:231 +msgid "" +"Job positions (to create *Applicants* in `Odoo Recruitment " +"<https://www.odoo.com/page /recruitment>`_)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:234 +msgid "" +"Depending on the mail server, there might be several methods to fetch " +"emails. The easiest and most recommended method is to manage one email " +"address per Odoo alias in the mail server." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:237 +msgid "" +"Create the corresponding email addresses in the mail server (**catchall@**, " +"**bounce@**, **sales@**, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:239 +msgid "" +"Set the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` name in :menuselection:`Settings --> " +"General Settings --> Discuss`. Changing the :guilabel:`Alias Domain` will " +"change the catchall's domain for the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:242 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo on-premise, create an " +":guilabel:`Incoming Mail Server` in Odoo for each alias. To create a new " +"incoming server go to: :menuselection:`Settings --> Discuss --> Custom Mail " +"Servers --> Incoming Mail Servers --> New` Fill out the form according to " +"the email provider's settings. Leave the :guilabel:`Actions to Perform on " +"Incoming Mails` field blank. Once all the information has been filled out, " +"click on :guilabel:`TEST & CONFIRM`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:0 +msgid "Incoming mail server configuration on Odoo." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:252 +msgid "" +"If the database's hosting type is Odoo Online or Odoo.sh, redirecting or " +"forwarding incoming messages to Odoo's domain name instead of the external " +"email server is recommended. That way, incoming messages can be received " +"without delay. Redirections for all email addresses should be set to Odoo's " +"domain name in the email server (e.g. `catchall\\@mydomain.ext` to " +"`catchall\\@mycompany.odoo.com`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:258 +msgid "" +"All the aliases are customizable in Odoo. Object aliases can be edited from " +"their respective configuration view by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu --> Email --> Aliases`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:262 +msgid "" +"To edit catchall and bounce aliases, first activate the :ref:`developer mode" +" <developer-mode>`. Then, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters` to customize the aliases " +"(`mail.catchall.alias` & `mail.bounce.alias`). These types of changes should" +" be completed prior to the database going live. If a customer replies after " +"a change is made then the system will not recognize the old alias and the " +"reply won't be received." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:268 +msgid "" +"By default, inbound messages are fetched every 5 minutes for on-premise " +"databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:271 +msgid "" +"This value can be changed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Go to " +":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Automation --> Scheduled Actions`" +" and look for :guilabel:`Mail: Fetchmail Service`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:276 +msgid "System parameters that prevent feedback loops" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:278 +msgid "" +"There are two system parameters that help prevent email loops from occurring" +" in Odoo. These parameters were introduced in Odoo 16 to prevent aliases " +"from creating too many records and to prevent feedback loops on the catchall" +" reply-to email address. They are present in database but not in the *System" +" Parameters*. To override the following defaults they need to be added in." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:283 +msgid "The two system parameters are as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:285 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.period` (60 minutes by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:286 +msgid "`mail.incoming.limit.alias` (5 by default)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:288 +msgid "" +"Add these fields in Odoo by first enabling :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`, and then navigating to :menuselection:`Settings --> Technical Menu " +"--> Parameters --> System Parameters`. Change the value of these parameters," +" as needed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:292 +msgid "" +"When an email is received in the Odoo database on the catchall email address" +" or on any alias, Odoo looks at the mail received for the given period of " +"time defined in the system parameter `mail.incoming.limit.period`. If the " +"received email was sent to an alias then Odoo will reference the " +"`mail.incoming.limit.alias` system parameter and determine the value as the " +"number of records this alias is allowed to create in the given period of " +"time (value of `mail.incoming.limit.period`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_servers.rst:298 +msgid "" +"In addition, when email is received to the catchall email address, Odoo will" +" reference the emails received to the database during the set period of time" +" (as stated by the value in the system parameter: " +"`mail.incoming.limit.period`). Odoo will then determine whether any of the " +"emails received match that of the email(s) being received during the " +"specified time-frame, and will prevent a feedback loop from occurring if a " +"duplicate email is detected." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:3 -msgid "Email Templates" +msgid "Email templates" msgstr "電子信件範本" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:5 msgid "" -"We all know writing good emails is vital to get a high response rate, but " -"you do not want to rewrite the same structure every time, do you? That is " -"where email templates come in. Without the need to rewrite the entire email " -"structure every time, you save time to focus on the content. Multiple " -"templates also let you deliver the right message to the right audience, " -"improving their overall experience with the company." +"Email templates are saved emails that are used repeatedly to send emails " +"from the database. They allow users to send quality communications, without " +"having to compose the same text repeatedly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:8 msgid "" -"The email templates use QWeb. The composer allows you to edit emails in " -"their final rendering, making customizations more robust as you don’t have " -"to edit code." +"Creating different templates that are tailored to specific situations lets " +"users choose the right message for the right audience. This increases the " +"quality of the message and the overall engagement rate with the customer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:16 -msgid "Defining a default reply to on your mail template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:13 msgid "" -"Although the field *reply to* is available within the mail templates, **this" -" field is only used for mass mailing** mode (this means when sending " -"templates on what we call bulk emailing). You can send emails in bulk in " -"almost every app that has a list view. Select the records you want and click" -" on the action button. If you have an option to send an email, you will see " -"a mail composer with possible values to define:" +"Email templates in Odoo use QWeb or XML, which allows for editing emails in " +"their final rendering, making customizations more robust, without having to " +"edit any code whatsoever. This means that Odoo can use a Graphical User " +"Interface (GUI) to edit emails, which edits the backend code. When the " +"received email is read by the end user's program, different formatting an " +"graphics will appear in the final form of it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rstNone -msgid "Composer in mass mailing mode after selecting multiple quotations." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:19 +msgid "" +"Access email templates in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> " +"Email Templates`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:28 -msgid "You can also define them by default on the template:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:23 +msgid "Editing email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rstNone -msgid "Reply-to field on template." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:25 +msgid "" +"The *powerbox* feature can be used when working with email templates. This " +"feature provides the ability to directly edit the formatting and text in an " +"email template, as well as the ability to add links, buttons, appointment " +"options, or images." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Additionally, the XML/HTML code of the email template can be edited " +"directly, via the :guilabel:`</>` icon. Dynamic placeholders (referencing " +"fields within Odoo) are also available for use in the email template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:34 +msgid "Powerbox" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:36 msgid "" -"Because of this, setting a value in this field is useless as the value " -"defined will be totally ignored. The default *reply-to* value is the default" -" catchall email address to ensure a communication between your customer and " -"your Odoo database. For more information about the way the catchall works, " -"please check :ref:`how to manage inbound messages " -"<email_communication/inbound_messages>`." +"The *powerbox* feature is an enriched text editor with various formatting, " +"layout, and text options. It can also be used to add XML/HTML features in an" +" email template. The powerbox feature is activated by typing a forward slash" +" `/` in the body of the email template." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:40 -msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URL for each company" +msgid "" +"When a forward slash `/` is typed in the body of an email template, a drop-" +"down menu appears with the following options:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:42 -msgid "" -"When using Odoo, multiple events trigger the sending of automated emails. " -"These emails are known as transactional emails and sometimes contain links " -"pointing to your Odoo database." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:43 +msgid ":guilabel:`Structure`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:45 -msgid "" -"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic web.base.url key" -" defined in the system parameters. More information about this " -":ref:`parameter <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Bulleted list`: Create a simple bulleted list." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Numbered list`: Create a list with numbering." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:47 +msgid ":guilabel:`Checklist`: Track tasks with a checklist." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:48 -msgid "" -"If the website application isn't installed, the web.base.url key will always" -" be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgid ":guilabel:`Table`: Insert a table." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:49 +msgid ":guilabel:`Separator`: Insert a horizontal rule separator." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:50 +msgid ":guilabel:`Quote`: Add a blockquote section." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:51 -msgid "" -"It’s important to know that this key can only have a single value, meaning " -"that in a multi-website/company database environment, even if you have a " -"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " -"document or within a transactional email might remain the same, whatever the" -" website/company related to the sending of the email/document." +msgid ":guilabel:`Code`: Add a code section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:52 +msgid ":guilabel:`2 columns`: Convert into two columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:53 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 columns`: Convert into three columns." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:54 +msgid ":guilabel:`4 columns`: Convert into four columns." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:56 -msgid "" -"This is not always the case as some Odoo applications have a link " -"established in the database with the website application, meaning that in " -"this case, if a specific domain is defined for the websites, the URL " -"generated in the email template will use the domain defined on the " -"corresponding website of the company." +msgid ":guilabel:`Format`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:58 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 1`: Big section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:59 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 2`: Medium section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:60 +msgid ":guilabel:`Heading 3`: Small section heading." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:61 +msgid ":guilabel:`Switch direction`: Switch the text's direction." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:62 -msgid "" -"A document shared using the documents application will always use the " -"web.base.url key, as the document shared isn't associated with any " -"particular website. Meaning that the URL will always be the same (the " -"web.base.url key value), whatever the company it's shared from, this is a " -"known limitation!" +msgid ":guilabel:`Text`: Paragraph block." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:64 +msgid ":guilabel:`Media`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:66 +msgid ":guilabel:`Image`: Insert an image." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:67 -msgid "" -"On the other hand, sales orders made by a customer on one of your Odoo " -"e-commerce websites have a link established with the website from which the " -"order was made. As a result, the e-mail sent for the sales orders uses the " -"domain name defined for the corresponding website to generate the links." +msgid ":guilabel:`Article`: Link an article." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:69 +msgid ":guilabel:`Navigation`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:71 -msgid "" -"For more information about how to configure your domains, we invite you to " -"check :doc:`our domain name documentation " -"</administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgid ":guilabel:`Link`: Add a link." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:72 +msgid ":guilabel:`Button`: Add a button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:73 +msgid ":guilabel:`Appointment`: Add a specific appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:74 +msgid ":guilabel:`Calendar`: Schedule an appointment." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:76 +msgid ":guilabel:`Widgets`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:78 +msgid ":guilabel:`3 Stars`: Insert a rating over three stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:79 +msgid ":guilabel:`5 Stars`: Insert a rating over five stars." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:81 +msgid ":guilabel:`Basic Blocks`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:83 +msgid ":guilabel:`Signature`: Insert your signature." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:85 +msgid ":guilabel:`Marketing Tools`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:87 +msgid ":guilabel:`Dynamic Placeholders`: Insert personalized content." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To use any of these options, click on the desired feature from the powerbox " +"drop-down menu. To format existing text with a text-related option (e.g. " +":guilabel:`Heading 1`, :guilabel:`Switch direction`, etc.), highlight the " +"text, then type in the activator key (forward slash) `/`, and select the " +"desired option from the drop-down menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +msgid "Powerbox feature in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:100 +msgid "" +":ref:`Using dynamic placeholders <email_template/dynamic-placeholders>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:103 +msgid "XML/HTML code editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:105 +msgid "" +"To access the XML/HTML editor for an email template, first enter " +":ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`. Then, click the :guilabel:`</>` icon" +" in the upper-right corner of the template, and proceed to edit the " +"XML/HTML. To return to the standard text editor, click the :guilabel:`</>` " +"icon again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "HTML editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:115 +msgid "" +"The XML/HTML editor should be accessed with caution as this is the backend " +"code of the template. Editing the code can cause the email template to break" +" immediately or when upgrading the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:122 +msgid "Dynamic placeholders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:124 +msgid "" +"*Dynamic placeholders* reference certain fields within the Odoo database to " +"produce unique data in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:128 +msgid "" +"Many companies like to customize their emails with a personalized piece of " +"customer information to grab attention. This can be accomplished in Odoo by " +"referencing a field within a model by inserting a dynamic placeholder. For " +"example, a customer's name can be referenced in the email from the " +":guilabel:`Customer` field on the :guilabel:`Sales Order` model. The dynamic" +" placeholder for this field is: `{{ object.partner_id }}`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:134 +msgid "" +"Dynamic placeholders are encoded to display fields from within the database." +" Dynamic placeholders can be used in the :guilabel:`Body` " +"(:guilabel:`Content` Tab) of the email template. They can also be used in " +"the fields present in the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab, the " +":guilabel:`Subject` of the email, and the :guilabel:`Language`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:139 +msgid "" +"To use the dynamic placeholders in the :guilabel:`Body` of an email open the" +" **powerbox** feature by typing in `/` into the body of the email template " +"under the :guilabel:`Content` tab. Scroll to the bottom of the options list," +" to :guilabel:`Marketing Tools`. Next, select :guilabel:`Dynamic " +"Placeholder`. Then select the dynamic placeholder from a list of available " +"options and follow the prompts to configure it with the desired " +"corresponding Odoo field. Each dynamic placeholder will vary in " +"configuration." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Using dynamic placeholders in an email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:151 +msgid "" +"Each unique combination of :guilabel:`Fields`, :guilabel:`Sub-models` and " +":guilabel:`Sub-fields` creates a different dynamic placeholder. Imagine it " +"as a combination to the field that is being created." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:155 +msgid "" +"To search the available fields, simply type in the front-end name (on user-" +"interface) of the field in the search. This will find a result from all of " +"the available fields for the model that the email template is created for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:160 +msgid "Customizing email templates are out of the scope of Odoo Support." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:163 +msgid "Rich text editor" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:165 +msgid "" +"A rich text editor toolbar can be accessed by highlighting text in the email" +" template. This can be used to change the heading, font size/style, color, " +"add a list type, or a link." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Rich text editor in the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:173 +msgid "Resetting email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:175 +msgid "" +"Should the email template not work because the code has been altered it can " +"be reset to restore it back to the out-of-box default template. Simply click" +" on the :guilabel:`Reset Template` button in the upper left-hand of the " +"screen and the template will be reset." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Resetting the email template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:184 +msgid "Default reply on email templates" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:186 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Email Configuration` tab on an email template, there is" +" a :guilabel:`Reply To` field. In this field, add email addresses to which " +"replies are redirected when sending emails en masse using this template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:191 +msgid "" +"Add multiple email addresses by adding a comma `,` between the addresses or " +"dynamic placeholders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Reply-to field on template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:198 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Reply To` field is **only** used for mass mailing (sending " +"emails in bulk). Bulk emails can be sent in almost every Odoo application " +"that has a list view option." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:201 +msgid "" +"To send mass mails, while in :guilabel:`list` view, check the boxes next to " +"the desired records where the emails are to be sent, click the " +":guilabel:`Action` button (represented by a :guilabel:`⚙️ (gear)` icon), and" +" select the desired email option from the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu." +" Email options can vary by the particular list view and application." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:206 +msgid "" +"If it is possible to send an email, a mail composer pop-up window appears, " +"with values that can be defined and customized. This option will be " +"available on the :guilabel:`Action` button on pages where emails can be sent" +" in bulk---for example, on the :guilabel:`Customers` page of the CRM app. " +"This action occurs throughout the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Email composer in mass mailing mode with reply-to highlighted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:216 +msgid "Transactional emails and corresponding URLs" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:218 +msgid "" +"In Odoo, multiple events can trigger the sending of automated emails. These " +"emails are known as *transactional emails*, and sometimes contain links " +"redirecting to the Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:221 +msgid "" +"By default, links generated by the database use the dynamic `web.base.url` " +"key defined in the system parameters. For more information about this, see " +":ref:`system parameters <domain-name/web-base-url>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:225 +msgid "" +"If the *Website* application is not installed, the `web.base.url` key will " +"always be the default parameter used to generate all the links." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:229 +msgid "" +"The `web.base.url` key can only have a single value, meaning that, in a " +"multi-website or multi-company database environment, even if there is a " +"specific domain name for each website, the links generated to share a " +"document (or the links within a transactional email) may remain the same, " +"regardless of which website/company is related to the sending of the " +"email/document." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:235 +msgid "" +"If the :guilabel:`Value` of the :guilabel:`web.base.url` system parameter is" +" equal to `https://www.mycompany.com` and there are two separate companies " +"in Odoo with different website URLs: `https://www.mycompany2.com` and " +"`https://www.mycompany1.com`, the links created by Odoo to share a document," +" or send a transactional email, come from the domain: " +"`https://www.mycompany.com`, regardless of which company sends the document " +"or email." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:241 +msgid "" +"This is not always the case, as some Odoo applications (*eCommerce*, for " +"example) have a link established in the database with the *Website* " +"application. In that case, if a specific domain is defined for the website, " +"the URL generated in the email template uses the domain defined on the " +"corresponding website of the company." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:247 +msgid "" +"When a customer makes a purchase on an Odoo *eCommerce* website, the order " +"has an established link with that website. As a result, the links in the " +"confirmation email sent to the customer use the domain name for that " +"specific website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:252 +msgid "" +"A document shared using the *Documents* application will **always** use the " +"`web.base.url` key, as the document shared is not associated with any " +"particular website. This means that the URL will always be the same (the " +"`web.base.url` key value), no matter what company it's shared from. This is " +"a known limitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:257 +msgid "" +"For more information about how to configure domains, check out the " +":doc:`domain name documentation </administration/maintain/domain_names>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:261 msgid "Updating translations within email templates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:263 msgid "" -"Email templates are automatically translated. Changing the translations " -"shouldn’t be necessary. However, if for a specific reason you’d like to " -"change some of the translations, this can be done." +"In Odoo, email templates are automatically translated for all users in the " +"database for all of the languages installed. Changing the translations " +"shouldn't be necessary. However, if for a specific reason, some of the " +"translations need to be changed, it can be done." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:268 msgid "" -"Like any modification in the code, keep in mind that modifications that " -"aren’t done correctly (for example modifications leading to bad syntax) can " -"break the template, as a result, the template will appear blank." +"Like any modification in the code, if translation changes are not done " +"correctly (for example, modifications leading to bad syntax), it can break " +"the template, and as a result, the template will appear blank." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:272 msgid "" -"In order to edit your translations, follow these steps from the template." +"In order to edit translations, first enter :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>`. Then, on the email template, click on the :guilabel:`Edit` button, " +"and then click on the language button, represented by the initials of the " +"language currently being used (e.g. :guilabel:`EN` for English)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:86 -msgid "Click on the edit button, then on the language button" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Edit the language of a template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 -msgid "Edit the language of a template" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:281 msgid "" -"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database will " -"be displayed. From here, editing the translations will be possible. Don't " -"forget to hit the save button to preserve your changes." +"If there aren't multiple languages installed and activated in the database, " +"or if the user does not have administration access rights, the language " +"button will not appear." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:284 msgid "" -"Translation of the body of the Application template in the different " -"languages installed." +"A pop-up window with the different languages installed on the database " +"appears. From this pop-up, editing of translations is possible. When the " +"desired changes have been made, click the :guilabel:`Save` button to save " +"the changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst-1 +msgid "Translation of the body of the Appointment Booked template." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/email_template.rst:293 +msgid "" +"When editing the translations, the default language set in the database " +"appears in **bold**." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:3 -msgid "FAQ" +msgid "Email issues" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:5 msgid "" -"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring mailing " -"concerns." +"This document contains an explanation of the most recurring emailing issues " +"in Odoo." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:7 -msgid "" -"We will start by addressing issues of outgoing emails (ex: my client has not" -" received my email), and then, of incoming emails (ex: I do not receive " -"responses from my customers in the database)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:8 msgid "Outgoing emails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:16 -msgid "What do you have to check if your email is not sent?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:13 +msgid "Email is not sent" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:15 msgid "" -"The first indicator showing you that the email has not been sent is the red " -"envelope next to the date and time of the message." +"The first indicator showing that an email has not been sent is the presence " +"of a red :guilabel:`✉️ (envelope)` icon, next to the date and time of the " +"message, located in the chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Red envelope displayed in chatter" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Red envelope icon displayed in chatter." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Unsent emails also appear in the Odoo email queue. In :ref:`developer mode " +"<developer-mode>`, the email queue can be accessed by going to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`. " +"Unsent emails appear in turquoise, while sent emails appear in grey." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:27 msgid "Common error messages" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:31 -msgid "You reached your daily limit:" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:32 +msgid "Daily limit reached" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Warning in Odoo upon email limit reached." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:38 msgid "" "Each email service provider has its own email sending limits. The limits may" -" be daily, hourly, and sometimes even per minute. This is the same for Odoo," -" we have to limit our customers to prevent our e-mail servers from being " -"blacklisted." +" be daily, hourly, or sometimes, per minute. This is the same for Odoo, " +"which limits a customer's sending to prevent Odoo's email servers from being" +" blacklisted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:42 msgid "Here are the default limits for new databases:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:44 msgid "" -"200 emails/day for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " -"subscription," +"**200 emails per day** for Odoo Online and Odoo.sh databases with an active " +"subscription." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:45 -msgid "50 emails/day for one-app free and trial databases," +msgid "**20 emails per day** for one-app free databases." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:46 +msgid "**50 emails per day** for trial databases." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:47 msgid "" -"in case of migration, your daily limit might be reset to 50 emails a day." +"In the case of migration, the daily limit might be reset to 50 emails per " +"day." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:49 -msgid "In case you hit the limit, you can:" +msgid "If the daily limit is reached:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:51 msgid "" -"Ask our support team to increase your daily limit. We will analyze the " -"situation of your database depending on (non-exhaustive list):" +"Contact the Odoo support team, who may increase the daily limit depending on" +" the following factors:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:54 -msgid "How many users in your database," +msgid "How many users are in the database?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:55 -msgid "Which apps are installed," +msgid "Which apps are installed?" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:56 msgid "" -"Your bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " -"your emails because it was returned by a mail server on its way to the final" -" recipient. You can contact the `support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_." +"The bounce rate: the percentage of email addresses that did not receive " +"emails because they were returned by a mail server on its way to the final " +"recipient." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:59 msgid "" -"Use your own outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo’s mail limit " -"(please refer to :doc:`the corresponding documentation " -"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)," +"Use an external outgoing email server to be independent of Odoo's mail limit" +" (refer to the corresponding :doc:`email documentation " +"</applications/general/email_communication/email_servers>`)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:62 msgid "" -"Wait until 11pm UTC for the reset and click on the retry button: The " -":ref:`Developer mode <developer-mode>` must be activated. Then, go to " -":menuselection:`Settings --> Technical --> Emails`" +"Wait until 11 PM (UTC) for the daily limit to reset, and retry sending the " +"email. In :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>`, go to " +":menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Email --> Emails`, then " +"click the :guilabel:`Retry` button next to an unsent email." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Retry button of an emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:67 msgid "" -"The daily limit is global to your database and can rise quickly! By default " -"an internal message, a notification, a note, etc. counts as an email in your" -" daily limit if it notifies someone." +"The daily email limit is comprehensive to the database. By default, any " +"internal message, notification, logged note, etc. counts as an email in the " +"daily limit if it notifies someone via email. This can be mitigated by " +"receiving :ref:`notifications in Odoo " +"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>`, instead of emails." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:73 -msgid "" -"You can mitigate this by receiving your :ref:`notifications in Odoo " -"<discuss_app/notification_preferences>` instead of by emails." +msgid "SMTP error" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:77 -msgid "SMTP Error" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages explain why an email " +"wasn't transmitted successfully. :abbr:`SMTP (Simple Mail Transport " +"Protocol)` is a protocol to describe the email structure, and transmits data" +" from messages over the Internet. The error messages generated by email " +"services are helpful tools to diagnose and troubleshoot email problems." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:81 msgid "" -"You can find out why an email wasn't transmitted successfully by reviewing " -"the Simple Mail Transport Protocol (SMTP) error messages. SMTP is a protocol" -" to describe the email structure and transmit it over the Internet, and the " -"error messages generated by email services are helpful tools to diagnose and" -" troubleshoot email problems." +"This is an example of a 554 SMTP permanent delivery error: `554: delivery " +"error: Sorry, your message to ------@yahoo.com cannot be delivered. This " +"mailbox is disabled (554.30). - mta4471.mail.bf1.yahoo.com --- Below this " +"line is a copy of the message.`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:85 -msgid "No Error" -msgstr "沒有錯誤" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:87 msgid "" -"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " -"failed. The different providers implement a personalized policy of the " -"bounce emails and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " -"correctly." +"The debug menu can be used to investigate SMTP sending issues from a " +"database. To access the menu, :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` must be" +" activated. Once activated, navigate to the :menuselection:`Debug Menu` in " +"the top right of the menu bar (the :guilabel:`🐞 (bug)` icon), " +":menuselection:`Debug Menu --> Manage Messages`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:91 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:90 msgid "" -"If you have this problem on a recurring basis with the same client or the " -"same domain, please do not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support " -"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help in finding a reason." +"The :guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu opens a list of all the messages sent " +"in a particular record. Within each message there is information on sending," +" including the type, and subtype, of the message." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:94 msgid "" -"Note: in such case, one of the most common reasons is related to :ref:`SPF " -"<email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or :ref:`DKIM " -"<email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration." +"Other information includes to whom the message was sent, and whether Odoo " +"received a bounce-back message from an email server." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:98 -msgid "Why is my email sent late?" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Manage messages menu option on the debug menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:102 msgid "" -"It may happen that you schedule an email campaign but it is not sent on " -"time. We know that we use a delayed job to send emails that we consider as " -"not urgent (Newsletters concept such as mass mailing, marketing automation, " -"events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to run" -" automatically at predetermined intervals. We use that policy in order to " -"avoid cluttering the mail servers and prioritize the communication." +"A user must be on a view in Odoo that has a chatter in order for the " +":guilabel:`Manage Messages` menu option to appear." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:106 +msgid "No error populated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:108 msgid "" -"The emails considered urgent (communication from one person to another one " -"such as Sales Orders, Invoices, Purchase Orders, etc.) are sent directly." +"Odoo is not always capable of providing information for the reason it " +"failed. The different email providers implement a personalized policy of " +"bounced emails, and it is not always possible for Odoo to interpret it " +"correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rstNone -msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:113 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:112 msgid "" -"By default, the Mass Mailing cron runs every 60 minutes. So, you should wait" -" maximum an hour before the campaign is actually sent." +"If this is a recurring problem with the same client, or the same domain, do " +"not hesitate to contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ for help" +" in finding a reason." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:117 -msgid "Incoming emails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:119 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:116 msgid "" -"When you have an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " -"indication per se in Odoo. This is the client who tries to contact a " -"database who will get a bounce (most of the time 550: mailbox unavailable)." +"One of the most common reasons for an email failing to send with no error " +"message is related to :ref:`SPF <email_communication/spf_compliant>` and/or " +":ref:`DKIM <email_communication/DKIM_compliant>` configuration. Also, check " +"to make sure the `mail.bounce.alias` is defined in the *system parameters*. " +"Access system parameters in :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` by " +"navigating to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> Parameters" +" --> System Parameters`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:124 -msgid "Emails are not received" +msgid "Email is sent late" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:126 -msgid "Depending on the platform you are using:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:128 msgid "" -"The **Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder " -":file:`~/logs/`." +"Email campaigns send at a scheduled time, using a delay pre-programed in the" +" database. Odoo uses a delayed task to send emails that are considered \"not" +" urgent\" (newsletter formats, such as: mass mailing, marketing automation, " +"and events). The system utility **cron** can be used to schedule programs to" +" run automatically at predetermined intervals. Odoo uses that policy in " +"order to avoid cluttering the mail servers and, instead, prioritizes " +"individual communication. This **cron** is called :guilabel:`Mail: Email " +"Queue Manager`, and can be accessed in :ref:`developer mode <developer-" +"mode>` by going to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Automation --> Scheduled Actions`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:130 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst-1 +msgid "Email scheduled to be sent later." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:140 msgid "" -"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (preferably accessed by the command line) of an " -"Odoo.sh contains a list of files containing the logs of the database. The " -"log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM UTC. The two last days are not " -"compressed, while the older ones are, in order to gain space. The naming of " -"the files for Today and Yesterday are :file:`odoo.log` and " -":file:`odoo.log.1`. For the following, they are named with their dates and " -"compressed. See the Odoo.sh documentation about :ref:`logs <odoosh/logs>`. " -"Use the command ``grep`` and ``zgrep`` (for the compressed ones) to search " -"through the files." +"What is a **cron**? A cron is an action that Odoo runs in the background to " +"execute particular code to complete a task." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:144 msgid "" -"**Odoo Online** users won’t have access to their logs. However you can still" -" contact `Odoo Support <https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ , if you have a " -"recurring issue with the same client or domain." +"By default, the *Mass Mailing cron* runs every 60 minutes. This can be " +"changed to no less than 5 minutes. However, running the action every 5 " +"minutes would bog down the Odoo database (stress the system), so this is not" +" recommended. To edit the mass mailing cron, select the scheduled action " +":guilabel:`Mail: Email Queue Manager`, and proceed to make any necessary " +"adjustments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:143 -msgid "Get help from support" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:145 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:149 msgid "" -"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " -"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful:" +"Emails that are considered urgent (communication from one person to another," +" such as sales orders, invoices, purchase orders, etc.) are sent " +"immediately." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:148 -msgid "" -"The **EML** of the email, stating for *Electronic Mail*, is the file format " -"containing all the technical information required for an investigation. The " -"documentation of your own email provider might help you on how to get your " -"EML files. Once you get the EML of the email, adding it in the attachment of" -" your ticket is the most efficient way for us to investigate. The support " -"will mainly focus on redundant issues." +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:153 +msgid "Incoming emails" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:155 -msgid "`Gmail documentation <https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:157 msgid "" -"`Outlook documentation <https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/office/view-" -"internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" -"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +"When there is an issue with incoming emails, there might not be an " +"indication, per se, in Odoo. It is the sending email client, who tries to " +"contact a database, that will get a bounce-back message (most of the time a " +":guilabel:`550: mailbox unavailable` error message)." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:160 +msgid "Email is not received" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:162 msgid "" -"The exact flow you are following in order to normally receive those emails " -"in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +"The steps that should be taken depend on the Odoo platform where the " +"database is hosted." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:163 -msgid "Is this simply a reply from an email going out from Odoo ?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:165 -msgid "Are you using an incoming email server or somehow redirecting?" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:164 msgid "" -"Can you provide us with an example of an email that has been correctly " -"forwarded ?" +"**Odoo.sh** users can find their live logs on the folder :file:`~/logs/`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:169 -msgid "Providing answers to the following questions:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:171 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:166 msgid "" -"Is it a generic issue or is it specific to a use case? If yes, which one " -"exactly?" +"Logs are a stored collection of all the tasks completed in a database. They " +"are a text-only representation, complete with timestamps of every action " +"taken on the Odoo database. This can be helpful to track emails leaving the " +"database. Failure to send can also be seen by logs that indicate that the " +"message tried to send repeatedly. Logs will show every action to the email " +"servers from the database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:173 +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:172 +msgid "" +"The folder :file:`~/logs/` (accessed by the command line or on the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard) of an Odoo.sh database contains a list of files containing the " +"logs of the database. The log files are created everyday at 5:00 AM (UTC)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:177 +msgid "" +"The two most recent days (today and yesterday) are not compressed, while the" +" older ones are, in order to save space. The naming of the files for today " +"and yesterday are respectively: :file:`odoo.log` and :file:`odoo.log.1`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:181 +msgid "" +"For the following days, they are named with their dates, and then " +"compressed. Use the command :command:`grep` and :command:`zgrep` (for the " +"compressed ones) to search through the files." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:185 +msgid "" +"For more information on logs and how to access them via the Odoo.sh " +"dashboard, see :ref:`this administration documentation <odoosh/logs>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:188 +msgid "" +"For more information on accessing logs via the command line visit :ref:`this" +" developer documentation <reference/cmdline/server/logging>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:191 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Online** users won't have access to the logs. However `Odoo Support " +"<https://www.odoo.com/help>`_ can be contacted if there is a recurring issue" +" with the same client or domain." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:196 +msgid "Get help from Odoo support" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:198 +msgid "" +"In order to get helped efficiently, please provide as much information as " +"possible. Here is a list of what can be helpful when reaching out to the " +"Odoo Support team about an issue:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Send a copy of the email headers. The `.EML` file (or **headers**) of the " +"email is the file format containing all the technical information required " +"for an investigation. The documentation from the email provider might " +"explain how to access the EML file/header files. Once the headers of the " +"email are obtained, adding it into the Odoo Support ticket is the most " +"efficient way for the Odoo Support team to investigate." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:208 +msgid "" +"`Gmail documentation on headers " +"<https://support.google.com/mail/answer/29436>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`Outlook documentation on headers <https://support.microsoft.com/en-" +"us/office/view-internet-message-headers-in-outlook-" +"cd039382-dc6e-4264-ac74-c048563d212c#tab=Web>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:212 +msgid "" +"Explain the exact flow that is being followed to normally receive those " +"emails in Odoo. Here are examples of questions whose answers can be useful:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:215 +msgid "Is this a notification message from a reply being received in Odoo?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:216 +msgid "Is this a message being sent from the Odoo database?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Is there an incoming email server being used, or is the email somehow being " +"redirected?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:218 +msgid "Is there an example of an email that has been correctly forwarded?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:220 +msgid "Provide answers to the following questions:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:222 +msgid "" +"Is it a generic issue, or is it specific to a use case? If specific to a use" +" case, which one exactly?" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:224 msgid "" "Is it working as expected? In case the email is sent using Odoo, the bounce " -"email should reach the Odoo database and display the :ref:`red envelope " +"email should reach the Odoo database, and display the :ref:`red envelope " "<red_envelop>`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/email_communication/faq.rst:228 +msgid "" +"The bounce system parameter needs to be set in the technical settings in " +"order for the database to correctly receive bounce messages. To access this " +"setting, go to :menuselection:`Settings app --> Technical menu --> " +"Parameters --> System Parameters`. Then select the parameter name " +":guilabel:`mail.bounce.alias` and set the value to `bounce` if it isn't " +"already set." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst:3 msgid "Export and import data" msgstr "" @@ -2825,7 +3284,7 @@ msgid "" "*Action*, and, then, on *Export*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "view of the different things to enable/click to export data" msgstr "" @@ -2836,7 +3295,7 @@ msgid "" "the data to export:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/export_import_data.rst-1 msgid "" "overview of all the options to take into account when exporting data in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3510,28 +3969,28 @@ msgid "" "post directly from my database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 msgid "Buying Credits" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:13 msgid "" "Each IAP Service relies on prepaid credits to work and has its own pricing. " "To consult my current balance or to recharge my account, go to " ":menuselection:`Settings --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:21 msgid "" "If I am on Odoo Online and have the Enterprise version, I benefit from free " "credits to test our IAP features." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 msgid "IAP accounts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:25 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:27 msgid "" "Credits to use IAP services are stored on IAP accounts, which are specific " "to each service and database. By default, IAP accounts are common to all " @@ -3540,11 +3999,11 @@ msgid "" " Settings --> IAP Account`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 msgid "IAP Portal" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:38 msgid "" "The IAP Portal is a platform regrouping my IAP Services. It is accessible " "from :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my Services`. From " @@ -3552,11 +4011,11 @@ msgid "" "consumption and set a reminder to when credits are low." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 msgid "Get notified when credits are low" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:48 msgid "" "To be notified when it’s time to recharge my credits, I’ll go to my IAP " "Portal through :menuselection:`Settings app --> Odoo IAP --> View my " @@ -3566,45 +4025,469 @@ msgid "" "by email!" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 msgid "IAP services available" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 msgid "" "Different services are available depending on the hosting type of your " "Database:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 msgid "" "*Odoo Online*: only the IAP services provided by Odoo can be used (i.e. the " "SMS, Snailmail, Reveal and Partner Autocomplete features);" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:64 msgid "" "*Odoo.sh and Odoo Enterprise (on-premise)*: both the services provided by " "Odoo and by third-party apps can be used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 msgid "Offering my own services" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/in_app_purchase.rst:70 msgid "" "I am more than welcome to offer my own IAP services through Odoo Apps! It is" " the perfect opportunity to get recurring revenue for an ongoing service use" " rather than — and possibly instead of — a sole initial purchase. Please, " -"find more information at: :doc:`In-App Purchase </developer/api/iap>`." +"find more information at: :doc:`/developer/howtos/provide_iap_services`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:3 +msgid "Reporting" +msgstr "報告" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:5 +msgid "" +"You can find under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of most apps several " +"reports that let you analyze and visualize your records' data." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:11 +msgid "Selecting a view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Depending on the report, Odoo can display the data in various ways. " +"Sometimes, a unique view fully tailored to the report is available, while " +"several views are available for others. However, two generic views are " +"dedicated to reporting: the graph and pivot views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:20 +msgid "Graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:22 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`graph view <reporting/using-graph>` is used to visualize your " +"records' data, helping you identify patterns and trends. The view is often " +"found under the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found " +"elsewhere. Click the **graph view button** located at the top right to " +"access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:34 +msgid "Pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:36 +msgid "" +"The :ref:`pivot view <reporting/using-pivot>` is used to aggregate your " +"records' data and break it down for analysis. The view is often found under " +"the :guilabel:`Reporting` menu of apps but can be found elsewhere. Click the" +" **pivot view button** located at the top right to access it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst-1 +msgid "Selecting the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:47 +msgid "Choosing measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:49 +msgid "" +"After selecting a view, you should ensure only the relevant records are " +":doc:`filtered <search>`. Next, you should choose what is measured. By " +"default, a measure is always selected. If you wish to edit it, click " +":guilabel:`Measures` and choose one or, only for pivots, multiple measures." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:54 +msgid "" +"When you select a measure, Odoo aggregates the values recorded on that field" +" for the filtered records. Only numerical fields (:ref:`integer " +"<studio/fields/simple-fields/integer>`, :ref:`decimal <studio/fields/simple-" +"fields/decimal>`, :ref:`monetary <studio/fields/simple-fields/monetary>`) " +"can be measured. In addition, the :guilabel:`Count` option is used to count " +"the total number of filtered records." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:60 +msgid "" +"After choosing what you want to measure, you can define how the data should " +"be :ref:`grouped <search/group>` depending on the dimension you want to " +"analyze. By default, the data is often grouped by *Date > Month*, which is " +"used to analyze the evolution of a measure over the months." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:65 +msgid "" +"When you filter a single time period, the option to compare it against " +"another one appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Using the comparison option" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:75 +msgid "Select measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Among other measures, you could add the :guilabel:`Margin` and " +":guilabel:`Count` measures to the Sales Analysis report. By default, the " +":guilabel:`Untaxed Amount` measure is selected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Selecting different measures on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:85 +msgid "Group measures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:87 +msgid "" +"You could group the measures by :guilabel:`Product Category` at the level of" +" rows on the previous Sales Analysis report example." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding a group on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:97 +msgid "Using the pivot view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:99 +msgid "" +"Grouping data is quintessential to the pivot view. It enables drilling down " +"the data to gain deeper insights. While you can use the :guilabel:`Group By`" +" option to quickly add a group at the level of rows, as shown in the example" +" above, you can also click the plus button (:guilabel:`➕`) next to the " +":guilabel:`Total` header at the level of rows *and* columns, and then select" +" one of the **preconfigured groups**. To remove one, click the minus button " +"(:guilabel:`➖`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:105 +msgid "" +"Once you have added a group, you can add new ones on the opposite axis or " +"the newly created subgroups." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:109 +msgid "" +"You could further divide the measures on the previous Sales Analysis report " +"example by the :guilabel:`Salesperson` group at the level of columns and by " +"the :guilabel:`Order Date > Month` group on the :guilabel:`All / Saleable / " +"Office Furniture` product category." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Adding multiple groups on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Switch the rows and columns' groups by clicking the flip axis button " +"(:guilabel:`⇄`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:119 +msgid "" +"Click on a measure's label to sort the values by ascending (⏶) or descending" +" (⏷) order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:120 +msgid "" +"Download a `.xlsx` version of the pivot by clicking the download button " +"(:guilabel:`⭳`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:125 +msgid "Using the graph view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:127 +msgid "Three graphs are available, the bar, line, and pie charts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:129 +msgid "" +"**Bar charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of several " +"categories. They are especially useful as they can deal with larger data " +"sets." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:132 +msgid "" +"**Line charts** are useful to show changing time series and trends over " +"time." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:134 +msgid "" +"**Pie charts** are used to show the distribution or a comparison of a small " +"number of categories when they form a meaningful whole." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:139 +msgid "Bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:145 +msgid "Line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:151 +msgid "Pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Viewing the Sales Analysis report as a pie chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:158 +msgid "" +"For **bar** and **line** charts, you can use the stacked option when you " +"have at least two groups, which then appear on top of each other instead of " +"next to each other." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:163 +msgid "Stacked bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:169 +msgid "Regular bar chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked bar chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:175 +msgid "Stacked line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:198 +msgid "Regular line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Non-stacked line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:187 +msgid "" +"For **line** charts, you can use the cumulative option to sum values, which " +"is especially useful to show the change in growth over a time period." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:192 +msgid "Cumulative line chart" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Cumulative line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/reporting.rst:0 +msgid "Regular line chart example" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:3 +msgid "Search and filter records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Odoo uses filters to include only the most relevant records depending on the" +" purpose of the view you are on. However, you can edit the default filter or" +" search for specific values." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:11 +msgid "Preconfigured filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:13 +msgid "" +"You can modify the default selection of records by clicking " +":guilabel:`Filters` and selecting one or several **preconfigured filters**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:17 +msgid "" +"On the Sales Analysis report, only records at the sales order stage are " +"selected by default. However, you could *also* include records at the " +"quotation stage by selecting :guilabel:`Quotations`. Furthermore, you could " +"*only* include records from a specific year, for example *2022*, by " +"selecting :menuselection:`Order Date --> 2022`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using preconfigured filters on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:27 +msgid "" +"If you select preconfigured filters from the same group (i.e., that are " +"*not* separated by an horizontal line), the records can match *any* " +"condition to be included. However, if you select filters from different " +"groups, the records have to match *all* condition to be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:34 +msgid "Custom filters" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:36 +msgid "" +"You can create custom filters using most fields present on the model by " +"clicking :menuselection:`Filters --> Add Custom Filter`, selecting a field, " +"an operator, a value, and clicking :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:41 +msgid "" +"You could *only* include records from a single salesperson on the Sales " +"Analysis report, for example *Mitchell Admin*, by selecting " +":guilabel:`Salesperson` as the field, :guilabel:`is equal to` as the " +"operator, and typing `Mitchell Admin` as the value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Using a custom filter on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:50 +msgid "" +"If the records should *only* match one of several conditions, click " +":guilabel:`Add a condition` before applying a custom filter. If the records " +"should match *all* conditions, add new custom filters instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:57 +msgid "Search for values" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:59 +msgid "" +"You can use the search field to quickly look for specific values and add " +"them as a filter. Either type the full value you are searching for and " +"select the desired field, or type a part of the value, click the dropdown " +"button (:guilabel:`⏵`) before the chosen field, and select the exact value " +"you are looking for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:65 +msgid "" +"Instead of adding a custom filter to select records where *Mitchell Admin* " +"is the salesperson on the Sales Analysis report, you could search for " +"`Mitch`, click the dropdown button (:guilabel:`⏵`) next to :guilabel:`Search" +" Salesperson for: Mitch`, and select :guilabel:`Mitchell Admin`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Searching for a specific value on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:75 +msgid "" +"Using the search field is equivalent to using the *contains* operator when " +"adding a custom filter. If you enter a partial value and directly select the" +" desired field, *all* records containing the characters you typed for the " +"selected field will be included." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:82 +msgid "Group records" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:84 +msgid "" +"You can click :guilabel:`Group By` below the search field to cluster records" +" together according to one of the **preconfigured groups**." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:88 +msgid "" +"You could group the records by salesperson on the Sales Analysis report by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Group By` and selecting :guilabel:`Salesperson`. No " +"records are filtered out." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:0 +msgid "Grouping records on the Sales Analysis report" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:95 +msgid "" +"You can **customize groups** by using a wide selection of fields present on " +"the model. To do so, click :menuselection:`Group By --> Add Custom Group`, " +"select a field, and click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/search.rst:99 +msgid "" +"You can use several groups at the same time. The first group you select is " +"the main cluster, the next one you add further divides the main group's " +"categories, and so on." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:5 +msgid "Users and companies" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:7 -msgid "Users & Companies" -msgstr "使用者 & 公司" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users.rst:9 msgid "" "Odoo defines a *user* as someone who has access to a database to perform " "daily tasks. You can add as many users as you need and, in order to restrict" @@ -3640,7 +4523,7 @@ msgid "" " rights are shown in black." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab users in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3652,7 +4535,7 @@ msgid "" "*Website/Restricted Editor* and *Sales/User: All Documents*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab inherited in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3668,7 +4551,7 @@ msgid "" "access to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab menus in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3695,7 +4578,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "*Delete*: the values of that object can be deleted by the user." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab access rights in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3713,7 +4596,7 @@ msgid "" "*Write*, *Create* and *Delete* values." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/access_rights.rst-1 msgid "View of a group’s form emphasizing the tab record rules in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3737,11 +4620,11 @@ msgid "" "overall management process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 msgid "Manage companies and records" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:15 msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Companies` and fill in the form " "with your company’s information. If a *Parent Company* is selected, records " @@ -3749,11 +4632,11 @@ msgid "" "active)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "Overview of a new company's form in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:24 msgid "" "Activate the :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` to choose a *Favicon* " "for each of your companies, and easily identify them by the browser tabs. " @@ -3766,7 +4649,7 @@ msgid "" "View of a web browser and the favicon for a specific company chosen in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:33 msgid "" "Switch between or select multiple companies by enabling their selection " "boxes to activate them. The grayed company is the one which environment is " @@ -3775,126 +4658,123 @@ msgid "" "environment in use is of *JS Store US*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of the companies menu through the main dashboard in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:42 msgid "" "Data such as Products, Contacts, and Equipment can be shared or set to be " "shown for a specific company only. To do so, on their forms, choose between:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:45 msgid "*A blank field*: the record is shared within all companies." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:46 msgid "" "*Adding a company*: the record is visible to users logged in to that " "specific company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of a product's form emphasizing the company field in Odoo Sales" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 msgid "Employees' access" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:55 msgid "" "Once companies are created, manage your employees' :doc:`Access Rights " "<access_rights>` for *Multi Companies*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of an user form emphasizing the multi companies field under the access rights tabs\n" "in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:64 msgid "" "If a user has multiple companies *activated* on his database, and he is " "**editing** a record, the editing happens on the record's related company." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:67 msgid "" "Example: if editing a sale order issued under JS Store US while working on " "the JS Store Belgium environment, the changes are applied under JS Store US " "(the company from which the sale order was issued)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 msgid "When **creating** a record, the company taken into account is:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 msgid "The current company (the one active) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:71 msgid "No company is set (on products and contacts’ forms for example) or," msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:72 msgid "" "The company set is the one linked to the document (the same as if a record " "is being edited)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 msgid "Documents’ format" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:77 msgid "" "To set documents' formats according to each company, *activate* and *select*" " the respective one and, under *Settings*, click on *Configure Document " "Layout*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the document layout field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 msgid "Inter-Company Transactions" msgstr "公司間交易" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 msgid "" "First, make sure each one of your companies is properly set in relation to:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:87 +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 msgid "" ":doc:`Chart of Accounts " -"<../../finance/accounting/getting_started/initial_configuration/chart_of_accounts>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:89 -msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/default_taxes>`" +"<../../finance/accounting/get_started/chart_of_accounts>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:90 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Positions " -"<../../finance/accounting/taxation/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" +msgid ":doc:`Taxes <../../finance/accounting/taxes>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:91 -msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank/setup/bank_accounts>`" +msgid "" +":doc:`Fiscal Positions <../../finance/accounting/taxes/fiscal_positions>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:92 -msgid "" -":doc:`Fiscal Localizations " -"<../../finance/accounting/fiscal_localizations/overview/fiscal_localization_packages>`" +msgid ":doc:`Journals <../../finance/accounting/bank>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:93 +msgid ":doc:`Fiscal Localizations <../../finance/fiscal_localizations>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:94 @@ -3909,7 +4789,7 @@ msgid "" "or at a sales/purchase orders level." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the settings page emphasizing the inter company transaction field in" " Odoo" @@ -3928,7 +4808,7 @@ msgid "" "Belgium." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "View of an invoice for JS Store US created on JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3947,7 +4827,7 @@ msgid "" "confirmed if the *Automatic Validation* feature was enabled)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst-1 msgid "" "View of the purchase created on JS Store US from JS Store Belgium in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -3968,7 +4848,44 @@ msgid ":doc:`Multi-company Guidelines </developer/howtos/company>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/companies.rst:134 -msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/others/multi_currency`" +msgid ":doc:`../../finance/accounting/get_started/multi_currency`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:3 +msgid "Deleting an Odoo.com Account" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:5 +msgid "" +"To delete your Odoo.com account, access the delete option by clicking on the" +" user icon. The delete option can be accessed by going to :menuselection:`My" +" Account --> Edit Security Settings --> Delete Account`. It can also be " +"accessed by going to https://www.odoo.com/my/home." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Deleting an Odoo account is irreversible. Take caution when performing this " +"action as the Odoo.com account will not be retrievable." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:13 +msgid "" +"Upon clicking the :guilabel:`Delete Account` button, a pop-up window will " +"appear, asking you to confirm the account deletion." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst-1 +msgid "" +"Clicking on the Delete Account button will populate a window verifying the " +"change." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/delete_account.rst:20 +msgid "" +"Confirm the deletion by entering the :guilabel:`password` and the " +":guilabel:`login` for the account being deleted. Click the :guilabel:`Delete" +" Account` button to confirm the deletion." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:3 @@ -4045,7 +4962,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/language.rst:61 -msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/publish/translate`" +msgid ":doc:`../../websites/website/configuration/translate`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst:3 @@ -4077,7 +4994,7 @@ msgid "" "Go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Manage Users` and click on *Create*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of the settings page emphasizing the manage users field in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4094,7 +5011,7 @@ msgid "" " database." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the access rights tab in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4105,7 +5022,7 @@ msgid "" "invitation and create a login." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a user’s form with a notification that the invitation email has been" " sent in Odoo" @@ -4123,7 +5040,7 @@ msgid "" "be selected." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "" "View of a user’s form in developer mode emphasizing the user type field in " "Odoo" @@ -4172,7 +5089,7 @@ msgid "" "**Password Reset** and *Save*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Enabling Password Reset in Odoo Settings" msgstr "" @@ -4199,7 +5116,7 @@ msgid "" " with a link redirecting the user to an Odoo login page." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Example of an email with a password reset link for an Odoo account" msgstr "" @@ -4214,7 +5131,7 @@ msgid "" "Password*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "Change another user's password on Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4254,7 +5171,7 @@ msgid "" "</developer/howtos/company>` documentation." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/manage_users.rst-1 msgid "View of a user’s form emphasizing the multi companies field in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4262,6 +5179,144 @@ msgstr "" msgid ":doc:`companies`" msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:3 +msgid "Portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Portal access is given to users who need the ability to view certain " +"documents or information within an Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:8 +msgid "" +"Some common use cases for providing portal access include allowing customers" +" to read/view any or all of the following in Odoo:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:11 +msgid "leads/opportunities" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:12 +msgid "quotations/sales orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:13 +msgid "purchase orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:14 +msgid "invoices & bills" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:15 +msgid "projects" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:16 +msgid "tasks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:17 +msgid "timesheets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:18 +msgid "tickets" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:19 +msgid "signatures" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:20 +msgid "subscriptions" +msgstr "網站訂閱" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:23 +msgid "" +"Portal users only have read/view access, and will not be able to edit any " +"documents in the database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:27 +msgid "Provide portal access to customers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:29 +msgid "" +"From the main Odoo dashboard, select the :guilabel:`Contacts` application. " +"If the contact is not yet created in the database, click on the " +":guilabel:`Create` button, enter the details of the contact, and then click " +":guilabel:`Save`. Otherwise, choose an existing contact, and then click on " +"the :guilabel:`Action` drop-down menu located at the top-center of the " +"interface." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "Use the Contacts application to give portal access to users" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Then select :guilabel:`Grant portal access`. A pop-up window appears, " +"listing three fields:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:40 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Contact`: the recorded name of the contact in the Odoo database" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:41 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Email`: the contact's email address that they will use to log " +"into the portal" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:42 +msgid ":guilabel:`In Portal`: whether or not the user has portal access" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:44 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access, first enter the contact's :guilabel:`Email` they " +"will use to log into the portal. Then, check the box under the :guilabel:`In" +" Portal` column. Optionally, add text to the invitation message the contact " +"will receive. Then click :guilabel:`Apply` to finish." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An email address and corresponding checkbox for the contact need to be filled in before\n" +"sending a portal invitation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:53 +msgid "" +"An email will be sent to the specified email address, indicating that the " +"contact is now a portal user for that Odoo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To grant portal access to multiple users at once, navigate to a company " +"contact, then click :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access` to view " +"a list of all of the company's related contacts. Check the box under the " +":guilabel:`In Portal` column for all the contacts that need portal access, " +"then click :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/general/users/portal.rst:63 +msgid "" +"At any time, portal access can be revoked by navigating to the contact, " +"clicking :menuselection:`Action --> Grant portal access`, and then " +"unselecting the checkbox under the :guilabel:`In Portal` column and clicking" +" :guilabel:`Apply`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/general/voip.rst:5 msgid "VoIP (Voice over Internet Protocol)" msgstr "" @@ -4334,58 +5389,58 @@ msgid "" "extracted:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:37 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:38 msgid "**Change to the pjproject source directory:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:44 msgid "**run:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:50 msgid "**Build and install pjproject:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:58 msgid "**Update shared library links:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:64 msgid "**Verify that pjproject is installed:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:70 msgid "**The result should be:**" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:86 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:87 msgid "Asterisk" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:89 msgid "" "In order to install Asterisk 13.7.0, you can download the source directly " "`there <http://downloads.asterisk.org/pub/telephony/asterisk/old-" "releases/asterisk-13.7.0.tar.gz>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:92 msgid "Extract Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:96 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:98 msgid "Enter the Asterisk directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:104 msgid "Run the Asterisk configure script:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:110 msgid "Run the Asterisk menuselect tool:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 msgid "" "In the menuselect, go to the resources option and ensure that res_srtp is " "enabled. If there are 3 x’s next to res_srtp, there is a problem with the " @@ -4393,40 +5448,40 @@ msgid "" "You should also see stars in front of the res_pjsip lines." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:120 msgid "Compile and install Asterisk:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:126 msgid "" "If you need the sample configs you can run 'make samples' to install the " "sample configs. If you need to install the Asterisk startup script you can " "run 'make config'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:125 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:130 msgid "DTLS Certificates" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:132 msgid "After you need to setup the DTLS certificates." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:133 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:138 msgid "Enter the Asterisk scripts directory:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:139 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:144 msgid "" "Create the DTLS certificates (replace pbx.mycompany.com with your ip address" " or dns name, replace My Super Company with your company name):" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:146 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:152 msgid "Configure Asterisk server" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:154 msgid "" "For WebRTC, a lot of the settings that are needed MUST be in the peer " "settings. The global settings do not flow down into the peer settings very " @@ -4435,7 +5490,7 @@ msgid "" "uncommented:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:158 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:166 msgid "" "Next, edit sip.conf. The WebRTC peer requires encryption, avpf, and " "icesupport to be enabled. In most cases, directmedia should be disabled. " @@ -4444,54 +5499,54 @@ msgid "" "peer itself; setting these config lines globally might not work:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:186 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:197 msgid "" "In the sip.conf and rtp.conf files you also need to add or uncomment the " "lines:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 msgid "Lastly, set up extensions.conf:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:213 msgid "Configure Odoo VOIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:204 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:215 msgid "In Odoo, the configuration should be done in the user's preferences." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:210 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:221 msgid "" "The SIP Login/Browser's Extension is the number you configured previously in" " the sip.conf file (in our example: 1060)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:212 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 msgid "The SIP Password is the secret you chose in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:214 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:226 msgid "" "The extension of your office's phone is not a required field but it is used " "if you want to transfer your call from Odoo to an external phone also " "configured in the sip.conf file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:217 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:230 msgid "" "The configuration should also be done in the General Settings under the " "\"Integrations\" section." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:222 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:235 msgid "" "The PBX Server IP should be the same as the IP you define in the http.conf " "file." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:224 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/asterisk.rst:237 msgid "" "The WebSocket should be: ws://localhost:XXXX/ws where \"localhost\" needs to" " be the same as the IP defined previously and \"XXXX\" needs to be the port " @@ -4526,7 +5581,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Go to :menuselection:`Apps` and install the **VoIP Module**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "VoIP module installation on an Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4550,7 +5605,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**VoIP Environment**: set as *Production*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox as VoIP provider in an Odoo database" msgstr "" @@ -4573,7 +5628,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "**SIP Password**: the Axivox *SIP Password*" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Integration of Axivox user in the Odoo user preference" msgstr "" @@ -4607,7 +5662,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your number is the one provided by Axivox." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rstNone +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/axivox.rst-1 msgid "Incoming VoIP call in Odoo" msgstr "" @@ -4644,7 +5699,7 @@ msgid "" "the whole infrastructure is hosted and managed by OnSIP." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:12 msgid "" "You will need to open an account with OnSIP to use this service. Before " "doing so, make sure that your area and the areas you wish to call are " @@ -4652,92 +5707,92 @@ msgid "" "configuration procedure below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:19 msgid "Go to Apps and install the module **VoIP OnSIP**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 msgid "" "Go to Settings/General Settings. In the section Integrations/Asterisk " "(VoIP), fill in the 3 fields:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:26 msgid "" "**OnSIP Domain** is the domain you chose when creating an account on " "www.onsip.com. If you don't know it, log in to https://admin.onsip.com/ and " "you will see it in the top right corner of the screen." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:23 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 msgid "**WebSocket** should contain wss://edge.sip.onsip.com" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:30 msgid "**Mode** should be Production" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:35 msgid "" "Go to **Settings/Users**. In the form view of each VoIP user, in the " "Preferences tab, fill in the section **PBX Configuration**:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:38 msgid "**SIP Login / Browser's Extension**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:39 msgid "**OnSIP authorization User**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:40 msgid "**SIP Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 msgid "**Handset Extension**: the OnSIP 'Extension'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:36 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:43 msgid "" "You can find all this information by logging in at " "https://admin.onsip.com/users, then select the user you want to configure " "and refer to the fields as pictured below." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:49 msgid "" "You can now make phone calls by clicking the phone icon in the top right " "corner of Odoo (make sure you are logged in as a user properly configured in" " Odoo and in OnSIP)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:45 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:53 msgid "" "If you see a *Missing Parameters* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure " "to refresh your Odoo window and try again." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:60 msgid "" "If you see an *Incorrect Number* message in the Odoo softphone, make sure to" " use the international format, leading with the plus (+) sign followed by " -"the international country code. E.g.: +16506913277 (where +1 is the " +"the international country code. E.g.: `+16506913277` (where `+1` is the " "international prefix for the United States)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 msgid "" "You can now also receive phone calls. Your number is the one provided by " "OnSIP. Odoo will ring and display a notification." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:74 msgid "OnSIP on Your Cell Phone" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:76 msgid "" "In order to make and receive phone calls when you are not in front of your " "computer, you can use a softphone app on your cell phone in parallel of Odoo" @@ -4745,35 +5800,35 @@ msgid "" "incoming calls, or simply for convenience. Any SIP softphone will work." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:80 msgid "" "On Android and iOS, OnSIP has been successfully tested with `Grandstream " -"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.wave>`_." -" When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " +"Wave <https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=com.grandstream.ucm>`_. " +"When creating an account, select OnSIP in the list of carriers. You will " "then have to configure it as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:84 msgid "**Account name**: OnSIP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:85 msgid "**SIP Server**: the OnSIP 'Domain'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:86 msgid "**SIP User ID**: the OnSIP 'Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:87 msgid "**SIP Authentication ID**: the OnSIP 'Auth Username'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:88 msgid "**Password**: the OnSIP 'SIP Password'" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:90 msgid "" "Aside from initiating calls from Grandstream Wave on your phone, you can " "also initiate calls by clicking phone numbers in your browser on your PC. " @@ -4781,11 +5836,12 @@ msgid "" "the other party. This approach is useful to avoid wasting time dialing phone" " numbers. In order to do so, you will need the Chrome extension `OnSIP Call " "Assistant <https://chrome.google.com/webstore/detail/onsip-call-" -"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg?hl=en>`_." +"assistant/pceelmncccldedfkcgjkpemakjbapnpg>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/general/voip/onsip.rst:97 msgid "" "The downside of using a softphone on your cell phone is that your calls will" -" not be logged in Odoo as the softphone acts as an independent separate app." +" not be logged in Odoo, as the softphone acts as an independent, separate " +"app." msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po index d58b492e6..7cb4b4dac 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/inventory_and_mrp.po @@ -8,17 +8,17 @@ # Benson <Benson.Dr@Gmail.com>, 2023 # 敬雲 林 <chingyun@yuanchih-consult.com>, 2023 # Tony Ng, 2023 -# Wil Odoo, 2023 # Martin Trigaux, 2023 +# Wil Odoo, 2023 # #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:53+0000\n" -"Last-Translator: Martin Trigaux, 2023\n" +"Last-Translator: Wil Odoo, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" "MIME-Version: 1.0\n" "Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" @@ -30,87 +30,78 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Inventory & MRP" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 -msgid "Inventory" -msgstr "庫存" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:8 +msgid "Barcode" +msgstr "條碼" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Inventory** is both an inventory application and a warehouse " -"management system, with an advanced barcode scanner app. Learn how to manage" -" lead times, automate replenishments, and configure advanced routes like " -"drop-shipping, cross-docks, etc." +"**Odoo Barcode** allows users to assign barcodes to individual products and " +"product categories, and track inventory movements using those barcodes. By " +"connecting a barcode scanner, certain inventory processes can be triggered " +"by scanning barcodes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode.rst:15 msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Basics <https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/barcode-" +"basics-692>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:16 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 -msgid "" -"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations.rst:5 +msgid "Daily operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode.rst:5 -msgid "Barcodes" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations.rst:5 -msgid "Daily Operations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:3 msgid "Process to an Inventory Adjustment with Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:5 msgid "" "To process an inventory adjustment by using barcodes, you first need to open" " the *Barcode* app. Then, from the application, click on *Inventory " "Adjustments*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:13 msgid "" "If you want to fully work with barcodes, you can download the sheet " "*Commands for Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:16 msgid "" "Once you have clicked on *Inventory Adjustments*, Odoo will automatically " "create one. Note that, if you work with multi-location, you first need to " "specify in which location the inventory adjustment takes place." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:24 msgid "" "If you don’t work with multi-location, you will be able to scan the " "different products you want to include in the inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:31 msgid "" "If you have 5 identical articles, scan it 5 times or use the keyboard to set" " the quantity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:34 msgid "" "Besides using the barcode scanner, you can also manually add a product if " "necessary. To do so, click on *Add Product* and fill the information in " "manually." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/adjustments.rst:44 msgid "" "When you have scanned all the items of the location, validate the inventory " "manually or scan the *Validate* barcode." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:3 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/cancel.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/invoicing.rst:6 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/shipping/operation/label_type.rst:6 @@ -120,7 +111,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Overview" msgstr "概覽" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "There are different situations in which barcode nomenclatures can be useful." " A well-known use case is the one of a point of sale which sells products in" @@ -129,11 +120,11 @@ msgid "" "weight of the product and help compute the price accordingly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "Create a Barcode Nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:15 msgid "" "Odoo supports Barcode Nomenclatures, which determine the mapping and " "interpretation of the encoded information. You can configure your barcode " @@ -141,20 +132,20 @@ msgid "" "to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Barcode Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:20 msgid "" "You can create a barcode nomenclature from there, and then add a line to " "create your first rule." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:26 msgid "" "The first step is to specify the **rule name**, for example Weight Barcode " "with 3 Decimals. You then have to specify the type for barcode nomenclature," " in our case it will be Weighted Product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "The Barcode Pattern is a regular expression that defines the structure of " "the barcode. In this example 21 defines the products on which the rule will " @@ -164,45 +155,45 @@ msgid "" " “D” define the decimals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:40 msgid "" "The encoding allows to specify the barcode encoding on which the rule should" " be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:44 msgid "" "You can define different rules and order their priority thanks to the " "sequence. The first rule which matches the scanned barcode will be applied." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:49 msgid "Configure your Product" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:51 msgid "The barcode of the product should start by “21”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:52 msgid "" "The 5 “dots” are the other numbers of your product barcode, allowing to " "identify the product;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:53 msgid "" "The barcode should contain 0’s where you did defined D’s or N’s. In our case" " we need to set 5 zeros because we configured “21…..{NNDDD}”;" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:54 msgid "" "In EAN-13, the last number is a check number, use an EAN13 generator to know" " which digit it should be in your case." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:59 msgid "" "In case you weight 1,5 Kg of pasta, the balance will print you the following" " barcode 2112345015002. If you scan this barcode in your POS or when " @@ -211,17 +202,17 @@ msgid "" "point of sale, a price depending on the quantity will also be computed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "Rule Types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:72 msgid "" "**Priced Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "price, used in POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:73 msgid "" "**Discounted Product**: allows you to create one barcode per applied " "discount. You can then scan your product in the POS and then scan the " @@ -229,58 +220,58 @@ msgid "" "product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:74 msgid "" "**Weighted Product**: allows you to identify the product and specify its " "weight, used in both POS (in which the price is computed based on the " "weight) and in inventory." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:75 msgid "" "**Client**: allows you to identify the customer, for example used with " "loyalty program." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:76 msgid "**Cashier**: allows you to identify the cashier when entering the POS." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:77 msgid "" "**Location**: allows you to identify the location on a transfer when multi-" "location is activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:78 msgid "" "**Package**: allows you to identify packages on a transfer when packages are" " activated." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "" "**Credit Card**: doesn’t need manual modification, exists for data from the " "Mercury module." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:80 msgid "" "**Unit Product**: allows you to identify a product for both POS and " "transfers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/barcode_nomenclature.rst:83 msgid "" "When the barcode pattern contains .*, it means that it can contain any " "number of characters, those characters being any number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:3 msgid "GS1 barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:5 msgid "" "`GS1 nomenclature <https://www.gs1us.org/>`_ consolidates multiple pieces of" " information in a single barcode. Each piece needs to follow a specific " @@ -290,28 +281,28 @@ msgid "" "identify the product, lot number, number of units contained, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:12 msgid "" "`All GS1 barcodes <https://www.gs1.org/standards/barcodes/application-" "identifiers>`_" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:13 msgid "" ":ref:`Odoo's default GS1 rules <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-" "list>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:14 msgid "" ":ref:`Why's my barcode not working? <barcode/operations/troubleshooting>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:19 msgid "Set up barcode nomenclature" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:21 msgid "" "To use GS1 nomenclature, navigate to the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " "Configuration --> Settings`. Then under the :guilabel:`Barcode` section, " @@ -320,20 +311,20 @@ msgid "" "default barcode nomenclature options." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Choose GS1 from dropdown and click the internal link to see the list of GS1 " "rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:30 msgid "" "To view and edit a list of GS1 *rules* and *barcode patterns* Odoo supports " "by default, click the :guilabel:`➡️ (External link)` icon to the right of " "the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` selection." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:33 msgid "" "Opening the pop-up table provides an editable view of GS1 :guilabel:`Rule " "Names` available in Odoo. The table contains all the information that can be" @@ -341,7 +332,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Barcode Pattern`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:38 msgid "" "After setting GS1 as the barcode nomenclature, :menuselection:`Barcode " "Nomenclatures` can also be accessed by first enabling :ref:`developer mode " @@ -350,11 +341,11 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:46 msgid "Use GS1 barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:48 msgid "" "To build GS1 barcodes in Odoo, combine multiple pieces of information using " "the specified barcode pattern. The `application identifier " @@ -370,13 +361,13 @@ msgid "" "such as barcodes for dates, have defined length requirements." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:60 msgid "" "Use the FNC1 separator (`\\x1D`) to end the barcode without needing to reach" " the maximum character length." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:63 msgid "" "Refer to the :ref:`GS1 nomenclature list <barcode/operations/default-" "gs1-nomenclature-list>` to see a comprehensive list of all barcode patterns " @@ -384,128 +375,128 @@ msgid "" "how to generate a barcode for common items in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:68 msgid "Product + quantity + lot" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:70 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode for a box that contains a product, number of units in" " it, and the lot number, the following barcode patterns are used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Name" msgstr "名稱" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Rule Name" msgstr "規則名稱" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "A.I." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Barcode Pattern" msgstr "條碼模式" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:188 msgid "Field in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "Product" msgstr "產品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "Global Trade Item Number (GTIN)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 msgid "01" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid "(01)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:190 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 msgid ":guilabel:`Barcode` field on product form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Quantity" msgstr "數量" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "Variable count of items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 msgid "30" msgstr "30" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "(30)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid ":guilabel:`Units` field on transfer form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "Lot Number" msgstr "批次號碼" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "Batch or lot number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "10" msgstr "10" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid "(10)([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:81 msgid ":guilabel:`Lot` on Detailed Operations pop-up" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:88 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:14 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/wave_transfers.rst:16 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/strategies.rst:51 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/products/uom.rst:16 @@ -530,7 +521,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Configuration" msgstr "配置" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:90 msgid "" "To track products using lots, first enable the :ref:`Lots and Serial Numbers" " <inventory/management/track_products_by_lots>` feature. To do so, navigate " @@ -539,7 +530,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:95 msgid "" "Then, set up the product barcode by navigating to the intended product form " "in :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Products` and selecting " @@ -550,7 +541,7 @@ msgid "" "unique identifying number from GS1." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:103 msgid "" "On the product form, omit the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` `01` for" " GTIN product barcode pattern, as it is only used to encode multiple " @@ -558,17 +549,17 @@ msgid "" "package contents." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:108 msgid "" "To create a barcode for the product, `Fuji Apple`, enter the 14-digit GTIN " "`12345678901231` in the :guilabel:`Barcode` field on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Enter 14-digit GTIN into the Barcode field on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:116 msgid "" "It is also possible to view a list of all products and barcodes. To access " "this list, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings`. " @@ -578,29 +569,29 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "View the Product Barcodes page from inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:128 msgid "" "Next, enable lots and serial number tracking on the product. Select the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab on the product form. Under :guilabel:`Tracking`, " "choose the :guilabel:`By Lots` radio button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "" "Enable product tracking by lots in the \"Inventory\" tab of the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:136 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:198 msgid "Scan barcode on receipt" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:138 msgid "" "To ensure accurate lot interpretation in Odoo on product barcodes scanned " "during a receipt operation, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " @@ -608,7 +599,7 @@ msgid "" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:142 msgid "" "From the :guilabel:`Barcode Scanning` dashboard, click the " ":guilabel:`Operations` button, then the :guilabel:`Receipts` button to view " @@ -618,7 +609,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Create` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:147 msgid "" "On the list of receipts, click on the warehouse operation (`WH/IN`) and scan" " product barcodes and lot numbers with a barcode scanner. The scanned " @@ -626,99 +617,99 @@ msgid "" "open a window and manually enter quantities for specific lot numbers." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:153 msgid "" "After placing a :abbr:`PO (Purchase Order)` for 50 apples, navigate to the " "associated receipt. Scan the product barcode, and Odoo will prompt for the " "lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "" "Scan the barcode for a product on the reception picking page in the " "*Barcode* app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:160 msgid "" "Scan the lot number to process 1 of 50 apples. To avoid scanning 49 " "remaining barcodes, click the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` button next to the " "desired lot number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan lot number and click the pencil to edit quantities." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:167 msgid "" "Doing so opens a mobile-friendly keypad page to specify received quantities." " Use the keypad to specify the :guilabel:`Units` for the lot number. When " "finished, click :guilabel:`Confirm`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Change scanned quantities using pencil button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:174 msgid "" "Repeat this process to specify additional lot numbers and quantities in this" " receipt. Once the :guilabel:`Units` are all accounted for, finish the " "reception by clicking the :guilabel:`Validate` button." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:178 msgid "" "Alternatively, scan the barcode containing the product, lot number, and " "quantity to complete the receipt operation in fewer steps." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:182 msgid "Product + non-unit quantity" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:184 msgid "" "To build a GS1 barcode that contains products measured in a non-unit " "quantity, like kilograms, for example, the following barcode patterns are " "used:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "Quantity in kilograms" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 msgid "310[0-5]" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:193 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "(310[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:200 msgid "" "To confirm that quantities are correctly interpreted in Odoo, place an order" " in the *Purchase* app using the appropriate unit of measure " "(:guilabel:`UoM`) for the quantity of products to be purchased." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:205 msgid "" ":ref:`Simplify vendor unit conversions with UoMs <inventory/management/uom-" "example>`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:207 msgid "" "After the order is placed, navigate to the :menuselection:`Barcode` app to " ":ref:`receive the vendor shipment <barcode/operations/scan-received-" "products>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:211 msgid "" "On the receipt in the *Barcode* app, receive an order for `52.1 kg` of " "peaches by scanning the barcode. If `52.1 / 52.1` :guilabel:`kg` appears on " @@ -726,18 +717,18 @@ msgid "" "press :guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:215 msgid "" "Note: the :abbr:`A.I. (application identifier)` for kilograms, `310` + `1`, " "was used to represent `52.1` kg as a barcode: `000521`. This is because the " "`1` represents how many digits from the right to place the decimal point." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:0 msgid "Scan barcode screen for a reception operation in the Barcode app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:223 msgid "" "For additional verification purposes, the quantities of received products " "are also recorded on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report, accessible by " @@ -745,7 +736,7 @@ msgid "" "Moves`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:227 msgid "" "The items on the :guilabel:`Product Moves` report are grouped by product by " "default. To confirm the received quantities, click on a product line to open" @@ -756,15 +747,15 @@ msgid "" "properly stored in *Inventory*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst-1 msgid "Reception stock move record for 52.1 kg of peaches." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:240 msgid "Create rules" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:242 msgid "" "If a supplier uses a GS1 barcode with a field not supported by Odoo's " ":ref:`default GS1 list <barcode/operations/default-gs1-nomenclature-list>`, " @@ -773,7 +764,7 @@ msgid "" " list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:248 msgid "" "While the new field will be read, the information won't link to an existing " "field in Odoo without developer customizations. However, adding new rules is" @@ -781,7 +772,7 @@ msgid "" "interpreted correctly." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:252 msgid "" "Begin by turning on :ref:`developer mode <developer-mode>` and navigating to" " the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclatures` list in :menuselection:`Inventory app" @@ -789,7 +780,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` list item." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:256 msgid "" "On the :guilabel:`Default GS1 Nomenclature` page, select :guilabel:`Add a " "line` at the bottom of the table, which opens a window to create a new rule." @@ -805,24 +796,24 @@ msgid "" "about the product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:266 msgid "" "After filling in the information, click the :guilabel:`Save & New` button to" " make another rule or click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to save and return to " "the table of rules." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:272 msgid "Barcode troubleshooting" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:274 msgid "" "Since GS1 barcodes are challenging to work with, here are some checks to try" " when the barcodes are not working as expected:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:277 msgid "" "Ensure that the :guilabel:`Barcode Nomenclature` setting is set as " ":menuselection:`Default GS1 Nomenclature`. Jump to the :ref:`nomenclature " @@ -830,7 +821,7 @@ msgid "" "details." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:280 msgid "" "Ensure that the fields scanned in the barcode are enabled in Odoo. For " "example, to scan a barcode containing lots and serial numbers, make sure the" @@ -839,7 +830,7 @@ msgid "" "<barcode/operations/lot-setup-on-product>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:284 msgid "" "Omit punctuation such as parentheses `()` or brackets `[]` between the " ":abbr:`A.I. (Application Identifier)` and the barcode sequence. These are " @@ -848,7 +839,7 @@ msgid "" " to :ref:`this section <barcode/operations/create-GS1-barcode>`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:288 msgid "" "When a single barcode contains multiple encoded fields, Odoo requires all " "rules to be listed in the barcode nomenclature for Odoo to read the barcode." @@ -856,11 +847,11 @@ msgid "" "add new rules in the barcode nomenclature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:295 msgid "GS1 nomenclature list" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:297 msgid "" "The table below contains Odoo's default list of GS1 rules. Barcode patterns " "are written in regular expressions. Only the first three rules require a " @@ -868,321 +859,321 @@ msgid "" "final character." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Type" msgstr "類型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "GS1 Content Type" msgstr "GS1 內容類型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:302 msgid "Odoo field" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Serial Shipping Container Code" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package" msgstr "套裝" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "(00)(\\\\d{18})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "Numeric identifier" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:304 msgid "Package name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:306 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Unit Product" msgstr "單位產品" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "GTIN of contained trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "(02)(\\\\d{14})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:309 msgid "Packaging" msgstr "包裝" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "Ship to / Deliver to global location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Destination location" msgstr "目的庫位" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:312 msgid "(410)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Ship / Deliver for forward" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "(413)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:315 msgid "Source location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "I.D. of a physical location" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/warehouses/warehouses_locations.rst:15 msgid "Location" msgstr "地點" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:318 msgid "(414)(\\\\d{13})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Lot" msgstr "批次" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 msgid "(10) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:320 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Alpha-numeric name" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "Serial number" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:323 msgid "(21) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,20})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Packaging Date" msgstr "包裝日期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "(13)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Date" msgstr "日期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:326 msgid "Pack date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before Date" msgstr "最佳日期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "(15)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:329 msgid "Best before date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration date (YYMMDD)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiration Date" msgstr "過期日期" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "(17)(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:332 msgid "Expiry date" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Measure" msgstr "測量" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:335 msgid "UoM: Units" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Count of trade items" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "(37)(\\\\d{0,8})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:337 msgid "Qty in units for containers (AI 02)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Net weight: kilograms (kg)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:340 msgid "Qty in kg" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Length in meters (m)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "(311[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:342 msgid "Qty in m" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Net volume: liters (L)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "(315[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:344 msgid "Qty in L" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Net volume: cubic meters (m\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "(316[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:346 msgid "Qty in m\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Length in inches (in)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "(321[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:348 msgid "Qty in inches" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Net weight/volume: ounces (oz)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "(357[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:350 msgid "Qty in oz" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Net volume: cubic feet (ft\\ :sup:`3`)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "(365[0-5])(\\\\d{6})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:352 msgid "Qty in ft\\ :sup:`3`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging type" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Packaging Type" msgstr "包裝類型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "(91) ([!\"%-/0-9:-?A-Z_a-z]{0,90})" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/gs1_nomenclature.rst:354 msgid "Package type" msgstr "包裝類型" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:3 msgid "Process to Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:8 msgid "Simple Transfers" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:10 msgid "" "To process a transfer from the *Barcode* app, the first step is to go to " "*Operations*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:16 msgid "" "Then, you have the choice to either enter an existing transfer, by going to " "the corresponding operation type and manually selecting the one you want to " "enter, or by scanning the barcode of the transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:26 msgid "" "From there, you will be able to scan the products that are part of the " "existing transfer and/or add new products to this transfer. Once all the " @@ -1190,17 +1181,17 @@ msgid "" "the stock moves." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:35 msgid "" "If you have different storage locations in your warehouse, you can add " "additional steps for the different operation types." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:41 msgid "Receipts" msgstr "收據" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:43 msgid "" "When receiving a product in stock, you need to scan its barcode in order to " "identify it in the system. Once done, you can either make it enter the main " @@ -1208,24 +1199,24 @@ msgid "" "to make it enter a sub-location of the main location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:52 msgid "" "If you want the product to enter WH/Stock in our example, you can simply " "scan the next product." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:56 msgid "Delivery Orders" msgstr "交貨單" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:58 msgid "" "When delivering a product, you have to scan the source location if it is " "different than the one initially set on the transfer. Then, you can start " "scanning the products that are delivered from this specific location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:66 msgid "" "Once the different products have been scanned, you have the possibility to " "scan another location, such as WH/Stock, and another page will be added to " @@ -1233,98 +1224,98 @@ msgid "" "*Previous* and *Next* buttons." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:74 msgid "" "Now, you can validate your transfer. To do so, click on *Next* until you " "reach the last page of the transfer. There, you will be able to validate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:82 msgid "Internal Transfers" msgstr "內部轉帳" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:84 msgid "" "When realizing an internal transfer with multi-location, you first have to " "scan the source location of the product. Then, you can scan the product in " "itself, before having to scan the barcode of the destination location." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:89 msgid "" "If the source and destination of the internal transfers are already correct," " you don’t need to scan them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:93 msgid "Transfers with Tracked Products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:95 msgid "" "If you work with products tracked by lot/serial numbers, you have two ways " "of working:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:98 msgid "" "If you work with serial/lot numbers taking all products into consideration, " "you can scan the barcode of the lot/serial number and Odoo will increase the" " quantity of the product, setting its lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/internal.rst:103 msgid "" "If you have the same lot/serial number for different products, you can work " "by scanning the product barcode first, and then the barcode of the " "lot/serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:3 msgid "Create a Transfer from Scratch" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:5 msgid "" "To create a transfer from the *Barcode* application, you first need to print" " the operation type barcodes. To do so, you can download the *Stock barcode " "sheet* from the home page of the app." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/operations/transfers_scratch.rst:12 msgid "" "Once done, you can scan the one for which you want to create a new document." " Then, an empty document will be created and you will be able to scan your " "products to populate it." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup.rst:5 msgid "Setup" msgstr "設定" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:3 msgid "Set up your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:7 msgid "" "Getting started with barcode scanning in Odoo is fairly easy. Yet, a good " "user experience relies on an appropriate hardware setup. This guide will " "help you through the task of choosing and configuring the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:13 msgid "Find the barcode scanner that suits your needs" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:15 msgid "" "The 3 recommended type of barcode scanners to work with the Odoo " "**Inventory** and **Barcode Scanning** apps are the **USB scanner**, **the " "bluetooth scanner** and the **mobile computer scanner**." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:22 msgid "" "If you scan products at a computer location, the **USB scanner** is the way " "to go. Simply plug it in the computer to start scanning. Just make sure when" @@ -1332,7 +1323,7 @@ msgid "" "be configured to be so." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:27 msgid "" "The **bluetooth scanner** can be paired with a smartphone or a tablet and is" " a good choice if you want to be mobile but don't need a big investment. An " @@ -1341,7 +1332,7 @@ msgid "" "your smartphone from time to time and use the software 'manually'." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:34 msgid "" "For heavy use, the **mobile computer scanner** is the handiest solution. It " "consists of a small computer with a built-in barcode scanner. This one can " @@ -1352,15 +1343,15 @@ msgid "" " it is essential to test it first." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:44 msgid "Configure your barcode scanner" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:47 msgid "Keyboard layout" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:52 msgid "" "An USB barcode scanner needs to be configured to use the same keyboard " "layout as your operating system. Otherwise, your scanner won't translate " @@ -1368,11 +1359,11 @@ msgid "" " are configured by scanning the appropriate barcode in the user manual." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:59 msgid "Automatic carriage return" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/hardware.rst:61 msgid "" "By default, Odoo has a 50 milliseconds delay between each successive scan " "(it helps avoid accidental double scanning). If you want to suppress this " @@ -1382,11 +1373,11 @@ msgid "" " suffix ON', 'Apply Enter for suffix', etc.)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:3 msgid "Activate the Barcodes in Odoo" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:7 msgid "" "The barcode scanning features can save you a lot of time usually lost " "switching between the keyboard, the mouse and the scanner. Properly " @@ -1395,41 +1386,41 @@ msgid "" "the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:16 msgid "" "To use this feature, you first need to activate the *Barcode* functionality " "via :menuselection:`Inventory --> Settings --> Barcode Scanner`. Once you " "have ticked the feature, you can hit save." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:24 msgid "Set Product Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:26 msgid "" "You can easily assign barcodes to your different products via the " "*Inventory* app. To do so, go to :menuselection:`Settings --> Configure " "Products Barcodes`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:32 msgid "" "Then, you have the possibility to assign barcodes to your products directly " "at creation on the product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:42 msgid "" "Be careful to add barcodes directly on the product variants and not on the " "template product. Otherwise, you won’t be able to differentiate them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:47 msgid "Set Locations Barcodes" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:49 msgid "" "If you manage multiple locations, you will find useful to attribute a " "barcode to each location and stick it on the location. You can configure the" @@ -1437,32 +1428,60 @@ msgid "" "Locations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:60 msgid "" "You can easily print the barcode you allocate to the locations via the " "*Print* menu." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:64 msgid "Barcode Formats" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:66 msgid "" -"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes. They cannot be made up without " -"proper authorization. You must pay the International Article Numbering " -"Association a fee in exchange for an EAN code sequence." +"Most retail products use EAN-13 barcodes, also known as GTIN (Global Trade " +"Identification Numbers). GTIN are used by companies to uniquely identify " +"their products and services. While GTIN and UPC are often used synonymously," +" GTIN refers to the number a barcode represents, while UPC refers to the " +"barcode itself. More information about GTIN can be found on the GS1 website." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/barcode/setup/software.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:71 msgid "" -"Still, as Odoo supports any string as a barcode, you can always define your " -"own barcode format for internal use." +"In order to create GTIN for items, a company must have a GS1 Company Prefix." +" This prefix is the number that will appear at the beginning of each GTIN, " +"and will identify the company as the owner of the barcode any the products " +"it appears on. To learn more about GS1 Company Prefixes, or purchase a " +"license for a prefix, visit the GS1 Company Prefix page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/barcode/setup/software.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Odoo users are able to use GTIN barcodes to identify their products. " +"However, since Odoo supports any numeric string as a barcode, it is also " +"possible to define a custom barcode for internal use." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:8 +msgid "Inventory" +msgstr "庫存" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:10 +msgid "" +"Odoo *Inventory* is both an inventory application and a warehouse management" +" system. The app allows users to easily manage lead times, automate " +"replenishment, configure advanced routes, and more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Inventory <https://www.odoo.com/slides/inventory-24>`_" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management.rst:5 -msgid "Warehouse Management" -msgstr "倉庫管理" +msgid "Warehouse management" +msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments.rst:5 #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:3 @@ -1821,6 +1840,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:115 msgid "" "Then, to change the month, click :guilabel:`December` to reveal the drop-" "down menu, and select the desired month." @@ -1911,55 +1931,191 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:5 msgid "" -"In most companies, the stock is only counted once a year. That's why by " -"default, after making an inventory adjustment in Odoo, the scheduled date " -"for the next count is set on the 31st of December. However, for some " -"businesses it's crucial to have an accurate inventory count at all times." +"For most companies, warehouse stock only needs to be counted once a year. " +"This is why, by default, after making an *inventory adjustment* in Odoo, the" +" scheduled date for the next inventory count is set for the 31st of December" +" of the current year." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:10 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:9 msgid "" -"The goal of cycle counts is to keep critical stock levels accurate by " -"counting more often at key locations." +"However, for some businesses, it's crucial to have an accurate inventory " +"count at all times. These companies use *cycle counts* to keep critical " +"stock levels accurate. Cycle counting is a method by which companies count " +"their inventory more often in certain *locations*, to ensure that their " +"physical inventory counts match their inventory records." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:15 +msgid "Activate storage locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:17 msgid "" -"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. The frequency of the counts is " -"defined by the storage location. To activate storage locations, go to " -":menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Settings --> Warehouse` and " -"activate the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` setting. Next, click " -":guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting." +"In Odoo, cycle counts are location-based. Therefore, the *storage locations*" +" feature needs to be enabled before performing a cycle count." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:20 +msgid "" +"To enable this feature, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, and scroll down to the :guilabel:`Warehouse` " +"section. Then, click the checkbox next to :guilabel:`Storage Locations`. " +"Click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Enable Storage Locations in Odoo settings." +msgid "Enabled storage locations setting in inventory settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:26 -msgid "Change the inventory frequency" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:28 -msgid "" -"To change a location's inventory frequency, first, go to the locations by " -"clicking :menuselection:`Inventory --> Configuration --> Locations`." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:29 +msgid "Change inventory count frequency by location" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:31 msgid "" -"Then, click on a location to open the location settings. Next, click on " -":guilabel:`Edit`. In the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, set " -"the number of days. For example, a location that needs an inventory count " -"every 30 days would set the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value to " -"`30`. Once the value is entered, click :guilabel:`Save` to apply the setting" -" to the location. Now, once an inventory adjustment is applied to this " -"location, the next scheduled count date will be automatically set based on " -"the number of days in the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` setting." +"Now that the storage locations setting is enabled, the inventory count " +"frequency can be changed for specific locations created in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:34 +msgid "" +"To view and edit locations, navigate to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Locations`. This reveals a :guilabel:`Locations` page " +"containing every location currently created and listed in the warehouse." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:38 +msgid "" +"From this page, click into a location to reveal the settings and " +"configuration page for that location. Click :guilabel:`Edit` to edit the " +"location settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:41 +msgid "" +"Under the :guilabel:`Cyclic Inventory` section, locate the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` field, which should be set to `0` (if" +" this location has not been edited previously). In this field, change the " +"value to whichever number of days is desired." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 -msgid "Edit a location to change the inventory frequency." +msgid "Location frequency setting on location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:50 +msgid "" +"A location that needs an inventory count every 30 days should have the " +":guilabel:`Inventory Frequency (Days)` value set to `30`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Once the frequency has been changed to the desired number of days, click " +":guilabel:`Save` to save changes. Now, once an inventory adjustment is " +"applied to this location, the next scheduled count date is automatically " +"set, based on the value entered into the :guilabel:`Inventory Frequency " +"(Days)` field." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:59 +msgid "Count inventory by location" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:61 +msgid "" +"To perform a cycle count for a specific location in the warehouse, navigate " +"to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations --> Inventory Adjustments`. " +"This reveals an :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page containing all " +"products currently in stock, with each product listed on its own line." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:66 +msgid "" +"From this page, the :guilabel:`Filters` and :guilabel:`Group By` buttons (at" +" the top of the page, under the :guilabel:`Search...` bar), can be used to " +"select specific locations and perform inventory counts." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:74 +msgid "" +"To select a specific location and view all products within that location, " +"click :guilabel:`Group By`, then click :guilabel:`Add Custom Group` to " +"reveal a new drop-down menu to the right." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-down menu, then click " +":guilabel:`Apply`. The page now displays condensed drop-down menus of each " +"location in the warehouse that has products in stock, and a cycle count can " +"be performed for all products in that location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:82 +msgid "" +"In large warehouses with multiple locations and a high volume of products, " +"it might be easier to search for the specific location desired. To do this, " +"from the :guilabel:`Inventory Adjustments` page, click :guilabel:`Filters`. " +"Then, click :guilabel:`Add Custom Filter` to reveal a new menu to the right." +" Click this menu to reveal three drop-downs." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:87 +msgid "" +"For the first field, click and select :guilabel:`Location` from the drop-" +"down. For the second field, leave the :guilabel:`contains` value as is. For " +"the third field, type in the name of the location that is being searched " +"for. Click :guilabel:`Apply` for that location to appear on the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Applied filters and group by on inventory adjustments page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:97 +msgid "Change full inventory count frequency" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:99 +msgid "" +"While cycle counts are typically performed per location, the scheduled date " +"for full inventory counts of everything in-stock in the warehouse can also " +"be manually changed to push the date up sooner than the date listed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:103 +msgid "" +"To modify the default scheduled date, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app " +"--> Configuration --> Settings`. Then, in the :guilabel:`Operations` " +"section, locate the :guilabel:`Annual Inventory Day and Month` setting " +"field, which includes a drop-down that is set to `31` :guilabel:`December` " +"by default." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst-1 +msgid "Frequency field in inventory app settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:112 +msgid "" +"To change the day, click the `31`, and change it to a day within the range " +"`1-31`, depending on the desired month of the year." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once all changes have been made, click :guilabel:`Save` to save all changes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/cycle_counts.rst:121 +msgid "" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/inventory_adjustments/count_products`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers.rst:5 @@ -2649,7 +2805,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:80 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:79 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:81 msgid "" "When all desired configurations are complete, click the :guilabel:`Save` " "button to save all changes." @@ -2833,7 +2989,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:183 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:219 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 msgid "" "Then, choose the desired quantity to sell by changing the number in the " ":guilabel:`Quantity` column." @@ -2847,15 +3003,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:189 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:225 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:227 msgid "" "Click the :guilabel:`Delivery` smart button to view the warehouse receipt " "form for that specific :abbr:`SO (sales order)`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:192 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:130 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:228 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:132 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:230 msgid "" "From here, click the :guilabel:`Additional Options` menu, represented by a " "`hamburger` icon (four horizontal lines, located to the right of the " @@ -3012,7 +3168,7 @@ msgid "Lots and serial numbers traceability report." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/lots.rst:284 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:317 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:319 msgid "" ":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/differences`" msgstr "" @@ -3058,11 +3214,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled lots and serial numbers setting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:32 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 msgid "Configure serial number tracking on products" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:36 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lots & Serial Numbers` setting has been activated, " "individual products can now be tracked using serial numbers. To configure " @@ -3070,13 +3226,13 @@ msgid "" "choose a desired product to track." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:38 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, and click the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:42 msgid "" "Once on the product form, click :guilabel:`Edit`, navigate to the " ":guilabel:`Inventory` tab, and scroll to the :guilabel:`Traceability` " @@ -3090,7 +3246,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled serial number tracking on product form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:52 msgid "" "If a product doesn't have a serial number assigned to it, a user error pop-" "up window will appear. The error message states that the product(s) in stock" @@ -3098,11 +3254,11 @@ msgid "" "the product by making an inventory adjustment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 msgid "Create new serial numbers for products already in stock" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:57 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:59 msgid "" "New serial numbers can be created for products already in stock with no " "assigned serial number. To do this, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " @@ -3111,7 +3267,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated automatically." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:65 msgid "" "While Odoo automatically generates a new lot/serial number to follow the " "most recent number, it can be edited and changed to any desired number, by " @@ -3119,14 +3275,14 @@ msgid "" "changing the generated number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:69 msgid "" "Once the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` is generated, click the blank field " "next to :guilabel:`Product` to reveal a drop-down menu. From this menu, " "select the product to which this new number will be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:71 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:73 msgid "" "This form also provides the option to adjust the :guilabel:`Quantity`, to " "assign a unique :guilabel:`Internal Reference` number (for traceability " @@ -3135,7 +3291,7 @@ msgid "" "website environment)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:76 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:78 msgid "" "A detailed description of this specific lot/serial number can also be added " "in the :guilabel:`Description` tab below." @@ -3145,7 +3301,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "New serial number created for existing product stock." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:87 msgid "" "After a new serial number has been created, assigned to the desired product," " and saved, navigate back to the product form, by going to " @@ -3153,17 +3309,17 @@ msgid "" "newly-created serial number was just assigned to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:91 msgid "" "On that product's detail form, click the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Numbers` " "smart button to view the new serial number." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:93 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 msgid "Manage serial numbers for shipping and receiving" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:95 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:97 msgid "" "Serial numbers can be assigned for both **incoming** and **outgoing** goods." " For incoming goods, serial numbers are assigned directly on the purchase " @@ -3171,24 +3327,24 @@ msgid "" "sales order form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:100 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 msgid "Manage serial numbers on receipts" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:102 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **incoming** goods can be done directly from the" " purchase order (PO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:104 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:106 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`, go to the :menuselection:`Purchase " "app --> Create`. Doing so reveals a new, blank request for quotation (RFQ) " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:107 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:109 msgid "" "On this :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` form, fill out the necessary " "information, by adding a :guilabel:`Vendor`, and by adding the desired " @@ -3196,26 +3352,26 @@ msgid "" "product`, under the :guilabel:`Products` tab." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:111 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:113 msgid "" "Choose the desired quantity of the product to order, by changing the number " "in the :guilabel:`Quantity` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:114 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:116 msgid "" "When the necessary configurations are complete, click :guilabel:`Confirm " "Order`. This will convert the :abbr:`RFQ (request for quotation)` to a " "purchase order." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:119 msgid "" "Then, click the :guilabel:`Receipt` smart button to be taken to the " "warehouse receipt form page for that specific :abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:121 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:123 msgid "" "Clicking :guilabel:`Validate` before assigning a serial number to the " "ordered product quantities will cause a :guilabel:`User Error` pop-up to " @@ -3228,7 +3384,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "User error popup prompting serial number entry." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:134 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:136 msgid "" "In this pop-up, configure a number of different fields, including the " "assignation of a serial number (or serial numbers) under the " @@ -3236,62 +3392,62 @@ msgid "" "up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:140 msgid "" "There are three ways to do this: manually assigning serial numbers, " "automatically assigning serial numbers, and copy/pasting serial numbers from" " a spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:142 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 msgid "Assign serial numbers manually" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:144 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:146 msgid "" "To assign serial numbers manually, click :guilabel:`Add a line` from the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up, and first choose the location where " "the product will be stored under the :guilabel:`To` column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:148 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:150 msgid "" "Then, type a new :guilabel:`Serial Number Name`, and set the " ":guilabel:`Done` quantity in the appropriate columns." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:151 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:153 msgid "" "Repeat this process for the quantity of products shown in the " ":guilabel:`Demand` field, and until the :guilabel:`Quantity Done` field " "displays the correct (matching) number of products processed." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:155 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 msgid "Assign serial numbers automatically" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:157 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:159 msgid "" "If a large quantity of products need individual serial numbers assigned to " "them, Odoo can automatically generate and assign serial numbers to each of " "the individual products." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:160 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:162 msgid "" "To accomplish this, start with the :guilabel:`First SN` field in the " ":guilabel:`Detailed Operations` pop-up window, and type the first serial " "number in the desired order to be assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:163 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:165 msgid "" "Then, in the :guilabel:`Number of SN` field, type the total number of items " "that need newly-generated unique serial numbers assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:166 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:168 msgid "" "Finally, click :guilabel:`Assign Serial Numbers`, and a list will populate " "with new serial numbers matching the ordered quantity of products." @@ -3301,11 +3457,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Automatic serial number assignment in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:174 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 msgid "Copy/paste serial numbers from a spreadsheet" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:176 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:178 msgid "" "To copy and paste serial numbers from an existing spreadsheet, first " "populate a spreadsheet with all of the serial numbers received from the " @@ -3315,7 +3471,7 @@ msgid "" "column." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:181 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:183 msgid "" "From here, the :guilabel:`To` locations and :guilabel:`Done` quantities can " "be manually entered in each of the serial number lines." @@ -3325,7 +3481,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "List of serial numbers copied in Excel spreadsheet." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:189 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:191 msgid "" "For purchase orders that include large quantities of products to receive, " "the best method of serial number assignment is to automatically assign " @@ -3334,14 +3490,14 @@ msgid "" "being reused or duplicated, and improves traceability reporting." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:194 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:196 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click the " ":guilabel:`Confirm` button to close the pop-up. Then, click " ":guilabel:`Validate`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:197 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:199 msgid "" "A :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button appears upon validating the receipt." " Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3350,7 +3506,7 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:202 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:204 msgid "" "Once all product quantities have been assigned a serial number, click " ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the popup, and click :guilabel:`Validate`. A " @@ -3361,17 +3517,17 @@ msgid "" "#`, and more." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:209 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 msgid "Manage serial numbers on delivery orders" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:211 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 msgid "" "Assigning serial numbers to **outgoing** goods can be done directly from the" " sales order (SO)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:213 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:215 msgid "" "To create an :abbr:`SO (sales order)`, navigate to the " ":menuselection:`Sales` app, and click the :guilabel:`Create` button. Doing " @@ -3381,7 +3537,7 @@ msgid "" "tab), by clicking :guilabel:`Add a product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:221 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:223 msgid "" "Once the quotation has been filled out, click the :guilabel:`Confirm` button" " to confirm the quotation. When the quotation is confirmed, the quotation " @@ -3389,14 +3545,14 @@ msgid "" " appears." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:232 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:234 msgid "" "In the pop-up, a :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number` will be chosen by default, " "with each product of the total :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity listed with " "their unique serial numbers (most likely listed in sequential order)." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:236 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:238 msgid "" "To manually change a product's serial number, click the drop-down menu under" " :guilabel:`Lot/Serial Number`, and choose (or type) the desired serial " @@ -3404,7 +3560,7 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Confirm` to close the pop-up." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:240 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:242 msgid "" "Finally, click the :guilabel:`Validate` button to deliver the products." msgstr "" @@ -3413,7 +3569,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers listed in detailed operations popup." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:246 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:248 msgid "" "Upon validating the delivery order, a :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button " "appears. Click the :guilabel:`Traceability` smart button to see the updated " @@ -3422,7 +3578,7 @@ msgid "" "the :guilabel:`Lot/Serial #` assigned." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:251 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:253 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Traceability Report` can also include a :guilabel:`Reference`" " receipt from the previous purchase order (PO), if any of the product " @@ -3430,11 +3586,11 @@ msgid "" ":abbr:`PO (purchase order)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:256 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 msgid "Manage serial numbers for different operations types" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:258 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:260 msgid "" "By default in Odoo, the creation of new serial numbers is only allowed upon " "**receiving** products from a purchase order. **Existing** serial numbers " @@ -3443,14 +3599,14 @@ msgid "" " used." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:263 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:265 msgid "" "To change the ability to use new (or existing) serial numbers on any " "operation type, go to :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> " "Operations Types`, and select the desired :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:267 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:269 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Receipts` operation type, found on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Use Existing Lots/Serial " @@ -3461,7 +3617,7 @@ msgid "" " :guilabel:`Save` button to save the changes." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:273 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:275 msgid "" "For the :guilabel:`Delivery Orders` operation type, located on the " ":guilabel:`Operations Types` page, the :guilabel:`Create New Lots/Serial " @@ -3476,32 +3632,32 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Enabled traceability setting in operations type form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:284 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 msgid "Serial number traceability" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:286 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:288 msgid "" "Manufacturers and companies can refer to the traceability reports to see the" " entire lifecycle of a product: where it came from (and when), where it was " "stored, and who it went to." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:289 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:291 msgid "" "To see the full traceability of a product, or group by serial numbers, go to" " :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Products --> Lots/Serial Numbers`. Doing " "so reveals the :guilabel:`Lots/Serial Numbers` dashboard." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:293 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:295 msgid "" "From here, products with serial numbers assigned to them will be listed by " "default, and can be expanded to show what serial numbers have been " "specifically assigned to them." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:296 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:298 msgid "" "To group by serial numbers (or lots), first remove any default filters from " "the search bar in the upper-right corner. Then, click :guilabel:`Group By`, " @@ -3510,7 +3666,7 @@ msgid "" "and click :guilabel:`Apply`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:301 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:303 msgid "" "Doing so reveals all existing serial numbers and lots, and can be expanded " "to show all quantities of products with that assigned number. For unique " @@ -3522,7 +3678,7 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Serial numbers reporting page with drop-down lists." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:310 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/lots_serial_numbers/serial_numbers.rst:312 msgid "" "For additional information regarding an individual serial number (or lot " "number), click the line item for the serial number to reveal that specific " @@ -3537,187 +3693,395 @@ msgid "Miscellaneous Operations" msgstr "雜項操作" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:3 -msgid "Process Batch Transfers" +msgid "Batch picking" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:5 msgid "" -"Batch picking allows a single picker to handle a batch of orders, reducing " -"the number of times he must visit the same location. In Odoo, it means you " -"can regroup several transfers into the same batch transfer, then process it," -" either via the barcode application or in the form view." +"*Batch picking* enables a single picker to handle multiple orders at once, " +"reducing the time needed to navigate to the same location in a warehouse." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:11 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:8 +msgid "" +"When picking in batches, orders are grouped and consolidated into a picking " +"list. After the picking, the batch is taken to an output location, where the" +" products are sorted into their respective delivery packages." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:13 msgid "" -"To activate the batch picking option, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> " -"Configuration --> Configuration` and enable *Batch Pickings*." +":ref:`Use Barcode app for pickings <inventory/management/barcode_picking>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:15 +msgid "" +"Since orders *must* be sorted at the output location after being picked, " +"this picking method suits businesses with a few products that are ordered " +"often. Storing high-demand items in easily accessible locations can increase" +" the number of orders that are fulfilled efficiently." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To activate the batch picking option, begin by going to " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Configuration --> Settings`. Under the " +":guilabel:`Operations` section, check the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Enable the *Batch Transfers* in Inventory > Configuration > Settings." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:30 +msgid "" +"Since batch picking is a method to optimize the *pick* operation in Odoo, " +"the :guilabel:`Storage Locations` and :guilabel:`Multi-Step Routes` options " +"under the :guilabel:`Warehouse` heading must also be checked on this " +"settings page. When finished, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of the inventory settings. Process to enable the batch pickings option " -"in the Odoo Inventory app" +"Enable *Storage Locations* and *Multi-Step Routes* Inventory > Configuration" +" > Settings." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:38 msgid "" -"Then, go to :menuselection:`Inventory --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` " -"and hit the create button." +"Lastly, enable the warehouse picking feature, by navigating to the warehouse" +" settings page, which is accessible from :menuselection:`Inventory app --> " +"Configuration --> Warehouses`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:41 +msgid "" +"From here, select the desired warehouse from the list. Then, from the radio " +"options available for :guilabel:`Outgoing Shipments`, select either the " +":guilabel:`Send goods in output and then deliver (2 steps)` or " +":guilabel:`Pack goods, send goods in output and then deliver (3 steps)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:46 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in two steps <inventory/receipts_delivery_two_steps>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:47 +msgid ":ref:`Delivery in three steps <inventory/delivery_three_steps>`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the new menu, Batch Transfers, under operations" +msgid "Set up 2-step or 3-step outgoing shipments." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:54 +msgid "Create batch transfers" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:56 msgid "" -"Now, determine the batch transfer responsible and the type of transfers you " -"want to include in the batch. To add the types of transfers, click on *Add a" -" line*." +"Manually create batch transfers directly from the :menuselection:`Inventory " +"app --> Operations --> Batch Transfers` page. Click the :guilabel:`New` " +"button to begin creating a batch transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of a Batch Transfers form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:34 -msgid "" -"In the example below, a filter was applied to only see the transfers that " -"are in the *Pick* step. After that, the different transfers that needed to " -"be included in the batch transfer were selected." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the list of transfers to choose for a single batch transfer and how to add them\n" -"to the batch transfer" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:42 -msgid "" -"To see the products to pick for the different transfers, click on *Select*. " -"If *Multi-locations* has been activated, the document also shows the " -"locations they have been reserved from." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a batch transfer list. Products to pick with their source and target" -" locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:51 -msgid "Create a Batch Transfer from the Transfers List View" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:53 -msgid "" -"From the *Transfers List View*, select transfers that should be included in " -"the Batch. Then, select *Add to batch* from the *Action* list." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of the process to add transfers to a batch transfer from the transfers " -"list view" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:59 +msgid "On the batch transfer form, fill the following fields out accordingly:" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:61 msgid "" -"Next, determine if you want to add the transfers to an existing draft batch " -"transfer or create a new one." +":guilabel:`Responsible`: employee assigned to the picking. Leave this field " +"blank if *any* worker can fulfill this picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "Option to add a responsible to a batch transfer so it can be confirmed" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:63 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation Type`: from the drop-down menu, select the operation " +"type under which the picking is categorized." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:69 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:65 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Scheduled Date`: specifies the date by which the " +":guilabel:`Responsible` person should complete the transfer to the output " +"location." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:68 +msgid "" +"Next, in the :guilabel:`Transfers` list, click :guilabel:`Add a line` to " +"open the :guilabel:`Add: Transfers` window." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:71 msgid "" -"While gathering the products, you can edit the batch transfer and update the" -" *Quantity done* for each product. Once everything has been picked, select " -"*Validate* so the different transfers contained in the batch are validated " -"too." +"If the :guilabel:`Operation Type` field was filled, the list will filter " +"transfer records matching the selected :guilabel:`Operation Type`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of an in progress batch transfer" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:74 +msgid "Click the :guilabel:`New` button to create a new transfer." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:80 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:76 msgid "" -"In case all the products cannot be picked, you can create backorders for " -"each individual transfer which couldn’t be completely processed." +"Once the transfer records are selected, click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm" +" the batch picking." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:79 msgid "" -"How to handle batch transfers with unavailable products. Creation of a backorder inside\n" -"of a batch transfer" +"A new batch transfer assigned to the :guilabel:`Responsible`, `Joel Willis`," +" for the `Pick` :guilabel:`Operation Type`. The :guilabel:`Scheduled Date` " +"is set to `August 11`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of how backorders are handled in Odoo's batch transfers" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "View of *Batch Transfers* form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:93 -msgid "Process a Batch Transfer from the Barcode app" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:86 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Add a line` button opens the " +":guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window, displaying only pickings. This is because " +"the :guilabel:`Operation Type` was set to `Pick` on the batch transfer form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:95 -msgid "Enter the *Barcode* application, select the *Batch Transfers* menu." +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:90 +msgid "" +"Click the checkbox to the left of the transfers, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, to include them in the new transfer. Then, click the " +":guilabel:`Select` button to close the :guilabel:`Add:Transfers` window." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the Odoo Barcode app dashboard" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Select multiple transfers from the *Add:Transfers* window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:99 +msgid "Add batch from transfers list" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:101 msgid "" -"Then, you can enter the batch transfer on which you want to work. Batch " -"transfers can easily be grouped per responsible if necessary." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "View of the batch transfers dashboard inside of the Barcode app" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:108 -msgid "" -"In the batch transfer, products are classified per location. The source " -"document is visible on each line and a color-code helps differentiate them." +"Another method of creating batch transfers is available using the " +":guilabel:`Add to batch` option in a list. Navigate to the " +":menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations` drop-down menu, and select any" +" of the :guilabel:`Transfers` to open a filtered list of transfers." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 msgid "" -"View of an in progress batch transfer with the Odoo Barcode application" +"Show all transfer types in a drop-down menu: Receipts, Deliveries, Internal Transfers,\n" +"Manufacturings, Batch Transfers, Dropships." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:116 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:110 msgid "" -"To see the products to pick from another location, click on the *Next* " -"button." +"On the transfers list, select the checkbox to the left of the selected " +"transfers to add in a batch. Next, navigate to the :guilabel:`Actions ⚙️ " +"(gear)` button, and click :guilabel:`Add to batch` from the resulting drop-" +"down menu." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 -msgid "" -"View of a ready and completed batch transfer inside of the Odoo Barcode " -"application" +msgid "Use *Add to batch* button, from the *Action* button's list." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:123 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:118 msgid "" -"Once all the products have been picked, click on *Validate* (on the last " -"page) to mark the batch transfer as done." +"Doing so opens an :guilabel:`Add to batch` pop-up window, wherein the " +"employee :guilabel:`Responsible` for the picking can be assigned." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:121 +msgid "" +"Choose from the two radio options to add to :guilabel:`an existing batch " +"transfer` or create :guilabel:`a new batch transfer`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:124 +msgid "To begin with a draft, select the :guilabel:`Draft` checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:126 +msgid "Conclude the process by clicking :guilabel:`Confirm`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show *Add to batch* window to create a batch transfer." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:133 +msgid "Process batch transfer" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:135 +msgid "" +"Handle batch transfers in the :menuselection:`Inventory app --> Operations " +"--> Batch Transfers` page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:138 +msgid "" +"From here, select the intended transfer from the list. Then, on the batch " +"transfer form, input the :guilabel:`Done` quantities for each product, under" +" the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab. Finally, select " +":guilabel:`Validate` to complete the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:143 +msgid "" +"Be certain the batch transfer is complete when the :guilabel:`Validate` " +"button is highlighted in purple. If the :guilabel:`Check Availability` " +"button is highlighted instead, that means there are items in the batch that " +"are currently *not* available in-stock." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:150 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer involving products from pickings, `WH/PICK/00001` and " +"`WH/PICK/00002`, the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` tab shows that the " +"product, `Cabinet with Doors`, has been picked because the :guilabel:`Done` " +"column matches the value in the :guilabel:`Reserved` column. However, `0.00`" +" quantities have been picked for the other product, `Cable Management Box`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Show batch transfer of products from two pickings in the *Detailed " +"Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:159 +msgid "" +"Only in-stock products are visible in the :guilabel:`Detailed Operations` " +"tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:161 +msgid "" +"To view the complete product list, switch to the :guilabel:`Operations` tab." +" On this list, the :guilabel:`Demand` column indicates the required quantity" +" for the order. The :guilabel:`Reserved` column shows the available stock to" +" fulfill the order. Lastly, the :guilabel:`Done` column specifies the " +"products that have been picked, and are ready for the next step." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:167 +msgid "" +"The product, `Desk Pad`, from the same batch as the :ref:`example above " +"<inventory/management/batch-transfers-example>`, is only visible in the " +":guilabel:`Operations` tab because there are no :guilabel:`Reserved` " +"quantities in-stock to fulfill the batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:171 +msgid "" +"Click the :guilabel:`Check Availability` button to search the stock again " +"for available products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Show unavailable reserved quantities in the *Operations* tab." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:178 +msgid "Create backorder" +msgstr "建立延期交貨欠單" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:180 +msgid "" +"On the batch transfer form, if the :guilabel:`Done` quantity of the product " +"is *less* than the :guilabel:`Reserved` quantity, a pop-up window appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:183 +msgid "This pop-up window provides the option: :guilabel:`Create Backorder?`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:185 +msgid "" +"Clicking the :guilabel:`Create Backorder` button automatically creates a new" +" batch transfer, containing the remaining products." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:188 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`No Backorder` to finish the picking *without* creating " +"another batch picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:190 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Discard` to cancel the validation, and return to the batch " +"transfer form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show the *Create Backorder* pop-up." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:199 +msgid "Process batch transfer: Barcode app" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:201 +msgid "" +"Created batch transfers are also listed in the :menuselection:`Barcode` app," +" accessible by selecting the :guilabel:`Batch Transfers` button." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:204 +msgid "" +"By default, confirmed batch pickings appear on the :guilabel:`Batch " +"Transfers` page. On that page, click on the desired batch transfer to open " +"the detailed list of products for the picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst-1 +msgid "Show list of to-do batch transfers in *Barcode* app." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:211 +msgid "" +"For the chosen batch transfer, follow the instructions at the top of the " +"page in the black background. Begin by scanning the product's barcode to " +"record a single product for picking. To record multiple quantities, click " +"the :guilabel:`✏️ (pencil)` icon, and enter the required quantities for the " +"picking." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:217 +msgid "" +"Products from the same order are labeled with the same color on the left. " +"Completed pickings are highlighted in green." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:221 +msgid "" +"In a batch transfer for 2 `Cabinet with Doors`, 3 `Acoustic Bloc Screens`, " +"and 4 `Four Person Desks`, the `3/3` and `4/4` :guilabel:`Units` indicate " +"that the last two product pickings are complete." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:225 +msgid "" +"`1/2` units of the `Cabinet with Doors` has already been picked, and after " +"scanning the product barcode for the second cabinet, Odoo prompts the user " +"to `Scan a serial number` to record the unique serial number for " +":ref:`product tracking <inventory/serial_numbers/configure>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:0 +msgid "Display products to be picked in barcode view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/batch_transfers.rst:233 +msgid "" +"Once all the products have been picked, click on :guilabel:`Validate` to " +"mark the batch transfer as :guilabel:`Done`." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/management/misc/owned_stock.rst:3 @@ -8336,7 +8700,7 @@ msgid "Create a new warehouse location in Odoo Inventory." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes.rst:5 -msgid "Advanced Routes" +msgid "Advanced routes" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/inventory/routes/concepts.rst:5 @@ -11679,35 +12043,31 @@ msgid "" "contact." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 -msgid "Manufacturing" -msgstr "製造" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 -msgid "" -"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan and process " -"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" -" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" -" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 -msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 -msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:8 msgid "Maintenance" msgstr "保養" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:3 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Maintenance** helps extend the effectiveness of equipment by keeping " +"track of maintenance requirements." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance.rst:14 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Equipment Maintenance " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-equipment-maintenance-709>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management.rst:5 +msgid "Equipment management" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:3 msgid "Add new equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:5 msgid "" "In Odoo, **equipment** refers to any item that is used in everyday " "operations, including the manufacturing of products. This can mean a piece " @@ -11717,7 +12077,7 @@ msgid "" "party, such as a vendor in the case of equipment rentals." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:11 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:11 msgid "" "Using Odoo **Maintenance**, it is possible to track individual pieces of " "equipment, along with information about their maintenance requirements. To " @@ -11726,11 +12086,11 @@ msgid "" "and configure the equipment as follows:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:16 msgid ":guilabel:`Equipment Name`: the product name of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:17 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:17 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Equipment Category`: the category that the equipment belongs to; " "for example, computers, machinery, tools, etc.; new categories can be " @@ -11738,20 +12098,20 @@ msgid "" "Categories` and clicking :guilabel:`Create`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:20 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:20 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Company`: the company that owns the equipment; again, this can be" " the company that uses the Odoo database, or a third-party company" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:22 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:22 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used By`: specify if the equipment is used by a specific " "employee, department, or both; select :guilabel:`Other` to specify both an " "employee and a department" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:24 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:24 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Team`: the team responsible for servicing the " "equipment; new teams can be created by navigating to " @@ -11760,7 +12120,7 @@ msgid "" "page" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:27 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:27 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Technician`: the person responsible for servicing the equipment; " "this can be used to assign a specific individual in the event that no " @@ -11769,14 +12129,14 @@ msgid "" "a user can be assigned as a technician" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:31 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:31 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Used in location`: the location where the equipment is used; this" " is a simple text field that can be used to specify locations that are not " "work centers, like an office, for example" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:34 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Work Center`: if the equipment is used at a work center, specify " "it here; equipment can also be assigned to a work center by navigating to " @@ -11785,91 +12145,91 @@ msgid "" "clicking the :guilabel:`Equipment` tab on the work center form" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "An example of a fully configured new equipment form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:44 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:44 msgid "Include additional product information" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:46 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:46 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Product Information` tab at the bottom of the form can be " "used to provide further details about the piece of equipment:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:49 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:49 msgid ":guilabel:`Vendor`: the vendor that the equipment was purchased from" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:50 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Vendor Reference`: the reference code assigned to the vendor" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:51 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:51 msgid ":guilabel:`Model`: the specific model of the piece of equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:52 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:52 msgid ":guilabel:`Serial Number`: the unique serial number of the equipment" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:53 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:53 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Effective Date`: the date that the equipment became available for" " use; this is used to calculate the :abbr:`MTBF (Mean Time Between " "Failures)`" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:55 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:55 msgid ":guilabel:`Cost`: the amount the equipment was purchased for" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:56 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:56 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Warranty Expiration Date`: the date on which the equipment's " "warranty will expire" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The product information tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:63 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:63 msgid "Add maintenance details" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:65 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:65 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab includes information that can be useful to " "maintenance teams:" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:67 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Preventive Maintenance Frequency`: specifies how often " "maintenance should be performed to prevent equipment failure" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:69 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:69 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Maintenance Duration`: the amount of time required to fix the " "equipment when it fails" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:70 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:70 msgid "" ":guilabel:`Expected Mean Time Between Failure`: the average amount of time " "that the equipment is expected to operate before failing" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst-1 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst-1 msgid "The maintenance tab for the new piece of equipment." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:78 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:78 msgid "" "The :guilabel:`Maintenance` tab also includes sections for :guilabel:`Mean " "Time Between Failure`, :guilabel:`Estimated Next Failure`, :guilabel:`Latest" @@ -11877,22 +12237,47 @@ msgid "" "automatically based on maintenance requests if any exist." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/maintenance/add_new_equipment.rst:84 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/maintenance/equipment_management/add_new_equipment.rst:84 msgid "" "To see the maintenance requests for a piece of equipment, go to the page for" " the equipment and select :guilabel:`Maintenance` in the top right corner of" " the form." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:8 +msgid "Manufacturing" +msgstr "製造" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Manufacturing** helps manufacturers schedule, plan, and process " +"manufacturing orders. With the work center control panel, put tablets on the" +" shop floor to control work orders in real-time and allow workers to trigger" +" maintenance operations, feedback loops, quality issues, etc." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:15 +msgid "`Odoo Tutorials: MRP <https://www.odoo.com/slides/mrp-29>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:16 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Barcode Scanner <https://www.odoo.com/slides/barcode-30>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing.rst:17 +msgid ":doc:`IoT Boxes (MES) </applications/productivity/iot>`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management.rst:5 -msgid "Manufacturing management" +msgid "Manufacturing workflows" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:3 msgid "Create a bill of materials" msgstr "創建一個物料清單." -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:5 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:7 msgid "" "A *Bill of Materials* (or *BoM* for short) is a document that defines the " "quantity of each component required to make or deliver a finished product. " @@ -11900,31 +12285,31 @@ msgid "" "needed to complete a production process." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:9 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:11 msgid "" "In Odoo Manufacturing, multiple :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can be " "linked to each product, so that even product variants can have their own " "tailored :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:12 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:14 msgid "" "Correctly setting up a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` helps optimize the " "manufacturing process and save time." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:16 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 msgid "Set up a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:18 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:20 msgid "" "The simplest :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` setup is one without operations" " or instructions, only components. In this case, the production is solely " "managed using *Manufacturing Orders*." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:21 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:23 msgid "" "To create a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` from the " ":guilabel:`Manufacturing` module, go to :menuselection:`Products --> Bills " @@ -11932,13 +12317,13 @@ msgid "" ":guilabel:`Product`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:26 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:28 msgid "" "A :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` can also be created directly from the " "product form, in which case the :guilabel:`Product` field is pre-filled." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:29 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:31 msgid "" "For a standard :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, set the :guilabel:`BoM Type`" " to :guilabel:`Manufacture this Product`. Then, click :guilabel:`Add a Line`" @@ -11954,24 +12339,24 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Set up a Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:41 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 msgid "Specify a bill of materials (BoM) for a product variant" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:43 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:45 msgid "" ":abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` can also be assigned to specific *Product " "Variants*, with two setup options available to choose from." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:47 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:49 msgid "" "In order to assign :abbr:`BoMs (Bills of Materials)` to product variants, " "the product's variant attributes must already be configured on the product " "form." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:50 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:52 msgid "" "The first method is to create one :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` per " "variant by creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` and specifying the" @@ -11985,11 +12370,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Product Variants in the Bill of Materials." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:60 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 msgid "Set up operations" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:62 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:64 msgid "" "Add an :guilabel:`Operation` to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)` to specify" " instructions for production and register time spent on an operation. To use" @@ -11998,7 +12383,7 @@ msgid "" "Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:67 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:69 msgid "" "Then, when creating a new :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, click on the " ":guilabel:`Operations` tab and click :guilabel:`Add a line` to add a new " @@ -12009,7 +12394,7 @@ msgid "" "variant. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save & Close`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:74 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:76 msgid "" "Each operation is unique, as it is always exclusively linked to one " ":abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Operations can be reused when configuring a" @@ -12021,11 +12406,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Copy Existing Operations feature." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:83 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 msgid "Add by-products to a bill of materials (BoM)" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:85 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:87 msgid "" "A *By-Product* is a residual product that is created during production in " "addition to the main product of a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`. Unlike " @@ -12033,14 +12418,14 @@ msgid "" "(Bill of Materials)`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:89 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:91 msgid "" "To add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill of Materials)`, first enable the " ":guilabel:`By-Products` feature in :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " "Configuration --> Settings --> Operations`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:92 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/bill_configuration.rst:94 msgid "" "Once the feature is enabled, you can add by-products to a :abbr:`BoM (Bill " "of Materials)` by clicking on the :guilabel:`Operations` tab and clicking " @@ -12051,6 +12436,123 @@ msgid "" "Operation` field. Finally, click :guilabel:`Save`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing product configuration" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:7 +msgid "" +"In order to manufacture a product in Odoo *Manufacturing*, the product must " +"be properly configured. Doing so consists of enabling the *Manufacturing* " +"route and configuring a bill of materials (BoM) for the product. Once these " +"steps are completed, the product is selectable when creating a new " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:13 +msgid "Activate the Manufacture route" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:15 +msgid "" +"The Manufacture route is activated for each product on its own product page." +" To do so, begin by navigating to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products" +" --> Products`. Then, select an existing product, or create a new one by " +"clicking :guilabel:`New`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:19 +msgid "" +"On the product page, select the :guilabel:`Inventory` tab, then enable the " +":guilabel:`Manufacture` checkbox in the :guilabel:`Routes` section. This " +"tells Odoo the product can be manufactured." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Manufacturing route on the Inventory tab of a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:27 +msgid "Configure a bill of materials (BoM)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:29 +msgid "" +"Next, a |BOM| must be configured for the product so Odoo knows how it is " +"manufactured. A |BOM| is a list of the components and operations required to" +" manufacture a product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:32 +msgid "" +"To create a |BOM| for a specific product, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Products --> Products`, then select the " +"product. On the product page, click the :guilabel:`Bill of Materials` smart " +"button at the top of the page, then select :guilabel:`New` to configure a " +"new |BOM|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Bill of Materials smart button on a product page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:40 +msgid "" +"On the |BOM|, the :guilabel:`Product` field auto-populates with the product." +" In the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, specify the number of units that the BoM" +" produces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:43 +msgid "" +"Add a component to the |BOM| by selecting the :guilabel:`Components` tab and" +" clicking :guilabel:`Add a line`. Select a component from the " +":guilabel:`Component` drop-down menu, then enter the quantity in the " +":guilabel:`Quantity` field. Continue adding components on new lines until " +"all components have been added." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Components tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Next, select the :guilabel:`Operations` tab. Click :guilabel:`Add a line` " +"and a :guilabel:`Create Operations` pop-up window appears. In the " +":guilabel:`Operation` field, specify the name of the operation being added " +"(e.g. Assemble, Cut, etc.). Select the work center where the operation will " +"be carried out from the :guilabel:`Work Center` drop-down menu. Finally, " +"click :guilabel:`Save & Close` to finish adding operations, or " +":guilabel:`Save & New` to add more." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:59 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Operations` tab only appears if the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"setting is enabled. To do so, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> " +"Configuration --> Settings`, then enable the :guilabel:`Work Orders` " +"checkbox." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst-1 +msgid "The Operations tab on a bill of materials." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:67 +msgid "Learn more" +msgstr "知道更多" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/configure_manufacturing_product.rst:69 +msgid "" +"The section above provides instructions for creating a basic |BOM| that " +"allows a product to be manufactured in Odoo. However, it is by no means an " +"exhaustive summary of all the options available when configuring a |BOM|. " +"For more information about bills of materials, see the documentation on how " +"to :ref:`create a bill of materials <manufacturing/management/bill-" +"configuration>`." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/kit_shipping.rst:3 msgid "Use kits" msgstr "" @@ -12244,6 +12746,330 @@ msgid "" "assemblies." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:3 +msgid "Manufacturing backorders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:5 +msgid "" +"In some cases, the full quantity of a manufacturing order cannot be produced" +" immediately. When this happens, Odoo *Manufacturing* allows for the " +"manufacturing of partial quantities of the order and creates a *backorder* " +"for the remaining amount." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:9 +msgid "" +"In the *Manufacturing* app, creating a backorder splits the original " +"manufacturing order into two orders. The reference tag for each order is the" +" tag used for the original order, followed by a hyphen and then an " +"additional number to indicate that it's a backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:14 +msgid "" +"A company creates a manufacturing order with the reference tag " +"*WH/MO/00175*, for 10 units of *Product X*. After starting work on the " +"manufacturing order, the employee working the production line realizes there" +" are only enough components in stock to produce five units of the product." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:18 +msgid "" +"Instead of waiting for additional stock of the components, they manufacture " +"five units and create a backorder for the remaining five. This splits the " +"manufacturing order into two separate orders: *WH/MO/00175-001* and " +"*WH/MO/00175-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:22 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the five units that have been manufactured, and is " +"immediately marked as :guilabel:`Done`. Order *002* contains the five units " +"that still need to be manufactured and is marked as :guilabel:`In Progress`." +" Once the remaining components are available, the employee returns to order " +"*002* and manufactures the remaining units before closing the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:28 +msgid "Create a manufacturing backorder" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:30 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder for part of a manufacturing order, begin by navigating" +" to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:34 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:86 +msgid "" +"If a new manufacturing order is created, select a product from the " +":guilabel:`Product` drop-down menu and enter a quantity of two or more in " +"the :guilabel:`Quantity` field, then click :guilabel:`Confirm` to confirm " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:38 +msgid "" +"After manufacturing the quantity that is being produced immediately, enter " +"that number in the :guilabel:`Quantity` field at the top of the " +"manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The quantity field on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:45 +msgid "" +"Next, click :guilabel:`Validate`, and a :guilabel:`You produced less than " +"initial demand` pop-up window appears, from which a backorder can be " +"created. Click :guilabel:`Create Backorder` to split the manufacturing order" +" into two separate orders, with the reference tags *WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-002*." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Create Backorder button on the \"You produced less than initial demand\"" +" pop-up window." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:54 +msgid "" +"Order *001* contains the items that have been manufactured, and is closed " +"immediately. Order *002* is the backorder that contains the items that have " +"yet to be manufactured, and remains open, to be completed at a later date." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:58 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units can be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"then select the backorder manufacturing order. If all of the remaining units" +" are manufactured immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Validate` to close " +"the order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:63 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units are manufactured immediately, create " +"another backorder for the remainder by following the steps detailed in this " +"section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:67 +msgid "Create a backorder from tablet view" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:69 +msgid "" +"Backorders for manufacturing orders can also be created from the work order " +"tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:72 +msgid "" +"In order to use tablet view, the *Work Orders* setting must be enabled. To " +"enable it, navigate to :menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Configuration --> " +"Settings`. On the :guilabel:`Settings` page, enable the checkbox next to " +":guilabel:`Work Orders`, then click :guilabel:`Save` to save the change. " +"This makes the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab appear on manufacturing orders, " +"from which the tablet view can be opened." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:0 +msgid "The Work Orders setting on the Manufacturing settings page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:82 +msgid "" +"To create a backorder from the tablet view, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`. " +"Select a manufacturing order with a quantity of two or more or create one by" +" clicking :guilabel:`Create`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:90 +msgid "" +"After confirming the manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders`" +" tab and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of" +" the first work order to enter the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The tablet view button for a work order on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:97 +msgid "" +"Once in tablet view, enter the quantity being manufactured immediately in " +"the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Units field in the tablet view." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:104 +msgid "" +"The steps for the rest of the workflow depend on whether the manufacturing " +"order being processed requires the completion of a single work order or " +"multiple work orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:108 +msgid "Single work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:110 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order only requires the completion of a single work " +"order, complete the work order, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close" +" MO`. The manufacturing order is closed and a backorder for the units that " +"still need to be manufactured is created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "" +"The Mark As Done And Close MO button in the tablet view of a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:118 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the backorder manufacturing order, which is titled using the " +"reference tag of the original backorder with *002* added to the end." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:122 +msgid "" +"On the backorder manufacturing order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab" +" and click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet view)` button located on the line of the" +" work order to open the tablet view. If all of the units in the backorder " +"will be completed immediately, simply click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And " +"Close MO` after completing the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:127 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to create another " +"backorder for the remaining units. The new backorder can be processed using " +"the steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:133 +msgid "Multiple work orders" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:135 +msgid "" +"If the manufacturing order requires the completion of multiple work orders, " +"complete the first work order, and then click :guilabel:`Record Production`." +" This splits the manufacturing order into two separate orders, titled " +"*WH/MO/XXXXX-001* and *WH/MO/XXXXX-002*, with *XXXXX* being the number of " +"the original order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst-1 +msgid "The Record Production button on a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:144 +msgid "" +"The tablet view defaults to showing the first work order for the *002* " +"manufacturing order. Since this manufacturing order will not be completed " +"immediately, back out of tablet view by clicking the :guilabel:`⬅️ (back)` " +"button twice. Doing so will take you to the *001* order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:148 +msgid "" +"To finish the *001* order, select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the next work " +"order. Finally, complete the remaining work orders, then click " +":guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to close the manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:152 +msgid "" +"Once the remaining units are ready to be manufactured, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select the *002* order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab and click " +"the :guilabel:`tablet view` button located on the line of the first work " +"order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:157 +msgid "" +"If all of the units in the backorder will be completed immediately, simply " +"click :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` after completing all of the work" +" orders." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:160 +msgid "" +"If only some of the remaining units will be manufactured immediately, enter " +"the number in the :guilabel:`Units` field at the top left of the tablet " +"view, then click :guilabel:`Record Production` to create an additional " +"backorder for the remaining units, with *003* at the end of its reference " +"tag." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:165 +msgid "" +"The *002* backorder and *003* backorder can be completed by following the " +"steps detailed in this section." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:169 +msgid "" +"It is also possible to create a backorder in the middle of a manufacturing " +"order, when some but not all of the work orders have already been completed." +" Doing so marks the completed work order(s) as :guilabel:`Finished` on the " +"backorder." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:174 +msgid "" +"A manufacturing order for four chairs requires the completion of two work " +"orders: *Paint* and *Assemble*. While the paint step can be completed " +"immediately for all four chairs, there are only enough screws to assemble " +"two of them." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:178 +msgid "" +"As a result, the employee responsible for producing the chairs begins by " +"painting all four, and marking the *Paint* work order as " +":guilabel:`Finished` for all of them. Then, they move on to the *Assemble* " +"work order. They assemble two of the four chairs, enter that number in the " +":guilabel:`Units` field of the tablet view, and click :guilabel:`Record " +"Production`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:183 +msgid "" +"A backorder manufacturing order is created for the remaining two chairs. On " +"the backorder, the *Paint* work order is already marked as " +":guilabel:`Finished`, and only the *Assemble* work order is left to be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/manufacturing_backorders.rst:187 +msgid "" +"Once more screws are available, the manufacturing employee assembles the " +"remaining chairs and clicks :guilabel:`Mark As Done And Close MO` to " +"complete the *Assemble* work order and close the backorder manufacturing " +"order." +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/management/product_variants.rst:3 msgid "Managing BoMs for product variants" msgstr "" @@ -13513,375 +14339,15 @@ msgid "" "work center unless the first one is at capacity." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control.rst:5 -msgid "Quality control" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:3 -msgid "Create quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " -"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " -"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " -"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " -"detected by automated processes." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:11 -msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:14 -msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:16 -msgid "" -"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" -" the *Quality* module." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:19 -msgid "" -"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" -" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " -"quality team." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:22 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " -"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " -"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:27 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " -"created" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:28 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " -"the quality issue, if applicable" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:30 -msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:31 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " -"originated" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:33 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " -"alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:34 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" -" alert" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:36 -msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " -"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:40 -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:40 -msgid "" -"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " -"information to quality teams:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:42 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:44 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " -"occurring in the future" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:46 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " -"that produces the product, and the date assigned" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:54 -msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:56 -msgid "" -"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " -"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " -"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " -"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst-1 -msgid "Access the work order menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:64 -msgid "" -"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " -"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " -":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " -":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:69 -msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:71 -msgid "" -"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " -"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " -"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " -"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " -"calendar, and pivot table views." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts.rst:77 -msgid "" -"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " -"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " -"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:3 -msgid "Add quality controls" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:5 -msgid "" -"Use **Odoo Quality** to control the quality of products before they are " -"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " -"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " -"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " -"specific points during production." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:11 -msgid "Configure quality control points" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:13 -msgid "" -"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" -" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " -"accordingly:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:16 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " -"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:18 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " -"specific quality control point" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:20 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " -"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " -"Orders`, etc.)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:22 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " -"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " -"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " -":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:26 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" -" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " -"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " -"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:29 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " -":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" -" to determine how often the control point should executed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:32 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " -":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " -"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:35 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " -"the quality control point check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:37 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " -"evolution of the quality control point over time" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:42 -msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:43 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " -"fails" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:44 -msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:50 -msgid "" -"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " -"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " -"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:55 -msgid "" -"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " -":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," -" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:60 -msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:62 -msgid "" -"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " -":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " -":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " -":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " -"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " -"will pass the check:" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:67 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " -"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:69 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " -"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:71 -msgid "" -":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " -"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" -" 60.5 mm)" -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst-1 -msgid "" -"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " -"check." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:78 -msgid "" -"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " -"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " -"specified on the form." -msgstr "" - -#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points.rst:81 -msgid "" -"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" -" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " -"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " -"products that measure within the values indicated in the " -":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" -" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " -"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " -"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " -"team." -msgstr "" - #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:8 msgid "Purchase" msgstr "採購" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:10 msgid "" -"**Odoo Purchase** helps you keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, " -"and purchase orders. Learn how to keep track of purchase tender, automate " -"replenishments and follow up on your orders." +"**Odoo Purchase** helps keep track of purchase agreements, quotations, and " +"purchase orders. Learn how to monitor purchase tender, automate " +"replenishment, and follow up on your orders." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase.rst:14 @@ -15866,3 +16332,630 @@ msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/purchase/products/uom.rst-1 msgid "Set a product's units of measure using your own units in Odoo Purchase" msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:8 +msgid "Quality" +msgstr "品質" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:10 +msgid "" +"**Odoo Quality** helps ensure product quality throughout manufacturing " +"processes and inventory movements. Conduct quality checks, automate quality " +"inspection frequency, and create quality alerts when issues arise." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality.rst:15 +msgid "" +"`Odoo Tutorials: Managing Quality Checks " +"<https://www.odoo.com/slides/slide/managing-quality-checks-708>`_" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management.rst:5 +msgid "Quality control basics" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:3 +msgid "Create quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:5 +msgid "" +"Configuring quality control points is a great way to ensure that quality " +"checks are performed at routine stages during specific operations. However, " +"quality issues can often appear outside of these scheduled checks. Using " +"Odoo *Quality*, users can create quality alerts for issues that are not " +"detected by automated processes." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:11 +msgid ":doc:`Add quality control points <quality_control_points>`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:14 +msgid "Find and fill out the quality alerts form" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:16 +msgid "" +"In some situations, it is necessary to manually create quality alerts within" +" the *Quality* module." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:19 +msgid "" +"A helpdesk user who is notified of a product defect by a customer ticket can" +" create an alert that brings the issue to the attention of the relevant " +"quality team." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:22 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality alert, start from the :menuselection:`Quality` " +"module and select :menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Alerts --> " +"Create`. The quality alert form can then be filled out as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:26 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: choose a concise, yet descriptive title for the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:27 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product`: the product about which the quality alert is being " +"created" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product Variant`: the specific variant of the product that has " +"the quality issue, if applicable" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:30 +msgid ":guilabel:`Lot`: the lot number assigned to the product" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Center`: the work center where the quality issue originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:32 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Picking`: the picking operation during which the quality issue " +"originated" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: the quality team that will be notified by the quality " +"alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: the individual responsible for managing the quality" +" alert" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:35 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tags`: classify the quality alert based on user-created tags" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:36 +msgid ":guilabel:`Root Cause`: the cause of the quality issue, if known" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Priority`: assign a priority between one and three stars to " +"ensure more urgent issues are prioritized" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:40 +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:42 +msgid "" +"The tabs at the bottom of the form can be used to provide additional " +"information to quality teams:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:42 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Description`: provide additional details about the quality issue" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:43 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Corrective Actions`: the method for fixing affected products" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:44 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Preventive Actions`: procedures for preventing the issue from " +"occurring in the future" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:46 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Miscellaneous`: the product vendor (if applicable), the company " +"that produces the product, and the date assigned" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "An example of a completed quality alert form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:54 +msgid "Add quality alerts during the manufacturing process" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:56 +msgid "" +"Odoo enables manufacturing employees to create quality alerts within a work " +"order without accessing the *Quality* module. From the work order tablet " +"view, click the :guilabel:` ☰ ` hamburger menu icon in the top left corner " +"and select :guilabel:`Quality Alert`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst-1 +msgid "Access the work order menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:64 +msgid "" +"The quality alert form can then be filled out as detailed in the previous " +"section. After saving the form, a new alert will appear on the " +":guilabel:`Quality Alerts` dashboard that can be found through the " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control` menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:69 +msgid "Manage existing quality alerts" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:71 +msgid "" +"By default, quality alerts are organized in a kanban board view. The stages " +"of the kanban board are fully configurable and alerts can be moved from one " +"stage to the next by dragging and dropping or from within each alert. " +"Additional options are available for viewing alerts, including graph, " +"calendar, and pivot table views." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts.rst:77 +msgid "" +"Filter alerts based on diverse criteria like date assigned or date closed. " +"Alerts can also be grouped by quality team, root cause, or other parameters " +"found under the :guilabel:`Filters` button menu." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:3 +msgid "Quality checks" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Quality checks are manual inspections conducted by employees, and are used " +"to ensure the quality of products. In Odoo, a quality check can be conducted" +" for a single product, or multiple products within the same inventory " +"operation or manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:11 +msgid "" +"Using a Quality Control Point (QCP), it is possible to create quality checks" +" automatically at regular intervals. When quality checks are created by a " +"|QCP|, they appear on a manufacturing or inventory order, where the employee" +" processing the order will be prompted to complete them. For a full " +"explanation of how to create and configure a |QCP|, see the documentation on" +" :ref:`quality control points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-" +"control-points>`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:17 +msgid "" +"While quality checks are most commonly created automatically by a |QCP|, it " +"is also possible to manually create a single quality check. Creating a check" +" manually is useful when an employee wants to schedule a quality check that " +"will only occur once, or register a quality check that they conduct " +"unprompted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:23 +msgid "Manual quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:25 +msgid "" +"To manually create a single quality check, navigate to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, and click " +":guilabel:`New`. On the quality check form, begin by selecting an option " +"from the :guilabel:`Control per` drop-down menu:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:29 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operation` requests a check for an entire operation (ex. delivery" +" order) and all products within it." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Product` requests a check for every unit of a product that is " +"part of an operation (ex. every unit of a product within a delivery order)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:33 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Quantity` requests a check for every quantity of a product that " +"is part of an operation (ex. one check for five units of a product within a " +"delivery order). Selecting :guilabel:`Quantity` also causes a " +":guilabel:`Lot/Serial` drop-down field to appear, from which can be selected" +" a specific lot or serial number that the quality check should be conducted " +"for." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:38 +msgid "" +"Next, select an inventory operation from the :guilabel:`Picking` drop-down " +"menu or a manufacturing order from the :guilabel:`Production Order` drop-" +"down menu. This is necessary because Odoo needs to know for which operation " +"the quality check is being conducted." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:42 +msgid "" +"If the quality check should be assigned to a specific |QCP|, select it from " +"the :guilabel:`Control Point` drop-down menu. This is useful if the quality " +"check is being created manually, but should still be recognized as belonging" +" to a specific |QCP|." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:46 +msgid "Select a quality check type from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down field:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:48 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Instructions` provides specific instructions for how to conduct " +"the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:49 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Take a Picture` requires a picture to be attached to the check " +"before the check can be completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:51 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Pass - Fail` is used when the product being checked must meet a " +"certain criteria to pass the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:53 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Measure` causes a :guilabel:`Measure` input field to " +"appear, in which a measurement must be entered before the check can be " +"completed." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:55 +msgid "" +"Selecting :guilabel:`Worksheet` causes a :guilabel:`Quality Template` drop-" +"down field to appear. Use it to select a quality worksheet that must be " +"filled out to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:58 +msgid "" +"In the :guilabel:`Team` field, select the quality team that is responsible " +"for the quality check. In the :guilabel:`Company` field, select the company " +"that owns the product being inspected." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:61 +msgid "" +"On the :guilabel:`Notes` tab at the bottom of the form, enter any relevant " +"instructions in the :guilabel:`Instructions` text entry box (ex. 'Attach a " +"picture of the product'). In the :guilabel:`Notes` text entry box, enter any" +" relevant information about the quality check (who created it, why it was " +"created, etc.)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:66 +msgid "" +"Finally, if the check is being processed immediately, click the " +":guilabel:`Pass` button at the top left of the screen if the check passes, " +"or the :guilabel:`Fail` button if the check fails." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check form filled out for a Pass - Fail check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:74 +msgid "Process quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:76 +msgid "" +"Quality checks can be processed directly on the quality check's page, or " +"from a manufacturing or inventory order for which a check is required. " +"Alternatively, if a quality check is created for a specific work order " +"operation, the check is processed in the tablet view for the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:81 +msgid "" +"It is not possible to manually create a single quality check that is " +"assigned to a specific work order operation. Quality checks for work order " +"operations can only be created by a |QCP|. See the documentation on " +":ref:`Quality Control Points <manufacturing/quality_control/quality-control-" +"points>` for information about how to configure a |QCP| that will create " +"quality checks for a specific work order operation." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:88 +msgid "Quality check page" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:90 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check from the check's page, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Quality --> Quality Control --> Quality Checks`, then select" +" the check to process. Follow the instructions for how to complete the " +"check, listed in the :guilabel:`Instructions` field of the :guilabel:`Notes`" +" tab at the bottom of the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:95 +msgid "" +"If the quality check passes, click the :guilabel:`Pass` button at the top of" +" the page. If the check fails, click the :guilabel:`Fail` button, instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:99 +msgid "Quality check on order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:101 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check on an order, select a manufacturing or inventory " +"order (receipt, delivery, return, etc.), for which a check is required. " +"Manufacturing orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, and " +"clicking on an order. Inventory orders can be selected by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Inventory`, clicking the :guilabel:`# To Process` button on " +"an operation card, and selecting an order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:107 +msgid "" +"On the selected inventory or manufacturing order, a purple " +":guilabel:`Quality Checks` button appears at the top of the order. Click the" +" button to open the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up window, which shows all" +" of the quality checks required for that order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:111 +msgid "" +"Follow the instructions that appear on the :guilabel:`Quality Check` pop-up " +"window. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, complete the check by " +"clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the bottom of the pop-up " +"window. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Validate` button " +"appears instead. Click it to complete the check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "The \"Quality Check\" pop-up window on a manufacturing order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:121 +msgid "Quality check on work order" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:123 +msgid "" +"To process a quality check for a work order, begin by navigating to " +":menuselection:`Manufacturing --> Operations --> Manufacturing Orders`, then" +" select a manufacturing order. Select the :guilabel:`Work Orders` tab, then " +"click the :guilabel:`📱 (tablet)` tablet view button for the work order that " +"requires the quality check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst:128 +msgid "" +"With tablet view open, complete the steps listed on the left side of the " +"screen until the quality check step is reached, then follow the instructions" +" at the top of the screen. If a Pass - Fail check is being processed, " +"complete the check by clicking :guilabel:`Pass` or :guilabel:`Fail` at the " +"top of the screen. For all other quality check types, a :guilabel:`Next` " +"button appears instead. Click it to complete the check and move on to the " +"next step of the work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_checks.rst-1 +msgid "A quality check for a work order." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:3 +msgid "Add quality controls" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:7 +msgid "" +"Use *Odoo Quality* to control the quality of products before they are " +"registered into stock, during picking operations, and when leaving the " +"warehouse for a delivery order. By creating *quality control points*, " +"manufacturers can set up quality checks that automatically trigger at " +"specific points during production." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:13 +msgid "Configure quality control points" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:15 +msgid "" +"To create a new quality control point, go to :menuselection:`Quality Control" +" --> Control Points --> Create`. Then, fill in the following form fields, " +"accordingly:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:18 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Title`: give the quality control point a simple, but informative " +"title so production floor and quality check teams can understand it easily" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:20 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Products`: indicate which product(s) should pass through the " +"specific quality control point" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:22 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Operations`: determine which operations team(s) should perform " +"the quality control check (e.g., `Manufacturing`, `Receipts`, `Delivery " +"Orders`, etc.)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:24 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Work Order Operation`: for manufacturing operations, use the " +"drop-down menu to indicate which type of work order the quality control " +"point applies to: :guilabel:`Manual Assembly`, :guilabel:`Packing`, " +":guilabel:`Assembly`, :guilabel:`Testing` or :guilabel:`Long time assembly`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:28 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Company`: add the company that will implement the quality control" +" point. Usually this will be the company that owns the Odoo database. " +"However, a multi-company or vendor profile can be selected, as well, for " +"cases where there are multiple manufacturing or engineering locations" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:31 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Control Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose from " +":guilabel:`All Operations`, :guilabel:`Randomly` or :guilabel:`Periodically`" +" to determine how often the control point should executed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:34 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Type`: using the drop-down menu, choose the control point type: " +":guilabel:`Instructions`, :guilabel:`Take a Picture`, :guilabel:`Pass - " +"Fail`, or :guilabel:`Measure`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:37 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Team`: decide which quality team should receive the results of " +"the quality control point check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:39 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Responsible`: add a point person to manage the status and " +"evolution of the quality control point over time" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:44 +msgid ":guilabel:`Instructions`: describe the quality check to be performed" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:45 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Message If Failure`: detail what should be done if the check " +"fails" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:46 +msgid ":guilabel:`Notes`: use to include any additional information" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a completed quality control point form for a Pass-Fail test." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:52 +msgid "" +"Once a control point has been configured, a quality check will be " +"automatically created and assigned when the specified operation or work " +"order has been reached. Quality checks can be managed by selecting " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Quality Checks`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:57 +msgid "" +"To see all of the quality checks created by a control point, go to " +":menuselection:`Quality Control --> Control Points`, select a control point," +" and click :guilabel:`Quality Checks` in the top right corner." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:62 +msgid "Use case: configure a measure quality check" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:64 +msgid "" +"To ensure that a product meets specific measurement requirements, select " +":guilabel:`Measure` from the :guilabel:`Type` drop-down menu. Selecting the " +":guilabel:`Measure` quality check type reveals three new fields: " +":guilabel:`Device`, :guilabel:`Norm`, and :guilabel:`Tolerance`. These " +"fields can be configured so that only products within a certain tolerance " +"will pass the check:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:69 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Device`: select the measuring device that should be used to take " +"the measurement (e.g., measuring tape)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:71 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Norm`: specify the desired measurement that the product should " +"conform to and the unit of measurement that should be used" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:73 +msgid "" +":guilabel:`Tolerance`: select the range that a measurement can be within " +"while still passing the check (e.g., :guilabel:`from` 59.5 mm :guilabel:`to`" +" 60.5 mm)" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst-1 +msgid "" +"An example of a quality control point form configured for a measure quality " +"check." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:80 +msgid "" +"When the quality control points form is complete, click :guilabel:`Save`. " +"Now, this measurement-based test will trigger for products that were " +"specified on the form." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points.rst:83 +msgid "" +"When production of the specified product reaches the operation that requires" +" a measure quality check, the manufacturing employee responsible will be " +"prompted to record and validate the measured value in the tablet view. For " +"products that measure within the values indicated in the " +":guilabel:`Tolerance` fields, the test will pass. However, for products that" +" measure outside of those values, the test will fail. In that case, the " +"worker who performed the check would create a quality alert from the tablet " +"view. That quality alert can then be addressed by the quality management " +"team." +msgstr "" diff --git a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po index 6e9f59785..9d755e660 100644 --- a/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po +++ b/locale/zh_TW/LC_MESSAGES/productivity.po @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: Odoo 16.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-12 13:54+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-10-09 13:19+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-10-04 12:54+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Tony Ng, 2023\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (Taiwan) (https://app.transifex.com/odoo/teams/41243/zh_TW/)\n" @@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:43 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:391 msgid "Cash drawer" msgstr "" @@ -2119,7 +2119,7 @@ msgid "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer with an RJ25 cable." msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/pos.rst:45 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:117 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:359 msgid "Barcode scanner" msgstr "" @@ -2354,11 +2354,486 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:103 -msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgid "Epson configuration special case" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:105 msgid "" +"Most Epson printers support printing receipts in Odoo :abbr:`POS (Point of " +"Sale)` using the `GS v 0` command. However, the following Epson printer " +"models do not support this command:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:108 +msgid "TM-U220" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:109 +msgid "TM-U230" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:110 +msgid "TM-P60" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:111 +msgid "TMP-P60II" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:113 +msgid "" +"Bypass this issue by configuring the printer to use the `ESC *` command " +"instead." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:116 +msgid "Process to force ESC * command" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:119 +msgid "Epson printer compatibility" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:121 +msgid "" +"The first step is to check whether the printer is incompatible with `GS v 0`" +" command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:125 +msgid "" +"`Epson GS v 0 documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php? content_id=94>`_ for `GS v 0` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +msgid "" +"`Epson ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php ?content_id=88>`_ for `ESC *` " +"compatible printers." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:130 +msgid "" +"If the printer is not compatible with the `ESC *` command then the following" +" process is not possible. Should the printer be compatible to use the `ESC " +"*` command to print, follow this process to configure the printer with the " +":abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +msgid "IoT box configuration for ESC *" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:137 +msgid "" +"To configure the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box to use the `ESC *` " +"command to print, go to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box homepage by" +" navigating to :menuselection:`IoT app --> IoT Boxes`. Then click on the " +":guilabel:`IP address` and this will direct to the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of " +"Things)` box homepage." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:142 +msgid "**Choosing the printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:144 +msgid "" +"Now click on the :guilabel:`Printers server` button. This will redirect the " +"browser to the *CUPS* page. Next, go to :menuselection:`Administration --> " +"Printers --> Add Printer`, choose the printer that should be modified, and " +"then click :guilabel:`Continue`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:149 +msgid "" +"If the name of the printer is still uncertain, take the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:151 +msgid "Take note of the listed printers on the *CUPS* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +msgid "Turn the printer off and refresh the page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:153 +msgid "" +"Now compare the difference with the first list to see which printer " +"disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +msgid "Turn the printer back on and refresh the page again." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:155 +msgid "Double-check the list again to see if the printer re-appears." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:156 +msgid "" +"The printer that disappeared and reappears again on the listed printers is " +"the name of the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:160 +msgid "This can be :guilabel:`Unknown` under :guilabel:`Local printers`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:162 +msgid "**CUPS naming convention**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:164 +msgid "" +"`CUPS` will prompt the admin for three pieces of information: the " +":guilabel:`Name`, :guilabel:`Description` and the :guilabel:`Location`. The " +"last two pieces of information do not need to be specific, however, the " +":guilabel:`Name` should follow a particular convention to work with the `ESC" +" *` command." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:169 +msgid "" +"The :guilabel:`Name` should match this convention: " +"`<printer_name>__IMC_<param_1>_<param_2>_..._<param_n>__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:172 +msgid "A breakdown of the naming convention:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:174 +msgid "" +"`printer_name`: This is the printer name. It can be any character as long as" +" it does not contain `_`, `/`, `#`, or ` ` (space character)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:176 +msgid "" +"`IMC`: This stands for *Image Mode Column* (the simplified name for `ESC " +"*`)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:177 +msgid "`param_1`: This stands for the specific parameter:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:179 +msgid "" +"`SCALE<X>`: Scale of the picture (with the same aspect ratio). `X` should be" +" an integer describing the scale percentage that should be used." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:183 +msgid "" +"`100` is the original size, `50` is half the size, `200` is twice the size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:185 +msgid "" +"`LDV`: *Low Density Vertical* (will be set to *High Density Vertical* if not" +" specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:186 +msgid "" +"`LDH`: *Low Density Horizontal* (will be set to *High Density Horizontal* if" +" not specified)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:189 +msgid "" +"*Density* parameters might need to be configured in a particular way " +"depending on the printer model." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:193 +msgid "" +"Visit `Epson's ESC * documentation <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ and click on the " +"printer model printer in the table above to see if the printer should set " +"these parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:198 +msgid "The following are examples of proper and improper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:200 +msgid "Proper name formatting:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:202 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:203 +msgid "`EPSON_TM_U220__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE80__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:205 +msgid "" +"Improper name formatting (this will not prevent printing, but the result " +"might not have the expected printed output):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:208 +msgid "`EPSON TMm 30II` -> The name can't have spaces." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:209 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II` -> The name itself is correct, but it won't use `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:210 +msgid "`EPSONTMm30II__IMC` -> This name is missing the end `__`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:211 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_XDV__` -> The parameter `XDV` does not match any existing" +" parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:212 +msgid "" +"`EPSONTMm30II__IMC_SCALE__` -> The parameter `SCALE` is missing the scale " +"value." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:214 +msgid "**Finish adding a printer**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:216 +msgid "" +"After setting the name of the printer with the appropriate naming " +"convention, click :guilabel:`Continue`. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value" +" to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:220 +msgid "" +"After completing these steps, click :guilabel:`Add Printer`. If everything " +"was done correctly, the page should redirect to the *Banners* page." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:223 +msgid "" +"At this point the printer should have been created, now the :abbr:`IoT " +"(Internet of Things)` box just needs to detect it and then sync to Odoo's " +"server (this could take a few minutes)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:226 +msgid "**Adding the printer to Odoo PoS**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:228 +msgid "" +"Once the printer is visible on the Odoo database, don't forget to choose it " +"in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)`configuration as the :abbr:`IoT (Internet " +"of Things)` printer. Navigate to :menuselection:`Pos App --> Settings --> " +"Connected Devices --> IoT Box --> Receipt Printer --> Save`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:234 +msgid "" +"If the printer was set up incorrectly (it is still printing random text or " +"the printed receipt is too big or small), then it cannot be modified via the" +" printer name with *CUPS*. Instead, the above process can be repeated to set" +" up another printer from scratch to create one with modified parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:239 +msgid "**Example setup of the Epson TM-U220B printer using ESC**" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:244 +msgid "" +"The following is an example of the troubleshooting process for a TM-U220B " +"printer model using the `ESC *` command. The receipt pictured below is an " +"example of a receipt that is printing correctly due to proper formatting (in" +" theory):" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Properly formatted receipt picture from a demo database." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:252 +msgid "" +"Trying to print this receipt right-away prior to the proper formatting will " +"not work as the TM-U220B printer model does not support `GS v 0`. Instead " +"random characters will print:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Printer paper with seemingly random characters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:259 +msgid "" +"To properly configure formatting for the Epson TM-U220B printer model take " +"the following steps." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:261 +msgid "" +"After consulting Epson's website for compatibility for both of the commands:" +" `GS v 0 <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=94>`_ and `ESC * " +"<https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_, it can be seen that " +"indeed the TM-U220B is not compatible with `GS v 0`, but is compatible with " +"`ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson compatibility evaluation from Epson website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:270 +msgid "" +"When adding the printer, *CUPS* will ask which printer should be added:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Administration menu, add printer selection." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:276 +msgid "" +"In this case, the printer is connected via :abbr:`USB (Universal Serial " +"Bus)` so it won' be part of the :guilabel:`Discovered Network Printers`. " +"Instead it is likely part of the :guilabel:`Unknown` selection under " +":guilabel:`Local Printers`. By unplugging the printer's :abbr:`USB " +"(Universal Serial Bus)` cable from the :abbr:`IoT (Internet of Things)` box " +"and refreshing the page, the :guilabel:`Unknown` printer disappears. By " +"plugging it back in, the printer reappears, so it can be said that this is " +"the printer in question." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:283 +msgid "" +"For the naming convention, since it will need to print using the `ESC *` " +"command, it is imperative to add `__IMC`. Reference the printer model on " +"`Epson's ESC * site <https://reference.epson-" +"biz.com/modules/ref_escpos/index.php?content_id=88>`_ to find out more about" +" the *density* parameters." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturer's website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:292 +msgid "" +"For this particular model, TM-U220, `m` should be equal to 0 or 1. While " +"referencing the :guilabel:`Description` below the pink box in the above " +"picture, the `m` values could be 0, 1, 32 or 33. So in this printers case, " +"the `m` value can NOT be 32 or 33 (otherwise there will be random characters" +" printed)." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:297 +msgid "" +"The table includes the numeric values: 32 and 33, they both occur if the " +":guilabel:`Number of bits for vertical data` is set to 24. This means that " +"is a *High Vertical Density*. In the case of configuring the Epson TM-U220, " +"the *Low Vertical Density* will need to be forced, as this printer model " +"does not support *High Vertical Density* for this command `ESC *`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:302 +msgid "" +"To add a *Low Vertical Density*, add the `LDV` parameter to the naming " +"convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Add a *Low Vertical Density* (the `LDV` parameter) to the naming convention." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:308 +msgid "" +"Click :guilabel:`Continue` to proceed. Next, set the :guilabel:`Make` value " +"to :guilabel:`Raw` and for the :guilabel:`Model` value, set this to " +":guilabel:`Raw Queue (en)`." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Epson TM-U220 specifications on manufacturers website." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:315 +msgid "" +"However when trying to print with the naming convention: " +"`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`, it will print the receipt, but it will be too big" +" and outside the margin. To resolve this, add a new printer (and naming " +"convention) with the `SCALE<X>` parameter to adapt to our receipt size." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:319 +msgid "Here are some examples:" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:324 +msgid "Printer Naming Convention" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:325 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:326 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:327 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:328 +msgid "`EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt example format." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_SCALE75__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:0 +msgid "" +"Receipt format using naming convention: EpsonTMU220B__IMC_LDV_LDH_SCALE35__." +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:346 +msgid "The Zebra printer doesn't print anything" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:348 +msgid "" "Zebra printers are quite sensitive to the format of the Zebra Programming " "Language (ZPL) code that is printed. If nothing comes out of the printer or " "blank labels are printed, try changing the format of the report that is sent" @@ -2367,18 +2842,18 @@ msgid "" " the corresponding template." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:112 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:355 msgid "" "Check out Zebra's instructions on printing :abbr:`ZPL (Zebra Programming " "Language)` files `here <https://supportcommunity.zebra.com/s/article/Print-" "a-zpl-file-using-the-Generic-Text-Printer>`_." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:120 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:362 msgid "The characters read by the barcode scanner don't match the barcode" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:122 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:364 msgid "" "By default, most barcode scanners are configured in the US QWERTY format. If" " the barcode scanner uses a different layout, go to the form view of the " @@ -2386,11 +2861,11 @@ msgid "" "the correct format." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:127 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:369 msgid "Nothing happens when a barcode is scanned" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:129 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:371 msgid "" "Make sure that the correct device is selected in the :menuselection:`Point " "of Sale` configuration and that the barcode is configured to send an `ENTER`" @@ -2399,18 +2874,18 @@ msgid "" "Edit`." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:135 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:377 msgid "The barcode scanner is detected as a keyboard" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:138 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:380 msgid "" "Some barcode scanners do not advertise themselves as barcode scanners but as" " a USB keyboard instead, and will not be recognized by the :abbr:`IoT " "(Internet of Things)` box." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:141 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:383 msgid "" "The device type can be manually changed by going to its form view " "(:menuselection:`IoT App --> Devices --> Barcode Device`) and activating the" @@ -2421,11 +2896,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Modifying the form view of the barcode scanner." msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:152 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:394 msgid "The cash drawer does not open" msgstr "" -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:154 +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/config/troubleshooting.rst:396 msgid "" "The cash drawer should be connected to the printer and the :guilabel:`Cash " "drawer` checkbox should be ticked in the :abbr:`PoS (Point of Sale)` " @@ -2869,17 +3344,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:58 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:70 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_control_points`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:59 -#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/printer.rst:71 msgid "" -":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/manufacturing/quality_control/quality_alerts`" +":doc:`/applications/inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" msgstr "" #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/camera.rst:62 @@ -3097,6 +3570,16 @@ msgid "" "Checks --> New`." msgstr "" +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:66 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_control_points`" +msgstr "" + +#: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:67 +msgid "" +":doc:`../../../inventory_and_mrp/quality/quality_management/quality_alerts`" +msgstr "" + #: ../../content/applications/productivity/iot/devices/measurement_tool.rst:70 msgid "Link a measurement tool to a work center in the Manufacturing app" msgstr ""